7,351 Matching Annotations
  1. Last 7 days
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a novel approach to subcellular spatial proteomics by combining laser microdissection with expansion microscopy and LC-MS/MS analysis (SPEx). They implement two different workflows for LMD and LC-MS/MS quantification:

      (1)The standard approach, where an area of interest is cut out by LMD, subjected to proteomics analysis, and compared to the rest of the cell without the dissected ROI.

      (2) The subtraction approach, where ROIs are removed, and the remaining cellular material is compared to samples containing both the surrounding material and the ROI.

      The authors assess the technique by applying it to subcellular targets of various sizes, volumes, and protein compositions such as the nucleus, nucleoli, and Golgi. They demonstrate that SPEx can identify proteins enriched or reduced in ROIs.

      Strengths:

      The broad, relatively easy, and inexpensive applicability of this approach to potentially many cell types and subcellular areas of interest provides an exciting alternative to subcellular fractionation, native immunoprecipitation, or genetically encoded proximity labeling constructs. Moreover, by visually selecting ROIs for subsequent analysis, subcellular context or organelle morphology can be taken into account, as discussed by the authors in the discussion section.

      Weaknesses:

      While strongly supporting the sharing of this approach, we have a number of comments and questions that will improve the impact of the manuscript:

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of our manuscript and the generally positive assessment.

      (1) General:

      (a) The manuscript would benefit from restructuring and language revision. In its current form, the writing is sometimes dense and verbose (in particular, the Results section). This makes it difficult to follow the authors' arguments.

      We improved readability and clarity in the revised manuscript. We added subheadings to facilitate reading.

      (b) The authors mention the possibility of selecting organelles based on morphology. This is left for the discussion, but it seems like a missed opportunity - the authors could compare individual organelles in different morphological states, e.g., connected vs. fragmented mitochondria.

      The authors agree with the reviewers’ assessment that investigating proteome of organelles based on morphology or cellular state is an exciting application of SPEx. While we plan experiments along this line in the future, we think that these experiments are beyond the scope of this manuscript, which is meant to describe the method and its general usefulness.

      (2) Technical:

      (a) Why do the authors strive and optimize for a 10x expansion factor? Is SPEx compatible with a more standard 4x expansion, as e.g., used in the classic U-ExM approach (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41592-018-0238-1)? This could be added to the discussion.

      We aimed for 10x expansion solely because our ultimate goal is to cut out very small structures. 10x expansion results in a 100x increase in area, while in U-ExM the area increase would only by 16x. Thus, this makes a huge difference for small structures such as nucleoli. We did not assess the compatibility with U-ExM. Still, we performed pilots with just 4x expansion (using TREx) in the early stages of optimization. We were able to isolate single cells and obtain similar protein coverage as with 10x expansion. We further clarified our motivation to use 10x expansion in the discussion.

      (b) The U-ExM approach shows improved ultrastructural preservation when using 3%FA with 0.1% glutaraldehyde fixation (GA). Is SPEx compatible with the use of low amounts of GA for fixation?

      We tried different fixation methods in the early stages of this study (where expansion was not yet close to 10x). We saw a mild negative effect of GA on the expansion factor, so we avoided it in the later experiments since it also did not seem necessary to preserve the structure of our organelles of interest. However, the use of GA would generally be compatible with SPEx, potentially at the cost of a mild negative effect on expansion factor (see Author response image 1) and proteome coverage. We discussed the use of GA in the discussion section.

      Author response image 1.

      Fixation methods mini-screen. Cells were fixed with the indicated reagents for 10 minutes at 37°C. After TREx expansion, the diameter of the nucleus was measured (A) and the resulting expansion factor compared to the non-expanded control was determined (B).

      Related to the above, was the anchoring efficiency reduced only to achieve a 10x expansion factor or does this additionally affect the proteome coverage?

      We solely lowered the anchoring to increase expansion factors. In earlier pilots we performed proteomic analysis on samples that were just expanded 4x using standard TREx expansion (also using the original anchoring strategy from the TREx publication, consisting of 0.2 mg/ml AcX for overnight at RT). We presented the results of this pilot in Fig S1A. We still detected over 2,000 proteins from 10 cells, a coverage, which is highly similar to what we found in the final experiments (Figure 2F), in which the anchoring was lower for 10x expansion. Based on these data, we think that anchoring (and expansion factor!) has a negligible impact on protein coverage. We clarified this point in the manuscript.

      (d) Have the authors considered using alternative anchoring approaches, such as GMA (https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0291506#pone.0291506.s001), which potentially increase the amount of sample retained in the hydrogel, thus allowing for better proteome coverage? This could be added to the discussion.

      We did not use alternative anchoring approaches. We modified the TREx protocol to fit our purposes and since this was sufficient, we did not explore alternatives. However, using anchoring approaches, in which higher amounts of sample could be retained in the gel might be beneficial for the proteomics coverage. We will keep this suggestion in mind for future experiments. Thank you for the suggestion!

      (e) The limitation of the approach to near-2D samples should be mentioned, and alternative approaches for more 3D samples could be discussed.

      The authors agree that SPEx is limited to near-2D samples at this point. We suggest that SPEx is applicable for 3D samples (e.g. in tissues) by performing cryosectioning. TREx has been shown to be compatible with sectioned tissue (Damstra et al., 2022). We discuss this point in the discussion.

      (f) How are peptides that are directly anchored to the hydrogel dealt with during LC-MS/MS analysis? Are they excluded, or can they be identified during the spectral search? The latter would allow us to get a deeper structural understanding of how proteins are actually anchored into hydrogels, which so far has not been assessed.

      The reviewer raises an interesting point. In general, peptides carrying the anchoring modification are analysed by LC-MS, but we did not include these specific modifications in the database search. Overall, we assumed that the labeling would be low and stochastic and hence should, if at all, only minimally affect the detection of peptides. Nevertheless, in response to the reviewers’ comment, we searched the MS data again for the crosslinking reagent linked to lysine residues. However, we could not get any confident hit for any peptide containing this modification. Since we cannot exclude that the modification precludes the identification of the corresponding peptides, we compared the number peptides generated by trypsin cleavage after arginine and lysine. As the human genome contains similar proportions of both amino acids, one would expect similar numbers for both peptide types being identified. Any modifications of lysine by the anchoring reagent, would prevent tryptic cleavage and thus reduce the number of lysine peptides. As shown in Figure S1C, the number of lysine-terminating is only slightly lower compared to arginine-terminating peptides. Notably, the proteomics results of a different fixed human tissue sample directly extracted by laser capture micro dissection without expansion showed a very similar lysine-to-arginine peptide ratio. This indicates that the large majority of lysine residues is not modified and affected by the hydrogel anchoring. We included these data into the manuscript.

      An alternative approach to address this question would be to investigate if the peptide coverage of proteins detected by SPEx is enriched for peptides representing the folded core of proteins as opposed to the surface-exposed regions, which likely get more anchored into the hydrogel.

      Because of the negligible amounts of modified peptides, we did not investigate this potential bias of surface-exposed versus folded-core peptides.

      (g) Same question regarding peptides with NHS labeling. Can they be identified, or do they just compete for ionization and thus negatively affect coverage and dynamic range of the LC-MS/MS approach?

      The reviewer raises a similar point as above for another lysine labeling used during the SPEx protocol. Again, we specifically looked for this modification by re-searching the raw MS data, but still could not identify any peptides, carrying this modification on a lysine residue. Even though we cannot exclude that this rather large modification prevents detection, considering the high number of lysine-terminating peptides in our dataset (see Figure S1 C), we would expect that also this labeling step is stochastic and affects only a minor proportion of the proteins. We discuss the potential NHS labeling in the manuscript.

      (h) How are the primary and secondary antibodies affecting the proteomics analysis identified as contaminants?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Since antibodies bind to proteins in a non-covalent manner, they will be released during the denaturing steps of the protocol. Of course, the antibodies will stay in the sample, be digested and analyzed and could, if very abundant, affect the analysis of the proteins from the samples. To check this possibility, we re-searched the MS data including the sequences of the antibodies used. To our surprise, we could not detect any peptides of these antibodies. This suggests that the concentrations of the antibodies used are much lower than those of the sample proteins and thus should not have any impact on the proteomics results. We interpret this result also as a benefit of our method compared to organellar-IP.

      (i) Have the authors observed differences in proteomics coverage of only antibody vs NHS-labeling? Depending on the questions above, could pure antibody-based labeling increase proteomic coverage?

      We did not perform this comparative analysis, since we always used NHS dyes. In the experiments presented in this manuscript, NHS dyes allowed easy visualization of the whole cell without the use of antibodies. This NHS staining was essential for this particular setup for sample acquisition. We cut out entire cells, cells lacking the nucleus and cells lacking the Golgi apparatus, which served as critical controls. However, other ways of detecting cell boundaries could be used to avoid NHS staining. As shown above, both, the anchor and NHS labeling are likewise sparse and stochastic. Moreover, we could not detect any impact of the antibody labeling to our results. Thus, we assume that both labeling procedures could be used.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Introduce the aberration PPS-membrane.

      We apologize for the omission and now explain the PPS abbreviation.

      (2) Please state which cells are used already in the first section "Development of the SPEx method" as opposed to only further down in the manuscript.

      We apologize for the omission, which has been fixed.

      (3) In Figures 2D and E, the authors should also show the hydrated expansion factors for better comparison.

      We agree that the inclusion of the hydrated expanded gels allows for better comparison. These data are now included in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a method that combines physical expansion of cells, imaging-guided isolation of defined regions, and protein identification to enable compartment-resolved analysis of protein composition at the subcellular scale. The authors aim to address a central limitation in existing approaches, namely the loss of spatial information during sample preparation or the indirect nature of proximity-based labeling methods. Using several cellular compartments as examples, they demonstrate that their approach can recover compartment-enriched protein sets and identify candidate proteins with previously unassigned localization.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this work is the conceptual simplicity and accessibility of the approach. By combining established techniques in a modular way, the method avoids the need for genetic manipulation or specialized labeling strategies, making it broadly adaptable across experimental systems. The ability to directly select regions of interest based on imaging represents a clear advantage over indirect enrichment strategies and allows flexible targeting of both membrane-bound and non-membrane-bound compartments.

      The experimental design is also a strong aspect of the study. The use of complementary comparison strategies-analyzing isolated compartments alongside matched "subtracted" controls-provides an internal framework for assessing enrichment and depletion, increasing confidence in spatial assignment. The application of the method across multiple organelles of different sizes and properties demonstrates versatility, and the reported specificity for several compartments is encouraging. In particular, the ability to profile small and biochemically challenging structures highlights a potentially important niche for the approach.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these strengths, several methodological limitations constrain the interpretation of the results. The most important relates to spatial accuracy in three dimensions. While lateral resolution is improved through physical expansion, the lack of depth resolution introduces uncertainty regarding contributions from structures above and below the selected region. Although the authors argue that this does not substantially affect specificity, the current evidence is largely indirect, and a more rigorous quantification of potential contamination would strengthen this conclusion.

      Quantitative interpretation also remains challenging. Because the measurements reflect total protein abundance rather than local concentration, differences in compartment size and protein density can influence enrichment values, particularly for small structures embedded within larger volumes. This issue is evident in the analysis of smaller compartments and complicates direct comparison across conditions. Additional normalization or modeling would help clarify how to interpret these measurements.

      Another limitation concerns variability in the expansion process and its downstream consequences. Differences in expansion factor across samples may affect the definition of regions of interest and introduce variability in sampling, yet the impact of this variability is not fully explored. Similarly, the use of a modified chemical treatment to preserve proteins for downstream analysis is central to the workflow but is not extensively validated with respect to preservation of spatial organization.

      While the identification of previously unannotated proteins is an appealing aspect of the study, validation is limited to a small number of examples, and broader support from independent datasets or literature context is lacking. In addition, the study primarily focuses on steady-state measurements in a single cell type, and therefore does not yet demonstrate the ability of the method to capture dynamic or condition-dependent changes in protein localization.

      Finally, the positioning of the method relative to existing approaches could be more clearly articulated. Although qualitative comparisons are provided, a more systematic and quantitative benchmarking against alternative strategies would help readers better understand the specific advantages and trade-offs.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of the manuscript and for the constructive feedback. The reviewer raises valid points, which we addressed in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Additional experiments and analyses

      (1) To strengthen confidence in the spatial specificity of the method, the authors should include experiments or analyses that directly estimate potential cross-compartment contamination. For example, using markers that are known to localize to mutually exclusive cellular regions would allow an empirical assessment of signal carryover. Alternatively, a computational or geometric model could be used to estimate how much material from adjacent regions is expected to contribute to the sampled proteome, given the loss of depth information.

      We agree with the reviewer’s concern regarding spatial resolution and potential contaminations resulting from it. We had the same concerns. We have obviously no resolution in z and we detected about 700 proteins (Fig. 5F) in our all samples, likely representing proteins residing above and below of (and potentially next to) the structures we cut out. To overcome this issue, we always compare the proteome of the structure of interest with an appropriate control. We also determined that mitochondria proteins are specifically omitted from our nuclear samples. Moreover, we provide evidence that our analysis methods can be used also to determine proteins that are specifically lost from a structure. Omitting the comparative approach would clearly result in very low specificity and a high number of false positives. However, we argue that comparison to a control largely removes these unspecific contaminations and we think that this is illustrated by our excellent specificity. Nevertheless, to address these concerns further, we have determined the masses of all quantified proteins using iBAQ values. We then summed the masses of all proteins being annotated to a specific organelle and calculated the percentage to the summed masses of all quantified proteins. As expected, we found that in our excised nuclei samples, 75.5% of the protein molecules originate from the nucleus and only 24.5% of protein mass was derived from other regions. Likewise, we found 84.7% of the protein mass in the excised Golgi samples annotated with Golgi or extracellular by GO. This analysis revealed that we detect an expected amount of contaminant proteins derived from other compartments due to the lack of resolution in z, but most of protein mass excised is already organelle-specific. The additional quantification step further enhances assignment accuracy, boosting the overall specificity of our approach. In the case of the nucleoli the mass contribution from known nucleoli proteins is significantly lower (~4%), which would be expected for a structure that only covers a fraction of the cell in z-direction. In the case of such small targets comparison to a fitting control is therefore essential. We added this analysis to the revised version of the manuscript and discuss it in detail (see “SPEx is best used as a comparative approach”). We thank the reviewer for bringing this up!

      (2) Given that drying results in compression along the vertical axis while largely preserving the lateral dimensions, it would be valuable to provide a quantitative analysis of how this affects spatial accuracy. This could include comparing marker distributions before and after drying or examining signal distribution across depth.

      Even though we were unable to image a particular cell before and after drying (due to the physical properties of the gels and the change in size during drying), we did so for the bulk of cells. We did not observe discernible morphological alterations after drying. The investigated structures (Golgi, nucleus and nucleoli) still looked morphologically similar to expanded cells (before drying) and non-expanded cells. We cannot exclude that the drying process introduced minor distortions of the sample. We would like to point out, however, that our focus is mainly on the spatial proteomics and to a lesser extent on the perfect conservation of the ultrastructure during drying. As long as we can maintain very good spatial separation and are able to cut out individual structures, our method should work just fine.

      In addition, trimming or sectioning the expanded samples along the z-axis prior to microdissection could help minimize contributions from structures above and below the region of interest, thereby improving spatial specificity.

      We tried to cut expanded samples (monolayer of cells) with a microtome prior to laser dissection. This approach did unfortunately not work. Mounting a monolayer of cells for microtome cutting is non-trivial!  The very thin monolayer of cells would need to be perfectly aligned with the plane where the cryo-sectioning takes place. Moreover, the different densities of the hydrogel without cells and the expanded cells in the same hydrogel appeared to be particular challenging during sectioning. Therefore, we gave up on this approach for monolayers. For a monolayer of cells, the contamination in the lateral dimension seems to be small enough so it can be eliminated by comparing the sample to appropriate controls, preventing the need for cryo-sectioning. We do think, however, that cryo-sectioning should be feasible for tissues since the combination of cryo-sectioning and TREx expansion in tissues has been described previously (Damstra et al., 2022).

      (3) Because the method relies on imaging-guided spatial dissection of a three-dimensional structure, further validation of spatial precision would strengthen the manuscript. Applying z-stack trimming to reduce depth-related ambiguity and comparing results obtained with more conservative and spatially restricted cutting boundaries would help determine how sensitive the proteomic output is to segmentation strategy and provide a clearer assessment of robustness.

      As pointed out above, we were unable to perform trimming in z. Therefore, the proposed analysis cannot be performed.

      (4) The use of SDS-based denaturation instead of protease digestion represents a key methodological deviation from conventional expansion workflows and is central to enabling downstream proteomic analysis. The authors should provide additional validation demonstrating that this approach preserves spatial fidelity without introducing distortion or bias in protein localization.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer. SDS denaturation was used previously in both the TREx and the U-ExM protocols (Damstra et al., 2022; Gambarotto et al., 2021). The preservation of ultrastructure has been established in both studies. Still, as pointed out by the reviewer, protease digestion is frequently used in ExM, likely because it minimizes distortion of the sample by eliminating any mechanical resistance to expansion. We omitted protease treatment to be able to perform LC-MS/MS. Protease treatment would likely reduce the amounts of peptides we would be able to detect. However, with the extended SDS denaturation, we were able to maintain excellent expansion even in the absence of protease treatment.

      (5) The manuscript reports variability in expansion factors across conditions, and it would be important to more clearly establish reproducibility. The authors should quantify variability across biological replicates and discuss how differences in expansion factor influence region-of-interest selection, spatial resolution, and downstream quantitative analysis.

      We were surprised that this reviewer thinks that we have variability in the expansion factors across conditions. In fact, the expansion is rather reproducible, and we only observe very minor variability in expansion factors between samples. The minor differences in expansion factor are unlikely to affect sampling because sampling happens manually and differences in the size of an organelle are accounted for by just adjusting the size of the isolated ROI. Even if we would have some discernible difference in the expansion factor between samples, this would not matter. The organelle of interest is cut out from the same cell, which will be subsequently used as control. Each sample subjected to LC-MS/MS contained at least 10 individually cut-out objects, further eliminating variability potentially introduced by minor changes in expansion levels.

      (6) The authors should also address how differences in compartment size and protein density influence quantitative interpretation. Because proteomic measurements reflect total protein abundance rather than local concentration, smaller compartments may be underrepresented. Incorporating normalization strategies or simulations would help clarify how enrichment values should be interpreted across compartments.

      We agree with the reviewer that comparison of structures of very different sizes might be technically difficult and that in such cases, controls should be collected in a similar size range to the actually studied compartments. We have implemented this change already in our workflow and mention this consideration in the discussion.

      Regarding normalization, we employed median normalization to our proteomics data abundances which controls for different sample amounts and eventually results in a comparison of protein concentration rather than pure protein abundances. This approach eliminates any knowledge of cell or organelle size and allows a more uniform comparison. We do agree, however, with the reviewer that for differential proteomics analysis, regions of interest should be preferable of the similar size and protein amount to avoid normalization biases. We discussed this point in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Validation of newly identified compartment-associated proteins should be expanded. In particular, the interpretation of proteins such as C7orf50 and SPOUT1 would benefit from deeper contextual discussion, including whether prior studies have reported alternative localizations under different cellular conditions and whether their localization may be cell-type-specific or context-dependent.

      We agree that more contextual discussion of the newly localized proteins will benefit the manuscript. We added more information about the newly identified proteins to the results section.

      (8) To support broader claims about the utility of the method, the authors should consider demonstrating that the approach can capture biologically meaningful, context-dependent changes in protein localization. For example, comparing different cell types or applying defined perturbations such as stress or apoptosis would help establish the ability of the method to resolve dynamic intracellular remodeling.  

      The authors agree with the reviewers’ assessment that studying context-dependent changes at a subcellular level is an exciting idea to explore. While we are currently planning such experiments, we think that these experiments are beyond the scope of this manuscript, which is meant to describe the method and its general usefulness.

      (9) The manuscript would benefit from a more direct and quantitative comparison with existing spatial proteomics approaches. In particular, benchmarking against proximity labeling methods would help clarify relative performance in terms of specificity and false positive rates, and comparison with published datasets could provide an objective frame of reference.

      We are a bit puzzled by the reviewer’s request. We already compared SPEx to a number of established spatial proteomics methods in the paper (Figure S1I-J, Figure S2F-G, Figure 5F-G) and discuss coverage and specificity. However, we expanded this comparison further to methods using Exm combined with LMD in the new manuscript (see below).

      (10) In addition, the positioning of the method relative to other expansion-based spatial proteomics approaches remains insufficiently defined. The authors are encouraged to include a structured comparison, ideally in the form of a summary table, outlining key parameters such as sampling strategy, spatial resolution, proteome depth, spatial specificity, throughput, and limitations. This would help clearly delineate the unique contributions of the approach within the broader methodological landscape.

      Peer reviewer’s request, we added a table (S15) on spatial proteomics methods combining expansion microscopy with manual or laser dissection and also provide information about lateral resolution, sampling strategy, proteome coverage, advantages and limitations.

      Writing and presentation

      (1) The presentation of expansion-related measurements would benefit from clearer organization. Currently, expansion factors from non-dried and dried samples are presented in separate figures, which may create redundancy and confusion. Reorganizing these data to directly compare pre- and post-drying conditions, or moving non-essential measurements to supplementary material, would improve clarity.

      We now also show the hydrated expansion factors in Figure 2C-D for comparison.

      (2) The method used for quantifying expansion should be described more explicitly. It should be clarified whether the same structures were tracked before and after expansion or whether independent samples were used, particularly for nuclei, which vary in size.

      We use the nucleus because this also used by other groups in the field (Liffner et al., 2024). The tracked structures are from independent samples. Thus, we average over a number of structures and calculate the expansion factor based on the mean diameter. We made this clearer in the manuscript.

      (3) Additional clarification is needed regarding the fluorescent labeling strategy. The rationale for using different dyes across experiments should be explained to distinguish whether these choices are driven by technical constraints, experimental design, or visualization preferences.

      We agree with the reviewer that the manuscript will profit from a more in-depth discussion of the labeling strategy. The structure of interest was always labeled in red because in our hands more red-shifted dyes are more resistant to drying than e.g. green dyes. We added this information to the manuscript.

      (4) Several figure legends and result descriptions would benefit from revision for clarity and completeness. In particular, complex panels such as intersection analyses should be more fully explained to ensure accessibility to readers.

      We agree with the reviewer’s assessment. The intersection analysis and the PCA, which represent the most complex panels in the manuscript, are now more clearly described in the legends.

      (5) The authors should also improve clarity in describing structural changes associated with drying. Including representative images of gels before and after drying would help illustrate the preservation of lateral dimensions and compression along the vertical axis.

      We agree that this addition would improve the manuscript. We included the images as Figure S1B. The gel post-drying is outlined by black dots because the gels become very thin and near-invisible post-drying.

      Minor corrections

      (1) Minor issues should be addressed to improve consistency and readability. These include correcting figure cross-references, standardizing statistical notation throughout the manuscript, and resolving typographical inconsistencies.

      Done.

      (2) Specific figure-related issues should also be addressed, including clarifying mislabeled figure references and improving color schemes in plots where group distinctions are currently difficult to interpret.

      Done.

      Data and reproducibility

      (1) The authors should ensure that all datasets and analysis workflows are fully accessible and sufficiently documented to enable reproducibility. This includes providing raw and processed proteomics data, as well as detailed descriptions of analysis pipelines and parameter settings.

      Raw proteomics data for all experiments will be publicly available upon publication of the final version and workflows are described in a detailed manner. To improve reproducibility, we also included a step-by-step explanation of the assembly of the gelation chamber, which represents the handling-wise most challenging step of the protocol, in Figure S3D.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Franziscus et al. describe an elegant approach for spatially specific proteome analysis. To achieve this, they expand fixed cells and subsequently use a laser to micro-dissect a region of interest, which is then analyzed by mass spectrometry.

      They demonstrate the effectiveness of their approach by analyzing the nucleus, nucleolus, and the Golgi, and benchmark their hits against previous datasets for these organelles.

      The manuscript is very well written and nicely guides the reader through the applied methods. The presented data is convincing, and I do not see the need for additional experimental verification of the protocol. The only minor concern is the novelty of the method and the presentation. A combination of expansion, laser microdissection, and proteomics has been applied in the past (PMID: 36450705, PMID: 39477916). In the manuscript, one of these studies is cited, though it does not become clear that this approach is already described. However, Franziscus et al. describe the approach better and make it more accessible to the reader, especially since the other studies described this methodology in combination with tissue expansion and not in combination with single cell expansion as it is done here. I would ask the authors to be clearer in the introduction about what others have already done and what their contribution is here. In general, I am convinced that the community will benefit from the presented protocol to analyze organelle proteomics in detail.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of our manuscript and overwhelmingly positive assessment. We apologize for the omission of the mentioned citations, which are now included in the manuscript together with a direct comparison with the mentioned methods (Table S15).

      References

      Damstra HG, Mohar B, Eddison M, Akhmanova A, Kapitein LC, Tillberg PW. 2022. Visualizing cellular and tissue ultrastructure using Ten-fold Robust Expansion Microscopy (TREx). eLife 11:e73775. DOI: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.73775

      Gambarotto D, Hamel V, Guichard P. 2021. Ultrastructure expansion microscopy (U-ExM). Methods in Cell Biology 161:57–81. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.mcb.2020.05.006, PMID: 33478697

      Liffner B, Silva TLA e., Vega-Rodriguez J, Absalon S. 2024. Mosquito Tissue Ultrastructure-Expansion Microscopy (MoTissU-ExM) enables ultrastructural and anatomical analysis of malaria parasites and their mosquito. BMC Methods 1:13. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1186/s44330-024-00013-4

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study identifies and characterizes a set of amino acid states that can rescue protein function in the presence of substantially deleterious mutations. Some of these super-compensatory substitutions also confer substantial mutational robustness, with broader implications for understanding epistasis, protein evolution, and protein engineering. The evidence is convincing, supported by a creative reanalysis of a large deep-mutational-scanning dataset, statistically rigorous treatment of anticipated error rates, experimental validation, and analyses of additional proteins, although clearer presentation and deeper investigation of the evolutionary implications and structural mechanisms would further strengthen the study.

      We sincerely thank the Reviewing Editor, the Senior Editor, and the three reviewers for this assessment. The two directions identified in it are addressed directly in the present revision. The structural mechanism of super compensation is now examined with an inverse-folding model in addition to the Rosetta calculations (Reviewer #2, Comment 1); the evolutionary implications are tested on a phylogeny rather than by co-occurrence among extant species, with the remaining limitations stated explicitly (Reviewer #2, Comment 3); and the presentation is revised throughout, including the title, the terminology used for fitness landscapes, the two section titles, the numbering of equations, and the figures (Reviewer #1). We hope that these revisions strengthen the clarity and the evolutionary interpretation of the study.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study identifies and characterizes a set of amino acid states that make the protein robust to other mutations, to the point of being able to compensate mutations that render wildtype proteins entirely non-functional. The study uses a previously published dataset and uses it to find and study such super-compensators. It then analyzes the biophysics and fitness landscape structure of what may be behind the compensation, identifying stability as an important parameter that, nevertheless, is not sufficient to explain all of the compensatory effect. These findings have important implications for our understanding of protein evolution, with these super-compensators possibly acting in a role of "permissive mutations" and opening up evolutionary trajectories that may be closed without them. Perhaps the identification of such super-compensator substitutions can be incorporated into various protein design approaches.

      Strengths:

      The paper presents a compelling case with a rigorous analysis of the expected error rates of observation. While not unique, the current state-of-the-art in the field typically does include experimental error rate estimation like this work. The paper also does a good job in exploring the issue, including looking at plausible biophysical basis of super-compensators.

      We are deeply grateful to Reviewer #1 for the constructive feedback and the careful reading of our manuscript. We are particularly encouraged by the assessment that the paper “presents a compelling case with a rigorous analysis” of the expected error rates of observation, and by the recognition that the identification of super compensatory substitutions may inform protein design approaches. The comments on the rigor of the evolutionary framing, on the presentation of the fitness-potential analysis, and on the figures were highly valuable in improving the manuscript. We have carefully considered each point and itemize the corresponding revisions below.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The paper lacks rigor in talking about evolutionary-related issues of the state of the fitness landscape. As an example, the paper mentions that these super-compensators flatten the landscape. While I understand where this is coming from, I think that the fitness landscape in this context is a static entity and cannot be flattened or otherwise altered. A much more accurate description is that a sequence with a super-compensator is located in a flatter-than-expected segment of the fitness landscape, or on a flat fitness ridge. These issues are more semantic in nature, and while the manuscript would benefit from it being shown to an expert in molecular evolution or fitness landscapes, this issue does not take away from the importance of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. The proposed title is “Super-compensatory substitutions restore protein function and confer local mutational robustness”. The replacement text distinguishes the fixed genotype-to-fitness map from comparisons among local neighborhoods within that map. “Local mutational robustness” is defined operationally as a smaller absolute measured effect of the same second-site substitution in matched backgrounds carrying the focal state. The prepared prose removes statements that a substitution “flattens,” “smooths,” or changes the landscape and instead says that a genotype occupies a locally flatter region or fitness ridge.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I think that there should be more rigor when talking about or painting a mental picture of the fitness landscape (see above). More minor comments below:

      Main text

      (1) Line 106: "pooled competitive growth assays" -> is it correct to call it "competitive"? By design, there should not be competition in the sense that the presence or absence of cells with genotype A should not influence the growth rate of cells with genotype B.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful terminology check. We fully agree that “competitive” is misleading here, as the assay does not measure direct competition between genotypes. We have revised the term to “pooled growth assays” throughout the manuscript to more accurately reflect the experimental design.

      (2) Line 125: 3,750 rescuable genotypes are identified among 31,701 lethal ones (Line 111), but in the abstract the claim is one-third of non-functional missense variants are rescuable (Line 26-27). I am not sure I understand.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this inconsistency. Upon re‑checking, we realize that 3,750/31,701 is approximately 11.8% (roughly one‑tenth), not one‑third. The “one‑third” figure in the Abstract was a misstatement and has been corrected to reflect the correct proportion. All other numbers in the main text and abstract have been cross‑checked and are consistent.

      (3) Line 149: add citation to His3p being a homo-24-mer.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The citation has been added accordingly (Rawson et al., 2018).

      (4) Lines 178-187: I understood the paragraph about the fitness potential of super compensators, but I think that it should be shown to someone who does not think of fitness potentials as much as I do and see if it makes sense to them.

      Please refer to the question 2 of reviewer 3

      (5) Line 188: The title (and the paragraph) could focus on buffering beneficial ones; for deleterious, it is given by definition (although strictly only for lethals).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have revised the title to “Super Compensators Buffer the Effects of Beneficial Substitutions” to clearly emphasize that our study focuses on the buffering of beneficial mutations

      (6) Line 238-239: Even more strongly than previously, the title is describing a property given by definition of (super) compensators, is it not?

      We thank the reviewer for this critical and insightful point. We fully agree that the original title, “Super Compensators Enhance Organisms’ Tolerance to Deleterious Mutations,” risked stating a tautological property inherent to the definition of compensators. To address this, we revised it to “Validating Super Compensators as Robust Buffers of Deleterious Substitutions”, which now emphasizes the experimental validation aspect rather than a definitional property.

      (7) Line 260: Regarding the robustness of the findings in other datasets - first, I did not see any results based on these datasets (maybe that is for another publication), and it is not clear which results are being referred to. Is it the existence of super-compensatory mutations, or their prevalence or their global stabilizing effect, or all of that?

      We thank the reviewer for this important query. We have now clarified in the revised manuscript that our analysis of the other datasets was intended to test whether supercompensators can be detected in other proteins, not to estimate their global stabilizing effects. The results (Fig. S7A–B) show that such high‑compensation amino acid states do exist in other systems.

      (8) Figure 1A: why does it jump in the diagram from WT 2 mutations away rather than 1?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the inconsistency in Figure 1A. We have revised the figure as suggested, and the updated version now properly shows the stepwise progression from WT through the single‑mutation intermediate to the double‑mutation state, removing the original jump.

      (9) Lines 655-656: Figure 1C dark blue vs black is hard to read.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have changed the dark blue to light blue in Figure 1C to enhance readability ‘

      (10) Figure 2D: given axes, it would read better if it is a square.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this issue. We have revised Figure 2D to a square (1:1) aspect ratio, as suggested, to improve readability. The updated figure is now included in the revised manuscript.

      (11) Lines 681-682: when the definition of compensatory ability is the sum of incoming weights - although mathematically easiest, I am not sure what the sum represents. Because these weights are products, wouldn't a product be more natural? Not sure about this myself.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. The graph direction to represent transitions from the existing background state to added substitutions. Each edge records the fraction of pairs showing a fitness increase ≥ 0.5. A product of incoming weights was not adopted because zero-valued weights would force the product to zero, obscuring differences in compensatory ability across substitutions.

      Supplementary

      (1) Figure S8 - the figure itself is confusing; I cannot connect it with the conclusion.

      We apologize for the confusion caused by Figure S8. To address this, we have revised the figure layout and significantly expanded the legend to explicitly describe: (1) the origin and processing of the data, (2) the definition of the row/column of the heatmap, and (3) a direct interpretation to the corresponding conclusion. We believe the updated version now clearly conveys the intended message. The revised figure and legend are included in the updated supplementary materials.

      (2) The font is inconsistent with the rest of the document.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. We have revised the font in the indicated section to match the formatting used throughout the manuscript. We have also reviewed the rest of the document to ensure overall formatting consistency.

      We appreciate Reviewer #1’s careful comments on the rigor of the evolutionary framing and on the presentation of the manuscript. The revisions replace the landscape-altering language with statements about local neighborhoods, correct the inconsistent proportion reported in the Abstract, revise the two section titles so that they no longer restate a definitional property, number all equations, and improve the readability of Figures 1A, 1C, 2D, and S8.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents an interesting and conceptually valuable analysis of compensatory evolution using a large combinatorial deep-mutational-scanning dataset for yeast His3p.

      I particularly like the identification of "super compensatory" substitutions that improve fitness across diverse genetic backgrounds and apparently reduce the sensitivity of the local fitness landscape to subsequent mutations. The work connects epistasis, protein stability, mutational robustness, and evolvability in a clear and potentially broadly relevant manner.

      The authors provide several complementary lines of evidence in support of this central conclusion. In particular, the new experimental validation of S189A is an important strength because it directly demonstrates that a predicted super compensator can buffer the effects of diverse deleterious substitutions, while analyses of additional DMS datasets from other proteins and assay systems suggest that the phenomenon is not restricted to the original His3p landscape.

      We first appreciate Reviewer #2’s positive assessment of the conceptual value of the study, and in particular the recognition that the work connects epistasis, protein stability, mutational robustness, and evolvability, and that the new experimental validation of S189A is an important strength. We are also grateful for the three specific and constructive suggestions on structure-aware modelling, on the scope of the ProteinGym analysis, and on tree-aware testing of ortholog co-occurrence. These suggestions led to the largest additions in this revision. We have carefully considered each point, and our responses and the corresponding revisions are detailed below.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The structural analysis currently relies primarily on correlations with RSA, weighted contact number, conservation, and Rosetta-predicted changes in folding or binding energy. For super compensators, the mechanistic evidence is largely limited to predicted stabilization and individual examples, such as the proposed salt bridge between 110D and R112. I believe that the newly developed structure-aware deep-learning approaches could provide useful information on the mechanism of super compensators. For example, an inverse-folding model such as ESM-IF1 could score complete multi-mutant sequences conditioned on the His3p backbone and test whether adding a super compensator restores sequence-structure compatibility across backgrounds. More recent multimodal mutation-effect or stability models could similarly be used to cross-check the Rosetta results, including models that explicitly support combinatorial mutations. I would not recommend simply comparing AlphaFold confidence scores between mutants, because current structure predictors are not necessarily sensitive to subtle mutation-induced energetic or conformational changes.

      Following the reviewer's suggestion, we scored complete multi-mutant His3p sequences with ESM-IF1 (esm_if1_gvp4_t16_142M_UR50) conditioned on the 6EZM backbone, comparing exact measured genotype pairs that differ only by the state of interest (up to 1,000 backgrounds per state; 7,000 pairs). Five of the seven reported super compensatory substitutions in the Table S1 increased sequence–backbone compatibility: 144N (+0.0160), 169R (+0.0115), 110D (+0.0086), 189A (+0.0021) and 93V (+0.0016), each with a bootstrap interval excluding zero. Two decreased (73A, −0.0153; 137G, −0.0080). Against score-blind matched controls the contrast favoured the reported state for those same five (exact two-sided binomial P = 0.45). All seven directions were preserved in a contacting-chain context (chains A, R and L; Cα within 8 Å). We also used these scores to cross-check the archived Rosetta energies over the 1,217 exact pairs carrying archived entries on both sides (Zenodo 17769278). Higher archived energy accompanies lower measured fitness, so concordance would appear as a negative correlation; the observed Spearman correlations are positive (ρ = +0.085 to +0.094 pooled, +0.200 to +0.211 within focal state). The two predictors therefore do not track one another. We did not compare AlphaFold confidence scores between mutants.

      In a word, ESM-IF1 supports the idea that most supercompensatory substitutions can promote the folding of His3p.

      (2) The manuscript states that the pipeline was applied to 217 ProteinGym datasets and concludes that super compensators are broadly distributed across proteins and assays. However, this central generalization is described in only a few sentences and is largely relegated to Figure S7. The Methods do not explain which datasets contained sufficient combinatorial mutants to calculate compensatory ability or buffering, how many genotype pairs or quadruplets were available per substitution, or how differences in assay scale and library design were handled. This point requires clarification because super compensation is inherently a background-dependent property and cannot be established from single-mutant measurements alone. ProteinGym is widely used as a substitution-effect benchmark, and many of its constituent assays primarily contain single substitutions; for example, an analysis of an earlier ProteinGym collection reported that 76 of 87 assays contained only single substitutions. It is therefore unclear how the same compensatory-interaction pipeline could be applied uniformly to all 217 datasets.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. We have re-performed this analysis based on the pinned PG_v1.3 manifest. The 217 DMS assays cover 186 unique proteins. To identify super-competitors, we filtered for DMS datasets containing multiple substitutions per genotype—specifically requiring at least 10 sets of quadruplet genotypes to evaluate whether a specific amino acid state can mitigate mutational effects. This strict filtering yielded four qualified DMS datasets: three assayed for in vitro protein folding stability using cDNA display proteolysis (E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase AMFR, iron-regulated surface determinant protein H, and E3 SUMO-protein ligase CBX4; Tsuboyama et al., 2023), and one assayed for fluorescence intensity via FACS (green fluorescent protein 2; Gonzalez Somermeyer et al., 2022). We have updated the Methods section to detail this selection process.

      (3) The analysis of 335 His3p orthologs in Discussion is potentially very interesting, but co-occurrence between super compensators and putatively deleterious amino-acid states does not by itself demonstrate evolutionary compensation. Closely related species share substitutions through common ancestry, and both states could be associated with a particular lineage or ecological context. A tree-aware analysis would considerably strengthen this result. The authors could reconstruct ancestral states and ask whether acquisition of a super compensator tends to precede or accompany otherwise deleterious substitutions. Alternatively, they could use phylogenetically informed permutations that preserve substitution frequencies and shared ancestry.

      We agree. Co-occurrence among living species is not by itself evidence of compensation, because related species inherit substitutions from a common ancestor. We have therefore redone the analysis on a phylogeny, using the phylogenetically informed permutation the reviewer suggests.

      We realigned the archived orthologs with MAFFT L-INS-i and built a maximum-likelihood tree with IQ-TREE: 329 species, 225 alignment columns, the Q. YEAST model selected by BIC, with 1,000 ultrafast-bootstrap and 1,000 SH-aLRT replicates. Six rows carrying three ambiguous duplicate species labels were removed, which also corrects the earlier figure caption that stated 355 species. We then tested 28 substitution pairs against a null in which both substitutions are simulated on the tree and thresholded to their observed frequencies, so the null preserves both how common each substitution is and how the species are related.

      Two pairs stand out, and both involve 189A. 189A occurs together with 204I in 112 species, where the tree-based null expects 78 — an excess of 34 species. 189A occurs with 211E in 66 species against an expectation of 43 — an excess of 23. Both excesses are significant on their own under the tree-based simulation (p = 0.021 and 0.036, from 100,000 simulations) and under a separate Pagel test of correlated evolution (p = 0.046 and 0.023). No other pair reaches significance under both tests. 189A is also the substitution we validated experimentally, so the strongest evolutionary signal and the experimental result point to the same substitution.

      We note two limits. Neither pair survives correction for having tested 28 pairs. And both pairs involve common substitutions (189A is present in 177 of the 329 species), so part of their high rank may reflect the greater statistical power available for common substitutions. We therefore present these as the strongest associations in the data rather than as proof of historical compensation.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #2 for recommending a broader mechanistic and evolutionary evaluation. The added ESM-IF1 analysis, the re-performed ProteinGym dataset selection, and the tree-aware analysis of ortholog co-occurrence provide more direct evidence for the properties of super compensatory substitutions, and we have stated the remaining limitations of each analysis explicitly.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Jiang and co-authors presents an analysis of experimental measurements (about 400k variants) from a deep mutational scan of the HIS3 enzyme. The authors assess the ability of a genotype to be "rescued" and show that this depends on mutation sites (in particular their solvent accessibility) and mutation effects (should be mild on folding stability or binding affinity). They further identify a set of super-compensatory mutations, and their results suggest that these mutations flatten the fitness landscape.

      This finding is interesting and likely of interest to a broad community. The analysis seems sound. However, I have a number of major concerns regarding the presentation and positioning of the work.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for the careful reading of our manuscript and for the positive comments that the finding is “interesting and likely of interest to a broad community” and that the analysis “seems sound.” The concerns regarding the positioning of the work relative to Pokusaeva et al. (2019), the description of the model used to estimate fitness potentials, the structural and citation details, and the sensitivity of rescuability to the threshold choices were valuable in improving the clarity and the rigor of the manuscript. We address each point below.

      (1) It would improve the manuscript to clarify the present contribution with respect to a previous study by the same authors, namely Pokusaeva et al. 2019. Did the authors apply the same protocol to generate a new library of mutants, or did they re-analyse an already published library? If the library is not new, ambiguous sentences like "Nevertheless, to our knowledge, the His3p library remains one of the largest and most comprehensive resources that contains multi-site mutants" should be reformulated.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this ambiguity; we agree and will revise accordingly. The large-scale His3p landscape was reported in Pokusaeva et al. (2019), and no new version was constructed here. Instead, we provide a computational re-analysis of those measurements to quantify rescuability, broad positive effects of super compensatory substitutions, and local buffering of fitness effects, plus a newly generated targeted DMS validation library (randomizing positions 181 and 202 in WT S189 vs. 189A) that experimentally validates compensation. To clarify provenance, we will change the sentence “Nevertheless, to our knowledge, the His3p library remains one of the largest...” to “While the large-scale library was measured previously (Pokusaeva et al., 2019), the current work combines a newly generated targeted dataset with a fresh re-analysis of this public His3p library to reveal previously unappreciated rules of compensation.” This revision clearly separates prior data from our novel contributions.

      (2) Pokusaeva et al. 2019 is cited for the library and also for the deep neural network. It would be beneficial to briefly describe the architecture, the inputs and outputs, and the training procedure. Was the network trained on the current library? What is the purpose of this network? It looks more like an additive linear model (except for the global sigmoid) than a deep neural network. How does it relate to global epistasis models? The sigmoid function is designed to capture plateauing effects; doesn't that introduce some circularity issue in the reasoning?

      Pokusaeva et al. (2019) describes a three-layer feed-forward model that is best understood as a global-epistasis model rather than a conventional deep neural network. The input is a one-hot encoding of amino-acid states. These inputs are first mapped to a one-dimensional additive latent variable, in which the state-specific coefficients are summed to produce a genotype-level latent “fitness potential.” That latent value is then passed through a learned nonlinear output layer with 22 units to generate the predicted fitness. The model was trained on the current library.

      Its purpose is to separate the intrinsic contribution of each amino-acid state from the background-dependent saturation of the His3p assay. Raw fitness values are not directly comparable across genetic backgrounds: in already low-fitness backgrounds, additional substitutions may remain phenotypically invisible, whereas in high-fitness backgrounds, mildly deleterious effects may be masked. A global-epistasis formulation addresses this by placing states on an additive latent scale and capturing assay saturation through a monotonic nonlinear link function. In this framework, each state has an estimated coefficient that is interpreted as its background-independent fitness contribution.

      This coefficient is not hypothetical; it is explicitly provided in File/DeepLearningWeights/DLWeightsFI.tsv as FI_mean, one row per state. These coefficients are used downstream to quantify each state’s fitness impact, which is essential for showing that supercompensatory substitutions are not defined in a circular way by construction.

      (3) Are the super-compensatory mutations observed (conserved) across evolution? Beyond the fact that they are accompanied by mildly deleterious mutations in natural sequences. Can we predict them with variant effect predictors?

      We thank the reviewer for these questions. Regarding evolutionary conservation, we have not performed a systematic phylogenetic analysis, as our primary focus here was the experimental characterization of compensation within the His3p system. Nevertheless, our data show that super‑compensatory mutations are consistently stabilizing across backgrounds (Fig. 4L)—precisely the property that makes them robustly beneficial regardless of context. This suggests that these mutations may be identifiable through stability‑predicting tools (e.g., FoldX, DeepDDG), which would flag them as stabilizing. Whether this stabilization is reflected in evolutionary conservation patterns is a separate question; while we observe their co‑occurrence with mildly deleterious variants in natural sequences (as the reviewer notes), we have not systematically tested whether conservation‑based predictors (e.g., EVE, DeepSequence) can predict them.

      (4) The AAindex mention should be accompanied by a citation.

      We thank the reviewer for the reminder. We will add the appropriate citation for the AAindex database in the revised manuscript

      (5) Equations should be numbered. WCN formula seems to contain misformatting issues.

      We thank the reviewer for the reminder. We numbered all equations sequentially and correct the formatting errors in the WCN formula.

      (6) A more explicit description of the structural data analysed (which PDB entry?) should be provided.

      We thank the reviewer for the reminder. The PDB entry used is 6EZM.

      (7) I believe the citation Van Cleve and Weissman 2015 for the ProteinGym benchmark is incorrect. Additionally, is the Rosetta citation adequate?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these citation issues. We have double-checked the references and agree with these concerns.

      Regarding the Rosetta citation, we acknowledge that there is no single “Rosetta citation”. In our work, we used the ddg_monomer function for ΔΔG_fold calculations and the flex ddG function for ΔΔG of interface binding calculations. Therefore, we cited the corresponding methodological papers: Kellogg et al. (2011) for ddg_monomer and Barlow et al. (2018) for flex ddG.

      (8) How is the definition of rescueability sensitive to the threshold choice?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. To systematically evaluate the robustness of our rescuability measurements, we tested three key parameters: (i) the fitness cutoff used to define unfit genotypes, (ii) the minimum number of genotypes in the superset required for an unfit genotype to be considered and (iii) the fitness cutoff used to define fit genotypes. The first two parameters collectively determine the size of the unfit genotype set, while the third controls how rescuability was calculation.

      As shown in Fig. S1D of the manuscript, varying the fitness cutoffs for defining both unfit and fit genotypes has only a minor effect on the calculated rescuability, as reflected by the highly correlated rescuability values across different cutoff combinations.

      Besides, the primary goal was to examine how rescuability correlates with three biochemical features of each position in His3p: relative solvent accessibility (RSA), weighted contact number (WCN), and evolutionary conservation. When we applied different fitness cutoffs to define unfit genotypes while with at least 10 genotype in the superset, the correlations between rescuability and these biochemical features remained highly consistent (see Author response image 1A-D). This demonstrates that the observed associations between rescuability and RSA, WCN, and conservation are robust to the choice of fitness cutoff used to filter the unfit genotype sets.

      We next assessed the sensitivity of our results to the superset (the whole genotypes with additional substitutions) threshold. Using a fixed fitness cutoff of zero to classify unfit genotypes, we found that, although this shifted the fraction of genotypes classified as unfit, the observed correlations between rescuability and the three biochemical features were largely unchanged, even when the superset was defined by as few as a single genotype (see Author response image 1E-F).

      In summary, despite variations in the parameter settings used to filter unfit genotypes for rescuability calculation, the overarching conclusion—that rescuability is consistently correlated with RSA, WCN, and conservation—remains robust and reproducible across all tested conditions.

      Author response image 1.

      Different rescuability calculation methods and filtering thresholds produce similar results. (A-F) Different filtering thresholds used to calculate the average rescuability for each position of the monomer of His3p give similar results. (A-B) The average rescuability for each position along His3p for unfit genotype with fitness < 0.5. The total count of genotypes containing additional substitutions is at least 10. (C-D) The average rescuability for each position along His3p for unfit genotype with fitness < 1. The total count of genotypes containing additional substitutions is at least 10. (E-F) The average rescuability for each position along His3p for unfit genotype with fitness = 0 and the total count of genotypes containing additional substitutions is at least 1.

      We are grateful to Reviewer #3 for the questions on data provenance, model description, structural data, citations, and threshold sensitivity. The revisions separate the previously published library from the newly generated targeted dataset, describe the global-epistasis model and its role explicitly, correct the citations, and document the robustness of rescuability across all tested filtering thresholds.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      While the results show some loss in the eyelid meibomian glands, there is significant gland retention in HSD3b6 KO mice, as shown in Figure 2. This is supported by the lack of DEG patterns showing downregulation of Meibum lipid genes (AWAT2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, SCD, etc.), and no decrease in Pparg expression, known to be critical for meibomian gland lipid gene expression.

      Weaknesses:

      It should be noted that while the authors indicate that CD38 is significantly up-regulated in the HSD3b6 KO mouse, the increase was not sufficient to show a significant adjusted P-value. Bulk RNA sequencing also shows no significant change in meibum lipid gene expression for aged mice that are treated with 78c, an inhibitor of CD38, which the authors indicate increases NAD levels, leading to increased meibomian gland size compared to vehicle-treated mice.

      Unfortunately, there was no increase in meibum lipid gene expression with 78c, as identified by adjusted P-value. However, it should be noted that the supplemental file covering DEG expression was labeled as a Microarray analysis. This did not include the 78c+NMN treated mice, which the authors contend show a more impactful effect on the meibomian gland.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of our work and for the constructive comments regarding the interpretation of the transcriptomic data and the molecular basis of meibomian gland dysfunction.

      First, regarding the statistical significance of Cd38 expression in the microarray analysis, we performed additional validation using gene-specific quantitative PCR in independent eyelid tarsal plate samples. These new data are now presented in Fig. 2C, and the Results section has been revised as follows:

      “… To validate the upregulation of Cd38, we performed real-time PCR analysis using gene-specific primers in independent eyelid tarsal plate samples, which confirmed a significant increase in Cd38 expression in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice compared to Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> controls. This difference was also observed in castrated mice; thus, the effect of Hsd3b6 deletion on Cd38 expression is independent of testicular testosterone (Fig. 2C).”

      Second, we apologize for the error in the original supplementary DEG file, which caused confusion during the review process. We have now replaced it with a complete RNA-seq dataset that includes all expression values for aged mice treated with 78c+NMN (please see Supplementary Data 2). As shown in Fig. 4E, F, treatment with 78c+NMN significantly increased the expression of Elovl4 and Elovl7, elongases responsible for the synthesis of very long-chain fatty acids in the meibomian gland. We also re-examined representative meibum lipid-related genes (Awat2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, and Scd1). Although none reached statistical significance individually, collective analysis of these representative lipid-related genes by two-way ANOVA with Bonferroni's post hoc test demonstrated a significant overall increase following 78c+NMN treatment in aged mice, compared with controls, supporting coordinated upregulation of the meibomian gland lipid synthesis program.

      These analyses indicate that, although the individual lipid-related genes showed only modest changes, they exhibit a coordinated increase following 78c+NMN treatment in aged mice. By contrast, the same gene set showed no significant overall change in young (3-month-old) mice, consistent with the original RNA-seq results presented in Fig. 4E. To better illustrate these findings, we have summarized the expression of these representative genes in a new Supplementary Fig. S5 and revised the Results accordingly, as follows:

      “…Furthermore, representative meibum lipid-related genes, including Awat2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, and Scd1, exhibited a coordinated increase following 78c-NMN treatment (Fig. S5). While the changes in individual genes were modest and did not reach statistical significance (Fig. 4E), analysis of the gene set as a whole demonstrated a significant overall increase compared with vehicle-treated controls.”

      “In contrast, the same treatment in young mice did not significantly alter gene expression profiles (Fig. 4E, young), and no coordinated increase was observed for Awat2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, or Scd1 (Fig. S5). This result is consistent with previous studies [44,47,48] showing that 78c (or NMN) exerts minimal effects in young mice compared with aged mice across multiple physiological parameters, including glucose homeostasis, exercise tolerance, and cardiac function.”

      We also would like to note that the complete RNA-seq datasets provided in Supplementary Data 2 allow readers to examine the expression profiles of additional genes of interest.

      Finally, regarding the observation that meibomian glands remain partially preserved despite the presence of gland atrophy in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice, together with the limited significant changes in classical lipid-related genes, we agree that this is an important point for interpreting the mechanism(s) of meibomian gland dysfunction. Our previous transcriptomic analysis of FACS-purified meibomian acinar cells in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice (PMID: 37117756) demonstrated reduced expression of genes involved in cell proliferation/differentiation, despite relatively preserved expression of canonical Pparg-dependent lipid genes. Our findings therefore extend the current framework by suggesting that meibomian gland atrophy can occur, at least in part, independently of detectable changes in Pparg expression, supporting the idea that intracrine steroidogenesis contributes to maintaining the proliferative activity of basal acinar cells alongside the Pparg-dependent pathway. Accordingly, we have revised the Discussion to clarify the relationship between our findings and the established Pparg-centred model of meibomian gland maintenance, as follows:

      “Although 78c+NMN treatment effectively restored meibomian gland size, the molecular mechanisms underlying this recovery remain incompletely understood. Treatment with 78c+NMN significantly increased the expression of Elovl4, Elovl7, and Hsd3b6. However, representative meibum lipid-related genes, including Awat2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, and Scd1, exhibited only a modest coordinated increase following treatment. Interestingly, the expression of Pparg, a key transcriptional regulator of meibocyte differentiation and lipid synthesis [88-90], remained unchanged. These findings suggest that restoration of meibomian gland size by 78c+NMN does not require detectable changes in Pparg mRNA expression, although Pparg activity may instead be regulated at the level of protein abundance, subcellular localization, and/or post-translational modifications such as phosphorylation or SUMOylation [88,91].

      Our previous transcriptomic analysis of FACS-purified meibomian gland basal acinar cells (meibomian precursor cells expressing androgen receptors) from Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice demonstrated impaired expression of genes involved in cell proliferation and differentiation despite relatively preserved expression of lipid-related genes [6]. In contrast, a recent single-cell study showed that Pparg expression progressively increases during meibocyte differentiation, although it is already detectable in basal acinar cells [92]. These observations suggest that Hsd3b6-dependent intracrine activity primarily supports the maintenance and proliferation of basal acinar cells, whereas the canonical Pparg pathway predominantly regulates subsequent meibocyte differentiation and lipid synthesis. Together, these findings suggest that Hsd3b6 dependent intracrine activity contributes to meibomian gland homeostasis through mechanisms that complement the Pparg-associated pathway. Thus, our findings extend the current framework by indicating that meibomian gland homeostasis is maintained not only through canonical PPARγ-mediated regulation but also through intracrine steroidogenesis.

      Newly added references:

      (88) Jester, J.V., Potma, E., and Brown, D.J. (2016). PPARγ Regulates Mouse Meibocyte Differentiation and Lipid Synthesis. Ocul Surf 14, 484-494. 10.1016/j.jtos.2016.08.001.

      (89) Kim, S.W., Xie, Y., Nguyen, P.Q., Bui, V.T., Huynh, K., Kang, J.S., Brown, D.J., and Jester, J.V. (2018). PPARγ regulates meibocyte differentiation and lipid synthesis of cultured human meibomian gland epithelial cells (hMGEC). Ocul Surf 16, 463-469. 10.1016/j.jtos.2018.07.004.

      (90) Hwang, H.S., Parfitt, G.J., Brown, D.J., and Jester, J.V. (2017). Meibocyte differentiation and renewal: Insights into novel mechanisms of meibomian gland dysfunction (MGD). Exp Eye Res 163, 37-45. 10.1016/j.exer.2017.02.008.

      (91) Ahmadian, M., Suh, J.M., Hah, N., Liddle, C., Atkins, A.R., Downes, M., and Evans, R.M. (2013). PPARγ signaling and metabolism: the good, the bad and the future. Nat Med 19, 557-566. 10.1038/nm.3159.

      (92) Zhu, X., Xu, M., Portal, C., Lin, Y., Ferdinand, A., Peng, T., Morrisey, E.E., Dlugosz, A.A., Castellano, J.M., Lee, V., et al. (2025). Identification of Meibomian gland stem cell populations and mechanisms of aging. Nat Commun 16, 1663. 10.1038/s41467-02556907-6.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors demonstrate strong correlations between a pro-inflammatory state, the activity of an intracrine hormone (3 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, 3B-HSD), and the NAD co-factor. Specifically, in a 3B-HSD knockout mouse, there was an upregulation in proinflammatory cytokines and increased CD38+ cells (CD38 is an enzyme that depletes NAD, a necessary cofactor for 3B-HSD activity). Conversely, induction of inflammation in the eyelids resulted in reductions in 3B-HSD activity. Supplementation with 5 alpha-dihydrotestosterone (DHT) or the NAD precursor NMN, and inhibition of CD38 activity (78c), corrected the pathologies observed in both the 3B-HSD knockout mouse and the pro-inflammatory model (LPS injection into eyelids).

      Strengths:

      The experiments were performed with good rigor, assessing the impact of inflammation and 3BHSD activity using multiple model systems. The endpoints represented a combination of transcriptional changes, protein quantification, enzymatic activity, and immunofluorescent microscopy. The authors use human tissue from both younger and older individuals to justify their hypotheses that increased CD38 + cells and reduced 3B-HSD quantity exist in older individuals. The data provide the foundation for assessing more global changes to the tear film and ocular surface.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weaknesses of the study include the following:

      (1) An absence of information on meibomian gland health, tear film, and ocular surface.

      (2) Too few human subjects to validate the hypotheses.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, this study demonstrates an important relationship that exists between intracrine signaling, inflammation, and cofactor signaling. It represents a novel approach in therapeutic design for patients with meibomian gland dysfunction.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of our work and for recognizing the novelty and potential therapeutic implications of the relationship among intracrine signaling, inflammation, and NAD metabolism in meibomian gland dysfunction. We also appreciate the reviewer’s constructive comments on the limitations of the present study and areas for improvement in the manuscript.

      Regarding the lack of information on meibomian gland health, tear film, and ocular surface, we have added a limitations section to explicitly acknowledge that these functional outcomes were not directly assessed in the present study. As the reviewer kindly noted, we only focused on a key pathological hallmark of MGD, namely age-associated tissue atrophy, and based on this we explored the NAD/3β-HSD/inflammation-mediated mechanism. Thus, a limitation of the present study is the lack of assessment of the downstream consequences of MGD. This point is now explicitly discussed in the manuscript; please note that additional details are provided in our responses to Reviewer #2’s Recommendations for the authors.

      Regarding the human data, we added two additional human eyelid samples, increasing the sample size of the older group from 2 to 4. Nevertheless, we agree that the sample size remains limited and have now explicitly acknowledged this limitation in Discussion as follows:

      “A caveat of this study is that the number of human eyelid samples analyzed was limited. Larger human cohorts will be necessary to establish the translational relevance of the age-associated CD38 accumulation observed in human tissues.”

      Taken together, we believe that these revisions have clarified the scope and limitations of our present study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate whether disruption of intracrine steroid hormone metabolism contributes to meibomian gland dysfunction and proposed a "vicious cycle" of gland dysfunction and inflammation, using a global Had3b6 knockout mouse model. The work addresses an important aspect of MGD, but its impact may be limited unless the intracrine mechanism can be more clearly distinguished from systemic hormonal effects.

      Strengths:

      This study addressed an important question. The hormonal regulation of the meibomian gland has long been recognized. If clarified, the concept of local steroid metabolism influencing gland homeostasis could have implications for understanding disease mechanisms and identifying therapeutic targets.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of a global knockout makes it difficult to separate local intracrine effects from systemic hormonal changes, and key controls and hormone measurements are lacking. LPS-induced inflammation may not reflect the chronic nature of MGD.

      We thank the reviewer for the thoughtful evaluation of our work and for highlighting the importance of distinguishing local intracrine mechanisms from systemic hormonal effects. In response, we performed several additional experiments and substantially revised the manuscript. Specifically, we measured plasma testosterone and aldosterone levels and found no significant differences between Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> and Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> mice. In addition, we repeated key experiments in castrated mice and observed that the effects of Hsd3b6 deletion on tarsal plate Cd38 expression and meibomian NAD levels were preserved despite the absence of testicular testosterone. These new findings provide additional support for a local intracrine mechanism in the eyelid. We also revised the Introduction and Discussion to better explain the proposed intracrine–inflammation vicious cycle and clarified the rationale and limitations of the LPS-based inflammation model, including its inability to fully recapitulate the chronic low-grade inflammation characteristic of MGD. Further details are provided in our responses to Reviewer #3’s Recommendations for the authors. We hope that these additions and revisions have strengthened the manuscript and addressed the reviewer’s concerns.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, the authors need to provide bulk RNA sequencing data for all treatment groups and provide some explanation of the measurements in individual mice for gland growth.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We have now replaced the original supplementary file with a complete RNA-seq dataset that includes all treatment groups (Supplementary Data 2). In addition, as described in our response to the Public Review comment above, we extensively revised our manuscript to provide explanation of gene expression profiles (particularly, representative meibum lipid-related genes) in the dataset.

      Accordingly, we have expanded the Results and reconstructed the Discussion by incorporating two new discussion paragraphs. The relevant revisions are provided below for your perusal:

      “… Furthermore, representative meibum lipid-related genes, including Awat2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, and Scd1, exhibited a coordinated increase following 78c-NMN treatment (Fig. S5). While the changes in individual genes were modest and did not reach statistical significance (Fig. 4E), analysis of the gene set as a whole demonstrated a significant overall increase compared with vehicle-treated controls.”

      “In contrast, the same treatment in young mice did not significantly alter gene expression profiles (Fig. 4E, young), and no coordinated increase was observed for Awat2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, or Scd1 (Fig. S5). This result is consistent with previous studies [44,47,48] showing that 78c (or NMN) exerts minimal effects in young mice compared with aged mice across multiple physiological parameters, including glucose homeostasis, exercise tolerance, and cardiac function.”

      “Although 78c+NMN treatment effectively restored meibomian gland size, the molecular mechanisms underlying this recovery remain incompletely understood. Treatment with 78c+NMN significantly increased the expression of Elovl4, Elovl7, and Hsd3b6. However, representative meibum lipid-related genes, including Awat2, Far2, Soat1, Plin2, and Scd1, exhibited only a modest coordinated increase following treatment. Interestingly, the expression of Pparg, a key transcriptional regulator of meibocyte differentiation and lipid synthesis [88-90], remained unchanged. These findings suggest that restoration of meibomian gland size by 78c+NMN does not require detectable changes in Pparg mRNA expression, although Pparg activity may instead be regulated at the level of protein abundance, subcellular localization, and/or post-translational modifications such as phosphorylation or SUMOylation [88,91].

      Our previous transcriptomic analysis of FACS-purified meibomian gland basal acinar cells (meibomian precursor cells expressing androgen receptors) from Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice demonstrated impaired expression of genes involved in cell proliferation and differentiation despite relatively preserved expression of lipid-related genes [6]. In contrast, a recent single-cell study showed that Pparg expression progressively increases during meibocyte differentiation, although it is already detectable in basal acinar cells [92]. These observations suggest that Hsd3b6-dependent intracrine activity primarily supports the maintenance and proliferation of basal acinar cells, whereas the canonical Pparg pathway predominantly regulates subsequent meibocyte differentiation and lipid synthesis. Together, these findings suggest that Hsd3b6-dependent intracrine activity contributes to meibomian gland homeostasis through mechanisms that complement the Pparg-associated pathway. Thus, our findings extend the current framework by indicating that meibomian gland homeostasis is maintained not only through canonical PPARγ-mediated regulation but also through intracrine steroidogenesis.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The main suggestion for the study is the correlation with meibomian gland function. While the study correlates changes with 3B-HSD activity, pro-inflammatory cytokines, and NAD cofactor levels, there is little support describing the pathological changes to the meibomian glands and the impact on the tear film and ocular surface. The changes in the lipid profiles, tear film stability, aqueous tear production, ocular surface staining properties, corneal epithelial transcriptional abnormalities, and leukocyte infiltration into the corneal stroma could all be assessed. While the authors have done a thorough job of demonstrating the correlation of the three major factors listed above, the correlation with meibomian gland function is not completely assessed in the study.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We agree that functional assessments such as tear film stability, ocular surface pathology, lipid composition, and other downstream manifestations of MGD would complement the mechanistic findings reported here and provide additional insight into their physiological consequences.

      However, the primary objective of the present study was to define the molecular mechanism underlying MGD, specifically the pathological interaction between meibomian gland intracrine activity and inflammation, and the role of the CD38–NAD axis in this process. Accordingly, our experiments were designed to focus on mechanistic endpoints directly related to this hypothesis, including 3β-HSD activity, NAD availability, inflammatory gene expression, and CD38 accumulation. In addition, we assessed a key pathological hallmark of MGD, namely age-associated meibomian gland atrophy and its recovery following 78c/NMN treatment.

      While direct evaluation of tear film and ocular surface parameters was beyond the scope of the present mechanistic study, we agree that such analyses represent important future directions. To acknowledge this, we have added the following statement to the Discussion:

      “… Firstly, while this study focused on defining the molecular and structural mechanisms underlying meibomian gland dysfunction, functional outcomes such as tear film stability, ocular surface integrity, meibum lipid composition, and other clinically relevant manifestations of disease were not directly assessed. Given the well-established link between meibomian gland dysfunction and tear film instability [57-59], future studies incorporating these functional assessments will be important to determine how the molecular and structural changes identified here contribute to ocular surface pathology and disease progression.”

      The description of the vicious cycle seemed a bit out of place in the introduction. This would have been most appropriate in the conclusion/discussion in the manuscript. The general nature of the description lacked focus on the eyelids and meibomian glands, and the narrative took time to get to the interactions that would be assessed in the study.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that the original Introduction placed excessive emphasis on the general concept of vicious cycles and that the discussion of disease-wide examples diverted attention from the specific focus of the present study on the meibomian gland.

      In response, we substantially shortened and refocused the Introduction. Specifically, we removed the broad descriptions of vicious cycles in neurodegenerative, metabolic, and cardiovascular diseases. The revised Introduction now introduces the concept of a vicious cycle only briefly and moves more directly to the biological context of meibomian gland dysfunction and local intracrine steroidogenesis.

      At the same time, we agree that the broader implications of this concept are better suited for the Discussion. We therefore added a brief concluding paragraph to discuss how our findings may inform the understanding of age-associated vicious-cycle processes in other diseases and may also provide a framework for considering intracrine-related pathology beyond the meibomian gland. The corresponding text has been added to the Discussion, as follows.

      “Finally, although the present study focused on the eyelid meibomian gland, the concept of an intracrine–inflammation vicious cycle may have broader relevance. Self-reinforcing pathological processes are implicated in several age-associated diseases, and altered intracrine activity has been described in multiple extra gonadal and cancerous tissues [5,7,8,93,94]. Our findings may therefore provide a useful framework for understanding how local hormone metabolism contributes to the initiation and maintenance of tissue-specific pathological cycles during ageing.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Introduction:

      (a) The first paragraph of the introduction defines the term "vicious cycle," but its relevance to the current study is low. It is not until line 54 that the specific tissue of interest is introduced. It is suggested that the beginning of the introduction be shortened to emphasize information that is directly relevant to the study.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the original opening of the Introduction was too general and that the specific focus of the study on the meibomian gland should be introduced earlier.

      In response, we substantially shortened the first part of the Introduction. Specifically, we removed the broad discussion of vicious cycles across multiple disease contexts and revised the opening so that the concept of a vicious cycle is introduced only briefly. The revised Introduction now moves directly to the relevance of local intracrine steroidogenesis in the eyelid meibomian gland, thereby better emphasizing the biological context and focus of the present study.

      At the same time, we recognized that some of the broader implications of the study remain important. Therefore, we incorporated these points into the Discussion, where we briefly discuss the potential relevance of intracrine–inflammation vicious cycles to other age-associated diseases and intracrine-related pathologies beyond the meibomian gland, as follows:

      “Finally, although the present study focused on the eyelid meibomian gland, the concept of an intracrine–inflammation vicious cycle may have broader relevance. Self-reinforcing pathological processes are implicated in several age-associated diseases, and altered intracrine activity has been described in multiple extragonadal and cancerous tissues [5,7,8,93,94]. Our findings may therefore provide a useful framework for understanding how local hormone metabolism contributes to the initiation and maintenance of tissue-specific pathological cycles during ageing.”

      (b) In the introduction, the authors should also include common types of intracrine hormones, such as DHT.

      We thank the reviewer again for this valuable suggestion. In response, we revised the Introduction to include representative examples of intracrine steroid hormones, including 5α-dihydrotestosterone (DHT) and estrogens, together with a brief description of their local production and action within peripheral tissues. We believe that this addition helps clarify the concept of intracrinology for readers less familiar with the field.

      “Common examples of intracrine steroid hormones include 5α-dihydrotestosterone (DHT) produced in the skin, prostate, and eyelid meibomian glands, as well as estrogens synthesized within the breast and endometrium [3-8]. These locally produced hormones act within the tissue in which they are synthesized.”

      (c) The hypothesis of a "vicious cycle" in MGD is not fully explained. Specifically, how intracrine steroids drive the meibomian gland into a vicious cycle is not described. The current information only discusses a possible association between steroid hormones and meibomian gland health.

      According to this important suggestion, we performed additional experiments and rewrote our introduction. Please note that plasma testosterone levels were not impaired in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice and their eyelid proinflammatory phenotypes (compared to wt mouse eyelid) remained preserved in castrated mice. These data are now provided, by performing additional experiments (please see our replies to your comments, below). Taking these observations into account, we have tempered our introduction.

      (2) Results:

      (a) One major concern is that sex hormones have long been recognized to be associated with the meibomian gland and have been extensively studied (see the TFOS guidelines). There have also been clinical trials using androgens to treat MGD. With the global knockout of Had3b6, systemic sex hormone levels could also be altered, which may result in MGD (estrogens are synthesized from androgens and would therefore also be affected).

      This thoughtful concern is well received, as we were not attentive to describe systemic testosterone in Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> and Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice in our original manuscript (for which we should apologize). The corresponding plasma testosterone data are now incorporated as Fig. S1A and presented below for your perusal.

      Importantly, plasma testosterone levels in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice were comparable with those in wt Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> mice, consistent with the known compensatory role of the paralogous enzyme Hsd3b1 in the mouse testis [21], which was confirmed to be expressed in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice (see new Fig. S1B). This type of compensation by paralogous steroidogenic enzymes has also been reported in other knockout model, such as Hsd17b3<sup>−/−</sup> mice, in which circulating testosterone levels were preserved due to a compensatory role of Hsd17b12 in the testis (new refs [83,84]). Based on these results, we rewrote our Results and Discussion, as follows.

      “plasma testosterone levels were indistinguishable between Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> and Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> mice (Fig. S1A), consistent with the known compensatory role of the paralogous enzyme Hsd3b1 in the mouse testis [21], which was confirmed to be expressed in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice (Fig. S1B). These results indicate that local steroidogenic activity in the eyelid exerts anti-inflammatory effects independent of circulating testosterone levels.”

      “For the interpretation of our meibomian intracrine activity model, it is important to note that in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice, plasma testosterone levels were maintained at the levels comparable with those in Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> mice (Fig. S1A). This appears due to a redundant expression of Hsd3b1 in the testis [6], although in the meibomian gland, Hsd3b6 is the sole enzyme (Fig. S1B) and accordingly its deletion causes the complete abolition of meibomian 3β-HSD activity [6]. The resilience of plasma testosterone levels has also been reported in a knockout mouse model deficient in Hsd17b3, a member of 17-ketosteroid reductase enzyme family required for the formation of testosterone [83], likely due to a potential compensatory role of the paralogous enzyme Hsd17b12 in the testis [84]. The Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> vs. Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> phenotypes in the tarsal plate Cd38 expression and meibomian NAD levels were preserved in castrated mice (Fig. 2C, F), which provide additional evidence to support that non-systemic local steroidogenic activity in the eyelid, rather than circulating testicular testosterone, underlies the phenotypes observed in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice.”

      Newly added references:

      (83) Lawrence, B.M., O'Donnell, L., Gannon, A.L., Smith, S., Curley, M.K., Darbey, A., Mackay, R., O'Shaughnessy, P.J., Smith, L.B., and Rebourcet, D. (2024). Compensatory mechanisms that maintain androgen production in mice lacking key androgen biosynthetic enzymes. FASEB J 38, e70177. 10.1096/fj.202402093R.

      (84) Rebourcet, D., Mackay, R., Darbey, A., Curley, M.K., Jørgensen, A., Frederiksen, H., Mitchell, R.T., O'Shaughnessy, P.J., Nef, S., and Smith, L.B. (2020). Ablation of the canonical testosterone production pathway via knockout of the steroidogenic enzyme HSD17B3, reveals a novel mechanism of testicular testosterone production. FASEB J 34, 1037310386. 10.1096/fj.202000361R.

      - For context, please note that plasma testosterone levels showed substantial inter-individual variability in both genotypes. Such variability is a well-established physiological feature of male mice, reflecting episodic testosterone secretion. Indeed, classical studies showed that variation in testosterone levels within the same mouse sampled on different occasions is comparable to that observed between individual mice, and a recent longitudinal LC–MS/MS study confirmed 10- to 100-fold fluctuations within individual adult male mice (Bartke and Dalterio, 1975, PMID: 1216260; Kettering et al., 2026, PMID: 41880754). Thus, the variability observed in our dataset is consistent with the known physiological dynamics of circulating testosterone in male mice.

      (b) To support the hypothesis of intracrine regulation in MGD, the following would be essential:

      - a local or targeted knockout model, and

      - a global knockout with appropriate controls, such as Had3b6+/+ mice combined with gonadectomy.

      Otherwise, the current study reflects the role of general steroid hormones in the meibomian gland rather than an intracrine-specific mechanism.

      We repeated our experiments using castrated Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice. As shown in new Fig. 2C, we observed a significant increase in Cd38 expression in the tarsal plate of Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice (n = 6, castrated) as compared to Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> control mice (n = 4, castrated). In addition, in Fig. 2F, we observed a significant decrease in NAD levels in the meibomian gland of Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice (n = 3, castrated) as compared to Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> control mice (n = 5, castrated). These results provide additional evidence to support that local steroidogenic activity in the eyelid, rather than circulating testicular testosterone, underlies the phenotypes observed in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice. Based on these results and consideration, we have modified our manuscript as follows.

      “… This difference was also observed in castrated mice; thus, the effect of Hsd3b6 deletion on Cd38 expression is independent of testicular testosterone (Fig. 2C).”

      “… Note that regardless of castration, Hsd3b6 deletion reduced meibomian gland NAD levels.”

      “…The Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> vs. Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> phenotypes in the tarsal plate Cd38 expression and meibomian NAD levels were preserved in castrated mice (Fig. 2C, F), which provide additional evidence to support that non-systemic local steroidogenic activity in the eyelid, rather than circulating testicular testosterone, underlies the phenotypes observed in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice.”

      (c) With the knockout of Had3b6, other steroid hormones may also be altered systemically, such as increased synthesis of the mineralocorticoid aldosterone. These hormonal changes could cause systemic effects such as hypertension, with unknown consequences for the meibomian gland. Please provide data on systemic steroid hormone levels to better interpret the current findings.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. To address the possibility that systemic mineralocorticoid alterations contribute to the observed meibomian gland phenotypes, we measured plasma aldosterone levels in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> and Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> mice. These new data are now included as Fig. S6.

      Importantly, plasma aldosterone levels were not significantly different between Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> and Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup> mice (Fig. S6). This finding is consistent with the known expression pattern of steroidogenic enzymes in the adrenal zona glomerulosa, where both Hsd3b1 and Hsd3b6 are redundantly expressed and contribute to aldosterone biosynthesis (refs. 85-87). Thus, similar to the compensatory role of Hsd3b1 in maintaining systemic testosterone production in the testis, the redundant expression of Hsd3b1 in aldosterone-producing cells likely preserves systemic aldosterone levels in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice.

      Based on these new data, we have added the plasma aldosterone measurements as Fig. S6 and revised the Discussion accordingly. These results further support our conclusion that the phenotypes observed in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice are unlikely to be secondary to systemic endocrine alterations and instead reflect the loss of local steroidogenic activity within the eyelid.

      “…Plasma aldosterone levels were likewise preserved in Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice (Fig. S6), consistent with the redundant expression of Hsd3b6 and Hsd3b1 in the adrenal gland zona glomerulosa cells [85-87].”

      (d) What is the age of the mice that underwent microarray analysis? The Methods section only specifies "young" and "old" without providing the actual ages. Although the ages can be inferred from the figures, they should also be clearly stated in the Methods section.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now clarified the age of the mice in the Methods section. All mice used for the microarray analysis were age-matched and were 9 weeks old at the time of tissue collection (please see page 35, lines 818-819).

      (e) Line 148: CD11b+ cells in the eye are usually referred to as dendritic cells derived from monocytes that function as antigen-presenting cells (APCs), rather than as phagocytes.

      (f) Line 149: How was it determined that the CD38+ cells are macrophages? CD38 can also be expressed by T cells, plasma cells, NK cells, and other immune cell types.

      Heeding these important instructions and based on their co-labeling with the myeloid marker CD11b, we have rewritten our Results on the cell identity of CD38 cells, as follows.

      “… We also found that the myeloid cell marker CD11b stained the same cells (Fig. S2), indicating an increased number of myeloid immune cells that express CD38 in the tarsal plate of Hsd3b6<sup>−/−</sup> mice (Fig. 2E, vs. Hsd3b6<sup>+/+</sup>).”

      In addition, to clarify that multiple immune cell types can contribute to CD38 expression in the tarsal plate and ocular tissues, we have extensively revised our manuscript by adding a new paragraph to the Discussion as follows.

      “Secondly, the cellular identity of the CD38-expressing cells observed in the tarsal plate warrants careful interpretation. In the present study, we observed co-localization of CD38 with the myeloid marker CD11b, indicating that these cells are of myeloid origin. However, CD11b<sup>+</sup> cells in ocular tissues such as in conjunctiva are often described as monocyte-derived dendritic cells functioning as antigen-presenting cells, rather than as classical phagocytic macrophages [95,96]. Therefore, our data do not allow us to further resolve the specific myeloid subpopulation (e.g., macrophages, dendritic cells, or other subsets) responsible for CD38 expression. In addition, CD38 is known to be expressed across multiple immune cell types, including T cells, plasma cells, and NK cells [97-99], suggesting that non-myeloid immune cells may also contribute to the overall CD38 signal in the tarsal plate. While previous studies in other tissues, such as in adipose tissue and liver [39,40], have attributed age-associated CD38 upregulation primarily to macrophages, our findings highlight the need for more precise cell-type–resolved analyses in ocular tissues. Future studies using lineage-specific markers or single-cell approaches will be required to define the exact cellular sources of CD38 and their respective contributions to NAD metabolism and inflammation in the eyelid.” Added references:

      (94) Khandelwal, P., Blanco-Mezquita, T., Emami, P., Lee, H.S., Reyes, N.J., Mathew, R., Huang, R., and Saban, D.R. (2013). Ocular mucosal CD11b+ and CD103+ mouse dendritic cells under normal conditions and in allergic immune responses. PLoS One 8, e64193. 10.1371/journal.pone.0064193.

      (95) Ahadome, S.D., Mathew, R., Reyes, N.J., Mettu, P.S., Cousins, S.W., Calder, V.L., and Saban, D.R. (2016). Classical dendritic cells mediate fibrosis directly via the retinoic acid pathway in severe eye allergy. JCI Insight 1. 10.1172/jci.insight.87012.

      (96) Malavasi, F., Deaglio, S., Funaro, A., Ferrero, E., Horenstein, A.L., Ortolan, E., Vaisitti, T., and Aydin, S. (2008). Evolution and function of the ADP ribosyl cyclase/CD38 gene family in physiology and pathology. Physiol Rev 88, 841-886. 10.1152/physrev.00035.2007.

      (97) Katsuyama, E., Humbel, M., Suarez-Fueyo, A., Satyam, A., Yoshida, N., Kyttaris, V.C., Tsokos, M.G., and Tsokos, G.C. (2024). CD38 in SLE CD4 T cells promotes Ca2+ flux and suppresses interleukin-2 production by enhancing the expression of GM2 on the surface membrane. Nat Commun 15, 8304. 10.1038/s41467-024-52617-7.

      (98) Peralta Ramos, J.M., Castellani, G., Kviatcovsky, D., Croese, T., Tsitsou-Kampeli, A., Burgaletto, C., Abellanas, M.A., Cahalon, L., Phoebeluc Colaiuta, S., Salame, T.M., et al. (2025). Targeting CD38 immunometabolic checkpoint improves metabolic fitness and cognition in a mouse model of Alzheimer's disease. Nat Commun 16, 3736. 10.1038/s41467-025-58494-y.

      (g) LPS-induced inflammation is acute and severe and may not accurately model MGD, which is typically characterized by chronic, low-grade inflammation. It is suggested to use a more relevant model, such as benzalkonium chloride exposure or a desiccating stress chamber.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that benzalkonium chloride exposure and desiccating stress are widely used and well-established models for ocular surface inflammation and dry eye [30-35], and we have also tested these approaches in our experimental system. However, while these treatments reproducibly induced inflammatory responses in the cornea, conjunctiva, and meibomian orifice, we did not observe detectable inflammatory changes within the tarsal plate (i.e., the internal eyelid tissue containing the meibomian glands). To our knowledge, induction of inflammation in the tarsal plate by these approaches has not been reported in the literature. As such, in our current study, we adopted subcutaneous LPS injection into the eyelid. However, as noted by the reviewer, this approach represents an acute and relatively strong inflammatory stimulus and does not fully recapitulate the chronic low-grade inflammation characteristic of MGD. Please note that, by describing both the rationale and limitations of this approach, we have improved our manuscript as follows:

      “Eye-drop instillation of inflammatory stimuli such as those by lipopolysaccharide (LPS) or benzalkonium chloride has been shown to be effective to cause inflammation in the cornea and conjunctiva [30-35]. However, we found this approach ineffective to induce inflammation in the tarsal plate (inside the eyelid tissue). Therefore, we performed subcutaneous injection of LPS to the eyelids (see Methods).”

      Methods [Page 30, lines 694-701] “LPS (Sigma) was reconstituted in saline and injected subcutaneously (5 µg/eyelid) 8 h before tissue collection for qRT-PCR analysis. LPS was administered every other day for a total of three or six doses before the measurement of meibomian NAD⁺ concentration or meibomian 3β-HSD enzymatic activity, respectively. Subcutaneous microinjection was performed using an insulin syringe (Becton Dickinson, 30G). This LPS-based approach represents an acute inflammatory stimulus and does not fully recapitulate the chronic low-grade inflammation characteristic of MGD — while it provides a practical means to induce inflammation in the tarsal plate.” Added references:

      (30) Lin, Z., Liu, X., Zhou, T., Wang, Y., Bai, L., He, H., and Liu, Z. (2011). A mouse dry eye model induced by topical administration of benzalkonium chloride. Mol Vis 17, 257-264.

      (31) Lin, Z., He, H., Zhou, T., Liu, X., Wang, Y., Wu, H., and Liu, Z. (2013). A mouse model of limbal stem cell deficiency induced by topical medication with the preservative benzalkonium chloride. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 54, 6314-6325. 10.1167/iovs.12-10725.

      (32) Wu, M., Downie, L.E., Hill, L.J., and Chinnery, H.R. (2023). Topical Decorin Reduces Corneal Inflammation and Imparts Neuroprotection in a Mouse Model of Benzalkonium Chloride-induced Corneal Neuropathy. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 64, 20. 10.1167/iovs.64.2.20.

      (33) Wu, C.Y., Wu, M., Huang, X., Gu, B.J., Maldonado-Codina, C., Morgan, P.B., Downie, L.E., and Chinnery, H.R. (2022). Topographical Distribution and Phenotype of Resident Meibomian Gland Orifice Immune Cells (MOICs) in Mice and the Effects of Topical Benzalkonium Chloride (BAK). Int J Mol Sci 23. 10.3390/ijms23179589.

      (34) Simmons, K.T., Xiao, Y., Pflugfelder, S.C., and de Paiva, C.S. (2016). Inflammatory Response to Lipopolysaccharide on the Ocular Surface in a Murine Dry Eye Model. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 57, 2443-2451. 10.1167/iovs.15-18396.

      (35) Corrales, R.M., Villarreal, A., Farley, W., Stern, M.E., Li, D.Q., and Pflugfelder, S.C. (2007). Strain-related cytokine profiles on the murine ocular surface in response to desiccating stress. Cornea 26, 579-584. 10.1097/ICO.0b013e318033a729.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is a very elegant and convincing study. Using systematic screening of actin tail formation in two bacterial strains and employing a panel of CRISPR-CAS ko cell lines, the authors identify a novel dynamin-related GTPase GVIN, which forms an oligomeric coat around an intracellular Burkholderia strain. The bacterial O-antigen LPS layer is required for the formation of the GVIN coat, which disturbs the polar localization of the bacterial actin-polymerizing BimA protein.

      I am not an expert in infection studies, but the experiments appear to be of high quality, the figures are well prepared, and clean and statistically significant results are provided. I have no criticism of the presented approaches.

      The identification of a novel GBP1-independent pathway targeting intracellular bacteria is not only of fundamental importance for the immunity field but also of high interest to researchers in other areas, for example, evolutionary or structural biologists.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their generous appraisal of our work. We appreciate their encouraging feedback.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors wanted to investigate how cells defend against intracellular pathogens, such as Shigella and Burkholderia species, that co-opt the host actin machinery to spread from cell-to-cell. Previous work has identified IFNg-inducible GTPase of the Guanylate Binding Protein (GBP) family in cytosolic defence against Gram-negative bacteria. By forming a coat around Shigella, human GBP1 suppresses actin-based motility by displacing IcsA, which is the actin-polymerising virulence factor present at bacterial poles. In addition, GBP1 recruits the cytosolic LPS-sensor, caspase-4, to the bacterial surface, which results in the removal of bacterial replicative niches via pyroptotic cell death. Here, they followed up their finding that GBP1 can reduce actin-based motility of Shigella in HeLa cells and, surprisingly, fails to do so during Burkholderia infection. In contrast, in T24 bladder epithelial cells, GBP1 is competent in blocking Burkholderia actin-tails. They therefore wanted to identify the GBP1-independent factor that blocks actin-based motility in IFNγ-treated cells that is absent in HeLa cells.

      Major strengths and weaknesses of the methods and results:

      The authors report a second IFNγ-dependent pathway involving the protein product of the gene GVIN1, which was previously thought to be a pseudogene. GVIN1 (GTPase, very large interferon inducible 1) is thus the first human member of this family of ~250 kDa putative GTPases to be demonstrated to be functional and have potential antimicrobial roles. The discovery that GVIN1 is indeed functional, forms coats on Burkholderia in an LPS O-antigen-dependent manner, and limits actin-dependent motility are the main strengths of this paper. The authors use CRISPR/Cas9-based knockouts in HeLa and T24 cells, and complement them to demonstrate that GBP1 and GVIN1 are both required to inhibit actin-based motility.

      An appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims and whether the results support their conclusions:

      The authors achieved their main goals through well-planned experiments and unbiased screens. They succeeded in finding the factor that blocks actin-based motility independently of GBP1. This is driven by GVIN1, which coats bacteria and limits actin-tail formation by reducing the expression of BimA through currently unknown mechanisms. Further, they found that an O-antigen mutant can escape coating by GVIN1, indicating the requirement for these polysaccharides in GVIN1-dependent bacterial sensing. However, the authors have not investigated whether GVIN1, which has two GTPase domains, does indeed have GTPase activity and whether GVIN1 and GBP1 together completely block cell-to-cell spread by Burkholderia and thereby restrict bacterial numbers over the infection time course. They also do not show whether GBP1 and GVIN1 target the same bacterial cell or different populations of bacteria.

      A discussion of the likely impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community:

      This work uncovers the antimicrobial actions of a member of yet another family of IFNg-induced GTPases, which potentially acts against other intracellular pathogens. GVIN1 appears to operate independently and in parallel to GBP1, pointing to the breadth and complexity of the IFNγ-inducible GTPase families.

      We thank the reviewer for their overall positive assessment of our work and their suggestions for additional studies. We addressed all the comments and in response we have added additional experimental data to the revised manuscript. However, while we agree that a detailed biochemical characterization of GVIN1 protein is warranted, we consider such experiments outside of the scope of the current work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here, Guo et al. (2025) propose that the IFN-induced GTPase GVIN1 forms a coat on cytosolic Burkholderia thailandensis, blocking actin tail formation through a mechanism analogous to GBP1-mediated restriction of Shigella motility.

      Their study was prompted by the intriguing observation that IFNγ priming and GBP1 coat formation fail to inhibit B. thailandensis actin-based motility in HeLa cells, yet IFNγ restricts the motility of Burkholderia in T24 cells. Further investigation revealed that IFNγ restricts B. thailandensis motility in T24 cells via both GBP1-dependent and -independent mechanisms, suggesting that HeLa cells lack a critical GBP1 co-factor required to inhibit actin tail formation.

      To identify the GBP1-independent mechanism, the authors performed an siRNA screen of interferon-stimulated genes (ISGs) and identified GVIN1, a large IFN-induced GTPase, as essential for restricting B. thailandensis motility. To identify the GBP1-independent mechanism, perform a knockdown screen for ISGs and find that the loss of GVIN, a very large IFN-induced GTPase, results in higher actin tail-positive B. thailandensis in T24 cells. They further demonstrate that GVIN forms coats on the surface of B. thailandensis, which prevent the polar localization of BimA and thus actin tail formation. In summary, the data reveal two independent IFNγ-induced pathways that restrict bacterial motility: one GBP1-dependent and the other GVIN1-dependent, each relying on distinct host co-factors.

      Global assessment:

      This is a well-executed study that convincingly demonstrates how GVIN1 restricts the actin-based motility of B. thailandensis through the assembly of coatomers. The results are clearly described, the manuscript is easy to follow, and the data are overall compelling and well presented. I have only a few suggestions on how the manuscript could be further improved.

      We thank the reviewer for a clear summary of our findings, and we appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful suggestions on our manuscript, which we addressed in our revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      GVIN/VLIG was previously described in the mouse, mostly. Why was it considered a pseudogene in humans? Some more background should be provided.

      Major genome annotation projects (Ensembl, GENCODE, and RefSeq) rely on automated pipelines that flag loci as pseudogenes when they contain features incompatible with a single canonical open reading frame. These pipelines score in-frame premature stop codons, frameshifting indels, or the absence of a full-length matching transcript or protein in reference databases. The human GVINP1 locus displays several such features when compared against a naive single-ORF model of the mouse Vlig1 mRNA, and on that basis GVINP1 was likely categorized as a pseudogene by all three consortia, an assignment that has propagated through UniProt, HGNC, GeneCards, and OMIM ever since (UniProt Q7Z2Y8; GeneCards GVINP1). Importantly, these pipelines are not designed to detect loci that are expressed from more than one ORF or that produce a full-length protein through non-canonical translation, and they do not incorporate mass-spectrometry peptide evidence, ribosome profiling, or interferon-inducible expression data. Therefore, these automated pipelines can draw incorrect conclusions, as is the case here. We have added to the Introduction to provide a bit more background, as requested.

      Is GVIN restricting the proliferation of the Burkholderia strain in the tested human cell line(s)? Is it restricting the intra-host mobility of the bacteria?

      GVIN1 limits intracellular bacterial replication, albeit only modestly (see new data in Fig. S5B). We found that although GBP1 and GVIN1 block actin tail formation through independent, non-overlapping mechanisms, control of intracellular B. thailandensis burden required both proteins: IFN-γ failed to restrict bacterial replication in either GBP1KO or GVIN1KO T24 cells, and the loss-of-restriction phenotypes were quantitatively similar between the two knockouts (Fig. S5B). Together, these data identify GBP1 and GVIN1 as the effectors of two cooperating IFN-γ–induced defense pathways that jointly control B. thailandensis.

      P 10: Remarkably, GVIN1 coatomers formed only infrequently on the surface of the O-antigen-deficient delta wbpm B. thailandensis mutant (Figure 5F). This information is not included in Figure 5F (only the quantification in E) and could be added.

      We have added representative images of the corresponding microscopy data for both WT and DwbpM in a new Figure S8B.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points:

      (1) The finding of GVIN1 as a protein is important and deserves further characterisation. For instance, it would be useful to investigate the transcripts they find in RNAseq, start sites, length of transcript, etc. There are two GTPase domains in this protein, but is either of them active as a GTPase if key GTP-binding and/or hydrolysis residues are mutated?

      We agree that biochemical and enzymatic characterization of the GVIN1 protein is an important future direction. Similarly, careful investigations of GVIN1 expression, ribosome profiling, etc. ought to be conducted. However, these represent substantial, self-contained lines of investigation, and we will address them in a dedicated follow-up studies.

      (2) Throughout the paper, the authors have only investigated the proximal steps of actin-tail formation. They do not go on to measure the impact of bacterial targeting by GBP1 or GVIN1, specifically in terms of bacterial spread cell-to-cell and replication (e.g., CFU measurements over time) and the impact on pyroptosis. Does GBP1 and/or GVIN1 targeting reduce bacterial CFUs over time?

      re: 1) bacterial burden (CFU data); 2) host cell death (pyroptosis), and 3) cell-to-cell spread: 1) Our revised manuscript now provides CFU data (Fig. S5B) that identifies a modest impact on bacterial burden by GVIN1 expression – please, see also our response to Reviewer #1. 2) We already provided data in our original submission (Fig. S2D) demonstrating that IFNγ priming of either T24 WT or GBP1<sup>KO</sup> cells did not appear to change the degree of host cell death in infected cells, as measured by Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH) release assays. Accordingly, no further studies into host cell death pathways seem warranted at this time. 3) B. thailandensis is unusual among cytosolic bacterial pathogens in that it can spread between host cells not only through actin tail–driven propulsion but also via flagellar motility (PMID: 21730143). Therefore actin-based motility is not essential for cell-to-cell spread for this specific organism (PMID: 21730143). Consistent with this dual-mode dissemination, IFN-γ priming of WT T24 cells had no measurable impact on plaque-based cell-to-cell spread (new data in Fig. S5A), despite sharply reduced actin tail formation inside IFN-γ primed WT T24.

      (3) The enumeration of microscopy could be improved by providing the % of GBP1+ve or GVIN1+ve bacteria that are actin-ve.

      We added those data presentations as new panels Fig. S2G for GBP1 and Fig. S7B. As expected, these data show that under IFN-γ primed conditions GBP1-coated or GVIN1-coated bacteria fail to form actin tails.

      (4) The authors show a schematic of GBP1 and GVIN1 targeting the same bacterial cell, but they have not demonstrated this experimentally. For many of their claims, it is important to show GVIN1 and GBP1 co-staining during infection with WT and the wbpM mutant Burkholderia.

      The schematic depicted GBP1 and GVIN1 on opposite sides of the same bacterium purely for illustrative clarity and was not intended to convey that GBP1 and GVIN1 necessarily coat the same bacterial cell. We agree, however, that whether GBP1 and GVIN1 coatomers can co-decorate a single bacterium is a mechanistically interesting question, and we have now addressed it experimentally. Dual immunostaining in IFNγ-primed cells showed that most targeted bacteria were encased by either a GBP1 or a GVIN1 coatomer, but not both (Fig. S7C). A small subpopulation of GBP1/GVIN1 double-positive bacteria was nonetheless detectable (Fig. S7C–D), indicating that the two coat types are largely, but not strictly, mutually exclusive. The rarity of dual-coated bacteria reinforces our conclusion that the two coatomers operate as predominantly independent effector systems, consistent with their ability to restrict actin tail formation independently of one another.

      (5) The authors make points about GBP1 and GVIN1 as being independent pathways and the need for a cofactor. To be certain about these conclusions, have they co-expressed both GBP1 and GVIN1 together in double knockout HeLa & T24 and assessed outcomes? They started out to look for a GBP1 cofactor that is required in HeLa cells, but they found GVIN1, which seems to operate independently of GBP1 (which is not inherently an issue, but I feel this needs to be clarified better). In T24 cells, expression of (mCh-)GBP1 alone without IFNg priming does reduce Actin+ve bacteria (Figure 2C, green bars), so GBP1 can use a factor that is expressed in naïve cells? But the authors have not shown that this factor is GVIN1. The same is true for GVIN1 expressed without IFNγ in T24-GVIN1-/- (Fig 5C). What happens in a similar experiment with an O-antigen mutant?

      We believe the individual experiments the reviewer proposes have, in fact, already been performed in some fashion and are presented in the manuscript. Because these experiments are distributed across several figures, we have taken this opportunity to summarize the logic here and to point the reviewer to the relevant panels.

      First, we would like to clarify the origin of GVIN1 in our study, as the reviewer's framing suggests that we set out to identify a GBP1 co-factor and instead landed on GVIN1. Our siRNA screen (Fig. 4A–B) was in fact designed to identify ISGs required for the GBP1-independent anti-actin-tail pathway and was therefore conducted in a GBP1<sup>KO</sup> T24 background. GVIN1 emerged as a factor whose depletion restored actin tail formation in the absence of GBP1, and it is therefore, by design of the screen, an effector of a GBP1-independent pathway rather than a candidate GBP1 co-factor.

      Second, we show that single deletion of either GBP1 or GVIN1 produces a partial and quantitatively similar de-restriction phenotype, whereas only the DKO fully abolishes IFNγ-mediated restriction of actin tail formation (Fig. 4C). Thus, we are seeing the classical additive signature of two non-redundant pathways acting on the same phenotype. In the gain-of-function direction, ectopic re-expression of GVIN1 in the DKO background restores IFNγ-dependent restriction to a level indistinguishable from the GBP1<sup>KO</sup> single knockout (Fig. 5D). A reciprocal experiment co-expressing both GBP1 and GVIN1 in the DKO would only test for additivity of two effects we have already shown to occur independently and would not provide an orthogonal test of independence beyond what Fig. 4C and Fig. 5D already establish.

      Third, we do not think GVIN1 is a likely candidate for the basal GBP1 co-factor that the reviewer infers from Fig. 2C. GVIN1 is IFNγ-inducible and effectively absent from unprimed T24 cells (the putative co-factor, while IFNγ-inducible, would be expected to be expressed at appreciable levels in naïve cells). Indeed, GVIN1 entered our screen precisely because of that inducibility (Fig. 4A and RNA-seq data in Fig. S3A–B). More decisively, we show that IFNγ-primed HeLa cells allow for ectopically expressed GVIN1 but not for ectopically expressed GBP1 to restrict actin tail formation. In other words, the ISG co-factor for the GVIN1 pathway must be distinct from the ISG co-factor for the GBP1 pathway. Lastly, we now show that GBP1 and GVIN1 coatomers are largely mutually exclusive, further arguing against GVIN1 acting as the GBP1 co-factor or vice versa in blocking actin tail formation.

      Fourth, the O-antigen mutant experiment the reviewer asked about has also been performed and provides another point of mechanistic separation between the two pathways. Ectopically expressed GVIN1 assembles a coatomer on WT B. thailandensis but only rarely on the ΔwbpM O-antigen-deficient mutant (Fig. 5F). This observation parallels (and thus mechanistically explains) why ΔwbpM is resistant specifically to the GBP1-independent (i.e., GVIN1-dependent) branch of IFNγ defense (Fig. 3E). GBP1, by contrast, engages both B. thailandensis WT and the O-antigen ΔwbpM mutant efficiently (new Fig. S8C).

      Taken together, four convergent lines of evidence (additive genetics in the DKO (Fig. 4C), cross-complementation of GVIN1 in the GBP1-null background (Fig. 5D), non-overlapping co-factor requirements in HeLa versus T24 cells (Fig. 2, Fig. 5), and distinct O-antigen dependencies for the two coatomers (Fig. 5E, Fig. 8C)) establish that GBP1 and GVIN1 constitute two parallel, independently operating antimicrobial modules, each likely with its own set of IFN-inducible co-factors.

      (6) The discussion does not currently discuss GBP1/Caspase-4-driven pyroptosis as a host-defence mechanism, which should be included. The authors should also discuss why Shigella and Burkholderia are differentially targeted, given the differences in the mechanism of actin polymerisation by IcsA and BimA.

      We previously showed that a GBP1 polybasic motif mutant that is unable to form coatomers on bacteria remains able to activate Caspase-4-driven pyroptosis and thus demonstrated that coatomers are not strictly required for GBP1-dependent Caspase-4 activation (PMID: 37023136). We now provide this information in the Discussion of the revised manuscript.

      We provide new data showing that GVIN1 forms coatomers on BimA-deficient and WT B. thailandensis with similar efficiency (new Fig. S8A) and we previously demonstrated that icsA plays no role in GBP1 coatomer formation (PMID: 33885766). Therefore, actin polymerization appears to play no role in either GVIN1 or GBP1 coatomer formation.

      Minor points:

      (1) Have the authors used anti-actin antibodies or phalloidin staining? Please clarify.

      We used phalloidin staining and this information is now also provided in the Results section (lines 118-119) in addition to the Materials and Methods section of the paper.

      (2) Provide the Gene ID, Ensembl ID, etc., for GVIN1 at first mention.

      We inserted the text: “Because automated annotation pipelines flag predicted in-frame stop codons, GVIN1 has long been catalogued as the pseudogene GVINP1 (GTPase, Very large IFN-Inducible Pseudogene-1) by Ensembl, GENCODE, and RefSeq (HGNC 25813; NCBI Gene 387751; OMIM 616121).” in the Introduction (lines 104 – 107)

      (3) The bond linking the core sugars with the O-antigen is missing in the schematic of LPS in Figure 3A. Please mention which sugars these are, if it is known for Burkholderia.

      We have corrected the schematic (Fig.3A) to include the bond linking the core sugars with the O-antigen.

      (4) RNA-seq datasets should be deposited to GEO or similar public databases, and project IDs provided.

      The RNA-seq datasets was deposited to the NCBI Gene Expression Omnibus (GEO), and the project accession IDs are is cited in the Data Availability statement.

      (5) The description of the transcriptomics analyses was not clear - are the heatmaps in Figure S3 of genes that were induced by IFNg in these cell lines, but not HeLa or A594, but the description states fold-change over naïve cells?

      The reviewer is correct and we apologize for the error in the figure legends, which we edited to clarify that the heatmap compares gene expression across IFNγ-primed cell lines.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments:

      (1) It would be nice to include some additional analysis on GVIN: GBP1 and GVIN1 seem to recognize different structures and need different cofactors. Are they structurally similar (alignment)? Can you map functionally important GBP1 regions on GVIN1, such as a polybasic motif, similar to motifs found in GBP1? Or does GVIN have a lipidic membrane anchor or a CAAX box? In other words, is GVIN binding directly to the outer membrane or through the unknown cofactor? Is GVIN an effector of another protein that binds to the OM?

      Detailed structural studies including the mapping and biochemical characterization of GVIN1's membrane-targeting domain(s) represent substantial, self-contained lines of investigation that are beyond the scope of this study and that we hope to present in a future follow-up study.

      (2) In T24 cells, GVIN1 and GBP1 (and their cofactors) get induced upon IFNg priming. Upon B. thailandensis infection, is it possible to see mixed or double coats? Does GBP1 have a higher affinity for Shigella and GVIN for B. thailandensis? Is GVIN1 B. thailandensis-specific? It would be a nice addition to discuss other virulent Burkholderia species that make actin tails (such as B. pseudomallei) to further enhance the possible relevance of GVIN1.

      Please see our response to reviewer #2: dual immunostaining in IFNγ-primed cells showed that most targeted bacteria were encased by either a GBP1 or a GVIN1 coatomer, but not both (Fig. S7C). A small subpopulation of GBP1/GVIN1 double-positive bacteria was nonetheless detectable (Fig. S7C–D), indicating that the two coat types are largely, but not strictly, mutually exclusive. Re: the measurement of GBP1/ GVIN1 affinities for different bacteria – we agree that this is an area of future exploration but not within the scope of this study. Extending research on GVIN1 to other bacterial organisms including other Burkholderia species is indeed among our future research goals. We more broadly speculate on the potential importance of GVIN1-mediated host defense targeting other Burkholderia species in the Discussion (see lines 363 ff)

      (3) In panel F of Figure 6, It appears that GVIN forms full coats in the absence of IFNγ priming, but relocalizes to the bacterial poles upon IFNγ treatment. Is this shift in localization a representative and consistent observation, or could it be an artifact of the specific image selected? Additionally, could this relocalization be driven by the presence of IFNγ-induced cofactors? For example, might GVIN interact directly with BimA, or could an IFNγ-dependent cofactor mediate its recruitment to the poles?

      We believe the author is commenting on Figure 5F instead of 6 based on the question. The perceived shift in GVIN1 localization to the bacterial pole under IFNγ-primed conditions was not something we routinely observe and the original image shown in Fig. 5F is likely an outlier. We therefore replaced the original image with a more representative image.

      (4) The authors conclude that BimA is eliminated from the outer membrane, but it is unclear what evidence this conclusion is based on. Could it be that BimA is not eliminated, but rather becomes diffusely distributed in the membrane in the presence of GVIN1, and is therefore more difficult to detect by microscopy? One way to test this hypothesis would be to delete BimC. If BimA localization is indeed dependent on BimC, its signal should become diffuse. If a BimA signal can be detected in BimC-deficient bacteria, but not in GVIN-positive bacteria, it would indeed strengthen the claim that BimA is removed from the membrane.

      Prior literature demonstrates that on a bimC mutant, BimA remains detectable on the bacterial surface in a dispersed manner and that this dispersed BimA localization correlates with an "actin cloud" surrounding the bacteria. In our GVIN1-coated bacteria, we do not detect an actin cloud or residually localized BimA signals. We have now mentioned this in the Results section line 305 - 308 referencing this published phenotype to strengthen our argument that BimA is likely cleared from the membrane rather than merely redistributed.

      (5) The siRNA mini-screen would benefit from appropriate controls demonstrating that the targeted genes were effectively knocked down. Without this, it's difficult to interpret negative results with confidence. It remains possible that the co-factor of GVIN1 is among the ISGs tested, but that the knockdown was insufficient to produce a detectable phenotype.

      We now acknowledge this limitation. We have updated the text on lines 221-223 to explicitly state that our mini-screen does not rule out potential false negatives due to varying knockdown efficiencies.

      (6) The authors convincingly demonstrate that GVIN1 coats prevent actin tail formation by B. thailandensis, but they do not explore the broader biological consequences of this observation. An important next step would be to assess whether GVIN1 coating restricts B. thailandensis cell-to-cell spread. By 8 hours post-infection, a clear difference in spread should be observable if actin-based motility is impaired. Additionally, it would be valuable to determine whether GVIN1-coated bacteria are still capable of intracellular replication. These functional assays would provide important insight into the biological relevance of GVIN1-mediated coating.

      We have now assessed the effect of GVIN1 on intracellular bacterial replication (see new CFU data in Fig. S5B) and cell-cell motility (see new data in Fig. S5A). Please, also refer to our comments in response to Reviewer 1 for more details.

      (7) As far as I am aware, the exact function of the GBP1 coat remains unclear. The authors refer to their earlier work (Kutsch et al., 2020) and claim to have demonstrated an "emulsifying activity." However, this overinterpretes the findings of that publication, since Kutsch et al. (2020) showed that the GBP1 coat disrupts the barrier function of the O-antigen, rather than compromising the integrity of the outer membrane itself. This disruption increases bacterial susceptibility to polymyxin B, but does not show an 'emulsifying effect'. Furthermore, the same group later reported that GBP1 exhibits an "aggregating" activity on LPS micelles (Dickinson et al., 2023), which seems to contradict the notion of an emulsifying function. I would recommend tempering the current claims about GBP1's activity. The precise impact of the GBP1 coat on the bacterial outer membrane remains unresolved and should be presented as an open question.

      Our previous work demonstrated GBP1 coatomers on the bacterial surface disrupt the membrane-stiffening and membrane-shielding activities of O-antigen. We stand by the interpretation of our results and think it is likely that GBP1 coatomers act like surface-active agents or emulsifiers. However, we agree with the reviewer that more biophysical studies are needed to definitively test this model. Accordingly, we have revised some of the language and clearly articulated that GBP1 coatomers acting as a surfactant is a model that we are proposing.

      As the reviewer correctly stated we have also shown that GBP1 can aggregate “free” LPS, i.e. to act more like a flocculant. Substances that are both flocculants and surfactants exist (e.g. long-chain fatty acid soaps). However, these substances typically do not act as flocculants and surfactants simultaneously under the exact same conditions. Similarly, we propose that GBP1’s role depends on context: we propose that GBP1 coatomers on the bacterial surface act as surfactants, while polymerizing GBPs bound to LPS acts a flocculant.

      Minor comments:

      (1) Figure 3: Can a GBP1 coat assemble on the delta wbpM mutant of B. thailandensis? The authors suggest GBP binds to the O-antigen, but other publications suggest that the O-antigen is dispensable in certain bacteria.

      We conducted these experiments – see also our response to reviewer #2. Briefly, ectopically expressed GVIN1 assembles a coatomer on WT B. thailandensis but only rarely on the ΔwbpM O-antigen-deficient mutant (Fig. 5F). GBP1, by contrast, engages both B. thailandensis WT and the O-antigen ΔwbpM mutant efficiently (new Fig. S8C). We do not argue that GBP1 requires O-antigen binding for coatomer formation on Burkholderia. However, direct or indirect interactions between GVIN1 and O-antigen may be required for GVIN1 coatomer formation.

      (2) Figure 4: GBP6 appears as a hit in the T24 screening but turned out to be a false positive. How does that look in the other cell lines that were part of the screen (U937, THP1)?

      the characterization of T24 GBP6<sup>KO</sup> cells clearly demonstrated that GBP6 is dispensable for either the GBP1 or the GVIN1 pathway in these cells. While we cannot formally rule out that GBP6 would be required for the GBP1/GVIN1 pathways in other cell lines, there are no compelling arguments in favor of this model – as far as we can tell - and we therefore did not investigate this further.

      (3) Figure 5F: Please show the blots confirming exogenous GVIN expression.

      We have provided an immunoblot showing the expression of exogenous GVIN1in HEK293T cells in new Fig. S7A

      (4) Figure 6: Can you induce GVIN expression after actin tails have been formed and stop disassembling them?

      This is an interesting idea and will require a technically challenging video microscopy approach that we will consider for future investigations.

      (5) Figure 6: Are the bacteria showing no BimA signal GVIN1-coated? Eventually, stain for LPS to see if bacteria are lacking BimA also lack LPS.

      Our preliminary studies indeed support this and thus indicate that the elimination of BimA from the bacterial surface requires the concerted effort of the GVIN1 coatomer and its putative co-factor (or the GBP1 coatomer and its putative co-factor, respectively). A detailed characterization of the mechanism by which BimA is removed from the bacterial surface will be part of future studies.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper attempts to examine how rare, extreme events impact decision-making in rats. The paper used an extensive behavioural study with rats to evaluate how the probability and magnitude of outcomes impact preference. The paper, however, provides limited evidence for the conclusions because the design did not allow for the isolation of the rare, extreme events in choice. There are many confounding factors, including the outcome variance and presence of less-rare, and less-extreme outcome in the same conditions.

      Strengths.

      (1) The major strength of the paper is the significant volume of behavioural data with a reasonable sample size of 20 rats.

      (2) The paper attempts to examine losses with rats (a notoriously tricky problem with non-human animals) by substituting time-outs as a proxy for losses. This allows for mixed gambles that have both gain and loss possible outcomes.

      (3) The paper integrates both a behavioural and a modelling approach to get at the factors that drive decision-making.

      (4) The paper takes seriously the question of what it means for an event to be rare, pushing to less frequent outcomes than usually used with non-human animals.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The primary issue with this work is that the primary experimental manipulation fails to isolate the rare, extreme events in choice. As I understand the task, in all the conditions with a rare extreme event (e.g., 80 pellets with probability epsilon), there is also a less-rare, less-extreme event (e.g., 12 pellets with probability 5). In addition, the variance differs between the two conditions. So, any impact attributable to the rare, extreme event could be due to the less rare event or due difference in the variance (or other statistical moments, like skew or kurtosis). That the distributions can be shown to be different under specific assumption to value maximizing agents (e.g., with Jensen Gaps and Table 2) is not really relevant to what rats are sensitive and what drive their behaviour. The design here does not support the conclusions. Finally, by deliberately confounding rarity and extremity, the design does not allow for assessing the impact of either aspect on rat behaviour.

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (1) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (2) The RL modelling work also fails to show a specific impact of the rare extreme event. As best as I can understand Eq 2, the model provides a free parameter that adds a bonus to the value of either the two options with high-variance gains (A and V in the paper) or to the two options with high-variance losses (F and V in the paper). Or equivalently to the ones with "Jackpots" vs the ones with "Black Swans" (see Point 1 above as to how these different aspects are all confounded in this design). This parameter seems to only depends on whether this option could have possibly yielded the rare, extreme outcome (i.e., based on the generative probability) and was not connected to its actual appearance. [This point is unclear as the text says this, but the rebuttal states otherwise; plus some options never received the REE, see Table S11]. That makes it a free parameter that just bumps up (or down) the probability of selecting a pair of options. That may be due to presence of the REE or the other rare event or just the variance difference. Moreover, in the case of the "black swan" or high-variance loss conditions, this seems very much like a loss aversion parameter, but an additive one instead of a multiplicative one. Is there a theoretical claim here that "extreme losses" need an additive loss-aversion parameter?

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (2) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (3) The paper presented the methods and results with lots of neologisms and fairly obscure jargon (e.g., fragility, total REE sensitivity). That might it very hard to decipher exactly what was done and what was found. For example, on p. 4, the use of concave and convex was very hard to decipher; the text even has to repeat itself 3 times (i.e., "to repeat" and "in other words") and is still not clear. It would be much clearer (and probably accurate) to say that the options varied along the variance dimension, separately for gains and losses. Option A was low-variance gains and losses. Option B was low-variance losses and high-variance gains. Option C was high-variance losses and low-variance gains, and Option D was high-variance losses gains. That tells much more clearly what the animals experienced without the reader having to master a set of new terminologies around fragility and robustness, which brings a set of theoretical assumption unnecessarily into the description of the experimental design. Alternatively, if the authors are wary of using the term "variance" because other moments of the distribution also differ, they could use "high-value gains" or "high-value losses" or something else which does not obscure the experimental design with jargon. Again, this goes back to point 1 above, whereby the different options differ on so many dimensions (as is made even more apparent in the rebuttal) that the design cannot isolate the impact of the variables of interest.

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (3) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space. The new words that we use are an attempt at reflecting the novelty of the approach and design.

      (4) Were the probabilities shuffled or truly random (seem to be fixed sequences, so neither)? What were the experienced probabilities? Given the fixed sequences, these experienced ("ex-post") probabilities, could differ tremendously from the scheduled ("ex ante") probabilities. It's quite possible than an animal never experienced the rare, extreme event for a specific option. From Table S11, that is guaranteed to have happened in that 4 animals only ever experienced the "black swan" outcome once. It's even possible (if they only picked a specific option on the 10th/60th choices by chance), that they only ever experienced that rare extreme event. This point still cannot be known given the information provided, which does not break down outcomes by options. The Supplemental in Table S11 only gives overall numbers but does not indicate what the rats experienced for each choice/option-which is what matters here. A simple table that indicates for each of the 4 options, how often they were selected, and how often the animals experienced each of the 6-8 possible outcome would make it much clearer how closely the experience matched the planned outcomes. In addition, by restricting the rare outcome to either the 10th or 60th activations in a session, these are not random. Did the animals learn this association? The text states that they did not, but no evidence is provided.

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (4) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (5) The choice data are generally presented in an over-processed fashion with a sum and a difference (in both figures and tables). The basic datum (probability/frequency of selecting each of the 4 options) is not provided directly in the main text, even if it can theoretically be inferred from the sum and the difference. New right side of Table S4 is probably the most valuable piece in terms of explaining what rats did and should be highlighted a lot more. Inspection of that table reveals some interesting (and potentially worrying) results. Most notably, the vast majority of responding happens on the "anti-fragile" and "robust" option, often totalling around 90% of all selections, especially amongst the most common blue rats. Alas, those were all those the two options that were deliberately assigned to the two most preferred holes in the training phase (see p. 26). Does this reflect genuine preference for reward distributions or does this reflect a spatial hole bias? The assignment strategy makes this impossible to tell apart.

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (5) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space. In addition, in Figure 8 of Material and Methods, we report the changes in behavior between the training and final sessions. The related discussion stresses that half of the rats changed more than 30% of their choices in the final experimental sessions compared to the training sessions. See also our previous reply to point (8).

      (6) There is insufficient detail provided on the inferential statistical tests (e.g., no degrees of freedom or effect sizes), and only limited information on exactly what tests were run and how (bootstrapping, but little detail). Without code or data (only summary information is provided in the supplement), this is difficult to evaluate. In addition, the studies seem not to pre-registered in any way, leaving many research degrees of freedom. Not all studies need to be pre-registered and sometimes discovery of new things requires exploratory work, but preregistration does provide additional safeguards against overemphasizing post-hoc detected patterns-a serious issue in behavioural science. Moreover, this promotes transparency in reporting results and analyses, allowing for a better assessment of the strength of evidence for a claim. For example, here, were any alternative analysis pipelines attempted? Also, there were many sub-groupings of the animals and subsequent comparisons between them which all seemed post-hoc. On what grounds were these divisions made-were other divisions examined as well?

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (6) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (7) On p. 12 (Fig 4), there is an attempt to look at the impact of a rare, extreme event by plotting a measure of preference for the 10 trials before/after the rare, extreme event. In the human literature, the main impact of experiencing a rare, extreme event is what is known as the wavy recency effect (See Plonsky et al. 2015 in Psych Review for example, now cited). What this means is that there tends to there tends to be some immediate negative recency (e.g., avoiding a rare gain) followed by positive recency (e.g., chasing the rare gain). Typically, this refers to the specific option that yielded that outcome. First, as the other analyses do, the current analysis combines choice of the option that yielded the rare outcome with choice of other options, so that cannot directly assess the impact of the rare, extreme event on choice. Also, using a 10-trial window would thus obscure any impact of this rare, extreme event. There is mention of the very next trial, but an analysis that looks at the 10-trial time course trial-by-trial could reveal any impact that might be predicted from the human literature.

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (7) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (8) As I understood the method (p. 31), the assignment of options to physical locations was not random or counterbalanced, but deliberately biased to have one of the options in the preferred location. This would seem to create a bias towards a particular option and a bias away from the other options, which confounds the preference data in subsequent analyses. Table S4 reinforces this concern where the vast majority of response are clustered in the two most preferred options from training.

      This is a repetition almost word for word of point (8) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (9) Are delays really losses? This is a big assumption. Magnitude and delay are different aspects of experience, which are not necessarily commensurable and can be manipulated independently. And, for the model, how were these delays transformed into outcomes for the model. Eq 1 skips over that. Is there an assumption of linearity? In addition, I was not wholly clear if the delays meant fewer trials in a session or if the delays merely extended the session and meant longer delays until the next choice period.

      This is an exact repetition of point (9) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      Other points:

      (1) I think the authors still misunderstand the concept of "hot-stove effects". The idea is that the experience of a very bad outcome can lead to avoiding the situation again (i.e., not sampling that option) and can provide the appearance of oversensitivity to that bad outcome. Here, that might be more thought as "black-swan avoidance". Imagine if, to the rat, all options are equal in value, then some initial bad luck in encountering the black swan might make the animal avoid that option, even though with enough experience, then it would have been equal in value.

      This point is reminiscent of recommendation (5) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (2) I am still not convinced that the Jensen inequalities add to this paper in terms of understanding the rat behaviour. That may be more suited for a different paper about the statistical and mathematical properties of certain generative distributions, but not here given what rats actually choose and experience.

      This point is reminiscent of recommendation (8) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (3) Providing the data open access is very good. The code, however, should be equally available and not just upon request. Code needs to be available for assessment during peer review and for reproducibility checks. There are substantial enough problems with reproducibility in the field that code availability should be a minimum criterion for publication (see Miske et al., 2026 in Nature for the most recent large-scale evaluation of this problem).

      This point is reminiscent of recommendation (9) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (4) The paper still somewhat mischaracterizes the literature on rare events, posing it as a series of "exceptions", rather than recognizing that a huge chunk of the literature uses rare events rarer than 10%. Also, there is even existing terminology in that literature for exactly the situation that is being created here-rare treasures (aka jackpots here) and rare disasters (aka Black Swans here).

      This is reminiscent of point (10) appearing in your previous report, which we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (5) Defining the observed behaviour in terms convexity, instead of stating choices more plainly obscures what is done/found. This is especially the case here because convex and concave mean different things when applied to gains/losses in terms of whether or not that option can lead to the REE. The use of the terms obscures rather than clarifies and probably is best left for the discussion (and maybe the intro) when mapping from theoretical distributions to the experiment at hand. In the paper, even the bottom of p.5 seems to incorrectly define "Total Sensitivity" as the combined proportion of selecting convex options in either domain, which does not map how convex is defined in Fig 1B or elsewhere in the text.

      This is reminiscent of point (3) appearing in your previous report, which as stated above we have addressed at length in our first-round reply. Therefore, we do not reiterate here to save space.

      (6) Fig 1C is baffling. Why are probabilities drawn moving away from the origin? The standard scientific plotting convention is for numbers to grow when moving away from the origin. That would be vastly clearer. Also, the color coding is confusing. Green-red maps onto convex-concave, but that would naturally seem to indicate gains vs losses, not convex vs concave. And why are probabilities growing larger in both directions from the origin? Much more sensible to communicate the procedure would likely be a standard plot of magnitude vs probability.

      As explained in the main text of the article, panel (c) in Figure 1 reveals an important and novel feature of the design: gains and losses are either convex or concave in decreasing probabilities, meaning that the gain/loss gets more rare, it becomes larger (if convex) or smaller (if concave) in a nonlinear fashion.

      (7) Discussion: I think the main difference between the human situations discussed and this experiment is that humans have not experienced those rare "black swan" outcomes. Rather, they hear about the disasters that are possible and do not incorporate that information, as discussed in the description-experience literature already cited in this paper (though not in that context).

      We thank the referee for pointing this out. However, it is not clear to us that the various trauma experienced in real life by humans do not share properties with Black Swans in our experimental design.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Small points:

      - p. 4. Options are not strategies. Picking two out of the 4 options more often, is not picking two strategies. That's picking two options (also on p. 7, but really throughout).

      This has been changed in the text.

      - The sums don't add up in probability of outcomes. How were they 0.9, 0.1, 0.01? What were they exactly? What exactly is epsilon?

      Exact probabilities, which of course add up to one, are given in Material and Methods (page 29).

      - The term "one-sided sensitivity" to refer to the selection of options include rare-extreme outcomes is also confusing. There are many other words that might work better here, including "encounter", "choice", "selection", or even "preference".

      One-sided Sensitivity if a proposed measure of the choice asymmetry, as explained in the text (pages 5-6, including caption of Figure 1).

      - I don't think that Figure 3 is more intuitive. It's still a summed measure, with rats sub-divided into post-hoc groups. Also, aren't the groups divided precisely in part by the selections that are being shown in this plot?

      There is no claim that Figure 3 is more intuitive. As explained in Material and Methods (pages 33-34), it provides an alternative way to represent behaviors (BSA/JPS vs TSREE/OSREE).

      - Fig 3 has no black or dark and light grey. There is no one asterisk in the figure. The light grey is irrelevant because all bars must sum to 1. No error bars or equivalent on the plot.

      Dark and grey bars sum to one but have a different interpretation, as explained in the text (pages 10-11). We have dropped the one asterisk reference.

      - p. 14. Technicality, but alpha need not be bound at 1 for a convergent equation. It only needs to be bound at 2 (real maximum value). Above 1 (but below 2) would be a type of overcompensation that would also converge at same Q value.

      The assumption that alpha is positive and bounded by one is common in the literature and is important for stochastic convergence. Assuming that alpha is between one and two has undesirable implications, beyond possible non-convergence, in particular that Q values may fluctuate.

      - p. 24. What was the generative frequency (not experienced frequency). Not adequately explained. Less than half a percent of all outcomes? Of all times that the relevant choice was made. This is not explained.

      The sequences used to generate gains and losse are detailed in the Supplementary Material.

      - p. 4. Says 41 sessions, but methods say 40 (e.g., Fig 7 and surrounding text)

      This has been corrected in the text.

      - My understanding of Tables S5 and S6 is that the best models did not include REE in Q sub-values. That seems to be opposite to the textual conclusion.

      As stated in Table 1 (page 15), which summarizes results in Tables S5-S6, the selected models for rats 3, 11, and 12 do not integrate REE while the selected models for rats 4, 16 and 20 integrate REE though Q values and REE decision weights. For most rats, REE are integrated in the selected models through the latter only.

      - What are the parameters in Table S7? The full 8-parameter model? But how are these the ones selected by BIC as per caption? Also, there are a number of anomalous values-lots of 1s and 0s, plus a +40 on the value of the losses for Rat 20. Columns are always gain then loss except first column.

      We report in Table S7 all estimated parameters for each rat, but only for the model selected by the BIC criterion (see Table S5). Admissible values for alphas include 0 and 1. All estimates have been checked for identification. The first and second columns have been switched to have gain first.

      - Table S11 does not subdivide by option selected. So, we cannot tell if the rats actually experienced the outcome distribution associated with some options.

      Given the large number of nosepokes generated by each rat, reporting all actual gains and losses would consume too much space. On the other hand, given that each option has only three frequent and rare values, it is expected that each will be experiences by each rat, in view of the choice frequencies reported in Table S2 (page 52).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      The study provides an important advance towards understanding how spatial and temporal transcriptional programs are integrated to regulate lineage-specific chromatin and enhancer activation. The functional evidence is currently incomplete, but the current data provide a solid correlative and conceptual foundation. Functional experiments directly linking Gsb occupancy to chromatin state and regulation of some lineage-specific targets would further strengthen the causal interpretation of the model. Clarifying the scope of conclusions and explicitly acknowledging the technical limitations of current chromatin assays would provide a more balanced interpretation of the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their comments on our manuscript. We address here the concerns raised by them.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It has long been known that Drosophila embryonic ventral nerve cord neuroblasts incorporate both spatial and temporal transcription factor expression to generate 30 distinct neuroblasts and lineages per hemisegment. This manuscript aims to elucidate the mechanism by which this integration of spatial and temporal transcription factors occurs through "direct regulation" or "epigenetic regulation". Direct regulation is defined as both spatial and temporal factors binding to open chromatin and working together to dictate specific lineages. Epigenetic regulation is defined as a spatial factor priming the chromatin in a neuroblast-specific manner to allow for the integration of temporal factors to generate specific lineages. The authors conclude that there is a two-step model in which a spatial transcription factor code "primes" the chromatin in terms of accessibility and then recruits temporal factors to ensure lineage-specific enhancer activation.

      We thank the reviewer for this clear and succinct summary and for accurately capturing the central idea of the model we propose. In particular, we appreciate that the reviewer highlights the distinction between the previously proposed “direct regulation” and “epigenetic regulation” models, which our work suggests may operate together within neuroblast lineages through a combinatorial spatial transcription factor code — a model we refer to as the “distributed STF code model”.

      Strengths:

      The authors tested two models, "direct regulation" vs "epigenetic regulation" in a well-defined pool of neural stem cells during normal development.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing this aspect of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      The data in this study cannot clearly substantiate these two models.

      Overall, there are a number of issues that are inconsistent and not supportive of the model proposed in this manuscript. Firstly, there is no evidence of pioneer factor activity in any of the NB lineages described - i.e., any changes in chromatin accessibility being shown over time. The authors must show chromatin conformation changes during the window of spatial transcription factor expression in order to convince the readers of this phenomenon.

      Thank you for raising this point. We agree that a developmental time course of chromatin accessibility would be very informative. The difficulty is that, in this system, the relevant sequence unfolds extremely rapidly and across two cellular contexts. Spatial transcription factors such as Gsb are expressed in the neuroectoderm; NBs then delaminate, and Hb expression begins almost immediately — on the order of minutes to tens of minutes. Before delamination there is no NB that can be targeted with lineage-specific drivers, whereas after NB formation the temporal program is already under way. This transition therefore cannot currently be resolved using lineage-restricted Dam profiling.

      In most studies, however, pioneer or chromatin-priming activity is inferred from a transcription factor’s ability to bind regions of relatively low accessibility and alter accessibility in a heterologous cellular context, rather than from direct developmental timecourse measurements. Our study provides both types of evidence: Gsb occupies accessible and relatively less-accessible regions in NB5-6 (Figure 4), while ectopic Gsb expression in NB7-4 causes bidirectional chromatin remodelling, with corresponding changes in Hb occupancy (Figure 6 and Figure 6—figure supplement 2).

      In light of this technical constraint, and in response to the reviewer’s broader concern, we have revisited our original interpretation. We now emphasise Gsb’s ability to alter chromatin accessibility bidirectionally and use the term “chromatin priming” rather than “pioneering.” We also make clear that Gsb does not act alone to establish the NB5-6 chromatin landscape, but functions within a broader, distributed STF code.

      Some examples of relevant manuscript changes are:

      - “We found, however, that Gsb’s role in chromatin remodelling was more complex: ectopic Gsb remodelled chromatin bidirectionally with regions both losing and gaining accessibility upon Gsb misexpression.”

      - “Thus, Gsb’s chromatin-remodelling capacity is not equivalent to autonomous opening of lineage-appropriate enhancers. Rather, these data support a model in which Gsb contributes to chromatin priming as part of a broader NB-specific STF code…”

      - “Thus, Gsb can engage loci and directly restrict chromatin accessibility at bound sites, but its ability to promote accessibility and Hb recruitment likely requires additional NB5-6-specific inputs.”

      Secondly, the phenotypic data do not align with the sequencing data - the story would be more cohesive if the sequencing data and phenotypic data were in the same NB subtypes. On one hand, we are shown that Gsb misexpression induces loss of chromatin accessibility in NB 7-4, however in the widespread loss model, we are not shown a phenotype in these NB7-4 - which suggest that the chromatin accessibility at these sites (sites that have already been distinguished as SoIs for that NB subtype) does not play an important role in distinguishing NB 7-4 identity. However, the authors report loss of NB3-5 identity but have no evidence as to how the chromatin has changed (or if it has at all) in that subtype, leaving the readers to wonder how the loss of identity occurred

      Thank you for raising this point regarding the alignment between the chromatin and phenotypic analyses. The reviewer’s comment made us realise that the rationale for these experiments may not have been sufficiently clear in the original manuscript and could therefore be perceived as misaligned. We therefore explain the logic of the experimental design here and have edited the manuscript to clarify this point for readers.

      The chromatin experiments were designed to test whether Gsb is capable of remodelling chromatin when introduced outside its endogenous domain. NB7-4 provided a convenient heterologous context with clean genetic access for TaDa/CATaDa profiling.

      Importantly, although NB7-4 was selected primarily for this technical reason, Gsb misexpression did affect NB7-4’s identity readout: at higher induction levels, the NB7-4-specific Gal4 reporter was lost. Because this same driver was required for lineage-restricted chromatin profiling, we titrated Gsb misexpression to a lower level that preserved reporter activity while still allowing us to assay chromatin accessibility and Hb occupancy. This calibration is documented in the new Figure 6—figure supplement 1. Thus, the calibrated profiling condition should not be interpreted as evidence that Gsb has no effect on NB7-4 identity; rather, it was necessary to retain genetic access to the lineage.

      The phenotypic experiments addressed a different question: the developmental requirement for Gsb within its endogenous spatial domain. Our analysis was therefore centred on NB5-6. Gsb depletion caused loss of the NB5-6-specific Lbe reporter and the NB5-6 neuronal markers Ap and Eya, whereas Gsb misexpression produced a partial gain of these markers (Figures 7 and 8). The accompanying changes in row-3/NB3-5 markers emerged as an additional reciprocal phenotype, consistent with Gsb established role in specifying row-5/6 identity while repressing row-3 fates, rather than as an independent endpoint that we had selected.

      Thus, the chromatin and phenotypic experiments are complementary: the NB7-4 experiment tests Gsb’s capacity to remodel chromatin in a convenient heterologous context, whereas the NB5-6 experiments establish its developmental function within its endogenous domain. We have revised the manuscript to make this distinction explicit.

      Relevant edits made to manuscript:

      “Having shown that ectopic Gsb remodels chromatin and alters Hb occupancy in the NB7-4 lineage, we next asked whether altering Gsb function changes NB lineage identity. The misexpression experiments described above had already shown that, when induced at high levels, Gsb misexpression turned off the NB7-4-lineage Gal4 reporter, consistent with Gsb suppressing NB7-4 identity at sufficient levels. In the chromatin-profiling experiments above, this was addressed by inducing lower Gsb misexpression levels that preserved Gal4 expression. Together, these observations suggested that Gsb misexpression can influence lineage identity as well as chromatin state. However, since NB7-4 is not an endogenous Gsb-expressing context, we turned to NB5-6 to test the developmental consequences of altering Gsb function.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article by Bhattacharya et al. investigates how neural stem cells (NSCs, NBs) in Drosophila integrate spatial and temporal cues to activate neuron-specific terminal selector (TS) genes. Prior to this work, it was understood that NSCs utilize spatial transcription factors (STFs) and temporal transcription factors (TTFs) to determine lineage identity and birth order, but the mechanisms of integration were not fully elucidated. The authors employed chromatin profiling techniques to analyze the binding of STFs and TTFs in two specific neuroblast lineages, NB5-6 and NB7-4. They found that Gsb (an STF) binds both accessible and less-accessible chromatin in NB5-6, while En (another STF) binds only to pre-accessible chromatin in NB7-4. The findings support an "STF code" where the combination of pioneer and non-pioneer spatial factors, along with temporal factors, triggers neuroblast-specific enhancer activation and determines lineage identity.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s careful summary of our findings and their clear articulation of the STF-code framework that emerges from the work.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are well-executed, the interpretations are generally sound, and the figures are clear and elegant. However, some conclusions are drawn too broadly without essential functional data. Therefore, additional work is needed to more effectively convey the central message.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of the experiments, interpretation, and figures, and we respond to their specific concerns below.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Integration of TaDa and functional data on Gsb for the STF model

      The authors demonstrate that TaDa profiling maps Gsb binding across the genome and identifies candidate chromatin-priming sites in NB5-6. Gsb LOF/GOF experiments reveal effects on NB identity. Combining TaDa data with LOF and GOF analyses indicates that Gsb influences NB5-6 specification by binding to both open and relatively closed chromatin, helping maintain NB5-6 identity while limiting NB3-5 fate.

      However, the study does not establish a direct link between specific LOF/GOF phenotypes and particular genomic targets. For instance, analyzing Gsb occupancy at lineage-specific identity factors or terminal selector genes (such as Lbe, Ap, or Eya for NB5-6; and Ems, etc., for NB3-5) in wild-type and manipulated conditions (Gsb misexpression) would directly connect chromatin binding to the regulation of fate determinants. These investigations would strengthen the mechanistic connection between the correlative TaDa profiles and the observed identity changes, supporting the idea that Gsb functions as a context-dependent chromatin-priming factor within the STF code, rather than as a generic transcription factor.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that examining Gsb occupancy at known lineage determinants helps connect the genome-wide TaDa profiles to the developmental phenotypes. We have therefore added browser profiles showing endogenous Gsb occupancy at several loci associated with NB5-6 identity and its neuronal output, including lbe, ap, and eya (new Figure 2E). These are the same markers that are lost following Gsb depletion and partially gained following Gsb misexpression (Figures 7 and 8), providing a locus-level connection between Gsb binding and the observed changes in NB5-6 identity.

      The precise comparison suggested by the reviewer is difficult because the binding and misexpression experiments were necessarily performed in different contexts. Gsb occupancy was measured in NB5-6, where Gsb is normally expressed, whereas the effect of Gsb misexpression on chromatin was measured in the heterologous NB7-4 context where Gsb is not normally expressed. We therefore did not measure Gsb occupancy following its misexpression in NB7-4 and so cannot compare Gsb binding before and after misexpression at individual loci in NB7-4.

      We have nevertheless added genome-browser examples showing how Gsb misexpression affects accessibility and Hb occupancy at lineage-associated loci (new Figure 6M). The ems locus provides one such example: ectopic Gsb reduces both accessibility and Hb occupancy at ems in NB7-4, while broad Gsb misexpression causes loss of Ems expression and of the independent NB3-5 reporter R59E09>GFP in the phenotypic experiments (Figure 8).

      (2) Gsb misexpression reveals bidirectional chromatin remodelling

      Experiments with ectopic Gsb expression demonstrate bidirectional chromatin remodelling in NB7-4, showing decreases in accessibility at some binding sites and increases at others. While the authors show that Gsb can disrupt chromatin upon misexpression, interpreting its "pioneer-like" or chromatin-priming activity is complex due to several factors: the misexpression occurs in a non-native lineage, the direct versus indirect effects rely on whole-embryo Dam-Gsb peaks instead of NB7-4-specific binding, and heat-shock-induced chromatin changes are not fully accounted for. These issues make it challenging to definitively determine Gsb's role in chromatin priming.

      A complementary approach would be to perform Gsb knockdown/loss-of-function in its native NB5-6 lineage and profile chromatin accessibility (TaDa or CATaDa). This would allow a cleaner, more physiologically relevant assessment of Gsb's contribution to priming, SoI establishment, and Hb recruitment. Such an experiment would strengthen the causal link between Gsb occupancy and chromatin state and clarify whether Gsb truly acts as a context-dependent pioneer in vivo, rather than producing indirect effects due to ectopic misexpression.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. The reviewer raises four related but distinct issues, which we address separately below.

      (1) Gsb was misexpressed in a non-native lineage

      As discussed in our response to Reviewer 1 regarding pioneer activity, expression in a heterologous cellular context is a standard experimental strategy for testing whether a transcription factor has the capacity to engage and remodel chromatin outside its endogenous setting. The use of NB7-4 was therefore deliberate: this experiment tested the sufficiency of Gsb to alter chromatin, rather than attempting to reproduce its physiological activity in NB5-6. Nevertheless, because Gsb produced bidirectional changes rather than autonomous chromatin opening, we have revised our interpretation. We now describe this experiment as demonstrating chromatin remodelling capacity and use “chromatin priming” rather than claiming a classical pioneer for its activity.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: Results, Figure 7 and Figure 7—figure supplements 1 and 2.

      (2) Direct and indirect effects were inferred using whole-embryo Gsb occupancy

      We have not profiled Gsb occupancy directly in NB7-4 following its misexpression. However, we have now performed an unbiased genome-wide analysis using two independent Gsb-binding datasets: stage-matched Gsb occupancy from NB5-6 and whole-embryo Gsb occupancy. Since Dam methylation is cumulative across the window of Gal4 activity, the whole-embryo dataset serves as a proxy for embryowide sites that are compatible with Gsb occupancy. Across both datasets, the result was strikingly consistent. The set of 1,340 loci that lost accessibility upon Gsb misexpression showed strong Gsb occupancy in both datasets, whereas the 606 loci that gained accessibility showed little or no Gsb occupancy in either dataset (Figure 6E,H). Thus, two independently generated Gsb-binding maps systematically distinguish the loci that close from those that open.

      This reproducibility — across many sites and two datasets — provides strong evidence that accessibility loss occurs at loci that Gsb can bind and is therefore likely to reflect a direct consequence of Gsb activity. Conversely, lower Gsb occupancy at sites that gain accessibility suggests that these gains are more likely to be indirect. The corresponding changes in Hb occupancy further strengthen this interpretation (Figure 6C–G).

      In summary, we find it particularly compelling that two independently generated Gsb-binding maps, obtained at different developmental stages and in different cellular contexts, identify the same systematic distinction: loci that close upon Gsb misexpression are Gsb-bound, whereas loci that open are not. We therefore consider this a strong and unbiased result supporting a direct role for Gsb in chromatin closing.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: (Results; Figure 6E, H)

      “Although we did not directly profile Gsb occupancy in NB7-4 upon misexpression, we asked whether the sites that lose or gain accessibility differ in their propensity to be bound by Gsb. To do this, we mapped independent Gsb occupancy datasets onto these two classes of remodelled sites: stage-matched Dam: Gsb from NB5-6, where Gsb is normally expressed, and whole-embryo Dam: Gsb, which provides a broader map of Gsb-compatible loci. In both datasets, sites that lost accessibility upon Gsb misexpression in NB7-4 showed strong Gsb occupancy, whereas sites that gained accessibility showed little or no Gsb signal. Thus, the most direct consequence of ectopic Gsb is likely accessibility loss at loci that Gsb can bind, and this loss is accompanied by reduced Hb occupancy. By contrast, accessibility gains occur mainly at loci with little evidence of Gsb binding in independent datasets, suggesting that these gains are more likely indirect consequences of Gsb misexpression.”

      (3) Heat-shock-induced chromatin changes were not fully accounted for

      We agree that, because heat shock is required to induce Gsb, a contribution from the induction regime cannot be completely excluded. However, several observations argue that the chromatin changes are not dominated by a non-specific heat-shock response. First, the accessibility changes were reproducible across biological replicates (Figure 6—figure supplement 2). Second, as described above, sites that lost accessibility were consistently occupied by Gsb in two independent datasets and showed a corresponding reduction in Hb occupancy, whereas sites that gained accessibility showed little or no Gsb occupancy (Figure 6C–H). This structured relationship would not be readily explained by a general heat-shock response.

      As an additional test, we performed a Gene Ontology analysis of genes associated with sites that gained accessibility. The enriched terms were predominantly related to development and cell-fate specification, including neuroblast differentiation and segment specification, while heat-shock and stress-response terms were not enriched (Author response image 1). Although none of these observations alone formally excludes an effect of heat shock, together they argue that the observed pattern reflects structured, Gsb-associated chromatin remodelling rather than a general stress response. We nevertheless interpret the accessibility gains cautiously as likely indirect effects of Gsb misexpression.

      Author response image 1.

      Gene ontology analysis of sites showing gain in accessibility upon Gsb misexpression in NB7-4. Genes overlapping the 606 sites showing at least 2-fold increase in accessibility (DamOnly signal) were annotated using the UCSC Table Browser (dm6). The resulting gene list was analysed for associated gene ontology (GO) terms using Metascape (Zhou et al. 2019). The top 20 enriched GO terms are represented as a bar chart, coloured by p-values.

      (4) Chromatin accessibility following Gsb loss in NB5-6 would provide a more physiological test

      We agree that this would be an informative experiment, and we explored several ways of perturbing Gsb early enough to address its endogenous function. A NB5-6-specific RNAi approach could not be used because the available NB5-6 Gal4 driver becomes active only after the period in which Gsb specifies the lineage.

      The difficulty with conventional gsb mutants is different but equally limiting. Homozygous embryos would have to be identified during the brief developmental window in which Hb is expressed, while each TaDa/CATaDa replicate requires at least 30 mg of precisely staged embryos. The available fluorescent balancer markers are either not detectable at these early stages or become reliably detectable only towards the end of the window. It is therefore not feasible to identify and collect sufficient homozygous embryos — either manually or by fluorescence-assisted whole-embryo sorting — within the required time frame.

      We therefore generated a gsb guide-RNA line and used Vasa-Cas9 to deplete Gsb in the early embryo. This strategy produced a high rate of Gsb editing, embryonic lethality and the expected axonal defects (Figure 7—figure supplement 1). When we examined NB5-6 in these embryos, we found that the Lbe-K reporter and the NB5-6 neuronal markers Ap and Eya were lost, confirming the requirement for Gsb in specifying this lineage (Figure 7).

      Unfortunately, this also meant that we could not take the experiment forward for TaDa/CATaDa. Lbe-K-Gal4 is the driver we use to target NB5-6, and its expression was lost following early Gsb depletion. Without the driver, we can no longer restrict Dam expression to NB5-6 and therefore cannot obtain a lineage-specific chromatin profile. Thus, although the early CRISPR strategy allowed us to examine the developmental consequences of Gsb loss, the same experiment could not be used to assay chromatin accessibility in NB5-6. We have made this limitation explicit in the revised Discussion.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: (Result, Figure 7 and Figure 7— figure supplement 1). We also now state explicitly in the “Scope and future directions” section that the current tools did not allow us to profile the chromatin consequences of Gsb loss directly in NB5-6 (Discussion).

      (3) En is not a pioneer factor

      The authors conclude that Engrailed (En) is not a pioneer factor, based on the observation that En binding correlates with accessible chromatin and that En is not enriched at NB5-6-specific SOIs. However, this conclusion is not sufficiently supported by the functional data.

      First, the absence of En binding at NB5-6-specific SOIs does not necessarily indicate an inability to engage closed chromatin. These regions were not selected for the presence of En consensus motifs, so their lack of occupancy may simply reflect the absence of En binding motifs rather than a lack of pioneering capacity. A systematic motif analysis at NB5-6-specific SOIs is needed to determine whether En binding sites are present but unoccupied.

      Second, the claim that En lacks pioneer activity relies solely on a single steady-state TaDa/DamID occupancy assay at one developmental stage. Because pioneer factor interactions can be transient, low-affinity, and stage-specific, such binding may not be detected by TaDa, which also depends on local GATC density and methylation kinetics and may yield false negatives. Given these technical limitations, the absence of En binding at less accessible regions does not definitively rule out a priming role.

      In the absence of direct functional assays (En LOF/GOF), the authors should explicitly acknowledge these technical and conceptual limitations and tone down the claim that "En lacks pioneer activity".

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that the statement “En is not a pioneer factor” could be read as a general conclusion about En activity across developmental contexts. Our conclusion is more specific: in NB7-4 during the Hb-competence window, En occupancy is strongly biased towards pre-accessible chromatin and does not display the chromatin-engagement pattern expected of a pioneer factor. We have revised the manuscript throughout to make this context-specific interpretation clear. Below, we also address each of the reviewer’s points.

      (1) The absence of En at NB5-6-specific SoIs could reflect an absence of En-binding motifs

      We agree that the absence of En occupancy at NB5-6 SoIs would not be informative if these loci lacked En-binding motifs. We therefore performed the suggested motif analysis. En motifs were present at comparable frequencies in NB5-6- and NB7-4-specific SoIs (88.0% and 86.5%, respectively), with both enriched relative to matched shuffled controls (new Figure 3—figure supplement 1L). Thus, NB5-6 SoIs are motif-compatible but remain unoccupied by En in NB7-4. Their lack of En occupancy cannot therefore be explained simply by motif absence and instead points to additional determinants such as chromatin accessibility or cofactor context.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: Result, Figure 3B–C and new Figure 3—figure supplement 1L)

      “As expected, En was enriched at NB7-4-specific SoIs, where Hb uniquely binds in this lineage. However, there was no detectable En signal in NB7-4 at sites known to be NB5-6-specific SoIs, which remain relatively less accessible and Hb-free in NB7-4. This difference is unlikely to be explained simply by En motif availability, since En motifs are similarly represented at NB7-4- and NB5-6-specific SoIs. Thus, at SoIs, En occupancy is associated with the cognate, accessible NB7-4 SoIs, with little detectable occupancy at the non-cognate, relatively less-accessible NB5-6 SoIs.”

      (2) TaDa may fail to detect transient, low-affinity or stage-specific En binding

      We agree that no occupancy assay can exclude interactions below its detection threshold. However, TaDa is cumulative rather than a steady-state snapshot: Dam methylation accumulates during the expression window, allowing transient interactions to leave a detectable signal. Genome-wide, En occupancy was strongly weighted towards accessible chromatin, and accessibility predicted En binding with an AUROC of 0.74 (Figure 3E–I, Figure 3—figure supplement 2 and new Figure 3— figure supplement 3E).

      Gsb provides an internal comparison using the same experimental framework. Gsb binding was detected at both accessible and relatively less-accessible chromatin, and accessibility did not predict Gsb occupancy better than chance (AUROC = 0.41; Figure 4E–I and new Figure 3—figure supplement 3E). This argues that the En pattern is not caused by a general inability of TaDa to detect binding at less-accessible loci. We nevertheless acknowledge that rare interactions, interactions below the detection threshold or binding outside the assayed window cannot be excluded. The resolution and cumulative nature of TaDa are now also described explicitly in the revised manuscript.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: Result section for the genome-wide analysis and Discussion section for the TaDa limitations; Figure 3E–I, Figure 4E–I, Figure 3—figure supplement 2 and new Figure 3—figure supplement 3E).

      (3) Direct functional assays of En were not performed

      We agree that determining whether En actively establishes or maintains chromatin accessibility would require En loss- or gain-of-function experiments combined with chromatin profiling. These experiments were not performed in this study, and we have therefore removed the categorical statement that “En is not a pioneer factor.”

      The revised manuscript now states the more specific conclusion supported by our data: En occupancy in NB7-4 during the Hb-competence window is strongly biased towards pre-accessible chromatin. We also acknowledge that the current experiments cannot exclude rare or transient interactions below the detection threshold, or chromatin-remodelling activity by En at other loci, developmental stages or cellular contexts. The factors that establish the NB7-4 accessibility landscape therefore remain unresolved.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: (Result; Figure 3)

      “Taken together, these results show that En occupancy is strongly biased toward preaccessible chromatin in NB7-4, including at NB7-4-specific SoIs. Thus, En is well placed to integrate spatial and temporal information through direct regulation at preaccessible enhancers. However, because NB7-4 has a distinct accessibility landscape, the factors that establish this landscape remain unresolved. We therefore propose that NB7-4 may use a combinatorial STF-code logic, in which other lineage-specific factors help establish NB7-4-specific SoIs, while En occupies this pre-accessible landscape and likely collaborates with Hb to activate lineage-specific enhancers.”

      (4) Clarity of STF-code Model and Central Message

      The manuscript begins by presenting two models, direct and epigenetic, but the central takeaway of the paper is not clear. Specifically, the nuanced roles of the spatial factors Gsb and En as chromatin-priming versus stabilizing/effector factors within an STF code, and the resulting division of labor, are not clearly illustrated. The distinction between Gsb as a chromatin-priming factor and En as a cofactor-dependent activator/stabilizer should be explicitly presented in a stepwise model for better clarity. The authors could strengthen this by providing a schematic with two sequential stages illustrating how neuroblast identity factors (STF code) change chromatin states to drive lineage-specific enhancer activation. The schematic can be shown from the neuroectoderm to individual NB lineages to make it more panoramic.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. This comment, together with related points raised below, made us realise that the manuscript did not bring out strongly enough that our data lead us to propose a third model: the distributed STF-code model. Rather than treating direct and epigenetic regulation as mutually exclusive alternatives, this model distributes these activities across different members of a NB-specific STF code. We have now revised the manuscript to reflect this transition. For example, we now state this explicitly in the Abstract, at the end of the Introduction and at the beginning of the Discussion.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: Abstract, Introduction, Discussion, and have added a new summary schematic (new Figure 9).

      (5) Identification of Priming Factors in NB7-4

      While the authors suggest that an unknown priming factor might be responsible for establishing sites of integration in NB7-4, they do not identify or explore potential candidates for this role. Further investigation into what factors might be involved in chromatin priming in NB7-4 could provide a more complete understanding of the mechanisms at play.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that identifying the factors that establish the NB7-4 accessibility landscape is an important next step. Our current data do not identify such a factor, and doing so would require systematic perturbation of candidate STF-code members together with lineage-specific chromatin profiling.

      We have nevertheless made this question more concrete in the revised Discussion. We identify Msh as a candidate shared input in NB5-6 and NB7-4, highlight additional candidates suggested by motif enrichment at NB7-4 SoIs, and propose NB6-4 — which coexpresses Gsb and En — as a useful context in which to test the division of labour between STF-code members. We present these as testable candidates rather than established priming factors.

      (6) Functional Validation of STF Code Components

      The study proposes an STF code for each neuroblast lineage, but the specific components of these codes, beyond Gsb and En, are not fully explored. Identifying and validating additional factors that contribute to the STF code in each lineage could strengthen the conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We agree that the complete composition of the NB5-6 and NB7-4 STF codes remains to be established, and we now make this explicit. The present study proposes a mechanistic framework based on the different chromatin-engagement properties of Gsb and En, rather than claiming to have defined or validated every component of either code.

      As noted in our response above, the revised Discussion identifies Msh, Iroquois-complex members and TF families enriched at NB7-4 SoIs as candidate additional components. Testing these factors individually and in combination, with chromatin, Hb-occupancy and lineage-identity readouts, will be required to define the minimal functional code for each lineage. We present this as an important direction for future work (lines 759–770).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The reviewers appreciate the content shown in Figure 1, which is helpful for people who are unfamiliar with the system as a whole. One key issue is that later in the manuscript, the authors look at Gsb and describe it as a factor that works to close chromatin, making the model depicted in panel E misleading when reading the first half of the manuscript and leading to confusion/whiplash when getting to Figure 6, where a spatial transcription factor is thought to play a role in closing chromatin.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Figure 1 was intended to present the two models currently proposed in the field and as the starting hypotheses for the study. It was not intended to present the conclusions from our study. We realise, however that this distinction was not clear and since we did not present the updated model, it made the later finding appear contradictory.

      We have now made substantial edits to the text and have made the transition from the original models to our revised interpretation explicit in the Introduction and Discussion. We have also added a new summary model (new Figure 9), which shows that chromatin opening, chromatin closing and STF–Hb engagement can be distributed across different members of an NB-specific STF code.

      (2) It is unclear what "less accessible" actually means. The reviewers would like to see quantitative standardization to define the degree of chromatin accessibility when using the Dam expression alone.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. The comment made us revisit how we defined accessibility, which we had previously treated too much as a binary distinction between accessible and inaccessible chromatin. We have now revised our analyses to represent chromatin accessibility as a continuum of states.

      We defined a common set of 27,119 DamOnly-marked regions across both NBs, ranked them by mean DamOnly signal and divided them into deciles from least to most accessible. The construction and validation of this continuum are shown in new Figure 2G and new Figure 2—figure supplement 2A–D. We also use this framework to examine STF occupancy and Gsb-dependent chromatin remodelling across the accessibility spectrum (new Figure 3— figure supplement 2A and new Figure 6—figure supplement 2E–F).

      Where a discrete lineage-specific comparison was required, we applied a minimum two-fold difference in DamOnly signal between the NBs. This identified 845 NB5-6-preferential and 1,067 NB7-4-preferential regions. A region preferentially accessible in one NB is therefore described as relatively less accessible in the other, rather than as completely inaccessible.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript: Results, new Figure 2G and new Figure 2—figure supplement 2A–D.

      (3) A key takeaway in Figure 3 is that En is binding already accessible chromatin. Another key point that this manuscript makes is that spatial-temporal factors (and codes) are responsible for this opening. We have not yet been shown that chromatin accessibility of this neuroblast identity actually changes upon spatial-temporal factor expression. I suggest including data of the dam-only control as a time course. Showing chromatin accessibility just before temporal factor expression and then after to validate that pioneer factor activity appears to be likely.

      We appreciate this suggestion and agree that, conceptually, the model implies a temporal sequence in which spatial factors first act during neuroectoderm patterning and temporal factors such as Hb subsequently engage the chromatin after neuroblast formation. In practice, however, these events occur in very rapid succession during development. Spatial transcription factors are expressed in the neuroectoderm, neuroblasts are specified and delaminate, and Hb expression begins almost immediately after neuroblast formation — all within a short developmental window on the order of minutes to tens of minutes.

      This makes it difficult to directly test chromatin accessibility changes across these stages using lineage-restricted Dam-based approaches. Before delamination there is no neuroblast to target with the available drivers, and once the neuroblast forms the temporal program is already underway. As a result, the sequential changes in accessibility that the reviewer is suggesting cannot currently be resolved with the available tools.

      We agree that directly visualizing how chromatin accessibility changes during this brief developmental transition would be very interesting, but doing so would likely require approaches with much higher temporal resolution, such as live imaging-based methods for monitoring chromatin accessibility.

      (4) Similar to the comment for Figure 3, showing chromatin accessibility changes in the NB subtype via a time course that includes both before and after spatial transcription factor expression begins.

      This point is closely related to the reviewer’s previous comment regarding a temporal analysis of chromatin accessibility. Please refer to our response above describing the developmental timing and technical limitations that make such an experiment difficult in this system.

      (5) It is difficult to reconcile the conclusion in Figure 5 that regions bound by both En/Hb or Gsb/Hb are considered the highest accessibility. Can the authors touch on the logic for this, given that in the next figure, they are going to suggest that Gsb works as a factor that is primarily responsible for closing chromatin? It is unclear how Gsb is closing chromatin, but it is also binding Hb, and in those regions, chromatin is most accessible.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. The findings in Figures 5 and 6 may initially appear difficult to reconcile, but we think that they both actually point to the same conclusion: that Gsb’s effect on chromatin is context-dependent.

      An important point is that Gsb binding is not restricted to a single chromatin state. In its endogenous NB5-6 context, it occupies both accessible and relatively less-accessible regions (Figure 4B–C, E–F). Its presence at accessible chromatin does not establish that Gsb opened that chromatin nor that it closed it because these occupancy data do not reveal the direction of chromatin change. From these data we can only conclude that sites co-bound by Gsb and Hb are more accessible than sites bound by Gsb alone, suggesting that the outcome of Gsb binding depends on the surrounding regulatory context. In the presence of Hb — and likely other members of the NB5-6 STF code — Gsb can participate in a highly accessible, productive regulatory state (Figure 5C–E).

      The misexpression experiment helps us interpret these relationships in the endogenous context. When Gsb is introduced into NB7-4, sites that lose accessibility are strongly Gsb-bound in two independent datasets, and this loss is accompanied by reduced Hb occupancy (Figure 6C–H). Some Gsb-bound sites also gain accessibility, consistent with bidirectional remodelling, but Gsb occupancy is negligible at these gain sites. Thus, outside its normal NB5-6 regulatory environment, the more direct effect of Gsb binding is likely chromatin closing.

      This provides a possible explanation for the endogenous (NB5-6) data in Figure 5. The lower accessibility of sites bound by Gsb alone may reflect this closure-biased activity, whereas the highly accessible state at Gsb–Hb co-bound sites is likely to arise from the broader NB5-6 regulatory context. We do not conclude that every Gsb-only site is actively closed, or that Gsb itself opens the co-bound sites. Rather, our data suggest that Gsb can participate in different chromatin states, with the outcome of its binding shaped by Hb and other members of the STF code.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion to make this interpretation clearer.

      (6) The most striking piece of data from Figure 6 is that it appears the physiological role of Gsb is to reduce chromatin accessibility and that opening chromatin is an indirect effect. I am not sure that the field widely recognizes closing as chromatin as "pioneer-like" activity. Moreover, this finding seemed very out of place given the way the story has been sold thus far - discussing "priming of chromatin" and referring to this as opening in figure 1 and discussion of binding of these factors at open and less accessible.

      Thank you for raising this issue, which overlaps with the reviewer’s previous point. We were equally struck by the result from Figure 6: the sites that lose accessibility are more consistent with a direct effect of Gsb, whereas the sites that gain accessibility are more likely to represent indirect effects. This suggests that Gsb can remodel chromatin bidirectionally.

      We agree that the field does not generally describe chromatin closing as pioneer activity. We therefore no longer refer to Gsb as a pioneer factor. Instead, we describe Gsb as having bidirectional chromatin-remodelling capacity and refer to it as “chromatin priming” activity.

      Finally, we agree that the original presentation made this progression difficult to follow. Figure 1 presents the two existing models as the starting point, whereas our data lead us to propose a third, distributed STF-code model. We now make this transition explicit throughout the revised manuscript and have added a new summary schematic (new Figure 9; See Results and Discussion).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comment:

      (1) Have the authors validated the specificity of the Lbe-GAL4 and 19B03AD;18F07DBD drivers? It is important to clarify whether these drivers label only NB5-6 and NB7-4 neuroblasts or also their progeny. Since the interpretation of chromatin dynamics is in the context of neuroblasts, reads from differentiated neurons could affect the conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. These driver lines were extensively characterised in our previous study and are highly specific to the NB5-6 and NB7-4 lineages, respectively. Importantly, as the reviewer points out, they are not neuroblast-exclusive and also label progeny. Because our profiling is restricted to the early Hb competence window, this contribution should be limited to a small number of GMCs and the earliest-born neurons.

      On rereading the manuscript, we realised that there were several instances where we used “NB-specific” too loosely when referring to these datasets. We have therefore revised the manuscript throughout to make clear that the TaDa/CATaDa profiles represent the NB5-6 and NB7-4 lineages during the Hb window and are not exclusively derived from the neuroblast itself. We have also added this explicitly as a limitation in the Scope and Future Directions section. Importantly, this does not change the essence of our conclusions, which are based on comparisons between these two defined lineages and on perturbations examined within the same lineage-restricted framework.

      Relevant edits made to the manuscript:

      - “The driver lines were previously validated as being specific to these lineages”.

      - “First, the lineage-specific Gal4 drivers also label the immediate progeny of each NB; thus, although profiling was restricted to the early Hb competence window, when only a small number of GMCs and early-born neurons are present, the resulting profiles are not exclusively derived from the NB itself.”

      (2) The lineage NB6-4 co-expresses both Gsb and En and represents an informative intermediate case. This context supports a cooperative STF-code model in which Gsb provides chromatin priming while En acts as an effector or stabilizer, without requiring autonomous pioneer activity. The authors should briefly discuss how NB6-4 fits into their model and whether Gsb priming in this lineage enables En-Hb co-occupancy and enhancer activation.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that NB6-4 is an especially interesting case in the context of our model, because it co-expresses both Gsb and En and therefore may provide a lineage in which both aspects of the proposed two-step mechanism can be examined together: Gsb could contribute to chromatin priming and En could function at already primed enhancers together with Hb. We now include this explicit example in the Discussion section.

      (3) The authors' data support a role for Gsb in lineage-specific chromatin priming, but the functional experiments reveal important limitations. Gsb alone does not efficiently open closed chromatin, install NB5-6-specific SOIs, or recruit Hb, and ectopic Gsb often antagonizes native chromatin states. Thus, the results do not support Gsb as a classical standalone pioneer factor, as implied in the discussion. The authors should replace the term "pioneer-like potential or activity" with "context-dependent pioneer activity" in the results, as they have rightly mentioned in the discussion.

      We agree with the reviewer. As discussed in our responses to the related comments above, our data do not support describing Gsb as a classical pioneer factor. Gsb remodels chromatin bidirectionally, with both gains and losses of accessibility, whereas pioneer activity is traditionally associated with chromatin opening. We have therefore gone further than the reviewer’s suggested change: throughout the manuscript, we have replaced “pioneer-like potential/activity” and “context-dependent pioneer activity” with “context-dependent chromatin remodelling” or “chromatin priming.” The Results and Discussion now make it clear that Gsb’s activity depends on the surrounding STF and cofactor context rather than representing autonomous pioneer activity.

      (4) The use of ectopic expression systems may introduce artifacts or off-target effects that could affect the interpretation of the results. These potential limitations are not extensively discussed.

      We agree that ectopic expression can produce indirect or non-physiological effects. The Gsb misexpression experiment was designed to test whether Gsb is sufficient to remodel chromatin in the heterologous NB7-4 context, rather than to reproduce its endogenous function in NB5-6. We therefore do not interpret every change in accessibility in the misexpression experiment as a direct or physiological role for Gsb in NB5-6. However, the changes are not random. Sites that lose accessibility are strongly associated with Gsb occupancy in two independent datasets and they also lose Hb occupancy, whereas sites that gain accessibility show little Gsb occupancy and are therefore more likely to reflect indirect effects (Figure 6C–H). The changes were reproducible between replicates, and genes associated with accessibility gains were not enriched for heat-shock or stress-response terms (Author response image 1). These analyses do not remove the limitations of ectopic expression, but they help distinguish the more likely direct effects from indirect ones. We now make both the purpose and the limitations of this experiment explicit in the Results and Discussion.

      (5) The moderate correlation (0.7-0.82) between Dam-En and Dam-only reflects the expected overlap of En binding with accessible chromatin, but it also underscores a limitation: TFs that prefer open regions may show high baseline similarity to Dam-only, potentially masking low-affinity or transient interactions. The authors should acknowledge this when concluding that En lacks pioneer activity.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this up. We want to clarify that our conclusion that En preferentially occupies accessible chromatin is not based only on the moderate genome-wide correlation between Dam: En and DamOnly. We also examined En binding at defined SoIs and at differentially accessible loci across the genome. In both analyses, En is strongly enriched at accessible NB7-4 sites but shows little detectable enrichment at the corresponding less-accessible sites (Figure 3B–F). We have now extended this analysis across 27,119 regions ranked along the full accessibility spectrum. Here too, En signal remains low across the less-accessible bins and increases principally in the most accessible bins (new Figure 3— figure supplement 2E).

      A useful comparison here is Gsb. Using the same experimental and analytical framework, we readily detect Gsb binding at both accessible and relatively less-accessible chromatin in NB56 (Figure 4B–F; new Figure 3—figure supplement 2E). Thus, the method is able to detect binding at less-accessible chromatin when it occurs. Consistent with this, accessibility predicts En occupancy but not Gsb occupancy in the corresponding ROC analysis (new Figure 3—figure supplement 3E). We also refer the reviewer to our response to the related comment above, where we discuss this comparison in more detail.

      Finally, we want to point out that TaDa is not a snapshot assay. Dam-mediated methylation accumulates over the expression window and across many cells, so repeated weak or transient interactions should, in principle, contribute to the signal. We agree, however, that very rare interactions below the detection threshold cannot be excluded. We have therefore tempered our conclusion throughout the manuscript: rather than stating that En lacks pioneer activity, we now conclude that En occupancy during the NB7-4 Hb window is strongly biased towards pre-accessible chromatin.

      (6) The schematic illustrating the NB 5-6 and NB 7-4 SOIs (Figures 3A, 4A, and S2A) should be made clearer. When Hb is bound, sites that are accessible serve as SOIs for a specific lineage, whereas Hb-unbound, inaccessible sites do not. The authors can visually represent this by showing that, in the case of Hb binding, the accessible region functions as a resident SOI for the NB7-4 lineage, while the same region in NB5-6, being Hb-free, is inaccessible. This distinction could be indicated with a shaded or shadowed area from top to bottom in Figures 3A and 4A.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised these panels to make the visual distinction between lineage-specific SoIs and the corresponding Hb-free, less-accessible loci in the other lineage more explicit.

      (7) At 472, change "Fig.S6C-F" to "Fig.S6C-D".

      Thank you for spotting that!

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript the authors study the distribution of the KMT2A methyltransferase across the human ribosomal gene loci (rDNA) and the effects of its depletion on rDNA chromatin modification using a KMT2A conditional cell line. They used ChIP mapping data and claim to show that KMT2A depletion does not affect H3K4me3 levels but does reduce acetylation of H3K9 and reduces PCAF (KAT2B) binding. They further claim that KMT2A depletion causes stalling of RNA Polymerase I at the upstream "Spacer" promoter duplication on the rDNA.

      Weaknesses:

      I found the manuscript very confusing. In particular, I found it short on short on experimental detail and I found the data in general to be unconvincing. It is my opinion that the authors overinterpret their data, leading to unrealistic and unsupported claims. The manuscript also avoided discussing relevant recent studies on the regulation of the rDNA and of rDNA chromatin, most citations being to data 15 to 20 or more years old. This is most apparent when discussing the factors such as UBTF and SL1 that determine preinitiation complex assembly and the status of active versus inactive rDNA chromatin. Both have seen significant advances in recent years, and these should be thoroughly discussed.

      Specific comments:

      The authors do not describe the generation of the KMT2A conditional HEK293T cells or their treatment. Since these cells form the basis for subsequent experiments, they must be explained fully. I found that the conditional cell line had already been used in a previous unrelated publication "Chinchole et al. 2022". This manuscript explained that the KMT2A knockout is induced via Dox-controlled Cas9 in a HEK cell clone constitutively expressing guide RNAs to KMT2A. The KMT2A knockout requires a 7-day treatment with Dox, leaving wide open the question of direct versus indirect effects of KMT2A loss, and perhaps explaining some of the discrepancies with published data.

      We thank the Reviewer for their comment. As the Reviewer correctly states, these KMT2A knockouts have been used in previous studies: Chinchole et al., 2022; PMID: 36111497 and Malik et al., 2023; PMID: 37379335. In both cases, the generation of KMT2A inducible knockout was described in detail in the Methods section; hence, in this manuscript we referred to these publications. However, if the Reviewer feels that details should still be provided, we will do so again here.

      As the Reviewer is aware, KMT2A is an essential chromatin-bound protein, which is quite stable in its heterodimer form. As we described in our publication, Malik et al., 2023, the inducible knockout clones were obtained after extensive screening and thoroughly characterized. While the protein diminishes in the WB after 3 days, we thought it necessary to confirm that it does not persist on the chromatin in ChIP assays.

      We are pasting the excerpt from the manuscript describing the relevant section below.

      “Our initial attempts to generate MLL knock-outs in several different cell lines were not successful. Therefore, keeping in mind that MLL is essential for cell viability and growth [26,27], we generated and successfully obtained knock-outs in HEK-293 cell lines using doxycycline-inducible Cas9 expression vectors ([52]; Fig 3A). MLL levels were drastically reduced in the 2 independent MLL-knock-out clones shown here (MLL iKO#11 and iKO#20) and both KOs showed cell cycle profile similar to Control cells (S3A Fig). In the case of chromatin-binding proteins, often cellular levels show reduction but not the chromatin-bound fraction. We, therefore, confirmed that MLL chromatin binding was indeed reduced in our inducible knock-out cell lines by ChIP assays (Figs 3B and S3B), both on centromere and HOXA9 promoter”.

      Inducible Cas9-mediated knockout provides an opportunity to generate irreversible knockouts, allowing sufficient time to deplete stable proteins and reveal delayed phenotypes or compensatory responses [PMID: 29036671]. However, this advantage has to be balanced with the potential secondary effects arising from prolonged depletion. Indeed, inducible Cas9 knockouts have been generated after similar induction periods by other laboratories to deplete chromatin-bound proteins [PMID: 28216383; PMID: 37702151], especially for members of the KMT2 family [PMID: 40846851, PMID: 27535106; PMID: 37535603 ]. Further, we have not observed any discrepancy with published data for KMT2A.

      In mapping the interactions of KMT2A across the rDNA by ChIP they use 18 PCR amplicons, some of which the authors inaccurately state as targeting specific rDNA elements. For example, they state Primers (that is, Amplicons) #1-3 target the spacer and core 47S promoters. In fact, amplicon #2 overlaps neither of these promoters and lies centrally within the 1kbp of enhancer repeats between them. Exactly why emphasis is put on KMT2A chipping at these two promoters is anyhow questionable since KMT2A levels (Figure 1) appear equally high at multiple IGS amplicons.

      As the enhancer repeats (ER) are clearly shown in the schematic of Fig. 1A and SF1B, and the same is stated in the legend of SF1B, rather than an inaccuracy, it is a matter of oversight. We thank the Reviewer for noticing this and bringing it to our attention. We will correct it in the text.

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this point regarding our focus on the promoters in the present study and the binding of KMT2A to the IGS region. KMT2A’s role in regulating RNA polymerase II transcription by regulating gene promoters is well established. However, its role in regulating RNA polymerase I transcription at the rDNA promoter has not been characterized. In this study, we provide evidence for a previously unrecognized role of KMT2A in regulating rDNA transcription and hence extend its function to regulation of RNA polymerase I.

      We agree that our ChIP data show KMT2A occupancy at multiple regions within the IGS, in addition to the promoter regions. For this reason, we felt it was important to present these data and perform ChIP-seq analyses of the rDNA locus to reveal the complete picture.

      Our emphasis on the promoter regions is aimed at understanding the potential role of KMT2A in regulating RNA polymerase I transcription initiation. However, we recognize that the enrichment of KMT2A at multiple IGS regions raises the possibility that it may have additional functions beyond promoter regulation. We are currently investigating the role of KMT2A at the IGS, and in our future studies we hope to address the functional significance of this occupancy in greater detail.

      Discrepancies with published data are particularly apparent in their mapping of H3K4me2, H3K4me3 and H3K9ac, all directly relevant to their conclusions. These modifications have been shown in several publications to map to a single major site a few hundred bp upstream of the spacer promoter in multiple human and mouse cell types. Since the authors fail to monitor H3K4 methylation and H3K9 acetylation at this dominant site they also fail to provide significant evidence that KMT2A in fact affects H3 methylation or H3 acetylation on the rDNA.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point about the distribution of histone modifications at the rDNA locus and how they depend on KMT2A. Previous studies have established that active histone modifications are enriched at specific regions of rDNA. In particular, landmark studies from two groups have pioneered the use of genome assemblies to map these histone modifications. The Scacheri group [Zentner et al. 2011, PMID: 21355038] reported enrichment of H3K4me2, H3K4me3, and H3K9ac at the human rDNA promoter, along with additional active-chromatin-associated enrichment within the intergenic spacer. Subsequently, the same group demonstrated that the distribution of histone modifications in mouse embryonic stem cells differs from that in human embryonic stem cells and other differentiated mouse cell types [Zentner et al. 2014, PMID: 24347625]. These findings underscore the importance of examining the relevant regulatory regions in the appropriate biological system.

      Similarly, studies from the Moss group radically redefine our understanding of how histone modifications are distributed across rDNA in mammals. They demonstrated that active histone modifications (including H3K4me2/3, H3K9ac, H3K27ac, and H3K36me3) are not present at the core 47S promoter or along the transcribed gene body of active rDNA repeats, but are instead strictly sequestered to a highly localized "Enhancer Boundary Complex" located a few hundred base pairs upstream of the spacer promoter. Consequently, this precise upstream hub represents the sole site of active histone modifications on active rDNA genes [Herdman et al., 2017, PMID: 28715449 ; Mars et al., 2018, PMID: 29158335]. These findings challenge the classical models of histone modification distribution at rDNA.

      However, an extensive body of classical literature presents a complementary view where active histone modifications directly decorate the core 47S promoter and proximal transcribed regions to dynamically coordinate RNA Polymerase I transcription. Work from the Grummt and Santoro laboratories established that unmethylated, active rDNA repeats possess prominent H3K4me3 and hyperacetylated histones directly at the core 47S promoter, serving as a functional "poised" platform for pre-initiation complex (PIC) assembly [Santoro and Grummt, 2002, PMID: 12368916; Santoro and Grummt, 2005, PMID: 15767661; Mayer et al., 2006, PMID: 16678107; Schmitz et al., 2010, PMID: 20952535]. Furthermore, tracking chromatin remodelling complexes—such as the CSB-PCAF complex investigated by the different groups—has shown that active depletion of histone acetyltransferases leads to a direct loss of H3K9ac specifically at the primary 47S initiation site, causing a failure in Pol I loading [Shen et al., 2013, PMID: 23667505; Vintermist et al., 2011, PMID: 21559432]. Besides these reports, a wealth of independent functional data highlights that key chromatin regulators dynamically target and modulate the core 47S promoter region to dictate ribosomal transcription initiation. Some examples are referred to here [Xei et al., 2012, PMID: 22570494; Wang et al., 2011, PMID: 21960006; Zhu et al., 2010, PMID: 20531378; Frescas et al., 2007, PMID: 17994099].

      Our investigation of KMT2A directly builds upon this functional promoter-centric model. While we appreciate that mapping variations exist between custom rDNA reference models in the literature, our data show clear and reproducible levels of H3 methylation and acetylation dynamics across the primary regulatory sites (including the 47S promoter and adjacent transcribed unit) upon KMT2A depletion. These changes correlate directly with functional changes in 47S pre-rRNA output, supporting a model where KMT2A-mediated histone modifications operate directly at the core transcription initiation machinery to regulate overall nucleolar output.

      We acknowledge that the distribution of histone modifications across the rDNA repeat and their functional dependence on KMT2A represent distinct questions. Accordingly, we interpret the ChIP-seq profiles in conjunction with our site-specific ChIP-qPCR and functional experiments rather than relying exclusively on the genome-wide mapping data. We therefore conclude that our results support a role for KMT2A in regulating the acetylation-associated chromatin environment and transcriptional activity of the rDNA promoter, without claiming that KMT2A depletion reduces all active histone modifications across the locus.

      We will clarify the relevant analysis and the scope of our conclusions in the revised manuscript.

      The KMT2A deletion drastically reduces PolI and UBF (UBTF) engagement across the rDNA, and consistent with this, SL1 and RRN3 engagement is reduced as are 47S levels. Thus, whatever the 7-day KMT2A deletion is doing to the cells it is certainly inducing a very significant shut-down of active rDNA. How such an extreme experimental model can tell anything of KMT2A functions is unclear.

      We feel that this concern is on similar lines as that stated in comment 1. We have already explained our inducible knockout model above. The cell-cycle profile of KMT2A-inducible knockout (iKO) cells reported in Malik et al. (2023), PMID: 37379335. provides relevant context for interpreting these effects.

      We further wish to highlight that contrary to expectation, the H3K4me2/3 levels are largely unaffected on the rDNA in KMT2A iKO cells, which is surprising but not unexpected given the role of KMT2A in selectively trimethylating specific gene loci (PMID: 19703992). However, the loss of acetylation on H3 is very specific to the study at hand.

      Unchanged H3K4me2/3 levels, along with selectively decreased acetylation, have not been reported for a general shutdown of active rDNA under extreme conditions like serum starvation etc. In case of a non-specific effect, both active methylation and acetylation marks are expected to go down. The presence of the H3K4me2/3 mark in our iKO cells acts as an internal control, confirming that the loss of H3 acetylation is a direct consequence of KMT2A depletion.

      Furthermore, in the current manuscript, the effects of KMT2A deletion on the Pol I transcriptional machinery can be rescued by the KMT2A catalytic point mutant carrying the N3906A mutation but not by the mutant with TAD deletion. This rescue provides important evidence that the phenotype is linked to a specific function of KMT2A rather than being a nonspecific consequence of KMT2A deletion.

      Our findings, considered alongside Lone et al. (2026) PMID: 42096476, support distinct roles for KMT2A and KMT2F in regulating rDNA transcription. In particular, the effects of KMT2A loss occur without a substantial reduction in rDNA H3K4me3, distinguishing its role from the H3K4me3-dependent function of KMT2F in promoting Pol I pre-initiation complex formation.

      In the last results section, the authors further claim "Loss of KMT2A results in a stalled RNA Pol I complex at the spacer promoter" (Figure 4 and S4). To support this the authors try to map spacer promoter transcripts but mistakenly claim that the amplicon #1 can detect these transcripts. In fact, this amplicon overlaps the Spacer Promoter initiation site and so could not detect transcripts coming from this promoter. Published data, not cited, have demonstrated that PolI stalling at the spacer promoter occurs as a normal phenomenon on the active rDNA. Its loss is associated with suppression, not the opposite as inferred in this manuscript.

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this point. We have double-checked that amplicon #1 is downstream of the spacer promoter start site. However, since the reviewer has raised this point, we will look into it in greater detail and remap our amplicons. We will also revisit the previous literature and compare our results with the published findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This important manuscript presents solid evidence that the major contribution of KMT2A to ribosomal gene transcription is through promoting histone acetylation rather than H3K4 methylation. It is suggested this occurs in part through interactions of KMT2A with PCAF.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript advances an important concept that chromatin-modifying enzymes can also function to promote transcription through interactions with other transcriptional regulators independently of their catalytic functions. The data are overall supportive of this conclusion for KDM2A.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Care needs to be taken regarding interpreting the lack of effect of depleting KMTs or HATs on histone acetylation or methylation levels. There are several overlapping HATS or KMTs that generate these modifications. The most that can be said from these negative results is that the depleted HAT or KMT is not the sole enzyme generating these modifications at these loci.

      We thank the Reviewer for this important comment. We agree that histone modifications are regulated by multiple enzymes with overlapping or partially redundant activities, and that the absence of a detectable change following depletion of an individual KMT or KAT does not exclude a contribution from that enzyme to the regulation of the modification.

      Specifically, the lack of a detectable reduction in H3K4me3 following KMT2A depletion indicates that KMT2A depletion alone is insufficient to produce a detectable decrease in H3K4me3 under the conditions examined. The persistence of this mark may reflect the activity of other KMTs and hence functional redundancy. In contrast, our observation that KMT2A depletion reduces H3K9 acetylation, together with our findings implicating PCAF in KMT2A-dependent rDNA transcription, supports a role for KMT2A in regulating an acetylation-associated mechanism at this locus.

      Nevertheless, we acknowledge that these findings do not, by themselves, establish that PCAF is the sole enzyme responsible for H3K9 acetylation or that it accounts for all KMT2A-dependent effects on rDNA transcription. We will revise the interpretation of our results to avoid attributing the maintenance or loss of a histone modification exclusively to a single enzyme.

      (2) The biochemistry supporting an interaction between KDM2A and PCAF is under-developed and not strong enough to support this conclusion at this point.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. Based on these comments and those from Reviewer 3, we plan to add more experiments to strengthen the KMT2A-PCAF interaction, including a reverse pull-down.

      (3) It is concluded that acetylation causes increased rDNA transcription. However, acetylation may be a consequence of transcription instead, especially over transcribed regions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the relationship between histone acetylation and rDNA transcription. We agree that increased histone acetylation over transcriptionally active regions may either contribute to transcriptional activation or result from ongoing transcription. These possibilities are not mutually exclusive.

      Our study provides several lines of evidence supporting a functional relationship between KMT2A and PCAF-associated histone acetylation, which indicate that acetylation is the cause and not a consequence of rDNA transcription. KMT2A depletion reduces rDNA transcription and is accompanied by a reduction in H3K9 acetylation. In addition, we present a model in which KMT2A facilitates the transfer of RNA Pol I PIC from the spacer promoter to the 47S promoter following its assembly at the spacer promoter by recruiting PCAF to rDNA through its TA domain. Together, these observations support that acetylation supports efficient rDNA transcription

      Nevertheless, we acknowledge that these findings do not completely exclude the possibility that some of the observed reduction in histone acetylation occurs downstream of reduced transcription and will modify the discussion accordingly.

      (4) Some conclusions, for example implicating PCAF, are based on overexpression experiments that are very artificial and difficult to draw conclusions from.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. We agree that overexpression experiments can produce non-physiological protein levels and potentially influence experimental readouts. However, our interpretation of PCAF involvement is based on a broader set of observations presented in this study, including the effects of KMT2A depletion on rDNA transcription and histone acetylation, together with our experiments examining the contribution of individual histone acetyltransferases to rRNA synthesis. These findings identify PCAF as a key co-activator of KMT2A-dependent transcriptional activation.

      Therefore, the overexpression experiments have been used to provide mechanistic support rather than definitive evidence that endogenous PCAF is the sole or essential mediator of this process.

      (5) Several figures are generated using publicly available data sets that were reanalyze using updated reference genomes, sometimes from different cell lines/types. This seems to be a useful exercise but the methods should include information regarding the robustness of these data sets.

      We thank the Reviewer for their concern; we will update this information in the Methods.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines a key mechanism by which KMT2A regulates RNA polymerase I transcription at ribosomal DNA. The authors suggest that KMT2A facilitates the recruitment of PCAF to rDNA. This process enhances histone acetylation and supports assembly of the RNA polymerase I transcription machinery. The study addresses an intriguing question by proposing a catalytic-independent role for KMT2A in rDNA transcription, potentially linking the KMT2A-dependent pathway to histone acetylation. However, several aspects of the proposed mechanism require further experimental validation. Notably, while the current evidence demonstrates associations among KMT2A, PCAF occupancy, histone acetylation, and rRNA transcription, it does not fully support the proposed objectives.

      Strengths:

      This could be the first report of a lysine methyltransferase regulating an acetyltransferase in Pol I-mediated gene expression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The causal relationship between KMT2A and the recruitment of PCAF needs to be demonstrated. Simply showing reduced PCAF occupancy after depleting KMT2A does not, on its own, prove direct recruitment. The authors should investigate whether KMT2A and PCAF physically interact, and whether this interaction depends on DNA or RNA.

      As we have shown that KMT2A and PCAF interact by endogenous IP (Fig. S4D) and pull-down (Fig. S4E) experiments with the KMT2A C-terminal fragment containing the TAD domain, does the Reviewer mean in vitro interaction? Both proteins are large and may be difficult to produce in bacteria.

      We do plan to perform reverse IP as suggested by Reviewer 2, and during these experiments, we can plan to test if this interaction is promoted by DNA or RNA by testing it in the presence or absence of DNase or RNase.

      (2) The main prediction of the model is that restoring PCAF activity should reverse the molecular effects caused by the depletion of KMT2A. The authors should test whether PCAF restoration can mitigate the consequences of KMT2A loss. They should also assess PCAF occupancy, H3K9 acetylation levels, Pol I occupancy, and nascent rRNA synthesis.

      We agree with the Reviewer that this is the central hypothesis of our study. Ideally, a simple global restoration or overexpression of PCAF should be able to rescue the effects caused by the depletion of KMT2A. However, based on our model and existing literature, we expect the following issues:

      (1) We propose that KMT2A serves as a recruiter, a physical scaffold, to target PCAF to the rDNA. Therefore, mere overexpression of PCAF, in the absence of KMT2A, will not be able to ensure its localisation to the rDNA locus.

      (2) Transcription activation by KMT2A involves tight synergy between its TA domain and specific KATs (PMID: 24253305; PMID: 31515273). The KMT2A TAD contains intrinsically disordered regions that must directly engage co-activator docking sites—specifically interacting with domains like the KIX domain of p300/CREB-binding protein acetyltransferase complexes—to transition into a stable secondary structure and drive downstream chromatin remodelling. Because this functional synergy requires the physical presence of both the KMT2A TAD and the KAT complex at the promoter, in our opinion, restoring PCAF activity in a KMT2A-depleted background cannot rescue localized H3K9 acetylation at the rDNA promoter. While we are not sure how PCAF engages with the KMT2A TAD domain, based on the above literature, the physical presence of KMT2A may be required.

      We will test this hypothesis by overexpressing PCAF in the absence (or presence) of KMT2A, monitoring rRNA expression, and then plan to undertake future experiments accordingly.

      (3) The catalytic-independent function of KMT2A should be directly investigated. The absence of a significant change in H3K4me3 levels following KMT2A depletion does not confirm that KMT2A's catalytic activity is not essential. Rescue experiments comparing wild-type KMT2A with a catalytically inactive variant would provide a much stronger assessment of the proposed non-catalytic mechanism.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. We completely agree that it is important to rule out whether catalytic activity of KMT2A is essential for rRNA transcription. We have shown in Fig. 4G that the catalytic point mutant carrying the N3906A mutation is able to recruit PCAF and RNA Pol I to the rDNA but not the KMT2A∆TAD mutant. This rescue experiment supports our hypothesis that the catalytic activity of KMT2A is not involved in mediating transcription at rDNA, but TA domain-dependent recruitment of PCAF is critical.

      (4) The manuscript highlights H3K9ac; however, various acetyltransferases and histone acetylation marks are linked to active rDNA. The authors should investigate whether KMT2A specifically regulates H3K9ac or leads to broader changes in histone acetylation at rDNA.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. This is indeed an insightful suggestion. As shown in Fig 3. Multiple histone acetylation marks decorate the rDNA, and it is not possible for us to test them all. We propose to test some of these marks during revision to gain insight into the range of KMT2A-mediated regulation.

      (5) Due to the highly repetitive nature of rDNA, the manuscript must include detailed information about the reference assembly, mapping strategy, management of multimapping reads, normalisation processes, and biological replicates. The authors should demonstrate that any observed changes in occupancy are not due to technical differences in rDNA mapping or variations in copy number.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. As indicated in the manuscript, we have used the pipeline from George et al. al, 2023, PMID: 37121547, which describes all these parameters in detail. Hence, we have omitted a repetition here but added a brief sentence in the Methods now.

      (6) KMT2A regulates a wide range of transcriptional programs, and its depletion can affect proliferation, cell-cycle distribution, or nucleolar function. The authors should include appropriate controls to demonstrate that the rDNA phenotype is not a result of changes in cellular proliferation or a generalised response to transcriptional or nucleolar stress.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. The transcriptional profiling recently published by our lab [Lone et al. (2026), PMID: 42096476; Malik et al., 2023, PMID: 37379335] provides clear evidence that helps distinguish direct regulatory effects from generalized stress responses. Our global transcript analysis indicates that KMT2A depletion specifically downregulates transcription at the rDNA repeats without inducing hallmark markers of nucleolar stress or broad cell-cycle arrest.

      (7) The CSB and B-WICH complex have previously been linked to the recruitment of PCAF and the acetylation of H3K9 at active rDNA. The authors should investigate whether KMT2A operates independently of these factors or if KMT2A functions within an established pathway for remodeling rDNA chromatin.

      We agree with the Reviewer that CSB and the B-WICH complex, PCAF recruitment, and H3K9ac deposition are indeed a well-documented axis at active rDNA. In the present study, our focus is on establishing the functional role of KMT2A at the rDNA locus. Given that KMT2A traditionally acts as a histone methyltransferase that often precedes or cooperates with acetyltransferases like PCAF, it is highly plausible that KMT2A operates sequentially or in concert with the B-WICH pathway to remodel chromatin.

      However, mapping these biochemical interactions is beyond our current aims. Nonetheless, we agree this is a crucial conceptual link, and we will expand this link in our Discussion.

      (8) The distinction between active and silent rDNA should be taken into account. The authors need to determine whether KMT2A/PCAF occupancy is preferentially associated with active rDNA copies. Sequential ChIP analysis or the use of established markers for active, poised, and silent rDNA would help clarify the chromatin context in which the proposed mechanism operates.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s suggestion to determine if KMT2A/PCAF occupancy is restricted to active rDNA copies. While this is an important factor to consider, making a clear distinction is currently not possible due to several constraints. First, the highly repetitive nature of rDNA repeats makes it difficult to differentiate active from silent fractions both experimentally and bioinformatically. Second, performing sequential ChIP to definitively map this co-occupancy is technically challenging and establishing and optimising this protocol within the revision timeframe will be extremely difficult.

      Furthermore, the exact histone landscapes defining active, poised, and silent rDNA are not yet fully characterized; much of the existing consensus in epigenetic literature relies heavily on observations drawn from RNA Polymerase II systems rather than Pol I repeats. As demonstrated by Xie et al., 2012 [PMID: 22570494], rDNA promoters frequently feature bivalent marks—bearing both active H3K4me3 and repressive H3K27me3 modifications—that characterize a poised, non-transcribing state. This biological ambiguity makes absolute active/silent categorization extremely difficult in our case.

      References:

      (1) Chinchole A, Lone KA, Tyagi S. MLL regulates the actin cytoskeleton and cell migration by stabilising Rho GTPases via the expression of RhoGDI1. Journal of Cell Science. 2022;135(20):jcs260042. doi:10.1242/jcs.260042 PMID: 36111497

      (2) Frescas D, Guardavaccaro D, Bassermann F, Koyama-Nasu R, Pagano M. JHDM1B/FBXL10 is a nucleolar protein that represses transcription of ribosomal RNA genes. Nature. 2007;450(7167):309-313. doi:10.1038/nature06255 PMID: 17994099

      (3) Garg A, Orru R, Ye W, et al. Structural and mechanistic insights into the interaction of the circadian transcription factor BMAL1 with the KIX domain of the CREB-binding protein. J Biol Chem. 2019;294(45):16604-16619. doi:10.1074/jbc.RA119.009845 PMID: 31515273

      (4) George SS, Pimkin M, Paralkar VR. Construction and validation of customized genomes for human and mouse ribosomal DNA mapping. J Biol Chem. 2023;299(6):104766. doi:10.1016/j.jbc.2023.104766 PMID: 37121547

      (5) Herdman C, Mars JC, Stefanovsky VY, et al. A unique enhancer boundary complex on the mouse ribosomal RNA genes persists after loss of Rrn3 or UBF and the inactivation of RNA polymerase I transcription. PLoS Genet. 2017;13(7):e1006899. doi:10.1371/journal.pgen.1006899 PMID: 28715449

      (6) Kühn MWM, Song E, Feng Z, et al. Targeting Chromatin Regulators Inhibits Leukemogenic Gene Expression in NPM1 Mutant Leukemia. Cancer Discov. 2016;6(10):1166-1181. doi:10.1158/2159-8290.CD-16-0237 PMID: 27535106

      (7) Lone KA, Karole AM, Ravindran G, Tyagi S. The KMT2F histone methyltransferase interacts with the RNA polymerase I machinery to promote ribosomal RNA transcription. PLOS Biology. 2026;24(5):e3003785. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.3003785 PMID: 42096476

      (8) Malik KK, Sridhara SC, Lone KA, Katariya PD, Pulimamidi D, Tyagi S. MLL methyltransferases regulate H3K4 methylation to ensure CENP-A assembly at human centromeres. PLOS Biology. 2023;21(6):e3002161. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.3002161 PMID: 37379335

      (9) Mars JC, Sabourin-Felix M, Tremblay MG, Moss T. A Deconvolution Protocol for ChIP-Seq Reveals Analogous Enhancer Structures on the Mouse and Human Ribosomal RNA Genes. G3 Genes|Genomes|Genetics. 2018;8(1):303-314. doi:10.1534/g3.117.300225 PMID: 29158335

      (10) Mayer C, Schmitz KM, Li J, Grummt I, Santoro R. Intergenic Transcripts Regulate the Epigenetic State of rRNA Genes. Molecular Cell. 2006;22(3):351-361. doi:10.1016/j.molcel.2006.03.028 PMID: 16678107

      (11) McKinley KL, Cheeseman IM. Large-Scale Analysis of CRISPR/Cas9 Cell-Cycle Knockouts Reveals the Diversity of p53-Dependent Responses to Cell-Cycle Defects. Developmental Cell. 2017;40(4):405-420.e2. doi:10.1016/j.devcel.2017.01.012 PMID: 28216383

      (12) Ning M, Hoshii T, Nakagawa T, et al. Non-catalytic role of SETD1A promotes gastric cancer cell proliferation through the E2F4-TAF6 axis in the cell cycle. Cell Death Dis. 2025;16(1):639. doi:10.1038/s41419-025-07976-4 PMID: 40846851

      (13) Perlee S, Kikuchi S, Nakadai T, et al. SETD1A function in leukemia is mediated through interaction with mitotic regulators BuGZ/BUB3. EMBO Rep. 2023;24(10):e57108. doi:10.15252/embr.202357108 PMID: 37535603

      (14) Santoro R, Li J, Grummt I. The nucleolar remodeling complex NoRC mediates heterochromatin formation and silencing of ribosomal gene transcription. Nat Genet. 2002;32(3):393-396. doi:10.1038/ng1010 PMID: 12368916

      (15) Santoro R, Grummt I. Epigenetic mechanism of rRNA gene silencing: temporal order of NoRC-mediated histone modification, chromatin remodeling, and DNA methylation. Mol Cell Biol. 2005;25(7):2539-2546. doi:10.1128/MCB.25.7.2539-2546.2005 PMID: 15767661

      (16) Schmitz KM, Mayer C, Postepska A, Grummt I. Interaction of noncoding RNA with the rDNA promoter mediates recruitment of DNMT3b and silencing of rRNA genes. Genes Dev. 2010;24(20):2264-2269. doi:10.1101/gad.590910 PMID: 20952535

      (17) Shen M, Zhou T, Xie W, et al. The chromatin remodeling factor CSB recruits histone acetyltransferase PCAF to rRNA gene promoters in active state for transcription initiation. PLoS One. 2013;8(5):e62668. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0062668 PMID: 23667505

      (18) Thakur JK, Yadav A, Yadav G. Molecular recognition by the KIX domain and its role in gene regulation. Nucleic Acids Res. 2014;42(4):2112-2125. doi:10.1093/nar/gkt1147 PMID: 24253305

      (19) van Schie JJM, de Lint K, Molenaar TM, et al. CRISPR screens in sister chromatid cohesion defective cells reveal PAXIP1-PAGR1 as regulator of chromatin association of cohesin. Nucleic Acids Res. 2023;51(18):9594-9609. doi:10.1093/nar/gkad756 PMID: 37702151

      (20) Vintermist A, Böhm S, Sadeghifar F, et al. The chromatin remodelling complex B-WICH changes the chromatin structure and recruits histone acetyl-transferases to active rRNA genes. PLoS One. 2011;6(4):e19184. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0019184 PMID: 21559432

      (21) Wang P, Lin C, Smith ER, et al. Global Analysis of H3K4 Methylation Defines MLL Family Member Targets and Points to a Role for MLL1-Mediated H3K4 Methylation in the Regulation of Transcriptional Initiation by RNA Polymerase II. Molecular and Cellular Biology. 2009;29(22):6074-6085. doi:10.1128/MCB.00924-09 PMID: 19703992

      (22) Wang W, Chen Z, Mao Z, et al. Nucleolar protein Spindlin1 recognizes H3K4 methylation and stimulates the expression of rRNA genes. EMBO Rep. 2011;12(11):1160-1166. doi:10.1038/embor.2011.184 PMID: 21960006

      (23) Xie W, Ling T, Zhou Y, et al. The chromatin remodeling complex NuRD establishes the poised state of rRNA genes characterized by bivalent histone modifications and altered nucleosome positions. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2012;109(21):8161-8166. doi:10.1073/pnas.1201262109 PMID: 22570494

      (24) Yuen G, Khan FJ, Gao S, et al. CRISPR/Cas9-mediated gene knockout is insensitive to target copy number but is dependent on guide RNA potency and Cas9/sgRNA threshold expression level. Nucleic Acids Research. 2017;45(20):12039-12053. doi:10.1093/nar/gkx843 PMID: 29036671

      (25) Zentner GE, Saiakhova A, Manaenkov P, Adams MD, Scacheri PC. Integrative genomic analysis of human ribosomal DNA. Nucleic Acids Res. 2011;39(12):4949-4960. doi:10.1093/nar/gkq1326 , PMID: 21355038

      (26) Zentner GE, Balow SA, Scacheri PC. Genomic Characterization of the Mouse Ribosomal DNA Locus. G3 Genes|Genomes|Genetics. 2014;4(2):243-254. doi:10.1534/g3.113.009290 PMID: 24347625

      (27) Zhu Z, Wang Y, Li X, et al. PHF8 is a histone H3K9me2 demethylase regulating rRNA synthesis. Cell Res. 2010;20(7):794-801. doi:10.1038/cr.2010.75 PMID: 20531378

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      The study by Izquierdo and colleagues provides important insights into the field of genomic and transcriptomic prediction of traits across multiple environments. The rationale and analyses conducted to integrate the two types of ~omics datasets across two environments are solid. However, some clarification would be appreciated in the presentation of the results, and adding some statistical control to clarify how the predictors were selected, or assessing their importance using the SHAP framework, would further consolidate the findings.

      We appreciate the positive feedback and the constructive evaluation of our work. In response, we have added further clarification to the Results section and provided additional detail on the feature selection procedure to facilitate understanding of how predictors were identified within the modeling framework.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      P. Izquierdo et al. investigated the genetic determinism of various traits of interest in switchgrass using large-scale genomic and transcriptomic data. More specifically, they worked on a diversity panel comprising 426 genotypes evaluated in common-garden experiments at two locations (Michigan and Texas). The phenotypic and genomic data were already published. In this work, they produced transcriptomic data for each of the 426 genotypes at each site, and they carried out phenotype predictions using genomic and transcriptomic data separately or together. While they were moderately correlated at each location, both omic information appeared to be complementary for the prediction of phenotype. To further exploit the fact that they have data across two locations, they computed differences for phenotypes and transcripts between locations as indicators of trait and transcript plasticity, respectively. They built predictive models of trait plasticity using genomic information and transcript plasticity, which proved to be quite accurate for traits affected by GxE. Finally, they made use of SHAP values from predictive models of flowering time and biomass at each location, as well as for their plasticity, to gain insight into their genetic determinism. These SHAP values provide the importance of the predictive features (SNP and/or transcripts) for trait prediction. This allowed them to confirm some candidate genes and to propose new candidates for both traits.

      We appreciate the reviewer's thorough and constructive summary of our work. We would like to clarify that while the genomic data were previously published, the transcriptomic and phenotypic data were generated as part of the present study. We have revised the text to make this distinction explicit.

      Strengths:

      I found this study interesting and rich. I think the sample size (426 genotypes) is large enough to support the findings. The use of a modern machine-learning approach (XGBoost) together with SHAP indices to find interesting features and get insights into the biological mechanisms underlying flowering time and biomass production is quite original. The methodology employed is globally sound. I also like the fact that the authors accounted implicitly for the population structure by providing a baseline prediction using the first 5 PCs.

      Weaknesses:

      While the methodology is globally sound, I sometimes had difficulties following exactly what was done. This is partly due to the fact that the authors used 2 omics (SNPs and transcripts) to predict phenotypes, and sometimes, in the results, it is not clear which of the 2 is the focus. This was especially the case for the importance of the features and the interpretability of the models, where I found it sometimes hard to tell whether the analysis was done on SNPs or transcripts.

      We have revised the text throughout to clarify when models using SNP, transcript (T), or both data types (S+T) were the focus of the analysis.

      Also, regarding the methodology, I did not understand why the authors needed to perform a feature selection approach. Maybe it was required to perform the interaction analysis, which could not be deployed on all the features? But regarding the importance of the features, I do not get the added value of the selection over the direct use of SHAP indices when using all features. Maybe this is because I am not a specialist in this kind of approach, but maybe the authors could add more details to explain the rationale behind the feature selection.

      Feature selection was performed to identify the subset of features that optimized predictive accuracy while reducing model complexity. By retaining only the most informative features, the resulting models achieve higher predictive accuracy than models trained on all features, and model interpretation is simplified. The rationale and procedure are described.

      Regarding SHAP interactions specifically, the number of features used to estimate SHAP interaction scores was limited to 5,000 due to the high computational demands of this analysis. Interaction scores are estimated for each individual in the training population, producing a 5,000 × 5,000 interaction matrix per individual. With 306 individuals in the training population and 10 independent model runs, this corresponds to 3,060 matrices of this size.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to evaluate whether integrating genomic (SNP) and transcriptomic information with machine learning can improve phenotypic prediction of polygenic traits across environments. The manuscript explored not only the predictability across models and predictor feature sets, but also attempted to identify meaningful genes and interactions underlying trait variation.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the manuscript is its integration of SNP, transcriptomic, and phenotype datasets for 426 sorghum genotypes between Texas and Michigan. It provides a systematic comparison of predictor types (SNP versus transcriptomic abundance) and model strategies to integrate them.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Experimental Design

      The experimental design raises several concerns that should be clarified before strong biological conclusions are drawn from the transcriptomic analyses.

      First, the transcriptomic sampling is not well aligned with the developmental stages most relevant to the phenotypes being modeled. Leaf tissue was collected at a single time point in each environment, whereas traits such as flowering time, biomass, tiller count, and panicle height arise from developmental processes occurring over extended and potentially distinct temporal windows. Consequently, the measured expression profiles are likely to reflect physiological states specific to the sampling dates (May 5-6 in Texas and June 22-24 in Michigan) rather than the regulatory processes underlying the target phenotypes.

      We selected the pre-flowering stage because it represents a critical developmental transition during which plants remain largely vegetative while initiating reproductive development. Gene expression at this stage is therefore expected to capture regulatory processes associated with flowering initiation while also reflecting pathways involved in vegetative growth and biomass accumulation. In our previous work in maize (Azodi et al., 2020), we demonstrated that transcriptomic profiles obtained at a single developmental stage can contain information predictive of complex traits. Although the expression profiles analyzed here do not capture the full temporal dynamics underlying traits such as flowering time and biomass, they provide a biologically meaningful snapshot of molecular variation relevant to these traits. We have revised the manuscript to acknowledge this limitation and to clarify that our findings should be interpreted as associations between gene expression measured at the pre-flowering stage and the phenotypes of interest, rather than as evidence that all identified genes directly regulate these traits throughout development.

      Second, the phrase "haphazardly randomized" is questionable for a field experiment. It is unclear whether the design included formal randomization, blocking, row/column structure, or spatial correction. Without explicit accounting for spatial field heterogeneity, environmental variation within sites may confound genotype and transcriptomic effects.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the original wording was unclear. The text has been revised to more precisely describe the experimental design. The establishment and management of the common gardens are described in detail in Lovell et al. (2021). Briefly, the diversity panel was established as a single-block planting at each location, with genotypes distributed throughout the field and arranged in a honeycomb design in which each individual had four nearest neighbors located 1.5 m apart. We have removed the phrase "haphazardly randomized," which was imprecise.

      Because only a single replicate of each genotype was established at each site, formal spatial correction was not performed, as genotype and within-site spatial effects cannot be estimated independently in this design. We acknowledge that additional replication would have improved our ability to account for fine-scale environmental heterogeneity.

      However, several aspects of the experimental design reduce the likelihood that spatial variation substantially confounded the results. The diversity panel is part of a coordinated common garden network spanning ten field sites across the United States, designed primarily to evaluate genotype-by-environment interactions across contrasting environments rather than within-site spatial variation. In addition, the AP13 reference genotype was distributed throughout the experimental plots and did not show evidence of substantial spatial heterogeneity at the Michigan site, suggesting that within-site environmental variation was limited. We have added text acknowledging this limitation and its implications for interpreting genotype and genotype-by-environment effects.

      Third, the Methods do not clearly describe biological replication for RNA-seq. If each genotype-by-environment combination were represented by a single transcriptomic sample, then within-genotype expression variance cannot be estimated. This is important because transcript abundance is highly sensitive to microenvironment, sampling time, tissue status, developmental stage, and technical variation. The absence of replication significantly weakens confidence in gene-level feature importance and gene-gene interaction claims.

      We appreciate this thoughtful comment and fully acknowledge that the absence of biological replication for RNA-seq within each genotype-by-environment combination is an important limitation of this study. Because the diversity panel consisted of a single plant per genotype at each field site, transcriptomic data were generated from one biological sample per genotype-by-environment combination, and within-genotype expression variance could not be directly estimated. We recognize that transcript abundance can be influenced by microenvironmental conditions, developmental stage, tissue status, sampling time, and technical variation, all of which may affect confidence in gene-level feature importance and inferred interaction effects.

      The scale of the experiment, involving 426 genotypes evaluated across contrasting common gardens, made biological replication for RNA-seq financially and logistically impractical. This experimental design was established to maximize representation of genetic diversity and environmental variation across a large multi-environment common garden network rather than to obtain replicated transcriptomic measurements within individual sites. To minimize uncontrolled variation, tissue was collected at both locations at approximately the same pre-flowering developmental stage, and standardized protocols for tissue collection, library preparation, sequencing, and data processing were applied across all samples.

      Although individual genotype-by-environment combinations were not biologically replicated, the analyses leverage substantial replication at the level of alleles and population structure, as individual alleles and transcripts are represented across many genetically distinct accessions spanning multiple ecotypes. This is analogous to many human population-scale transcriptomic studies, where each genotype is typically represented by a single biological sample and inference is made across genetically diverse individuals rather than replicated measurements of the same genotype.

      Importantly, the goal of this study was to identify transcriptomic patterns that are predictive of phenotypic variation across genotypes and environments, rather than to establish causal regulatory relationships. Accordingly, the genes and interaction patterns identified through model interpretation should be viewed as candidate predictive associations and hypothesis-generating signals that warrant validation in future studies with replicated sampling and controlled experiments. We have revised the manuscript to more clearly acknowledge these limitations and to align the interpretation of gene importance and interaction analyses with the predictive scope of the study. 

      Four, the analysis of expression differences across environments is based on a simple subtraction (TX - MI) followed by correlation with genetic similarity. This approach is not standard in transcriptomic analysis and does not account for variability, replication, or statistical uncertainty. Conventional methods for assessing differential expression and genotype-by-environment interactions rely on model-based frameworks that explicitly estimate variance components and test for interaction effects. Without such modeling, the observed expression differences may reflect noise or confounding factors rather than genotype-driven responses.

      We appreciate this comment. Our approach to estimating expression differences across environments was intended to quantify transcriptomic plasticity and evaluate whether variation in gene expression responses across environments could help explain and predict phenotypic plasticity. While this is not a conventional differential expression framework, our objective was not to identify differentially expressed genes or formally test genotype-by-environment interaction effects at the transcript level.

      Expression differences were calculated as TX − MI using log-transformed expression values. On the logarithmic scale, this difference is equivalent to the log expression ratio between environments and therefore provides a straightforward measure of the magnitude and direction of transcriptomic responses across locations. We used this metric as a descriptive measure of transcriptomic plasticity that could be related to genetic similarity and incorporated into predictive models of phenotypic plasticity. Consistent with this rationale, models based on expression differences across environments were able to predict differences in phenotypic performance between locations.

      (2) SHAP contribution values

      Although SHAP is a well-established framework for decomposing model predictions into feature-level contributions, its use in this manuscript raises several concerns regarding interpretation, statistical validity, and biological inference.

      First, SHAP values quantify the contribution of features within the fitted model, conditional on the joint distribution of inputs and the model structure. They do not represent causal effects or direct biological importance. 

      We agree that SHAP values do not represent causal effects or direct measures of biological importance. Rather, SHAP quantifies the contribution of features to model predictions within the context of a fitted model and the observed input distribution. Our rationale for using SHAP was not to infer causality, but to identify features that are consistently informative for predicting phenotypic variation. The underlying hypothesis is that features contributing strongly to accurate predictions may be associated with biological processes influencing the trait and can therefore serve as candidate genes or genomic regions for further investigation. This strategy has been widely adopted in genomics and plant biology, where interpretable machine learning methods are used to extract biological insights from predictive models. Accordingly, the genes and interactions highlighted by SHAP should be interpreted as predictive associations and candidate mechanisms requiring validation through independent experiments and functional studies. We have revised the manuscript to more clearly distinguish predictive importance from causal biological effects.

      There is a difference where SHAP values are often in log-odds and the regression model uses absolute units. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We believe there may be a misunderstanding regarding the scale of the SHAP values reported in this study. The models analyzed here are regression models predicting continuous traits, not classification models. Consequently, SHAP values are expressed in the same units as the predicted phenotype and represent the additive contribution of each feature to individual predictions. The interpretation of SHAP values in log-odds units is specific to certain classification models where predictions are generated on the log-odds scale. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this point and avoid potential confusion.

      Without a fair evaluation of model fit, the interpretation of SHAP values needs to take a cautious step because a model could fit poorly when a feature shows very high SHAP values.

      We agree that SHAP values should be interpreted in the context of model performance. For this reason, model performance was evaluated prior to feature interpretation. Figure 1 presents the predictive performance of all models, and we focused our biological interpretation on flowering time and biomass because these traits are agronomically important and showed relatively stronger predictive performance compared to other traits, providing a more reliable basis for interpreting feature importance. We have revised the manuscript to emphasize that model interpretation should be considered in conjunction with model accuracy.

      In genomic data, where features are highly correlated due to linkage disequilibrium and co-expression, SHAP values can distribute contribution values across correlated variables in ways that are not uniquely identifiable. As a result, features highlighted as "important" may reflect correlation structure rather than true functional relevance.

      We agree that multicollinearity can complicate the interpretation of feature importance, as correlated features may share predictive information, resulting in importance being distributed among them or assigned preferentially to one feature over another. This issue is particularly relevant in genomic datasets due to linkage disequilibrium among SNPs and co-expression among genes. To reduce redundancy among genetic markers, SNPs were filtered using a linkage disequilibrium threshold of r<sup>2</sup> < 0.1 prior to model training, substantially reducing the number of highly correlated markers. We acknowledge, however, that correlation among features, particularly among co-expressed genes, remains present and may influence SHAP-based feature attribution. 

      To improve the robustness of feature interpretation, models were trained across 10 independent runs and SHAP values were averaged across runs, reducing sensitivity to individual model fits and providing more stable estimates of feature contributions. Nevertheless, SHAP values should not be interpreted as uniquely identifying the most functionally relevant feature within a correlated group of predictors. The genes and genetic variants highlighted by SHAP should therefore be viewed as candidate predictive features associated with trait variation rather than definitive evidence of causal biological relevance.

      This correlative structure can be exacerbated in this manuscript because of the use of TPM-normalized transcript abundances as predictor variables without biological replicates. Assume the estimates of transcript abundances are robust, TPM values are compositional, with a constant-sum constraint that creates dependencies among all genes that induce negative correlations. This issue is particularly relevant for the interpretation of gene importance and interaction effects, where correlated predictors can lead to unstable and non-unique attributions. This biological interpretation of transcript-based features remains uncertain.

      We agree that TPM-normalized expression values are compositional and may introduce dependencies among genes due to the constant-sum constraint. TPM normalization was selected because it facilitates comparisons of transcript abundance across samples by accounting for differences in sequencing depth and transcript length. Expression values were further transformed using log<sub>10</sub>(TPM + 1), which reduces skewness and stabilizes variance, making the data more suitable for machine learning analyses. We acknowledge that compositional effects and gene co-expression may influence feature attribution and the interpretation of gene importance. However, the primary objective of this study was predictive rather than inferential. In this context, log-transformed TPM values provide a standardized and comparable representation of transcript abundance across genotypes and environments, serving as consistent input for predictive models. Consequently, genes identified through SHAP analyses should be interpreted as candidate predictive features associated with trait variation, rather than as definitive evidence of direct causal biological importance.

      (3) Result interpretation

      For example, in page 11, "plasticity SNP- and transcriptomic-based models generally outperformed single-environment models for traits with low cross-environment correlation, such as green-up (Fig. 2c, r = -0.13, p < 8.3 × 10<sup>-3</sup>) and tiller count (Fig. 2f, r = -0.08, p = 0.1) (Supplementary Fig. S1)." is too broad. For green-up, the Diff model appears much better than MI, but not clearly better than TX.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation and agree that the original wording was too broad. We have revised the text to more accurately reflect the observed pattern, noting that difference-based models showed relatively stronger predictive performance for traits with low cross-environment correlation, while generally performing worse than single-environment models for traits with high cross-environment correlation. We believe this pattern is biologically meaningful, as transcriptomic differences across environments are expected to be most informative when phenotypic responses differ substantially between locations. We have revised to more accurately characterize these results.

      And, same page 11, "...Diffexp was more predictive than SNPs for trait plasticity in biomass, flowering time, and tiller count..." only holds true for biomass, not flowering time, or tiller count.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation and agree that the original statement was too strong. Diffexp models showed higher predictive performance for biomass and tiller count, whereas performance for flowering time was comparable between Diffexp and SNP models. We have revised to more accurately characterize these results.

      The aspect of "complementary information" between SNP and transcriptomic models in page 12 is stronger than what is supported by Figure 2. Figure 2 shows different predictive performance, but it does not by itself demonstrate complementarity. Establishing complementarity requires evidence that combining SNP+T improves prediction consistently or captures distinct, non-overlapping signals. Yet the preceding section says SNP+T outperformed either single data type in only 15% of cases, with modest gains. This is confusing. Also, there was not G+T in Figure 2; it is SNP+T.

      We agree that the term "complementary" was stronger than what the results in Figure 2 directly support. We have revised the text to describe these findings more cautiously, emphasizing that SNP and transcriptomic models may capture partially distinct aspects of biological variation. In the following section, we further address this point by showing that the two model types identify largely distinct sets of predictive features, suggesting that they reflect different sources of information relevant to trait prediction. We also thank the reviewer for noting the SNP+T vs. G+T inconsistency, which has been corrected throughout the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I found that the title does not properly reflect the content of the paper. The term "artificial intelligence" is a bit misleading: I was expecting deep learning-based predictions. GxE and plasticity are clear strengths of the paper that are not present at all in the title. The same holds for multi-omic integration. Maybe you could consider revisiting the title.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and have revised the title to: "Multiomic integration using interpretable machine learning reveals genetic mechanisms of trait variation and phenotypic plasticity in switchgrass." This revision highlights the integration of genomic and transcriptomic data, explicitly mentions phenotypic plasticity, and replaces "artificial intelligence" with "interpretable machine learning," which more accurately describes the modeling framework employed.

      (2) In general, the quality of the figures is very poor, and it did not allow me to perform a deep assessment of their content, which is sometimes hardly visible.

      We agree that figure quality in the submitted PDF was suboptimal. The reduction in image resolution occurred during conversion from the original Word document to PDF. We have uploaded a revised manuscript with higher-resolution figures to ensure all elements are clearly visible.

      (3) To estimate plasticity in phenotypes and transcripts, you use differences between locations. Other options have been proposed in the literature, like ratios, for example. I think the choice of the difference is probably a good one, but maybe you could justify it in the introduction.

      We chose to estimate phenotypic and transcriptomic plasticity using differences between locations because this metric preserves both the magnitude and direction of environmental responses while avoiding the instability associated with ratio-based measures, particularly when values are small. Furthermore, because transcript abundance values were modeled using log<sub>10</sub>(TPM + 1)-transformed data, differences between environments are conceptually equivalent to log expression ratios, as log(A) − log(B) = log(A/B). This justification has been added to the manuscript.

      (4) Figure 1. I wonder why you computed correlation matrices between genotypes for transcriptomic data instead of simply covariance matrices, which would be closer to the genomic relationship matrix.

      Our intention in Figure 1 was to visualize overall similarity among samples based on transcriptomic expression profiles across genes. We used Pearson correlation because it is widely applied in transcriptomic analyses to capture relative expression patterns while remaining independent of absolute expression magnitude and scale differences among samples. Covariance matrices, by contrast, are strongly influenced by feature variance and scale, which can complicate interpretation of overall transcriptomic similarity in high-dimensional expression datasets.

      (5) Figure 1. You calculate correlations between phenotypic distance and genomic distances for the different traits, but I think this is somehow related to the genomic heritability estimation. Could you please elaborate on this or provide the rationale under your analysis?

      We agree that the correlation between genomic relationships and phenotypic similarity is conceptually related to genomic heritability, as both analyses evaluate the extent to which genetic similarity is associated with phenotypic variation. However, their objectives differ. The correlation analysis between SNP, eCor, and phenotypic distance was intended as an exploratory assessment of whether genetically or transcriptomically similar genotypes tend to exhibit similar phenotypic responses across traits and environments. Genomic heritability estimation, in contrast, provides a formal variance component framework to quantify the proportion of phenotypic variance explained by genome-wide marker information. While related conceptually, these analyses address complementary but distinct aspects of the relationship between genomic, transcriptomic, and phenotypic variation.

      (6) L163-164: "Because genotypes with similar genetic information are expected to exhibit similar trait value": this is the definition of the heritability, so I would say that this is true to the extent of the heritability of the trait... Maybe you could consider modifying this sentence.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Our intention was not to invoke heritability directly, but rather to assess the associations among kinship, eCor, and phenotypic similarity within each environment and to compare the patterns captured by these different data types. We agree that the original wording could be interpreted as implying a deterministic relationship between genetic similarity and phenotypic resemblance. We have revised the text to focus on the association between genetic relatedness and similarity in expression and phenotypic profiles.

      (7) Figure 2. For the prediction with transcriptomic data, I understood that you matched data by site for the prediction, which is OK. But I wonder what would happen if you had used transcriptomic data from the other site and vice versa for the prediction, how much predictability you would have lost? I guess that this would somehow be related to the extent of GxE for each trait. Maybe it would be something interesting to look at?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. While cross-environment prediction is an interesting avenue for future research, our primary objective was not to maximize prediction across environments, as predictive ability would be expected to decrease substantially under strong G×E effects. Instead, we focused on single-environment models to: (1) identify transcriptomic features associated with trait prediction within each environment, and (2) evaluate which features were consistently important across environments. Furthermore, because G×E effects were observed, we developed TX − MI difference models to identify transcriptomic features associated with phenotypic plasticity. We therefore believe that the within-environment and plasticity-focused analyses were more closely aligned with the objectives of this study than cross-environment prediction would have been.

      (8) The calculation of local SHAP values for each genotype mentioned L331 and the clustering of genotypes based on such values, as presented in Figure 4, are not presented in the method section. Could you please provide more details?

      The estimation of SHAP values is described in the Methods section. Briefly, local SHAP values were calculated for each genotype, and genotypes were subsequently clustered based on these values using hierarchical clustering with Euclidean distance.

      (9) Gene-by-gene interactions paragraph: I am a bit confused here regarding which omic was used for looking at the interaction. Naively, I would have gone with the SNPs, but maybe you would rather use the transcripts instead? This would explain why in Figure 5 c-h, the x axes seemed to correspond to transcripts rather than SNPs. Could you please clarify and explain why you focused here on transcripts rather than SNPs?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. To clarify, gene–gene interactions were assessed using transcriptomic models. This choice was motivated by three observations: (1) transcriptomic features were enriched among the most important predictors in the multi-omic models; (2) transcriptomic models identified a greater number of benchmark genes than SNP-based models; and (3) gene expression data provide a more biologically interpretable framework for assessing gene–gene interactions, as transcripts more directly reflect gene activity and regulatory processes than individual genetic variants. We have revised the manuscript to make this rationale explicit.

      (10) Materials and Methods:

      - Were there replicates of the genotypes within each site?

      This diversity panel is part of a multi-institutional project maintaining 10 common gardens across the United States. Given the scale of the experiment and the large number of genotypes evaluated, the design included a single plant per genotype at each site rather than within-site replication. We acknowledge this as a limitation and have discussed it explicitly in the revised manuscript.

      - Have the data (phenotypic/transcriptomic) been corrected for spatial effects?

      Because only a single replicate per genotype was evaluated at each site, genotype and local spatial effects could not be estimated independently. Applying a spatial correction under these conditions could inadvertently remove true biological variation. The randomized honeycomb design was intended to minimize systematic spatial confounding; however, we acknowledge that residual environmental heterogeneity may still contribute to phenotypic and transcriptomic variation.

      - L502-503: Could you please write the model formally instead of R code?

      The model has been written formally.

      - Genomic heritability estimates: I wonder how useful they really are? I suppose you could have used the model L502-503 to estimate genomic heritability in general across the 2 sites.

      We agree that the mixed model described in the revised manuscript could be used to estimate genomic heritability jointly across both sites. In this study, however, genomic heritability was estimated within individual environments to evaluate trait predictability within each location and to assess the heritable component of phenotypic plasticity. Genomic heritability also provides an important benchmark for interpreting prediction results, as the theoretical upper limit of prediction accuracy is approximately proportional to the square root of heritability under quantitative genetic theory.

      - L523: I am not sure what LD> 0.1 means. Could you please give more details, e.g., which measure of LD, which software, and which parameters?

      We have clarified this point in the Methods. LD pruning was performed using the +prune plugin in BCFtools, with pairwise LD measured as the squared Pearson correlation coefficient (r<sup>2</sup>). SNPs with r<sup>2</sup> > 0.1 within a 5 Mb sliding window were removed to retain a set of more independent markers.

      - L526: How many leaves were sampled per plant? Or maybe a particular leaf was chosen?

      For each plant, we collected the fully expanded leaves at the highest point on each tiller. The proximal ~4 cm (length of microcentrifuge tube) of that harvested leaf was then flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen for subsequent RNA extractions.

      - L592-597: I understand that training and test sets were stratified according to biomass (log-transformed) in TX. Could you please explain why this trait/location was chosen for the stratification?

      Training/test stratification: We chose log-transformed biomass in TX for stratification because biomass is the primary agronomic trait of interest in switchgrass and exhibits greater phenotypic variation in TX compared to MI, allowing stratification to better preserve the full range of values in both the training and testing sets. The same training/testing split was subsequently applied to all analyses to ensure consistent and fair comparisons across traits, environments, and data types.

      (11) Data availability: Maybe the read counts could also be provided on top of the raw RNA sequences. This would ensure, to some extent, reproducibility of the analyses, especially because the code for processing RNA-seq reads does not seem to be released in the GitHub repository.

      The RNA-seq pipeline used in this study is described in the revised manuscript. The pipeline code is maintained in an internal GitLab repository at JGI and is therefore only accessible within JGI systems. To facilitate reproducibility, we have deposited the TPM count matrix used in our analyses in the following Zenodo repository: https://zenodo.org/records/21781035

      (12) Code availability: The code to run Bayesian regression models does not seem to be released.

      The code for the Bayesian regression models has been added to the manuscript repository.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript will benefit the most from additional biological replicates for RNAseq, as well as the phenology alignment with data collection. Further recommendations for improving the clarity in experimental design and alignment between claims and evidence.

      We agree that additional biological replication for RNA-seq and transcriptomic sampling across multiple developmental stages would further strengthen the study. However, given the scale of the experiment, 426 genotypes evaluated across contrasting field environments, generating replicated transcriptomic datasets at multiple developmental stages was not logistically or financially feasible. Despite these constraints, the experimental design enabled characterization of transcriptomic and phenotypic variation across a large natural diversity panel and the identification of predictive patterns associated with trait variation across environments. We have revised the manuscript to more clearly describe the experimental design, sampling strategy, and study limitations, and to ensure that conclusions are appropriately aligned with the evidence presented.

      Minor corrections:

      (1) MAF threshold in Line 522, page 27. It should be > 0.05?

      Corrected to > 0.05. 

      (2) SNP+T versus G+T.

      Revised to SNP+T consistently throughout the manuscript. 

      (3) Include FDR-adjusted p-value thresholds.

      FDR-adjusted p-value thresholds: For the Pearson correlations reported in this study, each represents a single pre-specified comparison rather than a family of simultaneous tests, and raw p-values are therefore appropriate. For the benchmark gene enrichment and Wilcoxon rank-sum tests, where multiple comparisons were performed across models and traits, FDR correction has been applied using the Benjamini– Hochberg procedure and the reported p-values have been updated accordingly. 

      (4) Avoid ambiguous phrasing like "generally consistent" and "generally outperformed".

      Revised throughout the manuscript. 

      (5) The mention of artificial intelligence in the Abstract is largely conceptual and reads more like discussion material rather than the main finding of the manuscript, per eLife's Abstract requirements.

      The mention of artificial intelligence has been revised in the Abstract in accordance with eLife's guidelines.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and their constructive feedback. We appreciate the points raised and will take them into consideration when revising the manuscript.

      We plan to clarify and refine certain aspects of the interpretation and discussion, particularly regarding the relationship between Samp1, chromatin organization, and myogenic differentiation. We will also aim to strengthen the study with additional experiments and analyses where feasible, addressing the reviewers’ suggestions to the extent possible within the scope of the study.

      We believe these revisions will help improve the clarity and strength of the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors study the migration of isolated cells and of cells in ensembles. They quantify several aspects of the corresponding migration patterns and investigate how these quantities depend on molecules that are known to play an important role in migration. Furthermore, they study the effect of external cues on these migration processes.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide a clean and uniform setting for comparing the migration of isolated cells and of cells in an ensemble in control and mutant conditions, and in the presence and absence of external cues. This allows for a meaningful comparison between different conditions. In this way, the authors obtain useful data that link the migration of isolated cells to that of cells in collectives.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness of the manuscript is that the authors do not properly introduce the quantities and concepts they are working with. In this way, it is hardly accessible for a reader who does not have a thorough background in cell migration and anomalous transport. In addition, the manuscript uses some notions that are not standard, for example, vinculin or FA stability, which are not properly introduced. Most strikingly, "collective directional memory" is not defined.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now added the definition of collective directional memory in the introduction:

      “... cells that migrate collectively acquire long-term directional memory, which specifically requires α-catenin in AJs and results from coordination of velocities between neighboring cells. For this reason, we define it as a collective directional memory.” and in the results section:

      “... the transition in directional memory observed at confluence are the results of bona fide AJ-mediated intercellular adhesion, but independently of the cadherin subtype. Consequently, we define as a collective directional memory this long-term directional memory that arises from neighbor interactions.”

      The definition of anomalous transport is given in the results section too:

      “we found that the average Mean Square Displacement as function of lag time ∆t (MSD, see Materials and Methods) was better described by a persistent random walk (Fürth et al. 1920, Uhlenbeck et al. 1930) than anomalous diffusion: the MSD transitioned from ballistic (MSD ∼ ∆t<sup>2</sup>,∆t → 0) to pure diffusion (MSD ∼ ∆t,∆t → ∞) with a persistence time P of the order of 10min, rather than scaling as ∆t<sup>𝛼</sup> with α ̸\= 1” and in the Materials and Methods:

      "MSD(∆t) curves were fit with the Fürth equation MSD = 4_D_(∆t−P(1_−exp(−∆_t/P))) where D is the coefficient of diffusion and P the persistence time, as a model of persistent random walk, or with MSD ∼ ∆t<sup>𝛼</sup> (straight line of slope α in ln−ln scale), as a model of anomalous diffusion, with anomalous exponent α > 1 for super-diffusion."

      The definition of vinculin and FA stability, which we now specify as “molecular stability” is given in the Materials and Methods section:

      “We use the immobile fraction of vinculin and its mutants as a measure of vinculin stability and, by extension of the molecular stability of adhesions, because the stability of other adhesion proteins is regulated by the stability of vinculin (Carisey et al. 2013, Liu et al. 2016, Yonemura et al. 2010).”

      The authors infer relationships between different quantities, but they remain qualitative, even though the authors use a language that suggests otherwise. For example, "The combination of Focal Adhesion stability and force transmission from the cytoskeleton predicts the migration speed of single cells" (p 2). I am not sure what is meant by prediction, but this heading suggests that knowledge of FA stability and force transmission yields the migration speed. Reading this line, I expect that if I give you values for FA stability and force transmission, you would give me a value for the migration speed. Such a quantitative mapping is not provided. In fact, it cannot be provided, because - as mentioned before - these quantities are not properly defined, so I would not know how to measure them. I do not even know their units.

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting a more quantitative analysis. Initially, we used Boolean logic to build our model. Based on the effects of mutants, vinculin can be either tensed or not, and either stable or not, which yields four combinations that associate with more or less fast migration. We represent the model as a Venn diagram, which we now specify in the results section and figure legends. To complement this simplified approach, we have now added quantitative analyses by fitting changes in single cell speed, in the difference between single and collective cell migration speed, and in the ratio between collective cell migration speed and wound healing rate to the changes in tension, stability, or the gradients of tensions in FAs and AJs based on the quantitative measurements of speed (migration assays), tension (FRET index of vinculin sensors) and stability (immobile fraction of FRAP experiments) re-scaled between their extreme values across vinculin constructs, as explained in the Materials and Methods. This allows us to quantify the contributions of changes in tension, stability, and the gradients of tension to changes in single cell migration speed, in the difference between single and collective cell migration speed, and in the ratio between collective cell migration speed and wound healing rate. As shown in the added Fig. S2I, the change in single cell speed is explained by a linear combination of changes in tension and stability with contributions of 2_/3 and 1/_3, respectively. In Fig. S4J, the difference between single and collective cell migration speed changes with the stability exclusively, and its increased sensitivity to low stability is well captured by a power law. In fig. S5C, the ratio between collective cell migration speed and wound healing rate is set by the difference in mechanosensitivity between FAs and AJs in which 1/3 of that of AJs counts. Overall, these results confirm our initial models.

      Furthermore, the authors do interpret some of their results without explaining or justifying the basis for their interpretation. For example, they use the FRET index of vinculin - another notion that is not properly introduced - to make statements about mechanical stress.

      We are sorry that we had overlooked this important explanation. We have now added explanations in the main text, and in the Materials and Methods. Briefly, the FRET sensor module inserted in vinculin and its mutants is made of two fluorescent proteins separated by an elastic polypeptidic linker of known elasticity, such that an increase in tension on the protein will stretch the sensor and will decrease the amount of FRET between the two flanking fluorescent proteins. As a result, the lower the FRET, the higher the tension. We cite the original paper that introduced this sensor to allow the reader to get more information (Grashoff et al. 2010). Figures now also include the direction along which the tension increases when FRET changes.

      It also seems that the figures could be improved. Some of the sketches are, in my opinion, not helpful. Examples are Figure 3A (how could a cell move while the hexagonal arrangement of the cells is maintained?) or Figures 2F, 4F, and 6F (what do the colored ellipses indicate?). In Figures 1B, 1D, 2A, 2E, 3B, 3D-F, 4A, 4F, 5B-D, it is not clear which lines merely connect data points and which lines are fits to the data.

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting these improvements. We have now changed figure 3A for a more realistic drawing of the epithelium. We have specified in figure legends what colored ellipses are (as explained above, they are the Venn diagram categories), and whenever a line was a fit or a curve connecting data points.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Canever et al was assessed by three Referees at another journal, who brought up a range of critical points. I will not repeat a summary of the work; this can be found in the first-round reviews.

      Strengths:

      In their revised manuscript, the authors include substantial changes and additional reasoning. Along with their rebuttal letter, I think they make a very convincing case. While the claims are well supported by the analysis, I do not see that the findings need to be universal to be relevant. It might be rather surprising to me if there existed such a universality, in fact. I think that the findings are solid and interesting in their own right and are worthy of publication, especially with the amended discussion in this revision.

      Weaknesses:

      However, while the more bio-oriented parts are not fully accessible to me, I do have a few points from the data analysis point of view that need amendment. (1) The used mathematical models need to be specified more precisely. First, the authors confuse Levy flights and walks. These are distinct processes in the sense that a Levy flight does not have a finite variance and thus no finite speed. The proper model here would be Levy walks. As in a big body of the literature, both notions are used interchangeably here, while they are distinct processes. Then the authors speak about a "superdiffusive model", for which I do not find a proper definition. There exists an entire range of superdiffusive models, each with a different physical background, so this needs more clarity. The authors may consult one of the standard reviews for more details, e.g., Soft Matter 8, 9043 (2012) or Phys Chem Chem Phys 16, 24128 (2014). Overall, a few equations (maybe in the Supplement) would help to be more specific.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We have changed the main text as follows to address these points:

      - "To distinguish between the various walk models that could produce such a super-diffusive behavior (Lévy walk, fractional Brownian motion, or their combinations."

      - "we found that the average Mean Square Displacement as function of lag time ∆t (MSD, see Materials and Methods) was better described by a persistent random walk (Fürth et al. 1920, Uhlenbeck et al. 1930) than anomalous diffusion: the MSD transitioned from ballistic (MSD ∼ ∆t<sup>2</sup>,∆t → 0) to pure diffusion (MSD ∼ ∆t,∆t → ∞) with a persistence time P of the order of 10min, rather than scaling as ∆t<sup>𝛼</sup> with α ̸\= 1" and the Materials and Methods as follows:

      - "MSD(∆t) curves were fit with the Fürth equation MSD = 4D(∆t−P(1−exp−∆t/P)) where D is the coefficient of diffusion and P the persistence time, as a model of persistent random walk, or with MSD ∼ ∆t<sup>𝛼</sup> (straight line of slope α in ln−ln scale), as a model of anomalous diffusion, with anomalous exponent α > 1 for super-diffusion."

      We thank the reviewer for the additional references, we cite the more recent Meroz et al., 2015 for reference on anomalous diffusion.

      (2) For fractional Brownian motion, the authors should check the displacement correlation function; it should show slowly decaying, positive correlations. More details on the practical analysis of FBM can be found, e.g., in Phys Chem Chem Phys 27, 14350 (2025). These correlations should decay as a function of the bin time, e.g., as discussed for the opposite case of subdiffusion in Phys Rev E 88, 010101(R) (2013) [cf Fig 3b]. In general, FBM was determined to be a highly relevant process for a number of systems, including amoeba cells at shorter times, see the detailed analysis in Phys Rev Res 4, 033055 (2022). In this paper, there are also different ways to characterise the motion in terms of scaling. Exponents are detailed.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions and references. We have added explanations in the main text and in the Materials and Methods about the metric we use to characterize fractional Brownian motion together with the suggested reference Phys Chem Chem Phys 27, 14350 (2025).

      In summary, we define the angular memory as a modified angular correlation in which we consider the angular deviation θ of each elementary step of duration 10min from its immediate previous step of duration τ equal to the lag time ∆t. Specifically, the angular memory <sub>i,t</sub>(∆t) of a cell i at time t is defined as the cosine of the angle θ<sub>i,t</sub> between consecutive step vectors between times t−∆t and t, and between times t and t+10min, such that the step duration τ of the first vector and the lag time ∆t before the next are equal. M<sub>i,t</sub>(∆t) = cosθ<sub>i,t</sub> (∆t) = cos . Figures display ⟨M<sub>i,t</sub>(∆t)⟩. This metric measures the duration of the past that the cell considers when deciding on its direction. It decays to 0 when ∆t → ∞ for persistent random walkers and remains constant for fractional Brownian motion, similarly to the auto-covariance function of fractional Brownian motion C(∆t/τ) = ((∆t/τ +1)<sup>α</sup> +|∆t/τ −1|<sup>α</sup> −2(∆t/τ) <sup>α</sup>)/2, which is a constant C = 2<sup>α-1</sup> −_1 for all ∆_t \= τ, as in our definition of angular memory (while it decays to 0 when ∆t/τ → ∞, as pointed out by the reviewer) (Metzler et al. 2025). Ballistic motion yields 1 whatever ∆t and uncorrelated random walks, whether anomalous or not, yield 0. For this reason, and also because M<sub>i,t</sub>(∆t) was found more robust to noise than C(∆t/τ), we considered this metric a more compelling discriminant between fractional Brownian motion and other uncorrelated super-diffusive walks.

      (Of Note, we have increased the analysed data set in the revised Fig. 1D, 3D,F for the sake of representativeness. The conclusions are unchanged).

      (3) Some relevant approaches discussed in literature that should be discussed in the context of this work: eLife 9, e52224 (2020); Rep Prog Phys 86, 126601 (2023); Chaos 35, 023145 (2025). In the context of non-Gaussianity for active particles: Phys Rev E 104, 064615 (2021); New J Phys 25, 013010 (2023).

      We thank the reviewer for these interesting references. We have added them in the discussion as follows: "More recently, efforts have focused on developing analysis tools and models to account for heterogeneous migration properties along individual trajectories and among populations (Lemaitre et al. 2023, Khadem et al. 2021, Woszczek et al. 2025, Waigh et al. 2025, Han et al. 2020)." We have also made changes in the main text to specify when and how our data could indicate the presence or the absence of such heterogeneity in the migration of single cells and at confluence.

      (4) In the abstract, I am having some issues with the formulation in the sentence: "This directional memory emerges from fractional Brownian motion". It sounds as if FBM were a fully clarified phenomenon. I would prefer some statement along the lines that the data are consistent with such a mathematical modelling approach.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have changed the formulation to "This behavior is consistent with a fractional Brownian motion that emerges from velocity coordination between neighboring cells with intact intercellular adhesion." After fixing these points, I think the manuscript will clearly warrant being shared.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript focuses on the presence/origin of directional memory during epithelial cell migration. It starts by analyzing single cells and then moves to more complex systems (confluent layers and scratch assays). The paper first demonstrates that the migration in all of these systems is well-described by persistent random walks, which likely emerge from fractional Brownian motion. This is an important demonstration, as it implies orientation memory in the systems. Then the paper proceeds to attempt to discern the origin of this memory and claims to establish key roles for adherens junctions and vinculin dimerization. While for the most part the manuscript is well-written, there are some significant overinterpretations in experimental results. The largest issue is demonstrating the role of vinculin dimerization, which is not a well-studied phenomenon inside living cells, as all data is reliant on a single point mutation (Y1065E). Additionally, the authors seem to be over-interpreting several of the assays; the statistical analysis does not seem to encompass all comparisons made, and the molecular model proposed does not clearly explain the observed results. The discussion could also be strengthened by considering other aspects of vinculin behavior (e.g., vinculin catch bonding) as well as discussing some other recent similar papers.

      (1) Likely the most significant issue with the manuscript is the interpretation of the vinculin Y1065E variant and the assumption that the only defect the mutations cause is a lack of dimerization. Vinculin dimerization is mediated by a conformational change in the vinculin tail domain induced by F-actin binding (Thompson, FEBS Letters, 2013). Dimerization of the vinculin tail domain has been clearly demonstrated in in vitro systems involving purified proteins, as the authors point out in the manuscript. However, the dimerization of full-length vinculin has not been well characterised in living cells. There are several reasons to suspect dimerization is potentially not prevalent in cells. For instance, in the presence of other actin-binding proteins, there may not be sufficient binding sites available on neighboring actin filaments to facilitate dimerization. Additionally, pY1065 vinculin and vinculin Y1065E have been associated with increased vinculin activation (Huang, JBC, 2014), so other effects seem possible. While the Y1065E variant clearly has an effect on the tension sensor readout and vinculin dynamics, further experimental evidence is needed to show that these effects are due to a lack of dimerization in living cells. To justify the definitive claims made in the manuscript, the authors likely need to develop, or employ, an assay for detecting vinculin dimerization in living cells. The authors could choose between intermolecular FRET, proximity labeling assays (i.e., antibodies with DNA for signal amplification), bimolecular fluorescent complementation (i.e., split GFP) based approaches, or some other approach. It should be noted that working with full-length vinculin, not just Vt, and designing an assay that can incorporate vinculin Y1065 variants (Y1065E and potentially Y1065A/F) would strengthen results. Also, the authors should be aware that the observation of strong dimerization may invalidate the use of FRET-based tension sensors in this system or at least necessitate intermolecular FRET control experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that we lack direct evidence for the dimerization of vinculin in cells. Therefore, we have replaced “dimerization” with “the ability to dimerize” wherever it is relevant in the revised version of our manuscript, to emphasize that the ability to dimerize does not imply dimerization. The effects of the YE mutant may then be attributed to a lack of proper dimerization, or to any other, yet to be discovered defect dependent on the mutation but independent of the loss of the ability to dimerize. We have added a sentence in the discussion to account for this possibility:

      "Whether vinculin dimerization, or another unknown independent function disabled by the YE mutation or phosphorylation of Y1065, is specifically involved in the adhesion and migration phenotypes described above may be addressed in future studies."

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting experimental strategies to assess vinculin dimerization in cells. In another work, we have evidenced proximity by intermolecular FRET in FAs between proteins with no known interacting domains (doi: 10.64898/2026.04.22.720102). This raises the possibility that FRET, as well as split-GFP and PLA, the detection ranges of which are equal or larger than FRET, will not be able to discriminate between bona-fide direct interactions and very close proximity in environments such as adhesion complexes where protein densities are very high. As pointed out by the reviewer, this is the major reason why we preferred not to carry the experiments in the present paper in a null background, such that the endogenous vinculin can prevent intermolecular FRET between neighboring sensors, as we explain in the Materials and Methods.

      Despite this methodological challenge, indirect evidence is largely in favor of dimerization in cells rather than against it, as explained below.

      - While there are indeed many actin binding proteins in cells, the proposed scenario by which they would prevent vinculin dimerization by competing with vinculin for actin binding seems very unlikely to us. Indeed, according to this scenario, vinculin would also fail to be under tension, since it needs to bind to actin for that. We show here, as many others did before, that vinculin is under tension, implying that it is able to bind to actin. Therefore, vinculin-bound actin may subsequently facilitate vinculin dimerization.

      - Additionally, vinculin also dimerizes in the absence of actin in solution, albeit at higher concentrations than in the presence of actin, equivalent to at least 0.1 molecule per 100nm² in any 2D section of the volume (doi: 10.1074/jbc.M111.244293, 10.1021/bi801764a). The density of vinculin within adhesions is promoted by the multiple neighboring vinculin-binding sites on its partners (such as talin, in which the neighboring binding sites are occupied nearly all at once upon talin stretch, doi:10.1021/acs.nanolett.6b00650, 10.1039/c5ib00307e), and is likely to reach a molecule per 100nm² in order to accommodate the traction forces that cells exert on their substrates (doi: 10.1021/acs.nanolett.6b04364). This exceeds the threshold concentration for vinculin dimerization in the absence of actin by at least an order of magnitude, and is therefore likely to offer another route for vinculin dimerization in addition to actin binding.

      - Furthermore, Huang et al have shown that Y1065 phosphorylation is required for the activation of vinculin, and the YE mutant mimics this behavior, but they have also shown that the activation level is quite similar to that of WT vinculin (compared to the loss of activation of the YA mutant). Additionally, phosphorylation or the YE mutation does not abolish the head-tail interaction of vinculin, as shown by Küpper et al. (doi: 10.1016/j.bbrc.2010.07.110), who also show that YE is less stable in FAs, in agreement with our results. Altogether, these results support a model by which pY1065 is required for vinculin activation but facilitates its inactivation and release from FAs, which is easily explained if dimerization, which antagonizes head-tail interaction, is impaired.

      In conclusion, in the absence of identified mechanisms to oppose vinculin dimerization in cells, and to better explain the observed phenotypes at the cellular level, vinculin dimerization in cells remains the most parsimonious scenario. We have added the following sentence to account for this:

      "Nevertheless, vinculin dimerization, with its ability to antagonize its head-tail interaction and to promote actin bundling, remains the most parsimonious mechanism that can explain the stabilization of vinculin in FAs and the stiffening of cells described here and elsewhere (Tolbert et al. 2014, Küpper et al. 2010)."

      (2) The authors have seemed to assume that FRAP and adhesion stability are interchangeable. To this reviewer’s knowledge, this is not the standard in the field. FRAP informs about molecular dynamics. Stability assays, which probe the spatial position of an entire focal adhesion over time (Zaidel-Bar, JCS, 2007, although other approaches are equally suitable), are typically used for assessing adhesion stability. If the authors wish to make strong claims about the stability of the adhesions, non-FRAP-based assays should be employed. Alternatively, the authors could interpret the FRAP data simply in terms of vinculin dynamics.

      We agree with the reviewer. We did not wish to make claims about the positional stability of adhesions as a whole, therefore, we now specify “molecular stability” wherever needed in the revised version of the manuscript, to reflect that we refer to the stability of the molecular components of adhesions. We use the immobile fraction of vinculin and its mutants as a measure of vinculin stability and, by extension of the molecular stability of adhesions, because the stability of other adhesion proteins is dependent on the stability of vinculin, as supported by the various references we cite in the text (Carisey et al. 2013, Liu et al. 2016, Yonemura et al. 2010).

      (3) A major conclusion in the manuscript is that in response to overexpression of a specific vinculin construct, focal adhesions behave the same in single cells, confluent cells, and collectively migrating cells for all the mutants but Y1065E. However, outside of the FRET measurements, there is not much evidence to support this claim. The authors should perform a greater comparison of the focal adhesions between the systems used in the manuscript (single cell, confluent cells, collectively migrating cells). Key measurements would include focal adhesion number per cell, focal adhesion size, focal adhesion orientation, vinculin dynamics (e.g., FRAP), focal adhesion stability, and some indicators of focal adhesion composition. For the last aspect, focusing on focal adhesion components that also have roles in adherens junctions, such as VASP, seems appropriate. Without such characterization, it is an overinterpretation to assume that focal adhesions are the same in each system and, therefore, effects are due to vinculin behavior in the adherens junctions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We do not assume or need to assume that FAs are the same in single cells, at confluence or during directed migration. The simplest model that explains our results, however, does imply that the response of FAs to a given construct is the the same whether cells are single, at confluence or involved in directed migration. We explain below our approach:

      - First, we show that the migration speeds of WT, FL, TL, T12 but not YE cells at confluence are predictable from their migration speed as single cells (Fig. S4C). Roughly, v<sub>c</sub> ≈ v<sub>s</sub> _−_10(_µ_m/h) for all but YE.

      - From here, there are two possible scenarios:

      (A) Each construct has the same effect on cell speed in single cells and at confluence through FAs, and AJs provide an additional downregulation of ≈ 10µm/h for all the constructs except YE. This implies that the mutants (except YE) have no effect on cell speed through AJs, since confluence induces the same decrease of ≈ 10µm/h in mutant cells as in FL or WT cells, in which vinculin is not mutated.

      (B) One or several mutants have different effects through FAs on cell speed between single cells and at confluence, and there is an additional effect of AJs on migration that depends on the mutant and that compensates for the difference in the effect of the mutant through FAs between single and confluent cells, such as to preserve the observed v<sub>c</sub> ≈ v<sub>s</sub> −10(µm/h). For instance, compared to WT, T12 could increase the speed of 15µm/h in single cells and of 15−xµm/h at confluence through FAs, but decrease it of 10+xµm/h through AJs to compensate. It is already straightforward that this scenario, which adds one unknown parameter per mutant, is the least parsimonious. It would require as many additional pieces of evidence to be considered equally likely as the first scenario.

      - If we review the effects of the mutants (except YE), there is no additional evidence in support of the second scenario: overall, mutants have similar effects on tension in FAs of single and confluent cells, as well as in AJs (Fig. 2D, 4D,E, S4G). They also have similar effects on stability in FAs and in AJs (Fig. 2E, 4F).

      - As a matter of fact, we do not exclude the possibility that the mutants have different effects in single and confluent cells on other FA properties. In light of the above, however, the principle of parsimony requires that evidence for 1) such differences and 2) their impact on cell speed be brought first before we can consider the second scenario equally plausible.

      In summary, there is no need nor other reason for x to be substantially different from 0 for any mutant, and YE is the only mutant for which there is a need for a specific contribution through AJs distinct from the other mutants to explain its difference in speed between single cells and confluent cells. We have now added a quantitative analysis of how this difference in speed changes across mutants (Fig. S4F and Materials and Methods). Results show that a power law provides an excellent description: the speed difference only depends on the molecular stability and not on the tension in AJs, and it is very weakly sensitive to the changes in stability between FL, TL and T12 while very sensitive to the low stability reached by YE. We detail this analysis below in response to Question 6.

      (4) What is shown in Figure 3G is not clear. How are P/Po and alpha shown on different areas of the same plot?

      We are sorry that our plot was not clear enough. For any given pair of simulation coordinates P<sub>0</sub>/τ and n=πρd<sup>2</sup>, the simulation yields either a persistent random walk or a super-diffusion behavior, based on the Akaike Information Criterion. Simulations show that the vast majority of the points that yield a persistent random walk (in blue) are grouped on the low density side of the plot, and the vast majority of the points that yield a super-diffusion behavior (in orange) are grouped on the high density side of the plot, typical of a system with two distinct phases within the space defined by the simulation parameters. Within each phase, each migration behavior changes as a function of the simulation parameters, these changes are quantified through either P/Po or alpha according to the most likely migration behavior of the phase. Of note, there are 3 regions of slight overlap: very low persistence (bottom line), very high persistence (top line) and the boundary between the two sides of the plot, because the finite number of simulation repeats (5) for each coordinate and their intrinsic stochasticity do not allow us to discriminate the two behaviors when their difference becomes smaller in these regions. Nevertheless, it is possible to determine the most probable behavior for each point and its close neighbors at the cost of some resolution, which results in a boundary that is slightly scaled rather than smooth if one looks closely. We consider that this is sufficient resolution for the purpose of this study. Our procedure is explained in detail in the Materials and Methods section. We have added a reference to this section in the figure legend for clarity.

      (5) It seems that an insufficient statistical test was used in many experiments. There are comparisons being made between systems (cell migration speed, FRET index...) that are not directly compared in a statistical test. Statistical tests are limited to differences from control (over-expression of full-length vinculin), and consistent increases or decreases (not quantitative values) are taken as evidence of similarity across systems. It seems that a more rigorous and standard approach would be to use an ANOVA/MANOVA with a suitable post-hoc test to perform all of these.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions.

      - For comparisons within a system (between migration speeds only, or between FRET index only...), we selected a priori the most sensible comparisons for our analysis: between the control FL and mutants (Fig. 2B-E, 4B-F), or between front and back cells for each constructs (Fig. 6C,E). To account for multiple comparisons of FRET to FL, we have now re-analysed our data with non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis and unpaired, two-tailed Dunn’s tests, and applied corrections to the p-values with the Benjamini-Krieger-Yekutieli (BKY) two-stage step-up FDR procedure after a check for positive dependency between comparisons by bootstrapping. To account for multiple comparisons of immobile fractions in FRAP experiments, we applied the same BKY corrections to p-values obtained from fit comparisons. To account for multiple comparisons of FRET between front and back cells, we applied the same BKY corrections to p-values obtained from Mann-Whitney tests since none of the comparisons shared any condition. Overall, the corrections resulted in marginal changes in p-values that did not alter our conclusions.

      - For comparisons of effects between systems (migration speed vs FRET index...), MANOVA and related approaches are not suited for comparisons between system-level means with different statistical units between systems. To account for effect sizes, we instead performed Pearson correlations or linear regressions, assuming a linear relationship between effect sizes from different systems (Fig. 6A, S2D-G, S4C,H). This allowed us to identify whether mutants have quantitatively similar effects in different systems and which of the mutants do not. Specifically, this is how we identified the YE mutant as different.

      - Finally, to quantitatively support our Boolean models of speed dependence on tension, stability and tension gradients (Fig. 2F, 4G, 6F), which binarized the output of each system for the sake of simplicity (fast/slow, tensed/relaxed, stable/unstable, mechanosensitive/insensitive), we have now performed additional regression analyzes between re-scaled data (as detailed in the Materials and Methods). This allows us to quantify the contributions of changes in tension, stability, and the gradients of tension to changes in single cell migration speed, in the difference between single and collective cell migration speed, and in the ratio between collective cell migration speed and wound healing rate. As shown in the added Fig. S2I, the change in single cell speed is explained by a linear combination of changes in tension and stability with contributions of 2_/3 and 1/_3, respectively. In Fig. S4F, the difference between single and collective cell migration speed changes with the stability exclusively, and its increased sensitivity to low stability is well captured by a power law. In fig. S5C, the ratio between collective cell migration speed and wound healing rate is set by the difference in mechanosensitivity between FAs and AJs in which 1/3 of that of AJs counts. Overall, these results confirm our initial binary models.

      (6) It is unclear how a lack of vinculin dimerization at adherences junctions perturbs epithelial migration, but the complete lack of vinculin tail, which can also not dimerize, does not. In other words, how can TL "have no other role in cell migration at confluence than those at FAs as in single cells." Notably, the authors do not include the tailless variation in the schematic model figures. These results should be included and explained.

      We are sorry that we lacked clarity. Here was our reasoning:

      Both the YE and TL mutants are indeed impaired for dimerization but they differ in two ways:

      - YE binds actin and is under tension while TL does not.

      - YE is not impaired for head-tail interaction and not stable while TL is.

      To determine which of these properties affect cell migration, we first compared YE to the other constructs. Just like YE, FL and T12 also bind actin and are under tension, but the migration speeds of FL and T12 cells at confluence can be predicted from their migration speed as single cells, unlike YE. Therefore, tension is unlikely to explain why YE has an effect on migration speed at confluence not predictable from single cell speed. The irrelevance of tension for the scaling of single to collective cell migration speed is also consistent with the fact that TL lacks tension but still obeys the same relationship as FL and T12 between single and collective cell migration speed. Furthermore, FL and T12 also share with TL their stability in adhesions, unlike YE. The instability of YE is then likely to explain its peculiar effect on migration behavior, because this is the only feature that differentiates YE from all the other constructs, TL included. The Boolean models in Fig. 4G and elsewhere are meant to show within a Venn diagram the main molecular conformations and associated interactions of intact vinculin, and their individual and combined consequences at the adhesion and migration level. We have now specified this is the figure legends of the revised manuscript. There is no 1-to-1 mapping of each mutant to one particular conformation of the intact vinculin. Rather, the effects of the mutations on each conformation are specifically indicated in Fig. S2A.

      In support of this model, we have added in the revised manuscript a corresponding quantitative analysis, as mentioned in response to Question 3 and 5. Briefly, we first looked for the optimal linear combination of change in tension and stability that could explain the change in the difference between single and confluent migration speed across vinculin constructs. This step excluded tension as a significant contributor to the speed difference. We then looked for a relationship that was an as simple as a weighted combination of two terms (i.e. with only 1 adjustable parameter) that related the changes in speed difference to those in stability only, and found the power law dependence on stability. These results, which confirm our initial analysis, are shown in Fig. S4F. Notably, they show that 1) none of the constructs have an effect on the speed difference between single and confluent cells through tension, and 2) the changes in stability across TL, FL and T12 have a minimal impact on this difference, only that between YE and the others has an impact, as highlighted by the small exponent of the power law. Overall, this is consistent with a model whereby the migration speed of cells at confluence is largely predictable from their migration speed as individuals for WT, FL, TL and T12 (Fig. S4C), with an effect of the mutants TL and T12 similar to that of the unmutated FL. The most parsimonious explanation is that the effects of those constructs on cell speed at confluence are explained by the same mechanisms as their effects on cell speed in single cells, that is, through their FAs, and that the effects of TL and T12 through AJs are not much different from that of FL, meaning that the mutations have no other role in cell migration speed at confluence than those at FAs as in single cells. We have slightly modified this sentence as above in the text to specify that the lack of effect of these mutations on migration is on migration speed specifically, not that they have no effect whatsoever.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In general, I would suggest that you properly define all notions that you use. Notably, you should explicitly introduce basic concepts like the Furth model, Lévy flight, fractional Brownian motion, the shape index, and others. It gives you the possibility to introduce your notation. For the readers, it would make your manuscript more accessible as they would not need to look up these notions elsewhere. The following points and questions are not exhaustive, but might serve as a guide to improve your write-up.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, we have modified the text in the main manuscript to explain the notions in plain English and have added references to the Material and Methods for the more formal definitions, mathematical formulations and additional explanations whenever appropriate. All the modifications are highlighted in the revised manuscript. We hope this revised version will make our manuscript clearer.

      You should give the parameter values for all fits that you provide. Table S1 should give them, if I understand correctly, but in the version I have, this table only provides p-values.

      We have now added the fit parameters in Table S1 in the revised version. They are also displayed in Fig. S2D and discussed in the associated text.

      Why is vinculin or FA stability related to the immobile fraction in FRAP experiments? I would suggest speaking about vinculin or FA lifetimes as measured by the characteristic recovery time obtained from FRAP. How do you interpret the immobile fraction? Do you think that there is an FA ’core’ that persists until the FA is dissolved? In that case, the immobile fraction would report on the relative core size of the FA.

      We indeed consider that this is the amount of protein that remains the longer that is the most relevant to assess the molecular stability of adhesions and its impact on migration, because an adhesion must disassemble entirely to allow cell displacement away from that site.

      In Figure 1B, the fits of the exponents are not very convincing, and they extend over as they cover hardly one order of magnitude.

      We are sorry that figure was misleading. The extreme slopes of 2 and 1 were not meant to indicate the actual time windows where ballistic and pure diffusion would actually be observed but just the values toward which experimental data would tend at short and long lag times, respectively, for a persistent random walk. We hope the new version of the figure in the revised manuscript will clarify this. Additionally, while the range indeed appears short, it is largely sufficient to discriminate between persistent random walk and pure or anomalous diffusion based on the Akaike Information criterion, which is the quantitative and objective metric we exclusively use throughout this work to discriminate between migration behaviors. The scores range from 0 (pure or anomalous diffusion) to 1 (persistent random walk) and table S1 shows that Fig. 1B (among others) is unambiguously a persistent random walk, even within this limited fitting range.

      Figure 2B, D, what do the stars indicate?

      Stars indicate p-values. We now explain this in the figure legends in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Please explain how the FRET index is related to stress?

      We are sorry that we had overlooked this important explanation. We have now added explanations in the main text and in the Material and Methods. Figures now also include the direction along which the tension increases when FRET changes.

      "This shows that impaired head-tail interaction, regardless of tension, is sufficient for vinculin stability." Sorry, but I do not understand what you mean.

      We are sorry that we lacked clarity. We have modified this sentence as follows in the revised manuscript: “This shows that impaired head-tail interaction, whether associated with impaired actin-binding (TL) or increased tension (T12), is sufficient for vinculin stability with FAs.”

      I would avoid the term angular memory. You might use a correlation time, that is, fit the curve to an exponential and take the corresponding characteristic time as a measure for persistence.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The reason why we introduced this metric was not to extract a persistence time, which we already obtained from the MSD, but to provide compelling evidence that the super-diffusive behavior at confluence arises from a fractional Brownian motion, rather than from another type of super-diffusive walk. We now provide in the revised manuscript a more detailed explanation of this metric, why we prefer it to the more conventional velocity auto-correlation function for our purpose, along with its formal mathematical definition, as explained below. The angular memory is a modified angular correlation in which we consider the angular deviation θ of each elementary step of duration 10min from its immediate previous step of duration τ equal to the lag time ∆t. Specifically, the angular memory M<sub>i,t</sub>(∆t) of a cell i at time t is the cosine of the angle θ<sub>i,t</sub> between consecutive step vectors between times t−∆t and t and between times t and t+10min, such that the step duration τ of the first vector and lag time ∆t before the next are equal. M<sub>i,t</sub>(∆t) = cosθ<sub>i,t</sub>(∆t) = cos. This metric measures the duration of the past that the cell considers when deciding on its direction. It decays to 0 when ∆t → ∞ for persistent random walkers and remains constant for fractional Brownian motion, similarly to the auto-covariance function of fractional Brownian motion C(∆t/τ) = ((∆t/τ +1)<sup>𝛼</sup> +|∆t/τ −1|<sup>𝛼</sup> −2(∆t/τ)<sup>𝛼</sup>)/2, which is a constant C \= 2<sup>𝛼-1</sup>−1 for all ∆t \= τ, as in our definition of angular memory (while also decaying to 0 when ∆t/τ → ∞) (Metzler et al. 2025). Ballistic motion yields 1 whatever ∆t and uncorrelated random walks, whether anomalous or not, yield 0. For this reason, and because M<sub>i,t</sub>(∆t) was found more robust to noise than C(∆t/τ), we considered this metric a more compelling discriminant between fractional Brownian motion and other uncorrelated super-diffusive walks. Consistently, we found that the angular memory of single cells decayed to 0 while that of confluent cells did not and remained nearly constant within our experimental time frame.

      (Of Note, we have increased the analysed data set in the revised Fig. 1D, 3D,F for the sake of representativeness. The conclusions are unchanged).

      "While cells adopt a superdiffusive behavior at confluence, they do so in any possible direction." Sorry, but I do not understand what you mean.

      We are sorry we were not clear. We changed the sentence as follows : “While cells adopt a super-diffusive behavior at confluence, they do so in the absence of any external guidance cue, and as a consequence without any preferred direction.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors have chosen to use an overexpression system. That means that wild-type vinculin is competing with the mutant vinculin in many cases. Also, the authors have chosen not to study a phospho-deficient form of vinculin or manipulate vinculin dimerization in any other way. Given that these are not the most rigorous experiment set-ups and designs possible, the authors may wish to lessen the strength of some of their conclusions.

      This is correct. We have added in the discussion the following sentence to account for the possible contribution of consequences of the YE mutation other than dimerization impairment, and for the presence of the endogenous vinculin:

      “Whether vinculin dimerization, or another unknown independent function disabled by the YE mutation or phosphorylation of Y1065, is specifically involved in the adhesion and migration phenotypes described above may be addressed in future studies. Likewise, whether the effects are stronger in the absence of endogenous vinculin may be addressed in a null background.” Additionally, we have modified the text throughout to change "dimerization" into "the ability to dimerize".

      (2) Dominant effects have been shown for T12 and VinTL; however, to this reviewer’s knowledge, dominant effects have not been shown for vinculin Y1065E.

      This is correct, we now specify it in the revised version.

      (3) This statement: "Overall, this is consistent with the idea that vinculin acts primarily as a migration moderator, and this supports that insertion of the sensor module weakens to some extent the auto-inhibition of vinculin, thereby contributing to the dominance of all exogenous constructs over endogenous vinculin, in addition to the effects of their mutations" lacks experimental support. Multiple studies have shown that the effects of the insertion of the tension-sensitive module are small on vinculin, including demonstrations that FRAP recovery is unaltered. To make this statement, the authors should perform comparisons of vinculin and vinculin mutants with and without a tension sensor. If differences are observed, it seems that experiments in the manuscript should be repeated with vinculin mutants not harboring a tension sensor. If the presence of the sensor affects mutant behavior, then it seems unlikely that the claims of the paper are correct. For instance, it would suggest that vinculin dimerization is not the sole driver of the velocity coupling, instead it could be a combination of partial activation and lack of dimerization. Alternatively, the authors could remove or edit this sentence.

      We agree that the second part of our statement was incorrect and have removed it. We cannot say that the insertion of the sensor module weakens the auto-inhibition and we agree that there is no difference in turnover compared to a vinculin construct without the sensor.

      (4) Vinculin dimerization is drawn incorrectly in many of the schematic figures summarizing results. Vinculin dimerization is dependent on F-actin binding (see work of Sharon Campbell and others). Vinculin is unlikely to form a "dimer" in solution, as shown in these schematics. Also, vinculin dimers are thought to form along the length of two bundled actin filaments, not at the end, as drawn in the schematics.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. Sharon Campbell and others have indeed shown that actin binding promotes the dimerization of vinculin tails in solution. They and others have shown, however, that vinculin tails also form dimers in the absence of actin, albeit at higher concentrations, which are equivalent to at least 0.1 molecule per 100nm<sup>2</sup> in any 2D section of the volume (DOI: 10.1074/jbc.M111.244293, 10.1021/bi801764a). The density of vinculin within adhesions is promoted by the multiple neighboring vinculin-binding sites on its partners (such as talin, in which the neighboring binding sites are occupied nearly all at once upon talin stretch, doi:10.1021/acs.nanolett.6b00650, 10.1039/c5ib00307e), and is likely to reach a molecule per 100nm<sup>2</sup> in order to accommodate the traction forces that cells exert on their substrates (doi: 10.1021/acs.nanolett.6b04364). This exceeds the threshold concentration for vinculin dimerization in the absence of actin by at least an order of magnitude, and is therefore likely to offer another route for vinculin dimerization in addition to actin binding. We conclude that vinculin density in adhesions is very likely to allow dimerization in the absence of actin, and the binding to actin additionally promotes dimerization. Due to the omnipresence of actin in adhesions, the dimer unbound to actin certainly accounts for a small fraction of possible vinculin conformations, but this is likely to be very context-dependent and current knowledge is too limited to be more quantitative. We have therefore decided to keep our model simple with all these possible conformations, without indications of their possible proportions.

      We agree that the drawing of the interaction with actin does not properly depict the side-binding of actin and we have modified it in the revised version. Nevertheless, vinculin and actin are known to bind by both their sides and ends (DOI: 10.1074/jbc.M110.102830).

      (5) Technically, the authors have not shown that conservation of angular momentum is "infinite". It just appears longer than the experimentally accessible terms. The use of term short-lived and long-lived, instead of finite and infinite, might be more appropriate.

      We agree, we have changed “virtually infinite” to “long-term” everywhere in the text to avoid confusion.

      (6) The conclusions of the manuscript seem to treat vinculin loading and vinculin stability as independently regulated. However, vinculin has been shown to act as a catch, both in vitro (see work of Alex Dunn) and in living cells (see work of Sharon Campbell), suggesting strong coupling of these quantities. A discussion of the points would benefit the manuscript.

      We agree that vinculin loading and stability in adhesions depend on each other and thank the reviewer for suggesting these additional references. We formulate our model as follows: “Mechanistically, our results support that the head-tail interaction of vinculin challenges both force transmission and stability of vinculin in FAs, as has been observed in other cell types (Carisey et al. 2013, Humphries et al. 2007, Cohen et al. 2006, Dumbauld et al. 2013, Liu et al. 2016, Omachi et al. 2017)...” This shared dependence and factors that independently affect force transmission or stability, but indirectly feed back to each other, are not mutually exclusive, as we state next: “... and is countered by the actin-vinculin tail interaction, which provides force transmission but is unnecessary for stability, and the ability of the tail to dimerize, which associates with higher stability and is dispensable for force transmission (Fig. 2D,E).”

      Such feedback implies that the interaction between actin and the tail of vinculin can promote stability, even though it is not necessary for this (as shown with TL), and that the ability of the tail of vinculin to dimerize can promote force transmission, even though it is not necessary for this (as shown with YE). We have added the following sentence in the revised version to clarify this point:

      “As a result of this feedback, stability and force transmission can be further promoted by the interaction of the vinculin tail with actin and its ability to dimerize, respectively, indirectly through their antagonism with the head-tail interaction of vinculin.” Consequently, this opens the possibility that a catch-bond between vinculin and actin also promotes vinculin stability in adhesions, which is indeed shown by the Campbell lab (doi:10.1038/s41467-023-43779-x), thanks to a prolonged antagonism with the head-tail interaction. Interestingly, their results show that the ability to form a catch bond does not appear to oppose the head-tail interaction more than actin binding does (their Fig. S10). This suggests that the actin-vinculin catch bond stabilizes vinculin in adhesions through a mechanism that has yet to be identified. In conclusion, vinculin loading and stability in adhesions are interdependent through the head-tail interaction and through another unknown mechanism that involves the catch bond between vinculin tail and actin. We now include a sentence that refers to this catch bond in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Recently, two papers have come out assessing the role of AJs and mechanical coupling during epithelial migration: Noordstra, Dev Cell, 2023, and Shoyer, PNAS, 2023. Comparing the results of this manuscript to those of these publications would strengthen the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting these references.

      Noordstra et al provides a very interesting investigation of the mechanisms whereby the mechanosensitive alpha-catenin down-regulates lamellipodial activity in epithelial sheets that form intercellular contacts during wound closure. This could offer a potential mechanism that would explain why we observe that cells at confluence migrate at a lower speed than single cells. While a minimal lamellipodial activity is indeed required for cell migration, we have previously shown, however, that the down-regulation of lamellipodial activity by the formation of AJs does not decrease cell migration speed (doi:10.1073/pnas.1002662107), but the formation of desmosomes does (doi:10.1242/jcs.146316). We have included these considerations in the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      The main finding Shoyer et al is that the phosphomimetic mutant S1033D of vinculin relaxes vinculin tension and reverts it to a close conformation in both AJs and FAs. The mutant affects directed collective cell migration in a manner that preserves the relationship between lateral velocity deviation amplitude and coordination length but consequences on vinculin stability in adhesions, or on single and undirected collective migration are unknown. Thus, it would be worth assessing them to determine whether this mutant affects cell migration through FAs, AJs or both, and how it fits in our model. We have now included this reference in the discussion of our revised manuscript.


      [Editors' note: The authors included an author response to reviews from another journal]

      Reviewer #1 (Comments to the Authors):

      In this manuscript the authors describe that cells in collective movements adopt a superdiffusive behavior to out pace individual cells. This behavior is regulated by cell-cell junctional stability and force transmission. The authors state that speed is regulated by vinculin through mechanosensitivity.

      While is makes intuitive sense that cells may move more efficiently collectively as it reduces their exploratory space and therefore increases their efficiency of movement,

      We agree that this is an intuitive explanation. However, previous literature had shown that confluent cells may or may not migrate depending on conditions that do not solely depend on the space available per cell, but also involve the intrinsic activity of the cell, its cortical tension, and its adhesion with its neighbors, with sometimes counterintuitive effects (doi: 10.1016/J.CEB.2021.07.011). This was the reason that motivated us to investigate how these various ingredients affected space exploration efficiency on different time scales.

      Our results indeed refute the intuition that cells move more efficiently when their exploratory space is reduced by showing that the outcome depends on the time scale considered (Fig. S3B). Specifically, on short time scales (less than 3 hours), the area explored by individual MDCK cells is larger than that explored by MDCK cells at confluence. On a longer time scale (greater than 3 hours), however, the area explored by confluent MDCK cells is larger. This switch is a direct consequence of the change in migratory behavior from persistent random walk to superdiffusion, Moreover, its position in time depends on the cell line: extrapolation of our results on RPE-1 cells suggests that it should theoretically occur after approximately 300hrs, if this time scale was experimentally accessible (Fig. S3F).

      …the role of junctions specifically is less clear.

      We are sorry that we were not able to clearly convey the roles of junctions. We have substantially rewritten our text to address this and all the changes are highlighted in orange. As summarized in Fig. 6F, junctions have three roles. The first role is on persistence, through velocity coordination between neighbors, the second is on speed, through the stability of junctions, and the third role is on directionality, through the sensitivity of the monolayer to the wound edge.

      The first role is evidenced thanks to the comparison of the MSD between single cell and confluent migration assays and the use of the alpha-catenin KD cell line. Alpha-catenin depletion is known to be the most potent disruptor of adherens junctions (DOI:10.1091/mbc.e06-05-0471, , DOI:10.1126/science.aaf7119, (DOI:10.1073/pnas.1002662107, DOI:10.1073/pnas.1119313109), and we show that it significantly alters the superdiffusive behavior that emerges in the confluent migration assay (Fig. 3E,F, 5C). Therefore, junction integrity is critical for the control of cell persistence.

      Moreover, alpha-catenin depletion induces a loss of velocity coordination between neighbors (Fig. S3E), which we show through numerical simulations to induce superdiffusion (Fig. 3G). By contrast, E-cadherin KO and vinculin mutants have no effect on the superdiffusion of confluent cells (Fig. 3E, 4A). Therefore, the critical molecular ingredient is the link provided by alpha-catenin to the cytoskeleton that provides junction integrity.

      The second role of junctions is evidenced thanks to the comparison of cell speeds between single and confluent migration assays with the vinculin mutants (Fig. S4A). Results show that cell speed is reduced of about 10µm/h by confluence, regardless of the mutant except for YE, whose only difference with other mutants is its lower stability (Fig. 4F). This supports that junction stability, and not the other effects of mutants, controls cell speed (we provide a detailed demonstration in the response to the following question). As expected, junction integrity is required as well, as seen from the higher cell speed of the alpha-catenin KD cell line compared to WT (first MSD point in Fig. 3B, E).

      The third role of junctions is evidenced thanks to the comparison between confluent and directed migration assays (Fig. 6A). Results show that the wound healing rate is proportional to cell speed at confluence, regardless of the mutant except for YE, which displays no tension gradient in junctions from front to back cells (Fig. 6C). This supports that such gradient is required for cells to identify on which side is the wound edge. As expected, junction integrity is required as well, as seen from the loss of directional bias of the alpha-catenin KD cell line (Fig. 5F).

      The authors chose vinculin as the basis by which to manipulate tensions at cell-cell junctions, but this comes with considerable drawbacks. Namely, since vinculin appears at both cell-cell and cell-matrix junctions, its role and the role of its mutations is not clear here. The authors state that the collective migration speed is related to junctional stability, but because vinculin is also at FA, how can this be concluded?

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. We hope that the highlighted changes in the revised manuscript will improve this point. As exemplified above, comparing cell migration between isolated cells and confluent cells is essential to enable us to distinguish between the contributions of AJs and FAs. Indeed, since isolated cells lack AJs, the impact of vinculin mutants on single cell migration can only be explained by their effects on FAs. This is how we first determine the effects of vinculin mutants on migration that depend on FAs. Because confluent cells also have FAs, we expect that the effects of vinculin mutants on the migration of isolated cells will still be present in confluent cells, to which will be added the effects of these mutants on AJs and their consequences on migration, if any.

      Therefore, when compared to WT cells, if a given mutant decreases or increases migration speed in individual cells, and does so in confluent cells in the same proportion, then its effects at confluence can be entirely explained by its effects in individual cells, and there are no additional effects of that mutant from AJs. This is indeed what we observe for all mutants except the YE mutant (Fig. S4C), leading us to conclude that none of the vinculin mutants, except the YE mutant, have an effect on migration at confluence that results from AJs. In contrast, the YE mutant has effects on migration at confluence that cannot be explained by its effect on individual cell migration. Therefore, the effects of YE at confluence depend on AJs, whether they result from alterations in AJs, FAs, or both. To distinguish between these scenarios, we proceed by elimination, comparing the effects of YE to those of other mutants on force transmission and adhesion stability, and how these two factors associate with migration speed, as explained below. In FAs, YE alters force transmission differently in individual cells and at confluence, but we already know from Fig. 2 that force transmission in FAs cannot alone explain the speed of migration. This result rules out an indirect effect of AJs on cell migration at confluence through FAs. Furthermore, in AJs, YE affects stability and force transmission, but TL has the same effect on force transmission as YE and we already know that none of the effects of TL on migration depend on AJs (Fig. 3, S4C). This result rules out an effect of force transmission in AJs on migration speed at confluence. We conclude that stability at the AJ level, which is the remaining property specifically impaired by YE, is what regulates migration speed at confluence.

      The manuscript's logic and flow are not clear in some places, making the story hard to follow. As one example, the FRAP data, which the authors suggest is used to investigate vinculin's combined role does not help in this capacity as the interpretation and its connection to the bigger story are not clear.

      We are sorry again for the lack of clarity. We used FRAP data to evaluate the effects of vinculin mutants on adhesion stability. Indeed, mutants have different effects on adhesion stability (Fig. 2E, 4F). In addition, they also have different effects on force transmission (Fig. 2D, 4D,E). The partial overlap in functional alterations caused by the mutants allows us to test the involvement of the overlapping function (here stability) in the overall migration outcome. For example, if two mutants have a similar effect on adhesion stability but different effects on migration speed (such as TL and T12), we can then rule out that speed results from adhesion stability. Similarly, if two mutants have different effects on stability but a similar effect on speed (such as TL and YE), we can also rule out that speed results from stability. We applied the same reasoning to force transmission to conclude that neither adhesion stability nor force transmission alone is sufficient for cells to migrate rapidly. However, the combination of the two enables rapid migration.

      As another example, the information derived from the use of the mutants is not clear in the context of the message in the manuscript since they affect cell-cell and cell-matrix junctions and in some places show results that are counter intuitive and not well-explained, to which the authors admit they are surprising but then do not explain their meaning.

      As such, it is very hard to follow the logic with regard to the information resulting from the mutant experiments.

      We provide above a detailed break-down of our strategy to analyze the results. We regret that our manuscript did not adequately convey our conclusions and we hope that the new version of the manuscript improves this point.

      Proliferation has been shown to play a role in wound healing. Does proliferation change in the various conditions?

      This is an important point. The average speed of cells at confluence is approximately 20 µm/h (Fig. 4B), which means that each cell moves approximately its own size in one hour. During this time, assuming a 16-hour cell cycle, 6% of the cells would have divided, each of them likely pushing one of its neighbors a distance equivalent to the size of a cell. Therefore, cell proliferation accounts for at most a few percent of the total cell movement. For this reason, we can assume that growth does not account for a large part of the movement we observe. This is consistent with previous work showing that proliferation does not contribute significantly to wound healing (DOI: 10.1073/pnas.0705062104, DOI: 10.1083/jcb.201207148).

      Minor comments:

      The authors should provide a better description of the mutants: what does a tailless mutant not bind, or bind differently? More context is needed to help interpret the results. While the mutants have all been published on before, it would be helpful to have more information here so that the manuscript is easier to follow.

      We are sorry that the information we provided was insufficient. We have now detailed the mutations to help the reader understand how interactions are altered.

      Figure 1A is not necessary. Figure 1 overall is fairly predictable as there have been many papers using the persistent random walk as the best model to single cell migration (dating back to the early 1990's). The authors define a new term, angular memory, which they show decreases with increasing delta t as one would predict.

      We acknowledge that persistent random walks have already been observed for individual cells, as in references 3-4 cited in the introduction. Nevertheless, we believe that Figure 1 is important because not all cells migrate as persistent random walkers when isolated. Some migrate in a more exotic manner, resulting in superdiffusive behavior, as in references 5-8 cited in the introduction. Since we observe superdiffusive behavior at confluence (Figure 2), it was therefore necessary to show whether or not single cells were superdiffusive too. We also use this figure to introduce angular memory, a measure that, to our knowledge, has never been used before. According to intuition, it decreases to 0 for persistent random walkers, just as another resembling measure, velocity autocorrelation, would do. However, the angular memory of fractional Brownian walkers does not vanish with increasing delta t (Fig. 3D), while velocity correlation would, just as that of persistent random walkers. This difference makes angular memory much more appropriate for distinguishing between the two migration behaviors, and prompted us to introduce it in the first figure as a reference.

      In the wound healing assay, which cells were measured? Leading edge or interior, and does it matter?

      Figure 5A shows that cells behave differently depending on their distance from the wound. This is because the traces shown correspond to the first few hours of the movie, during which the cells at the front begin to move first. Figure S5A shows the speed of the cells over time after the wound and indicates that the cells reach a stable speed after approximately 3 to 4 hours. Figure S5B shows the speed of the cells as a function of distance from the wound at steady state. These results show that the speed of the cells no longer depends on the distance from the wound at this stage. As indicated in the “Materials and Methods” section, we only considered time points beyond this stage for subsequent analyses of population-averaged MSD and velocity presented in Figure 5, so the location of cells at the front or rear was irrelevant.

      Reviewer #2 (Comments to the Authors):

      To migrate cells must spatially explore their environments, a process that is guided by intrinsic signals (adhesive and mechanical properties, etc) and extrinsic (gradient cues) signals. This exploration can occur on the single or multicellular level. In this study, the authors examine the effect of cell-cell interactions, guidance cues, and cell mechanics in the exploratory capacity of MDCK cells. The authors show that cell-cell adhesion provides a "infinite directional memory for migration" and cell speed is dependent upon the focal adhesion stability, cell mechanics, and the mobility of adherens junctions-these processes are modulated by vinculin.

      My three major concerns with the manuscript are as follows:

      (1) While there is potential new information about the role cell-cell junctions and guidance cues play in cell migration, there is not enough NEW insight presented. Rather the role of vinculin in these processes is expected given what is already known about its ability to control focal adhesion stability, mechanics, and adherens junctions.

      We agree that our cell migration results make sense based on the effects of vinculin mutants on the stability and force transmission of adhesions. Nevertheless, we argue that this was not the only possible scenario. Indeed, we find that none of the effects of vinculin mutants on AJs (except YE) have an impact on cell migration (Fig. S4C). One might have expected that the increased stability provided by the TL and T12 mutants would reduce the speed of collective cell migration, just as the YE mutant increased cell speed due to its altered stability. This is not what we found, and this reveals a nonlinear relationship between AJ stability and migration speed that could be investigated more thoroughly in future studies. Another example is that the effects of the mutants on force transmission in AJs do not impact migration speed at confluence but do impact directed collective migration (Fig. 6). One might have expected that vinculin-mediated force transmission in AJs would impact collective migration, whether directed or not.

      More importantly, we show that the role of intercellular adhesion in cell migration is more complex than expected. Indeed, it depends on the timescale considered: intercellular adhesion is detrimental to short-term spatial exploration and beneficial in the long term (Fig. S3B). Such a timescale-dependent behavior is impossible to predict from previously known effects of the mutants or other molecular considerations. Furthermore, we show that this behavior can be fully explained by the coordination of velocities between neighbors, which depends on intact connections between AJs and the cytoskeleton via alpha-catenin, but is independent of vinculin mutants that connect AJs to the cytoskeleton in parallel with alpha-catenin. One might have expected these connections to also have an impact on velocity coordination, and thus on spatial exploration, but we show that this is not the case (Fig. 3). Finally, we show that directed collective migration has a negligible impact on cell exploration at our experimental timescale (Fig. 5), whereas we initially expected the wound to make migration more ballistic. This reveals that such a directional signal affects spatial exploration at much longer timescales than expected.

      Overall, our results quantify the outcome of competing effects and provide timescales at which one effect outweighs the other in influencing cell migration. We believe this is an original approach that provides substantial new insights into collective cell migration.

      (2) The phenotypes of the cells expressing the mutant vinculins varying greatly. These phenotypes are not addressed despite the fact that they could potentially complicate the analyses. For example, there are dramatic differences between focal adhesion numbers and sizes in the cells expressing the different vinculin mutants; cell spreading is also dramatically altered. Likewise, the T12 mutant vinculin has previously been reported to have increased adhesive strength, increased traction forces, and cell spreading. How does this knowledge change the interpretation?

      We agree that vinculin mutants may have effects on the size and number of FAs, cell spreading, and traction forces that we do not examine here. These consequences can be explained by the effects of these mutants on force transmission in FAs and on their stability, which we report in our work. They do not affect our interpretations. Here, we provide a predictive model of migration speed based on the combination of two consequences of vinculin function, namely stability and force transmission. An interesting avenue for future research would be to assess whether these combinations can be reduced to a single higherlevel effect of vinculin on the cellular phenotype that would be sufficient to predict migration speed. This work remains to be done, as neither FA size and number, cell spreading, adhesion force, nor traction forces alone are sufficient to predict migration speed.

      Along the same lines, it has previously been established that tagged version of vinculin do not efficiently integrate into adherens junctions. Published work from the Nelson laboratory suggests that GFP-vinculins do not localize to cell-cell junctions and work from other laboratories suggests localization occurs only when the endogenous vinculin is silenced.

      We are aware that some GFP-vinculin constructs may not localize as well as the endogenous protein at AJs. This is due to the localization of the GFP tag on the head of vinculin and depends on the length of the linker between GFP and the head of vinculin. The longer the linker, the easier the interaction with AJ partners. Unlike these constructs, the vinculinTSMod sensors we use in our work do not carry a GFP on the head and do not suffer from the same limitations.

      Furthermore, vinculin recruitment to AJs depends on force, with little or no recruitment when tension on the AJs is relaxed (DOI: 10.1038/ncb2055). Vinculin recruitment has in fact already been used as an indicator of AJ tension in Drosophila (DOI: 10.1038/s41467-01807448-8). Consequently, the amount of vinculin visible at the AJs varies depending on the tension exerted on the AJs, which our results confirm: vinculin is more difficult to detect at the AJs in cells located at the front of a wound than in those located at the back (Fig. 6B), which is consistent with the difference in vinculin tension between front and back cells (Fig. 6C) and to the E-cadherin tension gradient between front and back cells (DOI: 10.1083/jcb.201706013). Overall, these results show that vinculin is not always easy to detect at AJs, but this is due to the properties of vinculin, which the constructs we use reproduce better than previous constructs (see also below).

      The images in figure S2 and the prebleach images in figure S4 do not show convincing localization of the mutant vinculins to cell-cell adhesions. This is of special concern given that YE mutant protein hardly has any discernable localization to cell-cell junctions; additionally, none of the mutant proteins were tested for their ability to co-localize with adherens junction components. This raises the question if the parameters being examined and the conclusions drawn from them are affected by a difference in localization.

      We agree that the recruitment of vinculin at intercellular contacts may be difficult to see.

      Besides force-dependent effects mentioned above, other factors are involved. The images shown in Figures S2 and S4 are from live cells in which cytoplasmic vinculin is still present, and its level proportional to the mobility of vinculin. Indeed, the TL and T12 mutants show a more marked contrast between intercellular contacts and the cytoplasm, which is consistent with their greater stability at AJs (Fig. 4F). Conversely, YE shows lower contrast, which is consistent with the lower stability of this construct at AJs (Fig. 4F). The FL construct lies between the two. As a result, the cytoplasmic content can variably mask vinculin recruitment at the AJs depending on the mutant.

      We have now performed additional quantifications of mutant recruitment at intercellular contacts as a function of distance from the basal surface of the cells and relative to their recruitment in FAs, in live cells. Results are shown in the new Fig. S4F. We find that all the constructs are recruited to intercellular contacts with a density that is at most half of that in FAs and that varies along the height. FL shows the highest density, localized more apically, consistent with the localization of an AJ-bound actin belt. The mutants appear to be more homogenously distributed along the height of the lateral surface, which may be explained by their impaired autoinhibition (TL, T12), or mechanosensitivity (YE). This variability also contributes to the difficulty in seeing vinculin recruitment in all cells in a single z-slice.

      To confirm the proper recruitment of vinculin constructs to AJs we have performed immunofluorescence against alpha-catenin and phalloidin on each of the stable cell lines. Results are shown in the new Fig. S4D and E. In these experiments, cell permeabilization allows for the release of some of the cytoplasmic pool of vinculin, which highlights the recruitment of all vinculin constructs to intercellular contacts. There, all vinculin constructs colocalize with alpha-catenin and F-actin, as expected. Additionally, images displayed are maximum intensity projections to mitigate recruitment variability along the height.

      Overall, our results clearly support the localization of vinculin at intercellular contacts, and the differences between the constructs are consistent with the effects of their mutations.

      (3) There is a lack of new mechanistic insight. Conclusions are made about a role of vinculin dimerization. This conclusion appears to be based upon the usage of the mutant version of vinculin Y1065. Did the authors directly measure the ability of this mutant protein to dimerize? Is actin binding also affected.

      The binding properties of the Y1065E mutant, including its dimerization and binding to actin, have already been characterized by other researchers (ref. 40 in our manuscript, as well as DOI:10.1111/j.1432-1033. 1997.01136.x or DOI: 10.1016/j.febslet.2013.02.042). We assumed that these properties are now well established and can be used to explain higher-level phenotypes that we show for the first time, to our knowledge.

      Reviewer #3 (Comments to the Authors (Required)):

      Canever et al. tracked two epithelial cell lines on collagen coated glass and showed that isolated cells (non confluent) move as persistent random walkers, whereas confluent monolayers migrate super diffusive, with long range directional memory. By systematically perturbing adhesion machinery they found that focal adhesion mutations mainly tune the speed of single cell tracks, but cannot create long range memory, while force bearing adherens junctions are essential for the super diffusive regime-genetically perturbing them collapses collective memory. These interesting results identify junctional tension as important to switch epithelial cells/sheets between individual and collective search modes - an important quantitative insight that is of clear relevance to cell biologists.

      - The presented data is nicely quantitative and convincing, but I have subtle concerns about the generality of the findings. While the authors show that the differential behavior, they describe is not cell-line specific (MDCK, RPE), there are no experiments evaluating the generality of their conclusions across different matrix conditions. How are the measured migration parameters affected by matrix stiffness? Cell migration on collagen coated glass coverslips is a relatively narrow and artificial condition. How is the collective directional memory expected to behave on softer substrates? The generality of the conclusions could be strengthened by repeating measurements using hydrogels of varying stiff-ness. Further, it should be discussed to which tissues in the body the selected matrix conditions and migration modes plausibly apply.

      We agree that the generality of our results and the relevance of glass-rigid substrates is an important point. In vivo, epithelial cells rest on a basement membrane with a typical stiffness of approximately 10 MPa, as demonstrated by experimental evaluations on various tissue explants, including renal glomeruli and Bruch's membrane, which are relevant to MDCK and RPE-1 cells (DOI: 10.1111/j.1742-4658.2007.05823.x, DOI: 10.1172/JCI106898, DOI:10.1038/eye.1987.35), we have added these references in the manuscript to support our experimental strategy. In vitro, the most significant effects of substrate stiffness on FAs and cell migration generally occur at much lower stiffnesses, between 0.2 and 100 kPa, and cell phenotypes generally plateau at levels comparable to those observed on glass, even below 100 kPa (DOI: 10.1242/jcs.133645, DOI: 10.1038/ncb3268, DOI:10.1039/c5ib00307e, DOI: 10.1039/c9sm01893j). Furthermore, substrate stiffness has much more moderate effects on confluent cells than on isolated cells. For example, it has been previously demonstrated that confluent layers of MCF10A epithelium showed no change in velocity coordination in the range of 3 to 65 kPa (DOI: 10.1083/jcb.201207148). Therefore, collagen-coated glass appears to be a reasonable model for the basement membrane. Overall, we believe that we have conducted our experiments under physiological conditions, and that our results apply to a wide range of substrate stiffnesses.

      - It would be nice to see how long it takes confluent cell layers to close rectangular wounds of defined size when cells migrate as individual (adherens junctions perturbation) versus collective (wt) (on substrates of different stiffness). Presumably, there should be faster wound closure under the collective regime, at least for simple shaped wounds.

      This is an interesting question, which our results indirectly address. In our study, we measured the wound healing speed of the WT MDCK cell line as well as lines expressing mutant vinculin constructs (Fig. 6A). These results show that this speed ranges from 5 to 15 µm/h depending on the construct expressed (and for reasons that we explain in the manuscript). These values make it easy to estimate the time required to close a wound based on its width. For example, it would take 5 hours to close a 100 µm wide wound for the WT cell line, which has a rate of 10 µm/h (on both sides of the wound).

      Wound closure for cells with disrupted adhesive junctions has already been documented (DOI: 10.1083/jcb.200910041). The results show that wound closure is indeed slower than with WT cells. Although this previous study does not reveal the underlying causes, our work now shows that there are two factors: weaker directional memory due to impaired intercellular coordination and, in the longer term, an additional lack of sensitivity to the guidance signal provided by the wound.

      - Akin to substrate stiffness variation, I am missing experiments that test the effect of cytoskeletal tension on these migration modes. Experiments with Rho kinase or myosin inhibitors could meaningfully broaden the scope of this study.

      Rho kinase or myosin inhibitors applied to cells during the time required to assess migration patterns (a movie recorded overnight is necessary to obtain a statistically reliable calculation of MSD over 3 to 4 hours) are likely to affect many other cellular processes in addition to the cytoskeletal tension directly involved in migration. We believe that the accumulation of these effects will make interpretation of the results very difficult. For example, it has been shown that inhibition of ROCK by Y27 promotes healing of corneal endothelial lesions by affecting proliferation through cyclin D and p27 (DOI: 10.1167/iovs.13-12225), or by improving respiration, which would provide the energy necessary for migration (DOI: 10.1096/fj.202101442RR). Consistently, another study on HaCaT epidermal cells confirms that myosin phosphatase accelerates wound healing through proliferation (DOI: 10.1016/j.bbadis.2018.07.013). In contrast, in HUVEC cells, ROCK inhibition significantly impaired the proliferation and migration of vascular endothelial cells in vitro in a dose-dependent manner (DOI: 10.1097/ICO.0000000000000493).

      Furthermore, previous studies have highlighted that differential contractility at the subcellular level is important for collective migration (DOI: 10.1038/ncb2133, DOI: 10.1083/jcb.201706013), which is not possible to examine with global activation or inhibition of contractility. This prompts the development of more refined and specific measurement and disruption strategies to assess the respective impact of cytoskeletal tension on cell-cell and cell-matrix adhesion mechanisms. Our work, which uses biosensors to assess how this tension differentially affects cell-cell and cell-matrix adhesions, is a step in this direction. The localized spatio-temporal activation or inhibition of myosin subtypes or Rho GTPase regulators specific to these adhesion structures will likely answer these questions in the future, but we believe that the development and application of these approaches will require a substantial amount of work that goes beyond the scope of our study.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to investigate how well the onset of a self-initiated movement could be predicted at different times prior to action onset. To do so, they collected EEG and MEG data across 15 human participants who watched natural landscape images on a screen. These participants performed active self-initiated movements, or observed passive actions, to have a new image appear. By comparing the neural activity prior to active and time-matched passive actions, the authors found that even though a build-up of neural activity is visible close to 1s prior to action, action onset could only be reliably predicted around 100ms prior to action. These results confirm what was already suggested in previous literature: the commitment to action is only clear from the late stages in the visible neural ramp-up to action onset.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper presents a well thought out methodology to assess the predictive value of neural activity prior to a self-initiated movement and passively observed action, while keeping all other experimental factors identical. This methodology can be applied outside the specific scope of this paper as well, in efforts to assess the correspondence of a neural signature with an observed behavior.

      (2) The results are a strong confirmation of what was suggested less clearly in previous research (Trevena & Miller, 2010, Consciousness & Cognition; Schmidt et al., 2016, Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews; Travers et al., 2020, NeuroImage).

      Comments on revised version.

      I thank the authors for addressing my concerns in the Introduction and Discussion of their paper. I don't require any further edits at this point.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please more concretely define the parameters of 'early' and 'late' time windows in the manuscript so that the reader can better understand the difference between these with respect to the time-course of effects relative to a motor response.

      Those changes were addressed in the previous round of revisions (please refer to previous round). Namely, we made the following addition:

      “The lower bound of meta-analytic estimates of awareness, at 250 ms before movement onset (Braun et al., 2021), can be used as a pragmatic threshold to classify neural signals as “early” (more than 250 ms before movement onset) or “late” (less than 250 ms before movement onset).”

      (2) Code and data do not appear to be uploaded to the linked OSF repository. We understand that this may typically occur after the reviewed preprint is available via eLife; however, please ensure that this is made publicly available. Because such materials were not available, we were unable to verify some of the method's details and went by what was reported in the preprint.

      We apologize for the oversight, the link to the code was in the description of the OSF data repository that was linked in the data availability statement. We have now updated the data availability statement to directly reflect links to both the data (OSF) and the code (GitHub):

      “Data used in this study are publicly available on the OSF repository: https://osf.io/wm95q/.

      Code used in this study is publicly available on GitHub: https://github.com/lucasjeaybizot/Slideshow2025.”

      (3) For the sentence: 'Proponents of the early-decision account have taken early brain activity, like the RP, to support the thesis that decisions happen early in the brain, taking these early signals to reflect a cascading process that brings about the forthcoming action.' it would be very informative to cite the papers that propose this account, as only the Schurger et al. (2021) paper is cited in this paragraph.

      We have modified the sentence to the following to include the original result (Libet et al., 1983), an influential review that describes this interpretation (Haggard, 2008), and an influential study that applied such interpretation (Fried et al., 2011):

      “Proponents of the early-decision account have taken early brain activity, like the RP, to support the thesis that decisions happen early in the brain, interpreting these early signals to reflect a cascading process that brings about the forthcoming action (Libet et al., 1983; Haggard, 2008; Fried et al., 2011).”

      (4) In Figure 2C, the units are not displayed in the colour bar. These should be included so that the colours can be better interpreted.

      The units have now been added to the figure.

      (5) It is unclear why the time-frequency power estimates (and multiple comparisons procedures) extend to an upper limit of 80 Hz (as displayed in Figure 2C), despite the key signal of interest only spanning 10-30 Hz (Mu/Beta range). Extending the frequency range this high results in a larger number of comparisons and a potentially stricter multiple comparisons correction. Please justify why this larger frequency range was used, given this potential drawback.

      The rationale for extending the time-frequency decomposition to 80 Hz was to characterize the spectral landscape over the same frequency range that was available to the Haar-AdaBoost classifier, whose features extended up to 80 Hz. The purpose of this analysis was therefore not limited to testing the canonical mu/beta ERD range, but also to visualize whether other frequency-specific activity was present in the broader feature space used by the classifier. We have clarified this rationale in the text:

      “We examined this broader frequency range, rather than restricting the analysis to the canonical Mu/Beta bands, to characterize the time-frequency landscape over approximately the same spectral range available to the Haar-AdaBoost classifier, whose frequency-sensitive features extended from 2 to 80 Hz.”

      (6) For the time-frequency analysis, it is stated that 'Here, we used complex Morlet wavelets to decompose our data at C3 into 78 logarithmically spaced frequency bands from 2 Hz to 80 Hz with logarithmically decreasing cycle counts'. Do the authors mean logarithmically increasing in this case? Usually, more cycles are used for higher frequencies to achieve a similar time/frequency precision balance across lower and higher frequency wavelets. Fewer cycles for higher frequencies is highly unusual. This should be corrected if it is an error.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this important error. We indeed used an increasing cycle count. We have modified the text accordingly by changing the description to “increasing”.

      (7) Regarding the sentence: 'We used standard procedures for identifying and interpolating bad channels in the EEG recordings.' Please specify what those procedures are, as they are not necessarily standard across different research groups, and multiple methods exist.

      We have modified the section to better describe the procedures:

      “We manually identified bad channels and interpolated them using a weighted average of the 5 nearest channels.”

      (8) For the ERP analyses of differences between the active and passive conditions, the parameters of the cluster-based permutation test should be specified (e.g., the alpha levels for cluster inclusion and cluster-level statistical significance).

      We have added the following to better characterize the cluster-correction parameters:

      “Samples exceeding a two-sided uncorrected threshold of were grouped into temporal clusters, and the cluster statistic was defined as the sumα of = 𝑡.-05 values within each cluster. Statistical significance was assessed using 1,000 permutations, with clusters considered α =. 05 significant at a cluster-level based on the two-sided permutation distribution.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I am curious how the current results would compare to an analysis in which pre-action neural activity is compared to baseline and post-action neural activity. In other words, activity at any point in time during which the person was at rest, rather than an explicit time-matched passive action condition. I would expect that neural activity predictive of an upcoming action or intention will look significantly different from the neural activity in time at any other moment at which the person is not intending to act.

      We agree that comparing pre-action activity with unconstrained resting activity could be informative and would likely reveal differences associated with preparation for action. However, this comparison would address a somewhat different question from the one targeted here. Our goal was to determine whether activity preceding self-initiated movement contains information specific to the forthcoming movement when compared with a temporally matched condition that controls for elapsed time and anticipation of the slide transition. An arbitrary resting baseline would not provide these controls and could therefore introduce differences unrelated to movement commitment. We agree that such an analysis could be useful in future work.

      (2) It would be good to discuss the current results in comparison with those of Trevena & Miller (2010, Consciousness & Cognition).

      We have addressed this comment in the previous round of revision:

      “Previous work showed that these early ramping signals were not specific to the outcome of a motor decision (Trevena & Miller, 2010). However, because their analyses remained time-locked to decision outcomes, they could not directly test whether the observed slow buildup specifically reflected a commitment-like process.”

      (3) The order of reporting throughout the paper is somewhat confusing, as many results are provided before the "Results" section. For example, there is repetition in the "A new approach to self-initiated movement analysis" section, compared to the "Results" section. The argument for why event-locked potentials are not necessarily predictive in value is also repeated multiple times throughout the paper. The paper could benefit from some restructuring to avoid repetition.

      We appreciate this point. Some repetition is intentional because the Introduction motivates the methodological problem and previews the logic of the analyses before the formal Results section. We deem this contextual overlap necessary for adequately understanding the rationale for the study at each stage of the manuscript, we have therefore retained the current overall structure.

      (4) Is there a particular reason why this paper includes and compares both EEG and MEG data?

      The earlier held-out dataset collected at PF included both EEG and MEG, whereas the independent main dataset collected at OC used EEG only. We used the PF EEG data for model selection and parameterization, while the independent OC EEG dataset served as our main test set. Showing that the same overall pattern was present across EEG and MEG also provided an opportunity to assess whether the result generalized across recording modalities.

      (5) Is there a particular reason why the AdaBoost results are compared to the outcome of an SVM and Random Forest?

      We compared AdaBoost with SVM and Random Forest as part of the model-selection procedure on the held-out PF dataset. Each algorithm was evaluated with a range of feature representations, and Haar-AdaBoost produced the highest AUC in the window immediately preceding slide transition. It was therefore selected for the primary analyses. We additionally compared Haar-AdaBoost post hoc with several standard EEG classifiers, including CSP-LDA and EEGNet, to assess whether the main temporal pattern depended on classifier choice. This supports our claim that lack of early classification is due to non-separability of the data rather than classifier selection.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their careful and constructive evaluation of our manuscript. We are encouraged that the reviewers recognize the value of our biochemical, biophysical, structural-modeling, and cell-based analyses of kinesin-1 holoenzyme assembly, KHC–TRAK2 recognition, and the regulatory interplay between KLC1 and TRAK2. We also appreciate the concerns regarding the relationship of our findings to previous work, the strength of several mechanistic conclusions, validation and presentation of the structural models, and the need for additional controls and quantitative analyses.

      We plan to revise the manuscript substantially in response to these comments. Our provisional responses and planned revisions are summarized below.

      Reviewer #1

      We agree that the novelty of several findings should be more carefully defined in the context of the existing literature. In the revised manuscript, we will better integrate previous biochemical and structural studies of KHC–KLC assembly, TRAK-family adaptor binding to KHC, and kinesin-1 autoinhibition. In particular, we will explicitly compare our findings with the work of Diefenbach et al. [1]., Weijman et al. [2]., Tan et al. [3]., Ashaduzzaman et al. [4]., and Gladkova et al. [5]., and distinguish previously established structural features from the additional residue-level mutational validation and quantitative biophysical analyses provided in our study. We will accordingly revise statements of novelty throughout the manuscript.

      We also agree that our current data establish a direct CC1–CC4 interaction and its disruption by TRAK2 and KLC1, but do not directly demonstrate that this interaction is itself autoinhibitory or that its disruption activates full-length kinesin-1. We will therefore distinguish the experimentally observed CC1–CC4 interaction from the proposed regulatory model and temper terms such as “autoinhibitory latch,” “activation switch,” and related mechanistic conclusions where appropriate. We will also expand the Discussion to consider how this interaction may relate to the established roles of full-length KLC and MAP7 in kinesin-1 regulation.

      To strengthen the presentation of the AlphaFold3-based models, we will provide model-confidence information, including pLDDT, PAE, and ipTM metrics, specify the exact sequences and residue boundaries used for each prediction, and include additional prediction outputs where informative. We will also more clearly distinguish experimentally supported conclusions from structural hypotheses, particularly regarding the proposed steric and/or conformational effects of the extended KLC1 coiled-coil on the KIF5C CC4 region.

      Finally, we will strengthen the quantitative and methodological presentation of the study. We will provide clearer construct information, explicitly report experimental replication, quantify the mitochondrial enrichment and cellular distribution analyses in Figures 4 and 5, and revisit the interpretation of stoichiometries obtained with shorter coiled-coil fragments. Statements implying mitochondrial transport will be revised to reflect that the current cellular experiments directly demonstrate mitochondrial recruitment rather than organelle motility.

      Reviewer #2

      We agree that the relationship between our study and previous structural work should be made substantially clearer. Although several relevant studies were cited in the original manuscript, the extent to which our findings confirm, extend, or differ from these previous models was not sufficiently explained. We will revise the Introduction, Results, and Discussion accordingly, including explicit comparisons with the structural predictions of Weijman et al. [2]., the XL-MS-supported model of Tan et al. [3]., the recent cryo-EM/integrative model of Ashaduzzaman et al. [4]., and the TRAK–KHC work of Gladkova et al [5].

      We also appreciate the concern that mutations introduced into hydrophobic interfaces could affect the intrinsic stability or homodimerization of KHC or TRAK2, rather than selectively disrupting heterotypic interactions. To address this alternative explanation, we plan to evaluate the oligomeric states and stability of key interface mutants using appropriate biophysical approaches, including SEC-MALS and thermal-stability measurements. These results will be incorporated into the revised manuscript and used to reassess the interpretation of the corresponding binding and cellular recruitment experiments.

      As noted above, we will also provide substantially more information on the confidence and reproducibility of the AlphaFold3 predictions, including pLDDT, PAE, and ipTM metrics, and will clearly annotate the residue boundaries of all modeled fragments.

      Reviewer #3

      We agree that the cellular experiments require additional quantification and clearer presentation. We will quantify the mitochondrial enrichment of KIF5C and the effects of KLC1 co-expression on the intracellular distribution of KIF5C and TRAK2 across independent experiments. We will also include appropriate controls for endogenous/background fluorescence, improve image and scale-bar presentation, and revise the corresponding terminology so that the conclusions accurately reflect the experiments performed.

      We will strengthen the reproducibility and presentation of the biochemical and biophysical data. Key ITC measurements will be supported by independent repeats and reported with the corresponding binding parameters and variability. For the SEC experiments in Figure 3, we will include SDS-PAGE analysis of relevant fractions and more clearly describe the composition of each protein mixture. Appropriate positive controls will also be added to the Co-IP experiments where requested.

      We will further improve the presentation of the structural models by providing confidence metrics and residue annotations, and we will carefully revise the terminology used to describe SEC, SEC-MALS, ITC, and other biochemical approaches. The Abstract and main text will also be edited to more clearly describe the experimental approaches used and to ensure that all mechanistic conclusions are matched to the strength of the available evidence. More broadly, we will revise the manuscript to sharpen its central message while avoiding overstatement. In particular, we will distinguish direct experimental observations—such as KHC–KLC1 assembly, KHC–TRAK2 recognition, KLC1-dependent modulation of TRAK2 engagement, and the CC1–CC4 interaction—from mechanistic models that remain to be tested more directly.

      We expect to complete these revisions and associated experiments within approximately 10–12 weeks. We thank the editors and reviewers again for their constructive comments, which we believe will substantially improve the rigor, clarity, and positioning of the study.

      (1) Diefenbach RJ, Mackay JP, Armati PJ, Cunningham AL. The C-terminal region of the stalk domain of ubiquitous human kinesin heavy chain contains the binding site for kinesin light chain. Biochemistry. 1998 Nov 24;37(47):16663-70. doi: 10.1021/bi981163r.

      (2) Weijman JF, Yadav SKN, Surridge KJ, Cross JA, Borucu U, Mantell J, Woolfson DN, Schaffitzel C, Dodding MP. Molecular architecture of the autoinhibited kinesin-1 lambda particle. Sci Adv. 2022 Sep 16;8(37):eabp9660. doi: 10.1126/sciadv.abp9660.

      (3) Tan Z, Yue Y, Leprevost F, Haynes S, Basrur V, Nesvizhskii AI, Verhey KJ, Cianfrocco MA. Autoinhibited kinesin-1 adopts a hierarchical folding pattern. Elife. 2023 Nov 1;12:RP86776. doi: 10.7554/eLife.86776.

      (4) Ashaduzzaman M, Tang Y, Okada K, Fried SD, Mckenney RJ, Al-Bassam J. Structural basis of kinesin-1 autoinhibition and its control of microtubule-based motility. Sci Adv. 2026 Jul 17;12(29):eaeg1267. doi: 10.1126/sciadv.aeg1267.

      (5) Gladkova C, Paez-Segala MG, Grant WP, Kittisopikul M, Myers SA, Wang Y, Vale RD. A molecular switch for coordinating kinesin and dynein transport of mitochondrial cargo. Science. 2026 Aug 6;393(6811):601-606. doi: 10.1126/science.aeh1475.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for the overall positive review that declares our results convincing. We will revise the paper to improve the presentation of the model and results as suggested by the reviewers. The revision will be accompanied by a more detailed response.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The authors investigate the use of the knocked-in human immunoglobulin genes in heavy chains and light chains and provide the frequency of productive rearrangements using these genes. However, there is no information about the frequency of the right heavy-light chain pairs. This information would be important to calculate the real frequencies of potential bNAb precursors in these mouse models.

      We acknowledge that our bulk sequencing-based repertoire analysis does not assess the pairing of immunoglobulin (Ig) heavy and light chains. To add this information, we plan to sort IgM<sup>+</sup>IgD<sup>hi</sup> naive B cells from the mouse models and use single-cell RT-PCR to analyze paired heavy and light chains from individual B cells. Since the assay detects Ig transcripts, it will also address comment #2 about the lack of expression data for the human Ig segments.

      The main goal of the single-cell RT-PCR experiment is to verify that the human Ig segments in the mouse models can be expressed as B cell receptors (BCRs) in naive B cells. However, because of its low-throughput nature, the assay is unlikely to be sensitive enough for detecting bnAb precursors. As shown in Figure 5G, the frequencies of bnAb-like CDR H3s for DH270, BG18 and PCT64 are in the range of 10<sup>-4</sup>. The frequencies of paired bnAb-like heavy and light chains will be even lower. It will be difficult to robustly measure the frequencies of such rare BCRs even with 10x Genomic single-cell sequencing. For reference, 10x Genomic sequencing of B cells from 10E8 KI mice yielded 1026 heavy and light chain pairs (1). The sample size was adequate for analyzing light chains paired with the pre-rearranged 10E8 heavy chain, which is expressed in most B cells. The sequencing depth will be insufficient for detecting rare bnAb precursors in the rearranging mouse models of this study. Deep bulk sequencing data were used to calculate bnAb precursor frequencies in our previous VRC01 mouse models and in humans and nonhuman primates (2-8). It is possible to enrich bnAb precursors for single-cell analysis by sorting epitope-specific B cells (9-11). However, this method requires sorting probes that exhibit high affinity and selectivity for bnAb precursors. We believe immunization of the mouse models will be the most direct and definitive way to detect bnAb precursors and test their functions in these mouse models. As mentioned in the manuscript, we have already provided the mouse models to several investigators for immunization experiments.

      (2) The authors use HTGTS-rep-seq to investigate immunoglobulin gene rearrangements at the genomic DNA level. This method is very useful for analyzing gene recombination because it provides information about both productive and non-productive rearrangements. However, this method does not provide information about BCR expression, and it is not optimal for investigating repertoire composition. BCR expression would provide a more rigorous characterization of the mice and confirm functionality.

      It is true that HTGTS-rep-seq does not directly show the expression of productive rearrangements. As outlined in our response to comment #1, we plan to perform single-cell RT-PCR to confirm the expression of the integrated human Ig segments in IgM<sup>+</sup>IgD<sup>hi</sup> B cells.

      We have used HTGTS-rep-seq extensively to analyze V(D)J rearrangements. Overall, the outcomes of the repertoire analysis correlated well with functional assays of BCR expression. For example, we identified VRC01-class heavy and light chains in VRC01 mouse models with HTGTS-rep-seq; correspondingly, immunization of the mouse models elicited VRC01-class antibodies (7, 8, 10). As another example, we used HTGTS-rep-seq to characterize V(D)J rearrangements at different stages of B cell development (12). The ratio of productive/nonproductive V(D)J rearrangements increases as B cells mature. The correlation suggests that the productive rearrangements, as detected by HTGTS-rep-seq, are selected by virtue of their expression as BCRs, which are required for B cell maturation and survival.

      (3) The goal of this study was to produce models that could provide a diverse bNAb-like repertoire. Specific quantification of the diversity of the repertoire is not provided. The study does not provide information about the sequences that do not use the intended genes.

      In our previous analysis of the VRC01 mouse models, we calculated the proportion of unique CDR3s and CDR3 overlap among different animals and used these parameters to represent repertoire diversity (7, 8). We will perform the same analysis for the six mouse models in this study. The V(D)J rearrangements that do not use the human Ig segments are composed of mouse Ig segments, and we will show repertoire analysis of these rearrangements in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Abstract Clarity:

      Concluding sentences should incorporate the discussion's explanation: finding natively low-frequency precursors in standard humanized locus mice is statistically prohibitive due to their smaller absolute B-cell compartment. These models bypass this restriction by maximizing relevant segment expression to expand the functional CDR3 search space.

      We will make the suggested change in Abstract.

      (2) Results (Line 183, BG18 expansion):

      The intriguing expanded B1 cell population warrants more conservative commentary regarding genuine autoreactivity versus other possibilities, such as hyperactive baseline signaling via autophosphorylation (as shown by Hassan Jumaa for certain HC/LC clonotypes). While beyond this manuscript's scope, these mechanisms are differentiable via calcium flux assays with general anti-BCR signaling reagents.

      We are currently examining the cause of B1 cell expansion in the BG18 model. Our preliminary data suggest that some of the B1 cells express autoreactive antibodies, but more work is needed to reach a conclusion. Until then, we are open to alternative possibilities, as suggested.

      (3) Results (p15/Line 324, PCT64/CH235 Vκ Allelic Architecture):

      The text states that lacking a recombination cassette caused hVκ3-20 to account for only a fraction of rearrangements. While Figure 1B's general engineering feature (tandem reverse hJκ-RSS 23 and 12 RSS hJκ) implies human Vκ should predominate everywhere, Figure 1C suggests hVκ3-20's low representation in CH235 and PCT64 models stems from being introduced differently-specifically via pre-rearranged minigenes rather than unaltered RSS orientations in an unrearranged cassette. The authors should clarify this point in the text and/or Figure 1.

      The recombination cassette, as diagrammed in Figure 1B, is not in the CH235 and PCT64 models. Instead, the hVk3-20 allele in these models was derived from one of the previous VRC01 mouse models (7). As described in the Luo et al paper (7), hVk3-20 replaces mouse Vk3-7 in the Igk locus, but all the other mouse Vk segments are intact and functional. In this configuration, hVk3-20 rearranges as one of the Vk segments in Igk allele and accounts for about 10% of total Igk rearrangements. We will clarify this point in the revision.

      (4) Results (p14, Clever Engineering of λLC rearranging mice):

      Replacing mCκ with hCλ3 is a clever genetic trick and an important proof of concept for stably accommodating a human lambda rearranging light chain cassette within the mouse kappa locus. This excellent methodological highlight deserves prominent recognition as a template for other model developers. I suggest giving this further play in the discussion.

      We will highlight this design in the discussion.

      (5) Discussion (Model Comparisons & Baseline Resolution):

      The authors aptly compare these humanized mice to macaques; in addition to their superior scalability, they point out that macaques don't recapitulate human-specific bnAb-relevant configurations in certain instances (like lacking the VH1-2 minigene for VRC01-class responses, or utilizing germline D segments that favor V2 apex responses, potentially overestimating human responses). To further enhance nuance, referencing other prior review KI model literature on this topic (some published by these authors) would be beneficial. For context, KI-derived adoptive transfer models offer more potential diversity (thus, 'higher bar' off-target response testing) and frequency control but are restricted to short priming studies. Conversely, the rearranging models in this study support full vaccine regimens and generate multiple variant bnAb precursors to compare potential in vivo response plasticity.

      As suggested, we will include additional references and comparisons of the Ig humanized mouse models with KI mice. The reviewer raised an important point about off-target responses. Adoptive transfer models have the full mouse antibody repertoire. By comparison, the antibody repertoires of the Ig-humanized mouse models are dominated by a select set of human Ig segments, with minimal contribution from mouse antibodies. From this perspective, the adoptive transfer model provides a more diverse range of potential off-target antibodies. On the other hand, the Ig-humanized mouse models may be superior to wild-type mice in producing antibodies against the immunogenic glycan holes in envelopes (13). Reaching these glycan holes may require sufficient CDR H3 length, and based on CDR H3 length distribution, Ig-humanized mouse models could be more capable of recapitulating this type of off-target response than wild-type mice.

      (6) Discussion (Baseline phenotypes):

      One limitation of the cellular flow data, albeit beyond the manuscript's current scope, is that the baseline phenotypes predominantly reflect variations of a fixed pair of V(D)J rearrangements, rather than bona fide patient-derived UCA bnAb precursors with correct charges/lengths. To help resolve pre-antigenic functional signaling boundaries and thus potentially aid immunogen design, the discussion could note how future work could aim to use techniques like single-cell transcriptomics to map expressed selection signatures of bnAb precursor paired V(D)J's to rule out anergy or survival/death gene signatures.

      The reviewer is correct that the surface phenotypes of rare bnAb precursor B cells, such as low BCR levels on anergic B cells, may not be apparent in the bulk flow cytometric analysis. Single-cell transcription signature analysis would be a high-resolution method to analyze bnAb precursor B cells. The technical challenge is low bnAb precursor frequencies, and enrichment of bnAb precursors by immunogen sorting may be the necessary for their detection. We will discuss this point in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Discussion (PG9 Model & HCDR3 Length Constraints):

      While the PG9 model's failure to produce bona fide precursors is unsurprising given its long HCDR3, the authors should provide a bit more detail as to whether a subset of PG9 variants with slightly shorter HCDR3s are permissive for bnAb production (analogous to DH511/10E8). Providing the specific HCDR3 sizes generated by this model in relation to recently discovered monkey antibodies-which are shorter/different but function like PG9 bnAbs (e.g., Guenega et al Nature 2026) - would offer excellent context. Such related lineage and/or lineage precursor variants could serve as structural alternatives, and highlighting how these length constraints impact selection provides vital boundary conditions for the immunogen design field when planning germline-targeting regimens.

      The suggested recent studies (14-17) showed that V2 apex targeting is achievable with relatively shorter CDR H3s (22-25aa), which are within reach in the PG9 mouse model. However, the rhesus antibodies utilize IGHD3-15 with optimal V2 apex targeting motif. It remains to be determined whether hD3-3-based antibodies with comparable CDR H3 length would function similarly. We will incorporate the new information from rhesus immunization studies into the discussion.

      References:

      (1) Ray R, Schiffner T, Wang X, Yan Y, Rantalainen K, Lee CD, et al. Affinity gaps among B cells in germinal centers drive the selection of MPER precursors. Nat Immunol. 2024;25(6):1083-96.

      (2) Habib R, Solieva SO, Lin ZJ, Ghosh S, Bayruns K, Singh M, et al. Deep mining of the human antibody repertoire identifies frequent and genetically diverse CDRH3 topologies targetable by vaccination. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2026;123(18):e2532810123.

      (3) Swanson O, Martin Beem JS, Rhodes B, Wang A, Barr M, Chen H, et al. Identification of CDRH3 loops in the B cell receptor repertoire that can be engaged by candidate immunogens. PLoS Pathog. 2023;19(5):e1011401.

      (4) Steichen JM, Phung I, Salcedo E, Ozorowski G, Willis JR, Baboo S, et al. Vaccine priming of rare HIV broadly neutralizing antibody precursors in nonhuman primates. Science. 2024;384(6697):eadj8321.

      (5) Steichen JM, Lin YC, Havenar-Daughton C, Pecetta S, Ozorowski G, Willis JR, et al. A generalized HIV vaccine design strategy for priming of broadly neutralizing antibody responses. Science. 2019;366(6470).

      (6) Willis JR, Berndsen ZT, Ma KM, Steichen JM, Schiffner T, Landais E, et al. Human immunoglobulin repertoire analysis guides design of vaccine priming immunogens targeting HIV V2-apex broadly neutralizing antibody precursors. Immunity. 2022;55(11):2149-67.e9.

      (7) Luo S, Jing C, Ye AY, Kratochvil S, Cottrell CA, Koo JH, et al. Humanized V(D)J-rearranging and TdT-expressing mouse vaccine models with physiological HIV-1 broadly neutralizing antibody precursors. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2023;120(1):e2217883120.

      (8) Tian M, Cheng C, Chen X, Duan H, Cheng HL, Dao M, et al. Induction of HIV Neutralizing Antibody Lineages in Mice with Diverse Precursor Repertoires. Cell. 2016;166(6):1471-84.e18.

      (9) Havenar-Daughton C, Sarkar A, Kulp DW, Toy L, Hu X, Deresa I, et al. The human naive B cell repertoire contains distinct subclasses for a germline-targeting HIV-1 vaccine immunogen. Sci Transl Med. 2018;10(448).

      (10) Cottrell CA, Hu X, Lee JH, Skog P, Luo S, Flynn CT, et al. Heterologous prime-boost vaccination drives early maturation of HIV broadly neutralizing antibody precursors in humanized mice. Sci Transl Med. 2024;16(748):eadn0223.

      (11) Schiffner T, Phung I, Ray R, Irimia A, Tian M, Swanson O, et al. Vaccination induces broadly neutralizing antibody precursors to HIV gp41. Nat Immunol. 2024;25(6):1073-82.

      (12) Lin SG, Ba Z, Du Z, Zhang Y, Hu J, Alt FW. Highly sensitive and unbiased approach for elucidating antibody repertoires. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2016;113(28):7846-51.

      (13) McCoy LE, van Gils MJ, Ozorowski G, Messmer T, Briney B, Voss JE, et al. Holes in the Glycan Shield of the Native HIV Envelope Are a Target of Trimer-Elicited Neutralizing Antibodies. Cell Rep. 2016;16(9):2327-38.

      (14) Marchitto L, Wagh K, Roark RS, Coleon S, Li H, Skelly AN, et al. Enhanced B cell priming induces broadly neutralizing HIV-1 apex antibodies. Nature. 2026;656(8128):712-22.

      (15) Guenaga J, Ádori M, Bale S, Phulera S, Zygouras I, Schleich FA, et al. Vaccination generates broadly cross-neutralizing antibodies to the HIV Env apex. Nature. 2026;654(8119):777-85.

      (16) Mishra N, Liang B, Roark RS, Ghosh AR, Callaghan S, Lee WH, et al. Germline-targeting HIV immunogen induces cross-neutralizing antibodies in outbred macaques. Immunity. 2026;59(4):1140-60.e11.

      (17) Ma KM, Sutton HJ, Pratap PP, Steichen JM, Carnathan D, Quinn J, et al. HIV broadly neutralizing antibody precursors to the Apex epitope induced in nonhuman primates. Sci Immunol. 2025;10(110):eadt6660.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Damphousse, Calvin, and Redish investigates how the hippocampus represents competing future outcomes during approach-avoidance conflict. Using an ethologically relevant robotic predator foraging paradigm, the authors aimed to dissociate hippocampal activity associated with reactive defensive responses (escape) from that linked to anticipatory withdrawal decisions. The central finding is that dorsal hippocampal representations differentiate these two modes of defensive behavior within a single naturalistic assay. Specifically, the authors show that attack-triggered retreats and mid-track aborts differ in movement dynamics and hippocampal spatial decoding despite sharing a common behavioral endpoint, that hippocampal representations during pauses predict subsequent behavioral outcomes, and that these representational biases emerge before overt behavioral divergence. The main importance of the study lies in moving beyond viewing the hippocampus as merely encoding spatial location or threat salience, instead suggesting that hippocampal ensemble activity dynamically tracks and differentially weights threat-related, reward-related, and safety-oriented future states to bias behavior before overt action occurs.

      Strengths:

      The study has several notable strengths. First, the behavioral decomposition into retreats, mid-track aborts, and mid-track continues is rigorous and provides a highly interpretable analytical framework. Second, replication across two independent cohorts - despite differences in arena configuration, robot design, and extinction procedures - meaningfully strengthens confidence in the robustness of the findings. Third, the unified reanalysis pipeline across cohorts reflects strong analytical discipline, and the Bayesian decoding framework is well-suited to addressing the central representational questions. Fourth, the ethological relevance of the robotic predator paradigm is a major advantage, allowing the authors to examine a richer repertoire of defensive and decision-related behaviors than is possible in conventional fear-conditioning assays. Overall, the experiments are well designed, the data are clearly presented, and the findings make a valuable contribution to understanding how the hippocampus supports decision-making under threat.

      Weaknesses:

      The study is technically strong, but a few modest revisions would further enhance it.

      (1) First, the abstract mentions extinction and reinstatement effects, but neural analyses focus primarily on the attack phase. It would be helpful to clarify or adjust the abstract accordingly.

      (2) Second, some interpretive language ("guide," "bias") leans toward causal phrasing. Given the correlational data, using "predict" or "correlate with" would be more precise.

      (3) Third, given the relationship between running speed and hippocampal theta, considering speed-related contributions to decoding differences would be useful.

      (4) Fourth, reporting turnaround positions for mid-track abort and continue trials (Figure 7) would provide helpful context.

      (5) Fifth, a figure comparing stimulated vs. non-stimulated sessions in cohort 2 would support the claim that closed-loop stimulation had no measurable effect.

      (6) Finally, reporting effect sizes for key decoding comparisons would add clarity.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript extends previous work from Calvin et al. and examines hippocampal representations during approach-avoidance conflict in a robotic predator foraging task. The paradigm itself is very interesting and addresses an important but relatively understudied question in the navigation and foraging literature: how the brain balances risk versus reward during goal-directed behavior. While hippocampal representations of positively valenced goals and future intentions have been extensively studied, much less is known about how these representations evolve during risk-reward tradeoffs involving threat.

      The authors use a relatively simple and interpretable decoding approach together with thoughtful behavioral comparisons to ask whether future behavioral outcomes can be read out from hippocampal activity before behavior diverges. The most compelling comparison is between mid-track aborts (MTAs) and mid-track continues (MTCs), where the animals initially exhibit very similar pause behavior but ultimately either abort or continue the trajectory. The authors show that decoded location during these pauses differs prior to the overt manifestation of the behavioral decision, suggesting that hippocampal representations may reflect evolving internal evaluation processes during approach-avoidance conflict.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the work is the behavioral paradigm itself. This type of risk-reward conflict task is relatively uncommon in the hippocampal navigation literature and provides a rich framework for examining defensive decision-making during naturalistic foraging behavior.

      The decoding analyses are also relatively simple and easy to interpret. Rather than relying on highly complex modeling approaches, the authors use straightforward comparisons of decoded spatial representations across behavioral conditions, making the results accessible and conceptually clear.

      Another strength is the use of behavioral controls to isolate comparisons between related behaviors. In particular, the comparison between MTAs and MTCs is compelling because the animals exhibit similar pause states before the behavioral outcomes diverge. This provides a useful framework for asking whether hippocampal activity reflects future behavioral outcome before the decision is overtly expressed.

      Overall, the study asks an interesting question using a novel paradigm and provides evidence that hippocampal representations during approach-avoidance conflict may reflect future behavioral trajectory.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that many of the reported effects are relatively subtle and are not sufficiently controlled for differences in speed, trajectory structure, and other behavioral variables across conditions. While the subtraction plots (green versus purple decoding differences) appear visually striking, the actual effect sizes are fairly small, making it difficult to assess how robust or behaviorally meaningful these differences are.

      Relatedly, many of the most interesting questions in this task concern how behavior unfolds dynamically within a trial, yet much of the analysis averages across events and trajectories. As a result, potentially important aspects of the behavior may be obscured.

      In particular, the manuscript would benefit from richer characterization of the animals' actual movement trajectories and spatial strategies. Because the analyses rely heavily on linearized position, it is difficult to determine whether animals behave differently in two-dimensional space across conditions. For example, during continued approaches, do animals preferentially hug the wall opposite the robot? Do different behavioral conditions show distinct lateral occupancy or trajectory structure? These types of analyses would make the behavioral interpretation substantially more compelling.

      More generally, while the results are suggestive and interesting, the relatively small decoding differences and substantial behavioral confounds make it difficult to conclude that the observed effects reflect distinct internal evaluative or threat-related states.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study reanalyzes data from a previously published cohort together with an additional cohort to investigate hippocampal activity during approach-avoidance conflict. Unlike many prior studies that isolate reward- or threat-based learning, this task requires animals to evaluate reward and threat concurrently. The central finding is that hippocampal representations differ between hesitant behaviors that lead to approach versus avoidance outcomes, with representations of the attack zone more likely during pauses preceding abort decisions. This is an important extension of prior work on hippocampal activity and deliberation, suggesting that the hippocampal content may help shape the eventual outcome.

      Strengths:

      All behavioral findings are replicated independently across cohorts, making the behavioral results highly convincing. The design is robust, and the task is especially valuable for studying approach-avoidance conflict. The behavioral paradigm is complex and rare, and neuronal recordings in such a paradigm are of great value.

      The major strength of the study is the comparison of neural activity during hesitant behavior leading to different outcomes, namely, pauses followed by the animal aborting the approach (mid-track aborts), and pauses followed by the animal committing to the approach (mid-track continues). Hippocampal activity differed between the two pauses: the attack zone was more likely to be represented during mid-track aborts. The same effect was observed on the journey before the pause: even before the animal hesitates, hippocampal activity before a pause that led to a mid-track abort was more likely to represent the attack zone than hippocampal activity before pauses that led to continued approach. This analysis suggests that hippocampal content before and during deliberative behavior is predictive of the animal's decision.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of the retreat-related decoding results is less clear. The study compares two sets of retreating behavior: on the one hand, retreat after being attacked, and on the other hand, retreat after hesitation in the absence of an attack (a mid-track abort). Hippocampal activity represents the attack zone more after the animal is attacked. However, these two retreating behaviors originate from different spatial locations: retreats always start past the "attack threshold", while mid-track aborts always start before this threshold. Given that hippocampal decoding is strongly location-dependent, this difference in position makes the neural decoding results difficult to interpret. The increased representation may be due to differences in physical location, rather than the distinct processing of immediate threat and an anticipatory return state.

      We thank the reviewers for their careful, constructive, and fair assessment of our manuscript, “Hippocampal representations differentiate reactive and anticipatory responses during foraging under threat.” We were pleased that the assessment characterized our study as important and the evidence supporting its main finding as solid. We also appreciate the reviewers’ recognition of the strengths of the behavioral paradigm and the conceptual contribution of distinguishing hippocampal representations associated with reactive and anticipatory responses to threat.

      We carefully considered the reviewers’ comments and do not feel that the manuscript requires extensive revision. The reviewers suggested several thoughtful additional analyses, including further behavioral controls and explicit predictive analyses. We agree that these would be informative and intend to carry several of these directions forward with future datasets. However, for the present manuscript, the suggested analyses would extend the scope of the work but are unlikely to substantially alter the central observations, and we have therefore chosen not to undertake them for the present manuscript.

      We have only made very minor changes to the text and figures, corresponding to what we might do in a manuscript that had been “accepted” under the old-style journal process. We have

      - Revised the abstract to more accurately reflect the neural analyses presented.

      - Softened the interpretive language throughout to avoid implying causality where the data establish associations, and explicitly acknowledged this limitation in the discussion.

      - Clarified the explanation of the timing and location of robot attacks relative to the attack threshold.

      - Clarified the definitions and explanations of the temporal segmentation of MTA and MTC pauses.

      - Clarified the explanations of the outbound epoch used in the MTA-MTC comparison.

      - Expanded the methods describing temporal and spatial normalization of behavioral epochs.

      - Moved the headers on figures 5-7 as suggested by the reviewers to make them more clear.

      With these revisions, we believe the manuscript now accurately reflects what can be concluded from the current data and appropriately acknowledges the limitations raised during review.

      We sincerely thank the editor and reviewers for their thoughtful engagement. Their comments have improved the clarity and precision of the manuscript and provided valuable directions for future work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      There are no major concerns, but some material could be added for clarity and to make the work more accessible to a more general scientific audience.

      We will add text for clarity and to make the work more accessible to a general audience per this comment and similar suggestions of the other reviewers.

      (1.1) A figure clearly showing the habituation protocol and the use of the dishabituators would be a good addition, even if the procedure has been done before and is cited. There can always be readers who are seeing this for the first time.

      We do think this is a good idea as the time scales of the experiment will be clearly marked as well and we plan to generate one in the revised manuscript.

      (1.2) It would also be nice to comment on other ways dishabituation can happen (for example, when the stimulus is removed for a short time and returns) and what their time scales are.

      If the stimulus is withheld, spontaneous recovery occurs, a process distinct from dishabituation and worth exploring on its own. In a previous publication (Semelidou et al. eLife 2018;7:e39569), we have shown that in this habituation paradigm with 4 min exposure either to the aversive Octanol, or the attractive Ethyl Acetate, spontaneous recovery occurs on or after 6 minutes after the habituated stimulus is withheld. This contrasts the immediate effect of the single dishabituating stimulus, delivered for a few seconds at the end of exposure to the habituator. Granted that per Thomson (Neurobiol Learn Mem. 2009), spontaneous recovery is a characteristic of habituation, we will work this point in the text.

      (1.3) And more generally, the paper could perhaps improve by making a stronger case for why the results are important not just for flies but for neuroscience in general.

      Thank you for the encouragement. We will try to rationally generalize our findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (2.1) However, the claim that this represents a fundamental difference between homosensory and heterosensory pathways for dishabituation is overstated.

      We had no intention of stating more than the fact that footshock and yeast odor dishabituators relay these stimuli to the mushroom bodies via distinct dopaminergic neurons, hence differentiating distinct dishabituating stimuli via the mechanosensory (footshock) and olfactory (yeast odor) modalities as they engage the mushroom bodies. As the reviewer suggests we will use more measured and specific language to state the above.

      (2.2) The introductory section does not adequately present current broad models for habituation and dishabituation.

      This was not done intentionally, but rather because we aimed at a less extended introductory section and ostensibly this resulted in brief and possibly inadequate presentation of current habituation models. We will present a much more detailed introduction and detail of habituation and dishabituation models in the revised manuscript (Also see reply to point 3.5 below).

      (2.3) There are many different time scales, even for Drosophila olfactory habituation. These, as well as potential underlying mechanistic differences, need to be acknowledged; any claim should be specifically qualified for the time scales being studied here.

      We understand and appreciate the point of the reviewer, as well as its significance and we will address this both in the revised text, but also by the paradigm figure we will add as stated above (point 1.1), where the time scales will be explicitly included and emphasized.

      (2.4) Additionally, there are several unclear, vague, and inaccurate sections and statements. A more careful, precise, and considered presentation of current views, as well as more measured claims of the impact of the findings, would substantially enhance my enthusiasm.

      We will address these concerns of course, though pointing out the specific offending parts would ascertain addressing them thoroughly. As stated above, we will incorporate current views in the introduction and when discussing our results and their impact.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (3.1) The key issue is that the main concepts of this manuscript appear to be based on a misunderstanding/misinterpretation of the literature. As the authors set out to settle the debate "whether the novel dishabituating stimulus elicits sensitization of the habituated circuits, or it engages distinct neuronal routes to bypass habituation reinstating the naïve response", it seems that the authors based their investigation on the premise that "sensitization" is mediated by a facilitatory process within the S-R pathway, and "dishabituation" by a facilitatory process outside the S-R pathway. This is not the status quo in the field, particularly with the prevailing theory like the Dual-Process Theory.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and the opportunity to clarify the conceptual framework of our work. Our intention was in fact to test the Groves and Thomson hypothesis (Neurobiol Learn Mem. 2009), in our olfactory habituation system. As such, dishabituation could have been the result of a facilitatory process within the S-R pathway, or from mechanisms outside of it. Our experimental design allowed to distinguish these possibilities and our results clearly show that dishabituation involves circuitry outside the S-R pathway. We do thank the reviewer for pointing out that we have not articulated clearly this intention and we will take care to communicate this effectively in the revised manuscript.

      (3.2) The original version of Dual-Process Theory (Groves and Thompson 1970, but also see Thompson 2008, Neurobiol Learn Mem) already hypothesized that habituation happens within the specific S-R pathway, and sensitization occurs separately in an "organism-wide" state system that modulates the output of all S-R pathways.

      As mentioned above, we are aware of the Dual-Process hypothesis. In fact, our data demonstrate that activity outside the olfactory S-R pathway, engaging novel neuronal circuits, mediates dishabituation. Unlike habituation, these circuits mediating dishabituation include at minimum, the mushroom bodies, the dopaminergic system and the APL neurons. In our view this does not support the “organism-wide state” system, but rather particular circuits that in agreement with the Groves and Thomson hypothesis, are outside the S-R pathway and modulate its behavioral output. We will work these concepts in the discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      (3.3) Dishabituation is recognized by the Dual-Process Theory as sensitization (organism-wide facilitation) manifested on top of existing habituation (depressed S-R pathway). This notion has been supported by a wide range of studies, including cat spinal cord reflex (e.g. Spencer et al. 1966) and work in Aplysia on heterosynaptic facilitation for both sensitization and dishabituation. Therefore, simply showing that the newly identified facilitatory pathways are outside the S-R habituation pathway is insufficient to demonstrate dishabituation.

      We respectfully disagree with the concluding sentence here. In all of our experiments, we observe a clear recovery of olfactory avoidance after exposure to the footchock, or yeast odor dishabituators. Moreover, the dishabituators are emulated by (photo)activation of particular neuronal circuits and the recovery of olfactory avoidance is blocked when these circuits are silenced. Regardless of whether this recovery is classified as dishabituation via sensitization or another facilitatory process, the key point is that the habituated response is reliably reinstated contingent upon the dishabituating stimulus. We believe this meets the established criteria for dishabituation.

      (3.4) As behavioral facilitation of a habituated response can be achieved by dishabituating (specific recovery of the S-R pathway) and/or superimposed sensitizing (organism-wide) processes, dishabituation and sensitization of this olfactory response must be first dissociated; however, the study provided no evidence for the dissociation. Without this piece of evidence, the claim of this paper that the newly identified pathways mediate dishabituation is not fully supported.

      We agree with the reviewer that we have not provided specific evidence dissociating dishabituation and sensitization of the particular olfactory response beyond the evidence implicating particular circuitry in the outcome of facilitation of the olfactory response.

      It should be noted that in photoactivation of the implicated circuitries in naïve flies, we do not observe enhanced octanol avoidance, suggesting that activation of these circuits alone does not induce sensitization. Moreover, our results show that neither footshock nor yeast odor drive an organism-wide sensitization, as silencing specific circuits was sufficient to block dishabituation—something that would not be expected if a global sensitization process was responsible of reinstating the olfactory response.

      Nonetheless, we will also attempt to dissociate sensitization from dishabituation using mutants previously reported deficient in sensitization (Duerr and Quinn, PNAS 1982), assuming these mutants retain normal olfactory habituation.We will also try sensitization protocols in the case of within-modal dishabituation to further clarify the underlying mechanisms. In principle, this includes using diluted Octanol as the habituating stimulus and attempt dishabituation with concentrated octanol.

      (3.5) The literature review of this manuscript has some discrepancies. In the introduction, the authors wrote "initial studies in Aplysia were consistent with the "dual-process theory" (Groves and Thompson 1979), where response recovery due to dishabituation appeared to result from sensitization superimposed on habituation, thus driving reversal of the attenuated response (Carew, Castellucci et al. 1971, Hochner, Klein et al. 1986, Marcus, Nolen et al. 1988, Ghirardi, Braha et al. 1992, Cohen, Kaplan et al. 1997, Antonov, Kandel et al. 1999, Hawkins, Cohen et al. 2006)." Hochner 1986 and Marcus 1988 in fact indicated otherwise. Hochner 1986 suggests that dishabituation and sensitization involve different molecular processes, while Marcus 1988 showed that dishabituation and sensitization have different behavioral characteristics. Therefore, the authors' statement is not supported by the cited literature.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for pointing out these significant discrepancies, consequent of multiple rounds of edits followed by our own oversight. These important publications for this manuscript will be referenced properly in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      The authors study global neuropeptide changes in C. elegans mutants lacking functional BMP, using this as a viable and fertile animal model that exhibits consistent dyspepsia and chronic dietary restriction. The findings of this study are valuable as they provide a global picture of neuropeptide responses to starvation and detail a circuit from a sensory neuron to lipid metabolism in the gut. This work provides evidence that nutrient stress resulting from impaired food processing engages NLP-10-, NPR-35-, FLP-18-, and NPR-4-dependent signalling to promote fat utilization. However, the evidence is incomplete, as the order of action of the neuropeptides is weak.

      We thank Reviewing Editor, Senior Editor and the three reviewers for their constructive comments. We are encouraged that the reviewers regard the central finding that impaired pharyngeal function engages neuropeptide signaling to modify intestinal lipid metabolism as physiologically meaningful and supported by multiple lines of evidence. At the same time, we recognize that the reviews converge on a central concern: the evidence for the order of neuropeptides’ action is weak. The reviewers also suggest us to distinguish more clearly between what our experiments demonstrate and what we infer, to present the pathway as less strictly linear, and to be more explicit about the limits of cell-specific rescue for secreted peptides. We take these points seriously, and we are exploring possible revisions in light of them.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes how defective food grinding due to loss of TGF-beta signalling leads to fat loss via specific neuropeptides and their cognate receptors in C. elegans. They define transcriptional mechanisms from the ADL sensory neuron to neuropeptide relays from neurons to the gut, wherein enzymatic effectors mediate fat metabolism. The genetic evidence presented to support this neuropeptide circuitry is based largely on transcriptional changes detected in bulk mRNA, cell-type-specific rescue, and lipid measurements using Nile Red staining in permeabilized/fixed animals and with lipidomics. The findings are of interest to researchers in neuropeptide regulation of physiology.

      Strengths:

      (1) The multifaceted analysis of dbl-1 and sma-6 provides good evidence that the primary defect leading to metabolic phenotypes is due to pharyngeal function.

      (2) The transcriptional survey of neuropeptide expression under fasting and in TGF-beta pathway mutants will be a useful resource for many labs studying neuropeptides in food sensing.

      (3) Outlining the process from dietary restriction to fat metabolism in the gut provides a big-picture view that establishes physiological relevance.

      (4) Identifying new functions for specific neuropeptides and their receptors in fat metabolism.

      We thank R1 for an accurate summary and for recognizing the value of this work. We also note R1’s characterization of our evidence as transcriptional and genetic. We agree with this description and will explicitly state the scope of our claims in future versions, clarifying that this work defines a functional hierarchy among genes and cells but does not provide biochemical, electrophysiological, or secretion-based evidence for direct molecular interactions.

      Weaknesses:

      Evidence that links NLP-10-NPR-35 signalling to FLP-18-NPR-4 is weak, and primarily rests on overlaps in npr-35 and flp-18 expression, as well as rescue of flp-18 under the npr-35 promoter. It remains possible that FLP-18 acts from those neurons, but is not activated by NPR-35 signalling, since the mechanisms downstream of NPR-35 are unclear in this context. Strengthening this link would require showing a change in FLP-18 activity; for example, showing npr-35-dependent changes in flp-18 transcription in npr-35-expressing neurons.

      We agree that this is the weakest link in our model. At present, this rests mainly on two observations: the overlap between npr-35 and flp-18 expression reported in public databases, and the ability of npr-35p::FLP-18 (or ttx-3p::FLP-18) to restore fat levels. These observations cannot exclude the possibility that FLP-18 acts from these neurons, or even from additional neurons, without being activated by NPR-35 signaling, and that the FLP-18 induction reflects the nutritional state rather than receptor activity.

      To test this directly, we will begin by measuring flp-18 transcript levels in two comparisons: (1) well-fed npr-35(lf) versus well-fed sma-6(lf); npr-35(lf), and (2) well-fed npr-35(lf) versus fasted npr-35(lf). In addition, transcriptional levels of nlp-10, flp-1, and flp-4 can be compared in these worms. If NPR-35 activity is required for flp-18 induction when nutrients are limiting, removing npr-35 should blunt or reduce this induction in the sma-6-mutated or nutrient-deprived backgrounds; If NPR-35 activity is not required, flp-18 induction should not be affected. A third possibility is that NPR-35 amplifies FLP-18 signaling, which would not conflict with the nutrient-sensing role of FLP-18 per se. Regardless of the outcome, we will rewrite this section to clarify the step from NLP-10 to FLP-18.

      The expression patterns of the neuropeptides and receptors that guide the sites of cell-specific rescue experiments are from well-fed animals. However, it remains a possibility that starvation alters neuropeptides and their receptors are expressed, which would produce a different circuit.

      This is a fair point, and we accept it as a limitation of the present study. The expression patterns that guided our rescue experiments were defined in well-fed animals, using published datasets (Beets et al., 2023; Ripoll-Sánchez et al., 2023; Ghaddar et al., 2023) and our own transcriptional reporters under well-fed conditions. We cannot exclude that nutrient status alters the expression of these peptides and receptors.

      We plan to examine intestinal npr-4p::GFP in well-fed and starved animals in the near future. We could also attempt to image neuronal npr-35p::GFP, but this would be technically challenging given mosaic expression and issues with worm orientation. In the Discussion of future versions, we will state this caveat and will be careful to describe our rescue experiments as identifying the cells in which a gene is sufficient to support the phenotype under the conditions tested, rather than as confirming the circuit in the starved animals.

      Different food levels produce different physiological and transcriptional responses. The manuscript largely assumes that starvation is equivalent to food reduction when they are physiologically distinct states.

      We agree, and we regret that our wording implied equivalence. Our intention was not to treat all nutrient-limited states as identical but to ask whether a common pathway is engaged. The observation that the same components are required under each of these energy-deficient conditions supports the physiological relevance of the pathway. We will rewrite the relevant sentences to convey this intent and to avoid implying that different nutritional states are equivalent. We acknowledge the limitation that our design cannot determine the degree of energy deficit required to engage the neuropeptides, or whether the response is graded across milder and more severe restriction.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates how animals adapt their metabolism to conditions of reduced nutrient availability. Using C. elegans, the authors identify a neuropeptide signaling network that promotes intestinal lipid mobilization when nutrient acquisition is compromised. The study proposes that nutrient stress activates signaling involving NLP-10, NPR-35, FLP-18, and NPR-4, ultimately leading to increased utilization of stored triglycerides.

      A major strength of the work is the combination of multiple experimental approaches, including genetic analyses, neuron-specific rescue experiments, starvation paradigms, and lipid measurements. Together, these experiments support the conclusion that the identified neuropeptide pathway contributes to the regulation of energy stores during nutrient stress. The observation that similar signaling components function in both the mutant and starvation contexts strengthens the physiological relevance of the findings.

      Strengths:

      The revised manuscript is substantially improved and presents a coherent model linking sensory and interneuronal signaling to peripheral metabolic responses. The data convincingly establish functional roles for the identified neuropeptide components in controlling fat storage and mobilization.

      Readers should keep in mind that the exact relationships among pathway components are not completely resolved. While the genetic evidence supports placement of NLP-10, NPR-35, FLP-18, and NPR-4 within a common regulatory framework, the data are somewhat less definitive regarding the precise order of signaling events and whether all interactions are direct. The authors appropriately acknowledge some of this complexity, and a clearer distinction between experimentally demonstrated versus inferred connections would further strengthen the presentation.

      Overall, this is a carefully executed and biologically interesting study that advances our understanding of neuroendocrine control of metabolism during nutrient limitation.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were noted by this reviewer in the revision. My main comment is that whilst I appreciate the authors’ efforts to refine the signaling model in response to earlier comments, the pathway architecture remains somewhat complex, particularly regarding the relationships among NLP-10, NPR-35, FLP-18, and NPR-4. I encourage the authors to make one final pass through the text and model figure to clearly distinguish interactions that are directly supported by experimental evidence from those that remain inferred based on genetic relationships. This would help readers accurately interpret the strength of evidence supporting each step of the proposed pathway.

      We are grateful to R2 for the positive assessment and for the constructive suggestions. We understand that the remaining concerns related to clarity and presentation. We agree that the pathway architecture remains complex and that readers should be able to distinguish experimentally connections from inferred ones. We will revise the text and the model figure accordingly. For example, future versions could use solid connectors for data-supported steps and dashed connectors for inferred steps.

      We agree with R2 that readers should keep in mind that the exact relationships among pathway components are not completely resolved, and we agree and appreciate R2’s comment that “…the data are somewhat less definitive regarding the precise order of signaling events and whether all interactions are direct”, which echoes the suggestions from R1. We will address these points as outlined in our response to R1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Liu et al. used C. elegans animals lacking functional BMP as a model to dissect the neuropeptide signaling pathways that lead to BMP-associated fat loss. First, they established the BMP mutants as a model of dyspepsia that results in chronic dietary restriction. They then used this model to identify neuropeptide genes that are upregulated and required for BMP-associated fat loss. Next, they sought to identify the receptors for these neuropeptides and to place the genes in a genetic and cellular pathway. They also showed that the same neuropeptides and receptors contribute to fat loss in diet-restricted C. elegans. They conclude that they have identified a neuropeptide signaling cascade in which impaired pharyngeal function activates sensory neurons, which then signal through interneurons to enhance triglyceride hydrolysis in the intestine.

      Strengths:

      In this manuscript, Liu et al. characterized the pharyngeal muscles and the intestinal bacterial context of animals lacking functional BMP. They showed a correlation between BMP-associated fat loss and pharyngeal impairments that could lead to insufficient food grinding. This finding suggests that C. elegans lacking functional BMP could serve as a model for dyspepsia and chronic dietary restriction. Moreover, the authors analyzed previously published gene expression data to identify neuropeptides that are overexpressed in animals lacking BMP. They then used mutants for these neuropeptides and their receptors to determine which of these genes contribute to BMP-associated fat loss. Finally, they showed that the same neuropeptides and receptors also contribute to fat loss in diet-restricted C. elegans.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for a detailed assessment on this manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors use double mutants between BMP pathway mutants and neuropeptide or neuropeptide receptor mutants to argue that the reduced fat levels of BMP mutants are suppressed. However, with the exception of unc-31, the fat content of the corresponding single neuropeptide or neuropeptide receptor mutant is not shown. Without these, the double-mutant phenotype cannot be interpreted as suppression, since it could reflect an independent effect on fat storage. To show that the effects are related to BMP signaling, the authors should compare wild-type animals to neuropeptide mutants in a sma-6(+) background. Similarly, the fat content of ADL-ablated animals is not shown in an otherwise wild-type background.

      We accept this criticism. We are going to add experiments on wild-type and related single-mutant strains in the near future. Specifically, we will report the fat content of nlp-10(tm6232), npr-35(ok3258), flp-18(tm2179), flp-1(sy1599), flp-4(sy1606), and npr-4(tm1782), and of ADL-ablated animals, in the sma-6-functioning background. We will also survey published datasets for independent measurements of fat content in these strains, if any exist.

      (2) In several places, the authors use cell-specific expression of neuropeptides to conclude that a given neuropeptide acts in a particular cell type (e.g., Figure 4B, C; Figure 5C, D). However, because neuropeptides are secreted and can act at a distance, expression in a non-native cell type may rescue the phenotype. These experiments therefore show sufficiency but do not establish the endogenous site of action. Cell-specific knockout or knockdown, or expression from control promoters in unrelated cell types, would help address this.

      We agree with the underlying point of this criticism. Expression of a secreted peptide from a heterologous promoter demonstrates that the peptide can act when produced in that cell; however, it does not establish where the peptide acts under physiological conditions. We are grateful to the reviewer for these suggestions and have carefully considered both approaches. While we fully appreciate their potential value, we believe it is more appropriate to regard them as complementary rather than decisive, and we would like to explain our reasoning in detail.

      The first approach, cell-specific knockdown, may or may not affect peripheral lipid catabolism in this system, because (1) the number of peptides capable of influencing fat storage is large, as shown in Figure 2 – figure supplement 1D, E, and (2) the expression pattern of a receptor or peptide gene may be altered under nutrient-deprived conditions (as in comments of R1). The axis we describe could be buffered by ligand redundancy, as our data on FLP-1 and FLP-4 show. Under such redundancy, a negative result from knocking down a single peptide in a group of cells would not exclude a physiological role for that peptide in that cell. The second approach, expression from a control promoter in an unrelated cell, might also be complicated by the point that R1 raises: if nutrient status alters the expression of peptides and their receptors, it becomes difficult to specify a cell type that is reliably “unrelated” to lipid regulation in the relevant physiological state. Therefore, we will modify our manuscript to describe the rescue experiments consistently as demonstrating sufficiency and discuss this limitation frankly.

      (3) The authors report that expressing npr-35 from two promoters with non-overlapping expression each fully restores the low-fat phenotype of sma-6; npr-35 mutants. This is surprising for a receptor and is difficult to interpret.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point, and we realize that our description was not sufficiently precise. The two promoters drive expression in different subsets of npr-35-expressing neurons; however, in both cases npr-35 is overexpressed, as is typical of C. elegans transgenic lines. A non-exclusive explanation also seems plausible to us: the two cell populations (nmr-1-positive & ttx-3-positive) may converge on a shared downstream output, which is the release of FLP-18 from these interneurons, so that restoring receptor function in either population restores the ultimate output. We will revise the text to present both possibilities and to describe the result in terms of sufficiency.

      (4) The authors identify neuropeptide genes co-expressed with npr-35 and follow up on flp-18. The rationale for restricting the search to co-expressed neuropeptides may bias hypothesis generation. Similarly, the authors show that flp-1 and flp-4, in addition to flp-18, contribute to BMP-associated fat loss, but only flp-18 is examined further because of its overlapping co-expression with npr-35, again creating a bias in the investigation of the role of neuropeptide signaling in BMP-associated fat loss.

      We accept that restricting our attention to peptides co-expressed with npr-35 introduced a bias, and we will state this openly. We would like to note two considerations that may help contextualize this bias. First, flp-18 showed the strongest transcriptional induction among the peptides we examined (Figure 2 - figure supplement 1D), and this was an important reason for prioritizing it. Second, our subsequent analysis was not confined to co-expressed peptides: flp-1 and flp-4 are also required for BMP-associated fat loss, while flp-1 shows little overlap with npr-35 and does not appear to be released from npr-35-expressing neurons (Figure 5 - figure supplement 1D). The co-expression therefore served as an entry point rather than as a filter. We will clearly describe this rationale in the text, present the broader set of candidate peptides identified in our screen, and note that additional peptides are likely to contribute to fat regulation. We hope that the dataset will support work in this direction, both in our laboratory and in other laboratories.

      (5) It is difficult to interpret the experiment in Figure 5E, where the authors conclude that npr-4 is required in flp-18-overexpressing animals. Without a demonstrated fat-loss phenotype from overexpressing flp-18, a requirement for npr-4 in those animals cannot be meaningfully assessed.

      We assume that the reviewer is referring to Figure 5G, and we apologize for the confusion in this panel. This confusion may have arisen from the way we arranged the columns. The experiment was designed to ask whether npr-4 is required for overdosed FLP-18 to function (with overexpression ensured by sma-6(lf)-induced upregulation and the ttx-3p::FLP-18 transgene). Therefore, a clearer way to organize these columns would be to swap the third and fourth columns, which we will do in the revised version.

      We nonetheless agree with the reviewer’s underlying point. Because ttx-3p::FLP-18 alone does not reduce fat in the already fat-deficient sma-6(lf), the assay has limited dynamic range. So, a requirement for npr-4 cannot be established from this comparison alone. We will reorder the columns, correct the legend, and present the panel as consistent with npr-4 acting downstream of flp-18. We would also place greater emphasis on the comparisons in Figure 5B, in which sma-6(lf); npr-4(lf) retained more fat than sma-6(lf); flp-18(lf), an outcome expected if the receptor acts downstream of the ligand and if additional ligands converge on NPR-4.

      Overall, the authors convincingly identify neuropeptides and receptors that are overexpressed and that contribute to fat loss. However, several points make it difficult to fully support the proposed model and the linear pathway from the pharynx to the intestine through ADL sensory neurons and interneurons. These include the absence of phenotypic analysis of the single mutants, the challenges of interpreting cell-specific rescue experiments when studying neuropeptide function, the fact that additional neuropeptides causing BMP-associated fat loss are identified but not studied further, and results that do not necessarily point to a linear pathway (e.g., the triple mutant sma-6; nlp-10; npr-35 has a stronger phenotype than the double mutants with sma-6, the fat loss caused by overexpression of nlp-10 in a sma-6 background is not suppressed by npr-35, and the flp-18 overexpression experiment is difficult to interpret). The reviewer therefore suggests that the linearity of this pathway, and the sites of action of the neuropeptides and receptors, should be presented more cautiously or supported by additional data.

      We are grateful for this synthesis, which we take as the central conceptual comment of the review. We agree that our data do not support a strictly linear pathway, and we will revise both the text and the model figure accordingly.

      The two observations the reviewer cites, that the triple mutant sma-6; nlp-10; npr-35 retains more fat than either double mutant, and that removing npr-35 does not offset the fat loss caused by NLP-10 overexpression, point in the same direction: NLP-10 likely acts through receptor(s) in addition to NPR-35. We consider this plausible on independent grounds. Because nlp-10 is induced when nutrients are limiting, an additional receptor might be engaged only when NLP-10 rises above its basal level, or only when the nlp-10 expression domain expands under dietary restriction. Either scenario would explain why such a receptor has not emerged from interaction screens carried out under standard feeding conditions.

      In the revision, we will describe the axis as a genetic framework in which the NLP-10/NPR-35 and FLP-18/NPR-4 modules are related, with branch points at both the ligand and receptor levels, and we will mark the connections that remain inferential. We will also note that the conservation of NPR-35 across nematodes (Beets et al., 2023; Golinelli et al., 2024) may provide an entry point for identifying additional NLP-10 receptors, and we would welcome works in that direction.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript could provide more nuanced and accurate context in several areas:

      (1) Work from the Ashrafi Lab (Greer et al., 2008, Cunningham et al., 2014) has described roles for daf-7 (another TGF-beta) in fat metabolism and should be cited to provide a more comprehensive introduction.

      Thanks! We will cite the work from the Ashrafi laboratory on the DAF-7 branch of TGF-β signaling and on fat metabolism in the Introduction of the revised manuscript.

      (2) The interpretation of the unc-31 phenotype is not as straightforward as the text indicates. unc-31 does not only affect DCVs, unc-31 mutants also have SV defects. Moreover, DCVs also release TGF-beta and monoamines. Thus, an unc-31 phenotypes does not necessarily implicate neuropeptides.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and apologize for the confusion. In fact, in addition to analyzing unc-31(lf); sma-2(lf), we analyzed the fat levels of egl-3(lf); sma-2(lf) and egl-21(lf); sma-2(lf), and the phenotypes caused by the loss of egl-3 or egl-21 were similar to those caused by unc-31(lf) in these BMP mutants. We omitted these data from the previous version for simplicity, and we acknowledge that we wrongly overlooked the non-DSV roles of UNC-31/CAPS. We will revise this section by adding additional data on egl-3 and egl-21.

      (3) In lines 132-134, the logic of the argument is not clear, since it does not indicate how sma-3 rescue in the pharynx is linked to sma-6 in the ADL neurons.

      We agree with the reviewer’s comment and will remove the wording related to sma-3 rescue from this sentence in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Lines 271-273 indicate that BMP mutants are mildly long-lived. This point is only partially correct. Depending on the food level, daf-7 mutants can be long-lived, have no phenotype, or be short-lived.

      Thank you. We will rewrite the section on lifespan so that it reflects the lifespan of daf-7 mutants and BMP mutants properly.

      This manuscript could also be improved by clarifying or acknowledging several technical gaps/weaknesses:

      (1) For Supplemental Figure 2d, it is not clear if there is any correction for multiple hypothesis testing when assaying multiple neuropeptides. This point should be clarified.

      We acknowledge that we did not perform any multiple hypothesis testing on the data shown in this figure panel in the previous version. Due to technical limitations, we were unable to compare all qRT-PCR groups within a single 96-well plate. The qRT-PCR assays were performed separately for each gene, with double mutant and single mutant worms collected in the same-day manner. Accordingly, these qRT-PCR results are not suitable for comparisons between different genes, but they do allow valid comparisons between the double mutant and the corresponding single mutant within the same target gene. We will clarify this point in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Strains used in this work have only been outcrossed twice, which leaves 25% of mutations. The parent strains with tm and ok alleles were isolated after mutagenesis and are expected to contain thousands of mutations. Two outcrosses imply that several hundred unlinked mutations remain, which weakens the genetic evidence.

      Because most of the data were obtained from double mutants (e.g., sma-6(lf); nlp-10(lf), sma-6(lf); npr-35(lf)), we performed at least one additional round of outcrossing by introducing the single mutants into the BMP mutants. We therefore expect that the background mutation load in these double mutants is lower than 25%. As we plan to do more experiments on the single mutants, we will first increase the number of outcrosses before measuring fat levels.

      (3) More details are needed on the methods related to fluorescence microscopy, especially since most of the manuscript's conclusions rest on quantitative fluorescence. It is important to describe the light source and whether there was any calibration to control for variable fluorescence due to the equipment.

      Thank you. We will do so. All Nile Red imaging was performed on the same microscopic system, which is not a confocal microscope but an upright widefield microscope, which captures the full depth of field along the z-axis (rather than a single optical section). In the revised manuscript, we will expand the fluorescence microscopy methods to describe the illumination source, the acquisition settings, and the measures taken, etc.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor Comments

      (1) The finding that NLP-10 overexpression alone does not produce a strong phenotype in wild-type animals is intriguing. A brief discussion of how this observation fits into the proposed model would be useful for readers.

      We agree with the reviewer that NLP-10 overexpression alone does not produce a strong phenotype in wild-type animals, which is intriguing. We have not yet performed a detailed mechanistic analysis of this phenomenon. We speculate that animals likely possess metabolic homeostatic mechanisms that buffer against perturbations in NLP-10 levels. As R1 suggested, it is also possible that dietary restriction or starvation conditions may broaden the expression range of nlp-10 or its receptor(s). We will discuss this possibility and its relationship to our proposed model in greater depth in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Some figure legends describing complex genetic comparisons could benefit from additional explanatory language highlighting the key conclusion from each experiment. This would improve accessibility of the paper.

      Figure legends will be improved in the revised version.

      Overall Recommendation:

      The manuscript has been substantially strengthened through revision, and the remaining issues are largely matters of clarity and presentation. I am supportive of the paper following minor revision.

      Thank you again for your feedback. Revisions will include updated data and improved wording in future versions.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) dbl-1 mutants are mentioned in the Introduction without explanation. The authors should briefly describe what dbl-1 encodes and how it relates to the BMP pathway studied here.

      We apologize for this confusion and will introduce DBL-1 properly in the Introduction by identifying it as the C. elegans BMP ligand that signals through the SMA-6/SMA-2/SMA-3/SMA-4 pathway.

      (2) Lines 19, 60, and 238: It is unclear what exactly the authors mean by "mutant-specific effects," "mutant-specific phenomenon," and "mutant-specific mechanism."

      We will replace the term “mutant-specific” with alternative wording. By this term, we meant “specific to BMP mutants”, as opposed to a general response to nutrient insufficiency.

      (3) Lines: 56-57 The authors state that "the ADL sensory neurons release neuropeptide NLP-10... to promote the secretion of... FLP18". To make this statement, the authors need to use a neuropeptide secretion assay (e.g., the coelomocyte release assay) to show their claim or tone down the language.

      We will tone down the language since we do not measure peptide secretion directly.

      (4) ADL ablation in the sma-6; nlp-10 double mutant could help support the authors' hypothesis.

      We agree that ADL ablation in sma-6(lf); nlp-10(lf) could in principle provide additional information. However, we do not consider this experiment essential for the revised manuscript. Our main concern is that metabolic regulation is mediated by many peptides with partially redundant and compensatory functions. Therefore, the outcome of ADL ablation in sma-6(lf); nlp-10(lf) would be difficult to interpret unambiguously. We will acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion of the revised manuscript.

      (5) Figure 3D: The authors perform an ADL-specific rescue experiment to show that expression of sma-6 in ADL does not rescue the fat content defect of sma-6 mutants. Because this is a negative result, it is hard to interpret unless the authors first show that the construct is indeed expressed in ADL (e.g., by co-expressing a fluorescent reporter from the same transcript, such as in an operon with sma-6) and, second, that they can rescue the sma-6 phenotype by expression in the pharynx, especially if they want to support the model shown in Figure 3E.

      We will either image ADL neurons expressing srh-220p::sma-6::sl2::gfp, using DiI filling as an ADL landmark, or test whether pharyngeal expression of SMA-6 rescues the phenotype.

      (6) Figure 5G: the figure legend describes a different experiment than the one shown in the figure.

      We will correct the legend for Figure 5G.

      Minor points:

      (1) Line 106: change "verify" to "verified".

      (2) Line 134: change "might have worked" to "might work".

      (3) Line 148: replace the ";" at the end of the phrase with a full stop.

      (4) Figure 5- figure supplement 1E: the title reads "npr-4 is required in flp-10 overexpressed animals". The authors presumably mean "nlp-10-overexpressing animals".

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these flaws and will make corrections in subsequent versions.

    1. Author response:

      Thanks to the reviewers, reviewing editor and senior editor for their assessment of our manuscript. We summarize and address reviewer comments and suggestions below:

      (1) The granularity of action selection is ambiguous (Reviewers 1 & 3)

      (2) Consider neurons not modulated by movement (Reviewer 1)

      (3) How to interpret ramp-like vs. abrupt changes in pre-movement firing rates (Reviewer 1)

      (4) Population encoding could be considered a form of action selection (Reviewer 3)

      (5) Improve the sample-size and screening of optotagging results (Reviewers 2 & 3)

      (1) The granularity of action selection is ambiguous (Reviewers 1 & 3)

      The reviewers astutely pointed out a critical ambiguity of the original action selection model: on what level are actions differentiated in the basal ganglia? Is it activation of specific muscles, or concerted movements of multiple body parts, or even complex sequences of behavior? Anatomically, the organization of striatonigral input as well as nigrocollicular pathways appear to be highly somatotopic (Foster et al., 2021; Lee et al., 2020), in the sense that there are parallel circuits that separately project to orofacial or skeletomotor regions of the superior colliculus (Benavidez et al., 2021). This might suggest an upper bound for the granularity of action selection in SNr, manifest at the level of tongue/jaw vs. limbs, different directions of reaching, or reaching vs. retraction. We tested these permutations and found little evidence for sign reversals in SNr responses. Nonetheless, one could always parse “action” into even finer components, or combine them into more complex ensembles or sequences of movements. It was exactly this logic that led us to test more and more movements, starting with different directions of reaching and culminating in the unbiased examination of spontaneous movement (Fig. 5, 6, 7). Nonetheless, we of course could not exhaustively exclude all movement possibilities/permutations, and our arguments are limited to the sets of actions that we tested. But we also point out that the granularity argument could be extended ad infinitum, to the point of being practically unfalsifiable! In the end, we will lay this logic out more clearly in the revised Discussion. (On the other hand, it is exactly this “granularity” conundrum that led us away from trying yet another movement paradigm, and toward the idea of examining functional connectivity between the SNr and SC, as outlined below.)

      (2) Consider neurons not modulated by movement (Reviewer 1)

      Reviewer 1 pointed out that unmodulated SNr neurons could be grouped with increase neurons, since they could maintain or increase inhibitory output in order to inhibit unwanted movements. Upon further inspection, we found 56/427 (13%) SNr units decreased firing for reaching but not for licking; conversely, 12/427 (3%) units decrease firing for licking but not for reaching; while 334/427 (78%) units increased firing or were unmodulated for both reaching and licking. In our original analysis excluding unmodulated SNr units, the proportions of units with congruent (86%) vs. incongruent (14%) signs of modulation for reaching and licking did not differ drastically when we included unmodulated units (78% vs. 16%). Nonetheless, this is a valid point, and we will include this in the revised Results and Discussion.

      (3) How to interpret ramp-like vs. abrupt changes in pre-movement firing rates (Reviewer 1)

      Reviewer 1 questioned how the slow ramp-like modulation of SNr firing relates to the disinhibitory gating model. We adopted the self-timed/spontaneous movement task not only to separate sensory vs. motor activity, but also due to clinical observations in Parkinson’s disease that patients are more debilitated for self-initiated rather than cued movements. We observed early pre-movement neural modulation in SNr during self-initiated movements, whereas Mink and Thach (1991) argued that pallidal activation was too late for movement initiation – albeit only in the context of cued movements. Slow ramp-like changes SNr firing does not contradict action selection per se, since modulation of SNr firing might need to reach some threshold level for a desired movement to occur, even in the context of action selection. On the other hand, these ramp-like changes might also represent a generic movement initiation signal without specifying which action to take. We pointed out the existence of ramp-like modulation during self-initiated movements, but the ramp-like nature of SNr modulation is not fundamentally incompatible with the gating model. We will clarify this point in the revised Discussion.

      (4) Population encoding could be considered a form of action selection (Reviewer 3)

      The reviewers also pointed out that while action selection is largely absent in single SNr neurons, licking vs. reaching could be efficiently decoded from population activity. Reviewer 3 reasonably asked: could population encoding be a form of action selection?

      The answer, of course, is yes – but by the same token, any motor area that displays selectivity (motor cortex, thalamus, cerebellum, brainstem, etc.) could be argued to play a role in action selection. So what’s special about the basal ganglia? In this regard, it’s important to re-examine the basis for the action-selection hypothesis. The original model was put forward by Mink & Thach in 1991 to explain the paradoxical observation that most inhibitory pallidal output neurons increase rather than decrease firing during movement. The authors speculated that this increase population could inhibit unwanted movements, while the smaller decrease population could disinhibit the desired movement. The model has been tweaked here and there through the years, but the fundamental core of the idea has persisted, with little supporting evidence, presumably because it provides an explanation for the paradoxical increase neurons – an interesting explanation to be sure. However, if neurons that increase firing do so to inhibit an unwanted movement, then the simplest “other side of the coin” explanation is that they should decrease firing when that same movement is desired. Yet this sign-reversal motif was exceedingly rare among the SNr neurons in our study. Thus the critical question remains: why do so many pallidal output neurons increase firing with movement? We hope that one useful outcome of our study will be to stimulate others to think about pallidal responses outside of the action-selection framework.

      Nonetheless, one could certainly argue that action selectivity is a prerequisite for action selection, and it may be worth asking how the SNr selectivity could contribute to this role. The SNr projects broadly to multiple brainstem and thalamic motor nuclei, which in turn affect specific movements. One could certainly devise wiring schemes whereby SNr outputs is parsed out among those downstream targets to mediate action selection. But these schemes are not exclusive to the SNr; they could pertain to any motor area with selectivity, nor do they provide an explanation for the paradoxical increase neurons. Nonetheless, R3’s thoughts likely reflect those of other readers, and we will try to lay out our logic more clearly in the revised Introduction and Discussion.

      (5) Improve the sample-size and screening of optotagging results (Reviewers 2 & 3)

      We used an optotagging technique to identify SNr neurons projecting to arm vs. orofacial SC and demonstrated that – during both reaching and licking – SNr neurons predominantly increased their inhibitory output regardless of their putative projection target. We think these results have important implications for the role of SNr output. However, the reviewers pointed out some critical limitations of our optotagging approach. Typically, to rule out polysynaptic confounds, light-evoked spikes are expected to have very low latency (typically a few milliseconds, but highly dependent on light power and opsin efficacy). However, it is unclear where the threshold for spiking latency should be drawn. Instead, to rule out polysynaptic confounds in our study, we relied on the fact we observed extremely few (<5%) silenced SNr neurons during optogenetic stimulation of a predominantly GABAergic region. Because SNr neurons send collateral GABAergic projections to other SNr neurons, optogenetic activation of a neighboring neuron should synaptically inhibit (rather than excite) a neuron of interest. Another possible source of contamination would have come from light leaking to into SC, which could have polysynaptically excited SNr neurons through the collicular-thalamic-striatal pathway. In this case, direct pathway striatal projection neurons should also suppress SNr firing. However, we did not observe any light-evoked inhibition among hundreds of putative SNr neurons, perhaps because viral labeling of neurons was sparse enough that polysynaptic inhibition was rare and largely unable to overcome optogenetic excitation. Therefore we did not suspect polysynaptic contamination among our results. Nonetheless, even after we had restricted our analysis to SNr units with low (<median) optogenetic responses latencies, the fraction of SNr units negatively modulated for reaching or licking was still extremely low (4% for reach among putative arm-SC projecting neurons; 8% for lick among putative orofacial-SC projecting neurons). We plan to collect additional data to address concerns regarding the smaller sample size.

      References:

      Benavidez, N. L., Bienkowski, M. S., Zhu, M., Garcia, L. H., Fayzullina, M., Gao, L., Bowman, I., Gou, L., Khanjani, N., Cotter, K. R., Korobkova, L., Becerra, M., Cao, C., Song, M. Y., Zhang, B., Yamashita, S., Tugangui, A. J., Zingg, B., Rose, K., . . . Dong, H.-W. (2021). Organization of the inputs and outputs of the mouse superior colliculus. Nature Communications, 12(1), 4004. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-021-24241-2 

      Foster, N. N., Barry, J., Korobkova, L., Garcia, L., Gao, L., Becerra, M., Sherafat, Y., Peng, B., Li, X., Choi, J.H., Gou, L., Zingg, B., Azam, S., Lo, D., Khanjani, N., Zhang, B., Stanis, J., Bowman, I., Cotter, K., . . . Dong, H.-W. (2021). The mouse cortico–basal ganglia–thalamic network. Nature, 598(7879), 188194. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-021-03993-3 

      Lee, J., Wang, W., & Sabatini, B. L. (2020). Anatomically segregated basal ganglia pathways allow parallel behavioral modulation. Nature Neuroscience, 23(11), 1388-1398. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-020-00712-5

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study describes targeting Poltheta Helicase with a new drug RP-3467. The properties of the drug and a clinical response in a gBRCA1 Ovarian Cancer Patient with a mutation in TP53BP1 are described.

      Strengths:

      This is an important and interesting set of observations.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and appreciate their recognition of the significance and novelty of our findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The response of the patient with a TP53BP1 mutant tumor is of interest but requires more clarification before solid conclusions can be drawn. The presence of the TP53BP1 mutation after but not before olaparib treatment is suggestive of selection, but in the absence of demonstration of a biallelic loss, this is conjecture. It could be a co-selected passenger mutation. The authors should report the TP53BP1 variant allele fraction, LOH, and orthogonal validation should be performed by targeted deep sequencing or ddPCR. This would establish the prevalence before and after selection and enhance the interpretation of the functional effects of the mutation observed.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that identifying a TP53BP1 mutation after olaparib treatment does not, by itself, establish whether the mutation was directly selected under therapeutic pressure or represents a co-selected event, and we do not intend to make that distinction. Instead, we report that whole-genome sequencing (WGS) identified the TP53BP1 mutation in the tumor collected at the second debulking surgery. Importantly, an additional biopsy obtained at disease progression during the POLAR trial revealed a TP53BP1 variant allele frequency of 77%, with FACETS analysis identifying copy-neutral loss of heterozygosity (CN-LOH). These findings (new data in the paper) provide additional evidence consistent with biallelic inactivation of TP53BP1 and support the biological relevance of this alteration. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that these observations do not establish whether TP53BP1 loss directly drove acquired olaparib resistance, and we clarified this distinction in the revised manuscript.

      (2) To further strengthen the proposed mechanism, the authors should consider knocking in the mutation (or a similar LOF mutation) into an appropriate cell line and establish resistance to olaparib and sensitivity to the combination, as well as each drug individually. This will address the latter question of whether it is the poltheta inhibitor or the combo that is responsible for the clinical response.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion and agree that establishing the contribution of TP53BP1 loss to treatment sensitivity is important for interpreting the clinical response. We would like to highlight, however, that this genetic relationship has been investigated in several published studies. Genetic depletion of POLQ has been shown to be synthetic lethal with 53BP1 or Ku70 deficiency (Wyatt et al., Molecular Cell, 2016; Feng et al., Nature Communications, 2019). More directly, Zatreanu et al. (Nature Communications, 2021) demonstrated that loss of 53BP1 or Shieldin components (SHLD1/SHLD3) in BRCA1-deficient cells confers resistance to olaparib while retaining sensitivity to the POLθ inhibitor ART558 as a single agent. These findings are further supported by Krais et al. and Ronson et al. (Nature Communications, 2023), who demonstrated POLθ dependency in BRCA1/53BP1-deficient backgrounds. Collectively, these studies provide strong genetic and pharmacological support for our proposed mechanism and suggest that POLθ inhibition itself may have contributed substantially to the observed clinical response. While we acknowledge that the relative contributions of RP-3467 and olaparib cannot be definitively distinguished in this patient, we believe that the existing literature provides a strong mechanistic foundation for interpreting this clinical observation, without necessitating additional genetic modeling in the context of the present study.

      (3) In the animal experiments, "synergy" is overstating the situation. Without an interaction analysis, this is an enhanced combination activity. Also, several of the animal experiments have a small N. It would be better to show the growth of tumors in individual mice.

      Although we believe that minimally in BRCA2-deficient CDX models (e.g. Fig. 2a,b) the term synergy is appropriate (no/minimal single-agent activity of RP-3467 and tumor regressions in combination), we replaced the term ‘synergy’ with ‘enhanced combination activity’ due to lack of a formal interaction analysis. Data from individual animals are included as Source Data.

      (4) The authors propose that Poltheta inhibition could prevent the emergence of reversion mutations. This is not addressed in the paper, and if they want to suggest this, they should provide some evidence

      We thank the reviewer and agree that the manuscript presents no data bearing on reversion mutations. The discussion should not have implied otherwise. We have rewritten relevant paragraph so that the idea is presented explicitly as an untested hypothesis arising from the microhomology signatures reported at reversion breakpoints by others.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to assess the in vitro potency of a new POLQ helicase inhibitor, assess its in vitro BRCA1/2 synthetic lethal properties, and confirm how it performs in vivo in PDX and cell line xenografts. The authors also show an anecdotal patient response with a PARP inhibitor + POLQ inhibitor combination.

      Strengths:

      This is a novel POLQi of the helicase activity. The anecdotal clinical response in a heavily pre-treated patient is interesting.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and are pleased that they recognize the novelty of targeting the POLθ helicase activity and the potential clinical significance of the response observed in a heavily pretreated patient.

      Weaknesses:

      Most of these issues could be addressed by changes to the main text, i.e. by the authors describing limitations/caveats to interpretation, etc.

      (1) The clinical anecdote is interesting but underanalyzed. It's difficult, though, to know one way or the other whether the PARPi+ POLQi treatment effect (only partial response) has anything to do with the 53bp1 mutation. There is a causative sign that the 53bp1 mutation could be the cause of PARPi resistance (the increase in 53bp1 mutation allele frequency in PARPi-naïve vs PARPi-resistant tumors), but no similar sign to show that the 53bp1 mutant tumor clone is targeted by POLQi treatment. For example, does 53bp1 mutation allele frequency fall in ascites or ctDNA during the course of treatment, or is the 53bp1 mutation lost in a tumor taken at the end of treatment?  

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. While longitudinal monitoring of the TP53BP1-mutant clone would be informative, such data are unavailable. A biopsy obtained at progression on the POLAR trial revealed a TP53BP1 variant allele frequency of 77%, with copy-neutral LOH by FACETS analysis. Importantly, extensive preclinical evidence establishes synthetic lethality between 53BP1 deficiency and POLQ inhibition (Wyatt et al., 2016; Feng et al., 2019; Zatreanu et al., 2021; Krais et al., 2023), supporting a contribution of POLθ inhibition to the clinical response. Nevertheless, determining whether the response was driven by POLθ inhibition alone or its combination with olaparib will require evaluation in a larger clinical cohort.

      (2) Although the relevant work is cited, the authors should be more explicit in the introduction and state that there is already evidence from 2 papers that Combined loss of BRCA1 and 53bp1 causes enhanced sensitivity to small-molecule POLQ helicase or polymerase inhibitors.

      Agreed, and adopted. We changed the introduction to state this prior evidence explicitly on first mention, naming both studies and specifying that the effect has been demonstrated for inhibitors of Polymerase theta.

      (3) Figure 4. Not exacerbating existing PARPi myelosuppression is great, but the authors have to acknowledge that the myelosuppression is still present when POLQ+ PARPI is used. Single-agent POLQi doesn't give myelotoxicity, but it also does not give strong anti-tumor efficacy. i.e. it would be fair for the authors to acknowledge this.

      We agree with the reviewer and have revised the text to more accurately reflect these findings. While POLθ inhibition does not exacerbate PARPi-associated myelosuppression, it does not eliminate the hematologic toxicity of PARPi treatment. We also acknowledge that POLθ inhibitor monotherapy has limited antitumor efficacy in the models tested, highlighting the importance of combination treatment and the need to balance efficacy with tolerability.

      (4) The increase in reticulocytes when mice are treated with POLQi could be a sign that there is an effect on myeloid lineages, but the animals are responding by increased production of this young myeloid lineage. Alternatively, this reticulocyte increase could drive or be a sign of pathology (polycythaemia vera, etc.). It would be good to see a commentary on this in the Discussion.

      We agree, and updated the language in Results, page 9, to reflect this possibility.

      (5) Re Figure 4. A therapeutic advance would be to see that, compared to other PARPi combinations such as platinum + PARPi or temozolomide + PARPi, a POLQ + PARPi combination doesn't give the same myelosuppression that these combinations do (by analogy, combined platinum + PARPi gives curative responses in mice but also wipes out the adaptive immune system). The authors need to add data showing the platinum+ PARPi positive control, or at the very least add a limitations of the study section to the manuscript to explain this fairly.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The substantial myelosuppression associated with combining PARP inhibitors with platinum-based chemotherapy or temozolomide has been well documented in preclinical and clinical studies, including the references cited by the reviewer (Rajan et al., 2012; PMID: 24827126). We agree that a direct comparison would be informative. However, given that these toxicities are already established in the literature, we believe that repeating these experiments is not essential to the present study. We have instead clarified that our findings demonstrate that RP-3467 does not exacerbate olaparib-associated myelosuppression under the conditions tested, without implying that the combination is free of hematologic toxicity or has been directly demonstrated to be safer than other PARPi combinations.

      (6) Figure 2 might give the impression that the new POLQi gives a similar, if not greater, BRCA2 synthetic lethal effect than a PARPi (e.g. 2d-f). It would help readers to see the full saruparib and olaparib dose-response curves, not (as per 2 A, B, C) just the single point estimates.

      The ZIP synergy matrices in Extended Data Figure 2 were acquired across a full concentration grid for both agents, and therefore already contain the complete single-agent dose–response for olaparib and for saruparib in each line.

      (7) Why was DOTC42510 not profiled for PARPi?

      We apologize for the poor signposting that made this data hard to find. DOTC24510 cells were profiled with olaparib: the combination growth data appear in Extended Data Figure 2c and the corresponding ZIP synergy plot in Extended Data Figure 2d. The main-text sentence reporting the olaparib combination does name DOTC24510 alongside the two colorectal lines, but cites only the main-figure panels, which do not include this line.

      (8) Figure 2f shows error bars on an n=2 dataset - one cannot estimate variance from only an n=2 dataset range.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that an n=2 dataset is insufficient for a reliable estimate of variability. We revised Figure 2f to show the data points without error bars and clarify the sample size in the figure legend.

      (9) Is there a statistical analysis on Figure 2G?

      The data originate from two independent experiments, so we did not consider it appropriate to perform a formal statistical analysis. We note, though, that the data were consistent between the two replicates and that a robust difference was observed between the combination and single-agent arms.

      (10) Figure 3. Olaparib 25 mg/kg QD is well below the MTD in mice. This makes the olaparib response in HCT116 BRCA2 k/o xenografts look modest when compared to the combinations.

      We used 25 mg/kg to highlight the strong combination potential between RP-3467 and olaparib. That said, Fig. 3b shows that even when a PARP inhibitor (saruparib in this case) is used at its maximally efficacious dose (PMID: 35929986), the RP-3467 combination has the potential to outperform PARPi monotherapy.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to validate the effectiveness of an inhibitor of the Pol theta helicase-like domain ATPase activity in its ability to ablate MMEJ activity in cell line models. They then confirm the inhibitor is synthetic lethal in a variety of BRCA1/2 deficient cancer models (and one PALB2 model). Finally, they report apparent effectiveness in treatment of a single patient that failed therapy with PARPi due to 53BP1 deficiency, a hypothesized special use-case for targeting pol theta.

      Strengths:

      It is a clear bench-to-bedside translation of mechanistic-oriented basic science to a clinical therapy. The experiments are largely rigorously performed. The approaches employed are impressively diverse, from in vitro to cell-line model, to preclinical model, to clinical application. The interpretations made are well supported by the available data.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and encouraging assessment of our work. We are particularly pleased that the reviewer recognizes the translational significance of the study, the breadth and rigor of the experimental approaches, and the strength of the conclusions. We appreciate these positive comments and the constructive suggestions, which have helped us further strengthen the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The addition of a few missing details would improve the usefulness to the reader. Additionally, the rationale behind some approaches could be clarified.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors identified transcription factor combinations capable of inducing retinal neuronal programs in cultured fetal human retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells. Using a pooled screening strategy, single-cell RNA sequencing, lineage barcoding, and immunohistochemical analyses, they identified ASCL1 and NEUROD1 as an effective combination for inducing retinal neuron-associated transcriptional states. This work aims to advance the development of therapeutic approaches for retinal regeneration by exploring the plasticity of RPE cells.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is the comprehensive experimental design. The combination of transcription factor screening, lineage tracing, single-cell transcriptomics, and molecular validation provides a detailed characterization of the cellular responses to reprogramming factor expression.

      Weaknesses:

      All experiments were performed using fetal human RPE cells. Because fetal RPE remains relatively immature and retains proliferative capacity, it remains unclear to what extent the observed responses reflect true reprogramming of differentiated RPE cells versus activation of developmental plasticity already present in fetal tissue. The absence of adult human RPE controls limits assessment of the generality and translational relevance of the findings.

      We agree with the assessment that the reprogramming of fetal RPE due to its potential fate plasticity poses a different challenge than the adult. In fact, embryonic chick RPE will only undergo neural trans differentiation when treated with FGF before embryonic day 4. Therefore, we specifically focused on RPE at early developmental stages for our experiments. It is interesting in that light that the ages of fetal human retina are far more advanced in their development than the E4 chick, yet still have the capacity for neural reprogramming; while it will be interesting to explore in the future how long during fetal development this plasticity exists, we were limited by the fetal ages that were available to us. Moreover, the facility that supplied our tissues (Birth Defects Research Lab) are no longer able to use NIH funds to distribute fetal tissues as they have for the last >40 years, making any future studies with primary fetal tissues much more difficult.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study that explores how human RPE could be used as a source for new retinal neurons. This is a welcome addition to the field of retinal regeneration, which is currently focused almost exclusively on the regenerative capacity of Müller glia cells. The line of inquiry is firmly rooted in findings from amphibian and embryonic chick model systems and advances a fetal human retina RPE-based screening system as a rich resource for insights into human RPE biology, including as a potential stem cell source.

      The authors investigate the potential of fetal human RPE cells to be reprogrammed into retinal neurons using overexpression of pro-neural factors. While this is a critical knowledge gap in the field of retinal regeneration with significant promise for developing regenerative therapies, several methodological concerns impact the interpretation of results. Firstly, while the authors sought to evaluate factors that enhance RPE reprogramming when co-expressed with ASCL1, nearly all co-expression constructs tested failed to achieve appreciable expression of ASCL1, leaving a central hypothesis of this study largely untested (Major concern 1). Second, although the authors were able to detect a cluster of photoreceptor-like cells in their screen, they were unable to identify which reprogramming construct generated this cluster (Major concern 2). Finally, an essential control that definitively demonstrates the value of combinatorial transcription factor reprogramming is missing (Major concern 3).

      In summary, the authors establish a valuable new paradigm for culturing and reprogramming fetal human RPE, and even more importantly, demonstrate successful reprogramming to neural fates. However, the discussion and interpretation of results needs to be modified significantly to make it clear that (i) the outcome of many co-expression paradigms remains effectively unknown/untested due to failed over-expression of ASCL1, and that (ii) the reprogramming construct giving rise to photoreceptor-like cells could not be conclusively identified from their initial screen.

      Strengths:

      (1) Powerful new screening system advanced for exploring the regenerative potential of human fetal RPE cells.

      (2) Co-expression vector system for testing additive effects of proneural transcription factors.

      Weaknesses:

      Major concerns:

      (1) The authors executed a screen for combinations of factors that can enhance ASCL1-mediated reprogramming of RPE into retinal neurons. However, the expression level of ASCL1 was remarkably low in virtually all co-expression paradigms (see Figure 3C). Notably, the reprogramming combination with the highest potency (ASCL1 + NEUROD1) was also the one exhibiting the highest level of ASCL1 expression. The "failed" reprogramming of most of the co-expression constructs (ASCL1+LMO1, ASCL1+EZH2, and ASCL1+RAX2) is potentially a false negative resulting from low transgenic expression of ASCL1.

      We agree with the reviewer that insufficient ASCL1 expression in the combinations might have led to lack of reprogramming, representing a false-negative result. We do not rule out that individual, rather than pooled, expression vectors of the “failed” varieties might prove effective. A future version of such a screen might need a control to test proper vector functionality of each member in the pool. However, the expression of ASCL1 alone from a vector in the same pool worked well. Additionally, the expression of ASCL1 from the ASCL1-NEUROD1 vector was not nearly as high as from ASCL1 alone and still led not only to reprogramming but also to a shift in the gene expression landscape as seen in 4D. This shift is consistent across experiments and vector constructs.

      (2) The authors' interpretation is that the overexpression of NeuroD1 and Ascl1 generated a new cluster that expressed markers of photoreceptors such as RXRG and RCVRN (see Figure 3D). However, there does not actually appear to be any overlap between the ASCL1+NEUROD1 cluster (orange dots, left panel) and the cells expressing markers of photoreceptors (yellow/green/purple? /black? dots, right panel; yellow being ASCL1-EZH2, green being ASCL1, purple being ASCL1-and black being control - though color coding here is admittedly somewhat confusing). Thus, the photoreceptor-like cluster of interest actually seems to correspond to gray cells that were unmapped/exposed to an unknown programming cocktail. So, it remains completely unknown which reprogramming construct generated this cluster.

      We apologize for the confusion in Figure 3D, which stemmed from lack of proper labeling.

      The right panel shows the expression of photoreceptor genes in a feature plot, not the vector assignment. The color code is different between the left most panel (which shows vector assignment) and the other two panels (which show gene expression). To make this more clear, we have now separated this into a panel D and a panel D’, and added a caption as well as a scale bar for the D’ panel.

      The reviewer is correct that the farthest subcluster with highest RCVRN/RXRG expression was not assigned ASCL1-NEUROD1 identity. The inherent sparsity of scRNAseq experiments and the small size of that particular cluster made definite identification challenging. Furthermore, vector assignment is tied to vector and thus barcode expression. It is conceivable that as cells matured towards a photoreceptor-like cells, they silenced the vector insertion locus but initiated marker expression. Additionally, these photoreceptor-like cells were assigned to the same cluster (neur, Fig. 3B) as the positively identified ASCL1-NEUROD1 cells by unsupervised clustering, express NEUROD1 (Suppl. Fig. 2D) and seem to follow the same trajectory. This suggests that they stem from ASCL1-NEUROD1 overexpression. Moreover, the follow-up experiments showing the expression of the relevant genes in the reprog4 cluster (Fig. 4) and the corresponding stainings (Fig. 5) provide evidence that ASCL1-NEUROD1 overexpression causes expression of RCVRN.

      (3) To conclusively establish the additive role of NEUROD1 in reprogramming, it would be prudent to compare ASCL1 + FA directly to ASCL1+NeuroD1+FA. This control was not included but is needed for a more complete interpretation of results.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Such a control would indeed clarify the role of FA treatment on reprogramming with ASCL1 alone. However, to address the additive role of NEUROD1, we presented in this study the comparison of ASCL1-NEUROD1 with ASCL1 alone. Even without the addition of FA, we noted a shift in expression pattern (Fig. 4D) and the formation of neurogenic clusters (Suppl.Fig. 4B) with the addition of NEUROD1. Moreover, as noted above, it is no longer possible for us to obtain tissue from the BDRL to carry out additional experiments at this time.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The antibody section should mention the dilution used and how primary antibodies were validated (in the current study, or cited from previous literature).

      We have added the dilutions of the used primary antibodies. They are targeted against well-known markers in the field and have been validated by our lab and others.

      (2) A supplementary table summarizing and comparing pro-photoreceptor genes detected vs functional photoreceptor genes would be helpful to readers.

      We think that the heatmap in 4C provides a good overview of detected genes of interest.

      (3) The manuscript would benefit if figures have scale bars and marker labels above or below the images, but not superimposed (so as not to block the gene signal in some cells). (Figure 1C).

      We changed the labels in 1C and added a scale bar to be more consistent with the other figures in the manuscript.

      (4) Figure 2B and 5B (neurogenic dome) are missing scale bars.

      We added scale bars in 2B and 5B as well as the supplemental figures.

      (5) Plasmid design: dual promoters without insulators should be addressed (MCV and Ef1a). If possible, an RPE65-specific promoter to drive ASCL1-NEUROD1, to show that short temporal expression is not capable of inducing the desired reprogramming.

      We agree that an RPE-specific promoter would not only gauge the strength and duration that is necessary for reprogramming, but would also support translational efforts. While we have addressed that question somewhat with the HES1-ASCL1 construct in our initial experiments, more in-depth investigation to choose an optimal promoter will be necessary in the future.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The first sentence of the abstract is identical to the third sentence of the introduction. Rephrase to avoid redundancy. There are currently a few promising approaches for treatment: for example, gene therapy to augment or replace mutated genes has proven successful in preclinical studies, and some of these therapies are moving towards the clinic [2], [3].

      We rephrased the sentence to:

      Current developments in gene therapy, which aims to deliver healthy copies of mutated genes, show promising results and are increasingly becoming available in the clinic.

      (2) Panel 1C would be more informative if images were enlarged/zoomed in ~4x or higher.

      We have enlarged the panels as requested by the reviewer.

      (3) Panel 1D reports size/area differences for cultures at a variety of time points. Data should thus be represented as a line chart to reflect whether cell size is changing over time, rather than pooling data points from disparate time points into a single group.

      We agree that such a chart would provide a measure of RPE maturation over time; however, our focus is the relationship between cultured and native RPE. As there seems to be little spread in the measurements between ages, and the range of ages between cultured and native RPE is comparable, we believe that the current chart represents a valid visualization.

      (4) Panel 2D would be clearer if cluster labels were moved to the top of the figure (such that they sit above the columns corresponding to those clusters). It could be further clarified by adding category labels to the marker genes (i.e., RPE markers, ascl1 targets, Neural markers, etc.).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We shifted the cluster labels and created new labels for the gene groups.

      (5) No comma necessary here: Using transcription factor binding site analysis on these peaks, revealed an enrichment of members of the ETS family like ELK1/4 and ETV1/4.

      Thank you for your attention to detail. We have removed that comma.

      (6) Add dashed box to Panel 3D to indicate region of detail displayed in panels to the right (as was done in Panel 3C).

      We have added a dashed box in panel 3D.

      (7) Distracting typos in the legend of Figure 3.

      We have corrected the typos.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used FBDD screening to identify numerous compounds interacting with the ORF9b dimer. They expanded the original fragment hit, soaked the derivatives into the crystals and confirmed their binding poses, and showed that the derivatives bind the target with higher affinity. The authors further targeted the ORF9b binding site on TOM70, and used a fluorescence polarization-based (FP) assay to screen a compound library and obtained several hits. Structure-activity relationship (SAR) optimization yielded hit analogs that have higher binding affinity to TOM70.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study adopted novel drug design strategies, including stabilizing ORF9b homodimer to prevent it from binding TOM70, and blocking ORF9b from binding TOM70 by screening compounds that compete with ORF9b for binding TOM70.

      (2) The work established a feasible high-throughput screening assay. This FP-based assay screened ~50,000 compounds, from which two hit compounds were further optimized to yield analogs with higher binding affinity.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their thoughtful assessment of our work and their constructive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study lacks functional assays to evaluate whether the ORF9b-stabilized compounds or TOM70 binding compounds could affect IFN inhibition caused by ORF9b or virus infection.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their feedback on this subject. We agree that cell-based assays measuring the impact of these compounds on IFN stimulation/suppression would be a valid next step. We have expanded the discussion section to include potential future experiments that could be conducted to probe this:

      “Although we have not assessed the permeability of these compounds and their ability to restore IFN in the context of cell-based assays, one way this could be accomplished is by adapting a previously used reporter cell line. Specifically, this assay uses a reporter cell line that has a Lucia reporter under the control of the IFN-β/ISG56 promoter that is expressed upon mock infection with synthetic dsRNA. When WT Orf9b is co-transfected with the reporter, IFN is suppressed, and, we have shown that phosphomimetic mutants of Orf9b that block its interaction with Tom70 restores IFN signaling. If these compounds are sufficiently permeable, then, for the lipidated-compounds targeting the Orf9b homodimer, we would expect the Orf9b monomer: homodimer equilibrium to shift towards the homodimer due to the stabilizing effect these lipidated-compounds have on the homodimer conformation leading to an increase in IFN signaling. Similarly, for compounds targeting Tom70, we would expect that these compounds block the Orf9b monomer from binding to Tom70 to produce a similar effect.”

      (2) There is a lack of experimental evidence to reveal the binding mode of lipidated-compounds with ORF9b homodimer.

      - We thank reviewer #1 for their feedback. We agree that we were unable to provide direct evidence that our lipidated-compounds are bound to the homodimer through the central lipid-binding channel. Experimental structures of our compounds bound to the Orf9b homodimer would have strengthened our functional studies, however, as we described in the manuscript pertaining to our initial crystallographic fragment screen:

      “Although we have shown that it is possible to refold the Orf9b homodimer to eliminate the lipid from the central channel, we found that apo-Orf9b homodimer crystals were far less tolerant to DMSO and on average diffracted to resolutions worse than 2.5Å. Importantly, we found that microseeding helped increase crystal reproducibility and yielded larger crystals on average. Therefore, for our crystallographic fragment screening campaign we elected to use the lipid-bound protein to identify additional potential binding sites that could be exploited to stabilize the Orf9b homodimer.”

      - We did undertake efforts to co-crystallize our lipidated-compounds with refolded apo-Orf9b homodimers but were unable to generate crystals of sufficient quality to collect X-ray data. Therefore, we relied on both our fluorescence polarization assay and prediction models like Chai1 to investigate if the expected behavior could be recapitulated. We felt this was reasonable for three reasons.

      - First, as we explain in the discussion, none of these compounds or structures were publicly available for models like Chai1 to train on which prevents data leakage:

      “None of these structures were publicly available on the PDB prior to these structural predictions, therefore, they were not available for Chai1 to train on. The placement of the lipidated-analogs in the central channel was in line with the anticipated binding mode, albeit, with discrepancies between the predicted and structurally observed portions of the analog compounds.”

      - Second, as we outlined in the fluorescence polarization assay, we tested these compounds in two control experiments that investigated whether the changes in FP signal over time could also be explained by the compounds binding to Tom70 directly, or, by acting on the obligate Orf9b monomer which was generated by truncating the N and C-termini:

      “We first considered whether the lipidated-analogs had any binding activity for Tom70 on its own and whether changes in FP signal were due to binding to the Orf9b homodimer. We tested the compounds on their own in the presence of the pre-equilibrated Tom70:Orf9b-FITC complex and observed no significant decrease in FP signal indicating that the lipidated-analogs do not directly bind to Tom70 to drive a decrease in FP signal (Figure 2—figure supplement 2A). We next tested whether these compounds acted on the Orf9b homodimer specifically or if they could inhibit the Orf9b monomer from binding to Tom70 by incubating compounds with an Orf9b peptide that acts as an obligate monomer. When chasing with the pre-equilibrated Tom70:Orf9b-FITC complex, we observed no significant differences in kinetics of Orf9b peptide binding compared to the peptide on its own which showed a fast single-exponential kinetic decay in signal suggesting that these compounds do not act on the Orf9b monomer to inhibit binding to Tom70 (Figure 2—figure supplement 2B)”

      (3) There is a lack of experimental evidence to reveal the binding mode of HTS hits or analogs for TOM70.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their feedback. We agree that experimental structures of our HTS compounds bound to Tom70 would provide more insights into how these compounds bind to Tom70 (and their precise location) in ways that the predicted complexes from models like Chai1 were unable to do. At the time of drafting this manuscript, we had not yet identified suitable conditions for structurally resolving Tom70 with our HTS compounds. Therefore, we elected to rely on two orthogonal methods of predicting where our HTS compounds are bound to probe whether the predicted binding sites could plausibly block Orf9b from binding. In the time since releasing this manuscript, one group had been able to crystallize apo-Tom70 which may serve as a suitable platform for future structural studies investigating these compounds and their exact binding mode to Tom70 to enable structure-guided optimisations of these initial hits.

      (4) Overall, none of the compounds shown in the paper have promising potency warranting further development; their binding affinity is limited to the micromolar range.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their feedback. We agree that these compounds should be viewed as starting points for potential future optimization on targets where there were no previous existing ligands. The molecules serve to validate that it is possible to develop small molecules that target Tom70’s C-terminal domain which may be relevant to future studies investigating Tom70’s biology.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate chemical strategies to disrupt the interaction between the SARS-CoV-2 accessory protein Orf9b and the host mitochondrial receptor Tom70, an interaction implicated in suppression of type-I interferon responses. They employ two discovery approaches: a crystallographic fragment screen against the Orf9b homodimer and a high-throughput fluorescence polarization screen for compounds that compete with Orf9b binding to Tom70. The study identifies fragment-binding hotspots on Orf9b, develops lipidated analogs that stabilize the Orf9b homodimer, and discovers Tom70-binding compounds with low micromolar activity that inhibit Orf9b binding in vitro.

      Strengths:

      An impressive amount of work using a variety of complementary approaches and methods to validate binding (FP, SPR, and computational modelling and SAR). The combination of crystallographic fragment screening on Orfb9 and HTS on Tom70 provides two independent routes for perturbing the Orf9b-Tom70 interaction. The structural work seems to be of very high-quality. The fragment campaign is extensive, yielding a substantial number of fragment-bound structures and identifying biologically meaningful binding hotspots on Orf9b.

      Finally, the screen results in reporting useful chemical starting points. Although potency remains modest, the study provides tractable scaffolds and a clear framework for future optimization.

      We thank reviewer #2 for their thoughtful assessment of our work and their constructive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      General comment:

      (1) Although there is already an incredible amount of data presented, one limitation of this study is the lack of cellular validation - do these drugs enter cells, restore interferon signalling, reduce viral loads, or alter Orfb9 localization?

      We thank reviewer #2 for their feedback. See also the feedback from Reviewer 1. We have not assessed the permeability of these compounds in the context of cell-based assays and IFN signaling and agree that cell-based assays measuring the impact of these compounds on IFN stimulation/suppression would be a valid next step. We have expanded the discussion section to include potential future experiments that could be conducted to probe this:

      “Although we have not assessed the permeability of these compounds and their ability to restore IFN in the context of cell-based assays, one way this could be accomplished is by adapting a previously used reporter cell line. Specifically, this assay uses a reporter cell line that has a Lucia reporter under the control of the IFN-β/ISG56 promoter that is expressed upon mock infection with synthetic dsRNA. When WT Orf9b is co-transfected with the reporter, IFN is suppressed, and, we have shown that phosphomimetic mutants of Orf9b that block its interaction with Tom70 restores IFN signaling. If these compounds are sufficiently permeable, then, for the lipidated-compounds targeting the Orf9b homodimer, we would expect the Orf9b monomer: homodimer equilibrium to shift towards the homodimer due to the stabilizing effect these lipidated-compounds have on the homodimer conformation leading to an increase in IFN signaling. Similarly, for compounds targeting Tom70, we would expect that these compounds block the Orf9b monomer from binding to Tom70 to produce a similar effect.”

      (2) The logic of locking Orfb9 as a dimer is that the monomer binds Tom70 - thus, a more stable dimer means less monomer. In Figure 2, the Orfb9 homerdimer stabilization by compounds should reduce binding affinity to Tom70. A direct binding experiment measuring reduced Tom70 binding with compound treatment would better strengthen this claim.

      We thank reviewer #2 for their observation and agree that compounds targeting the Orf9b homodimer conformation should block binding to Tom70 by preventing Orf9b homodimer dissociation into Orf9b monomers. As schematized in Figure 2D, we described how our fluorescence polarization assay measures the binding of Orf9b to Tom70. It provides insight into how compounds that bind to the Orf9b homodimer may slow the rate of homodimer dissociation. In addition, we have previously demonstrated in a separate publication that there are clear differences in the Orf9b homodimer dissociation kinetics when using either lipid-bound or lipid-free Orf9b homodimers as the competitor due to the stabilizing effect the lipid has on the homodimer conformation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper attempts to and succeeds in demonstrating that Orf9b is able to bind small molecules using X-ray fragment screening, SPR and FP assays. Exploration of sites from the fragment screening is performed along with fragment linking with inter-dimer lipid moieties.

      Strengths:

      The experimental work looks strong and well performed. The interpretation of the data is appropriate and was often validated through orthogonal methods and follow-up compounds. The use of Tom70 to find binders that might disrupt interactions between Orf9b and Tom70 is elegant.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of Chai-1 to predict co-folded structures with binding molecules was not properly described - no mention of this in the methods. It was not commented on whether the compounds which were found were attempted to be co-crystallised. If they were but negative data was collected (didn't crystallise, didn't diffract or no additional density was found), then this needs to be stated.

      We thank reviewer #3 for their feedback. We have revised the manuscript to clearly point out that beyond our initial attempts to crystallize apo-Orf9b homodimer to enable fragment soaking, we also attempted to both soak our lipidated-compounds into apo-Orf9b homodimer crystals as well as co-crystallize the compounds which did not yield crystals.

      “We attempted two strategies of crystallizing our lipidated-compounds with the apo-Orf9b homodimer to structurally resolve the complex. First, we attempted to soak our compounds into apo-Orf9b homodimer crystals but observed poor tolerance to DMSO which quickly disintegrated the crystals after minutes. Second, we attempted to co-crystallise the lipidated-compounds after refolding the Orf9b homodimer to generate apo-Orf9b homodimers but could not identify conditions that yielded crystals upon re-screening.”

      We have also revised the methods and materials section to better explain the use of Chai1 to co-fold both Orf9b and Tom70 with their respective compounds.

      “Chai1’s web server was used for co-folding either Orf9b or Tom70 with their respective hits. For the Orf9b homodimer, the sequence for a single chain was supplied to represent chains A and B in the homodimer and the ligands were supplied as SMILES strings. In the case where two copies of the ligand were investigated, the number of copies of the ligand was increased to two. Co-folding was performed using MMSeqs2 for the MSA and template searching to ensure the correct folding of the homodimer conformation. Tom70 co-folding was performed by supplying the sequence for hTom70 as a single chain and the compounds as SMILES strings. Co-folding was performed using MMSeqs2 for the MSA with template searching.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It is disappointing that the authors screened binders for ORF9b homodimer, identified hits and derivatives binding at sites 1 & 2, measured the binding affinity to the target, but found no effects on stabilizing ORF9b homodimer. The FP competition assay was used to assess the efficacy of the compounds; maybe the authors could use alternative methods like Thermal Shift Assay (TSA) assays to detect some subtle changes in stability.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and agree that the lack of stabilizing activity observed for the site 1 and 2 analogs was disappointing. However, we do feel that the lipid-binding central channel may be a viable alternative site target that may also yield insights into the role of lipid binding in Orf9b biology. We agree that orthogonal methods such as TSA could be insightful for probing the stabilizing effects of the compounds on the Orf9b homodimer.

      (2) To better illustrate the results of the FP kinetic assay to investigate whether lipidated-compounds binding to the Orf9b homodimer had effects on the stability of the Orf9b homodimer and Orf9b-Tom70 equilibrium, I recommend moving the results shown in Supplemental Figure 4 to a main figure and merging these results with Figure 2CD.

      We think that the eLife publication platform provides appropriate visibility for the supplementary figures and that Figure 2D does the best job of illustrating the effects on kinetics for the initial reader.

      (3) Have the authors tried to co-crystallise their top-rated lipidated-compounds with ORF9b homodimer to see where the lipid part of the compound could extend into the central channel of ORF9b homodimer?

      We have revised the manuscript to clearly point out that beyond our initial attempts to crystallize apo-Orf9b homodimer to enable fragment soaking, we also attempted to both soak our lipidated-compounds into apo-Orf9b homodimer crystals as well as co-crystallize the compounds which did not yield crystals.

      “We attempted two strategies of crystallizing our lipidated-compounds with the apo-Orf9b homodimer to structurally resolve the complex. First, we attempted to soak our compounds into apo-Orf9b homodimer crystals but observed poor tolerance to DMSO which quickly disintegrated the crystals after minutes. Second, we attempted to cocrystallize the lipidated-compounds after refolding the Orf9b homodimer to generate apo-Orf9b homodimers but could not identify conditions that yielded crystals upon re-screening.”

      (4) Have the authors tried to co-crystalize hit compounds or hit analogs resulting from SAR with the TOM70 protein, to really observe the binding mode of these compounds? Only using in silico methods is not satisfactory.

      We initially attempted to develop a crystallization system for Tom70 that would enable us to structurally resolve our bound compounds, but, at the time of writing the manuscript, had not identified a system that yielded crystals. However, another group has published a structure of apo-human Tom70 (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13075491/) - we sent them compounds and were unable to identify convincing density by soaking. We agree that a future study in a different crystal system or by pursuing co-crystallization could be fruitful.

      (5) Although the authors improved the binding affinity of HTS hits for TOM70 using SAR, there is a lack of functional assays to evaluate whether the HTS hits or analogs could affect IFN inhibition caused by ORF9b or virus infection (cell-based or animal-based assays).

      We have expanded the discussion section to include potential future experiments that could be conducted to probe this:

      “Although we have not assessed the permeability of these compounds and their ability to restore IFN in the context of cell-based assays, one way this could be accomplished is by adapting a previously used reporter cell line. Specifically, this assay uses a reporter cell line that has a Lucia reporter under the control of the IFN-β/ISG56 promoter that is expressed upon mock infection with synthetic dsRNA. When WT Orf9b is co-transfected with the reporter, IFN is suppressed, and, we have shown that phosphomimetic mutants of Orf9b that block its interaction with Tom70 restores IFN signaling. If these compounds are sufficiently permeable, then, for the lipidated-compounds targeting the Orf9b homodimer, we would expect the Orf9b monomer:homodimer equilibrium to shift towards the homodimer due to the stabilizing effect these lipidated-compounds have on the homodimer conformation leading to an increase in IFN signaling. Similarly, for compounds targeting Tom70, we would expect that these compounds block the Orf9b monomer from binding to Tom70 to produce a similar effect.”

      (6) Figure 4 doesn't have A, B, or C indicated in the figures.

      We have revised Figure 4 to include A, B, and C.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Page 5 line 23: The authors could comment on the biological relevance of the lipid-bound version of Orfb9 and how it could associate with membranes.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments. Currently, it is unknown what role lipid-binding plays on Orf9b’s function beyond the stabilizing effect it has on the homodimer conformation. While it has been shown that Orf9b co-localizes at the outer mitochondrial membrane through Tom70 association, it has not been shown that Orf9b itself binds to membranes. While this does not exclude the possibility that the Orf9b homodimer could directly bind to membranes, we suspect a more plausible explanation is that Orf9b homodimers can bind to lipid-like metabolites within cells such as palmitate which we had previously shown.

      (2) Figure 3F: These SPR sensorgrams are not all to the same y-axis scale.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. The sensorgram axis scale is reflective of three separate SPR experiments on three capture points for the ligand. Therefore, differences in ligand capture on each surface will produce slight differences in the total measured response. The axes are scaled to make interpretation easier. We are not quantitatively comparing between treatments, but noting the qualitative behavior of each individually as the concentrations change.

      (3) Discussion: The authors could comment on the next steps, ligands ADME, solubility, permeability as the compounds are at low uM binding affinity, with increased concentrations, comment on selectivity/specificity.

      Given that these are still “hits”, we think a discussion of these properties (which we study intently in the lab!) is premature and beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors should carefully read the manuscript as there are numerous typos and duplicated words across the whole document and supplementary data.

      We have gone through the manuscript and the supplementary material and corrected the typographical errors and duplicated words that we found, including a repeated sentence in the crystallization methods and a repeated word in the purification methods. We have also renamed the supplementary figures to the eLife figure supplement style. We expect copy editing at the VOR stage to catch anything that remains.

      (2) Details of how Chai-1 was run, including constraints, should be given in the Materials and Methods section.

      We have revised the methods section to describe how Chai-1 was used for both Orf9b and Tom70 co-folding predictions. See above.

      (3) There was no comment on whether the compounds which were found were attempted to be co-crystallised. If they were, but negative data were collected (didn't crystallise, didn't diffract, or no additional density found), then this needs to be stated.

      We have revised the manuscript to clearly point out that beyond our initial attempts to crystallize apo-Orf9b homodimer to enable fragment soaking, we also attempted to both soak our lipidated-compounds into apo-Orf9b homodimer crystals as well as co-crystallize the compounds which did not yield crystals.

      “We attempted two strategies of crystallizing our lipidated-compounds with the apo-Orf9b homodimer to structurally resolve the complex. First, we attempted to soak our compounds into apo-Orf9b homodimer crystals but observed poor tolerance to DMSO which quickly disintegrated the crystals after minutes. Second, we attempted to co-crystallize the lipidated-compounds after refolding the Orf9b homodimer to generate apo-Orf9b homodimers but could not identify conditions that yielded crystals upon re-screening.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their careful and constructive assessment of our manuscript. Based on their comments and suggestions, we have revised the manuscript extensively to improve accessibility, clarify model novelty and the physical intuition behind the wave directionality, and correct and expand figures, units, equations, parameter definitions, and references.

      The main changes in the revised manuscript are that:

      - The abstract and main text now explicitly describe the work as coupling established reaction–diffusion models of Cyclin B–Cdk1 signaling and the excitable Rho–actin cortex, rather than presenting the individual modules as newly developed models.

      - The governing equations, model assumptions, coupling, and key parameters are presented in the main text, with clarified units and a complete parameter table.

      - Figures 1 and 2 were redesigned to make the geometry, kymographs, wave-front/wave-back definitions, and coexistence of travelling-wave-like and diffusive dynamics more intuitive.

      - The diffusion-coefficient units and the conversion used to calculate total active nuclear Cyclin B–Cdk1 were corrected; the affected plots were regenerated and total active nuclear content is now defined explicitly in Eq. 7.

      - The Introduction and Discussion now better distinguish established Cdk1–cortex coupling from the contribution of this study, incorporate work in Drosophila and zebrafish, and distinguish experimentally supported observations from model predictions.

      - The cortical dynamical regimes and the role of Ect2 were clarified, supplementary figures were revised, and the suggested classic references were added.

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study combines previously established mathematical models to investigate why cortical waves in starfish and Xenopus embryos propagate in opposite directions. The modeling results are solid and plausible, but remain experimentally untested. Improving the presentation and discussion of the results could make the study more accessible to a wider audience.

      We appreciate this assessment and have focused the revision on exactly these points. The manuscript now makes the established origin of both model modules explicit, provides the core equations and parameters in the main text, gives a more intuitive explanation of the front–back mechanism, redesigns the key figures, and expands the discussion of experimental support, limitations, and testable predictions. The work remains theoretical, and we now state that limitation more clearly rather than implying experimental validation. See Abstract, Introduction, Model, and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The main goal of this manuscript is to develop a mathematical model of the regulation of cortical dynamics by Cdk1 activity to explain why, in some embryos (e.g., Xenopus), surface contraction waves are believed to move in the same direction as Cdk1, while in other embryos (e.g., starfish) they are believed to move in the opposite direction.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper addresses a very important question.

      (2) The mathematical model is sensible and suggests that the different relationship between Cdk1 and surface contraction waves might arise from the different behavior of the mitotic entry wave and the mitotic exit wave.

      (3) The authors propose a mechanism by which the wave observed at mitotic exit might not passively follow the trigger wave observed at mitotic entry'

      (4) The proposed mechanism is a potential explanation of the observed differences.

      (5) The proposed mechanism is centered on different dynamics between the nucleus and the cytoplasm, highlighting the potential importance of the nucleus (and nuclear size) in organizing cortical dynamics.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment. The revision now makes the central question and the scope of the contribution more explicit: the individual Cdk1 and cortical modules were already previously established, while the present study asks how their coupling, together with cell geometry and nuclear Cdk1 content, can generate distinct wave-back dynamics and cortical responses. The revised manuscript now also foregrounds the mechanistic distinction between activation fronts and wave backs and uses this distinction to organize the Results and Discussion sections. See Abstract, Introduction, Results and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The proposed mechanism works if the activity in the nucleus is much higher than the high activity (high state of the bistable system) of the cytoplasm. So, as the wave propagates across the cytoplasm, the activity around the nucleus remains higher, which potentially causes a delay in the onset of Cyclin B-Cdk1 degradation in the region around the nucleus compared to the surrounding cytoplasm. This effect happens over a typical length scale, and if such a length scale is comparable to embryo size, this becomes the predominant mechanism. However, such a mechanism should exist near the nucleus independently of embryo size. So, it seems that for embryos where the wave back and wave front should travel together, nuclear activity must be adjusted not to be much higher than cytoplasmic activity. A better discussion of the discovered process and its implications would strengthen the paper. It requires careful reading to understand what, in hindsight, is a rather simple explanation. Is there any experimental evidence that the overall activity of Cdk1 is higher in the nucleus than in the cytoplasm?

      We agree that the mechanism needed a more intuitive explanation. The revised Results now separate two simultaneous processes. The activation front propagates outward with an approximately constant trigger-wave-like velocity, whereas excess active Cyclin B–Cdk1 associated with the enriched nuclear pool also spreads diffusively. This diffusive component exists locally around the nucleus irrespective of cell size. What depends on effective system size is whether that diffusive length scale is large enough, relative to the cell, to shape the wave back over a substantial fraction of the domain and ultimately at the cortex. This is why nuclear content and effective system size act together. The revised Fig. 2B and the accompanying text now explain this competition explicitly. We also revised the Discussion to distinguish experimental plausibility from quantitative validation: active Cyclin B–Cdk1 has been observed to accumulate in nuclei before surrounding cytoplasmic activation in frog egg extracts, nuclei can specify where mitotic waves begin, and Cyclin B enrichment near the nuclear region has been reported in starfish oocytes. However, whether nuclear active Cyclin B–Cdk1 reaches the level required for complete wave-back reversal remains a model prediction, which we now state explicitly. See Results, Fig. 2B and caption (p. 6), Methods and Eq. 7 in the revised manuscript.

      (2) While the fact that Cdk1 can enslave cortical dynamics is clearly shown in the model, this is expected from the literature. There are systems where the enslavement of cortical and bulk actomyosin contractility to Cdk1 activity has been more clearly demonstrated (Drosophila and zebrafish embryos), as well as shown to have clear functions (nuclear positioning and ooplasmic segregation).

      We agree. The revised manuscript no longer presents Cdk1 control of cortical dynamics as a novel result. We expanded the introduction to discuss Drosophila and zebrafish and to note the established functions of Cdk1– actomyosin coupling in nuclear positioning and ooplasmic segregation. We now frame the contribution of the present work as explaining how established Cdk1-to-cortex coupling can transmit geometry-dependent cytoplasmic waveforms into different cortical directionality and reactivation regimes. See Introduction and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      (3) The writing could be improved. The authors make some claims of originality that seem a stretch, e.g., in the abstract, they say: "we develop a reaction-diffusion model of Cyclin B-Cdk1 signaling in spherical cells with localized nuclear activation", but they essentially use a previous model with a few numerical tweaks. The figures are sometimes mislabelled or not explained, and some of the units seem wrong.

      We agree and revised the framing throughout. The Abstract now states that we “couple established reaction–diffusion models of Cyclin B–Cdk1 signaling and the excitable Rho–actin cortex.” The Introduction similarly states that we are not developing a new model, and a dedicated Model section now gives the equations, assumptions, coupling, and original sources of the two modules. We also revised figure labels and captions, added schematic panels, corrected the diffusion units to μm<sup>2</sup>/s, corrected the conversion used for total active nuclear Cyclin B–Cdk1, and regenerated the affected plots. The control variable is now defined explicitly as total active nuclear content in Eq. 7 and reported in pmol. See Abstract, Introduction, Model, Fig. 1 and caption (p. 3); Fig. 2 and caption (p. 6); Methods, especially Eq. 7 and Table 1 (p. 16) in the revised manuscript.

      (4) The authors give the existence of trigger waves as a fact. While the predominant view is that such waves exist in the first cycle of the Xenopus embryos (however, this is from measurement of the cortical contractions, so a bit circular for this paper), it is unclear if waves exist in the starfish embryo, so the potential explanation that the starfish embryo simply has different Cdk1 dynamics cannot be ruled out.

      We agree that the evidence is not equivalent across systems. The revised manuscript avoids treating a starfish intracellular Cdk1 trigger wave as an experimentally established fact and instead presents the cross-species comparison as an interpretation within the model framework. We distinguish the model prediction from the available experimental observations and explicitly state that the nuclear active Cyclin B–Cdk1 level required for complete waveback reversal remains to be tested. Thus, different underlying Cdk1 dynamics in starfish are not excluded by our study. See Introduction, Results and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Large oocytes show prominent waves of cortical contractions. Previous works combining experiments and computational modeling have shown that the waves are driven by gradients of CDK1 kinase activity that trigger excitable Rho activity patterns on the cortex. This present work combines two previously published mathematical models for CDK1 activation and Rho activation, respectively. They show that the models combined can explain diverse shapes of cortical contractions observed in different species and at various stages of development. This shows how the same molecular machinery can generate diverse patterns dependent on the size of the system and the size and position of the cell nucleus.

      Strengths:

      (1) Carefully done modeling work providing a simple and elegant explanation for a complex cellular behavior.

      (2) Very nicely illustrated, simulations can be directly compared to previous experimental observations.

      (3) Explains observations made in different model systems, providing a unifying model.

      We thank the reviewer for this assessment. We have revised the manuscript so that this scope is explicit from the outset: the model modules are established, while the contribution is the analysis of their coupling and the identification of geometry, total nuclear Cdk1 content, and cortical recovery kinetics as controls that generate qualitatively different behavior within one framework. See Abstract, Introduction, Results and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Purely theoretical work, no experimental validation.

      We agree that direct experimental validation would strengthen the work. We have not added a new experimental dataset in this revision. Instead, we have made the experimentally testable status of the conclusions explicit. The revised discussion identifies total nuclear active Cyclin B–Cdk1 content and effective system size as controls of wave-back directionality, states that the nuclear enrichment required for complete reversal remains to be tested, and identifies perturbation of actomyosin contractility while monitoring Cdk1/Rho dynamics as one way to probe the role of omitted mechanics. We therefore present the work as a theoretical framework that generates concrete predictions, not as experimentally validated proof of the mechanism. See Discussion section in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Adopts previously published models more or less 'as is', without detailed re-evaluation and re-assessment, or without developing them further.

      We agree that the individual modules are adopted without substantial re-derivation or extension, and the revised manuscript now mentions this directly. We now discuss the models in the main text, mentioning the Yang and Ferrell / Puls Cdk1 model and the Michaud et al. cortical model, giving the equations and coupling, and then the Methods sections states that parameter values are retained from the original publications. Our aim is not to claim a new formulation of either module, but to analyze what emerges when they are coupled in a common geometry. That analysis yields the front–back asymmetry, geometry-dependent reversal of the Cdk1 wave back, and distinct cortical reactivation regimes. See Introduction, Model, Methods, and Results in the revised manuscript.

      Overall, I find this work important, as it shows that combining models of the CDK1 gradient and Rho activation modules can explain the surface contraction waves observed in oocytes. Strikingly, it elegantly explains the differences seen between different experimental systems. While previously these were considered a 'controversy', modeling shows that the differences are simply a consequence of the difference in the size of the oocytes. In addition, the model makes several intriguing predictions that can be tested in future experiments.

      We thank the reviewer. In revising the manuscript, we were careful not to reduce the mechanism to cell size alone: the model shows that directionality depends jointly on effective cell size and total nuclear Cdk1 content, which is set by nuclear size and nuclear concentration. We now mention this combination consistently and make the associated predictions explicit in the Discussion. See Results and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using realistic mathematical models, Cebrián-Lacasa et al. address the relationship between waves of activation of Cyclin B-Cdk1 that propagate through the cytoplasm of large (~1 mm) oocytes and fertilized eggs and surface contraction waves (SCWs) driven by Rho GTPase activity in the cell cortex. They present numerical simulations of the underlying reaction-diffusion equations that account in broad strokes for both the expected behavior of 'fronts' of Cdk1 activation (that propagate at constant velocity from the nucleus-the source of Cdk1 activity-to the cell cortex) and the unusual behavior of 'backs' of Cdk1 inactivation (that may propagate either away from or towards the nucleus, or exhibit simultaneous inactivation throughout the cytoplasm). They also model Rho GTPase activity in the cortex as an excitable system that propagates SCWs (target patterns, spiral waves, and more complicated patterns). When Cdk1 is activated in the cortex, it phosphorylates and inhibits the RhoGEF, Ect1, which suppresses SCWs by reducing Rho GTPase activity. As the wave-back of Cdk1 inactivation moves across the cortex, Rho GTPase activity recovers abruptly, and SCWs reappear as 'phase waves' whose speed and directionality are determined by the underlying cytoplasmic Cdk1 signal.

      Strengths:

      As a theoretical examination of an interesting and puzzling aspect of early embryonic development, this study shares the same strengths and weaknesses as all mathematical and computational approaches to molecular cell biology. The mathematical models are precise formulations of the underlying assumptions of the authors (which are quite reasonable in this reviewer's opinion), and the analysis and computational results are dependable consequences of the molecular mechanisms the authors have in mind. The model is expertly analyzed, and the results are both reliable and intriguing. The results are discussed in light of experimental evidence. Because the authors' methods and results suggest novel-and sometimes counterintuitive-avenues for experimental research, this paper is likely to have a significant impact on the field of Rho GTPase signaling in oocytes and early embryos, and perhaps in other cells as well.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful assessment. We have preserved the mathematical formulations and made the assumptions, mechanisms, and experimentally testable consequences easier to identify. In particular, the revised Results section emphasizes the distinct mechanisms governing the activation front and wave back, the revised figures provide a more intuitive visual explanation, and the Discussion separates experimentally supported observations from model predictions. See Model, Results, and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Like all mathematical models, the underlying assumptions can be critiqued as neglecting this -or-that 'crucial' effect (e.g., mechanical coupling via cortical tension or cytoplasmic flow, as the authors acknowledge), and the highly technical methods of analysis and simulation can be unfamiliar and off-putting to experimental cell biologists. The paper is a difficult read, even for an experienced theoretician. For those who take the time to understand this paper, it may change the way they think about the coupling of cell cycle control (Cdk1 activation and inactivation) and cell surface contraction waves.

      We agree on both accessibility and model scope. To improve accessibility, we added the core equations and parameters to the main text, introduced more qualitative descriptions of the dynamical regimes, and redesigned Fig. 2B to show the physical mechanism schematically. We also expanded the discussion of the limitations. We did not add mechanical coupling to the model in this revision; instead, the manuscript now states explicitly that showing biochemical signaling to be sufficient within the model does not demonstrate that cortical tension, cytoplasmic flow, or surface deformation are unnecessary in living cells. These effects are identified as additional important factors that can affect the dynamics and as targets for future perturbation experiments. See Model, Results, Fig. 2B and caption (p. 6), Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Carefully proofread the manuscript, Figures, and Figure Legends to make sure that statements are accurate. Please describe in more detail what is shown in every Figure panel. The units of diffusion in Figure 2C appear wrong, total activity is not really explained in the text, and it is a strange use, as the activity changes over time; the units of total activity are millimolar, which seems unrealistic. The Figure 1D heatmap does not explain what is plotted. Intensity is neither defined nor is it clear how the first wave front was drawn; the second appears to be convincing. The curvature of what physical object is plotted in Figure 1D, and again, how are the wavefronts on those Figures drawn?

      We carefully reviewed the manuscript and all main and supplementary figures. Figure 1 was redesigned to show the model in 3D, 2D, and 1D and to make the coordinates used in the kymographs explicit. The revised Fig. 1 caption now states that the experimental color scales correspond to Cdk1-reporter intensity (top) and local membrane curvature (bottom), and that the dotted lines mark the tracked front and back. These overlays are intended as visual guides in the adapted experimental kymographs rather than quantitative fits used in our model analysis. Figure 2 was also redesigned and its caption expanded. The diffusion coefficient is now reported in μm<sup>2</sup>/s. In addition, we identified and corrected an error in the conversion of total active nuclear Cyclin B–Cdk1. The corrected control variable is total active nuclear content, reported in pmol and defined explicitly in Eq. 7; the affected main and supplementary plots were regenerated. See Fig. 1D and Fig. 1 caption (p. 3); Fig. 2 and caption (p. 6); Results, Methods, Eq. 7, Table 1 (p. 16) and Supplementary Figs. S3–S4 in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Provide a better intuitive explanation of the proposed mechanism.

      We substantially rewrote the Results section describing geometry-controlled directionality. The revised explanation first establishes the front–back asymmetry and then gives an intuitive description: a constant-speed activation front coexists with a slower diffusive spread of the elevated nuclear pool; because diffusion lags behind the front, distant regions can relax earlier, creating a gradient that drives an inward wave back. Revised Fig. 2B depicts these processes schematically. See Results, especially Fig. 2B and caption (p. 6) and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Reduce claims of novelty when not justified. I think that there is a potentially interesting idea in this paper, but also a lot of known facts that are revisited, and being unclear about what was known and what is new does not help the manuscript.

      We agree. The revised Abstract and Introduction sections explicitly say that we couple established models rather than develop new individual modules. The Model section cites the original sources of each module, and the Introduction distinguishes established biological coupling from the question addressed here. We reserve the main contribution for the consequences of the coupled analysis: front–back asymmetry, the joint control by nuclear Cdk1 content and effective system size, and the resulting cortical response. The discussion also mentions the key unvalidated step as a testable prediction. See Abstract, Introduction, Model and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      (4) The interface of Cdk1 activity with actomyosin contractility (and cortical dynamics) is much better understood in other systems, and discussing those systems will improve the impact of the paper.

      We expanded the Introduction to include Drosophila and zebrafish and to note the established functions of Cdk1-controlled actomyosin dynamics in nuclear positioning and ooplasmic segregation. This broader context makes clear that Cdk1–cortex coupling was already established and that our specific question is how cytoplasmic wave geometry shapes the downstream cortical response in large oocytes and eggs. See Introduction section in the revised manuscript.

      (5) Be clearer about what the goal of this paper is and keep the focus on that. In my opinion, there is too much writing spent describing known facts.

      We revised the Introduction to move more directly from the biological puzzle to the central question and then into the coupled model. The manuscript now explicitly states that we ask whether the opposite SCW directionality can follow from geometry and nuclear Cdk1 content rather than organism-specific cortical mechanisms, and then ask how the resulting cytoplasmic waveforms are transmitted to the cortex through Ect2 inhibition. We also reduced repeated background material and moved the core mathematical specification into a dedicated Model section. See Introduction, Model and Results in the revised manuscript.

      (6) A discussion that the Cdk1 spatiotemporal patterns remain to be analyzed in both Xenopus and starfish embryos would be appropriate.

      We added this limitation to the discussion in a way that distinguishes what is known from what remains to be measured. The revised text summarizes observations supporting nuclear enrichment and wave initiation but also says that whether nuclear active Cyclin B–Cdk1 reaches the levels required for complete wave-back reversal remains experimentally to be tested. We also avoid presenting the starfish intracellular Cdk1 wave as established fact. See Introduction, Results, and Discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I have one main suggestion. I would find it important that the authors present the models in more detail in the main text. In principle, even if they adopted previously published models, the reader should not need to go back to those original papers to find the equations and parameters. Readers should not even need to dig deep into the supplemental material. For example, the main equation used to model the CDK1 gradient should be shown in the main text with critical parameter values listed. For example, the text mentions that the diffusion coefficient of CDK1-Cyclin B has a critical importance (which I very much agree with), but I could not easily find the values used and still had to guess the units.

      We agree. We added a dedicated model section to the main text containing the governing reaction-diffusion equations for both modules and the Cdk1–Ect2 coupling. The variables and roles of the principal parameters are defined there, while Table 1 lists the standard parameter values and units, including the diffusion coefficients used for the cytoplasmic regimes. The total active nuclear Cyclin B–Cdk1 control variable is defined explicitly in Eq. 7 in the Methods section. See Model, Methods, Table 1 (p. 16) and Eq. 7 in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Overall, the manuscript is well written and nicely illustrated. However, the text could be more concise and, as explained above, show more equations rather than trying to describe them in words. Some of the illustrations could also be larger and possibly shown at higher contrast. Finally, the subtitles could be more imaginative, describing the main finding rather than simply stating what has been done.

      We revised the manuscript throughout to reduce repeated background material and to replace lengthy verbal descriptions of the core model with equations in the main text. We standardized figure text and redesigned several panels, especially Figs. 1 and 2, to improve readability and interpretability. We did not replace every subsection title, but we have tried to use clear descriptive titles (with a message where possible). We revised several headings in the Results section so that they communicate the main finding directly, for example “Front–back asymmetry: traveling fronts and gradient-controlled backs,” “System size and diffusion modulate gradient effectiveness,” and “Phase diagram of Cdk1 waves.” See Introduction, Model, Results headings and text, Figs. 1– 2 and captions; supplementary figures in the revised manuscript.

      (3) The starfish work focuses on meiosis I, not meiosis II.

      We reviewed the stage-specific wording throughout. Rather than replacing every reference with “meiosis I,” we removed unnecessary stage labels where the argument concerns starfish oocyte meiosis more generally, and we use stage-specific wording only when it is supported by the cited experiment. In particular, Fig. 1 now labels the experimental panel simply as starfish meiosis rather than meiosis II. See Fig. 1D and caption (p. 3); Introduction and Results in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1D. Right: experimental kymographs. What are 'intensity' and 'curvature'? I suppose 'intensity' refers to Cdk1 activity and 'curvature' to local curvature of the cell membrane. If so, Cdk1 activity seems to propagate as a wave around the cortex from the animal pole, but (I suppose) these are phase waves rather than trigger waves, because the nucleus is closer to the animal pole, so the cytoplasmic trigger waves reach the cortex sooner there and later at larger values of phi. In the starfish oocyte, the curvature 'bumps' at the animal pole and the equator seem to be stationary. Maybe I am misinterpreting the data; in any case, it might help readers to guide their reading of this data.

      We clarified both the labels and the interpretation. The revised Fig. 1 caption explains the plotted experimental quantities as Cdk1-reporter intensity (top) and local membrane curvature (bottom), and mentions that the dotted lines mark the tracked front and back. We also distinguish the cytoplasmic propagation from the cortical phase-wave readout. Because the nucleus is off-center, the distance from the nuclear source to the cortex varies with angular position, so the radial Cdk1 solution is sampled at different times around the cortex. The Numerical methods now state explicitly that this geometry produces the angle-dependent arrival times shown in Fig. 1D. See Fig. 1D and Fig. 1 caption (p. 3); Model geometry and Numerical methods in the revised manuscript.

      (2A) In panels (ii) and (iii), what is the meaning of the hyperbolic dotted line labelled 'underlying diffusion'?

      The original schematic was replaced by the reworked Fig. 2B. The revised schematic and results now separate the outward trigger-wave-like front from the slower diffusive spread of the elevated nuclear pool. The “underlying diffusion” component is therefore no longer an unexplained fitted-looking curve; it is presented as the diffusive process that establishes the gradient controlling the wave back. See Fig. 2B and caption (p. 6) and Results in the revised manuscript.

      (2B) This panel is very confusing. What is the significance of all the different colored lines? What is the meaning of '◄Time'? This panel needs more explanation. Also, fix 'increaseded'.

      We agree that this was confusing. We now redrew Fig. 2B as a two-dimensional schematic with a consistent activity color scale and explicit labels for the phases and dynamical processes. The ambiguous time-arrow presentation was removed, and the typographical error was corrected. See Fig. 2B and caption (p. 6) and Results in the revised manuscript.

      (2C) Units of diffusion constant are wrong; should be μm2/s. Also, please explain (perhaps in context of Figure S3) how you calculate 'units of active nuclear CycB-Cdk1 (mmol)' in terms of total [CycB-Cdk1] in the nucleus, radius of the nucleus, and model parameter γ.

      The diffusion coefficient is now reported consistently in μm<sup>2</sup>/s. We also identified and corrected an error in the conversion to total nuclear amount. Eq. 7 now defines the total active nuclear Cyclin B–Cdk1 content from the enriched nuclear active concentration and nuclear volume; γ scales the nuclear concentration relative to the cytoplasmic baseline. The corrected quantity is reported in pmol, not mmol, and the corresponding main and supplementary plots were regenerated. Supplementary Fig. S3 shows that varying γ or nuclear radius collapses onto this single control variable. See Fig. 2D and caption (p. 6); Results, Methods, (Eq. 7), Table 1 (p. 16) and Supplementary Fig. S3 in the revised manuscript.

      (2D) Please explicitly indicate the speed of the wave front, because it is difficult to read, given the scale of the vertical axis.

      Agreed. The revised Fig. 2 caption now explicitly states that the wave-front velocities are fitted by a quasiconstant velocity of approximately 23 μm/min. See Fig. 2D caption (p. 6) and Results in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Box 2. C. You might indicate that the Rho-actin dynamics are oscillatory for 0.59 < α < 1.02 and excitable for α slightly larger than 1.02 and (I suppose) slightly smaller than 0.59. Furthermore, I suppose (given the results in Figure 4) that the system does not propagate waves for α {less than or equal to} 0.5. Somehow, the authors should indicate how wave propagation is suppressed for small values of α.

      We clarified the bifurcation structure and the low-α suppression of cortical activity. We did not adopt the proposed regime labels verbatim, because the spatial model supports propagating waves across a broader active window than the homogeneous oscillatory interval alone would suggest. The revised text therefore reports the two Hopf bifurcations at α = 0.59 and α = 1.02, states directly that the cortex is quiescent for low α, and reports that propagating waves persist across 0.59 < α < 1.26 up to the wave instability at α = 1.26. This directly explains how sufficiently strong Cdk1-mediated reduction of effective Ect2 suppresses propagation. See Box 2C (p. 9) and Results in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Lines 273 and 294. "These differences arise...".

      Corrected. The relevant Results text was rewritten during the broader restructuring, so the original wording no longer appears. See Revised Results.

      (5) Lines 380, 381. "...the Hopf bifurcation (at α = 0.59) that separates...".

      We did not retain the sentence in its original form. Instead, the revised text now identifies both Hopf bifurcations explicitly (α = 0.59 and α = 1.02), states the wave-propagating window, and then describes how Cdk1derived inhibition moves the cortical system across the bifurcation during suppression and recovery. We believe this is clearer than adding the parenthetical phrase to the old sentence. See Results and Box 2C (p. 9) in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Table 1. Include a value for α_0.

      Done. Table 1 now lists α<sub>0</sub> = 1 (dimensionless), and the Methods state that α = α<sub>0</sub> = 1 before nuclear envelope breakdown. See Table 1 (p. 16) and Methods in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Line 522. What does 'implemented manually' mean?

      We replaced the ambiguous wording. The Numerical methods now state that both models were integrated with an explicit second-order Runge–Kutta method implemented in custom code; the cytoplasmic and two dimensional cortical simulations use finite differences, and the three-dimensional cortical simulations use a finite element method implemented in FEniCSx. See Numerical methods in the revised manuscript.

      (8) Figure S1. A. The first green dot should be labelled γ = 1. B. Left panel is γ = 1, I suppose.

      Corrected. Revised Supplementary Fig. S1 explicitly labels the baseline γ = 1 condition and the enriched γ = 1.5 condition. Its caption also explains that γ scales the nuclear concentration above the cytoplasmic baseline while preserving the active-to-total ratio. See Supplementary Fig. S1 and caption; Model in the revised manuscript.

      (9) Figure S2. What is X_0? How is it related to γ?

      We addressed this by removing the X<sub>0</sub> notation rather than adding another conversion. The revised supplementary analysis uses γ directly as the nuclear enrichment factor, defined in the main Model section and illustrated in Supplementary Fig. S1. The revised Supplementary Fig. S2 now focuses on the fitted wave-front and wave-back trajectories for different γ values. See Model, lines 123–132; Supplementary Figs. S1–S2; Methods, lines 620–638.

      (10) References. Emphasis is on post-2010 literature. One classic paper on SCWs is mentioned: Hara (1971). The classic publication on Cdk1-driven mitotic waves in fruit fly embryos is Foe & Alberts (1983) J Cell Sci 61:31. The first theoretical prediction of Cdk1 trigger waves in syncytial cells was given by Novak & Tyson (1993) J Theor Biol 165:101. Citing Deneke et al. (2016) Dev Cell 38(4) could also be considered.

      We added the suggested literature. Novak & Tyson (1993) is now cited for the early theoretical prediction of trigger-wave behavior; Foe & Alberts (1983) is cited in the discussion of cell-cycle/cortical waves; and Deneke et al. (2016) is cited in the Introduction both in the mitotic-wave context and in the broader discussion of Cdk1–actomyosin coupling. See Introduction and reference list in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      Using genome databases, the authors performed solid bioinformatic analyses to trace the genomic history of the clinically relevant Staphylococcus aureus tetracycline resistance plasmid pT181 over the last seven decades. They discovered that this element has transitioned from a multicopy plasmid to a chromosomally integrated element, and the work represents a valuable demonstration of the use of publicly available data to investigate plasmid biology and inform clinical epidemiology. This work will appeal to researchers interested in staphylococcal evolution and plasmid biology.

      Thank you, we agree with this overview. We also think this work is interesting to people interested in antimicrobial resistance and bacterial genome structure.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study provides a robust bioinformatic characterization of the evolution of pT181. My main criticism of the work is the lack of experimental validation for the hypotheses proposed by the authors.

      Comments on the study:

      (1) One potential reason for the decline in pT181 copy number over time may be a high cost associated with the multicopy state. In this sense, it would be interesting if the authors could use (or construct) isogenic strains differing only in the state of the plasmid (multicopy/integrated). With this system, the authors could measure the fitness of the strains in the presence and absence of tetracycline, and they could be able to understand the benefit associated with the plasmid transition. The authors discuss these ideas, but it would be nice to test them.

      We agree that the relative fitness of integrated versus multicopy plasmids is interesting and a costly multicopy state could explain the transition of independent pT181 replicons to chromosomal integration. This is a project we are exploring for a future study. However, we think that this additional experimental work goes beyond the scope of the paper.

      (2) It would be interesting to know the transfer frequencies of the multicopy mobilizable pT181 plasmid, compared to the transfer frequency of the plasmid integrated into the SSCmec element (which can be co-transferred, integrated in conjugative plasmids, or by transduction).

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an interesting question. However, we think inferring these rates from natural sequence data is not feasible in this case given the low heterogeneity of the plasmid sequence. A laboratory-based experimental study could not address the real transfers we observe over the course of decades, as in vitro S. aureus transfer rates are often not good proxies for in vivo (McCarthy et al.). In addition, we do not know what is moving the integrated plasmid. pT181 could be moved by a phage or plasmid, so we are uncertain what the correct experiment would be to explore this.

      (3) One important limitation of the study that should be mentioned is that inferring pT181 PCN from whole genome data can be problematic. For example, some DNA extraction methods may underestimate the copy number of small plasmids because the small, circular plasmids are preferentially depleted during the process (see, for example, https://www.nature.com/articles/srep28063).

      We have further investigated the role of technical variation in influencing measured PCN. The decline in copy number over time within our longest-collected strain remains significant after controlling for a number of technical variables: instrument used, type of DNA extraction technique, and sequencing center. In addition, plasmid copy number estimations between extraction techniques are not significant when comparing contemporaneously collected samples. We have added these supporting analyses to our results (L328-333) and methods (L612-634).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors performed bioinformatic analyses to trace the genomic history of the clinically relevant pT181 plasmid. Specifically, they:

      (1) tracked the presence of pT181 across different S. aureus strain backgrounds through time. It was first found in one, later multiple strains, though this may reflect changes in sampling over time.

      (2) estimated the mutation rate of the chromosome and plasmid.

      (3) estimated the plasmid copy number of pT181, and found that it decreased over time. The latter was supported by two sets of statistical analyses, first showing that the number of single-copy isolates increased over time, and second, that the multicopy isolates demonstrated a lower PCN over time.

      (4) reported the different integration sites at which pT181 integrated into the genome.

      As a caveat, they mentioned that identical plasmid sequences have variable plasmid copy numbers across different genomes in their dataset.

      Strengths:

      This is a very solid, well-considered bioinformatic study on publicly available data. I greatly appreciate the thoughtful approach the authors have taken to their subject matter, neither over- nor underselling their results. It is a strength that the authors focussed on a single plasmid in a single bacterial species, as it allowed them to take into account unique knowledge about the biology of this system and really dive deep into the evolution of this specific plasmid. It makes for a compelling case study. At the same time, I think the introduction and discussion can be strengthened to demonstrate what lessons might be drawn from this case study for other plasmids.

      Weaknesses:

      The finding that the pT181 copy number declined over time is the most interesting claim of the paper to me, and not something that I have seen done before. While the authors have looked at some confounders in this analysis, I think this could be strengthened further in a revision.

      We have investigated this issue further in revisions. The decline in copy number over time within our longest-collected strain remains significant after controlling for a number of technical variables. In addition, plasmid copy number estimations between extraction techniques are not significant. We have mentioned these updates in the results (L327-333) and provided more explanation for the extraction technique in the methods (L612 - 634).

      For the flow of the storyline, I also think the estimation of mutation rates (starting L181) and integration into the chromosome (starting L255) could be moved to the supplement or a later position in the main text.

      We have chosen to keep the structure of the results largely the same.

      Clearly, the use of publicly available data prevents the authors from controlling the growth and sequencing conditions of the isolates. It is striking that they observe a clear signal in spite of this, but I would have loved to see more discussion of the metadata that came with the publicly available sequences and even more use of that metadata to control for confounding.

      We have further investigated the role of technical variation in influencing measured PCN. The decline in copy number over time within our longest-collected strain remains significant after controlling for a number of technical variables: instrument used, type of DNA extraction technique, and sequencing center. In addition, plasmid copy number estimations between extraction techniques are not significant when comparing contemporaneously collected samples. We have added this to our results section (L327-333) and explain further in the methods (L612 - 634). Unfortunately, the metadata is incomplete for many isolates, limiting our ability to control for other possible confounders.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would recommend doing some experiments to test the fitness effects of pT181 in multicopy and integrated into an isogenic S. aureus strain. Simple growth curves with and without tetracycline would be extremely informative.

      We think that this is an interesting scientific question but is beyond the scope of this paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major:

      (1) L160 and Figure 1:

      To what extent is this decrease in pT181 prevalence related to a delay between isolate collection and sequence upload to public databases? In my own work, I have found an average of 2 years difference in the sequence collection and sequence upload date of GenBank sequences. This could explain the decreasing numbers in recent years and may possibly skew relative proportions of pT181 containing/or plasmid-free strains.

      There are fluctuations in collection rates over the years which definitely do not correspond to actual fluctuations in S. aureus prevalence in the population. We would expect delays in uploads in both plasmid-containing and plasmid-free strains, so we would not anticipate a decline in estimated plasmid prevalence due to this delay; however, it could be somewhat noisy for more recent years.

      The large peak of S99.5_27 around 2009 seems oddly reminiscent of targeted sampling during a hospital outbreak, or so? Did you do any checks on where these genomes came from? Could this affect any of the downstream results?

      The 2008 peak in S99.5_27 comes from a single BioProject (PRJEB4140), which contributed approximately 1,000 samples to our analysis. Based on the BioProject description, this BioProject aimed to characterize diversity in S. aureus ST239 diversity in Thailand. We performed the single-copy analysis with this strain excluded and still got the same result that integration has increased over time, so we feel that this is acceptable and should not unduly impact downstream results. We have clarified the results section to more explicitly state that this is the sampling peak that was excluded (L306-311).

      (2) Figure 3: If I understand the analysis correctly, all mutation rate and phylogenetic analyses were conducted based on comparison to a single reference genome. This can bias results: https://academic.oup.com/mbe/article/31/5/1077/2925634 . Please comment.

      Yes, SNPs were calculated relative to a reference genome. We understand this could bias results. However, it is standard practice in the field and we do not think it changes the main findings of the paper.

      We have taken the reference-free SKA alignment and the SKA alignment mapping to a reference plasmid and calculated the SNP distances between all plasmid pairs with the tool snp-dists (Seemann et al.). For given plasmid pairs, the distributions are different by Wilcoxon signed-rank test with continuity correction (p < 2.2 x 10<sup>-16</sup>) though this is due in part to the large sample size for pairwise comparison. The median and modal difference between methods is 0 SNPs detected. The average is 0.1 more SNPs detected in the reference-free method than the mapping method. We have added this analysis to the methods section (L505-511).

      (3) I am not fully convinced by the analysis in Figure 6 (i.e. that the pT181 copy number has declined over time). It is rather confusing how the authors account for strain and bioproject-related influences on their primary regression (L298-306).

      We have edited the explanation of the GLMM in the results section (L320-323). We have moved some of the explanation to the methods section (L592-605).

      (a) What does this analysis look like without S99.5.2?

      The slope is still negative and significant with S99.5_2 excluded. We have added this to the results (L327-328).

      (b) In line 296, it is made clear that 2 separate analyses were carried out, but in the subsequent paragraphs (starting 298 and 315), it would be helpful to repeat that each looks at only one component.

      We have edited this section to explicitly state that separate regressions were carried out for each component (L298-300).

      (c) Figure 6 should include error bars that reflect the different number of samples per collection year (please also comment on how this influences the power/validity of the linear regression!).

      We have modified Fig. 6A to show samples collected per year as the color of the point. Samples collected per year can also be viewed in Fig. 1. In addition, we have changed to logistic regression to assess single-copyness as a function of collection year. The error bar on the regression curve shows the SE range. While there are many more samples collected in recent times than in the more distant past, we still think the signal is real. It does put more emphasis on each early sample. However, the genomic data matches early descriptions of tetracycline resistance in S. aureus being plasmid-mediated, not chromosomal (Gillespie et al.).

      (4) Strains that were isolated in the 60s were presumably sequenced at a much later point in time. Were they grown and isolated from their respective host bacteria following similar protocols as present-day isolates? Growth conditions can have massive effects on PCN, and selective PCR amplification on the relative number of plasmid-related reads. How do you account for this? [Figure 7/8].

      Yes, samples that were collected in the 1960s were sequenced roughly 50 years later. The date of collection could impact storage conditions for the isolate. However, they were grown up for sequencing and actually sequenced much closer together and should have the same growth conditions as isolates collected at a more recent date. Underlying our model of PCN is that it is a property of the isolate and will not fluctuate over time in storage.

      Minor:

      (1) This study is a nice demonstration of the type of genomic epidemiology that can be conducted now that genomes are sequenced and shared more widely. This is already somewhat common for clinically relevant sequence types of pathogenic bacteria, but I have not seen it much for plasmids. This could be nice to highlight. Stressing this more clearly in the abstract and introduction may broaden the audience of this work.

      We have described our approach as genomic epidemiology in the first paragraph of the introduction (L72).

      (2) More generally, the introduction is quite winding. A lot of interesting information is mentioned, but without a clear narrative structure as to why this is important for the study. Some editing may strengthen the message of the paper and invite more people to read it. For instance, starting each paragraph with a topical sentence about the general message the paragraph should convey. Yet, this is entirely a style/personal taste remark, and I leave it to the authors to decide whether to make these changes.

      We have made edits to restructure the text.

      (2a) Similar comment for the discussion (possibly some discussion could be put in the supplement too).

      We have made edits to restructure the text, but have chosen to leave the content in the Discussion section. Additional references to previous research have also been added (L386-388).

      (3) L125: Could you include a reference for this statement?

      We have added a reference for this statement (L109).

      There is interesting existing work on the evolution of genes on multi-copy plasmids (and the evolution of copy-number itself), which seems more pertinent here than the segregation mechanisms of low-copy-number plasmids.

      We have chosen to keep the general background on plasmid copy number regulation and segregation, to keep the paper approachable to readers who have no background on plasmid biology. We have added additional references to work on evolvability of multicopy plasmids and their copy number (L117-120).

      (4) The references are a bit of a mess. Certain entries are in all caps, others are missing titles, etc. I would recommend looking this over again carefully.

      We have resolved this issue.

      (5) L187 CDS is used in line 187 but not defined as a term until line 201.

      We have defined CDS with first usage (L188).

      (6) L189: Do you have any estimate of the error around 1.15 mutations/Mb/year from the linear regression?

      We have added standard error for the 1.15 mut/Mbp/year from the regression to the results (L191): SE = 0.3 mut/Mbp/year.

      (7) Figure 2: It would be helpful to have a visual indication of which areas the authors consider hypervariable.

      We have added a black dash underneath the hypervariable regions on the plot.

      (8) Figure 5: The two colors of grey are hard to distinguish.

      The grey for shared genes has been made darker to better distinguish them.

      (9) L285: Why do you write "could assume the copy number of the larger element"? What other options are possible?

      We have expanded on this section to elaborate on the ways that copy number could be changed by cointegration, and added an additional citation to support these claims (L276-280).

      (10) Figure S1: What does this scale mean? What are the units? This figure is uninformative as it stands. I would possibly consider labelling the tips.

      We have modified the figure and legend to indicate that the scale is in substitutions per site. We are providing these figures to give some idea of scale and shape, showing how star-like they are. Unfortunately, tip labels are illegible on these trees given the large number of samples.

      References

      Gillespie, M. T., et al. “Antibiotic Susceptibilities and Plasmid Profiles of Nosocomial Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus: A Retrospective Study.” Journal of Medical Microbiology, vol. 17, no. 3, June 1984, pp. 295–310. DOI.org (Crossref), https://doi.org/10.1099/00222615-17-3-295.

      McCarthy, Alex J., et al. “Extensive Horizontal Gene Transfer during Staphylococcus aureus Co-Colonization in Vivo.” Genome Biology and Evolution, vol. 6, no. 10, 2014, pp. 2697–708, https://doi.org/10.1093/gbe/evu214.

      Seemann, Torsten, et al. Snp-Dists. https://github.com/tseemann/snp-dists.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports exceptionally preserved, millimeter-scale segmented bilaterian microfossils from the Fortunian Kuanchuanpu Formation in South China. The authors propose that these non-biomineralized animals were preserved through microbial pseudomorphs rather than direct phosphatization, filling a critical taphonomic and evolutionary gap in early animal segmentation.

      Strengths:

      This paper filled the critical taphonomic and evolutionary gap in early animal segmentation.

      Weaknesses:

      Extremely similar work has already been published by Xian et al., 2026, PNAS, with specimens from absolutely the same formation, and they also proposed that these animals are segmented. So in this context, this work's significance is eclipsed.

      Thanks the reviewer for the constructive comments. In Xian et al., 2026, PNAS, the taphonomic mechanism has not been explained in details and in our manuscript we propose the mode that how microbes pseudomorph the entire bodies of micro-animals. In addition, the specimens we presented in this manuscript demonstrate the abundance and diversity of segmented bilaterians in the basal Cambrian. In the revision, we will majorly discuss the evolution of body segment based on our new materials and add a new figure to complement the comparison of microbial pseudomorphs vs Ediacaran-type and Burges-Shale type.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Yang and authors presents an interesting set of new microfossils from the early Cambrian of South China. These are interpreted as segmented bilaterians, and so may be the oldest such examples in the fossil record, with implications for our understanding of early animal evolution. Further, the preservation of these fossils as microbial pseudomorphs is a unique pathway to fossilize such important organisms.

      Strengths:

      The fossils are impressive and arguments for their affinities as segmented bilaterians are convincing. Discussion of somewhat novel preservation is detailed and helpful to understand this taphonomic mode.

      Weaknesses:

      It needs to be clear what the authors' definition of a "segment" is and how that matches (or not) other interpretations. Arguments by Hannibal and Patel (2013, EvoDevo) convincingly define all segmented organisms based on polarity within repeated units of bilaterally symmetrical animals, but others may disagree. The manuscript would benefit from discussion of this in the introduction, laying out a hypothesis for what we might expect to find as evidence of the earliest segmented animals and then describing these new fossils within that context.

      As it currently reads, the definition of a segment is not presented until the discussion and is somewhat ambiguous, seemingly referring to any organism with bilateral symmetry and repeated units. However, modern (e.g. tardigrades) non-segmented animals exhibit these features but are not considered truly segmented. This is critical as various Precambrian fossils (Arborea (Dunn et al., 2019, Palaeontology); Cloudina (Schiffbauer et al., 2020, Nature Communications) Dickinsonia (Gold et al., 2015, Evolution and Development); Parvancorina (Darroch et al., 2017, Biology Letters); Spriggina (Evans et al., 2026, Scientific Reports); Yilingia (Chen et al., 2019, Nature) etc.), have been argued to possess bilateral symmetry ad have bodies composed of repeated units. These older examples should be acknowledged and discussed in detail. Stating that "the identity of these [Precambrian] organisms is controversial" (line 51) is not justification for the main claims of this paper, and it should be clear what distinguishes the new fossils from previously proposed evidence of earlier segmented bilaterians. I believe there is a case to be made in support of the authors' claims, but this context is vital to make that argument convincingly. It is also worth discussing evidence of segmented bilaterians in the early Cambrian trace fossil record, such as Treptichnus pedum (Kesidis et al., 2019, Proceedings B) and Rusophycus (Daley et al., 2018 PNAS), that may predate or be roughly coeval with these fossil remains.

      Thanks for the valuable suggestions and references from the reviewer. In the revision, we will introduce the definition of segment and former researches in the introduction part as suggested. And we will discuss the comparisons of our specimens with the Precambrian fossils mentioned above in more detail. The major difference between our materials and Spriggina and Yilingia is the undisputed bilateral symmetry. While the paired appendages distinguished the Cambrian fossils from Parvancorina, Cloudina, and Dickinsonia. Since the pseudomorphing mechanism caused the lost of internal structures of the original, the well-developed paired appendages and outer segment could be the major evidence of their identity. In addition, we will make a more detailed introduction and discussion on the trace fossils of during the Ediacaran-Cambrian transition.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study compares hippocampal-cortical functional connectivity to various other brain measures and examines their development across youth. It uses sophisticated analyses replicated in multiple datasets, but provides incomplete evidence to support the primary claim that hippocampal-cortical connectivity relates to cognitive maturation. The manuscript would benefit from a more nuanced consideration of the biological basis of some of the derived imaging measures and the limitations of the cross-sectional design. This work will be of interest to neuroimaging specialists and cognitive neuroscientists.

      We thank the Editors for credits on the value of the multimodal, multi-dataset design and the study’s relevance to cognitive neuroscience. We have revised the manuscript in three corresponding ways:

      (1) Connectivity–cognition interpretation. We now state explicitly that the hippocampal-cortical connectivity–cognition findings are age-related associations with cognitive measures during youth. They do not demonstrate that hippocampal-cortical connectivity causes, mediates, or fully explains cognitive maturation.

      (2) Biological interpretation of imaging measures. We refined the interpretation of derived imaging measures throughout the manuscript. T1w/T2w is described as an indirect, myelin-sensitive but non-specific MRI contrast that may reflect multiple tissue and acquisition factors, rather than direct myelin content. Similarly, transcriptomic findings are described as cross-dataset spatial associations rather than evidence of developmental molecular mechanisms. Consistent with recent guidance on neuroimaging data contextualization, the interpretation of these associations is constrained by the characteristics of the reference atlas and by cross-dataset spatial alignment[1].

      (3) Limits of cross-sectional evidence. We added an explicit limitation that the cross-sectional design does not measure within-person developmental change and cannot establish temporal ordering or causal relationships.

      Together, these revisions address the evidential limitations identified in the Assessment while preserving the supported contribution of the replicated multimodal associations.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors studied the development of hippocampal connectivity gradients based on open datasets and performed correlation analyses with other MRI features as well as gene expression information from other datasets. Although the main findings are correlational and cross-sectional, the analyses are overall sophisticated and replicated in several datasets.

      Strengths:

      The hippocampus is a key region in understanding large-scale brain organization and cognition, and the authors applied advanced and suitable analytics to study its development. The paper is overall well-organized and well-written, and the findings are relevant for studying large-scale brain development.

      Weaknesses:

      While sophisticated, several of the analyses appear mainly correlational, cross-sectional, and rely on cross-dataset contextualization, which should also be stated as a limitation of the current work.

      We are grateful to Reviewer #1 for recognizing the importance of the hippocampus, the suitability of the analytical framework, and the value of the replicated developmental design. We agree that the public-review concern about correlational, cross-sectional, and cross-dataset evidence is central to how the findings should be interpreted. In particular, consistent with recent recommendations for neuroimaging data contextualization, we now explicitly identify the transcriptomic component as group-level spatial contextualization and state that its interpretation is limited by the properties of the adult post-mortem reference atlas and by cross-dataset spatial alignment[1]. It therefore cannot provide individual-level developmental inference or establish causal molecular mechanisms. We have addressed these boundaries in detail in our response to Reviewer #1, Recommendation 1, and in the revised Limitations section, so that the same qualification is applied consistently throughout the manuscript.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 29-30): “Although key findings were replicated across two independent longitudinal datasets, the primary developmental analyses were cross-sectional and therefore did not measure within-person change. The absence of pubertal hormone measures in the HCP-D dataset also limited assessment of hormonal contributions to the observed age-related associations. The observed patterns should be interpreted as age-related associations rather than individual developmental trajectories or causal developmental mechanisms. T1w/T2w intensity was treated as an indirect, myelin-sensitive MRI proxy influenced by multiple tissue and acquisition factors, not as direct histological myelin content. Transcriptomic results were based on post-mortem samples from a separate dataset and were interpreted as cross-dataset spatial associations rather than developmental mechanisms. More generally, the interpretation of such cross-dataset map correspondence is constrained by the properties and representativeness of the source atlas and by cross-dataset spatial alignment[1]. These limitations motivate future longitudinal, multimodal, and biologically validated studies.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      (1) Some language suggests causality, but the associated findings were mainly derived from correlational analysis. I would suggest verifying the wording and toning down causal terms ('shape', 'impact', 'linked' ...).

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this important mismatch between the strength of the wording and the correlational nature of the evidence. We have completed a manuscript-wide terminology review and replaced causal or mechanistic verbs with relational language throughout the Abstract, Introduction, Results, Discussion, and figure captions. We have used terms such as associated with, corresponds to, covaries with, and is consistent with when describing relationships among gradients, geometry, T1w/T2w intensity, transcriptomic measures, and cognition. Stronger terms have been retained only when they describe a mathematical operation or the construction of an analysis, and the revised Discussion now explicitly states that cross-sectional associations do not establish directionality or causation.

      (2) Please also provide the following citations when referring to hippunold: https://elifesciences.org/articles/88404 (which describes additional advanced registrations). If the authors have the ability to quickly rerun some processing, then I would recommend a sensitivity analysis based on hippunfold v2, which also provides more homogenous vertex spacing, fewer distortions during unfolding, and some additional improvements.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the missing registration reference and for recommending a HippUnfold v2 sensitivity analysis. We have added the requested eLife study on surface-based hippocampal registration and have included the relevant surface-generation and registration procedures for our study.

      We carefully considered reprocessing the data with HippUnfold v2. The official release notes indicate that v2 includes important changes to surface precision, surface re-tessellation, Laplace coordinate generation, and robustness to topological breaks. These changes could affect surface coordinates and the precise spatial sampling of imaging data. A meaningful v2 sensitivity analysis would therefore require reprocessing the original MRI data and repeating the downstream connectivity, gradient, developmental, cognitive, and cross-dataset analyses. We did not perform this complete reprocessing in the present revision because it would represent a new version-wide analysis rather than a limited sensitivity check.

      We did not consider a partial rerun of selected downstream analyses to provide a sufficiently informative or internally consistent test of version sensitivity. Rather than present an incomplete comparison, we retained the original HippUnfold v1.2.1 pipeline, explicitly identified version dependence as a limitation, and removed wording that could imply that the findings are fully insensitive to preprocessing choices.

      We appreciate that a preregistered comparison across HippUnfold versions would be valuable in future work, particularly for analyses in which fine-scale surface correspondence or registration precision is the primary scientific focus.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 33): “We employed HippUnfold (v1.2.1)[2] (https://hippunfold.readthedocs.io; advanced surface-registration procedures are described by DeKraker et al.[3]), which integrated a deep learning method with a topological constraint strategy.”

      (3) Are there changes in motion parameters across developmental time windows/age? Are findings consistent when fMRI motion parameters are regressed out in the statistical models, and do the 3 derived gradients correlate with head motion?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important potential confound. We noted that the original developmental GAMs already included mean framewise displacement (mFD). First, we tested whether head motion changed with age. In the 601 included HCP-D participants, we fitted mFD as the outcome using mFD ~ s(Age, k = 4) + Sex + site + s(hemi,bs = “re”) with REML estimation. mFD showed a robust nonlinear decrease with age (edf = 2.66, F = 125.13, smooth-term p < 2.2 × 10<sup>-16</sup>; likelihood-ratio p < 2.97 × 10<sup>-78</sup>; Supplementary Fig. 3a). Importantly, the original developmental models for hippocampal gradient statistics already included mFD as a covariate. We therefore directly examined the mFD coefficients from those same 18 models, which used Feature ~ s(Age, k = 4) + Sex + site + s(hemi,bs = “re”) + <mFD.

      After Benjamini–Hochberg correction across the 18 mFD coefficients, mFD was associated with explained variance for lLG (β = −0.0412, SE = 0.0147, FDR q = 0.047) and qLG (β = 0.0280, SE = 0.00818, FDR q = 0.011), but with nocIG feature (all FDR q ≥ 0.101; Supplementary Fig. 3b). Thus, head motion is strongly age-related and is associated with a limited subset of the analyzed gradient-distribution features, supporting its inclusion as a covariate. The developmental effects reported in Figure 2e–f are already estimated after adjustment for mFD; we do not claim that every gradient feature is motion-independent.

      Revised manuscript text

      (Page 9): “We fit the model with a smooth term for age as a fixed effect; sex, scanning site, and in-scanner head motion (mean framewise displacement, mFD) as linear covariates”

      (Page 10): “The age-related mFD trajectory and direct mFD coefficients from the original gradient feature models are shown in Supplementary Fig. 3.”

      (4) Did the authors also observe morphological changes in the hippocampus? Are there changes in hippocampal cortical thickness that could explain some of the changes in functional coupling as well?

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We performed additional HippUnfold surface-morphology analyses and a thickness-adjusted reanalysis of the same gradient features examined in Figure 2 and Extended Data Fig. 4. Morphological measures were calculated separately for each hemisphere after pooling the hippocampal-proper (label-hipp) and dentate-gyrus (label-dentate) surfaces. Thickness, curvature, and gyrification were native-surface-area-weighted, surface area was summed across both labels, and left-hemisphere curvature was sign-oriented to match the right-hemisphere convention.

      For each morphology measure, we fitted Metric ~ s(Age, k = 4) + Sex + site + s(hemi,bs = “re”) in 601 included participants, using the same GAM framework as the primary gradient-feature analyses but without mFD. Thickness, oriented curvature, gyrification, and surface area all showed age-related change after FDR correction (all q ≤ 0.000304). Hippocampal thickness decreased from childhood through adolescence and then plateaued, whereas surface area and gyrification increased before reaching late-adolescent plateaus.

      To test whether morphology accounted for the functional findings, we refitted each of the 18 original gradient feature models with hemisphere-matched thickness added: Feature ~ s(Age, k = 4) + Sex + site + s(hemi,bs = “re”) + <mFD + thickness. No individual thickness coefficient survived FDR correction across the 18 features (minimum q = 0.061). Thus, developmental changes in hippocampal and dentate morphology are present, but surface thickness does not account for the principal age-related functional gradient effects.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 10):

      “Given the age-related variation in hippocampal functional-gradient features, we next assessed whether concurrent changes in global hippocampal morphology could account for these patterns. Surface-area-weighted thickness, curvature, gyrification, and surface area of the pooled hippocampal proper and dentate gyrus showed significant age-related associations (Supplementary Fig. 5). However, after adding hemisphere-matched thickness to the corresponding hippocampal gradient feature models, no thickness association survived FDR correction (minimum q = 0.061). Thus, although global hippocampal morphology changes across youth, these results do not support global thickness as an explanation for the primary functional-gradient patterns.”

      (5) The authors corrected for sex in several of their models. It would be interesting to show, in a supplemental form, sex-disaggregated analyses that outline the consistency and/or potential shifts in developmental patterns in males and females.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We first performed formal sex-by-age interaction tests in the three existing main-text age-GAM families, rather than introducing new outcomes. For each outcome, we compared the original additive model, Measure ~ s(Age, k = 4) + Sex + site + s(hemi,bs = “re”) + <mFD, with a sex-specific age-trajectory model, Measure ~ s(Age, k = 4) + Sex + site + s(hemi,bs = “re”) + <mFD. Nested-model interaction tests were conducted using ML fits, whereas the displayed trajectories were estimated with REML, consistent with the primary analyses.

      After BH correction within each original analysis family, sex-by-age interactions were detected only for three Figure2 gradient-distribution features:lLG explained variance (q = 0.00272), cIG range (q = 0.0449), and cIG standard deviation (q = 0.0449). No interaction survived correction among the six Figure 3 hippocampus–cortical-hierarchy measures or the three Figure 4 geometry–function coupling measures.

      In the sex-specific trajectories, the clearest difference concerned lLG explained variance: females showed a lower childhood level followed by a steeper increase and higher adolescent values, whereas males exhibited a more gradual increase. For cIG range and standard deviation, both sexes showed broadly similar inverted-U-shaped trajectories; the male trajectory was modestly higher through mid-to-late adolescence, with substantial overlap of the confidence intervals. The original combined-sex trajectory lay between, or closely followed, the two sex-specific curves. Thus, the principal developmental patterns are broadly consistent across sexes, while sex-related shifts are limited to a small subset of gradient-distribution features.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 10):

      “We additionally tested sex-by-age interactions across the previously reported developmental models. After FDR correction, significant interactions were identified for lLG explained variance and the range and standard deviation of cIG, whereas no sex-by-age interaction survived correction for the remaining primary developmental outcomes. Sex-disaggregated trajectories for these significant interactions are shown in Supplementary Fig. 4.”

      (6) There have been reports of some distortions in inferior temporal regions after non-linear alignment to standard space in the HCP processing, which may affect hippocampal data sampling. Did the authors verify registration accuracy and absence of such distortions in their samples?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important concern regarding potential registration-related distortion. We clarified the registration and sampling chain and now explicitly distinguish native-space signal sampling from the subsequent use of a common coordinate system for group-level correspondence.

      Crucially, the hippocampal fMRI time series were sampled in each participant’s native space: BOLD data were mapped back to the native anatomical space and sampled within the participant-specific hippocampal grey-matter ribbon onto the native HippUnfold mid-thickness surface. Likewise, hippocampal T1w/T2w measurements were sampled from the participant-specific native hippocampal surfaces. Thus, neither the fMRI nor the T1w/T2w hippocampal measurements was obtained by sampling voxels after nonlinear transformation into a standard medial-temporal-lobe space. This design avoids standard-space deformation influencing the extraction of these hippocampal signals and intensity measures. The subsequent common surface coordinate is used to establish vertex correspondence across participants for group-level analyses, rather than to define the native-space signal samples themselves.

      We also performed visual quality control of the HippUnfold registration and surface reconstruction, inspecting the alignment of each participant’s hippocampal segmentation and reconstructed surfaces with the native T1-weighted anatomy. The documented mask-overlap quality-control procedure further showed Dice coefficients above 0.7. The paired inner and outer surfaces define the mid-thickness sheet used for ribbon-constrained sampling, which is particularly suitable for the variable folding geometry of the hippocampus.

      (7) Can the authors clarify how gene expression was analyzed for the hippocampus? Were HippUnfold models run across all donors separately, and probes were then sampled and co-registered? How did the authors handle data sparsity?

      We thank the reviewer for this request for clarification. The full hippocampal transcriptomic workflow is described in the Methods subsection “Transcriptomic association analysis of the hippocampal gradients”. We clarify the procedure here to make the correspondence between the Allen Human Brain Atlas (AHBA) samples and the hippocampal gradients explicit.

      We used AHBA microarray data from six donors. Donor-specific age- and sex-related effects were regressed from each probe before the normalized residual expression values were combined. We selected samples annotated as CA1, CA2, CA3, CA4, subiculum, or dentate gyrus from both hemispheres, yielding 188 hippocampal samples. The participant-specific native HippUnfold mid-thickness surfaces were transformed to MNI space and averaged to generate the group template mid-thickness surfaces. Each AHBA hippocampal sample was then matched to its nearest vertex on this template. Fifteen samples located more than 6 mm from the template surface were excluded, leaving 173 samples from six donors. The group-averaged hippocampal gradient value at the matched template vertex was assigned to each retained tissue sample.

      We then used LASSO-PCR to model each gradient from the 173 × 58,692 normalized expression matrix. Principal-component analysis was first used to represent the correlated probe-expression structure, and LASSO regression was fitted on the retained component scores. The penalty parameter was selected by nested five-fold cross-validation, and generalizability was evaluated using ten repeated ten-fold cross-validation. Probe weights were subsequently reconstructed from the fitted component weights for the feature-deconstruction and enrichment analyses.

      Thus, the transcriptomic analyses are group-template spatial associations between adult post-mortem AHBA samples and the group-averaged hippocampal gradients. They are not donor-specific developmental measurements, nor do they establish a causal molecular mechanism. We have retained the complete methodological description in the Methods subsection cited above and clarify the workflow here for ease of reference.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors aim to assess how the functional organisation of the hippocampus is related to the geometry and neurobiological differences of the hippocampus. In particular, the authors focus on the first three eigenvectors of hippocampal-cortical functional connectivity, based on non-linear dimensionality reduction on resting-state functional MRI data. Furthermore, the work aims to describe changes in these functional axes and their relation to other factors throughout youth and evaluate whether they are predictive of individual variations in cognition.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this study is the attempt to replicate key findings across multiple developmental cohorts.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weaknesses of the manuscript center on gaps in technical transparency and several conceptual inaccuracies. The machine learning methodology used for cognitive prediction is scarce, leaving little means to evaluate whether the behavioral results suffer from data leakage or overfitting. The introduction sets up an oversimplified historical premise regarding the field's understanding and appreciation of hippocampal connectivity, and contains several incorrect references that throw doubt on the argumentation. Additionally, T1w/T2w signal intensity is incorrectly used as synonymous with myelin, despite gold-standard histological validation showing a non-significant correlation between T1w/T2w and myelin staining (Sandrone et al., 2013).

      Appraisal of Aims and Conclusions:

      The authors partially achieve their aims by illustrating certain age-related changes in hippocampal function; however, the correlative study design is not equipped to examine how these changes are "shaped" by geometry, myelination, or gene expression (especially the latter two). Furthermore, conclusions were often overstated based on small effect sizes.

      Context and Field Impact:

      This work adds to a growing body of literature focused on gradient-based representations of hippocampal topology. By applying these methods across a wide developmental age bracket, it provides a useful reference point for how the hippocampus and wider cortex interact during maturation. To improve utility to the neuroimaging and cognitive neuroscience communities, the nesting of subfields within the eigenvector topology should be addressed, too.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the careful assessment and for recognizing the value of replicating key findings across multiple developmental cohorts. We have addressed the specific concerns regarding cognitive prediction, historical framing, biological interpretation, effect-size interpretation, citation placement, and T1w/T2w signal in the detailed responses below. These revisions expand the prediction methods, clarify the interpretation of hippocampal gradients and subfields, recalibrate the developmental claims, and improve the precision of the supporting citations.

      We also thank the reviewer for raising the need for a more precise interpretation of T1w/T2w signal. We agree that T1w/T2w intensity should not be used synonymously with myelin, and we have revised the manuscript throughout to refer to it as a myelin-sensitive but non-specific MRI contrast that may reflect multiple tissue properties. We respectfully clarify the interpretation of the cited Sandrone et al. study. We believe that the intended reference is Sandrone et al. (2023)[4], rather than 2013. This study tested the correspondence between T1w/T2w and Luxol Fast Blue staining specifically in corpus-callosum white matter; it did not include cortical gray matter or hippocampal tissue. Its callosal analysis did not show the expected positive correspondence between T1w/T2w and histological myelin staining (indeed, it reported a significant inverse correlation), but this result cannot establish the validity or invalidity of T1w/T2w as an index of myelin-sensitive microstructural variation in hippocampal gray matter. The authors also distinguished this white-matter result from prior evidence of cortical co-localization between high T1w/T2w signal and myelin-rich regions.

      Accordingly, we do not interpret our hippocampal T1w/T2w findings as direct measurements of myelin content or cellular myelination. Rather, they indicate associations with an indirect MRI contrast that is sensitive to myelin-related, as well as other, tissue properties. We have revised the relevant Introduction, Results, Discussion, figure text, and Methods language to reflect this distinction.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of considering how hippocampal subfields are nested within the connectivity-eigenvector topology. This question has been addressed in our related subfield-specific study using the same HCP-D cohort and HippUnfold surface framework. We explicitly examined the distribution of the two long-axis gradients across the cytoarchitectonic subfields (Sub, CA1, CA2/3, and CA4–DG), their distinct cortical-connectome organization, and their associations with episodic memory (Zeng et al., 2025[5]). We have added a citation to this work to provide the relevant subfield-level context. The present study focuses on the continuous whole-surface organization and developmental trajectories of the three hippocampal functional gradients.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 29):

      “Continuous hippocampal gradients and cytoarchitectonic subfields

      The continuous whole-surface topology examined here should not be viewed as separate from hippocampal cytoarchitectonic subfield architecture. Rather, it characterizes hippocampal-cortical connectivity organization across the unfolded hippocampal surface, including variation that extends across subfield boundaries. The proximal-distal association of cIG provides one link between this continuous topology and the Sub-CA-DG axis. Complementing the present whole-surface analysis, our recent subfield-specific study of the same HCP-D cohort examined how the two long-axis gradients are distributed across Sub, CA1, CA2/3, and CA4-DG. It further showed that their subfield-specific cortical-connectome organization was associated with episodic memory[5]. Taken together, these findings indicate that hippocampal functional gradients provide a unifying framework that relates continuous topology and cytoarchitectonic architecture to hippocampal-cortical network organization, developmental reconfiguration, and cognition.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      (Methodological and Statistical Revisions)

      (1) Prediction of Cognitive Performance:

      Provide a comprehensive, step-by-step description of the machine learning pipeline used for cognitive prediction. Explicitly specify the features extracted, the exact estimator employed, the cross-validation strategy, and the precise measures taken to prevent data leakage.

      We thank the reviewer for requesting clarification of the cognitive prediction analysis. We have added a dedicated Methods subsection describing the prediction framework and its safeguards against data leakage. We used hippocampal–cortical projection features to estimate episodic memory, cognitive flexibility, working memory, and inhibitory control, while including age, sex, scanning site, and mean framewise displacement as linear covariates.

      To address the high dimensionality and correlation structure of the projection features, we used a PCA–LASSO framework. PCA generated component scores from the hippocampal–cortical projection features, and LASSO regression was fitted to these scores. The LASSO regularization parameter was selected using nested five-fold cross-validation.

      Predictive performance was evaluated with age-balanced 10-fold cross-validation, using rounded age solely to stratify the outer folds. To prevent information leakage, all data-adaptive steps were completed using only the outer training data. These steps included feature transformations, estimation of linear covariate effects, PCA, and LASSO penalty selection. The fitted processing steps and model were then applied to the held-out fold. Performance was quantified by the squared Pearson correlation between cross-validated predicted and observed cognitive scores. We applied FDR correction across the 12 resulting gradient–cognition tests.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 37-38):

      “Cognitive prediction analyses

      We used hippocampal–cortical projection features to predict episodic memory, cognitive flexibility, working memory, and inhibitory control. Age, sex, scanning site, and mean framewise displacement were included as linear covariates.

      The model used a PCA–LASSO framework to address the high dimensionality and correlation structure of the projection-feature matrix. Principal-component analysis generated component scores from the hippocampal–cortical projection features. LASSO regression was then fitted to these scores.

      Predictive performance was evaluated using age-balanced 10-fold cross-validation. Rounded age was used solely as the stratification label for the outer folds. Within each outer training fold, feature transformations, principal-component estimation, linear covariate effects, and LASSO penalty selection were fitted using training data only. These fitted transformations and model parameters were then applied to the held-out fold. Thus, held-out participants did not contribute to feature preprocessing, covariate estimation, component construction, or model tuning.

      The LASSO regularization parameter was selected using nested five-fold cross-validation within each outer training set. Predictive performance was quantified as the squared Pearson correlation between cross-validated predicted and observed cognitive scores. We tested 12 gradient–cognition pairs from three hippocampal gradients and four cognitive measures. False-discovery-rate correction was applied across all resulting p-values.”

      (2) Integration of Core Statistics:

      Move the relevant test statistics, degrees of freedom, and FDR-corrected p-values for primary developmental claims from the Extended Data figures into the main text body to ensure transparency.

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the need to make the statistical evidence underlying the extended developmental displays directly traceable. We have now added quantitative reporting for the three gradient-distribution features displayed in Extended Data Fig. 4 but not in Figure 2e, f. Specifically, the revised Results text reports the FDR-corrected age-related changes in range, skewness, and kurtosis.

      We also created Supplementary Data 1 for the parcel-wise developmental trajectories shown in Extended Data Fig. 5f. This table provides the GAM statistics for all 360 cortical parcels for each hippocampal gradient, including the age-smooth F statistic, Δ adjusted R<sup>2</sup>, raw and FDR-adjusted p values, and Yeo seven-network assignment. We added an explicit reference to this table immediately after the Extended Data Fig. 5f citation in the Results. These changes enable readers to inspect the numerical evidence underlying the Extended Data displays without inferring statistics from the figures alone.

      Revised manuscript text

      (Page 10):

      “Beyond these features shown above, the ranges of lLG and qLG changed with age (lLG: ΔAdj. R<sup>2</sup> = 0.0098, p = 0.0017; qLG: ΔAdj. R<sup>2</sup> = 0.0044, q = 0.0148). lLG skewness and lLG / qLG kurtosis also changed with age, whereas qLG skewness and all three cIG measures did not survive FDR correction across the six distributional features of each gradient (Extended Data Fig. 4).”

      (Page 15):

      “Complete parcel-wise GAM statistics are provided in Supplementary Data 1.”

      (3) Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) Justification:

      Provide an analytical justification demonstrating why vertex-wise probing at a 483-vertex density within the hippocampus does not suffer from too severe spatial oversampling or low SNR problems.

      We thank the reviewer for raising the important concern that a dense hippocampal surface representation could create spatial oversampling or unstable vertex-level measurements. We have now added a quantitative assessment of the native HippUnfold mesh spacing. The 483-vertex representation is the den-2mm HippUnfold template, comprising 419 hippocampal and 64 dentate vertices per hemisphere. We measured distances between adjacent vertices on all 2,608 un-smoothed native T1w mid-thickness surfaces from the 652 HCP-D participants. Across 1,765,616 unique mesh edges, the pooled median distance was 2.01 mm (IQR, 1.43–2.57 mm), and 78.3% of edges were between 1 and 3 mm. Thus, the native mesh is centered on the 2-mm spatial scale of the BOLD acquisition rather than constituting a submillimeter sampling grid. The remaining local variability reflects individual anatomy and the triangular surface geometry. These results are shown in Supplementary Fig. 7.

      We noted that BOLD data were sampled in each participant’s native anatomical space using partial-volume-weighted ribbon-constrained mapping between the paired inner and outer hippocampal surfaces. Each vertex value is therefore a weighted estimate from voxels within the hippocampal grey-matter ribbon, rather than a nearest-voxel sample. Importantly, the 483 vertices were not treated as independent fMRI observations. Spatial dependence among neighboring vertices is expected, whereas the developmental inference was performed on participant-level gradient-derived features and cortical-projection measures, with sex, site, hemisphere, and mean framewise displacement included as covariates. Replication of the principal organizational patterns in the independent NKI-RS and CBD samples provides additional evidence that the reported gradient findings are unlikely to be materially driven by low-SNR or spatial-oversampling artefacts.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 35): “The vertex spacing was set at approximately 2 mm, close to the 2.0 mm isotropic fMRI voxel size. The distribution of distances between adjacent vertices across all native-space mid-thickness surfaces was centered near this target spacing (median, 2.01 mm; interquartile range, 1.43–2.57 mm; 78.27% of edges, 1–3 mm; Supplementary Fig. 7).”

      (4) Justification for Eigenvector Exclusion:

      Strengthen and clarify the rationale for excluding eigenvectors 4 and 5 from subsequent analyses, particularly since they appear above the "knee" of the variance explained plot.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that the variance-explained profile and the decision about biological interpretability are distinct considerations. We have clarified that G4 and G5 were excluded from the primary interpretation because their biological meaning and spatial interpretation were not sufficiently clear, not because their variance contribution was negligible. We have added this distinction to the Results.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 9): “We did not include G4 and G5 in the current interpretation because their biological significance was not sufficiently clear; this decision reflected interpretability rather than negligible explained variance.”

      (Interpretation)

      (1) Eigenvector Interpretation and Topography:

      Delineating how continuous gradients relate to or interact with discrete histological subfields would provide a more biologically grounded interpretation than relying strictly on geometry. Naming the eigenvectors based on weak geometric associations (especially in the case of G3) risks obfuscating the complex variation within the data. For full transparency, all linear and quadratic associations with all anatomical axes should be systematically reported, and a more descriptive or neutral nomenclature should be considered.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the biological interpretation of continuous hippocampal gradients should not be framed as geometry in isolation. We have therefore clarified that the posterior–anterior and proximal–distal coordinates are complementary anatomical descriptions of hippocampal biological organization, rather than biologically empty geometric axes.

      In particular, the posterior–anterior axis captures the hippocampal long-axis organization, whereas the proximal–distal axis follows the iso-to-allocortical topology from subiculum through the Cornu Ammonis fields to dentate gyrus. This latter direction is topologically aligned with the discrete hippocampal subfields, which are themselves defined by differences in cytoarchitecture. Thus, the geometric coordinate system and the cytoarchitectonic organization provide two complementary descriptions of the same underlying hippocampal topology, rather than mutually exclusive interpretations. We revised the text to make this relationship explicit and to avoid implying that the observed gradients provide a direct histological measurement.

      We also clarify that the reported gradient–axis relationships were not selected post hoc from a single geometric comparison. We systematically evaluated linear and quadratic associations between each of the three functional gradients and both intrinsic anatomical axes, and additionally assessed higher-order relationships where warranted. Figure 2b–d shows the strongest statistically supported relationship for each gradient: a linear posterior–anterior association for G1, a quadratic posterior–anterior association for G2, and a cubic proximal–distal association for G3. The remaining axis associations are reported in Extended Data Fig. 2. Accordingly, the descriptive names are based on comparative assessment of the full set of candidate geometric models, while G1–G3 remain the primary neutral identifiers throughout the manuscript.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 9): “This gradient follows the medial–lateral, iso-allocortical organization of the hippocampus and is topologically aligned with cytoarchitectonically differentiated subiculum, CA fields and dentate gyrus.”

      (2) Balanced Nomenclature:

      Elevating the cortical component to a higher-order conceptual term ("hierarchy") while leaving the hippocampal counterpart strictly geometric ("gradients"), given that both metrics are derived using equivalent non-linear dimensionality reduction.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this asymmetry in terminology. We agree that applying the term “hierarchy” to the cortical component without defining its evidential basis could be confusing, particularly because both cortical and hippocampal maps are obtained using nonlinear dimensionality-reduction methods.

      The term cortical functional hierarchy does not arise simply from estimating a cortical gradient. It originates from longstanding models of cortical organization in which sensory systems occupy relatively lower-order positions and progressively integrated association systems occupy higher-order positions. This framework has subsequently been formalized at the macroscale as the reproducible unimodal-to-transmodal axis of functional connectivity and has been supported by convergent evidence from cortical microstructure, structure-function coupling, connectivity architecture, and transcriptomic specialization[6-9]. We have clarified this historical and evidential basis in the revised manuscript.

      In the present study, the cortical functional-hierarchy map is therefore used as an independently established reference map of continuous cortical organization, rather than as a new hierarchy inferred from our hippocampal data. We use this term operationally and non-causally: it indexes each cortical region’s position along the established unimodal-to-transmodal functional-connectivity axis.

      Crucially, this terminology does not assign greater biological importance to the cortical measure. Hippocampal functional gradients are the primary object of the present study, and determining their structural and functional significance is a central aim. We therefore examine their associations with hippocampal anatomical coordinates and geometric modes, myelin-sensitive MRI, transcriptomic variation, cortical functional organization, and cognition. We retain the neutral labels lLG, qLG, cIG and “hippocampal functional gradients” because they describe empirically derived axes without presupposing a biological interpretation. As convergent anatomical, microstructural, functional, and comparative evidence accumulates, a more specific organizational terminology for particular hippocampal gradients may become justified. Thus, the present distinction between “cortical functional hierarchy” and “hippocampal functional gradients” reflects the evidential role of each measure in this study, rather than a difference in scientific importance or in the legitimacy of their structure-function interpretation.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 14): “Here, FH denotes the established unimodal-to-transmodal ordering of macroscale cortical functional organization, rooted in longstanding models of hierarchical cortical processing and subsequently formalized using functional-connectivity gradients.”

      (3) Refinement of Textual Tone and Claims:

      • Remove causal verbs (e.g., "sculpts", "constrains") when describing correlations between functional gradients, structural metrics, and cognitive scores, replacing them with appropriate relational or correlational language.

      We thank the Reviewer for reinforcing the need for this terminology correction. We agree that the request to remove causal verbs describes the same manuscript-wide claim-calibration issue addressed in our response to Reviewer #1, Recommendation 1. We have therefore applied the consolidated terminology revision across the overlapping sections, including the descriptions of functional gradients, structural measures, MRI intensity, and cognitive scores.

      • Temper the interpretation of the ~5% variance explained in the maturation analyses, ensuring that this modest effect size is not framed as a massive macroscale reorganization or "decoupling."

      We thank the reviewer for noting that the age-related variance explained by some global gradient features is modest. We agree that the reported ∆Adjusted R<sup>2</sup> values quantify age-related variation in a specific descriptive summary—for example, the explained variance or standard deviation of a gradient, or a summary measure of geometry–function coupling—after accounting for the covariates in the model. They should therefore not be interpreted as the proportion of the entire hippocampal functional-connectivity organization that changes with age, nor as a standalone measure of the magnitude of hippocampal reorganization.

      Our interpretation of developmental reorganization does not rely on these global summary statistics alone. The spatially resolved hippocampal–cortical connectivity organization shows complex variation across the hippocampal surface (Extended Data Fig. 3). In addition, the age-related analyses of hippocampal gradient projections identify distributed and system-specific developmental changes across the cortex (Figure3e–g; Extended Data Fig. 5f). Together, these complementary analyses support the interpretation that hippocampal–cortical functional organization undergoes a distributed developmental reorganization. We thus retained the description of a distributed developmental reorganization of hippocampal–cortical functional organization, while clarifying that this conclusion is supported by the spatially resolved analyses rather than by the magnitude of any individual global-summary effect size.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 15): “This distributed developmental reorganization of hippocampal–cortical functional organization, which correlates with increasingly complex hierarchical cortical processing, may link to the maturation of episodic memory and executive function (EF)—a set of top-down mental processes potentially associated with cortical hierarchical organization.”

      Correction of Inaccuracies

      (1) Historical Context:

      Revise the introduction to accurately reflect that distributed network connectivity has long been recognized as central to hippocampal function and memory, rather than framing it as a highly novel realization.

      We appreciate the opportunity to clarify the historical framing. The manuscript did not intend to present distributed hippocampal-cortical connectivity as a newly discovered concept; its intended contribution is a developmental, topographic analysis of hippocampal functional gradients. We revised the surrounding wording to make this distinction explicit while retaining the established literature on distributed hippocampal connectivity.

      Revised manuscript text (Page 4): “Distributed hippocampal-cortical connectivity has long been central to models of memory and cognition[10-15].”

      (2) Citation Accuracy:

      Address several inaccuracies where cited literature does not support the accompanying claims. I would like to highlight that this is one of the most concerning aspects of the paper, as it suggests that (at best) the primary authors made several mistakes in their citations that went unnoticed by co-authors, or (worse) it could appear as if the authors have not read the papers they cited, despite them being key to the field.

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the importance of citation accuracy and take this concern seriously. We re-checked the source papers and the placement of the citations underlying the three statements raised below. We identified one genuine citation-placement error introduced during iterative revision: Shohamy and Turk-Browne (2013) was inadvertently retained with a developmental statement after being moved from the preceding statement on the hippocampus’s broad cognitive involvement. We have corrected this placement.

      The other two cases were not instances of uncited or unread literature, but the cited papers did not support the precise wording used in the manuscript. Strange et al. was relevant to longitudinal-axis functional organization but not to the proximal–distal cytoarchitectonic context, and Vos de Wael et al. identified medial–lateral variation within separately analyzed subfields but did not establish a whole-hippocampus myelin gradient. We have therefore removed or replaced these citations, revised the associated claims, and now use Genon et al. (2021)[16] for the appropriate anatomical and microstructural-organizational context. These revisions distinguish direct evidence, anatomical interpretation, and indirect MRI-based microstructural measures more clearly.

      a) "It was traditionally assumed that the hippocampus undergoes its most significant development in infancy and early childhood and achieves full maturity by the end of this period13" - Shohamy et al. do not discuss hippocampal development.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this citation mismatch. We agree that Shohamy and Turk-Browne (2013) does not support a claim about hippocampal developmental timing. During iterative manuscript revision, this reference was inadvertently retained with the developmental statement after being moved from the preceding sentence concerning the hippocampus’s broad involvement in cognition. We have restored it to that preceding sentence.

      The revised historical statement is now supported by and Ghetti and Bunge (2012)[17] and Bauer (2007)[18], which describe earlier accounts emphasizing hippocampal development in infancy and early childhood. We further clarify immediately thereafter that more recent evidence supports continuing, regionally differentiated hippocampal development beyond early childhood.

      Revised manuscript text (insert on Page 4): “Earlier accounts proposed that hippocampal development was most consequential in infancy and early childhood[17-18].”

      b) "This gradient exhibits similarities to the previously established cytoarchitectonic variations within the hippocampus4,27. We hence termed it the cubic iso-allocortical gradient (𝑐𝐼𝐺)." - Strange et al., does not mention cytoarchitecture, and Genon et al., is only a secondary source on the matter.

      We thank the reviewer for this important citation correction. We agree that Strange et al. primarily concerns functional specialization along the hippocampal longitudinal axis and does not provide appropriate support for a claim regarding the proximal–distal or medial–lateral cytoarchitectonic organization. We have therefore removed this citation from the relevant sentence.

      We retained Genon et al.[16] because this review systematically synthesizes the major dimensions of human hippocampal organization and identifies the medial–lateral dimension as a key organizational axis associated with cytoarchitectonic differentiation. In our data, cIG showed a significant cubic association with the proximal–distal coordinate (Figure 2b). This coordinate is topologically aligned with the medial–lateral, iso-allocortical organization spanning subiculum, CA fields and dentate gyrus. We have clarified that Genon et al. is cited to provide this anatomical-organizational context, rather than as direct histological validation that the fMRI-derived cIG measures cytoarchitecture.

      Revised manuscript text (insert on Page 9): “This gradient follows the medial–lateral, iso-allocortical organization of the hippocampus and is topologically aligned with cytoarchitectonically differentiated subiculum, CA fields and dentate gyrus[16].”

      c) "Moving to the mesoscopic scale, myelin content has been found to exhibit a significant medial-lateral gradient along the hippocampus26." - this is not evidenced by the referenced paper (Vos de Wael et al.), and it is not true (see Abrahim et al., 2010).

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important distinction. We agree that Vos de Wael et al. does not support a claim of a continuous medial–lateral gradient in hippocampal myelin content. Although that study identified medial–lateral variation in functional-connectivity organization when hippocampal subfields were examined separately, it was not designed to establish a whole-hippocampus myelin gradient. We have therefore removed Vos de Wael et al. as support for this statement and revised the text to remove the unsupported myelin interpretation.

      We now cite Genon et al. (2021), which synthesizes evidence that local hippocampal microstructural variation, including T1w/T2w-intensities-based estimates that are sensitive to myelin, is organized predominantly along the medial–lateral and ventrodorsal axes. The review further notes partial spatial overlap between medial–lateral functional gradients, myelin-sensitive MRI estimates, and subfield differentiation.

      We respectfully note that Ábrahám et al. (2010) does not contradict this spatial interpretation. Its histological study examined the developmental timing and layer-specific distribution of myelination across ages; it did not test a surface-wide medial–lateral spatial pattern across the hippocampal formation. It is therefore not evidence for a continuous medial–lateral myelin gradient, but neither does it provide evidence against such an organizational pattern.

      Revised manuscript text (insert on Page 5): “local microstructural variation in the hippocampal formation, including myelin-sensitive T1w/T2w intensities, is organized predominantly along the medial–lateral and ventrodorsal axes along the hippocampus and partially overlaps with subfield differentiation[16].”

      (3) Other:

      a) Clearly define or rephrase ambiguous phrasing, such as "Myelination during nurturing process."

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this ambiguous wording. We agree that “nurturing process” was imprecise in this general background statement. We have therefore revised the Introduction to state: “Myelination during brain development has been identified as a key factor in neural plasticity and circuit refinement, affecting neural activity synchronization[19-23].”

      b) Re-evaluate the evolutionary claim in the discussion. It's unclear why the authors assert that the longitudinal axis is uniquely more conserved. The iso-to-allocortical axis is highly conserved, observed even in reptiles.

      We thank the reviewer for this important clarification. We agree that the original Discussion conflated the evolutionary conservation of hippocampal anatomical axes with the interpretation of the functional gradients. We have therefore removed the statements that the linear long-axis gradient is more evolutionarily conserved and may consequently depend more on shared gene-expression patterns, as well as the statement that cIG reflects the portion of the hippocampal–cortical connectome influenced by cytoarchitectonic differentiation.

      We retained the broader comparative interpretation, but revised it to make its evidential status explicit. G2 showed the strongest association with cortical functional hierarchy. Given the greater prominence of hierarchical cortical processing in humans and macaques than in marmosets or rodents, this association raises the possibility that G2 is less evolutionarily conserved than G1 and G3. However, this is a hypothesis motivated by the observed cortical association, rather than a conclusion directly tested by the present human developmental data. We now state this limitation explicitly and identify direct cross-species comparisons as necessary to evaluate it.

      Revised manuscript text (insert on Page 25): “Given the greater dominance of hierarchical processing in humans[24] and macaques[25] in contrast to other species such as marmosets[26] or rodents[27], the strong association of quadratic long-axis gradient with cortical functional hierarchy raises the possibility that it is less evolutionarily conserved than linear long-axis gradient and cubic iso-allocortical gradient. Future cross-species comparisons could test this hypothesis.”

      c) Frame the T1w/T2w intensity variations cautiously as an indirect proxy reflecting multiple tissue properties, incorporating recent literature (e.g., Sandrone et al., 2023) to explicitly acknowledge the confounding effects (e.g., transmit field bias).

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the need for a cautious interpretation of T1w/T2w intensity. We agree that it should not be treated as synonymous with myelin or as a direct measure of myelin content. Following its established use as a myelin-sensitive cortical MRI contrast (Glasser and Van Essen, 2011), we now consistently describe T1w/T2w as myelin-sensitive measures. Its variation may reflect myelin-related tissue properties, as well as other tissue and acquisition factors, including transmit-field bias.

      We have incorporated Sandrone et al. (2023)[4] as an important qualification. We respectfully note that this study evaluated corpus-callosum white matter and did not examine cortical gray matter or hippocampal tissue. It therefore supports caution in interpreting T1w/T2w, but cannot itself establish or invalidate the hippocampal gray-matter association reported here. Accordingly, we interpret our result only as an association between hippocampal functional gradients and an indirect MRI contrast, not as evidence of myelin, cellular myelination, or a myelin-mediated developmental mechanism. We revised the relevant Introduction, Results, Figure 5 legend, Discussion, and Limitations accordingly.

      Revised manuscript text (insert on Page 30): “T1w/T2w intensity was treated as an indirect, myelin-sensitive MRI proxy influenced by multiple tissue and acquisition factors, not as direct histological myelin content.”

      Reference

      (1) Royer, J. et al. Opportunities and pitfalls of data contextualization in neuroimaging. Nat. Rev. Neurosci. 27, 416-434, doi:10.1038/s41583-026-01038-0 (2026).

      (2) DeKraker, J. et al. Automated hippocampal unfolding for morphometry and subfield segmentation with HippUnfold. eLife 11, e77945, doi:10.7554/eLife.77945 (2022).

      (3) Evaluation of surface-based hippocampal registration using ground-truth subfield definitions. doi:10.7554/eLife.88404 (2023).

      (4) Sandrone, S. et al. Mapping myelin in white matter with T1-weighted/T2-weighted maps: discrepancy with histology and other myelin MRI measures. Brain Struct. Funct. 228, 525-535, doi:10.1007/s00429-022-02600-z (2023).

      (5) Zeng, D., Li, D., Li, Q., He, Y. & Li, S. Distinct cortical connectome organization of hippocampal subfields is associated with episodic memory. Sci. Bull. 70, 33-37, doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scib.2024.05.014 (2025).

      (6) Margulies, D. et al. Situating the default-mode network along a principal gradient of macroscale cortical organization. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113, 12574-12579, doi:10.1073/pnas.1608282113 (2016).

      (7) Huntenburg, J. M., Bazin, P.-L. & Margulies, D. S. Large-Scale Gradients in Human Cortical Organization. Trends Cognit. Sci. 22, 21-31, doi:10.1016/j.tics.2017.11.002 (2018).

      (8) Burt, J. B. et al. Hierarchy of transcriptomic specialization across human cortex captured by structural neuroimaging topography. Nat. Neurosci. 21, 1251-1259, doi:10.1038/s41593-018-0195-0 (2018).

      (9) Wang, X.-J. Macroscopic gradients of synaptic excitation and inhibition in the neocortex. Nature reviews. Neuroscience 21, 169-178, doi:10.1038/s41583-020-0262-x (2020).

      (10) Genon, S., Reid, A., Langner, R., Amunts, K. & Eickhoff, S. B. How to Characterize the Function of a Brain Region. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 22, 350-364, doi:10.1016/j.tics.2018.01.010 (2018).

      (11) Shohamy, D. & Turk-Browne, N. Mechanisms for widespread hippocampal involvement in cognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 142, 1159-1170, doi:10.1037/a0034461 (2013).

      (12) Moscovitch, M., Cabeza, R., Winocur, G. & Nadel, L. Episodic memory and beyond: the hippocampus and neocortex in transformation. Annual review of psychology 67, 105-134 (2016).

      (13) Ranganath, C. & Ritchey, M. Two cortical systems for memory-guided behaviour. Nature reviews neuroscience 13, 713-726 (2012).

      (14) Barnett, A. J. et al. Hippocampal-cortical interactions during event boundaries support retention of complex narrative events. Neuron 112, 319-330.e317, doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2023.10.010 (2024).

      (15) Eichenbaum, H. A cortical–hippocampal system for declarative memory. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 1, 41-50, doi:10.1038/35036213 (2000).

      (16) Genon, S., Bernhardt, B. C., La Joie, R., Amunts, K. & Eickhoff, S. B. The many dimensions of human hippocampal organization and (dys)function. Trends in Neurosciences 44, 977-989, doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tins.2021.10.003 (2021).

      (17) Ghetti, S. & Bunge, S. A. Neural changes underlying the development of episodic memory during middle childhood. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience 2, 381-395, doi:10.1016/j.dcn.2012.05.002 (2012).

      (18) Bauer, P. J. Recall in infancy: A neurodevelopmental account. Current Directions in Psychological Science 16, 142-146, doi:10.1111/j.1467-8721.2007.00492.x (2007).

      (19) Bonetto, G., Belin, D. & Káradóttir, R. T. Myelin: A gatekeeper of activity-dependent circuit plasticity? Science 374, eaba6905, doi:doi:10.1126/science.aba6905 (2021).

      (20) Pease-Raissi, S. E. & Chan, J. R. Building a (w)rapport between neurons and oligodendroglia: Reciprocal interactions underlying adaptive myelination. Neuron 109, 1258-1273, doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2021.02.003 (2021).

      (21) McGee, A. W., Yang, Y., Fischer, Q. S., Daw, N. W. & Strittmatter, S. M. Experience-Driven Plasticity of Visual Cortex Limited by Myelin and Nogo Receptor. Science 309, 2222-2226, doi:doi:10.1126/science.1114362 (2005).

      (22) de Faria, O. et al. Periods of synchronized myelin changes shape brain function and plasticity. Nature Neuroscience 24, 1508-1521, doi:10.1038/s41593-021-00917-2 (2021).

      (23) Fields, R. D. A new mechanism of nervous system plasticity: activity-dependent myelination. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 16, 756-767, doi:10.1038/nrn4023 (2015).

      (24) Dong, H.-M., Margulies, D. S., Zuo, X.-N. & Holmes, A. J. Shifting gradients of macroscale cortical organization mark the transition from childhood to adolescence. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118, e2024448118, doi:doi:10.1073/pnas.2024448118 (2021).

      (25) Xu, T. et al. Cross-species functional alignment reveals evolutionary hierarchy within the connectome. NeuroImage 223, 117346, doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2020.117346 (2020).

      (26) Tong, C. et al. Multimodal analysis demonstrating the shaping of functional gradients in the marmoset brain. Nature Communications 13, 6584, doi:10.1038/s41467-022-34371-w (2022).

      (27) Huntenburg, J. M., Yeow, L. Y., Mandino, F. & Grandjean, J. Gradients of functional connectivity in the mouse cortex reflect neocortical evolution. NeuroImage 225, 117528, doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2020.117528 (2021).

    1. Author response:

      We thank the Editors and reviewers for their close reading of our work and valuable comments. We appreciate their recognition of the foundational nature of our study. The reviews suggest multiple improvements that we plan to implement in a revised version, including the following: validation of appearance labels; short self-contained example code for analysing the dataset; greater comparison with prior work in the discussion; more details in the methods. The reviews also make many suggestions for improving the presentation, wording, and clarity of the work. In particular, we acknowledge that we used incorrect terminology in referring to the axes rather than the semi-axes of fitted ellipsoids. The revision will correct this error and provide the full parameters of the ellipsoid fits (r0, r1, r2) in the supplementary data, allowing the consistency of these fits with mitochondrial volume to be appreciated. We did identify that the values of one of the mitochondrial variables not used for the analysis in the paper (r2) had been corrupted in the uploading of the publicly available hemibrain:v1.2.1 dataset to neuprint. Accordingly, we have generated hemibrain:v1.2.3 which restores the original, correct and uncorrupted values of this variable.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers and the Reviewing Editor for their careful and constructive assessments. We find the reviews fair and helpful, and we plan to revise the manuscript along the lines they suggest. In brief:

      Scope of the conclusions (Reviewer #1):

      We can see how a reader may get the impression that some of our conclusions go beyond what the experiments directly establish. In the revision we will:

      - Describe the genetic tools as targeting neuronal populations (DAN clusters) rather than identified single neurons, and adjust statements about neuronal identity accordingly.

      - Rephrase the description of the time-course results, to emphasize that the shift from aversive to appetitive only appears across experiments and that some single experiments may only show a shift to neutrality. This should help moderate claims about positive valence.

      - State explicitly that our non-contingent comparison used continuous pre-exposure rather than a yoked control. It therefore shows that simple non-contingent exposure is insufficient but does not isolate agency as the causal variable.

      - Better motivate the design changes between the original screen and follow-up joystick experiments.

      - Frame the “common currency” hypothesis more cautiously throughout.

      Clarity and accessibility (Reviewer #2):

      We appreciate that the manuscript is hard to follow for readers outside the field. We will revise the final sentence of the Abstract and clarify what we mean by a dopaminergic “reporter for a specific goal”. We will also spell out how the contrast between a tethered fly and a free-flying fly in a maze bears on this, and what we mean by “control” versus “lack of control” of the environment. In the Introduction and Discussion we will make clearer which cited studies propose or favor the “common currency” view, including Jovanoski and Waddell (2025), and which ones merely bear on it.

      Conceptual framework (Reviewer #3):

      We will make our assumptions linking the role of DANs in classical conditioning to their expected effects in operant paradigms more explicit. The reference to the Heisenberg and Wolf (1991) scheme as a suitable level of explanation was particularly helpful and we will thrive to develop our hypotheses at the same level. At least for the designers of the original screen (BB and CR), the lack of consistent effects was clearly unexpected, or we would have designed the experiments differently. We will justify these expectations and from this why we consider this negative result to be so informative.

      Code availability (Reviewing Editor): We will deposit the code in a repository with a permanent DOI, such as Zenodo, in addition to GitHub.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Olmstead et al. present a single-cell nuclear sequencing dataset that interrogates how hippocampal gene expression changes in response to distinct physiological stimuli and across circadian time. The authors perform single-nucleus RNA sequencing on mouse hippocampal tissue after (1) kainic acid-induced seizure, (2) exposure to an enriched environment, and (3) at multiple circadian phases.

      The dataset is rigorously collected, and a major strength is the use of the previously established ABC taxonomy from Yao et al. (2023) to define cell types. The authors further show that this taxonomy is largely independent of activity-driven transcriptional programs. Using these annotations, they examine activity-regulated gene expression across neuronal and glial subclasses. They identify ZT12, corresponding to the transition from the light to the dark period, as transcriptionally distinct from other circadian time points, and show that this pattern is conserved across many cell types. Finally, they test how circadian phase influences activity-dependent gene expression by exposing mice to an enriched environment at different times of day, and report no significant interaction between circadian phase and enriched environment exposure.

      A crucial consideration for users of this dataset is the potential confounding effect between circadian phase and locomotor activity. This is particularly relevant because dentate gyrus activity is strongly modulated by locomotion. The authors acknowledge this issue in the Discussion and provide useful guidance for how to interpret their findings, considering this confound.

      We thank the reviewer for their accurate and thoughtful summary of the ACT-DEPP dataset and the key experimental design and analytical choices that form the basis of the study. We agree that circadian phase and locomotor activity are major confounders that are irreconcilable in the current study. We have modified our Discussion of this point to consider future studies which would be able to delineate the two (lines 403-406)

      Taken together, this dataset represents a useful resource for the neuroscience community, particularly for investigators interested in how novel experience and circadian phase shape activity-related and immediate early gene expression in the hippocampus

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents the ACT-DEPP dataset, a comprehensive single-nucleus RNA-sequencing atlas of the mouse hippocampus that examines how activity-dependent and circadian transcriptional programs intersect. The dataset spans multiple experimental conditions and circadian time points, clarifying how cell-type identity relates to transcriptional state. In particular, the authors compare stimulus-evoked activity programs (environmental enrichment and kainite-induced seizures) with circadian phase-dependent transcriptional oscillations. They also identify a transcriptional inflection point near ZT12 and argue that immediate early gene (IEG) induction is broadly maintained across circadian phases, with minimal ZT-dependent modulation.

      Strengths:

      The study is ambitious in scope and data volume, and outlines the data-processing and atlasregistration workflows. The side-by-side treatment of stimulus paradigms and ZT sampling provides a coherent framework for parsing state (activity) from phase (circadian) across diverse neuronal and non-neuronal classes. Several findings - especially the ZT12 "inflection" and the differential sensitivity of pathways across subclasses - are intriguing.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors acknowledge, but do not adequately address, the fundamental confounding factor between circadian phase and spontaneous locomotor activity. The assertion that these represent "orthogonal regulatory axes," based on largely non-overlapping DEGs, may be overstated. The absence of behavioral monitoring during baseline is a major limitation.

      We agree that circadian phase and locomotor activity are irreconcilable confounders in the current study. We have removed the phrase “orthogonal regulatory logic.” This point is disclaimed as the leading point in our Limitations section. We expand on this section to consider future studies which would be able to delineate the two (lines 403-406).

      (2) The statement "Thus, novel experiences and seizures trigger categorically distinct transcriptional responses-with respect to both magnitude and specific genes-in these hippocampal sub regions" is overstated, given the data presented. Figure 2A-B shows that approximately one-third of EE-induced DEGs at 30 minutes overlap with KA DEGs, and this overlap increases substantially at 6 hours in CA1 (where EE and KA responses become "fully shared"). This suggests the responses are quantitatively different rather than "categorically distinct."

      We have modified the sentence (lines 127-129) to state: “Thus, novel experience and seizure induce transcriptional programs that differ greatly in magnitude and, apart from CA1 after 6 hours, contain stimulus-specific genes.” We have additionally modified the section title to de-emphasize stimulus-specificity.

      (3) In Figure 4B, "active cells" are defined as those with >=3 of 15 IEGs above the 90th percentile, with thresholds apparently calibrated in CA1. Because baseline expression distributions differ across subclasses, this rule can bias activation rates across cell types.

      The baseline expression thresholds were computed for each CA1 Supertype, e.g. CA1 69-1, 702, etc. (Figure 4D).

      (4) Few genes show significant ZT × stimulus (EE or seizure) interactions, concentrated in neuronal populations. Given unequal nucleus counts and biological replicates across subclasses, small effects may be underpowered.

      We agree with the observation that our measurements may be underpowered to observe small effects. The nuances of our DGE methodology are discussed below under Reviewer 2’s Recommendation #3.

      (5) In Figure 6 I, J, the relationship between the highlighted pathways/functions and circadian phase is not yet explicit.

      We agree that there is no obvious relationship for ZT-based changes in expression among genes in shared sets highlighted in Figures 6I-J. However, their enrichment among the small set of 13 significantly interacting genes genome-wide merits remark as we have done so here. What functional implications these observations have is the subject of future experiments.

      (6) Line 276-280: The enrichment of lncRNAs at ZT12 in CA1 is intriguing but underdeveloped. What are these lncRNAs, and what might they regulate?

      Gene symbols were ascertained by mapping reads to the GRCm39-113 mouse genome in Parse Bioscience’s Trailmaker pipeline (Methods). GRCm39 returns gene biotype annotations, which is how we determined these genes were lncRNAs. A literature search for these gene symbols found that all 12 are predicted or uncharacterized loci without functional experimental data.

      Overall, most descriptive conclusions are supported (e.g., broad phase-robustness of classical IEGs; an inflection near ZT12). Claims about the separability/orthogonality of activity vs circadian programs, and about categorical distinctions between EE and KA responses, would benefit from more conservative wording or additional analyses to rule out behavioral and power-related alternatives.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have a few suggestions for additional analyses and clarifications that could further strengthen the study:

      (1) KA responsive populations and spatial context

      In Figure 2, the authors show that KA-responsive cells cluster within two supertypes, which may 99 represent seizure-specific populations. Could the authors leverage the spatial transcriptomic data 100 from Yao et al. to ask whether there is a specific cell type or subregion within the dentate gyrus 101 that is predisposed to express the seizure-associated gene programs identified in Figure 2?

      We thank the reviewers for this interesting analysis suggestion. We have added Figure 2—figure supplement 6 as an exploration of the spatial distribution of DG Supertype 138-3. We find that these cells are predominantly located in dorsal hippocampus, although are sparsely distributed throughout all of hippocampus.

      (2) Baseline circadian modulation of canonical IEGs

      In the Discussion, the authors note that canonical immediate early genes do not overlap with circadian differentially expressed genes, citing results from Figure 5. However, the current 109 analyses do not directly show how canonical IEG expression varies across the circadian cycle at 110 baseline. It would be helpful to include a focused visualization, for example, a heatmap or line plot 111 of IEG expression across circadian time points, to more directly support this conclusion.

      We have added Figure 6—figure supplements 1-2. These plots demonstrate low variation of IEG expression within the standard environment across ZTs. EE-induction is likewise similar across ZTs in CA1. DG demonstrates less consistent induction relationships, likely due to dramatically low abundances leading to noisy expression estimates.

      (3) Neurogenesis-related signatures

      Given that dentate gyrus cells are included in the dataset, it may be informative to comment on neurogenesis-related transcriptional programs. For example, can the authors report whether markers of adult-born granule cells or progenitor populations are detected, and whether genes associated with neurogenesis are modulated by experience (seizure or enriched environment) or circadian phase? Even a brief analysis or summary would likely be of interest to the community.

      We do capture a small population of immature neuronal cells (IMNs) in our dataset that are likely the product of dentate neurogenesis (Figure 1B). Our experiment was not adequately designed to detect the origin of these cells, nor determine whether EE induces changes in rate of neurogenesis or cell fates. However, we can measure the effects of acute EE on the preexisting IMN population present at the time of experimentation. We have added Figure 2—figure supplement 7 to examine this topic. We observe that hours of EE exposure instead of minutes is necessary to induce transcriptional changes. Interestingly, many of the DEGs observed encode neurotransmitter receptor subunits or intercellular adhesion proteins.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Behavioral confounding factor: Please provide locomotor activity measures aligned to ZT for the relevant cohorts (e.g., wheel counts or video tracking), or at minimum, discuss how ZT-dependent changes in arousal/locomotion could contribute to the observed transcriptional differences and how your analyses mitigate this confounding factor. Including locomotion as a covariate in pseudobulk models or presenting matched restraint controls would be helpful.

      We did not collect locomotion data on the mice and so are unable to include it as a covariate in any analyses. We place the Limitations subsection at the beginning of our Discussion and disclose the confounding effect of locomotion/arousal as a main limitation of this study. 

      It is well established that mice increase locomotor activity in the hour preceding the dark phase (i.e. during ZT 11-12) [1]. Similarly, in vivo neurophysiological studies of hippocampus during locomotion consistently demonstrate that neuronal cells in hippocampus exhibit spatially tuned activity that increases as an animal navigates an environment compared to when it is stationary [2]. If locomotion were to exhibit major influence on gene expression in our experiment, it is reasonable to assume that we would observe such effects in IEGs. Nevertheless, we do not observe changes in baseline IEG expression across ZTs (Figure 6—figure supplement 1-2). Based on this albeit circumstantial evidence, we conclude that circadian influences on gene expression are likely to predominate over locomotor ones in the absence of other manipulations.

      What may explain this lack of IEG induction across dramatically different locomotor phases? It is possible that locomotion-dependent effects on neuronal activity are insufficient to drive activity-dependent changes without instructive learning signals within the hippocampal circuit. One speculative mechanism for this could be that, in the standard environment (i.e. the animal’s home cage), the lack of strong plasticity events such as dendritic plateau potentials [3] fails to overcome the signaling threshold(s) necessary to induce activity-dependent transcriptional programs. It also remains possible that locomotion-induced transcriptional changes involving hundreds of genes such as that observed in Figure 5 are coordinated through processes independent of canonical IEG induction.

      (2) "Active cell" definition: Please provide (i) a sensitivity analysis varying the percentile cutoff (e.g., 80/85/95%) and the number of IEGs required (2-4), and (ii) a complementary analysis using continuous activity scores (e.g., AUCell or ssGSEA) with concordance to the binary call reported (ROC/PR or agreement metrics). Subclass-specific thresholding or normalization would further mitigate bias; reporting the fraction of "active" cells per subclass under each parameter set would be helpful.

      We have added Figure 4— figures supplements 1-2 to incorporate all these requested analyses. Rather than rely on an external library to construct an IEG module score, we employ a simple z-scoring index of the 15 IEGs used in Figure 4B, D, E to overcome the technical challenges unique to this set of low-abundance genes.

      From these requested analyses, we find that ROC curves were extremely accurate at classifying active and inactive cells based on a continuous activity IEG score (AUC > 0.985, Figure 4 — figure supplement 2). Precision-recall curves were also constructed, which demonstrated decreased—although still robust—classification of cell activity state in SE. This is consistent with the performance of precision/recall tradeoff between conditions when there is an imbalance of active/inactive cells in the underlying populations (see Figure 4B). When investigating the decreased PR-accuracy in SE, we observed that discordant classifications were likely to arise when a single IEG was elevated enough to significantly increase the composite score, leading to a spurious classification as “active” with the continuous scoring method when it would not meet the 3-gene threshold in the other method.

      Finally, we note that we already employed supertype-specific thresholding to set baseline thresholds for each CA1 sub-population.

      (3) Interaction effects and power: Please (a) report per-subclass effective sample sizes and replicate numbers, (b) re-analyze with a complementary framework (limma-voom or edgeR) and, where possible, (c) include sample-level mixed-effects models (animal as a random effect; pseudobulk counts or cell-fraction outcomes). Presenting effect sizes with uncertainty (e.g., forest plots) would improve interpretability beyond binary FDR thresholds.

      We have added Figure 2—figure supplements 1-5; and Figure 3—figure supplement 1 to address these requests and included a new paragraph in the Results section (lines 130-146) describing how these different methods perform comparatively on our dataset. We observe that these methods perform similarly under most conditions, but that DESeq2 shrinkage—the method used for all DGE analysis in the main figures—aggressively forces estimated fold-change toward zero in certain conditions with high variance. We maintain our original conclusion that Type I error rate is adequately minimized. However, Type II error rate in our DGE analyses may be higher with DESeq2 under certain conditions compared to other frameworks.

      We modified our Discussion to expand on these findings (lines 415-424) and disclose to the reader that “Our findings should be interpreted as a conservative observation of activity- and circadian-dependent changes in gene expression.” We thank the reviewer for these suggestions which have significantly improved the analytic rigor of the project and revealed its potential technical shortcomings.

      (4) Figure 6 I,J : Please make clear whether these pathways are simply enriched among DE genes or whether they exhibit bona fide circadian modulation.

      The 13 significant genes ascertained through the interaction analysis presented in Figure 6I-J were manually annotated through literature review, given the feasibility from such a small number of DEGs. The pathways described—endocannabinoid synthesis, signaling and excitability, and chromatin remodeling/gene expression—were all cellular processes implicated by literature review of the gene list. From this, we conclude that these processes are influenced by an interaction between circadian- and activity-dependent induction of gene expression after controlling for their individual effects.

      References

      (1) Eckel-Mahan, K. L. et al. Circadian oscillation of hippocampal MAPK activity and cAMP: implications for memory persistence. Nat Neurosci 11, 1074–1082 (2008).

      (2) Buzsáki, G. Theta Oscillations in the Hippocampus. Neuron 33, 325–340 (2002).

      (3) Bittner, K. C., Milstein, A. D., Grienberger, C., Romani, S. & Magee, J. C. Behavioral time scale synaptic plasticity underlies CA1 place fields. Science 357, 1033–1036 (2017).

  2. Oct 2026
    1. Author response:  

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have revised their manuscript to clarify that molecular analyses have not yet occurred and have resolved the technical/publication issues with the figures. I look forward to seeing these tools used in future publications to answer important questions in Blastocystis research.

      We are grateful to Reviewer 1 for their careful and constructive assessment of our revised manuscript. We are pleased that the revisions have satisfactorily addressed their previous concerns, and we sincerely appreciate their recognition of the value of our work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised version provides sufficient clarity and appropriate visual presentation. Some confusion evidently arose due to my misunderstanding, so I thank the authors for their comprehensive clarifications and patience.

      We are grateful to Reviewer 3 for their careful reading of the revised manuscript and for the additional constructive suggestions. We appreciate that these recommendations are aimed at improving clarity, accessibility, and presentation, and we have addressed them as detailed below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Table 1

      (1a) The description of the column "Promoter Lengths Tested" is a bit confusing because it actually shows acronyms of the used promoters. Suggestion for clarity: either keep the name and mention just the lengths, or rename to "Promoter abbreviation" or "Promoter acronym".

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. To avoid confusion, we have renamed this column “Promoters Tested”, which better captures the information presented. The column contains both promoter identifiers and the corresponding promoter lengths, which are further clarified in the table notes.

      (1b) It is not entirely clear based on the formatting of the table, which columns are relevant for "Blastocystis ST4-WR1" and which for "Blastocystis ST7-B".

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have revised the formatting of Table 1 to more clearly distinguish the data corresponding to Blastocystis ST7-B and Blastocystis ST4-WR1. Specifically, we have added a vertical divider between the relevant column groups to improve readability and make the species-specific information easier to follow.

      (2) Figure 2:

      If the authors wish to preserve the decorative colouring in the parts B and C, it would be better to at least keep the datapoint and boxplot hues consistent for individual conditions (or plot the datapoints in the same, neutral hue throughout, e.g., black or grey). Currently, this is only the case in the part C, but not in the part B.

      We thank the reviewer for this useful suggestion. We have revised Figure 2B to improve visual consistency between the data points and boxplots while preserving the overall colour scheme of the figure. This adjustment improves readability without changing the data or its interpretation.

      (3) Figure 3: With the modifications everything is clear. However, two issues are now apparent.

      (3a) After the part A was modified, the arrow colours changed (had been yellow and red, now are cyan and magenta), but the description in the legend remained (yellow and red), so the text should be corrected. [By the way, the original colours worked well.]

      We apologise for overlooking this inconsistency. The Figure 3 legend has now been corrected to match the revised arrow colours in panel A.

      (3b) The care taken by the authors to make the images more accessible is really greatly appreciated, but being a person on the colourblind spectrum, I can attest that the issue is not always just about red and green discrimination: the greyscale and blueish green used in the part A photo in particular are discernible only at huge magnification (to some people). If the signal in the part A were of the same hue as in the part B (yellowish green instead of blueish green), it would readily pop out. For that matter, what is the reason for the use of a different colour profile of the UnaG fluorescence in these two images?

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this important accessibility-related comment. The difference in colour profiles between panels A and B was intentional because the images were acquired using different imaging modalities, as indicated in the figure legend. We wanted to avoid implying that the two panels were generated under identical imaging conditions. However, we appreciate the reviewer’s point that this distinction should not come at the expense of readability. We have therefore adjusted the display of the UnaG signal in panel A to improve contrast and visibility. 

      (4) Conclusion:

      The expression "bringing endogenous regulatory part discovery, namely the identification of native promoter and terminator elements" feels a bit clunky. What the part "endogenous regulatory part discovery" alludes to is now clearer, but consider reformulating it to "discovery of endogenous regulatory elements". This would make it clear without the need to add the explanation "namely the identification of native promoter and terminator elements". [It is now clear that the accumulation of noun adjectives and the significance of the word "part" was what originally blurred the overall meaning.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that the original phrasing was unnecessarily clunky and have revised the sentence for clarity and flow. Lines 682–684 now read:

      “By integrating endogenous promoter and terminator discovery, DNA delivery, selection, clonal recovery, and reporter validation into a single pipeline, we provide a flexible foundation for routine transgene-based studies.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study that addresses whether mitochondrial DNA (mitoDNA) variants impact telomere length (TL), which may be relevant to potential maternal inheritance of TL in offspring. The study addresses this question using a cybrid model approach in which mitochondria from donor platelets from 7 individuals that vary in TL and differ in mitoDNA variants are introduced into 143B cells that lack mitochondria. MitoDNA variants that exhibited reduced complex I activity showed telomere shortening in cybrids and increased telomere dysfunction. Interestingly, these phenotypes could be reduced with NAC antioxidant and NAD+ supplementation, suggesting that ROS and oxidative DNA damage at telomeres contributed to the telomere shortening. They further showed that cybrids with lower levels of ROS correlated with longer TL in the lymphocytes of the mitochondrial donors.

      Strengths:

      This study provides compelling evidence that mtDNA variants influence TL through a mechanism involving mitochondrial-derived ROS, potentially causing telomeric oxidative damage. The data are robust, and the manuscript is well written. However, the study could be strengthened by addressing the following questions and minor weaknesses below.

      We thank the reviewer for this very positive evaluation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction. Line 81, the relationship between TL and the risk of lymphoid and myeloid leukemia is not straightforward. POT1 variants associated with long TL increase the risk for lymphoid and myeloproliferative neoplasms (see PMID: 41564438 for example).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising the important link between pathogenic POT1 variants and lymphoid malignancies driven by elongated telomeres. We would like to clarify, however, that our introduction focused not on the pathological telomere attrition characteristic of telomere biology disorders, but rather on the natural, non-pathological variations observed in individuals with baseline telomere lengths on the shorter end of the spectrum.

      Nevertheless, the two following publications by the Armanios lab have been added in the introduction to underscore the complex relationship between telomere length and tumorigenesis:

      DeBoy EA et al. Familial clonal hematopoiesis in a long telomere syndrome. 2023. N Engl J Med 388, 2422-2433.

      Davidson-Swinton HR et al. Lymphoid malignancy and clonality in the POT1-mediated long telomere syndrome. 2026. Blood 147, 2226-2237.

      Here is the corresponding sentence in the revised manuscript:

      “However, some pathogenic mutations in POT1 gene, linked to very long telomeres, were also previously associated with increased risk for lymphoid and myeloproliferative neoplasms (5,6), underscoring the complex relationship between TL and cancer predisposition.”

      (2) Figure 1. Since sex also influences TL, it would be good to know the sex of the selected individuals or explain why this is not necessary.

      Because this study investigated the potential maternal inheritance of TL via the mitochondrial genome, our cohort consisted predominantly of female donors (6/7). Donor #5, the husband of Donor #7, was the only male included. We have added the information in the text:

      “All were of European origin, thus excluding a possible bias linked to African ethnic groups (7), and the seven donors belonged to distinct mitochondrial subhaplogroups (Fig 1D). All but one (#5) were female donors.”

      Notably, our analysis revealed minimal influence of sex on TL, which cannot account for the observed differences between the extreme groups.

      (3) Please include a description of the 143B cells that were used for cybrid formation in the Results section when introducing the cybrids.

      We did it:

      “To evaluate the impact of distinct mitochondrial genomes on TL in human cells, we used a transmitochondrial cybrid strategy in which mtDNA-depleted Rho<sup>0</sup> (ρ<sup>0</sup>) cells, derived from 143B human osteosarcoma cancer cells, are fused with donor platelets, thereby restoring functional mitochondria carrying donor-specific mtDNA variants (21).”

      (4) Lines 155-156. The authors note that cybrids from donors 1 and 2 show "pronounced" telomere damage. This result indicates an increase in 53BP1-positive telomeres, which could be indicative of telomere dysfunction or damage. Quantification of the increased chromosome end fusions for cybrids 1 and 2 would strengthen the result.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Following their advice, we used our metaphase spread FISH analyses to quantify chromosome end fusions in the parental 143B Rho0, Cyb1 and Cyb6 cells. However, because Cyb2 metaphase spreads were of insufficient quality for adequate chromosome analysis, we restricted our telomere fusion comments exclusively to Cyb1 and included the quantifications in our revised manuscript (Fig 2E).

      Do the increased fusions correlate with an increase in telomere signal-free ends? These should be apparent in the telomere FISH images of metaphase chromosomes.

      While this is a strong argument, the telomeres within these cybrid models are critically short. Consequently, the FISH signal intensity falls below the threshold required for reliable quantification of telomere-free ends.

      (5) Lines 168-169. What is the evidence that the "in vitro metabolic shift" causes acute oxidative stress?

      The reviewer is correct that we have not formally demonstrated this in our experimental system. Instead, our assumption was based on the fact that the initial phase of Rho0 cell repopulation involves a temporary ROS burst, partly driven by incompletely assembled ETC supercomplexes that are known to elevate ROS levels (Maranzana et al., 2013). This is supported by our experimental observation that the NAC antioxidant, combined with NR, potently inhibits telomere shortening in cybrids with low CI activity. We added the following sentence in the revised manuscript:

      “When mitochondria are replenished in ρ<sup>0</sup> cells during the formation of transmitochondrial cybrids, a shift from glycolysis to OXPHOS occurs (Fig S4A-B) and cells need to adapt to this metabolic change. Notably, the initial phase of ρ<sup>0</sup> cell repopulation involves a temporary ROS burst, partly driven by incompletely assembled ETC supercomplexes that are known to elevate ROS levels (22).”

      (6) Why did the elevated ROS in cybrid #3 (Figure 4C) not translate to shorter telomeres in the cybrid (Figure 2A)? Perhaps there is a difference between factors that determine TL in the cybrid vs the donor's lymphocytes?

      We cannot fully explain the discrepancy, but we indeed suspect in vivo oxidative stress differs significantly from cell cultures (21% O<sub>2</sub>). Additionally, early cybrid replenishment involves an unknown telomere elongation step that may offset mitochondrial ROS-induced shortening.

      To further investigate this question, we measured telomere length across varying population doublings (PDs) and observed the following shortening after 66-67 PDs:

      - Cyb3: about 1.6 kb reduction

      - Cyb6: about 1.2 kb reduction

      - Cyb7: about 0.8 kb reduction

      These results suggest that the rate of telomere shortening in culture may be higher in Cyb3 cells, possibly due to increased ROS levels.

      We included these results as Supplementary Figure 7 and have discussed these data in the revised manuscript:

      “Consistently, tracking TL over sequential population doublings revealed that Cyb3 cells are more vulnerable to progressive telomere shortening than Cyb6 or Cyb7 cells (Fig S7). Together, these findings support a role for mitochondrial ROS in human TL regulation.”

      In Figure 4B, it appears that the statistical comparisons for mitochondrial superoxide are all relative to Cyb3. If so, why are the comparisons not with the parental 143B rho0 cell line? Please clarify.

      We excluded Rho0 cells from our superoxide measurements because these cells were grown in a different culture medium. Instead, we focused on comparing mitochondrial ROS across cybrids to accurately correlate these values with the telomere length of the corresponding donors’ lymphocytes. Consequently, Rho0 cell measurements would not have contributed to this correlation analysis.

      We have discussed this in the revised manuscript:

      “Mitochondrial superoxide production was measured by electron paramagnetic resonance (27) in clones #1 of all cybrids and in 143B cells (Fig 4B). We excluded 143B ρ<sup>0</sup> cells from our superoxide measurements because these cells were grown in a different culture medium.”

      (7) Given the heterogeneity in TL and mtDNA variants in the human population, the conclusions could be further strengthened by increasing the number of donors and cybrids analyzed. However, there are admittedly practical factors. Overall, these findings are compelling and provide a solid foundation for expanding this analysis in the future. This is more of a comment than a weakness.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive feedback and entirely agree that including more donors would have added depth to our findings. While we acknowledge this limitation, pursuing this further is currently impossible without acquiring new ethical approvals and establishing fresh collaborations with clinicians.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to determine whether mitochondrial genotype influences telomere length. By generating cybrids harboring different mitochondrial backgrounds, the authors seek to establish a mechanistic link between mitochondrial status and telomere biology.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is the use of cybrid technology, which provides a great approach to investigate the role of mitochondrial DNA independently of the nuclear genome. The authors also employ multiple complementary assays to assess telomere-related phenotypes associated with mitochondrial dysfunction. Together, these experiments generate an interesting dataset that will be of value to researchers interested in the intersection between mitochondrial biology, genome stability, aging, and development. These results also build on previous work supporting roles for ROS/mitochondria in driving telomere shortening.

      We thank the reviewer for this very positive evaluation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The data support the conclusion that mitochondrial background is associated with differences in telomere length and telomere-related phenotypes. However, some of the mechanistic interpretations would benefit from additional evidence. In particular, the manuscript discusses mitochondrial influences on telomere shortening, yet telomere length in some experiments is assessed at a single time point. Consequently, the current data do not directly address the rate of telomere attrition. Differences observed between cybrid lines could potentially arise from events occurring during cybrid formation, clonal selection, or subsequent cell expansion. Longitudinal analyses across multiple passages, ideally beginning immediately after cybrid generation and controlling for population doublings, would help establish whether mitochondrial function directly affects telomere shortening dynamics. Some experimental results would also benefit from additional quantification, clarification, and some biological replicates are missing.

      We limited our TL measurements to the earliest viable time point after cybrid formation to avoid the confounding effects of cellular adaptation in culture. For instance, the early telomere shortening observed in Cyb1 and Cyb2 cells was later alleviated—likely due to the upregulation of the NAD+ salvage pathway genes NAMPT and NAPRT1. To accurately capture the effects specific to cybrid formation, we isolated 4 independent clones per donor, all of which showed highly consistent TL values, as shown in Figure 2A and S3D.

      While we acknowledge the reviewer's point about multi-passage longitudinal analyses, we did, in fact, measure telomere length across varying population doublings (PDs) in Cyb3 (high mito ROS levels), Cyb6 and Cyb7 (moderate to low mito ROS levels) and observed the following shortening after 66-67 PDs:

      - Cybrid 3: about 1.6 kb reduction

      - Cybrid 6: about 1.2 kb reduction

      - Cybrid 7: about 0.8 kb reduction

      These results suggest that the rate of telomere shortening in culture may be higher in Cyb3 cells, possibly due to increased ROS levels.

      We included these results as Supplementary Figure 7 and have discussed these data in the revised manuscript:

      “Consistently, tracking TL over sequential population doublings revealed that Cyb3 cells are more vulnerable to progressive telomere shortening than Cyb6 or Cyb7 cells (Fig S7). Together, these findings support a role for mitochondrial ROS in human TL regulation.”

      We have also carefully edited the manuscript so as to clarify the text and, whenever possible, have added quantifications. Among others, as suggested by Reviewer #1, we added the quantification of chromosome end fusions in the parental 143B Rho0, Cyb1 and Cyb6 cells in our revised manuscript:

      Author response image 1.

      Overall, this study provides interesting evidence linking mitochondrial background to telomere biology. The cybrid models represent a useful resource for the field, and the work raises important questions regarding mitochondria-telomere communication.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      Mahieu and colleagues address an interesting and underexplored question: whether non-pathogenic variation in the mitochondrial genome contributes to the inter-individual variability of human telomere length (TL). Using a Belgian Flow-FISH reference cohort (n=491) to identify donors at TL extremes, they generate trans mitochondrial cybrids from platelets of seven donors of distinct mtDNA subhaplogroups and characterize the resulting cells with a broad and well-executed toolkit (TRF, TeSLA, ddTRAP, EPR-based mitoROS, Seahorse with permeabilized-cell ETC dissection, LC-MS metabolomics, telomeric PARFISH). The most compelling finding is that cybrids derived from donors with low complex I (CI) activity undergo rapid telomere shortening during the glycolysis-to-OXPHOS transition of cybrid formation, and that this is largely prevented by co-treatment with NAC and the NAD<sup>+</sup> precursor nicotinamide riboside, supporting a model in which CI sustains the NAD<sup>+</sup> pool required for PARP1-mediated repair of oxidative damage at telomeres. The authors further report an inverse correlation between donor lymphocyte TL and mitoROS in the corresponding cybrids, and provide preliminary evidence that the K1a-defining ATP6 A177T variant (m.G9055>A) may be enriched in long-telomere individuals.

      We thank the reviewer for this very positive evaluation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Statistical support and donor sampling for the central in vivo correlation (Figure 4C).

      The inverse correlation between donor lymphocyte TL and cybrid mitoROS (R<sup>2</sup>=0.794, p=0.007) is the principal in vivo claim of the paper, but it is built on seven donors deliberately selected from the extremes of the Flow-FISH distribution. Sampling at the tails of the outcome variable can substantially inflate apparent correlation strength and significance. I would encourage the authors to (i) explicitly state this sampling structure where the correlation is introduced, (ii) report a leave-one-out sensitivity analysis to confirm the relationship is not driven by one or two donors (Cyb3 and Cyb6 appear to anchor the line), and (iii) where feasible, extend the analysis to additional donors with intermediate TL to test whether the relationship holds across the full distribution. Even a modest expansion (e.g., 4 to 5 additional donors at P25 to P75) would substantially strengthen this central claim.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We have conducted the requested leave-one-out analysis:

      - removing Cyb3: R<sup>2</sup>=0.730; p=0.0302

      - removing Cyb6 : R<sup>2</sup>=0.782 ; p=0.0194

      - removing Cyb1 : R<sup>2</sup>=0.740; p=0.0278

      While we agree that additional donors would enhance the study, further experiments are however currently impossible without new ethical clearances and additional clinical partnerships.

      (2) Reconciling the cybrid CI / TL relationship (Fig 3B) with the absence of a CI / TL relationship in donor lymphocytes (Figure 4A).

      Figure 3B shows a strong correlation between CI activity and TL in cybrids (R<sup>2</sup>=0.87), while Figure 4A shows no correlation between donor CI activity (measured in the same cybrids) and donor lymphocyte TL. The authors acknowledge this, but the manuscript subsequently builds toward a CI-centric model of in vivo TL regulation, which seems to outrun the data. The most internally consistent interpretation is that the cybrid CI phenotype reports a sensitized in vitro response to the acute oxidative stress of the metabolic shift, rather than a steady-state determinant of leukocyte TL. I would suggest reframing the abstract, significance statement, and Discussion to make this distinction clearer. The in vitro CI / NAD<sup>+</sup> / PARP1 axis is a strong finding on its own, while the in vivo role of CI activity (as opposed to ROS more broadly) is not yet established here. Donor #1's profile (very long lymphocyte TL, low CI activity, severe shortening in cybrids, no telomere inheritance in offspring) is informative in this regard and could be discussed more directly as a case that helps delineate where the cybrid model does and does not recapitulate in vivo biology.

      We acknowledge that our study does not establish the in vivo role of CI activity in TL regulation. Our abstract specifically highlights an in vitro phenomenon: “Under the specific conditions of cybrid formation, which involve a metabolic shift from glycolysis to oxidative phosphorylation, mtDNA variants associated with reduced CI activity induced rapid telomere shortening, …”.

      We nevertheless extensively revised the Abstract/Significance Statement to clearly separate our in vitro results from in vivo biology as requested:

      “Abstract

      Telomere shortening is a hallmark of aging, yet telomere length (TL) varies considerably among individuals and is strongly influenced by inheritance. In mice, efficient mitochondrial function, characterised by low reactive oxygen species (ROS) production, is critical for telomere elongation during early embryogenesis. Since mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) encodes several subunits of the electron transport chain, it may influence TL at birth by regulating mitochondrial function in utero. To explore the relationship between mtDNA and TL in human, we used a transmitochondrial cybrid approach, introducing mitochondria from donor platelets with varying telomere lengths into mtDNA-depleted cells. This revealed an inverse correlation between donor blood TL and mitochondrial ROS levels measured in the resulting cybrids, suggesting that specific mtDNA variants may contribute to the maintenance of long telomeres in humans by enhancing mitochondrial fitness. During in vitro cybrid formation, a transient phase of oxidative stress precedes cellular adaptation. In this specific window, mtDNA variants associated with reduced complex I (CI) activity induced rapid telomere shortening—an effect rescued by antioxidant and NAD<sup>+</sup> precursor supplementation. While these variants occur naturally in certain individuals with long telomeres, our data suggest that, at least under in vitro conditions of acute oxidative stress, CI is critical to support PARP1 activity by maintaining the NAD<sup>+</sup>/NADH balance, thereby preserving telomere integrity. Collectively, these findings solidify the link between mtDNA variants and human TL regulation, highlighting potential therapeutic opportunities for mitochondrial replacement strategies.”

      “Significance Statement

      “Telomere length at birth influences aging trajectories and disease risk later in life, yet the mechanisms governing this trait remain incompletely understood. Using a trans mitochondrial cybrid approach, we show that single-nucleotide variants in the mitochondrial genome of healthy donors directly affect mitochondrial metabolism and reactive oxygen species production. In addition, mitochondrial ROS levels measured in cybrids inversely correlate with blood cell telomere length in donors. During cybrid formation, mitochondrial DNA variants associated with reduced CI activity promote telomere shortening. Attrition was reversed by antioxidant and NAD<sup>+</sup> precursor supplementation, pointing to an essential role for robust CI function in sustaining telomere length during acute oxidative stress, at least under in vitro conditions. Together, these findings establish a direct link between mitochondrial genetics, redox homeostasis, and telomere maintenance in human cells.”

      Overall, the manuscript has also been carefully edited to account for this comment.

      (3) The K1a / ATP6 A177T inheritance claim.

      The proposal that K1a (and specifically ATP6 A177T) contributes to maternal inheritance of long telomeres is intriguing but currently rests on three pedigrees (one of which, donor #1, does not support the hypothesis) and a chi-square test that does not reach significance (p=0.153, Figure 4F). The supporting evidence is also limited by the fact that platelet-mediated mitochondrial transfer delivers donor mitochondrial proteins, lipids, and residual mtRNA in addition to mtDNA, making it difficult to attribute the cybrid phenotype of donor #6 specifically to the ATP6 A177T variant. I would recommend either: (a) extending the genotyping screen to additional unrelated donors and, if feasible, confirming the effect of ATP6 A177T through an isogenic approach (e.g., mtDNA base editing in a clean background), or (b) softening the relevant statements to "suggestive trend warranting larger studies," and presenting the K1a observation as hypothesis-generating rather than supportive. The Ashkenazi-centenarian connection raised in the Discussion is an excellent direction for follow-up and could be framed accordingly.

      We agree that the evidence for the AT6 A177T inheritance claim remains inconclusive. To clarify, we do not argue that this mitochondrial variant is solely responsible for longer telomeres; indeed, the mtDNA genome of donor #1 suggests otherwise. Furthermore, the phenotypic impact of such mtDNA variants likely depends on nuclear variants in other telomere-related genes (e.g., hTERT or hTR), meaning AT6 A177T may not consistently result in elongated telomeres. Unfortunately, our ethical protocol precludes screening additional unrelated donors. We have revised the text to soften our statements accordingly.

      New references:

      DeBoy EA et al. Familial clonal hematopoiesis in a long telomere syndrome. 2023. N Engl J Med 388, 2422-2433.

      Davidson-Swinton HR et al. Lymphoid malignancy and clonality in the POT1-mediated long telomere syndrome. 2026. Blood 147, 2226-2237.

      Maranzana E et al. Mitochondrial respiratory supercomplex association limits production of reactive oxygen species from complex I. 2013. Antioxid Redox Signal 19, 1469-1480.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 3C. Please clarify. Do the first two bars represent NAMPT, and bars 3-4 represent NAPRT1?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, and we have fixed the problem.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors discuss telomere shortening throughout the manuscript, but telomere length is measured only at a single time point. It would be more informative to pass the cells over several population doublings and determine the rate of telomere shortening. Longitudinal analysis across multiple passages, ideally starting immediately after cybrid generation and controlling for population doublings, would be required to determine whether mitochondria directly influence telomere attrition rates. Overall, I like the manuscript- I think it is interesting and impactful, but some controls are missing.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive evaluation of our work and have inserted the TRF results of our longitudinal analysis of telomere length in Cybrids #3 (high ROS), #6 (low ROS) and #7 (very low ROS) cultured until PD 66-67 after cloning. Data are shown as Fig S7.

      We observed the following shortening after 66-67 PDs:

      - Cyb3: about 1.6 kb reduction

      - Cyb6: about 1.2 kb reduction

      - Cyb7: about 0.8 kb reduction

      These results suggest that the rate of telomere shortening in culture may be higher in Cyb3 cells, possibly due to increased ROS levels.

      (1) Why would rho (0) have shorter telomeres than parental cells? Or decreased telomerase activity?

      We will look at this soon. Our current hypothesis, based on the recent work by the Agarwal’s lab, is that the short telomeres in 143B Rho0 cells happen because these cells lack the nuclear-encoded TK1 enzyme and cannot make pyrimidines through the salvage pathway or de novo (since dihydroorotate dehydrogenase needs working mitochondria). When mitochondria return, thymidine levels may rise and help telomerase work again, potentially through an allosteric mechanism as previosuly suggested (Mannherz and Agarwal, Nat Genet 2023).

      This was already discussed in our manuscript (Discussion):

      “Our study also unexpectedly revealed a reduction in telomere length in 143B cells following mitochondrial depletion. This telomere shortening was associated with decreased telomerase activity, as measured by ddTRAP, but not with reduced expression of the telomerase subunits hTERT or hTR. 143B osteosarcoma cells are deficient in thymidine kinase 1 and therefore lack an effective pyrimidine salvage pathway. In the absence of oxidative phosphorylation, the de novo thymidine synthesis pathway is also compromised, rendering 143B r<sup>0</sup> cells dependent on uridine supplementation for survival. Although this hypothesis requires further investigation, we propose that the shorter telomeres observed in 143B r<sup>0</sup> cells may be linked to the emerging role of thymidine nucleotide metabolism in the regulation of human telomere length, potentially through an allosteric effect of dTTP on telomerase activity (4143).”

      (2) Why does 2C data show no variation? How many biological replicates?

      We showed hTR and hTERT expression levels in one biological replicate of two independent cybrid clones from each donor, with technical replicates for each measurement. Measurements of hTERT and hTR expression levels over successive PDs were performed for some clones and showed good consistency.

      (3) Why did the TIF analysis not compare parental and Rho (0) cells?

      We have now added the data in Fig 2D.

      Figure 2E is only a representative image; no quantification is provided, so no conclusions about fusion can be made.

      We have now quantified chromosome end fusions in the parental 143B Rho0, Cyb1 and Cyb6 cells and have included the quantifications in our revised manuscript (Fig 2E):

      “E. Left: Visualisation of telomere fusions (white arrowheads) in Cyb1 cells at PD7. 143B r<sup>0</sup> and Cyb6 cells are shown as controls. Telomeres are detected by FISH (red) and DAPI stains DNA (blue). Scale bar: 5 µm. Right: Quantification of telomere fusions. The total number of analyzed chromosomes is shown for each cell line. Χ<sup>2</sup> test. ns: p>0.05.”

      (4) In Figure 3, I found it difficult to interpret the data shown in D (what is each lane?).

      Each lane shows TL of an independent hybrid clone. We have clarified the legend accordingly.

      Why is the data in E shown this way? How many biological replicates, and why no experimental validation?

      Panel E quantifies the TRF analyses conducted on independent cybrid clones. These clones were isolated from new cybridizations of donor 2’s platelets with 143B Rho0 cells under the specified conditions. The specific number of independent cybrid clones (which we consider as biological replicates) for each condition is shown in the graph: NAA: 5, NAC: 7, NAC + NR: 8, NAA + NR: 8. We have clarified the legend as follows. We hope this is clearer now.

      “E. Quantification of the TRF analyses conducted on independent cybrid clones isolated in the conditions detailed in D. The percentage of clones with average TL>2.5 kb was calculated. The specific number of independent cybrid clones analyzed for each condition is shown in the graph: NAA: 5, NAC: 7, NAC + NR: 8, NAA + NR: 8.”

      (5) Did NAC and NR also reduce TIF or telomere fusions?

      We did not test this. We expect NAC/NR treatment to reduce TIF and telomere fusions indeed.

      For the Parylation experiments, how many independent experiments were performed?

      Eight independent cybrid clones obtained from 4 independent cybridisations were analyzed. This has now been detailed in the legend as follows :

      “F. Representative images and quantification of telomeric parylation in 8 independent Cyb2 clones obtained from 4 independent cybridisations, comparing cells that did or did not exhibit telomere shortening during the initial PDs following cybridisation (from panel D-E).”

      (6) Figure 4. Why were mitochondrial superoxide levels not measured in parental cells?

      We excluded Rho0 cells from our superoxide measurements because these cells were grown in a different culture medium. Instead, we focused on comparing mitochondrial ROS across cybrids to accurately correlate these values with the telomere length of the corresponding donors’ lymphocytes. Consequently, Rho0 cell measurements would not have contributed to this correlation analysis.

      We have discussed this in the revised manuscript:

      “Mitochondrial superoxide production was measured by electron paramagnetic resonance (24) in clones #1 of all cybrids and in 143B cells (Fig 4B). We excluded 143B r<sup>0</sup> cells from our superoxide measurements because these cells were grown in a different culture medium.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Additional analyses for Figure 4C. Please report a leave-one-out sensitivity analysis for the lymphocyte TL versus cybrid mitoROS correlation,

      We have conducted the requested leave-one-out analysis:

      - removing Cyb3: R<sup>2</sup>=0.730; p=0.0302

      - removing Cyb6: R<sup>2</sup>=0.782; p=0.0194

      - removing Cyb1: R<sup>2</sup>=0.740; p=0.0278

      We chose not to include this analysis in the revised manuscript.

      and state in the legend that donors were selected at the extremes of the Flow-FISH distribution.

      This is not exactly the case, but we nevertheless added this sentence in the legend:

      “TL in the donor lymphocytes was distributed as follows: >P90 (#1, #6 and #7), around P50 (#2 and #4), between P10 and P50 (#5) and at P10 (#3).”

      If feasible, extend the analysis to 4 or 5 additional donors with intermediate TL (P25 to P75) to test whether the relationship holds across the full distribution.

      While we agree that additional donors would enhance the study, further experiments are however currently impossible without new ethical clearances and additional clinical partnerships.

      Reframing of the in vivo claims. Please calibrate the language in the abstract, significance statement, and Discussion so that the in vitro complex I / NAD<sup>+</sup> / PARP1 mechanism and the in vivo role of the mitochondrial genome are presented at the appropriate levels of evidence. A brief paragraph in the Discussion explicitly addressing donor #1 (long lymphocyte telomeres, low complex I activity, telomere shortening in cybrids, no inheritance of long telomeres in offspring) would be helpful in delineating where the cybrid model does and does not recapitulate in vivo biology.

      The text has been thoroughly revised in accordance with this suggestion. We kindly invite you to review the updated manuscript for full details.

      Strengthening the K1a / ATP6 A177T claim. Two options would address the concern raised in the public review. First, extending the genotyping screen to additional unrelated donors until the chi-square test reaches the level of evidence consistent with the wording in the abstract.

      Unfortunately, further experiments are currently impossible without new ethical clearances.

      Second, if a collaboration is available, an isogenic introduction of the m. G9055>A variant in a clean mitochondrial background through mitochondrial base editing or mitoTALENs would directly test causality.

      This would certainly be an excellent approach to test causality indeed and we fully agree that future collaborations with specialized labs would be highly relevant in this context.

      If neither is feasible, please soften the statements to a suggestive trend warranting larger studies.

      We chose to soften our claims instead; please see the revised manuscript for details.

      Direct test of PARP1 involvement. A PARP1 knockdown or a PARP inhibitor co-treatment in Cyb2 during fusion would directly test whether the NAC + nicotinamide riboside rescue depends on PARP1 activity, as the model proposes. If this experiment is not feasible, please state so in the Discussion.

      Again, redoing cybridisations is currently impossible without new ethical clearances. We nevertheless acknowledge that the suggested experiment is interesting and we discussed it in the revised manuscript as follows:

      “Mitochondrial platelets with low CI activity triggered significant telomere shortening in recipient cells during early cybrid formation -a loss that was prevented by co-treatment with an antioxidant and an NAD<sup>+</sup> precursor. Although we did not determine whether the rescue was dependent on PARP1, these results support the essential role of CI in maintaining PARP1 activity via regulation of the NAD<sup>+</sup>/NADH balance.”

      Figure 1C/D legend says "eight selected donors" twice (lines 635, 636), but the text says "seven donors" (lines 132, 258), and donors are numbered #1-#7 throughout. This is a real internal inconsistency in the manuscript that the authors should fix.

      We have fixed this mistake. Thanks for bringing this to our attention.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study presents a valuable investigation of how inhibition of the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway influences neuronal chloride homeostasis and seizure-like activity in organotypic hippocampal slice cultures. The evidence supporting the principal mechanistic conclusions is incomplete because several proposed mechanisms are inferred from changes in chloride dynamics rather than directly demonstrated. The work will be of interest to researchers studying chloride homeostasis, inhibitory neurotransmission, and epilepsy.

      We appreciate the thoughtful reviews and assessment. Additional data analysis has been performed, and the paper has been carefully modified to address each concern, as described below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used extracellular field potential recordings and two-photon imaging to monitor neuronal network activity and intracellular chloride concentration ([Cl-]i) in organotypic hippocampal slices from mice expressing the genetically encoded chloride fluorophore Clomeleon. These slices were used as a model of acute traumatic brain injury and epileptogenesis in vitro. The study provides evidence that blocking the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway with WNK463 alleviates epileptic activity, and that this anticonvulsant effect involves suppression of the chloride loader NKCC1 and enhancement of chloride extrusion via KCC2. Overall, this is a solid study with a comprehensive pharmacological analysis.

      Strengths:

      The conclusions are well supported by the detailed pharmacological analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      The only weakness I see is the absence of cellular-level electrophysiology, which precludes interpretation of the imaging data in the context of GABA action polarity.

      The referee correctly points out that we did not perform cellular-level electrophysiological measurements. Before the advent of transgenic ratiometric chloride-sensitive fluorophores, we conducted detailed studies of neuronal cation-chloride transport using electrophysiological measures (Staley and Proctor, 1999). We did not measure membrane potential in the current study because this data is not needed for characterization of cation-chloride membrane cotransport, which is electroneutral. Electroneutral processes are not affected by membrane potential, and electroneutral processes in turn do not alter the membrane potential. We did not measure membrane GABA currents because the polarity of GABA currents was clearly demonstrated by our fluorometric measures of the corresponding increases or decreases in cytoplasmic chloride concentration (Figure 2). We have added the following sentence to the Discussion (Page 16): “In this fluorometric study, we did not measure RMP and E<sub>GABA</sub> directly, but rather inferred the impact of electroneutral cation-chloride transport on these parameters from the effects on [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> (Figure 2) and seizure activity (Figures 1, 3-9)”.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate whether inhibition of the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway using the allosteric inhibitor WNK463 improves neuronal chloride homeostasis and suppresses epileptiform activity in organotypic hippocampal slice cultures. Using Super Clomeleon imaging combined with extracellular field recordings, they demonstrate that WNK463 accelerates recovery of intracellular chloride following chloride loading, reduces interictal chloride accumulation, and progressively suppresses recurrent ictal-like discharges. Pharmacological inhibition and siRNA-mediated knockdown of NKCC1 and KCC2 are then used to investigate the contribution of these transporters to the anti-ictal effects of WNK463.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses an important question in the field of chloride homeostasis and epilepsy and combines complementary experimental approaches. In particular, the distinction between baseline chloride measured in the presence of TTX and activity-dependent interictal chloride accumulation provides a useful conceptual framework for interpreting previous studies of WNK-SPAK inhibition. The imaging, electrophysiological, and pharmacological data are internally consistent and support the conclusion that WNK463 alters chloride dynamics and substantially suppresses ictal-like activity in this model.

      Weaknesses:

      The principal limitation of the manuscript is that several mechanistic conclusions extend beyond the experimental observations. Throughout the results and discussion, the authors interpret the observed changes in intracellular chloride dynamics as evidence of enhanced CCC-mediated chloride extrusion, while the pharmacological and siRNA-mediated experiments are interpreted as supporting coordinated NKCC1 inhibition and KCC2 activation, ultimately leading to restoration of GABAergic inhibition and negative shifts in EGABA. While these interpretations are plausible and consistent with the data, they remain inferential because transporter phosphorylation or activity, EGABA, and inhibitory synaptic function were not directly assessed in the current study. Moreover, although the pharmacological and knockdown experiments support a contribution of NKCC1 and KCC2 to the actions of WNK463, they do not definitively establish coordinated modulation of both transporters as the primary mechanism underlying seizure suppression. These mechanistic conclusions should therefore be presented more cautiously.

      The referee correctly points that we did not definitively establish the link between coordinated modulation of NKCC1 and KCC2 transporter activity, changes in EGABA and GABA function to the anti-ictal action of WNK463. Indeed we have an entire section of results dedicated to the anti-ictal effects of WNK463 that persist after block of NKCC1 and KCC2. The primarily biochemical study by Lee et al (2022) demonstrated that the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 inhibitor WNK463 reduced KCC2-T1007 phosphorylation and EGABA in cultured cortical neurons challenged with high 30 mM [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> in vitro, and limited KA-induced status epilepticus in vivo. We are studying the same system with different pharmacological, electrophysiological, optogenetic and morphological tools during spontaneous ictal-like epileptiform discharges in organotypic hippocampal slices in vitro. We prominently cite the previous study and clearly report new findings and demonstrate underlying mechanisms. We have also modified the language surrounding our conclusions (e.g. last sentence of abstract, and last sentence of first paragraph of Discussion).

      The manuscript would also benefit from broader contextualization within the current literature. The introduction largely focuses on previous work from the authors' group and provides a relatively narrow overview of chloride homeostasis in epilepsy. In particular, the discussion would benefit from broader consideration of studies examining KCC2 dysfunction in human epilepsy and experimental models, alternative mechanisms regulating KCC2 activity following seizures, and recent therapeutic strategies targeting KCC2.

      We agree. We have added the following paragraph to the Discussion (p. 16-17): “The KCC2 protein is a potassium-chloride co-transporter that maintains low [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> (Rivera et al., 1999). KCC2 dysfunction has been implicated in epilepsy across human and experimental studies. Reduced KCC2 expression and impaired chloride extrusion have been demonstrated in resected tissue from patients with temporal lobe epilepsy, and pathogenic variants in SLC12A5 further support a causal role for impaired KCC2 function in human epilepsy (Huberfeld et al., 2007; Puskarjov et al., 2014). Experimental seizures can suppress KCC2 through several mechanisms in addition to WNK-SPAK/OSR1 signaling, including BDNF-TrkB-dependent downregulation, dephosphorylation of the stabilizing Ser940 site with subsequent internalization, and calpain-mediated proteolysis (Rivera et al., 2004; Silayeva et al., 2015; Puskarjov et al., 2012). These convergent mechanisms suggest that loss of KCC2 function may both result from and amplify seizure activity by weakening GABAergic inhibition. Accordingly, KCC2 has emerged as a therapeutic target: strategies include modulation of regulatory phosphorylation, enhancement of KCC2 expression, and direct pharmacological potentiation. Notably, the KCC2 activator OV350 enhances chloride extrusion and suppresses experimental seizures, including benzodiazepine-refractory status epilepticus, providing proof-of-concept for direct KCC2 activation as an antiseizure strategy (Jarvis et al., 2023).”

      Finally, although the authors appropriately acknowledge that the experiments were performed exclusively in vitro, the discussion could more explicitly address the limitations of the organotypic hippocampal slice model, including how culture-induced network reorganization and spontaneous epileptiform activity may influence chloride homeostasis and the extent to which these findings generalize to traumatic brain injury and chronic epilepsy in vivo. In addition, the statistical analysis would benefit from clarification regarding the experimental unit and the treatment of repeated measurements.

      Thank you. We addressed the limitation of organotypic hippocampal slices in vitro in the Limitation and Future Directions paragraph (p. 18-19): “Our experiments were conducted in organotypic hippocampal slices in vitro. Advantages of this preparation include homogenous injury and consistent epileptogenesis. This provides excellent control of the extracellular environment and imaging but does not replicate the in vivo vascular supply and maintenance of ionic homeostasis. While we find that increased WNK-SPAK/OSR1-mediated KCC2 activity via enhanced Cl<sup>-</sup> extrusion rates robustly reduces seizure activity in vitro, it is possible that in vivo, increased KCC2 activity could lead to extracellular potassium accumulations (Viitanen et al., 2010) that would limit Cl<sup>-</sup> extrusion independently of the velocity of KCC2 transport (Thompson et al., 1988; Staley and Proctor, 1999). Thus, it will be important to assess these findings in vivo.”

      We provided better clarification regarding the treatment of repeated measurements (p. 22): “Experimental data were analyzed using a repeated measures ANOVA for two types of study design. Studies that investigated either (1) changes in mean (median) parameters over three or more time points or consecutive time intervals; or (2) differences in mean (median) parameters under three or more different conditions”.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dzhala and colleagues present findings from organotypic slice cultures suggesting that simultaneous modulation of the complementary cation-chloride cotransporters NKCC1 and KCC2 through inhibition of the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway reduces seizure-like activity. The manuscript is generally well written, and the data support the conclusion that WNK463 exerts robust anti-ictal effects in this model. However, several issues should be addressed to strengthen the mechanistic interpretation and statistical rigor of the study, and improve confidence in the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses an important mechanistic question by investigating how inhibition of the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway with WNK463 influences seizure activity and neuronal chloride homeostasis.

      (2) The experimental design is logical and comprehensive, progressing from characterization of chloride dynamics to pharmacological and genetic interrogation of the underlying mechanism using multiple complementary approaches, including pharmacological inhibition, siRNA-mediated knockdown, electrophysiology, and chloride imaging.

      (3) The combination of simultaneous extracellular electrophysiology and two-photon chloride imaging provides complementary functional and mechanistic information and represents a major technical strength of the study.

      (4) The TTX experiments elegantly distinguish activity-dependent chloride accumulation from resting intracellular chloride concentration, substantially strengthening the central mechanistic conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The mechanistic conclusions regarding KCC2 activation and NKCC1 inhibition are stronger than the data directly support. Throughout the manuscript, the authors conclude that WNK463 activates KCC2 and inhibits NKCC1. Although this interpretation is consistent with the established biology of the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway, the evidence presented here is indirect. Specifically, the authors infer KCC2 activation and NKCC1 inhibition from the observation that pharmacological inhibition or siRNA-mediated knockdown of these transporters alters the effects of WNK463, together with measurements of chloride dynamics. While these findings are compatible with a KCC2- and NKCC1-dependent mechanism, they do not directly establish that WNK463 regulates either transporter. Direct evidence would require measurements of transporter activity, phosphorylation state, membrane expression, or other biochemical indices of transporter regulation. I therefore recommend that the authors both temper the mechanistic language throughout the manuscript and explicitly acknowledge in the Discussion that the proposed regulation of KCC2 and NKCC1 is inferred from indirect evidence rather than directly demonstrated in the present study.

      We agree. We modified the key conclusory sentences in the Abstract and Discussion as described in the response to referee 2. The referee correctly points that we did not directly establish the link between the action of WNK463 and coordinated activation of KCC2 and inhibition NKCC1. We highlighted the established link in the discussion (p. 17-18): “NKCC1 and KCC2 are rapidly stimulated and inhibited, respectively, by direct phosphorylation mediated by the Cl<sup>-</sup>-sensitive WNK-SPAK/OSR1 complex (Alessi et al., 2014). The WNK family senses changes in the [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub>, cell volume, extracellular osmolarity and transduces this information to CCCs (Shekarabi et al., 2017). WNKs stimulate the kinases SPAK and OSR1, which directly phosphorylate and stimulate NKCC1 or inhibit KCC2 (Kahle et al., 2013), providing compensatory and reciprocal regulation between transporters activity to maintain chloride homeostasis and neuronal excitability (Hartmann and Nothwang, 2022). Conversely, inhibiting the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway might be an especially potent strategy to reduce neuronal Cl<sup>-</sup> elevation and facilitate neuronal Cl<sup>-</sup> extrusion by coincident NKCC1 inhibition and KCC2 activation…” Consistently with the established biology of the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway we found that (p.15): “…WNK463 improved [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> homeostasis, progressively enhanced postictal [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> extrusion rates, reduced ictal duration and abolished recurrent ILDs. Our pharmacological investigations suggest that the powerful anti-ictal effects of WNK463 are mediated by reduced NKCC1 and enhanced KCC2 transport activity...”

      (2) The conclusions drawn from the siRNA-mediated knockdown experiments should be interpreted more cautiously. First, it is unclear whether silencing NKCC1 or KCC2 induced compensatory changes in the expression or function of the complementary cotransporter. Given the well-established interplay between NKCC1 and KCC2 in regulating intracellular chloride homeostasis, compensatory adaptations could influence the interpretation of these experiments and should be addressed or acknowledged as a limitation. Second, the sample size for the siRNA experiments appears relatively small. It is unclear how many independent animals contributed slices to each experimental group, making it difficult to assess the degree of biological replication. In addition, effect sizes are not reported. Clarifying the number of biological replicates and reporting effect sizes would improve the rigor of the statistical analysis and increase confidence in these findings.

      We agree and now address this in the discussion (p. 17-18): “WNKs stimulate the kinases SPAK and OSR1, which directly phosphorylate and stimulate NKCC1 or inhibit KCC2 (Kahle et al., 2013), providing compensatory and reciprocal regulation between transporters activity to maintain chloride homeostasis and neuronal excitability (Hartmann and Nothwang, 2022). ”

      We agree that the sample size for the siRNA electrophysiological experiments is relatively small (n=3-4 slices). We now clarify the number of mice were used per each experimental group (p.19). We provide the n (number of slices) and the number of paired cells in the Results and for every experimental conditions.

      (3) The final pharmacological experiments require clarification, as the conclusions appear internally inconsistent. Earlier experiments suggest that the anticonvulsant effects of WNK463 depend on coordinated regulation of both NKCC1 and KCC2. However, in the final experiment, the authors state that simultaneous pharmacological inhibition of NKCC1 and KCC2 does not prevent the anticonvulsant effects of WNK463. In contrast, the accompanying statistical analysis indicates that combined transporter inhibition significantly reduces the effect of WNK463 relative to control conditions. These interpretations appear inconsistent and make it difficult to determine the extent to which the anticonvulsant action of WNK463 depends on NKCC1 and KCC2. The authors should clarify whether simultaneous inhibition of both transporters completely abolishes, partially attenuates, or merely reduces the magnitude of the WNK463 response, and revise the text accordingly. If the effect is only partially attenuated, alternative mechanisms contributing to the anticonvulsant actions of WNK463 should also be considered and discussed.

      We agree. Our data demonstrated that WNK463 had no effect in the presence of high concentration of bumetanide (500 µM) that nonspecifically blocks CCCs (NKCC1 and KCC2-3) (Figure 6). In contrast (p. 15): ”Simultaneous inhibition of NKCC1 and KCC2 by the combination of bumetanide (10 µM) and VU0463271 (1 µM) significantly reduced the anti-ictal effects of WNK463 (Figure 9).” The conclusory sentence in the Results indicates (p.15): “These results suggest that the anti-ictal effects of WNK-SPAK/OSR1 inhibitor WNK463 are mainly due to downstream interactions with NKCC1 inhibition and KCC2 activation, with additional effects due to interactions with an unidentified Cl<sup>-</sup> transporter (e.g. KCC3) or exchanger, or channel.”

      (4) The statistical analysis and reporting require further attention. First, median values should not be reported with standard deviations, as standard deviation describes variability around the mean rather than the median. For non-normally distributed data, the authors should report median values together with an appropriate measure of variability, such as the interquartile range (25th-75th percentile) or another suitable summary. Second, in several instances, ANOVA results are reported using only a single degree of freedom value (e.g., page 6, DF = 53). This is incomplete, as an F statistic is defined by two degrees of freedom: the numerator degrees of freedom (between-group variability) and the denominator degrees of freedom (within-group variability). Reporting statistical results using standard notation (F(df_between, df_within) = F statistic, p = value) would improve clarity and allow proper interpretation of the analyses.

      Thank you. Group measures are expressed now as mean ± standard deviation (SD) or median (25%-75%) as indicated. In a one-way RM ANOVA, (DF) represents the between-groups degree of freedom, and (F) represents the F-statistic and reported as F(DF<sub>treatment</sub>, DF<sub>residual</sub>)=value. In the Friedman RM ANOVA on Ranks, the chi-square statistic was used to assess the differences between the groups. The Tukey Test or Holm-Sidak Test was used for all pairwise comparisons of the responses to the different treatment groups. Please see Statistical Analysis in the Methods section (p.23-24).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have only minor comments/suggestions.

      (1) While [Cl<sup>-</sup>]i and ECl are informative parameters, interpreting the GABA driving force and determining whether depolarizing/excitatory GABA actions during seizures or interictal states are alleviated by treatment requires knowledge of the membrane potential and its dynamics during epileptic events. I would recommend including this information if available. Gramicidin perforated-patch recordings (ideally) would substantially strengthen the conclusions, at least for a critical subset of experiments.

      Please see our response above. We have added the following sentence to the discussion (page 16): “In this fluorometric study, we did not measure RMP and EGABA directly, but rather inferred the impact of electroneutral cation-chloride transport on these parameters from the effects on [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> (Figure 2) and seizure activity (Figures 1, 3-9)”.

      (2) Did the authors observe any signs of cell shrinkage in response to WNK463, or transient cellular swelling during interictal-like discharges (ILDs) and its prevention by WNK463? Given that cytotoxic edema is typically associated with increased tissue light transparency and shrinkage of the extracellular space (e.g., as measured with TMA⁺), this reviewer wonders whether such approaches could be used as a proxy for cell swelling. Tissue edema, which manifests as increased tissue volume, could also be assessed by measuring slice thickness.

      These are excellent ideas and cell volume is an area of interest for us, but we would argue that assessment of volume effects are outside the scope of the current 9-figure study. We observed cell volume (transverse area) increases during prolonged ictal-like discharges. This effect was prevented by WNK463 during suppression of ictal-like discharges. However, we did not provide the volume analysis in this paper.

      (3) The paper should be corrected for spelling and grammar (e.g., Figure 2 legend: "(b) Linier regression analysis revealed that... " - probably should be "Linear... "?).

      Thank you. Corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Temper mechanistic statements throughout the manuscript by clearly distinguishing experimental observations from inferred mechanisms and by explicitly framing conclusions regarding coordinated NKCC1/KCC2 modulation, chloride extrusion, EGABA, and restoration of GABAergic inhibition as interpretations supported by, rather than directly demonstrated by, the current data.

      We have softened the key conclusory sentences in the Abstract and Discussion as described above. In the introduction, we highlighted the potential of both NKCC1 and KCC2 targeting for control of seizures (p. 2): “Previous studies have demonstrated that inhibition of NKCC1 reduced [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> in injured neurons, enhanced GABAergic inhibition and the efficacy of anticonvulsants (Pond et al., 2006; Dzhala et al., 2008; Dzhala et al., 2024; Nardou et al., 2011; Cleary et al., 2013; Sivakumaran and Maguire, 2016; Soul et al., 2021). Conversely, enhancement of KCC2 activity improved [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> extrusion and control of seizures (Gagnon et al., 2013; Moore et al., 2018; Dzhala and Staley, 2021).”

      In the discussion we highlighted the potential of coordinated NKCC1 and KCC2 modulation (p. 17-18): “NKCC1 and KCC2 are rapidly stimulated and inhibited, respectively, by direct phosphorylation mediated by the Cl<sup>-</sup>-sensitive WNK-SPAK/OSR1 complex (Alessi et al., 2014). The WNK family senses changes in the [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub>, cell volume, extracellular osmolarity and transduces this information to CCCs (Shekarabi et al., 2017). WNKs stimulate the kinases SPAK and OSR1, which directly phosphorylate and stimulate NKCC1 or inhibit KCC2 (Kahle et al., 2013). Conversely, inhibiting the WNK-SPAK/OSR1 pathway might be an especially potent strategy to reduce neuronal Cl<sup>-</sup> elevation and facilitate neuronal Cl<sup>-</sup> extrusion by coincident NKCC1 inhibition and KCC2 activation…”

      (2) Expand the introduction and discussion to provide a more balanced overview of the current literature on chloride homeostasis in epilepsy, including alternative mechanisms regulating KCC2 dysfunction and recent therapeutic strategies targeting KCC2.

      In the introduction, we highlighted the potential of both NKCC1 and KCC2 targeting for control of seizures (p. 2): “Previous studies have demonstrated that inhibition of NKCC1 reduced [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> in injured neurons, enhanced GABAergic inhibition and the efficacy of anticonvulsants (Pond et al., 2006; Dzhala et al., 2008; Dzhala et al., 2024; Nardou et al., 2011; Cleary et al., 2013; Sivakumaran and Maguire, 2016; Soul et al., 2021). Conversely, enhancement of KCC2 activity improved [Cl<sup>-</sup>]<sub>i</sub> extrusion and control of seizures (Gagnon et al., 2013; Moore et al., 2018; Dzhala and Staley, 2021).” We did not provide additional references to comply with the word limit. We have added a paragraph and citations (pp. 16-17) to the Discussion to address this issue.

      (3) Discuss more explicitly the limitations of the organotypic hippocampal slice model when extrapolating the findings to traumatic brain injury and chronic epilepsy in vivo.

      Please see our response above. We discussed the limitation of the organotypic hippocampal slice model in the Limitations and future directions section (p. 18-19): “Our experiments were conducted in organotypic hippocampal slices in vitro. Advantages of this preparation include homogenous injury and consistent epileptogenesis (Berdichevsky et al., 2012). This provides excellent control of the extracellular environment and imaging but does not replicate the in vivo vascular supply and maintenance of ionic homeostasis. While we find that increased WNK-SPAK/OSR1-mediated KCC2 activity via enhanced Cl<sup>-</sup> extrusion rates robustly reduces seizure activity in vitro, it is possible that in vivo, increased KCC2 activity could lead to extracellular potassium accumulations (Viitanen et al., 2010) that would limit Cl<sup>-</sup> extrusion independently of the velocity of KCC2 transport (Thompson et al., 1988; Staley and Proctor, 1999). Thus, it will be important to assess these findings in vivo.”

      (4) Clarify how repeated measurements from individual cells and slices were handled in the statistical analyses, including the experimental unit for each analysis.

      We clarified in the methods (p.22): “Experimental data were analyzed using a repeated measures ANOVA for two types of study design. Studies that investigated either (1) changes in mean (or median) parameters over three or more time points or consecutive time intervals); or (2) differences in mean (or median) parameters under three or more different conditions”.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript would also benefit from including statements regarding randomization, blinding (beyond the immunohistochemistry analysis), and any inclusion or exclusion criteria, as these details are increasingly expected to improve transparency and reproducibility.

      We agree. Images were blinded for the immunohistochemistry analysis (p. 21) and quantitative analysis of intracellular chloride changes (p. 23). Cells that did not respond to GABA/L-glutamate puff applications (Figure 2) and chloride transients that failed to fit an exponential decay function (p. 5) were excluded from the analysis. All other data generated or analyzed during this study were included in the manuscript.

      (2) The duration of baseline recordings prior to drug application should be specified in the Methods.

      Thank you. This information included in the Method section (p.19): “Slices were stabilized for 10-20 min in ACSF prior recordings and/or imaging”.

      (3) Some wording could be refined for readability. For example, "insignificantly reduced " on pages 8 and 14 would be more appropriately stated as "did not significantly reduce. "

      Thank you. Corrected.

      (4) The first sentence of the Introduction refers to "anticonvulsant (AED)-resistant seizures. " I suspect the authors intended "antiepileptic drug (AED)-resistant seizures, " as the current wording does not match the acronym.

      Thank you. Corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Review:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Leukemia-driving NUP98 oncofusion proteins form chromatin-associated biomolecular condensates in the nucleus, and these structures are important for oncogenic transformation. Most NUP98 fusions do not contain domains that mediate the recognition of specific DNA elements. Instead, they entail domains that are important for chromatin regulation. For instance, the NUP98::KDM5A fusion features a fusion of the NUP98 N-terminus with the third PHD domain of the histone demethylase KDM5A. As PHD domains are critical for the recognition of methylated histones without any sequence specificity, it is not clear what controls the condensation and chromatin binding of NUP98::KDM5A, leading to the induction of oncogenic transcriptional programs.

      In this work, the authors use a combination of cellular and in vitro studies to show that biomolecular condensation of NUP98::KDM5A is dependent on H3K4me3 binding. Their model proposes that concentration-dependent chromatin-associated condensation of NUP98::KDM5A depends on local densities of H3K4me3 on chromatin and the levels of the fusion oncoprotein. In line with this, the analysis of gene expression data from NUP98::KDM5A-positive AML cells shows a positive correlation between differentially expressed genes and H3K4me3 levels.

      This is an interesting manuscript that aims to dissect the molecular mechanisms underlying biomolecular condensation of the NUP98::KDM5A oncoprotein. The work is solid, and the results are well explained and presented in a logical order. However, the study suffers from several weaknesses that if addressed would improve the study.

      Major points:

      (1) All cellular experiments are performed in settings of transient transfection of NUP98::KDM5A in non-hematopoietic cell types. These conditions are not physiologically relevant, as these cells do not depend on the fusion oncogene. Therefore, any claims about concentration-dependent effects on condensation need to be validated in AML cells that are driven by NUP98::KDM5A. While this may not be possible in primary patient-derived cells, several groups have published AML models of NUP98::KDM5A-driven AML that could be used.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point regarding physiological relevance. Our goal in these cellular microscopy experiments was to dissect the biophysical principles of NUP98::KDM5A (including its mutants) condensate formation under controlled expression levels (concentration). While AML model systems driven by NUP98::KDM5A are available, they do not offer this possibility because of pre-existing NUP98::KDM5A expression. Suspension culture of hematopoietic cells also poses practical challenges for correlative FISH+IF and high-resolution microscopy analysis. We agree that validating our observed behaviors in AML models would be valuable, e.g. by creating HSPC lines with inducible expression of tagged NUP98::KDM5A and its mutants, but such experiments fall outside the scope of the current study. We will add text acknowledging this limitation and clarifying that our mechanistic conclusions are grounded in biophysical principles that should generalize across cell types.

      In the revised manuscript, we have added a section on study limitations at the end of the discussion section:

      Study limitations: Cellular experiments in this study were performed using transient transfection of WT NUP98::KDM5A and its mutants in HEK293 and U2OS cells. While these non-hematopoietic cell models limit physiological relevance, they allowed for controlled expression levels in the absence of endogenous oncofusion and the ease of imaging, enabling investigation of the biophysical principles of condensate formation, the main objective of our study.

      (2) The results presented in Figure 4 are not entirely supportive of the mechanism. It is known that active gene expression correlates with high H3K4me3 levels; therefore, the correlations shown by the authors are expected. Yet, the authors do not discuss the fact that many H3K4me3-positive genomic regions do not show NUP98::KDM5A binding. This should be elaborated on in the discussion section.

      We agree that active transcription correlates with H3K4me3, and that this baseline relationship must be considered. Our analysis explicitly uses fold-change between patient cells and healthy controls as the readout. This comparison inherently accounts for the activating effect of H3K4me3 itself. Regarding the reviewer’s comment that “many H3K4me3-positive genomic regions do not show NUP98::KDM5Abinding”, we would like to clarify that this point is exactly what our manuscript aims to explain. Our cell line studies show that, at patient-relevant expression levels, NUP98::KDM5A condensates form preferentially at H3K4me3 loci with high local mark density. Considering that NUP98::KDM5A concentration in the nucleus is lower than the KD between KDM5A PHD3 and H3K4me3, this means that H3K4me3 loci with lower mark density will not see NUP98::KDM5A binding without the high local concentration of the fusion protein (as a result of condensate formation). This is consistent with our observation that genes with the highest local density show disproportionately stronger upregulation.

      We have modified the final paragraph of the section describing our analysis of gene expression in patient samples to add:

      Importantly, to account for the activating effect of H3K4me3 itself, our analysis explicitly uses fold-change between patient cells and healthy controls as the readout.

      (3) While the focus of the manuscript is on NUP98::KDM5A, this oncofusion is part of a family of >30 fusions that join the NUP98 N-terminus to a variety of factors with roles in epigenetic control and transcription. While the repertoire of NUP98 fusion partners is diverse with regard to functional domains, they all induce a conserved set of target genes that is characteristic of this leukemia subtype. How can this be achieved in the context of NUP98 fusion proteins that do not contain a PHD domain, such as NUP98::NSD1 or NUP98::HOXA9? Please discuss this.

      We appreciate this important conceptual question. Many NUP98 fusions, despite diverse partner domains, produce similar transcriptional programs. Our current hypothesis is that the highly active status of the HOX cluster genes in HSPC attracts NUP98 oncofusions targeting H3K4me3 (e.g., KDM5A and PHF23), while NUP98::HOXA9 and other transcription factor fusions directly target the HOX cluster via DNA sequence recognition. This convergence and the broad targets of the dysregulated HOX transcription factors explain the transcriptional program similarity, sustained by the previously described enrichment of transcriptional co-activators by NUP98 oncofusion condensates. Of note, while several fusion partners of NUP98 lack PHD domains, the NUP98::NSD1 oncofusion includes several PHD domains of NSD1, which have previously been suggested to be important for leukemogenesis (PMID: 17589499). The discussion section has been modified to add:

      We envision that a similar mechanism targets other NUP98 fusions containing H3K4me3-recognizing reader domains (e.g., NUP98::PHF23) to leukemogenic loci, complementing direct targeting of the HOX genes through DNA sequence recognition in fusions containing DNA-binding domains (e.g., NUP98::HOXA9).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate how the oncogenic fusion protein NUP98KDM5Aalters gene expression in leukemia, using a combination of cellular experiments with model and patient cell lines, as well as in vitro studies. Upon transfection of U2OS cells with mEGFP-tagged NUP98-KDM5A, the authors show that the fusion proteins form sub-micrometre puncta, whereas KDM5A alone does not. These foci are also observed at expected native expression levels (using OpenCell data). The tag has an effect here, as switching to an mCherry tag raises the apparent saturation concentration for phase separation. Finally, the authors show via super-resolution imaging that the foci correlate with H3K4me3 distribution.

      In vitro, the fusion protein forms amorphous, gel-like condensates at double-digit nanomolar concentrations. Truncation analysis identifies PHD3 of KDM5A as required for maximal phase separation, consistent with the ability of the protein to bind H3K4me3 peptides. Addition of polynucleosomes increases the amount of fusion protein partitioning into the condensate in anH3K4me3-binding-dependent manner. Condensates are gel-like with slow internal dynamics in vitro; in cells, however, the dynamics depend on the position of the EGFP tag (no corresponding experiments with mCherry are shown). Reconstitution with H3K4me3- and H3K4me0-modifiedarrays shows colocalization with both wild-type NUP98-KDM5A and the binding mutant. Here, H3K4me3 arrays recruit ~20% more protein and yield gel-like structures in a manner dependent on the PTM and on the PHD finger.

      In cells, the fusion protein colocalizes with H3K4me3-marked loci, including the HOX clusters, as confirmed by FISH. Finally, re-analysis of published expression datasets from patient cells shows that genes are predominantly upregulated and that the upregulated genes are H3K4me3-marked.

      This is a well-executed mechanistic study. The data convincingly establish that NUP98KDM5A forms sub-micrometre foci at realistic expression levels, that these foci correlate with H3K4me3-marked sites, that the PHD3-H3K4me3 interaction mediates chromatin binding while the NUP98moiety drives phase separation in vitro, that foci in cells overlap genes heavily decorated with H3K4me3, and that H3K4me3-marked genes are those found to be upregulated in patient datasets. These are important mechanistic findings and of interest to the community.

      Still, the functional/causal link is a bit more tentative, as the data is mostly correlative, since it is not directly established that there is feedback between H3K4 methylation, NUP98KDM5Arecruitment, phase separation and target gene overexpression. An experiment that could further bolster this claim would be a direct test of whether NUP98-KDM5A expression drives overexpression of bound genes, e.g. expression of the fusion protein vs PHD- and NUP98-mutant variants, followed by qPCR of target genes, such as the HOX cluster, and possibly H3K4me3 ChIP at the same loci. As all the constructs and cell lines exist, this could be feasible and would substantially strengthen the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the thoughtful evaluation and agree that the causal link betweenH3K4me3 recognition, condensate formation, and gene activation remains partly correlative. Experiments such as qPCR or ChIP following expression of WT versus mutant constructs would indeed strengthen the causal chain. However, performing these assays across multiple constructs and loci in a physiologically relevant system is not feasible within the current revision cycle. We have added text acknowledging this limitation and clarifying that our study focuses on establishing the biophysical mechanism of targeting, while functional consequences are inferred from patient datasets rather than new perturbation experiments.

      We modified the Study limitations section of the Discussion to add:

      Similarly, our study focuses on the biophysical mechanism of chromatin targeting by the NUP98::KDM5A oncofusion, with functional consequences inferred from patient-derived datasets rather than defined perturbation experiments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 2: show co-localisation of large droplets of the chromatin-binding mutant with nucleoli by co-immunostainings, using nucleolar markers.

      (2) Figure 1E: Show another histone mark as a control, ideally H3K27me3.

      (3) The authors are encouraged to stick to the recommended nomenclature of fusion genes(https://www.nature.com/articles/s41375-021-01458-0).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The phase-separation behaviour clearly depends on the fusion FP, as the switch from mEGFP to mCherry shifts the apparent saturation concentration to ~200 nM. The authors should discuss, and where possible test, how much of the observed behaviour is attributable to the FP itself: what happens in the absence of any FP, and which construct (mCherry- or mEGFP-tagged) the authors consider the better proxy for the untagged fusion protein.

      (2) This is particularly relevant given that the in-cell dynamics (FRAP) are reported to depend on the position of the EGFP tag, and no corresponding mCherry experiments are shown.

      (3) The authors claim a patient NUP98-KDM5A concentration of ~180 nM. This is based on data for NUP98 in HEK293 cells, with the added correction factor for having only one allele mutated in patients. Still, the direct jump from HEK293 to patient leukemia cells is big; so the authors should formulate this more carefully: no conc. determination was done directly in patients.

      (4) Chicken erythrocyte chromatin: What is the endogenous H3K4me3 level in the chicken erythrocyte chromatin used here?

      (5) Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 3B. The legend defines the square as the mean but does not explain the remaining symbols (vertical lines, horizontal lines, grey versus black dots). Please define these plot elements.

      (6) In the reconstitution experiments, the arrays and the condensates appear to colocalize only weakly, and, a bit counterintuitively, the strongest apparent colocalization is seen for the NUP98KDM5A binding mutant. Can the colocalization be quantified and interpreted?

      (7) Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 3. Raising the chromatin concentration from 12.5 to 100 nM produces little visible change in the images. Where does the additional chromatin go? Does it stay in solution? As in point 4, the best colocalization again appears to be obtained with the mutant, which is unexpected and a bit difficult to reconcile with the proposed H3K4me3-PHDdrivenrecruitment model.

      (8) That highly expressed genes in patients carry H3K4me3 is basically expected and is not by itself informative. The relevant question is the origin of the effect: is H3K4me3, and the associated upregulation, a consequence of NUP98-KDM5A condensate formation? Analyzing the direct effects of NUP98-KDM5A (and mutants) on specific target gene expression profiles could help to dissect this further.

      We thank the reviewers for these recommendations. We have made the following revisions to the manuscript:

      We replaced NUP98-KDM5A with NUP98::KDM5A, in accordance with the recommended nomenclature. We made this change in both the text and the figures. We also corrected other NUP98 on confusions to reflect this recommendation.

      We have revised Figure 1 – Figure Supplement 3B and the accompanying legend to describe the symbols used in this figure.

    1. Author response:

      I am writing to provide a description of our planned revisions. We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments on the manuscript. All three reviewers had the primary concern of “lack of saline-treated control.” We had, in fact, included saline-treated control in our design, and shown some of this data in the original submission (Supplemental data Fig 1G). We agree with the Editor’s note that more analysis for saline sessions should be provided. The planned revisions will include additional saline data to compare saline injections on behavior (as shown for psilocybin on figure 1), on reward-preferring and non-preferring cluster analysis (as shown for psilocybin on figure 3), and on action decoding and encoding (as shown for psilocybin on figure 6).

      It should be emphasized that the work involved outbred rats performing a complex probability-shifting decision-making task while freely moving in an operant box. Some of the comments by reviewer 1 (such as considering long/changing latencies to retrieve reward as “extraordinarily” or “abnormally” long) suggest that there may have been a mix-up with what is common in freely-moving rats versus simpler and head-fixed mouse paradigms. This distinction is relevant to some of the concerns raised by reviewer 1. First, our n is well within the range seen in electrophysiological studies in behaving rats as most these studies utilize n=5-9 (e.g., Sias et al., Nature Neuro, 2024; Maor et al., Nature Comm, 2026). Second, our analysis dealt with shifting latencies accordingly (e.g. time-locking to action) and focused on within subject performance because in complex cognitive tasks such as ours, there is a considerable amount of baseline performance variability in outbred rats. It is, therefore, common, and clinically relevant, to focus on within subject analysis of drug or vehicle effects. This has been the case with previous studies on the effect of psilocybin on cognitive flexibility (e.g. Torrado Pacheco et al, NPP 2023) and was our approach here. The additional saline data will hopefully convince the reviewers and interested readers that the reported effects of psilocybin were not an artifact of i.p. injections

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study provides valuable insights into humans' ability to generalize knowledge of learned graph structures to new experiences that share the same structure but are built from different stimuli. However, the evidence for the authors' claims is incomplete, with the main claims of structural generalization and compositionality only partially supported by MEG and behavioral data. This study will be of interest to cognitive neuroscientists studying structure learning and generalization.

      We thank the editor and reviewers for a positive evaluation of our work and constructive suggestions to improve our manuscript.

      The reviewers' comments motivated textual modifications to the manuscript, changes and additions to figures and conduct of further analyses.

      We believe that the changes made in response to the reviewers' comments and suggestions provide for a substantially improved revised manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary of the paper:

      The paper presents an elegant task designed to investigate humans' ability to generalize knowledge of learned graph structures to new experiences that share the same structure but are built from different stimuli. Using behavior and MEG recordings, the authors test evidence for neural representation and application of structural knowledge.

      We appreciate this overall positive evaluation of our work and suggestions to strengthen the empirical support for the claims made in the paper.

      (1) While the task design is elegant, it isn't clear to me that the data support all the claims made in the paper. I have detailed my concerns below.

      The authors claim that their findings reveal "striking learning and generalization abilities based on factorization of complex experiences into underlying structural elements, parsing these into distinct sub processes derived from past experience, and forming a representation of the dynamical roles these features play within distinct subprocesses." And "neural dynamics that support compositional generalisation, consistent with a structural scaffolding mechanism that facilitates efficient adaption within new contexts".

      (a) First, terms used in these example quotes (but also throughout the paper) do not seem to be well supported by data or the task design. For example, terms such as 'compositional generalisation' and 'building blocks' have important relevance in other papers by (some of) the same authors (e.g., Schwartenbeck et al., 2023), but in the context of this experiment, what is 'composition'?

      We agree that our use of composition is less technical and formal than the nested and recursive forms of composition using “building blocks” reported in previous work (e.g., Schwartenbeck et al., 2023). In this experiment we study composition of smaller graphs via superimposition of their outputs. The superimposed “compound” outputs can be viewed as outputs of a single, more complex, graph. This is a special case of all possible ways that graphs can be composed from other graphs, and does not depend on a complex syntax for their combination (although more complex combination rules, other than multiplication are theoretically possible). Nevertheless, in accordance with common definitions of compositionality, this leads to a generative setup, given that a huge number of graphs can be expressed as the product of smaller graphs in this way.

      Figure panel (Fig 1A) illustrates this precise point. Importantly, we argue this kind of composition is ubiquitous in real-world learning scenarios where multiple independent processes contribute to the holistic experience of a situation.

      Based on the reviewer’s suggestion we have now amended the manuscript introduction to render the distinction between different definitions, and usage, of the term composition more salient.

      It is our understanding that this form of flexible, combinatorial, reuse of factorized prior knowledge is considered a specific instance of composition. Indeed, this understanding is supported by a cognitive-computational neuroscience literature that adheres to similar conceptualizations of compositionality, e.g., Barron et al., 2013 Nat Neuro; Rubino et al., 2023 PsyArxiv; Luettgau et al., 2024 PNAS.

      We add a paragraph to the introduction section elaborating on what we mean by graph factorization and its relevance for questions of compositional generalization (reproduced below for convenience).

      To address these questions, we developed a sequence learning paradigm based on a graph theoretical concept of graph factorization, emulating environments whose dynamics are the product of multiple simultaneous subprocesses. “Product graphs (Cartesian product), wherein the joint dynamics of two or more graph factors create complex product state space dynamics that can be factorized (and simplified) into constitutive factors, provides a compelling and flexible test bed for probing compositional generalization of multiple (independent) and simultaneously unfolding subprocesses.” Examples of such graph products and their factorizations, from a vast space of possible combinations, are provided in Figure 1A. Here we take inspiration from prior studies in neuroscience (e.g., Barron et al., 2013; Rubino et al., 2023; Schwartenbeck et al., 2023) and a prior cognitive literature, e.g., recursive operations over hierarchies (O’Donnell et al., 2009, 2011), hierarchical function composition, or rich forms of semantic composition in language to create complex concepts (Murphy, 1988).

      (2) Can the authors demonstrate clear behavioural or neural evidence for compositional use of multiple graph structures, or alternatively remove reference to these terms? In the current paper, it seems to me that the authors are investigating abstract knowledge for singular graph structures (together with the influence of prior learning), as opposed to knowledge for the compound, more complex graph formed from the product of two simpler graphs.

      We thank the reviewer for this important clarification, and agree our language should more precisely distinguish what the task design requires from what our data directly demonstrate. The reviewer is correct that our analyses primarily provide evidence for the abstraction and transfer of a single previously-experienced graph structure to novel stimuli, rather than direct evidence that participants combine two independently learned structures into a novel compound representation. We agree this distinction is important, and we have revised our language throughout the manuscript accordingly, reserving "compositional generalization" to describe the broader task structure (in which every compound stimulus is the joint product of two simultaneously evolving subprocesses, and the specific compound experienced during transfer learning was never observed during prior learning) and using more precise language: "decomposition," "abstraction," and "transfer" of single structural components to describe what our behavioral and neural evidence actually establishes. We have not claimed direct evidence that participants compositionally construct novel joint representations from two previously separate structures; rather, our evidence concerns the selective reuse of one such component when it recurs across learning phases, embedded in a novel pairing with another, entirely new structural component. We have adjusted the manuscript throughout and changed the title of the paper to “A neural mechanism for compositional structure transfer in humans”, to more adequately reflect the evidence presented.

      (3) While I would like to be convinced that this data provides evidence for the transfer of abstract, structural knowledge, I think the authors either need to provide more convincing evidence or tone down their claims.

      Can the increase in neural similarity between stimuli mapping to the same abstract structural sub-process not be explained by temporal proximity in experiencing the transitions (e.g., Cai et al., 2016)? Indeed, behavior seems to be dominated by direct experience of the structure as opposed to applying abstract knowledge of equivalent structures (and, as a result, there is little difference in behavioural performance between experience and inference probes).

      The reviewer makes an astute observation while providing a constructive challenge. We agree that distinguishing transfer of abstract structural knowledge from effects driven by direct temporal experience is critical, and we appreciate this opportunity to clarify our reasoning on this point.

      The reviewer suggests that increased neural similarity between stimuli that map to the same abstract structural sub-process might be explained by a temporal proximity in experience, as shown in prior work (e.g., Cai et al., 2016). We agree that temporal proximity is a potentially powerful determinant of representational similarity. Likewise, we do not dispute that temporal statistics of experience play an important role in shaping such neural representations. Nevertheless, we believe these accounts do not provide a sufficient explanation for our results, which we consider reflects a consequence of being exposed to the outputs produced by sequences drawn from an underlying graph structure and a prior learning of these sequences.

      In our task, the temporal statistics of stimulus experience are fully dictated by the transition structure of the graph. Different graph structures necessarily impose different constraints on temporal proximity (e.g., how many steps it takes to revisit a given node, which nodes are encountered at similar temporal distances, etc.). Thus, if stimuli that occupy equivalent structural roles across different graphs come to be represented more similarly, this is precisely because learners have abstracted over the specific transition structure that governs these temporal relationships. In other words, consistent with our previous computational findings that models based on temporal difference learning mechanisms account well for behavioural response patterns (Luettgau et al., 2024 PNAS), temporal proximity is not a confound but instead is a likely mechanism through which structural knowledge is acquired. Critically, our key claims concern transfer across learning contexts, and not sensitivity to temporal proximity within a single experience stream. By design, the selective learning improvements observed in each group during transfer cannot be explained by temporal proximity alone, because the relevant temporal statistics in the transfer phase are novel and differ across groups. The fact that prior learning selectively facilitates subsequent learning depending on an earlier experience of an abstract structure indicates participants are not simply tracking local temporal regularities, but instead are reusing previously learned structural knowledge to guide learning within a new context.

      We agree that behavior in our task is strongly influenced by direct experience, and we do not claim that participants rely exclusively on abstract structural knowledge. Indeed, the relatively small differences between experience and inference probes are consistent with the view that abstraction complements and facilitates, rather than replaces, learning from direct experience. Our claims are therefore deliberately modest: we argue for the transfer of abstract structural knowledge that shapes learning dynamics and neural representations, not for behavior dominated by explicit inference over abstract graphs.

      To avoid any criticism related to over-interpretation, we have toned down our language and clarify throughout introduction, results and discussion section of the manuscript that (i) temporal proximity is an intrinsic feature of graph structure, (ii) neural effects reflect (in part) abstraction over these structured temporal relationships, and (iii) that our results provide evidence for transfer of structural knowledge that biases learning, rather than for fully context-independent representations or strong behavioral generalization.

      (4) The strongest evidence for neural representation of abstract task structures seems to be the increase in similarity by transition type. But this common code for 'transition type' is only observed for 6-bridge graphs and only for experienced transitions. There was no significant effect in inference probes. Therefore, there doesn't seem to be evidence for the application of a knowledge scaffold to facilitate transfer learning. Instead, the data reflects learning from direct experience and not generalisation.

      We appreciate the reviewer's point, and agree it deserves a careful investigation. We carefully considered how this correlation could be interpreted under a non-transfer, pure direct-experience account. Our interpretation is that even if all graph learning relies entirely on direct experience, a correlation is still expected due to individual differences in learning ability. Under this framework, higher-ability participants are simply more likely to directly discover the same structural component (the 6-bridge) across both sessions (prior and transfer learning), which in turn supports higher MEG transition decodability. Concurrently, these same participants will exhibit higher behavioral accuracy due to their superior learning capacity. Importantly, under this account, these higher-ability participants should also show higher behavioural accuracy during the transfer phase for the 4-cycle component, predicting (a) a positive correlation between our transition decoding signal and 4-cycle behavioural accuracy, and (b) a positive correlation between 4-cycle and 6-bridge behavioural accuracy themselves, within each prior learning group.

      We tested both predictions directly. For (a), in the 6-bridge prior group, average decoding strength at timepoints showing a selective significant group difference correlated with experience probe performance on the 6-bridge graph during transfer learning (ρ = .48, p = .016, surviving correction for two comparisons, α = .025), but the corresponding correlation with 4-cycle behavioural accuracy did not reach significance (ρ = .38, p = .071). We acknowledge, however, that a direct comparison of these two dependent correlations (Steiger's test) did not reach significance (p = .66).

      For (b), we directly correlated 4-cycle and 6-bridge transfer accuracy within each prior learning group. For experience probes, this correlation was significant in the 4-cycle prior group (ρ = .51, p = .010) but not in the 6-bridge prior group (ρ = .24, p = .257); for inference probes, the pattern reversed, with a significant correlation in the 6-bridge prior group (ρ = .42, p = .035) but not the 4-cycle prior group (ρ = .16, p = .452). In neither probe type did a direct comparison of the two groups' correlation coefficients reach significance (experience probes: Z = -1.06, p = .291; inference probes: Z = .95, p = .340). Given that two of these four single-group correlations were nominally significant (without correction for multiple comparisons) while the corresponding between-group comparisons were not, and given the inconsistency in which group/probe-type combination shows the effect, we consider this pattern inconclusive rather than supportive of a clear general-ability signal linking performance on the two graph components.

      We therefore cannot statistically rule out the general-ability account with the current sample, and have revised our interpretation accordingly: rather than claiming strict specificity to the 6-bridge structure, we now describe the correlation as selective to 6-bridge experience probes in this sample, while acknowledging that distinguishing structural reuse from a more general learning ability to represent novel relational structure remains an open question. We have added the decoding-strength comparison as a new Supplementary Figure 5, showing decoding-strength correlations with both 4-state and 6-bridge graph performance side by side, and report the direct behavioural correlation between graph components in the text, and have revised the relevant main-text passage to match these updated values.

      We also wish to address why this correlation was selective to experience probes and did not extend to inference probes. We agree that, under an assumption of perfectly learned and context-independent abstract representations, one might expect performance on experience and inference probes to relate equally to the decoding signal. We believe the reviewer's concern is valid only under an assumption of perfect abstraction. In our task, abstract roles correspond to latent structural variables that are learned gradually and with uncertainty. Under such conditions, role inference is inherently context-dependent: the role of a given stimulus is not inferred in isolation, but in relation to the compound within which it appears. For example, if one element of a compound is already known with high confidence to belong to a particular subgraph, the role of the second element can be inferred more reliably; in contrast, when both elements are themselves uncertain, role inference becomes less precise. Critically, learning is unlikely to be uniform across compounds, as structural knowledge may be acquired with variable precision for different stimulus pairings depending on their frequency, co-occurrence statistics, and position within a sequence. This variability in learning precision means we would expect corresponding variability in a participant's ability to infer dynamical roles across different compound types, and consequently in their ability to make accurate predictions about those compounds. Under this account, our MEG signal, which indexes role-based representational structure specifically for experienced compounds, most directly reflects knowledge precision for those items; a correlation with inference probe accuracy requires an additional inferential step from experienced to novel compounds, introducing noise proportional to uncertainty in the underlying learned representations. We have revised the Discussion to make this reasoning more explicit.

      (5) The authors frequently suggest that they are providing insight into temporal dynamics, but there is no mention of particular oscillations or particular temporal sequences of neural representation that support task performance.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this. We agree our use of the term "temporal dynamics" is potentially misleading, and we have now revised the manuscript accordingly. Our analyses did set out to identify specific neural oscillations, rhythmic processes, or temporally ordered stages of computation that support task performance. Rather, time-resolved MEG analyses is a method that allows us to track when representational content is expressed during stimulus processing, serving three research questions about subprocess-specific representational similarity, dynamical role representations, and relationship to behavioral transfer performance; as opposed to characterizing the temporal organization of underlying computations per se.

      We have now removed or replaced references to "temporal dynamics" and "neural dynamics" throughout the manuscript where these might be interpreted as claims about oscillatory or sequentially structured neural mechanisms. Instead, we now frame our conclusions in terms of representational content and its modulation by prior learning experience. We believe this aligns our language with what the data actually support and removes potential confusion regarding the scope of our claims.

      (6) Regardless of point (b), can the authors provide more convincing evidence for a graph structure being represented per se (regardless of whether this representation is directly experienced or inferred)? From Figure 3C, it seems that the model RDM doesn't account for relative distance within the graph. Do they see evidence for distance coding? Can they reconstruct the graph from representational patterns using MDS?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. The reviewer is correct that the model RDM shown in (previous) Figure 3C does not specifically capture relative distance within the graph and asks whether there is evidence for distance coding or whether the graph can be reconstructed using techniques such as MDS. We agree that distance-based representations are one possible signature of graph knowledge, with such effects reported in a prior literature. However, our theoretical focus is on an investigation of a more functionally relevant aspect of graph structure learning and reuse of abstracted knowledge: the representation of graph nodes according to their structural roles or positions within a graph.

      To address the question more directly, we ran an additional sensor-level RSA analysis using the localizer task data, comparing representational changes from PRE to POST learning. Specifically, we examined whether stimuli in the 6-bridge graph that map onto the same structural roles (e.g., boundary, intermediate, central) within the relevant graph structures show greater neural similarity from before to after learning, and whether this effect depends on the graph structure experienced during prior learning. This new analysis revealed a cluster-based, permutation-corrected, interaction effect between prior learning group and graph factor, consistent with a representational similarity increase selectively for stimuli sharing the same structural role in a graph structure relevant to each group’s prior experience. Importantly, this effect occurs at similar time points as our earlier RSA effects based on overall stimulus-set similarity, suggesting that both analyses capture related aspects of the same underlying representational processes.

      We believe this role-based representational similarity provides more direct evidence for graph-structured representations and their transfer across learning than distance-based or MDS reconstructions in our task context. First, distance within the graph is necessarily correlated with temporal proximity of experience, making it difficult to disentangle distance coding from local transition statistics. Second, multiple distinct graph structures used in our experiment (e.g., cycles, lines, and bridges) share overlapping distance relationships but differ in their higher-order structural roles. Our analysis therefore targets those aspects of structure that are invariant across surface features and that are most relevant for transfer across learning contexts.

      For these reasons, while we do not claim we can reconstruct full graph geometry from neural patterns, our results are consistent with an organization of neural representations according to abstract structural positions within a graph, that is independent of specific stimulus identities. We have added a new panel to Figure 3 illustrating this role-based RSA effect and also expanded the Methods and Results sections to describe this analysis in detail. We believe this addition provides more convincing evidence that participants represent graph structure at an abstract level, even when that structure is not explicitly experienced in the same form during the localiser task. We thank the reviewer for encouraging this more specific analysis, as it significantly strengthens our claims.

      “To test whether localiser representations of abstract graph structure generalised across sets experienced in the main task, we performed RSA separately for PRE and POST localisers. Structural roles were derived from each participant’s learning-phase transition sequences. For 4-state graphs, nodes were assigned to two matched role bins (boundary-like vs central-like) based on first-encounter order within each phase. For 6-state graphs, roles were determined either from node degree (6-line: boundary, intermediate, central). For 6-bridge graphs we used a predefined structural template. Specifically, the first eight valid transitions in the learning phase were mapped onto a fixed sequence of structural roles (central–intermediate–boundary–central–central–intermediate–boundary–central). Each node was assigned a role based on the majority role it occupied across its occurrences in these eight steps (ties resolved in favour of central > intermediate > boundary). For the localiser data, at each time point and sensor we estimated condition-specific activations using a GLM with 20 dummy-coded regressors (10 identities × 2 sets). This yielded sensor-wise beta patterns for each condition. Cross-set representational dissimilarities were computed using an L1 distance metric (mean absolute difference across sensors), resulting in 4×4 and 6×6 cross-set RDMs at each time point. We then summarised each RDM according to structural role: within-role distances (same role across sets), between-role distances (different roles), and their difference (delta = between − within). To control for unequal pair counts, between-role comparisons were subsampled to match the number of within-role pairs (200 repetitions). This produced time-resolved structural generalisation indices for 4-state and 6-state graphs, which were submitted to group-level statistical analyses as described above.”

      (7) In general, the figures are not very clear, and the outcome from statistical tests is not graphically shown. The paper would be easier to digest if, for example, Figures 1-2 were made clearer and statistical significance relative to chance were indicated throughout. To give two examples: (i) Figure 1 should clearly indicate what is meant by observed and held-out transitions and whether it is just the transition or also the compound that is new to the participant. (ii) Figure 2D-E could be shown with relevant comparisons and simpler statistical comparisons. Currently, it is hard to follow without carefully reading the legend.

      We have taken the reviewer’s point on board and have revised the figures to improve clarity. Specifically, we have improved labeling and visual annotation in Figure 1 to clearly distinguish observed versus held-out transitions and to highlight the key experimental manipulations. We have also simplified the presentation of behavioral results in Figure 2D–E and made the most relevant statistical comparisons more explicit, with statistical outcomes now indicated directly in the figures where appropriate.

      We believe these changes improve readability and reduce the burden on the reader, while still relying on the figure captions to convey essential methodological details and interpretation, following standard practice. See Figure 1 and Figure 2.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For the classifier: what was the overall accuracy of the classifier when tested on held-out examples of the same stimuli? Relative to chance? Relative to entirely different stimuli that have the same transition type (e.g., line 424)?

      (2) In the Results paragraph 2 can you state how many subjects had prior exposure to 4-state vs how many had prior exposure to 6-state?

      This has now been added these data to the results section, reproduced below for convenience:

      In brief, participants “(N = 50, N = 25 subjects per condition)” performed a sequence learning task, observing image sequences produced by walks on product graphs constructed from smaller graph factors (Fig. 1A and B).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate the temporal dynamics of how prior experiences shape learning in new complex environments by examining whether the brain reuses abstract structural components from those experiences. They employed a sequence learning task based on graph factorization and recorded neural activity using magnetoencephalography (MEG) to investigate how the underlying graph factors are reused to support learning and inference in a new graph. MEG data was derived from passive stimulus presentation trials, and behavior was assessed through a small number of probe trials testing either experienced or inferred successions in the graph. Representational similarity analysis of the MEG data was performed at a quite aggregated level (the principal components explaining 80% of the variance). The authors report (1) enhanced neural similarity among stimuli that belong to the same graph-factor as well as (2) a correlation between abstract role representations, corresponding to particular positions in the graph, and performance in experience-probes but not in inference-probes.

      Overall, the findings are congruent with prior research on neural correlates of structural abstraction. They offer an elegant, well-suited task design to study compositional representations, replicating the authors' earlier finding and providing temporal information on structural generalisation in a sequence learning task.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive evaluation of our work and insightful comments and suggestions.

      (1) The first finding is considered evidence for representational alignment of the graph factors. However, alignment seems to be just one possible arrangement underlying the increased similarity between stimuli of the same vs different graph factors. For instance, a simple categorical grouping of stimuli belonging to the same graph, rather than their structural alignment, could also underlie the reported effect. The wording should be adjusted to avoid over interpretation.

      We agree with the reviewer that increased neural similarity between stimuli associated with the same graph factor does not uniquely imply representational alignment in its strongest sense, and could in principle also reflect a more general categorical grouping of stimuli based solely on belonging to the same graph. We revised the manuscript to tone down the wording and avoid overinterpretation, replacing references to “representational alignment” with more neutral language that refers to increased within-factor representational similarity.

      At the same time, we believe that additional analyses introduced in the revised manuscript constrain alternative accounts. In particular, our new analysis on localiser data, examining representational changes from PRE to POST learning for stimuli that map onto the same structural roles within relevant sub-process graph structures. This analysis showed the presence of a cluster-based, permutation-corrected, interaction effect between group and graph factor, indicating that representational similarity increases selectively for stimuli sharing the same structural role, rather than simply increased similarity for all stimuli associated with the same graph.

      Because these role-based groupings cut across specific stimulus identities and cannot be reduced to a single categorical label for an entire graph, we believe this result provides specific evidence that neural representations are shaped by internal structural properties of the graph, rather than reflecting the emergence of a coarse categorical distinction between graph types. We have added this analysis as a new panel to Figure 3 and expanded the Results and Methods sections accordingly (reproduced below for convenience):

      “The observed increase in neural similarity between stimuli associated with the same graph factor could, in principle, reflect a more general categorical grouping of stimuli belonging to the same graph factor, rather than reflecting an abstract graph representation. To address this alternative account, we examined whether neural similarity in the localizer task is specifically structured according to the graph-theoretic role each stimulus occupies within its graph, using a finer-grained theoretical RDM that distinguishes between boundary, intermediate, and central positions. Structural roles were derived from each participant's learning task sequences and defined by graph topology. For Component 6, roles were assigned using a bridge-graph traversal template (for Condition 6, whose prior learning involved the bridge graph) or degree-based assignment (for Condition 4, whose prior learning involved a line graph): boundary nodes were defined as nodes with degree 1 (graph periphery); intermediate nodes as neighbours of boundary nodes; and central nodes as the remaining, more densely connected nodes. For Component 4, two roles were distinguished, boundary-like nodes (those encountered first and last in the sequence traversal) and central-like nodes (those encountered second and third), reflecting structural position within the graph rather than arbitrary temporal sequence. For further details of role assignment, see Methods. This analysis revealed a cluster-based permutation-corrected interaction (P<sub>FEW</sub> < 0.05, non-parametric permutation test, Figure 3E) between prior learning group and graph factor at overlapping time windows with the previously reported PCA and sensor-level analyses investigating feature-mappings to abstract graph factors. We did not observe significant and multiple comparisons corrected prior learning group and graph factor main effects (all P<sub>FEW</sub> > 0.90, non-parametric permutation test). These results indicate that representational similarity increased selectively for stimuli sharing the same structural role in the graph structure relevant to each group’s prior experience. Critically, this effect was not observed uniformly for all stimuli associated with the same graph, arguing against a purely categorical grouping explanation. Instead, these findings provide evidence that learning induces representations that reflect higher-order relational structure, capturing graph-theoretic roles that are invariant across surface features of the embedding stimuli and support transfer across learning contexts.

      Taken together, our findings indicate a task-induced, learning-related increase in neural similarity for stimuli sharing a structural role in subprocesses common across task phases and is compatible with a structural scaffolding mechanism, though we do not claim these representations are fully context-independent.

      “To test whether localizer representations of abstract graph structure generalised across sets experienced in the main task, we performed RSA separately for PRE and POST localisers. Structural roles were derived from each participant’s learning-phase transition sequences. For 4-state graphs, nodes were assigned to two matched role bins (boundary-like vs central-like) based on first-encounter order within each phase. For 6-state graphs, roles were determined either from node degree (6-line: boundary, intermediate, central). For 6-bridge graphs we used a predefined structural template. Specifically, the first eight valid transitions in the learning phase were mapped onto a fixed sequence of structural roles (central–intermediate–boundary–central–central–intermediate–boundary–central). Each node was assigned a role based on the majority role it occupied across its occurrences in these eight steps (ties resolved in favour of central > intermediate > boundary). For the localiser data, at each time point and sensor we estimated condition-specific activations using a GLM with 20 dummy-coded regressors (10 identities × 2 sets). This yielded sensor-wise beta patterns for each condition. Cross-set representational dissimilarities were computed using an L1 distance metric (mean absolute difference across sensors), resulting in 4×4 and 6×6 cross-set RDMs at each time point. We then summarised each RDM according to structural role: within-role distances (same role across sets), between-role distances (different roles), and their difference (delta = between − within). To control for unequal pair counts, between-role comparisons were subsampled to match the number of within-role pairs (200 repetitions). This produced time-resolved structural generalisation indices for 4-state and 6-state graphs, which were submitted to group-level statistical analyses as described above.”

      (2) The second finding of abstract role representations is indeed expected for structural generalisation. While the data presents an interesting indication, its interpretability is constrained by a lack of testing for generalization of the effect to other graph structures (e.g., to rule out graph-specific strategies) as well as the absence of a link to transfer performance in inference-probes. The authors argue that the experienced transitions the classifier was trained on might be more similar in process to the experience-probes than the inference-probes. However, as inference-probes are the key measure of transfer, one could argue that if abstract role representations truly underlie transfer learning, they should be evident in the common neural signal.

      The reviewer provides a thoughtful comment and we agree that, under an assumption of perfectly learned and context-independent abstract representations, one might expect this would be related equally to performance in experience and inference probes. Below, we clarify the scope of our claims, including presenting additional neural evidence for abstract role representations, and argue that an absence of a strong neural-behavioral correlation for inference probes is not inconsistent with our proposed abstract structural knowledge account of transfer learning.

      First, we acknowledge that our experiment tests generalization only across two graph families, rather than across a broader set of graph structures. While we think it unlikely that our findings are idiosyncratic to cycles or bridge-like graphs, a we now limit our claims and emphasise a future need for testing generalization across additional graph families (see discussion section as reproduced below)

      “We concede that the present experiment examines generalization across two families of graph structures, rather than across a broader space of possible graphs. While we consider it unlikely that our findings are idiosyncratic to cycles, lines and bridge-like graphs, we acknowledge that further work will be needed to support abstraction beyond the limited graph structures studied here.”

      Second, to provide more direct neural evidence that abstract structural roles within the studied graphs are represented per se, we add a new analysis that uses independent localizer task data. In this analysis, we performed a sensor-level RSA contrasting pre- and post-learning representations. Specifically, we test whether stimuli that occupied the same role within learned graph substructures became more neurally similar after learning. This localizer RSA revealed a cluster-corrected interaction effect between prior learning group and graph factor, expressed in an increased representational similarity for stimuli mapping onto equivalent structural roles, independent of specific stimulus identities and outside the task context of the main learning phase. This result supports the proposal that participants form abstract, role-based, representations of graph structure where these representations are not tied to a particular transition sequence or probe type. This finding adds an important insight in that it goes beyond establishing role representations for the 6-bridge graph factor, enabling us to make claims about generalization of structural knowledge of the 4-cycle graph factor in the 4-cycle prior condition (thereby to some extent showing a wider generalization across more structural forms).

      “To test whether localizer representations of abstract graph structure generalised across sets experienced in the main task, we performed RSA separately for PRE and POST localisers. Structural roles were derived from each participant’s learning-phase transition sequences. For 4-state graphs, nodes were assigned to two matched role bins (boundary-like vs central-like) based on first-encounter order within each phase. For 6-state graphs, roles were determined either from node degree (6-line: boundary, intermediate, central). For 6-bridge graphs we used a predefined structural template. Specifically, the first eight valid transitions in the learning phase were mapped onto a fixed sequence of structural roles (central–intermediate–boundary–central–central–intermediate–boundary–central). Each node was assigned a role based on the majority role it occupied across its occurrences in these eight steps (ties resolved in favour of central > intermediate > boundary). For the localiser data, at each time point and sensor we estimated condition-specific activations using a GLM with 20 dummy-coded regressors (10 identities × 2 sets). This yielded sensor-wise beta patterns for each condition. Cross-set representational dissimilarities were computed using an L1 distance metric (mean absolute difference across sensors), resulting in 4×4 and 6×6 cross-set RDMs at each time point. We then summarised each RDM according to structural role: within-role distances (same role across sets), between-role distances (different roles), and their difference (delta = between − within). To control for unequal pair counts, between-role comparisons were subsampled to match the number of within-role pairs (200 repetitions). This produced time-resolved structural generalisation indices for 4-state and 6-state graphs, which were submitted to group-level statistical analyses as described above.”

      Third, in relation to the relationship between neural role representations and transfer performance during inference probes, we believe the reviewer's concern is valid only under an assumption of perfect abstraction. In our task, abstract roles correspond to latent structural variables that are learned gradually, and with uncertainty. Under such conditions, role inference is inherently context-dependent: the role of a given stimulus is not inferred in isolation, but in relation to the compound within which it appears. For example, if one element of a compound is already known with high confidence to belong to a particular subgraph, the role of the second element can be inferred more reliably. In contrast, when both elements are themselves uncertain, role inference becomes less precise. Critically, learning is unlikely to be uniform across compounds, as structural knowledge may be acquired with variable precision for different stimulus pairings depending on their frequency, co-occurrence statistics, and position within a sequence. This variability in learning precision means we would expect corresponding variability in a participant's ability to infer dynamical roles across different compound types, and consequently in their ability to make accurate predictions about those compounds.

      Our MEG signal indexes role-based representational structure specifically for experienced compounds, and most directly reflects the precision of structural knowledge for those items. Therefore a correlation between a MEG signal and accuracy on inference probes is expected to be weaker, since it requires an additional inferential step from experienced to novel compounds, a step that is likely to introduce additional noise proportional to the uncertainty in the learned representations. Ideally we would expect such a correlation to be present for inference probes as well, since better structural knowledge about experienced compounds should in principle support better generalisation to novel ones. However, we consider we are insufficiently powered to detect this weaker relationship and interpret an absence of a significant correlation for inference probes as not inconsistent with a structural scaffolding account.

      Finally, we emphasize that the absence of a strong correlation between aggregate neural decoding measures and aggregate inference-probe performance should not be taken as evidence against abstract learning. Inference performance is likely to be supported by multiple sources of information (including partial structural knowledge and heuristic strategies), whereas neural decoding captures the stability of representational geometry at a population level. The newly added localizer RSA results demonstrate that abstract role representations are present in the neural signal, while at the same time their task-dependent expression may not always be directly mirrored at the level of inference-probe behavior.

      We have an added a paragraph caveating our findings to the discussion section (reproduced below for convenience):

      “Addressing our third research question, whether the strength of identified neural representations relate to behavioral transfer, we found a positive relationship between decoding strength and experience probe performance that was numerically larger for the structurally relevant (6-bridge) graph than for the irrelevant (4-cycle) graph, though this difference did not reach significance; no corresponding relationship was evident for inference probes.” Thus, a behavioral accuracy group difference in predicting successive states for the 6-bridge inference probe performance was of negligible magnitude and did not align with the robust effect observed for experience probes (Fig. 2D), where the latter replicates and extends a previous finding using a 6-state cycle graph and predicted by computational simulations using successor feature models (Luettgau et al., 2024). We speculate that the disparity between probe types is likely due to experience probes and inference probes engaging dissociable cognitive processes – the former relying on predictive representations acquired from experience, the latter relying on an ability to perform mental operations on learned representations of independent feature transitions. This may increase the likelihood of errors due to complexities of the inferred state spaces. However, the observed differences could also relate to previously reported effects of explicit knowledge on performance levels (Luettgau et al., 2024) or be driven by capacity limitations in working memory taxing larger subprocesses more strongly (Collins et al., 2017; Collins & Frank, 2012). “It is also likely that structural knowledge is not acquired uniformly across compounds. Because abstract roles are learned gradually and with uncertainty, role inference is inherently context-dependent: the role of a given stimulus is not inferred in isolation, but in relation to the compound within which it appears. When one element of a compound is already known with high confidence, the role of the second element can be inferred more reliably; when both elements are themselves uncertain, inference becomes less precise. Learning precision may therefore vary across stimulus pairings depending on their frequency, co-occurrence statistics, and position within a sequence, and we would expect corresponding variability in participants' ability to infer dynamical roles, and hence to predict outcomes, across different compound types. This means that an MEG signal, which indexes role-based representational structure specifically for experienced compounds, most directly reflects knowledge precision for those items. A correlation with inference-probe accuracy requires an additional inferential step, from experienced to novel compounds, introducing noise proportional to the uncertainty in the learned representations. In principle, better structural knowledge about experienced compounds should support better generalisation to novel ones, but we might be insufficiently powered to detect this weaker relationship. We therefore interpret an absence of a significant correlation for inference probes not as inconsistent with a structural scaffolding account, and suggest that a null result here should be interpreted with caution rather than as evidence against it. More broadly, an absence of a strong correlation between aggregate neural decoding measures and aggregate inference-probe performance should not itself be taken as evidence against abstract learning. Inference performance is likely supported by multiple sources of information, including partial structural knowledge and heuristic strategies, whereas neural decoding captures the stability of representational geometry at the population level. The localizer RSA results reported above demonstrate that abstract role representations are present in the neural signal, even though their task-dependent expression may not always be directly mirrored in inference-probe behavior.”

      (3) The authors write, "we observed a qualitative pattern indicative of increased neural similarity between stimuli that adhered to the same underlying subprocess across task phases. (...) There was a statistically significant interaction effect of condition x graph factor spanning approximately 300 - 680 ms post-stimulus onset". I conclude there was no significant main effect of graph factor, but the relevant statistics are not reported. The authors should report and discuss the complete statistics.

      Thank you for this comment. The reviewer is correct in their conclusion that the main effects were not significant and we agree the main effect of graph factor and group (as well as their significance) should be reported. We now do so in the figure caption of Figure 3D, as well as in the results section. The section reads as follows:

      We did not observe prior learning group and graph factor main effects (all PFWE > 0.118, non-parametric permutation test).

      (4) The RSA is performed on highly aggregated data (the PCs that explained 80% of the variance). Could the authors include their rationale for this choice (e.g. over-analysis of sensor-level data)? In case sensor-level analyses have been conducted as well, maybe there are comparisons or implications of the chosen approach that are useful to mention in the discussion. The authors should provide the average and distribution of the number of PCs underlying their analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important methodological concern. We agree that the use of PCA-based dimensionality reduction in RSA requires further justification. Our primary motivation for using PCA, and retaining components that jointly explain 80% of the variance, was based on denoising rather than aggregation per se. Sensor-level MEG data are high-dimensional and highly correlated, and representational analyses that operate directly on the full sensor space may be susceptible to noise amplification and overfitting, particularly when estimating distance measures across time. Retaining components up to a fixed variance threshold is a widely used approach in MEG decoding and RSA to preserve the dominant signal structure while attenuating sensor-specific noise. Importantly, this procedure discards only the lowest-variance 20% of the signal and on this basis does not impose strong constraints on the representational geometry.

      To address the reviewer’s concern more directly, and to ensure our findings are not driven by the PCA procedure itself, we conducted additional robustness checks. Specifically, we performed sensor-level RSA analyses without PCA, using multiple distance metrics (including L1 and L2 distances). These sensor-level analyses yielded highly similar temporal profiles and statistical effects to the PCA-based results, including for the key contrasts reported in the main text. We now include these results in a new supplementary figure and reference them explicitly in the Results section.

      In the revised manuscript, we clarify that PCA was used as a principled denoising step, not as a means of imposing structure on the data, and we explicitly show that our conclusions are robust across analytic choices.

      “Importantly, to verify that the chosen PCA approach did not impose artificial structure within the data, or introduce other potential confounds, we also conducted the above analyses on sensor level MEG data. Highly similar results were obtained, with consistent results for different similarity metrics (absolute distance (L1 norm) and Euclidean distance (L2 norm), Supplementary Figure 3)), demonstrating that our results and conclusions are robust across analytic choices.”

      Methods

      “In addition to the PCA-based feature analysis, we performed a sensor-level RSA. At each time point, we estimated condition-specific activation patterns using a GLM applied separately to each sensor (dummy-coded stimulus identity). RDMs were then computed across stimuli using mean absolute difference (L1 norm) as the primary distance metric. For completeness, we additionally evaluated Euclidean distances (L2 norm), which yielded qualitatively similar results (Supplementary Figure 3).”

      (5) While the paper is well-written overall, it would benefit from more explicitly identifying the concrete research question and advancing through the results. The authors state their aim as understanding the "temporal dynamics of compositional generalisation", revealing "at which moment during neural information processing are they assembled". They conclude with "providing evidence for temporally resolved neural dynamics that support compositional generalization" and "we show the neural dynamics (...) presented across different task phases...". It remains somewhat vague what specific insight about the process is provided through the temporal resolution (e.g., is the time window itself meaningful, if so, it should be contextualized; is the temporal resolution critical to dissociate subprocesses). The different task phases -initial learning and transfer- are the necessary conditions to investigate transfer learning, but do not by themselves offer a particularly resolved depiction of the process.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful and constructive comments. We agree that in the original version of the manuscript our framing did not sufficiently specify the concrete insight that might be gained from neural data, nor did it clearly delimit the scope of our claims. Our primary research question did not relate to characterizing fine-grained temporal mechanisms or sequential subprocesses underlying compositional generalization (e.g., oscillatory dynamics, replay, or temporally ordered stages of computation). Rather, our goal is to determine whether abstract compositional structural representations are detectable neurally during stimulus processing, and how these representations are shaped by prior learning experience.

      We address three specific research questions: whether subprocess-specific representational similarity emerges following learning that is specific to a subprocess experienced during prior learning; whether fine-grained dynamical role representations are acquired during stimulus processing; and whether their strength relates to a behavioral transfer success. Importantly, the time-resolved nature of the analyses is a feature of the method that allows us to track the expression of representational content at a sub-trial timescale, rather than an end in itself. We agree with the reviewer that the temporal resolution does not, in itself, resolve distinct computational subprocesses, nor does it provide a mechanistic decomposition of compositional operations. Accordingly, we have revised the manuscript to more explicitly articulate these three concrete research questions in the Introduction, as well as clarify that the reported time windows should be interpreted as markers of representational availability rather than discrete processing stages. We also tone down any language that might be interpreted as making claims about temporally structured mechanisms. Finally, we agree that the distinction between task phases (prior learning vs. transfer) is not intended to depict a detailed temporal process, but rather to provide the necessary contrast to test whether neural representations reflect abstract structural knowledge that goes beyond direct experience. We have revised the Results and Discussion to make this logic more explicit and to better guide the reader through how each analysis contributes to addressing the three research questions.

      We believe these revisions better align our claims with the level of insight the data support and make the contribution of each analysis more legible to the reader.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Could the authors explain in the manuscript how the held-out transitions were chosen?

      We agree that the stimulus construction and sequence generation logic were not described with sufficient clarity. In the revised manuscript we add an explicit description of how compound images were constructed from two independently varying visual features, each corresponding to one graph factor, and introduced the distinction between directly experienced, implied-but-unobserved, and never-valid transitions earlier in the text, so that the probe logic is easier to follow from the outset.

      We reproduce parts of the revised methods section describing the held-out stimulus set below:

      “[...] Because sequences were drawn from a subset of the product graph, only a portion of all 24 possible compound images (and their transitions) were encountered directly. Transitions between compound images could thus be: (i) directly experienced in a sequence, (ii) never presented in a sequence but implied by the factorization structure, or (iii) transitions between compound images from different subgraphs, which were never valid. The held-out set of transitions described in (ii) and (iii) between compound stimuli (partially observed during sequence presentations, partially never observed during sequence presentations) provided a context for assessing knowledge of graph factorization.”

      (2) It might be easier to follow the results section (without going back to Figure 1) if the mentioning of specific graph factors (6-bridge, 4 cycle) would occasionally be accompanied by their function/condition in the experiment.

      Thanks for this suggestion, we have implemented this in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how task components can be learned and transferred across different task contexts. The authors designed two consecutive sequence learning tasks, in which complex image sequences were generated from the combination of two graph-based structural "building blocks". One of these components was shared between the prior and transfer task environments, allowing the authors to test compositional transfer. Behavioral analyses using generalized linear models (GLMs) assessed participants' sensitivity to the underlying structure. MEG data were recorded and analyzed using classifications and feature representational similarity analysis (RSA) to examine whether neural similarity increased for stimuli sharing the same relational structure. The paper aims to uncover the neural dynamics that support compositional transfer during learning.

      I found the methods and task design of this paper difficult to follow, particularly the way stimuli were constructed and how the experimental sequences were generated from the graph structures. These aspects would be hard to replicate without some clarification. I appreciate the integration of behavioral and neuroimaging data. The overall approach, especially the use of compositional graph structures in sequence learning, is interesting and could be used and revised in further studies in compositionality and transfer learning. I appreciated the authors' careful interpretation of their findings in the discussion. However, I would have liked a similar level of caution in the abstract, which currently overstates some claims.

      We thank the reviewer for a positive evaluation coupled with helpful suggestions to improve the clarity of our presentation. We are particularly pleased the reviewer found the integration of behavioral and neuroimaging data, the compositional graph structure approach, and our interpretation of findings in the discussion to be particular strengths of the manuscript.

      We address the two specific concerns raised below.

      We agree that the stimulus construction and sequence generation logic were not described with sufficient clarity. In the revised manuscript we have: (i) added an explicit description of how compound images were constructed from two independently varying visual features, each corresponding to a single graph factor; (ii) defined the Cartesian product graph operationally, clarifying also that transitions between compound images are valid when one factor changes state while the other remains fixed; (iii) included a worked example tracing a sample sequence through both factors; and (iv) introduced the distinction between directly experienced, implied-but-unobserved, and never-valid transitions earlier in the text, so that the probe logic is easier to follow from the outset.

      We reproduce parts of the revised methods section describing stimulus construction below:

      “Compound images were constructed by overlaying two independently varying visual features drawn from separate feature sets. Each feature set corresponded to a single graph factor, such that the state of each graph factor independently determines one feature of the compound image. For example, a compound image in state (A, 3) would display feature A from the cyclic factor and feature 3 from the path factor, superimposed or juxtaposed into a single image.

      The set of all compound images and their transitions was defined by the Cartesian product of two graph factors: transitions between compound images were valid if, and only if, one factor alone changed state according to its own transition rules while the other factor remained fixed.

      Observed sequences of image compositions composed from 10 individual features. Each sequence consisted of 8 compound images with 12 compound images in total across sequences.

      [...] For instance, in condition 1, a valid sequence might proceed: (A,1) → (A,2) → (A,3) → (B,3) → (C,3) → (C,4) → (D,4) → (D,5), where each step reflects a transition in either the cyclic (letter) or path (number) factor, but never both simultaneously.

      [...] Because sequences were drawn from a subset of the product graph, only a portion of all 24 possible compound images (and their transitions) were encountered directly. Transitions between compound images could thus be: (i) directly experienced in a sequence, (ii) never presented in a sequence but implied by the factorization structure, or (iii) transitions between compound images from different subgraphs, which were never valid. The held-out set of transitions described in (ii) and (iii) between compound stimuli (partially observed during sequence presentations, partially never observed during sequence presentations) provided a context for assessing knowledge of graph factorization.”

      We thank the reviewer for flagging the mismatch between the strength of interpretations made in the abstract and discussion section. We have revised the abstract to bring the language in line with the level of caution exercised in the discussion, avoiding overstated interpretations of the findings.

      The revised abstract is reproduced below:

      “A human ability to adapt to the dynamics of novel environments relies on abstracting and generalizing from past experiences. Previous research has focused on how humans generalize from isolated sequential processes, yet we know little about mechanisms that enable adaptation to more complex dynamics, including those that govern much everyday experience. Here, using a novel sequence learning task based on graph factorization, coupled with simultaneous magnetoencephalography (MEG) recordings, we ask whether reuse of experiential "building blocks" enable inference and generalization. Behavioral results were consistent with participants decomposing task experience into sub processes, abstracting their dynamical structure away from their sensory specifics and transferring these to a new task environment. Neurally, this transfer was associated with a learning-induced, condition-specific, increase in neural similarity among stimuli conditional on their structural role in abstract sub processes that were shared across task phases. Consistent with this, a complementary dynamical role decoding analysis revealed enhanced neural decodability for stimuli sharing identical structural transition types across experiential contexts, specifically when prior experience included the relevant graph structure. Decoding strength for these role representations was positively related to behavioral success in sub process knowledge transfer, a relationship that will require future independent replication. These findings provide neural evidence consistent with the idea that a structural scaffolding mechanism supports generalization of experience to new contexts.”

      (1) While the introduction mentions brain areas implicated in the low-dimensional representation of task knowledge, the current study uses M/EEG and does not include source reconstruction. As a result, the focus is primarily on the temporal dynamics of the signal rather than its spatial origins. Although I am not suggesting that the authors should perform source reconstruction in this study, it would strengthen the paper to introduce the broader M/EEG literature on task-relevant representations and transfer. The same applies to behavioral studies looking at structural similarities and transfer learning. I encourage the authors to integrate relevant literature to better contextualize their results.

      Duan, Y., Zhan, J., Gross, J., Ince, R. A. & Schyns, P. G. Pre-frontal cortex guides dimension-reducing transformations in the occipito-ventral pathway for categorization behaviors. Current Biology 34, 3392-3404 (2024).

      Luyckx, F., Nili, H., Spitzer, B. & Summerfield, C. Neural structure mapping in human probabilistic reward learning. eLife 8, e42816 (2019). (This is in the references but not in the text).

      Zhang, M. & Yu, Q. The representation of abstract goals in working memory is supported by task-congruent neural geometry. PLoS biology 22, e3002461 (2024).

      L. Teichmann, T. Grootswagers, T. Carlson, A.N. Rich Decoding digits and dice with magnetoencephalography: evidence for a shared representation of magnitude Journal of cognitive neuroscience, 30 (7) (2018), pp. 999-1010

      Garner, K., Lynch, C. R. & Dux, P. E. Transfer of training benefits requires rules we cannot see (or hear). Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 42, 1148 (2016).

      Holton, E., Braun, L., Thompson, J., Grohn, J. & Summerfield, C. Humans and neural networks show similar patterns of transfer and interference during continual learning (2025).

      We thank the reviewer for providing these helpful suggestions. We have taken these references on board and now introduce these findings in the introduction of the manuscript (reproduced below for convenience):

      “In parallel, M/EEG studies have shown that abstract, format-independent representations can emerge dynamically over time. For example, multivariate analyses of MEG data demonstrate cross-decoding of numerical magnitude across distinct symbolic formats (e.g., digits and dice), indicating a shared, format-invariant representation that unfolds with distinct temporal dynamics (Teichmann et al., 2018). More broadly, M/EEG evidence suggests that task-relevant information can be dynamically prioritized, compressed, and reformatted, indicative of a rapid temporal evolution of abstract and behaviorally relevant representations even when spatial localization remains coarse. Recent MEG data suggests that high-dimensional sensory inputs are progressively transformed into lower-dimensional, task-relevant, feature manifolds across distinct processing stages, reflecting dynamic gating and reformatting of information in support of flexible categorization (Duan et al., 2024). Complementary EEG–fMRI evidence also indicate abstract task goals are encoded in a low-dimensional neural geometry that emerges in frontal cortex and communicated to posterior regions to guide implementation of stimulus-specific representations, with the fidelity of this geometry predicting behavioral performance (Zhang & Yu, 2024). Likewise, converging behavioral and computational data indicates successful generalization depends on detecting and encoding abstract relational structure rather than stimulus surface features. In effect, training enables transfer when task phases share an underlying rule or abstract relationship, even across modalities, but not when an overlap is purely perceptual (Garner et al., 2016).”

      “At the same time, reuse of shared abstract representations introduces a computational trade-off, such that overlapping codes that facilitate transfer can also induce interference, as observed in both humans and artificial neural networks (Holton et al., 2025). However, while there is now much work elucidating how learned representations are generalized, it remains unclear whether and how abstracted structural representations are expressed neurally during ongoing stimulus processing, and how they are shaped by prior structural experience. Thus there is a need to characterize not only where abstract representations are located in the brain but also how they dynamically unfold and are reused across contexts in support of compositional generalization.”

      (2) I found it interesting that the authors chose to perform PCA for dimensionality reduction prior to conducting RSA; however, I haven't seen such an approach in the literature before. It would be helpful to either cite prior studies that have employed a similar method or to include a comparison with more standard approaches, such as sensor-level RSA or sensor-searchlight analysis.

      (3) Connected to the previous point, the choice to use absolute distance as a dissimilarity measure is not justified. How does it compare to standard metrics such as correlation distance or Mahalanobis distance? The same applies to the use of Kendall's tau.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these methodological concerns and agree methodological choices should be explicitly motivated and justified. Our primary motivation for using PCA, and retaining components that jointly explain 80% of the variance, was denoising. Sensor-level MEG data are high-dimensional and highly correlated, and representational analyses that operate directly on the full sensor space may be susceptible to noise amplification and overfitting, particularly when estimating distance measures across time. Retaining components up to a fixed variance threshold is a widely used approach, both in MEG decoding and RSA, to preserve the dominant signal structure while attenuating sensor-specific noise. Importantly, this procedure discards only the lowest-variance 20% of the signal and therefore does not impose strong constraints on the representational geometry.

      To address the reviewer’s concern regarding methodological choices and what this means for the conclusions drawn more directly, and to ensure our findings are not driven by specific analytic choices, we conducted additional robustness checks, availing of more “standard” approaches. Specifically, we performed the same RSA on localizer tasks but using sensor-level data without PCA, employing multiple distance metrics (including absolute distance/L1 norm and Euclidean distance/L2 norm). These similarity metrics are commonplace in RSA, providing linear, per-dimension differences between neural patterns (L1) or robust small outlier differences along individual dimensions compared to squared differences (Euclidean/L2), providing simple and interpretable similarity metrics.

      These sensor-level analyses yielded highly similar temporal profiles and statistical effects to the PCA-based results, including the key contrasts reported in the main text. We now include these results in a new Supplementary Figure and reference them explicitly in the Results section.

      In the revised manuscript, we clarify that PCA was used as a principled denoising step, not as a means of imposing structure on the data, and explicitly show that our conclusions are robust across analytic choices.

      “Importantly, to verify that the chosen PCA approach did not impose artificial structure within the data, or introduce other potential confounds, we also conducted the above analyses on sensor level MEG data. Highly similar results were obtained, with consistent results for different similarity metrics (absolute distance (L1 norm) and Euclidean distance (L2 norm), Supplementary Figure 3)), demonstrating that our results and conclusions are robust across analytic choices.”

      Methods

      “In addition to the PCA-based feature analysis, we performed a sensor-level RSA. At each time point, we estimated condition-specific activation patterns using a GLM applied separately to each sensor (dummy-coded stimulus identity). RDMs were then computed across stimuli using mean absolute difference (L1 norm) as the primary distance metric. For completeness, we additionally evaluated Euclidean distances (L2 norm), which yielded qualitatively similar results (Supplementary Figure 3).”

      Our choice of Kendall’s tau rank correlation was motivated by its common use for linking neural and theoretical RDMs (e.g., Luyckx et al., 2019 eLife; Nili et al., 2014 PLoS CB). We have now added these citations to the manuscript.

      (5) The analysis described in the "Abstract representation of dynamical roles in subprocesses" does not appear to convincingly test the stated prediction of a structural scaffolding account. The authors hypothesize that if structure and dynamics from prior experiences are repurposed, then stimuli occupying the same "dynamical roles" across different sequences should exhibit enhanced neural similarity. However, the analysis seems to focus on decoding transitions rather than directly assessing representational similarity. Rather, this approach may reflect shared temporal representation in the sequences without necessarily indicating that the neural system generalizes the abstract function or position of a stimulus within the graph. To truly demonstrate that the brain captures the dynamical role across different stimuli, it would be more appropriate to directly assess whether neural patterns evoked by stimuli, in the same temporal part of the sequence, with shared roles (but different visual identities) are more similar to each other than to those from different roles.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful and constructive critique and analytical suggestion. The reviewer is correct that in the bridge graph traversal, structural roles map onto fixed serial positions within a sequence, meaning that same-role stimulus pairs also tend to share the same temporal position in the sequence. This is a potential confound: neural similarity between same-role stimuli could in principle reflect similarity related to time-in-sequence rather than an abstract structural role per se.

      The original role-based RSA does not fully resolve this concern, and we have now conducted, based on the reviewer’s suggestion, an additional analysis that directly addresses it. Rather than comparing stimuli that share a structural role, we examine whether the neural representation of a single central node stimulus is similar across its two distinct serial positions within the prior and transfer learning sequences. Specifically, in the bridge graph traversal, each central node appears twice per sequence: the left central node occurs at steps 1 and 4, the right central node occurs at steps 5 and 8. We estimate neural patterns for each central node separately at its first and second occurrence, using occurrence-specific GLMs, and then compute cross-phase similarity between prior and transfer learning: the neural pattern evoked by a central node at its first occurrence in prior learning is compared to its pattern at the second occurrence in transfer learning, and vice versa.

      For the 6-bridge prior group, whose prior learning also involved a bridge graph, central nodes were identified using the same bridge-template positions (steps 1/4 and 5/8) in both prior and transfer learning phases. For the 4-cycle prior group, whose prior learning involved a line graph rather than a bridge graph, central nodes in the prior phase were identified using degree-based role assignment (the two nodes with the highest degree that are not boundary or intermediate nodes), ordered by first appearance in the prior trial sequence. Transfer learning central nodes were identified from the bridge graph template in both groups, since transfer learning always involved a bridge graph. The group comparison thus tests whether cross-phase similarity between central node representations is specific to participants whose prior experience included a bridge graph relative to participants whose prior experience involved a structurally different graph, for whom "central" nodes in prior and transfer are central in qualitatively different senses. This approach directly controls for the time-in-sequence confound, since the same node is compared across different serial positions rather than comparing different stimuli that share a role and therefore also share a sequence position.

      We compared this cross-phase similarity between the 6-bridge prior and 4-cycle prior groups. We observe a significant group difference at a late stage of the trial (approximately 1.125–1.25 sec post-stimulus onset, P<sup>FEW</sup> = 0.043, two-sample non-parametric permutation test, one-tailed), with additional differences at earlier time points that did not survive correction for multiple comparisons (0.125 sec: t = 2.18, p = .034; 0.79 sec: t = 2.84, p = .007). This indicates increased neural similarity for central node representations across phases in participants who experienced these roles consistently during prior learning.

      We wish to be entirely transparent, however, about two limitations of this additional analysis with respect to the original dynamical role decoding results reported in Figure 4. First, the temporal profile of the cross-phase similarity effect does not perfectly overlap with the time windows identified in the original decoding analysis, which limits the strength of the convergence argument. We therefore cannot fully rule out a possibility that the earlier decoding effects partly reflect temporal position within the sequence rather than abstract structural role coding per se. Second, this analysis is necessarily based on a smaller and less variable set of comparisons than either the original decoding analysis or the role-based RSA, since the bridge graph contains only two central nodes whose repeated occurrences can be directly compared in this way. This limits the statistical power of the analysis and our ability to draw strong conclusions from it in isolation. We acknowledge both limitations explicitly in the revised manuscript. Nonetheless, the observation of a group-specific effect in the cross-phase analysis, which by design controls for serial position, provides some support for the structural scaffolding account, and the late corrected cluster suggests that role-consistent representations do emerge across learning phases.

      In addition to this online analysis, we conducted a parallel role-based RSA on data from the localizer task. This localizer-based analysis examines representational changes from PRE to POST learning for stimuli that share the same structural role within the relevant sub-process graph structures. We find a cluster-based permutation-corrected interaction effect between prior learning group and graph factor, indicating that representational similarity increases selectively for stimuli sharing the same structural role, rather than uniformly for all stimuli associated with a given graph. Together with the localizer-based RSA results, we believe these converging analyses strengthen the overall interpretation, while we acknowledge the temporal confound as a remaining limitation that future work with designs explicitly counterbalancing serial position across roles could address more definitively. We reproduce below the main text results, supplementary methods and Supplementary Figure (Supplementary Figure 4) detailing this complimentary analysis.

      Main manuscript

      “To further test the robustness of the above effect, and to assess whether abstract dynamical roles are reflected in neural representational geometry during task performance, we conducted a complementary cross-phase representational similarity analysis. This analysis addresses directly whether neural representations of central nodes are stable across their distinct serial positions within a sequence, an expected property if representations reflect abstract structural identity rather than time-in-sequence. Specifically, for each participant we estimated neural patterns for each central node separately at its first and second occurrence (phase) within the sequence traversal, using occurrence-specific GLMs, and computed cross-phase similarity between prior and transfer learning phases. This approach controls for a potential time-in-sequence confound inherent in role-based comparisons, since now, the same functional node is compared across different serial positions (rather than comparing different stimuli with a common sequence position, by virtue of sharing role). Consistent with the decoding results, we observed increased cross-phase similarity in participants with prior experience of Component 6 relative to those with prior experience of Component 4 (Supplementary Figure 4). Specifically, a significant group difference was observed at a late stage of the trial (1.125–1.25 sec post-stimulus onset, P<sub>FWE</sub> = 0.043, two-sample non-parametric permutation test, one-tailed), with additional differences at earlier timepoints that did not survive correction for multiple comparisons (0.125 sec: t = 2.18, p = .034; 0.79 sec: t = 2.84, p = .007). These effects indicate increased neural similarity for central node representations across phases in participants who experienced these roles consistently during prior learning. We consider these results complementary to the main analyses and interpret them with caution given that the group difference was only corrected for multiple comparisons at the late cluster. Importantly, the temporal profile of the cross-phase similarity effect does not perfectly overlap with the time windows identified in the original dynamical role decoding analysis, which limits the strength of the convergence argument. We therefore cannot fully rule out the possibility that the earlier decoding effects reported in Figure 4 partly reflect temporal position within the sequence rather than abstract structural role coding per se. We additionally note that this analysis is based on a smaller and less variable set of comparisons than either the original decoding analysis or the role-based RSA, since the bridge graph contains only two central nodes whose repeated occurrences can be directly compared in this way, limiting its statistical power in isolation. Nonetheless, the observation of a group-specific effect in the cross-phase analysis which directly controls for serial position provides support for the structural scaffolding account, and the late corrected cluster suggests that role-consistent representations do emerge across learning phases, albeit potentially at a later stage of processing than the decoding results alone would suggest.”

      Supplementary Information

      “Cross-phase representational similarity analysis

      Complementary to the decoding analysis in Figure 4, we conducted a cross-phase representational similarity analysis (RSA) to test whether neural representations of central nodes were stable across their distinct serial positions within a sequence, a property expected under abstract structural role coding but not under serial position coding. We focused on central nodes of the 6-state graph, as these nodes appear twice within each sequence traversal of the bridge graph: the left central node occurs at steps 1 and 4, the right central node occurs at steps 5 and 8, allowing first and second presentations to be dissociated.

      Structural roles were assigned separately for prior and transfer learning phases. For line graphs (experienced by the Condition 4 during prior learning), central nodes were identified from node degree in the adjacency matrix (boundary: degree 1; intermediate: neighbors of boundary; central: remaining nodes), and the two central nodes were ordered by first appearance in the trial list. For bridge graphs, central nodes were identified from the predefined 8-step traversal template.

      At each time point and sensor, condition-specific activations were estimated using occurrence-specific GLMs: one GLM fitted to trials corresponding to the first occurrence of each number in the trial list, and one fitted to trials corresponding to the second occurrence. Component 6-specific beta estimates were extracted from each GLM separately, yielding four sets of neural patterns per subject: prior-phase first occurrence, prior-phase second occurrence, transfer-phase first occurrence, and transfer-phase second occurrence.

      Cross-phase representational dissimilarity was then computed using an L1 distance metric (mean absolute difference across sensors) across four cross-presentation pairs: Left central (prior first, transfer second), left central (prior second, transfer first), right central (prior first, transfer second), and right central (prior second, transfer first). These pairings compare the same node across different serial positions and different learning phases, directly controlling for time-in-sequence as a potential confound. The mean L1 distance across the four pairs constituted the cross-presentation dissimilarity index at each time point, where lower values indicate greater neural similarity. Timecourses were baseline-corrected by subtracting the pre-stimulus mean (timepoints 1–25, corresponding to −250 to 0 ms) per participant, and analyses were restricted to post-stimulus timepoints. Group differences between Condition 6 and Condition 4 participants were assessed using a two-sample non-parametric cluster permutation test (cluster-forming threshold p = 0.10, cluster-level alpha = 0.05, 1,000 permutations, one-tailed, consistent with the directional prediction that Condition 6 participants would show greater cross-phase neural similarity for central nodes). The results are presented in Supplementary Figure 4.”

      (4) In the following section, the authors correlate decoding accuracy with participants' behavioral performance across different conditions. However, out of the four reported correlations and the additional comparison of differences between conditions, only one correlation and one correlation difference reach significance, and only marginally so. The interpretation of this finding should therefore be more cautious, especially if it is used to support a link between neural representations and behavior. Additionally, it is possible that correlation with a more clearly defined or targeted neural signature, more directly tied to the hypothesized representational content, could yield stronger or more interpretable correlations.

      We agree with the reviewer that the reported brain-behavior correlations should be interpreted cautiously. Only one of the four correlations reached significance, with effect sizes of medium magnitude. However, we emphasize this correlation is significant when corrected for multiple comparisons for two tests, experience and inference probes (ɑ = 0.025). Additionally, it is important to note, we did not expect all four correlations to be significant. The conditions differ in the extent to which behavior is predicted to depend on the specific neural representation indexed by the decoding analysis, and only a subset of conditions are theoretically expected to show a brain–behavior relationship. The absence of significant correlations in the remaining conditions is therefore not inconsistent with our account. For example, we did not expect the two 4-cycle correlations (depicted in green, Fig. 4C) to be significant.

      We agree with the reviewer that the reported brain-behavior correlations should be interpreted cautiously, and have revised the manuscript to reflect a more measured interpretation. We note that the correlation value reported in the revised manuscript (ρ = .48, p = .016) differs slightly from the originally submitted version (ρ = .41, p = .041), due to a correction in the timepoint-averaging window used to derive the decoding strength measure. We consider the revised value the authoritative one and have updated all relevant text accordingly.

      Only one of the four correlations reached significance, with an effect size of medium magnitude. We would not characterise this correlation as marginal: it survives correction for multiple comparisons across the two theoretically motivated tests (experience and inference probes; corrected α = 0.025), and a medium-magnitude Spearman correlation (ρ = .48) in an individual-differences analysis with n = 25 is consistent with a meaningful brain-behavior relationship, even if the sample size limits the precision of the estimate. We agree that independent replication is needed to establish robustness.

      Additionally, it is important to note that we did not expect all four correlations to be significant. The conditions differ in the extent to which behavior is predicted to depend on the specific neural representation indexed by the decoding analysis, and only a subset of conditions are theoretically expected to show a brain–behavior relationship. The absence of significant correlations in the remaining conditions is therefore not inconsistent with our account. For example, we did not expect the two 4-cycle correlations (depicted in green, Fig. 4C) to be significant, since the 4-cycle-prior group did not experience the bridge graph structure during prior learning and therefore would not be expected to show the same alignment between dynamical role representations and transfer learning performance.

      In any event, based on the reviewer’s (and comments from other reviewers about these correlations), we have revised the manuscript to tone down the interpretation of these results (reproduced below):

      “These findings are consistent with, though not conclusive evidence for, dynamical role representations conveying behavioral benefits. Speculatively, such knowledge representation might enable individuals to constrain their predictions of successive states. For example, upon transitioning to a bridge node one can predict that the successor state will involve "the other side of the bridge". While we acknowledge that the correlation results appear inconsistent across experience and inference probes, it is important to consider that our MEG classifiers were trained and tested on experienced transitions alone, such that enhanced classification accuracy is more reflective of a neural representation of experienced transitions. Under this assumption, the MEG classifier would more closely align with behavioral accuracy for the experience probes (testing actually experienced transitions) than for the inference probes (testing never experienced but only implied transitions on the graph). See Discussion for further elaboration of this point, including why this asymmetry is expected under a model of gradual, imperfect structural learning.

      The observed correlation is also consistent with a general learning-ability account, whereby higher-ability participants both better discover the Component 6 structure (that happens to be shared) across sessions and show higher behavioral accuracy overall. For example, higher-ability participants may rediscover this structure during transfer, without necessarily benefitting from having been exposed to it during primary learning. This ability-based account predicts that decoding strength should also relate to Component 4 accuracy, and that Component 4 and Component 6 accuracy should correlate within each prior learning group. Neither prediction was consistently supported (Supplementary Figure 5): The Component 4 decoding strength and Component 4 correlation was not significant (ρ = .38, p = .071), and did not differ significantly from the Component 4 decoding strength and Component 6 correlation (Steiger's test, p = .656); accuracy correlations between Component 4 and Component 6 were significant in only one prior learning group for each probe type, with no significant between-group differences (all p > .29).

      Given this inconsistent pattern, we consider the general-ability account unsupported, though our low per-condition sample size limits power to rule it out. We therefore treat the brain-behavior correlation as selective to Component 6 experience probes in this sample, and treat it as supportive rather than primary evidence for a link between role representations and transfer, pending independent replication.”

      We agree that a more targeted neural signature could in principle yield a more interpretable correlation with behavior. Our interpretation of the reviewer's comment is that this implicitly requires a measure that captures representational content at the level of individual trials or items, for example, a trial-by-trial estimate of how strongly a given stimulus is represented in its abstract structural role, which could then be correlated with individual participants' behavioral performance. Our current decoding measure does not provide this: it indexes classification accuracy averaged across all trials of a given transition type, yielding a single scalar value per participant per timepoint rather than a trial- or item-level representational estimate.

      Computing such a trial-level measure from our data would require a fundamentally different analysis approach, for example, single-trial decoding confidence scores or RSA-based measures of individual stimulus representational fidelity, which goes beyond what our current classifier-based pipeline and data structure can deliver. We have instead conducted additional analyses that more directly index neural representational content (role-based representational similarity analyses, reported in the revised manuscript), which provide converging support for the proposed computational account.

      Minor Comments:

      “During preprocessing, sensors were excluded based on an identified noise level. However, the authors do not specify the threshold used to define this noise level, nor do they report how many sensors were excluded per participant. It would be helpful to have these details. Additionally, it is unclear why the authors opted to exclude sensors rather than removing noise with MaxFiltering or interpolating bad sensors. Finally, the authors should report how many trials were discarded on average (and standard deviation) per participant.”

      We thank the reviewer for these comments. We have updated the methods section to address the points raised.

      Regarding the noise threshold and number of excluded sensors/trials: sensors were excluded using the default osl_detect_artefacts settings, which apply a Generalised Extreme Studentised Deviate (GESD) test at a significance level of 0.05. On average across all MEG runs and participants, 8.67 sensors (SD = 7.36) and 9.13 trials (SD = 11.46) were excluded. These details have been added to the methods section.

      Regarding the choice to exclude sensors rather than applying MaxFilter or interpolation: MaxFilter was not applicable here as our data were acquired on a CTF system, for which MaxFiltering is not designed. Sensor interpolation was not performed as bad channels are excluded prior to ICA decomposition following standard OSL pipeline practice. Given that excluded sensors represented on average ~3% of the total 273 sensors, we do not expect this to have meaningfully affected our results.

      The updated methods section now reads as follows:

      “On average across all MEG runs and participants, 8.67 sensors (SD = 7.36) and 9.13 trials (SD = 11.46) were excluded (using default osl_detect_artefacts settings; channel significance level for Generalised Extreme Studentised Deviate = 0.05). We did not apply MaxFilter as our data were acquired on a CTF system, for which MaxFiltering is not designed. Sensor interpolation was not performed as bad channels are excluded prior to ICA decomposition following standard OSL pipeline practice; given that excluded sensors represented on average ~3% of the total 273 sensors, we do not expect this to have meaningfully affected the results.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript seems to use the terms generalization, transfer, compositionality, and compositional generalization somewhat interchangeably. While I appreciate that both compositionality and transfer learning are central to the task design, I believe it's important to distinguish these concepts more clearly. Specifically, generalization typically refers to the ability to apply learned structure within a task to novel but similar instances, whereas transfer involves applying learned components or representations across different tasks or contexts. Clarifying these distinctions - ideally with explicit definitions early in the introduction - would help avoid confusion and better situate the contribution of this work within the broader literature.

      (2) The manuscript frequently refers to abstract knowledge or abstract representations. However, I would argue that abstract knowledge is typically characterized by its ability to generalize or transfer across different tasks or domains. In the current paradigm, while the structural relationships between stimuli change, the task demands and sensory modalities remain constant. It would strengthen the conceptual clarity of the paper if the authors could more carefully define what they mean by "abstract".

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We agree that “abstract” can carry different meanings across the literature. We have now added an explicit definition to the introduction clarifying our usage. We use 'abstract' to refer to representations that are invariant to surface sensory features while capturing relational structure, consistent with findings in a representation learning literature (e.g., Bernardi et al., 2020; Behrens et al., 2018). While the reviewer raises the valid point that task demands and sensory modality remain constant across learning phases, we highlight that the stimuli themselves are entirely novel in the transfer phase, such that any representational similarity must reflect relational rather than perceptual overlap.

      We have added explicit definitions of abstract, generalization, transfer, and compositional generalization to the introduction, clarifying how each term applies to our task design and how they relate to one another. We have also aimed for more consistent usage throughout the manuscript.

      This added paragraph in the Introduction reads as follows:

      “Throughout this work, we use "generalization" to refer to the ability to apply learned relational structure to novel stimulus compositions within the same task context, and "transfer" to refer to the reuse of (abstracted) representations across distinct task contexts or learning phases. Note we use “abstract” to refer to representations that are invariant to the sensory specifics of individual stimuli, capturing relational structure (e.g., the role a stimulus occupies within a graph) rather than surface features. Our task is structured compositionally in that every experienced compound stimulus is the joint product of two simultaneously evolving subprocesses, while the specific compound encountered during transfer learning is never observed during prior learning. We use 'decomposition' and 'transfer' to refer to the abstraction and reuse of a single such subprocess across learning phases, and reserve “compositional generalization” for the broader phenomenon whereby task performance depends on appropriately decomposing and recombining structural knowledge, a capacity our design requires of participants. Here we acknowledge that our study speaks most directly to decomposition and transfer of individual structural components rather than to the act of recombination itself.”

      (3) The supplementary materials include a section on replay analyses, but it is unclear how these analyses relate to the main text. I could not find a corresponding discussion or reference to replay in the results or discussion sections.

      We thank the reviewer for flagging this. The replay analysis was referenced in the Discussion of the previous version of the manuscript. To make this analysis more visible, we have also added a brief summary of the null replay result to the Results section, with a pointer to the Supplementary Results where the full analysis and discussion of limiting factors are reported.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This valuable study addresses a critical question regarding the role of a subpopulation of cortical interneurons (Chrna2-expressing Martinotti cells) in motor learning and cortical dynamics. However, despite the inclusion of interesting behavioral and imaging data, significant limitations remain, even after revision, in the design of the motor learning task and the associated data analyses. As a result, the presented data are incomplete to support the central conclusions.

      We appreciate the valuable feedback. To address these concerns, we have rephrased all conclusions to explicitly focus on motor execution consolidation rather than learning, as our task design inherently emphasizes performance refinement over acquisition. This reframing is now fully supported by compelling evidence from our data and analysis, demonstrating that Mα2 cell activation reduces pyramidal cell population plasticity and improves motor execution.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In line 331, the authors refer to session 5 as “training,” describing it as the final spoon session, and session 6 as “re-training,” because it is the first session in which the pellet is presented on the plate rather than on the spoon. However, in Fig. 1F-H, even in the Ctrl group, it is clear that the performance drops significantly in session 5, which is supposed to be the easiest session before switching to the more difficult plate condition.

      As described in the methods, the task is made progressively harder (as evidenced by the success ratio curve), therefore a lower performance in session 5 (the hardest spoon session) is expected, as now explicitly stated in the results (lines 816-825).

      In the classic pellet-reaching task, the spoon sessions would typically be considered “shaping”, while the plate sessions would represent the actual training phase. However, in this manuscript, the authors still insist on referring to session 2 as “learning” and session 5 as “training.” I don’t understand the difference between session 2 and session 5, especially when session 5’s performance is lower than session 2 (even in Fig 1H when you compare succ ratio).

      The experiments were designed to investigate the effect of Ma2 cell activation on learning and training outcomes. As we wanted to compare completely naive mice with mice that had been trained and that had learned the task, we included the first sessions with the spoon in our analysis. In many other studies or experimental set-ups those sessions would have been considered shaping. The reason for this design is that we did not want to miss early changes related to training and learning that could have a great impact on the final outcome, as most dendritic spines that correlate with learning are formed after the initial training session and are maintained in the second training session (10.1016/j.neuron.2021.07.030). During pilot studies, several different strategies were tested and it was discovered that the mice needed to succeed several times in the initial sessions in order to keep trying. Hence, the pellet presentation needed to be less challenging in the beginning than in the final sessions in which the pellet was presented on the plate. Therefore, as explained above, the task was made progressively harder throughout the session and from session to session, thus mice expectedly had more difficulty in session 5. We agree that the session names could be misleading, particularly in the context of our task design, and therefore changed all session labels to session numbers.

      Since session 6 (on the plate) is considered as “retraining,” why don’t the authors present the behavioral results beyond session 6? As a result, it remains unclear whether the animals improved their performance during the retraining phase.

      We agree, and now show behavior performance from sessions 1 to 10 for the behavioural group. Mice displayed a clear improvement after session 6, reaching a plateau after session 7 (Figure 1F-H). Unfortunately, due to technical challenges with reattaching the miniscope multiple times and following the same neurons over time, we do not have miniscope data from beyond session 6, which is why we initially only presented behavioural data up to session 6.

      Lastly, in Fig. 4B the authors present only the success ratio and claim that performance improves with CLZ application. However, when comparing sessions 8-10 between the Ctrl and Cre+ groups, there already appears to be a baseline difference. CLZ treatment in Cre+ mice seem to bring performance only to the WT level rather than producing a clear improvement beyond baseline.

      In the previous version (first submitted), we showed the success rate (number of success per minute), to the same conclusion. Note that our conclusion is supported by the effect of treatment found in Cre+, meaning that Cre+ improved upon CLZ (Ma2 cells increase in excitability) compared to NaCl (No change in Ma2 cell excitability). The control group is a control for the Ma2 cell activation specificity, and as expected it shows no treatment effect (since there is no hM3Dq expression, as already reported, Supplemental Table 1L). Further, the reviewer’s suggestion of a baseline difference between groups is not supported by our data, since no statistical differences were found on these comparisons (t-test eff. size < -1.587; p > 0.293; as already stated in the methods, the absence of significance bars “for any comparison means no significant difference was found”).

      Regarding the alignment between imaging and behavior, the authors report ~100 prehensions per minute. However, the calcium imaging traces show fewer than 20-30 spikes over 150 seconds (~2.5 min; Fig. 1E). This discrepancy raises concerns about whether the authors can truly isolate calcium signals corresponding to individual prehension events (either successful ones or multiple combined events for unsuccessful attempts). The manuscript still does not present behavioral data that directly aligns prehension events with calcium imaging activity. Although the authors performed analyses suggesting that prehension-related activity does not systematically alter nonprehension epochs, this claim is difficult to evaluate without seeing the underlying traces. It is therefore unclear how the authors selected the example calcium traces aligned to prehension onset, given that there are more than 100 prehension events per minute.

      If we understand this comment correctly, the reviewer presumes that there should be a direct relationship between upper motor neuron activity and prehension activity (i.e. muscle activity). Such one-to-one correspondence between prehension events and calcium transients in individual pyramidal neurons should not be expected.

      Upper motor neurons do not fire in a direct, event-by-event relationship with movements. Instead, motor actions emerge from distributed population activity, where individual neurons contribute sparsely and variably. Classical work described in the book Corticospinal function and voluntary movement by Porter and Lemon (1993) show that the relationship between single-neuron firing and muscle contraction is indirect and probabilistic. This circumstance required spike-triggered averaging based on several thousands of recordings to reveal consistent relationships between neuronal firing and motor output, precisely because individual spikes are neither necessary nor sufficient for a movement instance.

      Calcium imaging accentuates this dissociation. Calcium signals are a temporally filtered and nonlinear proxy of spiking activity, with limited sensitivity to single spikes and a bias toward burst-like or temporally clustered firing. As a result, many individual action potentials, especially those occurring in isolation, may not generate detectable calcium transients. Therefore, observing fewer calcium events than behavioral actions is expected and does not imply a failure to capture relevant neural dynamics.

      Thus, motor cortex representations during skilled behaviors such as prehension are distributed across neuronal ensembles rather than encoded at the level of single neurons. Each prehension recruits a subset of neurons, and each neuron contributes only intermittently across trials. Consequently, the appropriate level of analysis is not event-by-event alignment for individual cells, but rather population-level dynamics (e.g., ensemble activity patterns, dimensionality reduction, or trial-averaged responses aligned to behavior).

      We have not selected “example calcium traces aligned to prehension onset”. We performed all quantifications on the average of all trials, and we thus show one example of such traces in Figure I and all average traces in Supplemental Figure 3I. All trials were included, therefore there is no “selection”, as already explained in the methods section (lines 607-611).

      Taken together, the apparent discrepancy between behavioral event rate and calcium event frequency reflects known principles of motor cortex coding and calcium imaging limitations, rather than a methodological inconsistency. This explanation is now added to the discussion section (lines 1186-1211).

      Regarding the baseline effect analysis (Supplemental Figure 3I), we do not understand the claim that the underlying traces for the quantification shown cannot be seen, when they are explicitly shown in the same figure (Supplemental Figure 3A-E). We agree that the figure legends for Supplemental Figures 2 and 3 were missing the description of the traces shown as average traces of all trials for all neurons, with the shade showing the standard error of the mean. We now added this information to the Supplemental Figures 2 and 3 legends.

      In Fig. 1I, the authors also did not address why neural activity during successful trials is already lower one second before movement onset. The longer traces provided do not help to explain this observation or clarify the origin of this pre-movement reduction in activity. It actually further suggests that there may be some artifacts in the imaging that could affect the analysis.

      We understand that the example shown in Figure 1I can cause confusion, therefore we chose a clearer example neuron. As explained in the previous comment, no quantifications were made at the trial level, therefore Figure 1I shows the average +SEM of all trials.

      Overall, because it remains difficult to understand exactly what the authors are analyzing (and because the definitions of the motor learning stages appear arbitrary) it is difficult to agree with the authors’ conclusion that Ma2s cells reduce PyrN cell assembly plasticity during learning, thereby possibly facilitating already acquired motor skills.

      We rewrote our conclusions to better fit our results and thoroughly explained the calcium imaging analysis concerns above. No quantifications (nor claims) were done at single-level trial, and we clearly show the exact traces from where the quantifications were derived (Figure 1E, 1I; Supplemental Figure 2A-H and 3A-H.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      While the authors addressed some of the concerns raised by the reviewers, several major limitations still exist in the revised manuscript.

      (1) I appreciate the authors now showing more measures of the prehension task (total reaches, success reaches/min, and success ratio) and providing more details on the task design. However, it is unclear why the authors chose a task design that is somewhat different from the commonly used approach. Here they increase the distance of the food pellet each session and are thus making the task increasingly harder, whereas commonly the target distance is kept stable (See 10.1038/nature08389 for example). The result is that important readouts of learning (e. g. success rate) thus remain stable, making it impossible to judge if learning has occurred, without a control group of non-trained mice. This makes it impossible to judge if the task is affected by increased Ma2 cell excitability, since there is no reference of how these measurements are supposed to change in a mouse that learns or doesn’t learn the task.

      The experiments were designed to investigate the effect of Ma2 cell activation on learning and training outcomes. As we wanted to compare completely naive mice with mice that had been trained and that had learned the task, we included the first sessions with the spoon in our analysis. In many other studies or experimental set-ups, those sessions would have been considered shaping. The reason for this design is that we did not want to miss early changes related to training and learning, that could have a great impact on the final outcome, as most dendritic spines that correlate with learning are formed after the initial training session and are maintained in the second training session (10.1016/j.neuron.2021.07.030). During pilot studies, several different strategies were tested and it was discovered that the mice needed to succeed several times in the initial sessions in order to keep trying. Hence, the pellet presentation needed to be less challenging in the beginning than in the final sessions in which the pellet was presented on the plate. On previous pilot experiments, when the spoon distance was kept stable across sessions, most animals did not perform the task upon switching to the plate position (a large and abrupt increase in difficulty), whereas progressively increasing the difficulty led to more mice reaching for the plate target. We agree that this task design better reflects motor execution than learning, and have stated throughout the manuscript that learning is unaffected. We also reframed conclusions about learned motor execution to better fit our task design.

      (2) Regarding the analysis of the calcium imaging data, it is still unclear why the authors cannot report a commonly used dF/F0 or z-score value, as recommended by both reviewers. The authors state the 1 sec time window prior to the prehension cannot be used as a baseline (F0), as there might be preparatory motor activity. In that case an even earlier window (such as -2 to -1sec) or z-scores should be used. The current version relabeling the background subtracted fluorescence signal as dF/F0 is misleading. Relatedly, it is unclear why the authors don’t think the 1 sec window before prehension cannot be used as baseline, but at the same time use the difference in calcium activity before and after prehension onset as a cut-off criterion for defining cells as modulated during prehension and including in the analysis.

      As explained in the previous review round, we performed baseline subtraction as described in the methods section: "The baseline components were estimated using a running 8th percentile derived from kernel density estimation over a 250-frame window, and subtracted from each respective trace. Although true F0 estimation is not possible on 1-photon data, the baseline-subtracted trace is here referred to as ΔF/F. The fact that the label ΔF/F is commonly used in 1-photon data is misleading, since studies analyzing miniscope data using the label ΔF/F define F0 as the raw video frame minimum (e.g., 10.1371/journal.pbio.3000584, 10.1111/ejn.70190), mean of “non-spiking” periods for all neurons (e.g., 10.1016/j.crmeth.2025.101221), or providing no F0 definition (e.g., 10.1002/adfm.202511627, 10.3389/fnagi.2025.1550673, 10.1016/j.bpsgos.2025.100531, 10.1038/s41586-025-10096-w), none of which are true F0. We reiterate, as in the previous review round, that any use of the label ΔF/F is technically incorrect, not only here but in any study using 1-photon data.

      After the previous review round we defined F0 as the baseline components estimated as described above, which is a much more reliable and standardized measure of baseline components estimation compared to the measures cited above, using an extensively validated algorithm (10.7554/eLife.38173), and labeled our data as ΔF/F since they are already properly scaled, as previously done (10.3389/fnagi.2025.1550673). However, after this discussion, we suggest reverting back to the more correct technical term “ΔF detr.”. This also aligns with previous other similar work (e.g., 10.1073/pnas.2503139122, 10.3389/fnsys.2026.1765204), and that is what our traces (and any traces from any study derived from 1-photon data) actually are.

      We searched and found some studies analysing miniscope data that have z-scored fluorescence traces, but none of those provided a clear justification for doing so (e.g., 10.1016/j.isci.2026.115514, 10.1016/j.neuron.2025.07.020). We do not think that z-scoring appropriately scales fluorescence traces, particularly when baseline components are already subtracted. Fluorescence traces exhibit strong positive skewness, characteristic of calcium imaging data where the baseline is stable (after removing baseline components as described above) but transient events create a heavy tail, and z-scoring relies on the mean and standard deviation. In highly skewed distributions, both the mean and standard deviation are strongly influenced by the magnitude and frequency of these transients. Consequently, z-scoring the traces artificially compresses the baseline and distorts the relative amplitude of events, leading to biased comparisons between different cells by penalizing cells according to their own activity (more active cells will have more transients, therefore larger mean, and lower z-scored traces), instead of normalizing to a biologically meaningful scale. This can be easily demonstrated, take for example the signal fragment in Author response image 1.

      Author response image 1.

      The A panel shows a fluorescence trace from one neuron. If we slice this trace in half (B), the background component is the same, since they are derived from the same cell. If we z-score those halves, the half with higher activity is penalized (C, blue), while the less active half is artificially increased (C, orange). Since both signals are from the same cell, if z-scoring the traces was an appropriate normalization procedure, the differences between them should remain, which is not the case. Therefore, it is clear that z-scoring does not properly scale fluorescence traces for the purpose of comparisons between cells.

      Regarding the inclusion criterion, we used the difference between before and after activity precisely to include only neurons related to the task, which does not mean that the "before" epoch is baseline, only that it is not the same as the "after" epoch, as shown by data already included in the manuscript. Further, we already ran the suggested analysis (after/before ratio) and presented the full results set: “We found a three-way interaction effect of genotype, session, and prehension accuracy (Supplemental Table 2K; Supplemental Figure 4), with genotype effects for both accuracies on the naive session and successful prehensions during the learning session (Supplemental Table 2L-N), and accuracy effects in control mice across the learning and training sessions (Supplemental Table 2O-P). This indicates that Mα2 cell activity might selectively refine the neural signal balance during planning/execution phases of motor execution particularly on initial training sessions.”

      (3) While the authors have improved their statistical reporting, key information is still missing in several places. For example, no N-numbers are listed in legends for figure 3, and there is no mention of the number of mice for analysis in figures 2 and 3. For clarity, the authors should also include the statistical test performed in the figure legends for any p-values shown in the figure.

      We thank the reviewer for the attention to details, and clarified that Figure 2 shows latency analysis for the same dataset as Figure 1, we now explicitly state the number of mice and assemblies in Figure 3 results section, and added the statistical tests performed in each panel’s legend.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this revision the authors address some of the points, but they also make some technical errors. My overall view of the manuscript hasn't changed since the original evaluation.

      Previously I noted that SC sparsity presents an issue when comparing to full FC matrices. They author misinterpreted the Honey et al paper. They resampled ALL entries of the SC matrix (including zeros) from a Gaussian distribution. In effect, this assigns zeros small (but uniform) weights. In Honey et al., the authors resampled only existing edge weights from a gaussian distribution (the rationale at the time was that there might be pushback against the extremely heavy-tailed edge weight distribution). In other words, the zeros are still zeros following this resampling procedure.

      That said, I agree that the log transform is likely useful or necessary given edge weight distributions.

      In short, I still think that the approach is interesting and meritorious, I just don't think the execution is correct.

      Thank you very much for pointing this out. Regarding Gaussian resampling, we recalculated the results to avoid including zeros of the SC matrix in the resampling. As before, we confirmed that when the ROI count is small (200 or less), Gaussian resampling tended to produce a higher SC-FC correlation (Extended Data Figure 2-2a), as the ROI count increased so too did the Sparsity Rate (Extended Data Figure 2-2b), and the log transform tended to produce a higher SC-FC correlation (Extended Data Figure 2-2a). However, for both methods we still observed a tendency for the FC-SC correlation to decrease as the ROI count increased. Therefore, we will continue to use the log transform, but we will update Ext.Data.Fig.2-2 and now explicitly state in the text (lines 132-137) that there is a tendency for FC-SC correlation to be higher as the Sparsity Rate increases.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Okuno et al. re-analyze whole-brain imaging data collected in another paper (Brezovec et al., 2024) in the context of the two currently available Drosophila connectome datasets: the partial "FlyEM" (hemibrain) dataset (Scheffer et al., 2020) and the whole-brain "FlyWire" dataset (Dorkenwald et al., 2024). They apply existing fMRI signal processing algorithms to the fly imaging data and compute function-structure correlations across a variety of post-processing parameters (noise reduction methods, ROI size), demonstrating an inverse relationship between ROI size and FC-SC correlation. The authors go on to look at structural connectivity amongst more polarized or less polarized neurons, and suggest that stronger FC-SC correlations are driven by more polarized neurons.

      Strengths:

      (1) The result that larger mesoscale ROIs have higher correlation with structural data is interesting. This has been previously discussed in Drosophila in Turner et al., 2021, but here it is quantified more extensively.

      (2) The quantification of neuron polarization (PPSSI) as applied to these structural data is a promising approach for quantifying differences in spatial synapse distribution. The revision now uses morphological cable length for some analyses rather than straight-line distance, which improves the realism and interpretability of these results.

      Weaknesses:

      One should not score noise/nuisance removal methods solely by their impact on FC-SC correlation values, because we do not know a priori that direct structural connections correspond with strong functional correlations. In fact, work in C. elegans, where we have access to both a connectome and neuron-resolution functional data, suggests that this relationship is weak (Yemini et al., 2021; Randi et al., 2023). Similarly, I don't think it's appropriate to tune the confidence scores on the EM datasets using FC-SC correlations as an output metric. While it is likely that some FC-SC relationship does exist at large scales, it does not in my view justify use of this metric for evaluating noise removal methods, since such methods may inadvertently remove real neural correlates. This concern remains unaddressed in the revision.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Firstly, regarding C. elegans, and mentioned in our Discussion section, the FC of calcium dynamics in the soma was compared with the SC of the whole cell in C. elegans studies (Yemini et al., 2021; Randi et al., 2023). Neurons in C. elegans are non-spiking, and calcium dynamics have been shown to differ between compartments (soma and other parts) in a neuron (Hendricks, et al., 2012). While fly and human studies compared the SC and FC of synaptic population dynamics in brain regions, C. elegans studies compared the SC of cells (not regions) with the FC of dynamics in the cell body. This discrepancy is thought to explain the differing results.

      In support of our approach, numerous studies (cited in our manuscript Introduction) have demonstrated statistically significant FC-SC relationships across species and modalities, including human rs-fMRI and diffusion MRI, marmoset retrograde tracing and rs-fMRI, and Drosophila calcium imaging and connectomics. These findings suggest that still SC provides an important anatomical constraint on FC.

      We also used FC-SC detection in addition to FC-SC correlation. Correlation measures similarity by normalizing the covariance between FC and SC values by the product of their standard deviations. On the other hand, FC-SC detection measures the detection accuracy (AUC) of FC. Since FC and log-transformed SC are fundamentally different, both correlation and detection are considered useful indicators. In both indicators, high correlation and high AUC were observed using the same nuisance removal method. Our results suggested that head movement and the attenuation of fluorescent molecules due to long-duration imaging are the sources of noise, and this provides supporting evidence that the procedure may be improving signal quality. Therefore, we consider FC-SC correspondence to be a biologically motivated validation metric for nuisance removal and a way to validate nuisance removal factors.

      However, we agree that FC-SC correspondence may not be regarded as a ground truth objective, and that biologically meaningful functional relationships may also arise through indirect pathways, network effects, neuromodulation, and other mechanisms not captured by direct SC. As examples, neuropeptides diffuse to transmit signals, while gap junctions tightly and directly connect neurons, and there is also a pathway mediated by glia. Although SC cannot be equated with FC, we believe that the relationship between the two remains strong. To investigate this matter further, we consider it necessary to conduct additional research involving the simultaneous measurement of whole-brain FC (calcium) and ‘non-synaptic’ signals.

      We have rewritten the manuscript to say that SC is not a ground truth but a biologically motivated evaluation metric (line 102) for nuisance removal, and we have added content to the discussion around the points discussed here (lines 296-306).

      Any discussion of FC-SC comparisons should include an analysis of excitatory/inhibitory neurotransmitters, which are available in the fly connectome dataset. The authors examine the ratios of input and output neurotransmitters in different defined regions. However, I think it would be more useful to integrate the neurotransmitter information more fully into the assessment of SC, for instance: examining the signed weight (excitatory - inhibitory), or by examining the excitatory and inhibitory networks separately.

      Thank you for suggesting the idea. This matter has not been thoroughly investigated in this study. Figure 3g shows the correlation between neurotransmitters (rate of neurons) and FC-SC correlation, but we have not been able to analyze the effects on FC-SC in detail. Due to this, we think that this topic requires further analysis as part of future work.

      Comparisons between fly and human MRI data are also premature here. Firstly, the fly connectomes, which are derived from neuron-scale EM reconstructions, are a qualitatively different kind of data from human connectomes, which are derived from DSI imaging of large-scale tracts. Likewise, calcium data and fMRI data are very different functional data acquisition methods-the fact that similar processing steps can be used on time-series data does not make them surprisingly similar, and does not in my view constitute evidence of "similar design concepts."

      We are not saying we have presented evidence; we are merely saying that it is possible that it is a similar design concept. That is, the fundamental calculation is performed analog through local addition, subtraction, and multiplication by multiple synapses, and when it is necessary to transmit the data over a distance, it is converted to digital by convolution. This is the idea of an analogue-digital-hybrid circuit (Shirahata et al., Euro. J. Neurosci., 2025). Although C. elegans lacks sodium channels and most of neurons are non-spiking, AWA cell has been shown to exhibit action potential mediated by calcium spikes (Liu et al., Cell, 2018). This suggests that even C. elegans utilize an analog-digital-hybrid circuit. ‘FC’ is correlation between local activity of synapses, and FC-SC showed a high correlation between regions. This result was similar in both flies and mammals. In other words, functions are implemented locally (analog) and connected over a wide area (digitally). We believe this design is common across multiple species, even at different brain size scales. To address your concern, we modified the text on line 320 to give a more conservative tone.

      The comparison of FlyEM/FlyWire connectomes concludes that differences are more likely a result of data processing than of inter-individual variability. If this is the case, the title should not claim that the manuscript covers individual variability.

      The analysis of the wedge-AVLP neuron strikes me as highly speculative, given that the alignment precision between the connectome and the functional data is around 5 microns (Brezovec* et al, PNAS 2024).

      Thank you for pointing that out. We have changed the title because the original title was considered too broad and general.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I still feel that the title and introduction overstate the results, despite the small changes to the introduction.

      Thank you for pointing that out. We have changed the title because the original title was considered too broad and general.

      (2) Re: the use of a custom FC-SC score in this manuscript, I agree with the authors that the overall approach is common. However, I would like to see some evidence that the qualitative conclusions in the paper are robust to the way this score has been designed, particularly because it deviates from metrics used in prior work.

      In relation to this, we also performed an additional analysis of the FC-SC correlation using the Gaussian resampling method (Honey et al., 2009) [6]. Compared to the log transform of the SC matrix, Gaussian resampling showed a higher correlation when the ROI count was 200 or less, and as the ROI count increased and the Sparsity Rate rose, the log transform showed a higher correlation (Ext.Data.Fig.2-2a and b). However, in both methods we still observed a tendency for the FC-SC correlation to decrease as the ROI count increased. This content has been added to the main text (lines 132-137).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors have substantially strengthened the manuscript in response to my comments. In particular, they have improved the treatment of non-canonical calls, added further illustrative examples at the level of individual RNA variants, repeated pathway enrichment using an appropriate expression-matched background, assessed treatment-associated cell viability, and moderated several biological claims. The revised manuscript is now most compelling as a technical benchmarking and best-practice resource for high-confidence prediction of a common RNA chemical modification from nanopore direct RNA sequencing.

      The matched-input comparison of two methods, use of unmodified RNA controls, and inhibitor treatment are important strengths. Together, these experiments provide solid support for the central conclusion that careful filtering and appropriate controls can substantially reduce likely false-positive calls and yield a reproducible set of high-confidence predictions. The added analyses also provide useful illustrations of the capacity of long-read sequencing to assign predictions to individual RNA variants, although they do not establish broad superiority over the short-read comparison method.

      A few claims remain insufficiently supported. First, the discussion of non-DRACH sites should cite Cancer mutations rewire the RNA methylation specificity of METTL3-METTL14 (Science Advances, DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.ads4750). In particular, Figure 3C of that study shows that the normal METTL3-METTL14 enzyme retains measurable activity on non-DRACH substrates; this provides a useful precedent for describing the inhibitor-sensitive GGAUU calls as plausible candidates rather than treating non-DRACH calls, especially those detected only by GLORI, as presumptively artefactual. The revised manuscript appropriately notes technical and biological explanations for non-canonical calls and identifies the GGAUU sites as candidates requiring further validation, but this additional context would improve interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for reminding us of this interesting publication. We have included the citation and adjusted our discussion accordingly (lines 576-579).

      Second, the comparison between Dorado and GLORI remains overinterpreted. The matched-input design and inhibitor perturbation are important strengths, but the current analysis does not establish that sites detected only by GLORI are false positives or that Dorado is a reference standard. This would require, for example, direct comparison of inhibitor responsiveness among GLORI-only and shared sites, while accounting for coverage, conversion efficiency, and other method-specific biases; therefore, phrases such as "GLORI exhibits reduced specificity," "largely spurious," and "validated by an orthogonal approach" are not fully supported by the data presented.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that our original language potentially overinterpreted the GLORI-Dorado comparison. In our GLORI dataset, the relatively high gene-level non-conversion rate (>5%) particularly limits interpretation of low-proportion sites. Although this background has little effect at high m<sup>6</sup>A/A proportions, it can substantially affect calls in the 10-20% range. Consistent with this limitation, GLORI-only sites were predominantly low-stoichiometry and more often occurred outside DRACH motifs, whereas shared sites were enriched at higher predicted m<sup>6</sup> A/A proportions. GLORI coverage was similar between categories, and all sites analyzed were STM2457-responsive. However, residual non-conversion may disproportionately affect low-fraction calls. Thus, our findings do not establish that GLORI-only sites are false positives but instead indicate unresolved method-specific differences. We have adjusted the section accordingly (lines 327-382) and added two additional subplots in Fig. S21 (lines 1193-1202 contain the new figure legends).

      Similarly, the thresholding approach should not be described as "unbiased." The analysis is useful and empirically informed, but it relies on selected parameters, a manually specified penalty, and predetermined decision criteria. Describing the procedure as "data-driven" or "empirically calibrated against matched unmodified RNA controls" would more accurately convey both its value and its limitations.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that this language should be used carefully. To our knowledge, we have already refined the relevant wording in the current revised version.

      The additional RNA-variant examples are helpful, but they demonstrate an advantage of long-read data rather than broadly proving that Dorado "outperforms" GLORI for RNA-variant-level quantification. A more accurate formulation would be: "Direct RNA sequencing provides RNA-variant-resolved predictions that are not readily assignable using short-read GLORI data, as illustrated at several loci."

      We have revised the wording to emphasize that DRS enables RNA-variant-resolved predictions that are not readily assignable using short-read GLORI data (lines 384-385 and 404-406).

      Finally, the authors now acknowledge that the functional significance of cell-type differences remains unresolved, but the abstract still presents the results as evidence of "finely tuned" regulation, and the discussion links them to neuronal function. The data provide solid evidence for differences in predicted modification proportions between cell types, but the evidence is incomplete for claims about functional consequences; these statements should therefore be framed as context or hypotheses for future study rather than as inferences from the present experiments.

      Thank you for this comment. In the revised manuscript, we do not describe the observed cell-type differences as evidence of “finely tuned” regulation or infer functional consequences for neuronal function. Any potential relevance is framed only as context for future investigation. We refer to lines 43-46 and 602-606, where we describe our observations about increased m<sup>6</sup>A/A site ratios in HD10.6 cells compared to NHDFs.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The revised manuscript has improved substantially. The authors have addressed the main concerns raised during the previous round by introducing an IVT-based calibration framework, evaluating background calls across probability thresholds, examining base calling mismatches, and replacing "stoichiometry" with the more appropriate term "predicted modification proportion." The expanded discussion of non-DRACH predictions is also useful and appropriately balanced. Overall, the study now provides a valuable practical framework for Dorado-based RNA modification analysis.

      I have only a few remaining comments, all of which should be addressable through clarification and minor textual revisions.

      (1) The comparison between NHDF and HD10.6 cells does not appear to include independent biological replicates. The observed differences in predicted m6A/A proportions should therefore be presented as differences between the two datasets rather than as general cell-type-specific effects. The interpretation is already cautious in the Discussion, but similar wording should be used in the Abstract, Results heading, and title if applicable.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree that the wording should avoid overinterpretation. We consider the title appropriate, as the manuscript reports differences in predicted m<sup>6</sup> A proportions between fibroblast and neuronal datasets. However, to ensure greater precision, we revised the relevant sentence in the Abstract (lines 43-46) and two Results section headings (lines 130-131 and 408-409).

      (2) The direction of the comparison in Figure 3D should be clarified. The percentages represent the fraction of GLORI sites that is also detected by Dorado. Thus, the analysis shows that Dorado increasingly recovers high-proportion GLORI sites. It does not directly demonstrate that high-proportion Dorado predictions are increasingly validated by GLORI. The text should reflect this distinction, and the figure should clearly identify which circle represents each method.

      We thank the reviewer for this clarification. We revised the text in lines 367-369 to clarify that Dorado increasingly recovers high-proportion GLORI sites, and we adjusted Fig. 3D to improve clarity.

      (3) The ratio of calls detected in IVT relative to biological samples is a useful empirical measure of background, but it is not formally a false-positive rate because the true status and testability of every site are not known. A term such as "IVT-to-sample call ratio" or "empirical background-call ratio" would be more precise and would not alter the main conclusion regarding the value of stringent filtering.

      The reviewer’s point is well taken, and we have replaced the use of false-positive with ‘background signal’ throughout the manuscript when dealing with our approach and results. We have however retained the use of false-positive as a term when directly quoting from other published studies (regardless of whether they used this term correctly).

      (4) The description of the change-point framework still contains the placeholder "at least X-fold more signal." The actual enrichment threshold should be provided. The authors should also ensure that a log2 ratio threshold of 1.5 is not described as 1.5-fold enrichment, since these values are not equivalent.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this. We have corrected the sentence on lines 739-740 to note that the fold enrichment is 1.5-fold which equates to a log2 ratio threshold of ~0.585.

      These are relatively minor issues. The authors have responded constructively to the previous reviews, and I do not consider further experimental work necessary.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Add the Science Advances reference, DOI: 10.1126/sciadv. ads4750, to the discussion of non-DRACH sites and use it to contextualize inhibitor-sensitive GGAUU sites as plausible candidates requiring independent validation.

      (2) Revise language implying that GLORI-only sites are false positives, that GLORI has reduced specificity, or that Dorado serves as the validating reference method; instead, describe the observed agreement and acknowledge unresolved method-specific differences.

      (3) If feasible, compare inhibitor responsiveness directly among shared and GLORI-only sites, reporting coverage and conversion-related quality measures for those categories.

      (4) Replace "unbiased" thresholding language with "data-driven" or "empirically calibrated against matched unmodified RNA controls."

      (5) Revise broad "outperforms" language about RNA-variant-level quantification to specify that long-read sequencing enables predictions at individual RNA variants in the illustrated examples.

      (6) Remove or further qualify statements that infer finely tuned regulation or neuronal functional effects from differences in predicted modification proportions alone.

      We have addressed these recommendations as described above.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study reports the relative importance of Tie1 and Tie2 signaling for atrial versus ventricular trabeculation. It is an important study and is one of the few works to date that have carefully and simultaneously analyzed these two processes. In line with a previous study in zebrafish, the authors demonstrate key differences between atrial and ventricular trabeculation. While the imaging and quantitative data were conducted with solid and validated methodology throughout the manuscript, the work would benefit from more rigourous approaches where Tie1/2 signaling is disrupted prior to the onset of atrial/ventricular trabeculation, to allow for a more direct comparison.

      We thank the editors for the eLife assessment. We would like to request that the following statement be modified: “…the work would benefit from more rigourous approaches where Tie1/2 signaling is disrupted prior to the onset of atrial/ventricular trabeculation, to allow for a more direct comparison”. We request this change for the following reasons:

      We utilized two distinct genetic mouse models in this study (as summarized in Fig. 7I), comprising conventional knockouts (Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup>, Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup> and Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>) and inducible gene deletion models (Tek<sup>iECKO</sup>, Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>, and Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>) [1-3].

      The Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup> line is equivalent to the previously published Tie1<sup>-/-</sup> mouse line as demonstrated in our prior work and by others [1, 4-6]. For the Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup> line, as described in the previous report [2], the expression level of Tie1<sup>ΔICD</sup> decreased dramatically compared with that of wild-type mice, which may result from the nonsense-mediated mRNA decay. Based on the lymphatic and venous phenotypes [1, 2], we conclude that the Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup> line is almost equivalent to Tie1 null mice.

      Therefore, the Tie1 or Tek alleles were inactivated prior to the onset of atrial and ventricular trabeculations, as shown in Fig. 1, Fig. 2, Fig. 3, Fig. 5A-D, and Supplemental Fig. 3. Based on these findings, we propose that TIE1 is differentially required for atria versus ventricle morphogenesis, and acts synergistically with TIE2 during cardiac trabeculation.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Ding et al. use genetic mouse models to demonstrate that atrial trabeculation is more dependent on Tie1/Tie2 signaling than ventricular trabeculation. With additional experimentation that would support the current claims, the results may hold significant value, as atrial trabeculation remains an understudied phenomenon in cardiac biology with potential implications for atrial cardiomyopathy and atrial fibrillation.

      Strengths:

      Detailed characterization of atrial versus ventricular trabeculation across different developmental time-points, and the use of appropriate animal models to address the scientific question at hand.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have consistently treated mice with tamoxifen after ventricular, but not atrial, trabeculation has already started. As such, the observed cardiac phenotypes - where predominantly atrial trabeculation is affected - might be a mere consequence of the precise time window in which Tie1/2 signaling was impaired, rather than a direct measurement of its relative importance for atrial versus ventricular trabeculation. The conclusions of the paper may thus be significantly strengthened by depleting Tie1/2 signaling prior to the onset of ventricular trabeculation, as is done for atrial trabeculation.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments.

      Regarding the timeline of gene deletion and tamoxifen treatment, we would like to provide the following clarification.

      Fig. 1-3: As described in the Methods and Materials, Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup> is a knockout first mouse model established from EUCOMM embryonic stem cells (EPD0735-3B07) targeting Tie1 gene. Therefore, the Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup> line is equivalent to the previously published Tie1 null mice (Tie1<sup>-/-</sup>). The Tie1<sup>Flox/Flox</sup> mouse line (with exon 8 floxed) was generated when the lacZ reporter and neo-cassette were excised using the FLPeR mice.

      Fig. 5A-D: To investigate the synergy of TIE1 and TIE2 in cardiac trabeculation, we utilized the Tek<sup>+/-</sup> and Tie1<sup>ΔICD/+</sup> mouse lines and they were crossbred to generate double mutant mice harboring a homozygous Tie1 mutation and a single null Tek allele (Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>). Although no obvious defects were observed in atrial or ventricular structures following Tie1 deficiency alone at E10.5, both atrial and ventricular development were disrupted in Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup> mutants at the same stage (Fig. 5A-D).

      Supplemental Fig. 3: To verify the role of TIE1 in atrial development, we employed alternative knockout mouse line targeting the Tie1 intracellular domain by floxing exons 15 and exon 16 (Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/Flox</sup>). Mutants harboring these null alleles are designated as Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ ΔICD</sup>. As detailed in the previous publication, the line is also equivalent to the previously published Tie1 null mice (Tie1<sup>-/-</sup>). The cardiac phenotypes shown in Supplemental Fig. 3 are indeed similar to those of Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup> mutant mice.

      For the inducible knockouts targeting Tie1, Tek and both, the results are shown in Fig. 4, Fig. 5E-H, Fig. 6, and Fig. 7.

      Fig. 4: As mice homozygous for Tek mutation (Tek<sup>-/-</sup>) die before E10.5 [3, 7], we performed studies using the inducible knockout line targeting Tek (Tek<sup>Flox/-</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup> named as Tek<sup>iECKO</sup>), as shown in Fig. 4.

      Fig. 5-7: To investigate the synergy of TIE1 and TIE2 in the cardiac trabeculation at the later stages of embryogenesis (Fig. 5E-H, Fig. 6) and the postnatal stage (Fig. 7), we used the inducible knockout models targeting Tie1/Tek, including Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup> (Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/-</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup>) and Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup> (Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/-</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ding et al. examine the role of TIE1 in cardiac chamber morphogenesis using genetic mouse models targeting Tie1, Tek, or both, and analyzing endocardial cell-mediated chamber formation across multiple embryonic developmental and postnatal stages, supported by analysis of published single-cell datasets and new bulk RNA seq analyses of murine cardiac tissue. The authors find that Tie1 and Tek expression is higher in atrial than ventricular endocardial cells. Notably, endothelial Tie1 is required for atrial trabeculation at E12.5, but is less critical in ventricular trabeculation. TIE1 also acts synergistically with TIE2 during atrial trabeculation. While Tie1 deficiency alone does not cause defects at E10.5, combined heterozygous deletion of Tek disrupts both atrial and ventricular development at E10.5. This synergy is further supported by analyses at later embryonic stages and in postnatal hearts.

      Strengths:

      The study is well-designed, clearly written, and supported by high-quality figures. The performed experiments demonstrate a previously unrecognized role for Tie1 in cardiac development and identify synergistic control of cardiac morphogenesis by Tie1 and Tie2. This synergy is consistent with the previously identified roles of Tie1 and Tek in venous development and with Tie1 involvement in angiopoietin-dependent postnatal vascular and lymphatic remodeling. Together, these findings support a role for Tie1 as a contributor to Ang1-Tie2 signaling during heart development.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript does not include direct mechanistic studies; however, RNA seq analysis of atria and ventricles showed reduced expression of Tek, Dll1, and Notch1 upon Tie1 deficiency in developing hearts. Although previously reported mechanisms, such as TIE1-TIE2 heterodimer formation and effects on endothelial junctions, migration, or survival are discussed, no direct mechanistic experiments are performed. Addressing some of these mechanisms would have clarified the basis of Tie1-Tie2 synergy. As two distinct Tie1 models are used, including one targeting the kinase domain, the authors should state whether phenotypes differed or were similar between models.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In this study, we provide genetic evidence that TIE1 is differentially required for atrial versus ventricular trabeculation. Although the precise molecular mechanisms underlying TIE1 function warrant further investigation, we have provided compelling genetic evidence of its synergistic role with TIE2 during this process. Crucially, the two genetic models targeting Tie1 (Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup>, Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>) produced consistent cardiac and vascular phenotypes, as shown in both this study and our previous work [1, 2].

      Regarding endocardial TIE1 in atrial morphogenesis, fully elucidating its downstream mechanism may require the isolation of primary endocardial cells for further study. However, our previous work using HUVECs have demonstrated that TIE1 acts synergistically with its homologue TIE2 to regulate AKT-mediated COUP-TFII protein stability [1, 3]. The essential roles of COUP-TFII in venous and atrial development have been well-documented in the literature [8, 9]. We have expanded our Discussion section to reflect these mechanistic insights.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ding et al. investigate the roles of TIE1 and TEK (Tie2) in mouse cardiac development, with a particular focus on atrial trabeculation. The authors employ multiple genetic models, including Tie1ICDflox/flox (with Cdh5-CreERT2), a knockout-first allele (EUCOMM, Tie1 tm1a/tm1a), and a Tek deletion model.

      Based on the dataset from Feng et al. 2022 Nat Commun, the authors report increased expression of Tie1 and Tek transcripts in atrial endocardial cells compared to ventricular cells at embryonic day (E) 14.5. Loss of Tie1 leads to early atrial trabeculation defects detectable at E12.5, whereas ventricular defects appear later and are less pronounced at E14.5. Chamber-specific RNA sequencing reveals stronger transcriptional changes in atrial tissue.

      Conditional deletion of Tek results in a similar phenotype, with more pronounced atrial defects. Combined deletion of Tie1 and Tek (Tie1 ΔICD/ΔICD; Tek+/-) leads to earlier and more severe defects in both atrial and ventricular trabeculation and results in embryonic lethality around E12.5, suggesting a synergistic interaction between the two genes.

      Conditional endothelial deletion of Tie1 combined with heterozygous global Tek at later embryonic stages allows analysis at later time points and again shows more severe defects in atrial trabeculation. Postnatal analysis of this model reveals reduced heart-to-body weight ratios and potential mild atrial abnormalities.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors address chamber-specific signaling mechanisms underlying atrial versus ventricular trabeculation, an area of high developmental and clinical relevance.

      (2) The study provides a comprehensive temporal analysis across multiple embryonic stages.

      (3) The use of multiple genetic models strengthens the overall conclusions and allows comparative interpretation.

      (4) While focusing on trabeculation, the authors also include observations on coronary vessel development, increasing the broader relevance of the work. The findings are therefore of interest to the wider cardiovascular research community.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Timing of recombination vs. trabeculation onset

      Ventricular trabeculation begins earlier than atrial trabeculation. Since tamoxifen (in contrast to 4-hydroxytamoxifen) requires metabolic activation, Cre-mediated recombination will occur with a delay. This suggests that atrial trabeculation may be targeted before its onset, whereas ventricular trabeculation may already be underway for 2-3 days at the time of effective gene deletion.

      How do the authors account for this discrepancy in their interpretation?

      Have earlier induction time points been tested to better capture the onset of ventricular trabeculation? This limitation should be explicitly discussed.

      (2) Clarity of genetic models and experimental design

      The study employs several genetic constructs. It would improve clarity if, for each experiment, the specific genetic model and tamoxifen regimen were clearly described before presenting the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the detailed and constructive comments. As detailed above, for studies employing the inducible gene deletion mouse models (models (Tek<sup>iECKO</sup>, Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>, and Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>), the genetic models and tamoxifen treatment schemes have been provided in the related figures.

      For the investigation of TIE1 or TIE2 in atria versus ventricle morphogenesis at earlier embryonic stages, we utilized the conventional knockouts targeting Tie1 (Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup>, Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>) or the combined deletion of Tie1 and Tek (Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>), as detailed above.

      (3) Tie1 tm1a/tm1a phenotype vs. known global knockout

      Previous studies (PMID: 8846781, 7596437) show that complete Tie1 loss leads to severe edema, vascular rupture, and embryonic lethality around E13.5-E14.5.

      How does the Tie1 tm1a/tm1a allele differ, given that animals appear to survive longer? Is this allele hypomorphic rather than a full knockout?

      This point requires clarification.

      Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup> is equivalent to the full Tie1 knockout (Tie1<sup>-/-</sup>). As demonstrated in our prior work, the Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup> model produced lymphatic and blood vascular phenotypes similar to those of Tie1<sup>-/-</sup> mutants [1, 2, 5, 6].

      (4) Limited mechanistic insight

      While the authors aim to investigate underlying mechanisms, the current study is largely descriptive and based on mRNA expression and genetic interaction analyses (Tie1/Tek co-deletion). Direct mechanistic insights into signaling pathways remain limited. However, the dataset provides a valuable foundation for future mechanistic studies, which should be more clearly acknowledged in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have incorporated this discussion into the revised manuscript

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The conclusions of the paper may be significantly strengthened by addressing several of the following comments:

      Major critiques:

      The authors state that Angpt1 is more prominently expressed in atrial versus ventricular myocardium and that this might explain the larger impact of Tie1 deletion on atrial versus ventricular trabeculation. However, other ligands for Tie1/Tie2 have been described, such as Svep1, Angpt2, and Lect2. It would be great if the authors could show the relative expression of these ligands in atrial versus ventricular cardiomyocytes over time.

      We appreciate the reviewer's valuable suggestion. To address this, we analyzed the scRNA-seq dataset to compare the expression profiles of key ligands (Angpt1, Angpt2, Svep1, and Lect2) between atrial and ventricular cardiac cells during embryonic development. These new data have been integrated into Supplemental Fig. 1F. Our analysis reveals that Angpt1 is differentially enriched in atrial cells relative to ventricular cells. However, no distinct inter-chamber differences were detected for Svep1 or Angpt2. Notably, Lect2 transcripts were virtually absent in both chambers; this is fully congruent with our bulk RNA-seq data, which showed no detectable Lect2 expression in whole-heart lysates.

      Likewise, the authors indicate that ANGPT1-TIE2 signaling is stronger in atria than ventricles at E14.5. Could this reflect a temporal rather than spatial difference? How does ANGPT1-TIE2 signaling compare between atria and ventricles during different steps of the trabeculation process?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful question regarding spatial versus temporal dynamics. To address whether the observed differences reflect a temporal shift or a sustained spatial pattern, we evaluated Angpt1 expression across a developmental timeline spanning the major stages of trabeculation, from initiation through remodeling (E10.5 to E18.5).

      As shown in the newly added Supplemental Fig. 1F, Angpt1 is consistently and differentially enriched in atrial cells relative to ventricular cells throughout all examined embryonic stages. This sustained divergence confirms that elevated ANGPT1-TIE2 signaling in the atria is a distinct spatial feature rather than a transient temporal shift. This finding aligns with our ligand-receptor interactome analysis between cardiomyocytes and endocardial cells (Supplemental Fig. 1E). Furthermore, a specialized role for ANGPT1-mediated signaling in atrial morphogenesis has been independently demonstrated by Kim et al. (Cell Rep, 2018), supporting our model that this pathway is uniquely critical for the assembly of the atrial muscular network [10].

      Ding and colleagues demonstrate that loss of endothelial/endocardial Tie1 results in absent atrial trabeculae, while ventricular trabeculae are only moderately impacted. As ventricular trabeculation is initiated much earlier than atrial trabeculation, this discrepancy might, however, be secondary to the precise time point within trabecular network formation at which Tie1 was deleted. The make sure that Tie1 does not prevent ventricular trabeculation to an equal extent as atrial trabeculation, the authors should conduct additional experiments in which Tie1 is deleted before the onset of ventricular trabeculation (i.e., E8.5). Consistent with this, Tie1 knockout mice display substantial ventricular trabeculation defects (Figure 5). This comment extends to the analysis of the Tie2 knockout mice, where knocking out Tie2 starting from E12.5 does not affect ventricular trabeculation at E14.5 but impairs ventricular trabeculation when hearts are analyzed later (at E17.5). Additionally, Figure 5 clearly demonstrates that ventricular trabeculation is impacted in the combined absence of Tie1 and Tie2. Overall, a more detailed analysis of the relative importance of Tie1/Tie2 signaling for atrial versus ventricular trabeculation with more appropriate tamoxifen regimens needs to be performed to support the claims made by the authors.

      While one can deduce from the Methods section that tamoxifen was administered at E10-5-E11.5 for the results depicted in Figure 1, no information is provided regarding the tamoxifen regimens for the following figures, obscuring proper interpretation of the results. The authors should clearly state the precise time window in which they depleted endothelial Tie1 for each Figure in both text and legends, as this essential information is missing in Figures 2 and 3.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. To rigorously investigate the differential requirement of TIE1, as well as its synergy with TIE2, during the distinct stages of atria versus ventricle trabeculation, we utilized both conventional (constitutive) and inducible gene knockout models. For the inducible genetic models, the exact timelines of gene deletion and tamoxifen treatments are detailed within their respective figure panels and legends. Below is a brief overview of the constitutive null models used in this study.

      Fig. 1-3 (constitutive null models): As described in the Materials and Methods, the Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup> line is a “knockout-first” mouse model generated from EUCOMM embryonic stem cells (EPD0735-3B07) targeting Tie1 gene. Consequently, the Tie1<sup>tm1a/tm1a</sup> line is functionally equivalent to previously published Tie1 null mice (Tie1<sup>-/-</sup>). The Tie1<sup>Flox/Flox</sup> mouse line (harboring a floxed exon 8) was generated by excising the lacZ reporter and neo-cassette using FLPeR delete mice. As described above, the Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup> line is also equivalent to Tie1 null mice.

      Fig. 5A-D: To investigate the genetic synergy between TIE1 and TIE2 during the initiation phase of cardiac trabeculation, we crossbred Tek<sup>+/-</sup> and Tie1<sup>ΔICD/+</sup> lines to generate compound mutants harboring a homozygous Tie1 mutation paired with a single null Tek allele (Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>). While Tie1 deficiency alone yielded no obvious defects in atrial or ventricular structures at E10.5, compound Tie1<sup>ΔICD/ΔICD</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup> mutants exhibited severe disruption in both atrial and ventricular development at the same developmental stage (Fig. 5A-D).

      In the last paragraph, Ding et al. propose a model in which Tie1/Tie2 signaling drives atrial versus ventricular endothelial/endocardial specification. To substantiate this claim, the authors should identify several genes that differentiate between these two and demonstrate that their asymmetric expression pattern is perturbed in Tie1/2 mutant embryos. Alternatively, single-cell RNA-seq in control and Tie1/2 mutant embryos could provide a more holistic view of endothelial specification processes and their impact on myocardial shape and function.

      We thank the reviewer for these constructive suggestions. We agree that a comprehensive single-cell RNA-seq analysis of Tie1/Tek mutant embryos would provide a holistic view of endocardial specification. While performing this extensive sequencing is beyond the scope of our current study, we believe our present combination of chamber-specific bulk RNA-seq and functional genetic models provides a strong foundation for these mechanisms. Further studies are certainly warranted to provide deeper single-cell insights in this direction, and we have added this point to our revised Discussion section.

      A recent publication (Albu et al., Nature Communications) found no evidence for Nrg/Erbb and Notch signaling in atrial trabeculation, but reported that YAP signaling was implicated in the latter. This raises important questions: Did the authors observe Yap-mediated signaling in their RNAseq datasets? Could Yap/Taz be investigated in control and Tie1/2 mutant mice? Is there a link between Tie1/2 and Yap/Taz signaling in other systems, such as venous versus arterial endothelial specification?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. Based on our bulk RNA-seq data, we did not observe an obvious change in Yap1 and Wwtr1 (Taz) transcript expression in the hearts of Tie1 null mice compared to their littermate controls. However, this transcriptomic data does not exclude the possibility of post-translational regulation occurring at the protein level, such as alterations in protein phosphorylation, nuclear translocation, or the activation of downstream YAP/TAZ target genes. We agree that investigating potential alterations in YAP signaling following the induced endothelial deletion of Tek or compound Tie1/2 represents an important direction for future study.

      In contrast to the study by Albu and colleagues, the manuscript presented here observes Notch1 downregulation in the atria but not ventricles (Figures 3F, G). What could be the reason for these discrepancies? Does loss of Tie1 and/or Tie2 impair Nrg1, VEGF, or is Notch signaling more impactful in atria versus ventricles at the protein levels?

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. Using a Zebrofish model, Albu et al., (Nat Comm 2024) [11] reported no evidence for Nrg/ErbB or Notch signaling in atrial muscle network formation. Based on our bulk RNA-seq analysis of heart tissues from Tie1 deficient mice compared to littermate controls, we demonstrated a decrease in Erg1 and Notch1 transcripts in Tie1 mutants. In contrast, we detected an increase in Vegfa transcript levels, which may result from compensatory changes in cardiac angiogenesis induced by hypoxic stress upon TIE1 deficiency. The biological significance of these transcriptomic changes requires further investigation. We have modified the text to include this discussion in the revised manuscript.

      In Figures 5 and 6, it is not clear which genotype was used as a control. Are these controls Tek+/-, Tie1ICDECKO, or WT mice? If there were any differences between these genotypes, these should be reported with the appropriate statistical tests.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have added the information in the revised manuscript. Related to Fig. 5 and Fig. 6, the genotype for the control mice used are described in the Methods and Materials section. The genotypes of the Tie1/Tek knockout and control mice are as follows: Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/-</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup> named as Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>, littermates Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/+</sup> or Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/+</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup> mice named as Control. Tek<sup>Flox/-</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup> named as Tek<sup>iECKO</sup>, littermates Tek<sup>Flox/+</sup> or Tek<sup>Flox/+</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup> mice named as Control. Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/</sup>-;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup> named as Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>, littermates Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/+</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>, Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/+</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>, Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/+</sup>;Cdh5-Cre<sup>ERT2</sup>;Tek<sup>+/+</sup> or Tie1ICD<sup>Flox/+</sup>;Tek<sup>+/+</sup> named as Control.

      Minor points:

      The resolution of the retinal stainings should be improved.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We performed the analysis of retinal vascular phenotype in this study, which is for the verification of gene deletion efficiency.

      Sarcomeric defects have been observed in tie1-/- zebrafish. Can the authors check if such sarcomeric defects are also present in their mouse models and if they are more pronounced in atrial versus ventricular cardiomyocytes?

      We thank the reviewer for the interesting comment. We have not studied whether there is any sarcomeric defect in Tie1 null mice, which requires further investigation.

      If Tie1/2 signaling is more critical for atrial than ventricular development and function, is there any evidence for an association between atrial cardiomyopathy and/or atrial fibrillation in humans carrying pathogenic Tie1/Tie2 mutations?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. Whether human patients carrying pathogenic Tie1/Tie2 mutations have atrial cardiomyopathy and/or atrial fibrillation warrants further investigation.

      Bulk RNAseq reveals that Tie1tm1a/tm1a mice have reduced Nrg1 mRNA levels in the heart (Figure 2I), but this is not reflected in the atrial or ventricular transcriptomics (Figure 3). Could the authors explain this discrepancy in more detail?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. As described above, there was a decrease of Nrg1 transcript level in hearts of Tie1 mutant compared to that of the littermate controls. The biological significance of this change requires further investigation. We have included this discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Unfortunately, line numbers are not provided, which makes it difficult to refer to specific passages.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have added line numbers to the revised manuscript t.

      While it is appropriate to mention in the Discussion that Tie1 variants have been associated with lymphatic defects, this information should be removed from the abstract, as the manuscript does not address lymphatic biology, and this statement distracts from the main focus of the study.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. In the abstract background, we stated: “…TIE1 variants or loss of function mutations were reported in a subset of lymphedema patients, and it is unknown whether the patients have also cardiac defects in addition to the lymphatic abnormality.” By framing the introduction this way, we aimed to establish the central question of our study: whether Tie1 variants or loss-of-function mutations lead to cardiac abnormalities, which could ultimately contribute to or exacerbate systemic lymphedema alongside primary lymphatic defects.

      Figure 5F should include single-channel images for Tie1 staining to allow proper assessment of signal specificity and localization.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The co-staining of TIE1 and PECAM1 is intended primarily to demonstrate gene deletion efficiency. As shown In Fig. 5F, TIE1 is efficiently deleted in Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup> mice compared to control mice. Furthermore, as previously reported by Cao et al. [1] and Shen et al. [2], the mutant mice (Tie1ICD<sup>iECKO</sup>;Tek<sup>+/-</sup>) exhibit disrupted venous development alongside defective lymphatic formation.

      Parts of the manuscript use non-scientific language, for example, "doubly knockout mice" or "atria appear to have some wavy edges." These should be revised for a more formal scientific tone.

      We thank the reviewer to point this out. We have modified the text in the revised manuscript.

      Typo error in Figure 1D: "ventricle"

      We thank the reviewer to point this out. We have made the correction with Fig. 1D.

      Reference

      (1) Cao, X., et al., Endothelial TIE1 Restricts Angiogenic Sprouting to Coordinate Vein Assembly in Synergy With Its Homologue TIE2. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol, 2023. 43(8): p. e323-e338.

      (2) Shen, B., et al., Genetic dissection of tie pathway in mouse lymphatic maturation and valve development. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol, 2014. 34(6): p. 1221-30.

      (3) Chu, M. et al., Angiopoietin receptor Tie2 is required for vein specification and maintenance via regulating COUP-TFII. Elife, 2016. 5:e21032.

      (4) Rodewald, H.R. and T.N. Sato, Tie1, a receptor tyrosine kinase essential for vascular endothelial cell integrity, is not critical for the development of hematopoietic cells. Oncogene, 1996. 12(2): p. 397-404.

      (5) D'Amico, G. et al., Loss of endothelial Tie1 receptor impairs lymphatic vessel development-brief report. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol, 2010. 30(2): p. 207-9.

      (6) Qu, X., et al., Abnormal embryonic lymphatic vessel development in Tie1 hypomorphic mice. Development, 2010. 137(8): p. 1285-95.

      (7) Dumont, D.J., et al., Dominant-negative and targeted null mutations in the endothelial receptor tyrosine kinase, tek, reveal a critical role in vasculogenesis of the embryo. Genes Dev, 1994. 8(16): p. 1897-909.

      (8) You, L.R., et al., Suppression of Notch signalling by the COUP-TFII transcription factor regulates vein identity. Nature, 2005. 435(7038): p. 98-104.

      (9) Wu, S.P., et al., Atrial identity is determined by a COUP-TFII regulatory network. Dev Cell, 2013. 25(4): p. 417-26.

      (10) Kim, K.H., et al., Myocardial Angiopoietin-1 Controls Atrial Chamber Morphogenesis by Spatiotemporal Degradation of Cardiac Jelly. Cell Rep, 2018. 23(8): p. 2455-2466.

      (11) Albu, M., et al., Distinct mechanisms regulate ventricular and atrial chamber wall formation. Nat Commun, 2024. 15(1): p. 8159.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      There is prior literature showing a robust relationship between sulcal interruptions in the posterior occipital temporal sulcus (pOTS) and reading ability. The goals of this study were to extend these findings to children examined longitudinally as they become better readers, and to examine the underlying white matter properties in individuals with and without pOTS sulcal interruptions. To do this, the authors collected longitudinal structural, diffusion, and behavioral data in 51 children (TP1 age 5.5, TP3 age 8.2 years).

      First, the authors found that the gyral gap was consistent across time within the subject. This is expected, as they state in the introduction that sulcal patterns are typically established in utero. Next, they found that children with an interrupted pOTS have higher reading scores (across a variety of measures) at timepoint (TP) 3 than children with continuous pOTS, and this was specific to the pOTS, as no associations emerged for the anterior OTS or MFS; this is again expected from prior literature. They then found that the binary presence of this gap, but not anterior OTS or MFS predicted T3 reading performance. Further, they found that a subsample of the lowest readers at TP1 did not have differences in reading score by gyral gap, but that this difference emerged at TP3. Additionally, the gyral gap at TP1 is similar to variance TOWRE 3 reading skills as some behavioral measures at TP1. Examining underlying white matter in a smaller subset of children, the authors found higher MD in children with an interrupted pOTS vs. those with a continuous pOTS, which was contrary to their hypothesis, and higher local connectivity for interrupted, aligning with their hypothesis, but this difference was no longer present when accounting for TP3 reading scores. The authors conclude that structural properties, in this case, the gyral gap, may guide neural plasticity for reading.

      Strengths:

      This paper has an interesting set of longitudinal data to examine the perhaps changing relationship between sulcal interruptions in the pOTS with reading scores. I commend the authors on data collection and attention to detail in the anatomical analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      However, my enthusiasm was somewhat dampened after finding numerous prior publications on this very topic and I'm unclear as to how much more this paper adds to the current literature. Would we expect the existence of sulcal interruptions to be aligned with reading skills in older kids but not younger kids? Is the point to see if the interruptions exist prior to reading (but these children are not really prereaders)? What is the alternative- why would these interruptions not exist? After all, this anatomy is determined prenatally. Children who have pOTS interruptions at T1 should also have these interruptions at T3 (and indeed that is what the authors find). So how can this be the mechanism that drives plasticity? The authors also talk about the neuronal recycling hypothesis but their data cannot speak to this because they do not have fMRI data nor does their sample include only prereaders with no reading experience. The conclusions are overall overstated and not supported by the results. I think this paper could add interesting knowledge for the specific subfield of reading and the brain. However, the current state of the results, especially with the inclusion of so many trending results and the comparison of so many different processing pipelines and models, in addition to a conclusion that is not motivated by the work makes it difficult to appreciate the paper.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for their detailed feedback. The reviewer raises several related concerns regarding the novelty and framing of the study, the interpretation of stable sulcal anatomy, early reading abilities, statistical robustness, and the proposed link between pOTS morphology, white matter, and reading development. In response, we have revised the manuscript to make clearer that the main contribution is not the stability of pOTS morphology itself, nor simply the replication of previously reported cross-sectional associations with reading, but rather how this stable anatomical feature relates prospectively to reading acquisition from the onset of literacy instruction. In particular, we now make more explicit that left pOTS interruption contributes to later reading beyond associations already present at age 5, including through an updated serial mediation analysis, and we better highlight how this relationship develops over time.

      The reviewer’s comments also prompted us to explain more clearly how the complementary analyses in the full sample and in the subgroup with very limited initial reading skills converge to support our conclusion that left pOTS interruption is a particularly strong longitudinal predictor of later reading relative to the benchmark behavioral and familial predictors considered, despite the collinearity between pOTS interruption and emerging literacy skills at T1. We have renamed this subgroup more accurately from “pre-readers” to “initial minimal readers” and clarified its characteristics and range of reading abilities.

      We also moved key analyses from the Supplement to Figure 3 to make the distinction between separate and unique longitudinal contributions easier to follow. The initial-minimal-reader analyses provide a complementary assessment in which confounding with early reading is substantially reduced. At the same time, as the reviewer accurately pointed out, some of our previous wording implied a more categorical superiority than the analyses warrant; we have therefore softened these claims throughout the manuscript while preserving the conclusion that pOTS interruption is among the strongest longitudinal contributors considered. We also added, in response to Reviewer 2, a new systematic analysis supporting the relative cognitive specificity of the pOTS effect.

      Finally, we made several interpretations more precise, notably by presenting the white-matter findings as a candidate pathway rather than a definitive mechanism and by removing implications that our data directly test the neuronal recycling hypothesis. We believe these revisions make the longitudinal contribution, scope, and significance of the findings considerably clearer, and we are grateful to the reviewer for prompting these improvements.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examined the impact of sulcal morphology on reading development. A very specific feature on the ventral surface of the brain was identified, namely the presence of an interruption in the posterior portion of the left occipitotemporal sulcus (pOTS). Compared to children with a continuous pOTS, children with an interruption at age 5 years had better reading ability at age 8. This was a large effect measured in 43 children. Surprisingly, this morphological feature was a better predictor of reading ability than measures of pre-literacy cognitive skills, such as phonological awareness. The effect was tested and reproduced across several different measures of reading ability. The authors hypothesised that the mechanism underlying this benefit related to greater local connectivity, which confers a computational advantage. This was demonstrated using analysis of diffusion-weighted imaging data in 29 of the children obtained at age 8.

      Strengths:

      The novelty of the manuscript is threefold: (i) the measure was made in children who were pre-literate (previous work was in older children and adults); (ii) longitudinal brain imaging and behavioural data were analysed; and (iii) diffusion data were analysed to test a hypothesis about the underlying mechanism.

      The manuscript is exceptionally well written. The methods are detailed and easily reproduced. The approach is thoughtful and meticulous. All possible alternatives appear to have been considered. Where possible, further analyses have been done to address these alternatives. For example, the testing of the specificity of the sulcal interruption to left pOTS was an important addition. None predicted reading skills.

      Weaknesses:

      The correlation of the interruption with all kinds of literacy measures and in particular reading comprehension and then PIQ suggest this interruption might confer a more general cognitive advantage rather than specifically a reading one.

      It would be interesting to know if the anatomical difference predicts any other cognitive ability or if there might be any cognitive cost (a negative correlation) of this sulcal interruption.

      The location of the interruption in the sulcus is quite variable and in some cases, there is more than one interruption. The sample size is probably not big enough to compare these different patterns or to evaluate the influence of the location of the sulcal interruption.

      The sample is quite high-functioning and the generalisability of the findings outside of this specific population is inevitably limited.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 2 for their positive feedback and for their insightful suggestions.

      Cognitive specificity: We agree with the reviewer that the association between left pOTS interruption and performance IQ, as measured in the concept formation learning task, on top of its association with multiple measures of literacy, raises the possibility that this sulcal feature relates to general cognition more broadly. The fact that reading and general cognitive abilities are highly correlated and mutually influence one another over development complicates any attempt to interpret the effect of left pOTS interruption as purely reading-specific. Our results however support a relative specificity of this sulcal feature to reading: left pOTS interruption remains a strong longitudinal predictor of later reading, even when controlling for the moderate association with performance IQ, and its impact on reading skills is larger than on pIQ. Importantly, a new systematic analysis of associations with all the cognitive and academic skills obtained at T3 further supports a relative cognitive specificity to reading: We show that while left pOTS interruption is also significantly associated with several assessments of math, language and general cognition at age 8 (possibly due to the inherent correlations across these domains), hierarchical clustering indicates that pOTS interruption aligns most closely with literacy-related outcomes (cf. See rev 2 recommendation comment (1)). We observe no cognitive costs of left pOTS interruption across the many linguistic, pre-literacy and cognitive domains tested.

      Neuroanatomical precision: We also fully agree that our sulcal marker of interest, i.e., whether the posterior portion of the left pOTS is interrupted or not, is relatively coarse and may lack in neuroanatomical precision (though this robustness may alternatively be seen as a strength). Beyond this first approximation, several questions remain unanswered, including whether additional interruptions confer an additional reading advantage, or whether interruptions in more specific locations of the left posterior OTS would be optimal. Unfortunately, multiple interruptions were too rare and gap locations too unevenly distributed in our cohort to support adequately powered comparisons. These questions can only be answered on larger sample sizes, which we now mention in our revised Discussion. Please refer to See rev 2 recommendation comment (3) for more details and for the results of tentative explorations which did not support clear trends.

      Sample limitations: The characteristics of our sample (being both from a high socio-economic background, as often seen in pediatric research, and high-functioning) indeed limit the generalizability of our results, as we now acknowledge in the Discussion. However, we replicate results by Cachia and colleagues (2018) which were obtained in a sample where half of the participants were from a rural and (very) low socio-economic background, in order to match a sample of illiterate adults, and this association has been now found in multiple samples with various SES and cognitive characteristics. This suggests that overall such associations may be generalizable across extremely varied socio-economic backgrounds and also possibly along the spectrum of general cognitive skills (cf. R2 comment-toaddress #5).

      Additional correction made during revision:

      During the revision process, we identified one subject for whom an anterior OTS gap had been incorrectly included in the diffusion analyses (participant 6007 on previous Supplementary Figure S6). We removed this gap, reran all diffusion analyses, and updated the relevant results and figures. The results and conclusions remained essentially unchanged.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Comment (1) The results are currently framed in a manner that makes it difficult to figure out what the main findings of the paper are, and to see if those findings support their conclusions.

      The beginning of the results is focused on showing that the longitudinal pipeline has a better consistency across time points, yet the authors still report follow-up analyses with the cross-sectional pipeline, even though those results are only trending. I think it would make more sense to only focus on the longitudinal pipeline because that is the novelty of this manuscript.

      We fully agree with Reviewer 1 that the longitudinal pipeline shows better consistency and likely constitutes a more accurate, less noisy measure of sulcal interruptions, as we report. For this reason, all the results reported in the main figures concern the longitudinally processed data only.

      Yet, we choose to also include and report supplementary cross-sectional analyses since these analyses, while less reliable, are important for several conceptual reasons:

      (1) Since we wanted to demonstrate that T1 brain anatomy predicted T3 behavior longitudinally, it seemed important as a proof of principle to show that this prediction held with T3 brain data completely unseen, i.e., with T1 cross-sectional processing only. We have now clarified the text referring to this analysis (lines 192-196):

      “This importantly implies that left pOTS morphology at T1 was still a significant longitudinal predictor of T3 reading behavior when T3 brain images were not used to improve T1 anatomical segmentations, i.e., with T1 cross-sectional processing alone, despite noisier tissue segmentations with cross-sectional processing (see also Reuter et al., 2012).”

      (2) Since most studies are cross-sectional, reporting cross-sectional effects may constitute a more relevant reference for other studies, and for the generalizability of our results.

      (3) Larger samples were available for the cross-sectional processing, allowing to test a maximum number of children, despite the higher noise in the sulcal measurements.

      Please also note that across the 4 types of processing (2 timepoints x cross-sectional & longitudinal pipelines), only pOTS interruptions measured cross-sectionally at T3 showed a marginal association with reading scores, while the other 3 processings showed a large significant effect. Having established that cross-sectional measures are less reliable, and since our main goal was to demonstrate that T1 morphology predicted T3 reading, such trending results are found in the least reliable and least relevant condition, with otherwise large and significant effects, which seems quite acceptable. If anything, we believe that transparently reporting these consistent results altogether support, rather than challenge, the robustness of the association.

      Our main findings are summarized in the last paragraph of the Introduction as well as in the first paragraph of our Discussion.

      Comment (2) Also, as the authors note, it is known that sulcal patterns develop in utero; therefore, we would expect a perfect alignment between TP1 and TP3- there should be a more in-depth analysis of the lack of alignment in the main results. And further, this is more reason that the results should focus on the longitudinal pipeline which is closer to that expectation. However, it is unclear whether T1 data processed through the longitudinal pipeline preserves anatomical nuances of that time point (since the images are averaged across the timepoints). Maybe the cross-sectional pipeline is a better depiction of how anatomy changes as a child develops.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for raising these relevant questions.

      First, we would like to clarify that T1 longitudinal processing does preserve anatomical nuances of this time point. In fact, the averaging of T1 and T3 MRIs into a subject base is only an intermediate step of the longitudinal pipeline, which then crucially allows to re-initialize T1 MRI and T3 MRI tissue segmentations separately from their respective scans, but using this time the common tissue priors provided by the subject base (hence the reference to distinct “T1 longitudinal” and “T3 longitudinal” processing). We describe this in the Methods (lines 764-769):

      “When images were available at both Time 1 and Time 3 for a child (N=43), the longitudinal Freesurfer pipeline was used, which first creates an unbiased subject average across time points (“base”) and then restarts multiple processing steps at each time point separately from the base template in order to refine tissue segmentations on each image (respectively T1 and T3 longitudinally processed images, Reuter et al., 2012; see Figure 1A).”

      Therefore, a perfect match between T1 and T3 anatomy is not expected, even if we could expect (and indeed find) pOTS morphology, and interruption patterns in particular, to be extremely stable. Actually, our left pOTS interruption classification only changes between the T1 and T3 longitudinal processing for one child, with two left pOTS sulcal components separated by a distance estimated as 1.34mm at T1 and 0.99mm at T3, leading to a different classification given our 1 mm minimum-distance interruption criterion. We added the following sentence accordingly (lines 146-149):

      “Only one child changed left pOTS interruption classification between T1 and T3 under longitudinal processing, due to the measured inter-component distance crossing the predefined 1-mm threshold, consistent with high stability of this macro-anatomical feature.”

      Our results are therefore consistent with the view that sulcal interruption patterns are set in utero and stable after birth. Given that there actually is limited direct evidence to this effect, we chose to confirm this stability as a first step, which we refer to in the Discussion (lines 606-610):

      “In our study, we observed high reliability of the pOTS interruption from age 5 (T1) to age 8 (T3), which is consistent with the longitudinal stability of interruptions of (i) the intraparietal sulcus and postcentral sulcus (Schwizer Ashkenazi et al., 2024), (ii) sulci in inferior frontal cortex (Tissier et al., 2018), and (iii) patterns of the anterior cingulate sulcus (Cachia et al., 2016) observed in late childhood (approximately 8 years onwards) to early adulthood.”

      As discussed above, the longitudinal processing pipeline leads to better precision in assessing neuroanatomy, as well as its change across time (see the seminal paper by Reuter et al., 2012), which is why we mostly use measures derived from the longitudinal processing.

      Comment (3) The analyses starting on p.4 ("Left pOTS interruption is prospectively associated with better reading skills") seem overly fixated on cross-sectional vs. longitudinal processing pipelines. The key comparisons should be on anatomical specificity (posterior or anterior OTS, etc) as well as including T1 reading skills as a regressor to see if the interruptions at T1 explain additional variance in T3 skills.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for highlighting that we had started our result paragraph by a verification that was less essential. We have now reordered our results to highlight those concerning the anatomical specificity to the left pOTS, in the analyses reported under “The association between left pOTS interruption and reading skills was robust to different measurements of reading skills and sulcal interruption in four ways” (line 175 onward).

      Testing whether the interruptions at T1 explain additional variance in T3 skills over and above T1 reading skills is so essential that it is actually the object of the entire next subsection “The effect of left pOTS interruption on reading accumulates over time” (lines 235-274). This claim is supported by the following findings:

      (1) In the subsample of minimal readers with little to no reading experience at T1, we see that despite the absence of associations between left pOTS interruptions and reading at T1, the association is present and significant at T2 and T3 and appears to grow (lines 243-253 and Supplementary Figure 4);

      (2) In the serial mediation analysis across the whole sample that follows, we observe important and significant additional contributions of left pOTS on later reading skills beyond the contributions at T1. We have now clarified this essential point and rephrased these results, notably adding this particular sentence:

      “Importantly, there were also significant contributions of left pOTS interruption onto T3 reading on top of those mediated through T1, with large cumulative effects through T2 and directly onto T3 (d*c+f: ꞵ = 4.580, SE = 1.757, p = .009), while indirect effect through T1 TOWRE scores alone were non-significant (a*b*c+a*e: ꞵ = 0.971, SE = 0.839, p = .25).” '

      We thank the reviewer for bringing to our attention that this was lacking in the previous version and needed to be made explicit. (Please note that p-values for the serial mediation analysis slightly changed, as the bootstrap was rerun to estimate this additional path.)

      The analyses in the following section “Left pOTS interruption makes a strong longitudinal contribution relative to established predictors of reading” also support the same conclusion that left pOTS interruptions explain variance in T3 reading over and above T1 reading, despite the concern of collinearity with early literacy skills in our entire sample, as we explain below in details.

      Comment (4) The authors do a version of this on p. 6 lines 269-273 and show that indeed, pOTS binary classification contributes a very similar proportion of the variance in T3 reading scores as the next best predictor (letter knowledge). They do not seem to be significantly different- are they?

      When longitudinal contributions are tested separately, left pOTS interruption accounts for 20.5% of T3 reading variance while T1 letter knowledge accounts for 19.6% of this variance. While these values appear numerically close, one should first bear in mind that, as an emerging literacy measure rather than a pre-literacy predictor from a different domain, letter knowledge is expected to be a strong predictor of future literacy skills. The fact that left pOTS interruption, a much less proximal neuroanatomical marker, explains slightly more variance in reading stands out as a more interesting observation.

      More importantly, while proportions of explained variance cannot be compared statistically in a straightforward fashion, the collinearity between these two predictors across the full sample anyway completely biases this comparison: because left pOTS interruption already accounts for significant variance in letter knowledge (cf. Figure 3B and analyses reported in lines 320-326), the estimation of the longitudinal contributions of letter knowledge to reading skills is inflated by this collinearity, picking up in addition some of the true effects of sulcal interruption on T3 reading (and vice versa).

      For that reason, our claim that left pOTS interruption is a strong longitudinal predictor of reading relative to pre-literacy skills actually rests on the integration of all of the results reported in the corresponding section (lines 275-367), including: the contributions of each predictor separately under discussion, in addition also their unique contributions above all other predictors, and the analysis of the underlying collinearity and how it reduces the power in testing the true effects of pOTS interruption, as well as the same analyses repeated in the subsample of minimal initial readers where the collinearity between pOTS and emerging literacy is removed. (Please note that in this subsample, letter knowledge has minimal nonsignificant contributions to T3 reading, contrarily to sulcal interruptions - cf. Figure 3D and F and Comment-to-address #6).

      To clarify this entire section and how all these results converge to support our conclusion, we have now moved several supplementary figure panels from Supplementary Figure 5 to Figure 3 (also addressing See rev 2 recommendation comment (9)) and largely edited the text, including:

      “These significant associations between left pOTS interruption, performance IQ and pre-literacy skills (Figure 3B and D), as well as potential associations between pre-literacy skills themselves (cf. correlation matrices in Supplementary Figure 5D and H), make it challenging to fairly assess the separate unique contributions of each of these variables to the longitudinal prediction of reading skills. For instance, because left pOTS interruption explains a significant amount of variance at T1 in letter knowledge, early TOWRE scores and performance IQ, some of its true direct effect on future T3 reading skills is already captured in a baseline model including these cognitive predictors only, even before left pOTS interruption is explicitly entered as a predictor. Yet, even when controlling in a such a stringent way for all pre-literacy skills, early reading abilities, family history of dyslexia and their shared variance with left pOTS interruption in such nested model comparison, left pOTS interruption still had a marginal additional contribution to predicting T3 TOWRE reading scores (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 5.0%, F(1, 31) = 3.74, p = .062) inspite of this important collinearity. Rapid naming and family history were the only two other predictors that outperformed left pOTS interruption in terms of unique contributions to T3 reading (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 7.7% and 6.6% for RAN and mother ARHQ respectively, see Figure 3C), possibly because these predictors were among the least confounded with others (see Figure S5D for correlations among predictors) and thus among the least affected by collinearity. Letter knowledge, in contrast, had the smallest, non-significant unique contributions to T3 reading (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 0.61%, p = .50).”

      Thus, while the separate contributions of letter knowledge to T3 reading was almost as large as that of left pOTS interruption, their unique contributions above each other and other predictors strikingly differed: ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 5.0% for left pOTS interruption vs. 0.61% for letter knowledge.

      Please also note that our statistical approach is particularly stringent: our nested model comparisons evaluated the unique contributions of each variable above all other predictors, i.e. after accounting for the variance in the outcome jointly explained by the covariance between predictors. In such cases of highly collinear variables, statistical power is importantly reduced.

      Comment (5) And again even if the T1 presence of pOTS interruption explains this additional variance, what does that tell us? The brain (as measured by this pOTS measure) does not change from T1 to T3, as evidenced by this result: Lines 178-180: "left pOTS morphology at T1 remained a significant longitudinal predictor of T3 reading without taking into account brain information at T3, i.e., with T1 cross-sectional processing alone." T3 anatomical data is therefore redundant to this fit. This is further confirmed by the results in lines 220-226, showing differences in T1 TOWRE scores between children with continuous vs. interrupted pOTS. Additilly, the finding that "the effect of pOTS interruption accumulates over time" may instead suggest that TOWRE skills are more accurately measured at T3, especially for the lowest scores. It had alreaonady been shown that pOTS interruptions correlate with reading skills in readers- paired with assessment issues/lack of norms at T1 of these reading measures and the lack of change in pOTS over time, these results are not surprising.

      We fully agree with the reviewer that given the previously observed associations between left OTS interruptions and reading skills in 10-year-olds and adults (Borst et al., 2016; Cachia et al., 2018) and the general understanding that sulcal patterns are stable after birth, it was natural to expect that left OTS patterns observed before or at the onset of literacy acquisition would predict future reading skills. Yet, validating hypotheses -however natural they may seem- is essential for moving science forward.

      Beyond this expected longitudinal association, the fact that left pOTS interruption at T1 predicts additional variance in T3 reading above early literacy skills and all other cognitive, linguistic and familial predictors of literacy also tells us new and important things. Notably:

      (1) It shows that this sulcal marker is a large and important predictor of future reading skills, with a predictive performance comparable to or exceeding the conservative benchmark of pre-literacy skills and familial predictors used for the identification of children at risk of dyslexia. This highlights the relevance of this neuroanatomical marker at a theoretical level for reading acquisition, with possible practical implications for early identification and intervention further down the line.

      (2) We learn that the association between left pOTS morphology and reading is not merely a byproduct of pre-existing associations between sulcal morphology and cognitive or familial factors before literacy learning. Instead, our results clarify the neurocognitive origins of the relationship between reading and OTS morphology by showing a prospective and sustained association with reading acquisition between sulcal morphology and reading acquisition during literacy learning.

      Concerning the relevance of T1 vs. T3 brain data, please refer to our response to Comment-to-address #2, in which we clarify that the longitudinal pipeline serves to improve the reliability of the assessment of sulcal interruptions at T1, but that our results are indeed also confirmed using only T1 brain data.

      Concerning the matter of measurement accuracy of the TOWRE at T1, we agree that reading is harder to measure at the very beginning of literacy acquisition, and that the TOWRE is not normed below age 6. For this reason, our analyses controlled for early literacy skills at T1 using both scores of letter knowledge, as measured by the age-appropriate and normed WMRT letter identification subtest, and the principal component of the two TOWRE raw scores (scaled). This ensured a strict control procedure for all measurable emerging literacy skills: letter knowledge, but also word reading and phonological decoding (if already acquired in precocious/early readers, or to confirm this was not acquired yet).

      In the absence of TOWRE norms for all children at T1, we used this TOWRE principal component to derive a T1 TOWRE population-scaled index. This scaling mostly served to ensure that this early reading score would be of a similar nature and scale as the T2 and T3 TOWRE standard scores, notably for statistical and plotting purposes (Supplementary Figure 4A and D).

      Interestingly, we observed in the full longitudinal sample that left pOTS interruption was already associated around age 5 with this T1 TOWRE score, in addition to the letter identification scores. In the context of stronger associations observed at T2 and T3, this suggests that the T1 TOWRE score, even if not normed nor very accurate, does still capture relevant variance in early literacy skills.

      Comment (6) Further, while one main conclusion is that the gyral gap predicts T3 reading ability better than typical behavioral TP1 measures (but it really does not appear to), this result is mixed in with a series of nonsignificant results (labeled as marginal or trending, but p>0.05) and difficult to parse sections. Some, but not all, analyses are performed in a set of 'pre-readers' (defined as scoring <95th percentile on a reading test which is not particularly stringent), and at some points, the authors get a significant result in the whole sample, but not the prereaders and interpret these results as only trending because of a smaller sample size (line 287), but at other times they get a trending result in the main group, and a significant result in the pre-reader group (line 303), and choose to focus on the result of the prereaders. This inconsistency makes me skeptical of why some analyses were done with different samples. The definition of a pre-reader is not really a pre-reader but rather just below an average reader. This also leads back to my question above on the underlying hypotheses, which critically needs to focus on prereaders. Can you further explain the decision to run some analysis in pre-readers (example line 285/286) and further explain what it means to be a pre-reader in this sample? Perhaps try to think of a more direct way to examine the impact of the gyral gap at TP1 predicting behavioral performance at TP3, as a trending result in the whole sample followed by significance in just a subset is not convincing (line 298, 303).

      We thank Reviewer 1 for this opportunity to clarify our results and some misunderstandings.

      We acknowledge, and are sorry for, the lack of clarity of our previous explanations, especially as some analyses are complex and some conclusions require integrating results across multiple analyses to understand the overall implications. We believe that our statistical approach was justified, though perhaps not well explained in the original version. We have now clarified and addressed these issues in the revision by renaming pre-readers to ‘minimal initial readers’ - which is indeed more accurate (thank you for raising this concern) -, better explaining the composition of this subsample and what analyses restricted to this subsample bring (notably lines 243-253, and in the descriptive demographic Table 1), rewriting the entire section “Left pOTS interruption Left pOTS interruption makes a strong longitudinal contribution relative to established predictors of reading” (lines 275-367), and adding a number of figure panels to Figure 3 (previously in supplementary figure 5), to aid the comparison and integration of results across both samples to support our conclusion. To answer directly the reviewer’s questions and remarks:

      Why two groups? We carry out analyses both in our entire available sample and in a subsample with little to no early literacy skills, since these samples are both relevant for our hypotheses and offer different advantages:

      The entire sample allows to maximize sample size, and is more representative of the general population. This naturally implies that some kindergarteners have emerging literacy skills, including letter knowledge, knowledge of a few sight words and minimal decoding. Interestingly, we found these early literacy measures to already be significantly associated with our sulcal marker, but two problems also derive from this: (1) These emerging reading skills preclude from directly testing in this sample our strong hypothesis that pOTS interruption before literary learning predicts future reading scores. (2) The collinearity between the T1 behavioral predictors and left pOTS interruption is a statistical obstacle to testing reliably how each predictor truly contributes to predicting future reading skills separately (as explained in our answer to Reviewer 1’s Comment-to-address #4 above, taking the comparison with letter knowledge as a key example).

      To remove the association between pOTS and T1 reading and bypass both these problems, we perform additional analyses in a decently-sized subsample of children with little to no reading abilities at T1 - that we have now renamed more accurately as ‘initial minimal readers’.

      Definition and composition of our subsample of “initial minimal readers”:

      Kindergarteners are expected to know letters and how to write their names, they may have understood the basics of the alphabetic principle and phonological decoding, and may have learned to recognize a few highly frequent sight words through repeated exposure in their books and environments (e.g., “the”, “and”). From our entire sample, including a number of children accordingly able to read some sight words and decode some syllables and pseudowords (cf. Table 1), we defined a subsample of lowest readers by using a cut-off of a TOWRE population-scaled index at T1 under 95 (due to the lack of norms, cf. see rev 1 recommendation comment (5)). For reference, the equivalent standard score of 95 would correspond to a 37th percentile in a normal distribution.

      This cut-off was chosen as it translated to very little actual reading abilities overall and crucially removed the statistical association between pOTS and T1 reading needed to address our two problems, while being still decently sized to allow for our statistics (n = 24, i.e. 56% of the sample, cf. distributions on Supplementary Figure 4A). We now specify more clearly notably in the results lines 244-253:

      “We conducted a supplementary analysis in the subset of 24 children with the lowest reading scores at T1 (defined as those with a TOWRE T1 population-derived composite score equivalent below 95). Hereafter, we refer to these children as initial minimal readers: 79% could not decode a single syllable or pseudoword in 45 s, with a maximum of four pseudowords decoded, and 63% could not recognize a single frequent sight word, with a maximum of seven words recognized. Although these children showed no difference in T1 reading scores as a function of whether their left pOTS was interrupted or continuous (F(1, 19) = 0.21, p =.66, ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 0.82%, Cohen’s d = 0.034), [...] “

      and methods - lines 988-991:

      “We therefore selected a subsample of children whose TOWRE standard score equivalent at Time 1 was below 95, resulting in a subset of 24 initial pre-readers (median of 0 words read in 45s in SWE, range: 0-7; median of 0 syllables in 45s in PDE, range: 0-4; see Table 1).” as well as Table 1.”

      Expecting a larger proportion of children of this age with no word reading or decoding at all would be both unnecessary for our analyses and developmentally unrealistic, especially in this high-SES sample, selecting an atypical population at especially high risk of dyslexia.

      Discrepancies between statistics in the full sample and the subsample:

      Because this subsample was chosen to remove the associations at T1 between pOTS and early literacy which affected some analyses (cf. Comment #4), some discrepancies in the results across the two samples are actually expected. Conducting statistics on 56% of the full sample may also affect the statistical power for other analyses in the subsample.

      First, concerning issue #1 of the simple longitudinal prediction of T2 and T3 reading, we find that left pOTS interruption also reliably predicts future reading in the subsample of initial minimal readers, even if the association is absent at age 5, confirming analyses in the main sample.

      Concerning the issue #2 of the comparison with other benchmark predictors of literacy, our results in the entire sample show that despite a large amount of collinearity between our T1 predictors (documented, explained and quantified in lines 320-334, Figure 3B and Supplementary Figure 5D, including strong significant associations of left pOTS morphology with T1 reading, T1 letter knowledge and T1 performance IQ) and despite using the most stringent statistical approach to control for it (nested model comparison), left pOTS interruption still has a marginal contribution to predicting T3 reading on top of all other early literacy, pre-literacy, cognitive and familial predictors of reading (Figure 3C), in line with its large separate contributions (Figure 3A). In the subsample of initial minimal readers, where there is only partial collinearity with performance IQ but not early literacy, we find the specific longitudinal contributions of left pOTS morphology to be strong and significant over and above all of the other T1 behavioral and familial predictors (see Figure 3F and corresponding text). In other words, the collinearity present in the full sample weakens statistical power when controlling for other collinear predictors, with only marginal unique longitudinal pOTS contributions in our stringent analyses, while removing this collinearity in the subsample reveals a large and highly significant unique contribution, in line with the large contributions of pOTS observed overall (Figure 3A, D, and F).We believe that detailing these analyses and finding coherent results on both samples, with potential differences in statistical strength explained by specific factors, overall brings reliability to our results and conclusions, rather than challenges them.

      The reviewer refers also to one interesting incidental finding when examining the T1 cognitive associations of the pOTS interruption in the full sample, consisting in a significant association with the concept formation subtest, measuring a form of performance IQ (though a weaker association than with reading skills, see Figure 3B). When restricting to the subsample of initial minimal readers, this association was then indeed found marginal, though of a similar amplitude as in the full sample. We therefore speculated that the combination of a significant effect in the full sample, and of a marginal finding in the subsample, revealed a possibly true underlying effect, while likely affected by a decrease of statistical power associated with using only 56% of the sample. This effect and speculation are in no way fundamental to our study and claims. The new additional analysis revealing a significant association with performance IQ at T3 again in the full sample (Supplementary Figure 6) would however further support this idea.

      Comment (7) Given that there are these potentially major differences in the pOTS, how are the results of structural connectivity mapped to a common template for Figure 4? There is likely an error in registration at the exact location of the observed differences.

      Individual structural connectivity results were mapped to an MNI template space using standard procedures (lines 919-922 of our Methods:):

      “The obtained individual probabilistic fiber density maps were then transformed into template MNI space for statistical analysis using non-linear registration in ANTs, from individual diffusion space (individual FA map) to the HCP1065 MNI FA template, and smoothed with a 4-mm-FWHM Gaussian kernel.”

      As the reviewer points out, group analyses performed in atlas space are inherently affected by variations in neuroanatomy across individuals and by the quality of registrations. Mapping individual connectivity results to template space was however the only approach that made sense to us to evaluate which connectivity benefits would be associated with the presence of such gaps, given the variability in the number and location of gyral gaps in children with interrupted sulci, and the need to find a common comparison ground with children who had a continuous sulcus. High neuroanatomical variability around the pOTS in particular likely plays against us in investigating such connectivity differences. In spite of these difficulties, we do find differences that seem to explain the reading advantage associated with the presence of gyral gaps.

      Comment (8) While I appreciate the control analyses for the white matter connectivity, I think more robust analyses are more appropriate. Are there MD differences between white matter underneath sulci and gyri of neighboring or even distant regions? I'm not sure what the white matter analyses are really adding to the story. The white matter differences do not explain the differences in T3 reading ability.

      Our rationale for choosing and conducting the reported white matter analyses was the following: Having provided strong evidence that left pOTS sulcal interruptions facilitate reading acquisition, a naturally following question was that of its underlying mechanisms. It had been hypothesized - though never tested directly - that white-matter differences associated with the presence of gyral gaps may improve the connectivity around sulcal interruptions and constitute a potential mechanism linking interruptions to behavioral advantages (cf. lines 399-424). We therefore set out to investigate the underlying white matter, how it differed between children with and without interruptions, and its associations with reading skills.

      Since long-distance projection connections tend to terminate more in gyri than sulci, one potential hypothesis was that gyral gaps in pOTS could be a hot-spot for such connections, facilitating the information flow between regions of the OTS and other functional hubs of the reading network. Because a higher density of such projection fiber endings is expected to result increased intra-cortical myelination, we test whether MD values in the gaps vs. sulcus are consistent with a higher myelination in the gaps than in sulcus, but we instead find the opposite pattern of lower myelination (cf. lines 435-457). This invalidated our first hypothesis.

      In this context, it is thus unclear which questions would warrant additional analyses on MD values in other anatomical regions, or what these would bring in our specific search for mechanisms underlying the reading advantage of pOTS interruptions.

      A second potential mechanism was that left pOTS gaps could be associated with increased local connectivity surrounding the left pOTS, through the packing of more U-shaped fibers traveling superficially, resulting somehow in a computational advantage for reading. This time, we found evidence in favor of this hypothesis: children with an interrupted left pOTS had more local white-matter connectivity around the pOTS travelling superficially under the left pOTS and it gaps (cf. lines 477-493). Moreover, when accounting in the same model for T3 reading on top of the presence of interruptions, this increase in local U-shape fibers was instead captured by T3 reading scores rather than the presence of a pOTS interruption. As such, these white matter differences did indeed explain differences in T3 reading, suggesting a candidate local-connectivity pathway underlying the reading advantage.

      Comment (9) Were any of the analyses performed on the right pOTS? What are the differences in the laterality of gaps? Connectivity?

      The right pOTS had an interruption rate of 58.3%, which was similar to that of the left pOTS (56.5%, Fisher test: p = .75, cf. Supplementary Figure 1 and lines 134-139).

      The right pOTS does not show associations with reading skills, which we report in Figure 2C and lines 184-186:

      “[A]ssociations between sulcal interruption and reading skills were specific to the left pOTS within VTC. No significant associations were observed for anterior OTS (aOTS) or MFS in either hemispheres, or for the right pOTS (see Figure 2c, all p-values > 0.58, all ΔR<sup>2</sup> < 0.7%).”

      Due to the absence of an association between the right pOTS and reading abilities, additional connectivity analyses in the right hemisphere did not seem warranted.

      Comment (10) Finally, the authors' conclusion, and particularly the last section of their discussion on the neuronal recycling hypothesis, does not seem related to their data, analyses, or questions. The authors do not motivate the link between a hypothesis focused on changes in functional activation during skill acquisition, to their current work which only has structural and diffusion connectivity data. Either remove or further motivate this discussion.

      While there has been a heated debate on the specific nature and underlying mechanisms of “neuronal recycling”, our intention was merely to frame our results within the general well-established and widely accepted premises that (i) cultural skills such as reading and symbolic number processing are too evolutionarily recent to rely on dedicated neural circuits and therefore must recruit pre-existing cortical territories, and (ii) reading acquisition is accompanied by the development of functional responses to written words in left posterior vOT, around the pOTS, free from dedicated evolutionary constraints.

      Keeping in mind that the left pOTS and surrounding cortex see a major functional development of functional responses to words literacy acquisition is indeed fundamental in order to understand the relevance and implications of our structural results in this particular patch of cortex that hosts the VWFA, and their relative cognitive specificity to reading. Specifically, we claim that strong structure-function associations around the left pOTS for reading may mediate the behavioral benefits of left pOTS gyral gaps.

      We therefore refer to these questions and hypotheses throughout our text. We first mention the existence and importance of structure-function relationships in the case of the VWFA early on in our introduction (lines 57-66). Throughout the paper, we state our hypotheses on how sulcal morphology and the associated structure of white-matter fiber tracts may result in functional and behavioral reading benefits, motivating our white-matter connectivity analyses. The discussion paragraph “Local connectivity differences at gyral gaps: a computational advantage?” (lines 629-648) then explicits in depth our final interpretation linking our sulcal marker and the computational efficiency of the functional reading network, as supported by an extensive literature.

      To avoid any implication that our findings speak directly to the neuronal recycling framework, we have revised the relevant sentence (lines 651-659) and conclusion to focus solely on its broad, non-specific premises and have removed explicit mention of neuronal recycling.

      “Interestingly, associations between sulcal interruptions and behavior have also been reported for symbolic, but not non-symbolic, number processing (Roell et al., 2021; Schwizer Ashkenazi et al., 2024), highlighting common processes by which cultural acquisitions, too recent on the scale of human evolution to rely on dedicated neural circuits (Dehaene & Cohen, 2007), may be boosted by the presence pre-existing gyral gaps. In the case of the left pOTS, various other aspects of early brain structure have been proposed to constrain the development of reading skills and of functional activations for reading in the VWFA and broader neural network involved in reading such as anatomical connectivity (Bouhali et al., 2014; Grotheer et al., 2021; Li et al., 2020; Moulton et al., 2019; Saygin et al., 2016) and cortical morphology. In terms of the latter, longitudinal studies following pre-reading children at familial risk of dyslexia showed for instance that the surface area of the left fusiform gyrus (Beelen et al., 2019) and patterns of grey-matter volume around the VWFA (Skeide et al., 2016) could be predictive of future dyslexia diagnosis.”

      We have also updated the subsection header to “Common cortical constraints on cultural learning” to reflect this more neutral framing, and adjusted the first discussion paragraph and the conclusion to avoid confusion with the neuronal recycling hypothesis. These changes clarify that our discussion situates the findings within a general conceptual background, rather than interpreting them as evidence for a specific theoretical model.

      Comment (11) I think this paper could add interesting knowledge for the specific subfield of reading and the brain. However, the current state of the results, especially with the inclusion of so many trending results and the comparison of so many different processing pipelines and models, in addition to a conclusion that is not motivated by the work makes it difficult to appreciate the paper.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for their suggestions to improve the manuscript. We have revised the text to focus more clearly on the main longitudinal and anatomically specific findings, and have clarified the role of the initial minimal-reader subgroup, the significant longitudinal contribution of pOTS interruption beyond associations with emerging literacy at age 5, and its unique contribution relative to other established predictors of reading. We hope these changes make the central contributions of the study clearer.

      Although the revision adds some content to an already detailed article, we believe that, taken together, these analyses provide a thorough and integrated account of the association between OTS morphology and reading. In particular, they help clarify how macro-anatomical differences in sulcal morphology may relate to cognition, how these associations unfold across development, and how a candidate white matter pathway may contribute to this relationship.

      Minor points:

      Comment (12) Figure 1 needs more explanation for those who have not hand-labeled these regions. Can you clarify what differentiates the continuous left pOTS in the top row and then interrupted pOTS in the bottom row? The top row all has a gap between dark green and light green. Also, what does the color scale mean? Is it a posterior to anterior gradient?

      We thank Reviewer 1 for highlighting the need for clarification. Our legend now stipulates:

      “Left hemispheric views from exemplar children are shown, either with a continuous left posterior OTS on the top row (i.e., no more than one connex OTS component in the space posterior to the white dotted line) or an interrupted left pOTS on the bottom row (two or more sulcal components present in posterior space, with a total Euclidean distance between components ≥1mm). Green and orange gradient colors are respectively used to highlight the different sulcal components of the OTS and MFS.”

      Comment (13) The discussion on sulcal interruption associations with symbolic but not non-symbolic number processing is interesting! Are these sulcal interruptions present in non-human primates?

      To our knowledge, pOTS interruptions directly analogous to the human left pOTS gyral gaps studied here have not been systematically characterized in non-human primates. Macaques do have an occipitotemporal sulcus, and comparative work shows that sulcal landmarks in macaque and human VTC can relate to functional organization. However, the human OTS is laterally displaced relative to the macaque OTS, and the specific left pOTS interruptions examined here are defined in relation to human VTC and literacy. We therefore view the comparative anatomy of these interruptions as an open question.

      Comment (14) Your T1 voxel size (line 629 0.859 x 0.859 x 1.2mm) does not match the recommendation for the FreeSurfer pipeline you stated, being both anisotropic and having a dimension with > 1mm. "The method works well for voxel sizes 0.75 mm3. It should work with voxel between 1mm3 and 0.75mm3 ... We haven't tested the stream for inputs with anisotropic voxels." (https://surfer.nmr.mgh.harvard.edu/fswiki/SubmillimeterRecon). Further, you note in the methods section that small interruptions can be a result of bad segmentation (line 718/719). Given that segmentation is affected by voxel size, and potential partial volume effects. How do the voxel parameters impact the results and reliability of the analyses?

      Our T1 voxel volume was 0.885 mm³, within the voxel volume range for which the FreeSurfer submillimeter stream is expected to work, although we acknowledge the caveat that the stream was not specifically validated for anisotropic voxels. Yet, Freesurfer pipelines resample anisotropic voxels to isotropic ones by default, resulting here in a final voxel size of 0.859mm isotropic on which the submillimeter pipeline was run. To address possible segmentation concerns, we visually inspected all segmentations in bilateral ventral occipitotemporal cortex thoroughly, excluded scans with excessive motion, imposed a conservative> 1 mm criterion for classifying interruptions, and verified high T1–T3 reliability. Thus, while voxel anisotropy may affect very fine morphometric estimates, our macroanatomical feature of interest - the binary pOTS interruption classification - appears robust.

      Comment (15) On line 417, you should refer to the panel of the figure (I think 4c bottom panel), like you did for many other results. It was helpful when you linked a particular result to its matching figure.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for pointing out this omission, which has now been corrected.

      Comment (16) The percentage values on the bars should be larger for Figure 2, they are hard to read.

      We had chosen to represent the p-value significance on the bars, rather than the percentages themselves, which are indicated by the x-axis and reported numerically in the main text (except from the least relevant ones). We have now increased the font size of these significance stars. Thank you.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors may want to consider the points below.

      Comment (1) The relationship with Performance IQ is interesting. It does not predict much variance in reading scores at T3 but it is strongly predicted by the pOTS interruption at T3. There is quite a significant correlation among all the measures. The authors acknowledge the difficulty in assessing the unique contribution of each measure. I was unclear how they "over" controlled for pre-literacy skills etc. (line 296) and would like more elaboration on that in the main text.

      It would be interesting to know whether there were any cognitive measures where better performance was not predicted by the presence of the interruption? Were there any measures where worse performance was predicted? (i.e. a potential cost of this feature).

      A relative specificity of left pOTS interruption on reading:

      We agree that the association between left pOTS interruption and performance IQ at T1 raised the question of the cognitive specificity of a reading advantage associated with left pOTS interruption, as opposed to a possibly more general cognitive advantage as suggested by Reviewer #2 in their public review above.

      This question is of course complicated by the fact that reading skills are by nature highly correlated with general cognitive abilities, as they are also with math abilities (see e.g., the meta-analyses by Ünal et al., 2023) and language. General cognitive skills and reading are in fact so intertwined that they positively and symbiotically influence each other over development (Ferrer et al., 2007; Peng and Kievit, 2020). Yet, bearing these strong associations in mind, our results suggested a certain degree of cognitive specificity of left pOTS interruption benefits on reading. Indeed, while left pOTS interruption predicted about 14.3% of variance in T1 concept formation (measuring performance IQ), it predicts about 20.5% of T3 TOWRE reading scores. In addition, left pOTS interruption significantly and strongly predicts T3 reading scores, while T1 performance IQ did not (cf. Figure 3A, D and C, except in the subsample of initial minimal readers where pIQ has a significant contribution but about twice smaller than that of pOTS interruption - Figure 3F). Therefore, the prospective association between left pOTS interruption and reading skills could not merely be driven by an association with general cognitive abilities at age 5. Finally, left pOTS interruption showed no other significant association with the pre-literacy skills considered (other than early literacy itself), or family history of dyslexia. This points towards a strong and relatively specific contribution of left pOTS on reading acquisition beyond its moderate association with T1 general cognitive skills.

      We also conducted a new analysis to directly address this question, by systematically testing the associations between left pOTS interruption and all the cognitive and linguistic scores that were obtained at T3. Our new results also support the conclusion of a relatively specific cognitive advantage on reading, and are shown in Supplementary Figure 6 (with Supplementary Table 2 providing a description of the different subtests). The results are exposed in the main text as follows, in a new result subsection “Left pOTS interruption has a relatively specific cognitive impact on reading abilities” (lines 369-397):

      “The incidental observation of a significant association between left pOTS interruption and performance IQ at T1, although smaller in magnitude and not sufficient to account for the association with literacy skills, raises the possibility that left pOTS interruption may confer a broader cognitive advantage rather than a specific benefit for reading acquisition. We therefore conducted a supplementary analysis to examine the relative domain-generality versus cognitive specificity of this association. This question is inherently difficult to address because reading and general cognitive skills are strongly correlated and mutually influence each other across development (Ferrer et al., 2007; Peng & Kievit, 2020; Ünal et al., 2023).

      “We gathered all cognitive and linguistic scores obtained at T3, including measures of mathematics, general cognition, executive functioning, language, and reading (see Table S2 for a full list and description of the included subtests), and tested how each measure was associated with left pOTS interruption, residualized for demographic variables and total brain volume. Left pOTS interruption showed strong and significant associations with several measures of language, reading, mathematics, and general cognitive ability (see Supplementary Figure 6). As expected, we also observed strong and significant correlations among the behavioral measures themselves.

      “However, the strongest correlations with left pOTS interruption residuals were observed for reading scores. Moreover, hierarchical clustering grouped left pOTS interruption with a subcluster that included most reading assessments - spanning phonological decoding, word reading, and sentence reading fluency -, as well as spelling and more surprisingly an expressive language index. This reading-related cluster was most closely related to another cluster comprising measures of written and oral language comprehension (i.e., receptive language), followed by a cluster of phonological awareness. In contrast, measures of mathematics, general cognitive ability, backward working memory and rapid naming formed a separate cluster. Thus, although left pOTS interruption is associated with several cognitive, linguistic, and academic measures, its pattern of associations is most closely aligned with children’s reading outcomes, supporting a relatively specific cognitive advantage for reading.”

      We have therefore modified the Discussion paragraph that refers to the question of cognitive specificity vs. domain-generality as follows (lines 564-580):

      “Interestingly, left pOTS interruption also showed associations with other cognitive skills: it was associated with performance IQ at age 5 (see Figure 3B and E), and with performance IQ, math and language skills more broadly at age 8 (Supplementary Figure 6). However, left pOTS interruption was most strongly associated and clustered with assessments of reading at age 8 (as well as spelling and expressive language). In addition, the prospective association between left pOTS interruption and reading skills was not merely driven by an association with general cognitive abilities at age 5 (Figure 3C and F) and no association with any other pre-literacy skill was found (Figure 3B and E). Math, reading, language and cognitive skills are intrinsically highly intercorrelated, as we also observed at age 8, and are known to mutually and positively influence each other over time (Ünal et al., 2023; Peng & Kievit, 2020; Ferrer et al., 2007; Huettig & Hulstijn, 2025; Dehaene et al., 2015). The weaker pOTS cognitive associations may therefore result from the mere combination of a specific pOTS influence reading and of associations between reading and other cognitive domains, although more research is needed to better understand these associations and how they unfold during development. Together, these findings highlight a relative degree of specificity of left pOTS influences to reading abilities, in line with the welldocumented functional specificity of the left pOTS for orthographic processing and reading (e.g., Dehaene & Cohen, 2011; Gaillard et al., 2006; Pillet et al., 2024; Wilson et al., 2013; Woolnough & Tandon, 2024; Zemmoura et al., 2015; Zhan et al., 2023).”

      No observed cognitive cost to left pOTS interruption:

      These different analyses show that there is no negative cost to the presence of left pOTS interruption, or at least not across the wide variety of cognitive skills we considered. While left pOTS interruption was significantly and positively associated with many assessments of general cognition, math and language (perhaps due to inherent associations and interactions between these domains), several domains were not significantly associated with the morphology of the left pOTS: rapid naming, backward working memory, as well as receptive vocabulary and phonological awareness (at least at T1). Except for a nonsignificant correlation of -0.01 with CTOPP Blending Words at T3, no subtest showed negative associations with left pOTS interruption.

      “Over-controlling” and assessing unique contributions:

      We had used the term “over-controlling” to refer to the fact that testing the longitudinal effects of left pOTS interruption on T3 reading over and above a number of strongly collinear covariates (such as letter knowledge, T1 reading scores and performance IQ) by nested model comparison necessarily decreased the estimation of the true effect of left pOTS interruption on reading. Indeed, the baseline model with collinear variables then already accounts for a part of the variability in pOTS morphology and of its effect reading, through its joint effects with other co-variates, even before the sulcal variable is explicitly added in the model. The statistical power to test the true sulcal longitudinal effect by nested model comparison over such a strong baseline is therefore decreased, and the effect is underestimated.

      Since this non-canonical term and our previous explanations appeared confusing, we clarified the corresponding paragraph as follows (lines 336-361):

      “These significant associations between left pOTS interruption, performance IQ and pre-literacy skills (Figure 3B and D), as well as potential associations between pre-literacy skills themselves (cf. correlation matrices in Supplementary Figure 5D and H), make it challenging to fairly assess the separate unique contributions of each of these variables to the longitudinal prediction of reading skills. For instance, because left pOTS interruption explains a significant amount of variance at T1 in letter knowledge, early TOWRE scores and performance IQ, some of its true direct effect on future T3 reading skills is already captured in a baseline model including these cognitive predictors only, even before left pOTS interruption is explicitly entered as a predictor. Yet, even when controlling in a such a stringent way for all pre-literacy skills, early reading abilities, family history of dyslexia and their shared variance with left pOTS interruption in such nested model comparison, left pOTS interruption still had a marginal additional contribution to predicting T3 TOWRE reading scores (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 5.0%, F(1, 31) = 3.74, p = .062) in spite of this important collinearity. Rapid naming and family history were the only two other predictors that outperformed left pOTS interruption in terms of unique contributions to T3 reading (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 7.7% and 6.6% for RAN and mother ARHQ respectively, see Figure 3C), possibly because these predictors were among the least confounded with others (see Figure S5D for correlations among predictors) and thus among the least affected by collinearity. Letter knowledge, in contrast, had the smallest, non-significant unique contributions to T3 reading (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 0.61%, p = .50). In order to reduce the collinearity confounds resulting from the associations between pOTS interruption and T1 early reading skills, we also reran the same analysis in the subsample of initial minimal readers. Left pOTS interruption in this subsample significantly contributed to predicting future T3 reading over and above all pre-literacy skills and family history (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 27.8%, F(1, 12) = 13.80, p = .003), making it the first independent longitudinal contributor of reading (see Figure 3F). The second largest longitudinal predictor in terms of unique contributions was performance IQ (ΔR<sup>2</sup> = 12.8%, F(1, 12) = 6.34, p = .027). No other predictor had a significant unique contribution to the longitudinal prediction of T3 reading in the subset initial minimal readers, including rapid naming even though its separate contribution was larger than that of pOTS.”

      We also moved several figure panels from Supplementary Figure 5 to Figure 3 so that readers would have the necessary material in the main text to document this collinearity and see how it impacted the separate vs. unique contributions of each predictor to T3 reading.

      Comment (2) It was surprising that no other anatomical feature of the pOTS (like sulcal depth) predicted reading skills. I would have expected these to be quite closely correlated with interruption distance that did predict reading. Do the authors have any thoughts as to why this might be?

      We thank Reviewer 2 for this question. While it seems intuitive that gyral gaps would affect sulcal depth, this mostly depends on whether we consider these gaps to be part of the sulcus -which here we do not- and on how the depth measure is actually calculated. With a definition of the sulcus as exclusive of gyral gaps, sulcal interruptions affect sulcal depth profiles only locally around the interruptions, where the fundus has to emerge to the convex hull surface. Because we measure sulcal depth based on the depth of the 8% deepest vertices (using an approach adjusted from that of Madan, 2019, see Methods lines 845-852), our measure of sulcal depth is essentially unaffected by interruptions.

      As a confirmation and for more details, we provide Author response image 1 for the correlation matrix between the various morphological measures under consideration. (Using the same conventions as other correlation matrices displayed in the article and supplements: only significant correlations are displayed, according to FDR-corrected p-values above the diagonal.)

      Author response image 1.

      Comment (3) I hadn't quite appreciated on first reading the quite large variability in the location of the interruption (see Figure 4a, where three clusters seem to emerge). Nor did I appreciate that more than one interruption was often present (perhaps Figure 1 could be updated to show examples with more than one interruption). Some measures of distance along the OTS could be helpful and a possible comparison of the "types" based on location. I would have thought that proximity to the location of the VWFA might have meant a stronger effect. I presume this could be tested or discussed.

      We entirely agree with Reviewer 2 that these are important questions. Unfortunately, it also appears that these cannot be reliably tested in our sample.

      Specifically, while 25 children out of 43 had at least one interruption in the left pOTS, only 3 of those had two or more interruptions larger than 1mm each (or 6 children with two interruptions of any size). These incidence rates, combined with the fact that the locations of pOTS gaps do not distribute uniformly along the postero-anterior axis (Figure 4A), do not allow us to reliably assess in this sample either whether having more interruptions may confer an additional reading behavioral advantage, or whether interruptions in particular locations of the pOTS could be more beneficial than others.

      We explored - for speculative purposes - whether a relationship may exist between reading scores and the location of left pOTS interruptions, taking the center of mass of the cortical gyral gap volumes as a coarse reference. We found no evidence for any relationship between reading and the locations of the left pOTS gap along the antero-posterior axis, nor between reading and the distance of the gap centroids to the VWFA (taking the Neurosynth reading meta-analysis peak coordinates, MNI -44 -58 -12), or between reading and the distance to the VWFA standard coordinates along the Y axis only (please see Author response image 2).

      We choose not to report these analyses in the main text as they seem largely underpowered.

      However, we added an example participant with two left pOTS interruptions in Figure 1 as suggested, and now added reference to these important questions in the Discussion, for future studies to address (lines 596-600):

      “Such large-N approaches are needed to answer a number of outstanding questions, such as, in our case, whether there is an additional behavioral reading benefit to having two or more left pOTS interruptions - since these were too infrequent in our sample -, or whether gyral gaps placed in specific locations along the left pOTS may be optimal to for facilitating reading acquisition.”

      Author response image 2.

      Comment (4) It wasn't clear to me how the analysis of the diffusion data proceeded in the case of more than one interruption - it appears that each one was measured but this could be clarified. Is the location of relevance to the findings?

      Regarding diffusion analyses, the diffusion tensor analysis averaged values across all pOTS interruptions together in the few children who had several. The tractography analysis used the full pOTS and all its interruptions, if present, together as a seed volume.

      The precise location of the gyral gaps would indeed be very relevant to the tractography findings as one expects the gyral gaps to relate in a local fashion to the neuroanatomy of the underlying white matter. However, using the whole pOTS with its gaps as a seed seemed to us the only reasonable way to investigate the white-matter correlates of the effect of gyral gaps on reading at a group level, given (i) the large variability in gap location among the 15 of children with interruptions and diffusion data, (ii) the fact some children had multiple gaps, and most crucially (iii) the need to find a common ground for comparison with the group with no left pOTS interruption (continuous sulcus). The fact that our analyses average along the whole pOTS and across children with different pOTS gap locations likely washes away some of this neuroanatomical specificity, thus reducing the strength of any expected effect.

      Comment (5) The authors could include a discussion of the sample's characteristics. They are not necessarily representative given the high SES and the average PIQ being more than 1SD above the mean.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for pointing out this limitation we had overseen.

      High-SES and high-functioning population samples indeed constitute a common bias in pediatric research samples, since study participation requires parents to have the time, interest and access to necessary information. This bias was likely increased here by the fact the data was acquired at Stanford University, in a very privileged area (Palo Alto, CA). The median performance IQ was indeed about one standard deviation above the population mean. Moreover, our sample is enriched for family history of dyslexia. We agree with the reviewer that this limits the generalizability of our results.

      Yet, we replicate the association between left pOTS interruption and reading skills observed by Cachia and colleagues (2018) in a sample where half of the participants were from a rural and (very) low socioeconomic background (so that they would match a sample of illiterate adults), and with limited higher education. This suggests that, overall, such associations may generalize across extremely varied socioeconomic backgrounds and also possibly along the spectrum of general cognitive skills.

      Since our reviewed preprint came out, two other studies further replicated associations between the left pOTS and reading skills (Cachia et al., 2025; Yao et al., 2026), in populations of different ages, countries and across the reading spectrum, including many children with dyslexia (Yao et al., 2026). While SES and cognitive skills are not systematically reported in those studies, one could assume that these studies and ours pooled together would be more representative.

      Accordingly, we added this paragraph to the discussion (lines 548-562):

      “Our study further extends previous results by Borst, Cachia and colleagues (2016; 2018) to a population of children with above-average cognitive and reading scores, from relatively high-SES families, and enriched for family history of dyslexia (cf. Table 1) - although no child met criteria for dyslexia by T3. While our sample is not representative of the general population, thereby limiting the direct generalizability of our results, half of the adult sample from Cachia et al. (2018) came from low socio-economic and rural backgrounds (matched to a sample of illiterate adults), suggesting that the association between left pOTS interruption and reading skills is robust across socio-economic contexts. Since our reviewed preprint came out, the association between left pOTS interruption and reading was further replicated (Cachia et al., 2025; Yao et al., 2026), notably in a larger child sample along the full reading continuum and oversampling children with dyslexia (Yao et al., 2026). (Of note, the finding that pOTS morphology correlated in adults with reading fluency rather than accuracy (Cachia et al., 2025) may also explain one of two prior negative findings concerning the association between pOTS and reading (Del Mauro et al., 2022)). Thus, our results together with the extant literature overall underline a common effect of left pOTS interruption observed across the continuum of reading abilities, and possibly of cognitive abilities.”

      Minor

      Comment (6) Line 342-44: A visualisation of what is meant by superficial vs deep plis de passage would help.

      While an illustration of deep vs. superficial plis de passage would greatly help in clarifying this distinction for the readers, we feel that providing such a visualization in our figures would be equally confusing, if not more, as it may prime readers to wrongfully assume that we differentiate between superficial and deep plis de passage in our own analyses. Instead, we have tried to further clarify the distinction between deep and superficial plis de passage in the text as follows (lines 418-424):

      “Indeed, Bodin and colleagues (2021) showed that, in the superior temporal sulcus (STS), the presence of plis de passage was associated with a higher density of U-shaped fibers connecting adjacent gyri. Superficial plis de passage, i.e., complete sulcal interruptions with a gyral gap visible on the cortical surface, showed an even higher local connectivity advantage than deep plis de passage, the complete gyral gaps or partial interruptions with sulcal pinching which are buried within the depth of the sulcus. (Please note that in our study, we focus on superficial gyral gaps visible on the cortical surface only, and do not classify deep plis de passage.)”

      Comment (7) Line 96 - replace "blindly from" with "without awareness of" or "while .... were concealed".

      The text was edited accordingly (lines 102-103 and 781) - thank you.

      “[...] the OTS and MFS were delineated manually in each hemisphere, without awareness of the reading scores [...] Sulcal labeling was conducted without awareness of the children’s reading scores [...]”

      (8) Line 547 - it is my impression that the findings of morphological differences in dyslexia are quite mixed. This gives the impression that the studies reported are representative of quite a vast number of studies and I don't think that is the case. Perhaps a sentence here with some more scepticism or alluding to the diverse findings in dyslexia?

      It was indeed not our intention here to simplify or summarize a broad literature on morphological differences in dyslexia, but rather to cite a few example results in support of the preceding assertion “various other aspects of early brain structure have been proposed to constrain the development of reading skills”.

      We clarified this sentence as follows (lines 659-662):

      “[L]ongitudinal studies following pre-reading children at familial risk of dyslexia showed for instance that the surface area of the left fusiform gyrus (Beelen et al., 2019) and patterns of grey matter volume around the VWFA (Skeide et al., 2016) could be predictive of future dyslexia diagnosis.”

      Comment (9) Finally, there is quite a lot of supplemental information, some of which is very interesting. I would recommend that the authors check what could be usefully transferred to the main body of the article. eLife uses figures and figure supplements followed by Appendices and the authors might want to check this before deciding on the final version of record.

      We thank Reviewer 2 again for this suggestion to improve our manuscript. We have chosen to move several figure panels for Supplementary Figure 5 to Figure 3, following this suggestion, and given that our previous explanations in the paragraph concerning reading predictors appeared confusing to both reviewers (cf. see Rev 2 recommendation comment (1) and rev 1 recommendation comment (4)).

      While figure supplements seem handy for reading the article directly on the eLife website, we chose to stick with the more standard practice of one appendix or supplementary file gathering all the additional information, which seems more accommodating of different reading practices overall.

      References for Response to Reviews:

      Borst G, Cachia A, Tissier C, Ahr E, Simon G, Houdé O (2016) Early Cerebral Constraints on Reading Skills in School-Age Children: An MRI Study. Mind, Brain, and Education 10:47–54.

      Cachia A, Dupont C, Palmis S, Menu I, Auzias G, Sein J, Coulon O, Longcamp M (2025) The sulcal patterns of the occipito-temporal and anterior cingulate cortices influence reading and writing in children and adults. Cereb Cortex 35:bhaf145.

      Cachia A, Roell M, Mangin J-F, Sun ZY, Jobert A, Braga L, Houde O, Dehaene S, Borst G (2018) How interindividual differences in brain anatomy shape reading accuracy. Brain Structure and Function 223:701–712.

      Del Mauro G, Del Maschio N, Abutalebi J (2022) The relationship between reading abilities and the left occipitotemporal sulcus: A dual perspective study. Brain and Language 235:105189.

      Ferrer E, McArdle JJ, Shaywitz BA, Holahan JM, Marchione K, Shaywitz SE (2007) Longitudinal Models of Developmental Dynamics Between Reading and Cognition From Childhood to Adolescence. Developmental Psychology 43:1460–1473.

      Peng P, Kievit RA (2020) The Development of Academic Achievement and Cognitive Abilities: A Bidirectional Perspective. Child Development Perspectives 14:15–20.

      Reuter M, Schmansky NJ, Rosas HD, Fischl B (2012) Within-subject template estimation for unbiased longitudinal image analysis. NeuroImage 61:1402–1418.

      Roell M, Bellon E, Polspoel B, Declercq M, De Smedt B (2022) Investigating the association between variability in sulcal pattern and academic achievement. Sci Rep 12:12323.

      Ünal ZE, Greene NR, Lin X, Geary DC (2023) What Is the Source of the Correlation Between Reading and Mathematics Achievement? Two Meta-analytic Studies. Educ Psychol Rev 35:4.

      Yao JK, Mitchell JL, Davison A, Yeatman JD (2026) Sulcal anatomy of ventral temporal cortex and reading development. :2026.04.06.716640 Available at: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.64898/2026.04.06.716640v1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, T. Wijerathne et al. investigated and reported the agonistic effect of Yoda1 and Yoda2 over PIEZO2 function using patch clamp electrophysiology, Ca2+ imaging, and molecular dynamics. They find that Yoda1 sensitizes PIEZO2 to membrane tension, can induce Ca2+ influx, and decreases its inactivation to a lesser degree than it does to PIEZO1 channels. Additionally, their data shows that Yoda2 sensitizes PIEZO2 channels to membrane indentation to a greater extent, but it has a weaker effect on channel inactivation than Yoda1. Interestingly, they report that a mutation in a conserved arginine between PIEZO channels can be used to abolish PIEZO1mediated Ca2+ flux in response to Yoda molecules. As a whole, the results presented here should be put into perspective against previous and future works involving systems where both PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 might be expressed. This is especially true for works where Yoda1 has been used as a basis for determining the absence of PIEZO2.

      Strengths:

      The authors use multiple techniques to investigate how Yoda molecules affect the three most important biophysical aspects of PIEZO channels that, when changed, result in pathophysiological responses: a) sensitivity to mechanical stimuli, b) Ca2+ entry, and c) channel inactivation. Lastly, they find a specific amino acid/region that could be exploited for drug design and/or development.

      Weaknesses:

      The methods and discussion sections are lacking enough detail to fully evaluate the findings and put them into perspective, respectively.

      We have included new results, expanded our discussion, and added additional details in our Methods section.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript challenges the long-standing assumption that Yoda1 and Yoda2 are PIEZO1selective activators. Using patch-clamp electrophysiology and calcium imaging in HEK293TΔPZ1 cells overexpressing PIEZO2, the authors demonstrate that Yoda1 potentiates PIEZO2 stretch activated currents to a similar extent as PIEZO1 and slows PIEZO2 poking-current inactivation (albeit with lower efficacy). They further show that the more potent analog Yoda2 affects PIEZO2 at nanomolar concentrations and use mutagenesis and molecular dynamics simulations to propose that Yoda2's benzoic acid group forms a transient salt bridge with R1724 in the putative Yoda binding pocket, explaining its enhanced potency.

      Strengths:

      The authors are established Piezo/biophysics experts; the study is highly important, technically competent, and carries significant implications for the reinterpretation of prior work that used Yoda compounds as PIEZO1-selective probes.

      The core finding that Yoda1 modulates PIEZO2 stretch currents is convincing and important. However, several conceptual, methodological, and presentational issues need to be addressed before acceptance, as detailed below.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The abstract states that Yoda1 potentiates PIEZO2 "as efficaciously as PIEZO1." This claim is accurate only for stretch currents and single-channel open probability, but the paper itself demonstrates important asymmetries: i) Yoda molecules slow PIEZO2 poking-current inactivation ~2-fold, versus ~5-10 fold for PIEZO1 (Figure 3b and ref #60). ii) Spontaneous Ca<sup>2+</sup> entry via PIEZO2 requires non-physiological conditions (high extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup>, hypertonic solutions) that are unlikely to occur in native cells. The abstract should be revised to clearly qualify where equivalence holds and where efficacy differences exist. IMO, the current wording risks overcorrecting the historical bias (PIEZO1-only) by going too far in the other direction.

      We have changed our language throughout the manuscript to convey more accurately differences of Yoda agonism between the two Piezo homologs.

      (2) Related concern: the PIEZO2 Ca<sup>2+</sup> signal in Figure 2 is only detectable using a Ca<sup>2+</sup>-boosted solution (CBS ie 30 mM Ca<sup>2+</sup>). Physiological extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> and cells normally do not experience sustained hypertonicity at these magnitudes. The authors should explicitly clarify that the practical implication of their findings is primarily for electrophysiological (patch-clamp) experiments and that the Ca<sup>2+</sup> imaging caveat applies only under amplified conditions. Specifically, the authors should state that in standard Ca<sup>2+</sup> imaging assays with physiological buffers, PIEZO2 is unlikely to confound Yoda1 results.

      Agreed. As mentioned above, we have modified our wording to convey this point more clearly.

      Related point: Can cytochalasin D (CytoD) restore a Yoda1-dependent Ca<sup>2+</sup> signal in physiological saline? This would help determine whether the weak PIEZO2 response is primarily a membrane tension issue (cytoskeletal tethering) versus intrinsically lower channel expression or permeability. The authors already have tagged PIEZO1/2 constructs and could, in principle, normalize by surface expression.

      We have repeated our acute pharmacological treatment in cells pre-treated with CytoD (or 0.5% DMSO vehicle control). These experiments were done in normal saline solution. We found that Yoda1 produces a very small (but significant) calcium influx in cells treated with CytoD. This result strengthens our conclusion that Yoda1 is capable of producing an activatory effect on Piezo2 in absence of external mechanical stimulation - albeit this effect is very small and only detectable in non-physiological (calcium-rich or destabilized cytoskeleton) conditions. It remains difficult to definitely conclude about why Yoda molecules exert different agonistic effects. We can only discuss possibilities. Differences in Ca2+ permeability is unlikely to contribute to this difference, as pore properties and selectivity for monovalent ions are similar between the two channels (see PMID: 39543876). Slight differences in how Yoda bind the Yoda binding region could explain why Yoda1 robustly modulates Piezo2 stretch currents but fails to produce robust calcium influx, as recent work suggests that these two agonist effects may originate from two distinct Yoda binding poses in this region (PMID: 38060566; PMID: 41402296). Piezo2’s intrinsically high threshold for stretch-activation could also represent a contributing factor, as figures 1e-f show that Piezo2’s midpoint activation pressure in the presence of Yoda1 (about -30 mmHg vs. -60 mmHg) might still be too high to enable robust Yoda-induced activation at the resting membrane tension of the cell. Since Piezo1 has been consistently shown (by us and others) to be expressed at a higher level than Piezo2 in transfected HEK293 cells (e.g., PMID: 20813920; PMID: 32227462, PMID: 37102984; PMCID: PMC13423835), we have not replicated these experiments with Piezo1. We have modified our manuscript to include these new results and discussion.

      (3) The mean inactivation tau values for wild-type PIEZO2 poking currents in both DMSO and Yoda1 conditions (Figure 3b, approximately 15-40 ms range) appear substantially higher than values reported in published literature (typically 5-10 ms; eg, PMID: 20813920). This discrepancy needs to be addressed.

      This discrepancy likely arises because inactivation kinetics of Piezo1 and/or 2 poking currents can be modulated by many biological and experimental variables that are difficult to control. Biological variables include membrane potential (PMID: 20813920), extracellular pH (PMID: 25561736), temperature (PMID: 35858335; PMID: 31413193), the presence of modulatory proteins (PMID: 37590348) and extracellular matrix (PMID: 28164706). Experimental variables include the mechanics of probe displacement (velocity and impact angle) and the precise positioning of the time-cursor near the peak current for exponential fitting. In addition, the decaying portion of Piezo poking currents is likely contributed by both inactivation and deactivation, as a recent study demonstrates relaxation of the poke stimulus during mechanical indentation in N2a cell (PMID: 42649207). Cellular viscoelastic properties and cytoskeletal organization are thus anticipated to dictate how fast this relaxation occurs, influencing the proportion of inactivating and deactivating currents in poking recordings. Since this point deviates from our main goal - to test an effect of Yoda on channel kinetics measured side-by-side – we prefer not to discuss it.

      (4) The authors perform all MD simulations on a truncated PIEZO1 model and justify this choice by noting that the Yoda binding region is highly conserved between homologs. This is a reasonable and defensible starting point given the availability of well-validated PIEZO1 simulation set ups in their lab. A few points are nonetheless worth addressing: While PIEZO2 simulations are not strictly required, the authors are encouraged to briefly discuss whether any long-range structural differences between PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 (outside the binding site itself) could influence Yoda2 binding dynamics, particularly in light of the chimera data showing that PIEZO2 sequence in repeat A abolishes Yoda1 sensitivity. This reviewer still doesn't understand the reason behind this discrepancy despite it being acknowledged in the text.

      We have now conducted three replicas of all-atom MD simulations of the Yoda2-bound PIEZO2 system. The new results show that the equivalent Arg residue in PIEZO2 (R2029) also forms a salt bridge with Yoda2, consistent with our observations from the Yoda2-bound PIEZO1 simulations. Taken together, these simulation results seem to point to the fact that Yoda molecules bind to a similar region in both PIEZO1 and PIEZO2. The lack of Yoda1-sensitivity in the chimera is quite puzzling, and we can only speculate about why. The swapped chimeric region includes 103 residues, 21 of which are non-conserved between PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 and distributed around the binding region (PMID: 29795280). These mutations could collectively and allosterically alter the binding free energy landscape in a manner that either 1) strongly reduce Yoda binding affinity or 2) equalize Yoda binding affinity for both curved and flat conformations, effectively rendering Yoda molecules silent binders (similar to how we previously described Dooku1 binding to Piezo1 PMID: 38060566).

      Another MD-related comment is that three simulation replicas (which is impressive for such a big system) show markedly different salt bridge occupancy (82.6%, 49.7%, 99.8%; stated in the text). This wide variation suggests incomplete sampling in at least one replica. The authors should provide RMSD plots for ligand and protein backbone to assess convergence and possibly discuss whether the 49.7% replica represents a genuinely distinct binding mode or incomplete equilibration.

      We have extended PIEZO1-Yoda2 replica #2 from 600 to 1400 nanoseconds. This replica shows that the salt-bridge turned ON and OFF during the simulation because the Arg side chain tends to flip. This flipping behavior is evident in the 20 µs Replica #1 (Figure 6c). In Figure 6-figure supplement 1, we analyzed our previous five replicas of MD simulations using the PACE force field. We show that the angle distributions indeed vary between replicas and subunits at the timescales currently affordable by MD technique for this large system. Therefore, it is not too surprising that the salt bridge occupancy differs between three all-atom simulations. We now provide RMSD of ligand and protein backbone for each Replica as Figure 6 supplement 1. The time evolution of Yoda2 binding poses across all simulation replicas are now illustrated in Figure 6-figure supplement 2, which shows that Yoda2 is mobile, yet remain stable in this overall hydrophobic binding site, consistent with our previous report (PNAS2023 PMID: 38060566). We also added all corresponding analysis of Yoda2-PIEZO2 in the same figures.

      (5) The Discussion proposes that PIEZO2's weaker Ca<sup>2+</sup> response to Yoda1 could partly reflect lower membrane expression. Since the authors already have fluorescently tagged PIEZO1 and 2 constructs, a simple fluorescence intensity comparison between the two (acknowledging it would reflect total rather than surface expression) could provide at least indirect support for this claim. Alternatively, if such a comparison is not feasible, the authors may consider removing membrane expression from the list of proposed explanations or explicitly acknowledging that this remains unsubstantiated speculation. The max poking currents may somewhat and roughly indicate the level expression difference too, if done exactly side by side.

      PIEZO2 expression is known to be lower than PIEZO1 in heterologous systems (PMID: 20813920; PMID: 32227462, PMID: 37102984; PMCID: PMC13423835), hence we have not attempted to test if this was the case with our tagged constructs.

      (6) The abstract or concluding remarks should highlight that Dooku1 is not PIEZO1-selective in its agonist-like action on PIEZO2, and that Cmpd15/Cmpd64 appear to be better PIEZO1-selective tools. This nuance is buried in the Results section.

      We now list these results in the abstract.

      (7) The authors should not cite PMID 31015490. Clearly, any work on MCC13 is confounded by the overwhelming expression of PIEZO1 (PMID: 42084270). Instead, the authors should also cite the literature from others who have clearly recorded stretch currents from PIEZO2 before the cited studies (eg, PMID: 37590348).

      Agreed!

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript reports that Yoda1 and Yoda2 agonize PIEZO2 in a manner similar to PIEZO1, increasing open probability and stretch sensitivity, but the mechanism underlying this sensitivity is incomplete. Mutagenesis was shown exclusively in PIEZO1, with no corresponding mutagenesis in PIEZO2, so the proposed mechanism in PIEZO2 is inferred by homology rather than directly tested. All experiments use mouse PIEZO2, and the human ortholog should be used before generalizing the proposed reinterpretation of the field.

      Strengths:

      The pressure-clamp electrophysiology demonstrating a shift in half-activation pressure for PIEZO2 is compelling evidence in support of the central claim.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In the single-channel recordings (Figure 1a), it's unclear how many channels were present in those patches. After applying -60 mmHg pressure, multiple channels would be activated (as seen in Figure 1e). The number of channels in the patch and their inactivation rate could significantly influence the open probability in such experiments. To overcome this, in the original Yoda1 article (Syeda, Ruhma, et al. eLife 2015), no additional pressure was used.

      To clarify the confusion, we record single-channel PIEZO2 currents less than 24 hrs after transfection and record macroscopic PIEZO2 currents 2-3 days after transfection. Hence, unlike the cited study, our single and macro currents are obtained from different patches. When patching cells for single recordings, most patches do not show any mechano-currents and those that do typically show only one current level of single-channel conductance through the recording, even when the patch is highly pressurized.

      Additionally, the reported open probability comparison (n=7 Yoda1 vs n=17 DMSO patches) has an SEM nearly as large as the effect itself (0.30 {plus minus} 0.11), consistent with a small number of outliers driving this. The underlying mean open and shut times are reported without any statistical test; only the derived open probability receives a p-value. Additionally, in Figure 1a, the Yoda1 condition noise is different from the control. This should be stated if noise filtering was applied and how, given that this could affect open probability analysis.

      This is a fair point. We have removed two outliers and have performed statistical analysis on mean dwell times. The effect of Yoda1 is still highly significant. We have replaced current traces with two of similar noise levels. We acquired all single-channel current traces at 100kHz, filtered them at 5kHz, and displayed them at 500 Hz.

      (2) The calcium imaging data in Figure 2 raise significant concerns regarding the chemical activation claim. The calcium-boosted solution (30 mM Ca2+) is not physiological and appears to be generally stressing cells rather than specifically activating PIEZO2: the control condition under CBS already shows an elevated signal, consistent with cells being unwell at this calcium concentration, and adding Yoda1 on top of this shifted baseline raises further questions about specificity rather than confirming it. Separately, it is unclear why DMSO alone produces measurable PIEZO2-associated calcium influx in HBSS, a result that is not addressed in the text. Figure 2 should clearly indicate when DMSO/Yoda1 perfusion was initiated, and y-axis labels are missing from panels A and B.

      We agree and have toned down our chemical activation claim, insisting that this activation is very weak in absence of external mechanical stimulus, being only detectable under extreme, non-physiological conditions. We also re-analysed our data (and added fluorescence scale bars, thank you) showing time-course and scatter plots from the same cells in Figure 2a. We think the “bump” seen upon DMSO perfusion in PIEZO2 cells could be amplified by the low expression of GC6 in these cells. We now discuss this point in our revisions.

      (3) In the poke experiments, an activation threshold should be calculated and reported, and amplitude data (e.g., peak current versus indentation depth) should be shown rather than only inactivation tau values. It is also unclear why mClover3- and N-GFP-tagged constructs were used in these experiments, since electrophysiological recording already confirms channel expression without requiring a fluorescent tag.

      Valid point, we are now comparing peak currents for different poking distances. We have removed our Tau analysis for our tagged-PIEZO2 clones.

      (4) For inactivation kinetics (Figure 3b), the authors use unpaired comparisons across separate cells, whereas the deactivation experiments (Figure 3c) use paired; it should be applied to the inactivation experiments as well. Deactivation kinetics for PIEZO2 itself should be shown.

      These experiments have different goals which do not require using the same protocol. Deactivation kinetics experiments were used for the chimera because this parameter was shown by us to be the most sensitive to Yoda1. Hence, if a Yoda modulation exists, but is hard to detect in the chimera, using this protocol with paired samples provide us with the highest detection sensitivity. This level of sensitivity was not needed to detect an effect of Yoda1 on PIEZO2.

      If the claim is that Yoda1 acts on PIEZO2 through the same mechanism proposed for PIEZO1, then a PIEZO1/2 chimera should be expected to show a corresponding effect on deactivation tau; instead, this chimera is reported as completely Yoda1-insensitive despite both parental channels being Yoda1-sensitive, as shown in this study.

      This discrepancy is acknowledged in the text. We do not know why the chimera is Yoda insensitive and can only speculate at this point. Of note, one must acknowledge that this chimeric swapping introduces 21 amino acid changes (vs. WT PIEZO1) which may have profound allosteric effect on binding affinity and/or efficacy. MD studies would be useful to explore this possibility in a future study.

      (5) Given that this reflects a different experimental paradigm for Yoda EC50, PIEZO1 should be included within Figure 4b. Additionally, EC50 bar plots should be present on this figure.

      Showing EC50 plots here is not possible because each cell was exposed to only one dose of Yoda1 (unpaired measurements). We have included a Yoda1 dose-response curve against PIEZO1 inactivation Tau from our prior study (PMID: 35858335) for comparison as a Figure Supplement.

      The inactivation time constant for PIEZO2 without Yoda1 is inconsistent across figures, below 20 ms in Figure 3b but above 20 ms in Figure 4c.

      As explained above in our answer to Reviewer #2, these inconsistencies likely occur because PIEZO inactivation kinetics are susceptible to modulation by a number of biological and experimental factors that are not easily traceable, making it difficult to define absolute channel kinetics.

      (6) Finally, the modeling is performed exclusively on PIEZO1, whereas the manuscript's central focus is PIEZO2. It is therefore unclear whether the proposed structural mechanism, including the basis for Yoda2's reduced efficacy on PIEZO2, can be directly extrapolated to PIEZO2.

      We have now conducted three replicate all-atom MD simulations of the Yoda2-bound PIEZO2 system. The new results show that the equivalent Arg residue in PIEZO2 (R2029) also forms a salt bridge with Yoda2, consistent with our observations from the Yoda2-bound PIEZO1 simulations. However, the current simulations do not allow us to distinguish differential efficacy of Yoda2 toward PIEZO1 versus PIEZO2. The reduced efficacy of Yoda2 on PIEZO2 may instead arise from differences in its binding affinity for the open versus closed conformations, or from contributions of cellular components that are not represented in our MD simulations, such as the cytoskeleton.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Main:

      (1) Adding more depth and detail to the methods section will help others replicate the findings.

      Agreed.

      (2) Methods: line 325. Describe the way each compound was prepared for each concentration without undissolved particles. Avoid using the phrase "as described before" in the methods section.

      Compounds were dissolved in DMSO and simply diluted in recording solution at the time of experiments with vortex mixing.

      (3) Figure 1B (comparison of open probability): only three points out of 7 (with Yoda1) seem outside the data range of the control (DMSO). It seems very unreliable for an agonist. Moreover, in Figure 1F, the data seem very noisy. I would suggest adding more n.

      We have eliminated two outliers and reanalyzed our data, showing statistics for mean dwell times and open probability.

      (4) The authors should add to the "Yoda1 activates PIEZO2 in the absence of external mechanical stimulus" section (or the methods) how perfusion of Yoda1 was applied.

      We used manual pipetting.

      (5) Lines 165 - 171. This part should be moved to the discussion and expanded on. Particularly since the reference they allude to comes from the same group.

      This discussion part is needed to introduce the chimera experiments and thus should remain in Results.

      (6) Figure 3B. The noise range of the time constants of inactivation is a lot. Specially for transfected cells. I would suggest a couple of sentences explaining why the authors think this happens.

      This discussion is now included.

      (7) Figure 4C. Tau inac of DMSO control seems very high when compared to others. I would suggest a couple of sentences explaining why the authors think this happens.

      One difference is that DMSO concentration here is higher (0.25% vs 0.075%) to match the higher concentration of Yoda1 tested. Inactivation kinetics are subject to modulation by many parameters; hence we focus on side-by-side comparisons instead of absolute values.

      (8) Line 213. Which standard binding equation? Include in the methods.

      Done.

      Rethink calculating the EC50 with dose responses that saturate. Figure5C. Are these absolute or relative EC50s?

      EC50 of mutants are normalized to WT.

      (9) Discussion: "Our discovery that Yoda1 modulates PIEZO2 stretch currents as effectively as PIEZO1's strongly suggests that some of the reported biological roles attributed to PIEZO1 using this agonist could be (at least partly) transduced by PIEZO2. For instance, our discovery seamlessly reconciles the puzzling fact that reducing PIEZO2 expression in cells that co-express PIEZO1 also reduces the effects of Yoda1 (49, 76, 77). Along." In the referenced works (49, 76, and 77) its not checked if PIEZO1 levels remain the same when PIEZO2 was knocked out. Here, the authors should discuss this possibility.

      Good point!

      Minor:

      (1) Indicate in the figure legends, result or methods section, what the error bars represent.

      Done.

      (2) Indicate the p-value for Figure 1B.

      Done.

      (3) Figure 2. Include the ionomycin value that each group is normalized against.

      We provide now vertical scale bars for all samples.

      (4) Why not use PIEZO2 for the MD simulations?

      Done.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments

      (1) In the Abstract: The sentence "Although a structural framework for PIEZO1 activation by Yoda1 exists" may be confusing for readers outside the field. The authors may mean "mechanistic" or "computational" framework. Please clarify or reword.

      We have reworded the abstract.

      (2) Residue number in abstract: The abstract states "a conserved arginine in the Yoda binding site" without identifying it. Please add the residue number (R1724 in mouse PIEZO1) for clarity.

      Done

      (3) Figure 1 legend or in the method: recording mode and filter settings: The figure legend should explicitly state that single-channel recordings were obtained in cell-attached mode, and should report the filter frequency (kHz) and sampling rate used for idealization. This is essential for readers to evaluate dwell-time analysis.

      Done, but details are in the method.

      (4) Several instances throughout the text use "native" where "naïve" is clearly intended.

      Corrected, thank you.

      (5) The statement that PIEZO2 requires more mechanical force than PIEZO1 (~−60 vs ~−40 mmHg P1/2) should be interpreted cautiously without this information, and the authors should clarify whether pipette geometry was controlled between PIEZO1 and PIEZO2 experiments.

      We have shown that PIEZO2 requires more force to be opened by membrane tension relative to PIEZO1 using MscL gating as a tension-calibration system (PMID: 41703062). Pipette geometry is consistent for each type of experiment (macroscopic or single-channel recordings). We have expanded our Methods.

      (6) The finding that Dooku1slows PIEZO2 inactivation similarly to Yoda1 is striking and is currently underplayed. This raises important questions: Does Dooku1 elicit Ca<sup>2+</sup> entry in PIEZO2-expressing cells? It could at least be discussed further in the text.

      Likely not, since Yoda-induced calcium influx is very weak and requires non-physiological conditions to be detectable. But this is worth trying at some point.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) Where the manuscript still has potential for improvement is the discussion, which in its current form does seem slightly self-contained and does not fully integrate the findings of previous studies on Drosophila rhodopsin7. As the introduction specifically points out that previous findings have been contradictory, this seems like a missed opportunity.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion and agree that the previous version of the Discussion did not sufficiently integrate earlier studies on Drosophila RH7. In the revised manuscript, we have expanded and restructured the discussion to explicitly incorporate key studies, including those by Ni et al. (2017), Senthilan et al. (2019), Lazopulo et al. (2019), and Meyerhof et al. (2024). In Discussion 5.4, we directly address similarities and discrepancies, such as differences in reported expression patterns, behavioral phenotypes, and experimental conditions. We use these inconsistencies to better position our findings and propose that RH7 acts as a modulatory photoreceptor with context dependent effects, which may explain the variability observed across studies. These changes provide a more integrated and coherent view of RH7 function.

      (2) Similarly, the manuscript currently lacks a discussion of the possible relevance of rhodopsin7 (and other non-visual light receptors in other organisms) in the context of a species' environment and lifestyle, i.e., what is the relevance/benefit of having rhodopsin7 in the fly's everyday life?

      We agree that the ecological relevance of RH7 deserved a more detailed discussion. According to the suggestion, we have now expanded the discussion to address the ecological and functional relevance of RH7 in the context of environmental light conditions and species-specific lifestyles (see Section 5.5). In particular, we now highlight that RH7 is frequently retained in species inhabiting sun-exposed environments and that its presence correlates with conditions of high light exposure, especially during early developmental stages. Together with our functional data in Drosophila, showing a role of RH7 in light dependent behavioral flexibility and circadian regulation, this supports the idea that RH7 contributes to the detection and integration of environmental light cues under natural conditions.

      (3) An additional point concerns the title and abstract, which postulate rhodopsin7 roles in contrast vision as well as motion and brightness perception. Contrast remains poorly defined in the text, leaving it ambiguous whether it refers to bright/dark contrasts, e.g., along edges, or the temporal contrast that results from dark pulses (startle response). While the latter seems to apply here, the former is likely more intuitive. Thus, this aspect should be rephrased (also in the title) or properly clarified early on.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the term “contrast” was ambiguous, as it can refer to spatial contrast (e.g., edge detection) or temporal contrast (changes in light intensity). Our study focuses on temporal contrast, such as light-dark transitions. Accordingly, we have revised the manuscript, replacing “contrast” with the more precise term “temporal changes in light intensity” throughout the relevant sections. In addition, to clarify this further, we conducted additional experiments with graded changes in illumination. These showed that Rh7<sup>0</sup> mutants have reduced responses compared to wild type in both abrupt (e.g. 30→0 µW/cm<sup>2</sup>) and gradual (e.g. 30→5 µW/cm<sup>2</sup>) transitions, indicating that RH7 contributes to detecting temporal changes in light intensity.

      (4) Regarding motion detection, this is backed up by the optomotor response results, but the findings stand somewhat isolated from the other results, lacking a clear connection aside from general visual processing.

      We have clarified the connection between motion detection and the other visual assays. In the Results section (4.7), motion detection is now described as “relying on the processing of spatiotemporal changes in luminance across the visual field,” explicitly linking it to general luminance-based visual processing. In the Discussion (5.3), we added the concise statement “These computations rely on changes in light intensity over space and time” to further emphasize this connection. We believe these changes make the relationship between the optomotor results and the other assays clearer and easier to follow.

      (5) Lastly, brightness perception is mentioned in the abstract, but never again, possibly due to inconsistent phrasing throughout the manuscript.

      We agree that the terminology was not used consistently throughout the manuscript. To improve clarity and consistency, we replaced the term "brightness perception" in the Abstract with "temporal changes in luminance", which more accurately reflects the focus of our study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) It is not that clear to me what rhodopsin does in terms of circadian regulation (even though its function might be circadianly regulated). The clear role in the light/dark distribution of activity might not be circadian per se, but mostly light/dark- driven and there is no evidence here for a role in the entrainment of the clock.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that our current data does not provide sufficient evidence for a direct role of RH7 in circadian regulation or clock entrainment. In this revision, we have examined LD (12:12) behavior in more detail and report changes in several activity parameters (Figure 3A). While these differences could in principle involve circadian mechanisms, our experiments do not allow us to distinguish between circadian effects and acute light-driven modulation of locomotor activity. We therefore present these results without interpreting them as evidence for a circadian function of RH7, and instead focus on light-driven behavioral effects under LD conditions.

      (2) The authors should cite Lazopulo, which nicely shows that Rh7 has an important role in peripheral neurons to allow flies to escape from blue light (see below).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now cited Lazopulo et al. (2019) at multiple relevant points in the manuscript, specifically regarding atypical RH7 expression in peripheral neurons, the functional effects of RH7 outside the LNvs, and its protective role in light-dependent behavior (discussion 5.1, 5.4, and 5.5). We believe these additions ensure that the manuscript accurately reflects the existing literature and appropriately acknowledges the contribution of Lazopulo et al. to understanding RH7 function.

      (3) The finding showing that Galphaz but not Galphaq can trigger signaling from light-excited Rh7 is a very intriguing finding to better understand Rh7 function. Since Galphaz is related to Gi/o, it would be interesting to test those, for example, by expressing RNAi with Rh7gal4 and testing the Light-dark or light-off response behavior.

      We agree that testing additional Gi/o-type Gα subunits would be highly informative for further dissecting RH7 signaling. However, in our preliminary experiments, RNAi-mediated knockdown of Rh7 itself did not result in a robust or statistically significant behavioral phenotype under our conditions. This is consistent with previous reports that RNAi in Drosophila can show variable efficiency and often results in incomplete knockdown, leading to weak or undetectable phenotypes (Dietzl et al., 2007; Green et al., 2014; Perkins et al., 2015). Given these limitations, we did not further pursue RNAi-based approaches targeting additional Gα subunits in the current study. Instead, we complemented our experimental findings with additional comparative and in silico analyses using FlyPredictome, which support a potential association between RH7 and Gi/o-type signaling components. These results have now been incorporated into the revised manuscript (Discussion 5.2). We agree that further functional validation of Gi/o-type G protein involvement, for example using genetic mutants, interaction assays or alternative approaches, would be an important direction for future studies.

      (4) The change in the locomotor activity distribution between light and dark in LD conditions provides a nice assay for Rh7 function. Since Lazopulo et al. (2019) have shown that wildtype but not Rh7 mutants do escape from blue light, it would be important to compare and discuss these LD behavior data with the Lazopulo results. Precisely, is this nighttime preference linked to blue light?

      To address this point, we conducted additional experiments, which are now included in the supplementary materials. Instead of the usual white light–dark (LD) cycles, we tested blue light–dark and green light–dark conditions. However, we observed only minor differences and no significant shift in light preference, as reported by Lazopulo et al. (2019). A likely explanation for this discrepancy is the difference in experimental light intensity. In our assays, we used moderate light intensities, approximately 30 µW/cm² for white light and 5–6 µW/cm<sup>2</sup> for color lights. Lazopulo et al. used substantially higher light intensities (2480 µW/cm<sup>2</sup> for white light and approximately 600 µW/cm<sup>2</sup> for colored lights). Even the higher intensities used in our arrhythmia experiments (~120 µW/cm<sup>2</sup>) remained well below those applied in their study.

      Importantly, the behavioral paradigms differ: Lazopulo et al. assessed acute light preference/avoidance, whereas our experiments quantify locomotor activity distribution across the day under LD conditions. The latter is strongly shaped by circadian regulation and integrates multiple internal and external factors. Therefore, wavelength-dependent avoidance behavior observed under acute conditions may not directly translate into changes in daily activity patterns under moderate LD conditions. Although we cannot directly replicate the strong avoidance of blue light or preference for green light described by Lazopulo et al., our results do not contradict those of Lazopulo. The reduced activity during the midday phase in the wild-type flies, which is less pronounced in Rh7<sup>0</sup>, may suggest a potential protective function or preventive behavior in the WT flies. Since the moderate light intensities used in our LD assays are much less aversive, no strong wavelength-dependent preference was observed.

      (5) However, the paper would be strongly reinforced by correlating this with the LD behavior. The LD phenotype should be tested in flies with Rh7 expression rescued under Rh7gal4 control (as done for the startle response). This is important to show whether the expression pattern is likely responsible for the described Rh7 function in LD.

      We agree that assessing LD behavior in flies with Rh7 expression rescued under Rh7-Gal4 control is important to link expression pattern to function. We have now performed these experiments. The Rh7-Gal4–driven rescue results in a substantial recovery of the LD locomotor phenotype, bringing it closer to control levels than the UAS-empty condition. While the rescue does not fully reach wild-type levels, the observed trend and significant differences across specific parameters support a functional contribution of Rh7-expressing cells. These data are now included in Figure 5C and described in section 4.6.

      (6) If L5 and or M11 drivers are available, they should be used to rescue Rh7? Since expression in some clock neurons is shown, the rescue experiment should also be done with a clock neuron driver.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We agree that cell type-specific rescue using L5- and/or Mi1 drivers, as well as clock neuron drivers, would be highly informative.

      However, implementing these experiments is currently not straightforward. Targeting these neuronal populations requires the use of split-Gal4 driver lines, which can differ in expression strength and are therefore not quantitatively comparable across combinations. In addition, the required genotype would be highly complex: the two split-Gal4 components will be located on separate chromosomes, the UAS-Rh7 transgene is on another chromosome, and the Rh7<sup>0</sup> mutation resides on the third chromosome. Combining all necessary elements in a single line would therefore require extensive genetic recombination. Importantly, we aim to avoid introducing mutations or markers on the X chromosome, as these are known to influence behavioral readouts. However, many of the available lines are in a white<sup>-</sup> background, and assembling the full rescue genotype while maintaining a controlled genetic background across all chromosomes is therefore particularly challenging. For these reasons, we have not pursued these rescue experiments in the current study but consider them an important direction for future work.

      (7) In the same line, can the LD phenotype (or startle response phenotype of Figure 4) be restored by expressing Rh7 under ppk control, as shown for the blue light avoidance phenotype by Lazopulo et al?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. However, in our experiments, we did not observe a blue-light avoidance phenotype comparable to that described by Lazopulo et al. (2019). Since this behavioral effect did not occur in our assay, we did not perform rescue experiments with ppk-regulated Rh7 expression. As previously discussed, the absence of pronounced blue light avoidance in our experimental setup is likely due to the moderate light intensities we used, which are significantly lower than those applied in Lazopulo et al.

      Therefore, a ppk-mediated rescue would not be meaningful in our context.

      (8) Finally, the Rh7 "darkfly" rescued flies should be tested in LD.

      We agree that testing Rh7Darkfly rescue flies under LD conditions provides important insight into Rh7 function. We have now performed these experiments. The Rh7Darkfly rescue leads to a marked shift of the LD locomotor phenotype toward the Darkfly phenotype, with a stronger effect than observed in the Rh7 rescue lines. While the rescue does not fully recapitulate either wild-type or Darkfly controls, the observed trend supports a contribution of RH7 to the modulation of LD behavior in this genetic background. These data are now included in Figure 5C.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) The authors should clarify exactly what tissues were taken for the comparative qPCR. This is particularly interesting in terms of the retina. Since Rh7 appears not to be expressed within the photoreceptor cells of the retina, this raises the important question as to which cells it is expressed in. To address this important question, it would also be helpful to include an expression analysis of the retina itself (by extending the RH7-GFP expression patterns and/or adding HCR in situ of the ommatidia array). The cell types of the retina are very well classified, and some evidence already exists for Rh7 expression in support cells (e.g., Charlton-Perkins et al., (2017); PMID: 28562601). This study has a unique opportunity to investigate this further by adding these critical data for a more complete picture of Rh7.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We have now clarified in the Materials and Methods exactly which tissues were collected and analyzed for the comparative qPCR experiments. Regarding Rh7 expression in the retina, in our hands, we did not detect signals in retinal support cells, likely due to low expression and masking by autofluorescence. However, low Rh7 mRNA levels detected by qPCR in retinal tissue, together with the faint staining reported by Kistenpfennig et al. (2017), suggest that expression in these cells is possible. We have added this clarification, along with the observation by Lazopulo et al. (2019), who reported Rh7 expression in multidendritic neurons, to the Discussion (section 5.1) to provide a more complete overview of RH7 localization.

      (2) Mammalian opsins should be included in the phylogenetic analysis illustrated in Figure 2A and indicate their position on the tree. This will allow readers to better put the authors' statements regarding the intermediate position of Rh7 into perspective. In addition, note that the distinction between red and deep red is easy to miss regarding the Rh7 cluster. Perhaps the authors could use a more distinct colour scheme, for example, orange and deep red.

      In the revised Figure 2A, we have included both mammalian melanopsins and lophotrochozoan opsins, which support our interpretation of RH7 as a primitive opsin. The color scheme has been updated to more clearly distinguish the different clades, and tardigrades are now represented with a red triangle rather than a separate color. These changes improve clarity and better highlight the intermediate phylogenetic position of RH7.

      (3) More details should be provided on the optomotor response experiments. Specifically, specifications of the frequencies used for the optomotor response are needed. Results show a relatively large level of variation, which may be due to different angular perspectives that flies may have had while viewing the stimulus. If possible, provide videos as examples, as they will make it clearer to viewers how much flies could move around in the setup (from the methods, it seems they could move within the 2.2 of the 3 cm diameter of the arena, which would lead to substantial differences in the visual angle of the viewed grating.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this valid point. We agree that, due to the relatively simple design of our optomotor apparatus, the flies may have different viewing angles of the rotating grid. To illustrate this point, we have added representative video footage and further photographs of the experimental setup to the supplementary material. A more sophisticated optomotor apparatus that maintains a fixed viewing angle for the animals would certainly reduce experimental variability. Nevertheless, our current, simple setup yielded robust and statistically significant optomotor responses. To further strengthen the robustness of these results, we have increased the sample size from n = 20 to n = 30, thereby confirming the observed effects.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      (1) Claimed impact of rh7 on circadian regulation.

      As the data are presented at the moment, there is no evidence for a role in circadian regulation. At present, the data can be fully explained by the acute effects of light on behavior. Either remove the circadian from the text or consider specific entrainment and rescue experiments (see suggestions from Reviewer 2).

      We thank the editor for this important comment. We agree that the original version of the manuscript overinterpreted the role of RH7 in circadian regulation, and that the observed phenotypes can be explained by acute effects of light on locomotor behavior under LD conditions. In the revised manuscript, we have substantially restructured and clarified the interpretation of our findings. We now explicitly frame our results as light-driven behavioral effects under LD (12:12) conditions and have removed claims suggesting a direct role of RH7 in circadian entrainment. Furthermore, we have also added new rescue experiments, including Rh7-Gal4–driven Rh7 and Rh7Darkfly rescue, which provide further functional insight. These data show partial restoration of the locomotor phenotype and genotype-dependent shifts in activity patterns, supporting a modulatory role of RH7 in light-dependent behavior, while not directly addressing circadian clock function.

      We have further revised the text to ensure that conclusions remain strictly aligned with the presented data. In addition, we now emphasize that our data provide a basis for future studies exploring the potential role of RH7 in circadian entrainment.

      (2) Improved discussion section

      Both Reviewers 1 and 2 point out several aspects that should be better taken care of, especially embedding the new results into the context of the existing literature on rh7- Lazopulo et al 2019, Ni et al 2017, Meyerhof et al 2024 were particularly mentioned.

      We have addressed the reviewers’ suggestions by revising the Discussion section. We now refer to Meyerhof et al. (2024), Lazopulo et al. (2019), and Ni et al. (2017) at multiple points throughout the Discussion to better place our findings in the context of the existing literature on RH7 function. These references are now included in Sections 5.1, 5.4, and 5.5 of the Discussion.

      (3) The addition of vertebrate melanopsins, as pointed out by Reviewer 3 (they suggest mammalian, but consider adding other vertebrate and also lophotrochzoan proteins), in the phylogenetic tree will help to put the evolutionary ancestrality claim into a better perspective.

      We performed new bioinformatic analyses using RefSeq proteomes and carefully selected representative species across relevant clades to construct a balanced phylogenetic tree. These additions support our interpretation of RH7 as a primitive opsin and help place its intermediate phylogenetic position into better perspective. The results are presented in the revised Figure 2A, which now also includes mammalian melanopsins and lophotrochozoan opsins.

      (4) There were several questions raised on the qPCR and optomotor response experiments (Reviewer 3), as well as the definition of contrast (Reviewer 1).

      We have addressed the reviewers’ comments by substantially improving the clarity and presentation of the qPCR and optomotor response experiments, as well as the definition of “contrast.” We now provide a more detailed description of the qPCR analysis in the Methods section. For the optomotor response, we have added representative images and videos of the experimental setup to the Supplementary Material to increase transparency. We further clarified that the term “contrast” was previously used ambiguously and may refer to different concepts. In the revised manuscript, we now consistently refer to “temporal changes in light intensity” to specify that our study focuses on light-dark transitions. In addition, we included additional experiments with graded changes in illumination, which show reduced responses in Rh7 mutants compared to wild type under both abrupt and gradual transitions.

      (5) Supplementary Material needs sorting

      Accession numbers are in Supplementary File 2, not Supplementary File 1. Supplementary Material S2B is in Supplementary File 3 - this is really confusing. Supplementary Materials S3 is probably Supplementary File 1, and the phylogenetic tree shown there actually looks identical to the tree shown in Figure 2A of the main manuscript.

      We sincerely apologize for the confusion regarding the Supplementary Material numbering and file assignments. This issue likely arose during the upload process or transfer from the bioRxiv version of the manuscript. We have now carefully checked and corrected the Supplementary Files to ensure that all accession numbers, figures, and files are correctly assigned and consistently labeled throughout the revised submission.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Here, I will address specific aspects of the manuscript, elaborating on the points mentioned in the public review and also listing detailed suggestions.

      As mentioned in the public review, the discussion could do a better job of relating the obtained findings to previous publications. For example, the paper by Ni et al. (2017) investigates the role of Drosophila rhodopsin7 in circadian light entrainment and its interplay with dcry, which seems relevant in the context of rhodopsin7 apparently being only present in CRY-negative clock neurons (except DN1a).

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have expanded the manuscript to further explore the potential relationship between RH7 and DCRY. Specifically, we performed additional bioinformatic analyses, which are now presented in Results Section 4.1, and in discussion sections 5.4 and 5.5 addressing this aspect. While previous observations by Ni et al. (2017) and Kistenpfennig et al. (2017) have already pointed to a possible relationship between RH7 and DCRY, our phylogenetic analyses provide additional support for such a connection from an evolutionary perspective. Although our data do not yet allow us to infer the precise functional nature of this relationship, they further strengthen the evidence that Rh7 and DCRY are evolutionarily and functionally linked.

      (2) Another relevant paper by Meyerhof et al 2024 (doi:10.1073/pnas.2400964121) investigates the role of rhodopsin7 in shade preference and startle responses to short light pulses. The lack of shade preference and the altered startle response in rh7 mutants could be related to the authors' own findings on altered behavior in darkness. Further, the paper shows rh7 mutants to more rapidly return to baseline activity after a light pulse, which is somewhat reminiscent of the abrupt activity decrease in rh7 mutants at the start of the dark phase (18h). Generally, I recommend using the contradictory findings mentioned in the introduction as a starting point to describe where the new findings expand previous knowledge and possibly resolve contradictions.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the Discussion to integrate our findings with the available literature, including the recent study by Meyerhof et al. (2024), and explicitly compare similarities and differences between the reported phenotypes and our own observations.

      These aspects are now addressed in the newly added Section 5.5, where we discuss the evolutionary retention of RH7 in sun-exposed species and relate our phylogenetic findings to the emerging evidence that RH7 may play a conserved role in mediating responses to sun-exposed and shaded environments.

      (3) One specific aspect that does not fully convince me is the interpretation of the behavioral patterns concerning the short photoperiods (Figure 3C). The authors state that rh7 mutants lose the flexibility to shift their activity into the dark phase. However, drawing a vertical line through panels A, B, and C, it rather seems that activity peak times in wildtypes are fixed to 6-7h and 17-18h, while rh7 mutants do actually shift their peak activities with the decreasing photoperiod. A way of quantifying this would be to determine the phase differences between M- and E-peaks. It may also help to align plots in a way so that lightson of long and short photoperiod plots align. There is clearly a difference between WTs and mutants, but I would be more careful in calling this a reduction in flexibility.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We also noticed that the behavioral patterns under short photoperiods can be interpreted in different ways. Based on this comment, as well as the comments from the other reviewers and the handling editor, we decided not to further discuss the potential circadian component in this manuscript. We agree that additional and more targeted experiments will be necessary to better separate circadian effects from light-induced behavioral responses. These experiments are beyond the scope of the present study but will be important to further investigate the potential role of RH7 in circadian regulation. Therefore, we revised the manuscript to focus on the light-induced behavioral effects of RH7 and avoided drawing conclusions about circadian flexibility that are not yet fully supported by our data. In this process, we removed the data showing actvity under short days from the manuscript.

      Below, I list individual points according to their line number in the manuscript:

      (1) Line 1: Consider rephrasing the title based on the above comment regarding contrast.

      We have revised the title accordingly.

      The new title is: RHODOPSIN 7: An ancestral non-canonical photoreceptor shaping light-responsive behavior

      (2) Line 10: Vision is also used to adapt to the environment, so maybe change to "...also to otherwise/indirectly adapt behavior...".

      We have revised the sentence as suggested to clarify the non-image-forming role of light in behavioral adaptation.

      “Animals rely on light not only for vision but also to adapt behavior to their environment through non-image-forming pathways.”

      (3) Line 15: Consider rephrasing the title based on the above comment regarding contrast, motion, and brightness perception.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The title has been revised accordingly. The new title is: RHODOPSIN 7: An ancestral non-canonical photoreceptor shaping light-responsive behavior.

      (4) Lines 23-25: This reads as if light perception and vision are the same. Please clearly distinguish to make clear that vision is only one way in which light can be perceived and influence behavior.

      We have revised the text to clarify that vision represents only one modality of light perception and that light can influence behavior via both visual and non-visual pathways. “The ability to detect and respond to light is fundamental for many organisms and can influence behavior through both visual and non-visual pathways. Vision relies on….”

      (5) Lines 26-27: Here and also later in the introduction, it is hard to follow how different groups of opsin light receptors relate to each other (e.g., opsins (in general,) rhodopsins, r-opsins, c-opsins, non-visual opsins), etc.) This is also related to the fact that opsins can be differentially grouped based on phylogeny/structure (e.g., r- vs. c-opsins) or role/localization (e.g., visual vs. non-visual). Please revisit the introduction with a non-expert reader in mind, and try to address the groups hierarchically. In fact, a small tree-like figure of the different groups may be a simple solution.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have revised the Introduction to simplify the presentation of opsin classification. c-Opsins and r-opsins are now introduced only briefly to place RH7 within the rhabdomeric opsin family. Since Drosophila contains only rhabdomeric opsins and these are the focus of our study, we did not further expand the Introduction with a detailed discussion of c-opsins or add a classification figure.

      (6) Line 33: Please expand to "...image formation in the eye, some..." to be more precise. We have revised the sentence to clarify that rhodopsin-mediated image formation refers to visual systems.

      “While the primary function of rhodopsins is image formation in visual systems, some are also known to participate in non-image-forming functions.”

      (7) Lines 46-55: This detailed information about the different Drosophila rhodopsins is not referred to anywhere else in the manuscript. I suggest shortening and focusing on rh7.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have shortened the section to focus on RH7, as the other rhodopsins are not discussed elsewhere in the manuscript. The revised text now highlights the debated expression and potential function of RH7.

      “Drosophila melanogaster (Dmel) has seven rhodopsins (RH1-RH7), all belonging to the ropsin group. While RH1–RH6 are expressed in well-characterized photoreceptors, the expression pattern and function of RH7 remain less clear and are still debated.”

      (8) Line 55: The statement that the expression of Rh7 remains debated also occurs later in the introduction (line 88). If in line 55, it is about the expression sites specifically, references should be added. Otherwise, it may be sufficient to only address this aspect in line 88.

      The statement in line 55 specifically refers to the expression sites of RH7. References to Ni et al., 2017 and Senthilan et al., 2019 have been added to support this point.

      (9) Line 61: Which of these features distinguishes rhodopsins from other opsin groups?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The RH7 section has been thoroughly revised to clarify both the features shared with other rhodopsins and those that distinguish RH7 from other opsin groups. Key distinguishing features, including the extended N- and C-terminal tails and the absence of the QAKKMNV motif in ICL3, are now highlighted at the beginning of the paragraph, while additional Drosophila-specific features, such as the palindromic RCSI, are discussed subsequently.

      “RH7 displays the canonical rhodopsin features, including seven transmembrane helices, a chromophore-binding lysine, and the LRTPXN motif located in the first intracellular loop (ICL1)….”

      (10) Figure 1: For panel B (left), please increase label sizes. For panel B (right), the color scale makes it very hard to see low-level expression (e.g., in Mi15 and below). Please try adjusting the color scale and/or consider only showing the cell types also indicated in the left part of the panel. For ninaE, please add "aka Rh1" or similar for the less informed reader.

      We have revised Figure 1 accordingly. Specifically, we increased the label sizes in panel B (left) to improve readability. For panel B (right), we adjusted the color scale to better visualize low-level expression and improve overall clarity. In addition, we updated the labeling of ninaE to “Rh1 (ninaE)” to aid accessibility for a broader audience.

      (11) Lines 88-90: What exactly were the contradictions that emerged from previous studies? Also see the comment in the public review regarding the discussion of the results.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have clarified this in the revised manuscript. “Previous studies on RH7 have yielded conflicting results regarding its function and expression, including discrepancies in the identified neuronal populations and associated behavioral phenotypes”

      (12) Line 91: Briefly explain the characteristics of white and yellow mutations so the reader can assess why these are relevant here.

      We have clarified the role of the white and yellow genes in the genetic background. The revised text now reads:

      “Both genes are expressed in the optic system (Davis et al., 2020; Supplementary Material) and are known to affect neuronal function and behavior (Bond et al., 2024; Drapeau et al., 2003; Rickle et al., 2025).”

      In addition, we have visualized the expression data for yellow and white from Davis et al. in the Supplementary Material for more clarity.

      (13) Lines 100-101: Circadian entrainment is not a typical visual function. Please rephrase.

      The sentence has been revised for clarity and now reads:

      “As an ancestral rhodopsin, RH7 appears to contribute to basic visual functions, such as contrast processing, as well as to non-visual functions like circadian synchronization, similar to melanopsins in mammals.”

      (14) Line 105: The exact address is not necessary, mention BLASTP is enough.

      Thank you. We have now removed the exact address and we now simply refer to BLASTP.

      (15) Line 108-109: If default settings were used, the details are not needed.

      We have omitted the details, as they are not necessary.

      (16) Line 113: These settings seem to repeat line 108. Needed?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In the original version, the settings in line 108 referred to the BLAST search, while those in line 113 pertained to the phylogenetic tree, where the parameters are essential, because phylogenetic inference depends on dataset- and method-specific choices. However, this entire section has now been revised, as the phylogenetic tree has been completely rebuilt with a much broader dataset, including mammalian melanopsins and lophotrochoan r-opsins.

      (17) Line 122: Without further context, these abbreviations are non-informative and confusing to many readers. Provide details or rephrase. The same applies to DMEM, FBS, and Glo22F in the same paragraph. While many readers will understand instantly, keep the diverse audience of eLife in mind.

      We have now added explanations for all abbreviations in the paragraph to improve clarity for a broad audience. Specifically, the Gα subunits (GNAS, GNAL, GNAQ, GNA11, GNA12, GNA13, GNAZ) are now clearly defined, and DMEM, FBS, and Glo22F are also explained as Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle Medium, fetal bovine serum, and a cAMP-sensitive luciferase reporter, respectively. These changes should make the methods clearer and more accessible to all readers.

      (18) Line 144: "constant conditions" is not ideal as it could be misinterpreted as DD or LL. Please rephrase.

      We agree with the reviewer and have removed the phrase “constant conditions” to avoid potential misinterpretation.

      “All recordings were performed under 60% relative humidity and 25 °C…”

      (19) Line 148: Stating Lux values for Drosophila is not informative as the unit is based on the spectral sensitivity of the human eye. Ideally, provide a spectrum of the used light source as a supplement.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that lux values alone are not informative for Drosophila, and we have now included the spectrum of the light source in Figure 3–figure supplement 1A.

      “A standard day was defined as 12 h light (30 µW/cm<sup>2</sup> ~ 100 lux, the spectrum of the light is shown in Figure 3–figure supplement 1A) and 12 h darkness”. In addition, to ensure complete consistency of the experimental conditions, we repeated some earlier experiments using the same light source as in the rest of the study, since the exact light source used in the initial experiments could no longer be verified. This ensures that all behavioral experiments presented in the revised manuscript were performed using the same light source.

      (20) Lines 149-153: The startle response protocol is hard to understand when only reading it. It could help to state when (relative to lights-on) the first dark pulse was given and how many dark pulses were given per light phase.

      We have clarified the timing and frequency of the dark pulses in the Methods section. We now specify that the first dark pulse was applied 1.5 h after lights-on and that six dark pulses were delivered during each 12 h light phase.

      (21) Lines 159ff: The 4-hour startle response assay is not clearly distinguished from the previously mentioned assay (30 min D + 1.5h L). I could help to start with e.g., "In a second assay..." and to clearly state why this additional assay was performed. That is, what information can the 4-hour assay provide that the previous assay could not?

      We have revised the text to clearly introduce the 4-hour startle response assay as a second, distinct paradigm (“In a second startle response assay…”).

      We also clarified its purpose: in contrast to the initial assay, this paradigm was designed to measure the acute startle response independently of circadian influences. To this end, flies were rendered arrhythmic and exposed to repeated 4-hour light–dark cycles, preventing re-entrainment and isolating the startle response.

      In addition, we now refer to a schematic of the light regime in Figure 3–figure supplement 1C.

      (22) Lines 161-163: As flies were kept in LL aside from the dark pulses, it could be more intuitive to talk about 72h or three 24h intervals rather than 3 days. Otherwise, one might assume that the initial constant light was followed by 3 days of LD plus dark pulses.

      We have revised the text to emphasize the total duration (“72 h”) to avoid confusion with a 24-hour LD regime. In addition, we now provide a schematic of the light regime in the Supplementary Material (Figure 3–figure supplement 1C).

      (23) Line 172: Please write out CantonS once, as otherwise it only occurs in Table 1. Also, clarify that y+ and w+ refer to the (absence of the) yellow and white mutation, respectively.

      We have revised the text to write out Canton-S (CS) upon first mention and clarified that y<sup>+</sup> and w<sup>+</sup> denote wild-type alleles of the yellow and white genes, respectively, meaning any mutations in these genes are absent.

      (24) Table 1: Consider adding "(truncated RHSOPSIN7)" or similar to the "Darkfly" cell.

      We have updated Table 1 to indicate that the Darkfly line carries a truncated RH7. The description now reads: “This line has been maintained for decades in constant darkness and carries numerous mutations, including a truncated RH7 lacking the last 21 amino acids.”

      (25) Table 2: In the formatted paper, Table 2 should appear after section 3.5 so the reader can properly interpret the applications and names.

      We have placed Table 2 immediately after section 3.5 as suggested.

      (26) Table 3: Consider adding the product IDs of the used antibodies for convenience.

      We have added the product IDs of all antibodies used to Table 3 for convenience.

      (27) Lines 180ff: This section should initially state the purpose of establishing the rh7-Gal4 line, i.e., the expression of selected gene in rh7-expressing cells. Again, keep your (lee-informed) readers in mind.

      We have revised the section to clarify the purpose and design of the Rh7-Gal4 line. It now states that the line was generated to identify Rh7-expressing cells and explains the use of a relatively large promoter region including exon 1 and 2.

      (28) Line 190 w1118 flies do not occur in Table 1. While used by a commercial company here, please still include them for completeness.

      We have added the w<sup>1118</sup> line to Table 1 for completeness, as well as the BDSC Stock #8621 line, which was used as the background for the UAS-construct flies.

      (29) Lines 192ff and 203ff: As for lines 180ff, start with a brief description of what the purpose of the respective works was.

      We have revised the section to start with a brief description of the purpose of the rescue experiments. The text now clearly states that UAS constructs were generated to assess the ability of different Rh7 variants to rescue the phenotype, with UAS-Rh7 as the wild-type rescue, UAS-Rh7<sup>Darkfly</sup> carrying the Darkfly variant, and UAS-empty serving as a control. We have added an introductory sentence to the optomotor section in Materials & Methods to clarify the purpose of the experiments: “To investigate the contribution of Rh7 in the lamina and medulla to visual motion detection, male flies were individually tested for their optomotor walking behavior.” This makes clear why the assay was performed before describing the setup and measurements.

      (30) Line 225: Just to be safe, make sure to not mix up Δ-CT and 2-ΔΔCT (see Livak & Schmittgen 2001, doi: 10.1006/meth.2001.1262).

      We confirm that ΔCT was indeed used to calculate relative mRNA levels. To clarify this, we have now added the formula to the text: ΔCT = CT_α-tubulin − CT_Rh7.

      (31) Line 229: Please state the light (cycle) conditions under which the flies were raised, as well as the sampling times at which they were fixed.

      We have now specified the light cycle conditions under which the flies were raised (12 h light:12 h dark at 25 °C) in the Methods section. For qPCR experiments, tissues (retina, lamina, and brain) were carefully dissected from adult flies without prior fixation to preserve RNA integrity. Dissections were performed during the light phase and were not restricted to specific time points. These details have been added to the revised manuscript (section 3.10).

      (33) Lines 296-297: This brief description could go at the start of section 3.2.

      The sentence describing the GsX assay (“To test the functionality of RH7, we used a GsX assay designed to determine which Gα proteins can bind to a given GPCR, in this case RH7 (Ballister et al., 2018)”) has been moved to the Methods section (now 3.3) as a brief introduction to the approach.

      (34) Line 305: Clarify that 2 different retinals were tested.

      We clarified that two different retinals were tested. The text now reads: “We observed robust activation with the Gαz chimera, with both 9-cis-retinal and all-trans-retinal (Figure 2C).”

      (35) Figure 2A, B: I suggest using a different color for the RH3,4,5, branch for better distinction from RH7.

      We have generated a new tree and adjusted the branch colors to improve clarity between RH3,4,5, branch and RH7.

      (36) See comment above regarding the shifting/flexibility of WTs vs. rh7 mutants.

      Following the reviewers and editor's recommendations, we revised the manuscript to focus on the light-dependent effects of RH7 and no longer interpret our data in terms of shifting ability or circadian flexibility. The corresponding statements have been removed or revised accordingly.

      (37) Line 348: Please change "occur" to "be triggered".

      The wording has been updated as suggested, replacing “occur” with “be triggered” in the text.

      (38) Line 355: I would mention the double mutants only after the results from the rh7 single mutants were described.

      We have adjusted the order of the text accordingly and now introduce the double mutants only after describing the Rh7 single mutants.

      (39) Line 362: See comment on line 159ff.

      We have added a sentence at the beginning of the section to clearly introduce the 4-hour startle response assay as a second, distinct paradigm: “In a second startle response assay (4-hour assay), designed to measure the acute response independently of circadian influences…” This clarifies its purpose and distinguishes it from the initial assay.

      (40) Line 368: Write "rh7 mRNA" to be precise.

      We have updated the text to use “Rh7 mRNA” for precision, as suggested.

      (41) Figure 5: If possible, please sort the panels in the order in which they are mentioned in the text. For panel E (right), the orientation of the lower schematic, relative to the upper one and the left panel, is unclear. Is it possible to add orientation indicators? Alternatively, could L5 and Mi1 neurons be indicated in the upper schematic instead?

      We thank the reviewer’s helpful suggestion. Since reorganizing the figure panels was challenging and would have affected the overall layout, we instead revised the corresponding text to ensure that the order of panel descriptions matches the figure arrangement. To address the concern regarding panel E, we have added orientation indicators to the schematic to clarify the relative positioning.

      (42) 419 Add "A)".

      We have added an A).

      (43) Line 432: Later on (line 598), it is mentioned that the other accumulated mutations in Darkfly may also have affected the observed patterns. Are there any specific mutations worth highlighting in this context aside from rh7?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In response, we have expanded the Discussion to highlight additional mutations in the Darkfly genome that may contribute to the observed phenotype. Nonsense mutations in HisCl1 and Vha100-1 could affect visual processing and neuronal signaling, potentially altering sensory input and synaptic function. Missense mutations in DopR, bgm, and developmental regulators such as Sox21b may further modulate activity, sleep, and neural development. We have updated the Discussion accordingly to make these points clear.

      (44) Lines 435-436: Unchanged mRNA levels do not necessarily equal the presence of the translated protein. Is there another way to properly confirm this? E.g., rh7 HCR in Darkfly?

      We agree that unchanged mRNA levels alone do not confirm the presence of translated protein. While in situ HCR does not directly measure protein levels, it provides additional information on the cellular localization and presence of Rh7 transcripts beyond qPCR measurements. We have therefore performed Rh7 in situ in Darkfly and included this data in Figure 5—figure supplement 1B.

      (45) Line 439: "activity" is too vague based on only the altered dark pulse response. I would rather suggest factors like increased protein concentrations/stability, increased sensitivity, constitutive activation, etc.

      By “activity,” we refer to the molecular activity of RHODOPSIN 7 as reflected in the behavioral response. The Results have been revised to:

      “When we exposed the Darkfly to dark pulses in a 12:12 light-dark cycle, they exhibited the opposite phenotype to Rh7<sup>0</sup> mutants, showing a stronger startle response (Figure 6A), possibly reflecting RHODOPSIN 7 adopting a constitutively active form in the Darkfly strain, driving the enhanced behavioral response.”

      (46) Lines 442-446: The no-rescue control does not fully resemble WTs as they lack the gradual activity decrease after lights-off. The abrupt decrease (also in the 2 rescues) is more reminiscent of the rh7 mutants. This could be discussed in the context of what was mentioned at the start of this section (Meyerhof et al 2024 paper).

      We agree that the rescue lines do not fully restore all aspects of the WT control locomotor pattern. One possible explanation is that the Rh7-Gal4 driver does not fully represent the endogenous Rh7 expression pattern. As described in the Results section, our in situ hybridization analysis identified additional Rh7-expressing cells, particularly in the optic system, that were not detected by the Rh7-Gal4 line (results, section 4.5). We have added this point to the Discussion to address how the broader Rh7 expression pattern may contribute to the observed behavioral effects (discussion 5.4).

      (47) Line 472: "restored the reduced startle response" reads a bit convoluted. Better write e.g., "restored the enhanced startle response that was absent in the no-rescue mutants".

      We have revised the text as suggested to clarify the phrasing.

      (48) Lines 533-535: Please provide a reference for the statements about L5 and Mi1 functional roles. Also, this is the only part where there is some connection made between rh7 (expressed in Mi1) and contrast processing (which involves Mi1). As this is a rather weak connection, please consider the last paragraph of the public review section.

      We have added references to support the functional roles of L5 and Mi1 neurons. L5 neurons relay signals from outer photoreceptors to the medulla and show strong contrast adaptation (Matulis et al., 2020). Mi1 neurons contribute to motion and contrast processing (Behnia et al., 2014; Matulis et al., 2020). To address the connection between Rh7 expression and contrast processing, we have carefully phrased the text to indicate a potential role of Rh7 in modulating contrast-related signals in Mi1, while noting that the functional link remains to be directly tested. We believe this wording, together with the added references, provides proper support for the statements and maintains a cautious interpretation.

      If contrast perception shall indeed be investigated, this may be done by performing the optomotor assay with gray stripes of different contrast, with stripes where the edges are not sharp but show a gradual change from black to white.

      We agree that contrast perception can be assessed in more detail using stimuli with defined contrast levels and gradual luminance transitions. However, our aim was not to directly measure contrast sensitivity, but rather to investigate behavioral responses to changes in luminance. We have clarified this distinction in the revised manuscript and now specify that the optomotor response reflects processing of spatial and temporal changes in luminance, while the light-off startle response measures responses to abrupt changes in luminance.”

      (49) Lines 546-547: Are there references on how activity or behavior in general can affect external light cues?

      We have added appropriate references to support this statement. In particular, we now cite Rieger et al. (2003), which demonstrates direct effects of light on locomotor activity (masking), and Helfrich-Förster (2017), which provides a comprehensive overview of circadian regulation and light-dependent behavioral modulation. These additions clarify how external light cues can directly influence behavior in addition to circadian clock control.

      (50) Lines 557-560: See comment above regarding the shifting/flexibility of WTs vs. rh7 mutants.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that assessing shifting and behavioral flexibility would require dedicated experiments, such as jet lag or entrainment assays. We have therefore revised the focus of the manuscript and now primarily discuss RH7 function in light-dependent behavioral responses rather than broader flexibility of the circadian system. Future studies will further explore the potential contribution of RH7 to behavioral adaptation and flexibility using dedicated experimental approaches.

      (47) Lines 564-567: How many species possess dcry but not rh7? This is an important distinction, as otherwise one could assume that both must always co-occur. Alone, this provides only limited support for a potential functional interplay. The findings by Ni et al. (2017) regarding dcry and rh7 in entrainment could, however, help strengthen this point.

      We have clarified the evolutionary relationship between DCRY and RH7 in the revised manuscript. We now specify that, although DCRY is widespread across Bilateral and many non-panarthropod species possess DCRY without RH7, RH7 and DCRY show a strong evolutionary association within arthropods, with approximately 98% of DCRY-retaining arthropod species also retaining RH7. At the same time, the presence of RH7 in some lineages lacking DCRY suggests that RH7 may retain functional relevance in the absence of DCRY. Together with previous findings on the functional interaction between RH7 and DCRY in light adaptation (Ni et al., 2017), these evolutionary patterns support a conserved connection between the two light-sensing systems, while the exact nature of this relationship remains to be further investigated. These points are now shown and discussed in section 4.1 and 5.5.

      (48) Lines 579-580: Here, one could explicitly mention that this is supported by the lack of diel startle response modulation in the per mutants (Figure 4A).

      We have modified the text to explicitly highlight this point. The sentence now reads: “Dark-pulse experiments show that both wild-type controls and per<sup>0</sup> mutants, which lack a functional circadian clock, exhibit a strong startle response, consistent with the absence of diel modulation of the response in per0 mutants (Figure 4A).”

      (49) Lines 596-597: The increased night activity in Darkfly seems largely limited to the first half of the night (compare e.g. Figure 6A and Figure 3A). Again, the loss/alteration of rh7 seems to have its major effect after a transition from light to dark (see lines 442-446, start of the section).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue. The wording in the previous version could have been misleading. By “dark phase,” we meant the 30-minute periods without lighting during the dark-stimulus experiments, and not the “night phase.” We have revised the text to clearly refer to the startle response.

      We also clarify that the increased locomotor activity observed in the “Darkfly” strain outside of the startle response is likely caused by additional background mutations that accumulated during long-term rearing in constant darkness, and not exclusively by the RH7 deletion.

      (50) Line 622: See comments regarding contrast and motion perception. Do the N- and Cterminal regions of RH7 and melanopsin share similarities in sequence or additional characteristics aside from phosphorylation sites? This could support a conserved role.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, which prompted us to perform a more detailed analysis of conserved features between RH7 and melanopsins. In addition to the extended and potentially highly phosphorylatable N- and C-terminal regions, we identified several conserved sequence motifs, including two in the C-terminal region and others within the transmembrane core. One of these motifs extends into the conserved DRY motif in the second intracellular loop (ICL2). These findings are now described in the Discussion (section 5.7) to highlight potential structural similarities beyond phosphorylation sites. The corresponding sequence alignments are provided in the supplementary material.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Hu et al. investigated the role of olfactory ErbB4 in regulating olfactory information processing. The authors demonstrated that ErbB4 deletion impairs odor discrimination, sensitivity, habituation, and dishabituation by using an impressive combination of techniques from morphological to electrophysiology (both slice and in vivo) and from viral injection to cell-type-specific mutation to behavioral analysis. The findings underscore the crucial role of ErbB4 in olfactory PV neurons in modulating mitral cell function and odor perception.

      Strengths:

      This study contains a pretty comprehensive set of experiments.

      Major concerns:

      (1) Line 151 page 7, "PV-Erbb4+/+ mice (generated by crossing PV-Cre mice (Wen et al., 2010) with loxP-flanked Erbb4 mice". Does this mean mice carrying PV-Cre and ErbB4 floxed allele? Or with the WT allele? This is confusing. Figures 2B and 2C, ErbB4 expression was evident in many cells that were not positive for PV. What are the identities of those cells? Are they important?

      Thank you for your positive comments regarding our study. PV-Erbb4<sup>+/+</sup> mice carried the PV-Cre transgene with the WT allele. In the revised manuscript, we have simplified the description of the genotype for clarity and have provided detailed breeding information in the "Materials and Methods" section (Line 532).

      As shown in Figures 2B and 2C, ErbB4 expression was evident in GL and GCL cells that were not positive for PV. The activation of ErbB4-expressing cells in the GL and GCL has been suggested to upregulate theta and gamma oscillations, respectively (PMID:35853717). Mammalian OB are the most abundant and varied interneurons among brain tissues, and their functional importance and diversity remain unclear (PMID:31358754 and PMID:32208366). ErbB4-expressing PV interneurons in the EPL and IPL were relatively less abundant but accounted for the majority of inhibitory inputs to M/TCs. Importantly, one PV interneuron connects with over 1000 M/TCs to mediate recurrent and lateral inhibition, linearly controlling the OB output (PMID:31358754 and PMID:39186804). This study provides evidence that ErbB4 signalling in PV interneurons is required for olfactory discrimination and dishabituation.

      (2) In Figure 4, the authors performed tetrode recordings in awake head-fixed animals. Although individual neuron spikes could be obtained by spike-sorting, this is not a "single-unit" experiment due to the nature of this approach.

      What is the odor used in Figure 4? How did the authors clean up the odor to limit the stimulation within 2 seconds? In what layer were the tetrodes placed? What is the putative cell type presented in Figure 4C? If Figure 4C is a representative neuron recorded, the odor-induced suppression of spike activity seems to be impaired in PV-ErbB4-/- animals. However, Figure 4D shows that suppressed neurons were similar between the two types of animals. Such comparisons among individual mice are difficult for in vivo electrophysiological experiments because the recorded cell type and placement of electrodes would be different. The authors should apply ErbB4 inhibitors to the same animals and compare the effects before and after. This would ensure the recording of the same population of neurons.

      Thank you for your valuable comment and suggestion. We agree that tetrode recording combined with spike-sorting is not a strict "single-unit" approach, although this method is widely accepted and consistently referred to as "single-unit recording" even "single-neuron recording" (PMID:30833706). Based on your comments, we modified the description as follows: “To obtain individual neuron spikes, units were identified by principal-component analysis scan (PCA) clustering of the spikes” (Lines 210-212).

      As shown in Figure 4, a standardised panel with eight tubes delivers eight odours: isoamyl acetate, 2-heptanone, phenyl acetate, benzaldehyde, dimethylbutyric acid, n-heptanoic acid, n-pentanol, and 2-pentanone. Odours were delivered via an odour delivery system (Thinkerbiotech), and charcoal-filtered air was supplied to the mouse’s nose at a constant rate of 1 L/min to eliminate airflow interference, which effectively limited the stimulation to 2s. We have added the above description to the revised "Materials and Methods" section (Lines 786-789).

      Author response image 1.

      The tetrodes were placed within the ventral mitral cell layer based on stereotaxic coordinates. The putative cell type is mitral/tufted (Figure 4C). Despite the presence of diverse cell types in the OB, only the spiking activity of M/TCs can be captured via tetrode recordings (Kay and Laurent, 1999; Doucette et al., 2011). We added the above description in the revised "Materials and Methods" section (Lines 764-767). As you have indicated, Figure 4C shows the impairment of odour-induced spike suppression in PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Consistently, Figure 4D shows the decreased suppression of odour-induced spike activity in blue (quantified in Figure 4I ΔMFR, ~25%), but the increased number of suppressed neurones in the PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> group (Figure 4L). Considering that applying ErbB4 inhibitors to the same animals has no selectivity for blocking ErbB4 signalling in PV interneurons, in vivo neural signals typically drift over time when performing pre- and post-inhibition comparisons. Therefore, we compared in vivo electrophysiological data at the population level according to previous studies (PMID: 35173173, PMID:28425486, and PMID:28817803).

      (3) At a glance in the heatmap in Figure 4D, excited neurons were reduced in PV-ErbB4-/- mice, but not inhibited neurons. This was different from Figure 4L. The authors need to have a criteria or threshold to show how they categorized each population.

      In Figure 4L, red denotes excited neurones, whose number decreased from 66 to 16 in the PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> group, and blue denotes inhibitory neurones, whose number increased from 81 to 148 in the PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> group. This trend is consistent with that observed in Figure 4D. The classification criteria for each population were defined as follows:

      “To determine whether the odour evoked a significant response, we used the Wilcoxon signed-rank test to compare the spontaneous (baseline) firing rate and odour-evoked firing rate of each unit–odour pair across all trials; unit–odour pairs with P > 0.05 were defined as nonresponsive, those with P < 0.05 as responsive, and responsive pairs were further categorised as excitatory (odour-evoked firing rate > spontaneous firing rate) or inhibitory (odour-evoked firing rate < spontaneous firing rate). Details are provided in the "Off-line spike sorting and statistics of the unit data" section of Materials and Methods (Lines 810-816).

      (4) Figure 4D, 4F and 4J seemed to be inconsistent. In Figure 4D before odor, there was no clear increase in the spontaneous activity in PV-ErbB4-/- mice; in Figure 4F-4G and 4J-4K, clearly, there was a high spontaneous activity in PV-ErbB4-/- mice.

      Figure 4D, 4F and 4H shows odour-evoked changes in mean firing rate (ΔMFR), calculated by subtracting the baseline firing rate. By contrast, Figures 4G and 4I show raw spontaneous mean firing rate (MFR), which was elevated in PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> mice. We have revised the description of Figure 4D in both the Results section (Line 222) and figure legends (Line 1217).

      (5) What are the neurons recorded in Figure 6E-6F? If they were MCs, loss of ErbB4 in PV neurons should not alter their intrinsic electrical properties. Rather GABAergic inputs could be altered. Indeed, the authors presented a reduction of GABAergic inputs from PV neurons to MCs.

      The neurones recorded in Figures 6E-6F are indeed mitral cells (MCs). The firing frequency of action potentials reflects not only the intrinsic electrical properties but also the balance between excitatory and inhibitory synaptic inputs. As demonstrated in this study, the loss of ErbB4 in PV neurones leads to reduced GABAergic synaptic inputs from PV interneurons to MCs, which is consistent with our reasoning and is a key factor contributing to the observed changes in the action potential firing of MCs

      (6) Figure 8E-8H, a better experiment would be specifically expressing ErbB4 or PV neurons. In Figure 8F and Figure 8I, was it the excitability after the current injection? Why not perform the spontaneous activity recording?

      According to your suggestion, we used optogenetics to activate PV interneurons and recorded inhibitory postsynaptic currents (IPSCs) in MCs. As shown in the revised Figure 9 and Supplementary Figure 1F and 1G, deleting ErbB4 of PV interneurons in the OB weakened the inhibitory modulation of MCs by PV interneurons.

      Figures 8F and 8I show the excitability after current injection. We did not measure spontaneous activity, primarily because the spontaneous firing frequency varies significantly among different cells, resulting in poor stability. In contrast, current-injection-induced excitability is more stable and quantifiable, making it more suitable for assessing specific changes in MC responsiveness caused by altered PV-MC inhibitory inputs.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hu et al investigate the role of PV neurons and their expression of Erbb4 in olfactory performance through a series of behavioral tests, selective knockout experiments, and in vivo and in vitro electrophysiology. Knockout of Erbb4, either in PV cells or the whole OB, resulted in impairment of discriminating complex odors. The authors present data that inhibition is impaired in MCs, which is likely underlying the abnormal odor-evoked responses of MCs in vivo and the impaired behavioral responses.

      Strengths:

      Overall, a key strength of this manuscript is the breadth of experiments to test the role of PV Erbb4 expression on circuit dynamics and behavior. The behavioral experiments were clear and sufficiently powered.

      Weaknesses:

      The major drawback of this manuscript is the lack of depth and rigor in experiments. Some experiments are preliminary, underpowered, and not quantified. As a result, many conclusions of the manuscript are weakly supported in its current form and would require significant revisions to address these shortcomings. Major weaknesses that should be addressed are as follows:

      (1) AAV-PV-Cre-GFP is not described or validated. Is this the S5E2 enhancer or something else? What is the specificity and efficacy of this approach in selectively knocking out Erbb4 in PV neurons? Reduced Erbb4 expression in the entire OB with PCR does not validate the selectivity of this approach. At a titer of 10^12, it is unlikely to be specific. Even a small amount of off-target Cre expression will knock out the gene in non-PV cells, so the authors should show whether the gene is knocked out at the single-cell level from PV and non-PC cells. Without validation of this approach, this experiment is no different than the AAV-Cre-GFP experiments.

      Thank you for your comment and thoughtful suggestion. The AAV-PV-Cre vector used in this study was purchased from BrainVTA (catalogue number: PT-0275; vector name: rAAV-fPV-CRE-bGH polyA), which contains an fPV promoter to ensure the selectivity and a β-globin intron to enhance Cre expression efficiency. Importantly, the specificity and efficacy of this AAV-PV-Cre construct in selectively targeting PV-expressing neurones have been validated in multiple published studies (PMID:40196908 and PMID:31987494). According to your suggestions, we also performed immunofluorescence staining (co-staining for PV and ErbB4) and found that ErbB4 expression was specifically reduced in PV-positive interneurons in OB tissues injected with AAV-PV-Cre, while ErbB4 levels remained unchanged in PV-negative cells (the revised Figures 9B and 9C). This single-cell-level validation directly demonstrated that our AAV-PV-Cre-mediated knockout approach specifically targets ErbB4 in OB PV interneurons, thereby avoiding off-target effects in non-PV cells.

      (2) Figure 1D - three mice per group is insufficient. There is no control group error (the same as Figure 9). Why is it a paired t-test when there is a control group? The authors should be comparing go/go vs. go/no-go. The methods for normalization are unclear and are likely to hide the fact that n=3 is insufficient to capture a difference without extra measures to normalize the data.

      Thank you for the comment. According to your suggestions, we expanded the sample size to four mice per group and modified the statistical test from a paired t-test to an unpaired t-test in the revised Figure 1C and 1D. Since not all samples were exposed to the same blot for direct comparison, we performed normalisation of each sample relative to its internal control prior to statistical analysis to ensure the reliability of group comparisons. There was an error regarding the control group in the revised Figure 1D. Detailed information on the normalisation method and updated statistical results have been provided in the revised figure legends (Lines 1116-1118).

      (3) The analysis of LFP is limited. During what period was this quantified? Are there any differences in task-related LFP changes? Also related to in vivo electrophysiology, the authors should show examples of isolated units, including their waveforms and how units were clustered and assigned to M/TCs.

      Thank you for the comment. The spectral power of each frequency band was quantified using a 4-s sliding window during the pre-odour stimulation period (4–0 s before odour onset). Regarding task-related LFP changes, the initial recordings were affected by unavoidable interference, leading to unstable signals that precluded reliable analyses. Based on your suggestions, we have supplemented the revised manuscript with examples of isolated single units, including their representative waveforms, clustering results (e.g. principal component analysis plots), and unit assignment criteria (the revised Figure 4—figures supplement 1A and 1B). As previously noted, the tetrodes were placed in the mitral cell layer based on stereotaxic coordinates. Consistent with established literature (Kay and Laurent, 1999; Doucette et al., 2011), the putative cell type recorded using this approach was mitral/tufted cells (M/TCs). Detailed methodological parameters for spike sorting, unit isolation, and cell type identification are provided in the "Materials and Methods" section (Lines 764-767 and Lines 803-805).

      (4) The authors use 80pA and 100pA to elicit equivalent AP spiking in MCs to determine if recurrent inhibition differs, but do not actually show that AP spiking is the same across groups. This should be quantified.

      There seems to be a prominent increase in the firing of MCs in PV-Erbb4+/+ mice before odor presentation, but not in PV-Erbb4-/- mice. What is the significance of this?

      Thank you for your valuable comment and suggestion. According to your suggestions, we quantified the AP firing frequency of MCs in both groups under the respective stimulation currents, and statistical analysis confirmed that there was no significant difference in the AP spiking levels between the two groups (the revised Figure 8—figure supplement 1A).

      We speculate this prominent pre-odour firing increase in PV-Erbb4<sup>+/+</sup> mice (but not in PV-Erbb4<sup>−/−</sup> mice) stems from interference caused by the opening of the solenoid valve during odour clearance prior to stimulation—this artefact was present in the initial recordings of control mice but was eliminated during the data acquisition for PV-Erbb4<sup>−/−</sup> mice. This was not statistically significant. To avoid this interference, we strictly defined the analysis windows, and the spontaneous firing rate was calculated by averaging the spikes recorded during the 4–2 s period before odour stimulation, excluding the interference-prone interval immediately before odour onset. This rigorous window selection ensured the reliability of our comparisons of spontaneous and odour-evoked firing between the groups.

      (5)There is a disconnect between the in vivo firing rates of MCs and ex vivo firing rates. In slice, the authors note that the spontaneous activity of MCs is elevated in the KO, but this is not observed in vivo, where conditions are physiological. Therefore, it is unclear whether the concept of signal-to-noise changes in slice (higher spontaneous, lower evoked), indeed translate to something in vivo. It would be important to know what the PV cells are doing in vivo. Perhaps they have low firing rates prior to odor onset, which may explain the lack of observed difference in baseline FRs in MCs. The authors should have this data in their tetrode recordings, which would offer insight into when inhibition is recruited.

      Thank you for your valuable comments, which helped clarify the consistency between in vivo and ex vivo electrophysiological data. In ex vivo slice recordings, we measured both spontaneous and evoked excitatory firing rates of MCs, and found that the spontaneous activity of MCs was elevated in PV-Erbb4<sup>−/−</sup> mice (Figures 6A and 6B). Importantly, this observation is consistent with our in vivo data: M/TCs in PV-Erbb4<sup>−/−</sup> mice exhibited significantly higher spontaneous firing rates during excitatory responses to odour presentation (Figures 4F and 4G). However, for inhibitory responses during odour presentation, M/TCs in PV-Erbb4<sup>−/−</sup> mice showed significantly lower spontaneous firing rates in vivo (Figures 4H and 4I). Thus, the overall in vivo spontaneous activity of MCs appeared unchanged owing to opposing changes in excitatory and inhibitory subpopulations, and there was no true discrepancy between the ex vivo and in vivo results. We agree that in vivo recording of PV interneuron activity would be invaluable for understanding their functional state under physiological conditions. Unfortunately, this is technically unfeasible with the current experimental setup, primarily because of the sparse distribution of PV interneurons in the OB. As a complementary alternative, we characterised the key electrophysiological properties of PV interneurons in ex vivo slices (e.g. action potential and mEPSC, the revised Figure 7—figure supplement 1), which will provide additional insights into the underlying cellular mechanisms.

      (6) Since PV neurons are required for gamma oscillations, why is it that KOs have higher gamma oscillations? Is it indeed the case that PV cells have a hypofunctional phenotype in this model? Again, recording from PV cells in vivo would help make sense of this.

      Thank you for your valuable comments, which were critical for clarifying the functional consequences of ErbB4 knockout in PV interneurons. The elevated gamma oscillations in the OB of PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> mice appear to be primarily driven by the increased action potential firing frequency of PV interneurons that we observed in OB slice recordings (the revised Figure 7—figure supplement 1). A similar phenomenon has been reported in the hippocampus (PMID:24050403).

      Indeed, the PV cells displayed a hypofunctional phenotype in this model. Our optogenetic experiments provided direct evidence for this (the revised Figure 9—figure supplement 1). Specifically, optogenetic activation of PV interneurons in AAV-PV-Cre-injected mice (selective ErbB4 knockout in OB PV interneurons) induced weaker inhibitory postsynaptic currents (IPSCs) in MCs than in controls (the revised Figure 9—figure supplement 1). This indicates that ErbB4 loss induces PV interneurons to be more excitable, but impairs their ability to inhibit neighbouring MCs.

      We acknowledge that in vivo recordings of PV interneurons would further clarify their functional state under physiological conditions. As noted earlier, this remains technically challenging using our current setup; however, our ex vivo mechanistic data and optogenetic findings collectively support these conclusions.

      (7) A clearer picture of how PV cell inhibition changes with Erbb4 KO would be achieved with optogenetically evoked IPSPs, rather than changes in mini frequency.

      Thank you for the comment. Based on your suggestions, we used optogenetics to activate PV interneurons and recorded the optogenetically evoked inhibitory postsynaptic currents (oIPSCs) in MCs. As shown in the revised Figure 9 and Supplementary Figure 1F and 1G, deleting ErbB4 in PV interneurons in the OB weakened the inhibitory modulation of MCs by PV interneurons.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the role of ErbB4 in parvalbumin (PV) interneurons within the olfactory bulb (OB) and its regulation of odor discrimination behavior in mice. They demonstrate that odor discrimination increases ErbB4 kinase activity and that the loss of ErbB4 in the OB impairs the dishabituation of odor response and discrimination of complex odors. The study also characterizes the expression of ErbB4 in the OB, showing it is enriched in PV neurons. Furthermore, the authors utilize a mouse model in which ErbB4 is knocked out in PV neurons and perform a variety of behavioral, electrophysiological, and local field potential (LFP) recording experiments to characterize alterations in olfactory bulb activity. They then use a model in which ErbB4 is specifically knocked out in PV neurons in the OB and show that this manipulation disrupts odor-related behaviors in mice.

      Strengths:

      The study's strengths lie in its use of a diverse range of techniques, including RNAscope, IHC, and Western blotting, to assess the presence of ErbB4 in PV neurons within the OB. Additionally, the authors employ various behavioral tests to evaluate the effects of ErbB4 manipulation in different mouse models, alongside comprehensive electrophysiological experiments and LFP recordings to examine the impact of these manipulations on OB physiology.

      Weaknesses:

      While the data presented in this paper are interesting, several major concerns reduce my enthusiasm for this study, as outlined below:

      (1) In reviewing Figure 1C/D, there are several concerns regarding the clarity and interpretation of the data:

      (a) While the Western blot for ErbB4 in other figures (Figure 1F, 2I) of the manuscript shows a clear single band, the blot presented in Figure 1C (for both p-ErbB4 and total ErbB4) shows multiple bands, which is unexpected. This discrepancy raises concerns about the consistency of the results.

      (b) The data presented in Figure 1D uses only 3 mice per group, and the reported p-value of 0.0492, while technically significant, is very close to the threshold. This raises concerns about the robustness of the finding, especially given the small sample size. Additionally, the p-ErbB4 band intensity in the Go/No-Go condition in Figure 1C does not appear to show a clear increase over the Go/Go condition, which is not congruent with the bar graph in Figure 1D showing a 50% increase in p-ErbB4/ErbB4 levels.

      (c) It is a standard practice in many journals to include full, uncropped Western blot images as supplementary material. This transparency helps ensure that no bands are selectively shown or omitted and increases confidence in the presented data.

      Thank you for your comment and thoughtful suggestion.

      (a) The multiple bands observed for both p-ErbB4 and total ErbB4 in the original Figure 1C are likely attributable to the high concentration of the primary antibody used initially (Santa Cruz Biotechnology), which has since been discontinued. In the revised manuscript, we have replaced the original antibody with an anti-ErbB4 antibody (Cat# 4795, Cell Signalling Technology), which showed a single ErbB4 band (the revised Figure 1C). To detect p-ErbB4, we first performed immunoprecipitation with a phosphorylated tyrosine antibody to enrich the total phosphorylated proteins, followed by immunoblotting for ErbB4.

      (b) According to your comments, we have expanded the sample size to four mice per group and modified the statistical test to an unpaired t-test in the revised Figure 1D.

      (c) We included all relevant uncropped blot images in the Supplementary Material (the revised Figure 1, 2—figure supplement 1).

      (2) In Figure 2, the authors used the anti-ErbB4 antibody sc-283 from Santa Cruz to assess the expression of ErbB4 in PV neurons and the absence of its expression in PV-ErbB4 knock-out mice. However, this particular antibody has been shown to produce non-specific bands in Western blotting and also generate non-specific labeling in IHC. This non-specificity has been demonstrated in Vullhorst et al. (2009, J Neurosci), raising significant concerns about the reliability of the data generated using this antibody.

      Thank you for the comment. As you have indicated, the non-specificity of the anti-ErbB4 antibody sc-283 has been reported in J Neurosci (Vullhorst et al, 2009). These antibodies have been widely used in numerous recent studies (PMID:39543371 and PMID:41297670), indicating their utility for assessing ErbB4 expression under appropriate experimental conditions (primary antibody dilution and incubation conditions). As shown in the revised Figure 2I and 2J, the absence of ErbB4 expression in PV-ErbB4 knock-out mice proved the specificity of the antibody for immunofluorescence staining. To address these potential concerns, we conducted a rigorous validation tailored to our model. In the revised manuscript, we complemented the protein-level detection with RT-PCR, which directly validated the specific knockout of Erbb4 mRNA in PV neurones (the revised Figure 2F-H). Additionally, we performed follow-up immunofluorescence staining experiments using a well-validated anti-ErbB4 antibody (19943-1-AP, Proteintech; see PMID: 37060105) to assess the expression of ErbB4 in PV neurones (the revised Figure 9B and 9C).

      (3) In reviewing the statistical analysis for the series of odor discrimination tests, there could be a potential issue with the clarity of the significance testing. Although the figure legend reports the F and p values from the two-way ANOVA, it is unclear whether these values represent the main effects or the results of a post hoc test. Additionally, it is not clear whether the asterisk in the figures reflects significance from a post hoc test or from the overall ANOVA. The methods section does not explicitly state whether a post hoc test was performed to assess differences between the knockout and control groups. Given that the tests were conducted across multiple days or conditions, a post hoc test that can adjust for multiple comparisons would be necessary to accurately identify where specific differences between the groups exist.

      Thank you for your comment and suggestion. For the odour discrimination tests, two-way ANOVA was followed by Tukey’s post hoc adjustment for multiple pairwise comparisons, which is explicitly stated in the revised Methods section (Lines 832-833). According to your suggestions, we have revised the figure asterisks to indicate significant post hoc differences between the groups.

      (4) Throughout the manuscript, the authors use different mouse models, including ErbB4 knockout specifically in the OB (AAV-Cre-GFP), ErbB4 knockout in PV interneurons throughout the brain (PV-ErbB4-/-), and ErbB4 knockout in PV interneurons within the OB (AAV-PV-Cre-GFP). For Figures 4 and 5, the authors use the PV-ErbB4-/- model to examine odor-evoked activity and neural oscillations within the OB. Since the knockout affects PV interneurons across the entire brain, it is difficult to disentangle whether the observed changes in the OB are due to local effects or broader network alterations elsewhere in the brain.

      Thank you for the comment. We first clarify the rationale for initially using the whole-brain PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> model: this model is well-validated and widely adopted in in vivo electrophysiological studies targeting brain region-specific phenomena, such as regulating synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus (PMID:24050403) and modulating sensory coding in the cortex (PMID: 37069344).

      Additionally, PV interneurons in the OB are local-projection neurones that exert stronger and more extensive inhibitory effects on M/TCs, a key feature that restricts their functional impact primarily to the local OB circuit rather than broader cross-brain network interactions, further supporting the relevance of the global model for OB-focused research.

      Furthermore, local AAV-Cre injections have notable experimental limitations in our electrophysiological recordings. Stereotaxic infusion induces mechanical trauma and local inflammation in the OB, altering basal circuit activity independent of ErbB4 deletion. AAV also yields incomplete mosaic gene ablation among PV interneurons, introducing a variable knockout efficiency that complicates the interpretation of local electrophysiological readouts. In comparison, the global PV-Erbb4<sup>-/-</sup> line mediates uniform, complete ErbB4 deletion across all PV interneurons, avoiding viral artefacts and rendering our OB electrophysiological measurements more reliable for assessing endogenous local circuit function.

      (5) While the electrophysiological experiments shown in Figures 6-8 provide valuable insights into the reduced inhibition to MCs in PV-ErbB4 knockout mice, it appears that the authors did not record from PV interneurons themselves. Since PV interneurons are central to the proposed mechanism, directly recording them would provide critical information on how the ErbB4 knockout affects their intrinsic properties, synaptic inputs, and firing behavior. Without these direct recordings, the conclusions about the specific role of PV neurons in regulating MC activity remain somewhat indirect. Prior studies have established that knockout of ErbB4 in PV interneurons reduces mEPSC frequency in PV neurons (Del Pino et al., 2013).

      Thank you for your valuable comment and suggestion. According to your suggestions, we have supplemented the electrophysiological experiments (the revised Figure 7—figure supplement 1) with direct recordings from PV interneurons in ex vivo slices. These recordings revealed that ErbB4 knockout alters some properties of PV interneurons (e.g. action potential frequency), reduces mEPSC frequency (consistent with Del Pino et al., 2013), and modulates their firing behaviour, directly confirming that ErbB4 deletion affects PV interneurons.

      (6) In Figure 9, the authors knock out ErbB4 in PV neurons in the OB with AAV-PV-Cre-GFP and show with western blotting that ErbB4 expression is reduced in the mouse injected with AAV-PV-Cre-GFP. However, it is not clear whether ErbB4 was selectively knocked out in PV neurons without the quantification from IHC assays.

      Thank you for the comment. To verify the selective knockout of ErbB4 in OB PV neurones, we performed an additional experiment: immunofluorescence co-staining for PV and ErbB4; quantitative analysis confirmed a significant reduction of ErbB4 in PV interneurons in AAV-PV-Cre–injected mice (the revised Figure 9B and 9C).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Other concerns:

      (1) No supplemental Figure 1 was shown.

      We apologise for the oversight. Supplemental Figure have been included in the revised manuscript (the revised Figure 2—figure supplemental 2).

      (2) In line 59, page 3, abbreviations of mitral/tufted cells (M/TCs) or "MCs" were confusing.

      We have clarified the abbreviation by explicitly defining "mitral cells (MCs)", with "M/TCs" retained for mitral/tufted cells to avoid ambiguity (Line 56-59).

      (3) The quality of blots in Figure 1C was less satisfactory, with lots of noisy bands. Maybe antibodies from Cell Signaling should be used.

      We optimised the experiment as suggested. In the revised Figure 1C, we have used an anti-ErbB4 antibody (Cat# 4795, Cell Signalling Technology) combined with the immunoprecipitation-immunoblotting workflow.

      (4) The authors should describe the serotype as well as the promoters of AAV-Cre-GFP used in the experiments.

      As you suggested, we have supplemented the details of AAV-Cre-GFP in the Methods section: Viruses driven by the CAG promoter, including pAOV-CAG-EGFP-T2A-Cre (catalogue No. CN396, serotype AAV2/8) and pAOV-CAG-EGFP-2A (catalogue No. CN394, serotype AAV2/8) were purchased from Obio Technology, Shanghai, China (Lines 568-571).

      (5) The authors should describe the binary mixtures of isoamyl acetate Vs. Heptanone. Simply 6/4 Vs. 4/6 is not easy to follow.

      As you suggested, we have clarified the binary odour mixtures in the Results section: (60%/40% binary mixtures of these odours, "6/4" refers to 60% isoamyl acetate + 40% heptanone, and "4/6" refers to 40% isoamyl acetate + 60% heptanone, in volume) (Lines 111-113).

      (6) Figure 1G, "0 limonene" AAV-Cre-GFP group did not show the error bar.

      We apologise for the omission—error bars for the "0 limonene" AAV-Cre-GFP group have been added to the revised Figure 1.

      (7) Figure 2A, the green signal for ErbB4 was not that strong, it was hard to visualize the expression of ErbB4 in five layers of OB.

      Thank you for the comment. The revised Figure 2A shows an enhanced green signal for ErbB4, clearly indicating its distribution in all OB layers.

      (8) The authors should clearly label or indicate the cell type of neurons recorded in Figure 6, Figure 7, and Figure 8A-8C.

      As you suggested, we have clearly labelled the cell types in the revised Figures 6, 7, and 8A–8C: all recorded neurones are mitral cells (MCs).

      (9) line 320-321, page 14, "Figures 8F and 8G, a burst of conditioning 320 stimuli (40 pulses at 100 Hz)", the authors should indicate the stimuli as a tick or scale on Figures 8F and 8I.

      As per your suggestion, we have added scales and vertical ticks to the revised Figures 8F and 8I to indicate the timing of the conditioning stimuli (40 pulses at 100 Hz).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1F is not quantified.

      As suggested, we have supplemented the quantitative analyses of Figure 1F (see the revised Figure 1G) and the statistical details in the revised legend.

      (2) Figures 2G and H are not quantified.

      As suggested, we have supplemented the quantitative analyses of Figures 2G and 2H (see the revised Figures 2H and 2J), and statistical details are provided in the revised figure legends.

      (3) Bar plots with standard error are not suitable for visualizing the distribution of data. Either show violin plots, histograms, or raw data points throughout.

      As suggested, we included the raw data points in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 3 legend - (Wen et al., 2010) citations repeated.

      Thank you for the comment. We have removed the repeated (Wen et al., 2010) citation in the revised manuscript.

      (5) Does Ebbr4 deletion change the waveform shape of PV+ cells? This could influence spike sorting and cell classification.

      Thank you for the comment. According to your recommendations, we performed additional ex vivo patch-clamp recordings of PV+ interneurons, which showed that ErbB4 knockout did not alter their action potential waveform shape (e.g. spike amplitude and half-width, the revised Figure 7—figures supplement 1D and 1E). Importantly, this knockout also did not directly affect the spike waveform shapes of M/TCs in vivo (e.g. peak-to-valley ratio and half-valley width, the revised Figure 4—figures supplement 1C-1E). Therefore, we speculate that spike sorting and cell classification were not affected.

      (6) Line 327 - is this really a measure of inhibitory circuit plasticity?

      Thank you for the comment. We have replaced "inhibitory circuit plasticity" with "inhibitory circuit activity" and comprehensively updated all relevant instances throughout the manuscript to ensure consistent use of the term.

      (7) In the discussion: "Another interesting finding is that the changes in spontaneous firing rate differed for odor-evoked excitatory and inhibitory responses in vivo, suggesting that ErbB4 in PV interneurons dynamically regulates the spontaneous activity of M/TCs in response to different odors." The significance of this finding is not discussed and it is not clear what this result means. For example, does this relate to a "winner-take-all scenario"?

      Thank you for the comment. According to your recommendations, we have discussed the significance of this finding in the revised Discussion section (Lines 438-449):

      This result reveals a dual regulatory role of ErbB4 in PV interneurons in olfactory coding. For odour-evoked excitatory responses, PV interneurons (via ErbB4) constrain M/TC spontaneous firing at a low baseline, minimising background noise and enhancing the SNR. In contrast, the inhibitory responses maintain a higher spontaneous firing baseline to accentuate odour-evoked suppression. This regulation amplifies the "excitation of excited M/TCs and inhibition of inhibited M/TCs," a hallmark of the OB’s "winner-take-all" mechanism that sharpens odour identity coding, which is critical for odour discrimination. These data confirm that ErbB4 in PV interneurons does not exert a global modulation, but dynamically tailors M/TC spontaneous activity to odour-evoked responses, thereby optimising the ability of the OB to resolve olfactory cues.

      (8) The discussion on linking AD with odor discrimination impairments, and the potential role of Erbb4 was interesting. However the discussion of "fluctuation status" is not defined. What does this refer to?

      According to the comment, we have added the following wording to the Discussion section (Lines 478-497):

      As referenced by Iemi et al. (2022), "fluctuation status" herein refers to the spontaneous, endogenous fluctuations in neural activity that occur in the brain prior to sensory stimulation (i.e. pre-stimulus) or in the absence of external sensory input. External cues do not drive this state but arise from intrinsic neural dynamics, and it is primarily characterised by changes in the power of neural oscillations across multiple frequency bands (e.g., alpha, beta, and their neighbouring frequencies, collectively termed "alpha+ band" in Iemi et al. (2022)). Critically, this fluctuation status is distinct from stimulus-evoked neural responses; it reflects a pre-existing "baseline" state of the neural system that modulates subsequent sensory processing and behaviour. Consistent with Iemi et al. (2022), previous work has established that such ongoing neural fluctuations strongly predict behavioural variability in both health (e.g. slower reaction times and reduced perceptual accuracy) and disease (e.g. age-related cognitive decline and schizophrenia) by regulating neuronal excitability. In our study, we extended this concept to olfactory function, focusing on "broad ongoing fluctuations" (encompassing multiple frequency bands) and linking their dynamics to OB output. Specifically, these fluctuations influence the ability of the OB to support rapid recovery from olfactory adaptation and to mediate complex odour discrimination, thereby uncovering a novel role for endogenous neural fluctuation status in olfactory circuit function.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For Figure 1C, I strongly recommend that the authors include full, uncropped Western blot images for both p-ErbB4 and total ErbB4 as supplementary material to improve the transparency and credibility of the findings.

      As you suggested, we have supplemented the full, uncropped western blot images for both phosphorylated ErbB4 (p-ErbB4) and total ErbB4, as the revised Figures 1 and 2 and Supplementary Figure 1.

      (2) The authors should either validate the specificity of the sc-283 antibody in their experimental conditions or consider using a more specific antibody for ErbB4 to ensure the reliability of their data.

      Thank you for your comments. As shown in the revised Figure 2I and 2J, the absence of ErbB4 expression in PV-ErbB4 knock-out mice proved the specificity of the antibody for immunofluorescence staining. To address these potential concerns, we conducted a rigorous validation tailored to our model. In the revised manuscript, we complemented the protein-level detection with RT-PCR, which directly validated the specific knockout of Erbb4 mRNA in PV neurones (the revised Figure 2F-H). Additionally, we performed follow-up immunofluorescence staining experiments using a well-validated anti-ErbB4 antibody (19943-1-AP, Proteintech; see PMID: 37060105) to assess the expression of ErbB4 in PV neurones (the revised Figure 9B and 9C).

      (3) I recommend that the authors clarify in the methods section whether a post hoc test with multiple comparison adjustments (e.g., Tukey's HSD or Bonferroni) was conducted for the behavioral tests presented throughout the study. If no such test was performed, it would be beneficial to include one to ensure accurate identification of significant differences between groups across the different experimental days or conditions.

      For the behavioural tests, we confirmed that two-way ANOVA was followed by Tukey’s post hoc adjustment for multiple pairwise comparisons, which has been clarified in the revised Methods section (Lines 832-833). Additionally, we have revised the asterisks in the relevant figures to clearly indicate significant post-hoc differences between the groups.

      (4) The rationale for using a whole-brain PV-specific knockout model (PV-ErbB4-/-) to assess OB-specific phenomena in Figures 4 and 5 should be clarified. I also recommend the authors provide or conduct additional experiments with OB-specific knockouts to determine whether the effects observed in Figures 4 and 5 are directly attributable to the loss of ErbB4 in PV interneurons within the OB.

      To clarify the rationale, the whole-brain PV-Erbb4<sup>−/−</sup> mouse line was initially used to characterise the overall functional relevance of ErbB4 in PV interneurons for OB activity and odour-evoked responses. We clarified this rationale in the revised Results section (Lines 210-211 and Lines 250-251).

      As elaborated above, AAV-mediated OB-specific knockouts suffer from injection-induced tissue injury, incomplete mosaic recombination, and uncertainties in local electrophysiological recordings, which would compromise data reliability. Moreover, OB PV interneurons act predominantly as local circuit neurones; therefore, the phenotypes observed in Figures 4 and 5 most plausibly arise from intrinsic ErbB4 deletion within bulbar PV cells rather than from long-range brain-wide network changes. For these reasons, we consider our current global PV-Erbb4<sup>−/−</sup> model appropriate to interpret the local OB circuit effects here, and we outline OB-targeted knockout manipulations as a direction for future independent follow-up research.

      (5) To strengthen their conclusions drawn from Figures 6-8, the authors should perform direct recordings from PV interneurons in the OB to assess how the ErbB4 knockout affects their intrinsic properties, synaptic inputs, and firing behavior. This would provide more direct evidence of PV interneuron dysfunction in the knockout mice.

      According to your recommendations, we have performed direct recordings of OB PV interneurons using ex vivo patch-clamp electrophysiology (the revised Figure 7—figures supplementary 1). These recordings reveal that ErbB4 knockout affects the intrinsic properties of PV interneurons, synaptic inputs (reduced mEPSC frequency and amplitude, the revised Figure 7—figures supplementary 1A and 1B), and firing behaviour (increased action potential frequency, the revised Figure 7—figures supplementary 1C), directly confirming that ErbB4 deletion affects PV interneurons themselves. These results provide direct evidence of PV interneuron dysfunction in the knockout mice.

      (6) I recommend that the authors assess molecular markers of PV interneuron inhibition, such as GAD67, in PVIs. This would help link the ErbB4 knockout to impaired PV interneuron function and its downstream effects on MC inhibition.

      Thank you for the comment. We attempted to detect GAD67 in OB PVIs using multiple commercial antibodies but encountered consistent technical limitations (e.g. weak signal specificity and high background) that precluded reliable quantitative analysis.

      To address this gap, we used optogenetics to activate PV interneurons and recorded optogenetically evoked inhibitory postsynaptic currents (oIPSCs) in MCs. As shown in the revised Figure 9 and Supplementary Figure 1F and 1G, deleting ErbB4 of PV interneurons in the OB weakened the inhibitory modulation of MCs by PV interneurons. This result provides direct electrophysiological evidence linking ErbB4 knockout to impaired PV interneuronal function and its downstream effects on MC inhibition.

      (7) For Figure 9, I recommend that the authors perform IHC to show that ErbB4 is selectively knocked out in PV neurons but not in non-PV neurons within the OB, as the Western blot analysis alone does not provide this specificity.

      According to your recommendations, we performed an additional key experiment: immunofluorescence co-staining for PV and ErbB4, with quantitative analysis confirming a significant reduction in ErbB4 in OB PV interneurons, but not in non-PV cells, in AAV-PV-Cre–injected mice (the revised Figure 9B and 9C).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrate the stereoselective role of D-serine in 1C metabolism showing that D-serine competes with L-serine and inhibits mitochondrial L-serine transport. They observe expression of 1C metabolites in their metabolomics approach in primary cortical neurons treated with L-serine, D-serine and mixture of both. Their conclusions are based on the reduction in levels of glycine, polyamines and their intermediates and formate. Single cell RNA sequencing of N2a cells showed that cells treated with D-serine enhanced expression of genes associated with mitochondrial functions such as respiratory chain complex assembly and mitochondrial functions with downregulation of genes related to amino acid transport, cellular growth and neuron projection extension. Their work demonstrates that D-serine inhibits tumor cell proliferation and induces apoptosis in neural progenitor cells highlighting the importance of D-serine in neurodevelopment.

      Strengths:

      D-amino acids do not merely function as ligands at receptors but have underlying roles in signaling and metabolism. These roles are just beginning to be uncovered. The authors elucidate the metabolic role of D-serine in the context of neuronal maturation by its suppression of mitochondrial L-serine availability for SHMT2 and 1C flux. This is the strength of the manuscript. The implications for the metabolic role of D-serine in neurons is a highlight and underlines its roles in neuronal metabolism.

      Thank you for the positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      These are some minor issues that come up on critical assessment of the manuscript and is only intended to strengthen the manuscript. The comments below are based on the revisions made by the authors including the justification of their approach and rebuttal.

      (1) Kinetic assessment of D-serine versus L-serine: The authors have made reference to prior work by Miyamoto et al. and justify their rationale. This is acceptable.

      (2) Molecular Dynamics simulations while a good first step in modeling interactions at the active site, relies on force fields. The authors state that any elaborate study into longer simulations is beyond the scope and their simulations data are supported by other experimental work. This is justified.

      (3) The use of N2a cell line is also justified to reflect the proliferative nature of immature neurons.

      (4) With regards to caspase 3 comment, the whole blot is convincing and shows cleaved caspase-3 band at approx. 15 kDa.

      (5) Scale Bars are clearly visible and Fig S6 which was earlier S5 is legible. If possible, the authors can include an magnified inset in the merged image to show the clear activation of caspase-3.

      (6) Issue of phosphatidyl serine standard in LC-MS is justified by the use of L-serine standard due to lack of availability.

      (7) The authors mention about enantiomeric shift of serine metabolism during neural development which appears to be a discussion of prior published data from Hubbard et al 2013, Burk et al 2020, and Bella et al 2021 in Supplementary Figure panels 8 A-E.

      The authors justify by citing references to the work which may be acceptable and also the current norms of publication. This reviewer felt contrary to the fact, however it is left to the editors to make a decision on this.

      (8) The discussion section has been substantially revised and now reads well.

      (9) The relevant references have been cited. In doing so, the work integrates and elucidates a mechanistic and functional role of D-serine in neurons.

      (10) Figure S7A in the revised manuscript shows the specificity of D-serine in the cleaved caspase-3 assay which is informative.

      Comments on revised version.

      This reviewer is satisfied by the effort made by the authors based on the prior comments raised.

      Thank you for understanding our explanation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Suzuki et al. reports an interesting stereo-selective role of D-serine in regulating one-carbon metabolism during neurodevelopment to adapt the functional transition, probably through the competition with mitochondrial transport of L-serine. The authors provide a multi-layered set of evidence, including metabolomics, enzyme assays, mitochondrial transport competition and functional assays in immature/neural progenitor cells, to build up a conceptual integration of D-serine as both a neurotransmitter and a metabolic regulator in central neural system, which raises a broad potential interest to the neuroscience and metabolism communities.

      Strengths:

      This work provides a conceptual advance that D-serine is not only serves as a traditional neurotransmitter in central neural system but also critically contributes to metabolic regulation of neural cells. The authors performed solid metabolomic assays to validate the suppressive effect of D-serine on one-carbon metabolic pathway, providing some evidence that D-serine competitively inhibits mitochondrial serine transport, but not directly impairs SHMT2 enzymatic activity. All these data indicate a critical role of D-serine synthesis during neural maturation and suggest a potential translational strategy for targeting serine metabolism in neural tumors.

      Comments on revised version.

      My previous concerns have been appropriately addressed or discussed in this revised version of manuscript. I have to say that, at this stage, I have no further questions.

      Thank you for understanding the value of our study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a comprehensive and well-executed investigation into the metabolic role of D-serine in the central nervous system. The authors provide solid evidence that D-serine competitively inhibits mitochondrial L-serine transport, thereby impairing one-carbon metabolism. This stereoselective mechanism reduces glycine and formate production, suppresses cellular proliferation, and induces apoptosis in immature neural cells and glioblastoma stem cells. Developmental analyses further reveal a physiological enantiomeric shift in serine metabolism during neurogenesis, aligning with the transition from proliferation to maturation. Overall, the study bridges developmental neurobiology, cancer metabolism, and amino acid transport, uncovering a previously unrecognized metabolic function of D-serine beyond its role in neurotransmission.

      Strengths:

      (1) The discovery that D-serine inhibits one-carbon metabolism by competing for mitochondrial L-serine transport-rather than through enzymatic inhibition or receptor-mediated signaling-represents a significant and previously underappreciated mechanism. This finding has broad implications for understanding metabolic regulation during neurodevelopment and offers potential relevance for targeting metabolic vulnerabilities in cancer.

      (2) The authors integrate metabolomics, mitochondrial transport assays, molecular dynamics simulations, genetic and pharmacologic perturbations, transcriptomics, and both in vitro and ex vivo models. The breadth of experimental approaches, combined with the coherence of the findings across systems, provides strong support for the central conclusions and enhances the overall impact of the study.

      (3) The temporal shift in D-/L-serine levels during neurodevelopment is elegantly linked to the transition from proliferative to mature neuronal states. The selective vulnerability of neural progenitors and tumor cells-contrasted with the resistance of mature neurons-highlights a biologically meaningful and potentially targetable metabolic distinction.

      Thank you for recognizing the importance of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the authors attribute D-serine's metabolic effects to competition with mitochondrial L-serine transport, the specific identity of the transporter(s) mediating this process remains undefined. This represents a meaningful mechanistic gap, as the central conclusion depends on D-serine limiting mitochondrial L-serine availability to inhibit one-carbon metabolism.

      Thank you for the comments. We acknowledge that defining the specific identity of L-serine transporters that are interfered by D-serine requires further studies.

      (2) The effective concentrations of D-serine used in vitro (IC₅₀ ≈ 1-2 mM) exceed typical brain levels (~0.3 mM). While the authors acknowledge this, a more focused discussion on whether higher local D-serine concentrations could arise in specific microenvironments-such as synaptic compartments, tumor niches, or pathological states-would help contextualize the in vitro findings and strengthen their physiological relevance. For example, disruptions in D-serine clearance or altered expression of serine racemase and transporters in disease contexts could lead to localized accumulation. Moreover, differences between extracellular and intracellular D-serine pools-and the mechanisms governing their regulation-may further influence its metabolic impact in vivo.

      Thank you for this suggestion. However, since we have discussed these points in lines 479-492, we chose not add any additional sentences in order to avoid losing the focus of this paper with speculation.

      (3) While the manuscript focuses on neural stem/progenitor cells and neural tumors, it remains unclear whether the anti-proliferative effects of D-serine are specific to neural lineages or extend to other highly proliferative non-neural cell types. A brief discussion addressing this point would help clarify the scope of D-serine's metabolic impact and whether its mechanism of action reflects a unique vulnerability in neural cells or a more general feature of proliferative metabolism. This distinction is particularly relevant for assessing the broader therapeutic potential of targeting mitochondrial L-serine transport.

      The reviewer raised an interesting point. While we speculate that other cancers requiring L-serine for proliferation may also be affected by D-serine, in this study we focused on central nervous system tumors because D-serine is produced in the central nervous system. Since cancer cells may have different metabolic profiles regardless of their tissue of origin, it would be meaningful to compare the expression profiles of metabolism-related genes with their sensitivity to D-serine.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A minor suggestion to the authors is to include a summary schematic to clarify the main finding of the paper.

      Since there is a lot of data in the manuscript ranging from MD simulations and metabolomics and other data sets, an overall summary schematic will help the readers with a take home message.

      Thank you for the great suggestion. We added a summary schematic in Figure 4 -figure supplement 10.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have addressed my previous concerns and further included appropriate discussions on their conclusions. I have no further questions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Tsuji et al. explores a mechanical threat model in Drosophila using air puffs as a stimulus. The authors first establish the paradigm and show that air puffs induce cardiac deceleration along with increased locomotion. They then identify dopamine as a key regulator of this response and go on to map the underlying circuit. In doing so, they pinpoint two pairs of DA-WED neurons as critical players. They carefully used intersectional strategies to achieve relatively clean labeling of these neurons, which helps ensure that the observed effects can be attributed specifically to DA-WED neurons. They further show that DA-WED neurons are both required and sufficient to drive cardiac deceleration, and that their activity increases in response to air puff stimulation. These neurons also contribute to the locomotor response. Directly inducing cardiac deceleration via optogenetic manipulation of cardiomyocytes also increases locomotion, suggesting a link between cardiac state and behavioral output.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the experiments are thoughtfully designed, well-controlled, and clearly presented. The figures are easy to follow, and the conclusions are generally well supported by the data. The manuscript is also clearly written, with a discussion that acknowledges potential caveats and outlines future directions. The genetic tools, behavioral paradigm, heart rate measurement approaches, and stimulation methods introduced here will be valuable resources for the community.

      Weaknesses:

      A few minor points to add to the clarity of the manuscript:

      (1) The DA-WED driver (R48A08-AD ∩ VT008692-DBD ∩ TH-FLP) appears quite clean in the brain. However, since the study focuses on cardiac function and locomotion, it would be helpful to check expression in cardiomyocytes and the ventral nerve cord. This would help rule out any off-target expression that might contribute to the phenotypes and further support the idea of a descending pathway from brain dopaminergic neurons.

      We thank reviewer#1 for this thoughtful comment. We have indeed checked the expression pattern of the DA-WED driver (R48A08-AD ∩ VT008692-DBD ∩ TH-FLP) throughout the body, and failed to detect noticeable expression outside the brain (Supplementary Fig. 6d in the original manuscript). As for the heart, the whole tissue was cleared and confocal-imaged from the dorsal side. As cardiomyocytes are positioned directly beneath the dorsal cuticle of the abdomen, the expression of a driver can be best assessed this way. In contrast to the lack of apparent expression in cardiomyocytes, we could see clear expression in DA-WED neurons in the brain in the same sample (Supplementary Fig. 6d). In this experiment, however, potential expression in VNC could have been missed, as VNC is positioned on the ventral side and thus further away from the objective lens. We thus conducted an additional experiment in which we dissected out the brain + VNC and checked the driver’s expression. Our confocal imaging results revealed no expression in VNC. We have included this data in our updated manuscript as Supplementary Fig. 6e.

      (2) Since DA-WED>Kir2.1 abolishes the puff-induced locomotor response (Figure 5b), suggesting that DA-WED neurons are directly involved in mediating locomotion. In the model (Figure 5L), it might make more sense for the pathway from mechanical threat to locomotion to pass through DA-WED neurons. The authors could consider adjusting the schematic if they agree.

      As the reviewer pointed out, Kir2.1-mediated suppression of DA-WED neurons almost completely abolished puff-induced locomotion. In our original schematic, we included a pathway from mechanical threat to locomotion that bypassed DA-WED, reflecting the possibility that locomotion could be driven by multiple pathways. We agree, however, that this possibility was not directly supported by our data and that the near-complete suppression of puff-induced locomotion upon DA-WED silencing more strongly supports a model in which the predominant flow of information from puff detection to locomotion passes through DA-WED neurons. We have therefore removed the direct arrow from mechanical threat to locomotion and added a dashed arrow from DA-WED neurons to locomotion, representing a pathway that may promote locomotion independently of DA-WED-mediated cardiac deceleration (Fig. 5m; Supplementary Fig. 9i).

      We have updated the legend of Fig. 5m as follows:

      “Model. DA-WED neurons promote locomotion, through and/or bypassing interoception of the heartbeat (dashed arrows).”

      We also updated the legend of Supplementary Fig. 9i as follows:

      “Model. Air puff promotes locomotion while suppressing grooming. Mechanistically, air puff activates DA-WED neurons. DA-WED neurons drive not only cardiac deceleration but locomotion, potentially through a feedback from cardiac deceleration (dashed arrows). Such a DA-WED-based mechanism fails to influence grooming.”

      (3) In line 408, Figure 5K should be 5L as it's a discussion of the model.

      We thank reviewer#1 for pointing this out. Accordingly, we have made the following corrections:

      L436-439: “cardiac deceleration is accompanied by increased locomotion (Fig. 5e-l). Our data points to a scenario in which DA-WED neurons induce cardiac deceleration upon mechanical threat, which may in turn influence threat-induced locomotion (Fig. 5m).”

      (4) In Figure 5j, the x-axis is missing time labels. Even if it matches Figure 5h, adding labels would make it easier to interpret at a glance.

      We agree with reviewer#1 and added the x labels to Fig. 5j, and also to the second panels of h, j, and l.

      (5) In line 312, it would be helpful to briefly explain why a 28 ms light pulse was used, compared to other pulse durations elsewhere in the paper.

      Our system synchronized behavior, heartbeat, and optogenetics at 70 Hz (14-ms intervals). Because mechanical threat transiently elongated beat-to-beat intervals typically by 20 - 23ms, we chose 28-ms (2-frame) stimulation to best mimic this effect, over 14 (1-frame) or 42 (3-frame) ms (Fig. 1; Supplementary Fig. 2b, e, f). We have added this explanation to our manuscript, as follows:

      L326 - 328: “To approximate the 20–23 ms beat-to-beat prolongation evoked by mechanical threat (Fig. 1; Supplementary Fig. 2e, f), we used 28-ms (2-frame) green light pulses.”

      (6) The cardiac deceleration seems to recover quickly after the air puff ends, whereas the locomotor response persists longer (around 10-15 seconds; see Figure 1 and Figure 5). This difference might suggest that DA-WED neurons influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway, beyond their role in cardiac regulation. It could be worth briefly discussing this possibility.

      We agree that the time course of puff-induced locomotion (Fig. 1f, Fig. 5a) is more persistent than DA-WED activation (Fig. 4f) or cardiac deceleration (Fig. 1d, Fig. 4b). Also, silencing DA-WED neurons partially reduced puff-induced cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4c) but appears to have more strongly abolished puff-induced locomotion (Fig. 5a, b). Given that our interoception model is only partially tested, we agree that it is better to mention the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway beyond their role in cardiac regulation.

      Our “Limitation of this study” section in our original manuscript touched on this issue, as follows (L430-432):

      “Although cardiac deceleration can promote locomotion, we have not directly tested whether it is required for DA-WED–evoked locomotion, leaving open the possibility of parallel downstream pathways.”

      But to be more explicit, in our updated manuscript, we also included the following discussion:

      L439-441: “We note, however, that our data does not exclude the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion at least partially independent of its role in cardiac deceleration”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors study cardiac deceleration during threat responses in Drosophila. Particularly, it focuses on identifying the neuronal control of this deceleration. Using behavioral and cardiac tracking and analysis, genetics, and calcium imaging, they identify two pairs of dopaminergic neurons involved in cardiac deceleration during air puff responses

      Strengths:

      The study is overall well done, and the paper is clearly written. Particularly, the work on identifying the two pairs of dopaminergic neurons involved in cardiac deceleration using a series of drivers and generating new ones is rigorous and extensive. Finally, the authors manipulate the heartbeat to investigate how it influences threat responses

      Weaknesses:

      There are, however, several points that need to be clarified, as some claims are not entirely supported by evidence.

      The authors, for example, claim that dopaminergic neurons are responsible for cardiac deceleration (during the air puff, lines 182-3, page 9). However, based on the work in this study, it seems that other neurons could be involved in this control as well. In addition to dopaminergic neurons, the authors test serotonergic and octopaminergic neurons, which, based on silencing experiments, also show an implication in heart-beat deceleration. Furthermore, because they find that dopaminergic neurons are the only ones that, upon thermogenetic activation, lead to lower heart beat frequency, they conclude that the dopaminergic neurons are responsible for air -puff induced cardiac deceleration.

      However, these activation experiments are done in a different context than the air puff experiments (at a higher temperature, which could have an effect on the heartbeat changes upon activation of different neuron groups), and because silencing of other monoaminergic neuron types during the air puff also resulted in less cardiac deceleration, one cannot exclude the implication of octopaminergic or serotonergic neurons in air-puff-induced deceleration.

      Activation experiments without high temperatures (using, for example, optogenetics) and/or in the presence of the air puff would be important to determine that the dopaminergic neurons are the main type of monoaminergic neurons involved in air-puff-induced cardiac deceleration. Otherwise, the related claims should be rephrased in a way that clearly doesn't exclude a possible implication of other monoaminergic neurons.

      We thank reviewer#2 for raising an important point. Our intention was not to claim that dopaminergic system is solely responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration. What we meant to convey in our original manuscript was that, after conducting experiments shown in Fig. 2, dopaminergic system was the one that made most sense to focus on, as the other system failed to show consistent results across loss- and gain-of-function experiments. We acknowledge, as reviewer #2 rightly pointed out, that consistency across loss- and gain-of-function experiments is not a logical necessity for given neurons to be causally contributing to a brain function, especially in this case where loss- and gain- of-function experiments were conducted at different temperatures. We have revised our manuscript to more precisely express our view outlined above, as follows:

      L194-196: “Together, our data demonstrates that, while not excluding the contributions of serotonergic or octopaminergic systems, dopamine system is responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration.”

      Regarding the interactions between the cardiac deceleration and locomotion, the authors propose, based on the results, that the optogenetic cardiac deceleration is sufficient to induce an increase in locomotion, and that it is the decrease in heartbeat that would be responsible via interoceptive pathways to trigger an increase in locomotion. In the model they propose, the DA-WED neurons would induce a decrease in heartbeat that, in turn, would trigger an increase in locomotion. There is not enough proof that cardiac deceleration is the one that triggers an increase in locomotion during air puff responses. As the authors themselves state, the experiments that would demonstrate this would involve preventing cardiac deceleration while optogenetically activating DA-WED. It can therefore not be excluded that the DA-WED neurons trigger an increase in locomotion that is possibly modulated by the cardiac activity. Both alternatives should be considered (models in Figures 4 and 5).

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment, which is also consistent with reviewer#1’s view. We agree that it is better to mention the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway beyond their role in cardiac regulation, which our data does not exclude. In our updated manuscript, we included the discussion as below:

      L433-441: “Our results provide partial support for such a model. We show that (1) mechanical threat induces cardiac deceleration and locomotion (Fig. 1), (2) DA-WED neurons in the brain are responsible for threat-induced cardiac deceleration and locomotion (Fig. 4; Fig. 5a-d), (3) optogenetic cardiac deceleration is accompanied by increased locomotion (Fig. 5e-l). Our data points to a scenario in which DA-WED neurons induce cardiac deceleration upon mechanical threat, which may in turn influence threat-induced locomotion (Fig. 5m). We note, however, that our data does not exclude the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion at least partially independent of its role in cardiac deceleration.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this elegant study, Tsuji et al. identify a relationship in Drosophila between cardiodynamics and threatening stimuli where mild air puffs elicit a brief bradycardia that coincides with locomotion increases. They then take advantage of the arsenal of genetic tools available in the fruit fly to reveal the indispensability of dopamine, through the action of Dop1R2, in this phenomenon. Further, they pinpoint the source of this dopamine to two specific pairs of neurons - DA-WED that are threat-activated. They then test and find a potential role for cardiac interoception from the heart in linking behavior and cardiodynamics.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting and timely story that brings together the tools of fruit fly systems neuroscience and links it with physiology. The experiments are well done and tell a very nice story. In particular, the primary message of the paper - that the authors have identified specific dopaminergic neurons that regulate cardiac activity - is sound.

      Weaknesses:

      There are no important problems with the scientific approach. Rather, there are some interpretive changes I would consider.

      (1) The changes in heart rate are small (10% or so), and, as far as I can tell, are evident for a beat or two. So the data may be better interpreted not as a change in rate but as a lengthening of diastole for a beat or two. That may seem a petty difference, but it might point to particular stretch-activated systems or changes in blood flow as the determinant.

      Heart rate must be averaged over time, and so might be blurring the effects. It may be useful to produce figures centered on beat count and duration rather than time. Because the effect may even be just on a single beat, we suggest the authors try plotting the average beat duration for each beat that follows the air puff. If it's really just the first beat, using a quantification of the change of this duration relative to the average that precedes the puff may produce more striking figures.

      We thank reviewer#3 for this insightful suggestion, which also relates to the reviewer’s next comment. We tried plotting the average beat duration for each beat that follows the air puff, relative to beats preceding the puff. The reviewer’s prediction turned out to be partially true – our plot of beat-to-beat interval vs beat count around puff revealed that the interval indeed increased for the three beats following puff across different puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e). Consistently, the average interval over three beats before and after puff per fly revealed larger differences for 50mL/min and especially 200mL/min but no noticeable changes for 20mL/min, so that now we detect similar cardiac deceleration across puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 2f). However, this novel analysis unfortunately came with slightly larger variance overall (Supplementary Fig. 2f). We thus prefer to stick to HR in the present manuscript, but still agree that this is valuable for a more comprehensive understanding of cardiac puff responses. We included our new plot as Supplementary Fig. 2e, f, with the following description in the Result section:

      L121-122: “Indeed, the beat-to-beat interval increased over the three beats following puff onset, and this increase was comparable across puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e, f).”

      (2) The author's model that cardiac deceleration leads to walking data is only partially supported by their data. In the first figure, the relationship between cardiac deceleration and walking probability seems to be inverted relative to their model (weak stimulus -> strong cardiac effect and weak locomotor effect; strong stimulus-> weak cardiac effect and strong locomotor effect). It is possible that this discrepancy may disappear when the authors look at beat duration rather than heart rate (for instance, if following the strong stimulus, there is a very long beat that is followed by tachycardia, thus weakening their observed HR change). It would also be easier to relate this data in Figure 1 to their interoceptive model if some data were shown that illustrated the relative timing of the cardiac change and the locomotor start.

      Following the reviewer's suggestion, we re-examined the cardiac response using the beat-to-beat interval rather than heart rate. As the reviewer anticipated, this partially resolves the apparent discrepancy. Averaging the interval over the three beats before and after the puff (per fly) reveals a significant increase in beat-to-beat interval at every puff strength, with comparable magnitude across strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e, f). However, since a comparable cardiac response, in terms of beat-to-beat interval, is accompanied by a graded locomotor response, locomotion cannot be driven by cardiac deceleration alone. Indeed, puff-induced cardiac deceleration and locomotion fail to correlate (added as Supplementary Fig. 10a in our updated manuscript). In contrast, optogenetic cardiac deceleration does increase locomotion (Fig. 5h-k), and with a strong correlation between optogenetically activated cardiac deceleration and locomotion (added as Fig. 5l in our updated manuscript). Taken together, locomotion is likely driven by both cardiac deceleration and a parallel, cardiac-independent pathway, with the latter accounting for the puff-strength dependence (Fig. 5m). We added the following description in the Result section:

      L121-122: “Indeed, the beat-to-beat interval increased over the three beats following puff onset, and this increase was comparable across puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 2e, f).”

      Regarding the relative timing, we added a dedicated figure as Fig. 1h, which shows that the onsets of the cardiac and locomotor changes are approximately concurrent across puff strengths. They differ in their peak timing — the cardiac deceleration reaches its extremum in roughly 0.2 – 0.5 s, while the walking fraction peaks later (roughly 1 – 1.5 s). We have added the following to the Result section:

      L127-139: “A close inspection of the peri-stimulus dynamics revealed that the onsets of the cardiac and locomotor changes were approximately concurrent at puff onset across strengths (Fig. 1h). Furthermore, the peak of cardiac deceleration (roughly 0.2 – 0.5 s post puff onset) preceded that of locomotor increase (roughly 1 – 1.5 s post puff onset). Especially at lower puff strengths, locomotor response showed an additional transient dip, embedded in dominant and persistent locomotion, almost concurrently, but in the case of 50 mL/min following, cardiac deceleration (Fig. 1h). Overall, cardiac and locomotor responses begin together, and the cardiac response reaches its peak before the locomotor response does. These data are consistent with the idea that cardiac and locomotor responses are coordinated, and that cardiac deceleration may causally contribute to the locomotor response. We therefore set out to identify the neurons responsible for cardiac deceleration and to test their causal role directly.”

      We have also updated our corresponding Discussion section (chapter 1) accordingly:

      L369-389: “Cardiac deceleration is coordinated with defensive locomotion

      Our data show that air puff stimulation induces cardiac deceleration together with increased locomotion (Fig. 1). Across puff strengths, locomotion scaled with stimulus strength, whereas the cardiac deceleration did not: measured as time-binned HR, it was less pronounced at stronger puffs, while measured as the beat-to-beat interval it was comparable across strengths (Fig. 1d–h; Supplementary Fig. 2f). This indicates that locomotion is not simply a graded readout of cardiac deceleration.

      Although cardiac deceleration is often associated with freezing in mammals [1], cardiac deceleration has also been observed during early threat detection and orienting responses [78], suggesting that it reflects engagement of a defensive processing rather than motor inhibition per se. Consistent with this view, dissociation between threat-evoked cardiac modulation and freezing has been reported across taxa. In mammals, for example, disruption of autonomic output can abolish cardiac deceleration without eliminating freezing [79]. Similarly, in decapod crustaceans and Drosophila, visual stimuli elicit reproducible and time-locked changes in heart rate that accompany both freezing and fleeing [8,9,80]. While these studies establish that cardiac modulation can be dissociated from freezing, our findings additionally demonstrate that cardiac deceleration can co-occur with a predominantly locomotor response to mechanical threat and can itself causally contribute to locomotion (Fig. 5e-m). Cardiac deceleration is therefore not restricted to passive defensive states, but can act upstream of active locomotor responses.”

      We also examined HR-versus-locomotion relationships trial-by-trial and fly-by-fly, but trial-to-trial fluctuations in both signals were too large to pinpoint the timing of changes at that level, which is why we present the population peri-stimulus dynamics in Fig. 1h.

      (3) Also, since the locomotor and cardiac changes are probabilistic, it would be very useful to see how their respective probabilities change when conditioned on the other. According to their interoceptive model, locomotion should preferentially increase on trials where cardiac deceleration occurs. The authors should discuss this incongruity and also potential alternative interpretations of their cardiac manipulation experiments. Perhaps the bradycardia makes them more sensitive to threats - as suggested in the introduction? Control flies show a mild increase in locomotion following green light (Figure 5j), so perhaps by slowing the heart, they are more sensitive and thus respond more strongly to this stimulus?

      We believe that cardiac and locomotor changes are predicted to be congruent across flies only if locomotion is solely dependent on cardiac changes. Our optogenetic cardiac deceleration experiment likely corresponds to such a situation, and we indeed observed a strong correlation between cardiac and locomotor changes for retinal-fed test group but not for retinal-unfed control group (which we now present as Fig. 5l).

      As for stimulus-induced locomotion, it may reflect contributions from cardiac-state-independent locomotor pathways (Fig. 5m). In such a situation, cardiac and locomotor changes are not necessarily predicted to be congruent. Indeed, puff-induced locomotion and cardiac changes do not appear to be congruent across flies (which we now present as Supplementary Fig. 10a).

      We have added these plots as Fig. 5l and Supplementary Fig. 10a, and added the following explanation in the main text:

      L335 - 341: “Furthermore, optogenetically induced changes in HR and locomotion were strongly anti-correlated fly-wise in the retinal-fed test group (Pearson’s correlation coefficient: -0.81, p-value: 0.00538) but not in the control group without retinal (Pearson’s correlation coefficient: 0.43, p-value: 0.436) (Fig. 5l). This contrasts with puff-induced responses, in which changes in HR and locomotion were not significantly correlated (Supplementary Fig. 10a). This lack of correlation may reflect contributions from cardiac-state-independent locomotor pathways.”

      As for the possibility of bradycardia promoting locomotor response to threats (light), We thank the reviewer for raising this alternative interpretation. We agree that our experiment does not distinguish whether cardiac deceleration directly promotes locomotion or instead enhances the locomotor response to the green-light stimulus itself. Indeed, retinal-unfed control flies showed a modest increase in locomotion following green-light illumination, indicating that the light can itself influence behavior. Thus, the larger locomotor response in retinal-fed flies could in principle reflect an interaction between the optogenetically induced cardiac state and this sensory response.

      We note, however, that this interpretation would still imply a causal influence of cardiac state on behavior: cardiac deceleration would increase the gain of an externally evoked locomotor response rather than directly initiating locomotion. Because our experiment does not discriminate between these possibilities, we have revised our manuscript to state that experimentally induced cardiac deceleration can promote locomotion or potentiate a light-evoked locomotion.

      L346–L350: "We also note that retinal-unfed controls showed a modest locomotor increase following green-light illumination (Fig. 5j, k), leaving open whether cardiac deceleration directly promotes locomotion or potentiates a light-evoked locomotion. In either case, our data support a modulatory influence of cardiac state on locomotor output.”

      We thank the reviewer for significantly strengthening our manuscript.

      (4) Looking at the example shapes of the beats in Figure 5g versus Figure 1c, the optogenetically induced diastole has a very different shape from the naturally occurring long beat. Thus, the exact cardiac stimulus may be unnatural. If this is true across trials and animals, it may be worth considering that the funny beat (like an anxiogenic atrial fibrillation in mammals) is the source of the fear and, in turn, locomotor behavior (also interesting!) rather than being a true replication of the cardiac events seen following the puff stimulus.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We agree that the optogenetically induced cardiac deceleration does not fully reproduce every feature of the puff-induced heartbeat, and we have been careful not to claim that it does. Our aim was to test whether cardiac deceleration can influence locomotor state, not to claim that the optogenetically induced beat is an exact replica of the puff-induced response.

      At the level of HR, the two manipulations were closely matched: both produced an ~10% reduction with a similar time course. They differed in the finer beat-to-beat structure — the optogenetic deceleration was concentrated in a transient prolongation at stimulus onset, whereas the puff-induced deceleration was distributed across several beats (Supplementary Fig. 10). In both cases, however, the M-mode recordings show that the heart maintained an organized rhythm, with the manipulation producing a transient diastolic prolongation rather than sustained beat-to-beat irregularity (Fig. 1c, Fig. 5g). This argues against the possibility that a fibrillation-like funny beat underlies the behavioral effect, but leaves open the possibility of light-induced one long interval, vs puff-induced long intervals across three consecutive beats, may have contributed to behavior. We also note that our current imaging system does not yet permit a comprehensive comparison of finer heartbeat features, such as full contraction dynamics, waveform shape, stroke volume/ejection fraction, or beat-pattern irregularity quantified across trials and animals. We therefore do not intend to exclude the possibility that specific features of the optogenetically induced beat pattern contribute to the behavioral effect — an interesting question that we agree is worth pursuing.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly. We now state, with an added figure (Supplementary Fig. 10), that the optogenetic experiment supports that experimentally induced cardiac deceleration can modulate locomotor behavior, but does not establish that the artificial cardiac pattern is identical to the mechanically evoked response. We also note the open possibility that distinct heartbeat patterns may themselves influence defensive behavior.

      L343–L346: " One limitation is that our optogenetically induced cardiac pattern (Fig. 5g; Supplementary Fig. 10b, c) is not necessarily identical to its mechanically induced counterpart (Fig. 1c; Supplementary Fig. 10d, e), which could have influenced locomotion.”

      L321-324: “To directly test whether cardiac deceleration can influence locomotion, we optogenetically induced cardiac deceleration of a magnitude comparable to the puff-induced response by expressing the light-gated anion channel GtACR1 in cardiomyocytes using Hand-GAL4 (Fig. 5e).”

      Assessing how heartbeat pattern influences behavior will require improved whole-heart imaging and more detailed quantitative analysis of heartbeat dynamics, which we are currently developing but consider beyond the scope of the present study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Recommendation for the authors:

      (1) In the introduction section (around line 43), it would be important to also include relevant work on the relationship between cardiac activity and threat responses in Drosophila (Barrios et al, 2021) as this study describes the internal physiological states of fruit flies during defensive responses (including the changes in heartbeat).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The suggested paper was referenced in our original Introduction but slightly later (L78) than the location suggested by the reviewer (L44). We have now included this reference in L44 as well.

      (2) Activation experiments could be performed in the presence of an air puff. The authors show that the stronger the air puff rate, the stronger the response. Low or medium air puff could be used during optogenetic activation of serotonergic and octopaminergic neurons, and see if the activation of different neuron types enhances cardiac deceleration and increase of locomotion (to levels similar to those observed, for example, at high puff rates). Otherwise, the claim that the dopaminergic system is solely responsible should be rephrased.

      We agree that the suggested experiment can more reliably assess the potential contribution of serotonergic and octopaminergic systems. However, our intention was not to claim that dopaminergic system is solely responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration. Rather, consistency across loss- and gain-of-function experiments led us to focus on dopaminergic system, which allowed us to identify DA-WED neurons. We have revised our manuscript to more precisely express our view outlined above, as follows:

      L194-196: “Together, our data demonstrates that, while not excluding the contributions of serotonergic or octopaminergic systems, dopamine system is responsible for puff-induced cardiac deceleration.”

      (3) Since there is not enough proof that cardiac deceleration is the one that triggers an increase in locomotion during air puff responses and cannot be excluded that the DA-WED neurons trigger an increase in locomotion that is further modulated by the cardiac deceleration. Both options should be considered (models in Figures 4 and 5, results and discussion).

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment, which is also consistent with reviewer#1’s view. We agree that it is better to mention the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion through an additional or partially independent pathway beyond their role in cardiac regulation, which our data does not exclude. In our updated manuscript, we added to our schematic model an arrow emanating from DA-WED to locomotion directly (Fig. 5m), explaining our interpretation in the corresponding legend. We also included the discussion as below:

      L439 - 441: “We note, however, that our data does not exclude the possibility that DA-WED neurons might influence locomotion at least partially independent of its role in cardiac deceleration.”

      (4) Pages 14-15 (and in discussion). It appears that in some cases, puff and threat are used interchangeably, which may be confusing, as for example the authors ask if DA-WED could be general threat detectors in this context, meaning, if I understand correctly, that they are involved in all the aspects of the behavioral response to an air puff. However, the term general threat detector may be understood to mean not specific to air puff but also other types of threats, which is not addressed in this study. I suggest this be rephrased to avoid confusion. Also, they should be clear in the text when they refer specifically to air puff threats and when to threat responses.

      We thank the reviewer for this important clarification. We swapped the phrase “general threat detectors” with “puff detectors” for precision. We have revised our manuscript accordingly, as follows:

      L306 - 320: “An alternative interpretation is that DA-WED neurons function as mere puff detectors that broadly regulate puff-evoked behaviors. If this were the case, manipulating these neurons should affect all behavioral outputs induced by puff. In addition to promoting locomotion, air puff suppressed grooming predominantly within 3 s of puff onset, consistently across puff strengths; grooming during the later 10–20 s window was variable, either remaining suppressed, returning to baseline, or reversing to an increase depending on puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 9a–c). However, silencing DA-WED neurons failed to disrupt puff-induced grooming suppression (Supplementary Fig. 9d–f), despite markedly reducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4b, c) and locomotion (Fig. 5a, b). Likewise, photoactivation of DA-WED neurons failed to suppress grooming (Supplementary Fig. 9g–i), while robustly inducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4i, j) and locomotion (Fig. 5c, d). Thus, manipulation of DA-WED neurons does not reproduce the full behavioral repertoire triggered by puff. These findings argue against the idea that DA-WED neurons function as mere puff detectors and instead support a more specific role in coordinating cardiac and locomotor responses.”

      To better distinguish “external threat” vs “threat responses”, we have also made the following changes in our main text:

      L303-305: “These findings suggest that DA-WED neurons coordinate cardiac deceleration with locomotor responses upon mechanical threat.”

      L341-343: “These observations are consistent with the possibility that cardiac deceleration may influence locomotor responses upon mechanical threat”

      L437-439: “Our data points to a scenario in which DA-WED neurons induce cardiac deceleration upon mechanical threat, which may in turn influence threat-induced locomotion (Fig. 5m).”

      L477-478: “While our data are consistent with a model in which DA-WED neurons couple cardiac deceleration to locomotor responses upon mechanical threat”

      (5) In Supplementary Figure 3, the R74C07 labels anterior and posterior sensilla. Since the external sensilla on the posterior abdomen were excluded based on the Aes1N driver's result, the phenotype is likely due to the anterior sensilla. However, those are not included in the summary in the i) panel. Why is that?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Our policy was that “When multiple drivers labeled the given neurons, we considered such neurons as indispensable for cardiac deceleration only when those drivers produced consistent results (hence, e.g. external sensilla on the posterior abdomen were excluded based on Aes1N driver's result, despite R74C07 driver's result suggests otherwise)”. Accordingly, sensilla on the eye compound (“anterior” sensilla in reviewer’s comment) labeled by R74C07 driver were excluded by “R38B08AD-VT043775DBD” split combination’s result. Our original legend of Supplementary Fig. 3i explained our policy, but to avoid confusion, our updated legend now includes above explanation as well, as follows:

      “(hence, e.g. external sensilla on the posterior abdomen were excluded based on Aes1N driver's result, despite R74C07 driver's result suggests otherwise; similarly, sensilla on the eye compound labeled by R74C07 driver were excluded by “R38B08-AD VT043775-DBD” split combination’s result).”

      (6) There seems to be a strong off response to air puff in medial and not in lateral DA-WED neurons, suggesting that the single pair of neurons could have a different function in the context of air puff responses. That should be discussed.

      We agree with the reviewer that there may be differences in puff responses in medial vs lateral DA-WED neurons (Supplementary Fig. 8c). We have included this in our Result section as follows:

      L281 – 283: “We note, though, that the medial neurons tended to show offset response-like activities more pronounced than their lateral counterparts (Supplementary Fig. 8c), potentially hinting at functional heterogeneity within DA-WED neurons.”

      (7) Grooming: In Supplementary Figure 9c, although not significant, the silencing of DA-WED does seem to have an effect on the grooming profile- averaging over the 10-second time window does not reveal a significant effect, but a finer analysis may reveal some differences. There seems to be an increase in grooming after 10s? (in e-h).

      We added the 10–20 s window data as Supplementary Fig. 9c, f, i, l. We note, however, that this window falls outside the period of robust puff-evoked grooming suppression. In wild-type flies, air puff suppressed grooming predominantly within 3 s of puff onset, and this suppression was consistent in direction across all puff strengths (Supplementary Fig. 9a, b). Grooming during the 10–20 s window, by contrast, was variable, either remaining suppressed, returning to baseline, or reversing to an increase depending on puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 9a). We therefore regard the 0–3 s window as reflecting the most reliable puff-evoked grooming response. Within this window, we did not detect statistically significant effects of neuronal or cardiac manipulation on the grooming suppression. Independently of this, we also examined the average grooming fraction during the 10–20 s window: the apparent differences there are driven by a few unusually high-magnitude values and are not statistically significant even when those values are retained (Supplementary Fig. 9f, i, l).

      We also made the following changes to the Results section (and added Supplementary Fig. 9c, f, i, l):

      L308 – 317: "In addition to promoting locomotion, air puff suppressed grooming predominantly within 3 s of puff onset, consistently across puff strengths; grooming during the later 10–20 s window was variable, either remaining suppressed, returning to baseline, or reversing to an increase depending on puff strength (Supplementary Fig. 9a–c). Silencing DA-WED neurons failed to disrupt puff-induced grooming suppression (Supplementary Fig. 9d–f), despite markedly reducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4b, c) and locomotion (Fig. 5a, b). Likewise, photoactivation of DA-WED neurons failed to suppress grooming (Supplementary Fig. 9g–i), while robustly inducing cardiac deceleration (Fig. 4b, c) and locomotion (Fig. 5c, d)."

      L333 – 334: “In contrast, this manipulation failed to alter grooming behavior (Supplementary Fig. 9j-l).”

      We also spotted an inaccurate description in our original legend, which read “Change in grooming fraction, calculated for each fly as the % difference between the mean fraction during the 10 s following stimulation onset and the mean fraction during the 10 s baseline period preceding stimulation.” This was an error, and we have instead used “during the 3 s following stimulation onset” window as we accurately described in our original Method (L579 – 582: “Puff-induced changes in walking and grooming were quantified by comparing the mean fraction during the 10 s and 3 s, respectively, following puff onset with the mean fraction during the 10 s baseline period preceding puff onset.”). We have corrected this error in our updated legend. We apologize for any confusion this error might have caused.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Showing the model in Figure 4k as puff in parallel leads to locomotor effects independently of DA-WED, which is incongruent with the next figure where they discuss their interoceptive model. It might be useful to present the interoceptive model as a competing model in 4K that will be tested in the following figure.

      Our intention there was to graphically summarize the tentative model that was plausible consistent with data presented in Fig.1-4. While we much appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion, we prefer not to present interoception idea in Fig. 4k: since the interoception idea comes from observations in Fig. 5a-d, we fear that presenting interoception model in Fig. 4k could be confusing without looking at Fig. 5a-d. Still, the reviewer’s suggestion gave us an opportunity to revisit our manuscript’s structure and for that we are thankful.

      (2) The effect the authors observe is similar to one that has been [1.1] recently published in zebrafish larvae (Herrera et al. 2026 and Hernandez-Nunez et al. 2026), where lengthened heartbeats accompany active avoidance behavior following threats. Interestingly, this effect seems to be particularly conserved amongst smaller animals like fish larvae and insects, where heartbeats may represent a stronger sensory stimulus. It may be worthwhile for the authors to discuss these parallels. Further, some of the difficulties about interpreting direct optogenetic manipulation of cardiac function are discussed and explored in the Herrera et al. paper.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these studies and this intriguing parallel. We agree the correspondence across distant taxa is striking. In larval zebrafish, cardiac dynamics and behavioral state are coupled following threat (Herrera et al., 2026), and dedicated vagal sensory neurons encode HR, including subsets responsive to cardiac deceleration, through a largely stimulus (including optogenetic cardiac pacing)-invariant population code (Hernandez-Nunez et al., 2025). Together with the demonstration in mice that optogenetically induced tachycardia can drive an anxiety-like state (Hsueh et al., 2023), and our present findings in Drosophila, these results suggest that cardiac-interoceptive influence on behavior is a broadly shared feature of nervous systems across taxa.

      We find intriguing the reviewer's suggestion that such coupling may be especially relevant in small animals. Indeed, in small animals, the heart may perturb the internal state more globally - in small animals, the per-beat change in physiological state relative to body size may be proportionally larger, rendering each beat a stronger signal rather than being buffered by a large, compartmentalized vasculature. Alternatively, the compactness of small nervous systems could allow an interoceptive cardiac signal to reach motor circuits through few intervening synapses. In Drosophila, almost any neuron can reach any other within roughly four synapses (Scheffer et al., 2020; Dorkenwald et al., 2024; Schlegel et al., 2024), although whether synaptic path lengths are shorter in Drosophila than in larger brains remains unknown. We note, however, that the demonstration of cardiogenic affective control in mammals (Hsueh et al., 2023) indicates the phenomenon is not restricted to small animals, and so we consider the size question open.

      Finally, following the reviewer's pointer to the interpretive considerations raised by Herrera et al., we have added text acknowledging that our optogenetic manipulation may engage the cardiac state through multiple routes. The term interoception is used broadly to include neural as well as humoral, blood pressure, or gas-exchange-related sensing of the cardiac state, and we note that distinguishing among these routes would require targeted manipulations we have not performed.

      We have added the following section to our Discussion:

      L453 – 474: “ Cardiac dynamics can modulate behavior

      Our findings echo a growing body of work linking cardiac dynamics to behavior across distant taxa. In larval zebrafish, cardiac dynamics and behavior are coupled during threat [85], and dedicated vagal sensory neurons encode HR, including its decreases, through a stimulus-invariant population code86. In mice, optogenetically induced tachycardia can drive anxiety-like behavior [87]. And here we find that cardiac deceleration accompanies, and can promote, locomotion in Drosophila. Cardiac influence on behavior thus spans insects, fish, and mammals.

      How cardiac state might be sensed in Drosophila is unknown, and several routes are conceivable. Drosophila heart receives rich neuronal innervation [51,52], although whether these neurons relay sensory information from the heart is unknown. If so, neurons could directly detect the heartbeat, analogous to the cardiac afferents that mediate cardiac interoception in vertebrates [86,87]. Alternatively, the heartbeat could be sensed mechanically or through gas-exchange-related cues. In mammals, the cardiac pressure pulse can be detected directly within the brain by mechanosensitive central neurons88. In zebrafish, cardiac activity can causally influence behavior through its oxygen supply [85]. In insects, although the circulatory architecture differs, the heartbeat contributes to pressure changes in the hemocoel and tracheal system and resultant gas exchange [89,90], which could in principle be detected. While present study does not distinguish among these possibilities, establishing how cardiac state is sensed would provide a foundation for dissecting how central commands and peripheral physiological states interact to coordinate survival behaviors.

      (3) Serotonergic inhibition or knockout seems to diminish cardiac deceleration (lines 159-162), yet activation leads to increased heart rate (lines 170-171). The authors should discuss some possible explanations for this paradoxical result.

      While we can only speculate, one possibility is that serotonergic neurons modulate cardiac control in a context-dependent manner. During mechanical threat, serotonergic activity is indispensable for cardiac deceleration, perhaps by gating the threat-responsive cardiac deceleration pathway involving DA-WED. In contrast, thermogenetic activation of serotonergic neurons outside this context may recruit broader downstream targets, including circuits that induce cardiac acceleration. We have added the following sentences in our Result:

      L183 – 187: “Serotonergic system, on the other hand, provided paradoxical results (Fig. 2g-k, Supplementary Fig. 5c-g): this could be because serotonergic system is required for threat-induced cardiac deceleration, while broad serotonergic activation outside this context possibly engages downstream circuits that promote cardiac acceleration.”

      (4) The split-GAL4 technology is a well-established approach in Drosophila research. The authors don't need to go into so much detail about its mechanism in the results (lines 199-205).

      We have compressed our detailed explanation about split-GAL4 technology as follows:

      L212 – 214: “In this approach, GAL4 is divided into DBD and AD hemi-drivers, and functional GAL4 is reconstituted only in cells expressing both components (Fig. 3c).”

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study by Z. Moradi, S. Jahedazad, and colleagues presents a refined two-choice assay paradigm for investigating thermotactic behavior in groups of Drosophila melanogaster. The authors developed an experimental setup that maintains a stable temperature profile and utilized supervised classifiers based on extracted locomotion parameters to distinguish between temperature conditions within the arena as well as antennal ablation status. The integration of a Braitenberg vehicle model to simulate fruit fly exploration patterns and U-turn behaviors at thermal boundaries represents a valuable contribution to the study of collective thermotaxis.

      Strengths:

      (1) The detailed description of the behavioral assay and the rigorous calibration methods make the experimental setup reproducible.

      (2) The incorporation of a state-of-the-art animal tracking system enables the precise extraction of multiple locomotion parameters, providing valuable insights into the fruit fly exploration as well as for predicting temperature-dependent behavioral responses. The methodology could be potentially adopted in other studies.

      (3) The authors' decision to study thermotactic behavior in groups is a noteworthy addition. The finding that overall staccato movement patterns remain largely unaffected by antennal ablation, while the frequency and duration of pairwise encounters increase with temperature, offers valuable insights into individual sensory processing vs the influence of collective behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      (1.1) The study investigates groups of fruit flies, which is an interesting contrast to previous single-fly studies. While group dynamics are mentioned as potentially important, no direct comparison or analysis was conducted between individual vs group, which would have been a straightforward and valuable addition. 

      We appreciate the reviewers' suggestion regarding a direct single-fly versus group-fly comparison. In response, we have added a preliminary analysis comparing single-fly and group-fly trials, with the results presented in the revised manuscript under “Group-Enhanced Heat Avoidance in Drosophila Correlated with Pairwise Encounter Duration” This analysis provides an initial assessment of whether the group-level heat avoidance response differs from that observed in individual flies.

      We must, however, be transparent about the limitations of this additional data. Due to exceptional conditions in Iran during this period, and the completion of the degree program under which this research was conducted, a full comparative dataset could not be collected. The analysis presented is therefore based on preliminary data and should be interpreted as indicative rather than conclusive, and we have clearly noted this limitation in the manuscript.

      We would also like to clarify the scope and intent of this work. As engineers, our primary contribution is methodological: we aimed to develop tools and a framework for temperature-response analysis in Drosophila, with particular focus on enabling such analysis at the collective level, a setting that has received comparatively less attention. A direct behavioral comparison between single and multi-fly conditions was not the original objective of this study. We believe the core contribution of the paper, the arena implementation methodology, analysis pipeline, and collective behavior characterization, stands independently, and we hope the added preliminary comparison addresses the reviewers' concern in the spirit in which it was intended.

      (1.2) The strength of intergroup interactions remains unclear, as the pairwise encounter parameters appeared to have low significance according to the importance factor analysis.

      Thank you for raising this point. First of all, we would like to clarify that, in response to this and concern 21, we have revised the figure, which was previously based on one-way ANOVA scores, to a permutationbased feature importance score (Figure 3). This updated method better reflects the functional contribution of each feature in relation to our trained classifiers. As demonstrated, for the classification of antennal deficits, encounter duration emerges as the fourth most significant feature affecting classification performance. 

      Moreover, we inserted a new section “Group-Enhanced Heat Avoidance in Drosophila Correlated with Pairwise Encounter Duration”, deeply explain the relationship between enhanced AI values in groups (than individual trials) and pairwise interactions.

      We recognize that the impact of social interactions on group thermal responses is a compelling yet underexplored area that deserves further investigation. Therefore, we included some suggestions in the “Limitations and Future Directions” section of our updated manuscript.

      (2) The manuscript does not clearly articulate the novelty of the work; the innovative aspects are present but not effectively highlighted.

      We appreciate your comment and have revised the manuscript accordingly. In particular, we have revised the Introduction section, which now includes a detailed explanation of the novelty of our work and highlighting its distinctions from previous related studies.

      (3.1) The descriptions of the locomotor parameters and Braitenberg modeling, which constitute the most critical components of the study, are not optimally presented in the main text. 

      We revised our manuscript. For your reference, please check out “Table 1” and the “A Simple Braitenberg Vehicle Recapitulated Fly Heat-Avoidance Navigational Strategy” section.

      (3.2) The authors should provide a more detailed rationale for why certain locomotion parameters emerged as more influential (i.e., with higher importance scores) than others. Additionally, clearer explanations from a physical or mechanistic perspective would help readers better appreciate and interpret the significance of these findings.

      We tried to consider this in the entire revision process of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review)

      The authors develop an experimental framework to precisely control temperature in an arena and make quantitative measurements of thermal avoidance behavior in Drosophila. They find that wild-type animals show robust heat avoidance behavior and suggest that antennal ablation reduces this heat avoidance. They also make a novel claim that antennal inputs do more than simple heat detection but play a role in navigation strategies like centrophobism and are needed for decision-making at thermal boundaries. The fundamental two-choice behavior paradigm or the use of peltier modules for temperature control have been employed previously in the field. The strength of this work lies in detailed behavioral measurements. However, the study falls short due to a lack of adequate experimental controls. The authors then model this behavior as a classical Braitenberg vehicle of sensory-motor transformation. Overall, the paper has some interesting insights into in-depth analysis of Drosophila navigation in thermal gradients, but their evidence only partially supports their claims.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review)

      Per my training and expertise, my evaluation and feedback below are focused on the behavioral components of this study and not the modeling. The authors use heat avoidance thermotaxis behavior in adult flies as a behavioral read out of decision-making with the goal of providing a novel quantitative analysis of the navigational strategies that contribute to heat avoidance behavior. Breaking down a specific behavior (here, heat avoidance) into component behavioral motifs can provide a more detailed analysis that can contribute to deeper understanding of navigational strategies within Drosophila and potentially aid understanding of navigational strategies at a broader level. The authors describe temperature preference behaviors, as has been previously reported and examine the role(s) of thermoreceptors localized to the antennae compared to the rest of the fly. The thermotaxis behavior is then broken down into several parameters with the goal of gaining deeper insight into how and when the fly initiates and generates heat avoidance behavior. The work would be further strengthened and clarified by more completely setting the findings within the context of the field both by including relevant citations and via text that describes this within the manuscript. Additionally, while the authors discuss choosing the temperatures in the assay to allow for more "straightforward interpretation", it would be important to note that this might not be what the fly actually experiences and although it might drive a "decision" it might not be revealing the ethologically accurate behavior.  

      We interpret the reviewer’s point as a request to distinguish the temperatures used in our assay from the temperatures a fly would typically encounter in a natural setting. Our selected temperatures were chosen to provide experimentally clear thermal contrasts and facilitate quantitative interpretation; however, the temperature experienced by a fly in nature can vary spatially and temporally and may not correspond to the controlled conditions used here. Thus, a behavioral choice observed in our assay should not automatically be interpreted as an ethologically exact representation of natural thermal decision-making. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript and now frame the assay as a controlled test of thermotactic behavior rather than a direct reproduction of a natural thermal environment.

      Additionally, Figure 2 in particular can be revised to aid the reader in understanding and evaluating the results. For example, writing out the terms on the y-axis (or making a table a reader could easily reference) and including statistically significant findings on the figure itself would allow the reader to more easily draw their own conclusions. 

      Table 1, included in the revised version, defines locomotor features along with their corresponding symbols. In Figure 2, blue median lines depict significant deviation from the baseline at 25°C for the wild-type group. Moreover, in the same figure, red median lines denote significant differences between wild-type and ablated groups at the warm temperature of 35°C. Features’ values (Mean ± SD) extracted from trials as well as the p-values for suitable overall statistical tests (ANOVA, welch ANOVA, Kruskal-Wallis) are included in the supplementary File 1. Adjusted p-values for all pairwise comparisons in the wild-type group are provided in Table 2.

      Finally, a more thorough discussion would help make the findings more accessible and demonstrate how these findings have the potential to be of broad interest to many disciplines. For example, placing findings in the context of navigation and quantitative behavioral analysis across species and referring to figures within the discussion section itself.

      We agree with the reviewer and have substantially revised the Discussion to better connect our findings to navigation and quantitative behavioral analysis. The revised Discussion places the locomotor features and thermal decision-making results in the broader context of behavioral navigation and explicitly refers to the relevant figures when interpreting the findings. We have also clarified which conclusions are directly supported by the present data and which represent potential broader applications or directions for future work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Comments:

      (1) The current study focuses on transcriptional regulation of the sex chromosomes. It would be interesting to know whether perturbation of pre-rRNA synthesis also affects transcription of autosomal genes.

      Our RNA-seq analysis shows that BHM-21 treatment markedly affected the transcription of X- and Y-linked genes, with no obvious influence on the transcription of autosomal genes in pachytene spermatocytes (Figure 4B).

      (2) Is ribosome biogenesis still active during prophase I of male meiosis? Additional discussion of the timing and extent of rRNA synthesis at this stage would help place the findings in a broader biological context.

      To determine whether ribosome biogenesis remains active during meiotic prophase I, we examined 47S pre-rRNA levels by qPCR in spermatogonia (Spg) and prophase I spermatocytes. As shown in Figure S2, pre-rRNA transcript levels were extremely low in prophase I spermatocytes compared to Spg, indicating an arrest of rRNA synthesis upon meiotic entry. Notably, we observed prominent redistribution of nucleolar components to the XY body during prophase I. These findings suggest that reduced engagement of nucleolar components in rRNA biogenesis may facilitate their redistribution and their participation in other biological processes. We have added this discussion to the revised manuscript (Lines 283-289).

      (3) A recent preprint reports active RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription of Y chromosome genes within nucleolus-like bodies (NLBs) during prophase I of meiosis in Drosophila male germ cells (https://doi.org/10.64898/2026.05.20.726666). These findings suggest that the meiotic nucleolus may have species-specific roles in regulating sex chromosome gene expression. It would be valuable for the authors to discuss how their findings compare with these observations and the potential evolutionary implications.

      In Drosophila spermatocytes, the nucleolus is reorganized into a nucleolus-like body (NLB). This structure serves as a platform for RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription of Y-linked fertility genes. In contrast, in mouse spermatocytes, nucleolar components such as pre-rRNA and NPM1 are redistributed to the XY body. Their accumulation promotes Pol II exclusion and meiotic sex chromosome inactivation (MSCI). The transcriptional outcomes differ between the two species: Y-linked genes remain transcriptionally active in Drosophila, whereas sex chromosomes are transcriptionally silenced in the mouse. These findings suggest that nucleolar organization has been evolutionarily adapted in a species-specific manner to meet distinct requirements for sex chromosome regulation during spermatogenesis. We have discussed this point in the revised manuscript (Lines 317-326).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors showed the localization pattern of nucleolus components, including Pre-rRNA, a precursor of rRNAs, changes during meiotic prophase I, particularly with the localization of these nucleolar components to the X-Y body, which shows inactivation of RNA polymerase II transcription, during pachynema. The localization of Pre-rRNA depends on ATR kinase and gammaH2AX. The chemical inhibition of rRNA transcription disrupts the binding of pre-rRNA to the X-Y body and suppresses the inhibition of the RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription on the sex chromosomes.

      Strengths:

      The cytological analysis, combined with the chemical inhibition, provided solid evidence to support the idea that, together with the remodeling of the nucleolus structure, pre-rRNA is an essential component of sex chromosome inactivation in male mouse meiosis. The role of pre-rRNA in sex chromosome inactivation in male meiosis helps our understanding of how the X-Y body, which would be a biological condensate, would be formed; e.g. for example, this Pre-rRNA may promote phase separation.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there is limited information on how Pre-rRNA is recruited to only sex chromosomes and how the RNA promotes the inactivation of sex chromosomes. Of course, these will be a target of future study. One major weakness of this paper is a poor description of the results, with fair presentation and interpretation of the data.

      Following the reviewers suggestions, we have modified the manuscript. As listed below, we have addressed all the concerns raised by the reviewers point by point.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Major points:

      (1) The authors studied the localization of pre-rRNA, which is the center of this study. However, the general structure of this RNA was poorly described in the text. For example, how this pre-rRNA is different from mature rRNAs. Importantly, how the authors detected pre-rRNA, not other rRNA species, should be described in the Figure and the text.

      The primary pre-rRNA transcript contains the sequences that give rise to the mature rRNAs, together with the external transcribed spacers (5′-ETS and 3′-ETS) and internal transcribed spacers (ITS1 and ITS2). During rRNA maturation, these spacer regions are progressively removed through a series of processing steps and are therefore absent from mature rRNAs (PMID: 22342225). To specifically detect pre-rRNA, we performed RNA-FISH using probes targeting the ITS1 and ITS2 regions as described in the Methods section (Line 380-398). This probe design strategy has been reported in our previous study and cited in the Methods section (PMID: 34980897). Following your suggestion, we have now added a brief description of the general structural features of pre-rRNA and its distinction from mature rRNAs in the Introduction (Lines 36-39).

      (2) For the dynamics of the localization of pre-RNA and/or NMP1 during the meiotic prophase I, it is very important to check the localization of these components in zygonema (or leptonema) by ChIP-seq (Figure 2C) to address whether these signals bind to the sex chromosome prior to pachynema.

      As suggested, we performed additional ChIRP-seq and CUT&Tag-seq to detect the localization of pre-rRNA and NPM1 in leptotene/zygotene spermatocytes (GSE346625, GSE346622). The results indicate that neither pre-rRNA nor NPM1 associates with sex chromosomes at the leptonema-zygonema stage prior to pachynema (Revised Figure S3).

      (3) For Pre-rRNA ChIP, how did the author IP the RNA? Do they have specific antibodies against the RNA? Please explain this in the text.

      The pre-rRNA-associated chromatin was not isolated using an RNA-specific antibody. Instead, we employed Chromatin Isolation by RNA Purification (ChIRP), a well-established method for mapping RNA–chromatin interactions (PMID: 24457971). In this assay, biotinylated antisense DNA oligonucleotides complementary to pre-rRNA sequences were used to specifically capture pre-rRNA together with its associated chromatin, followed by streptavidin-based purification. The experimental procedure has been described in the Methods section (Lines 467-475).

      (4) For Pre-rRNA ChIP-seq and CUT&Tag-seq (Fig. 2C, 3C), the signals are enriched in specific genomic regions. Please show where they are and discuss them.

      Pre-rRNA/NPM1 signals appear to be enriched within γH2AX-positive regions of the sex chromosomes (Figure S8). This spatial overlap is consistent with our finding that ATR-mediated DNA damage response signaling drives the sequestration of nucleolar components to the XY body. Supporting this interpretation, inhibition of ATR or loss of H2AX markedly reduced the enrichment of both pre-rRNA and NPM1 on the sex chromosomes. We have discussed this point in the revised manuscript (Lines 155-158).

      (5) In Figure S2, the staining patterns of PLRE1 and FBL are different; FBL seems to bind to chromosome axes, which should be mentioned in the text and, if possible, discussed in terms of the differential localization of nucleolar components on the X-Y body.

      FBL was specifically enriched on the unsynapsed axis of the X and Y chromosomes, where SPO11-mediated DSBs occur. However, POLR1E exhibited a diffuse distribution in the XY body. Thus, it is possible that these nucleolar proteins may be involved in meiosis-related events in the XY body, such as meiotic DSB repair. The differential localization pattern suggests that the nucleolar components may play distinct roles in the meiotic prophase I. We have included the description and discussion of this part in the revised manuscript (Lines 302-306).

      (6) Graphs in Figure 3 showed the order of the binding after ATRi washing: gammaH2AX>NPM1>Pre-rRNA. This kinetic difference is confirmed and should be mentioned in the text (and discussed).

      We agree that the distinct recovery kinetics of γH2AX, NPM1, and pre-rRNA upon ATRi washout support a hierarchical recruitment model. After ATRi washout, γH2AX signals reappeared most rapidly, followed by the gradual re-accumulation of NPM1 and pre-rRNA. This distinct kinetics suggests that ATR-dependent γH2AX signaling precedes the recruitment of NPM1 and pre-rRNA. We have included related information in the revised manuscript (Lines 155-158).

      (7) Figure 3C: It is clear that the absence of pre-rRNA and NMP1 in the gammaH2AX KO testis. It is important to show the localization patterns of these components in pachytene KO cells; e.g., no change in the localization.

      As suggested, we performed additional IF-FISH analysis in wild-type and H2AX-knockout pachytene spermatocytes to examine the subcellular localization of pre-rRNA and NPM1. Both pre-rRNA and NPM1 were prominently enriched at the XY body in wild-type pachytene spermatocytes. In contrast, this XY body-associated enrichment was lost in H2AX-knockout pachytene spermatocytes. Notably, pre-rRNA remained colocalized with NPM1 in H2AX-knockout cells. These observations suggest that H2AX is required for the recruitment of pre-rRNA/NPM1 to the XY body, but is not required for their spatial association. These new data have been included in Figure S9 and described in the revised manuscript (Lines 164-166).

      (8) EU incorporation experiment in Figure 4: Signals of EU in this figure are different from those in Figure1 C. This suggests the distinct loci for rRNA production between leptonema and pachynema. Please explain more. More importantly, it is very important to show the amounts and production rates of ribosomes or rRNAs during distinct stages of prophase I.

      5-EU (5-ethynyl uridine) is a nucleoside analog that is incorporated into all newly synthesized RNA, including both rRNA and mRNA, during active transcription. Therefore, the 5-EU signals we observed reflect the global transcriptional activity of all RNA polymerases (Pol I, Pol II, and Pol III), rather than rRNA production specifically. In pachytene spermatocytes, the XY body undergoes meiotic sex chromosome inactivation (MSCI), a process in which transcription on the sex chromosomes is largely silenced. However, Pol II-mediated transcription is robustly active on the autosomes during this stage. Therefore, the 5-EU signals we detected in pachytene cells predominantly originate from active Pol II transcription on autosomes, while the XY body remains largely devoid of 5-EU incorporation due to MSCI.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we further quantified pre-rRNA transcript levels at different stages of meiotic prophase I using quantitative RT-qPCR. Pre-rRNA transcript levels were extremely low in prophase I spermatocytes compared to Spg, indicating an arrest of rRNA synthesis upon meiotic entry (Revised Figure S2). These findings suggest that reduced engagement of nucleolar components in rRNA biogenesis may facilitate their redistribution and their participation in other biological processes. We have discussed this point in the revised manuscript (Lines 283-289).

      (9) It is very important to show the localization of X-Y body markers such as Brca1, ATR, etc., in spermatocytes treated with BMH-21 to know which process is prevented with this inhibitor.

      As suggested, we examined the localization of ATR and BRCA1 in pachytene spermatocytes following BMH-21 treatment. ATR localization to the XY body was unaffected by BMH-21 treatment. Together with our finding that ATR inhibition disrupts pre-rRNA accumulation at the XY body, these observations support the notion that ATR signaling is required upstream of pre-rRNA recruitment. In contrast, BRCA1 enrichment at the XY body was reduced by BMH-21, suggesting that BRCA1 accumulation at the XY body is potentially regulated by pre-rRNA. We have included these data in Figure S11C and S11D and added the corresponding description in the revised manuscript (Lines 180-181).

      (10) Figure 4A clearly shows the localization of pre-rRNA in the X-Y body depends on active PolI transcription. Where is pre-rRNAs, which resided in the X-Y body after the treatment? Spreading to the nucleoplasm or degradation. Is it very important to analyze the amounts of rRNA species, including pre-rRNAs, under these conditions (and also during normal prophase I)?

      As shown in Figure 4A, the prominent enrichment of pre-rRNA at the XY body was lost upon BMH-21 treatment. Instead, the residual pre-rRNAs were dispersed in the nucleoplasm. We also observed that BMH-21 treatment markedly reduced total pre-rRNA levels in pachytene spermatocytes (Author response image 1). Therefore, these results indicate that BMH-21 disrupts the enrichment of pre-rRNA at the XY body and reduces overall pre-rRNA abundance.

      Author response image 1.

      BMH-21 reduces pre-rRNA levels in pachytene spermatocytes. RT-qPCR analysis of pre-rRNA in pachytene spermatocytes treated with BMH-21 (2.5 μM, 12 hours). Data are presented as mean ± SEM (n=3 biological replicates).

      (11) The authors need to study the localization of nucleolar components including Pre-rRNA, in female meiosis.

      We agree that examining the localization and dynamics of nucleolar components during female meiosis would be of considerable interest. However, the present study focuses specifically on the redistribution of nucleolar components to the XY body during male meiotic prophase I. The XY body is a male-specific chromatin domain formed by the largely unsynapsed X and Y chromosomes and is closely associated with meiotic sex chromosome inactivation and the ATR-dependent DNA damage response. Because female meiotic cells lack an equivalent XY body structure, investigating nucleolar organization during female meiosis would address a distinct biological question that is beyond the scope of the present study.

      Minor points:

      (12) Line 61-62, subtelomeric region: "pseudo-autosomal region" is better.

      We have replaced "subtelomeric region" with "pseudoautosomal region (PAR)" in the revised manuscript.

      (13) Figure 1A: Please add the localization of pre-RNA (and other nucleolar components) in the mouse ES cells, etc., as a control. How the nucleolus in germ cells is similar or different from that in typical somatic cells is important.

      We examined the localization of pre-rRNA in mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEF) as a representative somatic cell type (Figure S1A). Pre-rRNA showed a similar nucleolar localization pattern in MEFs and spermatogonia (SPG), indicating that the general organization of pre-rRNA within the nucleolus is comparable between these two cell types.

      (14) Line 83, in situ: Should be italicized.

      We have corrected all instances of "in situ" to italicized format (in situ) throughout the manuscript.

      (15) Figure 1A and text: Please explain what Scp3 is and why the authors used this.

      Synaptonemal complex protein 3 (SYCP3) is a major structural component of the lateral elements of the synaptonemal complex, a proteinaceous structure formed between homologous chromosomes during meiotic prophase I. SYCP3 localizes along meiotic chromosome axes and is widely used as a marker to visualize chromosome organization and distinguish different substages of meiotic prophase I based on characteristic patterns of chromosome synapsis (PMID: 42059593). Therefore, we used SYCP3 staining to visualize meiotic chromosome axes and to identify the developmental stage of spermatocytes. We have now added a clear description of SYCP3 and the rationale for its use in the revised manuscript (Lines 54-56).

      (16) Figure 1A and others, dispersion ratio: Please explain what the ratio is in the text and/or the legend.

      The dispersion ratio is defined as the area of pre-rRNA signal divided by the total nuclear area (delineated by DAPI staining). This ratio reflects the degree of spatial dispersion of pre-rRNA within the nucleus: a higher ratio indicates a more diffuse distribution, whereas a lower ratio indicates a more concentrated localization. The dispersion ratio of NPM1 was calculated using the same method as that for pre-rRNA. We have now added a detailed explanation of this definition to the legend of Figure 1A.

      (17) Figure S1A, top panels: A small portion of the signal of POLR1E (yellow) is out of the nucleus (white circle) and overlaps with c-Kit. What does this mean? Need to clarify.

      The appearance of this small portion of POLR1E signal was most likely due to non-specific staining or an imaging artifact, as it was not reproducibly observed in other cells or independent experimental replicates. To avoid potential misinterpretation, we have replaced the original image with a new representative panel from the same experimental condition in the revised Figure S1A.

      (18) Line 93. GC: Should be "NPM1", since this is the result.

      We have corrected “GC” to “NPM1” in the corresponding sentence in the revised manuscript.

      (19) Line 98-, Figure 1C: Please explain how the EU is incorporated into cells and what the "transient" means here in the legend.

      5-EU (5-ethynyl uridine) is a cell-permeable uridine analog that is incorporated into newly synthesized RNA during active transcription (PMID: 40701178; PMID: 37683610; PMID: 29431736). In our experiment, we added 5-EU to the culture medium at a concentration of 1 mM for 2 hours to transiently label newly synthesized RNA. The term "transient" refers to the short pulse-labeling period (2 hours), which allows us to capture a snapshot of active transcription at the time of labeling, rather than steady-state RNA accumulation.

      (20) Line 110, coalesce: Without live imaging, it is very hard to show that NPM1 (or pre-rRNA) bodies coalesce. The authors need to soften the wording here.

      We have replaced "coalesce" with " aggregate" (Line 116).

      (21) Line 114, pre-rRNA and NPM1 are recruited and sequestered in the X-Y body; however, in Figure 2A, B. No evidence of the colocalization of the signals with a marker for X-Y bodies or X, Y chromosomes. How is it possible to quantify the signals without the reference marker, or how is the area of the X-Y body defined (right graphs, line 114-116)? It is essential to show the colocalization analysis in cytology.

      In our study, the XY body territory was identified based on the following criteria: a. SYCP3 staining was used as the primary marker to delineate the axes of the X and Y chromosomes, which remain unsynapsed during pachynema and are embedded within the XY body. b. DAPI staining served as a secondary marker, as the XY body typically appears as a DAPI-dense region (heterochromatin-enriched) within the nucleus. Accordingly, the XY body area in our quantification (Figure 2A and 2B) was defined as the SYCP3-defined XY chromosome axis region plus the surrounding DAPI-dense chromatin territory, following the established criteria in references 20 and 38. We have now added this information to the corresponding Materials and methods section (Lines 496-501) to clarify our morphological analysis criteria.

      (22) Line 115 gradual accumulation: This is true for Pre-rRNA, but not NPM1, which showed a sudden increase mid- to late-pachynema.

      We have revised the wording from "gradual" to "dynamic" in the revised manuscript (Line 121).

      (23) Figure S3, statistical analysis: What kind of statistics did the authors use here? It seems to be a simple quantification of the ratios.

      In Figure S5 (originally presented in Figure S3), we quantified the dispersion ratio of pre-rRNA (or NPM1) across different meiotic stages. As defined in the figure legend, the dispersion ratio was calculated as the pre-rRNA (or NPM1) signal area divided by the total nuclear area (delineated by DAPI staining), which reflects the degree of spatial dispersion of the signal within the nucleus. The numbers indicated above the data points represent the mean value for each group, which facilitates direct comparison of the overall trend across different stages.

      (24) Figure S4, line 126: Lamin is not a marker for the nuclear envelope. If the authors insist on an intact nuclear envelope (NE), please use the other NE markers.

      We agree that Lamin is not a direct marker for the nuclear envelope (NE) per se. While the nuclear lamina is closely associated with the NE and provides structural support to the nucleus, it is not the envelope itself. Notably, Lamin B1 is widely used as a marker to assess nuclear envelope integrity (PMID: 15353547), because disruption of Lamin B1 localization is frequently accompanied by nuclear envelope abnormalities (PMID: 32954426; PMID: 23166514). Therefore, we consider it reasonable to use Lamin B1 staining as an indicator of NE integrity in our experimental context.

      (25) Line 143-144, Figure S5A: How did the authors define the morphology of the X-Y body (what marker was used for the morphological analysis)?

      Upon re-evaluation, we realized that SYCP3 staining, which we had originally used as a reference, lacks sufficient specificity to define the morphology of the XY body. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we have deleted the morphological description in Page 7.

      (26) Line 145, released: No experimental evidence for the release. Please rephrase here.

      We have replaced "released" with "absent" in the revised manuscript (Line 151).

      (27) Line 165, the treatment of spermatocytes with BMH-21: This is an in vitro experiment using isolated spermatocytes? As shown above, please mention the system precisely.

      As the reviewer noted, the experiments were performed in vitro on isolated spermatocytes. Specifically, spermatocytes were isolated from mouse testes and treated with BMH-21 at 2.5 μM for 12 hours in culture medium, followed by fixation and immunofluorescence and RNA FISH analysis. We have now clarified the experimental system (Lines 172-173) and in the Methods section.

      (28) Figure S7B. Please measure the weight of the testis.

      We have now included the testis weight in the revised Figure S12B (corresponding to the original Figure S7B).

      (29) Line 194, PNA: What is PNA? Please explain it to readers.

      PNA (peanut agglutinin) is used as a marker for the acrosome of post-meiotic germ cells (round and elongated spermatids), and PNA-positive cells therefore represent post-meiotic spermatids. We have added this information in the revised manuscript (Lines 202-203).

      (30) Figure 5A, PolII staining: The images shown in the figure are not convincing (cannot see any signals), which is not consistent with the quantification. Moreover, the graph shows the "relative" amount of PolII. How did the authors define 100% values here? Mean values are not 100% in the two graphs.

      We have now corrected the y-axis to "Pol II-positive area within the XY body", which accurately reflects what was quantified. In the quantification graphs, the "Pol II-positive area within the XY body" refers to the percentage of the XY body territory that is occupied by Pol II signal. Specifically, the XY body region was defined as the region of interest based on SYCP3 staining and DAPI-dense chromatin. We have now added this definition to the Methods section (lines 496-501) to ensure clarity for readers.

      (31) For the ATAC-seq in Figure 6, what happens to the accessibility of chromatin of autosomes (and sex chromosomes) in the BMH-21-treated cells relative to the mock control? In the text, the authors compared the accessibility of sex chromosomes relative to the autosomes only in the treated cells. It is critical to show the difference in the accessibility of autosomes in the treated and untreated cells.

      The overall chromatin accessibility of autosomes remained unchanged upon BMH-21 treatment, whereas the accessibility of sex chromosomes was significantly increased under the same conditions (Figure 6B). Thus, the effect of BMH-21 on chromatin accessibility is preferentially associated with the sex chromosomes. The results have been included in Figure 6B and described in the Results section (Lines 239-245).

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells, across different cell types, to identify the genetic causes and then transcriptomic consequences of divergence in DNA methylation. They conclude that the evolution of DNA methylation is driven primarily by cis-regulatory changes, and that the evolution of CpG sites contributes to cis-regulation while transcription factor expression underlies some trans changes. They then argue that divergence in DNA methylation is associated with changes in gene expression and may contribute to human phenotypes.

      The tetraploid model is able to provide compelling evidence that most regulatory evolution occurs due to cis-regulatory changes, and that sites that have diverged in DNA methylation level cluster together into DMRs which share similar divergence patterns and genetic architecture. This stands in intriguing contrast to trans-mechanisms which explain most variation within modern human populations. The authors proceed to show that trans-effects can be explained, in part, by nearby TF binding motifs and many cis-regulatory changes are explained by CpG-disrupting variants. While these mechanisms clearly contribution to divergence in DNA methylation, the degree to which they explain cis- and trans-regulatory divergence would be valuable.

      Next, the authors seek to show that differences in DNA methylation are functionally relevant. Consistent with previous results, they show that differences in DNA methylation are (weakly) associated with changes in gene expression. They hypothesize that genes with concordant regulatory should exhibit great methylation-expression coupling than other genes and show that cis-expression/cis-methylation pairs are more strongly correlated than trans/trans pairs. I think that looking at cis/trans or trans/cis changes would also be useful. Another limitation is that this analysis is limited to promoter regions. It is not clear how many divergent DMRs that includes and how many of those genes have differences in expression. The key question is whether differences in DNA methylation are functionally important, and the answer provided by these analyses is "sometimes".

      Finally, the authors make a case for lineage-specific selection on DNA methylation that is connected to human traits. Using a sign-test, they identify sets of genes which have likely experienced selection in humans and may underlie human phenotypes.

      In conclusion, I think this study provides a valuable resource for differences in DNA methylation between humans and chimpanzees across tissues and provides important insight into the relative abundance of cis and trans regulatory divergence. Additional research is necessary to investigate the underlying regulatory mechanisms and more care needs to be taken in exploring the functional consequences.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells to examine species differences in DNA methylation. They identify differentially methylated regions under cis or trans regulation. Cis-DMRs are enriched near SNVs that disrupt or create CpGs, providing a plausible mechanism for cis changes in methylation. They also seek to identify transcription factors that might affect methylation in trans, as well as gene sets with evidence for consistent changes in methylation and expression between humans and chimpanzees, suggesting that they may underlie lineage-specific traits.

      Strengths:

      The authors have generated a new dataset across multiple different cell types examining differences in DNA methylation between humans and chimpanzees using human diploid cells, chimpanzee diploid cells, and human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells. Using this dataset, they identify that cis-DMRs are enriched near SNVs that disrupt or create CpGs compared to trans-DMRs and identify transcription factors as candidate trans-acting factors. Both identified SNVs and transcription factors are good candidates for future experimentation. The authors also find that cis-DMRs are more highly correlated with cis-expressed genes than trans-DMRs with trans-expressed genes, providing evidence that methylation and expression are linked genome-wide. Further, they apply a clever sign test approach to identify gene pathways with evidence for lineage-specific selection.

      Comments on revised version.

      They authors have addressed my concerns from their initial manuscript. In particular, the authors have noted the limitations of their study as appropriate, including the use of permissive FDR cut-offs.

      We thank the Reviewing Editor, Senior Editor, and reviewers for their careful reading of our manuscript and their constructive feedback.' We have made two changes in response to the 2nd round of reviews.

      We have replaced the paragraph “To identify the molecular mechanisms driving methylation divergence, we analyzed transcription factors (TFs) associated with trans-DMRs and sequence variants associated with cis-DMRs” with “To explore potential molecular mechanisms driving methylation divergence, we focused on two of many possible contributors: transcription factors (TFs) associated with trans-DMRs and sequence variants associated with cis-DMRs.”

      We now report the absolute numbers of sites underlying each proportion: at FDR < 0.05, 663,368 cis-regulated and 140,017 trans-regulated sites out of 932,573 divergent sites, among 24,935,901 CpG sites tested across cell types. Only CpG sites covered in all parental and hybrid samples of a cell type can be tested, so this is fewer than the 49,049,052 unique CpG positions covered by any library, and we have clarified this distinction in the Results. Per-cell-type counts are provided in Supplemental File 1.

      Second, we performed a variance partitioning analysis analogous to heritability partitioning. We decomposed total interspecies divergence (parental human minus chimpanzee) into a cis component (the allelic difference within hybrids) and a trans component (the remainder), and estimated the proportion of variance in divergence explained by each, together with their covariance. To limit sampling noise, we pooled read counts within 1-kb genomic bins. We used noise-corrected estimators based on covariances between independent replicates. For cell types with a single parental line per species, we report bounds, whose validity we confirmed in CNCC, where two parental replicates allow a direct replicate-based estimate.

      In CNCC, cis effects explained 93% (95% CI 92–95%) of the variance in divergence and trans effects 71% (70–73%), with a strongly negative covariance term (−0.64). This indicates that cis and trans changes often act in opposite directions. In the other cell types, cis effects explained 58–98% and trans effects 3–48% of the variance, depending on cell type and bound, with small covariance terms. Cis exceeded trans in every cell type under both bounds, and the results were robust to a stricter coverage threshold and consistent at single-CpG resolution.

      These analyses confirm that cis-regulation is the dominant contributor to human–chimpanzee methylation divergence. They also show that trans effects contribute more to divergence variance than the proportions of classified sites alone would suggest. We have added these results to the Results, described the method in a new Methods subsection, "Variance partitioning of methylation divergence”, and provided full results in Supplemental File 1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Changes made independently of the reviewers' comments

      In addition to the revisions described below, we have made the following three changes, none of which affects the conclusions of the paper.

      (1) Shared control data (Figure 4c, d, l, m). The parental cells and the PIEZO1 KO and pan-KRT6 KO cell lines were assayed in parallel in the same experiments. We have therefore stated in the figure legend that the parental-cell data are shared between panels c, d and panels l, m.

      (2) Number of DEGs (Figure 4h). We have corrected the number of genes upregulated in cells cultured on the 3.0-µm-pored membrane from 69 to 68.

      (3) Yoda1 data (Figure 4e, f). Some values had been incorrectly transferred during data compilation. We have corrected these values and the corresponding graphs. The statistical results are unchanged.

      We have also provided two new files: Source data 1 (numerical data underlying all graphs) and Source data 2 (uncropped western blot images).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes the migration of epidermal keratinocytes through porous membranes and observed a unique size selection whereby only on 3-micron membrane are keratinocytes able to migrate and reform an intact epidermis. The authors propose that the model replicates three cell states of intact epidermis, EMT, and MET. They also show that this response depends on the actin cytoskeleton, keratin 6, and Piezo1, and the migration could be stimulated with TGFbeta ligands.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the study include the establishment of a simple yet robust in vitro model that capture all three cell states, which could be useful for future investigation of wound healing or metastasis across a range of epithelia. There is also good quantitative characterisation of the pore size effects, providing some interesting observations about the physical regulation of keratinocyte migration, and the study provides some initial insights into the regulatory mechanisms. The images and presentation are clear.

      Weaknesses:

      While there are some insights into the underlying mechanisms, there could be more detailed analysis of the key signalling pathways and functional relationships between actin, keratins, Piezo, and EMT genes. Although the extent of new biological insight is somewhat limited, the study still demonstrates the utility of the model, and these points may be important questions to address in future studies.

      We agree with the reviewer that these are important questions. We will address the functional relationships among actin, keratins, PIEZO1, and EMT genes, and the underlying signaling pathways, in future studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The revised manuscript by Nohara et al. presents a novel 3D assay that allows for stratification of epithelia, active EMT through small pores, and active MET. They show that 3um pores allow for keratinocytes to sample the pore through filopodia and up regulate EMT genes to transverse the pores to the other side of the membrane where EMT genes are down regulated as the cells re-establish stratified epithelia. The TGFbeta pathway and actin polymerization promotes movement of cells into the pores and Piezo1 and KRT6 actively block this movement. This work provides a novel 3D assay that is likely to become a benchmark to analyze these processes using a more complex system than other current culture-specific EMT and MET assays.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript include the foundational analysis of the pathways involved in establishing the 3-compartment epithelium. The authors have incorporated live imaging, drug studies, KO analysis, and RNA-sequencing to show the relevant pathways involved. The authors were responsive to the original round of reviews and present a much-improved study with greater details on molecular markers, quantification, and clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors established an experimental system that reproduced three-dimensional triphasic epithelia, i.e., the original epithelium, its EMT, and MET. Keratinocytes (KCs), skin epithelial cells, placed on a microporous membrane migrated through 3.0-um or larger micropores. The 3.0-um-pored membrane induced an epithelial structure with three states: stratified KCs above the membrane, KCs showing EMT within the micropores, and a new stratified epithelium under the membrane. The membrane with larger micropores failed to maintain this triphasic epithelia. Live imaging revealed that KCs moved in a reciprocating manner, with actin-rich filopodia-like KC structures extending into and out of the 3.0-um micropores, while the cells migrated unidirectionally into larger micropores. KO of Piezo1 and keratin 6 increased KC entry to and exit from the 3.0-um micropores. Their results demonstrate that benign keratinocytes migrate through confined spaces in a reciprocating manner, which might help form triphasic epithelia, recapitulating wound healing processes.

      Strengths:

      Careful observation of the behaviour of keratinocytes on the different sized pores. CrispR-Cas9 gene editing to KO Piezo 1 and keratin 6 isoforms in HaCaT keratinocytes.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have improved the observed weaknesses including better statistical analysis and more detail on replicates. They have also performed staining for laminin beta3 chain.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have significantly improved the manuscript in the recent revision. One minor point is to please make the RNA-seq analysis, including gene lists available in the supplementary information.

      As suggested, we have added Figure 4—source data 1, which lists the differentially expressed genes (DEGs) identified by bulk RNA-seq of HaCaT keratinocytes cultured on 0.4-µm- or 3.0-µm-pored membranes.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I am not suggesting any further changes to the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for evaluating our revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the use of BindCraft computational protein design to create a series of binders to the chemokine CCL25. This chemokine normally mediates CCR9-dependent trafficking of immune cells to the gut, making it a potential target for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease and related conditions. Importantly, CCL25 also binds a scavenging receptor, ACKR4. The computational protein design approach used does not involve defining particular epitopes to be targeted, allowing a free search for any potential interaction surface.

      Among four designs tested, three were predicted to interact at a similar site on the chemokine, while a fourth clone, VUP25111, was predicted to bind to a different site. All four designs showed binding to CCL25, with similar high-nM KD values in all cases. The first three clones showed evidence of direct competition with the receptor for CCL25 binding, while VUP25111 showed incomplete inhibition of binding. In functional assays, all clones acted as antagonists except for VUP25111, which inhibited arrestin recruitment by CCR9, but did not affect G protein activation by CCR9 or arrestin recruitment by ACKR4 (which signals exclusively through arrestin and not G protein).

      Strengths:

      The work is completed to a high technical standard, and the functional diversity of the clones is intriguing. It is exciting to see pathway-selective modulation of signaling, and this basic paradigm is likely to generalize to other chemokine/receptor systems. The exceptional complexity of chemokine signaling makes this an excellent area to explore the development of modulators that can restrict signaling to a specific subset of receptors.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were noted by this reviewer.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive response and thorough evaluation of our work. Below, we address their recommendations in detail in the private review.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points for potential improvement:

      (1) Consider shortening the discussion section, which could benefit from a more focused discussion of the key conclusions and their implications. As written, it is rather long, and parts of it repeat material already covered elsewhere (e.g., the two-step binding mechanism is described in lines 55-64 and again in 331-335).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to make the discussion more focused. We agree that parts repeat material from the introduction. As such, we have revised the discussion to reduce repetition with the introduction, including removal of the repeated description of the two-step binding mechanism, and condensing several passages.

      (2) The figures are clear, but it may be helpful to combine panels into a smaller number of figures to make direct comparisons among signaling curves more straightforward.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to reduce the number of figures for easier curve comparisons. We prefer our current presentation of the figures so as not to conflate disparate themes and concepts; for example, GRK recruitment is a distinct event from receptor internalization. The pharmacological results have been compiled in Figure S8 in the supplementary to allow visual, side-by-side comparisons of the DRCs presented in the publication.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study from de Boer, Lamme, Verdwaald and Schafer describes the de novo AI-guided design of miniproteins that target the chemokine CCL25, with the aim to modulate the activation and signalling of the chemokine receptors CCR9 and ACKR4. The study focuses on characterising four miniproteins that all bind CCL25 with good affinity. Three designs appear to prevent CCL25 binding to both CCR9 and ACKR4, with increasing concentrations of miniproteins resulting in decreased arrestin (both receptors) and mini G protein recruitment (CCR9), less inhibition of forskolin-stimulated cAMP (CCR9), and decreased GRK3 recruitment and receptor internalisation (CCR9). One miniprotein, VUP25111, changes the properties of CCL25 rather than preventing ligand/receptor interactions, resulting in greater selectivity for CCR9 over ACKR4 and a G protein-biased signalling profile (maintenance of mini G protein recruitment, GRK3 recruitment, inhibition of cAMP and receptor internalisation, but loss of arrestin recruitment). VUP25111 also maintained chemotactic migration in MOLT-4 T lymphoblast cells, whereas this response was lost in the presence of the other three miniproteins.

      Overall, this is a very interesting application of AI-designed de novo miniproteins to modulate GPCR responses by directly binding the ligand rather than the receptor. This is a conceptually very intriguing approach that could, in principle, be extended to other GPCR systems beyond the chemokine family. The authors deploy an impressive array of assays spanning multiple signalling endpoints, providing a thorough picture of how each miniprotein influences receptor activation and downstream signalling. The presentation of concentration-response relationships for CCL25 alone and in the presence of each miniprotein is particularly informative, and the figures are very well constructed throughout. The inclusion of clear cartoons illustrating the basis of each assay is a nice touch that will help readers from outside the immediate field follow the logic of each experiment.

      There are two main conclusions that are not currently as well-supported by the evidence as they might be, and that would benefit from some qualification. The first concerns the selectivity of the miniproteins for CCL25. Testing the impact of the miniproteins on CXCL12 activation of CXCR4 is an important and welcome experiment, but it addresses selectivity against only one other chemokine system, and the current claim of specificity is therefore stronger than the data allow. Additionally, at the highest concentration tested (10 µM), the more potent miniproteins (VUP25101, VUP25107) appear to show some inhibition of arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 - perhaps unsurprising given the degree of structural conservation among chemokines. The statements regarding selectivity and the lack of effect on the CXCL12/CXCR4 system would benefit from revision to more accurately reflect these observations.

      We thank the reviewer for the detailed review and suggestions for our publication. We agree with the reviewer that testing against only one additional chemokine receptor: chemokine pair is insufficient to support strong claims of selectivity. To further assess the selectivity of the miniproteins, we evaluated the effects of the VUPs against CCL20, a chemokine closely related to CCL25. CCL20 binds both CCR6 and ACKR4, providing an optimal platform to compare the effects on this non-specified target. Receptor activation was determined by β-arrestin recruitment (Fig. S6). For ACKR4, VUP25107 and VUP25112 have similar IC50 values for CCL20 and CCL25. In contrast, VUP25101 showed reduced potency towards CCL20 relative to CCL25 (CCL20 pIC50 = 6.06 ± 0.13, CCL25 pIC50 = 7.73 ± 0.08), suggesting greater selectivity. VUP25111 had no impact on activation of ACKR4 by CCL20, which may reflect a lack of engagement with the other chemokine or that it binds in a similar way as to CCL25 and does not impact chemokine-promoted ACKR4 activation. CCL20-mediated activation of CCR6 further supports the specificity of VUP25101, which showed only a modest effect at the highest concentration tested. In contrast, VUP25107 and VUP25112 showed a dose-dependent inhibition of arrestin recruitment (pIC50<sub>VUP25107</sub> = 6.99 ± 0.15, pIC50<sub>VUP25112</sub> = 7.49 ± 0.07).

      We agree that a reduction in β-arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 is apparent at the highest concentration tested (10 µM) for VUP25101 and VUP25107. To further address the selectivity of these miniproteins, we have included β-arrestin recruitment data for ACKR3 (Fig. S5), the other chemokine receptor that binds CXCL12. A similar suppression was observed for the atypical receptor as for CXCR4 at the highest concentrations, suggesting cross-reactivity at high concentrations.

      Based on the CCL20 and CXCL12 data, we have revised the text to more accurately reflect these observations. We now frame these results as an initial proof of concept demonstrating the feasibility of this design approach, while noting that further optimization and characterization of selectivity will be required to advance the miniproteins for additional applications.

      To reflect this, we have added the following text on Pg.9:

      “CCL25 specificity was experimentally evaluated by testing the miniproteins against CXCL12 by tracking arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 and ACKR3, the native agonist for this canonical and atypical receptor pair (Fig. S5). VUP25111 and VUP25112 showed no effect on CXCL12-mediated activation at any concentration, while VUP25101 and VUP25107 showed partial inhibition at the highest tested concentration (10 µM).

      In addition, the effects of the VUPs were evaluated against CCL20, a closely related chemokine to CCL25, by assessing arrestin recruitment to CCR6 and ACKR4 (Fig. S6). VUP25107 and VUP25112 displayed similar inhibitory potencies of CCL20 as to CCL25 for ACKR4 (VUP25107: pIC50 = 7.72 ± 0.21; VUP25112: pIC50 = 6.93 ± 1.03). In contrast, VUP25101 showed reduced inhibition of CCL20 relative to CCL25 (VUP25101: pIC50<sub>CCL20</sub> = 6.06 ± 0.13 v pIC50<sub>CCL25</sub> = 7.73 ± 0.08), indicating greater selectivity for the designed target. CCL20 activation of CCR6 further supports the specificity of VUP25101, which only showed a modest effect at the highest concentration tested. VUP25111 showed no inhibitory effects on CCL20 activation of either CCR6 nor ACKR4, which may indicate a lack of binding, but is also indiscernible from forming a receptor-competent complex similar to the proposed CCL25:VUP25111:ACKR4 interaction.”

      And added the following in the discussion on Pg.15:

      “The miniproteins displayed varying degrees of chemokine selectivity among CCL25, CCL20, and CXCL12, including cross-reactivity for some designs. Given that only two additional chemokines were examined, these experiments provide an initial assessment of selectivity. As chemokine selectivity was not explicitly optimized during design, broader experimental profiling and negative-design strategies may be required to establish and improve miniprotein selectivity.”

      The second concern relates to the interpretation of the preserved GRK3 recruitment, but the complete loss of arrestin recruitment observed with VUP25111. In the GRK3 recruitment experiments, 20 nM CCL25 was used, representing an EC40 concentration in this assay. VUP25111 causes a concentration-dependent reduction in CCL25-induced GRK3 recruitment, down to approximately 15% of the maximal response. It is worth considering whether this degree of reduction in GRK3 recruitment could itself be sufficient to disrupt patterns of receptor phosphorylation and thereby prevent observable arrestin recruitment. Both interpretations are complicated by the fact that the GRK3 recruitment and arrestin recruitment assays likely differ in their sensitivity and dynamic windows, making direct quantitative comparisons between them difficult. In the absence of direct measurements of CCR9 phosphorylation in the presence of VUP25111, the alternative interpretation remains open and would benefit from acknowledgement. Given recent work from the same group demonstrating that receptor internalisation is only partially dependent on arrestins (Lamme et al., 2025, J Biol Chem), further discussion of the relationship between GRK and arrestin recruitment and CCR9 internalisation would be of value to the broader GPCR audience this work is likely to attract.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s careful analysis of our results and highlighting earlier work from our group. The reviewer is correct that the discrepancy between VUP25111’s impact on GRK3 and arrestin recruitment can also be explained by the decrease in GRK3 recruitment reflecting a sufficient change in receptor phosphorylation to account for the loss of arrestin engagement and not solely by the presented interpretation of the adoption of an arrestin-incompatible conformation with retained phosphorylation. The main text has been modified on pg. 11 to reflect this potential:

      “This suggests that either activation of CCR9 by the VUP25111:CCL25 complex promotes a conformation incompatible with arrestin engagement, but still accessible for GRK phosphorylation, or the reduced GRK interaction represents the formation of a phosphorylation barcode incapable of supporting arrestin recruitment. Without direct phosphorylation measurements these possibilities cannot be separated.”

      And in the discussion on pg.14:

      “The extent of phosphorylation is not clear, and the inhibited GRK recruitment may reflect the formation of sub-phosphorylated states which cannot support arrestin recruitment nor promote efficient receptor internalization. Alternatively, the miniprotein: chemokine complex may induce a conformational state incompatible with arrestin engagement.”

      A partial phosphorylation explanation has also been added on internalization on pg.12:

      “These results suggest that the VUP25111:CCL25 complex suppresses both the arrestin-dependent and independent internalization mechanisms used by CCR9, despite likely allowing for some, albeit perhaps insufficient, GRK phosphorylation.”

      Finally, some additional justification for the use of 20 nM CCL25 across all assays would strengthen the study, as this concentration represents different points on the concentration-response curve depending on the assay and receptor in question. It ranges from an EC40 for CCR9 GRK3 recruitment and internalisation, to an EC50 for CCR9 arrestin and mini-Gi recruitment, an EC80 for CCR9 cAMP inhibition, and an Emax for ACKR4 arrestin recruitment. This has potential consequences for the interpretation and cross-assay comparison of miniprotein potency, and the authors are encouraged to acknowledge and discuss this in the context of their conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need to discuss CCL25 concentration across assays. Our primary aim was to use a single CCL25 concentration to enable direct comparison of all assay outcomes against the same CCL25:miniproteins ratio, since the miniproteins are designed to antagonize the chemokine, rather than the receptor. We set the concentration at 20 nM based on the first arrestin recruitment assays to CCR9, where we initially characterized miniprotein: CCL25 activity. Importantly, CCL25 has lower potency for CCR9 than ACKR4, making it the limiting case. Selecting 20 nM ensured responses within the EC40-EC80 range for all assays. To improve clarity, we have now explicitly stated this rationale in the manuscript and noted the implications of using a single CCL25 concentration across diverse readouts on Pg.10:

      “Despite the higher potency of CCL25 for cAMP inhibition compared to arrestin recruitment, a fixed concentration of 20 nM CCL25 was used throughout this and subsequent assays to maintain a consistent CCL25:miniprotein stoichiometry. As this concentration represents different points on the respective concentration-response curves, cross-assay comparisons of apparent miniprotein potency should be interpreted qualitatively.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points:

      (1) The conclusions regarding miniprotein selectivity for CCL25 would benefit from revision to reflect that only the CXCL12/CXCR4 system was tested as a counter-screen. The apparent inhibition of arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 by VUP25101 and VUP25107 at 10 µM should be acknowledged/discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that selectivity should be more explicitly acknowledged. This point has been thoroughly addressed in our response in the public review. Briefly, we have added a similar selectivity assay but now against CCL20, which is closely related to CCL25, as well as revisiting the CXCL12 assay with ACKR3 that was originally presented in the manuscript. Statements in the text have been added to note the apparent inhibition at 10 µM for VUP25101 and VUP25107.

      (2) The conclusions regarding G protein-biased signalling driven by VUP25111 would benefit from qualification. In particular, it is worth acknowledging that a substantial reduction in GRK3 recruitment may itself be sufficient to account for the observed loss of arrestin recruitment, and that direct measurement of CCR9 phosphorylation in the presence of VUP25111 would help to resolve this. Discussion of the relationship between GRK recruitment, receptor phosphorylation, arrestin recruitment and internalisation in this context would also be of value to the broader GPCR audience this work is likely to attract.

      We agree with the reviewer that an incomplete or insufficient level of phosphorylation could also explain our arrestin and internalization results presented by the VUP25111:CCL25 complex. We have added the following to the discussion on pg. 14 and modified the results to better reflect the multiple interpretations:

      “The extent of phosphorylation is not clear and the inhibited GRK recruitment may reflect the formation of sub-phosphorylated states which cannot support arrestin recruitment, nor promote efficient receptor internalization. Alternatively, the complete inhibition of arrestin engagement cannot be easily explained by phosphorylation, and instead suggests the miniprotein: chemokine complex may induce a conformational state incompatible with arrestin engagement. Due to the clash with ECL2, the loop would need to distort to accommodate the larger ligand complex and this displacement may translate into the G protein and GRK-permissive structural state.”

      (3) The choice of 20 nM CCL25 across assays should be justified or its implications discussed, particularly given that this concentration represents different effective concentrations for each endpoint and receptor.

      The rationale for using a fixed 20nM CCL25 concentration and its implications is now discussed within the main text as well as our response in the public review.

      Modelling:

      Modelling of VUP25111 and VUP25101 binding to CCL25/receptor complexes is presented. Was the same analysis performed for VUP25112 and VUP25107, and do they similarly appear to interfere with direct receptor binding?

      We initially selected VUP25101 as a representative for VUP25112 and VUP25107 to simplify visualization. We have now extended the same modeling analysis to VUP25107 and VUP25112. These additional analyses have now been included in the revised manuscript in Fig. 3D.

      Methods:

      (1) Percentage concentrations throughout the methods are missing w/v or v/v designations.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading and apologize for the oversight. We have added all w/v or v/v designations in the methods.

      (2) More specific information for each BRET experiment would be useful. For example, incubation times with CCL25 and miniproteins (included for some but not all assays), and clarification of whether experiments were endpoint reads or timecourse experiments.

      We agree with the reviewer that the methods section could be clarified, as well as removing a lot of repetition. We have revised the methods.

      Specific text revisions:

      (1) Abstract, line 20: "Most drug discovery efforts target the receptors, whereas natural regulatory mechanisms focus on the chemokines". This is unclear for a non-chemokine audience without additional context clarifying that this refers to binding to or modification of the chemokine itself to modulate receptor activation.

      To clarify this distinction for a broader readership, we revised the abstract to state explicitly that natural regulatory mechanisms modulate immune responses by directly binding to or modifying chemokines, thereby altering their ability to bind receptors. We have changed the text in the abstract on Pg.2 to:

      “Most drug discovery efforts target the receptors, whereas natural regulatory mechanisms modulate immune responses by directly binding to or modifying the chemokine ligands.”

      (2) Results, line 177: "In the case of VUP25111, only the highest tested concentrations decreased CCL25 binding to either receptor, but did not completely eliminate the binding signal". This should be revised as there is a clear concentration-dependent effect of VUP25111 on CCL25 binding.

      We have revised the text to reflect that VUP25111 inhibits CCL25 binding in a concentration-dependent manner, while also making clear that this inhibition occurs with significantly lower potency than the other miniproteins. We have changed the following text on Pg.7:

      “VUP25111 shows a drastically lower inhibitory potency compared to the other binders and did not completely eliminate the binding signal.”

      (3) Line 179: "...this suggests that CCL25:VUP25111 may bind the receptors cooperatively". Please revise; the meaning is unclear.

      Our results indicate that VUP25111 does not prevent CCL25 from engaging either receptor. To avoid ambiguity, we have revised the text to explicitly state that our results are consistent with the binding of a pre-formed VUP25111:CCL25 complex to the receptor, resulting in the formation of a VUP25111:CCL25:receptor complex. We have changed the following text on Pg.7:

      “Since the binder readily complexes with the chemokine at these concentrations (Fig. 2), this suggests that the CCL25:VUP25111 complex retains the ability to bind the receptor.”

      (4) Line 216: "VUP25112 also completely impaired CCL25-mediated activation of the atypical receptor at the highest concentrations, but with significantly less potency". Please provide statistical tests to support this statement.

      We thank the reviewer for requesting clarification regarding the statistical support for this statement. Statistical analyses supporting the conclusions in line 216, as well as other figures, were included in the initial manuscript but were provided in the supplementary information. To improve clarity in the manuscript, we have added explicit references to the corresponding supplementary statistical table in the text, added appropriate significance indicators to the relevant figures, and expanded the figure legends to state the statistical test used.

      (5) Line 219: "The unique binder VUP25111, on the other hand, did not inhibit the activation of ACKR4 by CCL25 at any tested concentration". Please rephrase. While there was no concentration-dependent inhibition of arrestin recruitment to ACKR4, the addition of VUP25111 at any concentration appeared to reduce total arrestin recruitment to approximately 80% of the CCL25-alone condition.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this careful analysis of the data. Although this may appear to be the case in the figure, there is no significant difference between the lowest concentration (2.5 nM) and vehicle condition (∞) for any miniprotein and no real difference can be claimed.

      We have specifically noted this on Pg. 9:

      “The unique binder VUP25111, on the other hand, did not significantly impact the activation of ACKR4 by CCL25 at any tested miniprotein concentration.”

      (6) Line 240: "suggest that the specific ligand interactions driving arrestin engagement with CCR9 may be more strict than for the G proteins". An alternative interpretation is that the miniprotein specifically impairs the receptor conformation important for arrestin engagement, without affecting the conformation required for G protein engagement, and this should be acknowledged.

      We agree with the reviewer that these statements would benefit from further clarification. Indeed, the observed effects may not be only due to specific ligand interactions but could also depend on specific receptor conformations required for the specific protein-protein interactions. We have adjusted the following text on Pg.10:

      “The deviations between the arrestin results (Fig. 4) and G protein (Fig. 5B) suggest that the specific ligand interactions or receptor conformations driving arrestin engagement with CCR9 may be more strict than for the G proteins.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors employed the BindCraft platform to develop binders targeting the chemokine CCL25, a selective activator of the chemokine receptor CCR9. They successfully generated two classes of binders: one that inhibits all CCL25-mediated CCR9 activation, and another that permits CCR9 G protein signaling while simultaneously preventing arrestin recruitment. These tools will enable the dissection of arrestin involvement in regulating cell migration.

      My comments, in the order of reading:

      (1) Title: I strongly recommend removing the term "biasing" from the title. In this context, it does not convey a specific mechanistic concept. The term "biased signaling" has been used for a very broad range of mechanistically distinct pharmacological phenomena, and without a precise definition, it adds more confusion than clarity. I therefore suggest refraining from using it in the title.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the use of the term “biasing” given its broad and sometimes ambiguous use in the literature. Most commonly it refers to G protein versus arrestin-mediated signalling but is also used in regard to GRK specificity as well as to discrete differences in receptor trafficking (Motso et al. 2025, Cell). In our study, we use this in a specific mechanistic sense, referring to the bias VUP25111 induces upon binding CCL25. The miniprotein: CCL25 complex inhibits CCR9 arrestin recruitment, receptor internalization, and GRK3 engagement while not affecting G protein recruitment (mGi), G protein-mediated signaling (CAMYEL), and cell migration. We compare these directly to the effects of the chemokine alone, which shows robust responses across all of these receptor outputs. The use of the term “biasing” in the title is reflective of this observed change in receptor response to the modified agonist. Additionally, as noted by the reviewer below, we compare similar outputs to compare the impact on effector coupling, eg. Arrestin and mini-G protein recruitment. We strongly feel that the term “biasing” most accurately describes the phenomenon we are describing with regard to the altered receptor response to the VUP25111:CCL25 complex and thus prefer to keep the title without alteration.

      (2) Abstract, line 34: The term "bias" should be replaced. As currently used, it appears to suggest a dichotomy between G protein signaling and arrestin recruitment. However, arrestin recruitment is a consequence of G protein signaling, and it is not conceptually sound to compare a signaling event mediated by one protein family with a protein-protein interaction involving another protein family. A meaningful comparison requires experimental paradigms that differ by a single variable; in this case, there are two - distinct protein families and fundamentally different types of readouts (signaling versus protein-protein interaction).

      We agree that the term “bias” must be used with precision. One point of clarification, arrestin recruitment is not explicitly a consequence of G protein signaling. The atypical chemokine receptors, of which ACKR4 is a member, are well-established examples of GPCRs that do not bind nor activate G proteins yet still recruit arrestins (Lamme et al., 2026). While biased responses within the GPCR system are often the comparison of different events as noted by the reviewer, we compare the effects of miniproteins on the recruitment of mGi and arrestin via a BRET-based assay that assesses the direct protein: protein interactions between the receptor and effector. The lack of effect on mGi recruitment was further supported by measuring the effect of the miniproteins on downstream cAMP levels. To avoid any misunderstanding, we have revised the abstract to explicitly state that the observed effect induced by VUP25111 is evaluated through direct recruitment of effectors, rather than implying a comparison between disparate signaling outputs.

      (3) Abstract, line 34: The term "balanced agonist" should be removed. Any chosen reference ligand is, by definition, the "balanced" agonist for that analysis, regardless of its actual signaling profile. Consequently, the expression "balanced agonist" adds no mechanistic information beyond "the agonist used as reference in a particular bias calculation" and is potentially misleading, as it implies that this ligand possesses a uniquely unbiased, system‑independent signaling profile, which is not the case.

      We agree with the reviewer that the term “bias” is always relative to a specific reference ligand. Indeed, it is known that some natural chemokine:receptor pairs show some bias on its own. Therefore, we adjusted the text in the abstract on Pg.2 and removed the word “balanced”.

      (4) Abstract, line 36: I also recommend removing the term "bias" at this point. The concept of bias typically arises from experiments that quantitatively compare more than one variable. As currently written, the phrasing suggests a dichotomy between G protein- and arrestin-mediated signaling, yet the study does not assess arrestin signaling, only arrestin recruitment. Under these conditions, the use of "bias" is not appropriate. The data are clear and compelling on their own without the need for this potentially misleading terminology.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We would like to emphasize that our conclusions are based on the fact that we measure both G protein (mGi recruitment) and arrestin (arrestin recruitment) as protein:protein interactions. We have changed the text in the abstract on pg.2 to further distinguish between signaling and recruitment:

      “Additionally, G protein recruitment to CCR9 was unimpeded by VUP25111, suggesting that the miniprotein biased the native agonist towards G proteins.”

      (5) Introduction: This is interesting to read and generally well written, though certain statements would benefit from improved semantic precision. For example, in lines 110-111, the phrase "G protein-biased complex" should be reconsidered, as it relies on the notion of G protein- versus arrestin-mediated signaling. Arrestins themselves do not signal; what is measured here is their recruitment. Comparing G protein signaling with arrestin recruitment is therefore conceptually unsound, since arrestin engagement is a downstream consequence of G protein activation. Comparisons become meaningful only when designed to differentiate between G protein-dependent and G protein-independent arrestin recruitment, which is not the case in this study.

      Since the VUP25111:CCL25 complex suppresses arrestin recruitment to CCR9, but not G protein recruitment, we are confident representing the modified agonist as G protein-biased. Additionally, arrestin recruitment is only downstream of G protein activation in the occasion where the GPCR is phosphorylated specifically by GRK2/3 and not GRK5/6. CCR9 does not show any preference for GRKs and recruits arrestin as effectively when phosphorylated by either GRK2/3 or GRK5/6 (Lamme JBC 2025). Since G protein coupling is preserved when challenged with the VUP25111:CCL25 complex, both families of GRKs should be available for phosphorylation. We have modified the statement to better specify recruitment compared to signaling on Pg. 5:

      “Most prevent activation by impeding chemokine binding to the receptor, thus impairing all signaling and migratory responses, but one forms a G protein-biased complex with CCL25, preserving G protein recruitment while suppressing arrestin recruitment to CCR9, and selectively inhibits CCR9, but not ACKR4.

      (6) Results, 122,123: The authors should consider being more precise; possibly, the truncated CCL25 is somewhat less potent on CCR9. The authors should make a statistical test and then decide whether to rephrase or not for enhanced precision.

      The reviewer is correct that we detect a small difference in potency between full-length CCL25 and CCL25-ΔCT at CCR9. This was quantified and is reported in the supplementary Table S2, where CCL25 shows a logEC50 of -7.46 ± 0.16 compared with -7.89 ± 0.29 for CCL25-ΔCT, indicating that the truncated chemokine is slightly more potent. While the difference was determined to be statistically significant per an Extra sum-of-squares F test, we don’t consider the of the truncation to be substantially impactful, which is also in line with previous publication (Pinheiro Nat. Comm. 2025). We have therefore revised the text to note the modest increase in potency of CCL25-ΔCT compared to the native, full-length CCL25 and added statistical information in the figure legend. We have changed the text on Pg. 5 to:

      “The truncated CCL25 (CCL25_ΔCT, 1-77) activated both CCR9 and ACKR4 with similar efficacy while showing slightly enhanced potency only towards CCR9 compared to the full-length ligand (Fig. S1).”

      (7) Figure S5: This figure is currently confusing and needs clarification. The authors state in the main text that CXCR4 is stimulated with CXCL12, yet the figure legend refers to CCL25; this discrepancy should be corrected to ensure consistency. In addition, inhibition of CXCR4 by the miniprotein binders should be analyzed and presented with normalization to CXCR4 responses, not to CCL25-stimulated CCR9. To avoid misinterpretation, inhibition by the miniproteins should be quantified separately for CCR9 and CXCR4, each normalized to its own receptor-specific and functionally equivalent stimulation condition, rather than to the "other" receptor.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and apologize for the oversight during editing. The mentions of CCL25 in Figure S5 were incorrect, and CXCL12 was indeed used in this cross-reactivity assay to stimulate CXCR4 and for subsequent normalization. We have adjusted the legend accordingly.

      (8) Results, lines 211-213: The authors should be more semantically precise. They state that no binder has any effect on arrestin recruitment to CXCR4. If I see the data, this is not really true, as 25101 and 25107 inhibit arrestin recruitment by about 50 % or more at the highest applied concentrations; only 111 and 112 are completely inactive. As already commented, normalization should be done to arrestin recruitment of CXCR4 and not CCR9.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that, at the highest tested concentrations of VUP25101 and VUP25107, substantial inhibition is observed. Additionally, we have extended our analysis of the miniprotein selectivity to include activation assays for the CCL20 receptors CCR6 and ACKR4, as well as the atypical CXCL12 receptor ACKR3. Based on these data, we have revised the text to more accurately reflect these observations. We now frame these results as an initial proof of concept demonstrating the feasibility of this design approach, while noting that further optimization and characterization of selectivity will be required to advance the miniproteins for additional applications.

      We have adjusted the text on Pg.11:

      “CCL25 specificity was experimentally evaluated by testing the miniproteins against CXCL12 by tracking arrestin recruitment to CXCR4 and ACKR3, the native agonist for this canonical and atypical receptor pair (Fig. S5). VUP25111 and VUP25112 showed no effect on CXCL12-mediated activation at any concentration, while VUP25101 and VUP25107 showed partial inhibition at the highest tested concentration (10 µM).

      In addition, the effects of the VUPs were evaluated against CCL20, a closely related chemokine to CCL25, by assessing arrestin recruitment to CCR6 and ACKR4 (Fig. S6). VUP25107 and VUP25112 displayed similar potencies towards CCL20 comparable to those observed for CCL25 (VUP25107: pIC50 = 7.72 ± 0.21; VUP25112: pIC50 = 6.93 ± 1.03) to ACKR4. In contrast, VUP25101 showed reduced inhibition of CCL20 relative to CCL25 (VUP25101: pIC50<sub>CCL20</sub> = 6.06 ± 0.13 v pIC50<sub>CCL25</sub> = 7.73 ± 0.08), indicating greater selectivity. CCL20 activation of CCR6 further supports the specificity of VUP25101, which only showed a modest effect at the highest concentration tested. VUP25111 showed no inhibitory effects on CCL20 activation of either CCR6 nor ACKR4, which may indicate a lack of binding, but is indiscernible from forming a receptor-competent complex similar to how it interacts with CCL25 and ACKR4.”

      Concerning the comment regarding the normalization to CCR9 rather than CXCR4, due to a mistake, the figure legend incorrectly stated CCL25, whereas the assay was performed using CXCL12. We thank the reviewer for bringing this up and have corrected the figure accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      The adoptive transfer of congenically marked wildtype and Itk-/- Treg populations clearly demonstrates that ITK-deficient Treg can actively rescue pre-existing lung injury and reverse systemic secondary metrics like proteinuria in wild-type recipients, providing proof-of-concept validation for the therapeutic utility of the ITK-Treg axis.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #1 for recognizing the strength and translational significance of our adoptive-transfer experiments. We agree that these studies provide important proof-of-concept evidence that ITK-deficient Tregs are not simply associated with protection but can actively ameliorate established pulmonary hemorrhage and associated systemic manifestations when transferred into wild-type recipients. We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the potential therapeutic significance of targeting the ITK–Treg axis.

      Weaknesses:

      The molecular analysis of Tregs isolated from unchallenged wild-type ITKdeficient mice has limited value to understand how the ITK-deficient Tregs protect against autoimmune pulmonary hemorrhages in lungs. Detailed molecular analysis of Tregs isolated from the lung will be helpful in understanding the mechanistic regulation and identifying further therapeutic targets.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation and agree that detailed molecular characterization of lung-resident Tregs following pristane-induced pulmonary injury would provide additional insight into the mechanisms responsible for protection.

      The transcriptional analyses presented in the current manuscript were designed to identify intrinsic molecular differences associated with ITK deficiency in Tregs independent of the inflammatory environment. These studies revealed alterations in pathways including oxidative phosphorylation, mTORC1 signaling, MYC-associated programs, and cell-cycle regulation, thereby providing a molecular framework for the enhanced function of ITK-deficient Tregs.

      We recognize, however, that the phenotype and transcriptional program of Tregs within the injured lung microenvironment may differ from those observed under baseline conditions. We therefore consider direct molecular comparison of lung Tregs isolated from pristane-treated wild-type and ITK-deficient mice an important direction for subsequent mechanistic studies.

      Importantly, the principal functional conclusion of the current study is supported by the adoptive transfer experiments shown in Figure 5. Transfer of ITK-deficient Tregs into wild-type mice with established disease significantly reduced pulmonary hemorrhage and systemic injury, demonstrating that ITK-deficient Tregs themselves are capable of mediating protection. We have clarified this limitation and the need for future studies examining lung-resident Tregs in the revised Discussion. See page 21 line 353- 361.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have addressed my comments appropriately.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #2 for carefully evaluating our revised manuscript and for concluding that our previous responses appropriately addressed the reviewer’s concerns. We also appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the potential relevance of our findings for the development of targeted therapeutic approaches.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would strongly recommend removing Fig. 5J (IF), as there is no convincing signal for Foxp3. This is a well-known issue with Foxp3 Ab. If authors would like to include imaging, would recommend performing smFISH/RNAScope.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful recommendation. We agree that the Foxp3 immunofluorescence signal in the previous Figure 5J does not provide sufficiently convincing visualization to support our conclusions. We have therefore removed Figure 5J from the revised manuscript.

      Importantly, our conclusions regarding the protective activity of ITK-deficient Tregs are independently supported by flow-cytometric analyses and, most importantly, by the adoptive-transfer experiments demonstrating that ITK-deficient Tregs can ameliorate established pulmonary hemorrhage in wild-type recipients.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding smFISH/RNAscope and agree that this approach

      could provide valuable spatial information in future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The novelty of this study lies in the association between ITK-deficient Tregs and pulmonary hemorrhage in autoimmunity. One limitation of this study is that the authors performed all experiments in ITK global knockout mice, in which not only T cells but all other cell types are deficient in ITK. Therefore, further studies are required for a mechanistic rationale for targeting ITK in severe inflammatory lung disease.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for recognizing the novelty of the relationship between ITK-deficient Tregs and protection from autoimmune pulmonary hemorrhage, as well as the potential therapeutic relevance of this pathway in chronic inflammatory disease.

      We agree that the use of a germline ITK-deficient mouse represents a limitation of the current study because it does not allow us to completely distinguish T-cell-intrinsic effects of ITK deficiency from potential contributions of other immune populations.

      However, our adoptive-transfer experiments provide important functional evidence supporting a direct role for ITK-deficient Tregs. Specifically, purified ITK-deficient Tregs transferred into wild-type recipients with established pulmonary hemorrhage significantly reduced pulmonary injury and associated systemic manifestations. These findings demonstrate that ITK-deficient Tregs are themselves sufficient to confer substantial protection within an otherwise ITK-sufficient host.

      Nevertheless, we agree that future studies using lineage-specific conditional ITK-deficient models will be important to define the Treg-intrinsic contribution of ITK signaling more precisely. Such studies, together with evaluation of ITK modulation in human Tregs and appropriate humanized models, will be important for determining the translational potential of targeting the ITK pathway in severe inflammatory lung disease.

      We have revised the Discussion to more clearly acknowledge this limitation and highlight these future directions. We again thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive comments. Their suggestions have substantially strengthened the manuscript and helped us more clearly define both the significance of our findings and the remaining questions that will guide future investigation. See the limitations of this manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their constructive feedback and are in the process of preparing a detailed point-by-point response. In the meantime, we would like to underscore our main conclusions and highlight the consistency with this study and the prior fMRI literature.

      First, while the reviewers are correct to highlight the difficulty in interpreting null effects, the claims of our paper are primarily concerned with the positive findings. To our knowledge, this is the first evidence that social interaction perception is extracted in a fast hierarchy, which progresses from early visual features to mid-level social primitives to high-level information about communicative actions in the STS. This is an exciting and novel finding that sheds new light on the neural computations that support this core human ability. Importantly, the main null finding is the lack of difference in the onset latency between mid-level and anterior ROIs, rather than an inability to decode information in these regions (see below) and does not undercut this central claim.

      Second, we would like to highlight that, overwhelmingly, our results are consistent with the prior fMRI literature. For example:

      • Using our two-step regression procedure, we recover representations of motion energy in MT validating the use of this method

      • Further, we find representations of mid-level features in mid-level regions ~150 ms after stimulus onset, primarily the distance between people.

      This consistency, and the decoding of high-level features like communication exclusively in STS regions (as highlighted by reviewer 1), provides support for our method and shows that the EEG-fMRI correspondence extends beyond early visual regions.

      The reviewers also raise questions about potential inconsistencies with our prior fMRI study (McMahon et al., 2023). We would like to clarify those findings here, because the current manuscript relies on the same fMRI data, and thus we would not expect to see effects here that are not reported in that fMRI data. In our original fMRI study, we did not find an effect of facingness, joint action, or valence in any ROI. Further, in that study, the effect for communication was most robust in aSTS, rather than pSTS. The primary effect from our original fMRI study that we do not find with EEG-fMRI fusion is information about object-directed actions in LOC. We will address these in a more detailed point-by-point response and revision soon.

      Beyond the practical limitations of what we could find in the current fMRI dataset, we would also like to discuss the theoretical reasons for differences between our findings and the broader literature. First, our lack of finding an effect of valence likely reflects our stimuli, not neural representations. The Moments in Time computer vision dataset that our videos are derived from does not sample strongly negative videos. This restricted valence range is also evident in the behavioral ratings that participants provided.

      Further, there are many differences between how we have looked for an effect of facing direction compared to prior work in this area. First, we do not use a binary facing/not facing but a graded scale from facing to not facing, and, to our knowledge, ours is the only study that has investigated a facing effect in naturalistic videos. It is possible that due to the graded scale or the natural stimuli that the facing effect is too subtle for us to detect. Another possibility is that while facingness is a social cue that is encoded in the brain, it is not a dominant cue in naturalistic videos where other cues are present (e.g., the distance between people, physical contact, and contingent motion).

      Finally, on joint action, a type of physical social interaction between people, there is now convergent evidence from multiple studies that this may not be the primary type of social interaction represented in the STS. McMahon et al. (2023) found that communicative, not joint interactions, predicted STS responses. This was replicated and extended in (Zhao et al., 2025), where we find that joint action representations are more represented in lateral occipital regions, while communicative interactions are represented in the STS. From ongoing work in controlled stimuli (McMahon & Kanwisher, 2026 VSS), we have found that regions in the STS respond more to communicative interactions than joint actions. This present study provides new insight into the computations that support this, suggesting that information about communicative interactions is extracted along a spatiotemporal hierarchy, consistent with the fast timescale of visual processing, along the newly proposed lateral stream.

      References:

      McMahon, E., Bonner, M. F. & Isik, L. Hierarchical organization of social action features along the lateral visual pathway. Current Biology 33, 5035-5047.e8 (2023).

      Zhao, Y., McMahon, E. & Isik, L. Separate Neural Representations for Physical and Communicative Social Interactions: Evidence from Data-driven Voxel Decomposition. Preprint at https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/fmnq9_v1 (2025).

      McMahon, E. & Nancy Kanwisher. The STS Responds Preferentially to Communicative Signals. Vision Science Society; May 15–19, 2026; St. Petersburg, FL.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Drosophila hematopoiesis has been shown to be governed by a number of signaling pathways such as JAK/STAT and Dpp. This important study shows the role of nutrient sensing and autophagy in determining blood cell differentiation. The authors show that General control non-derepressible 5 (Gcn5), a histone acetyltransferase affects blood cell differentiation. Gcn5 also negatively regulates autophagy through its effector TFEB which directly regulates autophagy genes. The authors also show that mTORC1 modulates Gcn5 levels and through it, TFEB activity thus acting as a fine-tuning mechanism that maintains optimal levels of autophagy.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the work lies in the interesting finding that cellular metabolic processes such as autophagy have a direct role in blood cell differentiation and has the potential to be of interest to those working on vertebrate haematopoiesis as well. The report has generated intriguing data, using promoters specific for sub-sections of the lymph gland, that different cellular subsets of the lymph gland contribute differently towards haematopoiesis, but this is not followed up in detail and the final conclusions are derived from a combination of whole lymph gland perturbations as well as those from specific promoters.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Gc5 seems to be expressed throughout the lymph gland but modulating it in the subsections does not have the same result. It is very striking that the knockdown of Gcn5 in the prohemocyte population does not have an effect on differentiation whereas overexpression does. The modulations of Gcn5 in PSC also have variable effects across hemocyte subpopulations which is not explored in the manuscript.

      We have now explained and discuss why Gcn5 modulation could be affecting the PSC size. Please check Discussion section Paragraph 1 line 10 onwards.

      Interestingly, also the domain deletion constructs show a differential effect on blood cell differentiation when altered solely in the prohemocytes which is not explained.

      Currently, with our observations all that we can comment about that data is that expression of domain deletion mutants causes aberrant hematopoiesis indicating a dominant-negative phenotype since they are expressed in the wild-type genetic background. Beyond this, we will be exploring mechanistically how these domains are functioning during hematopoiesis in future studies. We have already described the dominant negative effect in the text: Discussion Section Paragraph 3.

      While Gcn5 can be seen in all sections of the lymph gland in the first figure, under the HHLT-Gal4 and Hml-Gal4, Gcn5 looks cytoplasmic and almost completely excluded from the nucleus strikingly unlike Gcn5 expression under the Collier-Gal4 and Dome-Gal4.

      We have now revised Figure 1 and have only included the images with Collier-Gal4 and Dome-Gal4 which clearly shows both the niche cells, Dome-positive progenitors and Dome-negative cells of the primary LG lobe essentially showing that Gcn5 is expressed throughout the primary LG lobe. In Fig. 1C-F’, Gcn5 expression is both in the nucleus and cytoplasm as this molecule shuttles between cytoplasm and nucleus. The staining pattern with the other Gal4 could be due to problems in the immunofluorescence protocol and acquisition parameters. We have now removed those images from Figure 1. Please check revised Figure 1.

      The rest of the experiments in the manuscript are done with multiple promoters, with autophagy flux measured by modulating Gcn5 with a pan hemocyte promoter, but the mTORC1-Gcn5 axis is explored using chemical modulators which affect the whole of the lymph gland (Fig7) or using two pro-hemocyte promoters (Fig8).

      We have used a pan-hemocyte promoter for the autophagy analysis to investigate if Gcn5 regulation over autophagy is a hemocyte-specific effect which we indeed see. We have removed the western blot data now in the revised manuscript where we looked at Atg8 and p62 levels in whole larval lysates when Gcn5 was perturbed using hemocyte driver as the results were puzzling and difficult to comprehend given the complete absence of a p62 band in Gcn5 knockdown conditions. Also, it’s worth noting that Hml-Gal4 is also active in the LG hemocytes. We did 2 alternate promoters for prohemocytes to cross-validate some of our results and the chemical modulators experiment was done since effects like mTOR inhibition/nutrient sensing effects are systemic and hence such modalities were employed.

      (2) The knockdown of Gcn5 seems to affect the gland size (A compared to B and C). Since mTORC1 is a central regulator of cell size, it is possible that some of the effects seen in these knockdowns are potentially through mTORC1 affecting size suggesting that the signalling axis between mTORC1 and Gcn5 might not be a one-way axis as suggested in Figure 9. Also, this would mean that in experiments where absolute cell counts of crystal cells or niche cells are used to assess blood cell differentiation, further analysis to consider total cell numbers in the lymph gland would strengthen the manuscript.

      It is a possibility that Gcn5 perturbation could be affecting lymph gland size although we have not seen any consistent trend that would point towards this phenotype either upon knockdown or over-expression. We believe Gcn5 controls blood cell differentiation phenotypes strongly via mTORC1. But in order to answer reviewer’s comment we have now re-analyzed our crystal cell differentiation data particularly and quantitated it and represented it as crystal cell differentiation index for dome-Gal4 specific Gcn5 modulation and for the data with genetic modulation of mTORC1 pathway. Please see Fig 3P and S10J for the revised analysis.

      (3) A genetic manipulation of mTORC1 specifically in the pro hemocytes would strengthen the role of mTORC1 in the pathway rather than the chemical modulation which affects the whole of the lymph gland.

      We thank the reviewer for their useful critique. We have now addressed this concern and we have genetically perturbed the mTORC1 pathway in the progenitors using both abrogation of TORC1 via depletion of Tor or Raptor or by activation using over-expression of Rheb. We have now included this data as Supplementary figures – Fig S10 and S11 and have described it in the results section. Please see results section “Chemical or genetic modulation of mTORC1 activity controls blood cell differentiation” in the revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Editors Comments:

      Dear Rohan,

      Thank you for the substantial effort that has gone into the revision. The added data and the removal of some difficult-to-interpret results have made the manuscript more coherent.

      After discussing the revised manuscript with the reviewers, our shared view is that the main interpretive issue still remains. The biology remains quite complex: Gcn5 perturbation in different lymph gland compartments still gives non-reciprocal phenotypes; the Gcn5/autophagy/mTORC1 experiments draw on different drivers, cell populations and systemic drug treatments; and the mTORC1 "override" experiment is still stronger as a pharmacological observation than as a clean pathway/epistasis result. As a result, the current framing still makes the relationship between Gcn5, autophagy, mTORC1 and haematopoiesis seem more direct than the data warrant.

      We therefore ask that you revise the text to engage more directly with these unresolved points. And we urge you to please revise the title, abstract, model and discussion so that the manuscript frames the data as supporting a broad connection between Gcn5, autophagy, mTORC1 signalling and blood cell homeostasis, rather than as establishing a resolved linear Gcn5-mTORC1-TFEB/autophagy pathway.

      Thank you for sending our manuscript for review again. We are glad that the revised data has made the manuscript more coherent along with removal of the data that was difficult to interpret.

      We would like to thank the editor for the suggestions. We have now revised the title, abstract, model of our study and also toned down our conclusions and removed extrapolations if any. We now project a broader role of Gcn5 and mTORC1 in regulating autophagy and thereby hematopoiesis in the lymph gland. Our revised discussion section addresses this critical suggestion given by the editor. Please refer to the changes made in the title, abstract, parts of the results and discussion.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There are still many typos along the manuscript.

      The authors changed their quantification of the crystal cell phenotype to "crystal cell index" in some figures but kept the initial "crystal cell number" in others. They should be consistent. Also, the scale of the axes in Fig. 2O , 2T and 3P is inadequate, as it is impossible to discern the distribution of the data or possible differences between genotypes.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now gone through the manuscript thoroughly and made the required changes. We have taken into consideration and reanalysed the data and changed all quantification to crystal cell differentiation index to make the data uniform and consistent. The scale of axes as suggested for Fig. 2O, 2T and 3P have been modified to ensure the data points are clearly distributed and observable.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study extends a model of cortical normalization (ORGaNICs) to interacting cortical areas and shows that communication through coherence and communication subspaces can arise from a single set of dynamics. The evidence is solid, showing analytically that contrast-dependent gamma dynamics and a low-dimensional inter-areal communication subspace arise from one parameter set, though the comparisons to data remain qualitative and the analytics rest on a linearization that is not checked against numerical simulation. The work will interest neuroscientists and theorists concerned with inter-areal communication, cortical oscillations, and divisive normalization.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for this assessment. We have addressed both stated qualifications. On the linearization, we now validate the closed-form power and coherence spectra against direct numerical simulation of the full nonlinear stochastic circuit at every contrast (new SI Fig. S6 and SI Sec. II). On the comparison to data, in addition to the unfitted comparison of Fig. 2, we now provide a quantitative comparison in which the model is fitted to the experimental power and coherence spectra, with residuals reported at every contrast (new SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this paper, Pal and colleagues propose a mechanistic unification of two influential accounts of inter-areal communication: communication through coherence and communication subspaces. A major strength of the paper is that it does not treat coherence and communication subspaces as independent phenomena, as typically done, but instead derives both from the same circuit with divisive normalization. In this framework, noise-driven fluctuations around the normalized fixed point determine covariance and cross-power structure (which, in retrospect, makes so much sense to be related). Then, they show how these determine linear prediction performance and the effective dimensionality of the communication subspace. They also show (however not very visually, see recommendation below for a figure) how divisive normalization is crucial to shape inter-areal coherence and the dimensionality of communication.

      I found this conceptual contribution potentially very influential, but somewhat obscured by the technical complexity of the model. The central intuition (I think) is that recurrent normalization can organize cross-area fluctuations, both frequency-specific correlations and cross-covariances. Took me a while to grasp this insight, mostly because I was stuck with the model details. Note that I have some experience with network dynamics, but not with this particular model.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment. We agree that recurrent normalization shapes the cross-spectral density of the noise-driven fluctuations about the normalized fixed point, and that power, coherence, and the communication subspace can therefore be viewed as complementary readouts of the same underlying dynamics. To make this central connection explicit from the outset, we have added a new paragraph, “The core mechanism in brief” (Results, end of “Theory”), which states this mechanism before the main results are presented. The dependence of coherence and communication-subspace dimensionality on normalization is shown in SI Figs. S4e–h and S5, which are now cited wherever the role of normalization is discussed. In addition, the new Discussion subsection “Experimental predictions of the model” describes how normalization could be manipulated experimentally and the readouts expected.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors extend the ORGaNICs framework (a recurrent circuit that dynamically implements divisive normalization) to connected cortical areas with explicit top-down feedback. Because the network has a known analytical fixed point that coincides with (or closely approximates) the normalization equation, the authors can linearize about that fixed point and derive closed-form expressions for the power spectral density, inter-areal coherence, and communication subspaces. Using a two-area instantiation (V1 & V2) with a single fixed parameter set and no data fitting, they show the model reproduces: (i) contrast-response functions with steeper slope V2; (ii) gamma-band power and coherence peaks that shift to higher frequency with contrast; and (iii) a low-dimensional inter-areal communication subspace that is lower-dimensional than the within-area subspace. They derive parallel predictions of what happens by changing model parameters: feedback gain enhances inter-areal and suppresses within-area communication, and normalization is necessary for both the oscillatory dynamics and the reduced subspace dimensionality. A three-area extension (V1&V4, V1&V5/MT) is used to argue that differential top-down feedback can dynamically route functional connectivity.

      We thank the reviewer for this summary.

      Strengths:

      (1) Analytical tractability: Deriving power spectra, coherence, and communication-subspace structure in closed form from a known fixed point is genuinely valuable.

      (2) Conceptual unification: Framing coherence and communication subspaces as arising from the same normalization-driven dynamics is an elegant and useful contribution.

      (3) Breadth from few assumptions: A large range of phenomena (contrast gain, gamma dynamics) emerges from normalization-based model assumptions.

      (4) Biological grounding: The mapping of model variables onto identified cell types connects the abstract computation to known cortical microcircuitry.

      (5) The prediction that input-gain versus feedback-gain modulation produce distinct spectral signatures gives experimentalists a clear way to test the framework.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Comparisons are qualitative, not quantitative: The theory/experiment panels are visual side-by-side comparisons. There is no quantitative goodness-of-fit for any predictions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have added a quantitative comparison. New SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III fit the model parameters to the experimental power and coherence spectra and report the residuals at every contrast.

      (2) The simulations use τ ≈ 1ms for all cell types, which the authors acknowledge is unrealistically short; realistic values would shift the gamma peaks to lower frequencies.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree. The Limitations (Discussion) state that more realistic values would shift the gamma-band oscillations to lower frequencies, and that when all time constants were released as free parameters in the fit to the experimental spectra (SI Fig. S7) they converged to values between 0.2 and 3ms. The time constants are now described consistently as effective population time constants rather than as intrinsic single-neuron time constants (Limitations).

      (3) Divisive normalization is a special case and is recovered exactly only for the identity recurrent matrix (self-normalization). Some statements that the circuit implements divisive normalization exactly need softening.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have softened the statements throughout. The main text now states that exact recovery of Eq. 2 requires W<sub>11</sub> = I and β = γ = 1, that for the centre-surround W11 used in all reported results the circuit closely approximates normalization (to within 0.6%), and that the fixed point is obtained numerically, at first mention (Results, “Theory”), in the Methods (“The Model” and the new subsection “Numerical computation of fixed points”) and in the Discussion (“Normalization”).

      (4) The element-wise (multiplicative) interaction in the modulator dynamics is not tied to a specific cellular mechanism.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree: The Limitations (Discussion) state that, while weighted sums and gain control may be implemented via balanced excitatory–inhibitory mechanisms, we can only speculate about the cellular mechanisms for the element-wise products. We speculate that the element-wise product between presynaptic firing rates in Eq. 1b might be mediated by coincident spike detection (assuming that each of the spike trains is Poisson and that the synaptic current is proportional to the probability of coincident spikes within a short time window (Srinivasan & Bernard, 1976)), and that the element-wise product between postsynaptic membrane potential and presynaptic firing rate in Eq. 1c might be mediated by NMDA receptors (Polsky, Mel & Schiller, 2004; Silver, 2010) (see Discussion, last paragraph of “Biological Plausibility”).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work of Pal and colleagues considers a hierarchical and multi-population version of the “oscillatory recurrent gated neural integrator circuits” (ORGaNICs) model, showing through analytics that the model captures multiple relevant experimental results: first of all, its oscillatory dynamics produce a profile with high resemblance to experimental results, both in terms of decay of power at high frequency and in terms of shifting peak as a function of stimulus contrast. Second, inter-areal communication subspace dimensionality is lower than within-area dimensionality. The authors then proceed to further characterize the model’s response properties as a function of input and feedback gain. In particular, they find that frequencies transmitted with higher strength also carry more information, that changing gain modifies the dimensionality of communication subspaces, and that these properties can be used in a three-layer model, where an upstream area can select which downstream area to communicate to, based on the strength of feedback gain.

      We thank the reviewer for the summary.

      Strengths:

      This work demonstrates that a single-circuit model with normalization properties can capture both the oscillatory dynamics and the inter-areal communication properties measured in cortical circuits, matching multiple experimental results. The full analytical tractability of the model is highly advantageous, allowing for easier exploration of parameters, replicability, and effective interpretations of results compared to purely numerical approaches.

      The work also makes a useful conceptual link between normalization, coherence-based communication, and subspace-based communication. In particular, it shows how both phenomena can emerge from the same circuit dynamics, where normalization is a key factor.

      Interestingly, the model is also extended to multiple areas, showing how attention (in the form of changes in feedback gain) can synchronize the activity of a downstream area with one of two upstream areas, thus effectively selecting which area to communicate with.

      In general, this is an interesting computational framework and a useful starting point for future modeling work. A particular strength is that it connects normalization, oscillatory dynamics, coherence, and communication subspaces within one analytically tractable model, making it possible to generate mechanistic hypotheses about when inter-areal communication should be stronger, lower-dimensional, or preferentially routed through feedback.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      Although I see the analytic approach as a strength, at the same time I regard the lack of any numerical comparison as a big weakness. Circuit simulations would not only confirm the correctness of the analytics, but also offer further insights on the error margins and on the regimes where the analytics are valid. This is because, to my understanding, the analytics are based on a linear approximation around the operating regime, which means deviations might be expected, especially for high gain levels in the input, or in the feedforward and feedback pathways.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that a numerical check of the linearization is required, and have added one. New SI Fig. S6 and SI Sec. II integrate the full nonlinear stochastic system (SI Eqs. S31–S44, with the firing-rate noise and the filtered synaptic noise of SI Sec. VI) with the Euler–Maruyama scheme (time step 10 µs; 100 independent trials of 16s at each contrast) and compare the V1 power spectra and V1–V2 coherence spectra estimated from the simulated trajectories (Welch’s method) with the closed-form expressions at all eight contrasts of Fig. 2. At the baseline parameters, the root-mean-square deviation is below 0.017 for the normalised power and below 0.018 for the coherence, and the maximum absolute deviation is below 0.072, at every contrast; residuals are shown in the lower panels of Fig. S6. The Methods (“Power and coherence spectra”) now describe this validation. On the regime of validity: the linearization holds for small fluctuations about the fixed point, as stated in the Methods, and the simulations bear this out. When the amplitudes of the noise sources are increased, the deviation between the simulated and the analytical spectra grows, and it does so first at the lowest contrasts. This is because at low contrast < 10% the activities lie near zero, and the noise fluctuations can drive them negative, where the rectification in the model clips them to zero; the linearized dynamics do not capture this clipping. Note that changing the strength of the noise does not alter the analytical results, since the plotted spectra are all normalized. The deviations do not, however, grow with the gains: changing the input or feedback gain changes the fixed point, and the linearization about the new fixed point remains valid, because its accuracy is controlled by the strength of the fluctuations relative to the fixed point, not by the gains themselves. This characterization of the validity regime is now stated in SI Sec. II. All results reported in the paper use the baseline parameters, for which the linearization is accurate at every contrast and for all reported gain values. The stable ranges of the gains are given in SI Table S2.

      Another problem is that the analytically tractable model seems to rely on effective connectivity weights that break Dale’s law. Numerical simulations with explicitly modeled excitatory and inhibitory units might give insights into effects due, e.g., to the additional transmission delays mentioned in the Discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have made the distinction between effective and anatomical connectivity explicit. The Results (“Theory”) and the Methods (“The Model”) now state, where the matrices are introduced, that the recurrent, feedforward and feedback matrices are effective (net) connectivity, with negative entries standing for disynaptic inhibition through interneurons that are not modelled explicitly. The Limitations (Discussion) now state that the circuit as written does not respect Dale’s law at the level of individual connections, that the posited inhibitory interneurons would introduce additional delays, and that examining how inter-areal synchronization depends on feedback delay is an important direction for future work.

      Another weakness is the use of the term “predictions” to indicate features of the model dynamics that are purely described in the context of the model parameters. Although the model’s response properties may certainly lead to predictions, I think the term requires a better contextualization in terms of neurophysiology and experimental neuroscience. The Discussion draws very interesting and valuable bridges between neuron morphology, interneuron types, and model parameters. But it seems it’s left to the reader to backtrack and figure out which biological mechanisms or experimental manipulations should correspond to changes in input or feedback gain, and how these should be distinguished from possible changes in feedforward gain.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Each prediction is now grounded in a candidate experimental manipulation and a measurable readout in a new Discussion subsection, “Experimental predictions of the model”, which covers each gain parameter, the frequency-resolved subspace, the routing result and normalization, and states explicitly that the proposed manipulations of the gains are speculative and rest on the hypothesized cell-type mapping. The V2 input gain is addressed in our response to the next point.

      Relatedly, the manuscript places substantial emphasis on modulation of feedback gain, but does not comparably explore modulation of the feedforward gain, β<sub>2</sub>, which regulates the V1-to-V2 drive.

      This seems important because changes in feedforward gain could also influence communication subspace dimensionality and oscillatory dynamics. Therefore, predictions related to top-down feedback modulations should be taken with a grain of salt.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have added the V2 input gain to every analysis in which feedback and V1 input gain are varied. New SI Fig. S8 varies β<sub>2</sub> over the same range as β<sub>1</sub> (0.5–1.5) and reports, side by side with feedback and V1 input gain, the contrast-response functions of V1 and V2, the V1 power spectra and V1–V2 coherence spectra at 3% and 50% contrast, and the inter- and within-area prediction performance at 100% contrast. V2 input gain has a signature distinct from both feedback and V1 input gain:

      - Increasing β<sub>2</sub> leaves V1 responses unchanged and enhances only V2 responses (Fig. S8c), whereas feedback and V1 input gain enhance both areas.

      - At 3% contrast, β<sub>2</sub> produces neither the alpha peak in V1 power nor the beta-band coherence peak that appear at low feedback gain (Fig. S8f,l).

      - At 50% contrast, increasing β<sub>2</sub> shifts the gamma peak in power and coherence to higher frequencies and broadens it, like feedback gain, but also reduces its amplitude (Fig. S8i,o).

      - Increasing β<sub>2</sub> enhances inter-areal communication, like feedback gain, but leaves within-area communication approximately unchanged (Fig. S8r), whereas feedback gain reduces within-area communication and V1 input gain reduces both.

      These results are reported in the Results (“Contrast response functions”, “Inter-areal coherence”, “Communication subspaces”; the “V1 power spectra” section refers the reader to SI Fig. S8 for the V2 input gain), in the Discussion (opening summary, “Role of feedback” and “Experimental predictions of the model”).

      Last but not least, the model dynamics are split among multiple elements and nonlinear interactions, reaching a level of complexity far higher than the other ORGaNICs formulations present in the literature. The authors derive these dynamics in the supplementary material, as a dynamical system that converges to a fixed-point solution that includes “exact divisive normalization”. I wonder, however, if there could be simpler solutions that also produce normalization, either approximate or in a different form than the one proposed by the authors. Note also that the designation of “excitatory neurons” is misleading: despite the presence of two explicitly inhibitory populations, the “excitatory” units also interact with negative effective weights both recurrently and in the inter-areal interactions, thus breaking Dale’s law.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The complexity is, moreover, not unstructured: as now stated in the Results (“Theory”), each population performs a defined operation — principal cells y sum the gain-modulated input, recurrent and feedback drives, u accumulates the normalization signal, a implements the division, and q provides the sign inversion required by the feedback term in the dynamics of a, and it is through these populations that normalization is implemented dynamically, and simultaneously across the reciprocally coupled areas, rather than imposed as a static input–output relation. Whether a materially simpler circuit could produce normalization, approximately or in a different form, while retaining analytical tractability is an open question that we do not resolve here; we would regard such a circuit as a valuable simplification of the present framework. On terminology: we agree, and have changed it. The y population is now called “principal cells” (or “principal neurons”) throughout the main text, figure captions and SI; “excitatory” is reserved for the anatomically excitatory populations in the hypothesised cell-type mapping (Discussion, “Biological plausibility”); the distinction between effective and anatomical weights is stated where the matrices are introduced (Results, “Theory”); and the Limitations state that the principal cells interact through mixed-sign effective weights both recurrently and across areas.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      First of all, my sincere apologies for my long delay. It has been quite a hectic period.

      If I could suggest one improvement, it would be to add an early conceptual figure and/or minimal toy model that illustrates the core mechanism before introducing the full circuit. For the illustration, I would try to get inspiration from illustrations of the original Semedo et al paper. Such a figure could show how divisive normalization shapes the covariance/cross-power structure, how this affects coherence, and how the resulting eigen spectrum gives rise to a low-dimensional communication subspace. Starting from this stripped-down mechanism would make the novel insight more transparent, after which the more biologically motivated model would be easier to appreciate.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the core mechanism should be stated before the full circuit is introduced, and have done so in the text rather than with a new figure. A new paragraph, “The core mechanism in brief”, closes the “Theory” section (Results), before any result is presented. It follows the progression the reviewer outlines: the noise-driven fluctuations about the normalized fixed point are characterized by the cross-spectral density matrix (Eq. 6); the power spectra are its diagonal entries, the coherence its normalised off-diagonal entries (Eq. 7), and the communication subspace follows from its frequency-resolved covariance through reduced rank regression, so that power, coherence and the communication subspace are complementary readouts of the same underlying dynamics. How normalization shapes this matrix, by creating a resonance and by suppressing weakly driven neurons, which lowers its rank, is stated in the Discussion (“Unified view of inter-areal communication”), and removing normalization removes all three effects (SI Fig. S4e–h). The full circuit is then introduced as the implementation of this mechanism. We have not added a schematic figure, because the corresponding panels already exist: the with/without-normalization comparison (SI Figs. S4 and S5).

      Minor comments/suggestions:

      The authors forgot to cite other work modelling communication subspaces. Citing them could improve impact. Disclaimer: I am among the authors of one of them.

      https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-023-42519-5

      https://www.science.org/doi/full/10.1126/sciadv.adl6120

      https://www.pnas.org/doi/10.1073/pnas.2404039122

      https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.64898/2026.05.18.725829v1.abstract

      We thank the reviewer for these references. We have added all four (Barbosa et al. 2023; Gozel & Doiron 2024; Clark & Beiran 2025; Mastrogiuseppe et al. 2026) in the Introduction, where communication subspaces are introduced.

      It could improve the impact if the authors could flesh out how they would test ‘experimentally testable predictions’ (e.g., lines 162, 329).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have revised accordingly. Each prediction is now paired with a candidate manipulation and a readout in a new Discussion subsection, “Experimental predictions of the model”.

      Figure 2 c-d and e-f could make the message stronger if a correlation between model and data is shown: how good is the prediction?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that a quantitative measure of agreement is needed, and have provided it as a fit rather than a correlation coefficient. New SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III fit the model to the experimental power and coherence spectra of Roberts et al. (2013) at all measured contrasts and show the residuals. The Fig. 2 caption and the Results (“V1 power spectra”, “Inter-areal coherence”) now cite this comparison.

      Figure 4c is very interesting and deserves more spotlight (could even be tested with available data?)

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have given this result more prominence and specified the test. It is stated in the Abstract in its own right. The Methods (“Frequency decomposition of the communication subspace”) now end with a paragraph that states how the analysis may be applied to experimental recordings: from the cross-spectral density matrix of simultaneously recorded V1 and V2 populations, its real part at each frequency is the frequency-specific covariance, whose source, target and cross blocks give the communication subspace, the prediction performance and the dimensionality at that frequency in closed form (Eqs. 20 and 22); no band-pass filtering or per-band regression is needed. The resulting test, that the dimensionality should be smallest in the band of peak V1–V2 coherence and that this band should shift to higher frequency with contrast, is stated at the end of that Methods paragraph and in the Discussion (“Experimental predictions of the model”). We have not performed this analysis, which requires the raw simultaneous recordings.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major:

      (1) If possible, try to add at least one quantitative model-data comparison (variance explained) even without fitting if needed, so readers can gauge agreement beyond visual inspection.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have added a quantitative comparison. New SI Fig. S7 and SI Sec. III fit the model parameters to the experimental power and coherence spectra measurements and report the residuals at every contrast.

      (2) Show how the gamma-peak predictions change under physiologically realistic time constants (e.g., 10-20 ms), so that readers get an idea.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The Limitations subsection of the Discussion now explains that if every time constant of the model is multiplied by a common factor k then every spectral feature would be shifted to a frequency k times lower with its shape preserved. The Limitations also now state that when all time constants were released as free parameters in the fit to the experimental spectra (SI Fig. S7) they converged to values between 0.2 and 3ms. The uniform 1ms values are now described throughout as effective population time constants. We decided not to add a figure because it would look identical to Figs. 2 and 3 with a relabelled frequency axis.

      (3) For the communication-subspace results, report how dimensionality estimates scale with the number of modeled/subsampled neurons, so the comparison to the experimental literature is calibrated.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have added the analysis as new SI Fig. S9. Fig. S9 reports the dimensionality of the inter-areal (V1–V2) and within-area (V1–V1) communication subspaces (i) as a function of the number of modeled principal neurons per area, N = 9, 18, 36, 72 and 144, at the sampling fraction of the main text (30/72 of the neurons as source and as target, i.e. 4–60 neurons; the connectivity kernels and normalization pool are defined on the ring and scale with N, with no parameter re-tuned), and (ii) as a function of the number of sampled source and target neurons, 5–30, at N = 72. Each point is the mean ± SD over 200 random draws of source and target populations at 100% contrast and baseline parameters, with dimensionality defined as the rank at which prediction performance reaches 95% of its full-rank value. The dimensionality grows slowly with both quantities (roughly two-fold over the 16-fold change in N), remains far below the number of sampled neurons, and the inter-areal subspace is lower-dimensional than the within-area subspace at every population size.

      Minor:

      (1) Qualify quantitative-sounding language to reflect that comparisons are qualitative and unfitted.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. The unfitted comparisons are now described as qualitative: “successfully replicates key experimental observations” now reads “reproduces the main qualitative features” (Results, “V1 power spectra”), the captured trends and observations are described as qualitative in the power-spectra and coherence sections, and “align well with” now reads “qualitatively consistent with the experimental data” (Results, “Communication subspaces”). The fitted comparison of SI Fig. S7 is cited alongside the power-spectra and coherence comparisons.

      (2) Clarify in the main text the scope of the “exact normalization” claim

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. At first mention (Results, “Theory”) the main text now states that the implementation is exact for W<sub>11</sub> = I with β = γ = 1, that for the centre-surround W<sub>11</sub> used in all reported results the circuit closely approximates normalization, and that the fixed point for the parameters used is obtained numerically by integrating the deterministic dynamics to steady state.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Abstract: I think the text could be improved in terms of clarity and readability. For example, the (f) for frequency appears only after the 1/f<sup>4</sup>, and similarly for the explanation for “communication”. The term “high-coherence” is not properly defined.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised the Abstract. Frequency and its symbol f are introduced together before 1/f<sup>4</sup> appears; “communication” is defined at first use (“the ability to linearly predict neural activity in one brain area from neural activity in another”); “high-coherence frequencies” is replaced by “the frequencies at which V1–V2 coherence peaks”.

      (2) L50 and L56: The term “a priori constraints” seems to refer to two general features of the model. The model, however, is much more constrained in terms of parameters and architecture. So the statement that “these two constraints alone give rise to a rich set of emergent properties” is not really corroborated by the results.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised the Introduction. It now states the two assumptions (a hierarchy with feedforward, recurrent and feedback connections; recurrently implemented normalization within each area) and then notes that a concrete model additionally requires choices about the connectivity, the normalization pool, and the noise, which are specified in the Methods and whose influence on the results is examined in SI Fig. S4 and the SI section “Robustness with respect to model parameters”. The sentence “Remarkably, these two constraints alone give rise to...” now reads “Given these choices, and a single set of parameters, the theory gives rise to...”.

      (3) L69: “competing hypotheses”, but they were called “complementary hypotheses” in L34.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have made the wording consistent. Communication through coherence and communication subspaces are now described, in the Introduction and in the Discussion (“Unified view of inter-areal communication”), as hypotheses that have been treated as alternatives in the literature and that our results show to be complementary.

      (4) L132: “all neurons perform the same computation”; this comment is a bit too generic and dismissive.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have rewritten the sentence as a neutral statement where it first occurred (Results, “Theory”) and removed the duplicate sentence from the Discussion (“Biological plausibility”). In Wilson–Cowan-type excitatory–inhibitory models the same form of rate equation is applied to each population, with different signs and weights, whereas here the four populations perform different roles with structurally different equations.

      (5) L134: “unique computations to each cell type” although it is clear that different cell types have different roles in the overall dynamics, it is not clear to me which is the unique computation attributed to each of them.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The computation performed by each cell type is now stated at that point in the text (Results, “Theory”): principal cells y sum the gain-modulated input, recurrent and feedback drives (squaring output nonlinearity); excitatory modulator cells u accumulate the normalization signal, a weighted sum of principal-cell responses (square-root output nonlinearity); inhibitory modulator cells a implement the division, i.e. the multiplicative gain control of the recurrent and feedback drives; and inhibitory cells q track principal-cell activity and provide the sign inversion required by the feedback term in the dynamics of a (SI Eqs. S21–S22). Additionally, they all have different activation nonlinearities.

      (6) L146: “positive and negative weights”: mixed signs for feedforward and feedback weights.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. The phrase now reads “an embedding matrix of effective weights”, followed by a new sentence stating that all weight matrices describe effective connectivity rather than anatomical synapses and that negative weights may be implemented with disynaptic inhibition through interneurons that are not modelled explicitly, with a cross-reference to the Discussion. The same statement accompanies the definition of the matrices in the Methods (“The Model”).

      (7) L160: Again mixed signs for recurrent weights.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, see the response above.

      (8) L189: Normalization is exact, but only for parameters different from those used. I think it should be added there that the fixed point for the parameters in use is found numerically through simulation of the dynamics.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have added the statement in those terms. The passage now states that the implementation is exact only for W<sub>11</sub> = I with β = γ = 1, that for the centre-surround W<sub>11</sub> used in all reported results the circuit closely approximates normalization (deviates from Eq. 2 by less than 0.6%), and that the fixed point for these parameters is obtained numerically by integrating the deterministic dynamics to steady state, after which all spectra and subspaces are computed in closed form by linearising about it. The same statement is made in the Methods, in the new subsection “Numerical computation of fixed points”.

      (9) L212: There should be something more explicit to corroborate the “experimentally testable”.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have revised accordingly. Each prediction is now paired with a manipulation and a readout in a new Discussion subsection, “Experimental predictions of the model”, which is cited where the predictions are stated in the Introduction and the Discussion.

      (10) L214: I think it’s important to clarify a bit more that even if both areas have input gains, the manipulation is only of the input gain in the upstream area, β<sub>1</sub>.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have clarified this at that point in the text (“with the V2 input gain β<sub>2</sub> held at its baseline value”) and in the captions of Fig. 3 and SI Figs. S1–S3, each of which now states that β<sub>2</sub> is held at 1.0. β<sub>2</sub> is varied separately in new SI Fig. S8.

      (11) Figure 2: Please consider using a better color scale for the power and the coherence lines. The lower three contrasts are literally indistinguishable. Same for the top two contrasts.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have retained the palette, for the following reasons. The palette is the “Reds” sequential scheme of matplotlib, derived from the ColorBrewer scheme of the same name (Harrower & Brewer, 2003). The curves encode an ordered variable (contrast), for which a single-hue sequential palette is the recommended choice (Zeileis et al., 2020). This encoding is also colour-vision-deficiency safe: the curves are distinguished by lightness rather than by red-versus-green discrimination, and the ColorBrewer “Reds” scheme is classified as colourblind-safe on the basis of empirical testing with colour-vision-impaired viewers (Olson & Brewer, 1997). The same palette is used in the new SI Figs. S6 and S7 for consistency.

      (12) L273: Something that confuses me is how to disambiguate between input gain and input intensity, since the theory considers effects around fixed points. This equivalence is also mentioned in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In the model, the V1 input gain β<sub>1</sub> enters the dynamics only through the product β<sub>1</sub>z<sub>1</sub> (Eq. 1a), and the input drive z<sub>1</sub> is proportional to stimulus contrast (Methods). Therefore, V1 input gain and stimulus intensity are mathematically equivalent because they enter the dynamics only through their product (β<sub>1</sub> is scalar). This equivalence would not generally hold for spatially or feature-selective gain modulation, where attention can differentially modulate subsets (β<sub>1</sub> is vector) of neurons relative to the normalization pool (Reynolds & Heeger, 2009).

      (13) L375: There seems to be a lot of emphasis on modulation of the feedback gain, but related to L214, I wonder why there has been no manipulation of the feedforward gain, β<sub>2</sub>, which might be equally important in influencing the communication subspace dimensionality and in modulating the oscillatory dynamics. In terms of experimental predictions, the two might be very different, so why consider only one and ignore the other? See also statement at L388. To attribute the effect to top-down feedback, one should prove that bottom-up modulation does not produce the same effect.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree with the methodological point in the final sentence, and have acted on it. β<sub>2</sub> is now varied across the same analyses as γ<sub>1</sub> and β<sub>1</sub> (new SI Fig. S8; outcomes listed in our response to Weakness 4 above). Bottom-up modulation does not produce the same effect: increasing β<sub>2</sub> enhances inter-areal communication, as feedback gain does, but leaves within-area communication unchanged (feedback gain reduces it), leaves V1 responses unchanged, produces no low-contrast alpha or beta peaks, and reduces rather than increases the amplitude of the gamma peak. The passage at L375 (Results, “Communication subspaces”) now reports that increasing β<sub>2</sub> enhances inter-areal communication while leaving within-area communication approximately unchanged, with a substantially smaller effect than feedback gain (SI Fig. S8r); the readouts that distinguish the two gains are described in the Discussion (“Experimental predictions of the model”).

      (14) Figure 4: See comment for Figure 2.

      As for Fig. 2, we have retained the palette; see our response to item (11). The contrast values are given in the legend, the luminance ordering is monotonic in contrast, and the same palette is used across Figs. 2 and 4 and the SI.

      (15) L440: I think here it would be more honest to say that the two measures, of coherence and inter-areal communication, are not independent. If two signals are highly correlated at a certain frequency, then the prediction power will also peak for that same frequency. Or would it be possible to have conditions where it would not be the case, showing that the two measures are in fact independent?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and now state the dependence explicitly. The passage at L440 (Results, “Frequency decomposition of communication subspaces”), the Discussion (“Unified view of inter-areal communication”) and the Methods (“Interpretation of the results”) now state that coherence (Eq. 7) and frequency-resolved prediction performance (Eq. 22) are functionals of the same cross-spectral density matrix, so that the coincidence of their peaks is a mathematical consequence rather than an independent empirical confirmation. The claim retained is that coherence, prediction performance and the reduction in dimensionality are all generated by normalization; removing it eliminates all three (SI Fig. S4e–h).

      (16) L446: This paragraph mentions dimensionality, but only the following paragraph defines it.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have moved the definition (the number of source dimensions required to reach the full-rank prediction performance, dictated by the rank of ) so that it precedes the first use of “dimensionality” (Results, “Frequency decomposition of communication subspaces”); the sentence that previously followed has been removed.

      (17) L485: See comment for L375.

      We address this together with item (13) and the corresponding point of the public review (Weakness 4). We have added a statement regarding the V2 input gain at the end of the section “Dynamic modulation of functional connectivity through feedback” (Results), and the conclusion of that section now describes the three-area result as a demonstration that differential feedback strength can control functional connectivity.

      (18) L575: I find this part a bit too vague. Within the scope of the paper, it is not clear what the network is “processing” and what kind of “balancing” it performs.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In this passage, “processing” refers to the computation performed by the principal cells: each cell sums its gain-scaled input, recurrent and feedback drives (Eq. 1a). “Balancing” refers to how these drives are combined: the recurrent gain control adjusts them so that the steady-state responses follow the normalization equation (Eq. 2), exactly or approximately depending on the recurrent weights. This is the mechanistic contrast with predictive coding: predictive coding matches top-down predictions against feedforward signals so as to minimize the prediction error, whereas hierarchical ORGaNICs balances the input, recurrent and feedback drives so as to maintain normalization.

      (19) L583: Similarly to above, I find these lines very confusing. In the context of this paper, there is no notion of “predictable stimulus”, so I find this part very confusing. Also, the model always produces sustained activity by construction, since it has stable steady-state solutions across a wide range of input patterns.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The passage refers to a limitation of the predictive coding framework. A constant, continuously presented stimulus is fully predictable, so in predictive coding the forward-propagated activity, which represents the prediction error, should be explained away and decay toward zero; cortical neurons instead maintain sustained responses to constant stimuli, barring adaptation (Burns, Xing & Shapley, 2010). We agree that our model produces sustained responses by construction, because it has a stable fixed point for a wide range of inputs; this behaviour is closer to the observed physiology than the explaining-away account.

      (20) L601, 602: I don’t think that not producing mathematically exact normalization is a significant, critical limitation in a model. We can be pretty confident that neural circuits are not, in fact, producing mathematically exact normalization. Or, to say it more constructively, simpler models that produce approximate normalization might actually be closer to the biological reality.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have rewritten the passage (Discussion, “Normalization”). It no longer presents approximate normalization as a critical limitation of prior circuit models; it instead states how the present circuit differs: the normalization equation, with an arbitrary normalization pool, is a fixed point of the recurrent dynamics; the dynamics remain stable even with strong recurrent connections; and the fixed point and the linearization about it yield the power spectra, coherence, and communication subspaces in closed form.

      (21) L653: this line states that feedback is essential for network stability. But the paragraph seems to refer to top-down feedback drive, which should not be necessary for dynamical stability in the model.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The line refers to the feedback drive onto the inhibitory modulator cells (a), which contributes to the local normalization signal; it is this feedback-mediated inhibition, not the top-down drive to the principal cells, that is essential for stability. We have clarified the sentence accordingly (Discussion, “Role of feedback”).

      (22) L661: I think this statement is misleading and this part should be stated more cautiously. Although plausible in general, I don’t see these results anywhere in the paper. It would require a more functional connotation of the model, which now has a very homogeneous ring structure.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have stated the claim more cautiously (Discussion, “Role of feedback”): the passage now describes the generative-model regime as a hypothesis (“the network is hypothesized to behave like generative models...”) rather than as a property demonstrated by the present results.

      (23) L715, L719: I feel confused by the contrast between spatially global feature-based attention and spatially-selective attention.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The two forms of attention differ in the domain over which neurons are selected for gain modulation. Feature-based attention is spatially global: attending to a feature boosts the neurons selective for that feature across the entire visual field, regardless of retinotopic location (Saenz, Buracas & Boynton, 2002). Spatially selective attention instead boosts only the neurons whose receptive fields overlap the attended location, regardless of their feature preference. Both are gain modulations that can be implemented in the model through the input gain: applied as a vector rather than a scalar, β<sub>1</sub> raises the gain of a selected subset of neurons relative to the normalization pool (Reynolds & Heeger, 2009), as noted in our response to item (12). On the ring, a β<sub>1</sub> profile over preferred orientation implements feature-selective gain; implementing spatially selective attention in the same way would require adding a spatial (retinotopic) dimension over which β<sub>1</sub> varies, as now noted in the Discussion (“Attention and functional connectivity”). The three-area routing result corresponds to the spatially global case, in which boosting an entire feature-selective area increases its feedback to V1 at all locations.

      (24) L729, L730: Here it is important to define exogenous and endogenous attention. If they are defined by the pathways on which they act, then the reasoning becomes circular.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree, and have defined both terms behaviourally at first use, independently of the model (Discussion, “Attention and functional connectivity”): exogenous attention as the fast, involuntary orienting driven by a salient stimulus, and endogenous attention as the slower, voluntary, goal-directed deployment of attention. The mapping onto input gain and feedback gain, respectively, is then stated as a testable hypothesis rather than as a definition, falsifiable through the divergent spectral signatures of the two gains.

      (25) Figure 7: I suggest changing the color map into a “diverging” color map centered at zero, so that negative and positive values appear visually distinct and zero has a neutral color. For example, the “seismic” or “PuOr” color maps in matplotlib would be appropriate.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree, and have revised Fig. 7 accordingly. It now uses the PuOr colour map, centred at zero with a shared colour bar, so that positive and negative weights in the tuning-curve, recurrent and feedback matrices are visually distinct and zero is neutral.

      References cited in this letter

      Burns, S.P., Xing, D. & Shapley, R.M. (2010). Comparisons of the dynamics of local field potential and multiunit activity signals in macaque visual cortex. Journal of Neuroscience 30, 13739–13749.

      Harrower, M. & Brewer, C.A. (2003). ColorBrewer.org: an online tool for selecting colour schemes for maps. The Cartographic Journal 40, 27–37.

      Olson, J.M. & Brewer, C.A. (1997). An evaluation of color selections to accommodate map users with color-vision impairments. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 87, 103–134. Polsky, A., Mel, B.W. & Schiller, J. (2004). Computational subunits in thin dendrites of pyramidal cells. Nature Neuroscience 7, 621–627.

      Reynolds, J.H. & Heeger, D.J. (2009). The normalization model of attention. Neuron 61, 168–185.

      Saenz, M., Buracas, G.T. & Boynton, G.M. (2002). Global effects of feature-based attention in human visual cortex. Nature Neuroscience 5, 631–632.

      Silver, R.A. (2010). Neuronal arithmetic. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 11, 474–489.

      Zeileis, A., Fisher, J.C., Hornik, K., Ihaka, R., McWhite, C.D., Murrell, P., Stauffer, R. & Wilke, C.O. (2020). colorspace: a toolbox for manipulating and assessing colors and palettes. Journal of Statistical Software 96, 1–49.

      Srinivasan, M.V. & Bernard, G.D. (1976). A proposed mechanism for multiplication of neural signals. Biological Cybernetics 21, 227–236.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We were appreciative of the quality of the work presented in this manuscript and had some points that the authors could address in a revision:

      (1) The pallium interpretation: The data clearly show that pallial activity encodes chemosensory context and predicts upcoming S-T turns. At the same time, in the absence of perturbations, one cannot conclude that the pallium is necessary for transforming chemosensory input into motor output. To align the text with the current evidence, we recommend reframing the pallium's role as correlative/predictive (and avoiding terms like "key region," "hub," or "transformation" that imply causality). The authors could also add a brief limitations note on causality.

      (2) Statistics: There were a few points related to the statistics that needed clarification/tightening. We felt that the animal-level replication was limited and with mixed ages, and the data related to events/neurons were treated as independent observations. It was unclear if the hierarchical structure of the data (events/neurons in different fish) was taken into account, how age differences were handled, and what the exclusion criteria were for 'robustly behaving fish'. We recommend reanalysing the data with fish as the unit of inference (or use clustered/mixed models with fish-level random effects), reporting effect sizes with CIs, and clarifying age (5-6 dpf) handling and any exclusion criteria.

      (3) Figure clarity/data reduction: Some of the figures were crowded, obscuring the main message. To make the main effects easy to see, we recommend that the authors aggregate across doses and move detailed, condition-by-condition results to tables/SI. We also recommend that they include per-fish distributions where helpful, standardize axes/legends, and define onset metrics in captions.

      Summary of Revision

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their overall positive evaluations and encouraging remarks, as well as for their suggestions and constructive criticisms. We have performed additional experiments and analyses, and have substantially revised the manuscript based on the reviewers’ comments and in places where we felt additional clarity was needed. Major additions and changes include:

      - We reframed the pallium’s role as correlative/predictive and avoided all the terms (e.g., “key region”, “hub”, or “transformation”) that imply causality throughout the manuscript. In Discussion, we added a brief limitation note on causality, and incorporated five recent independent OB/pallium-related studies to better contextualize our neuronal findings.

      - To improve animal-level replication, we performed new partially immobilized behavioral experiments in the microfluidic chip (now n = 8 larvae in total; i.e., increased from 5), and reanalyzed the data using linear mixed-effects models with larva as a random intercept (Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3, 5). For the presentation, IQRs are used to visualize the spontaneous structure of S-T events (Figures 2d, e, i, j, Supplementary Figures 3e, f), the freely swimming plots (Supplementary Figure 4), and chemical-elicited bout kinematic changes (Figures 3e, f, Supplementary Figures 5g, h), whereas 95% CIs are used to visualize time-dependent chemical-elicited rate changes across larvae (Figures 3b–d) and in regression plots (Figures 3g, h). We also included per-larva distributions (Figures 1e, 2b, c, f, 3b–f, Supplementary Figures 3b, c, 5a–h). These additions strengthen the behavioral findings and their presentation. For neuronal analyses (Figures 4, 5, Supplementary Figures 7–11), statistical tests were performed at the individual-larva level, as explicitly clarified in the corresponding figure legends and Methods.

      - We rearranged the figures to highlight findings, simplified analyses and their presentation (Figures 1–3, Supplementary Figures 1, 3–6). We now present the most representative concentration for the valence determination assay in Figure 1c, while leaving the rest in Supplementary Figure 1c. We added a new PCA analysis to present the valence-dependent relationship of temporal proximity and turn magnitude in chemical-evoked S-T events (Figures 3g, h, Supplementary Figure 6). We also added within-trial circular saccade-time shuffle analyses to test whether increased aversive saccade occurrence (Figure 3b) could explain the structured temporal and directional properties of chemical-evoked S-T events (Supplementary Figures 5i, j). In addition, we clarified the handling of larval age and explicitly stated in Methods that there were no additional exclusion criteria (page 19, paragraph 2). We also defined onset metrics and referenced the illustrative schematic (Figure 2a) in captions (Figure 5, Supplementary Figure 10).

      Public review:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study was designed to manipulate and analyze the effects of chemosensory cues on visuomotor control. They approach this by analyzing how eye-body coordination and brain-wide activity are altered with specific chemosensation in larval zebrafish. After analyzing the dynamics of coupled saccade-tail coordination sequences - directionally linked and typically coupled to body turns - the authors investigated the effects of sensory cues shown to be either aversive or appetitive on freely swimming zebrafish on the eye-body coordination. Aversive chemicals lead to an increase in saccade-tail sequences in both number and dynamics, seemingly facilitating behaviors like escape. Brain-wide imaging led the authors to neurons in the telencephalic pallium as a target to study eye-body coordination. Pallium neuron activity correlated with both aversive chemicals and coupled saccade-tail movements.

      Recommendations for improvement are minimal. So much of the data is ultimately tabular, and the figures are an impenetrable wall of datapoints. 1c is an excellent example: three concentrations are presented, but it's rare for the three averages to trend appropriately. The key point, which is that aversive odors are repulsive and attractive odors (sometimes) attractive just gets lost in showing the three concentrations individually; it also makes direct comparisons impossible. There are similar challenges abound in the violin plots in 4e-4h, the error bars on the "fits" in 4i-4m, and so on. We recommend selecting an illustrative subset of data to present to permit interpretation and putting the rest in a supplemental table. (Presenting) less is more (effective).

      We are very grateful to the reviewer for their positive assessment and important comments. We have revised the figures to improve clarity and interpretability in line with this suggestion. Specifically, for the valence determination assay, we now present only the most representative one in Figure 1c, while the remaining concentrations are moved to Supplementary Figure 1c. In addition, the new PCA analysis reduced multiple regression plots into summary plots to show the valence-dependent relationship of temporal proximity and turn magnitude in chemical-evoked S-T events (Figures 3g, h, Supplementary Figure 6). For improved presentations, we selected a subset of the most important panels for the behavioral findings (Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3–6), added the per-larva data points and larva-level summary statistics (Figures 1e, 2b, c, f, 3b–f, Supplementary Figures 3b, c, 5a–h), and adjusted the optical transparency of the error bands (Figures 3b–h, Supplementary Figures 5g, h).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Sy SKH. et al. on pallium encoded chemosensory impact of eye-body coordination describes how the valence of chemosensory stimuli can affect the coordination of eye saccades with tail flips. They show that aversive valence stimuli can increase both the strength and frequency of tail flips through a pallium-mediated circuit.

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written and easy to follow, although the figures are quite dense, the methodology is mostly sound, and the improvement to the fish on chips system is very interesting. The methods description is thorough and welcome, making the experiments clear. The limited number of animals, and the spread between 5 and 6dpf is a concern as most of the statistics seem to have been done on the individual events, and not the number of biological samples.

      The initial behavioural experiments are very promising. However, the conclusions surrounding the role of the pallium are a lot more speculative and not supported by the results.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of our manuscript, including the clarity of the writing, methodological description, improvements to the Fish‑on‑Chips system, and very promising behavioral experiments. We also appreciate the important concerns raised about the limited number of animals and the spread between 5 and 6 dpf, as well as the strength of our original phrasing regarding the role of the pallium. As described in the above Summary of Revision, we have substantially addressed these points through additional behavioral experiments and refined statistical analyses, a more cautious framing of our neuronal findings throughout the manuscript and contextualization of our findings in Discussion, and clarifications in the revised manuscript, including the explicit specification of age and statistics in Methods (page 19, paragraph 2). In addition, we now clarify that 5 and 6 dpf larvae were intermixed across all stimulus conditions in a within‑subject design, so that age is not confounded with chemosensory valence and condition effects are estimated within animals rather than across different groups of larvae (Methods, page 18, paragraph 2).

      Comments:

      (1) The fish on chips 2.0 methods show a lot of promise for future studies of chemosensory stimuli, combined with whole-brain imaging. This will provide new avenues of research for zebrafish neuroscientists.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the Fish‑on‑Chips 2.0 methods and their potential for future chemosensory whole‑brain imaging studies.

      (2) Chemosensory cues would have a very different timing than visual cues; timing is very important for multisensory integration. How do the authors suggest those are integrated? How would they differentiate between an integration of various cues or a different arousal state, as they describe in the introduction?

      We thank the reviewer for these important comments. In Discussion, we now explicitly consider how visual and chemosensory cues with different temporal dynamics might be integrated. We propose that visual cues may provide rapid guidance for individual movements, whereas chemosensory input may bias the selection and kinematic expression of broader orientation and gaze-shift strategies, including updating gaze after larger reorientations (page 10, paragraph 4).

      We also clarify the alternative explanation of altered arousal. The chemosensory effects were largely confined to the 10-s stimulus window and returned to baseline thereafter, which is more consistent with a rapid cue-locked adjustment rather than a sustained global state change. However, this temporal profile does not exclude a transient arousal-related contribution. We therefore state that our data establish an association between chemosensory context and enhanced eye–body coordination, while distinguishing a specific integration mechanism from transient arousal will require further experiments (page 11, paragraph 1).

      (3) Studies have looked at chemosensation in Drosophila, including multisensory integration, which should be discussed by the authors (see the work of Mark Frye, amongst others).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the importance of prior work on chemosensation and multisensory integration in Drosophila. In Discussion, we now relate our findings to studies showing that visual and olfactory cues jointly shape steering and odor‑tracking in flies, including work from the Frye lab, and highlight that reorientation and active visual sampling are common multisensory strategies in small animals (page 10, paragraph 4).

      (4) In the brain imaging methods, there is a mention of robustly behaving larvae. Does that mean that an exclusion criterion was used to select only 5 larvae? If so, this should be stated clearly. The authors also do not mention how they avoid the switch to a passive state that one of the coauthors has observed in closed closed-loop setup. The authors should comment on this point.

      We thank the reviewer for this clarification request. The mention of “robustly behaving” larvae was not intended to introduce any additional exclusion criterion beyond the leveling requirement already described in Methods. In the revised manuscript, we now state explicitly that there were no further exclusions of animals beyond this positioning criterion, so that the basis for the final sample size is clear (page 19, paragraph 2). We also clarify in Methods that appetitive and aversive cues were presented in brief (10-s), balanced, pseudo‑random trials, rather than as a continuous aversive exposure (page 18, paragraph 2).

      (5) Were the statistics in Figure 2 done with an n of 5, or do they assume that each tail flip and saccade is an independent event? I would imagine the latter would have inflated p-values and should be avoided.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important issue. In the original analyses for Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3, 5, individual tail flips and saccades were treated as independent observations, which could underestimate variability across larvae. In the revised manuscript, we have addressed this in two ways. First, we collected data from three additional larvae and now base our analyses on eight larvae in total. Second, we re‑analyzed these data using linear mixed‑effects models including larva as a random intercept, so that multiple events from the same larva are explicitly modeled as non‑independent. The mixed‑effects analyses yields qualitatively similar conclusions to our original analysis, while avoiding inflated p‑values due to event‑level pseudoreplication. We have updated Methods and legends (Figures 2, 3, Supplementary Figures 3, 5) to describe this model specification and to clarify that larva identity was included as a random effect to account for the non-independence of multiple behavioral events recorded from the same larva.

      (7) Page 7: Why do the authors think that the cumulative effect of these minor differences could lead to very different behavioural goals? Especially when comparing to actual startle responses, which are extremely strong and stereotypical. How do their observations compare to the thermosensory navigation of larval zebrafish observed by Martin Haesemeyer, for example, or the work of the RoLi lab?

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. While the observed changes in individual motor parameters are modest compared to the large and stereotyped responses seen in startle behaviors, our interpretation is based on the principle that larval zebrafish navigation is governed by the accumulation of small, probabilistic changes in bout statistics rather than single, large motor events. This has been well demonstrated in thermosensory navigation, where subtle biases are sufficient to drive reliable temperature preference over time (Haesemeyer et al.). We have now clarified this comparison in the manuscript (page 7, paragraph 2) to better present how the cumulative effects of these small changes can give rise to distinct behavioral outcomes such as approach or avoidance.

      (8) Page 8: Figure 5, I am confused by the y-axis of g, in e and f, the values are capped at 2, whereas in g they go up to 6, with apparently a number of cells whose preference is out of the y-axis limit (especially in Q2). Having the number of cells in each quadrant would also help to assess if indeed there is some preference in the pallium towards Q1.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this potential source of confusion regarding Figure 4g. The difference in the y-axis caps between Figures 4f, g arises because these panels display related but distinct quantities. Figure 4f shows regional mean valence preference, averaged across ROIs and across larvae, which lies within a relatively narrow range and is therefore naturally confined to approximately −2 to 2. In contrast, Figure 4g plots the valence preference of individual motor- and valence‑encoding ROIs, which spans a broader dynamic range; for this reason, the y-axis in Figure 4g extends up to ±6. We have also made this distinction more explicit in the Figure 4 legend.

      To address the concern that a substantial number of cells might lie outside the visible axis limits in Figure 4g, we have now quantified the fraction of ROIs whose motor or valence preference values exceed the plotted range. We find that only 0.47% of ROIs have values beyond the chosen axis limits on either axis. These ROIs are plotted at the respective axis limits (i.e. values are clipped to the shown range) and therefore remain visible in the scatter plot. Thus, the plot is representative of virtually all sensorimotor‑tuned neurons included in this analysis.

      In addition, in line with the reviewer’s suggestion, we have clarified the distribution of cells across quadrants by modifying Figure 4g. Specifically, we have added a lower subpanel that shows a grouped bar plot of the proportion of ROIs in each sensorimotor quadrant (I–IV) for pallial versus non‑pallial brain regions. To make the underlying numbers explicit, the corresponding absolute ROI counts for pallial and non‑pallial regions in each quadrant are now reported in the Figure 4 legend. These additions demonstrate that pallial ROIs are strongly enriched in quadrant I relative to other quadrants and to non‑pallial regions, and they directly address the reviewer’s request for the number of cells in each quadrant.

      (9) Figure 6: How is the onset of neuronal activity determined compared to the motor stimulus? Looking at Supplementary Figure 8, it is quite unclear how the pallium is different from the OB or subpallium. The label of onset delay is also confusing in this figure.

      In our analysis, neuronal activity is aligned to tail flip onset for each S-T or T event (dotted vertical lines in neuronal traces in Figures 5a, b, Supplementary Figures 8a, b, 9–11). At each of the two time points preceding the motor event, we compare the fluorescence signal of the motor‑encoding ROIs to their pre‑event baseline; activity exceeding baseline by ≥ 2.5 S.D. is considered significantly elevated (Z‑test with Benjamini–Hochberg correction; see Methods and Figure 5 legend). In Supplementary Figure 9, pallial motor‑encoding neurons exhibit earlier statistically significant elevations relative to tail flip onset during aversive, cue‑associated S-T events, whereas OB and subpallial neurons primarily encode chemosensory input and valence and do not show the same pattern of early significant activation.

      Additionally, we have clarified in the legends of Figure 5 and Supplementary Figure 10 that ‘saccade–tail flip onset delay’ is defined as the time difference between tail flip onset and saccade onset within an S-T event (tail flip onset minus saccade onset), and we indicate how this metric is used to group “more-coupled” versus “less-coupled” S-T events. We note that this “saccade–tail flip onset delay” captures how tightly the eye and body components of S-T events are temporally coupled, and thus serves as a quantitative link between motor coordination (Figures 3g, h, Supplementary Figure 6) and the pallial premotor activation observed during aversive cues (Figure 5a, Supplementary Figure 9).

      We hope these clarifications resolve the ambiguity the reviewer noted.

      (10) Page 9: I do not think that the small differences observed in the pallium are as clear-cut as the authors make them out to be, or that they provide such strong evidence of their importance. As there are no interventions showing any causality in the presence of these pallium responses and the sensorimotor responses, these could represent different arousal states rather than any integration of sensory information.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that, without targeted perturbations, our pallium signals cannot be interpreted as causal for the sensorimotor responses, and we have accordingly reframed them throughout the manuscript (in Title, Abstract, Results and Discussion) as correlative/predictive rather than causal, with an explicit limitation note in Discussion. In addition, we added five related recent studies in Discussion to contextualize our pallial findings. While the pallial differences are moderate in magnitude, they are quantified at the larval level and consistently show a relative bias toward S-T events together with aversive valence, distinguishing the pallium from other regions. Please see also the response to comment 2 regarding the altered arousal point.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript investigates the coupling of saccadic eye movements (S) with directed tail flips (T). The remarkable discovery is that tail flips that are preceded by a conjugate sacced (S-T) can be credibly classified as specific "volitional" turns that are distinguished from the standard tail movements that seem to be more of a spontaneous and "impulsive" nature.

      They show that 'turning intent', as indicated by a small increase in S, is elevated by aversive odors, while 'gliding intent', as indicated by a decrease in S and an increase in undulation cycles, is elevated by appetitive odors.

      This is a very important finding, which is backed up by a thorough behavioral analysis, and the identification of neural populations in the pallium and sub-pallium that clearly distinguish between these kinds of turns is very promising. Here they identify neuronal populations that are preferentially active during - and predictive of - coupled (S-T) versus isolated (T) tail flips.

      Especially the fact that S-T turns (but not T turns) can be predicted already by pre-event, ramping, pallial activity is intriguing.

      The authors then go on and demonstrate that the frequency of (S-T) turns is modulated in fish exposed to appetitive or aversive odors.

      Specifically, they quantify the aversiveness and appetitive-ness of several odors in a free swimming assay. They select a couple of these odors based on their valence, and they demonstrate that these odors induce moderate modulation in the frequency of eye saccades (S) and tail flips (T) and (S-T) turns.

      The study is rigorous and thorough, and the findings are informative and novel.

      In important controls, they confirm that brain-wide imaging can distinguish between appetitive and aversive contexts, and they show that pallial activation by aversive odors is consistent with neural activity in the rhombencephalon that correlates with turning activity, whereas sub-pallial activation by appetitive odors correlates with rhombencephalic activity related to gliding.

      Overall, this manuscript is very good.

      We are very grateful to the reviewer for their positive and thoughtful assessment of our work. We are pleased that the distinction between saccade‑coupled (S‑T) turns and independent tail flips, their modulation by appetitive versus aversive odors, and the identification of pallial populations predictive of these events are viewed as rigorous, informative, and novel.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Full disclosure: We reviewed the manuscript previously for Cell Reports, and we're happy to see that it is much improved. As such, our comments are pretty minimal.

      We thank the reviewer for revisiting the manuscript and for their positive assessment of the revisions. In the present revision, we also performed within-trial saccade-time shuffle analyses to directly examine whether the increased occurrence of aversive saccades could account for the temporal and directional organization of S-T events (Supplementary Figures 5i, j). These analyses showed that altered saccade occurrence alone cannot account for this organization.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The introduction would benefit from more discussion of the existing disruption of coordination beyond Parkinson. Especially in terms of the circuits involved, as these have been well-studied, and it would provide a better understanding of the system as studied in the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In Introduction, we now place Parkinson’s disease within the broader context of movement disorders that disrupt eye–body coordination and expand the circuit‑level discussion accordingly, emphasizing the shared involvement of cortical eye fields, superior colliculus, basal ganglia, cerebellum, and brainstem locomotor centers (page 2, paragraph 2).

      (2) "For example, a sudden surge of noxious chemical signals can trigger fleeing" - in what model and condition, what type of escape? There are a number of options to discuss here.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. In response, we have revised the sentence to include a concrete and well-characterized example from teleost fish (page 3, paragraph 1). Specifically, we now refer to the response to injury-released alarm substances (“Schreckstoff”), which reliably elicit rapid escape bouts. This provides a clear example of the model system, stimulus condition (alarm cue), and behavioral output (escape locomotion).

      (3) The introduction mostly mentions the methodological advantages of zebrafish, but the authors should discuss the relevance of the model to the research question. Especially with regard to the differences in chemosensory spread underwater and in the air.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the Introduction to better highlight the biological relevance of zebrafish beyond their technical advantages, emphasizing that larval zebrafish naturally use waterborne chemosensory cues to guide locomotion (page 3, paragraph 2). We also address differences between chemosensory signal propagation in water and air, noting that despite these physical differences, animals in both environments must integrate chemical cues with other sensory inputs to select appropriate behavioral responses. We believe this revision clarifies the relevance of the model to our research question.

      (4) The GitHub is missing some of the registration code used for calcium imaging. It would be useful to make sure that all the code mentioned in the manuscript is shared.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment and for drawing attention to code availability. The calcium-imaging processing pipeline in this study used established, publicly available tools, including NoRMCorre for motion correction, as cited and described in Methods. In addition, we used custom MATLAB scripts to implement and link the affine and non-rigid registration workflow for aligning anatomical stacks to the Z-Brain Atlas. These custom scripts, together with the analysis code, have now been uploaded to the GitHub repository.

      (5) Figure 4: In subpanel c, it seems that the blank stimulus has a similar, but opposed, effect to aversive stimuli. Would it be possible to see the full 30s pre-stimulus to judge how variable the baseline is?

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. In the analyses, the first 10s of each behavioral recording are discarded to avoid transient responses to the onset of light‑sheet illumination, and we normalize the time courses to the mean pre‑stimulus activity in the 10s immediately preceding stimulus onset. In the extended 40s plot provided in Figure 3b, we additionally display 10s of earlier baseline and, for visualization, normalize the traces to the mean activity in these first two 5s bins, so that baseline fluctuations across blank, appetitive, and aversive conditions can be directly compared. All conditions show modest pre-stimulus fluctuations, but the largest and most sustained increase is observed for the aversive condition and is confined to the stimulus window, whereas blank and appetitive traces remain comparatively close to baseline throughout. Thus, although some baseline variability is present, the strong aversive effect remains stimulus-locked and is not explained by pre-stimulus drift in the blank condition.

      Because this extended plot was used only to assess baseline variability in response to the reviewer’s question and does not alter the quantitative analyses or figure panels in the manuscript, we have included it in the rebuttal rather than in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Figure 5: I assume the legend is flipped between subpanels a and b? Subpanel d is used to show that the pallium has a preference for S-T events, but the result is not convincing; the motor preference is still below zero, very similar to PO, pTec or even Rh3. Furthermore, I assume the statistics have been done on all the neurons across the 5 fish, not treating them as individual samples.

      We thank the reviewer for their important comments. The legend on Figure 4 has been corrected so that the labels for subpanels a and b match the plotted data. Although the pallial motor preference is below zero, indicating a net bias toward independent tail flips, we note that the pallium is nonetheless the least T‑preferring region and shows the strongest relative preference for S-T events when motor preference is compared across all brain regions. We have clarified this relative, contrast-based interpretation in the revised manuscript. Importantly, motor‑preference statistics are computed at the individual-larva level (n = 5), averaging neurons within each region for each larva and then testing across larvae rather than treating individual neurons as independent samples. This approach is now described more clearly in Methods, and the Figure 4 legend.

      (6) Supplementary Figure 7: What are the ROI numbers for the different graphs in a and b? It is difficult to judge if the "significant" increase in activation level is due to a low level of neurons or a genuine biological result.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. To address the concern, we have revised the legend of Supplementary Figure 8 to clarify that mean ± S.E.M. values are computed across larvae using per‑larva averages and to report the ROI counts for each preference range. These changes make clear that each curve is supported by on the order of 10<sup>2</sup>–10<sup>3</sup> ROIs pooled across the five larvae, rather than by a very small number of neurons.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Shouldn't the ipsilateral tendency relative to each preceding flip across a series of tail flips decay to chance over repeated events? In Figure 2h, the teal curve appears to be flat over twenty seconds. Isn't the laterality index calculated relative to the event at n=0? Are the individual fish laterally biased (for spontaneous flips) over 20 bouts?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. In Figure 2h, the laterality index is computed relative to the tail flip at n = 0, and the sustained ipsilateral tendency (please see also Supplementary Figure 3c) over subsequent bouts reflects that spontaneous locomotion in larval zebrafish is not a memoryless random walk. To clarify this point, we now complement the citation on history‑dependent chaining of turns with an additional reference highlighting stable individual left–right motor asymmetries in larval zebrafish (page 5, paragraph 4). This added citation provides stronger context for our observation that tail flips can remain biased ipsilaterally to the initial event over the bout window we analyze.

      (2) Do zebrafish initiate a 'turn bout' by a preceding saccade also in free swimming conditions? Are there any data available with sufficient resolution to extract saccades in freely swimming larvae?

      We thank the reviewer for this important question. In the prior free‑swimming assay, we used a large field of view (60 mm × 30 mm) at approximately 0.1 mm per pixel to track multiple larvae and quantify their position and heading. Given this combination of field of view and spatial sampling, the larval eyes occupy only a few pixels, and the small angular displacements associated with saccades are very challenging to resolve with sufficient precision. For this reason, we did not extract eye movements or define turn bouts based on preceding saccades in the free‑swimming condition, and instead focused our saccade analyses on the head‑fixed imaging setup, where magnification and resolution are optimized for quantifying eye rotations.

      We have added a brief note in Methods (page 22, paragraph 2) to clarify this limitation.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The "multiple-demand" (MD) system is a well-known finding of human brain imaging and is thought to play a central role in cognitive control. To directly compare the MD system in humans and monkeys, Mione et al. used functional magnetic resonance imaging to measure whole brain activation in a multi-step saccadic maze task. In humans, the authors found a distributed pattern of brain activity close match to the canonical MD network and extending to adjacent regions of dorsal attention and other networks. While there was good correspondence between monkey and human data, differences were also notable in lateral frontal cortex, dorsal parietal cortex, and sensorimotor cortex.

      Strengths:

      Though previous data hint at a corresponding network in the macaque, there has been no direct comparison to human data. This study provides a direct cross-species comparison with whole-brain data of fMRI, and the findings suggest an extended and strongly interconnected brain network recruited by increased cognitive challenge.

      Weaknesses:

      In previous human imaging, the MD system is defined by overlapping activation for many kinds of cognitive demand. In the present work, however, the authors used just a single task. Although there is some overlap between putative monkey MD network and canonical MD network identified in human imaging, it should be cautious to link current findings to MD system based on limited task events.

      We agree that present conclusions are limited by data from a single task. As we note, however, our human data show that this contrast works well for identifying the usual components of the MD network, suggesting it is a suitable candidate for use in the monkey.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mione et al. aim to resolve a long-standing question in comparative neuroscience: whether the macaque brain contains a functional analogue to the distributed human multiple-demand (MD) network. To address this, the authors employ a direct cross-species fMRI comparison using a multi-step saccadic maze task in humans and a simplified two-step version in macaques. By contrasting goal-directed navigation against a control condition that requires similar motor responses but no strategic planning, the study isolates the neural signatures of cognitive control across species.

      Strengths:

      The most compelling aspect of this work is its methodological alignment. Previous attempts to compare these systems often relied on comparisons of human BOLD signals and macaque single-unit recordings. By running parallel fMRI protocols, the authors establish a shared measurement basis that allows for a more direct comparison. The resulting activation maps demonstrate conserved network topology in dorsolateral and dorsomedial frontal cortex and insula.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there is concerning inter-individual variability in the macaque data, along with a notable design asymmetry between the human and monkey tasks. In the human experiment, 2-, 4-, and 6-step trials were mixed within the same blocks, whereas macaques performed only 2-step problems. This design difference likely places human participants in a state of sustained proactive cognitive control (Braver, 2012), as they must remain prepared for more demanding trials at any moment. This elevated baseline arousal may potentially inflate MD network activation even during the simpler 2-step trials in humans, making direct comparisons with the macaque data difficult.

      The authors acknowledge this concern and note that similarities between species survive despite this procedural difference. However, their own individual-level data raise doubts about how robust these "similarities" really are. A defining feature of the MD system is consistent recruitment across individuals performing the same task. In this study, however, the two monkeys show markedly different activation maps in parietal cortex. The conjunction map (Supplementary Figure 6) does not support the claim that lateral and medial parietal regions are commonly activated across both animals at any meaningful statistical threshold, even when using a permissive threshold of |t| > 1.5, corresponding to approximately p ≈ 0.13 - 0.14 (two-tailed).

      This suggests that the group-level parietal activations are largely driven by a single animal, raising questions about whether these regions can reliably be considered as part of the monkey MD network. Notably, in Premereur et al. (2018), the only other direct macaque fMRI study of a cognitively demanding task, their conjunction map between the two animals also failed to show common parietal activation during task switching. Taken together, these findings suggest that either the monkey MD network is not as similar to its human counterpart as claimed, or the monkey version of the maze task was simply not sufficiently challenging to fully engage parietal MD nodes.

      Because of the design asymmetry described above, it remains difficult to determine which of these possibilities is correct (a genuine species difference versus insufficient task demands in macaques). The authors' current claims treat the group-level activations, which appear largely driven by one animal, as reliable evidence for homology, but without consistent individual-level support, such conclusions remain tentative.

      In summary, the authors demonstrate functional correspondence between human and macaque cognitive control networks in dorsolateral and dorsomedial frontal regions. However, assertions that this extends to lateral and medial parietal cortex are not consistently supported at the individual level. While the overall conclusions are plausible, they would be significantly strengthened by demonstrating consistent activation across both animals in all claimed MD regions, ideally with a properly thresholded conjunction map.

      These are all good points, and in the revision, we have placed greater emphasis on differences as well as similarities between animals. We have also pointed out the limitations of the conjunction map. In particular, two strong components of the human MD network (vlPFC and parietal cortex) are each seen in only one of the two animals. As we note, limited task difficulty, long training, and limited statistical power may all contribute to negative results. For these regions we agree that between-animal differences limit conclusions, though provisionally, results for single animals tell against genuine species differences.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Although the whole-brain data obtained by fMRI can provide a direct comparison between species, a single cognitive task might be insufficient to link the findings with MD system. A cognitively challenging task likely activates multiple regions of the MD system; however, it may also recruit some task-specific regions, which do not belong to the canonical MD network.

      Though this is a very reasonable concern, the results suggest little influence on the present findings. In the human, strong MD activation was accompanied by activation of the DA network, perhaps reflecting the spatial content of the task. In the monkey, however, there was little evidence of DA activation, likely reflecting limited statistical power.

      (2) Based on the current work, the title seems to be too general.

      For the above reason, we think the title is reasonable – acknowledging limitations of data from single animals (see below), the cortical and subcortical distribution of monkey activations indeed suggests correspondence to the human MD network.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please clearly state the statistical threshold used for your conjunction analysis in Supplementary Figure 6. The current display appears to rely on |t| > 0, which is not a meaningful criterion: it effectively includes any voxel with positive activation regardless of significance. Even at a more permissive but still unjustified threshold of t = 1.5 (corresponding to roughly p ≈ 0.13-0.14, two-tailed), lateral and posterior medial parietal regions do not appear in the conjunction map. Without a properly justified threshold, it is difficult to accept the claim that these regions are commonly activated across both animals.

      The threshold and limitations of the conjunction map are now described (p. 13), and differences between animals given stronger emphasis.

      (2) Given that lateral and medial parietal activations do not survive even a low uncorrected threshold in the conjunction analysis and are therefore largely driven by one animal at the individual level, I recommend explicitly acknowledging this limitation in the Discussion rather than treating these regions as reliable components of the macaque MD network. Alternatively, acquiring data from a third monkey would help determine whether this reflects limited statistical power or genuine inter-individual variability.

      We have reworded our conclusions concerning parietal activation throughout (beginning with Abstract), emphasising their dependence on data from a single animal.

      (3) The design asymmetry between humans and monkeys makes it difficult to interpret cross-species differences in activation. For parietal and ventral prefrontal regions specifically, the monkey version of the task may simply have been insufficiently demanding to fully engage these MD nodes, which might require higher cognitive load before they are reliably recruited. Alternatively, this could reflect a genuine species difference. I recommend discussing this possibility explicitly when interpreting missing or inconsistent activations in these regions.

      These possibilities are now considered in a new paragraph of the Discussion (p. 18).

      (4) Please specify exactly how Figure 7 was thresholded and state whether FDR correction was applied separately for cortical and subcortical analyses. The colorbar suggests t > 0 as a starting point, but large empty regions within the slices imply that some higher masking or threshold was applied.

      See revised figure legend.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Naina Gour and colleagues provide a detailed observational study in which they demonstrate that MRGPRX4, a human G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR), is expressed exclusively in human melanomas and, when expressed in mouse melanocytes, drives the development of melanomas in mice. These findings provide evidence that MRGPRX4 has the properties of an oncogene, at least in certain cellular environments.

      Strengths:

      A strength of this work is the nice historical note in which overexpression of MAS1, a GPCR, led to classic studies of transformed fibroblasts in culture and tumors in nude mice. Cloning of MAS1 led to the identification of the MRGPR family of receptors, now known to be key players in neuroimmune and neurosensory phenomena. Here, the story comes full circle with a member of the MRGPR family being linked to a tumor, specifically melanoma. Perhaps the story is not entirely surprising given that the neural crest serves as a precursor for both nerves and melanocytes. But it is nice to see.

      Additional strengths include the vast array of tools and techniques employed, from public databases to engineered mice, to establish firmly that MRGPRX4 is expressed in melanomas, although not in every malignant cell.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work and for noting the arc back to the original MAS1 studies, which we agree makes for a satisfying full-circle story. We would add one nuance: while the shared neural crest origin of melanocytes and nociceptors offers a plausible explanation for why an MRGPR family member could be co-opted in melanoma, we were nonetheless surprised that this property is specific to MRGPRX4. When we tested the other MRGPRX family members, some of which are also known to be expressed in sensory neurons, using the same genetic strategy (MRGPRX1, MRGPRX2, MRGPRX3; Supplementary Fig. 2B), none induced melanoma, despite arising from the same family of receptors. This suggests the oncogenic property is not simply a generic consequence of neural crest ancestry, but reflects a biology specific to MRGPRX4 itself, which we find is one of the more intriguing open questions this work raises.

      Weaknesses:

      Given the power of the strengths of the data and story, the following comment is only sort of a weakness, as the topic is addressed while being saved for future studies. Specifically, what leads to the expression of MRGPRX4? The authors posit that it is an epigenetic phenomenon, look briefly at methylation, and rather than going down the proverbial rabbit hole of what comes first, have reasonably decided to punt.

      We agree with the reviewer that understanding the precise mechanisms through which MRGPRX4 gets activated during oncogenesis is important, and we had noted this as a limitation of current findings. As we mentioned in the discussion, we hypothesize that one or more environmental modulators - UV exposure, inflammatory cues, or an aging skin microenvironment could initiate the epigenetic reprogramming underlying this expression. This will require dedicated studies and is suited for future work.

      Another concern is that given what comes across as the initial observation of MRGPRX4 being expressed in melanoma, what do all of the additional studies add?

      The expression data in human melanoma are correlative and serve only as the entry point. The subsequent studies establish MRGPRX4 as a causal, druggable driver of melanoma: it is sufficient to induce 100% penetrant metastatic melanoma in vivo, required for melanoma proliferation and invasion, signals through ligand-independent basal PI3K-AKT/MAPK activity, and is pharmacologically targetable.

      For the non-cognoscenti, and to make the manuscript more accessible, the abbreviation NC/EMT, which is also inverted to EMT/NC, should be spelled out periodically as neural crest/epithelial-mesenchymal transition.

      This is corrected in the revised version.

      Please explain how this study came about. Was it a result of someone deciding to look at expression in the GTEx project and compare it to a tumor database?

      This was a serendipitous discovery. As MRGPRs can modulate immune cell function, we were driving expression of various human MRGPRX genes in immune lineages in mice. We noticed that mice overexpressing MRGPRX4 developed spontaneous melanoma-like growths on the ear and tail. Upon investigation, we found that while the Cre driver we had used is appropriate for immune cells, it is also expressed at low levels in melanocytes. We hypothesized that our initial "immune-knock-in" strategy likely resulted in low-level knock-in in mouse melanocytes, thereby allowing MRGPRX4 to directly drive melanocytic transformation. This led us to explore MRGPRX4 expression in human malignancies, where we found MRGPRX4 was highly expressed in melanoma. Next, to directly test our hypothesis that MRGPRX4 transforms melanocytes, we overexpressed MRGPRX4 using Tyrosinase-CreER, the standard Cre driver for melanocytes. This led to a fully penetrant spontaneous melanoma phenotype (Fig. 2).

      A comment could be made to explain that while NSG and normal mice were used, the former are immunocompromised, and drawing conclusions without specifying these differences is a weakness.

      This is a fair point, and we agree the distinction deserves clarification. The two mouse systems in this study serve different purposes and are not interchangeable. The transgenic TyrCreER+; MRGPRX4LSL+/- model, in which melanoma arises spontaneously from endogenous mouse melanocytes, was studied in immunocompetent mice, allowing us to fully characterize the tumor, including the tumor immune microenvironment (Fig. 2L–O), in an intact immune setting. In contrast, the human A2058 melanoma cell studies (proliferation and metastatic seeding; Fig. 4B–J) required an immunodeficient host, since human cells would otherwise be rejected by a competent murine immune system. For these experiments, we used NSG mice, the standard immunodeficient strain used in human xenograft studies. We have updated the text to reflect this.

      In Figure 1A, the p-value of -145 begs for a little explanation. I don't recall seeing such a p-value.

      The small p-value reflects two features of the comparison: (1) both GTEx normal skin and TCGA-SKCM contain large sample sizes (hundreds of samples per group), which gives the Mann-Whitney U test (also known as the Wilcoxon rank-sum test) statistical power, and (2) MRGPRX4 expression shows minimal overlap between the two groups; it's essentially undetectable in normal skin but broadly expressed across melanoma samples. Together, these yield such a p-value. This is expected for rank-based tests applied to large, cleanly separated datasets.

      Have you considered treating the murine melanomas with murine via PD-L1? I appreciate that this comment is somewhat superfluous given the inhibition of MRGPRX4 with compound 31-2, but given the human therapeutics combined with the fact that you have done 'everything else', I wonder what might happen.

      We agree with the reviewer that testing checkpoint blockade in the MRGPRX4-driven model is a relevant direction. Our finding that MRGPRX4-driven tumors develop a PD-L1hi, neutrophil-rich microenvironment (Fig. 2M–O) makes anti-PD-L1 treatment a natural next experiment, and we would predict it to be informative both on its own and in combination with an MRGPRX4 inhibitor, given that the two target distinct compartments- the tumor-immune microenvironment versus tumor-intrinsic proliferative/invasive signaling. We consider it an important direction for future work.

      Given the basal ligand-independent signaling, might engineering variants of MRGPRX4 that do not signal be of value?

      This is a great point. A variant that disrupts basal (ligand-independent) signaling specifically would be informative. Identifying and validating such a basal-activity-disrupting variant, including confirming normal receptor expression and trafficking, is an important direction for future work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a fundamental new finding - the identification of a sensory-neuron itch receptor, MRGPRX4, as an unexpected melanoma oncogene through a mechanism of lineage-inappropriate expression rather than mutation. The evidence supporting the core observation (tumor-specific upregulation, restriction to invasive transcriptional states, and sufficiency to drive fully penetrant metastatic melanoma in vivo) is compelling, drawing on convergent human genomic datasets and a well-controlled genetic mouse model. However, several of the mechanistic and translational claims - particularly regarding causal drivers of invasion, the immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment, and in vivo pharmacological efficacy - remain incomplete, relying on correlative evidence.

      Strengths

      The authors propose that MRGPRX4, normally restricted to a subset of peripheral sensory neurons, is aberrantly re-expressed in melanoma rather than through mutational mechanisms, and that this re-expression is sufficient to drive tumorigenesis through basal, ligand-independent GPCR signaling. This is a genuinely novel model for oncogenesis, and the manuscript deploys an impressive range of approaches - bulk and single-cell transcriptomics, spatial transcriptomics, proteomics, phosphoproteomics, and pharmacology - to support it.

      Strengths:

      The claim that MRGPRX4 is selectively upregulated in melanoma and confined to neural-crest-like/invasive transcriptional states is well supported, with consistent results across multiple independent human scRNA-seq datasets. The claim that ectopic MRGPRX4 is sufficient to drive melanoma is convincingly demonstrated by the fully penetrant, metastatic phenotype in the Tyr-CreER; MRGPRX4-LSL model, with appropriate specificity controls showing that MRGPRX1, MRGPRX2, and MRGPRX3 do not phenocopy this effect.

      The claim that MRGPRX4 signals through basal, ligand-independent activity is reasonably well supported by bile-acid quantification showing endogenous ligand concentrations well below the EC50 required for activation.

      We are thankful to the reviewer for the positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      The claim that MRGPRX4 remodels the tumor microenvironment toward an immunosuppressive state rests on flow cytometric frequency data (altered neutrophil/eosinophil ratios, increased PD-L1+ myeloid populations) but lacks any functional immune assay to demonstrate that this remodeling actually impairs anti-tumor immune responses.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s suggestion that functional immune assays will demonstrate that MRGPRX4-driven tumor remodeling impairs checkpoint-driven anti-tumor immune response. We consider this an important direction for future work.

      The claim that the two MRGPRX4-enriched tumor subpopulations (ECM-rich and NC-like/invasive) underlie the observed invasive and metastatic phenotype is not directly tested; the authors appropriately acknowledge this as an open question, but it is worth noting explicitly that this leaves the mechanistic link between the identified cell states and the functional phenotype (proliferation, invasion, metastasis shown in Figure 4) unresolved.

      We agree with the reviewer. To test the direct role of these subpopulations in driving metastasis in our model, we need to ablate them specifically. This is possible with an intersectional genetics strategy, wherein we could use a state-specific Dre or Flp driver (e.g., a Prrx1-DreER or Prrx1-FlpO knock-in) crossed to a dual-recombinase-dependent effector allele (e.g., a Frt- or Rox-gated diphtheria toxin receptor), and then crossed to our TyrCreER-MRGPRX4-LSL model. This quadruple-transgenic strategy would allow ablation restricted specifically to MRGPRX4-driven tumor cells occupying the target mesenchymal state, for example. These genetic lines can be created but require generating or sourcing new dual-recombinase-dependent alleles and a substantially longer breeding and validation timeline (approximately 18-24 months). Together, these represent possible, if long-term, strategies for directly testing the causal contribution of these MRGPRX4-enriched subpopulations to melanoma invasion and metastasis.

      Finally, the comparison with BRAF- and NRAS-driven GEMMs (Figure 3K-L) establishes overlap in transcriptional cell states but does not report whether these canonical models themselves upregulate endogenous Mrgprx4. This omission leaves unclear whether MRGPRX4 acts as a convergent node downstream of canonical oncogenic signaling, or represents an independent, parallel route to a similar phenotypic endpoint - a distinction that matters considerably for how broadly the finding should be interpreted.

      MRGPRX4 is a primate-specific receptor with no mouse ortholog in melanocytes; thus, we cannot assess endogenous expression of MRGPRX4 in BRAF/NRAS-driven GEMMs. Nevertheless, the following observations argue against MRGPRX4 functioning solely downstream of canonical oncogenes. First, TyrCreER<sup>+</sup>; MRGPRX4LSL mice develop fully penetrant melanoma without engineered BRAF or NRAS activation or tumor-suppressor loss. Second, MRGPRX4 loss in BRAF V600E mutant A2058 cells reduces pERK1/2, pAKT, and pS6K, showing that MRGPRX4 sustains these signaling outputs even in the presence of activated BRAF. Together, these findings support a model in which MRGPRX4 could provide a distinct oncogenic input.

      Overall assessment:

      The manuscript's central, most novel claim - that lineage-inappropriate expression of a sensory GPCR is sufficient to drive melanoma - is compellingly supported. The secondary mechanistic and translational claims built around this finding are convincing and consistent with the broader literature but are currently supported by correlative rather than causal or functional evidence.<br />

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Both reviewers found much novelty and potential for changing thinking about melanoma biology with your discovery of MRGPRX4 as a relatively melanoma-specific G protein-coupled receptor. Particularly in neural-crest-like/invasive states, MRGPRX4 was aberrantly re-expressed in human melanomas. With the Tyr-CreER; MRGPRX4-LSL mouse model, there were compelling data in transcriptomics and proteomics. As one reviewer noted, your work closes a circle from early MAS1 (a related GPCR) oncogene studies to the MRGPR family, consistent with the shared neural-crest origin of melanocytes and sensory neurons.

      There were several minor suggestions and clarifications suggested by the reviewers. Please address them in a revised manuscript, which we will review without sending it back to the reviewers.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There is a number of grammatical errors and spacing issues that could be sorted out via built-in editing tools.

      We have checked the manuscript and are resubmitting updated version.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Examine whether Mrgprx4 is detectable (even at low levels) in the BRAF^V600E; Pten^fl/fl and NRAS^Q61K; Ink4a−/− datasets used for integration in Figures 3K-L.

      Levels of MRGPRX4 in BRAF- and NRAS-driven GEMMs cannot be interrogated, as MRGPRX4 is a primate-specific gene and hence not expressed in mice.

      In vivo antagonist efficacy: Given the well-established transgenic model, in vivo testing of compound 31-2 (or a more potent/optimized MRGPRX4 antagonist) on tumor growth or metastatic burden would considerably strengthen the translational claims.

      We appreciate the reviewer's recommendation and agree that in vivo testing of an MRGPRX4 antagonist would meaningfully strengthen the translational relevance of our findings. However, we do not believe compound 31-2 is a viable candidate for in vivo studies. While the reported biochemical IC50 on the company's (MedChemExpress) website is ~100 nM, in our hands, using a cell-based assay, we required a substantially higher concentration (5 µM) to block receptor activity. Additionally, using our GPCR (calcium-based) activation assays, we found that the compound is no longer active after approximately 6 hours in solution, necessitating the addition of freshly prepared compound at least twice daily in our in vitro culture system.

      Compound 31-2 is a tool compound with no available in vivo pharmacokinetic characterization (bioavailability, clearance, half-life, or protein binding), and translating our in vitro dosing requirement to an in vivo regimen would demand achieving sustained micromolar free-drug exposure, likely requiring impractically high and frequent dosing, or specialized delivery methods (e.g., continuous infusion). We therefore consider compound 31-2 unsuitable for in vivo efficacy testing in its current form. Development or identification of a more potent, metabolically stable, and orally bioavailable MRGPRX4 antagonist with an established in vivo PK profile will be necessary before in vivo antitumor efficacy can be meaningfully evaluated.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a chemical screen for activators of the eIF2 kinase GCN2 (EIF2AK4) in the integrated stress response (ISR). Recently, reported inhibitors of GCN2 and other protein kinases have been shown at certain concentrations to paradoxically activate GCN2. The study uses CHO cells and ISR reporter screens to identify a number of GCN2 activator compounds, including a potent "compound 20." These activators have implications for the development of new therapies for ISR-related diseases. For example, although not directly pursued in this study, these GCN2 activators could be helpful for the treatment of PVOD, which is reported for patients with certain GCN2 loss-of-function mutations. The identified activators are also suggested to engage with the GCN2 directly and can function while devoid of GCN1, a co-activator of GCN2.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript appears to be a largely rigorous study that flows in a logical manner. The topic is interesting and significant.

      Weaknesses:

      Portions of the manuscript are not fully clear. Some experimental presentation and design concerns should be addressed to support the stated conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for their supportive comments. We agree that portions of the manuscript were not fully clear and that some aspects of the experimental presentation and design required clarification.

      To address this, we have revised the manuscript to make the experimental logic more transparent. In particular, we now explain more clearly the rationale for the screening strategy, including the use of histidinol as a canonical GCN2 activator, latrunculin A as a modulator of PPP1R15A-mediated eIF2α dephosphorylation, and tunicamycin as a PERK-dependent ER-stress control. We also clarify why a submaximal concentration of histidinol was used: this was intended to reveal compounds that enhance ISR signalling when GCN2 is partially activated.

      We have clarified the use of the two ATF4 reporter systems. The ATF4–NanoLuc reporter was used for sensitive primary screening, whereas the ATF4–luc2 reporter was used as a more stringent orthogonal assay to prioritise robust ISR activators. We now state explicitly why some initial hits were not retained after testing in the second reporter line, and why the NanoLuc system was subsequently used again for mechanistic experiments.

      Finally, we have revised the presentation of the orthogonal validation steps to make clearer how they support the stated conclusions. These include assays designed to distinguish GCN2-dependent ISR activation from indirect activation through ER stress, additional analysis of GCN2 dependence, and clearer interpretation of biochemical and docking data.

      We hope that these revisions address the reviewer’s concern that the experimental design and data presentation needed to be made clearer in order to support the conclusions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Zhu, Emanuelli, and colleagues describe a novel pharmacological activator of the Integrated Stress Response kinase GCN2. The work is conclusive and biochemically solid. This work significantly adds to the pharmacological arsenal targeting the ISR and, in particular, GCN2.

      Strengths:

      Strong biochemistry, novel molecular activator of GCN2 (GCN1 independent).

      Weaknesses:

      The rationale for the screen is not exploited in the results (e.g., pathogenic GCN2 mutants), and lots of cell-based read-outs are not endogenous.

      We thank this reviewer for their positive assessment of the work. We address the three major concerns in turn below.

      Major points

      (1) Regarding the justification of the work. Since the authors justify the screen for GCN2 activators with loss-of-function mutants associated with diseases, it would be of interest to evaluate whether the best compounds identified in the study are indeed able to prompt activation of those mutants (or at least of the most prevalent). This approach could actually go in parallel with the docking experiments carried out in the last figure of the manuscript, where mutants could be modelized as well.

      To address this point, we tested whether the lead compounds could activate disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to pulmonary veno-occlusive disease. In contrast to GCN2iB, the new compounds did not activate these variants. We now state this explicitly in the manuscript, thereby clarifying that although the compounds identify a new mode of GCN2 activation, they do not rescue the pathogenic GCN2 variants tested here.

      Results

      “Moreover, in contrast to GCN2iB (17), the current compounds did not activate disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to PVOD [data not shown].”

      (2) The compounds are only tested using « artificial » proximal signaling outputs. It would be interesting to evaluate whether the best identified compounds are capable of prompting endogenous eIF2alpha phosphorylation in cellular models.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Detecting eIF2α phosphorylation following activation of GCN2 is technically challenging and typically produces weaker signals compared to activation of other ISR kinases, such as PERK (e.g. by thapsigargin). For this reason, many studies rely on downstream reporter assays to monitor GCN2 activity. To address the reviewer’s concern, we have now included an orthogonal readout of ISR activation by assessing global translation using a puromycin incorporation assay. Using this approach, we show that compound 20 significantly reduces translation, and importantly, this effect is attenuated in GCN2-deficient cells, supporting a GCN2-dependent mechanism.

      Results

      “Studies with compound 18 were limited by poor aqueous solubility; therefore, time‑course analyses focused on compounds 20 and 21. To assess ISR activation over an extended period, live‑cell luciferase measurements were performed using CHO cells stably expressing an ATF4::Nanoluc-PEST reporter. Both compounds elicited maximal reporter activation between 6 and 8 h (Figure S1A&B). Compound 20, but not 21, induced a significant GCN2‑dependent reduction in mRNA translation, as measured by puromycin incorporation, with a progressive effect observed up to 7 h (Figure S1C-F).”

      (3) Other GCN2 activators (other than GCN2iB, e.g., HC-7366) were recently identified. In this context, it would be of interest to carry out a small benchmarking study to evaluate how the compounds identified in the current study perform against the previously identified molecules.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In response, we obtained HC-7366 and assessed its activity alongside our compounds in the CHO ATF4::NanoLuc reporter assay. In this system, compound 20 demonstrated greater potency than HC-7366 (see reviewer figure below). However, we note that HC-7366 showed relatively limited activity in CHO cells in our hands, despite previously reported strong effects in other cellular systems and in vivo models. This context-dependent activity makes direct benchmarking difficult. Accordingly, we have included this comparison in the revised manuscript and discuss this limitation in the Discussion.

      Discussion

      “We also evaluated the reported GCN2 activator HC-7366 in our CHO ATF4::NanoLuc reporter system. In this context, HC-7366 showed limited activity relative to compound 20, despite its reported efficacy in other cellular systems and in vivo (data not shown). This highlights potential context dependence in small‑molecule activation of GCN2 and limits direct cross-study comparison.”

      Author response image 1.

      ISR activation by compound 20 and GC-7366 in CHO cells

      Normalised fold-change in ATF4 signal in CHO ATF4::NanoLuc reporter cells treated for 19 hours with Compound 20 or HC-7366. DMSO was used as vehicle control. (representative experiment, mean ± SEM, n=3 technical replicates).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the results of a high-throughput screen for small-molecule activators of GCN2. Ultimately, they find 3 promising compounds. One of these three, compound 20 (C20), is of the most interest both for its potency and specificity. The major new finding is that this molecule appears to activate GCN2 independent of GCN1, which suggests that it works by a potentially novel mechanism. Biochemical analysis suggests that each binds in the ATP-binding pocket of GCN2, and that at least in vitro, C20 is a potent agonist. Structural modeling provides insight into how the three compounds might dock in the pocket and generates testable hypotheses as to why C20 perhaps acts through a different mechanism than other molecules.

      We agree that GCN1-independent activation suggests a potentially distinct mechanism of action. While we are currently unable to define the mechanistic basis underlying the GCN1-independence of compound 20, prior work provides some relevant context. Recent studies have shown that the ATP-competitive modulator GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 under specific conditions, notably in the context of the GCN2 E26A mutant [Carlson, 2023]. This observation raises the possibility that, under certain conditions, engagement of the kinase domain, potentially via the ATP-binding pocket, may bypass the requirement for GCN1. However, in our system, we did not observe GCN1-independent activation with GCN2iB at the concentrations tested. This discrepancy may reflect a narrow or context-dependent window for such activity, or differences between wild-type and mutant GCN2. These findings suggest that GCN1-independent activation of GCN2 may occur under specific conditions or with distinct classes of compounds, although further work will be required to define the underlying mechanism for compound 20. We have added the following to the main text:

      Discussion

      “Recent work suggests that the ATP-competitive modulator GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 under specific conditions using a GCN2 E26A mutant (9). In our hands, we did not observe GCN1‑independent activation with GCN2iB at the concentrations tested. This discrepancy may reflect a narrow concentration window for GCN1‑independent activation or context‑dependent effects of the E26A mutation. These findings raise the possibility that GCN1‑independent activation of GCN2 may occur under specific conditions or with distinct classes of compounds.”

      Strengths:

      Of the 3 compounds identified by the authors, C20 is the most interesting, not just for its intriguing mechanistic distinction as being GCN1-independent (shown genetically in two distinct cell lines, CHO and 293T in Figure 4, and in contrast to other GCN2 activators) but also for its potency. In in-cellulo assays, compound 21 appears as more of an ISR enhancer than an activator per se, and although compound 18 and compound 21 lead to upregulation of the ISR targets (Figure 2), that degree of upregulation is probably not significantly different from that induced by those compounds in Gcn2-/- cells. For C20, the effect appears stronger (although it is unclear whether the authors performed statistical analysis comparing the two genotypes in Figure 2D). In Figure 3, only C20 activates the ISR robustly in both CHO and 293T. Ultimately, C20 might be a tool for providing mechanistic insight into the details of GCN2 activation and regulation, and could be exploited therapeutically.

      Prompted by this suggestion, we assessed C20 in two additional commonly used cell lines: human colon carcinoma HCT116 cells and African green monkey COS7 cells. C20 showed no activity in these models. In contrast, primary mesothelioma cells (Mesobank T12) exhibited robust PPP1R15A induction in response to the compound. The following text has been added to the manuscript.

      Results

      “We went on to examine downstream cellular consequences of GCN2 activation in multiple models. While compounds did not induce detectable ISR signalling in HCT116 or COS‑7 cells under the conditions tested, induction of PPP1R15A was observed in Mesobank T12 primary mesothelioma cells, indicating context-dependent biological responses… [data not shown].”

      Weaknesses:

      There are some limitations to the existing work. As the authors acknowledge, they do not use any of the compounds in animals; their in vivo efficacy, toxicity, and pharmacokinetics are unknown. But even in the context of the in cellulo experiments, it is puzzling that none of the three compounds, including C20, has any effects in HeLa cells when Neratinib does. It's beyond the scope of this paper to address definitively why that is, but it would at least be reassuring to know that C20 activates the ISR in a wider range of cells, including ideally some primary, non-immortalized cells. In addition, the ISR is a complex, feedback-regulated response whose output varies depending on the time point examined. The in cellulo analysis in this paper is limited to reporter assays at 18 hours and qRT-PCR assays at 4 and 8 hours. A more extensive examination of the behaviour of the relevant ISR mRNAs and proteins (eIF2, ATF4, CHOP, cell viability, etc.) for C20 across a more extensive time course would give the reader a clearer sense of how this molecule affects ISR output.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. To address the need for a more comprehensive assessment of ISR signalling, we have extended our analysis across a broader time course and incorporated additional functional readouts. Using the ATF4-NanoLuc reporter, compounds 20 and 21 exhibit peak ISR activation at approximately 6-8 h in wild-type cells. In parallel, we assessed global mRNA translation using puromycin incorporation and found that compound 20, but not compound 21, induces a progressive reduction in translation over this period, which is dependent on GCN2. While we agree that direct measurement of upstream ISR markers such as eIF2α phosphorylation can be informative, detection of GCN2-mediated eIF2α phosphorylation is technically challenging and often less robust than activation of other ISR kinases (e.g. PERK). For this reason, we have prioritised orthogonal downstream functional readouts, including reporter activity and translational output, to capture ISR pathway engagement. These additional data provide a clearer picture of the kinetics and functional consequences of compound-induced ISR activation and have been incorporated into the revised manuscript.

      Results

      “Studies with compound 18 were limited by poor aqueous solubility; therefore, time‑course analyses focused on compounds 20 and 21. To assess ISR activation over an extended period, live‑cell luciferase measurements were performed using CHO cells stably expressing an ATF4::Nanoluc-PEST reporter. Both compounds elicited maximal reporter activation between 6 and 8 h (Figure S1A&B). Compound 20, but not 21, induced a significant GCN2‑dependent reduction in mRNA translation, as measured by puromycin incorporation, with a progressive effect observed up to 7 h (Figure S1C-F).”

      I also find it a bit strange that the authors describe C20 as "demonstrat(ing) weak inhibition of ... PKR" - the measured IC50 is ~4 μM, which is right around its EC50 for GCN2 activation. This raises the confounding possibility that C20 would simultaneously activate GCN2 while inhibiting PKR. While perhaps inhibition of PKR is not relevant under the conditions when GCN2 would be activated either experimentally or therapeutically, examining in cells the effects of C20 on GCN2 and PKR across a dose range would shed light on whether this cross-reactivity is likely to be of concern.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting compound 20 as the most interesting lead compound and for recognising its apparent ability to activate GCN2 independently of GCN1. The reviewer identified several limitations relating to cell-type specificity, the temporal behaviour of ISR activation, and possible PKR cross-reactivity.

      In response to the concern about cell-type specificity, we tested compound 20 in additional cellular models. Compound 20 did not induce detectable ISR signalling in HCT116 or COS-7 cells under the conditions tested, consistent with the reviewer’s observation that activity is not universal across cell types. However, we observed induction of PPP1R15A in primary Mesobank T12 mesothelioma cells. We have therefore revised the manuscript to present compound 20 activity as cell-context dependent rather than broadly generalisable across all cell types.

      To address the reviewer’s concern that the ISR output was examined only at limited time points, we extended the time-course analysis for compounds 20 and 21. Using live-cell ATF4::NanoLuc reporter measurements, both compounds showed maximal reporter activation at approximately 6-8 hours. We also measured translational output by puromycin incorporation and found that compound 20, but not compound 21, caused a progressive GCN2-dependent reduction in translation. These data provide a clearer view of the kinetics and functional consequences of compound 20-mediated ISR activation.

      The reviewer also noted that compound 20 inhibits PKR in vitro at concentrations close to those required for GCN2 activation in cells. We agree that this is an important potential liability. Because PKR signalling was not robustly or reproducibly inducible in our CHO-based reporter system, we were unable to perform a reliable cellular dose-response analysis of PKR engagement in the present study. We have therefore revised the Discussion to acknowledge kinase cross-reactivity, including possible PKR inhibition, as an important limitation and an issue for future development of this chemical series.

      Finally, we have moderated our mechanistic interpretation of compound 20. Although the data support direct engagement of GCN2 and suggest a mechanism distinct from canonical GCN1-dependent activation, we now discuss GCN1-independent activation more cautiously and in the context of prior reports that GCN2iB can display GCN1-independent activity under specific experimental conditions.

      Discussion

      “While the functional relevance of PKR inhibition in our cellular systems is uncertain, these observations highlight the potential for kinase cross-reactivity, which will be important to address in future studies.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):<br /> (1) The description of the chemical screen for Gcn2 activators is not sufficiently clear and detailed. a) Briefly and early on provide the rationales (modes of action) for using histindinol and latruculin A. Explain further the rationale in Figure 2, outlining the purpose for the combined compound + submaximal dose of histindinol.

      The text has been amended.

      Results

      “Histidinol activates GCN2 by inhibiting histidyl‑tRNA synthetase, leading to the accumulation of uncharged tRNAHis. This uncharged tRNA binds to GCN2, relieving its autoinhibition and activating the kinase (35). Latrunculin A sequesters G‑actin, thereby inhibiting PPP1R15A activity (36, 37). Tunicamycin inhibits protein glycosylation in the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), resulting in activation of PERK (38).”

      “This submaximal concentration was used to allow detection of compounds that enhance ISR signalling when GCN2 is partially activated.”

      b) What is unique about the second CHO: ATF4-luc2 reporter line? Why do only 89 out of the original 130 compounds induce the ISR in this line versus the original CHO: ATF4-Nanoluc cell line? This is confusing for the reader about how compounds were triaged for characterization.

      The ATF4‑Nanoluc and ATF4‑luc2 reporter lines differ only in the luciferase used, but this has important practical consequences. The Nanoluc reporter is substantially more sensitive, so it was used for the primary screen to detect even weak ISR activation. The luc2 reporter has lower sensitivity and a narrower dynamic range, making it a more stringent orthogonal assay. As a result, not all hits from the Nanoluc screen (130 compounds) reproduced in the luc2 line; the 89 compounds retained are those that robustly activate the ISR under these more stringent conditions. This step was therefore used to prioritise stronger, more reproducible activators for downstream characterisation.

      Results

      “While primary screening was performed in ATF4‑Nanoluc lines for maximal sensitivity, hits were subsequently re-tested in a second CHO ATF4::luc2 reporter line as a more stringent orthogonal assay to prioritise robust ISR activators. Of the 130 hits identified in the sensitive Nanoluc screen and passing early toxicity assessment, 89 were confirmed in the luc2 assay, consistent with enrichment for higher-amplitude ISR activators under more stringent detection conditions.”

      c) The study uses a second CHO reporter line in the flow scheme (CHO:ATF4-luc2) and then switches back to an ATF4-Nanoluc line to establish GCN2 dependence. What is the rationale for switching back to the original reporter line?

      The luc2 reporter line was used as a more stringent, orthogonal validation step to prioritise robust ISR activators. For subsequent mechanistic studies, including assessment of GCN2 dependence, we returned to the ATF4‑Nanoluc line because its higher sensitivity and simpler single‑reagent assay format are better suited to multi‑point measurements and comparative analyses. In effect, the luc2 reporter was used for triage, whereas the Nanoluc system was retained for mechanistic characterisation and downstream screening.

      Results

      “In subsequent mechanistic studies, the ATF4‑Nanoluc reporter was again used to take advantage of its higher sensitivity and simpler assay format for multi‑condition comparisons.”

      d) The rationale for the first orthogonal screen described in the results section to identify inducers of ER stress is not clearly explained. The compounds were already determined to be dependent on GCN2 prior to this test, and one would have thought that this criterion would have covered ER stress and alternative eIF2 kinase activators.

      We agree with the reviewer that, in principle, establishing GCN2 dependence should reduce the likelihood of capturing compounds acting through alternative eIF2α kinases. However, we performed this orthogonal ER stress screen to address two practical considerations. First, high‑throughput screening is inherently prone to false positives, as it is typically conducted at a single concentration and time point, and compound libraries may contain degraded or chemically inconsistent material. We therefore used a lower‑throughput, more controlled ER stress assay with freshly sourced compounds and additional readouts (e.g. CHOP and XBP1) to improve confidence in the hits. Second, despite prior evidence of GCN2 dependence, ER stress signalling via PERK converges on the same downstream endpoints: eIF2α phosphorylation and ATF4 induction. We therefore wished to explicitly exclude compounds that activate the ISR indirectly via ER stress. In practice, this proved important, as the orthogonal assay did identify compounds that induced ER stress, which we subsequently excluded from the lead set.

      Results

      “Although hits were prioritised for GCN2 dependence, we performed an additional orthogonal screen to exclude compounds that activate the ISR indirectly via ER stress, which converges on the same downstream outputs.”

      (2) A major point of the manuscript is that there is GCN1 independence for the small molecule activation of GCN2, and this has not yet been reported. One report for this GCN1 independence is reference 9 [Carlson … Wek 2023] (Figure 5). In this report, low doses of GCN2iB that can activate GCN2 (although by the present manuscript at much lower levels than the identified new compounds) induce ATF4 expression in cells expressing an E26A mutant of GCN2 that is suggested to negate GCN1 binding and enhancement of GCN2 activity. Halofuginone induction of ATF4 expression was thwarted by the GCN2 E26A mutant.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that Carlson et al. (2023) suggest that, under certain conditions, GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 using the E26A mutant. In our experiments, however, we did not observe GCN1‑independent activation with GCN2iB under the conditions tested, i.e. similar low doses. One possible explanation is that the GCN1‑independent activity reported by Carlson et al. occurs only within a narrow concentration range; their observations were made at very low compound concentrations, whereas higher concentrations may engage additional regulatory mechanisms. In our study, we used concentrations optimised for robust ISR activation, which may mask such effects. We also note that the E26A mutation (E18A in yeast), originally identified by two‑hybrid analysis, disrupts the GCN2-GCN1 interaction but may not completely eliminate all modes of functional coupling under all conditions. Taken together, these observations raise the possibility that GCN1‑independent activation represents a context‑dependent mechanism that may be unmasked only under specific experimental conditions or by particular classes of compounds.

      We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this prior report explicitly and to clarify how our findings relate to it.

      Discussion

      “Recent work suggests that the ATP-competitive modulator GCN2iB can activate GCN2 independently of GCN1 under specific conditions using a GCN2 E26A mutant (9). In our hands, we did not observe GCN1‑independent activation with GCN2iB at the concentrations tested. This discrepancy may reflect a narrow concentration window for GCN1‑independent activation or context‑dependent effects of the E26A mutation. These findings raise the possibility that GCN1‑independent activation of GCN2 may occur under specific conditions or with distinct classes of compounds.”

      (3) The authors state that the ISR was exaggerated in Ppp1r15a KO cells. It would be helpful to include statistical analyses to support this statement.

      Thank you for enabling us to be more precise. New text added:

      Results

      “Activation of the ISR by tunicamycin was exaggerated in the Ppp1r15a<sup>-/-</sup> cells owing to their defective dephosphorylation of eIF2a (wild type vs Ppp1r15a<sup>-/-</sup>, p<0.05).”

      (4) The results state that Chop and Ppp1r15a mRNAs were measured following 4 hours of treatment with compound 18, 20, or 21, but Figure 2D shows treatment from 0 to 8 hours? It appears that the compound still induces these mRNAs in GCN2 KO cells, possibly with delayed kinetics. A lengthened time course study would help determine if this is indeed the case.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. To address the reviewer’s point regarding delayed or GCN2‑independent signalling, we have extended our analysis using compounds 20 and 21, which are more tractable experimentally (solubility). Using the ATF4‑Nanoluc reporter, both compounds show peak ISR activation at ~6–8 h in wild-type cells over an extended time course. In parallel, functional readouts of mRNA translation (puromycin incorporation) demonstrate that compound 20, but not 21, induces a progressive, GCN2‑dependent reduction in translation over this period. These clarify the temporal aspects of signalling by these two compounds.

      Results

      “Studies with compound 18 were limited by poor aqueous solubility; therefore, time‑course analyses focused on compounds 20 and 21. To assess ISR activation over an extended period, live‑cell luciferase measurements were performed using CHO cells stably expressing an ATF4::Nanoluc-PEST reporter. Both compounds elicited maximal reporter activation between 6 and 8 h (Figure S1A&B). Compound 20, but not 21, induced a significant GCN2‑dependent reduction in mRNA translation, as measured by puromycin incorporation, with a progressive effect observed up to 7 h (Figure S1C-F).”

      Legend

      “Supplementary Figure S1. Kinetics of responses to compounds 20 and 21

      (A-B) Wild-type CHO cells stably expressing the ATF4::nanoLuc-PEST reporter were treated with Nano-Glo and either (A) 13mM compound 20 or (B) 13mM compound 21. Median bioluminescence (fold change normalised to DMSO control) ± 95% confidence. Representative experiment (n=4 technical repeats). (C-F) Representative immunoblot of lysates from wild-type or Eif2ak4<sup>-/-</sup> CHO cells treated with 10μM compound 20 or 7.5μM 21 for the indicated times. Immediately before harvesting, cells were treated with 10μg/mL puromycin to label newly synthesised polypeptides. “-“ indicates cells not incubated with puromycin. “U” cells were treated with puromycin but without test compound. “CHX” represents the cycloheximide control (100μg/mL). Molecular size in kDa. (E-F) Quantification of puromycinylated proteins normalised to GAPDH. Mean ± SEM. CHO WT (black) and Eif2ak4<sup>-/-</sup> cells (turquoise. N = 4 independent experiments. Two-way ANOVA with Šídák's multiple comparisons test; ***: p ≤ 0.001.”

      (5) In the section describing the differences between cell lines in the ability of compounds to induce the ISR, this is difficult for the reader to interpret, as no controls are included. How does histidinol (or other canonical inducers of the ISR) behave in the three reporter assays (CHO, 293T, and HeLa)?

      As requested, we now provide ATF4::Nanoluc reporter activation (3mM, 20 hours because of this drug’s slow kinetics)

      Results

      “To benchmark ISR activation in these models, each cell type was treated with 3mM histidinol (Figure S2). Reporter activation was most robust in CHO cells, followed by 293T cells, then HeLa cells.”

      Discussion

      “Moreover, histidinol-induced ISR activation showed a clear hierarchy across cell lines, with CHO cells being the most responsive and HeLa cells the least.”

      Legend

      “Supplementary Figure S2. Cell-type differences in response to histidinol

      Fold-change of ATF4::NanoLuc reporter signal in HEK293T, HeLa and CHO cells transiently transfected with reporter and treated for 20 hours with 3mM histidinol. Fold-change calculated relative to vehicle control. Mean ± SEM).”

      We thank the reviewer for this important question. However, we respectfully disagree that a direct correspondence between the concentrations required for target engagement in the BRET assay and for ISR activation in functional assays should necessarily be expected. BRET (including NanoBRET) is a target engagement assay that measures compound binding to the protein in intact cells, typically by competition with a labelled tracer, and thus reports on apparent intracellular affinity and occupancy rather than downstream biological effect (Robers 2019, PMID 30519940). By contrast, ISR activation is a functional readout that reflects amplification through signalling networks, and can be influenced by multiple additional variables including pathway non-linearity, feedback, and kinase regulation. Consequently, it is well established that potencies derived from target engagement assays do not always align with those measured in functional assays. For example, intracellular kinase profiling studies using NanoBRET have demonstrated systematic potency offsets between binding/engagement measurements and downstream cellular activity, arising from factors such as intracellular ATP competition and pathway context (PMID Capener 2026, PMID 41495225). More generally, target engagement assays provide a quantitative measure of binding, whereas functional assays measure biological outcome, and these readouts need not coincide because they capture distinct aspects of a compound’s mechanism of action. Accordingly, we interpret our BRET data as evidence of direct interaction with GCN2 in cells, rather than as a predictor of the concentration required to activate the ISR. The observation that higher concentrations are required in the BRET assay is therefore not unexpected and does not argue against a requirement for kinase-domain engagement in ISR activation. Instead, it reflects the different mechanistic endpoints captured by the two assay formats.

      We will clarify this point explicitly in the revised manuscript.

      Results

      “The concentrations required to detect target engagement in NanoBRET assays did not directly mirror those required for ISR activation, reflecting the distinction between ligand binding and downstream pathway output.”

      (7) In Figure 5E, the authors suggest that compounds 18 and 20 are non-competitive inhibitors of GCN2 since the Vmax increases with increasing ATP concentration. What is the Km for ATP in the absence or presence of compound 18 or 20? It would be helpful to include progress curves as supplementary data to support the Vmax plots in Fig. 5E. Consider providing more specific units (currently arbitrary units) for the y-axis.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and agree that our original wording overstated the mechanistic interpretation of these data. In particular, the use of the term “non‑competitive” is not well supported by the current analysis and may be misleading, especially given that our data are consistent with binding within or proximal to the ATP-binding pocket. We have therefore revised the text to remove this designation and instead describe the data more conservatively in terms of changes in apparent Vmax, without assigning a specific inhibition mechanism. With respect to kinetic analysis, we agree that full determination of Km values and inclusion of progress curves would provide a more rigorous mechanistic interpretation. However, given the primary focus of this manuscript on identifying and characterising small‑molecule activators of GCN2 in cells, we believe that a detailed steady‑state kinetic analysis would be beyond the scope of the current study. We have therefore moderated our conclusions accordingly and now present these data as preliminary kinetic observations rather than definitive evidence of inhibition modality.

      Results

      “Compounds 18 and 20 altered the apparent kinetic parameters of GCN2, including an increase in the observed V<sub>max</sub>; however, these data do not allow assignment of a specific inhibition modality.”

      (8) The full-length GCN2 assay presented in Figure 5G appears to be unresponsive to uncharged tRNA, a known regulator of GCN2. The statement that compound 20 induces eIF2 phosphorylation to a greater extent than tRNAs is true for the in vitro assay, but arguably is because the in vitro assays do not recapitulate the in vivo arrangement.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We respectfully disagree that the assay is unresponsive to uncharged tRNA. In our hands, GCN2 does exhibit activation in response to tRNA; however, the magnitude of this effect is modest (~4‑fold) compared to the substantially stronger activation observed with compound 20 (~40‑fold). As a result, the tRNA response can appear compressed when both are plotted on the same scale. We agree with the reviewer that the in vitro assay does not fully recapitulate the in vivo regulatory environment, where factors such as GCN1 and ribosome association are known to potentiate GCN2 activation. This limitation likely explains the relatively weaker response to tRNA under our assay conditions and was a key motivation for incorporating cellular assays in our study. Interestingly, the marked difference in activation magnitude between tRNA and compound 20 in vitro raises the possibility that compound-mediated activation may, at least in part, bypass regulatory features that normally constrain GCN2 activity in a GCN1‑dependent manner. While we have not directly tested this hypothesis, we will temper the wording and include this as a speculative point in the Discussion.

      Results

      “Of note, uncharged tRNA produced a modest (~4‑fold) activation of GCN2 under these conditions, whereas compound 20 induced substantially greater (~40‑fold) activation.”

      Discussion

      “The markedly greater activation observed with compound 20 compared with uncharged tRNA in vitro raises the possibility that such compounds may partially bypass regulatory constraints on GCN2 activation, including those normally mediated by GCN1.”

      (9) Using purified GCN2 kinase domain at low ATP concentrations (10 μM), compounds 18 and 20 were shown not to inhibit GCN2 up to concentrations of 3 μM. In previous assays, much higher concentrations of compounds 18 and 20 were used to inhibit GCN2. Why were different concentrations used? This makes this interpretation of this data difficult for the reader to draw conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the use of different concentration ranges across assays may not have been sufficiently clear. The kinase‑domain assay performed at low ATP (10 μM) was specifically designed to assess whether compounds 18 and 20 have a propensity to inhibit GCN2 under conditions that sensitise detection of ATP‑competitive effects and facilitate comparison with related eIF2α kinases. This assay was therefore optimised for detecting inhibition, rather than activation. In contrast, the higher concentrations used in other experiments were selected to robustly measure ISR activation in cellular or full‑length protein contexts, where higher compound exposure is required to observe downstream signalling outputs. These two assay systems therefore address distinct mechanistic questions—targeting inhibition under controlled biochemical conditions versus activation in more complex functional settings—and are not directly comparable in terms of concentration–response relationships. We will revise the manuscript to clarify this distinction and to emphasise that the kinase‑domain assay was not intended to define the activation potency of the compounds.

      Results

      “This assay was performed at low ATP concentrations to sensitise detection of ATP-competitive inhibition and was not optimised to detect compound-mediated activation of GCN2.”

      (10) In silico docking studies support the binding of compound 20 in the ATP-binding pocket of the GCN2 kinase domain. How is this compatible with the stated ATP non-competitive mechanism?

      We agree with the reviewer that our previous description was misleading. The designation of compounds 18 and 20 as “ATP non‑competitive” is not supported by the available data and is inconsistent with the docking results suggesting binding within the ATP‑binding pocket. We have therefore revised the manuscript to remove this terminology and to describe the kinetic behaviour more cautiously, without assigning a specific mode of inhibition.

      (11) The study does not appear to feature biological assays demonstrating the effects of GCN2 activation. For example, does compound 20 reduce translation or growth of cells in a GCN1/GCN2-dependent manner, or do the compounds overcome PVOD mutations akin to the authors' Hum Mol Genet 2024 Aug 18;33(17):1495-1505 article?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that defining downstream biological consequences of GCN2 activation is an important goal. We did explore this using several cellular systems; however, these effects were context-dependent and not consistently observed across models. Specifically, compounds did not induce a detectable ISR in HCT116 or COS‑7 cells under the conditions tested, despite responsiveness of these systems to canonical activators such as histidinol. In contrast, we did observe induction of PPP1R15A in primary mesothelioma cells, indicating that biological responses can be elicited in certain cellular contexts. We also tested whether these compounds could rescue disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to PVOD, as previously reported for GCN2iB, but did not observe activation of these mutants. These findings suggest that while the compounds robustly activate GCN2 signalling in reporter assays, downstream biological outputs are context-dependent and may require specific cellular conditions or co-factors. Given the variability across systems, we have limited our conclusions to ISR activation and have not generalised broader biological effects. We will clarify this point in the revised manuscript.

      Results

      “We went on to examine downstream cellular consequences of GCN2 activation in multiple models. While compounds did not induce detectable ISR signalling in HCT116 or COS‑7 cells under the conditions tested, induction of PPP1R15A was observed in Mesobank T12 primary mesothelioma cells, indicating context-dependent biological responses. Moreover, in contrast to GCN2iB (17), the current compounds did not activate disease-associated GCN2 variants linked to PVOD [data not shown].”

      (12) For the control of neratinib and other activators linked with ATP binding that are suggested to be dependent on GCN1 in Fig. 4, include reporter induction by drug treatment in Gcn2-/- cells. It would be helpful to be clear in the list of compounds between those suggested to be direct activators versus those that may create stress that leads to GCN2 activation.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In response, we have performed additional reporter assays in both WT and GCN2<sup>-/-</sup> cells to assess the dependence of drug-induced ISR activation on GCN2. These experiments reveal clear GCN2 dependence for reporter induction upon treatment with sunitinib, NXP800, WEE1-in-4, Debio0123, gefitinib, and erlotinib, as signal is markedly reduced in GCN2⁻/⁻ cells compared to WT.

      In contrast, dovitinib and AZD1775 show less clear dependence, with relatively low reporter signal even in WT cells (notably lower than observed in Fig. 4C), limiting interpretation. Interestingly, dabrafenib induces stronger reporter activity in GCN2<sup>-/-</sup> cells than in WT, indicating that its effects are independent of GCN2 and may reflect activation of alternative stress or signalling pathways.

      Results

      “To further assess the mechanism of compound-induced ISR activation, we evaluated reporter responses in GCN2-deleted cells (Supplementary Figure S3). Several compounds, including sunitinib, NXP800, WEE1-in-4, Debio0123, gefitinib, and erlotinib, showed reduced reporter activity in GCN2-deficient cells, consistent with GCN2-dependent activation. In contrast, dovitinib, AZD1775 and dabrafenib produced weaker or inconclusive responses even in the paired wild-type lines, limiting analysis. These data allow us to distinguish compounds consistent with direct or GCN2-dependent activation from those more likely to induce ISR indirectly through cellular stress upstream of GCN2. These findings support a distinction between compounds that activate the ISR through GCN2-dependent mechanisms and those that likely act indirectly via alternative stress pathways.”

      Legend

      “Supplementary Figure S3. GCN2-dependence of ISR activation by putative GCN2 agonists

      Normalised fold-change in ATF4 signal in CHO WT (purple) and Gcn2-/- (blue) ATF4::NanoLuc reporter cells treated for 19 hours with a panel of ATP-competitive kinase inhibitors reported to activate GCN2 (at 1 and 3µM, sunitinib used at 3 and 10µM, AZD1175 used at 0.3 and 1µM, gefitinib and erlotinib used at 3 and 10µM). DMSO was used as vehicle control. (n=3; mean ± SEM).”

      Minor Comments:

      (1) In the introduction, the authors state that "Several type 1 and 1.5 kinase inhibitors can activate GCN2 at low concentrations while inhibiting at higher concentrations". What is the evidence that type I inhibitors can activate GCN2?

      Thank you for this query. We believe our initial phrasing was open to misinterpretation. The new wording is

      Introduction

      “Several kinase inhibitors classified as type 1 or type 1.5 with respect to their canonical targets can activate GCN2 at low concentrations while inhibiting it at higher concentrations; however, their binding mode to GCN2 remains undefined.”

      (2) A CHO:ATF4-Nanoluc translation reporter screen was used to screen 123K compounds and divide them into a pool of inhibitors and a pool of activators. The criteria used to make this distinction are not sufficiently described in the manuscript, and screen results are not supplied as supplementary data.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need for greater clarity regarding the screening criteria and reproducibility. Compounds from the primary screen (BioAscent library of 123,222 drug-like compounds performed by the ALBORADA Drug Discovery Institute) were classified based on Z-score thresholds, with activators defined as those with Z-score > 3. To assess robustness, the primary screen data were re-analysed independently. In an initial analysis of 121,000 compounds (excluding plates failing quality control), 6,521 compounds met the activator threshold. Of these, 6,461 overlapped with the original hit list. The small number of discrepancies included: (i) compounds absent from the analysed dataset (e.g. originating from failed plates), and (ii) compounds with Z-scores close to the threshold (typically between −3 and −3.02), consistent with minor analytical variation (e.g. rounding). Overall, these analyses show a high degree of concordance in hit identification, with differences restricted to borderline cases near the selection threshold. We have clarified these criteria below.

      Results

      “Compounds were classified based on Z-score thresholds derived from the primary screen, with activators defined as those with Z-score > 3. An initial analysis of 121,000 compounds, excluding plates failing quality control, identified 6,521 activators, of which 6,461 overlapped with the subset selected for follow-up screening. Minor discrepancies were restricted to compounds absent from the analysed dataset (e.g. originating from failed plates) or those with Z-scores close to the threshold (3 to 3.02), consistent with limited analytical variation. Using this approach, we assembled a subset of 6,461 compounds enriched for potential ISR activators and screened these in 384-well format at 10 µM for 16 hours.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The legend to Figure 4 should read "Compound 20 displays GCN1 independence", not "dependence".

      Thank you for spotting this error. We have made the correction.

      (2) The text describes Figure 2D as examining 4h, but it also examines 8h.

      We have amended the text to:

      “After validating their effects using the assays described above, we next confirmed activation of the ISR by these compounds at the transcriptional level at 4 and 8 hours.”

      (3) Unless I'm misreading Table S1, compound Z134826202 is listed as activating the ISR, but the authors describe it in the text as inactive.

      Thank you. We have corrected this error.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study provides valuable insights into the role of thalamic nuclei in associative threat and extinction learning, underpinned by a large dataset and rigorous, multipronged analyses. The evidence provided is solid, supporting the main conclusions. Minor analytical refinements notwithstanding, the manuscript will be of broad interest to researchers in learning and memory, fear, thalamic circuitry, and related mental health conditions.

      We sincerely thank the editors and the reviewer for their careful evaluation of the revised manuscript and for their constructive comments. We greatly appreciate the time and effort invested in reviewing our work, and we have carefully considered each suggestion to further improve the clarity, presentation, and interpretation of the manuscript.

      Author’s note:

      We note that several comments refer to figure numbers and manuscript text from an earlier version of the manuscript (e.g., Figure 7 in the earlier version corresponds to Figure 8 in the current revised manuscript). For clarity, our responses below refer to the corresponding figures and sections in the current revised manuscript while addressing each comment individually.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Badarnee and colleagues analyse fMRI data collected during an associative threat-learning task. They find evidence for parallel processes mediated by the mediodorsal, LGn and pulvinar nuclei of the thalamus. The evidence for these conclusions is promising, but limited by a lack of clarity regarding the preprocessing and statistical methods.

      We thank the reviewer for these encouraging comments and for recognizing the novelty of our approach and its potential contribution to advancing our understanding of thalamocortical interactions during associative threat learning. We also appreciate the reviewer’s constructive suggestions regarding the methodological description, which have helped us improve the clarity of the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      The approach is inventive and novel, providing information about thalamocortical interactions that are scant in the current literature.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There are not sufficient details present to allow for the direct interrogation of the methods used in the study.

      Thank you for raising this point. As described in our previous revision, we substantially expanded the Experimental Procedure section by adding three dedicated subsections describing the fear learning procedure, shock calibration, and participant instructions. These additions included details regarding the stimuli, experimental context, stimulus and shock durations, average inter-trial interval, pseudorandomized stimulus presentation, and the procedure used to determine each participant’s shock intensity.

      In the current revision, we have further clarified the Methods by specifying electrical stimulator that we used and specified the usage of the gel and placement of the electrodes. We believe these additions provide sufficient methodological detail to allow readers to understand and replicate the experimental procedure (page 40):

      “Electrical stimulation was delivered using a BIOPAC stimulation system with BIOPAC electrodes and conductive gel. The electrodes were attached to the palm of the participant's right hand and positioned in close proximity without making contact with one another. The electric stimulation began…”

      (2) The figures do not contain sufficiently granular details, making it challenging to determine whether the observed effects were robust to individual differences.

      Thank you for this suggestion. To better illustrate the underlying data distribution and between-participant variability, we revised Fig. 1 and 4-6 by adding individual participant data points for the block-level analyses and kernel density estimate (KDE) distributions for the trial-level analyses. These additions allow readers to better assess the distribution of the data and the extent to which the reported effects are consistent across participants while maintaining figure readability. An example of the revised Fig. 1.

      Comments on revisions:

      I continue to recommend the plotting of individual data points. While there may be individual variance, it is important to quantify this in publication so that future studies can appreciate the uncertainty surrounding test statistics.

      Thank you for this recommendation. As described in our response to Weakness 2 above, we revised the figures to better illustrate the underlying data distribution and between-participant variability. Specifically, we added individual participant data points for the block-level analyses and kernel density estimate (KDE) distributions for the trial-level analyses. We believe these revisions improve the transparency of the underlying data while maintaining figure readability. An example of a revised figure is included above.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors quantify human fMRI BOLD responses in pulvinar and mediodorsal thalamic nuclei during a fear conditioning and extinction task across two days, in a large sample size (hundreds of participants). They show that the BOLD responses in these areas differentiate the conditioned (CS+) and safety (CS-) stimulus. Additionally this changes with repeated trials which could be a neural correlate of fear learning. They show that the anterior pulvinar is most correlated with the MD, and that this is not due to anatomical proximity. They perform graph analysis on the pulvinar sub nuclei which suggests that the medial pulvinar is a hub between the sensory (lateral/inferior) and associative (anterior) pulvinar. They show different patterns of thalamic activity across conditioning, extinction, recall, and renewal.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful summary of our work and for recognizing the scope of the study and the value of the findings. We appreciate the reviewer’s careful evaluation and constructive feedback, which helped improve the clarity and interpretation of the manuscript throughout the revision process. Below, we respond to each of the points raised under the Weaknesses and Comments on revisions sections and describe the corresponding revisions made to the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      The data has a large sample size (n=293 in some measures, n=412 in others). This is a validated human fear conditioning/extinction task that Dr Milad's group has been working with for several years. Few labs have investigated the thalamus activity during fear conditioning and extinction, particularly with a large sample size. There is an independent replication of the pulvinar network structure (Fig. 3), which suggests that the processing in the more sensory-related inferior and lateral pulvinar is relayed to the anterior pulvinar (and possibly thereby to more action-related prefrontal areas) via an intermediate step in the medial pulvinar - potentially a novel discovery but that needs more validation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors cannot make causal claims about their results based on correlational neuroimaging evidence. Causal claims should be pared back. E.g. Sentence 1 in results "The anterior pulvinar and MD contribute to early associative threat learning, as evidenced by increased functional activation in response to CS+ compared to CS- at the block level (Fig. 1b-c)." needs to be reworded to something like 'the anterior pulvinar and MD have increased functional activation... This suggests that these areas may contribute to early associate threat learning"

      We agree with the reviewer that causal claims cannot be made based on correlational neuroimaging evidence. Accordingly, we carefully revised the manuscript throughout to avoid causal language and instead use wording that reflects statistical associations and interpretations. Representative examples of these revisions are provided below.

      Representative examples of these revisions are shown below:

      Page 7: “At the block level, both the anterior pulvinar and MD showed increased activation to CS+ vs. CS− (anterior pulvinar: t<sub>(292)</sub> = 4.41, p = 0.00001, d = 0.25; MD: t<sub>(292)</sub> = 6.41, p = 5.83x10<sup>-10</sup>, d = 0.37; Fig. 1b–c), suggesting a possible involvement of these regions in early associative threat learning.”

      Page 13: “A data-driven approach suggests a hierarchical computational organization of pulvinar divisions during associative threat learning.”

      Page 13: “we integrated findings from complementary analyses to propose a computational framework describing the functional relationships among pulvinar divisions during associative threat learning.”

      Page 13-14: “The network plot identified a statistical association between the lateral and anterior pulvinar, together with pathways linking the lateral and inferior pulvinar to the anterior pulvinar through the medial pulvinar (Fig. 3b).”

      Page 14: “The medial pulvinar statistically mediates the functional relationships within the pulvinar network and is associated with elevated centrality values. Together, these findings are consistent with a possible hub-like functional role of the medial pulvinar, consistent with higher-order integration of CS+ information, relative to the more sensory-related functional profiles in the inferior and lateral pulvinar. This possible hierarchical organization is consistent with previous evidence showing that the inferior and lateral pulvinar are associated with processing basic sensory information (Berman and Wurtz, 2010, 2008; Cortes et al., 2024), while the medial pulvinar is implicated in higher-order processing, including attention and working memory (Homman-Ludiye and Bourne, 2019).”

      Page 15: “This data-driven analyses provide a possible new perspective on the functional specialization of pulvinar divisions during associative threat learning. Based on these observations, we hypothesized a computational model in which activation in the medial pulvinar statistically mediates the functional relationships between the inferior and lateral pulvinar and the anterior pulvinar (Fig. 3e). To evaluate this hypothesis, we performed a mediation analysis and assessed the robustness of the model using k-fold cross-validation.”

      Page 25: “The vmPFC connectivity may reflect involvement of prefrontal processes related to evaluation and regulation of threat-related information.”

      Page 27: “The medial pulvinar may statistically mediate the functional relationships between the inferior and lateral divisions and the anterior pulvinar, consistent with a hierarchical computational model.”

      Page 29: “Together, these findings are consistent with the possibility that the anterior pulvinar and MD contribute in parallel to associative threat learning, extending the two-system.”

      Page 32: “Using statistical mediation analysis, we found that activation in the medial pulvinar statistically mediated the relationship between activation in the inferior/lateral pulvinar and activation in the anterior pulvinar. This statistical mediation is consistent with, but does not establish, a hierarchical computational organization.”

      (2) Fig .1 The fact that the difference in BOLD activity between CS+ and CS- goes away on the third trial is not addressed. This is a very large effect in the data.

      Thank you for raising this important point. We have addressed this issue in both the Discussion and the Limitations sections, as follows:

      Discussion (page 31):

      “The attenuated CS+ vs. CS− differentiation on the third trial specifically in the pulvinar may reflect a decreased requirement for differential thalamic engagement once the initial association has been acquired. Notably, because the MD sustained the BOLD response to the CS+ in the third trial which may indicate involvement of this nucleus in continued processing or maintenance of the learned association. This aligns with the well-established MD-PFC circuit involved in cognitive processes (Wolff and Halassa, 2024). Additionally, in a previous study using a similar paradigm, we observed sustained CS+ vs. CS− differentiation on the third trial in the nucleus reuniens, as well (Tuna et al., 2025). These findings suggest that trial-dependent learning dynamics may vary across thalamic nuclei rather than reflecting a uniform thalamic learning signal. Together, while our paradigm does not inherently distinguish between different stages of learning, such as early acquisition and stabilization, our findings are consistent with stronger associative learning-related engagement during the first two trials, with a reduced differential response by the third trial that may reflect the involvement of different neural processes.”

      Limitations (page 36):

      “The reduced CS+ vs. CS− differentiation observed in the pulvinar subdivisions during the third trial may reflect a transition from the rapid associative learning processes engaged during the first two trials to a different stage of threat processing. However, the present experimental design does not allow us to determine the specific psychological or neural mechanisms underlying this change. Importantly, this attenuation was not observed uniformly across thalamic nuclei, suggesting that it does not reflect a general thalamic response but may instead indicate nucleus-specific functional dynamics. Future studies specifically designed to dissociate different stages of threat learning will be required to determine the functional significance of this trial-dependent effect.”

      (3) Fig. 3 Could the observed network structure be due to anatomical proximity? Perhaps the authors should do an analogous analysis to what they did in Fig. 2 for this intra-pulvinar analysis. This analysis doesn't take into account the indirect connections through corticothalamic and thalamocortical connections with visual cortex and the pulvinar. There is an implicit assumption that there are interconnections between the pulvinar sub nuclei, but there are few strong excitatory projections between these sub nuclei to my knowledge. If visual areas are included in the graph, it would make things more complex, but would probably dramatically change the story. In this way, the message is somewhat constructed or arbitrary.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. We performed an analysis analogous to that presented in Figure 2. Specifically, we computed partial correlations between pulvinar divisions while controlling for activation in the other thalamic nuclei included in the study (LGN and MD). The relationships between pulvinar divisions remained significant after accounting for shared variance with these nuclei (Supplementary Figure 4), suggesting that the observed associations are not solely explained by activation in neighboring thalamic regions. This analysis is particularly relevant for the LGN because of its close anatomical proximity to the pulvinar and its central role within the visual thalamic system.

      Additionally, we statistically compared the strength of the partial correlations among all pairs of pulvinar divisions (Author response table 1). These analyses demonstrated substantial heterogeneity in the correlation strengths, with several pairwise differences remaining significant after FDR correction, indicating that the functional relationships among pulvinar divisions are heterogeneous rather than uniformly correlated, making a simple anatomical-proximity explanation less likely.

      Author response table 1.

      Pairwise comparisons demonstrate heterogeneous functional relationships among pulvinar subdivisions after controlling for MD and LGN activation.

      Note. All values are partial correlations controlling for MD and LGN activation (N = 293). Differences between correlations were tested using Steiger’s test for dependent correlations measured in the same participants. The sample size entered into the test was 293 - 2 = 291 as two variables (MD and LGN) were partialled out. The test itself then uses 291 - 3 = 288, the standard adjustment applied whenever correlations are converted to Fisher z scores. Steiger provides two versions of the same equation: one for comparisons in which the two correlations share a subdivision, and one for comparisons in which they share none (marked †). Analyses were conducted using the cocor package in R.

      The p-values for the 15 comparisons were corrected using the Benjamini-Hochberg false discovery rate (FDR) procedure; 9 of 15 comparisons remained significant after correction. Correlations ranged from 0.182 to 0.718. PuA = anterior pulvinar; PuI = inferior pulvinar; PuM = medial pulvinar; PuL = lateral pulvinar.

      The two correlations being compared share no subdivision.

      Finally, we agree that pulvinar function is embedded within broader corticothalamic and thalamocortical circuits involving visual cortical regions. However, a comprehensive characterization of pulvinar-visual cortical interactions at the level of specific pulvinar divisions was beyond the scope of the current study. To acknowledge this limitation and avoid implying that the observed relationships represent isolated direct interactions among pulvinar divisions, we revised the conceptual model in Fig. 8 by adding bidirectional dashed gray arrows between the pulvinar divisions and visual cortex (see Fig 8). Additionally, we clarified this point in the Figure notes and the study limitations:

      Limitations (page 36):

      “The observed relationships among pulvinar divisions during conditioning are purely functional and do not distinguish direct inter-nuclear interactions from indirect coupling mediated by corticothalamic and thalamocortical pathways, including visual cortical regions. Thus, the proposed functional pulvinar model may reflect indirect corticothalamic and thalamocortical loops, currently undocumented internuclear interactions, or a combination of these mechanisms.”

      (4) In the results section describing Fig. 4-7, there are no statistics supporting the claims made. There needs to be a set of graphs comparing the results across the study sessions and days, with statistical comparisons between the different experiments to confirm differences.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. As stated in the scope of the study (page 6 in the manuscript), our objective was to characterize thalamic activation and connectivity within each learning phase separately. Accordingly, our statistical analyses were designed to test CS+ vs. CS− differentiation within each phase rather than to directly compare activation or connectivity across phases (e.g., conditioning, extinction, extinction recall, and threat renewal).

      This phase-specific approach was selected because each learning phase probes a distinct psychological process with different experimental conditions. Therefore, direct comparisons of activation or connectivity between phases would address a different research question than the one investigated in the present study were not part of our predefined hypotheses or statistical design.

      To address the reviewer’s concern, we carefully revised the Results and Discussion to make this analytical framework explicit and to avoid wording that could be interpreted as implying direct statistical comparisons between learning phases. Representative examples of revisions made throughout the manuscript to clarify that the statistical analyses and interpretations are phase-specific (CS+ vs. CS− within each phase) and do not involve direct statistical comparisons across learning phases.

      Representative examples of these revisions are shown below:

      Page 17: “Pulvinar divisions and MD show engagement during extinction learning and context-dependent threat memory processing.”

      Page 21: “The threat renewal phase, in which participants were exposed to contextual cues similar to those used during threat conditioning, was associated with.”

      Page 23: “At the block level, activation was greater for CS+ than CS− within each phase separately: conditioning…”

      Page 23: “Collectively, these findings suggest that the LGN exhibited early trial-dependent responses within each learning phase separately, consistent with its proposed role in feedforward visual processing.”

      Page 28: “Figure 8b title: Conceptual model of thalamic-dependent ‘toggle switching’ between safe and threat memory retrieval across contextual cues”

      “Legend: (b) Conceptual model illustrating a possible thalamic-dependent “toggle switch” underlying context-dependent safety and threat memory expression. The observed MDdACC and anterior pulvinar-vmPFC connectivity patterns are consistent with possible preferential engagement of prefrontal circuits during extinction recall and threat renewal, respectively. This framework represents a theoretical integration of the present findings rather than evidence of causal neural mechanisms. It is based on the findings observed within each phase separately and should not be interpreted as a direct comparison between phases.”

      Page 25: “Interestingly, within each phase separately, the findings suggest that thalamic connectivity patterns vary with contextual conditions during extinction recall and threat renewal. Specifically, the MD and anterior pulvinar showed distinct CS+E vs. CS− connectivity patterns during these phases, respectively.”

      (5) FIg. 7 does not include the major corticothalamic and thalamocortical projections from early, mid-level, and higher visual cortex to the different pulvinar nuclei. I doubt that there are strong direct projections between the pulvinar nuclei, rather the functional connections are probably mediated through interconnections with cortical visual areas.

      Thank you for pointing out this important point. As described in our response to Weakness 3 above, we agree that pulvinar function is embedded within broader corticothalamic and thalamocortical circuits involving visual cortical regions. To better acknowledge this, we revised the conceptual model by adding bidirectional dashed gray arrows between the pulvinar and visual cortex and retained a note in the figure legend clarifying that the schematic is not intended to represent a comprehensive anatomical connectivity map. We also emphasize in the manuscript that the proposed intrapulvinar relationships should be interpreted as a functional/computational model based on statistical dependencies rather than evidence of direct monosynaptic anatomical connections. An updated version of the figure is provided. See Fig 8.

      (6) Stylistic: There are a lot of hypotheses and interpretations presented in this primary literature paper which may be better suited for a review or perspective piece.

      Thank you for this comment. Our intention here is to integrate the empirical findings within an existing conceptual framework rather than present isolated observations. We believe that placing our results in the context of current models helps highlight their potential implications while remaining grounded in the experimental data. Nevertheless, we reviewed the Discussion again and ensured that speculative statements are clearly identified as hypotheses or possible interpretations and are appropriately qualified throughout the manuscript.

      (7) In the discussion there is an assumption that the fMRI BOLD responses to CS+ and CS- need to be different to indicate that an area is processing these distinctly, but the BOLD signal can only detect large scale changes in overall activity. It's easy to imagine that an area could be involved in processing these two stimuli distinctly without showing an overall difference in the gross amount of activity.

      Thank you for raising this important limitation. We agree that the absence of differential BOLD responses does not necessarily imply the absence of stimulus-specific neural processing. We explicitly acknowledged this limitation in the manuscript (page 35):

      “Although our findings suggest distinct patterns of thalamic involvement during threat learning, fMRI cannot fully capture the complexity of thalamic organization. Pulvinar divisions, MD, and LGN each contain diverse neuronal subtypes and finer anatomical subdivisions that may serve distinct functions. Importantly, the absence of CS+ vs. CS− differences in BOLD activation should not be interpreted as a lack of stimulus-specific processing, as such distinctions may occur without detectable changes in overall BOLD activation…”

      We reviewed this section again and believe it appropriately addresses the limitation raised by the reviewer.

      (8) There is strong evidence that the BOLD responses to the threat-related and safety-related stimuli are different, modest evidence for their claims of learning/plasticity in these pathways, and circumstantial evidence supporting their hypothesized graph network models. Overall most of the claims made in the discussion are better considered possible interpretations rather than proven findings - this is not a criticism, as these experiments and subject matter are extremely complex.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful perspective. We agree that our findings provide varying levels of evidence across different aspects of the study and that the proposed network models should be interpreted as hypotheses informed by our empirical observations rather than definitive mechanistic conclusions. Accordingly, throughout the current revisions, we have carefully revised the Results and Discussion sections to distinguish empirical findings from interpretations by using more cautious language and explicitly acknowledging the limitations of our experimental approach. All revisions are in the manuscript, and representative examples of the changes can be found above.

      (9) This study continues to validate the power and utility of this in human fear conditioning/extinction paradigm, and extends this paradigm to investigating fear learning beyond the traditional limbic system pathways. It's possible that their models for the pulvinar nuclei interconnections could guide future neuromodulation or DBS studies that could provide more causal evidence for their hypotheses.

      We thank the reviewer for these encouraging comments and for recognizing the potential utility of this paradigm and the possible implications of our findings for future mechanistic and neuromodulation studies.

      Comments on revisions:

      The reviewers addressed my major concerns appropriately in the modified manuscript. As long as the MRI analysis concerns of Reviewer 3 are satisfied (MRI analysis is not my expertise), I am satisfied with the modified manuscript.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our revised manuscript and for recognizing that the major concerns were appropriately addressed. We appreciate the reviewer's constructive feedback throughout the review process, which has helped improve the quality and clarity of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present work was aimed at investigating the specific contributions of thalamic nuclei to associative threat learning and extinction. Using fMRI, it examined activation patterns across pulvinar divisions, the lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN), and the mediodorsal thalamus (MD) during threat acquisition, extinction, and recall. It goals was to uncover whether distinct thalamic systems support different modes of learning-automatic survival mechanisms versus more deliberate processes-and to propose a hierarchical pulvinar model of fear conditioning. The manuscript also tried to refine current neuroanatomical models of threat learning and memory, highlighting the role of thalamic nuclei in it.

      We thank the reviewer for this accurate summary of the aims and scope of our study. We also appreciate the thoughtful and constructive feedback provided throughout the review process, which has helped us improve the methodological description, interpretation of the findings, and overall clarity of the manuscript. Below, we respond to each of the points raised under the Weaknesses and Recommendations sections.

      Strengths:

      (1) Valuable theoretical elaboration and modeling regarding the differential role of pulvinar subdivisions on feedforward (inferior, lateral) and higher-order integration (anterior), and their functional interplay with other relevant subcortical and cortical structures in associative threat and extinction learning.

      (2) Large sample sizes and multipronged analytical approaches were used for hypothesis testing.

      (3) Exhaustive literature review in the field of associative threat, as well as regarding the role of thalamic nuclei and other brain structures in it.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The manuscript has improved methodologically and analytically after the review. Several weaknesses remain, in my opinion, but still findings are valuable and the evidence can be considered as convincing.

      (a) fMRI data have low resolution (3 cubic mm), which certainly limits the examination of small nuclei such as the ones investigated here, and especially the examination of the LGN and inferior pulvinar.

      Thank you! We have acknowledged this limitation in the manuscript (page 35):

      “Pulvinar divisions, MD, and LGN each contain diverse neuronal subtypes and finer anatomical subdivisions that may serve distinct functions. Importantly, the absence of CS+ versus CS− differences in BOLD activation should not be interpreted as a lack of stimulus-specific processing, as such distinctions may occur without detectable changes in overall BOLD activation. Future advances in higher-resolution imaging and human brain atlases may further improve anatomical and functional precision.”

      (b) fMRI was normalized to standard space. Analyzing the data in individual-subject space would have given you the options of avoiding altering every participant's brain and of using more precise atlases than the normalized AAL for ROI selection.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. Analyses performed in native subject space and standardized MNI space each have methodological advantages. In the present study, we adopted a standardized MNI-space pipeline because it provides consistent anatomical localization and ROI definition across participants, facilitating group-level analyses and comparisons across individuals. We have added this consideration to the Limitations section (page 35).

      “The present analyses were performed in standardized MNI space to enable consistent group-level analyses and ROI definition across participants. Although this is a widely accepted approach in human neuroimaging, future studies may examine the generalizability of the present findings using complementary approaches, including analyses performed in native subject space.”

      (c) Motion during scanning was poorly controlled. Including the motion parameters as covariates of no interest in the GLM/analysis does not fully guarantee that motion is not influencing the results, and that motion is not differentially influencing some experimental conditions more than others.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of controlling for head motion in fMRI analyses. We agree and acknowledge that no preprocessing strategy can completely eliminate all potential residual motion-related effects in fMRI data.

      For the activation analyses, the data were preprocessed using the standard fMRIPrep (v20.0.2) pipeline, which included motion correction through rigid-body realignment prior to statistical modeling. The first-level SPM analyses included the six estimated head-motion parameters (three translations and three rotations) as nuisance regressors. White matter and cerebrospinal fluid signals were also included as nuisance regressors to reduce non-neuronal sources of variance.

      For the functional connectivity analyses, we applied CONN’s denoising pipeline, which included regression of motion parameters, regression of identified outlier scans (scrubbing), component-based physiological noise correction (CompCor), and temporal filtering prior to generalized psychophysiological interaction (gPPI) analyses. The combination of motion correction, nuisance regression, and additional denoising procedures, provides a multistep approach to reducing potential motion-related and non-neuronal confounds in the reported findings. We have further clarified these processes in the manuscript (pages 44-45 in the manuscript):

      “Functional connectivity was computed using the CONN toolbox (version 22.a) for MATLAB (NietoCastanon and Whitfield-Gabrieli, 2022; Whitfield-Gabrieli and Nieto-Castanon, 2012). Anatomical images were segmented into gray matter, white matter, and CSF. Functional images were preprocessed following CONN’s default pipeline, including realignment, slice-timing correction, and coregistration. Functional images were then denoised using a component-based noise correction approach (CompCor), including regression of estimated motion parameters, regression of identified outlier scans using artifact detection procedures (scrubbing), and regression of white matter and CSF signals. The denoised BOLD time series were subsequently band-pass filtered between 0.008 and 0.09 Hz.

      Following these denoising procedures – including regression of motion parameters, artifact-related outlier scans (scrubbing), physiological noise correction (CompCor), and temporal filtering – condition-dependent connectivity effects were inferred from subject-level generalized psychophysiological interaction (gPPI) contrast estimates rather than from raw time-series correlations…”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Shock methods: how long was the shock? Which electrical stimulator was used? Where were the shock electrodes placed? Was gel used?

      Thank you for pointing this out. The duration of the electrical stimulation was already specified in the manuscript. In the current revision, we have further clarified the shock delivery procedure by adding details regarding the stimulation system, electrodes, use of conductive gel, and electrode placement. These details have now been added to the Experimental Procedures section (page 40):

      “…Electrical stimulation was delivered using a BIOPAC stimulation system with BIOPAC electrodes and conductive gel. The electrodes were attached to the palm of the participant's right hand and positioned in close proximity without making contact with one another. The stimulation began…”

      (2) Fig. 3G: needs details about the independent sample. Was this cohort held out for cross-validation? etc.

      Thank you for raising this point. We added this information to Fig. 3 notes and to the results section.

      Fig. 3 notes:

      “(g) Replication of the mediation model in an independent sample. This independent cohort (N = 114) was collected as part of a separate research project that included the same Day 1 fear-conditioning paradigm used in the present study. The cohort was used to assess whether the mediation findings could be replicated independently.”

      Results (page 15):

      “...we applied the mediation analysis to an independent cohort (N = 114) collected as part of a separate research project using the same Day 1 fear-conditioning paradigm. The mediation findings were largely replicated in this independent cohort (Fig. 3f-3g).”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study provides solid novel evidence for a role of ripples in the hippocampus in visual short-term memory. The work is strong in employing state-of-the-art intracranial electrophysiology in epilepsy patients with multivariate pattern classifiers in the context of an elegant experiment, but several aspects of the theoretical framing, mechanistic interpretation, and analysis strategy are incomplete.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their positive evaluation of our study and for their constructive comments. In this revision, we have substantially revised the manuscript in the following three aspects:

      First, we have revised the Introduction to better motivate our central hypothesis and expanded our Discussion based on the additional analyses that were performed during this revision, to better interpret our results and highlight our main theoretical contribution to memory and the dynamic coding framework.

      Second, we have strengthened the rigor of our findings by performing several control analyses, including ripple validation, Region × Time × Memory interaction tests, and further characterization of temporal dynamics for coupled hippocampal-LTL ripples and coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation over the maintenance period.

      Third, we have clarified key experimental and analytical details in the Methods and have better illustrated the results following reviewers’ suggestions.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cai et al. investigated the role of ripples in the hippocampus and coupled between the hippocampus and the neocortex in visual short-term memory (VSTM) using a similar lures match-to-sample task. The main findings are that hippocampal, but not neocortical ripples, ramp up during the maintenance period, peaking shortly before the memory response is given. This ramping-up effect was stronger for correct compared to incorrect trials. Furthermore, the authors show that stimulus category could be better decoded during coupled hippocampo-neocortical ripples compared to uncoupled ripples. These results provide compelling novel evidence for a role of ripples in supporting human visual short-term memory.

      Strengths:

      (1) State-of-the-art intracranial EEG in 13 patients during a well-designed visual short-term memory task, with simultaneous hippocampal and neocortical recordings.

      (2) Thorough analysis pipeline with validation to detect ripple events, and distinguish them from spurious ripple activity (i.e., as induced by IEDs).

      (3) Use of multivariate classifiers to resolve the neural representation of the stimuli.

      Weaknesses:

      It is difficult to find clear weaknesses in this paper, as the analyses are thorough, the results are clear, and the writing is excellent. However, some more sanity checks on the validity of ripples could have been conducted (i.e., making sure that ripple events have multiple peaks in the unfiltered raw signal at the ripple frequency). Also, the time window for coupled ripples appears to be a bit long, which makes it questionable to what degree these ripples are coupled (i.e., the time window is ~5 times longer than the duration of a ripple event). Lastly, the ramping-up effect could have been more clearly depicted in the figures, but that's a fairly minor point.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and constructive suggestions to further improve our manuscript.

      First, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we performed a validity check on the detected ripples using the unfiltered raw signal. For each detected ripple, we identified the local voltage peaks within the event duration in the raw data and calculated the corresponding Inter-Peak Intervals (IPIs). To assess the consistency of these oscillatory structures across the dataset, we generated individual IPI histograms for each of the 13 subjects. Across all participants, an average of 89.84 ± 3.31% of the calculated IPIs fell within the expected 70-180 Hz ripple frequency band. This concentrated distribution of IPIs supports the reviewer’s claim that true ripple events manifest as multi-peak oscillatory waveforms in the raw trace whose IPIs should roughly correspond to the targeted ripple frequency range. We have incorporated these findings into Results (Page 6) and shown them as Supplementary Figure S1a.

      Second, regarding the temporal windows used for quantifying coupled ripples, we apologize that our terminology conflated two distinct analyses and have explicitly clarified this distinction in the revised manuscript: (1) for the analysis in Figure 4b (i.e., Lateral Temporal Lobe (LTL) Ripple Rate Locked to HPC ripple peak), we initial computed the LTL ripple rate within a broad time window (i.e., [-0.5 s, 0.5 s]) centered on Hippocampal (HPC) ripple peaks (Dickey et al., 2022). This broad window was employed to examine the lead-lag or directionality between ripples of these two regions. We agree that labeling this as “coupled ripples” in the original text is misleading. In the revised manuscript, we have changed the y-axis label of Figure 4b into “Normalized LTL ripple rate (z-score)”. (2) For the coupled ripple and the coupled ripple locked decoding analyses (Figure 4c and Figure 5), “coupled ripples” were defined as LTL ripples that temporally overlapped with or occurred within ± 50 ms of an HPC ripple peak following previous research (Vaz et al., 2019). We compared the coupled ripple rates between VSTM remembered versus forgotten trials. The results revealed significantly higher coupled ripple rates in remembered trials compared to forgotten trials during maintenance (t(12) = 2.897, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.040; Fig. 4c). We have revised the corresponding text in both the Results and Methods sections (Pages 9-10 and Page 24) to clearly separate these two analyses and ensure that the term “coupled ripples” is reserved exclusively for LTL ripple events within the ± 50 ms of the HPC ripple peak.

      Third, we have revised Figure 2b to provide a clearer and more intuitive depiction of the hippocampal ripple ramping-up effect.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Liu et al. record intracranial EEG from the hippocampus and lateral temporal lobe in thirteen neurosurgical patients while they perform a delayed match-to-sample visual short-term memory task. The central question is whether hippocampal sharp-wave ripples (brief high-frequency oscillations well established in the long-term memory consolidation literature) also contribute to the active maintenance of visual representations over a short delay. The authors report three main findings: hippocampal ripple rates progressively ramp up across the 7-second maintenance period, hippocampal ripples temporally co-occur with ripples in the lateral temporal lobe, and these coupled events coincide with above-chance category-level decoding of the memorized stimulus in the lateral temporal lobe. The findings are interpreted within the dynamic coding framework of working memory, which predicts discrete reactivation bursts rather than sustained firing during maintenance. The question is timely, and the use of intracranial recordings affords a level of temporal and spatial resolution unavailable to non-invasive methods.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a genuinely important and underexplored question: whether a neural mechanism best characterized in the context of offline memory consolidation is also engaged during active online maintenance. The use of intracranial recordings in humans is well suited to this question, providing the millisecond temporal resolution and regional specificity needed to detect transient high-frequency events. The dissociation from long-term memory, tested by splitting remembered trials according to whether the item was later recalled in a cued-recall test, directly addresses what would otherwise be a significant confound, and the finding that ripple dynamics during maintenance are unrelated to subsequent long-term memory performance adds specificity to the interpretation. The coupled ripple analysis is methodologically grounded, and the finding that coupled but not isolated ripples coincide with elevated memory decoding is mechanistically informative. The multivariate decoding approach applied to lateral temporal lobe spectral power provides a meaningful index of memory reactivation that goes beyond simple univariate rate measures. The control analysis and the alternative ripple detection method provide useful robustness checks. The public availability of preprocessed data and analysis code on OSF is commendable.

      We are grateful that the reviewer highlighted the importance and novelty of our findings. Below, we address the specific considerations and weaknesses raised by the reviewer.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Theoretical motivation for examining ripples in visual short-term memory.

      A fundamental question that the paper does not adequately address is why hippocampal ripples, a mechanism strongly associated with offline memory consolidation during sleep, where they coordinate the transfer of hippocampal representations to cortex through temporally compressed replay, should be recruited for the online maintenance of visual information over a seconds-long delay. The Introduction acknowledges this gap but does not close it. The dynamic coding framework is used to motivate the ramping-up prediction, but this framework is agnostic about the specific neural mechanism responsible for reactivation bursts. In particular, the literature cited by the authors predicts high-frequency population activity or gamma bursts, but not specifically hippocampal ripples. The reasoning that "ripples share key properties with postulated reactivation bursts" risks being circular: it amounts to saying that ripples could be the relevant mechanism because the relevant mechanism has properties that ripples also have. A stronger theoretical motivation would require either evidence that the replay or reactivation computations that ripples support during offline states are also engaged during active short-term maintenance, or a mechanistic account of how the circuit processes underlying ripple generation are recruited differently across these two contexts.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the theoretical motivation for examining hippocampal ripples in visual short-term memory (VSTM) needs to be stated more explicitly. In the revision, we have reorganized the Introduction with the following structure (for the comprehensive revised Introduction, please see Pages 3-4):

      First, we review evidence that the hippocampus is involved in VSTM, including both lesion studies and neural representational studies. These findings converge to suggest that the hippocampus contributes to maintaining visual information over short delays.

      Second, we introduce hippocampal ripples as a key candidate mechanism based on the following lines of evidence: (1) While hippocampal (HPC) ripples have been traditionally linked to offline processing of long-term memory (LTM), more recent evidence indicates that they also contribute to online memory processing, including LTM encoding, retrieval, and most critically, the short-term maintenance period. (2) HPC ripples and their coordinated neocortical memory reactivation have been frequently observed during LTM consolidation and retrieval. Given that VSTM and LTM have been proposed to share neural mechanisms, it is reasonable to hypothesize that the hippocampal ripples and their coordinated memory reactivation contribute to VSTM maintenance. In this revision, this part has been revised as follows:

      “A key candidate mechanism is the hippocampal ripple, a brief high-frequency (~80-170 Hz) oscillation that reflects synchronized activity of neuronal ensembles in the hippocampus (Buzsáki, 2015; Iwata et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019). Traditionally, hippocampal sharp-wave ripples have been recognized for their role in offline memory consolidation during sleep and quiet awake rest, during which they are temporally coordinated with neocortical memory replay/reactivation via hippocampal-neocortical communication (Eschenko et al., 2008; Schreiner et al., 2024; Zhang et al., 2024, 2018). Recent studies, however, indicate that ripples also actively support online memory processing. In human long-term memory (LTM) studies, ripple rates during encoding and pre-retrieval intervals predict subsequent LTM performance, and temporally coordinate the reinstatement of neocortical representations during successful retrieval (Kunz et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019; Sakon and Kahana, 2022; Vaz et al., 2019; Zhang et al., 2024). Beyond LTM, rodent studies have revealed that selectively disrupting hippocampal ripples during awake learning periods impaired the working memory-dependent spatial navigation performance (Jadhav et al., 2012; Zhang et al., 2021), pointing to a vital role for ripples in sustaining online short-term memory representations. Moreover, VSTM and LTM could recruit overlapping hippocampal-neocortical networks (Cowan, 2019; Ranganath and Blumenfeld, 2005), especially when the VSTM task is demanding or engaging feature binding (Hannula et al., 2006; Jeneson et al., 2012; Jeneson and Squire, 2012; Pertzov et al., 2013). These findings together raise a fundamental question: Do hippocampal ripples, long implicated in LTM formation and offline consolidation, also actively support human VSTM maintenance?”

      Third, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we state that hippocampal ripples share key properties postulated for bursts; we hypothesized that hippocampal ripple rates would exhibit a progressive temporal ramping pattern as postulated for bursts across the VSTM maintenance interval in accordance with the dynamic coding framework.

      Finally, we emphasize the importance of HPC-neocortical communications in memory processing and propose a potentially coupled ripple mechanism for the interactions between the HPC and the lateral temporal lobe (LTL).

      This concern is compounded by what the authors present as one of their main controls. The finding that ripple dynamics during maintenance are not associated with subsequent long-term memory performance is treated as a reassurance that the observed effects are specific to short-term memory. But if ripples are canonically a long-term memory consolidation mechanism, the observation that they are engaged by a short-term memory task while appearing disengaged from concurrent long-term memory encoding is itself a finding that demands explanation. Resolving this tension is important for the paper's contribution to be correctly interpreted by the field.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important concern. In this revision, we clarify that this null effect should not be simply interpreted as evidence that ripples are generally disengaged from LTM, nor as contradicting previous findings on ripple contributions to LTM. Rather, our results indicate that the ramping-up hippocampal ripples were primarily attributed to online maintenance of VSTM. However, this online maintenance may not be the determining factor for subsequent LTM performance.

      This interpretation is based on the evidence that hippocampal ripples contributing to LTM are most evident during offline consolidation windows, including sleep and post-encoding awake rest, rather than during online task execution. For instance, event-contingent suppression of post-learning sleep ripples impairs subsequent spatial memory in rodents (Girardeau et al., 2009). Consistently, in humans, ripple-coupled replay during NREM sleep has been shown to predict later memory success more reliably than replay measured across wakefulness (Zhang et al., 2018); more recent work further suggests that, post-encoding awake-rest ripple activity, rather than encoding-period ripple activity, is associated with subsequent memory performance (Zhang et al., 2024).

      Moreover, the cued-recall long-term memory test in the current study was performed after both an interference task and a 1-4 minute rest period. Therefore, the LTM performance likely depends on multiple processes beyond VSTM maintenance, such as resistance to interference, awake rest-related replay or fast consolidation, and retrieval success. Thus, it is possible that ripple activity during the VSTM delay alone may not be sufficient to predict later LTM performance. In this revision, we have also added more details for the LTM task in Methods (Page 19) and the interpretation of our results in Discussion (Page 17):

      “Following the completion of each VSTM run, participants performed a 1-minute mathematical countback task, followed by a brief rest period (1-4 min) before the LTM cued-recall test. During each LTM test run, 14 learned, unique cue-picture pairs were tested in a randomized order, with each pair tested only once. There are, on average, 88.31 ± 19.28 trials per participant. For each trial, participants first performed a self-paced, binary keypress to indicate subjective retrieval success (“remember” vs. “don’t remember”). Upon a subjective “remember” response, an objective category verification prompt was presented for a maximum of 3 s, requiring a 4-alternative forced-choice response to identify the semantic category of the associated target picture (animals, electronics, fruits, or furniture). Trials were operationally classified as LTM “remembered” trials only if the subjective recall was accompanied by a correct objective category verification. Trials receiving a “don’t remember” response or an incorrect category report were classified as LTM “forgotten” trials.” (Page 19)

      “Notably, the absence of the hippocampal ramping-up effect during maintenance in predicting LTM does not conflict with the established role of hippocampal ripples in long-term memory. Converging evidence suggests that ripple contributions to LTM are most evident during offline consolidation windows, including sleep and post-encoding rest, rather than during online task execution. In rodents, suppressing post-learning sleep ripples impairs subsequent memory (Girardeau et al., 2009). In humans, ripple-coupled replay during NREM sleep predicts later memory success (Zhang et al., 2018), and post-encoding awake-rest ripple activity, rather than encoding-period activity, is associated with subsequent memory performance (Zhang et al., 2024). Thus, the lack of association between VSTM-delay ripples and later cued recall raises a possibility: ramping-up ripple dynamics during active maintenance may support online VSTM, whereas LTM formation may depend more on ripple events occurring during post-encoding time windows. Our study cannot rule out the possibility that any relationship between VSTM delay-period ripples and later LTM was obscured by intervening processes between maintenance and recall, including interference resistance, offline consolidation during rest, and retrieval-related factors. Future studies incorporating parametric manipulations, such as varying memory load, delay duration, or lure similarity, will be essential to directly test whether hippocampal ripple activity selectively scales with VSTM demands, thereby providing stronger evidence for its specific role in online maintenance versus LTM-related processes.” (Pages 17-18)

      (2) Ripple detection and specificity.

      Even granting that ripples could in principle contribute to short-term memory maintenance, the study does not establish that the detected events are physiological sharp-wave ripples rather than broadband high-frequency activity. The detection band (70-180 Hz) substantially overlaps with the high-gamma range, which is a well-established proxy for local neural population activity and coding, and is broader than the 80-120 Hz band used by several of the cited papers, including Vaz et al. (2019), Ngo et al. (2020), Chen et al. (2021), Staresina et al. (2023), and Kunz et al. (2024). Without demonstrating that detected events have the hallmark features of physiological sharp-wave ripples, a clear narrowband spectral peak, and characteristic waveform morphology, it is difficult to conclude that the observed effects reflect a ripple-specific mechanism rather than a more general high-frequency population activity phenomenon. The reported mean rate of 0.29 Hz is somewhat higher than rates reported in some recent work, such as Chen et al. (2021, ref 74) and Kunz et al. (2024, ref 15). It is worth noting that van Schalkwijk and Helfrich (2026, Nature Communications) demonstrated that a large proportion of awake ripple detections in the human medial temporal lobe reflect false positives arising from aperiodic 1/f noise, with task-related modulations of this noise floor producing spurious detections. The authors present an 80-120 Hz control analysis as a robustness check, but this inverts the appropriate logic: if 80-120 Hz is the more validated band, as the cited literature suggests, it should serve as the primary analysis rather than a supplementary one.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important concerns and agree with the reviewer that validating ripples is paramount. To address these concerns, we have performed two major validation analyses.

      First, to confirm that the detected events reflect genuine, multi-peak ripples, we conducted a validity check on the unfiltered raw data. As suggested by Reviewer 1, if genuine ripples are present in the raw data, the inter-peak interval (IPI) should roughly correspond to the ripple frequency. Our results show that across all participants, an average of 89.84 ± 3.31% of the calculated IPIs using unfiltered raw data fell within the expected 70-180 Hz ripple frequency band, confirming the physiological nature of ripples (see also our response to Reviewer 1 on Pages 2-3 of this response letter). We have added these results in the revised Results section (Page 6) and Supplementary Figure S1b.

      Moreover, to the best of our knowledge, there is no universal consensus on the exact frequency band for human ripple detection. Although some human iEEG studies use narrower bands, such as 80-120Hz (as noted by the reviewer) or 80-150 Hz (Liu et al., 2022), our use of a broader band, 70-180 Hz, follows established human iEEG protocols (Norman et al., 2021, Neuron) and this broader band of ripples has also been adopted in substantial number of recent human iEEG studies (e.g., He et al., 2026, Nature Neuroscience; Iwata et al., 2024, Nature Communications; Xiao et al., 2025, Neuron). Importantly, as the reviewer noted, our control analyses using alternative detection criteria, including an 80-120 Hz band and different duration thresholds, yielded the same pattern of results. Thus, our main conclusions were not dependent on the specific ripple-band definition or duration threshold used for event detection.

      Second, we agree that ruling out the possibility that the observed ripple-rate ramping and the memory performance differences reflect fluctuations in the aperiodic 1/f background is critical. We quantified the aperiodic slope throughout the maintenance period using the method described by van Schalkwijk and Helfrich, (2026), following the reviewer’s suggestion. We modeled the ramping-up effect of the aperiodic slope, and the results revealed that the aperiodic slope showed no significant change over time (p > 0.600, see Author response image 1) and did not differ between remembered and forgotten trials (p = 0.544). These results indicate that background 1/f dynamics cannot account for either the temporal ramping of the hippocampal ripple rate or the ramping-up difference between remembered vs. forgotten trials.

      Author response image 1.

      No significant ramping-up effect of aperiodic activity during VSTM maintenance.

      (3) Internal inconsistency with the dynamic coding framework.

      The authors invoke the dynamic coding framework, which predicts that reactivation bursts should ramp up toward the end of the retention interval in the region where memory representations are actively maintained. The hippocampal ramping-up result is presented as confirming this prediction. However, the lateral temporal lobe, the region where above-chance category decoding is found and memory reactivation is attributed, shows no corresponding ramping-up. The authors acknowledge this asymmetry but do not offer a mechanistically satisfying explanation, and the suggestion that the effect might exist in unsampled subregions cannot be evaluated with the current data. This leaves the framework's core prediction unconfirmed in the region that is claimed to maintain the representations.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point.

      Regarding the absence of an overall LTL ripple ramping-up, following the reviewer’s suggestion (see also the next relevant comment #4), we performed an additional analysis separating LTL ripples that were temporally coupled with hippocampal ripples from LTL ripples that occurred independently (uncoupled) among remembered trials. We found a non-significant, positive numerical trend for LTL ripples that coupled to HPC ripples (β = 0.032, p = 0.126), whereas uncoupled LTL ripples showed a significant decrease over the maintenance period (β = -0.014, p = 0.026), with the interaction effect showing a non-significant trend of greater ramping-up for coupled versus uncoupled LTL ripples (β = 0.031, p = 0.088, see Supplementary Figure S10). These results suggest that although overall LTL ripple activity did not show a significant ramping-up, the subset of LTL ripples temporally coupled with hippocampal ripples exhibited a trend consistent with the hippocampal ramping pattern. In addition, the absence of the overall LTL ripple ramping-up may also be shaped by broader cortical inputs rather than by the HPC alone. For instance, prior work suggests that LTL activity can be strongly influenced by inputs from other cortical areas, including prefrontal and parietal regions (Axmacher et al., 2008; Hirabayashi et al., 2024; Xu, 2023). Such circuit-level differences may also give rise to distinct temporal dynamics in the LTL from those in the HPC.

      In this revision, we have carefully discussed the null effect for the LTL ripples and the potential mechanisms underlying the asymmetry between hippocampus and LTL (Page 15):

      “Despite the observed HPC-LTL coupled ripples and the role of LTL in representing VSTM content, we found the LTL ripple rates did not ramp over the maintenance. This absence of ripple ramping-up in the LTL channels cannot be attributed to greater ripple heterogeneity since controlling the ripple-rate variability did not affect the results (Fig. S5). There are at least two possibilities: First, hippocampal ripple coupling selectively influence a subset of LTL ripple events, given the coupled ripples showing a ramping-up trend, while uncoupled ripple decreasing overing the maintenance period (see Fig. S10); Second, LTL ripple dynamics are shaped by broader cortical inputs beyond hippocampal coupling alone, as prior work indicates that LTL activity can be strongly influenced by prefrontal and parietal inputs (Axmacher et al., 2008; Hirabayashi et al., 2024; Xu, 2023). Moreover, the absence of LTL ramping-up does not necessarily contradict the dynamic coding framework, as the region maintaining decodable content and the region exhibiting ramping dynamics may differ yet interact to support VSTM maintenance. Due to electrode coverage limitations, we cannot evaluate other key cortical areas, such as the frontal or parietal cortex, where VSTM information is traditionally maintained (Bettencourt and Xu, 2016; Kamiński et al., 2017). To further test these possibilities, future studies with broader cortical sampling and higher ripple counts will be necessary.”

      (4) Coupled ripples, directionality of hippocampal-lateral temporal coupling, and the ramping-up paradox. The conclusion that coupled hippocampal-lateral temporal ripples coordinate memory reactivation creates a logical tension that the paper does not resolve. If hippocampal ripples drive lateral temporal reactivation only when co-occurring with lateral temporal ripples, and hippocampal ripples ramp up in a memory-predictive fashion, then the absence of lateral temporal ripple ramping up implies that the hippocampal ramping-up is not primarily expressed through the coupled ripple mechanism, undermining the coherence of the two main findings.

      The coupled ripple analysis further quantifies only temporal co-occurrence and provides no evidence about the direction of influence. Without demonstrating that hippocampal ripples systematically precede lateral temporal ripples (i.e., the expected signature of hippocampus-to-cortex information flow), the central claim that hippocampal ripples drive lateral temporal reactivation remains an interpretive assumption. Directly testing whether lateral temporal ripples specifically coupled to hippocampal ripples show a ramping temporal profile during maintenance (even if overall lateral temporal ripple rates do not) is necessary to establish whether the lateral temporal lobe engages in hippocampally-gated reactivation bursts in the manner the framework predicts. Additionally, reporting the distribution of peak lags between hippocampal and lateral temporal ripple peaks, and testing whether hippocampal ripples systematically precede lateral temporal ripples, is similarly necessary to support the directional interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for these constructive comments. Regarding the “ramping-up paradox”, please see our detailed response to your comment #3 above.

      Regarding the directionality of coupling, we computed the peak-to-peak lag between coupled LTL and HPC ripple events (defined as co-occurrence within ± 50 ms). For remembered trials, no significant difference between LTL and HPC ripple peaks for the coupled ripples in any task stage (ps<sub>FDR</sub> > 0.069, see figure 2). We have included this analysis in the updated Results (Page 10).

      For the interpretation of the absence of temporal lag between HPC and LTL ripples during the maintenance period, recent evidence has shown that ripples in different brain areas often co-occur with near-zero phase lag, providing a temporally precise mechanism for efficient inter-regional communication (Verzhbinsky et al., 2024). Such synchronous coupled ripples may reflect a shared or rapidly reciprocal interaction between hippocampus and neocortex, rather than a unidirectional drive. We have revised the Discussion to avoid any claim that hippocampal ripples “drive” lateral temporal reactivation, and leave it as an open question for future studies using neural modulation or other causal approaches (Page 14):

      “However, our ripple peak lag analysis revealed little evidence regarding the directionality of coupled ripples during the maintenance period. Recent evidence shows that ripples in different brain areas often co-occur with near-zero phase lag, providing a temporally precise mechanism for efficient inter-regional communication (Verzhbinsky et al., 2024). Such synchronous coupled ripples may reflect a shared or rapidly reciprocal activation between hippocampus and neocortex, rather than a unidirectional drive. Although the absence of significant directionality does not necessarily undermine the functional relevance of coupled ripples, it leaves the open question of whether hippocampal ripples actively gate cortical reactivation or merely co-occur with it. Future studies with directed connectivity manipulations or measures will be necessary to resolve this issue.”

      Author response image 2.

      The peak time lag between HPC and LTL ripples for the coupled ripples among remembered trials. Time 0 indicates the hippocampal ripple peak time. Each dot represents the mean peak time for each channel. For each epoch, the central solid horizontal line represents the group-level mean peak lag estimated from the linear mixed-effects model (LMM), flanked by the upper and lower horizontal lines indicating the corresponding 95% confidence intervals.

      (5) Trial-level analysis clarity.

      The paper reports that ripples occurred in 54%, 79%, and 27% of trials during encoding, maintenance, and retrieval, respectively, but does not state whether subsequent analyses were conducted on trials thresholded by ripple occurrence. Given that occurrence rates vary substantially across stages and conditions, this inclusion criterion has implications for interpreting rate differences and should be stated explicitly.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding trial inclusion across our analyses. In the revised manuscript, we have now explicitly reported the trial inclusion for each analysis in the Methods. Specifically, for the analysis of stage-averaged ripple rates (Figure 2c & e) and the ripple ramping-up analysis (Figure 3), all trials were included. This inclusion of all trials was necessary for the contrasts to maintain a consistent trial number and baseline across all stages (Pages 6 and 8). However, for the coupled ripple, the analyses were restricted exclusively to trials in which the ripples occurred (Page 9).

      To confirm that the inclusion of all trials did not skew our temporal ramping results, we performed a control analysis restricted exclusively to trials in which at least one hippocampal ripple was detected during the 7-second maintenance period. The ramping-up effect remained, demonstrating that the observed temporal profile is robust and independent of the trial-inclusion threshold (see Author response image 3).

      Author response image 3.

      Hippocampal ripple ramping-up analysis among trials with ripples. ***: pFDR < 0.001.

      (6) Statistical model specification.

      The methods describe the ramping-up analysis using both a "logistic" link function and a "Poisson link function" in different places, with the dependent variable described inconsistently as ripple occurrence and ripple count. These are not equivalent, and the distinction matters for interpreting the reported coefficients. Additionally, the regional dissociation in Figure 3 appears to be assessed by fitting separate models to each region and comparing results informally. This does not constitute a direct test of whether slopes differ between regions and risks the well-known error of inferring a difference based on one p-value being significant while another is not. A direct region × time interaction test would more cleanly support the claimed dissociation.

      We apologize for the incorrect and inconsistent terminology. To clarify, in both the ramping-up analysis for all trials and the interaction effect between ramping-up and VSTM performance, we used the Generalized Linear Mixed Model (GLMM) with the Poisson link function. We have now corrected these descriptions in this revision (Page 8).

      In addition, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we implemented a direct statistical test of whether ramping-up differs between HPC and LTL by the following GLMM model:

      Ripple rate ~ 1 + time × memory × region + (1 + time | participant) + (1 + participant | trial)

      The results revealed a significant three-way interaction between time, region, and memory accuracy (β = 0.053, p = 0.044), supporting the dissociation of the ripple temporal patterns between HPC and LTL. We have now integrated this result into the revised manuscript (Page 9) and describe the models in the Methods (Page 24).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Liu, He, et al. present results suggesting hippocampal ripples support short-term working memory. The basic finding that hippocampal ripples increase during a 7s working memory maintenance period is intriguing and previously not shown as far as I know, but a lack of control analyses within the task, across brain regions, or as compared to alternative oscillatory signals makes the overall evidence weak. The author needs to more thoroughly evidence this signal via several analyses (suggested below) to strengthen their finding. The paper moves on to a hippocampal-cortical ripple coupling analysis that needs further methodological details and corrected statistics to make a meaningful contribution. As is, the ripple coupling results don't seem to necessarily relate to the hippocampal ripples found in the maintenance period, making the manuscript somewhat incoherent and of low impact in its current form.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the novelty and potential importance of our findings. We also appreciate the constructive suggestions to further improve our manuscript, and please see our detailed responses below.

      Major issues:

      (1) The framing sets up "visual short term memory" (VSTM) and "long term memory" (LTM) as two different things. A long line of research with humans possessing MTL/hippocampus damage shows the hippocampal memory system contributes to working memory only when the task is difficult enough to warrant its recruitment (see Hannula et al. 2006 J. of Neuroscience, Pertzov et al. 2013 Brain, or particularly Jeneson et al. 2012 Learning & Memory and J. of Neuroscience). This theory therefore, suggests that the hippocampus contributes to working memory via LTM mechanisms, as opposed to it possessing two different roles (VSTM and LTM). While the authors might disagree with this framing, at a minimum, they should describe this line of work. As is, it's difficult to know how their task fits into this literature since it's a cross between a pattern separation probe (identify repeats from lures), working memory (7 s delays), and subsequent cued associate recognition. Addressing why they used this combination of task features would help frame its place in the literature.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important conceptual issue.

      First of all, we want to clarify that the core objective of our study was not to argue for a dichotomy between VSTM and LTM systems. Rather, we sought to address a fundamental mechanistic question: whether and how hippocampal ripples, which are canonically established in coordinating memory reactivation during offline LTM consolidation, are recruited to support active, online VSTM maintenance.

      In the revision, we have reorganized the Introduction with the following structure (for the comprehensive revised Introduction, please see Pages 3-4):

      (1) We review evidence that the hippocampus is involved in VSTM, including both lesion studies and neural representational studies. These findings converge to suggest that the hippocampus contributes to maintaining visual information over short delays.

      (2) We introduce hippocampal ripples as a key candidate mechanism based on the following lines of evidence: (a) While hippocampal (HPC) ripples have been traditionally linked to offline processing of long-term memory (LTM), more recent evidence indicates that they also contribute to online memory processing, including encoding, maintenance, and most critically, the short-term maintenance period. (b) HPC ripples and their coordinated neocortical memory reactivation have been frequently observed during LTM consolidation and retrieval. Given that VSTM and LTM have been proposed to share neural mechanisms, it is reasonable to hypothesize that the hippocampal ripples and their coordinated memory reactivation contribute to VSTM maintenance. In this revision, this part has been revised as follows:

      “A key candidate mechanism is the hippocampal ripple, a brief high-frequency (~80-170 Hz) oscillation that reflects synchronized activity of neuronal ensembles in the hippocampus (Buzsáki, 2015; Iwata et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019). Traditionally, hippocampal sharp-wave ripples have been recognized for their role in offline memory consolidation during sleep and quiet awake rest, during which they are temporally coordinated with neocortical memory replay/reactivation via hippocampal-neocortical communication (Eschenko et al., 2008; Schreiner et al., 2024; Zhang et al., 2024, 2018). Recent studies, however, indicate that ripples also actively support online memory processing. In human long-term memory (LTM) studies, ripple rates during encoding and pre-retrieval intervals predict subsequent LTM performance, and temporally coordinate the reinstatement of neocortical representations during successful retrieval (Kunz et al., 2024; Norman et al., 2019; Sakon and Kahana, 2022; Vaz et al., 2019; Zhang et al., 2024). Beyond LTM, rodent studies have revealed that selectively disrupting hippocampal ripples during awake learning periods impaired the working memory-dependent spatial navigation performance (Jadhav et al., 2012; Zhang et al., 2021), pointing to a vital role for ripples in sustaining online short-term memory representations. Moreover, VSTM and LTM could recruit overlapping hippocampal-neocortical networks (Cowan, 2019; Ranganath and Blumenfeld, 2005), especially when the VSTM task is demanding or engaging feature binding (Hannula et al., 2006; Jeneson et al., 2012; Jeneson and Squire, 2012; Pertzov et al., 2013). These findings together raise a fundamental question: Do hippocampal ripples, long implicated in LTM formation and offline consolidation, also actively support human VSTM maintenance?”

      (3) Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we state that hippocampal ripples share key properties postulated for bursts; we hypothesized that hippocampal ripple rates would exhibit a progressive temporal ramping pattern as postulated for bursts across the VSTM maintenance interval in accordance with the dynamic coding framework.

      (4) We emphasize the importance of HPC-neocortical communications in memory processing and propose a potentially coupled ripple mechanism for the interactions between the HPC and the lateral temporal lobe (LTL).

      Regarding the combination of task features, the task was originally designed to examine the dynamic neural representations supporting the maintenance of complex visual information and how these representations may relate to subsequent long-term memory (Liu et al., 2021, 2020). A classical delayed match-to-sample (DMS) paradigm was employed to examine the VSTM. During the VSTM test, highly similar lures were used as half of the probes in the cued-recognition task to increase the task demand for visual features binding within a picture, a condition under which hippocampal involvement in short-delay memory is expected based on prior work (Pertzov et al., 2013). The cue word in the DMS task was designed for a subsequent long-term memory (LTM) cued-recall test. This LTM test allowed us to further examine whether ripple dynamics during the VSTM delay were also related to later LTM performance. To clarify, we have expanded the Methods section to describe the LTM test in greater detail, which reads (Page 19):

      “Following the completion of each VSTM run, participants performed a 1-minute mathematical countback task, followed by a brief rest period (1-4 min) before the LTM cued-recall test. During each LTM test run, 14 learned, unique cue-picture pairs were tested in a randomized order, with each pair tested only once. There are, on average, 88.31 ± 19.28 trials per participant. For each trial, participants first performed a self-paced, binary keypress to indicate subjective retrieval success (“remember” vs. “don’t remember”). Upon a subjective “remember” response, an objective category verification prompt was presented for a maximum of 3 s, requiring a 4-alternative forced-choice response to identify the semantic category of the associated target picture (animals, electronics, fruits, or furniture). Trials were operationally classified as LTM “remembered” trials only if the subjective recall was accompanied by a correct objective category verification. Trials receiving a “don’t remember” response or an incorrect category report were classified as LTM “forgotten” trials.”

      We have also revised the Discussion to better situate our findings that the HPC ripple ramping-up profile primarily supported online VSTM maintenance rather than LTM-related processes. Based on these findings, we interpret such ripple activity as supporting online maintenance under high demands on visual features binding and target-lure discrimination, rather than word-pair associative LTM. This interpretation is also corroborated by studies showing hippocampal involvement in comparable VSTM tasks without associative-memory requirements or without subsequent LTM tests (Daume et al., 2024; Verzhbinsky et al., 2025). Furthermore, we clarify that the absence of a relationship between delay-period ripple dynamics and subsequent LTM performance should not be interpreted as evidence that ripples are unrelated to LTM. Instead, the ramping-up hippocampal ripple rates support active maintenance, whereas successful LTM formation may depend more strongly on ripple-mediated replay during subsequent offline periods (Deceuninck and Kloosterman, 2024; Girardeau et al., 2009; Zhang et al., 2024, 2018). In addition, our task design may have further weakened any direct relationship between VSTM-delay ripples and later cued recall, because LTM performance likely depended on multiple intervening processes, including resistance to interference, post-encoding rest-related reactivation, and retrieval success at test (see details in response to comment #1 for Review #2). Finally, we explicitly acknowledge as a limitation that our task does not isolate “pure” VSTM from LTM-related mechanisms, and future studies using tasks that orthogonally manipulate VSTM-related factors will be needed to more directly dissociate the contributions of hippocampal ripples to VSTM from those supporting LTM. The revised Discussion has been reorganized and expanded as follows (Pages 16-18):

      “In addition, our task involves cue-picture associations, which makes it challenging to fully disentangle VSTM from LTM-related processes. Nevertheless, our findings showed that both the ramping-up hippocampal ripple rates and the HPC-LTL coupled ripples during maintenance were prominently associated with VSTM accuracy but not with subsequent LTM accuracy. These findings suggest that the ripple dynamics we observed primarily support the short-term maintenance of complex visual features and their binding within the pictures themselves rather than the formation of long-term memory for cue-picture pairs, which has been shown in previous research (Pacheco Estefan et al., 2019). This interpretation is strengthened by recent studies showing that hippocampal ripples and hippocampal neuronal firing support VSTM of complex naturalistic pictures in the absence of subsequent LTM tests or cue-picture associations (Daume et al., 2024; Verzhbinsky et al., 2025).” (Page 16)

      “Notably, the absence of the hippocampal ramping-up effect during maintenance in predicting LTM does not conflict with the established role of hippocampal ripples in long-term memory. Converging evidence suggests that ripple contributions to LTM are most evident during offline consolidation windows, including sleep and post-encoding rest, rather than during online task execution. In rodents, suppressing post-learning sleep ripples impairs subsequent memory (Girardeau et al., 2009). In humans, ripple-coupled replay during NREM sleep predicts later memory success (Zhang et al., 2018), and post-encoding awake-rest ripple activity, rather than encoding-period activity, is associated with subsequent memory performance (Zhang et al., 2024). Thus, the lack of association between VSTM-delay ripples and later cued recall raises a possibility: ramping-up ripple dynamics during active maintenance may support online VSTM, whereas LTM formation may depend more on ripple events occurring during post-encoding time windows. Our study cannot rule out the possibility that any relationship between VSTM delay-period ripples and later LTM was obscured by intervening processes between maintenance and recall, including interference resistance, offline consolidation during rest, and retrieval-related factors. Future studies incorporating parametric manipulations, such as varying memory load, delay duration, or lure similarity, will be essential to directly test whether hippocampal ripple activity selectively scales with VSTM demands, thereby providing stronger evidence for its specific role in online maintenance versus LTM-related processes.” (Pages 17-18)

      (2) The basic idea of looking for hippocampal ripples as a marker for working memory maintenance is new, with no prior literature (that I know of in rodents or in the handful of human intracranial ripple papers) to build on. That said, I suspect hippocampal ripples act as a proxy for hippocampal activation, providing a possible explanation for the hippocampal ripple increase shown during the Maintenance period. The effect they show is well supported by the mixed effects modeling (MEM), making it a potentially meaningful finding, but considering the novelty, it's rather important that control analyses rule out alternative possibilities. I suggest two important ones and a third related to the lack of parametric manipulations in the next paragraph. First, the authors frame the paper by suggesting hippocampal ripples share features with beta/gamma burst theories of working memory maintenance. In that case, the obvious question is why use a ripple detector instead of measuring gamma (or beta) activity as in this previous work? Some work has suggested hippocampal ripples act differently than high-frequency activity (see Sakon et al. 2024 J. of Neuroscience), so an analysis contrasting ripples and gamma seems rather important. Second, and relatedly, the authors only compare the hippocampus and lateral temporal cortex (LTC), likely because these tend to be sites with strong coverage in epilepsy cases. That's ok, but typically there is also reasonable coverage in other MTL areas like entorhinal cortex and amygdala, which would serve as important controls to show what they're measuring likely relates to sharp-wave ripples (a hippocampal phenomenon) and not something more generic like gamma or HFA (as shown in Sakon et al. 2024, Howard et al. 2003 Cerebral Cortex, Axmacher et al. 2007 reference 26, Meltzer et al. 2008 Cerebral Cortex, etc.).

      We thank the reviewer for raising these constructive comments.

      First, we agree with the reviewer that validating ripples is paramount. We thus performed an additional validity check on the unfiltered raw signal, as suggested by Reviewer 1. Specifically, if the detected events reflect genuine multi-peak ripple oscillations, the inter-peak intervals in the raw signal should roughly correspond to the ripple-frequency range. Across participants, an average of 89.84 ± 3.31% of the inter-peak intervals fell within the expected 70-180 Hz ripple band, supporting the physiological validity of the detected events (see also Response to Reviewer 1 of this response letter on Pages 2-3). Besides, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we added a control analysis examining continuous high-frequency activity in the same 70-180 Hz range and applied the same ramping-up analysis during the VSTM maintenance period. The results revealed that while we observed a significant ramping-up effect of hippocampal ripples (β = 0.012, p < 0.001), a non-significant trend was observed for ripple-band HFA during maintenance (β = 0.002, p = 0.074). Nevertheless, the ramping slopes did not significantly differ between ripple events and HFA (p = 0.662). We have now incorporated these results into our revised Results as follows (Pages 6 and 8):

      “To validate our ripple detection procedures, we performed peak detection in the unfiltered raw iEEG data and found that 89.84 ± 3.31% of inter-peak intervals (IPIs) within the 70-180 Hz ripple frequency band, confirming that the detected ripple events exhibited multi-peak oscillatory waveforms (Buzsáki et al., 1992) (see Fig. S1)” (Page 6)

      “A similar analysis of the broadband high-frequency activity (HFA) (70-180 Hz) during maintenance revealed a non-significant ramping-up trend (p = 0.074), and the ramping slopes did not significantly differ between ripple events and HFA (p = 0.662).” (Page 8)

      Regarding the reviewer’s suggestion to include other MTL regions, such as the entorhinal cortex and amygdala, as anatomical controls, we agree that this would be a valuable analysis for determining whether the observed effect is specific to the hippocampus or reflects a more general effect for MTL. Unfortunately, the current dataset may not provide sufficient electrode coverage in these regions for reliable results. Specifically, we had only 20 electrodes in the amygdala (AMY, less than one third of the hippocampal electrodes), 6 electrodes in the parahippocampal cortex (PHC), and 2 electrodes in the entorhinal cortex (ERC, see more details in Author response table 1).

      Author response table 1.

      Together, our additional analysis validates the ripples, while we found no significant ramping-up difference between hippocampal ripples and HFA. We therefore have expanded the Discussion as follows (Page 14):

      “In addition, our results indicate that hippocampal ripples are unlikely to be the sole mechanism supporting VSTM. While we validated the ripple events, our current data did not show significant differences in the ramping-up effects between hippocampal ripples and HFA. Recent research demonstrated that HFA exhibited broad subsequent memory effects across MTL regions, whereas hippocampal ripples were more selectively associated with subsequent temporal and semantic clustering during recall (Sakon and Kahana, 2022). Thus, future studies with denser MTL coverage and direct comparisons between ripples and HFA under specific task manipulations are needed to better investigate whether ripples make a functional contribution beyond general high-frequency activation. Moreover, prior work has shown that gamma bursts in the prefrontal cortex gate access to encoded VSTM representations and that ramping of such bursts supports working memory in primates (Lundqvist et al., 2016). Recent rodent research demonstrates that replay sequences can occur even in the absence of sharp-wave ripples (Widloski and Foster, 2025). These findings suggest that hippocampal ripple ramping-up should be interpreted as one component within a broader, distributed set of dynamic mechanisms supporting short-term memory maintenance.”

      Finally, while formal published studies on this specific topic remain limited, a recent human iEEG preprint closely corroborates our findings. This study shows that hippocampal ripples and HPC-LTL coupled ripples support working memory maintenance by coordinating representational reactivation under varying memory loads. These independent findings strongly align with our conclusions and reinforce the validity of our reported mechanisms. Here is the information for the preprint:

      Verzhbinsky IA, Daume J, Rutishauser U, Halgren E. 2025. Cross-region neuron co-firing mediated by ripple oscillations supports distributed working memory representations. bioRxiv 2025.09.04.674061. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.09.04.674061, PMID: 40950034

      (3) Related to the last point, since there are no parametric manipulations (e.g., different delay durations, different set sizes, varying lure difficulties) there's no way to assess increased hippocampal ripples with stronger loads, which would be important for determining the hippocampal dependence of their task in the first place. Do the authors have any justification for this task as an assessment of hippocampal working memory? I could imagine using a top vs. bottom tercile of lure discrimination difficulty (as assessed across all participants or control non-patients) to compare hippocampal activity. But only after the first trial, each pair is used since only then would the patient have awareness of the difficulty of the upcoming comparison. Or maybe something could be done by comparing VSTM performance by splitting patients based on how they performed at the LTM test.

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful suggestions. We agree that parametric manipulations of delay duration, memory load, or lure similarity would provide stronger evidence for testing whether hippocampal ripples scale with VSTM demands. However, the current task did not include such manipulations. We thus have explicitly discussed these points and the lack of parametric load manipulations as limitations in the revised manuscript (Pages 17-18), which reads:

      “Future studies incorporating parametric manipulations, such as varying memory load, delay duration, or lure similarity, will be essential to directly test whether hippocampal ripple activity selectively scales with VSTM demands, thereby providing stronger evidence for its specific role in online maintenance versus LTM-related processes.”

      To address the reviewer’s other suggestion regarding potential behavioral interactions between VSTM and LTM performance, we performed a subgroup analysis. We quantified overall LTM cued-recall accuracy for each participant, where trials were scored as correct (1) if the participant reported subjective retrieval success accompanied by a correct category report, and incorrect (0) otherwise. Using a median split (median accuracy = 0.45), we stratified our 13 participants into a “Poor LTM” group (n = 7) and a “Good LTM” group (n = 6). A two-sample t-test comparing VSTM accuracy between these two subgroups revealed no significant difference (t(11) = -1.20, p = 0.254) (see Author response image 4).

      Author response image 4.

      Visual short-term memory (VSTM) accuracy stratified by long-term memory (LTM) performance. VSTM retrieval accuracy compared between poor- and good-LTM-performing subgroups, partitioned via a median split of participants’ overall LTM retrieval accuracy. n.s.: not significant.

      (4) Also related to the VSTM vs. LTM framing, the authors use an "LTM" cued category recognition task--presumably done at the end of the repeat/lure recognition task--as a way to argue that the hippocampal ripple effects they see relate to VSTM and not LTM. The LTM task is disappointingly underdescribed, where even in the methods (lines 588-592) I cannot figure out when this task was probed, how many trials were done in comparison to the VSTM task, etc. Considering they use the LTM task to support their VSTM interpretation, it's rather crucial to understand precisely what they did. As is, the comparison they do present relies on a statistical error, where they compare p-values (n.b. https://www.nature.com/articles/nn.2886) instead of performing a direct interaction test (lines 177-180). Specifically, if they want to say their signal relates more to VSTM subsequent memory rather than LTM subsequent memory, they need to run a model of the form: ripple_rates ~ remembered + test_type + remembered × test_type (where test_type is either their VSTM or LTM task).

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important points. In this revision, we have now provided more details regarding the long-term memory task in the Methods as follows (Page 19):

      “Following the completion of each VSTM run, participants performed a 1-minute mathematical countback task, followed by a brief rest period (1-4 min) before the LTM cued-recall test. During each LTM test run, 14 learned, unique cue-picture pairs were tested in a randomized order, with each pair tested only once. There are, on average, 88.31 ± 19.28 trials per participant. For each trial, participants first performed a self-paced, binary keypress to indicate subjective retrieval success (“remember” vs. “don’t remember”). Upon a subjective “remember” response, an objective category verification prompt was presented for a maximum of 3 s, requiring a 4-alternative forced-choice response to identify the semantic category of the associated target picture (animals, electronics, fruits, or furniture). Trials were operationally classified as LTM “remembered” trials only if the subjective recall was accompanied by a correct objective category verification. Trials receiving a “don’t remember” response or an incorrect category report were classified as LTM “forgotten” trials.”

      Additionally, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have added a three-way interaction analysis between memory performance, test_type (VSTM vs. LTM), and time, for hippocampal ripples, using the following LMM:

      ripple ~ time × memory × test_type + (1 + time | participant) + (1 | participant: trial)

      The results revealed that the three-way interaction effect (time × remembered × test_type) exhibited a non-significant trend (β = 0.039; p = 0.071).

      We have incorporated the interaction result into the Results section (Page 12):

      “A further analysis examining the three-way interaction between time, memory accuracy, and test type (VSTM vs. LTM) for hippocampal ripples revealed a trend but statistically non-significant interaction effect (β = 0.039, z = 1.809, p = 0.071).”

      (5) As noted, the increase in hippocampal ripples during maintenance seems substantial, and the MEM confirms a significant increase over time. That said, the presentation of the data is atypical, with an example raster from one channel followed by average time courses of ALL participants below it. Why not show full raster plots for all participants? Ripples are so sparse that all the data in the task can be visualized in a single raster easily. A swarm plot indicating inter-patient variability in the maintenance signal also seems crucial. As is, there is no way to assess how much of the signal depends on a small subset of channels or patients.

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. In the revised manuscript, we have removed the single-channel exemplar raster plot from Figure 2, which now exclusively displays the group-level results. In addition, we have generated full raster plots depicting all detected hippocampal ripple events across all trials for each of the 13 participants as Supplementary Figure S3. In these raster plots, each row represents a single VSTM trial. For patients with multiple hippocampal recording sites, the ripple events detected across all channels are overlaid within the same trial row. Consequently, patients with a higher number of hippocampal channels naturally display a higher spatial density of plotted dots (with each dot representing an individual ripple).

      Furthermore, for the concern regarding inter-individual variability, we have provided a detailed breakdown of electrode counts and individual ramping coefficients (β) in Supplementary Table S1, accompanied by a participant-level swarm plot in Supplementary Figure 5b. These data demonstrate highly consistent patterns across our patient cohort: 11 out of 13 participants exhibited positive ramping coefficients (β > 0) during VSTM-remembered trials, whereas only 4 out of 13 participants showed positive coefficients during forgotten trials. The paired samples t-test revealed that the ramping coefficients for remembered trials were significantly greater than those for forgotten trials (t(12) = 3.400, p = 0.005). This confirms that the reported ramping effect reflects a robust, group-wide phenomenon.

      Author response table 2.

      Participant-level summary of hippocampal channel counts and ramping-up coefficients (β) for remembered and forgotten trials.

      (6) To compare ripple rates across task phases, they average over the bounds of each phase (lines 657-660) and input these into their MEMs. This approach makes sense for quantifying what we see in the ripple plots (Figure 2), except for Encoding, where they average over the entire 3 s window, even though there is clear tuning only from ~0-1 s. Using the tuned region and not the entire window is standard and would be more appropriate for the comparisons to maintenance, retrieval, etc (e.g., line 147-148 doesn't check out when looking at the figure), otherwise you are averaging over a seeming ripple inhibition from 1-2 s. They perform a cluster-based permutation test as is, so that a window or something a bit wider would be appropriate.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point and have performed a control analysis to use [0,1s] after stimulus onset as the encoding time window of interest. We then re-ran our Linear Mixed-Effects Models (LMMs) comparing the ripple rates between every two task stages. This result revealed that encoding showed significantly higher hippocampal and LTL ripple rates than baseline and maintenance (ps<sub>FDR</sub> < 0.001), while there is no significant difference in hippocampal ripple rates between encoding and retrieval (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.859). For the LTL ripple rates, encoding is lower than retrieval (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.001). These results were added to the revised Results and shown in Supplementary Figure S4.

      “Given that both the hippocampal and LTL ripple rates increased within the 0-1 s of encoding, we re-performed the comparisons of the averaged ripple rates between task stages using this 0-1 s encoding time window while keeping other stages unchanged, and the pattern of the main results remains (see Fig. S4).”

      (7) The authors pivot to a hippocampal-cortical ripple coupling analysis to build the argument that the hippocampal ripples shown in Figure 2 support memory maintenance in the cortex. They use a window of -500 to 500 ms from hippocampal ripples to assess coupling. This is quite wide, since it doesn't seem plausible that a cortical ripple 500 ms from a hippocampal ripple means they synchronize. They cite two papers to justify the analysis, both of which use {plus minus}500 ms windows, but for spindle-ripple coupling, not ripple-ripple, so are miscited. Later in the paper, they switch to {plus minus}50 ms for another coupling analysis, raising the question of why they used {plus minus}500 ms in the previous analysis to begin with. If they want to claim cortical ripples are tuned by hippocampal ripples all the way up to 500 ms away, they should show the rasters (as in Figure 4a) and timecourse ripple rates, but going beyond {plus minus}500 ms to show that ripples in the {plus minus}50-500 ms range are above, say 500-1000 ms to justify their window selection. I will point out that there IS previous work that used {plus minus}500 ms to measure cortical-cortical ripple coupling (Dickey et al 2022 PNAS, which should be cited regardless, as I believe the first hippocampal-cortical ripple paper showing memory effects), although the figures in that paper suggest anything beyond {plus minus}250 ms returns to baseline (see Figure 2A-B).

      We apologize for the lack of clarity in our original description. We recognize that our terminology conflated two distinct analytical approaches for measuring the temporal coordination between ripples and have explicitly clarified this distinction in the revised manuscript. In addition, we have changed the papers referring to these analyses.

      Specifically, for the analysis in Figure 4b (i.e., LTL Ripple Rate Locked to HPC ripple peak), we computed the LTL ripple rate within a broader time window (i.e., [-0.5 s, 0.5 s]) centered HPC ripple peaks (Dickey et al 2022 PNAS). We thus normalized the HPC ripple-locked LTL ripple rate to a baseline of LTL ripple rates that were not coordinated by HPC ripple peaks, yielding the normalized LTL ripple rate time-locked to HPC ripple peaks. This broader window was employed to examine the lead-lag or directional dynamics between the two regions. We agree that labeling this as “coupled ripples” in the original text is misleading. In the revised manuscript, we have changed the y-axis label of Figure 4b into “Normalized LTL ripple rate (z-score)”.

      For the coupled ripple and the coupled ripple locked decoding analyses (Figure 4c and Figure 5), “coupled ripples” were defined as LTL ripples that temporally overlapped with or occurred within ± 50 ms of an HPC ripple peak, following a previous study (Vaz et al., 2019, Science). We have revised the corresponding text in both the Results and Methods sections (Pages 9-10 and Page 24) to clearly separate these two analyses and ensure that the term “coupled ripples” is reserved exclusively for LTL ripple events within ± 50 ms of HPC ripple peaks.

      (8) Lines 239 to 243 comparing p-values instead of an interaction test.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important statistical point. In the original lines 239-243, we compared the coupled HPC-LTL ripple rates between remembered versus forgotten conditions, separately for each stage, without performing the task stage (encoding, maintenance, and retrieval) × memory accuracy (remember vs. forget) interaction effect. In this revision, we performed the (task stage × memory accuracy) repeated ANOVA and found no significant interaction effect (F(2,24) = 0.49, p = 0.619). This non-significant interaction effect does not undermine our main finding of a significant memory effect during maintenance itself, given we mainly focus on the maintenance period following the ramping-up results. We have also reported this interaction result in the revised Results (Page 10).

      (9) I don't understand what "Further analysis based on the identified cluster" means (line 271). I see in Figure 5c that their broadband classifier identified a window of optimal decoding, but did they use only activity in this cluster to train the subsequent classifier (Figure 5d)? If so, this is not described in the methods. And if it is done that way, I don't think the logic makes sense. As mentioned in comment 6, the ripples during encoding tune to 0-1s after image presentation. So it doesn't make sense to use a 1.85-2.25 s window for ripple-locked decoding-they should just be using the 0-1 s window (or whatever their cluster-based permutation test shows in Figure 2b). Otherwise, it would appear they are studying two different phenomena.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We apologize for the lack of clarity. To clarify, we did not predefine an encoding cluster based on ripple rate change. Rather, we used a data-driven method to find the “identified cluster”, which refers to the temporal window during which representation reactivation was significantly locked to coupled ripples. Here is the step-by-step procedure we used and more detailed described in the revised Methods (Pag 26):

      (1) We trained category-level classifiers on broadband iEEG data at every single time window during the encoding stage, and tested them across all time windows of both the encoding and maintenance stages using a leave-one-trial-out cross-validation method (yielding the cross-temporal generalization matrix shown in Figures 5a & b).

      (2) For every single trial, we extracted the continuous decoding accuracy time series locked to each HPC-LTL coupled ripple within a window of [-0.5 s, 0.5 s] (using the HPC ripple peak of coupled ripples as the reference zero time point), following previous research (Zhang et al., 2018).

      (3) To determine if memory reactivation was significantly locked to these coupled ripple events, we compared this empirical ripple-locked decoding accuracy against a surrogate baseline (constructed by randomly selecting non-coupled time points locked decoding accuracy 1,000 times to create a z-score distribution). A cluster-based permutation test was then performed across the [-0.5 s, 0.5 s] time window. The “identified cluster” (shown in Figure 5c) is the resulting significant time window around the ripple peak where decoding accuracy was significantly elevated above the surrogate baseline.

      Additionally, the reviewer pointed out that, if the encoding ripples peak early (0-1 s after stimulus onset, as shown in Figure 2), why did the classifier trained on late encoding data (1.85-2.25 s) yield the most robust ripple-locked reactivation during the maintenance delay? This temporal discrepancy aligns well with the memory representational transformation framework (Xue, 2022). According to this framework, memory representations are highly dynamic. Following stimulus presentation, early sensory cortical activity (0-1 s) primarily represents low-level visual and perceptual features. As processing progresses into late encoding (e.g., 1-2 s post-stimulus onset), these representations are transformed into more abstract and stable semantic formats (e.g., category-level information), which are supported by the lateral temporal lobe (LTL) in prior research (Ralph et al., 2017). Given that our decoding analysis is a category-level classifier, it is reasonable that more stable decoding evidence would be obtained when the classifier was trained using the late-encoding semantic window. Consequently, our finding that delay-period coupled ripples reactivate representations from this late-encoding window suggests that coupled HPC-LTL ripples are engaged in coordinating the reactivation of semantic representations during VSTM maintenance. In contrast, the early perceptual features encoded during the early window (which match the peak of encoding ripples) may rely on different pathways, such as coupled ripples between the hippocampus and primary visual cortices, which could not be directly assessed due to limited occipital coverage in the present clinical iEEG dataset. We have expanded the Discussion in this revision as follows (Pages 15-16):

      “Notably, while encoding ripples peaked early after stimulus onset, the classifier trained on late encoding activity showed the strongest ripple-locked reactivation during maintenance. This temporal discrepancy is consistent with the memory representational transformation framework, which proposes that mnemonic representations evolve over time (Xue, 2022). Early encoding activity may primarily reflect low-level visual/perceptual features, whereas later encoding may contain more stable category-level or semantic representations. Prior intracranial and neuroimaging studies have implicated lateral temporal regions in such higher-level coding (Ralph et al., 2017). Given that our decoder targeted category-level information, it is reasonable that the decoder performed well when trained on this later window. Thus, delay-period hippocampal-LTL coupled ripples may preferentially reinstate higher-level category/semantic representations during VSTM maintenance. Early perceptual representations may instead rely more on hippocampal-visual cortical interactions, which could not be assessed due to limited occipital coverage.”

      (10) As is, the results in Figure 5d need to be redone. First, the results described on lines 271-275 once again suffer from comparing p-values. They need to run an interaction model if they want to claim Maintenance shows stronger ripple-locked decoding than Encoding (it almost certainly will not, since Encoding appears to show some evidence of decoding (p=0.118)). Second, even if they do change the framing to say Encoding and Maintenance show significant decoding, is it meaningful if Retrieval fails to? If you cannot decode the same information at the time of retrieval as is theoretically being held in working memory during the delay, the coupled ripple reactivation story wouldn't appear to make sense. They do show significant Retrieval decoding in Figure 5a-b, but since I don't really understand how they settled on the "identified cluster" in Figure 5c, I'm not sure what to make of the difference between these decoders.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. As we have responded to your Comments #8 above, our original analysis did not aim to claim maintenance shows stronger ripple-locked decoding than encoding or retrieval stages. Thus, we reported the coupled ripple-locked decoding results separately for each stage, with a special focus on the maintenance period, given the hippocampal ripple ramping-up was found in prior results sections.

      Nevertheless, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we directly compare coupled ripple-locked decoding across phases (i.e., Maintenance vs. Encoding, and Maintenance vs. Retrieval). The results revealed no significant difference between encoding and maintenance (ps<sub>cluster</sub> > 0.800, see Supplementary Fig. S8a). The comparison between maintenance and retrieval revealed a significant cluster-corrected difference (p<sub>cluster</sub> = 0.024). In this revision, we have incorporated these results into the revised manuscript (Page 11).

      We also want to clarify that the absence of coupled ripple-locked decoding during the retrieval phase may not contradict our theoretical framework. As the reviewer may note, neither the encoding nor the retrieval phase exhibited significant coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation. During both the encoding and retrieval stages, participants were exposed to salient, feedforward visual inputs (i.e., the target picture or the highly similar visual lures). Consequently, the high decoding accuracy observed in the lateral temporal lobe (LTL) during these phases (Figures 5a & b) is probably driven by feedforward perceptual processing. In contrast, our finding of significant coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation is mainly observed during the maintenance period, where no external visual inputs are present. This suggests that coupled ripples may serve as a specialized, internally generated mechanism to transiently reactivate and sustain representations when external sensory inputs are absent.

      In this revision, we have extended our Discussion as follows (Page 16):

      “In addition, no significant coupled ripple-locked decoding accuracy was observed during encoding or retrieval. This likely arises because encoding and retrieval involve salient visual inputs (target picture or lure), such that the LTL decoding accuracy is probably driven by feedforward perceptual processing. In contrast, during maintenance, where no external input is available, coupled ripples may serve as a specialized, internally generated mechanism to transiently reactivate and sustain representations.”

      (11) Finally, as mentioned in the summary, the analyses in Figures 2-3 seem disjointed from those in Figures 4-5. Part of this has to do with the switch to a broadband classifier, then a switch back to coupled ripples, and then, as I already mentioned, decoding results with time windows that don't align with the hippocampal ripple effects they showed earlier. Further, since the main point of Figures 2-3 is to establish a ramp in hippocampal ripples across maintenance, shouldn't they be trying to show how the decoding changes over the course of the Maintenance period? It would also help the interpretation of Figure 5 to see how the coupled ripples change over time in Figure 4 (as they showed them in Figure 2).

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. Following the reviewer’s comments, we performed the following analysis:

      First, we examined the temporal dynamics of both hippocampal-cortical coupled ripples during maintenance time windows. Coupled ripples showed a non-significant ramping-up pattern for both remembered and forgotten trials (ps<sub>FDR</sub> > 0.281), and there was no significant time × memory accuracy interaction (p = 0.506, see Fig. S6), suggesting no significant ramping-up for the coupled ripples regardless of VSTM memory performance.

      Second, we tracked how decoding accuracy and the memory reactivation index evolved across the maintenance period (using the classifier trained on the [1.85 s, 2.25 s] encoding window). The LMM revealed a highly significant time × memory accuracy interaction (p = 0.009, see Fig. S6). Further analysis revealed that this interaction was driven by a significant decline in decoding accuracy on forgotten trials (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.031), whereas decoding accuracy on remembered trials was maintained (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.214).

      Finally, we extracted the coupled ripple-locked decoding accuracy and examined whether this event-locked reactivation changed over the maintenance period. For remembered trials, the coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation showed a non-significant numeric increase across the maintenance period (p = 0.586, see Fig. S6). We have revised the Results and Discussion as follows:

      “We next examined the temporal dynamics of coupled ripples during maintenance. HPC-LTL coupled ripples showed non-significant ramping patterns for both remembered and forgotten trials (ps<sub>FDR</sub> > 0.281), with no significant difference between these two conditions (p = 0.506; see Fig. S6).” (Page 10)

      “We also examined the temporal dynamics of coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation during maintenance. The memory decoding accuracy showed a significant time × VSTM accuracy interaction (p = 0.009; see Fig. S6), with a significant decline on forgotten trials (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.031), while relatively stable on remembered trials (p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.214). Within remembered trials, coupled ripple-locked memory decoding accuracy showed a non-significant numeric increase across the maintenance stage (p = 0.586; see Fig. S6).” (Pages 11-12)

      “However, neither the coupled ripples nor the coupled ripple-locked memory reactivation shows a significant ramping-up effect. Nevertheless, our results indeed observed that, in contrast to the significant decrease in decoding accuracy for forgotten trials, the remembered trials showed relatively stable memory reactivation during the maintenance period, suggesting that coupled ripples may coordinate discrete reactivation events in supporting the stable VSTM maintenance.” (Page 13)

      Minor issues:

      (1) Instead of citing a software package like Emmeans, the statistical test being performed should be explained.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. We have added more details of the statistical test:

      “We then conducted post hoc pairwise contrasts between estimated marginal means (emmeans) of the four stages to test whether ripple rates differed between specific stages. The resulting p-values from these pairwise contrast tests were corrected for multiple comparisons using the Benjamini-Hochberg false discovery rate (FDR) procedure (Benjamini and Hochberg, 1995).” (Page 22)

      (2) Decoding % accuracy in the heatmaps in Figure 5 and supplementary would be more intuitive, particularly since Figure 5b uses accuracy anyway.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. In this revision, we have now revised the values in Figure 5a and Figure 5c into the decoding accuracy and the normalized decoding accuracy, respectively (see Figure 5).

      (3) Figure 2b is misleading with an unnecessary change in the y-axis for retrieval.

      We have now changed Figure 2b to keep the y-axis the same for the encoding, maintenance, and retrieval phases (see Figure 2b).

      (4) In Figure 2d, a significant cluster is mentioned, but not drawn onto the figure as in Figure 2b.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and apologize for the absence of cluster illustration in the original manuscript. In this revision, we have now marked the cluster in Figure 2d (see Figure 2d).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Below, I list a few points that I think would benefit the manuscript if the authors addressed them.

      (1) Coupled Hippocampo-Neocortical Ripples: The duration of a ripple varies between 20 - 200 ms (line 624). However, the time window for a coupled ripple is 1 second, which is 5 times the maximum duration of a ripple. It therefore would mean that many ripples which are referred to as 'coupled' actually don't overlap in time, which questions whether those could be termed coupled. Wouldn't a better analysis approach be to analyse the start and end times of individual ripples and only count those as coupled ripples where the start and end times actually overlap (for example be computing the duration of interval intersection, which has to be > 0 for coupled events)?

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. Please see our detailed response to your comments on Pages 3-4 of this response letter.

      (2) Spurious vs real ripples: As I have said, the ripple detection method is thorough and generally appropriate. However, one improvement could be made to make it even more convincing. This suggested improvement is to run a peak detection on the unfiltered data in the time window where a ripple is being detected and quantify the inter-peak interval. If the ripple is truly present in the raw data, then this inter-peak interval should roughly correspond to the ripple frequency. If it doesn't, then there probably isn't a ripple. This would circumvent the problem of misclassifying artifacts that look like ripples after filtering (i.e., spikes). I appreciate that the authors inspected the time-frequency transformed data visually and excluded events where a broadband increase extended into the ripple frequency range, as typically occurs in IEDs, but this suggested analysis would be a more formal approach that doesn't rely on individual criteria and hence is more reproducible.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. Please see our detailed response to your comments on Pages 2-3 and 37-38 of this response letter.

      (3) Visualization of the ramping-up effect. I found the ramping-up effect in Figure 2b fairly subtle and difficult to appreciate. I wonder whether the authors could make an effort to somehow highlight this effect a bit more? Relatedly, ripples seemed to be locked to the onset of the retrieval cue, but that is difficult to see because the data is plotted locked to the response onset. Wouldn't it make more sense in this case to lock to the probe onset?

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments. For the visualization of the ramping-up effect in Figure 2b, we have now revised it as Figure 2b, in which we indicate the ramping-up effect using the pink arrow.

      Moreover, we re-plot the ripple rates during the retrieval stage by locking ripple rates to the probe onset. This alternative alignment revealed a significant decrease in ripple rates approximately 1-2 seconds post-probe (indicated by the black horizontal bar, see Author response image 5). This time window is highly consistent with the time window observed in our original response-locked plot. We have therefore retained the response-locked plots in the main text.

      Author response image 5.

      The probe onset-locked hippocampal (HPC) ripple rates during retrieval.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It would strengthen the paper to provide a more explicit theoretical account of why hippocampal ripples, as a mechanism canonically associated with offline sleep-dependent consolidation, should be recruited during online short-term memory maintenance - including some engagement with the observation that ripple dynamics here are associated with short-term but not long-term memory performance.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. Please see our detailed response to your comments on weakness #1 on Pages 6-7 of this response letter.

      (2) Providing group-level average power spectra and mean waveforms of detected ripple events would help demonstrate a narrowband spectral peak distinct from broadband high-gamma, and clarifying the precise spectral and temporal criteria used in IED exclusion would aid reproducibility.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comment. In this revision, we have now changed the Figure 2a lower panel into the group-level averaged power spectral and mean waveforms of ripple events (see Figure 2a).

      For the IED exclusion, we have added more details as follows:

      “IEDs were independently visually inspected, marked and verified by two neurologists at Beijing Xuanwu Hospital before the ripple detection analysis. In addition, IEDs typically exhibit broadband power increases (1-180 Hz), whereas physiological ripples show narrow high-frequency activity (70-180 Hz) and were further confirmed by performing the time-frequency analysis in Brainstorm (https://neuroimage.usc.edu/brainstorm/). Candidate ripple events occurring within 50 ms of an IED duration range were excluded.” (Page 21)

      (3) Including participant-level lateral temporal lobe channel counts and ramping-up slopes alongside the hippocampal data in Table S1, with confirmation that all participants contributed lateral temporal lobe data, would be a useful addition.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comment. We have now incorporated the participant-level lateral temporal lobe channel counts and ramping-up slopes alongside the hippocampal data in Table S1.

      (4) Describing the bootstrapping procedure for trial-count matching in greater detail, and reporting raw remembered versus forgotten trial counts per participant, would improve reproducibility.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comment. We have now provided more details of the bootstrapping procedure in Methods, and a Supplementary Table S2 with remembered and forgotten trial counts per participant (Page 25) as follows:

      “To rule out the possibility that the observed difference in coupled ripple rates between remembered and forgotten trials was driven by unequal trial numbers (i.e., a greater number of remembered trials), we performed a bootstrapping analysis. Specifically, for each participant, we randomly resampled remembered trials with replacement 1,000 times, matching the number of remembered trials to the number of forgotten trials (see Tables S2). For each bootstrap sample, we computed coupled ripple rates separately for remembered and forgotten trials. Statistical significance was assessed based on the proportion of bootstrap samples in which the coupled ripple rate was higher in remembered than in forgotten trials.”

      (5) One sentence in the Introduction: "persistent activity is not consistently observed in the neocortex, where the short-term memory information can be successfully decoded" may confuse readers, as the relative clause appears to contradict rather than support the main point.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this issue. During this revision, the Introduction has been reorganized, and this sentence was removed; it now reads:

      “Traditional models of VSTM proposing sustained, persistent neural activity during delay periods have been challenged by “activity-silent” or dynamic coding frameworks (Fiebig and Lansner, 2017; Miller et al., 2018; Mongillo et al., 2008; Stokes, 2015).” (Page 4)

      (6) The Discussion contains a sentence fragment beginning "First of all, no overall above-baseline hippocampal ripple rate..." that would benefit from revision.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this issue. We have revised this sentence for clarity and grammatical completeness. Now it reads:

      “The hippocampal ripple rate progressively ramps up over the 7-s maintenance period, while the overall average rate during this period does not exceed the pre-encoding baseline.” (Page 12)

      (7) The claim that "the absence of lateral temporal ripple ramping-up cannot be attributed to more heterogeneous ripple activity" would benefit from a reference to the specific justification supporting this conclusion.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised this statement in the main text to directly reference the corresponding control analysis in Supplementary Figure S5, which demonstrates that ripple-rate variability does not significantly differ between HPC and LTL channels.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I want to commend the authors for going through the public eLife process. I put everything in the public review since I think it's good to have a transparent process so both the authors and others reading can directly see the peer review process. There's potential for a meaningful paper here, and I would be happy to look at a next round to try and make that happen.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the constructive and encouraging comments. We have carefully responded to all your comments in the public review and revised the manuscript accordingly. We believe that these revisions have addressed the reviewer’s concerns and improved the clarity and interpretation of our results.

      References:

      Axmacher N, Schmitz DP, Wagner T, Elger CE, Fell J. 2008. Interactions between Medial Temporal Lobe, Prefrontal Cortex, and Inferior Temporal Regions during Visual Working Memory: A Combined Intracranial EEG and Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Study. Journal of Neuroscience 28:7304–7312. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1778-08.2008, PMID: 18632934

      Benjamini Y, Hochberg Y. 1995. Controlling the False Discovery Rate: A Practical and Powerful Approach to Multiple Testing. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series B: Statistical Methodology 57:289–300. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1995.tb02031.x

      Bettencourt KC, Xu Y. 2016. Decoding the content of visual short-term memory under distraction in occipital and parietal areas. Nature Neuroscience 19:150–157. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.4174

      Buzsáki G. 2015. Hippocampal sharp wave-ripple: A cognitive biomarker for episodic memory and planning. Hippocampus 25:1073–1188. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.22488

      Buzsáki G, Horváth Z, Urioste R, Hetke J, Wise K. 1992. High-frequency network oscillation in the hippocampus. Science 256:1025–1027. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1589772

      Cowan N. 2019. Short-term memory based on activated long-term memory: A review in response to Norris (2017). Psychological Bulletin 145:822–847. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000199

      Daume J, Kamiński J, Schjetnan AGP, Salimpour Y, Khan U, Kyzar M, Reed CM, Anderson WS, Valiante TA, Mamelak AN, Rutishauser U. 2024. Control of working memory by phase–amplitude coupling of human hippocampal neurons. Nature 629:393–401. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-024-07309-z

      Deceuninck L, Kloosterman F. 2024. Disruption of awake sharp-wave ripples does not affect memorization of locations in repeated-acquisition spatial memory tasks. eLife 13:e84004. DOI: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.84004

      Dickey CW, Verzhbinsky IA, Jiang X, Rosen BQ, Kajfez S, Stedelin B, Shih JJ, Ben-Haim S, Raslan AM, Eskandar EN, Gonzalez-Martinez J, Cash SS, Halgren E. 2022. Widespread ripples synchronize human cortical activity during sleep, waking, and memory recall. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2107797119. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2107797119

      Eschenko O, Ramadan W, Mölle M, Born J, Sara SJ. 2008. Sustained increase in hippocampal sharp-wave ripple activity during slow-wave sleep after learning. Learning & Memory 15:222–228. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/lm.726008, PMID: 18385477

      Fiebig F, Lansner A. 2017. A Spiking Working Memory Model Based on Hebbian Short-Term Potentiation. The Journal of Neuroscience: The Official Journal of the Society for Neuroscience 37:83–96. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1989-16.2016, PMID: 28053032

      Girardeau G, Benchenane K, Wiener SI, Buzsáki G, Zugaro MB. 2009. Selective suppression of hippocampal ripples impairs spatial memory. Nature Neuroscience 12:1222–1223. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.2384

      Hannula DE, Tranel D, Cohen NJ. 2006. The Long and the Short of It: Relational Memory Impairments in Amnesia, Even at Short Lags. Journal of Neuroscience 26:8352–8359. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5222-05.2006, PMID: 16899730

      He L, Wang X, Zhang J, Xiao Z, Hu X, Schwartenbeck P, Bakermans J, Behrens T, Liu Y. 2026. Human hippocampal ripples coordinate planning sequences and compositional representations in neocortex. Nature Neuroscience 29:1711–1721. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-026-02291-3

      Hirabayashi T, Nagai Y, Hori Yuki, Hori Yukiko, Oyama K, Mimura K, Miyakawa N, Iwaoki H, Inoue K, Suhara T, Takada M, Higuchi M, Minamimoto T. 2024. Multiscale chemogenetic dissection of fronto-temporal top-down regulation for object memory in primates. Nature Communications 15:5369. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-49570-w

      Iwata T, Yanagisawa T, Ikegaya Y, Smallwood J, Fukuma R, Oshino S, Tani N, Khoo HM, Kishima H. 2024. Hippocampal sharp-wave ripples correlate with periods of naturally occurring self-generated thoughts in humans. Nature Communications 15:4078. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-48367-1

      Jadhav SP, Kemere C, German PW, Frank LM. 2012. Awake Hippocampal Sharp-Wave Ripples Support Spatial Memory. Science. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1217230

      Jeneson A, Squire LR. 2012. Working memory, long-term memory, and medial temporal lobe function. Learning & Memory 19:15–25. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/lm.024018.111, PMID: 22180053

      Jeneson A, Wixted JT, Hopkins RO, Squire LR. 2012. Visual Working Memory Capacity and the Medial Temporal Lobe. Journal of Neuroscience 32:3584–3589. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.6444-11.2012, PMID: 22399780

      Kamiński J, Sullivan S, Chung JM, Ross IB, Mamelak AN, Rutishauser U. 2017. Persistently active neurons in human medial frontal and medial temporal lobe support working memory. Nature Neuroscience 20:590–601. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.4509

      Kunz L, Staresina BP, Reinacher PC, Brandt A, Guth TA, Schulze-Bonhage A, Jacobs J. 2024. Ripple-locked coactivity of stimulus-specific neurons and human associative memory. Nature Neuroscience 27:587–599. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-023-01550-x

      Liu AA, Henin S, Abbaspoor S, Bragin A, Buffalo EA, Farrell JS, Foster DJ, Frank LM, Gedankien T, Gotman J, Guidera JA, Hoffman KL, Jacobs J, Kahana MJ, Li L, Liao Z, Lin JJ, Losonczy A, Malach R, van der Meer MA, McClain K, McNaughton BL, Norman Y, Navas-Olive A, de la Prida LM, Rueckemann JW, Sakon JJ, Skelin I, Soltesz I, Staresina BP, Weiss SA, Wilson MA, Zaghloul KA, Zugaro M, Buzsáki G. 2022. A consensus statement on detection of hippocampal sharp wave ripples and differentiation from other fast oscillations. Nature Communications 13:6000. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-022-33536-x

      Liu J, Zhang H, Yu T, Ni D, Ren L, Yang Q, Lu B, Wang D, Heinen R, Axmacher N, Xue G. 2020. Stable maintenance of multiple representational formats in human visual short-term memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117:32329–32339. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2006752117

      Liu J, Zhang H, Yu T, Ren L, Ni D, Yang Q, Lu B, Zhang L, Axmacher N, Xue G. 2021. Transformative neural representations support long-term episodic memory. Science Advances 7:eabg9715. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.abg9715

      Lundqvist M, Rose J, Herman P, Brincat SL, Buschman TJ, Miller EK. 2016. Gamma and Beta Bursts Underlie Working Memory. Neuron 90:152–164. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2016.02.028, PMID: 26996084

      Miller EK, Lundqvist M, Bastos AM. 2018. Working Memory 2.0. Neuron 100:463–475. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2018.09.023, PMID: 30359609

      Mongillo G, Barak O, Tsodyks M. 2008. Synaptic theory of working memory. Science 319:1543–1546. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1150769, PMID: 18339943

      Norman Y, Raccah O, Liu S, Parvizi J, Malach R. 2021. Hippocampal ripples and their coordinated dialogue with the default mode network during recent and remote recollection. Neuron 109:2767-2780.e5. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2021.06.020

      Norman Y, Yeagle EM, Khuvis S, Harel M, Mehta AD, Malach R. 2019. Hippocampal sharp-wave ripples linked to visual episodic recollection in humans. Science 365:eaax1030. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aax1030

      Pacheco Estefan D, Sánchez-Fibla M, Duff A, Principe A, Rocamora R, Zhang H, Axmacher N, Verschure PFMJ. 2019. Coordinated representational reinstatement in the human hippocampus and lateral temporal cortex during episodic memory retrieval. Nature Communications 10:2255. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-019-09569-0

      Pertzov Y, Miller TD, Gorgoraptis N, Caine D, Schott JM, Butler C, Husain M. 2013. Binding deficits in memory following medial temporal lobe damage in patients with voltage-gated potassium channel complex antibody-associated limbic encephalitis. Brain 136:2474–2485. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awt129, PMID: 23757763

      Ralph MAL, Jefferies E, Patterson K, Rogers TT. 2017. The neural and computational bases of semantic cognition. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 18:42–55. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn.2016.150

      Ranganath C, Blumenfeld RS. 2005. Doubts about double dissociations between short- and long-term memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9:374–380. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2005.06.009, PMID: 16002324

      Sakon JJ, Kahana MJ. 2022. Hippocampal ripples signal contextually mediated episodic recall. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2201657119. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2201657119

      Schreiner T, Griffiths BJ, Kutlu M, Vollmar C, Kaufmann E, Quach S, Remi J, Noachtar S, Staudigl T. 2024. Spindle-locked ripples mediate memory reactivation during human NREM sleep. Nature Communications 15:5249. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-49572-8

      Stokes MG. 2015. ‘Activity-silent’ working memory in prefrontal cortex: a dynamic coding framework. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 19:394–405. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2015.05.004, PMID: 26051384

      van Schalkwijk FJ, Helfrich RF. 2026. Aperiodic 1/f noise drives ripple activity in humans. Nature Communications 17:746. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-026-68404-5

      Vaz AP, Inati SK, Brunel N, Zaghloul KA. 2019. Coupled ripple oscillations between the medial temporal lobe and neocortex retrieve human memory. Science 363:975–978. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aau8956

      Verzhbinsky IA, Daume J, Rutishauser U, Halgren E. 2025. Cross-region neuron co-firing mediated by ripple oscillations supports distributed working memory representations. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.09.04.674061

      Verzhbinsky IA, Rubin DB, Kajfez S, Bu Y, Kelemen JN, Kapitonava A, Williams ZM, Hochberg LR, Cash SS, Halgren E. 2024. Co-occurring ripple oscillations facilitate neuronal interactions between cortical locations in humans. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 121:e2312204121. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2312204121

      Widloski J, Foster DJ. 2025. Replay without sharp wave ripples in a spatial memory task. Nature Communications 16:10287. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-025-65181-5, PMID: 41271694

      Xiao Z, Wang X, Zhang J, Ou J, He L, Qu Y, Hu X, Behrens TEJ, Liu Y. 2025. Human hippocampal ripples align new experiences with a grid-like schema. Neuron 113:3661-3672.e4. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2025.07.028, PMID: 40865535

      Xu Y. 2023. Parietal-driven visual working memory representation in occipito-temporal cortex. Current Biology 33:4516-4523.e5. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2023.08.080, PMID: 37741281

      Xue G. 2022. From remembering to reconstruction: The transformative neural representation of episodic memory. Progress in Neurobiology 219:102351. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pneurobio.2022.102351

      Zhang H, Fell J, Axmacher N. 2018. Electrophysiological mechanisms of human memory consolidation. Nature Communications 9:4103. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-06553-y

      Zhang H, Skelin I, Ma S, Paff M, Mnatsakanyan L, Yassa MA, Knight RT, Lin JJ. 2024. Awake ripples enhance emotional memory encoding in the human brain. Nature Communications 15:215. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-023-44295-8

      Zhang Y, Cao L, Varga V, Jing M, Karadas M, Li Y, Buzsáki G. 2021. Cholinergic suppression of hippocampal sharp-wave ripples impairs working memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118:e2016432118. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2016432118

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      A fundamental technique for the identification of peptide-specific CD8 T cells is the use of fluorophore-conjugated and peptide-loaded MHC tetramers. Classically, refolding of specific peptides with MHC monomers can be labour-intensive and not optimal for screening large numbers of different peptides. Hence, UV-exchanged tetramers have been developed to upscale this, however, still has some associated challenges such as UV-mediated damage to peptide complexes. Here, Pothast, C.R. et al demonstrate the efficacy of using temperature-exchanged tetramers for the prevalent alleles HLA-A*03:01, A*11:01, B*07:02, and C*07:02. Building upon their previous work with HLA-A*02:01, H-2Kb, and HLA-E. They first demonstrate the complex stability of tetramers with different affinity peptides at high temperature, showing complex destabilisation can be rescued with higher affinity peptides. This is followed by an optimisation of peptide exchange temperatures, tailored for each allele. The authors then demonstrate successful binding to clonal T cell lines, and then a step further with viral peptides against PBMCs from individuals with confirmed infection history. For the later they compare to conventional tetramers and demonstrate comparable signal.

      Due to the prevalence of these 4 alleles, the ease of handling, and short me requirements, these tetramers are likely to show high utility.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and results are solid, although more detail may add clarity to some of the results, in particular figure 1 and 2. Other than the points reported below, the study uses accurate controls to demonstrate the specificity of the tetramers, and the data is convincing.

      Overall, their interpretation of the results is accurate and the discussion thorough, additional comments may be included to cover potential tetramer batch variability, and differences in the stability of different alleles. Specifically, whether certain alleles require higher affinity peptides to be stable, compared to others.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors addressed the weaknesses highlighted in the previous version, specifically addressing that they do not conclude that thermal peptide exchange is not superior to existing technologies, but may be more feasible, as well as including a section on the stability of the different alleles and template peptides. The authors also updated the labelling and description of figures, making them much more interpretable. Addition of the LILRB1 reporter cell line to demonstrate successful peptide exchange and stability adds extra validity to the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful evaluation of our work and for the positive assessment of the manuscript. We are pleased that the reviewer finds the study well written, the data convincing, and the approach likely to be of practical utility for the analysis of antigen-specific T-cell responses.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work highlights a new approach to build an array of highly stable peptide MHC-I using temperature exchange, which can be used to identify antigen specific CD8+ T cells.

      Strengths:

      In this work, the authors have proposed an alternative method to reload the peptide MHC-I molecule. Their temperature-exchange approach is distinct from current reloadable peptide MHC technologies involving photo labile peptide, empty MHC-I (Nat Community 11, 1314 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-14862-4), tapasin/TAPBPR chaperone-assisted (eLife 7:e40126.), enzyme exchangeable (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31201791/) and small alcohol (Curr Res Immunol. 2022 Aug 18;3:167-174. doi: 10.1016/j.crimmu.2022.08.002) approaches

      Weaknesses:

      The temperature-exchange approach identifies antigen-specific T cells at the same frequency of the photolabile peptide MHC-I molecules. The time saved using temperature-exchange protocol may not be a pull factor as the photolabile peptide MHC-I approach is not unreasonably laborious.

      As with other exchange systems, performance can vary by HLA allele and complex stability, so each new allele needs empirical optimization.

      In short, temperature-based p-MHC exchange is a practical and fast loading strategy with good utility for multimer generation, but its main limitation is dependence on thermal stability and careful template selection.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our work and for recognizing temperature-mediated peptide exchange as a practical approach for the generation of peptide–MHCI multimers.

      We appreciate the reviewer placing our methodology within the broader context of existing peptide loading technologies, including photolabile peptide, empty MHC-I, chaperone-assisted, enzyme-mediated, and small alcohol-based exchange systems. In response to comments raised during review, we have expanded the Introduction to include a more comprehensive discussion of these alternative approaches and their respective strengths and limitations.

      We agree that the primary advantage of thermal peptide exchange is not necessarily improved sensitivity or detection of antigen-specific T cells compared with established methodologies. Rather, its value lies in providing an additional peptide-exchange platform that is simple to implement, requires only standard laboratory equipment, and enables rapid generation of peptide–MHC multimers. We also agree that successful implementation requires empirical optimization for each HLA allele and relies on the identification of suitable template peptides.

      We are grateful for the reviewer's constructive comments, which have helped us improve the clarity and balance of the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      No additional experiments required.

      Resolution of figures could be improved unless it is a caveat of the software used.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment and constructive suggestion. High-resolution versions of all figures have been included in the revised manuscript

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The following sentences are incorrect.

      Line 101: "The MHC-multimers are multimerized and fluorescently labeled prior to peptide exchange" is incorrect. Instead, combinatorial peptide MHC multimers involves peptide exchange prior to multimerization during barcoding and not vice versa (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23748502/).

      We thank the reviewer for carefully noting this inaccuracy. As suggested, we have revised the text to better reflect the different workflows used across MHC multimer platforms. The sentence now reads: “Depending on the platform, peptide exchange may be performed either before or after multimerization and labeling.”

      Line 296: "Quantifying the efficiency of UV-induced peptide destruction and subsequent peptide exchange remains challenging" is incorrect. The thermal stability of empty MHC-I vs loaded peptide MHC-I after UV irradiation or thermal exchange can be measured using either gel filtration chromatography or SyPro orange thermal shift.

      The sentence now reads: “While the stability of UV-exchanged p-MHC complexes can be assessed using methods such as thermal shift assays and size-exclusion chromatography, the efficiency of peptide exchange is more difficult to quantify directly.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank you all for the careful evaluation of our manuscript and for the numerous constructive comments and suggestions. As noted by the reviewers, the study directly compares two distinct approaches for detecting m<sup>6</sup>A modifications using the same RNA input material. The inclusion of IVT and STM2457-treated RNA as negative controls, as well as the high-depth long-read datasets from two different cellular systems, enable robust analysis and interpretation of the data, providing a rigorous and reproducible analysis workflow and a valuable reference for the rapidly expanding community aiming to use Oxford Nanopore Technologies’ (ONT) latest flow cell chemistry and Dorado base calling tool.

      We have revised the manuscript according to this feedback and believe the changes have greatly improved the clarity and utility of the work. We have, where possible, addressed all the points raised and have further discussed or acknowledged those that involve broader technical considerations beyond the scope of the present study.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to evaluate how accurately direct sequencing of RNA can identify and quantify several chemical modifications on RNA molecules, focusing primarily on m6A. A central goal of the work is to compare this approach with an independent chemical-based method (glyoxal and nitrite-mediated deamination of unmethylated adenosines (GLORI), using the same RNA samples, in order to assess reproducibility, false-positive signals, and sensitivity across a range of detection strategies. The authors further aim to demonstrate the biological utility of this approach by applying it to two human cell types, primary human fibroblasts and HD10.6 neurons. While the manuscript also reports detection of additional RNA modifications (pseudouridine and m5C), the depth of analysis and strength of controls are greatest for m6A, which forms the primary focus of the study.

      Strengths:

      A strength of this work is the direct comparison of two distinct measurement approaches performed on the same RNA input material; this has not been done in other recently published benchmarking studies evaluating the utility of the recent direct RNA sequencing for calling m6A. The authors systematically test multiple analysis models and show that, when appropriate filtering is applied, detection of modified sites is reproducible across software versions. The use of synthetic RNA standards and METTL3 inhibitors as negative controls helps to reinforce the overall results. The data show good agreement between the two methods at higher m6A modification levels, supporting the conclusion that direct RNA sequencing can reliably detect high-confidence modification sites. The authors also demonstrate that this approach can, in principle, provide information at the level of individual RNA variants (although only one example was provided), which is difficult to achieve with short-read methods. The methodology described here is likely to be useful to others seeking to apply similar approaches to identify and quantify m6A. The study also explores the detection of other RNA modifications, which highlights the broader potential of the approach, although these analyses are necessarily more exploratory given the more limited controls and data available.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these strengths, several issues limit the interpretation of the results and should be clarified for readers.

      First, the authors appropriately address false-positive signals by estimating expected false-positive rates and by quantitatively comparing sequence motif enrichment before and after filtering. These analyses provide important support for the use of stoichiometry-based thresholds and demonstrate that filtering substantially improves specificity. However, even after filtering, a subset of detected sites remains outside the expected sequence context. It therefore remains unclear to what extent these non-canonical sites reflect genuine biology versus residual technical artifacts.

      The detected sites that were outside of the expected sequence context (0.1% of the sites per cell type) exhibited sensitivity to STM2457 treatment, supporting the conclusion that these sites represent genuine signals. This point has been clarified in the text (lines 424-455 and 563-578) and additional supporting data have been included in the supplementary figures (Supplementary Fig. S23 and S24).

      Second, claims regarding the ability of direct RNA sequencing to resolve modification patterns across different RNA variants are supported by very limited evidence. The conclusion that this approach provides superior isoform-level quantification relative to short-read methods is based largely on a single gene example. While this case is interesting, it does not establish how widespread or general this advantage is. A broader analysis indicating how many genes show isoform-specific modification patterns detectable by this method, and how often these are missed by the comparison approach, would be necessary to support a general claim.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. To strengthen this point, we have added two additional examples illustrating isoform-specific m<sup>6</sup>A modification patterns, as well as one monoexonic gene for comparison (new Supplementary Figure S22). KRTAP1-5 is a monoexonic gene with a single detectable isoform and shows that Dorado detects more m<sup>6</sup>A sites than GLORI. HSPA8, with five detectable isoforms, is a good example to show that two isoforms carry additional m<sup>6</sup>A sites not resolvable by GLORI. CITED2 has three detectable isoforms, and differential m<sup>6</sup>A patterns can only be resolved with Dorado. We adjusted the text accordingly in lines 395-401.

      Third, the biological interpretation of cell type-specific differences in modification levels remains underdeveloped. Although differences in modification stoichiometry are reported between fibroblasts and neuron-derived cells, the functional consequences of these differences are not addressed. It is unclear whether changes in modification levels are associated with differences in RNA abundance, stability, or translation. As a result, statements suggesting that these modifications fine-tune core cellular pathways are speculative and should either be supported with additional analyses or framed more cautiously.

      We have updated the text (lines 477-481) to ensure a more cautious interpretation of the observations.

      Related to this point, differences in gene expression between the two cell types are a potential confounding factor. The pathway enrichment patterns presented appear biased toward particular functional categories, but without clear control for differential gene expression, it is difficult to determine whether the observed enrichment reflects cell type-specific regulation of RNA modification or simply differences in which genes are expressed. Clarifying how background gene sets were defined for these analyses would help readers interpret the results.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. For the KEGG pathway enrichment analysis, we used genes harboring shared m<sup>6</sup>A sites in both NHDF and HD10.6 cells as the input gene list, irrespective of their expression levels. We initially did not use a custom background gene set, which is also a valid point brought up by the reviewer. Hence, we repeated the analysis and used all genes expressed in both cell types (~13,000 genes) as background (i.e. excluding those only expressed in one cell type). We have revised the results (lines 467-468) and methods section (lines 740-749) accordingly. We replaced the plot in Figure 4H with the new plot.

      The manuscript also suggests broader differences in overall modification levels between cell types, but this is not validated using an independent global assay. An orthogonal measurement of total modification levels on polyadenylated RNA (for example, dot blot) would help place site-specific stoichiometry differences in a clearer biological context.

      We tried to assess global changes in modification levels using a dot blot assay. However, even when loading 2 µg of RNA per sample, we did not detect visible differences between DMSO- and STM2457-treated samples in either cell type, which we expected to serve as a positive control. This most likely indicates that the dot blot assay is much less sensitive than our DRS-based sequencing approach. However, as we agree that for making a statement about broader differences between cell types, orthogonal validation would be necessary. Accordingly, we have adjusted our statements in lines 44-46 and 477-481.

      Finally, the effects of the METTL3 inhibitor on these cell types are not fully characterized. While changes in m6A modification patterns are reported following treatment, the manuscript does not address whether the treatment affects cell growth or viability.

      Cell viability following STM2457 treatment was determined in NHDF and HD10.6 cells using the CellTiter-Glo® assay. HD10.6 cells are terminally differentiated and post-mitotic; therefore, proliferation/growth is not applicable to this cell type, and cell viability (assessed by CTG assay) is the relevant endpoint. We added the results, which showed no significant differences in either cell type, as a supplementary figure (Fig. S1). While we ensured that NHDFs showed normal growth behaviour when treating them with STM2457, because HD10.6 cells are non-proliferative, we assessed cellular health in each of the experiments conducted. We updated a description of the assay in the methods section, lines 637-643, and in the results section (lines 137-138).

      Appraisal of conclusions and impact:

      Overall, the study provides an informative technical assessment of direct RNA sequencing for modification detection and establishes clear conditions under which the method performs well. The evidence strongly supports conclusions related to technical benchmarking, reproducibility, and the importance of filtering and controls, particularly for m6A. In contrast, conclusions regarding isoform-specific regulation and cell type-specific biological roles of RNA modification are less well supported by the data currently presented, and would benefit from either additional analysis or more restrained interpretation.

      The work is likely to have a meaningful impact as a practical reference for researchers using direct RNA sequencing, particularly by clarifying sources of false positives and the value of appropriate controls. With clearer limits placed on biological interpretation or more data presented in support of the biological interpretation, the study would serve as a valuable reference for users seeking to apply these technologies reliably.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive evaluation of our work. To address major concerns, we have adjusted our interpretation of the biological findings throughout the manuscript to better reflect the scope of the presented data. We believe these revisions more clearly distinguish the technical benchmarking aspects of the study from the biological insights that need further investigation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors aim to establish a calibrated framework for detecting RNA modifications using long-read sequencing and apply it to compare modification patterns between fibroblasts and neuron-like cells. The work combines long-read sequencing, in vitro transcribed controls, methyltransferase inhibition, and comparison to an orthogonal sequencing-based method in an attempt to derive filtering strategies that reduce false positive modification calls. The authors further apply this framework to explore differences in modification levels between the two cell types. The resulting dataset may be of interest to researchers working on RNA modification detection using long-read sequencing technologies. Independent datasets across additional cellular systems can be useful for benchmarking computational methods and evaluating the behavior of modification detection models. However, the conceptual advance of the analytical framework presented here remains somewhat unclear, as many aspects of the analysis closely resemble strategies that have already been described in recent benchmarking studies.

      Strengths:

      A clear strength of the study is the generation of a relatively large long-read sequencing dataset together with several useful experimental controls, including in vitro transcribed RNA and pharmacological inhibition of the methyltransferase enzyme responsible for installing this modification. These controls are helpful for illustrating the challenges associated with distinguishing high-confidence modification sites from background signals. The inclusion of two different human cellular systems also provides an additional dataset that may be useful for benchmarking and cross-validation in the field. The study addresses a practically relevant question for the community, namely, how to reduce false positive calls in long-read sequencing-based RNA modification analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript is its limited methodological novelty. Much of the analytical framework presented here closely follows benchmarking strategies that have already been described in recent studies of RNA modification detection using long-read sequencing. Several previous studies have evaluated modification-aware basecalling approaches, discussed the need for stringent filtering strategies, and compared long-read sequencing-based predictions with orthogonal mapping approaches. The manuscript would therefore benefit from a deeper engagement with the recent benchmarking literature and a clearer explanation of what conceptual or methodological advance the present study provides beyond these earlier analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment. At the time our study was conducted, relatively few benchmarking studies addressing these methodological aspects were available, and the analytical approach and thresholds applied in our study were therefore established independently of these reports. Several relevant studies (some initially as preprints) subsequently emerged within a relatively short period. Now that these studies are available, we have considered their findings, including the thresholds and filtering criteria applied, and have incorporated the relevant comparisons and methodological considerations into the revised manuscript. We have rewritten the introduction section (lines 99-117) and the discussion (lines 537-546, 547-549, 553-562) to incorporate newer studies and correctly integrate our study into the field. Furthermore, we consider these findings not to be supportive of our work, as they strengthen the overall interpretations and guidelines for ONT DRS users.

      A second concern relates to the filtering strategy that forms the core of the proposed workflow. The manuscript applies several thresholds, including modification probability, stoichiometry, and read coverage cutoffs, but it is not clearly explained how these thresholds were determined. It remains unclear whether these cutoffs were derived from statistical calibration, empirical optimization using the presented dataset, or adopted from previous studies. Because the downstream conclusions depend strongly on these filtering choices, a clearer methodological justification would strengthen the work and help readers assess the robustness of the proposed framework.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. For the modification probability thresholds, we compared the distribution of modification probabilities in the biological samples with that observed in the IVT controls. In the revised manuscript, we have integrated a new statistical framework that enables an unbiased determination of modification probability cutoffs for each dataset (see lines 174184, Methods, as well as Fig 2 and Supplementary Figs 5, 8, 9 and 10). We further report error rates relative to IVT across different modification probability cutoffs and probability ranges (lines 186-200). The validread coverage threshold was introduced as an additional safeguard against sites supported predominantly by reads that were neither confidently called as the canonical nucleotide nor confidently assigned as modified (since valid coverage includes only reads supporting the canonical base or the corresponding modification above the selected probability threshold (≥0.98 or ≥0.99, depending on the modification) (lines 233-240). Finally, the stoichiometry cutoff was also informed by comparison with the IVT controls. Although stringent modification-probability filtering substantially reduced background, the majority of residual sites detected in the IVT controls occurred at low modification proportions, particularly below 10%. We therefore introduced the stoichiometry threshold to further distinguish biological modification signal from low-level background calls observed in the unmodified IVT reference (lines 241-249).

      The interpretation of the comparison between the two modification detection approaches also appears somewhat overstated. Differences between the methods are frequently interpreted as evidence that one approach produces large numbers of false positive calls, but the analyses presented do not fully exclude alternative explanations such as differences in sensitivity, sequencing depth, or methodological biases. A more cautious interpretation of these discrepancies would therefore be appropriate.

      Some discussion points also appear speculative. In particular, certain interpretations propose mechanistic explanations without presenting analyses that would allow these possibilities to be distinguished. Such interpretations would benefit from either additional supporting analyses or more cautious phrasing.

      We have revised the relevant sections accordingly to provide a more cautious interpretation of these findings (lines 583-592).

      From a methodological perspective, the statistical robustness of the thresholds used throughout the analysis could also be discussed in more detail. Given the relatively modest read coverage cutoff applied in the study, low stoichiometry estimates may be strongly influenced by sampling noise, and fixed stoichiometry thresholds may therefore not correspond to a consistent level of confidence across sites. In addition, the manuscript relies heavily on fixed modification probability cutoffs to define high-confidence calls, but it does not discuss whether these scores are statistically calibrated or how they relate to expected error rates. Neural network outputs are often not well-calibrated probabilities, and interpreting these values as direct confidence estimates can therefore be problematic. Finally, modification detection models trained on known modification sites may capture sequence-context patterns present in the training data, meaning that motif enrichment or positional distributions along transcripts may partly reflect model biases rather than purely biological signals. A brief discussion of these limitations would help readers better interpret the robustness of the proposed filtering strategy and the downstream biological conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important methodological considerations. We acknowledge that modification proportion estimates, particularly at sites with relatively low coverage and low modification proportions, may be influenced by sampling variability and may not accurately reflect the true modification proportion.

      In terms of our filtering strategy, we performed false-positive rate analyses across multiple modification probability thresholds using repeated subsampling of biological and modification-free IVT datasets. In addition, we performed an independent change-point analysis to identify where modification signals in biological samples diverged from the IVT background. These analyses, together with the reduction in high-probability m<sup>6</sup>A calls following METTL3 inhibition, provide complementary empirical support for the applied filtering criteria.

      We also acknowledge that sequence-context features learned by modification-detection models may influence predicted motif distributions. We therefore performed additional analyses of non-DRACH predictions, identifying both technical sources of erroneous calls and non-canonical sites consistent with genuine biological modifications, including STM2457-sensitive sites.

      Overall, while the dataset may be of interest to the community, the extent to which the study advances current methodological understanding beyond recent benchmarking efforts remains limited.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and critiques. The revised version of the manuscript has addressed these points (as detailed above), and we consider the fact that other recently published benchmarking studies come to broadly similar conclusions provide additional support to our work.

      Notably, however, our study remains the only one to use the same RNA as input for distinct sequencing approaches (i.e. nanopore vs. GLORI-Seq).

      Minor comments:

      The discussion of the "DRACH" versus "all-context" outputs would benefit from greater technical precision. The statement that the number of sites within DRACH motifs identified by the all-context approach was nearly identical to the number reported by the DRACH model may suggest that these outputs derive from fundamentally different predictive models. As I understand it, the underlying neural network is the same, whereas the distinction lies primarily in the classification context. Clarifying this explicitly in the manuscript would improve interpretability and avoid potential confusion for readers.

      We have updated the text accordingly to ensure greater technical precision (lines 342-350).

      The manuscript compares results obtained with different basecalling and modification settings but refers primarily to Dorado software versions. This may be misleading, as software version and model version are not necessarily equivalent. Different basecalling or modification models can be used with the same software release, and newer software versions may still use older models. For clarity and reproducibility, the authors should report the exact basecalling and modification model names used in the analyses rather than referring only to the Dorado software version.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this distinction. We have revised the manuscript and figures accordingly and clarified the specific Dorado software version as well as the individual models used for each analysis (lines 315-330).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) To strengthen the methodological robustness of the proposed framework, the authors should clarify how the filtering thresholds used throughout the analysis were determined. If these thresholds were derived empirically from the present dataset, the authors could consider providing additional analyses demonstrating their robustness (for example, by showing how key results change across different probability or stoichiometry cutoffs). If the thresholds were adopted from previous studies, the relevant sources and the rationale for using them should be explicitly cited.

      We thank the reviewer for this recommendation. As outlined before, the filtering thresholds used in the analysis were empirically informed by comparison of the biological samples with the unmodified IVT controls. In the revised manuscript, we have implemented a statistical framework that enables the identification of appropriate modification probability cutoffs on a per-sample basis. Specifically, we report error rates relative to the IVT controls across different modification probability cutoffs and probability ranges (lines 186-200), together with statistically supported identification of modification probability cutoffs for each biological sample (by comparing with the corresponding IVT reference, lines 220-230). These analyses support the modification probability thresholds applied in the downstream analyses.

      We have also clarified the rationale for the additional filtering criteria, such as valid coverage and stoichiometry cutoffs. (lines 233-240 and 241-249).

      (2) Because the analysis relies strongly on modification probability scores, the authors may also wish to discuss how these scores relate to expected error rates. If possible, providing an analysis of how false positive rates behave across probability thresholds using the IVT controls included in the study could help readers better interpret the meaning of the chosen cutoff values.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As described above, we have now directly assessed how false-positive rates vary across modification probability thresholds using the unmodified IVT controls. In the revised manuscript, we report error rates relative to the IVT controls across a range of modification probability cutoffs and within discrete probability intervals (lines 203–213). These analyses demonstrate that false-positive rates decrease with increasing modification probability and provide an empirical basis for interpreting the selected probability thresholds.

      (3) For the comparison between the two modification detection approaches, the authors may consider providing additional analyses that clarify the source of discrepancies between the methods. For example, examining whether differences depend on read coverage, sequence context, or site stoichiometry could help readers better understand the conditions under which the two approaches converge or diverge.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We agree that analyses of read coverage, sequence context, and site stoichiometry could help explain the differences between the two methods. However, our current results suggest that the main reason for the discrepancy is the limited conversion efficiency of the GLORI dataset (see Fig. 3D). To properly assess the effects of coverage or sequence context, we would need a higher-quality GLORI dataset with better conversion efficiency. Generating such a dataset and repeating the analysis was beyond the scope of this study. We have therefore revised the text to make this limitation clearer and adjusted our interpretation accordingly (lines 343-361 and 583-593).

      (4) The interpretation of modification patterns between fibroblasts and neuron-like cells could also be strengthened by additional analyses that account for potential confounding factors such as differences in transcript abundance, transcript coverage, or gene expression levels between the two datasets.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. Our comparison was restricted to m<sup>6</sup>A sites shared between both cell types, minimizing potential biases from cell type-specific transcript detection. We agree that transcript abundance, coverage, and the effects of m<sup>6</sup>A on transcript stability and translation should be considered to assess the biological significance of these differences, but such analyses are beyond the scope of this study. We have therefore rephrased our statements more cautiously (lines 478-482).

      (5) In the description of the modification detection models, the manuscript would benefit from clearer reporting of the exact basecalling and modification model names used in the analyses. Because software version and model version are not necessarily equivalent, specifying the model identifiers would improve clarity and reproducibility.

      As mentioned above, we have revised the manuscript and figures accordingly and clarified the specific basecalling and modification models used for each analysis (lines 315-330).

      (6) The manuscript would also benefit from clarifying the relationship between the "DRACH" and "allcontext" outputs, particularly whether these represent distinct predictive models or the same model applied in different classification contexts.

      As mentioned above, we have revised the corresponding paragraph to avoid ambiguity regarding the models used in each analysis (lines 315-330).

      (7) Finally, the manuscript would strongly benefit from a more detailed discussion of the relationship between the present analysis and previous benchmarking studies of long-read RNA modification detection, which would help readers understand how the current work relates to and extends existing efforts in the field.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have expanded the discussion to better place our findings in the context of new benchmarking studies (538-547, 554-563).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors aim to establish a calibrated framework for identifying RNA chemical marks from direct RNA sequencing data using a modification-aware basecalling workflow, with a particular focus on N6-methyladenosine. By combining native RNA sequencing with an unmodified control transcriptome, enzyme inhibition, comparison across multiple software versions, and orthogonal validation using an independent mapping approach, the authors seek to define a best-practice pipeline for reducing falsepositive calls and improving confidence in quantitative interpretation across cell types.

      A major strength of the work is the rigor of the benchmarking strategy. In particular, the inclusion of an unmodified control transcriptome is both important and useful, and the study provides compelling evidence that this control remains necessary for robust interpretation, despite being omitted in many current workflows. The comparison across software versions and the matched analysis with an independent sequencing-based approach also substantially strengthen the evidence presented. The work therefore makes a valuable contribution to the community by offering a more stringent analytical framework that will likely be broadly useful to groups applying native RNA sequencing to study RNA chemical marks.

      The evidence supporting the main conclusions is solid overall. The authors convincingly show that stringent filtering substantially reduces false-positive calls and improves agreement with orthogonal approaches, particularly at highly modified sites. The observation that many sites are conserved across cell types, while showing differences in relative modification levels, is also supported by the presented analyses.

      At the same time, several conceptual issues limit the strength of some downstream interpretations. Most importantly, the manuscript repeatedly refers to the reported values as "stoichiometry," whereas the underlying software output is more appropriately interpreted as a statistical estimate of the proportion of aligned reads classified as modified. This distinction is important because the conclusions regarding celltype differences rely on quantitative comparisons of these values. In addition, the current calling framework depends on successful canonical base assignment before modification calling, which raises an important limitation: sites with the strongest signal deviations may be underrepresented if they are more likely to be miscalled during basecalling. This issue may be especially relevant for RNA marks that induce stronger mismatch signatures than N6-methyladenosine and should be more explicitly discussed. Overall, the authors largely achieve their primary aim of establishing a more rigorous and broadly applicable analytical framework for direct RNA sequencing-based modification detection. The work is likely to have a meaningful impact on the field, particularly by reinforcing the importance of appropriate negative controls and benchmarking standards. With clearer framing of the quantitative outputs and explicit discussion of current software limitations, this study will serve as a highly useful resource for the community.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have several conceptual and methodological concerns.

      (1) Please avoid the term "stoichiometry". A major concern is the repeated use of the term "stoichiometry." In the context of Dorado-based nanopore calling, this is fundamentally a statistical estimate of the proportion of aligned reads classified as modified, rather than a direct biochemical measurement of true molecular stoichiometry or occupancy. I strongly recommend replacing this term throughout the manuscript with:

      - predicted m6A/A proportion

      - relative modification proportionThis distinction is especially important because the manuscript draws biological conclusions from differences in these values across cell types. At present, the language risks overstating the quantitative certainty of the method.

      The reviewer is correct, and where applicable (text, figures), we have replaced the word “stoichiometry” with “predicted m<sup>6</sup>A/A proportion”.

      (2) Canonical basecalling dependency requires explicit discussion.

      A key conceptual concern is that the modification caller requires the base to first be correctly called as A before assigning it as m6A. This point needs to be explicitly addressed in the manuscript. Because the proportion is being calculated only from reads that are first aligned and called as canonical A, I strongly encourage the authors to include a mismatch analysis and explicitly frame the reported values as proportions derived only from correctly aligned A-containing reads. This raises an important question: are the strongest signal-distorting sites being systematically excluded from analysis because they are more likely to be basecalled incorrectly? This is an important limitation of the ONT Dorado/Modkit framework and should be discussed directly.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the reported modification proportions do not capture all reads overlapping a given position. The proportions are calculated from reads in which the corresponding base is basecalled as an A and is confidently assigned as either canonical A or m<sup>6</sup>A above the selected modification-probability threshold. Reads in which the position is basecalled as a different nucleotide, contain a deletion, are assigned another modification, or have an m<sup>6</sup>A probability below the selected threshold are therefore not included in the proportion estimate. For the DRACH context model, reads containing a non-matching base at other positions within the required motif context are likewise excluded from modification calling. We have now clarified this limitation explicitly in the revised manuscript (lines 285-296). In addition, to assess the potential magnitude of this effect, we performed a mismatch analysis examining the percentage of reads in which the reference A was basecalled as another nucleotide and evaluated its relationship with the predicted m<sup>6</sup>A/A proportion across sites in our filtered dataset (lines 297-313). This analysis provides information that is not captured by the predicted modification proportions.

      (3) The concern above (2) is likely stronger for Pseudouridine and Inosine RNA editing.

      I think this issue is likely even more important for Pseudouridine and Inosine RNA editing than for m6A. For these modifications, the basecalling error at the modified site is expected to be substantially stronger than for m6A, which may leave very few aligned reads available for downstream proportion calculations. This could potentially explain why the authors require a higher modification probability threshold for these marks. I would strongly encourage the authors to explicitly discuss whether this basecalling dependency contributes to the need for the {greater than or equal to}0.99 threshold and whether this introduces a systematic detection bias.

      To investigate the potential impact of basecalling errors on modification proportion estimates, we examined alternative nucleotide calls at modification sites, including pseudouridine and inosine sites, focusing on positions where non-reference basecalls accounted for ≥25% of the reads overlapping the site (lines 297-305). At pseudouridine sites, the predominant alternative basecall was C, whereas at inosine sites, G was most frequently observed. These results indicate that modification-associated basecalling errors may lead to the exclusion of a fraction of reads from downstream modification proportion calculations. Consequently, the reported modification proportions may be underestimated at sites where the presence of a modification strongly affects canonical basecalling, introducing a potential detection bias.

      Importantly, however, the modification probability thresholds used in our analysis were derived empirically by comparing modification probability distributions in the biological samples with those observed in the corresponding IVT and STM2457-treated controls. Basecalling accuracy was not considered in establishing these thresholds.

      (4) Need better framing of multiple modifications on the same transcript.

      In the Introduction, I would encourage the authors to better position nanopore DRS relative to short-read approaches by explicitly noting that short-read methods are also limited in their ability to resolve multiple modifications on the same transcript molecule. This is an important conceptual advantage of native longread sequencing and deserves clearer emphasis early in the manuscript.

      We agree that the ability to examine the co-occurrence of multiple modifications on individual RNA molecules represents an important distinction between nanopore DRS and short-read approaches. We have therefore revised the Introduction to explicitly note the limitation (lines 79-80, 83-84).

      (5) Clarify unclear experimental step.

      The stoichiometry distribution experiment (lines 189-195) in the Results section is difficult to follow.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised and restructured this section to more clearly describe the stoichiometry analysis (lines 255-274).

      (6) Discussion of non-DRACH sites.

      The manuscript interprets many non-DRACH GLORI sites as likely false positives. While this is a reasonable interpretation, I would like the authors to also discuss whether true cellular m6A may exist at non-DRACH motifs, and whether any non-canonical sites identified by nanopore DRS may represent biologically real events rather than technical artifacts.

      We agree and have added a new analysis (Fig. S23 and S24) addressing this point. Most non-DRACH calls derive from technical causes (SNPs, homopolymers, proximity to true DRACH sites), but a subset conforming to DRAC motifs, e.g., are STM2457-sensitive, indicating they likely represent genuine METTL3-dependent m<sup>6</sup>A sites. We have added a description of the new figures in the results section 425456) and discuss this further in lines 564-579.

      This is especially important given emerging evidence that non-canonical motifs can occasionally occur in vivo.

      We thank the reviewer and have added corresponding data and discussion, as pointed out above. While most all-context non-DRACH calls reflect similar technical artifacts, we identify STM2457-sensitive GGAUU sites, e.g., and a distinct STM2457-insensitive, METTL16-like class (e.g., ACAGA in MAT2A), supporting that some non-canonical calls represent true m<sup>6</sup>A sites.

      Regarding lines 236-240: Are there also sites from nanopore sequencing that are unexpectedly positive?

      We thank the reviewer for this question and refer to our newly added figures (Figure S23 and S24) and explanations described above.

      (7) Strongest point of the paper. I want to emphasize that one of the strongest contributions of this study is its clear demonstration that the modification-free transcriptome control is necessary. This should be stated even more explicitly as a best-practice recommendation, as the field increasingly trends toward analyses that omit such controls.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important aspect of our study. We have strengthened this point in the Discussion (lines 610-611) and now more explicitly recommend using a modification-free transcriptome control as a best practice for reliable RNA modification detection by DRS.

      Overall, I find this to be a strong manuscript, with its methodological rigor being a major strength. Addressing the concerns above would substantially improve both the clarity and interpretability of the work.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and constructive feedback. We believe that the revisions have improved the clarity of the manuscript and the interpretability of our findings.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to study mutational paths connecting WW domains with different binding specificities. Their approach combines an unsupervised sequence generative model based on RBMs with a path-sampling algorithm. The key result is that most intermediate sequences along the designed transition paths retain measurable binding activity in wet-lab assays, whereas paths containing the same mutations introduced in a randomized order are largely non-functional. This difference is attributed to epistatic interactions captured by the RBM model.

      Strengths:

      Exploring mutational paths in high-dimensional protein sequence space is a challenging problem. The computational framework used here is state-of-the-art and is strengthened by systematic experimental characterization of binding activity. The study is comprehensive in scope, including multiple transition paths both within and across WW specificity classes, and the integration of modeling with high-throughput experimental validation is a clear strength.

      Weaknesses:

      A major concern is whether the stated goal of specificity switching is fully achieved. Along the sampled transition paths, most intermediate variants appear to retain specificity close to either the initial or the final class, rather than exhibiting gradually shifting specificity. For example, in Figure 4G (Class I to Class II/III), binding appears largely binary, with intermediates behaving similarly to one of the endpoints. A similar pattern is observed in Figure 3H for the Class I to Class IV transition, where binding responses are close to 0 or 1. In this sense, the specificity-switching objective is only partially realized by assigning two endpoints with different specificity. This raises a broader conceptual question: is it possible that different WW specificities evolved from a common ancestor without passing through intermediates that exhibit mixed or intermediate specificity? If so, then inferring specificity-switching pathways purely from extant natural sequences may be fundamentally challenging.

      We have added a sentence in the introduction to underline these points, in particular: Is the specificity switch happening through abrupt or more gradual specificity changes? Does it correspond to a bottleneck in sequence space?

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This is an extremely important work that shows how one can use generative models to construct specificity-switching mutational paths in complex fitness landscapes. The experimental evidence is very clear, and the theoretical tools are innovative.

      The work will likely have a deep impact on future research aimed at understanding how evolution navigates fitness landscapes as well as reconstructing ancestral sequences.

      The manuscript is extremely clear and well written, the experimental evidence is strong, and the methods are clearly described, so I do not have major issues to raise. A few minor issues are listed below.

      (1) I consider the WW domain as an 'easy' case from the point of view of generative modelling. The domain is rather short, epistatic effects are not very strong (e.g. Boltzmann learning usually converges very quickly to a very paramagnetic state), and the resulting models are well interpretable (e.g. the hidden units of the RBM correlate well with subclasses).

      This is not always (not often?) the case, however. In more complex proteins, the learning procedures can be slower and the resulting models less interpretable. Just for completeness, perhaps the authors could comment on the generality of the results and what they would expect for other systems based on their experience.

      We have added a sentence in conclusion to discuss the application of our framework to more complex and longer proteins.

      (2) In Section 3.3, the authors say that direct paths connecting Class I and Class IV behave similarly to indirect paths, despite having lower scores according to the RBM. How generic is this? Does it also happen for other classes? This might be an important point to address, as direct paths are easier to sample.

      We have added a sentence in conclusion to emphasize the need for a more exhaustive study of non-direct vs direct paths.

      (3) The path shown in Figure 4 goes through a region of non-functionality around sequences 18-19. It seems that the sample path is basically exploring the functional regions for Class I and Class II/III separately, trying to approach the other class, but then it can't really make the switch.

      By contrast, the path going from Class I to Class IV seems able to perform the functional switch in a single step (20-21) without losing too much of the function.

      Perhaps the authors could better comment on this? Is this a limitation of the sampling method, or a fundamental biological fact?

      We now better stress and discuss the comparison between Class I to Class IV paths and Class I to Class II paths in the conclusion.

      (4) On page 12, it is stated that the temperature was chosen to 1/3 to maximize the score. This is important and should be mentioned earlier (I didn't notice it until that point).

      We have added a sentence in Section 3.2 on the lowering of the sampling temperature to 1/3 to obtain high-scores sequences.

      (5) On page 13, it is stated that: "However, the scores of the ancestral sequences along the phylogenetic pathways assigned by the RBM are significantly lower than the ones of the RBM-designed sequences. This result is expected as ASR reconstruction does not take into account epistasis, differently from RBM, and we expect ASR sequences to generally be of lesser quality."

      I was very surprised by this result. My own experience with ASR shows that, on the contrary, sequences found by ASR (via maximum likelihood) tend to have high scores in the (R)BM, and tend to be more stable than extant sequences. I attribute this to the fact that ASR typically finds a "consensus" sequence that maximizes the contribution to the score coming from the fields (the profile), which is typically dominant over the epistatic signal, resulting in a bigger score. Maybe the authors did not use maximum likelihood in the ASR? Some clarification might be useful here.

      We have updated Figure 5 with shuffled and ASR sequences, and added Suppl Figure 7 to compare the score of the consensus sequences and the ones of the most ancestral nodes along the path in the ASR reconstruction with the natural scores.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I suggest that the authors either more clearly acknowledge that smooth specificity switching is not fully demonstrated or reconsider the use of "specificity switching" in the title. An alternative framing could emphasize the study of mutational paths connecting different specificity classes, without implying a transition in specificity.

      One of the main questions motivating our study was precisely to investigate where along the path and how the transition in specificity happens, i.e. through intermediate that exhibit mixed or intermediate specificity (which we had defined as ‘smooth’) or more abruptly.

      For class I-IV paths, we observe a smooth specificity switch with some cross-specificity of the sequences designed in the switching-specificity region, with low but significant binding responses not only towards class I and IV ligands (the extant sequences specificity class) but also to ligand of class II. On the contrary, in the paths from class I to class II-III, we observe the abrupt switch, at the predicted specificity boundary, with sequences with a clear response to one or the other peptide. This abrupt switch requires the change of several amino acids determining the specificity class, and binding is loss when this change is incomplete.

      We understand that the term “smooth” to design the cross-reactivity of the few sequences in the predicted ‘switching boundary zone’ could be misleading, so we have removed it from the abstract.

      Moreover, we have added a sentence in introduction to motivate the study of where and how the specificity transition takes place, and two sentences in conclusion about the identification of where the specificity switching take place along the path, and to underline the difference between the paths from class I to class IV and the ones from class I to class II/III.

      It is striking that all scrambled paths are non-functional. Given that sequences adjacent to the end states differ by only a few mutations, one might expect at least some of these variants to remain functional, as small numbers of mutations often do not abolish activity. The authors should discuss this result in greater depth and more clearly explain how it uniquely supports the role of epistatic interactions.

      The sampling of the scrambled paths is not strictly random. Along the scrambled path the mutations are inserted in the reverse order; the scrambled paths are therefore chosen to maximize the sequence divergence between the unscrambled sequences (in which the mutation is predicted to be functional by the path sampling algorithm) and the one in which it is tested in the scrambled path. The fact that the background matters is a clear sign of epistasis.

      We have better explained this important point in Section 3.3, where we introduce scrambled paths.

      Specificity class annotations are inferred using RBM latent weights. However, as shown in Figure 2E, the boundaries between classes in latent space are not sharply defined. It would strengthen the analysis to validate these class assignments using alternative representations, such as clustering in the latent space of a VAE or embeddings from protein language models, to assess whether the inferred class boundaries are robust and consistent.

      Beyond RBM weights, the boundaries between clusters have been assessed by inferring two different RBMs (which we call class specific RBM) on class specific MSA, such models validated the robustness of the boundaries. Most importantly, we have shown that the classification is consistent with experiments.

      To further answer this comment, we have added Suppl. Figures 7 and 8, showing that a simple PCA approach, as well as VAE agree with our clustering.

      In Figure 3C and Figure 3F, variants 18 and 19 appear to represent transition states located in regions of latent space with little or no training data. Intuitively, such variants would be expected to have a lower probability than variants 22, which lie in a high-density region of the RBM model. However, this expectation is not reflected in Figure 3C. A similar issue appears in Figure 4. The authors should carefully re-examine these results and clarify whether this behavior arises from the model, the scoring procedure, or a potential error.

      We confirm that variants 18 and 19 in mutational path between classes I-IV have larger scores than the class IV wild-type domain. We have attributed the low score of this class IV wild-type (the extant sequence) to its smaller structural stability, as discussed in Sec 3.3 and with Supplementary Figure 3.

      The key point here is that the scores of Natural sequences are spread, as shown with the histogram in Fig. 5 (green distribution), corresponding to more or less stable natural protein. The RBM model (with a low sampling temperature favoring higher RBM scores) is able to generate artificial sequences far away in sequence space (i.e. with high Hamming distance with respect to natural one), while keeping high scores. The functionality of designed proteins with high RBM scores has been demonstrated in previous work by some of us, e.g. [Malbranke et al PLoS Comp Bio 2026], [Huot, Monasson, Cocco Cell system 2026], [Fernandez-de-Cossio-Diaz Nature Communication 2026], building up on similar results for BM models [Russ et al Science 2020].

      We have now clarified the point of the sampling at low temperature earlier in the manuscript in Section 3.2.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In Figure 2 F-G, maybe a histogram of the scores of natural sequences could be added for comparison.

      We have added the histogram of scores of natural sequences in figure 5, where we discuss the scores of the generated sequences for the different paths.

      (2) In Section 3.4, "(Wild type 1YWI or formin binding protein)" is not clear; there might be a typo. Please check

      We do refer to Formin-binding protein 1, also known as FNBP1. We have reformulated the corresponding sentence.

      (3) On page 16 at the end of section 4, the authors could consider citing "Integrating experimental feedback improves generative models for biological sequences" by Calvanese et al. among the active learning methods.

      Thanks for suggesting to cite this very relevant work. We have added the reference.

      (4) Reference 78 is stated "in preparation (2019)", I guess this is a mistake and could be fixed.

      The reference has been updated.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Changes made independently of the reviewers' comments

      In addition to the revisions described below, we have made the following three changes during the revision process. None of them affects the overall claims of the paper.

      (1) Removal of the blebbistatin data. The blebbistatin experiments (Figure 3f and h in the original manuscript) did not reproduce in repeated trials. We have therefore removed these data, together with the related descriptions in the Results, Discussion, and Materials and Methods.

      (2) Removal of the pan-KRT6 KO-2 data. The original manuscript presented two pan-KRT6 KO cell lines. We subsequently found that an insufficient number of biological replicates had been obtained for KO-2, although its results were consistent in direction with those of KO-1. We have removed the KO-2 data and renamed pan-KRT6 KO-1 as pan-KRT6 KO.

      (3) Revised statistics. As described in our response to Reviewer #1's comment (2), we re-analyzed the quantitative data using a generalized linear model that accounts for experimental batch. With this analysis, the effect of ruthenium red on cell exit (Figure 4b) and the effect of one TGF-β receptor inhibitor on cell exit (Figure 3e) no longer reached statistical significance. The corresponding descriptions in the Results have been amended.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes the migration of epidermal keratinocytes through porous membranes and observes a unique size selection whereby only on 3-micron membrane are keratinocytes able to migrate and reform an intact epidermis. The authors propose that the model replicates three cell states of the intact epidermis, EMT, and MET. They also show that this response depends on the actin cytoskeleton and Piezo1, and the migration could be stimulated with TGF-beta ligands.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the study include the establishment of a simple yet robust in vitro model that captures all three cell states, which could be useful for future investigation of wound healing or metastasis. There is also good characterisation of the pore size effects, providing some interesting observations about the physical regulation of keratinocyte migration. The images and presentation are clear.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Some of the terminology would benefit from better definition or refinement. Triphasic suggests different physical behaviours (e.g. liquid-liquid phase separation) rather than cellular properties. Perhaps it would be better to refer to these as cell states or to describe the model more specifically as an invasion or EMT model. Likewise, the term 'reciprocating' implies two-way communication, but it is used to describe two-way migration or oscillating migration. Here, perhaps oscillatory would be clearer.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the title, abstract, and main text to avoid the terms “reciprocating” and “triphasic” and have instead adopted “oscillatory” and “three-compartment,” respectively.

      (2) The quantification and statistical analysis of key results could be improved. Notably, quantification of immunostaining in Figures 1 and 2 would strengthen core findings, and greater detail is needed on the sample sizes and number of experiments used for statistical analysis. These details are missing or only appear to N=1 in some places.

      We have added the quantification and statistical analysis to the revised manuscript. We realized that some of the data in the original manuscript combined technical and biological replicates. Therefore, we have revised the statistical analysis and presented the sample size in each experiment in the revised manuscript.

      (3) There is an attempt to analyse the underlying molecular mechanisms, but these studies lack depth and detail. For example, it is not clear how actin, keratins, and piezo1 communicate to regulate cell migration. Are they acting directly on EMT genes such as SNAI1 or through changes in cell mechanics and cell-cell adhesions? Likewise, is TGF-beta signalling active in the system (e.g. nuclear pSMAD during cell migration)? As a result, the new biological insight is somewhat limited and confirms much of what is known about these pathways in keratinocyte migration.

      We have elaborated these matters in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript. Unfortunately, we were not able to specifically determine if nuclear pSMAD is present in the cells within micropores, due to technical issues described below. However, as TGF-β inhibition did not affect the entry into and the exit from the micropores (Figure 3b, e), TGF-β signaling is unlikely to be essential for this process.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nohara et al. presents a novel 3D assay that allows for stratification of epithelia, active EMT through small pores, and active MET. They show that 3 µm pores allow for keratinocytes to sample the pore through filopodia and upregulate EMT genes to transverse the pores to the other side of the membrane where EMT genes are downregulated as the cells re-establish stratified epithelia. The TGFbeta pathway and actin polymerization promote the movement of cells into the pores and Piezo1 and KRT6 actively block this movement. This work provides a novel 3D assay that is likely to become a benchmark to analyze these processes using a more complex system than other current culture-specific EMT and MET assays.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript include the foundational analysis of the pathways involved in establishing the tri-phasic epithelium. The authors have incorporated live imaging, drug studies, KO analysis, and RNA sequencing to show the relevant pathways involved.

      Weaknesses:

      While the authors provide strong evidence that the tri-phasic epithelium represents the EMT process, the MET process is largely relegated to the absence of EMT genes. It would be interesting to know how the stratified MET epithelia submerged in the media is similar or different from the stratified epithelia at the air-liquid interface.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment and agree that the comparison between the MET-derived epithelium beneath the membrane and the original epithelium at the air–liquid interface is an intriguing question. Our current data provide partial insight: the epithelium beneath the membrane re-expressed E-cad (Figure 1d) and showed laminin β3 deposition comparable to that of the epithelium above the membrane (Figure 1—figure supplement 1e), indicating that it re-establishes at least some features of an epithelial tissue. However, it also retained elevated Vim and N-cad relative to the epithelium on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane (Figure 1—figure supplement 1b, c), suggesting that the MET is not complete. A systematic comparison, including barrier function and terminal differentiation markers, would require a dedicated study, which we plan to undertake.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors established an experimental system that reproduced three-dimensional triphasic epithelia, i.e., the original epithelium, its EMT, and MET. Keratinocytes (KCs), skin epithelial cells, placed on a microporous membrane migrated through 3.0-um or larger micropores. The 3.0-um-pored membrane induced an epithelial structure with three states: stratified KCs above the membrane, KCs showing EMT within the micropores, and a new stratified epithelium under the membrane. The membrane with larger micropores failed to maintain this triphasic epithelium. Live imaging revealed that KCs moved in a reciprocating manner, with actin-rich filopodia-like KC structures extending into and out of the 3.0-um micropores, while the cells migrated unidirectionally into larger micropores. KO of Piezo1 and keratin 6 increased KC entry to and exit from the 3.0-um micropores. Their results demonstrate that benign keratinocytes migrate through confined spaces in a reciprocating manner, which might help form triphasic epithelia, recapitulating wound healing processes.

      Strengths:

      Careful observation of the behaviour of keratinocytes on the different-sized pores. CrispR-Cas9 gene editing to KO Piezo 1 and keratin 6 isoforms in HaCaT keratinocytes.

      Weaknesses:

      There is no analysis of the matrix produced by the keratinocytes on the different pore sizes as this may influence migration.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have included images of laminin β3 labeling in 3D epidermis formed on 0.4-µm- or 3.0-µm-pored membranes in the revised manuscript (Figure 1—figure supplement 1e). Laminin β3, a subunit of laminin 332, was detected in the epithelium formed on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane, as well as in all three compartments of the tissue formed on the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. We did not observe an apparent difference in laminin β3 deposition between the two pore sizes, although we note that this assessment is qualitative and that a quantitative comparison of matrix production would require a separate study.

      HaCaT cells are quite different from normal keratinocytes in terms of migration. Pilcher et al. PMID: 9182674

      We have included this limitation in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript and cited the suggested publication (Pilcher et al. 1997).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Some of the terminology needs better definition or refinement. Triphasic suggests different physical behaviours (e.g. liquid-liquid phase separation) rather than cellular properties. Perhaps it would be better to refer to these as cell states or to describe the model more specifically as an invasion or EMT model. Likewise, the term 'reciprocating' implies two-way communication, but it is used to describe two-way migration or oscillating migration. Here, perhaps oscillatory would be clearer.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the title, abstract, and main text to avoid the terms “reciprocating” and “triphasic” and have instead adopted “oscillatory” and “three-compartment,” respectively.

      (2) The qualitative images in Figure 1 need better quantitative support through image analysis of the immunostaining to confirm changes in marker expression within the different regions of the epidermis. As this is a core finding of the study, it requires additional quantification beyond the qPCR results, which also do not provide spatial information.

      In accordance with the reviewer's suggestion, we have added quantitative image analysis of E-cad, N-cad, Vim, and Slug in the epithelium on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane and in the compartments above and below the 3.0-µm-pored membrane (Figure 1—figure supplement 1a–d). Vim was significantly more abundant in both compartments of the 3.0-µm-pored condition than in the 0.4-µm-pored condition. N-cad showed the same trend, reaching statistical significance for the comparison between the 0.4-µm-pored membrane and the compartment below the 3.0-µm-pored membrane, and was also significantly more abundant below than above the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. Slug showed a similar trend that did not reach statistical significance, and E-cad did not differ significantly among the three regions. Unlike the qPCR results, these data provide spatial information on marker expression.

      (3) More detail is needed regarding the number of independent experiments and cells analysed. This appears to be missing from both the methods and figure captions.

      We apologize for the lack of detail. In the Materials and Methods, we have added a full description of the experimental design (measurement points per biological replicate, composition of each experimental batch) and of the statistical analysis, including the gamma generalized linear model with experimental batch as a categorical fixed effect, and the software used. In the figure legends, we have added the number of biological replicates, the statistical test, and the meaning of each graph element for every quantitative panel, as well as the number of replicates underlying each representative image. For Figure 2g and 2h, we have stated the number of independent experiments. We note that our quantification is based on the fraction of the imaging field occupied by GFP fluorescence rather than on individual cell counts; we therefore report the number of biological replicates and measurement points rather than the number of cells analyzed.

      (4) Figure 2i,j needs quantification to support the conclusions. Were the studies in 2g,h replicated in independent experiments? Likewise, could KCs in the micropores simply appear more positive for Vimentin because they are smaller? It would help to show quantification of a marker that does not change or goes down in the channel.

      In response to the reviewer's suggestion, we quantified the Vim/E-cad fluorescence intensity ratio, using E-cad as the internal reference marker (Figure 2—figure supplement 1d). The ratio was significantly lower within the micropores than above the membrane, indicating that Vim signals were not enriched within the micropores relative to E-cad. We therefore agree with the reviewer that the apparent increase in Vim positivity within the micropores in the original images was, at least in part, attributable to the smaller apparent size of the cells in this region. The quantification instead indicates that the partial EMT phenotype was already present in the cells above the membrane rather than being acquired upon entry into the micropores, which is consistent with the elevated Vim intensity both above and below the 3.0-µm-pored membrane in primary KCs (Figure 1—figure supplement 1c). We have revised the description of Figures 2i and 2j accordingly.

      The experiments shown in Figures 2g and 2h were performed three times independently, and both panels summarize the pooled data from all three experiments. This is now stated in the Materials and Methods and in the figure legends.

      (5) How does the oscillatory migration response depend on the length of the channel? If the channels were longer, would they not be able to exit and reform the epithelium? This would require a different experimental system but could be important for understanding the fundamental principles of the observed migratory responses.

      We agree with the reviewer that the length of the channel may influence cellular behavior. In our study, we used 3.0-µm-pored membranes from Millicell (Merck) and Transwell (Corning), both of which have a membrane thickness of approximately 10 µm. Greiner also offers 3.0-µm-pored membranes with longer channels; however, the pore orientation in these products is not uniform, making them unsuitable for our experimental setup. As these are the only commercially available options accessible to us, we are currently unable to perform experiments addressing the effect of channel length. We agree that this is an important question and warrants investigation in future studies using appropriately engineered systems.

      (6) The underlying mechanisms are not described in much detail and there is no linkage between the pathways and molecules investigated. How exactly do actin, keratins, and piezo1 communicate to regulate cell migration? Are they acting directly on EMT genes such as SNAI1 or through changes in cell mechanics and cell-cell adhesions? Likewise, is TGF-beta signalling active in the system (e.g. nuclear pSMAD during cell migration)?

      Our data support a model in which mechanosensing and cytoskeletal remodeling, rather than transcriptional EMT programs alone, primarily regulate keratinocyte migration through confined micropores. Notably, inhibition of TGF-β signaling, a major driver of canonical EMT programs, did not impair keratinocyte entry into or exit from the micropores (Figure 3). These findings suggest that while EMT-associated pathways can modulate the process, as evidenced by the enhanced migration observed upon addition of TGF-β ligand, keratinocyte migration through micropores does not depend on classical TGF-β–driven EMT signaling. We could not directly assess nuclear pSMAD localization within the micropores because autofluorescence of micropore walls hindered the detection of nuclear signals in whole-mount imaging. Moreover, sagittal sectioning of frozen or FFPE-reconstructed 3D epidermis did not yield a sufficient number of nuclei in the micropores for assessing pSMAD positivity. Therefore, we cannot exclude context-dependent activation of TGF-β signaling. However, the lack of functional inhibition upon TGF-β receptor blockade indicates that canonical TGF-β signaling is not essential for this process. Our experiments further indicate that actin polymerization is essential for both entry into and exit from 3.0-µm micropores, suggesting that dynamic protrusive activity is a prerequisite for confined migration. Piezo1 and keratin 6 appear to function as negative modulators of this process. Piezo1, a mechanosensitive ion channel, likely influences migration by regulating cytoskeletal tension and cell shape, consistent with previous reports (Holt et al., 2021). Keratin 6, a stress-induced intermediate filament, may modulate actin organization and the mechanical properties of keratinocytes, as suggested by increased stress fiber formation in Krt6a/Krt6b-null cells (Wong & Coulombe, 2003).

      We have incorporated these points into the revised Discussion accordingly.

      (7) While the culture model is interesting and a simple yet useful tool to study EMT/MET, the new insight into these processes is somewhat limited and confirms much of what we already know about Piezo1, TGF-beta, and the cytoskeleton in KC migration. A clearer demonstration of new insight would help to strengthen the utility of the model.

      We agree that Piezo1, TGF-β signaling, and cytoskeletal dynamics have previously been implicated in keratinocyte migration. Our intention was not to claim the identification of entirely new molecular regulators of migration. Rather, the conceptual advance of our study lies in demonstrating how confined spatial architecture alone can generate a spatially organized epithelium comprising spatially graded EMT and MET states within a single continuous tissue.

      Specifically, our model reveals that keratinocytes undergoing confined migration exhibit oscillatory protrusive behavior that preserves the integrity of the overlying epithelium while enabling the formation of a new stratified epithelium beneath the membrane. To our knowledge, this dynamic integration of confined migration, partial EMT, and subsequent MET within a stratified epithelial context has not been previously demonstrated. The oscillatory behavior itself represents a distinct migratory mode compared to the predominantly unidirectional migration described in two-dimensional or Transwell assays.

      In summary, the novelty of this study lies in revealing how physical confinement can organize epithelial states and migratory dynamics in a self-organizing manner. We have included these conceptual advances in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In the introduction the authors state that 3D epidermis is not useful for wound healing. There are lots of papers using 3D epidermis for wound healing/re-epithelialization experiments.

      We agree with the reviewer’s point. Our original intention was to emphasize the utility of our new 3D model; however, we have moderated the tone in the Introduction to avoid underestimating the applicability of existing 3D epidermis models for wound healing and re-epithelialization studies and cited the relevant papers in the revised manuscript.

      As the cultures on the different membrane pore sizes are in culture for 14 days, a substantial matrix is produced. I think it would be useful to show staining for laminin 332 at the minimum as this may regulate migration.

      Production may also be influenced by the pore size/substrate.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have included images of laminin β3 labeling in 3D epidermis formed on 0.4-µm- or 3.0-µm-pored membranes in the revised manuscript (Figure 1—figure supplement 1e). Laminin β3, a subunit of laminin 332, was detected in the epithelium formed on the 0.4-µm-pored membrane, as well as in all three compartments of the tissue formed on the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. We did not observe an apparent difference in laminin β3 deposition between the two pore sizes, although we note that this assessment is qualitative and that a quantitative comparison of matrix production would require a separate study.

      HaCat cells are a slightly flawed keratinocyte model but I can see why you used them for gene manipulation, actin expression. Their flaws should be acknowledged in the Discussion.

      We have included this limitation in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript and cited the suggested publication (Pilcher et al. 1997).

      The RNA-seq dataset should be publicly available.

      We have made this RNA-seq dataset available publicly (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/query/acc.cgi?acc=GSE282553) and have presented this information in the Data availability section.

      In Figure 2, i and j in the legend the authors refer to 3 and 8-micron pores, but these are not labelled in the Figure.

      This was our error in mentioning 8.0-µm micropores in the Figure 2 legend. We intended to show only the 3D structure formed by the 3.0-µm-pored membrane. We have removed the reference to “8.0-µm micropores” in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study presents convincing findings on creating an exhaustive library of new enhancer-AAVs targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes with high potential for both basic and translational work, which will be of value to a large and growing community. However, the outdated description of glial biology in the Introduction, the overstated claims of utility in the Conclusion, and the loose stringency in the criteria used to assemble the library diminish the strengths of the claims. The work will be of interest to neuroscientists working on glial cell biology.

      We thank eLife for the positive comments. We also are happy to provide a revised manuscript in response to the critical feedback. Revisions focus on improving the language and the descriptions of the vectors. We believe these improvements will help clarify the study and showcase the importance of astrocyte- and oligodendrocyte-specific enhancer AAVs for genetic access to these important cell types.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The goal of this study was to generate a library of new enhancer-driven AAVs in order to selectively and efficiently target astrocytes and oligodendrocytes in rodents. The implied criteria are that such viral vectors should have high specificity for the intended cell type and effectively express in all astrocytes/oligos in the brain or, alternatively, be specific for defined brain regions, layers, or subtypes of astrocytes/oligos. In addition, they should be compatible with intravenous retro-orbital delivery to facilitate experimentation and brainwide targeting (i.e., show organ specificity and high efficiency in the brain). Ideally, these new AAVs would also maintain their characteristics across disease contexts and show applicability in non-human primates. Tools with such characteristics are generally lacking in studying glial cells and would be extremely useful to scale up and accelerate glial research, allowing targeting of astrocytes/oligos with distinct molecular identity and intersectional strategies.

      At present, however, none of the enhancer-AAVs presented in the study seems to meet this combination of criteria, at least not with the level of stringency typically expected in the field. The main reason is that, in its current form, the study does not present one candidate AAV iteratively improved to meet all these criteria; instead, it presents a catalogue of new AAVs with various degrees of specificity, completeness, and mixed characteristics. Therefore, their utility should be interpreted cautiously. Moreover, the way specificity and completeness are intermixed in the analysis makes it difficult to evaluate the actual utility of any given AAV. The study might have been strengthened by focusing on a small set of the most promising candidates (i.e., AiE0890m_3x2C) and validating them thoroughly for expression specificity, completeness, effective cargo expression, ability to allow specific pan-astrocyte or astrocyte-subtype targeting in vivo, and preserved properties in NHPs and in disease, as this would encourage their adoption by the community. Currently, too many AAVs are assessed inconsistently against the desired criteria, with none being evaluated through and through.

      The impact of the catalogue is also greatly diminished by the fact that a suite of AAVs with outstanding specificity and efficiency is already available for the study of astrocytes (e.g., 4x6T AAVs) and was not utilized as a standard to benchmark the new library, making it difficult to appreciate the relative benefits of the new AAVs. The inclusion of expression data in NHPs is very significant, but benchmarking against established AAVs would also be needed to fully appreciate their value.

      Importantly, readers should also be aware that the study seems noticeably limited in its literacy with glial biology. The introduction and discussion frame the field in a way that seems outdated, creating the impression that the diverse roles of glia in health and disease have not yet been studied, which may inadvertently be perceived as dismissive and stigmatizing.

      In summary, the paper introduces potentially useful viral tools and lays the foundations for future multiplexed targeting of distinct glial cell subpopulations in rodents and in nonhuman primates, which are extremely important directions. Some of the regionally restricted or even sparsely expressed AAVs may prove valuable in enabling subpopulation specific targeting or molecular profiling strategies, but currently lack full benchmarking. At present, the promises over the utility of the new tools seem overstated, and the library may not yet represent an actionable resource for targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the constructive commentary. We would like to point out that these enhancer-AAV sequences are all publicly available for research use through Addgene and have already been in use in multiple other publications. As one example, our enhancer AiE0380h was used as a recent positive control astrocyte-specific agent to help guide the discovery of enhancers that were activated in gliosis conditions (Zamboni et al., 2026 Nat Neurosci; PMID: 41331142). As another example, several of the vectors have been highly requested at Addgene including AiE0390m_3xC2 and AiE0410m to target astrocytes and oligodendrocytes.

      The reviewer pointed out that we did not compare the effectiveness of our enhancer-AAV vectors to the GfaABC1D-4x6T elements described by Gleichman et al. Although it is true we did not perform head-to-head comparisons, we have characterized our vectors by the same metrics as Gleichman et al. which is summarized in Author response image 1. The results shown here indicate that our enhancer-AAV vectors are comparable to the GfaABC1D-4x6T vector characterized by Gleichman.

      Author response image 1.

      AiE0390m-based enhancer-AAV vectors show comparable levels of specificity and completeness to that observed with GfaABC1D as observed by Gleichmann et al.

      It was not the intent of our study to quantitatively compare our vectors or studies, rather to provide independent sets of reagents to allow astrocyte and oligodendrocyte marking that will provide utility to the neuroscience community. However we have provided additional characterization that adds value to the enhancer elements we studied. We characterized our best-performing vectors by scRNA-seq, in peripheral tissue (liver), across species (mouse, rat, NHP), with a known difficult transgene (NeuroD1-mCherry), with a physiologic reporter (iACH-SnFR), and in disease context (Dravet syndrome). We also found new agents that provide astrocyte regional specificity and also those that mark oligodendrocytes. We feel that having sets of tools with differing properties will provide greater flexibility in choosing one that works for many applications. As examples, it could be desired to have higher or lower expression levels for any certain applications, or possibly different levels of completeness or sparsity. Sparse labeling is particularly valuable for evaluating morphology, while dense labeling could be advantageous to deliver a ubiquitous therapeutic. Having multiple validated tools enables this flexibility and support the whole field.

      Finally we would like to highlight that the enhancer elements we describe here are fully complementary to the existing sets of glial tools, including GfaABC1D and the 4x6T elements described by Gleichman et al. Importantly, enhancer elements are fully compatible with microRNA-binding sites like 4x6T, so combinations of these elements can provide fine control over targeted cell types. Furthermore, some enhancers provide different types of responses to cell states. AiE0390m has activity that is unperturbed by Dravet syndrome epilepsy, unlike GfaABC1D which expresses more strongly and in some neurons in this disease (Figure 8). This is similar to the IREN5 element described recently which activates in gliotic astrocytes near sites of damage (Zamboni et al.). Therefore, enhancer activities will help the field target and manipulate astrocytes and other glial cells in differential pathological disease states. As a result of these extra layers of flexibility, we anticipate that these enhancers will become tools for marking and manipulating astrocytes and enhancers in unforeseen ways. To help adoption in the community, detailed characterization of these and all related Allen Institute enhancer-AAV vectors are now available online in an easy-to-use resource (Allen Institute Genetic Tools Atlas at https://brain-map.org/bkp/experiment/genetic-tools/genetic-tools-atlas).

      We have also added new references and reframed the introduction and discussion of this work to provide a more current survey of the glial field.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Enhancer elements are regulatory DNA sequences that are capable of driving specific expression patterns. As these elements are generally short and context-independent, enhancers can be used in expression vectors (e.g., packaged in an adeno-associated virus, AAV) to limit expression to target cell populations. This approach was identified as a major strategy for cell-type-specific manipulation in the brain and has been pursued by both standard research studies as well as large-scale efforts led by the BRAIN Initiative. This manuscript describes a major effort to generate enhancer-AAVs targeting astrocytes and oligodendrocytes orchestrated by a large research team led by the Allen Institute for Brain Science. This manuscript parallels other recent publications describing sets of enhancerAAVs, following rigorous, similar methods with relatively broad testing and application.

      To identify and screen candidate enhancers, the scientists prioritized candidates via analysis of single-nucleus accessibility and methylation datasets (i.e., snATAC-seq) and tested them in mice. The scientists prioritized candidate enhancers that exhibited specificity of accessibility in the target cell type. Following selection, the scientists cloned the candidate sequences into AAV vectors with a minimal promoter and reporter gene, packaged the virus, delivered it to the mouse brain, and screened for activity based on reporter expression. Candidates that passed initial screening were further characterized via imaging and sorting, followed by single-cell RNA-seq. This process had around a 50% success rate and yielded 25 astrocyte and 21 oligodendrocyte enhancer-AAVs with the targeted cell-type-specific expression patterns.

      The scientists went on to test for subtype-specific activity patterns, finding wide diversity in astrocyte activities across sub-populations and conversely, homogenous oligodendrocyte activation. They optimized a few of these via concatenating the enhancer core sequence to increase expression levels of the reporter gene and showed strong specificity and completeness of cell targeting for a set of these enhancer-AAVs. Following characterization and validation, they then deployed these enhancer-AAVs in a number of demonstration applications to show the utility for basic and translational science. All the constructs developed here are available for public use via Addgene, ensuring that these new tools can be used by other researchers.

      There really are no obvious weaknesses in the work presented here, from the generation of the enhancer-AAVs to use in sophisticated validation studies. The enhancer-AAV testing is rigorous and provides critical information necessary for other scientists to select and use these constructs. The applications demonstrate the power of enhancer-AAV approaches. The toolbox presented here may not enable specific targeting of all relevant cellular subtypes or activity states for astrocytes and oligodendrocytes, and future work will be needed to fully understand the activity of the enhancers, identity of the target cell types, and context-dependent utility of these constructs. However, the set of enhancer-AAVs developed here should be transformative for researchers working on accessing and manipulating these cell types and have a major impact on the field.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for their positive feedback. We would like to re-emphasize that these enhancer-AAV sequences are all publicly available for research use through Addgene, with characterization data beyond what we have presented here is available publicly on Allen Institute Genetic Tools Atlas. Further these tools have already been in use in multiple other publications. We are eager to see how the research community makes use of these tools.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My main suggestion is that the authors should try to make their library less of a catalogue and more focused on delivering one or two enhancer-AAVs that surpass existing ones, thus effectively delivering a new tool with great utility to the field. To achieve this, authors should pick their best candidate AAVs and evaluate them systemically across all the criteria, with side-by-side comparison to two benchmarks: the classic GFAP promoter AAV, and the 4x6T AAVs developed by Gleichman et al (PMID: 37973910).

      Thanks for the recommendation. Figures 2P, 5K, 6, 7, and 8 show comparison of our best astrocyte enhancer elements (AiE0390m and AiE0390m_3xC2) to GFAP promoter GfaABC1D. This work was done prior to the Gleichman et al. study so GfaABC1D-4x6T was not available at the time for direct comparison. However, as shown in Author response image 1, our data with AiE0390m and AiE0390m_3xC2 are comparable to that shown for GfaABC1D4x6T. Additionally we compared our enhancer-AAV vectors to the proB12 enhancer element described by Juttner et al. (Figures 2P and 5L), and again our enhancer-AAV vectors compare similarly. Finally, we also compared our oligodendrocyte-specific enhancers to the MBP promoter and we find our enhancers strongly outperform that promoter element in terms of specificity and completeness (Figure 3P and 5M). Overall, we have compared our new enhancer elements against reagents commonly used in the field, using established criteria for benchmarking effectiveness.

      Despite the effort put towards quantification and benchmarking, we believe there is significant value to having a variety of diverse and orthogonal tools in the field. Although GfaABC1D is an excellent promoter tool and maintains strong specificity under homeostatic conditions, it changes its character in different contexts. It took years and difficult experiments to realize this and caused investigators to believe astrocytes can differentiate into neurons with the right transgene. We confirm that the reality is this promoter changes activity when it expresses the NeuroD1 transgene (Fig. 6). Also, we demonstrate AiE0390m3xC2 maintains faithful astrocyte expression (Fig. 6). In a more recent example, Zamboni et al. showed that AiE0380h is downregulated in activated astrocytes. This isn’t an experiment we conducted and were not aware of that property. However, having multiple strong tools is a huge advantage when evaluating astrocytes and oligodendrocytes in different disease states and different experimental contexts. Investigators with only one or two tools available are at the mercy of the quirks of the tool. In this way, having a large collection of astrocyte and oligodendrocyte tools available is a major advantage to researchers that need a viral tool for glial expression in a new context. And importantly, as we show for hepatocytes (Fig. 7), investigators can predictions if any of our tools will change activity in different experimental contexts if epigenetic data is available. This prediction is not possible with promoters.

      For instance, 0390m is described as their best candidate but its efficiency is very low (~60%, Fig.10I). The concatenated version (AiE0390m_3x2C) is greatly improved, but it was not thoroughly evaluated: no data are provided regarding how its characteristics are maintained in disease context, its expression in other organs when delivered intravenously, or how it would be classified in Fig.2. Most notably, despite being engineered for RO injection, it was tested ICV in Fig. 9, missing an opportunity to demonstrate ease of use.

      As shown in Author response image 1, the efficiency (we prefer the term “completeness” since “efficiency” conflates labeling extent with expression level) we observed for AiE0390m is actually similar to or better than that observed for GfaABC1D-4x6T. AiE0390m_3x2C shows a still greater completeness of labeling, at the expense of a slightly diminished specificity with indirect reporter (Cre; Ai14). We have amended the colored bar graphs to write the observed completeness values directly in the figure for clarity.

      We have not tested this tool in the context of disease or the background expression in liver since the point of the manuscript was to present a library, not one specific tool. These are important experiments for a user focused on epilepsy or gene therapy to independently evaluate.

      Several sections of the text include claims or descriptions that are misleading and should be revised. This applies both to conclusions drawn from the presented data and to the framing of the field of glial biology.

      (1) Overstated/misleading conclusions: Segments such as "this collection of glial enhancer-AAVs will enable characterization of astrocyte and oligodendrocyte populations and their roles across species, disease states, and behavioral epochs" are unfounded based on the current library authors present and need to be revised. The conclusion that 2120m and 2160m are labeled "mutually exclusive regions" is misleading too, and no information is available on the specificity of 2160m. Similarly, the claim that the new AAVs are more predictable "across disease states" is a stretch, considering that a single disease model was employed. These are only examples.

      Thank you for the suggestions. We have amended the language in our manuscript as suggested to improve the accuracy and clarity of our claims, and limited our interpretation to one mouse model of epilepsy. AiE2160m predominantly labels subtelencephalic astrocytes (Figure 2—Figure Supplement 3) of the molecular taxonomy label “5109-AstroNT NN_3” (Figure 4D; taxonomic labels from Yao et al., 2023 PMID 38092916). However, we do strongly believe that this collection of tools, admittedly incompletely validated, will serve as an excellent starting point for investigator who need tools tailored to their biological need.

      (2) Outdated description of the field of glial biology: The text contains multiple segments that are incredibly dismissive of the current state of glial research. Sentences such as "Astrocytes provide trophic support for neurons, coordinate regional wiring patterns, respond to and regulate neurotransmission", or "this suggests that the astrocytes help selectively maintain glutamate or GABA tone depending on the local neurotransmitter balance" are incredibly reductive and dissonant with the reality of what the field has achieved, both conceptually and technically, and seem shockingly siloed from the past1520 years of research. This dramatically taints the credibility of what the authors have achieved and needs to be revised.

      Thank you for the constructive criticisms. Our language was intended to highlight the importance of glial cells without providing a comprehensive review. However the examples and wording did tilt toward passive roles and outdated references, whereas much recent work shows active instructive glial roles in regulating neural circuits. We have revised the language and added more recent examples/citations to reflect the chief roles that astrocytes play in the healthy brain.

      (3) The framework used to assess specificity and completeness would benefit from being more systematic, clear, and aligned with standards in the field.

      Thank you for the criticism. We have made our definitions of “Specificity” and “Completeness” more clear in the text. We have also added numerical text to our bar graph color presentation of completeness levels in Figures 2, 3, and 5 for easier interpretation. As shown in Author response image 1, our metrics are equivalent and comparable to those presented previously by Gleichman et al.

      (4) The apparent lack of core expertise in biology is detrimental to methodology. The authors seem unaware of the extreme stringency in the field: a 'specificity' of 80% would be considered extremely poor, and 90% would be merely acceptable. The bar for what the field typically expects for astrocyte-targeting is upward of 95%, usually close to 98-99%. See PMID: 37973910 as an example.

      We are happy that all of our best astrocyte-specific enhancer-AAV vectors (AiE0380h, AiE0390m, AiE0390h, AiE0387m, AiE0390m_3xC2, AiE0390h_3xC2, AiE0387m_3xC1) showed typical specificities of 98-99% or more. This was assessed by both IHC and scRNAseq. As one example, AiE0390h showed 452/454 cells positive by IHC (99.6% specific), and 86/86 sorted cells by RNA-seq (100% specific). This was data from two different animals in each assay (four total). In some assays we observed literally 100% specificity (807/807 labeled cells were astrocytes by IHC for AiE0390m). We made similar observations with the best oligodendrocyte-specific vectors (AiE0410m, AiE0641m, AiE0395h, AiE0397m, AiE0410m_3xC2). Moreover, it is not common for investigators to use transcriptomics to assess specificity in addition to histology.

      (5) AAVs with specificity above 95% could thus be labeled "specific," but all others should be considered "not specific" (perhaps with a gradation "poorly specific" for 95-90% and "not specific" below 90%). Either way, the category "mixed specificity" makes little sense.

      We are happy that all of our best astrocyte-specific enhancer-AAV vectors (AiE0380h, AiE0390m, AiE0387m, AiE0390m_3xC2, AiE0390h_3xC2, AiE0387m_3xC1) showed specificities of 98-99% or more, and only cells with astrocyte morphology observable throughout the brain. Other vectors were highly specific in cortex but also strongly labeled neurons in other regions; for example, AiE2118m shows strong and specific (>99%) astrocyte labeling in VISp, but changes specificity to isolated neuron populations in other regions like midbrain and medulla. Hence it has a “mixed” specificity profile. We have edited the text to clarify this grouping. Additionally, we hope that the matrix we provide in the new Figure 2—Figure Supplement 2 will aid in interpretation of regions where specificity is high and where specificity is low.

      (6) The tables that the authors provide (Figure 2 and Figure 2 Supplement 1) currently mix notions of specificity with notions of completeness, making it extremely difficult to assess the utility and quality of any of the AAVs. Instead, they should be separated, with first an assessment of specific and then an assessment of completeness/regionality only for those AAVs that are fully specific. Alternatively, authors could present their results as a matrix.

      We have amended the colored bar graphs to state the observed completeness levels directly in Figures 2, 3, and 5, rather than only as color scales as previously shown. We believe this improves the interpretability of the figure.

      (7) A more rigorous and useful way to assess CNS-wide or regional expression would be to provide quantitative region-by-region data with color-coded z-scoring per region, combined with meaningful descriptors (e.g., "Forebrain + cortex" instead of "most brain"). This could be a matrix with regions listed at the top and AAVs vertically.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have added this suggested matrix as Figure 2—Figure Supplement 2. We hope it aids in interpretation of the data.

      (8) The criteria used for the classification of AAVs seem confusing or misleading. For example, AiE0390h is described as "CNS-wide" but then highlighted for its lack of expression in the basal ganglia, making it unsuitable as a true pan-astrocyte AAV. Conversely, Ai0386m and AiE0386h, classified as "weak", show stronger expression than several of the AAVs classified under the "most CNS" category.

      We thank the reviewer for the observations. Delivering AAVs IV via PHP.eB routinely target basal ganglia structures including striatum less efficiently than other parts of brain including cortex. This was quantified in our recent publication using molecular barcodes, and is true regardless of targeting neurons or oligodendrocytes or astrocytes in this region (approximately ½ log lower transduction as shown in Supplementary Figure 7a, 7c; Hunker et al., 2026 Nat. Comm. PMID 42049725). This is reflected in the current dataset of weaker expression in striatum and other related structures with each of the astrocyte or oligodendrocyte-targeting AAVs including GFAP promoter. However, some signal is present in striatal astrocytes with AiE0390h. On data review the example full-stitch images given for AiE0386m/h were not representative of average signal intensity across replicates, whereas the inset images were representative. In this resubmission we have swapped images for 386h and 386m in Figure 2—Figure Supplement 1 with more representative full-size images. We hope this has increased the interpretability of the dataset. Importantly we assessed fluorescence levels from enhancer-AAV vectors by multiple techniques: microscopy, immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry, and scRNA-seq.

      (9) Additionally, a concern is that the regional specificity reported for some AAVs is extremely loose, which seems to be of limited practical use. It would be more impactful to focus on a couple of truly non-overlapping AAVs with genuine potential, and thoroughly assess whether, injected together, they could be used to express distinct cargos (effectors or reporters) into distinct populations, layers, or regions with no or minimal overlap. This could include 2120m and 2121m, which may hold promise for targeting subregions of the basal ganglia (though, because they also express outside of the BG, a follow-up experiment involving stereotaxic injection into these regions would be needed to test whether regional specificity is preserved with that route of delivery). Similarly, AiE0381h seems oddly specific to the CA2 of the hippocampus, and this could be very useful. These additional experiments could open the way to cell-type-specific combinatorial strategies, which would represent a monumental technical leap for the field.

      Thank you for the insightful comment. Although we agree that the suggestions of multiplexing two enhancer-AAV vectors with different specificities has high significance, we have done similar multiplexing work and unfortunately at present it is not yet predictable which combinations will work for multiplexing. Some combinations do work and others do not. For examples see Figures 7 and S9 of Hunker et al., 2025 Neuron PMID 40403704. Because of the complication of interpreting results, we have decided not to pursue these experiments in this manuscript. We have added text to the discussion to highlight the future unrealized possibility of multiplexing enhancer-AAVs.

      AiE0381h has background expression in CA2 projection neurons, which is a frequent site of off-target labeling for AAV9-derived vectors in enhancer and capsid screens. As one example Nonnenmacher et al. observed frequent CA2 neuron-enriched expression in a capsid screen (PMID: 33553485 Figure 5B). As another example we observe off-target labeling in CA2 with AiE2119m as well (Figure 2—Figure Supplement 1). It is unclear what makes CA2 neurons unique in this way, and it is unclear why it is the most prominent for AiE0381h in this set. Regardless, we have demarcated the off-target CA2 site of expression in Figure 2—Figure Supplement 1, along with other off-target sites of expression from other vectors, and noted it in the figure legend.

      (10) The "sparse" AAVs (which authors labeled "scattered") should not be dismissed. It would be worth assessing whether astrocytes expressing these AAVs map onto specific molecular signatures, i.e., these AAVs target a very specific population of sparse astrocytes in various regions. This would be of substantial benefit to the field, allowing subpopulation-specific molecular characterizations (e.g., TRAP) or functional manipulations via chemogenetic actuators (e.g., DREADDS).

      We thank the reviewer for this important highlight. We too are fascinated by the enhancerAAVs that show sparse/scattered labeling patterns. We have confirmed that the sparse labeling pattern is reproducible with multiple replicate animals tested per vector, and reproducible across orthologous pairs, with the best example being AiE0374m (mouse ortholog) and AiE0374h (human ortholog) both showing this sparse expression pattern. Our interest led us to conducting single cell RNA-seq profiling studies to see if we could see any clear molecular distinctions of the labeled cells (compared to other labeled astrocytes. However, we did not observe any gene expression differences using scRNA-seq when comparing the sparse AiE0374m-labeled cortical astrocytes to cortical astrocytes labeled by enhancer-AAV vectors that broadly labeled cortical astrocytes (Fig. 4A). Furthermore, tools for locating transcription factor binding motifs (MAST) did not elucidate any obvious unique transcription factor that defined this group of enhancer-AAVs (not shown). As a result the molecular interpretation of the sparse expression patterns is not yet known. We cannot say what distinguished these astrocytes from others, but the phenomenon inspires further experimentation that is beyond the scope of this study. We provide these data and vectors to the field in hopes of it enabling unique experiments to better understand this population, as well as conduct experiment where sparse astrocyte labeling is valuable. We have edited the text to call this set “Sparse” and highlight these possible use cases in the discussion.

      Other concerns:

      (1) Terms such as cell type vs. subtype or subpopulation are not used adequately.

      (Astrocytes are a cell type, and protoplasmic astrocytes are a subtype of astrocytes.)

      We are following the nomenclature of molecular taxonomies of brain cells (example references Yao et al., Nature 2023 PMID: 38092916; Siletti et al., Science PMID: 37824663; Zu et al., Nature 2023 PMID: 38092917). This nomenclature has the advantage of linking molecular information to enhancer discovery and the eventual targeting of every brain cell type with this technology.

      (2) Considerations about the effect of viral titers would be important.

      We deliver a constant dose of 5e11 vg per animal, irrespective of production titer.

      Production titers ranged from 4.47e12 to 1.47e14 gc/mL, interquartile range 3.13e13-6.55e13 gc/mL, mean 5.10e13 gc/mL, n = 215 total viral preps. This detail has been added to the

      methods.

      (3) A stronger articulation to distinguish this paper from the prior publication in Cell [PMID: 40403729] would be needed.

      We focus our characterization of the vectors across species, organs, disease states, and with difficult non-reporter vectors. The prior paper was focused on a larger breadth of testing with a publicly accessible database attached, whereas this paper constitutes a deeper dive into the properties glial cell targeting reagents. We have added additional text in discussion to highlight the differences between the manuscripts. Furthermore, Supplementary Table 2 shows the additional experiments added in the current study which allows deeper characterization of these glial cell-targeting collections. We strongly believe the community is best served by our deep dive into glial enhancer discovery and evaluation of these tools.

      (4) The NHP data is highly significant, but here again, it is missing benchmarking against established tools such as 4x6T.

      Since Gleichman did not test their element in NHP it is not validated in NHP. It may or may not work there. Our enhancer elements, by virtue of being selected for conservation of activity across mammalian species, are predicted to work across mammalian species, and many of them in fact do work across mammalian species. Besides GFAP promoter (references Heffernan et al., 2022 J. Neurosci. Meth. PMID: 35202614; Matsuzaki et al., 2024 MTMCD; PMID: 39391837) our enhancer elements are the only control elements validated for highly specific astrocyte expression in primate, and our oligodendrocytespecific element AiE0410m shows higher specificity than that observed for MBP promoter in primate previously (Matsuzaki et al., 2024 MTMCD; PMID: 39391837).

      (5) Figure 5 M is never cited.

      Thank you for the comment. We cite Figure 5M on line 233 of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have no recommendations for the authors. This work is rigorous, broad in scope for testing, validation, and application, and overall an exceptional and significant piece of work.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for their positive comments.

    1. Author response:

      Thank you very much for your constructive assessment and the thoughtful comments provided by both reviewers. We greatly appreciate their valuable and insightful suggestions, which will help us strengthen the analyses and interpretation of our study. We are pleased to provide the following provisional responses outlining our planned revisions. A fully revised manuscript, together with detailed point-by-point responses to all reviewer comments, will be submitted in due course.

      Responses to Reviewer #1:

      Phylogenetically informed statistical analyses. We fully agree that phylogenetically informed analyses should take precedence when interpreting cross-species associations. In the revised manuscript, we will reorganize the Results to present PGLS and SEM findings as the primary evidence. We will also carefully revise the Abstract, Results, and Discussion to ensure that our conclusions are consistent with the phylogenetically corrected results, particularly regarding the relationship between generation time and TE content across all species and the strength of the association between dN/dS and TE content.

      Assembly quality as a potential confounding factor. We will examine whether BUSCO completeness scores and contig N50 are associated with genome size and TE content. Where appropriate, we will incorporate assembly quality metrics as covariates in the PGLS and SEM models or perform additional sensitivity analyses. We will also consider conducting separate analyses for avian and non-avian sauropsids to evaluate the robustness of our findings and further explore their phylogenetic scale dependence.

      SEM methodology. We will expand the Methods section to provide a clearer explanation of how the piecewise SEM was constructed, the biological rationale underlying the proposed pathways, and the criteria used for model evaluation and selection, including comparisons of alternative model configurations where appropriate. We will also explore the feasibility of conducting separate SEM analyses for avian and non-avian sauropsids.

      Residual support for the MHH and contrast dependence. We agree that the weak but persistent associations between TE content and proxies of effective population size (Ne) in the pooled dataset deserve greater emphasis. We will discuss these relationships more explicitly, including the association between dN/dS and genome size. We will also expand our discussion of contrast dependence, particularly the possibility that reduced variation in life-history traits and TE content, together with differences in sample size and lineage-specific evolutionary dynamics, may contribute to the weakening of associations at smaller phylogenetic scales.

      dN/dS estimation. We will clarify the procedures used for gene-level filtering and dN/dS estimation, particularly the treatment of genes with very low dS values, and evaluate the potential influence of alternative estimation approaches. We will also further examine the relationships among body mass, generation time, and dN/dS to assess the consistency of these variables as indirect proxies of Ne and selection efficacy. In addition, we will discuss the potential influence of GC-biased gene conversion (gBGC) on dN/dS estimates in birds, with reference to the relevant literature.

      Recent TE elements. We agree that examining recently accumulated TEs would provide a valuable additional perspective. We plan to investigate whether the abundance of recent TEs (Kimura divergence <5%) is associated with life-history traits or dN/dS and present the results in the supplementary materials.

      We will also address all minor comments, including moving interpretive statements from the Results to the Discussion, incorporating the suggested references (including doi:10.1111/mec.70265 and RepeatMasker), applying log transformations to genome size where appropriate, correcting the order of figure citations, defining the abbreviation "RE", clarifying or removing the unexplained close-up in Figure 1, and refining the relevant wording throughout the manuscript.

      Responses to Reviewer #2:

      Statistical assumptions (normality, linearity, and homoscedasticity). We will systematically evaluate the statistical assumptions underlying our analyses, including the distributional properties of the data and the residuals of the fitted models. Specifically, we will (i) complement Pearson correlations with non-parametric alternatives, such as Kendall's tau, to assess the robustness of the observed associations; (ii) examine PGLS residuals for normality, homoscedasticity, and remaining phylogenetic dependence, and consider non-parametric correlations based on phylogenetic independent contrasts (PIC) as an additional sensitivity analysis; and (iii) assess the assumptions and goodness of fit of the SEM component models and explore alternative modeling approaches where appropriate.

      Direction of the generation time correlation. We will clarify the definition and units of generation time used in the dataset (duration of a generation, in years) and discuss this counterintuitive positive association explicitly, relating it to the expectation under the MHH and to previous findings.

      Reproducibility. We will improve the reproducibility of our analyses by providing the input datasets alongside the corresponding R scripts, detailed README files, and relevant software and package information. We will also make the analysis code available under an appropriate open-source license to facilitate the reproduction of our statistical models and figures.

      Minor comments. We will provide additional justification for selecting Sauropsida as the phylogenetic scope of our study, clarify the definition of the "matched" dataset, revise the use of "superficially", and further explain the interpretation of body mass as a potential physiological factor or an indirect proxy for population density across different taxonomic groups.

      We have no factual concerns regarding the eLife Assessment or the public reviews.

      Thank you again for the opportunity to strengthen our work. We believe that these revisions will improve the statistical robustness of our analyses and provide a more nuanced interpretation of the associations between TE accumulation, life-history traits, and molecular evolutionary indicators across phylogenetic scales.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira, G. et al clearly presented the challenges of conducting genomic studies in unicellular pathogens and of addressing questions related to the balance between genome integrity and instability, pivotal for survival under the stressful conditions these organisms face and for their evolutionary success. This underlies the need for powerful approaches to perform single-cell DNA analyses suited to the small and plastic Leishmania genome. Accordingly, their goal was to develop such a novel method and demonstrate its robustness.

      In this study, the authors combined semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) and adapted the system to the Leishmania genome, which is about 100 times smaller than the human genome and exhibits remarkable plasticity and mosaic aneuploidy. Given the size and organization of the Leishmania genome, the challenges were substantial; nevertheless, the authors successfully demonstrated that PTA not only works for Leishmania but also represents a significantly improved whole-genome amplification (WGA) method compared with standard approaches. They showed that SPCs provide a superior alternative for cell encapsulation, increasing throughput. The methodology enabled high-resolution karyotyping and the detection of fine-scale copy number variations (CNVs) at the singlecell level. Furthermore, it allowed discrimination between genotypically distinct cells within mixed populations.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a high-impact study that will likely contribute to our understanding of DNA replication and the genetic plasticity of Leishmania, including its welldocumented aneuploidy, somy variations, CNVs, and SNPs - all key elements for elucidating various aspects of the parasite's biology, such as genome evolution, genetic exchange, and mechanisms of drug resistance.

      Overall, the authors clearly achieved their objectives, providing a solid rationale for the study and demonstrating how this approach can advance the investigation of Leishmania's small, plastic genome and its frequent natural strain mixtures within hosts. This methodology may also prove valuable for genomic studies of other single-celled organisms.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback and appreciation of the potential applications for the methodology we describe here.

      Weaknesses:

      (2) The discussion section could be enriched to help readers understand the significance of the work, for instance, by more clearly pointing out the obstacles to a better understanding of DNA replication in Leishmania. Or else, when they discuss the results obtained at the level of nucleotide information and the relevance of being able to compare, in their case, the two strains, they could refer to the implications of this level of precision to those studying clonal strains or field isolates, drug resistance or virulence in a more detailed way.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. Indeed, single-cell DNA sequencing has successfully revealed cell-to-cell variability in replication timing and fork progression in mammalian cells [1,2] and we believe that the SPC-PTA workflow could be used in similar studies in Leishmania to complement bulk-based observations [3,4]. We have included a discussion about this in the revised version:

      “[…]scDNAseq has been used to study DNA replication programs, revealing fork progression speeds and replication timing along the cell cycle in mammalian cells [67,68]. Unlike most eukaryotes, Leishmania has a unique DNA replication program based on a single large replication origin per chromosome which is highly active during S-phase and which is complemented by thousands of minor low-efficiency origin sites that are active during G1 and G2/M phases [69,70]. However, it is still unclear if there is cell-to-cell variability in origin use and replication timing, and how this may link to genome instability, which could be addressed using the SPCPTA workflow in parasites at different stages of the cell cycle.”

      Regarding nucleotide information, it is indeed of high relevance to detect minor circulating variants with potential virulence impact and/or effect on drug resistance which could be missed by bulk sequencing. This includes the ability to detect co-occurring variants with potential epistatic effects. We have extensively expanded the discussion section in the “heterogeneity of nucleotide sequence” section to discuss these topics:

      “[…] Moreover, population-genomic studies of the L. donovani complex have identified isolates with allele-frequency patterns consistent with mixtures of genetically similar subclones, including mixtures within the same phylogenetic group [54]. Mixed-genotype infections are likely under-detected by routine diagnostics [55], and confounds bulk genomic analyses. This was evident when cultured parasites showed genomic signatures distinct from their clinical counterparts, likely due to the expansion of initially undetectable genotypes in culture [56]. Similar challenges have been described in other protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum, where polyclonal infections can contain mixed drug-sensitive and drug-resistant genotypes [57,58] and conventional bulk genotyping may reduce this complexity to binary calls [59], motivating the development of approaches that resolve subpopulation structure more explicitly. This complexity makes it challenging to link genotype to phenotype and to study evolutionary dynamics, especially for traits like drug resistance or virulence where minor variants can be clinically relevant […]”

      And:

      “In addition, another advantage of the single-cell approach is that it enables detecting co-existing mutations in the same cell, as illustrated in Figure 5D. This is particularly relevant in protozoan parasites, where resistance may depend on multi-locus haplotypes or combinations of mutations, as illustrated by resistance against sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine treatment in Plasmodium falciparum, which is characterized by mutations in dhfr and/or dhps genes, including triple and septuple mutant forms as well as mutations in both genes [62–64].”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira et al. present an application of a novel single-cell genomics approach to investigate the genetic heterogeneity of Leishmania parasites. Leishmania, while also representing a major global disease with hundreds of thousands of cases annually, serves as a model to test the rigor of the sequencing strategy. Its complex karyotypic nature necessitates a method that is capable of resolving natural variation to better understand genome dynamics. Importantly, an earlier single-cell genomics platform (10x Chromium) is no longer available, and new methods need to be evaluated to fill in this gap.

      The study was designed to evaluate whether a capsule-based cell capture method combined with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) could maintain levels of genomic heterogeneity represented in an equal mixture of two Leishmania strains. This was a high bar, given the relatively small protozoan genome and prior studies that showed limitations of single-cell genomics, especially for gene-level copy number changes. Overall, the study found that semi-permeable capsules (SPC) are an effective way to isolate high-quality single cells. Additionally, short reads from amplified genomes effectively maintained the relative levels of variation in the two strains on the chromosome, gene copy, and individual base level. Thus, this method will be useful to evaluate adaptive strategies of Leishmania. Many researchers will also refer to these studies to set up SPC collection and PTA methods for their organism of choice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of SPC and PTA in a non-bacterial organism is novel. The study displays the utility of these methods to isolate and amplify single genomes to a level that can be sequenced, despite being a motile organism with a GC-rich genome.

      (2) The authors clearly outlined their optimization strategy and provided numerous quality-control metrics that inspire confidence in the success of achieving even chromosomal coverage relative to ploidy.

      (3) The use of two distinct Leishmania strains with known clonal status provided strong evidence that PTA-based amplification could reflect genome differences and displayed the utility of the method for studies of rare genotypes.

      (4) Evaluating the SPCs pre- and post-amplification with microscopy is a practical and robust way of determining the success of SPC formation and PTA.

      (5) The authors show that the PTA-based approach easily resolved major genotypic ploidy in agreement with a prior 10x Chromium-based study. The new method had improved resolution of drug resistance genotypes in the form of both copy-number variations and single-nucleotide polymorphisms.

      (6) In general, the authors are very thorough in describing the methods, including those used to optimize PTA lysis and amplification steps (fresh vs frozen cells, naked DNA vs sorted cells, etc). This demonstrates a depth of knowledge about the procedure and leaves few unanswered questions.

      (7) The custom, multifaceted, computational assessment of coverage evenness is a major strength of the study and demonstrates that the authors acknowledge potential computational factors that could impact the analysis.

      We deeply appreciate the positive and encouraging feedback on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (8) The rationale behind some experimental/analysis choices is not welldescribed. For example, the rationale behind methanol fixation and heat-lysis is unclear. Additionally, the choice of various methods to assess "evenness" is not justified (e.g. why are multiple methods needed? What is the strength of each method?). Also, there is no justification for using 100k reads for subsampling. Finally, what exactly constitutes a "confidently-called SNP"?

      The methanol fixation prior to lysis is part of the original protocol described in the Single-Microbe Genome Barcoding Kit manual and was meant to facilitate lysis and DNA denaturation in bacterial cells (for which the kit was originally developed). However, in our preliminary tests with bulk samples – described in the supplementary material – we noticed a strong negative effect on lysis efficiency/DNA recovery when parasites were fixed with methanol. Thus, we decided to test the effect of skipping this step in the single-cell DNA workflow. We kept the SPC_STD1 sample to have a safe control where the full workflow described in the kit manual was followed.

      As we were unsure if the standard lysis (25 ˚C for 15 minutes) would work efficiently for Leishmania, we included the heat-lysis (99˚C for 15 minutes) as well as the longer incubation lysis (25 ˚C for 1h). These modifications were listed as validated alternatives in the kit's manual. In the revised version, we have included a paragraph in the results section explaining the reason why we tested different lysis conditions:

      “We based our scDNAseq approach on the Single Microbe DNA Barcoding Kit from Atrandi BiosciencesTM, which uses semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) for high-throughput cell encapsulation30. The kit includes a pre-defined cell lysis protocol developed for bacteria, which starts with a methanol fixation step followed by incubation for 15 minutes at room temperature in the provided lysis buffer (0.8 M KOH, 20 mM EDTA, 200 mM DTT). Because it was unclear whether this protocol would be effective for Leishmania cells, we also tested modified lysis conditions by either extending the incubation time from 15 to 60 minutes or increasing the incubation temperature to 99 ˚C. In addition, we assessed if the protocol could be simplified by omitting the methanol fixation step. These modifications were first evaluated in pools of ~1,000,000 parasites per condition, by measuring with qPCR the quantity of free-floating DNA in the supernatant after parasite lysis and centrifugation. This analysis indicated that omitting methanol fixation in fact improved DNA release, whereas no clear differences were observed among the different lysis conditions (see Supplementary Text, Supplementary Figures 1 and 2, and Supplementary Tables 1 and 2).”

      Regarding read subsampling, in fact, we used two different thresholds, 20k reads for when 10X datasets were included in the comparisons, and 100k reads for when comparisons were done only among the SPC samples. These thresholds were always chosen to match the number of reads found in the true cell with the lowest read count across the datasets being compared: 20K reads in the 10X-scDNA data for BPK081 and 100K in the SPC-STD1 sample. This is now mentioned in the materials and methods:

      "Counts were then randomly subsampled to a total of 20,000 reads per cell – matching the number of reads found in the least covered true cell in the scDNA-10X datasets (see below) – to allow cross-sample comparisons. " and in the results section:

      "After equalizing each sample to 100,000 reads per cell (the number of reads observed in the least covered true cell in sample SPC-STD1), PTA still performed best"

      and:

      "Thus, we compared coverage uniformity in our dataset with that of two libraries generated using the Chromium Single-Cell CNV solution (10X-scDNA), considered the gold standard for this application. For this, we first subsampled each cell to 20,000 reads, matching the cell with the least read count in the 10X-scDNA dataset."

      Regarding variant calling, a variant was considered confidently called if it was covered, at single-cell level, by at least one deduplicated read with Phred quality above Q30 and mapping quality (MAPQ) also above 30. This is now mentioned in the materials and methods section:

      "A variant was considered confidently called when it was covered, at single-cell level, by at least one deduplicated read with Phred quality above Q30 and mapping quality (MAPQ) also above 30."

      (9) In the methods, the STD protocol lists a 15-minute amplification at 45C whereas the PTA protocol involves 10h at 37C. This is a dramatic difference in incubation time and should be addressed when comparing results from the two methods. It is not really a fair comparison when you look at coverage levels; of course, a 10-hour incubation is going to yield more reads than a 15-minute incubation.

      We agree with the reviewer that the longer incubation period of PTA might explain the higher read count seen in the PTA samples, although the differences in amplification kinetics (linear in PTA, exponential in STD) and potential differences in amplification saturation points make it difficult to compare them. For instance, an updated version of PTA (ResolveDNA V2) uses a lower amplification time (2.5 h) and achieves similar amplification levels compared to the 10h incubation time, suggesting PTA amplification saturates well before the 10h time. In any case, all quality check for coverage metrics were done with the cells subsampled to 20,000 reads to mitigate the effect of read count differences on the data quality.

      (10) There is a lack of quantitative evaluations of the SPCs. e.g. How many capsules were evaluated to assess doublets? How many capsules were detected as Syto5 positive in a successful vs an unsuccessful experiment?

      We agree with the reviewer but during experimental execution SPCs were only assessed qualitatively via microscopy following the Single-cell microbe DNA barcoding kit manual. No quantitative analysis was done and therefore we do not have this data. Regarding doublet, this was done in silico based on the detection of SPCs containing mixed genomes from the two strains used in the study as described in the Materials and Methods. As pointed by another reviewer, this only allow the detection of inter-strain doublets. We have now included in the revised version an estimate of total doublets in Table 1 and in the text:

      In the Materials and Methods:

      “Cells exhibiting a mixture of diagnostic SNPs from both strains above 5% were classified as inter-strain doublets. Total doublet frequency was estimated under the assumption of random cell pairing, by dividing the observed frequency of interstrain HU3/BPK081 doublets by the expected proportion of mixed doublets among all doublets, 2pq, where p and q are the relative frequencies of HU3 and BPK081 singlets respectively.”

      And in the results:

      “Successful WGA samples showed only 2–6 inter-strain doublets (4-12 estimated total doublets),

      (11) The authors do not address some of the amplification results obtained under various conditions. For example, why did temperature-based lysis of STD4 lead to amplification failure? Also, what is the reason for fewer "true" cells (higher background) in the PTA samples compared to the STD samples? Is this related to issues with barcoding or, alternatively, substandard amplification as indicated by lower read amounts in some capsules (knee plots in Figure 1C)?

      After exchange with the technical support team of the SPC generator kit, it was clarified that the heat lysis done in STD4 should have had a shorter incubation time (10 minutes instead of 15 minutes) and a lower KOH concentration (0.2 M instead of 0.8 M). We suspect that the longer incubation time, combined with the higher temperature and the harsh lysis condition with 0.8 M KOH might have damaged SPCs and therefore DNA might have leaked out of them before WGA. In the microscopy images, SPCs in STD4 show a swollen aspect not seen in the other samples. We added the following statement to the results section to explain this in the revised version:

      “SPC-STD4 also exhibited enlarged SPCs, which could indicate they were damaged during lysis.”

      and

      “According to follow-up guidance from the kit technical support team, it was suggested to use a shorter incubation time (10 min rather than 15 min) and a lower KOH concentration (0.2 M rather than 0.8 M) for heat-based lysis. We therefore infer that the combination of prolonged incubation, high temperature, and high KOH concentration in SPC-STD4 damaged the SPCs and promoted DNA leakage before WGA."

      (12) The paper presents limited biological relevance. Without this, the paper describes an improvement in genome amplification methods and some proof-ofconcept analyses. Using a 1:1 mixture of parasites with different genotypes, the authors display the utility of the method to resolve genetic diversity, but they don't seek to understand the limits of detecting this diversity. For some, the authors do not comment on the mixed karyotypes from the HU3 cells (Figure 3F) other than to state that this line was not clonal. For CNVs, the two loci evaluated were detected at relatively high copy number (according to Figure 4C, they are between 4 and 20 copies). Thus, the sensitivity of CNV detection from this data remains unclear; can this approach detect lower-level CNVs like duplications, or minor CNVs that do not show up in every cell?

      We have attempted an unbiased, genome-wide CNV calling approach across all samples to (i) confirm the two known loci and (ii) screen for novel short CNVs. CNV values were calculated as the ratio of median gene-level coverage to median chromosome-wide coverage. We have now added heatmaps summarizing this analysis for each sample in the supplementary material (Supplementary Figure 5). As expected, The SPC-STD1-3 samples sequencing depth was very sparse, with many genes showing low or even zero median coverage across the full chromosome. The SPC-PTA samples had substantially higher sequencing depth, making genome-wide CNV calculation feasible. However, the resulting heatmaps showed no clear, consistent signal across genes except for the two previously identified loci - the M-locus on chromosome 36 in BPK081 and the CNV on chromosome 29 in HU3. Thus, it is unclear if these are the only two differential CNVs present in these strains, or if our de novo detection method failed to retrieve other CNVs. We now describe this in the results section:

      “We also investigated if other CNVs could be present in our data using a gene-level unsupervised approach. For that, we divided the median read count of each annotated gene by the median count of the chromosome and looked for genes with median value 1.5 times higher than the chromosome median (supplementary figure 5). As expected, The SPC-PTA samples had substantially higher sequencing depth, making genome-wide CNV calculation feasible. Notably, the two previously identified loci - the M-locus on chromosome 36 in BPK081 and a known CNV on chromosome 29 in HU3 - stood out clearly against this background, consistent with the CNVs we had already characterized by bulk genome sequencing. However, this showed no clear, consistent signal across genes except for these two previously identified loci.”

      (13) The authors state that Leishmania can carry extrachromosomal copies of important genes. There is no discussion about how the presence of these molecules would affect the amplification steps and CNV detection. For example, the phi29 enzyme is very processive with circular molecules; does its presence lead to overamplification and overrepresentation in the data? Is this evident in the current study? This information would be useful for organisms that carry this type of genetic element.

      We believe our data, which uses short-read sequences, does not allow to differentiate between intra-chromosomal CNVs and linear or circular episomal CNVs derived from the nuclear genome. Of note, the Leishmania kinetoplast contains large circular DNA known as maxicircles (~10-40 kb), and we did not observe a clear dominance of maxicircle amplicons compared to nuclear genomic regions. The kinetoplast also contains thousands of minicircles (0.5- 2 kb) but those are not present in the reference genome and therefore it was not determined if they were detected and their prevalence in the data. As for the CNVs discussed in the paper, we have previously demonstrated that the M-locus CNV in chromosome 36 is intrachromosomal, not circular (episomal) [5].

      (14) The manuscript is missing a comparison with other similar studies in the field. For example, how does this coverage level compare to those achieved for other genomes? Can this method achieve amplification levels needed to assess larger genomes? Has there been any evaluation of base composition effects since Leishmania is a GC-rich genome?

      We believe the SPC-PTA workflow can be applied to organisms with larger genomes as PTA was developed specifically for mammalian cells [6], and also because, in our hands, it outperformed the 10X scDNA solution, which was developed for mammals.

      We believe direct comparison with other studies regarding coverage levels is elusive because other steps in the workflow apart from the WGA, such as the library preparation (PCR-based in our case), as well as genome features like GC content, size, and presence of repetitive regions, can also affect coverage levels and evenness. One strength of our approach was the use a single sample (the 50/50 mix between two L. donovani strain) for all conditions, thus removing potential parasite-specific biases. In addition, the application of a multiplexing system during barcoding allowed us to combine all samples prior to library preparation, thus removing potential differences introduced by this step.

      Regarding the effect of GC content, we did notice a negative bias in all samples in regions with higher GC content, which had to be corrected in silico. In the revised version, we have included a supplementary figure showing the GC bias and the correction result (supplementary figure 4).

      (15) Cost is mentioned as a benefit of the SPC platform, and savings are achieved when working in a plate format, but no details are included on how this was evaluated.

      We have improved the cost estimation in the discussion:

      “With SPCs we could apply PTA to a total of 399 cells (samples SPC-PTA1-2) while using the equivalent of 17 PTA reactions (17 cells if isolated in plates). Considering the costs of the PTA (~ €3100 for 96 WGA reactions) and library prep kits (~ €3100 for 96 libraries), a full plate-based system for 96 cells would have costed ~ €65 per cell excluding sequencing cost. In our hands, this cost was reduced to ~ €3,9 per cell including the required SPC generation kit (~ €230 for 1 encapsulation run) the PTA reactions (~ €550 eur for 17 reactions) the barcoding and library prep kits (~ €660 for 2 samples in the barcoding plate if using 6 sample multiplexing) and library prep (~ €130 for 4 final libraries). We also estimate that using the maximum capacity of 10.000 cells would further reduce price per cell to ~€0,39, although this comes with the caveats of a higher doublet rate and higher sequencing costs to achieve robust per-cell coverage. Overall, SPCs improves scalability and cost-efficiency, making high-throughput single-cell genome sequencing more accessible.”

      (16) The Zenodo link for custom scripts does not exist, and code cannot be evaluated.

      The full Zenodo link (https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.22876495) is now included in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestion for additional experiments:

      (17) In order to improve the CNV component of the work, the authors can employ a CNV caller as an unbiased method to identify all CNVs across the genome (including the 2 known loci). Assessing these patterns will be helpful to evaluate the sensitivity for CNV calling post-amplification.

      See response to Comment 12 of Reviewer 2.

      (18) Opportunities to include more biological relevance could include assessment of genetic changes under stress, or changes with parasite stage (current study is on promastigotes).

      We agree with the reviewer that these studies are highly relevant but we consider them out of the scope of the present work, which is more method-oriented. However, In the revised version we have expanded the discussion to include future potential applications for the SPC-PTA method:

      “Future perspectives

      The SPC-PTA scDNAseq workflow described here opens new possibilities for understanding the biology and adaptation mechanisms in Leishmania and other microbial eukaryotes. For instance, scDNAseq has been used to study DNA replication programs, revealing fork progression speeds and replication timing along the cell cycle in mammalian cells [67,68]. Unlike most eukaryotes, Leishmania has a unique DNA replication program based on a single large replication origin per chromosome which is highly active during S-phase and which is complemented by thousands of minor low-efficiency origin sites that are active during G1 and G2/M phases [69,70]. However, it is still unclear if there is cell-to-cell variability in origin use and replication timing, and how this may link to genome instability, which could be addressed using the SPC-PTA workflow in parasites at different stages of the cell cycle. Additionally, the SPC-PTA workflow could be applied to capture rare recombination events that occur in the insect vector – events that contribute to Leishmania genetic diversity but are hard to catch with bulk methods. It has been demonstrated that Leishmania undergo a cryptic sexual recombination following meiotic patterns of genome inheritance [71–73]. However, gamete-like cells were never identified. Our tool could be applied to identify cells harbouring whole-genome loss-of-heterozygosity signatures, which would be a strong indicative of meiosis.

      Another potential application is to combine the SPC-PTA workflow with loss-of-function assays to investigate key molecular factors involved in genome instability and DNA replication. For instance, small interfering RNA (siRNA) perturbations were combined with single-cell DNA sequencing to reveal a central role of Rap1 interacting factor 1 (RIF1) in coordinating replication timing in mouse embryos [74]. Although some Leishmania species lack a fully functional RNA interference pathway [75], loss-of-function assays can be achieved with CRISPR-Cas9-mediated gene knock-out [76]. More recently, genome-wide perturbation assays were made possible using CRISPR-Cas base editors opening the door to systematic, high-throughput functional screens in Leishmania [77,78]. Coupling these perturbation strategies with SPC-PTA could therefore enable direct testing of how some genes may shape replication dynamics, chromosome segregation, and genome instability at single-cell resolution.

      Lastly, the use of semipermeable capsules itself is also a key innovation and open the possibility of other applications. For instance, as we demonstrated, parasites remain alive after SPC encapsulation, and the semi-permeable nature of SPCs allow exchange of medium nutrients and cell metabolites, allowing cultivation of parasites inside SPCs [79]. This could be used to grow parasite clones trapped in SPCs, which would prevent cross-clone competition, allowing the recovery of slow-growing clones which would be otherwise outcompeted by faster-replicating clones. This is particularly important, e.g., for the study of quiescence, an emerging field of interest in Leishmania and other pathogens due to its adaptive role 80–83, as it would allow to cultivate and separate parasites with a low replicative phenotype.”

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      (19) The paragraph in the Introduction beginning with "Although emulsion droplet..." could possibly be moved to the methods to provide a rationale for current procedures- as is, it dilutes the message at hand.

      We have removed this paragraph from the introduction and have replaced it with a short explanation about SPCs at the end of the introduction:

      “The main advantage of SPCs over emulsion droplet capturing lies in its semipermeable nature: large biomolecules (such as genomic DNA or whole organelles) are retained inside the capsule, while small molecules (e.g. enzymes, buffers, cofactors) can diffuse in and out [30]. Moreover, SPCs are resistant to harsh lysis chemicals, deep freezing and heat incubations. These properties permit multi-step reactions to be performed in the pools of encapsulated cells by simply washing or exchanging the surrounding solution, making custom protocol modifications easy.”

      (20) In the Introduction, the section describing the previous 10x study is relevant to understand the rationale, but again could be truncated, or moved to the methods or discussion.

      (21) The paragraph in the introduction beginning with "In this context, Leishmania..." could be combined with the paragraph introducing Leishmania ("To fully understand...." to improve flow and minimize repetitive information.

      We have restructured the introduction by rearraging the paragraphs and removing too technical information, so Leishmania is introduced earlier:

      “Introduction

      Genome instability plays a paradoxical and yet pivotal role in the evolutionary success of many unicellular pathogens. While genomic integrity is typically vital for cellular function, moderate levels of instability – either through intra-chromosomal copy number variations (CNV) or through dosage changes of whole chromosomes (aneuploidy) – can facilitate survival under environmental stress by quickly diversifying phenotypes in a cell population [1-3]. For instance, aneuploidy promotes survival to drug pressure and host immunity in Candida albicans [4,5], and CNVs were linked to survival under nitrogen-limiting conditions in Saccharomyces cerevisiae [6]. Aneuploidy and/or CNVs are also commonly found in cancer and are linked to tumor progression and drug resistance [7,8]. Moreover, these types of structural variation are also found in protist parasites such as Giardia intestinalis, Plasmodium spp., Trypanosoma cruzi, and Leishmania [9-13], representing potential adaptive mechanisms in clinically relevant organisms.

      Leishmania is a protist parasite that cause leishmaniasis, a neglected tropical disease which affects more than 99 countries with 700,000-1,000,000 new cases every year [14]. These parasites also represent an important model to study genome instability in eukaryotes, owing to its remarkable genomic plasticity and the central role that genome instability plays in its biology. First, while most eukaryotes maintain a euploid genome, i.e., with equal copy numbers of each chromosome, Leishmania breaks this rule, as aneuploidy is not an exception but the standard for these parasites. In its most basic form, aneuploidy is present as a characteristic polysomy of chromosome 31 contrasting with an otherwise fully diploid genome [15]. However, high levels of chromosome instability lead to frequent dosage changes involving virtually any of the 36 chromosomes, making any Leishmania population a ‘mosaic’ of distinct aneuploid karyotypes [16,17]. Aneuploidy patterns can shift in response to environmental stresses [18-21] and are directly reflected into RNA levels [18,22] and partially at protein levels [23]. In addition, Leishmania genome instability is also expressed in the form of frequent CNVs. Small segments of 20–70 kb can form extrachromosomal circular or linear amplicons carrying genes, including those encoding drug resistance factors [24]. Expansion of intra-chromosomal loci is also common. For instance, a common CNV found in chromosome 23 of some L. donovani strains was linked to resistance to antimonials in strains from Nepal [19,25]. In addition, the occurrence of mixed infections – where multiple Leishmania strains or even species coexist in the same host [26-28] – further highlight the need for genomic approaches that resolve parasite genotypes at single-cell resolution.

      In a previous study our group established the first single-cell DNA sequencing (scDNAseq) study with Leishmania [29]. Using single parasites isolated in plates with fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS), our group could successfully sequence 47 parasites, of which 28 had their karyotypes determined. This study also demonstrated that the whole-genome amplification (WGA) method must be chosen based on the downstream analysis, with multiple displacement amplification (MDA) being more suited for nucleotide sequence information, and PicoPlex<sup>TM</sup> performing better for structural variations such as chromosome copy number assessment and CNVs [29]. Later, we described the application of the Chromium single-cell CNV solution (10X Genomics<sup>TM</sup>) as a high-throughput, emulsion droplet-based approach that could reconstruct karyotypes in thousands of Leishmania cells, revealing potential paths towards karyotype diversification, but with no access to nucleotide variant detection due to shallow genomic coverage [17]. Moreover, the Chromium single-cell CNV solution was discontinued in 2020, with no replacement currently available to our knowledge. This gap highlights the urgent need for novel, high-throughput scDNAseq approaches.

      Here we developed a novel high-throughput scDNAseq method tailored to detecting structural and nucleotide variants at single-cell level in eukaryotic parasites such as Leishmania. Our method is based on the commercially available Single-Microbe DNA Barcoding solution (Atrandi Biosciences<sup>TM</sup>), which originally offers a workflow for cell encapsulation using semi-permeable capsules (SPCs), whole-genome amplification (WGA) and genome barcoding of bacterial cells. The main advantage of SPCs over emulsion droplet capturing lies in its semi-permeable nature: large biomolecules (such as genomic DNA or whole organelles) are retained inside the capsule, while small molecules (e.g. enzymes, buffers, cofactors) can diffuse in and out [30]. Moreover, SPCs are resistant to harsh lysis chemicals, deep freezing and heat incubations. These properties permit multi-step reactions to be performed in the pools of encapsulated cells by simply washing or exchanging the surrounding solution, making custom protocol modifications easy. We compared the performance of the method with libraries previously made with the Chromium single-cell CNV, showing that the original SPC-based protocol successfully generates scDNAseq libraries with Leishmania, but its uneven amplification prevents determination of structural variants. We solved this issue by using primary template-directed amplification (PTA) [31] as alternative WGA. This modification allowed us to fully reconstruct the karyotype of hundreds of L. donovani parasites and to detect distinct CNV patterns between cells. Moreover, the higher coverage seen in PTA unlocked the ability to simultaneously retrieve nucleotide sequence information from single-cells, which was not possible before. We demonstrate the ability of the method to distinguish parasite subpopulations of the same species, as well as small populations in the same strain, revealing minor genotypic variants among cells in clinical isolates, including variants in genes related to drug resistance in small subpopulations of parasites. Together, our results represent a significant advancement in single-cell genomics for Leishmania and other eukaryotes, providing a scalable, high-resolution tool to dissect both structural and sequence-level variation, and to deepen our understanding of parasite heterogeneity, evolution, and adaptation.”

      (22) The 4kb amplicon in HU3 is referred to as on chr 19 and 29 across the paper.

      We have fixed this mistake in the revised version.

      (23) Correct grammar: "A table summarizing the treatments that each sample was submitted to is provided in the results section (Table 1)."

      We replaced the sentence by:

      "A summary of lysis and WGA conditions is provided in the results section (Table 1)"

      (24) The Lorenz curve (Figure 2A) is not described in the methods. How was this analysis performed?

      We have now a description of the Lorenz curve in the materials and methods section

      “Lorenz curves were done for each cell by arranging genomic bins in ascending order for read counts and then calculating the cumulative read count sum. Cumulative sums were normalized by total count in each cell, and Lorenz curves were then summarized across cells of the same sample by calculating the mean cumulative fraction of counts at each genomic fraction.”

      (25) Move long lists of numbers across the Results into tables and cite them. It is hard to read as is.

      We have removed detailed statistical information from the results text. We also have included more information in Table 1.

      (26) For Figures 4A and B, please demark known amplicon boundaries to help interpret the plot. LD36 seems to have two nearby CNV regions, but the amplicon size is unclear.

      Figures 4A-B now include a dashed white line highlighting the CNV areas.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Negreira et al. propose a new scDNAseq method, using semipermeable capsules (SPCs) and primary template-directed amplification (PTA). The authors optimize several metrics to improve their predictions, such as determining GC bias, Intra-Chromosomal fluctuation (ICF -metric to differentiate replicative and nonreplicative cells) and Intra-chromosomal coefficient of variation (ICCV - chromosome read distribution). The coverage evenness was evaluated using the fini index and the median absolute pairwise difference between the counts of two consecutive bins. They validate the proposed method using two Leishmania donovani strains isolated from different countries, BPK081 (low genomic variability) and HU3 (high genomic variability). Then, they showed that the method outperforms WGA and has similar accuracy to the discontinued 10X-scDNA (10X Genomics), further improving on short CNV identification. The authors also show that the method can identify somy variations, insertions/deletions and SNP variations across cells. This is a timely and very relevant work that has a wide applicability in copy number variation assessment using single-cell data.

      I really appreciate this work. My congratulations to the authors. All my comments below only aim to improve an already solid manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the enthusiasm and positive feedback.

      Remarks

      (1) Data availability: Although the authors provide a Zenodo link, the data is restricted. I also could not access the GitHub link in the Zenodo website: https://github.com/gabrielnegreira/2025_scDNA_paper. The authors should make these files available.

      Both the Zenodo (https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.22876495) and the GitHub (https://github.com/gabrielnegreira/2025_scDNA_paper) repositories are now publicly available.

      (2) SPC-PTA and SPC-STD cell count comparison: The authors have consistently proven that the SPC-PTA method was superior to SPC-STD. However, there are a few points that should be clarified regarding the SPC-PTA results. Is there an explanation for the lower proportion of SPC to true cells success in SPCSTD, which reflects the bimodal distribution for the reads per cell in SPC-PTA2 and a three-to-multimodal distribution in SPC-PTA1 in Figure 1B? Also, in Table 1, does the number of reads reflect the number of reads in all sequenced SPCs or only in the true cells? If it is in the SPCs, I suggest that the authors add a new column in the table with the "Number of reads in true cells" to account for this discrepancy.

      The reason for the higher presence of 'background' SPCs in the PTA samples is not clear, but we hypothesize that it could be due to PTA favoring amplification of small, free-floating DNA molecules that might have been trapped in cell-free SPCs, as PTA works with shorter amplicons. Also, the longer incubation time seen in PTA (10 h) might have allowed enhanced amplification of low quantities of free-floating DNA to detectable levels. Regarding Table 1, indeed it was only showing the total number of reads per sample. In the revised we have now included the suggested column to Table 1.

      (3) The authors should evaluate the results with a higher coverage for SCPPTA. I understand that the authors subsampled the total read to 100,000 to allow cross-sample comparisons, especially between SPC-STD and SPC-PTA. However, as they concluded that the SPC-PTA was far superior, and the samples SPC-PTA1 and SPC-PTA2 had an "elbow" of 650,493 and 448,041, respectively, it might be interesting to revisit some of the estimations using only SPC-PTA samples and a higher coverage cutoff, as 400,000.

      For the CNV analysis, we used all reads per cell, not the subsampled dataset, so SPC-PTA already benefit from their higher coverage. In addition, as mentioned in our response to Comment 8 of Reviewer 2, we have subsampled cells to 20,000 reads, not 100.000 reads per cell, to allow comparisons to the 10X datasets. We have corrected that information in the text now.

      (4) Doublet detection: I suggest that the authors be a little more careful with their definition of doublets. The doublet detection was based on diagnostic SNPs from the two strains, BPK081 and HU3, which identify doublets between two very different and well-characterised strains. However, this method will probably not identify strain-specific doublets. This is of minor importance for cloned and stable strains with few passages, as BPK081, but might be more relevant in more heterogeneous strains, as HU3. Strain-specific doublets might also be relevant in other scenarios, as multiclonal infections with different populations from the same strain in the same geographic area. One positive point is that the "between strain doublet count" was low, so probably the within-strain doublet count should be low too. The manuscript would benefit from a discussion on this regard.

      We fully agree with the reviewer. We have now included in the manuscript an estimation of total doublets based on the frequency of inter-strain doublets detected in each sample. See response to Comment 10 of Reviewer 2.

      (5) Nucleotide sequence variants and phylogeny: I believe that a more careful description of the phylogenetic analysis and some limitations of the sequence variant identification would benefit the manuscript.

      (a) As described in the methods, the authors intentionally selected two fairly different Leishmania donovani strains, HU3 and BPK081, and confirmed that the sequent variant methodology can separate cells from each strain. It is a solid proof of concept. However, most of the multiclonal infections in natural scenarios would be caused by parasite populations that diverge by fewer SNPs, and will be significantly harder to detect. Hence, I suggest that a short discussion about this is important.

      We agree that mixed infections might happen between closely related parasite populations and that the HU3/BPK081 mixture represents a relatively divergent strain pair. At the same time, our data suggest that the approach might not be restricted to highly divergent strains: in Fig. 5D, the two populations remain clearly separable using only a small subset of approximately 30 informative loci, and the within-BPK081 phylogeny in Fig. 5E further indicates that cell groups can be resolved based on comparatively few mutations. We therefore interpret the current dataset as evidence that the method retains discriminatory power with limited numbers of informative variants, while acknowledging that performance is expected to decrease as inter-clone divergence and per-cell SNP recovery decline. We have now added a small discussion about this:

      “Moreover, population-genomic studies of the L. donovani complex have identified isolates with allele-frequency patterns consistent with mixtures of genetically similar subclones, including mixtures within the same phylogenetic group [54].”

      And

      “Moreover, although the HU3/BPK081 mixture represents a relatively divergent two-strain model, the result shown in Figure 5D, which uses only a subset of 30 SNPs, indicates that separation can be achieved even with a limited set of informative loci, and the within-strain structure observed in the BPK081 tree in Figure 5E suggests sensitivity to relatively small mutational differences. This is of particular interest in cases where mixed infections happen between closely related parasite populations [54].”

      (b) The authors should expand on the description of the phylogenetic tree. In the HU3 on Figure 5F left panel, most of the variation is observed in ~8 cells, which goes from position 0 to position ~28.000. Most of the other cells are in very short branches, from ~29.000 to 30.4000 (5F right panel). Assuming that this representation is a phylogram, as the branches are short, these cells diverge by approximately 100-2000 SNPs. It is unexpected (but not impossible) that such ~8 divergent cells be maintained uniquely (or in very low counts) in the culture, unless this is a multiclonal infection. I would carefully investigate these cells. They might be doublets or have more missing data than other cells. I would also suggest that a quick discussion about this should be added to the manuscript.

      We have included in the Figure 5F a legend for the x-axis label as “cumulative inferred mutations”. We agree that the ~8 cells shown in figure 5F in HU3 with the largest cumulative inferred mutations needed closer inspection. We examined these cells in the sample depicted in figure 5F (SPC-PTA2), and observed a shift toward lower coverage and higher missingness (undefined loci), but these cells did not represent extreme QC outliers relative to the overall distributions, and other cells show comparable or even higher levels of missingness / reduced coverage but remain clustered with the main bulk rather than forming long branches in the phylogram. We have added graphs showing these values in the supplementary figure 6. In addition, we also investigated the corresponding pattern in the SPC-PTA1 sample, which represents a second independently sampled dataset from the same culture. In this second sample, we again observed a small subset of long-branch cells but this time showing a similar coverage and missingness values. Overall, this indicates that missingness and coverage may influence the inferred mutation load for the long-branch cells, but that elevated missingness alone is insufficient to fully explain why these specific cells extend to longer branches. Given that the long-branch shape is reproducible across independent samplings, we interpret the observation as most consistent with minor divergent subpopulation(s) persisting in the culture, while also acknowledging that locus-/depth-dependent calling sensitivity could contribute to the magnitude of inferred mutations in this subset. Lastly, because HU3 is a noncloned, long-term cultured population, polyclonality remains a plausible explanation for a small subset of more divergent cells. We have added this explanation in the results section of the revised version:

      “To determine whether the presence of 8 cells in long branches observed in HU3 in sample SPC-PTA2 could be driven by technical artefacts (e.g., reduced coverage, less variants called), we closely inspected the coverage values in these cells compared to the other cells in the same dataset. We did observe a consistent tendency toward lower coverage and higher variant missingness (undefined loci) in these 8 cells, but still within the range of variation seen across the other HU3 cells (supplementary figure 6A). Importantly, other cells show comparable or even higher levels of missingness/reduced coverage but remain clustered with the main bulk rather than forming long branches in the phylogram. Thus, it is unlikely that missingness/coverage is the sole cause of their phylogenetic separation. This is further supported by a similar analysis in sample SPC-PTA1, which represents and independent sampling of the same parasite population. Indeed, the phylogenetic tree of this sample showed the same overall pattern, where only a small subset of cells was present in long branches (supplementary figure 6B). However, in the case of SPC-PTA1 these cells did not show lower coverage or higher missingness compared to other cells (supplementary figure 6C). Thus, these results are most consistent with minor divergent subpopulation(s) persisting during long-term culture. As HU3 is a non-cloned isolate, polyclonality remains a plausible explanation for a small subset of more divergent cells. At the same time, we cannot exclude that locus-/depth-dependent calling sensitivity may contribute to the magnitude of inferred mutations in this subset.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (6) The authors have shown the identification of two known copy number variants in these two strains. Has any effort been made to identify novel short CNVs?

      See response to Comment 12 of Reviewer 2.

      (7) In the results first section, in the passage "both strains differ in (bulk) aneuploidy profiles", please remove the parentheses from bulk.

      We have made the suggested modification.

      (8) Figure 3, D and F. Would it be possible to add legends for the colours, so that the data can be easily compared with the x-axis (karyotypes, as kar.1, kar.2, etc) in Figure 3, C and E?

      We have changed the figures 3D and F to highlight the top 5 karyotypes found in the 10X data. This helps comparing them to figures 3C and E.

      (9) Figure 5A. Would it be possible to include in the x and y axes the percentage of representation of PC1 and PC2? My guess is that most of the variability will be represented by PC1 (x-axis) as it is the one that separates the two populations and the hybrids.

      We have included the percentages of representation of the PCs in the figure in the revised version. Indeed, PC1 captured more than 90% of the variability.

      (10) In the discussion, section "SPCs as a viable tool for high throughput implementation of PTA" I would move this passage to the results (as it is a result): "By applying this strategy to Leishmania, we could sequence a total of 399 cells (from samples SPC-PTA1-2) while using the equivalent of 17 PTA reactions (17 cells) with cells isolated in plates, reducing the cost per cell by more than 20 fold."

      As mentioned in response to the Comment 15 of Reviewer 2 we have extended the discussion on costs and therefore kept this part in the discussion section.

      (11) Another advantage of the single-cell data that could be discussed by the authors is the possibility of checking if different variants occur in the same cell. For example, if a variation in position "X" in the resistance gene occurs in the same cell as the variation in position "Y". This is a great improvement compared to bulksequencing.

      We have now included a small discussion about this:

      “This is particularly relevant in protozoan parasites, where resistance may depend on multi-locus haplotypes or combinations of mutations, as illustrated by resistance against sulfadoxine-pyrimethamine treatment in Plasmodium falciparum, which is characterized by mutations in dhfr and/or dhps genes, including triple and septuple mutant forms as well as mutations in both genes6264.”

      REFERENCES

      (1) Dileep, V. & Gilbert, D. M. Single-cell replication profiling to measure stochastic variation in mammalian replication timing. Nat. Commun. 9, 427 (2018).

      (2) Miura, H. et al. Single-cell DNA replication profiling identifies spatiotemporal developmental dynamics of chromosome organization. Nat. Genet. 51, 1356–1368 (2019).

      (3) Marques, C. A., Dickens, N. J., Paape, D., Campbell, S. J. & McCulloch, R. Genomewide mapping reveals single-origin chromosome replication in Leishmania, a eukaryotic microbe. Genome Biol. 16, 230 (2015).

      (4) Damasceno, J. D. et al. Leishmania major chromosomes are replicated from a single high-efficiency locus supplemented by thousands of lower efficiency initiation events. Cell Rep. 44, (2025).

      (5) Imamura, H. et al. Evolutionary genomics of epidemic visceral leishmaniasis in the Indian subcontinent. eLife 5, e12613 (2016).

      (6) Gonzalez-Pena, V. et al. Accurate genomic variant detection in single cells with primary template-directed amplification. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 118, e2024176118 (2021).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      A primary limitation of this manuscript is its omission of foundational literature from the Schwartzberg and Littman laboratories, which originally established the indispensable role of IL-2-inducible Tcell kinase (ITK) in proximal T-cell receptor (TCR) signaling dynamics and thymic lineage commitment. Because classic studies demonstrate that ITK is a critical regulator of thymic T cell development and cellular proliferation (PMID: 8777721, 10213685), the authors' claim that "these findings indicate that ITK deficiency skews the T cell compartment toward a memory-like state, establishing a distinct immune baseline that may favor protective and regulatory responses over pathogenic inflammation" is not substantiated by evidence and requires more robust validation.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the foundational studies defining the role of ITK in proximal TCR signaling, thymic T-cell development, and proliferation. We agree that these studies provide essential context for interpreting the altered T-cell phenotype observed in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Accordingly, we have revised the Introduction and Discussion to incorporate this established literature, including PMID: 8777721 and 10213685, and to more clearly acknowledge the established role of ITK in T-cell development and differentiation.

      We also agree that our original statement suggesting that the memory-associated phenotype of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice may establish an immune baseline favoring protection from pulmonary inflammation was not directly supported by our experiments. Our data demonstrate altered relative distributions of naïve and memory-phenotype CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells, together with increased expression of CD44, CD122, Eomes, and T-bet, but do not establish that these baseline differences mediate protection from pulmonary hemorrhage.

      We have therefore removed this causal interpretation and now present these findings as baseline characterization consistent with established ITK biology.

      The exclusive reliance on splenic immunophenotyping is a major limitation, as it fails to capture the local cellular dynamics within the primary organs of injury (the lung and kidney). Evaluating canonical and non-canonical Treg expansion solely in the spleen overlooks the distinct functional programming of tissue-resident subsets. The authors should extend their characterization of regulatory T cell compartments directly to the lungs and draining lymphoid structures.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that splenic analysis alone does not adequately capture the local regulatory T-cell response during pulmonary injury. We therefore expanded the revised manuscript to directly examine Treg populations in the lungs and draining lymph nodes.

      We now quantify canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in the lungs of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice, demonstrating that the altered regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is also evident locally in the lung (Figure 5E). In addition, using CD45.1 recipients and CD45.2 WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs, we directly tracked transferred cells and observed significantly greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs in both the lungs and draining lymph nodes (Figure 5F–I). Donor-derived CD4<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>CD45.2<sup>+</sup> cells were also confirmed in these tissues by immunofluorescence microscopy (Figure 5J).

      These new experiments extend our analysis beyond the spleen and provide direct evidence that the enhanced regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is present within tissues relevant to pulmonary inflammation.

      More importantly, the authors overlook key historical publications that explicitly established ITK as a negative "rheostat" or gatekeeper for regulatory T cell (Treg) differentiation. Specifically, Huang et al. (PMID: 25063868) previously demonstrated that Treg abundance is inversely correlated with ITK expression, and that ITK activity serves as a vital negative tuner of IL-2-driven Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg expansion. Since it is already well-established that suppressing or deleting ITK promotes Treg accumulation and function, and that these cells are intrinsically vital to suppressing systemic autoimmunity, it is unclear how these findings expand upon our existing mechanistic understanding of ITK regulatory biology.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the important study by Huang et al. (PMID: 25063868), which established ITK as a negative regulator of IL-2-driven Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg expansion. We agree that increased Treg abundance following loss of ITK is established biology and should not be presented as a novel finding. We have revised the Introduction and Discussion accordingly and incorporated this foundational literature. The present study extends this established ITK–Treg relationship into autoimmune pulmonary hemorrhage by demonstrating functional and tissue-associated differences between WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs. Equaldose adoptive-transfer experiments showed that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provide substantially greater protection than WT Tregs in an otherwise ITK-sufficient host, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). Congenic CD45.1/CD45.2 tracking further demonstrated greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes (Figure 5F–J).

      In addition, lung-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs expressed higher levels of Amphiregulin (AREG), identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype (Figure 5K), while RNA-seq demonstrated a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic, proliferative, and regulatory programs (Figure 7). Thus, the advance of this study is not increased Treg abundance itself, but the demonstration that ITK-deficient Tregs exhibit enhanced protective activity and distinct tissue-associated properties during severe autoimmune pulmonary injury.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) All loss-of-function experiments are from a global ITK knockout. This is a major limitation and weakness of this study. The protection observed in the intact knockout, therefore, cannot be attributed to Tregs specifically. The Treg-intrinsic claim rests almost entirely on a single adoptive-transfer experiment. In order to show that this effect is Treg-specific, the authors would need to generate a Treg-specific ITK-deficient mouse.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for highlighting this important limitation. We agree that experiments performed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice cannot establish that the protective phenotype is specifically attributable to Treg-intrinsic loss of ITK, because other ITK-deficient immune populations may also contribute. We have revised the manuscript to make this limitation explicit and agree that a Treg-specific conditional model, such as Foxp3-Cre × Itk^fl/fl mice, would be required to establish Treg-specific necessity in the intact disease model. To directly assess the contribution of Tregs independently of the global knockout environment, we transferred equal numbers (1 × 10<sup>6</sup>) of FACS-purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs into pristane-challenged WT CD45.1 recipients. Thus, all endogenous immune and stromal compartments in the recipients remained ITK-sufficient. Under these conditions, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection than WT Tregs, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). Congenic tracking further demonstrated greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes. We therefore conclude that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs are sufficient to confer enhanced protective activity in an ITK-sufficient host, while recognizing that these experiments do not establish that Tregs are solely responsible for the protection observed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      (2) In their sufficiency experiment (adoptive Treg cell transfer), donor and/or host cells are not congenially marked, so persistence, lung trafficking, and in vivo expansion of transferred Tregs are not demonstrated.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for this important comment. To directly address this limitation, we performed new adoptive-transfer experiments using CD45.1 WT recipients and CD45.2 WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs, allowing transferred cells to be clearly distinguished from endogenous host cells. Following transfer, flow cytometric analysis demonstrated significantly greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F–I). Within the CD45.2<sup>+</sup> donor population, cells retained Foxp3 expression, and both CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> and CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> regulatory populations were detectable at the experimental endpoint. The presence of donor-derived CD4<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>CD45.2<sup>+</sup> cells within the lungs and draining lymph nodes was independently confirmed by immunofluorescence microscopy (Figure 5J).

      These new experiments directly demonstrate localization and enhanced accumulation/recovery of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in disease-relevant tissues. However, because these are endpoint measurements, we have avoided attributing the increased donor-cell recovery specifically to proliferation or trafficking, as differences in survival, retention, or recruitment may also contribute.

      (3) The authors claim that ITK-deficient Tregs possess enhanced metabolic fitness. This conclusion is based on transcriptional profiling of isolated splenic Tregs from unchallenged mice, yet it concerns lung protection during active disease narrative. Additional functional validation would be needed (Seahorse assay, mitochondrial mass/potential, etc). Some of these GSEA programs enriched in ITK-deficient Tregs could reflect a more general proliferative signature.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for this thoughtful critique. We agree that enrichment of metabolic pathways by RNA-seq does not, by itself, demonstrate enhanced metabolic fitness and that direct functional assays, such as Seahorse analysis or measurements of mitochondrial mass and membrane potential, would be required to establish altered metabolic function.

      We also acknowledge that our RNA-seq was performed on FACS-purified splenic Tregs from unchallenged mice and therefore does not directly define the transcriptional state of Tregs within the inflamed lung during active pulmonary hemorrhage. Our intent was to determine whether ITK deficiency is associated with baseline transcriptional differences prior to disease challenge. The analysis identified enrichment of oxidative phosphorylation, mTORC1, glycolysis, MYC, E2F, and cell-cycle-associated programs in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs (Figure 7). We agree that some of these signatures may reflect proliferative or activation-associated transcription rather than enhanced metabolic function. We have revised the RNA-seq analysis, please updated Figure 8 and supplementary Tables. Accordingly, we have revised the Results and Discussion to describe these data as a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic and proliferative programs, rather than direct evidence of enhanced metabolic fitness. We also note that disease-state lung Treg transcriptomics and direct metabolic assays will be required to determine the functional significance of these pathways during pulmonary injury.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The novelty of this study lies in the association between ITK-deficient Tregs and pulmonary hemorrhage in autoimmunity. The weakness of the manuscript is the lack of sufficient experiments to support the claim that ITK-deficient mice show protection specifically mediated by Treg cells, and to demonstrate that ITK-deficient Treg cells are more efficient than WT Treg cells in regulating other immune cells that drive pulmonary damage. The authors performed all the experiments in ITK global knockout mice, in which not only T cells but all other cell types are deficient in ITK. Furthermore, they have not performed any functional analysis to demonstrate the functional differences between WT Treg and ITK-deficient Treg cells, undermining the novelty of this study.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this constructive critique. We agree that experiments performed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice alone cannot establish that protection is specifically mediated by Tregs, because other ITK-deficient immune populations may also contribute. We have revised the manuscript to clearly acknowledge this limitation.

      To directly compare the functional protective capacity of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs independently of the global knockout environment, we transferred equal numbers of FACS-purified CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs into pristane-challenged WT recipients. Under these conditions, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection than WT Tregs, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria, a more regulatory systemic cytokine profile, and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). These experiments provide direct in vivo evidence that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs have enhanced protective activity in an otherwise ITK-sufficient host.

      We further performed CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic tracking and observed significantly greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F– J). Donor-derived cells retained Foxp3 expression following transfer. In addition, canonical Tregs isolated directly from Itk<sup>-/-</sup> lungs expressed substantially higher levels of Amphiregulin (AREG), identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype that accompanies their enhanced protective activity (Figure 5K). We have also incorporated our previous functional studies demonstrating enhanced suppressive activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> regulatory T-cell populations compared with WT Tregs (Mammadli et al., Clinical and Translational Medicine, 2021).

      Thus, the advance of the present study is not simply increased Treg abundance after loss of ITK, but the demonstration that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provide greater protection than WT Tregs in an ITK-sufficient host, accumulate more prominently in disease-relevant tissues, and exhibit increased AREG expression. We nevertheless acknowledge that a Treg-specific conditional Itk knockout will ultimately be required to establish Treg-specific necessity in the intact disease model.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major concerns

      (1) The authors demonstrate that the frequency of memory-like T cells is elevated in the spleens of Itk-/- mice, but the absolute cellular numbers are notably absent. This proportional observation lacks conceptual novelty, as highly similar findings regarding the baseline expansion of memory-like/innate-like T cells under ITK-deficient conditions have been extensively established, most notably by the Schwartzberg laboratory (PMID: 16860760, 16860760). These early reports should be cited in the introduction and not presented as novel findings. More critically, the direct relevance of this baseline phenotype to the active autoimmune disease model remains unaddressed. The frequencies of these effector and memory-like compartments are evaluated exclusively in unperturbed, naïve animals and are never tracked or revisited during the subsequent kinetics of the pristane-induced lung injury model.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important critique and for highlighting the foundational studies describing memory-like/innate-like T-cell development in ITK-deficient mice. We agree that this phenotype is well established and should not be presented as a novel finding. We have therefore incorporated the relevant literature, including PMID: 16860760, and now present Figures 1 and 2 as baseline characterization of the established Itk<sup>-/-</sup> T-cell phenotype. We also agree that the frequency measurements in these figures do not demonstrate expansion in absolute cellular terms. Accordingly, we have removed the term “expansion” for this baseline naïve, central-memory, and effector-memory populations and now describe the findings as differences in their relative frequencies or distribution. Importantly, these analyses were performed in unchallenged mice, and we did not longitudinally track these memory-associated CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> populations during pristane-induced disease. We therefore no longer suggest that this baseline phenotype directly mediates protection from pulmonary hemorrhage. The revised manuscript now clearly separates this established baseline ITK phenotype from the disease-focused findings, with the mechanistic emphasis placed on the regulatory T-cell compartment, for which we provide direct functional and tissue-level analyses during pulmonary injury.

      (2) This memory-like cell population expansion is observed strictly within naïve, SPF mice that have had no prior exposure to foreign antigens; it raises an important question of whether these are bona fide, antigen-experienced memory cells, or do they represent a "virtual memory" population (CD44+CD122+CD49d-) that typically arises from aberrant T cell development and homeostatic dysregulation? Prior work has already demonstrated that compromised TCR signal strength via ITK deficiency alters critical aspects of homeostatic proliferation, metabolic programming, and non-conventional effector differentiation in unexposed environments (Huang et al., 2018; bioRxiv, https://doi.org/10.1101/359604). Without providing absolute counts during active disease and ruling out a virtual memory phenotype, the authors' conclusion that this baseline skewing directly orchestrates active protection against pathogenic inflammation is currently unsupported.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important comment. We agree that the CD44<sup>+</sup>CD122<sup>+</sup> phenotype observed in naïve SPF Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice cannot be assumed to represent conventional antigen-experienced memory. Prior studies have shown that reduced ITK-dependent TCR signaling can promote innate-like or virtual-memory-associated T-cell populations under antigen-naïve conditions, and we have incorporated the relevant literature, including Huang et al., into the revised Introduction and Discussion. Because our experiments did not include CD49d or other markers required to distinguish conventional memory from virtual-memory cells, we have avoided assigning a definitive origin to these populations and now refer to them as memory-phenotype or memory-associated T cells. We also agree that these baseline measurements were obtained from unchallenged mice and that we did not determine absolute numbers or longitudinally track these populations during pristane-induced disease. We have therefore removed the interpretation that baseline memory-associated skewing directly promotes protection from pulmonary inflammation. Accordingly, Figures 1 and 2 are now presented as characterization of an established consequence of ITK deficiency, while our disease-focused mechanistic conclusions are based on the Treg experiments performed during pulmonary injury.

      (3) The manuscript relies predominantly on qualitative histological representations to assess autoimmune tissue pathology. To substantiate the study's claims, the authors should provide standardized quantification of the histological changes. Additionally, direct measurement of autoimmune T cell responses, rather than descriptive tissue overviews, is required to definitively prove that ITK deficiency suppresses pathogenic autoimmunity.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for these important comments. Regarding tissue pathology, the lung histology was evaluated using standardized semi-quantitative scoring performed by a board-certified pathologist blinded to genotype and treatment group. These quantitative scores are presented in Figure 3 and described in the Methods. We have revised the manuscript to make this analysis more explicit. The histopathologic findings are further supported by quantitative measurements of pulmonary CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils, as well as proteinuria as a measure of renal involvement (Figures 3 and 4). We also agree that direct analysis of antigen-specific pathogenic T-cell responses would provide additional mechanistic information. Such populations were not directly measured in the present study, and we have therefore revised the manuscript to avoid implying that ITK deficiency specifically suppresses autoreactive conventional T cells. Instead, our data support the conclusion that ITK deficiency is associated with reduced inflammatory tissue injury and that purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs are sufficient to confer enhanced protection in WT recipients. This is supported by reduced pulmonary pathology, decreased inflammatory-cell accumulation, improved proteinuria, and the adoptive-transfer experiments. We have revised the Discussion accordingly to distinguish these directly demonstrated effects from the broader question of how ITK regulates antigen-specific autoimmune T-cell responses.

      (4) While the adoptive transfer experiments suggest that Tregs from injured ITK-deficient animals possess enhanced protective capacity, the interpretation of these data is heavily confounded by a lack of absolute cellular quantification. Prior literature establishes that while ITK deficiency increases Treg frequency, the absolute number of Tregs remains unchanged due to concurrent reductions in global T cell cellularity (PMID: 25063868). Consequently, the authors must provide the absolute numbers of Tregs infiltrating the lungs both at baseline and post-injury. Since the authors adoptively transfer matched numbers of WT and KO Tregs, they are testing an artificial cellular ratio that may completely bypass the actual physiological abundance, contraction, or recruitment dynamics operating within the lung tissue in vivo. Furthermore, the current experimental design is insufficient to establish whether this protection depends specifically on injury-primed effector Treg programming or whether naïve ITK-deficient Tregs are sufficient.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important critique. We agree that Treg frequencies alone do not establish physiological abundance, particularly because previous studies have shown that increased Treg frequency in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice may occur without a proportional increase in absolute Treg number.

      To address this concern, we have added absolute quantification of canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in the lung at baseline and following adoptive transfer. Absolute numbers were determined from the total viable cellular recovery from each individual tissue together with the complete sequential flow-cytometric gating hierarchy. These analyses provide both frequency and absolute cellular abundance and demonstrate greater recovery of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the inflamed lung and draining lymph nodes following transfer (Figure 5E–I).

      We also agree that equal-dose adoptive transfer does not reproduce the endogenous WT: Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Treg ratio. Rather, this experiment was intentionally designed as a controlled functional comparison in which identical numbers of purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs were introduced into the same ITK-sufficient recipient environment. The greater protection and tissue accumulation observed with Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs therefore reflect differences between the transferred populations under equivalent starting conditions, rather than differences in the number of cells administered. Importantly, the donor Tregs used for these experiments were isolated from unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Foxp3-reporter mice. Thus, prior pristane-induced injury was not required for the enhanced protective activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript.

      Together, these analyses distinguish Treg frequency from physiological abundance, provide quantitative assessment of donor-cell recovery in disease-relevant tissues, and demonstrate that the enhanced protective capacity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs does not require prior injury-dependent priming.

      (5) The transcriptomic analyses suggest metabolic and functional reprogramming of ITK-deficient Tregs. However, the interpretation of these findings currently remains speculative, as it relies on pathway analysis and no key genes involved in any of these programs were identified/highlighted as key differentially expressed genes. Lastly, there is no functional validation to suggest that these transcriptional changes are functionally relevant.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important critique. We agree that pathway-level enrichment alone does not establish functional metabolic reprogramming and that the genes underlying these signatures should be provided more clearly. To address this concern, we have expanded the transcriptomic analysis to identify the individual differentially expressed genes contributing to the major pathways observed in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs, including mTORC1, oxidative phosphorylation, MYC/E2F, glycolytic, and regulatory programs. We have revised Figure 8 and added supplementary tables providing the gene-level differential-expression data for the canonical and non-canonical Treg comparisons, allowing the underlying molecular changes to be evaluated directly rather than relying solely on pathway enrichment scores. We also agree that these transcriptional signatures do not demonstrate enhanced metabolic fitness. Direct functional assays, such as extracellular flux analysis, mitochondrial mass or membrane-potential measurements, would be required to establish altered metabolic function. We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion to describe Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs as exhibiting a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic, proliferative, and regulatory programs, while acknowledging that some pathways may reflect proliferation or activation.

      Separately, lung-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs showed increased AREG protein expression (Figure 5K), which we interpret as a tissue-repair-associated phenotype rather than functional validation of the metabolic pathways.

      Thus, we have added gene-level resolution to the RNA-seq analysis while narrowing our mechanistic interpretation to what is directly supported by the data. Accordingly, we have revised the Results and Discussion to describe these data as a distinct transcriptional state enriched for metabolic and proliferative programs, rather than direct evidence of enhanced metabolic fitness.

      Minor concerns

      (1) The introduction is structurally imbalanced, with three extensive paragraphs dedicated to describing and discussing the study's results. On the contrary, critical historical studies are missing from this section.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this constructive comment. We agree that the original Introduction devoted excessive space to summarizing our findings while providing insufficient historical context for ITK biology. We have therefore substantially shortened and reorganized the Introduction. The revised version now incorporates the foundational studies defining ITK function in TCR signaling and T-cell development, as well as the work establishing ITK as a regulator of Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg differentiation and expansion. We also removed the extended discussion of our results and now conclude the Introduction with a concise statement of the knowledge gap and objective of the present study.

      (2) In Figure 1A and 1E, a substantial CD44-CD62L- population is present in both WT and ITK KO mice, potentially reflecting gating-related issues or loss of CD62L staining.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this careful observation. We agree that the CD44<sup>-</sup>CD62L<sup>-</sup> population should be interpreted cautiously, as reduced CD62L staining may reflect biological variability or loss/shedding during tissue processing. To improve transparency, we have added the complete flow-cytometric gating strategy to the revised manuscript (Supplementary Figure 1; page 50, lines 845–855), including sequential exclusion of debris, doublets, and non-viable cells before identification of CD3<sup>+</sup>, CD4<sup>+</sup>, and CD8<sup>+</sup> T-cell populations. WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> samples were processed and analyzed under identical conditions. Importantly, we do not assign biological significance to the CD44<sup>-</sup>CD62L<sup>-</sup> population. Our conclusions are restricted to the conventionally defined naïve (CD44^lo^CD62L^hi^), central-memory (CD44^hi^CD62L^hi^), and effector memory (CD44^hi^CD62L^lo^) populations.

      (3) The characterization of the myeloid compartment is limited given the highly complex nature of pulmonary inflammation in small vessel vasculitis models. To rigorously evaluate the local immune microenvironment, the authors must provide a detailed profiling of key populations within the affected tissues, including alveolar macrophages, interstitial macrophages, neutrophils, and eosinophils.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this important comment. We agree that pulmonary inflammation involves a heterogeneous myeloid compartment and that more comprehensive profiling of alveolar macrophages, interstitial macrophages, eosinophils, and other subsets would provide additional insight. In the present study, our myeloid analysis focused on two populations strongly associated with acute inflammatory lung injury: CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils. Quantitative flow cytometry demonstrated significantly reduced accumulation of both populations in the lungs of pristane-treated Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared with WT controls (Figure 3H–I). We acknowledge that this does not represent comprehensive profiling of the pulmonary myeloid compartment, and we have revised the manuscript to make this limitation explicit and to avoid broader claims of global myeloid remodeling. We also note in the Discussion that detailed analysis of macrophage and granulocyte subsets will be important for determining how ITK-dependent regulatory responses influence the broader pulmonary inflammatory environment.

      (4) Although the study focuses on suppression of autoimmunity, chronic ITK deficiency may plausibly impair protective immunity against infection or malignancy. Some discussion of these potential tradeoffs would improve the translational interpretation of the findings.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for raising this important translational consideration. We agree that chronic or systemic inhibition of ITK could impair protective immunity, particularly against infection and potentially malignancy. We have expanded the Discussion to address these potential trade-offs. In particular, we now note that inherited ITK deficiency in humans has been associated with impaired protective immune responses and increased susceptibility to infection, emphasizing that prolonged systemic ITK suppression cannot be assumed to be without consequence. At the same time, our previous studies in alloimmunity demonstrated that attenuation of ITK signaling can markedly reduce graft-versus-host disease while preserving substantial graft-versus-leukaemia activity (PMIDs: 33324410, 33851101, and 34919342). These findings suggest that pathogenic and protective immune responses may differ in their dependence on ITK signaling. We therefore emphasize that the translational effects of ITK modulation will likely depend on the magnitude, duration, and cellular context of inhibition. Future studies will be needed to determine whether partial, transient, or cell-selective ITK targeting can retain anti-inflammatory and Treg-associated benefits while preserving antimicrobial and antitumor immunity.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript by Hossain et al investigates the role of ITK as a central regulator of autoimmune lung injury, using the pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage (PH) model.

      The authors claim that the deficiency of ITK confers complete protection primarily by marked remodeling of the T cell compartment, including expansion of CD44<sup>+</sup>, CD122<sup>+</sup>, Eomes<sup>+</sup>, T-bet<sup>+</sup> memory-like subsets, and significant enrichment of Foxp3<sup>+</sup> regulatory T cells (Tregs). However, they have used the ITK global KO mouse model, which undermines their claim. Adoptive transfer of Treg cells to suppress autoimmunity has been shown before in various studies. The authors have performed an adoptive transfer of ITK-deficient Tregs, which they claim are more efficient at suppressing autoimmunity, based solely on two cytokine levels in systemic circulation. Although the authors identified the ITK-deficient Treg as key mediators of tissue protection, they have not provided any functional characterization of ITK-deficient Treg cells as compared to WT Treg cells. There are a few comments that will help to strengthen the findings and establish the importance of ITK regarding autoimmune PH.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this rigorous and constructive critique. We agree that experiments performed in global Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice alone cannot establish that protection is specifically mediated by Tregs, because other ITK-deficient immune populations may also contribute. We have revised the manuscript to make this limitation explicit.

      Importantly, the functional comparison between WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the revised study extends beyond circulating cytokines. Equal numbers of FACS-purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs were transferred into pristane-challenged WT recipients, in which all endogenous immune and stromal compartments remained ITK-sufficient. Under these conditions, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection than WT Tregs, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria, a more regulatory systemic cytokine profile, and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6).

      These experiments demonstrate enhanced protective activity of purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in an ITK-sufficient host. We further performed CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic tracking and observed greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F–J). In addition, lung-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs expressed substantially higher levels of Amphiregulin (AREG), identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype (Figure 5K). We have also more clearly incorporated our previous functional study demonstrating enhanced suppressive activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> regulatory T-cell populations compared with WT Tregs (PMID: 34919342).

      Together, these findings extend previous work by demonstrating that Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs exhibit enhanced protective activity and distinct tissue-associated properties during autoimmune pulmonary haemorrhage. We nevertheless acknowledge that a Treg-specific conditional Itk knockout will ultimately be required to establish Treg-specific necessity in the intact disease model.

      Major comments:

      (1) In Figure 1, the authors have shown the T cell profile in the spleen from WT vs ITK-KO mice under homeostatic conditions. But it will be important to show the immune cell population, both innate and adaptive, in the lung, as it is the organ of focus for their study.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this important suggestion. We agree that because the lung is the primary site of injury in this model, characterization of the local pulmonary immune compartment is important.

      In the revised manuscript, we have expanded our lung-focused analyses. We now directly quantify canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in the lungs of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice (Figure 5E), demonstrating that the altered regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is also evident locally within the lung.

      During pristane-induced disease, we additionally quantified key inflammatory innate populations and found significantly reduced accumulation of CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> lungs compared with WT controls (Figure 3H–I). Furthermore, using CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic adoptive transfer, we directly tracked WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> donor Tregs and observed greater accumulation of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes (Figure 5F–J).

      We acknowledge that the present study does not provide comprehensive profiling of all pulmonary immune populations, including macrophage subsets, eosinophils, and conventional effector T-cell populations. We have therefore revised the manuscript to make the scope of our lung immune analysis explicit and identify broader pulmonary immune profiling as an important area for future study

      (2) The authors need to show the status of Treg cells in the spleen and lung of ITK KO mice under homeostatic conditions.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important suggestion. We agree that defining the homeostatic Treg compartment in both the spleen and lung is important for interpreting the disease-associated changes.

      In the revised manuscript, we now provide baseline characterization of canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) and non-canonical (CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup>) Tregs in naïve, unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Homeostatic splenic Tregs are shown in Supplementary Figure 7, demonstrating the established increase in the non-canonical Treg compartment in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. We also added direct analysis of lung Tregs under homeostatic conditions (Figure 5E), demonstrating that the altered regulatory phenotype associated with ITK deficiency is also present locally in the lung prior to pristane challenge.

      These analyses establish the baseline Treg phenotype in both systemic and pulmonary compartments and provide an appropriate reference for interpreting the subsequent disease and adoptive-transfer experiments.

      (3) The authors claim ITK deficiency shifts the memory T cell phenotype based on surface markers and transcription factors TBET and Eomes. It is well established that the memory T cell phenotype depends on a fine balance between TBET and Eomes (Cárdenas et al., Nature, 2024; Kar et al., Science Advances, 2026). Therefore, to support the claim, authors need to co-stain TBET and Eomes to show the relative balance of the TFs.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important comment and for highlighting the literature emphasizing that memory T-cell differentiation is influenced by the relative balance of T-bet and Eomes. We agree that because T-bet and Eomes were measured independently in our experiments, our data do not establish their relative balance or co-expression at the single-cell level. Definitive analysis would require simultaneous co-staining of these transcription factors.

      Accordingly, we have revised the manuscript to avoid interpreting T-bet and Eomes expression as evidence of a specific memory differentiation program. Figures 1 and 2 are now presented as baseline characterization of the established Itk<sup>-/-</sup> T-cell phenotype. We describe the CD44/CD62L data as showing altered relative frequencies of naïve and memory-phenotype populations, while increased T-bet, Eomes, CD44, and CD122 expression is reported separately as a differentiation-associated phenotype.

      We no longer infer that a specific T-bet/Eomes balance contributes to the memory phenotype or to protection from pulmonary hemorrhage, and we have incorporated the literature cited by the reviewer into the revised Discussion.

      (4) A higher expression of TBET and Eomes could also lead to enhanced production of Th1 cytokines. Have the authors measured the CD4 T cell cytokines or CD8 T cell granzyme/perforin production in ITK KO mice?

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important point. We agree that increased T-bet and Eomes expression may be associated with altered CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> T-cell effector function and that direct functional measurements would be required to establish this.

      In the present study, we did not directly measure cytokine production by conventional CD4<sup>+</sup> or CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells, nor did we quantify granzyme or perforin expression. Although systemic IFN-γ, TNF-α, IL-6, and IL-17 were measured during pristane-induced disease, these serum measurements do not identify the cellular source of the cytokines.

      We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion to avoid inferring enhanced Th1 or cytotoxic function from increased T-bet and Eomes expression. Figures 1 and 2 are now presented as baseline phenotypic characterization of the conventional T-cell compartment, while the mechanistic conclusions of the study remain focused on the regulatory T-cell response during pulmonary hemorrhage.

      We have also acknowledged that direct functional analysis of conventional CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells will be required to define the consequences of altered T-bet and Eomes expression in this model.

      (5) The authors have shown that ITK KO mice significantly restrict the pulmonary hemorrhage after 14 days post-pristane injection. Have the authors evaluated the findings at a longer time point, such as 6-8 weeks post-pristane, which is considered the optimal time point for disease progression? This will clarify whether ITK deficiency completely inhibits the autoimmunity or delays its progression.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for raising this important point regarding disease kinetics. We agree that later time points, such as 6–8 weeks after pristane administration, are commonly used to evaluate chronic manifestations of pristane-induced systemic autoimmunity.

      However, the pulmonary hemorrhage phenotype examined in our study follows a much more acute and severe course. We therefore extended our analysis to include survival and added these data to the revised manuscript (Figure 3—figure supplement 2). All pristane-treated WT mice died within approximately 20 days, whereas Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice exhibited significantly prolonged survival.

      Because WT mice do not survive to the 6–8-week time point in this model, a direct WT versus Itk<sup>-/-</sup> comparison at these later stages is not feasible without substantial survivor-selection bias. We have therefore clarified that the present study addresses the acute, severe phase of pristane-induced pulmonary hemorrhage.

      Importantly, the survival data demonstrate that ITK deficiency protects against the early lethal phase of disease rather than simply delaying the day-14 pulmonary phenotype. However, these findings do not establish that ITK deficiency completely prevents later chronic manifestations of pristane-induced autoimmunity. We have added this limitation to the Discussion and identify longer-term analysis of surviving Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice as an important future direction.

      (6) In Figure 3, the authors have shown that ITK KO mice show less monocyte infiltration in pristane-injected mice. However, they have not shown effector T cell percentages, such as Th1 and Th17, which are important drivers of disease progression. Given their focus on Treg cells, it will be important to show the effector T-cell population in the lung.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important comment. We agree that direct quantification of pulmonary Th1 and Th17 populations would provide additional insight into the balance between pathogenic effector T cells and Tregs during pulmonary hemorrhage.

      In the present study, we did not directly quantify lung Th1 or Th17 cells by intracellular cytokine or transcription-factor staining. We have therefore revised the manuscript to avoid implying that our experiments demonstrate direct suppression of these effector T-cell populations.

      Our lung analysis instead demonstrated significantly reduced accumulation of CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes and CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice (Figure 3), together with increased pulmonary Treg populations (Figure 5). We also observed reduced systemic IFN-γ, TNF-α, IL-6, and IL-17 during disease (Figure 4); however, we recognize that these serum measurements do not establish the cellular source of these cytokines. Accordingly, we now distinguish the directly measured pulmonary cellular changes from broader Th1/Th17-associated inflammatory responses and identify direct profiling of lung effector T-cell populations as an important area for future investigation.

      (7) In Figure 4, the authors have shown several plasma cytokine levels in KO vs WT mice to support their hypothesis. However, as their focus is on alveolar hemorrhage, they have also mentioned that these cytokines influence the pulmonary damage by altering neutrophil infiltration and vascular permeability. Showing data on neutrophil and vascular damage will strengthen their claim.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this constructive suggestion. We agree that direct assessment of pulmonary neutrophil accumulation and tissue injury provides important context for interpreting the systemic cytokine changes observed during pulmonary hemorrhage.

      To address this concern, we added quantitative flow-cytometric analysis of pulmonary neutrophils. CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6G<sup>+</sup> neutrophils were significantly reduced in the lungs of pristane-treated Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared with WT controls (Figure 3I). Together with the reduced CD11b<sup>+</sup>Ly6C<sup>+</sup> inflammatory monocytes, these findings demonstrate decreased accumulation of major inflammatory innate-cell populations in the injured lung.

      Pulmonary injury was also evaluated using blinded, standardized histopathologic scoring. WT mice exhibited extensive intra-alveolar hemorrhage, erythrocyte accumulation, and disruption of alveolar architecture, whereas Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice showed markedly reduced hemorrhage and preserved lung architecture (Figure 3B–E). We acknowledge that the present study does not include a direct assay of vascular permeability or endothelial barrier function. We have therefore revised the manuscript to describe these findings as evidence of reduced alveolarcapillary injury and pulmonary hemorrhage rather than as a direct demonstration of improved vascular permeability.

      (8) The authors mentioned non-canonical Treg cells without proper characterization. These Treg cells are reported to lack CD25 and, in some cases, FOXP3, and to have reduced suppressive function. Therefore, if ITK KO mice show that both canonical and non-canonical Treg cells are increased, this raises the question of how that balance leads to less pulmonary hemorrhage. The authors need to clarify their findings and discuss the relevance.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for raising this important point. In the present study, we define non-canonical Tregs specifically as CD3<sup>+</sup>CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> cells. These cells were identified using Foxp3-RFP reporter mice, and therefore the population analyzed here is Foxp3<sup>+</sup>CD25 but lacks CD25.

      We agree that CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs may exhibit reduced stability or suppressive function in some settings. However, in our previous study, we performed dedicated phenotypic and functional analyses of this population and demonstrated that Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs possess substantial suppressive activity in both in vitro and in vivo assays (Mammadli et al., Clinical and Translational Medicine, 2021; PMID: 34919342). We have revised the manuscript to more clearly incorporate this prior work.

      In the present study, both canonical CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> and non-canonical CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Treg populations were increased in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice, including in the lung. However, we did not independently test the protective function of the non-canonical subset. Importantly, the adoptive-transfer experiments were initiated with purified canonical CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs.

      We have therefore revised the manuscript to avoid implying that non-canonical Tregs independently mediate protection from pulmonary hemorrhage. Instead, we interpret their increase as an additional feature of the altered regulatory T-cell compartment associated with ITK deficiency, while restricting the direct functional conclusion to the enhanced protective activity of purified Itk<sup>-/-</sup> canonical Tregs.

      (9) Do the ITK KO mice have non-canonical Treg in the homeostatic lung?

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this specific question. Yes, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice contain noncanonical CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs in the lung under homeostatic conditions.

      To directly address this point, we added flow-cytometric analysis of canonical CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> and non-canonical CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>-</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs in the lungs of naïve, unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. These data demonstrate that non-canonical Tregs are present in the homeostatic lung and are increased in Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared with WT controls (Figure 5E).

      Thus, the non-canonical Treg population observed during pulmonary hemorrhage is not exclusively induced by disease but is already present as part of the baseline regulatory T-cell phenotype associated with ITK deficiency

      (10) The authors stated that ITK-/- Tregs confer enhanced protection against PH by shifting the cytokine balance from a proinflammatory toward a pro-resolving state. However, the adoptive transfer of ITK KO Treg results in differences only in IFNγ and IL10 levels compared with WT Treg. The authors need to clearly discuss this.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this careful observation. We agree that our original wording overstated the extent of the cytokine differences between recipients of WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs. Upon direct comparison of the two Treg-treated groups, the clearest statistically significant differences were observed for IFN-γ and IL-10. Although Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Treg treatment was associated with reductions in additional proinflammatory cytokines, these changes should not be interpreted as demonstrating significant superiority over WT Tregs for every cytokine measured.

      We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion to emphasize that, compared with WT Tregs, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs produced a greater reduction in IFN-γ together with increased IL-10, and we have removed the broader statement that they uniformly shift the entire systemic cytokine profile from a proinflammatory to a pro-resolving state.

      Importantly, the enhanced protective activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs is supported not only by cytokine measurements, but also by reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria, improved survival, and greater accumulation of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes.

      (11) The claim that ITK-deficient Treg is better than WT Treg is the novelty of the study. Therefore, the functional characterization, such as cytokine profile and suppressive functions, could be shown to support their claim. Adoptive transfer of WT-Treg cells provides significant protection, as shown by Dall'Era et al. (2019, Arthritis Rheumatol) and by the authors in Figure 5. Providing supporting data on the advantages of ITK-KO Treg will be important for strengthening the study's novelty.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for this important comment. We agree that the novelty of the present study is not simply that Tregs can protect against pulmonary hemorrhage, which has been previously demonstrated, but that Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs exhibit enhanced protective activity compared with WT Tregs in this disease setting.

      To directly address this point, we compared equal numbers (1 × 10<sup>6</sup> cells per recipient) of FACS-purified WT or Itk<sup>-/-</sup> CD4<sup>+</sup>CD25<sup>+</sup>Foxp3<sup>+</sup> Tregs following transfer into pristane-challenged WT recipients. WT Tregs provided measurable protection, consistent with previous studies. Importantly, however, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs provided substantially greater protection, including reduced pulmonary pathology and proteinuria and improved survival (Figures 5 and 6). Thus, the functional advantage of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs is supported by disease outcomes beyond systemic cytokine measurements.

      We further performed CD45.1/CD45.2 congenic tracking and observed greater accumulation/recovery of donor-derived Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs in the lungs and draining lymph nodes compared with WT donor Tregs (Figure 5F–J). In addition, Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Treg-treated recipients showed a greater reduction in IFN-γ and increased IL-10 compared with WT Treg-treated recipients. Canonical Tregs isolated directly from Itk<sup>-/-</sup> lungs also expressed substantially higher levels of AREG, identifying a tissue-repair-associated phenotype (Figure 5K).

      We have also more clearly incorporated our previous functional study demonstrating enhanced suppressive activity of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> regulatory T-cell populations in in vitro and in vivo assays (Mammadli et al., Clinical and Translational Medicine, 2021; PMID: 34919342).

      Together, these findings demonstrate that the advantage of Itk<sup>-/-</sup> Tregs over WT Tregs is supported by greater protection after equal-dose transfer, enhanced accumulation in disease-relevant tissues, differential regulation of IFN-γ and IL-10, and increased AREG expression. We have clarified that AREG is associated with this protective phenotype but has not been shown here to be required for protection.

      Minor comments

      (1) In Figure 3, the authors need to provide important experimental control as H & E lung and spleen images under homeostatic conditions, without pristane.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for this important suggestion. We agree that homeostatic histological controls are necessary to determine whether the differences observed after pristane challenge reflect pre-existing tissue abnormalities. In the revised manuscript, we have added H&E analyses of lungs and spleens from naïve, unchallenged WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Both genotypes exhibited normal baseline tissue architecture, with no evidence of pulmonary hemorrhage or abnormal splenic pathology (Figure 3—figure supplement 1A–D and Figure 3—figure supplement 3A–C). These controls confirm that the pulmonary and splenic abnormalities observed after pristane administration arise during disease rather than from pre-existing histological differences between WT and Itk<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      (2) In Supplementary Figure 6, the axis legend needs correction.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #3 for the careful review and for identifying this error. We have corrected the axis legend accordingly. The corrected graph is now presented as Supplementary Figure 7 (page 56) in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate whether the brain uses the same neural representations for "absence" when it comes to seeing nothing versus thinking of zero. To do this, they recorded MEG while participants performed two types of tasks: (1) a perceptual detection task where subjects reported the presence or absence of a faint visual stimulus, and (2) numerical comparison tasks where subjects saw streams of numbers or dot patterns (both including "0" or empty sets) and decided which of two color-coded streams had a larger average. Multivariate decoders were trained to distinguish "present" vs "absent" in the detection task and "zero" vs "non-zero" in the numerical tasks. As a sanity check, the authors first replicate that symbolic (digit "0") and non-symbolic (empty dot sets) zeros share a common neural code (cross-format generalization). Crucially, they find that this numerical "zero" code does not overlap with the code for perceptual absence: cross-decoding between the detection task and number tasks yields Bayes factors strongly favoring distinct representations. In other words, the brain's pattern for "no grating was seen" cannot decode the pattern for "the number zero was shown," and vice versa. A small brief cross-decoding effect around 300 ms was observed, which the authors attribute to low-level visual confounds (and which they test with an additional control decoder for stimulus presence), but overall the evidence supports a dissociation.

      Strengths:

      The authors investigate whether the brain uses the same neural representations for "absence" when it comes to seeing nothing versus thinking of zero. To do this, they recorded MEG while participants performed two types of tasks: (1) a perceptual detection task where subjects reported the presence or absence of a faint visual stimulus, and (2) numerical comparison tasks where subjects saw streams of numbers or dot patterns (both including "0" or empty sets) and decided which of two color-coded streams had a larger average. Multivariate decoders were trained to distinguish "present" vs "absent" in the detection task and "zero" vs "non-zero" in the numerical tasks. As a sanity check, the authors first replicate that symbolic (digit "0") and non-symbolic (empty dot sets) zeros share a common neural code (cross-format generalization). Crucially, they find that this numerical "zero" code does not overlap with the code for perceptual absence: cross-decoding between the detection task and number tasks yields Bayes factors strongly favoring distinct representations. In other words, the brain's pattern for "no grating was seen" cannot decode the pattern for "the number zero was shown," and vice versa. A small brief cross-decoding effect around 300 ms was observed, which the authors attribute to low-level visual confounds (and which they test with an additional control decoder for stimulus presence), but overall the evidence supports a dissociation.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our work and their helpful comments and suggestions. Below, we respond to each of the reviewer’s concerns and highlight the relevant changes we have made in accordance with their suggestions.

      Weaknesses:

      R1C1. My main concern is whether the perceptual and numerical tasks are truly matched aside from their "absence" content. The perceptual task is a simple yes/no detection of a faint grating, whereas the numerical tasks involve holding two streams of 5 items in working memory and comparing their average. These tasks differ in many ways (stimulus complexity, decision rule, cognitive load), so it is possible that the lack of cross-decoding is due to general task differences rather than a fundamental "absence vs zero" dissociation. The authors do partially address this by showing that other shared aspects (like color) can cross-generalize, but one might still worry that an "absence" decision in a detection task engages different attentional or decisional mechanisms than a "zero" decision in a numerical context.

      We thank the reviewer for prompting us to expand on this aspect of the design. We in fact deliberately chose to examine distinct perceptual and numerical tasks because we wanted to create a strict test of whether absence representations generalise. Having two closely-matched tasks would have led to a converse difficulty in interpreting any successful cross-decoding, had it been obtained. This is because it would have been difficult to ascertain whether cross-stimulus generalisation was because of a true domain-general representation of absence, or whether it was driven by other features of task design and stimulus-response contingencies. We employed the same strategy (of employing different tasks) in our previous work to identify cross-format representations numerical zero (Barnett & Fleming, 2024, Current Biology). Indeed, we think this was one of that study’s strengths, since the generalisation of ‘zero representations’ across numerical formats could not be explained by task similarity.

      We appreciate though that our null findings shift the burden of proof to ensuring that this design choice has not resulted in a type 2 error. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks; and finally, as the reviewer indicates, our control analyses of colour do show positive generalisation across task format.

      To make the motivation behind this design choice clearer to the reader, we have modified the following passage (p. 6):

      Importantly, we used numerical and perceptual tasks that differed with respect to their structure and temporal dynamics. This ensured that any successful cross-decoding of absence could not be attributed to low-level or structural similarities between tasks, and instead would indicate a domain-general representation of absence. This approach builds on our previous work in which we identified a shared representation of numerical absence across non-symbolic and symbolic stimuli that generalised across task formats (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).

      However, the reviewer is correct that this approach does not allow us to test whether unmeasured variables (such as cognitive load, decision making, etc) could interfere with cross-decoding, thus eliciting false negatives in our analyses. To elaborate on this limitation, and to suggest possible extensions to this work that could begin to help resolve this issue, we have added the following passage to the discussion (p. 19):

      The tasks we employed in this study were dissimilar by design. This offered a strict test of the hypothesis that absences share representational currency across perceptual and numerical domains, because successful cross-decoding could not be artificially inflated by low-level task similarities across domains (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, this approach also carries the risk that task dissimilarity reduced our sensitivity to shared representations of absence. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence representations; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks (Barnett & Fleming, 2024); and finally, our control analyses of colour do indicate positive generalisation across task format. Future work could explore the relationship between absences across domains using factorial designs that vary both domain and task independently, thus exposing possible interactions between absence representations and task context.

      R1C2. The numerical averaging task closely resembles that used by Spitzer et al. (2017), who reported that both behavioral weighting and neural representational geometry exhibit anti-compression, with disproportionately stronger representations for larger numerosities. In contrast, the present manuscript interprets its decoding results as reflecting an ordered numerical continuum. It is therefore unclear whether the current analyses are sensitive only to ordinal structure or whether they also preserve the nonlinear representational geometry reported previously. This distinction is important because the interpretation of zero as part of a numerical continuum depends on the geometry of that continuum. The authors should clarify whether their representational analyses are compatible with the anti-compressed neural number line described by Spitzer et al., or explain why the two studies yield different conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this interesting point. To address this question, we fitted the same model from Spitzer et al. (2017) to both numerical tasks in our data. The model fits two free parameters of interest: b, which controls the disproportionate bias to larger numbers and k, which controls the anti-compression (overweighting of extreme values) mentioned by the reviewer.

      We found no difference in k values across any combination of tasks (Spitzer et al (2017) vs our non-Symbolic task; Spitzer et al (2017) vs our symbolic task; our non-symbolic vs symbolic task (all ps > .74)). The b parameter also did not differ significantly between any of the tasks (all ps > .06). Author response image 1 plots the decision values for each of the three tasks, illustrating the comparable weighting of extreme values and a consistent tendency to overweight larger values.

      Author response image 1.

      Model fits to data from Spitzer et al., (2017) and our two numerical tasks. Parameter values were consistent across all three tasks, replicating Spitzer et al.’s original finding of an anti-compressed number line with a bias towards larger numbers in both of our tasks (non-symbolic and symbolic) that extend the number line to include zero.

      Seeing as our focus in the main paper is specifically on the representation of absence, we would prefer to retain these analyses in the publicly viewable response to reviewers rather than in the manuscript itself.

      R1C3. The authors attempt to account for non-numerical visual information by controlling for Total Dot Area and Density. While this is an important control, these two variables do not exhaust the visual dimensions that covary with numerosity in dot displays. A large body of work has demonstrated that multiple continuous features, including average item area, total surface area, convex hull (field area), and density, are inherently intercorrelated and cannot all be independently controlled simultaneously (e.g., Piazza et al., 2004; Gebuis & Reynvoet, 2004; Castaldi et al., 2019; Karami et al., 2025). Consequently, controlling only two features does not fully establish that the decoded signal specifically reflects numerosity. To better characterize the stimulus space, I encourage the authors to report the correlation matrix among the principal visual features of the dot arrays (average item area, total surface area, convex hull/field area, density, and numerosity). In addition, it would be informative to quantify the unique contribution of each feature to the neural data using a multiple-regression RSA or semi-partial correlations RSA, similar to the analyses employed by Castaldi et al. (2019) and more recently by Karami et al. (2025). Such analyses would provide a more rigorous assessment of whether the decoded representations uniquely reflect numerosity after accounting for correlated visual properties.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that a range of low-level visual properties of non-symbolic dot stimuli may covary with numerosity, and that it’s important to consider whether these properties may affect our results. As the reviewer points out, our original stimulus set was constructed with the aim of ensuring numerosity was uncorrelated with total dot area and dot density. We have followed the reviewer’s suggestion and now expand our correlation matrix to include not only the total dot area and density of dots, but also the convex hull and average dot area. We note that the empty set stimuli that are the focus of our analyses of absence remain unaffected by visual properties covarying with numerosities above zero.

      To highlight these new analyses we have added the following sentence to our methods (p. 22):

      “Numerical dot stimuli were created using custom MATLAB 2021b (Mathworks) scripts and consisted of different numbers of dots (from zero to five) on grey backgrounds. Total dot area was controlled for by systematically reducing the size of the dots as the number of dots increased, such that the total number of pixels included in a stimulus were constant across numerosities. In both stimulus sets, 50% of dots were black and 50% were white, such that the contrast of the dot patterns did not increase with numerosity (the increase in contrast generated by an increasing number of black dots was cancelled out by the increased number of white dots). Figure S1 reports the correlation between total dot area, density, luminance, convex hull area, average dot size, and numerosity in the non-symbolic stimulus set, highlighting how our stimulus-generating procedure successfully controlled for the association between certain low-level visual properties and numerosity. Given that various low-level visual features naturally covary with one another, it is difficult to control for all features in one stimulus set. However, the empty set stimuli that are the focus of our analyses of absence remain unaffected by visual properties covarying with numerosities above zero.”

      The reviewer also suggests we perform RSA analyses to correlate visual features of our non-symbolic dot stimuli with the neural data to quantify the extent to which low-level visual features of the non-symbolic stimuli may be driving the ordered representations we observe in this task. While this analysis may help contextualise our findings on numerosities above zero, we think it is less relevant for understanding the degree to which absence representations are shared between numerical and perceptual domains. Indeed, for the empty set stimuli denoting absences in the non-symbolic task, many of the low-level visual properties discussed above cannot be computed. Here, instead, the primary visual confound of interest is that of similarities between empty sets and noise patches in the detection task, which we now tackle in response to the reviewer’s comment R1C6 below.

      R1C4. The manuscript reports predominantly diagonal temporal generalization for non-symbolic numerosity, implying a rapidly evolving neural code. However, a recent study using time-resolved decoding of numerical representations (Karami et al., 2025) reported substantial off-diagonal temporal generalization, consistent with a temporally stable representational format. Although methodological differences between the studies may account for this discrepancy, the apparent contrast deserves discussion. In particular, it would be useful for the authors to clarify whether the differences arise from task demands, stimulus characteristics, preprocessing and decoding procedures, or from theoretical differences in what is being decoded. More generally, these findings raise the possibility that the temporal stability of numerical representations is task-dependent rather than fixed. If so, it would be interesting to discuss whether task demands might also influence the relationship between perceptual and conceptual representations of absence. Such a possibility could help explain why cross-decoding was not observed in the present study and suggests an interesting direction for future research.

      We thank the reviewer for prompting us to consider differences in our results and those of Karami et al (2025). The reviewer is correct that, in the present manuscript, our decoding exhibits a diagonal pattern. However, the critical difference between these analyses and those in Karami et al (2025) are that we are decoding across numerical format and perceptual domain, while Karami et al decode within a single non-symbolic format. Indeed, in our previous work (Figure 2B, Barnett and Fleming, 2024), when we perform decoding analyses within format, we can identify a similar off-diagonal pattern shown as that found in Karami et al.. As such, it appears to be a difference between the within- and cross-format decoding of number that underlies this change in temporal structure. Indeed, when we run the same, within-format analyses in our current MEG data, we also observe a stronger off-diagonal pattern, particularly in the first 400ms after stimulus presentation:

      Author response image 2.

      Within and Cross-Format Decoding of Empty Sets vs Dot Patterns and Symbolic Zero vs Positive Numbers.

      Other factors may play a role in differences between the studies. Stimulus presentation was twice as long in Karami et al’s study compared to our experiment. Only one stimulus format was used by Karami et al, increasing the number of repetitions per non-symbolic numerosity and thus statistical power. Indeed, in Barnett and Fleming (2024), when we used a slower non-symbolic task and restricted the experiment to include two tasks (compared to three in the present study), we can identify non-symbolic numerosity decoding which is very similar to that of Karami et al.

      We agree with the reviewer that the temporal structure of domain-general and domain-specific representations deserves further study, and in our previous Current Biology paper we speculated on some reasons for these differences. In the current manuscript for space reasons, we prefer to restrict the discussion to issues specific to the question of representations of absence.

      R1C5. Throughout the manuscript, the authors appear to treat non-symbolic numerosity as a conceptual representation and contrast it with perceptual absence. I find this interpretation insufficiently justified. A substantial body of behavioral (Anobile et al., 2013; Cicchini et al., 2016) and neuroimaging (Piazza et al., 2004; Castaldi et al., 2019; Karami et al., 2025) research has argued that non-symbolic numerosity is represented as a perceptual attribute extracted relatively early in the visual processing hierarchy, even if its precise computational origin remains debated. Consequently, it is not immediately clear why non-symbolic numerosity should be regarded as a conceptual representation comparable to symbolic number or the concept of zero. This distinction is important because it directly affects the interpretation of the negative cross-decoding results. If both perceptual absence and non-symbolic numerosity are primarily perceptual representations, the absence of cross-decoding cannot be taken as evidence that perceptual and conceptual absence are represented differently. Rather, it may simply indicate that these two perceptual representations encode different visual attributes. I therefore encourage the authors to clarify their theoretical position regarding the representational status of non-symbolic numerosity and to discuss how their interpretation relates to influential theories of numerical cognition that conceptualize non-symbolic numerosity as an early perceptual representation rather than an abstract conceptual one.

      This is a critical point and we thank the reviewer for encouraging us to clarify our position here. We agree that there is good evidence to suggest that the extraction of non-symbolic numerosity depends in part on perceptual representations. Indeed, we did not intend for our non-symbolic numerosity stimuli to strictly probe for conceptual representations. Rather, the primary aim of the experiment was to test for representations of absence across numerical and non-numerical domains, with detection of low-level visual stimuli being most clearly perceptual, and symbolic numerals most clearly conceptual. To ensure clarity here, we have reworded several passages in the abstract and introduction and introduced a new paragraph in the discussion:

      Abstract (p. 2):

      “The ability to represent absences is fundamental to human perception and cognition. Sensitivity to non-numerical perceptual absences depends on inferring a lack of sensory evidence, enabling the recognition of a lack of environmental resources or other objects. In turn, encoding numerical absence as a concept – in the form of the number zero – has enabled a multitude of technological and mathematical advances.”

      “In contrast, we show that these representations of numerical absence are distinct to those evoked by non-numerical perceptual absences.”

      Introduction (p. 5):

      “Neural representations of the number zero show similarly distinct properties. Like non-numerical perceptual absences, numerical absences are actively represented in higher-order brain regions of non-human primates (Okuyama et al., 2015; Ramirez-Cardenas et al., 2016) and crows (Kirschhock et al., 2021). “

      “Finding that conceptualisation of zero overlaps with representations of sensory absence in a detection task would offer support to accounts that propose the evolutionary and developmental trajectory of zero concepts emerge from a more basic ability to track an absence of sensation (Nieder, 2016; Barton, 2020). On the other hand, finding that neural representations of non-numerical and numerical absences are distinct would support an extension of a boundary between perception and cognition into the domain of absence perception (Block, 2023; Firestone & Scholl, 2016).”

      Discussion (p. 17):

      “In order to interpret the lack of generalisation of absence representations between the detection and non-symbolic numerosity tasks, it is useful to consider the representational status of non-symbolic numerosities. A large body of both behavioural (Burr et al., 2018; Burr & Ross, 2008; Cicchini et al., 2016) and neuroimaging (Castaldi et al., 2019; Park et al., 2016; Piazza et al., 2004) work has suggested that non-symbolic numerosities are represented as a primary perceptual attribute in the visual system, on a par with properties such as contrast, size, and orientation. In this light, a lack of absence generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic numerosity tasks would not delimit a boundary between perceptual and conceptual absences, but rather support a boundary between numerical and non-numerical perceptual absences. Such a divide may be due to perceptual-numerical absence representations requiring additional processes mapping non-symbolic empty sets onto a neural number line (Barnett & Fleming, 2024; Kutter et al., 2024), which is not required – and, as the present results seem to indicate, not instantiated – by non-numerical perceptual representations. “

      R1C6a: I have two related concerns regarding the discussion of Paul et al. (2022). First, I think it would be helpful to describe more explicitly what was measured in that study. To my understanding, Paul et al. quantified the aggregate Fourier power (AFP) of the stimuli.

      We agree that the methodology of Paul et al. (2022) could be made clearer. We have edited the following passage introducing the study (p. 13):

      “One possibility is that the spatial frequency profile of non-symbolic dot patterns covaries with numerosity and can drive early visual responses to non-symbolic stimuli in numerical tasks. This has been shown in previous work where the aggregate Fourier power of dot-stimuli correlates with numerosity (Paul et al., 2022).”

      R1c6b: Moreover, AFP has primarily been discussed in the context of dot arrays with constant dot size within each stimulus. In the current manuscript, it is not entirely clear from the Methods whether dot sizes vary within displays. I therefore encourage the authors to explicitly describe how dot sizes were generated and varied across stimuli. If AFP is correlated with numerosity in the present stimulus set, it would also be helpful to explain how the analyses dissociate neural representations of numerosity from those potentially driven by AFP.

      We apologise for omitting this information in our initial submission. To be clear, dot size did not vary within each stimulus display. We have now made this explicit in the Methods section describing stimuli (p. 21):

      “Low-level visual properties of the stimuli (total dot area, density, luminance) did not covary with numerosity (Figure S1). Total dot area was controlled for by systematically reducing the size of the dots as the number of dots increased, such that the total number of pixels included in a stimulus were constant across numerosities. Dot sizes were held constant within each individual stimulus display.

      R1C6c: Second, I am not entirely convinced by the argument that training a classifier to distinguish Hits from Correct Rejections is sensitive to aggregate Fourier power. It would be helpful if the authors could explain more explicitly why this decoding contrast should be expected to be sensitive to AFP. As currently written, the logical connection between the AFP hypothesis and the proposed control analysis is not entirely clear.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify why we ran this control analysis. The purpose of this analysis was to demonstrate that low-level visual properties could in principle drive spurious generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic task. Showing this is important for two reasons. First, it provides a potential explanation for the small cluster of generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic tasks. Second, it bolsters our main analysis (Figure 2), by showing that even in the context of residual stimulus-related drivers of cross-decoding, we can still find very strong evidence for an absence of shared representations between the two tasks.

      More generally, the grating stimuli and empty noise patches naturally vary in a variety of low-level visual properties, not only of their spatial frequency profiles, but their contrast, density, and so forth. Even though our main analysis controlled for stimulus presence in the detection task (equal number of stimulus present trials in ‘seen’ and ‘unseen’ responses), we reasoned that it was still possible that these stimulus features may covary with participants’ decisions on a trial-by-trial basis. It would therefore be possible for our Presence vs. Absence decoder to pick up on a difference in low-level visual features, such as spatial frequency, AFP, contrast, etc.

      To ascertain whether any of these low-level visual properties could in principle drive spurious generalisation between the detection and non-symbolic task, we performed an analysis where a decoder was trained to classify empty noise patches from high-contrast gratings (Misses vs. Hits), thus enabling it to rely on differences in stimulus information when classifying the neural data. We then tested this on neural data collected during Empty Set vs. Non-Zero Dot stimuli, reasoning that any above-chance decoding would reflect low-level visual similarities between the two stimulus sets that were distinct from the representations of absence we were interested in. We feel comfortable making this assertion because, in our main analysis, we controlled for stimulus visual information, and saw very little generalisation. Thus, any additional cross-generalisation in the present analysis must be due to the added stimulus confounds.

      To make this reasoning more explicit in the manuscript, we have reworded the Results section that motivates and introduces this control analysis (p. 13-15):

      “Taken together, our analyses indicate strong evidence (as derived from BFs) that neural representations of perceptual and numerical absence can be robustly identified in patterns of MEG activity, and that these representations are distinct rather than shared. As noted above, the one exception to this pattern was a small but significant cluster of activity around 300ms that indicated some shared representation of non-symbolic and perceptual absences (Figure 2A; Figure 2B). We considered that this exception may have been driven by uncontrolled shared variance in lower-level visual features of our detection and empty-set stimuli. One possibility is that the spatial frequency profile of non-symbolic dot patterns covaries with numerosity and can drive early visual responses to non-symbolic stimuli in numerical tasks. This has been shown in previous work where the aggregate Fourier power of dot-stimuli correlates with numerosity (Paul et al., 2022). Additionally, stimuli containing dots naturally possess higher contrast than blank empty-set stimuli. Crucially, similar visual properties may also characterise our detection stimuli, with spatial frequency and contrast profiles differing between grating stimuli and noise patches. It is possible that these, or other, stimulus-related visual confounds may contribute to the brief cluster of generalisation observed between perceptual and non-symbolic stimuli. By explicitly attempting to decode the physical presence or absence of the grating (which up until now was controlled for in our analysis) we aimed to further characterise this component of visually-driven shared variance.

      To evaluate this possibility, we trained a decoder to classify Hits vs. Correct Rejections within the detection task (Figure 3A). This decoder should be not only sensitive to the ‘present’ or ‘absent’ decision made by a participant, but also the physical presence (or absence) of a grating. To maximise sensitivity in this analysis, only trials within the supra-threshold contrast level were used to define Hits. We then tested this decoder on empty sets vs. non-zero dot patterns and found a cluster of significant generalisation between 100ms and 300ms, with the peak BF indicating evidence for shared neural signatures across the two tasks (peak log10(BF) = 3.25; time averaged log10(BF) [0.05s, 0.3s] = -0.82; Figure 3B, left). When decoding in the alternative direction (training on empty sets vs. non-zero dot patterns and testing on Hits vs. Correct Rejections), we observed similar patterns of generalisation, with evidence in favour of shared neural signatures between the two stimulus sets (peak log10(BF) = 4.45; time averaged log10(BF) [0.05s, 0.3s] = 0.82; Figure 4B, right). Taken together, this result suggests that visual features may spuriously drive cross-decoding of absence in perceptual and non-symbolic numerical domains, unless stimulus contrast is appropriately controlled for. Indeed, when such properties are controlled for, generalisation across detection and non-symbolic tasks is almost entirely abolished (Figure 2). It is therefore all the more striking that, despite the potential for uncontrolled stimulus driven contributions to cross-decoding, we find strong evidence against shared neural representations of perceptual and numerical absence (Figure 3B).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors tackle the question of whether conceptual absence is neurally encoded in the same way as perceptual absence. On one hand, the neural bases of perceptual absence have been largely investigated, as exemplified by the study of neural correlates of perception of aware vs. unaware stimuli, and on the other hand, the overlapping neural encoding of symbolic ('0') and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence has been previously established (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, the direct comparison of neural representations between numerical and perceptual absences remained to be investigated.

      This article fills this gap by designing a Magneto-EncephaloGraphy (MEG) study using multi-voxel pattern analysis (MVPA) and temporal generalization to probe the similarity of neural patterns across the representation of perceptual absence (lack of stimuli), symbolic ('0'), and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence. They confirmed previously obtained evidence for shared neural representation across both formats of numerical absence. They report evidence for an absence of shared representation between both formats of numerical absence on one hand and perceptual absence on the other hand, while controlling for the confounding effect of low-level visual features. Their results overall support the conclusion that conceptual and perceptual absence are neurally encoded in a distinct way and speak in favour of a boundary between the representation of the concepts and the percept of absence.

      Major strengths:

      (1) Behavioral and neuroimaging results convincingly demonstrate that neural encoding of symbolic and non-symbolic absences is shared and situated on a graded, abstract neural number line, replicating previous results, notably from the authors themselves (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).

      (2) They show that neural encoding of perceptual and numerical absence do not generalise across each other, while controlling for spurious confounds due to visual stimuli that are commonly shared in the cases of non-symbolic numerical absence and perceptual absences.

      (3) They adequately use Bayesian analysis to distinguish absence of evidence vs. evidence of absence to support their claim.

      (4) The interpretation of numerical absence as a representation of the concept of "nothingness" is adequate, although it might be further discussed by distinguishing the concept of "zero" on a number line from the concept of nothingness and that of an empty set (Nieder, 2016).

      (5) The discussion about development and metacognition paves an interesting road for further investigation on the acquisition of the concept of zero, especially in light of debates on the progressive development of metacognitive abilities in children (Goupil & Kouider, 2019).

      (6) Data and code are published with open-source access, allowing the community to further investigate the points as major weaknesses evoked below, if desired.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our manuscript and this positive appraisal of features of our work. Below we provide point-by-point responses to the reviewer’s comments and suggestions.

      Major weaknesses:

      R2C1: Interestingly, restricting the neural decoding method to the alpha band shows distinct representations across formats of numerical absence. This begs for providing more details on how neural representations of perceptual, symbolic, and non-symbolic absences differ at the source and frequency level and to report the decoding weights to better assess what drives the performance of the neural decoding algorithm in each case and whether they overlap with each other.

      We thank the reviewer for encouraging us to explore this question. We conducted new analyses to source-localise the decoder weights for the three different decoders (Perceptual Misses vs. Perceptual Hits; Empty Sets vs. Dot Stimuli; Symbolic Zero vs. Positive Numerals). Since the decoder used was a binary LDA, the appropriate transformation of classification weights for localisation purposes simplifies to a subtraction of mean activity in one class from that of the other class (Haufe et al., 2014; NeuroImage). As such, we computed the difference in mean source-level activity between each of the two classes per decoder. We have added Supplemental Figure 4 to the Supplemental Figures to highlight the brain regions the classifier relied upon to decode representations of absence.

      P.31:

      “Both FieldTrip’s template single shell head model and its standard volumetric grid (8mm resolution) were warped to participants’ individual fiducial points, generating a subject-specific forward model aligned in MNI space. Source reconstruction was performed using a linearly constrained minimum variance (lcmv) beamformer which applies spatial filters to the MEG data to generate source-level time courses. To reduce the impact of noise on the source estimates, we used a regularization parameter of lambda = 5%. For each task, spatial filters were calculated by combining the leadfield matrix with the data covariance matrix across all stimuli and the timepoints 100 – 450ms. These spatial filters were then applied to absence trials and presence/non-zero trials separately, generating reconstructed maps of source activity for different trial types. The maps can then be contrasted to reveal the source-level decoding weights associated with binary LDA decoding (Haufe et al., 2014; Supplemental Figure 4).”

      R2C2: Task-demands between perceptual (present vs absent) and numerical (lower vs higher) are different, raising concerns about whether these aspects of experimental design could drive, at least partially, the shared representational patterns across numerical representation of absence and their distinction from perceptual representation of absence.

      We agree with the reviewer that our motivation for this design should be clearer in the manuscript. As we explained in response to R1C1, we deliberately chose to employ distinct perceptual and numerical tasks because we wanted to create a strict test of whether absence representations generalise. Having two closely-matched tasks would have led to a converse difficulty in interpreting any successful cross-decoding because it would have been difficult to ascertain whether generalisation occurred because of a true domain-general representation of absence, or whether it was driven by other features of task design and stimulus-response contingencies.

      We appreciate though that our null findings require us to ensure that this design choice has not resulted in a type 2 error. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks; and finally, our control analyses of colour do show positive generalisation across task format.

      As we noted in response to R1C1, to make the motivation behind this design choice clearer to the reader, we have modified the following passage (p. 6):

      “Importantly, we used numerical and perceptual tasks that differed with respect to their structure and temporal dynamics. This ensured that any successful cross-decoding of absence could not be attributed to low-level or structural similarities between tasks, and instead would indicate a domain-general representation of absence. This approach builds on our previous work in which we identified a shared representation of numerical absence across non-symbolic and symbolic stimuli that generalised across task formats (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).”

      However, the reviewer is correct that this approach does not allow us to test whether unmeasured variables (such as cognitive load, decision making, etc) could interfere with cross-decoding, thus eliciting false negatives in our analyses. To elaborate on this limitation, and to suggest possible extensions to this work that could begin to help resolve this issue, we have added the following passage to the discussion (p. 19):

      “The tasks we employed in this study were dissimilar by design. This offered a strict test of the hypothesis that absences share representational currency across perceptual and numerical domains, because successful cross-decoding could not be artificially inflated by low-level task similarities across domains (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, this approach also carries the risk that task dissimilarity reduced our sensitivity to shared representations of absence. We think this is unlikely for several reasons: first, we focus on stimulus-triggered responses, and within each task, we are able to robustly decode stimulus-triggered absence representations; second, in our previous work we obtained robust generalisation of absence representations even when tasks are distinct, a finding we now replicate here with more closely matched tasks (Barnett & Fleming, 2024); and finally, our control analyses of colour do indicate positive generalisation across task format. Future work could explore the relationship between absences across domains using factorial designs that vary both domain and task independently, thus exposing possible interactions between absence representations and task context.”

      R2C3: The same argument can also be raised for the way that the neural decoders of perceptual and numerical absences are trained and tested. Both formats of numerical absence are built using the same procedure (zero vs. rest) and differ from the way the decoder is built for perceptual absence (hits vs misses), which might possibly drive the difference observed here.

      We are confident that the neural decoders for perceptual and numerical absence are near-identical and highly unlikely to drive the lack of cross-decoding. The essential features of the neural data fed into the decoders are matched across tasks. These two classification schemes – [zero vs. rest] and [hits vs. misses] – are both balanced with respect to the classes of interest. There are an equal number of ‘non-zero’ trials in the [zero vs. rest] decoder, and an equal number of each of the non-zero numbers within the set of non-zero trials. Similarly, the [hits vs. misses] decoder is balanced between hits and misses, and is balanced within each stimulus intensity level. Thus, both decoders are trained and tested on similarly balanced and matched stimulus sets. We note also that the cross-validation scheme used to train the decoders was identical across the two classification schemes. The primary difference between the two decoding schemes is the type of absence that they are seeking to decode.

      R2C4: It is thus unknown whether the claim supporting the evidence of absence holds as long as other counterfactual hypotheses that might drive these results are not excluded, such as the nature of the decoded features, the effect of task demands, or the way the neural decoder is trained, as mentioned above.

      We fully agree with the reviewer that it is important to mention and discuss the different features that may have contributed to our failure to cross-decode absence representations. We hope that by responding to R2C2 and R2C3 above, we have satisfied the reviewer’s concerns regarding these alternative explanations.

      Overall, I was pleased by the quality of the methods and the clarity with which the question of the boundary between cognition and perception is addressed for the case of numerous and perceptual absence. While the methods used are well established in the field, the choice and rigor of their analysis and the controls provided stand as a convincing methodology to test their hypotheses, although they do not fully exclude alternative interpretations nor explore the wider extent of possibilities that may provide exhaustive evidence for showing that perceptual and numerical absences are distinctly encoded in the brain.

      This work will be of great appeal to neuroscientists interested in comparing the representation of percepts and concepts across different formats, to psychologists interested in the origin of number representation, and to philosophers interested in debates on the boundary between cognition and perception.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In your previous work (Barnett & Fleming, 2024), you reported a curved representation of both symbolic and non-symbolic numerical representations in MDS space. Similarly, Karami et al. (2025) observed a curved representational geometry in both parietal fMRI activity and later MEG representations. Through simulations, they argued that a curved MDS geometry is consistent with numerosity-tuned population codes, whereas a more linear organization is expected from summation-code representations. Given these converging observations, I wonder whether you can examine the geometry of the representational space and whether it evolves over time from a more linear to a more curved organization. It could provide additional insight into the underlying coding scheme. Even if no such transition is observed, reporting the MDS geometry would strengthen the manuscript by helping readers relate the present findings to previous work and by providing a richer characterization of the neural representations beyond decoding accuracy alone.

      We agree that the coding scheme and representational space for numerosities is an interesting question. As the reviewer points out, these analyses were a focus of our previous Current Biology paper, and we now explore similar plots in the current data.

      P. 9:

      “Multidimensional scaling of sensor-level data similarly revealed numerosities to be arranged along a single dimension encoding numerical magnitude that is shared between both numerical formats (Supplementary Figure 2). These analyses confirm a graded representation of numerical absence that is evoked by both non-symbolic empty sets and symbolic zero (Barnett & Fleming, 2024), and establish that we are able to robustly recover neural representations of numerical absence in our paradigm using MEG.”

      (2) In Results, clarify whether RTs (figure 1E) are 0.32 s for absent and 0.28 s for present (lines 144-146) - it currently reads "0.28 ms" which must be a typo (should be s).

      We have fixed the typo in lines 144-146:

      “Replicating previous findings, participants took longer to report stimulus absence (mean RT = 0.32s, SD = 0.14s) compared to stimulus presence (mean RT = 0.28s, SD = 0.11s, t(28) = -3.0176, p = .0054, Figure 1E).”

      (3) When describing Bayes factors, the text could define what "time averaged log10(BF)" means in simpler terms, to help readers interpret Figure 2B.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. To make this clear to the reader, the manuscript now states (p. 11):

      “To allow us to obtain evidence for or against shared representations of numerical and perceptual absence, we computed Bayes factors (BF) – with positive BFs indicating evidence in favour of generalised representations, and negative BFs indicating evidence in favour of distinct neural representations. To assist in visualisation, we plot log10 transformation of BFs such that BFs supporting either distinct or generalised representations are symmetric around zero. Interpretation of log10 BFs follows standard convention for interpreting BFs, with log10(BF) in the range [0, ±0.5] offering weak evidence, [±0.5, ±1] moderate evidence, [±1, ±1.5] strong evidence, [±1, ±2] very strong evidence, and [±2, ±inf] being decisive (Jeffreys, 1998). To report log10 BFs in the text, we average BFs over the 0.2s – 0.8s time window shown in Figure 2C to report a time-averaged log10 BF. In our plots, we indicate the timepoints when evidence for either hypothesis exceeds the threshold for strong evidence.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I enjoyed how clear the question of the boundary between cognition and perception was formulated and how the use of temporal generalisability elegantly provides a convincing way to test it.

      To address the first major weakness, I would like to suggest providing the decoding features, and how they relate to the neural correlates of absence to strengthen the claim and reassure both reviewers and readers that the MVPA analysis does not pick up on other neural features than those previously established in relation to the neural encoding of absence in each of those formats.

      We have now added a supplementary figure displaying the decoding weights in source space in response to the reviewer’s comment R2C1.

      Although Figure 2C (top) provides a nice argument in favour of the MVPA actually picking up information related to numerosity, it might also be theoretically explained by the task demands of identifying which number is higher. Although I am aware that the decoder was trained on absence vs rest, the dimension tested (distance from zero) might be confounded with the task to compare which number is higher, while an orthogonal task to numerosity would exclude such potential confound of a task effect on the way zero is represented in the brain. The contextual effect of the task on the neural encoding of numerical absence is perhaps far-fetched, but it seemed to me to be a reasonable concern.

      We agree that similarities in task design between the two numerical tasks may contribute to the generalisation of across format observed in our decoding analysis. Indeed, this is precisely why we designed a perceptual (detection) task that shared minimal structure with the numerical tasks, to ensure that task demands would not confound interpretation of findings of absence generalisation (see also our responses to reviewers R2C2 and R1C1). Similarly, in our previous paper in Current Biology (2024) we employed tasks with distinct formats, and found similar results. We therefore think that it’s unlikely that the similarity in task format here is the primary driver of cross-format generalisation, but we cannot rule it out. We believe that our answer to R2C2 addresses this concern and makes the reasoning behind our design choice explicit to the reader.

      I became aware, including in my own experiments, that the choice of parameters might be crucial in interpretations of decoding when it comes to neuroimaging results. One of the strengths of MVPA is to be data-driven, reducing the potential selection bias, but it also raises other concerns due to the poor controllability of the relevant features this technique grasps depending on the task and experimental set-up. This begs the question whether the results here obtained are generalisable, taking into account other potential confounds and at least acknowledging such potential limitations in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment, and agree that chosen parameters can sometimes influence neuroimaging decoding results. To better justify why we chose the parameters we did, we have added the following sentence to the Methods (p. 29):

      “All decoding hyperparameters were chosen to match those of our previous work on numerical absence decoding (Barnett & Fleming, 2024), such that results would be directly comparable across the two studies.”

      My overall uptake is that the authors make an inference to the best explanation by having designed the most convincing analysis possible to provide a crucial test on the distinction between the neural representation of perceptual and conceptual absence. They rightly exclude the false positive case of low-visual features driving the similarity between perceptual and non-symbolic representation. However, providing the evidence of absence also needs to address possible cases of false negatives that might be a result of their experimental and analytical choices.

      Even if proving the evidence of absence for this reason is inherently difficult, if not almost impossible to achieve, it seems reasonable that further insights such as for example comparing the neural correlates of absence as done by the authors in their Current Biology paper based on empirical findings and the possible limitations of their approach might be addressed at least in the discussion to frame their conclusion in regard to the context of their experiment and analysis. This would enrich the paper by providing better hindsight about the origin and the evidence at hand on what might drive the reported distinction in the neural representation of perceptual vs. numerical absence.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our paper, which prompted further considerations of the limitations of different design choices. We have now included new sections of the discussion to ensure these are appropriately highlighted to the reader.

      I would like to thank the authors and editors for this opportunity of reviewing this stimulating paper, enriching our perspective on the important debate on the boundary of perception and cognition.

      Matthieu Koroma

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study integrates Xenium spatial transcriptomics of paired inflamed and uninvolved Crohn's disease tissues with functional analyses in a csf2rb-/- larval zebrafish DSS intestinal injury model to investigate the spatial and cell-type-specific roles of GM-CSF. The work is limited mechanistically and adds little to an already disputed field: GM-CSF's role in intestinal inflammation is context-dependent and extensively studied in mice and humans, and this study does not resolve these controversies. The zebrafish appears to be a poor model for these questions: it lacks mammalian intestinal architecture, complex microbiota, and clearly validated functional ILC populations. Putative ILC1s are poorly defined based on stress-response gene modules, while ILC3s are somewhat better characterized, but overall, the system does not allow mechanistic insights into GM-CSF regulation of ILCs. The DSS experiments largely recapitulate the known protective effects of GM-CSF in epithelial injury without clarifying underlying mechanisms.

      Figure 1

      GM-CSF expression is extremely sparse, rarely exceeding 0.005 frequency even in inflamed regions. The authors should acknowledge this and discuss why. Xenium could be used to characterize the niche around GM-CSF-producing cells, but no new cellular circuit is revealed beyond known myeloid-lymphoid interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. We agree that GM-CSF-expressing cells represent a very small fraction of all cells within the tissue, even in inflamed regions. We have now explicitly acknowledged this in both the Results (Line 300-304) and Discussion (Line 539-547). The low abundance of GM-CSF-producing cells is consistent with previous studies demonstrating that GM-CSF is not constitutively expressed in the intestinal mucosa but is induced only in activated immune cells during inflammation. Moreover, GM-CSF functions primarily as a locally acting cytokine with paracrine activity rather than as a broadly expressed tissue factor. Consequently, even a small number of GM-CSF-producing lymphocytes can establish localized signaling niches that activate neighboring CSF2RA/CSF2RB-expressing myeloid cells. This localized mode of signaling is also consistent with the low circulating concentrations of GM-CSF reported in both healthy individuals and patients with inflammatory diseases. We have revised the manuscript to better emphasize that the biological significance of GM-CSF lies in its spatially restricted expression and signaling rather than its overall abundance.

      Figure 2

      Colon length in DSS colitis is not decreased in Csf2rb-/- versus wild-type zebrafish under untreated conditions, suggesting endogenous GM-CSF has minimal impact. In Figure 2E, Tg(mpeg1:mCherry) larvae show staining in vessel- or epithelial-like structures expressing Csf2rb, which does not resemble macrophages and requires clarification. pSTAT5 is upregulated with GM-CSF treatment, but the responding cell types are unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. We agree that intestinal length is comparable between wild-type and csf2rb<sup>-/-</sup> larvae under homeostatic conditions. This finding is consistent with the established biology of GM-CSF, which is largely dispensable during steady-state tissue homeostasis but becomes functionally important during inflammatory challenge. Accordingly, the protective effect of GM-CSF became apparent only following DSS-induced intestinal injury, where recombinant human GM-CSF significantly rescued epithelial damage and gut shortening in wild-type but not csf2rb<sup>-/-</sup> larvae. We have clarified this point in the Discussion (Line 563-571).

      As for 2E comments, we apologize that the previous version of Figure 2 inadvertently omitted the panel labels and annotations for Figure 2E, making it difficult to interpret the image. We have corrected this oversight by restoring the panel label, adding arrows and higher-magnification insets that highlight representative csf2rb+ mpeg1:mCherry+ macrophages in the retina, intestine, and midbody. The purpose of this experiment was to demonstrate that intestinal macrophages express csf2rb, rather than to suggest that csf2rb expression is restricted to macrophages. We agree that additional csf2rb-positive elongated structures are present that do not colocalize with mpeg1:mCherry. This observation is consistent with our human Xenium data, which show that CSF2RB is broadly expressed across multiple cell types, whereas signaling specificity is determined by the more restricted expression of CSF2RA. We have revised both the Results (Line 358-365) and the figure legend (Line 694-699) to clarify this point and avoid implying macrophage-exclusive expression.

      Figure 3

      Putative ILC1s are defined by stress-response gene modules rather than canonical markers. Overlapping genes with human (HSP90AA1, UBB, MCL1, DOK2) do not indicate ILC1 identity, which is described by IL7R, KLRB1, or TBX21 expression in the human Xenium dataset. ILC2s were not detected, and Ifng expression is broadly distributed, making attribution to ILC1s uncertain. ILC3s are somewhat better defined, but overall, the data do not support mechanistic conclusions about GM-CSF regulation of ILC populations.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment and agree that annotation of innate lymphoid cell populations in zebrafish remains more challenging than in mammals due to the limited availability of validated lineage-specific markers. We have therefore revised the manuscript to more clearly describe these populations as putative ILC1- and ILC3-like cells identified using the currently available zebrafish ILC markers together with conserved transcriptional programs, rather than implying complete equivalence to mammalian ILC subsets.

      Our annotation was not based solely on stress-response genes or IFNG expression. Instead, we first identified the lymphocyte population using established zebrafish ILC markers (il7r, nitr4a, nitr5, nitr9, and ccl20a.3) reported by Hernández et al. (2018), followed by subtype annotation using multiple complementary features. The putative ILC3 cluster expressed canonical regulators of ILC3 identity, including rorc, il23r, tcf7, and mafb, while the putative ILC1 cluster demonstrated enrichment of tbx21, an IFN-associated transcriptional program, and a conserved stress-response module that has likewise been reported in human intestinal ILC1 datasets. IFNG expression was therefore interpreted together with the overall transcriptional program rather than used as a defining marker.

      We also agree that the zebrafish model does not currently permit identification of all mammalian ILC subsets. Accordingly, we have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge this limitation and have moderated our conclusions throughout the manuscript (Line 381-388 and Line 588-593). Rather than concluding that GM-CSF directly regulates definitive mammalian ILC subsets, we conclude that GM-CSF regulates conserved ILC-like transcriptional states during intestinal inflammation (Title). Importantly, this interpretation is further supported by independent RNAscope validation of tbx21, rorc, ifng1.1, and il22, together with the concordant expansion of IL7R+KLRB1+TBX21+ cells and contraction of IL7R+KLRB1+RORC+ cells observed in the human Xenium dataset.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors show that GM-CSF prevents the loss of ILC3 populations and inhibits pro-inflammatory cytokine production during gut inflammation. They combine a preclinical model of gut inflammation in zebrafish with spatial transcriptomic analysis of samples from Crohn's disease patients. The data show that GM-CSF ameliorates gut inflammation by (1) curtailing the differentiation of disease-associated ILC1 and (2) by "boosting" the tissue repair function of ILC3.

      The topic of the manuscript is interesting. However, there are various limitations that are summarized below.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful comments. We agree that, because GM-CSF receptors are predominantly expressed by myeloid cells rather than ILCs, understanding the myeloid response to GM-CSF is important for interpreting the mechanism by which GM-CSF preserves ILC3 function. In response to the reviewer's suggestions, we performed additional analyses of both our human scRNA dataset (Martin et. al., 2019, PMID: 31474370) and zebrafish macrophage transcriptomes. Together, these new analyses support a model in which GM-CSF acts primarily on macrophages to establish a tissue-repair and ILC3-supportive microenvironment, thereby indirectly maintaining ILC3 identity during intestinal inflammation.

      (1) The main finding of the manuscript, that GM-CSF maintains ILC3 populations, is not analyzed in depth. Since the authors' own data and other publications show that the receptors for GM-CSF are expressed in myeloid cells, a better analysis of the transcriptional changes of these populations upon GM-CSF administration is needed.

      To better characterize the cellular targets of GM-CSF, we performed differential expression analysis of macrophages and monocytes. In our previous human scRNA-seq dataset (Martin et al.), STAT5-high macrophages were enriched for canonical GM-CSF-responsive genes, including STAT5A, STAT5B, JUNB, and HIF1A, confirming activation of the GM-CSF/STAT5 signaling axis. These macrophages additionally expressed regulatory and tissue-remodeling genes including LGALS1 (Galectin-1), TGFBI, and GPNMB, consistent with an immunoregulatory macrophage phenotype. Notably, LGALS1 has been reported to suppress type 1 inflammatory responses and modulate innate lymphoid cell function, whereas TGFBI is associated with tissue remodeling and immune regulation.

      To further investigate the downstream effects of GM-CSF signaling, we analyzed macrophage transcriptomes from zebrafish treated with DSS plus GM-CSF. We observed enrichment of genes involved in retinoic acid and tissue-homeostatic signaling, including rarab, rdh12l, and vhl. Retinoic acid signaling is well established in promoting intestinal immune homeostasis and supporting ILC3 differentiation and maintenance, while HIF signaling has been implicated in intestinal barrier integrity and ILC3 survival. Additional changes in YBX1 and SLC7A7 further suggest modulation of cytokine translation and macrophage immunometabolism that could influence the intestinal immune niche. Consistent with this interpretation, expression of rarab and vhl was reduced in csf2rb-/- macrophages, indicating that activation of this tissue-homeostatic program depends on GM-CSF receptor signaling. Together, these findings support a model in which GM-CSF primarily acts on macrophages to induce a regulatory, tissue-supportive program that creates an environment favorable for maintenance of protective ILC3 responses while limiting excessive type 1 inflammation.

      (2) The authors could compare the transcriptome of macrophages and monocytes from inflamed and uninvolved sections in their Xenium dataset. In addition, investigating how zebrafish macrophages change due to the lack of GM-CSF and comparing them with the human findings would add to the data.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. While comparison of macrophages and monocytes between inflamed and uninvolved regions using the Xenium dataset is conceptually appealing, the Xenium platform is designed for spatially resolved targeted transcriptomics and is limited to a predefined panel of 468 genes. In addition, transcript detection from FFPE tissue is inherently sparser than whole-transcriptome single-cell RNA sequencing due to probe-based hybridization and RNA fragmentation. Consequently, Xenium provides excellent spatial resolution but is less suited for comprehensive transcriptional profiling of macrophage and monocyte states.

      To more comprehensively characterize myeloid transcriptional programs, we therefore analyzed our previously generated human scRNA-seq dataset from inflamed Crohn's disease intestine, which captures the full transcriptome at single-cell resolution. This analysis identified a STAT5-high macrophage population enriched for genes associated with GM-CSF signaling (STAT5A, STAT5B, JUNB), immune regulation (LGALS1, TGFBI, GPNMB), and tissue remodeling, providing a more complete characterization of macrophage responses than could be achieved with the targeted Xenium panel.

      In addition, as suggested by the reviewer, we investigated the consequences of impaired GM-CSF signaling in zebrafish by comparing macrophages from WT and csf2rb-/- animals following GM-CSF treatment. These analyses demonstrated that loss of csf2rb attenuated the induction of retinoic acid- and tissue-homeostatic programs, including rarab, rdh12l, and vhl, supporting an evolutionarily conserved role for GM-CSF signaling in establishing a macrophage program associated with intestinal homeostasis. Together, the human scRNA-seq and zebrafish datasets provide complementary evidence that GM-CSF primarily acts through macrophages to promote a regulatory, tissue-supportive phenotype. All these results have been summarized in Results (line 503-513) and Supplementary Figure 7.

      (3) Since the authors developed a novel mutation in zebrafish that is predicted to affect myeloid populations, a detailed characterization of the myeloid immune compartment in these organisms is missing.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that characterization of the myeloid compartment is essential for understanding the consequences of disrupting GM-CSF signaling. To address this, we performed additional transcriptional analyses of macrophages isolated from WT and csf2rb-/- zebrafish following GM-CSF treatment. These analyses revealed that loss of csf2rb markedly attenuated the GM-CSF-dependent macrophage program, including genes involved in retinoic acid signaling (rarab, rdh12l), HIF-associated tissue homeostasis (vhl), cytokine regulation (ybx1), and macrophage immunometabolism (slc7a7). In addition, genes associated with cytoskeletal remodeling, migration, and metabolic adaptation were also reduced in csf2rb-/- macrophages, indicating that GM-CSF receptor signaling is required for full macrophage activation.

      These findings demonstrate that the csf2rb mutation does not simply alter individual downstream genes but broadly impairs the establishment of a macrophage program associated with intestinal tissue homeostasis. Together with our human scRNA-seq analyses, these data support a conserved role for GM-CSF signaling in programming regulatory macrophage states that create an environment favorable for maintenance of protective ILC3 responses. We have incorporated these additional analyses into the revised manuscript to provide a more comprehensive characterization of the myeloid compartment.

      (4) Niche analysis in the Xenium slides could provide direct evidence on how macrophages close to ILC3 are different from those closer to other cell types, like ILC1.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that spatial niche analysis comparing macrophages associated with ILC3 versus ILC1 would provide valuable mechanistic insight into local immune cell interactions. However, this analysis is technically challenging in our Xenium dataset for several reasons. First, the Xenium platform uses a targeted panel of 468 genes and therefore provides substantially lower transcriptomic depth than whole-transcriptome scRNA-seq. Second, transcript detection in FFPE tissue is inherently sparse due to probe-based hybridization and RNA fragmentation. Finally, ILC populations are relatively rare within the intestinal tissue, limiting the number of macrophages located in close proximity to ILC3 or ILC1 and reducing the statistical power required for robust niche-specific differential expression analyses.

      To instead address the reviewer's mechanistic question, we integrated complementary datasets that are better suited for transcriptional profiling. Specifically, our human scRNA-seq analysis identified a STAT5-high macrophage population enriched for regulatory and tissue-remodeling genes, including LGALS1, TGFBI, and GPNMB, consistent with a macrophage phenotype capable of supporting intestinal homeostasis. Furthermore, zebrafish macrophage transcriptomic analyses demonstrated that GM-CSF signaling induces a conserved tissue-homeostatic program characterized by rarab, rdh12l, and vhl, implicating retinoic acid and HIF-associated pathways that have been linked to ILC3 maintenance and mucosal immunity. Together, these complementary datasets provide molecular evidence that GM-CSF programs macrophages toward an ILC3-supportive phenotype, although we acknowledge that direct spatial comparison of macrophages neighboring ILC3 versus ILC1 will require future studies using higher-complexity spatial transcriptomic approaches.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Overall/Statistics: The statistical analysis described in the method section (Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon Test) is not suitable for comparison of more than 2 populations.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this oversight. We agree that the original description of the statistical analyses was incomplete, as the Mann–Whitney U (Wilcoxon rank-sum) test is appropriate only for comparisons between two groups. We have revised the Quantification and Statistical Analysis section to accurately describe the statistical methods used throughout the manuscript. Specifically, two-group comparisons were analyzed using the Mann–Whitney U (Wilcoxon rank-sum) test, whereas experiments involving more than two groups were analyzed using the Kruskal–Wallis test followed by Dunn's multiple-comparisons test. We have also clarified that differential gene expression analyses were performed using the Wilcoxon rank-sum test implemented in Seurat, and ligand–receptor analyses were performed using permutation testing with Benjamini–Hochberg false discovery rate correction. These revisions ensure that the statistical methods accurately reflect the analyses performed throughout the study.

      (2) Figure 1

      A. A zoomed-in image of the regions expressing GM-CSF and G-CSF could help to visualize the changes between uninvolved and inflamed sections.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. To better visualize the spatial distribution of the CSF cytokines, we have added representative high-magnification Xenium images of paired uninvolved and inflamed ileal tissue to Supplementary Figure 2C. These enlarged views more clearly demonstrate the focal enrichment of GM-CSF (CSF2) within inflamed tissue, whereas CSF1 remains broadly distributed and CSF3 exhibits comparatively sparse expression with minimal changes between uninvolved and inflamed regions. We have also added a reference to this new supplementary panel in the Results section (line 317-320).

      F. Since the expression of the CSF receptors is detectable, it would be interesting to see an analysis of their spatial location.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that spatial visualization of the CSF receptors provides important context for interpreting ligand–receptor interactions. Accordingly, we have expanded Supplementary Figure 2C to include representative Xenium images showing the spatial localization of CSF1R, CSF2RA, and CSF2RB in paired uninvolved and inflamed ileal tissue sections. These images complement our human scRNA-seq analysis by demonstrating the tissue distribution of the receptors within the intestinal microenvironment. Together with the ligand–receptor interaction analysis, these data further support macrophages and dendritic cells as the principal cellular targets of GM-CSF signaling during intestinal inflammation.

      (3) Figure 2

      A. The experimental setup depicted in the figure does not match the description given in the text (323-324) or the methods (188-191). Importantly, the recovery phase is not detailed in the figure scheme, which complicates result interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this inconsistency. We have revised Figure 2A to accurately reflect the experimental design described in both the Methods and Results sections. Specifically, the schematic now clearly distinguishes the two experimental paradigms: (i) co-treatment with DSS and GM-CSF during active intestinal injury, and (ii) the recovery protocol in which DSS was removed prior to GM-CSF treatment. We have also expanded the recovery phase in the schematic to indicate the timing of DSS removal, GM-CSF administration, and sample collection. These revisions provide a clearer representation of the experimental workflow and facilitate interpretation of the corresponding results.

      D. Statistical significance should be revised using ANOVA or a non-parametric test that can compare more than 2 groups.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that comparisons involving more than two groups require an appropriate omnibus statistical test. Accordingly, we have reanalyzed the data using the Kruskal–Wallis test, followed by Dunn's multiple-comparisons test for post hoc pairwise comparisons. The revised statistical analyses have been incorporated into Figure 2D and throughout the manuscript where applicable. In addition, the Quantification and Statistical Analysis section (line 274-284) has been updated to accurately describe the statistical methods used. These revisions do not alter the interpretation or conclusions of the study.

      (4) Figure 3

      C. It is unclear which data were used to generate the dot plot. The data source should be written in the text or the figure panel.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack of clarity. We have revised the Results section (line 382-385) and Figure 3 legend (line 706) to explicitly state that the dot plot in Figure 3C was generated from the scRNA-seq dataset of FACS-isolated intestinal lck: GFP+ lymphocytes from larval zebrafish. The dot plot shows the expression of established zebrafish ILC markers and conserved ILC-associated genes across the identified lymphocyte clusters and was used, together with additional transcriptional features, to support annotation of the proliferative ILC, putative ILC1-like, and putative ILC3-like populations.

      D. While the heatmap is informative to identify signature genes, it fails to highlight the differentially expressed genes between experimental conditions. The authors should present the DEG for each of the ILC clusters. Doing a pathway enrichment analysis could highlight how ILCs are responding to DSS and GM-CSF treatments. In addition, it would be important to test experimentally how the immune compartment (ILC and myeloid populations) is affected by CSF2RB deficiency.

      We thank the reviewer for these valuable suggestions. We agree that differential expression analyses provide additional insight into how GM-CSF modulates immune cell states during intestinal inflammation. To address this, we have expanded our analyses in the revised manuscript.

      First, we performed differential gene expression analyses of macrophages and incorporated these data into the revised manuscript. Comparative analyses of human STAT5-high macrophages and zebrafish GM-CSF-responsive macrophages identified conserved transcriptional programs associated with regulatory macrophage function, tissue remodeling, and establishment of an ILC3-supportive niche. Furthermore, comparison of WT and csf2rb-/- zebrafish macrophages demonstrated that disruption of GM-CSF receptor signaling attenuates these macrophage programs, providing a molecular characterization of the myeloid compartment in the mutant animals.

      Second, pathway enrichment analyses of ILC1 and ILC3 marker genes were already included in the original manuscript (Figure 3F) using Ingenuity Pathway Analysis (IPA), demonstrating conserved transcriptional regulators and signaling pathways between zebrafish and human ILC populations. Rather than performing pathway analysis across treatment conditions, our study focused on identifying conserved lineage-defining programs and experimentally validating the functional consequences of GM-CSF signaling through changes in ILC abundance, lineage marker expression, RNA velocity, and effector cytokine production.

      Finally, to directly address the reviewer's concern regarding the impact of csf2rb deficiency on the immune compartment, we have added additional analyses characterizing macrophage transcriptional responses in WT and csf2rb-/- zebrafish following GM-CSF treatment. Together with our existing analyses of ILC population dynamics and lineage-specific marker expression in WT and csf2rb-/- animals, these data provide a more comprehensive characterization of how loss of GM-CSF signaling alters both the myeloid and ILC compartments during intestinal inflammation.

      (5) Figure 4

      D. The genes used to define the "ILC1 gene module" are not detailed. Importantly, maintaining the scale of the violin plots would allow a better interpretation of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack of detail. We have revised the Figure 4 legend (line 724-727) to explicitly describe the genes included in the putative ILC1-like gene module. This module was derived from differentially expressed genes enriched in the zebrafish putative ILC1-like cluster identified in our scRNA-seq dataset, rather than from IFNG expression alone. The module includes genes associated with the ILC1-like transcriptional state identified in our dataset (Figure 3E). As discussed above, because several of these genes represent a conserved stress-response program rather than canonical lineage-defining ILC1 markers, we have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript from “ILC1 gene module” to “putative ILC1-like gene module” and have moderated our interpretation accordingly.

      F-H. The naming of RNA signal is not consistent: Il22 particles vs. Ifng1-1 foci.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this inconsistency. We have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript and figure legends to use consistent nomenclature when referring to RNAscope signals. Specifically, all RNAscope transcript signals are now described uniformly as RNA foci.

      (6) Figure 5

      C. It is unclear if the color code and the y-axis are 2 different measurements or just 2 ways of showing the same. A similar calculation on the ILC3 and ILC1 subsets could give insights into their differentiation potential.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this lack of clarity. The color coding and y-axis provide complementary representations of the RNA velocity analysis. The y-axis quantitatively represents the proportion of unspliced relative to spliced transcripts, whereas the color scale was included to facilitate visualization of the relative transcriptional/differentiation state of individual cells. We have revised the figure legend (line 739) to clearly distinguish these two representations and retained the color scale because it provides an intuitive visualization of changes in cellular transcriptional state.

      D. The authors do not describe how the 'Relative ILC Ratio' was calculated.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this omission. We have revised the Methods (line 148-153) and the corresponding figure legend to clarify how the relative ILC ratio was calculated. Briefly, we first calculated the densities (cells/μm²) of ILC1s (IL7R<sup>+</sup>TBX21<sup>+</sup>) and ILC3s (IL7R<sup>+</sup>RORC<sup>+</sup>) from the Xenium dataset. The relative ILC ratio was then determined by calculating the proportion of each ILC subset relative to the total IL7R<sup>+</sup> ILC population identified in each sample following single-cell clustering and cell-type annotation. Finally, these proportions were normalized to the control condition to enable comparison across treatment groups.

      (7) Figure 6

      B. The colors used obscure CD14 expression. Changing the background intensity (as done later in 5G) could fix this problem.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this potential source of confusion. In Figure 6B, the green cells represent epithelial cells and are therefore not part of the ulcer exudate/macrophage aggregates being highlighted in this analysis. The macrophage-rich ulcer exudate is identified by the accumulation of CD14-positive cells adjacent to the disrupted epithelial compartment. We have revised the figure legend (line 746-749) to more clearly define the color coding and distinguish the epithelial compartment from the CD14-positive macrophage aggregates.

      C. Since the Xenium slides group were selected by inflammation status, is it expected to have any ulcer in an 'Uninvolved' tissue section?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. The classification of Xenium sections as inflamed or uninvolved was determined by pathological evaluation of the resection specimens, and the inflammation status of the analyzed regions was confirmed by a pathologist. Importantly, this classification is distinct from the morphological criteria used to identify ulceration. Histologically, an ulcer is defined primarily by disruption or loss of the epithelial barrier rather than by the presence of inflammatory immune-cell infiltration. Therefore, focal epithelial breaks can occasionally be identified even within tissue sections classified as uninvolved, without the prominent inflammatory infiltrates characteristic of ulcerated regions in inflamed tissue. This distinction explains the small number of epithelial disruptions identified in the uninvolved sections. We have revised the Results (line 473-480) and figure legend (line 750-751) to clarify the distinction between pathologist-defined inflammation status and the morphological identification of ulcerated/epithelial-disrupted regions.

      E. The macrophage density measurement contradicts the previous panel (6E), which shows no macrophage infiltration in uninvolved ulcers. The authors should clarify how both analyses differ.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this potential confusion. The two analyses quantify different aspects of macrophage distribution and therefore are not directly comparable. Figure 6D quantifies the number of pro-inflammatory macrophage aggregates associated with ulcer exudate, which are present only in inflamed tissue and absent from uninvolved sections because uninvolved tissues do not contain ulcers. In contrast, Figure 6E measures the overall density of CD14<sup>+</sup> macrophages within the defined tissue compartments, independent of whether the macrophages form inflammatory aggregates. Thus, Figure 6D evaluates the presence of organized inflammatory macrophage clusters, whereas Figure 6E quantifies the abundance of macrophages throughout the analyzed tissue regions. We have revised the figure legend (line 748-753) to clearly distinguish these complementary analyses and avoid confusion.

      In addition to cytokine (6G) localization and signaling (6J-K) colocalization, analysis of ILC-Macrophage colocalization in the Xenium slides or by immunofluorescence could highlight the point that macrophages and ILC interactions change based on disease activity.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. We agree that direct visualization of ILC–macrophage interactions would further strengthen the mechanistic framework of the study. However, because ILCs are relatively rare within the Xenium dataset and the targeted 468-gene panel provides limited transcriptomic depth, robust quantitative colocalization analyses between ILC subsets and neighboring macrophages were not feasible. Instead, we combined complementary approaches to address this question. Xenium spatial transcriptomics established the localization of GM-CSF signaling within macrophage-rich inflammatory niches, while our human scRNA-seq and zebrafish macrophage transcriptomic analyses demonstrated that GM-CSF induces conserved regulatory and tissue-homeostatic macrophage programs associated with maintenance of protective ILC3 responses. We have expanded the Result (line 503-513) and Discussion (line 575-581) to acknowledge that future studies employing higher-complexity spatial transcriptomic or multiplex imaging approaches will be valuable for directly defining macrophage–ILC niche interactions during intestinal inflammation.

      (8) Figure 7

      The graphical abstract does not clearly depict the interactions that occur in homeostasis. ILCs and the GM-CSF signaling are lacking. It is also unclear if the left part (Crohn's disease inflammation) depicts the inflamed situation or the consequences of GM-CSF addition in the inflammatory environment. It is also unclear that GM-CSF is acting on macrophages (and other myeloid subsets) and that the ILC3 maintenance and inhibition of ILC1 proliferation are indirect consequences.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. We agree that the original graphical summary did not sufficiently distinguish the homeostatic and inflammatory states or clearly illustrate the mechanism by which GM-CSF regulates intestinal immunity. We have therefore revised Figure 7 to better depict the proposed model.

      Specifically, the revised schematic now illustrates: (i) the homeostatic state, in which ILC3-derived GM-CSF supports resident macrophage homeostasis through CSF2RA/CSF2RB signaling; (ii) the inflammatory state in Crohn's disease, characterized by expansion of ILC1s, contraction of ILC3s, and increased pro-inflammatory cytokine production; and (iii) the protective effects of GM-CSF during inflammation. Importantly, we now explicitly indicate that GM-CSF acts primarily on macrophages and other CSF2RA/CSF2RB-expressing myeloid cells, rather than directly on ILCs. The revised model illustrates that maintenance of ILC3s, suppression of disease-associated ILC1 expansion, and enhanced IL-22 production are indirect consequences of GM-CSF-mediated macrophage reprogramming toward a regulatory, tissue-supportive phenotype. These revisions more accurately reflect the mechanistic conclusions supported by our human spatial transcriptomic, human scRNA-seq, and zebrafish studies.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors aimed to clarify the transcriptional changes across murine postnatal small intestinal development (0 days to 1 month) in both the duodenum and ileum, a period that shows morphological similarity to 20-30 week old fetal humans. This is an especially critical stage in human intestinal development, as necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC) usually manifests during these stages.

      Strengths:

      The authors assessed numerous timepoints between 0 days and 1 month in the postnatal mouse duodenum and ileum using bulk RNA transcriptomics of bulk-isolated tissues. Cellular deconvolution, based on relative marker expression, was used to clarify immune cell proportions in the bulk RNA sequencing data. They confirmed some transcriptional targets found in vivo primarily in mouse via qrtPCR and immunohistochemistry, but also in human fetal tissues and isolated organoids, and are of decent quality.

      Weaknesses:

      The overall weakness of this study, as mentioned by the authors themselves, is that the bulk transcriptomic data generated for the study were isolated from non-fractionated bulk intestinal tissue. This makes it difficult to interpret much of this data regarding cellular fractions found across developmental time. It is difficult to rationalize the approach here, as even isolation protocols of epithelial-only or mesenchyme-only tissues for bulk RNA sequencing are well established. The authors address some of these concerns using cellular deconvolution for immune cell populations, which I think might be helpful if they expanded this analysis to other cell types (mesenchyme, endothelium, glia). However, I would assume that bulk isolations across developmental time are going to be influenced primarily by the bulk of tissue-type found at each time point - primarily epithelium. But this is also confirmed by the immune transcripts becoming more apparent later in their time series, as this system becomes more established during weaning. This study might also be strengthened by comparison with data that is publicly available for early fetal stage development in humans. Comparisons between the duodenum and ileum could be strengthened by what we already know from adult data, from both epithelial- and mesenchyme-isolated fractions. The rationale of using the postnatal mouse as a comparison to NEC is also a little unclear- perhaps some of the developmental processes are similar, however, the environments are completely different. For example, even in early postnatal mouse development, you would find microbial activity and milk.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work presents a valuable resource by generating a comprehensive bulk RNA sequencing catalogue of gene expression in the mouse duodenum and ileum during the first postnatal month. The central findings of this work are based on an analysis of this dataset. Specifically, the authors characterized molecular shifts that occur as the intestine matures from an immature to an adult-like state, investigating both temporal changes and regional differences between the proximal and distal small intestine. A key objective was to identify gene expression patterns relevant to understanding the region-specific susceptibility and resistance to necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC) observed in humans during the postnatal period. They also sought to validate key findings through complementary methods and to provide comparative context with human intestinal samples. This study will provide a solid reference dataset for the community of researchers studying postnatal gastrointestinal development and diseases that arise during these stages. However, the study lacks functional validation of the interpretations.

      Strengths:

      (1) The inclusion of numerous time points (day 0 through 4 weeks) and comparative analyses throughout the first postnatal month.

      (2) Validation of key interpretations of RNA-seq data by other methods.

      (3) Linking mouse postnatal development to human premature infant development, enhancing its clinical relevance, particularly for NEC research. The inclusion of human intestinal biopsy and organoid data for comparison further strengthens this link.

      (4) The investigation covers a wide array of developmental gene categories with known significance, including epithelial differentiation markers (e.g., Vil1, Muc2, Lyz1), intestinal stem cell markers (e.g., Lgr5, Olfm4, Ascl2), mesenchymal markers (e.g., Pdgfra, Vim), Wnt signaling components (e.g., Wnt3, Wnt5a, Ctnnb1), and various immune genes (e.g., defensins, T cell, B cell, ILC, macrophage markers).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The primary limitation is that there is no functional validation. The study primarily focuses on the interpretation of RNA expression. This is a common limitation of transcriptomic "atlas" studies, but the functional and mechanistic relevance of these interpretations remains to be determined.

      (2) The data are derived from bulk RNA-Seq of full-thickness intestinal tissue. While this approach helps capture rare cell types and both epithelial and mesenchymal components simultaneously, it does not provide cell-type-specific gene expression profiles, which might obscure important nuances. Future investigations using single-cell sequencing would be a logical follow-up.

      (3) The day 4 samples were omitted due to quality issues, which might have led to missing some dynamic changes, especially given that some ISC genes show dynamic changes around day 6.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses bulk mRNA sequencing to profile transcriptional changes in intestinal cells during the early postnatal period in mice - a developmental window that has received relatively little attention despite its importance. This developmental stage is particularly significant because it parallels late gestation in humans, a time when premature infants are highly vulnerable to necrotizing enterocolitis (NEC). By sampling closely spaced timepoints from birth through postnatal week four, the authors generate a resource that helps define transcriptional trajectories during this phase. Although the primary focus is on murine tissue, the authors also present limited data from human fetal intestinal biopsy samples and organoids. In addition, they discuss potential links between observed gene expression changes and factors that may contribute to NEC.

      Strengths:

      The close temporal sampling in mice offers a detailed view of dynamic transcriptional changes across the first four weeks after birth. The authors leverage these close timepoints to perform hierarchical clustering to define relationships between developmental stages. This is a useful approach, as it highlights when transcriptional states shift most dramatically and allows for functional predictions about classes of genes that vary over time. This high-level analysis provides an effective entry point into the dataset and will be useful for future investigations. The inclusion of human fetal intestinal samples, although limited, is especially notable given the scarcity of data from late fetal timepoints. The authors are generally careful in their presentation of results, acknowledging the limitations of their approach and avoiding over-interpretation. As they note, this dataset is intended as a foundation for their lab and others, with secondary approaches required to more fully explore the biological questions raised.

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation of the study is the use of bulk mRNA sequencing to draw conclusions about individual cell types. It has been documented that a few genes are exclusively expressed in single cell types. For instance, markers such as Lgr5 and Olfm4 are enriched in intestinal stem cells (ISCs), but they are also expressed at lower levels in other lineages and in differentiating cells. Using these markers as proxies for specific cell populations lowers confidence in the conclusions, particularly without complementary validation to confirm cell type-specific dynamics.

      Validation of the sequencing data was itself limited, relying primarily on qPCR, which measures expression at the same modality rather than providing orthogonal support. It is unclear how the authors selected the subset of genes for validation; many key genes highlighted in the sequencing data were not assessed. Moreover, the regional differences reported in Lgr5, Olfm4, and Ascl2, appearing much higher in proximal samples than in distal ones, were not recapitulated by qPCR validation of Olfm4, and this discrepancy was not addressed. Resolving such inconsistencies will be important for interpreting the dataset.

      The basis for linking particular gene sets to NEC susceptibility rests largely on their spatial restriction to the distal intestine and their temporal regulation between early (day 0-14) and later (weeks 3-4) developmental stages. While this is a reasonable approach for generating hypotheses, the correlations have limited interpretive power without experimental validation, which is not provided here. Many factors beyond NEC may drive regional and temporal differences in intestinal development.

      Finally, the contribution of human fetal biopsy samples is minimal. The central figure presenting these data (Figure 4A) shows immunofluorescence for LGR5, a single stem cell marker. The staining at day 35 is not convincing, and the conclusions that can be drawn are limited to confirming the localization of LGR5-positive cells to crypts as early as 26 weeks.

      We have added additional figures and significantly edited the manuscript based on the insightful suggestions of the reviewers. We added epithelial and mesenchymal deconvolutions as well as additional protein-based analyses using IF. We are very pleased with the improvements since then initial submission, and hope the reviewers will feel similarly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Two of the reviewers mentioned that the correlations with NEC may be speculative and/or hypothesis-generating. For example, as noted by Reviewer 3, "While this is a reasonable approach for generating hypotheses, the correlations have limited interpretive power without experimental validation, which is not provided here." Based on this, I would recommend that the authors remove the correlations between NEC susceptibility and gene expression changes from the results section and include this only in the discussion section. All reviewers felt that some additional validation of major findings from bulk RNA-seq is warranted. Reviewer 1 suggested additional comparisons with single-cell data or isolated populations; however, as noted by other reviewers, some additional validation using protein markers (i.e., immunofluorescence) would suffice to bolster findings and claims. Reviewers 2 and 3 provide several specific, detailed suggestions below that will improve the clarity of the manuscript through text revisions.

      Thank you to the editor and reviewers for critically evaluating the manuscript and suggesting these changes to strengthen the work.

      We agree that linking the study to NEC was overly theoretical, and have revised the focus of the paper to focus on early postnatal development, removing the speculative links to NEC susceptibility.

      We have added additional antibody-based immunofluorescence data to consider cognate protein expression in Figure 10. We expanded the evaluation of the mesenchymal cell populations, which is particularly poorly characterized in this period.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      My primary concern is for the authors to adequately deconvolute their bulk RNA datasets and to perform additional comparison analyses with either bulk or single-cell isolated epithelium and/or mesenchyme from either adult mice (for regionality) or human fetal data.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We performed an epithelial cell deconvolution and a mesenchymal cell deconvolution using published datasets and add this information as figure 4. We were unable to perform the mesenchymal deconvolution at the time of submission, because this compartment is understudied, however a recent preprint published mouse single-cell data that we were able to use for this analysis.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I think that this study will serve as a solid reference for those interested in postnatal intestinal development, and currently, there is a key lack of studies during these stages. I'd strongly suggest making some of the figures more "readable". For example, the font size along many axes and figure legends is very challenging to read when printed out. There are also some minor errors that I caught, but the authors should probably look through more thoroughly:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s enthusiasm for the study. We have attempted to make the figure text more legible.

      (1) In the Results section, the text states "stained tissue sections for CD19 (Fig. 5, column 4)". This should be Fig. 8.

      Corrected, thank you.

      (2) In the abbreviations section, MHCII is misspelled.

      Corrected, thank you.

      (3) The abstract has an extra period after ileum.

      Corrected, thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Some elements lack precise language that could lead to misconceptions. For example, I disagree with the use of the term duodenum to designate samples taken from the entire proximal half of the small intestine. The duodenum is well established to represent only a small portion of the proximal-most intestine.

      I think this may be a misunderstanding? The RNA samples were taken from the first 2cm of small bowel and the ileal samples form the last 2cm, so for any RNA work these labels are appropriate. For the histology, we prepped the samples initially by bisecting the SI, however the images presented are only from the duodenum or ileum, which we could determine by standardizing the Swiss roll orientation during the prep as we describe in the methods. We have added text to clarify this to the reader in the methods: “We analyzed only the segments that corresponded to the duodenum and ileum for the histology, in order to maintain consistency with the RNA data.”

      (2) At the start of the Results section, it would be helpful to emphasize that the initial data presented are from murine tissue rather than human (this is stated in the introduction, but it is easy to lose track since both mouse and human tissue are used throughout). A graphic overview of all samples obtained would also aid clarity. The species should be clearly noted in each figure legend to avoid confusion.

      Thank you for these great suggestions. We added language in the results section, added a logo designating mouse or human to each figure, and also added a graphical overview of the samples (Fig. --).

      (3) The statement "PCA of all samples showed that duodenal samples and ileal samples intermixed and did not segregate by tissue type in early development but segregated more at later time points (Supp. Fig. 1C)" is not clearly supported by the data as presented; this panel requires timepoint annotations.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have added this data as a new panel in this figure, 1D.

      (4) The heatmaps in Figure 1C-D could be moved to the supplement, with main-figure heatmaps showing the subset of samples actually used for downstream analyses (e.g., with days 4 and 6 removed).

      We have removed Fig. 1 C-D to the supplement, thank you for the suggestion. Fig. 1 E-F now become C-D and contain the heatmap of the samples actually used.

      (5) Two batches are labeled in Figures 1C-D but are not mentioned in the text. Batches should be described in the Methods and noted in figures. Please clarify how batch effects in the sequencing data were assessed.

      Thank you for asking us to clarify this for readers. We have added a section to the methods to explain the need for the batches (too many samples for one run on the sequencer we were using at the time) and how they were handled in the data analysis.

      (6) While the rationale for focusing on specific timepoints and regions potentially relevant to NEC susceptibility is appreciated, the interpretation that these transcriptional changes directly relate to NEC pathology is highly speculative. In my view, these points could be minimized in the Results and moved to the Discussion.

      We agree that linking the study to NEC was overly theoretical, and have revised the focus of the paper to focus on early postnatal development, removing the speculative links to NEC susceptibility.

      (7) Figure 3A: Could EpCAM be included as a canonical epithelial marker?

      We have included EpCAM in the epithelial cell markers (Fig. 3A).

      (8) The use of the word 'expansion' in the phrase "suggesting that epithelial expansion is represented by cluster 2" is unclear and should be clarified or better supported.

      Thank you, this word was imprecise. We have revised the text to: “suggesting that epithelial villus growth, potentially in the form of increased length or increased density, is represented by cluster 2.”

      (9) Please consider incorporating the newly identified intestinal stem cell marker Fgfbp1 (Capdevila et al. and Malagola et al., Cell 2024) in the ISC marker panel.

      We have now included Fgfbp1 (removed Ascl2 to make space given it was redundant with Olfm4 and Lgr5), however we note that the paper referenced by the reviewer suggests that Fgfbp1 marks a distinct population of stem cells, rather than redundantly marking the Lgr5+ISC we previously sought to highlight in this panel.

      (10) The conclusions that can be drawn from the human organoid data in Figure 4B are unclear. In the Methods, please note when cells were collected (i.e., days post-passage) and whether this was consistent across samples.

      Thank you. The samples were consistently grown to confluence, collected 5 days after the most recent passage to allow the organoids to recover. We have added this to the details on this experiment’s methodology.

      (11) In discussing regional Wnt regulation, consider citing and relating findings to Maimets et al., Nat Commun 2022. Other relevant literature on zonation could also be included in the discussion.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We pulled some of the genes indicated in this Maimets study to associate with zonation and discussed them in the context of the Wnt figure (Fig. 5D) and added some discussion on this.

      (12) More precise language and references would strengthen descriptions of analysis approaches. For example: "We sought to confirm some of these findings using the newer RNAseq immune cell deconvolution approach that combines key genes..." - is this a published method that can be explicitly cited?

      Thank you for noting this. We have changed the language introducing this section and added references for deconvolution.

      (13) The figure callout in "the proportion of CD19+ increased over time as a percentage of the total PP lesions (Supplementary Figure 3C), indicating enlargement of the germinal centers of time" appears incorrect. The conclusion that this reflects germinal center enlargement is not, in my view, supported by the data.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s point that relative proportionality of the PP may not be strictly a function of size, and have removed this conclusion statement accordingly.

      (14) Phrases such as "the data was very messy and hard to interpret" could be replaced with more precise language appropriate to a scientific report (though I sympathize!).

      Thank you for pointing out this overly informal language, we have revised.

      (15) Ensure consistent lettering conventions across figure legends.

      Corrected for consistency, thank you.

      (15) In Figure 2, larger axis text and an indication of the developmental timeline would improve clarity. The meaning of the x-axis label "GeneRatio" should also be clarified.

      Given the amount of text in this figure, it is impossible to enlarge the text more, unfortunately. We wanted to show more the family names and cluster patterns. Persons uses an e-version (majority of readers today) can easily zoom in to see more detail if desired. We added text to the figure legend “Gene ratio on the y-axis indicates the proportion of your significantly altered genes that are involved in a specific biological pathway or function.”

      (16) In Figure 3 (and other similar mRNAseq/validation panels), maintaining a consistent color code between mRNAseq and qPCR validation would aid interpretation. In panel F, the key's colors should align with the graph.

      We adjusted the qPCR figures to correspond with the RNASeq.

      (17) In Figure 4, please specify which intestinal region the samples are from, as this is especially relevant given the regional differences observed in the murine data.

      Thank you, these are from ileum, we have designated this more clearly in the figure.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a workflow for nanoscale imaging of endogenous synaptic receptors in intact adult brain tissue. By combining live-tissue chemical labeling of native surface AMPA receptors (AMPARs) using the CAM2 probe, two-color 3D super-resolution microscopy, adaptive optics, in situ point spread function retrieval, and chromatic aberration correction, the authors establish a platform for quantitative super-resolution mapping of synaptic architecture deep within brain tissue.

      The authors provide convincing evidence that AMPAR organization differs between the hippocampus and cortex and demonstrate that early tauopathy is associated with selective disruption of extrasynaptic and synaptic nanodomain receptor organization in the hippocampus prior to overt neurodegeneration.

      Beyond the specific biological findings, the work represents a significant technical advance that enables quantitative investigation of endogenous synaptic receptor architecture in native brain tissue and will be of broad interest to researchers in synaptic biology, super-resolution microscopy, and neurodegeneration.

      Strengths:

      (1) Introduces and validates a strategy for nanoscale imaging of endogenous surface AMPARs in adult brain slices using CAM2 labeling and two-color 3D super-resolution imaging.

      (2) Achieves 10s of nanometers localization precision in thick tissue and validates synaptic structural measurements against previous literature benchmarks.

      (3) Reveals regional differences in AMPAR organization, including a larger extrasynaptic receptor pool in hippocampal regions compared with neighboring cortical regions.

      (4) Identifies early, region-specific alterations in AMPAR distribution and nanodomain organization in the PS19 tauopathy model.

      We thank the reviewer for reviewing our manuscript and appreciating both the neurological findings, as well as the broader technological advance.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Statistical power is limited by the relatively small number of animals analyzed, although large numbers of synaptic structures were sampled within each mouse.

      We agree that despite sampling a large number of synaptic structures and imaging fields per mouse, a sample size of n=3 mice per genotype is a limitation of the study. We will highlight this point in the discussion section.

      (2) Synaptic classification relies on PSD-95 cluster detection criteria that may bias analysis toward more strongly enriched synapses, as acknowledged by the authors.

      We do agree and acknowledge in the manuscript that PSD-95 cluster detection may bias the synaptic fraction analysis towards more enriched synapses. In addition, we will also compare PSD-95 cluster detection across brain regions and genotypes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a technically sophisticated effort to visualize the nanoscale organization of native surface AMPA receptors in adult mouse brain. The authors combine chemical labeling of endogenous AMPARs with 3D, 2-color super-resolution microscopy. They use this to compare hippocampal and cortical AMPAR organization and to characterize changes in a P301S mutant mouse tauopathy model. The authors report a greater density of surface AMPAR localizations in hippocampal CA1 than in two examined cortical regions, as well as a smaller fraction of AMPARs organized in synaptic clusters. They report that PS19 tauopathy is associated with reduced hippocampal AMPAR localization density, a relative depletion of the population classified as extrasynaptic, and reduced organization of receptors within synaptic nanodomains.

      Strengths:

      The methodological contribution is substantial. The authors developed a valuable set of methods for examining endogenous surface AMPAR organization in brain tissue. The imaging methodology could be useful across many questions in synaptic neuroscience.

      We thank the reviewer for reviewing our manuscript and appreciating the imaging methodology developed in this manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      While the biological observations are interesting, several aspects of the neuroscience interpretation require clarification, and some of the biological conclusions should be weakened unless the measurements can better justify them. I provide several comments intended to strengthen this interesting manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the in-depth comments which will help strengthen our manuscript. We provide our response to each of them below.

      (1) The authors measure fluorescent localization counts but often interpret these as AMPAR numbers. I believe that individual fluorophores can generate multiple localizations and that labeling efficiency can vary, challenging their frequent interpretation as AMPAR numbers. Importantly, AMPARs are tetrameric complexes with potentially different subunit compositions, so one AMPAR could be observed as 0-4 fluorescent localizations. The uncertainty is particularly important for comparisons of AMPAR abundance per cluster and nanodomain. The authors should consistently distinguish localization density from receptor number and clarify which conclusions depend on assumptions about labeling and the assumptions of photophysical equivalence between experimental conditions. The paper would be more rigorous and the claims more legitimate if the authors were disciplined throughout about using empirical descriptors instead of interpretations.

      We agree that due to the photo-physical behavior of the fluorophore combined with the tetrameric AMPAR composition and labeling efficiency variations, the AMPAR localizations should not be directly interpreted as absolute AMPAR numbers. We will standardize the wording to “AMPAR localizations” instead of “number of AMPARs / receptors” used at times in the Result and Discussion sections. We will also add an explicit statement of the labeling and photophysical assumptions and of which comparisons depend on photophysical equivalence across conditions. Because all samples are prepared, labeled and imaged identically, relative differences in localization density remain valid. We already note the requirements for absolute AMPAR counting in the Discussion section and will expand that caveat.

      (2) The distinction between synaptic and extrasynaptic receptors is central to the manuscript. The authors identify synaptic receptors either through density-based clustering or proximity to PSD-95 clusters. However, neither measure directly establishes anatomical synaptic localization. This is particularly consequential because only ~1/3 of morphologically identified YFP-positive spines contain PSD-95 clusters that meet the detection criteria. It seems to me that AMPARs associated with weakly-labeled or undetected synapses could then be erroneously classified as extrasynaptic. PSD-95 detection should be assessed across regions and genotypes, and a sensitivity analysis undertaken to ensure that the conclusions are robust to the choices of clustering and distance thresholds.

      We agree with the concern and acknowledge in the manuscript that PSD-95 cluster detection may bias the synaptic fraction analysis towards more enriched synapses. We also thank the reviewer for additional analysis suggestions. We will include a comparison of PSD-95 cluster detection across regions and genotypes. We note that in fig. S7, we already compare two AMPAR-PSD-95 distance thresholds used to define the synaptic region, showing that the differences in synaptic fraction across regions and genotypes are insensitive to small changes in the threshold choice. In addition, we will perform a broader sensitivity analysis of the proximity-based synaptic fraction measurement across varying distance thresholds and PSD-95 clustering parameters.

      (3) The authors suggest that the larger extrasynaptic AMPAR population in the hippocampus provides a reserve for rapid synaptic recruitment and that its reduction in tauopathy constrains plasticity. This is plausible, but receptor abundance does not establish receptor mobility or availability for synaptic capture. The importance of AMPAR surface diffusion for hippocampal LTP and contextual learning has been demonstrated (see Penn et al., Nature, 2017), but the current study does not measure diffusion or receptor exchange. The authors should temper their interpretation and explain the caveats.

      We agree. Our data measures spatial distributions and not diffusion or receptor exchange. We will present the reserve-pool interpretation (a pool available for rapid synaptic recruitment) explicitly as a hypothesis motivated by prior work rather than a conclusion, and add the caveat that diffusion or exchange measurements would be needed to test it.

      (4) The authors infer that there has been a preferential extrasynaptic AMPAR loss from the reduced total AMPAR localization density and the increased synaptic fraction they measured. Because both synaptic and extrasynaptic populations could decrease even when the synaptic fraction increases, they should calculate the synaptic and extrasynaptic localization densities separately for each mouse. This would clarify the magnitude and selectivity of the changes that they report and help to reconcile the potentially contradictory increased synaptic fraction with reduced AMPAR localization density within synaptic clusters and nanodomains.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We will include a comparison of synaptic and extrasynaptic densities calculated separately for each mouse. This will certainly help clarify the magnitude and selectivity of the reported changes.

      (5) The authors adjust DBSCAN parameters for PS19 hippocampus in response to reduced overall localization density. Because the resulting clustering measurements are themselves used to establish genotype differences, it is important to demonstrate that the conclusions are robust to parameter selection. Analyses using identical parameter sets across conditions, together with simulations in which WT localization patterns are subsampled to match PS19 localization density, would help determine whether the reported changes reflect biological reorganization rather than density-dependent detection effects. Similar validation is important for the nanodomain analysis. I found that, in general, the authors should have made a greater effort to ensure that their measurements are robust to the parameter choices.

      We will separate the two requested analysis, which serve different purposes.

      (i) Identical parameters across conditions: we show in Fig. S9 that identical parameters under-detect AMPAR clusters in the lower density PS19 hippocampus, which is precisely why we scaled the DBSCAN parameters for AMPAR cluster analysis in PS19 hippocampus. Moreover, the proximity-based synaptic fraction measurement, which is independent of any AMPAR cluster analysis, was performed with identical distance thresholds and PSD-95 cluster detection parameters across regions and genotypes. It shows an increase in synaptic fraction in PS19 hippocampus (Fig. 4f).

      (ii) Density-matched subsampling: we agree this is a key control. We will randomly down-sample AMPAR localization in wild-type hippocampus to match the localization density with PS19 hippocampus, and then re-run AMPAR cluster analysis. This will help identify PS19 changes that reflect genuine reorganization and those that reflect density-dependent effects.

      (6) CA1 comparisons with motor/somatosensory cortex require more precise anatomical characterization. What cortical layers and hippocampal dendritic compartments are being compared? These are not homogeneous structures in almost any regard. AMPAR or, more empirically, fluorescence localization density per imaging field is not necessarily equivalent to AMPAR density per dendritic membrane area or per synapse. Differences in neuropil composition, spine density, and synapse density could contribute to the observed differences when there is, in fact, no AMPAR density per dendritic membrane area. Proper anatomical normalization or a stricter comparison of equivalent neuronal compartments would strengthen the interpretation. I believe that the authors are aware of the issue, as they did an analysis along a single dendrite, but this has to be done more thoroughly for them to justify the conclusions they assert.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important concern. We agree that CA1 hippocampus and cortex are not homogeneous structures. We will state the compartments explicitly in the revision. Stratum radiatum layer was imaged in the CA1 region of the hippocampus. In cortex, layer V pyramidal neurons are labeled with YFP in Thy1-YFP-H mice and their apical dendritic field was imaged in layers II/III and IV.

      In the paper, we show AMPAR cluster analysis across the whole imaging field of view, as well as analysis restricted to the AMPAR localizations along a YFP dendrite for comparison. In addition, we will also report membrane area-normalized AMPAR localization density as well as the spine density across brain regions and genotypes.

      (7) The main comparisons involve three mice per group, and the authors correctly analyze mouse-level averages. Nonetheless, the small number of biological replicates limits the strength of the conclusions about regional specificity and disease effects. The test statistics and degrees of freedom, not just the p-values, should be presented. In addition, effect sizes and individual mouse values should be presented. The absence of a statistically significant cortical effect does not establish that cortex is unaffected. There could be genotype-by-region interactions, which the authors should check.

      We agree that despite sampling a large number of synaptic structures and imaging fields per mouse, a sample size of n=3 mice per genotype is a limitation of the study. We will further highlight this point in the discussion section.

      We already report all the individual mouse values plotted in Fig. 3-4, in Tables S5, S10 and S11. In addition, we will report test statistics, degrees of freedom and effect sizes. We will also test for genotype-by-region interactions.

      (8) The authors describe that 6-mo PS19 mice precede neurodegeneration and they assert that the observed AMPAR-associated changes relate to the onset of synaptic dysfunction. However, Yoshiyama et al., Neuron, 2007 demonstrate hippocampal synapse loss and impaired synaptic function at three months in PS19 mice, before detecting fibrillary tau. The present observations likely occur after synaptic pathology in thePS19 mice. The authors should distinguish structural correlates of established dysfunction from the mechanisms that may have initiated that dysfunction. More importantly, the assertion that neuronal or synaptic anatomy is preserved in the PS19 mice should be supported by appropriate measurements.

      Yoshiyama et al., Neuron, 2007 report a decline of synaptophysin and α-synuclein immunoreactivity at 3 months of age, a decline of GluR2/3 immunoreactivity at 6 months of age and reduced basal synaptic transmission and CA1 LTP at 6 months of age in PS19 mice. Whereas the filamentous tau lesions were reported to be developed at 6 months of age and overt neuron loss and brain atrophy was reported by 9-12 months of age. In our manuscript, we already note that functional deficits have been reported by Yoshiyama et al. and others by the 6-months age and do not wish to claim that our reported changes precede synaptic pathology and dysfunction. Our precedence statement is relative to the overt neurodegeneration and brain atrophy that is reported at later stages. We will make this distinction more explicit and update any wording that could be read as framing the AMPAR changes as preceding synaptic pathology and dysfunction. In addition, we will also compare the YFP-labeled spine density across brain regions and genotypes.

      (9) The reduction of the AMPAR nanodomain organization is potentially important. However, the authors do not measure presynaptic release sites or trans-synaptic alignment. To be rigorous, the data establish altered postsynaptic receptor organization but do not demonstrate disruption of trans-synaptic nanocolumns or establish the functional consequences for quantal transmission. If the authors do not provide evidence for these claims they should not make them and make it clear these are (reasonable) speculations for which they did not collect the data.

      We agree that our data establishes altered postsynaptic receptor organization, but does not directly demonstrate the disruption of trans-synaptic nanocolumn. We will restrict our wording to postsynaptic receptor organization and present any statement about nanocolumns or quantal efficacy explicitly as reasonable speculation for which we did not collect any data.

    1. Author response:

      We thank you and the three anonymous reviewers for your careful evaluation of our manuscript. We here provide a provisional author response to the reviewer’s comments.

      Reviewer #1:

      Major point 1.

      First, the physiological relevance of the TG2-DGP fusion construct should be discussed in greater depth, as the permanently linked fusion protein may not fully recapitulate naturally occurring TG2-gluten complexes.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point and agree. The TG2-DGP fusion protein is an artificial antigen and enforces a fixed linkage between TG2 and a deamidated gluten peptide, whereas naturally occurring TG2-gluten complexes are transient and their abundance and availability to TG2-specific B cells remains uncertain. We will discuss this limitation in greater detail in our revised manuscript.

      Major point 2.

      Second, the proposed mechanism of antigen uptake into Peyer's patches remains largely inferential, and evidence supporting involvement of M cells or other antigen-sampling pathways would strengthen the conclusions. The authors conclude that Peyer's patches are the primary site of priming and propose that luminal TG2-gluten antigen is sampled from the intestinal lumen. However, the study does not directly demonstrate the route of antigen entry (for example, via M cells, dendritic cells, or other pathways). Additional discussion or experimental evidence supporting the proposed antigen trafficking mechanism would strengthen the conclusions. Given the emphasis on Peyer's patches, direct assessment of M-cell involvement would be particularly valuable.

      Suggested experiment: RANKL-induced M-cell expansion (or M-cell depletion) to test whether M-cell-mediated sampling is required for induction of TG2 autoimmunity.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. Assessing M-cell involvement would indeed be very interesting, and M-cell depletion would be a logical way to test whether M-cell-mediated uptake is required for TG2 autoimmunity in our model. These experiments however require breeding our mice and validating M-cell depletion in our HLA-DQ2.5 Tgm2-ω18merEE x Villin1-rtTA transgenic mice, which is a time-consuming endeavor and would be best suited in a follow-up study. To address the reviewer’s concern in the current manuscript, we will discuss that our data identify the Peyer’s patch as an important site for B-cell priming. We will discuss entry routes via M cells as one plausible mechanism alongside other mechanisms such as uptake by dendritic cells.

      Minor point 1.  

      Villin is known to be expressed throughout the whole villus axis; however, the transgenic model described here seems to express the fusion protein in a specific cell type only; the authors should explain the reason for this. It would be better if the authors specified the region used in immunohistochemistry.

      We will address this point and provide additional data on the expression of the TG2-DGP fusion protein in epithelial cells the revised manuscript, as is also recommended by reviewer #3.

      Minor point 2.

      The authors showed that CD4 proliferation holds high until a dilution of 1:24; however, B cells show until 1:2 dilution. In the co-culturing, the author used CD4: B cells approximately in the ratio of 1:10. The reason for this should be explained and justified.

      The CD4 T cell : B cell ratio used here was not specifically optimized for this study, and the choice of ratio, if any, was primarily a result of relatively poor CD4 T cell yields. We agree that the T cell and B cell readouts differ in sensitivity, consistent with our previous publication (PMID 34731200) in which we observed efficient T-cell proliferation in response to recombinant TG2-DGP fusion protein at much lower antigen concentrations then those required to detect B-cell proliferation. Because B-cell proliferation depends on T-cell help, we acknowledge that the ratio can affect the B-cell readout, particularly at low antigen doses. Our conclusion, however, does not concern the antigen threshold required to activate either cell type, but rather that the epithelial cell lysate engages both T cells and B cells.

      Minor point 3.

      The authors showed that TG2-specific B cells were enriched in the PP, accompanied by higher gluten-specific CD4 cells. Recent studies showed that M cells express TGM2 and can indeed present the gliadin peptide to T cells independent of APCs. (Wang et al. 2025 Nature). The authors should discuss this in light of their findings.

      The paper the reviewer refers to demonstrates that human M cells can present antigens to T cells, but importantly the same paper shows that mouse M cells do not have this capacity. This species difference infers that this mechanism does not affect the interpretation of our mouse model. It is also not directly relevant to the question our study addresses as M-cell presentation to T cells does not explain how TG2-specific B cells acquire TG2-gluten antigen, which is the step that drives the autoantibody response in our model.

      Minor point 4.

      Regarding mice, mentioning the gender and age of the mice is important. Please include this information.

      This information will be included in the revised manuscript.

      Minor point 5.

      It would be better if the authors specified the region of tissue used in immunohistochemistry.

      See response to minor point 1.

      Minor point 6.

      Regarding the lysate preparation, the authors should mention whether they used the whole small tissue or a segment. It would be helpful if the author provides the IEC lysate in terms of protein concentration rather than dilution.

      This information will be included in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2:

      Major point 1.

      Physiological relevance of antigen dose and kinetics. The dox-induced pulse of TG2-DGP expression is a bolus-like event, whereas endogenous IEC shedding and TG2 release presumably occur continuously at low levels. The author should discuss more how the kinetics and magnitude of the induced signal compare with estimated physiological TG2 derived from IEC turnover, and whether the strong immunogenicity observed here could overstate the potency of the natural process.

      The reviewer raises a very important and valid point that also relates to major point 1 raised by reviewer #1. We will discuss how our artificial model relates to endogenous TG2-gluten complex formation in greater depth in the revised manuscript.  

      Major point 2.

      The translational value of the model may hinge on epitope relevance. Celiac anti-TG2 antibodies preferentially target a small number of conformational epitopes on open TG2, and this restriction is tied to how TG2 is captured and presented. A central claim of the paper is that IEC-derived TG2 is the relevant source for autoantibody elicitation, rather than extracellular matrix-associated TG2 or other pools. If IEC-derived TG2 only activates non-human-relevant epitopes, that would undermine the claim that this is the mechanism responsible for the actual patient autoantibody repertoire. Whether IEC-derived TG2-DGP would recruit a broader range of TG2 epitopes seen in human disease, or only the subset compatible with this conformational epitope, is worth examining.

      The anti-TG2 B cells in our model carry a B-cell receptor derived from a celiac disease patient, which targets epitope 1 of TG2, a dominant epitope of celiac autoantibodies. This antibody binds mouse and human TG2 with equal affinity (PMID ID 31727780). The response elicited in our model is therefore directed at a human disease-relevant epitope, an epitope that is also present on mouse TG2. We will clarify this in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3:

      Major point 1.

      First, given the importance of the expression of the antigen in IECs into the lumen and the strong responses in Peyer´s patches, the authors should have provided additional information about the expression of the TG2-fusion protein in epithelial cells in the follicular-associated epithelium covering and other epithelia surrounding the structure. Is it possible that even M cells express the antigen, and that it may not need to be in the lumen to reach the Peyer´s patches?

      We will address this point and provide additional data on the expression of the TG2-DGP fusion protein in epithelial cells of the follicular-associated epithelium in the revised manuscript. 

      Major point 2.

      Second, it is not addressed whether antigen-specific pre-activation of T cells using peptide and CT is strictly needed or if CT alone could have created an environment where antigen-specific responses are triggered by the TG2 fusion protein alone (i.e. using CT as an adjuvant for a response to an antigen expressed in IEC). Or even if other inflammatory gut responses, not necessarily triggered by CT but instead by virus, pathogenic bacteria or oral dextran, would have sufficed. Although T cell cross-reactivity to external antigens could play a role in humans developing disease, it would be easier to envision a situation where any gut inflammation, in the presence of antigen-specific B and T cells and a susceptible HLA environment, could trigger a response.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that it is relevant to assess whether an inflammatory environment could trigger antigen-specific responses to the TG2-gluten fusion protein. To address this, we will attempt to include new experimental data in the revised manuscript in which the pre-activation of gluten-specific T cells is omitted, and cholera toxin as adjuvant is administered at the time of TG2-gluten protein induction. Testing other inflammatory triggers such as viral or bacterial infection is beyond the scope of the study, but we will discuss it as an important question in the revised version.

      Major point 3.

      Finally, the role of dendritic cells and/or other APCs present in the gut and/or Peyer´s patches in the priming of T cells should probably have been discussed, i.e., whether presentation of antigen by B cells is sufficient or not. If inflammation or CT alone is sufficient for T cell priming (see above), this indirectly supports that direct presentation from B cells may play an important role in T cell activation.

      We will expand the discussion on priming by B cells, dendritic cells and other antigen-presenting cells in light of the new data from Major point 2. We note that these experiments will indicate whether antibody responses can occur without pre-activation of T cells with peptide and cholera toxin, but they will not by themselves identify B cells as the antigen-presenting cells involved in priming of the T cells.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hsiung et al. investigated whether the effects of autophagy gene knockdown on the lifespan of long-lived C. elegans mutants depend on experimental conditions. The authors first compiled published data on autophagy-dependent lifespan regulation in daf-2 and wild-type backgrounds, highlighting that prior results are notably inconsistent and likely context-dependent. They then systematically tested the lifespan effects of RNAi knockdown of six autophagy genes (atg-2, atg-4.1, atg-9, atg-13, atg-18, and bec-1) in wild-type (N2), daf-2 (reduced insulin/IGF-1 signalling), and glp-1 (germlineless) animals, while varying temperature, daf-2 allele, FUDR concentration, and bacterial infection status.

      The key findings are as follows. In wild-type animals, lifespan suppression by most autophagy gene knockdowns was more pronounced at 20°C than at 25°C, where little or no effect was observed. In daf-2 mutants, stronger lifespan suppression was seen in the weaker daf-2(e1368) allele at 20°C, but not in the stronger daf-2(e1370) allele, and effects were largely absent at 25°C. In glp-1 mutants, four of six gene knockdowns suppressed lifespan to a greater extent than in N2, though again in a temperature-dependent manner. FUDR at a high concentration (800 µM) abolished the life-shortening effects of most knockdowns and, in the case of atg-9 and atg-13, led to lifespan extension. Kanamycin treatment to eliminate bacterial proliferation did not fully account for the lifespan effects, suggesting that increased susceptibility to infection is not the primary mechanism. The authors also tested the programmed aging hypothesis that autophagy promotes lifespan reduction through biomass repurposing, but found no changes in vitellogenin levels upon knockdown of any of the six genes.

      Altogether, among all genes tested, atg-18 knockdown produced the strongest and most consistent lifespan suppression across nearly all conditions, including both daf-2 and glp-1 backgrounds. The authors probed whether atg-18 acts through the FOXO transcription factor DAF-16 by examining dauer formation and ftn-1 expression, but found no evidence for this, suggesting a DAF-16-independent mechanism.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this work lies in its systematic and comprehensive approach to dissecting how experimental variables influence the outcome of autophagy-lifespan epistasis tests. The compilation of prior data alongside the authors' own multi-condition dataset is a genuinely useful resource for the field. The study raises a timely and important point about condition selection bias in interpreting autophagy lifespan relationships, with broader relevance to C. elegans studies. The finding that atg-18 behaves distinctly from other autophagy genes across a range of experimental conditions is particularly noteworthy and provides an interesting direction for future mechanistic investigation.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have carefully addressed the concerns raised in the previous review and have incorporated most of the suggested revisions. In particular, the revised manuscript provides greater clarity regarding the effects of glp-1 and FUDR and improves the presentation and interpretation of the experimental findings. The authors have also provided useful clarification regarding the variability between lifespan experiments, the number of biological replicates, and the interpretation of RNAi efficacy.

      I have only two minor suggestions concerning the wording and organization of the manuscript, which I have communicated separately to the authors. These points are intended to further improve clarity and accuracy and do not affect my overall assessment of the study.

      Overall, I am satisfied with the revisions and consider the manuscript to be a valuable contribution to our understanding of the context dependence of autophagy-mediated lifespan regulation.

      Reviewer 1 made several further suggestions for improvements to the text that we agree with.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines how genes involved in cellular recycling (autophagy) influence lifespan under different experimental conditions. The findings help clarify why previous studies have reported conflicting results about whether blocking autophagy shortens or extends lifespan. The work will be of interest to researchers studying aging and cellular stress responses, particularly those using model organisms.

      Strengths:

      The findings are valuable, as they help resolve inconsistencies within a specific subfield of aging research. The evidence presented is solid, as the data broadly support the primary claims of the study. In addition, the discussion is thorough and thoughtfully integrates the findings within the broader context of the field.

      Weaknesses:

      Additional functional validation would further strengthen the conclusions.

      Comments on revised version.

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript. Overall, the authors have addressed most of my concerns, and the revised manuscript has been improved. The study provides a comprehensive examination of the context-dependent effects of autophagy gene knockdown on lifespan in C. elegans. The data are solid and provide valuable information for understanding the conflicting results currently reported in the literature regarding the role of autophagy in longevity.Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer 2 correctly noted that measurements of autophagic flux would strengthen our claims. We had originally planned to include flux measurements in this study, but our experience with the methodologies involved led us to a separate critical study of such methodologies that we are in the process of writing up.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The manuscript could still be strengthened by taking into account the points raised by Reviewer 2, in specific the validation of autophagy with different techniques, such as western blotting and potentially raise the strength of evidence from solid to convincing.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would like to thank the authors for carefully addressing most of my previous concerns in their revised manuscript and incorporated most of the suggestions. Most of my concerns have been adequately addressed. However, I have two minor points that, in my opinion would further improve the clarity and accuracy of the manuscript.

      We are glad that our revisions have at least addressed most of the reviewer’s concerns.

      The authors have appropriately incorporated glp-1 into the abstract and have clarified the statement regarding FUDR. However, in the current version, these two statements still feel somewhat disconnected from the overall flow of the abstract, as they are inserted in the middle of the discussion of the effects observed in daf-2. This interrupts the logical progression of the paragraph and may make it slightly more difficult for the reader to follow the main findings regarding daf-2. I would suggest moving these two statements after the main findings concerning daf-2 have been presented. This would allow the abstract to first provide a coherent summary of the daf-2 results and then introduce the additional findings regarding FUDR and glp-1. I believe this would improve the overall readability and narrative flow of the abstract.

      We have revised the abstract along these lines and agree that this improves the flow of the argument. We have used the revised abstract.

      In reply to the 10th point, I appreciate the authors' clarification that their primary focus is on the suppression of class I mutants rather than the effects on N2. However, I believe the revised sentence still remains slightly misleading "These findings are broadly consistent with the earlier observation that bec-1 and vps-34 RNAi shortened the lifespan of the daf-2(mu150) class 1 mutant but not of N2 at 20°C". As presented in the current manuscript, the cumulative dataset indicates that bec-1 RNAi does significantly suppress N2 lifespan. Therefore, the phrase "but not of N2 at 20°C" is not accurate in the context of the present study, even if the authors' main point is that the effect on the class 1 daf-2 mutant is of particular interest. I would therefore suggest rephrasing this sentence to avoid implying that bec-1 RNAi has no effect on N2 lifespan.

      We agree that this account was rather too broad brush, and have corrected it to improve precision, adding the following. “(though in the present study bec-1 RNAi did also reduce N2 lifespan, Table S2)”

      Overall, I am satisfied with the authors' responses and the revisions made to the manuscript. Addressing these two minor points would further improve the clarity and accuracy of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript. Overall, the authors have addressed most of my concerns, and the revised manuscript has been improved. The study provides a comprehensive examination of the context-dependent effects of autophagy gene knockdown on lifespan in C. elegans. The data are solid and provide valuable information for understanding the conflicting results currently reported in the literature regarding the role of autophagy in longevity.

      We are glad that our revisions have at least addressed most of the reviewer’s concerns.

      One of my major concerns from the first review, however, has not been fully addressed. The authors rely primarily on qPCR to demonstrate the effectiveness of RNAi-mediated knockdown of autophagy genes. Although qPCR data confirm transcriptional knockdown, they do not necessarily demonstrate a corresponding reduction in protein levels or functional inhibition of autophagy. An independent approach, such as Western blot analysis of lipidated LGG-1/ATG-8, would make the conclusions more convincing. Nevertheless, given the overall quality and consistency of the data, I do not consider this issue sufficient to prevent publication.

      Assays of autophagy would indeed have been informative. We did initially plan to test effects of atg RNAi on autophagic flux using a dual fluorescence reporter. However, initial tests identified complex technical issues with the assay that have taken us several years to make sense of (we have almost finished writing up this work). A Western blot approach might have been less problematic, at least in terms of estimating effects on lipidated LGG-1/ATG-8 level. However, any changes could, at least in principle, reflect either decreased or increased autophagic flux.

      The findings of this study also raise an important issue for future studies of autophagy and longevity, particularly when RNAi is used to manipulate autophagy gene expression. RNAi methodology can vary considerably among laboratories, and these differences may contribute to apparently conflicting results. Different laboratories may use different RNAi constructs targeting the same gene. Some investigators generate their own RNAi plasmids using either genomic DNA or cDNA fragments, and the sizes and locations of the targeted sequences can differ. Other laboratories use RNAi clones obtained from established C. elegans RNAi libraries, such as the Ahringer or Vidal libraries. Such differences could affect knockdown efficiency.

      In addition, the method used to deliver RNAi should be considered when comparing results among studies. Most laboratories use feeding RNAi, whereas some studies used injection RNAi. Injection RNAi can produce substantially stronger gene knockdown than feeding RNAi in many experimental settings. Thus, differences in the RNAi delivery method, together with differences in the RNAi constructs themselves, could result in different degrees of gene inhibition and potentially different effects on lifespan. This issue may be particularly important for autophagy genes, for which the biological consequences could depend on the extent of gene inhibition. For these reasons, it would be valuable for future studies in this area to clearly report the source and characteristics of the RNAi constructs used, as well as the method of RNAi delivery.

      This is all correct, and is something that we give little emphasis to in the manuscript, since it relates to possible sources of condition dependency that we did not investigate. Most studies use RNAi by feeding and specify when it is initiated (see Supplementary Table 1). In our tests we opted to initiate RNAi at the end of development, to avoid life shortening effects of disruptions to development.

      Overall, the manuscript presents solid and valuable data that help further our understanding of the role of autophagy in longevity.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive assessment of our manuscript. We appreciate their recognition of the value of investigating oscillatory dynamics during overt picture naming and welcome the opportunity to strengthen the analyses and clarify the interpretation of our findings.

      Functional interpretation and experimental design

      We acknowledge that the contrast between picture naming and scrambled-image rejection does not independently isolate the component processes involved in spoken language production. Although the observed patterns of theta phase coupling and theta–gamma phase-amplitude coupling are consistent with the proposed involvement of visual, semantic and language-related networks, the study was designed to investigate distributed neural dynamics during overt picture naming, rather than to establish a one-to-one correspondence between these coupling patterns and specific psycholinguistic operations.

      We will therefore revise the manuscript to distinguish more clearly between the observed neurophysiological findings and their proposed functional interpretations. We will also broaden the theoretical framework to incorporate alternative accounts of the identified networks and relevant contemporary models of language production, and reconsider claims concerning the right fusiform cortex as an integration hub.

      Temporal alignment and motor-related confounds

      We recognise the reviewers' concerns regarding differences in response latency and articulatory demands between the naming and control conditions. Our analyses were response-locked to capture neural dynamics preceding articulation while accommodating variability in naming latency across trials and participants. We consider this alignment important for investigating language production processes, whose timing relative to stimulus onset may vary considerably.

      Nevertheless, we acknowledge that differences in response latency may result in the two conditions sampling different periods relative to stimulus presentation. We will examine the potential influence of this temporal difference through complementary analyses and clarify the rationale and limitations of the response-locked approach. We will also consider the potential contribution of differences in articulatory preparation between conditions when interpreting the findings.

      Interpretation of low-frequency activity

      We agree that the observed low-frequency effects warrant consideration of an alternative explanation involving transient evoked activity rather than sustained theta oscillations. We will revisit the interpretation of these findings in light of the potential contribution of transient evoked activity, drawing on our existing analyses and considering additional controls where appropriate.

      Statistical modelling and stimulus characteristics

      We will also revisit the statistical modelling of trial-level behavioural associations, including the potential contribution of item-level variability. We recognise the reviewers' suggestion to examine psycholinguistic properties of the naming stimuli and will assess whether the available stimulus characteristics permit informative supplementary analyses, while acknowledging that the task was not designed to independently manipulate these variables.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript asks how the uterine lumen is remodeled across the peri-implantation window and whether this remodeling is functionally linked to embryo attachment and subsequent pregnancy establishment. The authors combine whole-organ three dimensional imaging of optically cleared mouse uteri with single-cell and spatial transcriptomic profiling, conditional deletion of p38α at the uterine-wide versus epithelial-restricted level, and rescue experiments using progesterone and leukemia inhibitory factor. Based on these datasets, the authors propose that the luminal epithelium undergoes a previously underappreciated phase of organ-scale architectural reorganization before attachment, and that a p38α-dependent stress responsive program coordinates epithelial remodeling together with epithelial-stromal communication required for implantation competence.

      Strengths:

      By moving beyond local attachment-site morphology to a horn-level representation of luminal topology, the work provides anatomical context that is difficult to reconstruct from conventional section-based approaches and should be broadly useful to the implantation community. The integration of organ-scale morphology with single-cell and spatial transcriptomic datasets, together with genetic perturbation and rescue experiments, adds breadth and increases the potential long-term utility of the dataset for investigators interested in uterine receptivity and embryo-uterine interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and constructive suggestions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The whole-uterus analysis of luminal folds and creases requires stronger methodological support. Given the mechanical compliance of the uterine lumen, it is difficult to evaluate from the current description whether dissection, fixation, clearing, and/or mounting could influence the observed luminal topography. This issue is particularly important because several key conclusions depend on the spatial distribution of folds across the uterine horn. A fuller account of tissue handling and reconstruction, together with validation that the preparation preserves native morphology, would substantially strengthen confidence in the organ-scale conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important methodological concern.

      To address this concern, we have expanded the Methods section to provide a fuller description of tissue preparation, image acquisition, three-dimensional reconstruction, and quantitative analysis. Three-dimensional visualization of the uteri collected on days 1–4 and of implantation sites collected on days 5 and 6 was performed as previously described (PMID: 42022843). We have also clarified how representative cross-sectional images were selected from each reconstructed dataset and how identical analysis parameters were applied across samples.

      Specifically, three representative two-dimensional cross-sectional images were generated from each three-dimensional reconstructed dataset. From day 4 onward, sections were obtained at the position of the embryo and at positions ±500 μm from the embryo. For samples collected at earlier stages, sections were obtained at the midpoint of the image stack and at positions ±500 μm along the longitudinal axis. Epithelial staining area and branching features were then quantified from these cross-sectional images using the same analysis criteria for all samples. These methodological details have been added to the revised Methods section (Page 27, Line 619).

      In addition, to assess whether the whole-mount preparation preserved the overall luminal topography, we added representative transverse and longitudinal sections obtained using conventional two-dimensional histological analysis as Supplementary Fig. 1. The characteristic luminal morphology observed in these sections was comparable to that observed in the corresponding three-dimensional reconstructions. Although this comparison cannot completely exclude all possible effects of tissue processing, it supports the conclusion that the major morphological features identified by whole-organ imaging were not artifacts introduced by clearing, mounting, or reconstruction. The corresponding explanation has been added to the Results section (Page 8, Line 166).

      (2) Several of the central morphological claims are supported primarily only by representative reconstructions. This includes the proposed flattening/creasing dynamics, alternating stretched and shrunken regions, persistence of abnormal folding in the mutant uterus, and the extent of structural rescue following progesterone supplementation. The authors could extract objective measures from the reconstructed luminal surface and provide more statistical analysis to demonstrate the reproducibility of the results.

      We appreciate this constructive suggestion and agree that objective morphometric analyses are necessary to support the conclusions derived from the representative three-dimensional reconstructions.

      Quantitative analyses of luminal epithelial flattening during days 1–4, differences between p38α uterine control and knockout mice, and morphological changes following P4/LIF administration to p38α uterine knockout mice were already included in Figures 1d and 7c. In the revised manuscript, we have expanded the descriptions of these analyses and clarified the experimental units and sample numbers in the figure legends.

      We also performed additional quantitative analyses to characterize the alternating shrunken and stretched regions. We measured the orientation of luminal epithelial folds relative to the mesometrial–antimesometrial axis. In wild-type mice on day 4 at 20:00, folds in the regions surrounding embryos were predominantly vertically oriented, whereas folds at inter-implantation regions were predominantly horizontally oriented. These results provide an objective criterion distinguishing the areas that we refer to as “shrunken” and “stretched” and are now presented in Figure 2e.

      We performed the same analysis in control and p38α-deficient uteri and found that the spatially organized transition between vertically and horizontally oriented folds was disrupted in the mutant uterus. These results are now presented in Figure 7e and quantitatively support the persistence of abnormal luminal folding in p38α-deficient mice.

      In addition, we measured the angle of the luminal epithelium relative to the longitudinal uterine axis at three positions: the embryo center and positions 30 μm on either side of the center. The average of the three measurements was calculated for each biological sample. This analysis revealed a significant difference between day 4 at 20:00, before stable attachment, and day 4 at 24:00, after attachment, and is now presented in Figure 2f.

      Together with the existing measurements of epithelial area and branching features, these additional analyses provide quantitative support for the reproducibility of the luminal flattening, folding, and regional remodeling phenotypes. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that the reconstructed surface contains additional features, such as local curvature and fold depth, that could be examined in greater detail in future studies.

      (3) The manuscript appears to over-reach in concluding that luminal remodeling zones embryos before attachment from day 4 to 5. As presented, the data support a correlation between luminal architecture and embryo position, but do not discriminate between (i) luminal remodeling directing embryo positioning, (ii) embryos locally shaping the lumen, or (iii) parallel regulation of both. The evidence is based on observations of the uterus and the inside blastocysts at certain time points around implantation. Without the time-lapse analysis within the uterus, the dynamic interactions between embryos and the uterus couldn't be determined.

      We agree with the reviewer that our data demonstrate a strong spatial and temporal association between luminal architecture and embryo position but do not establish the direction of causality.

      Our analyses were performed at defined time points during the peri-implantation period and therefore cannot distinguish whether uterine luminal remodeling directs embryo positioning, whether embryos locally induce changes in luminal morphology, or whether both processes are coordinately regulated by common uterine and embryonic signals. As the reviewer correctly notes, direct determination of these dynamic interactions would require longitudinal or time-lapse imaging of embryos and the uterine lumen within the same animal.

      We have therefore revised the manuscript to moderate the causal language concerning embryo “zoning.” We now describe the findings as showing that regional luminal remodeling is associated with, and may contribute to, the spatial organization of embryos before attachment, rather than concluding that luminal remodeling directly determines embryo position. We have also added an explicit statement that the directionality of the interaction between embryo position and luminal remodeling remains unresolved in the present study. The relevant text in the Discussion has been revised accordingly (Page 19, Line 444).

      (4) The key conclusion of the manuscript is that uterine p38α regulates luminal epithelial remodeling required for embryo attachment, as shown in the title. Against this background, the finding that epithelial-restricted loss of p38α does not overtly impair fertility is notable, as it suggests that the major function of p38α may not be epithelial cell-autonomous but instead may arise through other uterine compartments that secondarily influence the epithelium. At present, however, this conclusion remains insufficiently supported: the epithelial-specific model is not characterized in sufficient depth during the peri-implantation period, and the transcriptomic evidence for altered epithelial-stromal communication does not by itself explain the phenotypic difference between uterine-wide and epithelial-specific deletion. If stromal p38α is proposed as the critical upstream regulator, more direct testing, such as stromal-specific deletion, would be needed.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that the mild phenotype observed following epithelial-specific deletion of p38α argues against a solely epithelial cell-autonomous mechanism and that our current data do not directly demonstrate that stromal p38α is the exclusive upstream regulator of luminal epithelial remodeling.

      The uterine p38α knockout mice generated using Pgr-Cre lack p38α in multiple uterine compartments, including epithelial and stromal cells. To assess the contribution of epithelial p38α, we generated epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice using the Ltf-Cre driver. These mice did not exhibit the complete infertility or severe luminal remodeling abnormalities observed in the Pgr-Cre model and showed only mild uterine abnormalities. These results indicate that epithelial deletion alone is insufficient to reproduce the severe phenotype caused by broader uterine deletion of p38α.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to describe the epithelial-specific knockout analysis more clearly and to distinguish between conclusions directly supported by the genetic models and the proposed mechanism of epithelial–stromal communication (Page 15, Line 344; Page 20, Line 459). We also clarify that stromal- or decidual-cell-specific deletion of p38α will be required to directly determine whether stromal p38α is necessary for luminal remodeling, embryo attachment, and subsequent embryo invasion. These experiments represent an important direction for future investigation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors aimed to characterize the architectural reorganization of the uterine luminal epithelium during the implantation period. Using 3D histological reconstruction, single-cell RNA sequencing, and spatial transcriptomics, the authors characterize luminal remodeling during the peri-implantation period and employ a mouse model to explore the role of p38α in regulating luminal flattening.

      Strengths:

      This study clearly described the changes in luminal architecture during implantation. Moreover, they also used integration of multiple advanced techniques, including 3D tissue reconstruction, single-cell transcriptomics, and spatial transcriptomics, which together provide a detailed description of the molecular characteristics of the uterine architecture during implantation.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and constructive suggestions.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors used PR-Cre to generate uterine p38α knockout mice. This Cre driver deletes p38α not only in epithelial cells but also in stromal compartments. Therefore, it remains unclear whether the observed phenotype arises from epithelial cells, stromal cells, or a combination of both. Previous studies have shown that p38α regulates epithelial polarity, cytoskeletal organization, and E-cadherin localization. However, the current study does not examine changes in cell adhesion or epithelial junction integrity. Previous studies have reported that uterine fluid absorption during implantation is closely associated with luminal closure and remodeling. It would be important to determine whether epithelial transport-related genes are altered in the mutant uterus. Could dysregulated fluid homeostasis contribute to the implantation defects observed in the p38α-deficient mice?

      We thank the reviewer for identifying these important mechanistic issues. We agree that the Pgr-Cre driver deletes p38α in multiple uterine compartments, including both epithelial and stromal cells, and therefore does not by itself establish which compartment is primarily responsible for the observed phenotype.

      To assess the contribution of epithelial p38α, we generated epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice using the Ltf-Cre driver. These results are presented in Supplementary Fig. S6. In contrast to the complete infertility and severe luminal remodeling defects observed in Pgr-Cre-mediated uterine p38α knockout mice, epithelial-specific deletion of p38α did not critically impair female fertility and caused only mild uterine abnormalities. These findings indicate that epithelial loss of p38α alone is insufficient to reproduce the severe phenotype observed in the Pgr-Cre model.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to describe the Ltf-Cre analysis more clearly and to emphasize that the phenotype of the Pgr-Cre model is unlikely to result solely from epithelial-autonomous loss of p38α (Page 15, Line 344; Page 20, Line 459). Nevertheless, we agree that these findings do not directly establish stromal p38α as the exclusive upstream regulator. The phenotype may reflect the combined effects of p38α deletion in multiple uterine compartments and disrupted communication between epithelial and stromal cells. Direct testing using stromal- or decidual-cell-specific deletion will therefore be required to determine the precise contribution of stromal p38α.

      We also agree that epithelial adhesion, polarity, and cytoskeletal organization are relevant to the luminal remodeling phenotype. In the original study, we examined E-cadherin and β-catenin, which are associated with adherens junctions and epithelial polarity. In the luminal epithelium of day 4 p38α uterine knockout mice, staining for E-cadherin and β-catenin was stronger and more persistent than in control mice. These findings do not suggest a simple loss of epithelial junction integrity. Instead, they are consistent with impaired remodeling of adhesion- and polarity-associated epithelial structures during the peri-implantation period.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to interpret these findings more explicitly in the context of epithelial adhesion and polarity. We now discuss the possibility that defective remodeling of epithelial junctional or cytoskeletal structures contributes to the persistence of abnormal luminal folding. However, because epithelial-specific p38α deletion did not reproduce the severe phenotype of the Pgr-Cre model, these epithelial abnormalities may arise, at least in part, from altered signaling between epithelial and non-epithelial uterine compartments rather than from an exclusively epithelial-autonomous defect.

      Finally, in response to the reviewer’s suggestion concerning uterine fluid homeostasis, we re-examined our RNA-seq dataset with a focus on genes associated with epithelial transport, barrier function, and fluid regulation. Several transport- and barrier-associated genes were altered in the p38α-deficient uterus, including Aqp3, Slc26a6, Cldn10, Gjb2, Trpv6, Trpm6, and Atp6v0a4. These genes are involved in processes such as water transport, ion transport, paracellular permeability, intercellular communication, and pH or ion homeostasis.

      These transcriptomic changes raise the possibility that dysregulated epithelial transport and fluid homeostasis contribute to defective luminal closure and remodeling in p38α-deficient mice. We have added this interpretation to the revised manuscript. However, because gene-expression analysis does not directly measure transporter activity, uterine fluid volume, or fluid absorption, our current data do not establish a causal relationship between altered fluid homeostasis and implantation failure. We have therefore presented this mechanism as a possibility and have added direct functional analysis of uterine fluid absorption and epithelial transport as an important direction for future study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The main need for the current manuscript is to apply greater analytical rigor and sharper framing.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and constructive suggestions.

      (1) Provide a fuller description of dissection, orientation, fixation, clearing, mounting, acquisition settings, and reconstruction/segmentation criteria, including quality-control steps and exclusion criteria.

      Thank you for your advice. We added these sentences in the method sections (Page27, Line619). 3D visualization of the days 1–4 uteri or day 5 and 6 implantation sites was performed as previously reported (PMID 42022843).

      To quantitatively evaluate epithelial flattening morphology, three representative 2D cross-sectional images were generated from each 3D reconstructed dataset. Sections were collected at the site of embryo located and its ±500 μm positions on day 4 onwards, otherwise midpoint of the image stack and its ±500 μm positions along the longitudinal (x) axis. Epithelial staining area and epithelial branching features were subsequently quantified from these cross-sectional images using identical analysis parameters across samples.

      These detailed methods are now added into the revised manuscript.

      Add validation that the whole-uterus preparation preserves the luminal original physiological topography.

      We appreciate this advice. Representative transverse and longitudinal sections were added as Supplementary Fig. 1 to confirm that luminal morphology was comparable between conventional two-dimensional section analysis and three-dimensional evaluation. The main text was revised accordingly (Page8, Line 166).

      (2) Strengthen the support for the whole-uterus morphology data by adding quantitative morphometric analysis across biological replicates. Metrics related to fold density, epithelial branching, curvature, surface roughness, or related parameters would make the central morphological conclusions more rigorous.

      Thank you for this advice.

      Quantification of luminal flattening from days 1 to day 4 in wild-type mice, comparisons between p38α uCtrl and uKO mice, and the morphological changes induced by LIF/P4 administration in p38α uKO mice have already been presented in Figures 1d and 7c. We now added detailed explanation about these data.

      To further quantify the transition between shrunken and stretched areas in wild-type mice before and after embryo attachment, we quantified the angle of luminal foldings against M-AM axis, showing shrunken areas have vertical folding (around 0 degree) while stretched areas have horizontal folding (around 90 degree) on day 4 20:00 (Figure 2e), which were dysregulated in p38α-deleted uteri (Figure 7e). We additionally measured the angle of the luminal epithelia against the longitudinal axis at three positions (the embryo center and ±30 μm from the center) using ImageJ. The average of these three measurements was calculated for each sample (n = 3). This analysis revealed a significant difference between day 4 20:00 (pre-attachment) and day 4 24:00 (post-attachment) (Figure 2f), indicating that embryo location is moved in alignment with the time course.

      (3) Define the experimental unit clearly in each quantitative analysis. In several panels, it is not fully clear whether n refers to animals, uterine horns, implantation sites, sections, or embryos.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Now the definition of n has been clarified in the figure legend.

      (4) The causal language around embryo zoning should be moderated unless additional evidence can be provided. As written, the data support a strong association between luminal architecture and embryo position, but not yet a directional mechanism.

      Thank you for this opinion. According to this suggestion, we have revised the Discussion to avoid overstating this conclusion (Page19, Line 444).

      (5) Figure presentation should be revised for consistency and clarity. For example:- Scale bars and their labeling should be standardized throughout.

      - In Figure 4e, the representative uterine photographs do not appear to be shown at a fully matched scale between each other.

      - In Figure 4f, the control and mutant three-dimensional views appear to be displayed from different angles, which makes comparison of crypt formation and depth more difficult. As these are three-dimensional datasets, matched viewpoints should be feasible.

      - Figure 9c appears to be mislabeled. The panel is labeled as β-actin, but based on the main context, this should be β-catenin.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected Figures 4e, 4f, and 9c as suggested.

      (6) The apparent reuse of the uKO image between Figures 4e and 5h should be clarified. If the same image is intentionally reused, this should be stated explicitly; otherwise, a different representative image would be preferable.

      Thank you for pointing this out. As you indicated, the same image had been inadvertently reused. We sincerely apologize this mistake and have replaced it with an alternative representative image in figure 5h.

      (7) Please check the figure legends and Methods carefully for internal consistency, including panel labels, marker names, genotype names, sampling time points, and nomenclature.

      Thank you for your advice. We have standardized the notation of gene names, protein names, and other terminology throughout the manuscript.

      (8) The Methods should include a clear description of the epithelial-specific p38α deletion model.

      We apologize for the lack of explanation. We have added a description of how the epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice were generated in the Methods section.

      (9) The manuscript requires thorough editing for language and presentation. For example:

      - From line 53 to 5: "In the uterus, proliferation-differentiation switching (PDS), indicating the inhibition of epithelial proliferation with induction of stromal proliferation in the endometrium, is evident on day 4 under the continuous influence of P4, resulting in the endometrium acquiring implantation potential."

      - From lines 257 to 261, the content of two consecutive sentences is repeated: "Based on these results, we examined whether activation of Lif-Stat3 can restore the flawed embryo attachment in p38α uKO. These results prompted us to determine whether supplementation of Lif along with P4 can ameliorate abnormal implantation in p38α uKO.

      Thank you for your valuable advice. We have revised the sentences accordingly and further refined the manuscript through professional English editing.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors used PR-Cre to generate uterine p38α knockout mice. This Cre driver deletes p38α not only in epithelial cells but also in stromal compartments. Therefore, it remains unclear whether the observed phenotype arises from epithelial cells, stromal cells, or a combination of both. An epithelial-specific deletion model would help clarify the cell-type-specific role of p38α in luminal remodeling.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that Pgr-Cre deletes p38α in multiple uterine compartments, including epithelial and stromal cells, and that this point should be clearly addressed when interpreting the phenotype.

      To clarify the contribution of the epithelial compartment, we have already generated and analyzed epithelial-specific p38α knockout mice using the Ltf-Cre driver. These data are shown in Supplementary Fig. S6. In contrast to the complete infertility and severe luminal remodeling defects observed in Pgr-Cre-mediated uterine p38α knockout mice, epithelial-specific deletion of p38α did not critically impair female fertility and caused only mild uterine abnormalities. Thus, epithelial deletion alone is not sufficient to recapitulate the severe phenotype observed in the Pgr-Cre model.

      We agree that this point was not sufficiently emphasized in the original manuscript. We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion sections to explicitly describe the Ltf-Cre analysis and to clarify that the severe phenotype in Pgr-Cre mutants is unlikely to arise solely from an epithelial-autonomous loss of p38α. Instead, our data support a model in which p38α in non-epithelial uterine compartments, particularly the stroma, contributes to luminal epithelial remodeling through epithelial–stromal communication.

      We have also softened the wording to avoid implying that the Pgr-Cre model alone definitively identifies the stromal compartment as the exclusive source of the phenotype. Rather, the combination of the Pgr-Cre phenotype, the mild Ltf-Cre phenotype, and the single-cell/spatial transcriptomic analyses supports a critical role for p38α-dependent epithelial–stromal crosstalk in establishing implantation-competent luminal architecture.

      We now added explanations regarding eKO in the result sections (Page15, Line344) as well as Discussion sections (Page20, Line459)

      (2) Previous studies have shown that p38α regulates epithelial polarity, cytoskeletal organization, and E-cadherin localization. However, the current study does not examine changes in cell adhesion or epithelial junction integrity. The authors should evaluate markers of cell adhesion and polarity and discuss whether the observed phenotype could result from impaired epithelial junctions or altered cytoskeletal organization.

      We agree with the reviewer that epithelial adhesion, polarity, and cytoskeletal organization are important potential mechanisms underlying the luminal remodeling phenotype. In the original manuscript, we examined E-cadherin and β-catenin, both of which are associated with adherens junctions and epithelial polarity. We observed stronger and more persistent staining of these markers in day 4 p38α uKO luminal epithelium compared with controls, suggesting impaired remodeling of epithelial adhesion/polarity-associated structures rather than a simple loss of epithelial junctions.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion sections to explicitly describe these data in the context of epithelial adhesion and polarity. We further discuss that altered junctional or cytoskeletal remodeling may contribute to the persistent luminal folding phenotype. However, because epithelial-specific p38α deletion using Ltf-Cre did not reproduce the severe phenotype of Pgr-Cre-mediated uterine knockout mice, we interpret these epithelial abnormalities as likely arising, at least in part, from disrupted epithelial–stromal communication rather than from an exclusively epithelial-autonomous junctional defect.

      (3) Previous studies have reported that uterine fluid absorption during implantation is closely associated with luminal closure and remodeling. It would be important to determine whether epithelial transport-related genes are altered in the mutant uterus. Could dysregulated fluid homeostasis contribute to the implantation defects observed in the p38α-deficient mice?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. As the reviewer noted, uterine fluid absorption and epithelial transport are important processes associated with luminal closure and remodeling during implantation.

      In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we re-examined our RNA-seq dataset with a focus on genes related to epithelial transport and fluid homeostasis. We found that several transport- and barrier-associated genes were altered in the P4/LIF-untreated p38a-deficient uterus, including Aqp3, Slc26a6, Cldn10, Gjb2, Trpv6, Trpm6, and Atp6v0a4. These genes are associated with water transport, ion transport, paracellular permeability, epithelial communication, and pH/ion homeostasis. These findings suggest that dysregulated epithelial transport and fluid homeostasis may contribute, at least in part, to impaired luminal closure/remodeling and implantation defects in the mutant uterus.

      We have added this point to the revised manuscript. Nevertheless, because transcriptomic data do not directly measure transporter activity or uterine fluid dynamics, further functional studies will be required to determine whether altered fluid absorption directly contributes to the abnormal luminal architecture. We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this limitation and to propose direct functional analysis of uterine fluid absorption and epithelial transport as an important future direction.

      (4) It is intriguing that P4 plus LIF supplementation rescues embryo attachment, but pregnancy still fails at later stages. The authors should discuss whether this defect might result from p38α deletion in stromal cells or from persistent abnormalities in luminal remodeling.

      Thank you for your advice. It is difficult to determine from the current study whether the observed phenotype is primarily caused by persistent luminal epithelial abnormalities or by stromal p38α deficiency. In the present study, P4 and LIF supplementation restored embryo attachment in p38α uKO mice; however, embryo invasion remained completely absent, resulting in subsequent pregnancy failure. Previous studies from our group have shown that uterine deficiency of Hif2α, Rb1, Ezh2, or Lox impairs embryo invasion and leads to pregnancy failure, highlighting the importance of coordinated epithelial–stromal remodeling during implantation (PMID: 41803091, 3719814, 2012472, 33399260). In the p38α uKO uterus, although P4 and LIF supplementation restored key molecular signals required for attachment, abnormalities in luminal morphology persisted. Therefore, persistent defects in luminal remodeling may contribute to the failure of embryo invasion and subsequent pregnancy progression. However, because embryo attachment is severely impaired in untreated p38α uKO mice, the post-attachment role of stromal p38α cannot be directly assessed in the current model. Further studies using decidual cell-specific genetic approaches will be required to clarify the contribution of stromal p38α to embryo invasion. We added these sentences in the discussion sections.

      (5) The terminology describing luminal morphogenesis requires clarification, particularly the definitions of "shrunken areas" and "stretched areas." These terms should be clearly defined and, if possible, supported by quantitative criteria

      Thank you for your suggestion. To quantify the transition between shrunken and stretched areas in wild-type mice, we measured the angle of luminal folding around the embryo (±500 µm) as well as inter-implantation sites on day 4 2000h using ImageJ. This analysis revealed the epithelia around the embryos are more shrunken with vertically oriented folding compared to inter-implantation sites (Figure 2e). We similarly analyzed uteri from control and p38α uKO, and found uKO poorly formed shrunken and stretched areas, which may compromise embryo implantation in this milieu (Figure 7e).

      (6) The exact collection time points for day 4 and day 5 uteri should be clearly specified (Line 169), as implantation-related changes are highly time-dependent.

      Thank you for your advice. We have added “10:00” to both day 4 and day 5.

      (7) The manuscript relies heavily on qualitative visual comparisons of luminal morphology. The authors should provide quantitative morphometric analyses, such as measurements of lumen width, epithelial curvature, or fold depth, to support their conclusions.

      Thank you for your suggestion. To quantify the transition between shrunken and stretched areas in wild-type mice before and after embryo attachment, we measured the angle between the LE folding adjacent to the embryo and inter-implantation sites against the M-AM axis. The corresponding results have been added to the manuscript (Figure 2e and 7e).

    1. Author response:

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and their constructive comments. We are pleased that the reviewers found the identification of a sterol-binding cavity in ABCG5/G8, the stronger stimulation of ATPase activity by ergosterol, and the role of ABCG5<sub>Y432</sub> in differential sterol activation to be of interest to the greater transporter community.

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) We agree that cholate should be considered, as it was present throughout protein purification. We acknowledge that at the current resolution, the identity of the bound ligand cannot be determined unambiguously from the cryo-EM density alone, particularly among sterol-like molecules of similar size and shape. For this reason, we described the cavity as a potential sterol-binding site and ergosterol as the most likely ligand and did not rely on the structure alone to define sterol-protein interactions through this cavity. Here, we combined ligand fitting, molecular dynamics simulations, site-directed mutagenesis, and in vitro functional assays to evaluate the role of this cavity in sterol selectivity. In the revision, we will fit cholate into the density, compare its fit with those of ergosterol, cholesterol, and CHS, and include MD simulation data for cholate as described for these molecules. Furthermore, previous studies showed that cholate only contributed to the basal ATPase activity [1, 2], so we will include ATPase data for the ABCG5<sub>Y432F</sub> mutant under sterol-free conditions and compare it with WT under the same conditions, since our assays included cholate.

      (2) In the current manuscript, we discuss how the hydroxyl group of Y432 may provide an additional interaction capability within the binding cavity. In the revision, we will add a discussion of the chemical differences between ergosterol and cholesterol, including the double bond in the B ring and the additional double bond and methyl group in the side chain, and how these features may favor interactions with the Y432 hydroxyl and aromatic ring.

      (3) We agree that the overall fold is similar to previous ABCG5/G8 structures. We want to clarify that this is the first structural evidence showing a non-cholesterol bound to the central cavity and its link to sterol-specific activation of the transporter’s catalysis.

      (4) The ligand RMSD values were calculated relative to the docked starting poses. Because the systems underwent equilibration and the first 25 ns of each production simulation were excluded from analysis, the ligands had already relaxed from their initial poses at the start of the analyzed trajectories, which explains why the values do not start at zero and differ among sterols. We will clarify this in the Methods and figure legend in the revision.

      (5) We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The basal activity of WT ABCG5/G8 is currently shown in Figure 3A. In the revision, we will measure the basal activity of ABCG5<sub>Y432F</sub> under the same sterol-free conditions and add both WT and Y432F sterol-free controls to Figure 3B for direct comparison.

      (6) We agree that sterol acts as an activator rather than the directly measured substrate in this assay. In the revision, we will describe these data (Figure 3D and Table 1) as sterol-dependent activation curves and report apparent EC50 and maximal activity values in place of Km and Vmax.

      (7) We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. In the original submission, Fig. 2C shows per-residue MMGBSA decomposition as the mean +/- SD of three independent replicates. We performed a Welch’s t-test for all three pairs with a Benjamini-Hochberg FDR for all 48 comparisons, the residues which had mentioned were in direction but were not statistically significant. This remains relevant since our simulations showed that in all replicates, CHS would move away from the docked site which explains why the standard deviations for the MMGBSA calculations were so large. We equally re-analyzed each trajectory from the point where CHS’s RMSD stabilized which equally yielded large SD binding free energy decomposition, however, no residues passed the BH FDR. For this reason, we will modify our language within the text to reflect the comparisons between sterol groups as trends rather than significant differences.

      (8) We agree that these side chain differences are small relative to the resolution of the structures. We will revise the text to describe them more cautiously.

      (9) We agree that the proposed role of the surface-exposed site in sterol flip-flop is speculative. The model is based on the cholesterol molecule observed at the ABCG8 to ABCG5 transmembrane interface in our previous crystal structure (PDB ID: 8CUB) [3]. We discuss this site as having a possible role in sterol sensing and regulation or in sterol movement between membrane leaflets, as suggested for other ABC transporters [4]. We acknowledge that neither role is directly tested in this study. In the revision, we will rephrase this section, clearly present both possibilities as hypotheses for future investigation, and revise Figure 4B and its legend to indicate that it represents a proposed model.

      (10) AMPPNP and MgCl<sub>2</sub> were included to match the conditions under which we previously obtained a cholesterol-bound structure of ABCG5/G8 [3]. Our aim was to capture the sterol-bound state of the transporter rather than an ATP hydrolysis or nucleotide-bound closed state. Consistent with our previous structure, no nucleotide density was observed in the nucleotide binding sites, and the transporter adopted an inward-facing conformation. We will clarify this rationale in the Methods of the revised manuscript and discuss possible role of nucleotide in this report.

      Reviewer #2:

      We agree that additional structures and mutants would further strengthen the mechanistic model, and we will discuss these as directions for future work. We will also expand the Discussion on the physiological relevance of differential sterol recognition by ABCG5/G8, including dietary non-cholesterol sterols.

      Reviewer #3:

      (1) We agree that the observed side chain differences should be interpreted with caution given the resolution. We will revise the text to avoid attributing mechanistic significance to these localized variations beyond what is supported by our mutagenesis and functional data.

      (2) We agree that the present study does not provide new experimental or computational evidence that the CRL site represents an intermediate in sterol flip-flop. This model is based on the cholesterol-bound site observed in our previous crystal structure (PDB ID: 8CUB) [3], and in the current manuscript we present it as one of two possible roles for this site, alongside sterol sensing or regulation. In the revision, we will state the basis of the model more clearly, present both possibilities as hypotheses for future investigation, and revise the related text and Figure 4B accordingly (see also our response to Reviewer #1, point 9).

      We look forward to submitting a revised manuscript that addresses these points.

      References:

      (1) B. M. Xavier, A. A. Zein, A. Venes, J. Wang, J. Y. Lee, Transmembrane Polar Relay Drives the Allosteric Regulation for ABCG5/G8 Sterol Transporter. International Journal of Molecular Sciences 2020, Vol. 21, Page 8747 21, 8747 (2020).

      (2) B. J. H. Johnson, J. Y. Lee, A. Pickert, I. L. Urbatsch, Bile acids stimulate ATP hydrolysis in the purified cholesterol transporter ABCG5/G8. Biochemistry 49, 3403–3411 (2010).

      (3) D. Farhat, F. Rezaei, M. Ristovski, Y. Yang, A. Stancescu, L. Dzimkova, S. Samnani, J. F. Couture, J. Y. Lee, Structural Analysis of Cholesterol Binding and Sterol Selectivity by ABCG5/G8. J. Mol. Biol. 434, 167795 (2022).

      (3) S. Thangapandian, K. Kapoor, E. Tajkhorshid, Probing cholesterol binding and translocation in P-glycoprotein. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (BBA) - Biomembranes 1862, 183090 (2020).

    1. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents an open-source reinforcement learning framework for the real-time, closedloop optimization of spatiotemporal electrical stimulation in engineered neuronal networks. Using single-spike-resolution activity as continuous feedback, the authors provide solid evidence that their platform can identify stimulation patterns that drive specific activity motifs within a structurally constrained four-node circuit. While this reproducible system offers a valuable and accessible tool for interacting with biological neural networks in an adaptive manner, further validation is needed to determine how well these stimulation strategies generalize to larger, unstructured, or more conventional network architectures.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their kind and insightful words, as well as their constructive feedback and assessment. We agree that in its current stage, the manuscript does not convincingly argue, that specific stimulation strategies applied to one network generalise well to other network architectures. We intend to address this problem by adjusting the focus of the manuscript to be more on the platform than on any specific neuroscience claim, as we believe that this is the more useful angle for the community at large. We also intend to discuss the transferability of our results between the presented culture system and other neuroscience systems.

      Based on the reviewer comments, we will further give a more approachable introduction to reinforcement learning to make the concept more accessible to a wider audience. We will also motivate the algorithm selection in more depth.

      In the following, we will discuss the comments put forward by the reviewers and how we intend to adapt our manuscript to address them. In this provisional response, we will only focus on major concerns. Minor comments, where we are following the suggestions made by the reviewers directly, will not yet be discussed.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript appears undecided about whether it wants to be about RL control, about a technical implementation of long-term stimulation in vitro, or about the properties of neuronal networks and interaction with them. The introduction is well written, comprehensive and insightful, focusing on biological aspects. Methods are then extensively about RL algorithms, without explaining why several were used or why these in particular, but with specialist language hard to understand for neuroscientists. The results then quantitatively compare the performance of the RL but do not really explain what this teaches us about neuroscience or what we learn about the networks beyond that they can be stimulated for longer propagation patterns. Extensive supplementary material almost advertises the hardware built by the team. Some figures suggest, though I’m not 100% certain about this, that different algorithms find different optimal stimulation patterns in the same network - which I find puzzling. What then does this tell us about the stimulation patterns and the variability of the responses?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these issues with our manuscript. The goal of our work is the hardware framework. We plan to highlight this more in the revised version. The RL part will be revised with less specialist language and will get less emphasis in the next version of our manuscript. We will also discuss why different algorithms seem to find different solutions, which can be traced back to having different networks and agents finding different local maxima.

      By clearly setting the scope of our manuscript on the hardware aspects and revising the RL part to be seen more as one possible closed-loop control paradigm, we further intend to address the concerns put forward by the reviewer regarding our focus on RL in other parts of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      An important limitation is that the framework was evaluated using a relatively small and highly structured network. Four stimulation electrodes were positioned around a single network, and stimulation was delivered to microchannels in which axons were concentrated. This configuration is well suited to the initial demonstration, but it remains uncertain whether the same approach will perform similarly in conventional monolayer dissociated cultures, larger networks, or systems with different numbers and spatial arrangements of electrodes. Additional validation across a broader range of network structures and experimental configurations would therefore be needed to establish the general applicability of the framework.

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback. They are right to point out that the manuscript here focuses purely on small and highly structured networks. With the presented experiments, our manuscript does not and cannot make any biological claims about how neurons communicate. However, with this manuscript, we also do not intend to do so, as such an endeavour would be out of scope. In the next version of our manuscript, we will better highlight the focus of our manuscript, which lies on the hardware framework itself. Furthermore, we will discuss in the outlook the generalisability and scalability concerns raised by the reviewer in more detail.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Several aspects of the analysis and interpretation require further clarification. In particular, the definition and computation of directional propagation and reward are not always clear. The generalizability of the optimized stimulation patterns across cultures also remains unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful feedback. We agree with them and will discuss (1) the currently implemented reward based on directional propagation of activity and (2) the limitations and aspects influencing reward algorithm selection in more detail in our revised version of the manuscript. We further believe that we cannot make any claims about generalisability between cultures or when changing the experimental paradigm.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      In this revision we have addressed all the reviewer comments, most particularly we acknowledge that our calculations and understanding of calcium levels were incorrect, and have revisited all sections of the paper affected by this. We have performed numerous additional analyses on data, rerun many calculations with low-Calcium versions of models, and have restructured several figures and text. In brief, here is an overview of the changes in this revision:

      Changes regarding Calcium levels.

      (1) We have referred to the literature for short-term plasticity effects over a range of concentrations for bath calcium, both in glutamatergic and GABAergic synapses in the hippocampus. By interpolation, the increase of PPR when going from 2 to 1.35 mM is below ~20%.

      (2) We used 1.35 mM external Calcium in revised presynaptic neurotransmitter release models, and show that both glu and GABA models follow the same direction of change as seen in experiments at lower Calcium.

      (3) We have rerun the key calculations using these updated synaptic models and show that mismatch detection remains intact, but its strength is diminished, at 1.35 mM calcium.

      Changes regarding use-dependent decrease in CA3 field responses:

      (4) We have performed additional analysis on recordings to show that the decline in CA3 field response over the 32 pulses of the mismatch trials is under 30%, and that the mismatch responses are present even when this decline has saturated.

      (5) Additional simulations without ChR2 desensitization show no effect on mismatch selectivity.

      Changes regarding analysis of jitter:

      (6) We have performed extensive additional simulations to better characterize and analyze the effects of jitter on mismatch selectivity.

      Changes regarding reliability of spiking:

      (7) We have added a section referring to our previous work using a similar protocol (Bhatia et al., eLife 2019), where we see a range of spiking probabilities from recorded CA3 neurons. We also refer specifically to our previous analysis which set tight limits to the number of spikes per light pulse. We present our interpretation of how this affects mismatch detection.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses optogenetics to activate CA3 while recordings from CA1 neurons and characterizing the excitation/inhibition (E/I) balance. They observe use-dependent alterations in the E/I balance as a result of STP and they develop a model to describe these observations. This is a very ambitious paper that deals with many issues using both experimental and modeling approaches.

      Strengths:

      This paper examines important principles regarding the manner in which synaptic circuitry and use-dependent synaptic plasticity can transform inputs and perform computations.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three issues that cause concern regarding the applicability of their slice recordings to physiological conditions and that make some aspects of their results difficult to interpret. First, they state that 2 mM added external calcium mimics calcium levels in CSF, but this is not the case. This will influence the plasticity they observe.

      We agree that our calculations and understanding of calcium levels were incorrect. We have addressed this issue by referring to the literature in which external Ca is varied while measuring PPR.. From experiments by Blatow et al and Kravachenko et al we estimate that the PPR is ~20% higher at 1.35 mM external Ca than at 2mM, both for Glu and GABA synapses, but note that their experiments used a different set of conditions than ours. Based on this, we redid our synaptic plasticity models for Glu and GABA, reran our calculations and confirmed our core prediction of mismatch detection. We have added the following text to the introduction:

      “While most studies on synaptic plasticity utilize 2mM external Ca2+ (extCa) this is substantially higher than physiological Ca2+ (1.2 to 1.5 mM) and has been shown to significantly alter plasticity outcomes. Long-term plasticity is particularly sensitive to elevated extCa levels (Inglebert et al. 2020). There are significant but smaller changes in short-term plasticity in several systems, wherein lower extCa leads to a) higher paired pulse ratio (PPR) and b) lower EPSCs (Rat hippocampal culture: (Sippy et al. 2003), Calyx of Held: (Thanawala and Regehr 2013; Bernal-Correa et al. 2026; Lorteije et al. 2009), Mouse hippocampal slice: (Blatow et al. 2003)). Specifically, in hippocampal CA3->CA1 glutamatergic synapses at 1.5 mM extCa the paired-pulse ratio is 15% larger than at 2mM (Blatow et al. 2003). In primary hippocampal neuronal culture, inhibitory synapses also undergo a 50% increase in paired-pulse ratio at 0.5 mM compared to 2 mM extCa (Kravchenko et al. 2006). By linear extrapolation/interpolation both these results suggest a PPR increase of ~20% at 1.35 mM extCa compared to the conventional 2 mM. In the current study we extend our simulations into the physiological domain of extCa to check consistency of the predicted computational outcomes.”

      Also, from the methods:

      “Model tuning for physiological conditions

      We implemented two sets of changes to build a distinct presynaptic model which more closely matched physiological conditions. First, we increased the rates of all the reaction steps in the E and I presynaptic model by 40%, with the assumption of a 3.5℃ rise in temperature and a doubling of rates every 10℃ (Q10 of 2). Second, we lowered the calcium influx during stimulus by a factor of extCa/defaultCa = 1.35mM/2.0mM, again both for E and I. This effectively halves synaptic release (Figure 4-figure supplement 8, compare panels A and B), which we compensated for by a simple doubling of synaptic weight, both for E and I.

      It also causes an increase in STP levels compared to the reference 2.0 mM extCa model. We confirmed that these changes were qualitatively similar to those expected from experiments over a range of extCa levels (Kravchenko et al. 2006; Blatow et al. 2003). However, several features in these earlier experiments differed from ours: the inter-pulse intervals, the preparation, and the temperature. Accordingly, rather than paste in their numbers of ~20% increase in STP in E and I, we used the 37℃ and 1.35mM extCa variant of our model for additional simulations.”

      Second, they indicate that there is a 2% decrease in activated fibers per stimulus and attribute this to ChR2 desensitization. Such use-dependent decreases in fiber activation are expected to build during their repetitive activation experiments and artifactually influence their results.

      The reviewer correctly points out that there would be a substantial decrease in fiber activation if the 2% decrease per pulse extended linearly over the entire train of ~200 pulses in the Poisson train or 32 pulses in the mismatch experiments/models. Clearly this does not happen, as the EPSPs settle rapidly to a steady range in both cases (Figure 6A, E, Figure 7 E). We acknowledge that the original statement implied a large decrease, and have added the clarificatory line around Figure 1:

      “We attribute this to ChR2 desensitization, however in longer pulse trains this levels out as we discuss below.”

      To quantitatively address the concern about decline of activation, we have performed an additional analysis to estimate how fiber activation evolves over multiple pulses. For the Poisson train experiments, we used our measured field potentials over the entire train (Figure 6-figure supplement 2) and saw that the level flattened out after ~2 seconds (~40 pulses). For the mismatch experiments, the mean fEPSP flattens with a time course of ~0.8 seconds and even at 50Hz the decrement is only about 30% of the initial value (Figure 7-Figure Supplement 2). Thus the field readouts show that the saturating level of use-dependent decrease is small. From the text around Figure 7:

      “We observed this mismatch selectivity despite the reduction in inputs due to ChR2 desensitization over the long 32-pulse train. To estimate this reduction, we measured the field EPSP in the CA3 during the optical stimulation, and fitted an exponential decay function to the peaks (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). We find that the largest decay was ~30% of the initial fEPSP. The fEPSP decayed over a wide range of time courses, with median around 800ms. We estimate that the recovery time from ChR2 desensitization was around 150ms, again highly different between slices (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). Thus the mismatch detection was largely robust to ChR2 desensitization effects over the pulse train.”

      Thus, we do not expect any qualitative effect of ChR2 desensitization on our results for the following reasons. First, the mismatch experiments themselves take place under the conditions of this fibre activation decay, yet yield numerous cases of mismatch selectivity (Figure 7Eiii, Fi). Second, the simulations for mismatch (Figure 7,9) explicitly included ChR2 desensitization, and they too exhibit mismatch selectivity. Third, in this revision we have added a simulation for mismatch selectivity in the absence of ChR2 desensitization (Figure 9 panel E). There is no statistically significant difference from the reference model with ChR2 desensitization.

      Third, they do not know the responses of individual CA3 cells to stimulation. They do not know if each cell fires reliably during repetitive activation and whether each cell only fires once.

      We acknowledge that we collected limited data on this in the current dataset, because this analysis has already been published. In our previous work using a similar preparation we have characterized CA3 pyramidal neuron responses to grid optical stimuli in the CA3 (Figure 1b, e, g, Bhatia, Moza and Bhalla 2019) in response to the light pulse. These recordings show that cells fire with probabilities over a wide range from zero to one, but these firing probabilities are reliable over multiple trials. In this revision we have clarified this point:

      “Notably, the distribution of field amplitudes was tight (Figure 1E, Figure 1-figure supplement 2F), more so than the distribution of the corresponding EPSPs (Figure 1H). Together with previous work using a similar optical stimulus system and intracellular CA3 recordings (Bhatia et al. 2019), we interpret this to say that the spiking responses from CA3 neurons to optical stimuli were consistent from trial to trial.”

      Regarding number of action potentials: In the previous revision we had examined field data from our recordings to characterize the occurrence of multiple spikes (Figure 1-figure supplement 2). Second field peaks were common, at about 40% of the amplitude of the first, and within ~3.5 ms of the first peak. Third peaks were much smaller. From the text adjacent to Figure 1:

      We observed a small amount of ‘ringing’ of the field response which we interpret as either CA3 spiking in a burst, or recurrent activation of the CA3 neurons (Figure 1-figure supplement 2). The second peak was ~40% of the first, within 4 ms of the first. The ringing was down to ~5% by the third peak which occurred within ~9 ms of the flash. This sets an upper bound to any contribution to patterns by recurrence or multiple spikes during a ChR2 flash.

      On the basis of these field responses and previous reports (Bhatia et al. 2019), we infer that the CA3 neuron response to optical input was a brief event, with reliable probability of a spike on any given flash, and typically having one or occasionally two spikes within 6 ms of the light flash.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work shows experimentally and computationally that single CA1 neurons can perform mismatch detection on patterned CA3 inputs and that STP and EI balance underlie this detection.

      Strengths:

      It has been known that STP can enhance the EPSP when the corresponding presynaptic input exhibits abrupt changes in firing rate. This work provides experimental evidence and further computational support for the hypothesis that the basic computation through STP is useful for detecting abrupt changes in the spatial pattern of synaptic inputs at the Schaffer collaterals. Further, their results indicate the novel view that mismatch detection is most efficient when gamma-frequency bursting inputs exhibit mismatches between theta cycles. The authors included novel results in the revised manuscript to show that the effective frequency range of gamma oscillation is broad, including both slow and fast gamma bands.

      In the initial submission, the dependence of mismatch detection performance on model parameters and experimental settings, such as pattern overlaps and other network parameters, was not sufficiently explored. In the revised manuscript, the authors extensively studied these points and summarized the novel results in Fig. 9. Furthermore, the authors clarified that jitters in input spikes can improve detection performance in some cases. These results show the robustness of their results against variations in external and internal conditions.

      Weaknesses:

      While this study shows an intriguing example of combined experimental and computational studies, some analytic results, for instance, regarding the complex contributions of jitters to detection performance, could have clarified the underlying mechanism deeper and further strengthened the manuscript.

      We acknowledge that the outcome of the jitter calculations looked complex. We redid this with substantially more repeats (30 simulated networks projecting to a CA1 neuron, rather than the original 6) and performed a cell-wise bootstrap analysis for error estimates for mean selectivity for each condition. This larger sample resulted in a smoother distribution of mismatch selectivity over different frequencies (Figure 7). We have carried out a further set of simulations over a range of jitter widths (Figure 7-figure supplement 3). We have added these findings to the paper:

      “We next asked how sensitive the mismatch detection was to spike jitter, since in-vivo neural activity has a distribution of spike timings. We reran our model with 30 distinct simulated networks projecting to a CA1 neuron, each for a range of jitter values from 0 to 10ms. We performed a cell-wise bootstrap analysis to obtain error estimates for mean selectivity for each condition. We find that for 5-square stimuli selectivity is high at 0 jitter for all frequencies, but surprisingly for 15-square, selectivity is higher when jitter is nonzero (Figure 7-figure supplement 3). We suggest that when synaptic inputs are synchronous their effects add sublinearly, so some degree of jitter causes larger EPSPs when there are many inputs, as in the 15-square case. Consistent with this, the centroid for selectivity was always at a higher jitter level for 15-square than for 5-square (Figure 7-figure supplement 3, bootstrap test, p < 0.001).

      For the 50-Hz stimulus, a 10ms jitter is half the stimulus interval, so the onset of patterns are quite smeared. Thus, as expected, selectivity fell both in 5 (bootstrap p<0.001) and 15-square (bootstrap p=0.005) cases for 50 Hz when jitter was larger than 4 ms. (Figure 7-Figure supplement 3).”

      While we appreciate that a further analytic examination of jitter would be interesting, we feel that it would have to be done on a much reduced system compared to ours, and is therefore outside the scope of the current paper.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors primarily responded with words rather than experiments. Their response has been adequate for some issues, but I remain concerned about their methods and how they could impact their own results, and how they might lead others astray.

      (1) The paper by Klyachko and Stevens (2006) does a good job of addressing the temperature issue.

      (2) The issue of free calcium is important. They provide a calculation that says that 2 mM added calcium corresponds to 1.27 mM free calcium. This seems very low based on the low affinity buffers in their solution. I used a standard and widely used tool (MINTEQ) to calculate the free calcium in their external solution and it says that the levels are 1.6 mM free calcium. It should be noted that most reports of calcium in CSF are for total calcium rather than free, and the total values are in the 1.1-1.4 range. If buffering in CSF is comparable to ACSF than this corresponds to 0.88 to 1.12 free calcium. So either I am wrong (and MINTEQ), or the authors are wrong. If they are incorrect then it makes a big difference for their experiments. It would also be a very bad thing for slice electrophysiology to get this wrong. Also see the paper by Borst at the calyx of Held that says that 2 mM added external calcium typically used in ACSF (as used in the present study) is too high (PMID 2394036). For these reasons I am highly skeptical that their calcium levels match those in vivo.

      We agree that our calculations and understanding of calcium levels were incorrect. We used only two of the constituents of our buffer solution for our calculation of free calcium, which gave our previous low estimate of 1.27mM, whereas MINTEQ is much more complete. We redid our calculations using MINTEQ and obtained the same values as the reviewer, and we thank the reviewer for pointing out this resource. We also looked at a broader range of studies including those suggested by the reviewer and agree that the literature has flagged 2mM total calcium as too high. We have added a new section to the Introduction to reflect this body of work. We have removed our earlier free calcium calculations.

      Please see our detailed response to this point above, including reference to the literature and re-running of many simulations at physiological levels of calcium, to examine the effect on our conclusions. In brief, the mismatch selectivity is weakened at physiological calcium, but is still present.

      (3) The issue of showing a 2% per pulse decrease that they attribute to ChR2 desensitization is important. This would be sufficient to have a major influence on their experiments in which they use repetitive activation. What is the time course of recovery of this inability to stimulate all of the fibers?

      Please see our response to the same point above. In brief, we have looked at the experimental data for field epsp decline over extended stimuli, and have shown that it settles at about 70% of the starting level in the case with the steepest decline (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). The time-course of decline is about 0.8 seconds. From the frequency dependence of the decline, we estimate that the recovery time is around 150 ms (Figure 7 -figure supplement 2). We also point out that our experimental data as well as our simulations of mismatch selectivity were carried out in the presence of ChR2 desensitization, yet we observed clear mismatch responses.

      Can they get around this problem by lowering the stimulus intensity?

      From Mattis et al Figure 2a, ChR2 performance over pulse trains deteriorates with decreasing power. Hence we do not expect that lowering the stimulus intensity would help.

      From the methods:

      “We chose short light pulses for two reasons. First, to decrease jitter in the light-triggered CA3 neuron spike timings. Second, if one is below saturating light intensities, short pulses at higher power give more consistent spiking over multi-pulse trains (Mattis et al. 2012), Figure 2A, using a 2ms pulse width). Note that the Mattis study was done at 20-23℃ as compared to our ~33℃, and the authors state that ChR2 kinetics are strongly temperature dependent.”

      Are their results altered if they lower the illumination intensity by a factor of 2 or increase it by a factor of 2?

      We did not try this, as we were aiming for short light pulses to minimize spike timing jitter, and we needed high intensity stimulation to get strong EPSPs on the postsynaptic cells. Based on the Mattis study we expect that yes, the results would be altered, and we would get more reliable spiking at still higher intensities. However, we used 100% intensity (estimated 100mW/mm<sup>2</sup>) in our optical system, so we could not push it further.

      We did perform one manipulation to mitigate desensitization: For the 1-square illumination we sequenced illumination from one spot to another, before returning to the first spot, so as to minimize desensitization. From the methods:

      “In 1-square stimulation experiments, the CA3 cell layer was illuminated one spot at a time with an interstimulus time of 3 seconds to avoid desensitisation of channelrhodopsin.”

      (4) They base their reliability of stimulation on field recordings. They need to do extracellular measurements from CA3 cells to see how reliably each cell fires and if they only fire once or more that once during stimulation.

      We used prior published work reporting intracellular recordings from CA3 cells, and additional analysis of field data to address this point. In brief, the probability of a cell firing is reliable, but on individual trials it might not fire. Additionally, we estimate that following a light pulse, cells fire twice about 40% of the time but rarely 3 or more times. We provide a more detailed response to this concern above.

      If each cell does not fire reliably once and only once for each stimulus pulse it will alter use-dependent plasticity and call into question the whole result.

      We agree that, at the single synapse level, an accurate account of use-dependent plasticity depends on single reliable spikes. Our recordings from CA1 are a sum over many synapses, and hence we use population CA3 activity measures to characterize our inputs, with the stipulation that these are reliable over multiple trials. Bhatia et al, 2019 showed reliability at the action-potential level, and in the current study we show it at the field potential level (Figure 1-figure supplement 2 panel F). We use our models to bridge the gap between the single-synapse responses to individual trials, to whole-cell readouts (Figures 5, 6, 7), and apply several tests to show that this produces models that fit the data (Table 1).

      Our results, including EI balance and mismatch selectivity, are direct measurements in the presence of distributions of input APs. We point out in the discussion that:

      “In-vivo input activity to this circuit is complex, and on successive stimuli there will be a distribution of exact CA3 pyramidal cell AP timings, number of APs per cell, and number of activated axons. To the extent that model robustness (Figure 9, Figure 7-figure supplement 3) gives insights into the real system we suggest that our small model of network + single neuron model + presynaptic signaling chemistry captures some of the attributes of the biological system, which lead to such robustness. This robustness is almost a necessity in a system where the probability of release for individual synapses is in the range of 20% (Murthy et al 1997): any signal transmission or plasticity-type computation has to accommodate huge stochastic uncertainty on any given trial.”

      I remain highly skeptical of their methods and their experimental results.

      We hope that we have addressed the specific points of concern that have led to this scepticism.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and for their constructive comments. We appreciate their recognition of the innovative chemoproteomic strategy and the complementary molecular, electrophysiological, and metabolic approaches used to identify voltage-dependent anion channels (VDACs) as mitochondrial targets of STX.

      In response to the reviews, we have revised the manuscript to strengthen the physiological rationale for studying POMC neurons; clarify the potential relevance of STX–VDAC signaling to neuronal mitochondrial function and neurodegeneration; distinguish our experimentally demonstrated mechanism from its potential disease relevance; clarify the contributions of individual VDAC isoforms; and more explicitly acknowledge the limitations of the present study.

      Our revised manuscript emphasizes that the principal finding of this study is the identification and functional characterization of an STX–VDAC mitochondrial mechanism in an estrogen-responsive neuronal system. Its relevance to neurodegenerative disease is presented as an important context and direction for future investigation rather than as a demonstrated disease mechanism.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Major Concern

      (1) Lack of Rationale

      The study provides no justification for investigating sex-specific aspects of Alzheimer's disease by focusing on VDAC-mediated mitochondrial dysfunction in POMC neurons. These hypothalamic neurons are not recognized as early or primary sites of AD vulnerability, making the biological premise unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that the original manuscript did not sufficiently explain the rationale for using POMC neurons.

      Our rationale is primarily physiological rather than disease-specific. POMC neurons are a well-characterized, metabolically sensitive, and estrogen-responsive neuronal population in which membrane-initiated estrogen signaling and the actions of STX have been extensively characterized. They therefore provide a physiologically relevant neuronal system for identifying the molecular mechanisms through which STX regulates mitochondrial function.

      The potential relevance to neurodegeneration is supported by evidence that hypothalamic and POMC neuronal function can be disrupted in neurodegenerative disease models. Do and colleagues (2018) reported hypothalamic neurodegeneration, increased inflammatory and apoptotic markers, and reduced POMC neuronal populations in 3xTg-AD mice and further showed that exercise attenuated hypothalamic apoptosis and restored POMC neuronal populations (Do, Laing et al. 2018). In addition, Shen and colleagues (2016) demonstrated disruption of POMC/MC4R signaling in APP/PS1 mice and showed that restoration of this pathway improved synaptic function (Shen, Tian et al. 2016).

      These studies do not establish POMC neurons as a primary site of AD pathology, but they demonstrate that POMC-related neuronal systems can be vulnerable to neurodegenerative processes. This provides a broader biological context for investigating mitochondrial mechanisms in this neuronal population.

      There is also a strong physiological rationale for examining estrogen-sensitive mechanisms in POMC neurons. These neurons are established targets of 17β-estradiol and are highly responsive to metabolic and mitochondrial state. STX is a non-steroidal estrogenic compound that activates membrane-initiated estrogen signaling, and our previous studies demonstrated neuroprotective and mitochondrial effects of STX in a neurodegenerative disease model.

      Thus, POMC neurons were used because they provide a well-defined estrogen-responsive and metabolically sensitive neuronal population in which STX signaling can be mechanistically investigated—not because we consider them an initiating site of AD pathology.

      We have revised the Introduction and Discussion accordingly. The revised manuscript now emphasizes the physiological significance of STX–VDAC signaling for neuronal mitochondrial function and presents its potential relevance to neurodegeneration as an important area for future investigation.

      (2) Weak Link to AD Pathogenesis

      Although mitochondrial dysfunction is well established in AD, the authors do not convincingly demonstrate a mechanistic or pathological connection between VDAC2 and AD. VDACs are not established contributors to AD etiology, and the manuscript does not strengthen this association.

      We agree that the present experiments do not establish VDAC2 as an etiological or pathological driver of AD. This was not the objective of the present study.

      The primary goal was to identify the molecular target(s) through which STX influences mitochondrial function. Using BF-STX chemoproteomic capture and competition experiments together with single-cell gene-expression analysis, planar lipid membrane electrophysiology, and mitochondrial metabolic analyses, we identify VDAC proteins as mitochondrial targets of STX and demonstrate functional effects of STX on VDAC channel properties and mitochondrial bioenergetics.

      Our previous studies demonstrated neuroprotective and mitochondrial effects of STX in the 5xFAD model (Lee, Bostick et al. 2025), providing a neurodegenerative context that motivated the present mechanistic investigation. However, the current findings should not be interpreted as establishing VDAC2 as an AD pathogenic mechanism.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly. The STX–VDAC interaction is now presented principally as a mitochondrial mechanism with potential relevance to neuronal physiology and neurodegeneration. Whether this pathway contributes to the neuroprotective actions of STX in disease models will require direct experimental testing.

      (3) Unclear Relevance to AD Contexts

      While the data support an interaction between STX and VDAC2 affecting mitochondrial parameters (ATP production, membrane potential, glycolysis, respiration) in POMC neurons, the study does not show whether this mechanism is relevant to mitochondrial dysfunction in AD. No validation is provided in AD-related models or in contexts related to sex-specific AD phenotypes.

      We agree that the present experiments do not directly establish the relevance of the STX–VDAC interaction to mitochondrial dysfunction in AD.

      The current study was designed to identify and characterize the molecular mechanism underlying the mitochondrial actions of STX, rather than to test this pathway in a specific neurodegenerative disease model. Our findings demonstrate that STX interacts with VDAC proteins, modifies VDAC channel properties, and alters mitochondrial bioenergetics.

      The study builds on our previous findings in the 5xFAD model, in which STX reduced amyloid-β-associated pathology and affected mitochondrial function (Lee, Bostick et al. 2025). The identification of VDAC proteins as STX targets therefore provides a mechanistic foundation for future studies examining whether this pathway contributes to neuronal protection under neurodegenerative conditions.

      We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge the absence of direct disease-model validation. Future studies using conditional or neuron-specific manipulation of VDAC isoforms will be important for determining the physiological and neuroprotective significance of STX–VDAC signaling in vivo.

      Accordingly, our conclusions now emphasize what is directly supported by the present experiments: STX interacts with VDAC proteins and modulates VDAC channel function and mitochondrial bioenergetics. The relevance of this mechanism to neurodegenerative disease remains to be established.

      (4) Interpretation of Competitive Binding Data

      The competitive binding results in Figure S4B are not adequately interpreted. The dose-dependent competition observed for VDAC3 suggests it may be a stronger candidate than VDAC2, yet this possibility is not addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that the original manuscript placed too much emphasis on VDAC2 based on the chemoproteomic data.

      Our chemoproteomic experiments identified VDAC1, VDAC2, and VDAC3 as STX-interacting proteins. Competition with unlabeled STX produced a particularly clear reduction in VDAC3 labeling, including complete loss of the VDAC3 signal at three molar equivalents of unlabeled STX. We therefore agree that VDAC3 represents an important candidate STX target.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion so that the competition experiment is no longer interpreted as demonstrating preferential or exclusive binding to VDAC2.

      However, the persistence of VDAC1 and VDAC2 labeling may also be influenced by properties of the BF-STX photoprobe as alkyl diazirine probes can preferentially photolabel membrane proteins (Kleiner, Heydenreuter et al. 2017). We now present this only as a possible technical consideration rather than an explanation established by our data.

      Our subsequent emphasis on VDAC2 was based on the integration of several observations. Single-cell qPCR demonstrated that Vdac2 is the predominant transcript in the native POMC neurons examined (revised Figure 3B), with an approximate expression hierarchy of Vdac2 > Vdac3 >> Vdac1. In addition on a technical note, recombinant VDAC3 is more difficult to reconstitute reliably into artificial membranes because of its lower stability in detergent.

      The revised manuscript therefore recognizes all three VDAC isoforms as candidate STX targets but does not claim that VDAC2 is the exclusive or preferential target. Direct comparisons of STX binding and functional modulation among the three isoforms will be required to establish isoform selectivity.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Physiological Relevance of Cell-Line Experiments

      Most experiments were performed in immortalized cell lines rather than primary neurons or in vivo models, limiting their physiological relevance.

      We agree that the use of immortalized neuronal cell models represents an important limitation.

      However, these models provided the cellular material, reproducibility, and experimental control required for chemoproteomic target capture and Seahorse metabolic measurements. Importantly, we complemented these studies with single-cell analysis of native POMC neurons and electrophysiological characterization of recombinant VDAC channels.

      Nevertheless, these approaches do not substitute for direct demonstration of STX–VDAC signaling in primary POMC neurons or in vivo. We have therefore revised the Discussion to emphasize that establishing the physiological significance of this mitochondrial pathway will require validation in primary neuronal preparations and whole-animal models.

      (2) Structural Binding Site of STX on VDAC

      The exact structural binding site of STX on VDAC remains unresolved.

      We agree. BF-STX chemoproteomics identifies proteins interacting with STX in a cellular environment but does not resolve the amino acid residues or structural pocket responsible for binding.

      We have clarified this limitation in the Discussion. Determining the STX-binding site will require complementary approaches such as targeted mutagenesis, direct binding measurements with purified VDAC proteins, and structural studies in membrane-like environments, including lipid nanodiscs. Such studies should also determine whether STX recognizes a conserved feature among VDAC isoforms or exhibits isoform selectivity.

      (3) Lack of VDAC2 Loss-of-Function Experiments

      No loss-of-function experiments (e.g., VDAC2 knockdown) were performed to establish a direct causal link between VDAC2 and STX's bioenergetic and neuroprotective effects.

      We agree that VDAC loss-of-function experiments would provide an important additional test of causality.

      Our present evidence is convergent: chemoproteomics identifies VDAC proteins as STX-interacting targets; single-cell analyses demonstrate VDAC expression in POMC neurons; electrophysiological studies show that STX modifies VDAC channel properties; and metabolic analyses demonstrate STX-dependent changes in mitochondrial bioenergetics. Together, these findings support a STX–VDAC mechanism but do not establish that VDAC2 alone is necessary for the mitochondrial or neuroprotective actions of STX.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly and explicitly identify the absence of loss-of-function experiments as a limitation.

      Because whole-body VDAC2 loss-of-function is associated with severe developmental consequences, future studies will require conditional or neuron-specific approaches. Parallel evaluation of VDAC1 and VDAC3 will also be important because all three isoforms were identified by chemoproteomics and potential functional redundancy may complicate single-isoform manipulations.

      (4) Non-linear Dose-Response at Higher STX Concentrations

      The non-linear dose-response at higher STX concentrations also requires further investigation.

      We agree that the non-linear concentration-response warrants further investigation and have revised the Discussion to avoid interpreting the STX response as a simple monotonic concentration-response relationship.

      One possibility is that STX engages multiple mitochondrial targets with different apparent affinities and opposing effects on respiration. At lower concentrations, STX may preferentially engage a higher-affinity target, potentially VDAC, whereas higher concentrations may recruit lower-affinity targets that constrain this response. Consistent with this possibility, our BF-STX dataset (Supplemental Tables) identified several mitochondrial proteins involved in oxidative phosphorylation and metabolite transport, including ATP5F1C, NNT, SLC25A4, SLC25A5 and SLC25A3. ATP5F1C is required for efficient mitochondrial ATP production (Fiorillo, Scatena et al. 2021), and estrogenic regulation of ATP synthase has been reported (Massart, Paolini et al. 2002, Moreno, Moreira et al. 2013). NNT, SLC25A4, SLC25A5 and SLC25A3 also regulate mitochondrial respiration, redox balance, and ATP production (Mayr, Merkel et al. 2007, Lopert and Patel 2014). However, BF-STX enrichment does not establish direct STX binding, relative affinity, or functional modulation of these proteins. We therefore present the multi-target explanation only as a hypothesis. Direct binding and concentration-dependent target-engagement studies will be required to determine whether the non-linear response reflects recruitment of a lower-affinity mitochondrial target, concentration-dependent effects on VDAC itself, or downstream mitochondrial feedback.

      We thank the editors and reviewers again for their constructive comments. The revised manuscript more clearly defines the physiological rationale for the experimental system, establishes the scope of the STX–VDAC mitochondrial mechanism supported by our data, and places its potential relevance to neurodegeneration in an appropriately forward-looking context.

      We hope that the revised manuscript and our responses satisfactorily address the concerns raised by the editors and reviewers.

      References

      Do, K., B. T. Laing, T. Landry, W. Bunner, N. Mersaud, T. Matsubara, P. Li, Y. Yuan, Q. Lu and H. Huang (2018). "The effects of exercise on hypothalamic neurodegeneration of Alzheimer's disease mouse model." PLoS One 13(1): e0190205.

      Fiorillo, M., C. Scatena, A. G. Naccarato, F. Sotgia and M. P. Lisanti (2021). "Bedaquiline, an FDA-approved drug, inhibits mitochondrial ATP production and metastasis in vivo, by targeting the gamma subunit (ATP5F1C) of the ATP synthase." Cell Death Differ 28(9): 2797-2817.

      Kleiner, P., W. Heydenreuter, M. Stahl, V. S. Korotkov and S. A. Sieber (2017). "A Whole Proteome Inventory of Background Photocrosslinker Binding." Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 56(5): 1396-1401.

      Lee, H.-J., Z. Bostick, J. Doherty, T. L. Swanson, M. J. Kelly, J. F. Quinn, N. E. Gray and P. F. Copenhaver (2025). "Neuroprotection against beta-amyloid toxicity by the novel estrogen receptor modulator STX requires convergent signaling pathways." Frontiers in Molecular Neuroscience Volume 18 - 2025.

      Lopert, P. and M. Patel (2014). "Nicotinamide nucleotide transhydrogenase (Nnt) links the substrate requirement in brain mitochondria for hydrogen peroxide removal to the thioredoxin/peroxiredoxin (Trx/Prx) system." J Biol Chem 289(22): 15611-15620.

      Massart, F., S. Paolini, E. Piscitelli, M. L. Brandi and G. Solaini (2002). "Dose-dependent inhibition of mitochondrial ATP synthase by 17 beta-estradiol." Gynecol Endocrinol 16(5): 373-377.

      Mayr, J. A., O. Merkel, S. D. Kohlwein, B. R. Gebhardt, H. Böhles, U. Fötschl, J. Koch, M. Jaksch, H. Lochmüller, R. Horváth, P. Freisinger and W. Sperl (2007). "Mitochondrial phosphate-carrier deficiency: a novel disorder of oxidative phosphorylation." Am J Hum Genet 80(3): 478-484.

      Moreno, A. J., P. I. Moreira, J. B. Custódio and M. S. Santos (2013). "Mechanism of inhibition of mitochondrial ATP synthase by 17β-estradiol." J Bioenerg Biomembr 45(3): 261-270.

      Shen, Y., M. Tian, Y. Zheng, F. Gong, A. K. Y. Fu and N. Y. Ip (2016). "Stimulation of the Hippocampal POMC/MC4R Circuit Alleviates Synaptic Plasticity Impairment in an Alzheimer's Disease Model." Cell Rep 17(7): 1819-1831.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (R1.1) Lack of Overall Effects and Inflated Type I Error for Game-Level Effects For Study 1, to identify condition differences at the game level (i.e., Figure 2), the authors effectively conducted 70 independent t-tests (5 measures × 14 games). While 7 significant results were reported, this large number of independent tests invites an inflated Type I error rate, as no multiple-comparison correction appears to have been applied. A similar inflation is expected in Study 2, where 50 independent t-tests (5 measures × 10 games) yielded 5 significant comparisons (Figure 4). Although the authors might argue the direction of the differences is systematic, implying GVS generally impairs performance, at least one significant comparison shows the opposite effect: tool switching indicates that GVS led to better performance for the 'Table_A' game in Study 2 (Figure 4d), whereas the same variable indicated GVS led to worse performance in Study 1 (Figure 2d). I suspect that none of the significant game-level results would survive a proper statistical correction. If possible, the authors can redo statistical testing with corrections (FDR or Bonferroni) or with LMM using game as a random effect. Before proper statistical analyses, I strongly encourage the authors to refrain from drawing broad conclusions based on these isolated game-level results.

      We thank the reviewer for this important statistical point. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R1.2) Furthermore, when analyzing data across all games, the study found no significant effect of GVS on overall performance or strategy measures in either Study 1 or Study 2. This lack of an aggregate effect contradicts the authors' conclusion that participants failed more often or utilized suboptimal strategies under GVS.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this issue. We agree that the analyses collapsed across all games did not reveal significant overall effects. However, this pattern is informative rather than contradictory: the full-game analysis combining gravity-dependent problems with games in which gravity does plays little or no role in the solution (8 low-gravity-impact games in Study 1 and 4 in Study 2; Extended Data Table 1). If GVS had produced a general dizziness-related, physiological, attentional, or arousal effect, we would expect a broad impairment across the task. Instead, the revised mixed-effects models show that the effects were tied to gravity-relevant contexts: in Study 1, GVS was associated with a trend-level increase in attempts for medium-gravity-impact games and a significant increase in placement distance for high-gravity-impact games. These effects were not observed in Study 2. Together with the cross-study Gravity Index analyses, this pattern strengthens the interpretation that GVS did not cause a general impairment, but selectively altered physical reasoning as a function of the gravitational context. We have now clarified this point in the manuscript (lines 398-403).

      (R1.3) Missing Rationale for Classification Analysis.

      It is puzzling why the authors pursued two exploratory analyses on tool placement after revealing that the two related primary measures (tool positioning and switching) did not generate significant condition differences in Study 1. These additional analyses-the Dirichlet Process Gaussian Mixture Model and leave-one-out classification-were not pre-registered. In the absence of overall condition differences, the authors appear to be "doubling down" by applying sophisticated classification tools to the raw data without a clear prior rationale.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the rationale for these additional analyses needed to be made clearer. Our aim was not to “double down” on the primary measures, but to test a distinct question that the preregistered summary measures cannot address. The distance and tool-switching measures reduce each participant’s behaviour to two averages; they therefore do not capture the multivariate structure of spatial placements, whether participants move between distinct placement strategies across successive attempts, or whether the overall placement distributions differ systematically between stimulation conditions. Our analyses, therefore, included these two complementary analyses, adapted from prior Virtual Tools work (Allen et al., 2024), to characterise the spatial and sequential organisation of tool-use strategies. The Dirichlet Process Gaussian Mixture Model is well suited to this question because it identifies strategy clusters directly from x/y placement coordinates without imposing an a priori number of strategies, allowing us to quantify transitions between spatial strategies across attempts (in relation to the environment in the game which is not taken into account in the more basic measures). The leave-one-out kernel-density analysis then asks a related but independent question: whether the placement patterns contain sufficient condition-specific structure to classify stimulation condition above chance. These analyses therefore add value by testing the organisation of strategy use at a level not captured by the primary summary measures. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this rationale and to present these analyses as complementary evidence about strategy organisation, while keeping the mixed-effects models as the primary inferential basis for the manuscript (lines 216-218, 721-731, 752-753).

      (R1.4) Insufficient Evidence for the Reduced Effect of GVS Under Altered Gravity… To compare Study 1 and Study 2, the authors devised a "gravity-weighted index," but its definition is not sufficiently justified. The index assigns weights of 1, 2, and 3 to low-, medium-, and high-gravity-dependent games, respectively. The choice of these specific weights appears arbitrary, making the quantitative results difficult to interpret. More importantly, there is no citation or explanation regarding how these three levels of "gravity impact" were defined in the first place (Line 468). This index was also not pre-registered.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the original gravity-weighted index was not sufficiently justified because it combined the three gravity-impact levels, using numerical weights of 1,2, and 3. Although these weights followed the ordinal classification of the games, they were not independently validated and could therefore make the cross-study comparison difficult to interpret. To address this concern directly, we removed the gravity-weighted index entirely. In the revised manuscript, we instead use a Gravity Index that is calculated separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level, as the ratio between performance or strategy outcomes under GVS and Sham. This removes the arbitrary weighting scheme and provides a direct estimate of the stimulation effect within each gravity-impact category.

      We then compared these Gravity Indexes between Study 1 and Study 2 using mixed-effect models that include study and gravity-impact level as fixed factors, rather than collapsing across gravity-impact levels with our defined weights. We used participant as random factor. Because the indexes are bounded and showed clustering at structural values, we analysed them using Bayesian cumulative logit models, which are appropriate for bounded, non-normally distributed outcomes and allow the cross-study contrasts to be estimated without imposing a linear weighting structure. We also clarified how the gravity-impact categories were defined, based on piloting and previous computational modelling work in the lab, and report the classification of each game in Extended Data Table 1. These revisions directly address the reviewer’s concern by replacing the arbitrary weighted composite with a transparent, category-specific analysis of the GVS effect across terrestrial and altered-gravity contexts, in line with frameworks outlined by James et al. (2021), Li et al. (2023), Liu et al. (2017) (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717, Table 5, Fig 5, Extended data Fig 3).

      James, N. T., Harrell Jr, F. E., & Shepherd, B. E. (2021). Bayesian cumulative probability models for continuous and mixed outcomes. arXiv preprint arXiv:2102.00330.

      Li, C., Tian, Y., Zeng, D., & Shepherd, B. E. (2023). Asymptotic properties for cumulative probability models for continuous outcomes. Mathematics, 11(24), 4896.

      Liu, Q., Shepherd, B. E., Li, C., & Harrell Jr, F. E. (2017). Modeling continuous response variables using ordinal regression. Statistics in medicine, 36(27), 4316-4335.

      Manuguerra, M., Heller, G. Z., & Ma, J. (2020). Continuous ordinal regression for analysis of visual analogue scales: The R package ordinalCont. Journal of Statistical Software, 96, 1-25.

      (R1.5) The authors state that for the success rate index, a value close to -1 indicates a large negative difference for GVS, 0 indicates no difference, and 1 indicates a large positive difference. These are theoretical bounds; the actual distribution of each index should be examined to validate such claims. However, the paper lacks descriptive statistics for this composite index.

      We removed the composite index (See R1.6) and included the actual distribution of each index for the two studies in Extended Data Fig. 3.

      (R1.6) Notably, the "reduction" of the GVS effect in altered gravity was only demonstrated in one of the five available indices (success rate, p = 0.046). In fact, the success rate in Study 2 was 66.7(sham) vs 67.3 (GVS) in Table 2. It is highly debatable whether this marginal result justifies the conclusion that GVS effects "were reduced when the games included reasoning about altered gravity.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that the original wording placed too much weight on a single marginal comparison and could be read as implying a direct overall benefit of GVS in Study 2. We have therefore revised both the analysis and the interpretation. The conclusion no longer rests on the absolute GVS–Sham difference in Study 2 alone, which was small when averaged across all games. Instead, we now ask a more targeted question: whether the relative effect of GVS differs between terrestrial and altered-gravity contexts as a function of the games’ gravity impact. To address this, we replaced the previous gravity-weighted index with separate Gravity Indexes for each measure and each gravity-impact level, and compared these indexes across the two studies.

      This revised analysis provides a more precise pattern. For success rate, the high-gravity-impact games showed evidence in the predicted direction, with a higher GVS/Sham index in Study 2 than in Study 1, suggesting that the negative effect of vestibular disruption observed under terrestrial gravity was reduced when participants reasoned about altered gravity (lines 285-287, Fig. 5, Table 5). For strategy, the distance index also showed gravity-impact-dependent differences between studies, indicating that GVS affected spatial strategy organisation differently depending on the gravitational context (lines 307-315; Fig. 5; Table 5). We have also tempered the relevant claims in the Discussion—rather than arguing for a broad facilitation effect, we now conclude that GVS has a context-dependent influence on physical reasoning, with detrimental effects under terrestrial gravity and reduced or relatively more favourable effects when reasoning must be adapted to altered gravity. Finally, we explicitly note that the time index should be interpreted cautiously because participants were not instructed to prioritise speed, making speed–accuracy trade-offs difficult to interpret (lines 335-336, 420-436).

      (R1.7) Questionable Assumptions Regarding Strategy. The authors assume that "big changes in tool positioning and frequent tool switching indicate poor evaluation of the failed outcome". This assumption is questionable. In solving this cognitive task, participants must explore and exploit solutions based on feedback. Large shifts in positioning or frequent tool switching might reflect active, adaptive exploration based on failed outcomes rather than a failure to evaluate them.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that large changes in tool placement or tool switching are not inherently maladaptive, because exploration is an essential part of trial-and-error learning in the Virtual Tools task. Our interpretation is more specific: when these measures are averaged across attempts within a game, persistent large shifts in placement and frequent switching provide a proxy for reduced convergence on an effective strategy, rather than for any single exploratory move being “poor”. We have revised the manuscript to make this interpretation more nuanced (lines 194-197).

      We also clarified that this interpretation is grounded in our and others’ previous work using the same Virtual Tools task, in which these strategy measures systematically tracked improved reasoning across development and reduced reasoning efficiency in ageing (Grandchamp des Raux et al., 2024; Grandchamp des Raux et al., 2025; Dexter et al., 2025; Allen et al. 2023). Thus, although exploration can be adaptive, the pattern captured by these averaged measures has empirical validity as an index of how efficiently participants refine their strategy after feedback. We have therefore revised the wording to avoid implying that all switching or repositioning reflects poor evaluation, while retaining the use of these measures as established indicators of strategy organisation in this task (lines 194-197).

      (R1.8) Confounding Factors in GVS Interpretation… GVS does not selectively target the vestibular nerve; it also activates distributed fronto-parietal attention networks and hippocampal circuits essential for any reasoning task. Additionally, the vestibular system is linked to the limbic system and the cerebellum, which regulate emotional reactivity and arousal. Because attention and emotion are likely affected by GVS, the authors should be much more cautious in attributing their behavioral findings solely to changes in the "physical experience of the body.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that GVS should not be interpreted as targeting the vestibular nerve in isolation, because vestibular signals are embedded within a distributed cortical and subcortical network that also contributes to attention, spatial cognition, arousal, emotion, and executive control. We have therefore revised the manuscript to acknowledge this broader vestibular-cognitive network explicitly, citing Ferrè and Haggard (2020), and to avoid attributing the behavioural effects solely to a narrow vestibular mechanism (lines 406-407).

      At the same time, the pattern of results is not consistent with a general attentional, arousal-related, or discomfort-driven impairment. If GVS had mainly disrupted participants’ general cognitive state, we would expect a broad reduction in performance across games and across gravitational contexts. Instead, we did not observe a general GVS effect across all games, and the effects were tied to the gravity relevance of the task and to the gravitational context: in Study 1, GVS affected measures most clearly in games with medium or high gravity impact, whereas the same pattern was not observed in Study 2 under altered-gravity reasoning. This selectivity strengthens the interpretation that the effects are related to gravity-dependent physical reasoning rather than to a non-specific physiological consequence of stimulation. We have revised the Discussion to make this point more explicit while still acknowledging that GVS acts on a broader vestibular-cognitive system rather than on a single isolated pathway (lines 398-410, 416-419).

      Ferrè, E. R., & Haggard, P. (2020). Vestibular cognition: State-of-the-art and future directions. Cognitive neuropsychology, 37(7-8), 413–420. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643294.2020.1736018

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (R2.1) Absence of multiple-comparisons correction. A large number of game-level pairwise t-tests are conducted in both studies (upward of twenty per study) without correction for familywise error rate. The game-level effects that anchor the main narrative - in Study 1 alone: Remove, GoalMove, Spiky, Falling_A, Shafts_B, Gap, and Chaining - arise from an uncorrected pool of comparisons. The probability that some of these constitute false positives is non-trivial. The authors should apply a correction (e.g., Benjamini-Hochberg) or at a minimum discuss this limitation explicitly.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. As we answered to R1.1, We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R2.2) The facilitation claim rests on a post-hoc and arbitrarily parameterized index…These coefficients are entirely arbitrary and bear no principled relationship to the actual gravitational magnitudes used in the study. Why not use the gravity dependency ratings themselves, or the empirically estimated gravity impact scores from the computational modelling mentioned in the Methods? The choice of weights should be either principled or tested across a range of values to demonstrate robustness.

      The reviewer raises an excellent point. As described in our response to R1.4, we agree that the original gravity-weighted index was not the best way to test the cross-study effect, because assigning numerical weights of 1, 2, and 3 to low-, medium-, and high-gravity-impact games imposed an interval structure that was not independently validated. We therefore removed this weighted index entirely.

      We also considered the reviewer’s suggestion of using the gravity-dependency ratings or computational gravity-impact estimates directly. However, these values were designed to classify and balance games according to the extent to which their solution depends on gravity; they were not calibrated as an interval-scale measure of the expected GVS effect, nor are they commensurable across the different outcome measures. Using them as continuous weights would therefore reintroduce the same problem: it would treat a stimulus-classification variable as a quantitative weighting parameter. Similarly, weighting by the physical gravity magnitudes used in Study 2 would not be appropriate, because gravity magnitude (0.5g vs 2g) and gravity dependency of a game are conceptually distinct: the former defines the simulated environment, whereas the latter defines how much solving a given game relies on gravity-based reasoning.

      To address the issue more directly, we now compute a Gravity Index separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level. We then compare these indices between Study 1 and Study 2 using models that include study and gravity-impact level as factors, rather than collapsing across games with author-defined weights. This approach preserves the theoretical distinction between low-, medium-, and high-gravity-impact problems while avoiding arbitrary parameterisation. We have revised the Methods, Results, and Discussion accordingly (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717; Table 5; Fig. 5; Extended Data Fig. 3).

      (R2.3) Furthermore, the notation in equation (1) as currently typeset reads as "Gravity minus Weighted Index" rather than "Gravity-Weighted Index"; this should be corrected.

      We followed the reviewer’s comment and adjusted the notation in equation 1 (lines 702-706).

      (R2.4) The "facilitation" interpretation exceeds what the data in Study 2 directly support. Across all games in Study 2, GVS versus Sham differences in absolute performance are non-significant in all directions. The facilitation claim derives entirely from the GWI being higher in Study 2 than in Study 1 - a between-subjects comparison involving different participant groups and a non-pre-registered metric. The language of "facilitation" should be tempered accordingly, or the authors should provide additional analyses to support this framing.

      The reviewer is correct that more support is needed. We now strengthened the facilitation argument by adding a new mixed-effect models that includes gravity impact as a factor, by showing that: (1) while in study 1, GVS has a detrimental effect in some of the performance and strategy measures, in study 2 none of the GVS vs Sham differences is significant (lines 172-177, 205-207, 257-259, 301-303); and (2) the comparison of the GI between the 2 studies pinpoint to a facilitation role limited to games where gravity matters (284-287, 308-315). At the same time, we have tempered the language in the Discussion by avoiding a broad claim of facilitation and instead stating that the evidence points to a context-dependent effect of GVS, with detrimental effects under terrestrial gravity and reduced or relatively more favourable effects under altered-gravity reasoning, with moderate evidence for the success-rate index (lines 333-336). Thus, the revised manuscript directly addresses the reviewer’s concern in two ways: the interpretation no longer depends on a single aggregate Study 2 comparison, and the facilitation language has been replaced by a more precise conclusion supported by the new gravity-impact-level analyses.

      (R2.5) Gravitational manipulation is visual only, and the vestibular system is only one component of the gravity-sensing network. Gravity perception results, as the authors very well know, from a distributed multisensory integration process that involves, in addition to the vestibular system, visual, proprioceptive, and visceral inputs. The present paradigm manipulates gravitational context solely through visual cues and targets the vestibular system through GVS - a point the authors acknowledge but do not discuss in sufficient depth. It is important to distinguish clearly between real gravitational alterations (as achieved in parabolic flight or centrifuge environments, where the entire body is physically subjected to a different gravitational vector) and virtually altered gravity, where only one sensory modality is targeted while others remain anchored to 1 g. The scope of the conclusions should reflect this distinction.

      We thank the reviewing for raising this point and clarified the distinction in the introduction and discussion (lines 104-108, 353-356).

      (R2.6) The choice of 0.5 g and 2 g may lack sensitivity. Combining the two altered-gravity conditions in Study 2, because no significant effect of hypo versus hypergravity was found, is statistically pragmatic but conceptually unsatisfying. There is evidence in the space physiology literature that gravitational processing is not linearly symmetric around 1 g: threshold effects exist below and above terrestrial gravity that may not be captured by modest deviations (half and double g) - see refs below. It is worth discussing whether the absence of a hypo/hyper distinction in Study 2 reflects a genuine equivalence or a lack of sensitivity, and whether more extreme conditions (e.g., near-zero g or 4-5 g) might reveal different processing regimes. Whether 0.5 g and 2 g were sufficient to saturate the system or merely insufficient to perturb it remains an open question with direct implications for the interpretation of the null GWI effects on strategy measures.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful point. We agree that gravitational processing may be non-linear around 1g, and we have revised the manuscript to acknowledge that more extreme gravitational manipulations may reveal effects that are not captured by 0.5g and 2g. In the present study, however, our aim was not to characterise the psychophysical function across different levels of altered gravity, but to test whether reasoning in a non-terrestrial gravitational context changes the effect of vestibular perturbation. We therefore tested whether hypogravity and hypergravity should be analysed separately by adding gravity level (0.5g vs 2g) to the mixed-effects models. Gravity level was not a significant predictor for any performance or strategy measure, and this was consistent with previous Virtual Tools work showing no reliable difference between hypo- and hypergravity effects. On this basis, we aggregated the two conditions as “altered gravity” for the main analyses (lines 248-253). We have now also clarified that this aggregation should not be interpreted as evidence that 0.5g and 2g are cognitively equivalent in all contexts, but rather that no reliable hypo/hyper distinction was detected in the present task and parameter range (lines 248-253, 462-463, 651-656).

      (R2.7) High-level reasoning is not defined with sufficient precision. The term "high-level reasoning" appears from the title onward and in the heading of the Study 1 results section (line 138), but it is never formally defined. The reader needs a clearer account of what distinguishes high-level physical reasoning from low-level sensorimotor prediction, and where the games used here fall along that continuum.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and added a clear definition of high-level reasoning at the beginning of the Introduction section (lines 41-44).

      (R2.8) What specific physical competencies - ballistic trajectories, free-fall predictions, collision dynamics, frictional forces, inertial effects - are required across the game set? When describing the subset of games that drive key effects, this information is critical for evaluating whether effects are specific to gravity reasoning or to some other physical concept.

      The reviewer is correct that the Virtual Tools games require multiple physical competencies, including gravity-based prediction, collision dynamics, object support, containment, and the anticipation of object-to-object interactions. Importantly, most games do not isolate a single physical principle; rather, successful solutions typically require combining several physical predictions. For this reason, our aim was not to attribute each effect to one isolated physical primitive, such as ballistic motion or friction, but to test whether GVS effects were stronger in games whose solutions depended more heavily on gravity-based reasoning.

      To make this clearer, we revised the manuscript to state that the game set varied systematically in the extent to which gravity-related predictions were required for solution, and that this classification was based on piloting and previous computational modelling work in the lab (lines 112-116, 426-431, 588-594; Extended Data Table 1). This design is central to the logic of the study: if GVS produced a general disruption, effects should appear broadly across the task; if it affected gravity-dependent reasoning, effects should be most evident in games with higher gravity impact. We now clarify this point and avoid implying that the task isolates gravity from all other physical competencies.

      (R2.9) Performance measures are disconnected from underlying kinematics. The performance measures (success rate, number of attempts, time per attempt) are coarse, high-level summaries.

      We agree that success rate, number of attempts, and time per attempt are high-level measures. This is, however, aligned with the logic of the Virtual Tools task. Participants do not physically manipulate objects or perform complex reaching movements; they simply select a tool with one click and place it on the screen with another. The critical demand is therefore not manual dexterity or movement execution, but the ability to predict the physical cascade that will follow from a chosen tool and placement. For this reason, kinematic measures would not provide a direct index of the reasoning process targeted here. We have clarified this in the manuscript by emphasising that the task minimises motor demands and that performance depends primarily on tool selection and spatial placement, allowing us to focus on high-level physical reasoning rather than movement kinematics (lines 116-121).

      (R2.10) Time per attempt is used as a proxy for performance efficiency, yet participants received no instructions regarding speed, and different individuals may have adopted systematically different speed-accuracy trade-offs.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that time per attempt should not be interpreted as a straightforward performance-efficiency measure. Participants were told that each game had an overall time limit, but they were not instructed explicitly to respond as quickly as possible. Attempt duration could therefore reflect several processes, including deliberation, hesitation, task engagement, or individual speed–accuracy trade-offs, rather than better or worse reasoning. We have revised the manuscript accordingly: time per attempt is now treated cautiously as a secondary descriptive measure of attempt duration, rather than as a direct index of performance efficiency. We also clarified in the Methods that participants were given a time limit but no speed instruction, and in the Discussion that the time results should be interpreted with caution for precisely this reason (lines 121-125, 431-436, 558-560).

      (R2.11) It would be valuable to know whether time per attempt correlates with attempt number within a given game (which would indicate within-game learning) and whether mouse movement data - trajectory, velocity, hesitation - were recorded and could be analysed to provide more mechanistic insight into strategy formation.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree with the reviewer that the insight into strategy formation (and hesitation in particular) could be examined more precisely, potentially using eye tracking to capture where participants look. We add a comment in our discussion (lines 434-436). We also included the correlation in our analyses (lines 183-186, 265-267, Extended Data Fig.1 and Fig.2).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (R2.12) Introduction, end of paragraph 2 (applied fields): The authors mention artificial intelligence and robotics as fields that could benefit from this work. Pedagogy and educational neuroscience are equally relevant: understanding how the brain conceptualizes gravity through embodied interaction could inform how physics is taught, and could motivate more sensorimotor-grounded instructional approaches.

      This is a great point! We have now added pedagogy and educational neuroscience as relevant fields, along with corresponding references (line 52).

      (R2.13) The gravitational acceleration is typeset as "ms<sup>2</sup>," which appears to conflate milliseconds-squared with the correct unit, m·s<sup>-2</up> (or m/s<sup>2</sup>). Please verify the superscript convention used throughout.

      We corrected the manuscript accordingly (line 78).

      (R2.14) When introducing GVS as the tool for gravitational manipulation, the authors should more explicitly clarify that GVS produces noise in the vestibular organ rather than a physical change in the gravitational environment. Readers familiar with space physiology will notice the asymmetry between this approach and paradigms involving true gravitational alteration (parabolic flight, centrifuges). The introduction should acknowledge this asymmetry upfront rather than leaving it to the Discussion.

      We agree that this distinction should be made explicit from the outset. We have therefore revised the Introduction to clarify that GVS does not physically alter the gravitational environment, as in parabolic flight or centrifuge paradigms, but instead introduces noise into vestibular signalling while participants remain in terrestrial gravity. This asymmetry is now acknowledged before the study rationale is presented, so that the scope of the manipulation is clear to readers from the beginning (lines 102-108).

      (R2.15) “covered by the same ethical approval than study 1" - should read "as study 1.”

      We corrected the manuscript accordingly (line 512).

      (R2.16) Line 422: Was the red text label the only cue indicating the gravity condition in the altered-gravity games? If so, this is an important detail with potential implications for how participants updated their expectations. Please clarify.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Yes, the red text label was the explicit cue indicating the gravity condition for each altered-gravity game. Participants were told before the task that the gravity condition would vary across games and that they should attend to the red sentence at the top of the screen to identify whether the current game was in hypo- or hypergravity. We have clarified this in the Methods, including that the visual label was presented for each game and served as the instruction cue for the gravitational context (lines 560-562).

      (R2.17) Lines 547-555 - GWI notation and coefficients: (a) Replace the subscript indices 1, 2, 3 in the equations with "low," "med," and "high" to improve readability and link the notation directly to the experimental conditions.

      We changed the manuscript accordingly (lines 697-706).

      (R2.18) Lines 547-555 - GWI notation and coefficients: (b) Justify the choice of weighting coefficients 1, 2, and 3. These are arbitrary integers that do not correspond to actual gravity levels or to the empirically estimated gravity impact scores used elsewhere in the paper. Either provide a principled rationale or demonstrate that the GWI result is robust across alternative plausible weightings.

      We agree with the reviewer that the original weighting coefficients of 1, 2, and 3 were not independently validated and therefore made the gravity-weighted index difficult to interpret. Rather than trying to justify these coefficients post hoc, we addressed the concern directly by removing the gravity-weighted index from the manuscript entirely. In the revised analysis, no numerical weights are assigned to the gravity-impact categories.

      Instead, we now calculate a Gravity Index separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level, and compare these indexes between Study 1 and Study 2 using Bayesian cumulative logit models. This approach preserves gravity impact as a categorical factor, avoids imposing an arbitrary linear weighting structure, and allows the cross-study comparison to be tested directly within each gravity-impact level. We have revised the Methods accordingly and describe this new analysis in detail (lines 140-147, 276-280, 658-666, 692-717). Thus, the revised manuscript no longer depends on the arbitrary GWI coefficients.

      (R2.19) Lines 547-555 - GWI notation and coefficients: (c) The composite expression in equation (1) - as currently typeset - reads as "Gravity minus Weighted Index"; please correct the formatting so it unambiguously reads as a gravity-weighted index.

      We corrected the manuscript accordingly (lines 702-706).

      (R2.20) P-values throughout the manuscript are reported without a leading zero (e.g., "p = .39") while Cohen's d values and other statistics include one. Please adopt a consistent convention; in line with APA 7 and most journal styles, all values between −1 and 1 should include a leading zero.

      Our statistics generally follow the APA 7th guidelines (https://apastyle.apa.org/instructional-aids/numbers-statistics-guide.pdf), which state: Put a zero before the decimal point when a number is less than 1 but the statistic can exceed 1. Do not use a zero before a decimal when the statistic cannot be greater than 1 (proportion, correlation, level of statistical significance). There was a formatting error in one of the tables (Table 3), which has now been corrected.

      (R2.21) The authors should either apply a correction for multiple comparisons to game-level t-tests or acknowledge this limitation explicitly and interpret game-level results as exploratory rather than confirmatory.

      See R1.1 and R2.1. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R2.22) Discussion, circa line 274 (state of the body): The authors assert that their manipulation alters the body's gravitational state. This claim deserves qualification. Gravity perception results from distributed multisensory integration; the vestibular system is one contributor, but proprioception, vision, and visceral signals are equally involved. Moreover, altering gravity visually and disrupting vestibular signals does not approximate the full-body gravitational reweighting that occurs in real altered-gravity environments. This is not a fatal limitation, but the authors should acknowledge it more directly and discuss how their results might differ from findings in truly altered gravity contexts (e.g., parabolic flight or centrifuge experiments).

      We agree that our manipulation should not be described as equivalent to the full-body gravitational reweighting that occurs in real altered-gravity environments. GVS perturbs vestibular signalling while other sensory inputs remain anchored to 1g, whereas parabolic flight or centrifuge paradigms alter the gravitational context of the body more globally. We have revised the Discussion to make this distinction explicit and to qualify the scope of our claims accordingly (lines 353-359).

      At the same time, the distinction between full-body and partial gravitational manipulation does not undermine the logic of the present study. Parabolic flight or centrifuge paradigms would not be appropriate for the physical-reasoning task used here. Moreover, the parabolic-flight study by Kunavar et al. (2021), which the reviewer helpfully highlighted, also involved a mismatch between proprioceptive and vestibular signals. Taken together, these findings suggest that manipulating one important component of the gravity-processing system can still alter behaviour, while also leaving open the possibility that stronger or different effects may emerge when sensory conflict is reduced. We have incorporated this point in the revised Discussion (lines 356-370).

      (R2.23) Discussion, around line 290 (perturbing the body helps cognition): The authors make the interesting observation that vestibular perturbation can be beneficial in altered-gravity contexts. This resonates with a finding by Kunavar et al. (2021), who showed that restoring terrestrial gravity at the hand-environment interface while the body was immersed in real altered gravity during parabolic flight paradoxically improved performance - even though the gravitational context was incoherently distributed across body segments. That study suggests a broader principle: mismatch or perturbation within the sensorimotor system does not necessarily degrade cognition and may, in some circumstances, facilitate adaptation. The present results fit within this framework, and the authors should engage with this literature. The distinction between real and virtual gravitational manipulation is not merely semantic: even genuine immersion in microgravity during parabolic flight has been shown to be insufficient to update internal gravity representations unless paired with active sensorimotor engagement (Rannaud Monany et al., J Neurophysiol, 2022), which raises the question of whether a passive vestibular perturbation such as GVS can be expected to drive the kind of cognitive recalibration the authors propose.

      We thank the reviewer for drawing our attention to the work by Kunavar et al. (2021). We agree that this study is highly relevant, and we have now incorporated it into the Discussion (lines 360-364). We also agree that the work by Rannaud Monany et al. (2022) is important for interpreting our findings, and we now discuss it explicitly in the revised manuscript (lines 365-370).

      We have clarified our interpretation of the reviewer’s point about whether passive vestibular perturbation can drive cognitive recalibration. Our study did not involve passive exposure to GVS alone. Rather, participants reasoned about physical events while vestibular signalling was being perturbed. This is conceptually aligned with the conclusion of Rannaud Monany et al. (2022), where mere exposure to microgravity was not sufficient to update internal models, but exposure coupled with task-relevant motor imagery was. Similarly, in the present study, GVS was coupled with active physical reasoning, which we argue is critical for interpreting the observed effects.

      (R2.24) Discussion, circa line 295 (internal model of gravity): A natural reference point for the predictive coding discussion is McIntyre, Zago, Berthoz, and Lacquaniti (2001, Nature Neuroscience, "Does the brain model Newton's laws?"), which provides direct neurophysiological evidence for an internalized Newtonian physics engine in the brain. This paper should be cited here.

      We agree with the reviewer that this reference is relevant and added it to the manuscript (line 373).

      (R2.25) Discussion, circa line 352 (sensory modalities and adaptation): The proposal that vestibular perturbation accelerates the revision of gravity priors is intriguing. The authors should consider whether an analogous argument applies to visual and proprioceptive channels. They should also acknowledge that sustained adaptation to a novel environment requires not only a perturbation mechanism but also veridical, graded feedback so that the system can converge on an accurate updated model - a condition that is only partially met in the present paradigm.

      See R2.22. We revised the manuscript accordingly (lines 356-370).

      (R2.26) Discussion, closing paragraph (variability and adaptability): The authors raise the positive role of noise in living systems. This connects to a well-developed body of work on optimal movement variability (Stergiou and colleagues), which formalizes how neither too little nor too much variability is optimal for adaptive performance. This framework may help situate the authors' findings within a broader theoretical account of why controlled noise injection is beneficial in both biological and artificial systems. On the computational side, the same principle underlies several foundational algorithms: stochastic gradient descent (and its mini-batch variants) outperforms deterministic gradient descent in non-convex optimization landscapes; simulated annealing uses controlled random perturbation to escape local minima; Langevin dynamics leverages noise for efficient Bayesian sampling; and dropout regularization in deep neural networks injects noise during training to improve generalization. These are canonical examples where noise is not merely tolerated but functionally necessary - a point that strengthens the authors' broader theoretical message.

      We thank the reviewers for their suggestion and revised our manuscript accordingly (lines 385-390)

      Welling, M., & Teh, Y. W. (2011). Bayesian learning via stochastic gradient Langevin dynamics. In Proceedings of the 28th international conference on machine learning (ICML-11) (pp. 681-688).

      Stergiou, N., & Decker, L. M. (2011). Human movement variability, nonlinear dynamics, and pathology: is there a connection?. Human movement science, 30(5), 869–888. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.humov.2011.06.002

      Moss, F., Ward, L. M., & Sannita, W. G. (2004). Stochastic resonance and sensory information processing: a tutorial and review of application. Clinical neurophysiology : official journal of the International Federation of Clinical Neurophysiology, 115(2), 267–281. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.clinph.2003.09.014

      Sherman, S. O., Greenstein, M., Basner, M., Clark, T. K., & Anderson, A. P. (2023). Effects of additive sensory noise on cognition. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 17, 1092154. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2023.1092154

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (R3.1) The main weakness of the manuscript is that its central conclusion is not strongly supported by the data. The key finding depends on a marginally significant cross-study comparison, whereas direct GVS-versus-Sham differences in Study 2 are minimal across aggregate measures. In addition, many game-level analyses involve a large number of uncorrected multiple comparisons, raising the possibility that some of the reported effects may reflect chance findings. The manuscript's most important metric, the Gravity-Weighted Index, was not preregistered and is exploratory in nature, yet it is treated as a primary basis for confirmatory conclusions.

      See R1.4 and R2.2. We moved away from the GWI method to apply a more robust comparison between the two studies. We agree that the original gravity-weighted index was not sufficiently justified because it combined the three gravity-impact levels, using numerical weights of 1,2, and 3. Although these weights followed the ordinal classification of the games, they were not independently validated and could therefore make the cross-study comparison difficult to interpret. To address this concern directly, we removed the gravity-weighted index entirely. In the revised manuscript, we instead use a Gravity Index that is calculated separately for each measure and each gravity-impact level, as the ratio between performance or strategy outcomes under GVS and Sham. This removes the arbitrary weighting scheme and provides a direct estimate of the stimulation effect within each gravity-impact category.

      We then compared these Gravity Indexes between Study 1 and Study 2 using mixed-effect models that include study and gravity-impact level as fixed factors, rather than collapsing across gravity-impact levels with our defined weights. We used the participant as a random factor. Because the indexes are bounded and showed clustering at structural values, we analysed them using Bayesian cumulative logit models, which are appropriate for bounded, non-normally distributed outcomes and allow the cross-study contrasts to be estimated without imposing a linear weighting structure. We also clarified how the gravity-impact categories were defined, based on piloting and previous computational modelling work in the lab, and report the classification of each game in Extended Data Table 1. These revisions directly address the reviewer’s concern by replacing the arbitrary weighted composite with a transparent, category-specific analysis of the GVS effect across terrestrial and altered-gravity contexts, in line with frameworks outlined by James et al. (2021), Li et al. (2023), Liu et al. (2017) (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717, Table 5, Fig 5, Extended data Fig 3).

      James, N. T., Harrell Jr, F. E., & Shepherd, B. E. (2021). Bayesian cumulative probability models for continuous and mixed outcomes. arXiv preprint arXiv:2102.00330.

      Li, C., Tian, Y., Zeng, D., & Shepherd, B. E. (2023). Asymptotic properties for cumulative probability models for continuous outcomes. Mathematics, 11(24), 4896.

      Liu, Q., Shepherd, B. E., Li, C., & Harrell Jr, F. E. (2017). Modeling continuous response variables using ordinal regression. Statistics in medicine, 36(27), 4316-4335.

      Manuguerra, M., Heller, G. Z., & Ma, J. (2020). Continuous ordinal regression for analysis of visual analogue scales: The R package ordinalCont. Journal of Statistical Software, 96, 1-25.

      (R3.2) The cross-study comparison is also difficult to interpret because the two studies differ in participant samples, number of games, and partially in the stimulus set.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now clarified that the cross-study comparison was based on games that were common to Study 1 and Study 2 (lines 713-714). In addition, the indices were calculated in the same way in both studies, allowing us to compare the relative effect of GVS across the two experiments rather than relying on differences in raw performance between the two participant samples. We have emphasised this point in the revised manuscript (lines 712-715).

      (R3.3) Finally, the mechanistic claims in the Discussion-particularly those invoking predictive coding, stochastic resonance, or updating of internal gravity models-go well beyond what can be directly inferred from the present behavioral data.

      We took the reviewer’s advice, along with previous comments by the other reviewers and now added further findings in the literature, strengthening our claims in the Discussion (lines 356-370, 385-390).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (R3.4) Moderate the scope of the main conclusions. As currently presented, the results seem to support at most the possibility that vestibular gravity signals influence a limited subset of physical reasoning tasks under specific conditions, rather than physical reasoning more broadly. The manuscript would benefit from either a more cautious interpretation or additional supporting evidence from follow-up experiments.

      We revised the manuscript accordingly (lines 398-410, 423-436).

      (R3.5) Apply an appropriate correction for multiple comparisons to all game-level analyses (for example, FDR correction) and report clearly which effects remain significant after correction…A mixed-effects modeling approach, with the game treated as a random effect within participants, would also provide a more principled and statistically powerful analysis.

      See R1.1. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that each game was treated as a distinct physical-reasoning problem, and these were used to localize the games in which the stimulation effect was expressed, not to compare games with one another or to draw broad conclusions from isolated contrasts (and therefore, in this case, no multiple-comparison corrections are required; lines 637-640). That said, to address the reviewer’s concern directly and to strengthen our conclusions in the paper, we also added mixed-effect models using gravity impact level and stimulation type as fixed factors and participant and game as random effects for each study (lines 168-177, 202-207, 257-259, 301-303, 641-651, Tables 2 and 4).

      (R3.6) Provide a clearer justification for the classification of gravity dependence (low/medium/high) and for the weighting scheme used in the Gravity-Weighted Index. It would be helpful to report the quantitative criteria or validation procedure used to assign these categories, and to include sensitivity analyses showing whether the main findings are robust to alternative weighting schemes (for example, equal or binary weights). Treating gravity dependence as a continuous predictor could also strengthen the analysis.

      See R3.1. We abandoned the weighting system and use a Baysian cumulative logit model which does not imply any arbitrary weighting instead (lines 140-147, 276-292, 307-317, 588-594, 658-666, 692-717 , Table 5, Fig 5, Extended data Fig 3).

      (R3.7) Discuss the limitations of the cross-study comparison more explicitly. The two studies differ in participant samples, numbers of games, and partially in the task set, which makes the comparison difficult to interpret. At a minimum, the manuscript would benefit from a fuller comparison of participant demographics and other relevant characteristics.

      See R3.1. We used an indexing process which normalizes the data and isolates a relative effect. While raw scores could not be used to directly compare across the two studies, the use of a standardized scale allows valid comparisons between the experiments. We revised the manuscript accordingly (line 142-144).

      (R3.8) Ideally, future work should test Earth-gravity and altered-gravity conditions within the same participants.

      We agree that testing terrestrial- and altered-gravity conditions within the same participants would be a valuable design. However, we could not implement this approach for safety reasons, as it would have substantially increased each participant’s total exposure to GVS. The current design kept GVS exposure within acceptable safety limits, and we have now clarified this point in the revised manuscript and cited the work by Utz et al. related to safety limits (lines 619-620).

      Utz, K. S., Korluss, K., Schmidt, L., Rosenthal, A., Oppenländer, K., Keller, I., & Kerkhoff, G. (2011). Minor adverse effects of galvanic vestibular stimulation in persons with stroke and healthy individuals. Brain Injury, 25(11), 1058-1069.

      (R3.9) Address the lack of a direct manipulation check for GVS more explicitly. If any subjective reports related to dizziness, discomfort, or vestibular disturbance were collected, these could be reported as an indirect validation of the manipulation. If no such data are available, this limitation should be acknowledged clearly, and future work should consider including an independent validation measure such as postural stability.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. In our experiment, the maximum intensity was set at 1mA, which is well tolerated. There are no side effects with these GVS parameters. The stimulation protocol used a stochastic waveform, consisting of an alternating sum-of-sines voltage with dominant frequencies at 0.16, 0.32, 0.43, and 0.61 Hz, which has been used in previous studies, both in our and other labs. We have now added this information to the manuscript by citing the work of Zanchi et al. that used the same GVS protocol (lines 613-614).

      Zanchi, S., Cuturi, L. F., Sandini, G., Gori, M., & Ferrè, E. R. (2023). Vestibular contribution to spatial encoding. European Journal of Neuroscience, 58(9), 4034-4042.

      (R3.10) Reconsider the decision to collapse the 0.5g and 2g conditions into a single altered-gravity category. Even if the two conditions do not differ significantly in the current dataset, they are cognitively distinct manipulations, and combining them may obscure potentially meaningful interactions. Separate analyses, or at least explicit interaction tests, would strengthen the interpretation.

      We agree that 0.5g and 2g are cognitively distinct manipulations and that collapsing them should be justified statistically. We therefore conducted additional mixed-effects models including gravity level (0.5g vs 2g) as a factor (see responses R1.1 and R3.5). These analyses did not reveal significant differences between the two gravity levels for the relevant performance or strategy measures (lines 248-253). On this basis, we retained the aggregation of the 0.5g and 2g conditions as a single altered-gravity category in the main analyses.

      (R3.11) Clarify the interpretation of the tool-switching results. At present, the manuscript appears to invoke different post hoc explanations for different patterns of switching behavior, including increased exploration noise and reduced cognitive flexibility. The authors should either provide a more constrained interpretation or acknowledge more clearly that the current data do not distinguish between these possibilities.

      Increased switching can reflect a less stable or less efficient strategy, but in the context of a small number of attempts, indeed it may also reflect adaptive exploration or cognitive flexibility. The present data do not allow us to distinguish conclusively between these possibilities. We have therefore revised the Discussion to provide a more constrained interpretation and to acknowledge explicitly that the meaning of the switching-rate effects remains uncertain (lines 448-452).

      (R3.12) Expand the discussion of alternative explanations. In particular, the manuscript should address whether the observed effects could reflect non-vestibular influences of GVS, such as distraction, discomfort, changes in arousal, or anxiety-related effects, rather than a specific influence on physical reasoning.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. We agree that non-vestibular effects of GVS, including distraction, discomfort, arousal, or anxiety-related influences, should be considered. We have therefore revised the Discussion to acknowledge this possibility more explicitly. At the same time, the pattern of results argues against a primarily non-specific explanation: if GVS had mainly affected general attention, arousal, or discomfort, we would expect a broader impairment across games. Instead, the effects were limited to specific games and were related to the gravity relevance of the task. We have clarified that this selective pattern supports an interpretation in terms of gravity-dependent physical reasoning rather than a general consequence of stimulation, while still acknowledging the broader possible influences of GVS (lines 398-411).

      (R3.13) Acknowledge more explicitly that the Virtual Tools task depends on multiple cognitive processes in addition to physical reasoning, including visuospatial ability, executive function, and trial-and-error learning. A non-physical visuospatial control task would be helpful in future work for assessing the specificity of the reported effects.

      We agree with the reviewer and revised the manuscript accordingly (lines 437-438).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Note added by the authors, October 2026:

      In preparing the data deposit for the Version of Record we carried out a figure-level traceability audit of all 101 panels of the paper, recomputing every published statistic from the value table that produced the plot. This identified a small number of corrections, which are being made in the Version of Record.

      The substantive one is in Figure 6d. The CS × opsin interaction was reported as F(1,12) = 10.91, P = 0.0063; the correct value is F(1,12) = 19.87, P = 0.0008. The analysis as stored declared the repeated-measures factor on the opsin rather than on the CS, which is not the design: opsin is a between-subjects factor. The data, the group means and the effect size are unchanged, the corrected effect is stronger rather than weaker, and the conclusion — that photoactivation of the SST+ vlPAG–RVM pathway abolishes fear-induced analgesia — is unaffected.

      In Figure 1—figure supplement 3, panels e and g have been redrawn so that each bar equals the ratio of the cell counts printed on it; the eight percentages concerned have been corrected in the figure and in the legend. The cell counts themselves are unchanged, and no statistical test is applied to these panels.

      The remaining corrections are to reported details: the names of the statistical tests in the legends of Figures 1f and 4e, the number of cells in Figure 4d (n = 12) and in Figure 5f right (n = 8, and the JAX stock number of the Sst-IRES-Cre line (013044).

      The source data behind every quantitative panel of the paper are openly deposited in the Dryad Digital Repository: https://datadryad.org/dataset/doi:10.5061/dryad.63xsj3vj3

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Winke et al, the authors present evidence that fear-induced analgesia is mediated by somatostatin projection cells from the vlPAG to the RVM. This study uses a mouse model of fear-induced analgesia, and incorporates optogenetic circuit manipulation with behaviour and electrophysiology to gain a meaningful insight into a novel circuit involved in fear-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a well-constructed study with appropriate controls and analyses.

      (2) Alternative interpretations of the data are systematically considered and eliminated via rational experiments. The authors are commended for a nice piece of experimental work.

      (3) The vlPAG is a known region of pain modulation, and this study adds valuable insight to the circuit involved in fear-associated analgesia.

      We are very thankful to the referee for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Only male mice are included in this study.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We used only males in this first study for practical reasons to work with a population as homogeneous as possible. However, taking sex differences in biological mechanisms into account, we included this restriction in the summary and discussion

      (2) Animals are excluded from analyses based on clearly defined criteria, but it is not clear how many mice were excluded from each group.

      We thank the reviewers for raising this point. As stated in the Methods, we applied strict inclusion criteria for mice undergoing the hot-plate test, specifically a discrimination index ≥ 0.4 and a conditioning index ≥ 0.3. Using these criteria, 23% of wild-type mice were excluded for failing to meet the discrimination criterion. In the transgenic groups, an average of 20% of mice failed to meet the learning criteria, and an additional 12% were excluded due to incorrect opsin injection or misplaced optic fiber placement.

      (3) The authors implement a pain sensitivity assay that involves a hot plate with progressively increasing temperature. The time to nociceptive responses is reported. Without reporting the actual temperature at which the mice respond, it makes it difficult to compare nociceptive responses to previously published work (which typically use a defined and static hotplate temperature).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We provided this information related to the actual temperature of the nociceptive response in the original manuscript in supplementary figures 1, 2 and 5.

      (4) The authors present evidence that inhibition of SST vlPAG cells enhances spinal nociceptive electrophysiological responses, but the corresponding pain sensitivity is not altered (Figure 2, CS- condition). The reason for the discrepancy between electrophysiological and behavioural responses is not clear.

      We believe this comment arises from a misunderstanding of our results. In our study, inhibiting SST+ vlPAG cells did not increase nociceptive electrophysiological responses. Instead, it decreased spinal nociceptive transmission, as evidenced by reduced nociceptive field potentials and WDR responses in Figure 4c,e. Consistent with this electrophysiological effect, photoinhibition of SST+ vlPAG cells also produced behavioral analgesia, as evidenced by increased nociceptive response latency in the hotplate test under both CS− and CS+ conditions (Figure 2f). Therefore, our electrophysiological and behavioral findings are not contradictory but instead support the conclusion that inhibiting SST+ vlPAG cells reduces pain sensitivity regardless of defensive state. We will revise the text to clarify this point.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wenke et al. investigated the role of vlPAG somatostatin-expressing neurons in the mediation of analgesia during defensive states. A newly developed paradigm of cued fear-conditioned analgesia, which consists of a combination of an auditory fear retrieval session and a pain test, was used to evaluate this cell population's contribution to fear-mediated analgesia. Optogenetic manipulation of vlPAG SST+ neurons modulated the responses to a nociceptive cue (Hot Plate) presented concomitantly with an aversively conditioned tone. At the same time, alterations in the freezing levels could be observed during optogenetic activation of vlPAG SST+ neurons. In order to disentangle the impact of these cells on analgesia from their impact on the expression of defensive behaviors, the authors performed electrophysiological recordings from the dorsal horn in the spinal cord of anesthetized mice. A vlPAG-RVM-DH pathway was identified to trigger nociceptive C-fibers upon optic activation of the RVM. Finally, pathway-specific activation of SST+ vlPAG-RVM neurons could abolish CS-induced analgesia.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a relevant topic, that is, brainstem circuits for pain-modulatory mechanisms as part of defensive states evoked by threat. This is important because the circuit mechanisms underlying pain are still not fully understood, and defining molecular markers of cellular circuit substrates may support the identification of potential pharmaceutical targets in treating pain. The authors confirm a previous study in that a somatostatin-positive cellular population presents a crucial vlPAG circuit element mediating anti-nociceptive effects. Key novelty aspects of the present study are the demonstration that these neurons seem to play a role specifically in threat-induced analgesia. This was possible by the elegant design and application of a novel fear analgesia paradigm, combined with cell- and pathway specific optogenetics.

      We thank the referee for such positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the convincing and rigorous experimental approach, the study leaves some interpretational room when it comes to the proposed circuit mechanism. This could either be addressed by additional experiments or by more discussion of alternative circuit layouts.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The paper by Zhang et al. (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36641028/), which identified a role for vlPAG SOM+ neurons in mediating anti-nociception in neuropathic pain, needs to be referenced and its results discussed, if not reconciled. While functionally, both studies find an analgetic role of vlPAG SOM+ neurons projecting to the RVM, Zhang et al., using slice physiology, characterize those neurons as glutamatergic. In Figure 4E of Zhang et al. they find general (fear-independent) analgetic effects with PAG-RVM specificity by performing chemogenetic experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We agree that the study by Zhang et al. is highly relevant and should be discussed in the revised manuscript. Their work shows that inhibiting vlPAG SST/SOM neurons with chemogenetic methods produces analgesia in a neuropathic pain model, and in our study, we similarly found that inhibiting SST+ vlPAG neurons increases hotplate response latency (Figure 2f), which aligns with an analgesic effect. Additionally, we observed that activating SST+ vlPAG neurons suppresses fear-conditioned analgesia.

      At the same time, there are important differences between the two studies that may explain the differences in interpretation. First, the behavioral paradigms are not identical. Zhang et al. used a hotplate protocol where animals were directly exposed to a nociceptive temperature, whereas in our study, we used a progressive temperature ramp and explicitly compared responses during a conditioned stimulus (CS+) and a non-conditioned control stimulus (CS−). These controls were important for us to distinguish fear-specific effects from more general effects related to stress, arousal, sensitization, or other non-associative processes.

      Second, the two studies differ in experimental context. Zhang et al. examined this circuit in a neuropathic pain model, whereas our study focused on acute nociceptive processing and fear-conditioned modulation of pain. We therefore believe that the apparent discrepancy might reflect differences in pain state and behavioral context, rather than a direct contradiction.

      Finally, Zhang et al. showed in slice recordings that SST+ vlPAG neurons provide excitatory input to RVM neurons. This is an important finding that we now address in the revised manuscript. At the same time, because the RVM contains heterogeneous neuronal populations with different projection targets and functions, these recordings alone do not prove that all recorded RVM neurons are part of the descending pathway controlling spinal nociception. Therefore, we have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge Zhang et al. and to emphasize both the similarities and differences between the two studies.

      It can be argued that in addition to the two functionally distinct inhibitory SOM subtypes hypothesized by Winke et al., there is another, excitatory subpopulation. Also, the different experimental conditions (chronic vs. acute pain, non-threat vs. fearful cues/contexts may recruit different vlPAG SOM+ populations. All of this is conceivable, yet I wonder whether the contrasting findings could more parsimoniously be reconciled. The author's own results presented here in Supplementary Figure 3 suggests that SOM+ vlPAG cells are colocalizing with glutamate and thus could also be excitatory. In addition to this rather complementary piece of evidence, a more extensive characterization of vlPAG neurons using IHC and slice physiology would be needed to justify the unambiguous identification of their inhibitory nature.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that our current data do not support a definitive conclusion that all SST+ vlPAG neurons are inhibitory. As the reviewer notes, our Supplementary Figure 3 shows that SST+ vlPAG cells can also co-localize with glutamatergic markers, which is consistent with the possibility of cellular heterogeneity within this population. We also agree that different experimental conditions, such as chronic versus acute pain and non-threatening versus fear-related contexts, may activate different SST+ vlPAG subpopulations.

      Our intention was not to claim that SST+ vlPAG neurons constitute a uniform inhibitory population, but rather that SST+ cells are strongly represented among inhibitory neurons in the vlPAG. We agree, however, that more detailed characterization, including additional immunohistochemical analyses and slice physiology, is necessary to more definitively determine the neurotransmitter phenotype and functional connectivity of these neurons. We have therefore revised the text to temper our interpretation and to explicitly acknowledge the likely heterogeneity of SST+ vlPAG neurons, including the possibility of an excitatory subpopulation. We therefore modified the discussion accordingly:

      “Our results align with the parallel inhibition- excitation model, where inhibitory and excitatory cells form two distinct, parallel descending pathways for pain modulation.

      Indeed, previous research demonstrated the presence of an inhibitory pathway projecting throughout the PAG–RVM-spinal cord dorsal horn neuraxis. Our results complement this study by suggesting that one of these previously proposed parallel pathways is mediated by SST+ vlPAG cells and has a functional role in mediating analgesia. At the same time, our data indicate that vlPAG SST neurons are heterogeneous, with approximately one-third of these cells co-localizing with excitatory markers. Together with the recent observation that excitatory SST+ vlPAG neurons project to the RVM (Zhang et al., 2023), this raises the possibility that a subset of long-range SST+ vlPAG neurons contributes to an excitatory descending pathway within the PAG–RVM–spinal dorsal horn neuraxis. By contrast, local GABAergic SST+ vlPAG neurons may participate in local circuit mechanisms related to defensive-state expression, including freezing. Further anatomical and functional studies will be required to resolve these possibilities.”

      In the absence of a direct identification of these cells exclusively releasing GABA, an alternative explanation should be considered. What about looking at vlPAG SOM+ neurons as a putatively mixed bag of local, inhibitory interneurons and long-range, RVM-projecting excitatory cells? This model would then open up interesting questions as to the actual function of somatostatin as a modulator of vlPAG circuit activity and associated function, and from my perspective, would nicely fit into the view of PAG circuits as integrators of complex survival responses.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion and agree that, in the absence of direct evidence that vlPAG SOM+/SST+ neurons are exclusively GABAergic, an alternative interpretation should be considered. In particular, we agree that this population may be heterogeneous and could include both local inhibitory interneurons and long-range excitatory neurons projecting to the RVM. We believe this is an important and constructive framework for interpreting our data, and we have revised the Discussion accordingly. In the revised text, we now explicitly acknowledge the likely heterogeneity of vlPAG SST+ neurons and discuss the possibility that distinct local and long-range SST+ subpopulations may contribute differently to defensive-state regulation and descending pain modulation. We agree with the reviewer on this point and have modified the discussion accordingly (see point above).

      (2) "Our data indicate that the optogenetic inhibition of SST+ vlPAG cells promotes analgesia irrespective of the animal's defensive state. In contrast, the optogenetic activation of long-range SST+ vlPAG cells that project to the rostral ventromedial medulla (RVM) abolishes the analgesia mediated by fear behavior." (lines 32-35). Consider toning down these conclusions, as contrasting activation with inhibition of two different (though overlapping) populations cannot be fully conclusive. Alternatively, a pathway-specific (vlPAG-RVM) inhibitory experiment could help to fully understand the circuit mechanism and verify the necessity of these neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that inhibition of the entire SST+ vlPAG population and activation of the long-range SST+ vlPAG neurons projecting to the RVM population are not directly equivalent manipulations. Our conclusion was intended at the level of observed functional effects: inhibition of SST+ vlPAG neurons promotes analgesia regardless of the defensive state, while activating long-range SST+ vlPAG neurons projecting to the RVM suppresses fear-conditioned analgesia. This occurs regardless of whether the SST vlPAG neurons are excitatory or inhibitory. To address the excitatory or inhibitory nature of SST vlPAG neurons, we have revised the discussion to include a reference to the Zhang et al study.

      (3) Despite an overall very thorough reporting style, some information is missing from the manuscript:

      (a) In Figures 2d and f, what are the freezing levels during optogenetic manipulation? From Figure 3d, one can expect that freezing is inhibited during the hot plate test, which could bias the NC response towards shorter latencies.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. As shown in Figure 1e, we previously quantified freezing both at CS onset and at the time of the nociceptive response in the hot plate test. These analyses indicate that freezing levels at the time of the nociceptive response do not differ between the CS+ and CS− conditions. Therefore, the variation in hot plate response latency is unlikely to be due to differences in freezing at the time of response.

      We acknowledge, however, that freezing was not directly measured during optogenetic manipulation in this experiment. Based on the temporal profile of freezing shown in Figure 1e, we still consider it unlikely that the effect of optogenetic manipulation on nociceptive latency is mainly caused by a change in freezing behavior.

      (b) In Figure 5, the histological experiment showing the vlPAG-to-RVM pathway is presented by a qualitative image only. Here, some quantification would strengthen the finding.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The aim of the histological experiment in Figure 5 was to provide qualitative anatomical evidence that vlPAG projections reach the RVM and are positioned in close apposition to spinally projecting RVM neurons. We did not intend this experiment to serve as a quantitative characterization of connectivity. We agree that a more systematic quantification would be informative, but this would require additional dedicated experiments beyond the scope of the present manuscript.

      (c) In Figures 6 c and d "Consistently, activation of the SST+ vlPAG-RVM pathway during CFCA had no impact on CS-presentation, whereas the same manipulation performed during CS+ blocked the increase in NC response latency compared to GFP controls." (line 194-196). Is it possible that the NC response cannot be any lower than the one during CS-, thus constituting a floor effect?

      We are thankful to the reviewer for this important point. We agree with the reviewer that this is indeed a possibility. We have added a sentence in the discussion to acknowledge this limitation.“Another possibility is that our nociceptive test with a slow ramp of temperature induces a floor effect on nociceptive response latency, which may limit the detection of further decreases in latency under certain conditions.”

      (c) Connected to major point 1- this experiment is important for defining the circuit mode and therefore should be as convincing as possible. However, for the colocalization experiment in Supplementary Figure 3, the methodological description is missing and thus makes it hard to comprehend how this data set was generated (how many data points, etc.). The visual depiction of the results is non-standard and not easily graspable. Consider e.g., a Venn diagram.

      We apologize for this omission in the original manuscript. We have now provided this methodological information in the method section. We have now expanded the description of these data in the figure legend to ease the comprehension of the figure.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Conditioned analgesia refers to the ability of a learned fear cue to suppress pain-related behavior and neural activity. Understudied, the authors developed a novel conditioned analgesia procedure in which a cue that had been paired or unpaired with shock was played while a hot plate increased temperature. Compared to several control conditions, the authors found increased latency to a nociceptive response (paw licking). The authors identified somatostatin neurons in the periaqueductal gray as a likely mediator of the behavior. They then showed that: (1) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons blocked nociceptive response latency increases to the CS+, (2) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons suppressed fear retrieval freezing, (3) stimulating vs. inhibiting vlPAG-SST neurons drove opposing modulation of c-fibers and Aδfibers, (4) direct-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate freezing while RVM-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate conditioned analgesia.

      Strengths:

      These experiments have many strengths. The behavioral assay is chief among them. The assay is robust and controls for confounding factors to reveal a repeatable effect of a shock-paired cue to delay nociceptive responding. The optogenetic experiments provide the correct level of temporal precision, given the authors' time-specific interest in cued responding. Combining neuronal manipulations with spinal recordings is particularly innovative, especially in the context of more behavioral neuroscience-based assays. All-in-all, I found this to be an exceptionally strong set of experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      No obvious weaknesses were identified by this Reviewer.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Comments from Reviewing Editor:

      Summary

      Three reviewers have assessed your manuscript on vlPAG somatostatin pathways contributing to conditioned analgesia. Conditioned analgesia refers to the ability of a learned fear cue to suppress pain-related behavior and neural activity. Understudied, the authors developed a novel conditioned analgesia procedure in which a cue that had been paired or unpaired with shock was played while a hot plate increased temperature. Compared to several control conditions, the authors found increased latency to a nociceptive response (paw licking). The authors identified somatostatin neurons in the periaqueductal gray as a likely mediator of the behavior. They then showed that: (1) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons blocked nociceptive response latency increases to the CS+, (2) stimulating vlPAG-SST neurons suppressed fear retrieval freezing, (3) stimulating vs. inhibiting vlPAG-SST neurons drove opposing modulation of c-fibers and Aδ-fibers, (4) direct-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate freezing while RVM-projecting vlPAG SST neurons modulate conditioned analgesia.

      Strengths

      All three reviewers converged on multiple strengths. The assay developed was seen to be novel, rigorous, and included a variety of controls that convincingly demonstrated conditioned analgesia. Focusing on the ventrolateral periaqueductal gray, and more specifically on somatostatin-expressing cells, made prior sense, and the results more than justified this selection. Approaching the vlPAG and circuits with many converging methods provided further, compelling evidence for a role in conditioned analgesia.

      Weaknesses

      Specific weaknesses are described in the individual reviews. Generally, the following weaknesses were identified. The study only used male mice, a choice that should be better justified. Animals were reasonably excluded from analysis, but the final group ns for analyses were not always clear. Some statistical results lacked clarity. The relevance of these findings to prior work (particularly Zhang et al. 2023, Journal of Pain) was not always described. Relatedly, the results would be better contextualized by appreciating and describing the likely diversity of somatostatin functional types and projection types.

      Recommendations

      (1) Provide rationale for only using male mice, discuss the limitation of the exclusion of females, and note that male mice were the subjects in the abstract.

      Thank you for this recommendation, we have mentioned this information in the abstract and in the discussion. We have also mentioned the limitations of not including female mice in the abstract and the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      (2) Complete final report ns for each statistical analysis. If you have not already done so, please include full statistical reporting including exact p-values wherever possible alongside the summary statistics (test statistic and df) and, where appropriate, 95% confidence intervals. These should be reported for all key questions and not only when the p-value is less than 0.05 in the main manuscript.

      An extended table with all statistical tests and analysis for all figures has been provided in sup Table 1.

      (3) Include example videos of CFCA sessions, demonstrating optogenetic effects.

      We understand the editor’s request to include video material illustrating the behavioral responses. However, we would prefer not to include such videos in the manuscript, in accordance with our institution's guidelines and recommendations on the dissemination of animal experimentation footage. Importantly, all behavioral sessions were systematically video-recorded from both sides of the apparatus, allowing detailed offline analysis of the animals’ responses. These recordings were carefully examined by an experienced experimenter to assess nociceptive behaviors, including jumping responses and licking of the stimulated hindpaw. This procedure ensured a reliable and accurate evaluation of pain-related behavioral reactivity. While the videos themselves cannot be included in the manuscript for the reasons mentioned above, we believe that the behavioral scoring procedures described in the Methods section provide a clear and rigorous description of how these responses were assessed. In addition, Figure 1 includes an example image illustrating hindpaw licking behaviour, which is typically more subtle and more difficult to identify than jumping responses. We therefore believe that this visual example, together with the detailed description of the scoring procedure and the quantitative data provided, adequately supports the interpretation of the behavioural results.

      (4) Provide summary expression and ferrule placement figures.

      We thank the editor for this comment. We have now included schematic summaries of fiber placements for both SST and VIP mice used in this study, based on histological verification (Supplementary Figures 10 and 11). Representative images of viral expression are also provided (Figure 2a, Supplementary Figure 7b and f).

      (5) Detail how behavior judgments were made.

      We thank the editor for emphasizing this important methodological point. During all behavioral sessions, mice were video-recorded simultaneously from both sides of the apparatus, allowing a comprehensive and unobstructed view of the animals’ posture and movements throughout the experiment. These recordings were subsequently analyzed offline by an experienced experimenter trained to evaluate nociceptive behaviors. Pain-related behavioral responses were assessed based on well-established indicators of nociceptive reactivity. In particular, we quantified overt escape-like reactions such as jumping, which reflects a strong aversive response to the stimulus. In addition, we evaluated more localized nociceptive behaviors directed toward the stimulated limb, including licking of the hindpaw. These measures are commonly used in rodent pain assays and provide reliable behavioral readouts of nociceptive sensitivity. The combination of bilateral video recordings and expert behavioral scoring ensured that both subtle and robust nociceptive responses could be accurately detected and categorized during the analysis.

      (6) Provide the temperature at which nociceptive responses were initiated. Check grammar and references.

      The temperature at which nociceptive responses were initiated were originally reported in Supplementary Figure 1, 2 and 5.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors use optogenetic manipulation of SST activity in the vlPAG to show that this cell type is involved in fear-induced analgesia. They include a valuable control to show that manipulation of another inhibitory cell type (VIP) also does not impact analgesia. It would be helpful to know the expression level of VIP cells in the vlPAG. Is this a predominant inhibitory projection cell in the vlPAG (besides SST)?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this. While we did not quantify the expression level of VIP+ cells in the vlPAG in the present study, available data suggest that this population is relatively sparse compared to other inhibitory cell types. In particular, reference to the Allen brain atlas indicates that VIP gene expression in the vlPAG is limited and primarily localized around the fourth ventricle, within the lateral and ventrolateral PAG, rather than broadly distributed across the region. Consistent with this, we provide an example of viral expression in VIP-Cre mice in Supplementary Figure 7f, illustrating the restricted distribution of VIP+ neurons in the vlPAG. We have also provided a summary of ferrules placement for SST and VIP mice used in our study in Supplementary Figures 11 and 10, respectively.

      (2) The numbers of animals dropped from each experiment should be indicated - perhaps on the statistics table?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this.

      As stated in the Methods, we applied strict inclusion criteria for mice undergoing the hot-plate test, specifically a discrimination index ≥ 0.4 and a conditioning index ≥ 0.3. Using these criteria, 23% of wild-type mice were excluded for failing to meet the discrimination criterion. In the transgenic groups, an average of 20% of mice failed to meet the learning criteria, and an additional 12% were excluded due to incorrect opsin injection or misplaced optic fiber placement.

      (3) Line 105: "...,which activity..." change to "..., whose activity..."

      Done

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please also provide absolute temperature values of the nociceptive response threshold.

      The temperature at which nociceptive responses were initiated was originally reported in Supplementary Figure 1, 2 and 5.

      (2) It would be nice to see an example video of a CFCA session (with and without optogenetic manipulation).

      We understand the editor’s and reviewer’s request to include video material illustrating the behavioral responses. However, we would prefer not to include such videos in the manuscript, in accordance with our institution's guidelines and recommendations on the dissemination of animal experimentation footage. Importantly, all behavioral sessions were systematically video-recorded from both sides of the apparatus, allowing detailed offline analysis of the animals’ responses. These recordings were carefully examined by an experienced experimenter to assess nociceptive behaviors, including jumping responses and licking of the stimulated hindpaw. This procedure ensured a reliable and accurate evaluation of pain-related behavioral reactivity. While the videos themselves cannot be included in the manuscript for the reasons mentioned above, we believe that the behavioral scoring procedures described in the Methods section provide a clear and rigorous description of how these responses were assessed. In addition, Figure 1 includes an example image illustrating hindpaw licking behaviour, which is typically more subtle and more difficult to identify than jumping responses. We therefore believe that this visual example, together with the detailed description of the scoring procedure and the quantitative data provided, adequately supports the interpretation of the behavioural results.

      (3) Please provide a schematic summary of fiber placements and opsin expressions confirmed by histological examinations.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now included schematic summaries of fiber placements for both SST and VIP mice used in this study, based on histological verification (Supplementary Figures 10 and 11). Representative images of viral expression are also provided (Figure 2a, Supplementary Figure 7b and f).

      (4) "Valid nociception readout responses included jumping or licking the hindpaw." (Line 453). How was this evaluated- manually or automated, blinded etc.?

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing this important methodological point. During all behavioral sessions, mice were video-recorded simultaneously from both sides of the apparatus, allowing a comprehensive and unobstructed view of the animals’ posture and movements throughout the experiment. These recordings were subsequently analyzed offline by an experienced experimenter trained to evaluate nociceptive behaviors. Pain-related behavioral responses were assessed based on well-established indicators of nociceptive reactivity. In particular, we quantified overt escape-like reactions such as jumping, which reflects a strong aversive response to the stimulus. In addition, we evaluated more localized nocifensive behaviors directed toward the stimulated limb, including licking of the hindpaw. These measures are commonly used in rodent pain assays and provide reliable behavioral readouts of nociceptive sensitivity.The combination of bilateral video recordings and expert behavioral scoring ensured that both subtle and robust nociceptive responses could be accurately detected and categorized during the analysis.

      (5) Line 226 REF33 doesn't seem to fit.

      The reference list has been updated. Related to this section in which we discuss the disinhibition mechanisms inducing nociception in chronic stress mice. We have cited the work of Samineni et al., 2015 (reference 15) and Tovote el al., (reference 23) both related to these disinhibition mechanisms.

      Full sentence for reference 33 (now 35): “Two independent previous studies found that long-range inhibitory inputs from the central medial amygdala contact inhibitory cells within the vlPAG, implicated in different roles: the modulation of fear behavior (23) and nociceptive transmission (35)”.

      Ref 35 - Yin, W. et al. A Central Amygdala–Ventrolateral Periaqueductal Gray Matter Pathway for Pain in a Mouse Model of Depression-like Behavior. Anesthesiology 132,1175–119 (2020)

      (6) Some minor language, semantic, and grammatical flaws.

      The manuscript has been evaluated for language, semantic and grammatical flaws

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. report on an ambitious study that investigates multiple aspects of the neural and behavioral underpinnings of auditory-motor surprisal in the context of an auditory-motor learning paradigm (piano keyboard). Using an intricate design comprising several sub-parts and control procedures, they report that early ERPs (50-100 ms latency) reflect violations of established key-pitch mappings.

      Strengths:

      This is a carefully devised and executed study. The paradigm is quite intricate and, at the same time, addresses multiple aspects of auditory-motor learning, and does so in a rigorous way.

      Weaknesses:

      Perhaps because of the exhaustive approach, it is sometimes difficult to follow which parts of the experimental design the results come from; there are some questions regarding appropriate statistical methods, the inclusion/treatment of musical background in participants, and the nature (latency & extent) of the identified neural components that detect auditory-motor violations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. report an EEG study (n=18) of participants playing a keyboard where the correspondence between keys and pitches is varied to introduce sensory-motor mismatches (discrepancies between sensory inputs and expected sensory consequences of motor commands). They find that the auditory N100 amplitude is enhanced for the initial keystroke following a mapping switch but rapidly attenuates for subsequent keystrokes (showing rapid updating of the forward model), whereas the motor-related P50 amplitude only differentiates trained versus untrained mappings after 30 minutes of goal-directed practice (potentially showing timescales of inverse model updating). Using parallel univariate and mTRF decoding analyses, they conclude that forward models (mapping action to predicted sound) update almost instantly to track short-term context, while inverse models (mapping sound to motor commands) update slowly and require extended, targeted practice.

      Strengths

      (1) Methodological innovation:

      The study utilizes an interesting, continuous auditory-motor paradigm that moves beyond standard trial-by-trial oddball designs, offering a more ecologically valid measure of trial-to-trial adaptation.

      (2) Analytical elegance and rigor:

      The combination of traditional univariate ERP analyses with multivariate temporal response function (mTRF) decoding is elegant, allowing the authors to successfully dissociate overlapping auditory and motor variance streams.

      (3) The dissociation between the rapid adaptation of the N100 forward model and the slower adaptation of the P50 inverse model is interesting.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Confounded passive listening baseline:

      The passive listening control condition lacks an orthogonal behavioural task (e.g., an occasional oddball detection task). Active playing inherently necessitates focused attention on auditory feedback to monitor performance, whereas passive playback does not. The globally weaker stimulus-evoked pattern at electrode Fz during passive listening strongly suggests that the absence of an N100 effect in this condition may simply reflect a lower state of attention, rather than isolating the absence of a motor-driven forward prediction, in particular because the pure sensory suprisal was also enhanced for "firsts" notes, so this could also lead to stronger N1, but this effect may be masked.

      Here, our goal is to probe surprisal resulting from natural deviations of the expected sensorimotor map, and to test whether the observed response can be accounted for by the auditory components alone. In previous work, passive listening (without an explicit behavioral task) has been widely deemed sufficient to measure auditory surprisal (cf. Di Liberto 2020). Because the listener is not privy to the order of firsts and others within a session, any general attentional effects would be expected to influence all notes and therefore cannot explain the selective enhancement observed for “first” notes which follow a map change.

      (2) Overclaimed theoretical novelty:

      The conceptual framing leans excessively on the authors' specific "MirrorNet" framework, presenting foundational, decades-old tenets of the motor control literature (i.e., unsupervised exploration for forward models vs. supervised skill acquisition for inverse models; Wolpert, Jordan, both in the nineties) as their own novel "conjectures." This theory-heavy introduction obscures the paper's actual empirical contribution to the design and the interesting question regarding the distinct temporal adaptation scales of forward versus inverse models. I think some rewriting can improve the paper.

      Thank you for pointing this out. It was not our intention to present the work of Wolpert etc. as a novel conjecture. We substantially revised the Introduction to emphasize that our contribution builds upon that theoretical framework and is also a study of how this framework evolves over time. We have cited Wolpert in the Introduction, and have now integrated the forward and inverse pathways more clearly into our hypotheses about the different effects of long- versus short-term sensorimotor experience on the MirrorNet framework.

      (3) Misplaced surprisal terminology:

      In a similar vein, I find the use of the term "auditory-motor surprisal" more theoretical grandstanding than actually useful. The significance statement claims to "extend this principle from sensory processing" but in fact, the concept of sensory motor unexpectedness is again a staple of the forward motor literature. Moreover, nowhere in the paper do they actually estimate sensorimotor surprisal. While the authors compute surprisal for their auditory baseline using IDyOM, their central sensorimotor analysis relies entirely on a simple categorical mismatch (first vs. subsequent keystrokes). The phenomenon can equally be referred to by its established nomenclature-"sensorimotor mismatch" or "sensory motor unexpectedness".

      In the revised Introduction, we added a discussion of the relationship between surprisal and contextual predictions to clarify our terminology. In practice, the terms auditory-motor surprisal and sensorimotor mismatch refer to closely related phenomena. However, we chose the term surprisal because it emphasizes that prediction violations depend not only on the overall frequency of an event, but also on the context in which it occurs. In the surprisal literature, an event can be unexpected because it violates predictions generated from recent context, or long-term statistical regularities, or prior experience, even if the event itself is not objectively rare.

      This distinction is important for our paradigm. A given note may occur frequently throughout the experiment and therefore is not rare in an absolute sense. Nevertheless, the same note may be highly surprising if it occurs immediately after a key-pitch map change, thus violating the participant's sensorimotor predictions. We therefore use the term surprisal to emphasize the role of contextual expectations rather than simple deviance or rarity.

      We finally agree that, in the absence of an auditory-motor equivalent of models such as IDyOM, our study does not provide a continuous estimate of surprisal. Instead, we use the distinction between first and keystrokes as a categorical approximation of high- and low-surprisal events. Developing computational models that estimate continuous auditory-motor surprisal from the preceding sensorimotor context would be an interesting direction for future work, and we have added a note concerning this in the Conclusion.

      (4) Incremental conceptual advance regarding the N100:

      The paper frames the N100 finding as a major discovery, but as far as I know, the attenuation of the auditory N1 to self-generated sounds via accurate motor prediction-and its enhancement during sensorimotor mismatch - is one of the most heavily documented phenomena in the auditory-motor literature (e.g. Timm et al., 2013; Bendixen et al, 2012; 2013). As far as I'm concerned, the authors should clarify that the novelty lies in the novel, elegant design that provides a new way to correct for non-sensory-specific motor-induced attenuation, and characterizing the distinct adaptation timescales of forward versus inverse models -- not in demonstrating N100 modulation by sensorimotor mismatch, which is well-documented, AFAIC.

      We agree now that the main finding of the paper is not discovering N100 as a signature of sensorimotor mismatch and we have revised the Introduction as discussed above. We now instead emphasize how it evolves over time and connect it to behavioural studies of sensorimotor perturbation where a behavioural adaptation is observed after one trial. We also incorporated the suggested literature on the N100 in the Introduction and Discussion because it shows that this neural signal has been previously seen in sensorimotor mismatch studies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As very general feedback, I would encourage the authors to revise the manuscript so that it is much clearer which results come from which part of the experiment. For example, it took me a while to figure out that the ERP results in Figure 3 came solely from the 'Variable map playing' parts of the study (and perhaps only from the Pre-test phase?).

      To improve clarity, we have rearranged the order of the figures and the respective text to organize the article into three main parts: the Variable Playing Task (Experiment I), the Training (Experiment II), and the TRF analysis (Experiment III). The paradigm panels are now closer to the Figure explaining their results. The Figure outlining how these tasks are carried out (previously Figure 2D) during one experimental session has been relegated to the supplementary materials.

      Major:

      (1) Statistics

      (a) I couldn't shake the impression that the authors are treating the statistical analyses a bit too casually. Some analyses use parametric (ANOVA, t-test), others non-parametric tests (Wilcoxon) or bootstrapping, without explicitly reasoning for one or the other; there are also some examples where I believe no correction for multiple comparisons is applied, but should be applied (e.g., tests in Figure 4?).

      We have added information in the Methods section to clarify the statistical choices. Here is a summary of our reasoning:

      Bootstrapping (to find the difference between first and others): this was to account for the imbalance in class sizes and is more conservative than parametric alternatives. That being said, parametric tests do converge on the same result (Figure 6C, main effect of keystroke type in the 2-way within-subjects

      ANOVA).

      For Figure 4, we have replaced the pairwise tests with a more robust linear mixed-effects model to capture the relationship between the number of previous keystrokes and amplitude. This avoids multiple pairwise comparisons between conditions. However, the conclusions of the figure remain unchanged: the amplitude difference increases with the number of previous keystrokes.

      Wilcoxon tests (subject-wise differences): With N = 18 participants, we do not meet the conventional threshold for normality (n > 30). The Wilcoxon test was therefore the appropriate choice.

      Within-subjects ANOVA (training and first vs. others): A two-way within-subjects ANOVA was used when comparing two conditions. Within-subjects designs with N = 18 do not violate ANOVA assumptions in the same way between-subjects designs would, since the critical assumption is the sphericity of difference scores rather than marginal normality.

      (b) Relatedly, I am not sure it is ok to run uncorrected statistical tests to identify 'time regions of interest', and to then zoom in on these and run additional statistical tests on them; this seems conspicuously like double dipping?

      We did the uncorrected tests as an exploratory analysis, but we would have arrived at the same result if we chose timepoints of interest based on the literature (P50 and P100 were both well-documented; P250+ also potentially could have had an effect based on the literature (Lutz et al., 2013 for example), but in our experiment we did not find it).

      (c) Comparing firsts versus other keystrokes: I wonder whether the bootstrapping procedure is necessary? In the MMN literature, this imbalance (oddball vs. standard) has not been an issue, as far as I am aware (or it has not been addressed?); I can follow the authors' reasoning for addressing this imbalance, but would feel more comfortable with the bootstrapping procedure if the authors can show that there is only a quantitative, but not a qualitative difference between statistics with bootstrapping vs. without bootstrapping (i.e. having a large imbalance between firsts and others keystrokes).

      While bootstrapping is less commonly used in some ERP studies, we chose this approach because it provides a robust estimate under class imbalance between conditions, as is typical in oddball-like paradigms. The effect of firsts versus others keystrokes remains significant under standard parametric analyses, consistent with the main effect observed in the two-way ANOVA (Figure 6C).

      (d) In addition, is it really correct to derive a null distribution only from the other keystrokes, as opposed to from both firsts and other keystrokes?

      Our procedure defines a null distribution based on differences between randomly sampled other keystrokes. This allows us to quantify whether the observed amplitude difference between first and other keystrokes exceeds what would be expected from differences within the other condition alone. Under the null hypothesis, the first–other difference does not differ from the distribution of differences obtained by comparing randomly selected subsets of other keystrokes of equal size.

      (2) Latency and duration of ERP differences

      I was rather surprised by how early the effects appear to be. Coming back to the MMN paradigm: here, the latency of the peak MMN for oddballs is typically in the ~150-250 ms range, i.e. in P2 territory. Granted, the effect can be initiated in the N1 component range, but then it persists through P2; in the current paradigm, the effect is very selective to the N1 (or even the P50 latency for Pre- vs. Post-training comparisons, which puts this effect squarely in the primary auditory cortex). I would encourage the authors to explore this apparent discrepancy with respect to the MMN latency a bit more; is this related to passive vs. active paradigms? But why does the effect not persist and is seemingly restricted to a brief time window? Presumably, the auditory-motor mismatch, once it is detected, will have 'downstream' effects?

      The early N100 effect has been reported multiple times in previous literature so we don't find this result surprising. It's possible that there are downstream effects that we're not seeing here. For example, we show in Figure S13 that the playing ERP is likely a linear sum of auditory and motor signals. The motor ERP also peaks at around 150, so in theory it could obscure the classic MMN. This point was mentioned in the Discussion (line 290).

      (3) Musical background of participants

      The authors state that some participants had more than 10 years of formal musical training, but that "none of the musically trained participants played piano as their primary instrument". How many of those nevertheless played piano? And how did this affect their performance? It would have been much cleaner to restrict participants to non-musicians...

      I am not convinced that performance in the training task is an appropriate proxy for musicianship (as the authors suppose on page 10). In general, I think the consideration of musicianship in the study is by far the weakest and should probably be left out.

      That being said, it is unfortunate that not more information on participants' background is provided, and that the authors did not exclude musicians, as this likely also has an impact on the results, since they presumably have had a stronger 'natural' key-pitch mapping than non-musicians.

      Participants did fill out a questionnaire adapted from the Goldsmiths Musical Sophistication Index previously used in our laboratory’s other studies.We found no correlation with the GSI general score, nor the subscores. We have added the questionnaire results in the supplementary materials and the correlation plots for the overall musical sophistication score and the perceptual abilities score (the subscale most closely associated with the demands of our task). Nevertheless, for our use case, we do not believe that the questionnaire is more relevant for predicting sensorimotor learning abilities than the actual performance during training. For example, aspects of emotion and social engagement in music are also measured, which we don’t find to be relevant to musical learning abilities, and perceptual abilities are self-reported.

      (4) How were peak amplitudes determined? (They should not be determined by simply picking the maximum, as this is susceptible to outliers, but instead as an average over a pre-defined time window.) In general, the description of methods would benefit from being more detailed.

      We indeed computed the peak response as the maximum over a 40 ms window. However, given the large number of trials, and that the signal was already low-pass filtered to 30 Hz, corresponding to a ~33 ms cycle, it is unlikely that the estimate is significantly affected by transient noise or spurious peak fluctuations. The concern about outliers would be more relevant for single-trial data.

      (5) Figure 3A and 6A 'Pre-training ERP' seem to be identical; why is that? Shouldn't Figure 3A essentially show the average of Figure 6A 'Pre-test ERP' and 6A 'Post-test ERP'?

      Yes, it is indeed identical. Figure 3A is the variable map playing without the influence of any other tasks, therefore it’s the pre-training ERP.

      (6) I had trouble following the results in Figure 4B/D. Why does 4B only go as far as 3 previous keystrokes, but 4D goes as far as 7? Maybe I am misunderstanding something here?

      We showed only the contexts for which there were more than 300 trials, which we noted in the Methods section. There are fewer firsts in general, and fewer trials for higher numbers of keystrokes in the context. Therefore the 300 trial cutoff allows us to go up to 3 previous keystrokes for Figure 4B, but 7 previous keystrokes for Figure 4D.

      (7) In Figures 3E and 3F, eyeballing and comparing the null and listen vs. null distributions (3E) with the First vs. Other distributions (3F), I had trouble wrapping my head around how the ones in 3F can be highly significantly different (p<0.001), while the others in 3E are not. (See also my question above re the calculation of the null distribution.)

      Regarding Figure 3E, as detailed in the Methods section, the comparison between playing and listening was performed using a permutation test, whereas the p-values for comparisons between playing and null or listening and null were computed empirically as the proportion of values in the null distribution that exceeded the observed statistic. This is because playing and listening are both empirical (non-null) distributions, making a direct permutation test more appropriate for their comparison.

      (8) Please clarify whether or not the decoders were compared to all keystrokes (firsts and others)?

      The decoders were compared to all keystrokes in the main text (Figure 7), but a sized-match sample of firsts and others yielded the same conclusion (Figure S12).

      (9) Last paragraph of Disentangling auditory...

      If I understand it correctly, then neither ANOVA revealed an interaction; yet, the authors computed post-hoc pairwise comparisons nevertheless?

      There is an interaction for P50 according to the ANOVA (Figure 6C). We followed up with post-hoc comparisons to investigate whether this interaction is driven by a particular key-pitch map.

      (10) Figure S9: More information is needed re the TRF decoder; why such a short time window (as opposed to (showing) the ERP epoch -.2 to .5 s)? What does it mean for the decoder to have its peak at 0 s?

      Since we used an inverse TRF formulation, the target reconstruction corresponds to a sparse impulse vector with value 1 at keystroke onsets and 0 elsewhere. As a result, only the temporal location at t=0 is of interest, with the expectation that the reconstruction should be flat outside this point. As a sanity check, we verified that averaging across onset-aligned windows reveals a clear peak at t=0, confirming that the model captures the expected temporal alignment between keystrokes and reconstructed responses.

      Minor:

      (1) Please include line numbers in the revised document to facilitate the review of the manuscript.

      (2) Baseline period: either baseline correct to 100 ms, or show the entire 200 ms baseline period in the figures.

      No baseline correction was applied to the ERP signals. Instead, data were re-referenced to the mastoids and band-pass filtered (1–30 Hz) to reduce slow drifts and high-frequency noise. As shown in Figure S5, the pre-stimulus baseline period does not exhibit systematic drift across conditions, consistent with stable baseline activity following preprocessing.

      (3) I was surprised to read that the authors used Sennheiser 650 headphones - surely they introduce significant electrical interference?!

      We have previously used headphones in EEG experiments in our lab without issues (cf. Cantisani 2023, Di Liberto 2020). In preprocessing, a notch filter at 50 Hz is applied to remove line noise, and ERP analyses are further low-pass filtered at 30 Hz to isolate the relevant evoked response components.

      (4) ICA should be run on continuous data to avoid situations where an eyeblink cannot be accurately identified (and removed) because it's cut off by the epoch (and this way it would remain in the epoch and contribute noise).

      ICA was indeed run on the continuous data (10 minutes for each task). We clarified this in the Methods section.

      (5) The supplementary video was not available.

      We have let the eLife team know about this.

      (6) Figure 2F: I believe the x-axis tick marks should read Block1 and Block2, instead of Pre and Post? Please clarify (also in the corresponding text) whether this is averaged across Pre-training and Post-training sessions, or only for one of them?

      Thank you for pointing out the error, it should indeed read block 1 and block 2, and has been updated. Both take place during the 30-minute training session, which consists of 2 blocks.

      (7) Figure 3: It wasn't clear to me how only significant channels are shown.

      We applied a mask so that only the significant channels are coloured according to amplitude difference. Non-significant channels are shown in white. The explanation for this is now found in Results > Experiment II > Effects of targeted skill acquisition training.

      (8) For the decoder analyses, how did the authors determine that investigating/using the same electrodes for auditory vs. motor ERPs is appropriate? I am aware that ERPs evoked by the auditory cortex are maximal at fronto-central electrodes; is the same the case for motor ERPs?

      We did not perform any pre-selection of channels for the decoder analyses. All channels were included in model training and prediction, allowing the decoder to learn data-driven spatial weights for reconstruction without imposing priors about channel relevance for auditory or motor processing.

      (9) Figure 4A/C: The stems represent keystrokes during the Variable map Pre/Post test? This indicates that this particular participant often only played 3 notes?

      Participants occasionally paused after producing short sequences of 3–5 notes. This behavior varied across individuals, with some producing near-continuous sequences with brief (< 1 s) pauses, and others inserting longer pauses (2–3 s) between melodic segments. Participants were instructed to generate short, varied melodic motifs and to avoid repeating identical sequences.

      (10) Figure 5E: Were these based on size-matched comparisons, i.e. similar to the method the authors applied to the other analyses comparing first vs. other keystrokes?

      The figure shows the means without size matching, but using size-matched comparisons doesn’t change the conclusions of the figures; we added this analysis in a supplementary figure.

      (11) Figure 6C and 6G: there seem to only be 16 and 17 datapoints, respectively?

      Figure 6C: We double-checked in the code and SVG file and there are indeed 18 subjects and 18 points.

      Some points are not clearly visible in the figure due to very close overlapping.

      Figure 6G: We unintentionally excluded one subject from the plot by setting the x-axis limit to between 2 and 4 on the training score. We have now adjusted the plot so that all subjects are visible.

      (12) Figure 6C: Why an ROI here, but not elsewhere?

      The ROI selection was based on prior ERP studies reporting robust auditory responses over central electrodes and motor-related error responses over frontal midline electrodes (Gehring 1993, Lutz 2013).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents compelling evidence from a wild chickadee population linking heritable spatial cognition to extra-pair paternity success, supporting sexual selection via good genes in a food-caching species. The integration of RFID cognition tests with ddRAD paternity assignment is methodologically strong and timely for behavioral ecology, though causal mechanisms and confounds warrant clarification.

      Overall, a major revision of the manuscript is recommended, addressing the points below.

      (1) Confirmation of manipulation and treatment effects.

      The central claim hinges on spatial cognition driving EP siring, but direct evidence that cognition predicts observed copulations (vs. post-copulatory mechanisms) is absent. While territories do not cluster by performance (Figure S4), quantify male aggression/movement data during fertile periods to rule out intrusion-based EPP. The authors should provide metrics like nearestneighbor distances for EP sires or playback responses linking cognition to dominance, as in prior chickadee work. Without this, causal female preference remains correlational.

      We do provide the mean distance to all known EP sires in Figure S2, in addition to the known neighbors coded by cognition and EPP (Figures S3 and S4). Unfortunately, we do not have data with playbacks for this set of individuals, though we have shown that males respond to threats from high or low elevation birds equally, which provides a potential proxy for cognitive performance and dominance (e.g., high elevation birds perform better on the task than low elevation birds, and low elevation birds are dominant/,more aggressive than high elevation birds; Kozlovsky et al. 2014, Beh Ecol and Sociobiol; Branch et al. 2015, Behaviour; Branch & Pravosudov 2016, Ethology).

      As mentioned in discussion of the manuscript, we do not see a significant relationship between dominance and task performance in our system (Heinen et al 2021) – this is also true for the closely-related black-capped chickadees (Robayo Noguera et al 2025). This is not to say that social dominance status does not affect female preference or choice, but that data is outside the scope of this work. We would like to highlight that we’ve shown high repeatability in individual task performance and shown a strong gene c basis for spa al learning and memory performance (Sonnenberg et al. 2019; Branch et al 2022; Semenov 2024, Current Biology). While social dominance status is a rela ve trait and known to change with me and age (eg adults are dominant to juveniles).

      From discussion:

      “Furthermore, while higher social dominance status is associated with access to better territories in chickadees (86), we see no association with dominance status and spatial cognitive abilities in our system (46) or closely related black-capped chickadees (81). While it is possible that our results reflect some unmeasured trait(s) linked to spatial cognitive ability, such as boldness, aggression, or increased exploratory behavior (e.g., 32), previous data from our system do not support these additional alternative hypotheses. Chickadees with enhanced spatial cognitive abilities are not more aggressive (78) nor do they show higher rates of exploratory behavior (e.g., higher space use) (79).”

      We agree that the results we present are correlational. A causal relationship is outside the scope of this research, as we cannot manipulate cognition in the wild and chickadees will not breed in captivity. The strength of our approach lies in multi-year data collection and the ability to compare among the social and extra-pair males, as well as using what we know about the system and species to rule out additional explanations, including age.

      (2) Female cognition-EPY link inconsistency.

      Poor female cognition predicts more EPY (first-20-trials: offspring-level χ<sup>2</sup>=6.21, P=0.013; nests: χ<sup>2</sup>=6.79, P=0.009), but not for full-task (P>0.5). The authors should discuss why (e.g., learning speed vs. memory stability) and add exploratory correlations (female errors vs. EPY proportion). They should soften claims in the Discussion section of "female-driven" without consistent support and should frame this as a hypothesis.

      Absolutely, we agree that this is an interesting nuance to the results regarding female cognition. While number of errors on the first 20 trials and across the entire task are highly correlated, this is not a 1-to-1 relationship (Figure S7a). We suggest that performance in the first 20 trials reflects memory acquisition, while performance across the full task reflects memory retention and recall (Sonnenberg et al. 2019) – both critical components of spatial learning and memory for food-caching birds.

      Previous work has shown that performance in the first 20 trials and across the entire task is linked to survival (Sonnenberg et al. 2010) and longer lifespan (Welklin et al. 2024) – meaning both metrics reflect fitness. In the discussion, we suggest females may be compensating for their poorer abilities by seeking EPY, but this is speculative, as we do not have data beyond the correlative relationship we report and cannot provide more insight to the difference between the first-20 and entire task. This said, it is not only poor performing females that have EPY in the nest and we included the female/mother identity as a random factor in our models (see Statistical analysis section of Methods). Certainly, further investigation into female task performance and mate choice is warranted.

      Edit to MS:

      In the discussion we have edited the sentence to be more specific to our findings:

      “Indeed, females with poorer spatial memory acquisition (made more errors on the first 20 trials) had more extra-pair young in their nests, while social male cognitive performance did not predict EPY in the nest.”

      (3) Cognitive task sensitivity and validity.

      Mean errors aggregate learning curves effectively, but single feeder-assignment (nonpreferred) confounds neophobia/motivation with spatial ability. The authors should report trial-by-trial improvements (Figure S7 subset) or criterion-to-learn metrics. Justify excluding high-error birds (<3 mean); sensitivity analysis needed to check bias toward high performers.

      We respectfully disagree that our task lacks sensitivity or validity. The criterion-to-learn or trials-to-criterion metric has been criticized for decades and should not be used in studies comparing individual variation, in our opinion (e.g., Pravosudov 2022, Current Opinion in Behavioral Science; Harrington & Lambert 2025, Biology Letters).

      We use metrics based on the nature of our task to assess performance and ensure birds have learned before we include them in our analyses, for instance, all birds made < 3 errors on average and completed at least 20 trials. Random chance performance on our task is 3.5 errors (7 possible errors), therefore, birds that make more than 3 errors have not learned the task and therefore would not be included in analyses. It should be noted that this is very rare and typically if birds are excluded its because they do not complete 20 trials.

      See Testing spatial cognition section of the manuscript:

      “In addition, birds were included in analyses if they performed at least 20 trials and made fewer than mean 3 errors across the 4-day testing period.”

      We can certainly understand concerns about individual differences in motivation and neophobia, however, we have also considered this and made efforts to address these issues. That said, we do rely on birds to participate willingly in the spatial task and there may be some bias associated with those that participate vs. those that do not that we cannot account for. Chickadees, as a caching species, are particularly well-suited for our work as they appear to have infinite motivation to obtain and store food items in the wild (and individuals indeed differ in this, hence the differences in the number of trials completed, which we control for in our analyses). We know this not only from our study but work from many researchers, where birds have ad libitum food and continue to cache. Regarding neophobia, birds are introduced to the feeder array in stages, as we explain in the methods, and no humans are present during testing.

      “Each array consisted of eight equidistant RFID-based feeders on a square (122 x 122 cm) aluminum frame suspended ca. 4 m above the ground (Figure 1). Each feeder is equipped with a small, motorized door. Prior to testing, we kept the feeder doors of the arrays open for approximately one month. Next, the feeder doors were closed and programmed to open for any bird with a PIT tag, this allowed birds to habituate to the motorized feeder doors for one week. Finally, we measured the spatial learning and memory abilities of mountain chickadees using a 4-day task. The spatial learning and memory task involved pseudo-randomly assigning each bird to a single feeder in the 8-feeder array that was not its most-visited feeder during the previous two habituation stages.”

      Finally, using the first-20 and 4-day task performance metrics we’ve shown relationships between survival, longevity, genetic variation, and reproductive output, while seeing none of these relationships with the cognitive flexibility task (all with different groups of birds over the years), which we find to be the most compelling evidence that our metric is valid and sensitive.

      (4) Paternity assignment robustness.

      ddRAD-CERVUS with bimodal LODs (Figure S8) is solid, but unassigned EPY (social-genotyped but no sire) implies missing sires (~?% of EPY?). Include all alive males as candidates yearly? Test power simulations for LOD thresholds. 2019 exclusion justified, but multi-year SNP alignment could boost resolution.

      One of the limitations or challenges of our system is that the birds inhabit a highly contiguous forest and our field site is not demarked by boundaries or barriers, meaning we do have undetected males just outside our field site that likely sire offspring and we have no data for. That said, we were able to assign paternity to 630 out of 732 offspring, giving us a success rate of 86%. We have now added this to the first paragraph of the results. For all 732 chicks we knew the social males genotype and could ID presence of EPY, but in that 14% we could not ID the EP male specifically. We did include all alive males as potential sires. This includes males that may not have been nesting in our boxes that particular year, but were detected alive in the previous winter testing season that we were able to genotype.

      We tried a multi-year SNP alignment first, but obtained stronger paternity assignments and differentiation between first and second-tier candidate sires when we ran each year separately. Running the SNP analysis for each year separately resulted in more SNPs to use in each year which increased our ability to confidently assign paternity.

      (5) Mechanistic speculation vs. data.

      Discussion invokes hippocampus genes (GWAS priors) and good genes, but no offspring cognition/survival data. Label as hypotheses; suggest tracking EPY recruitment. No brood size costs for EP sires is key, but monitor long-term nest investment (e.g., feeding rates).

      Indeed, these are informed speculations/hypotheses based on our previous work showing the genetic bases of cognition and high levels of heritability (Branch et al 2022; Semenov 2024, Current Biology). We also know that juvenile survival is predicted by performance on our spatial cognitive task (Sonnenberg et al 2019, Current Biology). However, we do not have offspring survival for these particular EPY (past fledging the nest). We recruit about 5% of the young back into our study site (Whitenack et al. 2025), which makes it difficult to make meaningful inferences at this point. Though, as we continue to collect data in this system we hope to obtain a sample size to address these questions.

      We have collected data on feeding rates at the nest via RFID in some years, however, these measures come with additional caveats as they do not control for the amount/quality of food. Though, preliminary analyses suggest no difference in feeding rates based on cognitive abilities.

      We use the mass of the nestlings at Day 16, which is a common proxy for survival likelihood in Passerines, and we know individuals of higher mass are more likely to survive and be recruited back into the system (Whitenack et al. 2025).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors ask whether spatial cognition is under sexual selection in mountain chickadees. To do so, the authors examined a large dataset that includes a) spatial cognition data for both males and females (obtained via use of a clever RFID-based feeder system) and b) social and extra-pair paternity nesting data. As predicted, males with higher spatial cognition sired more extra-pair offspring, and extra-pair sires had, on average, higher spatial cognition scores than the males they cuckolded. Interestingly, females with lower spatial cognition scores were more likely to seek extra-pair copulations, potentially to compensate for their own low spatial cognition. Surprisingly, there was no difference in spatial cognition scores between males that sired their own offspring and those that lost paternity at the nest. Also surprising was the fact that there were no differences in patterns of extra-pair paternity and spatial cognition between high- and low-elevation sites. The latter is particularly surprising in that spatial cognition should be under stronger selection at the high elevation site. Overall, this is a fascinating study that demonstrates that spatial cognition - a trait under natural selection as it directly impacts winter foraging and survival behaviour -is also under sexual selection.

      Strengths:

      The authors have a robust dataset (n = 732 offspring sampled over 3 years), high-quality spatial cognition data collected with a procedure that has been well-honed over the years, and couple the data with solid statistical procedures that address many potential covariates and potentially confounding factors. In addition, the authors are careful in the discussion to elaborate on the many potential alternative explanations from the results and questions that are likely to arise in the minds of readers (e.g., how are females assessing male spatial ability?)

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, no major weaknesses were identified in this study. As always, there are editorial issues that I would encourage the authors to consider, including presentation of data/results and clarification on some statistical issues. Overall, however, this is an excellent study that will make an important contribution to our understanding of the evolution of cognition and targets of sexual selection.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors presented evidence that spatial cognition in this population is under sexual selection, with extra-pair males, primarily chosen by the females, having better spatial cognition than males they cuckolded and males with better spatial cognition having more extrapair young.

      Strengths:

      This cognitive ecology study was conducted on a well-known long-term study population of free-ranging mountain chickadees. This strong base, alongside a thorough study design and extensive statistical analyses, enabled the authors to address research questions that few other labs can address, making this a potentially powerful study of broad general interest.

      Weaknesses:

      Throughout the manuscript, there is a focus on the "mean number of location errors per trial over the first 20 trials". Performance changes across trials, so why weren't learning vs peak performance analyzed separately? Similarly, authors also describe results in the context of the entire task, but sometimes in the context of the first 20 trials - why is one prioritised over the other, and why is the emphasis not always consistent? Are the results across the two generally the same? A more thorough explanation addressing all these points is necessary.

      Results are often similar in both metrics, however, the relationship between first 20 and total trials is not 1 to 1 (reported at top of results section and Figure S7a). We suggest that performance in the first 20 trials reflects memory acquisition, while performance across the full task reflects memory retention and recall (Sonnenberg et al. 2019) – both critical components of spatial learning and memory for food-caching birds. Previous work has shown that performance in the first 20 trials and across the entire task is linked to survival (Sonnenberg et al. 2010) and longer lifespan (Welklin et al. 2024) – meaning both metrics reflect fitness.

      We did locate several instances where the metric used is not clear and we have corrected this, thank you.

      To summarize, we reported results for both metrics for analyses related to the main hypotheses, and then reported first-20 trials in the main text for additional tests and provided the entire test data in the Supplemental Materials.

      Lines 429-432: Why was a categorical (i.e., chi-square test) and not a numerical comparison implemented? A numerical statistical test would capture more of the variation (i.e., the number of years separating the social and EPY males).

      We agree and have added a paired t-test to assess whether within each offspring, the social father differed in age from the EP father. This test returned a similar result (χ<sup>2</sup><sub>1</sub>=0.27, P=0.662) and has been added to the results.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Statistical analysis:

      The authors include elevation as a fixed effect in their models; however, I am curious as to why there were no elevation interaction terms included in the model, as I would predict that selection for higher spatial cognition would be stronger in high-elevation sites.

      We did test for an interaction between elevation and cognition in many of our models and did not find any support for interactions. For example, there was no interaction between elevation and cognition in the number of EPY sired model.

      (2) General comments:

      (a) I would prefer to see extra-pair paternity written out rather than EP, EPY, EPP, etc., as the inclusion of the words takes little extra space in the text and makes for easier reading (personal preference).

      We agree and have spelled out EP, EPY, EPC, and EPP throughout the MS.

      (b) The discussion does an excellent job addressing these questions, but it could be worth noting in the introduction why it is unlikely that this pattern would result simply from selection for dominance (or other factors), given that readers familiar with chickadees would likely immediately think about the role of dominance in extra-pair paternity.

      We have added this point to the introduction, thank you:

      “Previous research in chickadees shows that females often produce extra-pair young with socially dominant males (e.g., 44, 45), however, in our study system we do not see a significant relationship between social dominance and spatial cognitive abilities (46). One potential explanation for this, is that social dominance changes over an individual’s lifetime and with age, while spatial cognition is repeatable and consistent over individual mountain chickadee’s lifetime (25, 27-32).”

      (3) Specific comments:

      (a) Line 27-31: This feels like a weak justification. The study is really about selection on cognition rather than the study of sexual selection per se. I would encourage the authors to revise this justification statement to focus on how sexual selection can help shape cognition.

      We have edited the abstract.

      (b) Line 49: Suggest a stronger start rather than justifying the paper by stating that mate choice has been a focus of evolutionary biology.

      We have edited this statement.

      (c) Line 50: I believe this should be "mate choice" rather than "sexual selection"

      Edited.

      (d) Line 59-62: Confusing wording throughout, especially as "high quality" does not refer to sperm competition, but rather sperm that may have an advantage during sperm competition.

      Suggest reworking the sentence for clarity.

      We changed this to quality instead of competition.

      (e) Line 69: Predictable variation in what?

      We have removed predictable variation.

      (f) Line 87: time;

      Corrected.

      (g) Line 104: Cut "specifically (i.e., caches are not used for provisioning young),".

      Removed.

      (h) Line 106: Presumably referring to assortative mating?

      Added.

      (i) End of the introduction focuses on a couple of primary questions; however, once the reader gets to the methods and results, we find many more tests (e.g., age, brood size, female cognition, etc.). If the authors are going to include these additional tests (which I think they should), then I encourage them to provide the predictions or justifications for those analyses here. In addition, please double-check to ensure the presentation of all tests is consistent throughout the intro/methods/results/discussion.

      We have now added this information to the end of the introduction as alternative explanations, rather than specific predictions. These additional analyses were implemented post-hoc to exclude alternative explanations for the patterns observed, but we have linked them to the statistical analyses as requested by Reviewer 3 and for clarity.

      (j) Suggest including sample size (nests, nestlings, etc. per year) in methods.

      We have provided all sample sizes in the Supplemental Tables and in the text where appropriate.

      (k) Line 255: How many egg dumps? Would be interesting to have a number here for future meta-analyses, reviews, BOTW accounts, etc.

      Unfortunately, we do not have this data available, and the numbers were very low which is why we did not report them in the manuscript. As we continue to work in the system we will be able to provide this information.

      (l) Line 273: See comment above re: elevation as an interaction term in models.

      Addressed above.

      We did test for an interaction between elevation and cognition in many of our models and did not find any support for interactions. For example, there was no interaction between elevation and cognition in the number of EPY sired model.

      (m) Line 282: extra period.

      Removed.

      (n) Line 328: Change "Here" to "Next".

      Edited.

      (o) Line 465: I would suggest bringing this in earlier and considering the flow of how ideas are presented. Seems more logical to first look at whether males lost paternity, then, if so, to whom those males lost paternity.

      We have reorganized the results section to be consistent with the stats methods order.

      (p) Line 553: suggest "likely means" as there may be other attributes of individual quality outside of spatial cognition that are important.

      Yes, we have added this qualifier.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Section starting at line 268: This section has a long list of statistical analyses. To better help the reader follow the aims of the study and the relationship between them, I recommend numbering the research questions in the introduction and pairing them with the description of each statistical test here in the Statistical Analyses section.

      We agree, thank you for this suggestion.

      We have now added this information to the end of the introduction as alternative explanations, rather than specific predictions. These additional analyses were implemented post-hoc to exclude alternative explanations for the patterns observed, but we have linked them to the statistical analyses and results as requested.

      (2) Lines 295-297: What was the percentage of tested individuals that had brood size data available?

      We only have brood size information for birds that breed in our nestboxes and make it to day 16 post-hatching – this is a much-reduced sample from those that participate in cognitive testing (we test around 150 birds a year between both elevation sites). In addition, throughout breeding stages we lose nests to predation, prior to day 16, when we collect blood samples from the chicks. Birds also participate in cognitive testing and breeding in multiple years, so our sample size for EPP is a result of repeated measures in some instances.

      (3) Lines 473-479: The study is done, so use the past tense throughout the manuscript.

      Thank you, we have edited this for consistency.

    1. Author response:

      We thank both reviewers for their constructive and thoughtful evaluations, and the editors for the positive assessment. We are grateful that the reviewers found the question important, the design clear, and the exploratory-replication structure a strength. Below we briefly outline the directions of our planned revision; a full point-by-point response to the public reviews and the recommendations will accompany our resubmission.

      The reviewers raise several points we find valuable and intend to address. First, we will clarify the scope of our central claim. We will distinguish our confirmatory result, that the Multiplicative model best accounts for the data among the preregistered candidates, from stronger statements about the underlying computation, making explicit that the evidence most directly supports cross-domain integration, with multiplication the best-supported rule among those tested. Second, we agree on the importance of situating our findings within Bayesian accounts of cue integration, and will add a discussion of how the multiplicative combination of statistically independent cues relates to probabilistic inference about self-causation and to prior cue-integration work on the sense of agency. Third, we will sharpen definitions of key terms such as ‘integration’ and ‘domain-general’ and the framing of our contribution, clarifying that it concerns how multi-feature prediction errors are combined. Finally, we will address and discuss the distinction between the integration we demonstrate and its interpretation as a domain-general representation of agency.

      We believe these revisions will strengthen the manuscript, and we thank the reviewers again for their helpful guidance.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Drp1 supports mitochondrial fission (doi: 10.1038/s41586-019-1296-y). Viral sensing triggers mitochondrial fusion, leading to MAVS aggregation and improved type-1 IFN response. It was suggested that impairment of Drp1 upon phosphorylation by Tbk1 enhances mitochondrial fusion in virus-infected cells (doi.org/10.1016/j.molcel.2020.10.018). In this manuscript, Fang et al. describe an unexpected role of caspases activated upon Rift Valley fever virus (RVFV) infection in inactivating Drp1. They show that Drp1 is targeted by multiple caspases, including caspase-3, -6, -7 and -8. Indeed, cleavage of Drp1 leads to mitochondrial elongation, boosting the type-1 IFN response of infected cells. Finally, the authors establish the general disability of the proposed mechanism in the context of cellular infections with H1N1, SeV, and HSV-1. Caspase-dependent and independent cell death processes provide important host defence mechanisms against obligatorily intracellular viral pathogens. This work suggests that caspases reinforce antiviral response involving also the mitochondria-type 1 IFN axis. As such, the manuscript is well written, and the proposal pertaining to caspase-mediated targeting of Drp1 may have implications beyond host-virus interaction studies. However, several loose ends remain, and these concerns need to be addressed to substantiate the mechanistic model.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the present study, authors report the role of virus-induced apoptosis in positively regulating the innate immune response. Upon infection, host cell apoptosis is triggered as a defence mechanism against virus replication. Culmination of infected-cell death impairs replicative potential for viruses, hence attenuating virus propagation. Reports exist denoting the inhibitory effect of apoptosis upon innate immune signalling. Contrary to that, the findings of this manuscript underscore the possible role of apoptosis in enhancing innate immune signalling and effector response. Infection-induced activation of caspases (3, 6, 7, and 8) has been demonstrated to cleave DRP1 protein. DRP1, a positive regulator for mitochondrial fission, degradation leads to altered mitochondrial morphology (elongation).

      Mitochondria, being a hub for innate immune signalling (via operation of RLR-MAVS-downstream effector molecule-axis), upon elongation as a result of DRP1 depletion, results in greater innate immune signal flux and interferon induction. Increased interferon induction thus acts to inhibit virus propagation, as demonstrated by the authors using cell-culture models.

      Strengths:

      (1) The findings presented by the authors have been validated by employing elaborate biochemical experimental approaches. The study entails extensive biochemical characterization of DRP1 residues targeted by activated caspases, in vitro assays validating caspase-mediated DRP1 cleavage & caspase-DRP1 interaction.

      (2) This study possesses broad implications since the authors demonstrate the role of caspase-mediated DRP1 cleavage in promoting innate immunity in the context of infection by diverse viruses (both RNA and DNA viruses).

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors undertook a thorough experimental approach attempting to validate their findings, all the experiments were performed using either cell-culture models for infection or in vitro biochemical assays (cleavage and protein-protein interaction). Additional experimentation using animal models (in vivo) will further help strengthen the biological significance of their findings under more physiological settings.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrated that the NSs protein of RVFV triggers the activation of apoptotic caspases, which cleave the mitochondrial fission factor DRP1 resulting in mitochondrial elongation.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides an insightful investigation into a novel mechanism through which apoptotic caspases promote anti-viral immunity by regulating mitochondrial morphodynamics.

      We are very grateful for this constructive review. Our specific responses are enclosed below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      It is advised that the deficiencies and weaknesses pointed out by all three reviewers are meticulously addressed. This will be important to mechanistically substantiate the proposed model. While the absence of animal data represents a deficiency, the authors may graphically/textually articulate future courses of in vivo experiments that may shed further light on the physiological significance of the proposed mechanism.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      (1) Figure 1: While Figure 1 is convincing, could it be possible to add some quantification for mitochondrial morphodynamics? For example, the average number, size, perimeter, interconnectivity, and elongation of mitochondria from uninfected and infected cells may be compared in a violin plot. This approach should then be followed throughout the manuscript.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. We agree that quantitative analysis of mitochondrial morphology would be valuable to the study. However, it seems that a widely accepted quantification standard for the mitochondrial elongation phenotype is currently not available. We also tried to use the MiNA (Mitochondrial Network Analysis) plugin (ImageJ; 2017 Acta Histochem, doi:10.1016/j.acthis.2017.03.001) to analyze mitochondrial morphology. Unfortunately, this plugin could not be properly executed due to unknown reasons. For this reason, we propose not to include the quantitative data in the main manuscript, also because the immunofluorescence analysis showed a rather distinctive phenotype. If the reviewer can suggest a method for this kind of quantification, we could try with the suggested method.

      (2) Figure 2: NSs of RVFV interact with the general transcription factor TF-IIH and primarily reside in the nucleus. Then, what could be the mode of caspase activation by NSs? Is the interaction between NSs and TF-IIH important for caspase activation? In general, the link between NSs and caspases may be discussed more elaborately.

      Regarding the mode of caspase activation, our recent publication (together with other’s previous work) showed that the NSs-mediated TFIIH degradation leads to transcriptional inhibition resulting in rapid downregulation of the short-lived pro-survival protein MCL-1, contributing to BAK activation (2024 Cell, doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2024.09.008; 2024 PLoS Pathog, DOI: 10.1371/journal.ppat.1012387). Activation of BAK may trigger mitochondrial apoptosis (2022 Nat Commun. doi: 10.1038/s41467-021-27851-y).

      (3) Figure 3: Some data quantification will be important for immunoblot analyses. This is relevant for other figure panels as well.

      We have now included semi-quantitative analyses for the key immunoblot data in Figure 3.

      (4) Figure 3: Previous studies implicated MITOL-mediated pathway in Drp1 degradation (doi: 10.1242/jcs.257808). Importantly, the ubiquitin-proteasome system was shown to degrade PKR in RVFV-infected cells (doi.org/10.1371/journal.ppat.1005437). It could be important to determine the PKR level in immunoblot analyses performed in Figure 3A to ensure that MG-132-mediated inhibition was not inadequate in those experiments.

      We have now included detection of PKR in the revised Figure 3A and updated the corresponding text in the manuscript. The results showed that MG132 treatment effectively rescued the RVFV-induced degradation of PKR. In contrast, MG132 treatment did not inhibit RVFV-induced DRP1 downregulation.

      These results indicate that while proteasomal degradation of DRP1 may occur in other contexts, it is not the primary mechanism for DRP1 downregulation in the context of RVFV infection.

      (5) Figure S2F and Figure S2G assure the necessity and sufficiency of NSs in caspase activation and should be placed in the main text. These figures MUST also include an additional panel comparing the level of full-length and cleaved Drp1.

      We have reorganized the figures in the revised manuscript accordingly. The changes are as following:

      (1) The original Figure 3G (showing caspase activation during RVFV infection) has been moved to the Supplementary Information as new Figure S2F to streamline the main figures.

      (2) The data showing that NSs expression alone is sufficient to trigger caspase activation and PARP-1 cleavage remains as Figure S2G, with DRP1 downregulation shown separately in Figure 2E from the same samples. This arrangement was maintained for narrative flow in the main text, but we have updated the text to explicitly guide the reader between these figures.

      (3) We have put the original Figure S2F to the main text as new Figure 3G. This figure now includes the DRP1 cleavage data from the same experiment. And we compared the level of full-length and cleaved Drp1.

      (6) Figure 4: Figure 4A needs a positive control to show that caspase 1, -4, and -9 were active in the in vitro assay condition.

      As suggested, the corresponding positive controls of caspase-1, -4, and -9 have now been included in the revised Supplementary Figure S3.

      The enzymatic activities were confirmed as follows:

      Caspase-1 and Caspase-4: We tested cGAS as a reported substrate (2017 Immunity, doi:10.1016/j.immuni.2017.02.011). While the cleavage fragments for cGAS were not observed potentially due to the epitope affinity of the antibody, a clear reduction in full-length cGAS level was observed upon incubation with both caspase-1 and caspase-4 (Figure S3A), indicating substrate degradation by these caspases.

      Caspase-9: Its activity was demonstrated by its ability to process a catalytically inactive mutant of procaspase-3 (Figure S3C).

      (7) There are some anomalies related to the size of the cleaved Drp1, and this needs serious attention. Figure 3E suggests the size of the cleaved Drp1 produced in RVFV-infected cells to be ~ 55 kDa. However, Figure 4A and Figure 4D indicate that the size of the cleavage products is around 15 kDa [Drp1(1)] and 35 kDa [Drp1(2)]. This must be clarified. Did the Drp1(D556E) mutant still produce the 55 kDa band upon virus infection?

      Below, we provide a point-by-point response.

      (1) Clarification on the apparent size discrepancy of cleaved DRP1 fragments:

      The apparent size difference arises from the use of different antibodies targeting distinct regions of the DRP1 protein.

      In Figure 3E, we detected endogenous DRP1 using an anti-DRP1 monoclonal antibody (CST, #5391) by Western blot. Under these conditions, this monoclonal antibody recognize a single linear epitope. The detection of the ~55 kDa fragment provides evidence that the epitope for this monoclonal antibody is located N-terminal to the D500/D503 cleavage site. Therefore, the ~55 kDa band represents the large N-terminal fragment generated after caspase cleavage.

      In contrast, Figures 4A and 4D analyze exogenously expressed, C-terminally strep-tagged DRP1 (DRP1-strep) using an anti-strep antibody. This setup visualizes the C-terminal cleavage fragments (~15 kDa or ~35 kDa) that contain the strep tag.

      These experiments are designed to detect different portions of the cleaved DRP1 protein. We have also revised the respective figure legends to state the protein source and detection method to prevent confusion.

      Specific Cleavage Pattern of the DRP1(D556E) Mutant:

      The full-length DRP1-strep protein is 83.2 kDa. Cleavage at D556 produces an estimated ~61.9 kDa N-terminal fragment and an estimated ~21.3 kDa C-terminal fragment (containing the strep-tag). Cleavage at D503 produces an estimated ~56.3 kDa N-terminal fragment and an estimated ~26.9 kDa C-terminal fragment (containing the strep-tag). Therefore, the DRP1(D556E) mutant would not produce the N-terminal ~61.9 kDa fragment (cleaved DRP1 (1), Author response image 1) and the C-terminal ~21.3 kDa fragment. However, since the D503 site remains intact, this mutant can still be cleaved at D503, yielding the ~56.3 kDa N-terminal fragment (cleaved DRP1 (2), shown in Author response image 1) and the ~26.9 kDa C-terminal fragment. When detected with an anti-DRP1 antibody, the ~56.3 kDa N-terminal fragment from D503 cleavage is observed. This fragment migrates at approximately 55 kDa on immunoblots. The result (see Author response image 1) are consistent with this interpretation and reflect the situation during virus infection.

      Author response image 1.

      (8) Figure 5: It will be meaningful to add a panel on mitochondrial morphodynamics upon Drp1 knockdown in this Figure. This may provide a correlative argument linking mitochondria to type 1 IFN response through Drp1.

      According to this suggestion, we performed this experiment and included a new panel showing mitochondrial morphology in DRP1 knockout cells. The new Figure 5D demonstrates that DRP1 knockout induces significant mitochondrial elongation compared to control cells.

      (9) Figure 6 and Figure 7: One may consider combining these in one consolidated panel.

      We have now combined the original Figure 6 and Figure 7 into a single consolidated panel (new Figure 6 in the revised manuscript).

      (10) Figure 7: Figure 7B needs particular attention. It seems that RVFV infection causes a similar downmodulation of both Drp1-wt and Drp1-3DE. However, Drp1-3DE did not produce the 15 kDa cleavage product and did not support enhanced type 1 IFN response as much as its WT counterpart did. Could the proteasomal pathway have a role in degrading caspase-resistant Drp1? Could the cleavage product have a role in enhancing anti-viral pathways? This must be meticulously addressed involving additional experimental designs, keeping in mind the results obtained using Drp1 knockdown cells (Figure 5).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. (1) Regarding the similar downmodulation of DRP1-WT and DRP1-3DE, the RVFV NSs has a potent function to inhibit host transcription. The exogenous DRP1-WT and DRP1-3DE are expressed from a CMV promoter via lentiviral transduction. This high-level exogenous expression system is sensitive to the transcriptional inhibition caused by RVFV-NSs, potentially explaining the observed similar reduction in protein levels. (2) Regarding the role of proteasomal pathway in degrading caspase-resistant Drp1, our data indicate that the proteasomal pathway is not the primary mechanism for the downregulation of the caspase-resistant DRP1-3DE. This is supported by the observation that the downregulation of endogenous DRP1 was largely insensitive to MG132 treatment (Figure 3A). (3) Whether the cleavage product plays a role in enhancing anti-viral pathways is an interesting question, which we propose to address in future study considering the scope of the current study.

      (11) Figure 7: A panel may be added to compare the effect of overexpression of WT and mutant Drp1 on mitochondrial morphodynamics.

      According to this suggestion, we have performed the experiment, and the data are included as a new panel in the revised Figure 6H. The results indicate that upon RVFV infection, control cells (PCDH) exhibited significant mitochondrial elongation. In contrast, cells overexpressing either DRP1-WT or DRP1-3DE did not show significant mitochondrial elongation morphology.

      (12) Figure 8: Considering the known role of Drp1 in MAVS aggregation (doi.org/10.1016/j.molcel.2020.10.018), this figure in its present form could appear less informative. One may argue that a comparison of WT and mutant Drp1 for controlling virus-induced MAVS aggregation could be more meaningful.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The major finding of our work is revealing a novel, caspase-dependent mechanism of DRP1 down-regulation. Figure 8 (revised Figure 7) showed that depletion of Drp1 promoted MAVS aggregation resulting in a strong antiviral effect. Regarding the suggestion to compare DRP1-WT and DRP1-3DE for MAVS aggregation during virus infection, we have focused our analysis on the DRP1 knockout system. This approach mimics the natural outcome of infection, where virus-induced caspase activation leads to the depletion of endogenous DRP1. Overexpression of WT and mutant Drp1 could hamper virus-induced depletion of Drp1 due to it’s high abundance, and may therefore affect the MAVS aggregation analysis.

      (13) Figure 9: This figure establishes that Drp1 is cleaved by caspases in response to cellular infection by multiple viruses. However, the significance of caspase-mediated Drp1 cleavage per se in the progeny virus titre remains unclear.

      We agree with this comment. The purpose of the original Figure 9 (revised Figure 8) is to show that the caspase-dependent Drp1 cleavage may occur in response to different virus infection. Whether and how this may affect progeny virus production, would be an interesting topic for future investigation. According to this comment, we reworded our description in the corresponding Results section.

      (14) Would caspase inhibition impact mitochondrial morphodynamics and progeny virus titres? This question needs to be experimentally addressed.

      Our data in Figures 3C, 3D, and 3F showed that the pan-caspase inhibitor Z-VAD-FMK effectively blocks virus-induced DRP1 cleavage in a dose-dependent manner. However, this upstream inhibition did not result in a significantly variation of nucleoprotein (NP) expression under RVFV infection. It is possible that the broad-spectrum inhibition of caspases by Z-VAD-FMK may simultaneously affect multiple aspects of the host cell and affect virus-host interactions.

      For this reason, we employed the caspase-resistant DRP1-3DE mutant (revised Figure 6), which allowed us to specifically analyze the functional impact of Drp1 cleavage without introducing the effects of global caspase inhibition and caspase-dependent processes. The result that DRP1-3DE enhances viral replication provides evidence for the role of DRP1 cleavage in restricting virus production.

      (15) One weakness is a lack of in vivo data despite the availability of Drp1-floxed mice. What are the results that one may anticipate based on the current study? This should be indicated in the Discussion section.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. According to this suggestion, we have now added discussion of the anticipated outcomes of in vivo studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      (1) Based on the DRP1-residues that caspase-3 targets for cleavage (500/503 and 556), 3 fragments having molecular weights of 55, 5.5 and 22 kDa, approximately, should be generated. In Figure 3E, the authors show the presence of DRP1 cleavage product having the size of approx. 50 Kda. Since the antibody (anti-DRP1) used by the authors recognizes the C-terminal region of DRP1, immunoblot for DRP1 under RVFV infection context should also demonstrate the presence of ~20 Kda DRP1 fragment. The authors should provide immunoblots showing the same.

      We agree with the reviewer that, based on the identified cleavage sites at D500/D503 and D556, a C-terminal fragment of approximately 20 kDa should be detectable.

      In our experiments using whole-cell lysates, we consistently observed the ~55 kDa cleaved DRP1 fragment but were unable to detect the smaller ~20 kDa fragment with the anti-DRP1 monoclonal antibody (CST, #5391). According to the manufacturer’s information, this antibody was raised against the carboxy-terminal region of human DRP1; however, the exact epitope has not been disclosed (we tried to contact the company, but did not get an answer). Since this is a monoclonal antibody, we infer that this single epitope likely resides upstream of the caspase-3 cleavage sites (D500/D503 and D556). Consequently, the C-terminal cleavage fragment may lack this epitope and is not recognized by the antibody.

      To verify the generation of this C-terminal fragment, we performed in vitro cleavage assays using C-terminally strep-tagged DRP1 (DRP1-strep), where an anti-strep antibody clearly detects the ~20 kDa band (as shown in Figures 4A and 4D–4F). We have included this information in the manuscript for clarity.

      (2) In Figure 4A, although the band for active caspase3 (from in vitro cleavage assay) is missing, DRP1 shows cleavage. Similarly, in Figure 4E, the band for active caspase3 is also missing. The authors should provide explanations for these data.

      The reason is that under our standardized in vitro cleavage assay conditions, the anti-His antibody did not efficiently detect these particular commercial recombinant proteins, likely due to variations in epitope accessibility, protein conformation, or the detection sensitivity of the Western blot. The enzymatic activity of caspases used in our assays was verified using established positive control substrates. For caspase-3, activity was confirmed by cleavage of the well-characterized substrate PARP1 See Figure S3B.

      (3) In Figure 4F, WT-DRP1 full length-band exhibits reduction in intensity upon treatment with caspase3, which is expected given the ability of caspase3 to cleave DRP1. However, although mutating 'D500/556E & D500/503/556E' abolishes DRP1 cleavage by caspase3, total DRP1 band intensity exhibits marked reduction in both cases. The authors should provide an explanation for this anomaly.

      The recombinant protein used in this assay is C-terminally strep-tagged DRP1 (DRP1-strep), detected with an anti-strep antibody. The mutation of sites D500/503/556E prevented cleavage at these positions. However, the observed decrease in full-length protein indicates that caspase-3 cleavage may occur at other, alternative sites within DRP1, such as D221 (Figure 4C). The detection of cleavage fragment is dependent on the anti-strep antibody recognizing the C-terminal tag. Cleavage at alternative sites located between the mutated sites and the C-terminus is likely to produce shorter C-terminal fragments that may be difficult to be detected. Therefore, it is possible that although caspase-3 cleavage proceeds at these alternative sites in the mutant proteins, the fragments remain undetectable with our detection method.

      (4) In Figures 7B and 7D, infection by RVFV of cells overexpressing DRP1-3DE (caspase-mediated cleavage-resistant) also leads to a reduction in full-length DRP1, although no cleavage product was seen. Does this indicate a possible role for other DRP1 residues being targeted by caspases upon virus infection? Treatment of DRP1-3DE-overexpressing RVFV-infected cells with a pan-caspase inhibitor will further provide insight into whether other DRP1 sites can also be targeted by caspase activity. Moreover, the authors should treat RVFV-infected cells with pan-caspase inhibitor and verify whether WT-DRP1 cleavage is restored concomitant with the abrogation of interferon induction and signaling.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. (1) For the reduction of full-length DRP1-3DE in RVFV-infected cells, similar with the response to the above comment, it is possible that the transcription inhibition effect of RVFV lead to reduction of Drp1-3DE expression level, an effect which may be more pronounced in the exogenous overexpression system. Additionally, the existence of other potential caspase cleavage sites, such as D221 (Figure 4C), may also in part account for the observed reduction. (2) Regarding the suggestion to use pan-caspase inhibition to analyze interferon signaling, we feel that blocking multiple caspase activities with the pan-caspase inhibitor Z-VAD-FMK will likely affect the global caspase activity in the cell affecting the scope beyond the interferon signaling pathways and is likely to complicate the interpretation of the results. Therefore, we employed the DRP1-3DE mutant for the analysis (revised Figure 6). This way we would not introduce the unspecific effects of global inhibition of multiple caspase-dependent processes. The result that DRP1-3DE enhances viral replication (revised Figures 6E-6G) provides evidence for the role of DRP1 cleavage in antiviral immunity.

      (5) MAVS aggregation shown by SDD-AGE in Figures 8B, 8C & 8D does not display a typical appearance characterizing MAVS aggregation. The pattern shown in the above-mentioned immunoblots is very atypical for aggregates and indicates an increased MAVS abundance in RVFV-infected (8B)/DPR1-KO (8C, 8D) lanes. The aggregation of MAVS when demonstrated in SDD-PAGE gels exhibits a completely different pattern. The authors should include positions for molecular weight markers indicating their corresponding molecular sizes in the immunoblot. That will help in differentiating MAVS monomer from the aggregates and will help assess the extent of MAVS aggregation upon infection/DPR1-KO.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment.

      In the meantime, we checked literatures detecting the pattern of MAVS aggregation using the same technique (e.g., 2011 Cell, DOI: 10.1016/j.cell.2011.06.041; 2017 Nature Communications, DOI: 10.1038/ncomms15138), where, if we understood correctly, MAVS aggregation showed a similar high-molecular-weight smear. It is common in SDD-AGE not to use protein markers, as this method separates by molecular size under semi-denaturing conditions and is designed to resolve high-molecular-weight aggregates rather than provide precise molecular weights.

      (6) In Figure 9D, the authors should also immunostain cells with virus-specific antibodies. This will help delineate that only virus-infected, but not uninfected cells exhibit elongation of mitochondria (as indicated by the appearance of TOM20 staining). In addition to that, the authors should provide an immunoblot for SeV antigen in Figure 9F. Instead of upregulating the H1N1 antigen, caspase inhibition by zVAD-FMK displayed a reduction in viral protein concomitant with DRP1 cleavage inhibition. Whereas, HSV-1 antigen abundance was seen to be enhanced upon the inhibition of apoptosis, which is consistent with the activity of axis entailing apoptosis-DRP1 cleavage-mitochondrial elongation-enhanced innate immunity- reduced virus propagation. The authors should explain this discrepancy.

      Regarding Figure 9D (revised Figure 8D) and virus-specific staining, we now provided the viral antigen (NP) staining for RVFV and H1N1 (See Author response image 2). However, highly specific antibodies for SeV and HSV-1 immunofluorescence (IFA) are not available for us at the moment. We therefore propose to keep the original layout of the figure.

      Author response image 2.

      Regarding the immunoblot for SeV antigen in Figure 9F, we now provided the immunoblot for SeV antigen. See Figures 8F.

      Regarding the H1N1-NP level upon Z-VAD-FMK treatment in Figure 9E, the reduction in NP signal with Z-VAD-FMK can be explained by the fact that the H1N1-NP protein itself is a substrate for caspase cleavage, as previously reported (DOI: 10.1007/s00705-007-0003-8). A zoom-in view of the blot in Figure 9E reveals a smaller migrating band corresponding to the cleaved NP. Z-VAD-FMK treatment inhibited the generation of this cleavage band, concurrently with the inhibition of DRP1 cleavage. When the ratio of internal control tubulin was considered, the NP level in the Z-VAD-FMK treatment group would not indicate a reduction of signal.

      Figures 8E in the revised manuscript and Author response image 3.

      Author response image 3.

      (7) Previous report (Wu et al, 2022, Nat cell death & disease, DOI: 10.1038/s41419-022-05156-2) demonstrates the inhibitory role of apoptosis in interferon-induction upon HSV/SeV in macrophage cells. However, in this study, the authors suggest apoptosis positively regulates interferon response (upon SeV/HSV-1 infection of macrophage cells). The authors should provide an explanation for possible reasons accounting for this difference in the discussions section.

      We propose that the functional consequence of caspases activation, which process different substrates, will likely pose two-sided effects on immune signaling as a two-sided “sword”. While the established caspase-dependent cleavage of molecules such as cGAS, MAVS, or NF-κB may pose inhibitory effect, the caspase-dependent cleavage of other substrates (such as Drp1 and yet-to-be identified other substrates) may pose the opposite effect. The overall effect would need to be determined in a context-dependent manner. We have included this notion in the revised Discussion section.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the Authors):

      (1) Please add the full name in the Abstract.

      We have now added the full names for all relevant abbreviations upon their first appearance in both the Abstract and the Introduction sections.

      (2) There is no scale bar in Figure 1A, 2A, 2B, 9D upper panel, Figure 8A.

      We have now added scale bars to the revised figures: upper panels of Figure 1A, 2A, 2B, and 8D (original 9D), and Figure 7A (original 8A), as suggested.

      (3) Can the author explain more in the text why DRP1, but not other mitochondria proteins?

      Our initial investigation simultaneously examined the key regulators of both mitochondrial fusion (MFN1, MFN2, OPA1) and fission (DRP1) using the same set of cell samples. This comparison showed that DRP1 was specifically down-regulated upon RVFV infection (Figure 2C).

      (4) Can the author explain more in the text why further study H1N1, SeV, HSV-1, but not other viruses?

      H1N1, SeV and HSV-1 are model RNA or DNA viruses that are commonly used and were selected as model viruses in our system. We propose that other viruses could also be investigated in further studies.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Summary of the Key Clarification Underlying This Revision

      Both reviewers independently identified what appeared to be a direct contradiction between our LC-MS/MS measurements of intracellular ATP (Figure 2) and our single-cell QUEEN reporter measurements of intracellular ATP (Figure 5): NTT1 expression appeared to lower rather than raise intracellular ATP, and exogenous ATP treatment appeared to further lower the QUEEN signal even though LC-MS/MS showed the opposite. We have carefully reviewed the reviewers’ comments alongside our original figures and legends, and we agree that the source of this apparent contradiction was insufficiently explained in the original submission.

      To make the reported quantity intuitively track ATP abundance, we have now:

      - Plotted the reciprocal of the 488 nm signal (1/488 nm) in the updated Figure 5, eliminating the inverse correlation between AU values and ATP abundance;

      - Revised the Figure 5 legend, axis labels, Methods, and Results to explicitly state that the plotted value is directly proportional to intracellular ATP abundance, removing any ambiguity about directionality;

      - Subtracted autofluorescence from the raw QUEEN reporter fluorescence signal;

      - Expanded the Methods and Results to explain, side by side, why the QUEEN-based and LC-MS/MS based measurements are complementary but not numerically identical (different dynamic ranges; live single-cell sampling over time versus bulk lysates at fixed timepoints); and

      - Re-examined Figures 2, 5, and 7 together to confirm that, once the QUEEN directionality is correctly read, the two datasets are internally consistent: NTT1 expression lowers baseline intracellular ATP relative to Wt, and exogenous ATP supplementation raises intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells (and, more modestly and via a distinct mechanism, in Wt cells), by both methods.

      Because this misunderstanding affected interpretation of the foundational ATP data, it appears to have influenced evaluation of all downstream conclusions. For example, neither reviewer meaningfully engaged with:

      - The identification of distinct cell death trajectories of aged cells;

      - The mitochondrial dependency of NTT1-associated toxicity and the observed lifespan differences; and

      - The distinction between intracellular ATP manipulation and extracellular ATP sensing mechanisms.

      Example of a Data Discrepancy Resolved by This Clarification

      In some instances, we think the original figures did not present the data clearly enough to support the intended reading, which we address below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to engineer a synthetic system for manipulating ATP homeostasis in budding yeast by expressing the microsporidian nucleotide transporter NTT1, thereby enabling ATP import from the extracellular environment. Using this system, they attempt to test whether intracellular ATP abundance causally regulates replicative lifespan and whether extracellular ATP sensing contributes independently to longevity pathways. The manuscript presents data from ATP biosensing, transcriptomics, mitochondrial perturbations, and microfluidic aging assays to build a dual-mechanism model linking ATP availability, MAPK signaling, mitochondrial function, and aging trajectories.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its creative application of xenotopic synthetic biology to directly manipulate ATP homeostasis-an ambitious approach that addresses an important and difficult question in aging biology. The use of complementary methods, including single-cell ATP reporters, microfluidic lifespan measurements, and RNA-seq, generates a rich experimental dataset with the potential to reveal multiple layers of ATP-dependent physiological regulation. The manuscript also raises interesting hypotheses regarding extracellular nucleotide sensing and HOG/MAPK pathway involvement, opening conceptual space for future exploration of ATP-based signaling in yeast.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these strengths, the manuscript suffers from several critical weaknesses that undermine the central conclusions. Foremost, the intracellular ATP measurements contradict key interpretations: NTT1 expression lowers ATP levels, yet multiple sections assert or assume that NTT1 increases intracellular ATP via import. This unresolved contradiction propagates throughout the mechanistic model. The authors do not consider or experimentally address the more parsimonious explanation that NTT1 may be a bidirectional ATP transporter, which would unify many perplexing results. Several important analyses are missing (e.g., transcriptomic comparison of NTT1 cells with vs. without ATP), and key signaling claims lack proper validation (e.g., Hog1 quantification, AMPK controls). Additionally, inconsistencies in figures-such as incorrect scale bars, mismatched ATP measurements, and a conceptual model contradicted by the data-further detract from clarity. As a result, the manuscript does not yet convincingly achieve its stated aims, and the current evidence does not adequately support the proposed causal relationships between ATP homeostasis and lifespan.

      We thank the reviewer for a rigorous and constructive critique. The central objection that our intracellular ATP measurements contradict our interpretation arose from a presentational error in how the QUEEN reporter data were plotted. As described in our Methods (QUEEN reporter section), the QUEEN biosensor is a ratiometric reporter whose 410 nm/488 nm excitation ratio increases with ATP binding. Because repeated 410 nm excitation causes phototoxicity over the multi-day time course of a replicative aging experiment, our longitudinal single-cell measurements (Figure 5) used only the 488 nm channel, for which fluorescence intensity decreases as ATP binds the reporter. In the original Figure 5, arbitrary fluorescence units (AU) were therefore inversely correlated with intracellular ATP abundance, such that higher AU values corresponded to lower ATP levels. We described this inverse relationship in the Results section and labeled the relevant figure panels “Low versus High,” but on reflection we agree this was not stated clearly enough in the figure legend itself, where a reader would most naturally look for it. As a result, the two datasets read as contradictory even though they are fully consistent, and we take responsibility for that lack of clarity.

      The reviewer proposes that NTT1 may function as a bidirectional transporter, with net ATP export accounting for the reduced ATP we observe in untreated NTT1-expressing cells. We considered this possibility, and our expanded metabolite data argue against it. LC-MS/MS shows that ATP, ADP and AMP are all significantly reduced in untreated NTT1-expressing cells relative to wild type (new Figure S2B), with AMP most severely affected a contraction of the entire adenylate pool rather than a shift in its distribution.

      Our transcriptome data identify the source of this contraction. NTT1 expression produces a coordinated downregulation of de novo purine biosynthesis, spanning the pathway (new Figure S2A), consistent with the pronounced AMP deficit. Parallel pyrimidine biosynthesis genes are unaffected, indicating a purine-specific response rather than a general biosynthetic shutdown. We therefore conclude that reduced de novo purine synthesis, not reverse transport, is the parsimonious explanation for the lower baseline nucleotide levels in NTT1-expressing cells, and we have added this analysis and interpretation to the Results and Discussion.

      Under ATP-replete conditions, both LC-MS/MS and the corrected QUEEN readout show a clear increase in intracellular ATP in NTT1-expressing cells, consistent with import. We have additionally added the transcriptomic comparison of NTT1-expressing cells with and without exogenous ATP that the reviewer requested (new Figures S1–S3), quantified Hog1 phosphorylation, and audited every figure, legend and numerical value in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work presents interesting findings where the addition of exogenous ATP extends the replicative lifespan of yeast cells in a way that seems uncorrelated with actual increased intracellular ATP levels or mitochondria. To be clear, the addition of ATP to yeast growth media increases the number of cell divisions per cell in yeast. Expression of the NTT1 ATP transporter gene increases intracellular ATP levels according to LCMS analysis, but the effect on replicative lifespan works without the NTT1 gene and without an intracellular increase in ATP (possibly with a decrease in intracellular ATP), so the effect appears to be independent of the effect on intracellular ATP levels or mitochondria, as mitochondria-less R0 yeast cells also have increased numbers of cell division when grown with extracellular ATP. The plots in Figure 5 make it seem like exogenous ATP addition lowers intracellular ATP for both the NTT1 cells and the wild-type cells, and that is not what the data in Figure 2d with LCMS shows.

      As an aside, this seems like a better model for increased tumor cell growth in the presence of increased extracellular ATP, which happens in some cancers.

      Restated, the data suggest they were successful in increasing intracellular ATP by LCMS, but not by queen reporter, and that the seemingly likely increased intracellular ATP was not causative, as cells that did not have an increase in intracellular ATP, but had the same exogenous ATP addition, also gained an increase in replicative lifespan. There could also be two distinct mechanisms extending replicative lifespan to the same degree in these two different strains. More measurements, controls, and analyses are needed to accurately determine what is happening with intracellular ATP levels with age. It is currently unknown if there is any correlation between ATP levels and replicative aging (with properly controlled longitudinal measurements).

      Strengths:

      Longitudinal imaging of single cells. Analyzed ATP levels with two approaches. Creative approach to use NTT1 transporter to increase intracellular ATP levels. Solid replicative lifespan data.

      Weaknesses:

      Mostly unclear about ATP levels with age and the relationship, or lack thereo,f between intracellular ATP levels and replicative lifespan. No idea what this effect depends on, but some ideas what it does not depend on (mitochondria or increased intracellular ATP). Experiments seem to lack biological controls (cells without gfp) for age related changes in autofluorescence (and pH that can affect gfp signal) for the fluorescent microscopy quantifying ATP with age using the QUEEN reporter (seems that way as written); conflicting evidence on ATP levels; lack of LC-MS measurements in old cells; no apparent correlation between ATP levels and replicative lifespan, but that could be wrong - just not apparent from the longitudinal data plots. The LCMS data seems better than the microscopy data on ATP because the microscopy approach seems to lack proper biological controls, and the selection of only the top 40% of pixels to quantify signal seems unjustified as written, and possibly prone to technical artifacts. Figure 2 B&C plots of ATP levels should show what the cells were normalized to. The figures also seem too diluted and should probably be combined or put in the supplements (hog1 western) if they do not relate to the lifespan effect. There seem to be some technical scientific editorial errors, like in Figure 7.

      We appreciate this careful and, in most respects, accurate reading. The reviewer concludes that the lifespan extension conferred by extracellular ATP does not depend on an increase in intracellular ATP, since it occurs in cells lacking NTT1 and in rho<sup>0</sup> cells, and suggests that two distinct mechanisms may extend lifespan in the two strains. This is precisely the model our data supports, and we are encouraged that the reviewer arrived at it independently: we propose an intracellular, import-dependent and mitochondria-dependent mechanism operating in NTT1-expressing cells, and a separate extracellular ATP-sensing mechanism that acts without import and without functional mitochondria. We have rewritten the Results and Discussion to make this dual-mechanism structure explicit rather than leaving it to be inferred, and Figure 8 has been revised so that the model matches the data.

      The apparent conflict between the QUEEN and LC-MS/MS measurements, which underlies much of the reviewer's uncertainty about ATP levels with age, is resolved by the correction described below. We have additionally subtracted autofluorescence from the reporter signal, stated the normalization for the ATP measurements in the Figure 2 legends, and added a justification in the Methods for restricting quantification to the brightest pixels. The QUEEN reporter is a soluble cytoplasmic protein excluded from the vacuole, which occupies an increasing fraction of cell volume in ageing mother cells, so whole-cell quantification systematically underestimates cytoplasmic signal in old cells for reasons unrelated to ATP. On the request for LC-MS/MS on sorted old cells, we agree this would be valuable in principle, but because individual cells follow divergent ATP trajectories with age, a bulk measurement of a sorted population would average across those trajectories and would not be directly comparable to our single-cell data.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The intracellular ATP measurements contradict key interpretations: NTT1 expression lowers ATP levels, yet multiple sections assert or assume that NTT1 increases intracellular ATP via import. This unresolved contradiction propagates throughout the mechanistic model. The authors do not consider or experimentally address the more parsimonious explanation that NTT1 may be a bidirectional ATP transporter… Several important analyses are missing (e.g., transcriptomic comparison of NTT1 cells with vs. without ATP), and key signaling claims lack proper validation (e.g., Hog1 quantification, AMPK controls). Additionally, inconsistencies in figures, such as incorrect scale bars, mismatched ATP measurements, and a conceptual model contradicted by the data, further detract from clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for this central and constructive critique. As explained above, the apparent contradiction in intracellular ATP directionality stemmed from an underexplained sign convention in the QUEEN reporter readout in Figure 5, which we have now corrected and clarified throughout the text, legends, and axis labels. With this correction, NTT1 cells show reduced baseline ATP and a clear, dose-dependent increase in intracellular ATP upon exogenous ATP treatment, consistent between the QUEEN and LC-MS/MS assays. There is a discrepancy between the two methods (QUEEN versus LC-MS/MS) specifically in the Wt cell ATP measurements, which we discuss in the Results section.

      The authors seem to assume that NTT1 expression should result in ATP influx… the authors should consider an alternative interpretation: the ATP transporter is bidirectional… this interpretation seems to be consistent with many of the observations in the manuscript, and this bidirectional ATP flux can be experimentally tested.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful alternative hypothesis. With the QUEEN directionality now corrected (see summary above), the core observation motivating this suggestion lower ATP in NTT1 cells alongside evidence of import is substantially resolved: NTT1 cells have lower baseline intracellular ATP than Wt, and both LC-MS/MS and the corrected QUEEN readout show that exogenous ATP raises intracellular ATP specifically in NTT1 cells, consistent with net import under ATP-replete conditions. In addition, our expanded LCMS/MS data (Figure S2) suggest that NTT1 overexpression results in decreased de novo purine biosynthesis, offering a possible explanation for the decreased ATP levels in these cells.

      The RNA-seq analysis compared the effects of adding exogenous ATP in WT and NTT1 cells. However, analysis can also be done to compare the effects of NTT1 under conditions with or without exogenous ATP.

      We have added the missing transcriptomic comparison of NTT1 cells with versus without exogenous ATP, and the corresponding data are now presented in three new supplementary figures (Figures S1–S3).

      “In NTT1-expressing cells, ATP is directly imported from the extracellular environment…” the authors are assuming NTT1 cell imports ATP from media with ATP supplementation. This should be reconciled with the lower intracellular ATP concentration and lifespan shortening.

      This statement refers specifically to the ATP-treated condition, in which both LC-MS/MS and the corrected QUEEN measurements show elevated intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells relative to untreated NTT1 cells and to Wt. We have revised the text to make this conditional context explicit.

      The western blots for Hog1p and Hog1 should be quantified… I suggest using p-Hog1 or phos-Hog1 to indicate the phosphorylated form.

      We have now quantified Hog1 phosphorylation by western blot analysis from two independent biological replicate experiments, each probed with a different commercial phospho-Hog1 antibody, to confirm that the result is not antibody-specific (Figure 4, Figure S8; Methods). We have also adopted the reviewer’s suggested nomenclature and now consistently denote the phosphorylated form as Hog1ᵖ throughout the text and figures to avoid ambiguity with the Hog1p gene product naming convention.

      The model in Figure 8 indicates a larger lifespan extension in the NTT1 cells. This is not consistent with the data presented in Figure 5-7.

      The statement regarding a larger lifespan extension is consistent with the data presented in Figures 5 and 7, but we agree this connection was not spelled out clearly enough in the original text. These two figures differ in their treatment conditions. In Figure 6D, 10 µM ATP treatment resulted in a significant median lifespan extension in both Wt and NTT1 cells, though the magnitude of the extension differed: As stated in the Results, Wt cells showed a median RLS increase of 41% (p = 1.28E-12) upon 10 µM ATP supplementation, while NTT1 cells, which also showed an increase in ATP levels (Fig. 6B, C), showed an even more pronounced extension (median RLS increase = 60%, p = 4.03E-18) in lifespan (Fig. 6D). In Figure 7, we analyzed the higher dose of ATP treatment (10 mM) to examine its toxic effect on lifespan. Figure 7A shows that the lifespan-extension effect observed at the low ATP dose (Fig. 6) diminished under the 10 mM treatment condition for NTT1 cells but not for Wt cells. Figure 7B shows that elimination of functional mitochondria rescues this mitochondrial toxicity in NTT1 cells, such that these cells extend their lifespan to a magnitude comparable to Wt under 10 mM ATP treatment conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The fluorescence imaging shows that cells with exogenous ATP have lower ATP levels, and that is not what was shown in Figure 2 by LCMS. So, as it is, this is confusing and not conclusive and may have to do with technical artifacts.

      We would like to clarify that our data do not in fact conflict. Figure 2B (fluorescence imaging) shows that NTT1 cells have lower intracellular ATP than Wt under baseline (no exogenous ATP) conditions, and that exogenous ATP treatment increases intracellular ATP abundance in both cell types. Figure 2C shows that under 2-deoxyglucose (2DG) treatment, Wt cells display decreased ATP levels regardless of exogenous ATP treatment, whereas NTT1 cells show increased intracellular ATP upon ATP treatment, further supporting the import function of NTT1. Our LC-MS/MS data (Fig. 2D, left panel) independently corroborate the fluorescence results in Figure 2B: NTT1 cells show lower ATP abundance than Wt cells at baseline, and exogenous ATP treatment raises intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells but not in Wt cells. We discuss the modest discrepancy between the LC-MS/MS and QUEEN measurements specifically for Wt cells in the Results section.

      The plots in Figure 5 make it seem like exogenous ATP addition lowers intracellular ATP for both the NTT1 cells and the wild-type cells, and that is not what the data in Figure 2d with LCMS shows… Restated, the data suggest they were successful in increasing intracellular ATP by LCMS, but not by queen reporter, and that the seemingly likely increased intracellular ATP was not causative…

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed reading of Figures 2 and 5. As described above, this apparent conflict arose because Figure 5 originally plotted a raw fluorescence value that is inversely related to ATP abundance without stating this clearly enough in the legend. We have corrected the legend, axis labels, and Results text so that the plotted quantity in Figure 5 (1/488 nm QUEEN signal) increases with ATP abundance, matching the LC-MS/MS data in Figure 2. With this correction, both assays agree that exogenous ATP treatment raises intracellular ATP in NTT1 cells; we discuss in the Results the more modest and assay-dependent behavior we observe in Wt cells, where LC-MS/MS and QUEEN differ somewhat in sensitivity and time-resolution.

      It needs a bit more experimental clarification and some thinking about what it means to disrupt ATP homeostasis with high extracellular levels of ATP, a generally biologically unnatural/pathological situation.

      The central premise of our study is that altered intracellular ATP is associated with lifespan. Mitochondrial functional decline is a hallmark of ageing, but whether this correlates with decreased ATP, and whether age-associated ATP changes are linked to cellular aging, remains an overlooked question. Here, for the first time, we show that not every cell exhibits a decreasing ATP trajectory with age, and that maintaining ATP homeostasis can extend lifespan. Interestingly, extracellular ATP sensing is directly relevant to cell-to-cell communication (purinergic signaling); however, this has never been characterized in yeast. Our data indicate that a similar, conserved mechanism may also be present in yeast, although the exact components of this sensing cascade require further study. This information is included in the Introduction and Discussion sections of the manuscript.

      The data for ATP levels with age needs to be cleaned up/refined… Sort some high bud scar cells and test them with LCMS… run wild-type cells to subtract out the autofluorescence… or redo it on a scope with linear unmixing.

      Our data indicates that each cell follows a different ATP-abundance trajectory during aging: while some cells show decreasing ATP with age, others show no change, and still others show increasing ATP. Population-level testing of sorted old cells would therefore not yield results that are directly comparable to our microfluidic experiments, in which we track individual cell trajectories over time. In the updated figure, we have subtracted autofluorescence.

      Figures 1 and 2 could be combined, and so could 3 and 5, 6 and 7. Figure 4 should probably be a supplement or part of another figure since upregulating HOG1 has nothing to do with the lifespan extension effect.

      We appreciate this suggestion for streamlining the figures. Our data show only decreased Hog1 activity under ATP treatment conditions; we did not test whether this decline in Hog1 activity is associated with lifespan extension. However, we would like to include this figure in the main text, because it directly validates the effect of extracellular ATP sensing on modulation of Hog1 activity.

      Figure 7 seems like it is showing that the NTT1 strain’s shorter replicative lifespan is rescued by losing mitochondria, and not that toxicity from ATP in the NTT1 is alleviated by losing mitochondria.

      Both the NTT1 strain’s shorter replicative lifespan and its ATP toxicity (10 mM) are rescued by eliminating respiratory mitochondria. In Figure 7, we analyzed the higher dose of ATP treatment (10 mM) to examine its toxic effect on lifespan. Figure 7A shows that the lifespan-extension effect observed at the low ATP dose (Fig. 5) diminished under the 10 mM treatment condition for NTT1 cells but not for Wt cells. Figure 7B shows that elimination of functional mitochondria rescues this mitochondrial toxicity in NTT1 cells, such that these cells extend their lifespan to a magnitude comparable to Wt under 10 mM ATP treatment conditions.

      I think you should make sure your pinhole is opened up to catch all the signal in z from each cell… It seems like taking the mean intensity of the top 40% of pixels in a cell can create technical artifacts… Please justify why you use that approach.

      We have added justification for the top-40%-pixel approach to the Methods: because the QUEEN reporter is a soluble cytoplasmic protein excluded from the large vacuoles that occupy an increasing fraction of cell volume as mother cells age, whole-cell or full-z-stack quantification systematically underestimates cytoplasmic ATP signal in older cells for reasons unrelated to ATP abundance. Restricting analysis to the brightest pixels focuses quantification on reporter-containing cytoplasm and avoids this age-confounded dilution artifact.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Objectives of the study and impact of the work

      The authors of this article primarily aim to reconstruct the evolutionary history of the insect odorant receptor (OR) family, which is responsible for the detection of odorant signals by olfactory neurons. Due to the lack of phylogenetic signal present in the sequences of this multigene family, which evolves very rapidly, phylogenetic analyses have so far never made it possible to precisely retrace how ORs diversified prior to the appearance of present-day insect orders, and what the drivers of this diversification were. For example, one may suspect that the adaptation of ORs to odors emitted by plants constituted a critical step in insect evolution during the "angiosperm terrestrial revolution," which occurred at the end of the Cretaceous, but nothing currently allows this to be asserted.

      There are very nice examples, notably in drosophilids, derived from comparisons between closely related species and documenting mechanisms of OR adaptation to certain signals. However, what the authors attempt to do in this work is to produce a macroevolutionary analysis at the scale of insects as a whole, based almost exclusively on bioinformatic analyses. To do this, they annotated OR genes in about one hundred insect species and developed pipelines for analyzing sequence similarity, structural similarity and functional similarity, the latter being estimated through a molecular docking approach. An important element in the evolution of insect ORs is the appearance of a unique co-receptor, called Orco, which appears to be an OR that has lost the ability to bind odorants. In addition to the large-scale bioinformatic analysis, the authors also aim to explore more specifically the factors that favored the emergence of Orco and the selective advantage conferred by the existence of OR-Orco complexes.

      Given the importance of odorant receptors in insect biology and in their adaptation to different environments and lifestyles, retracing their evolutionary history is indeed a major question in evolutionary biology. In principle, this type of work therefore has the potential to become a reference in the field and to provide a basis for significant scientific advances.

      Major strengths and weaknesses

      The sampling chosen for collecting OR sequences is very impressive, with more than 100 insect families represented, covering most of the major orders. This sampling appears appropriate for the question being addressed. The analysis pipeline used to collect the sequences makes sense, relying on homology-based annotation tools coupled with a structure-based filter. Nevertheless, one can note aberrant numbers of ORs for certain species (much lower than reality). A lower number of OR genes is somewhat expected, as the authors chose to apply a fairly stringent filter on sequence quality (based on predicted 3D structure), which reduces the number from 14,000 to 9,000. This choice seems logical given the subsequent use of these data, but it inevitably leads to data loss. However, the low number of genes also results from the fact that the pipeline did not function correctly for all genomes.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, the authors included a benchmarking step, which is a good point. They compared their OR gene annotations with previous reports in the same species. Unfortunately, this comparison is irrelevant because the chosen reference OR repertoires are actually a mix of transcriptome and genome annotations. Furthermore, comparisons with entire OR gene repertoires essentially demonstrate that their annotation was of good quality for species in which OR sequences were already present in the query OR database, but poor for species in which they were not. Therefore, these supplementary analyses made by the authors are not particularly in favor of an overall good quality of OR gene repertoires in the >110 species studied. The fact that some OR genes may be missing and that the total number may not be exact for each species is not prohibitive for studying the evolution of the family on a broad scale. However, it does call into question the correlation between the number of ORs and lifestyles and diets.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that it is inappropriate to directly compare genome-based OR annotations with OR repertoires derived solely from transcriptomes, because transcriptome-only datasets generally do not capture the complete OR gene complement of a species. We therefore repeated the benchmarking analysis and collected, wherever available for the species included in this study, published OR repertoires based on genome annotation or genome annotation supported by transcriptomic evidence. Transcriptome-only OR datasets are no longer included in this comparison.

      The updated benchmarking analysis shows that, for most species with comparable genome-based reference repertoires, the number of ORs identified in this study exceeds 70% of the previously reported number, with good agreement in OR repertoire size for most species (Table S1). Diabrotica virgifera is an exception: a previous manual annotation reported 124 complete ORs, whereas we identified 78, approximately two-thirds of the previously reported number. This result indicates that our automated annotation and stringent structural filtering pipeline may indeed underestimate OR repertoire size in some species. The large, repeat-rich genome of this species may further complicate gene prediction and the reconstruction of OR loci. We have therefore explicitly stated in the revised manuscript that incorporating transcriptomic evidence and manual curation may help recover more complete OR repertoires from such complex genomes.

      Another notable outlier is Anagrus nilaparvatae. A previous study reported 88 ORs, whereas we identified 330. Examination of the methods used in that study revealed that its OR search relied primarily on homology searches using known OR sequences from two other hymenopteran species. Because insect ORs constitute a rapidly evolving gene family with pronounced lineage-specific expansions, a limited query set may fail to detect highly divergent or species-specific ORs. In comparison, our study used OR queries from a broader range of insects and a genome-level annotation pipeline specifically designed for insect ORs, which may have enabled the detection of more highly divergent candidate ORs. Because the protein sequences of the 88 ORs were not made available in the original study, we are currently unable to perform a one-to-one comparison to verify whether all of these ORs are included in our annotations.

      You also noted that our better performance in species such as Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, and Bombyx mori might partly reflect the inclusion of known OR sequences from these species in the query database. We consider this an important and directly testable question. We therefore divided the benchmark species into two groups according to whether conspecific OR sequences were represented in the query database, and used ln(OR count_this study / OR count_previous) to quantify differences in OR counts relative to previous genome-based annotations. No significant difference was detected between the two groups (P = 0.841, Fig. S1 B). Given the unusually large difference in OR counts between the two studies for A. nilaparvatae, we also performed a sensitivity analysis excluding this species, which yielded the same conclusion (P = 0.413, Fig.S1 C). Thus, among the species for which comparable genome-based reference repertoires are currently available, we found no evidence that the inclusion of conspecific ORs in the query database systematically affected the final OR repertoire size. We have added this analysis to the supplementary material of the revised manuscript.

      Finally, we agree that annotation biases in OR repertoire size may affect analyses of its correlations with ecological traits. We therefore repeated all relevant ecological sensitivity analyses using an updated OR count dataset, taking the larger of the OR counts from our study and the previous annotation for each species (Fig. S1 D- G). The main statistical results remained consistent with the original analyses: OR counts were still significantly associated with adult diet, larval diet, and habitat, whereas no significant association was detected with circadian rhythm. We therefore consider the statistical associations between OR counts and the main ecological variables to be reasonably robust within the range of annotation discrepancies detectable using the currently available genome-based benchmarks, although automated annotation and stringent structural filtering may underestimate OR counts in some species. The updated benchmarking analyses are described in Supplementary Text S1 and summarized in Table S1.

      The following revision has been added (lines 103-107): “Benchmarking against curated OR repertoires showed that the automated pipeline recovered most previously reported ORs and that stringent structural filtering produced a high-confidence set of structurally intact receptors (Supplementary Text S1, Tables S1–S3, and fig. S1B–C). For most species with comparable genome-based references, retained OR counts exceeded 70% of published values.”

      From the dataset collected, the authors attempted to categorize ORs in several ways, starting with the reconstruction of sequence similarity networks. The approach is interesting, but fails to reveal homology relationships between ORs from species belonging to different insect orders. So it is unclear what the advantage of this approach is compared with the "classical" phylogenetic approach.

      Thank you for raising this important question. Our intention was not to replace classical phylogenetic analysis with sequence similarity networks. Rather, we used network-based approaches as a class-wide framework to classify ORs independently according to sequence similarity, structural similarity, and docking profiles, and then compared how these different classifications correspond across insect taxa and major macroevolutionary transitions.

      For smaller gene families with limited sequence divergence, defining subfamilies based on gene trees is a well-established and highly effective approach, because phylogenetic trees can both identify subfamilies and reveal their evolutionary relationships. However, the insect OR superfamily exhibits pronounced birth-and-death evolution, with frequent gene duplications and losses across lineages, and comprises a vast number of highly divergent sequences. Consequently, when a single phylogenetic tree is constructed for the entire OR superfamily, deep nodes often lack sufficient support, and relationships among subfamilies may be difficult to resolve consistently. It is therefore challenging to obtain a stable and consistent classification of thousands of ORs into subfamilies across insects using a single gene tree alone. We therefore used sequence similarity networks as a complementary classification approach. Their main advantage is that they allow large datasets to be grouped according to sequence similarity among all ORs without requiring the resolution of every deep phylogenetic relationship. More importantly, similar network frameworks can be used to construct sequence similarity, structural similarity, and docking-profile similarity networks, allowing SeqC, StrC, and dPC to be compared directly within a common analytical framework. This is difficult to achieve using conventional gene trees alone and is the main reason for our choice of a network-based approach.

      Sequence similarity networks alone cannot directly resolve homology relationships among ORs from different insect orders. During the previous revision, we therefore sought to link sequence communities to phylogenetic relationships. We conducted additional phylogenetic analyses of shared sequence communities containing multiple insect orders to search for potentially conserved OR lineages spanning different orders. However, among these shared communities, we identified only one conserved OR lineage spanning four insect orders with relatively clear phylogenetic support. We have added this result to the Supplementary Data S6. This finding further indicates that clearly identifiable orthology relationships spanning multiple orders are very limited among extant insect ORs.

      The following revision has also been added (lines 150-154): “The SSN is not intended to replace phylogenetic reconstruction, but rather to provide a complementary framework for summarizing sequence relationships among thousands of highly divergent ORs at a class-wide scale. It allows major patterns of OR sequence similarity and diversification to be visualized more clearly across the entire dataset. Phylogenetic analyses can then be used to further resolve evolutionary relationships within specific sequence communities.”

      The clustering based on structure also leads to the identification of a majority of "orderspecific" clusters, which does not provide major insights into the evolution of ORs. However, the authors highlight a group of ORs in flies that appear to possess an unusual intracellular region, as well as a cluster of OR shared across many insect orders that exhibit a larger binding cavity. This is really interesting, although more relevant to OR structure than to their evolution.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that the previous version of the manuscript focused primarily on structural differences among structural communities and did not adequately explore their potential evolutionary implications. StrC23 is the most widely distributed structural community, spanning 12 insect orders and containing 46.3% of the ORs. We further found that its putative binding pockets were significantly larger than those of other ORs, which we previously interpreted as a potentially conserved structural pattern across taxa. Following your suggestion, we conducted additional analyses of the phylogenetic and orthology relationships within StrC23. The results showed that StrC23 does not correspond to a single, broadly conserved orthogroup spanning insect orders, but instead contains 156 distinct orthologous groups. Of these, 24 encompass more than 10 species. Only a few of these larger groups span multiple insect orders: one contains ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, and two contain ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera. The remaining groups show pronounced order specificity, including nine Hymenoptera-specific groups, eight Lepidoptera-specific groups, and four Diptera-specific groups.

      These results indicate that the large putative binding pocket shared by StrC23 members cannot simply be attributed to a single conserved orthologous lineage spanning multiple orders, but is distributed across several phylogenetically independent OR lineages. This pattern may reflect convergent evolution toward similar structural features in different OR lineages, or the retention of an older structural feature in multiple OR lineages that subsequently underwent substantial sequence divergence. The current data do not allow us to distinguish conclusively between these two possibilities. We have added the phylogenetic and orthologous-group analyses of StrC23 to the revised manuscript and supplementary material to further clarify the evolutionary implications of this structural community shared across insect orders.

      The following revision has been added (lines 208-218): “To further investigate the evolutionary basis of this broadly shared structural feature, we examined the phylogenetic and orthology relationships among StrC23 receptors. StrC23 was divided into 156 orthologous groups, 24 of which contained ORs from more than 10 species. However, only a few of these larger groups spanned multiple insect orders: one included ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, while two included ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera (Supplementary Data S6). Thus, StrC23 does not represent a single conserved cross-order orthologous lineage, but instead comprises multiple phylogenetically distinct OR lineages. Its shared large-pocket architecture therefore cannot be explained solely by conservation of a single orthologous lineage and may reflect either structural convergence or retention of an ancient structural feature followed by substantial sequence divergence.”

      The analysis of structural diversity then leads the authors to focus on the Orco co-receptors, which are characterized by modifications of the binding pocket and the appearance of an extracellular loop that could explain the loss of the ability to bind odorant molecules. This part, which relies on in vitro experiments, is interesting and constitutes the most striking result of this study, which could in itself have been the subject of a separate manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of this part of our work.

      The rest of the manuscript is based on the prediction of OR response spectra using molecular docking. The work that has been carried out is extremely substantial, and the objective of linking clusters based on sequence similarity or 3D structural similarity with functional categories is entirely relevant. The docking score threshold used was chosen thoughtfully, which is very good, and according to the calculation performed should ensure a true positive rate of more than 20%, which is excellent in such a docking analysis. But in the absence of functional validation, this 20% true positive rate is not sufficient to extrapolate OR function, and docking-derived binding breadth measures used in the remaining of the manuscript have to be taken with caution, as acknowledged by the authors themselves. Consequently, the chance that results of this part of the work will enlighten the evolution of OR on a broad scale is low. For example, the fact that insect lineages that emerged after the Permian-Triassic extinction have more broadly-tuned OR is an interesting observation, yet remains highly speculative.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that, even after optimizing the docking threshold, the current hit rate of approximately 20% remains insufficient to interpret molecular docking results as reliable predictions of actual OR ligand responses or functions. We also acknowledge that the biological implications of some docking results were still overstated in the previous revision, potentially leading readers to interpret these computational results as approximations of actual OR function. To avoid this misunderstanding, we have further revised the relevant terminology and interpretation of results throughout the latest manuscript. For results derived entirely from molecular docking, we no longer use terms such as ‘docking-derived function’, ‘functional community’, or other expressions that might imply experimental evidence of function. Instead, we consistently use ‘docking profile’ to make clear that these analyses reflect only similarities in computational docking patterns among receptors.

      In addition, following your comments and the related suggestions from Reviewer 2, we have removed all results and discussion that directly linked docking-based predictions of OR function or recognition breadth to species ecology. We have explicitly presented the few remaining macroevolutionary comparisons as hypothesis-generating observations rather than evidence of functional evolution. For example, differences in docking-profile composition among extant insect lineages that originated before or after the end-Permian mass extinction (EPME) are now described only as a broad statistical pattern, with any interpretation framed as an experimentally untested hypothesis. Whether this pattern reflects actual differences in receptor tuning, and whether it is evolutionarily linked to environmental changes associated with the EPME, still requires testing through broader taxonomic sampling, reliable ancestral-state reconstruction, and functional experiments. We hope that these revisions restrict the interpretation of molecular docking results to what the evidence can support and bring the corresponding conclusions into closer alignment with the current strength of evidence.

      The following revision has been added in Result section (lines 367-369): “These observations should be interpreted as a docking-derived comparative pattern among extant lineages rather than direct evidence of ancestral functional changes across the

      EPME.”

      And Discussion section (lines 410-414): “However, this interpretation remains hypothetical. Because rapid OR evolution and limited cross-order orthology preclude reliable reconstruction of deep ancestral repertoires, the EPME-related pattern should be viewed as a descriptive comparison among extant lineages. Further validation will require broader taxon sampling, ancestral reconstruction, and experimental testing of receptor tuning breadth.”

      In summary, despite the large number of analyses performed, the authors do not really succeed in achieving the stated objective of reconstructing the evolutionary history of insect ORs, and the results obtained do not strongly support all the conclusions regarding the links between OR repertoires and environment or lifestyle.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that ‘reconstructing the evolutionary history of insect ORs’ was too broad a formulation and exceeded what our methods could reliably address. A rigorous reconstruction of evolutionary history requires well-resolved phylogenetic relationships across taxa, ancestral-state inference, and systematic analysis of gene duplication and loss events. We have therefore redefined the scientific objectives of this study. The revised manuscript no longer claims to have reconstructed the evolutionary history of insect ORs. Instead, it aims to systematically characterize insect OR diversity and classification patterns at the levels of sequence, structure, and docking profile, compare the correspondence among these levels, and describe differences in their distribution across insect taxa and broad macroevolutionary contexts.

      We have also reassessed the strength of different types of evidence concerning the relationships between OR repertoires and environment or lifestyle. For relationships between OR repertoire size and ecological traits, we repeated the genome-based benchmarking. After rerunning the ecological correlation sensitivity analyses using the updated OR count dataset, the main statistical results remained consistent with the original analyses. We therefore consider the current data to continue to support statistical associations between OR counts and ecological traits, with a degree of robustness. By contrast, we have removed results and discussion directly linking predicted OR function or recognition breadth to species ecology, and no longer use terms such as ‘docking-derived function’ or ‘functional community’ that might imply experimental evidence of function. The remaining macroevolutionary comparisons of docking profiles, such as differences in docking-profile composition among groups considered in relation to the EPME, are treated only as hypothesis-generating comparative patterns, rather than direct evidence of receptor functional evolution. We explicitly state that these hypotheses require future testing through functional experiments and more reliable ancestral-state reconstruction.

      In summary, we have redefined the study objectives and no longer describe this work as a reconstruction of insect OR evolutionary history. We have retained the statistical associations between OR counts and ecological traits that remained supported after reassessment, while removing results and discussion linking receptor function to ecology on the basis of molecular docking. We believe these revisions better align the scientific objectives and scope of the conclusions with the evidence provided by the available data and methods.

      We have revised the final paragraph of the Introduction to clarify the scope and objectives of this study (lines 80-91): “In this study, we characterized large-scale patterns of OR diversification across 115 species spanning 16 insect orders. Using a framework that integrates network analysis, protein structure prediction, and molecular docking, we constructed sequence-similarity (SSN), structural-similarity (StSN), and docking-profile similarity networks (dPSN) to classify ORs from three distinct perspectives. We identified differences in OR sequence-community diversity between holometabolous and non-holometabolous insects, as well as differences in docking-profile community composition among extant lineages whose order-level origins fall on opposite sides of the end-Permian mass extinction (EPME). Across this class-wide sampling, OR repertoire size was associated with adult diet, larval diet, and habitat, but not with circadian rhythm. Moreover, the conserved β-sheet in the extracellular loop 2 (EL2) region of Orco, together with its specialized binding-pocket architecture, is associated with its reduced ligand-binding capacity and represents a prominent structural specialization of the co-receptor lineage.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The remarkable evolvability of the olfactory system enables animals to rapidly adapt to dynamic and chemically complex environments. Over the past two decades, substantial effort has been devoted to uncovering the evolutionary principles that drive the diversification of odorant receptors (ORs), yielding key insights into the forces shaping their striking variability in both vertebrates and insects. In this manuscript, Zhang and colleagues analyze the OR repertoires of over 100 insect species, leveraging sequence and structural similarity to infer patterns of gene family evolution within this diverse and ecologically important clade. By integrating sequence-based and structure-based comparisons, their study builds on a compelling and recently emerging line of research made possible by the advent of AlphaFold, which has previously clarified the phylogenetic relationship between insect Ors and the gustatory receptor gene family and revealed the unexpectedly deep evolutionary origins of this ancient structural fold.

      Applying this approach to a large set of ORs derived from species throughout the insect phylogeny, the authors confirm many previously reported patterns of OR evolution. More importantly, with their large-scale approach the authors found new structural features of different Or clades, resulting in intriguing testable hypotheses about Or evolution that have the potential to support future directions in studying this important gene family. For example, the authors identify a structural feature mostly unique to the OR co-receptor ORco, a beta-sheet in EL2, which they functionally show reduces odorant binding affinity - a key aspect of ORco, which does not bind ligands in the ancestral ligand-biding site. This is a particularly strong part of the manuscript, since the authors support their in silico-derived hypothesis with functional data.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of this part of our work.

      In an attempt to assess the relationship between sequence identity and structure on one hand and function on the other, the authors perform an in-silico structure prediction and chemical docking analysis. While not suitable to assess the actual function of individual receptors without functional testing, this strategy revealed potential receptor clades with differences in the number and type of docked chemicals. As a response to the previous reviews, the authors now changed their writing to refer to these results as 'docking-derived function' instead of just 'function'. While I appreciate that the authors changed their wording, this semantic change still can be read as referring to dockingderived predictions as conclusions of actual biological function. However, this is not the case. Any functional claims based solely on the docking approach need to be interpreted with caution, as in silico-only approaches are currently not well enough predictors for actual receptor function. Accordingly, I strongly recommend to remove the parts that connect receptor function to structure or ecology.

      Thank you for highlighting this important issue again. We agree with your comments and acknowledge that the presentation of molecular docking results in the previous revision still overstated their biological implications. Following your suggestion, we have removed all results and discussion that directly linked receptor function to species ecology solely on the basis of molecular docking, to avoid interpreting computational predictions as actual biological functions. We then systematically reviewed and revised docking-related terminology throughout the manuscript. For results derived entirely from docking analyses, we no longer use ‘docking-derived function’, ‘functional community’, or other expressions that might imply experimental evidence of function. Instead, we consistently use ‘docking profile’ to clarify that these analyses reflect similarities in computational docking patterns among receptors, rather than experimentally validated functional categories.

      Through these revisions, we hope to distinguish more clearly between computational docking profiles and experimentally validated receptor function, and to avoid biological interpretations of docking results that exceed the available evidence. We believe these changes bring the manuscript's conclusions into closer alignment with the strength of the evidence.

      Assessing their docking analyses with respect to species ecology, the authors identify correlations suggesting that Or repertoires might follow predictable evolutionary trajectories broadly aligned with species ecology. These are interesting hypotheses. However, due to the inability to predict actual receptor function the author's claims about ecology-function relationships are not well supported. Accordingly, the authors should change the respective parts of the manuscript in way that it is clear these are currently untested hypotheses. This includes adjusting the title, since the work does not find any experimental support for ecological tuning.

      Thank you for this important suggestion. We agree that the current molecular docking analyses cannot support direct conclusions about relationships between actual receptor function and species ecology. Following your suggestion, we have removed the results and discussion directly linking docking-based predictions of OR function to species ecology. For the remaining macroevolutionary comparisons, such as differences in docking-profile composition among groups considered in relation to the EPME, we explicitly state that these results represent only computational patterns observed in extant taxa. The evolutionary interpretations proposed from these patterns remain experimentally untested hypotheses and cannot be considered direct evidence of changes in actual receptor function.

      In addition, following your suggestion, we have changed the manuscript title to ‘Classwide sequence, structural, and docking-profile diversity of insect odorant receptors and structural specialization of Orco’. The new title no longer emphasizes ‘ecological tuning’ or ‘olfactory perception’, but instead focuses on class-wide diversification of insect OR sequences, structures, and docking profiles, together with the experimentally supported structural specialization of Orco.

      The following revision has been added in Result section (lines 367-369): “These observations should be interpreted as a docking-derived comparative pattern among extant lineages rather than direct evidence of ancestral functional changes across the EPME.”

      And Discussion section (lines 410-414): “However, this interpretation remains hypothetical. Because rapid OR evolution and limited cross-order orthology preclude reliable reconstruction of deep ancestral repertoires, the EPME-related pattern should be viewed as a descriptive comparison among extant lineages. Further validation will require broader taxon sampling, ancestral reconstruction, and experimental testing of receptor tuning breadth.”

      I believe that future studies combining functional testing with an explicit evo-eco framework could benefit from this work and the explicit hypotheses it generates. But the authors should be careful to not overstate their in-silico derived results.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Below are my comments in response to the rebuttal letter. I thank the authors for their careful revision and detailed responses to the points raised in my review.

      (1) OR annotation pipeline and correlation analyses

      Previous comment: "One can note aberrant numbers of ORs for certain species (much lower than reality), which indicates that the pipeline probably did not function correctly for all genomes. In the absence of a validation step comparing the results with already known OR repertoires, it is difficult to estimate the overall quality of the data. [...] It calls into question certain results that rely on this total number, such as the correlation between the number of ORs and genome size, lifestyle, and diet."

      The response made by the authors on that point is not particularly convincing. They compared their OR gene annotations with previous reports in the same species, but this comparison is irrelevant because the chosen reference OR repertoires are actually a mix of transcriptome and genome annotations (the OR counts for Harmonia axyridis, Plutella xylostella, Pierus brassicae, Dendrolimus kikuchii, Carposina sasakii, Hermetia illucens, Chlorops oryzae and Propsilocerus akamusi are from transcriptomes). As not all OR genes are expressed in a given tissue, the number of ORs in transcriptomes is always lower than in genomes. Furthermore, comparisons with entire OR gene repertoires essentially demonstrate that their annotation was of good quality for species in which OR sequences were already present in the query OR database (Bombyx mori, Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae) but was of bad quality for species in which OR sequences were NOT in the query (Diabrotica virgifera). However, re-annotation of Diabrotica led to an OR repertoire of 78 complete genes, vs. 124 in the manually curated genome annotation (1/3rd of the genes are missing). So these supplementary analyses made by the authors are not particularly in favor of an overall good quality of OR gene repertoires in the >110 species studied. They have also repeated the correlation analyses using 'full' OR gene sets where available. This showed that the correlation of OR count with genome size is no longer valid, but the correlation with diet or lifestyle is. However, if a mix of gene numbers from transcriptomes and genomes was used (see my comment above), I am afraid that these novel correlation analyses are not relevant. In conclusion, I would disagree with the claim that "These new benchmark and sensitivity analyses directly strengthen the evidence supporting our dataset and its ecological interpretations".

      Thank you for further highlighting this issue. As detailed in our response to the Public Review, we repeated the OR annotation benchmarking, excluded transcriptome-only repertoires, and restricted comparisons to genome-based reference datasets or genome-based datasets supported by transcriptomic evidence. The updated results show that, for most species with comparable reference data, the number of ORs identified in this study exceeds 70% of the previously reported number. We also explicitly acknowledge that repertoire size may still be underestimated in some species.

      We also directly tested whether query database composition systematically affected the number of annotated ORs. No significant difference was detected between species with and without conspecific OR queries (P = 0.841; P = 0.413 after excluding Anagrus nilaparvatae). Thus, we currently find no evidence that conspecific queries systematically increase the final OR count.

      In addition, we repeated the sensitivity analyses of ecological correlations using the updated OR count dataset. The main statistical results remained unchanged: OR counts were still significantly associated with adult diet, larval diet, and habitat, but not with circadian rhythm. We therefore consider these statistical associations between OR counts and ecological traits to be reasonably robust to the annotation differences currently detectable. Detailed results are provided in our response to the Public Review and in the revised supplementary text S1.

      (2) sequence similarity-based clusters

      Previous comment: "The authors attempted to categorize ORs in several ways, starting with the reconstruction of sequence similarity networks. The approach is interesting, but in the end, the results do not seem to be sufficiently exploited. [...] For example, clusters SeqC26 or SeqC28, which appear to be shared by many insects, are potentially very interesting. It might have been relevant to combine this similarity-based clustering approach with phylogenetic reconstructions within each shared cluster."

      The authors have followed this suggestion and identified an orthogroup conserved across several insect orders, which is an interesting observation. However the phylogeny of this orthogroup should be provided in supplementary data, which does not seem to be the case.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment. The corresponding phylogenetic tree has been added to the supplementary data S6.

      (3) structure-based clusters

      Previous comment: "The clusters shared by several orders are not truly exploited, which does not provide new insight into the evolution of ORs"

      The authors show an interesting feature for a cluster of ORs from several insect orders, with a large putative binding pocket. However, it is not clear whether they verified or not if this cluster also correspond to an orthogroup or if this shared feature (a large binding pocket) is a convergence. They also improved the discussion of their results on a cluster of fly ORs with a long intracellular domain, which is a good thing.

      Thank you for this important question. To determine whether StrC23, a structural community shared across multiple insect orders, corresponds to a conserved orthogroup, we performed additional phylogenetic analyses of its OR sequences and identified orthology relationships within the community based on the gene tree. The results showed that StrC23 does not correspond to a single orthogroup spanning insect orders, but instead contains 156 distinct orthologous groups. Of these, 24 encompass more than 10 species. Among these 24 larger groups, one contains ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, and two contain ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera. The remaining groups show pronounced order specificity, including nine Hymenoptera-specific groups, eight Lepidoptera-specific groups, and four Diptera-specific groups.

      These results indicate that the large putative binding pocket characteristic of StrC23 is not explained by a single, broadly conserved orthogroup spanning multiple orders, but is distributed across several phylogenetically independent OR lineages. We therefore consider that this shared structural feature cannot simply be interpreted as direct retention within a conserved orthologous lineage. It may reflect convergent evolution toward similar structural features in different OR lineages, or the retention of an older structural feature in multiple OR lineages that subsequently underwent substantial sequence divergence. The current data do not allow us to distinguish conclusively between these two possibilities. We have added the phylogenetic analysis of StrC23 to the revised manuscript to clarify the evolutionary relationships within this structural community.

      The following revision has been added (lines 208-218): “To further investigate the evolutionary basis of this broadly shared structural feature, we examined the phylogenetic and orthology relationships among StrC23 receptors. StrC23 was divided into 156 orthologous groups, 24 of which contained ORs from more than 10 species. However, only a few of these larger groups spanned multiple insect orders: one included ORs from Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Trichoptera, while two included ORs from both Lepidoptera and Trichoptera (Supplementary Data S6). Thus, StrC23 does not represent a single conserved cross-order orthologous lineage, but instead comprises multiple phylogenetically distinct OR lineages. Its shared large-pocket architecture therefore cannot be explained solely by conservation of a single orthologous lineage and may reflect either structural convergence or retention of an ancient structural feature followed by substantial sequence divergence.”

      (4) molecular dynamics simulation

      Previous comment: "The molecular dynamics modelling does not add anything in the way it is conducted (5 ns is too short)."

      The authors argue that such a short simulation is sufficient for testing the interaction between a compound and the extracellular beta-sheet of the coreceptor Orco. I'm not a specialist enough to confirm whether this is actually true, but I trust the author's expertise in this area.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment.

      (5 / 6) molecular docking and functional extrapolation

      Previous comment: "in the absence of functional validation, this 20% true positive rate is not sufficient to extrapolate OR function"

      The authors argue that molecular docking was not used to identify specific OR/ligand pairs, but rather to "estimate the potential binding tendencies of OR repertoires". I agree with this point; correlations were made using "binding breadth index values" that are calculated for entire OR repertoires. The text of the manuscript has been edited to refer to "docking-derived" functional clusters and binding breadth index, and to emphasise that the results should be interpreted with caution, which is a good point as it will prevent potential misinterpretation by the reader. However, this does not change the fact that interpreting the olfactory capacity of one species based on docking-derived binding breadth values of its OR repertoire is highly speculative (especially when OR repertoires are incomplete) and the chance that results of this part of the work will enlighten the evolution of OR on a broad scale is low.

      Thank you for raising this concern. We agree that repertoire-level analyses do not resolve the inherent limitations of molecular docking in predicting actual receptor function. Although such analyses summarize overall docking patterns rather than individual OR–ligand interactions, they still cannot reliably define a species’ true olfactory capabilities. It therefore remains insufficient to describe a species' actual olfactory capabilities solely on the basis of docking-derived binding breadth. As detailed in our response to the Public Review, we have addressed this issue by following your suggestions and those of Reviewer 2 and removing the results and discussion that used the binding breadth index to directly link predicted receptor function to ecological traits such as diet, habitat, and circadian rhythm. We have also further standardized the terminology, replacing ‘docking-derived function’, ‘functional community’, and other expressions that could imply experimentally established function with ‘docking profile’, to emphasize that these results describe computational docking patterns rather than experimentally determined receptor functions. Through these revisions, we hope to distinguish more clearly between computational docking patterns and experimentally established receptor functions, and to restrict the interpretation of the related macroevolutionary comparisons to what the current data can support.

      (7) EPME

      Previous comment: "ORs of non-holometabolous insects cannot be considered equivalent to those of species that existed before the Permian-Triassic extinction"

      The authors have now clarified the fact that they compared extant insect orders rather than ancestral and derived OR repertoires.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the revised manuscript.

      (8 to 16)

      The authors have carefully considered all the points raised in the recommendations for the authors, improving the manuscript on several aspects.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the revised manuscript.

      Minor comment

      Line 217: Orco did not emerge in the ancestor of Zygentoma, it emerged in the common ancestor of Zygentoma and Pterygota.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected the statement.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have done a good job in their revision of the manuscript. They addressed many of the reviewers' concerns well.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our previous revision.

      However, the functional claims are still too strong and need to be removed or tempered down as described in the public review.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have removed or tempered the functional predictions in the manuscript in accordance with the Public Review. Please see our response to the Public Review for details.

      Further, the manuscript title is not a good fit for the content. I would argue that the paper does not 'reveal ecological tuning shaping olfactory perception', since Or structurefunction relationships are involved in olfactory sensation or detection. Perception, however, requires interpretation, which is done by neural circuits but not receptors expressed within. Further, I still think that referring to 'ecological tuning' is far-fetched based on the docking approach that cannot really resolve the tuning of receptor sets. I would think that the work reveals interesting correlations between docking-derived population tuning and ecology. But that does not necessarily have anything to do with actual function and thus may not make much sense to advertise in the title or abstract.

      Thank you for your suggestions concerning the manuscript title. Following this comment, we have changed the title from ‘Evolutionary dynamics of insect odorant receptors reveal ecological tuning shaping olfactory perception’ to ‘Class-wide sequence, structural, and docking-profile diversity of insect odorant receptors and structural specialization of Orco’ The new title no longer emphasizes ecological tuning or olfactory perception, but instead focuses on the two aspects of this study supported by the most direct evidence: class-wide patterns of sequence and structural diversification in insect ORs, and the experimentally supported structural specialization of Orco.

      Consistent with the revised title, we have further adjusted the relevant wording in the Abstract, Results, and Discussion, and removed content directly linking receptor function to species ecology on the basis of docking results. We believe that the revised title and abstract more accurately reflect the main content of the study and the scope of its evidence, while avoiding functional or ecological interpretations of computational predictions that exceed their evidential support.

      I suggest selecting a title that fits the sequence/structure/in silico docking nature of their large macroevolutionary approach and findings better. After all, apart from the orco work this manuscript is mostly a resource of in silico predictions.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript title.

      Author response table 1.

      Numbers of OR genes in previously annotated species.

      Reference

      Carey AF, Wang G, Su CY, Zwiebel LJ, Carlson JR. 2010. Odorant reception in the malaria mosquito Anopheles gambiae. Nature 464: 66-71.

      Engsontia P, Sangket U, Chotigeat W, Satasook C. 2014. Molecular evolution of the odorant and gustatory receptor genes in lepidopteran insects: implications for their adaptation and speciation. J Mol Evol 79: 21-39.

      Ma Y, Guo Z, Wang L, Wang B, Huang T, Tang B, Zhang G, Zhou Q. 2022. The genome of the rice planthopper egg parasitoid wasp Anagrus nilaparvatae casts light on the chemo- and mechanosensation in parasitism. BMC Genomics 23: 541.

      Mier P, Fontaine JF, Stoldt M, Libbrecht R, Martelli C, Foitzik S, Andrade-Navarro MA. 2022. Annotation and Analysis of 3902 Odorant Receptor Protein Sequences from 21 Insect Species Provide Insights into the Evolution of Odorant Receptor Gene Families in Solitary and Social Insects. Genes (Basel) 13.

      Paddock KJ, Corcoran JA. 2025. Life-stage dependent behavior mimics chemosensory repertoire diversity in a belowground, specialist herbivore. G3 (Bethesda) 15.

      Robertson HM, Warr CG, Carlson JR. 2003. Molecular evolution of the insect chemoreceptor gene superfamily in Drosophila melanogaster. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 100 Suppl 2: 14537-14542.

      Tanaka K, Uda Y, Ono Y, Nakagawa T, Suwa M, Yamaoka R, Touhara K. 2009. Highly selective tuning of a silkworm olfactory receptor to a key mulberry leaf volatile. Curr Biol 19: 881-890.

      Wang Q, Dicke M, Haverkamp A. 2023. Sympatric Pieris butterfly species exhibit a high conservation of chemoreceptors. Front Cell Neurosci 17: 1155405.

      Xiao S, Ye X, Wang S, Yang Y, Fang Q, Wang F, Ye G. 2023. Genome assembly of the ectoparasitoid wasp Theocolax elegans. Sci Data 10: 159.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to understand, in the context of leaf shape, how the constraints imposed by development inform evolution. Leaf shape is a good place to study the influence of development on evolution because it is a trait that exhibits a lot of diversity, and the developmental mechanisms that give rise to leaf shapes are apparently rather conserved across angiosperms.

      As part of the motivation for their work, the authors cite a previous study (Geeta et al), which found that in angiosperm phylogenies, transitions from complex to simple leaf shapes occur through evolution more often than transitions in the opposite direction. Is this due to developmental constraints or adaptation?

      The authors undertake two parallel lines of work:

      (1) Extending the study of Geeta et al with more data, consisting of both phylogenies and a shape classification dataset. The conclusion from this line of inquiry is that transitions from lobed to unlobed leaves are more common than transitions away from unlobed leaves.

      (2) The authors conduct evolution simulations in a computational model of leaf development. Here, they look at {\it neutral} mutations and whether simply neutral evolution is sufficient to drive the observed trend.

      The conclusion of the second part of the work is that the driver of the evolution toward simple leaf shape is entropy: there are more ways to make unlobed leaves than to make lobed leaves (at least in terms of gene regulation parameters that will produce the two leaf types). The argument is that random gene regulatory networks are more likely to produce unlobed leaves than lobed leaves; therefore, neutral evolution drives this trend.

      Data Analysis

      Roughly $9000$ images of leaves were classified into 4 categories: unlobed, lobed, dissected, and compound. These labels were applied to the tips of 5 phylogenetic trees of angiosperms (3 resolved at the genus level and 2 at the species level). By fitting a continuous-time Markov chain to the labelled trees, the authors claim that there is a significantly higher rate of transition to the unlobed leaf shape compared to transitions to more complex shapes.

      Simulation

      First, the authors validate a computational model (Runions et al) for leaf growth on an experimental dataset. By changing parameters in the model, they can recapitulate the morphological changes in the shapes of Arabidopsis leaves engendered by expression of two particular genes.

      Then the authors run an evolutionary model (without selection, just random mutations) on top of the computational leaf development model. As the random walk in parameter space reaches a stationary distribution, they look at both the proportions of the leaf categories in the steady state as well as the transition rates between different categories. The result is that transitions to unlobed leaves are more common than from unlobed leaves.

      We thank the reviewer for the helpful and clear summary of our work.

      General Comments

      The authors use angiosperm phylogenies from other works as the basis for the data analysis part of their work. Given the centrality of these phylogenies for their conclusions, more information is needed about how these phylogenies were constructed and what they mean. What is the timescale that they span? What method is used to infer them? What regions of DNA were sequenced in order to build the phylogenies? Also, maybe some more discussion of angiosperm evolution (e.g., when was the most recent common ancestor of all angiosperms?) would help put the study in context.

      We also need a more in-depth discussion of the computational model. What are all the $>100$ parameters doing, and what informs the seemingly strange mutational model that changes parameters by 3 orders of magnitude?

      I am confused about how the rates of transitions were inferred from the phylogeny. Here, one has a phylogeny inferred by some method (which needs to be described in more detail), and just the leaves are labelled. It is stated in the methods that BayesTraits was used to infer the transition rates. I realize this method is probably documented elsewhere, but a bit of a summary of how it works and how to interpret its results would (1) make the paper more selfcontained and (2) if the algorithm is credible, make the results firmer.

      We thank the referee for the suggestion to make the paper more accessible. The tool we use to infer transition rates from the phylogenies, BayesTraits, is standard in the field. However, the referee is right that for an interdisciplinary journal, it may be helpful to more fully flesh out how these methods work. To that end, we have added an additional section S2.A "Phylogenetic rate inference" in the supplementary information that includes a longer description of how BayesTraits works, and how we used it to infer transition rates from phylogenies.

      All trees are shown in the supplementary information section S2.B "Phylogenetic trees" with scale bars showing the amount of time or genetic change that the trees span. We have added details of the specific genes used to construct the trees in our analysis in Methods section F. For a broader discussion of angiosperm evolution, there is supplementary information section S4 "A short literature review of the adaptive significance of leaf shape".

      Regarding the more in-depth discussion of the computational model, we have added supplementary information section S1.A "Leaf model details" to give a more detailed description of the leaf model. We chose our mutational scheme over other methods, such as uniform or Latin hypercube sampling, as the biologically relevant ranges for each parameter were unknown. Mutations of multiple orders of magnitude are a way to sample both parameters with large and small ranges with the same scheme.

      Additionally, larger mutations help to move a walk out of a local region if it is stuck while small mutations ensure sensitive parameters are still varied. We use multiple schemes for additional robustness.

      I am a bit skeptical of the authors' interpretation of the biological trend (of complex to simple leaf shapes) as being driven by neutral evolution. Why does one expect that the mutations generated by the random walk models described in the work are in fact neutral mutations?

      A random walk is a well-established way of modelling the dynamics of neutral evolution in the monomorphic regime, where the population has a narrow diversity of different genotypes. In the higher mutation rate polymorphic regime, where the diversity of genotypes in the population is larger, we also expect that a random walk should still recapitulate the correct average transition rates. The purpose of the simulations is not to model every aspect of population genetics, but to ask whether developmental bias alone is sufficient to generate the observed directional asymmetry. By assigning equal fitness to all viable leaves, we isolate the contribution of development from that of selection. The agreement with the phylogenetic transition rates therefore demonstrates sufficiency rather than exclusivity: selection may also contribute, but it is not required to explain the observed bias. We discuss the evidence for the role of adaptation in leaf shape further in supplementary information section S4 "A short literature review of the adaptive significance of leaf shape".

      - If the entropy of simple leaf shapes is higher than that of complex leaf shapes, why did we have complex leaves at all? I suspect the authors might argue that this is due to selection. In that case, what allows these complex shapes to become simpler? Wouldn't they be losing the selective advantage that drove them to be more complex in the first place? Or maybe the idea is that the rates are inferred assuming some steady state that generates the phylogeny? I did not understand this point.

      The entropy language is a useful framing. Within that framework, one can view our study as showing that the entropy (defined here as the logarithm of the volume of parameter space mapping to a phenotype) of simple leaf shapes is higher than that of complex leaf shapes. If this entropy were to be ignored, and were we not to take fitness differences into account, then all states would be equally likely in our simulations. What we show is that the differences in entropy, which are related to differences in volumes of the parameter space that map to different phenotypes, also affect the rates. The inferred transition rates for both simulation and phylogeny from unlobed to more complex shapes are lower than the reverse but not zero. Therefore, complex leaf shapes arise stochastically through mutation and in this model would eventually reach a steady-state proportion, even in the absence of selection. This steady state proportion for complex leaves would be smaller than that of unlobed leaves, but non-zero.

      Are the rates of transitions between leaf types inferred for the phylogeny assuming that the phylogeny is generated by the steady state of some Markov process? (I think the answer is no: in that case, how does one explain the initial condition?)

      The tool we use to infer transition rates from phylogenies—BayesTraits—allows the initial state at the root of the tree to vary during the numerical optimisation (Pagel, 1994). Therefore, it is not assumed that the initial state is generated by the steady state of the Markov process.

      If I take the mutation model (random walk) seriously, then shouldn't I expect that this steady state obeys detailed balance? In that case I should have $p_i r_{i\to j} = p_j r_{j\to i}$ for each of the occupancies $\{ p_i\}$ and transition rates $r_{i\to j}$ for the shape categories. How close are the rates inferred from the phylogenies to obeying detailed balance? Presumably, the Markov chain fitted to the simulation data obeys detailed balance because the mutation model itself does?

      BayesTraits allows off-diagonal transition rates of the rate matrix to vary freely during numerical optimisation (Pagel, 1994). Therefore, there is no requirement for detailed balance to hold for the inferred rate matrix. For our simulations, the mutations are symmetric at the parameter level, therefore at this level, the process would be expected to obey detailed balance. We investigated this further by calculating the posterior signed equilibrium flux difference $\pi_iq_{ij}-\pi_jq_{ji}$ for all inferred rate matrices (see new material in supplementary information Fig S23). The posterior signed equilibrium fluxes for each transition pair in the simulations have 95% credible intervals overlapping with 0, which is consistent with detailed balance. Some phylogenetic state pairs are inconsistent with detailed balance. This could be due to something other than symmetric neutral drift acting on these specific transitions, such as selection or mutation biases not captured by the model. However, the identity of the transition pairs that are inconsistent with detailed balance varies between phylogenies, indicating that these apparent violations could be noise due to phylogenetic uncertainty. In any case, a violation of detailed balance does not disprove a developmental bias explanation, it just suggests that the underlying process is more complex than the reversible evolutionary algorithm we use in our leaf-model simulations. However, introducing non-reversible mutation dynamics into our leaf-model simulations would require additional assumptions and parameters describing mutational asymmetries, which are not necessary to reproduce the key bias towards unlobed.

      I find it hard to take the discussion of development seriously without some consideration of mechanics. Presumably, the mechanics are hidden in the computational leaf development model, but this model is not discussed in enough detail for the reader to know. It seems to me that the interesting question is: what are the {\it mechanical} constraints on development that drive the apparent trend in evolution towards simpler leaf shapes? Maybe it is something about the type of differential growth needed to make complex leaf shapes less robust to mutation. But in this case, I would assume that selection plays a role in the complexity of shape. In any case, a better understanding (or explanation) of the computational model is needed to make this interpretation.

      We thank the referee for the suggestion to make the paper more accessible. We have added a new, more detailed and pedagogical description of the model from (Runions, Tsiantis and Prusinkiewicz, 2017) in the supplementary information section S1.A “Leaf model details". We also note that Fig. 5 in the methods gives an overview of how the model works, including some mechanical aspects of development and growth.

      More generally, mechanics is one component of the developmental map that determines which parameter combinations produce viable leaf morphologies. Our analysis concerns the geometry of this complete developmental map, irrespective of whether its constraints arise from gene regulation, tissue mechanics, or their interaction.

      On the interesting question of what is causal, perhaps the example in figure 2 is helpful. We focus on two parameters, a morphogen repression strength, and a duration of growth. A key physical process here is called webbing, where cellular growth fills in the gaps between branching veins. This process flattens the leaf structure and creates a continuous, solid leaf blade (lamina). Strong webbing, characterized by a significant resistance to stretching and bending, results in a smoother margin (Runions, Tsiantis and Prusinkiewicz, 2017). The morphogen repression strength affects the physical parameters that determine how strong the webbing is. The duration of growth determines how long the leaf has to grow. If an unlobed leaf has some marginal patterning that results in small protrusions, such as serrations, increasing the duration of growth will amplify these protrusions, eventually forming lobes. Similarly, increasing the strength of morphogens that repress growth along the margin will deepen the sinuses between protrusions, resulting in lobes. Combinations can result in highly dissected and compound leaves, as illustrated in figure 2. Conversely, decreasing either or both will result in a smoother margin and eventually leaves with an unlobed shape. Thus, varying these two developmental parameters varies the physical processes that determine leaf shape. The mechanics of growth operate downstream of these parameters that we vary in our evolutionary simulations according to the details of the leaf developmental model.

      Some discussion of timescales is needed, especially when invoking neutral evolutionary arguments. If a neutral mutation occurs, its time to fix in a population of size $N$ is $\sim N$ generations. What are the relevant angiosperm population sizes and the number of mutations that separate branches on the tree? Are timescales remotely consistent with e.g., the age of angiosperms on Earth?

      Neutral processes have a well-established role in key aspects of angiosperm evolution, for example genome complexity (Lynch and Conery, 2003). This would suggest that the relevant timescales and generation times are not completely prohibitive of neutral processes also playing a role in the evolution of angiosperm leaf shape. Effective population sizes in plants are highly variable but estimates span 10^3-10^6. Assuming diploidy (and therefore average fixation time of 4Ne) and generation times of 1-10 years, this gives fixation timescales of 10^3-10^7 years. This is within the timescales of the trees we analyse, which span >150 million years.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      The paper's underlying question is interesting, extending the authors' prior work on RNA along similar conceptual lines. The paper combines both image analysis of leaves and a computational analysis of a simple model of leaf development.

      Weaknesses:

      The entire paper is based on the Runion model. More intuition about the Runion model would be useful for a broader readership that cares about the evolutionary aspect of this, but may not know the developmental model in question. Obviously, this is prior well-established work, but 2 - 3 sentences highlighting the key structural aspects of such a model would be great.

      Currently, that intuition is found implicitly in a sentence on page 2 ("complex leaf shapes need more specificity in their GRNs than their simpler unlobed leaf shape"), but the reader is left wondering - is the Runion model a detailed mechanistic one with multiple interacting genes/proteins? If so, how many? Or is it just 2 - 3 genes but with complexity entirely in how long they are each expressed/when they are turned off, etc.

      We thank the referee for the suggestion to make the paper more useful for a broader readership. To that end, we have added a more detailed description of the (Runions, Tsiantis and Prusinkiewicz, 2017) model in supplementary information section S1.A "Leaf model details".

      The Runions model has nearly 100 free parameters. Random walks in 100dimensional spaces have generic properties like a tendency to move toward regions of larger volume that have nothing to do with leaf biology. How do you disentangle the geometry of high-dimensional random walks from genuinely biological developmental bias? Would a toy model with 100 parameters and arbitrary phenotype categories also show "bias toward simplicity" if "simple" phenotypes occupy more volume?

      Our argument is largely independent of the number of parameters. While it is true that most of the volume is near the surface in a high-dimensional space, our argument is about the relative volumes of the sets of parameters that map to each of the four phenotypes, an entropic argument if you wish. The basic intuition is that a simple phenotype needs fewer parameters to be fine-tuned, and so a larger volume of parameter space will map to a simpler phenotype.

      The question about a toy model with arbitrary phenotypes is helpful because it allows us to clarify that what we are illustrating here with the biologically realistic example of leaf shapes is a much more generic principle. We can say with confidence that if the toy model generates a many-to-one set of outputs (phenotypes) through an algorithmic process whose description length does not grow faster than logarithmically with the size of the genotype space, then it should produce a bias towards simplicity regardless of the number of dimensions, see for example Johnston et al. (2022) and Dingle, Camargo and Louis (2018) for a longer discussion of this more general point which is based on arguments from algorithmic information theory (AIT). We do not use that framing in the current paper because the basic intuition for GRNs, that more complex phenotypes need more parameters to be fine-tuned and so have relatively smaller volumes, is more straightforward to understand than the more abstract AIT arguments. Our general prediction that this principle should hold more widely for GRNs can be made both by the more formal AIT route, or via the more heuristic fine-tuned parameter route.

      It is also true that random walks can have biases towards regions of parameter space with high robustness (Van Nimwegen et al., 1999). For our model, this would mean a bias towards valid leaves, however we have no reason to expect this would bias the rates between different valid leaf shapes. We address this point in methods section C.

      The discussion of Figure 4 (PCA of parameter space) uses "area" loosely when what's actually being measured is bin count in a 2D projection of a highdimensional space. I would think that, in general, PCA projections can be misleading about volume in the full parameter space, but I can't tell if that's an issue in this case. Some comments/thoughts here would be useful.

      The quantitative estimate of phenotype frequencies is computed directly in the full parameter space and does not depend on PCA. We estimate that the total volume of viable leaves maps to simple unlobed leaves about 80% of the time. However, the volume is extremely high-dimensional, and so hard to visualise. PCA is used solely to provide an interpretable visualization of this otherwise high-dimensional structure. The PCA plots in Fig 4 and Fig S16 are there to be illustrative, not quantitative. Because the volume differences are large, we do not think that the projections of the main PCA components would be misleading on at least the ordering of the sizes of the parameter space components that map to each leaf shape. We provided a similar analysis for other projections -- PC1-PC6 (supplementary information section S3.B "PCA occupancy for higher dimensions"), finding the same trend. To make this point clearer, we have now changed the sentence in the Fig. 4 caption slightly “This (reveals that --> illustrates how) unlobed leaves occupy a larger region of model parameter space than more complex shapes and that this larger space also contains the majority of more complex leaves.”

      The classifier validation section is in the Methods section, but it seems critical to the whole story. The < 80% agreement with manual classification could propagate to the rest of the estimates in the paper. Again, some comments/thoughts here would be useful.

      The review raises a valid concern. In response, we have repeated the analysis of the agreement between by-eye and automatic morphometric classification and produced a confusion matrix for the two classification methods to make the uncertainty clearer (see supplementary information Fig S7, section S1.E). The confusion matrices show that the agreement between the by-eye and automatic morphometric methods is high for unlobed, dissected and compound. The main source of disagreement is leaves that were classified as lobed by eye being classified as either unlobed or dissected by the automatic morphometric method. The proportion of by-eye lobed leaves classified by the automatic-morphometric method as either unlobed (27%) or dissected (23%) is relatively balanced, which we think will cancel out some error as well. Moreover, we find that the agreement between the automatic-morphometric method and by-eye classification increases to 90.0% when using the categories unlobed and all other categories grouped into one (complex). This is the most important classification for our finding that development and phylogeny are both biased towards unlobed.

      The authors should explain Mut2 and Mut5 in the main paper with a sentence or two, at least schematically, because how you mutate is obviously very relevant to interpreting a paper about biases in variation.

      We agree that this information should be readily available in the main text. In response, we have added a sentence to the results section C for more detail on the random walk.

      "[We mutated the initial sample using a random walk algorithm with two different mutational schemes, MUT2 (alg. 1) and MUT5 (alg. S2).] These algorithms work by iterating through model parameters one by one and perturbing the value by a small amount. We then [automatically classified the resulting shapes...]"

      However, we note that in methods section C there is already a more detailed description of both algorithms.

      “MUT2 (alg. 1) iterates through the parameters in a random order, and attempts to change the parameter by a value selected at random from an array of numbers randomly generated at 3 different orders of magnitude. MUT5 (alg. S2) is the same as MUT2 except that each mutation is additionally scaled by 10% of the current parameter’s range within the initial leaves (fig. S6). The aim here was to provide some way of accounting for the biologically relevant sampling range."

      Moreover, the MUT2 algorithm is described in pseudocode in Algorithm 1 in the main text, and the pseudocode for MUT5 is in supplementary information section S1.C, as algorithm S2.

      The two mutational schemes use additive perturbations to individual parameters. Real mutations presumably affect regulatory networks in more structured ways (e.g., changing binding affinities that affect multiple parameters simultaneously). How sensitive are the results to the assumption of independent single-parameter mutations?

      The referee raises an interesting and well-known issue concerning this widely studied class of GRN models. Without a detailed understanding of how individual genetic mutations map onto model parameters, it is difficult to determine with confidence whether a mutation would produce correlated changes in certain sets of parameters. Our main argument, however, is that the primary source of the observed bias is geometric: the volume of parameter space (or equivalently, the entropy) corresponding to simple leaf morphologies is substantially larger than that corresponding to complex morphologies. As long as mutations explore parameter space approximately symmetrically, even if they involve correlated changes in multiple parameters, larger phenotype regions will tend to be encountered more frequently and retained for longer than smaller regions. We therefore expect the observed bias to be robust to many alternative mutation models, as is already supported by the agreement between our two mutational schemes, although quantifying this robustness is an interesting direction for future work.

      The connectedness argument is made using a 2D PCA projection. Is there a way to check this statement in the full parameter space or perhaps in higherdimensional projections to test the robustness of this result? Connected components can merge/split under different projections.

      We agree that the 2D projection alone is limited. We therefore performed a new analysis using the same method but in the full dimensional parameter space. The nearest neighbour graph for the full-dimensional data has the following numbers of connected components: unlobed-146, lobed-273, dissected-255, compound-315. This follows the same pattern identified for the PC1-PC2 projection, that unlobed splits into fewer connected components than other leaf shape categories. We have added this result to the caption in figure 9.

      References:

      Dingle, K., Camargo, C.Q. and Louis, A.A. (2018) ‘Input–output maps are strongly biased towards simple outputs’, Nature Communications, 9(1), p. 761. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-03101-6.

      Johnston, I.G. et al. (2022) ‘Symmetry and simplicity spontaneously emerge from the algorithmic nature of evolution’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 119(11), p. e2113883119. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2113883119.

      Lynch, M. and Conery, J.S. (2003) ‘The Origins of Genome Complexity’, Science, 302(5649), pp. 1401–1404. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1089370.

      Pagel, M. (1994) ‘Detecting correlated evolution on phylogenies: a general method for the comparative analysis of discrete characters’, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series B: Biological Sciences, 255(1342), pp. 37–45. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1098/rspb.1994.0006.

      Runions, A., Tsiantis, M. and Prusinkiewicz, P. (2017) ‘A common developmental program can produce diverse leaf shapes’, New Phytologist, 216(2), pp. 401–418. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1111/nph.14449.

      Van Nimwegen, E., Crutchfield, J.P. and Huynen, M. (1999) ‘Neutral evolution of mutational robustness’, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 96(17), pp. 9716–9720. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.96.17.9716.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors collect extensive behavioral data and show that preference vary between animals and days, but little insight is provided into what underlies these changes and to what extent they reflect "preference". Two animals drank equal amounts of sucrose and quinine on day one of preference testing, suggesting that behavior does not reflect preference but (lack of) habituation to/proficiency with the testing environment.

      Rats underwent several days of habituation and were checked for lick proficiency before testing. A note regarding this fact has been added to the text, and to the fact that day one consumption of NaCl and water was high in the rat that did not lick much for sucrose, making it clear that the rat was proficiently licking for tastes that it wanted (lines 102-104). We have also added prose to the Discussion section about what lick data tells us about preferences (lines 360-371).

      Recordings were performed only after multiple days of preference testing, and preferences were not tested in between/following recording sessions. This design precludes a direct comparison between neural and behavioral responses.

      The proposed experiment is suggested as a future direction (lines 389-393); performing this experiment is currently impossible, as the experimenters involved have moved on.

      Similarly, correlations between neural responses and behavioral measures are not analyzed/reported on an animal-by-animal basis.

      Although this is an excellent idea, the limitations of the current dataset render the analysis impossible. This is now explained in the Discussion (389-393).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors state that "no differences in effects were observed between taste batteries" (Methods), but it is not clear which analyses were performed to determine this, especially considering that many of the analyses are within-animal. Without more clarity, it is difficult to evaluate whether the interaction of different tastes within the sets of stimuli bias the main conclusions.

      Alas, we are unable to address this concern, although the robustness of our results renders it unlikely that we are observing a phenomenon that is particularly sensitive to specifics of the taste battery.

      It is not clear how the analyses in Figure 3 emerge from the behavioral patterns across Figures 2A2 and 2B2. Along these lines, citric acid responses for R1 and R2 and saccharine responses for R7 and R8 are not shown in Figures 2A2 and 2B2, thus, we cannot determine if they change from the first to final BAT sessions. Salt, even at low concentrations, may not be palatable when rats are in a water-restricted state. It would be interesting to see Figure 3's analysis exclusively for sweet or for bitter tastes.

      We have clarified the text in the results (line 149), methods (lines 531-548), and figure legend (lines 639-644) to better explain Figure 3. The figure itself was updated such that each taste is now color coded, and an analysis looking exclusively at sweet or bitter tests has been run (and found nonsignificant; lines 157-158).

      A potential reason why a single taste experience session causes taste palatability responses in GC neurons to revert to a reflection of canonical palatability ranks, as is seemingly shown in Figure 6, is not discussed.

      This prose, which we apologize for failing to include previously, has been added to the Discussion section (lines 364-371).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current study is a follow-up to a previously published study by the same research group (Nold et al. 2025). In the previous study, the authors had included a set of exploratory analyses which assessed the effects of fitness level (denominated by a relative FTP), sex, and drug treatment (Naxolone versus placebo). In this previous study, the authors state that "exploratory analysis showed a significant main effect of fitness level on differences in pain ratings in the [saline] condition... suggesting increased hypoalgesia with increasing fitness levels, pooled across all stimulus intensities".

      In the current study, the authors have recruited an additional 22 female participants (21 included in analysis) from local cycling clubs to assess if fitness level does indeed impact exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses to experimental thermal and pressure pain models.

      Strengths:

      The current study has the potential to present a convincing argument about the effect of fitness level and potentially other factors (e.g., sex) on exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses. Combining data across two of their primary studies would be highly fruitful to the research community interested in this area. Specifically, it has the potential to inform sports medicine practitioners and how they administer exercise protocols to help those experiencing pain with a further consideration for the fitness level (and maybe sex) of their patients.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the current study makes several bold claims about the role of fitness level and sex on exercise-induced hypoalgesia, which I do not believe that this study on its own - or in conjunction with the previously published study by the same authors - can make at present. Namely, the current study does not appear to conduct any specific analyses between the cohorts from either study (current and present). The results mention a difference in the group mean values in "fitness level" between cohorts, but the analysis itself on pain responses/exercise-induced hypoalgesia is limited only to the cohort from the current study. If the authors wanted to provide a convincing argument that fitness level has an effect on exercise-induced hypoalgesia, then the analysis of this study would have to include an analysis between the groups considered to be of "high" and "low" fitness level. I do not think the current study does this. Instead, it makes an assumption from the previous study (Nold et al. 2025) which only states that "exploratory analysis showed a significant main effect of fitness level on differences in pain ratings in the [saline] condition... suggesting increased hypoalgesia with increasing fitness levels, pooled across all stimulus intensities". The analysis of this study would have to include fitness level "high fitness" versus "low fitness" of participants across both studies in its statistical model to properly discern if fitness level has an impact on exercise-induced hypoalgesia.

      A similar comment can be made with respect to sex differences, as these have not been assessed in the analysis of this study either.

      Another area of weakness in this study is how "fitness level" has been demarcated across participants. One issue is how authors have assumed that the current cohort is 'fit', whereas the previous cohort was 'less fit', meaning that the authors could be coming to false conclusions about fitness level. In detail, figures within the current study show a large overlap between the 'fit' and 'less fit' cohorts, where some participants have a higher relative functional threshold power (FTP) in the 'less fit' cohort than the 'fit' cohort and vice versa. Therefore, I believe the authors should better demarcate between those that are in the 'more fit' and 'less fit' groups according to a validated and well-established criterion from the kinesiology and sport science literature. That being said, I think this may be problematic in some ways as FTP is considered a relatively poor measure to denote fitness levels, a limitation highlighted in the previous study's review.

      Altogether, whilst I commend the researchers on their body of work across the two studies, the current methods and analysis provide an incomplete assessment of their primary research question, and therefore, I would urge the authors to reconsider some of their methods/analysis and the framing of their results to better reflect the main research question they have attempted to answer. Likewise, I would recommend that readers ensure they consider the current results with caution until the authors have addressed some areas of concern which currently limit their main conclusions.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thorough and insightful comments and for the time invested in reviewing our work. In response, we have made several important revisions, particularly to address the major concerns regarding fitness level and sex differences.

      Specifically, we have:

      (1) Conducted additional pooled analyses to directly evaluate fitness and sex effects.

      We pooled the data from the previous and current studies and conducted linear mixed-effects models investigating the effect of exercise intensity between the subgroups, as well as specifically testing the effect of fitness level and sex across the pooled data. This allowed us to directly test the effects of fitness level and sex on a common scale rather than infer these effects from separate cohorts. To quantify evidence both for and against the presence of exercise-induced pain modulation and its moderation by fitness, sex, and study sample, we estimated Bayes factors comparing nested models of increasing complexity. In addition, we examined the posterior distributions of the regression coefficients (β) and subgroup- specific (males from previous study, females from previous study, females from current study) exercise effects to estimate the magnitude and uncertainty of these effects. The Bayesian analyses provided some evidence that fitness level moderated exercise-induced pain modulation, but sex did not. Importantly, these findings were consistent with the overall pattern of results obtained in the frequentist analyses. All corresponding statistics in the main manuscript and Supplementary Materials have been updated accordingly. To improve transparency, the pooled analyses are now presented in the dedicated Results subsections and accompanied by new figures (Figures 4 and 5). Furthermore, we have adapted the Title, Discussion and Conclusion to more closely reflect the results.

      (2) Clarified the assessment of fitness level.

      We expanded our consideration of fitness level and training status by discussing training volume as an additional indicator of training status. We also acknowledge that fitness is a continuous construct and that some overlap in FTP values exists between cohorts. To address this concern, we conducted pooled analyses using FTP as a continuous predictor rather than relying solely on cohort membership. For consistency and comparability with the previous study, FTP remained our primary indicator of fitness level, while analyses using training volume are now reported in the Supplementary Materials.

      (3) Expanded the mechanistic background on the effect of fitness level and sex on EIH.

      We expanded the mechanistic background in both the Introduction and Discussion to provide a clearer theoretical rationale for how fitness level and sex may influence exercise-induced hypoalgesia (EIH), drawing on relevant experimental and clinical literature.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study addresses an important question regarding exercise-induced modulation of pain in women, but the conclusions appear to be based on relatively limited and selective evidence. The authors report an interaction between exercise intensity and stimulus intensity, which they interpret as evidence for exercise-induced hypoalgesia and conclude that fitness, but not sex, modulates this effect. However, this main result relies on a relatively small interaction that emerges only under specific conditions, with inconsistent findings across pain modalities and stimulus intensities, and an analysis approach that does not fully exploit the continuous pain ratings collected. The lack of a baseline condition further limits the interpretability of the findings as reflecting hypoalgesia, and overall, the data provide a rather constrained basis for drawing broader conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The focus on women is important and timely, particularly given the ambiguity in prior findings and the historical bias toward male-dominated samples.

      (2) The attempt to revisit previous findings in a new cohort is valuable in principle.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The core interpretation may not be fully supported by the data

      The central claim-that the results demonstrate exercise-induced hypoalgesia and its dependence on fitness but not sex-does not appear to be fully supported by the evidence presented.

      (1.1) Lack of baseline condition

      The absence of a no-exercise baseline substantially limits interpretation. The study compares high- and low-intensity exercise, but without a baseline, it is not possible to determine whether either condition produces hypoalgesia or hyperalgesia relative to calibration. The observed HI-LI difference, therefore, reflects only a relative contrast between exercise intensities, not an absolute reduction in pain. As a result, attributing the findings to "hypoalgesia" may be difficult to justify fully.

      (1.2) Lack of internal replication across conditions

      The reported effect is highly specific and does not clearly generalise across the experimental design. It emerges significantly only for heat pain at the highest stimulus intensity, with no clear effects for other intensities and for pressure pain. Moreover, the main statistical result is a relatively small interaction effect with a modest p value, which translates into a difference of approximately 6-8 VAS units on a 150 scale. This combination-a small effect size, limited statistical strength, and restriction to a single condition-substantially weakens the evidence for a robust or generalisable effect.

      (1.3) Deviations from the original study and selective use of data

      Although framed as a follow-up to previous work, the current study introduces substantial methodological changes, particularly in the acquisition and scaling of pain ratings (continuous vs post-hoc ratings, modified VAS with sub-threshold range). Despite collecting rich continuous data, the analysis focuses on peak responses to approximate the previous study. While this may aid comparability, it results in a strong emphasis on a single data point (highest intensity), rather than leveraging the full dataset. This limits both interpretability and comparability.

      (1.4) Over-reliance on null results regarding sex differences

      The conclusion that fitness, but not sex, modulates exercise-induced pain may not be directly supported by the data presented. The current study includes only highly fit women, and comparisons with men or less-fit women rely on non-significant differences in a previous cohort. The absence of a significant difference does not provide evidence for equivalence, and no formal statistical support for a null effect is provided. As such, conclusions about the absence of sex differences would unfortunately benefit from more cautious interpretation.

      (2) Limited sample and lack of diversity

      The dataset is narrow in scope, comprising a small sample (N = 21) of healthy, highly fit women. Key demographic characteristics (e.g. age range, BMI distribution) are not fully presented, explored or discussed. This limits generalisability and makes it difficult to draw broader conclusions about exercise-induced pain modulation in women, as the main focus of the study.

      (3) Methodological choices limit the interpretability of the data

      Several methodological decisions would benefit from stronger justification:

      (3.1) The use of a non-standard VAS scale (0-150 with a fixed pain threshold at 50) is unconventional and may influence how participants report pain, while limiting comparability with related literature.

      (3.2) Participants explicitly reported expecting exercise to reduce pain, introducing a potential confound that is not presently addressed.

      (3.3) A more comprehensive use of the full time series of pain ratings would provide a stronger and more transparent basis for interpretation of the present findings.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for their time and effort invested in reviewing our manuscript and appreciate the comments. In response to the points raised by the reviewer, we have now updated our work. Specifically, we have:

      (1) Pooled samples and strengthened inferential framework:

      We pooled the current and previous datasets to provide a stronger basis for the primary interpretation of the findings. On this combined dataset, we conducted both frequentist linear mixed-effects models and complementary Bayesian analyses, allowing us to directly test effects of fitness level, sex, and exercise intensity within a unified framework and to quantify both effect sizes and evidence for/against key hypotheses. The Title, Results, Methods and Discussion have been adapted to more closely reflect the results.

      (2) Addressed sample limitations through pooled analysis:

      To mitigate limitations related to sample size and composition in the individual studies, we extended all primary inferential analyses to the pooled dataset. This approach increases statistical power, improves the stability of estimates, and enables a more reliable examination of between-group effects across fitness level and sex, thereby strengthening the generalisability of the findings.

      (3) Expanded analyses of continuous pain ratings:

      To address methodological concerns regarding the use of a summary pain metric, we supplemented the primary peak-based analyses with additional linear mixed-effects models on the full time-series data. Specifically, we modelled time × exercise intensity interactions for both heat and pressure pain, thereby capturing the dynamic structure of pain responses and ensuring that conclusions are supported by the richness of the continuous rating data. These analyses have been added to the Supplementary Materials.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Synopsis

      The current study is a follow-up to a previously published study by the same research group (Nold et al. 2025). In the previous study, the authors had included a set of exploratory analyses which assessed the effects of fitness level (denominated by a relative FTP), sex, and drug treatment (Naxolone versus placebo).

      In the current study, the authors have recruited an additional 22 female participants (21 included in analysis) from local cycling clubs to assess if fitness level impacts exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses to experimental thermal and pressure pain models.

      All the analysis of this study seems to be specific to the "fit" cohort from this study. No analysis or figures seem to show differences between cohorts from the current and previous studies. For this study, the authors found that maximum pain ratings after application of a thermal stimulus and pressure pain stimulus were lower after a high-intensity exercise compared to a lower-intensity exercise. There was also an exercise intensity × stimulus intensity interaction when thermal stimulations were applied, suggesting that the exercise-induced hypoalgesia response varies across exercise intensities as the stimulus intensity increases/decreases. The same cannot be said for pressure pain according the statistical analysis outputs of this study, although inspection of Figure 3B (top row) does illustrate that at higher stimulus intensities, there is a difference between exercise intensities for maximal pain ratings, whereas there is no difference at lower stimulus intensities (30 and 50 VAS). However, observing the changes in maximum pain ratings (Figure 3C) does show similar changes across all stimulus intensities for pressure pain, unlike thermal pain. Therefore, the authors claim that there is an effect of fitness level on the exercise-induced hypoalgesia response.

      Overall, the authors have completed a neat supplementary study to their previous study. However, there are several areas that I believe should be addressed within the current manuscript.

      First, the authors regularly state "...the hypoalgesic response to exercise depends on fitness level but not on sex". As mentioned earlier, the results section of the previous study states that "exploratory analysis showed a significant main effect of fitness level on differences in pain ratings in the [saline] condition... suggesting increased hypoalgesia with increasing fitness levels, pooled across all stimulus intensities". In this study, the authors do not seem to have completed a direct comparison between the two study cohorts. The results for the current study only seem to discuss the effects of exercise intensity within this study cohort. If this study is to be treated as a stand-alone study, then the data that is presented should make it clear that the effect of fitness level is being assessed. Currently, the results and the figures only illustrate the effects of exercise intensity and stimulus intensity, not fitness level (or sex), which are mentioned in the title, abstract, and most discussions.

      Second, on the topic of sex-related effects, as authors repeatedly state ""...the hypoalgesic response to exercise depends on fitness level but not on sex", I think it is worth noting that this statement would require an a priori assessment of sex differences on exercise-induced hypoalgesia responses. As the previous study (exploratory) and this study (no sex difference analysis) do not include this a priori assessment, I do not think they can conclude that sex is not a factor in the exercise-induced hypoalgesia response, though they can surmise that fitness level may have an influencing role if it was specifically tested in this study. If the authors wish to judge the role of sex, there ought to analysis on this specifically.

      Third, whilst the authors have tested the effects of "fitness level", I urge the authors to consider how they have demarcated between fitness levels in this study and any other (validated) criterion that could be used in place of their current method to distinguish between "fit" and "less fit" participants. To explain the cohort of the current study is judged to be "fitter" than the previous study based on the group mean relative FTP. Yet, observing Figure 1, there are several participants with lower relative FTP in the "fit" cohort than the "less fit" cohort, and vice versa. I would recommend the authors to consult with some kinesiologists/sport scientists about this issue. As the central topic of this study is the effect of fitness level, this warrants careful consideration, as the current method to split the groups is problematic, especially as there is clear overlap between the two groups in the metric that the authors have used (relative FTP).

      Fourth, I think it would be highly beneficial for the authors to add more discussion around the theoretical and mechanistic accounts about why fitness level (and sex) would impact exerciseinduced hypoalgesia responses. The current manuscript provides a nice account of the current literature in terms of the direction of each study's results, yet they do not explore why fitness level or sex has such effects. This would be highly valuable to a reader to set the tone of the study rationale in the introduction and provide more depth to the authors' discussion of their results.

      Below I have highlighted all my comments that have been separated into MAJOR and MINOR comment sections.

      I hope my comments are of use to the authors, and I would like to thank them and the journal for the opportunity to review their paper on a truly interesting and insightful topic.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comments and appreciate the time invested in reviewing our work. In the following, we have addressed all comments raised by the reviewer and marked all changes in the manuscript.

      Major Comments

      (1) In my opinion, it would enhance the manuscript if the authors provided a theoretical or mechanistic account of why fitness levels or sex would impact the exercise-related hypoalgesia effects. Though some reasoning about the mechanisms of fitness level and sex is mentioned in the discussion of the previous study (Nold et al. 2025), and even if the overall research findings are mixed at present, I do not think it would be overkill to provide the rationale for why the authors do/do not predict a certain response in the current study after their analyses. On this note, the authors may argue that the manuscript content from L52-61 is an account of the previous literature. However, whilst this literature sets out the directions of previous research findings, as I read this, I do not think there is a theoretical framework to underpin why fitness level or sex would impact exercise-induced hypoalgesia (EIH). References already included in the manuscript should have some discussions around this (e.g., Sluka et al. 2018; Koltyn 2000; Koltyn et al. 2014).

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. We agree that the mechanistic rationale for why fitness level and sex may influence EIH could be described in more detail. Accordingly, we have expanded the Introduction/Discussion to provide a more comprehensive overview of the potential mechanisms underlying these effects, drawing on previous EIH literature (e.g., Sluka et al., 2018; Koltyn, 2000; Koltyn et al., 2014) as well as evidence relating to changes in endogenous modulatory systems due to repeated exercise (Anderson & Shivakumar, 2013; Gajic et al., 2026; Matei et al., 2023; Saanijoki et al., 2022; Song et al., 2022) as well as sex differences in these neuromodulatory systems potentially contributing to sex differences in EIH (Blanton et al., 2021; Castelli et al., 2014; Fullerton et al., 2018; Levine et al., 2021; Loyd et al., 2008; Zubieta et al., 2002).

      (2) The study sets out an aim, but I do not see any (a priori) hypotheses in the intro or methods. If no hypotheses were registered, this can be reported in the discussion and factored into the discussion about why certain results would/would not be expected.

      The reviewer is correct that no formal, pre-registered hypotheses were specified for this study. As this study was designed as a follow-up to our previous study, which reported no exercise-induced pain modulation in relatively less fit females, the present investigation was primarily exploratory in nature and aimed to examine whether exercise-induced pain modulations would be observed in a sample of females with significantly higher fitness levels. We have now clarified this in the discussion and acknowledge the exploratory nature of the study when interpreting the findings.

      (3) Is there a sample size justification, sensitivity analysis, or post-hoc calculation for the additional 21 participants to detect effects for fitness level and sex?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. No formal a priori sample size calculation was performed for the recruitment of the additional 21 participants. The current study was designed as a follow-up to our previous work, in which female participants were, on average, slightly less fit than male participants. To better disentangle the effects of fitness and sex, we therefore aimed to recruit a comparable number of female participants with higher fitness levels. Accordingly, we targeted a sample size similar to that of the female subgroup in the previous study.

      (4) I have a wider question about where there has truly been a test between fitness levels.

      Definition and measurement of "fitness level".

      Is there an appropriate rationale that relative FTP is an appropriate measure to distinguish between fitness levels? Understandably, this is done for consistency between the two studies, and there may be mention of the use of the FTP measure in the original study; however, it would be worth justifying the use of the relative FTP measure to categorise fitness level with previous literature to back this up.

      We thank the reviewer for this very valid and important point regarding both the validity of FTP as a proxy for fitness and the distinction between fitness levels. Previous research has shown that the FTP and FTP20 tests are reliable and convenient methods to estimate approximate measures of VO2max (Denham et al., 2020) and that the FTP test is a useful test for performance prediction in moderately trained cyclists (Sørensen et al., 2019). Furthermore, we argue that FTP represents a continuous performance measure in our studies instead of a categorical variable distinguishing between fit and unfit individuals, and we have strengthened the manuscript by providing a clearer justification for its use as a field-based proxy of endurance fitness, supported by previous literature linking FTP to more direct physiological markers such as VO<sub>2max</sub> (Denham et al., 2020). Since we have used FTP in the previous sample as a measure of fitness level, we maintained this for consistency in the current study.

      We also acknowledge that, despite statistically significant group differences, there is meaningful overlap between the males of the previous study and the females of the current study and that “fitness level” should be interpreted as a continuum rather than a strict categorical separation. Accordingly, the labels “fit” and “unfit” should be interpreted relative to the samples included in the current and previous studies rather than as absolute classifications. To reflect this more accurately, we have revised the manuscript to refer to participants as having higher or lower fitness levels, which should be interpreted within the context of the pooled sample rather than as discrete fitness categories.

      Classification of fitness level.

      In L110-111 - The statistical analysis does show a difference between groups, but Figure 1A does show that there is a crossover with around half the sample from each study cohort. That is, the current study had ~16 participants who had a lower relative FTP than the highest relative FTP from the previous study. When removing the highest participant (outlier) in the previous study, there are still 7 participants (a third of the sample) with a lower relative FTP than participants considered of a 'lower' fitness level than the previous study.

      Essentially, on the group level, there is a statistical difference in relative FTP, but there is notable overlap between the two groups.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. Our aim was not to create entirely non-overlapping fitness categories, but rather to recruit a female sample with significantly higher average fitness levels than the females included in the previous study. As shown in the revised manuscript, females from the current study had, on average, significantly higher relative FTP values than females from the previous study, whereas no significant difference was observed between females from the current study and males from the previous study. We also report training volume as an additional indicator of training status; however, because training volume was self-reported, we consider FTP to provide a more objective and sensitive measure of fitness. The partial overlap in FTP values between samples is not unexpected and, in fact, facilitates comparisons across studies by ensuring that the samples are not entirely distinct populations.

      Could another distinction be made based on:

      - A set value (e.g., 2.0 W/kg-1);

      - Another value from previous literature, and the analysis be re-run with this classification of participants? The approach to use a set value is consistent with kinesiology literature that uses set values to demarcate fitness level for other more common, measures like VO2max (see ACSM guidelines and de Pauw et al. 2013);

      - Or by dissociating between training volume and slightly tweaking the wording to "training status/volume" (although I am cognisant that this would introduce an incongruence in terminology between the authors' studies, but other studies that have been referenced [e.g., Geva and Defrin, do specifically test between training volume]).

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestions. We would like to refrain from making another distinction based on a set value and dividing the group into “fit” and “unfit” individuals. Instead, we have pooled the samples and treated FTP as a continuous variable, which preserves statistical power and avoids the loss of information associated with dichotomising a continuous measure.

      To address the reviewers' suggestion of including training volume as a measure of fitness level, we have repeated our new analyses, namely the LMER model using training volume as a predictor for difference pain ratings (LI – HI Exercise pain ratings), in the pooled sample. These analyses yielded no significant effects for training volume, the interaction of training volume x sex, or training volume x subgroup in either heat or pressure pain. Furthermore, the training volume is potentially influenced by outliers in the current study sample. For completeness, we have added these analyses and according visualisation to the Supplements (Fig. S6).

      We believe that the FTP provides a more sensitive and objective measure of cardiovascular fitness level in our study, as it is not susceptible to recall bias, differences in training intensity and differences in training efficacy. We also note that other studies (Geva & Defrin, 2013) did not rely solely on self-reported training volume as a measure of fitness level, but recruited participants based on training history and athletic status (e.g. competitive triathletes vs. active controls).

      For these reasons, we consider the FTP the most appropriate primary indicator of fitness level in the current (and previous) study, while still reporting training volume in the main manuscript to consider.

      The above suggestions would also allow to select matched pairs from the male cohort when comparing effects between sexes. Altogether, though, I believe this comment to be the most important in my review of this paper, as the primary question depends strongly on how fitness level is defined and categorised by the researchers, and this requires careful consideration and validation from previous literature if such decisive conclusions are to be drawn from the results. Therefore, a clearer description of the reason why certain effects are expected (theory/mechanisms) and how participants have been categorised will be highly valuable for readers. It may be useful for the authors to reach out to kinesiologists/sport scientists within their peer groups to help with this comment.

      To further address the concern regarding between-cohort comparability, we have now pooled the samples from the previous and current study and re-analysed the data fitness level as a continuous variable rather than relying on cohort-based comparisons. Specifically, we conducted regression analyses examining fitness level, sex, and their interaction, as well as subgroup analyses including males from the previous study, females from the previous study, and females from the current study. These analyses were complemented by Bayesian model comparison and posterior inference. The results are now reported in the Results section. We also acknowledge that fitness is best viewed as a continuum rather than a discrete characteristic and have revised the manuscript accordingly, replacing references to “fit” and “unfit” participants with descriptions of relatively higher and lower fitness levels within the pooled sample.

      Finally, as mentioned in the previous comment (major comment #1), we have expanded the Introduction and Discussion to more clearly outline the mechanistic and theoretical rationale for expecting effects of fitness level and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation, drawing on relevant literature (see major comment #1). We believe these additions substantially strengthen both the conceptual justification and the analytical robustness of the manuscript.

      (5) The abstract states that "...further investigation to determine if and to what extent exercise induced hypoalgesia depends on fitness level and/or sex." However, I cannot see any analysis relating to sex in the results of this study that takes the female sample of this study and the male sample of the previous study and then carries out another LNER model? I also see no report of results about sex in any of the figures/tables. If sex is part of the abstract and main research question, then I would argue it ought to be in the results and feature in figures within the main manuscript, not supplementary material.

      We agree with the reviewer that, given the emphasis on fitness and sex in the Abstract and research aims, analyses directly examining sex effects should be presented in the main manuscript. In response, we pooled the samples from the previous and current studies and repeated the linear mixed-effects regression analyses used in the previous study to examine the effects of fitness and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. We further complemented these analyses with Bayesian model comparison and parameter estimation to assess the moderating effects of fitness level and sex in the pooled dataset. The results of these pooled analyses are now reported in the corresponding Results section and are presented in the main manuscript as Figure 5. The Abstract, Results, Discussion, and Conclusions have been revised accordingly.

      (6) The current abstract and main manuscript make it seem that this study completed an additional analysis on the effect of sex, but this does not appear to be the case. Statements like "together with our previous findings, this suggests that exercise-induced hypoalgesia depends on fitness level but not on sex" are quite decisive, although it does not seem that any analysis was completed between sexes in an a priori fashion. The only data I can see that assesses between sex effects is an exploratory analysis from the previous study, which was part of a larger exploration of sex - fitness level - and drug interactions.

      Therefore could the authors either:

      - Run this analysis between sexes;

      - Or make it explicit that this study did not conduct any specific a priori analysis on sex differences in EIH at high and low intensities.

      - And/or temper how decisive their conclusions on the (null) effects for sex, unless there are statistical analyses to support this.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the manuscript did not include a dedicated analysis of sex effects in the combined dataset. In response, we pooled the samples from the previous and current studies and conducted additional frequentist (LMER) and Bayesian (Bayes Factor and posterior distributions) analyses examining the effects of fitness and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. The frequentist analyses indicated an association between fitness and EIH, but not sex, while the Bayesian analyses similarly provided little evidence for sex-dependent effects. These new analyses have been added to the manuscript, and the Abstract, Results, Discussion, and Conclusions have been revised accordingly.

      Section-specific Comments:

      (1) Abstract

      L38-40: See major comment #6 above.

      As described above, we have now conducted additional analyses on the moderating effect of fitness level and sex using frequentist and Bayesian analyses and adapted the Abstract accordingly.

      (2) Introduction

      L68 - What is meant by "robust" in this sentence? Robust to describe the direction and magnitude of the differences in effects between sexes seems a little misrepresentative.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment and agree that the wording is vague. To emphasise clarity, we have rephrased this to “[…] whereas others (Koltyn, 2000; Sternberg et al., 2001; Vaegter et al., 2014) suggest that hypoalgesia following exercise is more pronounced in females, but overall results remain inconclusive (Rice et al., 2019).”

      (3) Results

      L124 - What is the online rating scale? It is the word "online" in particular that is confusing here, as it is described in the methods, but just seems to be a standard handheld device with a cursor.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. In this case, “online” refers to the continuous ratings whilst the stimulus is ongoing, using a handheld rating device and using button presses. We clarified this further at the beginning of the Results and Methods sections to include “real-time (continuous) pain ratings” to avoid confusion.

      L136 - I think there is a missing word here before the set of parentheses. RPE?

      We thank the reviewer for detecting this and have added “RPE” before the parentheses.

      L136-138 - I would amend to read something like... "This confirms the exercise intensity protocols elicited a different output, relative power, physiological demand (HR), and perceived demand (RPE)", just to be clear on what the differences have been physiologically and psychologically for the participants when exercising at the two intensities.

      We agree with the reviewer and have rephrased the sentence according to their suggestion for clarity.

      (4) Discussion

      L190 - "results suggest that fit females show a hypoalgesic response to HI compared to LI exercise". I think there is a word missing in this sentence to make it clear what the results are.

      We have revised the sentence in accordance with the new (pooled) analysis results.

      L250-253 - The authors have given a fantastic account of the previous literature and the trends that each study has observed. However, in line with major comment #1, could the authors include some discussion to speculate why there are expected differences between training level/fitness level and sex (plus interactions)? Some studies that are referenced are theoretical papers, and even if the current literature is unsure about the likely mechanisms behind fitness and sex differences in EIH responses, stating this would also be useful to a reader but the authors could signpost them to specific references that would broaden their understanding after reading this study.

      We have now provided a more detailed account of the potential mechanistic background on why fitness level and/or sex could influence exercise-induced modulation in the Discussion (see major comment #1).

      (5) Limitations

      L258-259 - If I have understood this sentence correctly and the content in L301-304, the heat stimulus (temperature of the thermal probe) that was applied to induce a 30 VAS pain intensity rating at rest actually induced no pain at all, as 30 VAS is considered below the pain threshold of "minimally painful". In retrospect, this seems like an odd choice of measurement.

      It means that 30 VAS is simply a measure of warm (non-painful but detecting heat) and perturbation to the skin (pressure but not hurting) in the heat and pressure pain conditions, respectively. Therefore, to include the 30 VAS values in the analysis to dissociate whether HIGH or LIGHT intensities, fitness level, or sex have an impact on EIH seems misplaced, as there is no actual pain for which a hypoalgesia response can be tested at this intensity.

      Making this clearer in the results or discussion would be worthwhile for the readers, in my opinion.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this. In both the previous and current studies, participants were calibrated using the same procedure and rating scale (0 – 100) to identify painful stimulus intensities corresponding to VAS 30, 50, and 70. On the main experimental day, participants in the current study rated on a modified scale ranging from 0 to 150, with 50 marking the pain threshold, such that ratings below 50 reflected a non-painful rating. Importantly, the calibrated VAS 30, 50, and 70 stimuli refer to the target pain intensities established during the calibration procedure and not to the numerical values displayed on the experimental rating scale. Participants were familiarised with the scale and anchor points prior to testing and viewed only the visual analogue scale rather than numerical values during the experiment. We have adapted the wording, referring to VAS 30, 50, and 70 as intensities and not numerical ratings.

      (6) Conclusion

      L276-277 - Similar mention as before, can the authors please make it clear if there is a sex effect in their analyses or how this has properly been tested in a prior study through an a priori assessment to be certain that "fitness level rather than sex plays a central role in modulating EIH".

      We have now tested the effect of sex in frequentist and Bayesian analyses in the pooled samples and revised the conclusion in accordance with the results.

      (7) Methods

      L284 - What denotes an individual being "physically active"?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. “Physically active” was defined based on training volume, operationalised as regular participation in structured cycling training sessions (i.e., consistent engagement in planned cycling training units per week). This criterion was used to ensure that participants had an established and ongoing training routine relevant to the study context. We have clarified this in the referenced section.

      Table 1 - Female participants in the current study are noticeably older than the other cohorts from the previous study. While all are considered "young" (<40 y.o.), if one were to take a matched pair of females from each cohort (previous vs current) in terms of relative FTP, then the years of experience and exposure to training are likely a strong influence on EIH responses, not "fitness level" as it is described in this study. Just a speculative thought.

      The reviewer raises an interesting point. However, since we have not acquired any information on the years of training and volume, we are unable to answer this question in the current framework. Future research should investigate the effect of training years (which potentially strongly correlates with fitness level) on exercise-induced pain modulation.

      L313-315 - For future reference, there are some nice papers on how to administer the RPE scales with clear instructions to be certain that perceived effort is being measured appropriately (Halperin & Emanuel 2020; Halperin & Visgotsky 2025; Malleron et al. 2023). I always have a habit of signposting to these studies with regard to RPE because it can often be misrepresented in many different areas of research where RPE scales are used.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and for highlighting these relevant papers. In the present study, participants were extensively familiarised with the rating of perceived exertion scale, and the instructions closely followed the original definition and recommendations provided by Borg (1998). The scale was presented in accordance with its intended anchor points to promote accurate reporting of perceived exertion. We have now added a citation (Borg, 1998) in the Methods section to clarify this procedure.

      (8) Code Availability

      Thank you for including open source code in your submission. I am very appreciative of researchers who champion open research principles.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and support of open research practices. We have updated the code containing the updated analyses and datasets.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Core interpretation may not be fully supported by the data

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. To investigate the role of fitness level and sex in exercise-induced pain modulation, we have now pooled the samples from the previous and current study and conducted frequentist (linear mixed effects models) analyses. Specifically, we tested for the effect of exercise intensity between the subgroups, as well as (consistent with those conducted in the previous study (Nold et al., 2026) testing the effect of fitness level and sex across the pooled data. This allowed us to directly test the effects of fitness level and sex on a common scale rather than infer these effects from separate cohorts. Furthermore, we conducted Bayesian analyses to quantify evidence both for and against the presence of exercise-induced pain modulation and its moderation by fitness, sex, and study sample, utilising the Bayes factors comparing nested models of increasing complexity. In addition, we examined the posterior distributions of the regression coefficients (β) and subgroup-specific exercise effects to estimate the magnitude and uncertainty of these effects. The Bayesian analyses provided some evidence that fitness level moderated exercise-induced pain modulation, but sex did not. Importantly, these findings were consistent with the overall pattern of results obtained in the frequentist analyses. All corresponding statistics in the main manuscript and Supplementary Materials have been updated accordingly. To improve clarity, the pooled analyses are now presented in dedicated Result subsections and accompanied by new figures (Fig. 4 and Fig. 5).

      (1.1) Lack of baseline condition

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that, in the absence of a no-exercise control condition, our design does not allow us to determine whether either exercise condition produced hypoalgesia or hyperalgesia relative to no exercise. Rather, the observed differences reflect the relative effects of high- versus low-intensity exercise on pain ratings.

      Our study was not designed to assess the overall effect of exercise compared with rest, but rather to investigate whether exercise intensity influences exercise-induced pain modulation. Specifically, we hypothesised that high-intensity exercise would produce greater pain modulation than low-intensity exercise. This approach was motivated by previous work demonstrating intensity-dependent differences in post-exercise pain responses (Jones et al., 2019; Vaegter et al., 2014).

      In response to the reviewer's comment, we have revised the manuscript to clarify this distinction and have replaced several instances of "exercise-induced hypoalgesia" with the more neutral term "exercise-induced pain modulation" where appropriate. We also explicitly acknowledge in the Limitations that the lack of a no-exercise condition precludes conclusions regarding absolute hypoalgesic/hyperalgesic effects of either exercise condition.

      (1.2) Lack of internal replication across conditions

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the observed effect was most pronounced for heat pain at the highest stimulus intensity and was not consistently observed across all stimulus intensities or pain modalities. Importantly, however, this pattern mirrors the findings of our previous study, in which exercise intensity effects were likewise evident for heat pain but not pressure pain. We therefore interpret the current findings as a replication of the modality-specific pattern observed previously rather than an isolated positive result.

      To further address concerns regarding robustness and sample size, we have now pooled the data from the previous and current studies and conducted additional frequentist and Bayesian analyses examining the moderating roles of fitness level and sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. These analyses yielded converging evidence that fitness level contributes to variability in exercise-induced pain modulation, thereby strengthening confidence in the overall findings.

      With respect to pressure pain, previous meta-analyses have reported comparable or even larger exercise effects for pressure pain than heat pain (Naugle et al., 2012). However, most studies included in these analyses employed handheld pressure algometry, whereas our study used cuff pressure stimulation. Consequently, the pressure pain measures used here may not be directly comparable to those reported in the broader literature.

      (1.3) Deviations from the original study and selective use of data

      We agree with the reviewer that we have adapted the rating scale to reflect a real-time pain rating. To provide a comprehensive account of participants’ pain experience, we have included analyses corresponding to the visualisations on how online ratings evolve over the course of the pain administered in Supplemental Figure S7 – S8. Specifically, we conducted LMER models with exercise intensity × time on heat and pressure pain ratings, separately (Supplemental Fig. S7). The results yielded a significant interaction of exercise intensity × time on heat (β = -0.13, SE = 0. 06, t(7577) = 2.12, P = 0.03) but not pressure pain ratings (β = -0.07, SE = 0.10, t(7956) = -0.71, P = 0.48). Furthermore, we conducted LMER models with exercise intensity × time × stimulus intensity on heat and pressure pain ratings (Supplemental Fig. S8), suggesting no significant interaction on pressure pain ratings (β = -0.0002, SE = 0.004, t(2353) = -0.06, P = 0.95) but a significant interaction on heat pain ratings (β = -0.01, SE = 0.003, t(2201) = -3.24, P = 0.001).

      As the reviewer correctly notes, to facilitate comparison with the previous study, we conducted our primary analyses using peak pain ratings. We acknowledge that this approach does not fully capture the richness of the continuous data but allows for comparability.

      (1.4) Over-reliance on null results regarding sex differences

      We thank the reviewer for this important point regarding the interpretation of null effects, particularly in relation to sex differences. We agree that the absence of a statistically significant difference does not, in itself, provide evidence for equivalence between groups.

      To address this issue, we have pooled the samples and supplemented our frequentist analyses with Bayesian analyses. Bayes factors were computed to quantify the relative evidence for the null versus alternative hypotheses, providing a continuous measure of support that complements frequentist inference, particularly in cases of non-significant effects where evidence for the absence of an effect is of interest. Furthermore, posterior distributions of the regression coefficient of interest (in this case, the moderating role of sex on exercise-induced pain modulation) provided no evidence for a moderating role of sex on exercise-induced pain modulation. This approach allows for a more nuanced interpretation of the data, especially concerning null effects. We have adapted the Methods, Results, and Discussion accordingly.

      (2) Limited sample and lack of diversity

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The study was intentionally designed to include only female participants with significantly higher fitness levels compared to the females from the previous study, as our previous study included females who were slightly less fit than males, making it difficult to separate the effects of sex and fitness. We, therefore, aimed to examine exercise-induced pain modulation in a more homogeneous sample. However, much of the EIH literature has been conducted in highly trained male participants (Janal et al., 1984; Saanijoki et al., 2022; Scheef et al., 2012). As such, studies in women of higher fitness are important to improve our understanding of potential sex differences in exercise-induced pain modulation. While the present findings should be interpreted within the context of the sample studied, when analysed and considered alongside our previous work, they contribute to a broader understanding of exercise-induced pain modulation across sexes and fitness levels.

      (3) Methodological choices limit the interpretability of the data

      (3.1) The use of a non-standard VAS scale (0-150 with a fixed pain threshold at 50) is unconventional and may influence how participants report pain, while limiting comparability with related literature.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. Since we introduced real-time pain ratings in the current study, while the pain is ongoing, we aimed to introduce a scale that allowed us to pinpoint the period when a painful stimulus reaches painfulness (exceeds 50 on the scale). To allow for comparability between the studies, we have calculated the peak pain rating provided during the real-time pain ratings, as this corresponds to the instruction participants received in the previous study to rate the most painful point of the previous stimulation. Previous research (Koyama et al., 2004) has shown that, in heat pain, real-time ratings account for R<sup>2</sup> = 0.89 of the variability of post-stimulus rating, where much of the variability for the post-stimulus intensity pain rating is accounted for by the peak response during the online ratings (adj. R<sup>2</sup> = 0.3 – 0.4), suggesting good comparability of both pain measures. Furthermore, as we have now pooled the samples and conducted analyses, we rescaled the maximum pain ratings so that ratings below 50 (below the pain threshold) were set to 0, corresponding to VAS 0 in the previous study, resulting in pain ratings ranging between 0 and 100.

      (3.2) Participants explicitly reported expecting exercise to reduce pain, introducing a potential confound that is not presently addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Indeed, participants reported expecting lower whole-body pain in response to acute aerobic exercise, but no changes in joint or muscle pain. In the context of exercise, previous research (Colloca et al., 2018) showed that exercise-unrelated expectations and exercise itself induce comparable hypoalgesic effects, though they might work through distinct mechanisms. Studies directly manipulating exercise-related expectations showed that education about EIH, compared with general education about exercise and pain, could induce hypoalgesia following aerobic exercise (Jones et al., 2017). Interestingly, another study (Vaegter et al., 2020) investigated the interplay of exercise-related expectations (through verbal instructions) and resistance exercise on pain perception and showed that only explicit negative instructions induced hyperalgesia, whereas positive or neutral exercise-related instructions did not change the magnitude of EIH.

      Since participants in the current study reported highly specific positive expectations only for whole-body pain, but not for joint or muscle pain, expectations are unlikely to fully explain our findings. Consistent with this, in our previous study using the same prospective expectation questionnaire, we found no significant expectation effects for any pain domain (Nold et al., 2025), although we acknowledge that the samples differed, especially with respect to fitness levels.

      Nevertheless, the current study was not designed to disentangle the effects of exercise and expectations, as expectation ratings were measured prospectively but not manipulated. Therefore, we cannot determine to what extent positive expectations of exercise have contributed to the observed effects, and we have now acknowledged this as a limitation in the Discussion.

      (3.3) A more comprehensive use of the full time series of pain ratings would provide a stronger and more transparent basis for interpretation of the present findings.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As noted in our response to Comment 1.3, we have included analyses and visualisations of the full time series of online pain ratings in the Supplementary Materials (Fig. S7–S8), providing a more comprehensive understanding of pain dynamics over time.

      Figures are very low in quality - artefacts, small text, insufficient labelling.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this and, indeed, rendering the PDF reduced the quality of the images. For the reviewed version, we have been specifically attentive to image quality by increasing font sizes and adding labels.

      There was not enough detail in the methods section for the number of cycling blocks, and how low and high intensity were distributed throughout the session.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. Participants completed four cycling blocks in total, two HI and two LI exercise blocks, presented in a pseudo-randomised order in the session. To improve clarity, we have added the relevant details to the Methods section.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Major Comments:

      (1) "Wounding/fighting" evidence is confounding.

      Unless I am mistaken, a large part of the argument for inflammation-driven perinodal fat pad atrophy and LN expansion relies on spontaneous fighting injuries in co-housed CCR2-/- males, including animals "culled...due to excessive wounding." Because wound severity, duration, infection load, stress, and cage dynamics are uncontrolled, isn't it difficult to assign causality to "cutaneous inflammation"?

      We thank the reviewer for this point and fully understand the concerns here. We have carefully gone through the text now and ensured that we refer to wounding-associated inflammation throughout. This therefore takes into account potential wound infections etc. We are also confident that the phenotype relates to cutaneous inflammation because it is only seen in lymph nodes and fat pads draining inflamed skin. We have adapted the discussion accordingly to address this important issue (lines 169-172 of the revised text).

      (2) The "CCR2-independent macrophage" conclusion.

      The manuscript interprets persistence/accumulation of macrophages despite reduced inflammatory monocytes as CCR2-independent recruitment or local proliferation. However, CCR2 deficiency can alter immune baselines and long-term tissue remodelling. Perhaps consider bone marrow chimeras (WT to CCR2-/-, CCR2-/- to WT ????) or an inducible CCR2 deletion approach to separate developmental/systemic effects from acute inflammation-driven mechanisms. If "in situ proliferation" is proposed, include a direct readout (e.g., Ki67 in ATMs in the fat pad).

      We have previously published that CCR2-/- mice display no alterations in any myeloid or lymphoid cell subsets with the exception of Ly6C+ monocytes. We have now referred to this in the revised text (lines 135 and 136) and hope that this addresses the reviewer’s concerns. In terms of whether the CCR2-independent increase in macrophages as a consequence of recruitment or local proliferation, the fact that the macrophages are CD11b+, along with the relative increase in inflammatory monocyte content in co-housed CCR2-/- mouse skin, strongly suggests that they derive from peripheral blood monocytes and therefore from recruited cells. We have clarified these points on page 7 of the revised text.

      (3) IMQ and systemic effects.

      The work relies on topical Aldara/imiquimod as an "inflammation without antigen" driver of distal LN/fat-pad remodelling. But IMQ is well known (and cited by the authors) to enter circulation and drive systemic responses, which could blur whether effects are truly draining-site specific vs systemic metabolic/inflammatory effects. It would be ideal to provide systemic context: plasma cytokines and/or metabolic readouts (e.g., circulating FFAs) to distinguish local vs systemic drivers.

      This is an important point. We have now included plasma cytokine data showing that these are indeed elevated systemically in Aldara-treated mice (new Supplementary Figure 5). We have altered our discussion of this point to reflect these new data (lines 228-229 of the revised text).

      (4) Macrophage dependence is inferred from CSF1R inhibitor treatment.

      However, validation of macrophage depletion and specificity is incomplete. The manuscript uses AZD7507 (CSF1R inhibitor) and observes partial rescue of fat pad/LN phenotype while skin severity (PASI) is unaffected. But, to this reviewer, the data shown do not clearly quantify actual macrophage depletion efficiency in the target fat pad, and LN at endpoint, and CSF1R blockade can affect multiple myeloid populations. Therefore, show absolute macrophage counts (and likely other myeloid populations) in fat pad and LN with/without AZD7507 at the analysed timepoints, not only outcome weights. (The methods describe dosing but not endpoint depletion quantification??)

      We have now added these data (new Figure 7D and Supplementary Figure S6 and discussed on page 13 of the revised manuscript). What we show is that fat pads from Aldara-treated mice show a large reduction in macrophages and also a reduction in dendritic cells, although the number of dendritic cells was already low in the fat pad of Aldara-treated females. The lymph nodes of Aldara-treated females with AZD7507 also show reduced macrophage counts, but the reduction is also seen in all other immune subsets (lymph nodes were smaller so reduced counts in all subsets). We hope that these new data satisfy the reviewer’s concerns.

      (5) Fat pad atrophy/LN expansion is a correlation.

      The paper emphasises negative correlations between fat pad and LN weights/cellularity at baseline and with inflammation. But correlation does not establish whether fat pad lipolysis drives LN expansion, whether LN changes drive fat remodelling, or whether both reflect systemic mediators. Add tissue-level evidence distinguishing true adipocyte loss vs other contributors to "weight change" (e.g., oedema/fibrosis).

      We agree that our data do not establish a direct causal relationship between adipose tissue loss and LN expansion, but the observations do demonstrate a strong temporal association. As seen from the added graph (new Figure 8B and related text on page 13 of the revised manuscript), the rapid and concurrent occurrence of both processes (approximately 25% reduction in fat pad weight and 30% increase in LN size within 24 h of Aldara treatment) suggests that they are closely linked biological events occurring within the same tissue microenvironment. Determining whether these changes arise through direct local interactions or reflect broader inflammatory mediators would require additional mechanistic investigation.

      (6) Evidence for "fatty acid donation" from fat pad to LN.

      The lipid data are described as "exemplary," and the inference that LN fatty acids originate from the fat pad is based on temporal ordering and relative abundance. This does not rule out plasma spillover, LN-intrinsic metabolism, or altered lymph flow.

      We agree with reviewer and have amended our discussion of this point appropriately (page 16 of the revised manuscript).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors aim to demonstrate skin inflammation is associated with fat pad atrophy and lymph node expansion. They further propose that these phenotypes are driven by the recruitment and lipid metabolism of CCR2-independent macrophages.

      The authors took advantage of two skin inflammation models, fight-induced and imauimod-induced skin inflammation and analyzed multiple tissues, including skin, fat pads, and lymph nodes. Using a macropahge-depletion method (e.g., CSF-1R inhibitor), the authors further suggest the inverse correlation between fat pads atrophy and lymph node expansion is macropahge-dependent. While the study identifies this intriguing inverse correlation during skin inflammation, the causal pathway linking fat pad atrophy and lymph nodes enlargement has not been clearly established.

      To improve the rigor of the manuscript, the authors address the following concerns;

      (1) CCR2-deficient mice showed reduced inflammatory monocytes and monocyte-derived macrophages (PMID:16462739; 16341265). During tissue inflammation, CCR2+ classical monocytes are typically recruited to the injured peripheral tissues, including skin, where they differentiate into monocyte-derived macrophages (PMID:38474365). While inflammatory monocytes were reduced in the skin (Figure 3 d), fat pads (Figure 4a, S2D) of CCR2-deficient mice, macrophage numbers were significantly increased in these mice. It remains unclear whether CCR2-independent macrophages were newly recruited from alternative sources or tissue-resident macrophages underwent local self-proliferation to compensate for the loss of CCR2+ monocyte-derived macrophages.

      We agree with reviewer and have expanded our discussion of this important point (see text on pages 7 and 8 of the revised manuscript). As mentioned in response to reviewer 1 we have inferred from the expression of CD11b and c on recruited macrophages that they are derived from peripheral blood monocytes and therefore ultimately are recruited and have not arisen due to local proliferation. We hope that the reviewer is happy with this expanded discussion.

      (2) In line 258, the authors state that there was "a significant reduction in CD11C- CD206+ anti-inflammatory macrophages (Figure 4b i-iii)". However, the quantification data in Figure 4b iii do not appear to show any reduction in anti-inflammatory macrophages in either males or females. Please reconcile this discrepancy between the text and the figure

      We apologise for our carelessness here and this is the consequence of not having normalised some of the data presented. We have now done this and updated the graph which now, hopefully, more convincingly demonstrate reduction in CD11c- macrophages.

      (3) Although CD11C and CD206 were historically used as markers of inflammatory and anti-inflammatory markers, respectively. These markers are no longer considered sufficient to define the macrophage polarization state, particularly in adipose tissue, where they are constitutively expressed by resident macrophages (PMID:34210853). Numerous studies have demonstrated substantial macrophage diversity/heterogeneity across iWAT, eWAT, and brown fat tissues. The authors should discuss adipose macrophage diversity beyond the outdated M1/M2 frame.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and apologise for the superficial way in which we have addressed macrophage heterogeneity in the fat pads. We selected CD11c, as it is clearly an important discriminatory marker for tissue macrophages, and CD206 as it presents itself as a common marker of both CD11c-positive and CD11c-negative macrophages in our analyses. We fully acknowledge that the understanding of macrophages has moved on beyond the simple pro-and anti-inflammatory categories have therefore amended the discussion appropriately (please see text on page 8 of the revised manuscript). We hope that these changes are satisfactory for the reviewer.

      Minor issues

      (1) Clarify which claims are "antigen-independent" vs "no intentional antigen." The introduction/abstract emphasises "absence of antigen presentation," but inflammation models (wounds/IMQ) do not exclude endogenous/self-antigens. Rephrase or add controls aligned to the claim.

      We fully accept reviewer’s point here and have removed references to ‘antigen-independent’ throughout.

      (2) Provide more explicit randomisation/blinding details for subjective readouts (e.g., PASI scoring).

      We agree that additional methodological detail would improve transparency. Inflammation scoring was performed by an independent collaborator blinded to treatment allocation. Animals were not formally randomized between groups because AZD-treated mice required additional gavage procedures and handling distinct from control animals. We have now included additional details in the Materials and Methods section (see page 22 of the revised text).

      (3) Increase transparency on sample sizes and independence when pooling tissues (e.g., pooled fat pads, pooled macrophage RNA samples).

      Lymph nodes and fat pads were used for different analyses throughout the study, resulting in differences in sample processing and pooling strategies between experiments. Information regarding biological replication and any sample pooling is provided within the corresponding figure legends for each experiment.

      In most cases, both fat pads and lymph nodes of each mouse were pooled for analysis, this is specified in each figure legend (i.e. ‘each point represents the combined weight of both inguinal lymph nodes/fat pads for each mouse’

      Pooling of fat pads from multiple individual mice was only done for RNA sequencing due to low numbers of adipose tissue macrophages. Again, details are in the figure legends.

      We hope that this is acceptable to the reviewer.

      (4) Quantify systemic effects of IMQ (weight loss is mentioned in monitoring; include the data and interpret its relevance).

      Body weight was monitored throughout the study for animal welfare purposes but was not systematically recorded for analysis. While we cannot formally exclude systemic effects, we believe the observed phenotype is unlikely to be driven primarily by general sickness behaviour, as substantial tissue changes were already evident by day 1 following treatment, including an approximately 25% reduction in fat pad weight and a 30% increase in lymph node weight (please see revised figure 8B). The rapid onset and tissue-specific nature of these changes suggest an early biological response rather than a secondary consequence of generalized illness.

      (5) Tone down mechanistic language ("donation," "feeds the LN") unless tracer/intervention experiments are added; keep as "consistent with" until proven.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and have amended the language appropriately.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor concerns;

      (1) Please delete 'i-iii' from Figure 3b, as these panel labels are not referenced anywhere in the manuscript.

      We have carefully edited, and improved, figures throughout the text and hope that they are now acceptable.

      (2) Please change '1D' to '2D' in Figure S2.

      This has now been done and we apologise for this carelessness.

    1. Author response:

      Thank you for providing detailed and positive feedback. This will help us to improve manuscript and its accessibility for a broad audience.

      We first want to highlight what we believe is the main aspect, and therefore novelty, of our work: Combining cell-cell mechanics, mechanical regulation of growth and stochastic cell fate decisions leads to a stable population of stem cells in a stable balance with more differentiated cells, avoiding neutral drift, extinction or overgrowth. Furthermore, this combination leads to stable clusters, i.e. without further coarsening. We call these structures “niche-like”, as we believe stability is fundamental for biological function.

      As the referees point out, this work builds on previous works in the literature, and highlighting the differences and advances will benefit the manuscript. As referee 3 points out, homeostatic regulation by mechanics, in particular pressure, has been discussed intensively in the literature, by us and many others. The novelty in our work is that we apply this regulatory mechanism to a multi-component tissue, and there can stabilize not only the total number of cells, but also their relative composition. In particular, we derive analytical equations relating composition to differentiation rates, and demonstrate their validity in agent-based simulations. In the revised manuscript we will highlight more clearly that this is an application of previous works on a novel system.

      Referee 2 points to Klein et al. (2008). We do agree that their model also shows clustering, and therefore that we should have compared and contrasted our model more thoroughly with this work. However, as we will show more clearly in a revised manuscript, our results differ crucially from this form of clustering without detailed mechanical interactions. As also discussed in the original work by Klein et al., the mechanism therein results in clusters which are not stable, but continue to grow indefinitely over time (although at a slow rate). We show that our simulations display stable clusters which do not grow further, even when simulating for very long time scales, and that these clusters are well-defined, by structurally different correlation functions showing clear inter-cluster separation. In the revision, we will demonstrate that even when starting from a perfect cluster, the stem cells separate, resulting in finite stable clustering. Thus, our clusters are true “fix points” of the stem cell dynamics. Referee 3 rightfully recommends that we should identify more clearly which mechanism is responsible for the stable niche-like structures. To this end, we will compare more closely to Klein2008 as a model without mechanics leading to log(t) coarsening, and our earlier work (Krämer et al., 2024) where stem cells were immortal. There, we had found that mechanics alone produces the reverse result, i.e. leads to enhanced separation of stem cells, which anti-cluster and are dispersed as single cells. We will add new simulations as an additional control that contain cell-cell mechanics, but no mechanical regulation of growth. This combination will allow us to disentangle how the combination of cell mechanics, mechanical feedback on growth and stochastic differentiation results in the formation of stable niche-like structures.

      Note that neither Klein2008 nor Krämer2024 have a physical mechanism that maintains the overall stem cell population number stable. Krämer2024 simply fixes the number of stem cells, whereas the model in Klein 2008 results in stochastic drift in stem cell number.

      Evidentially, we will also address the more technical weaknesses of the manuscript identified by the referees. In particular, we will demonstrate more clearly that the observed structures are genuine emergent features of the model rather than artefacts of modelling assumptions or analysis choices, especially with respect to the patching technique used to obtain large simulations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This useful study employs optogenetics, genetically-encoded dopamine and serotonin sensors, and patch-clamp electrophysiology to investigate modulations of neurotransmitter release between striatal dopamine and serotonin neurons - a topic of interest to neuroscientists studying the basal ganglia. The results suggest that the dopamine and serotonin systems operate largely in parallel, with the activation of serotonin neurons resulting in a small, transient dopamine release. The authors suggest that this interaction occurs via glutamate release in the ventral tegmental area, findings that are closely related to previous work. Some conclusions are incomplete requiring larger samples-sizes and controls.

      We sincerely thank the editor and reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive comments. Addressing their concerns required extensive additional experimental work and the involvement of new personnel. We increased sample sizes, completed previously missing experimental groups, generated a largely new dataset, and performed additional anatomical experiments and analyses. We also removed the patch-clamp electrophysiology experiments to sharpen the study’s focus and extensively revised and reorganized the manuscript to address methodological and interpretative inconsistencies. Although the central concept remains unchanged, the revised manuscript provides a substantially more rigorous and consistent account of the limited and directionally asymmetric circuit-level coupling between striatal dopamine and serotonin release.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Liu et al use optogenetics and genetically encoded neuromodulator sensors to test the extent to which dopamine neuron stimulation produces striatal serotonin release, and vice versa. The study is timely given growing interest in dopamine/serotonin interactions and in the context of recent work showing bidirectional and dynamic regulation of striatal dopamine by another neuromodulator, acetylcholine. The authors find that striatal dopamine and serotonin afferents function largely independently, with dopamine neuron stimulation producing no striatal serotonin release and serotonin neuron stimulation producing minimal striatal dopamine release. This work will inform future work seeking to dissect the contributions of striatal dopamine, serotonin, and their interactions to various motivated behaviors. While the paper's main conclusions are adequately supported (see Strengths), additional controls and experiments would significantly broaden the paper's impact (see Weaknesses). Finally, this draft of the work is poorly presented with numerous errors, omissions, and inconsistencies evident throughout the text and the figures that should be addressed.

      Strengths:

      The study employs optogenetic stimulation simultaneously with fiber photometry recording of dopamine or serotonin release measured with genetically encoded sensors. These methods are state-of-the-art, offering tighter temporal control compared to pharmacological methods for manipulating dopamine and serotonin and improved selectivity over techniques like electrochemistry and microdialysis used to record neuromodulator release in previous studies on the subject. As a result, the paper's main conclusions are well supported.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The electrophysiology experiments in Figure 3 are only tangentially related to the focus of the study, and their findings are almost entirely irrelevant to the paper's main conclusions. The results of these experiments are also not novel. Glutamate corelease from 5-HT neurons has been previously shown, including in the OFC and VTA (Ren et al, 2018, Cell, McDevitt et al, 2014, Cell Rep, Liu et al 2014, Neuron; and others). The authors should explain more clearly what they think these data add to the manuscript and/or consider removing them altogether.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comments regarding the patch-clamp electrophysiology data. We acknowledge the concerns raised by multiple reviewers and have therefore removed these data from the revised manuscript to improve clarity and focus.

      (2) Related to the point above, as far as I can tell, the only value the electrophysiology data add is to suggest that perhaps activation of serotonin neurons may drive minimal striatal dopamine release via glutamate corelease in the VTA. The evidence provided in this version of the manuscript is insufficient to support that claim, but the manuscript would be significantly strengthened if the authors tested this hypothesis more directly. One way to do that could be to stimulate serotonin axons in the striatum (as opposed to the serotonin cell bodies) and record striatal dopamine release.

      This is an interesting approach. However, given the divergent projection of serotonin fibers and the need for a strict spectral separation between excitatory opsin and transmitter sensor fluorescence, we retained the current approach, which allows us to investigate circuit-level interactions while minimizing technical confounds.

      A complementary anatomical approach would be to use retrograde tracing to test whether the DR 5-HT neurons projecting to the striatum are the same or different from the VTA projecting population.

      We performed the suggested experiment and have included the new data in the revised manuscript (Figure 1F–H). This approach revealed a clear topographical organization. These results indicate that the identified neuronal populations are largely segregated.

      (3) The findings would be strengthened by the addition of a fluorophore-only control group lacking opsin expression in all experiments in Figures 1 and 2.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We requested authorization to add an opsin-negative control cohort, but this request was not approved under the applicable animal-welfare regulations. We therefore cannot fully exclude nonspecific physiological effects of light delivery and now acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion. Nevertheless, the stimulation-locked response was confined to the biosensor channel and absent from the isosbestic channel, arguing against direct optical contamination. Moreover, application of the same optical stimulation protocol in the VTA did not generate a detectable stimulation-locked 5-HT signal. Although these observations do not fully replace an opsin-negative control, they support the interpretation that the response reflects a biological signal rather than direct optical interference.

      (4) The experiment of stimulating serotonin neurons and recording serotonin release in the NAc was not performed. It would be useful to be able to compare the magnitudes of evoked serotonin release in these two striatal regions, though it is not central to the main claims of the paper.

      This point has now been addressed with additional experiments, and the figure has been reformatted accordingly in the revised manuscript.

      (5) The interpretation of the results from Figure 2 is described inconsistently throughout the manuscript. The title implies there is significant crosstalk between the dopamine and serotonin systems. The abstract calls the crosstalk "transient", which is a description of its temporal dynamics, not its magnitude. Then the introduction figures and discussion all suggest the crosstalk is minimal. I suggest the authors describe the main findings - minimal crosstalk between the dopamine and serotonin systems - clearly and consistently in the title, abstract, and main text.

      We agree with the reviewer and have revised the title, abstract, Results, figure legends, and Discussion to describe the magnitude and directionality of the interaction consistently. The revised manuscript now emphasizes that striatal dopamine and serotonin release operate largely in parallel, with limited and asymmetric crosstalk: activation of VTA dopamine neurons did not produce detectable serotonin release, whereas activation of dorsal raphe serotonergic neurons induced only a weak, stimulation-locked dopamine signal without a sustained increase in dopamine amplitude. The revised title, “Asymmetric Circuit-Level Crosstalk Between Dopamine and Serotonin Release in the Striatum,” and the corresponding changes throughout the manuscript now more accurately reflect these findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This brief communication aims to clarify interactions between the dopamine (DA) and serotonin (5-HT) systems of mice. The authors use optogenetic stimulation of DA neurons in the VTA or of 5-HT neurons in the DRN, while monitoring the fluorescence of DA and 5-HT sensors in the nucleus accumbens (NAc) and dorsal striatum (DS) using fiber photometry. The authors report on a small release of DA in the NAc following DRN stimulation, which they attribute to glutamate co-release onto VTA DA neurons using slice electrophysiology. The authors also report on cocaine-induced 5-HT release in the striatum.

      Strengths:

      This is a topic well worth studying.

      Weaknesses:

      In its current form, this is an incomplete and underpowered study that does little to clarify the complicated relationship that exists between DA and 5-HT in the mammalian brain under physiological conditions or during cocaine use.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thorough evaluation and constructive efforts. We acknowledge that the original manuscript did not meet the expected standards and have therefore undertaken a complete revision. We hope that the revised version addresses the concerns raised and provides a clearer and more rigorous presentation of our findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors suggest that the small release of DA may be due to a release of glutamate from DRN 5-HT neurons to the VTA that stimulates weakly and in a transient fashion the VTA DA neurons, which in the end, produce a transient and small release of DA in the NAc.

      Their findings give more information on the previously reported complex and partial known crosstalk between 5-HT and DA in the NAc.

      I only have some minor concerns about the manuscript:

      (1) In Figure 2F, there is a missing curve for 5-HT in NAc. Besides, the legend shows n=2, making it difficult to perform statistical analysis with that data.

      We repeated the experiments and analysis with a new and expanded dataset. We believe this revised dataset now provides sufficient power for robust statistical analysis.

      (2) In Figure 3, the use of NBQX/AP5 is shown, but it is not mentioned either in the methodology or in the discussion. What is the meaning of those results?

      Based on the reviewers’ suggestions, we have removed this figure entirely from the revised manuscript.

      (3) Line 98 compares results from two different places of stimulation. The results are related to stimulation in the VTA, but the comparison indicates that the stimulation was made in the DRN.

      The manuscript has been extensively revised, and all relevant sections of the text have been updated accordingly.

      (4) If the release of 5-HT in Nac does not occur, it needs to be precise in the abstract that 5-HT is released in the dorsal striatum (DS) but not in the NAc (line 19).

      We performed an additional set of experiments and confirmed the presence of 5-HT release in the NAc.

      (5) Be consistent with the way you mention the 5-HT neurons. For example, in lines from 106 to 119, SERT neurons are used. Previously, 5-HT neurons were used.

      We have carefully considered this issue throughout the revised manuscript and have taken steps to ensure consistency, as highlighted by the reviewer.

      (6) There are several points of confusion when referring to the figures, making the text difficult to follow because the text explains something that is not shown in the figure cited.

      We have carefully considered this issue throughout the revised manuscript and have taken steps to ensure consistency, as highlighted by the reviewer.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Additional comments from the reviewers recommend that the authors increase sample sizes, carry out control experiments to exclude non-specific effects, and modify the title and abstract to reflect the minimal cross-talk observed between dopamine and serotonin. Finally, we note that the text of the manuscript does not meet minimum standards in the field for clarity, interpretability, or reproducibility.

      We acquired a new experimental cohort, and performed additional experiments suggested by the reviewer. The manuscript has been revised and reformatted, incorporating all reviewer comments. We hope that this new version now meets the expected standards for clarity, interpretability, and reproducibility in the field.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For angled stereotactic injections, the direction of the angle (ML, AP, etc) is not defined.

      Added to the revised manuscript.

      (2) The manuscript is full of grammatical errors and is very difficult to follow in some places, especially the results section for Figures 2 and 3. The following is an incomplete list of the most obvious errors to give examples of what I mean, but I strongly urge the authors to thoroughly revise the entire text.

      (a) There appear to be photometry traces copied and pasted by mistake over the x-axis labels in the bar graph in Figure 1E.

      (b) Line 41 states that fiber photometry recordings were used in reference 17, which is a human study that used voltammetry.

      (c) Figures are referenced out of order throughout.

      (d) Acronyms are used without being defined on the first usage.

      (e) Lines 54-56, missing references.

      (f) Line 82, the crosstalk reported in this paper is unidirectional, not bidirectional.

      (g) Line 92 describes the virus as AAV-dLIGHTX.XX, where presumably the exes are placeholders for numbers that were never replaced.

      (h) The text of the results section for Figure 2 in some cases directly contradicts the data it describes, and likely has some mistaken figure panel references.

      (i) Line 123 is missing a reference and just has the placeholder REF.

      (j) Lines 182-183 are a copy-paste mistake from lines 185-186.

      (k) Scalebars in figure legends are in units of micromolar, not micrometers.

      The manuscript has been extensively rewritten to address and incorporate the reviewers’ comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This is one of the least impressive and compelling manuscripts I have ever been asked to review. It reads in many ways like a first draft, not like a document that was meticulously prepared and proofread prior to submission. The data and analyses are shockingly light (with some conclusions supported by an N of 1 or 2) yet frustratingly difficult to interpret. The text and figures are full of typos, inconsistencies, and factual errors in interpretation. Most concerningly, this study does little to clarify the complicated relationship that exists between DA and 5-HT, including providing compelling evidence for their key finding of 'crosstalk' between both modulators or mechanistically implicating glutamate co-release. In fact, it might add to the noise. It is therefore unclear what the value is of this study in its current form.

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed and thorough comments, which we saw as an opportunity to substantially improve the manuscript. We have therefore undertaken a comprehensive revision to improve clarity, coherence, and overall quality. As part of these revisions, we have removed the original Figure 3 presenting the in vitro patch-clamp electrophysiology data. We hope that the extensive changes implemented in the revised manuscript adequately address the reviewer’s concerns and significantly strengthen the study.

      General comments:

      (1) Limited scope: the design of the experiments performed offers very few opportunities for identifying 'crosstalk' between DA and 5-HT:

      (a) To most, such cross-talk might best be imagined at the level of cells expressing receptors for both modulators, yet this is not studied. Cross-talk may also manifest in complex circuit-level interactions, downstream of brain areas directly targeted by DA and 5-HT. This is not studied either. Instead, only one type of experiment is performed: optogenetically stimulating cell bodies in the midbrain while monitoring DA/5-HT levels in the striatum. Opportunities for 'cross-talk' in this preparation are exceedingly limited. For example, the only way that optogenetically-evoked DA release may impact 5-HT levels (assuming classical, direct projections from DA neurons to the striatum) is via presynaptic modulation of 5-HT release from axons. Though potentially interesting, it is not exhaustive.

      We agree that many types of crosstalk can be investigated; however, we chose to first adopt a broader approach that integrates neuronal circuit-level mechanisms. We believe that an important discrepancy remains in the literature that needs to be addressed. While our findings do not exclude the involvement of other forms of crosstalk, they aim to clarify whether crosstalk already exists at the level of neuronal circuits, which our results support.

      (b) Any negative modulation of DA or 5-HT release would require a baseline tone of either modulator within the dynamic range of the sensor, which is not demonstrated. Thus, in both cases, a negative influence cannot be excluded, limiting any finding to 'positive' modulation. This is problematic for a study set on setting the record straight on 'cross-talk' between DA and 5-HT, given that prior studies pointed to antagonistic influences.

      Previous studies using the same type of sensor have already demonstrated inhibitory crosstalk. For example, the study “Opponent Control of Reinforcement by Striatal Dopamine and Serotonin” successfully used this approach to reveal opposing interactions between dopaminergic and serotonergic signalling. Therefore, our findings are consistent with the possibility of circuit-level crosstalk and further contribute to resolving this ongoing question.

      (c) Only one stimulation paradigm is tested, and its biological (ir)relevance is not discussed.

      The stimulation paradigm used in this study has been extensively validated in multiple publications from our laboratory and has consistently been shown to promote reinforcement. Our recent review provides a comprehensive overview of this approach and its established behavioral effects. (Lüscher et al, Neuron, 2026, PMID: 42462721).

      (d) Only one brain region is investigated (striatum), with little justification for omitting other regions where both modulators coexist (e.g., amygdala, cortex, DRN).

      Not all brain structures can be investigated within the scope of a single study, and we acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion section.

      (e) The suitability of the chosen behavior and cocaine administration to reveal interactions is not mentioned.

      We have now clarified the use of i.p. cocaine injection to study the different temporal dynamics of 5-HT and DA release.

      (2) Scarcity of data and questionable analyses and interpretation:

      We thank the reviewer for the detailed comments listed below (a-m). In response, we repeated many experiments, increased sample sizes, completed the experimental groups, fully reanalysed the dataset, and removed the patch-clamp electrophysiology data. The manuscript has been extensively rewritten and reformatted based on a largely new dataset. In addition, we now focus specifically on one form of crosstalk and have expanded the discussion to address other potential mechanisms, as suggested by the reviewer. We hope this revised version adequately addresses the concerns raised. Because of the many changes in the text, the concerns listed below were addressed.

      (a) Conclusions for Figures 3B and C are based on a N of 1 whole cell recording each.

      (b) The relevance of data in Figures 3D and 3E to test the proposed hypothesis is unclear.

      (c) Figure 2F is an average of N=2 recordings.

      (d) Lines 98-100: Concluding statement not supported by experiment performed.

      (e) Apparent contraction: Lines 112-113 indicate that 5-HT neuron stimulation failed to evoke 'any significant change in DA', while lines 117-118 talk about a small but significant increase in DA in response to the same manipulation.

      (f) Line 114: conclusion not supported by data; Figure 2E points to DA, not 5-HT, and Figure 2F-H only shows 5-HT in DS, not NAc. Legend specifies that only 2 recordings are averaged in Figure 2F, and n=4 are quantified in Figures G and H, despite the plot containing 5 data points. What is going on?

      (g) The key finding of this study is a transient, barely-detectable increase in NAc DA for ~1s during the 10s stimulation of 5-HT neurons in N=4 mice (Figure 2D). It is not clear if a significant increase was observed in all mice tested, or if this increase is significantly different from what is seen in DS. Was this effect seen in multiple testing sessions?

      (h) Concerningly, the authors do not exclude the possibility of a 'startle' response to strong light delivery in mice expressing tdTomato-only. This is an essential control that is missing.

      (i) Very few details regarding this DA response are offered. How soon does it appear following DRN stimulation? If mediated by glutamate co-release, it ought to appear with the very first light stimulus.

      (j) The physiological significance of this stimulation paradigm is not established. Comparing it to cocaine-evoked DA release is not satisfactory, as cocaine elevates DA beyond levels encountered physiologically.

      (k) Correlative evidence to implicate glutamate is insufficient. Does co-release depress when driven with the same stimulus train as that applied in vivo? Is it strong enough to drive DA neuron firing? Does it not affect DS-projecting DA neurons? Does this DA 'blip' disappear in mice genetically deficient in glutamate co-release (using SERT-Cre vglut2-floxed mice, which are commercially available)?

      (l) The authors don't find evidence for DA stimulation affecting 5-HT release in the striatum. Is this sufficient to exclude any influence of DA on 5-HT? Isn't the fact that cocaine evokes 5-HT release evidence of an interaction? As such, it is unclear if the experiments performed significantly advance our understanding of whether and how DA and 5-HT influence one another.

      We respectfully disagree with this statement. Cocaine directly binds to the serotonin transporter (SERT), thereby blocking serotonin reuptake into the presynaptic terminal and increasing extracellular 5-HT levels in the synaptic cleft. Furthermore, dopamine and serotonin release exhibit distinct temporal dynamics, suggesting that their release is mediated through different molecular mechanisms and neural circuit pathways rather than through a single shared process.

      (m) The evidence that 5-HT stimulation alters DA release in the striatum is not compelling, but also not sufficient to exclude or support cross-talk between both modulators. The evidence provided is simply insufficient to strongly validate or challenge earlier studies.

      (3) Minor:

      In this revised manuscript, we have carefully implemented the reviewers’ suggestions and addressed the concerns they raised. We believe that this revised version addresses a significant proportion of the reviewers’ concerns and hope that these fundamental improvements are fully recognized during the evaluation.

      Because of the many changes in the revised manuscript, the concerns listed below do no longer apply or were addressed.

      (a) In the intro paragraph, line 19, specify that you are monitoring DA/5-HT in the striatum of mice.

      (b) In the results section, indicate the preparation: in vivo, awake, what were the mice doing...

      (c) Inconsistent nomenclature: VTA dopamine neurons are referred to as 'VTA DA', while dorsal raphe serotonergic neurons are referred to as 'DRN SERT' or 'DR SERT'. Why the difference? Is there any reason to believe that SERT-Cre mice label non-serotonergic neurons? Please adopt a consistent nomenclature and/or justify your choice. Also, if neurons are optogenetically stimulated, specify the word 'neuron' (e.g., line 118 refers to 'DR SERT stimulation', which could be interpreted to suggest the transporter is being activated).

      (d) Line 103 and elsewhere: Confusing terminology referring to VTA DA neurons stimulation as 'modulating' or 'altering' DA release in the striatum. Isn't it directly evoked by the stimulation of DA-releasing neurons? Please change the terminology so as not to make it unnecessarily vague.

      (e) Lines 111-112: comparison between DA and 5-HT fluorescence devoid of biological meaning. Relative increases in the fluorescence of 2 sensors that are molecularly distinct and separately-expressed in different cohorts of mice cannot be meaningfully compared.

      (f) The timeline in Figure 1A suggests that the optogenetic stimulation protocol is initiated 5 min prior to cocaine injection. Figure 1D (right) plots this 5 min baseline, yet little/no DA release can be seen, despite Figure 1F indicating peak DA ratios of 0.5-1. Please explain. Since both sets of recordings were performed back to back and are directly compared, make sure to show them both on the same graph for direct comparison.

      (g) Figure 1E contains 2 misplaced data traces.

      (h) Figure 2D. Please repeat for the full stimulation window, not just for the few seconds where a tiny change in DA is seen.

      (i) Figure 2E is misleading. It suggests that the peak extracellular DA concentration in NAC following DRN stimulation is approximately half of what cocaine evokes and similar to what VTA DA stim evokes (Figure 1F). But this is simply not true. There must be an error in calculation, and one should wait more than 20 minutes to properly estimate peak DA concentration in cocaine.

      (j) What is the value of comparing optogenetically-evoked neuromodulator release to cocaine-evoked release? Can the authors be sure that the DA levels reached in cocaine are not saturating the DA sensor? Wouldn't this be required to permit comparison?

      (k) Line 123: Please include a citation. Rephrase the sentence to avoid sounding dismissive.

      (l) Line 124: Vague/confusing sentence. What is meant by 'optogenetic projection targeting' and 'parsing the synaptic currents in identified regions'?

      (m) Figures 1D, 1G, 2C, 2F: confirm y-axis unit of measure. Are DA transients really only 0.2% in amplitude?

      (n) Figure 3B, 3C: number of recordings performed in DA and NAcSh, anterior not specified. Only one trace showed, and no summary plot. Insufficient data presented to draw conclusion.

      (o) How does the presence of EPSCs in OFC or NAc help support the author's finding of a brief elevation of DA upon DRN stimulation?

      (p) Line 358: Wrong unit.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some minor concerns are the following:

      (1) In line 31, define what DS is.

      (2) In line 57, the word "neurons" is missing in the phrase ".....decreases 5-HT neuron spontaneous firing in DRN,...".

      (3) In line 111, the comparison needs to be between 5-HT release due to optogenetic stimulation with the 5-HT release due to cocaine infusion, not with DA release due to cocaine infusion.

      (4) In line 112, it should be Figure 2F.

      (5) In line 114, instead of 5-HT, it should be DA. In addition, it is not Figure 2E, but 2C.

      (6) In line 123, add the appropriate reference instead of "REF".

      (7) In lines 182 and 183, the text is out of context.

      (8) In lines 250 - 251, the text is out of context.

      (9) Why was Rabit anti-GFP if you do not use GFP in the procedures?

      While the manuscript underwent a complete comprehensive revision to improve clarity, coherence, and overall quality, we have carefully implemented the reviewers’ suggestions and addressed the concerns they raised.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      [Editors' note: Overall, the reviewing editor and reviewers agreed that authors rigorously addressed reviewers' major scientific concerns.]

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Hanako and colleagues demonstrated that glycolipid MPIase is essential for the TAT system, and they successfully reconstituted the TAT system in vitro for the first time. This will facilitate the understanding of the mechanism of the TAT system.

      Comments on revised version from Reviewer 1 and the Reviewing Editor:

      In Reviewer 1's points 1 and 2 regarding statistical significance of immunoblotting data (in recommendation to authors), authors stated that they repeated the experiments three times in the rebuttal letter but not in the figure legends. We recommend authors to add a statement such as "errors denote +-SD (N = 3)" in the final version, which will make the data more solid and reliable.

      Thank you for the comments. We added the suggested sentence.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the relationship between the Tat system and MPIase, a glycolipid that facilitates protein integration into the bacterial cell membrane. The TAT (twin-arginine translocation) system is a unique membrane transport machinery that exports fully folded proteins containing a twin-arginine signal peptide. Using both in vivo and in vitro approaches, the authors demonstrated that a sufficient amount of MPIase is required for Tat-dependent protein translocation. Furthermore, the authors successfully reconstituted the Tat transport system by combining recombinant TatA, TatB, TatC, MPIase, and FoF1-ATP synthase.

      Strengths:

      The reconstituted system clearly demonstrated the requirement for each component, as substrate translocation occurred only when all components were present. Based on these findings, the authors proposed a mechanistic role for MPIase in facilitating Tat-mediated membrane translocation. Previous studies have shown that MPIase is involved in Sec-dependent protein translocation and membrane protein integration, as well as YidC-dependent membrane insertion. The present study further demonstrated that MPIase also plays an essential role in the Tat translocation pathway. Overall, this work highlights the central importance of MPIase in bacterial membrane protein biogenesis and provides new insights into the molecular mechanism of Tat-dependent protein transport.

      Comments on revised version from Reviewer 2 and Reviewing Editor:

      (Reviewer 2) It is nice to find the mistake in Fig. 4B (RR, EK413, (not +MPIase)) and corrected it in the revised version. However, the data of Fig. 4B and the related modified text on P.9 L256-269 are not very easy to understand what the authors are trying to argue. This reviewer believes that the magnitudes of MPIase expression level are Ek413 > +MPIase > delta-MPIase. Therefore, the means of supernatant in the delta-MPIase and EK413 represents mostly cytosol and periplasm, respectively. On the other hand, the +MPIase shows less supernatant that means a large part of TorA-GFP are trapped nearby membrane but not aggressively transported. Similar results are found also in (KK) case, whereas the sup level in EK413 is lower than that of (RR) case due to the lack of twin-arginine motif in the substrate.

      Although these results are convincing in explaining the model in Figure 5, authors might be able to attempt to refine them more understandable. Especially, the revised text on P.9 L256-269 is not enough for leading readers to the author's claim. So that, the authors should revise the text about Fig. 4B again and the related description in the manuscript. Another option is it would be possible to delete whole Fig. 4B, because Fig. 4A, C already well support the model in Fig. 5.

      (Reviewing Editor) I agree with Reviewer 2. The first paragraph in the section "MPIase serves as the TAT signal receptor" runs very long and the clarity of the descriptions on Fig. 4B could be further improved. Fig. 4A, C would sufficiently support author's arguments. I recommend that authors consider these options for the final version.

      We appreciate the critical comments. In Fig. 4B, we aimed to show that the amount of membrane-targeted TorA-GFP would increase due to the overproduction of MPIase caused by TatABC. At the same time, TorA-GFP translocation was also stimulated. However, since the translocated TorA-GFP was recovered in the same fractions as the cytosolic TorA-GFP, interpreting the results would be complicated. Therefore, we deleted Fig. 4B, as suggested by the reviewer and editor. The corresponding text and the right-hand side of Fig. S9 were also deleted.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses high-throughput bacterial cell-surface display to identify LC3B-interacting peptides in the human proteome. The screen is unbiased, and this type of assay has not previously been used for selecting LC3B-interacting peptides. The screen was done with a library of 500,000 peptides, and they ended up with 427 peptides that they scored as high-confidence LC3B binders. The experiments performed are solid, and data are analyzed using well-documented methods and statistics.

      The aim of the authors was to isolate LC3B-interacting peptides from the human proteome, and the screen succeeded in doing so. The selected set of peptides included several previously reported LIR motifs, but also many novel LC3B binding peptides that either contained or did not contain the canonical core LIR motif [WFY]xx[LVI].

      Another aim was to identify binding determinants important for the LC3B interaction, and they made an interesting sequence logo based on selected LIR-containing peptides. However, this study does not really extend our knowledge related to binding determinants essential for LIR motifs in LC3B binding. They basically verify known characteristics, including the importance of varied types of electrostatic interactions supporting the docking of the core LIR into the LDS of LC3B.

      Strengths:

      The approach used here (high-throughput bacterial-surface-display) is new. The screen is unbiased, and the fact that peptides are directly tested for LC3B binding may facilitate the discovery of non-canonical LIR motifs. The screen appears to be highly selective and manages to distinguish between peptides that interact with LC3B and peptides that do not interact.

      Weaknesses:

      It is a limitation that no proteins are analyzed in this study. Further work is therefore needed to verify that identified LIR motifs are functional in full-length proteins and in cells.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      To discover peptides that interact with autophagy-related protein LC3B and profile the key binding determinants, the authors screened a library of ~500,000 36-residue peptides derived from the human proteome using bacterial cell-surface display. Analysis of the screening data revealed exceptions to the reported LIR motif and a strong preference for negatively charged residues adjacent to the LIR.

      These results support a refinement of the LIR motif definition and expand the network of candidate LC3B interaction partners.

      Strengths:

      High-throughput approach.

      Weaknesses:

      Lack of in vitro data and molecular dynamics simulations.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The LC3 family of proteins, which includes LC3B, are ubiquitin-like proteins that are covalently linked to phosphatidylethanolamine in the expanding autophagosomal membrane during autophagy. LC3 family members bind to short sequences of amino acids that reside within dynamic regions in a wide variety of proteins. These sequences, termed LC3 Interacting Regions (LIRs), were initially thought to function primarily to link LIR-containing autophagy cargo receptors to LC3 family members to help facilitate their capture during autophagy. However, the functional importance of LIRs in autophagy has broadened to include more general functions in autophagy as well. While a general consensus for LIR sequences has been described as [FWY]0-X1-X2-[LVI]3, recent work has suggested that additional sequences outside of the canonical LIR sequence can bind LC3 family members and play important roles in autophagy. In this manuscript by Kosmatka et al, the authors perform a high-throughput screen using bacterial surface display coupled with fluorescence-associated cell sorting to identify which human sequences can bind to LC3B. They identify a variety of peptides capable of binding LC3B, including peptides from proteins that have not previously been described as LC3B-binding proteins. The results from the bacterial surface display were then used to guide sequence analysis, mutational analysis, and structural studies to further characterize the range of LIR sequences that are capable of binding LC3B. Taken together, this work adds to the growing knowledge of how LIR sequences interact with LC3 family members and demonstrates which amino acids both inside and outside of the LIR sequence aid in binding. This work also identifies new potential LC3 binding proteins, which may play unknown roles in autophagy regulation. Lastly, this work reinforces the importance of alternative LIR sequences such as the [WFY]0-X1-X2-[WFY]3 sequence, which the authors have dubbed the LIR+ sequence.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript uses a robust approach to identify and characterize different peptide sequences that can interact with LC3B. They validate a large number of sequences using biolayer interferometry (BLI) and attempt to correlate different amino acids with their binding affinity for LC3B. The large number of LC3B binding sequences and their dissociation constants adds significant new information to the field that will help others understand what sequences can bind to LC3B. The authors are also very careful to accurately report on their data and not overly interpret their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      After the authors identify proteins from their bacterial display assay, the remainder of the manuscript is focused on characterizing the different types of sequences that are identified in addition to validating the LC3B-LIR interactions using biochemical approaches, including BLI and X-ray crystallography. However, it's not entirely clear if the screen identified novel LC3B binders that interact with LC3B in cells. While I acknowledge that the focus of the manuscript is on the characterization of LIR sequences that can bind LC3B, it seems like a missed opportunity not to validate a few of the novel LC3B binders in vivo. This may result in the demonstration of novel binders of LC3B in cells and may further demonstrate the strength of this approach for identifying LC3 family member binding partners. Therefore, it would be helpful to look at a few proteins identified in the HC set that have not previously been identified as LC3B binders in cells to determine if they CO-IP with LC3B or interact with LC3B using a different approach.

      The reviewers appreciated the contribution of our screen and our biochemical analyses and indicated there would be additional value in performing follow-up studies in cells to investigate the functional relevance of interactions we detected. We agree that such work will be important, but it is beyond the scope of our current study. We expect the data and analyses included in this paper, and the lists of peptide binders that we identified, will inspire such future efforts.

      We appreciate the reviewers’ careful reading of our manuscript, and we have revised the text and figures to improve the clarity and presentation of the data in accordance with their recommendations.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Main comments:

      (1) In the abstract, the authors correctly conclude in the final sentence: "our results refine the LIR motif definition and expand the network of candidate LC3B interaction partners", but I disagree that their study "highlights how mutations at the LC3B-LIR interface can modulate affinity and specificity". They probably refer to the data in Figure 5, where they found that some peptides were positively affected by a mutation of the LDS in LC3B. This is interesting, but four peptides are listed in Figure 5B, and for these peptides, no experimental data are included to verify that their interactions with LC3B are LIR-LDS interactions. LIR-mutated peptides are, for instance, not tested. Therefore, it is possible that these interactions are not LIR-LDS interactions but depend on another binding surface in LC3B than LDS.

      Although LIR-mutated peptides were not tested in the experiments reported in Figure 5B, the LIR docking site (LDS) mutations F52A/L53A change the peptide-LC3B affinity. This suggests that the LDS is involved in the binding interaction, even if the interaction is not with a LIR motif. We have changed the statement to “highlight how mutations at the LIR docking site can modulate affinity and specificity,” to be more explicit.

      (2) Another text line in the abstract is that their study "revealed exceptions to the reported LIR motif and a strong preference for negatively charged residues adjacent to the LIR", and I find this text line a bit misleading. Yes, their structural data for the BLM peptide nicely shows the importance of electrostatic interactions, and R70 in LC3B binds to an E in the +1 position. This is different from several other reported LIR-LDS structures where R70 in LC3B binds to an acidic +7 residue in the LIR motif. However, R70 is conserved in all human ATG8s (R67 in GABARAP) and in many reported ATG8-LIR structures found to interact with an E in the +1 position, exactly as shown for the LC3B-BLM structure shown in Figure 3. The presented structure is therefore a very typical example rather than an exception to previously reported LIR motifs. The authors also select peptides with a so-called LIR+ motif, but this is a previously reported variant, and the alphafold model for the CTSL2 peptide in Figure 4 suggests a quite normal LIR-LDS interaction, except that W is docked into pocket 2.

      While the structural analysis of the BLM peptide bound to LC3B supports the importance of electrostatic interactions, it is not the primary basis for the statement regarding a “strong preference for negatively charged residues adjacent to the LIR.” Rather, this conclusion results from the sequence features enriched across the selected peptides in the HC-set, which revealed a consistent enrichment of negatively charged residues flanking the core motif and in the +4 position.

      With respect to the statement that the study “revealed exceptions to the reported LIR motif,” the intent was not to suggest that these interactions are unprecedented in the literature, but rather that we expanded the number of known exceptions to the most canonically defined LIR motif ([FWY]xx[LVI]). We do not claim these are unprecedented; we cite prior examples of exceptions in the text (Li 2018, Knævelsrud 2013, Chatzichristofi 2023). To avoid confusion, we revised the abstract to state that the study “revealed exceptions to the canonical LIR motif ([FWY]xx[LVI]).”

      (3) A limitation related to the search for binding determinants can be that the screen is only performed with LC3B. The impact of several determinants beyond the core LIR is known to be ATG8 specific. For instance, LC3-specific R10 and R11 are known to form electrostatic interactions with acidic residues in positions -2, -3, and -4 relative to core LIR, and the -3 and -4 positions can be a determinant for LC3 binding (Rogov et al, 2023; Autophagy Rep. 2: 2188523). Here, the authors made a consensus peptide based on the sequence logo derived from HC-set (Figure 3C). It is interesting that this peptide had a very high affinity for LC3B (0,1 µM) that was found to depend on the D in position -3. In the sequence logo shown in Figure 3A, D, and E are strongly favored in position -3, but position -4 is not included in the logo. Are acidic residues similarly enriched in the -4 position?

      The high affinity of the consensus peptide for LC3B is not dependent on the D in position -3. The peptides pCONS<sub>W-Nterm-S</sub> (EEDDDDEDWEILDIDEDEDGSGNEFYE) and pCONS<sub>W-Nterm-S-D-A</sub>(EEDDDAEDWEILDIDEDEDGSGNEFYE), where D in position -3 is mutated to A, have the same affinity (0.12 µM). The truncated peptide, pCONS<sub>W-Nterm-L</sub> (EDWEILDIDEDEDGSGNEFYE), which lacks position -3, has a weaker affinity of 0.66 ± 0.1 µM. These results illustrate that the flanking acidic residues, rather than specifically D in position -3, contribute to affinity (Figure 3C, Supplementary Table 3). The logo corresponding to the entire consensus peptide is shown in Supplementary Figure 5A. Acidic residues are not as enriched in the -4 position as they are in positions -1 through -3, although D is still the predominant residue in position -4 and is thus present in the consensus peptide.

      Extending this type of screen and analysis to other ATG8 family members has the potential to illuminate interesting paralog-specific differences.

      (4) Will the full list of peptides in the HC-set be included in a final manuscript? This is a very interesting set of peptides for scientists interested in LC3B-interacting proteins, and this includes those interested in noncanonical LIR interactions.

      Yes, all Supplementary Files (1-5) are available at Zenodo (10.5281/zenodo.17943925). Supplementary File 4 contains all of the peptides that were enriched through the sixth sort, and those peptides where “Average Z-score Across Sorts 4-6” is greater than or equal to (≥) 1.70 correspond to the full list of peptides in the HC-set.

      Minor comments:

      (5) When reading the result section, it is confusing that the bacterial membrane protein is named "circularly permuted OmpX" in the text on page 2, and "eCPX" in the figure legend. I suggest including both names in at least one place, as done in the methods section.

      We changed the text on page 2 to use the full name, which is “enhanced circularly permuted OmpX (eCPX)”, to address the confusion.

      (6) Figure S3A: The list of 10 peptides in the input library that have a KD in the LIRcentral database includes 7 with a KD below 5 µm (if I am correct), but is said to be 6 in the text on page 3.

      We corrected the text on page 3 to 7 peptides.

      (7) Error in the text. Data for the BLM peptide is shown in Figure 2B, but replaced by MAP1B in the text on page 3.

      We tested four peptides reported to co-immunoprecipitate with LC3B without an experimentally validated LIR motif (MAP1B<sup>823-858</sup>, ATG4A<sup>363-398</sup>, SCYL1<sup>640-675</sup>, and HEAT3<sup>377-412</sup>). Of these four, binding of three (ATG4A<sup>363-398</sup>, SCYL1<sup>640-675</sup>, and HEAT3<sup>377-412</sup>) is illustrated in Figure 2B, in addition to BLM<sup>552-587</sup>, which has not been previously reported to co-IP with LC3B. We added a note that not all curves are shown. Dissociation constants for these 5 peptides are included in Supplementary Table 1.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Human MAP1LC3B (LC3B) binds proteins involved in autophagy and other cellular processes using a short linear motif known as the LC3-interacting region (LIR).

      To discover peptides that interact with LC3B and profile the key binding determinants, the authors screened a library of ~500,000 36-residue peptides derived from the human proteome using bacterial cell-surface display. Analysis of the screening data, coupled with structural studies and site-directed mutagenesis, revealed exceptions to the reported LIR motif and a strong preference for negatively charged residues adjacent to the LIR.

      The authors also suggest that mutations in LC3B, shown to abrogate binding of LIR-containing peptides, instead alter LC3B binding specificity, leading to enhanced binding of some LIR-containing sequences.

      This is an interesting study, well structured, with solid data.

      My major concern is that the conclusion about the effect of known LC3B mutations on the binding of LIR-containing proteins is not strongly supported by the presented data. Did the authors try molecular dynamics simulations in such LC3B mutations to examine if F52A/L53A substitutions create alternative hydrophobic interfaces that modulate LIR motif peptide binding in a sequence-dependent manner?

      Figure 5C includes data that demonstrate that mutations to the LIR docking site (F52A, L53A) change the binding affinity of several peptides. Our structural analysis of the F52A/L53A LC3B mutants using ChimeraX (Figure 5A) provides a model for the changes in the hydrophobic pockets and a possible explanation for how these mutations introduce altered hydrophobic contacts and sequence specificity at the LDS. It would be challenging to exhaustively sample binding modes for peptides with different sequences using MD, which is best suited for exploring local minima. We do not claim to have a detailed structural explanation for the observed changes in binding specificity.

      Additionally, in vitro cellular data on the expression and localization of some of their strongest LC3B binding proteins (and their relevant novel residue mutations) would be useful.

      Assessing the expression and localization of our strongest LC3B-binding proteins and testing the effects of novel residue mutations in cells would be a valuable follow-up to further explore the implications of our findings. However, these experiments are beyond the scope of the current study, which focuses on high-throughput characterization of LC3B binding determinants using biochemical methods. We close the paper with a statement highlighting this as a promising direction for future investigation.

      Finally, the suggested refinement of the LIR motif sequence is not easily identifiable in the main text.

      We added a clause to clarify this in the Discussion: “Although a small number of LC3B-binding peptides bearing this LIR+ motif have been reported (~1% of cataloged hAtg8-binding peptides) (Li et al., 2018; Chatzichristofi et al., 2023), their prevalence appears underappreciated given their relatively high frequency in the HC-set (Supplementary Figure 10), leading to the refined motif [FWY]xx[LVIFWY].”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please find my specific comments below.

      (1) The authors identify a large number of peptides from their screen, including several strong binders as shown in Figure 2C, that appear to bind LC3B but are from proteins that have not been previously annotated as LC3B binders in cells. Therefore, it would be helpful to validate whether some of these proteins are indeed LC3B binders in cells using CO-IPs or another related technique. This would significantly strengthen the manuscript, further validate their approach for characterizing LIR LC3B binding interactions, and demonstrate novel potential autophagy regulators.

      Validating candidate LC3B binders in cells using co-immunoprecipitation or related techniques will be a valuable follow-up and could provide important insight into novel autophagy regulators. Such experiments are beyond the scope of the current manuscript, which focuses on the high-throughput characterization of LC3B binding determinants in vitro. We mention this in the discussion as a promising avenue for future investigation.

      (2) In Figure 2C, there are two proteins that have high mean-Z scores but no detectable binding to LC3B (top right quadrant). It would be helpful for the authors to acknowledge this and speculate on why binders are isolated but cannot have detectable binding. Is this expected for a screen of this size? Is this below the non-specific binding expected or above? 

      Some apparent false-positive binders may have been isolated and exhibit high mean Z-scores due to avidity effects from the pre-tetramerized LC3B used in the bacterial display screen. Binding was validated using monomeric LC3B in BLI experiments, which eliminates these multivalent effects. Consequently, weak interactions stabilized by LC3B tetramerization that enrich in the bacterial display assay may not be detectable at the monomeric LC3B concentrations tested in BLI. Given the differences in multimerization between the screening and validation assays, as well as the large size of the library, both false positives and false negatives are expected. We added a comment about the apparent false positives to section Strongly enriched peptides include novel candidate LC3B interactors.

      (3) In Figure 2C, it says four peptides are colored as in 1C, but I can only see three colored that way, and the yellow one is very faint and hard to see.

      We corrected the text in Figure 2C to three peptides and have darkened the yellow point for easier visualization.

      (4) The authors determine the crystal structure of a peptide from BLM bound to LC3B. However, no electron density is shown in the manuscript. Therefore, it is unclear how ordered the side chains are that are shown, including for D564-D566. The authors should include an electron density omit map for the BLM peptide so that readers can accurately interpret how ordered each side chain is in the peptide.

      Supplementary Figure 9 shows an ensemble of conformations consistent with the diffraction data, as well as an electron density omit map. Data to support visualization of the electron density for the structure is included with the PDB deposition (structure 9p3e).

      (5) In Figure 3C, the authors include numbers in the bar graph. What are the numbers that are included? Is this the mean Kd value? If so, the numbers may be misleading without a second significant figure since some values of 0.1 are far away from 0.2, while others are very close to 0.2. In addition, if these values are the Kd values, it would be helpful to include these values in all other bar graphs throughout the manuscript, including Figures 4A and 5C.

      The values reported are the mean K<sub>D</sub> values, in micromolar, which is now indicated in the legend of Figure 3C; we also added a second significant figure. The mean K<sub>D</sub> values have also been included for the bar graphs in Figures 4A and 5C.

      (6) On page 7, the authors state that "we found strong evidence for enrichment of LIR sequences, but not for these closely related motifs, indicating that whereas such LIR-related motifs may support binding in some sequence contexts, they are not sufficiently strong binding determinants to be enriched in our screen". I found this statement to be unclear. Do the authors mean that while LIR sequences were strongly enriched in the HC-set, LIR+ sequences were not? This statement should be clarified.

      The statement on page 7 is in reference to Supplementary Figure 10, which shows that peptides containing the canonical LIR [FWY]xx[LVI] are enriched in the HC-set relative to their presence in the input library. In contrast, peptides containing LIR-related motifs ([WFY]xx[WFY], [LVI]xx[FWY], and [LVI]xx[LVI]) are not strongly enriched in the HC-set relative to their presence in the input library. We clarified this statement to read “We found strong evidence that canonical LIR motifs ([FWY]xx[LVI]) are enriched in the HC-set relative to their frequency in the input library, whereas LIR-related motifs ([WFY]xx[WFY], [LVI]xx[FWY], [LVI]xx[LVI]) are not (Supplementary Figure 10), indicating that although LIR-related motifs can support LC3B binding in certain sequence contexts, they are not sufficiently strong determinants to drive enrichment in our screen.”

      (7) How different is the alphafold prediction of the LIR+ engaging with LC3 compared to the LIR LC3 interaction? Are they largely similar or are there unique features to each? Does the presence of a second large aromatic residue push the backbone of the peptide farther away from the hydrophobic binding pocket?

      To address this, we predicted structures of the LIR+ motif of CTSL2 (EEDWEVFDPY) and a canonical LIR version (EEDWEVIDPY) to LC3B using AlphaFold3. Structural superposition shows that LC3B adopts a conserved conformation in both complexes (Cα RMSD 1.55 Å). The backbones of the core LIR / LIR+ motif also align closely to each other (1.39 Å RMSD), indicating preservation of the canonical binding mode. The LIR+ peptide exhibits a modest increase (~2 Å) in Cα distance between the aromatic residue Phe and LC3B F52 in HP2 compared to the corresponding Ile in the canonical LIR (8.3 Å vs 6.3 Å). Thus, a subtle backbone repositioning is predicted to accommodate the aromatic side chain. We added a comment about this to the section Highly enriched peptides lacking a canonical LIR can bind LC3B.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present the most comprehensive phylogenomic study of free-living kinetoplastids to date, including newly generated transcriptomic data from 11 species. This dataset provides a solid foundation for future comparative evolutionary studies of kinetoplastids, a group that includes important human pathogens such as Trypanosoma brucei.

      Strengths:

      The study is clearly written, and the analyses are thoroughly described, well documented, and reproducible. The phylogenomic dataset comprises 444 proteins, which is larger than those used in many comparable phylogenomic studies. The main strength of the study is the substantially improved taxon sampling of neobodonids, which provides a much stronger framework for resolving evolutionary relationships among free-living kinetoplastids.

      Weaknesses:

      The phylogenomic analysis is based on a newly assembled dataset comprising 444 single-copy orthogroups. Using an established phylogenomic dataset, expanded to include the newly studied species, to confirm the inferred relationships would provide additional support for the robustness of the recovered topology.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments on our work. We appreciate the suggestion to confirm the topology that we recovered by using an established phylogenomic dataset. We note that we did not choose to use an established dataset for the main phylogenomic analysis, as we found that free-living kinetoplastid orthologs are systematically excluded from commonly used “universal pan-eukaryotic” datasets (e.g., Fig. S4), despite the fact that we were able to identify sufficient orthologous proteins to robustly reconstruct interspecies relationships among euglenozoans. In our revised manuscript, we will implement the reviewer’s suggestion by comparing our orthogroup set with commonly used pan-eukaryotic orthogroup sets.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a highly competent and very throough phylogenomic study of the position of neobodonids within the Kinetoplastid phylogeny. The addition of new transcriptomic data for diverse neobodonids allows their relationships to be better understood, leading to convincing changes to neobodonid taxonomy.

      Strengths:

      The generation of transcriptomic data produces more phylogenetic characters than ever before from several, diverse neobodonid lineages. This represents a substantial increase in the data available for this relatively unstudied group. The methodology used to define the character set and then estimate the phylogeny is conventional, very thoroughly described and expertly executed. The phylogeny is highly robust, and we can be very confident of the result.

      Weaknesses:

      These changes to neobodonid taxonomy, or essentially the discovery that some 'neobodonids' actually represent distinct lineages at the base of the Metakinetoplastida, are not surprising. So undersampled are the Kinetoplastida, both in terms of molecular markers and phyletic diversity, that an investment in sampling on this scale is always likely to bring about changes. The significance of these changes is not immediately apparent. Since they do not concern the Eubodonidae, they have no implications for the trypanosomatids and the new Metakinetoplastid lineages are very distant from the origins of parasitism, such that comments on "preadaptations for disease" are not compelling.

      We agree that comments and discussion on how our study may shed light on the preadaptations of trypanosomatids to parasitism were excessive. We were influenced by prior studies of free-living metakinetoplastids, which highlighted their importance and applied value in the context of understanding evolution of parasitism in kinetoplastids (Deschamps et al., 2011; Dolezel et al., 2000; Flegontova et al., 2017). In our revised manuscript, we will remove/shorten the corresponding parts of discussion and results, and place more emphasis on the relevance of our study to understand the multiple origins of parasitism in metakinetoplastids, not just trypanosomatids.

      The datasets published in our study can be used in the future to investigate, for example, how gene repertoire of trypanosomatids differs from the free-living species, or how specific gene families evolved, and whether their diversification/origin predated the origin of the largest parasitic clade. We acknowledge that the data from the closest free-living relative of trypanosomatids that was available before our study is already extremely valuable, and that our datasets would be of most use for reconstructing relatively ancient preadaptations.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Zavadska et al. presents a phylogenomic study focused on the relationships among metakinetoplastids, specifically addressing the question whether Neobodonida are monophyletic. The authors collected eleven kinetoplastid strains affiliated with five out of six neobodonid clades identified in previous studies and sequenced their transcriptomes. These data along with SRAs available from public databases were processed via assembly, annotation and decontamination. The final dataset, representing all (non-trypanosomatid) kinetoplastids with genome and/or transcriptome data available as well as selected trypanosomatids and discoban outgroups, was used for protein orthology inference and identification of single-copy orthologs present in the majority of taxa, followed by phylogenetic analysis in maximum likelihood and Bayesian frameworks.

      Strengths:

      I find the new data and resulting phylogenetic reconstruction valuable and interesting, particularly given the paucity of genomic/transcriptomic data from free-living kinetoplastids. The study is well-designed methodologically, and the main finding (paraphyly of Neobodonida) appears indisputable, considering the provided phylogenimic evidence. Following best practices, the authors shared their primary data, scripts, and files resulting from the conducted analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      Several aspects of the presentation and interpretation would benefit from revision. In particular, the composition of the neobodonid lineages central to the study is insufficiently explained, and an 18S rRNA gene-based tree showing these lineages and the placement of the newly analysed strains would substantially improve the clarity of the study. The Introduction would also benefit from a more concise and better-structured account of previous phylogenetic evidence and a clearer explanation of the broader biological significance of kinetoplastids, while the Methods could be streamlined by removing redundant information and presenting some details in tables. Finally, the rationale for including the electron microscopy images in the supplement should be clarified, as these are currently not discussed in the text and represent only a single studied strain.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestions on how our manuscript could be improved. Regarding the selection of species, our study followed a common procedure in protistology: we attempted to isolate, culture and sequence as many free-living kinetoplastids as possible, and the resulting manuscript includes all the cases in which we were successful. We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion of including an 18S rRNA gene tree, which we will implement in our revised manuscript. We will revise the introduction to improve the presentation of previous phylogenetic evidence in metakinetoplastids and to provide a more clear explanation of their broader significance. We also plan to reduce redundant information in the Methods and relocate information on strains and culturing conditions to tables.

      Electron microscopy images in the Supplement display the ultrastructure of an isolate from the 1D clade. They were included because the information on morphology of this clade remains scarce in comparison to other clades; thus, we added these images because we believe they could be useful for the community. We intend to clarify this in our revised manuscript.

      References

      Deschamps P, Lara E, Marande W, López-García P, Ekelund F, Moreira D (2011) Phylogenomic analysis of kinetoplastids supports that trypanosomatids arose from within bodonids Mol Biol Evol 28:53-58 https://doi.org/10.1093/molbev/msq289

      Dolezel D, Jirků M, Maslov DA, Lukes J (2000) Phylogeny of the bodonid flagellates (Kinetoplastida) based on small-subunit rRNA gene sequences Int J Syst Evol Microbiol 50:1943-1951 https://doi.org/10.1099/00207713-50-5-1943

      Flegontova O, Flegontov P, Malviya S, Poulain J, de Vargas C, Bowler C, Lukeš J, Horák A (2018) Neobodonids are dominant kinetoplastids in the global ocean Environ Microbiol 20:878-889 https://doi.org/10.1111/1462-2920.14034

    1. Author response:

      We thank the editors and both reviewers for their careful evaluation and for recognizing the value of examining the wider behavioral repertoire after aversive learning. Our aim is to follow what an individual does after danger and intervention, rather than infer recovery from a decline in one defensive response. The reviews identify where the present computational account needs stronger connections to observed behavior, experimental comparisons, and subsequent outcomes. We are preparing a substantive revision addressing these issues. This provisional response outlines the work planned; it does not report completed revisions or new findings.

      Response to Reviewer 1:

      (1) Four-state versus eight-state resolution

      We agree that the better held-out performance of K=8 must be central to the interpretation. K=4 is a theory-guided coarse descriptive scale, not the predictively optimal model or evidence that behavior contains exactly four natural states. We will explain this distinction more clearly and show what the additional states resolve, particularly within the low-event-output configurations. Comparisons of experimental change at both resolutions will help establish which conclusions depend on the coarse scale and which persist at finer resolution. We will not treat agreement within one emission representation as proof of a universal four-mode organization.

      (2) Interpreting Quiescent

      The reviewer's concern is important: Quiescent denotes low vocal and lever output, not an absence of freezing, a safe internal state, or successful recovery. Likewise, a decline in Fear/Danger occupancy does not establish that defensive responding has disappeared. We will present raw freezing, vocalizations, and lever pressing alongside state occupancy, with experimental groups distinguished. The higher-resolution subdivision of count-silent observations will make differences in freezing more visible. These comparisons can describe residual defensive behavior, but cannot by themselves determine whether quietness reflects rest, inhibition, anxiety, or another internal condition. We will retain these alternatives explicitly rather than infer safety from silence.

      (3) The ethological meaning of functional recovery

      We appreciate the distinction between returning to a previously rewarded action and adapting appropriately after danger. Resuming food-directed responding in the original setting is one task-specific outcome, not a necessary or sufficient definition of recovery. Avoiding that location or pursuing resources elsewhere could also be adaptive. The present task does not offer the alternatives needed to distinguish those possibilities. We will therefore frame the measured repertoire as an assay of context-dependent functional change, not a universal standard to which animals should return. The translational question remains whether an intervention changes the broader organization of behavior, but judging successful adaptation also requires evidence about the opportunities and risks available to the individual. Pooled state percentages will not be presented as normal or desirable recovery targets.

      (4) Shock versus no-shock comparisons

      We will report direct comparisons between shock and no-shock animals for the raw channels and inferred occupancies, including changes over conditioning. This will allow the reader to distinguish changes associated with aversive conditioning from changes shared with unshocked animals, such as familiarization or declining novelty. The revision will also separate extinction from time-matched exposure and present renewal by group rather than pooling treatment histories. Comparisons will use rats as the experimental units, report uncertainty, and make differences in observation coverage explicit.

      (5) Connecting post-extinction behavior to later outcomes

      We will examine whether the available paired records permit associations between post-extinction configurations and subsequent defensive responding, alongside the corresponding raw behavioral measures. These analyses will respect test chronology and intervening treatment. They will be identified as retrospective and exploratory, not as independent validation of individual prediction: the current shared representation was fitted using the full dataset. We will report limited sample size, missing modalities, or insufficient variation when these prevent a question from being estimated. A failure to establish an association will not be treated as evidence that no biological relationship exists. If these data cannot support a prognostic claim, we will state that limitation and identify the prospective test needed.

      Response to Reviewer 2:

      (1) Emission-family dependence

      We agree that the count-native sensitivities materially limit the interpretation. Alternative emission models also retain temporal dependence; their disagreement with the Gaussian model therefore does not show that temporal modeling uniquely produces the four labels, or that the Gaussian account is biologically privileged. We will explain the count transformation and scaling, and distinguish numerical fit eligibility from recovery of the complete behavioral-label configuration. We will also make clearer which findings are conditional on the Gaussian representation. Stable classification within that representation is useful evidence for a reproducible reference, but is not evidence for an emission-family-invariant taxonomy.

      (2) Generalizability and independent transfer

      All animals were male and the experiments came from one laboratory. Recurrence across related study datasets, including a retest of the same animals, does not substitute for transfer to independent subjects or settings. We will strengthen the prospective validation roadmap: fix preprocessing and model parameters before testing independent animals, include both sexes and an independent setting, measure individual baselines, and evaluate later outcomes without using those outcomes to fit the representation. Direct exploration measures and tests of instrumental outcome sensitivity would provide independent checks on functional interpretation. This is a proposed validation design, not generalization demonstrated by the present study.

      (3) The appropriate level of abstraction

      The revision will distinguish predictive resolution from interpretive scale throughout, as described in our response to Reviewer 1. K=8's advantage will remain explicit. The relevant question for K=4 is whether it offers an informative coarse summary of experimental change, not whether it wins model selection. Conclusions that require a finer distinction will be presented at that resolution rather than forced into four categories.

      (4) Vocal and instrumental labels

      We agree that 50-kHz calls are a context-sensitive vocal measure, not a direct observation of exploration or a unique indicator of positive affect. We will qualify the Exploratory label consistently by its measured emission pattern. Similarly, food-reinforced lever pressing establishes instrumental responding in this task; without outcome-sensitivity tests it does not establish goal-directed rather than habitual control in the technical sense. The labels will describe observed behavioral configurations, not subjective feelings, neural mechanisms, or independently validated motivational states. A simplified behavior-to-model mapping will make these distinctions easier to follow.

      Together, these revisions will place the raw behavior and experimental contrasts alongside the model, clarify the limits of the labels and recovery interpretation, and make the next validation steps concrete. The intended contribution is a reproducible framework for describing history-dependent changes in the measured repertoire and testing their functional relevance, without equating a model category with recovery or claiming individualized prognosis that the present evidence has not established.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments. We will address the substantive concerns by broadening our evaluation to additional 3D datasets, strengthening comparisons against competitive baselines, and systematically ablating Penumbria's architectural components. We are confident that these experiments will establish Penumbria as a state-of-the-art 3D instance-segmentation method across a substantially broader range of segmentation challenges in biological imaging, without the pronounced dataset-specific failure modes observed for several competing approaches.

      Scope and dataset difficulty.

      We will expand our benchmark to include additional 3D datasets spanning nuclei, whole cells, and organelles. However, we do not accept two assertions made in the review: first, that nuclear segmentation is inherently easier than whole-cell segmentation; and second, that our existing datasets contain “mostly convex-ish and well-separated” objects (which we address separately below). Parhyale illustrates why the first assertion is unwarranted: despite being a nuclear-label dataset, its nuclei are extremely densely packed, with boundaries frequently so poorly distinguishable that even manual identification of individual instances is challenging. Historically, StarDist-3D has been the clear state-of-the-art method on this dataset, with little effective competition, whereas Penumbria matches its performance without imposing a star-convex shape prior. Conversely, the PlantSeg study reported an Adapted Rand error of only 0.075 on 3D cell-wall-labelled leaf tissue and approximately 90–99% correctly segmented whole cells across six leaf-surface specimens [1].

      Segmentation difficulty is an empirical property, not a consequence of what is being segmented or how it is stained.

      Diversity in biological targets or staining modalities does not necessarily translate into diversity of segmentation challenges, let alone greater difficulty. Constructing a meaningful benchmark therefore requires expert judgment in selecting datasets spanning challenging conditions, including irregular morphology, crowding, poor contrast, anisotropy, and imaging artifacts, informed by previous benchmarking results. The same empirical standard must apply to the reviewers' characterization of our datasets as “mostly convex-ish and well-separated.” Neither characterization is supported by quantitative evidence or relevant citations, and even if both were established, they would not by themselves demonstrate that the datasets are easy to segment. We will therefore quantitatively characterize the datasets, including their morphology and crowding, and examine how these properties relate to segmentation performance across methods.

      Zero-shot generalization.

      We will evaluate Cellpose-SAM zero-shot across all datasets, using segmentation accuracy (SA) at IoU 0.5 below 0.30 as a deliberately permissive indicator of severe instance-segmentation failure. Even at this threshold, substantial merging or missed instances can make the output unsuitable for reliable instance-level quantitative analysis without extensive correction.

      Cell pose-SAM comparison and baselines.

      We appreciate that the reviewers have since acknowledged the baseline training configurations reported in our Supplementary Material, which specified that Cellpose-SAM was fine-tuned from pretrained weights, while StarDist-3D was trained from scratch. In retrospect, these details would have benefited from greater visibility in the main text, and we will move them there in the revision. We also identified an important omission in our Cellpose-SAM inference configuration. The Cellpose-SAM paper specifies 1,000 dynamics iterations, flow3D_smooth=2, and removal of masks below 1,000 pixels for its 3D experiments. These settings differ substantially from generic API defaults and materially improve performance on several of our datasets. We will therefore repeat the evaluation using the published 3D settings and transparently report both the original and corrected configurations, with the latter serving as the principal comparison where applicable.

      u-Segment3D.

      The reviewers recommend u-Segment3D because it “reports large improvements,” without specifying over which methods. Its comparisons with Cellpose involve earlier cyto models, not Cellpose-SAM, which was introduced nearly a year after u-Segment3D's original preprint. Moreover, u-Segment3D is a 2D-to-3D aggregation framework rather than an independent segmentation model. Its supplementary material reports dataset-specific gradient smoothing and a 200-voxel size filter, without documenting equivalent settings for its Cellpose 3D baseline. As our own experiments demonstrate, such settings can materially affect 3D accuracy. The reported improvements therefore do not establish competitiveness with a properly configured and fine-tuned Cellpose-SAM. We will instead prioritize StarDist-3D, micro-SAM, and a corrected Cellpose-SAM comparison, reporting all inference configurations transparently.

      Architectural testing.

      While distance-transform regression is an established technique, as acknowledged in our manuscript, Penumbria's principal methodological contributions lie in its architecture and the integration of its components. We will expand our ablations by removing key architectural elements individually and measuring the resulting changes in performance. These experiments will quantify the contribution of each element within the complete pipeline. We look forward to submitting the revised manuscript incorporating these improvements.

      (1) Wolny, A., Cerrone, L., Vijayan, A., Tofanelli, R., Barro, A. V., Louveaux, M., et al. (2020). Accurate and versatile 3D segmentation of plant tissues at cellular resolution. eLife, 9, e57613.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The full-length conclusions rest on FD3-FD3 being the dominant domain contact. The water-interaction correction applies only to the disordered regions, so the folded domains retain standard Martini 3 behavior, which is known to overestimate protein association (e.g., Thomasen et al., J. Chem. Theory Comput. 2022). The contact maps are also normalized per bead, which favors a small domain such as FD3. Please test whether FD3-FD3 dominance survives a folded-domain correction, and show raw contact counts next to the normalized maps. Without this test, and without experimental evidence that this domain self-associates, frame the FD3 result as a model prediction.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important concern. We agree that the apparent prominence of FD3–FD3 interactions in the full-length simulations requires careful examination, particularly because the folded domains retain the standard Martini 3 protein–protein interaction strength whereas the water-interaction correction used in this study was applied to the disordered regions. We also agree that per-bead normalization may influence the apparent relative contributions of domains of different sizes.

      In the revised manuscript, we will examine the robustness of the FD3-centered interaction pattern to the treatment of folded-domain interactions. We will also report raw contact counts alongside the normalized contact maps and explicitly evaluate how domain size and normalization affect the relative contact frequencies.

      More generally, we agree that the simulations alone do not establish FD3 self-association as an experimentally validated property of HDAC6 condensates. We will therefore distinguish more clearly between simulation-derived predictions and experimentally established conclusions and will frame the proposed FD3-centered interaction network as a model prediction where appropriate.

      (2) The ligand-treated IDR1 slabs are single trajectories with no statistical uncertainty on the saturation concentrations or on the contact-difference maps. The full-length systems have three replicates; contact numbers are still rising at the end of several trajectories (Figure S9), and most differences between Nexturastat A and HPOB overlap within error. The wild-type controls also reverse the ligand ordering (Figs. S12, S14), which suggests that trajectory-to-trajectory variation may drive the domain-level differences. Please add independent replicas for the ligand comparisons, show convergence over consecutive time blocks, and report uncertainties on the difference maps. Claims should then be limited to the differences that are resolved.

      We agree that additional statistical characterization is required for the ligand-dependent comparisons. In particular, the current ligand-treated IDR1 slab simulations do not provide sufficient information about trajectory-to-trajectory variability, and differences between Nexturastat A and HPOB in the full-length simulations should not be interpreted without considering the uncertainty across independent trajectories.

      In the revised manuscript, we will rigorously assess the convergence and statistical robustness of the current simulations, including time-block analyses of the saturation concentrations and contact patterns. We will additionally perform independent replicate slab simulations to evaluate the robustness of the estimated saturation concentrations and interaction patterns. We will also increase the independent sampling of the full-length multichain systems to better characterize trajectory-to-trajectory variability and the robustness of the domain-level interaction patterns. Together, these analyses will allow us to provide uncertainty estimates and determine which ligand-dependent differences are reproducibly resolved.

      We will also reassess the differences attributed to Nexturastat A and HPOB in light of these uncertainties. Where the differences are not statistically resolved, we will refrain from assigning ligand-specific mechanistic interpretations and will revise the corresponding conclusions accordingly.

      (3) The Discussion presents the simulations as explaining why Nexturastat A suppresses HDAC6 condensation more strongly than HPOB. However, every full-length system assembles at a high protein concentration, and total contacts and morphologies are similar across conditions, so the simulations do not show suppression. The IDR-level and domain-level mechanisms are studied in separate systems, and ligand distribution and IDR1 contacts are not analyzed in the full-length assemblies, so the coupling of the two layers named in the title is not tested. Please add an analysis that bears on condensation propensity and on this coupling, or recast "explains" as "is consistent with" and revise the title and abstract accordingly.

      We agree that the current full-length simulations do not directly demonstrate suppression of condensation by either ligand. All full-length systems were simulated under conditions in which assemblies form, and similarities in the overall contact numbers and morphologies do not provide a direct measure of differences in saturation concentration or phase-separation propensity.

      We will therefore revise the title, Abstract, Results, and Discussion where necessary to avoid implying that the full-length simulations directly explain the experimentally observed suppression of HDAC6 condensation. Instead, we will describe the simulated interaction-network changes as being consistent with, or as providing a possible molecular basis for, the experimentally observed effects.

      We also agree that the coupling between the IDR-level and domain-level regulatory mechanisms needs to be more clearly established. We will extend the analysis of the full-length simulations to examine ligand distributions and interactions involving IDR1 and the folded domains and will assess whether conditional or correlated contact patterns provide quantitative evidence linking these interaction networks. If such analyses do not provide sufficient evidence for direct coupling, we will revise the terminology accordingly and describe the results as condition-dependent reorganization of multiple interaction networks rather than as a demonstrated coupled mechanism.

      (4) For phosphorylation, the IDR1 fragment is strongly basic, so a simple reduction of net charge could lower the saturation concentration without a position-specific contact node. The phosphoserine charge state used is also lower than expected at neutral pH. Moving the same charge to a distal serine, and testing the fully charged phosphoserine, would distinguish these readings. For the ligands, the coarse-grained models show only weak pocket engagement, lack a non-pocket control, have unvalidated nonbonded parameters, and are simulated at millimolar concentrations. The ligand-IDR1 mechanism could therefore reflect nonspecific association. Please add a non-pocket surface control, validate the ligand parameters, and relate the simulated concentrations to those of the motivating experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important points regarding the interpretation of both the phosphorylation- and ligand-dependent effects.

      For the phosphorylation-dependent mechanism, we would like to clarify that our simulations were motivated by prior experimental observations showing that phosphorylation at different serine residues of HDAC6 does not produce equivalent effects on phase separation. In particular, phosphorylation at S22 was found to have a pronounced effect on HDAC6 phase separation, whereas phosphorylation at the other tested serine sites did not show a comparable effect. These experimental observations argue against a simple model in which the effect of phosphorylation is determined solely by an increase in the overall negative charge of the protein, and instead indicate that S22 represents a site-specific regulatory position.

      Our simulations were therefore designed to explore the molecular basis of this experimentally established site specificity, rather than to establish S22 specificity from the simulations alone. In this context, the enhanced contacts involving the phosphorylated S22-containing region and positively charged segments of IDR1 provide a possible molecular explanation for why phosphorylation at this particular site can have a distinct effect on phase separation. We will clarify this experimental motivation and the scope of our interpretation in the revised manuscript, and will avoid implying that the simulations alone demonstrate the site specificity of S22 phosphorylation.

      We nevertheless agree that the representation of the phosphoserine charge is an important modeling consideration. We will examine the sensitivity of the phosphorylation-dependent results to the phosphoserine charge state and clarify the corresponding limitations of the coarse-grained representation in the revised manuscript.

      We also agree that the ligand simulations require a clearer assessment of specificity. In the revised manuscript, we will compare ligand contacts with the catalytic pocket to contacts with non-pocket regions of HDAC6 and further evaluate the extent of nonspecific protein association. We will also validate the physical reasonableness of the coarse-grained ligand parameterization, with particular attention to the nonbonded parameters relevant to ligand-protein interactions, and report the validation in the revised manuscript. We will explicitly state the limitations of using these models to infer binding specificity or affinity

      Finally, we will clarify the relationship between the ligand concentrations used in the simulations and those used in the motivating experiments. The high ligand concentrations used in the simulations were chosen to obtain sufficient sampling of ligand-protein encounters on accessible simulation timescales, and we will make clear that these simulations should not be interpreted as reproducing experimental binding equilibria at the corresponding concentrations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      When going through the manuscript, especially the result section, I sometimes found it challenging to distinguish what has already been reported experimentally (mostly from Lu et al., Nature Cancer) from what is newly learned from the simulations. I do appreciate that the authors mentioned which results reproduce experimental trends; however, this is often after all simulations. It may help if each subsection first briefly states the known experimental observation and then explains the specific question addressed by or new mechanisms learned by the simulation. For instance, experiments have shown that phosphorylation enhanced and ligand suppressed phase separation.

      We agree that the manuscript should more clearly separate the experimental observations reported previously from the questions addressed by the present simulations.

      In the revised manuscript, we will reorganize the relevant Results subsections so that each section first briefly states the pertinent experimental observation and then defines the specific mechanistic question addressed by the simulations. We will also distinguish more explicitly between trends reproduced by the simulations and hypotheses that emerge uniquely from the simulation analysis. This restructuring should make it clearer which conclusions are supported directly by prior experiments and which represent new mechanistic predictions of the present work.

      The authors directly used Automartini to generate the ligand parameters and then checked the contact fraction between the ligand and the pocket. Such analysis only tells whether the ligand visits the pocket but does not test either specificity or binding affinity, and therefore does not support the claim of ligand pocket recognition. The simulation concentration is also in the millimolar regime, probably much higher than the experimental range, so it's not surprising to see ~10% to 20% contact fraction. Considering that no native interactions are used to restrain the ligand-pocket interactions, I suspect the ligand might also have similar contacts to the other regions of HDAC. The authors might want to be careful about their discussions.

      We agree that observing contacts between the ligands and the catalytic pocket does not by itself establish specific recognition or binding affinity. The current coarse-grained simulations were designed primarily to examine how the presence of the inhibitors perturbs the protein interaction network rather than to calculate ligand-binding affinities.

      In response to this concern, we will analyze ligand interactions with non-pocket regions and compare these with the catalytic-pocket contacts, allowing us to better quantify the degree of preferential localization. We will also validate the physical reasonableness of the coarse-grained ligand parameterization, including the nonbonded parameters relevant to ligand-protein interactions, and report the validation and its limitations more explicitly in the revised manuscript.

      Throughout the manuscript, we will revise language implying that the coarse-grained simulations demonstrate specific ligand recognition or reproduce experimental binding affinities. We will also clarify the significance of the relatively high ligand concentrations used in the simulations and relate these conditions to the experimental concentrations.

      The claim regarding the IDR dimension might be problematic. It's still an open question whether a coarse-grained model, or even current all-atom force fields, can reliably resolve the effect of a single phosphorylation on IDR dimensions. I agree that all current results, including the error estimate, support that Rg do not change that much, but the authors might still want to be careful about such claim considering such small perturbation in the sequence.

      We appreciate this point and agree that the absence of a detectable change in radius of gyration in the present simulations should not be interpreted as evidence that a single phosphorylation cannot alter IDR dimensions more generally.

      We will provide appropriate uncertainty estimates and statistical comparisons for the single-chain conformational ensembles and revise the wording to state more narrowly that, within the resolution of the present Martini 3 simulations, we do not detect a substantial phosphorylation-dependent change in IDR1 dimensions. We will also acknowledge the limitations of current coarse-grained models in resolving subtle conformational effects associated with a single post-translational modification.

      The proposed electrostatic rewiring is based on the difference between the contact maps of WT and phosphorylation variant. It looks like the difference is relatively small to the contact probabilities. There is also no error estimation or pattern validation from multiple simulations. The authors might want to quantify the uncertainties of such patch-level relative changes by either checking some independent simulations or time-block variations.

      We agree that the relative changes visible in the phosphorylation-dependent contact maps need quantitative uncertainty estimates.

      In the revised manuscript, we will quantify the reproducibility of these contact changes using time-block analyses together with additional independent slab simulations, and provide uncertainty estimates for the difference maps. We will use these analyses to identify which phosphorylation-dependent contact changes are robust and will restrict the mechanistic interpretation to features that are reproducibly resolved.

      A similar comment applies to the claims on the charged-contact reorganization mechanism of two small inhibitors on LLLPS. Error estimates should be provided for these contacts when comparing different variant. In cases when errors are large (e.g. contact number with errors reported in Fig. 4K to N), statistical analysis (p-values) is needed to show the significance of the results.

      We agree that the same consideration applies to the comparison of the ligand-dependent interaction networks.

      We will report uncertainty estimates for the relevant contact observables and strengthen the statistical assessment using additional independent slab simulations together with expanded independent sampling of the full-length multichain systems. Statistical comparisons will be based on independent estimates, and where the variability is comparable to or greater than the apparent differences between conditions, we will explicitly report this and avoid assigning mechanistic significance to those differences.

      Regarding the proposed "phospho-S22-centered" contact network, I had some difficulty recognizing the specific regions discussed in Figures 2 and 3. It might be helpful to mark these regions directly on the contact maps. The authors may also wish to consider whether "S22-centered" is the most accurate description, or whether the observed changes are better described as involving a broader segment spanning several residues around S22. And since phosphorylation is introduced at S22, observing changes near S22 is not unexpected and may not be sufficient to establish phospho-S22-centered network.

      We appreciate this suggestion. We agree that describing the observed interaction changes as strictly "S22-centered" may be overly specific, because phosphorylation is introduced at S22 and the altered contacts involve a broader sequence region surrounding this residue.

      We will mark the relevant sequence regions directly on the contact maps to make these patterns easier to identify. We will also reconsider the terminology throughout the manuscript and, where more appropriate, describe the effect as a phosphorylation-responsive interaction region or network surrounding S22 rather than implying that S22 alone constitutes a discrete interaction node.

      Within the last result section, the authors argued that FD3 plays an important role in both phosphorylation- and ligand-regulated HDAC assembly. However, only contact-based analysis instead of saturation concentration was presented. I understand the substantial challenge of obtaining converged saturation concentration for such system with multiple domains, if so, the authors need to discuss such caveats.

      We agree that the full-length simulations provide information about the organization of the assembled state but do not directly determine the saturation concentration of full-length HDAC6. Given the size and complexity of the full-length system, obtaining converged coexistence concentrations would require substantially larger simulations and longer sampling than those performed here.

      We will make this distinction explicit in the revised manuscript and clarify that the full-length contact analysis addresses changes in the internal interaction network of the assembled state rather than directly measuring changes in phase-separation propensity.

      Though direct experimental evidence of such FD3-centered interaction network does not exist, the experimental paper did provide measurements for a couple domain-deletion constructs, including the deletion of the FD3 (BUZ) region. This might be worth discussing, considering the manuscript focuses on the role of FD3 region. In particular, deletion of the BUZ region did not appear to affect LLPS. This does not necessarily exclude a role for FD3 in phosphorylation- or ligand-dependent regulation. However, it may complicate the description of FD3 as the center of the condensate network. The authors might want to discuss how their model can be reconciled with these domain-deletion results and consider their corresponding conclusion.

      We appreciate the reviewer drawing attention to the previously reported BUZ/FD3 deletion experiments. We agree that the observation that deletion of the BUZ region does not abolish LLPS indicates that FD3 is not required for baseline phase separation.

      In the revised manuscript, we will discuss these experiments explicitly and will avoid describing FD3 as an obligatory center of the HDAC6 condensation network. Instead, we will discuss the possibility suggested by the simulations that FD3 contributes to the organization or regulation of interactions within the full-length assembly without being necessary for assembly itself. We will also clarify that this interpretation remains a model-derived hypothesis requiring experimental validation.

      Finally, the authors describe their mechanism as coupled networks. They might want to clarify the coupling they meant. If this refers to the coupling between different regions (e.g. S22 and FD3) or domains, they might want to consider more quantitive analysis, for instance by conditional/correlated contacts between domains. Changes in contact patterns at different conditions do not necessarily show the coupling between domains.

      We agree that condition-dependent changes in two interaction networks are not, by themselves, sufficient to demonstrate coupling between them.

      We will clarify what we mean by coupling and will examine whether conditional or correlated contact analyses in the full-length simulations provide quantitative evidence that changes involving one region or domain are associated with changes elsewhere in the interaction network. If these analyses do not support such a relationship, we will revise the terminology and describe the results more conservatively as coordinated or condition-dependent reorganization of multiple interaction networks.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) There are areas where statistical tests can improve the quantitative presentation of the work. Specifically, the difference in the IDR ensembles for the isolated chains should be assessed for statistical significance.

      We agree that the comparisons of the isolated-chain ensembles should include quantitative estimates of uncertainty and statistical support.

      In the revised manuscript, we will quantify the variability of the relevant conformational observables across independent simulations and perform appropriate statistical comparisons between the unmodified and phosphorylated IDR1 ensembles. We will use these results to refine the statement regarding the effect of phosphorylation on the single-chain dimensions and avoid interpreting differences that are not resolved within the uncertainty of the simulations.

      (2) There appears to be considerable finite-size effects in some of the slab simulations that may affect the conclusions. In particular, the chains along the long axis appear to be interacting across the periodic boundary. This can happen if the slab long axis is not long enough/if the ratio of dilute phase to dense phase is not large enough.

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this important issue. Interactions between the condensed slab and its periodic images could bias estimates of the dilute-phase concentration and therefore need to be explicitly evaluated.

      We will examine the trajectories and density profiles for evidence of interactions across the periodic boundary and quantify the separation between the condensed phase and its periodic images. We will also evaluate the sensitivity of the relevant conclusions to the simulation box dimensions and, where necessary, perform additional checks using enlarged simulation dimensions for representative systems. We will report the outcome of these tests and discuss any remaining finite-size limitations when interpreting the saturation concentrations.

      (3) Some decisions in the simulation conditions require further justification/explanation. More specifically, the concentrations of small molecules used, as well as the decision to conduct simulations at 295 K, should be adequately justified.

      We agree that these simulation conditions require clearer justification.

      The relatively high ligand concentrations were used to increase the number of ligand–protein encounters that can be sampled within the accessible coarse-grained simulation timescales, rather than to quantitatively reproduce the experimental ligand concentrations. In the revised manuscript, we will state this rationale more explicitly, compare the simulated concentrations with the experimental conditions, and discuss the implications of the elevated ligand concentrations for interpreting ligand–protein contact frequencies and possible nonspecific interactions.

      The simulations were conducted at 295 K to match the temperature used in the corresponding experimental measurements that motivated this study. We will clarify this point in the revised manuscript and explicitly state that the simulation temperature was chosen to maintain consistency with the experimental conditions.

      (4) Given the size of the full-length protein, it is understandable that the full dense phase is not probed for the full-length protein. However, it would be useful to comment on how the conclusions may change in the context of the full length. For instance, there is no real interface that the small molecules need to diffuse across and so discussions on the role of partitioning in the paper should be better contextualized in light of this.

      We agree that the full-length simulations should be distinguished more clearly from the slab simulations of IDR1. The full-length systems probe the organization of an assembled high-concentration state and do not contain a sufficiently large coexisting dilute phase and interface from which equilibrium partitioning or a saturation concentration can be determined.

      We will revise the relevant discussion of ligand partitioning to reflect this limitation. Where the current wording implies equilibrium partitioning between dilute and dense phases in the full-length simulations, we will instead describe the measured quantity directly—for example, ligand localization or enrichment within the simulated protein assembly.

      More generally, we will clarify throughout the manuscript which conclusions concern the internal organization of the full-length assembled state and which conclusions concern phase-separation propensity inferred from the IDR1 slab simulations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Note from the authors:

      During review of the proofs and re-confirmation of all models and outcomes, we discovered that in the current version of the manuscript, the identity of the lagged time series in the exploratory cross-correlation analysis was misreported. In the cross-correlation plot (Fig. 4d), the posterior alpha time series was fixed and the frontal theta time series was lagged by the times indicated on the x-axis, not vice versa. The inset figures depicting the timeseries will be corrected accordingly in the Version of Record. The subsequent mediation model, in which we tested whether attention mediates the relationship between mnemonic prediction strength and cognitive control, was included as a follow-up to the previously reported cross-correlation outcomes and will therefore be removed. As noted in the Version of Record, the corrected interpretation of the temporal ordering is that in response to a strong mnemonic prediction error, increases in cognitive control precede increases in attention.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a multi-modal study of associative learning and memory in humans, that combines scalp EEG, pupillometry and behavioral analysis to explore the construct of mnemonic prediction errors (MPEs), in terms of their relationship to attention and cognitive control. Across two pooled studies, participants performed associative memory tasks in which they learned the relationship between a cue word (action verb) and subsequent picture (animate or inanimate) with a strong vs. weak (4 or 1 repetitions) encoding manipulation. At test, participants were encouraged to generate a prediction following the cue word to determine whether the subsequently presented picture was a match or mismatch.

      The timecourse of pupillary responses during match decisions were decomposed using temporal principal components analysis, which identified 6 distinct and overlapping processes. Some of the components (PC3/PC4) exhibited sensitivity to both the strength and mismatch conditions, as well as behavior (both RT and accuracy) and retrieval success on the subsequent trial. Furthermore, relationships were also observed between pupillary responses (specifically for PC4) and both frontal theta and posterior alpha power measures obtained from scalp EEG in Experiment 2, as well as for frontal theta and subsequent learning from mismatch stimuli (assessed using subsequent memory findings from a surprise recognition test). The authors suggest the findings indicate that MPEs elicit changes in attention, arousal and cognitive control which impact subsequent learning.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript has many strengths, including a clever study design, thoughtful integration of multiple neurocognitive measures, and a set of rigorous and technically sophisticated analyses, which reveal a large set of relationships among the measures and behavior. The findings demonstrating brain/physiology-behavior relationships are particularly important, in that they point to potential functional consequences of MPEs.

      Weaknesses:

      The technical proficiency and complexity of the study and analysis also presents a clear limitation and challenge for interpretation. It is likely that readers, even those that are quite knowledgeable about the methods, constructs, and questions being addressed will often struggle (as this reviewer did) to keep the large set of findings in mind and gain understanding of how they all fit together.

      Indeed, it seems like there many threads running together in the paper which make it challenging to find the through-line of the key findings. The authors do address some of the key questions motivating the paper in the Introduction, but the results are somewhat ambiguous with regard to the primary question of the study as to whether the detection of MPEs leads to interaction among cognitive control, attention, and arousal. To their credit, the authors tackle this question through both cross-correlation and formal mediation analyses, and summarize these in diagrammatic figures (Figure 3, Figure 6). Yet it is not resolved whether the results represent a clear answer pointing to independence, or rather a lack of statistical power, or ill-resolved formulation of the mediational relationship. In particular, the cross-correlation suggests that posterior alpha suppression in response to MPEs does precede frontal theta, yet this indirect relationship does not explain the variation in trial-by-trial RTs on mismatches. This suggests a potential model misspecification.

      In addition to the primary interaction issue mentioned above (between cognitive control, attention & arousal), the Introduction lays out a number of claims:

      (1) That pupil size will be more sensitive to strong than weak MPEs.

      (2) That MPE-linked increases in attention (indexed with posterior alpha suppression) and arousal (indexed with pupil size) will be linked to learning.

      (3) That MPE learning will vary as a function of prediction strength.

      Given the focus on learning, it is somewhat surprising that learning is not included in the mediation models. As the authors indicate in the Discussion, the use of trial-by-trial RT variation to drive the mediation model might be problematic, given that the RTs are sensitive to a range of factors beyond mnemonic prediction strength and also are under competing pressures (longer for mismatches than matches, due to surprise-linked slowing, but also faster following stronger rather than weaker mnemonic predictions). Thus, an alternative possibility might be to use trial-by-trial recognition of mismatches as the outcome variable in mediation models rather than trial-by-trial RT as the independent variable.

      A large component of the results (Sections 2 and 3) is devoted to analyses of cue-linked pupil and EEG processes that putatively reflect mnemonic predictions (i.e., occurring before picture probes are presented and match/mismatch detection, i.e., MPEs occur). Yet these Results and the subsequent pupillary PCA components (PC1 and PC5) that are elicited are not well-integrated with the primary themes of the paper or the causal hypotheses. One finding that does seem to figure prominently (in that it is mentioned in Abstract, Introduction & Discussion) relates to the amount of attention allocated to the mnemonic prediction generation. Yet this finding is not well emphasized in the Results themselves. Possibly it refers to the negative relationship between posterior alpha during memory retrieval and the magnitude of pupillary PC3 component, described in Section 3. But it was quite challenging to identify amongst the wealth of results described in this Section as well as the others. More generally, the large amount of findings described across all four lengthy Results sections makes it challenging for readers to discern what are the key ones that the authors would like to highlight.

      It is recommended that the authors do another pass through the paper to better highlight the most critical findings that they want to emphasize or which are most interpretable from a mechanistic and causal flow perspective and then de-emphasize or move other findings to the Supplemental Materials. Although the authors are to be commended for such a rigorous and comprehensive set of analyses, there are so many of them and findings, that the key points get buried and the reader needs to struggle potentially unnecessarily to identify the key take-away points.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the helpful feedback on how the manuscript can be further strengthened. We recognize that the rich set of findings can overwhelm the reader, resulting in difficulty discerning the main take aways about the effects of mnemonic prediction errors. We particularly appreciate Reviewer 1’s encouragement to restructure the manuscript so as to focus on the findings reported in Sections 1 and 4 of the original revision; the current revision now focuses on these key observations.

      As part of this restructuring, Reviewer 1 also proposed moving the content from Sections 2 and 3 of the original revision to the Supplement. We agree with the Reviewer that the questions addressed in these sections on retrieval-related processes are not the main focus of the paper, but that they are informative in their own right. To avoid their getting lost in the Supplement, we decided that these results would be better served in a separate manuscript and thus we have removed them entirely. 

      We acknowledge in the revised manuscript that the mediation and cross-correlation analyses were exploratory and that these specific analyses may not be well powered in the current experiments. With respect to Reviewer 1’s concerns about the specification of the mediation models, we were motivated to test whether MPEs trigger an increase in cognitive control that in turn, triggers an increase in attention and/or arousal (Fig. 4a); as such, we designed the model to assess whether, on strong MPE trials, frontal theta mediates the relationship between prediction strength and attention/arousal. As noted in the manuscript and raised by Reviewer 1, mismatch RT here is an imperfect measure of trial-level prediction strength. Future experiments that selectively elicit strong MPEs and have a more controlled measure of trial-level prediction strength may be better equipped to address these questions about interactions between control, attention, and arousal. We agree with Reviewer 1 that models assessing subsequent memory as an outcome would be desirable. However, given that (a) we did not find strong evidence for interactions at the time of a strong MPE and (b) we only observed a relationship between frontal theta and subsequent memory (but not posterior alpha or pupil), subsequent memory mediation models do not appear to be well justified. Altogether, these findings illuminate open avenues for future research.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors studied cognitive control and attention in response to mnemonic prediction errors (MPEs): situations in which the external reality violates internal memory-based predictions. The behavioral task first established strong versus weak predictions, and then either confirmed or violated these predictions. The authors examined markers of cognitive control (frontal theta) and attention (posterior alpha suppression, pupil response) while strong and weak predictions were confirmed or violated. They found increased cognitive control (frontal theta) for strong MPEs, which correlated with subsequent memory. Markers of attention (alpha suppression, pupil response) also accompanied strong MPEs but did not correlate with subsequent memory.

      Pupil response was investigated using an interesting approach that decomposes the response into different components, finding that different components respond earlier or later and show different correlations with MPEs and their strength. The authors also investigated how EEG, reaction time, and pupil responses correlated with one another, providing further insight into the mechanism underlying the response to MPEs. Together, the study points toward multiple control and attention mechanisms involved in MPE response and memory.

      Strengths:

      The study has a clear behavioral paradigm with multiple measures — behavioral, EEG, and pupillometry — that offer an investigation into different aspects of MPE response and memory.

      The study is also very comprehensive in looking at multiple phases in processing MPEs: the prediction phase (prior to the violation), the response to MPEs, and subsequent memory of MPEs, all within one study. Specifically, the link between neural mechanisms and subsequent memory is a major advancement, as most prior studies did not include this component. Mechanisms underlying subsequent memory of MPEs are theoretically important, as a primary function of MPEs is to promote learning and memory. As the authors mention, the different neural and pupillary signals are not robustly correlated, suggesting multiple mechanisms underlying MPE detections, which is interesting, offers avenues for future research, and can facilitate a better theory of how MPEs are processed in the brain. Finally, the decomposition of pupil response into different components and their correlation with behavior (RT during match/MPE detection) is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The methods are rigorous, and the data support the claims. The weaknesses are minor and are offered here as avenues for future research.

      (4) The relationships the authors find between brain measures and pupil components were largely not specific to mismatches/matches. Thus, the specificity of this relationship is untested.

      (5) The results with subsequent memory are important and address a major gap in the field that largely did not relate neural effects of MPE to subsequent memory. However, one major limitation of the study is that the authors did not test memory for matches. I understand the logic of avoiding testing matches. Because matches were repeated more times in the study, it’s not a fair comparison and could change participants’ overall criterion for old/new decisions. Future research could address this, e.g., by testing weak matches or potentially using a between-subject design.

      We appreciate Reviewer 2’s helpful feedback during the review process and encouraging comments on the strengths of the manuscript. We agree and note in the revision that it would be illuminating for future studies to contrast memory for events that violate and confirm mnemonic predictions.

      Comments on revised version

      The authors addressed all my concerns. I appreciate the authors’ thoughtful and detailed response.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It was challenging to read the paper with key findings happening at the time of the MPE presented first, and then to go “backwards in time” to examine process that occurred at preceding time periods (i.e., prior to probe presentation), and then again forward in time to examine learning related processes.

      (1) Restructuring the Results

      In this regard two distinct recommendations are made:

      - Move Sections 2 and 3 to Supplemental Materials, to maintain the focus on the key findings related to detection of MPEs and their effects on subsequent learning.

      - An alternative structure would be to present the cue-locked findings first, which relate to mnemonic predictions, then to those that occur when those predictions get violated, and finally to the learning process that occur following MPEs and which can be detected with subsequent recognition tests.

      We thank the Reviewer for this encouragement to restructure the manuscript. To address concerns regarding the density of the paper and the cohesiveness of the findings, we removed the content that was in Sections 2 and 3 of the original revision. We will publish those results in a separate paper with additional analyses to more directly address previously raised questions regarding the mechanisms indexed by frontal theta and posterior alpha at the time of retrieval.  

      (2) Integration of the summary figures

      At the minimum, a recommendation would be to better integrate Figure 6, and maybe various versions of Figure 3, earlier into the text, preferably even in the Introduction, and then repeatedly refer to them throughout the results. For example, in Figure 6, linking the leftmost panel of the figure to Sections 2 and 3 is critical, and the righthand panel to Sections 1 with the rightmost part related to learning explicitly linked to Section 4.

      We moved the summary figure up to now be Figure 1; we reference this figure in the Introduction and throughout the manuscript; and we additionally make reference in the figure to the association between frontal theta and PC3 at the time of a strong MPE as well as the cross-correlation outcome. We hope these modifications further aid the reader in identifying the main findings of the manuscript.

      (3) Specification of the mediation models

      Additionally, for the mediation models it is quite unclear why mismatch RT is treated as the index of MPE magnitude, as this seems to be where the problem may lie in model fitting. Why not think of this as an outcome variable (since would seem to be a causal outcome of the underlying functional processes elicited by mismatch detection)?

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful comments. Our goal in designing the mediation models in Fig. 4a-c was to test our hypothesis that strong MPEs trigger an increase in cognitive control that, in turn, triggers an increase in attention and/or arousal; thus, attention/arousal should be the outcome and cognitive control should be the mediator. Given that increases in attention and cognitive control were selectively observed for strong and not weak MPEs, the models were restricted to strong MPEs. We therefore needed a trial-level measure of MPE magnitude to determine whether stronger MPEs in the strong condition elicit greater attention/arousal by engaging more cognitive control. As such, we decided to use mismatch RT as a proxy measure of MPE magnitude; we acknowledge in the text that this measure is imperfect. While a model with mismatch RT as the outcome variable is possible, the relative timing of the attention/arousal effects (which largely occur following responses) would render interpretation to be more challenging. Had stronger evidence of indirect effects emerged in Figs. 4b-c, we could have conducted model comparison with RT as an outcome. We acknowledge in the text that these analyses were exploratory and characterization of potential indirect effects will require more data and a more precise measure of MPE magnitude.

      Alternatively, examining trial-by-trial recognition memory of mismatches as the relevant outcome variable would also seem to capture the functional process of interest. In this regard, have the authors examined whether trial-by-trial RT on mismatches predicts subsequent recognition of these items? If this direct relationship holds, it could be a target for mediation analyses in itself.

      We agree with the reviewer that in theory, a mediation model predicting subsequent memory would be a desirable test of an integrated model of the mechanisms underlying MPE-driven learning. However, the mediation analyses conducted to address the functional relationships at the time of a prediction error (Fig. 4) are not well-powered to begin with; this limitation is raised in the Results and the Discussion. A mediation model predicting subsequent memory would be similarly underpowered; given that there is not strong evidence for indirect effects at the time of a strong MPE, and that only frontal theta – and not posterior alpha nor pupil – predicts subsequent memory, we think that such a mediation model is not well justified to include. Such a model should be more directly tested by well-powered designs in future studies.

      (4) Hippocampal theta in the Introduction

      The Introduction discusses hippocampal theta as well as frontal theta yet also makes clear that the former is not really well-detected or analyzed using scalp EEG. Consequently, a recommendation would be to remove this paragraph from the Introduction, since it can be misleading and a “red herring” for the reader, and instead only bring up this point in the Discussion section, as a pointer to the need for future research using methods that may be more sensitive to hippocampal interactions with PFC regions.

      We appreciate this point and moved discussion of the hippocampus from the Introduction to the Discussion.

    1. Author response:

      [Editors’ note: An Expression of Concern has been published for this article. The authors’ responses submitted during revision have been appended for further context]

      eLife Assessment

      This study provides a useful inventory of genes that are up- or down-regulated during the early metamorphic development of male and female larvae and proposes that the microRNA cluster miR-277/34 is involved in the development of sexual differences during early metamorphosis of Drosophila melanogaster, although its precise role remains unclear. The strength of evidence, based on a combination of diverse methods including mRNA and small RNA sequencing, in silico analyses, in vitro assays, and loss-of-function experiments, is incomplete as it lacks a general model and an examination of the potential effects of the miR-277/34 mutations on phenotypes such as morphology or developmental time. This work will be of interest to developmental biologists interested in sexual dimorphism and in the interplay between hormones and microRNAs during development.

      We thank the editor and reviewers for the positive and constructive comments and suggestions. Point-to-point responses are listed below.

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      In this paper, Li and colleagues have found mircoRNAs that affect levels of metamorphosis-regulating genes that can also affect levels of sesquiterpenoids (juvenile hormone and related compounds) and ecdysteriods, which regulate the timing and stages of insects, respectively. They first compared the transcriptomes of Drosophila at the third larval instar and at the white pre-pupa stage. They found thousands of differences in gene transcript levels between males and females, and between the two different stages. Among those genes that were differentially regulated they saw that genes involved in insect hormone biosynthesis were disproportionately represented. Many of the differentially regulated genes were involved in the insect hormone biosynthesis pathway and ascorbate and alderete metabolism. MicroRNAs were also differentially expressed during metamorphosis and were separately identified. The authors then considered genes and whether the differentially expressed microRNAs might regulate transcripts known to be involved in sesquiterpenoid production. In silico analysis of microRNAs predicted a list of 17 microRNAs that can regulate transcripts of sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis genes. The authors then used an in vitro luciferase assay to validate the binding and downregulation of 10 of the microRNAs to genes involved with sesquiterpenoid production in S2 cells.

      Li and colleagues then focus on two genes they found were bound by microRNAs that have established roles in metamorphosis. The microRNAs miR-34 and miR-277 bind transcripts of two protein-coding genes that regulate metamorphosis Kr-h1, which encodes a transcription factor that is a JH-inducible transcription factor, and Allatostatin C Receptor 1, (AstC-R1), a G-protein coupled receptor that regulates the corpora allatum, the gland that produces sesquiterpenoids. Using a LAMP assay, one of the microRNAs, miR-277 was shown to bind to both AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 in in vivo whole-animal extracts. There is no mention of binding between either protein-coding transcript and the miR-34 microRNA. Temporal expression of all four transcripts shows that their abundance is anti-correlated; stages of high miR-34 or miR-277 expression correlate with low AstC-R1 or Kr-h1 expression. Homozygous deletions of both mircroRNAs result in 23% lethality, five days after adult eclosion. The authors also generated specific mutants in miR-34 or miR-277 and find differences in the expression of AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 and sex-specific differences in both sesquiterpenoids and ecdysteroids in the knock-out lines. If there were phenotypes associated with the specific knock-outs, those were not mentioned. Next, the authors examined the transcriptomes of the miR-3277 and miR-34 mutants and found several other GO-terms enriched among the differentially expressed genes. However, the sesquiterpenoid pathway and ascorbate and alderete metabolism are not listed.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting manuscript that could make an important contribution to our understanding of the roles of micro RNAs at metamorphosis, and potentially of how sex-specific differences arise during metamorphosis. Strengths of the paper include the functional validation of microRNA binding, in vitro and in vivo-, as well as the characterization of sesquiterpenoid and ecdysteroid titers. The authors have also used CRISPR to generate specific knock-outs of miR-34 and miR-277. The transcriptomes will be a resource for future work to mine for differences in gene expression during metamorphosis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Spatial Expression of miR-34 and miR-277. If miR-34 and miR-277 regulate AstC-R1 and Kr-h1, then they must be expressed in the same cells. Although the authors show that the microRNAs do bind to the transcripts of AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 in S2 cells, and miR-277 binds AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 in vivo whole-animal homogenates, we do not know if the microRNAs are ever in the cells where AstC-R1 or Kr-h1 are expressed. AstC-R1 is only expressed in a few cells in the brain, so it is not at all certain that it is co-expressed with either microRNA. The creation of enhancer lines or in situ hybridization in Drosophila is straightforward and would sort this out.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive and constructive comments. We agree with the reviewer, and have pointed out the limitation in the main text as follows:

      Lines 307-309 - “Further exploration of the spatial expression between miR-277, miR-34, Kr-h1 and AstC could bring new insights to the regulatory effects they have during metamorphosis”.

      (2) Phenotypes. Although a double deletion was used and specific knock-outs of both miR-34 and miR-277 were generated, the analysis of the mutants is very superficial. For the homozygous deletion of both microRNAs miR-34 and miR-277, only a decrease in survivorship was observed a full six days after adult eclosion - after the end of metamorphosis. No phenotype for either miR-34KO or miR-277-KO was given. The authors cite the work of others who have found specific phenotypes after manipulation of sesquiterpenoids or ecdysteroids, like Riddiford and Ashburner, but do not use any of these many studies to help them characterize the phenotype. If the loss of miR-34 and miR-277 affects so many pathways (including MAPK signaling, TGF-beta signaling, FoxO signaling, and Wnt signaling), as well as global titers of metamorphic hormones, then there shouldn't there be something different in the development to discuss?

      We thank for reviewer for pointing out the phenotypes. We did not detect morphological or developmental abnormalities during larval-pupal transitions in the different knockout mutants, and have now included the previously established research on miR-34 in the main text, shown as follows:

      Lines 305-307 - “MiR-34 has been documented to maintain the neural proteostasis while suppressing age-associated decline (Liu et al. 2012; Kennerdell, Liu and Bonini 2018; Srinivasan, Tran and Bonini 2022).”

      (3) I think the reliance on GO term enrichment is getting in the way of biology. For instance, I would not describe Kr-h1 as a sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway gene. Yet the authors say they were motivated to examine microRNA regulation of Kr-h1 because they saw differences in levels of the sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway between WL3 and WPP, a period which also saw differences in expression of some microRNAs. I understand that Kr-h1 expression is regulated by JH, a sesquiterpenoid, but it is not directly involved with JH production, so relying on GO term enrichment has made the decision to focus on Kr-h1 feel arbitrary.

      We have stated out the rationale and rephrased that Kr-h1 as sesquiterpenoid responsive gene in relevant sentences in the Results, shown as follows:

      Lines 135-145 - “Utilising an established cell culture dual-luciferase reporter assay (Hui et al 2013); we have validated 7 microRNAs (miR-8, miR-277, miR-958, miR-1000, miR-1002, miR-2283, miR-2280) that can downregulate the expression of Drosophila genes involved in JH synthesis, responsive, or signalling genes to varying degrees, including allatostatin C (AstC), allatostatin C receptor 1 (AstC-R1), allatostatin C receptor 2 (AstC-R2), Krüppel homolog 1 (Kr-h1), Chd64, juvenile hormone binding protein (JHBP), juvenile hormone diol kinase (JHDK) and juvenile hormone esterase (JHE) (Figure 1C). Among these genes, Kr-h1 or Kruppel homolog 1, is a JH-dependent transcription factor (responsive gene), and have been found to be regulated by another microRNA in cockroaches (Lozano et al 2015); while AstC-R1 or allatostatin C receptor 1, is a G-protein coupled receptor for neuropeptide allatostatin C which regulates juvenile hormone synthesis (Stay and Tobe 2007).”

      (4) The transcriptomes of miR-34 and miR-277 should have revealed genes encoding members of the sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway as well as AstC-R1 and Kr-h1, but neither was mentioned. The functional tests of miR-34 and miR-277 were performed because they were shown to affect the levels of expression of genes in the sesquiterpenoid biosynthesis pathway. Figure 2 shows a significant decrease in AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 transcripts after the loss of miR-34 and miR-277. However, the results do not mention either (Lines 250-264). Instead, there is a list of 10 different GO terms (like arginine and proline metabolism or fatty acid degradation) that were enriched in miR-34 and miR-277 transcriptomes. If any of those ten types have any relationship to Kr-h1, AstC-R1, or metamorphosis, that has not been explained.

      We have now explicitly stated that Kr-h1 is significantly downregulated in the miR-277-KO transcriptomes consistent with our qPCR validation, as well as the transcriptomic analyses were used to understand genome-wide changes, shown as follows:

      Lines 211-217 - “Among these differentially regulated genes, Kr-h1 was significantly downregulated in the miR-277-KO mutants (Supplementary Table S2), consistent with our qPCR validations (Figure 2B). On the other hand, AstC-R1 was not classified as differentially regulated based on the in silico analyses threshold of the whole-body RNA-seq data, and whether this was due to its restricted expression in a small subset of brain neurons would require further experiments to differentiate between different scenarios.”

      Lines 255-259 - “It implies that miR-277 could have conserved regulatory roles of sesquiterpenoid and related pathways, and also divergent roles between sexes during metamorphosis with signaling pathways associated with cell proliferation, wing development, nutritional support, and endocrine regulation (Pan et al 2018; Jiang and Edgar 2009; Gibbens et al 2011; Toyama et al 2014).”

      (5) Not enough care was taken in describing the stages. The methods describe wandering larvae (WL3) and white pre-pupa (WPP) for the transcriptomes, but in the text, different terms are used, like "larva", "pupa" and "L3 larvae instars" "early pupae" "late L3". Also, it seems like the small RNA libraries for sequencing were taken from "L3 larvae", but the stage of the L3 larvae was not mentioned. Staging is important, especially during metamorphosis, since differences in expression are expected to exist between different stages of L3, between early vs late wandering, and between WPP and early pupal stages.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of staging clarity, and have now revised both the Results and Methods to ensure all stages are defined explicitly and used consistently throughout the manuscript. In our dataset, all references to “L3 larvae” or “larva” correspond specifically to wandering third-instar larvae (WL3) which that have exited the food, display 1/3 to 1/4 gut contents, and show protruding anterior spiracles. All references to “pupa”, “pre-pupa”, or “early pupae” refer to white prepupae (WPP), defined as immobile individuals with fully everted spiracles and no movement when gently probed.

      Recommendations:

      (1) Lines 171-173. The genotype of the deletion line is given, but what is the genotype of the flies that were used? Were the balancers and chromosomes with mutations included in the analysis? I cannot tell from the description.

      The miR-277-34-KO line was used and significant decrease in survivorship was observed in double knockout line. The information is now included as follows:

      Lines 158-164 - “In the homozygous loss of function of miR-277/34 cluster fly (w[*]; Df(3R)mir-277-34-KO, TI{w[+mW.hs]=TI}mir-277-34-KO/TM3, P{w[+mC]=GAL4-twi.G}2.3, P{UAS-2xEGFP}AH2.3, Sb[1] Ser[1]; Chen et al 2014), we found that the heterozygous knockout individuals displayed low to almost no lethality, while the survivorship for the double knockout flies fell significantly with 77% of the double knockout flies dying within five days after eclosion (Figure 2A).”

      (2) The introduction and discussion are too broad. I would expect some information about what is happening to ecdysone and juvenile hormone titers during metamorphosis. Additional detail should be given to the regulation of the corpora allatum, since the Ast-C1 gene and sesquiterpenoid levels were a major part of the results. I had hoped the discussion would help to synthesize the details within the results, particularly the differences between sexes. Instead, the discussion is very general, citing other papers that are related, but without tying the results within those papers to specific results in this paper.

      We thank the reviewer. The following information is now included in the main text:

      Lines 47-53 - “Multiple ecdysone titre peaks were observed during Drosophila development with each pulse corresponds to a developmental transition (Kannangara et al., 2023; Scanlan et al., 2023). For instance, there are one small and another big one triggering wandering in larvae and pupariation, respectively. For sesquiterpenoid juvenile hormone, its titre in corpora allatum changes in different developmental stages (Zhang et al., 2022) and generally decreases closer to the end of larval stages for pupariation (Dubrovsky 2005).”

      (3) I found the text to be unclear, and important details were missing. There are many different cases where titers or gene expression went up or down, in males or females, but it is difficult to understand if these were expected or not, or what to make of all the differences. I also do not have a clear idea of what the hypothesis is. I had thought that the microRNAs were promoting the degradation of AstC-R1 or Kr-h1, so their loss should result in higher levels of AstC-R1 or Kr-h1 transcripts. However, Figures 2B and C show that there are lower levels of AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 transcripts in the loss of either miR-34 or miR-277. How does this fit with what is known of the progression of metamorphosis? A model built from the results to this point could help to organize the text.

      The following information is now included in the main text, shown as follows:

      - Lines 172-177 - “We then compared the expression of Kr-h1 and AstC-R1 of miR-277-KO, miR-34-KO, and between KO mutants and wild type flies using quantitative real-time PCR. The expression level of Kr-h1 was found to be significantly downregulated in both sexes of WL3 and WPP miR-277-KO mutants, coherent to the RNA-seq results; whereas a reduction was only noted in the male WL3 for miR-34-KO mutants but not in RNA-seq (Figure 2B; Supplementary Table S2).”

      - Lines 178-186 - “On the other hand, expression level of AstC-R1 determined by real-time PCR was found to be upregulated during metamorphosis in wild-type (w1118) flies, but not for either miR-277-KO or miR-34-KO mutants (Figure 2C; Supplementary Figure 6). This is in agreement with the transcriptomic analyses where AstC-R1 was only up-regulated during male and female metamorphosis in the wild-type fly (Supplementary Table S2). In addition, we also found that the expression level of AstC-R1 in WPP of both miR-277-KO and mir-34-KO flies were significantly different to that of the w1118 flies (Figure 2C). Together, these data demonstrated that Kr-h1 and AstC-R are stage-specifically regulated by miR-277/34 in vivo.”

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      This study proposes that the microRNA cluster miR-277/34 controls the generation of sexual dimorphism in Drosophila melanogaster during metamorphosis by acting on specific hormonal and developmental gene pathways.

      Strengths:

      Using a combination of mRNA and small RNA sequencing together with genome-wide in silico and in vitro analyses the authors identified a microRNA cluster that may be involved in metamorphosis and the generation of sexual dimorphism in Drosophila melanogaster.

      Weaknesses:

      Biological validation of the identified sexually dimorphic genes and a detailed understanding of how the microRNA cluster miR-277/34 might be involved in the regulation of sesquiterpenoids are needed.

      Major suggestions:

      (1) If AstC-R1 and Kr-h1 are targets of the miR-277/34 cluster and cause their downregulation, it is not clear why there would also be a decrease in the levels of these genes in the miR-277/34 mutants. This would suggest that the mechanism is not straightforward and that further epistatic experiments should be carried out in order to clarify this issue.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive and constructive comments. We agree that targets participate in endocrine feedback loops is dynamic, which could be the case for Kr-h1 and AstC-R1 during the larvae-pupae transition as they are components of the sesquiterpenoid hormone regulatory network. Epistatic analyses would be useful for future work and seem to be beyond the current scope of this study. The following information is now included in the main text:

      Lines 184-187 - “Together, these data demonstrated that Kr-h1 and AstC-R are stage-specifically regulated by miR-277/34 in vivo. Further epistatic experiments would be needed to understand the dynamics between and the hormone actions.”

      (2) The changes in the expression levels of AstC-R1 in pupae of miR-277-KO and mir-34-KO flies must be accompanied by photos of the respective larvae and pupae, as well as an analysis of the larvae-pupa transition on the mutants by gender.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now added reference images illustrating the WL3 and WPP stages for w1118 in the Appendix as suggested (Author response image 1). We have analysed the larvae-pupae transition in both sexes of miR-277-KO and miR-34-KO mutants, directly comparing them with stage-matched w1118 controls, and we did not observe any detectable differences in larval morphology, pupal morphology, anterior spiracle eversion, gut-purge status, or timing of pupariation between the mutants and controls.

      Author response image 1.

      (3) Biological validation of the identified sexually dimorphic genes in vivo will be necessary for the support of this work.

      We have now included additional quantitative RT-PCR validation of key insect hormone pathway genes in male and female WL3 and WPP stages of wild-type, miR-277-KO, and miR-34-KO flies (Figure 5). These additional analyses confirm sex-specific expression differences in both wild-type and mutant backgrounds, supporting dimorphic endocrine regulation. The main text are also revised and shown as follows:

      Lines 276-287 - “To understand how different hormones such as juvenile hormone (Belgacem and Martin, 2002) involved during metamorphosis in both sexes, we selected and tested a selection of candidates from both sesquiterpenoid and ecdysteroid hormone pathways, and found JHAMT, Spok, CG40486, and CG10962 showed differential expression during transition from WL3 to WPP in mutant and/or wild-type fly lines in the transcriptome analyses (Supplementary Figure 16). To further examine these RNA-seq patterns, we performed RT-PCR on nine candidate genes from WL3 to WPP in WT and mutant fly lines. In the larval-pupal transition comparison, CG40486 was consistent down-regulated in WT males and females in both RNA-seq and RT-qPCR datasets. In the mutant-vs-WT comparison, CG9360 showed concordant downregulation in miR-277-KO WPP females. Other tested genes showed more condition-specific patterns matching between the transcriptomic and RT-qPCR analyses. Further validation and mechanistic studies will be required to define how these hormone-pathway changes contribute to the larval–pupal transition.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors show convincingly the complexity of gene up- and down-regulation at the outset of metamorphosis and identify substantial differences between the two sexes, even at this early time in development. The complexity of microRNA expression and the difference between the sexes are also nicely laid out. The functional significance of these differences, though, is harder to establish. The authors have focused on the roles of two families of developmental hormones, the ecdysteroids, and the juvenile hormones. The emergence of sex-specific differentiation of organs during metamorphosis is clearly downstream of the action of ecdysteroids and/or JH, but there is no evidence that the presence or lack of these hormones has any effect on the sexual identity of organ systems - i.e., that manipulations of JH or ecdysteroid result in either the masculinization or feminization of individuals or their organs. The precedence for the linkage of these hormones to sex determination is the 2002, Belgacem & Martin study, which describes the effects of JH on fly locomotion. These authors show that the number of stop/start bouts is sexually dimorphic, and removal of JH in males shifts their frequency into the female range while giving treated males exogenous JH moves it back. While this is referred to as a "feminization" of male behavior, this quantitative shift in frequency is not as compelling as would be a qualitative shift -- for example, the removal of JH causing males to show egg-laying behavior (a result that has never been seen). Also, these effects are in a fully mature system, rather than at the early metamorphic time examined in the present paper. In driving and coordination metamorphosis, JH and ecdysteroids are intimately involved in sexual differentiation, but I know of no compelling evidence that they play a role in sex determination.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive and constructive comments. We agree that our findings advanced on the sexual differences in gene regulation during metamorphosis rather than establishing direct evidence of juvenile hormone (JH) or ecdysteroids in influencing insect sex determination. In addition to rephrasing at various parts of the main text (see below), we have also carried out additional experiments in obtaining and analysing transcriptomes of late larvae and early pupae of both sexes in the wild-type of another species (Drosophila virilis), which showed similar KEGG pathways enriched. The revised parts are shown as follows:

      Lines 289-303 – Results section

      “Metamorphosis between different sexes in D. melanogaster and D. virilis

      In D. melanogaster, the transition from WL3 to WPP shows increased carbohydrate/energy metabolism and ER protein processing, with decreased lipid metabolism, detoxification (cytochrome P450), and redox/cofactor pathways (folate, glutathione, retinol); while PM-LM exhibits broader negative enrichment in translational and RNA-processing machinery (ribosome, spliceosome, proteasome, RNA degradation, ubiquitin-mediated proteolysis) and in signaling modules (mTOR, MAPK, FoxO, Hippo), whereas PF-LF shifts are smaller and less coordinated by GSEA (Supplementary Figure S15). On the other hand in D. virilis, core features match that of D. melanogaster from WL3 to WPP, carbohydrate/energy metabolism and ER protein processing increase, while lipid, detoxification, and redox/cofactor pathways decrease. The sex bias is inverted relative to D. melanogaster as PM-LM shows limited up-regulation, whereas PF-LF displays broader, coordinated repression involving amino-acid metabolism (glycine/serine/threonine; cysteine/methionine), lysosome, ABC transporters, and longevity-related signaling, yielding the largest DEG set in females (Supplementary Figure S15). These data strongly suggested the sexual differences in gene regulation during metamorphosis in insects is not species-specific.”

      Lines 354-361 – Methods section

      “D. melanogaster w1118 and D. virilis were reared at 25 C, 45-50% relative humidity and 14:10 hour light-dark cycle. Sexes of wandering L3 larvae instar (WL3) were differentiated under the light dissecting microscope by the presence (male) or absence (female) of gonads (Supplementary Figure 1). Collections were restricted to larvae wandering out of food and ready for pupariation. WPP were defined as immobile puparia with everted spiracles and a uniform white cuticle that were no longer moving even with external stimuli. A total of three biological replicates (Whole-body of 1 individual was served as per biological replicate) per stage and sex were obtained for D. melanogaster and D. virilis.”

      While the summary of the effects or removal of specific microRNAs on the components of the biosynthetic pathway for the JHs and ecdysteroids (Figure 2E ,F) is quite compelling, I am concerned about the effects of the removal of mir-277 and mir-34 on the levels of both the JHs and 20E. My concern centers around the data from the control group (w[1118] animals in Figure 2D). These data are the first report of a marked sex difference in the titer of either JH or ecdysteroid at the start of metamorphosis in Drosophila. As expected, males show a 10-20 increase in levels of JH III, JHB3, and 20E between the L3 stage and the white puparium, but, surprisingly, the levels of these hormones in female L3 larvae are equal to or greater than that seen at pupariation! These data for females run counter to over 50 years of work on the effects of ecdysteroids in Drosophila!

      We thank the reviewer and agree that the endocrine profiles of WL3 females require careful interpretation, given the late-L3 to WPP transition represents a highly dynamic window in which ecdysteroid and sesquiterpenoid titres can fluctuate over short developmental intervals. The revised text is shown as follows:

      Lines 322-326 – “Given the WL3 to WPP transition represents a highly dynamic window in which ecdysteroid and sesquiterpenoid titres can fluctuate over short developmental intervals, future experiments on narrower early-/mid-/late-wandering timepoints will be required to understand the dynamics of the microRNAs and hormones.”

      As far as I can gather from the paper, the L3 data were obtained using wandering larvae. This stage lasts for about 12 hours and ends with pupariation. Larvae from this period need to be used with caution for hormone studies. Levels of both JH and ecdysteroid are low as larvae leave the food but rapidly rise to their peak levels at the white puparium stage 12 hours later. To deal with the rapidly changing hormonal landscape through this period, the researchers have used physiological markers to track this progression. Initially, it was the sage of "puffing" of the giant salivary gland chromosomes, but, for bulk collection of staged larvae, larvae are fed on food containing a blue dye, and progression is tracked by the loss of blue coloring from the gut. I could not find if the authors had any criteria for selecting larvae during the wandering period. Male and female larvae grow to different sizes. Might this difference in growth be biased when larvae were selected during their wandering phase?

      We thank the reviewer and agree that WL3 represents a hormonally dynamic 12-hour window. To minimise developmental heterogeneity, WL3 larvae were selected for larvae that had completely exited the food and climbing upwards of the fly vials. To ensure tight developmental synchrony, pupating individuals from the same batch were collected 4 hours later, allowing us to match WL3 and WPP animals from a single, developmentally coordinated cohort. This paired-batch collection tried to minimise variation arising from differences in timing of wandering onset. As for the differences between the body sizes of male and female larvae, we minimise size-dependent bias, hormone titres measurement were measured to ng hormone per gram of tissue in our study, which corrects for sex-specific differences in mass. The information is now included in the main text as follows:

      Lines 276-287 – “To understand how different hormones such as juvenile hormone (Belgacem and Martin, 2002) involved during metamorphosis in both sexes, we selected and tested a selection of candidates from both sesquiterpenoid and ecdysteroid hormone pathways, and found JHAMT, Spok, CG40486, and CG10962 showed differential expression during transition from WL3 to WPP in mutant and/or wild-type fly lines in the transcriptome analyses (Supplementary Figure 16). To further examine these RNA-seq patterns, we performed RT-PCR on nine candidate genes from WL3 to WPP in WT and mutant fly lines. In the larval-pupal transition comparison, CG40486 was consistent down-regulated in WT males and females in both RNA-seq and RT-qPCR datasets. In the mutant-vs-WT comparison, CG9360 showed concordant downregulation in miR-277-KO WPP females. Other tested genes showed more condition-specific patterns matching between the transcriptomic and RT-qPCR analyses. Further validation and mechanistic studies will be required to define how these hormone-pathway changes contribute to the larval–pupal transition”.

      The other hormone-related issue is the expression of Kr-h1 during larval stages and metamorphosis (Figure 1G). Kr-h1 is the main target of JH and Kr-h1 expression is often used as a proxy for the JH titer. The authors report that peak Kr-h1 expression occurs in the L3 (when the JH titer should be lowest!) and that it drops at wandering. This pattern is counter to that reported in the literature (e.g., FlyBase, ModEncode).

      We have now revised the main text as follows:

      Lines 204-207 – “It should be noticed that the analyses of this study was based on RNA taken from whole-body rather than individual tissue, and further experiments will be required to dissect the dynamics of Kr-h1 and different hormones both spatially and temporally.”

      Besides dealing with the issues above, it would be useful in the background to establish the difference between "sex determination" and "sexual differentiation". I was surprised that the authors could deal with this subject without ever mentioning the sex determination pathway - e.g., double sex, transformer, etc.

      In this study, one major focus was on the differences between sex during metamorphosis rather than the sex determination pathway. We have included the reviewer’s suggestion by adding the following information in the main text, shown as follows:

      Lines 73-75 - “In insects, various genes related to sex determination or showing sexual dimorphic features have been revealed, including doublesex and transformer (Shukla and Nagaraju, 2010; Deng et al, 2025).”

      Line 61: at the time that the authors are considering, -- the transition from larva to pupa - the main controller of ecdysone production in the prothoracicotropic hormone, not ecdysis triggering hormone.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s suggestions. The main text is now written as follows:

      Lines 44-47 - “In general, these three hormones work in a cooperative manner, where ecdysteroid 20-hydroxyecdysone controls the timing of ecdysis or molting, prothoracicotropic hormone and the insulin-like peptides act as regulators of ecdysteroid synthesis, and sesquiterpenoid hormones such as juvenile hormone (JH) regulates metamorphosis based on their titre levels.”

      Line 71: it would be useful to name the main microRNAs that have been implicated in regulating insect metamorphosis.

      The main text is now written as follows:

      Lines 60-63 - “Previous studies have identified a number of microRNAs contributing to the regulation of insect metamorphosis such as let-7, miR-125, and miR-2 family (e.g. Caygill and Johnston 2008; Sokol et al 2008; Lozano et al 2015).”

      For Figures 2E and F as well as 3C (and a number of supplementary figures), it would be useful to provide some quantitative representation of the level of activation or suppression (as done in Figure 3B) rather than just Red or Green

      The trend of expression change of genes in selected pathways and detailed quantitative information can now be found in the supplementary file.

    1. Author response:

      General Statements

      We thank the four reviewers for their careful reading of the manuscript and for their constructive and insightful comments. Below, we outline the revisions we have already started or plan to make shortly in response to the reviewers' specific comments.

      Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer #1:

      In general, the manuscript is well structured and written, with carefully designed figures. The authors are also generally aware of the limitations of the work. The manuscript is interesting and valuable, but some interpretations should be moderated.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The data presented provide in general good support for majority of conclusions presented in the manuscript. However, less support is provided for the theories that: there is a universal "core expression signature" of dormancy; the mRNA/ribosome protein uncoupling reflects a specific mechanism of preparation for exiting dormancy; and the observed changes provide evidence for an epigenetic "memory" of dormancy. These elements are currently more interpretive than evidentiary. I would recommend softening the language in these places and clearly labeling them as hypothetical.

      We agree, of course, that the core expression signatures determined for yeast, killifish and human may not extend to all other dormant states (and we do not call it universal in the manuscript). Also, the mechanistic nature of the ‘memory’ of dormancy is not known, and we have merely speculated on the possibility of an epigenetic memory for discussion, based on the known causes of similar phenomena. Similarly, we discussed plausible processes underlying the mRNA/ribosome protein uncoupling. We will make it clearer in the revised manuscript that these are only hypotheses at this point.  

      (2) The authors propose that spores and post-dormancy cells retain a memory of time spent in dormancy or stress exposure. However, sporulation is also generally expected to reset or remove accumulated damage. Please clarify whether the observed long-term effects reflect classical "memory" of the cell, persistent regulatory state, or selection of cells with different fitness (carry-over effects). I would be careful in interpreting the effects as a form of memory associated mostly with epigenetic control - the statement seems stronger than what the data directly demonstrate

      Our experiments focus on spores (post-sporulation) and their offspring cells, so these findings have no bearing on any reset that may occur during earlier sporulation. It is extremely unlikely that the observed ‘memory’ effects reflect the selection of cells with different fitness, because we started with genetically identical cells, findings were repeated independent biological replicates, and our conditions (stress and prolonged time) maintained the viability of most cells. However, we certainly agree that our results do not establish a mechanism for the observed post-dormancy ‘memory’ effects. Again, we merely discussed the plausible possibility of an epigenetic memory and will provide more nuanced interpretations in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Validation of a small set of top hits by independent assays would substantially strengthen the conclusions. For example, targeted qPCR and/or biochemical assays for key genes (like ribosomal and autophagy) or pathways would help confirm the most important transcriptomic and proteomic trends. Without this, the suggestion of, for example, translational regulation remains possible but unproven

      For transcriptome and proteome studies using current, reliable methods, transcripts or proteins from specific genes are not typically validated, especially when studies focus on global patterns and functional enrichments rather than on any specific genes. General induction of autophagy-related genes at both the RNA and protein levels is unlikely to occur by chance, and autophagy genes have previously been shown to be induced under similar conditions, including in the transcriptomes of killifish diapause embryos (see Fig. S2H). However, we agree that validation of the unexpected regulation of ribosomal genes in diapause embryos would strengthen this conclusion. In spores, the effect is weaker and depends on the control sample used. We have begun qPCR and Western validation of ribosomal protein gene expression in killifish embryos to independently confirm the antagonistic changes in relative expression at the RNA and protein levels. We will incorporate these results in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Overall, the study appears reproducible, with detailed methods, biological replicates, and appropriate statistical analyses. However, reproducibility could be improved by more clearly describing the limitations of the comparisons (especially with the published datasets) and the data-processing parameters, particularly for correlation and functional enrichment analyses. Some comparative conclusions are based on data from different studies, under different conditions and often with different depths of coverage. It is not always clear to what extent interspecies comparisons are fully methodologically similar

      We used two strategies to minimise the limitations of comparing our RNA-seq data with a published RNA-seq dataset (human dormant cancer cells): first, we considered only genes that were detected in all datasets being compared, so that any differences in sequencing depth would not bias the comparison; second, we used relative expression values normalized to their respective controls instead of raw values, using identical cutoffs for all studies (fold-change >1.5x; FDR <0.05), to make the cross-study comparisons more consistent. We will further clarify this and its limitations in the Methods and Results. Notably, we observed significant functional enrichments shared across all three model systems, something one would not expect if the comparison were strongly affected by differences in the analyses. A strength of our study is that the RNA-seq datasets used to compare killifish and yeast were both generated in our laboratory under standardised conditions and processed through the same bioinformatics pipeline, thus enhancing comparability. 

      Minor Comments:

      (1) Because the Bar-seq assay measures barcode abundance only after germination and regrowth, the phenotype may reflect not only spore survival but also germination efficiency and subsequent growth. Please discuss how the authors controlled for selection during regrowth and whether new mutations, clonal selection, or differences in ploidy could contribute to the observed effects.

      We highlight in the manuscript that “Bar-seq quantification of deletion mutants was carried out after spore germination and regrowth. Therefore, the abundance of each barcode is a product of the combined influence of spore survival, germination efficiency and growth, which may affect stress- or lifespan-associated phenotypes for some mutants, a compromise necessary to prevent barcodes of dead spores from being sequenced.” To partially correct for this effect, we used conservative cutoffs and normalised all barcode abundances to the 2-week reference timepoint, so mutants that were already depleted early on due to poor germination or growth should not confound the longevity analysis. Similarly, the heat-shocked samples were compared to unstressed control samples, and any differences between the two samples should therefore reflect the effect of heat stress. All timepoints and pools were grown under consistent, uniform outgrowth conditions. We used two independent biological replicates and pooled samples, so any effects arising from extremely rare events, such as new mutations or diploidization, should be negligible. Moreover, our genome-wide screens focus on global functional enrichments rather than any specific mutants. We will describe this strategy in more detail in the Methods section.

      (2) Please clarify whether spores were analyzed as pooled spores or after tetrad dissection, and how the authors ensured that colonies originated from single haploid spores rather than mixed events. Since ploidy can affect growth and lifespan, please indicate whether ploidy was checked in the recovered colonies or whether the experimental design excludes diploid formation during germination/regrowth.

      As indicated in the scheme in Fig. 1A, meiosis was triggered by crossing a haploid h+ with a haploid h- colony to generate diploid cells that immediately sporulate, using a colonypicking robot. All cells that do not form haploid spores after this step are then killed by heat. This is the same principle as applied for genetic interaction screens using synthetic genetic arrays (SGA). Thus, the haploid spores in each colony resulted from a cross between cells of different mating types carrying an identical deletion mutant. For both the Bar-seq screen and expressionbased spore analyses, spores were analysed as pooled populations without tetrad dissection. Our results refer to the population rather than the single-cell level. Unlike budding yeast, fission yeast cells do not normally grow as diploids and will not mate in the medium used for germination and regrowth. Naturally occurring, vegetatively growing diploid cells in fission yeast are rare and unstable; they would be at an equal growth disadvantage during regrowth from all conditions tested, thus minimising the possibility of a systematic bias caused by diploidy. Accordingly, we did not directly check for ploidy. We will describe this experimental design in greater detail in the Methods.  

      (3) The cross-species GO enrichment analyses may be affected by differences in annotation quality and gene coverage, especially between yeast and killifish. Please clarify how gene duplication, paralogs and annotation redundancy were handled and whether the conclusions remain robust after accounting for GO term similarity or annotation bias.

      Response:  The handling of orthology, paralogs, and annotation differences between species is described in the Methods. Importantly, yeast and killifish genes, and their GO terms, were not directly compared but via their corresponding human orthologs and GO associations, as these mappings are most reliable and comprehensive. Orthology relationships between fission yeast and humans were obtained from a manually curated list in PomBase (Wood et al. 2019), compiled from various sources. In some cases, the consensus ortholog from the major ortholog predictors (Compara, Inparanoid, OrthoMCL) is used. Distant orthologs have also been identified by PSI-BLAST matches. Other ortholog predictions come from experimental data demonstrating functional correspondence or involving membership of corresponding complexes. These predictions are aligned and submitted to Pfam before inclusion. PomBase’s approach ensures that the breadth of coverage exceeds that of any individual prediction method and includes many ortholog calls that are not detected by any automated method. Killifish-to-human orthology was inferred from BLASTp-based mapping to the human UniProt reference proteome, with additional hidden orthologs identified using the spotted gar proteome (Kelmer Sacramento et al. 2020). Spotted gar is a fish whose lineage diverged from teleosts before their genome duplication, and it was therefore used as a bridge to identify hidden orthologs between teleosts and mammals. All paralogs were included to ensure comprehensive coverage, although some may have specialised roles. 

      Thus, all genes were mapped to their human orthologs and their GO associations, and genes commonly regulated were identified by filtering for significantly induced or repressed genes across all models, as indicated. This procedure circumvents the bias in GO term annotation between yeast and killifish. Naturally, given the relatively poor annotation of the killifish genome, such comparative analyses may miss some orthologs. Nevertheless, we observed significant functional enrichments shared across all three model systems, something one would not expect if the comparison were strongly affected by differences in annotation quality or gene coverage. We will highlight this information more clearly in the revised manuscript. 

      (4) Please discuss whether the age of the mother cells could influence spore quality, lifespan, or stress resilience. Did the authors control for mother-cell age? I would like to know about a possible impact on spore quality and subsequent lifespan.

      Spores were always produced from freshly grown cells derived from frozen stocks, thereby controlling for any effects of cell age on spore quality and lifespan. Moreover, unlike budding yeast, fission yeast cells grow by symmetrical division, producing two daughter cells of equal size, so the concepts of mother cells and replicative ageing do not apply.  

      (5) It may be useful to briefly note how dormancy in plants differs from the fungal and animal systems studied here or to clarify that the present conclusions are limited to the models analyzed in this manuscript.

      We agree that this is an interesting topic, e.g. plant seeds. However, given that dormancy is an understudied cell state, there is not enough solid information to make meaningful comparisons at this point. Moreover, any comparative review of what is known in plants is beyond the scope of our study. In the revised manuscript, we will clarify that our findings are naturally limited to the fungal and animal cells analysed in our study.  

      (6) Please briefly justify the choice of heat shock as the acute stress condition. It would also be helpful to comment on whether oxidative stress (for example, by incubation with H2O2) might reveal similar or distinct aspects of dormant-cell resilience.

      Heat shock is a well-established stressor for yeast that elicits a conserved stress response and, most critically, avoids the spore wall permeability problem that complicates the interpretation of trials with chemical stressors. We have actually tried to stress spores with H2O2 at different doses, treatment times, and cell densities; under all tested conditions, spores maintained high viability similar to untreated spores, possibly due to their strong catalase activity (spore suspensions foamed after adding H2O2). Therefore, oxidative stress is not a suitable stressor for the resilient spores. In the revised manuscript, we will show these data in a supplement to justify the use of heat shock as an acute stress condition. 

      Reviewer #2:

      This study is interesting because it provides valuable transcriptomic and proteomic datasets across a large number of conditions in both yeast spores and killifish embryos. Furthermore, these datasets reveal several interesting insights about dormancy, including shared gene expression changes in dormancy across diverse organisms, a trade-off between stress resilience and longevity in yeast spores, and memory of heat stress following exit from dormancy.  This interesting manuscript would be strengthened by additional characterization of the functional consequences of these gene expression changes.

      Major Comments: 

      (1) The finding that a set of gene expression changes in dormancy is shared between yeast spores and killifish diapause embryos is very interesting and raises the question of whether the genetic determinants of stress resilience or longevity in dormant states are also shared. For instance, do any genes identified in the genetic screen as critical for resilience to heat stress in yeast spores also show a similar phenotype in killifish diapause embryos?

      We used the genome-wide deletion library in fission yeast to systematically screen for genes required for spore resilience and longevity. A comparably large-scale functional interrogation is not possible for killifish diapause embryos. Generating deletion-mutant lines for even a single gene in killifish is quite a lengthy and costly effort and would not be realistic within the scope of this work. However, we agree that an exciting direction for future studies is to assess what conserved genes contribute to dormancy function across species.

      (2) The authors show that gene expression changes in dormancy (old vs. young spores and late vs. early diapause) are poorly correlated with aging in stationary-phase yeast cells (Figure 4E) and killifish brain (Figure 5E). The authors suggest that this poor correlation might reflect a lack of aging during dormancy. Interestingly, the authors also show that in both yeast and killifish models, both time and stress in dormancy result in gene expression changes following exit from dormancy. Are these post-dormancy differences correlated with aging in stationary-phase yeast cells and adult killifish? Additionally, could the authors compare these changes with age-related changes in different adult killifish organs?

      We conducted these analyses and did not observe any positive correlation between post-dormancy gene expression changes in yeast offspring from old spores and gene expression changes in stationary-phase ageing cells; if anything, the gene expression signatures showed a slight inverse correlation (R = -0.05; p = 9e-04). For killifish, postdormancy expression changes in embryos from late diapause showed no significant correlations with age-related expression changes in adult brain (R = −0.04, p = 0.84), liver (R = −0.03, p = 0.39), or skin (R = −0.06, p = 0.19). Changes in expression in killifish late diapause compared to early diapause showed no significant correlation with age-related changes in expression in adult killifish liver (R = −0.008, p = 0.53), but did show a weak correlation with old skin (R = 0.18 , p <2e−16), specifically repression of collagen and extracellular matrix genes. We will include the latter analyses in the revised manuscript as supplemental panels.

      (3) In Figures 1C, 4F, and 5F, the authors find significant correlations between two comparisons with a shared condition (e.g. 2-week unstressed spores in Figure 4F). Using the same samples in both comparisons can inflate the correlation between the two sets of fold-changes because the two comparisons are not made independently. The authors should ensure that the correlations found in these figures remain significant even when different samples are used for the shared condition in the two comparisons.

      To address this issue, we re-ran the correlation analyses shown in Figs 1C, 4F and 5F using independent replicates for the shared condition (split-replicate analyses). For example, in Fig 4F, replicate A of the 2-week unstressed spores was used for the old-versus-young comparison, while replicate B was used for the heat-shock-versus-control comparison. For Fig 1C, using independent batches, the correlations remained significant (Batch A vs B: R = −0.16, p = 4.e−16; Batch B vs A: R = −0.27, p <2e−16). For Fig 4F, using independent replicates of the unstressed spores, the correlations remained significant across all replicate pairs (Rep 1 vs Rep 2: R = 0.18, p <2e−16; Rep 2 vs Rep 3: R = 0.14, p = 3e−12; Rep 2 vs Rep 1: R = 0.23, p <2e−16). For Fig 5F, the correlations were also robust across independent pairs (Pair 1: R = 0.15, p = 4e−10; Pair 2: R = 0.13, p = 3e−08; Pair 3: R = 0.16, p = 2e−11). These results show that the correlations are not an artefact of shared samples.

      Minor Comments:

      (4) In Figure 1, it could be informative to present data from intermediate timepoints (i.e., 1, 2, and 5 months). Do mutants that affect spore longevity show a progressive enrichment or depletion over time in dormancy, as depicted in the schematic in Figure 1A? Are there differences in kinetics across the different mutants?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We will add line plots of the logCPM abundance of short-lived and long-lived mutants (relative to 2-week spore mutants) for all timepoints (2 weeks, 1, 2, 5 and 6 months) to Figure 1. The plots show that most short-lived mutants exhibit progressive depletion over time, while most long-lived mutants exhibit progressive enrichment.

      (5) The authors focus on shared gene expression changes in dormancy between yeast spores, killifish diapause embryos, and dormant cancer cells. Are any pathways enriched among yeast-, killifish-, or human-specific changes?

      We focused on pathways shared across species, but we have now also examined pathways enriched among genes that change specifically in each organism. Among the species-specific gene sets, only genes repressed in yeast spores were significantly enriched, with cytoplasmic translation being the most enriched process (p = 4e-11). The killifish- and human-specific gene sets were not significantly enriched for any functional terms. These results will be included as a supplementary figure.

      Reviewer #3:

      In this study, the authors use several genome-wide approaches to find commonalities and differences between distinct dormancy models, including S. pombe spores, killifish diapause embryos, and human dormant cancer cells. As G0 states are ubiquitous in nature, yet still understudied, this study provides not only a clear demonstration of an evolutionarily-conserved component in G0 regulation, but also a rich resource of genomics datasets, that will be especially of interest to S. pombe and killifish researchers.

      The main conclusions of the study are that: (1) there are commonalities in dormancy programs across eukaryotic evolution; (2) the uncoupling between transcriptome and translatome is more pronounced in non-dividing cells, particularly at ribosomal protein coding genes; and (3) dormant cells retain dynamic responses to stress, changing their cellular state and maintaining this difference.

      Overall, the study is clearly written, provides large data resources for future research in the dormancy field, and the conclusions are supported by the presented evidence (although point 3 would require further experimental clarification, see below).

      Major Comments:  

      A key consideration when comparing transcriptomes of cycling and dormant cells is the overall RNA quantity in the cells; however, it is not made clear in the manuscript whether this overall level was compared and/or if RNA-seq used spike-in quantification. However, this will directly affect some conclusions; for example there is a conceptual difference between a transcript upregulated in spores and a transcript that appears upregulated in spores but is in fact 'less repressed than average' (resulting in higher FC). While the overall transcript diversity as described will be not affected, this analysis can provide important context. For the highlighted example of ribosomal protein mRNAs, this scenario could be what resulted in an apparent mRNA increase but protein decrease (which would be interpreted as both mRNA stabilization and translation inhibition); if the total mRNA is much lower, then the mRNA levels may be similar (which would then be interpreted as no change in transcription nor mRNA stability, but highlight the importance of translation inhibition). This point was more clearly described in a previous seminal study by the authors

      (Marguerat et al 2012), and so should be made clearer here as well. What is the overall RNA level in cycling cells compared to quiescent cells, and compared to spores? Likewise, what is the overall reduction in total protein levels? Was the overall reduction comparable to the previous study? These overall levels should at least be quantified, which is a straightforward experiment. The current mention of this limitation (two sentences in the last paragraph of the conclusion) is not enough. 

      Accordingly, the term "induced" (in Fig 2 for example) may be misleading, and could be separated into truly "induced" genes and "relatively induced" genes, when normalized to absolute levels. Likewise, Fig S2A and S2I are misleading due to this effect (normalization will tend to show a similar number of up-regulated and down-regulated genes). These panels should be clarified by plotting next to the relative quantification (current panels) a comparison taking overall RNA level into account. This will very likely strongly increase the number of downregulated genes and decrease the number of upregulated genes, and the new lists can also be subjected to GO analysis. 

      The same issue would be important to discuss for the killifish experiment as well.

      We acknowledge that the overall quantities of transcripts and proteins in proliferating cells versus those in different dormant cells are important considerations. As described in the Results and Methods, our study presents relative expression changes between dormant and proliferating cells. We highlight this limitation in the Conclusions: “As is the case for most expression studies, our transcriptome and proteome data reflect relative expression levels between two conditions. It is likely that the absolute cellular numbers of most transcripts and proteins are reduced in dormant cells, as they are in quiescent S. pombe cells (Marguerat et al. 2012). Thus, genes induced in dormant cells relative to active cells might be repressed in absolute levels, but to a lesser extent than most other genes.” We also make it clear in the concluding sentences for different sections that our data refer to relative changes (e.g., “Accordingly, several transcripts and proteins were differentially expressed in offspring from 5month-old spores relative to offspring from 2-week-old spores, including 199 mRNAs, 223 proteins, and 33 long non-coding RNAs”). We will carefully review the manuscript, including the Abstract and figures, to further clarify this point, e.g., by using "relatively induced" or “higher relative abundance”. 

      We would like to note, however, that relative quantification, normalised to average expression, focusing on genes that become more or less enriched relative to average genes in the condition of interest compared to a control condition, is a widely accepted and biologically meaningful approach for identifying expression signatures that specify the condition of interest. This is also the principle for qPCR and western analyses, where housekeeping gene normalisation is common. If the absolute expression of all or most genes decreases in dormant cells (which is likely), it would not be meaningful to determine functional enrichments among these genes. Relative expression data help distinguish groups of genes that increase or decrease more than most other genes, reflecting cellular regulation and functional signatures.

      However, we fully agree that the overall quantities of transcripts and proteins in proliferating cells versus those in different dormant cells offer a complementary perspective. Therefore, we are quantifying the overall RNA and protein levels in yeast spores compared to proliferating cells as well as in killifish diapause embryos compared to actively developing embryos. If successful, these results will provide useful context for the relative expression data and will be included in the revised manuscript.  

      For spore offspring stress experiments, the estimated number of cell divisions after spore germination should be indicated. It appears over 20, which would confirm the authors' conclusion that an epigenetic state is induced and persists over multiple rounds of replication and underlie improved heat resistance, indeed hinting at transcriptional memory through chromatin modification. As the phenotype is tested at a population-level, it is unclear whether every spore is equally able to impart this phenotype, and for how long the stress resistance response persists. Moreover, it may be clearer to test heat resistance in log-phase cells, as in the current experimental setup cells are grown to stationary-phase before plating; however, stationary-phase cultures are more heterogenous and more heatresistant.

      We agree, and several of these issues are already addressed in the manuscript. First, regarding the number of cell divisions, the offspring cells were obtained by germinating spores in rich medium and allowing them to grow to mid-exponential phase for approximately 6 generations, as described in the Results (p. 24). Second, for the log-phase testing, we state in the Methods (p. 43) that cultures were adjusted to OD600 = 0.2 and grown to OD600 = 0.6 before stress treatment and plating. Thus, all assays were in fact already performed on log-phase cells.

      We will further emphasise these points in the revised manuscript.

      Yes, our experiments were conducted at the cell population level, and we therefore cannot distinguish whether there is uniform transmission of the transcriptional and phenotypic legacy of dormancy across all germinating spores or whether single cells show heterogeneity within the population in this respect. While this is an interesting question, it would be too technically challenging and time-consuming to pursue this project within the framework of the current study.

      Note also that using 3-fold serial dilutions (instead of more commonly used 10-fold) means that the differences shown in Fig 4M are mild. Plating duplicates (at log-phase) and imaging at several times of growth would be necessary to have a clearer view of the result.

      We fully agree that the serial dilution assay for stress resistance should be improved given the subtle differences. We are repeating the spot assay with 10-fold serial dilutions as suggested, imaging plates at multiple time points, and including sufficient repeats to strengthen the confidence in this result.

      Minor Comments:

      One point for clarification in the introduction is that there is a scale difference between cellular dormancy (at the level of a cell) and organismal dormancy such as diapause (in which the dormancy qualifies the whole organism; typically this will involve slower metabolism, but not necessarily the arrest of the cell cycle for every cell in the organism). As diapause can take different forms depending on organism, detailing this process for the turquoise killifish model may clarify the phenotypic commonalities between these models. Indeed, as pointed out by the authors, several mutants show opposite effects for stationary phase viability and for dormant spore viability, highlighting the diversity of G0 states.

      We agree that there may be a difference between cellular dormancy, in which individual cells arrest their cell cycle, and organismal dormancy, such as diapause, in which individual cells may differ in cell-cycle arrest. However, it has been shown in killifish that all cells throughout the diapause embryo exit the cell cycle and become quiescent (Dolfi et al. 2019), as may be expected given that these embryos can remain dormant for up to two years. We will highlight this aspect more clearly in the Introduction. 

      The title of the manuscript may gain from also mentioning some of the insights (instead of "Gene function and expression of X and Y", "Gene function and expression in X and Y shows Z").

      We agree and will change the title to “Gene function and expression profiling in yeast spores, killifish diapause embryos, and their offspring cells reveal common regulatory features of dormancy

      The Venn diagram in Fig 1D may not be the best way to represent the data; by definition, multiple overlaps here will be zero (between "long-lived spores" and "short-lived spores" and between "long-lived cells" and "short-lived cells"). A table or an upset plot may be useful there. Note that the gained space in Fig 1 may be used to provide examples of mutants in each GO category.

      We agree and will replace the Venn diagram in Figure 1D with an UpSet plot, which better represents the overlapping and non-overlapping categories. 

      Reviewer #4:

      Specific Comments:

      There is a dissonance between the apparent upregulation of autophagy genes during dormancy in both systems and the observation that loss of autophagy genes enhance dormancy. While the authors brush this off by noting "that genes regulated in a given cellular state often do not overlap with those functionally required for that state" (an argument that undermines their whole analysis), it raises the possibility that the process signatures they report are not, in fact, functionally-linked to dormancy and could be coincidental. What would make the expression analysis more convincing would be functional data showing that at least one of the upregulated genes in one of the systems is important for dormancy.

      We respectfully disagree with this assessment. Please note that this apparent paradox between autophagy gene regulation and spore phenotype is highlighted and discussed in the manuscript, and our data actually confirm the importance of autophagy in dormant spores when considered carefully. It is not correct to say that ‘loss of autophagy genes enhance dormancy’. Although autophagy mutants show increased lifespan, they also show decreased stress resiliency. Stress resilience is a key feature and purpose of dormancy, so the loss of autophagy function would clearly be a problem for dormant cells, consistent with the induction of autophagy genes in spores. The surprising trade-off between processes (including autophagy) that support spore longevity and those that support stress resilience is a key finding of our study.

      Regarding the request for functional data linking at least one upregulated gene to dormancy, we note that we have already provided this at a scale far beyond a single gene. In fact, we identified as many as 600 genes that are differentially expressed in spores and, when deleted, cause spore phenotypes (altered stress resilience and/or lifespan). Moreover, the processes significantly enriched among these 600 genes, including protein translation, ribosomes, TCA cycle, and autophagy, are the same processes most enriched among the differentially expressed genes. This significant process-level convergence between functional and expression data provides compelling evidence that our expression signatures are not coincidental but largely reflect roles in dormancy.

      It is not clear how the bar-coding experiment was controlled for mutants that make defective spores (eg poor spore walls) rather than being required for dormancy per se. As the authors note, several of the mutants with the strongest effects (shortening lifespan of the spores) have been previously identified in screens for sporulation or spore wall defects, consistent with those genes playing a specific role in proper spore assembly rather than a general function in dormancy.

      The experimental design was carefully set up to avoid the contribution of mutants that do not sporulate or fail to produce mature spores. After sporulation, samples were heatshocked at 43°C for 3 days and stored in water for at least 2 weeks prior to starting the longevity assay. These conditions will kill any remaining vegetative cells; hence, only spores that can withstand these treatments will be included in the barcode measurements. All abundance values were also normalised to the abundance of each mutant that regrew after two weeks of spore ageing, so any differences in abundance should be caused by our conditions of interest. Thus, mutants with sporulation defects or that fail to form viable spores would be substantially depleted before this normalisation point and would therefore not be included in the subsequent analysis; if they were included, they should not show different abundances across our postsporulation conditions. Nevertheless, we cannot rule out that some of the short-lived mutants reflect problems during sporulation rather than spore traits, as suggested by overlaps with the published sporulation screen. However, this overlap is limited to a very few genes (among 416 short-lived spore mutants), as described in the Results. 

      In this context, we also comment on a broader issue known in the ageing field. Short-lived mutants are less likely to function in ageing-related processes than long-lived mutants, as any perturbation that compromises cell integrity or general fitness – including poor spore wall assembly – will compromise survival regardless of its specific relevance to dormancy regulation. Thus, the long-lived mutants in our screen are more revealing of ageing-related processes. We will clarify and better describe these perspectives in the revised manuscript. 

      It would be helpful to make the data - or at least the lists of genes identified in the screen and the up and downregulated transcripts/proteins available as supplemental information.

      Please note that we provide extensive Supplemental Datasets S1 to S6 that include this very information in table form (genes identified in the Bar-seq screens, differentially expressed RNAs and proteins across the different conditions), along with additional useful data from our large-scale assays. 

      There are at least two different points of diapause in Killifish. It was not entirely clear which diapause was analyzed here. This should be clarified.

      We described the Diapause II stage in the Introduction as the most prominent dormant state and commonly studied state in N. furzeri. In the Results (p. 12), we stated, “To uncover conserved aspects of dormant states between yeast and vertebrates, we analyzed the transcript and protein signatures of N. furzeri diapause II embryos, henceforth called diapause embryos,….”. We also mentioned Diapause II in the Methods. 

      The data that offspring from older or heat-shocked spores are more stress resistant (Figure 4M) is not convincing. Serial dilution assays as shown are more qualitative than quantitative and an actual quantitative measure (eg. c.f.u.'s per cell plated) would be better and would allow statistical confidence to be calculated.

      Serial dilution assays are widely used and accepted to assess differences in stress resistance. The problem with CFUs is that they only determine the proportion of viable cells, while stress resistance also incorporates growth (e.g., stress-sensitive cells may survive the stress but grow more slowly in its presence). However, we agree that the current data in Fig. 4M are not convincing. We are repeating the spot assay with 10-fold serial dilutions, imaging plates at multiple time points, and including sufficient repeats to strengthen the confidence in this result. This is in response to a similar concern raised by Reviewer 3. We will also determine CFU counts, which would provide a more quantitative measure for statistical confidence, should the stress resistance be primarily reflected in cell viability. If necessary, for a more quantitative growth assay allowing statistical analysis, we may also analyse control and stressed cells growing in liquid cultures. 

      Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      We have started conducting additional experiments and making text changes to the manuscript, as described in the specific points above. At this stage, we do not provide a partially revised manuscript, but we will provide a fully revised one when everything is ready. 

      Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      Reviewer 2:

      Comment 1: The finding that a set of gene expression changes in dormancy is shared between yeast spores and killifish diapause embryos is very interesting and raises the question of whether the genetic determinants of stress resilience or longevity in dormant states are also shared. For instance, do any genes identified in the genetic screen as critical for resilience to heat stress in yeast spores also show a similar phenotype in killifish diapause embryos?

      We used the genome-wide deletion library in fission yeast to systematically screen for genes required for spore resilience and longevity. A comparably large-scale functional interrogation is not possible for killifish diapause embryos. Generating deletion-mutant lines for even a single gene in killifish is quite a lengthy and costly effort and would not be realistic within the scope of a revision. However, we agree that an exciting direction for future studies is to assess what conserved genes contribute to dormancy function across species.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors sought to determine how Rif1 contributes to DNA replication timing (RT), transcriptional regulation, and embryonic development using zebrafish. They generated a maternal-zygotic rif1 knockout line and examined developmental phenotypes, genome-wide replication timing profiles, RNA-seq, and nascent transcription (SLAM-seq) during early embryogenesis.

      Their major findings in this manuscript are

      (1) Rif1 is not essential for zebrafish viability, unlike its partially essential role in mice.

      (2) Rif1 deficiency causes defects in female sex determination, delayed epiboly, and reduced primitive erythropoiesis.

      (3) Genome-wide RT is altered by Rif1, but developmental stage has a much larger influence than Rif1 itself.

      (4) Rif1 is required for the proper maturation ("sharpening") of the RT program during development rather than for specific developmental RT switches.

      (5) Rif1 has a much stronger effect on transcription during zygotic genome activation (ZGA) than on replication timing at these early stages.

      (6) Loss of Rif1 leads to increased expression of early zygotic genes, indicating that Rif1 normally suppresses widespread transcription during ZGA.

      Overall, the work proposes that Rif1 independently regulates replication timing and transcription, with these two functions becoming most prominent at different developmental stages.

      The major strengths of the manuscript are as follows.

      (1) the study combines multiple genome-wide approaches including whole-genome RT profiling, RNA-seq, SLAM-seq in combination with gene KO and developmental analyses.

      (2) One of the strongest points is that the authors conducted the analyses at multiple developmental stages rather than a single point.

      (3) The most important conclusion is that the Rif1 regulates transcription during development in a manner largely independent of its RT function, which was further strengthened by the additional data provided in the revised manuscript.

      On the other hand, the weakness of the manuscript includes the followings.

      (1) Limited mechanistic insight. The questions such as where Rif1 binds on the chromatin (in relation to the transcriptional promoters/ enhancers and replication origins).

      (2) Which functional domains of RIf1 are involved in regulation of transcription and replication (Is PP1 recruitment required for transcription regulation?) are not addressed.

      (3) Since Rif1 is known to be involved in chromatin organization/ nuclear architecture regulation, the studies addressing this (Hi-C, compartment analyses, ATAC seq etc) would provide important mechanistic information.

      (4) Female sex determination phenotype is intriguing, but it remains largely descriptive, and its mechanisms are elusive at the moment.

      Overall, the results support the authors' conclusions and they have successfully provided answers to the authors' original questions on developmental roles of Rif1 in RT and transcription in vertebrate.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors responded to my comments in a largely satisfactory manner. They have conducted additional analyses and concluded that Rif1 regulates transcription during ZGA largely independently of its classical RT function, which is an important finding.

      Although authors did not examine origin firing and replication fork rate in rif1 KO cells, which I suggested in my original review, this can be saved for their future studies.

      I think the revised manuscript has been improved and provides important basic information on the functions of the conserved Rif1 protein in RT and transcriptional regulation.

      I have no further recommendation for additional experiments or data analyses.

      We thank the reviewers for their public evaluations of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study by Masser et al. analyzes global replication timing and gene expression in rif-1 null zebrafish. This work is an extension of their previous report of the normal replication timing pattern during wild-type zebrafish development. The major valuable finding here is that Rif1 is not essential for viability in zebrafish, and - counter to expectation from studies in cultured cells and other species - late replication does not strongly depend on Rif1. Instead, the data suggest that Rif1 subtly sharpens replication timing pattern during normal development rather than function generally to delay replication timing. In the absence of Rif1, the normal pattern establishment is somewhat delayed. The authors also document some changes in expression during development with more genes being repressed by Rif1 than activated at some early stages.

      The study and analysis are generally rigorous, and the conclusions are supported by convincing data. Given the strong link between replication timing and cell type/development, studying timing in a whole developing organism is important. The experimental approach is technically challenging, particularly the bioinformatic analysis. The scientific advance here is largely confined to documenting the timing of Rif1-affected transcription, the unanticipated effect of the rif1 deletion on replication timing and on sex determination, though the latter is not explored. The difference in timing of the transcription phenotypes and replication phenotypes suggests they may be very distinct Rif1 roles. The overall study a useful set of findings and detailed data for future work.

      Loss of Rif1 did not affect viability, but it did strongly influence sex determination, resulting in a lower population of females. This effect is the strongest organismal phenotype, but the study provides no mechanistic explanation for the loss of females from the data gathered here.

      Comments on revised version:

      We are generally satisfied with the revised version of this manuscript.

      We thank the reviewers for their public evaluations of the manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Desingu et al. show that JEV infection reduces SIRT2 expression. Upon JEV infection, 10-day-old SIRT2 KO mice showed increased viral titer, more severe clinical outcomes, and reduced survival. Conversely, SIRT2 overexpression reduced viral titer, clinical outcomes, and improved survival. Transcriptional profiling shows dysregulation of NF-KB and expression of inflammatory cytokines. Pharmacological NF-KB inhibition reduced viral titer. The authors conclude that SIRT2 is a regulator of JEV infection.

      This paper is novel because sirtuins have been primarily studied for aging, metabolism, stem cells/regeneration. Their role in infection has not been explored until recently. Indeed, Barthez et al. showed that SIRT2 protects aged mice from SARS-CoV-2 infection (Barthez, Cell Reports 2025). Therefore, this is a timely and novel research topic. Mechanistically, the authors showed that SIRT2 suppresses the NF-KB pathway. Interestingly, SIRT2 has also been shown recently to suppress other major inflammatory pathways, such as cGAS-STING (Barthez, Cell Reports 2025) and the NLRP3 inflammasome (He, Cell Metabolism 2020; Luo, Cell Reports 2019). Together, these findings support the emerging concept that SIRT2 is a master regulator of inflammation.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her valuable time, clear summary, and critical comments on the work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figures 2 and 3. Although SIRT2 KO mice showed increased viral titer, more severe clinical outcomes, and reduced survival upon JEV infection, the difference is modest because even WT mice exhibited very severe disease at this viral dose. The authors should perform the experiment using a sub-lethal viral dose for WT mice, to allow the assessment of increased clinical outcomes and reduced survival in KO mice.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable recommendation. We conducted an experiment using a sub-lethal viral dose of 5 × 10^2 PFU in 14-day-old wild-type (WT) and SIRT2 knockout (KO) mice to evaluate clinical outcomes. Our findings showed a significant reduction in survival rates among the SIRT2-KO mice compared to the wild-type mice (Figure 2O).

      (2) Figure 5K-N, the authors examined the expression of inflammatory cytokines in WT and SIRT2 KO cells upon JEV infection, in line with the dysregulation of NF-kB. It has been shown recently that SIRT2 also regulates the cGAS-STING pathway (Barthez, Cell Reports 2025) and the NLRP3 inflammasome (He, Cell Metabolism 2020; Luo, Cell Reports 2019). Do you also observe increased IFNb, IL1b, and IL18 in SIRT2 KO cells upon JEV infection? This may indicate that SIRT2 regulates systemic inflammatory responses and represents a potent protection upon viral infection. This is particularly important because in Figure 7F, the authors showed that SIRT2 overexpression reduced viral load even when NF-KB is inhibited, suggesting that NF-KB is not the only mediator of SIRT2 to suppress viral infection.

      We agree with the suggestion made by the reviewers. We have quantified the transcript levels of IFNb, IL1b, and IL18 and found that the expression of these genes was increased in JEV-infected SIRT2-KO mice compared to wild-type mice (Figure S5D-S5F). Additionally, we acknowledge the reviewers' comments regarding the role of SIRT2 in regulating systemic inflammatory responses and its significant protective effect against viral infections. Furthermore, NF-κB is not the only mediator involved in SIRT2's suppression of viral infections; other molecular mechanisms may also contribute to this process.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Desingu et al., explores the role of SIRT2 in regulating Japanese Encephalitis Virus (JEV) replication and disease progression in rodent models. Using both an in vitro and an in vivo approach, the authors demonstrate that JEV infection leads to decreased SIRT2 expression, which they hypothesize is exploited by JEV for viral replication. To test this hypothesis, the authors utilize SIRT2 inhibition (via AGK2 or genetic knockout) and demonstrate that it leads to increased viral load and worsens clinical outcomes in JEV-infected mice. Conversely, SIRT2 overexpression via an AAV delivery system reduces viral replication and improves survival among infected mice. The study proposes a mechanism in which SIRT2 suppresses JEV-induced autophagy and inflammation by deacetylating NF-κB, thereby reducing Beclin-1 expression (an NF-κB-dependent gene) and autophagy, which the authors consider a pathway that JEV exploits for replication. Transcriptomic analysis further supports that SIRT2 deficiency leads to NF-κB-driven cytokine hyperactivation. Additionally, pharmacological inhibition of NF-κB using Bay 11 (an IKK inhibitor) results in reduced viral load and improved clinical pathology in WT and SIRT2 KO mice. Overall, the findings from Desingu et al. are generally supported by the data and suggest that targeting SIRT2 may serve as a promising therapeutic approach for JEV infection and potentially other RNA viruses that SIRT2 helps control. However, the paper does fall short in some areas. Please see below for our comments to help improve the paper.

      We thank the reviewer's valuable recommendation. We measured NF-kB acetylation in JEV-infected Neuro-2a cells treated with Ad-null or Ad-SIRT2. Our findings show that levels of NF-kB acetylation and JEV-NS5 were reduced in the SIRT2-overexpressing cells (Figure S6).

      We conducted an experiment using a sub-lethal viral dose of 5 × 10^2 PFU in 14-day-old wild-type (WT) and SIRT2 knockout (KO) mice to evaluate clinical outcomes. Our findings showed a significant reduction in survival rates among the SIRT2-KO mice compared to the wild-type mice (Figure 2O).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In Figures 5C-F, the text is very small.

      Thanks for raising this point. We have increased the text size in the revised Figures 5C-F

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major concerns:

      (1) Line 71: The introduction does not adequately cite existing work demonstrating the role of SIRT2 in viral infections, including other RNA viruses. It would be more effective to summarize the current literature (similar to lines 162-165) rather than stating that the role of SIRT2 in RNA virus infection is largely unknown.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable suggestion to improve the manuscript substantially. We have cited existing work demonstrating the role of SIRT2 in viral infections, including other RNA viruses, in the introduction, as suggested.

      (2) Figure 1C: The image should be quantified to state that the observation is statistically significant.

      Thank you for the valuable suggestion. We have quantified the proteins SIRT2, LC3 I, LC3 II, p62, and Beclin in Mock- and JEV-infected Neuro-2a cells, as well as in mouse brain Western blots. These results, along with representative blots (Figure 6I-6J) and n-number-related blots, are presented graphically along with p-values in supplementary figures 7A-7B. Our analysis indicates that these proteins are expressed at statistically significant levels.

      (3) Figure 1I: What tissue is 1I? not stated in the manuscript text or the figure legend.

      Thank you for pointing that out. These samples are from mouse brains. We have included this information in both the text and the figure legend of the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 2A: How does Sirt2 expression in WT-infected cells compare to the levels observed in the KD? Are they at comparable levels?

      Thank you for highlighting an important point. We used control siRNA to compare SIRT2 knockdown in SIRT2-siRNA-treated cells in JEV infection. In Figure 2A, “control siRNA” was labelled as “control.” In the revised Figure 2A, we updated this to read “control siRNA.”

      (5) Figure 2L-N: Clinical outcome comparing WT and SIRT2KO mice, JEV-infected mice seems modest. Can statistical analysis be performed to determine whether the results are statistically significant?

      We agree with the suggestion. Clinical signs (Figure 2L) and paralysis (Figure 2M) onset were earlier in SIRT2-KO mice compared to WT mice, and the survival curve (Figure 2N) shows statistical significance. We conducted an experiment using a sub-lethal viral dose of 5 × 10^2 PFU in 14-day-old wild-type (WT) and SIRT2 knockout (KO) mice to evaluate clinical outcomes. Our findings showed a significant reduction in survival rates among the SIRT2-KO mice compared to the wild-type mice (Figure 2O).

      (6) Figure 3: AGK2 can also inhibit other Sirtuins. Thus, to test the contribution of other Sirtuins, the experiment could be repeated using wild-type and Sirt2 KO mice.

      We agree with the suggestion. We repeated the experiment using wild-type and SIRT2-KO mice and found that the differences in survival rates were statistically insignificant between JEV-infected wild-type mice treated with AGK2 and JEV-infected SIRT2-KO mice treated with AGK2 (Figure 3K).

      (7) Figure 5: A-B: Clearly label diagrams and explain what is being compared. G-I: Please annotate genes in the heat maps and volcano plots.

      Thank you for pointing out an important aspect. The figures include several genes that may not be easily visible at readable levels in the main figure. To address this, we have enlarged the figures and labelled them with the gene names in a clearer format, as shown in the supplementary Figures S2-S4. Additionally, we have updated the figure legend for Figure 5 to include this information.

      (8) Line 230-232: "Taken together, these findings reveal that JEV infection negatively regulates SIRT2 levels, resulting in a concomitant increase in acetylated NF-κB mediated virus replication". Data does not support this statement. The experiments presented do not demonstrate that acetylated NF-kB mediates viral replication. In fact, it would be good to measure NF-kB acetylation in AdSIRT2 JEV-infected cells compared to WT-infected cells, to verify that the acetylation of NF-kB is truly linked to SIRT2 expression levels.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her valuable recommendation. We measured NF-kB acetylation in JEV-infected Neuro-2a cells treated with Ad-null or Ad-SIRT2. Our findings show that levels of NF-kB acetylation and JEV-NS5 were reduced in the SIRT2-overexpressing cells (Figure S6).

      (9) Figure 6E: The Graph is hard to interpret. It is also missing a figure legend/key, and also a misplaced A in the image.

      Thank you for highlighting an important point. We have highlighted NF-κB and other colour representations in the signalling network graph (Figure 6E). We revised the figure legend for clarity and removed the misplaced "A" from the figure.

      (10) Line 260-261: "These results indicate that SIRT2 regulates JEV replication through the NF-κB-beclin-autophagy axis.". Data does not support this statement.

      We modified the statement as follows: “These results suggest that SIRT2 regulates JEV replication through the NF-κB-autophagy axis.

      (11) Line 270: Do the authors mean decrease? Bay 11 is an NF-κB inhibitor.

      We agree with the suggestion. This is a typographical error. We have replaced “increase” with “decrease” in the revised manuscript.

      (12) Figure 8: The phenotype seems modest. Have the authors considered that Sirt2 may regulate JEV via other acylation targets?

      We agree with the reviewers' suggestion. NF-κB is not the only mediator involved in SIRT2's suppression of viral infections; other molecular mechanisms may also contribute to this process.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Characterization of a dissociable Mediator subunit implicated in cellular pathways, particularly lung alveolar function, and HIV latency is conceptually interesting.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study are:

      (1) Demonstration of MED16 dissociation from the core Mediator complex and formation of a subcomplex containing MED16, upstream-binding protein 1 (UBP1), and transcription factor cellular promoter 2 (TFCP2) by elegant biochemical fractionation and immunoblotting analysis.

      (2) Defining nine N-terminal WD-40 repeats (WDRs) of MED16 as a Mediator-incorporating module and the C-terminal ⍺β-domain (157 amino acids) important for interaction with the UBP1-TFCP2 heterodimeric complex.

      (3) Illustration of a weak hydrophobic interaction between MED16 and the Mediator core that could be disrupted by 1,6-hexanediol, but not by its 2,5-hexanediol isomer nor by high salt (500 mM NaCl) disruption.

      (4) Classification of UBP1-upregulated cellular genes typically containing binding sites flanking the transcription start site (TSS) in contrast to UBP1-downregulated genes often containing a TSS-overlapping UBP1-binding site

      (5) Presenting evidence for Mediator complex-dissociated free MED16-repressed HIV promoter activity through functional association with UBP1 and showing bromodomain-containing protein 4 (BRD4) inhibitor JQ1 that potentially disrupts BRD4-inhibited HIV-1 transcription elongation could lead to reversal of HIV-1 latency.

      Weaknesses:

      Nevertheless, foreseeable weaknesses include:

      (1) No clear demonstration of MED16-UBP1-TFCP2 indeed forming a trimeric core subcomplex in regulating cellular gene transcription and HIV-1 promoter inhibition

      We appreciate this insightful comment from the reviewer. The physical interaction between MED16 and the UBP1–TFCP2 heterodimer was uncovered serendipitously via biochemical fractionation. Specifically, UBP1 and TFCP2 were identified in gel-filtration fractions containing free MED16 that eluted separately from the intact core Mediator complex (Figures 1D–1F). This biochemical observation suggested to us a potential functional linkage between MED16 and these two transcription factors. Subsequently, our functional assays further clarified this regulatory relationship: UBP1 and TFCP2 do interact with MED16 that is required to be fully assembled into Mediator complexes to exert transcriptional control. Truncation of MED16’s N-terminal WD40-repeat (WDR) domain (MED16ΔWDR) eliminates MED16 integration into the Mediator complex. Notably, this MED16ΔWDR mutant still retains an intact C-terminal αβ-domain capable of binding UBP1 yet completely loses the capacity to support UBP1-dependent transcription. Collectively, these data demonstrate that UBP1–TFCP2 engage MED16 as a component of the complete Mediator complex to govern target gene expression in cells.

      We have updated the abstract and full manuscript to present this model more clearly and coherently throughout the text.

      (2) No validation of transcriptomic datasets and pathways identified.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Since our RNA-seq analysis identified SFTP family genes (SFTPA1, SFTPA2, SFTPB, SFTPD) as UBP1-MED16 co-regulated targets, and these are lung-specific surfactant protein genes, we have now performed qRT-PCR validation in the A549 human lung adenocarcinoma cell line. The results confirm that knockdown of MED16 largely attenuates the expression of these SFTP genes (see Author response image 1) and other UBP1 target genes identified in our RNA-seq dataset.

      Author response image 1.

      qRT-PCR validation of SFTP gene family expression (SFTPA1/A2/B/D) in A549 cells

      (3) Use of mostly artificial reporter gene constructs and non-HIV host cells (e.g., human 293T embryonic kidney cells, human HeLa cervical cancer cells, and mouse HT pancreatic cancer cells) for examining MED16/UBP1-regulated HIV transcription.

      To overcome the limitations of artificial reporter systems, we have managed to utilize multiple complementary approaches beyond reporter assays, including: (i) RNA-seq analysis of endogenous gene regulation, (ii) biochemical co-IP and gel filtration experiments, (iii) immobilized template transcription assays that directly measure PIC assembly and nascent RNA production, and (iv) validation in the J-Lat 10.6 CD4+ T cell line harboring an integrated latent HIV-1 provirus, where MED16 overexpression suppresses HIV-1 reactivation.

      Unfortunately, the direct infection experiments with replication-competent HIV-1 were not feasible as our institution does not have the biosafety level 3 (BSL-3) containment facilities.

      (4) Inconsistent use of 293T and HeLa cells in the characterization of dissociated MED16 interaction with UBP1 and TFCP2.

      For biochemical characterization in this study, HEK293T cells were primarily utilized for overexpression-based co-immunoprecipitation (Co-IP) and domain-mapping assays owing to their superior transfection efficiency. In contrast, HeLa cells were employed for gel-filtration chromatography and endogenous Co-IP, as fractionation of HeLa nuclear extracts represents a well-established workflow for purifying native protein complexes. Critically, the physical interaction between MED16 and the UBP1–TFCP2 heterodimer was consistently detected in both HEK293T whole-cell lysates and HeLa nuclear extracts across all assays.

      (5) In vitro transcription using immobilized DNA templates was not performed to a high standard, thus failing to convincingly show MED16/UBP1-inhibited HIV-1 transcription preinitiation complex formation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s careful assessment of the immobilized template assay. While we recognize the technical challenges inherent in this approach, we want to emphasize that the proposed model—that MED16-UBP1 inhibits HIV-1 transcription at the level of PIC assembly—does not rest solely on this single experiment.

      Multiple independent lines of evidence converge on this model:

      (1) The MED16-UBP1 inhibition depends on the UBP1 binding site overlapping the TSS: a chimeric reporter with the UBP1 binding site placed at the TSS is inhibited by MED16, whereas placing it upstream does not show inhibition, demonstrating the UBP1 binding site-specific repression (Fig 6A-C).

      (2) MED16 overexpression inhibits HIV-1 reporter activity in a manner depending on interaction with UBP1. Deletion of the MED16 αβ-domain (MED16Δαβ), which abolishes MED16-UBP1 interaction, completely abrogates the inhibitory effect (Fig 5E-G).

      (3) The MED16-UBP1 inhibition of HIV is independent of TAR-mediated elongation (Fig S2B-C) and HDAC-mediated deacetylation (Fig S2A), consistent with an inhibition mechanism operating at the initiation stage rather than at the post-initiation steps.

      (4) Upon MED16 overexpression, the immobilized template assay shows reduced CDK8 binding and Pol II pSer5 signals, along with TFIIB retention, providing mechanistic evidence that is consistent with the aforementioned functional observations.

      Thus, the model is supported by convergent evidence from reporter assays, domain-mapping experiments, pharmacological inhibition, and in vitro biochemical reconstitution. In the revised manuscript, we have further clarified how these complementary approaches collectively support the PIC inhibition model.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The article from Zheng et al. proposes an interesting hypothesis that the Med16 subunit of Mediator detaches from the complex, associates with transcription factor UBP1, and this complex activates or represses specific sets of genes in human cells. Despite my excitement upon reading the abstract, I was concerned by the lack of rigor in the experimental design. The only statement in the abstract that has some experimental support is the finding that Med16 dissociates from the Mediator and forms a subcomplex, but the data shown remain incomplete.

      We would like to first address a core conceptual point that we believe underpins several of the reviewer’s concerns.

      We respectfully disagreed that the reviewer summarized our proposed model as a pathway where “Med16 detaches from the complex, associates with transcription factor UBP1, and this complex activates or represses specific sets of genes.” We acknowledge that phrasing in our original manuscript may have created this misleading interpretation, yet this is not the mechanistic model we intend to convey. We identified the MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 interaction serendipitously during biochemical fractionation: UBP1 and TFCP2 co-eluted with free MED16 in gel-filtration fractions that were fully separated from the intact core Mediator complex. While this biochemical result guided our subsequent functional investigation into MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 crosstalk, we never intend to propose that a standalone MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 subcomplex can drive transcriptional activation or repression independently of the intact Mediator complex.

      Most importantly, our functional experiments demonstrate that UBP1 and TFCP2 require MED16 as an integral part of the Mediator complex to regulate transcription as shown by domain mapping experiments. Specifically, MED16 uses its N-terminal WDR domain to integrate into the Mediator and its C-terminal αβ-domain to bind UBP1/TFCP2. Deletion of either WDR or αβ-domain is functionally inert in both cellular and HIV-1 reporter assays. Thus, the MED16-UBP1 interaction is functionally relevant because it links these transcription factors to the Mediator complex, not because it forms an autonomous regulatory complex. In another word, UBP1–TFCP2 target MED16 to recruit the whole Mediator complex for governing gene expression in cells.

      We have comprehensively revised the full manuscript to sharply distinguish our initial biochemical observation from the validated functional model. As all experimental approaches carry inherent limitations, we tried our best to validate every major conclusion using multiple orthogonal assays and to draw mechanistic interpretations when results from distinct experimental systems do converge. Our detailed replies to each specific concern from the reviewer are provided below.

      Strengths:

      The authors have preliminary evidence that a stable Med16 complex may exist and that it may regulate specific sets of genes.

      Weaknesses:

      The experiments are poorly designed and can only infer possible roles for Med16 or UBP1 at this point. Furthermore, the data are often of poor quality and lack replication and quantitation. In other cases, key data such as MS results aren't even shown. Instead, we are given a curated list of only about 6 proteins (Figure S1), a subset of which the authors chose to pursue with follow-up experiments. This is not the expected level of scientific process.

      As clarified in our Summary Response above, we thought this reviewer may have misinterpreted our data and model. Overall, our work demonstrates that MED16 acts as a molecular bridge, linking UBP1/TFCP2 to the Mediator complex, not that three proteins form a free-standing subcomplex, and we have extensively revised the manuscript to clarify this.

      Here we also want to address the specific concerns about data completeness and rigor. The full mass spectrometry datasets were not clearly presented in the original submission. We have now reanalyzed the IP-MS data using a more precise quantification approach. Rather than scoring proteins by simple presence or absence, we calculated a bait-preferential score for each protein by comparing its normalized abundance in the MED16 IP to that in the other three Mediator bait IPs (MED1, MED12, CDK8). This score reflects the degree to which a protein is preferentially enriched by MED16 relative to other Mediator subunits. The bait-specific candidates identified by this analysis are presented in Fig S1B, and the complete list of MED16-specific candidates is now included. In addition, the raw abundance values and peptide counts for all identified proteins have been compiled and uploaded as supplementary tables. A detailed description of the normalization and scoring procedure is provided in the Methods section

      Furthermore, we have added quantification analysis for key Western blot results throughout the revised figures.

      (1) The data supporting the Med16 dissociation and co-association with UBP1 are incomplete and not convincing at this stage. According to the Methods and text, the gel filtration column was run with "un-dialyzed HeLa cell nuclear extract" and eluted in 300mM KCl buffer. The extracts were generated with the Dignam/Roeder method according to the text. Undialyzed, that means the extract would be between 0.4 - 0.5M NaCl. Under these high salt conditions (not physiological), it's possible and even plausible that Mediator subunits could separate over time. This caveat is not mentioned or controlled for by the authors. Because a putative Med16 subcomplex is a foundational point of the article, this is concerning.

      The data are incomplete because a potential Med16 complex is not defined biochemically. The current state suggests a smaller Med16-containing complex that may also contain UBP1 and other factors, but its composition is not determined. This is important because if you're going to conclude a new and biologically relevant Med16 complex, which is a point of the article, then readers will expect you to do that.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thorough feedback and address the two core concerns separately below.

      (1) Undialyzed nuclear extracts & high-salt conditions

      Published work confirms Mediator undergoes massive precipitation (~70% loss) upon dialysis to low-salt 100 mM KCl buffer (1), justifying our use of undialyzed HeLa nuclear extracts for biochemical assays. Prior study also demonstrated intact Mediator remains stable in up to 1 M KCl (1). Therefore, MED16 dissociation seen at 300 mM KCl arises from its unique biochemical property, rather than non-specific high-salt damage.

      (2) Biochemical interpretation of MED16-containing fractions

      We have revised ambiguous original wording to clarify our model: we do not intend to propose an autonomous MED16–UBP1–TFCP2 subcomplex functions independently in cells. Gel filtration only captures a biochemical state where MED16 co-elutes with UBP1/TFCP2 separate from core Mediator, which merely inspired our functional follow-up. Three lines of evidence prove UBP1/TFCP2 require fully assembled Mediator to function:

      (i) MED16’s N-terminal WDR domain mediates Mediator integration, while its C-terminal αβ-domain binds UBP1; both interactions can occur simultaneously (Fig 2B).

      (ii) MED16Δαβ incorporates into Mediator but loses UBP1 binding, showing no activity in UBP1-driven and HIV-1 reporter assays (Fig 3G, 5G).

      (iii) MED16ΔWDR retains UBP1 binding yet cannot assemble into Mediator, thus fails to repress HIV-1 transcription (Fig 5F).

      In vitro MED16 separation only reflects its extractable biochemical behavior, not a functional standalone complex. Collectively, our data establish UBP1/TFCP2 recruit the entire Mediator complex via MED16. All relevant manuscript sections have been rewritten to distinguish this preliminary biochemical observation from our validated functional model.

      Equally concerning are the IP-western results shown in Figure 1. In my opinion, these experiments do nothing to support the claims of the authors. The authors use hexanediols at 5% or 10% in an effort to disrupt the Mediator complex. Assuming this was weight/volume, that means ~400 to 800mM hexanediol solution, which is fairly high and can be expected to disrupt protein complexes, but the effects haven't been carefully assessed as far as I'm aware. The 2,5 HD (Figure 1B) experiments appear to simply contain greater protein loading, and this may contribute to the apparent differential results. In fact, in looking at the data, it seems that all MED subunits probed show the same trend as Med16. They are all reduced in the 1,6HD experiment relative to the 2,5 HD experiment. But it's hard to know, because replicates weren't completed and quantitation was not done. There aren't even loading controls. Other concerns about the IP-Western experiments are outlined in point 2.

      Treatment with 10% (w/v) 1,6-hexanediol (1,6-HD) is a well-established method to selectively disrupt weak hydrophobic interactions while maintaining stable protein assemblies. A comparable strategy was recently applied to dissect NEAT1-dependent paraspeckle formation driven by liquid–liquid phase separation (2). Notably, we included 2,5-hexanediol (2,5-HD) as a critical specificity control: as a structural isomer with distinct hydroxyl group positioning, 2,5-HD cannot efficiently disrupt weak hydrophobic contacts and failed to trigger MED16 dissociation (Figure 1B). The divergent outcomes observed side-by-side with equal sample input therefore serve as an internal control, validating that MED16 dissociation is a specific consequence of 1,6-HD treatment.

      We acknowledge mild signal reductions for several other Mediator subunits following 1,6-HD exposure under certain immunoprecipitation (IP) conditions (Figures 1A, 1B). Nevertheless, MED16 exhibits a uniquely pronounced dissociation by 1,6-HD that is consistent across three independent IPs using anti-CDK8, anti-MED1, and anti-MED12 antibodies, in both HEK293T whole-cell lysates and HeLa nuclear extracts. By contrast, the mild depletion of other Mediator subunits varies substantially depending on the antibody and cell extract used, whereas robust MED16 loss is universally observed in all experimental setups we tested.

      (2) At no point do the authors apply rigorous methods to test their hypothesis. Instead, methods are applied that have been largely discredited over time and can only serve as preliminary data for pilot studies, and cannot be used to draw definitive conclusions about protein function.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s emphasis on methodological rigor. We fully concur that individual techniques including protein fractionation, IP-WB, transient transfection, shRNA knockdown, immobilized template and luciferase reporter assays each carry intrinsic limitations when deployed alone. To address this, we employed a panel of orthogonal experimental strategies throughout our work and only draw conclusions supported by convergent results across distinct assays. Our core mechanistic conclusion—that MED16 acts as a molecular bridge linking the UBP1–TFCP2 heterodimer to the intact Mediator complex to control transcription—is validated by multiple independent lines of evidence, rather than resting on a single experimental approach, as elaborated in detail below.

      (a) IP-westerns are fraught with caveats, especially the way they were performed here, in which the beads were washed at relatively low salt and then eluted by boiling the beads in loading buffer. This will "elute" bound proteins, but also proteins that non-specifically interact with or precipitate on the beads. And because Westerns are so sensitive, it is easy to generate positive results. It's just not a rigorous experiment.

      We acknowledge that IP-Western has inherent limitations regarding specificity. To minimize non-specific signals, we included IgG controls in our CDK8 IP experiments (available in raw data) and the boiling elution method has been extensively validated in our hands. More importantly, the interaction between MED16 and UBP1/TFCP2 is not solely supported by IP-Western.

      This interaction was initially observed through co-elution of MED16 with UBP1 and TFCP2 in gel filtration fractions (Fig 1D), confirmed by reciprocal co-IP with anti-MED16 and anti-TFCP2 antibodies in both HeLa NE and the resolved fractions (Fig 1E-F), and further corroborated by in vitro GST pull-down assays showing direct binding between MED16 αβ-domain and recombinant UBP1 (Fig 2C). IP-MS analysis with three biological replicates independently identified UBP1 and TFCP2 as MED16-associated proteins. Each of these methods has different sources of potential artifacts, yet they all converge on the same conclusion.

      (b) Many conclusions relied on transient transfection experiments, which are problematic because they require long timeframes, during which secondary/indirect effects from expression/overexpression will result. This is especially true if the proteins being artificially expressed/overexpressed are major transcription regulators, which is the case here. It is simply impossible to separate direct from indirect effects with these types of experiments. Another concern is that there was no effort to assess whether the induced protein levels were near physiological levels. Protein overexpression, especially if the protein is a known regulator of pol2 transcription (e.g., UBP1 or Med16), will create many unintended consequences.

      The reviewer raises a valid concern about indirect effects from overexpression. To address this, our key conclusions were validated by multiple loss-of-function approaches that do not rely on overexpression alone. Specifically, the conclusion that MED16 is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity is supported by:

      (i) shRNA-mediated MED16 knockdown (Fig 3C);

      (ii) CRISPR-mediated MED16 knockout in five independent frameshift clones with consistent phenotypes (Fig 3E-F);

      (iii) Using a domain-disruption approach, we demonstrated that a UBP1-binding-deficient MED16 mutant (Δαβ) fails to exert the dominant-negative effect on UBP1 activity, as seen with wild-type MED16 (Fig 3G and 6A). All these different methods point to the same conclusion. This makes it unlikely that the effects we see are simply artifacts of overexpression or indirect consequences.

      (c) Many conclusions were made based upon shRNA knockdown experiments, which are problematic because they require long timeframes (see above point), which makes it nearly impossible to identify effects that are direct vs. indirect/secondary/tertiary effects. Also, shRNA experiments will have off-target effects, which have been widely reported for well over a decade. An advantage of shRNA knockdowns is that they prevent genetic adaptation (a caveat with KO cell lines). A minimal test would be to show phenotypic rescue of the knockdown by expressing a knockdown-resistant Med16 (for example), but these types of experiments were not done.

      We agree that shRNA has potential off-target effects, and that is why we did not rely on shRNA as our sole loss-of-function approach. We have generated five independent CRISPR MED16 knockout clones, each with a distinct frameshift mutation, and all five clones showed consistent reduction in UBP1 reporter activity (Fig 3E-F). Furthermore, we performed RNA-seq on MED16 knockout cells in which wild-type MED16 was re-introduced. As presented in Author response image 2, re-expressing MED16 in KO cells can largely restore the expression of UBP1 target genes. These rescue data provide strong evidence that the transcriptional defects are specifically attributable to MED16 loss rather than off-target effects or clonal adaptation.

      Author response image 2.

      Gene profiling of MED16 KO and rescue effect

      (d) Many experiments used reporter assays, which involved artificial, non-native promoters. Reporters are good for pilot studies, but they aren't a rigorous test of direct regulatory roles for Med16 or other proteins. Reporters don't even measure transcription directly. In fact, no experiment in this study directly measures transcription. An RNA-seq experiment was done with overexpressed or Med16 knockdown cells, but these required long timeframes and RNA-seq measures steady-state mRNA, which doesn't test the potential direct effects of these proteins on nascent transcription.

      The two principal reporters used in this study are both based on native promoters. The UBP1 reporter is derived from the mouse α-globin gene promoter, a well-established natural target of UBP1/TFCP2 that contains two endogenous UBP1 binding sites. To enhance sensitivity, we expanded these to six copies, as the α-globin promoter has low basal activity in most cell lines. Critically, this expansion preserved the original promoter architecture, including the CCAAT box, TATA box, and TSS. The HIV-1 reporter is driven by the HIV-1 core promoter (-78 to +60), which contains all elements required for basal transcription and Tat-mediated activation. Thus, both reporters retain the native sequence context of the regulatory elements under study.

      These reporter assays served as initial screening and hypothesis-testing tools. The key functional insights from reporters were then validated in more physiological contexts:

      (i) The position-dependent effect of UBP1 binding (activation when upstream of TSS, repression when overlapping TSS) observed in chimeric reporters (Fig 6A-C) was independently confirmed by motif enrichment analysis of endogenous genes from RNA-seq data (Fig 6D-E).

      (ii) Our immobilized template transcription assays directly measure nascent RNA production from the HIV-1 promoter, showing that MED16 overexpression reduces transcriptional output (Fig 7C). Thus, while reporter assays alone would be insufficient, our conclusion on UBP1-MED16 function are further corroborated by both global genomic analysis and direct in vitro transcription measurements.

      (e) The MS experiments show promise, but the data were not shown, so it's hard to judge. The reader cannot compare/contrast the experiments, and we have no indication of the statistical confidence of the proteins identified. How many biological replicate MS experiments were performed?

      The IP-MS experiments were performed with three biological replicates for each of the four antibodies against MED1, MED12, CDK8, and MED16 respectively. The complete datasets are now provided in the revised manuscript (Supplementary Table 1).

      In addition, we have reanalyzed the data using a more quantitative approach. In the original submission, we classified proteins by a binary cutoff—detected or not detected in MED16 relative to other baits. In the revised analysis, we calculated a bait-preferential score for each protein by comparing its normalized abundance in the MED16 IP to its mean abundance across the other three Mediator baits. This score reflects how strongly a protein is enriched by MED16, rather than simply whether it meets an arbitrary detection threshold. A detailed description of this method is provided in the revised Methods section.

      Notably, using this quantitative method, UBP1 and TFCP2 can also be detected at lower levels in some replicates of the other Mediator baits. This is consistent with our functional model: UBP1 and TFCP2 associate with the whole Mediator complex through MED16. The MED16-biased enrichment pattern, now supported by the bait-preferential score, reinforces the conclusion that MED16 serves as the primary anchor for UBP1/TFCP2 to associate with the Mediator complex.

      (3) The data are over-interpreted, and alternative (and more plausible) hypotheses are ignored. Many examples of this, some of which are alluded to in the points above. For example, Med16 loss or overexpression will cause compensatory responses in cells. An expected result is that Mediator composition will be disrupted, since Med16 directly interacts with several other subunits. Also in yeast, the Robert, Gross, and Morse labs showed that loss of Med16/Sin4 causes loss of other tail module subunits, and this would be expected to cause major changes in the transcriptome. The authors also mention that yeast Med16/Sin4 "alters chromatin accessibility globally" and this would be expected to cause major changes in the transcriptome, leading to unintended consequences that will make data analysis and identification of direct Med16 effects impossible. The unintended consequences will be magnified with prolonged disruption of MED16 levels in cells (e.g., longer than 4h). These unintended consequences are hard to predict or define, and are likely to be widespread given the pivotal role of Mediator in gene expression. One unintended consequence appears to be loss of pol2 upon Med16 over-expression, as suggested by the western blot in Figure 8B. I point this out as just one example of the caveats/pitfalls associated with long-term knockdowns or over-expression.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Indeed, our new Co-IP and IP-MS data confirm that MED16 knockout leads to partial dissociation of MED23, MED24, and MED25 from the Mediator complex. We agree that this structural perturbation must be carefully considered when interpreting phenotypes from MED16 depletion experiments, and we acknowledge that long-term knockdown or knockout approaches are inherently susceptible to secondary effects and cellular adaptation.

      Author response image 3.

      MED16 knockout impacts on the Mediator complex

      However, our key conclusions are not based solely on long-term depletion experiments. Several lines of evidence, including experiments performed on short timescales without prolonged MED16 loss, converge on the same conclusion:

      First, the MED16 mutant lacking its C-terminal αβ-domain cleanly separates the two functions. This mutant retains the intact N-terminal WDR domain of MED16 and can integrate into the Mediator complex, preserving its structural role and preventing tail module dissociation. Yet it completely fails to exert the competitive inhibition (squelching) effect on the UBP1 reporter that is observed with wild-type MED16 overexpression (Fig 3G), and similarly fails to inhibit HIV-1 reporter activity (Fig 5G). The sole molecular defect of this mutant is its inability to bind UBP1 (Fig 2B). Critically, this overexpression experiment is performed in a wild-type background where the endogenous Mediator complex remains structurally intact. The only variable is whether the overexpressed MED16 can interact with UBP1. This provides strong evidence that the transcriptional effects are mediated specifically through the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface, independent of MED16's structural role in maintaining Mediator integrity.

      Second, the transcriptional changes we observe are not random but show specific functional coherence. If the transcriptomic changes in MED16 knockdown cells were merely secondary consequences of Mediator tail module disruption, we would expect broad, non-specific dysregulation. Instead, the UBP1-MED16 co-regulated genes are enriched for specific biological processes—angiogenesis—which largely align with the known biological functions of UBP1 (Fig 4D-E). This functional specificity is difficult to reconcile with the global, non-specific transcriptional disruption that would be expected from the total Mediator dysfunction.

      Finally, we wish to address the reviewer's observation regarding Pol II levels in Figure 8B. In preparing the revised manuscript, we carefully re-examined our original Western blot data and found that the reduction of Pol II upon MED16 overexpression was not consistently reproducible across independent experiments. We have therefore replaced new Pol II blot in Figure 8B. We note that this revision does not affect any of the conclusions drawn from Figure 8, which focus on the inhibitory effect of MED16 overexpression on HIV-1 latency reversal in J-Lat cells.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s careful assessment, which encouraged us to refine our data presentation and enhance experimental rigor. The manuscript has been significantly improved as a result.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The decrease in 1,6-hexanediol-treated cells of MED16 is modest, variable, not quantified, and internally inconsistent. For example, in Figure 1A, 1,6-hexanediol treatment should not have an impact on the level of the protein being directly IP. For MED12 (and CDK8 and MED1 to a lesser extent), 1,6-hexanediol treatment alters the level of the target protein in the IP. Along these lines, Figure 1A shows a no 1,6H-D dependent decrease in MED1 or MED12 levels in the CDK8 IP, whereas Figure 1B does show a decrease. Figure 1A shows no 1,6H-D dependent decrease in CDK8 levels in the MED1 IP, whereas Figure 1B shows a dramatic decrease. MED24 levels in the MED12 IP increase upon 1,6H-D in Figure 1A, but decrease in Figure 1B. Internal inconsistencies of this nature persist in the other Figures.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation, and we here clarify the rationale behind our experimental design to resolve the apparent discrepancies between Figures 1A and 1B.

      We first performed co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP) assays using HEK293T whole-cell lysates with three distinct antibodies targeting CDK8, MED1, and MED12, respectively, to pull down intact Mediator complexes. This setup was designed to assess whether 1,6-hexanediol (1,6-HD) impairs Mediator complex integrity and, if so, whether this perturbation affects individual subunits unequally. Across all three independent IP replicates, we observed a uniform trend: most Mediator subunits displayed only mild signal attenuation, whereas MED16 exhibited a striking, dose-dependent reduction upon escalating 1,6-HD concentrations (Fig 1A). Quantitative densitometry of these immunoblot signals has now been incorporated into the revised Figures 1A and 1B to better visualize this difference. Thus, this initial result in Fig 1A indicated that MED16’s interaction with the core Mediator complex is uniquely vulnerable to 1,6-HD disruption, irrespective of which Mediator subunit was used for immunoprecipitation.

      To validate the reproducibility of this phenotype, we replicated the assay in an alternative biochemical system using HeLa nuclear extracts (NEs) (Fig 1B), with 2,5-hexanediol (2,5-HD) included as a critical negative control—this structural isomer cannot disrupt weak hydrophobic protein-protein contacts. Notably, the HeLa NE experiments in Fig 1B were carried out under elevated salt conditions (~300 mM NaCl), in contrast to the 150 mM NaCl buffer used for the HEK293T lysate assays in Figure 1A.

      We want to emphasize that despite these substantial technical disparities between the two experimental setups, both datasets converge on the identical core conclusion: MED16’s association with the core Mediator complex is selectively disrupted by 1,6-HD. This consistent trend is further strengthened by quantitative analysis of immunoblot band intensities from biological replicates, which we have added to the revised figures.

      Minor variability observed for other Mediator subunits between Fig 1A and 1B arises from intrinsic differences in cell type, extraction protocols, and buffer salt concentrations. For this reason, we did not draw mechanistic interpretations regarding the variable signal changes of other subunits across distinct experimental conditions; instead, our analysis focused on the robust, consistent loss of MED16 following 1,6-HD exposure.

      (2) Undermining the value of Figure 1E/F, UBP1 and TFCP2 may also associate with the small amount of MED16 in the 2MDa fractions. This is not tested, and therefore, the conclusion that they just associate with the dissociable form of MED16 is not supported.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful observation. Indeed, UBP1 and TFCP2 can associate with MED16 in the context of the intact Mediator complex. Figure 1B directly supports this: under 2,5-HD conditions, where MED16 remains integrated into the Mediator, both UBP1 and TFCP2 are co-immunoprecipitated with the Mediator complex (via anti-MED1). This association is lost under 1,6-hexanediol conditions, where MED16 dissociates—suggesting that UBP1 and TFCP2 are tethered to the Mediator through MED16.

      The gel filtration experiment (Fig 1D) further reveals that a portion of MED16 resolves away from the core Mediator complex under these in vitro conditions, and Figure 1E-F shows that UBP1 and TFCP2 co-immunoprecipitated with MED16 in these lower molecular weight fractions. Taken together, these data indicate that UBP1 and TFCP2 can be found in association with MED16 in two biochemically distinguishable states: one integrated into the Mediator complex, and another that has dissociated from it under our experimental conditions. We did not state that UBP1 and TFCP2 associate exclusively with the dissociated form; rather, the dissociated fraction is where we initially identified this interaction, which then led us to investigate its functional significance. The whole manuscript has been extensively rewritten now, and hopefully the confusion has been clarified.

      Our functional data further demonstrate that the transcriptional activities of UBP1 and TFCP2 require the intact Mediator complex. MED16 bridges this interaction through its C-terminal αβ-domain, which binds UBP1/TFCP2, and its N-terminal WDR domain, which anchors MED16 into the Mediator. We have revised the manuscript to clearly distinguish the biochemical observation from the functional model, and we now explicitly state that UBP1 and TFCP2 associate with the Mediator complex through MED16.

      (3) Domain mapping studies in Figure 2 are overinterpreted. Since the interactions could be indirect, it is not accurate to conclude "Therefore, the N-terminal WDR domain of MED16 is crucial for its integration into the Mediator complex, while the C-terminal αβ-domain is essential for interacting with UBP1-TFCP2."

      We fully acknowledge that co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP) assays alone cannot discriminate direct physical binding from indirect protein associations mediated by intermediate partners. Nevertheless, our conclusion that MED16 directly interacts with UBP1 is supported by two orthogonal, independent experimental datasets.

      First, GST pull-down assays using purified recombinant proteins expressed in E. coli confirm direct binding (Figure 2C). This cell-free biochemical system removes all potential cellular bridging factors, unambiguously demonstrating a physical contact between the C-terminal αβ-domain of MED16 and UBP1.

      Second, our mutational functional analyses further rule out an indirect interaction model. Deletion of the unique 36-residue USP peptide in UBP1 completely abrogates MED16 binding (Figure 2F, comparison between ΔSAM and DBD truncations). Reciprocally, MED16 mutants lacking the C-terminal αβ-domain lose all capacity to associate with UBP1. Importantly, both truncation mutations yield identical functional defects in UBP1-driven and HIV-1 luciferase reporter assays (Figures 3G and 5G). If this complex assembly relied on an uncharacterized bridging protein, it would be statistically improbable for two distinct, structurally unrelated deletions (USP removal on the UBP1 side and αβ-domain truncation on the MED16 side) to independently disrupt the same indirect linkage and generate identical loss-of-function phenotypes.

      Collectively, the congruent results from cell-free in vitro biochemistry and targeted mutational functional assays provide robust evidence for a direct, specific physical interaction between MED16 and UBP1.

      (4) A close examination of Figure 2C undermines confidence in the association studies. The bait protein in lanes 5-8 should be equal. Also, there is significant binding of GST to UBP1 and TFCP2, in roughly the same patterns as they bind to GST-MED16 αβ. The absence of input samples makes the results even more difficult to interpret.

      We acknowledge the technical limitations the reviewer pointed out. Regarding the concern about unequal protein loading across lanes 5-8, we note that lanes 7 and 8 in fact contain more GST-M16αβ bait protein than lanes 5 and 6, yet TFCP2L1 and YY1 still show no appreciable binding above the GST-alone background. This loading asymmetry therefore strengthens the conclusion that these proteins do not directly interact with MED16. For UBP1 and TFCP2, we have now provided quantification of the Western blot signals, which confirms a clear difference in binding to GST-M16αβ versus GST alone. Furthermore, these GST pull-down experiments were performed under stringent conditions—300 mM NaCl and 0.5% Tween-20 in the wash buffer—and the UBP1 and TFCP2 interactions with GST-M16αβ persisted under these conditions (lane 5-8), whereas binding to GST alone was minimal (lane 1-4). These technical details support the specificity of the observed interactions.

      (5) The domain deletion mutants are utilized throughout the manuscript as evidence of the importance of the UBP1-MED16 interaction. However, in Figure 2F lanes 7 and 8, the delta-S mutant binds MED16 as well as full-length UBP1. This undermines much of the subsequent data and conclusions about specificity.

      We believe the reviewer may have a misunderstanding about the experimental design. The delta-S (ΔSAM) mutant deletes the SAM motif, which is required for UBP1-TFCP2 heterodimerization, but retains the UBP1-specific sequence (USP) that mediates MED16 binding. The observation that ΔSAM still binds MED16 at levels comparable to full-length UBP1 is therefore not a discrepancy—it is the expected result and confirms that USP is the region responsible for MED16 interaction. The DBD mutant, which further removes USP, completely loses MED16 binding. Together, these deletion constructs delineate two separable interaction surfaces on UBP1: USP for MED16 binding and the SAM motif for TFCP2 heterodimerization (see Figure 2 G). The functional analysis of these domains is reflected in Figure 3B: ΔSAM, which retains MED16 binding but loses TFCP2 dimerization, shows approximately half the transcriptional activity of full-length UBP1, suggesting that both interactions contribute to full UBP1 function. To avoid similar confusion, we have renamed ΔS to ΔSAM,UBP1-SP to USP in the revised manuscript.

      (6) Even if the delta-S mutant were defective for MED16 binding, the result in Figure 3B does not "confirm that MED16 is required for the transcriptional activity of UBP1,". Removal of that domain may have other effects.

      We wish to first clarify a factual point: the delta-S mutant (ΔSAM) is not defective for MED16 binding. ΔSAM deletes the SAM motif that is required for UBP1-TFCP2 heterodimerization, but retains the UBP1-specific sequence (USP) that mediates MED16 binding. As shown in Figure 2F, ΔSAM binds MED16 at levels comparable to full-length UBP1. The mutant that loses MED16 binding is DBD, which further deletes USP.

      The functional result in Figure 3B is therefore consistent with this biochemical mapping: ΔSAM retains MED16 binding but loses TFCP2 dimerization, and accordingly shows approximately half the transcriptional activity of full-length UBP1. This suggests that both the MED16 interaction (via USP) and the TFCP2 interaction (via the SAM motif) contribute to full UBP1 function.

      More importantly, the conclusion that MED16 is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity does not rest on domain mutant analysis alone. It is supported by independent loss-of-function approaches: shRNA-mediated MED16 knockdown (Fig 3C) and CRISPR-mediated MED16 knockout across five independent frameshift clones (Fig 3E-F), both of which consistently reduce UBP1 reporter activity. The domain deletion mutants complement these approaches by mapping the specific interaction interfaces.

      (7) As Mediator is critical for the activation of many genes, it is not accurate to assume that the impact of its deletion in Figure 3E/F demonstrates a direct requirement in UBP1-driven transcription. This could easily be an indirect effect.

      MED16 knockout data must be interpreted cautiously due to potential Mediator destabilization artifacts. However, our conclusion does not rely solely on loss-of-function data; transient competitive overexpression and domain-mapping assays bypass chronic MED16 depletion entirely. The MED16Δαβ mutant retains full Mediator integration but loses UBP1 binding. Unlike wild-type MED16, this mutant fails to change UBP1 or HIV-1 reporter activity in 36–48 h transient assays performed in wild-type cells with intact endogenous Mediator. Dose titration further confirms that only UBP1-interacting MED16 competes for UBP1 binding to repress target promoters (Fig 3G). Since these experiments involve no permanent MED16 ablation, the observed transcriptional effects cannot be attributed to indirect global Mediator dysfunction, verifying specific MED16–UBP1 regulation.

      (8) Without documenting the relative protein expression levels in Figure 3G/H, conclusions cannot be drawn about the titration experiments, nor the co-expression experiments. These findings are likely the result of squelching or some form of competition that is not directly related to the UBP1-mediated transcription. A great deal of validation would be required in order to support the model that these effects are a result of MED16 overexpression sequestering UBP1 away from holo-Mediator.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. In fact, the squelching interpretation that the reviewer proposes is fully consistent with our functional model and helps reinforce a key conclusion of our study.

      The reviewer correctly points out that overexpressed MED16 may compete with the endogenous Mediator complex for UBP1 binding, sequestering UBP1 away from the holo-Mediator and thereby inhibiting UBP1-driven transcription. This interpretation directly implies that UBP1 requires association with the intact Mediator complex—not merely free MED16—to activate transcription. This is precisely the model we advocate, and the squelching phenomenon observed in Figure 3G thus provides independent functional evidence for it.

      The specificity of this effect is confirmed by the MED16 Δαβ mutant: the Δαβ mutant integrates into the Mediator complex normally but cannot bind UBP1, and consequently fails to exert any competitive inhibition on the UBP1 reporter (Fig 3G). This demonstrates that the squelching effect is specifically dependent on the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface. We have now documented the relative protein expression levels for these experiments in the revised manuscript.

      (9) The lack of any documentation of expression levels for the various ectopic proteins in the majority of Figures, renders mechanistic claims meaningless (Figures 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, S2, S3). This is particularly relevant since the model presented for many of the results invokes concentration-dependent competition.

      In the revised manuscript, we have now included Western blot data documenting the expression levels of ectopic proteins for the key experiments. The expression level data confirm that the proteins were expressed at the expected levels across the different conditions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The individual reviews are included above. Please also note that additional instructions regarding the publication of the preprint are below.

      If you choose to publish your preprint with eLife, these reviews will also be published with the article. As noted in the instructions following the reviews, you do have a chance to include a provisional response to the reviewers' comments in the provisional publication of the preprint. You will also have an opportunity to submit a revised version of the manuscript in the future. Finally, you do have the option of formally withdrawing the article from eLife after the Reviewed Preprint has been published and pursuing publication elsewhere.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The writing and presentation are generally good, except that some typos and mistakes in conceptual statements (e.g., lines 407-408 "WDR-deleted MED16, which cannot interact with UBP1") often confuse the readers.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful reading. We have tried out best to correct the typos and misstatements, including the error in line 407-408 where "WDR-deleted MED16, which cannot interact with UBP1" should refer to the αβ-domain deletion rather than the WDR deletion. The whole manuscript has been extensively rewritten for better clarity and preciseness.

      (2) Inconsistency in the citation format between numbering and author names should be avoided.

      The citation format has now been unified throughout the manuscript.

      (3) Two important scientific concepts based on the published literature should be mentioned:

      (a) "The position-dependent function of transcription factors (TFs) relative to the TSS" (lines 427-428) is a well-known fact in the transcription field that partly explains gene activation versus gene repression; and

      (b) the statement "JQ1 that is known to reverse HIV-1 latency by antagonizing BRD4's suppression of the Tat-P-TEFb/SEC (Super Elongation Complex) interaction" (lines 384-386) is only partially correct and is a property unique to the BRD4 long (BRD4-L) isoform.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now cited the relevant literature on the position-dependent function of transcription factors relative to the TSS, including the recent study by Duttke et al. (3), which systematically demonstrated that the effect of TF binding on transcription initiation is highly position-dependent. Our findings provide a clear example that UBP1 activates transcription when its binding motif is located upstream of the TSS but represses when the motif overlaps the TSS, which exemplifying this concept.

      We have corrected the statement to specify that JQ1 antagonizes the BRD4 long isoform (BRD4-L)-mediated suppression of Tat-P-TEFb/SEC, and have noted that the BRD4 short isoform (BRD4-S) may also contribute to HIV-1 promoter repression and JQ1-mediated latency reversal.

      (4) Another relevant concept is that BRD4 short (BRD4-S) isoform-inhibited HIV-1 promoter activity could be potentially alleviated by JQ1, leading to latency reversal. Besides the aforementioned points and those comments already provided in the Public Review, the involvement of TFCP2 and YY1 in MED16-UBP1 function has not been clearly established and will require more careful and detailed investigation.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. Regarding BRD4-S, we have added a discussion of the BRD4 short isoform's role in HIV-1 promoter regulation and its potential contribution to JQ1-mediated latency reversal.

      Regarding the involvement of TFCP2 and YY1, we agree that their precise roles within the MED16-UBP1 regulatory axis have not been fully dissected in the current study. Our data indicate that TFCP2 can dimerize with UBP1 to enhance transcriptional activation (Fig 3H), and YY1 is present in the MED16-containing fractions (Fig 1E), consistent with its previously reported role in HIV-1 silencing. However, the molecular details of how TFCP2 and YY1 contribute to MED16-UBP1 function—and whether they act in the same or parallel pathways—remain to be determined. We have acknowledged this as a limitation and a direction for future investigation in the revised Discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The data from Figure 1F are hard to interpret, the blot quality is poor for Med23, 16

      We acknowledge that the blot quality for MED23 and MED16 in Figure 1F was suboptimal in the original submission. We have now provided better Western blot, which confirms the specific co-immunoprecipitation of MED16 and MED23 with TFCP2 in both HeLa nuclear extract and the gel filtration fractions. Importantly, the reciprocal co-IP (anti-MED16 IP blotted for TFCP2 and UBP1, Fig 1E) independently validates this interaction.

      (2) Figure 2: No MW markers on gels. Also, these types of experiments are ok for pilot studies, but they aren't rigorous. Only a few proteins were tested, and it's easy to get false positives with how the experiments were completed. Finally, the Mediator proteins were tested as single isolated proteins rather than in their native context. As isolated proteins, they likely have large exposed hydrophobic patches (normally bound to other subunits), and this can generate non-specific "sticky" interactions that can lead to false positive results.

      We have now included MW markers on the gel images in the revised Figure 2.

      The reviewer raises a valid general concern about domain mapping experiments. However, we wish to emphasize that the readout in Figure 2B and 2F is the binding of exogenously expressed truncated proteins to their endogenous interaction partners—MED1, TFCP2, MED16, and MED23—which are natively folded and assembled in their physiological environment. This is not a situation where two isolated proteins are mixed in a test tube. Furthermore, the deletion series themselves contain important internal controls against non-specific "stickiness": In Figure 2B, progressive deletion of the WDR domains leads to a gradual reduction in MED1 binding, consistent with the predicted structural role of the β-propeller (WDR domain). The truncation at the αβ-domain specifically abolishes TFCP2 binding but does not affect its association with Mediator complex as indicated by MED1. If the truncated proteins were non-specifically sticky due to exposed hydrophobic patches, one would expect uniform binding across all truncations or random binding patterns, which is not observed. And in Figure 2F, deletion of the 36-amino-acid USP abolishes its MED16 binding, while deletion of the SAM motif does not. This sequence-specific differential effect is inconsistent with non-specific hydrophobic interactions.

      The domain mapping experiments in Figure 2 were not designed as an unbiased screen but as hypothesis-driven tests guided by the IP-MS results identifying UBP1/TFCP2 as MED16 interactors, sequence and structural analysis predicting the roles of the WDR and αβ-domains. The conclusions from these experiments are corroborated by subsequent functional assays: the USP-deleted mutant and the MED16 Δαβ mutant show corresponding functional defects in both UBP1 reporter and HIV-1 reporter assays (Fig 3G, Fig 5G), providing strong support that the mapped interaction interfaces are functionally relevant.

      (3) Figure 3: UBP1 reporter is artificial, 6X UBP1 sites upstream of a TATA box.

      We appreciate this comment and wish to clarify a misunderstanding. The UBP1 reporter used in Figure 3 is not an artificial construct assembled from random elements. Its backbone is derived from the mouse α-globin gene promoter, a well-established natural target of UBP1/TFCP2, which contains two endogenous UBP1/TFCP2 binding sites. In order to increase the reporter's sensitivity to UBP1/TFCP2, we expanded the original two sites to six. Critically, this expansion did not alter the native architecture of the promoter—the relative positions of the transcription factor binding sites, the CCAAT box, the TATA box, and the TSS remain unchanged from the original α-globin promoter. This reporter therefore retains the physiological spacing and topological organization of a genuine UBP1 target promoter, and its low basal activity and high inducibility by UBP1 make it a well-suited tool for modeling UBP1 transcriptional activity. We have further clarified this description in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 3D: Med16 KD not compelling, perhaps 50% knockdown? Hard to tell because no replicates and no quantitation.

      We acknowledge that the shRNA-mediated MED16 knockdown in Figure 3D was partial and that the original presentation lacked replicate quantification. We initially tested three independent shRNAs targeting MED16, of which only one achieved appreciable knockdown. Recognizing this limitation, we turned to a more definitive loss-of-function approach: CRISPR-Cas9-mediated MED16 knockout. Five independent frameshift KO clones were generated in mouse HT cells, each verified by sequencing and Western blotting (Fig 3F), and all five clones consistently showed reduced UBP1 reporter activity compared with wild-type cells (Fig 3E). The consistency between the shRNA knockdown and CRISPR KO reinforce the conclusion that MED16 is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity.

      (5) Figure 3E: Med16 KO will be a different cell line because of genetic adaptation. That is, an RNA-seq experiment is expected to result in many gene expression changes compared to the parental line. This could contribute to differences, or differences could result from altered Mediator composition to compensate for Med16 loss, but this wasn't addressed by the authors. A rapid degron method would be much more rigorous.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important concern. We agree that prolonged MED16 loss can elicit cellular adaptation and compensatory changes in Mediator composition, as our own new data on tail module dissociation confirm. This makes it challenging to disentangle direct and indirect effects using constitutive KO models alone.

      However, two independent lines of evidence support a direct role for MED16 in UBP1-mediated transcription that cannot be explained by adaptive responses:

      First, acute shRNA-mediated knockdown produces the same phenotypic trend. shRNA operates on a shorter timescale (days) without prolonged selection for compensatory mutations, yet it also reduces UBP1 reporter activity (Fig 3C). The convergence of acute and chronic loss-of-function approaches suggests the phenotype is driven by MED16 loss itself rather than by the secondary adaptations that accumulate over time in KO cells.

      Second, and most critically, the MED16Δαβ mutant experiment completely bypasses the issues of genetic adaptation and Mediator structural disruption (Fig 3G). This experiment is performed in wild-type cells with an intact endogenous Mediator complex, without any MED16 depletion and without any long-term selection. The MED16Δαβ mutant retains full ability to integrate into the Mediator complex (its WDR domain is intact) but cannot bind UBP1. Overexpression of wild-type MED16 competitively inhibits the UBP1 reporter due to the squelching effect, whereas overexpression of MED16Δαβ at comparable levels does not (Fig 3G). The sole molecular difference is that MED16Δαβ doesn`t contain the UBP1-binding interface. Because this experiment involves no MED16 loss and no adaptive period, the result directly demonstrates that MED16-UBP1 interaction is required for UBP1 transcriptional activity, entirely independent of concerns about clonal adaptation.

      We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion of a rapid auxin-inducible degron approach. While acute depletion strategies offer clear advantages in minimizing cellular adaptation, they are not without limitations. First, degron-based depletion rarely achieves 100% elimination of the target protein, and residual protein may confound interpretation. Second, and particularly relevant to our system, degron-mediated degradation may preferentially target free, unassembled subunits while sparing proteins already stably integrated into large macromolecular complexes such as the Mediator—potentially creating a lag or even complete resistance to degradation for the pool of MED16 that is assembled into the complex. Given these considerations, we believe our convergent strategy—combining shRNA knockdown, CRISPR-mediated knockout in multiple independent clones, and the Δαβ mutant that bypasses structural perturbation—provides a robust and complementary set of evidence that does not rely on any single depletion method.

      (6) The title for Figure 3 is "Med16 is required for UBP1 activation of gene transcription", but that's not conclusively shown by these experiments.

      We agree that the original title of Figure 3 may overstate. We have revised the title to " MED16 acts through the Mediator complex to support UBP1-mediated transcriptional activation ", which may better reflect the data. As discussed in our responses above, this conclusion is supported by converging evidence from shRNA knockdown (Fig 3C), CRISPR-mediated KO across multiple clones (Fig 3E-F), and the specific loss of function observed with the MED16Δαβ mutant (Fig 3G).

      (7) Figure 5: Med16 protein levels were never measured, nor were other transfected proteins. Reporter assay data are correlative only; no evidence for direct effects, and only 2 other MED subunits are probed. Again, this is a starting point, but nothing to use for concrete conclusions about Med16.

      We have now provided Western blot data documenting MED16 and other transfected protein levels for the experiments in Figure 5, confirming that the proteins were expressed at the expected levels. We agree that plasmid-based reporter assays alone cannot establish direct transcriptional mechanisms. The HIV-1 reporter experiments in Figure 5 serve as an initial functional readout, and their conclusions are corroborated by more direct approaches: (i) the position-dependent specificity demonstrated by chimeric reporter assays (Fig 6A-C); (ii) the independence of the effect from TAR-mediated elongation and HDAC activity (Fig S2), ruling out alternative mechanisms; and (iii) the immobilized template transcription assays, which directly measure nascent RNA production and PIC assembly on the HIV-1 promoter (Fig 7). The reporter data should be viewed as one component of a larger body of convergent evidence rather than as standalone proof.

      MED23 and MED24 were chosen as the most relevant controls because they, along with MED16, form the core of the tail module submodule that creates the transcription factor interaction platform. They are structurally adjacent to MED16 within the same submodule. The fact that neither MED23 nor MED24 overexpression affects HIV-1 reporter activity (Fig 5C), whereas MED16 overexpression does so in a UBP1-binding-dependent manner (Fig 5C, 5E), demonstrates that the inhibitory effect is specific to MED16 and not a generic consequence of overexpressing a Mediator tail subunit.

      (8) Figure 6: similar concerns to Figure 5. The promoters are artificial, derived from a chicken beta-actin promoter with artificially inserted UBP1 binding sequences.

      We acknowledge that the chimeric promoters in Figure 6 are indeed deliberately designed. To address this specific question: Does the binding position of the UBP1 relative to the TSS dictate whether UBP1-MED16 activates or represses transcription?

      To isolate position as the sole variable, we needed a backbone promoter that (i) is stably and robustly active in the cell lines used, (ii) does not itself contain endogenous UBP1 binding sites that would confound the interpretation, and (iii) allows precise placement of the UBP1 binding motif either upstream of or overlapping the TSS. The chicken β-actin promoter meets all three criteria and is a widely used tool in molecular biology for such controlled promoter engineering experiments. Notably, its high GC content around the promoter region is also a feature shared with the HIV-1 core promoter, making it a particularly relevant backbone for the HIV-1 TSS chimeric constructs.

      The key controls for this experiment are internal: in the same backbone, placing the UBP1 binding site at the TSS results in MED16-UBP1-dependent repression, whereas placing it upstream does not (Fig 6A vs 6B). Furthermore, this position-dependent effect requires the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface, as the MED16 Δαβ mutant and the UBP1 DBD mutant both fail to produce the inhibitory effect (Fig 6A). The differential outcome between the two constructs—which differ only in the placement of the UBP1 binding site—cannot be attributed to the artificial nature of the backbone, because the backbone is identical in both cases.

      (9) Figure 6D: Not rigorous, no statistical analysis, cannot determine whether the modest changes are biologically relevant/meaningful. Also, data were obtained through indirect measurements and long timeframes, so any direct effects from possible UBP1 binding are probably lost.

      The differentially expressed genes in Figure 6D were selected using DESeq2 with a significance threshold of p < 0.05. The top 50 upregulated and top 50 downregulated transcripts were then used for UBP1 motif enrichment analysis around their promoters. We have clarified these selection criteria in the revised figure legend.

      Regarding the concern that indirect measurements over long timeframes, we now have additional evidence that UBP1 binding effects are preserved in our RNA-seq data. Motif analysis of UBP1-upregulated genes using HOMER identified the CP2 family binding motif (CNRG-N6-CNRG) as the most significantly enriched motif. This indicates that UBP1-binding-dependent transcriptional effects are not lost in our dataset.

      Author response image 4.

      Motif enrichment result of the UBP1 up-regulated genes

      Furthermore, when these UBP1-upregulated and UBP1-downregulated genes are analyzed separately for motif position relative to the TSS, a clear pattern emerges: UBP1-upregulated genes show motif enrichment flanking the TSS, whereas UBP1-downregulated genes show enrichment overlapping the TSS (Fig 6D). If the transcriptional changes were non-specific secondary consequences of prolonged UBP1 overexpression, one would not expect this position-specific distribution. Finally, this positional specificity is corroborated by the chimeric reporter experiments (Fig 6A-C), where moving the UBP1 binding site across the TSS in an otherwise identical promoter directly switches the regulatory outcome. The concordance among the de novo motif discovery, the genome-wide positional analysis, and the functional reporter assays supports the biological relevance of the motif enrichment pattern.

      (10) The title for Figure 6 is "UBP1 binding site determines the UBP1-Med16 inhibition in HIV-1 transcription" but the data do not convincingly show this.

      We appreciate this suggestion. We have revised the title to "The position of the UBP1 binding site relative to the TSS dictates whether MED16-UBP1 activates or represses transcription.". For clarification, Figure 6 not only demonstrates that the UBP1 binding position dictates MED16-UBP1-mediated inhibition in the HIV-1 context, but also revealed that this positional effect could be generalized to endogenous genes: UBP1 motifs flanking the TSS are associated with activation, while motifs overlapping with the TSS are associated with repression.

      (11) Figure 7: The data and the experiment do not support the claim in the title that "MED16-UBP1 complex prohibited PIC formation of HIV-1 transcription". I cannot convince myself that there are meaningful differences between the results shown in 7B, but it's hard to judge because there are no replicates and no quantitation.

      We have revised the title from "MED16-UBP1 complex prohibited PIC formation of HIV-1 transcription" to "MED16 interferes with HIV-1 PIC assembly at the TSS via its interaction with UBP1." We have also provided quantification of the Western blot signals from replicate experiments in Figure 7B, which confirms statistically significant differences in CDK8 binding, Pol II pSer5 signals, and TFIIB retention between conditions. We note that the key observations in Figure 7B were consistently observed across multiple pilot experiments prior to the final dataset presented in the manuscript. Thus, the reported differences are reproducible and not based on a single experiment.

      (12) The immobilized template experiments had only -78 upstream and +60 downstream of the TSS. By my understanding, much more upstream DNA is needed to allow a PIC to assemble, because the 5'-end bead attachment will block. I think this was outlined in an article by the Carey lab, but I'm not sure. A point here is that it would be reassuring for the authors to show that PIC assembly was occurring and that transcription was responsive to a transcription factor, similar to what the Carey lab has done with immobilized templates. See, for example, Figure 1 in Lin & Carey Curr Protocol Mol Biol 2012 Ch12 unit 12.14.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this technical consideration. We respectfully offer a different perspective based on current structural data on the human PIC.

      A recent cryo-EM study of the human Mediator-bound preinitiation complex (4) demonstrated that the PIC spans approximately 50 bp upstream and downstream of the TSS. The DNA templates used for structural determination in that study were generally within 105 bp upstream and 63 bp downstream of the TSS. Our HIV-1 template (-78 to +60, i.e., 78 bp upstream and 60 bp downstream of the TSS) falls within this well-characterized range and provides sufficient space for PIC assembly.

      Regarding the choice of the -78 boundary: the HIV-1 core promoter is defined as -78 to +60, and the region from -78 to -105 encompasses the HIV-1 enhancer, which contains additional regulatory elements including NF-κB and NFAT binding sites. We deliberately excluded these enhancer elements to avoid confounding regulatory inputs and to focus specifically on the UBP1 binding site at the TSS, which is the central focus of our model. The robust luciferase mRNA production observed in wild-type nuclear extract (Fig 7C) provides direct functional evidence that PIC assembly and transcription initiation proceed efficiently on this template under our conditions.

      Author response image 5.

      Promoter templates used for human PIC assembly (Chen et al., Science 372, eaba8490, 2021): templates within −105 to +65 bp of the TSS support PIC formation

      (13) Related to the above concern, the qPCR analysis from the extract experiments may be misleading because of contaminating nucleic acids in the extract. More control experiments are needed, such as no NTP controls.

      We thought this concern has been addressed by our experimental design.

      First, the PIC step in our experimental design (Fig 7B, "PIC") is the no-NTP control: nuclear extract is incubated with the immobilized template without NTPs. After washing, the proteins bound at this step are analyzed by Western blot, and importantly, there is no transcription occurred at this step. Transcription is then initiated by adding NTPs (Fig 7B, "Trx."), and the supernatant from this step is collected for qPCR analysis of transcription.

      Second, it is unlikely that the contaminating nucleic acids from the nuclear extract could confound our qPCR results, because the qPCR analysis specifically detects Luciferase mRNA transcribed from the immobilized HIV-1-Luciferase template, which is absent from eukaryotic genomes; and the endogenous genomic DNA or RNA cannot generate a false-positive signal.

      Lastly, after transcription, the immobilized templates are retained on the streptavidin beads and removed, while only the supernatant containing newly synthesized RNA is collected for qPCR. Any residual template DNA or extract-derived nucleic acids bound to the beads are therefore excluded from the qPCR sample.

      (14) Some references are made with the format of (author name, year), but others use numbers.

      The citation format has been unified throughout the manuscript.

      (15) On line 111-115, it is stated that 2,5 HD somehow "does not interfere with weak hydrophobic interaction due to different positions of hydroxyls" with no reference. Both 1,6 HD and 2,5 HD are hydrophobic molecules, and they will disrupt protein structure. The authors make a point about the differential results with 1,6 HD vs. 2,5 HD, but it's not compelling and not justified.

      We have now provided the reference to support this statement. The specificity of the 1,6-HD effect is further clarified as follows.

      1,6-HD and 2,5-HD are structural isomers sharing the same chemical formula and molecular weight. The key difference lies in the positions of their hydroxyl groups (See Author response image 6). The position of the two hydroxyl groups changes both the molecule’s shape and how it interacts with water and hydrophobic surfaces.

      In 1,6-HD, the two -OH groups sit at the ends of the chain, giving a more symmetric, flexible molecule, while in 2,5-hexanediol the -OH groups are closer to the middle, which changes polarity distribution and local geometry (5, 6). The distinctive structures matter because hydroxyl groups strongly hydrogen-bond with water. When they are terminal and well separated in 1,6-HD, the molecule can present a more balanced hydrophilic “cap” at both ends while keeping a relatively long hydrophobic center, which helps 1,6-HD partition into and disturb weakly interacting hydrophobic regions in condensates or hydrophobic interfaces (Author response image 6). By contrast, moving the hydroxyls inward in 2,5-HD does not help with disrupting the hydrophobic interfaces (Author response image 6). That is why 2,5-HD is often used as a comparison compound: it has the similar chemical formula, but the different hydroxyl pattern usually makes it a weaker or at least differently acting perturbant.

      Author response image 6.

      Differential disruption of hydrophobic interfaces by 1,6-HD vs 2,5-HD

      (16) On lines 117-120, the authors claim that Med16 is "integrated into the Mediator complex through weak hydrophobic interaction but not ionic interaction" based upon a few IP results. They then state (lines 130-131) that "the interaction between Mediator and Med16 is an unstable hydrophobic interaction." These statements make no sense based on any data shown, and they ignore the fact that Med16 purifies with Mediator from many different purification protocols. It's safe to say that its interaction with Mediator results from strong, extensive hydrophobic interfaces, which is further supported by actual structural data. The authors should check their reasoning here because they are over-interpreting their results, and this will be misleading to readers.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. The reviewer is right that our original phrasing—particularly "unstable hydrophobic interaction"—was imprecise and inconsistent with the established structural data. As the reviewer notes, MED16 co-purifies with the Mediator complex through multiple purification protocols, and recent cryo-EM structures (4) reveal that MED16 engages in extensive hydrophobic interfaces with neighboring tail module subunits, particularly MED24 and MED25. We fully agree that this is a strong, hydrophobic interaction in the physiological context.

      Our 1,6-hexanediol experiments demonstrated that the MED16-Mediator interface does have a hydrophobic character, which renders the sensitivity to 1,6-HD disruption. This does not mean the interaction is weak. We have now carefully described the relevant statements in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It is not accurate to claim that "198 (genes) were repressed by shMED16 knockdown (Fig 4B and 4C)". These genes were simply not activated by UBP1 in the knockdown cells.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful distinction. We have revised the text to state that the UBP1-activated genes were “profoundly downregulated upon MED16 depletion” rather than “repressed by shMED16 knockdown”. The biological point remains unchanged: MED16 is required for UBP1 to activate this set of target genes.

      (2) Like the majority of experiments presented, the RNA-seq presented in Figure 4 may reflect indirect effects of MED16 loss. As such, the results do not support the claim that "This result demonstrated that UBP1 and MED16 collaborate to regulate transcription".

      We acknowledge that RNA-seq data from MED16 knockdown cells alone cannot distinguish direct from indirect effects. However, we did not rely on the RNA-seq data alone to support a collaborative role for UBP1 and MED16.

      The key evidence comes from experiments comparing wild-type MED16 with the MED16Δαβ mutant. MED16Δαβ integrates into the Mediator complex normally but cannot bind UBP1 (Fig 2B). When overexpressed in wild-type cells, wild-type MED16 inhibits the UBP1-driven reporter activity through a squelching effect. In contrast, MED16Δαβ has no effect on the UBP1 reporter assay (Fig 3G), and the same is true for the HIV-1 reporter assays (Fig 5G). Thus, MED16 must both integrate into the Mediator complex and directly bind UBP1 to support UBP1-mediated transcription.

      In addition, the genes identified as UBP1-MED16 co-regulated by RNA-seq are enriched for specific biological processes—angiogenesis (Fig 4D-E)—that align with the known physiological functions of UBP1. Such functional coherence would be unexpected if the transcriptional changes were merely non-specific secondary consequences of Mediator disruption.

      Thus, while we agree that RNA-seq alone has limitations, the convergent evidence from the MED16Δαβ mutant and the functional specificity of the co-regulated gene set supports a collaborative role for UBP1 and MED16 in transcriptional regulation.

      (3) The data in Figure 4 are not presented with controls documenting the relative expression levels of MED16 and UBP1. For example, it would be important to understand the level of UBP1 overexpression achieved, relative to endogenous UBP1 levels in HeLa cells.

      We agree with the reviewer that documenting expression levels is important. Author response image 7 are the CPM values for UBP1 from our RNA-seq data, confirming robust overexpression in the UBP1-overexpression condition compared with the control. The MED16 protein levels in the knockdown cells can be found in Fig 3D, as the same MED16-knockdown HeLa cell line was used for the RNA-seq experiment.

      Author response image 7.

      UBP1 expression level derived from RNA-seq

      Regarding the physiological relevance of UBP1 overexpression, several observations support that the transcriptional effects we observe are specific rather than artifacts of overexpression: (i) the UBP1-activated genes are enriched for pathways known to be regulated by UBP1—angiogenesis (Fig 4D-E)—rather than showing random, non-specific activation; (ii) the activation of these genes is attenuated upon MED16 knockdown, demonstrating dependence on the MED16-UBP1 interaction; and (iii) in reporter assays, the MED16 mutant lacking its C-terminal αβ-domain fails to competitively inhibit UBP1 driven reporter transcription even when UBP1 is similarly overexpressed (Fig 3G), indicating that the competitive inhibition of the UBP1 reporter depends specifically on the MED16-UBP1 interaction interface, rather than on the amount of UBP1 protein overexpressed.

      (4) The enhancer-promoter architecture of the luciferase construct used in Figure 3 is not sufficiently described. Are the elements far enough apart that Mediator-dependent looping is required for transcription, for example?

      We appreciate the reviewer's question. The UBP1 reporter construct used in Figure 3 is derived from the mouse α-globin gene promoter, a well-established natural target of UBP1/TFCP2(7, 8). The native α-globin promoter contains two endogenous UBP1/TFCP2 binding sites; to increase the reporter's sensitivity to UBP1, we expanded these to six tandem copies. Critically, this expansion preserved the native architecture of the promoter—the relative positions of the UBP1 binding sites, the CCAAT box, the TATA box, and the TSS were not altered. The entire reporter construct spans only 198 bp in total length. At this scale, all regulatory elements reside within a compact proximal promoter region, with no element separated by a distance that would require DNA looping for functional communication. The reporter therefore measures UBP1-dependent transcriptional activation from the proximal promoter, consistent with the canonical role of Mediator in facilitating PIC assembly rather than mediating long-range enhancer-promoter interactions. We have added a detailed description of the construct architecture to the Methods section.

      (5) The identification of matches to the UBP1 consensus sequence in a promoter does not prove that this is how UBP1 overexpression is impacting their transcription. "highly matched UBP1 motifs were identified in their promoters (Fig. 4F), leading to their activation when UBP1 was overexpressed."

      We agree with the reviewer that the presence of a UBP1 consensus motif in a promoter does not by itself prove direct regulation. We have revised the original statement: the activation of these genes by UBP1 overexpression is now described as "associated with" the presence of UBP1 motifs in their promoters.

      We acknowledge that the ideal experiment to demonstrate direct UBP1 occupancy would be ChIP-seq. However, ChIP-grade antibodies against UBP1 are not commercially available, and no UBP1 ChIP-seq datasets exist in public databases. We attempted to carry out the ChIP-seq ourselves but were unable to obtain sufficiently good-quality data.

      In the absence of ChIP data, three lines of evidence indicate that the identified UBP1 motifs are functionally relevant. First, motif analysis of UBP1-upregulated genes using HOMER identified the CP2 family binding motif (CNRG-N6-CNRG) as the most significantly enriched motif. This demonstrates that UBP1-binding-dependent transcriptional could be preserved in our RNA-seq data. Second, when we examine the positional distribution of these motifs, a clear pattern emerges: UBP1 motifs flank the TSS in activated genes, but overlap the TSS in repressed genes (Fig 6D). Indirect effects would not produce this position-specific pattern. Third, our chimeric reporter experiments (Fig 6A-C) directly test this position effect: moving the UBP1 binding site upstream of the TSS leads to activation, while moving it to overlap the TSS leads to repression. Together, these three independent approaches support the conclusion that UBP1 regulates these genes through the motifs we identified. See Author response image 4.

      (6) Lines 266 and 277 are redundant.

      We have carefully reviewed lines 266 and 277. Line 266 is the topic sentence (caption) of the section ("MED16 collaborates with UBP1 to inhibit HIV-1 transcription"), which introduces the overall conclusion, while line 277 describes the specific experimental result ("MED16 inhibited HIV-luciferase activity in a dose-dependent manner"). These serve distinct rhetorical functions. We have ensured that no other redundant phrasing exists elsewhere in the section.

      (7) The mere correlation of binding site position with activation status does not prove "that UBP1 may act as either a transcriptional activator or repressor, depending on distance of its binding site to TSS."

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern regarding the distinction between correlation and causation. The genome-wide analysis (Fig 6D) reveals an association between UBP1 motif position and transcriptional outcome, which prompts us to postulate that the UBP1 binding position could dictate the transcriptional activity level. The causal evidence comes from the chimeric reporter experiments (Fig 6A-C), in which we directly manipulated the position of the UBP1 binding site relative to the TSS in an otherwise identical promoter background. Placing the UBP1 binding site at the TSS resulted in MED16-UBP1-dependent repression, whereas placing it upstream of the TSS did not. This controlled experiment demonstrates that changing only the position of the UBP1 binding site is sufficient to switch the regulatory outcome, thereby establishing a causal relationship between binding site position and transcriptional effect. We have revised the text to clearly distinguish the correlational genome-wide analysis from the causal reporter experiments.

      (8) In Figure 7, MED16 overexpression results in less CDK8 binding. This undermines the claim that MED16 overexpression lowers transcription by binding to UBP1, and suggests an indirect effect.

      We appreciate the reviewer's careful observation. The reduction in CDK8 binding upon MED16 overexpression is consistent with our model: MED16, through UBP1 occupying the TSS, interferes with PIC assembly, of which CDK8 is a component. Importantly, the input levels of CDK8 and other Mediator subunits remained unchanged across the three conditions (Fig 7B), indicating that the reduced CDK8 signal in the PIC is not due to altered protein expression.

      In support of the specificity of the transcriptional effect, MED16Δαβ—which integrates into the Mediator complex but cannot bind UBP1 (Fig 2B)—fails to competitively inhibit either the UBP1 reporter (Fig 3G) or the HIV-1 reporter (Fig 5G), confirming that the transcriptional outcome depends on the MED16-UBP1 interaction.

      (9) Figure 8F is not referenced in the text or legend.

      Figure 8F has now been referenced in the Results and Discussion section.

      Reference:

      (1) Wang G, Cantin GT, Stevens JL, Berk AJ. Characterization of mediator complexes from HeLa cell nuclear extract. Mol Cell Biol. 2001;21(14):4604-13.

      (2) Yamazaki T, Souquere S, Chujo T, Kobelke S, Chong YS, Fox AH, et al. Functional Domains of NEAT1 Architectural lncRNA Induce Paraspeckle Assembly through Phase Separation. Molecular Cell. 2018;70(6):1038-+.

      (3) Duttke SH, Guzman C, Chang M, Delos Santos NP, McDonald BR, Xie J, et al. Position-dependent function of human sequence-specific transcription factors. Nature. 2024;631(8022):891-8.

      (4) Chen X, Yin X, Li J, Wu Z, Qi Y, Wang X, et al. Structures of the human Mediator and Mediator-bound preinitiation complex. Science. 2021;372(6546).

      (5) Zheng T, Wake N, Weng SL, Perdikari TM, Murthy AC, Mittal J, et al. Molecular insights into the effect of 1,6-hexanediol on FUS phase separation. EMBO J. 2025;44(10):2725-40.

      (6) Romero CM, Páez MS, Miranda JA, Hernández DJ, Oviedo LE. Effect of temperature on the surface tension of diluted aqueous solutions of 1,2-hexanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol and 2,5-hexanediol. Fluid Phase Equilibr. 2007;258(1):67-72.

      (7) Lim LC, Swendeman SL, Sheffery M. Molecular cloning of the alpha-globin transcription factor CP2. Mol Cell Biol. 1992;12(2):828-35.

      (8) Chae JH, Kim CG. CP2 binding to the promoter is essential for the enhanced transcription of globin genes in erythroid cells. Mol Cells. 2003;15(1):40-7.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Angla et al investigate the basis of observations made from previous studies where loss of Onecut (OC) transcription factors leads to changes in spinal interneuron populations that do not themselves normally express OC. The authors hypothesize that OC expression in spinal motor neurons has non-cell-autonomous effects on pre-motor interneuron (V1, V2a/b/c) population size and distribution. By knocking out OC in the motor neuron lineage (i.e., downstream of Olig2, a motor neuron progenitor marker gene), they indeed show that motor neuron-specific loss of OC expression decreases V2c interneuron number and alters the spatial distribution of V1, V2a, V2b, and V2c populations. Using bulk RNA-sequencing of WT and OC conditional knockout (cKO) motor neurons, the authors identify that the neurotrophic factor Ntf3 is downregulated by OC expression. They subsequently hypothesize that the non-cell-autonomous effects observed by loss of OC expression in motor neurons can be explained by de-repression of Ntf3. To test this, the authors conditionally knock out Ntf3 downstream of Olig2 and show that this leads to increased interneuron numbers and alters their spatial distribution, ultimately leading to dysregulation of spinal motor circuits and motor activity.

      Strengths:

      The authors use sophisticated genetic tools to precisely remove OC and Ntf3 expression in a lineage-specific manner and comprehensively assess the downstream effects across brachial, thoracic, lumbar levels of the spinal cord, as well as at two developmental timepoints, E12.5 and E14.5.

      Weaknesses:

      There are two main concerns that are not fully addressed:

      (1) Based on the effects observed with OC vs. Ntf3 cKO, it is unclear whether OC is indeed exerting its non-cell-autonomous effects via Ntf3. Knocking out both Ntf3 and OC and comparing the effects to those seen with just OC cKO alone could provide more insight on this point.

      In this study, we did not intend to demonstrate that Onecut transcription factors exert their non-cell autonomous action on spinal interneuron development by regulating Ntf3 expression, and we do not state in the manuscript that this is the case. We only show that Onecut factors and Ntf3, the expression of which they regulate, contribute to the non-cell autonomous regulation of spinal interneuron development by the motor neurons. We are convinced that Onecut factors could regulate multiple independent factors and pathways involved in extrinsic regulation of interneuron development. This possibly also includes, as demonstrated in cell culture for multiple homeoproteins including human Onecut factors, the intercellular transfer of the Onecut homeoproteins during spinal cord development, a process that we are currently investigating. Knocking out both OC and Ntf3 in the motor neurons, beyond being technically extremely challenging (1/64 probability to obtain double-mutant embryos), would not enable to address this question, as it will simply results in the addition of two different defects.

      Also, a quantitative summary of the effects of Ntf3 overexpression in motor neurons in the chick is lacking.

      A quantitative summary of the effects of Ntf3 overexpression in the chicken embryonic spinal cord is provided in Figure S2.

      (2) How the authors assess changes in the spatial distribution of interneurons is unclear. In Figures 2 and 4, the control distributions (despite reporting the same populations in the same regions) look different, suggesting large sample-to-sample variance in distribution. Although the authors report that several sections in each level were taken from at least three animals for each condition, it's unclear how variance within WT or cKO sections was accounted for in the final statistical evaluation. It seems at a glance that a comparison between control samples in Figure 2 and Figure 4 could report statistically significant differences, which would be problematic. A more rigorous report of sample-to-sample variance and a more in-depth explanation of the statistical methods are needed.

      The experimental procedure to analyze the spatial distribution of spinal interneurons at different stages of development is described in details in the “Statistical analyses” paragraph of the Materials and Methods section of the manuscript, and has been repeatedly used by ourselves [1,2] and by others (see for example [3-5]) to conduct similar analyses.

      We also noticed that the distribution of the different analyzed interneuron populations in the control embryos showed some differences between the cOc1Oc2<sup>-/-</sup> and in the cNtf3<sup>-/-</sup> lines. Several parameters can account for this observation. First, this study has been conducted over a period of 15 years, different investigators each contributing to different steps of the analysis. Second, the genetic background of these two lines is not identical, impacting both the duration of the gestation (hence, the embryonic stage of the performed analyses, even if the embryos were collected on the same gestation day) and possibly the distribution of some interneuron populations. Third, because of evolutions in the availability of the primary antibodies used to label the interneuron populations of interest, the same antibodies were not used throughout the study, as stated for in the Materials and Methods section for Chx10, Gata3 and Sox1, although the same antibody was used by the same investigator to label the same interneuron population in each mouse line at each developmental stage.

      A detailed description of the number of sections and embryos included in each analysis as well as the whole statistical workflow that was used for the distribution analyses, which takes into account variance within control or mutant samples, is now provided in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The study by Angla et al. proposes a model in which NT-3 produced by motor neurons regulates interneuron numbers and distribution in a non-cell autonomous manner. The authors demonstrate that ablation of motor neurons (MNs) and global and conditional deletion of OC transcription factors lead to changes in interneuron distribution. They identify that NT3 is upregulated after MN-specific OC deletion in RNA-seq experiments and show that olig2-cre mediated NT3 deletion leads to increased ventral interneuron numbers, altered distribution, and defects in locomotor behavior. The authors conclude that MN-derived NT3, under OC control, regulates interneuron development. While this is an intriguing hypothesis, additional experiments are needed to support it and strengthen the link between the different experiments described here.

      (1) The study primarily quantifies interneuron numbers and distribution at different levels of the spinal cord and under different genetic manipulations. Experimental details are lacking, defining how many sections were analyzed (several are noted in the methods) and how the rostrocaudal levels of the spinal cord were precisely aligned.

      A detailed description of the number of sections and embryos included in each analysis as well as the whole statistical workflow that was used for the distribution analyses is now provided in the revised version of the manuscript. The rostrocaudal levels of the spinal cord were precisely aligned using the distribution of Foxp1 in the Lateral Motor Columns (LMCs) at brachial or lumbar levels of the spinal cord, which is also indicated in the revised version.

      In different figures, the values and distributions shown for controls vary quite a lot. For example, in Figure 2B vs Figure 4B, the number of FoxP2+ V1 neurons at brachial levels is ~350 vs 125. Similarly, the control distributions in 2I and 4I are quite different. This makes it challenging to determine whether the conclusions regarding the impact of each genetic manipulation on interneuron numbers and distribution are valid.

      Several parameters can account for these observations. First, this study has been conducted over a period of 15 years, different investigators each contributing to different steps of the analysis. Second, the genetic background of these two lines is not identical, impacting both the duration of the gestation (hence, the embryonic stage of the performed analyses, even if the embryos were collected on the same gestation day) and possibly the distribution of some interneuron populations. Third, because of evolutions in the availability of the primary antibodies used to label the interneuron populations of interest, the same antibodies were not used throughout the study, as stated for in the Materials and Methods section for Chx10, Gata3 and Sox1, although the same antibody was used by the same investigator to label the same interneuron population in each mouse line at each developmental stage.

      (2) The relationship between OC and NT3 deletion data is not entirely clear. Both deletions presumably lead to changes in interneuron distribution, but is there any reverse relationship between the two that relates to relative changes in NT3 levels? The authors do not directly compare NT3 and OC KO IN distributions. Similarly, one might expect a decrease in interneuron numbers in OC mutants, which is only reported for V2c neurons. However, the image presented in Figure 2G shows an equal number of V2c INs in control and mutant.

      In this study, we did not intend to demonstrate that Onecut transcription factors exert their non-cell autonomous action on spinal interneuron development by regulating Ntf3 expression, and we do not state in the manuscript that this is the case. We only show that Onecut factors and Ntf3, the expression of which they regulate, contribute to the non-cell autonomous regulation of spinal interneuron development by the motor neurons. We are convinced that Onecut factors could regulate multiple independent factors and pathways involved in extrinsic regulation of interneuron development. For example, as mentioned above, we observed intercellular transfer of the Onecut homeoproteins during spinal cord development, suggesting different strategies for non-cell autonomous regulation of interneuron development. The two mouse lines studied here consist on the one side in a combination of OC inactivation and Ntf3 increased expression, and on the other side in Ntf3 inactivation. Therefore, a reverse relationship between the changes in interneuron distribution is not expected. Furthermore, gain-of-function and loss-of-function experiments in mouse models frequently generate phenotypes that are not inverse to each other.

      (3) It is not clear that the behavioral phenotypes seen in the olig2-cre mediated deletion of NT3 can be attributed to changes in interneuron development. How about a role of NT3 in oligodendrocytes? There is a big gap between the embryonic changes shown here and behavior, with no in-between circuit-level changes in locomotor circuits shown.

      We agree, the motor behavior changes that we recorded in Ntf3 conditional mutant mice are, as stated, “consistent with the hypothesis that Ntf3 produced by MNs is required to generate locomotor circuits with properly coordinated activity” but do not demonstrate a direct causal relationship. However, investigating the intrinsic activity of the spinal locomotor circuits, independently from, for example, oligodendrocyte contribution may prove to be extremely challenging and was beyond the scope of this study. In addition, to our best knowledge, Ntf3 has not been shown to be expressed in healthy oligodendrocytes in vivo, and TrkC has not been reported to be displayed by these cells in the same conditions.

      A more restricted manipulation would be deleting TrkC from specific interneuron populations. Related to this, although TrkC is shown to be broadly expressed in ventral interneurons, it is not shown specifically to colocalize with any of the interneuron markers. The authors should validate that the receptor is expressed in the subsets that they are investigating.

      We agree, investigating the consequences of inactivating the TrkC receptor in specific interneuron populations would be extremely informative. However, this experiment is also very challenging to perform, as most of the driver lines available to target spinal interneuron populations additionally target multiple neuronal populations outside of the spinal cord that are also involved in the control of movements and could therefore induce confounding effects on motor behavior analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting to investigate in more details the interneuron populations that display TrkC receptors, which is now included in the revised version of the manuscript (Figure 3E-G).

      (4) The rationale for following up on NT3 seems to be the chick electroporation experiments; however, no changes in distribution are shown in those experiments, and only a very minor decrease in Chx10 interneurons. Shouldn't NT3 overexpression lead to substantial decreases in IN numbers according to the authors' model? The "data not shown", which presumably refers to distribution, would be important to show here, to further support this rationale.

      Chicken spinal cord electroporation only enables to study spinal cord development for a few days, given the high mortality rate observed after longer incubation. At the stage we collected the electroporated embryos for analyses, interneuron migration has barely been initiated, and distribution cannot be studied yet. Consistently, we are not aware of any report of interneuron distribution analysis in electroporated chicken embryonic spinal cord, as compared to mouse embryos [1-5].

      (5) The idea that NT3 downregulation causes an increase in IN numbers is not intuitive. Also, considering the DTA experiments in Figure 1, showing that MN ablation leads to a decrease in several IN subtypes and no changes in V2a neurons. It would be helpful for the reader if the authors could synthesize their results in the discussion and reconcile their experimental findings.

      We agree, this has now been included in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript aims to investigate cell extrinsic mechanisms that regulate the differentiation and distribution of interneuron types in the spinal cord. The authors demonstrate that the loss of motor neurons leads to changes in the number and distribution of different interneuron types, specifically V0v, V1, and V2b (but not V2a). The authors then hypothesize that this phenotype may be controlled by the action of Onecut (OC) transcription factors in motor neurons. Conditional knockout of OC1 + OC2 in motor neurons using Olig2-Cre, however, does not lead to significant changes in the numbers of V1, V2a, and V2b interneurons, although there is a change in their spatial distribution. While the authors do not check V0v neurons in OC mutants, they do check V2c, which show a reduction in number and change in distribution. Why the same neurons are not checked across experiments is unclear. The authors then analyze existing RNA-seq data to identify factors that could be mediating the effects of the OC factors in motor neurons. They identify Ntf3 as a candidate and confirm that it is upregulated in OC mutants. Conditional loss of function of Ntf3 (Olig2-Cre) leads to increases in V1, V2a, and V2b (but not V2c) interneurons and changes in the distribution of all four interneuron types. Finally, the authors demonstrate that these Ntf3 conditional mutants have major defects in motor function.

      The conclusions of this manuscript are not well supported by the data for the reasons listed below, making it difficult to assess the impact of this work on the field.

      (1) The manuscript relies heavily on quantifying numbers and the spatial distribution of interneuron populations. However, these do not seem to be consistent in control animals across experiments, making it difficult to interpret any changes observed in genetic manipulations. Specifically, in Figures 2 and 4, the same markers are being used to quantify V1, V2a, V2b, and V2c interneurons in controls vs. OC (Figure 2) or Ntf3 (Figure 4) conditional knockouts, but the numbers of neurons and their distribution in control animals are variable between these two figures. For example, there seems to be a mean of >300 V1 neurons in E12.5 brachial sections of Fig. 2 controls, but this number is <150 in Fig. 4 controls. The cell distribution scoring is similarly variable between these controls without any explanation. The same is true for E14.5 controls used in Figure S1 vs. Figure S3.

      We also noticed that quantifications and distributions of the different analyzed interneuron populations in the control embryos showed some differences between the cOc1Oc2<sup>-/-</sup> and in the cNtf3<sup>-/-</sup> lines. Several parameters can account for this observation. First, this study has been conducted over a period of 15 years, different investigators each contributing to different steps of the analysis. Therefore, the interneuron distribution analyses in these two mouse lines were not conducted by the same researchers. Second, the genetic background of these two lines is not identical, impacting both the duration of the gestation (hence, the embryonic stage of the performed analyses, even if the embryos were collected on the same gestation day) and possibly the distribution of some interneuron populations. Third, because of evolutions in the availability of the primary antibodies used to label the interneuron populations of interest, the same antibodies were not used throughout the study, as stated in the Materials and Methods section for Chx10, Gata3 and Sox1, although the same antibody was used by the same investigator to label the same interneuron population in each mouse line at each developmental stage.

      (2) Neurotrophic factors generally promote neuronal survival. However, in this study, the loss of Ntf3 leads to increased numbers of interneurons. This finding is in disagreement with previous observations in slice cultures of spinal cords, as stated in the discussion. This discrepancy makes it even more important that the cell counts reported in the figures discussed above are robust.

      Considering that neurotrophic factors only support neuronal survival would strongly neglect their important function in neuronal differentiation, which has been broadly demonstrated. Severe immunotoxic ablation of motor neurons or anti-serum blockade of Ntf3 activity severely depleted inhibitory, but not excitatory, interneurons in a highly apoptotic-prone organotypic culture model of embryonic rat spinal cord slices, which was rescued by Ntf3 in the first model [6]. Opposite results were obtained in vivo by other researchers using mouse models lacking almost all MNs due to the elimination of skeletal muscles, where the number of spinal INs remained unaffected [7,8]. Combined to our results, these in vivo observations suggest that Ntf-3 is involved in interneuron differentiation rather in their survival. Consistently, Ntf3 has been shown to promote neuronal differentiation [9].

      (3) The claim that phenotypes are non-cell autonomously driven by motor neurons is not well supported. In Olig2-Cre conditional knockouts of Onecut and Ntf3, there is no confirmation that the loss of these factors is specific to motor neurons. Therefore, it cannot be ruled out that other cell populations may be mediating the phenotypes.

      Combined conditional inactivation of Oc1 and Oc2 has been reported in [10]. Conditional inactivation of Ntf3 only impacts motor neurons as it is the only cell population in the ventral spinal cord wherein this factor is produced (this study and [11-13]). Furthermore, Olig2-Cre has been shown to be active in motor neurons and in V3 interneurons (see for example [14], which, for this reason, have not been studied in the frame of this project as stated in the manuscript.

      (4) The claim that interneuron development is regulated by OC control of Ntf3 expression in motor neurons is not well supported. The authors show that loss of OC1/2 leads to an increase in Ntf3 expression in motor neurons. If this pathway were controlling interneurons, loss of OC function and overexpression of Ntf3 would have the same phenotype, which is not the case. Additionally, it would also be expected that loss of OC function and loss of Ntf3 function would have inverse phenotypes, which is also not the case. The phenotypes from OC loss of function and Ntf3 loss of function seem distinct from one another. The authors state that too little and too much Ntf3 are both bad for interneuron development, but there is no data to support their claim that OC1/2 mutants have altered interneuron development because of higher Ntf3 expression.

      In this study, we did not intend to demonstrate that Onecut transcription factors exert their non-cell autonomous action on spinal interneuron development by regulating Ntf3 expression, and we do not state in the manuscript that this is the case. We only show that Onecut factors and Ntf3, the expression of which they regulate, contribute to the non-cell autonomous regulation of spinal interneuron development by the motor neurons. We are convinced that Onecut factors could regulate multiple independent factors and pathways involved in extrinsic regulation of interneuron development. This possibly also includes, as demonstrated in cell culture for multiple homeoproteins including human Onecut factors, the intercellular transfer of the Onecut homeoproteins during spinal cord development, a process that we are currently investigating.

      (5) It is not clear that interneurons being studied express the Ntf3 receptor TrkC, which makes it difficult to assess whether changes in Ntf3 signaling are directly responsible for the phenotype.

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting to investigate in more details the interneuron populations that display TrkC receptors, which is now included in the revised version of the manuscript (Figure 3E-G).

      (6) While the behavioral phenotypes are consistent with Ntf3 playing a role in motor circuits, there is no evidence to suggest that Ntf3's influence on premotor interneurons being studied is driving or contributing to this phenotype, as discussed by the authors.

      We agree, the motor behavior changes that we recorded in Ntf3 conditional mutant mice are, as stated, “consistent with the hypothesis that Ntf3 produced by MNs is required to generate locomotor circuits with properly coordinated activity” but do not demonstrate a direct causal relationship. However, investigating the intrinsic activity of the spinal locomotor circuits was beyond the scope of this study.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 3: A more comprehensive overview of the RNA-seq results would be helpful to see how much gene expression is shifted as a result of OC loss (e.g., volcano plot, pathway enrichment analysis).

      We agree, this has now been added in Figures 3B and S3 of the revised manuscript.

      (2) Figure 2, 4: How does the spatial distribution of motor neurons change?

      Describing the distribution of motor neurons is highly challenging given that the expression of markers that are collectively required to label all the motor neuron subset, including Foxp1, Hb9 and most significantly Isl1, is altered when Onecut expression is modified. Furthermore, changes in motor neuron distribution could constitute consequences of alterations in pre-motor interneuron numbers or distributions. However, as far as we can observe, motor neuron distribution was not obviously modified in the studied mutants.

      (3) Figure S2: Why is Ntf3 expression so limited compared to Isl1-expressing motor neurons? An explanation would be helpful.

      As stated in the Material and Methods section and in the legend of Figure S4 of the revised manuscript, expression after chicken embryonic spinal cord electroporation is transient and maximal reporter gene expression, including GFP, can usually only be visualized 24h after electroporation, but not at later stages. Forty-height hours after electroporation, only residual expression can still be detected in a few targeted cells.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Changes in interneuron numbers are attributed to defects in differentiation. However, the possibility that these could be caused by changes in cell death has not been ruled out.

      Absence of increased cell death had been demonstrated previously for Onecut mutant embryos [15] and has been verified now in conditional Ntf3 mutant embryos (Figure S5). Both information have been included in the text.

      (2) In Figures 2 and 4, it is unclear if the images of the spinal cords are from brachial, thoracic, or lumbar levels. As the three levels frequently show different phenotypes, it is difficult to match the immunostaining with the reported quantification.

      All the pictures show thoracic regions of the spinal cord, as now stated in the figure legends of the revised version of the manuscript.

      (3) Statistics are missing in the cell distribution plots in Figure S1.

      This is not the case in our version of the pdf file.

      (4) In experiments where motor neurons are eliminated with Olig2-Cre/DTA, the authors write that progenitors are not affected without showing data. These data should be included because i) Olig2 is expressed in progenitors, so it would be expected that motor neuron progenitors are lost or reduced in this mouse, and ii) showing no changes in progenitors is crucial to the claim that postmitotic motor neurons are affected interneuron populations.

      We agree, these data are now included as Figure S1 of the revised version of the manuscript.

      (1) Harris, A. et al. Onecut factors and Pou2f2 regulate the distribution of V2 interneurons in the mouse developing spinal cord. Front Cell Neurosci 13 (2019). https://doi.org/10.3389/fncel.2019.00184

      (2) Kabayiza, K. U. et al. The Onecut Transcription Factors Regulate Differentiation and Distribution of Dorsal Interneurons during Spinal Cord Development. Front Mol Neurosci 10, 157 (2017). https://doi.org/10.3389/fnmol.2017.00157

      (3) Deska-Gauthier, D. et al. Embryonic temporal-spatial delineation of excitatory spinal V3 interneuron diversity. Cell Rep 43, 113635 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2023.113635

      (4) Bikoff, J. B. et al. Spinal Inhibitory Interneuron Diversity Delineates Variant Motor Microcircuits. Cell 165, 207–219 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2016.01.027

      (5) Hayashi, M. et al. Graded Arrays of Spinal and Supraspinal V2a Interneuron Subtypes Underlie Forelimb and Hindlimb Motor Control. Neuron 97, 869–884 e865 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2018.01.023

      (6) Bechade, C., Mallecourt, C., Sedel, F., Vyas, S. & Triller, A. in J Neurosci Vol. 22 8779–8784 (2002).

      (7) Grieshammer, U., Lewandoski, M., Prevette, D., Oppenheim, R. W. & Martin, G. R. Muscle-specific cell ablation conditional upon Cre-mediated DNA recombination in transgenic mice leads to massive spinal and cranial motoneuron loss. Dev Biol 197, 234–247 (1998). https://doi.org/10.1006/dbio.1997.8859

      (8) Kablar, B. & Rudnicki, M. A. Development in the absence of skeletal muscle results in the sequential ablation of motor neurons from the spinal cord to the brain. Dev Biol 208, 93–109 (1999). https://doi.org/10.1006/dbio.1998.9184

      (9) Dutton, R., Yamada, T., Turnley, A., Bartlett, P. F. & Murphy, M. Regulation of spinal motoneuron differentiation by the combined action of Sonic hedgehog and neurotrophin 3. Clin Exp Pharmacol Physiol 26, 746–748 (1999). https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1440-1681.1999.03108.x

      (10) Toch, M. et al. Onecut-dependent Nkx6.2 transcription factor expression is required for proper formation and activity of spinal locomotor circuits. Sci Rep 10, 996 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-57945-4

      (11) Buck, C. R., Seburn, K. L. & Cope, T. C. Neurotrophin expression by spinal motoneurons in adult and developing rats. J Comp Neurol 416, 309–318 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1002/(sici)1096-9861(20000117)416:3<309::aid-cne3>3.0.co;2-u

      (12) Henderson, C. E. et al. Neurotrophins promote motor neuron survival and are present in embryonic limb bud. Nature 363, 266–270 (1993). https://doi.org/10.1038/363266a0

      (13) Usui, N. et al. Role of motoneuron-derived neurotrophin 3 in survival and axonal projection of sensory neurons during neural circuit formation. Development 139, 1125–1132 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1242/dev.069997

      (14) Debrulle, S. et al. Vsx1 and Chx10 paralogs sequentially secure V2 interneuron identity during spinal cord development. Cell Mol Life Sci 77, 4117–4131 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00018-019-03408-7

      (15) Roy, A. et al. Onecut transcription factors act upstream of Isl1 to regulate spinal motoneuron diversification. Development 139, 3109–3119 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1242/dev.078501

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have achieved an excellent, thorough anatomical characterization of all spinal projecting neurons in the larval zebrafish. The comprehensive nature of their labeling approach and their quantification will make this work an instant reference benchmark for a wide number of zebrafish researchers. In addition, the scholarly approach in comparisons with other work in and outside of fish makes the manuscript valuable to researchers outside the field who would like to know how to translate between zebrafish and mouse terminologies.

      Strengths:

      The figures are clear and easy to follow. The literature review is impressive. The authors are careful to note the few limitations of their approach (eg the absence of Mauthner cell labeling and associated large neuron weak label). The manuscript does the whole field a major service.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

      We deeply thank reviewer #1 for recognizing the importance of our work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The vertebrate spinal cord receives inputs from many supraspinal regions. The authors used optical backfilling to trace neurons in the zebrafish larval brain sending axons to the spinal cord. With two-photon microscopy, they managed to render a comprehensive 3D map of these neurons and drew homologs with mammalian brain structures.

      Strengths:

      The main strength lies in the precise 3D mapping. The fact that most of the previously reported neuron groups have been confirmed by their approach is a solid endorsement of their methodology. This study provides a comprehensive alternative anatomical reference framework for studying individual groups of supraspinal neurons with projections to the zebrafish spinal cord.

      Weaknesses:

      The whole approach could be enhanced by counter-staining their preparation to profile brain structures, including many nuclei more precisely.

      Also, the backfilling approach does not reveal the full trajectories of axons, which is already available to some degree by ZExplorer Atlas.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the attention given to important details. As you will read below, our approach needed to be implemented on live larval zebrafish for the PA GFP to fluoresce only when photactivated. Although counterstains on fixed samples could have been done, it would have been difficult to trace it back in a fixed (and deformed) sample where all neurons appear GFP-positive. We wrote this publication so it can serve the field best before the release of full brain connectome in 2027. Further molecular and histological characterization will be the topic of a subsequent study. Below we will individually address the issues stated by the reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The power of 800 nm laser: 1 mW in Figure 1a, 10 mW stated in the method text.

      Thanks for catching this, this is now corrected to 1 mW in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Figure 2c: laterality density (e.g., 90:40 by neuron numbers) is already quite clear. The laterality index is less informative if not causing confusion. Take POA as an example; shouldn't the value be close to 1, rather than -0.8 based on your formula?

      The laterality density plot shows the anatomical spatial distribution of spinal descending neurons relative to the midline, whereas the laterality index is a scalar summary of the relative neuron counts on each side, independent of spatial position. For POA, we observed after pooling across animals 26 ipsilateral versus 1 contralateral neurons, which gives an LI close to -0.8 (after bootstrapping), indicating strong ipsilateral dominance. The density plot additionally shows that these neurons cluster close to the midline. We view the two measures as complementary: one quantifies laterality, the other reflects its spatial organization.

      (3) Line 286, check grammar.

      Corrected to "Using the ZExplorer atlas (Du et al., 2025), which contains thousands of single-neuron tracings in the larval zebrafish brain, we searched for telencephalic neurons projecting to the spinal cord."

      (4) Add discussion on comparison between your approach, conventional backfill tracing method, singlecell tracing by dye or GFP, and, more importantly, ZExplorer Atlas.

      We believe this comparison is sufficiently addressed in the Introduction and Discussion.

      (5) Line 346, add "in bi" after "scale bar".

      Corrected, thank you for spotting this.

      (6) Figure 4, change label ICN to INC in c and d.

      We apologize for this confusion, all of them are now corrected in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Line 389, change to "ventral (top) to dorsal (bottom)". Try to use the same order for all figures, i.e., dorsal images on top and ventral ones at the bottom.

      Corrected for the specific line and now all figures follow the same convention.

      (8) Figure 7b, add stack location diagrams.

      Added. Thank you very much for suggesting an improvement to the figure readability.

      (9) Figure 7c and other figure panels, suggest changing the word "medial" to "middle" since medial/lateral is usually used to describe sagittal locations.

      Good point: now corrected as suggested.

      (10) Why was DAPI counter-staining not carried out? This would help the authors to better draw outlines for different nuclei. It also provides important data on the proportion of SPNs within each nucleus.

      We agree with the reviewer that determining the proportion of SPNs within each nucleus is an important question; however, properly addressing this requires an independent, cytoarchitecture-based definition of nucleus boundaries, a substantial project that we consider outside the scope of the present study.

      DAPI labels cell nuclei generally but carries limited information relevant to classical neuroanatomical delineation of nuclei. Methods such as Nissl staining are better suited to this purpose, as they reveal the cytoarchitectonic characteristics of neurons. As mentioned in the Introduction and Discussion, we instead based our nuclei definitions on the strong evolutionary conservation of spinal-projecting neuron distributions, which we used as a proxy for delineating the different nuclei.

      (11) The photoactivation is restricted to the rostral spinal cord. Therefore, how far the axons project throughout the spinal cord cannot be assessed with the current photo-activation method.

      We agree with the reviewer: because photoactivation was restricted to the rostral spinal cord, our current data cannot resolve how far individual axons project caudally. However, all evolutionary comparisons in this study were performed across vertebrates using similarly rostrally-labeled SPNs, ensuring consistency in our cross-species analysis. We therefore do not believe that this limitation undermines our initial characterization of the SPN populations.

      We agree, however, that extending photoactivation to multiple spinal levels will be valuable for future work characterizing and refining the nuclei proposed in this work. Some of this effort is carried for vsx2+ neurons only by Jia et al., under revision in Nature Communications.

      (12) Line 544, if it is the spinal trigeminal tract, why does there appear to be some feint soma staining?

      We apologize for the confusion. We always meant to say trigeminal nucleus and not its tract. Text and figure legend are now corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors aim to provide the most comprehensive and detailed topographic map to date of spinal projection neurons in the larval zebrafish brain. They achieve this by retrogradely photoactivating, in the rostral spinal cord, a photoconvertible GFP expressed pan-neuronally, and by constructing a template larval zebrafish brain atlas to regionalize the location of all labeled somata across the brain. The labeling strategy, together with the chosen animal model, provides strong support for the completeness of the dataset. The generation of a standardized anatomical atlas establishes a rigorous framework for analysis. Molecular and anatomical evidence suggesting evolutionary conservation of selected regions of interest appears solid.

      Overall, the authors successfully achieve their aim. By generating this atlas of spinal projection neurons, they provide not only an anatomical framework of the regions involved, but also an important reference for improving the orientation and regionalization of the zebrafish brain, which has historically been difficult to define. This work may serve as a valuable resource for future evolutionary, developmental, and comparative studies of spinally projecting neuronal populations implicated in diverse functions.

      We deeply thank Reviewer #3 for recognizing the impact of our work and benefit for the community at large, which has always been our intention.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Fernandes et al used multiple types of experiments to study the increased metastatic activity conferred by p95-HER2 and presented evidence that biased downstream signaling was engaged by p95-HER2. Further studies demonstrated crucial phosphorylation sites and downstream transcription targets. Overall, this study will contribute to increased understanding of HER2 biology and breast cancer metastasis.

      Strengths:

      Multiple types of experiments to assess the increased invasion property by p95-HER2. Solid evidence was provided that p95-HER2 elicits a different transcription program, enhancing EMT. Convincing results were achieved in knockdown studies on crucial genes such as MRTFA and TGFB1I1.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive feedback on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      To enhance the quality of this study, several points need to be addressed.

      (1) First, as the background to this study, the authors stated in the introduction that different isoforms of HER2 lead to different invasive properties. Is this conclusion based on clinical observation or animal models? This needs to be specified to help readers grasp the importance of the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention; we will add additional language to emphasize and explain prior findings referenced in the introduction establishing HER2 isoforms’ different invasive properties. The increased invasiveness of both d16 and p95 isoforms of HER2 has been established both in animal models and in clinical studies (1-6). We summarize these studies below:

      (1) Expression of the delta16 splice variant isoform has been shown in human cell lines to be more oncogenic than the WT HER2 isoform (7), and associated with different transcriptional profile including increased expression of cancer metastasis and cancer stem cell-related genes (4). Clinically, patients with d16HER2-positive breast cancer have higher rates of lymph node metastases than those with d16HER2-negative breast cancer (8). Castagnoli et al (9) provides an overview of preclinical and clinical data on d16 in HER2+ cancers.

      (2) The p95 isoform of HER2 is associated with increased metastasis (2) and worse outcomes (1, 10) in HER2+ breast cancer patients. Preclinical models show that p95-HER2 (also known as 611-CTF) activates a transcriptional program that promotes invasion and metastasis (3), part of the basis for our interest in HER2 isoform biology.

      Moreover, our group has previously detailed different tumor growth and dissemination characteristics of WT, d16, and p95 HER2 isoforms in our HER2 Crainbow mouse model which expresses all 3 of these isoforms in the mammary epithelium (5).

      Both d16 and p95 tumors in Her2Crainbow mice have the ability to progress to overt metastasis, unlike WT HER2 in this model (6). During early stages of malignant transformation prior to palpable tumor formation, p95 cells disseminated to the lung were 5x more numerous than d16 cells in the lung (despite more proliferation of d16 cells in the mammary gland at that timepoint). This is the foundation on which we built this current work, to study what could promote these different proliferation, dissemination, and metastasis behaviors in different HER2 isoforms.

      (2) Second, this study is mostly performed on three cell lines generated from three tumor models, WT, d16, and p95. Were multiple cell lines generated from the same tumor model (e.g., p95), and how similar are these cell lines if they are from the same tumor model?

      Our lab has generated a number of tumor cell lines derived from individual tumors developed in different HER2 Crainbow mice. We hypothesize, based on preliminary data in these cell lines as well as our previously reported data examining phenotypes of WT, d16, and p95 tumors (5, 6), that different clones will share core features such as invasive properties. In order to strengthen the generalizability of our conclusions, we intend to perform transwell assays, matrix degradation assays, and western blots to examine expression of Mrtfa and Tgfb1i1 in additional HER2 Crainbow-derived cell lines to validate if our findings hold true across cell lines derived from different tumors.

      (3) Third, Figure 2 presented data from a very interesting experiment. However, the overall conclusion of this experiment is hard to grasp from the text.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We will revise the text accompanying Figure 2 to provide further detail on the interpretation of the PCA plots and clarify the overall conclusions by adding the following text:

      Vectors indicate variable loadings, where vector direction corresponds to increasing values of the variable and vector length reflects the magnitude of the variable’s contribution to the displayed principal components. For example, HCR-WT populations cluster toward lower values of PC1 and higher values PC2, notably in the direction of higher self-correlation indicating an association with greater spatial clustering. HCR-16 and HCR-95 cells cluster similarly and are driven by their similarity in speed, MSD, persistence, and individual behavior (low self-correlation and high proportions of cells with zero neighbors), whereas HCR-WT is distinct for its collective cell behavior (high self-correlation) (Figure 2E). This separation indicates potentially distinct kinematic and spatial organization compared to HCR-16 and HCR-95 cells.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a significant study with implications for signal transduction, breast cancer, and metastasis research. The study uses cell lines from the innovative HER2BOW model mouse to compare and contrast properties of mouse mammary tumors induced by wt HER2, dex16 HER2, and p95 HER2. The linkage between p95 Y1139 and TGFB1I1, as well as MRTFA, is very interesting. The study involves mechanistic approaches to distinguish signaling from dex16 HER2 and p95 HER2 that will be well received by the field.

      Strengths:

      The study describes the development of novel cell lines for mouse mammary tumors induced by different forms of HER2. In vitro analysis includes a wide variety of assays, including high-resolution fluorescent imaging and tracing of cell movement/ECM degradation, and single-cell RNA-seq analysis. Several approaches are used to confirm p95 HER2 pY1139-induced signaling through nuclear MRTFA and TGFB1I1. shRNA and CRISPR/Cas9 were used to confirm signaling through this pathway.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have only described one cell line for each HER2 form, a weakness which they acknowledge. The fact that these lines mimic characteristics that were described in their previous work on tumors induced by wt HER2 vs. dex16 HER2 vs. p95 HER2 is, however, supportive of their conclusions. In addition, the specific connection between p95 and nuclear MRTFA is confirmed in HEK cells. The manuscript could be improved with some discussion on how p95 p-Y1139 is likely to signal (what binds to this site?)

      We thank the reviewer for this assessment, and we agree that adding additional cell lines derived from different HER2 Crainbow mouse tumors would strengthen the conclusions drawn in this manuscript. As mentioned in response to Reviewer #1, we intend to perform transwell assays, matrix degradation assays, and western blots to examine expression of Mrtfa and Tgfb1i1 in additional HER2 Crainbow-derived cell lines to validate if our findings hold true across cell lines derived from different tumors.

      With regards to p95 p-Y1139 signaling, previous work by Dankort et al. (11, 12) established that tyrosine autophosphorylation site Y1144 on rat neu (equivalent to Y1139 in human HER2) promoted lung metastasis in animal models, and that this site was necessary and sufficient for direct binding of Grb2.

      We intend to clarify and discuss links between Y1139 on p95 HER2 and the nuclear translocation of MRTFA.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study aims to explain why different HER2 isoforms produce distinct cancer-cell phenotypes, with a particular focus on the poorly understood mechanisms by which p95-HER2 promotes the invasive and metastatic behaviors of HER2-positive breast cancer. The authors propose that functional selectivity at the HER2 receptor level, particularly signaling through Y1139, preferentially engages an MRTFA-TGFB1I1 transcriptional/cytoskeletal program, thereby shifting p95-HER2-expressing cells toward individual motility, matrix degradation, invasion, and metastasis rather than simply proliferation.

      Strengths:

      A major strength is the multi-level experimental strategy. Rather than relying on a single invasion assay, the authors integrate phenotypic profiling, single-cell RNA-seq, imaging of MRTFA nuclear localization, protein validation, cytoskeletal analysis, matrix-degradation assays, transwell invasion, 3D spheroid/organoid assays, and orthotopic transplantation. This provides relatively coherent evidence that p95-HER2 cells occupy a distinct biological state characterized by individual motility and invasion, accompanied by a myogenic/contractile transcriptional program and increased MRTFA nuclear localization. Another strong aspect is the attempt to connect the downstream phenotype to a specific HER2 phosphorylation site. The authors identify Y1139 as a candidate determinant of the "go" phenotype and show that mutation of Y1139 to phenylalanine eliminates MRTFA translocation as well as the associated motility and invasion phenotypes

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The main limitation is that the evidence for the proposed signaling mechanism is stronger for functional dependence than for direct molecular mechanism. The data establish that Y1139, MRTFA, and TGFB1I1 are required for the p95-HER2 invasive phenotype, but they do not appear to fully establish how phosphorylation at Y1139 mechanistically couples p95-HER2 to MRTFA activation. In particular, a direct biochemical link between Y1139 and the machinery controlling actin polymerization/MRTFA nuclear translocation would make the proposed pathway substantially more convincing.

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. We agree that establishing a mechanistic link between p95 Y1139 and MRTFA nuclear translocation would strengthen the conclusions in this study. As such, we intend to perform Rho activation assays and western blotting for proteins in HER2 signaling cascades to explore the signaling link between p95 Y1139 and MRTFA. Additionally, we plan to treat cells with RhoA/ROCK inhibitors to explore our hypothesis that Y1139 acts through RhoA activation to ultimately alter MRTFA translocation.

      A second limitation is the model system used in the study. Much of the mechanistic work relies on three particular engineered HER2 isoform-expressing cell lines, while the in vivo experiments use NOD/SCID mice. This is useful for testing tumor-cell intrinsic invasion and metastasis, but it limits conclusions about the generality of the functional regulation across different cell contexts, and also limits the understanding of how the pathway operates in the intact immune microenvironment. This is especially relevant because the manuscript itself places p95-HER2 in the broader context of immune evasion and notes that MRTFA can regulate PD-L1; however, the current models cannot adequately establish whether the proposed pathway contributes to immune-mediated metastatic progression in vivo.

      We also acknowledge the limitations of relying on mostly in vitro assays and in vivo experiments in an immunodeficient environment, and will more explicitly address this in our discussion. The interplay between p95-HER2 and the immune system is being explored in a parallel project that will be published separately in the future; the focus of the current manuscript is the cell-intrinsic signaling mechanisms that contribute to p95 invasiveness. Points about immune evasion that were brought up in the introduction will be moved to the discussion section, to make it clear that the current study does not address the immunocompetent environment but that we wish to further investigate the results we report in this manuscript in that context as well.

      Finally, the distinction between "go" and "grow" signaling is conceptually attractive, but the extent to which it represents a general property of HER2-positive human breast cancers remains less certain. The study provides strong experimental evidence for functional selectivity in the models examined, but additional validation in independent patient-derived models and clinically relevant tumors would be needed before generalizing this mechanism across HER2-positive disease.

      With respect to validating findings in human samples, we intend to utilize human HER2+ breast cancer cell lines and/or patient-derived xenografts to investigate the extent to which our described mechanism is relevant in human HER2+ breast cancer.

      References:

      (1) Sáez R, Molina MA, Ramsey EE, Rojo F, Keenan EJ, Albanell J, et al. p95HER-2 Predicts Worse Outcome in Patients with HER-2-Positive Breast Cancer. Clinical Cancer Research. 2006;12:424–31.

      (2) Molina MA, Saez R, Ramsey EE, Garcia-Barchino MJ, Rojo F, Evans AJ, et al. NH(2)-terminal truncated HER-2 protein but not full-length receptor is associated with nodal metastasis in human breast cancer. Clin Cancer Res. 2002;8:347–53.

      (3) Pedersen K, Angelini PD, Laos S, Bach-Faig A, Cunningham MP, Ferrer-Ramon C, et al. A naturally occurring HER2 carboxy-terminal fragment promotes mammary tumor growth and metastasis. Mol Cell Biol. 2009;29:3319–31.

      (4) Turpin J, Ling C, Crosby EJ, Hartman ZC, Simond AM, Chodosh LA, et al. The ErbB2DeltaEx16 splice variant is a major oncogenic driver in breast cancer that promotes a pro-metastatic tumor microenvironment. Oncogene. 2016;35:6053–64.

      (5) Ginzel JD, Acharya CR, Lubkov V, Mori H, Boone PG, Rochelle LK, et al. HER2 Isoforms Uniquely Program Intratumor Heterogeneity and Predetermine Breast Cancer Trajectories During the Occult Tumorigenic Phase. Mol Cancer Res. 2021; 19(10):1699–1711.

      (6) Ginzel JD, Chapman H, Sills JE, Allen EJ, Barak LS, Cardiff RD, et al. Nonlinear progression during the occult transition establishes cancer lethality. Dis Model Mech. 2025;18:dmm052113.

      (7) Kwong KY, Hung M-C. A novel splice variant of HER2 with increased transformation activity. Molecular Carcinogenesis. 1998;23:62–8.

      (8) Mitra D, Brumlik M, Okamgba S, Zhu Y, Duplessis T, Parvani J, et al. An oncogenic isoform of HER2 associated with locally disseminated breast cancer and trastuzumab resistance. Mol Cancer Ther. 2009;8(8):2152-62.

      (9) Castagnoli L, Ladomery M, Tagliabue E, Pupa SM. The d16HER2 Splice Variant: A Friend or Foe of HER2-Positive Cancers? Cancers (Basel). 2019;11.

      (10) Sperinde J, Jin X, Banerjee J, Penuel E, Saha A, Diedrich G, et al. Quantitation of p95HER2 in paraffin sections by using a p95-specific antibody and correlation with outcome in a cohort of trastuzumab-treated breast cancer patients. Clin Cancer Res. 2010;16:4226–35.

      (11) Dankort DL, Wang Z, Blackmore V, Moran MF, Muller WJ. Distinct tyrosine autophosphorylation sites negatively and positively modulate neu-mediated transformation. Mol Cell Biol. 1997;17:5410–25.

      (12) Dankort D, Maslikowski B, Warner N, Kanno N, Kim H, Wang Z, et al. Grb2 and Shc adapter proteins play distinct roles in Neu (ErbB-2)-induced mammary tumorigenesis: implications for human breast cancer. Mol Cell Biol. 2001;21:1540–51.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their constructive feedback.

      Reviewer 1:

      (1) We will provide an estimate of total neuron numbers.

      (2) We will explore the possibility to extend cell type classification by unsupervised clustering of connectivity but it may not be possible to obtained a meaningful clustering based on the available connectivity data. The main issue is that connectivity information is available only for subsets of neurons. The underlying reason is that synapses were annotated manually and a complete manual annotation of the entire dataset would be an excessive task. In principle, this problem could be solved by automation but networks for automated annotation of synapses in other brain areas do not produce reliable results in the olfactory bulb, most likely because many neurites are both pre-and postsynaptic (further remarks below).

      (3) We are happy to supply the missing tables and to provide a glossary/table summarizing the features of the different neuron types.

      (4) Thank you; we will consider the suggestion to optimize Fig. 20.

      Reviewer 2:

      We agree that more a more comprehensive analysis of synaptic connectivity would be desired. The underlying problem, however, is that scaling synapse annotation requires automation but networks used for synapse annotation in other brain areas failed to produce reliable results in the olfactory bulb. The underlying reason is most likely that neurites of many olfactory bulb neurons are both pre- and postsynaptic; their ultrastructure is therefore different from classical axons or dendrites, e.g., vesicles are frequently found in close proximity on both sides. We therefore annotated synapses manually, which is the reason why synapse annotation was restricted to subsets of neurons. We will explain this situation in the revisions. Moreover, we will explore further approaches for automated cell type classification using both morphological and synaptic features.

      We shall be happy to include a glossary of cell types.

      We are also happy to expand the discussion of ultrastructural observations. Concerning primary cilia, we do not have a strong hypothesis concerning their function, neither based on our observations nor based on the literature.

      Reviewer 3:

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion we will be happy to include a more in-depth discussion of why our analysis is based primarily on human annotations and observations rather than more automated classification.

      As suggested by the reviewer we are planning to include additional figures and/or tables to show the relations between neuron types and layers, and to provide more summary information about cell types.

      We will also explain in more detail how neurons were chosen for connectivity analysis, with a specific focus on the assessment of connectivity fractions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Our revision includes:

      (1) The generated data from long-read whole-genome sequencing of 1000 Genomes Project samples, including FASTQ files, SV calls, and the imputation panel, are now openly available via ENA and OpnMe. The imputed structural variant data have been submitted to UK Biobank for release through the UK Biobank Research Analysis Platform, subject to UK Biobank release procedures. SV-WAS summary statistics have been made available via OpnMe.

      (2) Clarification of analyses and methods, addition of two new Supplementary Figures, and correction of minor issues throughout the manuscript.

      (3) A significantly expanded Discussion to address the reviewers’ comments and better contextualise our methods and results.

      eLife Assessment

      This fundamental work significantly enhances our understanding of how structural variants influence human phenotypes. The conclusion is convincingly supported by rigorous analyses of long-read sequencing data. If the raw data are made publicly available, these high-quality datasets and findings will further advance our knowledge of genetic variation in the human population.

      We thank the editors for this positive assessment of our work. The raw long-read sequencing data (FASTQ files) can now be accessed through the European Nucleotide Archive (ENA) under accession number PRJEB89727, as part of a larger collection of 1019 sequenced probands from the 1000 Genomes Project (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727). The generated imputation panel and the structural variant calls, based on the 888 probands used in the present manuscript, remain freely available for download at https://opnme.com/genomiclens. We have now added the summary statistics of 32 SV-wide association studies to the same resource. In addition, we have submitted the imputed SV genotypes for UK Biobank participants to the UK Biobank; once processed by UK Biobank, these genotypes will be released via the UK Biobank Research Analysis Platform (RAP).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sequenced 888 individuals from the 1000 Genomes Project using the Oxford Nanopore long-read sequencing method to achieve highly sensitive, genome-wide detection of structural variants (SVs) at the population level. They conducted solid benchmarking of SV calling and systematically characterized the identified SVs. While short-read sequencing methods, including those used in the 1000 Genomes Project, have been widely applied, they exhibit high accuracy in detecting single nucleotide variants (SNVs) and small insertions and deletions but have limited sensitivity for SV detection. This study significantly enhances SV detection capabilities, establishing it as a valuable resource for human genetic research. Furthermore, the authors constructed an SV imputation panel using the generated data and imputed SVs in 488,130 individuals from the UK Biobank. They then conducted a proof-of-principle genome-wide association study (GWAS) analysis based on the imputed SVs and selected traits within the UK Biobank. Their findings demonstrate that incorporating SV-GWAS analysis provides additional insights beyond conventional GWAS frameworks focusing on SNVs, particularly in improving fine mapping.

      The authors constructed a high-sensitivity reference panel of genome-wide SVs at the population level, addressing a critical gap in the field of human genetics. This resource is expected to significantly advance research in human genetics. They demonstrated the imputation of SVs in individuals from the UK Biobank using this panel and conducted a proof-of-concept SV-based GWAS. Their findings highlight a novel and effective strategy for integrating SVs into GWAS, which will facilitate the analysis of human genetic data from the UK Biobank and other datasets. Their conclusions are supported by comprehensive analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the value of our SV imputation reference panel.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although the authors employ state-of-the-art analytical approaches for the identification of SVs, the overall accuracy remains suboptimal, as indicated by an F1 score of 74.0%, particularly in tandem repeat regions. To enhance accuracy, it would be beneficial to explore alternative SV detection methods or develop novel approaches. Given the value of the reference panel and the fact that improved SV accuracy would lead to more precise SV imputation and GWAS results, investing effort in methodological refinement is highly encouraged.

      Accurate SV calling remains an active area of research and is beyond the scope of the present study. Tandem repeat regions are particularly challenging for standardised SV detection. We believe that achieving a benchmark for NA12878 of F1 = 74% on a genome-wide level and, notably, F1 = 91% when excluding longer tandem repeats, represents strong performance. This result is especially convincing when considering that our benchmarking compared the SV calls to data generated using a different sequencing technology and processed using different bioinformatics pipelines.

      (2) From the Methods section, it appears that the authors employed Beagle for both imputation and the UK Biobank imputation.

      (a) It would be better to explicitly clarify this in the Results section and provide a detailed description of the corresponding procedures and parameters in the Methods section for both analyses, as this represents a key aspect of the study.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. Accordingly, we added the clarification to the Methods section that the leave-one-out imputation used exactly the same pipeline and settings as the UK Biobank imputation (page 14, section “Leave-one-out imputation performance”):

      “We excluded one individual from the panel and imputed SVs for this individual using the panel of the remaining 887 samples, applying exactly the same pipeline and settings as those later used for SV imputation into UK Biobank (see below).”

      (b) Additionally, Beagle is not specifically designed for SV imputation, the imputation quality of SVs is generally lower than that of SNVs. Exploring strategies to improve SV imputation, such as developing a novel method with reference panel data, may enhance performance.

      As stated in our manuscript (page 4), we believe that, in our study, the imputation quality of SVs is lower than of that of SNVs primarily because of a) the greater difficulty of SV calling compared to SNV genotype calling and b) the heterogeneity in SV representation across samples. Once SVs are encoded as bi-allelic markers in the reference panel, they can be imputed using the same LD/haplotype-based framework as any other variants. Accordingly, improving SV imputation is likely to benefit most from more accurate upstream SV calling and genotyping (e.g., through more robust multi-sample calling and harmonised variant representations) and not so much from improved or SV-specific imputation methods. While improved imputation is an important research direction, it is beyond the scope of the present manuscript.

      (c) It is also important to assess how this reduced imputation quality may influence GWAS results. For instance, it would be useful to examine whether associated SVs exhibit higher imputation quality and whether SVs with lower quality are less likely to achieve significant association signals. In addition, the lower imputation quality observed for INV, DUP, and BND variants (Figure 3) may be due to their greater lengths (Figure 2). It is better to investigate the relationship between SV length and imputation quality.

      We agree that imputation quality can influence GWAS results. For example, for the FEV1/FVC phenotype, SVs with INFO > 0.9 are almost twice as likely to reach genome-wide significance (p < 5e-8) compared with SVs with 0.7 < INFO < 0.9 (odds ratio 1.95; Fisher’s exact test p-value 2.5e-5). This is consistent with the intuitive notion (applicable to any variants, not only to SVs) that greater uncertainty in the imputed genotypes dilutes association signals and therefore reduces power. For a detailed discussion of the relationship between allele frequency, imputation accuracy, and GWAS association results, see Zhang et al., Human Molecular Genetics 31(1):146–155 (2022), https://doi.org/10.1093/hmg/ddab203

      We have now investigated the relationship between SV length and imputation quality (the new Supplementary Figure 6). The results suggest that the observed association between imputation quality and SV size is primarily driven by the SV-size–dependent minor allele frequency in the imputation panel.

      (3) All examples presented in the manuscript focus on SVs that overlap with genes. It may also be valuable to investigate SVs that do not overlap with genes but intersect with enhancer regions. SVs can contribute to disease by altering regulatory elements, such as enhancers, which play a crucial role in gene expression. Including such analyses would further demonstrate the utility of SV-GWAS and provide deeper insights into the functional impact of SVs.

      We agree with the reviewer that examining SVs intersecting with enhancer regions could be an interesting direction for future studies, as it would provide additional insights into regulatory mechanisms and disease associations. However, in the present proof-of-principle study, we prefer focusing on SVs overlapping with genes and have now highlighted this in additional detail in the revised manuscript (Discussion, page 7):

      “In the present proof-of-principle study, we focused on SVs overlapping with the coding sequence of genes. In future applications of our SV imputation panel, more refined gene mapping approaches could be employed, e.g., including SVs overlapping enhancer regions or epigenetic marks. Such an enhanced mapping would increase the number of identified associated genes and thus provide additional insights into regulatory mechanisms and disease biology.”

      (4) The data availability link currently provides only a VCF file ("sniffles2_joint_sv_calls.vcf.gz") containing the identified SVs.

      (a) It would be beneficial for the authors to make all raw sequencing data (FASTQ files) and key processed datasets (such as alignment results and merged SV and SNV files) available. Providing these resources would enable other researchers to develop improved SV detection and imputation methods or conduct further genetic analyses.

      Thank you for emphasising the importance of data sharing, which we agree with.

      The Data Availability section of the manuscript already includes a link to https://opnme.com/genomiclens, where we made both the SV calls and the full and reduced SV imputation panel files freely available. We have now added SV summary statistics from 32 SVwide association studies to the same resource. Based on the reviewer’s request, we now also reference the ENA repository project PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727), where the raw FASTQ files are available for download, in the manuscript.

      We have appended the Data Availability statement on page 22 of the revised manuscript as follows:

      “Raw SV calls, the long-read sequencing-based SV imputation panel, and the SV summary statistics from 32 SV-wide association studies are available through the OpnMe initiative of Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH (https://opnme.com/genomiclens). The raw long-read sequencing data (FASTQ files) for the 1000 Genomes Project samples included in this study are accessible via the European Nucleotide Archive under accession number PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727). The dataset analysed here constitutes a subset of this broader collection.”

      (b) Furthermore, establishing a dedicated website for data access, along with a genome browser for SV visualization, could significantly enhance the impact and accessibility of the study. Additionally, all code, particularly the SV imputation pipeline accompanied by a detailed tutorial, should be deposited in a public repository such as GitHub. This would support researchers in imputing SVs and conducting SV-GWAS on their own datasets.

      The Methods section provides a full and detailed description of the imputation pipeline and parameters in the section “Preprocessing and imputation of SVs into UK Biobank” on page 14 of the revised manuscript. Our data processing simply consisted of running standard bioinformatics tools with the parameters exactly as described in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the Results section, Figure 3b is mentioned before 3a, and it is better to switch them in the Figure.

      Thank you for highlighting this fact. We acknowledge that typically the sequence of sections matches exactly between text and figures. However, in this specific case, we would prefer to deviate from the norm: In our opinion, Figure 3 is easier to interpret in its current sequence. At the same time, the text flows more logically in its current sequence, describing 3b before 3a. We would therefore prefer to stick to the current order, even if it means that Fig. 3b is described before 3a in the text.

      (2) Page 10, "Figure 1e" -> "Figure 2e".

      Thank you, we corrected this issue.

      (3) Page 14, "Leave-one out" -> "Leave-one-out".

      Thank you, we corrected this mistake.

      (4) It is better not to use abbreviations in the subheadings, especially "UKB" (page 3).

      Thank you, we changed the acronym ‘UKB’ to ‘UK Biobank’ in all subheadings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to develop a novel and efficient method for SV detection, utilizing data from the 1000 Genomes Project (1KGP) for modeling and calibration. This method was subsequently validated using UK population data and applied to identify structural variants associated with specific disease phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      Third-generation single-molecule sequencing data offers several advantages over traditional high-throughput sequencing methods, particularly due to its long-read lengths, which provide valuable insights into significant forms of genomic variation. The authors have developed an efficient method for detecting structural variations and optimizing the utilization of genomic data. We hope that this method will continue to be refined, enabling researchers to more effectively leverage long-read data, high-throughput data, or even a synergistic combination of both.

      Weaknesses:

      Although this research contributes to our ability to more effectively utilize long-length and high-throughput data, there are some key issues that need to be addressed in terms of analyzing the specific results as well as writing the article.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) How to discuss the lower detection rate of structural variations (SVs) in East Asian populations, it is worth considering whether the authors' training dataset, which may have been based on raw data with insufficient representation of East Asian individuals, could have introduced a bias favoring other populations. This potential bias might arise from the relatively limited data available for Asian ancestry. Alternatively, the observed differences could also be influenced by the role of natural selection, which may have shaped the genomic landscape of East Asian populations in distinct ways. Further investigation is needed to clarify these possibilities.

      Thank you for raising this important point. Although an interesting research direction, a detailed investigation of the factors affecting SV detection rates is beyond the scope of the present study. However, we do not think that the lower detection rate in East Asians is due to an underrepresentation of Asian ancestry in our dataset. To explain this to all readers, we have added the following explanation to page 7 of the Discussion:

      “In this context, we observed that the number of SVs detected per individual differed between superpopulations. We identified the highest average number of SVs in individuals of African descent and a slightly lower average in East Asians, compared to the other superpopulations. While we included a higher number of African ancestry individuals, the number of East Asian individuals included in our reference panel was comparable to the number of individuals from other, non-African ancestries. In fact, it was even larger than the number of European ancestry individuals (AFR n=241, SAS n=171; EAS n=168; EUR n=164; AMR n=144). Therefore, we do not expect a major bias from underrepresentation of any superpopulation in the training dataset. It is well established that African ancestry is more diverse than is the case for other superpopulations [32, 33] and previous studies indicate that East Asian populations tend to exhibit slightly lower genetic diversity compared to European populations [34], which is consistent with the lower observed SV counts per genome.”

      (2) The authors did not present the results of the detection of CNV.

      Copy number variations (CNVs) are considered a subclass of structural variants. In our analysis, we detected deletions and duplications, which represent the most common forms of CNVs. However, we did not specifically investigate high copy-number SVs, as these are often larger than what can be reliably detected using long-read sequencing. Large-scale CNVs are typically identified in biobank studies through analysis of intensity data from genotyping microarrays using tools like PennCNV, and there is extensive literature supporting the use of this microarray approach in UK Biobank and other genotyped cohorts, see for example Aguirre et al.: Phenomewide Burden of Copy-Number Variation in the UK Biobank. Am J Hum Genet. 2019, Aug 1;105(2):373-383. doi:10.1016/j.ajhg.2019.07.001.

      (3) Multiple testing correction is essential for ensuring the validity of large-scale structural variation (SV) association analyses. It is strongly recommended that the statistical methods and correction strategies employed, such as Bonferroni correction or false discovery rate (FDR) control, be explicitly detailed to enhance the transparency and reliability of the findings.

      For genome-wide SV association analyses, we applied the commonly used genome-wide significance threshold of 5e-8, which is standard in genome-wide studies. Given that these were exploratory proof-of-principle analyses illustrating use cases for SV analyses, we decided not to correct on top of that for multiple testing for the number of traits (32) tested. For the pQTL analyses, we further adjusted this threshold using a Bonferroni-type correction based on the number of proteins tested (1,463), to account for the increased number of multiple comparisons.

      We have now added a more detailed description of this multiple testing procedure to the Methods subsection “SV-wide association studies in UK Biobank” on page 16 of the revised manuscript:

      “In the exploratory SV-WAS, we used the standard threshold for genome-wide significance of p < 5×10<sup>-8</sup>. For the pQTL analyses, we applied Bonferroni correction for multiple testing on top of that genome-wide threshold, correcting for the number of tested protein levels (n=1463): p < 5×10<sup>-8</sup>/ 1463 = 3.4×10<sup>-11</sup>.”

      (4) The study primarily relied on data from the 1000 Genomes Project (1KGP) and the UK Biobank; however, the UK Biobank cohort is predominantly composed of individuals of European ancestry, which may restrict the generalizability of the research findings to other populations.

      Our reference panel was constructed to cover multiple ancestries, enabling imputation for diverse populations. Thus, our imputation panel can be applied to biobanks around the world and is freely available for this purpose. As a proof of principle, we have demonstrated the feasibility and performance of SV imputation in UK Biobank as an example of a broadly accessible cohort. We are looking forward to biobanks from diverse ancestries downloading our imputation panel and applying it to their populations.

      (5) Although the study employed long-read sequencing technology, the validation of structural variation (SV) detection accuracy predominantly relied on internal data, such as 'leave-one-out' validation. To further strengthen the reliability of the SV detection methods, it is recommended to incorporate additional external independent datasets for validation.

      The leave-one-out procedure in our study was used to validate the imputation performance, not the accuracy of SV detection. To assess SV calling accuracy, we performed extensive benchmarking against external SV call datasets derived from PacBio long-read sequencing and Illumina short-read sequencing. These details are provided under the subheading ‘Structural variant calling and benchmarking’ in the Results section on page 2 of the manuscript.

      (6) Some of the SVs mentioned in the study overlap with disease association loci in the GWAS Catalog, but functional annotation and exploration of the biological mechanisms of these SVs are more limited. It is suggested that LD can be added to analyse whether there are SNP that are highly linked to them to further explore their functions.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have actually conducted an analysis addressing exactly this question: We performed conditional association analyses of the SV signals with nearby short variants (SNPs and InDels) at the SV locus. Such a conditional analysis addresses whether the observed SV association is influenced by LD-correlated SNPs or not. The results of this analysis are reported in Supplementary Tables 16 and 17. These tables include both the conditional analysis results and the LD between each SV and the variant at the locus with the second-highest evidence for an association.

      Researchers interested in exploring the biological significance of the SV-WAS results in more detail can now download the full SV-WAS summary statistics from https://opnme.com/genomiclens.

      (7) The discussion section could be further expanded to explore the role of SV in complex diseases and its potential application in precision medicine. For example, it could discuss how SV information can be integrated into existing GWAS frameworks to enhance the accuracy of disease risk prediction.

      Thank you for the suggestion, we have now added the following sentences to the discussion (page 7/8):

      “Structural variants can influence complex disease biology through either the disruption of coding sequence or an altered regulation of gene expression. Such effects may not be well captured by short variants alone. Incorporating SVs into GWAS and follow-up analyses would thus provide more accurate disease risk prediction, uncover underlying pathomechanisms by highlighting actionable pathways and targets, and support precision medicine by providing biomarkers for patient stratification.”

      (8) The geographic labeling of certain samples in Figure 2 appears to contain inaccuracies. For instance, the CDX sample, which represents the Dai population from Xishuangbanna in China's Yunnan Province, is currently mislabeled as originating from China's Inner Mongolia. This discrepancy should be corrected to ensure the accuracy of the data representation.

      We apologise for the misunderstanding. The geographic map in Figure 2a serves as an illustrative mapping of the samples to countries. It is intended to provide readers with an overview of population coverage, rather than to indicate the precise geographic origins of individual populations. The populations CDX, CHB, and CHS are displayed within the outline of China in alphabetical order, without any intention to indicate their exact geographic origin. We changed the respective figure caption to make this clear (page 19 of the revised manuscript):

      “Map of the 888 samples from the 1000 Genomes project, mapping the samples to countries and not indicating detailed geographical origins of populations.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study successfully identified genetic loci associated with various traits by generating large-scale long-read sequencing data from a diverse set of samples. This study is significant because it not only produces large-scale long-read genome sequencing data but also demonstrates its application in actual genetics research. Given its potential utility in various fields, this study is expected to make a valuable contribution to the academic community and to this journal. However, there are several critical aspects that could be improved. Below are specific comments for consideration.

      Strengths:

      Producing high-quality, large-scale variant datasets and imputation datasets

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Data availability

      Currently, it appears that only the Genomic Lens SV Panel is available on the webpage described in the Data Availability section. It is unclear whether the authors intend to release the raw sequencing data. Since the study utilized samples from the 1000 Genomes Project, there should be no restriction on making the data publicly accessible. Given this, would the authors consider making the raw sequencing reads publicly available? If so, NCBI SRA or EBI ENA would be the most appropriate repositories for data deposition. I strongly encourage the authors to consider public data release. Additionally, accessing the Genomic Lens SV Panel data does not seem straightforward. The manuscript should provide a more detailed description of how researchers can access and utilize these data. In my opinion, the best approach would be to upload the variant data (VCF files) to a public database such as the European Variation Archive (EVA) hosted by EBI.

      I strongly request that the authors publicly deposit the variant data. At a minimum:

      (a) The joint genotype data for all 888 samples from the 1000 Genomes Project must be publicly available.

      Thank you for emphasising the importance of data sharing, which we agree with.

      The Data Availability section of the manuscript already includes a link to https://opnme.com/genomiclens, where we make both the SV calls and the full and reduced SV imputation panels (provided as multi-sample VCF files) freely available. Based on the reviewer’s request, we now also reference the ENA repository project PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727), where the raw FASTQ files are available for download.

      We have appended the Data Availability statement on page 22 of the revised manuscript as follows:

      “Raw SV calls, the long-read sequencing-based SV imputation panel, and the SV summary statistics from 32 SV-wide association studies are available through the OpnMe initiative of Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH (https://opnme.com/genomiclens). The raw long-read sequencing data (FASTQ files) for the 1000 Genomes Project samples included in this study are accessible via the European Nucleotide Archive under accession number PRJEB89727 (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/ena/browser/view/PRJEB89727). The dataset analysed here constitutes a subset of this broader collection.”

      (b) For the UK Biobank samples, at least allele frequency data should be disclosed.

      Supplementary Table 5 includes the allele frequencies of the SVs imputed into UK Biobank.

      (c) Since eLife has a well-established data-sharing policy, compliance with these guidelines is essential for publication in this journal.

      By sharing the FASTQ files, the SV calls, the SV imputation panels, the SV summary statistics, and (once processed by UK Biobank) the genotypes of SVs imputed into UK Biobank, we are providing all SV data generated in our study.

      (2) Long-read sequencing data quality

      While the manuscript presents N50 read length and mean or median read base quality for each sample in a table, it would be highly beneficial to visualize these data in figures as well. A violin plot or similar visualization summarizing these distributions would significantly improve data presentation.

      Notably, the base quality of ONT long-read sequencing data appears lower than expected. This may be attributed to the use of pore version 9.4.1, but the unexpectedly low base quality still warrants attention. It would be helpful to include a small figure within Figure 2 to illustrate this point. A visual representation of read length distribution and base quality distribution would strengthen the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now included two violin plots (the new Supplementary Figure 1) to the revised manuscript, summarising a) the N50 read length per sequencing run and b) the median read quality per sequencing run. These plots provide a clearer visualisation of the underlying distributions. We do not consider the ONT base quality to be low. Importantly, structural variant detection is generally robust to modest variations of per-base quality. Therefore, we do not expect the observed base quality levels to significantly affect SV calling in this study.

      (3) Variant detection precision, recall, and F1 score

      This study focuses on insertions and deletions (indels) {greater than or equal to}50 bp, but it remains unclear how well variants <50 bp are detected. I am particularly interested in the precision, recall, and F1 score for variants between 5-49 bp.

      While ONT base quality is relatively low, single-base variants are challenging to analyze, but variants {greater than or equal to}5 bp should still be detectable as their read accuracy is still approximately 90%, making analysis feasible. Given that Sniffles supports the detection of variants as small as 1 bp, I strongly encourage the authors to conduct an additional analysis.

      A simple two-category classification (e.g., 5-49 bp and {greater than or equal to}50 bp) should suffice. Additionally, a comparative analysis with HiFi and short-read sequencing data would be highly valuable. If possible, I strongly recommend that all detected variants {greater than or equal to}5 bp be made publicly available as VCF files.

      Because short InDels are available from high-coverage Illumina sequencing data generated for the same individuals (i.e., the data referred to as the NYGC dataset in our manuscript), we decided against calling such short variants from our lower coverage Oxford Nanopore data and thus concentrated our efforts on reliably calling longer variants covering at least 50 bp, consistent with the conventional definition of structural variants.

      (4) Assembly-based methods

      Given the low read accuracy and low sequencing depth in this dataset, it is understandable that genome assembly is challenging. However, the latest high-quality human genome datasets-such as those produced by the Human Pangenome Reference Consortium (HPRC)demonstrate that assembly-based approaches provide significant advantages, particularly for resolving complex and long structural variants.

      Since HPRC data also utilize 1000 Genomes Project samples, it would be highly informative to compare the accuracy of ONT sequencing in this study with HPRC's assembly-based genome data. The recent publication on 47 HPRC samples provides a valuable reference for such a comparison. Given its relevance, the authors should consider providing a comparative analysis with HPRC data.

      The aim of the present study was to generate an SV reference panel that enables SV imputation for large biobanks. Detailed assessments of ONT sequencing quality in general and comparisons to other sequencing efforts and technologies are out of scope for the present manuscript. We invite the scientific community to use the FASTQ files provided at ENA for conducting such detailed assessments in follow-up studies.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors introduce a foraging task designed to test whether movement and harvesting durations are governed by a common objective combining reward, effort, and time or by separate objectives. Participants generate wrist torque to move a cursor to a rewarding patch and then hold it within the patch while reward accumulates at a diminishing rate. The task allows reach and harvest effort, as well as delays before or between the two phases, to be manipulated separately.

      Reach effort strongly affected reach duration but had little effect on harvest duration, whereas a delay imposed after reaching altered harvest duration without affecting the completed reach. Manipulation of harvest effort did not affect either duration. The authors also found consistency across individuals within each type of duration but no reliable association between reach and harvest durations. The separate model fit the behavioral results better than the common-utility model, particularly for the post-reach delay condition. The findings therefore support partly dissociable, but coupled optimization of harvest and movement in this task, while not excluding common optimization in other contexts.

      Strengths:

      The task provides a controlled way to manipulate the effort and delays associated with reaching and harvesting while measuring both durations. The control experiments alter the timing of delays, allowing the experimenter to test whether their effects depend on when they occur. These manipulations produce clear behavioral dissociations, particularly the selective effect of a post-reach delay on harvest duration. The delay and effort manipulations were verified, and most participants reported noticing the changes in effort and time.

      The separate model extends a previous cost-of-time framework to a foraging task involving movement and reward harvesting. Its assumptions have a clear relationship to the experimental design: applied delays and actions enter the time offset for each separate cost function. This provides an intuitive account of why a delay occurring after the reach can affect harvesting without affecting the completed movement. The separate model also provides a better fit than the common utility model in both modeled experiments.

      The individual-level behavioral analyses are also useful. Reach durations are correlated across reach conditions, and harvest durations are correlated across harvest conditions, indicating stable individual differences within each measure. The lack of a corresponding relationship between reach and harvest durations raises an important question about whether the two forms of vigor necessarily reflect a common individual tendency in their task.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the relevance of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The block design and familiarization made the changes in effort and delay learnable, and most participants reported awareness of these manipulations. The observed dissociation may reflect adaptation to this task structure. This does not weaken the behavioral result, but it limits how directly the findings can be generalized to tasks in which changes in reward, effort, or time are less explicit.

      The results show that, in a controlled environment, the common-utility model did not account for certain behaviors observed in our participants. In variable environments, because the previous history of reward and effort affect the current trial (Yoon et al., 2018; Sukumar et al., 2024), the behavioral regulation could be less stable and apparent. Here, we provided a favorable environment to assess the common-utility model, with stable manipulations of time and effort in a block-wise design allowing clear estimation of the capture rate by the participants. We agree with the reviewer that it is not necessarily generalizable to other types of environments involving uncertainty for instance. However, demonstrating that movement and decision vigor can be dissociated in a specific task is good evidence to suggest that it is not always co-regulated, and should therefore be flexible. This potential adaptation resulting from the development of explicit knowledge is a problem present in most studies of this type, where conditions are introduced in a blocked manner (Saleri Lunazzi et al., 2021; Sukumar et al., 2024). We will discuss this point in more detail in the revised version of the manuscript.

      The main modeling limitation is that both models are fitted to ten group-level median observations in each experiment, rather than to individuals' behavior. The separate model has seven fitted parameters compared with three in the common model. Although the reported AIC penalizes additional parameters, the analysis includes no participant-level fitting, resampling, or cross-validation.

      We acknowledge that fitting the models to participants’ individual behavior could provide better insight into the ability of the evaluated models to accurately capture the effects of time and effort on behavior. We will perform these analyses during the review.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Conessa and colleagues tests whether movement time and decision time are co-regulated in humans using a novel harvesting paradigm and computational modelling of the behavioral data. The data contradict the common utility model and are better supported by an alternative model where the costs of the harvesting and movement phases are optimized separately - rather than jointly.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of the study is the development of the novel paradigm where the forces applied during the distinct phases of the task (reaching and harvesting) can be perfectly controlled and measured.

      This elegant manipulation allows precise estimation of subjective effort costs, and later can be used to better understand how these costs shape behavior.

      The novel separate-cost model is also an interesting development.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the strengths of our study and for the constructive suggestions. Below, we provide preliminary responses with some planned adjustments.

      Weaknesses:

      In my opinion, the manuscript suffers from too many weaknesses to solidly support the general conclusions:

      (1) The manuscript oversells the significance of the results;

      (2) The novel model appears to be built ad hoc based on the results, and its ingredients are poorly motivated

      (3) There are important methodological shortcomings. I develop all of these points below. The paper also lacks clarity, particularly when presenting the key concepts of the novel model.

      The model relies on a large part of the literature that assumes a cost of time affecting movement and decision-making. For instance, the urgency-gating model associate a time-growing signal with the pace of decisions (Cisek et al., 2009; Thura, 2020; Saleri Lunazzi et al., 2021); and a cost of time underlying human reaching vigor has been identified in previous studies (Shadmehr et al., 2010a; Choi et al., 2014; Berret et al., 2018; Berret and Baud-Bovy, 2022; Verdel et al., 2023). Our model is simply grounded on those studies. We will detail further the rationale behind the separate-cost model and address as much as possible the points highlighted by the reviewer.

      Importantly, I also recommend that the authors follow open science policy and publish their data and code on a public repository.

      The authors agree with the reviewer. Data are available in Supplementary Data and code used will be published on a public repository.

      (1) Significance

      As mentioned above, the question of the co-regulation of the vigor of different behaviors is a very interesting topic, but I believe the significance of the results is overstated, for different reasons:

      a) This is a harvesting task, which means that decisions are specifically about the duration of the reward period. In other words, more time directly provides more (immediate) reward, whereas in other types of tasks more time allows gathering and processing more information, and so reaching a more informed decision, which is a more indirect way of securing better outcomes - see e.g. Drugowitsch, Moreno-Bote et al. JNeurosci 2012 for optimizing decision time in this most common setting. This major difference is not discussed in the manuscript, and it is not clear whether the results found here would hold for the most common type of decisions. This is also different from the time to initiate a response, as explored by Morvan et al. in their cited preprint.

      One feature of the present study, consistent with previous work (Yoon et al., 2018; Sukumar et al., 2024), is the use of a harvesting task to study the decision-making process (Hayden, 2018). The context of optimal foraging provides an interesting approach to study decision-making, as it is directly linked to ecological contexts. Remaining in a food patch does indeed result in an immediate increase in reward, but staying there too long risks reducing the capture rate, which, according to the utility model, represents the actual value that matters. The subject has to gather information about the current state of the patch and the global capture rate of the environment to decide how long he should harvest. Here, the aim of the article was not to generalize the results to all types of decisions, but to test the utility model in a very specific and controlled environment to better dissociate the effects of time and effort. In our task, movement and decision vigor is not co-regulated, which can be seen as a counterexample of a systematic co-regulation. However, there are a lot of possible tasks combining movement and decision-making in different forms.  As such, we argue that behavior may benefit from a certain degree of flexibility that allows for the separation of movement and decision-making vigor when relevant to a given task. Depending on the context, optimal behavior may require moving quickly while deciding quickly, moving quickly while deciding slowly, or other combinations (see Thura et al., 2025 for a review). In this respect, the separate-cost model allows flexible regulation (coupled or not), hence capturing which regulation is optimal, as long as the objective costs (defined by the task) and the participant’s subjective costs (specific to the participant) are appropriately combined. The common-utility model is comparatively more constrained because movement and decision costs are intrinsically integrated.  We agree that this distinction warrants further discussion and will clarify it, together with the resulting limits on generalization, in the revised manuscript.

      b) The title of the study mentions "flexible" co-regulation, but it's hard to see direct evidence for flexibility in the results. This flexibility is extrapolated in the Discussion, but in order to make such a statement, it is necessary to show that the co-regulation differs between different conditions, as predicted from the model.

      The term flexible is used to highlight that the rigid co-regulation predicted by the common-utility model does not apply to all manipulations of effort and time in this controlled design, nor to all types of decision-making (harvest vs reaction time). Decisions in the form of harvest durations do not seem to co-vary with reach durations, contrary to decisions performed during reaction times. Accordingly, and based on recent evidences (see Thura et al. 2025 for a review), this co-regulation appears to be flexible, depending on the actual optimal behavior required by the task and the type of decisions involved. In our paper, we found a co-regulation between reaction times and movement times but an independence of harvest times and movement times. Together with existing results from the literature, we conclude about the flexibility of co-regulation. However, we acknowledge that the (co-)regulations have not been directly compared in our paper. We plan to further assess this point.

      c) The lack of impact of the harvesting effort on harvest time is very surprising, and the null value of the sensitivity to effort (d=0) in the model is intellectually uncomfortable. As some value of effort, it SHOULD matter. I am not very satisfied with the explanation provided in the Discussion ("possible hypothesis would be that the perceived effort of harvest was outweighed by the reward value"): this trade-off should be precisely dealt with by the model.

      We agree with the reviewer and the lack of an effect of harvest effort on its duration was surprising to us too. However, the null value of sensitivity to harvest effort should not be interpreted as the effort does not influence the harvest or the decision in general. This effort is indeed likely not significant enough to necessitate a change in behavior. The free weighting parameters capture the relative sensitivity of the costs involved. Although effort was noticeable for the participants and of the same magnitude as variations in movement effort, it is likely they did not find it disruptive enough to adjust their behavioral strategy, demonstrating that it was not a critical factor in these conditions. We note that both the cost of time and the harvesting cost of effort increase with time, which suggests that in this timescale and this level of effort, the cost of time may have had a greater influence on behavior. Yet, our model could have captured effort-related variations of harvest duration if there were observed experimentally. To observe such effects, we should have increased harvesting effort but it might have led to behavioral changes due to muscular fatigue or maximal isometric torque limitations (which are not considered in the current modeling) rather than to the optimization of subjective utility. We will clarify what this sensitivity of harvest effort represents, and examine alternative constraints on the free parameters.

      (2) Separate-Cost Model

      The separate-cost model is poorly motivated and not clearly presented, in particular the indirect coupling between the two phases.

      a) Some key components are motivated by the constraint to obtain a well-behaved optimization problem ('we need to find a cost that increases with time' ) rather than based on cognitive principles. Some other key components seem to have been placed there just to fit the data better, but their plausibility is not even discussed. Notably:

      i) The fact that the offset o_h includes the reaching delay is key to the coupling between t_h and t_r, but is not properly motivated. Why should this offset include all preceding intervals within the trial (leading to double counting of the cost of the reaching phase, in both G_r and G_d)? In this cyclic paradigm where participants aim at maximizing cumulative reward, it is not even clear that they parse behavior into different trials starting as they need to reach for a new target.

      Precisely, as the reviewer pointed out, this offset is key to the coupling of t<sub>h</sub> and t<sub>r</sub>, and it actually constitutes an original extension to previous `cost of time` models. Including t<sub>r</sub> in the offset o<sub>h</sub> allows the separate-cost model to co-regulation to some extent, without leading to double-counting the reach cost. It must be noted that G<sub>r</sub> and G<sub>h</sub> are distinct time cost functions, and the value of G<sub>h</sub> at t<sub>r</sub> can be different from that of G<sub>h</sub> at </>t<sub>r</sub>. The offset allows reach duration to influence harvest duration because it shifts its cost of time. Recent evidence show that subjects rely only to a limited extent on their past experience when assessing the quality of their environment (Sukumar et al., 2024). Hence, our hypothesis is that only recent delays could influence the cost of time, in the form of an offset that creates a bias affecting the vigor. For this reason, we chose to define it as the cumulative time elapsed from the start of each trial. Due to the cyclic nature, the models are then applied to the average behavior within a condition, allowing us to reduce variability. We plan to make the rationale clearer in the revised manuscript.

      ii) Why is there a free parameter d for the cost of harvest effort? If time and motor costs are converted into the same currency, and that conversion holds for all types of phases, then I believe we should have d=1. This free parameter seems to have been introduced a posteriori to accommodate the lack of effect of harvest effort on harvest time, but is not motivated.

      The number of free weighting parameters is defined by the minimization of a linear combination of cost functions. The reaching phase comprises only two costs in this model, leading to the possibility to have only one free weighting parameter that capture the relative sensitivity to time and effort. However, regarding the harvest phase, as there are three different costs, it was necessary to have at least two free weighting parameters to account for relative sensitivity and convert all costs in the same currency. Alternatively, we could indeed have applied a free parameter to the reward and set d = 1. However, the purpose of the study was to assess the contribution of time and effort changes, and ultimately participants’ sensitivity to changes in these factors. As such, it appeared appropriate to evaluate the sensitivity of the harvest effort captured by the models, rather than the reward (which is not manipulated). It was also to keep some consistency with the common utility model, which includes a free weighting parameter for the costs of effort and time (and none for the reward function) as well. We will add more details regarding the motivation behind the separate-cost model and the use/choice of these free parameters. We agree that the rationale for this parameterization was not sufficiently described in the manuscript and will clarify it in the revised version. We will also examine alternative constraints on the free parameters.

      b) The two models differ in two fundamental aspects: whether optimization is run separately on the different phases of the trial, or jointly; and how the different costs and rewards are assembled in the to-be-optimized metric. Which aspect is more important to capture behavior is not assessed.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this interesting point. It is difficult to determine which aspect is most important: the separate versus joint optimization, or how the costs are assembled (additive vs multiplicative). However, the two are closely linked. It is the switch from a multiplicative association of the cost (common-utility model) to an additive one (separate-cost) that makes the separate optimization possible. For example, it is not possible to achieve an optimal movement duration using the costs interaction from the common-utility model, since there would simply be a discounting of the cost of effort by the cost of time . It would be necessary to add another element justifying why the movement should not be infinitely slow, which would therefore require changing the costs or adapting them to capture a logical behavior. This is what led to the design of the separate-cost model, by switching to an additive model allowing an optimal duration to emerge for each phase. We will further examine this issue in the revision, in particular by testing whether the separate-cost model can also account for observed behaviors under a joint optimization of reaching and harvesting durations.

      c) The presentation of the "Separate-cost model" is very obscure. For example, the notion of a `cost of reward` is rather odd, and consequently the formula for R(t_h) appears arbitrary. I understand that this is the difference between the maximum reward that can be collected within a trial and the actual reward that is collected, but it is not even presented as such. The effort cost of harvesting seems to be discarded in the model presentation but does appear in equation 14.

      The terminology `cost of reward` is admittedly odd but is used because it is the counterpart of the harvest function used in the common-utility f<sub>h</sub>(t<sub>h</sub>). Instead of using it in a form subject to maximization, we use it in a form subject to minimization. The purpose of this function is to maintain a certain consistency between the models and the various types of costs implied; as such it was crucial to incorporate a function capturing the harvested reward in the separate-cost model. We will detail further this point in the revised version, as we agree that our previous explanation was insufficient. The effort cost of harvesting was not presented again in the separate-cost model section since it was already identified (as was the effort cost of reaching) in the common-utility section and referenced to the corresponding equation.

      (3) Methodological Weaknesses

      I believe that there are numerous methodological weaknesses that really limit the inferences that can be drawn from the experimental and modelling results.

      a) Sample sizes are small, especially for control experiments, and it is not clear how they have been selected. This is especially problematic because the only manipulation that shows no significant effect on behavior (harvest duration) is only tested with the smallest sample size (n=10), severely limiting the significance of this negative result.

      We acknowledge that some of the sample sizes are small. Importantly, the main goal of the study was to determine the effect of time and effort manipulations on the behavioral vigor. The first main experiment had already provided us with lot of insights to reach this objective, but to go further and explore our subsequent hypotheses, we decided to examine the role of the delay position and another type of effort cost. The change in harvesting effort is not the only manipulation that showed no effect on behavior. In the main experiment, we observed that changes in effort required for reaching does not affect the harvest duration, even though this is predicted by the common-utility model. In the same experiment, we also observed that changes in delays do not affect the reach duration, even though this is also predicted by common-utility model. Nevertheless, we will discuss the limit of the control experiments further in the revised version.

      b) The rationale for the different manipulations in different experiments is not clear. Notably, why were modulations of the harvest effort not included in the main experiment? Because not a single participant sees a modulation of both reach and harvest efforts, we cannot evaluate whether the model can capture both effects at the same time (i.e., with the same parameter values). The number of data points used for fitting directly depends on the number of conditions performed by the participant, and is very low compared to the number of parameters to be fitted. For example, the model used very different shapes for the costs of time (Figure 8) for different sets of conditions, but this cost of time should be fixed, so it's not clear whether a single cost of time function can accommodate all manipulations.

      We agree that the rationale for the different manipulations across experiments was not sufficiently explained. Traditionally, optimal foraging has not been studied in conjunction with movement vigor (Yoon et al., 2018), but a recent framework accounts for both decision-making and motor control (Shadmehr et al., 2016). In the main experiment, we chose to manipulate reaching effort because our primary aim was to test whether variations in the cost involved in motor control influence (i.e., co-regulate) the decision-making process. The manipulations of effort and time in the main experiment were a good basis for evaluating the common-utility model in a controlled environment. Showing that reaching effort would affect harvest duration would have already been great evidence to illustrate a form of co-regulation. Moreover, we had no certainty that the participants would exhibit stable behavior, and adding twice as many conditions risked introducing further biases related to fatigue and attentional focus. We decided to run control experiments upon seeing the results of this initial experiment, when other questions arose regarding the effect of the delay position and of the type of effort. We acknowledge that performing all manipulation in one large experiment would indeed have significantly increased the significance of the models’ predictions. Nonetheless, we made sure that the number of parameters fitted were taken into account by using the AIC to evaluate models’ performance. Regarding the assumption that the shape of the cost of time should be fixed: adding a waiting period changes (slightly) the task, and it is conceivable that a different task should be represented by a different cost of time. Reaching and harvesting are too distinct tasks, and the subjective cost of elapsed time may therefore differ depending on whether participants are moving or remaining stationary. Different cost of times have been proposed for both arm-reaching movements and saccades (Shadmehr et al., 2010b; Berret et al., 2018), in particular because these movements occur over very different timescales. This suggests that how the passage of time is valued may depend on the task at hand. Altogether, this led us to consider letting the cost of time have different shapes for each phase and each experiment (although fixed within the sigmoidal family of function). We will clarify the rationale for the different manipulations and the use of different cost of time for each phase in the revised manuscript.

      c) Best practice in behavioral modelling is to model single-subject data, as fitting the model jointly to all subjects completely obliterates subject heterogeneity. Fitting on single-subject data would also allow investigating whether the models reproduce the consistency of harvest durations and reach durations across conditions, and most importantly the absence of correlation across subjects between reach and harvest duration. At the moment, we're left wondering what the implications of these analyses for the original question are.

      We agree that fitting these models to the individual behavior of the participants would be interesting to assess the models’ ability to capture participants’ variability. We will explore this during the revision.

      d) What is the rationale for comparing reach duration in one condition to harvest duration in another condition?

      If behavioral vigor (either of movement or decision) is a trait-like characteristic supported by shared processes, some degree of consistency between movement and decision vigor is expected. For instance, participants who tend to move faster might also tend to decide faster, if their vigor relates to traits like impulsivity for instance (Choi et al., 2014; Berret et al., 2018; Labaune et al., 2020). As such, we decided to perform all correlations to provide a comprehensive overview of inter-individual consistency of vigor in a foraging-like task.

      e) The study does not take into account the likely impact of delays on muscular fatigue and perceived effort: the effort associated with maintaining the cursor on target during harvest might be perceived as less effortful after a longer break, partially explaining the impact of delay on harvest duration.

      The idea that delays may influence muscular fatigue and perceived effort is intriguing. However, we believe that if perceived effort was the reason leading to changes in harvest duration, changes would also have been elicited by manipulation of harvest effort. This point will be discussed further during the revision.

      f) I am confused by the reference to indirect effects in the separate-cost model (L692-7, Table 2). To fit this model, was the experimental value or theoretical value of the reach duration t_d used to determine the optimal harvest value (from Equation 14)? In both cases, the reach duration DOES increase with reach effort, so we should expect an impact on the harvest duration. This is indeed seen in Figure 7A. So why does Table 2 suggest that reach effort should not impact harvest duration in this model?

      We agree that this point was not sufficiently clear. The purpose of Table 2 was to present the specific effect of each modulation. Thus, the prediction that reach effort does not affect harvest duration in the separate-cost model refers specifically to a change in reach effort at a fixed reach duration. An example with our experimental design would be to display a virtual movement of fixed duration during which participants have to produce a torque (isometric contraction) superior to a certain threshold that could vary between conditions. The inter-dependence of reach and harvest are based on duration changes; manipulation of the magnitude of effort exerted during movement at fixed duration would therefore not affect harvest duration. Table 2 was intended to distinguish these direct and indirect effects rather than to predict that reach effort should have no effect on harvest duration in our experiment. To fit the model to the data, the experimental value of the reach duration was used. However, since Table 2 shows only the directions of the variations, an arbitrary fixed value for reach duration (of the same magnitude) was used to determine the direct effect represented. We will clarify this distinction and the purpose of Table 2 in the revised manuscript.

      g) Could the effect of pre-reach delay on reach time be alternatively explained simply by longer reaction times as reported in Figure S2, e.g., a longer period to reactivate the muscles after a longer break? In other words, as far as I understood, here reaction times are subsumed in the motor time, against the tradition of splitting them into two independent (non-overlapping) behavioral metrics.

      This is an interesting point raised by the reviewer and will be discussed further in the revision. Here, we assume that a shorter reaction times are associated with a less steep cost-of-time function. According to drift-diffusion models, it brings the decision-related neural activity more slowly toward the commitment threshold, thereby delaying movement initiation. Since the cost of time is less steep, the movement duration will also be increased, thus implying this co-regulation between movement and reaction time.

      Here, reaction time was not separated, since the protocol is not appropriately designed to its study, particularly in the main experiment. The detection of reaction time is highly conservative (see text of Time-Related supplementary analyses) and it is not entirely clear whether we can properly refer to a reaction time in the main experiment, since the two phases follow one another without any delay. Hence to avoid any uncertainty, we chose not to separate these presumed reaction times from motor times.

      h) The EMG-time integral in the harvest phase should be largely proportional to the harvest duration, given that the applied torque is constrained to remain on target. Is this the case? If so, then how to interpret the significant effect of reach effort on this value, given that the main analyses did not identify an effect of reach effort on harvest duration?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this interesting effect. It is possible that a greater muscle activation during the reaching phase was carried over to the harvest phase (due to increased co-contraction for instance), leading to an increase in the EMG-time integral in the harvest despite manipulation of reach effort. We will explore this during the revision. In particular, we will examine how the EMG signals recorded during the reaching relate to those recorded during the harvesting, as well as the relationship between the EMG signals and the torque exerted by the participants.

      References

      Berret B, Baud-Bovy G (2022) Evidence for a cost of time in the invigoration of isometric reaching movements. J Neurophysiol 127:689–701.

      Berret B, Castanier C, Bastide S, Deroche T (2018) Vigour of self-paced reaching movement: cost of time and individual traits. Sci Rep 8:10655.

      Choi JES, Vaswani PA, Shadmehr R (2014) Vigor of Movements and the Cost of Time in Decision Making. J Neurosci 34:1212–1223.

      Cisek P, Puskas GA, El-Murr S (2009) Decisions in Changing Conditions: The Urgency-Gating Model. J Neurosci 29:11560–11571.

      Hayden BY (2018) Economic choice: the foraging perspective. Curr Opin Behav Sci 24:1–6.

      Labaune O, Deroche T, Teulier C, Berret B (2020) Vigor of reaching, walking, and gazing movements: on the consistency of interindividual differences. J Neurophysiol 123:234–242.

      Saleri Lunazzi C, Reynaud AJ, Thura D (2021) Dissociating the Impact of Movement Time and Energy Costs on Decision-Making and Action Initiation in Humans. Front Hum Neurosci 15:715212.

      Shadmehr R, Huang HJ, Ahmed AA (2016) A Representation of Effort in Decision-Making and Motor Control. Curr Biol 26:1929–1934.

      Shadmehr R, Orban de Xivry JJ, Xu-Wilson M, Shih T-Y (2010a) Temporal discounting of reward and the cost of time in motor control. J Neurosci Off J Soc Neurosci 30:10507–10516.

      Shadmehr R, Xivry JJO de, Xu-Wilson M, Shih T-Y (2010b) Temporal Discounting of Reward and the Cost of Time in Motor Control. J Neurosci 30:10507–10516.

      Sukumar S, Shadmehr R, Ahmed AA (2024) Effects of reward and effort history on decision making and movement vigor during foraging. J Neurophysiol 131:638–651.

      Thura D (2020) Decision urgency invigorates movement in humans. Behav Brain Res 382:112477.

      Thura D, Haith AM, Derosiere G, Duque J (2025) The integrated control of decision and movement vigor. Trends Cogn Sci:S1364-6613(25)00185-8.

      Verdel D, Bruneau O, Sahm G, Vignais N, Berret B (2023) The value of time in the invigoration of human movements when interacting with a robotic exoskeleton. Sci Adv 9:eadh9533.

      Yoon T, Geary RB, Ahmed AA, Shadmehr R (2018) Control of movement vigor and decision making during foraging. Proc Natl Acad Sci 115:E10476–E10485.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study by Luden et al. seeks to elucidate the molecular functions of AHL15, a member of the AT-HOOK MOTIF NUCLEAR LOCALIZED (AHL) protein family, whose overexpression has been shown to extend plant longevity in Arabidopsis. To address this question, the authors conducted genome-wide ChIP-sequencing analyses to identify AHL15 binding sites. They further integrated these data with RNA-sequencing and ATAC-sequencing analyses to compare directly bound AHL15 targets with genes exhibiting altered expression and chromatin accessibility upon ectopic AHL15 overexpression.

      The analyses indicate that AHL15 preferentially associates with regions near transcription start sites (TSS) and transcription end sites (TES). Notably, no clear consensus DNA-binding motif was identified, suggesting that AHL15 binding may be mediated through interactions with other regulatory factors rather than through direct sequence recognition. The authors further show that AHL15 predominantly represses its direct target genes; however, this repression appears to be largely independent of detectable changes in chromatin accessibility.

      In addition to the AHL protein family, the globular H1 domain-containing high-mobility group A (GH1-HMGA) protein family also harbors AT-hook DNA-binding domains. Recent studies have shown that GH1-HMGA proteins repress FLC, a key regulator of flowering time, by interfering with gene-loop formation. The observed enrichment of AHL15 at both TSS and TES regions, therefore, raises the intriguing possibility that AHL15 may also participate in regulating gene-loop architecture. Consistent with this idea, the authors report that several direct AHL15 target genes are known to form gene loops.

      Overall, the conclusions of this study are well supported by the presented data and provide new mechanistic insights into how AHL family proteins may regulate gene expression.

      However, it is important to note that the genome-wide analyses in this study rely predominantly on ectopic overexpression of AHL15 at developmental stages when the gene is not usually expressed. Moreover, loss-of-function phenotypes for AHL15 have not been reported, leaving unresolved whether AHL15 plays a physiological role in regulating plant longevity under native conditions. It therefore remains possible that longevity control is mediated by other AHL family members rather than by AHL15 itself. In this regard, the manuscript's title would benefit from more accurately reflecting this broader implication.

      The ahl15 loss-of-function phenotype has previously been described in Karami et al., 2020 (Nat. Plants), Rahimi et al., 2022a (New Phyt.), and Rahimi et al., 2022b (Curr. Biol.), showing that ahl15 loss-of-function among others results in accelerated vegetative phase change and flowering, a reduced number of leaves produced by axillary meristems in short day grown plants and reduced secondary growth in the inflorescence stem. The dominant-negative ahl15 delta-G allele, expressing a mutant protein lacking the conserved G motif in the PPC domain, shows these phenotypes more clearly in the heterozygous ahl15 +/- background, and is embryo lethal in the homozygous ahl15 background (Karami et al., 2021, Nature Comm.). In addition, we recently show that leaf senescence is significantly accelerated in the ahl15 loss-of-function mutant (Luden et al., 2025, BioRxiv). These results show that AHL15 is involved in several aspects of ageing in Arabidopsis, and we have adjusted the introduction to discuss these previous findings more explicitlyWe agree with reviewer 1 on the possibility that multiple AHLs could have an effect on longevity, which is partially supported by the delayed flowering time observed in the AHL20, AHL27, or AHL29 overexpression lines (Karami et al., 2020, Street et al., 2008). However, the induction of the AHL15-GR fusion alone by DEX shows a clear delay of developmental phase transitions and the aging process in general, indicating that AHL15 by itself is able to extend longevity as other AHLs are not affected by DEX treatment (proven by the fact that their expression is not significantly changed in our RNA-seq analysis of DEX-treated 35S:AHL15-GR seedlings).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Luden et al. investigates the molecular function and DNA-binding modes of AHL15, a transcription factor with pleiotropic effects on plant development. The results contribute to our understanding of AHL15 function in development, specifically, and transcriptional regulation in plants, more broadly.

      Strengths:

      The authors developed a set of genetic tools for high-resolution profiling of AHL15 DNA binding and provided exploratory analyses of chromatin accessibility changes upon AHL15 overexpression. The generated data (CHiP-Seq, ATAC-Seq and RNA-Seq is a valuable resource for further studies. The data suggest that AHL15 does not operate as a pioneer TF, but is likely involved in gene looping.

      Weaknesses:

      While the overall message is conveyed clearly and convincingly, I see one major issue concerning motif discovery and interpretation. The authors state that because HOMER detected highly enriched motifs at frequencies below 1%, they conclude that "a true DNA binding motif would be present in a large portion of the AHL15 peaks (targets) and would be rare in other regions of the genome (background)."

      I agree that the frequency below 1% is unexpectedly low; however, this more likely reflects problems in data preprocessing or motif discovery rather than intrinsic biological properties of the transcriptional factor that possesses a DNA-binding domain and is known to bind AT_rich motifs. As it is, Figure 2 cannot serve as a main figure in the manuscript: it rather suggests that the generated CHiP-Seq peakset is dominated by noise (or motif discovery was done improperly) than that AHL15 binds nonspecifically.

      Since key methodological details on the HOMER workflow are missing in the M&M section, it is not possible to determine what went wrong. Looking at other results, i.e. the reasonably structured peak distribution around TSS/TTS and consistent overlap of the peaks between the replicas, I assume that the motif discovery step was done improperly.

      Therefore, I recommend redoing the motif analysis, for example, by restricting the search to the top-ranked peaks (e.g. TOP1000) and by using an appropriate background set (HOMER can generate good backgrounds, but it was not documented in the manuscript how the authors did it). If HOMER remains unsuccessful, the authors should consider complementary methods such as STREME or MEME, similar to the approach used for GH1-HMGA (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). If the peakset is of good quality, I would expect the analysis to identify an AT-rich motif with a frequency substantially higher than 1%-more likely in the range of at least 30%. If such a motif is detected, it should be reported clearly, ideally with positional enrichment information relative to TSS or TTS. It would also be informative to compare the recovered motif with known GH1-HMGA motifs.

      If de novo motif discovery remains inconclusive, the authors should, at a minimum, assess enrichment of known AHL binding motifs using available PWMs (e.g. from JASPAR). As it stands, the claim that "our ChIP-seq data show that AHL15 binds to AT-rich DNA throughout the Arabidopsis genome with limited sequence specificity (Figure 2A, Figure S2-S4)" is not convincingly supported.

      Another point concerns the authors' hypothesis regarding the role of AHL15 in gene looping. While I like this hypothesis and it is good to discuss it in the discussion section, the data presented are not sufficient to support the claim, stated in the abstract, that AHL15 "regulates 3D genome organization," as such a conclusion would require additional, dedicated experiments.

      The motifs discovered by HOMER are ranked by their enrichment over background, of which the highest-scoring motifs are very rare in the AHL15-bound targets, but even rarer in the background, which is why they score highly on the percent enrichment score. As expected by reviewer 2, we identified AT-rich motifs that were present in a larger percentage of AHL15 targets (found in 3-18% of targets, depending on the motif, see for example motif #5 in figure S4A), which can be seen at the right tail of the histograms shown in figures 2B-C and figures S2-S4 B-C. However, these motifs were also common in the background and were therefore not considered as significantly enriched in the AHL15-bound regions, with a target:background ratio of <2. As most of these motifs were flagged by HOMER as possible false-positives, and to limit the size of the (supplemental) figures, we did not show each of the motifs identified by HOMER in table form, but the full tables of de novo motifs identified by HOMER, including possible false-positive results are included in Additional file 3.

      Although the identification of AT-rich motifs shows that AHL15 (and very likely most other AHL proteins as well) binds AT-rich regions, it does not sufficiently explain the binding of AHL15 to its target genes, as these motifs are found at almost equal frequencies in non-AHL15-bound regions. In addition, a sequence found at this frequency in the genomic background is, in our view, too unspecific to be considered as a transcription factor binding site. Based on this, we concluded that AHL15 lacks a specific binding motif that can define the genes it binds.

      We have updated the methods section to include more details on the HOMER analysis and have also run the analysis in the top1000 shared peaks as suggested by reviewer 2 for both AHL15 and AHL29 ChIP-seq peaks, which showed that unlike in AHL29, a clear AT-rich motif cannot be found for AHL15 (Additional file 1: Figure S5).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated the role of AHL15 in the regulation of gene expression using AHL15 overexpression lines. Their results do show that more genes are downregulated when AHL15 is upregulated, and its binding does not affect the chromatin accessibility. Further, they investigated AHL15 binds in regions depleted in histone modifications and other epigenetic signatures. Subsequently, they investigated the presence of AHL15 in the gene chromatin loops. They found overlaps with both upregulated and downregulated genes. The methods are appropriately described, but could be improved to include the analysis of self-looping gene boundaries.

      Strengths:

      Their study clearly showed a lack of any specific sequence enrichment in the AHL15 binding sites, other than these being AT-rich, suggesting that AHL proteins do not recognize a specific DNA sequence but are recruited to their AT-rich target sites in another way. The study does suggest significant enrichment of AHL15 binding sites at TSS and TES, and AHL15 sites are depleted of any histone marks. They also identified that AHL15 binding sites overlap with self-looping gene boundaries.

      Weaknesses:

      The claim that AHL15 acts as a repressor and genes regulated by it are downregulated needs to be investigated based on AHL15 binding sites, to show enrichment/ depletion of AHL15 binding sites in overexpressing genes and repressed genes. The authors should provide data to support plant longevity with AHL15 overexpression using the DEX-induced system to support the claims in the title. Calculation of the enrichment score of AHL15 peaks in the self-looping genes that are upregulated or downregulated, and discussion about the different effects of AHL15 binding on self-looping regions to regulate gene expression may be helpful to understand the significance of the study. Motif enrichment in upregulated and downregulated genes separately to identify binding sequence preferences may be useful. It is not clear how the overlap of AHL15 peaks with self-looping genes has been carried out.

      A metagenome plot of AHL15 binding around genes that are differentially expressed upon DEX treatment can be found in Figure 3F. This analysis shows that AHL15 binding near differentially expressed genes is more pronounced compared to all AHL15-bound genes, and that AHL15 binding near the TSS is especially enriched for upregulated genes.

      As also suggested by reviewer 2, we ran a motif enrichment analysis on the differentially expressed genes that are bound by AHL15 to see if any motifs are enriched compared to the background and overrepresented in the AHL15-bound genes. Again, this did not reveal an AT-rich motif nor a motif that was conserved between up- and downregulated AHL15-bound genes (Additional file 1: Figure S6).

      Plant longevity in 35S:AHL15-GR Arabidopsis plants treated with DEX has been reported previously.. DEX treatment extended vegetative development after flowering resulting in polycarpy (Karami et al., 2020, Nature Plants), enhanced secondary growth resulting in woody stems (Rahimi et al., 2022, Current Biol.) and recently we showed that it delays leaf senescence in Arabidopsis (Luden et al., 2025, bioRxiv). All these observations have now been incorporated in the results section where the p35S::AHL15-GR plants are first presented. In addition, we show that 35S:AHL15-GR plants treated a single time with DEX at 10 days after germination show a significantly delayed flowering time in figure 4C-D of this manuscript.

      The enrichment of AHL15 ChIP-seq peaks in self-looping genes will be analyzed as suggested and compared to a random set of genes as a control, and the methods section will be updated to clarify how the analyses on self-looping genes were carried out.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors need to correct Line 28 on page 10:

      By comparing the AHL15 ChIP-seq data with 1766 previously identified self-looping genes -> By comparing the AHL15 ChIP-seq data with 1792 previously identified self-looping genes (Liu et al., 2016)

      Note: 1792 genes with self-loops were first reported by Liu et al. (2016)

      Liu, C., Wang, C.M., Wang, G., Becker, C., Zaidem, M., and Weigel, D. (2016). Genome-wide analysis of chromatin packing in at single-gene resolution. Genome Res 26, 1057-1068.

      These numbers will be corrected in the text.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The newly generated datasets have been deposited only as raw sequencing reads. For reusability and reproducibility, the authors should also provide processed data accompanied by detailed metadata.

      We will upload the processed data and corresponding metadata to GEO.

      (2) Figures 4B and 5E are of low quality; can they be improved?

      We have submitted the original high-quality images to the publisher, which should resolve the issue.

      (3) Supplementary Table 5 lacks description (columns do not have names).

      This has been fixed.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions:

      (1) Motif enrichment in upregulated and downregulated genes separately to identify binding sequence preferences may be useful.

      This analysis will be performed and included in the revised manuscript as Additional file 1: Figure S6.

      (2) Investigate AHL15 binding sites to show enrichment/ depletion of AHL15 binding sites in overexpressing genes than repressed genes.

      This analysis has been done, please see figure 3F.

      (3) Provide data to support plant longevity with AHL15 overexpression using the DEX-induced system to support the claims in the title.

      For the effect of AHL15-GR induction by DEX on vegetative phase change and flowering time, please see figure 4C-D and Rahimi et al., (2022, New Phytologist). For other phenotypic changes induced by DEX treatment of 35S:AHL15-GR plants, please see Karami et al. (2020; Nature Plants), Rahimi et al., (2022, Current Biology) and Luden et al., (2025; BioRxiv). Text has been added to the results section where the 35S:AHL15-GR line is first introduced to refer to these previous publications.

      (4) Calculation of the enrichment score of AHL15 peaks in the self-looping genes that are upregulated or downregulated, and discussion about the different effects of AHL15 binding on self-looping regions to regulate gene expression, may be helpful to understand the significance of the study.

      This analysis has been done and included in the revised manuscript as Additional file 1: Table S1.

      (5) Describe how the overlap of AHL15 peaks with self-looping genes has been carried out.

      The methods section has been updated with detailed information on this analysis.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study provides important findings on the expression of glutamate receptor (GluR) subunits across developmental stages and muscle types in Drosophila. It shows that adult muscle differs in GluR composition from larval body wall muscles, which have been the focus of most past studies. The study, while convincing, could be strengthened by acknowledging that it relies on heterogeneous methods and the absence of positive signals to infer receptor loss, which limits confidence in some of its claims. The findings illuminate how Drosophila excites muscles in diverse tissue types at different life stages, and are of interest to researchers across neuroscience.

      A note on the eLife assessment

      We are grateful for the assessment and for the reviewers' engagement. The assessment notes that the study "could be strengthened by acknowledging that it relies on heterogeneous methods and the absence of positive signals to infer receptor loss." We have taken this seriously and have addressed it in three ways in the revised manuscript:

      (i) We have replaced claims of absence with "not detected" throughout;

      (ii) We have added a paragraph describing the discrepancies between methods and the specific false-negative risks of each; and

      (ii) We have made explicit the internal positive controls that constrain our negative results, including the reciprocal GluRIIB/GluRIIC labeling within a single femur and the detection of Brp, Neto-β, and GluClα in the same flight muscle preparations in which GluRII subunits were not detected.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Sustar et al. takes a methodical approach to document the types of glutamate receptor subunits that reside in Drosophila muscles, examining developmental stages spanning from larvae to adults. Prior work thoroughly documented the subunits operating in Drosophila larval body wall muscles. Most subsequent research focused on the glutamate receptor heterotetramers found in the body wall, composed of GluRIIA/C/D/E or GluRIIB/C/D/E subunits, along with auxiliary subunits like isoforms of Neto.

      For the current work, the authors report that the larval muscle glutamate receptor composition is not universal for all Drosophila muscles. They examine the following muscle systems: larval body wall, adult abdomen, adult leg coxa, and adult indirect flight. They also briefly examine adult muscle structures associated with the proboscis, neck, and haltere. The authors find that the receptor subunits in the adult abdomen (mostly) match those in the larval body wall. This makes sense given that the adult abdominal muscles are derived from the larval body wall. Yet not much else matches the larval body wall. For example, all (or most) of the GluRII-type subunits are missing from the adult indirect flight muscles. Leg muscles have GluRII-type subunits, but they do not have all of them expressed prominently, and they are missing GluRIIB. Additionally, leg muscles express a glutamate-gated chloride channel, which could be a source of inhibitory glutamatergic transmission. Interestingly, when it comes to non-abdominal adult muscles, one general theme seems to be an active promoter (GAL4 driver) for the kainate-type glutamate receptor called Clumsy. The authors propose that Clumsy could be key to understanding how functional GluR complexes are assembled in adult insects.

      Strengths:

      (1) Documenting the types of glutamate receptors that operate in diverse insect muscle systems is important because it uncovers fundamental information.

      (2) Much of the prior research focus has been on how the body wall muscle tetramers assemble and operate. It is a strength to demonstrate the other receptor solutions used by adult NMJs.

      (3) The work uses GAL4 drivers and immunohistochemistry (when possible) in combination to draw conclusions.

      (4) The muscle anatomical analyses are of high quality. This allows the research group to reach refined conclusions.

      (5) The confocal-level images of synaptic active zones and their apposed glutamate receptor clusters are of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is a strawman argument that is used repeatedly to highlight the significance of the work. The argument implies that the field broadly assumes (or “tacitly” assumes) that the larval body wall glutamate receptor composition extrapolates to all muscles of the fly, including the adult. This reviewer cannot find evidence that this assumption or argument has been explicitly promulgated by others. More likely, others have not examined these muscles directly, and thus, they have not speculated one way or the other.

      The reviewer is correct that we could not find a paper stating explicitly that "the adult NMJ is molecularly identical to the larval NMJ," and we have revised the text to avoid implying that such an explicit claim exists. However, we do argue that larval body-wall findings are routinely presented as properties of "the Drosophila NMJ," "the fly NMJ," or "Drosophila muscle". That unqualified generalization is what has led readers (ourselves included) to extrapolate the canonical larval architecture to the adult.

      Many concrete examples can be found in the literature. He and Dickman (2025, Curr Opin Neurobiol) state that "two subtypes of ionotropic glutamate receptors (GluRs) mediate postsynaptic currents in Drosophila muscle, GluRIIA- and GluRIIB-containing," and describe their regulation by Neto as a general feature of "the fly NMJ". The word "adult" does not appear in the review. Chou et al. (2020, Neural Development) similarly assert that "at the Drosophila NMJ, iGluRs are heterometric tetramers composed of three invariant subunits, GluRIII/GluRIIC, GluRIID, and GluRIIE, as well as one of either GluRIIA or GluRIIB". A highly cited review of these receptors is titled "Glutamate receptors at the Drosophila neuromuscular junction" (DiAntonio, 2006) yet describes only the larval body-wall system, and Harris and Littleton (2015, Genetics) introduce the larval NMJ as "a well-established model glutamatergic synapse" before discussing "the fly NMJ" throughout. Notably, we could not find a review paper about Drosophila neuromuscular control that discussed differences in receptor composition between larval and adult muscles.

      This assumption is related to the genesis of this project, which came about due to the failure of pharmacological tools used in the larva (e.g., philanthotoxin) to block synaptic transmission at adult fly muscles. We (the Tuthill Lab) contacted several principal investigators studying adult fly motor control and within the larval NMJ field (including now co-author Dion Dickman) and asked for advice about why these drugs were not effective in paralyzing leg muscles. Nobody suggested that this could be because adult muscles use different glutamate receptors than the larvae. Indeed, it was only years later when we noticed a high level of GluCl expression in the FlyCellAtlas data that we realized it could be due to differences in receptor expression.

      We agree with the reviewer that adult muscle has rarely been examined directly (Rivlin et al., 2004 being the principal exception, which we cite and now discuss at greater length). Our argument is that this gap has been filled by an untested extrapolation from larvae rather than by data. Of the ~50 papers citing Rivlin et al. (2004), we could not find any that compare glutamate‑receptor subunit expression between larval and adult muscle. Follow‑up work pursued NMJ morphology, remodeling, adhesion molecules, and transporters, leaving the receptor question open.

      Overall, we respectfully disagree with the reviewer that this argument is a strawman, because it reflects our lived experiences as active investigators of adult and larval fly motor control. However, we take the reviewer’s point. We have removed language implying that an explicit model was being overturned, and we now frame the assumption as implicit and not universally held. We note only that the assumption was operative in practice: this project began when pharmacological tools that reliably block transmission at the larval NMJ (e.g., philanthotoxin) failed to paralyze adult leg muscles, and when we consulted colleagues who work on the larval NMJ and adult fly motor control, differences in receptor composition were not among the explanations offered. We recognize this is an anecdote rather than evidence, and we have kept it out of the manuscript.

      (2) Related - to the extent that there has been any tacit assumption about GluRIIC/D/E-anchored receptors being ubiquitous among adult muscles, tacit doubt was raised by Rivilin et al., 2004 (cited by the authors but not as a source of doubt) and by RNAseq datasets like FlyAtlas from 2022 (replicated in Figures s11 and s12). To be clear, the current analysis is better than a bulk transcript analysis from adult tissues. But rather than “overturning” a field or being paradigm-shifting, the current data seem confirmatory of FlyAtlas - and confirmatory of Rivlin et al., 2004, which explicitly concluded that larval and adult NMJs were different

      Rivlin et al. did not examine GluRIIC, D and E, or most of the other glutamate receptor subunits. Nevertheless, we revised the beginning of our Discussion (pg 8) to position our work in the context of their important findings:

      In 2004, Rivlin and colleagues conducted a careful survey of NMJs in seven muscles in the adult Drosophila thorax. They established that adult NMJs are morphologically distinct from larval NMJs, and that GluRIIA and GluRIIB are expressed in muscle-specific subsets, with some muscles mysteriously lacking both. Importantly, they speculated that some adult muscles must be using different glutamate receptor subunits (which were unknown at the time) to build synapses. This problem has remained unexplored for the last two decades.

      As the reviewer requested, we have removed "overturning"/"paradigm-shifting" language throughout. But we respectfully disagree that our analysis is “confirmatory” of the Fly Cell Atlas. The Fly Cell Atlas (Li et al., 2022) does not mention glutamate receptors, or the NMJ, anywhere in its analysis. It is a general single-nucleus transcriptomic resource whose adult-muscle glutamate-receptor content was never extracted, curated, or interpreted. Extracting meaning from the dataset required posing the question, curating the relevant cells and genes, and analyzing them, which is itself a meaningful scientific contribution.

      (3) One can draw expression-level conclusions from these data. But genetic tests (e.g., would clumsy losses of function impair leg muscles?) could help the authors and the field draw stronger conclusions about the roles of some of these glutamate receptor gene products. The current dataset falls short of definitively establishing the function of alternate glutamate receptor modules.

      We intend to perform functional and behavioral experiments with clumsy loss-of-function flies. However, this work will require creation of new genetic reagents and behavioral experiments that make it beyond the scope of this manuscript. We intend to address this important topic in a future paper.

      (4) The confocal synaptic images are of high quality. They are good enough that one could analyze how well Brp directly apposes a specific glutamate receptor subunit for all the associated imaging data underlying Figures S1-S8. No such analysis is done, but understanding what components seem to directly oppose the site of release could lead to better conclusions.

      In all tissues where IIA-E are expressed at the NMJ, the protein localization is directly adjacent to Brp (see representative images in Figure 2B and s5-8). This localization is often clear in single z-slices. We attempted to perform more detailed analyses, like measure the distance between Brp and GluR puncta, but found it very challenging due to the 3D orientation of the NMJ structure. We added a sentence to page 4 of the manuscript describing what we see and the overall similarity of IIA-E localization.

      Overall Assessment and Discussion:

      The data in this study are of high quality, and the results support the main conclusion: adult muscle glutamate receptor clusters do not recapitulate the “canonical” larval body wall clusters. This is important, and the data stand on their own. That is the most important part. This reviewer does have suggestions on how to put the current work in proper context; the current draft appears to overstate the novelty of the findings. Additionally, some sentences need editing for accuracy. None of those concerns impeach the excellent foundational data.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a broad survey of glutamate receptor composition at the neuromuscular junction in Drosophila across developmental stages and muscle types. The topic is clearly important, and the central observation-that adult muscles differ substantially from the canonical larval NMJ-is interesting and potentially impactful. The dataset is extensive and will likely be of value to the community. However, in my view, there are significant limitations in how the data are generated and interpreted, which at present reduce the strength of the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a relevant and timely question and provides a large and systematic dataset. The finding that adult muscles diverge from larval NMJ organization is compelling and challenges a widely held assumption in the field. The breadth of approaches, including genetic reporters, immunohistochemistry, endogenous tagging, and transcriptomic data, is, in principle, a strong aspect of the work and allows for a broad overview of receptor expression across tissues and developmental stages. Even in its current form, the manuscript provides useful descriptive information that will be of interest to the community.

      Weaknesses:

      A major concern is the reliance on a heterogeneous combination of detection methods (GAL4 reporters, antibody staining, endogenous tagging, and RNA), which are treated largely as equivalent lines of evidence. These approaches differ substantially in what they measure and in their sensitivity and specificity. While convergence across methods can in principle be convincing, here this convergence is often inferred from the shared absence of signal. This is problematic because all methods used are susceptible to false negatives for different reasons. As a result, the repeated conclusion that specific GluR subunits are “absent” from adult muscles, including those previously considered essential, is not fully justified by the data presented.

      This issue is not only theoretical. The manuscript itself seemingly contains examples where methods disagree, demonstrating that detection is incomplete and method-dependent. These discrepancies could be better integrated into the interpretation. Instead, negative results across methods are often taken as strong evidence for absence, which overstates the certainty of the findings.

      In addition, antibody validation appears to rely largely on prior work in larval tissue. Given the structural and biochemical differences in adult muscles, it is not clear that staining performance is equivalent, particularly in cases where the signal is weak or undetected. This further complicates the interpretation of negative results.

      More generally, the manuscript moves in several places from descriptive observations to functional or mechanistic implications that are not directly supported. The suggestion that adult muscles operate with fundamentally different receptor assemblies is intriguing, but remains speculative without functional validation. At a minimum, the distinction between observation and interpretation should be made more explicit.

      I thus think that the current conclusions need to be more carefully constrained. Ideally, the study would be strengthened by at least one functional experiment, such as electrophysiological recordings from adult NMJs or perturbation of candidate receptors like GluClα or Clumsy. This would help to anchor the expression data in synaptic function.

      We thank the reviewer for a careful and constructive critique. We agree that inference from the absence of signal requires caution, and we have revised both the wording and the framing of the manuscript substantially in response. We would also like to draw attention to a feature of our dataset that we did not previously make explicit, and which we believe speaks directly to the core concern: a number of our negative results are internally controlled by positive signal from the same reagent, in the same tissue, in the same preparation.

      (i) In the adult femur, anti-GluRIIB labels NMJs on tibia extensor fibers but not on accessory tibia flexor fibers within the same bisected femur, processed, stained, and imaged together (Figure 3C-D).

      (ii) Anti-GluRIIC shows the reciprocal pattern in the same preparations (Figure 3E-F). The failure to detect GluRIIC in the tibia extensor therefore cannot be attributed to a general failure of that antibody in adult tissue, to fixation, or to reagent penetration, because the same antibody labels NMJs tens of microns away in the same section.

      (iii) In indirect flight muscle, where we detected none of the five GluRII subunits, we reliably detected Brp, Neto-β::sfGFP, and GluClα:V5 at and around NMJs in the same preparations (Figures 2B, 2D, 4C). Reagent access, epitope preservation, and NMJ identification are therefore all demonstrated in the same tissue where our negative results are strongest.

      These controls do not exclude the possibility that receptors are present below our detection threshold, and we have accordingly replaced "absent" with "not detected" throughout the manuscript. They do, however, argue that the muscle-specific differences we report reflect genuine biological variation rather than method failure. We have added a paragraph to the Discussion making this argument explicitly, alongside a new paragraph describing the discrepancies between methods, and we have added a description of antibody validation to the Methods.

      In summary, this is an interesting and potentially important study, but the current manuscript somewhat overinterprets heterogeneous and partly indirect evidence. It will already be useful in its present form, but could be more convincing if the authors more rigorously account for methodological limitations and moderate their claims accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The Sustar et al. manuscript catalogs glutamate receptor composition across distinct Drosophila NMJs: larval and adult abdominal NMJs, as well as NMJs on adult leg and flight muscles. This work is important and probably overdue. The larval NMJ is the exemplar NMJ in this system, and the identity of “essential” and “alternative” subunits at this stage is assumed by many to hold across developmental stages and NMJ types. Here, the authors show that there is surprising diversification among NMJ types and that the notion of essential/alternative subunits only holds true at larval NMJs.

      The study will generate interest in the Clumsy GluR subunit, which has not been well-characterized at all, but is widely expressed at adult NMJs. They also find striking extrasynaptic expression of glutamate-gated chloride channel GluRClalpha in adult leg and flight muscles, raising questions about its role. The study is interesting, logical, and well-written. The figures are clear, and the discussion was particularly thoughtful. I have a couple of comments that the authors could consider.

      (1) They cite Rivlin et al., (2004) in the Introduction as the sole previous study to investigate the molecular composition of adult NMJs, but do not mention this work again. In the Discussion, it would be helpful to compare/contrast their finding with those of the earlier work.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have revised the beginning of our Discussion (pg. 8) to position our work in the context of Rivlin et al.’s important findings.

      (2) Were these analyses done in adults of consistent ages? It seems possible that the GluR subunit composition could be different in very young adults or in aged flies. The age of the animals should be mentioned in the Methods.

      Thank you for noticing this gap. We added age of flies to the Methods section, including the important detail that in cases where we failed to detect any GAL4 signal (e.g., GluRIID-GAL4), we additionally imaged very young and very old flies (0-2 hours old and 20-day-old). It did not change the results.

      (3) The broad expression of GluCl:V5 in adult leg and flight muscles is surprisingly robust and appears to light up the edges of all muscle fibers. Would the authors comment on the controls that were done to ensure that this staining is real and specific to animals carrying that V5 endogenous tag?

      We added a sentence to the results section (pg 8) to highlight the V5 negative staining controls that are shown in Figure s15.

      (4) The snRNAseq data in Figure S12 differ a bit from the IHC/GAL4 data summarized in the table in Figure 2. In particular, the data suggests that Ukar and Grik are widely expressed in adult muscles. Is there a reason not to include an “snRNA seq” column in Figure 2 alongside the data from GAL4 lines and IHC? To my mind, it is about as reliable as GAL4 lines that often capture only a subset of the full expression pattern. In this case, the snRNAseq data suggest that Ukar/Grik are likely at adult flight muscle NMJs, which might be important since NMJ was negative for everything except Neto-beta by IHC.

      We liked your suggestion to put these data together in one figure, and we tried to incorporate this during our revisions. However, because of the difficulty of combining multiple types of data into one table, we ultimately decided to keep them separate to avoid any confusion. The GAL4 analysis is qualitative (no expression, weak expression, strong expression) in percent of muscles. The RNA-seq data is quantitative and measured in fraction of muscle cells. Figure s13 now shows RNA-seq results in a table format that is parallel to the table with GAL4 results in Figure 2.

      We also added a paragraph to the end of the discussion to mull several discrepancies in results (e.g. Grik and Ukar) when using different methods.

      We did observe some discrepancies across the different experimental approaches. For GAL4 reporter lines, we used T2A gene trap lines where possible (for 15 of the 16 GluR genes) to determine receptor expression. However, some of these reporters were extremely weak and may have resulted in false negatives. For example, we did not detect Grik-GAL4 or Ukar-GAL4 expression in any tissue (Figure 2C), despite RNA-seq evidence that these are expressed robustly in adult muscles (Figures s11, s12). We do not have antibodies or protein reporters for these genes to help resolve this. Another discrepancy was with GluRIIE. In this case, antibody staining and RNA-seq did not detect GluRIIE in flight muscles (Figures s8, s11), while the GAL4>GFP reporter showed extremely faint signal in the flight muscles. Because of the marginal signal and the discrepancy with the other methods, we believe this could likely be a false positive. The table in Figure 2 does not effectively capture the nuance of this otherwise confusing result. Overall, however, we found that results from different approaches generally agreed and revealed intriguing differences between different muscle types.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of these recommendations are for text edits. Where experiments are noted (#8 and #9 below), they could be helpful, but they are not essential because the study has value as is.

      (1) It would be appropriate to scrub the entire manuscript of statements that say that the work is overturning an incorrect model about larval GluRII receptor tetramers working the same way in adult muscles. First, it is not necessary. But more importantly, by this reviewer’s reading, there is not an explicit model promoted by others that the larval body wall findings extrapolate to other muscles. The better way to frame the work is to state that it clearly shows the field has a lot of work to do to properly characterize glutamate receptor composition and function in Drosophila adults. Places in the text that the authors should edit include:

      - “...challenging assumptions about the uniformity of neuromuscular function” (Abstract)

      We deleted this clause.

      - “...it is often tacitly assumed...This extrapolation overlooks...during metamorphosis.” (Introduction)

      New wording: … “…it has commonly been assumed…” (Abstract) and “…we and others assumed…” (Intro)

      - “(With one notable exception, Rivlin et al., 2004)” (Introduction). This reference deserves more than an obscure parenthetical because it explicitly concluded that larval and adult NMJs differ.

      As described above, we revised the beginning of our Discussion (pg 8) to position our work in the context of Rivlin et al.’s important findings.

      In 2004, Rivlin and colleagues conducted a careful survey of NMJs in seven muscles in the adult Drosophila thorax. They established that adult NMJs are morphologically distinct from larval NMJs, and that GluRIIA and GluRIIB are expressed in muscle-specific subsets, with some muscles mysteriously lacking both. Importantly, they speculated that some adult muscles must be using different glutamate receptor subunits (which were unknown at the time) to build synapses. This problem has remained unexplored for the last two decades.

      - “Collectively, these results overturn the assumption of NMJ uniformity...” (Introduction)

      New wording: Collectively, these results reveal a diversity in NMJ composition”

      - “Our findings challenge the assumption...” (Conclusions)

      We deleted this clause.

      (2) (Related) The authors quibble in a couple of places that the GluRIIC/D/E subunits have been “previously considered essential for viability and NMJ function.” This reviewer’s understanding of those subunits has always been that they are essential for life, and indeed, they are essential because null mutants arrest as embryos. The places where the text seems to combine viability and NMJ function (including the Abstract) as incorrectly assigned roles for these subunits, should be more carefully edited. This reviewer agrees with the “NMJ function” conclusion since the authors are considering so many NMJs. Viability still holds.

      We agree with the reviewer, and we thank them for catching an imprecision that recurred throughout the manuscript. GluRIIC, GluRIID, and GluRIIE are essential for viability, and nothing in our data contradicts that conclusion.

      We think the point we were trying to make is narrower and sharper when stated precisely. Null mutants for these subunits arrest as embryos — that is, they die before the adult leg and flight muscles are formed. Those experiments therefore established a requirement for viability and for larval NMJ function, but they could not, in principle, have tested whether the same subunits are required at NMJs that arise only during pupal development. Our data do not revise the viability conclusion. They show that the subunit requirement established at the larval body-wall NMJ does not generalize to every NMJ in the animal.

      We have decoupled "viability" from "NMJ function" throughout the manuscript (Abstract, Introduction, Discussion) and have added a sentence to the Discussion making the developmental logic explicit:

      Importantly, because these mutants die before metamorphosis, these experiments established a requirement for viability and for larval NMJ function, but could not test whether the same subunits are required at adult NMJs, which are formed during pupal development.

      (3) “...the physiology and molecular architecture of adult fly NMJs remain largely unexplored...” The authors cite the Rivilin paper that examined the prothorax. But physiology has certainly been examined at DLMs as well as proboscis NMJs.

      As the manuscript says on page 2, the topic is largely unexplored compared to the larva. The Rivlin paper is an excellent contribution but was conducted over 20 years ago with more limited genetic reagents. There were also no follow-up studies. In the same amount of time, over 1000 papers have been published regarding the Drosophila larval NMJ.

      The reviewer is correct that physiology has been performed in adult DLMs and proboscis muscles. These studies, however, have focused on other biological questions and did not investigate the makeup of the NMJ or manipulate glutamate receptors with pharmacology or genetic tools. Our study reveals the need for such experiments.

      (4) “Surprisingly, we found that none of the primary GluRII subunits was strongly expressed in adult indirect flight muscles...” This sentence was difficult to parse when simultaneously examining the large dot for GluRIIE-Gal4 in the IFMs (Figure 2C), until the realization that the blank IHC result was driving the conclusion (no expression). The authors may want to delineate Gal4 vs. IHC for each dataset to avoid confusion for readers.

      We agree with the reviewer that this result is confusing. GluRIIE-GAL4 expression was a case in which a dot in the table didn’t capture the subtlety of the result. The GluRIIE-GAL4 was expressed very faintly in the IFM, to a degree that we almost called it negative.

      We added a paragraph to the Discussion in which we reflect on some data discrepancies:

      We did observe some discrepancies across the different experimental approaches. For GAL4 reporter lines, we used T2A gene trap lines where possible (for 15 of the 16 GluR genes) to determine receptor expression. However, some of these reporters were extremely weak and may have resulted in false negatives. For example, we did not detect Grik-GAL4 or Ukar-GAL4 expression in any tissue (Figure 2C), despite RNA-seq evidence that these are expressed robustly in adult muscles (Figures s11, s12). We do not have antibodies or protein reporters for these genes to help resolve this. Another discrepancy was with GluRIIE. In this case, antibody staining and RNA-seq did not detect GluRIIE in flight muscles (Figures s8, s11), while the GAL4>GFP reporter showed extremely faint signal in the flight muscles. Because of the marginal signal and the discrepancy with the other methods, we believe this could likely be a false positive. The table in Figure 2 does not effectively capture the nuance of this otherwise confusing result. Overall, however, we found that results from different approaches generally agreed and revealed intriguing differences between different muscle types.

      (5) “GluClalpha in adult muscles establishes the molecular identity of inhibitory glutamate responses described decades ago in other insects...” This reviewer really likes this idea. But the current data fall far short of the conclusion in this sentence.

      You are correct. We tempered this statement to “The identification of extrasynaptic GluClα in adult muscles establishes a possible mechanism for inhibitory glutamate responses described decades ago […]”

      (6) “One past study (Han et al., 2015) explored many combinations....” Nothing in this sentence is untrue. This reviewer just wanted to point out that one interesting observation from the Han paper was that an A/E combination alone yielded significant function in the heterologous system. To the extent that A and B have been described as competitive for the same C/D/E core, it is not a stretch to imagine that a B/E combination would have significant function, just like A/E. Or B/D/E as well.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation, which we think materially strengthens the plausibility of our interpretation, and we have incorporated it into the Discussion. Han et al. (2015) found that GluRIIA and GluRIIE together were sufficient to reconstitute functional receptors in a heterologous system, without GluRIIC or GluRIID. Because GluRIIA and GluRIIB are thought to compete for the same position within the tetramer, there is no obvious reason a GluRIIB/IIE or GluRIIB/IID/IIE complex should not also be functional. This provides a concrete precedent for exactly the kind of non-canonical combinations our expression data imply — for example, GluRIIB in the absence of detectable GluRIIC in tibia extensor fibers. We have added the following to the Discussion (p. 9):

      Notably, Han et al. (2015) found that GluRIIA and GluRIIE alone were sufficient to reconstitute functional receptors, without GluRIIC or GluRIID. Because GluRIIA and GluRIIB are thought to occupy the same position within the tetramer, this raises the possibility that GluRIIB-containing complexes lacking GluRIIC — such as the GluRIIB/IID/IIE combination implied by our data in the tibia extensor — could likewise be functional. Neto-β, which is required for receptor gating and synaptic clustering (Han et al., 2024; Kim et al., 2012), is expressed at all adult NMJs we examined (Figures 2D, 3B), so the auxiliary subunit requirement for such complexes would be satisfied. Direct tests of these subunit combinations by heterologous reconstitution are an important next step.

      (7) GluClalpha roles: The idea of a negative feedback controller is a good one. An alternative idea can be gleaned from the NMJ anatomy of circuits like the Mauthner Cell Escape Circuit in zebrafish. In that circuit, the fish have excitatory connections on some muscles and simultaneous control of inhibitory connections wired for other muscles to enable fast changes of direction.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting comparison. We think the Mauthner arrangement is unlikely to apply here, for two reasons. First, GluClα appears to be expressed broadly across the leg and flight muscles we examined, rather than in a subset complementary to the excitatory receptors. Second, and more importantly, GluClα is extrasynaptic: it is distributed along the periphery of the muscle fiber and is not apposed to Brp-positive active zones (Figure 4C-D). Target-specific inhibitory transmission of the kind used in the Mauthner circuit requires inhibitory receptors positioned at synapses, whereas the localization we observe is better suited to tonic or slowly varying modulation of muscle excitability. We have added a sentence to the Discussion making this distinction, since the reviewer's question is one that readers will also have. And add to the manuscript, at the end of the GluClα hypothesis paragraph in the Discussion:

      We note that this arrangement differs from circuits in which excitatory and inhibitory transmission are targeted to different muscles to produce rapid directional control, as in the Mauthner cell escape circuit of larval zebrafish. While most arthropods possess GABAergic motor neurons that directly inhibit leg muscles, holometabolous insects such as Drosophila do not (Witten and Truman, 1998). And because GluClα is extrasynaptic rather than apposed to active zones, it is unlikely to support fast, target-specific inhibitory transmission.

      Two optional experimental suggestions:

      (8) The authors’ findings with Clumsy expression along with Clumsy message expression in the FlyAtlas RNAseq datasets - and finally, the unpublished work on Clumsy - all collectively suggest that it is a great target for adult knockdown. It is not required, but the authors’ conclusions would be bolstered if they were to test RNAi against Clumsy in chosen adult NMJs and check behavior (e.g., walking?) for defects.

      We intend to perform functional and behavioral experiments with clumsy loss-of-function flies. However, this work will require creation of new genetic reagents and behavioral experiments that make it beyond the scope of this manuscript. We intend to address this in a future paper.

      (9) The confocal synaptic images are of high quality. They are good enough that one could analyze how well Brp directly apposes a specific glutamate receptor subunit for all the associated imaging data underlying Figures S1-S8. No such analysis is done, but understanding what components seem to directly oppose the site of release could lead to better conclusions.

      In all tissues where IIA-E are expressed at the NMJ, the protein localization is directly adjacent to Brp (see representative images in Figure 2B and s5-8). This localization is often clear in single z-slices. We attempted to perform more detailed analyses, like measure the distance between Brp and GluR puncta, but found it very challenging due to the 3D orientation of the NMJ structure. We added a sentence to page 4 of the manuscript describing what we see and the overall similarity of IIA-E localization.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors should revise the wording throughout to more clearly distinguish between “absence” and “not detected,” in particular for statements regarding GluRII subunits in adult muscles. In the current form, some claims appear stronger than supported by the methods.

      Thank you for this important suggestion. We replaced “absence” with “not detected” throughout the manuscript. We also note this distinction explicitly in the Discussion.

      It would also improve clarity if the different experimental approaches (GAL4, antibody staining, tagging, RNA-seq) were presented more explicitly separated, rather than combined into a single readout. This would allow a better assessment of the evidence.

      We have kept the Results organized by finding rather than by technique, because the majority of our results were concordant across approaches and a technique-by-technique presentation would fragment each biological conclusion across four sections. However, we agree that the evidence should be separable by the reader, and it now is: Figure 2C reports GAL4 and IHC in separate columns, Figure s13 presents the RNA-seq results in a parallel table format, and the new Discussion paragraph identifies each case in which the methods disagreed and states which result we consider likely to be a false positive or false negative. Where a single method underlies a conclusion, we now say so in the text.

      The discrepancies between methods (e.g., RNA-seq vs GAL4 expression) should be discussed more directly, and the possibility of false negatives, especially for antibody staining in adult tissue, should be acknowledged more clearly.

      Thank you. Other reviewers also noticed this weakness of our manuscript, and as noted above, we added a paragraph in the discussion to highlight several important discrepancies in methods and possibilities of false positives.

      A functional experiment is not strictly required, but would clearly strengthen the manuscript. For example, electrophysiology at adult NMJs or perturbation of candidate receptors (e.g., GluClα or Clumsy) would help to link expression to function.

      We intend to perform functional and behavioral experiments with clumsy loss-of-function flies. However, this work will require creation of new genetic reagents and behavioral experiments that make it beyond the scope of this manuscript. These experiments and the accompanying behavioral analysis will form a separate study, which will be the foundation of a future paper.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The authors mentioned the development of single-chain variable fragment (scFv) recombinant antibodies raised by the SGC against the six proteins (ANXA11, OPTN, MATR3, PFN1, UBQLN2 and VCP) that had limited renewable antibodies that are commercially available. The development was optimized to generate antibodies particularly suitable for IP, and the clone selection process was carried out using IP coupled to mass spectrometry. Even though the generation of these novel reagents is not the focus of this work, the authors do not provide any data on this aspect.

      The scFv reagents represent an important component of this resource and warranted additional description. In the revised manuscript, we expanded the section describing their origin, selection strategy, and intended use. We also added an updated reference describing the scFv discovery methodology, together with a brief summary of the workflow. In addition, the sequences of all six scFvs (ANXA11, OPTN, MATR3, PFN1, UBQLN2, and VCP) are now provided in Supplementary Table 2. During the revision process, we also identified that two scFv plasmids were missing from Add gene; these have now been deposited, making all six reagents and their sequences publicly available.

      (2) The protein profiling study is limited to WB data, and the authors did not provide any explanation on why there was no integration with IP and IF data, not even for those targets that have validated antibodies. Also, not all the cell types have been screened by chemiluminescence-based detection and by fluorescence-based WB, and the authors do not elaborate on the reason for such a choice.

      ALS-RAP was conceived as an open science resource for the ALS community. Given the breadth of the project (33 ALS-associated proteins), it is unrealistic for a single laboratory to investigate the biochemical and cellular biology of every target. We therefore generated and openly disseminated antibody characterization data across three complementary applications—western blot (WB), immunoprecipitation (IP), and immunofluorescence (IF)—to provide the community with validated tools that can support diverse downstream studies, including protein abundance, protein interactions, and subcellular localization.

      The primary objective of the protein profiling study presented in this manuscript, however, was to compare relative protein abundance across multiple neuronal and glial cell types. Western blotting was selected because it provides a robust and semi-quantitative measurement of protein abundance across biological samples, making it well suited for systematic comparisons between cell types. In contrast, IP and IF were primarily included as antibody validation assays and as community resources for future mechanistic studies rather than for quantitative expression profiling.

      Generating the large quantities of iPSC-derived neuronal and glial cells required to profile 33 ALS-associated proteins is technically demanding and resource-intensive. Consequently, a limited number of protein-cell type combinations are absent from one of the two detection modalities because insufficient lysate remained for repeat analyses. Importantly, every protein was evaluated across the complete panel of neurological cell types in at least one western blot detection modality. In most cases, the omitted samples corresponded to cell types in which the target protein was undetectable or expressed at very low levels in the initial experiment.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) The rationale for the selection of these 33 genes is insufficient. The authors lean on the Nijs & VanDamme classification and on PubMed entry counts, but the number of PubMed entries is not a meaningful criterion for what constitutes an important ALS protein - some of the most disease-relevant genes are precisely those with fewer publications, while heavily cited genes such as CAV1 carry weak ALS-specific evidence. The authors should provide a more transparent and biologically motivated rationale for inclusion and exclusion (ClinGen evidence tier, replicated GWAS signals, large meta-analyses, ALSoD) and explain why specific risk genes outside this list were not part of ALS-RAP.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and apologize if our rationale for target selection was not sufficiently clear. We agree that the number of PubMed entries should not be interpreted as a criterion for inclusion. Rather, we included this metric as a descriptive measure of how extensively each gene has been studied in the context of ALS. Specifically, comparing the number of publications for Gene versus Gene + ALS provides an indication of the relative attention a target has received within the ALS field, but it was not used to prioritize genes for inclusion.

      The selection of the 33 ALS-RAP targets was instead based on established genetic evidence for disease association. Specifically, we prioritized ALS-associated genes supported by replicated human genetic studies, including rare variants with high, intermediate, or modest effect sizes, following the classification framework proposed by Nijs and Van Damme. As described in the manuscript, 25 of the 33 targets have also been independently curated by the Clinical Genome Resource (ClinGen) ALS Gene Curation Expert Panel and classified as having evidence supporting an association with ALS (Table 1). The remaining genes were selected based on published human genetic studies and emerging evidence supporting their relevance to ALS biology.

      (2) "107 of 231 (46%) demonstrated specific target staining in IF." The criteria used to define "specific target staining" at the IF level are not stated. From the Galectin-1 example, the mosaic WT/KO strategy provides a binary readout, but for proteins with low expression, weak punctate staining or unusual subcellular distributions, a single threshold is unlikely to capture specificity uniformly across 231 antibodies.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this omission. We agree that the criteria used to classify antibodies in each application should be explicitly stated. In the revised manuscript, we now define the classification criteria for Western blot (WB), immunoprecipitation (IP), and immunofluorescence (IF) in the Methods section. Briefly, WB antibodies were considered target-selective when the predominant immunoreactive band at the expected molecular weight was substantially reduced or absent in the corresponding knockout (KO) lysate. IP antibodies were considered successful when they specifically enriched the target protein from wild-type lysates, as assessed by immunoblotting of the immunoprecipitated material. For IF, antibodies were considered specific when the mean fluorescence intensity in wild-type cells was at least 1.5-fold higher than that measured in KO cells using the mosaic WT/KO assay. A minimum of 250 WT and 250 KO cells were quantified for each antibody. These criteria were applied uniformly across all antibodies to provide a standardized and objective benchmarking framework. We have also added references to the detailed YCharOS characterization workflows previously described in Ayoubi et al., Nature Protocols (2025).

      (3) Several claims in the manuscript depend on differential protein abundance across cell types. As presented, these claims are supported by qualitative Western blot images only. They should be substantiated by quantification across multiple biological replicates.

      The expression patterns observed were reproducible across two independent batches of iPSC-derived neuronal and glial cell types generated using the same differentiation protocols. In addition, several proteins enriched in iPSC-derived microglia also showed enrichment in primary human microglia and monocyte-derived macrophages, providing independent support for these observations.

      We agree that quantification across multiple biological replicates would be required to establish definitive differences in protein abundance between neuronal and glial cell types. However, this was not the objective of the present study. Rather, our goal was to perform an initial survey of ALS-associated protein expression using rigorously validated antibodies and to identify expression patterns that may warrant further investigation.

      ALS-RAP was conceived as an open science resource for the ALS community. Given the breadth of the project (33 ALS-associated proteins), we do not envision that a single laboratory can comprehensively define the expression, localization, and function of every target across all relevant cell types, tissues, and disease states. Instead, we provide validated reagents together with an initial characterization of protein expression in well-defined iPSC-derived neuronal and glial cell models to enable and accelerate future studies by the broader research community.

      (4) This manuscript represents a unique opportunity to address antibody recognition of splicing variants, which is something of considerable value to the community. For each target, the predicted isoforms in Ensembl could be cross-referenced against the observed bands, and the pattern of bands compared across cell types could be informative about which isoforms each antibody captures. This would convert ambiguous "extra bands" into useful biological information and would substantially increase the value of the resource. I strongly encourage the authors to include this analysis.

      We agree that defining which protein isoforms are recognized by individual antibodies would be valuable to the research community. However, we believe that such an analysis would be difficult to interpret and potentially misleading based on the data generated in the present study.

      All antibodies were initially characterized in a common cancer cell line, and the best-performing reagents were subsequently used to profile ALS-associated proteins in iPSC-derived neuronal and glial cell types. Additional bands observed in neurological cells, but not in the original characterization cell line, may reflect several nonmutually exclusive possibilities, including cross-reactivity with proteins specifically expressed in neurological cells, recognition of cell type-specific splice isoforms, or post-translationally modified forms of the target protein.

      Without knockout validation in each neurological cell type, these possibilities cannot be distinguished confidently.

      In addition, protein migration on SDS-PAGE frequently differs from the theoretical molecular weight predicted from amino acid sequence alone. Consequently, assigning individual immunoreactive bands to Ensembl-predicted isoforms based solely on apparent molecular weight would be speculative and could lead to incorrect conclusions. We therefore believe that a rigorous isoform analysis would require complementary experimental approaches beyond the scope of the present resource study.

      (5) The iPSC-derived microglia receive a comprehensive QC panel (IBA1/PU.1 IF, CD45/CD11b flow, qRT-PCR for nine canonical markers; Figure S4), which allows the reader to assess culture purity. The other iPSC-derived lineages - motor neurons, dopaminergic neurons, oligodendrocytes and astrocytes- are validated by a single marker each in WB (Figure S3) without purity quantification. Given that several conclusions of the manuscript rest on the cell-type-specific detection of ALS-associated proteins, equivalent quality control should be performed for the other lineages so that the reader can evaluate the purity of each preparation.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment and agree that documenting the identity of iPSC-derived cell populations is essential given their inherent heterogeneity. The differentiation protocols used in this study follow well-established, published methods that have been extensively validated by their developers and the broader stem cell community. We confirmed the identity of each differentiated lineage using established lineage-specific markers, including ISL1 for motor neurons, TH for dopaminergic neurons, SATB2 and CTIP2 for cortical neurons, MBP for oligodendrocytes, GFAP and CD44 for astrocytes, and CD11b and Iba1 for microglia.

      We agree that comprehensive quantitative purity analyses for every differentiated lineage would further strengthen the study. However, we believe that these experiments fall beyond the scope of the present work, whose primary objective was to establish a validated antibody resource rather than to optimize or benchmark differentiation protocols. We also note that our conclusions are intentionally limited to broad protein expression patterns rather than definitive quantitative comparisons between cell types.

      Finally, the inclusion of primary human microglia, fetal astrocytes, and monocyte-derived macrophages provides an independent layer of biological validation. The concordance of expression patterns observed between these primary cells and the corresponding iPSC-derived populations supports the robustness of our principal observations.

      (6) The robustness of the resource would be substantially increased by validating at least a subset of the targets in a second iPSC background, in at least some of the cell types analysed.

      We agree that validating antibody performance and protein expression across multiple iPSC genetic backgrounds would further strengthen the resource. However, we believe that this objective falls beyond the scope of the present study, whose primary aim was to establish a rigorously validated antibody toolbox for ALS-associated proteins and to provide an initial survey of their expression in representative neuronal and glial cell types.

      We envision ALS-RAP as the foundation of a broader community effort. Rather than comprehensively evaluating all 33 proteins across multiple genetic backgrounds and tissues, our goal is to provide validated, renewable reagents that will enable such studies by the broader ALS research community.

      (7) The newly developed SGC scFv antibodies are arguably the most novel reagent contribution of this manuscript, yet they receive a single sentence in the body of the paper. A more thorough description is warranted.

      We agree that the scFv reagents represent an important component of this resource and warranted additional description. In the revised manuscript, we expanded the section describing their origin, selection strategy, and intended use. We also added an updated reference describing the scFv discovery methodology, together with a brief summary of the workflow. In addition, the sequences of all six scFvs (ANXA11, OPTN, MATR3, PFN1, UBQLN2, and VCP) are now provided in Supplementary Table 2. During the revision process, we also identified that two scFv plasmids were missing from Addgene; these have now been deposited, making all six reagents and their sequences publicly available.

      (8) Accessibility of the resource through Zenodo is not straightforward - the reader currently has to navigate to individual antibody characterization reports one by one to extract recommendations for a given target. While the use of an established public repository is important for permanence, a dedicated ALS-RAP website with an interactive, searchable interface - filterable by target, application, host species and clonality - would meaningfully improve uptake. The relationship between such a portal and the existing OGA platform should also be clarified.

      We agree that navigating individual antibody characterization reports on Zenodo can be cumbersome for end users. This challenge was one of the motivations behind the development of the Only Good Antibodies (OGA) platform, which curates YCharOS antibody characterization data, including the ALS-RAP dataset, into an interactive and searchable interface. OGA allows users to identify antibodies by target, application, host species, clonality, and other relevant attributes, while providing direct links to the complete characterization reports archived on Zenodo. In this way, Zenodo serves as the permanent open repository for the complete datasets, whereas OGA provides a user-friendly interface for data exploration and antibody selection.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a study utilizing several types of analyses (computational modeling, neuronal cultures, rodent epilepsy model, and human intracranial multi-scale recordings) to address a highly relevant conceptual question: Are fast ripples (FRs) distinct pathological entities or largely emergent products of stochastic spike clustering? The results can potentially reshape current approaches to incorporating fast ripples into the epilepsy surgery evaluation.

      Strengths:

      The conceptualization of fast ripples as potentially arising by chance is highly novel and builds effectively on questions raised in prior studies that have never been satisfactorily resolved. Integration across biological scales and models provides a rigorous approach, now improved by addressing theoretical concerns regarding validity of the shuffling approach and state dependence. The discussion has been updated to provide a more nuanced interpretation of the study's findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have satisfactorily and thoughtfully addressed the critiques provided in the first review. However, there remain two points that I would like authors to address:

      (1) Synchronized burst firing is a key feature of an epileptic site generating interictal discharges, and one that could generate either oscillatory or stochastic FRs as documented in multiple prior publications cited in the manuscript and/or in the prior review. Paroxysmal depolarization, for example, has been very well described, and consists of strong, disorganized burst firing (resulting in summated postsynaptic potentials strong enough to generate high gamma signal) in a neuronal population coinciding with a large low-frequency deflection. I would like to see the results described in this context, and to avoid blanket dismissal of stochastic FRs without a clear oscillatory component.

      To describe the results in this context, we have updated the Discussion. It reads:

      “Depolarizations that promote burst firing should also increase the likelihood of FRs. Paroxysmal depolarization shifts, which are the cellular events underlying epileptiform abnormalities, would therefore be expected to co-occur with FRs. Accordingly, epileptiform abnormalities should be associated with increased gamma/high-gamma (> 80 Hz) activity at their source as has been observed in epileptogenic parenchyma (Ren et al., 2015; Sheybani et al., 2021; Weiss et al., 2015).”

      (2) It would be highly useful to add a conclusion paragraph that spells out implications of the study for use of FRs as epileptic biomarkers in clinical invasive EEG recordings.

      We fully agree that the main message should be further clarified. We have added this paragraph to this end:

      “Clinically, our findings do not argue for or against the use of FRs as epilepsy biomarkers, as we did not assess their relationship with the epileptogenic zone. However, they do indicate that FRs are not highly specific to epileptic tissue. We would, however, recommend selecting FRs with particularly long duration, which may offer greater specificity and potentially better reliability as a biomarker. The clinical value of FRs as distinct entities or as emergent oscillations remains to be clarified.”

      Please address the above critiques in Discussion, or elsewhere as deemed necessary by the authors.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper asks an important question that has not been discussed much in the extensive literature on the High Frequency Oscillations (HFOs) that have been extensively studied in patients with epilepsy and experimental models of epilepsy. The question is whether the Fast Ripples (FRs), the HFOs in the 250-500 Hz frequency band, represent a pathological phenomenon or represent a physiological phenomenon that occurs in the healthy brain but happens to be more frequent in epileptic tissue. It is an important question that has not been systematically addressed until now. The authors conclude, from very extensive simulations, from extensive experimental animal studies (the systemic kianate model of epilepsy in rats), and from a modest amount of human data, that FRs occur in healthy brains as a result of the chance occurrence of bursts of action potentials, and that in epileptic tissue, their frequency of occurrence is approximately 30% higher than what is expected by chance. They conclude that FRs are not a separate phenomenon of epileptic tissue. This finding is reinforced by the recent findings of FRs in experimental models of Alzheimer's disease.

      Strengths:

      This is a valuable study because it asks an important and original question and because it evaluates it from several angles (simulation, tissue culture, experimental animals, and human patients). The simulations and the analyses of real data are performed very carefully and with original and solidly documented approaches, using extensive simulations and extensive data sets in the cultured cell data and in the in vivo experiments. The paper is clearly written and well-illustrated.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have appropriately addressed the questions I raised in the first review.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      An outstanding question in the field of high-frequency oscillations (HFOs) in the context of epilepsy is how these oscillations emerge, considering that they occur at such high frequencies i.e., 250Hz well above the firing ability of single neurons. One hypothesis that has been suggested in the past is that neurons that fire in an out-of-phase fashion or rather at random intervals may contribute to a spectrum of HFOs ranging from 250-500Hz that observed in epilepsy. However, how possible it is that random action potentials could aggregate to the extent that they could give rise to HFOs in the so-called fast ripple (FRs) frequency range (>200 according to the authors) remains unclear. To test this hypothesis, they used computational modeling to randomly insert action potentials in a signal, and they found that this approach is sufficient to generate FRs. Some of the predictors of whether FRs could occur were neuronal count, firing rate and synchronization. Besides computational modeling, they used different model systems to test whether that would be possible to be observed in neuronal cultures, in epileptic rats (intrahippocampal kainic acid model), and human data. Neuronal cultures treated with picrotoxin did not show evidence that FRs could be generated more than chance aggregation of action potentials. They then asked whether synchronization and firing rate could play a role in the emergence of FRs. They found that changes in neural firing and synchronization, such as those occurring during different phases of the sleep-wake cycle could affect the number of FRs occurring by chance aggregation, with more FRs seen during periods of wakefulness, a result that they replicated in human data.

      The authors largely achieve their proposed aims of demonstrating that random neuronal firing can, in principle, generate FRs. Results from this study could influence current thinking around mechanisms generating FRs in epilepsy. The use of different computational approaches and model systems could offer new analytical methodologies for the study of FRs in the context of brain disease.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors used a multi-level approach combining computational modeling with experimental datasets, including neuronal cultures, a rat model of temporal lobe epilepsy and human data.

      (2) Identification of key parameters such as neuronal count, firing rate, synchronization and brain state in observed incidence of FRs generated through random aggregation of neural firing.

      (3) Cross-species validation increases the likelihood of generalizability of the findings.

      Minor weakness:

      (1) The analyses conducted in human data lack direct comparison with sleep data due to no available data, but would encourage future investigations directly comparing HFOs during wakefulness and nocturnal sleep.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my comments and I have no further suggestions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This fundamental study is part of an impressive, large-scale effort to assess the reproducibility of published findings in the field of Drosophila immunity. In a companion article, the authors analyze 400 papers published between 1959 and 2011, and assess how many of the claims in these papers have been tested in subsequent publications. In this article, the authors report the results of validation experiments to assess a subset of the claims that, according to the literature, have not been corroborated. While the evidence reported for some of these validation studies is convincing, it remains incomplete for others.

      We thank the reviewers for their careful assessment of our manuscript. We are fully aware that this review process required a substantial investment of time and effort, and we are deeply grateful for their engagement. We also thank the eLife editors for enabling an open and constructive evaluation process of the highest standard.

      We fully agree with the eLife assessment, including the concluding statement highlighting the limitations of our analysis. We also concur with most of the reviewers’ comments, which we have addressed in detail in the revised manuscript. Addressing these comments required extensive additional work, which explains the duration of the revision. This period was also valuable in allowing colleagues from the Drosophila community to provide feedback on our study, including identifying potential issues—for instance regarding SR-C1—that we have carefully re-examined.

      Major revisions include the addition of new experimental data in the sections on Hemese, SR-C1, Sphinx1/2, and Caspar. These results largely confirm our initial conclusions, with the exception of SR-C1. We have therefore revised our interpretation of SR-C1, confirming earlier findings that it promotes bacterial binding, while maintaining that it does not function as a major phagocytic receptor. A table with new list of new reagents has been added at the end of the supplement (Table Supplement S4). We also add a comment on the fact that mutation in the serine protease MP1 (work from B.L.) does not affect wound melanization as initially proposed (Tang et al., 2006).

      One final point: our study assesses replicability using alternative experimental approaches, and we cannot exclude the possibility that our conclusions may be inaccurate. This limitation is inherent to all reproducibility studies. Nonetheless, our work should encourage the community to exercise caution when interpreting certain previous claims, some of which have become widely accepted.

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their constructive input, which has significantly improved the manuscript. At this stage, we are ready to proceed toward a version of record together with the eLife assessment (which may still evolve). We continue to believe that our reproducibility project is unique in its scope and depth. It not only provides quantitative insight into replicability (See companion article)—suggesting that replication rates may be higher in certain fields, consistent with the maturation of knowledge over recent decades—but also contributes to clarifying and refining a number of statements within the field. Although aware of the cost of assessing reproducibility (hard work for articles that are not quoted and statements that are not taking in account), I consider it as one of my most important and original works.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work revisits a substantial part of the published literature in the field of Drosophila innate immunity from 1959 to 2011. The strategy has been to restrain the analysis to some 400 articles and then to extract a main claim, two to four major claims and up to four minor claims totaling some 2000 claims overall. The consistency of these claims with the current state-of the-art has been evaluated and reported on a dedicated Web site known as ReproSci and also in the text as well as in the 28 Supplements that report experimental verification, direct or indirect, e.g., using novel null mutants unavailable at the time, of a selected set of claims made in several articles. Of note, this review is mostly limited to the manuscript and its associated supplements and does not integrally cover the ReproSci website.

      Strengths:

      One major strength of this article is that it tackles the issue of reproducibility/consistency on a large scale. Indeed, while many investigators have some serious doubts about some results found in the literature, few have the courage, or the means and time, to seriously challenge studies, especially if published by leaders in the field. The Discussion adequately states the major limitations of the ReproSci approach, which should be kept in mind by the reader to form their own opinion.

      This study also allows investigators not familiar with the field to have a clearer understanding of the questions at stake and to derive a more coherent global picture that allows them to better frame their own scientific questions. Besides a thorough and up-to-date knowledge of the literature used to assess the consistency of the claims with our current knowledge, a merit of this study is the undertaking of independent experiments to address some puzzling findings and the evidence presented is often convincing, albeit one should keep in mind the inherent limitations as several parameters are difficult to control, especially in the field of infections, as underlined by the authors themselves. Importantly, some work of the lead author has also been re-evaluated (Supplements S2-S4). Thus, while utmost caution should be exerted, and often is, in challenging claims, even if the challenge eventually proves to be not grounded, it is valuable to point out potential controversial issues to the scientific community.

      While this is not a point of this review, it should be acknowledged that the possibility to post comments on the ReproSci website will allow further readjustments by the community in the appreciation of the literature and also of the ReproSci assessments themselves and of its complementary additional experiments.

      We praise the reviewer for this assessment of our project

      Weaknesses:

      Challenging the results from articles is, by its very nature, a highly sensitive issue, and utmost care should be taken when challenging claims. While the authors generally acknowledge the limitations of their approach in the main text and Supplements, there are a few instances where their challenges remain questionable and should be reassessed. This is certainly the case for Supplement S18, for which the ReproSci authors make a claim for a point that was not made in the publication under scrutiny. The authors of that study (Ramet et al., Immunity, 2001) never claimed that scavenger receptor SR-CI is a phagocytosis receptor, but that it is required for optimal binding of S2 cells to bacteria. Westlake et al. here have tested for a role of this scavenger receptor in phagocytosis, which had not been tested by Ramet et al. Thus, even though the ReproSci study brings additional knowledge to our understanding of the function of SR-CI by directly testing its involvement in phagocytosis by larval hemocytes, it did not address the major point of the Ramet et al. study, SR-CI binding to bacteria, and thus inappropriately concludes in Supplement S18 that "Contrary to (Ramet et al., 2001, Saleh et al., 2006), we find that SR-CI is unlikely to be a major Drosophila phagocytic receptor for bacteria in vivo." It follows that the results of Ramet et al. cannot be challenged by ReproSci as it did not address this program. Of note, Saleh et al. (2006) also mistakenly stated that SR-CI impaired phagocytosis in S2 cells and could be used as a positive control to monitor phagocytosis in S2 cells. Their assay appears to have actually not monitored phagocytosis but the association of FITC-labeled bacteria to S2 cells by FACS, as they did not mention quenching the fluorescence of bacteria associated with the surface with Trypan blue.

      We have revised our evaluation of Sr-C1, as we acknowledge that we did not initially read Rämet et al. carefully. We incorrectly assumed that this study demonstrated a role for SR-C1 in phagocytosis, whereas it actually reports a defect in binding only. We have updated our assessment of SR-C1, validating the results from Rämet et al., 2001. We still mention our results on phagocytosis (See below for more information).

      The inference method to assess the consistency of results with current knowledge also has limitations that should be better acknowledged. At times, the argument is made that the gene under scrutiny may not be expressed at the right time according to large-scale data or that the gene product was not detected in the hemolymph by a mass-spectrometry approach. While being in theory strong arguments, some genes, for instance, those encoding proteases at the apex of proteolytic activation cascades, need not necessarily be strongly expressed and might be released by a few cells. In addition, we are often lacking relevant information on the expression of genes of interest upon specific immune challenges such as infections with such and such pathogens.

      The pattern of expression is always used as an element supporting our assessment but never as the central point of decision (See below for more information).

      As regards mass spectrometry, there is always the issue of sensitivity that limits the force of the argument. Our understanding of melanization remains currently limited, and methods are lacking to accurately measure the killing activity associated with the triggering of the proPO activation cascade. In this study, the authors monitor only the blackening reaction of the wound site based on a semi-quantitative measurement. They are not attempting to use other assays, such as monitoring the cleavage of proPOs into active POs or measuring PO enzymatic activity. These techniques are sometimes difficult to implement, and they suffer at times from variability. Thus, caution should be exerted when drawing conclusions from just monitoring the melanization of wounds.

      We employed approaches similar to those used in the original studies under evaluation. However, we acknowledge that our analysis primarily relied on cuticular melanization, which is more straightforward to monitor. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this limitation, particularly in the case of PGRP-LE.

      Likewise, the study of phagocytosis is limited by several factors. As most studies in the field focus on adults, the potential role of phagocytosis in controlling Gram-negative bacterial infections is often masked by the efficiency of the strong IMD-mediated systemic immune response mediated by AMPs (Hanson et al, eLife, 2019). This problem can be bypassed in rare instances of intestinal infections by Gram-negative bacteria such as Serratia marcescens (Nehme et al., PLoS Pathogens, 2007) or Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Limmer et al. PNAS, 2011), which escape from the digestive tract into the hemocoel without triggering, at least initially, the systemic immune response. It is technically feasible to monitor bacterial uptake in adults by injecting fluorescently labeled bacteria and subsequently quenching the signal from noningested bacteria. Nonetheless, many investigators prefer to resort to ex vivo assays starting from hemocytes collected from third-instar wandering larvae as they are easier to collect and then to analyze, e.g., by FACS. However, it should be pointed out that these hemocytes have been strongly exposed to a peak of ecdysone, which may alter their properties. Like for S2 cells, it is thus not clear whether third-instar larval hemocytes faithfully reproduce the situation in adults. The phagocytic assays are often performed with killed bacteria. Evidence with live microorganisms is better, especially with pathogens. Assays with live bacteria require however, an antibody used in a differential permeabilization protocol. Furthermore, the killing method alters the surface of the microorganisms, a key property for phagocytic uptake. Bacterial surface changes are minimal when microorganisms are killed by X-ray or UV light. These limitations should be kept in mind when proceeding to inference analysis of the consistency of claims. Eater illustrates this point well. Westlake et al. state that:" [...] subsequent studies showed that a null mutation of eater does not impact phagocytosis". The authors refer here to Bretscher et al., Biology Open, 2015, in which binding to heat-killed E. coli was assessed in an ex vivo assay in third instar larvae. In contrast, Chung and Kocks (JBC, 2011) tested whether the recombinant extracellular N-terminal ligand-binding domain was able to bind to bacteria. They found that this domain binds to live Gram-positive bacteria but not to live Gram-negative bacteria. For the latter, killing bacteria with ethanol or heating, but not by formaldehyde treatment, allowed binding. More importantly, Chung and Kocks documented a complex picture in which AMPs may be needed to permeabilize the Gram-negative bacterial cell wall that would then allow access of at least the recombinant secreted Eater extracellular domain to peptidoglycan or peptidoglycan-associated molecules. Thus, the systemic Imd-dependent immune response would be required in vivo to allow Eater-dependent uptake of Gram-negative bacteria by adult hemocytes. In ex vivo assays, any AMPs may be diluted too much to effectively attack the bacterial membrane. A prediction is then that there should be an altered phagocytosis of Gramnegative bacteria in IMD-pathway mutants, e.g., an imd null mutant but not the hypomorphic imd[1] allele. This could easily be tested by ReproSci using the adult phagocytosis assay used by Kocks et al, Cell, 2005. At the very least, the part on the role of Eater in phagocytosis should take the Chung &Kocks study into account, and the conclusions modulated.

      We agree that experimental conditions can always influence the outcome and may partly explain discrepancies in reproducibility. However, our approach is based on conceptual replication, with the aim of testing the generalizability of the original findings rather than reproducing them under identical conditions. We often used approaches quite similar to the initial statements.

      In the case of Eater, our results challenge the conclusion from Kocks et al. that phagocytosis of Gram-negative bacteria is impaired in the absence of Eater, as this was not confirmed when using null eater mutants. Nevertheless, our data support the idea that Eater contributes to the phagocytosis of Gram-negative bacteria, likely in cooperation with NimC1.

      Importantly, our findings are fully consistent with those of Chung and Knocks, who showed that the extracellular domain of Eater binds Gram-positive but not Gram-negative bacteria. Therefore, our work refines a specific aspect of the original conclusion, without questioning the overall significance of the initial Eater studies.

      Another point is that some mutant phenotypes may be highly sensitive to the genetic background, for instance, even after isogenization in two different backgrounds. In the framework of a Reproducibility project, there might be no other option for such cases than direct reproduction of the experiment as relying solely on inference may not be reliable enough.

      With respect to the experimental part, some minor weaknesses have been noted. The authors rely on survival to infection experiments, but often do not show any control experiments with mock-challenged or noninfected mutant fly lines. In some cases, monitoring the microbial burden would have strengthened the evidence. For long survival experiments, a check on the health status of the lines (viral microbiota, Wolbachia) would have been welcome. Also, the experimental validation of reagents, RNAi lines, or KO lines is not documented in all cases.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful and constructive assessment. We agree with most of the points raised and have revised the manuscript accordingly. In particular, we have softened the wording throughout to make our evaluation less abrupt. We have also added a dedicated section on limitations at the end of the manuscript, highlighting potential sources of bias and the inherent constraints of our reproducibility approach.

      In addition, we have expanded the description of the tools used and the validation of the RNAi experiments (see below). We consider it unlikely that factors such as Wolbachia or Nora virus significantly affect our conclusions, as our assays rely on short-term survival experiments, whereas these variables are more likely to influence ageing-related phenotypes. That said, we fully acknowledge that unrecognized parameters—such as environmental conditions (e.g., humidity), which we did not systematically control—could contribute to discrepancies. This limitation, however, applies broadly to most attempts at experimental reproduction.

      More generally, many of the claims we challenge have not been revisited for over a decade. Our inability to validate some of them suggests that the underlying biology may be more complex than initially proposed. We recognize that some of our conclusions may be incorrect, and it would be surprising if all were entirely accurate. At the same time, reproducibility studies often face an asymmetry in standards of evidence, whereby contradicting a published claim requires a higher burden of proof than establishing it. We believe it is important to document and share such discrepancies. We also explicitly acknowledge in the revised manuscript that the ReproSci framework itself may contain errors. Even if a significant proportion of our assessments are not correct, we believe this work contributes meaningfully to clarifying ongoing debates in the field for most of them.

      Finally, since the launch of the website, we have received three comments from the community—one addressing a major claim (Sr-C1) and two addressing more minor points— which have led us to refine our conclusions. The limited feedback we received suggest a broad agreement of the community with our assessment. It illustrates the value of maintaining an open, community-driven resource. The public and evolving nature of the project is, in our view, a key strength.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present an ambitious and large-scale reproducibility analysis of 400 articles on Drosophila immunity published before 2011. They extract major and minor claims from each article, assess their verifiability through literature comparison and, when possible, through targeted experimental re-testing, and synthesize their findings in an openly accessible online database. The goal is to provide clarity to the community regarding claims that have been contradicted, incompletely supported, or insufficiently followed up in the literature, and to foster broader community participation in evaluating historical findings. The manuscript summarizes the major insights emerging from this systematic effort.

      Strengths:

      (1) Novelty and community value: This work represents a rare example of a systematic, transparent, and community-facing reproducibility project in a specific research domain. The creation of a dedicated public platform for disseminating and discussing these assessments is particularly innovative.

      (2) Breadth and depth: The authors analyze an impressive number of publications spanning multiple decades, and they couple literature-based assessments with new experimental data where follow-up is missing.

      (3) Clarity of purpose: The manuscript carefully distinguishes between assessing evidential support for claims and judging the scientific merit of historical work. This helps frame the project as constructive rather than punitive.

      (4) Metascientific relevance: The analysis identifies methodological and contextual factors that commonly underlie irreproducible claims, providing a useful guide for future study design and interpretation.

      (5) Transparency: Supplementary datasets and the public website provide an exceptional degree of openness, which should facilitate community engagement and further refinement.

      We praise the reviewer for this assessment of our project.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Subjectivity in selection: Despite the authors' efforts, the choice of which papers and claims to highlight cannot be entirely objective. This is an inherent limitation of any retrospective curation effort, but it remains important to acknowledge explicitly.

      We have added a section at the end of the discussion to discuss the limitation of our study.

      (2) Emphasis on irreproducible claims: The manuscript focuses primarily on claims that are challenged or found to be weakly supported. While understandable from the perspective of novelty, this emphasis may risk overshadowing the value of claims that are well supported and reproducible.

      We have added two sentences at the end of the introduction and at the beginning of the discussion that most claims are reproducible.

      (3) Framing and language: Certain passages could benefit from more neutral phrasing and avoidance of binary terms such as "correct" or "incorrect," in keeping with the open-ended and iterative nature of scientific progress.

      We have carefully checked the phrasing of our article to be more nuanced and avoid black-and-white assessments.

      (4) Community interaction with the dataset: While the website is an excellent resource, the manuscript could further clarify how the community is expected to contribute, challenge, or refine the annotations, especially given the large volume of supplementary data.

      This point is already addressed in the revised sentence: “We hope that the community accessible website will encourage researchers to share their perspectives and contribute data from diverse sources, thereby improving objectivity.” In addition, we have proactively engaged with principal investigators to motivate them to contribute to this effort by sharing unpublished results and information. However, it remains unclear to what extent scientists are genuinely interested in reproducibility, as has been noted in other studies on the topic. For example, articles that challenge previous findings are often under-cited, and the presence of contradictory evidence does not necessarily prevent researchers from continuing to cite the original claims. This is clearly a challenge of reproducibility study. Comments, evidence and corrections will not be integrated in the ReproSci website. We have already updated this database when revising this article and will continue to do it.

      (5) Minor inconsistency: The manuscript states that papers from 1959-2011 were included, but the Methods section mentions a range beginning in 1940.

      This should be aligned for clarity.

      We have solved this discrepancy by correcting the method section. This should be 1959-2011. Thank you for spotting this mistake.

      Impact and significance:

      This contribution is likely to have a meaningful impact on both the Drosophila immunity community and the broader scientific ecosystem. It highlights methodological pitfalls, encourages transparent post-publication evaluation, and offers a reusable framework that other fields could adopt. The work also has pedagogical value for early-career researchers entering the field, who often struggle to navigate contradictory or outdated claims. By centralizing and contextualizing these discussions, the manuscript should help accelerate more robust and reproducible research.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this ambitious study, the authors set out to analyse the validity of a number of claims, both minor and major, from 400 published articles within the field of Drosophila immunity that were published before 2011. The authors were able to determine initially if claims were supported by comparing them to other published literature in the field and, if required, by experimentally testing 'unchallenged' claims that had not been followed up in subsequent published literature. Using this approach, the authors identified a number of claims that had contradictory evidence using new methods or taking into account developments within the field post-initial publication. They put their findings on a publicly available website designed to enable the research community to assess published work within the field with greater clarity.

      Strengths:

      The work presented is rigorous and methodical, the data presentation is high quality, and importantly, the data presented support the conclusions. The discussion is balanced, and the study is written considerately and respectfully, highlighting that the aim of the study is not to assign merit to individual scientists or publications but rather to improve clarity for scientists across the field. The approach carried out by the researchers focuses on testing the validity of the claims made in the original papers rather than testing whether the original experimental methods produced reproducible results. This is an important point since there are many reasons why the original interpretation of data may have understandably led to the claims made. These potential explanations for irreproducible data or conclusions are discussed in detail by the authors for each claim investigated.

      The authors have generated an accompanying website, which provides a valuable tool for the Drosophila Immunity research community that can be used to fact-check key claims and encourages community engagement. This will achieve one important goal of this study - to prevent time loss for scientists who base their research on claims that are irreproducible. The authors rightly point out that it is impossible (and indeed undesirable) to avoid publication of irreproducible results within a field since science is 'an exploratory process where progress is made by constant course correction'. This study is, however, an important piece of work that will make that course correction more efficient.

      Weaknesses:

      I have little to recommend for the improvement of this manuscript. As outlined in my comments above, I am very supportive of this manuscript and think it is a bold and ambitious body of work that is important for the Drosophila immunity field and beyond.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment. This was indeed a huge amount of work with the hope this would be useful.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      This is an important paper that can do much to set an example for thoughtful and rigorous evaluation of a discipline-wide body of literature. The compiled website of publications in Drosophila immunity is by itself a valuable contribution to the field. There is much to praise in this work, especially including the extensive and careful evaluation of the published literature.

      However, there are also cautions.

      We praise the reviewer for this assessment of our project.

      One notable concern is that the validation experiments are generally done at low sample sizes and low replication rates, and often lack statistical analysis. This is slippery ground for declaring a published study to be untrue. Since the conclusions reported here are nearly all negative, it is essential that the experiments be performed with adequate power to detect the originally described effects. At a minimum, they should be performed with the same sample size and replication structure as the originally reported studies.

      Many of the original claims we are assessing were obtained with lower sample size than our replicability experiments. Furthermore, we are often complementing our data with alternative approaches that are more robust (survival with additional bacterial strains, AMP kinetics with several time points, etc.). Although we can never claim for a total absence of an effect, our experimental designs are largely sufficient to demonstrate that we cannot report the major effects reported in the initial publications.

      The first section of Results should be an overview of the general accuracy of the literature.

      Of all claims made in the 400 evaluated papers, what proportion fell into each category of "verified", "unchallenged", "challenged", "mixed", or "partially verified"? This summary overview would provide a valuable assessment of the field as a whole. A detailed dispute of individual highlighted claims could follow the summary overview.

      We have described the statistic of our analysis on claim validity in a companion article that will be published back-to-back with this article. We have preferred to divide assessment of claims and statistics on replicability in two articles. The present one is to provide an overview of the main claims that we considered to be fragile. Following the reviewer’s comment, we have added at the start of the manuscript a sentence stating that most of the claims were found to be validated, highlighting the solidity of the field with a link to the other article.

      Section headings are phrased as declarative statements, "Gene X is not involved in process Y", which is more definitive phrasing than we typically use in scientific research. It implies proving a negative, which is difficult and rare, and the evidence provided in the present manuscript generally does not reach that threshold. A more common phrasing would be "We find no evidence that gene X contributes to process Y". A good model for this more qualified phrasing is the "We conclude that while Caspar might affect the Imd pathway in certain tissue-specific contexts, it is unlikely to act as a generic negative regulator of the Imd pathway," concluding the section on the role of Caspar. I am sure the authors feel that the softer, more qualified phrasing would undermine their article's goal of cleansing the literature of inaccuracies, but the hard declarative 'never' statements are difficult to justify unless every validation experiment is done with a high degree of rigor under a variety of experimental conditions. This caveat is acknowledged in the 3rd paragraph of the Discussion, but it is not reflected in the writing of the Results. The caveat should also appear in the Introduction.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and we have softened the way we discuss all the claims in the result section.

      The article is clear that "Claims were assessed as verified, unchallenged, challenged, mixed, or partially verified," but the project is called "reproducibility project" in the 7th line of the abstract, and the website is "ReproSci". The fourth line of the abstract and the introduction call some published research "irreproducible". Most of the present manuscript does not describe reproduction or replication. It describes validation, or independent experimental tests for consistency. Published work is considered validated if subsequent studies using distinct approaches yielded consistent results. For work that the authors consider suspicious, or that has not been subsequently tested, the new experiments provided here do not necessarily recreate the published experiment. Instead, the published result is evaluated with experiments that use different tools or methods, again testing for consistency of results. This is an important form of validation, but it is not reproduction, and it should not be referred to as such. I strongly suggest that variations of the words "reproducible" or "replication" be removed from the manuscript and replaced with "validation". This will be more scientifically accurate and will have the additional benefit of reducing the emotional charge that can be associated with declaring published research to be irreproducible.

      We agree on this point. In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have clarified our terminology. Specifically, we now use the term “conceptual replicability” in the abstract and consistently refer to “replicability” and “irreplicability” throughout the manuscript. We hope this revised terminology improves clarity.

      The manuscript includes an explanatory passage in the Results section, "Our project focuses on assessing the strength of the claims themselves (inferential/indirect reproducibility) rather than testing whether the original methods produce repeatable results (results/direct reproducibility). Thus, our conclusions do not directly challenge the initial results leading to a claim, but rather the general applicability of the claim itself." Rather than first appearing in Results, this statement should appear prominently in the abstract and introduction because it is a core element of the premise of the study. This can be combined with the content of the present Disclaimer section into a single paragraph in the Introduction instead of appearing in two redundant passages. I would again encourage the authors to substitute the word validation for reproduction, which would eliminate the need for the invented distinction between indirect versus direct reproduction. It is notable that the authors have chosen to title the relevant Methods section "Experimental Validation" and not "Replication".

      The disclaimer has been moved at the end of the introduction and one sentence has been added in the abstract.

      Experimental data "from various laboratories" in the last paragraph of the Introduction and the first paragraph of the Results are ambiguous. Since these new experiments are part of the central core of the manuscript, the specific laboratories contributing them should be named in the two paragraphs. If experiments are being contributed by all authors on the manuscript, it would suffice to say "the authors' laboratories". The attribution to "various labs" appears to be contradicted by the Discussion paragraph 2, which states "the host laboratory has expertise in" antibacterial and antifungal defense, implying a single lab. The claim of expertise by the lead author's laboratory is unnecessary and can be deleted if the Lemaitre lab is the ultimate source of all validation experiments.

      The authors and laboratories that did the experiments are listed in the author list and are easy to identify for experts. At the same time, we did not want to highlight the specific authors to avoid a negative impact on their career. We were very happy that a small number of labs helped in our project. Since all the supplement were reviewed by Hannah Westlake (who has left the lab and the project) and myself (BL), our expertise was important as we did not want to test articles far from what we are doing in the lab. I rephrase the sentence to make it clear.

      The passage on the controversial role of Duox in the gut is balanced and scholarly, and stands out for its discussion of multiple alternative lines of evidence in the published literature and supplement. This passage may benefit from research by multiple groups following up on the original claims that are not available for other claims, but the tone of the Duox section can be a model for the other sections.

      Comments on other sections and supplements:

      I understand the desire to explain how original results may have been obtained when they are not substantiated by subsequent experiments. However, statements such as "The initial results may have been obtained due to residual impurities in preparations of recombinant GNBP1" and "Non-replicable results on the roles of Spirit, Sphinx and Spheroide in Toll pathway activation may be due to off-target effects common to first-generation RNAi tools" are speculation. No experimental data are presented to support these assertions, so these statements and others like them (currently at the end of most "insights" sections) should not appear in Results. I recognize that the authors are trying to soften their criticism of prior studies by providing explanations for how errors may have occurred innocently. If they wish to do so, the speculative hypotheses should appear in the Discussion.

      The statement in Results that "The initial claim concerning wntD may be explained by a genetic background effect independent of wntD" similarly appears to be a speculation based on the reading of the main text Results. However, the Discussion clarifies that "Here, we obtained the same results as the authors of the claim when using the same mutant lines, but the result does not stand when using an independent mutant of the same gene, indicating the result was likely due to genetic background." That additional explanation in the Discussion greatly increases reader confidence in the Result and should be explained with reference to S5 in the Results. Such complete explanations should be provided everywhere possible without requiring the reader to check the Supplement in each instance.

      In some cases, such as "The results of the initial papers are likely due to the use of ubiquitous overexpression of PGRP-LE, resulting in melanization due to overactivation of the Imd pathway and resulting tissue damage", the claim to explain the original finding would be easy to test. The authors should perform those tests where they can, if they wish to retain the statements in the manuscript. Similarly, the claim "The published data are most consistent with a scenario in which RNAi generated off-target knockdown of a protein related to retinophilin/undertaker, while Undertaker itself is unlikely to have a role in phagocytosis" would be stronger if the authors searched the Drosophila genome for a plausible homolog that might have been impacted by the RNAi construct, and then put forth an argument as to why the off-target gene is more likely to have generated the original phenotype than the nominally targeted gene. There is a brief mention in S19 that junctophilin is the authors' preferred off-target candidate, but no evidence or rationale is presented to support that assertion. If the original RNAi line is still available, it would be easy enough to test whether junctophilin is knocked down as an offtarget, and ideally then to use an independent knockdown of junctophilin to recapitulate the original phenotype. Otherwise, the off-target knockdown hypothesis is idle speculation.

      A good model is the passage on extracellular DNA, which states, "experiments performed for ReproSci using the original DNAse IIlo hypomorph show that elevated Diptericin expression in the hypomorph is eliminated by outcrossing of chromosome II, and does not occur in an independent DNAse II null mutant, indicating that this effect is due to genetic background (Supplementary S11)." In this case, the authors have performed a clear experiment that explains the original finding, and inclusion of that explanation is warranted. Similar background replacement experiments in other validations are equally compelling.

      We believe that offering possible explanations for discrepancies between results is valuable for readers. For this reason, we have generally retained these elements in the Results section, with the exception of PGRP-SD. In that specific case, we removed the sentence stating that we could not identify the expected mutation in the original PGRP-SD mutants (see below). Although these points could have been moved to the Discussion, doing so would have made it difficult to directly associate each explanation with the corresponding claim. We therefore consider that keeping them in the Results section provides greater clarity. Our hypotheses are grounded in well-established considerations. It is known, for example, that early generations of RNAi constructs often exhibited off-target effects, that commercially available LPS preparations (e.g., from Sigma) were sometimes contaminated, and that genetic background can significantly influence immunological outcomes. It is therefore essential to consider and discuss such confounding factors, particularly those that were not fully appreciated at the time the field emerged.

      Identifying motivated collaborators and coordinating experimental validation proved to be extremely time-consuming, making it impractical to systematically provide experimental verification for every discrepancy. As a result, most of our explanations remain speculative, except for the cases of WntD and DNase II, where the observed differences can be attributed to genetic background effects.

      The statement "Analysis of several fly stocks expected to carry the PGRP-SDdS3 mutation used in the initial study revealed the presence of a wild-type copy PGRP-SD, suggesting that either the stock used in this study did not carry the expected mutation, or that the mutation was lost by contamination prior to sharing the stock with other labs" provides a documentable explanation of a potential error in the original two manuscripts, but the subsequent "analysis of several fly stocks" needs citations to published literature or explanation in the supplement. It is unclear from this passage how the wildtype allele in the purportedly mutant stocks could have led to the misattribution of function to PGRP-SD, so that should be explained more clearly in the manuscript.

      We have removed this statement in the revised version from the result section

      The originally claimed anorexia of the Gr28b mutation is explained as having been "likely obtained due to comparison to a wild-type line with unusually high feeding rates". This claim would be stronger if the wildtype line in question were named and data showing a high rate of feeding were presented in the supplement or cited from published literature. Otherwise, this appears to be speculation.

      The wild-type fly stocks we used are named in the supplement.

      In the section "The Toll immune pathway is not negatively regulated by wntD", FlyAtlas is cited as evidence that wntD is not expressed in adult flies. However, the FlyAtlas data is not adequately sensitive to make this claim conclusively. If the present authors wish to state that wntD is not expressed in adults, they should do a thorough test themselves and report it in the Supplement.

      Alternatively, the statement "data from FlyAtlas show that wntD is only expressed at the embryonic stage and not at the adult stage at which the experiments were performed by (Gordon et al., 2005a)" could be rephrased to something like "data from FlyAtlas show strong expression of wntD in the embryo but not the adult" and it should be followed by a direct statement that adult expression was also found to be near-undetectable by qPCR in supplement S5. That data is currently "not shown" in the supplement, but it should be shown because this is a central result that is being used to refute the original claim. This manuscript passage should also describe the expression data described in Gordon et al. (2005), for contrast, which was an experimental demonstration of expression in the embryo and a claim "RT-PCR was used to confirm expression of endogenous wntD RNA in adults (data not shown)."

      We agree on this but the expression pattern provided from fly atlas and other genomic resource is an additional element that reinforce our conclusion. For instance, the observation that the expression pattern of WntD is limited to early embryo is consistent with a role in the regulation of Toll pathway in D/V patterning but not immunity. The use of the expression pattern is not the key element of our assessments that rely on the use of loss-of-function mutation. We have rephrased the text in the manuscript according to Reviewer’s suggestion.

      Inclusion of the section on croquemort is curious because it seems to be focused exclusively on clearance of apoptotic cells in the embryo, not on anything related to immunity. The subsection is titled "Croquemort is not a phagocytic engulfment receptor for apoptotic cells or bacteria", but the text passage contains no mention of phagocytosis of bacteria, and phagocytosis of bacteria is not tested in the S17 supplement. I would suggest deleting this passage entirely if there is not going to be any discussion of the immune-related phenotypes.

      The reviewer is correct and we have in the revised version removed ‘bacteria’ from the title. We have kept the section S17 because this statement ‘Crq recognize and uptake apoptotic cells’ (Science, Immunity)’ is still a source of confusion while the role of crq is more downstream. We agree that efferocytosis might not considered as part of innate immunity but we consider these articles were important in the Drosophila immunity community at that time.

      The claim "Toll is not activated by overexpression of GNBP3 or Grass: Experiments performed for ReproSci find that contrary to previous reports, overexpression of GNBP3 (Goear et al., 2006) or Grass (El Chamy et al., 2008) in the absence of immune challenge does not effectively activate Toll signaling (Supplementaries S6, S7)" is overly strongly stated unless the authors can directly repeat the original published studies with identical experimental conditions. In the absence of that, the claim in the present manuscript needs to be softened to "we find no evidence that..." or something similar. The definitive claim "does not" presumes that the current experiments are more accurate or correct than the published ones, but no explanation is provided as to why that should be the case. In the absence of a clear and compelling argument as to why the current experiment is more accurate, it appears that there is one study (the original) that obtained a certain result and a second study (the present one) that did not. This can be reported as an inconsistency, but the second experiment does not prove that the first was an error.

      We have softened our statement and revised the supplement document. The title of the section is now ‘Toll is not strongly activated by overexpression of GNBP3 or Grass’. However we want to keep these supplements. The comment of the reviewer applies to all our assessment as we could be wrong. We are using experimental validation and not replication, although in this present case, we are using very similar approach to the described in the original study. Of note, the fact that over-expression of GNBP3 does not consistently activate Drs was already stated in Buchon et al 2019 and we spend quite sometimes in attempts to repeat this experiment. Finally, the Ferrandon team that produce this claim can easily repeat the experiment. This does not affect the main conclusion of their landmark article on GNBP3.

      The same comment applies to the refutation of the roles for Edin and IRC. Even though the current experiments are done in the context of a broader validation study, this does not automatically make them more correct. The present work should adhere to the same standards of reporting that we expect in any other piece of science.

      We fully agree with the reviewer but the comments he/she raised apply to all the assessments made in our article and nearly all the reproducibility experiments. Our assessment does not state that we are right but that we fail to conceptually reproduce the claim. This is clearly mentioned in our article. We hope to see clarification in the future. It may be one day shown that i) IRC indeed regulates intestinal immunity, ii) PGRP-LE will be shown to have an extracellular form, iii) 18W could indeed be a PRR for LPS (maybe in a specific tissues), iv) PGRPSD will be shown to function upstream of Toll, v) that Crq indeed binds apoptotic cell to internalize them… Our study highlights statements that are source of debate, but this is far from being clear. The authors of these challenged claims have the opportunity to contradict us.

      The statement "Furthermore, evidence from multiple papers suggests that this result, and other instances where mutations have been found to specifically eliminate Defensin expression, is likely due to segregating polymorphisms within Defensin that disrupt primer binding in some genetic backgrounds and lead to a false negative result (Supplementary S20)" should include citations to the multiple papers being referenced. This passage would benefit from a brief summary of the logic presented in S20 regarding the various means of quantifying Defensin expression.

      We appreciate the value of citing some of the papers underlying this claim. Key papers in question are discussed at length in Supplement S20, and the original papers do not realize the issue we are reporting. We therefore modified the text as follows: "Furthermore, this result, and other instances where mutations have been found to specifically eliminate Defensin expression, is likely due to segregating polymorphisms within Defensin that disrupt primer binding in some genetic backgrounds, leading to false negative results (Brennan 2007,Neyen 2014 and see Supplementary S20)”. The hypothesis we raise, namely that defensin function may involve specific polymorphisms that are absent from the reference Drosophila genome, is an important consideration that should be communicated to the community.

      In S22 Results, the statement "For general characterization of the IrcMB11278 mutant, including developmental and motor defects and survival to septic injury, see additional information on the ReproSci website" is not acceptable. All necessary information associated with the paper needs to be included in the Supplement. There cannot be supporting data relegated to an independent website with no guaranteed stability or version control. The same comment applies to "Our results show that eiger flies do not have reduced feeding compared to appropriate controls (See ReproSci website)" in S25.

      The ReproSci website contains additional data that we could not display in the supplement but may be useful to scientists. We believe that it is worth to mention them. We have however changed the writing stating ‘Experiments reported in the ReproSci website’ rather than ‘See ReproSci website’ to make it clear that the data are not part of the supplement.

      For IRC: We have added a new section that addresses the general characterization of the IrcMB11278 mutant in the revised version (Supplement 22 Figure 2 and 3 with associated text). We do not refer to the ReproSci website anymore.

      Supplement S21 appears to show a difference between the wildtype and hemese mutants in parasitoid encapsulation, which would support the original finding. However, the validation experiment is performed at a small sample size and is not replicated, so there can be no statistical analysis. There is no reported quantification of lamellocytes or total hemocytes. The validation experiment does not support the conclusion that the original study should be refuted. The S21 evaluation of hemese must either be performed rigorously or removed from the Supplement and the main text.

      To address reviewers’ comment, we generated two new Hemese null mutants, Hemese<sup>JP187</sup> and Hemese<sup>JP828</sup>, carrying deletions in the central region of the gene. Using these lines, we show that wild-type and Hemese mutant larvae display comparable levels of lamellocytes and similar numbers of melanized capsules following wasp infestation. We further quantified lamellocyte differentiation and included appropriate statistical analyses. We have removed the previous results obtained with the Hemese<sup>SK2</sup> mutant, which yielded similar observations. By reproducing our previous findings with independent mutant lines and by providing quantitative analyses, we strengthen our conclusion that Hemese does not act as a negative regulator of lamellocyte differentiation upon wasp infestation.

      In S22, the second sentence of the passage "Due to the fact that IrcMB11278 flies always survived at least 24h prior to death after becoming stuck to the substrate by their wings, we do not attribute the increased mortality in Ecc15-fed IrcMB11278 flies primarily to pathogen ingestion, but rather to locomotor defects. The difference in survival between sucrose-fed and Ecc15-fed IrcMB11278 flies may be explained by the increased viscosity of the Ecc15-containing substrate compared to the sucrose-containing substrate" is quite strange. The first sentence is plausible and a reasonable interpretation of the observations. But to then conclude that the difference between the bacterial treatment versus the control is more plausibly due to substrate viscosity than direct action of the bacteria on the fly is surprising. If the authors wish to put forward that interpretation, they need to test substrate viscosity and demonstrate that fly mortality correlates with viscosity. Otherwise, they must conclude that the validation experiment is consistent with the original study.

      The viscosity of a vial can easily be assessed by direct observation. Here, we provide an information that may guide further research but this is by no way a strong point of our article. Thus, we did not do any change to address this comment. We agree that the function of IRC should be entirely re-visited. We have however changed the name viscosity for stickiness to be more neutral.

      In S27, the visualization of eiger expression using a GFP reporter is very non-standard as a quantitative assay. The correct assay is qPCR, as is performed in other validation experiments, and which can easily be done on dissected fat body for a tissue-specific analysis. S27 Figure 1 should be replaced with a proper experiment and quantitative analysis. In S27 Figure 2, the authors should add a panel showing that eiger is successfully knocked down with each driver>construct combination. This is important because the data being reported show no effect of knockdown; it is therefore imperative to show that the knockdown is actually occurring. The same comment applies everywhere there is an RNAi to demonstrate a lack of effect.

      Eiger expression: Previous RNA-seq (Flyseq, Troha et al., 2018) or Affymetrix array using poly (A)- RNA (De Gregorio et al., 2001) have never identified eiger as an immune-induced gene. We have used a previously characterized GFP reporter gene using the same approach done by the author to attempt to see an induction in the fat body without success. Our conclusions have been nuanced.

      Eiger RNAi KD: The two RNAi lines we are using have already been used in many studies assessing the function of eiger ((#108814, reference here, #45253 reference here)

      The Drosomycin expression data in S3 Figure 2A look extremely noisy and are presented without error bars or statistical analysis. The S4 claim that sphinx and spheroid are not regulators of the Toll pathway because quantitative expression levels of these genes do not correlate with Toll target expression levels is an extremely weak inference. The RNAi did not work in S4, so no conclusion should be inferred from those experiments. Although the original claims in dispute may be errors in both cases, the validation data used to refute the original claims must be rigorous and of an acceptable scientific standard.

      S3: The inducibility of antimicrobial peptide genes is high, albeit very variable. Importantly, we do not observe any inhibition of Drs expression at the two time points (24 and 48 h) following infection with two distinct bacteria, M. luteus and E. faecalis. Although each experiment was performed once, this corresponds to four independent tests challenging the claim from my lab that “Spheroide is required for activation of the Toll pathway.” Furthermore, if Spheroide played a significant role in Toll pathway activation, increased susceptibility to E. faecalis, B. subtilis, and B. bassiana would be expected. However, both survival data (three independent experiments) and Drs expression profiles (four conditions) consistently indicate that Spheroide is not required for Toll pathway activation. For clarity, we have removed the data related to S. aureus.

      S4: To address the reviewer’s comments and reinforce our conclusion, we generated a deletion removing both sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 and analyzed Toll pathway activity in the absence of these two serine proteases. We find that flies lacking sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 exhibit wild-type induction of Drosomycin following M. luteus infection, as well as normal survival upon E. faecalis challenge. These new data provide strong evidence supporting our claim that, in contrast to our previous report (Kambris et al., 2006), Sphinx 1 and Sphinx 2 do not regulate the Toll pathway. Accordingly, we have replaced the earlier RNAi-based results with data obtained from loss-of-function mutants.

      In S6 Figure 1, it is inappropriate to plot n=2 data points as a histogram with mean and standard errors. If there are fewer than four independent points, all points should be plotted as a dot plot. This comment applies to many qPCR figures throughout the supplement. In S7 Figure 1, "one representative experiment" out of two performed is shown. This strongly suggests that the two replicates are noisy, and a cynical reader might suspect that the authors are trying to hide the variance. This also applies to S5 Fig 3. Particularly in the context of a validation study, it is imperative to present all data clearly and objectively, especially when these are the specific data that are being used to refute the claim.

      S6: The figure 1 of S6 shows all the points. Collectively, this represents 6 replications using 3 drivers of the claim ‘over-expression of GNBP3 efficiently activate the Toll pathway’. The observation, we are now reporting in S6, was already mentioned in Buchon et al 2009 (PNAS). To address reviewer’s concern, we have removed the standard deviation. Finally, our conclusion is rather soft ‘Overexpression of GNBP3 either ubiquitously or in the fat body does not effectively activate the Toll pathway’. At most, we find similar to (El Chamy et al., 2008) that overexpression may produce ‘weak but detectable’ activation of Toll’.

      S7: We could not address this point. The point stands, there is no condition where overexpression of native Grass corresponds with higher Drosomycin expression

      Other comments:

      In S26, the authors suggest that much of the observed melanization arises from excessive tissue damage associated with abdominal injection contrasted to the lesser damage associated with thoracic injection. I believe there may be a methodological difference here. The Methods of S27 are not entirely clear, but it appears that the validation experiment was done with a pinprick, whereas the original Mabary and Schneider study was done with injection via a pulled capillary. My lab group (and I personally) have extensive experience with both techniques. In our hands, pinpricks to the abdomen do indeed cause substantial injury, and the physically less pliable thorax is more robust to pinpricks. However, capillary injections to the abdomen do virtually no tissue damage - very probably less than thoracic injections - and result in substantially higher survivals of infection even than thoracic injections. Thus, the present manuscript may infer substantial tissue damage in the original study because they are employing a different technique.

      The reviewer is correct that injection and pinprick injury do not induce the same type of injury and there are differences across labs. We still believe that our approach is valuable. The point is that we confirmed a role of eiger in melanization but not due to its expression in the fat body. It is important to underline that our ReproSci is a conceptual replication project and that we never directly challenge the original observation but rather the robustness of the claim. Injection with a pulled capillary was attempted — in our hands, this caused extensive trauma and killed over 80% of flies it was attempted on. The pinprick on the other hand caused very little trauma. The first sentence of the Results/discussion section states this point.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It is questionable whether all the studies relevant to the field of assessment have been identified, starting with the own publications from the lead authors. Indeed, Buchon et al, Genes & Development, 2009, Buchon et al., Cell Host&Microbe, 2009, Buchon et al., BMC Biology, 2010 have not been included in the 400 articles, even though one of them is cited when discussing the role of Duox in the intestinal host defense. Other missing articles that fulfill the criteria set by the authors include, but may not be limited to, Chung et al. JBC, 2011, Nehme et al., PLoS One, 2011, Cronin et al., Science, 2009, Limmer et al. 2011.

      In our selection, we did not choose articles dealing with intestinal homeostasis and stem cells as well as microbiota/symbionts (Buchon 2009a,b and 2010 Cronin 2009). We also did not analyze articles centered on virulence factor (Limmer 2011). I agree that we missed Chung et al. JBC, 2011 and Nehme et al., PLoS One, 2011 that were published in 2011. Table S1 provide all the information on the article we selected and the ones we removed from the first search.

      One area of the field that would have benefited from further insights of ReproSci is that of innate immunity memory or priming (Pham et al., PLoS Pathogens, 2007, has been included in the 400 articles). That being said, the scope of this article is already considerable, and this is just a suggestion for future scrutiny.

      The reviewer should recognize that this study (Pham et al.) is inherently complex to reproduce. The field of innate immune priming has also matured considerably since the first publications. Importantly, the set of articles containing “non-validated claims” does not fully overlap with the category of studies that might be considered as weak or problematic.

      A major issue in science is the exaggeration of claims, which our approach does not capture. As a result, some articles that are strongly promoted yet make relatively trivial claims— often a source of frustration within the community—may still be classified as valid under our framework. This represents an important limitation of our approach.

      For the Supplements, it would be better to show all the data points, especially with respect to RTqPCR data. The nature of the error bars (SD, SE) is never indicated except for one exception (Figure 5, S28). When introducing or using novel lines affecting gene expression, such as RNAi lines or KO mutants, there are often no indications as to how these lines have been validated.

      This is especially critical for negative results.

      Errors bars: The errors bars were standard deviation. Sorry for this lacks of clarity. This is now indicated in the supplement. Experiments were done in multiple laboratories requiring complex coordination. For this reason, changing all the graphs was too complicated and could not be done for all the figures in the revised version. However data points are shown in many figures of the original draft and all the new figures of the revised version.

      For RNAi validation: Concerning the RNAi validation:

      (a) Sphinx ½: We have extended our work on Sphinx using a newly generated double

      mutant that remove both Sphinx1 and 2. Thus our conclusion does not rely anymore only the use of RNAi.

      (b) S12: Hep RNAi : We are using standard Hep-RNAi and BskDN fly tools that have been validated in many studies.

      Articles validating the HepRNAi (BDSC35210) can be found on this link. This line has also been validated in Figure 1 of the revised version of Supplement S12.

      Articles validating the BskDN (BDSC6409) can be found on this link.

      Of note, the Bloomington number of Hep RNAi was miss-annotated and has been corrected in the revised version.

      (a) S16. Dscam: The Trip RNAi lines has been used in other articles (ex. Bui et al., “Adjacent neuronal fascicle guides motoneuron dendritic branching 2024 (eNeuro)).

      (b) S23. Duox. We are using two RNAi lines including the original RNAi construct used in the article we assessed (Ha et al., 2005).

      (c) Eiger: we are using two distinct UAS-RNAi constructs that have been validated (#108814, reference here, #45253 reference here).

      Loss-of-function mutations:

      For previously described mutants: we used some previously described mutants available in stock centers or from other labs. These include Spheroide<sup>D104</sup>, wntD mutants Irc<sup>MB11278</sup>, NOS<sup>Δall</sup> and Gr28b. See references in the supplement. We have always checked the genotypes of these mutants.

      For newly generated mutants

      spirit<sup>DR32</sup> see Figure 1 in S2

      edin<sup>KO</sup>: we have added a new figure describing the mutant in S14 D

      ΔSphinx1/2 we have added a figure describing the mutant in S4

      DNaseII<sup>sk4</sup>: the exact frameshift mutation is indicated in S11

      SR-CI<sup>SK6</sup> and Δ(Sr-CI,Sr-CIII): we have added a figure describing the mutant in S18

      Hemese<sup>JP187</sup> and HemeseJP<sup>828</sup> we have added a figure describing the mutant in S21

      Listericin<sup>Δ1</sup> and Listericin<sup>Δ2</sup> mutation are described in Figure 1 in S15

      We have now included in the revised supplement a table with all the new tools generated in the framework of the ReproSci project (Supplementary Table 4).

      The only uncharacterized mutant is PGRP-LE<sup>Δ53</sup>, a gift from François Rouyer (Gif-sur-Yvette). But we also did our experiments with an established mutant: PGRP-LE<sup>112</sup>.

      Is the repeated use of "in vitro" to refer to cell culture studies appropriate? In vitro usually refers to experiments performed in the absence of any living organism or cell, e.g., biochemical reactions in a test tube.

      Accordingly, we have replaced in vitro by in cell culture when appropriate

      (A) MAIN TEXT

      (1) Introduction:

      PGRP-LC: Ramet et al, Nature 2002 reference is missing.

      "[...]epithelial repair through stem cell proliferation" is a typical disease tolerance mechanism and therefore unlikely to "[...]contribute to DETERRING ingested pathogens". In addition, is "detterring" really the appropriate word?

      The changes have been made.

      (2) Results:

      GNBP1: "and find no evidence" would read better as "and found no evidence". In addition, for GNBP3, the authors may also want to cite Mishima et al. (JBC, 2009) and possibly one on silkworm ßGRP (Takehasi et al., PNAS, 2009).

      The changes have been made.

      Wnt D: "Dif" and not "dif"=diffuse irregular facets

      The changes have been made.

      cGLR-STING pathway (Cai et al., 2022): subsequent studies indicated that cGLR ligands are RNA molecules, not DNA. Thus, whether such receptors would be able to detect naked DNA remains a remote possibility.

      We agree and have amended the text accordingly

      DSCAM1: the statement "not amenable to genetic studies" might be modulated into "not easily amenable to genetic studies" as exemplified by Dong et al. PLoS Biol, 2025 (which the authors may now add to their reference list as this article was published after submission of the current work) and all the literature on DSCAM and the Drosophila nervous system.

      We agree and have amended the text accordingly

      Psidin: "multiple papers suggest...". References are not given.

      We have amended the text and reported to the supplement. Some references have been added.

      NOS: "this study reports" should be "this study reported"; otherwise, the reader falsely believes that the authors refer to the Reprosci article. NOS expression: what about data from subsequent RNAseq studies and data from FlyCell Atlas?

      We agree with the reviewer and used the past time. For simplicity, we did not discuss Nos expression pattern.

      Eiger: the Kodra et al. reference appears to be missing in the reference list.

      The Kodra reference has been added.

      (3) Discussion:

      Third source of irreproducible claims: besides off-target effects, a limitation of the RNAi approach is that one can never be sure that a null phenotype is obtained. Thus, when obtaining negative results, it may be caused by a hypomorphic effect.

      This additional point has been added with an example that illustrates the point “Besides off-target effects, a limitation of the RNAi approach is that one can never be sure that it mimics a full null phenotype. As an example, the partial silencing of the serine protease gene Grass may explain why its role in the antifungal response was not detected using in vivo RNAi, but was revealed through the use of a null mutation (El Chamy et al., 2008; Kambris et al., 2006b)”.

      (4) Reference list:

      Cuttell et al, Gordon et al, 2005, and Melcarne et al, 2019 are duplicated.

      Thank you for noticing it. Change has been made.

      (5) Supplementary materials:

      Table S2 and S3 appear to have been interchanged.

      This has been corrected.

      Ouyang et al: BioRXiv should be indicated.

      This has been corrected.

      (B) INDIVIDUAL SUPPLEMENTS:

      (1) S1: enzymatic activity of GNBP1.

      The number of independent experiments does not appear to be mentioned. With respect to the western blot shown in Figure 2A, it seems that the intensity of the band corresponding to activated ModSP is lower in lane 1 than in other lanes. The suggestion is to scan multiple blots to quantify the activation of this protein in different conditions. Do the authors know the nature of the high mobility band that appears solely when S. aureus peptidoglycan is added?

      Regarding the lower intensity of the activated ModSP band in lane 1, a similar phenomenon has been reported in An evolutionarily conserved serine protease network mediates melanization and Toll activation in Drosophila (Fig. S2), where ModSP autoactivation was observed following incubation with PGRP-SA, GNBP1, and peptidoglycans. In current experimental design, the primary objective was to determine whether preincubation of peptidoglycans with GNBP1 further enhances ModSP activation. Therefore, our analysis focused on comparisons across different incubation time points rather than direct comparison with lane 1. Within this context, the lower intensity of the activated ModSP band in lane 1 is expected and does not affect the interpretation of the results

      In response to the suggestion of scanning multiple blots for quantification, we note that no clear enhancement of ModSP autoactivation was observed across different incubation times. We also explored alternative incubation conditions, but none resulted in a detectable increase in activation. Thus, additional quantification would not change the overall conclusion.

      (2) S2: Spirit

      It would have been nice to display the spirit mRNA levels in the KO and KD mutants. Is the catalytic domain removed by the deletion and can the authors exclude a potential expression of a truncated Spirit from a cryptic translation initiation site upon leaky Gal4 expression of the transgene, hence the need for RTqPCR data using primers that map 3' to the transposon insertion?

      We are using a deletion that remove all the Spirit isoforms that all start with the same ATG which was removed in the mutant, so it's very unlikely. There is an HSP70T = Terminator after the Gal4, which should exclude an initiation of translation after Gal4. However, we have verified the expected mutation by PCR.

      Figure 2: Crystal cells appear to be present in spirit larvae. They, however, appear to be smaller, which may be difficult to measure. Quantification of the number of crystal cells is necessary.

      We have removed this part in the revised version (Figure 2C and associated text) because it does not concern the assessed claims in Kambris et al et., 2006 that Spirit regulates the Toll pathway.

      Figure 3: It is not clear if pooled data are presented for survival experiments.

      Yes survivals show pooled data. We have updated figure legend to make this clearer.

      (3) S4: Sphinx 1/2

      In the absence of testing null mutant flies, the conclusion may be too strong. Can the authors totally exclude the expression of these proteases in a few cells? If they function as apical proteases, a minimal expression may be sufficient to trigger a proteolytic cascade.

      To address the reviewer’s comments, we generated a deletion removing both sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 and analyzed Toll pathway activity in the absence of these two serine proteases. We find that flies lacking sphinx 1 and sphinx 2 exhibit wild-type induction of Drosomycin following M. luteus infection, as well as normal survival upon E. faecalis challenge. These new data provide strong evidence supporting our claim that, in contrast to our previous report (Kambris et al., 2006), Sphinx 1 and Sphinx 2 do not regulate the Toll pathway. Accordingly, we have replaced the earlier RNAi-based results with data obtained from loss-of-function mutants.

      (4) S5: wntD

      Figure 1, if any, appears to be missing.

      Thank you for noticing this. This is now corrected Figure 2=>Figure 1 and Figure 3=> Figure

      Fig. 3C-C': please, homogenize the color code with other panels (yw in blue and not suddenly in orange)

      We have homogenized the color code in the revised version.

      (5) S6-S7: Activation of Toll by overexpression of GNBP3 or protease genes The point is not framed appropriately: the overexpression studies were not intended to determine whether the overexpression of these genes activates the Toll pathway to levels of activation encountered during infection, but as tools for epistatic analysis, and in the case of S8, to identify novel protease genes that might be involved in Toll pathway activation. The results of the epistatic analysis are not disputed and, in some cases, have been validated by independent approaches (e.g., by hemolymph transfer experiments), and the hits of the protease screen have been validated by other laboratories, namely grass and SPE. In Figure S5B of Gottar et al, Cell, 2006, a level of only 30% of immunized was achieved, whereas it was about 70% in Figure 3A. Thus, the level of induction by overexpression of GNBP3 is variable but nevertheless sufficient for epistatic analysis both for Gottar et al. and for El Chamy et al., Nat. Immunol, 2008. Furthermore, levels of activation sufficient for epistatic analysis of Toll pathway activation or stimulation of the melanization proteolytic activation cascade upon the overexpression of either GNBP3 or GNBP1 together with PGRP-SA have been reached (Gobert et al., 2003; Gottar et al. 2006; El Chamy et al, 2008; Matskevich et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 2010). Thus, the overexpression of GNBP3 functions for genetic analysis purposes in two independent teams, that however, are working in the same research Unit. While one cannot exclude that enough peptidoglycan metabolites, e.g., TCT, are provided by the microbiota, it cannot be excluded that ß-(1-3)glucans might originate from the food or mycobiota, which may be distinct from that in the Reprosci laboratory. This illustrates the difficulty of controlling all parameters.

      We fully agree that the notion that GNBP3 functions upstream of serine protease is validated. The point is that we cannot reproduce the observation that overexpression of GNBP3 trigger a strong Toll activation sufficient for epistatic analysis as shown in Gottar et al., 2006. The point is that ReproSci does not challenged any of the major claims of Gottar et al. 2006 but only a minor claim. The magnitude of gene induction relative to the unchallenged condition is an important consideration in the field of Drosophila immunity and can be misleading. For example, a gene described as being induced fivefold may appear significant, whereas the same gene can be induced up to 1,000-fold following infection. Therefore, absolute expression level compared to challenged level, rather than fold changes alone, should be carefully considered when interpreting immune gene activation.

      We have done our studies with two different constructs. The observation that overexpression of a gene activate an immune pathway is by itself a result suggesting a concentration-dependent mode of activation. For instance, overexpression of ModSP is sufficient to activate the Toll pathway (Buchon 2009). This was not the case for GNBP3, even at low level. We cannot exclude that this could be the case in a specific background but at least not all background. Over-expression of GNBP3 is used in 3 panels of Gottar 2006 and this was a significant piece of data. On my side, my lab has lost significant amount of time to reproduce this without success.

      Now we could be wrong in our assessment but we let the author of this study to show it.

      To take in consideration Reviewer’s comment, we are softened our conclusions : ‘Overexpression of GNBP3 either ubiquitously or in the fat body does not effectively activate the Toll pathway’. At most, we find similar to (El Chamy et al., 2008) that overexpression may produce ‘weak but detectable’ activation of Toll’.

      References:

      Alphabetical order is not respected (Matskevich before Kim), and the Mishima reference is not optimal: it should be the JBC article in the same year that documents also the biochemistry of binding to ß-glucans.

      We have done the changes in the revised version

      (6) S8: PGRP-LE not in hemolymph

      Fink et al., Mucosal Immunol. 2016 used the NP1-Gal4, which is not expressed in enteroendocrine cells, as stated in the text, but in enterocytes (and possibly the nervous system).

      For controls, is the wild-type control the w[iso] Drosdel background?

      Please provide the supplier of the GFP antibody.

      We have addressed all the points in the revised version.

      (7) S9: PGRP-LE and melanization

      Figure 1D-E: A quantification would bolster the claim.

      We agree that quantification of Figure 1D-E would reinforce the claims but we believe that our data are sufficient to state that PGRP-LE does not block the cuticular melanization upon septic injury (which is also consistent with an intracellular role). We have softened our conclusion.

      (8) S10: PGRP-LE and bacillus

      Please provide a description of the Bacillus subtilis strain.

      This is a strain that derived from the Jean Lambert collection of Strasbourg and used in Lemaitre B PNAS 1997 (J.Millet and A. Klier, Pasteur Institute of Paris). We have checked the strain and confirm that it was indeed a B. subtilis strain that we name B subtillis FS.

      It is not clear from the Mat & Meth whether the 2-3 independent replicates per genotype represent biological replicates in one experiment or correspond to several independent experiments. Are the pooled data displayed?

      This information was on the methods. It has been copied to the figure caption.

      (9) S11: DNAse II and regulation of AMP genes

      The exact larval stage is not provided in S11, nor in the original study.

      The experiment was done on wandering third-instar larvae as indicated in the material and methods

      The number of flies for survival experiments is rather low, but this is not a major issue given the outcome of the experiment.

      We agree with the reviewer.

      What is the concentration of the injected DNA? As the solution was likely viscous, was the DNA sheared?

      We have used a concentration of DNA of: 200 ng/ul, which is now indicated in the revised version of the Supplement. DNA was no sheared.

      Figure 1A&D: A positive control of immunization would have been nice. 1D: At which time point was Diptericin expression measured by RTqPCR?

      Unchallenged flies were used in Figure 1A while in Figure 1D Diptericin was measured 6 h after challenged. We agree that a bacterial challenge control would have been nice, but clearly the level of Diptericin in 1A corresponds to levels observed in unchallenged flies. Of note, we have tried several different concentrations, of more or less long "sizes" of DNA (short or very long fragments), and also different DNA sources (E. coli or Drosophila) but we did not see any effect on the activation of the Imd pathway.

      DNAseII-deficient larvae have wild-type hemocyte numbers. His sub-title is not accurate as Figure 3 actually reports an INCREASED number of hemocytes in the DNase II mutant.

      The reviewer is correct and we have adjusted the text.

      (10) S12: JNK pathway and AMP gene expression

      Hep RNAi lines and possibly also the Bsk-DN line should be validated by monitoring puckered mRNA levels after a stress that activates the JNK pathway. The absence of this control weakens the Reprosci conclusions.

      As stated above, we are using standard Hep-RNAi and BskDN fly tools that have been validated in many studies.

      Articles validating the HepRNAi (BDSC35210) can be found on this link. We have also validated the RNAi in new Figure 1 of Supplement S12.

      Articles validating the BskDN (BDSC6409) can be found on this link

      The Bloomington number of Hep RNAi was miss-annotated and has been corrected in the revised version

      (11) S13: Caspar

      There is clearly a trend for improved survival of the Caspar mutant in Figure 1A. Please, show the pooled data and appropriate statistical analysis. The legend to 1A mentions one overexpression strain that is not displayed and has likely not been performed because loft experiments were performed at 25{degree sign}C, whereas OE experiments should be performed at 29{degree sign}C, hence in separate experiments.

      There was a mistake in the original figure legend when we mentioned the impact of overexpression of caspar on survival without showing the data (no effect was observed). The text has been removed in the revised version because it is not related to the claims we assessed from the Caspar article (Kim et al.,2006). To addressed reviewer’s comments, we now present the pooled data in Figure 1 of the revised Supplement S13. The conclusion is that we do not observe any increase host survival in caspar mutant related to wild-type consistent with our observation that the Imd pathway is not strikingly over-activated in absence of infection in caspar loss-of-function mutants.

      Why was the c729-Gal4 driver chosen? Has it been validated as a bona fide fat body driver?

      The use of c729-Gal4 was suggested by, and borrowed from, the laboratory of Prof. Gaiti Hasan, who had characterized and used it in adult fat body experiments (Subramanian M et al., 2013, Dis. Mod. & Mech). The BDSC number for the corresponding stock is BDSC_6983. Based on Flybase data, it is also expressed in somatic cells of male/female reproductive systems in the adult.

      The RTqPCR experiments are not overwhelmingly convincing for a lack of data points: pooled data should be shown, inasmuch as there is a significant difference upon Caspar OE 6h after Ecc15 challenge.

      We now show in the revised version of the Supplement S13 the pooled data from different experiments with individual points shown.

      In conclusion and although our results are variable, they do not reproduce the results produced in the original article by (Kim et al., 2006) According to our results, we observe:

      (1) no increase Dpt expression in absence of challenge both in caspar deficient larvae and adults.

      (2) A possible inhibition of Dpt upon over-expression caspar at 6h in adult.

      - A possible increased Dpt expression in caspar loss of function mutant larvae upon challenge.

      The later may suggest an inhibition role upon overexpression of caspar that required further analysis. The text of the supplement has been amended to take all those points in consideration.

      (12) S15: listericin

      Introduction: The LLO (also referred to as hly) L. monocytogenes mutant does not prevent the entry of Listeria inside cells. The pore-forming toxin listeriolysin is required for pathogen escape from the phagosome.

      There is no reference to LLO in the introduction of the S15 listericin section.

      Has the STAT-92E RNAi line been validated? It is difficult to draw a definitive conclusion on the absence of the role of the JAK-STAT pathway in adults using an RNAi transgene because it may only imperfectly silence the expression of the target gene. "Contrary to Goto et al.2010, in our hands reduction of JAK-STAT activity through RNAi [...] in adult flies": Goto et al. apparently tested the JAK-STAT pathway only in S2 cells. This statement should therefore be modulated accordingly.

      We have validated the STAT92 RNA in the revised version by confirming that Turandot gene expression is reduced in this mutant (Supplement 15 Figure 2 C-D). We have also validated the PGRP-LE<sup>112</sup> null mutant (Supplement 15 Figure 1C).

      We have adjusted the conclusion: “Contrary to (Goto et al., 2010), we find that Listericin expression is not specifically dependent on PGRP-LE, and is not dependent on JAK-STAT signaling in flies. Of note, this could be the case in S2 cells where the initial experiments were done.

      Antibacterial effects of listericin: It would be cautious not to rely solely on survival experiments, but also to monitor the bacterial titer to draw a definitive conclusion (assay used by Goto et al.). A control overexpressing GFP or a non-relevant peptide would have been welcome to control for potential metabolic effects that would decrease the effect of the overexpression. More importantly, Goto et al. used a Cg-Gal4 driver that is also expressed in hemocytes, which is likely not the case for the Lpp driver. Is it known if the c564 driver is also expressed in hemocytes and to the same level as the Cg-Gal4 driver?

      We have used two fat body drivers to overexpress Listerin, Lpp and C564, the latter being expressed in hemocytes indeed. We agree that bacterial counting would provide a sensitive assay but in absence of any protective effect of Listericin overexpression, we do not expect any major titer change in L. monocytogenes growth. To reinforce our conclusion, we have generated Listericin null mutations (Fig 4C) and we have shown that they are not more susceptible than the wild-type to L. monocytogenes.

      (13) S16: DSCAM1

      The authors use an RNAi construct to knock down DSCAM1 expression. Which part of the transcripts is targeted? Did the authors verify that silencing was effective and would affect all DSCAM transcripts?

      The DScam RNAI (BDSC #38945) that we are using has been used in other articles (link) and is validated in Kamiyama et al., Dev cell (Figure S4).

      Data points should be shown in the figure.

      Unfortunately, we could not address this point to the difficulty to reach the collaborator who provided the data.

      Their conclusions would be strengthened by directly testing opsonization using the assay developed by Haller et al., EMBO Reports, 2018. Also, to derive the phagocytic index, the authors must have counted the number of hemocytes retrieved from bled larvae? Was there a decrease when DSCAM1 was silenced in hemocytes? The use of a hml-Gal4-Gal80ts driver would have allowed to bypass the issue of developmental effects.

      We expect an opsonin to be abundant in the hemolymph but we did not find any secreted form of dScam in our proteomics analyses (Rommelaere 2024). 20 years after the publication of this landmark article in Science, the absence of any confirmation is puzzling and we are reluctant to do any additional experiment taking into consideration that phagocytosis assays are often variable.

      (14) S18: SR-CI

      The major issue with this supplement has been dealt with in the Public Review: no phagocytic receptor function was claimed in the Ramet et al, 2001 study.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and with Mika Rämet and Monty Krieger (personal communication), and we apologize for this misunderstanding. In fact, Rämet et al. (2001) did not present data demonstrating a role for Sr-CI in phagocytosis per se in his article, but rather showed that this receptor is involved in bacterial binding. Our confusion arose from a subtitle in the Results section of their article (“SR-CI Binds Both Gram-Positive and Gram-Negative Bacteria and Is Necessary for Optimal Phagocytosis by S2 Cells”) and the article title that claim that Sr-CI is a pattern recognition receptor, which does not reflect the content of the article.

      To clarify this point, we have revisited the original claim. Consistent with Rämet et al. (2001), we now observe a defect in hemocyte binding to bacteria in Sr-CI mutants. Thus, we validate the claim. Because Sr-CI is often assumed to function as a phagocytic receptor, we have also retained the experiments showing that it is not essential for the phagocytosis of E. coli or S. aureus. All experiments have been repeated during the revision process using a null single mutation and a double mutant removing both Sr-CI and Sr-CIII.

      Introduction: Is it really adequate to mention a phagocytic receptor for a ligand, dsRNA, that gets endocytosed?

      In the introduction, we summarized what is known on the Sr-CI, including its implication in the uptake of dsRNA. As suggested by the reviewer, we used the term endocytosis to refer to the ability to uptake dsRNA.

      Methods: Have the authors excluded the potential off-target effect of CRISPR-Cas9 in other scavenger receptor genes? Monitoring their expression levels would also allow the detection of any compensatory effect in the null mutant by overexpression of other scavenger receptors.

      We are now using two mutant lines: one carrying a frameshift mutation (SK6) that specifically affects Sr-CI, and another with a deletion removing both Sr-CI and Sr-CIII. We have carefully validated both mutations by genomic sequencing. As our results are now consistent with the original findings of Rämet et al. (2001), we believe that the analyses presented in the Supplementary Information are genetically well supported.

      Results: Figure 1 is really confusing with so much variability in the data, which raises doubts about the reliability of the method. The reduction of the phagocytic index in B is not "mild". Again, one would like to see the individual data points and to know what the error bars are. For 1G, has any statistical analysis been performed? Finally, Panels A to G lack homogeneity in their presentation. Also, why are the absolute values of the y-axis varying so much from panel to panel (A-B vs C-D; E vs. F)?

      We have repeated our experiments using a new set of mutants, both generated in the isogenic DrosDel background. In the revised version, we include additional experiments assessing the contribution of Sr-CI to hemocyte binding to bacteria. Consistent with the original report by Rämet et al. (2001), we observe similar results. We have revised the text accordingly and moderated our claims. In addition, we performed further biological replicates and now provide appropriate statistical analyses.

      (15) S19: Undertaker

      Undertaker has been identified through a deficiency screen that restricted the genomic zone of interest to eight genes. RNAi was then used to identify the candidate gene as being Undertaker. While an off-target effect of RNAi cannot be excluded, it cannot account for the results of the deficiency screen (junctophilin is on the second chromosome, whereas undertaker is on the third). The deficiency phenotype could be rescued by an Undertaker transgene. While overexpression can indeed provide a rescuing activity due to high levels of ectopic expression, why would it do so in the context of an 82F deficiency, unless this deficiency carries a second site mutation, which is a rather remote possibility.

      Given that the deficiency line deletes at least 14 genes in a cluster, several of which are involved in growth and development, we assume that another gene(s) within the span of this deficiency is responsible for the effect on efferocytosis, or that some other mutation in the uncontrolled genetic background is responsible. The impact of Df(3R)3-4 on efferocytosis remains to be investigated.

      The authors claim that Undertaker is not expressed at the right embryonic stage and hardly in S2 cells, which is correct according to large-scale data. However, Cuttell et al. successfully stained S2 cells with an antibody raised against retinophilin/undertaker by the investigators who studied the role of this gene in the eye (Mecklenburg et al., 2007). Should we trust more largescale datasets based on transcriptomics or a specially developed tool? (Both junctophilin and undertaker are at the limit of detection of the proteomic data available on FlyBase; equivalent signals in hemocytes were measured in FlyCellAtlas). Thus, the argument of the absence of expression is not definitive.

      We agree on this but the expression pattern is an additional element that reinforce our conclusion. This is not the key element that relies on the use of loss-of-function mutation. Another element is the absence of follow-up study in the last 18 years.

      The new phagocytosis data set generated by Reprosci shows an absence of impact of the undertaker loft mutation in larval hemocytes. Whether these data can be extrapolated to S2 cells, embryonic or adult hemocytes, remains debatable, as are the explanations put forth by Reprosci in their conclusion to explain by a possible off-target effect of RNAi on junctophilin. It would be interesting to determine the phenotype of junctophilin mutants in the ex vivo larval hemocyte assay.

      We have analyzed the role of Undertaker using third instar larvae in an ex vivo assay and did not find any role in efferocytosis. I think that all our data and analysis of the literature is consistent with our statement that’ that undertaker is unlikely to have a role in phagocytosis’. Now, we can never exclude that Undertake may play a subtle role in this process. The role of Draper has been observed in larval hemocyte that represent macrophage of flies. We are using a null mutation in undertaker preventing the existence of off-targets. We have nuanced our conclusion in the article and add a sentence in the conclusion of the supplement: ‘We cannot however exclude that Undertaker play a role at a specific stage of development that we did not assess.’

      (16) S20: Psidin

      This supplement is duplicated

      The duplicated supplement has been removed.

      Phagocytosis assay: the authors use E. coli-GFP. How can they discriminate between internalization and simple binding at the surface of hemocytes? It would have been more appropriate to use a phalloidin, stained to another color rather than green. The suggestion here is to first use FITC-labeled bacteria, followed by Trypan blue treatment to quench the fluorescence of noninternalized bacteria. Second, pHrodo bacteria could be used to monitor the acidification of the phagosome in wt and psidin hemocytes.

      We agree with the reviewer that this would be better. Because our observations are consistent with the data reported in this original article, we did not feel inclined to extend our analysis.

      (17) S21: Hemese

      The pie charts in Figure 1 would benefit from a statistical analysis. Why do the encapsulated eggs appear to be much larger in the hemese mutant? Could it be that more lamellocytes are recruited and make a thicker capsule? Should Figure 1C be imperatively quantified?

      To extent our analysis, we generated two new Hemese null mutants, Hemese<sup>JP187</sup> and Hemese<sup>JP828</sup>, carrying deletions in the central region of the gene. Using these lines, we show that wild-type and <sup>Hemese</sup> mutant larvae display comparable levels of lamellocytes and similar numbers of melanized capsules following wasp infestation. We further quantified lamellocyte differentiation and included appropriate statistical analyses. We have removed the previous results obtained with the Hemese<sup>SK2</sup> mutant, which yielded similar observations. By reproducing our previous findings with independent mutant lines and by providing quantitative analyses, we strengthen our conclusion that Hemese does not act as a negative regulator of lamellocyte differentiation upon wasp infestation.

      (18) S22 IRC

      IRC is actually not a catalase but a heme peroxidase. For the experiments on C. albicans, can the authors exclude that the IRC flies succumb because they are more sensitive to ethanol than wt or spz flies (sucrose is fermented by C. albicans): a control would be to use glycerol (nonfermentable) instead of sucrose solution.

      We thank the reviewer and Carolina Barillas (personal communication) to inform us that IRC is not a catalase but an heme peroxidase. This is now included in the article and the supplement. It is clear that the name IRC for immune regulated catalase is misleading. We cannot exclude that the IRC flies succumb because they are more sensitive to ethanol than wt or spz flies but we did not test this interesting idea during the revision.

      Do IRC mutants succumb to the ingestion of killed bacteria?

      No, they get stuck in fly food and die.

      (19) S23 DUOX

      Introduction: When citing Kumar et al., the authors might also want to cite Bai et al. on the Bactrocera dorsalis peritrophic matrix.

      This reference has been added

      Results:

      Figure 1: any statistical analysis? Data points are not shown for the lef panel, and error bars are not defined.

      We have added in the revised version ‘When using the Mann-Whitney U test, we still observed a statistically significant difference in CFU counts at 6 hpi in Figure 2B, as well as at both 6 hpi and 24 hpi in Figure 2F. However, the magnitude of these differences is relatively small’. Error bars have been defined in the general revision of the supplements (see above).

      Figure 2A shows only a limited reduction in Duox expression at the transcriptional level. "successfully" might be a bit of an overstatement.

      We have removed the term ‘successfully’.

      Figure 2E is too small.

      We have increased the size of Figure 2E.

      The authors might want to discuss the role of Duox in enterocytes destined to die as described by Amchelavsky et al., Cell Reports, 2020.

      Good point, we have discussed this reference in the revised version.

      The Sajjadian reference is incomplete.

      The reference has been completed

      (20) S24: NOS

      Maybe the work from the Royet laboratory could be cited along with that of Neyen et al. and Zaidmann-Remy et al. in the Introduction.

      Good points. We have added two references related to the work of the Royet lab (Bosco-Drayon et al., 2012; Charroux et al., 2017).

      It is not clear from Rabinovich et al. (2016) which line should be the relevant wild-type control. Why use w[1118] in Figure 1 and Ore-R in Figure 2? A more definitive conclusion could be reached upon isogenization or testing a second null mutant in homozygous and transheterozygous conditions?

      We agree that ideally, we should have used isogenic wild-type control but in absence of any effect of NOS mutants, we consider that the use of w[1118] and Oregon wild-type control is acceptable, considering that they behave similarly in the assay we have used.

      (21) S25 eiger survival

      Survival experiments: Are pooled data shown? Have the authors monitored the health status of their fly lines? In some of the survivals with late phenotypes, e.g., egr mutants and E. faecalis, this may be an issue, inasmuch as noninfected or mock-infected controls are not shown (have they been performed?).

      The survival analysis showed the pooled of 40 flies and were often done with two sexes. They also include many controls. We cannot never exclude minor effects at late time points, but the critical message is that we cannot reproduced the previously published results.

      The survival graphs are difficult to analyze: the authors should definitely avoid light colors such as yellow that do not show up well in a white background.

      As stated above, these experiments were done by many scientists in different lab and it was difficult to homogenize the data. Therefore, we did not modify our graphs although we agree with the reviewers. We believe that line patterns and contrast differences between groups guarantee that the readers can still assess the data.

      (22) S27: eiger humoral response

      Introduction: Have the authors also checked the Flysickseq data from the Buchon lab?

      There is no induction of eiger in Flysick. This information along with the reference Troha et al., have been added to S27.

      Methods: Have the RNAi lines been validated, and how? Is one more efficient at silencing than the other? This set of data would complement Figure 1 with RTqPCR experiments.

      The two RNAi lines we are using have already been used in many studies assessing the function of eiger ((#108814, reference here, #45253 reference here)

      Figure 3 colors in survival graphs: see S25.

      We did not modify our graphs although we agree with the reviewers. By increasing the magnification, the readers can still assess the data. As stated above, these experiments were done by many scientists in different labs and it was difficult to homogenize the data.

      Would it have been worth to also test the transheterozygous Gr28b mutants to avoid any issue of second-site mutations?

      We could have extended the genetics approach but, given that both us and another group (Sang) found no effect on feeding in an independent mutant, and extremely high feeding in the claimed 'anorexic' mutant, this would not be relevant to the claim. Future study may tell us if Gr28b has clearly a feeding phenotype.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Adjust the discussion to better contextualize subjectivity: Because the choice of claims and papers inevitably involves subjective decisions, consider expanding the discussion to acknowledge this limitation more explicitly and explain how the companion metascience manuscript complements this work.

      We have added a section at the end of the discussion to discuss the limitation of our study and we establish more link to the companion article.

      (2) Refine language and avoid binary judgments: Terms such as "correct," "incorrect," or similar definitive formulations should be softened. Emphasizing uncertainty and openness to future revision will better reflect the iterative nature of scientific inquiry.

      We are softening our language in several of our assessment to avoid binary judgement.

      (3) Highlight reproducible findings as well: While the focus on irreproducible or challenged claims is understandable, it may be helpful to balance this by more clearly acknowledging wellsupported claims or areas of strong reproducibility to reinforce the positive impact of robust findings.

      We have added two sentences at the end of the introduction and at the beginning of the discussion that most claims are reproducible and that we have focused here on nonreproducible claim.

      (4) Clarify how the community can engage with the dataset: Because you provide extensive supplementary material and a large online resource, consider adding more explicit guidance on how researchers can contribute comments, evidence, or corrections, and how these contributions will be integrated.

      This point is already addressed in the revised sentence: “We hope that the community-accessible website will encourage researchers to share their perspectives and contribute data from diverse sources, thereby improving objectivity.” In addition, we have proactively engaged with principal investigators to motivate them to contribute to this effort by sharing unpublished results and information. However, it remains unclear to what extent scientists are genuinely interested in reproducibility, as has been noted in other studies on the topic. For example, articles that challenge previous findings are often under-cited, and the presence of contradictory evidence does not necessarily prevent researchers from continuing to cite the original claims. This is clearly a challenge of reproducibility study. Comments, evidence and corrections will be integrated in the ReproSci website. We have already updated this database when revising this article and will continue to do it.

      (5) Resolve the date-range inconsistency: The Introduction mentions analysis of papers from 1959-2011, whereas the Methods section cites 1940-2011. This discrepancy should be corrected for consistency.

      We have solved this discrepancy by correcting the method section. This should be 1959-2011. Thank you for spotting this mistake.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The "disclaimer" subsection should be incorporated into the Introduction, as it is central to the premise of the study.

      The disclaimer has been moved at the end of the introduction and one sentence has been added in the abstract.

      (2) The inconsistency of graphical representation and statistical analysis of survival and gene expression data across different supplements is distracting and makes the project feel cobbled together. A consistent and unified framework for analysis and presentation would feel more cohesive and rigorous.

      The experiments were conducted across multiple laboratories and required substantial coordination. As a result, modifying the graphs at this stage would be technically complex and would require monumental effort for a tiny return. Therefore, we regret that we were unable to implement this change. The most important is that data and analyses are presented transparently, allowing readers to evaluate and interpret the results independently.

      (3) The purported roles of eiger and Gr28b in immunity have nothing to do with each other, aside from both having been published by David Schneider's group. I would suggest not combining them into a single section unless there is to be a 'miscellaneous' section that contains work by multiple groups.

      We have done two separate sections.

      (4) It would be easier to comment on specific passages in the manuscript if line numbers had been included.

      Sorry for this. We have included number of lines in the revised version.

      (5) The use of the word "elegant" to describe melanization reactions on page 3 is a bit odd and feels out of place.

      It has been removed

      (6) The sentence "We conclude that PGRP-LE is an exclusively intracellular sensor, with a prominent role regulating the gut immune response (Bosco-Drayon et al., 2012; Neyen et al., 2012)" should be edited to read "as reported in (citations)".

      We have edited the sentence.

      (7) The sentence "Experiments performed for ReproSci and review of the literature suggest that JNK is unlikely to have a strong direct or systematic role in the regulation of Drosophila AMPs in vivo, and is not required in the adult fat body for AMP expression in response to infection (Supplementary S12)" lacks detail. I realize that the experiments are described in S12, but I would suggest a brief summary in the main text of the article as well.

      We have provided more information in the article.

      (8) The phrasing of "While many of the challenged claims discussed in this paper are known to be controversial by experts, or have fallen quietly out of current research interests, some are still a source of confusion. This is particularly true for young scientists new to the field of Drosophila immunity or scientists with primary interests outside of Drosophila immunity that use the field as a reference." could be edited for clarity. A more direct phrasing could help, such as "Even in the absence of published refutation, many of the challenged claims were already considered controversial by experts in the field. Others have quietly fallen out of the general current research interest. These may nevertheless still be a source of confusion for young scientists new to the field of Drosophila immunity or scientists with primary interests outside of Drosophila immunity that use the field as a reference."

      We have changed the sentence accordingly.

      (9) On Discussion page 15, the comma should be removed from "In this article we have not discussed a number of claims, that had no clear follow-up studies and remain unchallenged."

      The coma has been removed.

      (10) In Methods, the authors "acknowledge that our verification experiments could also be erroneous". It would be appropriate to also include such a disclaimer in the Introduction and/or Discussion.

      The disclaimer has been moved at the end of the introduction and one sentence has been added in the abstract.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study presents an impressive large-scale effort to assess the reproducibility of published findings in the field of Drosophila immunity. The authors analyse 400 papers published between 1959 and 2011, and assess how many of the claims in these papers have been tested in subsequent publications. In a companion article they report the results of experiments to test a subset of the claims that, according to the literature, have not been tested. The present article also explores if various factors related to authors, institutions and journals influence reproducibility in this field. The evidence supporting the claims is solid, but there is considerable scope for strengthening and extending the analysis. The limitations inherent to evaluating reproducibility based on the published literature should also be acknowledged.

      We have included in the abstract the limitation of evaluating replicability based on the published literature

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out on the ambitious task of establishing the reproducibility of claims from the Drosophila immunity literature. Starting out from a corpus of 400 articles from 1959 and 2011, the authors sought to determine whether their claims were confirmed or contradicted by previous or subsequent publications. Additionally, they actively sought to replicate a subset of the claims for which no previous replications were available (although this set was not representative of the whole sample, as the authors focused on suspicious and/or easily testable claims). The focus of the article is on inferential reproducibility; thus, methods don't necessarily map exactly to the original ones.

      The authors present a large-scale analysis of the individual replication findings, which are presented in a companion article (Westlake et al., 2025. DOI 10.1101/2025.07.07.663442). In their retrospective analysis of reproducibility, the authors find that 61% of the original claims were verified by the literature, 7.5% were partialy verified, and only 6.8% were challenged, with 23.8% having no replication available. This is in stark contrast with the result of their prospective replications, in which only 16% of claims were successfully reproduced. The authors proceed to investigate correlates of replicability, with the most consistent finding being that findings stemming from higher-ranked universities (and possibly from very high impact journals) were more likely to be challenged.

      Strengths:

      (1) The work presents a large-scale, in-depth analysis of a particular field of science that includes authors with deep domain expertise of the field. This is a rare endeavour to establish the reproducibility of a particular subfield of science, and I'd argue that we need many more of these in different areas.

      (2) The project was built on a collaborative basis (https://ReproSci.epfl.ch/), using an online database (https://ReproSci.epfl.ch/), which was used to organize the annotations and comments of the community about the claims. The website remains online and can be a valuable resource to the Drosophila immunity community.

      (3) Data and code are shared in the authors' GitHub repository, with a Jupyter notebook available to reproduce the results.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Main concerns:

      (1) Although the authors claim that "Drosophila immunity claims are mostly replicable", this conclusion is strictly based on the retrospective analysis - in which around 84% of the claims for which a published verification attempt was found. This is in very stark contrast with the findings that the authors replicate prospectively, of which only 16% are verified. Although this large discrepancy may be explained by the fact that the authors focused on unchallenged and suspicious claims (which seems to be their preferred explanation), an alternative hypothesis is that there is a large amount of confirmation bias in the Drosophila immunity literature, either because attempts to replicate previous findings tend to reach similar results due to researcher bias, or because results that validate previous findings are more likely to be published.

      Both explanations are plausible (and, not being an expert in the field, I'd have a hard time estimating their relative probability), and in the absence of prospective replication of a systematic sample of claims - which could determine whether the replication rate for a random sample of claims is as high as that observed in the literature -, both should be considered in the manuscript.

      I still believe that most of ‘verified’ claims are indeed solid, consistent with the feeling of increased knowledge in the Drosophila immunity. Of note, when I started in the field in the early 90, nearly all the articles in Drosophila developmental biology, the dominant field at that time, were solid. I agree that this may represent a past period. Still, perceived irreproducibility is high because affecting claims published in high-impact articles. To address the reviewer’s comments, we have included the possibility of confirmation bias in the discussion of the article.

      (2) The fact that the analysis of factors correlating with reproducibility includes both prospective and retrospective replications also leads to the possibility of confusion bias in this analysis. If most of the challenged claims come from the authors' prospective replications, while most of the verified ones come from those that were replicated by the literature, it becomes unclear whether the identified factors are correlated with actual reproducibility of the claims or with the likelihood that a given claim will be tested by other authors and that this replication will be published.

      We agree that the ReproSci is a human biased endeavor and may be subjected to bias, notably the one mentioned. Some verified claims might be considered as challenged and some challenged claims as verified. But this is likely not affecting most of our results. Our papers have been posted on a public archive and that the community could scrutinize our data (most authors have checked their claims!). Based on community feedback, we have had to change the status of three claims only: one verified claim became challenged, one challenged claim became unchallenged and one unchallenged became verified. We therefore did not expect major changes in our conclusions. We have provided an estimation of irreproducibility ranging from 10-20% and we believe this is a rather safe interval. This is still significant. The fact that the ReproSci project is a human endeavor, and therefore subject to inherent limitations, is already emphasized in the last section of the discussion.

      (3) The methods are very brief for a project of this size, and many of the aspects in determining whether claims were conceptually replicated and how replications were set up are missing.

      Some of these - such as the PubMed search string for the publications and a better description of the annotation process - are described in the companion article, but this could be more explicitly stated. Others, however, remain obscure. Statements such as "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category" summarize a very complex process for which more detail should be given - in particular because what constitutes inferential reproducibility is not a self-evident concept. And although I appreciate that what constitutes a replication is ultimately a case-by-case decision, a general description of the guidelines used by the authors to determine this should be provided. As these processes were done by one author and reviewed by another, it would also be useful to know the agreement rates between them to have a general sense of how reproducible the annotation process might be.

      The same gap in methods descriptions holds for the prospective replications. How were labs selected, how were experimental protocols developed, and how was the validity of the experiments as a conceptual replication assessed? I understand that providing the methods for each individual replication is beyond the scope of the article, but a general description of how they were developed would be important.

      We have extended the first section of the Result to mention that an extended Material and Methods can be found in the complementary article Westlake et al., eLife 2026 and on the ReproSci website indicated the resources described in the companion articles. Disagreement between the two authors were limited and mostly dealt with textual interpretation (the definition of the major claims, which can affect if they are verified or not). As mentioned above, our articles are now public since more 6 months and we got little request to change the status of a claim (only 3 over more than 1000). Of note many claims from some ancient articles are part of the common knowledge, are verified routinely by many labs in the field, and therefore were easy to categorize.

      We also added a sentence to also underline that the scientific value of an article does not fully correlate with its status. A number of problematic articles filled with exaggeration or confused claims were still categorized as verified. Thus, we screen for replicability but they are many other publication issues we could not capture in our study. This point is now mentioned in the discussion.

      (4) As far as I could tell, the large-scale analysis of the replication results was not preregistered, and many decisions seem somewhat ad hoc. In particular, the categorization of journals (e.g. low impact, high impact, "trophy") and universities (e.g. top 50, 51-100, 101+) relies on arbitrary thresholds, and it is unclear how much the results are dependent on these decisions, as no sensitivity analyses are provided.

      Particularly, for analyses that correlate reproducibility with continuous variable (such as year of publication, impact factor or university ranking, I'd strongly favor using these variables as continuous variables in the analysis (e.g. using logistic regression) rather than performing pairwise comparisons between categories determined by arbitrary cutoffs. This would not only reduce the impact of arbitrary thresholds in the analysis, but would also increase statistical power in the univariate analyses (as the whole sample can be used in at once) and reduce the number of parameters in the multivariate model (as they will be included as a single variable rather than multiple dummy variables when there are more than two categories).

      We did not pre-registered our study, which is quite different from other reproducibility projects. We did not know at the start how the project would unfold. Of note, I believe that ‘cleaning’ an extensive field by experts was by itself an achievement and represent another way to assess replicability, with its own limitation.

      We agree that the cut-off can be seen as arbitrary. However, publication year has been modeled as a continuous variable through a spline (to allow for non-linearity) in the multivariate analysis. For journal and institutional ranking, we would like to defend and keep the categorical specifications in the main text for two reasons:

      - Institution ranking: For institutional ranking, the largest institutional category is “Not Ranked” which we cannot assign a rank and ranks institutions individually only through the top 100. Below that it publishes bands (101-150, 151-200, 201-300, 301400, 401-500) of variable width, which are not straightforward to use continuously without making strong assumptions (e.g midpoint) unsupported by the data.

      - Prestige: As mentioned by another reviewer there are career consequences attached to Nature, Science and Cell that are different from other journal, and the effect of moving from a journal from an IF 3 to 8 is different than from 30 to 35. We provide a sensitivity analysis in the supplementary information where we refit the multivariate model with log-transformed impact factor continuous predictor. We obtain very similar results than these in the main text, with the exception that the impact factor of the journal becomes significant. We describe and discuss this results in the supplementary information (section S5), while justifying why we keep the categorical model in the main text.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for prompting these additions, which we agree strengthen the paper.

      The text added in the SI states:

      “As a sensitivity analysis, we refitted the multivariable hierarchical logistic model by replacing journal-impact-factor categories with log₂-transformed continuous impact factor, while retaining all other covariates and random intercepts from the primary analysis. University ranking was retained as a categorical variable because the 2010 Shanghai Academic Ranking reports individual ranks only for institutions ranked 1– 100 and otherwise reports rank bands (101–150, 151–200, 201–300, 301–400, and 401–500); moreover, 441 of 1,006 claims (43.8%) were from unranked institutions, which constitute a distinct group.

      Each doubling of journal impact factor was associated with 1.51-fold higher odds that a claim was challenged (OR 1.51, 94% HDI 1.13–2.08). At the mean impact factors of the low-impact and trophy-journal tiers (4.4 and 61, respectively; approximately 3.8 doublings), the continuous model implies a trophy-versus-low-impact odds ratio of approximately 4.8. By contrast, the primary model directly estimated the trophy-versus-low-impact odds ratio as 1.75 (94% HDI 0.59–4.91). Although this wide interval includes 4.8, the point estimates differ between the two models. We interpret the larger implied trophy-journal effect in the continuous model cautiously because it assumes that the log-linear slope estimated predominantly from the many journals with lower impact factors (around 2–12) applies unchanged to the sparsely represented trophy journals (62 claims across Science, Nature, and Cell). We therefore retained the categorical journal analysis as the primary analysis because it directly estimates the trophy-journal comparison using claims published in those journals. Estimates for all other covariates were broadly similar to those in the primary model. In particular, the association with Top 50 university affiliation remained evident (OR 4.04, 94% HDI 1.57–10.08, compared with OR 3.68, 94% HDI 1.50–9.28 in the primary model)”.

      [This response is referred later as “Response to categorical variable encoding”]

      (5) The multivariate model used to investigate predictors of replicability includes unchallenged claims along with verified ones in the outcome, which seems like an odd decision. If the intention is to analyze which factors are correlated with reproducibility, it would make more sense to remove the unchallenged findings, as these are likely uninformative in this sense. In fact, based on the authors' own replications of unchallenged findings, they may be more likely to belong the "challenged" category than to the "unchallenged" one if they were to be verified.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this comment, we agree that the classification of the unchallenged claims as not challenged is difficult given their nature. We refitted the multivariable analysis excluding unchallenged claims, with a classification of Challenged and Unchallenged (Verified, Partially Verified, Mixed). The results are shown in the supplementary section S4 and are extremely similar to the main model.

      The text added in the SI states:

      “We fit the multivariate model from the main text while excluding unchallenged claims from the analysis. The methods are similar and the convergence and diagnosis checks are good and not reported here for brevity. The model simultaneously adjusts for author demographics, laboratory attributes and journal or institutional prestige and predict a binary outcome for each claim: challenged or not challenged (including Verified, Partially Verified, Mixed). The re-analysis included 659 claims, of which 60 (9.1%) were challenged. The non-challenged reference group comprised of Verified (n=525), Partially Verified (n=64), Mixed (n=10). The Adjusted odds ratios and 94% highest-density intervals are reported in Figure S4. The results are very similar to the analysis with the unchallenged claims in the main text, with only university ranking (Top 50) being a significant predictor (OR 3.34 (1.28–9.01) vs the main text OR 3.68 (94% HDI 1.50– 9.28). The other variable with the biggest changes shows only modest differences:

      - High-impact journal OR 1.12 (vs 1.31)

      - Trophy journal OR 1.47 (vs 1.75)

      - Post-doc OR 1.44 (vs 1.16) and their intervals still include 1. Note that the excluding unchallenged decision condition on follow-up, which is not random and might be influenced by our key variable (journal tier, institutional ranking) and bias results for this model.”

      However, we did not replace the main model of the article by this particular model because when you chose only claim that are either verified or challenged (so you exclude unchallenged), the condition that made these claims included in this analysis could be influenced by a cofactor, so our odds ratios might be wrong.

      [This response is referred later as “Response to unchallenged exclusion”]

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lemaitre et al. conducted an analysis of 400 publications in the Drosophila immunity field (1959-2011), performing both univariable and multivariable analyses to identify factors that correlate with or influence the irreproducibility of scientific claims. Some of the findings are unexpected, for instance, neither the career stage of the PI nor that of the first author appears to matter that much, while others, such as the influence of institutional prestige or publication in "trophy journals," are more predictable. The results provide valuable insight into patterns of irreproducibility in academia and may help inform policies to improve research reproducibility in the field.

      Strengths:

      This study is based on a large, manually curated dataset, complemented by a companion paper (Westlake et al., 2025. DOI 10.1101/2025.07.07.663442) that provides additional details on experimentally documented cases. The statistical methods are appropriate, and the findings are both important and informative. The results are clearly presented and supported by accessible documentation through the ReproSci project.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      The analysis is limited to a specific field (immunity) and model system (Drosophila). Since biological context may influence reproducibility -- for example, depending on whether mechanisms are more hardwired or variable -- and the model system itself may contribute to these effects (as the authors note), it remains unclear to what extent these findings generalize to other fields or organisms. The authors could expand the discussion to address the potential scope and limitations of the study's generalizability.

      We have added a limitation section at the end of the manuscript to discuss these points. We wrote:

      “Finally, the findings we report may be specific to a particular field, model organism, and time period, and may be strongly influenced by factors idiosyncratic to their development. Because this analysis is limited to a single field (immunity) and model system (Drosophila), it remains unclear to what extent these findings generalize to other fields, organisms, or more recent studies.”

      However, we believe that our study adds on the discussion on reproducibility by providing another approach. Our study also aligns with the feeling that knowledge of Drosophila innate immunity has increased so much in the last decades, and that science is still quite robust in many fields.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this paper were trying to identify how reproducible, or not, their subfield (Drosophila immunity) was since its inception over 50 years ago. This required identifying not only the papers, but the specific claims made in the paper, assessing if these claims were followed up in the literature, and if so whether the subsequent papers supported or refuted the original claim. In addition to this large manually curated effort, the authors further investigated some claims that were left unchallenged in the literature by conducting replications themselves. This provided a rich corpus of the subfield that could be investigated into what characteristics influence reproducibility.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this study is the focus on a subfield, the detailing of identifying the main, major, and minor claims - which is a very challenging manual task - and then cataloging not only their assessment of if these claims were followed up in the literature, but also what characteristics might be contributing to reproducibility, which also included more manual effort to supplement the data that they were able to extract from the published papers. While this provides a rich dataset for analysis, there is a major weakness with this approach, which is not unique to this study.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is relying heavily on the published literature as the source for if a claim was determined to be verified or not. There are many documented issues with this stemming from every field of research - such as publication bias, selective reporting, all the way to fraud. It's understandable why the authors took this approach - it is the only way to get at a breadth of the literature - however the flaw with this approach is it takes the literature as a solid ground truth, which it is not. At the same time, it is not reasonable to expect the authors to have conducted independent replications for all of the 400 papers they identified.

      However, there is a big difference trying to assess the reproducibility of the literature by using the literature as the 'ground truth' vs doing this independently like other large-scale replication projects have attempted to do. This means the interpretation of the data is a bit challenging.

      We acknowledge that our analysis necessarily relies on the published literature; however, two important points should be considered. First, we assessed replicability more than a decade after the original studies, allowing us to evaluate whether their claims have withstood subsequent scrutiny. Second, the evaluation draws on the authors’ strong expertise in the field. Accordingly, the validity of published claims was not accepted uncritically but subjected to informed expert assessment. This is exemplified by the case of the proposed microbicidal role of Duox, which we classified as challenged despite the original article accumulating more than 600 citations.

      Overall, our replicability analysis, like similar efforts, relies not only on literature but also on expert judgment. Of course it has inherent limitations, which are now more clearly articulated in the discussion.

      Below are suggestions for the authors and readers to consider:

      (1) I understand why the authors prefer to mention claims as their primary means of reporting what they found, but it is nested within paper, and that makes it very hard to understand how to interpret these results at times. I also cannot understand at the high-level the relationship between claims and papers. The methods suggest there are 3-4 major claims per paper, but at 400 papers and 1,006 claims, this averages to ~2.5 claims per paper. Can the authors consider describing this relationship better (e.g., distribution of claims and papers) and/or considering presenting the data two ways (primary figures as claims and complimentary supplementary figures with papers as the unit). This will help the reader interpret the data both ways without confusion. I am also curious how the results look when presented both ways (e.g., does shifting to the paper as the unit of analysis shift the figures and interpretation?). This is especially true since the first and last author analysis shows there is varying distribution of papers and claims by authors (and thus the relationship between these is important for the reader).

      Articles can contain claims that we found replicable and other that we did not. Thus, we believe than an evaluation by claim is more precise. The extraction of the different claims relies on the reading of the article, but is a human enterprise. There are clearly some unavoidable biases at this step. Of note, the articles analyzed in this study are very different one from another (size, novelty, amount of data…).

      However, we agree that the analysis at the article level is interesting, and we followed the reviewer suggestion and provided in Supplementary Section S6 a sensitivity analysis of using article-level effects for the multivariate analysis. We note that because only 43 articles (12.5%) contained at least one challenged claim, this analysis is less robust than the claim analysis. The text added in the SI states:

      “Two claims in the same paper might not be independent, so we might want to incorporate an article random effect to the primary Bayesian formulation. However, due to the low number of claim per article (mostly one to four) and only 43 articles (12.5%) contained at least one challenged claim (and most articles contains only one to four claims), we could not manage to fit this model properly (we observe MCMC divergences). As a work-around sensitivity analysis, we repeated the analysis with the article as the unit. Each of 345 articles with complete covariate data (representing 869 major claims, 60 of the 69 challenged claims in the full dataset; the remaining 9 fell in articles excluded for missing covariates) contributed as outcome the proportion of its major claims classified as challenged. The model was a (frequentist) binomial-link fractional-response generalized linear model with HC3 standard errors (the intervals reported here are 94% confidence intervals rather than posterior credible intervals).

      Each article contributed equally regardless of its number of claims. The Top-50 institutional effect remained significant under both analysis (OR 5.15, 94% CI 2.18– 12.15; versus a claim-level OR 3.68, 94% HDI 1.50–9.28). In this new model Trophy journals also showed had higher odds of challenged claims than low-impact journals (OR 2.90, 94% CI 1.24–6.78 vs a claim-level OR 1.75, 94% HDI 0.59–4.91). This impact was not significant in the primary model but became significant at using article-level analysis. Other estimates are consistent in direction and magnitude with the primary claim-level model. Model diagnostics were satisfactory.”

      Moreover, we added Figure S6 which display visually the relationship between the claims and the article.

      [This response is referred later as “Response to claim vs article level analysis”]

      (2) As mentioned above, I think the biggest weakness is that the authors are taking the literature at face value when assigning if a claim was validated or challenged vs gathering new independent evidence. This means the paper leans more on papers, making it more like a citation analysis vs an independent effort like other large-scale replication projects. I highly recommend the authors state this in their limitations section.

      We have now explicitly acknowledged this limitation in a dedicated section at the end of the revised manuscript. However, as noted above, we do not take the literature at face value. Notably, some of the claims we identify as challenged originate from highly cited articles, which could lead a naïve reader to assume their validity.

      Ultimately, this replicabilty project remains a human, expert-driven effort aimed at determining which claims withstand scrutiny within a field. The broader community was invited to engage with and respond to these assessments and we did get some feedbacks. Importantly, claims were not evaluated in isolation but in the context of the entire body of knowledge, and all evaluations were made transparent and explicitly justified in the ReproSci database.

      On top of that, I have questions that I could not figure out (though I acknowledge I did not dig super deep into the data to try). The main comment I have is How was verified (and challenged) determined? It seems from the methods it was determined by "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category". If this is true, and all claims were done this way - are verified claims double counted then? (e.g., an original claim is found by a future claim to be verified - and thus that future claim is also considered to be verified because of the original claim).

      When two articles reported the same main claim and this claim was judged as “verified,” each instance was counted in the analysis. However, when validation came from studies published after 2011, the claim was counted only once. Thus, our study specifically evaluates the replicability of claims originating from a defined period (pre-2011).

      We note that, in principle, repeated publication of the same finding across many articles could artificially inflate estimates of replicability. However, such cases appeared to be rare in practice, and studies reporting similar claims typically provided complementary evidence—for example, elucidating gene function through either genetic or biochemical approaches.

      Related, did the authors look at the strength of validation or challenged claims? That is, if there is a relationship mapping the authors did for original claims and follow-up claims, I would imagine some claims have deeper (i.e., more) claims that followed up on them vs others. This might be interested to look at as well.

      We did not perform a systematic mapping between original claims and subsequent follow-up studies. While this is an important and interesting aspect, it was considered beyond the scope of the present work. The current study already represents a substantial investment of time and effort, and the resulting database provides a valuable resource for future analyses. In particular, it could support a dedicated bibliometric study at a later stage.

      (3) I recommend the authors add sample sizes when not present (e.g., Fig 4C).

      The cited panel appears to correspond to Figure 5C in the revised numbering, as the current Figure 4 contains only panels A and B. We systematically checked the denominators of all figures and revised the captions to report the numbers of claims, authors or laboratories represented, together with the reasons for exclusions. We also added the numbers of authors and claims directly within the author-level scatter plots, with the observational unit explicitly identified.

      I also find that the sample sizes are a bit confusing, and I recommend the authors check them and add more explanation when not complete, like they did for Fig 4A. For example, Fig 7B equals to 178 labs (how did more than 156 labs get determined here?), and yet the total number of claims is 996 (opposed to 1,006).

      There are 156 labs total, 23 labs contributed publications during both junior and senior stages, and 11 claims lacked a junior/senior classification. This has been explicited in the caption.

      Another example, is why does Fig 8B not have all 156 labs accounted for?

      The panel does not include all 156 laboratories because we could obtain information about first author training for only 146 PI and laboratories while prior first-author status was unavailable or indeterminate for ten PI. This has been added to the caption.

      (Related to Fig 8B, I caution on reporting a p value and drawing strong conclusions from this very small sample size - 22 authors).

      The 22 authors are not the total sample size; they constitute the subgroup of PIs who had previously published a first-author paper on Drosophila immunity in another laboratory. In the submitted panel, they were compared with 117 PIs without this training history, giving 139 classified laboratories and 774 claims.

      As a last example, Fig 8C has al 156 labs and 1,006 claims - is that expected? I guess it means authors who published before 1995 (as shown in Figure 8A continued to publish after 1995?) in that case, it's all authors? But the text says when they 'set up their lab' after 1995, but how can that be?

      Thank you for identifying this inconsistency. Figure 8C intentionally includes the full cohort of 156 PIs and all 1,006 claims. Panel C compares research styles and does not impose a restriction based on year of entry into the field or year of claim publication. Thus, PIs who entered the field before 1995 are included together with all claims attributed to them; the panel is not restricted to claims published after 1995.

      The statement that only PIs who established their laboratories after 1995 were included was an erroneous carryover from an earlier version of the analysis. We removed this restriction from the Results and revised the caption to state that exploratory PIs (n = 91) contributed 366 claims, whereas continuity PIs (n = 65) contributed 640 claims.

      We also replaced references to the date when PIs “established their laboratory” with “year of entry into the field,” defined as the year of their first Drosophila-immunity publication as either first or last author. During the same check, we revised Panel B to include all 146 PIs eligible for the pre-PI training comparison, contributing 793 claims.

      (4) Finally, I think it would help if the authors expanded on the limitations generally and potential alternative explanations and/or driving factors. For example, the line "though likely underestimated' is indicated in the discussion about the low rate of challenged claims, it might be useful to call out how publication bias is likely the driver here and thus it needs to be carefully considered in the interpretation of this. Related, I caution the authors on overinterpreting their suggestive evidence. The abstract for example, states claims of what was found in their analysis, when these are suggestive at best, which the authors acknowledge in the paper. But since most people start with the abstract, I worry this is indicating stronger evidence than what the authors actually have.

      We have added a dedicated section on limitations at the end of the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge key constraints, and we also address these points throughout the Discussion where relevant. In addition, these limitations are now in the abstract.

      The authors should be applauded for the monumental effort they put into this project, which does a wonderful job of having experts within a subfield engage their community to understand the connectiveness of the literature and attempt to understand how reliable specific results are and what factors might contribute to them. This project provides a nice blueprint for others to build from as well as leverage the data generated from this subfield, and thus should have an impact in the broader discussion on reproducibility and reliability of research evidence.

      Thank you for this positive assessment!

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Comments and recommendations are provided in the order that they appear in the manuscript.

      Introduction:

      - In the second paragraph of the introduction, I don't think all the references refer to "molecular life sciences" (e.g. one of them is from ecology and evolution, for example). I'd also argue that Macleod et al. 2014 refers to risk of bias rather than to reproducibility per se.

      We have corrected this in the revised version.

      - The author use both "reproducibility" and "replicability", apparently as synonyms, but as definitions for these words vary across sources (e.g. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.03311, https://www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/reproducibility-and-replicability-in-science, https://osf.io/br9sp/) it may be worth stating their definitions upfront.

      Thank you for the references. We agree that the literature contains multiple, sometimes conflicting definitions of these terms, which can lead to confusion. In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have clarified our terminology. Specifically, we now use the term “conceptual replicability” in the abstract and consistently refer to “replicability” and “irreplicability” throughout the manuscript. We hope this revised terminology improves clarity.

      - Why are analysis described as "exploratory" and "multivariate"? If it has not been preregistered, shouldn't the multivariate analysis be considered exploratory as well?

      Thanks, we agree. The word “exploratory” is confusing as we use it for its structural meaning and not its epistemological meaning. We have replaced it throughout by “descriptive”, as to not imply that the multivariate analysis is preregistered by contrast.

      Results:

      Methodology and claim assessment

      - The methods for the selection, annotation and classification of studies are described very cursorily here, and the Methods section doesn't add that much, but I'll keep these observations to the methods. Still, it's worth mentioning that it's hard to know how reproducible the annotation and classification process is from the information provided.

      We have provided more information on the method section on the way to annotate and class claims. Of note, there is more information on the methods on the associated publication Westlake et al., 2025 and on the ReproSci website.

      - "Then, experimental work was performed in several laboratories...". Once again, a much better description of how replications were set up and performed is needed.

      We have provided information on the number of laboratories (nine) involved in the reproduction of 45 major claims. The laboratories involved in replication are listed in the author list. All the files associated with experimental replication can be found in the supplementary materials of Westlake et al 2025 or the ReproSci website.

      - "These claims subjected to experimental validation were selected according to criteria such as appearing suspicious due to the absence of direct follow up or being straightforward to test experimentally". This is rather vague, but if no explicit criteria were set upfront this may be inevitable. Still, it would be useful to know who made this decision.

      A first list of claims to be replicated was made by Hannah Westlake and Bruno Lemaitre. The claims that were selected to be replicated were tested by the labs and experimental workers that had the expertise required to test them. The choice of the claims to be tested was not random. Claims that were suspicious are claims that were already tested in the host laboratory without success, claims whose validity are debated at meeting, claims from highranked journal with no follow-up. This is now indicated in the method of the revised version.

      Drosophila immunity claims are mostly reproducible

      - The percentages given in the initial description of the results pool the results of the retrospective analysis of the literature and the prospective replications performed. As mentioned in the Public Review, I think these are rather distinct ways to assess reproducibility, and would recommend that these two analyses are described separately.

      We agree with the reviewer but we believe that we have already well separated the results before and after experimental work in the revised version. This is clearly shown in Table 1. Our text says ‘Importantly, 6.8% of claims (69 out of 1006) were challenged. Among these, 44.9% (31 out of 69) were contested by published articles including 7.2% by the same authors, and 55.1% (38 out of 69) were challenged experimentally as part of the ReproSci project.’

      - "These results may reflect the robust scientific standards and methodological rigor of Drosophila research...". Once again, as mentioned in the Public Review, I think publication bias is a plausible explanation, so this should be mentioned as an alternative.

      We have mentioned publication bias in the revised version in the section on limitation. But an important point to underline is that this analysis did not take publication results as face fact. This is a critical analysis by experts in the field. As already mentioned, some claims like ‘Duox produces microbicidal ROS” ‘NO is a signaling molecule…’that have been mentioned in multiple articles were considered as challenged.

      A second point is that it is likely that publications in some fields are more replicable than in other. Actually, we did not discuss ‘reproducibility issues’ when I started in the field 30 year ago because this was not perceived as an issue. It is normal that reproducibility rate varies according to fields. Nevertheless, we do find important claims with high visibility that are not replicable in our sample. Thus, our findings nuance the ‘reproducibility crisis narrative’ but we still believe that there is concern with reproducibility in life science. Last point, the criterium we have used in our study did not map all the problematic papers, notably some claims might be fundamentally verified but exaggerated in the original paper.

      - It would be useful to break down the "partially verified" category somewhere. Illustrative examples of what is meant by "insightful data were accompanied by incomplete interpretations" or "incomplete data were paired with insightful interpretations" would be useful as well.

      All the claims are listed in the public database with an explanation as to why they got affected to a category. The categories mixed and partially verified refer to claims that are more complex to categorize.

      Here are are two examples from the ReproSci website:

      Claim: Relish Rel mutants are very susceptible to bacterial and fungal infection. Partially verified

      Assessment: Relish mutants are primarily susceptible to Gram-negative bacterial infections, and do not typically have increased susceptibility to Gram-positive bacteria and fungi which are primarily rebuffed by the Toll pathway, although Imd signaling may provide a minor contribution to defense against these. The high susceptibility of Relish mutant to fungi observed in this article is likely due to the presence of the ebony marker (Lemaitre et al., 1996) [here only one part of the statement has been verified]

      Claim: PGRP-SC1a is required for Lys-type peptidoglycan recognition and Toll activation. Mixed

      Assessment: A possible role for PGRP-SCs in Toll activity has been strongly debated. Challenged by (Bischoff et al., 2006) who found no effect of PGRP-SC RNAi on activation of Toll (Drs expression) in adult flies (although note that their data show a minor reduction of Drs expression in flies in response to E. faecalis). Supported by (Costechareyre et al., 2016) who used single -SC1 and -SC2 mutants to show that Toll activation (Drs expression) was reduced in -SC1 but particularly -SC2 mutants (~50%) in response to E. faecalis (although survival was not affected). The supplementary data of (Paredes et al., 2011) similarly show that Drs expression was reduced (50%) in response to M. luteus septic infection in PGRP-SCdelta flies (PGRP-SC1A/B -SC2 triple mutant), but concluded that this was due to a secondary effect of Imd overactivation. Note that the phenotype found by (Garver et al., 2006) was much stronger (complete ablation of Drs expression), which is not consistent with any subsequent results and argues for a secondary mutation in this line, although this is not consistent with the successful rescue of Drs expression by transgenic replacement of PGRP-SC1a. Downregulation of Toll in these mutants could be explained if the Toll pathway requires amidase activity of PGRP-SC for immunogenicity (e.g. the sugar backbone without stem peptides is a stronger elicitor than whole peptidoglycan), whereas similar cleavage reduces recognition by the Imd pathway (consistent with the demonstrated requirement of stem peptides for full stimulation of the Imd pathway (Chang et al., 2005; Stenbak et al., 2004)). See annotation for (Mellroth et al., 2003). [here the claim is mostly challenged but there are observations that go in the same directions]

      As shown by these examples, category assessment was complex process and relied on human expertise. However, there was very little contestation from the community after the submission of our articles and the opening of the ReproSci website.

      A significant fraction of unchallenged claims is non-reproducible

      - Excluding the 45 unchallenged major claims that were experimentally tested, we categorized the remaining 240 unchallenged claims into three groups". No information is provided on that classification process (either here or in the methods). Who made these assessments (which seem quite subjective and dependent on field expertise), and how do you know if such judgments are reproducible across different evaluators?

      This categorization was done by Hannah Westlake and reviewed by Bruno Lemaitre with few disagreements. This is now indicated in the revised version. The category ‘unchallenged logically consistent” and ‘‘unchallenged logically consistent’ refer to claims that although not directly verified are corroborated or in with current literature. See ReproSci for justifications.

      Example from ReproSci website:

      Claim: The minimal structure needed to activate the Toll pathway is a muropeptide dimer.

      Assesment: Unchallenged logically consistent This is consistent with (Park et al., 2007) who show that on a linearized strand of peptidoglycan, the minimal motif is at least 3 dimers. But it is expected that a non-linearized dimer linked by the peptide bridge could serve as the minimal motif by clustering peptidoglycan.

      Claim: eater null flies are susceptible to oral infection with Serratia marcescens Unchallenged logically consistent Inconsistent with the observation that Eater mutants successfully phagocytose Serratia marcescens (Bretscher et al., 2015). This may indicate that another factor affected by eater mutation is required for defense against S. marcescens, such as formation of lamellopodia and filopodia or adhesion of hemocytes to the body wall, or that Eater contributes to binding of Gram-negative bacteria but does not trigger phagocytosis in response to them as it does for Gram-positive bacteria.

      Higher representation of challenged claims in trophy journals and from top universities

      - Both impact factor and the Shanghai university ranking are continuous variables, but the authors opt to use them as categorical variables in the analysis (i.e. "low-impact", "highimpact", "trophy"; "Top 50", "51-100", "101+"). While there may be legitimate reasons to do this if they feel that these categories are a better descriptor of the underlying reality (e.g. perhaps Cell, Science and Nature are indeed in a category by themselves), it is an unusual decision that leads the comparison to ignore the distinctions between journals/universities within a category. Moreover, it also opens up the opportunity to analysis bias as categories can be set up in many different ways. Thus, if the analysis was not preregistered, I'd recommend that analyses using impact factor and ranking as quantitative variables are added as sensitivity analyses, as these seem to me to be the most natural/less ad hoc way to look at the issue.

      See “Response to categorical variable encoding” above.

      - As mentioned in the Public Review, the analysis here pools the results from the retrospective analysis based on the literature and the prospective one based on the performed replications. Although this may be justified from a sample size perspective (as the number of challenged claims is not that high), it would be useful to perform this analysis separately on the two sets of results as well, as different trends may be noticed. There are many biases that might come into play here (e.g. results from top institutions being more or less likely to have challenged/unchallenged claims published) and looking at the results separately could help in tearing apart these hypotheses.

      The ReproSci project analyzes all the papers of a community during a period of time. As such, the total number of claims is limited and we believe that pooling the data was justified. We provide as sensitivity analysis in Supplement S7, a multivariate model with claims in their pre-experimental classification state:

      “As a sensitivity analysis, we refitted the multivariable hierarchical logistic model using only the claim classifications available before experimental validation by the ReproSci project, as the choice of which claims to further validate could have been influenced by covariate (impact factor, university status). The 45 claims tested prospectively were therefore restored to their original “Unchallenged” classification, while all covariates and author-level random intercepts were retained from the primary analysis. The complete-case analysis included 869 claims, of which 28 (3.2%) were challenged. No predictor had a 94% highest-density interval excluding 1, including publication in trophy journals (OR 1.11, 94% HDI 0.33–3.77) and affiliation with a Top50 institution (OR 1.44, 94% HDI 0.48–3.94). Thus, the associations observed in the pooled analysis were not evident when using classifications based exclusively on the retrospective literature review, although estimates were imprecise because of the small number of challenged claims”

      The irreproducibility rate has increased over time as the field has grown in popularity

      - Again, why not use year as a continuous variable rather than using 5-year windows (as this would effectively include more information)? I think the categorization here is less ad hoc than in the journal/university case, but it is still an unusual decision. More important than this, however, is the fact that pairwise comparisons between periods is probably not an appropriate strategy to look for a time trend, as it excludes all information not related to the pair in each analysis. I'd strongly suggest substituting this for a straightforward regression with publication year as a continuous variable.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that categorizing publication year into five-year periods may obscure temporal trends.

      We therefore modelled publication year continuously using a spline in the multivariable analysis, thereby retaining the full temporal information while allowing for non-linearity. A straightforward linear regression would impose a linear trend, which may not adequately capture changes over time. We retained the five-year groupings solely for visualization.

      - "The subsequent increase in unchallenged claims may reflect the rapid conceptual expansion of the field, which likely outpaced the growth in the number of researchers". Do we have data on the growth in the number of researchers in the field? If so, it might be interesting to cite this.

      We do not have the number of researchers to assess the growth of the field, however we can see in Figure 8A an increase in the number of laboratories (as identified by last author name) after 1995. This together with the increase in the number of articles (Figure 3A) clearly show the expansion on of the field.

      - Isn't a "rise in unchallenged claims" over time expected by chance, as older findings will have more time to have been verified by someone else? I understand that the 14-year window probably mitigates this effect, but it still probably exists in some degree and should be mentioned.

      The reviewer is correct that the % unchallenged claims should increase over time, but this does not explain the very low number of unchallenged claims between 1992-2001.

      First-author patterns of irreproducibility

      - With 69 challenged claims and 289 first authors, it would be impossible to achieve "perfect equality" (e.g. a Gini index of 0.88). To verify how far the observed coefficient deviates from chance, it would be useful to obtain (perhaps via simulations) the Gini coefficient expected by chance given the number of challenged claims/authors, and perhaps derive a p value as well (e.g. the proportion of random permutations in which the index exceeds the observed value).

      Very good observation, thank you, we provide this analysis for both first and last author, in the main text and in a supplementary table.

      Added first author text:

      “The distribution of challenged claims among first authors was highly unequal with a Gini coefficient of 0.881 (inequality index ranging from 0 -perfect equality- to 1 extreme inequality-, Figure 4B): the top 10% of first authors accounted for 73.9% of challenged claims, and the top 20% accounted for all challenged claims. This inequality exceeded that expected by chance (reassigning randomly the 69 challenged labels across individual claims, while preserving each author’s number of claims, p = 0.000001). It also remained greater than expected when claims from the same paper were kept together (p = 0.015; Supplementary Table Sx). The concentration of challenged claims among first authors cannot be explained solely by differences in the number of claims or by clustering within papers.”

      Added last author text:

      “Challenged claims were also unevenly distributed among leading authors (Gini coefficient = 0.856): the top 10% accounted for 71.0% of challenged claims and the top 20% accounted for 94.2%. The observed inequality exceeded that expected when challenged labels were reassigned across individual claims (p = 0.00081), but not when claims from the same paper were kept together (p = 0.127; Supplementary Table S9). The apparent concentration among leading authors could be explained by multiple challenged claims arising from the same papers.”

      Added method text:

      “We compared the observed Gini coefficients with two permutation analyses, each based on 1,000,000 permutations. First, we randomly reassigned the challenged labels across individual claims while keeping every claim attached to its original author. This preserved the number of claims contributed by each author. Second, we kept the challenged-claim pattern of each paper together and reassigned these patterns among papers containing the same number of claims. This additionally accounted for the possibility that claims from the same paper were challenged because of a shared problem. For each permutation, we recalculated the Gini coefficient across authors and calculated the p-value as the proportion of simulated coefficients that equalled or exceeded the observed coefficient. Full results are reported in Supplementary.”

      - Claims in a single paper may not be fully independent from each other (as both could be irreproducible due to the same error), so it could be worth adding the article as a random variable here.

      See answer above: [“Response to claim vs article level analysis”]

      - In Fig. 4B, what defines the order of the dots between 0 and 250 (i.e. authors that have no challenged claims)? Is this merely arbitrary? This should be stated more clearly.

      Thank you, the order was arbitrary, it has now been fixed by using a secondary sorting (verified claim proportion), and Authors tied on challenged-claim proportion are ordered by verified-claim proportion has been added the legend.

      - In Fig. 5C, there are clearly less dots than there are authors. This is likely due to superposition (i.e. there are probably multiple circles with 1 article and 0% verified claims). Nevertheless, it means that the graph conveys an erroneous message. As the x axis is a discrete variable, it may be worth turning it into five categories (e.g. 1 to 5) and adding some jitter to each of them in order to let the reader know how many dots are in each category/%.

      Thank you, this was indeed due to superposition. After trying to add a jitter, the graph was still confusing, so we changed the representation to show circle whose size depends on the number of authors. The graph now conveys the size of each block properly.

      Lead-author patterns of irreproducibility

      - The same comment concerning the Gini index made for the first authors also holds here.

      We added a text, see answer above.

      - In Fig. 6B, the same comment made for figure 4B also holds.

      Thank you, the order was arbitrary, it has now been fixed by using a secondary sorting (verified claim proportion), and Authors tied on challenged-claim proportion are ordered by verified-claim proportion has been added the legend.

      - The division between "senior" and "junior" PIs is rather ad hoc here. Once more, why not use "years from first last-author publication" as a continuous variable as a more neutral way to analyze this (as done in Fig. 8)? Also note that it is not clear whether "published a lastauthor article at least five years prior to the considered publication" means any article or one about Drosophila immunity (as in Fig. 8A), and which database was used to examine this (PubMed? Other?).

      Senior and junior researchers were classified based on whether they had published a last-author article five years or more using Pubmed (for seniors). We did not specify articles in Drosophila immunity when considering seniority but only having a last author article five year before the publication.

      - In Fig. 7C, the same comment made for Fig. 5C also holds, although the solution here is less obvious as there are more possible numbers for "number of articles".

      Thank you. As in Fig. 5C, superposition obscured multiple authors occupying the same coordinates. We therefore revised Fig. 7C so that authors with the same number of articles and proportion of challenged claims are represented by a single circle. Circle size and the number shown inside indicate how many authors are represented.

      - As far as I could tell, the data on Fig. 8A refers to when authors published their first first/last author papers on Drosophila immunity (which makes it different from Fig. 7, which refers to any article, but I could be mistaken). If this is the case, I'm not sure it's correct to talk about "the period when principal investigators established their laboratories" as mentioned in the text, as (a) they could have published a first author paper in somebody else's lab or (b) they could have started a lab and only later published a paper on Drosophila immunity. "Year of entry in the field" as in the figure legend seems more appropriate.

      We have changed for ‘year of entry in the field’ as suggested by the reviewer

      - In the same figure, the 1995 cutoff seems completely arbitrary. Why not analyze this as a regression with year of entry as a continuous variable?

      The 1995 boundary is historical as it marks the expansion of Drosophila immunity from a marginal subject into a popular field. The expansion of the field at this specific time was probably driven by a combination of factors: major advances in Drosophila genetics and genomic resources and growing knowledge of antimicrobial peptides in the early 1990, a strong interest on innate immunity that drew attention on the power of Drosophila to answer key questions in this new area. These developments attracted new researchers to insect immunity, and the later discoveries of the IMD and Toll pathways in 1995 and 1996 gave the field an additional (and probably even stronger) boost. Our corpus holds 29 articles for 1959– 1994 (0.8 per year) against 371 for 1995–2011 (21.8 per year), and only 13 of the 156 PIs entered before 1995. The comparison is therefore a cohort contrast more than a contrast or search for a cutting point. Moreover, a regression would impose a linear relationship between the different years, which we believe is too constrained on regard of the observed data.

      - "We hypothesized that these authors, having gained prior hands-on experience on Drosophila immunity, would be less prone to publishing irreproducible claims.". This is a possibility, but given that most of the sample is retrospective, it's also possible that the field is more prone to publicly challenging findings from newcomers.

      Since we do not observe major difference in replicability between senior and junior PI, we still believe that training as first author in a traditional immunity laboratory compared to no training is significant.

      Irreproducibility according to research styles

      - The objective definition of "continuity" and "exploratory" PIs should be stated here for this to be interpretable (note that this is not clear in the Methods either).

      We have better defined how we separate "continuity" and "exploratory" PIs in the methods and in the result section.

      Multivariable analysis of predictors of claim irreproducibility

      - As mentioned in the Public Review, does it make sense to include "unchallenged" along with "verified" in the outcome? If the objective is to reduce the analysis to a "verified/not verified" claim, wouldn't it make more sense to remove the unchallenged findings (as these are likely uninformative, and based on the authors' own replications may be more related to the "challenged" category than to the "unchallenged" one?

      See above, “Response to unchallenged exclusion”

      - As stated previously, why not include journal impact factor, university ranking, year of first paper and year of first Drosophila immunity paper, as continuous variables rather than categorical ones (which would effectively lead to a model with less parameters when there are more than 2 categories). Particularly, there is more information to be gained from adding a single variable than from performing individual comparisons between categories when these have a natural order.

      See above, “Response to categorical variable encoding”

      Discussion:

      - As "conceptual reproducibility" is somewhat of a vague concept, it seems important to discuss (both in the Methods and Discussion) how this was operationalized. Although it's obvious some decisions of what constitutes a direct replication will vary on a case-by-case basis, general guidelines on how these criteria were set are needed.

      We have defined in the methods used to categorize article claims as well as the link with the other companion article. In the ReproSci database, all the assessment are justified allowing to see how we classified claims.

      - "Contrary to the more dramatic narratives...". Here, it is important to emphasize the key differences between this and the cited references: (a) the fact that the majority of the replicability of the sample was found on the basis of a retrospective sample and (b) the fact that the study is dealing with conceptual rather than direct replications. Also, the possibility of confirmation bias should be mentioned as an alternative hypothesis in the last sentence of this paragraph.

      This is a good point and we have highlighted that methodological differences between our study and other studies could explain differences in replicability rates.

      - "findings that, despite being published, have never been independently tested". A more accurate description may be "have never been independently confirmed or refuted in the published literature", as many (and perhaps most - see Baker 2016) replication attempts may go unpublished, as the following sentences themselves indicate.

      We have changed the text according to the reviewer’s suggestion.

      - The description of how findings came to be regarded as "suspicious" here is interesting - and an important part of how the sample was determined. In this sense, I'd consider this as part of the methods. Even though defining what makes something "suspicious" may not be completely systematic, a general description of the method that led the researchers to arrive at this list (e.g. the process that seems to be hinted at in this paragraph) deserves a thorough description.

      The description of how findings came to be regarded as "suspicious" is now detailed in the methods.

      - "Our results suggest the status of a claim being "unchallenged" is not a reliable proxy for its validity". I agree, but this is statement is in direct contradiction with the authors' decision to include unchallenged claims along with validated ones in the binary outcome of the multivariate model.

      See above, “Response to unchallenged exclusion”

      - "Trophy journals are more likely to publish articles with challenged claims than high or lowimpact, although the difference was not significant." Again, a single analysis using a continuous measure of impact should provide more statistical evidence than the pairwise comparisons.

      See above, “Response to categorical variable encoding”

      - "However, this higher rate of follow-up work cannot fully explain by itself the higher proportion of challenged claims in trophy journals." Why not, exactly? I don't remember seeing an objective analysis of it.

      If we remove the unchallenged claims, we still observe higher rate of irreplicability in trophy journal: 15.85% in trophy journal versus 9% in high-impact and 8.1% in low-impact. So we believe that the higher rate of irreplicability in trophy journals cannot be explained by a lower level of unchallenged.

      - The very large paragraph on pages 21-22 could be split into two, one about journals and the other about universities.

      This has been done.

      - "Our data align with the broader narrative of increasing rates of non-reproducible science.". Does it? The time trend did not seem very clear to me (and I would argue that it was not analyzed properly).

      As indicated in the text, we observed an increase in the rate of irreplicable claims over time; however, this trend did not reach statistical significance. We are confident in the robustness of our analysis and therefore did not pursue this question further. While our findings align with concerns about non-replicable science, they also offer a more nuanced perspective, showing that in some fields, replicability remains significantly high.

      - "A similar but more acute pattern was observed during the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic." References should be provided here.

      We have added this reference to suggest that articles published on SARS-CoV-2 pandemic are overall less reliable than others: An alarming retraction rate for scientific publications on Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) Nicole Shu Ling Yeo-The https://doi.org/10.1080/08989621.2020.1782203

      - Some of the trends discussed here (e.g. time, continuity vs. exploratory style are not supported (even as a trend) by the multivariate model, and this caveat should be mentioned. An odds ratio of 0.89 with a very wide confidence interval may be too weak in terms of evidence strength to merit a whole paragraph in the introduction discussing it.

      We did not mention the question of time horizon or the distinction between continuity and exploratory research styles in the Introduction; however, we believe these issues merit consideration in the Discussion. In particular, the contrast between continuity-driven and exploratory approaches is noteworthy. Although we found no significant difference in the rate of challenged claims between these approaches, there was a significant difference in the rate of unchallenged claims, which are subsequently more likely to be challenged. This finding is important in the current funding landscape, where many agencies prioritize short-term, exploratory projects. Such incentives may inadvertently contribute to issues of irreproducibility.

      - There are many other limitations beyond those mentioned, in particular the fact that much of the analysis is retrospective and based on a potentially biased literature. The fact that the analysis does not seem to be preregistered and is dependent on a lot of ad hoc decisions also merits discussion. This should definitely be explored in more detail in the Limitations section.

      These limitations are now discussed in the limitation section at the end of the discussion. We agree on the fact that our analysis was not preregistered and that some of our conclusions are raised after analyzing the data. This article is part of a more global project including the databases with all the information. However, full objectivity when analyzing literature is not unachievable, and these critics are inherent to all reproducibility projects.

      Methods:

      Selected articles, annotation and experimental validation:

      - "In brief, a list of 400 publications published before 2011 was generated using a curated search string on the publicly available PubMed database.". Please state that the search string is available in the companion article (e.g. https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.07.07.663442) or include it here.

      This is now stated.

      - "Selected primary articles were annotated by a single researcher".

      By "annotation", do the authors mean the extraction of claims? This is not self-evident. Also, what does the "review" process entails? Do the authors have any data on agreement?

      We do not have data on agreement but overall, there were few discrepancies. We agree that the way to section article in separate claims could affect the conclusion in a number of cases. All the data are public and we did not have any request from the community. The fact that this project depends from arbitrage from the two annotators is mentioned in the limitations.

      - "Claims were cross-checked with evidence from previous, contemporary and subsequent publications and assigned a verification category."

      How was this process performed? This seems to be quite complex and there's hardly any information about it. And once again, do the authors have any data on how reproducible this process would be when performed by different people?

      All the data, notably claim assessment and justifications, are available on the website. Findings cross-checking the claim could be identified by knowledge of the authors, checking articles that quotes the articles. This was an enormous amount of work with human arbitrage. We expected more feedback from the community. The reaction of the community will be described in a companion article later.

      - The authors mentioned that annotations and verifications were made available for comments on the community, but how were these comments incorporated if different opinions were voiced? Can the authors provide data on how frequent these comments were, and how often they were incorporated?

      All data is available on the website, where members of the community can publicly comment on our assessments. The authors can see these comments on the ReproSci website

      Table 1:

      - Again, the three "partially verified" categories in Table 1 seem to refer to very different situations and it would be interesting to break these down somewhere.

      We agree that categories ‘mixed’ and ‘partially verified’ are complex. They represent situations where a decision was not easy. We prefer not to break down those categories in multiple sub-categories.

      First and last author classification:

      - What does "status of first author" mean?

      Status means their position: technician, PhD student, Post-doc, PI….

      - "PIs were manually classified as..." - there seems to be something missing in this sentence (e.g. "as senior or junior on the basis of whether they have...")

      We have added PIs: PIs were manually classified as senior or junior PIs on the basis on having published an article in Pubmed as last author more than five year ago.

      - The distinction between continuity and exploratory is not explained in objective terms. Is there any objective definition of what it means to "continue to work in the field". Publishing a paper in the last X years? And what counts as a "transient" incursion?

      We have better explained in the methods this distinction.

      Statistical analysis:

      - Can the authors define exactly what they mean by "weakly informative priors"?

      Weakly informative prior are Bayesian prior distribution that are meant to be vague as to let the data dominate the results (vs the prior belief of the scientist). They can be seen as very close to flat priors, which are not used here because they cause numerical convergence issues.

      - The authors mention a lot of variables included in the multivariable analysis, but little information is provided on the categorization. What are "low, high and trophy journals"? What university rankings are used?

      We used Shanghai Ranking’s 2010 Academic Ranking of World Universities as our ranking of university. Our binning of ranking in categories make the analysis less susceptible to changes in ranking system. We selected the Shanghai ranking as it primarily evaluates research output and awards (where Times also evaluate teaching, and QS also employer reputation), which we believe represent better the variable than may affect irreplaceability. For the categorization, please see answer above: “Response to categorical variable encoding”

      - "Exact formulas (...) are available in the public repository". What repository do authors mean? The project website? The GitHub repository? Please specify and provide a direct link if possible.

      We added a link to the main text (it was only in the supplementary document). The Supplementary document contains information on how to reproduce the results.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Specific comments:

      Some methodological details related to the main conclusions of the paper are missing.

      We have extended the methodological section and also better link this article to the companion article.

      - Impact factor: It is unclear which year(s) of journal impact factors were used. Trophy journals are defined as those with an impact factor >50 (Science, Nature, and Cell), but according to Figure 2B, there are only three such journals. Are "trophy journals" limited to these three, or are others included that meet the >50 impact factor threshold?

      These are the 2022 impact factor, we made that clear in the main text. Moreover, only 3 journals in our datasets had an impact factor >50: Nature, Cell, and Science (so the Trophy Journal category is limited to these 3, but not by definition). This is explicit in Table S1: List of journals with impact factor and claim assessment.

      - University ranking: Similarly, please clarify which year(s) of university ranking data were used. Since rankings vary depending on the system (e.g., QS, Times, Shanghai), were the conclusions consistent across multiple ranking sources?

      We used Shanghai Ranking’s 2010 Academic Ranking of World Universities as our ranking of university. Our binning of ranking in categories make the analysis less susceptible to changes in ranking system. We selected the Shanghai ranking as it primarily evaluate research output and awards (where Times also evaluate teaching, and QS also employer reputation), which we believe represent better the variable than may affect irreplaceability.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Table S4 - for leading author there is a variable of 'historical lab after 1998 continuity' - should that be 1995?

      Correct, we changed this label to Trained in Historical laboratory (Comparison restricted to claims published after 1995) to make it more explicit.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their careful reading of the manuscript and for their insightful comments. Several suggestions relate to a lack of clarity in our presentation, and others propose analyses that will strengthen the impact and robustness of the work. We outline our planned revisions below.

      Reviewer 1:

      We are grateful to the reviewer for appreciating the significance of our work for the treatment of mitochondrial disorders and its future implications in the development of genetic tools and protein design.

      (1) Multiple testing

      Figure 3A–C, Figure 3—figure supplements 1, 2, 4 and 5, Figure 6G and Figure 7F used one-way ANOVA with Tukey's post-hoc test, in which correction is intrinsic; the p-values shown are already adjusted. Our legends did not state this, and we will include this information in the revised manuscript.

      We will apply Benjamini-Hochberg correction across all 400 comparisons, and as individual cells are likely underpowered, will also test aliphatic-to-threonine substitution at the level of residue classes, analogous to the directional analysis in Figure 4.

      (2) Experimental versus predicted structures

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Our description here was not adequately clear. All structural alignments and compositional analyses used AlphaFold2 models; experimental structure availability was used only as an inclusion criterion for the compartment comparisons. We chose predicted models because experimental structures are frequently incomplete, which would bias residue composition. We will state this more prominently and add the source of the structure to the relevant legends.

      (3) Hydrophobicity scale

      We used Kyte-Doolittle for comparability with the prior literature on TMH hydrophobicity in relocated mitochondrial genes, and because it is additive by construction, which the mean-hydrophobicity analyses require. The Hessa scale is defined for insertion of a complete segment and carries substantial position dependence (PMID: 15674282). It is used in Figure 8G because that analysis plots single-residue transfer free energies, which is the scale's intended use and which Kyte-Doolittle, being a hydropathy index does not provide. We will state this rationale in the Methods and in the Figure 8G legend.

      (4) Bootstrap support in the ATP6 tree

      We agree that the low-support nodes warrant discussion, and we should have addressed it in the original text. These nodes (43, 55, 40) concern relationships among Porifera, Ctenophora and Cnidaria, which remain contested in analyses of far larger datasets (PMID: 41686647). The inference of independent relocation does not depend on them: the apicomplexan, chlorophyte and ctenophore sequences are separated by backbone nodes with 100% support. We thank the reviewer for noting that the distinct MTSs in each clade provide independent support, and we will state this explicitly along with an acknowledgement that values below 70 indicate unresolved relationships.

      (5) Core versus peripheral definition

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing this out as our text was unclear regarding this. This was set using the ER TMHs, which provide the largest and best-powered set, and applied unchanged to all other groups. The window was chosen to give comparable numbers of positions in each bin, and so that core positions remain membrane-embedded despite helix tilt and uncertainty in the inferred helix midpoint, both of which are greatest near the termini. We will make the rationale explicit and add a robustness analysis at alternative window sizes, as recommended by the reviewer.

      (6) Literature

      We thank the reviewer for these references and agree they should be discussed. We will incorporate the role of Ser and Thr -containing motifs in TM helix association into the discussion of the biophysical properties of these residues. We will review relevant literature regarding hydrophobicity preferences of the TIM translocon in the context of competition between Sec61 and TIM/TOM insertion, together with the differences between insertion of proteins encoded in the mitochondrial and nuclear genomes. Further, we will also make a version of Figure 8G using the Bothelo and the Kyte-Doolittle scale.

      Reviewer 2:

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer for their insightful comments, and for suggesting experiments to further strengthen the manuscript.

      (1) Assembly and function of allotopically expressed ATP6

      We agree that mitochondrial localization does not establish functional allotopic expression, and will revise the text so this is unambiguous in our manuscript. Our figures 6 and 7 test whether reduced TMH hydrophobicity allows a mitochondrially encoded protein to reach mitochondria when expressed from the nucleus. Assembly into complex V requires further constraints — correct topology, coordinated assembly with the c-ring, and stoichiometry with nuclear-encoded subunits — for which ATS may not be sufficient.

      Following the reviewer's thoughtful suggestion, we will perform Blue Native PAGE to test whether the imported subunit is incorporated into ATP synthase and to compare the T1, T2 and T3 constructs. We will also add a Discussion section on topology as a distinct barrier and acknowledge the previous efforts at ATP6 allotopic expression.  As the reviewer anticipates, we expect that it can be challenging for the current constructs to be fully functional, but we will test this experimentally following the BN-PAGE assays. If we do not get successful incorporation, we will discuss this in the text as to what caveats may have caused this.

      (2) Expression level confound

      We appreciate with the reviewer’s concern regarding this panel. For context, we would like to point out that the conditions originally shown were chosen so that the comparison runs against our conclusion: the most hydrophobic constructs were expressed at low levels and the ATS constructs at high levels, so expression would be expected to work against the observed difference rather than produce it. We recognize that this rationale was not apparent from the figure.

      To address this concern further, we have the remaining conditions in hand and will show all four constructs at both expression levels, as requested.

      Reviewer 3:

      We are very grateful to the reviewer for their thorough review of the manuscript and for providing constructive feedback.

      (1) Statistical support for threonine enrichment

      We take this point. The strength of statistical support varies across these comparisons, and we will report the p-values with the outliers removed, together with the corrections described under Reviewer 1 point 1. We note that the comparisons are constrained by the number of proteins available there are 13 mtDNA-encoded human IMM proteins, and the E. coli-human comparisons are limited to pairs with detectable homology.

      (2) Enrichment of threonine relative to other residues

      We will report the absolute residue compositions for the E. coli and human sets in a supplementary figure, and examine the relative enrichment of threonine, asparagine and proline more closely.

      (3) Threonine content in Figure 3

      The values in Figure 3C are Tukey-adjusted, and all pairwise comparisons are shown in Figure 3—figure supplement 1. The reviewer is correct that only the Golgi comparison reaches significance. Figure 2 compares each human TMH to its aligned E. coli counterpart, so each protein serves as its own control; Figure 3 compares means across unrelated proteins, where between-protein variation is large relative to the compositional difference. We will make this distinction clearer in the text.

      (4) Hydrophobicity of mtDNA-encoded TMHs in Figure 3

      The reviewer is correct that mtDNA-encoded IMM TMHs do not differ significantly in hydrophobicity from secretory-pathway TMHs. The compartment comparisons test proteins of shared nuclear origin with different destinations; the mtDNA-encoded group is shown for reference, as it differs in both genomic origin and biogenesis route. We will revise the text to specify which mitochondrial class the differences apply to.

      (5) Direction of the Figure 3C and Figure 4G comparisons

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this up. Our current text did not make it clear that these comparisons involved different organisms. The mtDNA-encoded proteins in Figure 4 are drawn largely from jakobids with large mitochondrial genomes, which retain extensive IMM biogenesis machinery and may face weaker constraints on TMH composition. Those in Figure 3C are the 13 human mitochondrially encoded proteins, which do face these constraints and are correspondingly threonine-rich. The apparent difference in direction reflects this rather than an inconsistency in the underlying trend, and we will make it explicit in the text.

      (6) Contribution of ATS to hydrophobicity reduction

      We are grateful to the reviewer for their insightful reading of potential evolutionary solutions to the targeting problem. We agree that ATS accounts for part rather than all of the reduction, and that the role of other hydrophobicity-reducing substitutions should be better defined. We will quantify the share attributable to aliphatic-to-threonine substitution, and for the ATP6 examples, report how much of the reduction remains when the threonine substitutions are reverted.

      (7) ALIVF grouping

      The reviewer is right for noting that phenylalanine does not show substitution towards threonine in the way the other aliphatic residues do in Figure 2H. Phenylalanine is nonetheless depleted in human mitochondrial TMHs alongside isoleucine, valine and alanine (Figure 2C), so the grouping is consistent at the level of composition even though the substitution routes differ. We will also discuss aliphatic-to-valine substitutions, which are largely hydrophobicity-neutral and so do not contribute to the reduction in the same way.

      (8) Literature

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out early attempts at understanding mitochondrial protein biogenesis and allotopic expression. We will incorporate these references into our discussion, specifically in the context of considering factors which could favor TIM/TOM over Sec61 insertion.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      Jeay-Bizot and colleagues investigate the neural correlates of the preparation of, and commitment to, a self-initiated motor action. In their introduction, they differentiate between theoretical proposals relating to the timing of such neural correlates relative to the time of a recorded motor action (e.g., a keypress). These are categorised into 'early' and 'late' timing accounts. The authors advocate for 'late' accounts based on several arguments that align well with contemporary models of decision-making in other domains (for example, evidence accumulation models applied to perceptual decisions). They also clearly describe prevalent methodological issues related to the measurement of event-related potentials (ERPs) and time-frequency power to gauge the timing of the commitment to making a motor action. These methodological insights are communicated clearly and denote potentially important limitations on the inferences that can be drawn from a large body of existing work.

      To attempt to account for such methodological concerns, the authors devise an innovative experiment that includes an experimental condition whereby participants make a motor action (a right-hand keypress) to make an image disappear. They also include a condition whereby the stimulus presentation program automatically proceeds at a set time that is matched to the response timing in a previous trial. In this latter condition, no motor action is required by the participant. The authors then attempt to determine the times at which they can differentiate between these two conditions (motor action vs no motor action) based on EEG and MEG data, using event-related potential analyses, time-frequency analyses, and multivariate classifiers. They also apply analysis techniques based on comparing M/EEG amplitudes at different time windows (as used in previous work) to compare these results to those of their key analyses.

      When using multivariate classifiers to discriminate between conditions, they observed very high classification performance at around -100ms from the time of the motor response or computer-initiated image transition, but lower classification performance and a lack of statistically significant effects across analyses for earlier time points. Based on this, they make the key claim that measured M/EEG responses at the earlier time points (i.e., earlier than around -100ms from the motor action) do not reliably correlate with the execution of a motor action (as opposed to no such action being prepared or made). This is argued to favour 'late' accounts of motor action commitment, aligning with the well-made theoretical arguments in favour of these accounts in the introduction. Although the exact time window related to 'late' accounts is not concretely specified, an effect that occurs around -100ms from response onset is assumed here to fall within that window.

      Importantly, this claim relies on accepting the null hypothesis of zero effect for the time points preceding around -100ms based on a somewhat small sample of n=15 and some additional analyses of individual participant datasets. Although the authors argue that their classifiers are sensitive to detecting relevant effects, and the study appears well-powered to detect the (likely to be large magnitude) M/EEG signal differences occurring around the time of the response or computer-initiated image transition, there is no guarantee that the study is adequately sensitive to detect earlier differences in M/EEG signals. These earlier effects are likely to be more subtle and exhibit lower signal-to-noise ratios, but would still be relevant to the 'early' vs 'late' debate framed in the manuscript. This, along with some observed patterns in the data, may substantially reduce the confidence one may have in the key claim about the onset timing of M/EEG signal differences.

      We thank the reviewer for this thorough summary and for providing the opportunity to clarify our claims in light of the concerns identified by this review. Our key claim we make is not that there are no early signals. Rather it is that the well-known and reliable signals (e.g. the RP) that could be construed as evidence for early commitments do not have the characteristics of early commitment signals (i.e. they are not predictive). Based on our main results (Figure 3) we can classify the presence of those early signals using traditional approaches rather well (time-based approach), but when we control for autocorrelation in the data (task-based approach), this classification performance goes away – indicating that those particular signals might not contain movement or intention specific information. Further, we do have evidence that our paradigm was sensitive enough to detect small differences between the two conditions as is evidenced in Appendix 1, Figure 12 with above chance AUC right after trial start, a period during which participants likely recall the trial type (Active vs. passive). We have now added individual peak AUC to the figure to illustrate that our approach was sensitive to these differences (See Figure S12).

      We do however fully agree that absence of evidence is not evidence of absence. We have therefore effected the following changes to mitigate misinterpretations of our results: Abstract: “…it was not useful in predicting movement.” “ “Our results substantially constrain the interpretation that early EEG antecedents, including the RP, reflect a commitment to act, instead indicating that EEG-detectable evidence consistent with such a commitment emerges closer to movement onset, in line with the timing of conscious intention and the capacity for late movement inhibition.

      Introduction:

      “We show that, once appropriate controls are introduced, there is little evidence that cortical EEG contains reliable predictive information much earlier than ~100 ms before movement. Those results better align with late-decision accounts, which posit that the final neural commitment to initiate movement arises very close to the time of movement onset, in the context of self-initiated movements that are not pre-planned.”

      “[…] and at odds with the presence of predictive early signals indicative of a commitment to move – from the vantage point of cortical activity.”

      Discussion:

      “Instead, the data better align with the more recent late-decision accounts”

      “We show here that the data, once properly controlled for, do not support this early neural commitment.”

      “Importantly, the significance of these findings lies not in whether premovement neural activity exists, but in what that activity can legitimately be interpreted to reflect. Our results suggest that although early ramping activity precedes self-initiated movement, this ramping activity may not reflect a true commitment to initiate movement. Instead, they may reflect broader preparatory neural dynamics that bias action likelihood without determining action outcome. Importantly, our findings do not establish whether the relationship between premovement activity, intention, and action is causal or merely correlational. Rather, they constrain interpretations that equate the presence of early neural antecedents with evidence that a specific voluntary decision has already been unconsciously determined one or more seconds before movement onset.”

      Figure S12

      Added individual peak AUCs post slide appearance

      Caption: “Individual peaks after the appearance of the slide are displayed as black circular dots in the figure.”

      Notably, there is some indication of above-chance (above 0.5 AUC) classification performance at time points earlier than -100ms from the response, as visible in Figure 3A for the task-based EEG analyses (EEG OC dataset, blue line). While this was not statistically significantly above chance for their n=15 sample, these results do not appear to be clear evidence in favour of a zero-effect null-hypothesis. In Figures 2A-B, there are also visible differences in the ERPs across conditions, from around the time that motor action-related components have been previously observed (around -500ms from the response). The plotted standard errors in the data are large enough to indicate that the study may not have been adequately powered to differentiate between the conditions.

      We agree with the reviewer that our data does not support the strong claim that there are no early signals. In particular, we agree that the absence of statistically significant decoding does not demonstrate the absence of any underlying signal, especially for potentially subtle effects. However, our central claim is more specific. We do not argue that no early signals exist, rather, we argue that signals previously taken to be evidence of early commitment to move (like the RP) do not exhibit the characteristics expected of a cortical EEG signature of commitment: namely being predictive.

      The slow ramping that we observed, despite its early onset, was not reliably predictive of upcoming movement. It is precisely the contrast between the early presence of ERPs without reliable early decoding that supports our main claim that those signals do not reflect commitment-like processes.

      Classifiers specifically designed to pick up the clearly observable slow ramping activity (e.g. basic-slope LDA in Figure 5) or trained on a large search space of features (e.g. Haar-Adaboost) failed to produce strong or reliable early decoding.

      Importantly, Haar-AdaBoost was not restricted to slow ramping activity or the RP. Its feature space included spatial, temporal, and time-frequency information, allowing it to detect other potentially informative EEG features beyond slow ramping activity, including changes in spectral power. Our key claim is not that no early neural signals exist. Rather, we found little reliable early predictive information across a broad range of EEG features. Our classifiers were sensitive to slow ramping activity (like the RP), spatial patterns, and changes in spectral power, yet robust discrimination emerged only close to movement onset. Thus, any earlier commitment signal would need either to differ from the RP and the other features accessible to our analyses, or to be largely invisible to scalp EEG and MEG. We have revised the abstract and selected sections to clarify that our findings concern early predictive information detectable by our classifiers in EEG more broadly, including but not limited to the RP. These revisions do not rule out an early neural commitment represented in signals inaccessible to EEG or MEG or to our classifiers.

      Abstract:

      “Although early ramping activity was present, our classifiers found little reliable predictive information in the EEG until about 100 ms before movement, when classification accuracy rose abruptly.”

      “Our results substantially constrain the interpretation that early EEG antecedents, including the RP, reflect a commitment to act, instead indicating that EEG-detectable evidence consistent with such a commitment emerges closer to movement onset, in line with the timing of conscious intention and the capacity for late movement inhibition.”

      Introduction:

      “Here, we introduce a paradigm that tests whether early antecedents detectable in EEG—including the RP, but not limited to slow ramping activity—distinguish epochs culminating in self-initiated movement from well-matched epochs not culminating in movement, thereby assessing whether early EEG activity contains reliable outcome-specific information consistent with a commitment to act.”

      “Thus, the analysis was not restricted to the RP nor to other slow potentials, but could exploit temporal, spatial, and spectral differences throughout the EEG signal.”

      Results:

      “Our results show that the slow buildup observed in movement-locked averages was not reliably predictive under more carefully controlled conditions (i.e. when classified against a control condition using the task-based approach). More broadly, classifiers sensitive to diverse temporal, spatial, and spectral features found little reliable early predictive information in the EEG.”

      Discussion:

      “Our results cannot rule out the possibility of an early neural commitment that is undetectable in EEG or MEG. Rather, neither the RP nor slow ramping nor other early EEG/MEG features accessible to our classifiers exhibited reliable commitment-like predictability. Any earlier commitment signal would therefore need to be distinct from the RP and either largely invisible to EEG/MEG or too weak, distributed, or otherwise inaccessible for the present decoding methods to recover.”

      Further, we agree that our study may be underpowered to detect extremely small early effects. However, several observations suggest that any such effects are weak and unlikely to reflect a robust commitment. First, the slight early above-chance decoding visible in Figure 3A is primarily driven by a small number of participants and disappears following outlier exclusion (Figure S7). Second, even when present, early decoding remained extremely weak (approximately AUC ≈ 0.52–0.55), far below the level expected from a stable neural commitment to a specific action outcome. Third, when examining the earliest time points at which single trials became consistently and continuously classifiable until movement onset (EDT analysis), decoding emerged only very close to movement onset (~100 ms on average, with the most extreme participant remaining below ~200 ms). This pattern was additionally replicated in the now-expanded Libet dataset (N = 8; Figure S4), despite early onset of low-decoding performance at the group level, single trials EDTs or non-outlier group onsets were also very close to movement onset.

      Importantly, these conclusions were robust across multiple classifier architectures, parameter choices, and preprocessing pipelines. We additionally reprocessed the EEG data using a 0.05–80 Hz band-pass filter, a 58–62 Hz notch filter, and down-sampling to 512 Hz, following the reviewer’s recommendations (below). Although this preprocessing marginally increased early above-chance decoding, the effect again depended primarily on a single outlier participant (participant 6), and single-trial EDTs remained below ~200 ms even for the outliers (Figure S14). Excluding this participant eliminated the apparent early decoding.

      We therefore agree that early signals may exist. However, our findings suggest that the classical premovement ramping previously interpreted as evidence for an early decision does not behave like a commitment signal. At best, the early decoding observed in outliers could reflect weak biases or task compliance rather than early commitments to a specific course of action. Our conclusions do not depend on proving the complete absence of early information. Rather, they depend on showing that the early signals traditionally invoked in support of early-decision accounts lack the reliability and predictive strength that would be expected if a neural commitment to act were represented by a stable EEG signal.

      In addition to the changes presented earlier, we have made the following changes to the manuscript to accommodate the above:

      Introduction:

      “Although very weak sustained above-chance classification was observed at early time points (Figure 3), these effects were driven by outliers (Figure S7). Crucially, this above-chance classification does not provide evidence for a commitment to initiate movement. Instead, it indicates that upcoming movements can be weakly discriminated from a matched control condition only in a small subset of participants and trials. Moreover, classifiers trained exclusively on slow ramping activity performed comparably—but not better—during the pre-movement period (Figure 5).”

      Results:

      “…we could decode only slightly better than chance…”

      “…could only be classified reliably very close to movement onset…”

      “Indeed, once outliers were excluded, classification remained at chance until very close to movement onset (Figure S7).”

      “This single-trial EDT suggests that commitment, defined as sticking to a course of action, arises only late in time, close to movement onset.”

      “This single-trial EDT suggests that commitment, defined as sticking to a course of action, arises only late in time, close to movement onset.”

      “Additionally, while ramping activity is observable in multiple participants (Figure S3) it disappears when a high-pass filter with a 0.1 Hz cutoff is applied (Figure S14). This suggests that the effect may be driven by very slow fluctuations, slower than typical anticipatory signals, and may therefore reflect non-neural or artifactual processes.”

      Discussion:

      “, when using a classifier based solely on these slow ramping signals (basic slope LDA), performance also hovered around chance levels before movement, indicating that early ramping activity is not predictive of upcoming movements (Figure 5).”

      “Some readers may note a slight above-chance performance in early time windows (Fig. 3). However, this effect was driven by outliers (Fig. S7). Even when present, such weak performance (e.g., AUC ≈ 0.53) falls far short of what would be expected from a reliable neural signature of commitment. Moreover, analyses of EDTs derived from correct classifications at the single-trial level show that correct predictions emerge and are sustained only very close to movement onset. This indicates that the underlying predictive signal itself arises only late. Together, these results suggest that the signal supporting early classification is not commitment-like.”

      “In our primary analyses, we deliberately avoided filtering to preserve even the slowest fluctuations in the signal. However, this choice may have allowed low-frequency noise to remain, potentially obscuring smaller effects. To address this possibility, we re-analyzed the data using a 0.05–80 Hz band-pass filter, applied a band-stop filter to attenuate line noise, and down-sampled the data to 512 Hz (rather than 500 Hz, to minimize loss of frequency information). The filtered analysis (Fig. S14) revealed broadly similar patterns, with two notable differences: the slow drift in the passive ERP was no longer present, and group-level AUC onsets (both by-eye and 90\% criteria) appeared earlier. However, these early onsets were driven by a single outlier (participant 6; figure S14). When considering mean EDTs at the participant level, or when excluding this outlier, onset estimates remained late (figure S14) and consistent with our main findings (Figure 3).”

      New figure in the appendix Figure S14

      New figure with filtered data

      Caption: “Decoding performance and MRCPs from filtered EEG data. EEG data were sampled at 512 Hz to avoid loss of frequency content during downsampling. Line noise was attenuated using a 58–62 Hz band-stop filter, and signals were further filtered using a 0.05–80 Hz one-pass zero-phase FIR filter (FieldTrip, firws) to reduce artifactual activity. (A) Grand-average movement-related cortical potentials (MRCPs) at electrode C3 for active (blue) and passive (red) trials, aligned to slide transition (t = 0; dotted gray line). Shaded areas indicate the standard error of the mean. MRCP onsets are marked by dashed gray lines. (B) Grand-average time course of validation AUC (10-fold cross-validation) for the task-based decoding approach (blue line). The x-axis reflects the leading edge of the sliding window relative to slide transition (t = 0; dotted gray line). Shaded areas indicate the standard error of the mean. AUC onsets are marked by dashed gray lines. Despite early apparent onsets at the group level (AUC onset-by-eye and 90% method > 1 s before movement), classification performance remains near chance and does not exceed ~0.55 until close to movement onset. At the participant level, both AUC onsets and single-trial EDTs average -0.09 s. Excluding participant 6 shifts group-level AUC onset estimates to -0.44 s (by eye) and -0.32 s (90% onset method), indicating that early onsets are driven by outliers.”

      Although the authors acknowledge this limitation in the discussion section of their manuscript, their counter-argument is that the classifiers could reliably differentiate between conditions at time points very close to the motor response, and in the time-based analyses where substantive confounds are likely to be present, as demonstrated in a set of analyses. Based on this data, the authors imply that the study is sufficiently powered to detect effects across the range of time points used in the analyses. While it's commendable that these extra analyses were run, they do not provide convincing evidence that the study is necessarily sensitive to detecting more subtle effects that may occur at earlier time points. In other words, the ability of classifiers (or other analysis methods) to detect what are likely to be very prominent, large effects around the time of the motor response does not guarantee that such analyses will detect smaller magnitude effects at other time points.

      In summary, the authors develop some very important lines of argument for why existing work may have misestimated the timing of neural signals that precede motor actions. This in itself is an important contribution to the field. However, their attempt to better estimate the timing of such signals is limited by a reliance on accepting the null hypothesis based on non-statistically significant results, and arguably a limited degree of sensitivity to detect subtle but meaningful effects.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript provides compelling reasons why existing studies may have misestimated the timing of the neural correlates of motor action preparation and execution. They provide additional analyses as evidence of the relevant confounds and provide simulations to back up their claims. This will be important to consider for many in the field. They also endeavoured to collect large numbers of trials per participant to also examine effects in individuals, which is commendable and arguably better aligned with contemporary theory (which pertains to how individuals make decisions to act, rather than groups of people).

      The innovative control condition in their experiment may also be very useful for providing complementary evidence that can better characterise the neural correlates of motor action preparation and commitment. The method for matching image durations across active and passive conditions is particularly well thought-out and provides a nice control for a range of potential confounding factors.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a mismatch between the stated theoretical phenomenon of interest (commitment to making a motor action) and what is actually tested in the study (differences in neural responses when an action is prepared and made compared to when no action is required). The assumed link between these concepts could be made more explicit for readers, particularly because it is argued in the manuscript that neural correlates of motor action preparation are not necessarily correlates of motor action commitment.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important conceptual distinction. When proposing a matched control condition, the primary requirement was that the two conditions differ in the presence versus absence of a commitment to act. We argue that our two conditions (active vs. passive) satisfy this criterion. In the active condition, participants are instructed to execute a self-initiated motor action to advance from one slide to the next. In the passive condition, participants are not preparing or committing to any action during the slideshow.

      We agree, however, that the two conditions are not matched in all other respects. Most notably, as pointed out by the reviewer, they also differ in the presence versus absence of movement itself as well as of accompanying movement preparation. As such, any differences observed between the conditions could in principle reflect motor-related processes, intention-related processes, or both. Importantly however, this ambiguity does not weaken our main conclusion. If early commitment-related signals were present and robust, they should still contribute to reliable discrimination between conditions. Yet despite the presence of visible premovement ramping activity in the averaged ERPs, classification remained weak and unreliable until very close to movement onset.

      We have made the following changes to the manuscript accordingly:

      Introduction:

      “While the two conditions differ in the presence or absence of movement, they also differ in the presence or absence of an intention to move. As such, any early differences, if present, could reflect either motor-related or intention-related processes. However, this ambiguity is not a concern here, as we only observe differences at later time points.”

      Discussion:

      “A recent study (Derchi et al., 2023) contrasted volitional blinks with spontaneous blinks, thereby keeping the occurrence of movement constant while varying the presence of intention. Such an approach would avoid the movement-versus-no-movement contrast inherent to our paradigm. Importantly however, matching motor outcomes across conditions would likely make classification substantially more difficult, since motor-related information could no longer contribute to decoding performance.”

      As mentioned in the summary, the main issue is the strong reliance on accepting the null hypothesis of no differences between motor action and computer initiation conditions based on a lack of statistically significant results from the modest (n=15) sample. Although a larger sample will increase measurement precision at the group level, there are some EEG data processing changes that could increase the signal-to-noise ratio of the analysed data and produce more precise estimates of effects, which may improve the ability to detect more subtle effects, or at least provide more confidence in the claims of null effects.

      See our responses above regarding accepting the null. Also, we included an additional 5 participants to the Libet task (See updated Figure S4) to slightly improve our sample size. Although as previously stated in our manuscript, the number of trials matter more than the number of participants for a decoding study and with 1400 trials representing about 4 hours of data collection, should such early signals exist yet remain undetectable even with extensive trial counts and multiple decoding approaches, our results would suggest that EEG and MEG may have limited utility for studying them.

      We have emphasized this point in our revised version of the manuscript:

      Discussion:

      “Some of our participants contributed up to 1400 trials, totaling up to 4 hours of data collection over 2 to 4 sessions in the EEG or MEG. Should such early signals exist yet remain undetectable even with extensive trial counts and multiple decoding approaches, our results would suggest that EEG and MEG may have limited utility for studying them.”

      “[…] in eight additional participants and we found more or less identical results […]”

      Figure S4:

      Figure was updated to reflect an additional 5 participants

      Caption updated to “AUC and ERP of Libet-task participants. Machine learning and ERP results for eight participants that we ran with a spontaneous movement initiation task based on Libet et al. (1983). (A) Readiness potential at Cz for the eight participants. In blue are the averages of the press trials and in red the averages of the no-press trials. Time 0 is the time of the trial end (dotted black line). Shaded areas are the standard errors of the mean. RP onsets using the 3 methods on press trials are reported and accordingly labeled (dashed grey lines) (B) Validation AUC for the eight participants using the task-based approach. Time 0 is the time of slide transition (dotted gray line). The AUC is aligned to the leading edge of the sliding window. Shaded areas are the standard errors of the AUC. AUC onsets using the three onset detection methods are reported and labeled accordingly (dashed grey lines). Our slideshow paradigm, while providing a more ecologically valid task, is agnostic as to the spontaneity of the participants’ movement decisions. To ensure that our task would generalize to more standard paradigms in the field of self-initiated action, we performed our analyses on data from a spontaneous voluntary movement paradigm based on (Libet et al., 1983). Here we collected eight further participants (4 female, 4 males, age M=24, 1 left-handed, 7 right-handed). They performed 350 trials of a task similar to the task performed by participants at OC except for the fact that there were no pictures, simply a fixation cross. Furthermore, the instructions for the manual trials were for participants to wait for a minimum of 3 seconds then start monitoring inwards for an urge to move. Whenever they detected such urge they were instructed to press as abruptly and spontaneously as possible, ending the trial. In the automatic trials, participants were instructed to do the same (monitor introspectively for an urge), except that they should not act on the urge if/when they felt it, but rather to wait for the next urge passively, and repeat such process until the trial ended automatically. This paradigm is much closer to the seminal studies on self-initiated actions (Libet et al., 1983; Kornhuber & Deecke., 1965). Here movements are performed spontaneously, and the matched condition (automatic) is identical in most regards apart from it not containing or terminating in a movement. All preprocessing and data analysis applied were the same. We found no strong qualitative difference with our main result (Figures 2A and 3A), suggesting that our task would generalize to other types of self-initiated actions.”

      First, it is stated in the EEG acquisition and preprocessing section that the 64-channel Biosemi EEG data were recorded with a common average reference applied. Unless some non-standard acquisition software was used (of which we are not aware exists), Biosemi systems do not actually apply this reference at recording (it is for display purposes only, but often mistaken to be the actual reference applied). As stated in the Biosemi online documentation, a reference should be subsequently applied offline; otherwise, there is a substantial decrease in the signal-to-noise ratio of the EEG data, and a large portion of ambient alternating current noise is retained in the recordings. This can be easily fixed by applying a referencing scheme (e.g., the common average reference) offline as one of the first steps of data processing. If this was, in fact, done offline, it should be clearly communicated in the manuscript.

      We did perform common average reference during the data preprocessing (lines 200-204 Slideshow2025/preprocess.m at main · lucasjeaybizot/Slideshow2025 · GitHub). We however clarified this description in the methods to clarify that this was performed offline:

      Methods:

      “We recorded EEG using a 64-channel BioSemi system keeping electrode offsets below 10 mV.”

      The CAR was moved down for clarity.

      “Data was re-referenced to the common average offline.”

      In addition, the data is downsampled using a non-integer divisor of the original sampling rate (a 2,048 Hz dataset is downsampled to 500 Hz rather than 512 Hz). Downsampling using a non-integer divisor is not recommended and can lead to substantial artefacts in raw data as a result, as personally observed by this Reviewer in Biosemi data.

      We had initially downsampled to 500 Hz to keep our analyses consistent from PF to OC. However, this is a very valid point, we have therefore re-analyzed the data using a downsampling to 512 Hz. Results did not change qualitatively nor quantitatively. Descriptions can now be found in the new supplementary Figure S14 and as referenced in the main manuscript (see changes below).

      Discussion:

      “In our primary analyses, we deliberately avoided filtering to preserve even the slowest fluctuations in the signal. However, this choice may have allowed low-frequency noise to remain, potentially obscuring smaller effects. To address this possibility, we re-analyzed the data using a 0.05–80 Hz band-pass filter, applied a band-stop filter to attenuate line noise, and downsampled the data to 512 Hz (rather than 500 Hz, to minimize loss of frequency information). The filtered analysis (Fig. S14) revealed broadly similar patterns, with two notable differences: the slow drift in the passive ERP was no longer present, and group-level AUC onsets (both by-eye and 90% criteria) appeared earlier. However, these early onsets were driven by a single outlier (participant 6; figure S14). When considering mean EDTs at the participant level, or when excluding this outlier, onset estimates remained late (figure S14) and consistent with our main findings (Figure 3).”

      Finally, although a 30 Hz low-pass filter is applied for visualisation purposes of ERPs, no such filter is applied prior to analyses, and no method is used to account for alternating current noise that is likely to be in the data. As noted above, much of the alternating current noise will be retained when an offline reference is not applied, and this is likely to further degrade the quality of the data and reduce one's ability to identify subtle patterns in EEG signals. Changes in data processing to address these issues would likely lead to more precise estimates of EEG signals (and by extension differences across conditions).

      In order to assess whether line noise or the absence of filtering in our main analyses could explain the absence of strong early decoding, we re-processed our data with a low pass filter at 80 Hz, a high pass filter at 0.01 Hz and a notch filter from 58 to 62 Hz. We further downsampled our data from 2048 Hz to 512 Hz to maximally retain spectral features. We then ran this preprocessed data through our algorithm. These changes are all comprised in new figure S14 and described above (see response to previous comment).

      With regard to possible effects extending hundreds of milliseconds before the response, it would be helpful for the authors to more precisely clarify the time windows associated with 'early' and 'late' theories in this case.

      We agree this is a very important clarification for the readers and as it stands is only implied in the literature. We now formalized it as follows, an early signal is a signal that would precede the time participants become aware of their intentions to move. In the case of self-initiated action, a recent meta-analysis suggests the lower bound of the 95% predictability intervals lands at -257 ms (Braun et al., 2021).

      We have made the following modifications to the manuscript to reflect this definition:

      Introduction:

      “According to early-decision accounts, decisions (i.e., commitments to a course of action) occur early at the neural level, before participants typically report becoming aware of them. The lower bound of meta-analytic estimates of awareness, at ~250 ms before movement onset (Braun et al., 2021), can be used as a pragmatic threshold to classify neural signals as “early” (more than 250 ms before movement onset) or “late” (less than 250 ms before movement onset).”

      “[…] well in advance, prior to the typical range during which participants report becoming aware of having decided (Braun et al., 2021).”

      “[…] in time to movement onset, during the typical range during which participants report becoming aware of having decided (Braun et al., 2021).”

      Discussion:

      “Early-decision accounts posit that there is an early neural commitment to a decision that occurs prior to the subjective awareness of the decision.”

      The EEG data that would be required to support 'early' theories is also not made sufficiently clear. For example, even quite early neural correlates of motor actions in this task (e.g., around -500ms from the response, or earlier) could still be taken as evidence for the 'late' theories if these correlates simply reflect the accumulation of evidence toward making a decision and associated motor action, as implied by the Leaky Stochastic Accumulator model described by the authors. In other words, even observations of neural correlates of motor action preparation that occur much earlier than the response would not constitute clear evidence against the 'late' account if this neural activity represents an antecedent to a decision and action (rather than commitment to the action), as the authors point out in the introduction.

      We thank the reviewers for pointing out a set of two very pivotal assumptions in our work: early models predict that there are early commitment signals and that those signals both, (1) precede the subjective experience of the decision and, (2) are highly specific to the decisions’ outcome.

      Assumption (1) rests on a set of findings that participants report being first aware of their decision up until very close to movement onset (Libet et al., 1983) which, according to a recent meta-analysis occurs up to around ~250 ms before movement onset (Braun et al., 2021). It is additionally supported by a large corpus of literature on movement inhibition: participants can inhibit their movement up until within ~225 ms from executing them (Vergbruggen et al, 2019). A similar time is also reported specifically for self-paced arbitrary movements (Schultze-Kraft et al., 2016). As such we take it that early-decision accounts, to satisfy (1), predict the early signal to be present more than ~250 ms before movement onset.

      Assumption (2) relates to the conceptualization of decisions. Early-decision accounts posit that decisions are made early. A decision can be viewed as an act of settling on a plan of action. That is, unless new information interferes, the plan of action that was settled on by the act of deciding will be carried out. Maintaining this settled plan of action until it is carried out implies that once a decision has occurred, its accompanying plan of action must be maintained somewhere in the brain. In other words, there should be a brain signal that could in theory be used to predict with high accuracy an upcoming action. While ‘high accuracy’ is a vague concept, another prediction is that it should be equally useful over time to predict the decision, in other words, once a trial begins being correctly classified, it should remain so until movement onset.

      In our paradigm, evidence for early theories would therefore be EDTs (Figure 3B) that occur more than 250 ms before the slide transition.

      We have added the following section to clarify this in our manuscript:

      Discussion:

      “Evidence for early accounts would require EDTs that occur earlier than the ~250 ms lower boundary of meta-analytic estimates of the subjective awareness of the decision (Braun et al., 2021). In our data, no participants' EDTs (Figure 3B) occurred earlier than 250 ms before slide transition. While AUC onsets computed on the group data did occur earlier than 250 ms (Figure 3A), this was driven by outliers (Figure S7) and not present at the individual level.”

      In addition, there is some discrepancy regarding the data that is used by the classifiers to differentiate between the conditions in the EEG data and the claims about the timing of neural responses that differentiate between conditions. Unless we reviewers are mistaken, the Sliding Window section of the methods states that the AUC scores in Figure 3 are based on windows of EEG data that extend from the plotted time point until 0.5 seconds into the past. In other words, an AUC value at -100ms from the response is based on classifiers applied to data ranging from -600 to -100 milliseconds relative to the response. In this case, the range of data used by the classifiers extends much earlier than the time points indicated by Figure 3, and it is difficult to know whether the data at these earlier time points may have contributed (even in subtle ways) to the success of the classifiers. This may undermine the claim that neural responses only become differentiable from around -100ms from response onset. The spans of these windows used for classification could be made more explicit in Figure 3, and classification windows that are narrower could be included in a subset of analyses to ensure that classifiers only using data in a narrow window around the response show the high degree of classification performance in the dataset. If we are mistaken, then perhaps these details could be clarified in the method and results sections.

      The reviewer correctly describes the plotted data. However, it is important to note that because of two reasons (1 and 2 below), the concern of the onset of the AUC of the leading edge of the sliding window not reflecting the onset of the outcome-specific brain activity, can be substantially reduced. (1) The analysis we conducted is a sliding window, which means that an onset detected at -100 ms is above chance performance when classifying data taken from -600 to -100 ms but no such classification for the previous window from -620 to -120 ms. While this could mean that the entire window of activity was necessary for classification, it also suggests that only when incorporating data from the -120 ms to -100 ms window can the classifier perform above chance. (2) We used Haar features of different sub-window length combined with AdaBoost. AdaBoost selects the most informative features given the data, under this circumstance an increase in performance occurring only when including data from -120 ms to 100 ms indicates that data from that window was necessary for this increase in performance.

      Additionally, to ensure more precision we now tested window of 250 ms and 100 ms (updated figure S11), the results of which align with what we previously report.

      Discussion:

      “Another potential concern is that predictive performance observed in wide sliding windows (e.g., -600 to -100 ms) could reflect information present as early as the beginning of the window. However, this interpretation is inconsistent with the temporal profile of decoding performance. For example, if the -620 to -120 ms window is non-predictive whereas the -600 to -100 ms window becomes predictive, the most parsimonious interpretation is that predictive information emerges near the newly included time points close to -100 ms, rather than being present throughout the entire window. This interpretation is further supported by the comparable performance observed across different window widths (figure S11), suggesting that the classifier was able to localize informative features within broader windows.”

      Figure S11

      Figure was updated to include analysis run with 250 ms window and 100 ms window Figure caption: “Evaluation of the sliding window widths. (A) Average validation AUC of Haar-Adaboost of the three participants of the PF EEG dataset using a sliding window (light blue) or growing window approach (pink) with the task-based approach. Time 0 is the time of slide transition (dotted gray line). The AUC is aligned to the leading edge of the sliding window. Shaded area is the standard error of the mean. A growing window analysis is similar to the sliding window analysis except that at each iteration, instead of sliding the window, the window width is increased by 0.02 s. This means that for an epoch beginning 3 s before movement, the window of analysis for the leading edge aligned to the slide transition would be 3 s wide from -3 s to 0 s (while for the sliding window method it would be 0.5 s wide from -0.5 s to 0 s). While it enables the capture of more patterns, it is a computation heavy analysis. To ensure that we were not missing out on some substantial longer-term patterns with sliding window, we ran a growing window on our PF EEG data. We found no improvement of using growing window over sliding window. (B) Average validation AUC of Haar-AdaBoost on the main OC EEG dataset using sliding windows of 100 ms (light blue), 250 ms (medium blue), and 500 ms (dark blue). Shaded areas represent the standard error of the mean. While clear classification differences emerged following movement onset, no substantial differences were observed prior to movement onset. This indicates that the 500 ms window was not too large to obscure finer temporal patterns. Furthermore, these results suggest that Haar-AdaBoost can identify localized informative features within larger windows, supporting the interpretation that the leading edge of the sliding window approximates the earliest time point at which predictive information becomes available.”

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      The authors set out to investigate how well the onset of a self-initiated movement could be predicted at different times prior to action onset. To do so, they collected EEG and MEG data across 15 human participants who watched natural landscape images on a screen. These participants performed active self-initiated movements or observed passive actions to have a new image appear. By comparing the neural activity prior to active and time-matched passive actions, the authors found that even though a build-up of neural activity is visible close to 1s prior to action, action onset could only be reliably predicted around 100ms prior to action. These results confirm what was already suggested in previous literature: the commitment to action is only clear from the late stages in the visible neural ramp-up to action onset.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper presents a well-thought-out methodology to assess the predictive value of neural activity prior to a self-initiated movement and passively observed action, while keeping all other experimental factors identical. This methodology can be applied outside the specific scope of this paper as well, in efforts to assess the correspondence of a neural signature with an observed behavior.

      (2) The results are a strong confirmation of what was suggested less clearly in previous research (Trevena & Miller, 2010, Consciousness & Cognition; Schmidt et al., 2016, Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews; Travers et al., 2020, NeuroImage).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although the authors conducted a solid confirmatory study, the importance of this confirmation is less clear to me. How do the current results change our interpretation of the relation between conscious intention and neural preparation for action? Do these results affect our interpretation of free will? Why does it matter at all whether we see neural preparatory activity prior to the report of a conscious intention to act, or prior to action observation? This study does not clarify the relationship between the observed neural phenomenon, the action or the experienced intention. It does not explain whether this relation is causal, correlational or something else.

      We thank the reviewer for their review. While it was previously suggested that the commitment to action comes late (Schultze-Kraft et al. 2016) and mechanisms were proposed to explain the early ramp-up in light of this late commitment (Schurger et al., 2012; Schmidt et al., 2016). Our main contribution is not merely confirmatory. Rather, our study introduces a matched control condition together with a classifier-based framework specifically designed to test whether early premovement activity is sufficiently predictive to qualify as a commitment-like signal.

      Trevena & Miller 2010 differ largely from our approach, their control condition being matched for ‘decision’ but differing only in motor output. Their results are therefore still consistent with the RP being a decision-following signal. In contrast, our paradigm directly tests whether the early ramping activity reliably distinguishes epochs culminating in self-initiated movement from well-matched epochs not culminating in movement. Travers et al. 2020, while more directly testing the question of the specificity of the RP to self-initiated actions, provided ambiguous and contradictory interpretations, stating both that “[RP-like events] occur to the same degree in control data” and that “these events do not support the hypothesis that Readiness Potentials happen in the absence of action” with results allowing for multiple interpretations. Our study addresses this ambiguity directly by testing whether these early signals contain reliable outcome-specific information predictive of an upcoming action.

      More broadly, while our findings are relevant to debates surrounding free will, our primary goal is neuroscientific rather than philosophical. Specifically, we address whether the signals traditionally interpreted as evidence for early decisions actually possess the properties expected of an early commitment signal. Our findings suggest that they do not.

      Our data therefore invites a reinterpretation of the signals previously taken to challenge views of free will that require decisions to be made consciously. Specifically, the slow ramping signals traditionally interpreted as markers of decisions occurring very early in the brain do not exhibit the characteristics expected of a commitment-like signal. Rather than reflecting a stable and outcome-specific commitment to act, these early ramping signals may instead reflect broader preparatory dynamics that bias action likelihood without determining action outcome.

      Our findings do not establish whether the relationship between premovement neural activity, intention, and action is causal or merely correlational. Addressing that question would require causal interventions beyond the scope of the present study. However, if early premovement activity were causally related to a settled commitment to act, one would expect it to contain strong and reliable predictive information regarding the upcoming action outcome. Our results do not support this account.

      To clarify these points further, we have revised the manuscript accordingly and added the following text to the Introduction and Discussion sections.

      Intoduction:

      “Previous work showed that these early ramping signals were not specific to the outcome of a motor decision (Trevena & Miller, 2010). However, because their analyses remained time-locked to decision outcomes, they could not directly test whether the observed slow buildup specifically reflected a commitment-like process. Related work further suggested that RP-like patterns can emerge elsewhere in ongoing neural activity as features of spontaneous low-frequency fluctuations (Travers et al., 2020). Here, we introduce a paradigm that explicitly tests whether these early ramping signals distinguish epochs culminating in self-initiated movement, where a motor intention is present, from well-matched epochs not culminating in movement, where no motor intentions were present, thereby assessing whether they reliably reflect a commitment to act.”

      Discussion:

      “Our data therefore invites a reinterpretation of the signals previously taken to challenge views of free will that require decisions to be made consciously. Specifically, the slow ramping signals traditionally interpreted as markers of decisions occurring very early in the brain do not exhibit the characteristics expected of a commitment-like signal. Rather than reflecting a stable and outcome-specific commitment to act, this early antecedent ramp-like buildup may instead reflect broader preparatory dynamics that bias action likelihood without determining action outcome.”

      (2) Whereas Derchi et al. (2023, Scientific Reports) were able to keep the entire experimental context similar across intended and unintended conditions, Jeay-Bizot et al. have one big difference between their passive and active conditions: the presence of a movement. Therefore, the present results explain the presence or absence of a movement rather than the presence or absence of an intention to act.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing us to this very relevant and elegant paradigm introduced in Derchi et al., 2023. We agree that our active and passive conditions are not matched for movement itself, and therefore that any differences observed between these conditions could in principle reflect motor-related processes, intention-related processes, or both.

      However, our primary goal was not to isolate a pure neural correlate of intention independent of movement, but rather to test whether the early premovement signals traditionally interpreted as markers of commitment contain reliable outcome-specific information predictive of an upcoming action. In that respect, the presence of an additional movement-related difference between conditions would be expected to increase, rather than decrease, decodability. Consequently, if reliable early commitment-like signals were present, they should still have contributed to reliable early classification performance in our paradigm.

      More closely matching the motor output across conditions, as in Derchi et al. (2023), would likely make classification substantially more difficult by removing movement-related information from the decoding problem altogether. Importantly, despite movement differing between our two conditions, reliable decoding still emerged only very close to movement onset.

      In addition to our modifications made with respect to a similar comment by reviewer #1 (see above), we have added the following paragraph:

      Discussion:

      “Our goal was not to isolate intention, but to test whether the signals traditionally interpreted as commitment signals actually possess commitment-like predictive properties. A recent study (Derchi et al., 2023) contrasted volitional eyeblinks with spontaneous eyeblinks, thereby keeping the occurrence of movement constant while varying the presence of intention. Such an approach would avoid the movement-versus-no-movement contrast inherent to our paradigm. However, matching motor outcomes across conditions would likely make classification substantially more difficult, since motor-related information could no longer contribute to decoding performance. More importantly, our paradigm is focused on the neural antecedents that are specific to whether or not a movement is initiated. This is a fundamentally different question from Derchi et al, which is focused on whether or not an intention is present. The two questions are complementary, however, and taken together, our study and the Derchi study contribute significantly to our understanding of spontaneous voluntary action.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Joint Public Reviews:

      (1) The manuscript states that simulation-based calibration showed the amortized posterior estimator was unreliable (85-88), but these results are not shown. The manuscript explicitly states that simulation-based calibration demonstrated substantial failures of the amortized posterior estimator, yet the corresponding analyses are not presented. Since these results motivate the transition to sequential NPE and are central to assessing inference reliability, they should be reported quantitatively, either in the main text or supplementary material.

      We agree and have therefore added the simulation-based calibration result as a supplementary figure.

      (2) The authors present two independently trained estimators and show strong agreement between them. This is a useful robustness analysis. However, the rebuttal occasionally presents this as addressing concerns regarding cross-validation and generalization. The new analysis does not constitute cross-validation in the usual sense and does not directly assess generalization to held-out targets or posterior accuracy.

      I recommend that the authors explicitly describe Figure 4 as a reproducibility analysis and avoid presenting it as a substitute for validation.

      We are sorry for causing confusion with our response in the rebuttal. But we hope that the manuscript text is clearer than our rebuttal. We refer to the results as a “replication of the posterior estimator”. Regarding cross-validation, Figure 1 D shows additional simulations of posterior parameters that were not part of the training dataset.

      (3) Posterior correlations are useful for generating hypotheses about compensatory mechanisms, but they should not be interpreted as direct evidence of compensation. The compensatory interpretation should instead be supported by the perturbation analyses (e.g., Figure 6), which provide mechanistic validation.

      The manuscript consistently treats posterior correlations and conditional posterior shifts as direct evidence of compensatory mechanisms. These are consistent with compensatory mechanisms, but they do not by themselves establish that the corresponding biological parameters causally compensate for the perturbation. I recommend clarifying this distinction and emphasizing that the conditional posterior analyses generate hypotheses regarding compensation, which are then partially supported by the perturbation experiments shown later in the manuscript.

      The language throughout the manuscript should therefore be softened.

      We agree and have added hedging phrases to communicate the caveats of the results. For example, we now refer to “putative compensatory mechanisms” and adjusted the language in many other parts of the manuscript to highlight that our results provide estimates of mechanisms rather than the mechanisms themselves.

      (4) The manuscript repeatedly suggests that the inferred conditional distributions may be useful for identifying precise interventions or guiding personalized treatments (examples include lines 24-29, lines 217-223, lines 242-246, lines 277-282, lines 283-286). These claims go beyond what is directly demonstrated.

      The study does not evaluate treatment outcomes, patient-specific inference, intervention efficacy, or clinical decision-making. Rather, it demonstrates differences in inferred parameter distributions within a computational model. While these results are valuable and may generate clinically relevant hypotheses, they do not yet establish predictive utility for treatment selection or precision medicine. I therefore recommend substantially softening these translational claims and emphasizing that the current findings generate hypotheses that could be tested experimentally in future work.

      You are correct. We are currently working to use our approach on patient data, but the present manuscript does not test the translational potential of the method and therefore some of our previous claims are unsupported. We have therefore deleted references to clinical potential in large parts of the manuscript and add qualifying phrases where we kept discussions of translational potential.

      (5) The revised manuscript still mixes presentation of findings with interpretation.

      For example, lines 217-226 largely continue to describe findings from Figure 6 and would fit better in the Results section. The Discussion would be strengthened by focusing more exclusively on biological implications, limitations, and future directions.

      A similar issue appears later in the discussion comparing posterior correlations and conditional distributions. Much of this section effectively reinterprets Figures 2 and 3 rather than discussing broader implications.

      We agree that the main function of the discussion is to put results into a broader context. But we also believe that repeating results at different levels of detail, different wording, and different interpretation can be to the benefit of some readers. We have therefore left the discussion largely intact except for the changes relating to above points 3 & 4.

      (6) The discussion around lines 271-282 overstates what can be concluded from the inferred posteriors.

      The statement that correlations "discover broadly applicable mechanisms" whereas conditionals "identify specific mechanisms" is stronger than the presented evidence supports. Likewise, the conclusion that conditional distributions are more useful for precision treatments is speculative and not directly demonstrated.

      I recommend reformulating these statements as interpretations or hypotheses rather than conclusions.

      We have deleted the reference to personalized treatment and refer to the mechanisms as “hypotheses” in other parts of the discussion.

      (7) Around line 84, the manuscript introduces q(theta|x) without clearly defining θ, x, or q. Readers unfamiliar with SBI may struggle to follow the notation. All quantities should be defined when first introduced.

      We have added definitions of theta and x. We hope that q is sufficiently defined when we call it the “posterior estimate”.

      (8) The manuscript equates larger KS distances between conditional posteriors with greater compensatory potential. While KS distance provides a useful measure of posterior redistribution, it is not obvious that it should be interpreted as a measure of biological efficacy.

      We hope that the changes described above make it clear that we view the KS distance as an estimate of putative compensatory mechanisms in the simulator, rather than direct measures of biological efficacy.

      (9) The manuscript would benefit from a discussion of parameter identifiability. The inference problem maps 32 model parameters to 7 summary statistics, implying substantial nonidentifiability. While complete identifiability analysis is likely beyond the scope of the current work, this limitation should be discussed explicitly.

      Non-identifiability is indeed an important aspect of simulation-based inference. We allude to it in the introduction where we mention degeneracy. But since we do not present results directly quantifying non-identifiability, we believe an explicit discussion goes beyond the scope of our manuscript.

      All in all, the revised manuscript is significantly improved and addresses several concerns raised in the previous review. However, important issues remain as discussed above.

      We thank you for the comments that led to the improved revision and for your constructive feedback on this revised version.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      A fundamental technique for the identification of peptide-specific CD8 T cells is the use of fluorophore-conjugated and peptide loaded MHC tetramers. Classically, refolding of specific peptides with MHC monomers can be labour intensive, and not optimal for screening large numbers of different peptides. Hence, UV-exchanged tetramers have been developed to upscale this, however, still has some associated challenges such as UV-mediated damage to peptide complexes. Here, Pothast, C.R. et al demonstrate the efficacy of using temperature exchanged tetramers for the prevalent alleles HLA-A*03:01, A*11:01, B*07:02, and C*07:02. Building upon their previous work with HLA-A*02:01, H-2Kb, and HLA-E. They first demonstrate the complex stability of tetramers with different affinity peptides at high temperature, showing complex destabilisation can be rescued with higher affinity peptides. This is followed by an optimisation of peptide exchange temperatures, tailored for each allele. The authors then demonstrate successful binding to clonal T cell lines, and then a step further with viral peptides against PBMCs from individuals with confirmed infection history. For the latter they compare to conventional tetramers and demonstrate comparable signal.

      Due to the prevalence of these 4 alleles, the ease-of-handling, and short time requirements, these tetramers are likely to show high utility.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and the results are solid, although more detail may add clarity to some of the results, in particular Figures 1 and 2. Other than the points reported below, the study uses accurate controls to demonstrate the specificity of the tetramers, and the data are convincing.

      Overall, the interpretation of the results is accurate, and the discussion is thorough. Additional comments may be included to cover potential tetramer batch variability and differences in the stability of different alleles. Specifically, whether certain alleles require higher-affinity peptides to be stable, compared to others.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors demonstrate the equivalence of temperature-exchanged tetramers to conventional ones, however, as they are an advancement on UV-exchange, it would be useful to show data on how their stability, exchange efficacy, and binding to T cell lines compare to UV-based tetramers. It would be supportive to show that temperature does not impact fluorophore intensity as well.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The majority of CD8+ T cell responses rely on the proper presentation of antigens through stable MHC-I (but not requiring a stable immunological synapse). This work highlights a new approach to build an array of stable peptide MHC-I using temperature exchange, which can be used to identify antigen-specific CD8+ T cells.

      Strengths:

      In this work, the authors have proposed an alternative method to reload the peptide MHC-I molecule. Their temperature-exchange approach is distinct from current reloadable peptide MHC technologies involving photolabile peptide, empty MHC-I (Nat Commun 11, 1314 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-14862-4), tapasin/TAPBPR chaperone-assisted (eLife 7:e40126.), enzyme exchangeable (WO2020226570) and small alcohol (Curr Res Immunol. 2022 Aug 18;3:167-174. doi: 10.1016/j.crimmu.2022.08.002) approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the proposed temperature-exchange approach does not substantially improve the quality of antigen-specific T cells that can be identified using the photolabile peptide MHC-I molecules.

      The time saved using the temperature-exchange protocol may not be a pull factor as the photolabile peptide MHC-I approach is not unreasonably laborious.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Pothast and colleagues outlines an extension of their previously described temperature-based MHC-I peptide exchange method on 4 common HLA alleles, to enable the generation of peptide/MCH-I tetramers for characterization of antigen-specific T cells by flow cytometry.

      Strengths:

      This work outlines a protocol for generating MHC-I tetramers on 4 common HLA allotypes, which can then be applied to monitor T cell responses by flow cytometry studies. The work provides conditional ligands for exchange on each HLA and demonstrates proof of concept studies using clonotypic T cells and CD8+ PBMCs.

      The results support that the temperature-exchanged tetramers can perform similarly to conventional tetramers in some settings.

      Weaknesses:

      Given that there are several proposed methodologies addressing the same task (including UV-mediated, disulfide-bond based stabilization of empty MHC-I conformers, and chaperone-based methods), the relevance of the proposed temperature-mediated technology is questionable.

      More specifically, important limitations of the study include:

      (1) A lack of quantification of exchanged molecules relative to molecules that retain the original placeholder peptides, or completely empty molecules present in the same sample.

      (2) A lack of validation that peptide exchange has occurred in the absence of a reporter T cell line appears to be a significant limitation of the methodology for antigen / T cell discovery.

      (3) The sub-optimal exchange efficiency relative to conventional prepared pMHC-I molecules, shown in Figure 4, is a significant limitation of the approach.

      (4) There are no data to support that exchange proceeds through the generation of empty molecules during the temperature cycle, or by peptide binding on empty molecules that are already present in the sample. Understanding the mechanism of exchange is important for the necessary improvements to the methodology.

      (5) It is possible that the temperature cycle causes protein aggregation or other irreversible changes to the sample - this should be explicitly quantified and addressed in the paper, since misfolded MHC-I molecules can lead to high levels of background staining.

      (6) These potential limitations should limit detection of low-affinity/low-avidity interactions between TCRs and their cognate pMHC antigens - this should be addressed explicitly in a model antigen setting.

      (7) The approach appears to be limited to the HLAs showing high thermal stability, which have been explored in this study. However, a large fraction of HLAs show sub-optimal thermal stabilities. It seems that explicit validation of peptide exchange would be required for any new HLA allele introduced into this process.

      (8) Whether the approach can be used to load suboptimal peptides with lower thermal stabilities that are emerging immunotherapy targets is not addressed in the present study.

      Because of these limitations, the present manuscript does not conclusively support the claim that temperature-based exchange can be used as a robust methodology to generate pMHC-I tetramers with desired peptide specificities.

      As a result, the scope of applications using these suboptimal exchanged pHLA tetramers is limited, and should be addressed with further improvements of the methodology, including better characterization of exchange efficiency, demonstration of functionality across a broader range of HLA allotypes with varying thermal stability profiles, and validation with clinically relevant low-affinity peptides that would strengthen the potential utility of this approach in immunotherapy development and basic T cell biology research.

      We are submittng a revised version that addresses the major points raised. We believe that the manuscript in its present form clearly communicates the development of a robust and versatile temperature-based peptide exchange platform applicable across multiple HLA class I alleles, with relevance for both fundamental and clinical immunology. While we appreciate the constructive feedback provided, we feel that the core findings and conclusions are already well supported and suitable for publication.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The main recommendation here is to include a stability and staining comparison to UV-exchanged tetramers, as this will directly address why temperature-exchanged tetramers are superior. It could also be discussed that research groups may have better access to temperature-regulating equipment than UV. Other minor corrections may include:

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have previously demonstrated that HLA‑A*02:01 and H‑2Kb remain stable as frozen monomers, and similarly showed the stability of thermal peptide exchange for HLA‑E, both at the monomer stage and after multimerization into thermal‑exchange HLA‑E tetramers. In addition, we have directly compared these reagents with conventional tetramers (see Figure 5). Conventional monomers and tetramers are routinely stored at −80 °C for several months without loss of staining performance, and we applied the same storage conditions to thermal‑exchange HLA‑E tetramers. Consistent with conventional tetramers, thermal‑exchange tetramers maintained their ability to stain TCR‑expressing cells for up to six months, with optimal staining preserved at both −20 °C and −80 °C. These findings have been published previously and are discussed in the current manuscript.

      We would like to emphasize that we do not conclude that thermal peptide exchange is superior to existing technologies. Our intention is to demonstrate that this approach is feasible and to present its advantages and limitations, which are discussed in detail in the manuscript.

      In the discussion we have included a sentence about the accessibility of heat exchange in relation to the equipment needed for UV exchange.

      “Moreover, the broader availability and simplicity of equipment needed for thermal exchange compared to UV sources enables wider adoption of this approach.”

      (1) Greater explanation of the different coloured curves in Figures 1 and 2, and whether all curves represent samples that are incubated at 50 degrees Centigrade.

      We have now clarified in the figure legends that the different coloured curves represent the distinct peptide–HLA complexes analysed, and we explicitly state which curves correspond to samples incubated at 50 °C.

      (2) Addition of X-axis title for Figures 1 and 2.

      An X‑axis title was already present in Figures 1 and 2, but it was minimal; we have now revised it to make the labeling clearer and more informative.

      (3) Clarify whether the background signal (negative) increases with the addition of more tetramer in Supplementary Figure 3 (non-specific binding).

      The background (negative) signal did not appreciably increase with the addition of higher tetramer concentrations, indicating minimal non-specific binding under these conditions. This is consistent with observations in the MHC class I multimer field, where non-specific binding is generally limited under optimized staining conditions, and MHC class I multimers can be reliably used to detect antigen-specific T cells.

      (4) Address stability of different alleles, or whether they are similar.

      Peptide stability varies for each peptide–HLA combination rather than being strictly allele‑specific. We have therefore clarified this point in the manuscript. In addition, as requested by the reviewer, we have included a dedicated section describing the stability of the thermal‑exchange template peptides.

      “The peptides that formed stable complexes at 4°C but unstable complexes at 20–32°C and 50°C showed affinities ranging from 4 to 11 µM. Such low affinities are uncommon for endogenous peptides and are unlikely to have physiological relevance, given that the complexes are highly unstable at 37°C.”.

      (5) Measure fluorescence signal of tetramer before and after temperature exchange, compared to UV, to show fluorophore stability.

      Fluorescent streptavidin forms a highly stable complex. During UV-mediated peptide exchange, reagents are exposed to heat generated by the UV lamp, which can partially denature MHC-I proteins. For this reason, it is necessary to centrifuge the complexes after UV exchange to remove denatured protein aggregates. Importantly, the fluorescence of streptavidin itself is not affected by this process. In contrast, thermal exchange is performed at substantially lower temperatures than UV-mediated exchange and does not compromise MHC-I protein integrity. Therefore, in our view, it does not pose a significant risk to fluorophore stability. In addition, UV may destroy fluorescence by simple bleaching, which cannot be an issue with temperature-dependent peptide exchange.

      (6) Use HPLC to show stability of tetramer following temperature exchange versus UV.

      HPLC analysis of tetramers is not possible and this is also not performed by others. The reason is that the tetramers are very heterogeneous (clustering of streptavidin together and the amount of MHCI monomers attached to streptavidin). As discussed above we do not claim to be better or worse compared to UV-exchange. This technology has a some additional benefits compared to UV-exchange, such as the tetramerization can be done before the peptide exchange. Additional it does not need a calibrated UV lamp but just an heatblock is needed for the peptide exchange making the exchange less complicated and in our opinion easier to implement. The UV exposure may oxidize amino acids, which is unlike to occur under temperature dependent conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor in figure:

      The authors should explain what "inputs" are in the figure legend.

      We have now clarified in the figure legends that the different coloured curves represent the distinct peptide–HLA complexes analysed, and we explicitly state the nature of the “inputs”.

      Minor in text:

      The authors should also state two important limitations when designing temperature-sensitive peptide MHC-I, which are peptide binding affinity and subsequent T cell recognition. Poorly designed peptides can result in unexchanged peptide MHC-I complexes that may be recognized by the CD8 T cells, leading to false positives.

      We have adjusted this in the text (discussion) although we did not make poorly designed peptides. The peptide presented in this manuscript are only stable at 4°C and unstable from 20°C and higher. As the T cell staining are performed at room temperature, there will be no peptide MHC-I complex of the original thermal-exchange peptide present as this is disintegrated. Only the stable, higher-affinity peptide-exchanged MHC-I is in complex. This does pose a problem for peptide exchange with low-affinity peptides, which is mentioned in the current version. However, this does not differ from the other loading technologies as in each case the mother peptide has to be exchanged for a proper peptide and a low-affinity peptide will be lost in time in each other case as well

      The authors should include other recent reloadable peptide MHC technologies, e.g. chaperone-assisted, enzyme-exchangeble, and small alcohol treatment.

      We apologize for not including these technologies and in the current manuscript they are included in the introduction. (see text below)

      “Several technologies have since been developed to allow the parallel production of multiple MHC-I multimers, facilitating high-throughput analysis. For instance, dipeptides have been used as catalysts for peptide exchange[7-10][FS1] , UV-sensitive conditional MHC ligands have been a widely adopted approach [11, 12], in which a photocleavable peptide is cleaved upon UV exposure. Additional peptide exchange technologies include: chaperone-mediated peptide exchange[13, 14] enzymatic cleavage of low-affinity peptides that are covalently linked [15] and small alcohol peptide exchange [16].”

      Major in data:

      The authors should show if any T cell was detected using the original unexchanged peptide MHC-I in cytometry, as the interpreted use of an irrelevant peptide also depends on the existence of antigen-specific T cells in circulation.

      The unexchanged peptide–MHC‑I complex cannot be used for T‑cell staining under our standard conditions because the template peptide dissociates at room temperature, leading to disintegration of the complex. Since our T‑cell staining protocol is performed at room temperature, unexchanged complexes would not remain intact long enough to allow reliable detection. Performing this experiment would require modifying the standard protocol and carrying out all staining steps strictly at 4°C. We choose not to change the staining protocol to perform this experiment.

      In addition, the thermal‑exchanged peptide–MHC‑I complexes do not produce elevated background staining. As shown in Figure 5, background staining would appear as single‑positive events (PE or APC only), which we do not observe. This indicates that the thermal exchange approach does not introduce nonspecific tetramer binding.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The proportion of exchanged molecules should be quantified relative to those retaining the original placeholder peptides and completely empty molecules present in the sample, using quantitative mass-spectrometry analysis. This would provide critical information about exchange efficiency and help assess the method's reliability.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We have performed this experiment and quantified the efficiencies. This is in the current version in figure 2b.

      (2) Validation studies demonstrating peptide exchange in the absence of reporter T cell lines should be included. This would strengthen the methodology's applicability for antigen/T cell discovery applications where such reporter lines may not be available.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Indeed, incomplete or unstable peptide exchange is a general concern inherent to all MHC-I peptide exchange protocols. To address this, we implemented a T cell–independent validation strategy based on LILRB1 binding. The innate immune receptor LILRB1 selectively recognizes properly folded peptide–MHC-I complexes by interacting with β2-microglobulin (β2M) and the α3 domain of the MHC heavy chain in a peptide-independent manner.

      Critically, in our system the conditional template peptides are thermally unstable and dissociate during the exchange step. As a result, only successfully exchanged complexes containing a stabilizing peptide remain intact. Consequently, LILRB1 binding serves as a functional readout of successful peptide exchange and pMHC stability.

      To assess this, we used K562 cells retrovirally transduced with LILRB1 and stained them with the corresponding fluorophore-conjugated pMHC multimers. Flow cytometric analysis enables clear discrimination between stable (successfully exchanged) and unstable complexes.

      This assay is fully independent of TCR-based reporter systems and can therefore be broadly applied in antigen discovery settings where such reagents are not available. Importantly, it complements our HPLC-based quantification of peptide exchange efficiency (Figure 2B) by providing a scalable quality-control readout of structural integrity (Figure 2C).

      We have now included this analysis in the Results section and updated the Discussion and Materials and Methods accordingly.

      (3) Optimization strategies to improve exchange efficiency should be explored, along with direct comparisons with established methods.

      In the revised manuscript, we have included the quantified exchange efficiencies of the thermal peptide exchange reaction, as determined by HPLC analysis on monomeric complexes. In addition, we now present a novel assay that enables routine quality control of each peptide exchange. This analysis is performed using LILRB1<sup>+</sup> cells and can be readily applied to any peptide–MHC complex using standard flow cytometry.

      Our data demonstrate that the exchange efficiencies obtained with our method are robust, and for the HLA alleles included in this study no further optimization was required. With respect to comparisons with established technologies, we chose to benchmark our approach against conventionally folded tetramers (Fig. 5). As stated above, we do not claim superiority over other peptide-exchange platforms; rather, we aim to present an alternative workflow with distinct practical advantages.

      (4) Potential protein aggregation or other irreversible structural changes resulting from temperature cycling should be quantified and addressed. Since misfolded MHC-I molecules can contribute to high background staining, this characterization is essential for assessing the method's reliability. This can be done using DLS studies, which should report on the fraction of misfolded, high MW species present in the sample upon temperature treatment.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding potential aggregation or irreversible structural changes during temperature cycling. We agree that the presence of misfolded or aggregated MHC-I complexes could contribute to nonspecific staining and affect the reliability of the method.

      Although we did not perform dynamic light scattering (DLS), we addressed this concern using complementary biochemical and functional approaches. First, monomeric peptide–MHC complexes were analyzed by size-exclusion HPLC throughout the study. These analyses consistently showed well-defined peaks corresponding to properly folded complexes, without detectable high–molecular weight species that would indicate aggregation (Figures 1 and 2).

      Second, and importantly, we assessed the functional consequences of any potential misfolding or aggregation at the multimer level. If aggregated or misfolded MHC-I complexes were present, this would be expected to result in increased nonspecific binding and elevated background staining. However, across all experiments using both clonal T cell lines and primary PBMCs, we consistently observed low background staining and clear antigen-specific populations (Figures 3–5), arguing against the presence of aggregation-prone or sticky multimer species.

      Third, we incorporated an additional quality control step based on LILRB1 binding (Figure 2C). Because LILRB1 selectively recognizes properly folded peptide–MHC-I complexes, this assay provides a sensitive readout for structural integrity. Unstable or improperly folded complexes do not bind LILRB1, allowing discrimination between functional and non-functional pMHC complexes.

      Taken together, these complementary analyses indicate that temperature-based peptide exchange does not induce detectable aggregation or irreversible structural damage under our experimental conditions, and that the resulting multimer reagents are structurally intact and suitable for downstream applications. We have clarified this in the revised manuscript.

      (5) The method's capacity to detect low-affinity/low-avidity TCR-pMHC interactions in a well-characterized model antigen system should be explicitly addressed. This would define the sensitivity limits of the approach compared to established methods.

      The reviewer raises a valid and broadly relevant point that applies to all MHC-based technologies. However, we consider a full discussion of this topic to be outside the scope of the current manuscript. We do address this limitation for low-affinity peptides in the Discussion, where we write: “This technology is most likely not optimal for low-affinity peptides, as the template peptide itself must also have low affinity.” However, this problem may be universal since low-affinity peptides will simply release all MHC class I-peptide exchanged complexes during the staining process.

      (6) Since the current study focuses on HLAs with high thermal stability, the approach should be tested with HLA alleles exhibiting lower thermal stability profiles. A validation framework could be developed that could be applied when introducing new HLA alleles to this process.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. To our knowledge, there is no established classification of HLA alleles strictly based on “high” versus “low” intrinsic thermal stability; rather, stability is largely determined by the peptide–HLA combination.

      Regarding the development of a validation framework for additional HLA alleles, our data indicate that suitable template peptide affinities generally fall within a range of approximately 4–11 µM. We anticipate that this range may vary between alleles, and therefore each HLA allele will require empirical identification of an optimal template peptide to achieve appropriate thermal stability and efficient peptide exchange.

      This can be accomplished using the workflow presented in our study: first, assessing complex stability at 50 °C in the absence or presence of a high-affinity peptide (Fig. 1), followed by stepwise temperature reduction to determine optimal exchange conditions and incubation times (Fig. 2). In addition, LILRB1-based quality control can be incorporated to confirm the formation of properly folded and stable peptide–MHC complexes.

      (7) It is encouraged that the approach be explored for its ability to effectively load suboptimal peptides with lower thermal stabilities. Demonstrating this capability would significantly enhance the method's clinical relevance.

      We agree with the reviewer that evaluating the performance of the approach on suboptimal, low‑affinity peptides would be highly valuable and would further strengthen the clinical relevance of the method. In the current study, however, this falls outside our experimental scope. We are working on this in a follow-up project. We have now acknowledged the limitation of low-affinity peptides in the revised manuscript, noting that low‑affinity peptides are less suitable to this technology because the template peptide itself must also possess low affinity. Future work will be needed to systematically explore template design and exchange conditions optimized for such peptides.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study reports a novel phenomenon of maternal growth during pregnancy that is independent of growth hormone (GH), adding a new dimension to maternal biology of reproduction. The evidence is convincing and supported by state-of-the-art methodologies conducted in mice and persuasive observations in humans with hereditary isolated GH deficiency. Revised discussion should focus on possible mechanisms, including the role of IGF2, and on directions for future research.

      We thank the editors for these valuable suggestions. In response, we assessed hepatic Igf2 mRNA expression. As shown in Author response image 1, hepatic Igf2 mRNA expression was higher in Ghrhr<sup>lit/lit</sup> mice but was not significantly affected by pregnancy. However, we recognize that IGF-2 is produced by multiple tissues, particularly at the maternal-fetal interface, as well as by other maternal tissues, exerting endocrine or paracrine effects. Therefore, we believe that hepatic Igf2 expression alone provides only a limited view of the potential contribution of IGF-2 to the maternal adaptations induced by pregnancy. For this reason, we chose not to include these data in the revised manuscript. Instead, we expanded the Discussion to address the potential role of IGF-2 in the observed phenotypes and to highlight important directions for future research, as suggested.

      Author response image 1.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work evaluates the impact of reproductive history on growth, body weight and body composition in mammals. In mice, somatic growth is stimulated by the first pregnancy while the second pregnancy increases body weight mainly by increasing adiposity. To probe the role of pituitary growth hormone (GH), the key regulator of somatic growth in these processes, was addressed by comparing the impact of reproduction on growth in normal ("wild type") and genetically GH-deficient females and by detailed characterization of the profile of fluctuations in circulating GH levels in both types of animals. Additional studies addressed the possible role of other endocrine pathways (ghrelin and estrogen) in the pregnancy-related growth. Surprisingly, reproduction-related growth was independent of GH, ghrelin and estrogen. To determine whether these results may apply ("translate") to human physiology, data on various parameters of somatic growth were collected from women with hereditary GH deficiency. The findings indicate that GH-independent stimulation of growth by reproductive events also occurs in women.

      Use of multiple animal models, rigorous characterization of GH levels in normal and GH-deficient females, and inclusion of data derived from a unique and well-characterised population of people with hereditary isolated GH deficiency and no GH replacement therapy are important strengths of these elegant and innovative studies. The results address a broader and clinically significant issue of permanent changes in body size, composition and function that result from pregnancy and lactation. This work also provides important background for further studies aimed at the identification of the mechanism involved and the role of specific reproductive events in the regulation of growth.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and highly positive evaluation of our work and for recognizing its novelty, rigor, and potential physiological and clinical significance.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes the fascinating phenomenon of growth hormone (GH)-independent growth occurring in the mother during pregnancy. This growth was most pronounced in dwarf mice that are lacking the receptor for growth hormone-releasing hormone (GHRH) and therefore showing isolated GH deficiency. However, the pregnancy-induced growth could also be observed in wild-type mice, suggesting that it is a normal part of the maternal adaptation to pregnancy. The study falls short of identifying the mechanism(s) driving this pregnancy-induced growth response, but it certainly reveals a novel insight into maternal physiology. The authors have completed a range of experiments in mice to prove that, as well as being GH independent, the pregnancy-induced growth also did not require GH signaling in the liver (i.e. not another pregnancy-specific ligand operating through the GHR to promote IGF). They also provided complementary data from a population of humans with untreated isolated GH deficiency that are broadly consistent with the hypothesis. While it is important to consider the significant species differences between rodents and humans, both in terms of growth physiology and also in terms of evolution of placental somato-mammotrophic hormones, this unique population are a valuable resource and adds credence to the study. Overall, I find this a compelling research story, but disappointingly unfinished. There are some areas where additional information could improve the ability to interpret the data, and some additional concepts that could be considered in the discussion. There are also areas where additional experiments might provide important insights. However, I think that such suggestions can be considered as appropriate for future research, rather than delaying consideration of the current manuscript.

      Main comments:

      (1) Data in Figure 1 are remarkable - not so much the growth in pregnancy in the wildtype mice, because while elevated GH is well known in pregnancy, but growth in the dwarf mice is indicative of GH-independent growth. From these data, it seems that there is good evidence that growth in pregnancy is an adaptive function. However, it is possible that growth is achieved in dwarf mice and that in wildtype mice may have been mediated through different mechanisms. The dwarf mice showed an increase in liver and plasma IGF1, suggestive of an additional ligand driving IGF in pregnancy. One could hypothesize that such an effect could be mediated by an additional pregnancy-specific ligand activating the GH receptor. In humans, placental growth hormone could be such a ligand, but as far as we know, there is no placental GH in mice. In contrast, the wildtype animals showed suppression of liver and circulating IGF1, and low levels of pSTAT5 in the liver during pregnancy. These data (in Figure 5) are very surprising. Given the high circulating GH in pregnancy, as well as high placental lactogen (which would be expected to activate STAT5 in the liver through the Prlr), the low levels of pSTAT5 are unexpected and would seem to indicate some sort of acquired insensitivity to GH. Is this entirely driven by down-regulation of STAT5b protein, or could there be activation of other, negative regulators of STAT signalling, such as SOCS? What is causing such a profound suppression of STAT5? Regardless of the mechanism, this suggests that pregnancy-induced growth in wildtype mice is independent of circulating IGF1 (potentially a different mechanism or in addition to that seen in IGHD mice).

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. The mechanisms underlying the reduced hepatic STAT5b protein expression observed during pregnancy remain unknown. Previous studies have also reported desensitization of hepatic JAK2/STAT5 GH signaling during pregnancy, associated with increased expression of negative regulators of STAT signaling, including CIS (Miquet et al., Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 289–E607, 2005). In the current manuscript, we also observed increased Cish mRNA expression in the liver of pregnant mice. We have incorporated this information into the revised manuscript. In addition, we expanded the Discussion to acknowledge the possibility that pregnancy-induced growth may occur through distinct mechanisms in wild-type and GH-deficient mice and that, in wild-type mice, this response may involve liver-derived IGF-1-independent mechanisms.

      The data shown in Figure 6 are a major strength of the study, showing that the pregnancy-induced changes are not specific to one particular transgenic model, but still occur in a variety of models affecting GH through different approaches. Given the pregnancy-specific nature of the changes, however, it seems an oversight not to have evaluated the role of placental lactogens. Prlr is highly expressed in the liver, but the function of this hormone in the liver is not well established. Could the extremely high levels of PL be mediating this growth response? Given the low expression of STAT5 in the liver and the fact that plasma IGF1 is not markedly elevated, it seems more likely that this growth response may be mediated by locally produced IGF1 in target tissues.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. Although we were not able to investigate the role of prolactin receptor signaling using mouse models in the present study, we agree that prolactin may contribute to pregnancy-induced growth. Accordingly, we revised the Discussion to acknowledge this possibility and to include the potential roles of placental lactogens and locally produced IGF-1 as additional mechanisms that may underlie pregnancy-induced body growth.

      I think these possibilities could be addressed by an expanded discussion of species variation in placental hormones, to highlight that humans have expansion of the GH locus, but rodents have expansion of the prolactin axis (see Soares, M. J. The prolactin and growth hormone families: pregnancy-specific hormones/cytokines at the maternal-fetal interface. Reprod Biol Endocrinol 2, 51, 2004). Importantly, placental GH and chorionic somatomammotropins (CSM) in humans are all variants of the GH gene, but CSM have preferential activity at Prlr. This seems to be a fundamental species difference in pregnancy biology, but has been interpreted as an example of convergent evolution, with conservation of prolactin and GH-like functions at the maternal-fetal interface, mediated by different mechanisms, likely contributing to the metabolic adaptations of the mother (see Newbern D, Freemark M. Placental hormones and the control of maternal metabolism and fetal growth. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2011; 18: 409-416). While the preceding function has focused on explaining the evolution of placental lactogens (either prolactin or GH variants), the present data suggest that there are also mechanisms to maintain growth in pregnancy, independent of GH (even in the absence of a placental GH).

      Thank you very much for this observation and suggestion. In the Introduction, we succinctly mention species-specific differences in the GH locus (see Introduction). Since our study focused primarily on mice, we believe expanding on this information would detract from the study's focus, especially given that such details are available in other publications. However, we have added a sentence to the discussion noting that, despite significant species-specific differences in the GH locus, there has been evolutionary conservation in the maintenance of pregnancy-induced growth, potentially involving distinct mechanisms in rodents and humans, though both appear to be GH-independent.

      “However, important differences are observed between humans and rodents. Humans, but not rodents, possess the GH2 gene, which encodes the placental growth hormone (GH) variant, whose production progressively replaces pituitary GH (derived from the GH1 gene) secretion during pregnancy (Liao et al., 2018). In contrast, rodents maintain pituitary GH secretion throughout gestation (Gatford et al., 2017; Liao et al., 2018). Additionally, human GH, both pituitary and placental variants, as well as chorionic somatomammotropins, can activate both the GH receptor (GHR) and the prolactin receptor (PrlR), explaining their lactogenic effects. In contrast, murine GH activates only the GHR (Bartke and Kopchick, 2015).”

      (2) The human data are very interesting, and my initial impression was that it seemed unlikely to be the same phenomenon. Was there any real evidence for "growth" in pregnancy? Pubertal maturation of long bone growth might be expected to prevent further growth in adulthood. However, these issues were appropriately discussed, and it seems well justified to evaluate this unique population of women with IGHD who underwent pregnancy. It would be very interesting to know if these women experienced elevated IGF1 during pregnancy, indicative of placental GH contributing to growth. Mechanistically, this might be more like the dwarf mouse situation of IGHD, that the situation in wildtype mice (associated with liver insensitivity to GH and low IGF1).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Unfortunately, the pregnancies of the women with IGHD occurred with limited medical assistance, and no additional clinical information is available, particularly regarding changes in circulating IGF-1 levels during pregnancy. Therefore, the evidence presented and discussed in the current manuscript represents the only information currently available on pregnancy-induced growth in this unique population.

      (3) It would be useful to include investigations that isolate the effects of pregnancy and the placental hormones. Such studies could include evaluating growth in pseudopregnant mice with IGHD (pregnancy-like changes in hormones but lacking the placental contribution) and in IGHD animals that experience pregnancy but not lactation (pups removed at birth). I accept that this might be too large an additional study to add for the present manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion and agree that this experiment could provide valuable information regarding the role of placental hormones in pregnancy-induced growth. Interestingly, previous work has shown that female mice housed with vasectomized males exhibit increased body weight compared with non-reproductive females, although this increase is substantially smaller than that observed in females with successive litters (Garratt et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 117:15748–15754, 2020). We discuss this study in the current manuscript. However, this study did not provide additional information on whether this increase reflects greater adiposity, enhanced body growth, or both. Unfortunately, we are unable to perform these time-intensive experiments. We appreciate the reviewer's understanding and agree that this important question should be addressed in future studies.

      (4) It is an important and translationally relevant observation that pregnancy increased the risk of long-term weight gain, and that after the first pregnancy, the pregnancy-induced growth response was more directed to promoting fat deposition. Does this provide any mechanistic insight? Could a metabolic adaptation result in growth?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. At present, we do not have additional data to explain the mechanisms underlying the pregnancy-induced increases in body growth and adiposity or to determine whether these processes are mechanistically linked. In the revised manuscript, we have expanded the Discussion to address potential mechanisms that may contribute to the observed post-pregnancy growth, including hormonal and metabolic factors, while acknowledging that these possibilities remain speculative and require further investigation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes an increase in body growth and body composition in both mice and women. In mice, the impact on growth is mainly seen during the first pregnancy, and the changes postpartum on body composition are also different during the first and second pregnancies. The study has used various knock-out models in the growth hormone axis to understand these changes as well as some gene expression analysis related to GH, IGF-1 and estrogen signalling pathways.

      Strengths:

      (1) The inclusion of various knock-out mouse models that allow for exploration of mechanisms related to the above-mentioned changes.

      (2) The investigation of gene expression of GHR, IGF-1R and ER pathways.

      Weaknesses:

      The human findings are dependent on the patient's recollection of bodily changes after their pregnancies.

      Conclusion:

      The authors have partly achieved their aim of describing changes in growth and body composition that remain after pregnancy and the mechanisms behind these changes. This study may have importance for a wide variety of research areas as well as in the clinical setting. The study is also unique in its attempt to bridge findings in mice to a unique human model of congenital GH deficiency.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the thoughtful evaluation of our study, for recognizing its novelty and potential significance, and for highlighting the strengths of our experimental approach. We have revised the manuscript to further acknowledge the limitations of the human data, as suggested.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The findings presented in this study are novel, exciting and important. I believe it would help the readers to include a diagram showing the timing of the various measurements and tissue collection in relation to conception, parturition and weaning. It would also be helpful to expand the discussion to include the author's thoughts on the possible role of various placental hormones, pituitary prolactin, metabolic changes and/or other factors in the observed growth. Finally, humans from whom the data were obtained should probably be referred to as individuals or subjects rather than patients.

      We thank the reviewer for these helpful suggestions. We included Figure 7 in the revised manuscript, which summarizes the study's experimental timeline. Additionally, we expanded the Discussion as recommended and replaced the term "patients" with "subjects" throughout the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In addition to my comment above about addressing the different evolution of placental hormones, the following minor suggestions are provided:

      (1) Abstract line 23 "most" could be "some" (because lots of evidence that pregnancy-induced adaptations are long-term - e.g. brain structure, maternal behavior, endocrine changes) - see below.

      Done.

      (2) Is "reproductive experience" the best term? Or is it "pregnancy"? (likely specifically due to the presence of placental hormones and/or maternal patterns of hormones, rather than other aspects of "reproductive experience) e.g. mating, parturition or lactation?

      We appreciate the reviewer's point. However, because we cannot exclude potential contributions of mating, parturition, or lactation to the observed increases in body growth and adiposity, we prefer to retain the term "reproductive experience," as the mice in the present study underwent all of these processes rather than pregnancy alone.

      (3) Potentially, the introduction could add references to brain changes in humans in pregnancy (this is a particularly topical area of research where long-term changes have been reported; e.g. Pritschet L, Taylor CM, Cossio D, Faskowitz J, Santander T, Handwerker DA, Grotzinger H, Layher E, Chrastil ER, Jacobs EG. Neuroanatomical changes observed over the course of a human pregnancy. Nat Neurosci. 2024 Nov;27(11):2253-2260; Martínez-García M, Paternina-Die M, Barba-Müller E, Martín de Blas D, Beumala L, Cortizo R, Pozzobon C, Marcos-Vidal L, Fernández-Pena A, Picado M, Belmonte-Padilla E, Massó-Rodriguez A, Ballesteros A, Desco M, Vilarroya Ó, Hoekzema E, Carmona S. Do Pregnancy-Induced Brain Changes Reverse? The Brain of a Mother Six Years after Parturition. Brain Sci. 2021 Jan 28;11(2):168. There is also a significant literature on long-term effects of reproductive experience (Bridges RS. Long-term alterations in neural and endocrine processes induced by motherhood in mammals. Horm Behav. 2016 Jan;77:193-203).

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. Accordingly, we incorporated these references into the Introduction to further emphasize the long-term effects of reproductive experience.

      (4) Figure 1: Why show body weight as a "delta" for primiparous animals, and "absolute "values for multiparous? Similarly, it seems that body length is an informative readout for these experiments, but this is only reported for one model, and most models are only shown as body weight and lean mass.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. For the primiparous mice, we chose to present the change (Δ) in body weight and lean mass because it more directly illustrates the effects of the first reproductive experience relative to each animal's baseline while avoiding redundant presentation of both absolute and Δ values, as both analyses yielded the same statistical conclusions. For the multiparous mice, absolute values were presented to facilitate comparison with the corresponding images and to allow direct comparison of body size between wild-type and Ghrhr<sup>lit/lit</sup> mice. Regarding body length, these measurements were collected only in the multiparous cohort and were not obtained after the first reproductive experience. Therefore, we are unable to provide body length data for the primiparous groups.

      (5) It seems it would be better to present all of the mouse data first, then the supporting human data.

      Done.

      (6) The manuscript includes a high-quality investigation of GH secretion - particularly the pulsatile secretion of GH. Is it possible to have matching IGF data (at least multiple time points in pregnancy)?

      We agree with the reviewer that serial measurements of circulating IGF-1 during pregnancy would provide valuable additional information. Unfortunately, this analysis is not feasible because the limited blood volume collected during the study did not allow sufficient sample storage for additional measurements.

      (7) Line 221 - "GHRH signaling is required for pregnancy-induced increases in GH secretion...". Can you actually make that conclusion, or is it possible that the lack of GHRH developmentally has permanently altered the pituitary gland, so it cannot respond to other GH secretagogues?

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the congenital absence of GHRH signaling may cause developmental alterations in the pituitary that impair the response to other GH secretagogues. Therefore, we cannot distinguish whether the lack of pregnancy-induced increases in GH secretion reflects the absence of GHRH signaling per se or the developmental defects resulting from GHRH deficiency. We removed the aforementioned phrase from Results and have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this important limitation and to clarify that the observed phenotype may be secondary to impaired pituitary development.

      (8) Line 238 - "GHR signaling stimulates hepatic insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) secretion, particularly by activating the signal transducer and activator of transcription 5b (STAT5b) pathway" for this point, should probably cite: Davey HW, Xie T, McLachlan MJ, Wilkins RJ, Waxman DJ, Grattan DR. STAT5b is required for GH-induced liver IGF-I gene expression. Endocrinology. 2001 Sep;142(9):3836-41.

      Thank you for this suggestion; we added this reference.

      (9) Line 240 - "GH action in the liver is not only controlled by the pattern of GH secretion...". should probably cite Waxman's work regarding patterns of GH secretion (e.g reviewed in Waxman DJ, O'Connor C. Growth hormone regulation of sex-dependent liver gene expression. Mol Endocrinol. 2006 Nov;20(11):2613-29.).

      This reference was included in this sentence.

      (10) Methods: Check statistics - some of the analysis should have been repeated measures?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We carefully re-evaluated all statistical analyses and did not identify any experiment for which a repeated-measures analysis would have been appropriate. Therefore, no changes to the statistical analyses were necessary.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Introduction: The context of the sentence "Furthermore, historically, females have been underrepresented in studies" is unclear.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. Our intention was to emphasize that, because pregnancy is unique to females and females have historically been underrepresented in biomedical research, pregnancy-related physiology has received comparatively less attention. However, we agree that this statement was not essential in this context. Thus, we have removed it from the revised manuscript.

      (2) Introduction: Based on the paper, the main aim seems to be to study the lasting effects of pregnancy on the mother and not primarily to study the hormonal changes during pregnancy.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful observation. We agree that our study primarily focuses on the long-term effects of pregnancy on the maternal organism rather than the hormonal changes that occur during pregnancy. Accordingly, we revised this sentence to better reflect the main objective of the study: “Therefore, the goal of this study is to investigate the lasting effects of pregnancy on the maternal organism and the possible involvement of the somatotrophic axis in these changes.”

      (3) Other endocrine factors could affect the changes seen after pregnancy in mice and humans, such as the insulin level and activation of the IR.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we expanded the Discussion to acknowledge the potential contribution of several endocrine factors, including insulin signaling, to pregnancy-induced growth.

      (4) The receptor activation in tissues other than the liver has not been studied, such as in the growth plate, adipose tissue and muscle.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree with this point and have addressed this possibility in the revised Discussion.

      (5) Information on the age of the patient at the time of pregnancy could be included as well as the patient's height and weight before pregnancy and at follow-up.

      This information was added as Table 1.

    1. Author response:

      We greatly appreciate the editors and reviewers for their time and careful evaluation of our manuscript. It was clear that the reviewers valued our study that integrated RelB proximity proteomics with targeted HIV-CRISPR screening to identify chromatin and transcriptional regulators of AZD5582-mediated HIV reactivation. We appreciate all of the constructive comments and agree that the manuscript can be further strengthened by clarifying several technical points, correcting text and figure issues, and more clearly defining the scope of the study.

      A recurring theme of the reviews is the need to better define which RelB-associated factors are functionally meaningful regulators of HIV reactivation. We agree with the reviewers’ point that BioID/miniTurbo proximity labeling does not by itself establish direct physical interaction. That said, the method provides an in vivo cell measurement of protein proximity and can capture core complex interactions as well as transient, weak, or chromatin-associated interactions. Notably, such transient interactions are often lost during cell lysis and extraction, as well as co-IP. In the revised manuscript, we will clarify this distinction and emphasize that the BioID dataset identifies RelB-proximal candidate regulators rather than exclusively direct binding partners. We will also consider orthogonal validation of key hits using either co-IP or an orthogonal in cell proximity assay like PLA, which would preserve the cellular context of RelB-associated regulatory complexes.

      The reviewers also raised a fair concern regarding physiological relevance and the use of transformed latency models. We agree that primary cell validation would be an important next step for determining how broadly these findings apply to HIV regulation. At the same time, the present study was intended to be an initial resource of RelB-associated factors that contribute to HIV transcription in tractable latency models. Nonetheless, we will temper any language that implies broad generalization across all latency contexts and further discuss the limitations of clonal and transformed latency models. Additionally, and as the reviewers suggested, we will also test whether the KAT7/HBO1 and p300 inhibitor phenotypes extend to a primary CD4+ T-cell latency model.

      We also appreciate comments regarding the RelB-miniTurbo system; notably concerns with the basal expression of the fusion protein and presence of endogenous RelB. We will revise the manuscript to better describe these limitations and discuss how they may affect interpretation of the BioID data. In particular, we will emphasize that the dataset should be viewed as a resource for candidate RelB-associated regulatory factors that require functional and orthogonal follow-up.

      Several reviewers identified figure and text issues that will be addressed in the revised manuscript. Specifically, we will correct the Figure 1 legend and reference errors, the duplicated sentence, and other typos mentioned. We will also clarify the number of biological replicates and statistical thresholds used for the BioID comparisons, improve the Supplementary Table 1 annotation, and expand the discussion of p300/CBP to better reconcile our findings with prior literature.

      Overall, the revised manuscript will more clearly separate what this study establishes from what remains to be tested. Our goal for revision will be to enhance the value of the study while more clearly highlighting the limitations and what this resource provides for future directions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      We appreciate the authors have provided answers to many of the points we raised, and the changes made to their manuscript, which we think strengthen the overall evidence presented. However, we find that some important controls are still missing across experiments.

      Major comments:

      (1) Shortcomings in Immunofluorescence experiments:

      a. Antibody cross-reactivity was only tested against CK1ɛ, but should also be tested against CK1α, which is abundant in U2OS cells, and is also known to be involved in cell-cycle regulation.

      We selected the CK1δ antibody (abcam, ab85320 clone AF12G4) precisely because of its well-established specificity for CK1δ. In many well-cited studies [An et al., Nature Communications, 2022, PMID: 35810166], [Eng et al., PLOS One 2017, PMID: 28545154], some of which involve direct comparison with CK1α and CK1ε [Sinnberg et al., BMC Cancer, 2016, PMID: 27488834], [Beale et al., Journal of Biological Rhythms, 2019, PMID: 30898060], the CK1δ (ab85320) antibody is cited directly as the antibody used to specifically detect CK1δ.

      Additionally, through our previous eLife paper, we have confirmed the observation from previous studies that clearly demonstrate that this CK1δ (ab85320) antibody can specifically recognize CK1δ and not even its closest homolog CK1ε. Given the high degree of conservation in the kinase region between CK1δ and CK1ε, this implies that this antibody is likely directed at the divergent C-terminal tail (see sequence alignments in Author response image 1). Given that CK1α C-terminal tail is even more divergent from CK1δ, along with its reliable use in the literature from multiple working groups, it is safe to assume that this antibody can reliably distinguish CK1δ from CK1α.

      Author response image 1.

      Protein sequence alignments between CK1δ, CK1ε, and CK1α highlighting high sequence conservation in the structured kinase domain and sequence divergence at the C-terminal tail.

      b. Fig. 1: Statistical analyses are missing from the analysis.

      We have clearly added statistical analysis showing significant differences of CK1δ localization at the centrosome.

      c. Fig. 2: No colocalisation analysis shown for figure 2, only some arrowheads pointing to puncta. Appropriate colocalisation statistics are important since for practical reasons, only a few representative images can be shown on the figure.

      CK1δ colocalization is already well-established in the literature and additionally demonstrated in this study with the clear colocalization in Figures 1C and 1D. In Figure 2, we have chosen to report representative images which correspond to the typical phenotype we observe and can compare side-by-side which show clear and striking differences in terms of CK1δ localization between a) cells that form foci and lose CK1δ localization at a clear and distinct centrosome and b) cells that do not form foci and CK1δ is clearly localized to the apparent centrosome. By showing several fields-of-view, we demonstrate that this is the prevalent comparative phenotype.

      d. Fig. 6: Even if the figure is illustrative, it is important to show centrosome staining to visualise CK1ẟ's recruitment to the centrosome in G2/prophase, especially since this information is used to propose the model in figure 7.

      It is well-established that centrosomal duplication is a key hallmark of G2. Combined with our observations from Figure 2 showing that CK1δ to distinct puncta that one can only assume is the centrosome, and now showing in Figure 6, a clear duplication of these puncta. Importantly, this occurs in cells that also exhibit higher DAPI staining consistent with the duplicated and condensed genomic state when compared to other cells in the field of view, another hallmark of G2. Therefore, additional centrosomal staining and colocalization will only confirm what we already know about typical hallmarks of G2 and wider mitosis and the established CK1δ localization to the centrosomes.

      e. For all figures: Please mention the number of independent biological replicates in the figure legends (1, 2, 6). For figure 1, if there are 3 independent biological replicates, the quantification should take all of them into account (as opposed to the data points corresponding to 10 cells), and statistics must be done appropriately, taking those independent replicates into account. Same for the colocalisation analysis in figure 2 once you include it.

      We have mentioned the number of independent biological replicates where we considered it appropriate in Figures 3, 4, and 5. Figure 1 A and B are representative fields-of-view which show a replicable phenotype and we have quantified 10 cells to show the statistical difference in CKδ colocalization to PCNT. Figure 1 C and D show individual representative cells used for the line plot analysis but as one can already see from Figures 1 and B, these observations are clearly reproducible. Figure 2 A is an additional representative photo from observations we have made in our previous eLife publication. Figure 2 B already shows multiple fields-of-view which show a replicable result. Figure 6, again, shows a representative series of cells which already clearly demonstrate the change in CK1δ localization over the course of mitosis.

      (2) Shortcomings in biochemistry experiments:

      On CalA control, this is not a matter of confirming that CalA treatment works in principle, but rather to confirm that CalA treatment worked in this specific replicate. Aliquots may lose potency (e.g. with freeze-thaw cycles / exposure to light), hence checking for enrichment of phospho-proteins is essential to confirm the treatment was successful in this particular instance. In the worst-case scenario, the company may have sent the wrong compound altogether! A positive and a negative control is the basis for every experiment to make meaningful interpretation. On a separate note, many experiments have control and siRNA or compound treatments on two different gels - this should be rectified as they are meaningless if different exposures have been selected for different immunoblots.

      I find it hard to seriously answer to these points. I do not know what kind of reagents the reviewer is used to work with. On every experiment we show as a sub-figure, we use the same CalA that clearly works as intended since we can clearly see a phosphorylation-induced gel shift of the kinase. This rules out aliquots losing their potency or supplier providing the wrong compound. We also show a clear negative control in showing the absence of the gel shift prior to CalA treatment.

      On a separate note, we have no experiments with siRNA so we are unsure what the reviewer is referring to here. Of the 11 immunoblots we report here, each of which are representative of a triple replicate, only 1, Figure 3B, shows a split view on an equal exposure. Even then this was actually run on the same gel and this figure was simply spliced to simplify the message we want to convey. Therefore, we believe we have used the appropriate controls and level of rigor to make our observations and interpret them adequately.

      (4) As the authors mention, the kinase is not fully inactive when tail phosphorylated. Recent research has also suggested that tail-phosphorylated CK1ẟ may show increased catalytic activity for a few select, specific substrates, in the co-occurrence of pT220 (Cullati et al., 2022; Cullati et al., 2024). It is thus tricky to directly infer that phosphorylated CK1ẟ is inhibited, when no positive control for CK1ẟ inhibition was shown in the evidence presented. It would be necessary to either nuance your claim or include a positive control for CK1ẟ inhibition. Please revise statements in the manuscript accordingly.

      We have clearly demonstrated that CKδ tail phosphorylation leads to kinase inhibition and refer the reviewer to our work in PNAS [Marzoll et al., PNAS, 2021; PMID: 35217617].

      (5) It would be important to include statistical analyses for the immunofluorescence data in Fig. 1 and 2.

      We have included statistical analysis where we considered it appropriate in Figure 1 A and B. In Figure 1 C and D, statistical analysis is not appropriate to apply to compare single line plots as the individual data are clearly distinct from one another. For Figure 2 A and B, again, we are showing this data to show what is already a clear difference in CK1δ centrosomal localization when we compare cells that either form PER-CRY foci or do not.

      (9) The authors mentioned "In the eLife study, we show that inhibition of kinase activity by PF670462 stabilizes CK1δ and that the overexpressed kinase-dead mutant CK1δ-K38R is stable." Unfortunately, the data from biochemical analyses presented in the eLife publication is uninterpretable due to a lack of loading controls.

      We respect the reviewer’s opinion on this matter. However, the earlier study was independently peer-reviewed and has already been published. The reviewer was not involved in the assessment of that work, and we therefore feel that a retrospective evaluation of its merits is beyond the scope of the present review. We would respectfully ask that the current manuscript be evaluated on the basis of the questions it addresses and the evidence presented here.

      (10) While the data presented in Penas et al. strongly suggests a link between CK1ẟ stabilisation and the APC/C-Cdh1 complex, it is the only study to have shown it. Given that (1) science relies on data reproducibility and (2) your proposed model relies heavily on the relationship between CK1ẟ stabilisation and the APC/CCdh1 complex, it would be appropriate to include the investigations mentioned in our original comment.

      We respectfully point out that the purpose of the present review is to assess the manuscript under consideration, not to retrospectively reassess data that have already been published, such as those reported by Penas et al., even if this is the only study we cite in support of this particular point.

      After checking the peer review received from Review Commons, we cannot see the “investigations in our original comment” that this reviewer is referring to.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, Serrano et al. employed a combination of cell biological and molecular approaches to investigate the localization and regulation of Casein Kinase CK1 during the cell cycle using U20S cells. They show that CK1 dynamically localizes between the centrosomes and the nucleus but can be sequestered away from the centrosomes upon overexpression of its binding partner PER2. They provide evidence that CK1 WT but not a phospho-null mutant strongly accumulates in a hyperphosphorylated form upon inhibition of phosphatases (using Calyculin and Okadaic Acid) and thus conclude that CK1 tail phosphorylation protects the kinase from degradation. Using synchronized cells, they show that CK1 accumulates unphosphorylated in S-phase (APC/Cdh1 inactive) but phosphorylated at the G2-M transition. Immunostaining shows that CK1 localizes to the centrosomes during mitosis.

      The manuscript has improved overall, but some sections are still inconclusive and require clarification.

      Major comments:

      Figure 1 is inconclusive. CK1 nuclear staining is highly similar in untreated cells and in cells treated with CHX + PF670462. The reduction in centrosomal staining in these cells is barely significant. However, the authors draw very strong conclusions from these data sets. In panel B, the cells appear to have been fixed incorrectly, and the anti-PCNT shows a strong background signal. Not convinced that immunofluorescence is the best approach to look at protein dynamics in vivo.

      Figures 1 A and B are meant to show how CHX and PF670462 may affect CK1δ localization to the centrosome (stained by PCNT) over several cells whereas Figures 1 C and D are meant to more clearly show this effect in individual cells. This effect is indeed modest in the endogenous situation compared to the overexpressed which shows a clearer redistribution of CK1δ. We show this when we compare the quantification in Figure 1A and the colocalization analysis in Figure 1 C (right panel; showing that some CK1δ still colocalizes to the PCNT-stained centrosome) to their overexpressed counterparts. This however, only emphasizes the strength of our overexpression approach as it has allowed us to observe a more dramatic shift in CK1δ centrosomal localization.  

      In Figure 2, panel B, the authors should co-stain the centrosomes of cells that co-express CRY1 and CK1, as some of these dots may represent the centrosomes.

      In principle, we indeed cannot exclude the possibility that a CRY-stained foci may actually be a centrosome. However, we refer to our comments to Reviewer #1 and add our observation that these PER-CRY foci are clearly nuclear based on our earlier eLife publication and are therefore unlikely to be centrosomal. (If some of the dots represent centrosomes, this would mean that a fraction of CRY1 is recruited from the nucleus to the centrosome in the cytosol. There is no mechanism for this known.)

      Figures 3B, please provide information on the non-phosphorylable CK1a mutant (it is mentioned as a variant in which all serine and threonine residues in the C-terminal tail were replaced by alanine). Specify the number of sites mutated and their exact position. Is this non-phosphorylable CK1a version catalytically active?

      As said, all serine and threonine residues in the tail have been changed, and yes, the kinase is of course active.

      Treatment of samples with inactivated PPase should be used as a control.

      It is unclear what this experiment would control for and how its outcome would affect any of the conclusions of the present study.

      Strengths:

      The authors reveal that the activity and abundance of dephosphorylated and phosphorylated CK1δ are regulated in a cell cycle-dependent manner. This suggests that these different pools are associated with distinct physiological functions.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, some of the data are inconclusive, and there is no data/information linking the cell cycle regulation of CK1δ to its function during the cell cycle.

      Although CK1δ continuously undergoes cycles of autophosphorylation and dephosphorylation, the kinase is predominantly found in its dephosphorylated, active state under steady-state conditions. This has obscured the physiological relevance of its well-established inhibitory autophosphorylation. We now identify mitosis as the cellular state in which this equilibrium shifts: autophosphorylated and consequently inhibited CK1δ accumulates. These findings resolve a longstanding question regarding the physiological function of CK1δ autophosphorylation and reveal it as a cell-cycle-regulated mechanism of kinase inhibition.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of our minor comments related to editorial issues have been ignored by the authors and the errors persist. Simple corrections will improve the manuscript and make it more readable.

      We also found new minor errors as follows:

      69-70: 'dependent on its kinase is activity' --> 'its kinase activity'

      164: 'sites or targeted by' --> 'sites are targeted by'

      179: 'PF670' instead of 'PF670462'

      292: 'against higher the steady state levels' --> 'against the higher steady state levels' or 'against higher steady state levels'

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their close reading of our text. We have adjusted the text accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study addresses the organisation of synaptic connections from the medial to the lateral entorhinal cortex. Classic anatomical work has suggested these connections exist, but very little is known about their identity or functional impact. The manuscript argues that these projections are mediated by glutamatergic neurons, providing excitatory input from MEC to all layers of LEC, and by SST+ve interneurons sending inhibitory projections to L1 of LEC. This appears to be the most likely interpretation of the data, although in my opinion, more could be done to rule out the possible impact of the spread of the virus/tracer from the injection site.

      While this concern might seem overly picky, the importance of this level of detail is nicely shown by the authors' previous work clarifying connectivity from postrhinal to entorhinal cortices through careful analysis of similar types of data (Doan et al. 2019). If additional analyses/data can address the concern here, then I think this will be an important set of fundamental results that will influence thinking about circuit mechanisms for spatial cognition and episodic memory. In particular, it will nicely add to an emerging view that MEC and LEC can interact directly, showing that the organisation of these interactions is asymmetric and identifying a potentially interesting long-range inhibitory pathway.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nilssen et al. presents a comprehensive study of the circuitry linking the medial and lateral entorhinal cortices (MEC and LEC). Using a combination of anatomical tracing, optogenetics, and in vitro electrophysiology, the authors convincingly demonstrate that the MEC sends both glutamatergic and long-range inhibitory SST+ GABAergic projections to the LEC, with distinct laminar and cell-type-specific targeting. Notably, they reveal that SST+ inhibitory projections selectively suppress the activity of layer IIa neurons, whereas excitatory inputs preferentially engage neurons in layers IIb and III, thereby differentially modulating hippocampal-projecting populations.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are carefully executed, the results are compelling, and the conclusions are well supported by the data. This work will be of broad interest to researchers studying memory circuits, cortical inhibition, and the organization of long-range connectivity.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the in vivo relevance of these connections remains to be determined, this is an important and timely contribution to our understanding of entorhinal-hippocampal interactions.

      The request for validation of injection specificity and viral spread, as detailed in the comments and suggestions of the two reviewers has been provided in the revised version. We added supplementary figures 1,2 and 6 as well as an extra insert into the old supplementary figure 5, now supplementary figure 9.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      (1) Interpretation of the retrograde labelling experiment in Figure 1A-C is challenging, as the spread of the tracer at the injection site is not shown. It's important to see the full dorsal-ventral extent of the injection site in order to establish that the labelling of neurons in MEC results from projections to LEC and not adjacent areas (including MEC).

      As mentioned in our initial reply, we are fully aware of the risks associated with an incomplete assessment of injection sites and viral spread, so we provide a new Supplementary Fig. 1 showing 6 dorsoventral levels of the case shown in Fig. 1A. The injection site in case of FG often shows a core of damaged tissue with a halo of substantial unspecific fluorescence. Outside of the injection side, one only sees retrogradely labeled somata (often recognizable by FG signal clustered in lysosomes) and dendritic elements. As indicated in the legend, we report some tracer leakage along the needle track in temporal and perirhinal cortex, areas that receive only sparse MEC projections, but there is no apparent spread of the injection into MEC.

      Numbers are also quite low. E.g., Figure 1A is N=1/2 for retrograde labelling experiments.

      The reviewer would be correct if the experiments were meant to analyze MEC projections to LEC in full anatomical detail. This was not our intention (several papers addressed this pathway in detail), we merely aimed to distinguish between glutamatergic and potential GABAergic contributions to this pathway and to establish optimal coordinates in slices to prepare for the electrophysiological recording experiments. Two animals suffice for this purpose and using more would be against the aim of reducing the use of experimental animals as much as possible.

      The rationale here for the use of AAV2-CAG-tdTomato as a retrograde tracer is unclear. My understanding is that this is more effective as an anterograde tracer. Some clarification and validation would be important.

      The reviewer is correct that AAV2 is generally considered an effective anterograde tracer, but tracing the connectivity of entorhinal cortex with AAVs has been proven to be notoriously difficult, in particular retrograde tracing of inputs to layer II. In a neighboring lab in the centre, headed by Edvard and May-Britt Moser, it was established that AAV2 types show very efficient retrograde transport and that is why we decided to use the virus. Also, in our hands the virus showed excellent retrograde transport that served our purpose

      (2) Interpretation of the anterograde experiments in Figure 1D-E would also benefit from showing evidence that the injection sites are restricted to MEC. It should be straightforward to make a supplemental figure showing labelling at all dorsoventral levels.

      More careful analysis of the axon labelling in the dentate gyrus could also help make a case for the selectivity of the injection site for eGFP. In this case, only the intermediate portion of the molecular layer of the DG should be labelled. In the image shown, the labelled band is quite wide, but it's hard to tell if this reflects the plane of section or is because it also includes labelling in the outer molecular layer (which would be indicative of LEC expression).

      We thank the reviewer for these two suggestions, and we have prepared a new Supplementary Fig. 2 in line with this.

      Numbers are also on the low side for these experiments.

      See our response above

      (3) For optogenetic experiments in Figure 2, the selectivity of targeting of AAV to MEC is assessed through the specificity of labelling in the DG. This is great, but it's important to show that this specificity is maintained at all dorsoventral levels.

      Higher resolution images of labelling in LEC could also be helpful. It's hard to tell from the images in 2A if labelling is axonal or is in the soma adjacent to the nuclear NeuN signal (which would indicate a lack of selectivity for MEC).

      We thank the reviewer for these two suggestions and provide a new Supplementary Fig. 6, showing both the details of AAV1 being present only in neuropil in MEC not in somata as well as the specific labeling in the middle molecular layer of DG in detail. Including all dorsoventral levels would not provide additional information in view of the very well-established topographical organization of the entorhinal to dentate projection, reaching approximately 20 -25 % of the full long axis of DG (Van Groen et al., 2003)

      In addition, we have again carefully screened all tissue from the electrophysiological experiments for possible leakage of virus from MEC to LEC. We decided to exclude recordings from one mouse, which had labelling in MEC that was close to the border with LEC. Neuron counts have therefore been adjusted (pages 7-9) and the example recording showing responses to TTX/4-AP exposure in Figure 2B has been exchanged.

      (4) The analysis of excitatory and inhibitory opto-responses in Figure 2 is nice. It may be helpful to report quantification of the rise and decay kinetics of the synaptic currents. They appear much slower for the inhibitory input, which may be functionally important.

      This would indeed be nice to add, but it would not significantly impact or change the main message of our study. Since the lab of the senior author (MPW) has been discontinued and the resources for conducting these analyses are not readily available anymore, we have found it difficult to comply with the reviewer’s request

      (5) More direct evidence for SST axons projecting from MEC to LEC would strengthen the conclusions made. E.g., in experiments where the SST neurons are labelled, is it possible to follow the axons? Do they project as expected from the MEC to the LEC?

      In our view the tracing data provide convincing evidence in support of a direct projection from MEC to LEC by SST neurons, as shown in horizontal brain sections where SST axons labelled in MEC of an SST<sup>Cre</sup> mouse projects within Layer I from the site of origin in MEC to Layer I of MEC (Supplementary Figure 3). Similar visualizations were not possible to obtain in our electrophysiological experiments where semicoronal slices were used. This cutting angle has been shown to be optimal to preserve most of the axon and the dendritic tree of LEC neurons (Tahvildari and Alonso, 2005; Canto and Witter 2012), but does not maintain the projection from MEC to LEC.

      Minor Points:

      (1) "These layers are heavily innervated by medial entorhinal axons (Figure 1F...". I don't see a 1F.

      This has been corrected; should have been Figure 1E.

      (2) Methods should report series resistance values for patch-clamp experiments (range and mean).

      Fully agree and this information has now been added on page 22 of the manuscript:

      Under Voltage clamp: ‘Recordings with series resistance ≤ 25 MΩ were accepted, with an average of 16.2 MΩ for voltage clamp recorded neurons (range, 4.9 – 24.9 MΩ).’

      Under Current clamp: ‘All recordings (series resistance: 18.9 MΩ, 5.0 – 66.7 MΩ; mean, range) were included for analysis.’

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please specify in the figure or, alternatively, in the figure legend which virus was used in each group shown in Figures 2H and 2I. This is somewhat confusing, since Figure 2E illustrates a specific combination of viruses and mouse lines that only corresponds to part of Figure 2H. While this information is provided in the text, including it directly in the figure would help the reader.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion, and we have implemented this in the new version of figure 2.

      (2) In Figure 4, regarding the inputs from PIR, cLEC, and PER to LEC, the inhibitory components recruited by each input were not examined as thoroughly as for the MEC inputs. In fact, some inhibitory interneurons were double-labeled in the GAD67 mice (Figure 4B), which could also influence the responses of LEC neurons, especially for PER inputs. Recordings in Figure 4C appear to have been obtained near the reversal potential for inhibition, which may have prevented the observation of inhibitory effects. The authors could discuss this point in the Results.

      The reviewer is correct and this issue is now addressed in the relevant section in the results (page 11):

      ‘It should be noted, however, that it is possible that inhibitory effects could have been masked in some recordings, due to the resting membrane potential in our recordings being close to the theoretical chloride equilibrium potential. This could be particularly relevant for the inputs from PER, an area where we found LEC-projecting GABAergic neurons (Fig. 4B) and which is known to provide long-distance inhibition to LEC (Pinto et al., 2006; Apergis- Schoute et al., 2007).’

      (2) A diagram summarizing the known connections among MEC, LEC, and the hippocampal formation, highlighting the relevant cell types, layers, and the new connections identified in this study, would be a valuable addition, perhaps as a supplementary figure.

      We appreciate the suggestion, though find a full summary of known connectivity a bit overdone. Instead, we included a new figure 6 that summarizes the main new findings of the paper in the context of LEC projections to the hippocampal formation.

      (3) Although the main focus is on MEC-LEC connectivity, the experiments examining interactions with other cortical areas and converging inputs would benefit from a discussion of how MEC-driven inhibition of LEC might influence those inputs and shape the resulting output to the hippocampus. Including a short paragraph addressing this in the Discussion section would strengthen the manuscript.

      Excellent suggestion although we did speculate briefly in the result section on the possible effect. We have added a short paragraph in the discussion (page 15), reiterating the part in the results (page 13, last paragraph of results). We also briefly discussed the potential functional relevance of the suppression of the pathway from layer IIa to DG-CA3/CA2 versus the facilitation of activity in the pathway from layers IIb/III to CA1 and subiculum (last section of the discussion).

      (4) Lastly, it would be interesting to know what the main source of activation is for the SST long-range LEC projecting neurons. Are these neurons recruited in a feedback manner by the activity of MEC excitatory cells? I realize this question is beyond the scope of the present study, but if the authors have any data or insights related to this point, including a brief discussion would be valuable.

      This is an interesting thought, and we have included a new supplementary figure (supplementary Figure 5) showing data from experiments mapping monosynaptic inputs to MEC SST neurons using rabies virus. Although it was not possible to target only MEC SST neurons that project to LEC, the data show which are the main extrinsic inputs to the population of MEC SST neurons, most likely including those that project to LEC.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Millard and colleagues investigated if the analgesic effect of nicotine on pain sensitivity, assessed with two pain models, is mediated by Peak Alpha Frequency (PAF) recorded with resting state EEG. The authors found indeed that nicotine (4 mg, gum) reduced pain ratings during phasic heat pain but not cuff pressor algometry compared to placebo conditions. Nicotine also increased PAF (globally). However, mediation analysis revealed that the reduction in pain ratings elicited by the phasic heat pain after taking nicotine was not mediated by the changes in PAF. Also, the authors only partially replicated the correlation between PAF and pain sensitivity at baseline (before nicotine treatment). At the group-level no correlation was found, but an exploratory analysis showed that the negative correlation (lower PAF, higher pain sensitivity) was present in males but not in females. The authors discuss the lack of correlation.

      In general, the study is rigorous, methodology is sound and the paper is well-written. Results are compelling and sufficiently discussed.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of this study are the pre-registration, proper sample size calculation, and data analysis. But also the presence of the analgesic effect of nicotine and the change in PAF.

      Weaknesses:

      It would even be more convincing if they had manipulated PAF directly.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their positive and constructive comments regarding our study. We appreciate the view that the study was rigorous and methodologically sound, that the paper was well-written, and that the strengths included our pre-registration, sample size calculation, and data analysis.

      In response to the reviewer's comment about more directly manipulating Peak Alpha Frequency (PAF), we agree that such an approach could provide a more direct investigation of the role of PAF in pain processing. We chose nicotine to modulate PAF as the literature suggested it was associated with a reliable increase in PAF speed. As mentioned in our Discussion, there are several alternative methods to manipulate PAF, such as non-invasive brain stimulation techniques (NIBS) like transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS) or neurofeedback training. These approaches could help clarify whether a causal relationship exists between PAF and pain sensitivity. Although methods such as NIBS still require further investigation as there is little evidence for these approaches changing PAF (Millard et al., 2024).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study by Millard et al. investigates the effect of nicotine on alpha peak frequency and pain in a very elaborate experimental design. According to the statistical analysis, the authors found a factor-corrected significant effect for prolonged heat pain but not for alpha peak frequency in response to the nicotine treatment.

      Strengths:

      I very much like the study design and that the authors followed their research line by aiming to provide a complete picture of the pain-related cortical impact of alpha peak frequency. This is very important work, even in the absence of any statistical significance. I also appreciate the preregistration of the study and the well-written and balanced introduction. However, it is important to give access to the preregistration beforehand.

      Comment on latest version:

      I thank the authors for their efforts to respond to my previous concerns. I appreciate the additional analyses and the more cautious wording in several places. However, I still think the manuscript would benefit from a more direct interpretation of the findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Millard et al. investigate the effects of nicotine on pain sensitivity and peak alpha frequency (PAF) in resting state EEG. To this end, they ran a pre-registered, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled experiment involving 62 healthy adults who received either 4 mg nicotine gum (n=29) or placebo (n=33). Prolonged heat and pressure were used as pain models. Resting state EEG and pain intensity (assessed with a visual analog scale) were measured before and after the intervention. Additionally, several covariates (sex at birth, depression and anxiety symptoms, stress, sleep quality, among others) were recorded. Data was analyzed using ANCOVAequivalent two-wave latent change score models, as well as repeated measures analysis of variance. Results do not show ‘experimentally relevant’ changes of PAF or pain intensity scores for either of the prolonged pain models due to nicotine intake.

      The main strengths of the manuscript are its solid conceptual framework and the thorough experimental design. The researchers make a good case in the introduction and discussion for the need to further investigate the association of PAF and pain sensitivity. Furthermore, they proceed to carefully describe every aspect of the experiment in great detail, which is excellent for reproducibility purposes. Finally, they analyse the data from almost every possible angle and provide an extensive report of their results.

      The main weakness of the manuscript is the interpretation of these results. Even though some of the differences are statistically significant (e.g., global PAF, pain intensity ratings during heat pain), these differences are far from being experimentally or clinically relevant. The effect sizes observed are not sufficiently large to consider that pain sensitivity was modulated by the nicotine intake, which puts into question all the answers to the research questions posed in the study.

      We would like to express our gratitude to Reviewer #3 for their thoughtful and constructive review, including the positive feedback on the strengths of our study's conceptual framework, experimental design, and thorough methodological descriptions.

      We acknowledge the concern regarding the experimental and clinical relevance of some statistically significant results (e.g., global PAF and pain intensity during heat pain) and agree that small effect sizes may limit their practical implications. However, our primary goal was to assess whether nicotine-induced changes in PAF mediate pain changes, rather than to demonstrate large direct effects on pain sensitivity. Nicotine was chosen for its known ability to modulate PAF, and our focus was on the mechanistic role of PAF in pain perception. To clarify this, we have revised the discussion to better differentiate between statistical significance, experimental relevance, and clinical applicability. We emphasize that this study represents a preliminary step towards understanding PAF’s mechanistic role in pain, rather than a direct clinical application.

      We appreciate the suggestion to refine our interpretation. We have adjusted our language to ensure it aligns with the effect sizes observed and made recommendations for future research, such as testing different nicotine doses, to potentially uncover stronger or more clinically relevant effects.

      Although modest, we believe these findings offer valuable insights into the potential mechanisms by which nicotine affects alpha oscillations and pain. We have also discussed how these small effects could become more pronounced in different populations (e.g., chronic pain patients) and over time, offering guidance for future research on PAF modulation and pain sensitivity.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I thank the authors for their efforts to respond to my concerns. I very much admire the thoughts and effort that the authors have put into this study. This is a great study design, a fantastic research idea and an important path to study the neurophysiology of pain.

      I also understand that some of my suggestions are not compatible with the authors' current line of analysing their data. Since the authors did not change the analysis procedure and obviously could not change their experimental design, I would largely keep my public review.

      However, acknowledge the different opinions and have a few remarks and suggestions.

      (1) In agreement with reviewer 3, I would not consider the effect of nicotine to be meaningful. The random effect mentioned by the authors could have been addressed with a crossover design. In this case, the placebo and intervention could have been directly compared. Interindividual differences in pain perception are at least partially controlled for by analysing the difference between pre and post-gum. The distribution of the pre-post difference separately for placebo and nicotine would be a valuable addition to the manuscript. I still think the minimal effect of nicotine on pain is not meaningful and not interpretable. The relevance of any explanatory variable like stress could be by chance (PMID: 35296861). Reviewer 3 had a valid point (comment 6) and this is something that should be mentioned as clearly as possible: there was no effect of nicotine. For PHP the comparison with the placebo is irrelevant if there is no pre vs. post-effect.

      It is fair to say that some issues could have been resolved using a cross-over design, however, the choice of a parallel design was made, in part, due to the desire to mask the presence of a placebo gum. Having a single session per participant allowed us to produce a deception that all participants were receiving nicotine gum, which was later revealed during a debrief. This aspect is far less feasible in a cross-over design. In future, different approaches could be used. And we appreciated the reviewers recognition that this cannot, of course, be changed at this stage.

      Regarding the comments of 1) ’I would not consider the effect of nicotine to be meaningful’, 2) the minimal effect of nicotine on pain is not meaningful and not interpretable’, and 3) ’there was no effect of nicotine’, we discern that the latter differs considerably from the first two points. We would like to address this point by first calling into question what the reviewer(s) mean by meaningful, and highlighting that discerning this varies by context. Edenberg (2021) highlights that meaning can be situated within several contexts: statistical, biological (mechanistic), clinical, and public policy. We show the statistical context, and therefore would like to emphasise that we cannot state number 3) ’there was no effect of nicotine’.

      Although the complexity of our analysis is not at the same scale, we appreciate the need for thousands of participants for brain-wide associations, as cited (PMID: 35296861 = Marek et al., 2022). The article referenced states that reproducible brain-wide association studies require thousands of individuals, and thus we would like to highlight that our work indicating the potential relevance of sex/stress greatly differs from this. Though it may be by chance, the potential for that chance is 0.05 from a statistical significance perspective. Certainly, no finding should be taken as truth without replication, but that does not mean we should not report our finding of a statistically significant effect of stress on change in PAF in our model.

      Then, the question becomes, are we already at the point where the issue of ’how to go beyond statistical significance’ should be addressed? One could argue no, as this is the first study to assess this question of nicotine’s effect on PAF and pain at the same time. But we would like to argue yes, although only to the mechanistic/biological level, because the question of what is meaningful is dependent on the study goals (Edenberg, 2021). We aimed to gain mechanistic insight into the PAF-pain relationship.

      We hoped to achieve some biological/mechanistic meaning in the present study, however, as outlined in the discussion, with small effect sizes for nicotine on PAF and nicotine on heat pain, and lack of a mediating effect, we may not have achieved this. Although, if replicated, even small magnitude effects can shape our understanding of relevant mechanisms underlying pain and aid future clinical perspectives (Edenberg, 2021; Ross & Bassett, 2024). Meaningfulness in clinical or public policy contexts should of course be in mind, but were clearly not the focus of this present work.

      We have edited the manuscript to demonstrate the fact that our effect size is small.

      We corrected the rounding to 2 decimals, and now also refer the reader to the supplementary materials table:

      “Change in pain was reduced by a factor of -0.68 for the nicotine group compared to the placebo group when controlling for confounding variables (Figure 3). See Supplementary Material 3.2, Table 5, for full model output.”

      We edited the abstract and the first paragraph of the discussion to make clear to the reader that the effect sizes were small. In our desire to keep the text clear and readable, we did not intend to overstretch our claims, and apologise if the manuscript was unintentionally portraying this overstretch. These are very important sections of the manuscript in which to mention such nuances, as these are the parts viewed most when readers do not wish to read the entire manuscript.

      Abstract

      “The nicotine group showed a small decrease in heat-pain ratings compared to placebo group when controlling confounders, and a small increase in PAF across the scalp from pre- to post-gum, both with and without confounder adjustment. These effects were most pronounced in the central-parietal and right-frontal electrodes.”

      Discussion first paragraph

      “Compared to placebo, our data demonstrate three key findings: 1) nicotine increased PAF speed; 2) nicotine reduced prolonged heat pain intensity but only when controlling for confounding and not for the prolonged pressure pain model, and 3) decreases in prolonged heat pain intensity were not mediated by changes in PAF. This suggests that changes in heat pain due to nicotine occur through mechanisms unrelated to change in PAF and require replication as the effects required control for confounding and the reduction was small in magnitude.”

      Discussion section on effect of nicotine on PAF:

      “In line with previous literature in non-smokers [38,47,48], we contribute additional evidence that chewing 4 mg of nicotine gum produces a statistically significant increase in PAF speed in non-smoking, nicotine-gum-naïve, pain-free, adult participants. An exploratory cluster-based permutation analysis indicated that the change in wide-window PAF (8–12 Hz) produced by nicotine, was most pronounced in a cluster of electrodes in the central-parietal region and a separate cluster of electrodes in the right-frontal region, rather than in the pre-registered sensorimotor ROI (i.e., Cz, C1, C2, C3, C4).”

      Discussion section on the effect of nicotine on pain:

      “While acknowledging the modest effect size, it’s essential to consider the context of our study’s focus. Assessing the clinical relevance of pain reduction is pertinent in applications involving the use of any intervention for pain management [71]. However, from a mechanistic standpoint, particularly in understanding the implications of and relation to PAF, the specific magnitude of the pain effect becomes less pivotal, as small effects can still have mechanistic or biological meaning without establishing clinical meaning [72]. Nevertheless, future research should examine whether effects on pain increase in magnitude with different nicotine administration regimens (i.e. dose and frequency).” 

      Discussion section on relationship between PAF and pain:

      “However, as this is the first study attempting to directly manipulate PAF, observing only small effects on pain, we cannot confidently state that a causal relationship between PAF and pain sensitivity does not exist, and future research should explore these relationships with larger sample sizes, larger doses of nicotine, and alternative PAF modulators.”

      Discussion final paragraph:

      “We have shown that, compared to placebo, nicotine gum produced statistically significant increases global PAF speed and decreases pain ratings during prolonged heat pain. However, the effects of nicotine on heat pain were not mediated by changes in PAF. Therefore, we find no evidence that PAF is causally related to pain. The implication of this is that changing PAF may not be a useful target for pain modulation, because pain sensitivity may not be dependent on state changes in PAF. However, this is the first study to test modulation of PAF as a mechanism for reducing pain intensity. Moreover, while effects on PAF appear small but robust, effects on heat pain required control for confounding to be observed. More randomised experiments on the effects of nicotine that use larger sample sizes, higher nicotine doses, and pharmacokinetic tracking, whilst also reducing mediator measurement error are needed to confirm the present findings and uncover whether these factors account for the lack of mediation effect seen here.”

      (2) I still think the authors made a mistake in using nicotine. Their new wording did not convince me, and I doubt that any reader would buy the "mediation by design" phrase.

      We addressed the reviewers previous comment (comment 1) on nicotine being a ‘mistake’, and no longer suggest there is a “large body of evidence suggests that nicotine is an ideal choice for manipulating PAF”. We have been clearer about our intention to assess mediation-by-design, with the manipulation of PAF being out primary aim. For example, this edit in the discussion:

      “The choice of nicotine was driven by its potential to change PAF, but also, short-term nicotine use is thought to have acute analgesic properties in experimental settings, with a review reporting that nicotine increased pain thresholds and pain tolerance [51].”

      In addition, we discussed the ’direct’ manipulation of PAF using non-invasive brain stimulation methods, and have now added further future research directions using methods other than nicotine or NIBS:

      “Furthermore, there may have been other mediators that suppress the mediating effects of PAF within our model [66,82,83]. This is plausible, as nicotine is thought to act on pain through multiple pathways [52,54,84], and more direct PAF modulation could more definitively evaluate whether PAF is mechanistically linked to pain sensitivity. Future interventions to modulate PAF could use non-invasive brain stimulation (NIBS), such as transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS) or repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS), to influence neuronal firing and thereby directly target the brain mechanisms theorised to generate PAF [85–87]. This approach has since been investigated following the initial preprint of

      the present manuscript [88,89]. In addition, other approaches to modulating approaches could be considered, such as exercise [32–34], visual stimulation [35,36], cannabis [90,91], and neurofeedback [92,93], while considering their viability in terms of blinding, tolerability, and scalability.”

      (3) I acknowledge the work of the authors on SNR, the frequency spectrum looks smooth enough to detect peaks. However, the problem of different alpha sources is not solved. This can be seen in the frequency spectrum, where some participants show two peaks. This is not the first time I have suggested this to the authors; the idea is not new. The fMRI analogue would be to average all GM voxels; instead of global alpha it would be "global brain activity". Some suggestions for a future approach that the authors might consider:

      Run a group ICA and select topographies from there. This should simplify the (potentially arbitrary) selection process.

      Consider filtering the data before running the ICA, at least >20 Hz to exclude muscle artefacts.

      We respectfully note that the reviewer’s comment appears to overlook the substantial revisions we have already made in direct response to this issue. Specifically, we implemented ICA in the revised manuscript, using an automated, objective pipeline to identify components with a clear alpha peak and a topography aligned with a predefined sensorimotor template. This was explicitly done to address concerns about overlapping alpha sources and improve anatomical specificity.

      Contrary to the reviewer’s implication, we did not rely solely on global analyses in the original or revised manuscript, as we also included pre-defined ROIs and data-driven ROIs from cluster-based permutation analysis. The additional ICA-based analyses—included in the first revision—produced results that were consistent with the original sensor-space ROI findings, supporting the robustness of the PAF–pain mediation effect regardless of the method used to isolate sensorimotor alpha.

      We agree that group ICA could be a valuable complementary approach. However, it is not without limitations, particularly in EEG where inter-individual variability in source topographies is high. Our choice to perform ICA at the individual level and apply an automated selection criterion based on spectral and spatial features was deliberate, data-driven, and avoids the subjectivity involved in manual selection or group-level back-projection.

      We have added a discussion of this point and fully acknowledge that future work may benefit from comparing multiple alpha sources (e.g., mu vs. occipital) more explicitly. However, we must emphasise that this is not a missing analysis—it is already included in the revised manuscript. In this second revision, we have added an additional reference to this supplementary analysis within the section previously titled “Exploratory cluster-based permutation anlaysis”, now titled “Exploratory data-driven analysis of alpha”, in case the previous reference to it was in a sub-optimal location:

      “Lastly, use of in-house code developed to automatically extract a sensorimotor alpha component using independent component analysis (ICA) showed similar results to the sensorimotor ROI mediation analysis (Supplementary Material 3.11). This supports the robustness of the PAF-pain effect regardless of the method used to isolate sensorimotor alpha.”

      We strongly disagree with the suggestion to apply a low-pass filter below 20 Hz prior to ICA. This would remove high-frequency content, including muscle activity—the very signals ICA is designed to isolate and separate from neural activity.

      By removing muscle-related frequencies before ICA, the reviewer’s proposed approach would prevent ICA from identifying muscle components in the data. This is methodologically flawed. as ICA works best when it has access to the full spectral range of the signal, allowing it to separate statistically independent sources— including muscle, eye movements, and neural oscillations—based on their spatial and temporal structure (Onton et al., 2006). Thus the desired sensorimotor alpha component would be more distinct if the full spectral range is included. Low-pass filtering the data before ICA designed to identify alpha would severely compromise artifact removal, degrade component separation, and reduce the effectiveness of our preprocessing pipeline.

      References for responses to reviewer 2

      Edenberg HJ. Perspective on beyond statistical significance: Finding meaningful effects. Complex Psychiatry 2021;7:1–8. https://doi.org/10.1159/000517237.

      Marek S, Tervo-Clemmens B, Calabro FJ, Montez DF, Kay BP, Hatoum AS, Donohue MR, Foran W, Miller RL, Hendrickson TJ, Malone SM. Reproducible brain-wide association studies require thousands of individuals. Nature. 2022 Mar 24;603(7902):654-60.

      Ross LN, Bassett DS. Causation in neuroscience: keeping mechanism meaningful. Nature Reviews Neuroscience. 2024 Feb;25(2):81-90.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would like to thank the authors for the time and dedication that they clearly put into addressing the reviewer's comments. As researchers, we alternate between both sides (as authors and reviewers) and we are all privy of how difficult these tasks can be.

      For me as a reviewer, this is one of the tough times. I wanted to support this manuscript because it is clear that conducting the study had to be a monumental effort, and there were early indications that it was rigorously carried out. Specifically referring to rigor, I value preregistration as a tool to assess the strength of the hypothesis posed before conducting the study, and the severity with which the claims are tested. During my first review, I tried to access the preregistration and even provided my email address as a sign of transparency, but access was not granted. During my second review, the main file in the submission system contained two versions of the same manuscript (the first one corresponding to the old version with the wrong preregistration link). I was not initially aware of this and I apologize for the misunderstanding.

      With respect to the rest of my observations, I see that the authors made concessions on small and less relevant issues (e.g. comments #1, #2, #3), but did not satisfactorily address the main ones (#4, #5, #6, #7, #8 and #9). Addressing those comments (which are in line with the issues noted by other reviewers), would probably have lead to a different interpretation of the results compared with what they state in the first paragraph of the discussion.

      The main claims (abstract and first paragraph of the discussion) are " 1) nicotine increased PAF speed; 2) nicotine reduced prolonged heat pain intensity but not prolonged pressure pain intensity compared to placebo gum". Just by reading and contrasting the claims with the results, my assessment is that the strength of evidence is inadequate.

      I was now able to review the analysis plan, which did not contain an estimation of the effect sizes (only effect directions) and did not have a proper sample size estimation (comment #4) and the main outcome was not, to my understanding, based in terms of the beta coefficients (as you replied to reviewer #1). I also do not think that the possibility of no effect or a false positive (comment #5) is fairly weighed in relation to these main claims in the abstract an first paragraph of the discussion.

      I also do not consider the response to comment #6 as satisfactory, first because it is a mistake to consider that we (as reviewers) only interpret the 'mean results'. As we have detailed access to the data, we interpret these results in terms of signal-to-noise ratio, i.e., how large is the effect (signal) compared with the intra and interindividual variance (noise), and it should be clear for anyone working on this fields (pain and EEG) that not only the main effect is not experimentally relevant to support the claims (comments #6 and #7), but in some cases it is likely to have arisen from the unjustified inclusion of covariates (comment #8 and #9). I only raise the final strength of evidence in my assessment from 'inadequate' to 'incomplete', because of the additions to the discussion.

      As a final thought, I would have been more than happy to support and recommend the reading of a manuscript that described a carefully designed and preregistered study, but in which the hypothesis were not corroborated by the data. I would have even marked the strength of evidence as compelling. Unfortunately, the preregistered hypothesis cannot be severely tested (at least not in terms of a frequentist framework) because the effects sizes were not predefined and the required sample size was not estimated, and what I see from the manuscript is that there is an effort to maintain claims that are not properly supported by the data and the final analysis. I recognized that I myself can also be in the wrong, so it will be left for eLife readers to make up their own minds.

      We respectfully disagree with the assertion that our preregistered hypotheses "cannot be severely tested" due to the absence of predefined effect sizes and sample size estimation. First, the primary purpose of preregistration is to increase transparency and reduce analytical flexibility—not necessarily to formalize power calculations, especially when reliable effect size estimates are unavailable, as is the case in emerging areas of research such as this one (Nosek et al., 2018). Predefining effect sizes based on speculative or contextually irrelevant prior studies would have introduced unjustified assumptions and potentially distorted interpretation. In this case, we made the scientifically responsible choice to avoid anchoring our design on uncertain estimates. 

      Second, our sample size is comparable to or larger than those used in prior published studies addressing similar questions, and our analytic pipeline followed the preregistered plan. The reviewer suggests that we are attempting to maintain unsupported claims; however, our discussion is careful to reflect the limitations of the findings, including their statistical uncertainty, and we do not overstate conclusions. Where effects were weak or absent, we reported this transparently and interpreted them cautiously.

      Finally, while formal power calculations are useful under certain conditions, they are not a prerequisite for a study to be considered a "severe test" of a hypothesis—especially when the statistical approach is preregistered, data are handled transparently, and null results are acknowledged rather than hidden. The sample size was informed by resource and feasibility constraints (Lakens, 2022) and aligns with or exceeds that of comparable studies in the field (Bowers et al., 2015). We have now made this rationale explicit in the manuscript.

      “The sample size was informed by resource and feasibility constraints [98] and aligns with or exceeds that of comparable studies in the field [38], covering 60 participants in total, with two extra in case of incomplete data identified during later data analysis.”

      We therefore maintain that the study is a valid and informative contribution, regardless of whether the observed results confirm or disconfirm the hypotheses.

      Nonetheless, below we have revisited previous comments (#4, #5, #6, #7, #8 and #9) that reviewer 3 stated were not satisfactorily addressed.

      Previous comment 4) Availability of the pre-registration

      We consider this point now addressed, as access to the OSF pre-registration was resolved. Moreover, we can assure the reviewer that their identity was not revealed, as the request for access was not received/seen.

      Previous comment 5) Magnitude of pain change – possibility of a type 1 error.

      Previous comment 5) To be perfectly clear, I trust the results of this study more than some of the cited studies regarding nicotine and pain because it was preregistered, the sample size is considerably larger, and it seems carefully controlled. I just do not agree with the interpretation of the results, stated in the first paragraph of the Discussion. Quoting J. Cohen, "The primary product of a research inquiry is one or more measures of effect size, not P values" (Cohen, 1990). As I am sure the authors are aware of, even tiny differences between conditions, treatments or groups will eventually be statistically significant given arbitrarily large sample sizes. What really matters then is the magnitude of these differences. In general, the authors hypothesize on why there were no differences on the pressure pain model, and why decreases in heat pain were not mediated by PAF, but do not seem to consider the possibility that the intervention just did not cause the intended effect on the nociceptive system, which would be a much more straightforward explanations for all observations.

      Our previous response included the fact that N=62 is not an arbitrarily large sample size and our consideration of the possibility of a false positive. In addition, we agree that conclusions should not be made based on p-values alone. Therefore, we have added more careful descriptions to highlight the nuances of our findings to the reader.

      We edited the abstract and the first paragraph of the discussion to make clear to the reader that the effect sizes were small. In our desire to keep the text clear and readable, we did not intend to overstretch our claims, and apologise if the manuscript was unintentionally portraying this overstretch. These are very important sections of the manuscript in which to mention such nuances, as these are the parts viewed most when readers do not wish to read the entire manuscript.

      Abstract

      “The nicotine group showed a small decrease in heat-pain ratings compared to placebo group when controlling confounders, and a small increase in PAF across the scalp from pre- to post-gum, both with and without confounder adjustment. These effects were most pronounced in the central-parietal and right-frontal electrodes.”

      Discussion first paragraph

      “Compared to placebo, our data demonstrate three key findings: 1) nicotine increased PAF speed; 2) nicotine reduced prolonged heat pain intensity but only when controlling for confounding and not for the prolonged pressure pain model, and 3) decreases in prolonged heat pain intensity were not mediated by changes in PAF. This suggests that changes in heat pain due to nicotine occur through mechanisms unrelated to change in PAF and require replication as the effects required control for confounding and the reduction was small in magnitude.”

      Discussion section on effect of nicotine on PAF:

      “In line with previous literature in non-smokers [38,47,48], we contribute additional evidence that chewing 4 mg of nicotine gum produces a statistically significant increase in PAF speed in non-smoking, nicotine-gum-naïve, pain-free, adult participants. An exploratory cluster-based permutation analysis indicated that the change in wide-window PAF (8–12 Hz) produced by nicotine, was most pronounced in a cluster of electrodes in the central-parietal region and a separate cluster of electrodes in the right-frontal region, rather than in the pre-registered sensorimotor ROI (i.e., Cz, C1, C2, C3, C4).”

      Discussion section on the effect of nicotine on pain:

      “While acknowledging the modest effect size, it’s essential to consider the context of our study’s focus. Assessing the clinical relevance of pain reduction is pertinent in applications involving the use of any intervention for pain management [71]. However, from a mechanistic standpoint, particularly in understanding the implications of and relation to PAF, the specific magnitude of the pain effect becomes less pivotal, as small effects can still have mechanistic or biological meaning without establishing clinical meaning [72]. Nevertheless, future research should examine whether effects on pain increase in magnitude with different nicotine administration regimens (i.e. dose and frequency).”

      Discussion section on relationship between PAF and pain:

      “However, as this is the first study attempting to directly manipulate PAF, observing only small effects on pain, we cannot confidently state that a causal relationship between PAF and pain sensitivity does not exist, and future research should explore these relationships with larger sample sizes, larger doses of nicotine, and alternative PAF modulators.”

      Discussion final paragraph:

      “We have shown that, compared to placebo, nicotine gum produced statistically significant increases global PAF speed and decreases pain ratings during prolonged heat pain. However, the effects of nicotine on heat pain were not mediated by changes in PAF. Therefore, we find no evidence that PAF is causally related to pain. The implication of this is that changing PAF may not be a useful target for pain modulation, because pain sensitivity may not be dependent on state changes in PAF. However, this is the first study to test modulation of PAF as a mechanism for reducing pain intensity. Moreover, while effects on PAF appear small but robust, effects on heat pain required control for confounding to be observed. More randomised experiments on the effects of nicotine that use larger sample sizes, higher nicotine doses, and pharmacokinetic tracking, whilst also reducing mediator measurement error are needed to confirm the present findings and uncover whether these factors account for the lack of mediation effect seen here.”

      Previous comment 6) Magnitude of pain change

      Previous comment (6) In this regard, I do not believe that an average *increase* of 0.05 / 10 (Nicotine post pre) can be considered a "reduction of pain ratings", regardless of the contrast with placebo (average increase of 0.24 / 10). This tiny effect size is more relevant in the context of the considerable inter-individual variation, in which subjects scored the same heat pain model anywhere from 1 to 10, and the same pressure pain model anywhere from 1 to 8.5. In this regard, the minimum clinically or experimentally important differences (MID) in pain ratings varies from study to study and across painful conditions but is rarely below 1 / 10 in a VAS or NRS scale, see f. ex. (Olsen et al., 2017). It is not my intention to question whether nicotine can function as an acute analgesic in general (as stated in the Discussion), but instead, if it worked as such under these very specific experimental conditions. I also acknowledge that the authors note this issue in two lines in the Discussion, but I believe that this is not weighed properly.

      Our previous response included discussion of interpreting mean values, a correction to a table that showed the ”increase” erroneously displayed previously due to list-wise deletion in the analysis. We have further attempted to weigh this issue more thoroughly and to always highlight the nuances of our results, as seen in our response to your previous comment 5 above. In further consideration of the effect size, note that the bootstrapped 95% CI for the effect of gum on change in pain was [-1.28, -0.16], which indicates that the overall difference falls within this range when controlling for other factors in the model. Of course this means the difference may be as small as -0.16, but also may be as large as -1.28. Such an effect might have be considered clinically relevant. Replication of the results is therefore warranted.

      Also, as outlined in our response to reviewer 2 comment 1, our intention was not to establish a clinical utility at this stage. We hoped to achieve some biological/mechanistic meaning in the present study, and if our present findings are replicated in future, even these small-magnitude effects can shape our understanding of relevant mechanisms underlying pain and aid the direction of future clinical perspectives (Edenberg, 2021; Ross & Bassett, 2024). Meaningfulness in clinical (e.g., MID) or public policy contexts should of course be in mind, but were not the focus of this present work.

      Several additional changes were made to the manuscript to emphasise these points to the reader, which are also outlined in the second round of response to your first comment 5 above, as both this comment 6 and 5 focus on magnitude of pain change. We hope this point is now considered to be weighed properly.

      Previous comment 7) Magnitude of PAF change

      Previous comment (7) In line with the topic of effect sizes, average effect sizes for PAF in the study cited in the manuscript range from around 1 Hz (Boord et al., 2008; Wydenkeller et al., 2009; Lim et al., 2016), to 2 Hz (Foulds et al., 1994), compared with changes of 0.06 Hz (Nicotine post - pre) or -0.01 Hz (Placebo post - pre). MIDs are not so clearly established for peak frequencies in EEG bands, but they should be certainly larger than some fractions of a Hertz (which is considerably below the reliability of the measurement).

      In our first response to this comment, we acknowledged this difference in magnitude, agreed that MIDs for PAF are not established, discussed the potential impact of bin size, and highlighted this issue in the revised manuscript text. Although, note that we have now slightly reduced the emphasis on the bin size:

      “The ability to detect changes in PAF could be considerably impacted by the frequency resolution used during Fourier Transformations, an element that is overlooked in recent methodological studies on PAF calculation [16,95].”

      In addition, we would now like to highlight some more details regarding the prior studies.

      We aimed to determine whether nicotine gum could increase PAF in healthy, pain-free, non-smokers. In line with previous literature in non-smokers (Foulds et al., 1994; Harkrider and Champlin, 2001; Bowers et al., 2015), we contribute additional evidence that chewing 4 mg of nicotine gum produces small increases in PAF speed in non-smoking, nicotine-gum-naïve, pain-free, adult participants. The other three papers mentioned by the reviewer are not cited in our manuscript and compare healthy individuals to chronic pain patients (Boord et al., 2008; Wydenkeller et al., 2009; Lim et al., 2016), and are thus not relevant to this discussion on the effect of nicotine on PAF.

      A cluster-based permutation analysis indicated that the change in wide window PAF (8-12 Hz) produced by nicotine, was most pronounced in a cluster of electrodes in the central-parietal region and a separate cluster of electrodes in the right-frontal region, rather than in the pre-registered sensorimotor ROI (i.e., Cz, C1, C2, C3, C4). The mediation analysis results showed minimal differences when these clusters of electrodes were used compared to global results (global: b = 0.085, p < .018), except for the expected stronger effect of nicotine on change in PAF alongside greater confidence in this effect (bs = 0.11-0.14, ps < .003). See Supplementary Material 3.8-3.10.

      Previous work examining nicotine-induced changes in PAF in healthy non-smokers have used small samples (i.e. <= 20) with nicotine injections or patches (Foulds et al., 1994; Harkrider and Champlin, 2001), while a later investigation used 62 male participants and nicotine gum (Bowers et al., 2015). Therefore, the present study is the largest study to date on nicotine and PAF including non-smoking male and female participants. Bowers didn’t see effects as large as 1 or 2 Hz (approx. 10 or 20% increases) seen in studies with fewer participants, such as n=4 (Foulds et al., 1994) and n=20 (Harkrider & Champlin, 2001), and the magnitude and location of effect depended on the COMT (Bowers et al., 2015).

      Bowers et al (2015) showed that the Met allele was related to nicotine-induced increases in PAF, whereas Val/Val homozygotes did not demonstrate PAF changes. In addition, the distribution of PAF increases varied depending on whether Met allele carriers were heterozygotes (i.e. Val/Met: frontal, central, and occipital electrodes) or homozygotes (i.e. Met/Met: parietal electrode). The largest difference between placebo and nicotine gum was 0.51 Hz (a 5.8% increase) at the Fz electrode for the Val/Met group and the smallest significant difference was 0.34 Hz (a 3.5% increase) at the Pz electrode for the Met/Met group.

      This study from Bowers used 6mg of nicotine gum, whereas we used 4mg, which may contribute to the lower effect size seen in our study. Dose-dependent effects have not been assessed in non-smokers, but given the dose-dependent changes seen in smokers who abstained from cigarettes prior to EEG recording (Pickworth et al., 1989; Pickworth et al., 1988; Pickworth et al., 1986), the smaller effect sizes seen in the present study may be in line with Bowers study.

      Though genetic analysis was not included in the present work, the use of a lower nicotine dose, inclusion of male and female participants, use of more electrodes (64 rather than 8), and unmeasured genetic variations in PAF’s response to nicotine could explain the smaller effect sizes compared to (Bowers et al., 2015).

      We have written a condensed summary of this to include in the manuscript discussion:

      ”Research on nicotine-induced changes in PAF in healthy non-smokers has largely relied on small samples (≤20) using injections or patches [47,48], with Bowers and colleagues [38] providing the only larger study (n= 62 males) using 6 mg nicotine gum. Their results showed modest PAF increases (~0.34–0.51 Hz; 3.5– 5.8%) compared to the larger effects (1–2 Hz; ~10–20%) reported in earlier small-sample studies, with magnitude and scalp distribution influenced by COMT genotype: Met allele carriers exhibited nicotineinduced increases (Val/Met: frontal, central, occipital; Met/Met: parietal), while Val/Val homozygotes showed no change. The present study now the largest to include both male and female non-smokers found smaller effects, likely due to the lower nicotine dose (4 mg), consistent with dose-dependent PAF modulation reported in abstinent smokers [69]. Broader EEG coverage (64 vs. 8 electrodes), sex inclusion, and unmeasured genetic variation may also account for differences between the present study and Bowers and colleagues [38]. Interestingly, beyond nicotine’s main effect on PAF, our 2W-LCS mediation model indicated a significant influence of sex, with females showing greater PAF increases than males. Given that female participants were significantly lighter than males (Supplementary Material 3.4) and the model did not test the interaction between sex at birth and gum group, these finding should be interpreted cautiously and warrant further investigation.”

      Previous comment 8) removing confounders calls to question robustness of the findings. Simmons paper

      Previous comment (8) The authors also ran alternative statistical models to analyze the data and did not find consistent results in terms of PHP ratings (PAF modulation was still statistically significantly different). The authors attribute this to the necessity of controlling for covariates. Now, considering the effects sizes, aren't these statistically significant differences just artifacts stemming from the inclusion of too many covariates (Simmons et al., 2011)? How much influence should be attributable to depression and anxiety symptoms, stress, sleep quality and past pain, considering that these are healthy volunteers? Should these contrasting differences call the authors to question the robustness of the findings (i.e., whether the same data subjected to different analysis provides the same results), particularly when the results do not align with the preregistered hypothesis (PAF modulation should occur on sensorimotor ROIs)?

      In addition to our previous response, we would like to add the following: Although we were previously unaware of the author recommendations from Simmons et al (2011) during initial preparation of this manuscript, we find we cover all points and have added a few improvements to ensure our adherence to this guideline is clear.

      We cover all six recommendations for authors suggested in Simmons et al (2011):

      (1) We decided to collect 62 participants prior to commencing data collection, this covered 60 participants in total, with two extra in case of incomplete data identified during data analysis.

      (2) We had more than 20 participants per group. We have now outlined this decision in the methods section:

      “The sample size was informed by resource and feasibility constraints [98] and aligns with or exceeds that of comparable studies in the field [38], covering 60 participants in total, with two extra in case of incomplete data identified during later data analysis.”

      (3) We provide detailed methods, which outlines all the variables collected.

      (4) We report all experimental conditions, and had no failed manipulations to report. We have now slightly adjusted the wording of our experimental protocol within the methods section to make this clear:

      “Participants were randomly assigned to one of only two conditions, thus after the second resting-state EEG, either nicotine or placebo gum was administered with the chew procedure. Following completion of the chew procedure, the third resting state, the second pain assessments, and the fouth resting state were conducted.”

      Regarding recommendation (5), listwise deletion was used, as already stated in the manuscript (see Methods, Statistical analysis, Mediation analysis, Assumptions), to exclude participants for whom only one timepoint was available in either the pain or PAF measures, and thus it is not possible to conduct analysis on participants with this missing data. Otherwise, no participants were removed for other reasons. 6) As we conducted analyses using pre-registered covariates determined based on a DAG, we repeated analyses without including these covariates in the form of RM-ANOVAs. The effect on PAF remains, however, as Simmons et al (2011) suggests, the fact we no longer observed a significant effect of gum on heat pain ratings may indicate that the finding is reliant on the presence of a covariate, which does not necessarily mean that the finding is not relevant. However, as reviewer 3 suggests, this should also cause us to question the robustness of the findings and the possibility of type 1 error. Therefore, we have adjusted text in the discussion as follows:

      “This underscores the necessity of controlling for confounding variables, as nicotine may only produce pain reduction for those with higher stress, and calls for further investigation into the robustness of the effect of nicotine on heat pain ratings.”

      Lastly, regarding the influence that should be attributable to our confounding health-related measures, given the healthy population, we still observe variation in several of these confounders. ’Healthy’ populations still score across a range on these scales, with cut-offs acting as suggestions for problematic symptomology. Assumptions testing confirmed the normality of these covariates, and lack of collinearity so that they could be included in our analyses. We have added a sentence to the Sample Characteristics in Results to outline the ranges reported for the confounding variables:

      “Depressive symptoms ranged from 0-4 (out of a maximum of 6), anxiety from 0-6 (out of a maximum of 6), perceived stress from 2-18 (out of a maximum of 40), and sleep quality from 2-10 (out of a maximum of 10; i.e. “excellent sleep quality”).”

      Previous comment 9) Exploratory sex analysis?

      (9) Beyond that, I believe in some cases that the authors overreach in an attempt to provide explanations for their results. While I agree that sex might be a relevant covariate, I cannot say whether the authors are confirming a pre-registered hypothesis regarding the gender-specific correlation of PAF and pain, or if this is just a post hoc subgroup analysis. Given the large number of analyses performed (considering the main document and the supplementary files), caution should be exercised on the selective interpretation of those that align with the researchers' hypotheses.

      To reiterate our previous response to this comment, we stated that sex was an exploratory analysis in the results and was chosen based on other PAF-pain literature, and had also adjusted part of the discussion to align with this. However, we have now seen the first paragraph of the discussion was not adjusted. Therefore, we hope the below edit has now adequately address the previous reviewer 3 comment 9:

      “In addition, when assessing the whole sample, we found inconclusive evidence for 4) slower PAF speed at baseline being associated with higher pain ratings for both the heat and pressure pain models. However, during exploratory analysis we found moderate evidence that slower PAF speed at baseline is associated with higher heat pain ratings at baseline in males but not females. In contrast PAF was not associated with pressure pain ratings for males or females.”

      References for response to reviewer 3

      Boord P, Siddall PJ, Tran Y, Herbert D, Middleton J, Craig A. Electroencephalographic slowing and reduced reactivity in neuropathic pain following spinal cord injury. Spinal cord. 2008 Feb;46(2):118-23.

      Bowers H, Smith D, De La Salle S, Choueiry J, Impey D, Philippe T, et al. COMT polymorphism modulates the resting-state EEG alpha oscillatory response to acute nicotine in male non-smokers. Genes, Brain and Behavior 2015;14:466–76.

      Edenberg HJ. Perspective on beyond statistical significance: Finding meaningful effects. Complex Psychiatry 2021;7:1–8. https://doi.org/10.1159/000517237.

      Foulds J, McSorley K, Sneddon J, Feyerabend C, Jarvis MJ, Russell MA. Effect of subcutaneous nicotine injections on EEG alpha frequency in non-smokers: A placebo-controlled pilot study. Psychopharmacology 1994;115:163–6.

      Harkrider AW, Champlin CA. Acute effect of nicotine on non-smokers: III. LLRs and EEGs. Hearing Research 2001;160:99–110.

      Lakens D. Sample size justification. Collabra: psychology. 2022 Mar 22;8(1):33267.

      Lim M, Kim JS, Kim DJ, Chung CK. Increased low-and high-frequency oscillatory activity in the prefrontal cortex of fibromyalgia patients. Frontiers in human neuroscience. 2016 Mar 14;10:111.

      Nosek BA, Ebersole CR, DeHaven AC, Mellor DT. The preregistration revolution. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. 2018 Mar 13;115(11):2600-6.

      Pickworth WB, Herning RI, Henningfield JE. Electroencephalographic effects of nicotine chewing gum in humans. Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior 1986;25:879–82.

      Pickworth WB, Herning RI, Henningfield JE. Mecamylamine reduces some EEG effects of nicotine chewing gum in humans. Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior 1988;30:149–53.

      Pickworth WB, Herning RI, Henningfield JE. Spontaneous EEG changes during tobacco abstinence and nicotine substitution in human volunteers. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 1989;251:976–82.

      Ross LN, Bassett DS. Causation in neuroscience: keeping mechanism meaningful. Nature Reviews Neuroscience. 2024 Feb;25(2):81-90.

      Simmons JP, Nelson LD, Simonsohn U. False-positive psychology: Undisclosed flexibility in data collection and analysis allows presenting anything as significant. Psychological science. 2011 Nov;22(11):1359-66.

      Wydenkeller S, Maurizio S, Dietz V, Halder P. Neuropathic pain in spinal cord injury: significance of clinical and electrophysiological measures. European Journal of Neuroscience. 2009 Jul;30(1):91-9.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated factors required for neural progenitors to exit the cell cycle before the adult stage. They first show that Kr is turned on in pupal stage MBNBs, and depletion of Kr from pupal stage NBs leads to retention of MBNBs into the adult stage. Then they demonstrate that these retained NBs maintain the expression of Imp, and co-depletion of Imp abolishes the extended neurogenesis. Further, they show that co-depletion of kr-h1 significantly reduces the retained MBNBs caused by loss of kr, suggesting antagonistic genetic interactions between these two. In addition, they demonstrate that over-expressing Kr-h1 leads to the striking phenotype of tumor-like neuroblast overgrowth in adult brains.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors leveraged well-controlled, powerful genetic tools (including temporal control of RNAi knockdown using the Gal80ts system), and provided strong evidence that Kr expression in pupal stage MBNBs is required to repress Imp and promote the end of neurogenesis. Similarly, the experimental result of co-depleting Kr-h1 and Kr, and the striking phenotype upon Kr-h1 mis-expression, support the antagonistic roles played by Kr-h1 and Kr in this process.

      (2) The sample sizes, quantification methods, and p-values are well documented for all experiments. In most parts, the data presented strongly support their conclusions.

      (3) Identification of two transcription factors with opposite roles in controlling cell cycle exit, and their possible interactions with the Imp/Syp axis, is highly significant for the study on how the proliferation of neural progenitors is regulated and limited before the adult stage.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their thoughtful and constructive assessment of our manuscript. We are grateful that the reviewer recognised the strength of our genetic approaches, the significance of identifying Kr and Kr-h1 as opposing regulators of MBNB termination, and the value of linking these factors to the Imp/Syp axis. We have revised the manuscript substantially in response to the reviewer’s comments. In particular, we have further characterised Kr expression in the KrIf-1 mutant background, examined the relationship between Kr, Kr-h1 and E93, analysed Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs using a Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter, revised the proposed model, improved figure presentation and corrected typographical errors throughout the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The nature of the KrIf-1 allele is not clear. It is mentioned that this allele leads to misexpression of Kr in various tissues. However, it is not clear if Kr is mis-expressed or lost in MBNBs in the KrIf-1 mutant. If Kr is mis-expressed in MBNBs in the KrIf-1 mutant, then it would be difficult to explain why both loss of Kr and mis-expression of Kr in MBNBs lead to the same NB retention phenotype. The authors should examine Kr expression in MBNBs in the KrIf-1 mutant.

      We agree that clarifying the nature of Kr expression in the KrIf-1 mutant background is important. We have therefore performed additional Kr immunostaining in KrIf-1 mutant brains using tyramide signal amplification (TSA) to enhance the weak endogenous Kr signal. These new data show that Kr is ectopically detected in MBNBs and their progeny in KrIf-1 mutant late pupal and adult brains (Fig. S3G, H), and quantification of TSA-enhanced Kr signals further supports Kr misexpression in MBNBs during late pupal stages (Fig. S3I). We have added these data to the revised manuscript. These results indicate that the KrIf-1 phenotype is associated with aberrant Kr expression in MBNBs rather than a simple loss of Kr expression. We agree with the reviewer that it may appear counterintuitive that both Kr depletion and Kr misexpression can lead to MBNB retention. We now discuss this point more explicitly. Our interpretation is that MBNB termination requires tight control of Kr activity during a narrow developmental window. Loss of Kr prevents the normal progression of the Imp-to-Syp transition and E93 activation, whereas ectopic or mistimed Kr expression in KrIf-1 mutants may also interfere with the same termination programme. Thus, both reduced Kr activity and inappropriate Kr expression can disrupt the precisely regulated Kr-dependent transition required for timely MBNB cell-cycle exit and elimination.

      We have revised the Results and Discussion to make this interpretation clearer and to avoid describing KrIf-1 simply as equivalent to Kr loss of function.

      (2) Some parts of the regulations and interactions between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp, Syp, and E93 are not well-defined. For example, the data suggest that Kr is turned on in the pupal stage MBNBs, and is required to end neurogenesis through repressing Imp and Kr-h1. To further support this conclusion, the authors can examine if Kr-h1 expression is up-regulated in kr-RNAi.

      The authors suggested that Kr-h1 may act upstream or in parallel to Imp/Syp, but also suggested that Kr-h1 may repress E93. The expression of Imp, Syp, and E93 can be examined in brains with Kr-h1 mis-expression to determine where Kr-h1 acts. If Imp expression is elevated when Kr-h1 is mis-expressed, then Kr-h1 may act upstream of Imp. If Imp/Syp expression does not change, then Kr-h1 may act on the E93 level.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that the regulatory relationships between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp/Syp and E93 were not sufficiently defined in the original manuscript. In the revised manuscript, we have therefore clarified which relationships are supported by our data and which remain unresolved.

      During revision, we placed particular emphasis on the relationship between Kr, Kr-h1 and E93, because our genetic interaction data showed that co-depletion of Kr-h1 partially suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion (Fig. 5A). This indicated that Kr and Kr-h1 functionally oppose each other during MBNB termination. We therefore asked whether this functional antagonism could be explained by a simple linear pathway in which Kr promotes termination by suppressing Kr-h1, which in turn antagonises E93.

      We first tested whether Kr-h1 regulates E93 in the MBNB lineage. Kr-h1 depletion increased E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, whereas Kr-h1 overexpression strongly reduced E93 expression (Fig. S5B). These data support the conclusion that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in this lineage, consistent with the established antagonistic relationship between Kr-h1 and E93 in other developmental contexts.

      We next examined whether Kr regulates this Kr-h1–E93 axis by suppressing Kr-h1 expression. To address this, we used a functional Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter. Kr-h1::GFP was readily detected in larval MBNBs but was strongly downregulated during pupal development, consistent with the MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq dataset of Liu et al. (2015). However, Kr depletion did not significantly increase Kr-h1::GFP levels in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B and Fig. S5C). Moreover, despite the absence of detectable Kr-h1::GFP upregulation, Kr depletion strongly reduced E93 expression in the progeny region of the MBNB lineage, while the weak E93 signal detectable in MBNBs themselves was not substantially altered (Fig. 5B).

      These results argue against a simple linear pathway in which Kr promotes MBNB termination by directly repressing Kr-h1 expression. Instead, they suggest that Kr supports E93 expression within the MBNB lineage through a mechanism that does not require detectable upregulation of Kr-h1. Thus, Kr and Kr-h1 functionally oppose each other during MBNB termination, but they are unlikely to act through a simple linear Kr–Kr-h1–E93 pathway. We have revised the model accordingly, proposing that Kr and Kr-h1 act through convergent or parallel mechanisms to regulate the MBNB termination programme.

      Regarding the Imp/Syp axis, the original manuscript had already shown that Kr depletion causes persistent Imp expression in adult MBNB lineages and that co-depletion of Imp suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion. These data supported the conclusion that persistent Imp expression is required for MBNB retention following Kr depletion. In the revised manuscript, we strengthened this conclusion by analysing Imp and Syp expression during late pupal development, when MBNBs normally undergo cell-cycle exit and elimination. We found that Kr-depleted MBNBs maintain higher Imp expression and show reduced Syp expression compared with controls (Fig. 4A, B), supporting the idea that Kr promotes MBNB termination by facilitating the normal Imp-to-Syp transition.

      We also considered whether Kr-h1 acts upstream of the Imp/Syp transition. Kr-h1 overexpression caused persistent Imp expression in proliferating adult NBs (Fig. 5E). However, this manipulation produced a severe tumour-like overgrowth phenotype and likely represents a strongly non-physiological state. We therefore do not conclude that Kr-h1 normally acts upstream of Imp/Syp during MBNB termination. Rather, our revised interpretation is that Kr promotes MBNB termination through the Imp-to-Syp transition and by supporting E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 counteracts termination at least in part by repressing E93. How the Imp/Syp and E93-associated pathways converge during MBNB termination remains an important question for future work.

      We have revised the Results, Discussion and Fig. 6D model accordingly, distinguishing experimentally supported relationships from more speculative connections.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors study the role of Kruppel in regulating the survival of mushroom body neuroblasts. They first confirm that adult wild-type brains have no proliferation and report that Kruppel mutants and Kruppel RNAi in neuroblasts show a few proliferative clones; they show that these proliferative clones are localized in the mushroom body. They then show that Kruppel is expressed mostly during pupal stages and acts by downregulating the expression of Imp, which has been shown to positively regulate neuroblast proliferation and survival. Expectedly, this also affects neuronal diversity in the mushroom body, which is enriched in gamma neurons that are born during the Imp-expression window. Finally, they show that Kr acts antagonistically to Kr-h1, which is expressed predominantly in larval stages.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of this paper is that it identified a novel regulator of Imp expression in the mushroom body neuroblasts. Imp is a conserved RNA-binding protein that has been shown to regulate neural stem cell proliferation and survival in different animals.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for their critical assessment of our manuscript and for the specific suggestions regarding manuscript framing, figure clarity, public dataset analysis and textual accuracy. We have revised the manuscript extensively in response to these comments. In particular, we have clarified that our study does not aim to describe physiological adult neurogenesis in Drosophila, but rather investigates how normally terminating neural progenitors can retain or regain neurogenic potential when the developmental termination programme is disrupted. We have also revised the text to avoid overstatement about functional integration of adult-born neurons, improved figure presentation, removed the incomplete targeted-screen framing, added analysis of public MBNB-lineage transcriptomic data, and corrected multiple textual and citation issues.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main weakness of the paper is that the authors want to test adult neurogenesis in a system where no adult neurogenesis exists. To achieve this, they force neuroblasts to survive in adulthood by altering the genetic program that prevents them from terminating their proliferation. If this was reminiscing about "adult neurogenesis", the authors should at least show how adult neurons incorporate into the mushroom body even if they are born much later. On the contrary, this more likely resembles a tumorigenic phenotype, when stem cells divide way past their appropriate timing.

      We appreciate this important point and agree that Drosophila does not normally show substantial physiological neurogenesis in the adult central brain under standard conditions. We have therefore revised the manuscript to clarify the framing of our study. Our aim is not to claim that Kr depletion reveals a normal physiological adult neurogenesis programme, but rather to identify developmental mechanisms that normally terminate MBNB proliferation and restrict latent neurogenic potential in the adult brain.

      We note, however, that the original manuscript already provided evidence that the persistent proliferative cells induced by Kr depletion or the KrIf-1 mutation are associated with the MB lineage and generate neuronal progeny in young adult brains. EdU-positive clones were detected predominantly in the dorsoposterior MB cell body region (Fig. 2A, B). These clones generally contained a single Mira- and insc>GFP-positive NB-like cell, including mitotic cells with cortical Mira localisation (Fig. 2C, D), together with surrounding Elav-positive neuronal progeny (Fig. 2E). In addition, persistent mitotic cells in KrIf-1 mutant brains were found in the MB cell body region marked by mb247>GFP and OK107>GFP, and showed Mira localisation consistent with dividing MBNBs (Fig. 2F-H). Thus, although we have not directly demonstrated mature circuit integration, the original data support the conclusion that Kr depletion and the KrIf-1 mutation allow MBNBs to persist beyond their normal termination window and generate neuronal progeny within the MB region.

      At the same time, our data do not establish the precise neuronal identity, connectivity or functional incorporation of the newly generated progeny into mature MB circuits, nor do they determine the long-term behaviour of these progeny in older adult brains. We have therefore revised the text and Discussion to avoid overinterpreting these cells as fully integrated adult-born MB neurons, and now state that these issues remain important questions for future work.

      We also agree that prolonged progenitor proliferation can become pathological in some contexts. However, we do not think that the Kr-depletion and KrIf-1 phenotypes are equivalent to tumour-like overgrowth, at least under the conditions analysed here. In young adult brains, retained MBNBs remained spatially restricted to the MB cell body region, and each EdU-positive clone generally contained only a single NB-like cell with asymmetric Mira localisation, surrounded by Elav-positive neuronal progeny (Fig. 2C-E, G, H). This pattern is more consistent with persistent asymmetric MBNB divisions than with tumour-like expansion. This contrasts with Kr-h1 overexpression, which caused extensive tumour-like NB overproliferation with impaired neuronal differentiation; we now describe this latter phenotype as tumour-like NB overgrowth (Fig. 5C-E). We have revised the manuscript to distinguish these phenotypes more clearly.

      (2) Moreover, the figures are, in many cases, hard to understand, and the interpretation of the figures doesn't always match what one sees. The manuscript would benefit from better figures; for example, in Figure 2C, Miranda expression in insc>GFP in Kr-IF-1 is not visible.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the need to improve figure clarity. We have revised the figure presentation throughout the manuscript to improve readability, including increasing label size, improving panel labelling and ensuring that the interpretation in the Results is consistent with the corresponding figure panels and legends.

      Regarding the specific concern about Fig. 2C, we agree that the Mira signal was not sufficiently clear in the merged image. We have therefore added a Mira-only single-channel panel to Fig. 2C to allow the relevant signal to be evaluated more directly. We have also revised the text to clarify that retained MBNBs were identified based on combined positional, morphological and marker criteria, rather than by Mira signal alone.

      (3) The authors describe a targeted genetic screen, but they don't describe which genes were tested, how they were chosen, and why Kruppel was finally selected.

      We agree that the original description of a targeted genetic screen was insufficient. Because the screen was preliminary and incomplete, we concluded that presenting partial screening information would not be sufficiently informative and could overstate the scope of the present study. We have therefore removed the screen-based framing from the revised manuscript. Instead, the revised manuscript presents Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its known role in neuroblast temporal regulation and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background.

      (4) The authors argue that Kr does not behave as a typical tTF in MBNBs. However, they show no expression in the embryo, limited expression in the larva and early pupa, and a peak around P24-P48. This sounds like a temporally regulated expression of a transcription factor. Importantly, they mentioned that they tested their observations against different datasets (FlyAtlas2, modENCODE, and MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq data), but they don't provide the data.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that our original wording could have been clearer. Our intention was not to argue that Kr cannot have a temporally restricted function in MBNBs, but rather that Kr does not behave like a canonical temporal transcription factor whose expression undergoes a strong stage-specific switch in this lineage.

      We have revised both the text and the corresponding quantification. In the original version, Kr signal levels in pupal MBNBs appeared to vary modestly across pupal stages. However, after reanalysing cytoplasmic and nuclear Kr signals separately using Welch’s ANOVA followed by Dunnett T3 multiple-comparison correction, no pairwise comparisons reached statistical significance (Fig. 3E, F). Thus, the revised quantification does not support a significant temporal change in Kr protein levels during the pupal stages analysed, and we have avoided describing Kr as showing a clear pupal expression peak.

      As requested, we have also included the public MBNB-lineage RNA-seq analysis in the revised manuscript as Fig. S5A. This analysis shows that Kr transcript levels remain low across the analysed developmental stages, in contrast to the stronger temporal changes observed for other regulators, including larval Kr-h1 expression followed by pupal downregulation, reciprocal induction of E93, and marked increases in Syp expression. Because FlyAtlas2 and modENCODE have limited spatial resolution for MBNB-specific expression, we now focus this comparison on the MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq dataset.

      We have therefore revised the manuscript to describe Kr as a postembryonic regulator required for pupal MBNB termination, rather than as a conventional temporally induced tTF in this lineage. In our revised interpretation, Kr expression is low and not detectably strongly temporally induced in MBNBs, whereas Kr function is temporally required during pupal MBNB termination, as supported by the Gal80ts knockdown experiments.

      (5) Finally, the contribution of Kr to the neuronal composition of the mushroom body is expected (since Imp is known to regulate neuronal diversity in the MB), but the presentation in the paper is very incomplete.

      We agree that, given the known role of Imp/Syp in MB neuronal temporal identity, altered MB neuronal composition is a plausible consequence of disrupted Kr function. However, we also agree that our study does not directly determine the precise neuronal identities, connectivity or functional properties of the progeny produced by persistent MBNBs. We have therefore revised the manuscript to present this aspect more cautiously.

      In the original manuscript, we had shown that Kr depletion and the KrIf-1 mutation affect MB morphology. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified the presentation of these data and added new analysis of the severe MB defects caused by Kr-h1 overexpression (Fig. 6C). We now describe these phenotypes as changes in MB morphology and lineage progression, rather than as direct evidence for altered neuronal composition.

      In the Discussion, we state that persistent Imp expression in Kr-depleted MBNBs could bias neuronal progeny toward earlier identities or delay their transition to later identities, but we explicitly note that neuronal identity and connectivity were not directly analysed. We also state that future studies will be required to determine whether prolonged MB neurogenesis alters MB circuit function, learning, plasticity or ageing. Thus, we have revised the manuscript to avoid overstating the contribution of Kr to MB neuronal composition.

      Unfortunately, based on the above, I am not convinced that the authors can use this framework to infer anything about adult neurogenesis. Therefore, the impact of this work is limited to the role of Kruppel in regulating Imp, which has already been shown to regulate the extent of neuroblast division, as well as the neuronal types that are born at different temporal windows.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern and have revised the manuscript to avoid implying that our data establish physiological adult neurogenesis in Drosophila. Instead, we now frame the study as identifying mechanisms that normally terminate MBNB proliferation and restrict latent neurogenic potential in the adult brain.

      We respectfully note, however, that the impact of this study is not limited to showing that Kr regulates Imp. First, we identify Kr as a postembryonic regulator required for timely MBNB termination during pupal development. Second, we show that both Kr depletion and the KrIf-1 mutation allow MBNBs to persist beyond their normal termination window and generate neuronal progeny in the adult MB region. Third, we show that Kr promotes not only the Imp-to-Syp transition but also proper E93 expression within the MBNB lineage. Finally, we identify Kr-h1 as a functionally opposing KLF-family factor that represses E93 and can drive tumour-like NB overgrowth when misexpressed. We have revised the manuscript to present these conclusions more clearly and cautiously.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Drosophila neuroblasts (NBs) serve as a well-established model for studying neural stem cell biology. The intrinsic genetic programs that control their mitotic potential throughout development have been described in remarkable detail, highlighting a series of sequentially expressed transcription factors and RNA-binding proteins that together constitute the temporal patterning system.

      However, the mechanisms that limit the number of NB divisions remain largely unknown in a specific subset of NBs known as mushroom body neuroblasts (MB NBs). Unlike other NBs, which terminate proliferation before or shortly after the onset of metamorphosis, MB NBs continue dividing until the end of metamorphosis, ceasing only just before adulthood.

      In this study, the authors identify the transcription factor Krüppel (Kr), a member of the conserved Krüppel-like family, as temporally regulated in MB NBs. They demonstrate that Kr knockdown during pupal stages maintains expression of the RNA-binding protein Imp and results in prolonged MB NB proliferation into adulthood. Their data suggest that Kr contributes to the timely silencing of Imp during metamorphosis. The authors further identify Kr-h1, a related transcription factor, as a potential antagonist. While Kr-h1 appears dispensable for the timely termination of MBNBs under normal conditions, its overexpression leads to their continued proliferation and tumor-like expansion in adults.

      This work provides the first evidence for a transcription factor-driven temporal regulation mechanism in MB NBs, offering new insight into the control of neural stem cell self-renewal. Given the evolutionary conservation of Krüppel-like factors, this study may have broader implications for the neural stem cell field.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study possibly identifies a new series of temporal transcription factors that are specific for mushroom body neuroblasts.

      (2) The mechanism could be conserved in vertebrates.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for their positive and constructive assessment of our study. We are grateful that the reviewer recognised the significance of identifying Kr as a regulator of mushroom body neuroblast termination, and the potential broader relevance of KLF-family transcription factors to neural stem cell regulation.

      In response to the reviewer’s comments, we have substantially revised the manuscript. In particular, we have added new data on Kr expression in the KrIf-1 mutant background, Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs, and the regulation of E93 by Kr and Kr-h1. We have also incorporated public MBNB-lineage transcriptomic data to place Kr, Kr-h1, E93, Imp and Syp within the known temporal progression of the MB lineage. Finally, we have revised the proposed model to distinguish experimentally supported interactions from open mechanistic questions.

      Weaknesses:

      Some proposed regulatory interactions, particularly between Kr, Kr-h1, and other temporal factors like Imp, Chinmo, and E93, have not been thoroughly investigated, which weakens the support for the proposed model. Additional experimental validation is needed to confirm these relationships and strengthen the mechanistic framework.

      We agree with the reviewer that some regulatory relationships in the original model required further experimental support. In response, we have added new data and revised the model substantially to distinguish experimentally supported interactions from unresolved mechanistic links.

      In the revised manuscript, we provide additional analysis of the Imp/Syp axis after Kr depletion, direct evidence for Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs, and new data showing that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in the MBNB lineage. We also found that Kr depletion reduces E93 expression in the progeny region of the MBNB lineage without significantly increasing Kr-h1::GFP levels in MBNBs, arguing against a simple linear pathway in which Kr promotes termination by directly repressing Kr-h1. Together, these results support a revised model in which Kr promotes MBNB termination by facilitating the Imp-to-Syp transition and supporting E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 functionally opposes termination at least in part through E93 repression.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The majority of the reviewers agreed that a few major important points should be addressed, in particular:

      (1) Better characterization of the nature of the KrIf-1 allele.

      (2) Better define the regulations and interactions between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp, Syp, chinmo, and E93.

      (3) More information about the genetic screen performed.

      (4) The timings of expression of Kr in pupal MBNBs and of KrIf-1.

      The reviewers also found that a general proofreading of the manuscript would greatly benefit its readability and comprehension and suggested several small corrections and more detailed explanations.

      We thank the Reviewing Editor and Senior Editor for their careful assessment of our manuscript and for summarising the major points that required revision. We have addressed these points as follows.

      (1) Better characterisation of the nature of the KrIf-1 allele

      We agree that clarifying the nature of the KrIf-1 allele was important. We have now examined Kr expression in KrIf-1 mutant brains using TSA-enhanced Kr immunostaining. These new data show ectopic Kr signal in MBNBs and their progeny in KrIf-1 mutant late pupal and adult brains (Fig. S3G–I), supporting the conclusion that the KrIf-1 phenotype is associated with Kr misexpression rather than simple loss of Kr expression. We have revised the Results and Discussion to explain that MBNB termination requires precise control of Kr activity, and that both Kr depletion and inappropriate Kr expression can disrupt this termination programme.

      (2) Better definition of the regulatory relationships between Kr, Kr-h1, Imp, Syp, Chinmo and E93

      We have strengthened this part of the manuscript by combining the genetic evidence already present in the original manuscript with new expression analyses of temporal and hormone-responsive regulators. The original manuscript already showed that co-depletion of Imp suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion, supporting Imp as a key downstream effector of Kr. In the revised manuscript, we further show that Kr depletion causes persistent Imp expression and reduced Syp expression in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 4), supporting the conclusion that Kr promotes MBNB termination by facilitating the Imp-to-Syp transition.

      We have also added new data on Kr-h1 and E93. Kr-h1 depletion increases E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, whereas Kr-h1 overexpression reduces E93 expression (Fig. S5B), supporting an antagonistic relationship between Kr-h1 and E93 in this lineage. In addition, Kr depletion reduces E93 expression in the surrounding progeny of the MBNB lineage without detectably increasing Kr-h1::GFP levels in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B). These data argue against a simple linear Kr-Kr-h1-E93 pathway and instead support a model in which Kr and Kr-h1 function through convergent or parallel mechanisms to regulate MBNB termination.

      Regarding Chinmo, we agree that it is an important temporal factor. However, Chinmo is best characterised in this context as an early temporal fate regulator acting downstream of the Imp/Syp programme in MB lineages, where Imp and Syp regulate Chinmo translation post-transcriptionally (Liu et al., 2015). Because our study focuses primarily on late pupal MBNB termination, and because we were unable to obtain reliable Chinmo antibodies or reporter lines within the timeframe of this revision, we did not directly analyse Chinmo expression. We have therefore removed Chinmo from the main model and revised the Discussion to focus on the experimentally supported Imp/Syp and Kr-h1/E93 axes.

      (3) More information about the genetic screen

      We agree that the original screen-based description was not sufficiently informative. Because the targeted screen was preliminary and incomplete, we have removed the screen-based framing from the revised manuscript. Instead, we now present Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its known role in neuroblast temporal regulation and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background.

      (4) Timing of Kr expression in pupal MBNBs and in KrIf-1

      We have clarified the timing of Kr expression in MBNBs. In wild-type brains, weak Kr signals were detected in MBNBs during pupal development using two Kr antibodies and a Kr::GFP BAC reporter, and these signals were reduced by Kr RNAi (Fig. 3E, F and Fig. S3F). We also analysed MBNB-lineage RNA-seq data, which show relatively low but persistent Kr transcript levels during postembryonic development (Fig. S5A). In the KrIf-1 background, TSA-enhanced Kr staining revealed ectopic Kr expression in MBNBs and their progeny during late pupal and adult stages (Fig. S3G–I). We have revised the manuscript to describe these expression patterns more clearly and to avoid overinterpreting weak embryonic or larval Kr signals.

      We have also proofread the manuscript, corrected typographical errors, standardised figure references and nomenclature, improved figure legends and revised several figures for clarity.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors identified Kr from a targeted genetic screen. Information about how many factors and what factors they have screened will also be very helpful to readers.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the original manuscript, we briefly referred to a targeted genetic screen that led us to focus on Kr. However, because this screen was preliminary and incomplete, we agree that including partial screening information would not be sufficiently informative and might overstate the scope of the present study. We have therefore revised the manuscript to remove the screen-based framing and instead present Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its known role in neuroblast temporal regulation and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background.

      (2) In Figure 2C wild type brains, what are the Mira+ cells and insc>GFP+ cells? There seems to be one cell that expresses both. Could it be a dormant NB?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that a small number of weakly Mira-positive and insc>GFP-positive cells can occasionally be observed in adult control brains, as well as in KrIf-1 mutant brains. These cells were few in number, were generally located outside the stereotyped MBNB region, and showed much weaker marker signals than the retained MBNBs observed after Kr depletion or in KrIf-1 mutants. Because they did not appear to express other NB markers examined in this study, such as wor>GFP, we did not investigate them further. Their identity therefore remains unclear, and we cannot exclude the possibility that they represent rare dormant or NB-like cells in the adult brain.

      We have revised the text and figure legend to clarify that the retained MBNBs analysed in this study were identified based on their stereotyped MB-region position and strong NB-marker expression.

      (3) Kr is normally expressed in stage 10 embryonic NBs. Have stage 10 embryos been examined to make sure that there is no Kr expression in MBNBs?

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that Kr expression in early embryonic neuroblasts is well established. Early embryonic MBNBs can in principle be identified using a detailed positional and combinatorial marker map, as shown by Kunz et al. (2012), who traced individual MBNBs from late embryonic stages back to stage 9 using combinations of Dac, Ey, Svp-lacZ and Rx, together with morphological and positional criteria. However, reliable identification of MBNBs at such early stages is technically challenging in our assay, because our analysis depended on simultaneous detection of OK107>GFP, Mira and Kr, and OK107>GFP/Mira-based identification of the MB lineage was more robust at later embryonic stages. We therefore focused our embryonic Kr analysis on stages at which MBNBs could be confidently identified by their position and marker expression.

      In these embryos, Kr was broadly detected in surrounding embryonic CNS cells, including thoracic NBs, but was not robustly detected in OK107>GFP- and Mira-positive MBNBs (Fig. S3A, B). We cannot fully exclude the possibility that MBNBs transiently express very low levels of Kr at earlier embryonic stages before they can be reliably identified in our assay. However, our temporally controlled Gal80ts experiments show that Kr depletion during the pupal stage, but not during earlier embryonic or larval stages, is sufficient to cause MBNB retention in adult brains (Fig. 3C, D). Thus, any transient embryonic Kr expression, if present, is unlikely to be the main cause of the adult MBNB retention phenotype described here.

      We have revised the text to avoid overinterpreting the absence of embryonic Kr expression and to emphasise that the critical requirement for Kr in this study occurs during pupal MBNB termination.

      (4) In Figure S3C, Kr expression seems to be cytoplasmic. Also in S3D, the expression of KrGFP in NBs is not obvious. Overall, Kr expression in pupal MBNBs is much more convincing than the larval expression.

      We agree with the reviewer. Kr expression in larval MBNBs is weak and less convincing than the pupal signal. We have therefore revised the manuscript to describe larval Kr expression more cautiously. In the revised text, we state that Kr was weakly detected in larval MBNBs by antibody staining and that the Kr::GFP BAC reporter showed stronger signals in cells adjacent to MBNBs, likely corresponding to GMCs or immature neurons that may have inherited Kr::GFP from MBNBs.

      We now base our main conclusion primarily on the pupal-stage data. At this stage, weak Kr signals were detected in MBNBs using two independent Kr antibodies and the Kr::GFP BAC reporter, and Kr depletion reduced the antibody signal (Fig. 3E, F and Fig. S3F). Importantly, this expression pattern is consistent with our functional data showing that pupal-stage-specific Kr depletion is sufficient to induce MBNB retention in adult brains, whereas earlier embryonic or larval depletion did not produce the same phenotype (Fig. 3C, D). Thus, both the expression and temporal knockdown data support a critical role for Kr during pupal MBNB termination.

      We also discuss the observation that Kr signals in pupal MBNBs appear partly cytoplasmic, raising the possibility that Kr may not act solely as a canonical nuclear transcription factor in this context, or that its localisation may be dynamically regulated during MBNB termination. Thus, we agree that the pupal expression data provide the strongest support for Kr expression in MBNBs, and we have revised the text accordingly.

      (5) A thorough proofreading is needed to correct the typos.

      We apologise for the typographical and formatting errors in the original manuscript. We have thoroughly proofread the revised manuscript, corrected typographical errors, standardised figure references and gene/protein nomenclature, and revised multiple sections for clarity and readability. We have also revised the figure legends and improved figure presentation where possible.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors should proofread for typos; there are quite a few ("survivial", "fount", "mitoic", "persistenc").

      We apologise for these typographical errors. We have thoroughly proofread the revised manuscript, corrected typographical errors and formatting problems, and revised multiple sections for clarity and readability.

      (2) In line 59, "adult eclosion" is incorrect. MBNBs also cease dividing before adult eclosion.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have revised the wording to avoid the incorrect phrase “adult eclosion” and now state that MBNBs normally terminate during late pupal development, before adulthood.

      (3) In line 70, this progression of transcription factors is seen in the mammalian retina, not the brain.

      We thank the reviewer for this correction. We have revised the relevant sentence to more accurately describe temporal patterning in mammalian neural progenitors, including the well-characterised example of retinal progenitor temporal progression and broader examples of temporal competence changes in cortical development.

      (4) In lines 73-75, I don't think that any of the cited papers show that Cas triggers cell cycle exit. Ref 11 shows that, in UAS-Cas, NBs persist (as the authors also say in lines 79-81).

      We agree that the original wording was too strong and potentially misleading. We have revised this section to state more generally that temporal transcription factors can influence NB proliferation and NB lifespan, rather than claiming that Cas directly triggers cell-cycle exit. We have also adjusted the discussion of Cas and Svp to better reflect the cited literature.

      (5) In lines 133-134, it should be Figure 2A, B instead of Figure 3A, B.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. We have corrected the figure reference.

      (6) Figures 1B and 1C are impossible to read. The x-axis should be reorganized and grouped into positive and negative CCRs to make a better argument. Moreover, the purpose of this figure is unclear. We already knew that neurons are postmitotic and all adult clusters are neurons. IF there were any NBs in the adult, they would be so few that they would be invisible with this resolution.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the dot plots are dense, because they summarise the expression of 112 selected cell-cycle regulator (CCR) genes across multiple adult and larval brain cell clusters. In preparing the revised manuscript, we have ensured that the figure legends explain the meaning of colour intensity and dot size, and that the submitted PDF preserves sufficient resolution for the gene and cluster labels to be read upon enlargement.

      In the original figures, CCR genes were arranged according to broad functional categories. We have not forced all CCR genes into a simple positive-versus-negative classification, because the function of many CCRs is context-dependent. For example, APC/C components can contribute to either mitotic progression or G1 maintenance depending on co-activator context, and mitotic regulators such as Polo and Aurora kinases regulate multiple aspects of mitosis rather than acting simply as positive cell-cycle drivers. We therefore present the genes according to broad functional categories and discuss representative examples of positive and inhibitory regulators in the Results and figure legends, rather than implying that every CCR can be assigned unambiguously to one of two categories.

      Regarding the purpose of these analyses, our aim was not simply to restate that adult neurons are postmitotic, nor to claim that scRNA-seq can definitively exclude extremely rare adult progenitors. Rather, we used published scRNA-seq datasets to compare CCR expression programmes across adult and larval brain cell populations in an unbiased manner. The analysis shows that no adult brain cluster displays a coordinated larval NB-like positive CCR expression programme, whereas such a programme is readily observed in larval NB clusters. We have clarified this point in the text and acknowledge the limitation that very rare or non-canonical progenitor-like cells may not be detected by this approach.

      (7) The survival assays are confusing. Do the authors believe that the presence or absence of 2-3 clones in the adult brain of a few cells would lead to such a limited survival?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that the survival assay required clearer explanation and should be interpreted cautiously. In this experiment, E2F1-Dp and Cdk2-CycE were expressed using TH-Gal4 to test whether forced activation of positive cell-cycle regulators can drive postmitotic neurons into aberrant cell-cycle re-entry. Although only a small number of pH3-positive cells may be detected at any single time point, this represents only a snapshot of an ongoing process and may underestimate the cumulative number of affected cells over time.

      TH-Gal4-positive dopaminergic neurons are relatively limited in number, but they include functionally important neuronal populations involved in motor behaviour, arousal, sleep/wake regulation and ageing-associated behavioural decline. Therefore, broad induction of aberrant cell-cycle re-entry and apoptosis within these neurons could plausibly affect organismal survival. However, we agree that the survival phenotype should not be overinterpreted. We cannot exclude the possibility that TH-Gal4 expression outside dopaminergic neurons, developmental effects of the manipulation, or other indirect consequences contribute to the reduced survival. Moreover, the precise cause of death was not determined in this study. We have therefore revised the manuscript to present the survival assay as supporting evidence that inappropriate activation of positive cell-cycle regulators is deleterious in postmitotic neurons, rather than as a direct mechanistic explanation for organismal lethality.

      (8) In Figure 2, how many of the proliferative clones are found in the mushroom body. Is it all of them?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. In Fig. 2, EdU-positive proliferative clones were scored based on their stereotyped position in the dorsoposterior MB cell body region. Under the conditions analysed, the scored clones were consistently detected within this MB region, and their number did not exceed four per brain hemisphere, consistent with the expected number of MBNBs (Fig. 2A, B). In addition, the identity of these clones as retained MBNB lineages was supported by NB marker expression, Mira localisation, insc>GFP expression where applicable, and their association with MB lineage markers such as mb247>GFP and OK107>GFP in KrIf-1 mutant brains (Fig. 2C-H). We have clarified this point in the revised text and figure legend.

      (9) In Figure 2C, why are there so many Miranda-positive cells?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We agree that several Mira-positive cells can be observed in Fig. 2C, including in control brains. The identity of these additional Mira-positive cells remains unclear. They did not consistently co-express the canonical NB markers examined in this study, such as insc>GFP or wor>GFP, and therefore do not appear to represent canonical proliferative NBs. However, we cannot exclude the possibility that some weak Mira-positive cells represent rare dormant or NB-like cells in the adult brain. We have revised the text and figure legend to clarify this point.

      (10) In Figure 3C, the authors argue that Kr has an opposing function in NB regulation during larval stages, however, the Kr mutant (which is in both larval and pupal stages) has the highest number of EdU-positive clones. Moreover, conditions 2 and 9 have a comparable (low) number of EdU positive clones, although condition 2 has Kruppel downregulated in all stages.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that this part of the temporal knockdown experiment required more careful interpretation, and we have revised the manuscript to avoid overinterpreting small quantitative differences among individual temperature-shift conditions.

      First, Fig. 3C does not include a Kr mutant condition. We assume that the reviewer is referring to the constitutive insc>KrIR condition grown at 29°C throughout development (condition 1). This condition does not contain tub-Gal80ts and may therefore produce stronger and more continuous Kr RNAi induction than the Gal80ts-based temporal knockdown conditions. In addition, for practical reasons, flies in all conditions were initially kept at 25°C during egg laying to obtain sufficient embryos before being shifted to the indicated temperature regime, including condition 2. These differences may explain why condition 1 produced the highest number of EdU-positive clones. For this reason, we do not interpret condition 1 as a temporal-control condition and do not use it for direct quantitative comparison with the Gal80ts-based conditions.

      Second, regarding the comparison between conditions 2 and 9, we agree that these conditions should not be used to infer a simple relationship between the total duration of Kr knockdown and the number of retained MBNBs. We therefore avoid using these differences to infer an additional larval function of Kr. Instead, we now interpret this temporal knockdown experiment more conservatively: Kr depletion during the pupal period is sufficient to induce MBNB retention in adult brains, whereas depletion restricted to earlier embryonic/larval stages or later adult stages has little or no effect.

      Thus, the key conclusion supported by these data is the pupal-stage requirement for Kr in MBNB termination, rather than detailed comparisons among all temperature-shift conditions. We have revised the text accordingly.

      Overall, we have revised the manuscript to address the reviewer’s concerns by narrowing the framing of adult neurogenesis, clarifying the distinction between persistent MBNBs and tumour-like overgrowth, improving figure presentation, removing the incomplete screen description, adding public dataset analysis, and correcting textual and citation errors. We believe these revisions make the scope and conclusions of the study more precise.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points

      (1) Targeted screen: The authors mention performing a targeted genetic screen. Please specify which transcription factors were tested.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the original manuscript, we briefly referred to a targeted genetic screen. However, this screen was preliminary, incomplete, and included a broader set of candidate regulators rather than a systematically completed transcription-factor collection. We therefore agree that listing a partial set of tested factors would not be sufficiently informative and could overstate the scope of the present study.

      We have therefore removed the screen-based framing from the revised manuscript. Instead, the revised manuscript presents Kr as a candidate selected for focused functional analysis based on its established role in neuroblast temporal patterning and the strong MBNB retention phenotype observed upon Kr depletion and in the KrIf-1 mutant background. We also no longer use the preliminary screen as part of the evidence supporting our conclusions.

      (2) KrIf-1 allele : The authors report that KrIf-1 mutants retain MB NBs in adults, a phenotype resembling Kr loss of function. They propose that this results from Kr deregulation. However, KrIf-1 is a neomorphic allele known to cause ectopic expression in imaginal discs, raising the possibility that Kr is upregulated, not downregulated, in MB NBs. The authors should present experimental data on Kr expression in MB NBs in the KrIf-1 background to clarify this point.

      We agree that clarification of Kr expression in the KrIf-1 background is important. We have therefore performed additional Kr immunostaining in KrIf-1 mutant brains using tyramide signal amplification (TSA) to enhance the weak endogenous Kr signal. These new data show that Kr is ectopically detected in MBNBs and their progeny in KrIf-1 mutant late pupal and adult brains (Fig. S3G, H), and quantification of TSA-enhanced Kr signals further supports Kr misexpression in MBNBs during late pupal stages (Fig. S3I).

      These results indicate that KrIf-1 is associated with ectopic or aberrant Kr expression in MBNBs, rather than simple loss or downregulation of Kr expression. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this point and no longer interpret KrIf-1 as a simple Kr loss-of-function condition. Although both Kr depletion and KrIf-1 lead to MBNB retention, our revised interpretation is that MBNB termination requires precise temporal and spatial control of Kr activity. Kr depletion disrupts the normal Imp-to-Syp transition and reduces E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, whereas ectopic or mistimed Kr expression in KrIf-1 mutants may also interfere with the termination programme. Thus, both reduced Kr activity and inappropriate Kr expression can perturb the tightly regulated transition required for timely MBNB cell-cycle exit and elimination.

      (3) Line 258 - OK107>GFP subset (Fig. 2G): Please clarify why only a subset of EdU-positive clones co-express OK107>GFP. Is this due to EdU labeling other NB lineages not related to the mushroom body?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We do not think that the OK107-negative EdU-positive clones represent unrelated NB lineages. The EdU-positive clones analysed in Fig. 2G were located in the dorsoposterior MB cell body region and were associated with Mira-positive NB-like cells, supporting their identification as persistent MBNB-lineage clones.

      The reason that only a subset of EdU-positive clones clearly co-express OK107>GFP is likely that, while OK107-Gal4 strongly labels MB neurons and lineage cells, its activity in MBNBs and very young progeny appears to be weaker or more variable at the stages analysed. Thus, the absence of strong OK107>GFP signal in some EdU-positive cells does not necessarily indicate that these clones belong to non-MB lineages.

      We have revised the text and figure legend to clarify this point.

      (4) Line 261 - Early adulthood mitotic activity: The statement that NBs retain mitotic activity during early adulthood (citing Technau, 2007; Li and Hidalgo, 2020) is misleading. To my knowledge, this mitotic activity has only been reported in glial cells, not NBs. Please revise accordingly.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that the original wording was misleading, because it could be read as implying that normal NBs retain mitotic activity during early adulthood. We have revised the text accordingly. The revised manuscript now refers more cautiously to the previously described early-adult period during which rare residual cell-cycle or proliferative activity has been reported in the adult Drosophila brain, without attributing this activity to normal persistent NBs.

      (5) Line 313 - Public dataset analysis: The manuscript mentions analysis of publicly available data, but no results are presented. Please include these findings.

      We agree and have now included the public dataset analysis in the revised manuscript. We analysed a published MBNB-lineage-specific RNA-seq dataset and present the expression profiles of selected temporal regulators in Fig. S5A.

      This analysis shows that Imp and chinmo transcripts are high during larval stages and decrease during pupal development, whereas Syp is strongly upregulated during the same period. Kr transcript levels remain relatively low throughout the analysed larval and pupal stages and do not show strong temporal induction. In contrast, Kr-h1 is highly expressed during larval stages and sharply downregulated after the larval-to-pupal transition, whereas E93 is strongly induced during pupal development.

      These expression profiles support the idea that MBNBs undergo a major temporal transition during pupal development, including the Imp/Syp transition and reciprocal changes in Kr-h1 and E93 expression. They are also consistent with our experimental finding that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in the MBNB lineage. We have added this analysis to the Results and incorporated it into the revised model.

      (6) Figure 3A - Kr localization: Kr is detected predominantly in the cytoplasm, which contrasts with its function as a transcription factor. Is cytoplasmic localization typical for Kr? Please discuss.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. We agree that the weak Kr signal in pupal MBNBs appears partly enriched in the cytoplasm, which is unexpected for a canonical nuclear transcription factor. We have revised the Discussion to address this point.

      Because this signal was reduced upon Kr RNAi, we think that it is likely to represent a Kr-dependent signal rather than nonspecific background. However, we do not yet know whether the apparent cytoplasmic enrichment reflects dynamic regulation of Kr localisation, a non-canonical aspect of Kr function in postembryonic MBNBs, or technical limitations associated with detecting very low endogenous Kr levels. We therefore avoid overinterpreting the cytoplasmic signal, but note that Kr localisation and activity in pupal MBNBs may be more complex than expected for a canonical nuclear transcription factor. Future studies will be required to determine how Kr activity and localisation are regulated in pupal MBNBs.

      (7) Temporal Kr knockdown experiment: The result that Kr knockdown during pupal stages - but not earlier - leads to MB NB persistence is interesting but counterintuitive. Given the limitations of RNAi (e.g., leaky expression, incomplete knockdown), MARCM clones for Kr mutants would provide stronger evidence and improve confidence in this conclusion.

      We agree that MARCM analysis of Kr mutant MBNB clones would provide a valuable independent test of the temporal RNAi results. We attempted to establish this approach during revision, but it proved technically difficult within the available timeframe.

      A major practical limitation is that MBNBs are very few in number, with only four per brain hemisphere. Conventional MARCM or flip-out approaches therefore generate stochastic clones that are inefficient for reliably recovering and analysing MBNB clones. We also explored the possibility of using MB-lineage MARCM reagents reported in a previous study (Rossi & Desplan, 2020), but the available stocks were not directly compatible with the FRT chromosome required for our Kr mutant analysis. Generating the necessary compatible stocks and recovering sufficient MBNB clones would require substantial additional crossing and screening.

      For this reason, we were not able to include Kr mutant MARCM data in the revised manuscript. Instead, we base our conclusion on several complementary lines of evidence, including temporal Gal80ts-based Kr RNAi, two independent Kr RNAi lines, the reduction of Kr signal upon Kr RNAi newly added in this revision, and the independent KrIf-1 phenotype, which supports the idea that precise regulation of Kr activity is required for MBNB termination.

      (8) OK107-GAL4 activity: Please indicate early in the manuscript that OK107-GAL4 is not active in MB NBs but is active in their progeny. This would clarify the rationale for using the pan-NB driver insc-GAL4 for manipulating MB NBs.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript to clarify the use of OK107-Gal4 and insc-Gal4 earlier in the Results and in the relevant figure legends.

      Although OK107-Gal4 activity is not completely absent from MBNBs, its activity in MBNBs is stage-dependent and weaker or more variable than in MB neurons and their progeny. We therefore used OK107-Gal4 mainly to visualise MB structures and MB lineage regions, whereas insc-Gal4 was used for robust NB-specific manipulation. This clarification should help explain why insc-Gal4, rather than OK107-Gal4, was used for MBNB-targeted knockdown experiments.

      (9) Figure 5A - Mira+ cell numbers: There appears to be an excess of Mira+ cells compared to the expected number of MB NBs. Please explain this observation.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In Fig. 5A, we quantified the number of EdU-positive clones, not the total number of Mira-positive cells. As shown in Fig. 2, proliferative cells retained in Kr-depleted or KrIf-1 mutant adult brains were identified as persistent MBNBs based on combined criteria, including EdU incorporation, NB marker expression such as Mira and insc>GFP, NB-like morphology, and stereotyped location in the dorsoposterior MB region.

      We agree that additional Mira-positive cells can be observed in adult brains, including in control and Kr-depleted brains. However, these cells were not associated with EdU-positive proliferative clones and did not consistently express canonical NB markers examined in this study. Their identity therefore remains unclear, and they were not scored as retained MBNBs.

      (10) Line 430 - Kr-h1 over-expression phenotype: The amplification phenotype caused by Kr-h1 overexpression is reminiscent of that caused by chinmo overexpression (Narbonne-Reveau et al., 2016), suggesting that Kr-h1 may promote chinmo and Imp expression. Also, what is the expression pattern of Kr in the supernumerary adult MB NBs following Kr-h1 overexpression? Is Kr silenced? Investigating this would help clarify the regulatory links between Kr, Kr-h1, and Imp/chinmo.

      We agree that the Kr-h1 overexpression phenotype is reminiscent of NB amplification phenotypes associated with forced or aberrant activation of early temporal growth programmes, including those linked to Chinmo. Narbonne-Reveau et al. showed that Chinmo can promote NB amplification and tumour growth, and that Chinmo, Imp and Lin-28 form a growth-promoting module in neural tumours. Consistent with this idea, our revised manuscript shows that Kr-h1 overexpression causes extensive tumour-like NB overgrowth, impaired neuronal differentiation and persistent Imp expression (Fig. 5C–E).

      Although we did not analyse Chinmo expression in this revision, we did examine Imp expression following Kr-h1 overexpression and found persistent Imp expression in tumour-like NB cells (Fig. 5E). These data are consistent with the idea that excessive Kr-h1 activity can reinforce a progenitor-like state. However, we have interpreted this result cautiously, because Kr-h1 overexpression produces a severe tumour-like phenotype with impaired asymmetric division and neuronal differentiation. Thus, persistent Imp expression in this context could reflect either a more direct effect of Kr-h1 on early temporal programmes or an indirect consequence of the strongly perturbed progenitor-like state.

      We also did not directly analyse Kr expression in supernumerary NB-like cells following Kr-h1 overexpression. This is an interesting question, but the severe tissue disruption caused by Kr-h1 overexpression would make it difficult to distinguish a physiological regulatory effect on Kr from an indirect consequence of tumour-like overgrowth. In addition, endogenous Kr signals in MBNBs are weak, making it technically challenging to reliably quantify changes in Kr expression in this strongly perturbed condition.

      We have therefore revised the Discussion to clarify that the Kr-h1 overexpression phenotype should be interpreted mainly as evidence that excessive Kr-h1 activity can oppose MBNB termination and maintain Imp-positive progenitor-like cells, rather than as evidence for a defined normal regulatory pathway from Kr-h1 to Chinmo, Imp or Kr. In parallel, our revised loss-of-function and expression analyses show that Kr depletion causes persistent Imp and reduced Syp expression, that Kr supports E93 expression in the MBNB lineage (Fig. 5B), and that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression (Fig. S5B). Because Kr depletion did not significantly increase Kr-h1::GFP expression (Fig. 5B), we no longer present a simple linear model in which Kr promotes MBNB termination by repressing Kr-h1 expression.

      (11) Kr-h1 expression in MB NBs: Please provide direct evidence that Kr-h1 is expressed in MB NBs during development.

      We agree that direct evidence for Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs is important. We have therefore analysed Kr-h1 expression using a functional Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter. Kr-h1::GFP was clearly detected in MBNBs during third-instar larval stages, with nuclear enrichment, but became barely detectable in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B and Fig. S5C).

      This developmental downregulation is consistent with the published MBNB-lineage RNA-seq dataset, which shows high Kr-h1 transcript levels during larval stages and strong reduction after the larval-to-pupal transition (Fig. S5A). Together, these data provide direct evidence that Kr-h1 is expressed in MBNBs during development and is downregulated before MBNB termination.

      (12) Figure 6D - Model validation: The model in Figure 6D is appealing, but many of the proposed interactions remain untested. For example:

      - It is not established that Kr-h1 antagonizes E93 or vice versa in MB NBs.

      - The antagonistic relationship between Kr and Kr-h1 has not been experimentally confirmed.

      - The temporal expression of Kr-h1 in MB NBs is unknown.

      - The repression of E93 by Kr-h1 is unlikely to fully explain the MB NB amplification phenotype.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful critique. We have substantially revised Fig. 6D and the accompanying text to distinguish experimentally supported interactions from unresolved regulatory links.

      First, we have now tested the relationship between Kr-h1 and E93 in the MBNB lineage. Kr-h1 depletion increased E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 overexpression reduced E93 expression (Fig. S5B), supporting the conclusion that Kr-h1 antagonises E93 expression in this lineage. Reciprocal antagonism between Kr-h1 and E93 has been reported in other insect developmental contexts. However, because we did not directly test whether E93 represses Kr-h1 in MBNBs, we now present this possible E93-to-Kr-h1 regulation as an unresolved or putative interaction rather than as an experimentally established relationship in our system.

      Second, we have clarified the relationship between Kr and Kr-h1. Our genetic data show that Kr-h1 knockdown partially suppresses MBNB retention caused by Kr depletion (Fig. 5A), indicating that Kr and Kr-h1 have opposing functions during MBNB termination. However, although Kr depletion reduced E93 expression in the MBNB lineage, it did not detectably increase Kr-h1::GFP levels in late pupal MBNBs (Fig. 5B). We therefore no longer present Kr as a direct upstream repressor of Kr-h1. Instead, the revised model proposes that Kr promotes MBNB termination by supporting the Imp-to-Syp transition and E93 expression, whereas Kr-h1 opposes termination at least in part by repressing E93.

      Third, we now provide direct evidence for Kr-h1 expression in MBNBs using a functional Kr-h1::GFP BAC reporter. Kr-h1::GFP was detected in larval MBNBs and became strongly reduced during pupal development (Fig. 5B and Fig. S5C). This temporal pattern is also consistent with the published MBNB-lineage RNA-seq dataset, which shows high Kr-h1 transcript levels during larval stages and downregulation after the larval-to-pupal transition (Fig. S5A).

      Finally, we agree that repression of E93 by Kr-h1 is unlikely to fully explain the strong tumour-like NB overgrowth caused by Kr-h1 overexpression. In the revised manuscript, we show that supernumerary tumour-like NB cells induced by Kr-h1 overexpression retain high Imp expression (Fig. 5E). This suggests that excessive Kr-h1 activity can oppose MBNB termination and maintain an Imp-positive progenitor-like state.

      However, we interpret the Kr-h1 overexpression phenotype cautiously, because this strong gain-of-function condition causes severe tumour-like overgrowth and may not accurately reflect the physiological regulatory relationship between Kr-h1 and the normal MBNB termination programme. We have therefore revised the Discussion to state that Chinmo, an early temporal factor linked to the Imp/Syp programme, may be relevant to the persistent progenitor-like state observed after Kr depletion or Kr-h1 overexpression. However, because we did not directly analyse Chinmo expression in this study, we do not include Chinmo in the main model and leave this question for future work.

      Minor Points

      (1) OK107-GAL4 activity: Please check and indicate early on in the manuscript that OK107-GAL4 is not active in MB NBs (although being active in their progeny). It would clarify why the authors keep using the pan NB insc-GAL4 to manipulate MB NBs.

      As described in our response to Major Point 8, we have clarified earlier in the Results that OK107-Gal4 strongly labels MB neurons and the MB lineage, but is not a robust or consistent driver in MBNBs at the stages relevant to our functional assays. We therefore used OK107-Gal4 primarily for visualising MB structures and MB lineage regions, whereas insc-Gal4 was used for robust NB-specific manipulation.

      (2) CCR list: Please clarify how the list of candidate cell cycle regulators (CCRs) was compiled.

      We have revised the Materials and Methods to clarify how the list of candidate cell-cycle regulators was compiled. Briefly, the CCR list was manually curated to include core cell-cycle regulators, cyclins and CDKs, DNA replication factors, checkpoint regulators, mitotic regulators, APC/C and ubiquitin-proteasome components, and non-canonical CDKs with known roles in transcriptional regulation.

      (3) Line 77-78 - Cas and Svp: The statement that Cas and Svp regulate neurogenesis termination by directly regulating cell cycle regulators needs references. As far as I know, the direct targets of Cas and Svp remain unidentified.

      We agree that the original wording was too strong. We have revised the text to state more generally that temporal transcription factors, including Cas and Svp, influence NB proliferation and lifespan, without implying that they directly regulate known cell-cycle target genes.

      (4) Line 410: Please add references to support this statement.

      We have added the appropriate reference to the original genetic modifier screen by Abrell et al., 2000, in which Kr-h1 mutations were identified as enhancers of the KrIf-1 eye phenotype. We have also revised the wording to state that this finding suggests a functional interaction between Kr and Kr-h1, rather than using it alone as evidence for a direct regulatory relationship.

      (5) Typos and minor edits:

      - Line 38: "capable" (spelling)

      - Line 102: Replace "unexplored" with "explored"

      - Line 106: "potential" (spelling)

      - Line 243: "mitotic" (spelling)

      - Line 260: "KrIf-1" (correct gene formatting)

      We have corrected the typographical errors and formatting issues indicated by the reviewer, including spelling errors and KrIf-1 gene formatting. We have also proofread the manuscript throughout.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study is technically extensive and employs a wide range of experimental approaches, including in vivo analyses, cell-based assays, and transcriptomic data integration. The authors provide a detailed characterization of inflammatory and stress-related pathways activated following IMQ exposure in mouse skin. These datasets may be informative for researchers specifically interested in IMQ-induced dermatitis or in stress responses triggered by chemical skin irritants.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of our study. We appreciate the recognition of the breadth of our experimental approaches, including the integration of in vivo analyses, cell-based experiments, and transcriptomic analyses, as well as the acknowledgement that our findings provide useful insights into IMQ-induced dermatitis and stress responses triggered by chemical skin irritants. We have carefully considered the reviewer's comments and have substantially revised the manuscript to address the concerns regarding the interpretation and disease relevance of our findings. Detailed responses to the specific points raised are provided below.

      Strengths:

      The study is technically extensive and employs a wide range of experimental approaches, including in vivo analyses, cell-based assays, and transcriptomic data integration. The authors provide a detailed characterization of inflammatory and stress-related pathways activated following IMQ exposure in mouse skin. These datasets may be informative for researchers specifically interested in IMQ-induced dermatitis or in stress responses triggered by chemical skin irritants.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this positive assessment and for recognizing the breadth of our experimental approaches and the potential value of our findings for researchers studying IMQ-induced dermatitis and stress responses.

      Weaknesses:

      A major limitation of the manuscript is its exclusive reliance on the IMQ model, which does not adequately represent the immunological drivers, cellular interactions, or therapeutic responsiveness of human psoriasis, despite the manuscript's framing. IMQ-induced inflammation is dominated by innate immune activation and mouse-specific pathways, whereas human psoriasis is driven primarily by IL-23/IL-17-mediated interactions between keratinocytes and Th17/Tc17 cells. As a result, conclusions drawn entirely from IMQ-based experiments have limited relevance to human disease biology.

      Consistent with this issue, the manuscript places strong emphasis on pathways such as TLR signaling, inflammasome activation, and IL-1-associated responses, none of which are established as central drivers of plaque psoriasis in patients. Therapeutic strategies targeting these pathways have failed to achieve clinical efficacy comparable to IL-23 or IL-17 blockade, yet this translational gap is not adequately addressed.

      The in vitro keratinocyte experiments further limit interpretability. Stimulation of keratinocytes with IMQ is not an accepted model of psoriasis-relevant keratinocyte activation, and the study does not demonstrate induction of well-established psoriasis signature gene programs. Without this validation, it is difficult to assess the relevance of the observed cellular stress responses to human disease.

      The RNA-sequencing analyses raise additional concerns regarding rationale and interpretation. The basis for selecting specific mouse and human datasets is unclear, including the use of unpublished or non-psoriasis inflammatory datasets. Key methodological details related to data processing, normalization, cross-species comparison, and statistical analysis are insufficiently described. In addition, the limited number of differentially expressed genes identified does not align with the extensive psoriasis transcriptomic literature, raising concerns about analytical rigor.

      Finally, the manuscript emphasizes a small number of genes described as "psoriasis-associated" while failing to demonstrate regulation of widely accepted psoriasis signature genes known to correlate with disease activity and therapeutic response in patients.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and comprehensive assessment of our study. We carefully considered each of the concerns raised regarding the interpretation and translational relevance of our findings and have substantially revised the manuscript accordingly.

      Specifically, we have tempered our interpretation throughout the manuscript to clearly distinguish IMQ-induced dermatitis from human plaque psoriasis and to emphasize that our conclusions should be interpreted primarily within the context of the IMQ-induced inflammation model. To improve the relevance of our findings to psoriasis biology, we performed additional experiments using IL-17A- and TNF-α-stimulated primary keratinocytes and incorporated these data into the revised manuscript. We also expanded the description of our RNA-seq analyses, including dataset selection, analytical procedures, and cross-species comparison, and clarified the rationale for selecting representative UPR-responsive genes for validation. In addition, we revised the Introduction and Discussion to more appropriately position the roles of inflammasome signaling, IL-1-associated pathways, and Gelsolin in the context of IMQ-induced inflammation and human psoriasis.

      We believe that these revisions substantially strengthen the manuscript and address the reviewer's major concerns. Detailed responses to each specific point are provided below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper shows that imiquimod, a compound often used to induce a psoriasis-like skin inflammation in mice, has a TLR7-independent effects that induce the unfolded protein response and amplify cytokine expression in dendritic cells. Although these effects of imiquimod have been described in the literature before, this study provides more detailed evidence and different contexts to this observation. These findings add to existing literature that imiquimod has a pleotropic mechanism of action involving changes in mitochondrial functions and cellular stress responses. Specifically, the authors show that imiquimod can induce calcium signaling in immune cells and potentiate two branches of the unfolded protein response in a TLR7-independent and MyD88-independent manner. They also show that some of these effects might be partially mediated by direct binding of imiquimod to Gelsolin. These findings expand our understanding of imiquimod-mediated inflammation and are useful for the field of experimental skin immunology and mouse models of psoriasis. However, the molecular and cellular mechanisms connecting Gelsolin to the unfolded protein response and skin inflammation presented in this paper require further investigation in the context of TLR-mediated inflammation.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and balanced assessment of our study. We greatly appreciate the recognition that our work provides additional mechanistic insight into the TLR7-independent actions of IMQ and expands current understanding of IMQ-induced inflammation, mitochondrial dysfunction, and unfolded protein response signaling. We also appreciate the recognition that our findings may be valuable for the fields of experimental skin immunology and mouse models of psoriasis. In response to the reviewer's comments, we have further revised the manuscript to clarify the rationale for investigating Gelsolin, to better distinguish IMQ-induced inflammation from human psoriasis, and to more appropriately discuss the limitations of our mechanistic interpretation. Detailed responses to the specific points raised are provided below.

      Strengths:

      (1) TLR7-independent effects of imiquimod on the expression of genes and proteins involved in the unfolded protein response are well demonstrated.

      (2) Gelsolin is identified as a new imiquimod-binding protein in mouse cells.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for these positive comments. We greatly appreciate the recognition that our study provides clear evidence for the TLR7-independent effects of IMQ on unfolded protein response signaling and identifies Gelsolin as a novel IMQ-binding protein. We are grateful for the reviewer's positive assessment of these findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Effects of imiquimod on mitochondrial Ca signaling are not clear from the presented data.

      (2) The mechanism of action connecting imiquimod to Gelsolin on the unfolded protein response and cytokine production remains not fully explained.

      (3) It remains unclear if Gelsolin contributes to regulating TLR7 (or other types of TLR-mediated) inflammation in vivo.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful comments. We have carefully considered each of the concerns raised regarding the interpretation of mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup> signaling, the mechanistic link between Gelsolin and UPR signaling, and the role of Gelsolin in TLR-mediated inflammatory responses. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified the interpretation of our mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup> data, strengthened the discussion regarding the mechanistic role of Gelsolin based on the additional experiments performed in this revision, and more clearly defined the scope of our conclusions regarding Gelsolin in IMQ-induced inflammation. We believe these revisions substantially strengthen the manuscript while avoiding conclusions that extend beyond the experimental evidence. Detailed responses to each point are provided below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The following points outline specific issues that would need to be addressed to substantially strengthen the manuscript. Several of these represent fundamental limitations of the current study design and interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for this overall assessment. We have carefully addressed each of the points raised and have revised the manuscript accordingly. Detailed point-by-point responses are provided below.

      (1) Model limitations

      - The manuscript relies exclusively on imiquimod (IMQ), which does not model the core immune drivers or treatment responsiveness of human psoriasis.

      - Claims regarding relevance to human psoriasis should therefore be substantially tempered, or alternative models more reflective of human disease biology should be incorporated.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the IMQ-induced dermatitis model does not fully recapitulate the immunopathology, chronicity, or therapeutic responsiveness of human plaque psoriasis. Accordingly, we have substantially tempered our interpretation throughout the manuscript. In the revised Introduction and Discussion, we explicitly state that our findings should be interpreted primarily in the context of IMQ-induced skin inflammation rather than human psoriasis, and that further validation in human psoriasis-relevant systems will be required. We have also revised statements throughout the manuscript to avoid overgeneralization regarding human psoriasis. In addition, to improve the disease relevance of our mechanistic findings, we have performed additional keratinocyte experiments using IL-17A and TNF-α stimulation, which better reflect the canonical inflammatory pathways implicated in human psoriasis. Together with the revised interpretation throughout the manuscript, we believe these changes appropriately position our findings within the context of the IMQ-induced dermatitis model while improving their relevance to human psoriasis.

      Changes made in the manuscript: See Figure S6

      - The Introduction and Discussion were revised to clarify the limitations of the IMQ-induced dermatitis model and to distinguish IMQ-driven inflammation from human plaque psoriasis.

      - Statements implying direct relevance to human psoriasis were revised to more appropriately reflect the scope of the study.

      - Additional experiments using IL-17A and TNF-α-stimulated keratinocytes were incorporated to strengthen the relevance of the findings to established psoriasis biology.

      (2) Immune context

      - gdT cells should be removed from the Introduction as contributors to IL-17A production in human psoriasis, as this is a feature of mouse models rather than human disease (PMID: 28945199).

      - The roles of Th17 and Tc17 cells should be emphasized, with appropriate acknowledgment that IMQ-driven inflammation differs substantially from human psoriasis immunopathology.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We agree that gdT cells are major IL-17A-producing cells in the IMQ-induced mouse model but are not considered the principal source of IL-17A in human plaque psoriasis. Accordingly, we have revised the Introduction to remove statements implying that gdT cells are major contributors to IL-17A production in human psoriasis and have instead emphasized the established roles of Th17 and Tc17 cells. In addition, we have revised the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge that the immunopathology of the IMQ-induced dermatitis model differs substantially from that of human psoriasis and that our findings should therefore be interpreted within the context of IMQ-induced skin inflammation.

      Changes made in the manuscript:

      - Statements describing gdT cells as major IL-17A-producing cells in human psoriasis were removed from the Introduction.

      - The roles of Th17 and Tc17 cells in human psoriasis were emphasized.

      - Additional text was added to the Discussion clarifying the immunological differences between the IMQ-induced dermatitis model and human plaque psoriasis.

      (3) Keratinocyte stimulation

      - IMQ stimulation of keratinocytes is not an accepted model of psoriasis-relevant keratinocyte activation.

      - To support disease relevance, experiments should incorporate stimulation with IL-17A (100 ng/ml) {plus minus} TNF-a (10 ng/ml) and appropriate time points consistent with established psoriasis biology.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. We agree that stimulation of keratinocytes with IL-17A and TNF-α more closely reflects cytokine-mediated keratinocyte activation in human psoriasis than stimulation with IMQ alone.

      We would like to clarify that our IMQ stimulation experiments were not intended to serve as a model of psoriasis-associated keratinocyte activation. Rather, these experiments were designed to investigate the molecular mechanisms by which IMQ directly induces UPR signaling in keratinocytes, as IMQ is the primary experimental stimulus used throughout this study.

      To address the reviewer's concern regarding disease relevance, we performed additional experiments using primary keratinocytes stimulated with IL-17A and TNF-α. As expected, IL-17A and TNF-α robustly induced canonical psoriasis-associated genes, including S100a8, S100a9, and Defb14, thereby providing complementary evidence supporting the relevance of our findings to psoriasis-associated inflammatory signaling. These new data have been incorporated as Figure S6.

      We believe that these additional experiments appropriately complement our mechanistic studies by linking the identified pathways to established psoriasis-associated inflammatory signaling while preserving the original objective of the IMQ stimulation experiments.

      Changes made in the manuscript: See Figure S6

      - New experiments using IL-17A and TNF-a-stimulated primary keratinocytes were performed.

      - A time-course analysis was conducted to evaluate cytokine-induced gene expression.

      - The new data have been included as Figure S6.

      (4) Inflammasome and IL-1-related claims

      - The manuscript should acknowledge that IL-1 and inflammasome targeting have failed to demonstrate clinical efficacy in plaque psoriasis.

      - Observations in inflammasome-, MyD88-, or TLR-deficient mice should not be interpreted as evidence of underexplored human psoriasis pathways, but rather as reflecting IMQ-specific biology.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the contribution of IL-1 signaling and inflammasome activation to IMQ-induced skin inflammation should not be directly extrapolated to human plaque psoriasis. Accordingly, we have revised the Discussion to acknowledge that clinical studies targeting IL-1 signaling have not demonstrated consistent therapeutic efficacy in plaque psoriasis. We have also tempered our interpretation of findings obtained from inflammasome-, MyD88-, and TLR-deficient mouse models, emphasizing that these observations likely reflect mechanisms specific to the IMQ-induced dermatitis model rather than underexplored pathways in human psoriasis. Throughout the revised manuscript, statements implying direct relevance to human psoriasis have been modified accordingly.

      Changes made in the manuscript:

      - The Introduction and Discussion now acknowledge the limited clinical efficacy of IL-1-targeted therapies in plaque psoriasis.

      - Statements regarding inflammasome-, MyD88-, and TLR-dependent mechanisms have been revised to clarify that they primarily reflect IMQ-specific biology.

      - Interpretations linking these pathways directly to human psoriasis have been moderated throughout the manuscript.

      (5) Cathelicidin and defensin biology

      - Statements suggesting that LL37 or b-defensins "exacerbate psoriasis" should be revised to reflect their contributory roles in disease pathogenesis rather than disease worsening.

      - It should be acknowledged that CRAMP- or defensin-deficient mice do not show improvement in IMQ-induced dermatitis, consistent with IMQ bypassing these pathways.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We agree that LL37 and b-defensins should not be described as factors that directly exacerbate psoriasis, but rather as multifunctional mediators that contribute to disease pathogenesis in a context-dependent manner. Accordingly, we have revised the relevant statements throughout the manuscript to more accurately reflect their proposed roles.

      In addition, we have expanded the Discussion to acknowledge previous studies demonstrating that CRAMP- or b-defensin-deficient mice do not exhibit substantial improvement in IMQ-induced dermatitis. We now explicitly state that IMQ-driven inflammation can proceed independently of these pathways, highlighting the distinction between mechanisms contributing to human psoriasis pathogenesis and those operating in the IMQ-induced dermatitis model.

      Changes made in the manuscript:

      - Statements describing LL37 or b-defensins as exacerbating psoriasis were revised to indicate that they contribute to disease pathogenesis.

      - The Discussion was expanded to acknowledge that CRAMP- or b-defensin deficiency does not substantially attenuate IMQ-induced dermatitis, consistent with the IMQ model bypassing these pathways.

      - The limitations of extrapolating these observations to human psoriasis were clarified.

      (6) Gelsolin and IMQ-binding experiments

      - Experiments focused on proteins that bind IMQ have limited translational relevance.

      - If gelsolin is to be emphasized, the rationale should be grounded in human psoriasis data demonstrating altered gelsolin levels rather than IMQ binding (PMIDs: 36902587, 32002760).

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that the translational relevance of proteins identified solely through their ability to bind IMQ is limited. Accordingly, we have revised the manuscript to clarify that our rationale for focusing on Gelsolin is supported not only by its interaction with IMQ but also by independent evidence demonstrating altered Gelsolin expression in patients with psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. We have incorporated these human studies into the Introduction and Discussion and have revised the relevant text to emphasize the potential clinical relevance of Gelsolin beyond its interaction with IMQ.

      Changes made in the manuscript:

      - Statements emphasizing IMQ binding as the primary rationale for studying Gelsolin were revised.

      - Additional references reporting altered Gelsolin expression in patients with psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis were incorporated.

      - The Discussion now clarifies that the rationale for investigating Gelsolin is supported by both its interaction with IMQ and independent observations from human disease.

      (7) Vehicle controls

      - Appropriate vehicle controls for IMQ treatment (Aldara alone) should be included and clearly described, particularly given the known inflammasome-activating properties of isostearic acid (PMID: 23463003).

      - The use of DMSO or ethanol as vehicle controls is not justified in this context.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that inclusion of an appropriate vehicle control for Aldara cream would have strengthened the interpretation of the in vivo experiments. Unfortunately, the vehicle formulation of Aldara was not commercially available to us and therefore could not be included in the present study.

      Because the in vivo experiment assessing mtDNA accumulation in ear tissue following topical IMQ cream application could not be appropriately controlled, we have removed these data from the revised manuscript. We believe this is the most appropriate approach to avoid overinterpretation of results that may potentially be influenced by the cream formulation.

      Importantly, our in vitro experiments were performed using purified IMQ rather than IMQ cream. Thus, our conclusion that IMQ induces mtDNA release is supported by experiments performed with purified IMQ, independent of the topical cream formulation.

      Changes made in the manuscript: See Figure 4

      - The in vivo experiment assessing mtDNA accumulation in ear tissue following topical IMQ cream application has been removed from the revised manuscript.

      - The Results and corresponding figure have been revised accordingly.

      - The Discussion has been updated to acknowledge the limitation associated with the absence of an Aldara vehicle control.

      (8) RNA-sequencing and bioinformatics

      - The rationale for selecting specific mouse and human RNA-sequencing datasets should be clearly articulated.

      - All datasets analyzed should be explicitly identified, with clarification of their relevance and publication status.

      - Methods describing normalization, differential expression analysis, false-discovery correction, and cross-species gene mapping should be expanded to ensure transparency and reproducibility.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment. We have substantially expanded the description of the RNA-sequencing and bioinformatics analyses to improve transparency and reproducibility.

      First, we now explicitly describe the rationale for selecting the public RNA-seq datasets. GSE289485 was selected because it contains transcriptomic profiles from an IMQ-induced mouse model of psoriasis-like dermatitis, whereas GSE117405 contains transcriptomic data from human psoriasis lesions and healthy control skin, enabling comparison between the mouse model and human disease. We also clarify that both datasets were publicly available at the time of analysis.

      Second, detailed information regarding all GEO datasets analyzed, including accession numbers, sample descriptions, publication status, and the specific samples included in the present study, has been provided in Supplementary Table 14.

      Finally, the bioinformatics workflow has been described in substantially greater detail. The revised Methods now include descriptions of raw data retrieval from the SRA, quality trimming, sequence alignment, rRNA read removal, read counting, normalization, differential expression analysis, multiple-testing correction, and the orthology-based cross-species comparison used to identify conserved transcriptional responses between mouse and human datasets.

      Changes made in the manuscript: See Table S14

      - The rationale for selecting GSE289485 and GSE117405 was added.

      - Detailed information for all analyzed datasets was summarized in Supplementary Table 14.

      - The RNA-seq Methods were expanded to describe quality control, alignment, read counting, normalization, differential expression analysis, false-discovery correction, and orthology-based cross-species comparison.

      (9) Gene selection and validation

      - Validation should include canonical psoriasis signature genes known to correlate with disease activity and therapeutic response (e.g., S100A8/A9, IL-17C, IL-36g, IL-23, TNF; see PMID: 21085185).

      - The current emphasis on Ccl20, Nr4a3, and Defb14 does not adequately capture established psoriasis biology and should be better justified.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that validation using canonical psoriasis-associated genes strengthens the disease relevance of our findings. Accordingly, we performed additional experiments using primary keratinocytes stimulated with IL-17A and TNF-α and evaluated the expression of established psoriasis signature genes, including S100a8 and S100a9. As expected, both genes were robustly induced by IL-17A and TNF- a stimulation. In addition, Defb14, which was also induced by IMQ stimulation, was similarly upregulated by IL-17A and TNF-α. These results further support the relevance of our findings to psoriasis-associated inflammatory signaling.

      We have also clarified the rationale for selecting Ccl20, Nr4a3, and Defb14 for further validation. These genes were not intended to represent canonical psoriasis biomarkers but were selected because our transcriptomic analyses identified them as representative UPR-responsive genes that were strongly induced by IMQ stimulation. Accordingly, they were used to investigate the mechanistic contribution of UPR signaling rather than to represent the overall psoriasis transcriptional signature. This rationale has now been clarified in the revised Results section.

      Changes made in the manuscript: See Figure S6, and S7

      - Additional validation experiments were performed using IL-17A/TNF-a-stimulated keratinocytes.

      - The rationale for selecting Ccl20, Nr4a3, and Defb14 was clarified in the Results section.

      (10) Histology and data presentation

      - Ear skin sampling procedures should be standardized and clearly described.

      - All relevant control groups should be shown histologically.

      - Figures require clearer labeling, consistent terminology (e.g., ear skin vs. ear lobe), appropriate white balancing, and improved quantitative presentation (e.g., dot plots where appropriate).

      - qRT-PCR data should be presented using clearly defined raw or normalized values rather than scaled or ambiguous controls.

      We thank the reviewer for these helpful suggestions. We have revised the manuscript to improve the description of histological procedures and the presentation of histological and quantitative data.

      First, the Methods section has been expanded to clearly describe the ear skin sampling procedure. We now specify that approximately the distal 2 mm of the ear was collected and processed for histological analysis, thereby ensuring consistent sampling among all animals.

      Second, we carefully reviewed the histological figures and confirmed that the relevant control groups are included in the revised manuscript.

      Third, figure labeling and terminology have been standardized throughout the manuscript. In addition, quantitative histological data are now presented with individual data points overlaid on the graphs where appropriate, thereby improving data visualization and transparency. The representative histological images are intended to illustrate epidermal thickening, whereas the conclusions are based on quantitative measurements rather than qualitative assessment of image appearance.

      Finally, the presentation of the RT-qPCR data has been clarified. The Y-axis labels now explicitly indicate the reference condition used for normalization, and the Methods section has been expanded to describe the DDCt method, including the reference genes used for normalization.

      Changes made in the manuscript: See Figure 4D, and 5C

      - The ear skin sampling procedure was described in greater detail in the Methods.

      - Histological figures and figure labels were reviewed and terminology was standardized throughout the manuscript.

      - Individual data points were added to quantitative graphs where appropriate.

      - The RT-qPCR y-axis labels were revised to clearly indicate the normalization reference, and the DDCt analysis was described in the Methods.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The effects of IMQ in Figure 1B are very small. I recommend adding an orthogonal approach to support that mitochondrial Ca is involved.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive comment. We agree that the increase in the Rhod-2 signal observed following IMQ stimulation is quantitatively modest. However, we respectfully believe that the biological significance of this observation should not be judged solely by the magnitude of the fluorescence change. Rather, the increase in mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup> should be interpreted in the context of the multiple independent functional assays presented throughout Figure 1, all of which consistently support a role for mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup> in IMQ-induced inflammatory responses.

      First, we demonstrated that IMQ stimulation significantly increased intracellular ROS production, as assessed by CellROX staining (Figure 1C), and that this increase was significantly suppressed by pretreatment with 2-APB, suggesting that Ca<sup>2+</sup> dysregulation functionally contributes to ROS generation. In addition, 2-APB markedly reduced IL-1b secretion (Figure 1D), further supporting a functional link between Ca<sup>2+</sup> signaling and inflammasome activation.

      Second, IMQ stimulation induced mitochondrial dysfunction, as demonstrated by JC-1 staining (Figure 1G), and significantly increased mitochondrial ROS production, as measured by MitoSOX (Figure 1H). These findings indicate that IMQ triggers a cascade of mitochondrial events extending beyond the modest increase in mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup>, ultimately resulting in oxidative stress and mitochondrial damage.

      Furthermore, treatment with the mitochondria-targeted antioxidant MitoQ, as well as the antioxidants GSHEE, NAC, and PDTC, significantly suppressed IMQ-induced IL-1b secretion (Figures 1I and 1K), supporting the conclusion that mitochondrial ROS is a critical downstream mediator of IMQ-induced inflammatory signaling.

      Taken together, these complementary findings provide multiple independent lines of evidence supporting a role for mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup>-associated signaling in IMQ-induced inflammation. Although the increase in Rhod-2 fluorescence was relatively modest, it was consistently accompanied by mitochondrial ROS generation, mitochondrial dysfunction, and inflammasome activation. We therefore believe that the biological significance of mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup> is best evaluated in the context of these convergent functional outcomes rather than by the magnitude of the Rhod-2 signal alone.

      We agree that an independent approach for measuring mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup> would further strengthen this conclusion. However, because several complementary functional assays consistently support the involvement of mitochondrial Ca<sup>2+</sup>-associated mitochondrial dysfunction in IMQ-induced inflammatory responses, we believe that the current data collectively provide strong evidence for the proposed mechanism.

      (2) Figure 7E-G would benefit from testing effects of IMQ versus RSQ on observed phenotypes to confirm that they are mediated by Gelsolin-IMQ interaction but not an effect of Gelsolin on TLR7-mediated inflammation.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that it is important to determine whether the observed phenotypes reflect a specific interaction between Gelsolin and IMQ rather than a general role of Gelsolin in TLR7-mediated signaling.

      In response to this comment, we performed additional experiments using resiquimod (RSQ), a TLR7/8 agonist. Gelsolin-deficient MEFs were stimulated with RSQ, and the same parameters analyzed in the IMQ experiments were evaluated.

      Unlike the phenotypes observed following IMQ stimulation, RSQ stimulation did not reveal significant differences between wild-type and Gelsolin-deficient MEFs. Specifically, the Xbp1s/Xbp1 ratio was comparable between the two genotypes following RSQ stimulation. Similarly, mitochondrial ROS production, assessed by MitoSOX staining, and MAM formation, evaluated by proximity ligation assay (PLA), were not significantly altered by Gelsolin deficiency under RSQ stimulation.

      Although the IMQ and RSQ experiments were performed independently and were not intended as a direct side-by-side quantitative comparison, the absence of genotype-dependent effects in the RSQ experiments indicates that Gelsolin deficiency alone does not generally enhance TLR7-mediated responses. Instead, these findings support the interpretation that the enhanced UPR activation, mitochondrial ROS production, and MAM formation observed in Gelsolin-deficient cells are specific to IMQ stimulation, consistent with the interaction between Gelsolin and IMQ.

      Accordingly, the Results section has been revised to include these additional experiments, and the corresponding data have been incorporated into the revised Figure S11.

      Changes made in the manuscript: See Figure S12

      - Additional experiments using RSQ-stimulated wild-type and Gelsolin-deficient MEFs were performed.

      - The Xbp1s/Xbp1 ratio, mitochondrial ROS production, and MAM formation were evaluated following RSQ stimulation.

      - No significant genotype-dependent differences were observed under RSQ stimulation, supporting the specificity of the phenotypes observed following IMQ stimulation.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) The differing behavior of the MG1655 and MC4100 strains remains a lingering question concerning the generality of the conclusions. It appears unlikely that ribosomes or other growth factors partition significantly differently in the MC4100 strain than in the MG1655 strain. Furthermore, based on Fig. S15, it is still unclear to what extent MC4100 exhibits growth-rate fluctuations, as stated in the text, rather than primarily size fluctuations, as shown in the figure. It is also unclear why such very slow fluctuations would lead to qualitatively different behavior, given that the proposed mechanism appears to be rather fundamental. It would be helpful for the authors to discuss these two points.

      We thank the reviewer for revisiting this point. Here, we re-examined the MC4100 data in more detail and found that our original analysis was inaccurate; we now clarify this below along with new supporting analyses.

      We agree that there is no a priori reason for ribosome or growth-factor partitioning to differ between MC4100 and MG1655, and our expanded analysis now supports this directly in Fig.S15.

      Using the Class-1 promoter of the flagellar cascade in MC4100, which behaves under our conditions as a quasi-constitutive promoter, we find a positive correlation between instantaneous elongation rate and promoter activity that is comparable in magnitude to MG1655 (Fig.15C). We further analyzed publicly available data from two independent studies of strains expressing a constitutive fluorescent protein (new Fig.S18): Tanouchi et al. [44, 48], who tracked MC4100 at 25°C and 37°C, and Wang et al. [33], who tracked MG1655 and B/r strains. In these datasets, we found the same positive coupling between instantaneous elongation rate and expression, consistent with what we observe in MG1655. Together, these results indicate that the short-timescale coupling between growth-factor availability and gene expression that underlies our proposed mechanism is not strain-specific and is present in MC4100 for constitutively expressed and Class-1 activity.

      On the nature of MC4100's slow fluctuations: We thank the reviewer for pointing out that Fig. S15 did not distinguish growth-rate from size fluctuations. We have now computed the autocorrelation function of elongation rate for both strains and added it to Fig. S15. This analysis shows that MC4100's characteristic oscillation is present in cell size but is absent from the elongation-rate autocorrelation. We have revised the text accordingly to state that MC4100 displays long-timescale oscillations in cell size, rather than describing this as a growth-rate phenomenon.

      On why MC4100 does not show coupling between elongation rate and flagellar Class-2 activity despite this coupling being present at Class-1: In MC4100, the positive correlation between elongation rate and promoter activity, comparable to MG1655 at Class-1, is markedly attenuated at Class-2. Since both promoters are measured from the same cells and time series, this rules out our first assumption, a generic masking effect, and instead localizes the discrepancy to the Class-1-to-Class-2 step of the flagellar cascade, the pulse-generating switch we and others have described previously (Sassi et al., 2020, [24]). We do not have data to determine the molecular basis of this attenuation and present it as an open question.

      (2) It is unclear what fraction of the total proteome mVenus represents in different measurements. Adding this information would strengthen the conclusions.

      We agree that a direct proteomic quantification (e.g., Coomassie staining or mass spectrometry) would be the most direct way to determine the fraction of the proteome occupied by mVenus. However, we are no longer in a position to carry out such experiments.

      As in our original response, our elongation-rate reductions (1.3-9.3% across our promoter series; see Table S3) remain far smaller than the 67% reduction associated with ~27% proteome occupancy reported by Scott et al. [6], making it unlikely that mVenus approaches such an extreme fraction in our system.

      Now we used a validated quantitative model relating relative growth-rate reduction to unnecessary-protein fraction, built on the same ribosome-allocation theory as Scott et al. and empirically calibrated specifically for a GFP-family fluorescent protein (Bienick et al., 2014, PLoS ONE [59]). This model predicts μ/μ<sub>max</sub> = 1 - b·ɸ<sub>U</sub>, with b = 2.33 µg dry cell weight (DCW) per µg protein determined for eGFP across multiple growth media. Applying this relationship to our own elongation-rate data, using the growth rate of our non-expressing WT strain as μ<sub>max</sub>, we estimate that mVenus constitutes approximately 0.6-4.0% of dry cell weight across our promoter series, reaching ~4.0% in our strongest-expressing strain, P5.

      While this remains a model-based estimate rather than a direct proteomic measurement and involves some extrapolation across growth media and strain background relative to the original Bienick et al. study, both independent approaches converge on the same conclusion: mVenus occupies a modest fraction of the proteome in our experiments, well below the f<sub>U</sub> = 14.4% upper value explored in our simulations. This supports our original framing of f<sub>U</sub> = 14.4% as a conservative exploratory upper bound rather than an underestimate of experimental burden, and we have added this quantitative estimate (Table S3) to the revised manuscript to strengthen this point, as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors combine discriminative auditory fear conditioning with longitudinal in vivo calcium imaging to ask how prelimbic (PL) representations of learned and generalized threat evolve across recent and remote memory time points. Using two different CS+ frequencies and a noshock control group, they report that PL population activity tracks graded behavioral generalization, that population similarity is highest for tones eliciting strong threat responding, and that distinct subnetworks can be identified that appear to encode tone-specific sensory features versus learned threat-related response structure.

      To my knowledge, this may be the first study to comprehensively examine neural encoding of fear generalization in prelimbic cortex (PL). The manuscript is ambitious and technically interesting, and several aspects are potentially important. In particular, the suggestion that neurons showing graded, learning-related response patterns become selectively stabilized over time is intriguing. The inclusion of two CS+ training conditions and a no-shock control also strengthens the case that at least some of the reported effects are related to associative learning rather than simple sensory differences. However, in its current form, the manuscript does not yet fully support the strength of the conceptual claims. Several issues limit confidence in the interpretation, including the possibility that repeated testing itself contributes to changes across days, uncertainty about the relationship between neural activity and freezing behavior, limited quantitative documentation of longitudinal cell registration, and a number of problems in figure clarity and statistical framing. Overall, the study contains promising observations, but the claims should be narrowed, and several analyses or controls would be needed to fully support the proposed framework.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my previous concerns well, and the revised manuscript is substantially improved. In particular, the additional analyses strengthen the conclusion that prelimbic cortical activity reflects learned threat value rather than simply freezing behavior, while the revised framing and additional controls clarify the interpretation of the longitudinal neural dynamics. This paper represents an important contribution to our understanding of the neural mechanisms supporting aversive learning, memory, and generalization.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for his/her constructive comments, which significantly contributed to strengthen our conclusions.

      In response to the reviewer’s recommendations, we added two new analyses to Fig. 4, presented in Fig. 4c–g.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have substantially revised the paper in response to the original review, which is greatly appreciated. It is clear that it will eventually make a nice contribution to the literature. This being said, the following points are somewhere between major and minor in term of their implications for interpretation of the study results. If they were to be addressed, the paper would be again improved.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for the careful second review, which helped us sharpen our arguments and improve the manuscript. The reviewer’s additional comments prompted us to refine the scope and precision of several interpretations. Accordingly, we have removed or clarified potentially confusing language, reframed the longitudinal findings in terms of repeated retrieval rather than the passage of time, and explicitly acknowledged the limitations of relying exclusively on freezing as a behavioral measure. We now also recognize repeated nonreinforced testing as the most direct explanation for the sharpening of the generalization gradients and the responses of newly recruited neurons, while clarifying below how we view this additional learning as contributing to memory updating. We believe these revisions have substantially improved the manuscript, and we are grateful for the reviewer’s thoughtful and detailed feedback.

      There are a few remnants of the past language that are not helpful for the interpretation of the study results: 1) "Specifically, the observed population gradients could emerge either from the pooled activity of frequency-selective neurons that respond to individual tones or from neuronal subpopulations that integrate information across tones to encode their learned threat-value."; and 2) "Together, these findings suggest that the PL integrates sensory similarity with learned threat value to generate stable representations that support adaptive generalization and discrimination." Neither of these statement follows what has been shown in the study, even with inclusion of the results from the GLM analysis (see point 4 below).

      We directly address this point in response to the reviewer’s point 4

      (1) This paragraph in the Discussion is difficult to follow: "Generalization has traditionally been explained by perceptual similarity (Shepard, 1987), whereby stimuli resembling a conditioned cue recruit overlapping sensory representations and evoke similar behavioral responses (Corches et al., 2019; Grosso et al., 2018). Although perceptual similarity clearly influences the extent of generalization, accumulating evidence indicates that it cannot fully account for generalized responding (Verra et al., 2026). More recent frameworks propose that associative learning assigns learned value to novel stimuli by integrating their sensory similarity with previous experience, allowing behavior to scale according to predicted biological significance (Verra et al., 2026; Zaman et al., 2023). Our findings provide a neural framework consistent with these ideas. Sensory similarity promoted consistent neuronal population responses across tones, whereas associative learning organized these responses into graded representations that tracked learned threat value across the stimulus continuum. Thus, sensory similarity appears to define the neuronal substrate upon which associative learning constructs value-based representations that support graded behavioral generalization."

      While the revisions have removed the many unnecessary references to inference and integration, this paragraph seems like it is adhering to the original idea of how the authors wished to present their work. If the authors wished to talk about something more than perceptual similarity in the context of generalization, they should have used a task that lends itself to a more-than-perceptual-similarity explanation. Again, the inclusion of the GLM analysis is suggestive for some of what the authors wish to say, but doesn't justify the statements that: "Sensory similarity promoted consistent neuronal population responses across tones, whereas associative learning organized these responses into graded representations that tracked learned threat value across the stimulus continuum." In short, the analysis does not substitute for the design that could have and should have been used to assess learned threat value independently of sensory similarity.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment, which helped us identify ambiguity in our terminology. By “learned threat value,” we did not intend to imply that the PL independently infers or computes the value of each novel tone, separate from perceptual similarity. Rather, we used this term to denote the associative significance acquired by the CS+ and CS− during conditioning. Novel cues may then be evaluated according to their perceptual similarity to these learned associations. We have now defined “learned threat value” when it first appears in the manuscript.

      Furthermore, we agree that perceptual similarity can account for the graded generalization of responses from the CS+ to neighboring frequencies. We therefore do not consider learned associations and perceptual similarity to be competing explanations. Instead, conditioning determines which stimulus anchors the gradient and its direction according to their acquired “threat value”, whereas perceptual similarity governs how the response extends across intermediate frequencies. This interpretation is supported by our reversed conditioning design: the same frequency continuum produced opposite neural gradients depending on whether 3 or 15 kHz served as the CS+, and no gradients emerged in control animals exposed to the same tones without conditioning. Thus, the physical relationships among the tones shape the graded response, but mnemonic experience determines its organization along the frequency continuum.

      The GLM analysis was not intended to demonstrate threat value independently of sensory similarity. Rather, it showed that the learning-dependent gradient remained after accounting for freezing and therefore could not be explained solely by this behavioral response (we address the point of other potential fear responses below).

      “Generalization has traditionally been explained in terms of perceptual similarity (Shepard, 1987): stimuli resembling a conditioned cue recruit overlapping sensory representations and therefore evoke similar behavioral responses (Corches et al., 2019; Grosso et al., 2018). More recent frameworks propose that responses to novel stimuli depend not only on sensory similarity but also on mnemonic representations of learned threat value, allowing behavior to scale with the predicted significance of each stimulus (Verra et al., 2026; Zaman et al., 2023). This mnemonic contribution should be especially important when generalization is assessed long after conditioning because responding to a novel cue requires retrieval of the associations formed during learning. Our design did not manipulate sensory similarity and learned threat value independently. However, the reversed conditioning procedure dissociated them in one respect: depending on whether 3 or 15 kHz served as the CS+, the neural gradients ran in opposite directions along the same frequency continuum, with each anchored to the threat-associated tone. A gradient determined by spectral features alone would have run in the same direction in both groups. Thus, the learned associations and their mnemonic representations must have determined the anchor and direction of the neural gradient. By contrast, the contribution of sensory similarity is inferred rather than directly demonstrated: intermediate tones were represented in an order that followed their spectral distance from the CS+. Because discriminative conditioning tends to narrow generalization gradients (Dunsmoor & LaBar, 2013; Herzog et al., 2021; Jenkins & Harrison, 1960; Lommen et al., 2017), tracking neural representations over 30 days allowed us to examine how PL populations evolved as behavioral discrimination became progressively more precise during repeated retrieval. Whereas stable neuronal populations retained consistent response profiles across retrieval sessions, neurons recruited after conditioning exhibited changes that paralleled the behavioral sharpening. These results suggest that memory, new learning, and sensory similarity interact to shape generalization gradients.”

      (2) The next paragraph in the Discussion is also confusing. "Such reorganization has been proposed to provide flexibility by allowing new information to be incorporated into existing cortical representations while preserving stable behavioral performance (Mau et al., 2020; Zaki & Cai, 2024). Several mechanisms could contribute to this turnover, including systems consolidation, retrieval-induced reconsolidation or memory updating, and repeated nonreinforced stimulus exposure (Lacagnina et al., 2019; Mau et al., 2020; Sangha, 2015; Zaki & Cai, 2024). Although our experiments cannot distinguish between the first two possibilities, the behavioral data argue against extinction as the primary explanation. Extinction is generally associated with the formation of new CS+-safety associations (Bouton et al., 2021), whereas discrimination ratios increased across retrieval sessions, indicating that animals progressively improved their discrimination between threat-associated and safe stimuli rather than acquiring generalized safety responses. This pattern is consistent with previous work showing that discrimination learning sharpens stimulus representations and narrows behavioral generalization gradients (Dunsmoor & LaBar, 2013; Herzog et al., 2021; Jenkins & Harrison, 1960; Lommen et al., 2017). Importantly, turnover was not uniform across the population. Graded neurons retained remarkably consistent response profiles across retrieval sessions, and their activity remained more strongly associated with learned threat value than with freezing behavior. These observations indicate that stable components of the population code can coexist with extensive reorganization of surrounding neuronal ensembles."

      The issue with repeated testing is not caused by extinction per se. The issue is that nonreinforcement across the repeated testing should differentially affect the CS+ and CS-. Specifically, it should extinguish responding to the CS- stimulus at a rate that matches its distance from the CS+, thereby sharpening the CS+ versus CS- discrimination in precisely the ways that have been observed. Ergo, the repeated testing is a problem for inferences that might be drawn about the way that generalization gradients change with; and is a problem for statements regarding "dynamic reorganization of cortical activity patterns over time." There is nothing in the study that allows one to comment on the reorganization of cortical activity patterns over time. The reorganization can and should be attributed to the repeated testing, which is confounded with time. Nonetheless, the reorganization must be due to the repeated testing and NOT time as the present findings are inconsistent with the well-documented broadening of generalization gradients with time.

      We agree with the reviewer that discrimination between the CS− and CS+ sharpened across retrieval sessions and that repeated testing may have contributed to this effect. Our discussion of extinction was included specifically to address a concern previously raised by Reviewer 1 and to clarify that the observed sharpening did not reflect a uniform reduction in conditioned responding. We now only left this explanation in the results section.

      We also agree that later retrieval sessions are not passive readouts of the original memory. Repeated presentation can provide new opportunities for learning, update reactivated memory traces, and initiate reconsolidation. The intermediate tones illustrate this point particularly well: they are novel during the first retrieval session but become familiar through subsequent exposure, and their representations may therefore change across sessions. Thus, new learning, memory updating, and reconsolidation are not mutually exclusive explanations but interacting processes engaged by repeated retrieval. We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge these contributions more explicitly.

      We also agree that our use of phrases such as “over time” was imprecise. We have replaced this language with “across retrieval sessions” to avoid implying that the passage of time alone produced ensemble turnover.

      However, we respectfully disagree that cortical reorganization cannot be evaluated across repeated retrieval sessions or that repeated testing alone necessarily accounts for all the observed changes. Multiple studies have documented turnover within cortical ensembles following learning (Lacagnina et al., 2019; Mau et al., 2020; Sangha, 2015; Zaki & Cai, 2024). Importantly, we observed ensemble turnover by test day 1, before repeated testing could have exerted a cumulative effect, and similar early turnover has been reported by other laboratories (Kitamura et al., 2017; DeNardo et al., 2019). These previous studies have also interpreted changes in ensemble composition between conditioning and subsequent retrieval sessions, including remote retrieval, as evidence of cortical reorganization. Our paradigm differs from these studies because we introduced novel tones to examine how representations of the original CS+/CS− associations interact with representations of perceptually similar cues.

      In summary, we agree with the reviewer that repeated testing may generate additional learning that contributes to the sharpening of behavioral generalization gradients and the responses of newly recruited neurons. However, we view this learning as inseparable from memory updating and reconsolidation, because information acquired during retrieval must be incorporated into existing memory representations to persist across sessions.

      “The ensemble turnover observed here is consistent with previous studies demonstrating dynamic reorganization of cortical activity patterns across temporally separated retrieval sessions (DeNardo et al., 2019; Gallego et al., 2020; Kitamura et al., 2017; Tome et al., 2024). Such reorganization has been proposed to provide flexibility by allowing new information to be incorporated into existing cortical representations while preserving stable behavioral performance (Mau et al., 2020; Zaki & Cai, 2024). Several processes could contribute to this turnover, including additional learning during repeated nonreinforced testing, memory updating, and reconsolidation (Lacagnina et al., 2019; Mau et al., 2020; Sangha, 2015; Zaki & Cai, 2024). In our experiments, turnover was already evident at the first retrieval session, before repeated testing could have exerted a cumulative effect, indicating that this reorganization emerges early after learning. Nevertheless, repeated testing provides a plausible explanation for changes during subsequent sessions. Each retrieval session reactivated the original CS+/CS− associations while presenting the conditioned and intermediate tones without reinforcement, thereby creating opportunities for additional discrimination learning. These experiences may have progressively sharpened differentiation between the CS+ and CS-, modifying the retrieved memory representations and changing which neurons participated in representing the refined associations. Although our data do not establish a mechanistic link between neuronal turnover and additional learning, they raise the possibility that dynamic ensemble membership provides the flexibility needed to incorporate new information.”

      (3) In the next paragraph, the authors state: "At the same time, narrower generalization gradients and improved discrimination across retrieval sessions suggests ongoing memory updating. These observations are consistent with contemporary theories proposing that systems consolidation and retrieval-dependent updating are complementary processes through which memories continue to evolve after learning (Mau et al., 2020; Tome et al., 2024; Zaki & Cai, 2024)."

      In general, I'm not sure why one would invoke systems consolidation or retrieval-induced reconsolidation as an explanation for any of the present findings: they are not explanations of much at all. In this specific text, the authors seem to be implying an updating process that occurs independently of what is learned across the repeated sessions of testing. Why? The changes that occur in the behaviour and neuronal representations are perfectly explicable in terms of additional learning that occurs - of the sort that I hope to have made clear in my previous comment. Why invoke more than what is needed to explain the observed pattern of results?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s clarification. As discussed in our response to the preceding comment, we agree that repeated nonreinforced testing provided additional learning opportunities and offers the most direct explanation for the progressive sharpening of behavioral discrimination and neuronal responses. We recognize that our original wording could have been interpreted as proposing memory updating as a process occurring independently of learning during the test sessions. This was not our intention. By “memory updating,” we meant that new information acquired during repeated retrieval modified the existing representations of the CS+ and CS−, allowing these stimuli to become more clearly differentiated. Thus, the additional learning that occurs through repeated testing provides the experience through which the original associations are refined.

      We agree that systems consolidation and retrieval-induced reconsolidation are not required as direct explanations for the observed sharpening and that our design cannot isolate their contributions. However, ensemble turnover was evident by day 1, before repeated testing could have exerted cumulative effects, indicating that repeated testing cannot fully explain the turnover. We view the additional learning acquired during subsequent retrieval sessions as refining the represented values of the CS+ and CS− and, if these changes persist, as requiring incorporation into existing memory representations through updating and reconsolidation. These processes therefore complement, rather than compete with, additional learning. The revised Discussion distinguishes repeated testing as the most direct explanation for the sharpening of discrimination from the broader memory processes that may accompany this learning and contribute to cortical ensemble reorganization.

      “In summary, PL population responses formed generalization gradients that paralleled behavioral generalization and were primarily organized according to tone-learned threat value. The overlap among responses to conditioned and novel tones was consistent with their perceptual similarity, whereas repeated nonreinforced testing was accompanied by progressive sharpening of both behavioral discrimination and the response gradients expressed by neurons recruited after conditioning. Together, these findings provide a potential neural framework through which stored threat associations may guide the evaluation of perceptually similar cues.”

      “The coexistence of these stable neurons with dynamic ensembles may allow repeated retrieval to refine a memory while preserving core features of its original representation (Mau et al., 2020; Tome et al., 2024; Zaki & Cai, 2024). Determining whether these stable graded neurons are causally required for memory storage or retrieval—and whether they constitute a persistent cortical memory trace—will require longitudinal imaging combined with selective manipulation of this population.”

      (4) Re the GLM analysis - The authors write that: "the fact that the GLM analysis indicates that these neurons reflect learned threat value more than freezing behavior, suggests that they encode an abstract property of the learned stimulus rather than simply mirroring behavioral output."

      This is fine if freezing fully indexes the state of conditioned fear and there are no other behaviours in which animals express their fear. If, however, fear is expressed in a range of other behaviours that are likely coordinated by the PL (e.g., startle, vigilance, scanning, orienting to source of danger), this interpretation of the GLM analysis is unwarranted. This is an important point and would be worth noting somewhere in the paragraph where the statement appears.

      We agree with the reviewer. Our GLM demonstrates that the graded neuronal responses cannot be explained by freezing behavior alone, but it does not exclude contributions from other unmeasured manifestations of conditioned fear, including vigilance, scanning, orienting, startle, or physiological responses. We have therefore removed the claim that these neurons primarily encode threat value and revised the Discussion to acknowledge this limitation explicitly.

      “Freezing, however, does not exhaust the conditioned defensive state, and we cannot rule out contributions from unmeasured behavioral or physiological correlates of fear, including vigilance, scanning, orienting, startle, and changes in autonomic state. Our findings are therefore consistent with PL neurons representing the learned significance of the stimuli, but they do not establish that this representation is independent of all fear-related behavioral and physiological states.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Normandin et al. explore the coding of stimuli predicting an aversive event in the prelimbic cortex. Stimuli could either be explicitly paired, explicitly unpaired, or novel but with an inferred association with the aversive event (generalization). Long-term tracking of GCaMP positive neurons allowed them to examine how coding evolves out to a month following training. In general, they found two types of ensemble codes. One was ensembles coding for each stimulus independently, but with enhanced responding to the one eliciting a freezing response. The other was ensembles that responded to all stimuli in proportion to their similarity to the stimulus paired with the aversive event, either increasing or decreasing their activation with the degree of freezing elicited by a stimulus. Importantly, this second set of ensembles was more stable across days, potentially providing a memory trace.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors track ensembles in prelimbic cortex over long time scales, providing valuable information on the consolidation of neural codes.

      (2) Neural coding of generalization is examined, which is under examined in the field.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have convincingly and thoroughly addressed my concerns. I have no further issues regarding this study.

      We thank reviewer 3 for his thoughtful and constructive comments and the suggestion to use the GLM which greatly improved the interpretation of our data.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      One small point is that the authors could report the beta coefficients for the tone and freezing predictors from the GLM analysis shown in Figure 4. Providing these values would make it easier to directly compare the relative contributions of tone-related and freezing-related activity to the model.

      We now include this analysis in Figure 4c and 4g

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      A growing body of evidence indicates that Alzheimer's disease is not simply a disease of neurons accumulating toxic protein aggregates, but one in which the immune system, both its resident brain component and its circulating peripheral arm, plays an active and sustained role. Understanding how these two immune compartments interact with one another and with diseased neural tissue has been hampered by the fact that the mouse immune system differs fundamentally from the human one in ways likely to matter for disease progression. The authors set out to address this gap by building a modular laboratory model that brings together three human cell types in a three-dimensional setting: brain organoids derived from human stem cells to provide a neural substrate, stem cell-derived brain immune cells (microglia) to represent the resident immune compartment, and circulating immune cells (CD8-positive T cells) harvested from human blood to represent the peripheral adaptive immune response. By exposing this tri-cellular system to a toxic form of amyloid protein, the hallmark aggregating molecule of Alzheimer's disease, the authors aimed to dissect, step by step, how microglia respond to amyloid stress, what inflammatory signals they release as a consequence, and whether those signals are sufficient to attract T cells into the neural environment. They further aimed to test whether blocking the molecular receptors that guide T cell movement could interrupt this process, with the broader goal of positioning the platform as a tool for human-relevant drug screening.

      Strengths

      The conceptual architecture of the platform is one of its clearest strengths. The decision to add immune components in a stepwise, modular fashion, first characterising the neural response to amyloid, then adding microglia, then adding T cells, makes it possible to attribute observed changes to specific cellular contributions in a way that a more complex all-at-once model would not allow. This staged design is well thought-through, and its logic is clearly communicated. The combination of single-cell transcriptional profiling, calcium imaging for real-time functional readouts, transwell migration assays, and protein secretion measurements gives the study a genuinely multi-modal character that goes beyond what purely transcriptomic or purely imaging-based approaches can offer. The observation that T cells failed to migrate toward amyloid-treated organoids in the absence of microglia is a clean and conceptually important result, clearly supporting the idea that the resident immune response acts as an intermediary between amyloid pathology and the recruitment of peripheral immune cells. The identification of specific chemokine receptor pathways mediating T cell movement and the demonstration that pharmacological blockade of those receptors reduces migration and provide a degree of mechanistic resolution useful for thinking about future therapeutic strategies.

      Weaknesses

      Despite these strengths, several aspects of the work as presented substantially limit the confidence one can place in its conclusions.

      The most consequential issue concerns the origin of the cells used in the model. The three cellular components: the brain organoids, the microglia, and the T cells are derived from genetically unrelated individuals. The T cells, in particular, come from healthy blood donors unrelated to the stem cell lines used to generate the neural tissue. This means the immune cells and the tissue they are interacting with carry different molecular identity markers (the proteins that the immune system uses to distinguish self from non-self). In this setting, any T cell activation or directed movement could reflect a generic rejection-like response to foreign tissue rather than a disease-relevant, chemokine-directed recruitment process. This is not a subtle concern: it represents a fundamental ambiguity at the heart of the model's central finding, and it is not acknowledged anywhere in the manuscript. For the transwell migration data to be interpretable as a model of Alzheimer's disease rather than of immune incompatibility, the authors would need to demonstrate that migration is driven by the specific chemokine environment and not by the genetic mismatch between cells, for example, using cells from the same donor or from matched donors, or by showing that blocking identity-marker recognition does not alter migration.

      A related concern is that the T cells used are from healthy individuals, whereas T cells from people with Alzheimer's disease are known to differ in their activation state, surface receptor expression, and functional behaviour. The platform cannot yet claim to model the specific T cell biology of Alzheimer's disease until disease-relevant T cells are incorporated.

      Beyond this foundational issue, the study frequently describes findings in causal terms that the experimental design does not support. The resident immune cells are said to "drive" T cell recruitment and "establish" a feedback loop. These are strong mechanistic claims. The evidence presented indicates that when microglia are present, more T cells migrate, and that blocking T cells receptors reduces migration. What is missing is direct evidence that the specific molecules measured, particularly the chemokines CCL4 and CCL5, are the agents responsible, as opposed to other signals also present in the conditioned environment. No experiment directly neutralises these chemokines to test whether their removal is sufficient to abolish T cell recruitment. Without such an experiment, the receptor-blocking data show only that the receptors matter, not that the measured ligands are the ones activating those receptors.

      The abstract describes one particular molecule, CXCL10, as a contributor to T cell recruitment, but the data in the paper itself show no significant change in CXCL10 levels between conditions. This discrepancy between the abstract and the results is misleading to readers who may not read the figures in detail.

      The single-cell sequencing data, which form the basis for claims about changes in cell populations following amyloid treatment or microglia addition, are presented without validation of the cell type labels against established reference datasets from human brain tissue. The proportional shifts in cell populations between conditions (Figures 1H and 3E) are described as significant findings but are shown without any statistical test appropriate for this type of compositional data. Comparisons of cell-type proportions derived from single-cell sequencing require specialised statistical approaches that account for the interdependence of proportions and the variability between samples; standard tests are not appropriate here, and none are applied.

      There is also an unresolved inconsistency in the age at which the organoids were analysed by single-cell sequencing: the text states day 90, while the figure legend states day 60, and the methods section contains a passage describing experimental conditions (including a cholesterol treatment and a drug called semaglutide) that are entirely unrelated to this study and appear to have been copied from a different manuscript. These issues raise concerns about the rigour of the manuscript preparation and should be corrected.

      Finally, the sample sizes underpinning several key conclusions are small (typically three to four organoids per group), particularly for the protein-secretion measurements used to identify the inflammatory signals responsible for T cell recruitment. While organoid studies are inherently limited in scale, the strength of the mechanistic claims made here would benefit from larger sample size or independent experimental replication.

      Conclusion:

      The authors have built a platform that is conceptually well-conceived and generates data consistent with a role for microglia in bridging amyloid pathology and T cell recruitment. In that sense, they have made meaningful progress toward their stated aims. However, the platform, as described, cannot yet deliver the human-specific mechanistic insight it claims to provide, primarily because the non-autologous configuration of the model introduces an uncontrolled variable that confounds the interpretation of the immune interaction data. The claim to have provided "the first human-specific mechanistic demonstration" of microglial activation as a bridge between amyloid pathology and adaptive immune recruitment is not supported by the evidence presented. The data are consistent with this interpretation but do not establish it.

      The general approach, building increasingly complex human neural-immune models by adding components in a controlled, stepwise manner, is a valuable direction for the field and one that other groups working on neuroinflammation will find useful to consider. The combination of live calcium imaging and transcriptional profiling in the same experimental system is a practical contribution that demonstrates the kind of multi-modal readout this class of model can support. If the autologous confound is resolved in future iterations and if the mechanistic claims are grounded in more direct experimental evidence, this type of platform could become a genuinely useful tool for investigating human neuroimmune biology and for screening candidate therapeutic compounds in a human-relevant context. As currently presented, however, readers and researchers considering adopting this approach should be aware that the immune interaction data may reflect genetic mismatches between cell sources rather than disease-specific biology, and that the causal conclusions drawn from the chemokine and migration data go beyond what the experiments can support.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors developed a human forebrain organoid model incorporating both iPSC-derived microglia and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells, enabling them to recreate and investigate multicellular aspects of AD pathology in a human-relevant system.

      Their findings show that microglia help clear amyloid-β deposits, but they also promote inflammatory responses. Activated microglia recruit CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells by releasing the chemokines CCL4, CCL5, and CXCL10, which signal through the receptors CCR1/CCR5 and CXCR3. Pharmacological inhibition of CCR5 or CXCR3 prevents T-cell recruitment and alters autophagy pathways in a microglia-dependent manner.

      Strengths:

      The study presents a versatile human organoid platform for investigating neuron-immune interactions in Alzheimer's disease. It highlights the critical role of microglia-driven recruitment of CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells in sustaining neuroinflammation and identifies CCR5 and CXCR3 signaling pathways as promising therapeutic targets for neuroinflammatory conditions.

      This study is interesting and presents novel findings supported by state-of-the-art approaches, including single-cell RNA sequencing, a three-dimensional cerebral organoid model, and co-culture systems involving two distinct immune cell populations.

      Weaknesses:

      Several aspects of the study require clarification and further improvement. For example:

      (1) Figure 1H is missing statistical analyses.

      (2) The scRNA-seq analysis shows a reduction in the proportion of cells occupying transcriptional states associated with later pseudotime values, which the authors interpret as evidence that Aβ treatment inhibits neuronal maturation. However, the data presented do not appear sufficient to support this conclusion. An alternative explanation is that Aβ preferentially affects the survival of more mature neuronal populations, leading to their depletion, consequently, an apparent enrichment of cells at earlier pseudotime states. Therefore, the observed pseudotime shift does not necessarily demonstrate impaired maturation per se. The authors should revise the interpretation of these results in the first paragraph and either provide additional evidence supporting a maturation defect or discuss alternative explanations such as selective loss of mature neurons.

      (3) A similar concern applies to the scRNA-seq data presented in Figure 3. The authors interpret the shift toward later pseudotime states in the presence of microglia as evidence of enhanced neuronal maturation. However, the data do not exclude alternative explanations. For instance, microglia may preferentially promote the survival of more mature neuronal populations or protect them from cell death, thereby increasing their relative abundance in the dataset. Consequently, the observed pseudotime distribution cannot be taken as direct evidence of enhanced maturation. The authors should revise their interpretation accordingly and discuss the possibility that the observed effect reflects differential survival rather than accelerated neuronal maturation.

      (4) In Figures 4A-E, the authors should report the levels of the secreted proteins in pg/mL instead of relative values, as this would better reflect the actual amounts produced. In Figure 4H, the inhibitor-treated control T-cell samples should be included. Furthermore, it should be explicitly stated that the inhibitor-treated data points currently shown refer to T cells cultured in the presence of myeloid Aβ.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Addressing the allogeneic confound

      To determine whether observed T cell migration reflects chemokine-driven recruitment rather than allogeneic recognition, the authors should perform one or more of the following: (a) repeat transwell migration assays using HLA-matched donors for T cells and iPSC lines; (b) include a blocking condition using anti-HLA class I antibody to suppress allogeneic recognition and test whether migration is reduced; (c) compare migration toward conditioned media alone (without cells) versus co-culture conditions to establish whether secreted factors are sufficient to drive migration independently of direct cell contact. If HLA-matched material is not currently available, the authors could, at a minimum, use conditioned media transfer experiments to dissociate chemokine-mediated from contact-mediated effects.

      We agree this is an important limitation. We have not performed HLA-matched migration assays, anti-HLA class I blockade, or conditioned-media-only migration experiments. We note that in our transwell assay design (Fig. 4G–H), T cells are seeded in the upper chamber and organoids in the lower chamber, separated by a porous membrane; while this precludes direct T cell–organoid cell contact, live organoid/microglial cells are present throughout the assay rather than their conditioned medium alone, so we have not directly tested part (c) as the reviewer describes it.

      We would also note that the CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells used in this assay were derived from a single healthy donor, while the organoids and iMGLs were derived from a separate iPSC line (DYR0100); the same T cell donor and the same organoid/microglial line were used across all conditions (CTR, Aβ42, Aβ42+iMGL). The T cell–organoid pairing is therefore allogeneic, but identical in every condition. Any contribution of allogeneic recognition to baseline migration should, in principle, be present equally across conditions and would not by itself account for the increased migration specifically toward the Aβ42 and Aβ42+iMGL conditions relative to CTR.

      (2) Direct validation of CCL5 as the responsible ligand

      To substantiate the claim that microglia-derived CCL5 is responsible for T cell recruitment, a CCL5-neutralising antibody should be added to the transwell assay. Similarly, a CCL4-neutralising antibody should be tested independently. This would allow the authors to attribute the migration effect to specific molecules rather than to the overall conditioned environment and would substantially strengthen the mechanistic interpretation.

      We appreciate this comment and agree that ligand-neutralization experiments would substantially strengthen the mechanistic interpretation. We have not performed these experiments in the current study but will consider including CCL5- and CCL4-neutralizing antibody conditions in future follow-up work. We have revised the Results/Discussion to make clear that our receptor-blockade data (Fig. 4H) establish that CCR5/CXCR3/CCR1 signaling on T cells is necessary for recruitment, but do not by themselves attribute this effect to CCL4 or CCL5 specifically, as opposed to other chemokines present in the conditioned environment.

      (3) Cell-type annotation validation for single-cell data

      The authors should add a supplementary figure showing a dot plot or heatmap of canonical marker gene expression across all annotated clusters, cross-referenced to at least one published human brain atlas or human organoid single-cell reference dataset. Module score analysis using published cell-type gene signatures (e.g., Velmeshev et al. 2019, for neuronal subtypes or established microglial signature sets) would further validate the annotations. The specific software tool and reference dataset used for annotation should be explicitly named in the Methods section.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Canonical marker gene expression supporting our cluster annotations is provided in Supplementary Figure S1 (violin plots of marker genes across annotated clusters.

      (4) Statistical testing for cell-type proportion comparisons

      Figures 1H and 3E should be reanalysed using a compositional statistical framework. The authors are encouraged to use the propeller method (Phipson et al., Bioinformatics, 2022) or scCODA (Büttner et al., Nature Communications, 2021), both of which are designed for this type of comparison in single-cell data. Individual organoid-level proportion values should be shown as overlaid data points to make biological variability is visible.

      We agree and have reanalysed both comparisons with scCODA (Büttner et al., 2021), using cell-type counts aggregated per library (n = 2 per condition). Because scCODA estimates are conditional on a reference population, we specified migrating neurons as reference — the only population with a near-unity fold change (1.19×) and no credible change under any alternative reference. The results are shown in Supplementary Table 1.

      We note that scCODA reports posterior inclusion probabilities rather than P values, and have removed P-value notation from all proportion comparisons. Figures 1H and 3E now display composition for each individual library as separate stacked bars, so that between-replicate variability is directly visible.

      (5) Functional validation of microglial-promoted neuronal maturation

      To support the claim that microglia promote neuronal maturation, at least one functional or morphological measurement attributable specifically to the microglia co-culture condition should be provided. Suggested approaches include: quantification of neurite length or branching complexity by automated image analysis comparing organoid slices with and without microglia; or synaptic puncta density measurements (already used elsewhere in the manuscript) comparing Aβ42 and Aβ42+iMGL conditions.

      Thanks a lot for pointing this out. We agree that trajectory inference alone cannot support a claim that microglia promote neuronal maturation, and we regret that we are unable to provide the requested measurement: synaptic puncta quantification in this study was performed only for the CTR and Aβ42 conditions, and the material required to extend it to Aβ42+iMGL is no longer available. We have therefore revised the interpretation rather than defend the original claim.

      We now describe the effect as a shift in organoid cell-type composition and transcriptional state toward more differentiated populations, rather than as microglia-driven neuronal maturation. The Results text has been changed from "…indicating that microglia promote neuronal maturation and partially reverse the Aβ42-induced immature state" to:

      " Pseudotime analysis showed that microglial co-culture shifted cells toward higher pseudotime values compared with Aβ42 alone (Fig. 3F–G), consistent with a shift in organoid cell-type composition toward more differentiated populations (Fig. 3E) and a partial reversal of the Aβ42-associated skew toward progenitor states.”

      (6) Chemokine secretion follow-up after T cell addition

      To begin closing the proposed feedback loop, the authors should measure CCL4 and CCL5 levels (and ideally a broader cytokine panel) in conditioned media from the Aβ42+iMGL+T condition and compare them with those from Aβ42+iMGL. If T cells amplify microglial activation (as shown by calcium imaging), one would predict increased chemokine output. Including this measurement would substantially strengthen the feedback loop claim.

      We would first clarify the scope of our claim. The feedback loop described in the manuscript operates at the level of cellular activation state: microglia-derived chemokines recruit CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells (Fig. 4A–E, 4G–H), and recruited CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells in turn amplify microglial activation (Fig. 4L). Each step is supported by direct measurement, and we do not claim that T cells increase microglial chemokine output or drive a further round of recruitment.

      We agree that measuring chemokine secretion after T cell addition would test an important extension of this model — whether T cell-driven amplification of microglial activity translates into increased chemokine output and thus a self-sustaining recruitment cycle. We are unable to perform this experiment within the revision period, as the tri-culture conditioned media were not retained.

      We would also note that this measurement is not straightforward in bulk conditioned media. CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells are themselves major producers of CCL4 and CCL5, releasing preformed CCL5 from cytotoxic granules within hours of activation, so an increase in the Aβ42+iMGL+T condition could not be attributed to microglia. A rigorous test would require cell-type-resolved output — intracellular cytokine staining, single-cell profiling of the tri-culture, or physical separation of the two populations — and we now identify this explicitly as the next step.

      (7) Time-course data for the protective-to-pathological transition

      The dual functionality narrative requires temporal data to be credible. The authors should consider measuring Aβ clearance, pseudotime distribution, and chemokine secretion at multiple time points after microglial addition (e.g., 6, 24, and 48 hours) to determine whether the protective and inflammatory outputs are sequential or whether they co-occur from the outset.

      We agree that a single 48-hour timepoint cannot determine whether protective and inflammatory microglial outputs are sequential or concurrent, and we are unable to add a time course within the revision period.

      We have therefore moderated our interpretation. The Discussion previously stated that "microglial activation is not a binary state but a spectrum, where sustained Aβ stress drives the transition from a protective to a pathological, T-cell-recruiting state." This has been revised to: "This duality indicates that microglial activation is not a binary state: within the Aβ42 environment, clearance and neuroprotective functions are detectable alongside inflammatory, T-cell-recruiting outputs at the same timepoint." The temporal claim implied by "transition" has been removed, as our data establish co-occurrence at 48 hours rather than a sequence.

      Recommendations for writing and presentation

      (8) Abstract correction

      CXCL10 must be removed from the mechanistic description of T cell recruitment in the abstract, as Figure 4E shows no significant change in CXCL10. The abstract should also moderate the language around "establishing a feedback loop" to reflect that the loop was observed and partially characterised rather than mechanistically closed.

      CXCL10 has been removed from the mechanistic description in the Abstract, as Fig. 4E shows no significant change in its secretion. CXCR3 has been retained, as pharmacological blockade reduced T cell migration (Fig. 4H), but is now presented as a receptor-level finding without an identified ligand. We have also moderated the concluding clause, which now describes a neuroimmune circuit in which recruited T cells amplify microglial activation, rather than stating that a feedback loop is established. The Abstract sentence now reads: Using this platform, we demonstrate that microglia mediate amyloid-β clearance and shift organoid cell composition toward more differentiated states, but also become inflammatory and recruit CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells through CCL4/CCL5 signaling via CCR1, CCR5, and CXCR3, forming a neuroimmune circuit in which recruited T cells further amplify microglial activation.

      (9) Resolve the day 90 / day 60 inconsistency

      The discrepancy between "day 90" in the Results text (line 88) and "day 60" in the Figure 1G legend must be corrected throughout the manuscript.

      "Day 90" in the Results text (line 88) has been corrected with “day 60”.

      (10) Rewrite the scRNA-seq library preparation methods

      The methods section (lines 357-360) must be rewritten to describe the actual experimental conditions used in this study. The passage referring to cholesterol-treated and semaglutide-treated organoids on day 30 must be removed entirely.

      The methods section has been now revised as: For isolation of iPSC-derived forebrain cells, cells were collected from CTR and Aβ42-treated organoids at day 60, and from Aβ42-treated organoids with and without a 48-hour iMGL co-culture (Aβ42 and Aβ42+iMGL). Two biological replicates were included in each group. Three organoids were pooled within each replicate and washed three times with pre-chilled PBS. Single-cell suspensions were prepared by incubating with 0.5 mg/mL papain for 30 min at 37 °C in a water bath. Suspensions were filtered through a 70 µm cell strainer (BD Falcon, 352350). After centrifugation at 500 g for 5 min, the cell pellet was resuspended in PBS + 0.01% BSA.

      (11) Report the number of organoids per scRNA-seq replicate

      The Methods section should explicitly state how many organoids were pooled per biological replicate for each single-cell sequencing experiment and how many replicates were included per condition.

      The Methods section has been revised to state explicitly the number of organoids pooled per biological replicate and the number of replicates per condition for each single-cell experiment, as described in our response to comment (10). Two biological replicates were included per condition, each prepared from 3 pooled organoids.

      (12) Attribute iPSC lines to specific experiments

      A table or supplementary note should specify which cell line (H9, DYR0100, or DXR0109B) was used for each experiment and figure. If different lines were used interchangeably within the same figure, this should be stated and any resulting variability discussed.

      All organoid data presented in this manuscript were generated from a single line, DYR0100; the H9 and DXR0109B lines were not used for any experiment reported here. We have removed them from the Methods to avoid ambiguity, and the Methods now state that DYR0100 was used for all organoid experiments. No experiment or figure combines material from different lines.

      (13) Moderate the use of "human-specific"

      Throughout the manuscript, claims of human specificity should be restricted to contexts where a direct comparison with rodent data has been performed or cited. When the platform uses only human cells, the appropriate phrasing is "human-derived" or "in a human cellular context" rather than "human-specific mechanisms."

      We have replaced "human-specific" throughout with "human-derived" or "in a human cellular context," at four locations: the Abstract, the final paragraph of the Introduction, the second paragraph of the Discussion, and the legend of Fig. 4O.

      (14) Revise the "first demonstration" claim

      The claim to provide the "first human-specific mechanistic demonstration" (line 218) is not substantiated and should be removed or substantially qualified.

      This claim has been revised.

      (15) Immunofluorescence panel legibility

      Protein label text in Figures 1B-E and 3B should be rendered in a contrasting colour (e.g., white with a black outline, or placed on a coloured background tab) so that they are readable against the fluorescence image background. Scale bars should be present and consistent across all panels within a figure.

      Protein label text in Figures 1B–E and 3B has been re-rendered in a contrasting colour so that it is legible against the fluorescence background. Scale bars are present in all panels, and their dimensions are stated in the corresponding figure legends.

      (16) Remove or justify the Animals section in Methods

      If no mouse data are presented in the paper, the Animals section should be removed. If mouse experiments were performed and the data are available, a corresponding figure or supplementary figure should be included.

      Animals section description has been removed from Methods.

      Corrections & Clarifications

      (17) The following must be corrected before resubmission:

      (a) Replace "(ref)" placeholders on lines 46 and 63 with full citations.

      (b) Replace "(cell reports 2023)" on line 48 with a properly formatted citation. This appears to refer to Feng et al., Cell Reports 42, 113313 (2023), which is already reference 9 in the list - it should simply be cited as such.

      (c) Reference 14 (Feng et al., STAR Protoc, glioma organoid protocol) does not support the CCL5-CCR5 claim for which it is cited and should be replaced with an appropriate reference.

      (d) Reference 20, cited in the text (line 56), does not exist in the reference list. The intended citation must be identified and added.

      (e) Reference 3 (Michell-Robinson et al.) is listed but not cited in the text. It should either be cited where appropriate or removed from the list.

      We have carefully reviewed the manuscript and corrected the incomplete and incorrect references.

      (18) GEO accession numbers

      The manuscript states that bulk RNA-seq data have been deposited at GEO but does not provide an accession number. The accession number must be included in the Data Availability section.

      Accession numbers have been added to the Data Availability section: bulk RNA-seq data are deposited under GSE339404 and single-cell RNA-seq data under GSE339602. Both datasets are publicly accessible.

      (19) Single-cell RNA-seq data availability

      The single-cell RNA-seq data are not mentioned in the Data Availability statement. These data should also be deposited in a public repository (GEO or a single-cell-specific repository such as the Human Cell Atlas data portal), and the accession number should be provided.

      Mentioned in comment (18).

      (20) Zenodo DOI

      The Code Availability section states that code has been deposited at Zenodo, but no DOI is provided. The Zenodo DOI must be included.

      Zenodo DOI has been added in the Methods: Single-cell RNA-seq data have been deposited at GEO under accession GSE339602 and bulk RNA-seq data under accession GSE339404; both are publicly accessible as of the date of publication. Microscopy data are available at Zenodo (DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.21686712). All other raw data, including cytokine array images, and all original code are available at https://github.com/FengYilinElaine/2-3D-AD-oranoids.

      (21) Ethical approval for human blood collection

      The manuscript states that blood was collected from healthy donors at Zhangzhou People's Hospital but does not mention institutional ethical approval for this collection or informed consent procedures. A statement confirming ethical approval (with approval number) and donor-informed consent must be added to the Methods section in accordance with eLife's policies on human subjects research.

      Ethical approval for this study was granted by the First Affiliated Hospital of Zhengzhou University (2021-KY-0875-003) and Tsinghua Shenzhen International Graduate School (2024-F125). It has been added to the Methods.

      (22) Microscopy data availability

      The manuscript states that microscopy data will be shared upon request. eLife's data policy requires that primary data supporting the figures be made publicly available at the time of publication. The authors should deposit representative raw imaging data (or processed calcium imaging traces) in an appropriate repository such as Figshare, Zenodo, or the Image Data Resource and provide the link in the Data Availability section.

      Mentioned in comment (20)

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This study is interesting and presents novel findings supported by state-of-the-art approaches, including single-cell RNA sequencing, a three-dimensional cerebral organoid model, and co-culture systems involving two distinct immune cell populations.

      These innovative methodologies provide valuable insights into the mechanisms under investigation. Nevertheless, several aspects of the study require clarification and further improvement.

      The authors should address the points in the public review and the following additional points:

      (1) Throughout the manuscript, the figure legends contain conclusions and interpretations of the data. These statements should be removed from the figure legends and incorporated into the Results section, while the legends should be restricted to describing the experimental conditions and the data displayed.

      Revised manuscript and legends fixed the problem.

      (2) The reference list and in-text citations appear to be incomplete. In several instances, the manuscript contains placeholder citations (e.g., "Ref") instead of full references. The authors should carefully review and complete all citations.

      We have carefully reviewed the manuscript and corrected the incomplete and incorrect references. All placeholder citations have been replaced with the appropriate references, and the reference list and in-text citations have been checked for completeness.

    1. Author response:

      Summary of changes:

      (1) Framing of the sign test results. Throughout the manuscript we have clarified that the sign test provides direct evidence that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection, while the connection of this selective signal to any specific human phenotype is inferential and would require experimental validation. We also now emphasize that some sign test results are expected to be false positives, as indicated by the FDR.

      (2) FDR and cis:trans quantification. We have added explicit statements that (i) the cis dominance is consistent across a range of FDR thresholds (FDR < 0.25, 0.20, 0.10, 0.05, 0.01), (ii) the mean proportion of divergent sites explained by cis-regulation is 91%, and (iii) using the changepoint detection method, we identified 9159 cis-DMRs and 2046 trans-DMRs in total for downstream TF motif and SNV analysis. A power analysis comparing sensitivity to detect cis vs. trans effects is provided as author response image 1.

      (3) Clarification of regulation groups, including pure cis, pure trans, conserved, cis × trans and cis + trans. We have added explicit definitions of these categories in the Results.

      (4) Cis-gene direction-of-effect definition. We have clarified in the text that cis-regulated genes are defined as those where the direction of allelic difference is consistent between hybrid and parental samples. We note that the scatter plots in Figure 2B as well as Figure 2 supplemental figures plots the per-sample average percent difference in methylation. Cis genes appearing to have opposite direction-of-effect along the y=x diagonal on the scatter plot were due to a difference between this average, used only for visualization, and the values used for analysis in our statistical model. For values close to zero, average log2FC or per cent difference can flip sign even when the model correctly identifies the site as cis-regulated. The regulation classification is based on a statistical model and not the direction of average difference, so there will naturally be some small deviation around the axes when visualizing the results as a scatter plot.

      (5) New limitations. We have added four new limitations to the Discussion: (i) absence of an outgroup species; (ii) TFBS-disrupting mutations as an alternative cis mechanism; (iii) the need for experimental validation of SNV-methylation and TF-methylation links; and (iv) the scope of cell types examined.

      (6) Quantitative reporting. We have replaced "substantial" with specific numbers throughout.

      (7) Additional supplemental resource. A list of cis–cis regulated promoters and their associated genes has been added as Supplemental File 8.

      (8) Minor corrections. Missing citation for Hallgrímsdóttir et al. (2024) added; "Preprint at" removed from published paper citations; sequencing coverage reported in Methods.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study presents an important examination of the role of cis-acting versus trans-acting genetic variation on DNA methylation divergence between humans and chimpanzees, including its consequences for gene expression. By differentiating fused interspecies tetraploid cell lines into multiple cell types, the study provides compelling evidence for the importance of cis-acting changes, but incomplete evidence that these changes are of importance for adaptive trait evolution in humans. This work will be of interest to biologists and evolutionary anthropologists studying the evolution and genetics of gene regulation, particularly in primates.

      We appreciate the assessment and agree that the evidence for adaptive trait evolution is indirect. We would like to clarify what the sign test does and doesn’t establish. By rejecting a rigorous neutral null model, the sign test provides strong evidence for lineage-specific selection on DNA methylation divergence. Since the coordinated directional divergence we observe is not expected under neutral evolution, we are confident that the data are evidence of selection. However, the sign test does not identify the specific traits that selection acted upon; the connection between the signal of selection and any phenotype is speculative. Accordingly, we have now revised the manuscript to describe the sign test results as evidence of selection while keeping the interpretation of specific traits explicitly speculative. We also added discussion of the limitations on the trait-level inference (such as the absence of an outgroup, reliance on clinical HPO ontologies, etc.).

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells across different cell types to identify the genetic causes and then transcriptomic consequences of divergence in DNA methylation. They conclude that the evolution of DNA methylation is driven primarily by cis-regulatory changes, and that the evolution of CpG sites contributes to cis-regulation, while transcription factor expression underlies some trans changes. They then argue that divergence in DNA methylation is associated with changes in gene expression and may contribute to human phenotypes.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for a detailed summary of our work.

      The tetraploid model is able to provide compelling evidence that most regulatory evolution occurs due to cis-regulatory changes. My only concern is that the extent of trans-changes may be overstated, as almost all are eliminated by changing from a nominal p-value criterion to even a 25% false discovery rate.

      We agree that trans-effects are more sensitive to FDR thresholds than cis-effects, and we have addressed this directly. This is a well-recognised limitation of existing cis/trans classification frameworks, and we acknowledge this limitation in the discussion and have added suggestions in experimental set-up to mitigate it. To address the reviewer's concern directly, we have added a formal power analysis quantifying the relative power to detect cis and trans effects as a function of read depth as well as biological noise (dispersion). We now explicitly state in the Results that the cis dominance over trans is consistent across a range of FDR cutoffs (FDR < 0.25, 0.20, 0.10, 0.05, 0.01; Figure 2—figure supplement 1–2), and we note that the greater FDR-sensitivity of trans-DMRs likely reflects systematically smaller effect sizes rather than false positives. We have added a power analysis in Author response image 1 that formally compares our sensitivity to detect cis vs. trans effects. We also note that DMR-level analyses recover both cis and trans effects at meaningful FDRs, consistent with the idea that trans effects are real but requires more replicates as well as a higher sequencing depth to make significant calls at the same level as cis changes at the individual CpG level.

      Author response image 1.

      Power analysis of cis and trans effects detected by the beta-binomial GLM framework. For each combination of effect size, per-unit read depth, and overdispersion (φ), we simulated a genome of 10,000 units — either individual CpG sites or regions/DMRs — comprising 2,000 true-effect units and 8,000 null units. The simulation is unit-agnostic: a "unit" represents a single CpG when modeling the per-CpG analysis and an aggregated region when modeling the regional (DMR-level) analysis, with read depth interpreted as the per-CpG coverage or the region-level (aggregate) coverage, respectively, and effect size as the corresponding per-CpG or region-level H–C methylation difference.

      Effects were classified using the same two-model scheme as the main analysis. A unit was called cis if the hybrid allelic (H–C) test was significant and the allele-by-generation interaction was not significant, and trans if the interaction was significant and the hybrid allelic test was not significant; all tests were Benjamini–Hochberg–corrected across the genome at the stated FDR threshold. Each unit was simulated with the full six-measurement design (two parental samples and four hybrid alleles from two hybrids), both models were fit, each set of p-values was BH-corrected across the genome, and "power" is the fraction of true units that land in the correct class.

      Cis-effect units were simulated with an equal H–C difference in both parents and hybrid (zero true interaction); trans-effect units with a parental H–C difference and no hybrid allelic difference (full-magnitude interaction); null units with no difference in either parents or hybrid. Sequencing depth was treated as a fixed design parameter: every sample at every simulated unit was assigned the same total read depth (the value on the y-axis of the heatmaps), corresponding to per-CpG coverage for the site-level analysis or aggregate per-region coverage for the regional analysis.

      We estimated the beta-binomial overdispersion (φ) directly from the data for each cell type used in this study: DA = 0.024, CNCC = 0.016, IPSC = 0.013, SKM = 0.014, and HEP = 0.011 (median = 0.014). To span this empirical range and to assess robustness to higher-than-observed dispersion, we evaluated power at φ = 0.015 (approximating the empirically observed median), 0.05, and 0.10; the latter two represent substantially more conservative (higher-noise) scenarios than any cell type in our data. Because power declines monotonically with φ, the φ = 0.015 row reflects the sensitivity expected under realistic conditions, while the higher rows bound the worst case. For each unit, a methylation probability was drawn from a beta distribution whose mean equals the unit's true methylation level and whose dispersion is set by the overdispersion parameter φ, and the number of methylated reads was then drawn from a binomial with that probability and the specified total depth. Consequently, the reported power describes the sensitivity expected at a given uniform per-unit (per-CpG or per-region) depth, spanning 10× to 200×, and is interpreted as the proportion of true-effect units assigned to the correct class.

      The follow-up analyses are incomplete with major gaps. The authors focus on single potential mechanisms for cis- and trans-changes, but it is not clear to what degree these mechanisms explain the extent of cis and trans changes. There are also other mechanisms which are not investigated, such as the importance of TF binding sites for cis-regulatory evolution.

      We agree that CpG-disrupting SNVs and TF binding motifs are just two out of many possible mechanisms, and we have added explicit acknowledgements of this in the text. Our goal was not to investigate all possible mechanisms, but rather to focus on two that showed promising results. For cis-regulation, we now state that TFBS mutations and other sequence variants could also contribute. We agree that further mechanistic investigation is an important direction for future work, and we have noted this explicitly in the Discussion.

      Next, the authors seek to show that differences in DNA methylation are functionally relevant... I worry that this result could be confounded by larger effect sizes for cis-changes than trans effects.

      We agree that larger cis-regulatory effect sizes could contribute to this result, and have now mentioned this in the Discussion: “This finding suggests that the repressive effects of species-specific methylation are strongest when both layers of regulation are driven in cis, perhaps because cis-regulated methylation changes tend to have larger effect sizes than trans-regulated changes.”

      Finally, the authors make a case for lineage-specific selection on DNA methylation that is connected to human traits. This evidence was not convincing. In fact, it is even said that these tests cannot be interpreted as evidence of lineage-specific selection (lines 399-401), so I am confused why these results are framed as testing for selection.

      We appreciate this comment but want to clarify. Lines 399–401 in the original manuscript state that the dental pulp stem cell (DPSC) sign test results specifically should not be interpreted as evidence of lineage-specific selection, because DPSCs use parental rather than hybrid cell lines. This caveat applies only to DPSCs. For all other cell types (iPSC, DA, CNCC, SKM, HEP), which use hybrid cell lines that control for trans-acting confounders, the sign test does indeed provide evidence of non-random directional bias inconsistent with neutral evolution, thereby constituting evidence of lineage-specific selection. We have added a clarifying sentence to make this distinction explicit: "For all other cell types (iPSC, DA, SKM, HEP, CNCC), which use hybrid cell lines, the sign test results provide direct evidence of lineage-specific selection on the implicated gene sets, as the hybrid system controls for trans-acting confounders."

      To be clear about the scope of the claim: the sign test directly demonstrates that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection. What remains inferential is the connection between this selective signal and any specific human phenotype, which would require experiments or further validation to establish; we have revised the framing throughout to keep this distinction explicit.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 96: How many iPSC lines were used for each species? When a replicate is mentioned (e.g., Figure 1B), are those technical or biological replicates?

      We have added the iPSC line counts to both the Results and Methods sections: two human and two chimpanzee iPSC lines were used. Replicates shown in Figure 1B are biological replicates (independent differentiation experiments from the same iPSC lines).

      (2) Line 98: How many donors for the DPSCs?

      We have added DPSC donor counts to the Methods: two human and two chimpanzee donors.

      (3) Line 103: PCA and other analyses combined data from WGBS and RRBS cell types. Some clarification about how this was done (e.g. restricting to RRBS sites?) would be useful in the main text as well as an acknowledgement of potential biases. And

      (4) Line 103: Related, what is the number of CpG sites considered?

      We have added a clarifying sentence to the Results: cross-cell-type analyses including Figure 1B heatmap and Figure 1C PCA analysis were restricted to CpG sites covered in all samples (i.e., the intersection of all covered sites, after phasing the hybrid samples), totaling 561,762 shared CpG sites. Within-cell-type PCA analysis in Figure 1—supplemental figure 1 was restricted to CpG sites shared across samples of the same cell type, which contains 31,802,196 sites for CNCC samples, 26,163,237 sites for DA, 29,787,850 sites for DPSC, and 1,006,674, 935,636 and 952,835 sites for IPSC, SKM and HEP, respectively. We acknowledge that this restriction to the intersected CpG sites result in PCA performed on sites covered by both WGBS and RRBS, which are most frequent in CpG-dense regions.

      (5) Line 103: For Figure 1B, it would be useful to first mention how human/chimp reads were parsed and for how many CpG sites this was possible.

      We have added a brief description of the allele-parsing approach (SNPsplit using species-specific SNV positions). For hybrid WGBS samples (DA and CNCC), on average, 48.2% ± 0.2% of all aligned reads are unassignable using SNPs between human and chimpanzee genome, 25.9% ± 0.2% of the reads are specific to human, and 25.1% ± 0.2% of reads are specific to chimpanzee. For hybrid RRBS samples (IPSC, SKM and HEP), on average, 88.4% ± 0.3% of all aligned reads are unassignable using SNPs between human and chimpanzee genome, 5.3%±0.1% of the reads are specific to human; 5.3%±0.1% of reads are specific to chimpanzee. We have added information above to the main text. Per sample splitting reports containing the exact number of reads assignable to each of human and chimpanzee are provided as a comprehensive table at Supplemental File 1. The lower assignment rate in RRBS is expected, and we have performed two additional analyses to demonstrate why. First, the reduced representation strategy concentrates coverage in CpG-dense promoters that are highly conserved between human and chimpanzee and therefore SNV-poor, while the short MspI fragments that dominate these libraries frequently fail to reach an informative SNV even when one is nearby. Quantifying this directly: among the 16,845,376 CpG positions covered by the union of all unphased hybrid RRBS libraries, 65.1% contain a human–chimpanzee SNV within ±50 bp (the reach of a typical RRBS read), compared with 90.8% within ±150 bp (the reach of a typical WGBS read pair) — a 1.40-fold difference in SNV accessibility at the very same CpGs. Second, we compared the aligned-length distributions of allele-resolved and unassigned reads across all ten hybrid libraries (Author response image 2). In the four WGBS libraries the two distributions are indistinguishable, confirming that read length is not driving mappability. In contrast, for all six RRBS libraries, allele-resolved reads are consistently longer than unassigned reads, with the effect reproducible across every cell type and replicate.

      Author response image 2.

      Aligned read length determines allele-assignment success in RRBS but not in WGBS. Aligned read lengths were extracted from the Bismark-aligned BAM files produced by phasing all ten hybrid bisulfite libraries: four WGBS libraries (CNCC and DA, two replicates each; left) and six RRBS libraries (HEP, iPSC and SKM, two replicates each; right). For each library, reads assigned to either the human (genome1) or chimpanzee (genome2) alleles were pooled into a single phased set (blue) and compared with the reads that could not be phased (grey); distributions were computed from subsampled reads and are shown as boxplots (box, interquartile range; line, median; whiskers, 5th–95th percentiles). In the WGBS libraries, phased and unassigned reads have effectively identical length distributions (median 150 bp for both; means 147.4–147.8 vs 142.1–143.1 bp), indicating that read length does not drive mappability in WGBS. In the RRBS libraries, which are dominated by short MspI fragments, phased reads are consistently longer than unassigned reads across every cell type and replicate (medians 70–75 vs 49–50 bp; means 80.5–85.7 vs 58.6–60.6 bp, ~1.4-fold). Because a read can be assigned to a parental allele only if it spans an informative human–chimpanzee SNV, these results show that the short fragment length characteristic of RRBS — together with its enrichment for SNV-poor, evolutionarily conserved CpG-dense promoters — accounts for its lower allele-resolution rate relative to WGBS.

      (6) Line 103: Hybrid/parental line isn't noted in the PCA. Is this just the parental samples?

      We clarify that Figure 1C shows both parental and hybrid samples, and we have updated the figure caption for Figure 1C to note that both hybrid and parental samples are plotted in the PCA. The parent/hybrid stratifications are shown in Figure 1—figure supplement 1 and referred to in the main text.

      (7) Line 149: No citation # is given for the Hallgrimsdottir paper.

      Corrected. Citation number 50 (Hallgrímsdóttir et al., 2024) has been added.

      (8) Line 167-169: Some explicit test here would be useful. Is this more than we'd expect just because the majority of CpG sites have conserved methylation levels? How much more do divergent CpG sites cluster than expected by chance?

      We agree that an explicit test of clustering would be informative, and we want to be clear about what our analysis does and does not establish. The changepoint algorithm is not a test of non-random clustering: it detects shifts in the local composition of regulatory classifications along the genome and segments each chromosome into locally homogeneous stretches. Its purpose here is enrichment rather than inference, because it selects regions in which neighboring CpG sites share both a regulatory classification and a consistent direction of species bias, so that the downstream motif-enrichment and CpG-SNV proximity analyses operate on interpretable units rather than on mixtures of mechanisms. Because the segmentation is not compared against a null model, it cannot by itself establish that divergent sites co-localize more than expected given that 83–93% of all sites are conserved. We have therefore revised the text so that Figure 2D reads as a descriptive summary of the neighbourhood composition of each regulation group, and removed any implication that the co-localization has been tested against a chance expectation. Asking whether divergent sites cluster more than expected is a genuinely different question from the one our DMR-calling addresses and answering it well would require a dedicated null model. We think this is a worthwhile analysis and a natural extension of this framework, but it is separate from the claims we make here, and we have not attempted it in this revision.

      (9) Line 186-187: It should be made clear that you looked to cis, trans, and cis + trans DMRs independently.

      We have revised this sentence to make explicit that cis-DMRs, trans-DMRs, and cis+trans DMRs were identified independently using the changepoint detection method applied separately to each regulatory class.

      (10) Line 190-192: Some quantification of the degree to which cis effects exceed trans effects would be useful. What proportion of total divergence (e.g. mean and s.d.) is explained by cis factors?

      We have added this quantification: “At FDR < 0.05, cis-regulation accounted for a mean of 91% of divergent sites and trans-regulation a mean of 4.5% across cell types, and cis remained the dominant category at every FDR cutoff tested (FDR < 0.25–0.01; Figure 2C, Figure 2—figure supplement 1–2, Supplemental Files 1–2).”

      (11) Line 194-196: It should be made clear that motif enrichment was done in the human genome, right? Are the results consistent if motif enrichment was done in the chimpanzee genome?

      We have clarified in the Methods that HOMER motif enrichment was performed using the human genome (hg38) as background. Repeating the analysis using the chimpanzee genome as background is a valuable future direction; we acknowledge this has not been formally tested.

      (12) Line 208: For TFs other than FOXM1 and FOXA2, is TF expression generally associated (positively or negatively) with trans DMRs favoring the chimpanzee or human lineage? An idea of the distribution would be useful.

      We plotted the distribution of differential TF expression for those with predicted binding sites enriched in Hu>Ch trans-DMRs versus Hu<Ch trans-DMRs in DA and CNCC. In neither cell type do the two distributions show a clear separation of directional shift. TF expression differences are broadly overlapping regardless of whether the associated trans-DMR favors the human or chimpanzee lineage. We speculate the lack of separation reflects multiple trans-acting inputs shaping methylation divergence such that single TF expression does not predict it. Aggregating across TFs with potentially opposing effects could further contribute to this observation as well (Figure 3—figure supplement 1). FOXM1 and FOXA2 are individual cases where a suggestive relationship was visible rather than evidence of genome-wide pattern.

      Author response image 3.

      Distribution of differential expression of TFs with predicted binding sites enriched in trans-DMRs. Density distribution of TF expression difference in human versus chimpanzee parental samples. There is a lack of separation between expression of TFs with predicted binding sites enriched in Hu>Ch trans-DMRs versus Hu<Ch trans-DMRs, in both DA and CNCC.

      (13) Line 211-212: Stats are needed.

      This statement is intended as a qualitative description rather than a quantitative statement. With only 4 cell types per comparison (Figure 3B), we do not have enough statistical power to establish a significant correlation, therefore we present this result as an exploratory observation rather than a statistically significant finding. We have therefore removed "consistent with this expectation," reframed the FOXM1 and FOXA2 results as descriptive observations from individual factors, and added an explicit statement that they are exploratory and hypothesis-generating rather than evidence of a genome-wide pattern.

      (14) Figure 3C: Direction is not given. It should be made clear that this is a gain/loss in humans.

      We have updated the Figure 3C caption to explicitly label the three SNV categories as: CpG gains in humans (human allele creates a CpG), CpG losses in humans (human allele disrupts a CpG), and no CpG change.

      (15) Figure 3C: Most cell types have a bias towards increased DNA methylation when there are no nearby CpG sites (gray bars). Why? Is this a consequence of a reference bias?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this. The grey bars correspond to methylation levels of conserved CpG sites near SNVs with no CpG-altering substitution and serve as the genome-wide background/control category, against which the substitution-containing categories are compared. Their modest skew toward higher methylation reflects a global offset shared by all categories rather than a substitution-specific effect. We suggest two non-exclusive explanations for this baseline offset: a genuine genome-wide difference in the distribution of human- versus chimpanzee-biased methylation, and/or a possible contribution of reference genome mapping bias arising from alignment to the human genome. Importantly, this does not affect the conclusions drawn from Figure 3C. Because the genome-wide offset is shared across all categories, the substitution-attributable signal is reflected in the difference between the CpG-gain/loss categories and the no-change (grey) baseline, and any genome-wide baseline shift — biological or technical — cancels in that comparison. We therefore interpret the grey-category asymmetry as a background property and explicitly do not attribute it to the substitutions themselves. Future work such as analyzing with reads mapped to the chimpanzee or a masked consensus genome or restricting to mappability- and coverage-matched regions could directly quantify any reference-bias contribution, and we note these as promising directions.

      (16) Line 258-269: Figure 3D is not referenced in the text.

      We have added a reference to Figure 3D in the relevant paragraph of the Results: “To test this, we compared the genomic distance between each DMR and its nearest CpG SNV. Consistent with our model, we found consistently shorter distances for cis-DMRs than trans-DMRs across all cell types examined: Median distances to the nearest CpG SNV were 24 ± 6 bp for trans-DMRs vs. 11 ± 2 bp for cis-DMRs (Figure 3D; Mann-Whitney p < 0.001 for all comparisons) [65].”

      (17) It is unclear why Figure 4A-C focus exclusively on cis-regulated promoters. Is this for biological or technical reasons?

      Both. Biologically, cis-regulated promoters are the most interpretable for assessing cell type-specificity, because cis effects are allele-intrinsic and not confounded by differences in trans-acting environments across cell types. Technically, trans-regulated promoters show methylation differences that depend on the trans-environment, making cross-cell-type comparisons less straightforward.

      (18) Line 371: How many DMRs are being considered?

      We have added the total number of DMRs (promoters) considered in the sign test analysis: 6,283.

      (19) Line 371-372: What is the ASM/ASE concordance test? I thought you were restricting the analysis to genes with a negative association between ASM and ASE (lines 366-367), so this needs to be clarified.

      We have clarified this in the text. The two-step procedure works as follows: (1) a binomial sign test is applied to all genes with promoter ASM to identify gene sets with directional bias in methylation; (2) separately, a binomial sign test is applied to the subset of genes where ASM and ASE show a negative (repressive) relationship. Gene sets that pass both steps are reported as candidates. The "ASM/ASE concordance test" refers to step 2. We have revised the text to make this two-step logic clearer.

      (20) Line 379: It may be worth mentioning that these are the DMRs which are most likely to be functionally relevant in shaping expression levels.

      We have added this sentence: " This subset represents cases where methylation changes are most likely to have a simple and direct repressive effect on transcription, filtering out more complex regulatory scenarios where methylation and expression changes may be uncoupled or subject to competing regulatory influences."

      (21) Line 387: The test here needs to be clearer. Does a significant result mean an enrichment of differences in that gene set, or a bias in the ratio of Hu/Ch differences?

      We have clarified: a significant result from the binomial sign test indicates a statistically significant bias in the ratio of human-biased to chimpanzee-biased changes within a gene set, relative to the genome-wide background ratio. It does not test for enrichment of the number of differences, only for non-random directionality.

      (22) Line 403: Why the focus on expression, when the rest of the paper is focused on the methylation patterns?

      Gene expression is the most direct functional readout of promoter methylation changes. The two-step sign test uses expression data in the second step precisely because it allows us to identify cases where methylation divergence has a demonstrable downstream consequence on transcription, which is the canonical mechanism by which promoter methylation affects phenotype. We have added a brief justification of this rationale to the text.

      (23) Line 456: Not clear where there is actually evidence of lineage-specific selection.

      We have added an explicit sentence in the Discussion describing what the evidence consists of: "Specifically, the evidence rejecting a neutral null model of cis-regulatory evolution consists of statistically significant directional bias in both promoter methylation and gene expression within functionally coherent gene sets, assessed using a two-step binomial sign test with permutation-based FDR correction." This constitutes direct evidence that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection; the separate question of which specific human phenotypes that selection shaped remains inferential and is framed as such throughout.

      (24) Line 457-459: I think this line needs to be further explained: "Our use of hybrid cell lines was critical to this discovery, as it allowed us to isolate cis-acting regulatory changes from confounding trans-acting and environmental effects." Specifically, it's not apparent why cis-regulation is important for demonstrating evidence of selection.

      We have added an explanation: "Isolating cis-acting changes is critical because the sign test requires that each promoter represents an independent observation; in hybrid cells, each allele's methylation is determined by its own cis-regulatory sequence, making observations across promoters genuinely independent and thus satisfying the assumptions of the binomial test."

      (25) Line 460-465: The concluding claims throughout this paragraph appear to be overstated.

      We have revised the concluding paragraph of the Results and the Discussion conclusion to soften the language.

      (26) Line 487: Provide the actual numbers instead of saying "substantial".

      We have replaced "substantial numbers of allele-specifically methylated promoters" with the actual count: 6,283 allele-specifically methylated promoters across all cell types.

      (27) Line 502: I question this interpretation. While it could be that there is a shared mechanistic basis, it could also be that the cis effects tend to be larger than the trans effects, providing additional power to identify strong correlations.

      We agree and have added this alternative explanation explicitly to the Discussion (see response to public review comment above).

      (28) Line 510: But the results section states that it's not possible to interpret these as lineage-specific selection.

      The caveat at lines 399–401 applies specifically to DPSCs, not to hybrid cell types. We have revised the text to make this distinction unambiguous.

      (29) Line 601: What coverage was the methylation data?

      We have added sequencing coverage and the number of CpG sites assayed below “Bisulfite-seq library preparation, sequencing and mapping” section in Methods. WGBS libraries achieved a mean coverage of 9.68× per CpG site, covering 43.6M unique CpG positions in CNCC (hybrid) and 43.4M in CNCC (parental), 41.9M in DA (hybrid) and 38.8M in DA (parental). RRBS libraries achieved a mean coverage of 5.02× per CpG site, covering 5.0M, 4.8M, and 4.5M unique CpG positions in the hybrid HEP, IPSC, and SKM libraries respectively, and 3.3M, 3.4M, and 3.2M in the corresponding parental libraries. The total number of CpG sites (union) of all WGBS samples is 48,994,320 sites, and the union of all CpG sites of RRBS samples is 7,289,251. The union of all samples (including WGBS and RRBS) is 49,049,052. We have also included coverage information per sample as a table in Supplemental File 1.

      (30) Line 820: citation shouldn't include "preprint at".

      Corrected. "Preprint at" has been removed from all published paper citations in the reference list.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates the causes and consequences of human-specific DNA methylation divergence relative to chimpanzees... This study provides a valuable dataset and a compelling framework for understanding how local sequence variation contributes to epigenetic and transcriptional divergence, with likely broad impact in comparative and evolutionary genomics.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for this positive assessment and for the constructive suggestions.

      Although the authors identify transcription factors associated with differential methylation, it is unclear what proportion of differentially methylated CpGs or DMRs can be attributed to these factors. Providing a quantitative estimate would help assess the relative contribution of trans-acting regulation.

      We agree that a quantitative estimate of the proportion of differentially methylated CpGs or DMRs attributable to these transcription factors would be informative in principle. In practice, however, such an estimate is challenging to produce reliably: predicted binding sites are not all occupied or functional, individual DMRs are typically influenced by multiple trans-factors, and we lack the per-site functional data needed to assign methylation differences to specific TFs with confidence. More importantly, even if we could generate such a number, an association-based estimate would not establish that these factors causally drive the observed methylation differences. We have added a note to the main text clarifying that our analysis identifies candidate trans-acting factors associated with differential methylation rather than quantifying their causal contribution.

      The analysis of CpG-disrupting mutations is interesting but raises two concerns. First, other classes of variants—such as transcription factor binding site-disrupting mutations—could also influence local methylation patterns and are not considered here. Second, the causal direction remains ambiguous: CpG-disrupting mutations may result from methylation-associated mutational processes (e.g., C->T transitions at methylated CpGs) rather than being the primary drivers of methylation divergence.

      We have addressed both concerns in the revised manuscript. On the first point, our goal was not to suggest that CpG-disrupting variants are the only causes of local methylation divergence. We now explicitly acknowledge in the Results that TFBS mutations and other variant classes could also contribute to cis-methylation divergence and represent an important avenue for future investigation. On the second point: while CpG-disrupting mutations are indeed expected to be enriched in highly methylated regions, they would be expected to associate with methylation level rather than methylation divergence, and thus cannot explain the patterns we observe.

      Regarding the discussion comparing the distance between CpG-disrupting SNVs and trans-DMRs, without information on the absolute or relative distance distributions, it was difficult to assess the magnitude of the observed differences. Moreover, trans-DMRs, by definition, are not driven by local (cis) variation, and the lack of proximity to CpG-disrupting SNVs is expected. Clarifying what additional insight this analysis provides beyond this expectation may improve this section.

      We agree that the lack of proximity of trans-DMRs to CpG-disrupting SNVs is expected. We have revised the text to clarify that this analysis serves as an affirming result: it is consistent with the fact that cis-DMR are under local sequence-driven regulation, and that the CpG-disrupting SNV mechanism is more closely associated to cis-DMRs than trans-DMRs. The quantifications for distance distributions are shown in Figure 3D, and we have added a sentence noting the median distances for trans-DMRs vs. cis-DMRs: 24 ± 6 bp vs. 11 ± 2 bp.

      One potential extension would be to examine whether the same cis-acting SNVs are consistently associated with methylation differences across multiple cell types.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and have performed this analysis below. For each of the three regulatory region classes (promoters, enhancers, CTCF binding sites), we intersected CpG SNVs (±100 bp window) with cis-classified DMRs (pure_cis or cis_plus_trans at BH-corrected FDR < 0.05) across the five cell types (CNCC, DA, HEP, IPSC, SKM), and counted the number of cell types in which each SNV overlapped a cis-DMR. To assess significance, we compared this distribution to a permutation null in which, for each cell type, we randomly sampled the same number of regions from that cell type's pool of tested-but-conserved regions of the same class (1,000 permutations); SNVs were restricted to those falling within the tested universe across cell types.

      Local methylation effects of CpG SNVs were shared across cell types substantially more than expected by chance in all three region classes. The observed mean number of cell types sharing per SNV-in-cis-DMR was 1.244 vs. 1.077 ± 0.006 in the null for promoters, 1.133 vs. 1.042 ± 0.001 for enhancers, and 1.171 vs. 1.061 ± 0.002 for CTCF binding sites (all p < 0.001). Fold-enrichment scaled sharply with the degree of sharing: at the highest sharing level (cis-DMR in all five cell types), observed counts exceeded the permutation null by ~3,500-fold for promoters, ~800-fold for CTCF, and ~700-fold for enhancers. The slightly stronger consistency signal at promoters relative to enhancers is consistent with the more constitutive activity of promoter elements across cell types. These results indicate that the same cis-acting variants tend to drive methylation divergence across multiple cell types, supporting a shared mechanistic basis for cis-methylation divergence. We have added the figure in the main text as Figure 3—figure supplement 2.

      Regarding their two-step sign test analysis, because enrichment-based approaches can sometimes overemphasize statistical significance without reflecting effect size, I wonder if incorporating the magnitude of methylation change would provide additional information.

      We agree. The magnitude of methylation change (effect size) for each gene and gene set is now provided in Supplemental File 7 alongside the directional bias statistics. We have added a sentence to the Results pointing readers to this resource.

      Strength:

      I recommend that the authors provide a list of cis-cis-regulated promoters and their associated genes, which would be a valuable resource for the field.

      We have added this list as Supplemental File 8.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Ma et al. use human-chimpanzee tetraploid cells to examine species differences in DNA methylation... Both identified SNVs and transcription factors are good candidates for future experimentation. Further, they find that cis-DMRs are more highly correlated with cis-expressed genes than trans-DMRs with trans-expressed genes, providing evidence that methylation and expression are linked genome-wide.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for this summary and for the detailed recommendations.

      Weakness

      (1) Strengthening their cis/trans analysis, including: (a) only showing or analyzing genomic regions that pass FDR correction; (b) clarifying how cis genes are defined (Figure 2B shows some genes labeled as cis where the direction-of-effect differs between hybrid and parent cells); (c) assessing how well powered they are to perform each analysis.

      (a) Figure 2B has been updated to show regulatory classifications of promoter regions in cranial neural crest cells (CNCCs) at FDR < 0.05. Scatter plots and bar plots for all cell types at the level of individual CpG sites have been moved to Figure 2—figure supplement 1, and the corresponding promoter-level plots for all cell types other than CNCCs to Figure 2—figure supplement 2. We have clarified in the Figure 2—figure supplement 1 caption that nominal p-values are used to preserve the full dynamic range of the data, whereas FDR-corrected thresholds are applied for visualization of promoter scatter plots as well as all formal inference and for reporting significant candidate loci. FDR-corrected results are presented in Figure 2—figure supplements 1–2, and we have added explicit statements in the Results confirming that the cis: trans ratio is stable across FDR thresholds.

      (b) We have clarified the definition of cis-regulated genes in the text: cis-regulated genes are defined as those where the direction of allelic difference is consistent between hybrid and parental samples for both methylation and expression. We have verified that this definition is applied consistently throughout the manuscript and downstream analyses.

      (c) We have clarified the FDR correction approach for the sign test in the Methods: FDRs are estimated by permutation (10,000 permutations), and we report results at FDR < 0.25 for the two-step test with supporting evidence from the methylation-only sign test (nominal p < 0.05). We acknowledge that this is a relatively liberal threshold. The sign test itself provides direct evidence that the implicated gene sets are under lineage-specific selection; what we have toned down is the downstream interpretation, framing the link between these gene sets and specific human phenotypes as inferential and requiring experimental validation rather than as confirmed.

      (d) We agree that experimental validation would strengthen the mechanistic claims. We have added this explicitly to the Limitations section: "definitive demonstration of causality requires targeted experimental perturbations such as base editing (for CpG-disrupting SNVs) or TF knockdown/overexpression experiments (for trans-acting TFs)."

      (2) Softening claims about human evolution or human specificity for several reasons: (a) Their comparison lacks tetraploid controls (e.g. human-human tetraploids and chimp-chimp tetraploids) or experimental follow-up in diploid cells, making it hard to be certain that observed effects are not due to ploidy. (b) There are no outgroup species included in the analysis. (c) The use of no or very loose FDR corrections with the sign test makes it difficult to draw conclusions. (d) Experimental data to link SNVs to changes in cis methylation or identified transcription factors to changes in trans methylation would be needed to validate the authors' predictions.

      (a) The concern about ploidy effects is noted. We note, however, that the primary evidence for cis-regulation comes from allele-specific methylation within the same tetraploid nucleus, where both alleles experience identical ploidy and trans-environments. Ploidy effects would be expected to affect both alleles equally and would therefore not produce the allele-specific differences we observe. We acknowledge that single-species tetraploid controls would provide additional confidence and represent a valuable future experiment.

      (b) We have added the absence of an outgroup species as an explicit limitation in the Discussion.

      (c) We have clarified the FDR correction approach for the sign test in the Methods: FDRs are estimated by permutation (10,000 permutations), and we report results at FDR < 0.25 for the two-step test with supporting evidence from the methylation-only sign test (nominal p < 0.05). We acknowledge that this is a relatively liberal threshold and have emphasized this by adding a new sentence: “However, as indicated by the FDR, we do expect some fraction of these candidate gene sets to be false positives.”

      (d) We agree that experimental validation would strengthen the mechanistic claims. We have added this explicitly to the Limitations section: "definitive demonstration of causality requires targeted experimental perturbations such as base editing (for CpG-disrupting SNVs) or TF knockdown/overexpression experiments (for trans-acting TFs)."

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Why are dental pulp stem cells so different from the other cell types transcriptionally (e.g. Figure 1C)? Is this due to being primary cells vs. stem-cell-derived cells?

      The transcriptional distinctiveness of DPSCs is most likely attributable to their status as primary cells rather than iPSC-derived cells. Primary cells retain the epigenetic and transcriptional signatures of their tissue of origin and have not undergone reprogramming, whereas iPSC-derived cell types share a common pluripotent origin that may reduce inter-cell-type transcriptional distance. Additionally, DPSCs are mesenchymal stem cells with a distinct developmental lineage and were obtained from adult donors rather than differentiated in vitro, which may further contribute to their distinct profile. We have added a brief note to the Results acknowledging this.

      (2) I am concerned about how cis genes are defined. In Figure 2B, there are genes labeled as cis, where the direction-of-effect differs between hybrid and parent cells. I believe cis should only include genes with the same direction-of-effect between hybrid and parent cells, as illustrated in Figure 2A. This fix should propagate through the ensuing figures and results.

      We have clarified the definition of cis-regulated genes in the text (see response to Weakness 1b above). The classification framework assigns a site to "cis" when the allele effect test is significant in hybrids and the System × Allele interaction term is not significant, meaning there is no detectable change in the allelic difference between the hybrid and parental systems. Sites where the allelic difference genuinely differs between systems — that is, where the interaction term is significant — are classified as cis × trans (interactive) or cis + trans (additive) rather than pure cis, depending on whether the two systems disagree in direction or only in magnitude.

      We note that Figure 2B plots parental and hybrid methylation differences as the per-sample average difference in fractional methylation, which is used for visualization only. Points labeled cis that fall on the opposite side of the y = x diagonal are an artifact of this averaging: where the underlying difference is close to zero, the coverage-weighted per-sample average can flip sign even though the beta-binomial model, which fits the read counts directly and accounts for coverage and overdispersion, finds no significant interaction. The regulatory classification is based on the model, not on the sign of the averaged difference, so a small amount of scatter around the diagonal is expected. We have verified that this definition is applied consistently throughout the manuscript and downstream analyses and have clarified the caption of Figure 2B to make this explicit.

      (3) Are you equally powered to detect cis and trans effects?

      At the single-CpG level, the two hypotheses do differ in statistical power, but at the regional level this difference is mitigated by the higher effective read depth, and we now state this explicitly in the revised manuscript.

      The first hypothesis in our classification framework tests allele-specific methylation directly, whereas the second hypothesis includes an interaction term that evaluates whether allelic differences shift between the parental and hybrid systems. Because the interaction test is inherently less powerful, it requires greater sequencing depth and, ideally, additional replicates to yield comparably confident estimates and to assign sites to certain classification categories with significance. As a consequence, at the single-CpG level, trans effects are more sensitive to FDR thresholds than cis effects of equivalent nominal significance, which reduces our power to detect them. At the regional level, however, as well as in CpG-level analyses with high-coverage samples, this disparity in power between cis and trans largely disappears.

      This is the technical component of the issue. From a biological standpoint, cis effects are also intrinsically easier to detect than trans effects: estimates of trans effects necessarily incorporate not only trans-acting molecular mechanisms but also environmental and technical noise, so cis estimates will always be cleaner. This is a well-recognized limitation of existing cis/trans classification frameworks, and we acknowledge this limitation in the discussion and have added suggestions in experimental set-up to mitigate it. To address the reviewer's concern directly, we have performed a formal power analysis quantifying the relative power to detect cis and trans effects as a function of read depth (See Author response image 1).

      (4) Are the results shown for SNVs in CpGs in Figure 3C only for cis-DMRs or for all DMRs? If the latter, please show cis-DMRs and trans-DMRs separately and explain why trans-DMRs show the same pattern as cis-DMRs. In addition, I would expect that the CpG that contains an SNV leading to CpG loss or gain would be the most affected in terms of methylation status, rather than CpGs within 25bp vs. 50bp vs. 100bp. It would be helpful to see that plot as well.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify. Figure 3C is not an analysis stratified by cis-DMRs or trans-DMRs. Rather, it examines local methylation changes at conserved CpG sites located within 25 bp, 50 bp, and 100 bp of a CpG-disrupting SNV. The purpose of this analysis is to test a specific mechanistic hypothesis: that a CpG-disrupting mutation may influence the methylation status of nearby, intact CpG sites in cis. The analysis is therefore agnostic to cis/trans-DMR classification, as it asks a different question, namely whether sequence disruption at one CpG propagates locally to neighboring CpGs.

      We note that Figure 3D addresses a related but distinct question, showing that cis-acting sequence changes more broadly (not restricted to CpG-disrupting mutations) are more strongly associated with cis-DMRs than with trans-DMRs. Together, Figures 3C and 3D support complementary aspects of the cis mechanism: the local propagation of methylation changes around disrupted CpGs (3C) and the broader association of sequence variation with cis-DMRs (3D).

      Regarding the reviewer's second point: we agree that the CpG site directly disrupted by the SNV would itself be the most affected, by definition, since the CpG dinucleotide is destroyed (in the case of CpG loss) or newly created (in the case of CpG gain). Because methylation cannot be measured at a CpG that no longer exists (or has only just been created on one allele), this site cannot be included in a comparative methylation analysis across alleles or species. The 25/50/100 bp windows were therefore chosen specifically to test the local effect on conserved, measurable CpGs surrounding the disruption. We have clarified this rationale in the revised text/figure legend.

      (5) The finding that cis-DMRs and cis-expressed genes are more correlated than trans-DMRs with trans-expressed genes is nice to see. What is a potential explanation for why the patterns across the genomic interval surrounding the TSS are so different across cell types, and even positively correlated near the TSS in dopaminergic neurons? Why do you not see a difference between cis and trans in CNCCs? In addition, it would be nice to see the correlation between cis-DMRs and trans-expressed genes, and vice versa, as a control for these plots.

      We have added the suggested control analysis. For the cis-DMR/trans-expressed-gene and trans-DMR/cis-expressed-gene sets in both DA neurons and CNCCs, the correlations around the TSS are less consistently negative than for the cis-DMR/cis-expressed-gene set. In both cell types, cis-methylation and cis-expressed genes show the strongest opposing (negative) relationship to one another, which supports the specificity of the cis–cis coupling reported in Figure 4G. Regarding why the correlation profiles across the TSS-flanking interval differ so markedly across cell types—including the positive correlation near the TSS in dopaminergic neurons—and why the cis–trans distinction is less pronounced in CNCCs, we are not able to offer a confident explanation. The variation may reflect cell-type-specific regulatory architecture, but a great deal remains unknown about how methylation and transcription are coupled in a cell-type-specific manner, and our four cell types do not allow us to distinguish among the possible explanations. We think this is an open and interesting question, and that analyzing additional cell types with matched WGBS and gene expression data would be the most informative way to establish how general these patterns are and what drives the between-cell-type variation. We have noted this explicitly in the main text.

      Author response image 4.

      Spearman correlation of expression and methylation for CNCC and DA for subsets of genes with cis-regulated methylation and trans-regulated expression (orange), as well as genes with trans-regulated methylation and cis-regulated expression (blue). Two kb surrounding each transcription start site (TSS) is shown, split into 10 bins of 200 bp where individual CpG sites are pooled and averaged as fractional methylation values and correlated with expression values of the neighboring genes (in TPM).

      (6) The use of the sign test to identify pathways with the same direction of effect is a great approach. However, I am concerned with the use of no or very loose FDR corrections (e.g. FDR < 0.25 in line 372 and no FDR correction in line 374). Combined with Figure 6, where many of the signals appear to be weak or driven by a few genes (e.g. highly arched eyebrow and poor speech), it makes it difficult to draw robust conclusions. It is notable that the strongest signal is seen in DPSCs, which the authors note contains experimental confounds. We also think that the authors should tone down their biological interpretations, particularly for stem cells. For instance, COLEC11 is involved in neural crest cell migration but is identified from the iPSC analysis and not the CNCC analysis. Why not?

      We have added a sentence to emphasize the possibility of some false positive sign test results (“However, as indicated by the FDR, we do expect some fraction of these candidate gene sets to be false positives”), and we have toned down the biological interpretations accordingly.

      We want to clarify that the sign test directly demonstrates that these gene sets are under lineage-specific selection. We have clarified that the test does not establish a definitive link between these gene sets and specific human phenotypes; that link is inferential and would require experiments or further validation, and we have toned down the biological interpretations accordingly.

      Regarding COLEC11: in response to this comment, we directly examined COLEC11 expression and methylation in CNCCs and found that it is in fact significant in this cell type. In CNCC hybrid cells, COLEC11 shows significant chimpanzee-biased allele-specific expression (log2 fold change [human/chimpanzee allele] = –2.45; DESeq adjusted p = 0.005), together with significant human-biased methylation (fractional methylation [human – chimpanzee] = 14%; adjusted p < 0.001). The direction of this divergence is therefore consistent with IPSC. The reason COLEC11 did not surface at the pathway level in CNCCs is that other genes in the same pathway contribute to the directional signal for that cell type; we would not expect every individual gene to emerge in the cell type where its pathway is most relevant. We have added a note making this point and cautioning against over-interpreting any single gene example.

      (7) We appreciate that the authors provide a careful list of limitations of their study. In addition to the limitations listed, the authors should also include that experiments would be needed to validate that SNVs disrupting or creating CpGs affect methylation.

      We have added this to the Limitations section: “definitive demonstration of causality requires targeted experimental perturbations such as base editing (for CpG-disrupting SNVs) or TF knockdown/overexpression experiments (for trans-acting TFs).”

      (8) We also caution the authors in describing their findings as "human-specific" because there is no outgroup in this study.

      We agree and have added the absence of an outgroup as an explicit limitation in the Discussion.

      We thank all three reviewers again for their thorough and constructive engagement with our work. We believe the revised manuscript is improved as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      The goal of the study was to demonstrate the role of the two thresholds in learning, i.e. the role of metaplasticity with a learning rule that is both as simple as possible, but also biologically-based (hence the use of the detailed SPN model, as well). The goal was not to solve the FBP and NFBP with a different rule. However, the text likely gives that impression. Therefore, in addition to addressing the reviewers’ comments, the text has been substantially revised to reflect the following:

      Main results

      (1) Metaplasticity enables synapses that undergo both LTP and LTD to ultimately express just one plasticity outcome (either LTP or LTD).

      (2) Metaplasticity in the LTP threshold allows LTD to be expressed, and vice versa. (That is, the threshold regulating one plasticity process allows the expression of the opposite plasticity process.)

      Reason for using the FBP and NFBP

      The reason why the FBP and NFBP are particularly useful to demonstrate the thresholds’ roles is that the patterns in the tasks share features. (For example, in the FBP, the feature ‘strawberry’ is shared between both ‘red strawberry’ and ‘yellow strawberry’.) The synapses for these shared features experience precisely such competing LTP and LTD processes where the role of metaplasticity becomes evident. Specifically, the role of the LTD threshold is visible in shared synapses that need to be strengthened during learning (such as the shared ‘strawberry’ synapses in the FBP), while the LTP threshold’s role is visible in shared synapses that need to be weakened (there are no such synapses in the FBP, but there are in the NFBP, which is why it is needed in this article). In addition, feature binding is relevant for the striatum (now described in the introduction).

      In the first version of the article there are sentences that are likely confusing and misleading regarding the goal of the study, and these have been removed (lines 98-100 in the tracked changes file).

      The revised article now contains 4 new main figures and 15 new figure supplements prompted by the reviewers’ comments, thus expanding the scope of the study and hopefully clarifying its content, the mechanisms, and the conclusions.

      Finally, the question whether this rule can solve the NFBP with excitatory synapses alone is being addressed in a new, ongoing study, as written at the end of the Discussion section in the first version of this article. The new study tests 100+ SPN models (71 dSPN and 34 iSPN models differing in ion channel composition, with two different morphologies), different locations of the synaptic clusters along the dendrites (from proximal to distal), and two different learning regimes (suprathreshold – where the neuron initially spikes for all patterns, and subthreshold – where the neuron is initially silent for all patterns, as in this study) containing both clustered and distributed synapses in the same setup. Where necessary, preliminary results from this study are attached in the responses.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This computational modelling study addresses the important question of how neurons can learn non-linear functions using biologically realistic plasticity mechanisms. The study extends the previous related work on metaplasticity by Khodadadi et al. (2025), using the same detailed biophysical model and basic study design, while significantly simplifying the synaptic plasticity rule by removing non-linearities, reducing the number of free parameters, and limiting plasticity to only excitatory synapses. The rule itself is supervised by the presence or absence of a binary dopamine reward signal, and gated by separate calcium-sensitive thresholds for potentiation and depression. The author shows that, when paired with a strong form of dendritic non-linearity called a "plateau potential" and appropriate pre-existing dendritic clustering of features, this simpler learning mechanism can solve a non-linear classification task similar to the classic XOR logic operator, with equal or better performance than the previous publication. The primary claims of this publication are that metaplasticity is required for learning non-linear feature classification, and that simultaneous dynamics in two separate thresholds (for potentiation and depression) are critical in this process. By systematically studying the properties of a biophysically plausible supervised learning rule, this paper adds interesting insights into the mechanics of learning complex computations in single neurons.

      As mentioned in the introductory response above, the goal of the article was not to solve the NFBP, but to study the role of metaplasticity. The text has now been substantially revised to reflect that. One of the primary claims that “metaplasticity is required for learning non-linear feature classification, and that simultaneous dynamics in two separate thresholds (for potentiation and depression) are critical in this process” is now removed from the abstract. Instead, the abstract now focuses on the main results regarding the role of metaplasticity, as well as the results which arose from addressing the reviewers’ comments. However, I guess I should note that to be able to study the role of metaplasticity using the FBP and the NFBP, it was first necessary to have a rule that solves these tasks – that allows to later observe the effects of systematically fixing or modifying parameters in the rule. Another aspect which may have added to the confusion about the study’s goal may be due to the NFBP being a complex task requiring supralinear dendritic integration. Because of this, plateaus have received significant attention in the article, possibly diverting from the main focus. This is also now clarified in the article.

      Strengths:

      The simplified form of the learning rule makes it easier to understand and study than previous metaplasticity rules, and makes the conclusions more generalizable, while preserving biological realism. Since similar biophysical mechanisms and dynamics exist in many different cell types across the whole brain, the proposed rule could easily be integrated into a wide range of computational models specializing in brain regions beyond the striatum (which is the focus of this study), making it of broad interest to computational neuroscientists. The general approach of systematically fixing or modifying each variable while observing the effects and interactions with other variables is sound and brings great clarity to understanding the dynamic properties and mechanics of the proposed learning rule.

      It would indeed be great if this rule facilitates similar studies in other neuron types. The rule requires at least qualitatively accurate calcium dynamics, which at the moment are not widely available for other neuron types (but will likely appear in the future).

      Weaknesses:

      General notes

      (1) The credibility of the main claims is mainly limited by the very narrow range of model parameters that was explored, including several seemingly arbitrary choices that were not adequately justified or explored.

      The parameter range has now been expanded to address all comments below.

      (2) The choice to use a morphologically detailed biophysical model, rather than a simpler multicompartment model, adds a great deal of complexity that further increases uncertainty as to whether the conclusions can generalize beyond the specific choices of model and morphology studied in this paper.

      Regarding the plasticity rule and the role of metaplasticity, the conclusions should hold if the calcium dynamics of other (simpler or detailed) neuron models is qualitatively similar (i.e. shows the same monotonicity of “stronger synaptic input – stronger calcium”, and not something like Figs. 12A, B for which the rule was not tested).

      As to whether the NFBP can be solved, that is being addressed in the new study with 100+ neuron models (71 dSPN models and 34 iSPN models, and two morphologies: one for the dSPNs and another for the iSPNs). So far, the results show that the important ingredient is the threshold nonlinearity provided by the plateau potential (both dSPNs and iSPNs exhibit this nonlinearity, irrespectively of where the synaptic cluster is located, see Author response image 1).

      Also, plateaus can be evoked in passive SPN dendrites (as stated in the methods in lines 916-919, by “turning off” ion channels in the computational model as in Fig. S7 of Du et al. (2017) (see list of references provided)). Although plateaus are somewhat modified by active conductances, the main behavior important for the NFBP is given by NMDARs. The most striking contributions of the other ion channels in SPNs are the low resting potential around -85 mV, delayed first spike under current injection and strong inward rectification. Basically, SPNs require more input to be stimulated compared to other neurons that lack these properties. So, other neurons with NMDAR-dependent nonlinearities should in principle be able to solve the same task, but perhaps needing less inputs (provided dendritic integration is sufficiently supralinear – see response to comment (2) under Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors)).

      (3) The requirement for pre-existing synaptic clustering, while not implausible, greatly limits the flexibility of this rule to solve non-linear problems more generally.

      In my view, the limitation of this rule is that there is no mechanism for structural plasticity with which clusters could be “grown”. For example, Hedrick et al. 2022 demonstrate that during learning in the motor cortex, existing functional clusters are “enlarged” by growing new spines. Devising a biologically realistic rule for structural plasticity is a separate research project, which would be very interesting to do.

      In any case, to solve the NFBP with excitatory synapses alone, supralinear voltage elevations are necesssary (Tran-van-Minh et al. 2015). When it comes to NMDAR-dependent supralinear integration, clustering is basically necessary, within a smaller, e.g. 20 micron dendritic stretch, or more loosely, within a single dendritic branch (Losonczy and Magee, 2006; Branco et al. 2010). Also, synaptic clustering is quite present across different brain regions (such as the sensory and motor cortices, pallium, striatum, hippocampus, brainstem, the developing cortex, and across species, e. g. see the introduction of Kirchner and Gjorgjieva, 2021), so I suppose it is not that implausible. Inputs from motor cortex to striatum are also clustered (Hwang et al. 2022).

      (4) In order to claim that two thresholds are truly necessary, the author would have to show that other well-known rules with a single threshold (e.g., BCM) cannot solve this problem. No such direct head-to-head comparisons are made, raising the question of whether the same task could be achieved without having two separate plasticity thresholds.

      Although the goal of the study was not to solve the NFBP, this is a very interesting question related to the question “what is the use of having two separate thresholds for plasticity”? I have added simulations in which the rule is modified to use a single calcium threshold instead, showing that the FBP, NFBP, and reversal learning are solved just as well (Fig. 12 and Figure 12 – figure supplements 1 – 4). The results show that two calcium thresholds allow for separate control over the LTP and LTD processes (lines 687-706).

      Specific notes

      (1) Regarding the limited hyperparameter search:

      (a) On page 5, the author introduces the upper LTP threshold Theta_LTP. It is not clear why this upper threshold is necessary when the weights are already bounded by w_max. Since w_max is just another hyperparameter, why not set it to a lower value if the goal is to avoid excessively strong synapses? The values of w_max and Theta_LTP appear to have been chosen arbitrarily, but this question could be resolved by doing a proper hyperparameter search over w_max in the absence of an upper Theta_LTP.

      Thank you for raising this question – it is closely related to the very important question of when to stop updating the weights. Before providing the response, I should clear up any confusion made due to an error in notation. In this study, , and , meaning that during learning the weights can increase up to twice (up to 100% of) the initial value, and can decrease down to 1% of the initial value. Currently, it says w<sub>max</sub> = 2, and w<sub>min</sub> = 0.01, which is a mistake, and possibly a reason why the chosen values seem arbitrary.

      The reason for introducing the upper threshold θ<sub>LTP</sub> is most easily seen in the parameter scan for w<sub>max</sub> done in the absence of θ<sub>LTP</sub> (Figure 4 – figure supplement 4) – it is very difficult to choose a value for w<sub>max</sub> with which all three tasks will be solved (FBP with linear integration, i.e. distributed synapses, the FBP with supralinear integration, i.e. clustered synapses, and the NFBP). Put differently, if there is a range of w<sub>max</sub> values which solves all three tasks, it is very narrow. So, θ<sub>LTP</sub> is introduced to solve all three cases without specially tuning w<sub>max</sub>.

      The following is a description of the results in Figure 4 – figure supplement 4, which is also present in the article in lines 383-396. The reason why a single preset value for w<sub>max</sub> does not work is that distributed synapses sum only linearly at the soma, while clustered synapses sum supralinearly. This means that to trigger somatic spiking, the distributed synapses need to be strengthened more compared to clustered synapses. Concretely, this means that a is needed to solve the FBP with linear integration (distributed synapses), but it is already too strong to solve the NFBP (Figure 4 – figure supplement 4, column four: top panel shows that FBP with linear integration is solved, while the bottom panel shows the average performance for the NFBP is right at the border – pink line aligns with the dashed line). On the other hand, is enough in the FBP with clustered synapses and the NFBP to trigger glutamate spillover and a plateau potential, which drives somatic spiking (Figure 4 – figure supplement 4, column two). However, it is not enough to solve the FBP with linear integration. Larger values for w<sub>max</sub> increase the performance on the FBP with linear integration, but lower the performance on the NFBP due to spiking for the irrelevant patterns (especially visible once ). As said, in this parameter scan, only the value solves all three tasks, with borderline performance on the NFBP (it is arguable whether the borderline performance means the NFBP is solved). This suggests that if a range of values for w<sub>max</sub> exists which solves all three tasks, it is very narrow.

      With the settings used in the study, the w <sub>max</sub> threshold for triggering glutamate spillover is a number between 1.2 and 1.3 with many decimals – 1.230769231. A possibility could be to program spillover to always occur at , but this is also not a general solution. For example, other dSPN models from the model library in Lindroos et al. (2021) have different excitability, and that would mean a different, specific value of w<sub>max</sub> would be needed for each neuron model.

      θ<sub>LTP</sub> is thus a solution that prevents “over-excitation” in a dendrite. The logic is that synapses in a cluster do not need to be as strong as distributed synapses to be effective in exciting the neuron. θ<sub>LTP</sub> ensures that once plateaus appear, synapses are not strengthened further. This allows using the same value across all scenarios, i.e. avoiding tuning of w<sub>max</sub> or tuning the number of synapses representing the features. (Also, preliminary results show this works well in the new study which tests all dSPN and iSPN models in the model library.) As for the value of θ<sub>LTP</sub>, it can be set anywhere in the “blank” region in Fig. 2C<sub>3</sub> where the supralinear jump in [Ca]<sub>NMDA</sub> occurs. What is important is that [Ca]<sub>NMDA</sub> evoked by a plateau should be above θ<sub>LTP</sub> – then no more strengthening will occur once plateaus can be evoked.

      (b) The author does not explore the effect of having separate learning rates for theta_LTP and theta_LTD, which could also improve learning performance in the NFBP. A more comprehensive exploration of these parameters would make the inclusion of theta_max (and the specific value chosen) a lot less arbitrary.

      I am not sure I have understood this comment properly, but hopefully this response addresses it adequately. In fact, the computer code does use separate variables for the learning rates for θ<sub>LTP</sub> and θ<sub>LTP</sub>, but for simplicity, they are set to the same value. In this response I have included some simulations in which they are set to different values (Author response image 2), but to understand their effect it is better to read the response to the comment under c) first. The metaplasticity rates determine how fast the synaptic weights are stabilized, i.e. how long the time window is where the synapses are “flexible”. When the thresholds reach the calcium amplitudes, the weights are “locked”.

      If the metaplasticity rates are too low, the weights take a longer time to stabilize and solving the tasks takes a long time (Figure 4 – figure supplement 10 from the response to c). If they are too high, weights are quickly stabilized and, in the case of weakened synapses, prematurely so, leading to worse performance on the NFBP due to spiking for the irrelevant patterns. (Figure 4 – figure supplement 11).

      One can use different values for the metaplasticity rates, as in the examples in Fig. 2 , and this affects the speed of learning. A large η<sub>θLTD</sub> = 20 quickly prevents the LTD process (Figs. 2D<sub>1</sub>, D<sub>2</sub>), causing faster synaptic strengthening, but also quickly limiting weakening (Figs. 2B<sub>1</sub>, B<sub>2</sub>) – as a result, after learning, the neuron spiked for an irrelevant pattern (Fig. 2A<sub>1</sub>). Conversely, a large η<sub>θLTD</sub> = 20 quickly prevents the LTP process (Figs. 2C<sub>3</sub>, C<sub>4</sub>), prolonging synaptic strengthening and allowing faster weakening (Figs. 2B<sub>3</sub>, B<sub>4</sub>) – as a result, the NFBP is solved, but takes a longer time. However, this does not remove the need for using an upper threshold θ<sub>LTP</sub>. If I have not understood the comment properly, please let me know so I can address it further.

      (c) Figure 4 Supplements 3-4: The author shows results for a hyperparameter search of the learning rule parameters, which is important to see. However, the parameter search is very limited: only 3 parameter values were tried, and there is no explanation or rationale for choosing these specific parameters. In particular, the metaplasticity learning rates do not even span one order of magnitude. If the author wants to claim that the learning rule is insensitive to this parameter, it should be explored over a much broader range of values (e.g., something like the range [0.1-10]).

      Thank you for bringing this up! I have expanded the parameter scan for both the learning rate η (Figure 4 – figure supplements 7 and 8) and the metaplasticity rate η<sub>θ</sub> (Figure 4 – figure supplements 10 and 11) to cover three orders of magnitude (when taken together with the results already present in the article in Figure 4 – figure supplements 6 and 9).

      Figure 4 – figure supplements 7 and 8: The learning rate η was was tested with the values 0.1 and 20. This shows a known result in other plasticity rules, which is that if the learning rate is too fast or too slow, learning is not successful or is too slow. For η = 0.1, learning takes very long (around 2000 patterns for FBP with linear integration), and for the NFBP is at the borderline score (Figure 4 – figure supplement 7E). As the LTD thresholds rise, they will prevent the slowly decreasing synaptic weights from decreasing sufficiently. For η = 20, the weight updates are too large and no pattern is stored because calcium quickly falls below the thresholds as a result of such large weight updates (Figure 4 – figure supplement 8E). This leaves some intermediate range of learning rates that “works”. (The three values {0.4, 0.85, 1.7} that were tested in Figure 4 – figure supplement 6 are roughly a factor of 2 apart.) Results are described in more detail in lines 409-414 of the revised article.

      Figure 4 – figure supplements 10 and 11: The metaplasticity rate η<sub>θ</sub> was tested with the values 0.2 and 20. This further demonstrates the role of metaplasticity as a “lock” on the learning process. η<sub>θ</sub> determines how fast the weights stabilize (i.e. how long they remain flexible for learning). With the value η<sub>θ</sub> = 0.2 the weights take a longer time to stabilize, because it takes a long time for the thresholds to reach the calcium amplitudes (Figure 4 – figure supplement 10). This affects the learning time on the NFBP only. In contrast, with the value η<sub>θ</sub> = 20, the thresholds quickly reach the calcium amplitudes, and quickly stabilize the weights. While the neuron does learn to evoke plateaus, the weakened synapses are stabilized too early, resulting in spikes for the irrelevant patterns and lowering the performance on the NFBP. (Figure 4 – figure supplement 11). Results are described in more detail in lines 415-429 of the revised article.

      (2) Regarding the similarity to BCM, the author would ideally directly implement the BCM learning rule in their model, but at the least the author could have shown whether a slight variant of their rule presented here can be effective: for example having a single (plastic, not fixed) Cadependent threshold that applies to both LTP and LTD, with a single learning rate parameter.

      - As mentioned above, this is also a very interesting question, related to the important question of “what is the use of having two separate calcium thresholds?”. I have added simulations according to your second suggestion – using a single calcium threshold that applies to both LTP and LTD. A single threshold can solve the FBP, NFBP, and reversal learning equally well (Fig. 12 and Figure 12

      - Figure Supplements 1, 2). This indeed raises the question what are two separate thresholds useful for? Figure 12 – figure supplement 3 shows that when keeping the single calcium threshold fixed, none of the shared synapses stabilize. Comparing this to Figs. 5 and 6, where the LTP and LTD threshold are kept fixed one at a time, it shows that having two separate thresholds allows separate control over the LTP and LTD processes.

      I also tried an implementation of the BCM rule using a nonlinear (quadratic) function in the metaplasticity rule for updating the threshold:

      where c<sub>norm</sub> is a normalization constant set to 80 μM for [Ca]<sub>NMDA</sub> and 20 μM for [Ca]<sub>L-type</sub> (close to the maximal concentrations achieved throughout the article). In the BCM rule, a nonlinear function is necessary to prevent runaway growth (or collapse) of the weights. So, in principle, w<sub>max</sub> and θ<sub>LTP</sub> should be unnecessary with this quadratic metaplasticity rule. However, even though the weights seem to stabilize (around a high value), they are too strong and plateaus are triggered for all patterns (see Author response image 3). It is possible that only a narrow range of parameters in the quadratic function will allow weights to stabilize at appropriate values, similarly to the narrow range in w<sub>max</sub> in the absence of θ<sub>LTP</sub> (as described for comment 1a) above).

      Below are some questions about how to “correctly translate” the BCM rule from its formulation for rate-coded inputs to a formulation for sparsely-coded inputs which are used in this article. I did not address these questions in detail. The following is meant for readers who might be interested in pursuing these questions.

      Questions when translating the BCM rule for rate-coded inputs to a rule for sparsely-coded inputs:

      The similarity of this study’s rule to BCM is only qualitative – a sliding threshold was added that follows an indicator of synaptic activity (in this study it is the amplitude of the calcium concentration). The original BCM rule is defined for rate-based synapses, and its threshold θ is a nonlinear function of the average (synaptic) activity:

      where p and c<sub>0</sub> are positive constants, and c) is the average activity. The threshold θ is updated as the average activity c) changes (the averaging being done over a time interval) [1]. Changes in the rate-coded inputs drive changes in c) continuously, thus changing θ over time.

      (1) What should be chosen as the average activity c̅ ?

      In the BCM model, the average activity, and consequently the threshold θ, are global for the whole neuron (which is represented just by its firing rate), meaning that θ is the same for all synapses. In a morphologically realistic neuron model, what should be the average activity? Especially in the case of supralinear integration occuring in a dendrite, one could also consider average activities in dendrites. In the dSPN model, the calcium concentration decays by the time the next pattern arrives, so one probably needs another, low-pass filtered variable of the calcium concentration (or voltage), with a much longer time constant than that of the calcium decay. (I have chosen to slide the thresholds towards the amplitude of the calcium evoked by a pattern, which could be viewed as an approximation of such a long-lived variable. This is one possible “translation” of this aspect of the BCM rule.)

      (2) How to update the chosen indicator of activity c̅?

      Assuming an adequate indicator is chosen (different from the calcium amplitude that I have chosen), how should it be updated when using sparsely-coded inputs? Should it evolve continuously, or only when the sparsely-coded inputs are active? If updated continuously, it should not decay very fast when synapses are inactive (not activated by a pattern), while still change fast enough to detect changes in synaptic weight occuring due to learning. (I have chosen to slide the thresholds towards the evoked calcium amplitude only when synapses have been activated, so this is also one way of “translating” this second aspect.)

      (1) which in the BCM article is replaced with the average over the input’s probability distribution

      (3) What nonlinear function to use to update the threshold?

      The BCM rule allows any function with p > 1, but how fast the synapses stabilize will likely depend on c<sub>0</sub>, the normalization constant in the nonlinear function, and the power p. The role of the nonlinear function is to ensure stability of the synaptic weights (prevent runaway growth), meaning no θ<sub>LTP</sub> nor w<sub>max</sub> should be needed. However, achieving high performance on all three tasks might still require a specific tuning of these parameters, as w<sub>max</sub> does if no θ<sub>LTP</sub> is used. That is, these parameters will need to be chosen such that the threshold quickly goes up once a plateau appears, so weights are not allowed to strengthen further. Having in mind that there is a very narrow range in w<sub>max</sub> where all three tasks are solved, there might similarly be only a narrow range in c<sub>0</sub> and p.

      Since the goal of the article was to study the role of the two thresholds (not to optimize the rule’s parameters on the three tasks), I have only tried a quadratic function for the metaplasticity rule, and did not search for a region of parameters that could work.

      (3) This paper is extremely similar (and essentially an extension) to the work of Khodadadi et al. (2025). Yet this paper is not mentioned at all in the introduction, and the relation between these papers is not made clear until the discussion, leaving me initially puzzled as to what problems this paper addresses that have not already been extensively solved. The introduction could be reworked to make this connection clearer while pointing out the main differences in approach (e.g., the important distinction between "boosting" nonlinearities and plateau potentials).

      The last paragraph in the introduction now makes this comparison, highlighting the differences in approach, and mainly emphasizing that the goal of the two studies is different. The open question that this study addresses is to pinpoint the roles of the two calcium thresholds (present in dSPNs) in learning. Also see the response to the similar comment (1) from Reviewer #2 (Public review): Weaknesses.

      (4) The introduction is missing some citations of other recent work that has addressed single-neuron non-linear computation and learning, such as Gidon et al (2020); Jones & Kording (2021).

      Thank you for mentioning this. Since the first version of the article caused confusion regarding the goal of the study (which is to study metaplasticity), I avoided focusing on nonlinear computation in the introduction, and instead added these references to the Discussion (in line 850 the section regarding nonlinear computation).

      (5) Figure 1: The figure prominently features mGluR next to the CaV channel, but there is no mention of mGluR in the introduction. The introduction should be updated to include this.

      Thank you for noticing this. It is now included in the introduction in lines 50-53.

      (6) Could the author explain why there is a non-monotonic increase/decrease in the [Ca]_L in Figure 2B_4? Perhaps my confusion comes from not understanding what a single line represents. Does each line represent the [Ca] in a single spine (and if so, which spine), or is each line an average of all the spines in a given stim condition?

      Thank you for noticing this, that information was missing from the figure caption. The line is from a single spine which is placed at a random location on a randomly chosen dendrite. Because each line comes from a different trial with a different number of synapses, the spine it corresponds to is in a different location, resulting in different voltage and different calcium signals when using distributed synapses. (Clustered synapses are placed at approximately the same somatic distance, despite being on a randomly chosen dendrite, so this effect does not appear in Figs. 2C<sub>3</sub>, C<sub>4</sub>). The figure caption has been updated accordingly.

      (7) Row 124 (page 4): L-type Ca microdomains (in which ions don't diffuse and therefore don't interact with Ca_NMDA) is a critical assumption of this model. The references for this appear only in the discussion, so when reading this paper, I found myself a bit confused about why the same ion is treated as two completely independent variables with separate dynamics. Highlighting the assumption (with citations) a bit more clearly in the results section when describing the rule would help with understanding.

      Thank you for pointing this out! This assumption is now clearly stated with citations in lines 174176 when characterizing the plateaus in SPNs, and lines 205-207 when describing the rule (in addition to the existing description in the Methods).

      (8) Row 149 (page 5): The current formulation of the update rule is not actually multiplicative. The fact that the update is weight-dependent alone does not make it a multiplicative rule, and judging by equation (1) it appears to simply be an additive rule with a weight regularization term that guarantees weight bounds. For example, a similar weight-dependent update is also a core component of BTSP (Milstein et al. 2021; Galloni et al. 2025), which is another well-known *additive* rule. An actual multiplicative rule implies that the update itself is applied via a multiplication, i.e. w_new = w_old * delta_w

      For an example of a genuinely multiplicative rule, see: Cornford et al. 2024, "Brain-like learning with exponentiated gradients"). Multiplicative rules have very different properties to additive rules, since larger weights tend to grow quickly while small weights shrink towards 0.

      Thank you for explaining the difference between “additive” and “multiplicative”. I have removed the word “multiplicative” from the description of the rule, as it is not necessary. (In the first version of the manuscript I followed the nomenclature by Gütig et al. (2003), which refers to the weight-dependent update as a multiplicative rule, while an additive rule has no weight dependence in the equation for Δw, which is Eq. 2 in Gütig et al. (2003).)

      (9) Equation 1 (page 5): Shouldn't the depression term be written as: (w_min - w)? This term would be negative if w is larger than w_min, leading to LTD. As it is written now, a large w and small w_min would just cause further potentiation instead of depression.

      Yes, a minus sign is missing in front of the depression term. Thank you for noticing this! It is now corrected.

      (10) In the introduction, the teaching signal is described in binary terms (DA peak, or DA pause), but in Equation 1, it actually appears to take on 3 different values. Could the author clarify what the difference is between a "DA pause" and the "no DA" condition? The way I read it, pause = absence of DA = no DA

      Yes, the “no DA” condition should say “baseline DA”. The DA signal does indeed take three different values. In the striatum, there is a baseline tone of dopamine. The DA peaks are transient increases from this tone, and the DA pauses are transient decreases. The basal dopamine level is now introduced in line 113 of the introduction, so that Eq. 1 should be clearer. In the computer code, DA is in effect a ternary signal, with three values, +1 for DA peak, -1 for DA pause, and 0 for baseline DA.

      (11) Figure 3: In these experimental simulations, DA feedback comes in 400ms after the stimulus. The author could motivate this choice a bit better and explain the significance of this delay. Clearly, the equations have a delta_t term, but as far as the learning algorithm is concerned, it seems like learning would be more effective at delta_t=0. Is the choice of 400ms mainly motivated by experimental observations? On a related note, is it meaningful that the 200ms delta_t before the next stimulus is shorter than the 400ms pause from the first stimulus? Wouldn't the DA that arrives shortly before a stimulus also have an effect on the learning rule?

      These time windows were chosen purely to keep the simulations as short as possible (since a computing cluster was used to run many trials). In reality, two patterns would probably arrive after a longer time window, as an animal should reach for the pattern (and in the case of these fruit patterns, eat it) which would last on the order of seconds. However, the calcium signals that trigger plasticity in these simulations are shorter than that (Figs. 2B<sub>3,4</sub>, 2C<sub>3,4</sub>), and only the amplitude of the signal is used to trigger plasticity. This gives an opportinity to not have to wait for several seconds between two patterns arrive (as might occur in reality), but shorten that interval and so shorten the simulation time. (This is now stated in lines 245-247 in the Results section where the rule is described, pointing to the Methods for more detials.)

      Hence, the dopamine feedback is given at 400 ms after a pattern appears because the calcium amplitudes would have surely occurred by then (even if a plateau were evoked, see Figs. 2B<sub>3,4</sub>, 2C<sub>3,4</sub>). Similarly, the next pattern is given at 600 ms because the calcium signals would have decreased to baseline by then. (This is already explained in the Methods section in lines 1101-1117). The key implicit assumption here is that the calcium amplitude is somehow remembered by the synaptic circuitry. In experiments, dopamine feedback up to 2 seconds after synaptic stimulation can cause LTP, so it is OK to assume this (Yagishita et al., 2014). However, dopamine signaling before synaptic stimulation has no effect (Yagishita et al., 2014). (This assumption is now clearly stated in the Methods in lines 902-906.)

      Lastly, in this rule, if the dopamine feedback coincides with the pattern, then whatever calcium levels were reached at that time would be used to check whether the thresholds are crossed, and these will most likely not be the maximal calcium levels (these are reached some time later, as seen in Figs. 2B<sub>3,4</sub>, 2C<sub>3,4</sub>).

      One last note is that from your comment I got the impression that you may have understood Δt to be the time until dopamine feedback is provided. It is not, it is simply the time step in the simulation (already stated in line 211; now an additional explanation is added in lines 211-214, just in case).

      (12) Figure 4C: How is it possible that the theta_LTP value goes higher than the upper threshold (dashed line)? Equation 3 implies that it should always be lower.

      This is also just a choice of implementation: θ<sub>LTP</sub> evolves independently of θ<sub>LTP</sub>, reflecting an implicit assumption that different molecular machinery implements θ<sub>LTP</sub> and θ<sub>LTP</sub>. This assumption is similar to the findings in Figs. 4, 5 in Ngezahayo et al. 2000, where in weakened synapses the voltage threshold for LTD can increase (to -20 mV) above the voltage threshold for LTP (at -30 mV). (This assumption is now explicitly written out in lines 316-322.)

      (13) Row 429 (page 11): The statement that "without metaplasticity the NFBP cannot be solved" is overly general and not supported by the evidence presented. There exist many papers in which people solve similar non-linear feature learning problems with Hebbian or other bio-plausible rules that don't have metaplasticity. A more accurate statement that can be made here is that the specific rule presented in this paper requires metaplasticity.

      Yes, that is what is meant with that statement – that this specific rule requires metaplasticity. The text has been corrected. Thank you for noticing this.

      (14) The methods section does not make any mention of publicly available code or a GitHub repository. The author should add a link to the code and put some effort into improving the documentation so that others can more easily assess the code and reproduce the simulations.

      The link to the code is given in the Data availability statement. However, this statement might not appear in the manuscript files that you are receiving (it is available online and in the article PDF downloadable from eLife), so I am providing the link here, as well. The Readme.md file now describes the code, and how to reproduce figures in the article.

      https://github.com/danieltrpevski/Plasticity/tree/metaplasticity

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript proposes interesting synaptic plasticity rules grounded in experimental data. Its main features are:

      (1) plasticity depends on local calcium concentration driven by presynaptic activity and is independent of somatic action potentials,

      (2) the rules incorporate metaplasticity, and

      (3) they demonstrate how a single neuron could address the feature-binding problem at the dendritic level.

      The work extends a previous study (https://doi.org/10.7554/), to which the author also contributed.

      The author models two calcium thresholds (LTP/LTD) from two different calcium sources (NMDA/VGCC), and these thresholds are flexible (metaplasticity rule, similar to BCM), which is claimed to be necessary for successful learning of both FBP and NFBP (linear and nonlinear feature binding problem with 1 or 2 patterns). The role of each threshold seems to be opposite and complementary. One extra condition has been added: an upper threshold for LTP. This threshold serves to stop synaptic strengthening once synapses are strong enough to evoke a plateau. With that, synapses are not strengthened to the maximal value, avoiding strong supralinear integration for irrelevant patterns.

      This is summarizes the learning rule well. What I should probably add is that, as mentioned in the introductory response, the article’s first version may cause some confusion about the study’s goal. The goal was to study the role of metaplasticity in the two thresholds, not to solve feature binding in particular. Nevertheless, feature binding is a very useful task to demonstrate the roles of each threshold because the patterns share features: the synapses for the shared features experience both LTP and LTD, and metaplasticity is necessary to express (or to converge to) just one plasticity state (either LTP or LTD). More specifically, the threshold for one plasticity process (e.g. LTD) is necessary to express the opposite process (e.g. LTP). However, to be able to study metaplasticity using feature binding, a prerequisite is to have a rule that can solve it. (So, in that sense, it was first necessary to show that the rule solves the tasks before exploring the roles of metaplasticity. The article has been revised to clearly state this.)

      Strengths:

      The current model implements not only local synaptic plasticity but also metaplasticity and solves the FBP at the dendrite level. Another strong aspect of the model is that metaplasticity in the LTD threshold protects strengthened synapses from weakening. In this way, as the author mentioned, metaplasticity is able to protect learned patterns from being forgotten or weakened and prevent irrelevant patterns from being stored. This is a nice modelling example of metaplasticity being helpful in preventing the catastrophic interference or forgetting (as has been explicitly discussed in a recent article https://doi.org/10.1016/j.). The author might want to briefly mention or emphasize this aspect of the model, which might be interesting also for the AI community.

      This is a great suggestion, thank you! I have instead emphasized a related aspect of the model: that it can solve the plasticity-stability dilemma (when taking away the closed-loop implementation of metaplasticity). I did not focus on catastrophic forgetting, because in machine learning it has a slightly more specific meaning: forgetting that occurs in sequential learning of different tasks. Instead, I exemplified the plasticity-stability dilemma using reversal learning (the reward policy is switched in the middle of the simulation), which can be viewed as a special case of sequential learning of opposite tasks. So, strictly speaking, there is no demonstration that metaplasticity prevents catastrophic forgetting (in the more general sense), but there is a demonstration that it retains (stabilizes) what has been learned (within the same task). The latter does suggest that metaplasticity could help prevent catastrophic forgetting, as well.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) What is novel in the current paper as compared to Khodadadi et al. eLife 2025? That is not completely clear and should be made clearer. Is it only a minor difference related to the fact that the new learning rule has metaplasticity in both calcium thresholds and is simpler? This seems to be just an incremental increase in knowledge/methods. Can the author defend his paper against this point from the „devil's advocate"? How is the conclusion of the author in the abstract that „metaplasticity in both thresholds is necessary" reconcilable with his previous publication (Khodadadi et al. eLife 2025), in which only metaplasticity in one threshold was successful in solving the nonlinear feature binding problem?

      Thank you for raising this question, since the answer was not clear in the first version. The study may be an incremental increase in methods, but is (in my view) a solid increase in knowledge, giving concrete new insights into metaplasticity (an area that is still comparatively little understood). The two main conclusions are:

      (1) In synapses that are exposed to both the LTP and the LTD process, metaplasticity is necessary to ultimately express just one of them (converge to either LTP or LTD).

      (2) Metaplasticity in the threshold regulating one plasticity process is necessary for expressing the opposite process (metaplasticity in the LTD threshold is necessary for expressing LTP, and vice versa).

      The article has been substantially revised to clearly state these main conclusions (as well as the study’s goal), while a full list of all conclusions is given in points 1-7 the Discussion.

      The conclusion in the abstract that „metaplasticity in both thresholds is necessary" is stated too generally, and it was meant to refer to this rule only. I have now removed it from the abstract, since the study’s goal was not to solve feature binding. Instead, the focus is on the two conclusions above as well as other conclusions obtained from expanding the study with reversal learning and using a single threshold (prompted by the comments from yourself and reviewer #1).

      Lastly, the differences compared to Khodadadi et al. 2025 (eLife) are:

      (1) Yes, the rule is simpler and has metaplasticity in both calcium thresholds, instead of just one in Khodadadi et al. 2025 that operates according to a different mechanism (where the threshold, along with the entire LTP plasticity kernel, moves in a direction opposite of the calcium signal).

      (2) Plateau potentials are used here, versus the “boosting” nonlinearities in Khodadadi et al. 2025.

      (3) The most detailed calcium diffusion model to date for SPNs is implemented in this study (by Dorman et al. (2018)). This was a necessary addition to avoid non-monotonous increases in calcium (shown in Fig. 13A, B). No calcium diffusion between neuronal compartments is implemented in Khodadadi et al., 2025. This is indeed a small methodological difference, but not trivial to implement.

      The relation to Khodadadi et al., 2025 is now stated both in the introduction in lines 137-144, and at greater length in the discussion in lines 856-870.

      Perhaps I should note that the two learning rules (this one and that in Khodadadi et al. 2025) developed in parallel, this one being based on formulations similar to Gütig et al. 2003 by adding metaplasticity, while the rule in Khodadadi et al. 2025 was inspired from the ideas in Schiess et al. (2016) and Urbanczik and Senn (2014) (see list of references provided). The two studies have different goals (and in that sense one was not meant to be an extension of the other):

      - Khodadadi et al. (2025) studies whether the NFBP can be solved by SPNs,

      - this article studies the role of metaplasticity in the two calcium thresholds that exist in dSPNs; it uses feature binding as a task because the role of metaplasticity is exposed precisely by the shared features in the task (they cause shared synapses to undergo competing LTP and LTD, and metaplasticity is necessary to direct synapses into just one outcome); importantly, feature binding is also relevant for the striatum (now described in the introduction in lines 126-136)

      Finally, to obtain the conclusions in this study about the roles of the two thresholds, it was necessary to devise a suitable rule. They cannot be obtained neither with the rule in Khodadadi et al. 2025, nor with any other rule, because none have a formulation with two separate thresholds for LTP and LTD. Phrased more generally, one needs a new/different rule (new/different assumptions) to obtain new/different conclusions, even if the new rule may be related to existing ones. That said, a rule with a single threshold would have reached conclusion 1. above, as is now shown in the article in Fig. 12 and Figure 12 – figure supplements 1 – 4, but SPNs have two thresholds, prompting the use of a rule with two thresholds. Also, although not demonstrated with the cascade model (by Fusi et al. (2005) and its extensions), conclusion 1. should be obtainable with it, and is implied by the dynamics of the cascade model (which uses one threshold to control transitions between strong and weak synapses). More on the cascade model is given below and in the revised article.

      Hopefully that provided a clearer answer. If you have more questions, please let me know so I can try to clarify further.

      (2) As far as I can judge without testing the model, metaplasticity causes thresholds to monotonically increase during systematic pattern presentation, which stabilizes weights and allows pattern separation. Due to the closed-loop nature of the current implementation, where metaplasticity only happens if plasticity happens, this also effectively locks patterns in place. However, flexible learning is an essential mechanism for survival. Imagine a mutation event takes place and bananas suddenly become red and/or strawberries turn yellow. It seems that the current model would be unable to adapt to these new patterns even if rewards were to be shifted. While out of the scope of the study, due to its importance, I feel that pattern shifting/relearning should at least be briefly discussed. How could the model be improved to allow relearning?

      This is a very important question, and I think it is in fact within the scope of the study, so it is now addressed using reversal learning as a task (the reward policy is switched in the middle of the simulation, after the FBP and NFBP are learned). As you pointed out, the closed-loop formulation of metaplasticity effectively locks the patterns in the dendrites, and reversal learning cannot be solved (Fig. 9). On the other hand, if the conditions for metaplasticity are relaxed by allowing any calcium levels to trigger metaplasticity (i.e. no longer have a closed-loop formulation requiring that [Ca]<sub>NMDA</sub> or [Ca]<sub>L-type</sub> be above their thresholds), reversal learning in both the FBP and NFBP is solved (Fig. 10 and Figure 10 – figure supplements 1 – 3). (Note that [Ca]<sub>NMDA</sub> or [Ca]<sub>L-type</sub> still need to be above their thresholds for plasticity to occur.)

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      While the reviewers were very positive, they highlighted limitations on the strength of evidence. Addressing these points could help revise this assessment.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Framing the problem as "feature binding" is easy to understand, but it's a slightly narrow view of learning in general. Some mention of how NFBP relates to the XOR problem in the introduction would help you relate your solution to the much broader class of computational problems, since XOR is a more fundamental computational primitive. Non-linear feature learning is very general and relates to all machine learning problems and to computations that occur across every brain region.

      Since the goal of the study was not to solve the NFBP or feature binding (but to study metaplasticity), the relation of the NFBP to the XOR is put in the Discussion instead (to avoid further confusion about the study’s goal). Nevertheless, this connection is clearly made in the introduction of the new study that uses 100+ SPN models.

      (2) Since the requirement for clustered synapses is one of the main limitations of this learning rule, it would help if there were some discussion of how clustering might occur (e.g., whether there are any other related learning rules or mechanisms that might promote clustering, or if you are assuming that this has to occur entirely through developmental wiring).

      This is now discussed in lines 817-827 and related to developing a learning rule that would incorporate structural plasticity.

      (3) Page 5, row 157: Another potentially relevant citation here is Bittner et al. 2017, showing that a dendritic plateau potential in silent CA1 neurons drives place field formation without any prior spiking activity.

      Thank you, that is indeed a very relevant citation here! It is now added in line 222.

      (4) Figure 4C: It would be helpful to add a sentence in the figure legend explaining what the dashed lines represent (even though you also mention it in the main text).

      Added, thank you!

      (5) Across all figures, the author should consider using color combinations that are more colorblindfriendly (e.g., cyan/red). As a R/G colorblind person, I find it slightly difficult to see which line is which in the panels that compare scores in the NFBP.

      The panels showing the NFBP scores have been changed throughout the article, and all other figures have been checked. If there are any more difficult color combinations, please let me know.

      (6) The conventional, widely used abbreviation for dopamine is "DA", not "Da".

      Now changed.

      (7) A few typos I spotted in the paper:

      (a) Row 117 (page 3): missing parenthesis around citation

      (b) Row 173 (page 5): "uner" --> under

      (c) Row 248 (page 7): repeated sentence "...are first seen above..."

      (d) Row 255 (page 7): "NBFP" --> NFBP

      These are now fixed, thank you for reporting them!

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) How are synapses distributed in the nonlinear integration case? Are pattern combinations branch-specific, or are features distributed randomly across the whole dendritic tree? Does this matter in any way? In any case, it should be clarified.

      Yes, they are branch-specific. In the NFBP, the feature combinations from Figure 3 – figure supplement 1 (and later from Figure 10 – figure supplement 1) are placed on two dendrites, chosen at random from 8 dendrites, in a 20-micrometre dendritic stretch starting around 120 micrometers away from the soma. 12 different trials are run for each feature combination, meaning that 12 randomly chosen pairs of dendrites were tested for each feature combination. In the FBP, the clusters are placed in one dendrite chosen at random from 8 dendrites, at the same distance from the soma as in the NFBP. This information is now added in the caption of Fig. 3.

      The idea behind placing clusters on the same dendrite is that, after learning, two strong clusters will produce a plateau (e.g. ‘red’ and ‘strawberry’), while one strong and one weak cluster will not (e.g. ‘yellow’ and ‘strawberry’), as in Figs. 3C<sub>2</sub>, 3C<sub>3</sub> (with the weights shown in Figs. 4B<sub>2</sub>, 4B<sub>3</sub>). For this the clusters need to be in the same branch, so that two features are “bound” together “into” a larger, plateau-evoking cluster. Also, a strong and a weak cluster should evoke a sufficiently lower somatic amplitude so that any additional noise will not cause somatic spiking. This is assured by the large voltage jump in the plateau (the all-or-none quality of the plateaus, Fig. 2D<sub>1</sub>).

      If the clusters are distributed randomly on different dendrites, it might or it might not work. Fig. 10 of Oikonomou et al. (2012) shows that dendritic spikes (that individually do not evoke somatic spiking) summate sublinearly at the soma in pyramidal neurons: weak + weak cluster = no spiking (Fig. 10A); strong + strong = no spiking (Fig. 10B); but also strong + strong = spiking (Fig. 10C). To reliably solve the NFBP, a large enough supralinearity is necessary instead, so one should test how the soma integrates dendritic spikes/plateaus in SPNs. As the goal of this study was not to solve the NFBP, this is left for the future (perhaps within the new ongoing study focusing on the NFBP).

      (2) To produce dendritic plateau potentials, the model (as in the previously published model - Trpevski et al. 2023) implements glutamate spillover activating extrasynaptic NMDARs. This is an interesting mechanism, but is there empirical evidence supporting this way of generating plateau potentials? Are synaptic NMDARs not sufficient? If not, which experiments support the role of nonsynaptic ones?

      This is still an ongoing area of research, indicating that glutamate spillover is regulated by reuptake from glial cells, which could even reverse function and excrete glutamate (Rusakov and Stewart, 2021; Malarkey and Parpura, 2014).

      Except for the experiments from Szapiro and Barbour, 2007 showing that climbing fibers in the cerebellum signal to molecular-layer interneurons exclusively through glutamate spillover, there are no other “in-vivo-like” experimental conditions which show that spillover activates extrasynaptic NMDARs (eNMDARs). The strongest other in vitro data come from the following experiments:

      (1) Chalifoux and Carter (2011), where glutamate reuptake by transporters was blocked with TBOA, which promoted NMDA spikes evoked by synaptic stimulation, suggesting that glutamate spillover activates eNMDARs. A similar experiment was done in Suzuki et al. (2008), where, in addition, synaptic NMDARs were blocked, leaving only eNMDARs available to trigger plateaus.

      (2) Glutamate iontophoresis, which ejects glutamate directly into the extrasynaptic space, activates plateaus once the iontophoretic current is strong enough (Oikonomou et al., 2012), with or without blocking glutamate reuptake (Suzuki et al. 2008).

      (3) Repetitive synaptic stimulation is thought to produce glutamate spillover (Suzuki et al. 2008; Oikonomou et al., 2012). For example, two synaptic shocks trigger NMDA spikes, while 5 synaptic shocks trigger plateaus in pyramidal neurons (Oikonomou et al., 2012).

      On the other hand, studies that employ glutamate uncaging at spines, which should activate eNMDARs much less, evoke NMDA spikes instead (Losonczy and Magee, 2006; Branco et al. 2010). Compared to plateaus, these have much smaller amplitudes, and the size of the supralinearity (the voltage jump) is much smaller than in the plateaus obtained with glutamate iontophoresis (compare Fig. 3 in Losonczy and Magee, (2006), Fig. 3B in Branco et al. (2010) to Fig. 4C in Oikonomou et al. (2012), Fig. 6 in Oikonomou et al. (2014)).

      The reason why glutamate spillover was implemented is precisely this robust all-or-none quality of the plateaus, i.e. the large jump in somatic voltage (Fig. 2D<sub>1</sub>) after a threshold level of stimulation (when the stimulus intensity increases in equal amounts). Without spillover, plateaus are graded in amplitude (and duration, Fig. 2B<sub>1</sub> in Trpevski et al. (2023)), and the NFBP cannot be solved (Fig. 6 in Trpevski et al. (2023)).

      (3) The check for dependence on initial conditions of theta_LTP/LTD is missing. Especially for the conditions of the thresholds being fixed. How do you decide what fixed value to use? How about having a corresponding limit for weights and not for thresholds? Why is there still an increase in threshold going on even when weights reach the maximum?

      The initial conditions for θ<sub>LTP</sub> and θ<sub>LTD</sub> are also an important question. The idea behind starting with low values of the thresholds (or fixing them to low values) is to make the synapses flexible for learning. One can view metaplasticity’s role as a “lock” on the weights, locking them once learning is done, and unlocking them (making them flexible) when something needs to be learned. Which signals determine when to lock or unlock the weights is what the metaplasticity rule implements, and is insufficiently understood experimentally. In any case, it makes sense to start with flexible synapses (low thresholds) at the beginning of learning; otherwise, no/little learning will take place (Figure 9 – figure supplement 2, the panels for “thresholded” metaplasticity). Throughout the article I choose the initial values of the thresholds to be lower than the calcium evoked by weakened synapses, ensuring that any calcium signal will trigger plasticity (but higher values also work).

      Instead of doing a scan over the initial conditions of θ<sub>LTP</sub> and θ<sub>LTD</sub>, I chose to show the following:

      (1) An example with initial threshold values higher than the calcium amplitudes: these “lock” the weights (Figure 9 – figure supplement 2, panels for “thresholded” metaplasticity) from the start and no learning can occur.

      (2) An example initialized with high values for the thresholds, but where metaplasticity can be triggered by any calcium amplitudes (no closed-loop in the metaplasticity rule, Figure 9 – figure supplement 2, panels for “relaxed” metaplasticity): here the thresholds adapt and learning can take place afterwards.

      This is supposed to illustrate a mechanism that can “unlock” weights. A scan over the initial conditions of θ<sub>LTP</sub> and θ<sub>LTD</sub> will give the lowest calcium level that the thresholds can be initialized to so that “thresholded” metaplasticity will work. But it is not important to know these precise values to obtain the conclusions in the article, which is why I did not do such a scan. (The above is treated in the article in the section on reversal learning, lines 569-577 and 628-633.)

      Also, when the rule is used for learning, it is not meant to have fixed thresholds, as synapses cannot stabilize and nothing will be stored (Figs. 5, 6, and 8). Fixing the thresholds to a low value was meant to show what happens without any metaplasticity (or if metaplasticity were “dysfunctional”). If in reality a mechanism exists to fix the thresholds to a low value or a high value, fixing would be temporary (until necessary to keep the weights flexible or locked, respectively). 

      I am probably not understanding this part of the comment: “How about having a corresponding limit for weights and not for thresholds?” There are two limits, the maximal and minimal weights in the rule w<sub>max</sub> and w<sub>min</sub>, and are initialized to random values within the interval [0.3, 0.35], but this is probably not what you mean.

      When the weights reach their maximum, the thresholds still increase because they have not reached the calcium amplitudes evoked by the maximal weights. (This is most visible with supralinear integration, where strengthened weights evoke plateaus Fig. 4C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>.) The thresholds move towards the calcium amplitudes with a rate η<sub>θ</sub>, which if made very high (as in Figure 4 – figure supplement 11), will make the thresholds rise as fast as the weights. But this is not good, as it will “lock” the learning processes in the synapses too soon (i.e. shorten the window where they are flexible). Neither is a too low η<sub>θ</sub> good, as then the synapses are flexible for a very long time and learning of the NFBP is prolonged (Figure 4 – figure supplements 10B<sub>3</sub>, 10B<sub>4</sub>, 10E<sub>3</sub>, learning simulations last longer than in Fig. 4).

      (4) Calcium modelling: The author writes that the largest voltage plateaus do not correspond to the largest calcium amplitude because of the plateau's voltage approaching the NMDAR reversal potentials, which might be a problem for the plasticity rule. To solve this, the author tried to implement a monotonic increase of calcium with increasing plateau by implementing axial calcium diffusion and buffering. My question is, is the monotonic increase realistic? Is not the NMDAR reversal effect, described above, a realistic scenario in dendrites?

      It seems to be realistic. The closest experiment that I know of is in Fig. 2C<sub>2</sub>, D<sub>2</sub> in Oikonomou et al. (2012), where 2 synaptic shocks produce an NMDA spike, and 5 shocks produce a plateau. The calcium dye shows a higher response from the plateau, suggesting a higher calcium amplitude (with a monotonic increase). Moreover, in the detailed calcium model for SPNs by Dorman et al. (2018), larger synaptic clusters produce monotonically higher calcium amplitudes. These two pieces of evidence suggest the calcium amplitudes are not affected by the membrane voltage approaching to the reversal potential. Most likely, this happens because of strong intracellular calcium buffering.

      Similarly, the experiments in Figs. 5 and 8 in Losonczy and Magee (2006) with glutamate uncaging at spine heads show a monotonic increase in calcium dye flourescence as the cluster size is increased. However, these experiments evoke NMDA spikes, which might not have approached the NMDAR reversal potential as closely as plateaus do (so, it is theoretically possible that monotonicity does not hold if a plateau were evoked, although it seems unlikely). This is now added to the Methods in lines 957-961.

      (5) Function: What is the actual function of the SPN, and how does it relate to FBP/NFBP learning? SPNs are involved in motor control/decision making and generally in sensorimotor tasks. Rather, use an example for that than a visual stimulus, though I understand it is more easily illustrated. Is feature binding what SPNs do and have to solve?

      It is not known yet what SPNs do precisely. The initial action selection role of the basal ganglia is currently being challenged or replaced by a role in movement initiation and/or invigoration (with action selection being done by the cortex, see e.g. Thura and Cisek (2017)). In any case, SPNs receive convergent input from sensory, motor, limbic and associative areas, as well as thalamic and neuromodulatory inputs (with topographical projections indicating functional specialization). In that sense, feature binding is particularly relevant for the striatum, as diverse features from different areas would arrive there. The basal ganglia participate in non-motor loops as well, so the striatum may have a role in initiation and termination of cognitive processes such as planning and attention, and in regulating emotional and motivated behavior (Purves et al. 2018).

      The role of the striatum and the relevance of feature binding is now stated in the introduction in lines 126-136, and a task with features more suited for the striatum is given in Figure 1 – figure supplement 1 (inspired from similar tasks in Bernklau et al. (2024)). I have kept the example from the visual system in the main text simply because it is widely used throughout the literature and easily recognizable, while clearly stating that other features would be involved in the striatum and pointing to the example in Figure 1 – figure supplement 1. Hopefully this will make a good compromise between ease of reading and relevance to the striatum.

      (6) The population of striatal projection neurons can express dopamine D2 receptors and not only D1 receptors. SPNs with different receptors thus undergo synaptic plasticity according to different rules. Would that lead to similar results? A combination of both populations?

      This is also being tested in the new study, and preliminary results indicate the answer is “yes” (see Author response image 4). Contrary to the dSPNs, the indirect-pathway SPNs (iSPNs), which predominantly express D<sub>2</sub> receptors, are thought to be involved in suppressing competing or related movements. The learning rule is almost the opposite to dSPNs: to trigger LTP, a dopamine pause is needed, and to trigger LTD a dopamine peak is needed (Fig. 4B and Shen et al. (2008)). So, with such a rule, iSPNs will store the irrelevant patterns and spike to them, and be silent to the relevant patterns (which indeed happens after learning in Author response image 4F<sub>2</sub>, F<sub>3</sub>). This aligns well with their role to suppress movements – reaching for the irrelevant patterns will be suppressed, while reaching for the relevant patterns will be disinhibited (the indirect pathway inhibits movement initiation). 

      (7) Other synaptic plasticity & metaplasticity models (possible comparison or discussion): https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih./ https://linkinghub.elsevier.(https://link.springer.com/ For example, in the last model, there is only one modification LTP/LTD threshold, but it is different from the voltage threshold (which would be comparable to calcium thresholds in the current paper - see the voltage threshold different from the modification threshold here: https://doi.org/10.1371/). The modification threshold favors LTP or LTD - depending on the previous spiking activity of the cell and effectively works as an anti-Hebbian firing rate „homeostasis" mechanism. How is the firing rate homeostasis maintained in the current paper/model? Can you explain how this model is related to the previous models of Benuskova and Abraham, and also Clopath (there was also a metaplasticity version of the Clopath model), in terms of firing rate stability? The current model implements not only local synaptic plasticity but also metaplasticity, which is a nice feature, and seems to not only solve the FBP but also maintain firing stability. Is the stability of firing a consequence of the hard bounds for synaptic weights, or is it also a consequence of plasticity and metaplasticity? I like that each synaptic weight is changed independently based on local calcium concentration, with its own LTP and LTD thresholds.

      I will first describe what happens to the firing rate in this model, and then compare with the references you mentioned. In the FBP with linear integration, yes, the firing rate stability is only maintained because of the hard bounds for synaptic weights (Figure 4 – figure supplement 5A<sub>1</sub>, the neuron goes into depolarization block without w<sub>max</sub>). Without w<sub>max</sub>, the weights would grow until [Ca]<sub>NMDA</sub> saturates in the spine (which does not happen for most spines within the simulation time in Figure 4 – figure supplement 5B<sub>1</sub>).

      In the FBP with supralinear integration and the NFBP, the weights are prevented from increasing by the upper threshold for LTP, θ<sub>LTP</sub>. If θ<sub>LTP</sub> and w<sub>max</sub> are gone, synapses also grow without bound (Figure 4 – figure supplement 5B<sub>2</sub>). Regardless of how high the synaptic weight becomes, firing rate stability is ensured by the plateau potential, as the maximally achievable voltage is limited by the NMDAR reversal potential (Figure 4 – figure supplement 5A<sub>2</sub>, a somatic depolarization block does not happen as in Figure 4 – figure supplement 5A<sub>1</sub>). This is part of the plateaus’ function to provide dynamic range compression, as shown experimentally in Figs. 3E, 4D and 12 in Oikonomou et al. (2012). (Of course, such high weights are unrealistic, but they happen in the model without w<sub>max</sub> and without θ<sub>LTP</sub>). This is now described in the text in lines 397-407.

      Regarding the other studies, the second link did not work, so I will refer to Jedlicka et al. (2015), Clopath et al. (2010) and Zenke et al. (2013). (The rule in Jedlicka et al. (2015) is the same as in Benuskova and Abraham, (2007) but with a more detailed neuron model.) In these studies, there is a threshold representing a (weighted) average of the postsynaptic activity (postsynaptic voltage or spiking). In Clopath et al. (2010) and Zenke et al. (2013) it modulates only the amount of LTD, while in Jedlicka et al. (2015) it modulates the amounts of both LTP and LTD that occur due to plasticity. The threshold is global for a neuron (i.e. all synapses use the same threshold), and allows for heterosynaptic effects that compensate increased excitation from synaptic strengthening with stronger weakening in depressed synapses (thus maintaining stable firing rates). (However, the rule in Jedlicka et al. (2015) and Benuskova and Abraham, (2007) has only one threshold, there is no separate voltage threshold. Indeed, the threshold is a low-pass filtered variable of the input spike train, so is similar to calcium concentration.)

      There are no such effects in the current learning rule. Some compensatory effects are visible when comparing supralinear integration with and without an upper threshold θ<sub>LTP</sub>, as e.g. in Fig. 4B<sub>2</sub> and Figure 4—figure supplement 3B<sub>1</sub>. With θ<sub>LTP</sub>, synapses do not increase to w<sub>max</sub>, and without it, they do. As a consequence, the weakened synaptic cluster is weakened less when using θ<sub>LTP</sub> (‘yellow’ synapses in Fig. 4B<sub>2</sub>), and more without θ<sub>LTP</sub> (‘yellow’ synapses in Figure 4—figure supplement 2B<sub>1</sub>). The increased weakening in the latter case is because the strengthened ‘strawberry’ synapses have reached w<sub>max</sub>, and contribute to spiking for the irrelevant pattern (‘yellow strawberry’). As a result, the weakened ‘yellow’ synapses have to decrease more so no spiking for the irrelevant pattern occurs. In effect, the increased strengthening in the ‘strawberry’ synapses drives increased weakening in the ‘yellow’ synapses. However, this is a result of the task structure, i. e. that the patterns share features, and not from the learning rule.

      The above is briefly explained in the Discussion in lines 778-786.

      (8) The last sentence in the discussion is a bold claim: SPN can completely solve NFBP alone. Is that statement too strong, or is it a sign of multiple different mechanisms implementing the same function (i.e., degeneracy)?

      The sentence was not meant to be a bold claim. It currently says:

      “This indicates that ... SPNs might completely solve the task ... Whether this is true will be explored in another study …”

      I have now toned this claim down, as the purpose was only to point to the new study that explores this question (using with 100+ SPN models, in two learning regimes and varying cluster location). Nevertheless, the preliminary results in the new study suggest that SPNs can indeed solve the NFBP (if the plateaus are all-or-none), so I agree that it is a sign of multiple mechanisms implementing the same function.

      Figures/Table:

      (1) Figure 2: The layout of the figure is confusing. B shows distributed input as in upper A, and C shows clustered input as in lower A. This should be illustrated better (e.g., as in Figure 3 or 4). The term cluster size is confusing as well because it also refers to the distributed inputs; better use the number of synapses here. The color choice is difficult, as similar colors are chosen for cluster size and for differentiating linear and nonlinear integration in D.

      Thank you for the detailed comments! The figure has been reworked accordingly.

      (2) Figure 4: C What are dashed lines?

      They indicate the upper threshold for LTP, θ<sub>LTP</sub>.Thank you for noticing this, it is now added in the figure caption, and in other figures where it was missing.

      (3) Figure 5 and Figure 6: B is missing.

      These figures have been reworked to match the revision of the text describing the role of metaplasticity in the shared synapses. Now, the FBP is described first, followed by the NFBP, so the figures have been merged with their figure supplements (where the FBP results used to be in the first version).

      (4) Figure 4 Supplement 1: What do the colors and regions mean in B3? Why show here and not for others?

      The main text in lines 311-312, 331-333, and 358-359 refers to these regions when explaining the dynamics of the calcium, the thresholds and the weights (e.g. the pink region shows that [Ca]<sub>L-type</sub> in the ‘strawberry’ synapses evoked by ‘yellow strawberry’ is much lower than the calcium threshold for ‘strawberry’, protecting these synapses from weakening). They are simply highlighted with different colors, so readers know precisely where to look when reading the main text. The figure caption has been updated to state this.

      Also, the figure caption says that the same regions exist in all panels, although they have not been highlighted. I could have chosen any panel to mark these regions, and I chose B<sub>3</sub> because it looked like it had the least visual clutter.

      (5) Table 1: Typo for LTD

      Now fixed.

      (6) Line 21: „thehsold"

      Now fixed.

      (7) Line 50: Closing parentheses missing.

      Now fixed.

      (5) Line 55: "All metaplasticity models so far have only one modifiable threshold". This is not true as it stands. Multiple sliding thresholds have been proposed before:

      - experimentally by Ngezahayo et al. (2000)

      - multiple pathways reviewed by Abraham (2008)

      - multiple structural LTP thresholds observed experimentally by Ueda et al. (2022)

      - models of synaptic states and cascade models can be considered to employ multiple thresholds (depending on state); e.g., Fusi et al. (2005)

      Thank you for providing these references! The sentence has been changed (it was supposed to refer only to computational models), and the studies have been added in the text where appropriate.

      Importantly, Fusi et al. (2005) is now being discussed throughout the text, as it contains important results and conclusions about metaplasticity which are used as comparison. (In the first version of the article I did not include it because I was not sure about the interpretation of the thresholds – strictly speaking there is only one plasticity threshold (q, determining whether a synapse will switch sign), while the other is a metaplasticity threshold (p, determining whether the synapse will change its metaplastic state). However, the precise number of thresholds is not as important, as the study’s results are relevant to compare with.)

      (9) Lines 117/118: Missing parentheses around reference.

      Fixed.

      (10) Line 140: "a small difference". I feel like "small" is a bit of an understatement here, as from what I can see, the differences are almost a magnitude -- see blue/black traces in Figure 2B4 vs. 2C4.

      Thank you for noticing this. It was meant to refer only to the amplitude of the somatic voltage when the cluster size is small (in Fig 2D<sub>1</sub>). The text has been clarified now.

      (11) I think it's unnecessary to rewrite Eq. 1 in Eq. 3.

      I decided to keep this.

      (12) Lines 181-183: It would probably still be useful to show that NFBP can't be solved by distributed inputs.

      It is now shown in Figure 4 – figure supplement 1, and briefly described in the text in lines 298300.

      (13) Line 210: Typo, double "(the"

      Fixed, thank you.

      (14) Lines 248-249: Typo, double partial sentence.

      Now fixed.

      (15) Line 760: The year in the „STDP rule endowed with the BCM sliding threshold accounts for hippocampal heterosynaptic plasticity" should be corrected to 2007. Also, all other references should be checked for mistakes and missing pages, etc. (see e.g., also line 882).

      Thank you for noticing this! The references have been checked.

      References

      Benuskova, L., Abraham, W.C. STDP rule endowed with the BCM sliding threshold accounts for hippocampal heterosynaptic plasticity. J Comput Neurosci 22, 129–133 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10827-006-0002-x

      Bernklau TW, Righetti B, Mehrke LS, Jacob SN. (2024) Striatal dopamine signals reflect perceived cue–action–outcome associations in mice. Nature Neuroscience 27(4):747–757. doi: 10.1038/

      Branco, T., Clark, B. A., & Häusser, M. (2010). Dendritic Discrimination of Temporal Input Sequences in Cortical Neurons. Science, 329(5999), 1671–1675. http://www.jstor.org.focus.lib.kth.se/stable/40803162

      Chalifoux JR, Carter AG (2011) Glutamate Spillover Promotes the Generation of NMDA Spikes. J. Neurosci. 31(45):16435–16446. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2777-11.2011

      Clopath, C., Büsing, L., Vasilaki, E. et al. Connectivity reflects coding: a model of voltage-based STDP with homeostasis. Nat Neurosci 13, 344–352 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.2479

      Dorman, D. B., Jędrzejewska-Szmek, J., Blackwell, K. T. (2018) Inhibition enhances spatiallyspecific calcium encoding of synaptic input patterns in a biologically constrained model. elife 7:e38588 https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.38588

      Du K., Wu Y., Lindroos R., Liu Y., Rózsa B., Katona G., Ding J.B., & Kotaleski J.H. (2017) Celltype–specific inhibition of the dendritic plateau potential in striatal spiny projection neurons, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 114 (36) E7612-E7621, https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1704893114.

      Gjorgjieva J., Clopath C., Audet J., & Pfister J. (2011) A triplet spike-timing–dependent plasticity model generalizes the Bienenstock–Cooper–Munro rule to higher-order spatiotemporal correlations, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 108 (48) 19383-19388, https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1105933108

      Gütig R., Aharonov R., Rotter S., Sompolinsky H (2003) Learning Input Correlations through Nonlinear Temporally Asymmetric Hebbian Plasticity. J. Neurosci. 23 (9) 3697-3714; DOI: 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.23-09-03697.2003

      Hedrick, N.G., Lu, Z., Bushong, E. et al. (2022) Learning binds new inputs into functional synaptic clusters via spinogenesis. Nat Neurosci 25, 726–737 . https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-022-01086-6

      Hwang F, Roth R, Wu Y et al. (2022) Motor learning selectively strengthens cortical and striatal synapses of motor engram neurons Neuron 110, 2790-2801.e5

      Jedlicka P, Benuskova L, Abraham WC. (2015) A Voltage-Based STDP Rule Combined with Fast BCM-Like Metaplasticity Accounts for LTP and Concurrent “Heterosynaptic” LTD in the Dentate Gyrus In Vivo. PLOS Comput Biol 11(11):1–24. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1004588

      Kirchner, J.H., Gjorgjieva, J. (2021) Emergence of local and global synaptic organization on cortical dendrites. Nat Commun 12, 4005. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-021-23557-3

      Lindroos R, Hellgren Kotaleski J (2021) Predicting complex spikes in striatal projection neurons of the direct pathway following neuromodulation by acetylcholine and dopamine. Eur J Neurosci. 53:2117–2134. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.14891

      Losonczy A, Magee J (2006) Integrative Properties of Radial Oblique Dendrites in Hippocampal CA1 Pyramidal Neurons. Neuron 50: 291-307

      Malarkey EB, Parpura V (2008) Mechanisms of glutamate release from astrocytes, Neurochemistry International 52(1–2): 142-154, doi: 10.1016/j.neuint.2007.06.005.

      Oikonomou KD, Short SM, Rich MT and Antic SD (2012) Extrasynaptic Glutamate Receptor Activation as Cellular Bases for Dynamic Range Compression in Pyramidal Neurons. Front. Physio. 3:334. doi: 10.3389/fphys.2012.00334

      Oikonomou KD, Singh MB, Sterjanaj EV and Antic SD (2014) Spiny neurons of amygdala, striatum, and cortex use dendritic plateau potentials to detect network UP states. Front. Cell. Neurosci. 8:292. doi: 10.3389/fncel.2014.00292

      Purves D, Augustine GJ, Fitzpatrick D, Hall WC, LaMantia AS, White LE, et al. (2018) Neuroscience. 6 ed. New York:Oxford University Press

      Rusakov DA, Stewart MG (2021) Synaptic environment and extrasynaptic glutamate signals: The quest continues, Neuropharmacology 195: 108688, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2021.108688

      Schiess M, Urbanczik R, Senn W (2016) Somato-dendritic Synaptic Plasticity and Errorbackpropagation in Active Dendrites. PLoS Comput Biol 12(2): e1004638. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1004638

      Suzuki, T., Kodama, S., Hoshino, C., Izumi, T. and Miyakawa, H. (2008), A plateau potential mediated by the activation of extrasynaptic NMDA receptors in rat hippocampal CA1 pyramidal neurons. European Journal of Neuroscience, 28: 521-534. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14609568.2008.06324.x

      Thura D, Cisek P. (2017) The Basal Ganglia Do Not Select Reach Targets but Control the Urgency of Commitment. Neuron 95(5):1160–1170.e5. doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2017.07.039)

      Tran-Van-Minh A, Cazé RD, Abrahamsson T, Cathala L, Gutkin BS and DiGregorio DA (2015) Contribution of sublinear and supralinear dendritic integration to neuronal computations. Front. Cell. Neurosci. 9:67. doi: 10.3389/fncel.2015.00067

      Trpevski D, Khodadadi Z, Carannante I and Hellgren Kotaleski J (2023) Glutamate spillover drives robust all-or-none dendritic plateau potentials—an in silico investigation using models of striatal projection neurons. Front. Cell. Neurosci. 17:1196182. doi: 10.3389/fncel.2023.1196182

      Urbanczik R, Senn W (2014) Learning by the Dendritic Prediction of Somatic Spiking. Neuron 81: 521-528

      Author response image 1.

      Plateau potentials (A1, B1) and their somatic amplitudes in dSPNs (A) and iSPNs (B) when the location of the synaptic cluster is varied. Distally evoked plateaus have a smaller somatic amplitude in both dSPNs and iSPNs, bust still exhibit a nonlinear jump in the somatic voltage. In (A2, B2) all 71 dSPN and 34 iSPN models were tested, color coded with respect to their excitability to a synaptic cluster of 10 synapses.

      Author response image 2.

      Two learning simulations on the NFBP where different metaplasticity rates for LTP and LTD were used. (Top) The metaplasticity rate for LTD is higher, stopping the LTD process prematurely (D1, D2), resulting in less weakening of the synapses (B1, B2) and spiking for one irrelevant pattern (A1). (Bottom) The metaplasticity rate for LTP is higher, preventing frequent synaptic strengthening(C1, C2). As a result, it takes a longer time for synapses to strengthen and trigger plateaus (B3, B4).

      Author response image 3.

      Learning on the NFBP with a nonlinear (quadratic) metaplasticity rule, which implements the BCM rule. (A) Somatic and dendritic voltage before and after learning. (B-D) Evolution of synaptic weights (B), LTP (C) nad LTD thresholds (D). Weights in (B) seem to stabilize around a high value once the LTP threshold reaches the maximal [Ca]NMDA; however, the value is too high and triggers plateau potentials for all patterns.

      Author response image 4.

      Learning to solve the NFBP in one dSPN and one iSPN model. (A, B) Schemes describing the requirements for cortico-striatal synaptic plasticity in dSPNs (A) and iSPNs (B). (C) Dopamine peaks are emitted from the midbrain after the relevant patterns, and dopamine pauses after the irrelevant patterns. (D) Stimulation protocol. (E, F) A single learning simulation in a dSPN (E) and an iSPN (F) model. Before learning the neurons spike to all patterns (due to additional feature-unspecific distributed inputs, shown with the third panels in E3, F3). After learning, the dSPN spikes only for the relevant patterns (E2) and the iSPN only for the irrelevant ones (F2). (E3, F3) The evolution of clustered and distributed synptic weights (In dendrite 1 of the iSPN, the synapses for 'red' experienced some strengtheneing after being weakened, but this does not seem to affect learning in this example.) The neurons in th enew study receive less background synaptic input than in the current article, and additional distributed synapses are needed along with a plateau for somatic spiking, making for a more challenging learning scenario.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors elegantly combined latent variable models (i.e., HMM, GPFA and dynamical system models) with a calcium imaging observation model (i.e., latent Poisson spiking and autoregressive calcium dynamics (AR)).

      Strengths:

      Integrating a calcium observation model into existing latent variable models improves significantly the inference of latent neural states compared to existing approaches such as spike deconvolution or Gaussian assumptions.

      The authors also provide an open-source access to their method for direct application to calcium imaging data analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      As acknowledged by the authors, their method is dependent on the quality of calcium trace extraction from fluorescence videos. It should be noted that this limitation applies to alternative strategies.

      While the contribution of this study should prove useful for researchers using calcium imaging, the novelty is limited, as it consists of an integration of the calcium imaging model from Ganmor et al. 2016 with existing LVM frameworks.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This compelling study proposes a framework to implement latent variable models using population level calcium imaging data. The study incorporates autoregressive dynamics and latent Poisson spiking to improve inference of latent states across different model classes including HMMs, Gaussian Process Factor Analysis and nonlinear dynamical systems models. This approach allows for a more seamless integration of existing methods typically used with spiking data to apply on calcium imaging data. The authors test the model on piriform cortex recordings as well as a biophysical simulator to validate their methods. This approach promises to have wide usability for neuroscientists using large population level calcium imaging.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study are the flexibility in the choice of models and relatively easy adaptation to user-specific use cases.

      Weaknesses:

      The weakness of the study lies in its limited validation of biological calcium imaging data. Calcium dynamics in a task-specific context in a sensory brain region might be very different from slower dynamics in a region of integration. The biophysical properties of the data would also be dependent on the SNR of the imaging platform and the generation of calcium indicator being used.

      Reviewers 1 and 2 correctly point out that our method depends on the quality of the upstream calcium trace extraction. As they noted, these traces can vary based on the specific indicator used, the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the recording, and the region of the brain being imaged (such as sensory vs. integrative areas). As Reviewer 1 rightly mentions, this is a universal challenge that applies to alternative strategies as well, rather than a limitation unique to our framework. To address these points, we have added a paragraph to our Discussion section.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      S. Keeley & collaborators propose a computational approach to infer time-varying latent variables directly from calcium traces (for instance, obtained with 2p imaging) without the need for deconvolving the traces into spike trains in a preliminary, independent step. Their approach rests on 1 of 3 families of latent models: GPFA, HMM and dynamical systems - which they augment with an observation model that maps latent variables to fluorescence traces. They validate their approach on simulated and real data, showing that the approach improves latent variable inference and model fitting, compared to more traditional approaches (although not directly compared with the 2-step one; see below). They provide a GitHub repository with code to fit their models (which I have not tested).

      Strengths:

      The approach is sound and well-motivated. The authors are specialists in latent variable models. The manuscript is succinct, well-written, and the figures are clear. I particularly liked the diversity of latent models considered, in particular latent models with continuous (GPFA) vs.

      discrete (HMM) dynamics, which are useful for characterizing different types of neural computations. The validation on both simulated and real data is convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      One advantage … is that one can inspect the quality of the deconvolution step independently from the latent variable inference step. For instance, if the inferred latent variables are not interpretable, how can one determine whether this is due to a poor choice of latent model (e.g., HMM with too few states), or a poor fit of the observation model (e.g., wrong parameters for the calcium dynamics)?

      We agree with the reviewer that integrating the calcium likelihood introduces additional parameters that require careful diagnostics. However, for the vast majority of imaging datasets, there is no simultaneous electrophysiology to verify the deconvolution step. If the final latent states are not interpretable, it remains impossible to determine whether the error originated in the initial spike inference from deconvolution or the subsequent model fitting.

      Our framework addresses this by maintaining the raw fluorescence as the fixed observation. We suggest for those using this model to employ cross-validation using this data to select model parameters. We outline how to do this below, but because the data itself does not change with each model fit, you can compare P(data | λ) across any model configuration. In contrast, different deconvolution methods change the data itself (the spiketimes) making comparison across models impossible.

      Could the authors comment on whether their approach allows for instance to compare different forms of latent models (e.g., HMM vs. GPFA) in terms of model evidence, cross-validated log-likelihood or other model comparison metrics?

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this. In short: yes. Because our framework integrates the calcium observation likelihood with various latent variable models, we can assess held-out prediction P(data | λ) irrespective of the specific latent structure.

      However, because fitting the LVM requires inferring the latent state z to determine the firing rate λ, proper cross-validation across models involves holding out both neurons and timepoints. A principled approach—which our framework supports—is as follows:

      (1) Train both the latent states z and the model parameters (e.g., the mapping from latent space to observations) on a training portion of the recording.

      (2) On a held-out test segment, withhold a subset of "test" neurons and infer the latent states using only the "held-in" neurons.

      (3) Calculate the likelihood of the observed fluorescence for the test neurons given the inferred rates.

      We clarify this procedure in the revised manuscript. While a comprehensive benchmarking across all possible LVM architectures is beyond the scope of this study, we provide the statistical infrastructure for users to perform such comparisons. Furthermore, we would like to emphasize that while predictive likelihood is a rigorous metric for model selection, the primary utility of these LVMs often lies in the interpretability of the latent states themselves, which can remain biologically informative even if cross-validated performance is not the sole optimization target.

      While it certainly makes sense that models accounting for the full transformation of latent => spikes => fluorescence data should outperform the two-step (1) deconvolution => (2) latent variance inference approach, the amount of improvement is not clear. A direct comparison … would be useful

      We thank the reviewer for this point. Figure 4 was designed to address this comparison directly. By using a biophysical simulator, we generated a pseudo-realistic spiking network with ground-truth latent trajectories governed by a Gaussian Process. This allowed us to explicitly compare our unified approach against the traditional deconvolution-then-Poisson-GPFA pipeline. While a first-order (AR1) calcium likelihood did not show improvement over the two-step deconvolution method in recovering the ground-truth latents, the second-order (AR2) process demonstrated an improvement. Because there are no ground-truth parameters in the model, we use the reconstruction error of the latent values as our primary metric for recovery. These results suggest that when the observation model sufficiently captures the underlying calcium kinetics, the unified approach offers a more accurate estimation of the neural state.

      It would be useful to discuss the possible extension of the approach to other types of data that … have different observation models.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that the general framing of the likelihood has potential use in a wider range of data modalities.

      Specifically, all sensors (aside from some voltage sensors) have a rise and decay time in line with our model. Thus the autoregressive (AR) nature of the calcium likelihood we utilize makes the current implementation particularly well-suited for a broad range of fluorescence-based sensors with similar temporal profiles. The specific use and extension would depend heavily on the biological target of the sensor. For example Glutamate, dopamine, and similar indicators can be thought of as having a similar underlying Poisson firing model, as the release of these products is tied to neural firing. Other sensors that might relate to other biological processes, such as hemodynamics (via imaging or ultrasound) or broader neuromodulation (Norepinephrine imaging with nLight) might be more continually varying and therefore would require changing the Poisson with an appropriate alternative, for example a Gaussian Process or similar.

      Voltage imaging is the one exception that may require more complex observation models. However, the challenge in voltage imaging is not the ability to identify individual spikes, but more that the speed and scope of imaging is inherently limited by the speed of the voltage process and signal-to-noise ratios induced by the low quantum efficiency and membrane-bound nature of these indicators. If imaged well, single spikes would be clearly visible and the two-stage likelihood would not be necessary—one could simply use the spike times in a Poisson model just as with electrophysiology. We have added a paragraph in the discussion highlighting these points.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this work, Frey and colleagues have carried out a very large study of α-synuclein polymorphism as a function of aggregation conditions and sample preparation. They provide valuable insight into the many critical factors affecting α-synuclein polymorphism, thereby illuminating the need for detailed reporting in the literature as well as both rigorous and detail-oriented protocols when working with this protein. Indeed, their observations are in line with the difficulties of reproducing structural outcomes across different laboratories and experiments. The authors must be complemented on their openness about the difficulties experienced and the thoroughness of their work. Efforts like these are going to be crucial to achieve an understanding of the unparalleled structural plasticity of α-synuclein amyloid fibrils. It is particularly notable that the authors have managed to optimize protocols to form single-polymorph aggregation reactions with high reproducibility.

      In this work, the authors focus on the influence of α-synuclein purity in aggregation reactions. They find that using reverse-phase HPLC to purify the protein significantly alters the aggregation behaviour. It is interesting, and rather uncommon in the field, to use reverse-phase HPLC as a final purification step, rather than SEC, which is commonly used in many laboratories. It would be useful to compare this new protocol even more directly and extensively with the commonly used SEC protocol. When mentioning their previously published work, it should be mentioned explicitly how the protein was purified in these previous studies.

      On the point of protein purification, the authors lyophilize their protein prior to storage. In their work, they also find that pre-aggregation oligomer formation alters the aggregation pathway of α-synuclein. While they demonstrate that this can be solved by appropriate filtration, it should be discussed why the lyphilizaiton step was not reconsidered/omitted given that this process is known to facilitate oligomer formation. Do the authors have experience with aggregation studies using α-synuclein that has not undergone lyophilisation and are able to comment on the influence of this step in the protocol?

      We will include details in our revised version on how samples were prepared in our previously published work. However we do not plan to do a comparison between SEC and HPLC as final purification steps because these are truly orthogonal separation methods. SEC is the gold standard for oligomer removal but not particularly useful for removing degradation products of similar size (which we believe to affect aggregation outcomes). In our hands, the highest purity and reproducibility come from HPLC-purified material followed by a stringent oligomer removal. Because oligomers in the solubilized sample are a concern, SEC as a final post-solubilization/pre-aggregation step might be ideal. However, as we mentioned in the manuscript, SEC dilutes the sample to the point that much of the sample is too dilute for our purposes (aggregation without seeds) and adding an additional concentration step would risk promoting the formation of new oligomers in the concentration device. That is why we resorted to using a 100 kD MWCO filter to remove oligomeric species.

      We considered skipping the lyophilization step and dialyzing the HPLC-purified sample into the buffer of choice but stuck with lyophilization because it provides an easy control over the protein concentration in the solubilized sample.

      To clarify the logic in this choice of sample preparation steps, we will add a section to the revised manuscript listing/explaining our suggested protocols for preparing alpha-synuclein samples for reproducible aggregation experiments.

      The authors make note of several degradation products affecting their aggregation reactions, which is why they employ a much more thorough purification protocol. However, they also point out that some of the degradation products found at the end of their reaction could form during the reaction itself. Unfortunately, they never investigate this further. In particular, it would be very useful to know if different aggregation conditions (pH, salt, agitation) lead to different and characteristic degradation patterns. HPLS/mass spec of the supernatant at the end of each aggregation reaction would have been a very insightful thing to do.

      In retrospect, we agree that this could have been important from the standpoint of understanding how in situ degradation during the aggregation at 37º C could also play a role in polymorph selection. We have begun to save frozen aliquots of our aggregation samples for subsequent MS analyses of the interesting samples in order to be able to address this in the future. However, it was outside the scope of our original search for the PD polymorph.

      With respect to degradation products, in this work a NΔ4-variant is produced to mimic a disease-relevant degradation product and indeed it is found to alter the structural outcome even at low relative concentrations (5%). Have the authors investigated the minimal fraction of the NΔ4 variant necessary to still influence the structural outcome of the predominant WT protein? This type of analysis could have significant relevance to disease-related analysis, where several variants (truncations and PTM variants) are present in trace amounts.

      We did not try lower than 5% because it was our goal to test if impurities at this level (which usually go undetected) could influence the aggregation outcomes. We think that directly relating the precise impurity level in these in vitro experiments to in vivo aggregation would be difficult due to the many factors we do not yet understand that appear to guide in vivo polymorph selection.

      While on this topic, the authors note that in several of their type 5 fibrils, they find unresolved peptide fragments in their cryo-EM structures. Can the authors speculate if these fragments are indeed peptide degradation products or residues wrapping around the fibril originating from the fibril-incorporated protein?

      We will add this speculation to the revised manuscript. The unassigned peptide density most likely originates from the C-terminal residues of the intact chains rather than from a degradation product. The levels of degradation products observed by MS in our other samples were far too low to account for the amount of peptide that would be required for >50% of the fibrils in sample 23 to contain this extra density. Furthermore, in the 5A polymorph the extra peptide density is sometimes present (e.g. sample 52) and sometimes absent (e.g. sample 3), despite the fact that in both samples the coexisting type 5 polymorphs (5m and 5B, respectively) have the peptide bound. Therefore, it appears that subtle differences between 5A polymorphs determine the presence or absence of this density, whereas for 5m and 5B it is consistently present.

      In this work, the authors have performed an extensive study of α-synuclein polymorphism. However, despite generating what is likely the largest single data set of fibril structures, they perform very little quantitative analysis of their data. It would be interesting to analyse the relative abundance of fibril polymorphs produced in each reaction. Perhaps from the particle-picking data it could be estimated the relative abundance of each polymorph as well as non-resolved fibrils to generate a more nuanced view of polymorphism beyond overall classifications of the resolved structures. Indeed, from such data it could also be studied if certain protofilaments are more prone to pair in asymmetric fibril structures over others or if fibril asymmetry can be attributed to random pairing of protofilaments in accord with their abundance. This latter point is particularly interesting for the type 1 fibrils. Perhaps, the propensity of α-synuclein to form specific symmetries could also be estimated.

      We agree that Cryo-EM datasets contain considerable information that could potentially be used to better understand polymorph populations. We have previously used particle counts as an approximate measure of polymorph abundance; however, the biases introduced during particle picking and subsequent curation are substantial, and we therefore do not consider these counts sufficiently reliable for quantitative comparison of polymorph populations.

      Regarding the symmetry of paired filaments, it is clear that the overwhelming preference of all filaments is to pair as symmetric dimers. Among the in vitro polymorphs, type 1 is the most commonly observed to form an asymmetric dimer, either with itself or with the new type 7. However, the number of observations is too small to establish that this represents a statistically meaningful preference. Types 2 and 3 have also been observed to pair in asymmetric fibrils. Overall, we do not think that our dataset is large enough to add statistical weight to previous observations.

      The authors note that pH is a strong factor in determining polymorph selection. This does indeed appear to be the case, but other parameters do not appear to show any clear trend. Have the authors investigated the influence of aggregation parameters (agitation, duration) on structural outcomes systematically or quantitatively, such as with principal component analysis? Indeed, they also find that some fibril types that otherwise are not compatible at the same pH appear to co-exist when the shaking parameter is modified. Are the authors then confident in the claim that pH is a deterministic parameter?

      We did not systematically vary the agitation but in two cases where it was either intentionally or accidentally varied, we found surprising polymorph outcomes. We felt that these observations were worth reporting, but on their own they do not constitute a thorough study. We would rather conclude that pH is a strong selector and can be deterministic under certain conditions: pure sample, no seeds, continuous or intermittent moderate agitation. We will revise the manuscript to make this clearer.

      It is evident from this and other work that amyloid aggregation is highly sensitive to kinetic effects. It is therefore curious that the effect of protein concentration and reaction time has not been systematically investigated. The authors have some data studying dilution series (Figure 6A) and different reaction times (reaction 56&57). Could the authors comment on the effects of these two parameters, and might there be more information touching upon this that could be highlighted in this work?

      We did not collect sufficient data to draw conclusions about the effects of protein concentration or aggregation time, and therefore do not think that a quantitative analysis of these parameters is justified by the present dataset.

      The authors state that this work likely underreports fibril polymorphisms in samples due to population size or data quality challenges. Could the authors, based on their extensive experience, try to quantify this statement?

      Precise quantification would be difficult. The literature has many mentions of amyloids that could not be solved by Cryo-EM due to a lack of twist. In our hands it is very common to have a small subset of non-twisted filaments in a sample and some samples appear to be exclusively non-twisted. Low-abundance or low-quality fibrils are also rather common in our data but also difficult to quantify. Nevertheless, we agree that it would be useful to place a lower bound on this estimate, and we will re-examine our datasets to determine whether this can be quantified in the revised manuscript.

      Additionally, the authors point out that the current framework for classifying α-synuclein fibril polymorphism is not sufficient to describe the real complexity of this protein system. However, they do not seem to address some of the recent literature aiming to solve such issues (see Scheres 2026, Connor et al. 2025, Milchberg et al. 2025 & Price et al. 2025).

      We agree that we should have discussed this literature in greater detail and will do so in the revised manuscript.

      Was any biophysical/biochemical analysis performed of the many structures produced here, such as CD spectroscopy, Proteinase K digestion, dye binding or FTIR, which could act as low-resolution structure identifiers and might help to retrospectively explain some findings in the older literature? Such data would be very useful for the vast majority of researchers, who do not have access to cryo-EM.

      We did not perform these analyses precisely because they are low resolution. Retrospectively, such analyses might have been useful for interpreting past data, but most of these methods (particularly Proteinase K resistance) are difficult to compare between laboratories and work best with side-by-side controls. This is why developing a facile method for polymorph identification is one of our main future research goals.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes insights gained during efforts to reproduce disease-relevant alpha-Synuclein (aSyn) fibrils using recombinant protein in vitro. It follows up on a similar article from this team published in 2024. Although the authors have not been able to produce fibrils with the structure of ex vivo fibrils isolated from patients, they share insights gained into which factors influence the formation of specific fibril polymorphs.

      Strengths:

      This is quite an unusual manuscript because it goes into minute detail about sample preparation that are usual just mentioned in the Materials and Methods sections of other manuscripts (if at all). This makes it very valuable for the scientific community working on exactly the problem of reproducing disease-relevant aSyn fibrils in vitro (which will be a major breakthrough in the field). The authors present an impressive array of cryo-EM fibril structures, some of which have not been described before.

      Weaknesses:

      A major concern with the manuscript is that its story and messaging are a bit murky. The authors describe a few new polymorphs, show that some polymorphs (type 1) have small variations, show that sample purity and fragmentation will influence polymorph formation, and present a helical-symmetry mystery. This all reads like a loose collection of findings without any major takeaway. Looking at Table 1, it still seems that the authors do not have a good control over any of these polymorphs. Are they able to make any of these polymorphs reliably? I think the impact of this work could be strengthened if it ended with a reliable protocol for the production of any of the polymorphs described.

      It is true that the initial results were a collection of findings compiled while searching for the PD polymorph. However, the trends that we saw in these data inspired us to pursue a more systematic approach which was used to show how impurities play a crucial role in polymorph selection even at low levels. We agree that the impact of the work will be enhanced by summarizing the protocols that can be used to obtain the types 1, 2, 3 and 5 polymorphs and will add this to the revised manuscript.

      A second major concern is the quality of the aggregation kinetics and their interpretation. Are these kinetics just done once per concentration? The figure caption talks about 'three independent samples' but it is unclear if this refers to the three different concentrations or NΔ4 percentages used, or true repetitions. Looking at the curves themselves, it seems that only one of the conditions was actually done in triplicate, which should be the minimum to draw conclusions. Further, it would have been helpful to characterize the kinetic data quantitatively. Finally, because there are only kinetic data for a fraction of the conditions tested, it is not clear what they add to the overall manuscript. My recommendation is to either remove the kinetics from the manuscript or substantially expand this section.

      In Figure 6A, the three curves represent three independent samples; in panels B–D, each curve similarly represents one independent sample. We will try to clear up the ambiguity in the revised version. We agree that the kinetic data have limited utility for determining kinetic parameters of the aggregation. The data were collected primarily to determine when the aggregation reactions were complete so that samples could be prepared for cryo-EM. Nevertheless, we think that the kinetic traces provide two qualitative observations that are relevant to the structural results: 1) In panels A and C of figure 6, the type 5 polymorphs are associated with shorter lag times, suggesting that they either nucleate faster, or as we propose, arise from a small amount of oligomeric protein in the original sample. 2) The longer lag phase associated with the NΔ4 construct was reproducible (panels B, C and D), suggesting that its intramolecular self-chaperoning effect is enhanced due to the increased positive charge in its N-terminal region. Future studies will determine whether this same electrostatic change also gives rise to enhanced secondary nucleation.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      From a big picture viewpoint, this work aims to provide a method to fit parameters of reduced models for neural dynamics so that the resulting tuned model has a bifurcation diagram that matches that of a more complex, computationally expensive model. The matching of bifurcation diagrams ensures that the model dynamics agree on a region of parameter space, rather than just at specially tuned values, and that the models share properties such as qualitative features of their phase response curves, as the authors demonstrate. A notable point is the inclusion of extracellular potassium concentration dynamics into the reduced model - here, the quadratic integrate-and-fire model; this is straightforward but nonetheless useful for studying certain phenomena.

      Strengths:

      The paper demonstrates the method specifically on the fitting of the quadratic integrateand-fire model, with potassium concentration dynamics included, to the Wang-Buzsaki model extended to include the potassium component. The method works very well overall in this instance. The resulting model is thoroughly compared with the original, in terms of bifurcation diagrams, production of various activity patterns, phase response curves, and associated phase-locking and synchronization properties.

      Weaknesses:

      It is important to note that the proposed method requires that a target bifurcation diagram be known. In practical terms, this means that the method may be well suited to fitting a reduced model to another, more complicated model, but is not likely to be useful for fitting the model to data. Certainly, the authors did not illustrate any such application. Secondly, the authors do not provide any sort of general algorithm but rather give a demonstration of a single example of fitting one specific reduced model to one specific conductance-based model.

      We thank the reviewer for this critical assessment. It is true that we demonstrate our approach using as target the bifurcation diagram of a more realistic model. In principle, the method would be applicable to experimental systems if parameter space is sampled under appropriate experimental conditions, e.g., by recording at different extracellular potassium concentrations. However, this is challenging: generating reliable” experimental bifurcation diagrams” would require tightly controlled experimental repetitions under various conditions, particularly for reconstructing two-dimensional bifurcation diagrams. We hope that this work encourages the development of such methods. We have added a discussion of this point; see the paragraph starting at line 549.

      We have also included a general algorithm (Table I) and provide a second example illustrating the procedure (Supplementary Fig. S2).

      Finally, the main idea of the paper seems to me to be a natural descendant of the chain of reasoning, starting from Rinzel - continuing through Bertram; Golubitsky/Kaper/Josic; Izhikevich; and others - that a fundamental way to think about neuronal models, especially those involving bursting dynamics, is in terms of their bifurcation structure. According to this line of reasoning, two models are “the same” if they have the same bifurcation structure. Thus, it becomes natural to fit a reduced model to a more complicated model based on the bifurcation structure. The authors deserve credit for recognizing and implementing this step, and their work may be a useful example to the community. But the manuscript should have described and cited this chain of works to put the current study in the correct context.

      We have added a paragraph in the Discussion section (starting at line 517) to better situate the manuscript within the relevant literature and to explicitly acknowledge the chain of work.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please see my public review. In line with my comments, I recommend that the authors either (a) provide a general algorithm for fitting at least a class of reduced models (i.e., those that satisfy some general assumptions) to a class of bifurcation diagrams, or (b) provide at least one more example of implementing their method. Step (b) would not need to be done to the same degree of thoroughness as the example they provided (e.g., the PRCs and synchrony need not be considered), but to me, this step would be very important if (a) is impractical. Otherwise, the paper should probably be rewritten to de-emphasize the message that this is a general method; instead, this should be a paper about specifically fitting the QIF (with potassium dynamics) to the Wang-Buzsaki model (with potassium dynamics).

      We provide a general algorithm for deriving a quadratic integrate-and-fire model with dependence on a biophysical parameter by fitting the bifurcation structure of a given class I conductance based neuron model near an SNL bifurcation induced by this parameter; see Table I.

      In addition, we provide a second example of the reduction procedure: motivated by Hesse et al. (Nature Communications, 10.1038/s41467-022-31195-6, 2022), we derive a QIF model that captures dependence on temperature instead of potassium concentration; see Supplementary Fig. S2.

      Not surprisingly, I also think it’s essential that the authors describe and cite the chain of works on thinking of neuronal models in equivalence classes based on bifurcation diagrams, and make clear that this paper builds on the ideas set forth in that chain.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. As mentioned above, we have added a paragraph in the Discussion section, starting at line 517, to acknowledge this chain of work.

      Also, the authors should make clear that their method is not one for fitting a model directly to data, which will require rewriting at least the first paragraph of their Discussion section.

      We thank the reviewer for helping us make our manuscript clearer. To avoid confusion, we have clarified this point already in the Introduction (see lines 52-57) and have included a new paragraph in the Discussion (starting at line 549).

      Other specific corrections are:

      (1) Typos should be fixed, as the paper has several. The first line of the abstract has one (“concentrations” → “concentration”), for starters. “Original model” on pg. 3 is missing “be” in “can defined”. “ceases” → “cease” on pg. 13. “nerons” → “neurons” on pg. 19. “standart” → “standard” pg. 24.

      Done. Additional typos were also corrected.

      (2) The abstract mentions “consequences in networks” in its second sentence. This is misleading because studying network dynamics is not at all the main emphasis of the paper, but rather a corollary application of the main ideas, so some restructuring of the abstract is needed. Similarly, the final abstract sentence overstates somewhat what was done with studying synchronization and should be rewritten more precisely.

      We have restructured the abstract accordingly.

      (3) For readers who are interested in the ideas here but not familiar with the QIF model, it will be very difficult to follow the first paragraph of Results. Elementary aspects of QIF dynamics should be explained here (e.g., what is the saddle-node bifurcation), and a basic figure panel about this should be included in Figure 1.

      We added a supplementary figure (Figure S1) adapted from Izhikevich for readers who might not be familiar with the QIF model.

      (4) Bottom lines of page 3 should be reworded to make clear that the slow variables are averaged over each member of a family of fast subsystem limit cycles. Also, “one limit action potential cycle” is an awkward phrase.

      We rephrased this sentence (see paragraph starting at line 140).

      (5) Text under system (1) – why isn’t c mentioned? Also, references to Figure 3 should be to Figure 2 here. And authors should state what they mean by “target model” and be clear about whether it includes potassium dynamics and/or pump current.

      c scales the parabola corresponding to the branch of fixed points, given by c(I<sub>app</sub> − I<sub>SN,0</sub> − I<sub>pump</sub>) = −a(ν − ν<sub>SN</sub>)<sup>2</sup>. Consequently, it also affects the position of the homoclinic bifurcation: In the previous version of the manuscript, c was inadvertently omitted from the expression for the branch of fixed points; this has now been corrected. See paragraph starting at line 154.

      Figure references have been corrected.

      By target model, we mean the conductance-based model that includes potassium dynamics and a pump current, in our case System 4. We clarified this point at the beginning of the Results section (see paragraph starting at line 116). Throughout the manuscript, we now explicitly indicate when we refer only to its fast subsystem and whether the pump current is included. In particular, note that the parameter derivation shown in Figure 4 is performed on the fast subsystem of the target model, in the absence of the pump current. I<sub>pump</sub> can be considered as a potassium-dependent contribution to the applied current, and can be added a posteriori to the QIF model. See paragraph starting at line 162.

      (6) Next par: is the “saddle-node bifurcation” that with I<sub>app</sub> as bifurcation parameter? Please clarify.

      Yes, it is the saddle-node bifurcation with I<sub>app</sub> as bifurcation parameter. We have clarified this in the manuscript; see the paragraph starting at line 170.

      (7) Bottom pg. 5: does “beyond” mean above? below?

      We meant above (larger values of ). In the text, we have replaced “beyond” with “larger than”. See paragraph starting at line 178.

      (8) Formula for v<sub>r</sub> at top of page 6: Please specify what formula for I<sub>pump</sub> is being used here.

      The formula for I<sub>pump</sub> is given in Eq. 5d. We are using the same formula throughout the paper.

      Note that to clarify the reduction procedure, we derive QIF parameters to match the bifurcation diagram with respect to the applied current of the fast subsystem of the target model when I<sub>pump</sub> = 0. Reintroducing I<sub>pump</sub> produces the same horizontal shift in this bifurcation diagram for both the QIF and Wang–Buzsáki versions.

      We have restructured the paragraph starting at line 178 to clarify these aspects.

      (9) Three lines below this: I don’t understand what “matching...is appreciable” and “in the continuity of...” mean. Please revise and also explain why a closer matching of v<sub>r</sub> to the min voltages in Figure 4d was not used, and exactly how the v<sub>r</sub> that is shown was chosen.

      With “matching...is appreciable”, we meant that values assigned to v<sub>r</sub> should be close to the minimum voltage values reached during spiking. With ”in the continuity of...”, we meant that when .(SNIC case), we choose v<sub>r</sub> by extrapolating the linear fit performed on the values of v<sub>r</sub> assigned when , (homoclinic case).

      When , v<sub>r</sub> was chosen so that the homoclinic bifurcation occurs at the same value of applied current as in the fast subsystem of the target model. This is explained in the paragraph starting at line 178 (see Eq. 2). This criterion also allows the minimum voltage values reached during spiking to be captured reasonably well (compare the green dotted line and the purple solid line in panel e of Figure 4).

      We have rewritten the paragraph starting at line 186 to clarify these aspects.

      (10) Bottom page 6 - reference to Figure 3e should be 4e. Also, the text mentions the shrinkage of spike amplitude, but the figure shows that vth increases over most of the K+ range before decreasing, so a correction is needed.

      We corrected the figure reference.

      The maximal voltage of the limit cycles of the target model’s fast subsystem (upper purple curve in Figure 4e) increases slightly between and , by less than 1mV. It then decreases by about 27mV before the fold of limit cycles. The sigmoidal function vth () allows us to capture this substantial decrease in the QIF model. The small preceding increase is not captured. We reformulated the text to avoid confusion (see paragraph starting at line 209).

      (11) Figure 4d: Why is E<sub>K</sub> plotted here? It should be mentioned in the caption and text. More generally, the caption for Figure 4e should be expanded to mention what the purple curves are, what is the black curve for K < K<sub>SNL</sub>, and what the other structures shown are. Finally, the text describes that theSNIC/SNL/Hom is determined by the choice of v<sub>r</sub> relative to v<sub>SN</sub>, so it’s not clear what is I<sub>app,SNL</sub> in the caption - please clarify.

      In conductance-based models, higher weakens the potassium concentration gradient, thereby raising E<sub>K</sub>. The sodium and potassium reversal potentials typically bound voltage oscillations during spiking (see for example Chander and Chakravarthy, PLOS ONE, 10.1371/journal.pone.0048802, 2012), so the minimum voltage of spikes is expected to be higher when is larger. We plotted E<sub>K</sub> in Figure 4d to show that the increase of the reset voltage v<sub>r</sub> at larger reflects this effect in the QIF version of the model. We clarified this in the caption of Figure 4 and in the text (see paragraph starting at line 199).

      Purple curves show families of limit cycles, while black curves, including the one for , show families of fixed points. The green curve shows the linear fit of v<sub>r</sub> from panel d. All these have now been included in the legend.

      In the QIF model, the onset bifurcation (SNIC, SNL, or homoclinic) is indeed determined by the choice of v<sub>r</sub> relative to v<sub>SN</sub>. Figure 4e shows the bifurcation diagram of the fast subsystem of the conductance-based model (Wang-Buzsáki). This is a bifurcation diagram with respect to , for a fixed value of applied current. We chose to fix I<sub>app</sub> at its value at the SNL bifurcation, denoted I<sub>app,SNL</sub>. I<sub>app,SNL</sub> is near 0.22 (see Figure 3a).

      (12) Eqn. (2a): Shouldn’t v<sub>SN</sub> depend on potassium like I<sub>SN</sub> and I<sub>pump</sub> do? What is the formula for Ipump there? Why isn’t the RHS of (2b) dependent on v as in the original model? Please clarify.

      For simplicity, we did not include a potassium dependence for v<sub>SN</sub> in the QIF model. Instead, we set it to its value at the SNL bifurcation (Figure 4b). This is explained in the paragraph starting at line 199: “We notice that v<sub>SN</sub> and the normal form coefficient a are relatively conserved in this interval. We fix them to their value at [K<sup>+</sup>]<sub>o,SNL</sub>.”

      The formula for I<sub>pump</sub> is given in Eq. 5d. The potassium dynamics depends on the voltage via the reset rule in Eq. 3d. This allows us to capture the small increments in at each action potential in the original model (see for example Figure 6c,h). We have clarified these two points in the manuscript (see paragraph starting at line 223).

      (13) Figure 3: Please indicate the criticality of the Hopf bifurcations shown.

      The legend of Fig. 3 now indicates that the Hopf bifurcations are subcritical. The same clarification has been added to the following figures as well.

      (14) Bottom pg. 9: Why isn’t there an I<sub>pump</sub> term as in eqn. (6a)? Please clarify. 

      You are correct, the I<sub>pump</sub> term should be included in the equation for the averaged slow subsystem of the QIF model (see paragraph starting at line 243); it was accidentally omitted in the manuscript. Thank you for pointing this out.

      (15) Top pg. 11: It’s important to reference the slow averaged dynamics here, which allows K+ to increase. Also, this first paragraph should already explain that this averaged dynamics is only relevant along the family of FS periodic orbits, not during the recovery when the FS has a branch of stable equilibria.

      The averaged slow subsystem is indeed only relevant along families of limit cycles of the fast subsystem. Along families of equilibria, averaging is not necessary and the standard slow subsystem can be used. We now explicitly define this standard slow subsystem for both Wang-Buzsáki and the QIF model (see paragraphs starting at lines 241 and 628). In panels e and j of Figure 6, both systems are now represented.

      In the paragraph starting at line 273, we now refer to the averaged slow subsystem to explain the overall increase of during bursts (purple curves in Fig. 6e,j), and to the standard slow subsystem to explain the decrease of during quiescent phases (black curves).

      (16) Pg. 11, par 3: This is unnecessarily confusing. Please try to reword and clarify this paragraph.

      We have simplified this paragraph (starting at line 293). The key point is that the reduction to the averaged slow subsystem is not valid too close to the homoclinic bifurcation.

      (17) Pg. 13, end of Scenario 2: Is there any evidence this is a canard effect and not a noise effect? If so, please mention the evidence; otherwise, perhaps take this out.

      What happens there appears to be a noise-induced canard effect: in the beginning of the burst, the system follows a family of stable limit cycles of the fast subsystem, i.e. a stable object. However, at some point, noise induces a transition to a portion of trajectory where the system evolves near the saddle branch, i.e. a repelling object, for a substantial amount of time. Such phenomena have been thoroughly investigated in the literature, and can also be obtained in a deterministic way; see for example Marin et al. (Physical Review E 90, 042718, 2014). Bursting traces similar to the one in Figure 7c are observed experimentally (see, for example, Figure 4c of Marin et al.), which is why we considered it worth mentioning. We have revised the paragraph starting at line 332 to clarify this point.

      (18) I only see 4 curves in Figure 9a,c, but the legend has 5. Are two on top of each other? Please clarify.

      Yes, the curve for = 7.21mM lies beneath the curve for = 5.21mM. This has been clarified in the figure caption.

      (19) Text should note that the QIF iPRC does not develop a negative region at high K+ and high phase, as WB iPRC does.

      We have updated the paragraph starting at line 409 to mention this.

      (20) Pg. 16, line 4: “at the network scale” is cryptic - a more precise phrase would be preferable.

      We have reformulated the sentence to clarify its meaning (see paragraph starting at line 380).

      (21) Pg. 16, line 9: Reordering of words could make this clearer.

      Done (see paragraph starting at line 385).

      (22) Pg. 16: I am confused by line 14 because the big changes in the iPRC in Figure 9c do not align with the spike phase in Figure 9d. Please clarify what is meant here.

      In the QIF model, at a given phase, the iPRC is the inverse of the slope of the voltage trace as a function of phase. Flatter slopes in Figure 9d therefore correspond to larger iPRC values in Figure 9c. This is illustrated in Figure S5. We have revised the paragraph starting at line 393 to make this point clearer.

      (23) Pg. 16: Please clarify what is meant by a “delta synapse”.

      By “delta synapse,” we meant a configuration in which each spike induces an instantaneous voltage jump in the postsynaptic neuron, modeled using the Dirac delta distribution. We have replaced the term “delta synapse” with “pulse-coupled,” which is more commonly used in the literature, and have added a clarification at its first occurrence in the manuscript.

      (24) Discussion, line 2: Delete comma.

      Done.

      (25) Importantly, as noted above, the first par. needs to be rewritten since the presented method won’t work directly from data or from a target model for which most of the parameters, and hence the bifurcation diagram, are not known.

      As mentioned above, we have included a new paragraph in the Discussion, starting at line 549, to clarify this point.

      (26) Pg. 18: ”Originally” → ”Typically”, perhaps?

      Done.

      (27) Note the work of Marder et al. on temperature-related neural variability.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have added two relevant references from the work of Marder and colleagues addressing temperature-dependent neural variability and ionic concentrations in our manuscript (see the sentence starting on line 537).

      (28) Pg. 20: Cut the ”Potassium dynamics and network models” subsection since it does not add anything substantive as written (or else expand it and include it in the subsection below).

      We have expanded this paragraph and incorporated it into the subsequent subsection, as suggested by the reviewer.

      (29) Finally, it’s a bit confusing that the authors refer to the potassium concentration as a slow variable yet have an instantaneous jump in this quantity at reset in their QIF model (i.e., instantaneous is VERY fast). Some explanation about this should be provided. Do they make the general assumption that ∆<sub>K</sub> is small, for example, such that this reset reflects the slow nature of K+ evolution (i.e., during the reset period, K+ would only change slowly, and hence by a small amount)?

      Yes, ∆<sub>K</sub> is chosen to be small, to capture the behavior of the original model (compare for example panels c and h of Figure 6). As a result, in the QIF model, in the same way as in the original model, despite the fact that the dynamics of includes a fast component, on average evolves slowly. By using the averaging method, we can determine whether overall increases or decreases.

      We clarified this in the manuscript, in the paragraph starting at line 243.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors derive an integrate-and-fire model to describe the dynamics of a more complex Wang-Buzsaki model and compare the two models. A detailed discussion of bifurcation schemes in both models is convincing and allows us to evaluate the simpler model.

      Strengths:

      The idea is interesting, and the mathematical approach appears to be convincing. In addition, differences between the simple and original models are also discussed.

      Weaknesses:

      A comparison to experimental data is necessary to support the theoretical work.

      As mentioned above in our answer to Reviewer 1, we demonstrate our method using as target the bifurcation diagram of a more realistic neuron model. Ideally, one would want to derive phenomenological models that capture bifurcation structures obtained from data. However, this is challenging and beyond the scope of the present study. We hope that this work encourages the development of such methods. We have revised the Introduction (see lines 52-57) and added a paragraph in the Discussion (see the paragraph starting at line 549) addressing this point.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript is well-structured; however, it appears that it has been edited with less care. Please see comments below:

      (1) Page 2: “A third bifurcation, the saddle-homoclinic orbit (HOM) bifurcation,”: provide a reference for the bifurcation.

      We have added a reference to the book by Izhikevich (see paragraph starting at line 63).

      We have added additional references in the Introduction that we considered helpful.

      (2) Page 3: “while a larger concentrations it is mediated by...”: remove “it”.

      There was indeed a typo in this sentence. The intended phrasing is: “while at larger concentrations it is mediated by...”. We have corrected it accordingly (paragraph starting at line 134).

      (3) Figure 2, caption: “dashed lines for unstable branches”: this is a dotted line.

      Corrected to “dotted lines”. Thank you.

      (4) Page 4: “is smaller than vSN (Fig. 3c),”: this figure panel does not exist, as well as the Fig.3d referred to afterwards. Please correct.

      We intended to refer to Fig. 2. Figure references have been corrected. See paragraph starting at line 154.

      (5) Page 6: “Fig. 3a-d shows ISN,0, vSN and a for [K]+o between 4 and 16 mM”: Fig.3c+d do not exist, please correct. Similar comment to “the absence of pump (Fig. 3e).” on the same page.

      We intended to refer to Fig. 4. Figure references have been corrected (paragraphs starting at lines 199 and 209).

      (6) Page 8: “(panel A)” → ”panel (a)”.

      Done.

      (7) Figure 4e: What is the meaning of the green dotted curve?

      This curve represents the linear fit of the reset voltage v<sub>r</sub> from panel d of Fig. 4, to show that the minimal voltage values of the limit cycles are also well captured. We have added this curve to the legend and included a brief explanation in the figure caption.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study investigates how experimentally introducing two facultative bacterial endosymbionts into the Russian wheat aphid, Diuraphis noxia, affects aphid performance, dispersal, and damage to cereal host plants. The authors provide solid evidence that the two symbionts can generate contrasting phenotypes: Rickettsiella increases plant damage while reducing wing formation and dispersal, whereas Regiella reduces aphid population growth and feeding damage. The successful establishment and stable transmission of these novel symbiont-host associations, combined with experiments spanning individual, whole-plant, population and mesocosm scales, are notable strengths of the work; however, the mechanisms underlying these effects remain unresolved, evidence for horizontal transmission is indirect, and some population-level conclusions rely on relatively small sample sizes or effects that are not consistently detected across time points, and therefore the potential application of these findings to pest management remains promising but speculative. The study will be of broad interest to researchers working on insect symbiosis, plant-insect interactions, and biologically based approaches to pest management.

      We have made revisions to the manuscript to cover issues raised around sample numbers and mechanisms. We appreciate that we have not been able to finalize the exact mechanism underlying plant damage effects. We note that while comparisons of population performance were limited by the number of populations we could feasibly maintain; sample sizes were substantial in some of the other experiments. We also do substantiate effects through a combination of experimental approaches that start with controlled conditions and then encompass more complex environments.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors examine what happens when two facultative endosymbionts, Rickettsiella viridis and Regiella insecticola, are introduced into a novel aphid host, the Russian wheat aphid (Diuraphis noxia). They ask whether these introduced symbionts affect aphid performance, plant damage, alate production, dispersal, plant defense responses, and symbiont dynamics. The main result is that the two symbionts have contrasting effects: Rickettsiella tends to increase plant damage and reduce dispersal-related traits, whereas Regiella tends to reduce plant damage and aphid population growth, with less evidence for an effect on dispersal.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents successful establishment of stable transinfected populations of an agriculturally important aphid species, which is a substantial technical achievement in itself. I also appreciated that the authors examined the system across several experimental contexts, including different host plants, mixed cages at two temperatures, whole-plant assays, and a mesocosm dispersal experiment, rather than relying on a single laboratory setup. Taken together, these experiments provide a useful and reasonably convincing demonstration that novel symbiont associations can generate contrasting phenotypes in this system.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the strengths of the work and for providing extensive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some major aspects of this paper that I thought could be strengthened. My main concern is that the manuscript feels broader than it is conceptually focused. A wide range of outcomes is measured, which gives the study breadth, but it also makes the central question harder to identify. As written, the paper reads more strongly as a proof-of-principle demonstration of ecologically relevant phenotypes than as a tightly framed test of a specific biological idea.

      The broad range of tests in our work was intentional. Rather than relying on a single experimental approach or scale, we designed the study using multiple complementary approaches to independently evaluate the effects of endosymbionts. Thus, our conclusions are supported across multiple experimental contexts rather than by a single experiment or scale. For example, the effects on plant damage were consistent across different host plants, including wheat and barley (Figures 1 & S1), and across different experimental scales, ranging from individual plants maintained in small cages (Figure 1) to a dispersal experiment involving 24 plants (Figure 5). Similarly, aphid fitness was evaluated both at the individual level, using single aphids maintained on individual plants under favorable conditions (Figures S5 & S6), and at the population level under crowding conditions (Figures 3 & 4).

      Despite the breadth of measurements, the study is focused on establishing robust evidence for the contrasting effects of the two endosymbionts on aphid dispersal and plant feeding damage. To help address this concern, we have moved the summary table from the Supplementary Materials to the main text (now Table 1), which provides an overview of the experimental approaches and main findings and should help readers more clearly see how the different experiments are connected.

      A second issue is that the biological basis of the reported phenotypes remains less developed than the phenotypic description itself. The authors make a genuine effort to address mechanism through JA, JA-Ile, SA, and metabolomic profiling, but these analyses only partially explain the main results. The negative result for the canonical defense markers is informative, yet it still leaves a substantial gap between the observed variation in plant damage and the processes responsible for it.

      Our analyses of JA, JA-Ile, SA, and the metabolomic profiles provide some initial insights, but we appreciate that they do not fully explain the differences in plant damage observed between treatments. The primary aim of this study was to evaluate the phenotypic effects of the endosymbionts and their potential for agricultural application, rather than to provide a comprehensive mechanistic explanation. We have accordingly avoided overinterpreting the mechanistic results and now explicitly state that elucidating the underlying biological mechanisms will be an important direction for future research in Discussion section.

      I also think some caution is needed in how the two symbionts are compared. The authors explain why some follow-up experiments were designed differently for Rickettsiella and Regiella, and that rationale is understandable. Still, because the downstream assays were not fully matched, the paper is strongest when each symbiont is interpreted on its own terms rather than as a strict comparison.

      Our initial plant-damage experiment was designed as a first comparison to test whether different endosymbionts can have diverse and contrasting effects on their aphid host population and plant damage. We then investigated the individual phenotypes of each endosymbiont in greater detail, particularly in relation to their potential agricultural applications. Specifically, our results suggest that Regiella may reduce plant damage, whereas Rickettsiella may reduce dispersal. Based on these early findings, some further experiments were conducted with slightly different experimental setups. Nevertheless, many of the experiments conducted for the two endosymbionts were broadly comparable. We designed the additional experiment carried out only with Rickettsiella to test whether reduced alate production observed in our earlier experiments also translated into reduced dispersal at the population level. An equivalent experiment with Regiella was not undertaken because we failed to detect an effect of this endosymbiont on alate frequency in our preceding experiments. We have clarified this rationale in the Materials and methods section (“Aphid dispersal ability and plant feeding damage in mesocosms”).

      Overall, I would suggest softening the Significance Statement so that it more clearly reflects what is directly shown here, namely that introduced symbionts can alter plant damage and dispersal-related phenotypes under controlled conditions, rather than implying that the study directly tests management utility in agricultural settings.

      We have done this in the Significance Statement. We appreciate that the current experiments have been carried out under controlled conditions, rather than in agricultural settings. Pending permit approval, we are currently planning to extend this work to contained field settings to test whether effects on plant damage and dispersal ability are also observed under less controlled conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors generated two novel aphid-symbiont associations and examined the impact of these new symbiotic associations on plant-insect-symbiont interactions. The authors notably provide detailed phenotypic assessments of the insect hosts and host plants. They show that one introduced symbiont, Rickettsiella, increases aphid-induced damage to host plants, while the other, Regiella, ameliorates aphid damage. The authors suggest that such novel insect-symbiont pairings may be used as tools to mitigate crop damage in the future.

      Strengths:

      Although a few experiments seem to have limited sample sizes and limited statistical power, these are often complemented with highly replicated smaller-scale experiments. The combination of larger mesocosm and population-level experiments along with assessments of individual insects generally provides a comprehensive depiction of the effects of these symbionts on their hosts. The opposing impacts of Regiella and Rickettsiella infection on the aphid host plant are of broad interest. It is also surprising that the host plants did not exhibit strong differences in canonical defensive signalling, despite these differences.

      Weaknesses:

      One thing that I struggled a little with was the rapid spread of Regiella in the shared plant experiments. Possibly this could be attributed to an increased reproductive output (due to faster developmental time, and/or an increase in fecundity) or efficient horizontal transmission. However, the other experiments performed indicate a slight negative impact (Figure 4a) or no influence (Figure 4C, 4D, Figure S6) of Regiella infection on host fitness. Given these other results, it seems that Regiella must spread fairly efficiently between hosts, which comes as a surprise, and there are very few examples of horizontal transmission of Regiella like this in the literature. The manuscript would benefit from a clear and direct demonstration of horizontal transmission, rather than it being inferred indirectly. The similar spread observed in the Rickettsiella mixed cages is less surprising, because there are several examples where this has been demonstrated.

      We agree that the rapid spread of Regiella in the shared-plant experiments cannot be readily explained by host fitness alone, though we have noted fitness benefits of Regiella in a different transinfection in oat aphids (Yu et al., 2025). In a previous study with transinfected green peach aphids and despite a substantial fitness cost, we found that Rickettsiella can spread relatively rapidly in a population and show high stability (Gu et al., 2023) and perhaps transmission of Regiella follows a similar pathway. However, whereas Rickettsiella may spread through plant tissues, Regiella showed relatively low levels of horizontal transmission through this pathway.

      We certainly agree that more work is required to establish the mechanism and dynamics of horizontal transmission in this system. Rather than focusing on mechanism, our objective here was to examine endosymbiont spread where intact plants were available and where there was a mixed aphid population. Note that we also conducted an additional experiment in which Regiella-infected aphids were present at a frequency of only 10% of the initial population, and in this situation Regiella nevertheless still increased in frequency including to a low Cp value in most (8/10) replicates, highlighting its persistence and potential to increase in populations.

      References:

      Gu et al., A rapidly spreading deleterious aphid endosymbiont that uses horizontal as well as vertical transmission. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 120, e2217278120 (2023).

      Yu et al., A persistent bacterial Regiella transinfection in the bird cherry-oat aphid Rhopalosiphum padi increasing host fitness and decreasing plant virus transmission. Pest Manag Sci 81, 2791-2799 (2025).

      It is also a little surprising that mesocosm-dispersal experiments were not also conducted using Regiella-infected lines. At several points throughout the manuscript, the idea of using symbiont transfections to reduce plant harm is raised. I can understand that these experiments are likely time-, space-, and resource-intensive, but that seems like these would have been relevant experiments, especially in the context of controlling damage to plants.

      We conducted the final mesocosm-dispersal experiment specifically with Rickettsiella because our earlier individual-plant experiments had already shown a clear reduction in alate production in Rickettsiella-infected aphids, together with effects on plant damage (Figure S1I) and population growth (Figure 3C). In contrast, we did not detect a significant difference in alate frequency between Regiella-infected and wild type aphid strains in the similar set up experiments (Figure S1I and Figure 4C). We therefore designed the additional experiment to test whether the reduced alate production observed with Rickettsiella also translated into reduced dispersal at the population level. We did not conduct the same experiment with Regiella because there was no difference in alate frequency in our earlier experiments. We have also added this explanation in Materials and methods section (“Aphid dispersal ability and plant feeding damage in mesocosms”). We do appreciate however that future experiments on dispersal of Regiella will be worthwhile resources permitting.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors were investigating the impact of introducing novel facultative bacterial endosymbionts into the pest aphid, Diuraphis noxia, to explore the possibility of using facultative symbionts as a crop protection tool. They successfully established the vertical transmission of both endosymbionts and performed a series of aphid performance and dispersal experiments together with measurement of aphid feeding on host plant health, growth, and metabolism. While most of the experiments revealed no effect of the endosymbionts, some significant treatment effects were found, showing that Rickettsiella reduced aphid dispersal, and Regiella reduced aphid population growth and feeding damage.

      Strengths:

      The team worked with two novel facultative symbionts (Rickettsiella viridis and Regiella insecticola) that they were able to successfully establish in D. noxia. The data were collected and analyzed using solid, well-described methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      While interpretation of the data is reasonable, the few experiments which revealed significant treatment effects rest on relatively small sample sizes.

      We acknowledge that more replication is always desirable, but we would also argue that significant effects were not marginal and replication was substantial in many cases (e. g. 9-10 replicate plants per damage treatment evaluation). We were also focused on using multiple experimental approaches and scales to independently and repeatedly evaluate the effects of endosymbionts on aphid fitness, wing development, plant damage, and aphid dispersal. Thus, conclusions are not based on a single experiment or experimental scale. For plant damage, for example, we observed consistent effects across different host plants, including wheat and barley (Figure 1 and Figure S1), as well as across different experimental scales, from individual plants maintained in small cages (Figure 1) to a dispersal experiment involving 24 plants (Figure 5). Similarly, aphid fitness was evaluated both at the individual level using single aphids maintained on individual plants under favorable conditions (60 replicates per treatment) (Figures S5 & S6) and at the population level under crowding conditions (Figures 3 & 4). These complementary experimental designs allowed us to examine whether the observed phenotypes were consistent across different environmental and population contexts. We did face challenges in high levels of replication of independent aphid strains in population cage experiments but attempted to replicate as much as possible given the resources that were available.

      Measuring symbiont density is difficult. The authors use quantitative PCR to measure the "density" of endosymbionts relative to a host gene. This is a standard approach in the field; however, recent work has shown that endosymbionts like the aphid primary endosymbiont, Buchnera, are variably polyploid [1]; further the aphid cells that house the symbionts are also highly polyploid and variable in their ploidy [2]. It is important to understand that what is being measured when using qPCR is DNA copy number and not quantification of the number of symbiont cells. Alternative approaches to measuring symbiont density include flow cytometry [3], and SymbiQuant [4], a machine vision tool that can quantitatively characterize symbiont populations from DAPI-stained confocal images. These alternate approaches also have their dlimitations. Currently, there is no perfect approach to measuring symbiont density, which remains an important measure in experiments such as these. Put simply, it is important for a reader to be aware of the limitations of each approach and interpret data accordingly.

      (1) Komaki, K., and H. Ishikawa. 2000. Genomic copy number of intracellular bacterial symbionts of aphids varies in response to developmental stage and morph of their host. Insect Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 30:253-258.

      (2) Nozaki, T., and S. Shigenobu. 2022. Ploidy dynamics in aphid host cells harboring bacterial symbionts. Scientific Reports 12:9111.

      (3) Simonet, P., G. Duport, K. Gaget, M. Weiss-Gayet, S. Colella, G. Febvay, H. Charles, J. Viñuelas, A. Heddi, and F. Calevro. 2016. Direct flow cytometry measurements reveal a fine-tuning of symbiotic cell dynamics according to the host developmental needs in aphid symbiosis. Scientific Reports 6:19967.

      (4) James, E. B., X. Pan, O. Schwartz, and A. C. C. Wilson. 2022. SymbiQuant: A machine learning object detection tool for polyploid independent estimates of endosymbiont population size. Frontiers in Microbiology 13:816608.

      We agree that qPCR-based measurements of endosymbiont gene copy number have limitations even if they are the standard approach used in most studies. In the current set of experiments, qPCR provided a practical and efficient approach for assessing variation in endosymbiont abundance and infection status among samples and the only one feasible given the number of monitoring events and samples required. Nevertheless, we acknowledge the limitations of this approach (and have pointed this out ourselves in a recent COIS paper – Hoffmann et al 2026). We now mention this under further work and provide a couple of references (see Discussion).

      Reference:

      Hoffmann, A. A., Yang, Q. and P. A. Ross. Aphid endosymbionts revisited: molecular detection, diversity, and population dynamics. Curr Op Insect Sci (in press). (2026)

      Impact and Significance:

      Food security and production, and pest control are major challenges facing the human population. This work contributes knowledge that will benefit the development of alternate pest control strategies in agriculture.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Overall, I found the study interesting and worthwhile, particularly because it shows that novel symbiont associations can generate contrasting phenotypes in an important pest species. My main suggestion would be to sharpen the framing of the paper and to bring the mechanistic and applied discussion into slightly closer alignment with the current evidence base. With those points addressed, I think the manuscript would read as a clearer and more balanced contribution.

      We have rephrased the Discussion around the mechanistic component of the work to sharpen this and link more directly to evidence. For instance:

      “Despite this, our metabolomic analyses suggest that endosymbionts in D. noxia may influence some other aspects of wheat metabolism in a spatially structured way. Within aphid-feeding areas, wheat exposed to Rickettsiella aphids showed increased valine and decreased 3-phenyllactic acid. Changes in valine have been reported in plants responding to herbivory and other forms of stress (43-45), while 3‑phenyllactic acid has been associated with antimicrobial and defense-related activity (46). In non-feeding areas, wheat exposed to Regiella aphids showed reduced urea and increased pantothenic acid. These changes may reflect differences in nitrogen metabolism and allocation (47), and in metabolic processes involving pantothenic acid (48) respectively. However, the present metabolomic data do not establish the functional consequences or causal mechanisms underlying these changes. They indicate that aphids carrying different endosymbionts are associated with some distinct metabolic responses in wheat, including responses that differ between aphid-feeding and non-feeding areas. Our findings are consistent with previous work showing that phloem‑feeding insects can induce changes in plant metabolites in response to herbivory (49, 50) and provide a basis for future studies to determine how endosymbionts influence aphid-induced plant responses and contribute to contrasting plant phenotypes.”

      We have not undertaken a complete reframing of the paper but further emphasized the focus on phenotypic contrasts in a few places including incorporating some changes to the comments below.

      (2) Lines 130-135: Please clarify more explicitly whether the main aim of the paper is to test a specific biological hypothesis about endosymbiont-mediated aphid-plant interactions or to provide a broader proof-of-principle survey of symbiont-associated phenotypes. As it stands, the framing moves between multitrophic biology and pest-management relevance, which makes the central conceptual contribution harder to identify.

      We have rephrased this sentence as “By integrating these factors, we investigate how endosymbiont infection influences aphid fitness and aphid–plant interactions, providing insights into the ecological consequences of novel microbial associations and their potential relevance to sustainable pest management.”

      (3) Line 205: For the metabolomic analysis, please consider adding a formal multivariate test for strain effects, especially for the comparisons shown in Figure 2C and 2D, or otherwise interpret the PCA more cautiously as descriptive rather than inferential.

      We have emphasized the descriptive component and rephrased this sentence as “However, within either area, there was no clear separation among aphid strains (Figures 2C & 2D), suggesting broadly similar metabolomic profiles among strains of the same aphid clone carrying different symbionts.”

      (4) Please clarify how the top and bottom feeding leaves were handled analytically in the analyses, and explain the rationale for collapsing them into a single "feeding area" category. If possible, it would be helpful to show whether leaf position itself influenced the plant-response patterns.

      We combined the upper and lower leaves together to provide a representative measure of the plant-level responses, rather than focusing on responses at a particular leaf position. This approach was consistent with the main objective of our study, which was to investigate whole plant responses to aphids hosting different endosymbionts, rather than differences in responses among different plant parts. In addition, combining the two portions provided sufficient plant material for the GC-MS analysis and helped ensure reliable metabolite measurements from the same material. Because the two leaf positions were combined prior to GC-MS analysis, we were unable to separately test the effect of leaf position on the metabolomic response in this dataset. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript in Materials and methods section (“Plant defense responses”).

      (5) Line 228: The use of 19{degree sign}C and 25{degree sign}C is not unusual in aphid work, but it would still help the reader if the manuscript stated more explicitly why these two temperatures were chosen in this study.

      We selected 19°C and 25°C because they represent contrasting temperature conditions within the range suitable for Russian wheat aphid development, allowing us to assess whether temperature influences Rickettsiella transmission and population dynamics. In particular, our previous observations indicated differences in the rate of Rickettsiella spread between these temperature conditions (Gu et al., 2023).

      Reference:

      Gu et al., A rapidly spreading deleterious aphid endosymbiont that uses horizontal as well as vertical transmission. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 120, e2217278120 (2023).

      (6) Lines 390-392: It would help to discuss more explicitly how the relatively modest effects in the individual life-history assays relate to the clearer signals seen at the whole-plant and population level.

      In our experiments, we assessed aphid fitness under different environmental conditions. In the individual fitness assays conducted on cups with a single plant (Figures S5 & S6), aphids were maintained under relatively favourable conditions, with limited environmental stress and without substantial crowding. Under these conditions, we observed an increase in fitness associated with endosymbiont infection. In contrast, we also examined aphid performance at the population level (Figures 3 & 4), where populations were established from a small number of aphids and subsequently experienced increasing crowding and density-dependent stress. Under these conditions, the effects of endosymbiont infection differed from those observed in the individual assays, with Rickettsiella-infected aphids showing greater population growth and Regiella-infected aphids showing reduced population growth.

      These results suggest that the effects of endosymbionts on aphid fitness are context-dependent and may become more pronounced as population density increases and density-dependent stress develops. Thus, relatively modest effects observed at the individual level where experiments are often undertaken may not translate to differences at the population level, and plant level effects may subsequently influence feeding pressure and plant damage. We have added this perspective in the Results and Discussion sections.

      (7) Line 678 & 688: In both whole-plant experiments, please explain how 3 and 4 replicate plants were selected.

      The replicate plants were randomly selected from the available plants for each treatment to minimize potential selection bias. We have clarified this procedure in the revised manuscript in Materials and methods section.

      (8) Lines 686-690 / Figure 4: In the Regiella whole-plant experiment, the Methods state that 16 plants were established per treatment and that 4 plants per treatment were removed at each time point (days 4, 8, 12, and 16). However, in Figure 4B-D, day 12 appears to include 5 data points. Please clarify this apparent mismatch between the described sampling scheme and the data shown in the figure.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this and we have corrected this mistake. We initially established 16 plants for the wild type and 17 plants for the Regiella treatment. Four plants per treatment were originally planned to be sampled at each time point (Days 4, 8, 12, and 16). However, because Day 12 was a key time point at which an obvious difference in plant damage was observed between the treatments, we selected one additional plant each treatment for measurement at Day 12, resulting in five data points for this treatment at that time point. The remaining plant was therefore measured at Day 16. We have clarified the sampling procedure in the revised Materials and methods section and figure legend.

      (9) Figure 2A and Figure 4A: These schematics are helpful overall, but the brown supporting sticks stand out quite strongly and may make the panels a little harder to interpret at first glance. I wonder whether they could be simplified, made less prominent, or replaced with photographs of the actual setup if those are available.

      We have revised Figures 2A and 4A to simplify the supporting structures and reduce their visual prominence.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some of the statistics were not entirely clear to me, particularly the tests reported in the results which differ from what is described in the figure legends:

      (1) Lines 306-308: "Total nymph numbers were higher on Rickettsiella aphids from Day 21 to Day 25" and indicates that this is based on GLM testing, but the figure does not indicate statistical significance, and the figure legend states independent sample t-tests were used. Similar comment for the following paragraph and corresponding figure.

      The GLMs were used to test the overall patterns in nymph numbers across the relevant time periods, including Days 21–25, rather than testing each time point independently. We also conducted independent-sample t-tests to assess differences between treatments at individual time points. We have clarified this distinction in the Statistical section.

      (2) Line 43: Does not seem like the appropriate reference (reference is on plant virus transmission, not salivary toxins).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have removed this reference and replaced it with reference 34 (Luna et al., 2018) that directly supports the statement regarding aphid salivary toxins.

      Reference:

      Luna et al., Bacteria associated with Russian wheat aphid (Diuraphis noxia) enhance aphid virulence to wheat. Phytobiomes J 2, 151-164 (2018).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor editorial comments:

      (1) Figure S10 - the figure legend needs improvement as the current version does not help the reader understand the figure. Please also include a key.

      We have changed the figure legend with reference to our aim, and also explained use of the Cp values. “Figure S10. Rickettsiella Cp values in (A) routine screening of laboratory Rickettsiella colonies and (B) the mixed cage experiment assessing endosymbiont frequency changes over time at 19 °C and 25 °C. The dark red area represents overlap between the 19°C and 25°C experiments. Cp values represent the quantification cycle values obtained from qPCR, with lower Cp values indicating a higher amount of Rickettsiella target DNA. This figure shows the typical range of Cp values observed in our laboratory Rickettsiella -infected aphid colonies. We used this range as a reference for identifying aphids that acquired Rickettsiella through horizontal transmission, as horizontally infected aphids generally showed much higher Cp values than vertically infected aphids.”

      (2) Define Cp.

      We have explained it as “Cp values represent the quantification cycle values obtained from qPCR, with lower Cp values indicating a higher amount of Rickettsiella target DNA.”

      (3) Supplemental Information: Line 113 - T is missing from Table.

      This has been added.

      (4) Move Table S2 to the main paper - this table provides a useful summary of the work.

      This has been moved.

      Main Manuscript:

      (1) Line 145: Serratia was not detected at G0 - was it detected later? It seems possible that titer could be very low to begin and increase in later generations; please clarify.

      We have previously monitored the aphid populations for the presence of Serratia transinfected from the same donor resource across subsequent generations, and Serratia was not detected at any later generation. We also did not detect Serratia in the other aphid species we examined, including green peach aphids (Gu et al., 2023 & 2025) and oat aphids (Yang et al., 2026). Therefore, we believe that the absence of Serratia at G0 was not due to a very low initial titer followed by an increase in later generations but instead that Serratia had been lost from the aphid population.

      References:

      Gu et al., A rapidly spreading deleterious aphid endosymbiont that uses horizontal as well as vertical transmission. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 120, e2217278120 (2023).

      Gu et al., Transinfections of the endosymbiont Rickettsiella viridis in different Myzus persicae (Hemiptera: Aphididae) clones show consistent deleterious effects and stable transmission. J Econ Entomol 118, 1544-1552 (2025).

      Yang et al., A Rickettsiella transinfection in Rhopalosiphum padi reduces fitness and alate production but not plant virus transmission. Pest Man Sci 82, 3894-3906 (2026).

      (2) Line 206: "different aphid strain" - I learned from the manuscript that a single clone of D. noxia is found in Australia. Further, from my reading of the manuscript, I understand that one clonal isolate was propagated and then infected with symbionts. I think it is important to reword this sentence so that it is clear that the aphid genetic background is held constant, and that the only differences here are the presence or absence of the different symbionts. My reaction to this sentence was that you are working with the same aphid strain hosting different symbionts.

      We have clarified it by adding “the same aphid clone carrying different symbionts” after the different aphid strains.

      (3) Measuring symbiont "density" is a tricky thing to do; I explain this above in the public review. I suggest considering some revisions to the manuscript to be sure that you accurately reflect what has been measured and what can reasonably be inferred from using qPCR to measure gene copy number.

      We agree that qPCR-based measurements of symbiont gene copy number have limitations. In this experiment, we had a relatively large number of samples, and qPCR provided a practical and efficient approach for assessing variation in endosymbiont abundance and infection status among samples. While we acknowledge the limitations of this approach, the relative differences in gene copy number can still provide an indication of variation in endosymbiont abundance and infection status among treatments. Unfortunately, other approaches remain challenging given resource and expertise limitations.

      (4) I think that you may be undervaluing the results of the mixed infection experiments; I find them to be compelling. To me, the data suggest that the symbionts increase aphid fitness.

      In our experiments, we assessed aphid fitness under different environmental conditions. In the individual fitness assays conducted on cups with a single wheat plant (Figures S5 & S6), aphids were maintained under relatively favourable conditions, with limited environmental stress and without substantial crowding. Under these conditions, we observed an increase in fitness associated with symbiont infection. However, we also examined aphid performance under population-level conditions, where populations were established from a small number of aphids and subsequently experienced increasing crowding and density-dependent stress (Figures 3 & 4). Under these conditions, the effects on fitness were different from those observed in the individual assays. We therefore agree that our results suggest that symbionts can increase aphid fitness under some conditions, but that this effect may be context-dependent and can differ under population-level conditions where density-dependent stress occurs. We have also added this information to our Results section to make this clear to readers.

      (5) Lines 288-291: This sentence doesn’t make sense to me. What "minor fitness costs" are being referred to? If the infected lines are increasing in representation relative to the uninfected lines, that suggests that there are not fitness costs, but fitness advantages under the experimental conditions.

      We have rephrased it to “minor fitness effects” which we refer to the fitness test under favourable conditions.

      (6) The section that begins on line 293 - I find this part to not be particularly robust and suggest dropping it from the paper.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the robustness of this section. We included this experiment to monitor changes in aphid population over time and to help explain the differences in plant feeding damage observed between aphids carrying different endosymbionts. Importantly, we conducted this experiment using whole wheat plants to evaluate whether the patterns observed in our other experiments were also evident. We believe that these results provide important complementary evidence for interpreting the differences in plant damage among the aphids hosting different endosymbionts and therefore are relevant to the overall conclusions of the study. For this reason, we prefer to retain this section in the manuscript.

      (7) Line 298: three plants per time point - I do not think this sample size is reflected in the methods of the paper.

      We have mentioned in the method part with “At day 14, three replicate plants were randomly selected from the available plants for both treatments and we counted the total number of nymphs, alate adults, and apterous adults. This was repeated again at Days 21 and 25”.

      (8) Line 304: "the frequency of alates decreased as plant damage increased" - this seems to be counterintuitive!

      As plant damage increased, the total aphid population also increased, resulting in an increase in the absolute number of alates. However, the frequency (proportion) of alates decreased because the increase in the total aphid population was greater than the increase in the number of alates.

      (9) Line 404: "horizontal transmission through plant tissue and/or transfer via aphid contact or honeydew" - what evidence is there that this happens? I have not kept on top of the literature with respect to transmission of secondary symbionts in aphids, but back when I was very familiar with that literature, the data did not support transmission by any of those routes. If there is now evidence supporting transmission by these routes, please cite it here.

      Previous studies have provided experimental evidence that horizontal transmission of aphid-associated endosymbionts can occur through plants. For example, plant-mediated transmission has been demonstrated for direct detection of secondary endosymbiont in the plant tissue including Hamiltonella defensa (Li et al., 2018), Rickettsia (Shi et al., 2024) and Serratia symbiotica (Pons, et al., 2019a). Our previous research also demonstrates that Rickettsiella endosymbionts were detected in uninfected aphids after feeding by infected aphids regardless of physical contact (Gu et al., 2023). Endosymbionts have also been detected in aphid honeydew (Darby and Douglas, 2003) and some primary transmission route appears to be horizontal, through honeydew (faeces) and host plant phloem (Pons, et al., 2019a & 2019b; Perreau et al., 2021). Appropriate references have been added to the revised manuscript in the Discussion section.

      References:

      Li et al., Plant-mediated horizontal transmission of Hamiltonella defensa in the wheat aphid Sitobion miscanthi. J Agric Food Chem 66, 13367-13377 (2018).

      Shi et al., Rickettsia transmission from whitefly to plants benefits herbivore insects but is detrimental to fungal and viral pathogens. mBio 15, e02448-23 (2024).

      Pons et al., Circulation of the cultivable symbiont Serratia symbiotica in aphids is mediated by plants. Front Microbiol 10, 764 (2019a).

      Darby and Douglas, Elucidation of the transmission patterns of an insect-borne bacterium. Appl Environ Microbiol 69, 4403-4407 (2003).

      Pons et al., New insights into the nature of symbiotic associations in aphids: infection process, biological effects, and transmission mode of cultivable Serratia symbiotica bacteria. Appl Environ Microbiol 85, e02445-18 (2019b).

      Perreau et al., Vertical transmission at the pathogen-symbiont interface: Serratia symbiotica and aphids. mBio 12, e00359-21 (2021).

      (10) Line 511: revise to "to measure their relative densities relative to a host gene".

      We have revised it.

      (11) Throughout the manuscript, please replace "five aged-matched" with an accurate description of the aphids used in the experiment. Please pay particular attention to the figure legends. Simply state e.g. "five 10-day-old apterous females" etc.

      This has been replicated in the main manuscript and figure legends.

      (9) Line 727 - lowercase t for Tests.

      This has been added.

      (10) Line 738 - what happens when you don’t exclude the early time points? Do your significant results go away? Also, please define what is meant by "early time points".

      When the early time points (Day 14 for Rickettsiella and Day 4 for Regiella) were included in the analysis, the GLM still showed a significant effect of strain on alate production for Rickettsiella (F<sub>1,12</sub> = 26.434, P < 0.001). We excluded these early time points from the analysis presented in the manuscript because, at these stages, aphid population sizes were still similar between treatments. We also conducted independent-sample t-tests at individual time points and observed differences at the later time points, when aphid population sizes began to diverge. We therefore considered the later time points to be more informative for assessing fitness effects and population sizes under increasing crowding conditions. We have now clarified this as “The earliest time points in the experiments for Rickettsiella (Day 14) and Regiella (Day 4) were excluded” in the manuscript.

      (11) In the legends of all figures, please be explicit about sample sizes.

      We have added the relevant information about replicate number or sample sizes in the main and supplementary figures.

      (12) Line 1010 - replace "each leave" with "each leaf" - there was at least one other place, I think in the supplemental information, that leave was used instead of "leaf".

      We replaced this.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work compiles a comprehensive atlas of ncORFs across mammalian tissues and cell types, derived from reanalysis of ~400 public ribosome profiling datasets. The authors then evaluate cross-species conservation and functional signatures, proposing that evolutionarily ancient ncORFs tend to have higher translation potential, stronger expression, and closer relationships with canonical coding sequences.

      Strengths:

      In general, the study provides a large-scale and timely resource of annotated ncORFs, which could be broadly useful for the community. The authors collected ~400 public ribosome profiling datasets for annotations of ncORFs, which, to my best knowledge, is the largest collection of data for such purpose. The catalog could facilitate future investigations into ncORF biology and broaden understanding of the coding potential of the "non-coding" genome.

      Weaknesses:

      Based on the ncORF catalog, some of the analyses were not properly done. Some of the results are descriptive.

      (1) Bias and representations of data source. Public ribo-seq datasets are unevenly distributed across tissues and cell lines, raising concerns about heterogeneity and underrepresentation of certain contexts. This may limit the generalizability of the catalog.

      (2) The discussion on modular domains of ncORFs is unclear, and the claim that they may originate via TErelated mechanisms is not well supported. Stronger evidence or clearer reasoning is needed.

      (3) The conservation comparisons are not fully convincing. Figure S7 shows only mild differences between ncORFs and CDS, and statistical significance is not clearly demonstrated. Comparisons with other noncoding RNAs should be added, and overlapping sequences between ncORFs and CDS should be excluded to avoid bias.

      (4) Figure 3 indicates that some ncORFs are subject to evolutionary constraints. This is not surprising. The authors should provide further analyses on more detailed features of these "conserved" ncORFs vs. the "non-conserved" ones. Some pretty informative works have been done in drosophila, worms, mouse, and human. Figure 3 suggests some ncORFs are under evolutionary constraint, but this is not unexpected. More granular analyses contrasting "conserved" versus "non-conserved" ncORFs would be informative. In fact, small ORFs, especially uORFs, have been extensively studied, for their functions and corss-species conservations. The authors should explicitly show what is new here in their analyses.

      (5) Translation levels are reported using RPF counts. However, translation efficiency (normalized by RNA expression) is a more appropriate measure to account for expression heterogeneity.

      (6) The correlation analyses between ncORF translation levels and PhyloCSF are confusing and largely descriptive. These sections need sharper framing and clearer conclusions.

      (7) Public ribo-seq datasets, generated by different research labs, are known for their strong batch effects. Representations of tissues and cells are also very unbalanced. Therefore, the co-translation analysis between ncORFs and canonical CDS is not well controlled. This should be done by referring to a recent large-scale ribo-seq meta-analysis (Nat Biotechnol. 2025. doi: 10.1038/s41587-025-02718-5).

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have made efforts to address most of the previous concerns, and several points have been clarified or improved in the revision. However, in a number of cases, the responses rely more on acknowledgment and reframing rather than substantive analytical strengthening. Overall, the manuscript is improved, particularly in terms of clarity, transparency, and positioning of claims. I support its publication and look forward to seeing how the field engages with and discusses these claims.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the constructive comments and recognition of the value of our ncORF atlas. We have addressed the key concerns by strengthening the analyses and clarifying the framing and limitations of our conclusions. We appreciate the reviewer’s support for publication and believe these revisions have further improved the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chang et al. attempted to analyze a large number of ribo-seq datasets through a standardized pipeline, identifying novel non-canonical ORFs and elucidating their evolutionary and expression characteristics.

      Strengths:

      (1) The datasets analyzed by the authors are sufficiently comprehensive, and the use of standardized pipelines ensures excellent analytical consistency.

      (2) Their analyses of ORF evolution and co-expression further deepen our understanding of these ORFs.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors primarily conducted analyses through bioinformatics, lacking sufficient wet-lab experimental evidence.

      (2) Some analytical methods and standards were not clearly presented in the manuscript.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the positive assessment of our comprehensive dataset and standardized analytical framework. We have clarified the analytical methods and criteria throughout the manuscript and better defined the scope and limitations of our bioinformatics-based analyses. We appreciate the reviewer’s constructive suggestions, which have helped improve the clarity and rigor of the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor:

      We have evaluated the revision together with the reviewers' second-round assessments and your responses. The reviewers agree that the manuscript has improved in clarity and that the standardized integration of large-scale Ribo-seq datasets provides a valuable resource for the field. However, several important concerns remain insufficiently resolved. In multiple cases, the revision relies primarily on acknowledgment or reframing of limitations rather than additional analyses or clearer methodological justification, leaving the evidential support for several conclusions incomplete.

      Because the study is entirely computational, all analytical procedures, criteria, and thresholds should be explicitly defined and adequately justified to meet the expected standard of technical rigor. In particular, key components of the analytical framework require clearer description, including the definitions and criteria used for co-translation and ncORF classification. The limitations of the dataset should also be discussed more explicitly, especially regarding the heterogeneity of public Ribo-seq datasets, technical factors influencing detection sensitivity, and the interpretation of variable detection frequencies across samples.

      In addition, several conclusions remain largely descriptive, and the distinction between novel findings and confirmation of previous observations should be clarified more carefully. Conclusions should be framed strictly within the limits of the presented data and positioned appropriately relative to prior work, with suitable citation to avoid overstating novelty.

      We therefore ask the authors to refine the technical descriptions, ensure that all methods and analytical criteria are presented unambiguously, and expand the Discussion to clearly articulate the limitations of the dataset and analysis. The conclusions should also be revised to reflect an appropriately cautious interpretation of the findings.

      The primary strength of this study lies in the scale and standardization of the dataset as a community resource. Given this substantial resource value, we believe the manuscript could become suitable for publication provided that the issues outlined above are addressed clearly and transparently. With these revisions, the work will provide a useful foundation for future studies in this area.

      We therefore invite you to submit a final revised version addressing the points described above.

      We thank the Editor for the careful assessment and constructive guidance. In the final revision, we have clarified all key methodological definitions and analytical criteria, expanded the Discussion of dataset and detection limitations, and revised the conclusions to avoid overstatement. We believe these changes improve the technical rigor, transparency, and overall value of the manuscript as a community resource.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have made efforts to address most of the previous concerns, and several points have been clarified or improved in the revision. However, in a number of cases, the responses rely more on acknowledgment and reframing rather than substantive analytical strengthening. Overall, the manuscript is improved, particularly in terms of clarity, transparency, and positioning of claims. I support its publication and look forward to seeing how the field engages with and discusses these claims.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s support for publication.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      While the authors have made commendable efforts to revise the manuscript and address previous concerns, the revised version still falls short of fully resolving several critical issues regarding data interpretation and methodological transparency. I recommend the following modifications before the manuscript can be considered for publication:

      (1) Although the authors have annotated the detection frequencies of individual sORFs in the revised

      Supplementary Table 3 and Fig. S1B, the biological and technical implications of these data require further clarification:

      (a) As the data demonstrates, even the most abundant sORFs were detected in no more than half of the samples. If the authors attribute this low detection rate to technical limitations (e.g., batch effects, sequencing depth, or threshold stringency), this must be explicitly discussed and annotated in the main text to prevent readers from misinterpreting this as low biological penetrance.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment. We have added a paragraph to the Discussion explicitly addressing the potential technical factors underlying the variable detection frequencies to avoid overinterpreting these frequencies as biological penetrance.

      (b) The authors did not fully address my previous query regarding tissue specificity. Given the diverse and complex origins of the analyzed ribo-seq datasets, it is crucial to know whether any of these sORFs are tissue-specifically translated. The authors should analyze and state whether certain sORFs are exclusively detected in specific sample categories (tissues/organs), and whether this translation pattern aligns with the tissue-specific expression of their corresponding host transcripts.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Strict tissue-exclusive translation is difficult to establish from heterogeneous public Ribo-seq datasets, as gene expression is inherently stochastic and most genes have some probability of being expressed across tissues, although expression levels may vary substantially between tissues. Moreover, failure to detect an ncORF in a given tissue may reflect low expression or insufficient sequencing depth rather than true biological absence. We therefore avoid making definitive claims about tissue-specific translation and instead quantify variation in ncORF expression across tissues using a tissue specificity index.

      (2) Echoing the concerns raised by Reviewer #1, I remain concerned that the observed uORF-CDS cotranslation might be a computational artifact or false positive. The current Methods section lacks sufficient detail on how "co-translation" was strictly defined and quantified. I strongly recommend that the authors include a schematic diagram (e.g., in Figure 6 or supplementary figures) that explicitly details their analytical strategy, statistical thresholds, and evaluation criteria for defining co-translation. As was pointed out, it is well-established that uORFs typically exert an inhibitory effect on the translation of the main CDS. To validate the accuracy and robustness of their analytical pipeline, the authors should use their collected dataset to demonstrate the prevalence and nature of this canonical inhibitory phenomenon. Successfully capturing this expected repression would serve as a crucial positive control for their methodology. While the authors provided a theoretically acceptable mechanistic model in the text to reconcile co-translation with uORF-mediated repression, this hypothesis currently lacks literature support. The authors must cite relevant prior studies that support this specific regulatory dynamic to strengthen their argument.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We have further clarified the definition, detection criteria, and statistical framework for co-translation in the Methods, and have made the complete analysis code publicly available to facilitate reproducibility and independent evaluation. We have also added relevant literature supporting the proposed regulatory interpretation clarifying the relationship between our observations and the established inhibitory effects of uORFs.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable findings regarding cardiac and autonomic effects of seizures and epilepsy, with relevance to sudden unexpected death in epilepsy (SUDEP). They present solid evidence that genetic deletion of the potassium-chloride cotransporter in hypothalamic corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) neurons exacerbates bradycardia and enhances autonomic disturbances in a mouse model of temporal lobe epilepsy. However, the evidence that this deletion produces chronic hyperexcitability of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis was incomplete, leaving a mechanistic gap. This work will be of interest to neuroscientists working on epilepsy, the HPA axis, and autonomic control.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their feedback. Although the loss of Kcc2 from CRH neurons in Kcc2/Crh mice has been confirmed (Melon et al., 2018) and leads to HPA axis hyperexcitability in response to stress or seizures, it does not chronically drive HPA axis hyperactivity in unstressed conditions (Basu et al., 2024).

      The following details have been added regarding the Kcc2/Crh model. We now describe the Kcc2/Crh as “hyperreactive” rather than “hyperexcitable/hyperactive” throughout the manuscript.

      -In the Introduction: “This loss of Kcc2 in CRH neurons has been previously confirmed and shown to cause an exaggerated HPA axis response to stress that is absent in baseline conditions (Basu et al., 2024; Melon et al., 2018)”

      -In the Discussion: “This aligns well with lack of elevated plasma corticosterone at baseline in Kcc2/Crh mice, compared to WT, because elevated PVN<sup>CRH</sup> neuron activity should otherwise increase this signal (Basu et al., 2024).”

      -In the Discussion: “Most notable, our model utilizes a developmental strategy to knock out Kcc2 from CRH neurons, which has been confirmed previously (Melon et al., 2018).”

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study could be improved with a more thorough assessment of heart rate, blood pressure and breathing during and following the seizures, and in particular the fatal event.

      Post-ictal HR data are now included in the Results, Table 2.1 and Figure 2. Overall, pronounced bradycardia that occurred near seizure termination was followed by recovery of HR to pre-ictal baseline in the early post-ictal period (30 sec). In Results: “Independent of genotype, HR recovered to baseline levels during the immediate post-ictal period (0-10 sec, Fig. 2G; 10-30 sec, Fig. 2K).

      In pilot work, we determined that HR during spontaneous seizures were fundamentally different than HR during status epilepticus (see Author response image 1). Therefore, it was critical for us to examine HR during spontaneous seizures. We previously published that Kcc2/Crh+KA mice have a rate of 1-2 seizures per day. To limit additional stressors and seizure provocation, we employed radio telemetry (over tethered systems) and opted out of carotid instrumentation for BP as well as restricted environments of plethysmography chambers for these assessments of HR. After determining that heart rate was different between our mouse lines, we tested whether this change was mediated by central circuits regulating HR (ie: baroreflex, Bezold-Jarisch reflex) (Fig. 3, 4, 5).

      Author response image 1.

      In Discussion: “Although the present study includes only non-fatal seizures, our report of HR during spontaneous seizure events supports work suggesting physiological events during non-fatal seizures predict SUDEP risk (Lamrani et al., 2023; Ryvlin, Nashef, & Tomson, 2013; Schuele et al., 2011). It remains to be determined if ictal events during fatal and non-fatal spontaneous seizures are different and future studies could help clarify any distinctions. Our examination focused on HR (and not respiration or BP). Whether exaggerated BJR-mediated HR response co-occurs with greater magnitude BJR-mediated apnea and hypotension remains to be determined.”

      It is unclear if the bradycardias were spontaneous or a result of preceding central or obstructive apneas, oxygen desaturations, hypercapnia, arrhythmias, or other possible triggers.

      Our work demonstrates the occurrence of ictal bradycardia whereas identifying precipitating factor(s) and interaction(s) of this phenomenon will require alternate approaches. Normal activation of hypoxic and hypercapnic ventilatory responses would be expected to increase HR. However, whether these chemoreflex circuits undergo remodeling in Kcc2/Crh mice remains unknown. Obstructive apnea via laryngospasm can cause reflex bradycardia, but we did not record airflow or respiratory EMG in these studies to determine the existence of obstructive apnea. More testing is merited.

      In Discussion, “…Additional seizure-related disturbances such as central or obstructive apneas may contribute to BJR activation. Hypoxia, which could result from ictal apnea, is known to increase excitatory neurotransmission to cardiac vagal motor neurons that cause vagal bradycardia (Griffioen et al., 2007) and induces platelet activation (Tyagi et al., 2014) which is considered the main source of circulating serotonin for the BJR. As such, hypoxia resulting from apnea may increase likelihood of exaggerated BJR during seizures. Consistent with this…”

      Considerable prior work in the literature suggests SUDEP could be mediated, in some patients, by a burst of parasympathetic activity to the heart. Were the heart rate changes in these animals during seizures inhibited or blocked by atropine or atenolol?

      With this study targeting spontaneous seizures we were unable to test acute pre-treatment with atropine or atenolol. We did observe reduced mortality in Kcc2/Crh+KA mice that underwent chronic parasympathetic blockade via osmotic minipump of methylscopolamine (Figure 5).

      In Discussion:

      “Chronic inhibition of vagal parasympathetic motor output (the driver of BJR reflex bradycardia) improved mortality by 10% in Kcc2/Crh mice. Although this improvement provides some hope for patients at high risk for SUDEP with no treatment options, additional avenues of investigation are needed to more directly link seizure-related bradycardias to vagal parasympathetic motor output.”

      The injection of the 5HT agonist phenylbiguanide into the right jugular is not a selective approach for activating the Bezold Jarisch Reflex (BJR), which is caused by increased activity of intracardiac sensory neurons (generally activated with is chemia or a combination of low preload with high contractility). The results should be interpreted more cautiously, as a response to systemic administration of phenylbiguanide only.

      BJR can be experimentally triggered with intravenous infusion of various compounds including veratrum alkaloids (Cramer, 1915), 5HT (Fozard 1983), or 5HT3R agonists (Verberne & Guyenet, 1992). We now specifically refer to BJR in our study as that induced by PBG (a 5HT3R agonist), as others have done (Yamano et al., 1995; PMID: 8786638) and acknowledge endogenous BJR activation in the discussion.

      Added to the results: “As dysfunction of serotonergic signaling is implicated in the pathophysiology of SUDEP (Richerson & Buchanan, 2011), we investigated the Bezold Jarisch Reflex (BJR) (Fig. 5), a cardioinhibitory reflex that is reliably triggered experimentally by activation of cardiopulmonary vagal afferents containing serotonin type 3 receptors (5HT3R) (Fozard 1983; Yamano et al., 1995).”

      Added to Discussion: “Although our report is the first to link BJR to SUDEP, serum serotonin levels are elevated following generalized seizures (Murugesan et al., 2018), likely via release from activated platelets (Cloutier et al., 2018). This surge in serum serotonin could lead to endogenous activation of BJR, as bolus intravenous infusion of serotonin reliably triggers BJR experimentally (Fozard 1983; Whalen et al., 2000).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Some of the conclusions may be a bit overstated as is and would benefit from more discussion and perhaps additional data.

      Post-ictal HR data are now included in the Results, Table 2.1 and Figure 2.

      The Discussion now includes more details regarding respiration, BP, obstructive apnea, properties of the BJR, and distinctions in seizure type based on whether evoked or lethal.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In addressing the question of residual body participation in sorting of organelles, a clear definition of this structure is required including when and where it is delineated from the posterior of a mother cell during the formation of daughter structures. The authors' definition is as follows: 'The RB originates from the collapse of the maternal parasite during daughter cell budding and occupies the space previously occupied by the mother cell.' As such, a clear marker of the mother cell 'collapse' is required, but such a marker is not identified or used in the study to separate what might be considered an active part of the mother cell during early daughter formation, and the residual body. This might seem like moot a point, but it would help to give clarity to notions of recycling and 'reservoirs'. Mother cells retain their active invasion apparatus until very late in daughter formation and the need for micronemes and rhoptries to be released from this service late in the process might explain why they are only then trafficked to the cell posterior and then into the daughters. So, is this a distinct 'residual body' body function/reservoir or just a spatial constraint of this sequence of daughter formation? The authors elegantly show that MyoF is necessary for segregation of micronemes and rhoptries into daughters, and that MyoF depletion leads to accumulation of these organelles within the residual body. Moreover, restored expression of MyoF can then recover these organelles. This clearly demonstrates the activity of the residual body as part of the syncytium space that participates in the maintenance of the vacuole. But does it imply that this space necessarily handles all inherited micronemes and rhoptries as a 'trafficking hub'? My concern with the lack of a clear definition could provide some misinterpretation or overinterpretation of the contribution residual body.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this conceptual point. We agree that, in the absence of a molecular marker that uniquely defines the nascent RB, the precise transition between posterior maternal cytoplasm and a morphologically distinct RB cannot be determined during early daughter formation. We have therefore clarified our terminology in the revised manuscript and define the RB operationally as the posterior compartment/connection between daughter parasites. We also avoid assigning early posterior trafficking events unambiguously to a fully formed RB. We further agree that the current data do not establish that all inherited micronemes and rhoptries must transit through the RB. We have therefore revised the Results and Discussion and softened terminology such as “central trafficking hub” and now conclude that the RB represents an important dynamic compartment in organelle recycling and redistribution, without implying that it is an obligatory intermediate for every inherited secretory organelle.

      (2) A further, remarkable conclusion is that maternal micronemes are evenly segregated into daughters through an active process for 'balanced microneme inheritance'. The proportion of maternal micronemes is quantified up to the 8-cell stage and shown to be not significantly different between cells. But would this result be expected with random assortment at this stage? The authors model the probability of a 32-cell stage vacuole occurring with each daughter having within 0-3 maternal micronemes and this is considered unlikely. However, the authors neither present the modelling for the 8cell stage or show quantification of 32-cell vacuoles. They do show some images of large vacuoles, but it is not possible to determine the distribution of maternal micronemes in these images. A regulated process of segregation would require a complex mechanism where some form of microneme counting would be required to create the proposed balance. It is, therefore, important to have strong data supporting such a hypothesis, but this is not currently presented.

      We agree that the previous wording implied a mechanistic conclusion beyond what can be established from the present dataset. We have therefore revised the manuscript so that the relatively even distribution of maternal micronemes at the 8-cell stage is presented as an observation that is consistent with a non-random or regulated partitioning process, rather than evidence for an established microneme-counting mechanism. The 32-cell model is now presented as supportive rather than definitive evidence, and we explicitly acknowledge that the quantitative experimental dataset was obtained at the 8-cell stage. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) The second half of the paper focuses on a more detailed characterization of microneme and rhoptry recycling. The authors strongly argue that the RB is a central hub for recycling micronemes and rhoptries; however, this conclusion is not fully supported by the data. For example, the authors state…Thus, the model that all microneme and rhoptry trafficking is RB-dependent is based primarily on the MyoF depletion phenotype (which results in RB accumulation) together with the observation that a relatively small amount of maternal microneme and rhoptry material is detectable in the RB of wild-type parasites. Although the authors' interpretation-that recycling is RB-dependent-is one possible explanation, alternative models are not discussed. For example, an alternative possibility is that the majority of micronemes and rhoptries are trafficked directly from the apical end of the mother parasite to the daughter cells without passing through the RB. In this scenario, only a subset of the organelles would enter the residual body, perhaps reflecting imperfect trafficking efficiency rather than an obligatory recycling step. Loss of MyoF would impair this trafficking pathway, resulting in the accumulation of secretory organelles within the RB. In other words, RB accumulation could be a consequence of MyoF depletion rather than evidence that all trafficking in wild-type parasites normally proceeds through the RB. This alternative interpretation seems particularly relevant for the rhoptries, given that the authors themselves state that "M-RON2 was integrated into daughter rhoptries prior to mother cell collapse and formation of the RB."

      We agree with the reviewer that the current data do not establish obligatory transit of all maternal micronemes and rhoptries through the RB. We have revised the manuscript throughout to make this distinction explicit. In particular, we now emphasize that maternal MIC2 can be directly observed entering the RB, whereas most maternal RON2 is incorporated into daughter rhoptries before mother-cell collapse and formation of a morphologically distinct RB. This observation leaves open the possibility that a substantial fraction of maternal rhoptries is transferred directly from the mother to developing daughters. We have also revised our interpretation of the MyoF-depletion phenotype. The accumulation of maternal MIC2 and RON2 in the RB following MyoF depletion demonstrates that MyoF is required for efficient redistribution of both organelle populations, but does not by itself demonstrate that both normally follow an identical spatial route through the RB. We now explicitly state that their precise trafficking routes and timing may differ.

      We nevertheless retain the conclusion that the RB is a dynamic compartment involved in organelle recycling because maternal MIC2 can be directly observed entering and leaving this compartment, and material accumulated there following MyoF depletion can subsequently be redistributed after restoration of MyoF.

      (2) Figure S10C. To determine whether microneme degradation occurs in the RB, the authors quantified the fluorescence intensity of individual micronemes in control parasites and following auxin washout, showing that after redistribution the fluorescence intensity of individual vesicles is unchanged. However, this is not the appropriate analysis to address the question being asked. To conclude that micronemes are not degraded, the authors would need to quantify the total fluorescence intensity within the entire vacuole. For example, if half of the micronemes were degraded, the remaining micronemes would be expected to retain the same fluorescence intensity as those in the control parasites. Thus, unchanged fluorescence intensity of individual vesicles does not exclude the possibility that degradation has occurred.

      We agree with this criticism and have revised the interpretation of the experiment accordingly. We no longer conclude that the analysis excludes microneme degradation. We now explicitly acknowledge that analysis of individual recovered micronemes cannot exclude degradation of a fraction of the total microneme population during RB retention. Thus, the experiment supports preservation of MIC2 signal in the recovered organelles but is no longer presented as evidence that no microneme degradation occurs.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Weakness:

      The inability to achieve higher temporal resolution due to phototoxicity precluded tracking of single micronemes, thus it remains possible that some micronemes follow a path similar to rhoptries and enter daughter cells before development of the residual body while others are recycled via the residual body. 

      We agree and have incorporated this limitation into the revised interpretation. Our live imaging demonstrates that maternal MIC2 can enter the RB and subsequently redistribute to daughter parasites, but it does not establish that every individual maternal microneme follows this route. We thank the reviewer for highlighting this distinction, which has helped us clarify the model presented in the Results and Discussion.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Carruthers and Sibley, 1997, is still the cited ref for Tic20 in the apicoplast despite the authors saying that would correct this to a van Dooren publication.

      Corrected

      (2) In Figure 2B three biological replicates were used however there are no error bars shown. The only reason for performing replicates is the observe the variance in the data, so if this is not shown the replicates are effectively meaningless. I strongly advice that error bars are given to indicate this seeing that the data in this figure form the basis of the major conclusions of the study. It might be necessary to show this in supplemental forms with fewer proteins if the error bars are too difficult to see in the combined figure.

      We agree and have corrected Figure 2B to display the variability between the three independent biological replicates. Error bars now represent the standard deviation.

      (3) Line 136: Can you conclude that these inheritance patterns are 'organelle-specific' when each organelle is only sampled with one or two proteins. Isn't it better to conclude that these are protein-specific, with the hypothesis that they might represent the orgnalle as a whole. I imagine that some proteins in organelles such as the apicoplast have shorter half-lives than others, and therefore some apicoplast proteins might behave like 'Group 3' proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that individual proteins within the same organelle may differ in their turnover kinetics and that analysis of one or two markers cannot establish that every molecular component of an organelle behaves identically. However, we do not think that describing the observations exclusively as protein-specific inheritance would fully reflect the biological process investigated here. The proteins analysed are established markers of defined organelles, and our conclusions are based not only on changes in fluorescence intensity, but also on the localization, morphology, partitioning, and spatial relationship between maternally inherited and newly synthesized organelle populations.

      This is particularly evident for micronemes and rhoptries, where maternal and de novo material remain spatially separated and individual organelles can be followed during inheritance.

      In addition, the microneme phenotype observed with MIC2 was confirmed using AMA1, MIC4, and MIC8.

      We therefore retain the terminology of organelle inheritance, while acknowledging that individual proteins within a given organelle may exhibit different turnover kinetics and that the markers analysed may not represent the behaviour of every molecular component of the organelle.

      (4) Line 222: It is an odd phrase to suggest that the Golgi, ER etc 'bypass' the residual body, which suggests an active avoidance mechanism. Would the authors also conclude that the nucleus 'bypasses' the RB? Moreover, the ER and mitochondria are actually known to be present in the RB forming continuous organelles between daughters in a vacuole. So again, this might be an overstatement that mispresents how the RB participates in vacuole functions.

      We agree and have removed the term “bypass.” The revised text now states only that we did not observe comparable accumulation of the analysed Golgi, ER, or apicoplast markers in the RB during inheritance. This avoids implying an active avoidance mechanism and is compatible with the known continuity of ER and mitochondria through the RB.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      Figure 8F and Video S6: The authors should specify the time point after IAA washout at which live imaging was initiated. Does time 0 in the video correspond to the point at which IAA was removed?

      We have clarified this in the Results and Methods. Auxin was removed after 24 h of replication, and live imaging was subsequently initiated. Time 0 in Figure 8F and Video S6 corresponds to the first acquired frame after auxin washout.

      Figure S10 should read auxin, not auxine.

      Corrected

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have no further suggestions. Congratulations to the authors for a lovely study.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      The major revisions include:

      (1) Conceptual framing and scope: defined canalization in the Introduction and clarified that our conclusions are restricted to limited NuRE plasticity during one growing season under a single moderate salinity treatment.

      (2) Methods and classification: clarified the substrate composition and elemental measurements, specified that the ecotype analysis included only Chinese populations, and explained the partial association between ecotype and phylogeographic group.

      (3) Interpretation: expanded the discussion of K resorption and inverted nutrient limitation and tempered the interpretation of latitude and the substantial unexplained variation.

      (4) Robustness and presentation: added Supplementary Figure S7 showing that carbon standardization did not alter the main conclusions, added significance symbols to Table 1, corrected the unit in Figure 2b, and revised repetitive wording in the Discussion.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      (R1-P1) First, the salinity treatment spanned only one growing season. The conclusion of genetic canalization therefore specifically refers to the absence of plasticity to an acute salt shock. Whether long-term, multigenerational chronic salinity could act as a selective agent or induce transgenerational plasticity remains an open and interesting question for further research. Likewise, the physiological mechanisms underlying the observed lack of plastic increase in NuRE (for example, phloem loading or senescence gene expression) are not directly resolved, leaving some inference about trade-offs versus true unresponsiveness. These points do not weaken the study’s main conclusion. Instead, they suggest productive future directions, such as longer-term field manipulations and targeted molecular investigations.

      We agree that our evidence is limited to the absence of NuRE plasticity during one growing season under the imposed salinity treatment and does not resolve chronic or multigenerational responses or their physiological basis. We therefore revised Discussion 4.1 to delimit the canalization inference, identify the proposed mechanisms as untested, and specify the longer-term and mechanistic studies needed to distinguish among them.

      Discussion 4.1, fourth paragraph, inserted immediately after the sentence beginning “This discrepancy may stem from differences in the type and duration of stress applied ”.

      “Our inference of canalization is therefore limited to the absence of a plastic NuRE response during one growing season under the imposed salinity treatment. Chronic, more severe, or multigenerational salinity exposure may produce acclimatory, epigenetic, or transgenerational responses that cannot be evaluated here. Moreover, although altered phloem loading, disruption of senescence-associated remobilization, and reallocation towards osmotic adjustment are plausible explanations for the observed response, we did not directly measure these mechanisms. Long-term experiments combined with targeted molecular and transport measurements are needed to distinguish among these possibilities.”

      (R1-P2) Second, the test of nutrient limitation control relies on resorbed N:P and N:K ratios as proxies, an established but indirect approach. Direct nutrient addition experiments would provide stronger causal evidence. Also, the metabolomic analysis is used primarily to validate stress effectiveness; deeper integration of specific metabolites with NuRE variation across genotypes could have offered mechanistic insights but was not pursued. Additionally, the potential collinearity between ecotype and phylogeographic lineage among Chinese populations is not quantitatively addressed. None of these considerations undermines the main finding, which is supported by a robust experimental design and widely accepted analytical approaches.

      We agree and have clarified all three evidential limits. First, the resorbed N: P and N: K analyses are now described as indirect evidence consistent with nutrient-limitation control, not as a causal test; direct nutrient-addition experiments would be required for causal inference. Second, metabolomics is identified as validation of physiological stress rather than a genotype-specific mechanistic analysis. Third, because ecotype and phylogeographic group are partly associated, they were fitted in separate models. The genotype random effect accounts for paired measurements but does not remove confounding between the classification schemes; ecotype differences are therefore interpreted as complementary rather than independent evidence.

      Discussion 4.2, third paragraph.

      “Within this context, the consistent ‘inverted’ nutrient limitation pattern (i.e., a slope significantly >1 for the relationship between log Resorbed N:P and log Green N:P) provides indirect evidence consistent with nutrient-limitation control at the intraspecific level in P. australis, but it cannot establish causal nutrient limitation. Direct factorial nutrient-addition experiments would be required to determine whether the observed resorption patterns are driven by the relative limitation of N, P, or K.”

      Discussion 4.1, first paragraph, inserted immediately after the sentence ending “providing a robust foundation to evaluate NuRE responses”.

      “In this study, metabolomic profiling was used primarily to confirm that the salinity treatment induced broad physiological stress, rather than to resolve genotype-specific metabolic mechanisms underlying NuRE variation. Integrating metabolite profiles with genotype-level NuRE responses would be a valuable direction for future mechanistic research.”

      Methods 2.4.

      “Phylogeographic group and ecotype were analysed in separate linear mixed-effects models because ecotype classifications were available only for Chinese populations and were partly associated with phylogeographic structure. Each model included salinity treatment and either phylogeographic group or ecotype as fixed effects, with genotype fitted as a random effect to account for the paired experimental design in which each genotype was exposed to both control and salt conditions.”

      Discussion 4.4, first paragraph, inserted immediately after the sentence ending “governed by geographic origin (phylogeographic group and ecotype)”.

      “The separate-model approach avoids including the two correlated classification schemes as simultaneous independent predictors, but it does not fully disentangle deep phylogeographic history from recent habitat-associated differentiation. We therefore interpret the ecotype analysis as complementary evidence of habitat-associated differentiation rather than as an effect independent of phylogeographic history.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (R2-P1) The experiment covers only one growing season, with salinity applied in June and measurements in December. While the stress is clearly effective, longer-term or multi-year stress might reveal acclimation or epigenetic effects that are not captured. Given the author team’s expertise in parental and transgenerational effects in clonal plants, this limitation is particularly relevant and warrants more thorough discussion in the manuscript.

      We agree. This concern overlaps with Reviewer #1’s temporal-scope comment. We have revised Discussion 4.1 to state explicitly that our inference is restricted to the absence of a plastic NuRE response during one growing season. We also acknowledge that chronic or multigenerational exposure could induce acclimatory, epigenetic, or transgenerational responses that were not captured by the present design.

      See the full revised text under R1-P1 above.

      (R2-P2) The salinity treatment uses a single moderate level of 10 ppt, which does not allow assessment of whether more extreme stress might trigger a plastic response. A dose-response design across a gradient would have provided stronger inference about the threshold at which NuRE canalization might be overcome. Additionally, the ecotype analysis in Figure 4 applies only to Chinese populations, as classification was not available for non-Chinese populations, which should be stated more explicitly in the Results.

      We agree with both points. We have revised Discussion 4.1 to acknowledge that the single 10 ppt treatment does not exclude the possibility of a plastic NuRE response at higher salinity or along a broader dose-response gradient. We therefore frame the identification of a possible response threshold as a priority for future experiments.

      We have also revised Results 3.2 to state explicitly that the ecotype analysis in Figure 4 included only Chinese populations because ecotype classifications were unavailable for non-Chinese populations.

      Discussion 4.1, fourth paragraph, at the same revision point as R1-P1: immediately after the sentence beginning “This discrepancy may stem from differences in the type and duration of stress applied”.

      “Because only one moderate salinity level (10 ppt) was tested, our results do not exclude plastic NuRE responses at higher salinity or along a dose-response gradient. Future experiments should determine whether a threshold exists beyond which the apparent stability of NuRE is overcome.”

      Results 3.2, second paragraph, inserted immediately after the sentence reporting the ecotype effects and ending “(Figure 4; Figure S5)”.

      “It should be noted that the ecotype analysis here was based only on Chinese populations, as ecotype classification was not available for non-Chinese populations.”

      (R2-P3) The variation partitioning shows latitude as a significant predictor, but the R<sup>2</sup> values are relatively low, indicating that much variance remains unexplained. The manuscript should avoid overinterpreting latitude’s explanatory power and more openly acknowledge the role of unmeasured factors. The interpretation of slopes greater than 1 for the resorbed N:P versus green N:P relationship, labeled as “inverted limitation”, also needs further explanation regarding its functional significance.

      We agree that the original wording overemphasized latitude. Results 3.4 and Discussion 4.3 now describe latitude as the largest contributor among the measured predictors while emphasizing its modest individual R<sup>2</sup> and the substantial unexplained variation. We also expanded Discussion 4.2 to explain that slopes greater than 1 indicate disproportionate recovery of P or K relative to N and to present nutrient balance, P conservation, K mobility, and constraints on N remobilization as non-exclusive hypotheses rather than established mechanisms.

      Results 3.4, first paragraph, replacing the sentence beginning “Furthermore, variation partitioning analysis indicated that latitude”.

      “Variation partitioning indicated that latitude had the largest individual contribution among the measured predictors, but its contribution was modest for N, P, and K resorption (individual R<sup>2</sup> = 0.092, 0.057, and 0.094, respectively; Table 1). The very small contributions of green-leaf P concentration (R<sup>2</sup> = 0.006) and stoichiometry (R<sup>2</sup> < 0.001) further indicate that most variation in P resorption was associated with factors not represented in the present models.”

      Discussion 4.3, first paragraph.

      “Although latitude explained more variation than the other measured predictors, its individual contribution remained modest. The substantial unexplained variance indicates that additional climatic, edaphic, demographic, or genetic factors also contribute to NuRE variation. We therefore interpret latitude as a significant but limited correlate of NuRE rather than as a dominant determinant.”

      Discussion 4.2, first paragraph.

      “Functionally, slopes greater than 1 indicate that changes in green-leaf N:P or N: K are accompanied by disproportionate changes in the corresponding resorbed ratio, consistent with relatively greater recovery of P or K than of N across the observed nutrient gradient. This pattern may contribute to maintaining internal N:P:K balance during regrowth. It may also reflect stronger conservation of P, the high mobility of K, or constraints on the remobilization of N retained in structural or metabolic compounds. Because the experiment did not include nutrient additions or direct measurements of remobilization costs, these explanations remain hypotheses.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (R1-R1) Clarify the concept of “canalization” early. Consider adding one sentence in the Introduction or Discussion explicitly defining canalization in this context (i.e., NuRE varies among populations but this variation is genetically determined and shows little plasticity to salinity). This will help readers less familiar with evolutionary biology terminology.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We agree that canalization should be defined when it is first introduced. We have therefore added a sentence to the Introduction, immediately after introducing the evolutionary canalization hypothesis, to clarify how this concept is used in our study.

      Introduction, fourth paragraph.

      “Here, canalization denotes genetically based differences in NuRE among populations, coupled with limited phenotypic plasticity of this trait under the short-term salinity treatment.”

      (R1-R2) Discuss potassium more deeply. In the Discussion (section 4.2 or 4.4), speculate on why K resorption lacks concentration control. Does Na<sup>+</sup> accumulation functionally substitute for K in osmotic adjustment, thereby decoupling resorption from green leaf K concentration?

      We appreciate this suggestion and have expanded Discussion 4.2. We now propose partial functional substitution of K<sup>+</sup> by accumulated Na<sup>+</sup> during osmotic adjustment as one possible explanation for the weak coupling between green-leaf K concentration and K resorption. We explicitly frame this explanation as tentative because it was not directly tested in the present experiment.

      Discussion 4.2, second paragraph.

      “One possible explanation is the partial functional substitution of K<sup>+</sup> by Na<sup>+</sup> during osmotic adjustment. Na<sup>+</sup> can replace part of the nonspecific vacuolar osmotic function of K<sup>+</sup> in plants and has been reported to become a major osmoticum in P. australis from higher-salinity habitats (Wakeel et al., 2011; Zhao et al., 1999). Increased Na<sup>+</sup> accumulation may therefore reduce reliance on K<sup>+</sup> for osmotic adjustment, potentially contributing to the weak relationship between green-leaf K concentration and K resorption efficiency observed here.”

      Wakeel, A., Farooq, M., Qadir, M., & Schubert, S. (2011). Potassium substitution by sodium in plants. Critical Reviews in Plant Sciences, 30(4), 401–413. https://doi.org/10.1080/07352689.2011.587728

      Zhao, K. F., Feng, L. T., & Zhang, S. Q. (1999). Study on the salinity-adaptation physiology in different ecotypes of Phragmites australis in the Yellow River Delta of China: Osmotica and their contribution to the osmotic adjustment. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 49(Supplement 1), 37–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0272-7714(99)80006-7

      (R1-R3) Address the potential confounding of ecotype and phylogeography. The dual classification (Figure 3 vs 4) is elegant. However, Chinese ecotypes (freshwater, coastal, inland saltmarsh) may be partially confounded with phylogeographic lineages. A brief sentence explaining how the analytical approach (separate models, random effects) helps separate deep evolutionary history from recent local adaptation would strengthen the interpretation.

      We agree. This concern is addressed in detail under R1-P2. We clarified why phylogeographic group and ecotype were fitted in separate models, what the genotype random effect accounts for, and why the ecotype results cannot be interpreted independently of phylogeographic history.

      See R1-P2, Locations C1 and C2.

      (R1-R4) In section 2.1, specify whether the soil mixture ratio (2 soil: 1 peat moss: 1 river sand) is by volume or by mass.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this ambiguity. The ratio was based on volume, and we have revised Methods 2.1 accordingly.

      “The plants were planted in barrels (total volume 25 L; top diameter 32.5 cm, bottom diameter 28.4 cm, height 38.5 cm) containing 20 L of a substrate composed of soil, peat moss, and river sand in a 2:1:1 volume ratio (Figure S1).”

      (R1-R5) In the Materials and Methods section, the element potassium (K) is described twice. Specifically, in line 176, the sentence “Besides C, N and P, other eight elements (K, Cu, Zn, Fe, Mn, Mg, Si, Na) were quantified in leaf tissues” should be revised to “Besides C, N, P and K, other seven elements (Cu, Zn, Fe, Mn, Mg, Si, Na) were quantified in leaf tissues” to avoid redundancy.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this redundancy. We have corrected the sentence in Methods 2.2.

      “Besides C, N, P and K, seven additional elements (Cu, Zn, Fe, Mn, Mg, Si, and Na) were quantified in leaf tissues.”

      (R1-R6) Citations should be formatted and ordered alphabetically or by year of publication.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue. We standardized multi-reference citations, reordered the reference list alphabetically by first-author surname, and verified correspondence between in-text citations and reference entries.

      Full-manuscript citation and reference-list audit.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (R2-R1) In the discussion of the “inverted” nutrient limitation, elaborate on why P and K are recovered more relative to N. Consider whether this reflects a strategy to maintain an optimal N: P: K ratio or arises from higher costs or lower availability of N.

      We agree. This issue is addressed in detail under R2-P3, where we explain the meaning of slopes greater than 1 and present the possible functional mechanisms as hypotheses rather than established explanations.

      See R2-P3, Location C.

      (R2-R2) Expand Table 1 to include confidence intervals or p-values for individual effects. The extremely low R<sup>2</sup> for concentration and stoichiometry on P resorption should be more explicitly noted as evidence for the dominance of latitude.

      We agree and have expanded Table 1 by adding significance symbols (*) to the individual R<sup>2</sup> values. Significance was assessed for the corresponding fixed effects in the full linear mixed-effects models using Type III tests with Satterthwaite’s approximation for degrees of freedom. For P resorption, latitude had the largest individual contribution and was significant (R<sup>2</sup> = 0.057, p = 0.005), whereas the contributions of green-leaf P concentration and stoichiometry were very small and nonsignificant (R<sup>2</sup> = 0.006 and < 0.001, respectively). We revised the Results to emphasize this contrast while acknowledging that latitude explained only a modest proportion of the total variation.

      See R2-P3, Locations A and B, for the corresponding Results and Discussion revisions.

      (R2-R3) Standardize the abbreviation to “NuRE” throughout, correcting the use of “NRE” in the introduction.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this inconsistency. We standardized the abbreviation to NuRE throughout the manuscript.

      (R2-R4) Acknowledge in the discussion that the single moderate salinity level may not have been severe enough to trigger a plastic response, justifying future dose-response experiments.

      We agree. This limitation is addressed under R2-P2, where we state that a single 10-ppt treatment cannot exclude plastic responses at higher salinity or along a broader dose-response gradient.

      See R2-P2, Location A.

      (R2-R5) In the Results section, explicitly state that the ecotype analysis in Figure 4 is based only on Chinese populations, not all 110 genotypes, because ecotype classification was not available for non-Chinese populations.

      We agree. This clarification is provided under R2-P2, where Results 3.2 is revised to state that the Figure 4 ecotype analysis includes only Chinese populations.

      See R2-P2, Location B.

      (R2-R6) Consider adding a supplementary figure comparing raw and carbon-standardized NuRE values to show whether the correction altered main conclusions.

      We agree and have added Supplementary Figure S7 comparing raw and carbon-standardized NuRE. The two estimates were strongly correlated for N, P, and K (Pearson’s r = 0.997–0.999), and analyses using raw NuRE retained the same conclusions for phylogeographic group, ecotype, salinity, their interactions, and latitude. Thus, carbon standardization slightly shifted the absolute values without altering the main conclusions.

      Methods 2.3.

      “Raw NuRE was calculated without carbon standardization and compared with carbon-standardized NuRE using Pearson correlations; the main linear mixed-effects analyses were also repeated using raw NuRE.”

      Results 3.4, inserted after the existing paragraph reporting the latitude effects and referring to Figure 6 and Table 1.

      “Raw and carbon-standardized NuRE were strongly correlated for N, P, and K (Pearson’s r = 0.997–0.999; Figure S7), and analyses using raw NuRE did not alter the conclusions for phylogeographic group, ecotype, salinity, their interactions, or latitude.”

      Supplementary Figure S7 legend

      “Figure S7 Comparison of raw and carbon-standardized nutrient resorption efficiency (NuRE) for N, P, and K. Points represent genotype-by-treatment observations (n = 206), coloured by treatment. Grey dashed lines indicate the 1:1 relationship, and black lines show ordinary least-squares fits. Pearson’s r and the mean standardized-minus-raw difference (Δmean, percentage points) are shown.”

      (R2-R7) In Figure 2b, check the y-axis label; the text reports mg/kg, but the axis shows g/kg, which needs correction.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this unit discrepancy. We corrected the y-axis label in Figure 2b from g/kg to mg/kg so that it matches the units reported in the text.

      (R2-R8) In the Discussion, rephrase the sentence “This indicates that NuRE is a conservative trait…” to avoid repetition with the Results summary, for example, “This finding highlights the conservative nature of NuRE.”

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful wording suggestion. We have rephrased the sentence to avoid repetition.

    1. Author response:

      On the eLife Assessment. We appreciate the assessment’s recognition that this study addresses a long-standing question concerning hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to working memory. We think the broader significance lies in constraining how causal manipulations in working-memory tasks are interpreted. Working memory encompasses many processes distributed across a trial and showing that a region is required for a delayed-response task does not establish when its contribution is necessary. The observation that hippocampus and mPFC are required while navigating to a goal, but not during stationary delay, challenges a common assumption and, in our opinion, has implications across the broader field of working-memory research.

      We agree that the original manuscript did not adequately report effect sizes or convey the uncertainty associated with some smaller samples. However, the dataset does include duration-matched stationary and running conditions, including a hippocampal long-delay control matched to early-running stimulation in both duration and elapsed time after cue onset. The new effect-size and within-animal analyses support a robust hippocampal epoch difference, while the corresponding mPFC comparison is less precisely estimated and should be interpreted more cautiously.

      We therefore think the central finding remains well supported: hippocampal function, and potentially mPFC function, is required during the active navigation period of this memory-guided task but not detectably during the stationary delay. This does not establish the specific computation disrupted during running. Neural recordings would certainly provide further insight into the underlying mechanism, but their absence does not detract from the value of the behavioral result itself.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The simplicity of the behavior makes it difficult to resolve how exactly the hippocampus and mPFC contribute to working memory.

      The task was designed to combine the temporal precision of cue-based delayed-response paradigms with the behavioral richness of freely moving navigation. Few tasks combine a fixed cue-presentation period, an explicit delay, and a subsequent navigation phase involving extended running. This structure creates well-defined behavioral epochs that can be targeted with temporally precise perturbations, allowing us to ask when hippocampal and mPFC contributions are required within an ongoing memory-guided behavior. How these regions contribute is the harder question, and one we are pursuing next. Identifying when perturbations disrupt behavior is an important step toward understanding how these regions support memory-guided navigation

      Also, the language does not always reflect the trends in the data: the authors claim that optogenetic perturbations cause mice to repeat previous choices, but the data show that perturbations increase the likelihood of choosing a preferred side (which is left for most mice). A side bias is not the same as choice repetition. This has implications for interpreting the nature of the behavioral effects.

      We agree that our results do not clearly distinguish a directional bias from a tendency to repeat the previous choice. To examine whether mice consistently favored a particular direction, we compared their side preferences during silencing across sessions. Mice generally favored the same side across silencing conditions, although some switched direction in individual sessions (Author response image 1a). Within sessions, the preferred side was maintained from no-stimulation to stimulation trials in 13 of 19 cases and reversed in six (Author response image 1b). These observations are consistent with a directional preference that can sometimes reverse during stimulation, and cannot be disambiguated from perseveration. In the revision, we will describe the effect as increased directional bias and revise the language concerning choice repetition and perseveration throughout the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Silencing increases directional bias. (a) Fraction of choices made to the right in each session, for every mouse (rows) and each silencing condition (symbols). Open symbols, no-stimulation trials; filled symbols, stimulation trials from the same session; blue and red denote a left or right preference during silencing. Filled symbols falling predominantly on the same side of 0.5 within a row indicate that a mouse generally favored the same direction across silencing conditions, although some mice switched direction. One session per mouse and condition, hippocampal silencing only; T2 and T6 did not perform the 0.8 s condition. (b) The same sessions expressed as signed bias, from no stimulation to silencing. Black lines mark the six sessions in which the preferred side reversed; grey lines the thirteen in which it was maintained.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      A major weakness of the study is the lack of a balanced design with equal time periods of silencing during the stem running period and temporal delay period in many of the animals, which precludes any conclusion about distinct functional roles of the regions during these two phases of the task. The main conclusion of distinction between temporal delay and stem running delay periods is therefore not adequately tested for the prefrontal cortex, and the statistics in terms of number of animals for this important control for hippocampal inactivation are also not comparable to the main experiment.

      We agree that matching stimulation duration is an essential control and recognize that the relevant comparisons and statistics were not sufficiently clear in the original manuscript. Four hippocampal conditions used closely matched stimulation durations of 2 s: Cue+Delay, long delay, early running, and running with a 0.8 s onset (Author response image 2a). Crucially, the long-delay control matched both stimulation duration and elapsed time after cue onset to the early-run condition, while the mouse remained stationary.

      Author response image 2b–c shows the estimated impairment and its 95% confidence interval for each condition. In the hippocampal experiments, the duration-matched stationary conditions showed effects close to zero, whereas the running conditions showed large impairments. Despite the smaller sample, the upper confidence limit for the long-delay impairment was approximately 10 percentage points, substantially below the observed early-running impairment. These estimates establish that despite the smaller sample, the data support a lack of effect compared to early running.

      Author response image 2.

      Duration-matched stimulation produces different behavioral effects across task epochs. (a) Stimulation timing relative to cue onset. Numbers within bars indicate calculated median stimulation duration in seconds; black ticks indicate door opening. Bold labels identify conditions with 2 s stimulation. (b-c) Mean impairment in choice accuracy for hippocampal and mPFC manipulations. Impairment is accuracy during baseline minus accuracy with stimulation, in percentage points. Error bars show 95% confidence intervals across animals; numbers indicate mice. Open circles denote single-animal observations, and arrows indicate confidence intervals extending beyond the plotted range.

      For mPFC, the duration-matched Cue+Delay condition likewise showed an effect close to zero, whereas early-running stimulation produced substantial impairment. However, the long-delay condition included only one mouse. The later-running effects in both regions were also less precisely estimated. We will distinguish these limitations from the more informative stationary-condition results.

      To directly test whether the duration-matched effects differed across epochs, we next compared impairment within the same mice, including only animals tested in both conditions (Author response image 3). For the hippocampus, every mouse showed greater impairment during early running than during either duration-matched stationary condition, and the confidence intervals for both paired differences excluded zero. These within-animal comparisons support an epoch-dependent effect that cannot be explained by stimulation duration alone. The mPFC comparison showed the same direction of effect, although the confidence interval for the Cue+Delay versus running difference narrowly included zero. We will therefore distinguish the stronger evidence for the hippocampal epoch difference from the more limited evidence for mPFC.

      Author response image 3.

      Within-animal comparisons of duration-matched stimulation effects. (a–b) Impairment during Cue+Delay or long-delay stimulation compared with early-running stimulation for hippocampal (a) and mPFC (b) manipulations. Points represent individual mice, lines connect observations from the same mouse, and black bars indicate mean. Annotations report the mean paired difference in impairment (running minus stationary), and its 95% confidence interval calculated using the t distribution. Positive differences indicate greater impairment during running. The single-mouse mPFC long-delay comparison is descriptive. Blue indicates stationary epochs and orange indicates running.

      The central question of this study is not new, with many previous studies investigating distinct and overlapping roles of hippocampus and prefrontal cortex in spatial working memory tasks and memory-guided navigation, using inactivation of one or both regions, crossed inactivation approaches, as well as targeting direct and indirect connections between the regions (PMIDs: 20074655, 9030646, 17045348, 30179661, 27511010, 10491611, 26017312, etc.), in addition to several physiology studies.

      We agree that hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to spatial working memory have been extensively studied. That’s precisely why we find these results impactful when placed in the rich context of the field. The requirement for these regions in delayed working memory tasks has often been interpreted in terms of their contributions during the delay period. However, a requirement during a delay-based task does not itself demonstrate a requirement during the delay. Previous manipulations have not isolated delay periods of waiting from the subsequent navigation within a trial.

      Our experiments extend this work by separately targeting cue presentation, the delay, and different portions of navigation within the same task. This allows us to test whether the behavioral consequences of perturbation depend on the particular epoch in which it occurs. This distinction is important: knowing that a region is required for a memory-guided task does not establish when its contribution is needed. Identifying those periods constrains how we interpret the deficits produced by longer-lasting inactivation. We believe that this is an important result that should be considered when interpreting these broader findings. We will ensure that the appropriate literature and discussion are included in the revision.

      It is not clarified why such short delay periods were used compared to long periods of ~10s in T-maze spatial alternation tasks with delay, and whether the temporal delay period of 1 sec is strictly distinct from the spatiotemporal delay period during stem running in terms of short-term memory function.

      The 1 s delay was chosen to maintain reliable task performance, as some mice could not perform the task with longer delays. Indeed, one reason the longer-delay condition includes fewer animals is that two mice could not perform reliably with the 3 s delay (one additional mouse was not tested in this condition). Delays on this timescale have also been used in rodent cued delayed-response tasks, including a 0.5 s delay in Kopec et al. (2015), a 1.3 s delay in Guo et al. (2014), and a 1.2 s delay in Inagaki et al. (2019). Like these tasks, our paradigm requires mice to remember an externally presented cue specifying the upcoming response, rather than their own previous arm choice as in spatial alternation. It therefore combines spatial navigation with a cued delayed-response requirement, and the delay durations tolerated in alternation tasks are not necessarily directly comparable. We will clarify this rationale in the manuscript.

      We agree that the stationary delay and the subsequent run both require retention of information after cue offset. Our experiments distinguish these behavioral epochs, but do not establish that they involve separate short-term memory processes. The different effects of perturbation suggest that the contribution of these regions changes as the animal moves from waiting to navigating. Determining what accounts for this change is an important direction for future work.

      The choice of time windows for inactivation needs to be better justified, which currently appears to be rather random (2s initial running period, run after 0.8s, run after 1.6s; for an average reported running period of ~2.4-2.5s).

      We sought to target different portions of the central-arm run. Given the typical traversal time of approximately 2.4–2.5 s, stimulation onsets at 0, 0.8, and 1.6 s sampled the beginning, middle, and later portions of the run. Our setup allowed precise control of stimulation timing, and, as shown in Figure 4b, these onset times correspond approximately to the start, middle, and end of the central arm. Each condition used a nominal 2 s stimulation window, truncated if the mouse reached the choice point sooner. The windows therefore overlap, with the later-onset condition generally producing shorter stimulation. We will clarify this rationale and the distinction between stimulation onset and duration in the revised manuscript.

      The mixture of PV-Cre animals (5 animals), Dlx targeting (2 animals), and one WT animal is also suggestive of a fragmented approach, and inactivation efficacy cannot be assumed to be similar for different animals. Importantly, there is no physiological evidence for confirmation of suppression in the optogenetic experiments, even in exemplar animals.

      The Dlx animals were included to improve regional specificity through local viral expression and to test whether the behavioral effects were consistent across targeting approaches. Both approaches produced comparable impairments during running, supporting their inclusion in the same analysis. We will clarify this rationale in the manuscript.

      Optogenetic activation of inhibitory interneurons is an established approach for suppressing local principal-cell activity, with physiological validation in previous studies (Guo et al., 2014; Li et al., 2019, Zutshi et al., 2022). In our experiments, running-period stimulation produced robust behavioral impairments that were consistent across animals and targeting approaches. Furthermore, comparisons across epochs were performed within animals, using the same preparation and stimulation parameters. Differences in efficacy between animals therefore cannot readily account for the observed epoch dependence. Although direct recordings would establish the magnitude and spatial extent of suppression in our preparation, the central behavioral finding is supported by these within-animal comparisons.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The findings are potentially important because they challenge the common assumption that hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to delayed-response tasks are centered on delay-period maintenance.

      We thank the reviewer for describing our findings as “potentially important” and for highlighting their implications for how hippocampal and prefrontal contributions to delayed-response tasks are understood. We appreciate the constructive suggestions and address the public comments below.

      Most notably, the study lacks a non-memory control task, such as a visually guided version of the maze, making it difficult to determine whether the observed deficits specifically reflect disruption of memory-guided behavior or more general impairments in action selection, behavioral flexibility, or movement planning. The observed increase in perseverative responding and delayed commitment to a turn are consistent with either interpretation.

      We agree that leaving the cue on throughout the trial would provide an important control for distinguishing memory-specific effects from broader effects on action selection or movement planning. The senior author is currently setting up a new laboratory, so implementing this control may take some time. We hope to include it in the revised manuscript.

      The running-period deficit indicates a disruption of processes that enable the animal to act on a remembered cue. Whether this reflects disruption of memory itself, movement planning, or another component of translating the cue into a choice requires further clarification but does not detract from the observed dependence on task epoch. Uncertainty about the mechanism of the running-period deficit also does not change the observation that the same manipulation produced no detectable impairment during the stationary delay, when the cue was absent and still had to be remembered. This will be clearly discussed in the revision.

      In addition, several experimental conditions rely on relatively small numbers of animals, limiting confidence in some negative findings, particularly for the longer-delay and later-run manipulations.

      We agree that small sample sizes limit the interpretation of some negative findings. We now report animal-level effect estimates and 95% confidence intervals for each condition (Author response image 2b–c; Author response table 1).

      Of the nine conditions with no detectable impairment and more than one mouse, seven had confidence intervals that excluded effects as large as the observed mean early-running impairment in the same region. This included the hippocampal long-delay condition, despite its smaller sample. These results argue against similarly large impairments in these conditions, although smaller effects remain possible. The two later-run conditions remained too uncertain to exclude such impairments. These and the two single-animal conditions are marked in Author response table 1 and will be interpreted cautiously.

      Author response table 1.

      Animal-level impairment estimates and uncertainty

      Finally, while the Discussion proposes that hippocampal-prefrontal circuits become engaged during the transformation of stored information into action, this mechanistic interpretation remains speculative because no neural recordings accompany the causal manipulations.

      We will clarify in the Discussion that the proposed transformation of stored information into action remains speculative. Nevertheless, we believe this is an exciting possibility raised by our findings that warrants further investigation. Neural recordings would help test this interpretation but are beyond the scope of the current paper. We plan to explore this question in future work.

      References

      Guo ZV, Li N, Huber D, Ophir E, Gutnisky D, Ting JT, Feng G, Svoboda K (2014). Flow of cortical activity underlying a tactile decision in mice. Neuron 81:179–94. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2013.10.020. PMID 24361077.

      Kopec CD, Erlich JC, Brunton BW, Deisseroth K, Brody CD (2015). Cortical and subcortical contributions to short-term memory for orienting movements. Neuron 88:367–77. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2015.08.033. PMID 26439529.

      Inagaki HK, Fontolan L, Romani S, Svoboda K (2019). Discrete attractor dynamics underlies persistent activity in the frontal cortex. Nature 566:212–217. doi:10.1038/s41586-019-0919-7. PMID 30728503.

      Li N, Chen S, Guo ZV, Chen H, Huo Y, Inagaki HK, Chen G, Davis C, Hansel D, Guo C, Svoboda K (2019). Spatiotemporal constraints on optogenetic inactivation in cortical circuits. eLife 8:e48622. doi:10.7554/eLife.48622. PMID 31736463.

      Zutshi I, Valero M, Fernández-Ruiz A, Buzsáki G (2022). Extrinsic control and intrinsic computation in the hippocampal CA1 circuit. Neuron 110:658–673.e5. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2021.11.015. PMID 34890566.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      Using sci-L3-Strand-seq, this study shows genome-wide, single-cell evidence that DSBs triggered by CRISPR/Cas9 are frequently resolved through sister chromatid exchange (SCE), which is undetectable with conventional whole-genome sequencing approaches. This important work provides helpful metrics quantifying the occurrence of SCE events at targeted and repetitive genomic loci that are of particular interest to those working in gene editing, DNA repair, genome instability, or repetitive genomic loci. However, the evidence supporting the proposed involvement of under-replicated region/replication termination-zone resolution and TRAIP/URR-like pathways is currently incomplete and could be strengthened with an increased number of reciprocal daughter-cell pairs and by genetic or molecular perturbation, or alternatively, this can be addressed by changing the discussion.

      We appreciate the editor’s and the reviewers’ recognition of Cas9-induced SCE as an important previously invisible repair outcome and of RDCP analysis as a notable feature of the study. As proposed, we incorporated the two recent Science studies and now tone down the Discussion of our RDCP observations as consistent with, rather than definitive evidence for, the TRAIP-dependent pathway. We also detail how our single-cell genomic observations complement and extend these two studies in terms of the biological significance of the CDK1-TTF2-TRAIP axis.

      Specifically, these changes are in:

      Discussion. We changed

      “Two recent studies revealed how the CDK1-TTF2-TRAIP axis is cell-cycle regulated to trigger mitotic CMG helicase disassembly and fork cleavage: one study showed a two-fold SCE reduction in mouse ES cells (Fujisawa and Labib, 2026), while the other showed that disrupting the TRAIP-TTF2 interaction reduced common fragile site deletions (Can et al., 2026). Our observation of the "WWC-or-WCC/deletion pair" signature in wild-type cells provides, to our knowledge, the first genetic evidence of linking a deletion with SCE and revealing both W and C unreplicated template strands present in the reciprocal daughter cell, consistent with this mechanism at single-cell genomic resolution (illustrated in Fig.3), although this is limited by the observation of only one RDCP.”

      While each study highlights the biological significance of the CDK1-TTF2-TRAIP axis individually for SCE and deletions, we show the coupling relationship (and further evidence of unreplicated template strands) in reciprocal daughter cells.

      Fig.3. Title and legends. We changed

      “Haplotype-aware analysis of observed RDCP (Pair 4, chr1) shows SV patterns at the SCE junctions consistent with the predicted RDCP signature of SCE mediated by URRs or replication termination zones (green shaded area), although the lagging strands, rather than the leading strands, must be resolved to generate these mitotic breaks.”

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript uses sci-L3-Strand-seq to map sister chromatid exchange events following CRISPR/Cas9-induced DNA damage. Because exchanges between identical sister chromatids are largely invisible to conventional sequencing, the study addresses an important blind spot in the assessment of genome editing outcomes. The authors compare single-locus Cas9 cleavage, simultaneous targeting of 237 repetitive genomic sites, and Cas9 nickase variants. They further use reciprocal daughter-cell pair analysis to ask whether Cas9-associated SCEs are copy-neutral or linked to larger structural alterations. Overall, this is a valuable study that introduces an important additional layer to the analysis of CRISPR/Cas9 repair outcomes. The central finding that Cas9-induced DSBs can trigger frequent local SCE is well supported and likely to be of broad interest. The evidence for structural complexity associated with some induced SCEs is intriguing, but the mechanistic interpretation should either be tested directly or presented more cautiously.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of the manuscript is the application of a strand-resolved, single-cell method to a question that is difficult to address with standard genome sequencing. The evidence that a single Cas9induced DSB can trigger strong local SCE is compelling in concept and supported by multiple guide RNAs targeting distinct loci. The reported on-target SCE frequencies, reaching up to 41%, suggest that inter-sister exchange is a substantial and underappreciated outcome of Cas9 cleavage.

      Of particular interest is the comparison between single-site and multi-site targeting. The finding that 237 programmed Cas9 targets produce only mild bulk enrichment of on-target SCE but stronger enrichment in a subpopulation of cells with elevated SCE burden is interesting and may have wider biological implications, particularly if the findings extend beyond Cas9-induced SCE to spontaneous SCEs. Given that potential, the current manuscript would benefit greatly from any experiments characterizing this sub-population: are these cells in a particular cell cycle state, experiencing changes in gene expression, or do they have other unique biological properties?

      The reciprocal daughter-cell pair analysis is another notable feature of the study. The observation that some Cas9-associated SCEs are accompanied by structural alterations could challenge the assumption that SCE after a programmed break reflects error-free homologous recombination.

      Thank you very much for this assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      The number of informative RDCPs is limited, and the mechanistic interpretation of the "WWC-orWCC/deletion" signature is more suggestive than definitive. In particular, the manuscript invokes (even though only in the Discussion section) URR or replication-termination-zone resolution and discusses TRAIP-dependent CMG unloading, nuclease cleavage, and polymerase theta-mediated joining, but these pathway components are not directly tested herein. A more conservative conclusion that some Cas9-associated SCEs coincide with structural alterations is more appropriate, particularly in the Discussion and Conclusion. For example, the statement that this work provides "direct genetic evidence" for a URR-type mechanism is overstated unless supported by additional experiments or a more extensive analysis of alternative models. Similarly, while the authors explain the limitations of acute Cas9 disruption of LIG3, LIG4, XRCC1, and XRCC4, the manuscript should clarify what biological questions this experiment can and cannot answer.

      Please see response to the eLife Assessment as this is a common point raised by multiple reviewers.

      Additionally, we clarified what the DNA repair gene targeting experiment can and cannot answer (delayed protein loss, essential-gene selection) by adding the following text in the “Disruption of DNA repair genes at the cut site did not measurably alter SCE frequency per cell” section:

      “One additional complication is that, although Cas9 RNP achieves >90% knockout efficiency in bulk assays and is therefore used as a substitute for siRNA, sorting BrdU-labeled cells in the subsequent G1 enriches for cells that escaped frameshift editing, particularly for essential genes; thus, 100% knockout in 90% of cells is not equivalent to 90% knockdown in every cell, representing a unique challenge for single-cell assays.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Temper the mechanistic claims about URR/TRAIP-type resolution.

      The RDCP data support the conclusion that some Cas9-associated SCEs are accompanied by structural alterations and may arise through non-classical mechanisms. However, claims about TRAIPdependent CMG unloading, URR resolution, or polymerase theta-mediated joining should be framed as a model unless directly tested.

      We cited mechanistic dissection of the CDK1-TTF-2-TRAIP axis, which was published since the review of the paper. While each study highlights the biological significance of the CDK1-TTF2-TRAIP axis individually for SCE and deletions, we show the coupling relationship (and further evidence of unreplicated template strands) in reciprocal daughter cells but qualified that this observation is in only one RDCP. We further tempered our claims by changing “direct evidence” to “consistent with” as we did not perturb genes involved in these processes.

      (2) Clarify the impact of the small RDCP sample size.

      The manuscript would be strengthened by explicitly stating how many total RDCPs were analyzed, how many SCE events were informative, and how much confidence can be placed in the estimated fraction of SCEs associated with SVs. A short table summarizing RDCP counts, SCE counts, copy-neutral events, and SV-associated events would be helpful.

      A total of 15 RDCPs were recovered from close to 4,000 single cells analyzed across all conditions. We added Tab.S3 detailing SCEs in all 15 RDCPs in addition to SCE and SV breakdown in Tab.S2 (originally Tab.S1). The new Tab.S3 is cited in the “RDCP analysis reveals large-scale SVs on chromosomes with induced SCE, as well as structural alterations at Cas9-induced SCE junctions” section.

      (3) Provide more detail on the "rescued" SCE calls.

      Because the central conclusions rely on SCE detection, the criteria for breakpoint R-based calls versus rescued calls should be explained clearly in the main text or methods. It would be useful to know how sensitive the main conclusions are to the inclusion or exclusion of rescued calls. Is this laid out in greater detail in an additional manuscript?

      We previously included an “On-target SCE identification” section in the Methods, where we described in detail the rescue of on-target SCEs missed by the initial breakpoint R calls. We also depicted calls and calls+rescues for all the conditions in Fig.S1B.

      We agree with the reviewer and now expanded the description of rescued SCE calls in the main text (under the “A single Cas9 DSB induces potent local SCE” section). In brief, 50-92% of SCEs (typically >70%) across the four single-targeting sites were directly called rather than rescued, with the exception of LIG4, where only 30% were direct calls. This is because LIG4 is located only 6 Mb from the telomere and is therefore particularly prone to missed breakpointR calls in low-coverage cells. On-target rescue at individual sites is self-contained in this manuscript because our lab primarily focuses on spontaneous SCE, for which there are no expected SCE sites. However, the rescue methodology was previously implemented in the original development of sci-L3-Strand-seq to identify SCEs at centromeres.

      (4) Clarify the biological interpretation of the repetitive-target enrichment.

      The high-SCE subset analysis is interesting, but the manuscript should explain whether these cells have evidence of higher RNP uptake, altered cell-cycle state, greater DNA damage, or lower sequencing quality. If these possibilities cannot be distinguished, the text should state this clearly.

      We agree with the reviewer. The high SCE subset does not have lower sequencing quality by coverage or background (0.3% coverage for high-SCE vs. 0.28% coverage overall, and 3% background for both high-SCE and overall). However, our current data do not allow us to distinguish among biological explanations for the elevated SCE. The original manuscript acknowledged this limitation (“Whether this reflects a cell-cycle state more permissive to both cutting and recombination, or stochastic variation in RNP uptake coupled with a recombination-prone chromatin environment, remains to be determined.”). To make this limitation more explicit and to address the possibility of sequencing quality raised by the reviewer, we have revised the text as follows: “The high-SCE subset did not show evidence of lower sequencing quality, based on either sequencing coverage (p=0.17) or background SCE levels (p=0.13). However, we cannot distinguish whether the elevated on-target SCE reflects a cell-cycle state more permissive to both cutting and recombination, or stochastic variation in RNP uptake coupled with a recombination-prone chromatin environment.”

      This question may be better explored by future co-assays with sci-L3-Strand-seq; currently we cannot enrich for cells with high SCEs to characterize the molecular features of this subset of the cells using other omics approaches.

      (5) Reconsider the framing of the DNA repair gene targeting experiment.

      The current data do not strongly test whether LIG3, LIG4, XRCC1, or XRCC4 regulate Cas9-induced SCE, because functional protein loss is delayed and essential-gene targeting introduces selection. This section may be better framed as a negative/control observation rather than as a pathway analysis.

      We agree and please refer to Public Reviews for a single-cell assay-specific explanation.

      (6) Consider including some additional control experiments, for example, Cas9 without sgRNA, nontargeting sgRNA, or mock-transfected cells to make sure that some phenotypes (for example, cell-cycle arrest) directly result from DNA cleavage rather than from the transfection procedure.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have carefully considered these additional controls but have chosen not to add further experiments. Our existing Cas9 nickase experiments provide a control that directly addresses whether the observed arrest is attributable to DSB formation rather than RNP delivery/transfection. Both the D10A and H840A Cas9 nickases were delivered under the same experimental conditions as wild-type Cas9, but neither produced the cell-cycle arrest observed following DSB induction by wild-type Cas9. Thus, these experiments control for Cas9 RNP delivery while altering the nature of the DNA lesion and support the interpretation that the observed arrest is associated specifically with Cas9-induced DSBs rather than the transfection procedure itself.

      (7) Figure 1: the fonts should be increased. The majority of the labels are impossible to read in a printed copy of this manuscript.

      We thank the review for pointing this out. We enlarged Fig.1 fonts.

      (8) Figure 1C. The pileup plots should be described and interpreted in a clear way. In its present form, it is unclear how the interpretations and conclusions are made.

      We added explanation of the pileup analysis immediately following mentioning the Fig.1C pileup: “We next examined … SCEs using genome-wide pileup analysis (Fig.1C, Fig.S1B), in which we plot the total number of SCEs detected across all single cells within each 1 Mb window.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this short paper, a clever single-cell Strand-seq method was used to study the number and location of sister chromatid exchange events (SCEs) in cells after CRISPR/Cas9-induced DNA double-strand breaks (DSBs). Unique as well as multiple genomic loci were targeted. Cas9-induced cuts at unique genomic locations led to statistical enrichment of SCEs at the target site, whereas Cas9 targeted at repetitive targets revealed only mild enrichment of on-target SCEs unless analysis was restricted to a subset of cells with >8 SCEs per cell. Interestingly, reciprocal daughter-cell pair analysis revealed largescale structural alterations on some chromosomes. Whereas disruption of DNA repair genes, including LIG3, LIG4, XRCC1, and XRCC4, did not measurably alter SCE frequency per cell within 24 hrs, consistent with delayed functional loss following editing and selection against essential genes. Together, these findings demonstrate that Cas9-induced DSBs are potent local triggers of SCE at unique loci and can be associated with structural alterations, highlighting the influence of lesion type and genomic context on recombination outcomes during genome editing.

      Strengths:

      The data in this paper represent a very rich resource of how parental DNA template strands are distributed in paired daughter cells after various treatments. Abnormalities observed in only one of such paired daughter cells provide a novel and exciting approach to study mechanisms of DNA instability and DNA repair at a genome-wide level in general and following Cas9-induced DSB in particular.

      Thank you very much for this assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      The effect of Cas9-induced DSBs in the cells that are used will depend on the cell cycle stage of the cells that are targeted, as well as the number of times cuts are made. The latter could happen before, during, and after DNA repair reactions on one or both alleles in a diploid cell. As a result, it is very difficult to extrapolate the mechanisms of DNA instability and DNA repair from the observed genomic rearrangements. Novel approaches are needed to limit the number and timing of Cas9-induced breaks to overcome some of these limitations. The language and logic in the paper can be improved, and some of the claims seem incorrect. For example, the abstract reads "A single Cas9 cut at a unique genomic locus led to strong local enrichment of SCE at the break site, reaching up to 41% in the same cell cycle and 17% in the subsequent division, indicating that DSB repair frequently engages non-local inter-sister repair." The evidence that only a single Cas9 cut was made is lacking (see my earlier comment); it is not clear how local enrichment or non-local inter-sister repair are defined.

      We agree with the limitations that Cas9-induced DSBs can be dependent on the cell cycle stage and the number of times cuts are made. We also agree that novel approaches are needed to limit the number and timing of Cas9-induced breaks to overcome these limitations, perhaps by using vfCas9 but more importantly, if new approaches to turn off Cas9 are developed. We have added a brief discussion on this limitation (in the Limitation section) and the resulting constraints on extrapolating mechanisms of DNA instability and repair from the observed genomic rearrangements. We thank the reviewer for pointing out the distinction between “a single Cas9 cut” vs. "Cas9 targeting of a single genomic locus." We went through the manuscript and revised where cutting only once was implied. We also explicitly acknowledge the possibility of multiple rounds of cutting at the same sites.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that “non-local repair” is a non-standard term. We use it operationally to distinguish repair confined to the broken chromatid (e.g., fill-in synthesis or end joining in cis) from repair involving exchange between sister chromatids. We have added a schematic (Fig. S1A) illustrating this distinction and cited this figure immediately before where we operationally defined SCE as a “reciprocal strand switch between sister chromatids, without implying a single mechanistic pathway.” This distinction is important because, particularly for two-ended Cas9 DSBs, an SCE-like outcome could potentially arise through either HR-mediated crossover or NHEJ of DNA ends across sister chromatids; the latter may involve different genetic requirements from classical NHEJ at least in end-tethering. We have revised the manuscript to define “non-local repair” explicitly at its first use.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      References to relevant earlier studies using Strand-seq to study SCEs are missing (PMID: 27185886 and PMID: 29348659).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We added these references in the 3rd paragraph of the Introduction where we briefly review Strand-seq methods.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chovanec and Yin used their newly developed sci-L3-Strand-seq powerful method to characterize SCE after Cas9 cleavage in a human cell line, using either a single target site or an element repeated 237 times in the genome. SCE are often neglected in DNA repair analyses since they are « genetically silent ». Interestingly, the authors found enrichment of SCE at unique Cas9 sites, but only a modest enrichment of SCE when Cas9 targets 237 sites in the genome. The genetic control of SCE formation at Cas9 sites is not deliberately addressed in this paper. However, the authors found that targeted SCE seem to be enriched in a subpopulation of cells, particularly « permissive » for SCE, but the determinants of such a population are unknown. Finally, the power of the sci-L3-Strand-seq allowed the authors to characterize a specific type of SCE based on the analysis of reciprocal daughter-cell pairs' genomes that is associated with a specific type of chromosomal rearrangement compatible with the ones observed in HR defective BRCA1/2 deficient cells.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting paper that molecularly explores sister chromatid exchanges, which represent an important challenge in molecular biology since they are genetically silent.

      Thank you very much for this assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      A complexity of the current paper is that it heavily relies on a recently published paper (Chovanec et al 2026, NAR) describing the powerful but complex technique sci-L3-Strand-seq. Knowledge of this paper is a prerequisite to understanding the current manuscript because no reminder is provided. In addition, the current manuscript presents the use of the sci-L3-Strand-seq technique in the study of SCE after Cas9-induced DSBs, while a companion study is referred to several times for containing results about SCE in XRCC1 KO. At some point, one questions the relevance of splitting the use of sci-L3-Strandseq in different papers instead of making a single integrated one.

      We appreciate this concern. The original sci-L3-Strand-seq study is an extensive methodology paper that establishes and validates various computational framework, whereas the companion study focuses on the genetic regulation of spontaneous SCE. The experimental designs and biological questions of the companion study and the present work are therefore distinct, although we draw on selected results from the companion study where they provide useful comparisons and contrasts between spontaneous and Cas9-induced SCE. The present study addresses a distinct biological question, the response to Cas9-induced DSBs, and we therefore believe that combining these studies would make the resulting manuscript unnecessarily broad and obscure their different biological questions.

      We nevertheless agree that the present manuscript should be understandable without requiring detailed knowledge of either paper. We have therefore added a brief description of the sci-L3-Strandseq approach (3rd paragraph of Introduction, Fig.S1A legends, and Fig.1B legends) and clarified the relevant methodological concepts where they are first introduced. We hope to improve the self-contained nature of the manuscript so that readers need not consult the earlier NAR papers, and the companion preprint to understand the key results.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Abstract

      "Identical sisters ": redundant

      "non-local" inter-sister repair: the meaning is not clear. Do the authors refer only to "inter-sister" and therefore "non-local" is redundant, or do they imply something specific by "non-local", in which case it needs to be clarified?

      "237 repetitive targets": at least a slight description of this target is needed. Is it a "random" repeat, a satellite sequence, a sequence related to a transposable element ?...

      We agree with the reviewer that “identical sisters” is technically redundant. However, we have retained “identical” here to emphasize the distinction between sister chromatids vs. homolog, as SCE is sometimes misconstrued as exchange between homologs and as potentially causing loss of heterozygosity. We prefer the slight redundancy here for conceptual clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that the meaning of “non-local” was unclear. As discussed in our response to Reviewer #2, we use “non-local repair” operationally to distinguish repair confined to the broken chromatid in cis from repair involving exchange between sister chromatids. We have added a schematic (Fig.S1A) illustrating this distinction and explicitly define the term at its first use in the revised manuscript. Please see our response to Reviewer #2 above for the detailed rationale.

      We thank the reviewer for asking us to clarify the nature of the 237 repetitive targets. The sgRNA targets an Alu sequence and was selected from a larger screen of >20,000 sgRNAs targeting repetitive sequences occurring at >200 genomic sites. In that screen, cellular toxicity did not simply scale with the number of predicted target sites; we therefore selected this sgRNA because its intermediate phenotype allowed us to introduce a large number of programmed DSBs without either minimal perturbation or excessive loss of cells. Thus, the 237-site guide was not an arbitrarily selected Alu-targeting sgRNA. The full repetitive-element screen is beyond the scope of the present study, but we have clarified in the Abstract that these 237 sites are Alu targets and added a brief description of the guide selection in the Methods.

      (2) Introduction:

      "non-local outcome / non-local repair processes": The use of "non-local" is not standard and is obscure for the reader. Specify if it has any meaning or remove it.

      Please see our response above to both Reviewers #2 and #3 regarding our definition and use of “nonlocal repair”.

      The authors mention that replication through a DSB generates four broken ends. However, in case the DSB is reached by one replication fork before the converging one, there are only three broken ends for at least the time required for the converging fork to reach the DSB from the other side. This may influence the repair outcome.

      We agree with the reviewer. If one replication fork encounters the DSB before the converging fork, a transient three-ended intermediate can exist before the second fork reaches the break. This temporal asymmetry could influence repair pathway choice, including engagement of HR, end joining, or BIR-like repair. Our assay captures the resulting SCE outcome but cannot distinguish the order in which replication forks encounter the DSB or the repair pathway engaged at these intermediate stages. We have revised the text (2nd paragraph of the Introduction) to clarify that four broken ends represent the eventual configuration after replication through the DSB, rather than necessarily a simultaneous intermediate.

      (3) Results

      Cell cycle arrest experiment: it seems that a control condition with no Cas9 is missing to conclude better about what looks like a G2-M arrest, but that is not clearly mentioned.

      Please see our response to Reviewer #1, Recommendation 6, regarding additional controls for the cell-cycle arrest experiment. Briefly, the D10A and H840A Cas9 nickases were delivered under the same experimental conditions as wild-type Cas9 but did not produce the cell-cycle arrest observed following DSB induction, providing an internal control for RNP delivery/transfection and supporting the association of the arrest with Cas9-induced DSBs. We would also like to clarify that the observed cell-cycle arrest is primarily a G1/S, rather than G2/M, basing on the FACS signal (see revised Fig.1B legend). This is consistent with the strong G1/S checkpoint in mammalian cells and the predominantly G1 cell-cycle distribution of BJ-5ta cells.

      Note that the font size in Figure 1 is too small for readability.

      We have enlarged the font sizes throughout Figure 1 to improve readability.

      Figure 1B, D10A and H840A conditions:

      The authors mention that nicks can be converted into DSBs through the passage of the replication fork, but do not see any cell cycle defect in the conditions tested. Is it possible that the absence of effect results from the fact that the analysis is done prior to nicks being converted into DSBs? This remark notably applies to the 237 target sites experiment. It seems that controlling for cell cycle delays for longer times is needed to conclude clearly about this aspect. In case a clear absence of cell cycle delay is observed in the 237 target sites in the Cas9 nicking condition, this would suggest that replication born DSBs behave differently from "classical" two-ended DSBs and do not trigger cell cycle arrest.

      We agree that the timing of nick conversion during replication could contribute to the absence of a detectable cell-cycle delay under the conditions examined. However, extending the duration of Cas9 nickase treatment or labeling would not necessarily resolve this question, because persistent Cas9 activity permits repeated rounds of nicking across successive cell cycles, making it difficult to relate a later cell-cycle phenotype to a defined replication-born lesion. More generally, we believe that the relationship between replication-associated nicks, SCE formation, and cell-cycle progression is better addressed in the context of spontaneous SCE, which is the focus of our companion study. The present study is focused on SCE following programmed Cas9-induced DSBs, and analysis of replication-born nick lesions would require precise temporal control (ideally vfCas9 nickases that can be turned off) of individual nicking events relative to replication, for which an appropriate experimental system is not currently available to us.

      Figure 1C should mention somewhere the genomic location of the four targets to clearly show that they correspond to the four major SCE peaks. In addition, there is no legend for the vertical pink stripes. Finally, it might be wise to keep the same y-axis scale for better comparisons.

      Figure 1 overall: it might be wise to clearly show a no Cas9 condition to clearly set the SCE baseline and show that it is independent of Cas9 induction. As of now, it is not clear whether the non-targeted SCE comes from a specific cleavage of Cas9 or not. Such an aspect could benefit from putting Figure S1C in the main Figure 1. Alternatively, results from Chovanec et al 2026 (NAR) should be better restated because the reader does not necessarily have them in mind.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. The expected Cas9 target positions were already indicated by vertical bars in Fig. 1C; however, we agree that this was not sufficiently clear. We have therefore revised the figure legend to explain that the vertical bars indicate the expected Cas9 target positions. The Chovanec et al. (2026, NAR) study focused entirely on spontaneous SCE, which we simultaneously map here as the background signal, rather than the on-target SCEs induced by Cas9. We hope that explicitly identifying the target locations in the revised legend makes this distinction clear and ensures that prior knowledge of the NAR study is not necessary to interpret Fig. 1C.

      We have retained the individual y-axis scales because the magnitude of SCE enrichment differs substantially among conditions. Using a common y-axis scale would make several of the on-target SCE peaks difficult to visualize.

      The section « Disruption of DNA repair genes at the cut site did not measurably alter SCE frequency per cell » is questionable in the results section for the following reasons:

      (i) The DNA repair genes are used here as target sites for Cas9 cleavage, but are not the object of the study, but may be the object of a companion paper. This aspect is slightly misleading.

      (ii) As first mentioned in this section, there is evidence strongly suggesting that inactivating DNA repair genes will not affect SCE, and this is what the authors observed.

      (iii) As an alternative, one could put the emphasis on the fact that the effect of Cas9-mediated inactivation of DNA repair genes (ie LIG3) starts to be detectable only in the washout condition ie after at least one cell cycle. But in this case, this is addressing the role of DNA repair genes in Cas9-induced SCE, which is not the point of the current paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the original framing of this section could give the impression that these experiments were intended to test the functions of the targeted DNA repair genes in SCE. This was not our intent. Rather, these genes provided defined genomic target sites for Cas9 cleavage, and the primary purpose of the experiment was to characterize SCE associated with Cas9-induced DSBs at these loci.

      As discussed in our response to the Editor Assessment, there are important limitations to using these experiments to infer the consequences of loss of the targeted proteins, including the delay between Cas9 cleavage and depletion of pre-existing protein and, and particularly in the single-cell assay, selection for cells that escape disruptive editing at essential genes. We have added text to the Results explicitly describing these limitations.

      We therefore agree with the reviewer that the delayed effects observed under the washout condition should not be interpreted here as establishing a role for individual DNA repair genes in Cas9-induced SCE. We have revised the section title to “Cas9 targeting of DNA repair gene loci did not immediately alter overall SCE frequency per cell” to clarify the scope of this experiment and to avoid implying that testing the functions of the targeted DNA repair genes is a major objective of the present study.

      The conditions in Table 1 need to be homogenized and better explained:

      - 237 sites and 237 cuts are used: homogenize?

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this. We revised both to be “237 sites”.

      - May explain better the rationale for putting BrdU simultaneously with Cas9 or after 24 h and a wash.

      For the single-targeting sites, we observed more SCE when BrdU was added simultaneously with the Cas9 for the same 24 hours, compared to adding BrdU in the subsequent division after a wash. Therefore, for the 237 sites, we analyzed both conditions.

      - Typo in the text: 237cuts_24ws_40BrdU instead of 237cuts_24ws_BrdU

      We apologize for the lack of clarity in these labels and have substantially revised the Table 1 legend. In brief, the “40” is not a typo. In the 237 sites experiments, wild-type Cas9 considerably prolonged the cell cycle. Therefore, rather than labeling with BrdU for 24 hours as in the other conditions, we extended BrdU labelling to 40 hours in the last two conditions to allow more cells to progress into the subsequent G1 for successful Strand-seq analysis. We clarified that “237 sites 24 + 16hrs BrdU” refers to the condition in which Cas9 RNP and BrdU were added simultaneously. After 24 hours of Cas9 RNP treatment, BrdU labeling was continued for an additional 16 hours (a total of 40 hours of BrdU). The “237sites 24ws40BrdU” condition is the corresponding washout condition, in which Cas9 RNP was removed after 24 hours and cells were then labeled with BrdU for 40 hours post-washout.

      - 237 cuts: Are some sites more enriched in SCE than others?

      Yes, some sites showed greater SCE enrichment than others. We tested whether this variation correlated with chromatin accessibility but found no significant association. This was not unexpected, as the sgRNAs predominantly target Alu elements.

      - Table 1: There is a difference between 237 sites 24ws24BrdU and 237cuts24ws40BrdU, with a significant enrichment of on-target SCE for the latter condition only. Could the increase in SCE rise even more with longer BrdU exposure? In other words, does the low enrichment in SCE at target sites in the 237 sites experiment result from a non-optimal timing for the analysis?

      Yes, this is possible. We did not systematically test additional treatment or labeling durations. A 24-hour Cas9 RNP treatment is typically used for Cas9 RNP-mediated knockout experiments, and we therefore initially used this duration to assess gene-editing outcomes. For Strand-seq, BrdU labeling is ideally limited to approximately one cell division. Because BJ-5ta cells have an approximately 24-hour cell cycle, extending BrdU labeling substantially beyond 40 hours could allow some cells to undergo a second round of replication and become double-labelled. We therefore did not extend BrdU labeling beyond 40 hours. Thus, the lower enrichment in the 24ws24BrdU condition may in part reflect the timing of the assay.

      - Figure 2 / RDCP analysis:

      Interpretation of this figure relies exclusively on the 2026 NAR paper from the authors. This, at least, should be mentioned to help the reader understand it. Once the legend restates, this figure misses clear identification of the SCE and other genomic rearrangements. For readability, maybe the full genome should be kept for the supplementary data, and only the rearranged chromosomes should be kept in the main figure so that the rearrangements are clearly visible and annotated.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. To make the Strand-seq plots interpretable without relying on our 2026 NAR paper, we have added an explanation of Strand-seq orientation in the third paragraph of the Introduction and in Fig.S1A. We have revised Fig.2 legends to improve readability. We have retained the whole-genome view because Strand-seq data are conventionally presented in this format and it provides important genome-wide context for interpreting the observed events. The rearranged chromosomes and events were annotated in Fig.S3.

      (4) Discussion

      - Most DSB never formed or did not produce SCE: how to understand this better? What would be the argument in favor of one or the other possibility?

      We agree that these are two possible explanations that cannot be distinguished by the current experiment. The absence of an SCE at a targeted site could reflect either inefficient DSB formation or repair of a DSB through a pathway that does not generate an SCE. Distinguishing these possibilities would require direct measurement of cutting efficiency at individual target sites, which was beyond the scope of this study.

      - The conclusion about the effect of the Cas9 nickases needs to be toned down as long as the proper timing for SCE analysis has not been performed (see comment above).

      We agree and have toned down this conclusion by specifying that no significant on-target SCE enrichment was detected under the conditions tested and acknowledging that we cannot exclude SCE formation at other time points (Discuss, first paragraph).

      - As much as possible, avoid the use of non-conventional acronyms like URR.

      We agree and have reduced the use of non-conventional acronyms where possible. We have retained URR (under-replicated region), as the term appears seven times throughout the manuscript, but have ensured that it is clearly defined at first use.

      - The discussion about the RDCP analysis in the second paragraph of the discussion should refer to Figure 3.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We added this reference to Fig.3

    1. Author response:

      We thank the Editors and Reviewers for their encouraging evaluation and constructive feedback. We are glad that they recognized the value of this systematic synthesis in reconciling disparate findings across many studies on an important question, and in providing new insights that help address long-standing debates around the interpretation of CP values. They also acknowledged our rigorous data curation involving many original study authors, and our transparency in reporting limitations and null results.

      To address their constructive recommendations, we will provide additional hierarchical regression analyses where possible, state some limitations more explicitly, and condense the Discussion section to improve focus and readability.

      Regarding the hierarchical nature of the data, we distinguish three potential hierarchical levels: studies, monkeys, and neuronal samples. Because individual monkeys contribute roughly one observation per study and cannot be tracked across publications, animal-level random effects are statistically unidentifiable. We will address the rare cases where identical neuronal pools were evaluated across multiple task conditions by providing a sensitivity analysis restricted to one data point per unique neuronal sample. At the study level (median 2, range 1–7 observations per study), we will present linear mixed-effects models with random study intercepts.

      On the bistability findings, we agree with Reviewer 1's concern about the limited number of studies. We noted in the Results and Discussion that this effect currently relies on rotating-cylinder paradigms and emphasized the need for CP to be quantified with other forms of bistable stimuli. We will make this limitation explicit in the Abstract and Figure 8 caption. We will revise the Discussion to emphasize the three primary drivers (neuronal sensitivity, brain area, and stimulus duration) and treat the bistable stimulus effect separately as a distinct finding.

      Regarding Reviewer 1's concern about reaction-time experiments: because reaction-time (RT) paradigms are heavily confounded with detection tasks in the existing literature (89% of detection tasks are RT tasks, and 67% of RT tasks are detection ones), including RT as a separate factor introduces near-complete collinearity. We will make this constraint and the inability to statistically disentangle them explicit in the main text.

      Addressing Reviewer 2's concern regarding the CP–duration predictions, we agree that they depend on specific modeling assumptions. While our predictions—for the feedforward framework in particular—reflect standard models from the literature, we will explicitly acknowledge that alternative feedforward assumptions—such as duration-dependent response covariance—could alter the expected relationship.

      In response to Reviewer 3’s comments on the rationale and future utility of measuring CP, we will revise the Discussion to emphasize that while the interpretation of CP has evolved from feedforward readout to include feedback mechanisms, our results confirm that CP remains a robust neural correlate of subjective perception. Although the exact mechanisms linking CP to perception remain unresolved, this ambiguity does not justify abandoning the metric; rather, CP remains an indispensable tool, provided it is supplemented with additional analyses as outlined in our recommendations.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1:

      Some results (or lack of) cast doubt about the ability of the used technique (3T fMRI) to detect the desired effects (bottom-up vs top-down activity). 

      As the reviewer notes, 3 T MRI alone cannot partition the relative contributions of bottom-up and top-down signals, since both are present during movement in an intact system. This reflects the premise of our study design but is also an important caveat when interpreting the group-level results, which characterise the net task-related response. Our central inference therefore focuses on the persistence of activation in PT01, in whom hand movement was absent. PT01 therefore lacks bottom-up signals, and any observed activity must be driven by top-down processes. In the revised manuscript, we provide measures of signal quality and activation magnitude to better characterise the sensitivity of these measurements and will draw on existing evidence that our approach resolves task-specific responses within these nuclei.

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) Attribution of the observed activity to corticocuneate projections: My main reservation concerns the inferential step from "not peripheral" to "corticocuneate". The data establish the former convincingly; the latter may not. The central claim rests on an argument by elimination: because bottom-up drive is excluded in PT01, the residual activity must be top-down and, by extension, corticocuneate. Two distinct gaps should be addressed. First, "top-down" is not equivalent to "direct corticocuneate". Descending influence could reach the cuneate nucleus through multiple indirect pathways. Second, the activity observed at the three levels (cuneate, VPL, S1) need not be serially propagated, since layer 6 corticothalamic projections, for example, could drive VPL independently of any cuneate contribution. I would ask the authors to either provide evidence bearing on the routing, or to consistently use a route-neutral term (e.g. "descending" or "top-down") and reserve "corticocuneate" for the discussion of candidate mechanisms. 

      We agree with the reviewer that our previous attribution of the observed brainstem effects to corticocuneate processing was speculative and should have been presented as such. Our findings support a non-peripheral, top-down contribution but do not allow us to attribute this descending influence to a specific anatomical route. We have therefore revised the manuscript throughout to use “top-down” processing as a more route-neutral term, reserving the corticocuneate pathway for discussion of possible candidate mechanisms. We have also clarified in the revised discussion that activity observed across the cuneate nucleus, VPL, and S1 does not necessarily imply serial propagation through these structures.

      (2) Afferent input arising above the lesion level: The EMG control in PT01 was restricted to hand and forearm muscles. Musculature innervated above C4 (cervical paraspinals, trapezius, and to a variable extent the shoulder girdle) remained available to this participant, and attempted hand movement is frequently accompanied by increased proximal co-contraction, postural stabilization, and altered respiratory effort. Afferent to the upper cervical cord is known to project to the ipsilateral cuneate nucleus, and its activity would produce lateralized, ipsilaterally dominant cuneate input - that is, precisely the pattern reported. This alternative is not excluded by the present control and should be addressed directly, ideally with proximal EMG in PT01 (and, if possible, in the other participants), or at minimum with an explicit discussion. Relatedly, the authors recorded respiratory and cardiac signals: please report whether respiratory volume or heart rate differed between movement and rest blocks, and between groups, since the dorsal medulla lies adjacent to cardiorespiratory nuclei.

      The reviewer raises an important point. To test whether proximal muscle activity could account for the cuneate response in PT01, we collected additional EMG data during attempted hand movements, focusing on muscles innervated above the lesion level. These included the anterior (AD) and middle deltoid (MD), upper (UT) and middle trapezius (MT), and cervical paraspinals (CP), along with two of the original distal recordings (thenar eminence, TE; extensor digitorum, ED). Nonetheless, we found no significant difference in EMG activity in any recorded muscle during attempted left- or right-hand movement versus rest (Supplementary Figure 3A and 3B). To confirm that the chosen electrode montage could detect proximal muscle activity, we further instructed the participant to perform left or right shoulder shrugs during the same session. This produced a clear increase in activity during movement across the trapezius, cervical paraspinal and middle deltoid recordings (Supplementary Figure 3C and 3D).

      In addition, we analysed the cardiac and respiratory recordings acquired during fMRI to determine whether movement-related physiological changes could explain the observed brainstem activity. Importantly, any physiological change in heart rate during movement is global and therefore cannot explain the hand-dependent lateralisation of the cuneate response. Furthermore, cardiac and respiratory nuisance regressors were included in all first-level models. Heart rate showed a small but significant increase during movement compared with rest (controls: +0.31 bpm; SCI: +0.69 bpm; main effect of condition F(1,33) = 10.22, p = 0.003, η<sup>2</sup></sub>p</sub> = 0.24, BF<sub>10</sub> = 8.44), whereas respiratory volume per time (RVT) did not differ between conditions (F(1,33) = 0.35, p = 0.56, η<sup>2</sup></sub>p</sub> = 0.01, BF<sub>10</sub> = 0.24). Given the autonomic consequences of cervical injury, we also tested whether these changes differed between groups. Neither measure showed a Group × Condition interaction (heart rate: F(1,33) = 1.41, p = 0.24, BF<sub>10</sub> = 0.56; RVT: F(1,33) = 1.60, p = 0.22, BF<sub>10</sub> = 0.61), suggesting that they cannot account for the group differences we report.

      We have added the additional EMG control and the cardiorespiratory analyses to the Supplementary Material of the revised manuscript. Together, these controls suggest that neither proximal muscular nor cardiorespiratory factors explain our findings.

      (3) Functional significance of the preserved top-down signal: The discussion establishes that top-down input persists but says relatively little about why it should. If the principal role of descending input to the cuneate nucleus is the gating of incoming afferent traffic, then in the absence of afferents there is nothing left to gate, and one might have expected the signal to be lost. Its persistence is the most interesting aspect of the finding and deserves fuller discussion. Candidate accounts the authors may wish to consider include: an efference copy or predictive signal delivered to a comparator that no longer receives its input, in the framework the authors already invoke (references 27, 28); engagement of the non-lemniscal outputs of the dorsal column nuclei (e.g., cuneocerebellar, cuneo-olivary projections); attempted movement engages motor imagery and attention, in which case the relevant question becomes what distinguishes these from movement-related gating. A related interpretational point: in behaving primates, movement-related modulation of cuneate transmission is bidirectional and includes prominent suppression (refs. 7/12). Note also that BOLD increases are compatible with increased inhibition, so they do not indicate facilitated throughput. 

      We thank the reviewer for their comment and agree that the persistence of this descending signal despite profound loss of peripheral input is a very interesting aspect of the findings, and that our manuscript will benefit from a more extended discussion of this result. We will expand on this and the candidate accounts raised in the revised discussion. We will also clarify that movement-related modulation of cuneate processing may include both facilitation and suppression, and that our finding of increased BOLD activity does not necessarily imply facilitated sensory throughput.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work provides a valuable toolkit for endogenous isolation of projection neuron subtypes. With further validation, it could present a solid method for low-input ribosome affinity purification using a ribosomal RNA (rRNA) antibody. The experimental evidence for the distinct ribosomal complexes is limited to this method and indirect support from complementary analyses of preexisting data.

      However, with additional experimental data to support the specificity of ribosomal complex pulldown and confirmation of the putative ribosomal complex proteins of interest, the study would provide compelling evidence for translation regulation of neuronal development through compositional ribosome heterogeneity. 

      This work would be of interest to neuroscientists, developmental biologists, and those studying translational networks underlying gene regulation.

      Strengths

      (1) This in vivo labeling of specific projection neurons and ribosomal rRNA affinity purification method accommodates a low input of <100K somata per replicate, which is useful for the study of neuronal subtypes with limited input. In principle, this set of techniques could work across different cell types with limited input, depending on the molecule used for cell type labeling.

      (2) The authors are also able to isolate endogenous neurons with minimal perturbation up to the point of collection, preserving the native state for the neuron in vivo as long as possible prior to processing. 

      (3) This study identified over a dozen potential non-ribosomal proteins associated with SCPN ribosomal complexes, as well as a ribosomal protein enriched in CPN.

      We appreciate the reviewer's thoughtful and detailed review. We especially appreciate the positive evaluation of its strengths, including the use of rRNA affinity purification to access ribosomal complexes in low-input neuronal subtypes in vivo with minimal perturbation, and the resulting identification of distinct ribosomal complexes in SCPN and CPN with associated non-ribosomal proteins. We are also pleased by the recognition of its significance in advancing our understanding of neuronal subtype-specific post-transcriptional gene regulation. We have carefully addressed the limitations below.

      Limitations

      (1) In this study, the authors address the advantages of their ribosomal complex isolation method in SCPN and CPN against RPL22-HA affinity purification. While this does show more pull-down of the ribosomal RNA by the Y10B rRNA antibody, the authors claim this method identifies cell-type-specific ribosomal complex proteins without demonstrating a positive control for the method's specificity. 

      There are very limited experiments to truly delineate how "specific" this method is working and whether there could be contamination from other complexes bound by the antibody. I see this as the major limitation that should be addressed. To boost their claims of capturing cell-typespecific ribosomal complexes, the authors could consider applying their rRNA affinity purification pipeline to compare cell types with well-characterized ribosome-associated proteins, like mouse embryonic stem cells and HELA cells.

      The reviewer can completely appreciate the elegance in the neural characterization here, but it seems there needs to be a solid foothold on the specificity of the method, perhaps facilitated by cell types that can be more readily scaled up and tested.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to further clarify how our experimental design addresses the question of specificity of ribosomal complex pulldown. The rRNA affinity purification pipeline was applied identically to both SCPN and CPN, with the analysis focused on comparative, differential analysis between the two subtypes. We employed this approach to subtract out potential background signal or non-specific binding to the Y10b antibody present in both subtypes. We have now clarified this experimental design in the text, at the end of the first result section.

      (2) The authors followed up on their differentially enriched ribosomal complex proteins by analyzing the ribosome association of these proteins in external datasets. While this analysis supports the ribosome-association of these proteins, there is limited experimental validation of physical association with the ribosome, much less any functional characterization.

      The reciprocal pulldown of PRKCE is promising; however, I would recommend orthogonal validation of several putative ribosomal complex proteins to increase confidence. 

      Specifically, the authors could use sucrose gradient fractionation of SCPN and CPN, followed by a western blot to identify the putative interaction with the 80S monosome or polysomes. This would also provide evidence towards the pulldown capturing association with mature ribosome species, which is currently unclear. This experiment would provide substantial evidence for the direct association of these non-ribosomal proteins with subtype-specific ribosomal complexes.

      We thank the reviewer for the feedback and suggested future directions for candidate validation. We appreciate the recognition of our analysis of external datasets from independent approaches that provides support for physical ribosome association of these candidates. We respectfully submit that the scope of this work is an unbiased comparison of ribosomal complexes between SCPN and CPN to identify and nominate candidates for future investigation. We agree that future work to advance this direction of inquiry would optimally include further characterization of their subtype-specific physical interactions with ribosomes to further elucidate functional implications.

      We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion of sucrose gradient fractionation for polysome profiling. We carefully considered this approach midway through this work, and we pursued pilot experiments to test feasibility. These pilot experiments reinforced findings in the existing literature that it typically requires on the order of 10⁷ cells, well beyond the feasible scope of these low-input purified neuronal subtypes. We respectfully submit that imaging-based approaches, such as proximity ligation assays and super-resolution microscopy, are likely more applicable to such very limited material, though would require extensive candidate-specific optimization beyond the scope of this project. We have now expanded future experimental consideration in the Discussion’s penultimate paragraph.

      (3) The authors state interest in learning more about the differences underlying translational regulation of projection neuron development. This method only captures neuronal somata, which will only capture ribosomes in the main cell body. There are also ribosomes regulating local translation in the axons, which may also play a critical role in axonal circuit establishment and activity. These ribosomal complex interactions may also be rather transient and difficult to capture at only one developmental stage. Therefore, this method is currently limited to a single developmental snapshot of ribosomal complexes at P3 within the main cell body. It would be exciting to see the extended utility of this method to sample neurites and additional developmental stages to gain further resolution on the developmental translation regulation of these projection neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to further highlight the foundational significance of this work in translational regulation of projection neuron development. Here, we identified subtype-specific differences in ribosomal complex composition within somata at a critical developmental time window for two PN subtypes. This work provides foundation for future investigation of local translation and its regulation in growth cones and axons. It will also enable direct comparison with potential future results from axons and growth cones, developmental subcellular specializations at axon tips that implement pathfinding and circuit formation (such work is not yet feasible due to exceptionally low available input). Our lab has significant ongoing work regarding subtype-specific axon and growth cone biology, including recent investigations of growth cone-localised RNA and protein molecular machinery that regulate circuit formation, maintenance, and function of distinct cardinal PN subtypes (Poulopoulos*, Murphy* et al. Nature 2019; Engmann*, Hatch* et al. Nature Prot 2022; Itoh et al. Cell Rep 2023; Veeraraghavan*, Engmann* et al. Nature Neurosci 2026; Durak*, Kim* et al. bioRxiv 2023; Veeraraghavan*, Tillman* et al. bioRxiv 2025; Tillman et al. bioRxiv 2026). Combining subtype-specific growth cone purification with ribosomal complex investigation represents a logical and exciting future direction. We appreciate the reviewer's encouragement of this future line of investigation and now highlight it in the revised Discussion.

      Likely impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community:

      The authors introduce a unique pipeline of techniques to identify cell-type-specific ribosomal complex compositions. With more validation, there is certainly potential for those studying neuronal translation to leverage this method in limited primary cells as an alternative to existing methods that do not rely on ribosomal protein tagging, such as ARC-MS (Bartsch et al., 2023), RAPIDASH (Susanto and Hung et al., 2024), and RAPPL (Nature Communications, 2025).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a sophisticated molecular dissection of ribosome-associated complexes (RCs) in two well-defined cortical projection neuron subtypes (ScPN and CPN) during early postnatal development. 

      The authors develop and optimize an rRNA immunoprecipitation-mass spectrometry (rRNA IPMS) workflow to recover RCs from FACS-purified, retrogradely labeled neurons, achieving remarkable subtype specificity and biochemical resolution. Through proteomic profiling, they reveal both shared and distinct ribosome-associated proteins between ScPN and CPN, with a focus on non-core RC components and their potential functional relevance. The work advances our understanding of cell-type-specific translation regulation, moving beyond the transcriptome to explore the proteome-level complexity in neuronal subtypes.

      Strengths:

      This work stands out for its technical sophistication and innovation. The authors combine retrograde labeling, FACS purification, and an optimized rRNA IP-MS approach (low input) to isolate ribosome-associated complexes from highly specific neuronal subtypes in vivo, a challenging issue that they execute with impressive rigor. The methodological pipeline is both elegant and well-controlled, yielding high-quality, reproducible data. The depth of proteomic coverage is remarkable, with nearly all known cytoplasmic ribosomal proteins identified, along with hundreds of ribosome- associated proteins (RAPs), including translation factors, chaperones, and RNA-binding proteins. 

      The analysis not only reveals shared components between ScPN and CPN RCs but also uncovers subtype-specific differences in associated proteins. Particularly notable is the integration of this new proteomic dataset with previously published transcriptomic and ribosome footprinting data, which helps to validate the specificity and relevance of the findings. Overall, the clarity of the writing, the robustness of the data, and the transparency of the methods make this a strong and compelling contribution.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the depth and high quality of the dataset, the study remains descriptive. While the identification of subtype-specific RC components is intriguing, the current version of the manuscript does not explore their functional roles or the biological consequences of their alterations. There is no perturbation, causal testing, in vitro or in vivo manipulation to demonstrate whether these proteins are necessary for ScPN or CPN identity, specific axonal targeting, metabolism, or synaptic function. One important point highlighted by the authors in the discussion - and critical for establishing the subtype specificity of the identified proteins - is that some ribosomal complexes may be specialized for specific developmental stages, rather than exclusively for the subtype-specific needs of projection neuron development. The work presented here provides a valuable starting point for further investigation into such RC specialization. 

      However, it will be essential to determine to what extent these RCs exhibit true subtype specificity, independently of their temporal maturation context. As a result, key mechanistic insights remain a bit speculative. Although several of the identified proteins have known roles in processes like synaptogenesis or metabolism, their relevance to the specific neuronal subtypes under study is not experimentally addressed. 

      That said, given its rich content and the comprehensive early postnatal dataset, the manuscript represents an extremely valuable resource for the community. While primarily exploratory, it lays a strong foundation for future functional studies aimed at uncovering the biological impact of the identified ribosomal complexes.

      We thank the reviewer for their excellent summary and for their very positive assessment of our work. We are pleased that the methodological rigor, proteomic depth, and integrative analyses were well-received. We thank the reviewer for highlighting that our “work presented here provides a valuable starting point for further investigation into such RC specialization” and that “it lays a strong foundation for future functional studies aimed at uncovering the biological impact of the identified ribosomal complexes.” This is exactly how we view this contribution – as a foundation to share with broader field so such functional investigation and investigation of developmental dynamics can be pursued by multiple groups in the broader related field.

      We again thank the reviewer for the very positive and insightful comments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses:

      (1) As listed in the limitations, I would recommend that the authors consider applying their rRNA affinity purification to additional cell lines to confirm the specificity of the method as a positive control, where just demonstrating the technology may be easier to carry out than with more limited samples.

      As we noted in our response above to Limitation 1: “The rRNA affinity purification pipeline was applied identically to both SCPN and CPN, with the analysis focused on comparative, differential analysis between the two subtypes. We employed this approach to subtract out potential background signal or nonspecific binding to the Y10b antibody present in both subtypes. We have now clarified this experimental design in the text, at the end of the first result section.”

      (2) Also, as listed in the limitations, I recommend that the authors provide orthogonal experimental evidence for the putative SCPN and CPN ribosomal complex proteins of interest (e.g., sucrose gradient > western blot).

      As we noted in our response to Limitation 2 above: “We appreciate the recognition of our analysis of external datasets from independent approaches that provides support for physical ribosome association of these candidates. We respectfully submit that the scope of this work is an unbiased comparison of ribosomal complexes between SCPN and CPN to identify and nominate candidates for future investigation. We agree that future work to advance this direction of inquiry would optimally include further characterization of their subtype-specific physical interactions with ribosomes to further elucidate functional implications.”

      Regarding sucrose gradient fractionation (for polysome profiling), we also noted in our response to Limitation 2: “We carefully considered this approach midway through this work, and we pursued pilot experiments to test feasibility. These pilot experiments reinforced findings in the existing literature that it typically requires on the order of 10⁷ cells, well beyond the feasible scope of these low-input purified neuronal subtypes. We respectfully submit that imaging-based approaches, such as proximity ligation assays and super-resolution microscopy, are likely more applicable to such very limited material, though would require extensive candidate-specific optimization beyond the scope of this project. We have now expanded future experimental consideration in the Discussion’s penultimate paragraph”.

      (3) The authors are interested in preserving the native state of the projection neurons to isolate ribosomal complexes; therefore, they may consider using biotin-conjugated CTB (Thermo Fisher) sorting through anti-biotin MACS columns (Miltenyi Biotech) as opposed to FACS in the future. While it does not allow for the same visualization as using a CTB-FP, this slight pipeline adjustment could help save time and physical processing of the projection neurons, helping preserve their endogenous state.

      While we appreciate the reviewer’s constructive suggestion for this theoretically alternative approach, we respectfully submit that this approach is unlikely to effectively isolate projection neurons from the living brain as effectively as FACS approach employed here. We considered this approach. We respectfully offer that CTB standardly enters neurons by binding GM1 gangliosides at the axon terminal, after which it is internalized and undergoes retrograde transport to the soma, several millimeters or more away depending on the projection. By the time CTB reaches the soma, we further respectfully offer that it is standardly fully internalized and is no longer surface-exposed for the theoretically suggested antibiotin capture for MACS. We used magnetic bead-based pull-down for the ribosomes themselves and find those molecular approaches very beneficial. Despite our use and openness to magnetic-conjugate-based separation approaches, we judge that fluorophore-conjugated CTB and FACS remain the most efficient and feasible approach for isolation of these exceptionally polarized projection neurons while maintaining cell viability. 

      (4) While the authors provided a comparison of overall protein detection levels between SCPN and CPN, I recommend an additional analysis and potential normalization for the average core ribosomal protein abundance across samples. I will note that this is more accessible when samples are prepared using TMT-labeling methods, which might be considered for future experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We appreciate the opportunity to address them together, to further clarify our deeply considered choice of MS-based proteomic analysis and corresponding primary normalization approach. To complement our initial normalization approach, we have now also implemented the reviewer’s suggested approach of normalization to the average intensity of core ribosomal proteins. Notably, these new results agree with those from our initial normalization approach. This insightful suggestion has further strengthened the paper’s results and interpretation. 

      Here, we employed label-free quantification (LFQ), wherein samples are assayed sequentially rather than simultaneously, to most rigorously establish which proteins are truly present in some neuronal subtypes but absent in others. As the reviewer is aware, this capability to determine absence vs. presence of MS-detectable peptides distinguishes LFQ from approaches that assay samples simultaneously, such as isobaric tandem mass tag (TMT) labeling, which standardly offers advantages in relative quantification studies. Advances in sample preparation, instrumentation, and data analytical algorithms (from recent developments in single-cell proteomics and related approaches) now enable application of LFQ in quantitative differential analysis, even in the ultra-low-input regime. We now include both detailed discussion of these points and relevant citation in the text. 

      As the reviewer is also aware, in LFQ, normalization is crucial to ensure the protein quantification is accurate and comparable across sequential runs. For quantitative differential analysis of proteins detected in both subtypes, we have implemented a primary normalization approach employing “median-of-ratios” normalization across all detected proteins for robustness against outliers and technical variability. This primary approach results in similar overall distributions of protein abundances across CPN and SCPN samples (Figure S2A), providing confidence in quantitative comparison between SCPN and CPN in the ultra-lowinput regime. 

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, to further ensure rigor of identification of differential proteins, we have also implemented a second normalization approach, rescaling each sample to the average intensity of its core ribosomal proteins alone (new Figure panels S2B, C). Subsequent differential analysis reveals equivalent CPN > SCPN enrichment of RPS30/eS30, GUCY1A1, and CELF3 (proteins identified as CPN-enriched with the primary normalization approach). These three proteins rank among the five proteins with lowest p-values, though false-discovery-rate-corrected significance is reduced. This confirmation by a second normalization approach further strengthens the findings.

      We have included clarifications in the main text, added the second normalization approach and subsequent analysis in both the main text and Figure S2. In addition, we have now noted in the discussion that TMT labeling with correspondingly appropriate normalization approaches might better define relative quantitative differences between functional candidates present in multiple subtypes.

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      (1) I recommend this as a Tools or Resource article, seeing as the biological conclusions are limited.

      We respectfully submit that this work investigated biological questions and identified biological answers beyond pure development of Tools or offering a dataset as a Resource. We further respectfully submit that the question of differential neuronal subtype-specific translation of shared transcripts has become an emerging area of interest in regulation of precise neuronal and circuit development, maintenance, and function, as well as the neurobiological basis of disease. This has been quite hard to study, and this paper brings a first level of answers to that biological question. Of course, the biological results of this paper are not the complete answer, but as with all biological discovery papers, it provides a foundation for many further studies by multiple labs. 

      (2) In the rationale for studying ribosomal complex machinery, it may be helpful to say that ribosome composition and associated proteins that are present in the cytoplasm provide a way in which ribosomes can tune translation rapidly. This is especially important, seeing as this affords post-mitotic neurons the opportunity to remodel and repair by using readily available proteins while also avoiding the energetic demands of producing new ribosomal complex proteins.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and fully agree. We have now added this rationale to the Introduction. 

      (3) Is there a need for a CTB injection control? Does GM1 binding affect translation pathways? Please list citations, if possible.

      We respectfully submit that a CTB injection control is not necessary. As noted in our response to Limitation 1 in the Public Review portion, both PN subtypes underwent retrograde labeling with CTB in this work. While it remains unknown whether CTB-GM1 binding affects translation, potential effects of CTB are expected to apply equivalently to both subtypes and would therefore not confound these between-subtype comparisons. Please also see our response to recommendation 4 immediately below, in which we further clarify that retrograde tracing with CTB is a long-standing, well-accepted method shown to cause minimal damage and not interfere with continued neuronal development.

      (4) Do the traced/labeled PNs keep developing normally? In other words, does retrograde tracing inhibit proper PN development? Please list citations, if available.

      We thank the reviewer for encouraging us to further clarify that these are longstanding and well-accepted methods in the field, found to cause minimal damage and not to interfere with continued neuronal development. These and related retrograde labeling methods have led to the identification of the field's cardinal regulatory genes and molecules of axonal connectivity. This includes substantial work from our own lab (PMID in parentheses): Arlotta*, Molyneaux* et al. Neuron, 2005 (15664173); Lai*, Jabaudon* et al. Neuron, 2008 (18215621); Molyneaux*, Arlotta* et al. J. Neurosci., 2009 (19793993); Galazo et al. Neuron, 2016 (27321927); and more recently Sahni et al. Cell Rep., 2021a (34686320); and Sahni et al. Cell Rep., 2021b (34686337). These methods have also employed by other groups, such as Bin Chen (e.g. McKenna et al. PNAS, 2015 (26324926)) and Marta Nieto (e.g. De León Reyes et al. Nat. Commun., 2019 (31591398)). We have now clarified this in the text and included references for the benefit of the readers.

      (5) It may be helpful to mention that RPS30 associates with immature ribosomes during biogenesis (PMID: 25706898).

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to further clarify background knowledge of RPS30. As the reviewer is aware, RPS30/eS30 is definitively part of the mature 80S ribosome, as established, e.g., by cryo-EM of human 80S ribosomes (PMID: 25901680). Like multiple other ribosomal proteins, RPS30/eS30 also associates with immature ribosomes during biogenesis (PMID: 25706898). Intriguingly, RPS30/eS30 is produced by cleavage of a fusion protein comprising ubiquitin-like FUBI and RPS30/eS30, with cleavage recently identified as a late step in cytoplasmic 40S maturation (PMID: 34318747). As noted in the text, we confirmed that the peptides used for RPS30/eS30 identification appropriately map only to the amino acid sequence of RPS30/eS30 and not FUBI. We now mention that it is a core component of the mature 80S ribosome and its immature ribosomal association. 

      (6) Please clarify how the rRNA-IP is pulling down mature ribosomes. If not, this should be incorporated into the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this interesting point. As the reviewer notes, it is well established in the ribogenesis field that ribosomes are continuously produced and therefore exist at various stages of maturation. Our protocol removes a major source of immature ribosomes by subjecting FACS-purified cells to two centrifugal spins that remove the nucleus, the site of ribogenesis and early steps of maturation. In pilot experiments, nuclear removal was confirmed by the absence of a contaminating genomic DNA peak on Bioanalyzer electropherograms of total RNA extracted from input samples (without genomic DNA removal) immediately prior to rRNA-IP. However, ribosomes also undergo cytoplasmic maturation steps, and various functional states of ribosomes have been found to be present in the cytoplasmic fraction. For these reasons, we have referred to what we pulled down as "ribosomal complexes" throughout the manuscript. We now explain this nuclear/immature ribosome depletion and cytoplasmic ribosomal enrichment in the text.

      (7) Would have been interested to see some discussion of the most enriched CPN RAPs or why these might not exist in most replicates (inter-subtype heterogeneity?)

      The reviewer asks an interesting question. As the reviewer is aware, when considering a single sample in isolation, absence of mass spectrometry-based detection is not definitive proof of absence, especially not within this work’s ultralow input regime. One of us (B. Budnik) has substantial experience with ultra-low-input samples across multiple cell types outside of the nervous system, and identifying a protein in three of four identical samples is not uncommon. We therefore used detection in three or four samples as an indicator of presence, while absence across all samples was taken to indicate true absence.

      That said, the reviewer is correct that further diversity and heterogeneity within both CPN and SCPN subtypes additionally might be involved. This is an interesting question for future research, and we have added relevant text to the Discussion. 

      (8) It may be helpful to mention that RPL22, while not stoichiometric, is known to have extraribosomal functions and can pull down independently from assembled ribosomes (PMID: 17381311, PMID: 28575669. Moreover, RPL22/eL22-3xFLAG has been previously used as a control for ribosome affinity-based pulldowns and could be added to citations for Figure S1 (PMID: 28625553, PMID: 28625553).

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful recommendation. We have added relevant text and citations. 

      Minor corrections to the text and figures:

      (1) Want to confirm that in Figure 2, P adj is <0.1 is correct? 

      Yes

      (2) It is not necessary to show MS spectra in Figure 2.

      While we understand the spectra are not strictly necessary, we respectfully submit that they enhance the figure and aid readers in assessing data quality. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      To strengthen the impact and interpretation of the authors' findings, we encourage consideration of the addition of functional validation experiments for at least one (or more) of the ribosomeassociated proteins that are differentially enriched in ScPN. This could include genetic manipulation (e.g., knockdown or overexpression) to test whether these proteins influence subtype-specific features or neuronal function. Even a limited set of perturbation experiments, such as targeting PRKCE, which is particularly interesting due to its known role in synaptogenesis, would help move the study from descriptive to a more mechanistic nature of the work.

      There appear to be no issues related to data availability, ethics, or compliance, assuming all raw proteomic data and associated code for differential analysis are made publicly available.

      We again thank the reviewer for this encouragement and highlighting that our work provides the foundation for further functional and developmental dynamic investigations. We view this work as providing that foundation for further investigation by multiple labs in the broader fields, beyond the scope of this paper.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the results of an experiment that demonstrates a disruption in statistical learning of room acoustics when transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) is applied to the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex in human listeners. The work uses a testing paradigm designed by the Zahorik group that has shown improvement in speech understanding as a function of listening exposure time in a room, presumably through a mechanism of statistical learning. The manuscript is comprehensive and clear, with detailed figures that show key results. Overall, this work provides an explanation for the mechanisms that support such statistical learning of room acoustics and, therefore, represents a major advancement for the field.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the work is its simple and clear result, that the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex is involved in human room acoustic learning.

      Weaknesses:

      A potential weakness of this work is that the manuscript is quite lengthy and complex.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated how listeners adapt to and utilize statistical properties of different acoustic spaces to improve speech perception. The researchers used repetitive TMS to perturb neural activity in DLPFC, inhibiting statistical learning compared to sham conditions. The authors also identified the most effective room types for the effective use of reverberations in speech in noise perception, with regular human-built environments bringing greater benefits than modified rooms with lower or higher reverberation times.

      Strengths:

      The introduction and discussion sections of the paper are very interesting and highlight the importance of the current study, particularly with regard to the use of ecologically valid stimuli in investigating statistical learning. However, they could be condensed into parts. TMS parameters and task conditions were well-considered and clearly explained.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The Results section is difficult to follow and includes a lot of detail, which could be removed. As such, it presents as confusing and speculative at times.

      (2) The hypotheses for the study are not clearly stated.

      (3) Multiple statistical models are implemented without correcting the alpha value. This leaves the analyses vulnerable to Type I errors.

      (4) It is confusing to understand how many discrete experiments are included in the study as a whole, and how many participants are involved in each experiment.

      (5) The TMS study is significantly underpowered and not robust. Sample size calculations need further explanation (effect sizes appear to be based on behavioural studies?). I would caution an exploratory presentation of these data, and calculate a posteriori the full sample size based on effect sizes observed in the TMS data.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a well-designed and insightful behavioural study examining human adaptation to room acoustics, building on prior work by Brandewie & Zahorik. The psychophysical results are convincing and add incremental but meaningful knowledge to our understanding of reverberation learning. However, I find the transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) component to be over-interpreted. The TMS protocol, while interesting, lacks sufficient anatomical specificity and mechanistic explanation to support the strong claims made regarding a unique role of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (dlPFC) in this learning process. More cautious interpretation is warranted, especially given the modest statistical effects, the fact that the main TMS result of interest is a null result, the imprecise targeting of dlPFC (which is not validated), and the lack of knowledge about the timescale of TMS effects in relation to the behavioural task. I recommend revising the manuscript to shift emphasis toward the stronger behavioural findings and to present a more measured and transparent discussion of the TMS results and their limitations.

      Strengths:

      (1) Well-designed acoustical stimuli and psychophysical task.

      (2) Comparisons across room combinations are well conducted.

      (3) The virtual acoustic environment is impressive and applied well here.

      (4) A timely study with interesting behavioural results.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of hypotheses, particularly for TMS.

      (2) Lack of evidence for targeting TMS in [brain] space and time.

      (3) The most interesting effect of TMS is a null result compared to a weak statistical effect for "meta adaptation"

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Several behavioral experiments and one TMS experiment were performed to examine adaptation to room reverberation for speech intelligibility in noise. This is an important topic that has been extensively studied by several groups over the years. And the study is unique in that it examines one candidate brain area, dlPFC, potentially involved in this learning, and finds that disrupting this area by TMS results in a reduction in the learning. The behavioral conditions are in many ways similar to previous studies. However, they find results that do not match previous results (e.g., performance in anechoic condition is worse than in reverberation), making it difficult to assess the validity of the methods used. One unique aspect of the behavioral experiments is that Ambisonics was used to simulate the spaces, while headphone simulation was mostly used previously. The main behavioral experiment was performed by interleaving 3 different rooms and measuring speech intelligibility as a function of the number of words preceding the target in a given room on a given trial. The findings are that performance improves on the time scale of seconds (as the number of words preceding the target increases), but also on a much larger time scale of tens to hundreds of seconds (corresponding to multiple trials), while for some listeners it is degraded for the first couple of trials. The study also finds that the performance is best in the room that matches the T60 most commonly observed in everyday environments. These are potentially interesting results. However, there are issues with the design of the study and analysis methods that make it difficult to verify the conclusions based on the data.

      Strengths:

      (1) Analysis of the adaptation to reverberation on multiple time scales, for multiple reverberant and anechoic environments, and also considering contextual effects of one environment interleaved with the other two environments.

      (2) TMS experiment showing reduction of some of the learning effects by temporarily disabling the dlPFC.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study examines the adaptation for different carrier lengths, it keeps multiple characteristics (mainly talker voice and location) fixed in addition to reverberation. Therefore, it is possible that the subjects adapt to other aspects of the stimuli, not just to reverberation. A condition in which only reverberation would switch for the target would allow the authors to separate these confounding alternatives. Now, the authors try to address the concerns by indirect evidence/analyses. However, the evidence provided does not appear sufficient.

      The authors use terms that are either not defined or that seem to be defined incorrectly. The main issue then is the results, which are based on analysis of what the authors call d', Hit Rate, and Final Hit rate. First of all, they randomly switch between these measures. Second, it's not clear how they define them, given that their responses are either 4-alternative or 8-alternative forced choice. d', Hit Rate, and False Alarm Rate are defined in Signal detection theory for the detection of the presence of a target. It can be easily extended to a 2-alternative forced choice. But how does one define a Hit, and, in particular, a False Alarm, in a 4/8-alternative? The authors do not state how they did it, and without that, the computation of d' based on HR and FAR is dubious. Also, what the authors call Hit Rate, is presumably the percent correct performance (PCC), but even that is not clear. Then they use FHR and act as if this was the asymptotic value of their HR, even though in many conditions their learning has not ended, and randomly define a variable of +-10 from FHR, which must produce different results depending on whether the asymptote was reached or not. Other examples of usage of strange usage of terms: they talk about "global likelihood learning" (L426) without a definition or a reference, or about "cumulative hit rate" (L1738), where it is not clear to me what "cumulative" means there.

      There are not enough acoustic details about the stimuli. The authors find that reverberant performance is overall better than anechoic in 2 rooms. This goes contrary to previous results. And the authors do not provide enough acoustic details to establish that this is not an artefact of how the stimuli were normalized (e.g., what were the total signal and noise levels at the two ears in the anechoic and reverberant conditions?).

      There are some concerns about the use of statistics. For example, the authors perform two-way ANOVA (L724-728) in which one factor is room, but that factor does not have the same 3 levels across the two levels of the other factor. Also, in some comparisons, they randomly select 11 out of 22 subjects even though appropriate test correct for such imbalances without adding additional randomness of whether the 11 selected subjects happened to be the good or the bad ones.

      Details of the experiments are not sufficiently described in the methods (L194-205) to be able to follow what was done. It should be stated that 1 main experiment was performed using 3 rooms, and that 3 follow-ups were done on a new set of subjects, each with the room swapped.

      We sincerely thank the Editor and the Reviewers for their careful evaluation of our manuscript and for their constructive and insightful comments. We greatly appreciate the time and expertise invested in reviewing our work. The feedback has been invaluable in improving the clarity, rigor, and overall presentation of the manuscript.

      In response to the reviewers’ comments, we have carefully revised the manuscript throughout. The revisions include clarification of the study hypotheses, re-analysis of the TMS data using a mixed ANOVA framework, additional methodological details regarding the TMS procedures and behavioural analyses, expanded justification of the statistical modelling approach, clarification of the room-acoustics paradigm, revision of figures and figure legends, additional discussion of study limitations, and a more balanced interpretation of the TMS findings. We have also substantially revised the Discussion section and improved the overall structure and readability of the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It is understood that this topical area is necessarily detail-heavy, but if there are ways to streamline the manuscript to more quickly arrive at key results (Figure 3?), the work might have an even greater overall impact.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and have carefully revised the manuscript to address all comments from all reviewers. However, we have retained the existing order of figures and results to maintain consistency and avoid extensive structural changes that could compromise the clarity and flow of the manuscript.

      (2) Minor point: I believe Equation 1 should be d' = z(H) – z(F).

      Thanks for noticing this, we have fixed the equation.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 115: Towards the end of the introduction, the hypotheses for the current study remain unclear. Please explicitly outline each hypothesis before the Methods section.

      We have now specified the hypotheses tested at the end of the Introduction.

      (2) Line 229: Please state the minimum MEP amplitude criterion used during TMS thresholding (usually 50 µV). Please also reference the EMG hardware and software used to measure MEPs.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for noticing that a few details regarding our TMS procedure were missing in the “Continuous theta-burst stimulation” section of the Methods. We have extensively revised this section to include the required details. We did not, however, use MEP amplitude as a criterion for estimating motor thresholds. For single-pulse TMS-induced motor threshold determination, we used visual observation of the first dorsal interosseous (FDI) muscle twitch (Varnava et al., 2011).

      (3) Line 248: The Coordinate Response Measure corpus contains combinations of callsigns, colours, and numbers. What was the rationale in asking participants to only identify the colour and the number spoken, and not the callsign?

      The rationale for reporting only Color and Number was to ensure an equal number of keyword identifications across phrase lengths—for example, CP0 and CP1 do not contain a callsign. This has now been clarified in the Procedure section of the Methods.

      (4) Lines 327–334: The analyses outlined here are unclear – it appears that there are multiple different statistical tests being conducted on the same outcome variable in this study. Given that the design includes a between-subjects factor (TMS condition) and two within-subjects factors (Rooms, Carrier Length Phrase), could the analyses be simplified by employing a mixed ANOVA as opposed to separate repeated-measures and univariate ANOVAs? If this is, in fact, the analysis that was conducted, please improve the wording. Clarification/correction is also needed surrounding the use of the term “univariate” ANOVA, as this can refer to different statistical tests.

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. We have re-analysed the TMS data using a mixed ANOVA design and reported it as such in the Results section. Although the numerical values have changed, the significant findings and conclusions remain the same.

      (5) Line 340: Whilst the authors identify that an alpha value of 0.05 and Bonferroni corrections were used for statistical inference in two-tailed t-tests, there is no indication of the alpha value used in the interpretation of the ANOVA results. Please include this before the Results section. Furthermore, given that multiple tests are being conducted in this project, the alpha value used to infer statistical significance should be corrected in accordance with the number of hypotheses, to reduce Type I error rates (e.g., 4 hypotheses would result in an alpha inference criterion of α = 0.0125).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation. The corrected alpha value was not explicitly reported because all statistical analyses were conducted using IBM SPSS Statistics for Windows, Version 29.0.2.0 (IBM Corp., Armonk, NY; RRID: SCR_002865). In SPSS, Bonferroni corrections are applied by adjusting the p-values rather than the alpha threshold itself. For transparency, we have now clarified in the manuscript the factors included in each statistical comparison to make the tested hypotheses fully explicit.

      (6) Line 346: The sample size calculation used in the current study could be improved. It is unclear why a sample size estimation of ≥18 is used when the actual sample recruited is significantly greater than this (62). Is this because 62 participants were divided across multiple experiments in this paper? Further clarification is needed. The alpha value used in this calculation should also be corrected to account for multiple statistical models.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this. We have clarified that the initial sample size estimation (n = 18) referred to individual ANOVA analyses. In the revised manuscript, we specify in each experimental section (Identity of Sound Environments and Continuous Theta Stimulation) the exact number of participants recruited per experiment, which together sum to a total of 74 participants across all experiments (also clarified in the Participants section of the Materials and Methods).

      (8) Line 438: Many of the statistical tests presented in the Results section have not been outlined in the Methods section or had the rationale explained in the Introduction – this makes the analyses feel confusing and speculative. Explicitly identifying the core hypotheses earlier in the manuscript and clearly stating which hypotheses are confirmatory or exploratory would be an important improvement.

      We appreciate the reviewer noticing this. We have clarified the hypotheses tested in the Introduction (4th and 5th paragraphs) and provided a more detailed account of the statistical analyses in the Materials and Methods (Statistical Analysis section).

      (9) Line 565: It is unclear how the 62 participants recruited in the study were divided across each of the experimental conditions. I would recommend expanding the Participants section in Methods to outline the number of participants involved in each stage of the study.

      Thanks for noticing this discrepancy—this calculation was indeed confusing and incorrect. We ultimately tested a total of 74 participants. We have specified the sample size per experiment in both the “Identity of selected sound environments” and “Continuous theta-burst stimulation” sections of the Methods, and reiterated this in the Results section to prevent confusion.

      (9) Line 792: The Results section as a whole is incredibly complex and lacks structure. This could be condensed significantly – details regarding previous research should be removed from Results, as this should already be outlined in the Introduction as rationale for the current project. It would be clearer to outline each confirmatory and exploratory hypothesis in the Introduction, then identify at each stage in the Results section where it is being tested.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point. We have rewritten the 4th and 5th paragraphs of the Introduction to outline the confirmatory and exploratory hypotheses. While we have streamlined parts of the Results section to enhance clarity, we have retained contextual information for each analysis to help readers follow the logic of the findings, given the complexity and scope of the study.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Introduction – Overinterpretation and Hypothesis Clarity. The final paragraph of the Introduction (page 4) discusses the experimental findings and their interpretation, which belongs in the Discussion. This section should instead clearly state hypotheses for both the behavioural and TMS experiments. In particular, the TMS experiment lacks a clear rationale: what mechanism is being tested, and what behavioural outcome is predicted? Please revise this section to focus on the theoretical motivation, clearly defined hypotheses, and expected results, and less on summarizing the results.

      We appreciate this point and have accordingly deleted the final paragraph of the Introduction, as it is already incorporated into the Discussion section. We have stated the hypotheses/rationale more clearly in the Introduction.

      (2) TMS – Mechanism, Timeframe, and Clarity. The manuscript does not adequately explain how TMS produces long-lasting effects relevant to the task, which occur minutes (or possibly longer) after stimulation.

      (a) What is the specific timeframe between stimulation and behavioural testing?

      The timeframe between stimulation and behavioural testing has been clarified in the Methods section, e.g.: “Participants exposed to ‘real’ or ‘sham’ TMS completed the familiarization and behavioural task right after cTBS procedures.”

      (b) What is the evidence that TMS to the prefrontal cortex affects function on this timescale?

      We have added the following paragraph to the Discussion to address the timescale of continuous theta-burst stimulation (cTBS): cTBS, as used in our study, typically induces aftereffects lasting 20–50 minutes (Huang et al., 2005; Wischnewski & Schutter, 2015). While these effects are well established in the motor cortex—with motor-evoked potential changes persisting for up to one hour—recent evidence suggests that similar durations of cortical modulation can also occur in the prefrontal cortex (Taylor et al., 2025). Specifically, studies applying inhibitory rTMS to the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (dlPFC) during cognitive tasks have demonstrated functional effects lasting up to one hour in healthy participants (Wagner et al., 2006). Furthermore, Tupak et al. (2013) showed that inhibitory rTMS to the dlPFC leads to reduced oxygenation levels, reflecting decreased cortical activity, for at least 45 minutes—the same duration as the experimental task in our study. Given that changes in cerebral haemoglobin concentration closely correspond to neuronal activation (Liao et al., 2013), the fNIRS-measured alterations in local cerebral blood oxygenation provide an indirect but reliable indicator of TMS-induced neural modulation within this timescale.

      (c) Can post-stimulation effects be objectively measured or confirmed?

      Although no objective post-stimulation measures were collected in the present study, we acknowledge this as a limitation. However, previous research has shown that inhibitory rTMS to the dlPFC leads to reduced oxygenation levels—reflecting decreased cortical activity—for at least 45 minutes (Tupak et al., 2013). Given that changes in cerebral haemoglobin concentration closely correspond to neuronal activation (Liao et al., 2013), these findings indicate that fNIRS can serve as an indirect but reliable method for confirming TMS-induced neural modulation. We plan to incorporate such objective measures in future studies.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important points and have addressed them by updating the Methods and Results sections and adding a paragraph to the Discussion. We would like to clarify, however, that the TMS effects observed in our study are not weak: the statistically significant differences between sham and TMS conditions were accompanied by large effect sizes, indicating that bilateral inhibitory stimulation of the dlPFC produced a robust and consistent effect across participants—specifically, a reduction in performance, reflecting decreased improvement in speech understanding with increasing exposure to the reverberant environment.

      (3) Figure 3A – Anatomical Specificity and Interpretation. Figure 3A implies precise stimulation of dlPFC and its projections to auditory cortex (A1), but the authors cannot actually target dlPFC or its connections specifically with this approach. Rather, the TMS protocol disrupts an undetermined region of PFC, with diffuse downstream effects. This should be clearly acknowledged in the figure legend and main text.

      We appreciate this comment and have acknowledged this point in the figure legend and Discussion, e.g., Figure 3 legend: “Although the TMS protocol was intended to target the dlPFC, it likely affected adjacent prefrontal regions, leading to diffuse downstream effects that may have included modulation of A1.”

      (4) Additionally, the Discussion overstates the evidence for a specific dlPFC → AC role in reverberation learning. The weak and poorly localized TMS effect does not support strong claims about this pathway. Please scale back this interpretation and focus more on the robust psychophysical results, which are the manuscript's stronger contribution.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have revised our interpretation to clarify that the proposed dlPFC–auditory cortex link is speculative, and have added caveats regarding the limited spatial precision of TMS targeting and individual variability in its effects, in the Discussion section “A role for dlPFC in statistical learning of room acoustics.”

      (4a) Line 152: Extra comma after “of”? Also, why are there square brackets around “callsigns” etc.?

      Fixed.

      (4b) Line 156: “RRID:SCR_001622” is unexplained and likely unnecessary—consider removing.

      Removed.

      (4c) Line 159: Why was no ramping applied at the end of the noise? Please clarify.

      Similar to Brandewie & Zahorik (2013), no ramping was applied. This has been clarified in the Methods (“Acoustic Stimuli”).

      (4d) Line 207: Methods do not describe the sham TMS protocol—please add this information.

      Thanks for noticing this. Information on the sham TMS protocol has been added.

      (4e) Line 352: Fix bracket formatting.

      Fixed.

      (4f) Line 382: Sentence is grammatically incorrect—please revise.

      Fixed.

      (4g) Line 394: Unclear use of square brackets—clarify or standardize.

      Fixed.

      (4h) Line 401: It is unclear how interleaving the talker and length ensures a different room each trial. Aren't these variables independent?

      The reviewer is correct: the only variable that was pseudorandomized was room order, to prevent carry-over effects, similar to Brandewie & Zahorik (2013). This has been clarified in the Methods section.

      (4i) Figure 1: Clarify that AI-generated images refer only to the room images, not other components.

      Fixed.

      (4j) Figure 2A: Confirm that “overall” includes all speakers and durations—clarify in legend.

      Fixed.

      (4k) The interesting duration effects in Figure 1D are not discussed in the text and appear before overall room effects in Figure 2A—please reorder and comment on these results.

      Fixed.

      (4l) Supplementary Figure 2: Caption contains a typo (“Lecture Room/Open-Plan Office”).

      Typo has been fixed.

      Also, I recommend adding this result to the main figure set—e.g., include overall d′ for all six talkers in Figure 2 alongside rooms (2A) and lengths (2D).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. Including overall performance for all six talkers in Figure 2 would require substantial restructuring and risk making the figure crowded. We have therefore retained these results in the Supplementary Materials (Supplementary 2 and 3), as originally presented.

      (4m) Line 555: Phrase “to better understand” could be clearer—consider rewording.

      This section has been reworded.

      (4n) Lines 587–592: The lack of main effect of TMS is helpful, but more important is whether interactions between TMS and room/length variables occur. Please report these interactions, as they are central to interpreting the TMS effects.

      We appreciate the reviewer highlighting this. We have reviewed this analysis and reported the interaction Condition x CP length as follows: “A mixed ANOVA with a between-group factor of Condition and within-group factors of room and CP length confirmed that performance in these two populations was comparable, with no significant main effect of TMS conditions observed (‘sham’ vs. no exposure to TMS): [F (1,31) =0.01, p=0.91, ŋp2 = 0.00], and no significant interaction Condition x CP length was observed: [F (3,93) =0.48, p=0.69, ŋp2 = 0.01]; confirming that participants experiencing ‘sham’ TMS did not perform significantly differently from the ‘no exposure to TMS’ population”. 

      (4o) Line 601: Reiterate the timeframe of the TMS-behaviour gap. Is there supporting evidence that TMS can affect behaviour over this duration? Could null effects reflect fading TMS efficacy?

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. We have clarified the timeframe of TMS stimulation in both the Methods and Results, e.g.: “The procedure began with TMS manipulation, and although the behavioural task lasted 45 minutes, the inhibitory effects of TMS extended for at least 60 minutes post-stimulation (Huang et al., 2005; Gamboa et al., 2010; Hoogendam, Ramakers, & Di Lazzaro, 2010; Romero et al., 2022).” However, we cannot dismiss individual differences in the duration of TMS effects, nor differences in efficacy duration between anatomical areas (motor cortex vs. dlPFC). We have noted this in the Discussion section “A role for dlPFC in statistical learning of room acoustics” (Pallant, 2011).

      (4p) Figure 3I: The “meta-adaptation” effect is marginal in both Exp 1 (p = 0.03) and Exp 2 sham (p = 0.04). These should be interpreted cautiously, given their statistical fragility.

      We appreciate this comment. We have now calculated effect sizes for all Wilcoxon signed-rank tests (Pearson’s r) and report them. For the two comparisons noted by the reviewer, the effect sizes are medium (Exp 1) and large (Exp 2). We are therefore confident that, even where the p-values are not extremely low, the statistical differences are reliable.

      (4q) Line 696: Reverberation is described as “common,” but it is nearly universal. Consider rephrasing to reflect this.

      We appreciate this suggestion and have rephrased this line.

      (4r) Line 816: The authors state that TMS reduced overall performance, but the earlier ANOVA (lines 587–592) shows no such effect. Please correct this discrepancy.

      We appreciate the reviewer noticing this. This section has been clarified: the lack of statistical significance at lines 587–592 relates to the comparison between a subset of ‘no-TMS-exposed’ listeners and ‘sham’-TMS-exposed listeners, made only to demonstrate the absence of placebo effects in the sham sample. Following the reviewers’ suggestions, we also re-analysed the data using a one-way ANOVA; this slightly changed the numerical values of the reported main effect but did not change the statistical outcome.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Lines 201–202: It's not clear what is meant by combination and by carrier length here.

      This section has been rewritten for clarity.

      (2) Line 330: What is meant by “Univariate” here? I think this was a mixed ANOVA, with a betweensubject factor of TMS exposure and the remaining factors within-subject.

      We appreciate this suggestion; we have re-analysed this section to use a mixed-ANOVA design. The numerical results differ, but the statistical outcome remains the same.

      (3) Lines 335–343: This is impossible to follow if one does not understand that there were 3 followup experiments.

      Thank you for highlighting that this section was confusing. We have rewritten it to clarify the following: “Three follow-up experiments were performed (univariate ANOVA) to assess whether speech understanding was affected by room context (i.e., the third room in which Open-Plan Office and Underground Car Park were learnt), with one between-subjects factor: room context (levels: Anechoic Room, Living Room, Lecture Room, and Highly Reflectant Room).” We have also added the following earlier in the Methods: “Additionally, we performed three follow-up experiments in different groups of listeners, assessing performance across combinations of three rooms: (1) Anechoic Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners); (2) Living Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (11 naïve listeners); and (3) Highly Reflectant Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners). These conditions were used to determine whether a specific room combination was required to observe improvements in speech performance with increasing exposure to room acoustics i.e., with increasing carrier phrase length—and were assessed in the same way as Brandewie & Zahorik (2013).”

      (4) Lines 414–416: The review of Tsironis et al. (2024) (doi:10.1177/23312165241273399) does not provide strong evidence that there are multiple scales for adaptation to room reverberation (most adaptation effects stabilize within 1 sec).

      We apologize for this mistake, which arose from an issue with our reference manager. It has been corrected to: Robinson, Harper, & McAlpine (2016), Nature Communications, and Simpson, Harper, Reiss, & McAlpine (2014), Journal of Neuroscience.

      (5) Line 427: The supplementary figure shows that many subjects did not achieve asymptotic performance.

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. The fittings have been extensively reviewed; please see the Methods and Results for the new fitting analysis. Indeed, some participants, although very slowly, keep improving over time without reaching clearly asymptotic behaviour. This section, however, referred specifically to the point at which performance stabilised within ±10% of final performance.

      (6) Line 428: The ±10% statistic is random (as discussed below). And why switch to HR now? And what is its meaning when the HR did not converge by the end of the run?

      We appreciate the reviewer raising the inconsistent use of d′ versus HR. d′ is referred to only in statistical analyses that do not bear a specific relation to the time-course analysis; time-course analysis does not allow us to calculate d′ at each trial or time point, owing to the lack of HR and FA values for single trials. We have clarified this in the Methods: “Given how d′ was calculated for |Color| and |Number|, it was not considered a useful metric for describing performance across time in different environments, owing to the paucity of data for each |Color| and |Number| affecting the temporal resolution of any generated curve. We therefore analysed the development of individual and average performance in each acoustic environment using cumulative hit rates, applying a 5-point moving average (~7 seconds) to each trace and plotting performance as a function of mean cumulative exposure time.”

      We have also extensively reviewed our fits, following these steps: (i) we compared single- vs. double-exponential fits across 22 participants (Supplementary Figure 1), which showed that double exponentials provided a better R<sup>2</sup> for the majority of participants; (ii) we re-ran all analyses forcing the fits to the HR endpoint; (iii) characterizing taus was not informative for our sample, given flat-like performance for some participants (Supplementary Figure 1)—in these cases, taus do not aid understanding of how performance stabilizes over time, particularly given the use of two taus; and (iv) cutting initial points differs by participant.

      (7) Line 434: Or that they learned/adapted to other characteristics that were fixed.

      Thank you—we have added “adapted to” in the sentence.

      (8) Supplementary tables often show differences, but the actual values are not shown. Also, the tables and figures randomly switch between d' and HR.

      Supplementary tables are intended only to show additional detail not reported in the main text or figures, to avoid redundancy; means (referred to in the Supplementary tables) are always shown in the main figures. We appreciate the reviewer raising the inconsistent use of d′ versus HR, addressed above, and have clarified this throughout the Methods and Results.

      (9) Lines 436–442: There seem to be a lot of issues with the fitting shown in Supplemental Figure 1 and Figure 2B:

      (a) It does not seem to converge, especially for the green line. So, presumably, the asymptotic value obtained for tau_slow was the upper bound set to 2000 s for many subjects' conditions. But those values are never shown—they should be in Supplemental Figure 1.

      (b) Then the FHR value, derived from that, is completely dependent on what the bound was set to, and is therefore arbitrary. And its value of 10% is also arbitrary. Why do this when tau itself of an exponential model represents the time it takes to reach 67% of the asymptotic value, from which one can derive whatever time it should take to reach the final 10%?

      (c) Even the use of the model specified by Equation 2 seems arbitrary. Average data in Figure 2B do not provide strong evidence for two time scales. If the authors are worried about the instability of the data at the beginning, a simple exponential with a weighted fit that prioritizes the later portions seems sufficient.

      (d) Lines 430–434: This conclusion seems wrong, based only on the arbitrary measure chosen for “global likelihood learning.” Looking at Figure 2B, there is no evidence that the green graph reached any asymptote, while for the yellow and blue it appears to have. The authors should try fitting a simple exponential function to it to show that tau is larger.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comments and have significantly revised these sections of the Methods and Results. In summary, we fitted the data with single- and double-exponential functions. Double exponentials were fitted to the full time course. Single exponentials were fitted to both the full time course (Supplementary Figure 1) and a truncated version excluding the first 10 points (~14 s) to mitigate initial variability (Supplementary Figure 2). AIC comparisons heavily favoured the double-exponential model for the full time course (mean AIC: double −442.8 vs. single −376.4), providing a better fit for ≥20/22 subjects across all environments. Compared against the truncated single-exponential fit, the double-exponential model retained a lower mean AIC (−420.7 vs. −399.1) and remained the preferred model for approximately half the subjects. The double-exponential model was preferred not only for its automated nature (requiring no manual truncation) but also for the magnitude of improvement: when the single model was superior, the advantage was marginal (ΔAIC = 9.7 ± 1.4), whereas the double model’s advantage was substantial (ΔAIC = 52.8 ± 8.9). We therefore used the double-exponential fit for further analysis.

      (10) Lines 436–446: How can this analysis be performed if asymptotic performance was not achieved in any of the conditions (nothing has plateaued in Figure 2B)? Also, the 10% FHR measure is dependent on the FHR estimate; correlating two measures based on the same measure is, by definition, expected to be correlated. This result seems to reflect that if one's learning is faster within a fixed number of trials (150), one has more opportunity to reach a higher final PCC even if asymptotic performance is identical.

      To clarify, the variables being correlated are not the FHR and ±10% of the FHR values themselves, but rather the time points at which each participant reached ±10% of their individual FHR during the task. This analysis therefore does not involve two measures derived directly from the same estimate. The timing of reaching ±10% of the FHR reflects the learning-settling trajectory rather than the FHR magnitude, so there is no a priori reason for the two measures to be intrinsically correlated. While asymptotic performance was not reached within 150 trials for some participants, the estimated FHR still provides a consistent individual marker of learning rate, allowing comparison of relative learning dynamics across participants and conditions.

      (11) Lines 448–461: Brandewie & Zahorik (2013) show that a large portion of that improvement is due to tuning to the voice and location of the speaker. Also, in the current study, there are some issues with the anechoic condition (see below).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. This section refers specifically to results related to carrier phrase length, not to speaker identity (addressed separately below) or location, both of which were fixed in our study and therefore unlikely to account for the observed effects. We address the reviewer’s concerns about the anechoic condition in our responses below.

      (12) Line 491: What were the average trial numbers for the steady and initial trials? Also for the anechoic condition?

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this. We analysed the average trial number at which initial and steady trials occurred across a total of 360 trials: for all 22 participants, initial trials mean = 6 ± 4 and steady trials mean = 37 ± 9; sham TMS: initial trials mean = 5 ± 4, steady trials mean = 34 ± 6; real TMS: initial trials mean = 10 ± 9, steady trials mean = 38 ± 12; anechoic condition: initial trials mean = 6 ± 3, steady trials mean = 36 ± 8; and the 11 randomly selected subjects: initial trials mean = 6 ± 5, steady trials mean = 38 ± 7. This information has been added to the relevant Results sections.

      (13) Line 498: It's still not clear when the anechoic condition was performed. Lines 200–205 talk about combinations in which the Lecture Room was swapped, but it's impossible to follow when and how often that occurred. Given that the anechoic room was not included in the same way as the main three rooms, the conclusion at lines 500–504 is questionable.

      Thank you for noticing this. We have rewritten the relevant section of the Methods (“Identity of sound environments”) as follows: “Additionally, we performed three follow-up experiments in different groups of listeners, assessing performance across combinations of three rooms: (1) Anechoic Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners); (2) Living Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (11 naïve listeners); and (3) Highly Reflectant Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners). These conditions were used to determine whether a specific room combination was required to observe improvements in speech performance with increasing exposure to room acoustics—i.e., with increasing carrier phrase length—and were assessed in the same way as Brandewie & Zahorik (2013).” The anechoic room was therefore explored in the same manner as the main three rooms.

      (14) Lines 508–521: Tuning to the talker's voice/location would not predict that the effect would be different for a different voice.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. If the improvement in speech understanding were due to tuning to a specific talker’s voice or location, we would expect the effect to differ across talkers. However, our analysis across six talkers (three female, three male) showed no significant interaction between talker, carrier phrase length, and room (F(30,630) = 0.73, p = 0.85, ηp<sup>2</sup> = 0.034). Although overall performance differed across talkers (main effect of talker: F(5,105) = 27.19, p < 0.001, ηp<sup>2</sup> = 0.56), these differences did not modulate the carrier phrase effect. We therefore conclude that the improvement in speech understanding with increasing carrier phrase length is consistent across talkers.

      (15) Lines 523–536: Neither of these tests addresses the question directly. That would require switching the talker randomly between the carrier and target (or throughout the sentence).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We respectfully disagree that our analyses fail to address the question. While our experiment was not specifically designed to test the effect of switching talkers between the carrier and target segments, we examined whether adaptation to a talker could explain the improvement in performance with increasing carrier phrase length through three complementary analyses: (1) a repeated-measures ANOVA testing for interactions between talker and carrier phrase length (see response above); (2) an analysis of potential carry-over effects across consecutive same-talker trials; and (3) an assessment of talker-learning effects in the absence of reverberation (anechoic condition). As detailed in the Results section “Improvements in performance are explained by exposure to the environment, not talker idiosyncrasies,” none of these analyses revealed evidence that talker identity influenced the observed improvement in speech understanding. We therefore conclude that the performance improvements with increasing carrier phrase length are better explained by adaptation to the acoustic environment than to specific talkers.

      (16) Line 544: Why is FHR used in this measure when d' is used for the standard analysis in Figure 2D?

      As noted above, d′ is referred to only in statistical analyses that do not bear a specific relation to the time-course analysis. Given how d′ was calculated for | Colour | and |Number|, it was not considered a useful metric for describing performance across time in different environments, owing to the paucity of data affecting temporal resolution. We therefore used cumulative hit rates, with a 5-point moving average (~7 seconds), plotted against mean cumulative exposure time. This has been clarified in the Methods.

      (17) Also, why is FHR, as opposed to HR (which I assume is really PCC), computed across the whole experiment?

      FHR refers to the Final Cumulative Performance. This naming was used to distinguish it from trial-by-trial Hit Rate used in the time-course analysis. FHR is the final data point of the cumulative hit rate—i.e., after all responses have been accumulated in that listening environment. This has been clarified throughout the manuscript.

      (18) Still worse, it's also not clear when these anechoic trials were measured.

      We appreciate the reviewer noting a lack of clarity here. We performed three follow-up experiments in different, naïve groups of listeners, assessing performance across combinations of three rooms, including Anechoic Room/Open-Plan Office/Underground Car Park (10 naïve listeners), assessed in the same way as Brandewie & Zahorik (2013). The anechoic room was therefore explored in the same manner as the main three rooms; this has been clarified in the Methods and reiterated in the Results.

      (19) And specifically, from Supplemental Table 4, it looks like the improvement was considerable (up to 15%), supporting that the effect is occurring. Also, note that there seems to be something numerically wrong in Supplemental Table 4: the improvement CP0–CP1 is −6, CP1–CP2 is −9.667, and CP2–CP3 is −2.5. Based on this, CP0–CP2 is expected to be −15.667 (which it is), but CP0–CP3 is expected to be −18.167, yet it's stated as −13.167.

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out. Our statistical analysis does not match the calculations the reviewer derived from Supplemental Table 4. For transparency, we report below the means for each carrier phrase in the anechoic room, exported directly from SPSS, which are the values reported in the manuscript. We have reviewed this section to improve clarity and have included a link to the raw supplemental data.

      CP0: Mean 40.500, SE 4.548, 95% CI [30.212, 50.788]

      CP1: Mean 46.500, SE 5.296, 95% CI [34.519, 58.481]

      CP2: Mean 56.167, SE 3.777, 95% CI [47.624, 64.710]

      CP3: Mean 53.667, SE 3.966, 95% CI [44.695, 62.638]

      (20) Lines 555–557: This sentence seems grammatically incorrect.

      It has been corrected.

      (21) Lines 559–560: The sentence “a brain region implicated in listening performance in noise (Houtgast & Steeneken, 1973; Knudsen, 1929; Lochner & Burger, 1961)” seems to imply that the cited studies support dlPFC being the brain region implicated in hearing in noise. None of these studies does that.

      Thank you for noticing this—this was an error introduced by our reference manager and has been corrected.

      (22) Lines 586–592: What was the “overall performance” measure—d′, HR, or PCC? Also, what is “univariate” analysis here? A mixed ANOVA with a between-group factor of condition and withingroup factors of room and CP length would be appropriate, and the whole group of 22 subjects should be used for the “no-exposure” group, rather than a random selection of an 11-subject subgroup.

      We appreciate this comment and we have revised this analysis to include a mix ANOVA as suggested by the reviewer. It reads as follows in the Manuscript: “Given the potential placebo effects of a ‘sham’ TMS stimulation, we first tested whether our sample of 11 ‘sham’ TMS participants exhibited similar behavioural performance to the larger sample of 22 participants who had not been exposed to any TMS manipulation. A mixed ANOVA with a between-group factor of Condition and within-group factors of room and CP length confirmed that performance in these two populations was comparable, with no significant main effect of TMS conditions observed (‘sham’ vs. no exposure to TMS): [F (1,31) =0.01, p=0.91, ŋp2 = 0.00], confirming that participants experiencing ‘sham’ TMS did not perform significantly differently from the ‘no exposure to TMS’ population.”

      (23) Lines 600–601: By “univariate ANOVA” is meant one-way ANOVA? And why wasn't it a two-way ANOVA with factors of room and sham/real TMS? More importantly, the 10% of FHR measure is arbitrary and should be replaced by standard fitting, as discussed earlier. Looking at Figure 3B, the black line appears near an asymptote while the red one is still growing toward the end, and that should be reflected in tau.

      The ANOVAs in this and other sections have been revised based on the reviewers’ suggestions; mixed ANOVAs have instead been performed and reported, yielding similar results. The fittings and 10% FHR calculations have also been extensively revised. We now show that double exponentials are better suited to our dataset, and that two-tau parameters are not informative about when performance reaches a stable point during the task.

      (24) Also, why is the exposure time on the x-axis different in Figure 3B from Figure 2B (150 vs 500)? And it would be good to see where the across-room average no-TMS data would lie here (or show the equivalent average in Figure 2B).

      We appreciate the reviewer noticing this mismatch. Figure 2B shows the time course for each environment (150 s of exposure to each), whereas Figure 3B shows all environments collapsed (150 s × 3). This is because, for the 22 listeners without TMS exposure, a Rooms main effect was observed, justifying separate time courses per room; however, for listeners exposed to sham and real TMS, no Rooms × TMS interaction was observed, so separating time courses per room was not statistically justified. As the only significant effect was TMS condition, we grouped the time spent across all environments by TMS condition.

      (25) Lines 606–617: This analysis and Figure 3C have the same issues as described for Figure 2C— asymptotic performance was not achieved for many conditions, so the 10% measure is arbitrary, as is the resulting correlation.

      We appreciate the reviewer raising these fitting issues. This part of the manuscript has been extensively revised, including new analyses and figures, although our results have not changed. Additional detail has been added to the Methods (“Speech Performance Analysis and Timecourse Fittings of Mean Cumulative Hit Rates”), and the following summary has been added to the Results (“Statistical learning of reverberant environments occurs over long and short time courses”): we fitted data with single- and double-exponential functions; double exponentials were fitted to the full time course, and single exponentials to both the full time course (Supplementary Figure 1) and a truncated version excluding the first 10 points (~14 s) (Supplementary Figure 2). AIC comparisons heavily favoured the double-exponential model for the full time course (mean AIC: double −442.8 vs. single −376.4), providing a better fit for ≥20/22 subjects across all environments, and remained preferred when compared against the truncated single-exponential fit (−420.7 vs. −399.1, preferred for roughly half the subjects). The double-exponential model was preferred for both its automated nature and the magnitude of improvement (marginal ΔAIC = 9.7 ± 1.4 when the single model won, versus substantial ΔAIC = 52.8 ± 8.9 when the double model won). We therefore used the double-exponential fit for further analysis.

      (26) Lines 619–620: Was d′ really calculated using FHR (the final value) and a non-final False Alarm Rate? This would be arbitrary. It is still unclear how HR and FAR are defined here. There is no apparent benefit to switching between HR (Figure 3B/C, presumably overall percent correct, PCC), d′ (D, E, F), and back to HR (H, I).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this. We have clarified in the Methods (“Speech performance analysis and time-course fittings of mean cumulative hit rates”) how Hit Rate, False Alarm Rate, and d′ were calculated.

      (27) Line 655: Figure 3E should be Figure 3F.

      Corrected.

      (28) Lines 661–670: Why was Number only analyzed for initial trials, while Color was analyzed for both initial and steady trials? Also, the choice of trials 9–10 for “steady” is arbitrary and should be shown somewhere in Figure 3B.

      We analysed performance for |Number| on initial trials (1–2) only, for CP0, because performance for this speech token could only improve if positively influenced by short-term, within-trial accumulation of information (acknowledging that | Colour | precedes |Number|). To determine how much knowledge accumulated over repeated exposures — i.e., metaadaptation—we instead needed to compare performance on a speech token whose improvement could only stem from knowledge gained across previous trials, not within a single carrier phrase. We compared | Colour | performance on CP0 between initial trials (1–2) and later, steady trials (9–10). If this hypothesis is supported, it suggests that | Colour | performance for CP0 benefits from meta-adaptive information conveyed across trials as knowledge of the environment’s global structure accumulates—our proxy for meta-adaptation (Figure 3G). The choice of trials 9–10 as “steady” follows work on animal models of meta-adaptation (Robinson, Harper, & McAlpine, 2016), which described a faster adaptation rate after the eighth presentation of an environment. This has been clarified in the manuscript.

      (29) Lines 724–728: This description is confusing. The main effect of “Lecture Room” vs. “Highly Reflectant” context is that performance is very good in the Lecture Room (green line) and poor in the Highly Reflectant Room (purple). Averaging that with OPO and CP and reporting “mean difference = 20.09” (in what units?) as “overall performance” distracts from the main point. Moreover, how can that be entered into an ANOVA when the room contexts differ (LR+OPO+CP vs. HR+OPO+CP)? That ANOVA seems incorrect; it should only be performed on OPO+CP across the two contexts.

      This section has been revised and re-analysed as suggested. Redundant and unnecessary statistical comparisons were removed, retaining only those that show the effect of context on OPO and CP when comparing the different contexts in which these common environments were learned.

      (30) Lines 740–750: Again, it is not surprising that when Living Room replaces Lecture Room—and performance in Living Room is worse than in Lecture Room—the average of LiR+OPO+CP is lower than LER+OPO+CP, if OPO+CP performance is unchanged. The interesting question is whether anything changed in OPO+CP performance, as suggested for the previous point.

      This section has been revised as suggested by the reviewer.

      (31) Lines 752–771: Again, the same issue—the main effect is that performance in Anechoic trials is worse than in Lecture Room or Living Room trials, which alone explains the group difference. I am also sceptical of the finding that Anechoic performance is worse than reverberant performance, contrary to typical spatial-release-from-masking results, where reverberation degrades performance by adding noise energy at the better ear and reducing binaural benefit through decorrelation. This may be an artefact of how target and noise levels were normalized after convolution with HRTFs/BRIRs (or the use of Ambisonics); no acoustic analysis of the stimuli is provided. At minimum, the total received level at the two ears for target and masker in every environment should be reported. Brandewie & Zahorik (2013), using equivalent anechoic and reverberant conditions, never observed reverberant performance to exceed anechoic, contrary to what is stated here (lines 754–755).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising these points. The statistical analysis in this section has been revised: only the common rooms across the three-room conditions (Open-Plan Office and Car Park) were directly compared. Performance in Living Room and Lecture Room was not statistically different (Results, paragraph 4, “Statistical learning of room acoustics is tuned to universally experienced reverberation times”). However, Anechoic and Lecture Room performance remained significantly different (mean difference = 11.08, t(9) = 2.66, p = 0.013, Cohen’s d = 0.84), as did performance in the common rooms when learned in the context of Lecture Room versus other contexts (mean difference = 9.7, F(1,41) = 13.24, p < 0.001, ηp<sup>2</sup> = 0.26).

      While this setup resembles many masking studies, Brandewie & Zahorik (2013) tested four rooms simultaneously, whereas we tested three-room conditions explicitly designed to test environment-mix adaptation. We observed a synergistic relationship between performance in ‘good’ reverberant rooms (Lecture Room, Living Room) and the common but less favourable rooms (Open-Plan Office, Car Park, with longer RT60): in the absence of a ‘good-reverb anchor,’ performance in the common rooms improved less over time, possibly because participants had less to leverage in anechoic environments.

      We agree that verifying at-ear acoustic levels is critical to ruling out a normalization artefact. Our stimuli were normalized in the 41-channel sound field, not at the listener’s ears: source speech and noise were convolved with the 41-channel anechoic or reverberant impulse responses, the 41-channel noise energy was scaled to a target of 70 dB, and the 41-channel speech field was scaled to the target SNR; the 41-channel signals were then rendered to two channels using a Higher Order Ambisonics-to-binaural decoder (hoa2bin), preserving natural head-related acoustic effects such as head shadow.

      To verify that this did not create an at-ear artefact, we extracted simulated at-ear RMS energy for speech and noise after hoa2bin rendering and mapped these to approximate dB SPL using the 70 dB sound-field anchor (see supplied table, Summary Reverb Data). In the anechoic condition, the noise (positioned to the left) is strongly attenuated at the right ear by head shadow (dropping from ~57 dB to ~51 dB), giving the frontal target speech a highly favourable SNR at the better ear. In the reverberant condition, room reflections fill in the head shadow, raising noise level at the right ear to 55–56 dB depending on room, substantially lowering the ear SNR relative to the anechoic condition. The improved behavioural performance in reverberation therefore occurred despite a poorer acoustic SNR at the better ear, confirming this is not a normalization artefact but rather a genuine perceptual spatial release from masking, likely driven by early reflections aiding target integration and late reverberation decorrelating the noise binaurally. We have added the at-ear acoustic details to the Methods (“Stimulus Normalization and Binaural Rendering”) and Table 2, and updated the Discussion to clarify this mechanism.

      (32) Lines 755–759: Describing anechoic spaces as “rare” and as rooms whose “walls are treated” states the facts backwards. Open spaces (e.g., a grass lawn) are largely anechoic fields, and people spend considerable time in such environments. An anechoic room may be artificial, but an anechoic (or near-anechoic) space is very common, and the room is simply an attempt to simulate that within an enclosure.

      We appreciate this point and have rewritten this section to reflect it.

      (33) Lines 808–812: This sentence appears incorrect. It refers to “the ability to correctly report keywords spoken in environments with the more extreme—lower or higher—RIRs,” presumably meaning OPO and CP, but these are not the environments with extreme RIRs; or, if referring to An and HR, those were not “encountered in experimental blocks also containing the moderately reverberant Lecture Room or Living Room.”

      Thank you for noting this. We have rephrased this section to refer only to the extreme high-RIR environments encountered.

      (34) Line 843: Should Fig 3Ai be Fig 3A? Also, in that figure there are arrows between dlPFC and A1, and between A1 and (the cerebellum?)—it's unclear what these represent.

      The arrows were intended to represent feedforward and feedback information flow to lower auditory brain centres. We acknowledge they were confusing and have removed them from the figure.

      (35) Lines 929–949: The authors did not account for listeners tuning to voice and location (as now cited via Best et al.), and their own and Brandewie & Zahorik's data show improvement due to carrier phrase even in the anechoic case (with the inconsistency in Supplemental Table 4 noted earlier). A direct test—switching the environment between carrier phrase and target phrase, as in Brandewie & Zahorik and Vlahou et al.—would be needed to fully attribute the effect to reverberation rather than other factors.

      We thank the reviewer for this detailed comment and agree that directly manipulating the environment between carrier and target phrase would provide the most direct test of environment-specific adaptation. While our study did not implement this manipulation, our data provide converging evidence: (1) listeners showed improvement with longer carrier phrases even in the anechoic condition, consistent with previous reports, but this improvement did not interact with talker identity, carrier phrase length, or room, indicating it is not driven by tuning to specific voices or locations; and (2) regarding Supplemental Table 4, the calculations suggested by the reviewer do not match our statistical analysis—we have reported the SPSS-exported means directly (shown above) and reviewed this section for clarity, including a link to the raw supplemental data. Taken together, while we cannot fully quantify the proportion of adaptation attributable to reverberation versus other factors without the direct environment-switch manipulation, our results indicate that the observed improvements primarily relate to exposure to the environment rather than talker-specific effects.

      (36) Lines 951–953: It is unclear what about “understanding speech in background noise” distinguishes this study from previous studies of adaptation to reverberation, many of which also examined speech in noise (as reviewed in Tsironis et al., 2024). Rather than reviewing pertinent studies on adaptation to reverberation for speech tokens, the authors cite abstract noise-texture studies that are only partially relevant, given the prevalence of speech in everyday listening (lines 955–958).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this point. Our intention was to refer specifically to statistical learning of implicit environmental acoustic features such as reverberation, rather than to speech-in-noise perception per se. We have revised the text accordingly: “A key feature of our study, which distinguishes it from previous investigations of statistical learning of acoustic features in human listeners, is the use of an ethologically valid listening task—understanding speech in background noise while listeners implicitly learn repeated acoustic features.”

      (37) Lines 978–980: In what way? For environments with large T60, a simpler explanation than “ecological validity” is that there is more late reverberant energy in the target acting as a masker, predictable from DRR.

      This section has been rewritten to clarify that it is the decline in performance at longer RT60 that is reminiscent of the decline observed under rTMS.

      (38) Line 981: What does “the better to understand speech in reverberant background noise” mean?

      This sentence has been revised.

      (39) Lines 987–988: When did “performance decline over the course of an experimental session”? Figures 2B, 3B, and 4A all show performance improving over the session.

      We have rephrased this sentence to refer to a decline in overall performance.

      (40) Lines 990–992: Many previous studies report better adaptation to reverberation for some rooms than others (e.g., Brandewie & Zahorik, 2010; Vlahou et al., 2021), but none have reported decreased performance for an anechoic space relative to a reverberant one. This anomaly should be explained and reconciled with the existing literature before invoking ecological explanations such as “ethologically relevant environments.”

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that verifying the at-ear acoustic levels is critical to ruling out a normalization artefact, particularly given our finding that reverberant performance exceeded anechoic performance. To address this directly: our stimuli were normalized in the 41-channel sound field, not at the listener’s ears. The source speech and noise were convolved with the 41-channel anechoic or reverberant impulse responses; the 41-channel noise field was scaled to a target of 70 dB and the 41-channel speech field scaled to the target SNR; the 41-channel signals were then rendered to two channels via a Higher Order Ambisonics-to-binaural decoder (hoa2bin), preserving natural head-related effects such as head shadow because normalization preceded binaural rendering.

      To verify that this sound-field normalization did not create an at-ear artefact, we extracted simulated at-ear RMS energy for speech and noise after hoa2bin rendering and mapped these to approximate dB SPL using the 70 dB sound-field anchor (Summary Reverb Data table). In the anechoic condition, the noise (positioned left) is strongly attenuated at the right ear by head shadow (dropping from ~57 dB to ~51 dB), giving the frontal target speech a highly favourable SNR at the better ear. In the reverberant condition, room reflections fill in the head shadow, increasing right-ear noise level to 55–56 dB depending on room, substantially worsening the atear SNR relative to the anechoic condition. The improved behavioural performance in reverberation therefore occurred despite a poorer acoustic SNR at the better ear, confirming the finding is not a normalization artefact but instead reflects a genuine perceptual spatial release from masking—likely driven by early reflections aiding target integration and late reverberation decorrelating the noise binaurally. We have added these at-ear acoustic details to the Methods (“Stimulus Normalization and Binaural Rendering”) and Table 2 to clarify this mechanism.

      (41) Discussion: Given the questions about the results, the discussion might need to be rewritten to only discuss claims that are actually supported.

      The Discussion section has indeed been extensively revised.

      (42) The hippocampus and other areas have been proposed for statistical learning, and studies also show that disruption of DLPFC can boost statistical learning (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jml.2020.104144).

      We appreciate the reviewer raising this. We have cited Ambrus et al. (doi:10.1016/j.jml.2020.104144) in the Discussion (line 888) as evidence of opposing effects of dlPFC stimulation on statistical learning, and have further revised lines 891–903 of the Discussion to more clearly describe the known projections and functional interactions between dlPFC, hippocampus, striatum, and basal ganglia that support implicit and statistical learning.

      (43) Line 1739: What is “cumulative” here?

      “Cumulative” has been deleted.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors initial goal was to demonstrate loss of PG during the slow sporulation process of Myxococcus xanthus, with examination of the PG degradation products in order to implicate possible enzymes involved. Upon finding a predominance of LTG products, they examined sporulation in strains lacking each of the 14 candidate LTGs encoded in the genome, leading to the identification of two sporulation-linked LTGs. An extensive characterization of the roles played by these LTGs. One LTG is responsible for the slow sporulation PG degradation, while another is required for the rapid sporulation process. Interestingly, the "slow" LTG seems to provide an important regulatory brake on the rapid enzyme. Single molecule fluorescent tracking of these enzymes was used to develop a model for their interaction with PG that mimics their observed activity. The rate of PG synthesis activity was also shown to impact the rate of PG degradation, suggesting potential interplay between the synthetic and degradative enzymes.

      Strengths:

      The genetic analysis to identify sporulation-linked LTGs and their effects on growth sporulation, and spore properties was well done and productive. The fluorescence microscopy to track LTG mobility, presumably tied to activity, produced a convincing argument about the mechanism of regulation of one LTG by another. The authors have responded well to most points of the previous review.

      Weaknesses:

      While the impact of LTGs on sporulation was clearly demonstrated, the PG analysis that resulted in the study of LTGs raised some important unanswered questions. The analyses suggest that the PG is degraded to quite small fragments, which would normally be lost during the purification of PG. The conclusions concerning the PG degradation during sporulation needs to be clarified, as described below. The authors suggest a "new mechanism of sporulation" when they have actually simply identified an important factor (PG degradation by LTGs) within a complex "process of sporulation". This needs to be reflected also in title of the paper.

      We have addressed the reviewer’s concerns and updated the text. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Lines 100-125: I am still concerned about clarity in the description of the muropeptides from spores. The claim is that 90% of the recovered muropeptides are anhydro LTG products. If LTGs had truly cleaved so many of the glycosidic bonds such that 90% of the muramic acid was now in the anhydro form, then all of the PG in the spores would be in small fragments (dimers and trimers containing 4-6 sugars and 8-12 amino acids), and these would be soluble and lost during purification. Whatever the form of the PG, it must not be easily soluble, so it must be either larger than that or bound to something else. The fact that the muropeptides are solubilized by muramidase indicates that there are some NAM-NAG bonds remaining, and cleavage of these should release some non-anhydro muropeptides. The spore muropeptide chromatograms have a large, late "mound" of UV-absorbing material that was released by muramidase digestion, and two of the identified anhydro products are present in this mound. It is not clear how these two anhydro products were quantified within this mound and what other (presumably) muropeptide species might be present in this mound. Some explanation of how these two muropeptides were quantified is needed.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful point. As the reviewer notes, our purification procedure recovers only sedimentable PG, and any PG fragments solubilized by LTG activity would be lost during the washing steps and therefore not represented in our analysis. We have now explicitly acknowledged this limitation and discussed its implications in the revised text:

      “Consequently, any PG fragments solubilized by LTG activity during sporulation would be lost at this stage, and the muropeptides we detect derive from the more highly crosslinked material that survives the procedure.

      “Despite the overall decline in identified muropeptides, anhydro-muropeptides a minor component of vegetative PG were enriched in both spore types (Figure 1).”

      I feel that the authors need to address some of this uncertainty in the results and discussion. They might be able to say that anhydro-muropeptides represent 90% of the "identified muropeptides" but need to acknowledge that there is a great deal of unidentified material released by the muramidase digestion. The data might also indicate that the LTG activity solubilizes much of the PG, which is lost, and results in recovery of only highly cross-linked muropeptides that might survive the PG purification process.

      We agree that two of the identified anhydro species elute within a broad, unresolved region of the chromatogram that accounts for a substantial fraction of the muramidase-released material. Because reliable assignment and quantification of individual components within this region is not possible, we concluded that expressing anhydro-muropeptides as a fraction of the total identified muropeptides could be misleading. We have therefore removed the quantitative statement and now describe the enrichment of anhydromuropeptides in spores relative to vegetative cells qualitatively:

      “The identified muropeptides, however, represent only a part of the material released by muramidase from spores: a substantial, as a late-eluting portion of the chromatogram could not be assigned, and its composition remains unknown.”

      This would not eliminate the conclusion that "their abundance in spores indicates that certain LTGs must play essential roles (perhaps change to "might play important roles") in M. xanthus sporulation", which leads to the remaining studies in the paper.

      Following the reviewer's suggestion, we have softened the conclusion of this section to state that LTGs "may play important roles" in sporulation.

      (2) The authors have changed the statement about a "new mechanism of sporulation" at the beginning of the discussion, but this language is still in the paper title. Something more like "Programmed peptidoglycan degradation plays an important role in Myxococccus sporulation"

      Following the reviewer's suggestion, we changed the title to “A novel mechanism for morphological change during bacterial sporulation based on programmed peptidoglycan degradation”.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The experiments rely on three groups: CS-only WT, CTA WT, and CTA KO. Can the authors provide a rationale for not having a CS-only KO group?

      We did not include the CS-only (KO) group because longitudinal in vivo recordings in behaving animals are technically demanding, and our primary goal was to follow and compare the dynamics across learning in WT and Shank3 KO mice. However, we recorded an additional habituation water session one day before CST1, which allows us to address (1) the decoding performance in naïve KO animals, and (2) whether higher correlated noise is already present in KO animals before learning. To this end, we first trained and tested the classifier on cross-registered data from the habituation (HAB) water session and the CST1 saccharin session across the CSonly (WT), CTA (WT), and CTA (KO) groups. Because this comparison is made across sessions, it is not exactly comparable to discrimination within a session, but it does show that GC responses in naïve KO animals can discriminate water from saccharin at baseline. These data are now included in Figure 6 – figure supplement 2 and are described in lines 329-338.

      Interestingly, we also observed a significant reduction in the amplitude of suppressed responses during the habituation water session in KO compared to WT animals, as well as a trend toward higher stimulus-evoked neuronal coactivity (data included in Figure 2 – figure supplement 2). This suggests that reduced suppression is already present in GC of KO animals before learning, potentially contributing to slower CTA acquisition (now described in lines 209-215).

      (2) The authors design an effective behavioral paradigm comparing consumption of water and saccharin and tracking extinction (Figure 3). This paradigm shows differences in licking across distinct behavioral conditions. For instance, during T1, licking to water strongly differs from licking to saccharin for both WT and KO. During T2, licking to water strongly differs from licking to saccharin only for WT (much less for KO), and licking to saccharin in WT differs from that in KO. These differences in taste sampling across conditions could contribute to some of the effects on neural activity and discriminability reported in Figures 5 and 6. That is, sucrose and water trials may be highly discriminable because in one case the mouse licks and in the other it does not (or licks much less). The author may want to address this issue.

      This is an important point. As noted by the reviewer, active licking can modulate neuronal activity in the gustatory cortex independent of taste identity (Neese et al., 2022). Because our paradigm required animals to voluntarily sample tastants of different valences, motivated differences in licking are inherently tied to taste value, making it difficult to fully disentangle taste-evoked responses from lick-related activity.

      However, taste exposure is known to induce prolonged neural responses that persist beyond the sampling phase (Juen et al., 2024). In our recordings, we included a 10second post-sampling epoch. We thus trained and tested classifiers using calcium traces during this post-sampling period; in particular, we divided the 10-second duration into five 2-second bins, matching the length of the tastant delivery phase, and analyzed the classifier built within each bin. We found that in both WT and KO animals, decoding performance was consistently above chance throughout the postdelivery period (now added to Figure 6 – figure supplement 1, lines 321-329), suggesting that decoding accuracies during sampling likely reflect taste rather than licking.

      (3) Are there any omission trials following CTA? If so, they should be quantified and reported. How are the omission trials treated with regard to the analyses?

      On the day following each CST session, animals underwent a water-only session (i.e., saccharin was omitted) to minimize context–malaise association. During these sessions, animals resumed licking both in the total lick counts and in the number of trials they engaged in, to levels comparable to pre-conditioning behavior. We did not observe significant differences between the WT and KO groups during these omission sessions. This point has been mentioned in the Methods section of the revised manuscript (lines 544-547).

      (4) The authors describe the extinction paradigm as "alternative choice". In decision-making, alternative choice paradigms typically require 2 lateral spouts to report decisions following the sampling from a central spout. To avoid confusion, the authors may want to define their paradigm as alternative sampling.

      We have revised this terminology to “alternative sampling” to avoid confusion with the classical alternative-choice paradigms.

      (5) Figure 4 reports that CTA increases the proportion of neurons that consistently respond to saccharin and water across days. While the saccharin result could be an effect of aversive learning, it is less clear why the phenomenon would generalize to water as well. Can the authors provide an explanation?

      Water and saccharin activated an overlapping population of neurons in GC. When we further quantified their tuning properties in the lifetime plots (Figure 4), we found that neurons responsive to both stimuli showed the most stable responsiveness across days, compared to neurons that responded only to saccharin or only to water (Author response image 1). Because the water-responsive and saccharin-responsive groups in Figure 4 both include this subset of dual-responsive neurons, this likely explains why both plots show increased reliability. This effect on reliability of single-cell responses is thus distinct from changes in the ability to discriminate between tastants at the population level (Fig. 6).

      Author response image 1.

      GC neurons responding to both water and saccharin are more stable during CTA extinction. Lifetime plot showing significant responses of the same neurons responding to only water (blue), only saccharin (magenta), and to both saccharin and water (gold) across test sessions (T1-5) in the CTA (WT) group.

      (6) The recordings are performed in the part of the anterior insular cortex that is typically defined as "gustatory cortex" (GC). Given the functional heterogeneity of the anterior insular cortex (AIC) and given that the authors do not sample all of the anteroposterior extent of AIC, I would suggest being more explicit about their positioning in GC. Also, some citations (e.g., Gogolla et al, 2014) refer to the posterior insular cortex, which is considered more inherently multimodal than GC. GC multimodality is typically associative in nature, as only a few neurons respond to sound and light in naïve animals.

      Our stereotaxic coordinates targeted the conventional gustatory region within AIC (see revised manuscript Methods section, lines 489-490). We have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript to more explicitly reflect this anatomical positioning.

      (7) It would be useful to add summary figures showing the extent of viral spread as well as GRIN lens placement.

      Revised Manuscript Figure 1B shows a representative example of confirmed GRIN lens placement and the viral spread of GCaMP. In most cases, GCaMP expression is confined to GC, with minimal spread to the piriform cortex and along the injection track. Depth and GCaMP expression in GC were further validated during two-photon imaging.

      (8) I encourage the authors to add Ns every time percentages are reported. How many neurons have been recorded in each condition? Can the authors provide the average number of neurons recorded per session and per animal?

      We now included these numbers in the revised manuscript (lines 157-158, 162-163, 253, 268, 271-272).

      (9) It looks like some animals learned more than others (Figure 1E or Figure 3C). Is it possible to compare neural activity across animals that showed different degrees of learning?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion – we now show a significant correlation between the magnitude of CTA and the coactivity metric in Figure 1 Figure supplement 3; we elaborate in our Response to Reviewer #3 Public Review 1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Causality: The paper infers that increased correlated variability causes learning deficits, but no causal tests (e.g., optogenetic modulation of inhibition or interneuron rescue) are presented to confirm this.

      Although we now provide data showing that correlated variability prior to learning is significantly correlated with the magnitude of CTA (see Response to Reviewer #1 Public Review 1above), we agree that we cannot infer causality without additional manipulations. While it might be possible to manipulate correlated variability by targeting inhibition within GC, optogenetic and chemogenetic manipulations of inhibition are likely to impact behavior through multiple mechanisms; for example, enhancing PV-interneuron activity in visual cortex profoundly impairs vision-dependent learning (Bissen et al. 2026, Leman et al. 2025). Thus, testing this would require finding a paradigm that specifically restores synchronization to WT levels without over-inhibiting the network, which is beyond the scope of the current study. We have rewritten the manuscript throughout to remove the inference of causality, and instead describe these two findings as being “associated” (see e.g. lines 95, 219-220, 379-382).

      (2) Behavioural scope: The study focuses exclusively on taste aversion; generalisation to other flexible learning paradigms (e.g., reversal or probabilistic tasks) is not addressed.

      Our study is focused on conditioned taste aversion (CTA) acquisition and extinction, which provides a well-established model for examining the formation and updating of aversive associative memories. We agree that cognitive flexibility encompasses a broad range of behavioral paradigms, and in the revised manuscript have sought to confined our conclusions to CTA. Whether the mechanisms identified here extend to other forms of flexible learning, such as reversal or probabilistic learning, or even to other sensory-stimulus-guided behavior, will require future investigation.

      (3) Mechanistic insights: While providing interesting findings of altered sensory perception and extinction of learning-related signals in AIC, it offered nearly no mechanistic insights. This makes the interpretation, especially on how generalisable these findings are, difficult. Also, different reported findings are "potentially" connected, but the exact relation between increased correlated variability and faster loss of taste selectivity cannot be assessed.

      In a new analysis we find that the coactivity level during CST1 showed a significant, positive correlation with the lick ratio (CST2/CST1); that is, the higher the initial coactivity during learning, the slower the CTA acquisition is (Figure 2 – figure supplement 3). This new piece of data (now added to revised manuscript lines 215218) provides a link between these two findings, and suggests that baseline coactivity levels in GC can influence the speed of CTA learning. We agree that this association does not imply causation, and have taken pains to avoid stating this.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) The authors don't make a causal link between the behaviour and AIC neurophysiology, both the percentage of suppressed cells and the coactivity measurements. For the % of suppressed cells, it seems that both WT and KO cells are suppressed in the transition between CST1 and CST2 (Figure 1L), yet only the WT mice exhibit CTA (at least by CST2). For the taste-elicited coactivity measure, it seems that there is an increase in coactivity from CST1 to CST2 in WT (Figure 2C - blue, although not statistically tested?), but persistently higher coactivity in KO. Is this change of coactivity in WT important for the expression of CTA? Plotting behavioral performance (from Figure 1G) against coactivity (from Figure 2C) for each animal would be informative.

      This is a good suggestion (also made by the other reviewers), and we now show that the coactivity level during CST1 showed a significant, positive correlation with the lick ratio (CST2/CST1); that is, the higher the initial coactivity during learning, the slower the CTA acquisition is (Figure 2 – figure supplement 3).

      (2) Shank3 KO cells already show an increase in baseline coactivity (Figure 2- figure supplement 1), and the authors never examine CS-only responses in the KO group, therefore making it difficult to determine whether elevated coactivity and noise correlations reflect a generalized AIC abnormality in Shank3 KOs (perhaps through impaired PV-mediated inhibition in insular cortex - Gogolla et al, 2014) that is not directly responsible/related to CTA?

      We agree that the increased coactivity in KO animals likely reflects a general network defect in AIC before CTA learning. This baseline change is unrelated to the taste stimuli, because (1) the coactivity is already elevated before the animals receive the taste stimuli (that is, a baseline abnormality), (2) the neuronal responses to taste delivery during CST1 is indicative of CS-only responses, as it occurs before the injection of LiCl, when the associative learning process is initiated, and (3) a trend toward higher coactivity is already present in the habituation water session before CST1 (Figure 2 and Figure 2 – figure supplement 2).

      We have clarified our description of these findings to avoid claiming that the increased coactivity “causes” poor learning performance (lines 379-382).

      (3) How do the authors interpret the large range of lick ratios (Figure 1G) for WT (almost bi-modal distribution)? Is there a within-subject correlation with any of the neurophysiological measurements to suggest a relationship between AIC neurophysiology and behavioural expression of CTA?

      See response to Point 1 above.

      (4) Indeed, CTA appears to be successfully achieved for Shank3 KO mice delayed by 1 day, as the level of saccharin aversion during the first retrieval session (T1) is comparable between Shank3 KO and WTs. In this context, not extending the first part of the paradigm to include CST3 seems to be a missed opportunity. Doing so would have allowed for within-cell and within-subject comparison of taste-elicited pairwise correlation across the learning and to investigate the neural mechanism of delayed extinction in KOs more effectively.

      We did not include a third CST session because when we analyzed the lick counts, KO animals already formed robust CTA after CST2 that was indistinguishable from WT animals. This suggests that the faster loss of CTA memory during extinction is due to a faster extinction process, rather than a weaker CTA memory from the outset. Adding a third CST could potentially lead to a memory that is harder to extinguish. Whether Shank3 KO mice would exhibit faster loss of memory in this scenario is an open question that would be interesting to explore in a future study.

      (5) How to interpret Figure 5F: Absolute discriminability is lower for T5 for CTA WT and CTA KO compared to CS-only? Why would AIC neurons have less information on taste identity by the end of extinction than during the unconditioned (CS-only) condition? And if that is the case, how is decoding accuracy in Figure 6C higher in T5 for CTA WT vs CS-only?

      We appreciate the reviewer's confusion about the discrepancy between our single-cell and population-level discriminability results. We speculate that in the CS-only state, individual AIC neuronal responses mostly reflect taste identity. However, after learning (in the CTA group), these neurons develop “mixed selectivity” (Tye et al., 2024), encoding not only identity but also the learned valence and extinction history. The lower single-cell discriminability after extinction (T5) in Figure 5F suggests that, although taste identity may remain constant, the learned history (e.g., "this taste used to be dangerous, but now it's safe") has shifted. This mixing of information makes each cell a weaker discriminator on its own.

      However, the higher population decoding accuracy in Figure 6C demonstrates that the entire population of neurons can work together more effectively. The learning process could reorganize the neural ensemble in such ways that our support vector classifier (SVC) is able to identify and combine the relevant signals within the population, even when the valence of taste stimuli has changed, to better decode stimuli and outperform the non-learned state. This suggests that the brain shifted to a more robust, population-based coding strategy for complex, learned information, which is resistant to changes in selectivity at the single-cell level. The finding that population coding is robust to single-neuron variability has also been reported in other cortical regions (Montijin et al., 2016).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Mechanistic experiments: Consider inhibitory neuron-specific imaging or manipulation (e.g., optogenetic enhancement of interneuron activity) to test whether restoring inhibition rescues learning flexibility.

      We have addressed the limitation and potential issues for manipulating cortical inhibition in Response to Reviewer #2 Public review 1.

      (2) Clarify limitations: Explicitly acknowledge the correlational nature of neuralbehavioural relationships in the Discussion.

      We have removed language that implies a causal relationship throughout, and have emphasized the correlational nature of our findings in the Discussion section of our revised manuscript (lines 379-382)

      (3) Enhance clarity: Simplify some dense methodological sections and expand figure legends to guide interdisciplinary readers.

      We have adjusted the Methods section and figure legends as needed for better readability.

      Individual Comments for Authors:

      (1) L83-90: Confusingly written, not easy to understand for someone not knowing the paradigm in detail.

      - What are the different stages? Memory encoding? Leaning? Extinction

      - More reliable in taste responsiveness - what does that mean?

      We have emphasized the behavior stages where each finding was observed in the revised manuscript (lines 82-91)

      (2) L112: Not sure if these references support the "crucial", since they do not seem to be causal.

      We have reworded this for accuracy (line 111).

      (3) Figure 1: panels h and i in the heat maps, it looks like that in the KO animal, activity is more suppressed from CST1 to 2?

      Panels j, l, m, and Figure 2: Neuronal suppression is already higher in CST1; therefore, there is no CTA effect but a general "perceptual" issue in the Shank3 model. The only effect seems to be a potential reduction in activation in CST2 in KO animals.

      This point has been discussed in Reviewer #3 Public Review 2.

      (4) Clarify in text. Especially with the sentence in the next paragraph, it might be confusing: "We wondered what other features of AIC activity during CTA acquisition might differ between WT and Shank3 KO mice."

      We have rewritten this in the revised manuscript (lines 169-170).

      (5) Clarify which are CTA-dependent and which are general (e.g., if writing suppression during CTA acquisition, it implies that it is related. But these changes were present before CTA.

      We have clarified this in the revised manuscript (lines 209-215).

      (6) Figure 4: Mainly shows a CTA-related increase in reliability in their taste responsiveness. This is not addressed anywhere else in the document and is not taken up in the discussion. How could it be related to the other findings, and what is its relevance? Please elaborate (e.g., in the discussion) or potentially remove?

      We measured response reliability, as stabilization of stimulus-evoked responses has been reported in other sensory cortices across different learning tasks. Yet, it remained unclear whether CTA learning would induce similar changes in AIC. We took advantage of our longitudinal recording to address this question and believe that this piece of evidence will contribute to the research community that studies taste and learning in general. In addition, what is striking to us is that while the taste selectivity is degraded faster in KO animals, their response reliability is largely preserved. This suggests that these two sensory stimulus-related neuronal properties may involve distinct cellular and/or circuit mechanisms.

      (7) Figure 5: Problematic to compare T5 between both groups, since T5 is lower than T4 in WT (against the trend) and T4 is an outlier in KO. e.g., if compared at T5, completely different results? Or why is there significance between T1 and T2 but not between T1 and T4 in KO? Could the authors address this point?

      In Figure 5B, the slightly lower average for WT animals at T5 was driven by a single outlier, and there was no statistically significant difference between T4 and T5 (corrected post hoc t-test, WT, T4 vs. T5, p = 0.4097). Therefore, it does not contradict the trend toward an overall increase in nonselective neurons during CTA extinction. For KO animals, the lower average at T4 than T5 (corrected post hoc ttest, KO, T4 vs. T5, p = 0.0082) was intriguing, and one possible explanation is that neurons in the KO group might undergo more dynamic and variable changes in their responsiveness during CTA extinction, fluctuating before finally stabilizing.

      Comparing T5 instead of T4 thus ensures that neuronal responsiveness is stabilized and reflects an “extinct” CTA memory more truly.

      General Comments:

      (1) While changes in SNR were observed in Shank3 models, the mechanism underlying decreased correlated variability has not been reported to date. Since decreased variability is usually associated with improved SNR ratio, it might be worth highlighting the distinction between "signal" and "noise" as separated in your analyses to make it more understandable for the reader.

      We have described in the Results section what signal and noise correlations indicated and how they were separated in our analyses in both the Results and Methods section of the revised manuscript (lines 185-193, lines 673-681).

      (2) What is the origin of the increased correlated variability?

      We have discussed that reduced cortical feedback inhibition could be a potential source of increased correlated variability in the Discussion section of our revised manuscript (lines 370-375).

      (3) Is the variability generally increased between trials (bigger fluctuations between trials for each neuron), or is the variability of each neuron similar, but they are just more correlated (more synced)?

      Our pilot analysis did not detect any evident changes in the response variability for each neuron across trials; thus, we think that in KO animals, neuronal responsivity becomes more correlated and synchronized.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Point in line 422-424: Rephrase the closing statement of the discussion as you have shown that mutant mice are actually able to update their behaviour (in fact faster) when the valence of the sensory input changes.

      The “reduced ability to update behavior when the valence of a sensory input changes” refers to the finding that KO animals learned CTA more slowly; i.e., they were unable to timely adjust their behavior after malaise. We have rephrased this for clarity (line 448-449)

      (2) The Figure 6 legend does not correspond to panels D and E in the figure. Νο I, J in figure.

      We have fixed this mismatch in the revised manuscript.

      Minor concerns:

      (1) Cue/lick/taste-responding neurons greatly overlap and are not exclusively selective (Figure 1- figure supplement 2). Is there a genotype difference for the % of selective neurons (i.e., ones that only respond during cut/lick/taste) or the % of overlap?

      When we quantified the stimulus responsivity in KO animals, we also identified neurons that were activated by cues, licks, or tastes. Their respective percentages and overlap did not differ significantly from those in the WT group, indicating that the modality of KO neurons across different sensorimotor cues is not compromised in the KO condition (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      Neurons in WT and Shank3 KO animals show comparable responsiveness to sensorimotor stimuli during conditioning. (A) Percentage of neurons activated by the cue (left), lick movement (middle), and the tastant (right) in the CTA (KO) group (B) during the first conditioning session (CST1). (B) Venn diagram showing the overlaps among cue-, lick-, and tastant responsive neurons in (Figure 1 - figure supplement 2 C) and (A).

      (2) For Figure 1: The authors could also express consumption as a % of consumed (trial-averaged licks) over the number of trials. It is mentioned that mice undergo daily training sessions consisting of 'approximately 30 trials' (line 114). This can give an indication of how strong the learning is between cta1 and cta2 and how strong the genotype difference is.

      We are not sure if dividing trial-averaged licks over the number of trials would provide additional information, as the trial-average lick is already normalized to the number of trials.

      (3) Figure 4: Why is there a different number of neurons in C vs G?

      The figures B, C, D showed neurons that were activated by saccharin, and the figures F, G, H showed neurons that were activated by water. In all experimental groups, the numbers of neurons responsive to saccharin and water were different (i.e., B vs. F, C vs. G, D vs. H). The exact numbers were included in the corresponding figure legends in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 5B: The grey background box is moved to the left.

      We kept the current figure format, as it effectively presents the mean, fitted mean, error bars, and individual animal data.

      (5) In line 142: (1-2), (2-3), (3-4), the numbers in parentheses are confusing.

      We have relabeled this as epoch 1-2, epoch 2-3, and epoch 3-4 in both text and figures for clarity (lines 145-146).

      (6) Line 188: Do the authors mean noise correlations?

      Rosenbaum et al. and Khoury et al. indeed measured correlated variability (noise correlation) in their study. On the other hand, Rothschild et al. did not specifically separate the noise from signal activities, which more likely reflect the coactivity measured in our case. We have rewritten this for accuracy (line 196).

      (7) Where mentioning in the CS-only group, please explicitly state the CS-only WT group.

      We have relabeled this throughout our revised manuscript.

      (8) In lines 273-274: if the comparison is the reduction in discriminability being faster for the KO animals that had CTA, the correct comparison should be CSonly KO vs CTA KO.

      We think that the better comparison to test how fast taste discriminability is reduced would be to perform post-hoc tests comparing T1 vs T2 within genotypes. We did not see significant changes between T1 and T2 in either genotype, which was reported in the figure legends of the reviewed preprint (lines 1140-1141).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a study that used 7T diffusion MRI in subjects from a Human Connectome Project dataset to characterize the zona incerta, an area of gray matter whose involvement has been demonstrated in a broad range of behavioral and physiologic functions. The authors employ tractography to model white matter tracts that involve connections with the ZI and use clustering techniques to segment the ZI into distinct subregions based on similar patterns of connectivity. The authors report a rostral-caudal organization of the ZI's streamlines where rostrally-projecting tracts are rostrally-positioned in the ZI and caudally-projecting tracts are caudally-positioned in the ZI.

      Strengths:

      The paper presents robust findings that demonstrate subregions of the human ZI that appear to be structurally distinct using a combination of spectral clustering and diffusion map embedding methods. The results of this work can contribute to our understanding of the anatomy and structural connectivity of the ZI, allowing us to further explore its role as a neuromodulatory target for various neurological disorders.

      Weaknesses:

      There should be further discussion of the clustering methods employed and why they are appropriate for the pertinent data. Additionally, the limitations of analyzing solely the cortical connections of the zona incerta should be addressed, as anatomical studies of the ZI have shown significant involvement of the ZI in tracts projecting to deep brain regions.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for recognizing the strengths of our study, as well as for providing constructive suggestions to further strengthen the manuscript.

      In response to the reviewer’s feedback, we have expanded our discussion of the clustering methods employed, including the rationale for using spectral clustering in combination with diffusion map embedding, and clarified why this approach is well-suited to connectivity-based parcellation of the ZI.

      Additionally, we have expanded the Discussion to address the limitations of focusing exclusively on cortical connections. As the reviewer correctly notes, anatomical studies have demonstrated that the ZI has extensive connections with deep brain regions, and our approach therefore represents only a partial view of its connectivity. We have previously demonstrated the feasibility of reconstructing subcortical pathways using in vivo diffusion MRI (Kai et al., NeuroImage, 2022), providing a foundation for extending the present framework beyond cortical connectivity. However, as iterated below in our specific response to reviewer 1, we believe this deserves a separate thorough investigation. Nonetheless, we now explicitly discuss this limitation in the revised Discussion and outline directions for future work incorporating subcortical connectivity analyses.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Haast et al. investigated the organization of the zona incerta (ZI) in the human brain based on its structural connectivity to the neocortex. They found that the ZI is organized according to a primary rostro-caudal gradient, where the rostral ZI is more strongly connected to the prefrontal cortex and the caudal ZI to the sensorimotor cortex. They also found that the central region of the ZI is differently connected to the neocortex compared with the rostral and caudal regions, and could be important as a deep brain stimulation target for the treatment of essential tremors.

      Strengths:

      I think the overall quality of this work is great, and the results are presented in a very clear and organized manner. I particularly appreciate the effort that the authors put into validating the results using 7T and 3T data, as well as test-retest data.

      Weaknesses:

      That being said, I was left with a couple of concerns after reading the paper.

      - Although the authors discussed animal evidence for a dorsal-ventral organization of the ZI, I thought that the evidence they presented for it in this paper was not so convincing. In Figure S5, the second gradient (G2) shows a clear dorsoventral pattern, but this pattern seems to primarily separate the ZI and H fields rather than show an internal topology of the ZI. This is more likely the case given that there are two bands (superior and inferior) of high G2 values surrounding a single band (middle) of low G2 values. The evidence for the rostrocaudal gradient, on the other hand, is quite convincing.

      - HCP data is still too advanced for clinical translation. Although 3T is becoming more and more prevalent for presurgical planning, the HCP 3T dataset is acquired with a voxel size of 1.25mm, which is a far higher resolution than the typical clinical scan. It would be very useful for clinical readers to see what individual subject replicability looks like if the data were acquired at the more typical voxel size of 2mm. This could be achieved by replicating the analysis on a downsampled version of the HCP data that more closely resembles clinical data. This is understandably a large undertaking, so it could be left to future validation work.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive evaluation of our work and for highlighting the clarity of the results, and our validation efforts across 7T, 3T, and test-retest datasets.

      Regarding the reviewer’s concern about the evidence for a dorsal-ventral organization, we agree that the rostro-caudal gradient is more prominent and convincing in our data, while the dorsal-ventral pattern is less robust. As the reviewer points out, the second gradient (G2) in Figure S5 may primarily reflect differences between the ZI and surrounding H fields, rather than a clear internal subdivision within the ZI itself. We have revised the Discussion to clarify this interpretation, emphasizing that our evidence for a dorsal-ventral organization is more tentative and requires further validation, particularly in light of prior animal literature.

      We also appreciate the reviewer’s important point regarding clinical translation. Indeed, the HCP datasets, both at 7T and 3T, use acquisition parameters (e.g., 1.25 mm voxel size at 3T) that exceed those of typical clinical scans. We therefore assessed the replicability of our findings in data acquired at more clinically representative resolutions (i.e., 2 mm voxel size at 3T). Details concerning this analysis are outlined in our response to reviewer 2 below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) When using "spectral clustering" to segment the ZI per its structural connectivity, it is unclear how k=6 clusters were chosen. Moreover based on previous reports of rodent ZI cytoarchitecture into rostral, dorsal, ventral, and caudal regions there is disagreement with the topographic organization of six clusters presented in this manuscript. Moreover, "diffusion map embedding" was not described or cited. This technique of dimensionality reduction and how it was applied to the data should be specifically described.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that selecting the optimal number of clusters in data-driven approaches such as spectral clustering is inherently challenging in the absence of a definitive ground truth. To address this, we computed alternative cluster solutions across a range of k values (k=2-8), which are presented in Supplementary Figure 2B. Our decision to focus on k=6 was guided by prior cytoarchitectonic descriptions of the rodent ZI by Romanowski et al., 1985, who delineated six distinct sectors (pars rostropolaris, pars dorsalis, pars ventralis, pars magnocellularis, pars retropolaris, and pars caudalis). Thus, our approach aligns the data-driven clustering with established anatomical subdivisions. Additionally, we found that k=6 provided a meaningful level of granularity for probing location-dependent neuromodulatory effects within the ZI, as discussed in the revised Discussion section (‘Discrete subregions of the zona incerta using spectral clustering’, second paragraph).

      Finally, we acknowledge the lack of clarity concerning “diffusion map embedding” in the original submission. We have now more explicitly mentioned diffusion map embedding in the “Connectivity gradients” paragraph in the Methods section, which includes the relevant references as well as description on how it was applied to the data.

      (2) "Strong correlations with cognitive terms and cortical hierarchies were particularly evident for clusters 3-5 (Figure 7a-b), which have the highest number of connecting streamlines (Figure 3c). Cluster 5, located near the central sulcus, is significantly linked to movement related cognitive processing (Pearson's r = 0.623, p < 0.005) and CogPC1 (Pearson's r = 0.593, p < 0.005). Cluster 4, situated more anteriorly, overlaps with regions involved in working memory (Pearson's r = 0.494, p < 0.001) with a high level of expression of serotonin (5-HT1B) receptors (Pearson's r = 0.413, p < 0.005) (Beliveau et al., 2017). Cluster 3, located further towards the frontal pole, is associated with mood (Pearson's r = 0.473, p < 0.005) and impulsivity (Pearson's r = 0.473, p < 0.001), and the sensorimotor association axis (Pearson's r = 0.583, p < 0.005) (Sydnor et al., 2021). Clusters 1, 2, and 6, characterized by the least number of connecting streamlines (Figure 3c), were relatively weakly associated (i.e., low Spearman's coefficient and/or within the spatial autocorrelation range) with cognitive terms or cortical hierarchies."

      The validity of identifying correlations with the spectral clusters and functional connectivity in tasks related to "keywords", and reporting similarities between these data and the regions most strongly connected via tractography, is a bit questionable. These results are based on studies that may not report all relevant findings. There is a bias towards regions that are more commonly studied with fMRI. Moreover, claims can be made about assigning functions specific to a brain region for almost any structure/function relationship (with some exceptions).

      We agree that correlations between connectivity-defined ZI clusters and functional annotations derived from external datasets should be interpreted with caution, given potential biases in the available literature (e.g., overrepresentation of well-studied cortical regions in fMRI meta-analyses) and the inherent risk of over-assigning functions to structural subdivisions. Our intention was not to make definitive claims about the functional specialization of individual ZI subregions, but rather to provide an exploratory framework for situating the ZI within broader cortical hierarchies and functional domains. These analyses are intended to generate hypotheses and to offer preliminary insight into how connectivity-based subdivisions of the ZI may relate to cognition and behavior.

      We agree with the reviewer that future studies should be specifically designed to address these questions more directly, for example, by combining connectivity-informed parcellations of the ZI with task-based or resting-state fMRI in the same subjects. Such targeted approaches will be necessary to rigorously establish the integration of the ZI within the brain’s functional organization.

      (3) The ZI's connections to many subcortical structures have also been reported in rodents and non-human primates. Moreover, the authors describe the efficacy of DBS of the caudal ZI in alleviating symptoms in patients with essential tremor, which indicates modulation of the dentato-rubro-thalamic tract fibers that project to subcortical structures such as the VIM thalamus, red nucleus, and cerebellum. The atlas in the study was characterized per the ZI's cortical connections only. These concerns should be addressed in the discussion.

      We agree with the reviewer that incorporating subcortical connections is essential for a comprehensive understanding of ZI connectivity. Building on our prior work demonstrating the feasibility of subcortical tractography (Kai et al., NeuroImage, 2022), we propose a systematic investigation of in vivo subcortico-incertal tractography as a critical next step. We believe that a dedicated investigation is required to systematically evaluate subcorticoincertal tractography, optimize reconstruction of key pathways (e.g., the dentato-rubrothalamic tract), and determine how these subcortical connections contribute to the topographic organization of the human ZI. We now explicitly discuss these considerations and identify them as an important direction for future work. Such (currently ongoing) work will not only clarify how subcortical inputs shape the topography of the ZI, but will also enable targeted optimization of tractography parameters to maximize the reliable reconstruction of specific but key pathways, including the dentato-rubro-thalamic tract. We believe this line of investigation will be important in advancing both the anatomical characterization and translational relevance of the ZI.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Re: data quality compared to the clinic, this could be achieved by replicating the analysis on a downsampled version of the HCP data that more closely resembles clinical data. This is understandably a large undertaking, so it could be left to future validation work.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. While this was suggested as potential future work, we felt adding this analysis would strengthen the manuscript. In response, we repeated our analyses using diffusion MRI data that more closely approximates a clinical acquisition with a lower spatial resolution (i.e., 2 mm vs. 1.25 mm isotropic) and number of diffusion-encoding directions (i.e., 130 vs. 270, Kasa et al., NeuroImage Clin., 2022). We have included these analyses in the revised manuscript.

      Reassuringly, the principal rostro-caudal gradient of cortico-incertal connectivity was preserved, demonstrating that the dominant organizational feature of the ZI is robust even under clinically representative acquisition conditions. However, finer-grained parcellations were less consistent with the original HCP analyses. In particular, cluster solutions with larger numbers of clusters (k > 3) became increasingly variable, indicating that differentiation of subtle connectivity-defined subregions benefits from the higher spatial and angular resolution afforded by research-grade diffusion MRI.

      We believe these findings provide a more nuanced assessment of the translational potential of our approach. They suggest that the large-scale topographic organization of the ZI can be recovered using clinically realistic diffusion MRI, while also highlighting the current limitations of routine clinical acquisitions for resolving finer anatomical subdivisions.

      We have incorporated these results and their implications into the revised manuscript.

      (2) Figure 6 legend labels: (c) and (d) should be (b) and (c).

      Thank you for highlighting this discrepancy. We have corrected as proposed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments on the manuscript. In response to their suggestions, we have:

      Improved hardware calibration flexibility and documentation (Rev 1).

      Clarified the optical specifications of the system, including axial resolution and working distance (Rev 1).

      Updated Figure 2 and Figure S1 (Revs 1 and 2).

      Corrected typographical errors and clarified terminology throughout (Revs 1 and 2). In addition, we have a new Zapit release (v1.0.4, which includes release notes), that contains many improvements and bug-fixes including suggestions from reviewers. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer 1 (Public review):

      Lohse et al. describe an open-source system for laser scanning photostimulation (LSPS) in head-fixed animals. Although similar systems have been developed and used by different groups, Zapit provides an open-source solution requiring few custom parts and minimal coding. This tool can clearly facilitate and speed the adoption of LSPS, particularly for the increasingly used purpose of mapping the effects of focal cortical silencing during behavior. Other potential uses include mapping optogenetically evoked movements and selectively activating genetically labeled neuronal subtypes of interest in the cortex. The design is well thought through, and the presentation is mostly clear and well written.

      In general, the more modular such a system is, the better, in terms of compatibility with existing hardware and software that potential users may already have purchased - laser, galvo, and camera in particular. The system has struck a reasonable balance between allowing modularity and providing an integrated complete package, but even more flexibility would be welcome for potential users looking to cut costs, as would clearer presentation of such flexibility as already exists.

      Comments and suggestions are mostly minor, as follows.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment of the manuscript, particularly the reference to finding the balance between modularity and an integrated package.

      (1) Command signals

      How is the relationship between analog voltage commands and laser power determined? Is this assumed (or required) to be linear (as Figure 7F implies)? Usability and modularity would be improved by an option to measure or provide a calibration curve for systems with a nonlinear mapping between command voltage and laser power.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Zapit uses a linear calibration by default, which works well for high-quality diode lasers with built-in power control. For users with EOMs or AOMs we have now implemented a feature that allows creation of the appropritate sigmoid calibration curve. This is in Zapit version 1.0.4 and the process for generating the calibration curve is documented on our GitBook doc site. and the commit containing most of the changes is here. We also include a third order polynomial fit, which we hope will help users of some cheaper lasers where the control function has non-linearities. The appropriate non-linear fit is chosen automatically. We describe this in the legend and main text associated with Fig. 7F.

      For the grid calibration step, how is the initial mapping from galvo voltage commands to image position determined? Presumably, some sort of initial guess or calculation based on the hardware specifications is needed for the grid calibration to be feasible. Also, how are the number of grid lines and the distance between them determined?

      The number of grid lines and their spacing are set via GUI options. The initial galvo-toimage mapping uses a field-centred affine guess based on the user’s "scanners.voltsPerPixel" setting, and the setup process is described in the user guide. The software ships with a suitable default gain value, which is unlikely to require modification. Invert flags for X and Y are also provided. Once beam locations are recorded, a similarity transform is fitted for residual offset, rotation, and scale. The latest Zapit release includes bug-fixes associated with the centering of the initial calibration point grid in the field of view.

      Why is the mapping between analog outputs and hardware (galvos, laser, masking light) fixed? This would be trivial to make configurable and allow labs with existing setups to adopt Zapit without rewiring existing hardware.

      We kept the mapping fixed for simplicity in both the build instructions and the code. Zapit will require a dedicated DAQ so we do not anticipate re-wiring is a hurdle. Nonetheles, the code is open-source and such a change is possible: the settings file would need to be augmented and the functions that write the analog output waveforms modified. 

      (2) Laser and optics

      In Figure 1, the authors should consider explaining the scanning principle schematically, i.e., depicting how tilting of the scan mirrors translates via the scan lens into beam displacement in the specimen plane. Perhaps Zemax can be used for accurate rendering.

      This suggestion mirrors our own thought process, but we opted not to add a ray-tracing rendering to Figure 1, as doing so comprehensively would require illustrating additional optical principles that would detract from accessibility. However, building on the reviewers recommendation, we now provide references explaining the underlying scanning principles for interested readers (Schottdorf et al. 2025, referenced in Fig. 2). The relationship between scanner angle and beam position is also shown diagrammatically in Figure 7.

      Since the unexpanded beam greatly under-fills the back aperture of the lens, the z resolution is presumably terrible - which is good! That is, for the purposes of LSPS, this advantageously avoids focus-dependent effects, which might otherwise arise due to (e.g.) skull curvature. The authors should consider pointing this out, as well as providing an estimate of the z resolution.

      This is an excellent point. With our specifications (0.8 mm beam diameter, 473 nm wavelength, 200 mm focal length objective), the effective NA is approximately 0.002, yielding a Rayleigh range of approximately 37.6 mm. The beam must therefore travel nearly 4 cm from focus before the point-spread function doubles in width, making the system highly insensitive to skull curvature. We have added this calculation and noted its practical advantage in the revised manuscript. (Section 2.2).

      What is the working distance?

      The Plossl scan/objective lens is housed at the end of the lens tube, giving a working distance of approximately 20 cm for the 200 mm focal length objective. We have added this information to Figure 2.

      Reviewer 2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Lohse and colleagues develop a system for doing targeted photostimulation in mouse cortex. The system uses a camera image to target laser stimulation to stereotactically defined locations in mouse dorsal cortex.

      Strengths:

      The hardware is well designed, and the software is well documented and supported. The build guide and well-documented software package should allow for simple implementation of the technology. Without a doubt, this is a valuable community resource for the circuit neuroscience field.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of the manuscript, and their vision for Zapit as an important community resource.

      Reviewer 3 (Public review):

      Zappit is an open-source implementation of arbitrary-access laser-scanning optogenetics for manipulation of neuronal activity in mice. As the method requires expertise ranging from optics, hardware control and programming, the authors make the point that this powerful strategy is underutilized in the field, and put forward a well-documented modular hardware and software platform aligned to the Allen Mouse Brain Atlas aimed at enabling the larger scientific community to use this approach (democratizing) for controlling cortical activity during behavior in mice.

      The authors favor a galvanometric approach to laser targeting. The system is inexpensive, easy to build, well-documented and user friendly (Matlab based GUI and GitHub repository). The photo-stimulation laser is directed into an X-Y galvo scanner targeted to the specimen using a dichroic mirror and focused on the sample using a Plössl lens as scan lens which is also used as an objective. The scan lens/objective images the specimen onto a camera via tube lens (also a Plössl lens) in a 0.5X magnification ensuring to fit the extent of the mouse brain onto the camera sensor (USB-3 Basler acA120-40um).

      The authors report short and reproducible onsite time (~ 0.5 ms) and block (mask) the stimulation source using the laser analog control (~0.5 ms). The system is reliable, aiming at up to 20 stimulation sites per sequence considered as quasi-simultaneous (10 ms). They minimize rebound by gentle ramping down of stimulation over 250 ms.

      The system is fast to calibrate by mapping scanner positions to pixel space in the camera space and mapping stereotaxic coordinate onto the image of the exposed skull. The theoretical x-y PSF is 70 µm (measured ~90µm) while the authors make the point that due to scattering the photo-stimulation spot size (lateral extent) is about 1 mm in diameter. This is what they also observe in electrophysiological recordings using silicon probes. The effective radius of inactivation depends on laser power, but was about 1 mm for laser powers (1-2-4 mW) on which the authors observed significant behavioral perturbations - in several tasks: 1) a delayed response somatosensory discrimination, 2) a visual detection task assessing changes in temporal frequency of a drifting visual stimulus; and 3) a visual discrimination (International Brain Laboratory task) in which mice were tasked to report the location of visual stimuli by turning a wheel. As proof of principle, the authors used a photo-stimulation set composed of 52 bilateral sites positioned at 0.5 mm interval covering a large network of frontal, motor and somatosensory cortical areas. Indeed, photo-inhibition of frontal motor cortex sites produced robust increases in reaction time. In contrast, stimulation at other motor and somatosensory sites produced modest, but significant decreases in reaction times.

      While the approach is not novel, it does serve the need of better disseminating this technique in the research community. Overall, the Zappit is well-documented and easy to build and use, and will have impact in increasing robust use of site directed photo-stimulation (exciting/inhibiting ensembles of neurons at particular ~1 mm size regions of interests across the dorsal surface of the brain). The authors also note that the axial resolution is ~1.5 mm.

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed assessment of Zapit.

      Concerns & comments:

      (1) While the authors argue that it offers the best utility to affordability trade-off - faster than motorized drivers and require much less power than DMDs (100X) and less expensive/easier to use compared to SLMs, in the current form, the manuscript does not clearly list the limitations of the approach. At such, in my opinion, the authors should include side by side comparisons (perhaps as a table). For example, clear statements should be included with respect to comparisons in lateral (x-y), axial (z) spatial resolution, as well as temporal sequential aspect of Zappit and other photo-stimulation techniques involving DMDs or SLMs.

      Section 3.2 (Comparison to other approaches) compares the scanner-based approach to related techniques. Whilst this is brief, we believe it is adequate because the resolution is ultimately limited by tissue scattering. Indeed, we demonstrate that the radius of neural inhibition ~10 times larger at 2 mW than the lateral PSF (Figure 8D). The size of a DMD pixel on the brain will likely also be smaller than the excitation area, but it does depend on the imaged size of the DMD on the brain. Since that can vary from system to system, a comparison of even theoretical resolution is not straightforward. In terms of spatial patterning, DMDs and SLMs allow for arbitrary shapes to be created on the brain and we point this out in section 3.2. 

      (2) Is power really a limitation in terms of the laser sources? Or is this a disadvantage mainly because using less power has beneficial effects on the tissue health? It may be useful to provide metrics of comparisons along these lines between Zappit and DMD-based approaches.

      The reviewer highlights an important distinction. Too much laser power can cause phototoxicity, and can make neurons more excitable due to heating. It also results in a larger region of stimulation and increases the chance of off-target effects. However, when activating multiple sites with a galvo-based system like Zapit, dwell time goes down ~linearly as the number of “simultaneous” stimulation sites increases. Therefore, even if the same power at the sample is maintained (and the same risk of phototoxicity), peak power must go up to provide the same average power at each site. For example, stimulating 20 points at 40 Hz requires 10 times the peak power compared to stimulating 2 points at 40 Hz.

      The same is true of DMD-based approaches. For example, the Mightex recommend a 1 to 4 W laser to run their Polygon DMD-based photostimulation system over an area the size of the mouse dorsal cortex (personal communication); Kauvar, et al. 2020 used a 5 W laser to cover an area 7 mm across using a Polygon system. The cost of such a laser and the Polygon alone likely exceeds 60,000 USD. 

      Other than prices and logistics, the laser powers needed at the sample and their duty cycles are essentially the same across approaches and so there are no meaningful comparisons we can provide in this domain. However, based on the reviewer’s comments, we now clarify the effects of heating from high laser powers on neural excitability in the discussion (Section 1.1).

      (3) Arbitrary-scanning vs random scanning may be more appropriate to describe to strategy.

      We agree with the confusion surrounding “random-scanning” and have chosen the phrase “laser-scanning” rather than “random access”, which is the term used in the original pre-print. 

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Consider noting that most other galvo scanner models can probably be used.

      We have added: "Other scanners could also be substituted, as can other lasers, lens combinations, and laser wavelengths etc.” (Section 4.3).

      The basic version of Zapit requires MATLAB (although alternatives are possible and guidance/code is provided), which is not unreasonable but may limit adoption.

      We acknowledge this point. MATLAB is widely available in academic neuroscience laboratories, and we provide a Python-based interface, but a complete conversion is beyond the scope of this manuscript. We hope that the open-source code will be adapted to other languages by the community as needed.

      Where laser power is mentioned (e.g., Discussion: "we recommend using 1-2 mW time-averaged light power..."), it is not always clear if this is at the laser or in the specimen plane; clarifications would be helpful.

      Thank you, we have clarified throughout that reported laser powers refer to measurements at the specimen plane.

      Abstract: "causally manipulating" - the "causal" part is redundant and can be dropped, or replaced with "transient" (more relevant).

      Changed to "transiently".

      Section 2.2: "The modular and open-source nature of Zapit means that exciting new configurations" - strike "exciting".

      Corrected.

      Figure 7D - y-axis label text is clipped.

      Corrected.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In Figure S1 - Our paper (Heindorf et al.) is incorrectly listed as not making code available - the "camera controlled laser stimulation" software we used is part of Iris2p (that is freely available on SourceForge and linked as such in the paper). Granted, it's not user-friendly or easy to find in the large Iris2p software package - but it is technically "available".

      We apologise for this oversight. We have updated the Figure S1 legend to note that “available” code in this context refers to a dedicated and documented standalone package. We have also added links to both Pinto and the Keller-lab software packages.

      (2) In Figure 3: "and THE beam goes"

      Corrected.

      (3) In Figure 4: "the useR will be prompted"

      Corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Yuan and colleagues present a thorough study of gene activation before and during metamorphosis in sponge larvae, combining in-depth analyses of staged transcriptomes and chromatin accessibility profiling (ATACseq). Amongst several very interesting findings, the study reveals that the acquisition of settlement competence, which arises in response to decreasing light at sunset, is characterized by changes in chromatin accessibility that anticipate strong transcriptional shifts occurring as metamorphosis starts. Another notable finding is a set of transcription factors amongst the genes strongly up-regulated at the onset of metamorphosis. In addition, larvae exposed to constant light, a condition that stalls metamorphosis, were found to activate metabolic pathways that are not normally expressed in swimming larvae. Together, the findings provide a rare level of understanding into how environmental conditions can promote deployment of alternative developmental programs in planktonic larvae.

      Strengths:

      This is a very comprehensive, well-documented and rigorous study of a phenomenon of wide interest. It will inspire researchers working on other species to look for similar, environmentally-driven "anticipatory" epigenetic mechanisms. It also provides a wealth of detailed information on genes, notably transcription factors, that are candidates for involvement in regulating specific metamorphosis transitions - and beyond. The data presented here are thus undoubtedly a rich and valuable resource.

      We thank reviewer #1 for finding our study on sponge metamorphosis interesting and compelling, and that it is likely to inform future studies on gene regulation and activity in environmentally regulated developmental processes and metamorphosis.

      Weaknesses:

      I see no significant weaknesses; however, the documentation of the data is very compressed, with all the findings contained in 4 multi-panel figures with succinct legends. It is not always straightforward to connect the conclusion statements in the text to the figures. Although the relevant data is available in supplementary files, I would appreciate more help in navigating the data to assess the support for key conclusions, if possible, illustrating each text conclusion explicitly in the main figures.

      Thank you sincerely for these suggestions on how to better present the results. We agree that the figures and associated legends are succinct. To rectify this in the hope of improving clarity and accessibility, we have (i) created two new figures by splitting our original four figures into six, and (ii) expanded figure legends to provide more explanatory details. We also made minor additions to the main Results text to more fully explain some results (see also reviewer #3’s comments).

      Specifically, we:

      (1) Removed panel K (heat map of TF expression) from original Fig. 1 and created a new figure (new Fig. 2) that focuses solely on TF expression and emphasises the extraordinarily high expression of many TFs. We also moved into the new Fig. 2 a panel from the original SFig. 1 that documents the larval cell types that express these most highly expressed abundant TF transcripts. This new figure should provide the reader with a clearer perspective on high TF expression in the larval competence and the initiation of metamorphosis.

      (2) Removed panel F from the original Fig. 4 (now Fig. 5) to create a new, expanded Figure 6 that presents a stand-alone summary of the main findings of this work; that is, environmental regulation of competence and early metamorphosis. This allowed us to (i) incorporate the constant light experiment into the summary figure, and (ii) provide a more detail explanation in the legend.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It is demonstrated that sponge larvae prepare for receiving the environmental cue (sunset) by extensively modifying their chromatin accessibility in the vicinity of genes that are going to be regulated during metamorphosis, in the absence of large gene expression changes. This program can be offset by modifying the cue (making light constant), leading to a novel molecular state.

      Strengths:

      This is a top-notch study of a key lifecycle transition in an organism of great phylogenetic importance, involving concurrent gene expression and chromatic accessibility profiling (to the best of my knowledge, this has never been done in non-bilaterians and likely anywhere outside Vertebrata). The result is highly non-trivial. There is also an additional experiment modifying the key environmental cue (constant light), adding additional insight.

      We thank reviewer #2 for their efforts and for appreciating the approaches we employed to understand environmental induction of sponge metamorphosis. In addition to the phylogenetic importance of sponges, their pelagobenthic life cycle is likely shared with disparate bilaterians (but not with vertebrates and other chordates, whose metamorphoses are probably derived).

      Weaknesses:

      I have only a couple of suggestions.

      (1) Not all new pre-emptively opened OCR regions are associated with genes that are going to be regulated during metamorphosis. Is their association with such genes statistically significant? (Fisher's exact test?)

      Thank you for raising this helpful point. In following your suggestion to statistically test this, we determined that a Fisher’s Exact Test was not appropriate because that test is generally used only for small samples or tables with expected counts below 5; in our data, all four expected cell frequencies are well above 5 (minimum = 228.6) and N = 25,149. Thus we instead tested for an association between chromatin accessibility and differential gene expression using the more appropriate Pearson's chi-squared test. We found no significant difference in DEG rate between genes associated with newly opened OCRs and those associated with other OCRs (9.84% vs 11.47%; χ<sup>2</sup>(1) = 1.76, p = 0.18), and have added these details into the Results (lines 344-46) as follows: “Consistent with this interpretation, 62% of all genes that are differentially expressed in 1 hps postlarvae (3032) have proximal chromatin regions already accessible in competent larvae (Supplementary Tables 3 and 9), although statistically we find no significant difference in DEG rate between genes associated with newly opened OCRs and those associated with other OCRs (9.84% vs 11.47%; χ<sup>2</sup>(1) = 1.76, p = 0.184).”

      (2) Re: extended discussion on possible reasons for activation of specific transcription factor families. I feel it is not terribly useful since it is hardly more than guesswork. The authors should consider condensing this part to better emphasize the major (and most unexpected) large-scale regulation patterns.

      We agree with this appraisal and have modified the beginning of Discussion to highlight the large-scale and rapid changes of overall gene expression. This emphasises the regulatory processes – TF expression and chromatin state changes – that must be in place to allow such transcriptional changes to occur. We feel this addition enhances the focus on TF activation and regulation at competence and early metamorphosis, especially given the scale and level of change, with most of TFs being expressed at very high levels (i.e. top 5% of all gene expressed). As outlined above, we created a new figure focussed on highly expressed TFs (new Fig. 2) to hopefully further highlight this phenomenon. It would be of great interest to know if this is conserved amongst animals with a pelagobenthic life cycle and rapid metamorphosis.

      (3) Re: enrichment analysis based on significant genes (Figure 1H): Even though it is a common practice, there is nuance: as we all know very well, many genes pass a significance threshold not because they are highly differentially regulated (i.e., show large fold-change), but because they are more abundantly expressed overall and so the statistical power for them is greater. A good example is ribosomes - before we realized what was happening, they would show up as enriched in almost every experiment of ours, which was not very useful since their fold-change was quite trivial. I see the authors have ribosome enrichment too, and I suspect there are a few more functional groups that made it because they tend to express highly on average. Ideally, we want to see what is enriched among highly regulated genes, not among abundantly expressed genes. Because of this we moved to compute enrichment based only on fold-change, using the GO_MWU package (https://github.com/z0on/GO_MWU). I suggest authors give it a shot, to see if the enrichment results become more interpretable. GO_MWU is also very powerful to analyze enrichment in WGCNA modules, in case the authors want to try that.

      Thank you for this interesting insight and advice. We applied the GO_MWU package to our gene expression dataset. Overall, these new results corroborated the original KEGG enrichment analysis, largely identifying GO biological processes, cellular components and molecular functions consistent with the previously identified KEGG molecular and cellular processes operating at larval competence and 1 hps. These include genomic regulatory processes underlying transcriptional changes and morphogenetic processes that occur in the first hour of metamorphosis, and which are also highlighted in a recent BioRxiv paper (https://doi.org/10.64898/2026.04.23.719999) from our group.

      We have added (i) results from the GO MVU analyses to Supp. Fig. 1 and Supp. Table 4, (ii) the following statement to Fig. 1 legend: “GO-MWU analysis of upregulated genes reveal stage-specific enrichments largely consistent with the KEGG analysis (Supplementary Fig. 1 and Supplementary Table 4).”, and (iii) a brief description of this approach into the Methods.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, Huifang Yan and colleagues perform RNA-seq (CEL-seq) and ATAC-seq experiments to profile the transcriptome and chromatin accessibility of sponge larvae across larval competence, settlement and early postlarval development. Amphimedon, the sponge species that they use, is amenable to lab experiments and can therefore be a convenient model for experimenting with this otherwise difficult to assay ecological parameters and cues. They had previously observed that light conditions (diminished light) at sunset are critical for larvae to enter a pre-settlement stage and prime them for settlement and metamorphosis. In this paper, they report that these conditions induce a gain of accessibility in many genes, including transcription factors, and that altering these conditions by providing continuous light at sunset affects this reprogramming event.

      Strengths:

      The above is a very interesting observation, one that the authors speculate could have a broader significance and be a theme in many more larvae. I agree with the authors that this is an important finding, and I think that the paper will be interesting for a broad readership. If this is the case, the authors open up a new theme of chromatin regulation, extensively studied in mammalian contexts, but severely understudied in pretty much every other context.

      We thank reviewer #3 for their positive assessment of our findings, pointing out the novelty of this research and its broad relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      I think, however, that their paper often reports the data in a difficult-to-follow way, and that other sorts of analyses would have made the results more accessible for a broad readership. Here, I present some suggestions that the authors might want to take into account to improve their results.

      Reviewer #1 also commented on how the results were difficult to follow. Based on your and their comments, we have reworked parts of this section, and the figures and legends. Details of these changes are listed above and can be viewed in the new version with track changes on.

      We note that no further specific suggestions were visible to us in your review.

  3. Sep 2026
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The work corroborates the idea, recently suggested by Rosenthal et al. (2025), that spreading depolarization is involved in the mechanisms of electroconvulsive therapy. Using a mouse model of electroconvulsive therapy and various sophisticated approaches to visualize cortical activity, the authors provide an extensive description of traveling calcium waves induced by electroconvulsive stimulation. The study confirms that the calcium events have properties typical of cortical spreading depolarization and seeks to show that the calcium/SD waves mediate therapeutic and neuroplastic effects of electroconvulsive therapy. The authors find that after electroconvulsive stimulation associated with calcium/SD waves, Fos expression increases widely; in the cortex, this increase is localized to the hemisphere affected by calcium waves. They show that some EEG predictors of the beneficial effects of electroconvulsive therapy correlate with the occurrence of calcium/SD waves. Despite the solid methodology and the study's interesting, its conclusions are not fully supported by the data.

      In particular:

      (1) The title of the paper claims that "electroconvulsive stimulation drives cortical spreading depolarization dependent immediate early gene expression". However, immunohistochemical staining shows that Fos expression increases not only in the cortex but also in many subcortical regions, including the hippocampus and amygdala (Figure 5A). Really, conventional electroconvulsive therapy stimulates nearly the entire brain volume and induces generalized seizure activity that can trigger SD not only in the cortex but also in other brain sites. Therefore, regions beyond the cortex can also drive the effects of electroconvulsive therapy.

      This is correct, our claim is that ECS drives spreading depression dependent IEG expression in cortex. We are not claiming this is the only consequence of ECS. The extracortical response to ECS could contribute to the treatment, and we discuss this in the hippocampus specifically (see Discussion). In current clinical practice, cortical surface EEG is used as a biomarker for predicting treatment outcome. Given that the CSD is necessary to drive Fos expression in cortex, we think it is warranted to speculate that monitoring CSD during ECT is worth exploring as a potentially superior biomarker of treatment outcome. Especially given that this is readily feasible (Discussion).

      Next, the authors use Fos staining as a marker of neuronal plasticity. However, Fos is also a marker of preceding neuronal activation. As electroconvulsive stimulation, seizures, and SD are associated with high neural activity, it is unclear whether the observed Fos upregulation results from the prior activation or heralds the subsequent plastic changes. Other markers of neuroplasticity (e.g., BDNF) should also be examined.

      The idea that Fos is a marker of neuronal activity is outdated. The primary correlate of Fos expression is neuronal plasticity and learning-related circuit modifications, rather than just neuronal activity – see e.g. (Bolhuis et al., 2001; de Hoz et al., 2018; Fleischmann et al., 2003; Kimpo and Doupe, 1997; Mahringer et al., 2022, 2019; Nakadate et al., 2012; Roy et al., 2016; Ryan et al., 2015; Tanaka et al., 2018; Tyssowski et al., 2018; Watanabe et al., 1996; Yassin et al., 2010). We have now referenced some of those articles in the manuscript (Introduction). But more importantly, our claim is that the CSD is necessary to drive Fos. The fact that CSD can occur in a single hemisphere allows, within a brain, to control for direct ECS response and phase III oscillations. In unilateral CSD, contralateral hemispheres displayed Fos levels in the cortex that were similar to sham mice. Investigating the exact plasticity pathway that is triggered by the CSD is an interesting question we are pursuing in follow-up work, but does not influence our conclusions here.

      (2) Postictal EEG suppression is one of the most promising correlates of positive clinical outcomes after electroconvulsive therapy. Cortical SD is also tightly coupled with suppression of neuronal activity in affected regions. Although the authors report that postictal suppression is stronger after stimulations with cortical SDs than without SDs, the cortices affected (ipsi) and unaffected (contra) by unilateral cortical calcium/SD events exhibit identical suppression (Figure 6F). The result contradicts established knowledge in the field. If the calcium events are cortical SDs, they should induce EEG suppression only in the affected hemisphere.

      The reviewer is correct in that postictal suppression is currently one of the best correlates of positive clinical outcome used in the clinic. However, note that EEG-based correlates are generally weak predictors of treatment outcomes: even recently identified correlates are unreliable between patients cohorts and account for less than 60% of the clinical outcome (Francis-Taylor et al., 2020; Scangos et al., 2019). See also our response to comment (2) of reviewer 3 on this topic.

      The primary problem in the interpretation of postictal suppression of EEG activity is that it is unclear what the source of the EEG signal is in this case. During phase III oscillation following the CSD, cortex is silent and all of the EEG is likely driven by thalamic input to cortex. Note, source localization in EEG does not help as the source of the signal is likely the thalamic axons in cortex (Huels et al., 2023) (or their postsynaptic, and in this case subthreshold, effects). Whatever the source of the cortical surface EEG may be, we know that following CSD it cannot be cortical activity, hence, whatever is driving postictal suppression is also not cortical. If we had to speculate, postictal suppression is likely an exhaustion of thalamus in attempting to drive cortex without getting any excitatory feedback. During an epileptic seizure, thalamus oscillates at delta frequencies and cortex responds at each peak of the oscillation, generating ictal spikes on the EEG (Meeren et al., 2002; Polack et al., 2009). The fact that ictal spikes are missing in an “optimal” phase III oscillation is consistent with our findings that the CSD completely silences cortex for minutes. Thus, during an ECS-driven phase III oscillation, cortex does not respond to thalamic input and at some point thalamus runs out of energy to maintain the oscillation - it is likely the combination of thalamus running out of energy and a silent cortex that gives rise to postictal suppression. Note we do find an asymmetry for the mid-oscillation amplitude (Figure 6A), which in this interpretation can be explained by the thalamo-cortical circuit attempting to compensate for the absence of cortical feedback by increasing its drive to the CSD-affected hemisphere.

      (3) The study states a beneficial role of calcium/SD waves in ECS effects. However, SD alters numerous aspects of brain function, leading to a range of effects that can underlie side effects as well. Assessment of the behavioral effects of stimulation with and without calcium/SD waves can help clarify the issue.

      This is a misunderstanding. We claim (and show) that the CSD is necessary to drive immediate early gene expression following ECS. Based on this we speculate that the CSD “may serve as a more relevant biomarker for predicting and optimizing therapeutic outcomes of ECT” than EEG biomarkers.

      We do not “state [that there is] a beneficial role of CSD” – we actually address the possibility that SD may not be therapeutically beneficial (Discussion). The suggestion of investigating behavioral consequences of CSD in mice is interesting, but likely not the most relevant follow-up work. This is for two reasons:

      (1) Very different from humans, most mouse behavior does not depend on cortex (Kawai et al., 2015; Pandey et al., 2026). Thus, any potential behavioral consequences of ECS in mice are difficult to interpret in the context of clinical relevance. We don’t think there is any known biomarker based on mouse behavior that has any direct translational value to psychiatric treatments. The reviewer may disagree with this assessment but just consider that no mouse behavior assay has ever been instrumental to the development of a novel psychiatric treatment.

      (2) The more direct – and simpler approach – is to directly test whether CSD correlates with treatment outcomes in patients. Our primary aim with this paper is to inspire exactly this. Note, we are currently pursuing this as well, of course. Monitoring CSDs in humans during ECT is likely possible with fNIRS or other hemodynamic-based measurements (Discussion).

      However, to reiterate – the claim of the manuscript is exactly as stated in the title. Thus, demonstrating the clinical relevance of the CSD is outside of the scope of the current manuscript, but will be trivial to prove by measuring treatment outcomes while routinely monitoring patients for CSD.

      The results of the work suggest that cortical SD can contribute to electroconvulsive therapy-related mechanisms and help to optimize the stimulation parameters to achieve maximal therapeutic effect.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The results of sham tests are shown only for the immunohistochemical data. However, results from control experiments should be provided for the EEG and calcium data.

      Sham data are included in Author response image 1. We are not sure how they support our conclusions and have left them out of the manuscript. A sham stimulation just characterizes ongoing activity under anesthesia. The more direct comparison is the difference between pre- and post-ECS activity. Baseline widefield calcium imaging data is already shown in Figure 1, 2, 6; baseline mouse EEG data is already shown in Figure 1 and 6. Baseline EEG in patients is not available in the present dataset.

      Author response image 1.

      Sham ECS does not result in phase III oscillations or a CSD. (A) Representative spectrograms (top) and raw traces (bottom) of concurrent EEG (left) and widefield calcium imaging (right) during a sham ECS session. (B) Population raster plot (top) and two example activity traces of neurons (bottom) during a sham ECS two-photon recording.

      Moreover, baseline (pre-ECS) calcium and EEG activity should be shown in Figures 1 and 6 to correctly assess the changes induced by stimulation.

      We are not sure we understand as pre-ECS data are already shown in Figures 1 and 6. We assume the reviewer may mean “more baseline data should be shown”? We have extended the time scale of the relevant panels in Figure 1, 2 and 6 to include 30 s instead of 10 s of pre-ECS data.

      Using the term 'oscillations/phase III oscillations' instead of 'seizures' throughout the text is confusing because the word covers a wide range of brain oscillations - from normal to pathological ones.

      This is indeed confusing – but the confusion arises from the often imprecise usage of the term “seizure” in the ECT literature. The EEG response to ECS is not equivalent to that of an epileptic seizure. The description of a “phase III oscillation” is a more precise description of the EEG signature. It was introduced by (Brumback and Staton, 1982) and is not our terminology. We dedicate an entire paragraph in the introduction to this distinction. We are not sure how to make this clearer in the current manuscript. Continuing to describe the EEG response to ECS as “seizure” is inaccurate, and mechanistically misleading, especially given that cortex is silent during the phase III oscillation following the CSD (i.e. cortex cannot be “seizing” during this phase of the EEG response, see our point above on postictal EEG suppression).

      The presentation of clinical data is scarce and unclear. e.g., the authors claim that the oscillation frequency is similar in mice and humans (lines 206-208). However, in Figure 1F, oscillations during the early post-ECS phase have twice the frequency (6-7 Hz) in the patient EEG recording (6-7 oscillations per 1 second) compared to the mouse EEG (3 Hz, i.e., 6 oscillations per 2 seconds during 73-75 s). It seems a bit odd because Figure 1H shows that the frequency does not exceed 5 Hz, even in patients.

      Please excuse, this is our mistake. The x-axis label in the human data of Figure 1F was incorrect. It should have read 1 to 3 s, not 1 to 2 s. Window sizes were of course matched between mice and human data and are all 2 s. The mistake is now corrected. The frequencies in patients and mice are compared in Figure 1H and are not different.

      A part of the discussion (lines 627-635) is based on factual inaccuracy: cortical SD cannot invade the hippocampus in the in vivo brain (only in slices), although SD can occur in the hippocampus in response to generalized seizures.

      It would be helpful if the reviewer would back up this claim with references. Short of this we are left to speculate - we suspect the reviewer may be referring to earlier work in the rat cortex, that claimed that a cortical SD can only invade hippocampus if glia has been impaired (Largo et al., 1997). This is now an outdated model: there are more recent reports of CSD invading the hippocampus (Bahari et al., 2020; Bonaccini Calia et al., 2022). If the reviewer has specific concerns with any of these papers, we would be happy to discuss in more detail, but the reviewers’ claim seems unfounded here.

      It is reasonable to expect that bilateral stimulation produces bilateral calcium/SD waves. In Rosenthal's experiments, this situation was most common. In the present study, bilateral ECS triggers mostly unilateral calcium waves. Do you have any idea what the reasons for the result are? As stimulation parameters (polarity, intensity, and frequency) have been shown to control the occurrence of SD waves, their unilateral pattern suggests non-uniform stimulation conditions. I am curious whether the uni- or bilateral pattern of calcium/SD waves depends on the ECS parameters.

      The main difference between our patient and mouse data is the polarity of stimulation. For patient data, the polarity of the current alternates with every pulse, while in our mouse data the stimulation was always right unipolar. This is discussed when we mention the asymmetry of SD in our data (Results, Methods) - we suspect the reviewer may have missed this.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript addresses the question of mechanisms underlying the therapeutic effects of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). Clinical efficacy of ECT in major depression (and other disorders) is well established and has often been assumed to be a direct consequence of seizure activity generated by the current application. However, as the authors point out, this explanation is unsatisfactory. A recent study (Rosenthal et al., 2025) provided evidence that ECT generates a wave of cortical spreading depolarization (CSD) in mice, and initial evidence that similar events were generated in patients undergoing ECT. Based on their observations, Rosenthal et al. proposed that CSD, rather than seizure, may engage plasticity mechanisms that contribute to the brain's clinical response to ECT. The current study adds to that prior work by reporting other consequences of CSD, in addition to sustained Ca2+ elevations. The current study also links EEG characteristics immediately following the ECT with the likelihood of generating a CSD, which can help optimize ECT parameters.

      Strengths:

      An important research topic, linking a large set of rodent studies with a limited clinical EEG data set.

      The data acquisition and analyses appear to be of very high quality, and the main results are well illustrated.

      Association between EEG characteristics linked to good clinical outcome matched by mouse EEG data linked to CSD.

      Characterization of multiple consequences of CSD following ECT in the mouse brain.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main characterization of CSD propagation comes from GCaMP Ca2+ measurements, as previously reported (Rosenthal et al., 2025). That prior study also provided key electrophysiological evidence of CSD with a DC shift after ECT in mice (supplemental data). Given the prior evidence for ECT-CSD, the additional measures shown in the current manuscript are fully expected. Thus, the 2-photon imaging of Ca2+ elevations following CSD (Figure 4) is consistent with prior 2-photon imaging studies of CSD, and the complex hemodynamic and pH changes are expected to contribute to propagation of EGFP fluorescence changes (Supplemental Figure 5). These data are well presented, but, contrary to the results section here, these results appear confirmatory rather than necessary to build a case that the key event generated by ECT is a CSD.

      This is correct, our work confirms that the calcium event following ECS is a CSD. The main claim of our paper is that ECS drives immediate early gene expression in a CSD-dependent manner.

      However, note that the Rosenthal paper concluded that the calcium event is a CSD while providing only little evidence for that claim – mind you, we agree with their interpretation, but provide more evidence for the conclusion. We are happy to discuss the limitations of the Rosenthal paper as highlighted below more prominently in the manuscript, if the reviewer thinks this would be helpful, but we think that is likely not necessary.

      Briefly, in the data presented in (Rosenthal et al., 2025), the only support for the calcium response being a CSD is the speed of propagation and the DC shift reported in extracellular recordings. We add to this by showing that the spread of the calcium event follows the pattern expected by a CSD through cortical layers (Figure 4), results in heterogeneous returns to baseline calcium levels (Figure 4), causes vasoconstriction (Figure S5), travels at the speed expected of a CSD regardless of stimulation parameters (Figure S3) and causes Fos expression (Figure 5).

      Most importantly, the ECS as used by Rosenthal and colleagues is not a mouse model of ECT, in the sense that is not a scalp electrical stimulation. The stimulation method is fundamentally different between our two articles: (Rosenthal et al., 2025) implanted stimulating electrodes directly in the mice’s dorsal cranium. Direct cortical stimulation is well known to be able to cause CSD (Leao, 1944). However, it is unclear whether direct cortical stimulation is a useful model for ECT. We suspect that Rosenthal and colleagues were led to believe that auricular stimulation does not work because they saw no evidence of a cortical seizure in calcium recordings following stimulation. (See discussion on the confusion of phase III oscillation and seizure in the ECT literature.) We suspect that EEG recordings following direct cortical stimulation would reveal a very different EEG pattern from that observed in patients. This highlights the importance and novelty of the comparison of mouse and human EEG we present in Figure 1. Note, in our auricular stimulation preparation we do not observe any seizure-like activity in cortex that lasts beyond the stimulation (compare Rosenthal’s Figure 1E vs Figure 1F here). Given the EEG similarity we show between mice and patients, we suspect the cortical seizure Rosenthal and colleagues find is a methodological artifact. This is puzzling to us, as Rosenthal and colleagues do briefly mention a single mouse example with an extracellular electrophysiology recording compatible with CSD following auricular stimulation (Supplementary Figure 2).

      Thus, not only is it necessary to add evidence to the interpretation that the ECS-driven calcium event is indeed a CSD, but also that it can be triggered by a stimulation method that successfully replicates the known EEG response of human patients.

      (2) The authors state that "our conclusion that CSD is the primary driver of plasticity is based on its role in driving Fos expression" (line 472). Related to the point above, there is already a very well-established literature showing that CSD leads to rapid and robust Fos expression in rodent cortex, so this is fully consistent with prior work. The prior work, CSD-fos work, should be summarized and/or cited more clearly in the manuscript. Showing that Fos increases only in the hemisphere where there is a large CSDCa2+ wave is a clear demonstration of this. While Fos increases can certainly be well linked to plasticity in some experimental paradigms, the implication that Fos increases underlie CSD-induced plasticity and possibly therapeutic effects of ECT is not appropriate. Fos increases after CSD are a reliable marker of the very strong neuronal activation that occurs, but Fos increases are not specific for plasticity and can be activated by challenges that do not generate synaptic plasticity. A range of other gene expression changes have been identified with CSD and may contribute to adaptive plasticity; these could be mentioned alongside speculation about Fos. To support the main conclusions of this paper about CSD driving plasticity via Fos, Fos knockout or knockdown studies are needed, as has been used in prior plasticity studies.

      We have added additional references to the CSD-Fos literature in the discussion. Regarding the role of Fos as a marker of plasticity rather than activity, we discuss this point in our reply to comment (1) of reviewer 1. Concerning the expression of other genes, we already referenced the TRKB/BDNF pathways (Discussion). We have now added references on RNA-seq following CSD, which show that Fos is one of the most differentially expressed genes following CSD (Dell’Orco et al., 2023). Regarding the use of Fos knockout/knockdown lines, please see our reply to the reviewer’s comment (4).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (3) The Results and Discussion sections should be revised to better reflect the prior discovery of CSD following ECT in rodents and initial evidence in humans, as discussed in the first point in the Weaknesses section above.

      The prior discovery of the fact that ECS can drive CSD is first mentioned in the third sentence of the abstract “However, this view is challenged by the recent finding that electroconvulsive stimulation (ECS) can trigger a cortical spreading depression (CSD).” (The abstract has no references, but the introduction should make it clear what is meant).

      There is an entire paragraph of the introduction discussing the Rosenthal results.

      The first time we discuss our results (end of the Introduction) we say: “Consistent with previous work (Rosenthal et al., 2025), we observed a slow travelling calcium event that appeared to be a CSD.” The Rosenthal paper is cited in 8 times in total throughout the manuscript.

      We are unsure what the reviewer is asking us to do here. As mentioned above, if any revision is warranted regarding that reference, it should be to clarify that the Rosenthal paper used direct intracranial stimulation rather than ECS, and did not fully confirm the calcium event as a CSD – but they should be credited for finding the first preliminary evidence for CSD following ECS in patients.

      (4) To support the authors' statement that "CSD is the primary driver of plasticity is based on its role in driving Fos expression", additional experiments with Fos knockdown or knockout (or alternative interventions) are needed.

      Our main claim is that CSD causes Fos expression in the cortex following ECS. The argument that Fos can be used as a marker of plasticity follows from the literature, not from the experiments done here – this would require a form of functional plasticity measurement, which is outside the scope of this paper (and might not be the most relevant direction, see our reply to comment (3) of reviewer 1). The only observation that a Fos genetic manipulation would give us is the lack or reduction of Fos expression following CSD, which would be orthogonal to the points we make here.

      (5) It would be helpful to use a more specific term than "Ca2+ event" in Figure 2D and throughout the related Results section. It is assumed that this is the large propagating Ca2+ event attributed to CSD, but the terminology is important, as all the other events in the recording (including during Pre-ECT and the Direct ECT period) are also Ca2+ events.

      We have added a clear definition of what we mean on first usage (Results). The reason to call it a calcium event, and not a CSD, is that we did not want to jump to conclusions. We do think that the event is a CSD, but conclusive proof of that is still lacking (in both our work and that of Rosenthal). It is conceivable that the event propagates via a different mechanism than a CSD.

      (6) The authors should comment on differences among rodent models of ECT stimulation, especially with direct and ear clip methods, as discussed in the context of translational value (Theilmann et al., 2014).

      The Theilmann 2014 paper compares ECS delivered via auricular stimulation and intracranial electrodes. They compare the two stimulation methods, but use stimulation currents, total charges, and stimulation duration that were not matched. In the case of stimulation current, those used in auricular stimulation are approximately 8 fold higher than what they use for intracranial stimulation. Moreover, the stimulations were performed in awake rats. This is scientifically - and ethically, even for 2014 - questionable in light of the fact that this is aimed at developing a model for ECT, which is always done under general anesthesia. They conclude that cortical stimulation has less adverse effects and is more effective in reducing immobility in a forced swim test. The confound in the interpretation of these results is that all stimulation was performed in awake animals. The reason this is no longer done in humans is that it is extremely painful. Direct cortical stimulation is likely much less painful (for the same reason TMS is less painful). This would explain their findings of increased adverse effects with auricular electrodes. Given the differences in stimulation parameters used, the difficulty of calibrating equivalent doses of auricular and intracortical stimulations, as well as the small effect sizes reported, we don’t think the results allow for any solid conclusions as to which method is more effective in reducing immobility in a forced swim test. However, even if one would assume the intracortical ECS is more ‘effective’, this is hardly relevant, as we are interested in using mouse ECS as a model for human ECT. One could speculate that intracranial ECS might also exhibit higher clinical benefit than surface ECS in patients, but that is not the scope of our research, and probably not clinically relevant. Finally, while the authors do include EEG recordings in the rat – these were not compared to patient recordings, and from visual inspection do not resemble patient EEG recordings that we have seen. We would argue that the best rodent model of ECT stimulation is the one that triggers neuronal activity most similar to that observed in patients. We have added a brief discussion of these points to the corresponding Methods section.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript combines widefield calcium imaging, electroencephalography, 2-photon imaging, and immunohistochemistry in mice to re-demonstrate that electroconvulsive stimulation (ECS) induces a seizure followed by cortical spreading depolarization, as previously shown. The putative novel finding - which is not unexpected - is that ECS is also correlated with increased expression of the immediate early gene cFOS, although this has also been shown previously. The authors speculate that CSD drives cFOS expression, which might contribute to the therapeutic effects of ECT; however, experiments performed do not provide causal evidence for this hypothesis. Instead, the authors use expression of cFOS - a nonspecific activity-dependent gene induced in various pathological and non-therapeutic contexts - as a proxy for plasticity and/or therapeutic effect. Hence, overall, the significance of the findings is limited and primarily serves to replicate prior work, with the evidence evaluated as incomplete.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are generally well executed from a technical perspective.

      Main Weaknesses to be addressed in revision:

      (1) The main findings of this paper are replication experiments of prior work, and thus, the novelty and significance of this manuscript are relatively limited.

      This appears incorrect. It was known that direct cortical stimulation (as was done in the Rosenthal paper) can drive a calcium event that resembles a CSD. It was also known that CSD can drive Fos expression. What was not known is that the Fos expression driven by ECS is fully explained by the calcium event (putative CSD). This is particularly relevant as most people still erroneously assume Fos is a marker or neuronal activity, and prior work has come to the conclusion that ECT does not drive, but likely downregulates Fos expression (Calais et al., 2013; Morinobu et al., 1995; Park et al., 2014; Winston et al., 1990). We have added a more prominent discussion section on this point.

      - It is already known that the mean frequency of ECT-induced seizures decays between peak and offset in humans (Stuiver et al. Clin Neurophysiol. 2026 Jan:181:2111439. doi: 10.1016/j.clinph.2025.2111439) and mice (Murakami et al. J Pharmacol Sci 2008 Jan;106(1):78-83. 10.1254/jphs.FP0071453), which the authors re-demonstrate in Figure 1.

      The importance of Figure 1 is to demonstrate that ECS delivered with auricular electrodes in mice causes an EEG signature that is very similar to that seen in patients. We do not claim we are the first to describe characteristics of phase III oscillations in either patients or mice (we have added the Murakami reference to the manuscript). The reply to comments (1) and (6) of reviewer 2 highlights why this comparison is so important – it was not done in the Rosenthal paper the reviewer mentions below, and it is not clear whether the intracortical stimulation used there even drives a comparable EEG response (given the calcium activity shown, we suspect the answer is no). To the best of our knowledge this direct comparison is novel – but again the key novelty of our work we highlight is the one described in the title.

      - It has already been demonstrated that ECT in mouse models induces lateralized CSD waves in a manner that depends on stimulation parameters and the initial evoked response during stimulation (Rosenthal et al. Nat Comm. 2025 May 18;16(1):4619. doi: 10.1038/s41467-025-59900-1); the authors replicate this in Figures 1, 2, 3, 6.

      It has indeed been demonstrated that ECS delivered using intracranial electrical stimulation can trigger CSD-like events (e.g. Rosenthal et al.). However, the fact that localized intracranial electrical stimulation can trigger a CSD has been shown quite a while ago already (see e.g. (Leao, 1944)). This is not the case for surface stimulation the way it is done in ECT and the way we do it. Nevertheless, note we give full credit to the Rosenthal work for making this connection. Our main contribution – as highlighted by the title – is showing that the Fos expression driven by ECS is fully explained by the CSD.

      - It is already widely established that EEG and calcium signals are highly concordant in mouse brain physiology, as shown in Figure 1.

      If the reviewer has references for this claim, we would be happy to add to the manuscript – we are not aware of any such work. As far as we are aware, this is still an area under active investigation – calcium signals correlate (locally) strongly with shank recordings (Wei et al., 2020), but how this translates into an EEG signal is speculative.

      It is already known that CSD propagates from supragranular to granular and infragranular layers (Zakharov et al. Epilepsia. 2019 Dec;60(12):2386-2397. doi: 10.1111/epi.16390) as shown in Figure 4.

      The reviewer may be jumping to conclusions here. It is correct that this has been shown for a CSD. The more important question (and the reason we did this experiment) is whether the calcium event triggered by ECS is indeed a CSD. We try to be careful to describe it as a calcium event in the results (mind you the calcium event in the Rosenthal is very likely a CSD as their intracortical stimulation (‘ECS’) is likely equivalent to the electrical stimulations used in the discovery of the CSD). We then perform a series of comparisons to see whether the calcium event has the known characteristics of a CSD – and we conclude everything we test is consistent with it being a CSD. Note, once again, that we do not claim novelty in any of this – the primary novelty is the link between ECS, Fos and CSD.

      - It is already known that CSD waves induce cFOS expression (e.g., Dell'Orco et al. Front Cell Neurosci. 2023 Dec 14:17:1292661. doi: 10.3389/fncel.2023.1292661; Hermann and Hossman. Neuroscience. 1999 Jan;88(2):599-608. doi: 10.1016/s0306-4522(98)00249-8) as the authors replicate in Figure 5.

      That is correct. The question however is how much of the Fos expression is explained by CSD. Prior work that has looked at Fos expression in response to ECS has found that ECS results in a slight reduction of Fos expression (Calais et al., 2013; Park et al., 2014). We suspect this is the result of not triggering a CSD. We do not claim to have discovered that CSD induces Fos expression. The novel contribution, which is the main claim of the paper, is that in the context of ECS the entirety of the cortical Fos expression can be explained by the CSD. This links the relative contributions of multiple components of the ECS response to a known marker of neuronal plasticity.

      Minimally, the authors should revise claims regarding novelty, as the manuscript, as written, is misleading to a reader not familiar with the field. There is limited innovation in re-demonstrating that these events are seizures and that they involve spreading depolarization.

      There is probably a misunderstanding here. We argue and show that there is no cortical seizure following ECS – that is why we refer to the EEG responses as phase III oscillations (characteristic of a silent cortex). And there is little prior evidence that the calcium events triggered by ECS are indeed a CSD (we think this is likely the case, but demonstrating this conclusively will require further work). If the reviewer has references for this, we would be happy to discuss. Note, the Rosenthal et al. paper just assumes (probably correctly) that they are a CSD, but does not demonstrate this. We don’t fully demonstrate this either, we just provide additional evidence. But once again, the novelty is in the title of the manuscript, and we do not claim any other novelty to the best of our reading of our manuscript. If the reviewer has a particularly misleading passage in mind, we are happy to rephrase.

      (2) The authors frame their hypothesis that CSD could be a potential mediator of the therapeutic effects of ECT, but they do not measure therapeutic effects or directly test this hypothesis. The principal advancement of the paper is showing that ECT-induced CSD triggers hemisphere-specific cFOS expression as a proxy of plasticity. However, it is already known that CSD induces cFOS expression (as noted above). The observation that cFOS expression was induced only by CSD, not by the initial seizure, is likely a byproduct of the greater activity induced by CSD than by seizure. cFOS expression is nonspecific to plasticity or therapeutic effects and can be triggered by many non-therapeutic interventions. The cFOS data thus do not meaningfully measure therapeutic plasticity. The authors also selectively cite references suggesting that EEG metrics such as seizure duration predict positive therapeutic outcomes, but this link is controversial and not well established in the clinical literature.

      We are not sure what the reviewer means by “cFOS expression is nonspecific to plasticity”. Does the reviewer mean Fos has other roles beside driving neuronal plasticity? That is very likely correct, but it is unclear how that is relevant. Fos is a key driver of a number of neuronal plasticity pathways (Chaudhuri et al., 2000; Cohen and Greenberg, 2008; Cruz et al., 2015; Durchdewald et al., 2009). Which exact pathways are driven by ECS is an interesting question that we are currently pursuing in follow-up work. Given what we know about Fos expression, it is probably well within reasonable bounds to conclude that Fos increases result in neuronal plasticity. Fos expression directly drives network plasticity (Yap et al., 2021): "our findings indicate that Fos expression has an instructive role in orchestrating persistent circuit modifications”. Likewise, Fos induction is strictly required for experience-dependent representational plasticity during learning (de Hoz et al., 2018): “locally blocking c-Fos expression caused […] decreased cortical experience-dependent plasticity, without affecting baseline excitability or basic auditory processing.”. Calcium activity explains about 15% of the variance of Fos expression (Mahringer et al., 2022). This is likely driven by the correlation between activity and plasticity, not by a direct necessity for Fos expression to maintain neuronal activity. This is consistent with the finding that Fos as a transcription factor does not function to maintain spiking activity; it is part of the gene-regulatory machinery that converts patterned synaptic input into lasting plastic change. Fos is induced by NMDA/Ca2+, ERK, and CREB/Elk signaling rather than by firing alone (Fields et al., 1997; Xia et al., 1996), and those same pathways are required for the transcriptional program that stabilizes long-term potentiation and other durable synaptic modifications (Davis et al., 2000). As an AP-1 transcription factor, Fos drives downstream gene expression, so its appearance is better read as entry into a plasticity-related nuclear program than as a measure of ongoing excitability (Minatohara et al., 2015; Morgan and Curran, 1991; Sheng and Greenberg, 1990). That interpretation is consistent with our work showing that early Fos expression preferentially marks neurons that later undergo the strongest learning-related functional changes (Mahringer et al., 2019) and tracks functional reorganization during learning rather than simple recent activation (Mahringer et al., 2019).

      The link between CSD and therapeutic effect is a speculation we make in the manuscript, not a conclusion. We are of course in the process of performing follow-up work to test whether CSD in patients is a better predictor of treatment outcome than EEG based metrics – no experiment we can do in mice will be able to test the hypothesis that CSD is the mediator of the therapeutic benefit of ECT.

      Regarding the power of EEG metrics to predict therapeutic outcomes, we fully agree with the reviewer. The literature on the reliability of EEG metrics computed from phase III oscillation data is controversial and noisy – this is something we establish in the introduction to motivate our research into other biological processes that could explain how ECT works. Note however, this is certainly not a fringe view – see e.g. comment (2) of reviewer 1: “Postictal EEG suppression is one of the most promising correlates of positive clinical outcomes after electroconvulsive therapy“ We think the reason for this is that a CSD is necessary for therapeutic benefit, but only has minor effects on the phase III oscillation – note this is a hypothesis based on our results that is trivial to test in patients (which are in currently investigating).

      Minor Weaknesses:

      (3) For the n=3 mice used for concurrent 2P imaging with microprism implant, these animals also had ChrimsonR co-expression, but there are no optogenetic studies described in this paper, which is confusing. Yet, this co-expression introduces a significant confound, as GCaMP6 emission (525/50nm band in this study) will overlap substantially with the ChrimsonR excitation spectrum. Thus, the fluorescence emission used to image these neurons may be optogenetically activating them at the same time. Please explain.

      Whenever possible, we use mice for multiple experiments in the lab. This is done to reduce the total number of mice used for experiments for ethical reasons. For the mice in question, ChrimsonR was injected in the retrosplenial cortex (Methods), which was originally done to stimulate locally the axons projecting in the imaging area (primary visual cortex here). Thus the labelling is very sparse, and perfectly compatible with two-photon GCaMP6f imaging. Fluorescence emission is far too weak to activate ChrimsonR.

      Qualitatively, one can mentally compare the light power we use to activate optogenetic tools, which tends to be blindingly bright (one shouldn’t look into the optogenetic stimulation laser), with the fluorescence emission from two-photon imaging of calcium indicators, which tends to be barely visible by eye.

      Quantitatively, one can estimate this as follows: At 510nm emission, each photon carries an energy of about . Assuming a neuron that strongly expresses GCaMP6f under two-photon excitation would emit a very high 10<sup>7</sup>photons per second (Har-Gil et al., 2018), its total emission power would be P = N<sub>photons</sub> * E ≈ 4pW. Assuming this is spread over the surface of the cell (sphere with 10 µm diameter), this translates to . This is several orders of magnitude below the value of 1 mW/mm<sup>2</sup> irradiance required to activate ChrimsonR modestly at peak absorption, which is 80nm away from GCaMP6f emission (Klapoetke et al., 2014). Note that this would be true even when ChrimsonR is injected at the site of imaging (Vasilevskaya and Keller, 2026).

      (4) Incision of the cortex for implantation of a prism is a significant cortical injury that likely induces CSD instantaneously and may change the propensity for CSD in subsequent recordings. Please comment on this limitation and address how much time elapsed after surgery before imaging.

      We suspect that the question is driven by a misunderstanding. While it is likely that the implantation triggers a CSD (and likely so does a standard two-photon window implantation), the implantation surgery and the experiments/imaging are separated by at least 3 weeks (Methods). We have never observed spontaneous CSDs in the days and weeks following an implantation surgery.

      (5) Method details are missing or insufficiently described for location, titer, and injection strategy for 2-photon experiments.

      We have added additional details as requested by the reviewer (Methods).

      (6) Given the wide range of parameters used for ECS in mice and ECT in humans, the authors should provide tables for what stimulation parameters were used for each recording. These protocols were chosen manually rather than randomly or systematically, which introduces confounding factors into analyses that use parameters as an independent variable.

      We have added two tables (Table S3 and Table S4) that displays the stimulation parameters used for each figure, as well as the distribution of parameters for mice and patients. More importantly, the properties of the travelling calcium event do not depend on the stimulation charge (Figure S3), which removes this confounding factor and supports the idea that the calcium event is a CSD.

      (7) While much of the cFOS staining after unilateral CSD shows hemisphere-specific asymmetry, several regions (piriform cortex, amygdala, thalamus) do appear to have bilateral cFOS expression. Please comment on this.

      That is correct – only the cortical expression of Fos depends on the cortical CSD (see our reply to comment (1) of reviewer 1). Quantification of the whole-brain Fos expression following ECS is outside the scope of the manuscript, but it is something we are currently pursuing for separate publication. We have now reworked the section describing the Fos expression to make it clear that we are only talking about cortical expression of Fos (Results).

      (8) The discussion states: "If CSD accounts for plasticity effects, triggering a CSD in a non-seizure context may be sufficient to elicit therapeutic effects. This is supported by the clinical success of ultra-brief stimulation treatments that do not cause seizures, such as rTMS with accelerated protocols, which achieves treatment efficacy on par with ECT for major depressive disorder". Are the authors implying that TMS induces CSD? What evidence supports this idea?

      That was indeed our speculation based on ongoing work on TMS in the lab – but it was poorly phrased and unnecessary. We have rephrased.

      (9) This statement - "Assuming psychosis is the result of thalamocortical coupling that is too weak in frontal areas of the cortex" (lines 583-585) - may be overly speculative.

      It is speculative indeed – but the speculation is not unfounded and has been made previously. The primary evidence is correlative in that schizophrenia is characterized by a reduction in coupling between thalamus and frontal areas of cortex – see e.g. (Giraldo-Chica and Woodward, 2017; Vinogradov et al., 2023). We have argued in previous work that combining this with computational models of psychosis (Sterzer et al., 2018), it is not unreasonable to speculate that a reduction in the coupling between thalamus and frontal areas of cortex could explain psychosis (Keller and Sterzer, 2024). The value of that speculation here is that it forms a testable hypothesis for the mechanism of action of ECT. Nevertheless, we have rephrased the statement slightly to make it clearer that this is still speculation.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors should design/execute an experiment(s) to attempt to prove causality between CSD, calcium influx, cFOS expression, and therapeutic effect. At a minimum, the authors need to revise claims regarding novelty, as the manuscript, as written, is misleading to a reader not familiar with the field.

      Regarding novelty – see discussion above.

      Regarding therapeutic effects – we are in the process of testing this in patients. Using CSD measurements during ECT to test whether CSD is a better predictor of treatment outcome. I suspect that this will, however, require many more labs to come to firm conclusions. Our aim here is to inspire these experiments. That is why we speculate about clinical relevance in the abstract and the discussion.

      References

      Bahari, F., Ssentongo, P., Liu, J., Kimbugwe, J., Curay, C., Schiff, S.J., Gluckman, B.J., 2020. Seizure-associated spreading depression is a major feature of ictal events in two animal models of chronic epilepsy. https://doi.org/10.1101/455519

      Bolhuis, J.J., Hetebrij, E., Den Boer-Visser, A.M., De Groot, J.H., Zijlstra, G.G.O., 2001. Localized immediate early gene expression related to the strength of song learning in socially reared zebra finches. European Journal of Neuroscience 13, 2165–2170. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.0953816x.2001.01588.x

      Bonaccini Calia, A., Masvidal-Codina, E., Smith, T.M., Schäfer, N., Rathore, D., Rodríguez-Lucas, E., Illa, X., De la Cruz, J.M., Del Corro, E., Prats-Alfonso, E., Viana, D., Bousquet, J., Hébert, C., Martínez-Aguilar, J., Sperling, J.R., Drummond, M., Halder, A., Dodd, A., Barr, K., Savage, S., Fornell, J., Sort, J., Guger, C., Villa, R., Kostarelos, K., Wykes, R.C., Guimerà-Brunet, A., Garrido, J.A., 2022. Full-bandwidth electrophysiology of seizures and epileptiform activity enabled by flexible graphene microtransistor depth neural probes. Nat. Nanotechnol. 17, 301–309. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41565-021-01041-9

      Brumback, R.A., Staton, R.D., 1982. The Electroencephalographic Pattern during Electroconvulsive Therapy. Clinical Electroencephalography 13, 148–153. https://doi.org/10.1177/155005948201300306

      Calais, J.B., Valvassori, S.S., Resende, W.R., Feier, G., Athié, M.C.P., Ribeiro, S., Gattaz, W.F., Quevedo, J., Ojopi, E.B., 2013. Long-term decrease in immediate early gene expression after electroconvulsive seizures. J Neural Transm (Vienna) 120, 259–266. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00702-012-0861-4

      Chaudhuri, A., Zangenehpour, S., Rahbar-Dehgan, F., Ye, F., 2000. Molecular maps of neural activity and quiescence. Acta Neurobiol Exp (Wars) 60, 403–410. https://doi.org/10.55782/ane-2000-1359

      Cohen, S., Greenberg, M.E., 2008. Communication between the synapse and the nucleus in neuronal development, plasticity, and disease. Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 24, 183–209. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.cellbio.24.110707.175235

      Cruz, F.C., Javier Rubio, F., Hope, B.T., 2015. Using c-fos to study neuronal ensembles in corticostriatal circuitry of addiction. Brain Res 1628, 157–173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainres.2014.11.005

      Davis, S., Vanhoutte, P., Pages, C., Caboche, J., Laroche, S., 2000. The MAPK/ERK cascade targets both Elk-1 and cAMP response element-binding protein to control long-term potentiation-dependent gene expression in the dentate gyrus in vivo. J Neurosci 20, 4563–4572. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.20-12-04563.2000

      de Hoz, L., Gierej, D., Lioudyno, V., Jaworski, J., Blazejczyk, M., Cruces-Solís, H., Beroun, A., Lebitko, T., Nikolaev, T., Knapska, E., Nelken, I., Kaczmarek, L., 2018. Blocking c-Fos Expression Reveals the Role of Auditory Cortex Plasticity in Sound Frequency Discrimination Learning. Cereb Cortex 28, 1645–1655. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhx060

      Dell’Orco, M., Weisend, J.E., Perrone-Bizzozero, N.I., Carlson, A.P., Morton, R.A., Linsenbardt, D.N., Shuttleworth, C.W., 2023. Repetitive spreading depolarization induces gene expression changes related to synaptic plasticity and neuroprotective pathways. Front. Cell. Neurosci. 17. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncel.2023.1292661

      Durchdewald, M., Angel, P., Hess, J., 2009. The transcription factor Fos: a Janus-type regulator in health and disease. Histol Histopathol 24, 1451–1461. https://doi.org/10.14670/HH-24.1451

      Fields, R.D., Eshete, F., Stevens, B., Itoh, K., 1997. Action potential-dependent regulation of gene expression: temporal specificity in ca2+, cAMP-responsive element-binding proteins, and mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling. J Neurosci 17, 7252–7266. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.17-19-07252.1997

      Fleischmann, A., Hvalby, O., Jensen, V., Strekalova, T., Zacher, C., Layer, L.E., Kvello, A., Reschke, M., Spanagel, R., Sprengel, R., Wagner, E.F., Gass, P., 2003. Impaired Long-Term Memory and NR2AType NMDA Receptor-Dependent Synaptic Plasticity in Mice Lacking c-Fos in the CNS. J. Neurosci. 23, 9116–9122. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.23-27-09116.2003

      Francis-Taylor, R., Ophel, G., Martin, D., Loo, C., 2020. The ictal EEG in ECT: A systematic review of the relationships between ictal features, ECT technique, seizure threshold and outcomes. Brain Stimulation 13, 1644–1654. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2020.09.009

      Giraldo-Chica, M., Woodward, N.D., 2017. Review of thalamocortical resting-state fMRI studies in schizophrenia. Schizophr Res 180, 58–63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2016.08.005

      Har-Gil, H., Golgher, L., Israel, S., Kain, D., Cheshnovsky, O., Parnas, M., Blinder, P., 2018. PySight: plug and play photon counting for fast continuous volumetric intravital microscopy. Optica 5, 1104. https://doi.org/10.1364/OPTICA.5.001104

      Huels, E.R., Kafashan, M., Hickman, L.B., Ching, S., Lin, N., Lenze, E.J., Farber, N.B., Avidan, M.S., Hogan, R.E., Palanca, B.J.A., 2023. Central-positive complexes in ECT-induced seizures: Possible evidence for thalamocortical mechanisms. Clin Neurophysiol 146, 77–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.clinph.2022.11.015

      Kawai, R., Markman, T., Poddar, R., Ko, R., Fantana, A.L., Dhawale, A.K., Kampff, A.R., Ölveczky, B.P., 2015. Motor cortex is required for learning but not for executing a motor skill. Neuron 86, 800– 812. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2015.03.024

      Keller, G.B., Sterzer, P., 2024. Predictive Processing: A Circuit Approach to Psychosis. Annu Rev Neurosci 47, 85–101. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-neuro-100223-121214

      Kimpo, R.R., Doupe, A.J., 1997. FOS Is Induced by Singing in Distinct Neuronal Populations in a Motor Network. Neuron 18, 315–325. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(00)80271-8

      Klapoetke, N.C., Murata, Y., Kim, S.S., Pulver, S.R., Birdsey-Benson, A., Cho, Y.K., Morimoto, T.K., Chuong, A.S., Carpenter, E.J., Tian, Z., Wang, J., Xie, Y., Yan, Z., Zhang, Y., Chow, B.Y., Surek, B., Melkonian, M., Jayaraman, V., Constantine-Paton, M., Wong, G.K.-S., Boyden, E.S., 2014. Independent optical excitation of distinct neural populations. Nat Methods 11, 338–346. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmeth.2836

      Largo, C., Ibarz, J.M., Herreras, O., 1997. Effects of the Gliotoxin Fluorocitrate on Spreading Depression and Glial Membrane Potential in Rat Brain In Situ. Journal of Neurophysiology 78, 295–307. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.1997.78.1.295

      Leao, A.A.P., 1944. Spreading depression of activity in the cerebral cortex. Journal of Neurophysiology 7, 359–390. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.1944.7.6.359

      Mahringer, D., Petersen, A.V., Fiser, A., Okuno, H., Bito, H., Perrier, J.-F., Keller, G.B., 2019. Expression of c-Fos and Arc in hippocampal region CA1 marks neurons that exhibit learning-related activity changes. https://doi.org/10.1101/644526

      Mahringer, D., Zmarz, P., Okuno, H., Bito, H., Keller, G.B., 2022. Functional correlates of immediate early gene expression in mouse visual cortex. Peer Community Journal 2. https://doi.org/10.24072/pcjournal.156

      Meeren, H.K.M., Pijn, J.P.M., Luijtelaar, E.L.J.M.V., Coenen, A.M.L., Silva, F.H.L. da, 2002. Cortical Focus Drives Widespread Corticothalamic Networks during Spontaneous Absence Seizures in Rats. J. Neurosci. 22, 1480–1495. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.22-04-01480.2002

      Minatohara, K., Akiyoshi, M., Okuno, H., 2015. Role of Immediate-Early Genes in Synaptic Plasticity and Neuronal Ensembles Underlying the Memory Trace. Front Mol Neurosci 8, 78. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnmol.2015.00078

      Morgan, J.I., Curran, T., 1991. Stimulus-transcription coupling in the nervous system: involvement of the inducible proto-oncogenes fos and jun. Annu Rev Neurosci 14, 421–451. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.ne.14.030191.002225

      Morinobu, S., Nibuya, M., Duman, R.S., 1995. Chronic antidepressant treatment down-regulates the induction of c-fos mRNA in response to acute stress in rat frontal cortex. Neuropsychopharmacology 12, 221–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/0893-133X(94)00067-A

      Nakadate, K., Imamura, K., Watanabe, Y., 2012. Effects of monocular deprivation on the spatial pattern of visually induced expression of c-Fos protein. Neuroscience 202, 17–28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2011.12.004

      Pandey, A., Kang, S., Pacchiarini, N., Wyszynska, H., Masseri, Z., O’Neill, J., Honey, R.C., Fox, K., 2026. Secondary Somatosensory Cortex Is Required for Learning but Not Execution of a Tactile Discrimination. Eur J Neurosci 63, e70390. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.70390

      Park, H.G., Yu, H.S., Park, S., Ahn, Y.M., Kim, Y.S., Kim, S.H., 2014. Repeated treatment with electroconvulsive seizures induces HDAC2 expression and down-regulation of NMDA receptorrelated genes through histone deacetylation in the rat frontal cortex. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 17, 1487–1500. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1461145714000248

      Polack, P.-O., Mahon, S., Chavez, M., Charpier, S., 2009. Inactivation of the Somatosensory Cortex Prevents Paroxysmal Oscillations in Cortical and Related Thalamic Neurons in a Genetic Model of Absence Epilepsy. Cereb Cortex 19, 2078–2091. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhn237

      Rosenthal, Z.P., Majeski, J.B., Somarowthu, A., Quinn, D.K., Lindquist, B.E., Putt, M.E., Karaj, A., Favilla, C.G., Baker, W.B., Hosseini, G., Rodriguez, J.P., Cristancho, M.A., Sheline, Y.I., William Shuttleworth, C., Abbott, C.C., Yodh, A.G., Goldberg, E.M., 2025. Electroconvulsive therapy generates a postictal wave of spreading depolarization in mice and humans. Nat Commun 16, 4619. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-025-59900-1

      Roy, D.S., Arons, A., Mitchell, T.I., Pignatelli, M., Ryan, T.J., Tonegawa, S., 2016. Memory retrieval by activating engram cells in mouse models of early Alzheimer’s disease. Nature 531, 508–512. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature17172

      Ryan, T.J., Roy, D.S., Pignatelli, M., Arons, A., Tonegawa, S., 2015. Memory. Engram cells retain memory under retrograde amnesia. Science 348, 1007–1013. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaa5542

      Scangos, K.W., Weiner, R.D., Coffey, C.E., Krystal, A.D., 2019. An electrophysiological biomarker that may predict treatment response to ECT. J ECT 35, 95–102. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCT.0000000000000557

      Sheng, M., Greenberg, M.E., 1990. The regulation and function of c-fos and other immediate early genes in the nervous system. Neuron 4, 477–485. https://doi.org/10.1016/0896-6273(90)90106-p

      Sterzer, P., Adams, R.A., Fletcher, P., Frith, C., Lawrie, S.M., Muckli, L., Petrovic, P., Uhlhaas, P., Voss, M., Corlett, P.R., 2018. The Predictive Coding Account of Psychosis. Biol Psychiatry 84, 634–643. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2018.05.015

      Tanaka, K.Z., He, H., Tomar, A., Niisato, K., Huang, A.J.Y., McHugh, T.J., 2018. The hippocampal engram maps experience but not place. Science 361, 392–397. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aat5397

      Tyssowski, K.M., DeStefino, N.R., Cho, J.-H., Dunn, C.J., Poston, R.G., Carty, C.E., Jones, R.D., Chang, S.M., Romeo, P., Wurzelmann, M.K., Ward, J.M., Andermann, M.L., Saha, R.N., Dudek, S.M., Gray, J.M., 2018. Different Neuronal Activity Patterns Induce Different Gene Expression Programs. Neuron 98, 530-546.e11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2018.04.001

      Vasilevskaya, A., Keller, G.B., 2026. A functional influence based circuit motif that constrains the set of plausible algorithms of cortical function. eLife 15. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.110827.1

      Vinogradov, S., Chafee, M.V., Lee, E., Morishita, H., 2023. Psychosis spectrum illnesses as disorders of prefrontal critical period plasticity. Neuropsychopharmacology 48, 168–185. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-022-01451-w

      Watanabe, Y., Johnson, R.S., Butler, L.S., Binder, D.K., Spiegelman, B.M., Papaioannou, V.E., McNamara, J.O., 1996. Null Mutation of c-fos Impairs Structural and Functional Plasticities in the Kindling Model of Epilepsy. J Neurosci 16, 3827–3836. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.16-1203827.1996

      Wei, Z., Lin, B.-J., Chen, T.-W., Daie, K., Svoboda, K., Druckmann, S., 2020. A comparison of neuronal population dynamics measured with calcium imaging and electrophysiology. PLoS Comput Biol 16, e1008198. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008198

      Winston, S.M., Hayward, M.D., Nestler, E.J., Duman, R.S., 1990. Chronic electroconvulsive seizures down-regulate expression of the immediate-early genes c-fos and c-jun in rat cerebral cortex. J Neurochem 54, 1920–1925. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-4159.1990.tb04892.x

      Xia, Z., Dudek, H., Miranti, C.K., Greenberg, M.E., 1996. Calcium influx via the NMDA receptor induces immediate early gene transcription by a MAP kinase/ERK-dependent mechanism. J Neurosci 16, 5425–5436. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.16-17-05425.1996

      Yap, E.-L., Pettit, N.L., Davis, C.P., Nagy, M.A., Harmin, D.A., Golden, E., Dagliyan, O., Lin, C., Rudolph, S., Sharma, N., Griffith, E.C., Harvey, C.D., Greenberg, M.E., 2021. Bidirectional perisomatic inhibitory plasticity of a Fos neuronal network. Nature 590, 115–121. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-020-3031-0

      Yassin, L., Benedetti, B.L., Jouhanneau, J.-S., Wen, J.A., Poulet, J.F.A., Barth, A.L., 2010. An embedded subnetwork of highly active neurons in the neocortex. Neuron 68, 1043–1050. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2010.11.029

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The "multiple-demand" (MD) system is a well-known finding of human brain imaging and is thought to play a central role in cognitive control. To directly compare the MD system in humans and monkeys, Mione et al. used functional magnetic resonance imaging to measure whole-brain activation in a multi-step saccadic maze task. In humans, the authors found a distributed pattern of brain activity close match to the canonical MD network and extends to adjacent regions of dorsal attention and other networks. While there was good correspondence between monkey and human data, differences were also notable in the lateral frontal cortex, the dorsal parietal cortex, and the sensorimotor cortex.

      Strengths:

      Though previous data hint at a corresponding network in the macaque, there has been no direct comparison to human data. This study provides a direct cross-species comparison with whole-brain data from fMRI, and the findings suggest an extended and strongly interconnected brain network recruited by increased cognitive challenge.

      Weaknesses:

      In previous human imaging, the MD system is defined by overlapping activation for many kinds of cognitive demands. In the present work, however, the authors used just a single task. Although there is some overlap between the putative monkey MD network and the canonical MD network identified in human imaging, there should be caution in linking current findings to the MD system based on limited task events.

      In the Discussion, we acknowledge the limitation of using a single task. With this one task, however, the canonical MD network is clearly shown in our human data. Accompanying activation, especially of the canonical dorsal attention network, likely reflects the specific spatial demands of the maze task. In the monkey data, much of this dorsal attention activity is not seen (e.g. superior and medial parietal), likely reflecting limited power. Instead, there is distributed overlap with the previous limited monkey studies than have contrasted higher with lower cognitive demand. Though we agree that task-specific activations may contribute to our results, these arguments suggest that, in large part, our method does successfully identify a distributed set of multiple-demand regions. At the same time we acknowledge the desirability of further work to examine a wider range of task demands.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Though the whole-brain data obtained by fMRI can provide a direct comparison between species, a single cognitive task might be insufficient to link the findings with the MD system. A cognitively challenging task likely activates multiple regions of the MD system; however, it may also recruit some task-specific regions, which do not belong to the canonical MD network. Furthermore, this is probably the reason that the dorsal attention network showed the strongest activation rather than the core MD for the current visuospatial maze task.

      In the Discussion, we acknowledge the limitation of using a single task (p. 15-16), and the likely contribution of task-specific activations to our data, especially involving the dorsal attention network (p. 15).

      (2) Ideally, a meta-analysis recruiting more fMRI studies on humans and monkeys when they perform various similar cognitive tasks may strengthen the evidence that there is a comparable MD system between species.

      Many human meta-analyses, of course, show the common MD system. For monkeys, however, at least to our knowledge, there are insufficient studies for a similar meta-analysis. Instead we discuss overlaps between the current activation findings and two previous studies of respectively antisaccades and task switching (p. 15), suggesting that, in monkey as in human, there is convergence for different kinds of demand.

      (3) Different from human subjects, monkeys usually require substantial training before fMRI scanning. More details about the training of the two monkeys should be given. In addition, training may reshape cognitive task activations. This potential impact should also be discussed.

      We now address this point in the Discussion (p. 18). As we note, similar results for the two species apparently survive even large differences in protocol. A training summary has been added to Methods (p. 27).

      (4) According to the description in the text, the two monkeys have obvious differences in cognitive task activations. It is necessary to show individual-level brain activations as well.

      Individual results and a conjunction map are shown in Supplementary Figure 6 (see accompanying text on p. 13). As expected, the conjunction map had substantial similarity to the findings from the two animals combined. Similarities and differences between animals are addressed in the Discussion (p. 17).

      (5) Based on the current research content, the title seems to be too general.

      For the reasons given above (see point 2), we think our title is reasonable.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mione et al. aim to resolve a long-standing question in comparative neuroscience: whether the macaque brain contains a functional analogue to the distributed human multiple demand (MD) network. To address this, the authors employ a direct cross-species fMRI comparison using a multi-step saccadic maze task in humans and a simplified two-step version in macaques. By contrasting goal-directed navigation against a control condition that requires similar motor responses but no strategic planning, the study isolates the neural signatures of cognitive control across species.

      Strengths:

      The most compelling aspect of this work is its methodological alignment. Previous attempts to compare these systems often relied on comparisons of human BOLD signals and macaque single-unit recordings. By running parallel fMRI protocols, the authors establish a shared measurement basis that allows for a more direct comparison. The resulting activation maps clearly demonstrate conserved network topology across dorsomedial frontal, lateral, and medial parietal, and insula cortices. Combining these results with recent research on functional and structural connectivity further supports the idea that these networks evolved across species and provides a helpful starting point for future comparative studies. The findings will be highly useful for researchers investigating the evolutionary origins of domain-general cognitive control, as well as for neuroimaging methodologists developing cross-species alignment pipelines.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there are several differences in how the two groups were studied that make it harder to compare the results precisely. The human task mixed 2-, 4-, and 6-step trials within the same experimental blocks, whereas macaques performed only 2-step trials. This design difference likely places human participants in a state of sustained proactive cognitive control (Braver, 2012), as they must remain prepared for highly demanding trials at any moment. This elevated baseline arousal may artificially inflate MD network activation during the simpler 2-step trials in humans, making direct magnitude comparisons with the macaque data difficult.

      This is a reasonable concern, which we note in the Discussion. Crucially, as we point out, similarities between species appear to survive this and other differences in procedure.

      Additionally, the general linear model combined correct and error trials into a single regressor. Given that macaques exhibited substantially higher error rates, this approach risks diluting task-specific planning signals with activity related to error monitoring and reward prediction errors. The preprocessing pipeline also applied a 4 mm full-width half-maximum smoothing kernel to macaque data acquired at 1.5 mm resolution. Relative to the smaller size of the macaque brain, this kernel is quite large and likely blurs fine-grained topographical distinctions. This may partly explain why the macaque lateral frontal cortex shows a single dorsal activation patch rather than multiple discrete patches seen in humans.

      These are also reasonable concerns. To address them, we have added supplementary analyses using (a) only correct trials, and (b) a smaller smoothing kernel (see Supplementary Figure 3 and 4). In both cases, there is some loss of power, but otherwise similar results.

      Furthermore, there is concerning inter-individual variability in the macaque data. Normally, a functional network like the MD system is identified by consistent activation across all individuals. In this study, however, the two monkeys show substantially different activation maps and behavioral patterns. This lack of consistency renders the group-level results questionable, as it is unclear whether the group-level map represents a unified biological system or merely an average of disparate individual maps.

      Results for individual animals have now been supplemented with a conjunction map (Supplementary Figure 6). As expected, the conjunction map is similar to the map obtained by pooling data from the two animals.

      Finally, the subcortical activations shown in Figure 7 require more precise anatomical localization to confidently distinguish cerebellar nodes from adjacent brainstem structures.

      The slices shown in Figure 7 have been amended to better show the detail of activation outside cerebral cortex, in particular in cerebellum.

      The authors demonstrate a broad functional correspondence between human and macaque cognitive control networks, moving the field beyond speculative homology. The data suggest that an extended, interconnected network is recruited by cognitive challenge in both species; however, the strength of this claim is limited by the inter-individual variability and methodological constraints noted above. Assertions of precise topological equivalence should therefore be tempered. The absence of ventrolateral prefrontal and strong dorsal parietal activations in the macaque group analysis may reflect genuine biological differences, but could also stem from limited statistical power, excessive smoothing, or task design asymmetries. While the overall conclusions are plausible, they would be significantly strengthened by a more explicit discussion of these limitations and additional analytical clarifications regarding individual-level consistency.

      Indeed, as we note in the Discussion, there is a strong possibility that ventrolateral frontal and dorsal parietal activation are missing in our monkey data because of limited statistical power. Further work would be needed to address these possible limitations.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please discuss how the mixed-difficulty block design in humans may induce a state of proactive cognitive control that elevates baseline MD activation compared to the fixed 2step macaque condition. A supplementary analysis comparing early versus late block 2-step trials in humans would help clarify whether activation magnitudes reflect sustained task-set maintenance or transient trial demands.

      We now note the potential importance of this in the Discussion (p. 18), and point out that similarities between species appear to survive this difference in procedure.

      (2) Please clarify the rationale for combining correct and error trials in a single regressor.

      Given the higher macaque error rates, please provide a supplementary GLM restricted to correct trials only for the monkey data. This will demonstrate whether the core activation topography remains consistent when error-related signals are excluded.

      A new analysis addresses this point (Supplementary Figure 3). As we note, restricting analysis to correctly-completed problems somewhat reduces power but leaves major features of the results intact.

      (3) Please justify the use of a 4 mm FWHM smoothing kernel for macaque data, given cortical thickness and brain size differences. If feasible, re-run the analysis with a smaller kernel or surface-based smoothing to assess whether finer topographical distinctions emerge in lateral frontal and parietal cortices.

      This new analysis has also been run (Supplementary Figure 4), again with reduced power but major features of the results intact. We also refer to previous work indicating choice of either 3 mm or 4 mm smoothing for macaque fMRI (p. 13), approximately matching the smoothing needed to align electrophysiological and fMRI maps (Issa et al., 2013, J.Neurosci.).

      (4) Please detail how the human '2-step problems only' analysis in Supplementary Figure 1 was specified in the GLM. Explicitly state whether 4- and 6-step trials were modeled as separate regressors of no interest to prevent hemodynamic bleed-over from contaminating the 2-step beta weights.

      Indeed, 4- and 6-step trials were removed using regressors of no interest, as now specified in Methods (p. 24).

      (5) Please provide higher-resolution slices or probabilistic atlas overlays for the cerebellar and subcortical activations in Figure 7. This will help clearly distinguish cerebellar hemispheres from adjacent brainstem structures and ensure anatomical labeling is accurate.

      To address this question, additional slices have been added to a revised Figure 7, in particular adding detail to cerebellar activation.

      (6) Please address the substantial inter-individual variability in the macaque data, particularly regarding Monkey B's performance. Even after excluding five poor-performing sessions, Monkey B only reached about 65% accuracy on the first step of the maze task. This suggests that the animal was largely guessing rather than following a strategic, goal directed plan. The notably higher accuracy on step 2 (>80%) could simply be a selection bias artifact, as the task terminates immediately following step 1 errors, meaning step 2 trials only occur when step 1 was already correct. Including an animal that likely did not fully grasp the overarching task rule in a cohort of N=2 raises serious concerns about signal dilution and the reliability of the group-level maps. Please explicitly justify why Monkey B's data were retained despite these performance concerns, or consider excluding this animal and acquiring data from a third, behaviorally reliable subject. At minimum, report a conjunction map showing regions strictly active in both animals alongside the combined analysis, and present individual subject maps more prominently to improve transparency.

      Though we appreciate this concern, we do not think the data indicate that monkey B failed to use the maze goal to constrain choices. As shown in Figure 3, the great majority of errors were timing errors (mostly not waiting for go signal). Excluding these, for step 1, of choices directed to one of the two available alternatives, 88% were correct (Figure 4, compare “correct” with “wrong open location”).

      As noted above, we have added a conjunction map (Supplementary Figure 6) to our previous presentation of individual data. We note (p. 13) that, as expected, this map strongly resembles results from the combined-animal analysis.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pang et al. investigated the expression pattern of the transcription factor foxQ2II in an adult beetle brain. They find nine distinct clusters, with many neurons expressing Glut/ChaT and dopamine. Some of the dopamine neurons resemble cell types described in Drosophila. Several neurons seem to project to prominent higher brain regions such as the MB and CX, and might even connect to both.

      Strengths:

      The authors use state-of-the-art labeling techniques for the analysis of individual cell types, such as beetle brainbow, to investigate the until now unknown expression of the transcription factor in the adult beetle brain.

      We would want to add that this work establishes and introduces the brainbow system for the first time in an arthropod outside Drosophila melanogaster and that we are the first (outside flies) to relate the expression of a neural transcription factor with neural projection and neurotransmitter content.

      Rigorous cell reconstruction and image analysis revealed a better understanding of the anatomy of the labeled cells.

      Weaknesses:

      The brainbow labeling seems to include all cells labeled by the enhancer trap line, as well as the ones not expressing foxQ2II. Thus, it is unclear how useful this data is to compare individual cells to other insects.

      We kindly disagree with the first statement: not all cells of the enhancer trap are labelled but a subset. Therefore, we call it “sparse labelling” in our manuscript while we do not reach “single-cell labelling”, which admittedly limits precision.

      The functional relevance of this transcription factor in the adult brain cell is still unknown. It is therefore unclear if the described neurons have any specific function and if they require this transcription factor for normal function.

      Previously, we published that this gene has an important function in neural development during embryogenesis. Actually, we have done extensive RNAi experiments to test for an effect during postembryonic development. We found surprisingly small defects when looking at alterations in several imaging lines. However, we found some changes in behavior. Given the extensive data presented in the current paper, we decided to publish these functional data (another 12 figures/suppl. figures) separately.

      We also note that the identity/function of neurons is determined by a mix of transcription factors. Disentangling the individual role of each of those transcription factors indeed is an exciting question but a major endeavor beyond the scope of this paper.

      Overall, the neural reconstructions are missing single-neuron details; it is difficult to compare the shown cell types to specific cell types in Drosophila based on the presented data, and this finding remains speculative.

      Indeed, we do not reach single-cell resolution, which is below the standards of fly neurobiology. However, compared with all other arthropods we reach a unique level of precision. Specifically, we are the only ones outside fly research that relate the expression of a developmental transcription factor to neural projection and neurotransmitter content.

      We also think that combining our transgenic line with dopamine expression was sufficient to compare the labelled cells to fly neurons. From what we saw in that analysis, we feel that most homology assessments of single neurons across such large evolutionary distances will remain hypothetical to some degree.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide the first thorough profiling of neurons in Tribolium characterized by the expression of the transcription factor foxQ2, which will be useful for developmental neurobiology. They use state-of-the-art methods convincingly to not only identify the neurons, but also to further characterize them anatomically and neurochemically.

      Strengths:

      Thorough and meticulous application of state-of-the-art anatomical methods in a nonstandard laboratory organism.

      Thank you for this encouraging comment.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

      Comments:

      I don't really have any major suggestions at all. Loved the work. There is only one tiny nitpicking aspect:

      P21: "Biogenic amines are involved in learning and memory and setting arousal threshholds (Davis, 2023), which are functions performed by the mushroom bodies and related to the function of the central complex in goal directed navigation, respectively." MBs mainly process olfactory memory. At least in Drosophila, most other kinds of memories are being supported elsewhere. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10454381/ such as, e.g., visual pattern learning in the CX https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/16452971/ or motor learning in motor neurons https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38779314/ or ventral ganglion, antennal lobes, and median bundle for place learning: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10706599/

      If the authors focus on MBs, this sentence ought to reflect the fact that the function of the MBs is much narrower than the current sentence appears to suggest.

      Thanks for this clarification – we have rephrased:

      "Biogenic amines are involved in learning and memory and setting arousal thresholds (Davis, 2023). This relates to the mushroom bodies’ function in olfactory memory, and the function of the central complex in visual pattern learning and goal-directed navigation, respectively."

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors claim that several dop-positive cell types resemble cell types described in Drosophila - to be able to better compare the two, it would be great to have the supplement and main figure pictures in one figure.

      We have added Fig. 11 from the main text to suppl. Fig. 3 for comparison

      (2) In Figure 11 and the corresponding supplement, it would be great to have some landmarks to better understand the expression patterns.

      In the legend, we have now referred to Figs. 3, 4 and 5 for depictions of these neurons within the neuropil reconstructions

      (3) For a better understanding of neurotransmitter expression, is it possible to figure out if dopamine is rather coexpressed with Glut- or ChaT-positive neurons?

      Very interesting idea. Unfortunately, the first author of the study has graduated and left the lab, such that we are unable to add this piece of information.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      The revised manuscript is much clearer, and the additional analyses address several of the original concerns. RAIN analyses (Rhythmicity Analysis Incorporating Nonparametric methods) now detects circadian rhythmicity in 7/11 recordings under light-dark conditions and 8/12 recordings in constant darkness, compared with 2/12 following treatment with the Orco antagonist. This supports circadian modulation of spontaneous firing and a role for Orco in its normal expression. The expanded qPCR analysis of Orco also supports the conclusion that Orco transcript abundance is not circadian, and the cAMP experiment shows that cAMP can modulate Orco-dependent activity.

      The remaining issue concerns the mechanistic interpretation. The lack of rhythmic Orco transcript abundance does not distinguish an autonomous post-translational feedback-loop (PTFL) clock from a model in which the canonical transcriptional-translational (TTFL) clock acts upstream through cAMP, calcium, kinases, phosphatases, channel trafficking, or related pathways to regulate Orco.

      Similarly, the new Figure 10 provides a useful representation of the authors' hypothesis, but the proposed delayed feedback and coupling mechanisms are not experimentally demonstrated.

      We do not think any further experiments are necessary for the present study. Instead, we recommend that the manuscript should clearly distinguish between what the data show and what remains proposed. The data support circadian modulation of ORN firing a role for Orco in its normal expression, non-circadian Orco transcript abundance, and cAMP-sensitive modulation of Orco-dependent activity. The proposal that an Orco-centred membrane feedback loop generates the rhythm is intriguing and may remain a hypothesis generated through this study that needs formal testing in the future. This should be explicitly stated. While this has been done in the discussion section, elsewhere, including in the abstract and elsewhere, the original claim remains.

      We thank the referees and the editors for their efforts and their positive feedback. As requested, we clarified throughout our manuscript that our proposal of an Orco-centered post-transcriptionally controlled feedback loop in the plasma membrane, which we term PTFL clock, is a novel hypothesis that needs to be tested in future experiments.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study combines a five-year field experiment with a meta-analysis to quantify the effects of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes as modified by wetness. The results of this study are potentially valuable, but the Methods description is incomplete and compromises reproducibility and interpretability. A major caveat of this study is that the assessment of CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in time and space is not complete.

      We appreciate the comments. The incomplete assessment of CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in time and space has been added in the Limitations and implications for future study Section in the revised manuscript. Method description has been revised as follows:

      Lines 205-215, page 7: “Four grazing rotations were conducted each year from 2019 to 2023 in the field study. Before each grazing rotation, two cages (1.2 m × 1.2 m × 1.2 m) were installed in each plot to ensure that the vegetation inside would not be foraged by sheep. Aboveground plant biomass was collected after the end of each grazing rotation. Specifically, in each plot, five 1 m × 1 m quadrats were placed. All aboveground biomass within these quadrats was clipped at ground level and then oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to determine the community-level dry biomass. The plant species were classified into C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> groups (Table S1). Belowground biomass (BGB) was quantified by collecting root biomass using soil core with diameter of 7 cm each September from 2019 to 2023 (Fig. S2). Specifically, two soil cores were collected from each 1 m × 1 m quadrat corresponding to aboveground biomass measurements at depths of 0-30 cm. The belowground parts were then extracted from the soil by washing with water and oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to obtain dry weight.”

      Lines 243-245, page 8: “The environmental predictors considered in the analysis included grazing intensity, the response ratio of soil temperature and soil moisture, wetness index, and grazing duration.”

      Lines 468-470, page 15: “The assessment of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes was incomplete due to limited measurement time, area and sampling intervals. This may bias the representation of seasonal cycles and spatial heterogeneity, especially in the regions that was not monitored.”

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study integrates long-term (7th-11th year) ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> flux measurements from a continuously grazed typical steppe in Inner Mongolia with a global meta-analysis of grazing experiments (585 observations) to systematically investigate how the wetness index modulates the effects of grazing intensity on net ecosystem productivity (NEP) in grasslands.

      Key findings include:

      (1) Heavy grazing significantly reduced gross primary productivity (GPP) and ecosystem respiration (ER) in the typical steppe but did not significantly affect NEP.

      (2) Globally, grazing significantly reduced GPP, ER, and NEP, and a higher wetness index and aboveground biomass (AGB) enhance the positive response of NEP to grazing.

      (3) Under light and moderate grazing, the response of NEP to grazing was positively correlated with the wetness index, a relationship potentially mediated by a higher plant relative growth rate (RGR) in wetter years.

      This study holds considerable practical significance. In the context of global change, comprehending the regulatory function of water is of great importance for the adaptive management of grasslands.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study cleverly combines long-term in situ observations (revealing temporal dynamics and potential mechanisms) with a global meta-analysis (testing the generality of patterns), forming a complete evidence chain from "process understanding" to "pattern verification".

      (2) Focusing on the 7th to 11th years of grazing treatments avoids the common "initial disturbance effects" observed in short-term grazing experiments and truly captures the steady-state response of the ecosystem after it has reached a new equilibrium.

      (3) By analyzing plant relative growth rate (RGR) and aboveground biomass (AGB), this study provides mechanistic clues regarding how the wetness index modulates grazing effects. The finding that plant compensatory growth is enhanced in wetter years is a crucial pathway explaining the variation in the NEP response.

      (4) The meta-analysis systematically integrates published literature with a substantial sample size (585 observations) and broad geographical coverage (Figure 1B).

      (5) The finding that light grazing promotes carbon sinks in wet years, while heavy grazing reduces productivity even in wet years, has direct implications for adaptive grassland management under climate change.

      Thank you for the comments. We would like to express our gratitude for your positive and insightful evaluation of this manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the paper does have strengths in principle, there are weaknesses and areas for improvement in the paper. In particular:

      (1) Incomplete mechanistic chain: While RGR and AGB data offer valuable clues for mechanistic interpretation, the causal chain from "increased wetness → higher RGR → maintained NEP" remains incomplete. Key intermediate processes, such as soil moisture dynamics, nutrient availability, changes in community composition, and leaf photosynthetic physiological parameters, are absent, making the mechanistic explanation somewhat speculative.

      Thank you for the comments. The data of the soil moisture dynamics, composition of C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> plant communities and their species richness have been supplemented to complete the mechanistic chain. However, the structural equation modeling could not be set up if C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> plant communities were included (Fig. S8). Leaf photosynthetic physiological parameters were not collected in this study. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 339-341, page 11: “In addition, the structural equation model showed that grazing altered net ecosystem productivity by increasing soil temperature and relative growth rate, while decreasing aboveground biomass of plants (Fig. S8).”

      Lines 472-474, page 15: “Furthermore, key intermediate processes, such as soil nutrient availability, changes in community composition, and leaf photosynthetic physiological parameters, should also be investigated in the future.”

      (2) Inadequate exploration of heterogeneity: The global meta-analysis reveals significant effect heterogeneity. Currently, only a few moderators, such as wetness index, precipitation, and temperature, are analyzed. Potential moderators, including grazing history, grassland type (typical steppe/alpine meadow/savanna), livestock type (cattle/sheep/mixed), and soil type, are not adequately explored.

      Thank you for the comments. Grazing duration was presented in Fig. S13. The heterogeneity analysis of grassland types and livestock types was supplemented as Fig. S11 and Fig. S12 in the Supplementary documents. We have also made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 367-370, page 12: “Grazing decreased GPP, ER and NEP in desert and temperate grassland, but had no significant effect on GPP, ER and NEP in alpine grassland and savanna (Fig. S11). In addition, cattle and sheep grazing decreased GPP and NEP, but livestock mixed grazing did not show significant effect on GPP, ER and NEP (Fig. S12).”

      (3) Integration of long-term experiment and meta-analysis could be tighter.

      Thank you for the comments. Integration of long-term experiment and meta-analysis has been revised in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 449-463, page 15: “Our long-term experiment and global meta-analysis jointly provided complementary evidence for understanding the effect of grazing on the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in grassland ecosystems. Long-term grazing field experiments revealed the mechanisms underlying the effects of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Global meta-analysis further clarified the universality of these response patterns across different climatic zones and grassland types. It should be noticed that both field experiment and meta-analyses consistently revealed that wetness was an important factor in regulating the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in response to grazing. Under wetter conditions, light grazing promoted compensatory plant growth, enhanced leaf turnover and photosynthetic recovery capabilities, thereby maintaining or even enhancing the NEP (Morgan et al., 2016; Owensby et al., 2006). Conversely, under drier conditions or heavy grazing pressure, a decrease in aboveground biomass and weakened ecosystem resilience jointly limited the ecosystem carbon uptake capacity. These results suggested that wetness modulated the effects of grazing on NEP in grasslands. Moderate grazing may be sustainable under better water conditions, while heavy grazing may exceed the ecosystem resilience threshold even under relatively wet conditions, leading to sustained ecological degradation.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Overgrazing in grasslands is a widespread, enormous problem, and its consequences need more research attention.

      However, I have some concerns about the methods in this manuscript.

      (1) The plots were grazed from May to September. For the CO<sub>2</sub> measurements, it states growing season, and that data was collected on sunny days from 9 to 11 am. However, annual values are reported, and no details on how these were calculated. With no measurements outside of 9 to 11 am, and only on non-sunny days, and only during the growing season, I question how accurate the annual numbers are.

      Thank you for the comments. The ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes were measured during growing season; the description of annual CO<sub>2</sub> have been revised to “growing-season” CO<sub>2</sub>. The ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes were measured on sunny days during the growing season (May-September) between 9:00 and 11:00 a.m. It can represent typical daytime carbon flux dynamics during the growing season (Fan et al., 2011; Li et al., 2010). In addition, previous studies showed that the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes measured at 9:00 and 11:00 a.m. represented the average ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes of the day (Niu et al., 2008; Rong et al., 2017; Yu et al., 2025), so we use the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes measured at 9:00 and 11:00 a.m. to calculate the total ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes of the day. We have also revised it in the limitation for future study section. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 183-186, page 6: “The gas exchange measurements were conducted on sunny and calm days between 9:00 and 11:00, a time when the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> represented the daily average (Niu et al., 2008; Rong et al., 2017; Yu et al., 2025), with a frequency of three times per month.”

      Lines 468-472, page 15: “The assessment of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes was incomplete due to limited measurement time, area and sampling intervals. This may bias the representation of seasonal cycles and spatial heterogeneity, especially in the regions that were not monitored. Multiple time-point sampling should be adopted; the sampling frequency and points should also be increased in the future field study.”

      (2) This study uses one chamber, 0.5 by 0.5 m, for a total area of 0.25 m<sup>2</sup>. This is pretty small, and with no replication, I would like to see more detail on how these are placed, especially when one of the dominant species is a bunchgrass. Sampling on or off a bunchgrass will give very different readings, and neither will be representative of the entire plot. The same for the soil temp and water measurements, there is no detail on how many replicates are in each plot, and working randomly does not work when there are spatial patterns caused by the bunchgrasses in the plots.

      Thank you for the comments. Two replicates of the chambers in each plot were set, and their specific sites were labeled in Fig. S2. The study area was located in a typical steppe dominated by Stipa grandis and Leymus chinensis. Therefore, we selected quadrats mainly containing these two species. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Line 186-187, page 6: “In each plot, the chambers of two replicates were measured.”

      (3) MAP and MAT are important in this study, and no mention is given if this data is from this site or a neighboring site, and if so, what the distance to this location is.

      Thank you for the comments. The data of MAP and MAT were provided in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 193-195, page 7: “The precipitation and air temperature were collected from the Xilinhot Meteorological Observation Station, which was near the experimental site in this field experiment.”

      (4) Vegetation was sampled in five locations in each plot. I note no detail on the belowground biomass, how many reps, what area, or which depth? This essential data is missing. The same goes for the RGR, and here the authors talk about grazing events. Whereas earlier in section 2.2, it implies continuous grazing every day during the growing season. RGR needs more details, such as how many times, its replication, etc.

      Thank you for the comments. The detailed method for how to collect belowground biomass and how to calculate the RGR has been supplemented in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 205-215, page 7: “Four grazing rotations were conducted each year from 2019 to 2023 in the field study. Before each grazing rotation, two cages (1.2 m × 1.2 m × 1.2 m) were installed in each plot to ensure that the vegetation inside would not be foraged by sheep. Aboveground plant biomass was collected after the end of each grazing rotation. Specifically, in each plot, five 1 m × 1 m quadrats were placed. All aboveground biomass within these quadrats was clipped at ground level and then oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to determine the community-level dry biomass. The plant species were classified into C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> groups (Table S1). Belowground biomass (BGB) was quantified by collecting root biomass using soil core with diameter of 7 cm each September from 2019 to 2023 (Fig. S2). Specifically, two soil cores were collected from each 1 m × 1 m quadrat corresponding to aboveground biomass measurements at depths of 0-30 cm. The belowground parts were then extracted from the soil by washing with water and oven-dried at 65 °C for 48 h to obtain dry weight.”

      (5) Hypothesis 2 is vague: "act as key factors". A more precise hypothesis would be better, otherwise it just leads to p-hacking.

      Thank you for the comments. The misleading description has been deleted.

      (6) More generally, neither hypothesis is really based on the introduction, as the authors report mixed results in the literature. Hence, the more specific hypothesis 1 reads like it is HARKED, based on the results that the authors found. This is not a good research practice. See the following papers on this topic:

      Murphy & Aquinis. 2019. HARKing: How bad can cherry-picking and question trolling produce bias in published results? Journal of Business and Psychology 34:1-17

      Bishop. 2019 Rein in the four horses of irreproducibility. Nature 568: 435

      Fraser et al. 2018. Questionable research practices in ecology and evolution. Plos One 13:7

      Parker et al. 2016. Transparency in ecology and evolution: real problems, real solutions. Trends in ecology and evolution 31:9

      Thank you for the suggestion. The hypotheses have been deleted in the revised manuscript to avoid HARKED mistakes.

      (7) Figure 2 mentioned n=3, which is correct. However, the variance around the means in the figures is tiny, which raises questions about the replication that is actually used here. I would like to see the entire statistics tables, including DF and sample sizes, included as an appendix, so that the reader can evaluate this much more.

      Thank you for the comments. In this study, the data presented in Fig.2 were expressed as mean± standard error (SE):

      In addition, we have provided the complete statistical table in Supplementary Table S2 according to the suggestion of the reviewer.

      (8) Figure 3, now only low, medium, and high grazing are reported as changes from the control. This can be misleading as the reader can't see how the control varies along the various gradients. I suggest including a figure with the raw data for each as an appendix. In addition, the sample size in 3d, e, f is much higher, and it looks to me like the authors used both the reps and years together. This is not good practice. In addition, full statistics tables should be included in the appendix.

      Thank you for the comments. The relationships between ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes and wetness index have been supplemented in Fig. S6. We have also provided the complete statistical table in Supplementary Table S3.

      (9) In Table S1, since there are already a number of recent meta-analyses on this topic, I think there needs to be a stronger justification for this one.

      Thank you for the comments. The results of our five-year field monitoring experiments showed that carbon fluxes and their components were significantly influenced by the wetness index. Therefore, we explored whether such effects also occur in grazing experiments at the global scale. The results demonstrated that similar patterns indeed exist worldwide, indicating that our meta-analysis is meaningful and necessary. In addition, previous studies have addressed related topics, net ecosystem productivity has mostly been treated as an auxiliary variable rather than the primary focus of investigation (Jiang et al., 2020; Shi et al., 2022; Zhang et al., 2022; Zhou et al., 2019). In previous studies, meta-analysis literatures on grazing and NEP were limited and not adequate. Our meta-analysis is more comprehensive and reflects the reliability of the results. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 491-492, page 16: “In previous studies, meta-analysis literatures of effects of grazing intensities on NEP were limited and not adequate.”

      Lines 512-514, page 16: “In summary, the meta-analysis of this study presents the first comprehensive assessment of how annual wetness index affects the response of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes to grazing across global grasslands.”

      (10) Regarding the grazing-induced CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes, these are only based on the plants and do not incorporate the animal CO<sub>2</sub> flux, nor the animal litter CO<sub>2</sub> flux, as they were penned at night outside the plots. Thus, the grazing impact is inflated in the data reported here and does not really represent GPP, NET, or RE. This needs to be written about in the discussion section.

      Thank you for the comments. The objective of this study was to evaluate the carbon exchange processes from vegetation and soil under grazing disturbance. Thus, the grazing effects reported in this study were the vegetation-soil ecosystem scale rather than the net carbon balance of the entire grazing system. Consequently, our conclusions regarding the effects of grazing on grassland ecosystem carbon exchange remain reliable and ecologically meaningful.

      We have made following changes in the manuscript:

      Lines 483-490, page 16: “There are also limitations in evaluating the effects of grazing on grassland-livestock ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in this study. Specifically, carbon emissions derived from animal respiration were not included in this study. Therefore, the results of the field experiment and meta-analysis in this study should not be interpreted as a complete carbon budget assessment of the grassland-livestock ecosystem. Our primary objective was to evaluate the carbon exchange processes between vegetation and soil under grazing disturbance. Thus, the grazing effects reported in the field experiment and meta-analysis of this study were responses at the vegetation- soil ecosystem scale rather than the net carbon balance of the entire grazing system.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Combining a five-year field experiment with a global meta-analysis, Wu et al. investigate how grazing intensity influences ecosystem carbon dioxide (CO<sub>2</sub>) fluxes in grasslands and how these effects are regulated by environmental conditions such as grazing duration, wetness index, and soil temperature and moisture responses.

      The authors show that the response of net ecosystem productivity (NEP) to light grazing shifts from negative to positive along a wetness gradient, whereas heavy grazing consistently suppresses NEP across wetness conditions. Importantly, this pattern is supported by both the field experiment and the meta-analysis, suggesting that moderate levels of grazing can potentially enhance both plant productivity and carbon sequestration under favorable moisture conditions.

      The integration of experimental data with a global synthesis is a particular strength of the study, allowing the authors to evaluate grazing impacts across both temporal variability (precipitation fluctuations in the field experiment) and spatial variability (wetness gradients across global grasslands). Overall, the conclusions are well supported by the data.

      However, several aspects of data acquisition, analysis, and presentation could be clarified to further strengthen the reproducibility and interpretation of the results:

      (1) A PRISMA-style flow diagram would be helpful for the meta-analysis to clearly illustrate the study selection process and facilitate interpretation of the dataset.

      Thank you for the comments. We have added the PRISMA-style flow diagram in the revised supplementary materials. See Fig. S9.

      (2) Grazing intensity requires a clearer definition and, where possible, standardization between the field experiment and the studies included in the meta-analysis. Key parameters such as the number of stock per area, days per rotation or per year, and total years of grazing should be clearly defined. In addition, the criteria used to classify grazing intensity into LG, MG, and HG in the meta-analysis should be explicitly described.

      Thank you for the comments. In our meta-analysis, the classifications of grazing intensity into light, moderate, and heavy grazing were provided in previous studies. For studies in which grazing intensity was not explicitly reported, we classified grazing intensity according to the USDA criteria (https://www.fs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/stelprdb5109714.pdf).

      The criteria was that: light grazing: approximately equal to a maximum of 40% Utilization (grazing and trampling) of forage standing crop (current and previous years’ growth) at the end of the growing season; moderate grazing: approximately equal to a maximum of 50% Utilization (grazing and trampling) of forage standing crop (current and previous years’ growth) at the end of the growing season; Heavy grazing: greater than 50% Utilization (grazing and trampling) of forage standing crop (current and previous years’ growth) at the end of the growing season (November 15).

      We have made following changes in the manuscript:

      Lines 271-277, page 9 “(e) The classifications of grazing intensity (light, moderate, and heavy grazing) were primarily based on the definitions provided in the original studies. For studies in which grazing intensity was not explicitly reported, we classified grazing intensity according to the modified Grazing Intensity Classes proposed by the USDA (https://www.fs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/stelprdb5109714.pdf) (Yin et al., 2023).”

      (3) In several sections of the manuscript, it is difficult to distinguish whether phrases such as "this study" or "our study" refer specifically to the field experiment or to the overall study, including both the experiment and the meta-analysis. Clearer wording distinguishing these components would improve readability.

      Thanks for the suggestion. The specific distinctions have been revised to clarify whether they refer to the field experiment, meta-analysis or the comprehensive conclusions of the results from both field experiment and meta-analysis.

      Lines 50-53, page 2: “Overall, the meta-analysis and field experiment jointly provide global perspectives on the response of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes to grazing intensity and improve our knowledge of the factors influencing the response of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes to grazing intensity.”

      Lines 191-193, page 6: “The annual precipitation and mean annual air temperature (MAT) for the field study area from 2019 to 2023 were obtained from the China Meteorological Data Service Centre (http://data.cma.cn/).”

      (4) The discussion attributes the non-significant annual NEP response to intra-annual precipitation variability, with grazing enhancing NEP under wet conditions but suppressing it under dry conditions. Another potential explanation may be that grazing affects GPP and ecosystem respiration (ER) at similar magnitudes (i.e., RR(GPP) ≈ RR(ER)), resulting in limited net changes in NEP.

      Thank you for the comments. Another potential explanation has been revised in the manuscript as follows:

      Lines 385-389, page 13: “Grazing decreased the responses of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes and plant biomass in global grasslands, but only NEP was not significantly affected by grazing in our field experiment (Fig. 4). The lack of a significant response in NEP may be because the site in this field study was managed for year-round continuous low-intensity grazing (Liang et al., 2021). In addition, grazing affected GPP and ER at similar magnitudes, resulting in limited net changes in NEP.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      As you can see from the above reviews and the specific recommendations below, the first issue you should resolve is a full description of methodological detail such that readers can, in principle, repeat your study. They have to know how you placed the chamber to have a representative measure of vegetation (averaging between high and low biomass patches). They also must know how to calculate grazing intensity and assign the values to the three classes. They want to see your raw data and statistical analyses (including formulae, replication, and degrees of freedom). Consider non-linear relationships of grazing and wetness. Try to better integrate the results from the experiment and the meta-analysis. Finally, make sure that you develop hypotheses from the prior knowledge presented in the introduction. For instance, instead of stating that NEP responses would shift from negative to positive with increasing wetness index, simply hypothesize that wetness mitigates the negative effects of grazing on CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes, even if you find that this is not true under heavy grazing.

      Thank you for the comments. The description of methodological details has been supplemented in the revised manuscript. The results from the experiment and the meta-analysis have been integrated.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      General suggestions:

      (1) The Introduction section and the assumptions should be rewritten and improved. The logicality of the introduction should be revised to better prioritize and contextualize the research problem. The reader is lost since the links between assumptions and previous knowledge are not clear.

      Thanks for the suggestion. The Introduction section and the assumptions have been rewritten as follows:

      Lines 135-147, page 5: “Previous studies on the effects of grazing intensities on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes have been constrained by limited spatial and temporal scales, which has led to an incomplete understanding of how different grazing intensities influence ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Furthermore, does the wetness modulate the effect of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in the typical steppe? Are these relationships globally generalizable? In this study, we investigated the effects of grazing intensities on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes by combining a long-term (7-11 years) field experiment conducted in a typical steppe and a meta-analysis of global grasslands. The objectives of this study were to: (i) investigate the effects of grazing intensity with annual wetness fluctuations on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes (GPP, ER and NEP) covering the 7th to 11th years of a continuous grazing experiment in a typical steppe as well as the meta-analysis in global grasslands; (ii) explore how environmental factors (particularly wetness index, soil moisture and temperature, and grazing intensity) regulate the effects of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes.”

      (2) In the "Materials and methods" section, you need to provide the reason why you chose the "wetness index" in this study, rather than other drought indices (such as Standardized Precipitation Evapotranspiration Index (SPEI), Aridity Index (AI)).

      Thank you for the comments. Although the standardized precipitation evapotranspiration index (SPEI) would be a more appropriate indicator for this study, its calculation requires relatively long and continuous climate data series, which were difficult to obtain in our global meta-analysis. This limitation was particularly important because our study also included a meta-analysis, for which complete climatic datasets were often unavailable from the collected literature. In contrast, the Aridity Index (AI) cannot adequately reflect interannual variability. We have supplemented this limitation in the revised as follows:

      Lines 482-483, page 15: “Furthermore, more drought or wetness indices should be investigated in future studies of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes.”

      (3) For the results and discussions, the results are currently presented in parallel (long-term experiment first, then meta-analysis). It is recommended to add a dedicated integration paragraph in the discussion.

      Thank you for the comments. The dedicated integration paragraph has been supplemented in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 450-464, page 15: “Our long-term experiment and global meta-analysis jointly provided complementary evidence for understanding the effect of grazing on the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in grassland ecosystems. Long-term experiments revealed the mechanisms underlying the effects of grazing on plant characteristics and ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes under control conditions. And global meta-analysis further clarified the universality of these response patterns across different climatic zones and grassland types. It should be noticed that both field experiment and meta-analysis consistently revealed that wetness was an important factor in regulating the effect of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Under wetter conditions, light grazing promoted compensatory plant growth, enhanced leaf turnover and photosynthetic recovery capabilities, thereby maintaining or even enhancing the NEP. Conversely, under drier conditions or heavy grazing pressure, a decrease in aboveground biomass and weakened ecosystem resilience jointly limited the ecosystem carbon uptake capacity. These results suggested that wetness determined whether grazing promoted or inhibited the carbon sink function in grasslands. Moderate grazing may be sustainable under better water conditions, while heavy grazing may exceed the ecosystem resilience threshold even under relatively wet conditions, leading to sustained ecological degradation.”

      (4) Make sure that the whole manuscript has undergone professional proofreading, and check it carefully to avoid language mistakes.

      Thank you for the comments. The manuscript has been revised by professional proofreading to avoid language mistakes.

      Specific suggestions:

      (1) Lines 126-131: It is recommended to explicitly state three levels of research questions: (i) How does grazing intensity affect ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes? (ii) Does the wetness index modulate this effect? (iii) Are these relationships globally generalizable? This will provide a clear logical thread for the paper.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 135-139, pages 5: “Previous studies on the effects of grazing intensities on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes have been constrained by limited spatial and temporal scales, which has led to an incomplete understanding of how different grazing intensities influence ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes. Furthermore, does the wetness modulate the effect of grazing on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in the typical steppe? Are these relationships globally generalizable?”

      (2) Lines 181: Briefly justify the choice of the De Martonne wetness index (Equation 1) in the introduction (why this index over other aridity indices).

      Thank you for the comments. The De Martonne wetness index is easier to obtain compared to other drought index, as it only requires annual average temperature and precipitation data for calculation, facilitating the statistics of global meta-analysis. The justification of the De Martonne wetness index has been revised in the manuscript:

      Lines 120-125, pages 4-5: “Annual precipitation is one of the climatic parameters, while the wetness index (WI) serves as a more integrative climatic indicator that incorporates both precipitation and temperature, thereby reflecting the overall water surplus or deficit (Song et al., 2019). A higher wetness index (WI > 30) indicates sufficient water availability for plant growth, whereas a lower wetness index (WI ≤ 30) suggests the water availability may be limited (De Martonne, 1926).”

      (3) Lines 173-174: Please specify the exact timing of flux measurements (e.g., "measured three times per month between 9:00 and 11:00 AM" is already stated, but add "on sunny and calm days" to ensure consistent conditions).

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have supplemented the exact timing of flux measurements in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 183-186, page 6: “The gas exchange measurements were conducted on sunny and calm days between 9:00 and 11:00, a time when the ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes represented the daily average (Niu et al., 2008; Rong et al., 2017; Yu et al., 2025), with a frequency of three times per month.”

      (4) The RGR and AGB data provide important clues for explaining the moderating role of the wetness index, but the mechanistic chain can be further refined. It is recommended to use the structural equation model.

      Thanks for the comments. The structural equation model has been supplemented to complete the mechanistic chain.

      Lines 338-342, page 11: “Heavy grazing decreased C<sub>3</sub> plant biomass but increased C<sub>4</sub> plant richness compared with other treatments (Fig. S7). In addition, the structural equation model showed that grazing altered net ecosystem productivity by increasing soil temperature and relative growth rate, while decreasing aboveground biomass of plants (Fig. S8).”

      Suggested addition: If data on soil moisture, soil nutrients (e.g., ammonium, nitrate), leaf photosynthetic parameters (e.g., maximum photosynthetic rate, stomatal conductance), or community composition are available, please incorporate them into the analysis to test a more complete mechanistic pathway.

      Thanks for the comments. The data of the composition of C<sub>3</sub> and C<sub>4</sub> plant communities and their species richness have been supplemented to complete the mechanistic chain.

      Lines 338-342, page 11: “Heavy grazing decreased C<sub>3</sub> plant biomass but increased C<sub>4</sub> plant richness compared with other treatments (Fig. S7). In addition, the structural equation model showed that grazing altered net ecosystem productivity by increasing soil temperature and relative growth rate, while decreasing aboveground biomass of plants (Fig. S8).”

      (5) The current meta - analysis has established the moderating role of the wetness index, but there is room for further exploration: Test for non-linearity. Could the relationship between the wetness index and the grazing effect size (lnRR of NEP) be non-linear in the global data? Consider fitting models that include a quadratic term for the wetness index or using generalized additive models (GAMs). If a threshold is identified, report the threshold estimate and its confidence interval and discuss its management implications.

      Thank you for the comments. Following the reviewer's suggestion, we further examined whether there is a nonlinear relationship between the wetness index (WI) and the magnitude of grazing effect (NEP_RR). We compared a linear mixed-effects model including a first-order term for WI with a quadratic mixed-effects model, and set Study ID as a random effect in both models. The results indicated that the AIC value of the quadratic model (256.56) was higher than that of the linear model (241.48), suggesting that adding the second-order term did not improve the model fitting precision. Based on this, we retained the simpler linear model in the revised manuscript.

      Author response table 1.

      The comparison of linear mixed-effects model and quadratic mixed-effects model

      Note: if the AIC value was lower, the model fitting accuracy was higher.

      (6) Section 4.1: This section is quite long. Consider splitting it into 2-3 paragraphs, discussing: (i) overall grazing effects on CO2 fluxes; (ii) the moderating role of the wetness index and its mechanisms; (iii) differential effects of grazing intensities.

      Thanks for the suggestion. Section 4.1 has been split into four paragraphs according to the suggestion of the reviewer. (i) overall grazing effects on ecosystem CO <sub>2</sub> fluxes; (ii) the moderating role of the wetness index and its mechanisms; (iii) integrated discussion of field study and meta-analysis.

      (7) Integrating the long-term experiment and meta-analysis. Does the effect size observed in the long - term experiment (e.g., an 85.83% increase in NEP under LG in the wettest year) align with the average effect size from the global meta - analysis under similar conditions? If not, what are the potential reasons? (e.g., specificity of the typical steppe, methodological differences between chamber and eddy covariance measurements) Is the mechanism identified in the long - term experiment (e.g., increased RGR) likely to be common globally? What are the joint management implications from both parts of the study? Are there contexts where caution is needed in extrapolating the findings? (e.g., alpine meadows might be more sensitive to grazing).

      Thank you for the comments. The long-term experiment and meta-analysis have been integrated in the revised manuscript. The results of field experiment showed that light grazing increased NEP by 85.83%. However, the response of light grazing was not significant in meta-analysis. Both the results of field experiment and global meta-analysis showed that light grazing did not reduce NEP under wetter conditions. The different results in effect size and statistical significance were mainly because the long-term experiment was conducted in a typical grassland ecosystem, which may possess a strong compensatory growth capacity under moderate water conditions. Therefore, light grazing can enhance NEP by increasing plant photosynthetic rate, promoting new leaf growth, and improving community resource utilization efficiency. However, the global meta-analysis integrated different grassland types, climatic conditions and grazing durations. Consequently, the average effect of global meta-analysis may be diluted by the high heterogeneity among ecosystems. The data to calculate RGR were not available in the original studies of the meta-analysis, so we could not include RGR in the meta-analysis. Therefore, it is still unclear if the mechanism of increased RGR could be common globally. The joint management implications have been revised as follows:

      Lines 393-400, page 13: “Both the results of field experiment and global meta-analysis showed that light grazing did not reduce NEP under wetter conditions (Fig. 3B, 6B and 7H). Light grazing usually stimulates leaf regrowth following defoliation, and these new leaves often are more physiologically active than the older leaves that contribute much of leaf area in ungrazed treatment (Polley et al., 2008), which likely imply a stronger leaf photosynthesis and C sink (Reich et al., 2007). Considering factors such as different grassland types (Fig. S11), livestock grazing modes (Fig. S12), climatic conditions, and grazing durations, the future grazing studies on NEP should focus more on ANPP and RGR, and extrapolate the results cautiously.”

      (8) Figure 8: The conceptual diagram is clear and effectively summarizes the main findings. Briefly explain the meaning of the arrows in the caption.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have revised Fig. 8 accordingly:

      “Schematic summary of the effects of grazing intensity on ecosystem carbon dioxide (CO<sub>2</sub>) fluxes and biomass in global grasslands in the meta-analysis. The blue and black arrows indicate negative effects on grazing and grazing intensities, respectively. Asterisks (<sup>*</sup>) indicate significant effects on variables at P < 0.05. GPP, gross primary productivity; ER, ecosystem respiration; NEP, net ecosystem productivity; LG, light grazing; MG, moderate grazing; HG, heavy grazing.

      (9) Please check all references for consistency with eLife style. Some entries currently have inconsistent formatting (e.g., some include issue numbers, while others do not; page number formatting varies).

      Thank you for the comments. We have checked the references one by one to revise them consistent with eLife style.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Method citation:

      (a) Please cite the original method references rather than studies that applied the methods. For example, the original publication introducing the wetness index (WI) is: De Martonne, E. Une nouvelle fonction climatologique: l'indice d'aridité. La Météorologie 2, 449-458 (1926).

      (b) Please also cite the R packages used in the analysis. One straightforward approach is the function citation() in R.

      Thank you for the comments. We have cited the references related to the original methods and cited the R packages used in the analysis.

      (2) Several expressions would benefit from clarification:

      (a) Line 182: What has been "referred to as soil moisture"?

      Thank you for the comments. Soil moisture refers to the volumetric water content of the soil, which has been clarified in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 199-200, pages 7: “Soil moisture was the soil volumetric water content.”

      (b) Line 184-185: Do you mean "soil temperature and soil moisture were measured simultaneously with ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> flux measurements."?

      Thank you for the comments. Yes, we simultaneously measured soil temperature and soil moisture using temperature and moisture probes while measuring ecosystem CO <sub>2</sub> flux measurements. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 198-199, page 7: “Soil temperature and moisture at a depth of 0-10 cm were measured simultaneously with ecosystem CO <sub>2</sub> flux measurements, using the probes of the LI-8100 system.”

      (c) Line 200: Please clarify what is meant by "the caged plots"?

      Thank you for the comments. The misleading words have been deleted in the revised manuscript.

      (d) Line 242-244: Do you mean "data from non-grazed treatments were excluded when additional treatments were present"?

      Thank you for the comments. Yes, data from non-grazed treatments were excluded when additional treatments were present. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 268-270, page 9: “(c) Data from non-grazed treatments were excluded when additional treatments (e.g., fertilization, experimental warming, or precipitation manipulation) were present.”

      (e) Line 263: Should this refer to RR<sub>++</sub> instead of RR? Please clarify how RR<sub>++</sub> (or lnRR++) was calculated from the reported response ratios and study weights.

      Thank you for the comments. RR is the dependent variable of the model, representing the response ratio for each observation. RR<sub>++</sub> typically refers to the pooled effect size obtained after all RRs are weighted and subjected to a mixed-effects model, which primarily corresponds to the estimated value of the model intercept β<sub>0</sub>. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 293-303, page 10: “A linear mixed-effects model, with ‘study’ included as a random factor, was employed to estimate the weighted response ratio (RR<sub>++</sub>) across studies or within a specific group, fitting with restricted maximum likelihood using the ‘lmer’ function in the ‘lme4’ package (Feng et al., 2023).

      where β<sub>0</sub> is the coefficient, π<sub>study</sub> denotes the random effect associated with ‘study’ (accounting for autocorrelation among observations from the same study), and ɛ corresponds to the residual sampling error. We checked the normality of the model residuals using the ‘check_normality’ function in the ‘performance’ package. When the assumption of normality was violated, bootstrapping with 999 iterations was performed using the ‘boot’ package to derive the 95% confidence interval (CI) for each RR<sub>++</sub> (Chen et al., 2021).”

      (3) Line 222: Please list all environmental predictors considered in the analysis.

      Thank you for the comments. The environmental predictors considered in the analysis have been listed in the revised manuscript:

      Lines: 243-245, page 8: “The environmental predictors considered in the analysis included grazing intensity, the response ratio of soil temperature and soil moisture, wetness index, and grazing duration.”

      (4) Line 343: The non-significant response of NEP appears only under MG, while both LG and HG significantly decrease NEP (Fig. 5). It may be helpful to discuss this grazing-intensity-dependent response more explicitly.

      Thank you for the comments. The reason why the non-significant response of NEP appeared only under MG was that moderate grazing affected GPP and ER at similar magnitudes, resulting in limited changes in NEP (Fig. 5). However, the reduction in response of GPP was higher than that of ER in LG and HG, resulting in the decrease in NEP. This was consistent with the hypothesis of moderate disturbance, which suggested that ecosystem functions remain stable under moderate levels of disturbance. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines 390-393, page 13: “Similarly, the reason why the non-significant response of NEP appeared only under MG may be that moderate grazing affected GPP and ER at similar magnitudes, resulting in limited changes in NEP (Fig. 5). However, the reduction in response of GPP was higher than that of ER in LG and HG, resulting in the decrease in NEP.”

      (5) Line 397: The phrase "global-scale study" typically refers to experiments conducted worldwide. "Studies across global grasslands" may be more precise here.

      Thank you for the comments. We have made following changes in the revised manuscript:

      Lines: 475-477, page 15: “Our meta-analysis has limitations due to the relatively small sample size, which stems from the scarcity of studies across global grasslands exploring the effects of grazing intensity on ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes.”

      (6) Line 403: ...have large amounts of grassland for grazing, "but rarely investigated".

      Thank you for the comments. We have made following changes according to the suggestion of the reviewer in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Lines 480-482, pages 15-16: “In addition, future studies could conduct more experiments of ecosystem CO<sub>2</sub> fluxes in South America, Africa and Oceania, which have large amounts of grasslands for grazing, but were rarely investigated.”

      (7) Please remember to cite Figure 8 in the text.

      Thank you for the comments. Figure 8 has been cited in the manuscript as follows:

      Lines 411-414, page 13: “Moderate grazing decreased GPP and NEP under lower WI, but the responses of GPP and NEP to moderate grazing were similar under higher WI in global grasslands (Figs. 6 and 8), indicating that higher wetness offset the response of GPP and NEP to moderate grazing.”

      (8) Figure S1:

      (a) The orange line in panel A appears to represent monthly temperature rather than mean annual temperature.

      (b) Same for the precipitation, the data shown here should be monthly values rather than annual means.

      (c) Consider using a color different from orange for the wetness index in panel C, unless the variable shown is temperature instead.

      Thank you for the comments. We have revised Fig. S1 according to the suggestion of the reviewer as follows:

      Supplementary page 5: “Fig. S1 The monthly total precipitation and average air temperature (A), annual precipitation (B) and wetness index (C) in the study area of the grazing intensity experiment in the typical steppe from 2019 to 2023.”

      (9) Figure S2B: Grazing intensity labels appear in Chinese in the figure. These should be translated into English, and the information on grazing intensity should be provided in the legend or the figure here, as well as in the Method section.

      Thank you for the comments. We have replaced the figures included the Chinese labels. See Fig. S2.

      (10) Figure S6B: LG significantly affects the relationships between wetness index and ER (P<0.05), but a regression line is missing from the panel.

      Thank you for the comments. We have added the regression line between wetness index and ER in Supplementary Fig. S6.

      (11) Figure S7A: "Mean" annual precipitation

      Thank you for the comments. The “Mean” has been revised in Figure S10A.

      References

      Fan, Y., Zhang, X., Wang, J., & Shi, P. (2011). Effect of solar radiation on net ecosystem CO2 exchange of alpine meadow on the Tibetan Plateau.Journal of Geographical Sciences, 21(4), 666-676.

      Jiang, Z., Hu, Z., Lai, D., Han, D., Wang, M., Liu, M., Zhang, M., & Guo, M. (2020). Light grazing facilitates carbon accumulation in subsoil in Chinese grasslands: A meta-analysis. Global Change Biology, 26(12), 7186–7197.

      Li, X., Fu, H., Guo, D., Li, X., & Wan, C. (2010). Partitioning soil respiration and assessing the carbon balance in a Setaria italica (L.) Beauv. Cropland on the Loess Plateau, Northern China. Soil Biology and Biochemistry, 42(2), 337-346.

      Niu, S., Wu, M., Han, Y., Xia, J., Li, L., & Wan, S. (2008). Water‐mediated responses of ecosystem carbon fluxes to climatic change in a temperate steppe. New Phytologist, 177(1), 209-219.

      Rong, Y., Johnson, D. A., Wang, Z., & Zhu, L. (2017). Grazing effects on ecosystem CO2 fluxes regulated by interannual climate fluctuation in a temperate grassland steppe in northern China. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment, 237, 194-202.

      Shi, R., Su, P., Zhou, Z., Yang, J., & Ding, X. (2022). Comparison of eddy covariance and automatic chamber‐based methods for measuring carbon flux. Agronomy Journal, 114.

      Wan, L., Liu, G., & Su, X. (2025). Global meta-analysis reveals different grazing management strategies change greenhouse gas emissions and global warming potential in grasslands. Geography and Sustainability, 6(3), 100251.

      Yin, M., Gao, X., Kuang, W., & Tenuta, M. (2023). Soil N<sub>2</sub>O emissions and functional genes in response to grazing grassland with livestock: A meta-analysis. Geoderma, 436, 116538.

      Yu, H., Wang, X., Wu, Y., Wang, C., Yan, R., Xu, D., & Xin, X. (2025). Light grazing tends to enhance ecosystem carbon sequestration and resource use efficiency in a meadow steppe of northern China. Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 372, 110690.

      Zhang, R., Tian, D., Chen, H. Y. H., Seabloom, E. W., Han, G., Wang, S., Yu, G., Li, Z., & Niu, S. (2022). Biodiversity alleviates the decrease of grassland multifunctionality under grazing disturbance: A global meta-analysis. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 31(1), 155–167.

      Zhou, G., Luo, Q., Chen, Y., Hu, J., He, M., Gao, J., Zhou, L., Liu, H., & Zhou, X. (2019). Interactive effects of grazing and global change factors on soil and ecosystem respiration in grassland ecosystems: A global synthesis. Journal of Applied Ecology, 56(8), 2007–2019.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Choucri and Treiber have reassessed their previous study on TE-gene chimeric transcripts in neural genes in response to Azad et al (2024). Azad and colleagues argued that, contrary to Choucri and Treiber's findings, chimeric TE-mRNAs are relatively infrequent, and they cautioned that further optimization of bioinformatics pipelines is needed to detect TE insertions from RNAseq accurately. In this short response, Choucri and Treiber clearly demonstrate that differences in the tools used between their study and that of Azad et al. likely account for the contrasting results, along with RT-PCR failure in designing primers that would match the chimeric transcript, and the use of different Drosophila lines. The authors emphasize the need for uniform, standardized criteria in such analysis, which would ultimately strengthen and advance the field.

      Strengths:

      The addition of a ratio to compute the number of splice reads specific to the chimeric transcript and compare to the exon-exon splice reads is really interesting because it opens the door to finally quantify the contribution of chimeric TEs to the overall gene expression, although this is not the scope of the present article. The clear dissection of chimeric transcripts, along with the results from Azad et al, allows us to understand the differences between the two studies confidently. Finally, the discussion on Drosophila lines is indeed essential, given that the lines and even individuals have high TE polymorphism.

      Weaknesses:

      I think it is necessary to add more detail to this article, for instance, the differences between TEchim and Tidal could be laid out more precisely.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion and agree that a more explicit comparison improves the clarity of the manuscript. Briefly, TIDAL and TEChim are designed to answer different questions. TIDAL is an insertion/deletion caller that was primarily built to determine whether a TE insertion exists at a genomic locus and how it is distributed across strains or populations. It was not designed to resolve splice junctions between exons and TEs. TEChim, by contrast, is purpose-built to detect breakpoint-spanning reads that span exon junctions and putative splice sites within a TE. This difference in design has several concrete consequences in the algorithms used:

      (1) TIDAL clusters reads that support a candidate breakpoint within a window of twice the sequencing read length (e.g. 300nt for 150nt reads). This works well for calling genomic insertions, but it can be too restrictive for a splice junction, which may fall at a variable position within the gene and TE. TEChim does not rely on fixed-window clustering, but instead maps all reads, groups them to individual nt positions within the genome, and then filters for events that were detected in more than one biological replicate.

      (2) TEChim reconstructs long in-silico reads from overlapping paired-end reads, using FLASH, prior to alignment. In-silico paired-end reads are analysed, and full-read merged fragments provide single-nucleotide resolution for a breakpoint. This increases accuracy and confidence in split reads.

      (3) TEChim explicitly intersects candidate breakpoints with annotated exon/intron/UTR. Structures and canonical splice donor- and acceptor sites.

      We have now added a concise summary of the underlying principles of TEChim in the Methods section, and added details to the comparison of TIDAL with TEChim in the discussion. We hope that this addition makes it clearer why the two pipelines produce different results from the same input data.

      Regarding the roo example, one of the caveats of this family, along with others, is the presence of simple repeats. It would be important to show that the simple repeats are not interfering with the read mapping.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that simple repeats can complicate read mapping and that this requires careful consideration. We have now added to the results the exact locations and lengths of the three known and annotated repeat regions within roo (Domínguez, 2021) and show that the breakpoints we report map more than 4kb away from these regions. In addition, the splice junctions we identify (at positions 5190 and 5462) recur at the same position relative to the roo consensus sequence across multiple genomic insertions, and biological replicates. If these calls were artifacts of copyspecific simple repeats that interfered with read mapping, then we would expect breakpoints to vary between with each insertions local sequence, rather than converge on the same breakpoint. We therefore consider it unlikely that simple repeats account for the observed splice junctions. We have expanded our discussion to make this reasoning clearer.

      Regarding the experiments, if we are looking for a standardized protocol, then we should have a detailed material and methods section, with every experiment, replicate, and PCR temperature clearly defined.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree that a more detailed description of the experimental procedures will improve the reproducibility of the study. We have substantially expanded the Materials and Methods section, including the number of biological replicates, primer information, PCR conditions and other methodological details relevant for reproducing the experiments. In addition, we have written a detailed manual for the updated version of TEChim that we used here.

      Finally, and in my opinion, more importantly, the use of RT negative controls on the RT PCRs, along with DNA PCRs to show insertion presence, is mandatory for testing the presence of chimeric genes. Of course, water negative PCR controls are also needed, and unfortunately, absent from Figure 3.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have repeated the RNA extraction on 3 new samples, and this time also included minus-RT aliquots for each of the three biological replicates. We have run our PCR for the chimeric transcript between Beadex and opus on all these samples, and in addition on a water control. All these new results are now shown in Figure 3, and confirm our previous conclusions.

      We now also provide results from our DNA testing for the opus insertion in Beadex. We conduct these at regular intervals in our lab to ensure the insertion remains stable in our stock, and mentioned the results in the original version of this manuscript, but we agree that it is important to also show the raw data of this in this study. We use primers at the up- and downstream end of the opus insertion. The downstream pair gave a single band at the predicted size, which we confirmed by Sanger sequencing. This data is now presented in Figure 3 – Figure supplement 1. The PCR around the upstream end resulted in the expected band of 888bp, and two additional bands. Sanger sequencing of the 888bp band produced signals for both Beadex and opus, but we did not get a reliable signal across the precise breakpoint (see Author response image 1). We think this might partly be due to a tandem repeat at the beginning of the opus LTR, which may interfere with Sanger sequencing. Taken together, our data provides strong evidence that the opus insertion is present in our flies.

      Author response image 1.

      Sanger sequencing results of the 888bp band: Two segments of the raw Sanger sequencing trace are shown; the intervening, unmapped section is omitted. The left segment (grey) shows clean, high-confidence signal matching the Bx locus. The right segment (pink) shows the signal falling to near baseline within the opus LTR, so base calls in this region are log-confidence, and the trace does not resolve the breakpoint. Numbers above the sequence indicate position within the raw sequencing read.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Choucri and Treiber aims to directly address a recent critique regarding the role of transposable elements (TEs) in diversifying the neural transcriptome of Drosophila. The authors seek to demonstrate that TEs are not merely genomic "noise" but are frequently and reliably "exonized" into brain-specific mRNA. By introducing an upgraded computational pipeline, TEChim, and conducting precise experimental validations, the authors set out to show that TE-mediated splicing represents a genuine biological phenomenon that expands the molecular repertoire of the nervous system.

      Strengths:

      The study's primary strength lies in its rigorous technical "forensic" analysis of previous failed replication attempts. The authors convincingly demonstrate that the lack of signal in the opposing study stemmed from a fundamental methodological mismatch: the software used by the critics (TIDAL) is logically incapable of detecting splice sites located within TE sequences. Importantly, the authors complement this computational clarification with definitive experimental evidence through an effective "experimental rescue." By employing correctly designed primers and matching the genetic backgrounds of the fly strains, thereby accounting for genomic polymorphisms, they successfully validated all seven loci that were previously reported as undetectable. This dual-pronged strategy, addressing both algorithmic bias and experimental design, establishes a more robust technical benchmark for the detection and validation of TE-derived exons in neural tissues.

      Weaknesses:

      While the technical rebuttal is highly convincing, the scope of the study remains primarily defensive. As a response to a prior critique, the work focuses on establishing the existence and detectability of chimeric TE-derived transcripts rather than exploring their broader functional consequences. As a result, there is limited new insight into how these TEmodified isoforms influence neural circuit function or organismal behavior.

      We agree with the reviewer that the primary focus of this study is to establish a robust protocol for the detection and validation of TE-derived chimeric transcripts, and to resolve discrepancies raised by Azad et al. We believe this provides an important technical and conceptual framework for future studies investigating the functional impact of TE-driven genetic variation.

      In addition, the detection and validation of these events remain technically demanding, requiring deep sequencing and specialized bioinformatic expertise, which may limit broader adoption by laboratories without dedicated computational resources.

      We agree that the robust detection and validation of TE-derived chimeric transcripts is technically demanding, requiring both high-quality sequencing data and specialised computational analyses. However, we believe that these methodological challenges are justified by the biological insights that can be gained. By providing an updated computational approach together with experimental validation, we hope to facilitate further research into this phenomenon.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Choucri and Treiber responds to a recent paper by Azad et al., which responds to a paper by Treiber and Wadell (Genome Research, 2020). The controversy relates to the detection of transcripts with transposable elements (TEs) spliced into them in the Drosophila brain.

      Strengths:

      The authors now argue convincingly that these transcripts exist using an improved, updated version of their pipeline. They also validate some of their findings using RT-PCR and explain why Azad et al. failed to detect these transcripts due to methodological errors. Overall, I am convinced that these transcripts exist and that the TE-derived transcripts described by Choucri and Treiber are real.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors should mention that combining PCR-amplified cDNA generation with shortread sequencing is suboptimal for detecting TE-fusion transcripts. Recently, direct longread ONT RNA sequencing, which does not require amplification and spans the entire transcript, has been used to detect similar transcripts in human stem cells and the human brain (PMID: 40848716 & Garza et al, BioRxiv). Had the authors used this technology to validate their findings, there would be no question about these transcripts. If not doing such experiments, then they should at least discuss the possibility and the advantage of the approach.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion and agree that long-read RNA sequencing represents a powerful approach to characterise chimeric transcripts, because it can capture full-length transcripts and reduce ambiguity of mapping short reads onto repetitive sequences. We have now expanded the Discussion to highlight the advantages of these technologies and to cite the suggested studies. At present, long-read RNA sequencing remains challenging for Drosophila brain samples, because the total amount of input RNA is limited. As a consequence, amplification is usually required, which itself can introduce artefacts, which we showed previously (Treiber and Waddell, 2017). While we agree that long-read sequencing will be an important approach for future studies, we believe that the combination of computational analysis and targeted experimental validation presented here provides robust evidence for the existence of chimeric TE-gene transcripts.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      To maximize the impact of the work, the authors should consider adding a technical guide that outlines the implementation of the updated TEChim pipeline and provides a standardized protocol for designing chimeric RT-PCR primers. This section should include a clear software workflow and a precise primer design strategy, emphasizing junction spanning probes and the necessity of genomic confirmation, to establish these methods as the definitive technical standard for studying transposable elements in the nervous system.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion and want to be upfront about what can and cannot be standardized here. Because TE sequences are repetitive, the specific primer pair that works best for a given locus cannot necessarily be predicted in advance, and some empirical testing of candidate primer pairs is unavoidable. What we can standardise, and now describe explicitly in the Methods section, is, firstly the use of TEChim to identify candidate splicing events, and secondly, the logic behind how we choose primers. Several candidate primer pairs are tested for a given genomic locus, and all resulting bands are confirmed using Sanger sequencing. Together with an expanded TEChim manual on GitHub, we believe this study gives other research groups a clear and reproducible starting point, while remaining honest that, as with most repeat-adjacent primer design, some locus-specific optimization remains necessary.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Boni and colleagues presents the engineering of a multi-step differentiation program in Escherichia coli based on synthetic gene circuits. The motivation behind the study was to engineer a system capable of undergoing differentiation in a step-wise manner without the presence of external spatial cues and without inducers added during the differentiation process. To achieve this, the authors created several synthetic gene circuits, one being a toggle switch, and the others being quorum-sensing-mediated gene expression modules. The outputs of the differentiation process are fluorescent proteins, which allowed the authors to quantify the behavior of the system using fluorescence intensity measurements. The authors additionally built a multi-component mathematical model which is able to reproduce the experimental data.

      The data presented are convincing and support the claims; the work is well executed.

      Strengths:

      (1) The differentiation process proceeds autonomously after the initial step in liquid culture in the presence of external inducers.

      (2) It is indeed a step-wise process.

      (3) The mathematical model predicts the outcome (% of green, blue and red FPexpressing cells in the population) when changing the initial ratio of green:blue FPexpressing cells.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the Summary and for highlighting the strengths of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) No spatial pattern emerges. There are some isolated colonies that turn on the downstream FPs, but I do not see a pattern, really. Nonetheless, some colonies do differentiate (i.e. they turn on additional FPs).

      The pattern does not arise within single colonies, but when looking at groups of colonies: a green sender is surrounded by a circle of blue-red receivers, which is in turn surrounded by blue-only receivers. This organization can be seen as a collective bullseye pattern (green centre, red annulus, blue background). When multiple green colonies are present in the plate, each gives rise to its own bullseye pattern. We have now clarified this detail in the text:

      Lines 244-245 – “This motif is reminiscent of a bullseye pattern emerging not within a single colony, but in groups of colonies”

      (2) The mathematical model appears somewhat superfluous. While it can clearly reproduce the data, it is not used to make interesting predictions, changing parameters (and not initial conditions) that guide further experimental implementations.

      It is true that we presented the mathematical model primarily as being capable of recapitulating our experimental results. However, the model helped us identify the ideal set of initial conditions (i.e. inducers concentrations) for Figure 6, and to better understand the dynamics of 3O-C6-HSL and 3O-C14-HSL diffusion in our system (Supplementary Movie 6). While changing parameters would be theoretically possible (e.g. diffusion coefficients, protein production rates...) we have limited exploration in this direction, as fine-tuning a single molecular parameter, all other things being equal, is experimentally challenging.

      Since several comments highlighted this weakness, we have now employed our mathematical model to predict patterns theoretically achievable with the sequential differentiation program under substantially different experimental conditions. Please find a detailed answer to this point below (see Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors), point 8).

      Future directions:

      The utility of this differentiation process (e.g. in metabolic engineering or for the study of biofilm formation and antibiotic resistance) will become clearer once the FPs are substituted with functional proteins that exert an effect on the cells.

      We agree with Reviewer #1 that, for the purposes of an application, we would have to replace the fluorescent proteins with functional proteins. In the last paragraph of the discussion, we outline several potential applications of our differentiation system, including division of labor, biocomputation, biosensing, and engineered living materials. However, expanding the system in this direction is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) This sentence is confusing to me: ‘When cells were pre-cultured with 100 nM aTc and 1 mM IPTG, the resulting colonies were almost entirely homogeneously green and blue, respectively.’ It reads as if both inducers were added in the same culture. I would rewrite this as: ‘When cells were pre-cultured with either 100 nM aTc or 1 mM IPTG, the resulting colonies were almost entirely homogeneously green or blue, respectively.’

      We adapted the text as suggested:

      Lines 127-129 – “When cells were pre-cultured with either 100 nM aTc or 1 mM IPTG, the resulting colonies were almost entirely homogeneously green or blue, respectively.”

      (2) It would be good to explain why the follow-up experiments are conducted with inducers at the beginning of the differentiation process, given that, in the absence of inducers, there is spontaneous symmetry breaking as noted by the authors: ‘When cells were pre-cultured in absence of inducers, both green and blue colonies grew in the plate (Figure 2b).’ Is it to obtain consistent results across biological replicates?

      We used defined inducer concentrations to control the ratio of senders: receivers. In the absence of inducers, the population consisted of approximately equal proportions of senders and receivers. Under these conditions, nearly all blue colonies were close to a green colony and exhibited high expression of the red reporter. To enable spatial patterning, we therefore required a population strongly biased towards the receiver state. Accordingly, we used low concentrations of IPTG to shift the population to this state (as explained in lines 235-241 of the revised version). For testing and characterization of the system, we spotted senders alongside receivers (e.g. in Fig 7C and some supplementary figures). In these experiments, pre-culturing with high concentrations of aTc or IPTG ensured that the entire population was in the desired state. We have now revised the text to clarify that the choice of inducer concentrations ensured specific population ratios and the reproducibility of the differentiation assay:

      Lines 235-241 – “We therefore selected a condition that would consistently generate a population strongly biased towards the receiver state, with only a few sparse senders to produce the diffusible signal. Having characterized the TS differentiation landscape (Figure 2), we decided to pre-culture cells starting from the green state in presence of 9, 12 and 18 µM IPTG, then plated at a cell density of 500-2000 colonies per plate, in absence of any positional information. This resulted in few sparse green senders densely surrounded by blue receivers, in a highly reproducible manner.”

      (3) In the legend to Figure 4b, please indicate what ‘experimental points’ are (single colonies?)

      We adapted the figure caption as suggested:

      Figure 4b – “Hexagons, circles and triangles represent the average fluorescence intensity of single colonies.”

      (4) This sentence was confusing to me: ‘The time-lapses supported our hypothesis that the differentiation key processes (colony growth, HSL production and detection, expression of the red reporter) happened simultaneously.’ I thought the whole idea behind the work was to have a step-wise differentiation process and that HSL production had to happen first, then its detection and finally the downstream activation of the red FP expression.

      We acknowledge that this sentence was poorly phrased and may have caused confusion. Our multi-step differentiation program indeed operates in a sequential, stepwise manner at the single-cell level: a blue receiver cell can only transition to the red state after detecting 3O-C6-HSL, and red colonies can only transition to the yellow state after detecting 3O-C14-HSL. At the colony level, one might therefore expect colonies to first appear green or blue and only later acquire red fluorescence. However, our time-lapse experiments showed that colonies were already expressing the final fluorescent reporters by the time they became visible. Thus, our observations indicate that, at the colony level, HSL production and detection, induction of the red reporter, and colony growth occur concurrently over the same time period. Experiments at the single-cell level might make the step-wise progression blue - red - yellow more obvious than colony-level time-lapses. We have revised the text to clarify this point:

      Lines 273-280 – “We therefore collected time-lapse videos of the plate assay, first inducing receiver cells with pure 3O-C6-HSL, then spotting sender cells alongside receivers, and finally performing the full differentiation assay (Supplementary Movies 1, 2, 3, 4). Whilst one might expect colonies to first appear green or blue and only later acquire red fluorescence, our time-lapse experiments showed that colonies were already expressing the final fluorescent reporters by the time they became visible. Thus, our observations indicate that, at the colony level, HSL production and detection, induction of the red reporter, and colony growth occur concurrently over the same time period.”

      (5) The authors write: ‘The combination of spatial and temporal information allowed us to develop a mathematical model that could qualitatively recapitulate the patterning properties of the system’. It is strangely put in my opinion. One is ‘allowed’ to develop a mathematical model under other circumstances, too. I suggest rewriting. For example: ‘We developed a mathematical model combining spatial and temporal information to quantitatively ...’.

      We adapted the text as suggested.

      (6) In Figure 6b, the scale bar is missing

      Thank you for noticing this, we have now added the scale bar.

      (7) Figure 7c: Why is the green colony huge compared with the others? The formation of such huge colonies seems to occur sometimes, but not always (it is seen also in Supplementary Figure 12a and in Supplementary Figure 13, but nowhere else; by the way, in Supplementary Figure 12a there is a spatial pattern, with a clearly visible red ring in the otherwise black colony!).

      The huge green colonies occur only in the experiments where 1 µl of green senders were inoculated at specific locations. In most of the differentiation assays, each colony arises from a single cell at unpredictable locations. For Figures 7c, S13a (previously 12a) and S14 (previously S13) we wanted a single green sender colony in the centre of the plate surrounded by blue receivers. To achieve this, as we briefly explained in the methods, we decided to spot 1 µl of culture at OD=1, therefore these green colonies originate from roughly 8×10<sup>5</sup> cells, which justifies their larger size. We have now clarified this detail in the corresponding figure captions:

      Figures 7c, S13a, S14 – “The sender colonies in this figure do not originate from one single cell, but from 1 µl of a culture of sender cells at OD=1, which explains their larger size (see Methods).”

      Concerning the red rings in figure S13a (previously S12a), we hypothesise they are the effect of the leakiness of the pLux promoter. Observing expression of mCherry in the green sender colony was actually the main indication that the sequential differentiation circuit was not working as planned: if mCherry was being expressed in the sender state, then probably cinI was also being expressed, therefore the green sender colony was undesirably producing 3O-C14-HSL. We therefore replaced pLux with pLuxLac, resulting in tighter control over the mCherry-cinI operon in the green sender state. The improvement associated with this modification can be appreciated in Figure 7c, where the green sender colonies do not display any red fluorescence.

      Regarding the specific pattern of this red signal, i.e. a ring, as opposed to an homogeneous signal in the entire colony, we have different hypotheses, but we have not investigated it thoroughly. Since the colony does not originate from a single cell but from a 1 µl inoculum, the effect might partially be ascribed to a ‘coffee ring stain’ phenomenon: upon absorption of the droplet, the outer ring could feature higher cell density compared to the centre, leading to higher red signal. In other cases, we have sometimes seen ring patterns arising in homogeneous colonies due to growth and temperature effects.

      (8) It would be nice to see the model predictions being used to create a system with different properties than the actual one. Can the authors modify parameters such as diffusion of the quorum-sensing molecule or the gene expression response to it, and see how the output would change? Changing the type of quorum-sensing molecule experimentally is doable, as is the addition of, for instance, a delay module in the gene expression module. Nonetheless, I am aware that this would require some time to do, but it would, in my opinion, strengthen the paper.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the valuable suggestions. We have now employed the mathematical model to test the pattern resulting from various diffusion coefficients combinations and added Supplementary Figure S15 and a paragraph in the main text. Choosing diffusible signals with different diffusion coefficients would indeed allow to generate more complex patterns, including concentric rings where the expression of the red and yellow reporters does not overlap. While we agree that experimentally validating this point would be of considerable interest, we believe that changing diffusion rates is challenging and beyond the scope of a typical three-month revision, as it would most likely require substantial optimization and fine-tuning.

      Concerning the delay module, experimentally it could be implemented by introducing an intermediate step with a transcription factor modulating the expression of the CinI synthase. While we agree it would technically be feasible, we did not implement it due to time constraints. We would expect the effect of a delay module to be the following: production of C14-HSL would be delayed, therefore the front wave of C14-HSL would be consistently lagging behind the front wave of C6-HSL. The distance between the two fronts would be proportional to the delay introduced by the module. We hypothesise this would generate patterns with small yellow circles inside larger red circles. Our simulations already capture these dynamics by varying diffusion coefficients, and given the absence of experimental data to constrain parameters, we decided not to include a hypothetical delay module in our mathematical model.

      See Supplementary Figure S15

      Lines 378-385 – “Our model suggests that varying the diffusion coefficients of the two diffusible signals could generate more complex patterns, particularly concentric rings where the expression of red and yellow reporters does not overlap (Supplementary Figure S15). Interestingly, the largest region of mCitrine reporter expression is predicted when the diffusion of the first signal is slow, while that of the second is fast. This suggests that sufficient local accumulation of the first signal is required to reach the threshold for production of the second signal, which can then spread further away to produce an outer blue-yellow region.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors implement a three-step genetic programme in E. coli that converts an initially homogeneous population into spatially structured sender, receiver, and ‘matured’ receiver colonies on agar without externally supplied positional information. They combine a TetR/LacI toggle switch for symmetry breaking, LuxI/LuxR quorum sensing for a paracrine signalling step, and CinI/CinR for an autocrine signalling-like maturation step, and complement the experiments with a mathematical model that qualitatively reproduces pattern formation over a range of initial conditions.

      While the article has many strengths such as a clear conceptual framing using Waddington landscapes, a modular and carefully optimised circuit design, thorough experimental characterisation of the toggle and quorum-sensing modules, integration of spatial modelling with experiments, and generally clear writing and figures, I think it will benefit the article to clarify the definition and stability of ‘differentiated’ states, clarify several quantitative and modelling aspects, better explain how fitted curves and promoter engineering were done, and improve some figure design and wording to avoid ambiguity.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the summary and for highlighting the strengths of our work. Please find below our detailed responses addressing the weaknesses and gaps you identified.

      Detailed comments below:

      (1) P5-8 / and more generally: A major concern is that producing a reporter output is not, by itself, differentiation. For a state to be credibly called ‘differentiated’, it should be stable (self-maintained) over relevant timescales, ideally in the absence of the inducing context. As written, the manuscript sometimes seems to equate cell type with reporter expression. I strongly suggest adding a short subsection explicitly defining state versus output, and for each claimed state, stating whether it is stable/bistable or unstable/reversible, with evidence. Concretely, the authors should enumerate: a) Togglederived sender versus receiver: stable? under what conditions (inducer ranges, hysteresis window)? b) Paracrine-induced ‘red’ receivers: is this a stable differentiated state, or a context-dependent induction requiring proximity to senders? c) ‘Mature’ (yellow) state: does it persist after removal from the spatial signal field? If not, it should be described as an induced output programme rather than a mature lineage state.

      At present, later sections (and the ‘maturation’ language) risk over-stating what is demonstrated.

      We acknowledge Reviewer #2’s concern regarding the stability and irreversibility of our states and agree this is a limitation in our work. The hysteresis property of the toggle switch is well documented in previous studies (Litcofsky et. al., 2012; Barbier et. al., 2020), so we did not formally re-quantify it. However, the fact that pre-culturing cells without inducer yielded predictable green: blue ratios and very few colonies exhibiting both states indicates that the toggle switch is both irreversible and stable under our experimental conditions. For the second and third steps, the expression of the fluorescent proteins is maintained throughout the duration of the experiment and for several hours to days thereafter. It is indeed established that cells in stationary phase have protein half-lives on the scale of tens of hours (Wiechecki et. al., 2017; Gervais et. al., 2025). However, we agree that re-streaking these cells in the absence of sender cells would eventually lead to the cessation of fluorescent protein expression, making the quorum sensing-mediated differentiation steps reversible.

      You can find further details on this point in our reply to Reviewer #3 (Public review), point 1.

      We have now adjusted the wording throughout the manuscript, and in particular we modified the abstract to highlight that our system ‘mimics’ cell differentiation. We have also added sections to explain how red and yellow are reversible cellular programs and not stably differentiated cellular states:

      See Abstract

      Lines 92-104 – “In the present work, we aimed to address this gap by creating an autonomous multi-step program recapitulating cell differentiation in Escherichia coli. [...] Next, we activated a new molecular program in a subset of receivers that are in close proximity to a sender through intercellular communication, implemented via the quorum sensing (QS) system LuxI-LuxR. Finally, the newly emerged population underwent maturation by producing an autocrine signal via the quorum sensing system CinI-CinR.”

      Lines 171-173 – “Taken together, these observations showed that, owing to the TS bistability, a group of initially undifferentiated cells bifurcated into one of the two possible states, which were stably maintained thanks to the TS hysteresis (Litcofsky et. al., 2012).”

      Lines 255-266 – “It is crucial to distinguish that, while the blue/green identity associated with the toggle switch represents a true bistable state (Gardner et. al., 2000; Litcofsky et. al., 2012; Barbier et. al., 2020), the expression of the red reporter is reversible and dependent on proximity to the 3O-C6-HSL source. Although the QS ONOFF transition is considerably slower than the OFF-ON activation, reversibility remains a fundamental characteristic of QS (Abraham et. al., 2024). Furthermore, protein half-lives in stationary-phase cells extend over tens of hours (Wiechecki et. al., 2017; Gervais et. al., 2025), allowing for the stable detection of mCherry fluorescence over days. Consequently, mCherry serves as a robust readout for the molecular program’s output; however, a truly differentiated cell state would necessitate irreversible modifications to the gene expression profile. Therefore, in our landscape analogy we represented the receiver valley as a continuum where red intensity decreases as the distance from the sender valley increases, without local minima (Figure 1, 3rd row).”

      Lines 337-342 – “Thanks to the production of an ‘autocrine signal’ that affects only the red cells, this population drifts apart from the blue receiver state, increasing the distance between the two cell types in the differentiation landscape (Figure 1, IV° row). Similarly to the 2nd step, the 3rd step recapitulates a differentiation trajectory via expression of a fluorescent reporter, which in this system is reversible and does not introduce irreversible modifications of the cell state.”

      Lines 428-430 – “In this work, we successfully engineered a multistep program mimicking the differentiation of an initially homogeneous population into three distinct cell types without any external cues, while still achieving fine-tuning of the populations’ ratios through pre-culture conditions.”

      (2) Figure 2d: It is unclear whether this panel is intended to be qualitative (schematic/ illustrative) or generated from quantitative data. The legend should explicitly state the origin (e.g., representative image, averaged data, simulation output, schematic) and, if quantitative, what was measured, how many replicates, and how the visualisation was constructed.

      We acknowledge the potential confusion generated from this image. While its purpose is to visually illustrate the toggle switch differentiation landscape in 3D, the figure is derived from quantitative data, specifically from the same flow cytometry data used for Figure 2c. Basically, it is the density plot of the (GFP, mCerulean) events recorded for a single replicate (initial state: mixed, induced with 0.003 mM IPTG), but the density is represented with a third dimension (depth) instead of colour intensity (as we did for Figure 2e). We have now adjusted the figure caption to clarify the figure purpose and how it was generated:

      Figure 2d – “Representative 3D energy landscape: valleys represent the green and blue stable states, red line represents the separatrix. The landscape was generated from quantitative flow cytometry data from a single replicate in c (initial state: mixed, induced with 0.003 mM IPTG). We measured GFP and mCerulean fluorescence intensity from 50,000 single cells (see Methods). The depth of each (x,y) point in the landscape corresponds to the number of recorded cells with a specific (GFP, mCerulean) intensity. This specific condition was chosen for illustrative reasons, to show the landscape in an almost symmetrical condition.”

      (3) Figure 2e: The cross-sectional line is described as meant to be comparable, yet the leftmost plot appears to have a different slope from the others. The authors should explain whether this reflects a different scaling/normalisation, a different underlying dataset/condition, or simply a plotting artefact. If these are fitted trends, report the fit function (see also the comment on fitted lines below).

      The observation is correct, the cross-sectional lines do not have the same slope. They are obtained by connecting the local minima of the green and blue population, i.e. the two points with highest density in the density plots. As the mean fluorescence intensity of the two population is not the same across conditions, the resulting lines have different slopes. We chose this strategy instead of using fixed-slope cross-sectional lines to capture the maximum depth of each valley. We have now adjusted the figure caption to clarify how the cross-sectional lines were generated:

      Figure 2e – “Flow cytometry density plots of 5 representative conditions from c (initial state: mixed, inducer concentration indicated below each plot). For each density plot, we computed the coordinates of the local minima in the green and blue populations, then generated an orthogonal plane crossing them. Black lines represent the projections of these planes on the (GFP, mCerulean) plane. [...]”

      (4) Around P7-8: (saddle/separatrix description): When describing the saddle or separatrix between the two valleys, it would be helpful to briefly connect this more directly to a quantitative dynamical-systems perspective: for instance, the intersection of nullclines and how nullcline geometry changes under IPTG/aTc induction. This will make the landscape picture more complete for readers familiar with the original genetic toggle switch work (Garder et al., 2000).

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the suggestion. We have now included the concept of nullclines in our description of the differentiation landscape in the main text:

      Lines 153-159 – “Mathematically, the profile of the toggle switch landscape corresponds to the number of intersections between the nullclines (the curve where the derivative of a given species over time equals zero), which can be one or three (Gardner et. al., 2000). If they intersect only once, there is only one minimum on the potential curve, which corresponds to a single stable state. If they intersect three times, there are two minima and one maximum, which corresponds to two stable states, and the maximum represents the separatrix.”

      Lines 168-171 – “From a quantitative dynamical-systems perspective, the addition of aTc or IPTG modified the geometric shapes of the nullclines, shifting the three solutions. If the inducer concentration is large enough, the nullclines intersect only once, producing a single stable steady state (Gardner et. al., 2000).”

      (5) P9, lines 157-159: The current phrasing (‘in absence of noise, the system would be fully deterministic... in living cells, however, stochastic bursts... change the trajectory’) risks conflating predicting population-level percentages with predicting colony-level trajectories. It would help to clearly separate (i) the ability to predict the overall fraction of ON/OFF (green/blue) colonies from inducer conditions (which is largely deterministic at the population level) from (ii) the intrinsically stochastic choice of state made by any given founder cell and its colony.

      We acknowledge that this wording has generated confusion, but we are not completely sure we understood the suggestion made by Reviewer #2. If we understood correctly, the concern is that single-cell trajectories and population-level ratios are substantially different and should not be confused, and should be investigated and modelled differently.

      To clarify, our initial sentence referred to the toggle switch differentiation landscape, not to the likelihood of a cell or a colony to be in a given state. In absence of noise, the TS landscape is deterministic: one of the two states is always the stronger attractor, for the same initial conditions cells would fall 100% of the times in that valley. In living cells, however, there are sources of noise, which make it possible for two cells starting from the same initial conditions to end up in two different valleys. The stochastic bursts in gene expression can ‘push cells back up’ and beyond the separatrix. Very large noise would allow cells to end up in the green and blue valley regardless of the TS previous state or the inducer concentration.

      The differentiation induced by the toggle switch when the system is initiated close enough to the separatrix is stochastic. The probability of observing a certain ratio green: blue at the population level reflects exactly the likelihood of a single cell falling into one of the two stable states. Our mathematical model does not take into account molecular details (synthesis and degradation/dilution of proteins, affinity of transcription factors for their cognate promoter...) to mimic the stochastic choice at the cell level. Instead, it estimates the TS differentiation landscape from the population-level percentages based on thousands of single cells.

      To avoid confusion, we have removed the initial sentence and replaced it with an explanation of the link between individual cell trajectories and the resulting population-level ratios:

      Lines 159-164 – “When the system is close to the separatrix, cells can progress towards both the green and the blue destiny. The differentiation trajectory of a single cell is largely stochastic and is influenced by bursts of gene expression. Once the TS is locked in one state, the progeny of that cell maintains a memory of that state, hence a colony has the same state as the founder cell. At the population level, the ratio of green and blue colonies reflects the probability of each cell to fall into the green or the blue valley.”

      (6) P11, lines 193-195 (promoter engineering): The main text currently only refers to screening variants and choosing pLux76; I suggest briefly stating in the main text (not only in the supplement) what was changed (for example, promoter box variants, core promoter strength modifications) and what design criteria were used (reduced leakiness, increased dynamic range).

      We adapted the text as suggested:

      Lines 206-211 – we carried out a screening of pLux promoter variants, testing combinations of Lux boxes (G1 [iGem part BBa K1216007] and pLux76 (Grant et. al., 2016) and promoters with different strengths (100% and 54%), in order to identify variants with minimal leakiness and a high fold-change. We identified pLux76 (Grant et. al., 2016) as the regulatory region with the highest fold-change and sufficiently low leakiness among our candidates (Supplementary Figure S4)”

      (7) Use of fitted lines (Figures 2, 4, 5, 7): Wherever fitted curves are overlaid on data, the authors should indicate in the figure legend the explicit form of the fit as well as the fit equation/ parameters. As a reader, it is difficult to interpret what is empirical smoothing versus what is a mechanistic functional form.

      In most cases, with the exception of Figure 2c, the fitted curves have an illustrative purpose and result from empirical smoothing of the data points. Unless otherwise stated, the resulting parameters were not implemented in our mathematical model. For Figure 2c, instead, the experimental data is fitted with a mechanistic functional equation and the calculated parameters were implemented in our mathematical model.

      We have now added the equations and parameters of the lines fitting the experimental points, either directly in the figure caption or in Supplementary Information Tables (Tables VII to XII). In the latter case, the exact table is referenced in the corresponding figure caption.

      (8) P13, lines 232-235: The comparison between induction directly with C6-HSL and induction from sender colonies is qualitative (‘significantly smaller range’). The authors should provide distances (for example, in mm) for the induction range in each case and, if possible, approximate total HSL amounts or concentrations, so that the reader can appreciate the magnitude of the difference.

      We have now calculated the induction range as the distance where half-maximal induction is observed, which allowed us to compare the induction range across conditions. We adapted the text accordingly. We also provide an estimate of the amount of 3O-C6-HSL produced by a green sender colony, based on simulations of our mathematical model, but we highlight that the two conditions are substantially different and care should be used when comparing them: in one case, a fixed amount of C6-HSL is present from t=0 and simply diffuses outwards; in the second case, a source continuously produces C6-HSL that progresses as a wavefront, therefore the concentration profiles and diffusion dynamics are different.

      Lines 220-226 – “The induction range obtained with 100 picomoles of pure 3O-C6-HSL was approximately 6-8 mm (50% of maximal induction at 3.74 mm). The induction range around sender colonies was significantly smaller (50% of maximal induction at 1.8 mm, Figure 4b). Mathematical simulations yielded a similar slope when using 0.25 picomoles of 3O-C6-HSL (data not shown), even though care should be used when comparing diffusion of a fixed amount of inducer with continuous production from a growing source.”

      (9) P13, lines 259-262: The authors model the transition to the stationary phase via a monotonically decreasing sigmoid in time for biosynthetic capacity. What is the rationale or literature basis for this approach to model entry into the stationary phase? The authors should cite prior work and clarify why this form is appropriate here, versus alternatives (nutrient diffusion limitation, logistic growth with resource depletion, etc.).

      In most mathematical models involving pattern formation, entry of cells in stationary phase is simply treated as a step-wise function (Zwietering et al., 1990): the entire population is active (activity = 1) until it suddenly becomes inactive (activity = 0). However, experimental evidence suggests that the decay in activity is better represented by a smooth decreasing function (Gefen et al., 2014). While several frameworks and mathematical equations exist to describe loss of cell viability (for example under scenarios of heat inactivation (Mafart et al., 2002; Van Boekel et al., 2002), or nutrient limitation), we could not find previous works modeling the loss of metabolic activity upon entry in stationary phase. Again, experimental evidence suggest that switches in metabolic state are rather heterogeneous and occur stochastically at the single cell level (Nikolic et al., 2013; Kiviet et al., 2014; Van Heerden et al., 2014). We therefore decided to implement a simple heuristic approximation that captured well our experimental data. We have now added a paragraph in the section Mathematical modelling - Bacterial activity, supported by the appropriate references, to justify our reasoning:

      Supplementary Material, section A. “Mathematical modelling, subsection 4. Bacterial activity – In our system, production of diffusible molecules and fluorescent reporters happens on a timescale of several hours, therefore we decided to take into account the entry of cells in stationary phase. Traditionally, bacterial activity has been modelled as a step-wise inactivation function (Zwietering et al., 1990). However, experimental evidence has shown that bacteria support a low constant rate of protein expression even while growth-arrested, suggesting a low decay in bacterial activity (Gefen et al., 2014). Even when considering cell death upon heat inactivation, a Weibull frequency distribution model is preferred over a step-wise viability function (Mafart et al., 2002; Van Boekel et al., 2002). While we could not find mathematical descriptions specifically for entry in stationary phase, several single-cell metabolism studies support gradual, asynchronous state transitions (Nikolic et al., 2013; Kiviet et al., 2014; Van Heerden et al., 2014). We therefore decided to describe the loss of activity function in our system via a monotonically decreasing sigmoid function, that captured well our experimental data.”

      (10) Figure 6c: Are the areas of the plate shown in each column the same field of view across conditions/time, or are these simply representative regions selected per condition (possibly from different plates)? The caption/legend should clarify whether these are matched locations and how images were chosen.

      They are indeed representative regions per each condition. Each condition is a different plate, as the differentiation assays requires plating the culture homogeneously on a fresh plate without inducers. The plates used for imaging were the same used for the quantification in Figure 6b, four images per plate were collected, one representative image was chosen for Figure 6c. We have now adapted the figure caption to clarify how images were collected and chosen:

      Figure 6c – “Representative microscopy images of the spatial patterns generated by cells harbouring the 2-step system, pre-cultured with different inducer concentrations (indicated at the bottom of each column). Each column displays one representative image (from four locations imaged) of the seven plates in b. Rows (from top to bottom): GFP channel, CFP channel, mCherry channel, composite image.”

      (11) Figure 7a: The combination of solid, dashed, and dash-dot arrows/lines is visually hard to read. I suggest replacing the dash-dot line with a fully dotted line or using different colours (if consistent with journal style) to improve readability.

      Thank you for noticing this. We have now replaced the dash-dot line with a simple dotted line in Figures 3c, 7a, S12a (previously S11a) and S13b (previously S12b) to improve readability.

      (12) Figure 7e and similar analyses: The authors should explain in the Methods and/or captions how ‘distance from sender colonies’ is computed when multiple senders exist. Is the distance always measured to the nearest sender, and how are cases handled where a receiver is in the overlapping influence of several senders? This clarification is important for interpreting the fitted curves.

      The calculation of the distance in 4b, 5b and 7e was performed only in cases where sender colonies were sufficiently sparse (i.e., more than 1 cm away) to assume each receiver was under the influence of a single sender. When collecting the microscopy images, we carefully avoided to image fields of view with green senders just outside the edges of the images. Images with multiple senders (e.g., 7c) would require a non-trivial calculation to compute the relative contribution of each sender to the red intensity of each receiver. We have now clarified this detail in the Methods:

      Lines 558-560 – “When collecting microscopy images with senders and receivers, we carefully avoided to image fields of view with green senders just outside the edges of the images.”

      Lines 590-593 – “Calculation of the distance between receiver and sender colonies was performed only for images collected from plates with few sparse (i.e., more than 1 cm away) senders, ensuring that each receiver only sensed the 3O-C6-HSL produced by a single sender colony.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) P8, ‘upon transformation’: This phrasing is ambiguous and can be misread as referring to DNA transformation. I recommend changing ‘upon transformation’ to ‘after transition’ (or similar) to avoid confusion.

      The phrasing indeed refers to the DNA transformation of circuits into the cells. The two plasmids were co-transformed into MG1655, cells recovered for approximately 1 h, then the bacteria were plated on solid medium in absence of inducers. The resulting colonies, which we refer to as ‘upon transformation’, were a mixture of green and blue (both expressed at low intensity, as highlighted in Supplementary Figure 2). We only used these colonies for Figure 2c, middle row. For all other experiments, we selected colonies that had been pre-differentiated in one of the two states via chemical inducers, and showed strong expression of the respective reporter (Supplementary Figure 2). We have now adapted the figure caption to make this detail more explicit:

      Figure 2c – “For the initial state green and blue, cells were taken from colonies that were homogeneously green or blue, while for the initial state mixed, cells were taken from a colony obtained immediately after transformation of the circuit plasmids into cells.”

      (2) More generally, consider disambiguating terminology around ‘cell type’, ‘state’, and ‘output’, since the current wording occasionally implies stable fate commitment where the data (as presented) may instead support reversible, context-driven induction.

      We went carefully through the text and adapted it appropriately, highlighting which states are stable and which are reversible. See our detailed reply to your point 1 (Public review) above.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents an engineered 3-step circuit in E. coli that combines toggleswitch-based symmetry breaking with quorum-sensing interactions to generate colonyscale spatial patterns. The work is interesting as a synthetic circuit integration study and as a demonstration of self-organized patterning across physically separated colonies. The authors provided a compelling demonstration of the characterization/tuning of parts to guide the overall system engineering. A notable strength is the demonstration that a single circuit can generate a range of self-organized spatial patterns across separate colonies.

      However, I think the paper needs to tone down the extent to which the system demonstrates multi-step differentiation or morphogenesis, which is not critical for making the paper valuable. Only the first step of their circuit design (Figure 1), the toggle switch, generates stable alternative states. The latter steps are mainly signal-dependent reporter activation states layered on top of the blue receiver state, rather than true fate transitions. The authors explicitly state that red expression is added without replacing the blue identity, and they also acknowledge that red cells lose their identity upon restreaking unless they remain near sender cells. That substantially weakens the differentiation analogy and makes the Waddington framing too strong.

      We acknowledge that our sequential program does not recapitulate all the features of a differentiation trajectory, and in particular we do recognize the only two stable states are the identities associated with the toggle switch, while red and yellow are outputs indicating activation of a new molecular program. A complete differentiation program would require irreversible cell fate determination, as we mention in the discussion. For the same reason, in our illustrative Waddington landscape (Figure 1) we only represent two valleys, or minima, corresponding to the green and blue states, while the activation of the red and yellow programs does not result in further valleys. We modified the text at various points to clarify this important distinction, and the fact that our system mimics some key steps happening during multicellular differentiation, without claiming that expression of a fluorescent reporter is a stably differentiated state. Notably, we modified the abstract to highlight that our system ‘mimics’ cell differentiation.

      We believe the differentiation analogy and the Waddington framing remain valuable in our work, considering the physical constraints and timescale of our system. While it is true HSL-induced molecular program would eventually deactivate in absence of signal, this would require a significantly longer amount of time than the one we use to observe patterns. Also, upon storage of Petri dishes at 4 °C, the pattern (including red and yellow) remains stable for a few weeks. Finally, our main purpose was to investigate the capacity of a sequential program to generate autonomous spatial patterns, without the need for human intervention. The removal of a colony from the local signal field, e.g. to re-streak it on a fresh plate, represents a strong disturbance of the pattern, not dissimilar from early developmental biology experiments where transplant of tissue portions would sometimes result in fate reprogramming.

      You can find further details on this point in our reply to Reviewer #2 (Public review), point 1.

      See Abstract

      Lines 92-104 – “In the present work, we aimed to address this gap by creating an autonomous multi-step program recapitulating cell differentiation in Escherichia coli. [...] Next, we activated a new molecular program in a subset of receivers that are in close proximity to a sender through intercellular communication, implemented via the quorum sensing (QS) system LuxI-LuxR. Finally, the newly emerged population underwent maturation by producing an autocrine signal via the quorum sensing system CinI-CinR.”

      Lines 171-173 – “Taken together, these observations showed that, owing to the TS bistability, a group of initially undifferentiated cells bifurcated into one of the two possible states, which were stably maintained thanks to the TS hysteresis (Litcofsky et. al., 2012).”

      Lines 255-266 – “It is crucial to distinguish that, while the blue/green identity associated with the toggle switch represents a true bistable state (Gardner et. al., 2000; Litcofsky et. al., 2012; Barbier et. al., 2020), the expression of the red reporter is reversible and dependent on proximity to the 3O-C6-HSL source. Although the QS ON-OFF transition is considerably slower than the OFF-ON activation, reversibility remains a fundamental characteristic of QS (Abraham et. al., 2024). Furthermore, protein half-lives in stationary-phase cells extend over tens of hours (Wiechecki et. al., 2017; Gervais et. al., 2025), allowing for the stable detection of mCherry fluorescence over days. Consequently, mCherry serves as a robust readout for the molecular program’s output; however, a truly differentiated cell state would necessitate irreversible modifications to the gene expression profile. Therefore, in our landscape analogy we represented the receiver valley as a continuum where red intensity decreases as the distance from the sender valley increases, without local minima (Figure 1, 3rd row).”

      Lines 337-342 – “Thanks to the production of an ‘autocrine signal’ that affects only the red cells, this population drifts apart from the blue receiver state, increasing the distance between the two cell types in the differentiation landscape (Figure 1, IV° row). Similarly to the 2nd step, the 3rd step recapitulates a differentiation trajectory via expression of a fluorescent reporter, which in this system is reversible and does not introduce irreversible modifications of the cell state.”

      Lines 428-430 – “In this work, we successfully engineered a multistep program mimicking the differentiation of an initially homogeneous population into three distinct cell types without any external cues, while still achieving fine-tuning of the populations’ ratios through pre-culture conditions.”

      A related concern is that the 3rd step does not introduce a new spatial organizing rule. The authors show that the second signal remains confined to cells already receiving the first signal, and explicitly conclude that it functions only as an autocrine cue rather than a second paracrine layer. As a result, the 3-step system seems more like an added local readout or maturation layer. Overall, the main 2-step outcome is sparse green sender colonies surrounded by red-expressing blue receivers, with distant receivers remaining blue. That is a valid engineered pattern, but it is still a local, threshold-response circuit architecture.

      The comment is correct, we indeed refer to the 3rd step as ‘maturation’ in the manuscript, as the newly emerged red population activates a new molecular program, which cannot be activated in blue receivers that have not been exposed to C6-HSL. While we had initially expected that production of a second diffusible signal could result in signal propagation, therefore generating an outer yellow ring surrounding the red ring, our experiments showed C14-HSL only acted locally, and our mathematical simulations confirmed that the front wave of the second signal was always lagging behind the first one. We have now employed our mathematical model to explore which conditions would support a new patterning rule, and added Supplementary Figure S15. If the diffusion coefficients of C6-HSL and C14-HSL were 10-100 times smaller and 2-5 times larger respectively, a yellow-only area could appear around the red area.

      Regarding the last sentence, we are unsure about the concern raised and which alternatives Reviewer #3 would recommend. We fully agree our genetic program leverages a local, threshold-response circuit architecture, it is indeed a reaction-diffusion system based on quorum sensing signalling. Many natural patterning and morphogenesis systems do rely on local, rather than global, interactions, yet they are capable of forming complex and hierarchical structures.

      The autonomy claim should be toned down and stated more precisely. The plate patterning occurs without externally imposed spatial gradients, which is a strength. However, by design, the overall system behavior depends strongly on pre-culture inducer conditions that set the sender:receiver ratio, and this externally imposed history is central to the final pattern. This property is tied to how the circuit is designed where steps 2 and 3 largely respond to symmetry breaking introduced in step 1, which is dependent on both history and initialization on the plate. In particular, currently the pattern formation process is quite variable (e.g. figure 5), depending on how different colonies flip the toggle switch, and consequently, how many become senders and how many become receivers. It would have been fascinating if they could also demonstrate the differentiation within individual colonies, leading to intra-colony patterns. This aspect should at least be discussed.

      We would like to clarify that, by ‘autonomous’ we refer to the reaction-diffusion system that starts functioning upon the seeding of the cells on the plate. All previous steps (including the cell culturing, dilution and plating) correspond to setting the initial conditions. We agree with the description of Reviewer #3 concerning the features of our system, but we argue that autonomy and dependence on the initial conditions are two different properties. We claim our system is both autonomous and sensitive to initial conditions. Upon initialization of the system on the plate, there is no further intervention, or nudging (e.g. time-dependent light stimuli, addition or removal of inducers at specific times...), therefore the system is autonomous. It is also dependent on the initial conditions, which are set homogeneously for all the cells (no positional information, each cell experiences the exact same conditions). We believe this is a strength of our system, which allows to generate a variety of diverse yet reproducible spatial patterns. Independency from initial conditions would consistently generate the same pattern, regardless of the initial inducer concentration, which might be interesting for certain applications (e.g., ensuring a fixed population ratio, provide robustness to environmental variability...), but it is not universally superior.

      In order to clarify that we only refer to the reaction-diffusion system on the plate as the autonomous component, we have now added a sentence in the main text:

      Lines 132-134 – “In our differentiation assay, cell culturing, dilution and plating correspond to setting the initial conditions for the system. Upon initialisation on the plate, no further intervention was performed, therefore the system evolved in an autonomous fashion.”

      Concerning the intra-colony patterns, that was admittedly our initial interest. We explored conditions that would consistently generate colonies with sectors, for example by inducing cells in one of the two states and then growing them on agar supplemented with the opposite inducer. However, we immediately observed that, due to the close proximity of sender and receiver bacteria, and the rapid diffusion relative to the timescale of gene expression, all blue sectors were also red. This outcome effectively eliminated the distance-dependent nature of the quorum sensing response. In order to take full advantage of the diffusible system, we focused instead on well-separated homogeneous colonies. We have now added Supplementary Figure 5, the corresponding figure caption, and we briefly discuss in the main text the occurrence of intra-colony patterns and why we did not investigate them further:

      See Supplementary Figure S5

      Lines 228-231 – “We then tested the potential of the 2-step differentiation system to generate self-organized spatial patterns. We observed rare motifs arising within the sporadic colonies showing both green and blue sectors. Due to the close proximity of the sender and receiver bacteria within a colony, the blue sectors always showed strong red signal (Supplementary Figure S5).”

      The mathematical model is useful in guiding both the characterization of parts, modules and the overall system. However, the claims around its quantitative predictive power should also be made narrower. The simulations are built from multiple fitted and partly hand-tuned components, including toggle-switch response curves, colony-growth rules, diffusion, reporter-response functions, and activity decline. This supports a calibrated qualitative reconstruction of the observed patterns, but not a strong predictive or mechanistic validation.

      We accepted the suggestion and replaced ‘predicted’ with ‘recapitulated’ or ‘simulated’ at various locations in the main text:

      Lines 105-107 – “Throughout the work, experimental results were used to develop a mathematical model, providing us with insights that guided further experimental efforts.”

      Lines 292-293 – “We developed a mathematical model combining spatial and temporal information to qualitatively recapitulate the patterning properties of the system.”

      Lines 316-318 – “We therefore employed the mathematical model to simulate the patterns generated from the 2-step differentiation system for different initial blue: green ratios. The model suggested a variety of outcomes [...]”

      Other specific points:

      (1) Given the topic of the work, the authors should cite closely relevant studies in programming pattern formation, including: Cao et al, Cell 2016 Collective space-sensing coordinates pattern scaling in engineered bacteria Rajasekaran et al, Cell 2024 A programmable reaction-diffusion system for spatiotemporal cell signaling circuit design Lu et al, BioRxiv 2024 Discovery of interpretable patterning rules by integrating mechanistic modeling and deep learning

      We have added these references to the introduction and discussion.

      (2) The model assumes identical diffusion coefficients for C6-HSL and C14-HSL despite their substantially different molecular sizes and hydrophobicities. This assumption could distort kinetic lag with differential diffusion in explaining the autocrine confinement of the third step. Its impact should at least be explored in the simulations.

      The comment is very appropriate. To the best of our knowledge, no exact values have been published for C6-HSL and C14-HSL diffusion in water, let alone for diffusion in agar. However, estimates in water range between 3 ·10<sup>−6</sup> cm/s and 5 · 10<sup>−6</sup> cm/s at 25°C, depending on the chain length (i.e. a factor of 1.7 at most). In response to your concern, we have now computationally explored the effect of using signals with different diffusion coefficients and their impact on the resulting spatial pattern (Supplementary Figure S15). Varying the diffusion coefficient of the second diffusible signal does not substantially change the pattern: lower diffusion leads to the yellow region being slightly more concentrated around the green sender and more intense. Higher diffusion has the opposite effect, with yellow areas being wider but less intense. Conversely, changing the diffusion coefficient of the first signal leads to significant changes in the final pattern, suggesting that the kinetics of C6-HSL accumulation and dispersal have a strong influence on the production of C14-HSL and therefore of the yellow signal.

      (3) The mCherry response parameters change significantly between the 2-step and 3-step systems. The authors acknowledged this change but did not provide a clear explanation.

      We believe that the elements contributing to the different mCherry response in the 2-step and 3-step systems are: a) the replacement of pLux76 with pLuxLac, which leads to tighter regulation and overall reduced expression of the downstream genes; b) the addition of the cinI synthase and a RBS in a monocistronic unit upstream of mCherry, which might justify reduced expression of mCherry; c) circuit-induced cell burden and reduced growth rate for the 3-step system, which leads to a slower response and lower reporter expression. We have now added a paragraph in the section Mathematical modelling Bacterial activity that lists those differences. We have also added Supplementary Figure S20, containing the experimental data that was fitted to obtain the parameters listed in the second row of Table II. Finally, we highlight that for the implementation of our mathematical model we were only interested in the response function to varying 3O-C6-HSL concentrations and not in the exact values of individual parameters.

      Supplementary Material, section A. “Mathematical modelling, subsection 3. mCherry production and 30-C6-HSL sensing – The parameters fitted for mCherry production in the 2-step and 3-step systems are quite different. We hypothesize that the following elements contribute to the difference: a) the replacement of pLux76 with pLuxLac, which leads to tighter regulation and overall reduced expression of the downstream genes; b) the addition of the cinI synthase and a RBS in a monocistronic unit upstream of mCherry, which might justify reduced expression of mCherry; c) circuit-induced cell burden and reduced growth rate for the 3-step system, which leads to a slower response and lower reporter expression.”

      Supplementary Material, section A. “Mathematical modelling, subsection 4. Bacterial activity – For the implementation of our mathematical model, we were not interested in analysing individual parameters values, but rather in the resulting response function to varying 3O-C6-HSL concentrations. Further analysis would be needed to determine whether these parameters are statistically significant, but this is beyond the scope of this present manuscript.”

      (4) The 3-step system is evaluated at only a single condition with no simulation comparison, in contrast to the systematic 11-condition validation of the 2-step system.

      The rationale for not repeating the 11-condition assay with the 3-step system is that the patterns would be substantially the same as Figure 6c (red colonies would also be yellow). Furthermore, the Nikon SMZ25 stereo microscope we used to take images with a large field of view (ideal for the differentiation assay in Figure 6c) would not allow us to discriminate well between green and yellow colonies, making the interpretation of the patterns difficult. However, following up on your comment, we have now used our mathematical model to produce a representative image corresponding to Figure 6d, that we included as Supplementary Figure S16, exploring the effect of varying the green: blue ratio with the 3-step system.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please see above. My comments are largely about improving the rigor and clarity of the writing, particularly those related to conceptual claims, as well as some modeling analysis to strengthen their conclusions.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for the suggestions. See our detailed replies to your points above.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This important study employs a closed-loop, theta-phase-specific optogenetic manipulation of medial septal parvalbumin-expressing neurons in rats and reports that disrupting theta-timescale coordination impairs performance of challenging aspects of spatial behaviors, while sparing hippocampal replay and spatial coding in hippocampal place cells. The findings are expected to advance theoretical understanding of learning and memory operations and to provide practical implications for the application of similar optogenetic approaches. The experiments were viewed as technically rigorous, but the strength of evidence provided in the current version of the manuscript was viewed as incomplete, mostly due to limited analyses and the descriptions of some of the experimental protocols.

      We thank all reviewers for their overall assessment, thoughtful comments, and suggestions. We have now addressed each of the reviewers’ comments in detail and updated the manuscript on bioRxiv (URL: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2025.09.15.675587v2). In addition, we have shared the raw data, intermediate analysis files, and the complete repository to facilitate replication of the analysis and figures.

      Code repo: github.com/LorenFrankLab/ms_stim_analysis

      Data repo: dandiarchive.org/dandiset/001634

      Docker containers (see GitHub repo for use instructions):

      - Database: https://hub.docker.com/r/samuelbray32/spyglass-db-ms_stim_analysis

      - Python notebooks: https://hub.docker.com/r/samuelbray32/spyglass-hub-ms_stim_analysis

      (1) Novelty and contrast with earlier manipulations:

      We now explicitly contextualize our results with prior pharmacological (Wang et al., 2016; Wang et al., 2015; Koenig et al., 2011; Brandon et al., 2014), systemic (Robbe & Buzsaki 2009; Petersen and Buzsáki 2020), and behavioral (Drieu et al., 2018) manipulations that also assessed some of the physiological features we evaluated. This contrast helps us highlight both the insights and the discrepancies observed in the prior approaches. We also more clearly explain the novelty and importance of our specific approach for temporally and physiologically precise manipulation. Specifically, our approach (closed-loop theta-phase stimulation during locomotion) provides a level of physiological specificity that enables dissociation of theta-state dynamics from other hippocampal processes. This, in turn, allows us to address a question that has remained unresolved across prior studies: Are hippocampal spatial sequences during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) necessary for learning a novel hippocampal-dependent task?

      (2) Additional analysis on SWRs during rest:

      Since submitting the manuscript, we have conducted additional analysis on the rate and length of SWRs in the rest box (rSWRs) and found that the rate and length are also indistinguishable between targeted and control animals (effect of manipulation between control and targeted animals; rSWR rate: p=0.45; rSWR length: p=0.94, mixed-effects model). We also find evidence for sequential neural representations (“significant replay”) in the rest box when the encoding was performed in the behavioral arena. Example trajectories and full analysis per animal are shown in the new supplementary figure (Figure S6). These results are consistent with our observations on aSWR rate, length, and content in the behavioral arena. Additionally, based on the reviewer’s recommendation, we have evaluated the fraction of ripples with continuous trajectories during the rest box before the W-Track experience and in the subsequent sleep epochs after the first exposure. We find that with experience on the track, the proportion of continuous replays increases on average in both control and transfected animals, and both groups of animals show an overlapping range of continuous trajectory lengths.

      (3) Theta sequence measurement in the absence of theta:

      We now explicitly explain why our manipulation makes it more appropriate to measure sequential hippocampal representations during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) without using theta oscillation or an epoch-averaged, relatively large sliding window as a reference. The key insight here is that our manipulation suppresses theta and thus makes it difficult or impossible to accurately identify theta phase. We explain that while theta-phase-based approaches were used in prior work; these prior analyses may have confounded the absence of hippocampal theta sequences during locomotion by the inability to detect theta oscillatory phase reliably. We show that our method of using clusterless Bayesian decoding, in which we estimate the decoded position at every 2ms timestep, is indeed able to capture endogenous hippocampal sequences even without imposing any requirements of aligning to theta oscillations, thus providing an unbiased estimate of the rhythmicity of hippocampal spatial representations.

      (4) Additional analysis on place cell stability and tuning:

      We thank the reviewers for this question. For the KL divergence analysis, we have imposed a spike-count criterion (100 spikes for each interval type —stimulation-off, stimulation-on, and the stimulus sub-interval) and a coverage criterion (50% HPD of the units’ spatial firing distribution was contained within 40cm on the linear track and 100cm on the w-track). These criteria were chosen to ensure that spatial tuning curves were sufficiently well sampled and localized to allow reliable estimation of KL divergence, which is particularly sensitive to noise arising from low spike counts or diffuse firing. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have relaxed the unit inclusion criteria for KL divergence by relaxing the criteria for the number of spikes (50 spikes) to include more weakly tuned place cells and replicated our results (p=.19, control n=147; targeted n=47).

      Further, we have also evaluated the stability of place field order between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions using more standard methods (as in Wang et. al., 2015; Spearman correlation of place field order, control vs targeted, Linear-track, p = .68, t-test, n=6 control and n=4 targeted; W-track p = 0.91, n=36 control, n=18 targeted). These results are consistent with our observations about place field stability during stimulation-off and stimulation-on conditions (Fig. 2F).

      Modified in results:

      “By contrast, we did not detect any changes in the spatial tuning of putative pyramidal neurons. Specifically, the increased spiking during stimulation-on intervals respected place field boundaries (Supplementary Figure 2B), and the place fields of single cells were not detectably affected by theta disruption (Figure 2E-F, single cell place fields, pooled for G). To assess these observations at the population level, we computed the similarity between the place field peaks in control versus targeted animals and could not detect a difference between the two conditions (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals: p=0.68, t-test). These results are consistent with previous studies that performed MS manipulations (Zutshi et al. 2018; Etter et al. 2023). Thus, our manipulation protocol provides an opportunity to ask specifically how temporal coding contributes to behavior.”

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Joshi and colleagues demonstrates that the precise theta-phase timing of spikes is causal for CA1 hippocampal theta sequences during locomotion on a linear track and is necessary for learning the cognitively demanding outbound component of a hippocampus-dependent alternation task (W-maze), independently of replay during immobility. To reach these conclusions, the authors developed a theta-phase-specific, closed-loop manipulation that used optogenetic activation of medial septal parvalbumin (PV) interneurons at the ascending phase of theta during locomotion. This protocol preserved immobility periods, allowing a clean and elegant dissociation from SWR-associated replay.

      The manuscript is well written and was a pleasure to read. The work described is of high quality and introduces several notable advances to the field:

      (a) It extends prior studies that manipulated theta oscillations by examining precise temporal structure (specifically theta sequences) rather than only LFP features.

      (b) The closed-loop manipulation enabled dissociation between deficits in theta sequences during a behavioural task and SWR-associated replay activity.

      (c) As controls, the authors included rats with suboptimal viral transduction or optic-fibre placement, and, within subjects, both stimulation-on (stim-on) and stimulation-off (stim-off) trials. Notably, sequence disruption persisted into stim-off periods within the same session.

      Overall, this is a strong manuscript that will provide valuable insights to the field. I have only minor comments:

      (1) As the authors note, it is striking that both behavioural performance and spike patterns are altered during stim-off trials. They propose that "disruption of theta sequences during the initial experience in an environment is sufficient to have lasting effects," implying that rapid, experience-dependent plasticity is driven by sequential firing. Does this imply that if rats were previously trained on the task, subsequent stim-on and stim-off trials would yield different outcomes, with stim-off trials showing improved performance and intact theta sequences? For example, if the sequence of one-third stim-on, one-third stim-off, one-third stim-on were inverted to off-on-off, would theta sequences be expected to emerge, disappear, and potentially re-emerge? While I am not asking for additional experiments, I think the discussion could be extended in this aspect.

      Alternatively, could the number of stim-off trials (one third of the total) be insufficient to support learning/induce plasticity? In the controls, ~50-100 trials appear necessary to achieve high performance.

      We think it is likely that pretraining would result in a different outcome, although we did not test this possibility. We have modified the discussion to address this point:

      Modified in discussion:

      “Critically, the behavioral effects in targeted animals were seen even though stimulation was off during the middle third of each exposure to the W-track. Consistent with this behavioral result, sequential firing during locomotion (at both the pairwise and population level) was disrupted during stimulation-on periods and remained disrupted in stimulation-off periods, indicating that the 5-6 minutes of stimulation-off trials was not sufficient to allow the system to recover. This surprising result indicates that the disruption of theta sequences during the early experience in a novel environment is sufficient to have lasting effects, potentially by interfering with the rapid plasticity engaged during early learning. In this framework theta sequences may be particularly important for establishing task-relevant structure during the earliest phases of exploration. While we did not explicitly test the effects of pretraining or longer duration of stimulation-off periods, our results raise the possibility that pretraining the animal in the behavioral arena would allow for the development of task-relevant representations, and thereby reduce or eliminate the behavioral impact of theta disruption.”

      (2) In line with the point above, the authors characterise the behavioural changes induced by MS optogenetic stimulation specifically as a "learning deficit," as rats failed to improve across 300 trials in an initially novel environment (W-maze). While they present this as complementary to prior demonstrations of impaired performance on previously learned tasks (Zutshi et al., 2018; Quirk et al., 2021; Etter et al., 2023; Petersen et al., 2020), an alternative interpretation is a working-memory deficit. This would produce the same behavioural pattern, with reference memory (the less cognitively demanding trials) remaining intact despite stimulation and concomitant changes in theta sequences. This interpretation would also be consistent with work in certain disease models, where reduced synaptic plasticity and working-memory deficits co-occur with preserved place coding despite impaired theta sequences (e.g., Viana da Silva et al., 2024; Donahue et al., 2025).

      We agree that traditionally deficits in alternation tasks have been termed “working memory” but we also note that this may confuse some readers, as memory in these tasks does not engage persistent activity throughout delays in areas like the prefrontal cortex.

      (3) It was not immediately clear whether SWR-associated activity was derived from the interleaved ~15-min rest sessions in a rest box, or from periods of immobility or reward consumption in the maze (aSWR, as in Jadhav et al 2012). Regardless, it would be informative to compare aSWR events within the maze to rest-box SWRs that may occur during more prolonged slow-wave episodes (even if not full sleep). This contrasts with Liu et al. (2024), who analyzed replay during ~1.5-h sleep sessions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and suggestion. We will now explicitly mention in the manuscript that we have measured awake sharp wave ripples (aSWRs) on the track during immobility periods. In addition, in line with this and another reviewer’s recommendation, we have included analyses on the proportion of rest SWRs (rSWRs) between control and targeted animals in Supplementary Figure 6, replicating our findings during aSWRs. However, we note that the differences between Liu et al.’s (2024) study and ours. While they waited and analyzed replay during 1.5 hours of sleep sessions, in our study, and in the 1-day w-track learning protocol, sleep sessions are typically shorter (15-20 minutes). That said, control animals in our tasks with an intact hippocampus (previous studies) and intact theta sequences (our study control animals) can learn the task in one day, so a longer replay period is not necessary to learn the task.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this study developed a closed-loop optogenetic stimulation system with high temporal precision in rats to examine the effect of medial septum (MS) stimulation on the disruption of hippocampal activity at both behavioral and compressed time scales. They found that this manipulation preserved hippocampus single-cell-level spatial coding but affected theta sequences and performance during a spatial alternation task. The performance deficits were observed during the more cognitively demanding component of the task and even persisted after the stimulation was turned off. However, the effects of this disruption were confined to locomotor periods and did not impact waking rest replay, even during the early phase of stimulation-on. Their conclusion is consistent with previous findings from the Pastalkova lab, where MS disruption (using different methods) affected theta sequences and task performance but spared replay (Wang et al., 2015; Wang et al., 2016). However, it differs from a recent study in which optogenetic disruption of EC inputs during running affected both theta sequences and replay (Liu et al., 2023).

      Strengths:

      The experiments were well designed and controlled, and the results were generally well presented.

      Weaknesses:

      Major concerns are primarily technical but also conceptual. To further increase the impact of this study by contrasting findings from different disruptions, it is necessary to better align the analysis and detection methods.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment and critical questions. We have addressed each of the comments below. As we note in our responses, our inclusion criteria were based on our analysis approach, in which we aimed to measure the impact of our manipulation where possible for each animal, and ideally at the level of every 20-minute run epoch. This is a strength of our experimental approach, and we will explicitly explain that in a next version of the manuscript.

      Major concerns:

      (1) To show that MS disruption does not affect spatial tuning, the authors computed the KL divergence of tuning curves between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions. I have two main questions about this analysis:

      (1.1) The authors seem to impose stringent inclusion criteria requiring a large number of spikes and a strong concentration of tuning curves. These criteria may have selected strongly spatially tuned cells, which are typically more stable and potentially less vulnerable to perturbations. Based on the Figure 2 caption, it seems that fewer than 10% of cells were included in the KL divergence analysis, which is lower than the usual proportion of place cells reported in the literature. What is the rationale for using such strict inclusion criteria? What happens to the cells that are not as strongly tuned but are still identified as significant place cells?

      We thank the reviewers for this question. For the KL divergence analysis, we have imposed a spike-count criterion (100 spikes for each interval type —stimulation-off, stimulation-on, and the stimulus sub-interval) and a coverage criterion (50% HPD of the units’ spatial firing distribution was contained within 40cm on the linear track and 100cm on the w-track). These criteria were chosen to ensure that spatial tuning curves were sufficiently well sampled and localized to allow reliable estimation of KL divergence, which is particularly sensitive to noise arising from low spike counts or diffuse firing. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have relaxed the unit inclusion criteria for KL divergence by relaxing the criteria for the number of spikes (50 spikes) to include more weakly tuned place cells and replicated our results (p=.19, control n=147; targeted n=47).

      Further, we have also evaluated the stability of place field order between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions using more standard methods (as in Wang et. al., 2015; Spearman correlation of place field order, control vs targeted, Linear-track, p = .68, t-test, n=6 control and n=4 targeted; W-track p = 0.91, n=36 control, n=18 targeted). These results are consistent with our observations about place field stability during stimulation-off and stimulation-on conditions (Fig. 2F).

      Modified in results:

      “By contrast, we did not detect any changes in the spatial tuning of putative pyramidal neurons. Specifically, the increased spiking during stimulation-on intervals respected place field boundaries (Supplementary Figure 2B), and the place fields of single cells were not detectably affected by theta disruption (Figure 2E-F, single cell place fields, pooled for G). To assess these observations at the population level, we computed the similarity between the place field peaks in control versus targeted animals and could not detect a difference between the two conditions (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals: p=0.68, t-test). These results are consistent with previous studies that performed MS manipulations (Zutshi et al. 2018; Etter et al. 2023). Thus, our manipulation protocol provides an opportunity to ask specifically how temporal coding contributes to behavior.”

      (1.2) The KL divergence was computed between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions within the same animal group. However, the authors also showed that MS stimulation had lasting effects on theta sequences and performance even during stimulation-off periods. Would that lasting effect also influence spatial tuning? Based on these questions, the authors should perform additional analyses that directly measure spatial tuning quality and compare results across control and experimental groups - for example, spatial information of spikes (Skaggs et al., 1996), tuning stability, field length, and decoding error during running.

      To assess these observations at the population level, we computed the similarity between the place field peaks in control versus targeted animals and could not detect a difference between the two conditions (as in Wang et. al., 2015; Spearman correlation of place field order, control vs targeted, Linear-track, p = .68, t-test, n=6 control and n=4 targeted; W-track p = 0.91, n=36 control, n=18 targeted). Mean decoding error between animals depends on the recording quality. We have reported these values around stimulus times at the choice point in the previous version of the manuscript (Sup. Figure 3G). We also find that the distribution of place field coverage is not statistically different within and across animals (stimulation on versus stimulation off: p = 0.17, control versus targeted: p = 0.9, interaction of stimulation and targeting: p = 0.8, linear mixed effects model).

      (2) The authors compared their results with those from Liu et al. (2023) and proposed that the different outcomes could be explained by different sites of disruption. However, the detection and quantification methods for theta sequences and replay differ substantially between the two studies, emphasizing different aspects of the phenomenon. I am not suggesting that either method is superior, but providing additional analyses using aligned detection methods would better support the authors' interpretations and benefit the field by enabling clearer comparisons across studies. In the current analysis, the power spectrum of the decoded ahead/behind distance only indicates that there is a rhythmic pattern, without specifying the decoding features at different theta phases. Moreover, the continuous non-local representations during ripples could include stationary representations of a location or zigzag representations that do not exhibit a linear sequential trace. Given that, the authors should show averaged decoding results corrected by the animal's actual position within theta cycles and compute a quadrant ratio. For replay analysis, they could use a linear fit (as in Liu et al., 2023) and report the proportion of significant replay events.

      In Liu et al., 2023 study theta sequences were quantified by explicitly segmenting theta cycles into phase quadrants and evaluating the structure of the decoded representations within these phase-defined windows. This approach can be applied in studies that have a stable theta that can provide a temporal reference frame and where there is not enough spatial coverage in the spikes to identify the extent of ahead/behind representations. This analysis is hence not ideal to detect theta sequences in our data, as it is prone to errors due to our disruption of theta oscillatory activity itself. To account for this, we have used a Bayesian clusterless decoding approach in which we can measure the structure of hippocampal sequential representations even without imposing any restrictions on their temporal order. This method allows us to reliably capture theta sequences during locomotion in control animals (Fig. 4B) and their disruption in targeted animals (Fig. 4F).

      Since our experimental paradigm suppresses theta oscillations themselves, we used a clusterless decoding approach (as in Joshi et al., 2023) to obtain an unbiased estimate of rhythmicity for hippocampal spatial representations. Briefly, we estimated the peak of the posterior at every 2ms time step and computed the distance between that value and the actual position of the animal (decode-to-animal distance). We confirmed that, as expected, in control animals, we could detect “theta sequences” as in prior studies without explicitly requiring theta oscillatory cycle windows.

      We have now evaluated the distributions of SWRs that are labeled as continuous and have a trajectory displacement > 10 cm and consistently find continuous replays during both aSWRs and rSWRs (Fig. 5, Fig. S6). We also find that these distributions overlap between control and targeted animals (n=1216 targeted, n=3212 control, p=0.06).

      Author response image 1.

      (3) The finding that theta sequences and performance were impaired even during stimulation-off periods is particularly interesting and warrants deeper exploration. In the Discussion, the authors claim that this may arise from "the rapid plasticity engaged during early learning." However, this explanation does not fully account for the observation. Previous studies have shown that theta sequences can develop very rapidly (Feng et al., Foster lab, 2015; Zhou et al., Dragoi lab, 2025). If the authors hypothesize that rapid plasticity during early stimulation-on disrupts the theta sequence, then the plasticity window must also be short and terminate during the subsequent stimulation-off period. Otherwise, why can't animals redevelop theta sequences during stimulation-off? The authors should conduct additional analyses during the stimulation-off periods of the W-maze task. For example:

      (3.1) What is the spike-theta phase relationship? Do the phases return to normal or remain altered as during stimulation-on?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We have now looked at theta power on the W Track and find that theta power does not fully recover on the W Track even during stimulation-off periods. We have included this in the results. See Figure S4.

      (3.2) Is there a significant place-field remapping from stimulation-on to stimulation-off? (Supplementary Figure 3F includes only a small subset of cells; what if population vector correlations are computed across all cells, or Bayesian decoding of stimulation-on spikes is performed using stimulation-off tuning curves?)

      We have addressed this question by computing the correlation between the peak of the place fields between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions and find that the distributions are largely overlapping between control and targeted animals on both the linear (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals, control vs targeted, p=0.68, t-test, n=6 control, n=4 targeted epochs) and wtrack (Spearman correlation of place field peaks between stim-on and stim-off intervals: p=0.91, t-test, n=36 control, n=18 targeted epochs).

      (3.3) The authors should also discuss why the stimulation-off epochs were not sufficient to support learning, and if the stimulation-off place cell sequences could have supported replay.

      We do not find the aSWR-associated replay to be impacted as a result of our manipulation. We have not conducted a specific experiment to test the impact of longer stimulation-off periods on the formation of place cell sequences, but in response to this and another question from Reviewer 1, we have added the following speculation in the discussion.

      Modified in discussion:

      “Critically, the behavioral effects in targeted animals were seen even though stimulation was off during the middle third of each exposure to the W-track. Consistent with this behavioral result, sequential firing during locomotion (at both the pairwise and population level) was disrupted during stimulation-on periods and remained disrupted in stimulation-off periods, indicating that the 5-6 minutes of stimulation-off trials was not sufficient to allow the system to This surprising result indicates that the disruption of theta sequences during the early experience in a novel environment is sufficient to have lasting effects, potentially by interfering with the rapid plasticity engaged during early learning. In this framework theta sequences may be particularly important for establishing task-relevant structure during the earliest phases of exploration. While we did not explicitly test the effects of pretraining or longer duration of stimulation-off periods, our results raise the possibility that pretraining the animal in the behavioral arena would allow for the development of task-relevant representations, and thereby reduce or eliminate the behavioral impact of theta disruption.”

      (4) Citations and/or discussion of key studies relevant to the current work are missing: Wang et al. in Pastalkova lab 2015-2016 studies for disruption of theta sequence (but not place cell sequence) disrupting learning but not replay, Drieu et al. in Zugaro lab 2018 study on disruption of theta sequence affecting sleep replay, Farooq and Dragoi 2019 for association between a lack of theta sequence and presence of waking rest replay during postnatal development, etc. The authors should discuss what the conceptually new findings in the current study are, given the findings of the previous literature above.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We have substantially modified the introduction to include this prior work and highlight that our manipulation enabled us to address a question that has remained unresolved across prior studies: Are hippocampal spatial sequences during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) necessary for learning a novel hippocampal-dependent task?

      (5) The assessment of theta sequence is not state-of-the-art:

      (5.1) Detecting the peak of cross-correlograms between neurons (CCG) relates to behavioral timescale CCG, not the theta sequence one; for the theta sequence, the closest to zero local peak should be used instead.

      Here we think we failed to explain our analyses clearly, as we did exactly that analysis. The cross-correlation peak in Fig. 2D is the peak within the theta timescale (+/- 100ms lag), not a slow behavior timescale (e.g. +/- 1s lag). In the revised version of the manuscript, we have improved the explanation so that this confusion does not arise.

      (5.2) How were other methods of detecting theta sequences performing on the stimulation-on/stimulation-off data: Bayesian decoding, firing sequences?

      In the absence of detectable theta oscillations, it is inappropriate to use the commonly used metric of detecting theta sequences. That method also assumes that the theta oscillatory cycle is the correct temporal “reference” for hippocampal theta sequences. To our knowledge, there is no direct evidence for this. Thus, in our manuscript, we have used two approaches to identify hippocampal spatial representations during stimulation-on and stimulation-off periods:

      (1) Clusterless Bayesian decoding approach

      (2) Pairwise correlations between neurons

      Analyses using these approaches provide an unbiased method to detect hippocampal spatial-temporal sequences during locomotion without using theta oscillations as a reference. Indeed, in control animals, we recover the endogenous theta timescale correlation and sequence structure during locomotion. Using the same approach in targeted animals reveals that even though we can measure hippocampal spatial sequential representations in targeted animals, the timing between them is altered.

      (5.3) How was phase precession during stimulation-on/stimulation-off?

      We cannot do this analysis for the theta manipulation condition since there is an unreliable phase estimate in the absence of theta on W Track. Based on the reviewers’ comments, we have now evaluated the theta phase precession on the linear track 10Hz stimulation condition. Phase precession could be observed even when evaluated against the entrained LFP. Further, at a population level, we observed that autocorrelograms followed the entrained 10Hz LFP in the stimulation-on condition compared to the stimulation-off condition (n=41 neurons, solid lines are medians, shaded areas 25/75 percentiles). We have added these results in Supplementary Figure 5.

      (6) It would be important to calculate additional variables in the replay part of the study to compare the quality of replay across the 2 groups:

      (6.1) Proportion of significant replay events out of the detected multiunit events.

      We assume the reviewer is recommending the analysis of significant replays as defined by performing a linear fit on the trajectory. We recognize that there is a fundamental diversity in the replay architecture, as has been shown using clustered and clusterless decoding approaches, and that assuming that only the replays with a linear fit are significant might bias us toward those trajectories. In aSWRs, we have shown that the replay events that are labeled “continuous” are equivalent in proportion between control and targeted animals. In the current version of the manuscript, for rSWRs, we similarly computed the proportion of replay events with a continuous trajectory that traverses at least 10cm on the w-track and found no differences between control and targeted groups. We also found the proportion of continuous rSWRs to increase in targeted animals, similar to control animals. We have included these results in the new Figure S6.

      (6.3) The average extent of trajectory depicted by the significant replay events in the targeted compared to the control, stimulation-on/stimulation-off.

      Here, we show the distributions of continuous replay trajectories (> 10 cm) between control and targeted animals, showing overlapping distributions (p=0.06). See Author response image 1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Joshi et al. present an elegant and technically rigorous study examining how the temporal structure of hippocampal spiking during locomotion contributes to spatial learning. Using a closed-loop, theta phase-specific optogenetic manipulation of medial septal parvalbumin-expressing neurons in rats, the authors demonstrate that disrupting theta-timescale coordination impairs performance on the cognitively demanding component outbound trajectory of a spatial alternation task, while sparing hippocampal replay, place coding, and the simpler inbound learning. The work aims to dissociate the role of theta-associated temporal organization during navigation from sharp-wave ripple-associated replay during subsequent rest periods, providing a mechanistic link between theta sequences and learning. The findings have important implications for models of septo-hippocampal coordination and the functional segregation between online (theta) and offline (SWR) network states. That said, there are a few conceptual and methodological issues that need to be addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for the thoughtful comments and suggestions to strengthen our work. In a revised manuscript, we explicitly address prior publications where manipulations (either pharmacological or behavioral) have shown a dissociation between temporal sequence formation, place coding, and replay in the introduction and highlight the specific insights obtained from using our approach. Specifically, our approach (closed-loop theta-phase stimulation during locomotion) provides a level of physiological specificity that enables dissociation of theta-state dynamics from other hippocampal processes. This, in turn, allows us to address a question that has remained unresolved across prior studies: Are hippocampal spatial sequences during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) necessary for learning a novel hippocampal-dependent task?

      One concern is the overall novelty of this work; the dissociation between online temporal sequence and offline replay events following memory deficits has previously been shown by Wang et al., 2016 elife. While the authors discuss Lui et al., 2023, which demonstrates MEC activation of inhibitory neurons at gamma frequencies during locomotion disrupts theta sequences, subsequent replay and learning (line 65-66), they do not reference Wang et al., 2016 who performed a very similar study with MS pharmacological inactivation, and report large decreases in theta power, attenuated theta frequencies together with behavioural deficits but SWR replay persisted. Given strong similarities in the manipulation and findings, this study should be discussed.

      We agree that this important study should be cited in the introduction, and have now included that in the revised introduction. Importantly in Wang et al., 2016 elife paper, they showed that while replay can exist after periods where theta sequences are disrupted using muscimol inactivation in the medial septum, the rate of replay was higher than in control, leaving open the possibility that the increased replays might contribute to consolidation of non-task memories. We also note that the manipulation was applied for hours, making it impossible to attribute a precise physiological basis for poor behavioral performance.

      Along the same lines, it should be noted that Brandon et al. (2014, Neuron) demonstrated that hippocampal place codes can still form in novel environments despite MS inactivation and loss of theta, indicating that spatial representations can emerge without intact septal drive. Referencing this study would strengthen the discussion of how temporal coordination, rather than spatial coding per se, underlies the learning deficits observed here.

      Thank you. We have referenced the study appropriately in the updated manuscript.

      Our findings, and previous dissociations between precise timescale and place field properties (Petersen and Buzsáki 2020; Liu et al. 2023; Wang, et al., 2016, Brandon et al., 2014) further suggest that different circuits with different time constants are responsible for processing spatial and temporal information in the hippocampal circuit. Spatial/contextual information may arrive from regions with slower timescales (such as the cortex), making them less susceptible to sub-second brief disruptions, while precisely timed inputs from the medial septum coordinate the tightly controlled timing offsets between hippocampal neurons. We hypothesize that learning requires the intersection of these two streams of information in the hippocampal network, and is impaired by the disorganization of the precise temporal templates in which internal plans can be matched to external inputs.

      The conclusion that disrupting "theta microstructure" impairs learning relies on the assumption that the observed behavioral deficits arise from altered temporal coding from within hippocampal CA1 only. However, optogenetic modulation of medial septal PV neurons influences multiple downstream regions (entorhinal cortex, retrosplenial cortex) via widespread GABAergic projections. While the authors do touch on this, their discussion should expand to include the network-level consequences of entorhinal grid-cell disruption and how this could affect temporal coding both online and offline.

      We agree and have expanded our previous discussion to include that possibility.

      Modified in discussion:

      “Understanding precisely why this temporal organization is critical will require more distributed measurements. Notably, MS targets include multiple cortical and subcortical targets (Joshi 2017), and our manipulation may have disrupted precise spike timing throughout these regions. Key amongst these regions include the pre- and para-subiculum, retrosplenial area and the entorhinal cortex, which also receive dense PV projection in addition to the CA3 and DG (Joshi et. al., 2017; Viney et. al., 2018; Salib et al., 2020). Disrupting the spatial code or spike-timing in these regions may contribute to the disruption of sequential activity we have observed. However, we do note that the first response of the stimulation to spiking activity in CA1 is consistent with a strong disinhibitory input to CA3, with spike latencies less than 20 milliseconds. Additionally, monitoring regions beyond the temporal cortex would be informative given the broad coordination between hippocampal theta and other systems (Joshi et al. 2023; Eichenbaum 2017; Buño and Velluti 1977; Berg, Whitmer, and Kleinfeld 2006; Ledberg and Robbe 2011).”

      The finding that replay content, rate, and duration are unchanged is critical to the paper's claim of dissociation. However, the analysis is restricted to immobility on the track. Given evidence for distinct awake vs. sleep replay, confirming that off-track rest and post-session sleep replays are similarly unaffected would confirm the conclusions of the paper. If these data are unavailable, the limitation should be acknowledged explicitly. Moreover, statistical power for detecting subtle differences in replay organization or spatial bias should be added to the supplement (n of events per animal, variability across sessions).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now explicitly evaluated replay properties during rest and indeed confirm that replay rate, length, and content in this manipulation are indistinguishable between targeted and control animals. We have now added statistical power to these claims by reporting the number of events per animal and variability across sessions. As we mentioned above, where possible, we have attempted to replicate each analysis per session (20min session), and all analyses are replicable for each targeted and control animal. Our internal controls are the power of our approach, as there can be significant animal-to-animal variability.

      The exact protocol for optogenetic stimulation is a bit confusing. For the task, the first and final third (66%) of trials were disrupted and were only stimulated when away from the reward well and only when the animal was moving. What proportion of time within "stimulated" trials remained unstimulated? Why were only 66% of trials stimulated?

      We developed a stimulation protocol that included an interval in which stimulation was not applied (stimulation-off) periods to assess the impact of the stimulation at the level of each animal and epoch. This analytical approach gives us the power to study the impact of the stimulation and our experimental approach to the spiking patterns and neural activity observed. We will modify the explanation in the methods. Based on the reviewer’s comment, we have now calculated the proportion of time within the epoch where the laser was on. The laser is ON for ~10% of the total time in the epoch. We implemented a closed-loop algorithm that had both the spatial location of the animal and the theta phase of a reference electrode as online inputs. The trigger was applied when three conditions were met: a spatial inclusion criterion, a speed criterion, and theta phase criteria.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1D & G: should include the frequency band of the filtered trace in the figure caption.

      We have now included the frequency band of the filtered trace (5-11Hz) in the figure caption.

      (2) The observation that hippocampal cells respond to stimulation within ~5-10 ms (Figure 2C), while theta power decreases significantly after 200 ms (Figure 1G), is interesting. Do the authors have any hypothesis explaining this discrepancy?

      Theta is likely best understood as the result of a complex feedback loop between the medial septum and various structures in the hippocampal formation. This would make it robust to individual perturbations. We now discuss this in the text.

      Modified in results:

      “Note, that while we can measure the response to hippocampal cells within 5-10ms, theta power decreases gradually over a period of 200 milliseconds. This is consistent with the view that theta oscillatory activity that can be measured in the hippocampus is a result of a multi-region feedback loop that involves various cortical and subcortical networks, a feature that may make it robust to individual perturbations.”

      (3) Figure 2A: The caption states that "in control rats, endogenous theta sequences are apparent." This is unclear. The purple region marks the ascending phase, but theta sequences are typically defined across peak-to-peak cycles. The shading may distract from this; consider adding dashed lines to indicate theta peaks.

      We thank the reviewers for this suggestion, and we have modified the visualization for this figure per the reviewers’ suggestion.

      (4) Figure 2B (top panel): How are the cells ordered? It appears they are sorted by peak firing time before stimulation (<0). This could misleadingly suggest a sequence before stimulation but not after. Some cells have peak firing in the 0-40 ms range-what is the intended interpretation of this ordering?

      We have modified the spiking by the spiking order after stimulation onset.

      (5) Line 239: Typo - "as for the linear track" should be "as for the W track."

      Modified.

      (6) Lines 279-282: The statement "This suggests a surprising level of preserved representational movement across frequencies ranging from 6 to 12 Hz" is unclear. What does "preserved representational movement" mean? A simpler explanation for the matching of power-spectrum peaks to stimulation frequency could be that stimulation increases firing rates, biasing decoding toward locations with higher mean firing, producing rhythmic fluctuations at the stimulation frequency under Poisson decoding assumptions.

      We have now added examples of the decode to animal distance in the different stimulation conditions to supplement this statement. We will also acknowledge that the change in firing rate might contribute to the observation.

      (7) Line 313: The phrase "while sparing learning on the interleaved trials where a less cognitively demanding choice was required" may be confusing. Although the authors refer to inbound runs, readers may interpret "interleaved trials" as stimulation-off trials.

      We agree and have modified this phrasing.

      (8) The claim that "representations of locations more distant from the animal were preserved during theta disruption" (line 350) is unclear-where is this shown?

      Fig S3G: Distribution of max decode to animal distance within theta cycles

      Consistent with the pairwise analyses (Supplementary Figure 3B-D), the ∼8 Hz peak in the power spectrum of the ahead/behind distance was significantly larger in control animals than in targeted animals across all conditions (Figure 4I; pooled comparison p’s < 10<sup>−4</sup>, hierarchical bootstrap p’s < 0.05). At the same time, the maximal extent of locations represented ahead and/or behind the animal near the choice point, where choices must be made on outbound and inbound trials, did not differ between control and targeted animals (Supplementary Figure 3G). Thus, our findings indicate that the precise timing of non-local representations during theta was disrupted, but the spatial extent was not.

      (9) The title of Figure S1 appears twice.

      Thank you. We have edited it.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It should be noted that there are several referencing errors that should be addressed. Please check the following:

      (a) Lines 77-81 - a few incorrect references.

      (b) Line 155 - Disruption of hippocampal theta has consistently shown to preserve spatial properties of place cells: Brandon et al., 2014, Koenig et al., 2011.

      Thank you. We have corrected these references.

      (2) Figure 1C- Did the authors stain for colocalization with virus and PV in the MS?

      Yes, our viral construct has eYFP expressed together with channelrhodopsin, and this rat line and viral construct have been previously standardized (Yu et al., 2018, Lepperod et al., 2021). In addition, we conducted three standardization experiments and visually inspected the overlap between eYFP-positive cells and parvalbumin-expressing neurons (86/86 YFP-expressing neurons tested positive for PV). An example of the overlap is now included in Supplementary figure 7.

      (3) Figure 1 - Shows an impressive reduction of theta power. Can Figure 1G be extended to show theta recovery immediately following stimulation?

      Our stimulation protocol restricted the stimulation to periods that were within the spatial and speed inclusion criteria. The period immediately following the stimulation on every trial is reward delivery, during which the animal has already slowed down, and we do not expect high theta power. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have inspected the first few trials after the stimulus is turned off in the linear track and have confirmed that theta power immediately recovers. We have added these additional figures in Sup. Figure S4H.

      Author response image 2.

      (4) Do authors have examples of the same trajectory where temporal coding is intact in baseline and disrupted during stimulation? Does an intact theta sequence ever develop in the target animals?

      Yes, target animals do exhibit intact spatial sequences during the stimulation-off periods on the linear track and w-track (example in a targeted animal during the stimulation-off condition on linear track below). As we show in Figure 4E and Supplementary Figure S4G, on the w-track, while spatial sequences exist, each cycle’s duration is not consistent across the behavioral experience. Thus, on average, power spectrum of the ahead-behind distance is not rhythmic at 8Hz.

      (5) Have the authors computed spike-phase relationships or shown phase-position to evaluate phase precession in individual cells in both the 10 Hz stim vs the phase-specific?

      As discussed above, due to unreliable phase estimates during theta suppression, we have chosen to base our analysis of sequential structure on temporal cross-correlation and decoding analysis. However, in response to the reviewer’s question, we have evaluated phase precession under 10Hz stimulation. Consistent with our overall results for the ahead-behind distance, we find that individual cells phase-precess with the newly entrained theta. Additionally, at a population level, we are able to visualize a clear shift in peak spiking frequency.

      However, we agree that these results do not completely rule out the contribution of additional spikes, and in a revised version of the manuscript, we have included that possibility.

      (6) Did authors perform other types of stimulations that either drove the dominant frequency out of theta range (gamma) or completely desynchronize the system (by stimulating along all different times of theta to perform a phase-specific "scramble")?

      We did not attempt a gamma or scrambling stimulation condition.

      (7) There is overall inconsistency in the formatting of references throughout the text.

      We apologize for these errors and have rectified them in the updated version.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Correction: In the process of revising the preprint, we discovered that for the 15SY dataset that a single time point (ZT2) out of the 12 timepoint series was inadvertently combined with temporally adjacent time samples (ZT20, 22, 24). We corrected the accompanying GEO submission (Series GSE145509). With this update, we repeated the rhythm analysis with an updated RAIN algorithm as the original Boot-eJTK could not be run as it was outdated with dependent packages no longer maintained or supported, and some are no longer available through standard package managers. The analysis with the corrected ZT2 sample and did not find any significant changes in the major claims of the papers. One minor change is that we no longer observe significant DR-dependent increases in proteasome gene levels. Nonetheless, we still find DR-dependent cycling of proteasome genes and proteasome module network connectivity consistent with the DR-sensitivity of the proteasome pathway. Figure 4 has been updated to reflect this change. After correcting this issue, we revised the manuscript in response to the reviewer comments.

      eLife Assessment

      This study describes important findings on how a core component of the circadian clock impacts the effect of dietary restriction (DR) on longevity and fecundity in Drosophila, which lead the authors to postulate rhythmic control of proteostasis in the fat body as a critical aspect of DR effects. The evidence presented is still incomplete, not fully supporting the conclusions of the study, as alternative hypotheses/explanations have not yet been systematically explored. The work will nevertheless be of substantial interest to researchers working in circadian and cell biology, metabolism, and aging, with an interesting hypothesis to be explored further.

      We sincerely thank eLife for considering our manuscript and express our gratitude to all three reviewers for their time and constructive comments. While acknowledging that there are alternative hypotheses for some of our findings, which make our evidence incomplete, we appreciate that our manuscript was recognized as important and of substantial interest. We have revised the manuscript to acknowledge that the major findings under light-dark conditions could be attributable to being driven by light rather than the circadian clock. We add new data demonstrating that the far majority of cycling genes in LD in control flies are disrupted in Clk<sup>Jrk</sup> consistent with circadian regulation (see also below). Future investigations are needed to test the alternative hypotheses and explanations. Nevertheless, we believe that the manuscript still represents a meaningful advancement in understanding how molecular circadian clocks in peripheral tissues interact with diet to influence systemic lifespan and aging.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The studies by Hwangbo et al. diligently attempt to account for many of the typically neglected dietary and non-dietary factors.

      Strengths:

      - Work addresses many potential artifacts of dietary (e.g., dehydration stress, macronutrient ratios, and protein source) and non-dietary (e.g., leaky expression of S106-GAL4) manipulations-important factors that are too often overlooked.

      - Balanced and complementary behavioral, molecular, and bioinformatic experiments

      - Show necessity of proteostatic subunits in the fat body for DR-mediated longevity. The findings in the current manuscript lay the ground for future studies that test sufficiency of fat body prosβ3 and rpn7, or necessity of other proteostatic genes in other tissues.

      Weaknesses:

      - Could the lack of DR response in clock mutants across dietary concentrations be simply because the clock mutants are better at compensatory feeding adjustments to dietary dilutions? If this were the case, there are two major implications to the authors' conclusions:

      a) The Clk mutants are differently responding to dietary dilutions, not to dietary restriction, per se.

      b) Nutritional intake was unaffected by the dietary manipulations. If the changes in fat body proteostasis and lifespan were due to nourishment, it would be expected that the physiology and lifespan do not change.

      Accurate measurements of food consumption and the resulting protein intake could potentially clarify this critical question.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive feedback and also appreciate their raising the important issue of whether Clk^Jrk mutants may be more effective at compensatory feeding. Xu et al. (2008) reported that overall food consumption in Clk^Jrk flies was indistinguishable from control flies.

      We also directly assessed food intake in ~1 week old flies on three diets (1% SY, 5% SY, 15% SY) over two days (48 hours) using the Con-Ex method (Shell et al. 2018). We observed either no significant changes or relatively modest changes in food consumption between iso31 controls and Clk^Jrk flies that are limited compared to the large differences in caloric content between the diets. While we cannot rule out changes in feeding patterns throughout the lifespan, we believe that minimal differential compensatory feeding in the Clk^Jrk mutants are not sufficient to be the primary cause of the lifespan differences observed across diets. These data are added as new Figure 1-figure supplement 3.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Hard to find information:

      - Type of yeast used. Should be addressed in the Methods section at least, instead of having to dig through several paragraphs into the Results section.

      Missing information:

      - Agar type and concentration

      - Mifepristone diets: pipetted on top or mixed into food?

      The relevant information has been updated in the Materials and Methods

      Wrong information:

      - Line #159-160: "Fig. 1 and Fig. S3" should be "Fig. 1 and Fig. S2" and then "(Fig. S3)" added to the end of the sentence.

      This information has been corrected in the revision

      Presentation:

      - Paragraphs are very long.

      - Interactions should be denoted by ×, not * or x.

      - Remove markers from mortality graphs. Having bulky markers reduces perceived differences between curves.

      These changes have been updated in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Dietary restriction (DR) increases lifespan, an effect that has been consistently observed in several organisms, but we still lack a clear mechanism to explain this phenomenon. In this work, Hwangbo et al. revisited the role of the circadian clock in DR-mediated lifespan effects. They found that the increase in lifespan produced by DR is missing on a clock mutant, a clock dependency that is also observed at the level of nutrient-dependent egg laying. By conducting RNA-seq with an impressive temporal resolution, they showed that DR triggers an increment in the number of cycling genes expressed in the fat body, the fly functional analog of the mammalian liver. Interestingly, from these genes, a group of them are de novo daily expressed genes, meaning that their expression was not rhythmic under the control diet but appear rhythmically expressed under DR. Among those, genes encoding proteasome subunits are enriched. The authors finally showed that adult-specific knockdown of these genes in the fat body prevents the increase in lifespan under DR, further supporting a role of the proteasome in this process. Overall, the conclusions are mostly supported by the evidence presented, and the authors' discussion nicely frame their results with other research in the field.

      Strengths:

      - Many studies have limited their observations of DR on lifespan to a few dietary conditions which makes the reach of some previous conclusions somewhat limited. The dilution strategy that the authors used in this work provides a strong indication that the effect of DR on lifespan relies on clock expression regardless of the conditions used. Furthermore, the inclusion of the egg-laying assay is a good addition to support this hypothesis.

      - Because the strength of the rhythmicity statistics relies heavily on the number of data points collected, the temporal resolution used for the RNA-seq experiments (every 2 hrs per 48hrs) is remarkable. This allows exquisite dissection of the phase of rhythmic genes in different conditions. The dataset produced in this work might be of use to other groups interested in weighting the role of other represented gene clusters in DR.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s positive feedback regarding the robust experimental design in the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      I see only minor flaws in this work, that if addressed, might strengthen the authors' conclusions, particularly:

      - The results of the lifespan assays are quite variable and in some instances contradictory (Fig. S8) across trials, possibly because there are other unaccounted variables we still do not understand. The fecundity assay, in contrast, seems to be a better readout (Fig. 2). Confirming at least the two genes picked for the study (Fig. 5) would be good support for the claim that the proteasome mediates the effects of DR.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment of seeing “only minor flaws”. We reiterate that we focused on those results which were replicated across trials, providing confidence in the overall conclusions. Nonetheless, we agree that exploring the proteasome role on the DR effect on fecundity would be intriguing and may complement the lifespan data. We now acknowledge this point in our discussion.

      - According to the model, the acute effect of DR on gene expression is related to CLOCK protein function. However, I am not sure how this link was established. It is tempting to assume that CLOCK upstream is the reason for having an increase in rhythmic genes under DR, but the experiments did not test this. The tests conducted either assessed the role of clk or the effect of an impaired proteasome on DR-dependent extension of lifespan. Thus, it is difficult to assert the authors' claims on the link between CLK and the changes in cycling genes and to the proteasome upon DR.

      We have updated our text and model figure suggesting a direct CLK role in the Discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As mentioned before, the experiments, in particular the RNA-seq datasets are excellent. Additionally, the discussion provides a good overview of other relevant papers on DR, and the conclusions are mostly supported by the data. Here I provide a couple of suggestions that I believe might improve this work:…

      - Although the model is simple and understandable (Fig. 6), the inclusion of an overall summary or explanation in the figure legend would be appreciated, especially for readers that are not familiar with the terminology.

      - It might be the formatting while parsing the files but some of the in-text citations are between curly brackets (e.g., lines 80, 92, 93).

      - By definition, and unlike Canton-S or Oregon-R strains, w1118 flies are not wild-type but a genetic control. I believe that reference to this on the figures and text may need correction.

      We updated and/or our corrected each of these in the revised version. For wild-type, we more explicitly define this as wild-type for the relevant genetic locus.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this study, Hwangbo and co-workers investigate the extent to which the well-established life extending effects of DR rely on the molecular circadian clock and how the landscape of clock-controlled gene expression changes in the face of DR within the fat body of the fly, a tissue that performs the functions associate with both the liver and adipose tissue of mammals. The authors evidence that DR extends lifespan in a manner that depends on only one of the two major limbs of the fly's molecular circadian clock, namely the positive limb, that DR produces major changes in the identities of cycling clock output genes, and that genes related to the proteosome represent a major component of DR-induced transcript cycling. Though interesting, these conclusions are not strongly supported by the data and there are two major reasons for this. First, the authors rely on only one loss of function genotype each for the loss of positive and negative limb clock gene function. Second, though they wish to address the "circadian transcriptome" under normal and DR conditions, the authors conduct all their work under strong Light/Dark cycles, making it impossible to address circadian phenomena. These shortcomings are problematic in the extreme, as they leave open obvious alternative explanations for the results and fail to directly determine if the rhythmic expression, they observe are clock controlled or merely driven by the light/dark cycles, which themselves produce major effects on activity, feeding, etc., that may be responsible for differentially driving rhythmic transcripts under normal and DR conditions in the fat bodies.

      Major Weakness One: The use of only genotype each for the loss of positive (Clk^JRK) and negative (Per^01) limb of the circadian represents a major challenge for a central conclusion of the study. Phenotypes caused by the loss of a single clock gene may be due to the loss of circadian timekeeping, or they may represent a pleiotropic effect of the loss of function mutant being used. There are multiple precedents for pleiotropic (non-circadian) effects of clock gene mutants. It is, therefore, possible that the differences in the extent of DR mediated life extension between Clk^JRK and Per^01 may not represent a difference between breaking the positive and negative limbs of the clock but may simply reflect a pleiotropic effect of the dominant negative Clk^JRK. This possibility is acknowledged by the authors (lines 343-344). This could be addressed quite easily by extending the analysis to other loss of function mutants, for example, tim01 for the negative limb and cyc01 for the positive. Given the central focus here on the "circadian transcriptome," leaving open this alternative explanation for Clk's role in DR induced life extension represents a major weakness of the study. Furthermore, given the fact that Clk^JRK appears to be short lived on most of the media tested in the study, is it really surprising or informative that they would display lower life extension under DR?

      We confirmed that the large majority of LD oscillating genes in wild-type controls are disrupted in ClkJrk consistent with circadian clock regulation (Figure 3-figure supplement 1). As noted, we formally acknowledged that the circadian clock mutant alleles used here, and in fact any circadian clock alleles, can have pleiotropic, i.e., non-circadian, clock effects. This would only be partially mitigated by adding more (but also potentially pleiotropic) clock mutant alleles. Very challenging circadian resonance experiments (see Xu et al, 2019) are the gold standard for resolving circadian clock v. non-clock effects which are beyond the scope of this study which we now add to our discussion.

      We also note that foxo mutants are both short-lived and exhibit a robust lifespan extension to dietary restriction and thus the ClkJrk mutant is distinct in this regard. We have added this point to the Discussion.

      Major Weakness Two: The authors have not established that any of cycling transcripts they have detected in the fat body under normal and DR conditions are driven by the circadian clock. This is because: 1.) they have conducted their transcriptomic analysis on cells taken from flies entrained to light dark cycles, which can themselves drive daily changes in expression levels and 2.) they have not shown that the cycling measured on normal diet or DR conditions depends on a functional circadian clock. The "significant reorganization of the circadian transcriptome" is presented as a major conclusion of this study, but the authors have not addressed circadian control of transcription at all here, either by an examination of transcription under free-running conditions and/or in loss of function clock mutants.

      In addition, there is a logical gap in this study. The authors have shown that DR produces less life extension in Clk^JRK mutants than Per^01 or wild-type controls. They then show that DR produces changes in the rhythmic transcriptome when flies are place on DR. The central model presented in Fig. 6 shows/concludes that CLK drives increases in proteome-related transcript rhythms under DR. This conclusion could have been directly tested by asking if the changes in rhythmic gene expression induced by DR are gone the loss of function Clk mutants, or if the transcriptomic landscapes fail to differ between feeding conditions in these mutants.

      In conclusion, the study falls far short of directly testing the ideas it puts forth, greatly limiting its impact and interest.

      As noted above, we also examined the diurnal transcriptome in ClkJrk (at 4 hour resolution) and found that of the 290 genes that were detectably rhythmic in wild-type just 13 were rhythmic in ClkJrk consistent with the notion that oscillations depend on Clk (Figure 3-figure supplement 1). We now add this analysis to the manuscript. Nonetheless, we cannot exclude a role for light and thus have opted to use “diurnal” in place of “circadian” where appropriate for observed rhythms under LD conditions.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 140 "showed an almost identical response" was a little hard to understand at first. Consider clarifying.

      This has been rephrased for clarity

      The authors claim that Clk mutants are "much longer lived" than wild-type controls on two of the relatively low calorie diets. Figure S3C certainly argues otherwise, and it's not clear how the data in 1C and S2C and warrant the use of "much" here.

      This wording has been rephrased and corrected in the revised version. The low-calorie diet shown in Figure 1-figure supplement 3 contains a higher sucrose concentration (5%) than those used in Figure 1 and Figure 1-figure supplement 2 (1%). This observation suggests that sucrose may play an independent role in the survival of ClkJrk mutants under malnutrition conditions.

      The authors should provide the rationale for the use of a dominant negative form of Clk for their experiments. Would the available amorphic allele be a better choice?

      As ClkJrk is the first described Clk allele and it is probably the most well characterized. As a dominant negative version which is still capable of dimerizing and binding DNA it is less susceptible to compensation by redundant bHLH transcription factors as has been observed for between mouse Clock and NPAS2 (Debruyne et al, 2006).

      It is not clear why the authors have chosen to examine transcriptomes so soon after transfer to DR. Why not wait longer. The authors provide context that changes are already taking place at the early time-point used, but would waiting a bit provide a more robust indication of how DR is changing the fat body?

      We noted in the manuscript that the effects of DR on survival are evident relatively soon (~2d) after a diet shift. We were interested in identifying those changes in daily transcription that would be occurring during that early time span and potentially be a cause rather than an effect of survival changes.

    1. Author response:

      In response to the valuable reviewers’ comments and suggested changes, we are finalising changes to the manuscript, in order to resubmit a revised version, and a document with full author responses, that reflects all the review comments.

      These changes include adding points of clarity, improving accuracy on wording of key messages, adding additional interpretation of the data, including additional data and analyses that reflect open questions raised, and more discussion concerning these unanswered questions, which are subjects of future work.

      In response to specific points we were asked to provisionally address (actions in italics):

      Reviewer #1. We are pleased the reviewer sees the insight these data bring. We indeed think it likely that cilia axoneme orientation is governed by the immediate microenvironment and/or changes to the cytoskeleton and are actively looking to explore this.

      To address the 3 areas of concern:

      (1) Our re-writing of the abstract and the results concerning transcriptomic data seeks to overcome weaknesses in descriptions of these data.

      (2) Further detail is being added on how z-distortion is corrected for, so accuracy is the same in all axis and orientation measurements are robust.

      (3) We will add to the discussion to add our thoughts as to why ciliary and cilia signalling genes are regulated by immobilisation, but that immobilisation does not apparently affect cilia structure.

      Reviewer #2. Thank you for such broadly positive comments, we are pleased the scale and depth of the quantitative analyses comes across, but will make sure that revisions throughout improve the quality of the writing describing these. We are actively exploring means to test ideas for how cilia axoneme become orientated in this way and what the function is. These preliminary ideas will be reflected in the discussion.

      Reviewer #3. Thank you for such a detailed and thoughtful review. They will ensure the data are presented to their very best and we will address the concerns raised. This descriptive study had a hypothesis, and made discoveries which surprised us, we have tried, as you say, to put this in some context of the role of cilia and the role of mechanical forces in GP biology. Most notably we are considering that uncoupled is not the correct term here. To address areas of concern;

      (1) We agree ‘uncoupled’ is not the correct word here. We cannot find a pattern of correlation between centriole position and orientation. However, the two can’t be ‘uncoupled’ and there is no proven independence on a single-cell level (that cilia position and cilia orientation are not in any way mechanistically linked). We will make changes and add more details on what we have considered in this area.

      (2) Similarly, we have not correlated in each cell, cellular orientation and ciliary orientation, though we have made attempts and not yet found a relationship. However, again, this is not the same as one being absent. We might have expected ciliary orientation to change as cell orientation does (through zones or with pertubations) as we have seen in vitro but this remains to be fully explored and is one subject of follow-up work. We are considering column populations and per animal considerations of the data.

      (3) We did take a cautious approach to statistics and specialist advice, but advice was not to overcomplicate things when there are 2 main messages related to centriole position and cilia orientation. Firstly, centriolar position appears random or without preference thus distribution of position on cell, is homogenous. Second, ciliary orientation angle is not a homogenous distribution, as would be expected if random with this number of measurements. We do, and will add comments to this effect, have to mindful of large dataset, but do not think this means we are looking at false discoveries due to number of comparisons. We are considering how better to reflect this. To address these important points we will add a section to the methods and discussion and will endeavour to change results to this end as it is a central point of the manuscript.

      (4) We will add new data concerning IFT88cKO and centriole position and orientation.

      (5) We will add a critique of the immobilisation experiments to ensure the relatively diminished power is clear. We agree force may have set things up initially, we will ensure this is discussed and we will ensure our proposal for why cilia orientation is this way is framed as a hypothesis. We have preliminary data, but this is the subject of an entire new project thus not yet supported by robust experimental evidence so is speculative at this stage and we will ensure this is clear.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This is an important study of critical period plasticity, focused on temperature manipulations, and how different parts of the Drosophila larval motor circuit adapt or maladapt. The work convincingly demonstrates that components of the motor network respond in distinct ways to the heat shock, and the combination of functional, structural, and electrophysiological approaches makes the study of significant interest. The work points to central interneurons as primary drivers of maladaptive changes, while motoneurons and neuromuscular junctions show compensatory or homeostatic adjustments. The study is methodologically rigorous, contributing important insights into critical period biology using a tractable invertebrate model.

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful critique and suggestions. We agree with these and, where possible, we have attempted to address these, improving this study. As outlined below, we have revised the manuscript substantively and included additional data and figures.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the impact of heat stress during an embryonic CP in Drosophila, focusing on the larval locomotor network. They show that elevated temperature increases neuronal activity and, when applied during the CP, results in long-term instability of the network, which manifests in prolonged seizure recovery times. At the neuromuscular junction, substantial structural changes occur, including terminal overgrowth and altered receptor composition, yet synaptic transmission remains preserved due to homeostatic regulation. Motoneurons display reduced excitability but receive increased synaptic input from premotor interneurons. These findings suggest that maladaptive instability originates within the central circuitry rather than at the neuromuscular junction, where changes seem to be homeostatically compensated. The study concludes that different network components exhibit distinct and hierarchical responses to CP perturbations, with premotor interneurons setting the tone for downstream adjustments in motoneurons.

      Strengths:

      The work takes advantage of the unique accessibility of the Drosophila system. A major strength of the study is the integration of structural, physiological, and behavioral analyses, which allows the authors to draw a comprehensive picture of how CP perturbations shape the locomotor network. The choice of an ecologically relevant stimulus (heat stress) is particularly convincing, as it links experimental manipulations more closely to natural environmental conditions. The experiments are carefully designed, and the results are robust and consistent with previous findings in the field, while also extending them in new directions.

      Weaknesses:

      The study leaves some uncertainty regarding the experimental design and interpretation. The change from short to prolonged heat shock manipulations raises the possibility that the effects observed may not be confined to the critical period alone - this could be experimentally addressed or simply rephrased in the text.

      We agree that clarity about the experimental paradigm is important and have addressed this as suggested, within text, figures and figure legends: the duration of embryo exposure to 32˚C heat stress is now unambiguously stated and each figure has a graphical illustrations of the heat stress paradigm. For example, experiments represented in Figures 1, 3 (new data) and 8 (new data) used short, defined periods of a few hours of heat stress, aimed to identify specific windows of development that are sensitive to 32˚C heat stress. These also show that behavioural changes result from heat stress experienced during the specific 2-hour window that defines the critical period of the developing central locomotor circuitry, namely from 17-19 hours after egg laying - previously identified by Giachello & Baines (2015). Longer exposure to 32˚C heat stress during embryogenesis result in the same phenotypes when this 2-hour window is included, causing the same level of reduced larval crawling speed and lowered network stability, which manifests in increased seizure recovery times. This is as one might expect from a critical period of nervous system development.

      Where the neuromuscular junction is concerned, where we identified embryonic heat stress causing phenotypes that are evident at late larval stages, a more complex model has emerged. Following suggestions from both reviewers to explore shorter heat stress exposures during embryogenesis, additional experiments (see Figure 3) we identified what might be a critical period for the body wall muscles. This is an earlier window of development, within 13-16 hours after egg laying, which is sensitive to heat stress in terms of the levels of the GluRIIA glutamate receptor subunit that will be expressed in the late larva. This developmental period is characterised by muscles acquiring their electrical properties (Broadie & Bate, 1993), i.e. comparable to the central locomotor network transitioning through its critical period at the time that it becomes active. The neuromuscular junction is composed of both presynaptic motoneurons and postsynaptic muscles, and therefore this composite structure is subject to multiple, sequential critical periods. The characterisation of changes to neuromuscular junction synaptic physiology was carried out using heat stress throughout most of embryogenesis (Figure 4). We think this appropriate from the perspectives of having included all relevant critical periods (muscle and CNS) to explore how this composite structure responds to environmental heat stress; also based on our observations that for each critical period phenotypes are defined by the experience during the critical period and not exacerbated by prolonged heat stress either side.

      In addition, the maladaptive (seizure recovery) and adaptive/homeostatic phenotypes are not always clearly distinguished or highlighted, which makes it harder to appreciate how the different levels of the network plasticity fit together into a single mechanistic framework.

      Following the suggestion, we have tried to clarify the mechanistic framework in a new figure that aims to summarise the model in Figure 9.

      The question of whether phenotypes that result from an embryonic heat stress manipulation are adaptive or maladaptive is difficult to resolve. This is partly due to the nature of critical periods, since perturbations during these developmental windows can cause significant, long-lasting maladaptations that are challenging to reconcile from a perspective of adaptive plasticity. Secondly, in light of the nature of this animal, which has evolved a particularly rapid development and large brood sizes, any deviation from the evolved optimum developmental temperature of 25˚C could constitute a reduction in fitness. We interpret the phenotypes we see along those lines: network instability that results from critical-period perturbations is a manifestation of a sub-optimally tuned network, as is a reduction in larval crawling speed.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a thoughtful and well-executed study of critical period plasticity in the Drosophila larval motor circuit. The authors examined how transient heat, 32 {degree sign}C, during the embryonic stage, altered network properties, showing that premotor interneurons A27h increase excitatory drive onto motoneurons, which respond with a reduction in excitability. At the NMJ, synaptic terminals expand and GluRIIA distribution shifts, yet synaptic transmission remains largely unaffected. Despite these local compensations, the treated larvae display slower crawling and prolonged recovery from seizures, indicating that the network is functionally compromised.

      Strengths:

      (1) One of the major strengths of this study is the elegant dissection of a defined circuit, tracking changes from premotor interneurons through motoneurons to the NMJ. The multimodal approach provides a comprehensive view of how connected elements respond to CP perturbations.

      (2) An interesting finding is that NMJ morphology changes dramatically without corresponding deficits in synaptic transmission, challenging the common assumption that larger boutons necessarily indicate stronger synapses.

      (3) Another intriguing result is that even with two layers of homeostatic compensation, locomotor behavior is still impaired, highlighting the limits of compensation and underscoring the critical role of CP timing.

      (4) Beyond these scientific insights, the study benefits from a well-defined, tractable system and simple experimental manipulations, which together make the results highly interpretable and reproducible.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few areas where the manuscript could be strengthened.

      (1) Although A27h premotor neurons are well characterized, the claim that they are the causal driver of downstream changes would be strengthened by additional experiments or a clearer discussion of the temporal hierarchy.

      We have tried to clarify the model of the temporal hierarchy (new Figure 9). This is a model and as such will hopefully help us collectively to think about this system and underlying processes, while also inviting this perspective to be challenged. The model we propose is compatible with our observations, namely that the premotor circuitry might change in response to a critical period heat stress (e.g. increasing their synaptic drive onto motoneurons), followed by homeostatic adjustment by the postsynaptic motoneurons (e.g. by reduction of their excitability), thus serving to maintain overall normal motoneuron firing patterns (see Figure 6).

      However, synaptic communication is commonly regulated in both antero- and retrograde directions. Therefore, while compatible with the observations we have made, bi-directional information flow could also be instructive during the CNS critical period.

      (2) While 32 {degree sign}C heat stress is presented as ecologically relevant, it produces maladaptive behavioral outcomes, raising questions about the ecological and mechanistic interpretation of the model. In particular, most experiments, with the exception of Figure 1, used prolonged (24h) heat treatments, which could introduce developmental effects beyond the CP itself. Comparing shorter and longer heat exposures would help clarify the specificity of the CP response.

      We agree. For a detailed response on this point, please response to Reviewer #1 above.

      (3) While there are schematics for experimental procedures, a circuit diagram tracing information flow and indicating where structural and functional changes occur would help readers better understand the findings.

      We have created Figure 9 as a working model.

      (4) Finally, the main paradox of the study, that robust homeostatic compensations occur yet behavior remains impaired, could be explored in more depth in the Discussion.

      We have tried to address this in the discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      During development, neural circuits undergo brief windows of heightened neuronal plasticity (e.g., critical periods) that are thought to set the lifelong functional properties of underlying circuits. These authors, in addition to others within the Drosophila community, previously characterized a critical period in late fly embryonic development, during which alterations to neuronal activity impact late-stage larval crawling behavior. In the current study, the authors use an ethologically-relevant activation paradigm (increased temperature) to boost motor activity during embryogenesis, followed by a series of electrophysiology and imaging-based experiments to explore how 3 distinct levels of the circuit remodel in response to increases in embryonic motor activity. Specifically, they find that each level of the circuit responds differently, with increased excitatory drive from excitatory pre-motor neurons, reduced excitability in motor neurons, and no physiological changes at the NMJ despite dramatic morphological differences. Together, these data suggest that early life experience in the motor neuron drives compensatory changes at each level of the circuit to stabilize overall network output.

      Strengths:

      The study was well-written, and the data presented were clear and an important contribution to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample sizes and what they referred to throughout the distinct studies were unclear. In the legends, the authors should clearly state for each experiment N=X, and if N refers to an NMJ, for example, instead of an individual animal, they should state N=X NMJs per N=X animals. This will help readers better understand the statistical impact of the study.

      This is a good point. For the majority, each data point is derived from a unique specimen, unless explicitly stated otherwise, for NMJ size on muscle DA1 (Figure 3) and for larval crawling data, where each larva was measured up to three time, once per unique 5-minute crawling interval.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      In addition to revising the text and making interpretive changes as suggested by the reviewers, we invite you to consider the following:

      (1) Either rephrase the conclusions on the role of the 2h CP and discuss the effects of temperature during embryonic development. Alternatively, to validate the idea of a longer CP window, directly compare the results of a few key experiments using the 2h and 24h heat treatment.

      We have addressed this within the text, as suggested. In the text and figure legends, we have made clear distinctions between exposure to 32˚C heat stress during most of embryogenesis vs a specific developmental window of a few hours. In figures, we have provided diagrams that graphically illustrate the period of heat stress exposure.

      Our ability to experimentally test differences between precise vs broader heat stress periods during embryonic development have been constrained due to the departure of scientists, who were able to carry out electrophysiological recordings (as also explained below). As the next best alternative, we focus on imaging and behavioural analyses. These demonstrated that the developing body wall muscles are sensitive to heat stress during an earlier phase, from 13-16 hours after egg laying, when the body wall muscles become electrically active. It precedes the critical period of the central locomotor circuitry (17-19 hours after egg laying), when neurons in the CNS become electrically and synaptically active (16 hours after egg laying). We think this an exciting additional insight, demonstrating sequential critical periods as different parts of the locomotor network become active: first the body wall muscles, followed by the central circuitry.

      (2) Clarifying the homeostatic responses and shedding light on how they engage with the maladaptive changes described would benefit the study. Furthermore, adding more information about the anatomical and structural changes and how they relate to the intrinsic and synaptic changes would also benefit the study.

      We have tried to address this within the text and with a summary diagram (Figure 8), as suggested.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It remains unclear whether the authors want to conclude that reduced network stability is not due to changes at the motoneuron level, but rather at the premotor level. Although this idea is mentioned in the results and discussion, it does not appear in the abstract or introduction, which leaves the different findings disconnected. Clarifying and highlighting this conclusion throughout the manuscript would strengthen the narrative.

      We have added additional experiments and changed the manuscript to address this point. These showed that there are distinct phases of embryonic development during which heat stress causes changes to NMJ structure vs to larval behaviour (seizure recovery times/network stability and crawling speed) - additional data in suppl. Fig. 2 and Fig. 7). In the Drosophila embryo, the body wall muscles develop and acquire their electrical properties before central neurons do, and these phases correlate with sensitivity to heat stress.

      (2) In the results section related to Figure 1, the logical link between the CP protocol and the functional assessment of the locomotor network at different temperatures is not sufficiently explained. It is not clear what this assessment is meant to test or demonstrate. A more explicit statement of the rationale and correction of what seems to be a typographical error in the final sentence of the paragraph would help to clarify the authors' intent.

      We have tried to rectify this by changes in the manuscript and to Figure 1, to make the sequence of panels more intuitive.

      (3) In the second results section, the experimental strategy shifts from using a short 2-hour heat shock to a 24-hour manipulation. The reasoning - that short manipulations in different windows yield no phenotype - is understandable, but a 24-hour perturbation may have broader consequences beyond the CP, simply by virtue of its longer duration. Moreover, 24h is roughly the duration of embryonic development at 25C. When at 32C, embryos should develop faster; therefore, is the 24h heat shock extending to L1?

      Yes, the 24 hour heat stress extends into the first few hours of the L1 larval stage.

      In order to validate the use of a longer window, the author should show how it affects the developmental time. Moreover, one should test that a few important observations remain the same with 2h and 24h heat perturbation. Alternatively, one cannot conclude that the phenotype is due to the rather narrow previously defined CP rather than to other effects associated with the overall embryonic developmental time and coordination. This would not make the results less interesting, but it would be important to assess whether the effects can be solely attributed to the 2h CP.

      We have compared the impact of heat stress experience during the majority of embryogenesis, including the CP that had been defined for the central locomotor network (17-19 hours after egg laying) with shorter heat stress manipulations during consecutive phases of embryogenesis until larval hatching. As outlined above in response to point (1) by the Reviewing Editor, reduced stability of the central network and associated reduction in larval crawling occurs when heat stress is experienced during the CP of the central locomotor network (17-19 hours after egg laying). Prolonged heat stress experience for 24 hours leads to indistinguishable outcomes, as long as this 2-hour CP window is included (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 8).

      However, this suggestion by Reviewer #1 led us to identify a second CP for the body wall muscles (see Fig. 3). NMJ overgrowth and changes to the postsynaptic glutamate receptor composition result from earlier heat stress experiences, and those are comparable to the effects caused by 24-hour heat stress exposure when this earlier muscle CP is included.

      Therefore, NMJ development is affected by consecutive CPs, an earlier one linked to body wall muscle development, followed by a later one that impacts the presynaptic motoneurons and their upstream circuitry. Nevertheless, the larval NMJ and behavioural phenotypes that we have identified appear to result from sensitivity to heat stress during these respective CP windows, with no clear evidence of cumulative effects on these phenotypes resulting from longer heat stress exposure during embryogenesis.

      (4) In session 3, the authors note that GluRIIA reductions were most pronounced in proximal regions of the NMJ. However, this is not explicitly quantified in the figures or methods. Including such quantification, or clarifying where it can be found, would make this observation more convincing.

      We have analysed anti-GluRIIA signal intensities in proximal vs distal boutons, comparing different ROI selection processes (e.g. thresholding to a full NMJ/anti-HRP mask and to an anti-GluRIIB mask, which is more selective to postsynaptic sites). Analysis of multiple data sets did not show statistical significance, but instead confirmed that comparable reductions in anti-GluRIIA signal manifest in both proximal and distal boutons, following an embryonic 32C heat stress, relative to controls. We have therefore removed relevant speculative statements.

      (5) In session 4, the authors conclude that motoneurons undergo a decrease in excitability to adjust to greater premotor drive. Is there anatomical evidence for this, such as an increase in input synapses?

      We previously quantified change in excitatory presynaptic synaptic contact number onto aCC motoneuron dendrites in third instar larvae following an embryonic pharmacological activity manipulation: overexcitation of the developing network following introduction of PTX via feeding to gravid females*. No significant structural changes were seen. Although this is a different manipulation of the developing network, all our data to date suggest that heat stress manipulations during the embryonic critical period signal via the same pathways, at least in part due to temperature increases leading to activity increases. Because such a quantification is technically challenging and extremely time-consuming due to the low level of marking individual motoneurons, we did not think it informative or in scope for this project.

      *See Figure 5 in this publication: Hunter I, Coulson B, Pettini T, Davies JJ, Parkin J, Landgraf M, Baines RA. Balance of activity during a critical period tunes a developing network. Elife. 2024 Jan 9;12:RP91599. doi: 10.7554/eLife.91599. PMID: 38193543; PMCID: PMC10945558.

      The interpretation of the optogenetic experiments would also benefit from clarification. If motoneurons are less excitable yet receive more drive, one might expect no net change, rather than the differences observed. Alternatively, could the excitability of the premotor neuron itself have changed, either intrinsically or in relation to Chronos expression? Measuring premotor activity directly during optogenetic activation could help to resolve this ambiguity.

      These are good suggestions. Yes, we think that motoneuron excitability has changed as a result of heat stress - see paper submitted in parallel and published since: Sobrido-Cameán et al., 2025, PLoS Biology. Unfortunately, the team members, who could have carried out this type of analysis had moved on by submission of the manuscript. Therefore, we were no able to experimentally pursue these questions further.

      (6) In session 6, the authors report slower propagation of premotor activity waves after CP heat stress, but the logic of the experiment is not sufficiently explained. How does this finding relate to the enhanced premotor drive described earlier? Only timing is quantified; information about amplitude and wave dynamics would strengthen the interpretation. These results could also be discussed in relation to Figure 1B, where acute heat stress increased motoneuron activity. One interesting possibility could be that CP manipulations might adaptively prepare the larva to function at different temperatures. Experiments testing wave propagation at 32 {degree sign}C (Figure 6) or, conversely, motoneuron activity after CP manipulations (Figure 1B paradigm) would provide valuable evidence for such an adaptive role.

      As per above, unfortunately, the team member who could have carried out this type of analysis had moved on by submission of the manuscript. However, we have tried to address the question of whether there is an adaptive element to the adjustments that result from embryonic heat stress experience. Specifically, we carried out behavioural tests on how larvae respond with changes in crawling speed to acute changes in ambient temperature (new Fig. 7).

      We interpret our findings as follows: that heat stress during embryonic development leads to sub-optimal outcomes with regard to network stability as well as default and maximum crawling speed. The precise causes for this will be difficult to unpick. Behaviourally, when challenging larvae with an acute change in ambient temperature, we saw that slow crawling larvae do respond comparatively normally to a relative increase in ambient temperature by speeding up (in effect an escape response). This demonstrates that embryonic heat stress causes a change in the default crawling speed, while principally maintaining behavioural responses to changes in ambient temperature. It appears that animals that had experienced heat stress during embryonic development, by adjusting their default speed downward, maintain a dynamic response range into a higher temperature range than controls (35C vs 29C, respectively). Potentially, this could be an adaptive outcome to living at higher temperatures, though such an interpretation would require a body of work. 

      Nevertheless, every aspect we have assayed suggests that heat stress experience during the CP leads to sub-optimal outcomes: of network instability, slower default and slower maximal crawling speeds.

      Minor points:

      (1) Abstract: "has suboptimal outcomes;" should be corrected to "has suboptimal outcomes,".

      Corrected

      (2) Abstract: "we find that transient embryonic..." would improve readability with a capitalized "We".

      We are unsure about the sentence this refers to. If this sentence, then we suggest that this could remain as was.

      "Within the central nervous system, we find transient embryonic CP perturbation leads to increased synaptic drive from premotor interneurons to motoneurons..."

      The intention here is to differentiate between changes within the CNS vs at the NMJ.

      (3) Abstract: The sentence "Present the larva ... as an experimental model system..." overstates novelty, as the system has already been established in prior work. Instead, this study could highlight temperature manipulation as an ecologically relevant way to probe CPs.

      We have adopted this suggestion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I would recommend:

      (1) Perform additional experimental support and dissuasions for the causal role of the premotor neuron and the network disability.

      Unfortunately, it has not been possible to carry out additional e-phys experimental work due to key people having moved on and now unable to carry out such experiments, and no replacements in sight to do so. Instead, we have focused on other work that we could do, namely to test the effect of different heat stress windows during embryonic development on GluRIIA vs GluRIIB expression at postsynaptic sites. This shows that indeed the effect seen following a 24-hour heat stress is replicated by a much shorter window of heat stress. For NMJs GluRII composition the critical period is different from the critical period of the CNS. This replicates the different developmental timings of maturation: the body wall muscles express ion channels and attain their electrical properties several hours before central neurons. We have provided these additional data as a new supplementary figure to Fig. 2. We have changed the main text to note the caveat of longer heat stress manipulations potentially leading to additional or more exacerbated phenotypes.

      (2) I would suggest that the authors expand the discussion on why two layers of homeostatic adjustment fail to preserve behavior. Is this simply a limit of plasticity?

      This is a difficult aspect to address well, beyond the purely speculative and potentially confusing. We would like to suggest that to do so requires a basic understanding on what pressures neurons/networks respond to (heat-caused over-activation and/or metabolic); and from that perspective to gauge how they adjust to those pressures, i.e. what the adjustments are trying to "achieve". This in turn should inform on whether such adjustments are homeostatic or anti-homeostatic in nature, and whether there are limits beyond which we consider a system "breaking".

      (3) 32C heat was described as "ecologically relevant". However, it produces maladaptive outcomes. The author should consider reframing it as a stressor that reveals CP sensitivity, rather than an adaptive signal.

      This is a good suggestion, and we have implemented changes accordingly.

      (4) It is important to distinguish the effects of transient (2h) vs prolonged heat exposure to confirm the manipulation targeted CP specifically.

      We have tried to make these distinctions clearer within text and figure legends. As per response to (1) above, we generated and analysed additional data to show that changes in GluRIIA are induced during a defined shorter developmental time window, not exacerbated by prolonged heat stress exposure during embryogenesis.

      (5) I would definitely recommend adding a diagram tracking information flow and showing where structural and functional changes occur.

      This is a helpful suggestion, which we have tried to implement with a new figure (Fig. 8).

      Overall, this is a strong and well-written paper that produced some unexpected results, and added a solid model circuit to study CP plasticity at the circuit level.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I identified one typo: "activity manipulations during the embryonic CP are artificial, We asked to what extent" The "W" of "We" should be lower case.

      Now corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Wang, Zhou et al. investigated coordination between the prefrontal cortex (PFC) and the hippocampus (Hp), during reward delivery, by analyzing beta oscillations. Beta oscillations are associated with various cognitive functions, but their role in coordinating brain networks during learning is still not thoroughly understood. The authors focused on the changes in power, peak frequencies, and coherence of beta oscillations in two regions when rats learn a spatial task over days. Inconsistent with the authors' hypothesis, beta oscillations in those two regions during reward delivery were not coupled in spectral or temporal aspects. They were, however, able to show reverse changes in beta oscillations in PFC and Hp as the animal's performance got better. The authors were also able to show a small subset of cell populations in PFC that are modulated by both beta oscillations in PFC and sharp wave ripples in Hp. A similarly modulated cell population was not observed in Hp. These results are valuable in pointing out distinct periods during a spatial task when two regions modulate their activity independently from each other.

      The authors included a detailed analysis of the data to support their conclusions. However, some clarifications would help their presentation, as well as help readers to have a clear understanding.

      (1) The crucial time point of the analysis is the goal entry. However, it needs a better explanation in the methods or in figures of what a goal entry in their behavioral task means.

      We appreciate Reviewer 1 pointing out this shortcoming and will clarify the description in the revised manuscript. Each goal is located at the end of the arm, and is equipped with a reward delivery unit. The unit has an infrared sensor. The rat breaks the infrared beam when it enters the goal. Figures 1 and 2 have been updated to clearly indicate the time of goal entry. The main text and methods have been updated with the explanation.

      (2) Regarding Figure 2, the authors have mentioned in the methods that PFC tetrodes have targeted both hemispheres. It might be trivial, but a supplementary graph or a paragraph about differences or similarities between contralateral and ipsilateral tetrodes to Hp might help readers.

      We appreciate this suggestion, which has led to an interesting finding. The coherence and burst coordination were similar for ipsi- and contralateral PFC and hippocampus. Interestingly, we found PFC beta activity was more coherent within each PFC hemisphere compared with across hemispheres. This was observed for coherence and burst time. This suggests there is hemispheric localization of beta oscillations. These results are shown in Fig. 2-1.

      (3) The authors have looked at changes in burst properties over days of training. For the coincidence of beta bursts between PFC and Hp, is there a change in the coincidence of bursts depending on the day or performance of the animal?

      This is now reported in Fig. 3-3. After quantifying the proportion of independent and coincident bursts as function of experiment day or performance, we found a decrease in the proportion of coincident bursts within CA1, which was specific to the well-performed Y-maze.

      (4) Regarding the changes in performance through days as well as variance of the beta burst frequency variance (Figures 3C and 4C); was there a change in the number of the beta bursts as animals learn the task, which might affect variance indirectly?

      The difference in the burst count across days did not explain the results. We performed a permutation test (Fig. 4-4), where we randomly shuffled the day identity to control for the count difference across days. The change in variance remains significant.

      (5) In the behavioral task, within a session, animals needed to alternate between two wells, but the central arm (1) was in the same location. Did the authors alternate the location of well number 1 between days to different arms? It is possible that having well number 1 in the same location through days might have an effect on beta bursts, as they would get more rewards in well number 1?

      The central arm remained the same across days since we needed the animals to learn the alternation task. In our experience, the animal needs a few days to learn the alternation rule when we switch the central arm location. For this experiment, we were interested in the initial learning process, and we kept the central arm constant. Switching the central arm location is a great suggestion for a follow-up experiment where we can understand the effects of reward contingency change on beta bursts.

      (6) The animals did not increase their performance in the F maze as much as they increased it in the Y maze. It would be more helpful to see a comparison between mazes in Figure 5 in terms of beta burst timing. It seems like in Y maze, unrewarded trials have earlier beta bursts in Y maze compared to F maze. Also, is there a difference in beta burst frequencies of rewarded and unrewarded trials?

      We performed the analysis and found burst timing was similar between the two mazes (Fig. 4-2). Bursts on rewarded trials occurred later than those on unrewarded trials (Fig. 4). Interestingly, PFC bursts on rewarded trials were lower in frequency compared with unrewarded trials. CA1 bursts during rewarded and unrewarded trials had similar frequencies (Fig. 4-3).

      (7) For individual cell analysis, the authors recorded from Hp and the behavioral task involved spatial learning. It would be helpful to readers if authors mention about place field properties of the cells they have recorded from. It is known that reward cells firing near reward locations have a higher rate to participate in a sharp wave ripple. Factoring in the place field properties of the cells into the analysis might give a clearer picture of the lack of modulation of HP cells by beta and sharp wave ripples.

      As recommended, we quantified the mean speed, mean distance to goal locations, and spatial information for CA1 cells (Fig. 7 J-L). We found SWR reactivated CA1 cells had higher speed and were spiking further away from the goals compared with non-reactivated CA1 cells. This is consistent with prior work that shows SWR-associated reactivation in dorsal CA1 can correspond to trajectories taken as the animal moves towards goals. In intermediate CA1, the content of reactivations is biased toward place representations closer to goals (Jin et al., 2024). CA1 cells with or without phase locking to beta oscillations had similar spatial firing properties.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please make a figure representing what the goal entry means in Figure 1.

      We have updated Fig. 1 to clearly show the definition of goal entry. We also edited the main text and methods to better explain the definition of goal entry.

      (2) For Figure 1-1, please either change the contrast of the pictures, or define the lesioned areas, as it is a bit difficult to see the lesioned parts, especially in PFC.

      We have increased the contrast for Fig. 1-1 for the histology to better show the lesions.

      (3) For Figure 1-2, is it possible to show a beta burst from Hp?

      Yes, we provided two examples of beta bursts from the hippocampus alongside burst examples from PFC in Fig. 1-2.

      (4) Is it possible to make a supplementary table showing the number of tetrodes recorded from each animal per day, plus the number of isolated single cells?

      Yes, we have included tetrode counts in Table 1-2 and cell counts in Tables 5-2 to 5-4.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) When presenting the power spectra for the representative example (Figure 1), it would be appropriate to display a broader frequency band-including delta, theta, and gamma (up to ~100 Hz), rather than only the beta band.

      We agree the extended frequency range provides a better overview of the spectral characteristics during the goal period. We have now included example spectrograms up to 100 Hz to show the spectral content for a wider range of frequencies (Fig. 1-2). Further, we have included additional analyses to compare the spectral characteristics between periods when the animal was moving on the maze or immobile at the goal, for frequencies up to 100 Hz (Fig. 1C-H, Fig. 1-3 and 1-4). We used both Welch’s periodogram (Fig. 1-3) and continuous wavelet transform (Fig. 1-4) to demonstrate our findings on beta oscillations in both regions are robust and consistent.

      What was the rat's locomotor state (e.g., running speed) after entering the reward location, during which the LFPs were recorded?

      Because goal entry is defined as the time the animals break the infrared beam at the goal (response to Reviewer 1), the rat would have come to a stop. We have added the time-aligned speed profile to the spectra and raw data examples in the manuscript (Fig. 1B, Fig. 1-4, Fig. 2A, and Fig. 6A). In addition, we added the quantification of the animal’s speed at the time of beta bursts (Fig. 3-1, Fig. 4-1) and SWRs (Fig. 6-1D).

      If the rats stopped at the goal but still consumed the reward (i.e., exhibited very low running speed), theta rhythms might still occasionally occur, and sharp-wave ripples (SWRs) could be observed during rest.

      We typically find low theta power in the hippocampus after the animal reaches the goal location and as it consumes reward. Reviewer 2 is correct about occasional theta power at the goal. To compare differences in LFP characteristics between maze running and goal locations, we added additional analyses in Fig. 1-3 and 1-4. We did find SWRs during goal periods (Fig. 6) and we quantified SWR properties in an additional analysis in Fig. 6-1.

      Do beta bursts also occur during navigation prior to goal entry? It would be beneficial to display these rhythmic activities continuously across both the navigation and goal entry phases.

      We did not find consistent beta bursts in PFC or CA1 on approach to goal entry. We generated an additional goal entry-aligned spectrogram, and quantification (Fig. 1-4) to show that beta oscillations in both regions increased after goal entry. This was also supported by the Welch’s periodogram method (Fig. 1C-H, Fig. 1-3). Beta oscillations in the hippocampus during locomotion or exploration have been reported (Ahmed & Mehta, 2012; Berke et al., 2008; França et al., 2014; França et al., 2021; Iwasaki et al., 2021; Lansink et al., 2016; Rangel et al., 2015).

      Additionally, given that the hippocampal theta rhythm is typically around 7-8 Hz, while a peak at approximately 15-16 Hz is visible in the power spectra in Figure 1C, the authors should clarify whether the 22 Hz beta activity represents a genuine oscillation rather than a harmonic of the theta rhythm.

      We performed further spectral analysis comparing times when the animal is moving on the maze with times when the animal is immobile at the goal (Fig. 1-3 and 1-4). The results point to the beta frequency oscillations in both regions are unlikely to be harmonics of theta. The beta frequency bands in the spectrogram are independent of the theta band. We were initially concerned about the possibility that the 22 Hz power in CA1 may be a harmonic rather than a standalone oscillation band. If these are harmonics of theta, we should expect to find coincident theta at the time of bursts in the beta frequency. In Fig. 1B, Fig. 1-5, and Fig. 2A, we show examples of the raw LFP traces from CA1. Here, the detected bursts are not accompanied by visible theta-frequency activity. For PFC, we do not always see persistent theta-frequency oscillations like CA1. In PFC, we found beta bursts were frequent and visually identifiable when examining the LFP. We provided examples of the PFC LFP (Fig. 1B, Fig. 1-5, and Fig. 2A). In these cases, we see clear beta frequency oscillations lasting several cycles and these are not accompanied by any visible oscillations in the theta frequency in the LFP trace.

      (2) The authors claim that beta activity is independent between CA1 and PFC, based on the low coherence between these regions. However, it is challenging to discern beta-specific coherence in CA1; instead, coherence appears elevated across a broader frequency band (Figure 2 and Figure 2-1D). An alternative explanation could be that the uncoupled beta between CA1 and PFC results from low local beta coherence within CA1 itself.

      This is a legitimate concern, and we used three methods to characterize coherence and coordination between the two regions. First, we calculated coherence for tetrode pairs for times when the animal was at goals (Fig. 2B), which provides a general estimation of coherence across frequencies but lack any temporal resolution. Second, we calculated burst-aligned coherence (Fig. 2-2), which provides temporal resolution relative to the burst, but the multi-taper method is constrained by the time-frequency resolution trade-off. Third, we quantified the timing between the burst peaks (Fig. 2D), which described the timing differences but the peaks for the bursts may not be symmetric. Each method has its own caveats, but we drew our conclusion from the combination of results from these three analyses, which pointed to similar conclusions.

      Reviewer 2 is correct in pointing out the uniformly high coherence within CA1 across the frequency range we examined. When we inspected the raw LFP across multiple tetrodes in CA1, they were similar to each other (Fig. 2A). This likely reflects the uniformity in the LFP across recording sites in CA1, which is what we saw with coherence values across the frequency range (Fig. 2B). We found that CA1 coherence between tetrode pairs within CA1 was statistically higher than tetrode pairs in PFC across the frequency range (Fig. 2B and C), thus our results are unlikely to be explained by low beta coherence within CA1 itself. The burst-aligned coherence using a multi-taper method also supports this. The coherence values within CA1 at the time of CA1 bursts were ~0.8-0.9.

      (3) In Figure 2-1E-F, visual inspection of the box plots reveals minimal differences between PFC-Ind and PFC-Coin/CA1-Coin conditions, despite reported statistical significance. It may be necessary to verify whether the significance arises from a large sample size.

      We will include the sample sizes in Table 2-1. We repeated the analyses based on average values per day for each animal (Fig. 2-2 E-F). The pattern of significance remains consistent.

      (4) In Figure 3 and Figure 4, although differences in power and frequency appear to change significantly across days, these changes are not easily discernible by visual inspection. It is worth considering whether these variations are related to increased task familiarity over days, potentially accompanied by higher running speeds.

      We agree with Reviewer 2 that familiarity increases across days, and the animal is likely running faster. The analysis for Fig. 3 (previously Fig. 3 and 4) includes only data from periods when the animal was at the goal and was not moving. We added a supplemental figure (Fig. 3-1), which shows that the speed of the animal was below 0.5 cm/s at the time of the analyzed bursts. We used linear mixed-effects models to quantify the relationship between power, frequency and day or behavioral quintile, which accounts for repeated measurements across animals.

      (5) The stronger spiking modulation by local beta oscillations shown in Figure 6 could also be interpreted in the context of uncoupled beta between CA1 and PFC. In this analysis, only spikes occurring during beta bursts should be included, rather than all spikes within a trial. The authors should verify the dataset used and consider including a representative example illustrating beta modulation of single-unit spiking.

      We agree with Reviewer 2 that the stronger modulation to local beta is another piece of evidence indicating uncoupled beta between the two regions. We appreciate this suggestion and have revised Fig. 5 (previously Fig. 6) to include examples illustrating beta modulation for single units. These are spike-phase raster and histograms. We want to clarify that in the revised manuscript, the spikes were only from periods when the animal was at the goal location (5 s after entry) and did not include the running period between goals. Although beta power fluctuates in bursts, our data show there are ongoing beta oscillations throughout this period (Fig. 1-3 and Fig. 1-4), which prompted us to examine the entire period.

      (6) As observed in Figure 7D, CA1 beta bursts continue to occur even after 2.5 seconds following goal entry, when SWRs begin to emerge. Do these oscillations alternate over time, or do they coexist with some form of cross-frequency coupling?

      This is a very helpful suggestion and led to some interesting findings. We performed two additional analyses: 1) burst/SWR cross-correlation on a shorter timescale and 2) SWR-aligned spectrogram for the beta frequency range. PFC beta burst timing and power appear to be anti-correlated with SWRs detected in CA1 (Fig. 6G and K). In contrast CA1 beta bursts were more likely to occur with SWRs (Fig. 6H and L). These results suggest there is temporal coordination between ongoing beta oscillations in PFC and SWRs in the hippocampus during waking. Cortical beta oscillations are reduced during hippocampal SWRs, perhaps to support the transient switch in global cortical states that accompanies SWRs.

      To examine potential cross-frequency coupling between SWRs and beta oscillations, we computed the mean SWR band power (150-250).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper explored the role of beta rhythms in the context of spatial learning and mPFC-hippocampal dynamics. The authors characterized mPFC and hippocampal beta oscillations, examining how their coordination and their spectral profiles related to learning and prefrontal neuronal firing. Rats performed two tasks, a Y-maze and an F-maze, with the F-maze task being more cognitively demanding. Across learning, prefrontal beta oscillation power increased while beta frequency decreased. In contrast, hippocampal beta power and beta frequency decreased. This was particularly the case for the well-performed and well-learned Y-maze paradigm. The authors identified the timing of beta oscillations, revealing an interesting shift in beta burst timing relative to reward entry as learning progressed. They also discovered an interesting population of prefrontal neurons that were tuned to both prefrontal beta and hippocampal sharp-wave ripple events, revealing a spectrum of SWR-excited and SWR-inhibited neurons that were differentially phase locked to prefrontal beta rhythms.

      In sum, the authors set out to examine how beta rhythms and their coordination were related to learning and goal occupancy. The authors identified a set of learning and goal-related correlates at the level of LFP and spike-LFP interactions, but did not report on spike-behavioral correlates.

      Strengths:

      Pairing dual recordings of medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) and CA1 with learning of spatial memory tasks is a strength of this paper. The authors also discovered an interesting population of prefrontal neurons modulated by both beta and CA1 sharpwave ripple (SWR) events, showing a relationship between SWR-excited and SWR-inhibited neurons and beta oscillation phase.

      Weaknesses:

      Moreover, there is little detail provided about sample sizes and how data sampling is being performed (e.g., rats, sessions, or trials), raising generalizability concerns.

      We appreciate Reviewer 3’s thoughtful suggestions for making our claims convincing. We have included information about sample sizes in the revised manuscript.

      The authors report on a task where rats were performing sub-optimally (F-maze), weakening claims.

      Our experiment was designed to create a scenario in which one task was learned (Y-maze) and another was not (F-maze). This contrast allows us to determine differences in neural correlates of learning versus familiarity. The design produced a learned and not learned task with similar levels of familiarity over 5 days, within the same animal.

      Likewise, it is questionable as to whether mPFC and hippocampus are dually required to perform a no-delay Y-maze task at day 5, where rats are performing near 100%.

      We agree with Reviewer 3 that the mPFC and hippocampus may not be required when the animal reaches stable performance on day 5 (Deceuninck & Kloosterman, 2024). The data we collected spans the full range of early learning (day 1) to proficiency (day 5). We wanted to understand the dynamics of beta across these learning stages, which have not been reported previously.

      Recent studies suggest mPFC and hippocampus are likely to be needed, in some capacity, for learning continuous spatial alternation tasks on a range of maze geometries. Lesions, inactivation or waking activity perturbation of hippocampus or hippocampus and mPFC on the W maze alternation task slowed learning (Jadhav et al., 2012; Kim & Frank, 2009; Maharjan et al., 2018). More recently, optogenetic silencing of mPFC after sharp wave ripples on the Y-maze alternation affected performance when the center arm was switched (den Bakker et al., 2023). The Y and F-mazes in our study both share the continuous alternation rule, where the animal needed to avoid visiting a previously visited location on the outbound choice relative to the center, and always return to the center location.

      Further, the performance characteristics on the outbound and inbound components of our Y task are similar to the W task. We have analyzed the “inbound” and “outbound” performance of the animals on the Y-maze alternation task, and they are similar to the W maze alternation task. The “inbound” or reference location component is learned quickly whereas the “outbound”, alternation component is learned slowly.

      There would be little reason to suspect strong oscillatory coupling when task performance is poor and/or independent of mPFC-HPC communication (Jones and Wilson, 2005) potentially weakening conclusions about independent beta rhythms.

      Although many studies have examined the oscillatory coupling properties at the theta frequency between mPFC-HPC (Hyman et al., 2005; Jones & Wilson, 2005; Siapas et al., 2005), our understanding of beta frequency coordination between the two regions is less established, especially at goal locations. Our work suggests beta frequency coordination at goal locations does not share properties with those of theta frequency coupling between mPFC and HPC, which occurs primarily during movement on the maze. Our first novel finding is that beta oscillations occur at goal locations in mPFC and HPC; our second is that the beta frequency dynamics in these regions are surprisingly distinct. We are not aware of prior work describing these properties at goal locations in spatial navigation tasks, especially their temporal coordination.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The conclusions from this article would be made much stronger if the authors (1) record from rats performing a task known to be dependent on mPFC-HPC communication (e.g. a spatial working memory task) or (2) record from the F-maze in well-trained rats (75-80% performance is common), or (3) show that Y-maze task performance is dependent on mPFC-hippocampal communication (see Maharjan et al., 2018, which used a W-track). It is possible that learning the Y-maze depends on mPFC-hippocampal communication, but that with asymptotic performance, this changes. This would put beta oscillation coupling findings into a nuanced perspective.

      We appreciate the recommendation. The objective of this current manuscript is to present previously unknown properties of beta oscillations in hippocampal-prefrontal cortical networks. We agree that further investigation is required to fully dissect the functional contribution of beta dynamics in these networks. We are in the process of doing that.

      The rule on the Y-maze in our experiment is identical to the continuous alternation rule on the W maze in Maharjan et al., 2018 and Kim and Frank, 2009 (Author response image 1), which showed the PFC and hippocampus are required for normal learning, respectively. The Y and W mazes share the same topology; there is one junction connecting three arms. The W maze has two 90-degree-angle turns which are not choice points. Thus, both maze tasks have one choice point and involve learning an alternation rule. Further the learning properties share similarities. For the Y-maze, the inbound portion (return to center) (Author response image 1) was quicker to learn than the outbound portion (alternation) (Author response image 1). The same pattern is observed in the W maze learning task (Maharjan et al., 2018, Fig. 3A and D, Kim and Frank, Fig. 4C). We agree an experiment is needed to show that Y-maze task learning is dependent on the function of hippocampal-prefrontal cortical networks. The shared topology, rule definition, and behavior profile suggest that the Y and W maze tasks engage similar learning processes.

      Author response image 1.

      W and Y maze alternation tasks share the same rule. Schematics illustrate a comparison of W and Y maze alternation task rules. The W maze has been inverted for visual comparison with the Y maze. Performance grouped by in- or outbound trials. Inbound trials originate from the side goals (2 or 3). Outbound trials originate from the center goal (1). Performance on the inbound trials was higher than that on the outbound trials, which is comparable to previously published alternation tasks on W-shaped mazes.

      (2) Typically, when analyzing LFP profiles, experimenters include running velocity/speed. It should be ruled out whether spectral changes are confounded in any way by speed or time spent in the goal zones.

      We appreciate this suggestion for better conveying our definition of goal period. This was raised by other reviewers. We have now included the speed profiles for the goal-entry-aligned spectrograms (Fig. 1B, 1-4, 2A, and 6A), as well as the speed quantification at the times of bursts (Fig. 3-1, Fig. 4-1) and SWRs (Fig. 6-1 D). We strictly define the goal period after entry into the sensor on the reward delivery device at the end of the arms. This is to ensure the animal is immobile for the period to avoid confounds related to speed. We also ensured the time periods are comparable between the trials we analyzed.

      (3) The authors should describe in each analysis how data are sampled, and for extracellular electrophysiology experiments, cell counts from each rat reported. A table would be ideal. For example, it is unknown if entrainment analysis is performed on data collected from one rat or from all rats.

      We have now added the missing information (Table 1-2, 5-1 to 5-3). We performed analyses using data from all animals.

      (4) There was no profiling of mPFC neurons in terms of their behavioral correlates. The authors should strongly consider examining how individual neurons encode task variables (e.g., trial correctness, reward location...) and can do so using a generalized linear model. Adding an analysis of behavioral correlates could nicely tie into the beta-SWR analyses. For example, are SWR-beta rhythm-modulated neurons also behaviorally modulated?

      This is a very helpful suggestion. We have added analyses on the behavioral correlates of PFC and CA1 neurons. We quantified three metrics: 1) whether PFC and CA1 spiking activity can distinguish goal location based on firing rate or phase preference, 2) firing distance to goal and 3) spatial information (Fig. 5 and 7). We also performed the same analysis based on SWR and beta modulation status. We found PFC cells that were both SWR- and beta-modulated showed the strongest task firing relationship (Fig. 7).

      (5) Figure 2:

      Are these data analyzed from well-trained rats? What is your N (rats/sessions/trials/epochs)?

      These results in Fig. 2 are from all days. We added the breakdown in Table 2-1.

      (6) Figure 3:

      (a) The authors show that on the Y-maze, performance, beta oscillations power, and beta oscillation frequency change over days. However, for the F-maze, performance improves but appears to taper off at 60% and PFC beta frequencies do not change with learning. Do you have rats performing this task well above chance (e.g., 75-80%?), and if so, do beta oscillation frequencies in the mPFC gradually change?

      We did not observe rats performing above chance on the F-maze over 5 days. They do not appear to learn the alternation rule on this task. This is why we used the F-maze as the “non-learner” control. The F-maze task design for this study appears to be difficult to learn and would likely require a much longer training period for the performance to exceed chance. We agree an important follow-up question is whether the effects reported here are generally observed across learning in different tasks. This is a future direction we are actively pursuing.

      One existing data point may partially address the relevance of beta power change with learning. We analyzed the power as a function of performance quintile on the Y-maze (learned) or F-maze (not learned). The power changed with performance quintile on the Y-maze (learned) but not the F-maze (not learned) (Fig. 3D), pointing to the change in power being associated with learning status.

      (b) Does the proportion of beta bursts change with learning? What about the proportion of coherent events?

      We performed this analysis and the results are shown in Fig. 3-3. We found a decrease in the proportion of coincident bursts within CA1, which was specific to the well-performed Y-maze.

      (c) Is the reduction in beta oscillation frequency in the mPFC related to running behavior? This should be ruled out. Same for the hippocampus.

      The reduction is not due to running because we only included bursts when the animal was at the goal and immobile. We added a figure to show speed at the time of bursts (Fig. 3-1).

      (d) Why don't you also show coherence as a function of learning?

      This is a great suggestion. Coherence as a function of day or performance is now shown in Fig. 3-2. Overall, the trends were weak suggesting there was no strong change in coherence over days or as a function of learning. Although some of the linear mixed effects models were statistically significant, the marginal R<sup>2</sup> values (R<sup>2</sup><sub>m</sub>) were very low, indicating the effects of performance or day on coherence were small. Beta frequency coherence within each brain region either remained the same or slightly decreased across days (Fig. 3-2 D and F) or with performance (Fig. 3-2 J). For coherence across regions, we only found a weak but significant increase for the well-performed Y-maze task across days (Fig. 3-2 B).

      (e) The statistics in the caption are great, but maybe consider using a table and a supplemental figure

      We have now included the most relevant model output in the figure. These are the marginal R<sup>2</sup> (R<sup>2</sup><sub>m</sub>) and conditional R<sup>2</sup> (R<sup>2</sup><sub>c</sub>). These describe the contribution of the fixed or fixed and random effects on the model, respectively.

      (7) Figure 4

      (a) This figure is better suited as supplemental to Figure 3.

      We have combined Fig. 4 with Fig. 3.

      (b) Statistics might be better suited in a table and a supplemental figure.

      We have now included the most relevant model output in the figure. These are the marginal R<sup>2</sup> (R<sup>2</sup><sub>m</sub>) and conditional R<sup>2</sup> (R<sup>2</sup><sub>c</sub>). These describe the contribution of the fixed or fixed and random effects on the model, respectively.

      (8) Figure 5

      (a) The shift of beta rhythms being linked to learning is interesting, albeit confusing, given that error trials were accompanied by even more 'precise' beta rhythm timing. Is it possible that beta rhythms are accompanied by an error signal? Or maybe instead related to running behavior?

      We verified this observation was not due to speed since we only included periods when the animal was at the goal and immobile. We added a new supplemental figure (Fig. 4-1) to report this analysis.

      (b) Changes in beta rhythm timing in the F-maze could be entirely explained by the data in the Y-maze, given that F-maze performance was, in general, very low. To test if beta rhythm shifting is a consequence of learning, the authors should show performance on the F-maze without the Y-maze, and vice versa.

      As suggested, we also analyzed frequency variance data from each maze separately and found learning-related changes were more prominent on the Y-maze (learned) than on the F-maze (not learned) (Fig. 4-4 C). The F-maze data serves as a valuable control within the same animal for the learning-related effects we are reporting.

      We agree that the Y-maze data is consistent with performance-related changes to beta timing. The addition of the F-maze provides a within-animal comparison for a task in which the animal performed less well. We agree an additional control group would provide further evidence to support learning-related changes in beta timing. However, the F-maze will likely take much longer to learn, therefore the additional days of exposure on the task will be a different confound. Thus, we wanted to ensure that we compared a “learned” with a “not learned” task within the same animal, with a comparable exposure period.

      (9) Figure 6

      (a) How many cells are analyzed here? Are they all pyramidal neurons? The authors should add the number of cells analyzed from each rat. A table would suffice.

      We added tables (Table 5-2 to 5-4) to show this information. For our analysis, we included all units.

      (b) The authors should include statistics about recorded units. Peak-to-trough timing and interspike interval are commonly used. Even demonstration of action potentials from individual cells is valuable for proof of concept.

      We have added more information on the cell type classification (Table 5-2) and how we classified the cells (Methods) and also added example waveforms in Fig. 5 (previously Fig. 6).

      (c) Why did the authors stop comparing the F-maze and Y-maze for entrainment analysis?

      The data for each maze was comparable. Per the reviewer’s suggestion, we added the entrainment analysis for each maze separately (Fig. 5-1).

      (10) Figure 7

      (a) The authors should minimally include instantaneous velocity to show that during putative ripple events, the animal is in fact, quiescent.

      We added the speed at the time of ripples in Fig. 6-1 D.

      (b) Figure 7C: The authors should show how time spent in the reward zones varies over days. Is SWR power simply changing due to behavioral occupancy differences (e.g., a statistical sampling problem)? An analysis of the SWR rate over days would be valuable.

      We agree and have added additional SWR properties across days in Fig. 6-1. This includes SWR power (Fig. 6-1 A), rate (Fig. 6-1 B), duration (Fig. 6-1 C) and speed (Fig. 6-1 D). To ensure we are comparing the equivalent time spent at goals, the SWR properties were calculated from the 10 s after goal entry (Fig. 6-1) and we only included goal visits that lasted at least 10 s. This controls for the potential confounds from occupancy differences across days.

      (c) Why did the authors stop comparing the F-maze and Y-maze for SWR analysis?

      The SWR properties were similar in both tasks. We have now added separate analyses for each maze in Fig. 6-1 and 6-2.

      (11) Figure 8

      (a) The authors discovered that mPFC neurons more strongly entrained to SWRs compared to their own beta rhythms, potentially indicating coordination of mPFC and hippocampus (lines 275:276). What about mPFC spiking to CA1 beta?

      We quantified mPFC spiking entrainment to CA1 beta in Fig. 5 O and P. We found mPFC cells were more strongly entrained to the local beta within mPFC compared with CA1 beta.

      (b) Lines 277:278: How did the authors arise at 8.6% being the expected proportion of neurons entrained by both SWRs and beta rhythms?

      We have added a better explanation of how we arrived at the expected proportion. The calculation is based on the joint probability between the proportion of neurons modulated by SWRs (30%) and the proportion of neurons with phase locking to beta rhythms (22%). The expected proportion (6.6%) is calculated by multiplying the two values (30% ´ 22%) under the assumption that the two classes are independent. Deviations from the expected proportions are determined using a Fisher’s exact test.

      We note that in the revised manuscript we reanalyzed the data with more stringent criteria. We now include SWRs with durations greater than 50 ms, rather than 15 ms, and we quantify beta spike phase-locking using only the spikes within the first 5 s after goal entry, for goal visits lasting at least 5 s.

      With these more conservative criteria, the proportion of SWR- and beta-modulated cells (8%) is no longer significantly different from the expected proportion (6.6%, Fisher’s exact test p=0.09). Although this differs from our original significance test, the trend, and importantly, the distinct task correlates for this population (Fig. 7 C-D) still hold. We have updated the revised manuscript with these findings.

      Our original result was: “The subset of PFC cells that are modulated by both SWR and beta (11%) is greater than the expected proportion (8.6%) under the assumption that SWR and beta can modulate the population independently (Fisher exact test, p=0.021), although the size of the difference is small.”

      (c) The discovery that neurons modulated by both beta and SWRs are unique from those simply modulated by beta is really interesting. The authors discovered an interesting relationship among dually entrained mPFC neurons whereby SWR-excited mPFC neurons were entrained to the peak of beta, whereas SWR-inhibited mPFC neurons were entrained to the trough of beta. Then, in lines285:286, the authors write:

      (12) "This relationship was not observed for PFC cells that are modulated by beta but not modulated by SWRs (Fig. 8C, right, Fig. 8-1A)."

      Why would the authors expect this relationship to exist when the mPFC neurons were not SWR modulated? Were the authors referring to something else?

      We should have phrased this more clearly. We edited the text to better convey the expected SWR and beta modulation patterns for the control populations. We wanted to ensure the relationship between SWR modulation direction and beta phase preference was not observed for the cells that were not SWR-modulated.

      Furthermore, what about mPFC neurons that are SWR modulated but not beta modulated? For completeness, the authors should examine these.

      We agree this is an important comparison and have now included this population in the new Fig. 7. As expected, we do not find any relationship between SWR modulation direction and spike preference to beta for the SWR-modulated and not beta-modulated population.

      (13) Lines 294:296: The authors should elaborate on how they obtained an expected proportion of CA1 beta modulated neurons.

      We have now added a description for calculating the expected number of beta-modulated CA1 neurons. These are the neurons that have a Rayleigh test p-value less than 0.05.

      (14) What are these neurons doing to predict task information? Do they at all? Do they differ from beta-only neurons or non-phase-locked neurons?

      This is a great suggestion, and we have added analyses to show the task correlates for the cells. We found brain region-specific differences for task correlates that depended on how the cell was modulated by SWRs or local beta oscillations. This is shown in the updated Fig. 7 and the accompanying supplemental Figs. 7-1 to 7-2.

      For PFC cells, SWR and beta modulation status defined a subpopulation with a strong task structure correlation. There was a positive correlation between the direction of SWR modulation and the spiking distance relative to goals. SWR-excited cells were more active further away from goals, whereas the SWR-inhibited cells were active closer to goals. This correlation was not found for SWR-modulated PFC cells that were not beta-modulated. For PFC cells, the direction of SWR modulation is known to be correlated with movement speed, consistent with the hypothesis that movement-active cells become reactivated during SWRs, and immobility-active cells become suppressed (Jadhav et al., 2016; Yu et al., 2017). We found the same relationship, the direction of SWR modulation was positively correlated with mean spiking speed. Our results show beta modulation marks a subpopulation of PFC cells with stronger task-structure correlates.

      For CA1 cells, we found the expected relationship between SWR modulation and task-structure correlates. SWR-excited CA1 cells spiked further away from the goal and when the animal was moving. This is consistent with the reactivation of trajectory-related spatial firing patterns during movement on the maze. This pattern was observed irrespective of beta modulation status.

      Ahmed, O. J., & Mehta, M. R. (2012). Running speed alters the frequency of hippocampal gamma oscillations. J Neurosci, 32(21), 7373-7383. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5110-11.2012

      Berke, J. D., Hetrick, V., Breck, J., & Greene, R. W. (2008). Transient 23-30 Hz oscillations in mouse hippocampus during exploration of novel environments. Hippocampus, 18(5), 519-529. https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.20435

      Deceuninck, L., & Kloosterman, F. (2024). Disruption of awake sharp-wave ripples does not affect memorization of locations in repeated-acquisition spatial memory tasks. Elife, 13. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.84004

      den Bakker, H., Van Dijck, M., Sun, J. J., & Kloosterman, F. (2023). Sharp-wave-ripple associated activity in the medial prefrontal cortex supports spatial rule switching. Cell Rep, 42(8), 112959. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2023.112959

      França, A. S., do Nascimento, G. C., Lopes-dos-Santos, V., Muratori, L., Ribeiro, S., Lobão-Soares, B., & Tort, A. B. (2014). Beta2 oscillations (23-30 Hz) in the mouse hippocampus during novel object recognition. Eur J Neurosci, 40(11), 3693-3703. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.12739

      França, A. S. C., Borgesius, N. Z., Souza, B. C., & Cohen, M. X. (2021). Beta2 Oscillations in Hippocampal-Cortical Circuits During Novelty Detection. Front Syst Neurosci, 15, 617388. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnsys.2021.617388

      Hyman, J. M., Zilli, E. A., Paley, A. M., & Hasselmo, M. E. (2005). Medial prefrontal cortex cells show dynamic modulation with the hippocampal theta rhythm dependent on behavior. Hippocampus, 15(6), 739-749. https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.20106

      Iwasaki, S., Sasaki, T., & Ikegaya, Y. (2021). Hippocampal beta oscillations predict mouse object-location associative memory performance. Hippocampus, 31(5), 503-511. https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.23311

      Jadhav, S. P., Kemere, C., German, P. W., & Frank, L. M. (2012). Awake hippocampal sharp-wave ripples support spatial memory. Science (New York, N.Y.), 336(6087), 1454-1458. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1217230

      Jadhav, S. P., Rothschild, G., Roumis, D. K., & Frank, L. M. (2016). Coordinated Excitation and Inhibition of Prefrontal Ensembles during Awake Hippocampal Sharp-Wave Ripple Events. Neuron, 90(1), 113-127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2016.02.010

      Jin, S. W., Ha, H. S., & Lee, I. (2024). Selective reactivation of value- and place-dependent information during sharp-wave ripples in the intermediate and dorsal hippocampus. Sci Adv, 10(32), eadn0416. https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.adn0416

      Jones, M. W., & Wilson, M. A. (2005). Theta Rhythms Coordinate Hippocampal–Prefrontal Interactions in a Spatial Memory Task. PLoS Biology, 3(12). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.0030402

      Kim, S. M., & Frank, L. M. (2009). Hippocampal Lesions Impair Rapid Learning of a Continuous Spatial Alternation Task. PLoS ONE, 4(5). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0005494

      Lansink, C. S., Meijer, G. T., Lankelma, J. V., Vinck, M. A., Jackson, J. C., & Pennartz, C. M. (2016). Reward Expectancy Strengthens CA1 Theta and Beta Band Synchronization and Hippocampal-Ventral Striatal Coupling. J Neurosci, 36(41), 10598-10610. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0682-16.2016

      Maharjan, D. M., Dai, Y. Y., Glantz, E. H., & Jadhav, S. P. (2018). Disruption of dorsal hippocampal-prefrontal interactions using chemogenetic inactivation impairs spatial learning. Neurobiol Learn Mem, 155, 351-360. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nlm.2018.08.023

      Rangel, L. M., Chiba, A. A., & Quinn, L. K. (2015). Theta and beta oscillatory dynamics in the dentate gyrus reveal a shift in network processing state during cue encounters. Front Syst Neurosci, 9, 96. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnsys.2015.00096

      Siapas, A. G., Lubenov, E. V., & Wilson, M. A. (2005). Prefrontal Phase Locking to Hippocampal Theta Oscillations. Neuron, 46(1), 141-151. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2005.02.028

      Yu, J. Y., Kay, K., Liu, D. F., Grossrubatscher, I., Loback, A., Sosa, M.,…Frank, L. M. (2017). Distinct hippocampal-cortical memory representations for experiences associated with movement versus immobility. Elife, 6, e27621. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.27621

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      As a general phenomenon, adaptation of populations to their respective local conditions is well-documented, though not universally. In particular, local adaptation has been amply demonstrated in Arabidopsis thaliana, the focal species of this research, which is naturally highly selfing. Here, the authors report assays designed to evaluate the spatial scale of fitness variation among source populations and sites, as well as temporal variability in fitness expression. Further, they endeavor to identify traits and genomic regions that contribute to the demonstrated variation in fitness.

      Strengths:

      With many (200) inbred accessions drawn from throughout Sweden, the study offers an unusually fine sampling of genetic variation within this much-studied species, and through assays in multiple sites and years, it amply demonstrates the context-dependence of fitness expression. It supports the general phenomenon of local adaptation, with multiple nuances. Other examples exist, but it is of value to have further cases illustrating not only the context-dependence of fitness expression but also the sometimes idiosyncratic nature of fitness variation. I commend the authors on their cautionary language in relation to inferences about the roles of particular genomic regions (e.g.l.140-144; l.227)

      Weaknesses:

      To my mind, the manuscript is written primarily for the Arabidopsis community. This community is certainly large, but there are many evolutionary biologists who could appreciate this work but are not invited to do so. The authors could address the broader evolution community by acknowledging more of the relevant work of others (I've noted a few references in my comments to the authors). At least as important, the authors could make clearer the fact that A. thaliana is (almost) strictly selfing and how this feature of its biology both enables such a study and also limits inferences from it. Further, it seems to me that though I could be wrong, readers would appreciate a more direct, less discursive style of writing, and one that makes the broader import of the focal questions clearer.

      We agree that connecting the paper better to the broader field is desirable, and have tried to do this in the revision, including adding a brief description of A. thaliana that mentions the fact that it is highly selfing. That the availability of inbred lines influences the study design is fairly obvious. As for the inferences, we would argue that our main point—“know your organism”—is universal. For example, our selection experiments and common garden experiments produced diametrically opposite results in terms of fitness, and we attribute this to the importance of seedling establishment. It is hardly surprising that seedling establishment matters for an annual plant that favors disturbed habitats, but this is probably true for both outcrossers and selfers (although it is probable that selfing itself is an adaptation to such habitats), and could well be true for some long-lived trees as well. The Devil is in the details.

      As a reader, I would value seeing estimates of the overall fitness of the accessions in the different conditions, i.e., by combining the survival and fecundity results of the common garden experiments.

      Combining estimates would be possible in the common garden experiments, and would bring us somewhat closer to total fitness estimates, although as noted by another reviewer (and also emphasized by us), the time scale of our experiment is not sufficient to evaluate the trade-off between survival and fecundity. Furthermore, we would still be missing the establishment component of fitness, which we found to be extremely important. Therefore little would be gained by combining the estimates, while at the same time losing resolution to disentangle the fitness components. We thus decided to focus on the individual fitness components and leave a qualitative consideration of their joint effect for the Discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The goal of this study was to find evidence for local adaptation in survival and fecundity of the model plant Arabidopsis thaliana. The authors grew a large set of Swedish Arabidopsis accessions at four common garden sites in northern and southern Sweden. Accessions were grown from seed in trays, which were laid on the ground at each site in late summer, screened for survival in fall and the following spring, and fecundity was determined from rosette size and seed production in spring. Experiments were complemented by 'selection experiments', in which seeds of the same accessions were sown in plots, and after two years of growth, plants were sampled to determine fitness from genotype frequencies, providing a more comprehensive evaluation of lifetime fitness than can be gleaned from fecundity alone.

      To clarify, fecundity was determined from total plant area using photos of the mature stems, not the rosettes or direct counting of seeds. That said, it is true that our fecundity estimate was well correlated with rosette area. Furthermore, we validate our fecundity estimates by showing they were highly correlated with seed production estimated by measuring and counting siliques on a separate set of plants grown under common garden conditions in one of our sites (Brachi et al. 2022).

      As the main result, southern accessions had higher mortality in northern sites in one of two years, but also suffered more slug damage in southern sites in one year, indicating a potential link between frost tolerance and herbivore resistance. Fecundity of accession was highest when growing close to the 'home' environment, but while accessions from one sand dune population in southern Sweden had among the lowest fecundities overall, they consistently had the highest fitness in the selection experiment. Accessions from this population had large seed size and rapid root growth, which might be related to establishment success when arriving in a new, partially occupied habitat. However, neither trait could fully explain the very high fitness of this population, suggesting the presence of other, unmeasured traits.

      Another clarification: the small set of “beach” accessions that performed well in the selection experiments came from several beaches on the Baltic coast of Skåne, and we also had one such accession from the island of Gotland, 400 km away as the bird flies. Furthermore, we sampled measured seed size in several hundred additional accessions and demonstrated that large seeds are indeed characteristic of this habitat.

      Overall, the authors could provide clear evidence of local adaptation in different traits for some of their experiments, but they also highlight high temporal and spatial variability that makes prediction of microevolutionary change so challenging.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this study is the highly comprehensive evaluation of different fitness-related traits of Arabidopsis under natural conditions. The evaluation of survival and fecundity in common garden experiments across four sites and two years provides an estimate of variability and consistency of results. The addition of the 'selection experiment' provides an extended view on plant fitness that is both original and interesting, in particular highlighting potential limitations of 'fitness-proxies' such as seed production that don't take into account seedling establishment and competitive exclusion.

      Throughout the study, the authors have gone to impressive depths in exploring their data, and particularly the discovery of 'native volunteers' in selection experiment plots and their statistical treatment is very elegant and has resulted in compelling conclusions. Also, while the authors are careful in the interpretation of their GWAS results, they nonetheless highlight a few interesting gene candidates that may be underlying the observed plant adaptations, and which likely will stimulate further research.

      Overall, the authors provide a rich new resource that is relevant and interesting both in the context of general evolutionary theory as well as more specifically for molecular biology.

      Weaknesses:

      While the repetition of the common garden experiments over two years is certainly better than no repetition (hence its mention also under 'strengths'), the very high variability found between the two years highlights the need for more extensive temporal replication. In this context, two temporal replicates are the bare minimum, and more repeats in time would be necessary to draw any kind of conclusion about the role of 'high mortality' and 'low mortality' years for the microevolution of Arabidopsis. It also seems that the authors missed an opportunity to explore potentially causal variation among years, as they did not attempt to relate winter mortality to actual climatic variables, even though they discuss winter harshness as a potential predictor.

      We agree that two years is insufficient to understand how variation in selective pressures compound over time to generate micro-evolutionary change. The eight-year data in Oakley et al. (2023), which we discuss in the paper, support this. Our results are nonetheless sufficient to demonstrate the idiosyncratic nature of selection. In the revision, we further emphasize that far longer time series would be needed for definitive conclusions on long-term micro-evolutionary change.

      Our short time series is one reason why we do not try to correlate with climate data, as this would amount to doing statistics with four data points (mostly two groups of accession N vs S, with mostly homogenous climates within groups, and two years). Another reason is that we simply have no idea how the kind of meteorological data that are publicly available would affect plant performance on a local scale. Hence we make no claims..

      The low temporal variation also makes the accidental slug herbivory appear somewhat random. Potted plants are notoriously susceptible to slug herbivory, and while it is certainly nice that slug damage predominantly affected one group of accessions, it nonetheless raises the question whether this reflects a 'real' selection pressure that plants commonly face in their respective local environments.

      Characterizing the plants as “potted” is not accurate. A more serious objection is having what is effectively an A. thaliana monoculture. But indeed we have no idea whether slugs exert a significant selective pressure on A. thaliana in Sweden, and we make no claims to that effect. The evidence for selection on glucosinolates by generalist herbivores such as slugs is fairly strong, but the precise agent is not known, and probably varies over time and space. Our results merely demonstrate one possibility.

      The addition of the 'selection experiment' is certainly original and provides valuable additional insights, but again, it seems a bit questionable which natural process really has affected this outcome. While the genetic and statistical analysis of this experiment seems to be state-of-the-art, the experimental design is rather rudimentary compared to more standard selection experiments. Specifically, the authors added seeds from greenhouse-grown mothers to experimental plots and only sampled plants two years later. This means that, potentially, the first very big bottleneck was germination under natural conditions, which may have already excluded many of the accessions before they had a chance to grow. While this certainly is one type of selection, it is not exactly the type of selection that a 2-year selection experiment is set up to measure. Either initially establishing the selection experiment from plants instead of seeds, or genotyping the population over several generations, would have substantially strengthened the conclusions that could be drawn from this experiment.

      We 100% agree that more data would have been beneficial, and hence we do not make any claims about the nature of selection. The selection experiment was an experiment per se, and we were lucky that very large fitness differences turned out to exist. As for initial selection on dormancy “set” incorrectly in greenhouse-grown seeds, we agree that this is a possibility, but we do not think it is likely to explain the data for several reasons. First, why would these differences favor a small set of beach accessions over every other accession in four very different field sites? Second, existing dormancy estimates do not predict fitness in our selection experiments. Third, the same seed batches germinated uniformly in the common-garden experiments with minimal stratification. Fourth, a much simpler explanation—seed size—exists. We clarify this in the revision while retaining our original message that further experiments are needed (and are underway).

      Also, the complete lack of information on population density is a bit problematic. It is not clear if there were other (non-Arabidopsis) plants present in the plots, how many Arabidopsis plants were established, if numbers changed over the year, etc. Given all of these limitations, calling this a 'selection experiment' is in fact somewhat misleading.

      Seeds were introduced into sites that appeared appropriate for A. thaliana, leaving the background community intact. We provided information on sowing density; the density of plants (A. thaliana and other species) that we obtained during the course of the experiments varied considerably between sites, much like in natural populations, although we lack systematic measurements. We provide more information (including photos) in the revision.

      Despite these weaknesses, the authors could achieve their main goals, and despite the somewhat minimal temporal replication, they were lucky to sample two fairly distinct years that provided them with interesting variation, which they could partially explain using the variation among their accessions. Overall, this study will likely make an important contribution to the field of evolutionary biology, and it is another very strong example of how the extensive molecular tools in Arabidopsis can be leveraged to address fundamental questions in evolution and ecology, to an extent that is not (yet) possible in other plant systems.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents a large common garden experiment across Sweden using solely local germplasm. Additionally, there is a collection of selection experiments that begin investigating the factors shaping fecundity in these populations. This provides an impressive amount of data and analysis investigating the underlying factors involved. Together, this helps support the data showing that fluctuations and interactions are key components determining Arabidopsis fitness and are more broadly applicable across plant and non-plant species.

      Strengths:

      The field trials are well conducted with extensive effort and sampling. Similarly while the genetic analysis is complex it is well conducted and reflects the complexity of dealing with population structure that may be intricately linked to adaptive structure. This has no real solution and the option of presenting results with and without correction is likely the only appropriate option.

      Weaknesses:

      A significant finding from this study was that fecundity is shaped more by yearly fluctuations and their interaction with genotype than it is by the main effect of location or genotype. Another significant finding is that the strength of selection can be quite strong, with nearly 5x ranges across accessions. It should be noted that there are a number of other studies using Arabidopsis in the wild with multiple years and locations that found similar observations beyond the Oakley citation. In general, the context of how these findings relate to existing knowledge in Arabidopsis is a bit underdeveloped.

      We have tried to remedy this in the revision (see also comments by Reviewer #1).

      The effects of the populations across the locations seem to rely on individual tests and PC analysis. It would seem to be possible to incorporate these tests more directly in the linear modeling analysis, and it isn't quite clear why this wasn't conducted.

      We respond to this question below, in Recommendations for the Authors (first item from you).

      I'm a bit puzzled by the discussion on how to find causative loci. This seems to focus solely on GWAS as the solution, with a goal to sequence vast individuals. But the loci that the manuscript discussed were found by a combination of structured mapping populations followed by molecular validation that then informed the GWAS. As such, I'm unsure if the proposed future approach of more sequencing is the best when a more balanced approach integrating diverse methods and population types will be more useful.

      We are puzzled by this comment in return. Our statement about more sequencing (penultimate sentence of discussion) was referring to achieving a better understanding of the history of migration and selection rather than identifying causative loci.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The reviewers provide consistent and complementary recommendations that you should consider in a revision. In particular, you should try to better embed your results into the broader literature, both from Arabidopsis and other plant species. Also, try to make your text more accessible to readers outside the special topic.

      Agreed!

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) l.545: Here, the text states, importantly, that the accessions were randomized in the greenhouse. However, I have found no mention of this in the referenced Brachi et al. paper. I'm concerned that this be reported accurately and also that, if the accessions were not, in fact, randomized in the greenhouse, the potential for environmentally induced maternal influences to be confounded with genetically based differences be acknowledged, esp. in the case of the seed size difference found for B accessions.

      Accessions were continuously randomized in the greenhouse although we stopped moving them when they flowered to reduce the risk of contamination. All the seeds for all the accessions were produced in the same greenhouse, in the same conditions, in one single planting. We state this clearly in the revised paper.

      As for the seed size variation, note that the measurements we use in the paper were not taken on the seed we used in the experiments, so there is no reason they should be correlated with fitness if fitness was influenced by maternal effects. Moreover, we have plenty of data demonstrating that seed size variation is mostly genetic, and we added a supplementary figure showing that the measurements we used are strongly correlated with those of other experiments, including one done in the field. Finally, we already included a figure demonstrating that beach populations generally have much larger seeds.

      (2) l.593: BLUPs are estimated with statistical uncertainty. I realize that it would be far from straightforward to take into account their sampling variances in the GWAS, but it should be acknowledged that ignoring the uncertainty of the BLUPs has an unknown impact on the findings from the GWAS.

      All phenotypic measures come with error, and we had more replication than most GWAS studies (including essentially all human GWAS). The effect of such error is to reduce heritability and decrease the power of GWAS.

      (3) l.48: As an earlier important reference demonstrating this point: Antonovics, Clay, Schmitt, 1987 Oecologia.

      Indeed: added. Thanks!

      (4) l.49: studied rapid evolution in a natural population[s] - delete 's'

      Done.

      (5) l.502: lead -> led

      Corrected.

      (6) l.53: The present study sought to gain insight into local adaptation in A. thaliana.; Vague, as is the rest of the intro.

      Agreed. As noted above, the intro has been extensively reworked.

      (7) l.533: What is alpha?

      Alpha is the regularization parameter for the snmf algorithm. We added this clarification.

      (8) l.553: Were the accessions also randomized in the field planting?

      Yes, and we now state this.

      (9) l.597: As I've noted in my public comments, the authors have done well to couch their genomic inferences with caveats. In line with such caution, I urge the authors to consider alternate phrasing to 'genetically determined' -> genetically influenced. Also l. 166: 'control of' -> influence on (among other instances).

      No, “genetically determined” was correct on line 597, as this describes the model assumptions. But note that the liability-threshold model is by no means genetically deterministic: it is widely used in epidemiology to model genetic predisposition to diseases caused by the environment. For example, whether you get lung cancer or not primarily depends on luck and on your exposure to pollution (in particular smoking), but there are genes that influence how susceptible you are (to pollution; there are no genes that influence luck). There were some words missing in the sentence; hopefully things are clearer now.

      Re l. 166, "control of” was changed to “effect on”, which is more accurate. Note, however, that there is nothing genetically deterministic here: the context is a variance-partitioning, and the results show very clearly that genetic factors play a minor role relative to environmental ones—and that most of the variance remains unexplained. (Luck?)

      (10) l.595-602: Not clear.

      As noted, some words were missing. Hopefully it is clearer now.

      (11) l.744: Could have been confounded by cryptic native -- missing or extra word? Also next line.

      Corrected.

      (12) l.755-7: More direct phrasing would help readers understand this point.

      Indeed. Sentence straightened out.

      (11) l.129: 'The peak appears to involve a haplotype over 30 kb in length, which is consistent with a history of strong selection on this locus'. I don't understand the logic here. In what way should the length of the haplotype relate to the strength of selection? I would think this relates quite directly to the high degree of inbreeding.

      Strong selection causes rapid allele-frequency change, leaving less time for recombination to break up associated haplotypes, causing increased linkage disequilibrium. This is standard population genetics (e.g., Maynard Smith and Haigh 1974). Inbreeding also causes increased haplotype sharing, but genome-wide. Telling them apart is difficult, hence we used “consistent”. However, Reviewer 3 points to the existence of a segregating inversion in this region, which is an even more likely explanation, and we focus on this in the revision.

      (12) l.132: 'This suggests that the variation for slug damage seen in Figure 4 may be partly mediated by glucosinolate production.' I find the logic unclear here, as well.

      “This” referred to several observations, which is poor English. We rearranged the sentences to make our meaning clearer.

      (13) l.173: 'the accession-effect on fecundity' -> variation among accessions wrt fecundity.

      We rewrote this clunky sentence.

      (14) l.175: PCA unclear. Is this the same PCA described at l. 638? That is the only mention of PCA that I find in the methods, but I don't see that it connects here.

      No this doesn’t refer to the same analysis. In line 175 we talk about a vanilla, textbook PCA: confronted with 200 fecundity estimates in 8 experiments, we used PCR to look for patterns across the 8 dimensions, and found that 3 dimensions captured most of the variation (as shown in the heatmap). We have added a few sentences about this in the methods. Line 638 describes the way images of plants were treated to estimate variation in rosette color.

      (15) l.188: 'reveals what is causing them': Consider rephrasing to avoid language of causality, consistent with care taken elsewhere.

      Well, the context here is very different: we are effectively doing a post hoc analysis, and there is nothing wrong with saying that “the significant value in the chi-square test is caused by an excess of…”, for example. The patterns we see in the PCA are caused by the kinds of patterns we go on to discuss—it captures these patterns, among other things. We changed “reveals” to “helps us understand” to be less biblical.

      (16) l.219: downstream of -> conditional on.

      Yes.

      (17) l.235: Although native plants WERE growing nearby.

      Yes.

      (18) l.264: nearby: make this more explicit, i.e. within x km.

      We changed the sentence to “Although native plants were growing within less than a hundred meters in most cases,...”

      (19) l.285: none of our MAJOR conclusions depend on this.

      We disagree. No conclusion in the paper could be confounded by potential natives.

      (20) l.315: albeit it not as large as B accessions: delete 'it'.

      Corrected.

      (21) l.355: genetic basis of fitness -> genetic contribution to variation in fitness.

      No, this is pretty much exactly Lewontin’s usage—the sentence (and section) is about changes in allele frequencies. The alternative suggested is less precise as we have no fitness estimates, and cannot say anything about variance.

      (22) l.380-2: It seems to me that the authors could articulate a more compelling case.

      Well, what we wrote is the truth. Of course all of this work also fits into a broader context, but those were the specific goals—and we achieved them. There are many papers that ask big questions, but actually answer much more limited ones.

      (23) l.401: latitude vs. latitude???

      Oops. Changed to “north vs. south”, which is hopefully less obscure!

      (24) l.402: 'textbook local adaption,' -- the authors should acknowledge that rigid/simplistic thinking about LA has been recognized as a caricature for quite some time.

      We do. Using “textbook” is meant to convey this: textbooks tend to be full of cartoonish simplifications, and most chapters on local adaptation will have a figure (cartoon or based on real data) showing reaction norms as two crossing lines.

      (25) l.406: could maintain variation AMONG POPULATIONS [right?]

      Could be either, but “among populations” is better in this context.

      (26) l.419: Is there a possibility of a source envt maternal effect? See my comment on l.545.

      As stated in response to the previous comment: In principle yes, but if so, then this environmental maternal effect happens to be strongly correlated with seed size, a trait we know to be genetically controlled and which is also extremely likely to influence seedling establishment. Experiments to confirm these results are underway—meanwhile we would be happy to accept bets against!

      (27) l.434: 'very stable environments dating back to the last glaciation.' REF?

      Ha! That would be Wikipedia references as the precise location of the “Littorina sea” and existence of obvious ancient beachlines now inland have entertained Swedish and Danish school children for generations. But the details are not important: the point is that beaches are vast (by A. thaliana standards) disturbed habitats maintained by the sea, and while they change, they do so on a geological time scale. Of course not all beaches harbor A. thaliana—the beaches of Hanö Bay are geologically unusual for Sweden—but this is beyond the scope of this publication. The sentence has been changed to something less specific making the relevant points.

      (28) l.436: 'It is likely that the existence of S1 and S2 accessions is far more uncertain': unclear wording.

      Yup. We rewrote the paragraph.

      (29) l.446-7: 2nd person is jarring.

      Reworded.

      (30) ll.452-474: This is a welcome acknowledgement of the limits of molecular approaches to elucidating selection. It would be good scholarship to acknowledge earlier authors making such a case. I could suggest Rockman 2012. Evolution; Travisano and Shaw 2013. Evolution; Hoban et al. 2016. Am.Nat., and there are others.

      True; added; thanks!

      (31) l.490: 'might have to run a gauntlet of linkages to genes directly involved in local adaptation': This teleological wording is especially jarring.

      (32) l.494: 'resistance allele to sweep': In concluding this manuscript, it does not seem appropriate to use as an example a single locus case. More broadly, I question the value/effectiveness of this paragraph as a conclusion to this manuscript.

      We agree. The paragraph, gauntlets and all, has been replaced by discussion of why dissecting adaptive traits is hard.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) At the end of the introduction, the authors briefly outline the geographic scale of their study and mention both common garden and experimental evolution plots, but at this point in the manuscript, it is not clear how these differ, and as the methods only come at the very end, it would be better if some more details are provided here. Specifically, it could be mentioned explicitly here that common garden experiments consisted of placing greenhouse-grown plants in pots on the ground (but not burying/planting them), whereas selection experiments were established by sprinkling seeds in 1m 2 plots. This doesn't really become clear anywhere except in the methods, but this is fairly important for the interpretation of results.

      We agree, and have expanded the description of the experiments in the legend to Figure 1, which also links to supplementary photos of the sites. We also note that the differences between the common-garden and the selection experiments should not be exaggerated. In particular, we did not use “greenhouse-grown plants”, but seedlings that had been allowed to establish outdoors in sheltered conditions, and we did not put “pots on the ground” but buried trays with holes in the bottom so that the plants could root in local soil. The main differences between the experiments are guaranteed establishment and lack of competition (from conspecific and other plants). This has also been clarified in the figure legend and in Methods.

      (2) The authors discuss a difference in mortality between the two years of their common garden experiment and suggest that harsher winters could have been the cause of mortality in the north. However, they do not provide meteorological data to support this. Was the 2011-2012 winter harsher than the 2012-2013 winter, and did NM experience harsher conditions?

      The problem is that we do not know what constitutes harshness from the point of view of the plant. Winters differ in many ways: temperature, duration, snow cover, etc. We have changed the relevant paragraph to make clear that our observations are consistent with those of Oakley et al., and that some aspect of winter weather is a plausible explanation.

      (3) The authors find an indication for the involvement of the AOP cluster in overwinter survival, which, among other things controls the accumulation of hydroxyl/alkenyl/methylsulfinyl glucosinolates. Is the chemotype of the accessions in this study known?

      Indeed they are! We had downloaded the data from Katz et al (2021), but the analysis did not make it into the first version of this paper. Thanks for the encouragement. We added a figure showing that their chemotypes are strongly associated with slug damage, supporting a causal relationship.

      (4) L68: 'we added one field site in eastern Skane' - which site does this refer to? It seems odd to mention this before the common garden/selection experiments are mentioned. It should be clear that this is specifically referring to the latter.

      Yes, this was out of place. The site is discussed later, when it becomes relevant.

      (5) Figure 1: It would be useful if common garden and experimental evolution sites used different colors. In contrast, the use of colors for seasons in part C is unnecessary and distracting, as the red and blue colors for fall and winter are very similar to the colors for S1 and B.

      Fixed.

      (6) L90: The authors discuss mortality, but figures show survival. This seems an unnecessary complication for the reader, and the same unit should be used for discussion and presentation.

      Survival is one minus mortality. We trust the readers to be able to do this conversion.

      (7) L99: 'the converse was not true' - it is not immediately clear what this refers to. Referring to the non-linear relationship in panel 3a would make this clearer.

      It refers to the result that the accessions with high mortality in NM did not necessarily have high mortality in NA. We think this is clear from the sentence in question.

      (8) L108: 'S2 accession were also strongly affected' - this can be gleaned from the figures, but it is not immediately obvious as they are relatively complex. Could mean mortality/survival rates be provided to facilitate this?

      We could but, throughout the paper, we have attempted to improve readability by not interrupting the text with numbers or repeating details that are presented in the figures.

      (9) L117: 'however, an indirect association is likely' - what is meant by this?

      We meant that it seems more likely that some accessions are more sensitive to stress regardless of source. This has been clarified.

      (10) Figure 6: What are the two horizontal bars? What are dashed lines? Provide appropriate labels and a figure legend.

      The top is a zoom-in of the bottom and the dashed lines outline the zoomed-in region. Clarified in legend.

      (11) L174: Define 'BLUPS' here.

      Done.

      (12) L198: 'S1 and S2 accessions generally had higher fecundity in 2012-2013 than in 2011-2012' - this is not obvious from Figure 9. Especially for S1 (dark blue presumably), there appears to be no difference visible between years.

      Changed text to note that differences are sometimes small, but that the stated pattern is seen in 13 out of 16 comparisons (which has p = 0.01 using a sign test).

      (13) L401: 'latitude vs. latitude' - what is meant by this? Or is this a mistake?

      Northern vs. southern. This has been clarified. Also noted by Reviewer 1.

      (14) L436: 'the existence of S1 and S2 accessions is much more uncertain' - this is a bit of an odd expression. Could it be rephrased?

      This has been clarified and the paragraph rewritten. Also noted by Reviewer 1.

      (15) L673: Were plots tilled before sowing, or cleared of vegetation? If not, what other vegetation was present at sowing?

      No clearing of vegetation was done except at the SR site, which was a weedy agricultural field. This and other information has been added. No vegetation surveys were made, but we added some more photos to give an idea of what the sites were like.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the section on lines 156-190 the large dataset is analyzed by accession in the linear model presented in Figure 6. Then, in Figure 8, the proposed populations appear to be tested individually in each experimental unit, leading to the probability argument in line 193. Is there a reason not to simply have accession nested within population in the model shown in Figure 6 as a way to directly test the between vs within population level components influencing the model? If the accessions are different, then it would be viable to treat this as random rather than fixed. Similarly, the field sites could be parsed into subsets as well.

      Excellent question. We thought a lot about this. Fig. 6 presents a standard ANOVA that simply shows that the overall pattern is what we hoped for: very large effects of site, year, and accession, plus substantial interaction effects. This motivates the exploratory analysis presented in Figs. 7-9, where we focus on how the relative performance of accessions within experiments depended on the fixed effects (year and site) and whether this matched their (arbitrarily but independently defined) group designation—as would be expected under local adaptation.

      We could explicitly add “group” to the model, as suggested, but this would give it a reality we do not think it deserves. Site, year, and accession are very much real, whereas group is the outcome of a somewhat arbitrary clustering of genotypes (i.e., accessions), analogous to race in human genetics, but without the sociological factors that sometimes warrant including race in a model not only because of direct genetic effects. Of course we could try to partition genotype and phenotype into within- and between-population variation using the classical quantitative genetics framework (i.e. Fst/Qst), but then we should have an a priori definition of “population”, which we don’t have. In addition to this fundamental objection, limited experimentation suggests that fitting a far more complex, nested mixed-effects model to our data is difficult in practice.

      Thus we prefer our original approach. We have changed the writing to clarify our logic.

      (2) Similarly, I'm not quite sure that the PC analysis is helping as the section is somewhat difficult to read given that the same impressions from Figure 7 are more explicitly shown in Figures 8 and 9.

      Well, the PCA (Fig. 7) is what led us to the analyses in Figs 8-9, where we interpret the PCs in terms of group behavior. We have tried to clarify our logic in writing.

      (3) Line 87-88 - An honest question, what is considered substantial divergence? The Fst values range from 0.05 to 0.27, suggesting that the divergences range across a spectrum and not all are substantial.

      We removed the sentence. That the divergence is substantial enough to make GWAS difficult becomes clear later (although the extent to which this is due to selection rather than marker divergence is not clear).

      (4) Line 129-130 - The 30kb AOP haplotype identified is likely the inversion associated with the major phenotypic variation identified in Sweden within Katz et al 2021. As such, the local LD structure may represent blocked recombination as much as linked selection.

      Of course; we missed that. Thanks!

      (5) Line 131-132 - I'm not quite sure what the evidence is that the MAM locus is more important.

      The AOP and MAM loci are epistatic, and both have been found to have influence on fitness in Arabidopsis and Brassica ssp in the field, along with sequence signatures of selection for both loci in multiple Brassicaceae. I'm unsure if this statement is supported.

      Indeed. This was a lazy and misleading reference to the fact that the MAM peak in Katz et al explains more of the variance than the AOP peak. It has been consigned to the dustbin of history. Instead we have added a figure showing that the glucosinolate profiles presented in that paper are highly correlated with slug damage in our study. Based on these results, I believe AOP explains more of the variation, but we leave pursuing this for those directly working on these pathways. The correspondence between our studies is certainly a nice confirmation of both.

      (6) Line 131-132 - It should also be noted that the MAM locus is variable in Sweden, albeit having multiple independent haplotypes that convergently create the same phenotype. There is an indication from Gloss 2022 that these haplotypes may create small-effect phenotypic variation.

      Correct again. What we meant to say was that the major polymorphism that is responsible for the highly significant MAM peak does not appear to segregate in Sweden, hence it is not surprising that we do not find an association at this locus either. We now say this. Needless to say, there could still be multiple variants at this locus that we do not have the power to detect.

    1. Author response:

      General Statements

      We wish to bring to the attention of the editor and reviewers that the title of the manuscript has been modified to more accurately reflect the conclusions of our study, i.e. that PhDEF has a major binding and regulatory role in the petal epidermis.

      Point-by-point description of the revisions

      We thank the three reviewers for their critical reading of our manuscript. We also appreciate that the three reviewers highlighted the conceptual advances and the broad findings that our study brings to the community. They have identified key limitations of our analyses, and we have either provided explanations for our choice, or performed new analyses to circumvent biases. We believe that the manuscript is greatly improved and that our main conclusion, that PhDEF has a major binding and regulatory action in the petal epidermis, is strongly supported by our data.

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary:

      The authors previously generated two cell-layer-specific mutants of petunia for the petal identity gene PhDEF. In this study, they profiled differential gene expression in those mutants through single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq). They found that more genes are highly and specifically expressed in the epidermal cell layer than in mesophyll cells. In addition, they identified cell-layer-specific and -aspecific PhDEF target genes. Using the extensive single-cell transcriptome and layer-specific target identification, the authors concluded that different cell identities affect homeotic regulator PhDEF, thereby influencing transcriptional regulation.

      Major comments:

      This presented work provides comprehensive evidence, that pre-existing cell layer identity (epidermis and mesophyll) modulate transcriptional output of homeotic transcription factor, PhDEF.

      However, a disconnection between PhDEF bindings to genome and transcriptional output undermines the robustness of their conclusion although some binding loci were shown to be correlated with DEG. This may indicate the chromatin state, the existence of interacting partners, and the non-productive binding of PhDEF, suggesting that PhDEF binding alone is not sufficient to predict transcriptional outcomes and additional regulatory mechanisms that shape gene expression in addition to the layer-specific regulatory mechanisms. This disconnection may also be due to the developmental timing. Indeed, it appears authors used different flower stages for ChIP-seq and scRNA-sequencing. In fully differentiated organs, PhDEF binding itself may be no longer transcriptionally productive, and differential gene expression results primarily from the pre-established cell identity rather than directly from the homeotic regulation of PhDEF. Therefore, the main question the authors asked-how homeotic identity works with cell-layer identity and how the homeotic gene, PhDEF, acts in mature organs-was not clearly explained by this study.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. We agree that the difference in developmental timing between the scRNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq experiments might contribute to the disconnection that this reviewer pointed out.

      First, we want to explain that the reason for performing scRNA-Seq on fully differentiated petals was purely technical, as we were initially aiming to obtain protoplasts at stage 8 (stage used for the ChIP-Seq) but could never retrieve enough of them for proper encapsulation in the 10X Chromium chips. We have now clearly explained this in the manuscript (lines 104-107).

      A hypergeometric test shows that our ChIP-Seq and scRNA-Seq datasets overlap more than by chance (p = 0.000137); however, we agree that differences in developmental stages possibly bring a confounding effect to our conclusions. Therefore, we have decided to add to our manuscript the intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq data performed on WT, star and wico flowers at stage 8, that we published previously (Chopy et al., 2024). In that case, both datasets have been obtained with the same exact genetic material and at the same exact developmental stage.

      This intersection confirms that very similar binding profiles are observed for PhDEF target genes, whether they are differentially expressed in the epidermis (star only), in the mesophyll (wico only) or in both layers (star and wico) (Figure 4A). However, star-specific DEGs were more often bound by PhDEF by epidermis+shared binding sites, and wico-specific DEGs more often with mesophyll-specific binding sites, suggesting a weak but significant association between binding and regulatory profiles. Performing similar tests for individual binding categories for DEGs identified by scRNA-Seq also revealed that epidermis-specific DEGs displayed more epidermis+shared binding sites than expected. Since the association between epidermal DEGs and shared+epidermal binding sites is found both in the intersection with RNA-Seq and scRNA-Seq data, we have now stated that “layer-specific binding and transcriptional regulation are partially linked, at least in the epidermis” (line 354).

      In Figure 2, the use of the term "target" is potentially misleading. It sounds like direct target genes (direct binding and differential expression) for PhDEF, but it refers only to DEGs.

      Indeed, the term "target" was referring to both indirect and direct targets of PhDEF. To avoid any possible confusion, we have replaced it by differentially expressed genes (DEGs) throughout the manuscript, when appropriate.

      Lines 496-497: When the authors state, "~ demonstrates for the first time that the regulatory function of homeotic factor is influenced by cell layer identity," it sounds overstated, as prior studies have shown that pre-existing tissue or cell identity can shape transcriptional activity and developmental output.

      We agree that previous studies have shown that cell identity influences transcriptional activity in general. While this might not have been specifically assessed in the context of different cell layers, we have rewritten this sentence accordingly.

      Minor comments:

      In the UMAP presentation, as depicted in Figures 2C, S3, and S5, the cells with zero expression can be colored in light gray (or an inverted color scheme). The purple hue masks the gene expressions of other cells, making it difficult to see the yellow or light green colored cells.

      We have modified all UMAPs depicting gene expression as suggested, in Figures 2C and S5, and replaced UMAPs with DotPlots in Figure S3.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance):

      General assessment: This study is well-designed and technically sound. They utilize single-cell transcriptomics and ChIP-seq by using genetically well-defined genetic materials and layer-specific PhDEF deletion mutants. The analysis showed where PhDEF binds to genomic loci and which genes are differentially expressed in petal epidermis and mesophyll, providing evidence of cell-layer-specific function of homeotic gene in mature organs. Although certain mechanistic aspects were not elucidated, the data from the extensive genome-wide study contributed to drawing their conclusions.

      Advances: This research goes beyond classical models of floral organ identity by showing that homeotic gene function is not uniform in the same floral organ. It represents a conceptual advance in our understanding by integrating cell layer identity into the framework of homeotic gene regulation.

      Audience: This study will be of broad interest to scientists who study transcription networks, cell and organ identity in the context of plant development.

      My field of expertise: Transcriptional regulation by transcription factor, epigenetic regulation of gene expression, plant development

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary:

      This study from Cavallini-Speisser et al. cleverly leverages a tissue layer-specific mutant, single cell and bulk RNA-sequencing, and ChIP-sequencing to decipher tissue layer-specific regulation of petal development in petunia by the PhDEF transcription factor. The authors find common and unique targets of PhDEF between the epidermis and mesophyll and conclude that the activity of transcription factors like PhDEF are influenced by the pre-existing environment in the cell they are expressed in. Understanding when and how a given transcription factor drives expression of unique target genes in various contexts is an important aspect of developmental biology that can be elusive outside of highly tractable model systems. As such, I think this study is of high value and has strong potential to expand our understanding of how developmental specificity is mediated by commonly employed transcriptional regulators. However, I think there are some issues with possible over-interpretation and some places where documentation of experimental design and data quality control are lacking. I elaborate on these concerns below.

      Major Comments:

      Line 155: Assigning mesophyll clusters by default without any positive marker genes strikes me as problematic, especially as much of the analysis rests on comparing the transcriptomes of epidermis and mesophyll cells. Can the authors perhaps leverage published scRNA-seq datasets to find potential mesophyll markers, even homologs from other species, to improve confidence in the cluster assignment?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Our statement of defining mesophyll identity by default was not entirely true (and we have now removed it), since it is supported by GO-enriched terms for cluster markers. For cluster "mesophyll 3", there is a strong enrichment for photosynthesis-related genes; and for cluster "mesophyll 2", there is a strong enrichment for water transport-related genes, both functions being fulfilled by the petal mesophyll. For cluster "mesophyll 1", the most enriched GO term is "glutathione metabolic process" that rather points to stress response. These three clusters also do not express any of the epidermal-identity genes, in contrast to the clusters that we assigned as epidermal. Cluster markers from the mesophyll display the lowest enrichment of all clusters (the best cluster markers have a log2FC between 2.8 and 4.9, in contrast to a log2FC between 8.1 and 9.9 for all other clusters), which is in line with our finding that the mesophyll expresses less specific genes than the epidermis, and suggests a basal identity with a transcriptomic signature that is less clear than in the epidermis. Therefore, it is not entirely trivial to find positive marker genes for the mesophyll with a strong specificity.

      In order to be more transparent about the expression patterns of the genes we selected to assign cluster identity, we modified Figure S3 to include DotPlots of selected photosynthesis-related genes, histone genes, S-phase genes and vasculature genes in the same figure, to compare with DotPlots of epidermal genes and pigmentation genes from Figure 1D, to allow for an informed comparison. Our conclusions remain the same as previously: epidermal clusters are defined based on the specific expression of epidermal genes and/or pigmentation genes. We notice, however, that the cluster "upper limb epidermis" strongly expresses photosynthesis genes, which is likely why it is close in the UMAP space to the "mesophyll 3" cluster. We have no explanation for that, but the extremely high expression of pigmentation genes in this cluster, however, identifies it as epidermal without a doubt. We have also added in Figure S3 the DotPlots of expression levels of homologs of 15 epidermis-enriched and 9 mesophyll-enriched genes from tobacco petal scRNA-Seq published by Kang et al. (doi: 10.1111/nph.17992). This shows that our definition of epidermal and mesophyll clusters and the one from Kang et al. generally overlap.

      Line 228: Through the description and interpretation of the ChIP-seq dataset, the authors use the fact that peaks are more abundant and bigger in the epidermis to conclude that binding of PhDEF is "stronger" in the epidermis. This implies a difference in physical interaction between the TF and the DNA that I don't think can be concluded from the data presented. This could be confounded by biology; if expression of PhDEF is more heterogeneous in the mesophyll than in the epidermis, the peaks from that tissue will be averaged out and appear smaller when in fact the binding is the same strength. This could also be a technical artifact if the ChIP was less efficient in one sample versus another. This conclusion requires reinterpretation. The authors have the power to address this at least partially with the scRNA-seq by measuring PhDEF heterogeneity. I believe assessing ChIP efficiency would have required a spike in control, but perhaps there is a computational way to address this. It is important to discuss these confounding factors in the text.

      This is indeed another important point. We agree that the word "stronger", to describe PhDEF binding in the epidermis, was not appropriate and we have replaced it with "more frequent" which is a more factual interpretation of our results. We also agree that even this interpretation depends on potential ChIP artifacts that we have now evaluated.

      We have used our WT scRNA-Seq data to explore the heterogeneity of PhDEF expression in the mesophyll and the epidermis, as suggested. The barplot in Figure S10B represents the number of cells (y-axis) with given PhDEF RNA counts (x-axis) in the clusters that we assigned as epidermis (left) and mesophyll (right). We have performed this analysis after removing cells that do not express PhDEF at all, which represents 47.7% and 47.4% of epidermal and mesophyll cells, respectively, hence very similar proportions. The distributions of expression of PhDEF in the epidermis and in the mesophyll are within the same ranges, with a slightly higher expression of PhDEF in the mesophyll than in the epidermis. The coefficients of variation (cv) of the two distributions are similar and slightly higher in the epidermis (cv = 0.34 in the mesophyll and cv = 0.36 in the epidermis, p = 0.00106 with Feltz and Miller’s asymptotic test). Therefore, it appears that the expression of PhDEF is actually higher and slightly less variable in the mesophyll than in the epidermis, meaning that it should not result in averaging out the peaks detected. This relies on the assumption that PhDEF protein levels are directly correlated with PhDEF RNA levels, which we have not explored in this study and remains a limitation. We have included this analysis lines 275-278 and Figure S10B.

      Regarding ChIP efficiency, we had run different tests prior to sequencing: first, we have tested different amounts of chromatin, keeping the quantity of antibody unchanged, and tested ChIP enrichment by qPCR on a set of two positive (PhDEF and Pos2) and one negative (Neg1) control binding sites. Second, after selecting the best chromatin quantity, we have performed 4 independent ChIP replicates for each genotype (split between two assays named ChIP-1 and ChIP-2) and measured ChIP efficiency by qPCR. This is depicted in Figure S10A, with the replicates chosen for sequencing highlighted with an orange star.

      We have now explained in greater detail in the Methods our preliminary tests. There is indeed variation of enrichment between replicates, and particularly between assays here (ChIP-1 vs. ChIP-2), which is inherent to the ChIP experiment. It might be particularly prominent in our case due to our custom antibody directed against PhDEF, in contrast to commercial antibodies that are commonly used in ChIP experiments with tagged transgenic lines. However, we see consistently lower enrichment for star as compared to wico and WT, in line with the more frequent epidermal binding of PhDEF. We have followed the ENCODE guidelines for our analysis pipeline, in particular applying the IDR. We have now added other mapping statistics in Table S5 including the FRiP (fraction of reads in peaks) metric, that is in the range of expected values but is lower for star (around 0.5%) than for WT and wico (0.7-1.2 %), again consistent with the more frequent epidermal binding of PhDEF.

      Line 376: The authors risk overinterpreting a lack of differential gene expression detection in their analysis of PhDEF binding profiles. This can be affected by how deeply a library was sequenced or how many cells were analyzed per cell type. A gene might not be found to be DE if low depth or few cells resulted in noise or dropout. Lack of detection does not mean lack of differential regulation so the biological relevance of this portion of the analysis should be interpreted with caution.

      We have added to this new version of the manuscript an intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq in WT, star and wico, as bulk RNA-Seq is much more sensitive than scRNA-Seq in detecting lowly expressed genes. We have also added the sentence that bulk RNA-Seq "better captures lowly expressed genes" than scRNA-Seq, line 333. This intersection revealed an association between epidermal DEGs (star-specific DEGs) and the presence of epidermal+shared binding sites for PhDEF. We have modified our conclusions accordingly.

      Line 476: The authors state there is a mismatch in developmental timing between the RNAseq and ChIP datasets. Why is this? This is mentioned briefly in the Discussion, but has the potential to be majorly confounding to the joint interpretation of the ChIP and RNAseq datasets. This experimental design choice should be justified more thoroughly and a consideration of the limitations it brings to data interpretation should be more prominent in the text.

      This concern has also been raised by the first reviewer, and we have now added to our study an intersection between ChIP-Seq and bulk RNA-Seq performed at the same stage. We have also explained the technical reasons for performing scRNA-Seq at a mature stage only (lines 104-107). Indeed, the intersection between bulk RNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq performed at the same stage revealed a significant association between epidermal DEGs (star-specific DEGs) and the presence of epidermal+shared binding sites for PhDEF. Testing for individiual binding categories, we could also detect an enrichment of epidermal+shared binding sites for epidermal-specific DEGs identified by scRNA-Seq. Therefore, we have now stated that “layer-specific binding and transcriptional regulation are partially linked, at least in the epidermis” (line 354).

      Minor Comments:

      Line 229: The authors compare correlations between pseudo-bulked transcriptomes and argue that in the star mutant the epidermis adopts a mesophyll-like identity. The correlation between epidermis and mesophyll in star is 0.97 and the correlations were 0.94 and 0.93 in the other genotypes tested. What is the meaningful cutoff for saying the transcriptomes are similar or not? Is 0.97 so much higher than 0.94 that this conclusion is supported?

      The comparison of pseudo-bulk transcriptomes is a very global and exploratory approach. Given the high number of genes underlying these pseudo-bulk datasets, any difference in the correlation between them is statistically significant, which is not very informative. We agree with this reviewer that the interpretation of these correlation coefficients is somewhat arbitrary. We have simplified this part of the manuscript and have mostly focused on comparing star and wico pseudo-bulk transcriptomes to the WT ones, but not to each other's, which aligns well with our main message of a specific epidermal identity, easily shifting to a mesophyll-identity when PhDEF is missing or not entirely functional. We have also removed Figure 2E to a supplementary figure to give less emphasis to this analysis.

      Line 264: What are the "manually chosen thresholds for differential expression"? Can the authors explain and justify this? There is very little detail on this in the materials and methods and this raises some concerns regarding how a threshold was chosen.

      Seurat gives a default threshold of 0.25 for log2FC, which we found to be very permissive. In order to capture the most informative targets of PhDEF, but still to capture a meaningful number of targets, we empirically decided to increase this threshold to 0.75. On the WT scRNA-Seq dataset, we observed that the layer-specificity factor was also capturing meaningful differences in layer-specific expression (see Figure 1E). We chose a cut-off at 10% since it was the lowest to give a significant difference in the numbers of epidermis- vs. mesophyll-enriched genes in the WT petal. We have added these explanations in the methods.

      Figure 3G: Could this plot be annotated with the classification of peak layer specificity? It is a little difficult for me as the reader to keep up with all the categories in the text, and showing them in the figure might make that easier to follow.

      We have now annotated the Venn diagram in Figure 3G with the classifications of binding profiles.

      Figure 4A: A comparison of only two cell categories should not use scaled expression, as this can over-emphasize small differences in gene expression. Can this be replaced with a dot plot that uses unscaled expression values?

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this issue, we have built a DotPlot with unscaled values and replaced it in Figure 4A, which does not change our conclusions. We have also used unscaled values in Figure S14.

      Figure 4C: Could this be represented more legibly with stacked, space-filled bar charts? As is, this is difficult to read, and might be impossible for someone who is color blind. In addition, the authors claim this analysis shows similar proportions across all categories, but I wonder if that would hold true if they performed an over-representation analysis normalized to the categories shown in "all genes expressed". This could allow them to statistically test whether there are real differences in representation among the categories.

      We have now used a different and color-blind-friendly palette for pie charts of PhDEF binding profiles. Following reviewers' comments, we have analyzed the intersection of bulk RNA-Seq with ChIP-Seq (both performed at the same stage), and performed Chi2 goodness-of-fit tests that indeed support some association between binding profile and regulation profile, although this remains limited.

      Supplemental Figure 2: It's great that the authors include these metrics, but it would be ideal to also include the plots of standard QC metrics for scRNA-seq such as those found here to give a better sense of per cell quality: https://satijalab.org/seurat/articles/pbmc3k_tutorial

      In addition, it is important to include QC metrics for ChIPseq, which I did not find in the supplement. Metrics such as FRiP are important for interpreting ChIP library quality.

      We have now added the standard QC plots (Feature number per cell and RNA counts per cell) to Figure S2, as suggested. Mitochondrial and ribosomal genes are not annotated in the Petunia axillaris nuclear genome that we used, therefore we could not compute mitochondrial or ribosomal gene counts. We have removed cells expressing less than 200 genes, but did not apply any upper thresholds as there were no obvious outliers.

      FastQC reports for scRNA-Seq and ChIP-Seq have been deposited at https://entrepot.recherche.data.gouv.fr/dataverse/PhDEF_Flower_layer, as indicated in the Methods.

      We have also added ChIP metrics in Table S5, including the number of reads, duplicated reads, mapped reads and computed the FriP score. This score ranges between 0.5 % and 1.2 %, which is satisfactory and above the minimum recommended score  by ENCODE of 0.3 %.

      Line 654: What model was used for DESeq2?

      We have used default parameters for DESeq2, ie a negative binomial GLM fitting and Wald significance tests. We have added this information in the Methods.

      Line 752: Can the authors justify why peaks were called separately on input and ChIP samples rather than allowing MACS2 to call peaks in the ChIP sample over input background? That differs from the standard MACS2 pipeline and no explanation for this is provided in the text.

      Our analysis pipeline has indeed been customized, in particular to detect peaks in our positive control PhDEF, for which a binding site of PhDEF in the promoter has been demonstrated experimentally by others in many different species. This binding has a strong experimental support, and we expected PhDEF to bind to its own promoter in the two cell layers. Our ChIP-Seq results show a posteriori that this particular peak is far from being the strongest one over the genome; therefore, we believe it represents a good control to detect binding enrichment for average targets. We have first tried the standard MACS2 pipeline that calculates the enrichment of IP over Input, but we could only detect PhDEF binding for one WT and one wico replicate, although the peaks were visually clear in the two replicates. Our input sample being generally noisy, we explored how separate peak calling between IP and Input would behave (as already done in e.g. Durand et al., 2023, doi: 10.1093/plcell/koad025). We also explored how thresholds for FDR in MACS2, and IDR thresholds for reproducibility between IP samples, would influence peak detection in IP and Input.

      We found that calling peaks on the IP with a relaxed FDR (0.1), then applying the IDR at 0.1, allowed the capture of PhDEF binding to its own promoter in the two wico replicates (but still not in WT, because the peaks were lost after applying the IDR threshold). No peak was detected in the input with these settings, however for other genes we observed spurious peak detection in the input, therefore we decided to lower the FDR thresholds for input peaks to 0.05. Our choices have been made in an attempt to increase specificity at the risk of losing sensibility, and we probably lose true binding events. Considering that this ChIP has been performed on the endogenous PhDEF protein directly, and in chimeric flowers that only express PhDEF in half of the tissue, adapting the ChIP analysis pipeline was a necessary step.

      We have now added a few lines in the Methods (lines 696-706) to explain our rationale.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance):

      General Assessment:

      Strengths: The authors employ a unique and powerful mutant system to explore a fundamental developmental biology question. In addition, the datasets generated will likely be useful to other researchers working in petunia or flower development.

      Limitations: While the mutant system employed here is a creative way to get at tissue-layer specific transcription factor activity, the ChIP samples still include heterogeneous cell types, which may impact the findings presented here.

      Advance: This study uses a unique system to test the function of a transcription factor in distinct cell types. As stated above, understanding when and how a given transcription factor drives expression of unique target genes in various contexts is an important aspect of developmental biology.

      Audience: I believe this work will be of primary interest to the plant development, single cell, and chromatin biology communities. These are specialized, basic research communities.

      Reviewer Expertise: I am a plant developmental biologist who works with multiple modes of cell-type-specific NGS datasets including bulk and single cell RNAseq and ChIPseq among others.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary:

      This study addresses a fundamental but underexplored aspect of homeotic gene function: how regulators of cell identity act during late stages of organ development. The authors take advantage of layer-specific mutants of the MADS-box gene PhDEF in Petunia hybrida to dissect the roles of this floral identity regulator in the epidermis and mesophyll. By combining single-cell RNA sequencing with ChIP-seq analyses in wild-type and mutant chimeric petals, the work demonstrates that, although PhDEF is expressed at comparable levels in both petal layers, it binds to and regulates a substantially larger and more layer-enriched set of genes in the epidermis than in the mesophyll. The identification of both layer-specific and shared PhDEF binding sites supports a model in which pre-existing layer identity modulates the regulatory output of homeotic transcription factors.

      Major comments:

      Dissecting PhDEF binding preferences in the epidermis versus the mesophyll using the star and wico mutants is a clever and powerful approach. However, conclusions involving cell identity should be drawn with caution for two reasons. First, cell identities appear to be altered in the mutants: scRNA-seq data suggest that even cells assigned to the same cluster can be molecularly distinct across genotypes. For example, the transcriptomes of wild-type epidermis and mesophyll are highly similar (Pearson correlation R = 0.94), yet both show lower correlation with epidermal cells from star or wico petals. These results raise questions such as are the cells identified as epidermal cells really strictly epidermal in the mutants? Do you need to take into consideration cell composition of the mutants when you do differential expression analysis?Second, PhDEF is expressed in both epidermal and mesophyll clusters in all genotypes, albeit at different levels and in fewer cells in the mutants. As a result, the ChIP-seq profiles should be interpreted as cell type-enriched rather than cell type-specific.

      We fully agree with this reviewer's comments, and alterations in cell identity in the star and wico mutants is indeed a main pitfall for our analysis. The phdef mutation alters the transcriptomic signatures of cells physically located in the epidermis or in the mesophyll, which can result in their artificial clustering with cells located elsewhere in the petal. It might be particularly true for the epidermis, since we see strong depletion in epidermal clusters in the star flowers (and even in the wico flowers), whereas the mesophyll is not much affected in wico flowers. As a result, it is likely that we lose many epidermal cells in star flowers that end up labeled as mesophyll cells, resulting in the under-estimation of DEGs in this layer. We had explored other possible ways to define epidermal or mesophyll cells in our dataset, based for instance on PhDEF or PhGLO1 expression, but since for the majority of cells PhDEF expression is simply not captured, we would have wrongly assigned phdef mutant identity to WT cells. In spite of this limitation, we find more DEGs in the epidermis than in the mesophyll, showing that even an underestimation of DEGs in the epidermis does not affect our main conclusion, which is that PhDEF has a major regulatory action in the epidermis. We have explicitly written this limitation in our manuscript, lines 234-236.

      We agree that ChIP-Seq profiles are rather cell type-enriched than cell type-specific, which we have stated explicitly in the sentence line 308, saying that "differential binding between layers is quantitative". However, for simplicity we prefer to retain the term "specific" since our conclusions are based on the definition of peaks that can either be present or absent in a given genotype, and hence in a given cell layer.

      And there are a few things that need clarification:

      a) Protoplasting and tissue dissection analyses suggest that mesophyll cells constitute more than 80% of the cells in wild-type petals, whereas the scRNA-seq data indicate a substantially lower proportion. Could this discrepancy reflect technical biases in cell recovery or capture efficiency, or issues related to cell identity assignment during clustering and annotation? Notably, the scRNA-seq data from star and wico petals show mesophyll proportions close to 80%. Is this difference due to an increased abundance of mesophyll cells in the mutants, or could it instead reflect differences in transcriptomic separability? In wild-type petals, the epidermal and mesophyll transcriptomes are highly correlated and express similar numbers of genes, with epidermal cells distinguished mainly by higher expression of a subset of genes. This raises the possibility that mesophyll cells in the wild type occupy a more plastic or less differentiated transcriptional state and may therefore be misclassified as epidermal cells, whereas disruption of regulatory mechanisms in the mutants enhances transcriptional divergence and alters cell clustering outcomes.

      Our protoplasting and tissue sections show that the mesophyll should represent 80% of cells in WT tissue, while we estimate it at 70% in our WT scRNA-Seq data based on our cluster assignment (mesophyll = 60% + vasculature = 10%, that we separated from the mesophyll cells but is actually embedded within this tissue). This is not a very strong difference, and considering the multiple steps that protoplasting and cell capture entail, we considered that this was reasonably close to the expected proportions.

      In the star and wico flowers, we assign mesophyll identity to a greater proportion of cells, but as explained above, we believe that cells with altered epidermal identity are easily clustered as mesophyll cells, since they lose their specific transcriptomic signature. This is actually in line with one of the main messages of our article, that petal epidermis transcriptional identity is highly specific.

      b) Cluster 0 appears to show internal heterogeneity, as the expression patterns of KCS3 and LLE2 are largely mutually exclusive. Do these patterns reflect the presence of distinct epidermal cell types within the limb that are currently grouped into a single cluster?

      Indeed, there appears to be some internal heterogeneity within cluster 0. Since our main focus was to compare epidermal and mesophyll clusters, we did not explore further the heterogeneity within epidermal clusters and kept a coarse resolution.

      c) Clusters 0 and 7 both exhibit high expression of pigmentation genes, while cluster 7 additionally shows strong enrichment for cell division genes. Are cell cycle genes the primary features distinguishing these two clusters? If cell cycle effects are regressed out, would cluster 7 merge with cluster 0, potentially yielding a more continuous cell state trajectory and helping to resolve the pattern noted in point (b)?

      To answer one of Reviewer 1's comments, we have added additional DotPlots to better describe our clusters, in Figure S3. Clusters 0 (limb epidermis), 6 (upper limb epidermis) and 7 (replicating cells) exhibit high expression of pigmentation genes (in particular cluster 6), as depicted in Figure 1D. Cluster 7, consisting of only 30 cells, is the only cluster expressing histone genes and S-phase genes. It is possible that these few cells are cluster-6 cells that are replicating, but considering the very low number of cells involved, we have not explored any further their identity and decided to remove them, as it would only marginally affect the conclusions of our analyses. It is indeed surprising that cluster 6 (upper limb epidermis) is quite distinct in the UMAP space to the other epidermal clusters 0 (limb epidermis) and 4 (upper tube epidermis), and we have not observed similar situations in other scRNA-Seq studies. We speculate that this is due to the joint expression of anthocyanin-related and photosynthesis-related genes, which convey a very strong transcriptomic signature to these cells that distinguish them from other epidermal cells.

      d) Pearson correlation is largely driven by highly expressed genes and may therefore be insensitive to changes in cell identity markers. The conclusions that the less clear separation of mesophyll and epidermal cells in star is due to altered cell identity would be more convincing if supported by independent validation, such as in situ hybridization or reporter analyses, to directly visualize molecular alterations in the relevant cell types when comparing wild-type and mutant tissues.

      Following another reviewer's comments, we have now given less emphasis on the Pearson correlation analysis, that was to some extent subjective. Therefore, our conclusion that mesophyll and epidermal cells in star are less separated than in WT has been removed.

      Minor comments:

      (1) For color-coded figure legends (e.g., Fig. 1C), please also include the cluster numbers. This would facilitate interpretation, particularly for readers with reduced color sensitivity.

      We have now used colour-blind-friendly palettes and we have added cluster numbers in Figure 1C.

      (2) For figures containing abbreviations (e.g., Fig. 1D, st. / ca.), please explicitly define all abbreviations in the figure legend.

      We have defined all abbreviations in the figure legends.

      (3) For all UMAP figures, and for figures involving comparisons across clusters, please use consistent color schemes for the same clusters throughout the manuscript.

      We have modified color schemes across the manuscript for colour-blind-friendly palettes, consistently used throughout the manuscript.

      (4) In Fig. S6, the plot showing all genes does not exactly match Fig. 1C, although it appears to represent the same data. Please use the same version of packages, seed values and parameters for all UMAP plots to avoid such discrepancies.

      Figure S6 is the result of integrating with Harmony the WT dataset (as shown in Figure 1C) with WT datasets after removing genes differentially expressed by the protoplasting process. Therefore these UMAPs are a result of integrating different datasets than in Figure 1C, which changes the shape of the UMAPs but cannot be controlled by the seed values, to our knowledge.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance):

      Overall, this work significantly advances our understanding of late homeotic gene function. It establishes compelling evidence for how developmental context constrains transcription factor activity and offers broadly relevant insights for studies of organ patterning. The combination of genetic mosaics with single-cell and chromatin-level analyses represents a powerful and generalizable strategy that will be of interest to both plant developmental biologists and researchers studying transcriptional regulation.

      My expertise: single cell genomics, chromatin biology and plant development.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The uniqueness of this paper is the study of the formation of temporal binding-dependent memories in the cntnap2 mouse, a long-standing mouse model of autism that has been used to test therapeutic modalities.

      Strengths:

      I liked the combination of optical recordings and interventions and the backup of primary observations with control experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Fiber photometry recordings are too coarse to give salient clues to the underlying mechanism.

      We acknowledge that fiber photometry provides population-level measurements and does not resolve the activity of individual neurons or synaptic mechanisms. Our aim was to identify alterations in the activity of defined neuronal populations during behaviour rather than to delineate the underlying cellular mechanisms. We agree that future studies employing higher-resolution approaches, such as two-photon calcium imaging, in vivo electrophysiology, or single-cell recordings, would provide important mechanistic insights into the circuit changes underlying the observed activity patterns.

      (2) Are perturbed pyramidal cells causally responsible for the altered trace? What can be concluded about the possible role of inhibitory interneurons as potential drivers? The observations focus on abnormal regional activity as observed with fiber photometry and manipulated by optogenetics. The authors should state clearly the limits of their conclusions.

      Our optogenetic experiments demonstrate a causal role for the targeted neuronal population in modulating the observed activity and behavioural phenotype. However, we do not conclude that this population is solely responsible for generating the altered fiber photometry signal, nor do we infer that it represents the exclusive driver of the underlying circuit dysfunction. Rather, our findings demonstrate that manipulating this population is sufficient to alter circuit activity, while acknowledging that the recorded signals likely reflect interactions between multiple neuronal populations. We have revised the manuscript to make these distinctions clearer.

      (3) I found the "trace" nomenclature confusing. "....in which mice are required to memorize the association between a tone (Conditioned Stimulus) and a mild electric foot-shock (Unconditioned Stimulus), separated by a time interval called Trace (Sellami et al., 2017)." It seems that the conceptual model invokes the creation of an [eligibility] trace, characterized by its progressive disappearance over time. It may be a convention in the field or a matter of language, but it seems perverse to use "trace" to label the time interval rather than the entity that is decaying. If this is an accepted convention going back to Howard Eichenbaum, the authors should cite the paper that first introduced the convention.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. This is indeed an established convention in the classical/Pavlovian conditioning literature rather than terminology specific to our study or to Sellami et al. (2017). The term "trace conditioning" was coined by Pavlov (1927), who used "trace interval" to designate the empty period separating CS offset from US onset, precisely because — as the reviewer intuits — successful conditioning across this gap requires the organism to maintain a memory trace of the CS. In other words, the interval is named for the cognitive/neural entity (the decaying CS trace) that must be sustained across it, not because the interval itself is thought to be a physical or decaying object. So "trace interval" is shorthand for "the interval across which a trace must be maintained," analogous to how "delay conditioning" refers to a paradigm named for a temporal property of the procedure rather than the mechanism per se. We have added a citation to Pavlov (1927) at first use of the term, and clarified the phrasing to make the etymology explicit, as suggested.

      (4) I would advocate for the addition of some discussion points for the authors to consider.

      (a) Is the retention of activity in CA1 related to phenomena at the cellular or subcellular level in CA1 pyramidal cells? I'm thinking of dendritic, delayed, and stochastic CaMKII activation (DDSC) as defined by Yasuda's group or short-term and associative plasticity of calcium dynamics (STAPCD) as delineated by Caya-Bissonette and Beique.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. Our study was designed to investigate network-level dynamics, and the approaches used do not allow us to determine whether the retained activity in CA1 arises from intracellular mechanisms, such as dendritic calcium dynamics or CaMKII-dependent signalling (including mechanisms such as DDSC or STAPCD), recurrent circuit interactions, or a combination of both. We therefore cannot directly assess the contribution of these cellular and subcellular processes. We have now added a paragraph to the Discussion acknowledging that persistent dendritic calcium signalling and CaMKII-dependent plasticity are plausible contributors to sustained CA1 activity and represent an important avenue for future investigation.

      (b) Was the optogenetic intervention ever administered in a delayed fashion, capitalizing on the temporal advantages of optogenetics to probe dynamics?

      This is indeed an important control. While we did not perform this intervention in the current study, this control was part of our seminal study demonstrating the causal role of the dCA1 in temporal binding (Sellami et al., PNAS, 2017, Fig. 1E doi: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.161965711). We showed that aged mice had reduced temporal binding capacity, associated with decreased dCA1 activity. We successfully rescued temporal binding capacity in aged mice through ChR2-induced activation of dCA1 pyramidal neurons during the trace interval, but not outside of the trace interval. Given the striking similarity between the temporal binding deficits observed in aged mice and those reported here in Cntnap2 KO mice, we did not repeat this previously established control in the present study. To acknowledge this point, we have also added a statement to the Discussion noting that confirming the temporal specificity of dCA1 optogenetic manipulation in the Cntnap2 KO model will be an important direction for future studies.

      (c) Is the newfound reliance on corticostriatal pathways something more than compensation at the behavioral level? Could it be driven in part by the ASD-related genetic changes?

      We agree that the increased reliance on corticostriatal pathways could reflect both compensatory recruitment at the behavioral level and a direct consequence of ASD-related genetic alterations affecting circuit development and function. Our current data demonstrate a shift in circuit engagement but do not allow us to distinguish whether this represents an adaptive compensation or a primary consequence of Cntnap2 deficiency. However, given that ASD-associated mutations can alter the development, connectivity, and plasticity of corticostriatal circuits, it is possible that the observed changes reflect intrinsic circuit reorganization rather than solely a compensatory behavioral strategy. We have revised the Discussion to acknowledge this possibility and to clarify that altered corticostriatal recruitment may represent a direct consequence of the genetic disruption that subsequently shapes behavioral strategies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors investigate the contribution of dorsal CA1 hippocampal dysfunction to cognitive impairments in the Cntnap2 knockout mouse model of autism spectrum disorder. Building on previous evidence implicating the hippocampus in episodic and relational memory processes, they combine trace fear conditioning, fiber photometry, optogenetic manipulation, a relational/declarative memory radial maze task, and cFos mapping to test whether altered CA1 function contributes to deficits in temporal binding and memory flexibility.

      The study has several important strengths. First, the work addresses a relatively understudied aspect of autism-related cognition, namely hippocampal-dependent memory processes, whereas much of the literature has focused on social behavior, cortical circuits, or striatal dysfunction. Second, the authors employ multiple complementary approaches that converge on a coherent mechanistic hypothesis. The behavioral data demonstrate a reduced ability of Cntnap2 knockout mice to retain associations across long temporal gaps. Fiber photometry recordings reveal reduced dorsal CA1 activity during conditions that challenge temporal binding, and optogenetic activation of dorsal CA1 neurons during the trace interval is sufficient to rescue memory performance. Together, these findings provide strong support for a causal contribution of dorsal CA1 activity to temporal binding deficits in this model.

      The second major strength of the manuscript is the extension of these findings to a more complex hippocampus-dependent memory task. The radial maze experiments indicate that Cntnap2 knockout mice show impaired memory flexibility and a greater reliance on egocentric learning strategies. The accompanying cFos analyses suggest altered recruitment of hippocampal and striatal networks during learning, providing a systems-level framework that may explain the observed behavioral phenotype.

      Overall, the main conclusions regarding impaired temporal binding and reduced dorsal CA1 engagement are well supported by the data. The optogenetic rescue experiments are particularly compelling because they move beyond correlation and directly test causality. The manuscript therefore makes a meaningful contribution to our understanding of how hippocampal dysfunction may contribute to cognitive abnormalities associated with autism.

      Weaknesses:

      Some conclusions are necessarily more inferential than others. In particular, the interpretation that the observed behavioral phenotype reflects a broader shift from hippocampal-dependent declarative memory toward striatum-dependent procedural learning is supported primarily by cFos activity patterns and behavioral strategy measures. While the data are consistent with this interpretation, they do not directly demonstrate a causal reorganization of memory systems. Similarly, although the findings identify a mechanism in the Cntnap2 model, caution is warranted when extrapolating these conclusions to autism spectrum disorder more broadly; but I believe this caution is addressed in the discussion.

      We agree that our data do not directly demonstrate a causal reorganization of memory systems with cFOS activity patterns. Our intention was to propose that the behavioural strategy together with the brain-wide cFos activation patterns are consistent with a shift in the relative engagement of hippocampal- and striatal-dependent networks. We have revised the manuscript to moderate our interpretation throughout, replacing causal language with wording that reflects an association between the observed behavioural changes and altered recruitment of these memory-related circuits.

      Despite these limitations, the study presents a coherent and well-executed body of work that provides novel mechanistic insight into hippocampal contributions to cognitive dysfunction in a widely used autism model. The findings should be of considerable interest to researchers studying hippocampal function, memory systems, and neurodevelopmental disorders.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript evaluated behavioral phenotypes in the Cntnap2 knockout mouse using two behavioral paradigms: trace fear conditioning and a radial maze task. The trace fear conditioning training is normal, but memory generalization is impaired. The inflexibility is suggested to be related to low activity in dCA1 neurons, which can be rescued by ChR2. The radial maze task data suggested a similar conclusion. Brain-wide cFos mapping indicated impairments in the Cntnap2 knockout mouse. The brain-wide cFos mapping does not show direct correlations with Cntnap2, limiting the interpretation of these data in the context of this paper.

      We agree that brain-wide cFos mapping does not directly identify the molecular or cellular mechanisms by which Cntnap2 deficiency alters circuit function. Rather, we use cFos as a functional readout of network recruitment during behaviour. Our interpretation is therefore limited to identifying differences in activity patterns associated with the behavioural phenotype, rather than establishing direct mechanistic links to Cntnap2 function. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript and moderated the text accordingly.

      Strengths:

      The behavior data are solid.

      Weaknesses:

      The underlying mechanism is not fully investigated.

      Major points:

      (1) The authors should thoroughly check their manuscript as there are many typos in the current version that affect the readability.

      (2) In trace fear conditioning, the tone test impairment can be rescued by ChR2. Have the authors tried rescue experiments with Cntnap2? Rescue experiments in the radial maze task are also essential, either with ChR2 or Cntnap2.

      We agree that rescue experiments in the radial maze would provide additional mechanistic insight by testing whether restoring dCA1 activity optogenetically in Cntnap2 KO mice is sufficient to rescue declarative memory flexibility. However, we have already established the causal role of dCA1 in temporal binding and relational/declarative memory in the radial maze task in our earlier work (Sellami et al., PNAS, 2017, Figure 2E). Indeed, optogenetic inhibition of dCA1 in the radial maze task, specifically during the inter-trial interval, prevented flexible relational/declarative memory formation. In the present study, we confirmed the causal contribution of dCA1 activity to temporal binding in Cntnap2 KO mice in the trace fear conditioning paradigm (Figure 1J-L). Therefore, repeating the optogenetic experiment in the radial maze would provide only limited additional information, while requiring dedicated experimental cohorts and additional validation. Moreover, as the team is based in 2 different institutions and countries (France and Australia), we unfortunately do not have the capacity to perform these experiments.

      Regarding a rescue with the Cntnap2 protein, here, we used the Cntnap2 KO as a well-accepted model of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), rather than understanding the role of this protein in temporal binding capacity and memory formation. The present study was hence designed to determine how dCA1 activity relates to temporal binding and memory performance in ASD, building on the causal evidence established in our previous work. We therefore consider Cntnap2-specific rescue experiments an important follow-up to further test the sufficiency of dCA1 activation, rather than an essential experiment for establishing the conclusions of the present study.

      We have highlighted these points as an important direction for future investigations and revised the manuscript to better distinguish our findings from this additional mechanistic question.

      (3) The quality of the cFos example image in Figure 3 is too low. The authors should also provide example images for the other brain regions in the supplementary data, if possible.

      The low quality of the cFos image in Figure 3 resulted from a formatting issue during figure uploading. This has now been corrected, and a higher-resolution image has been included in the revised manuscript. We have also added representative images for the other brain regions analyzed to the Supplementary Information, as requested.

      (4) The causal link between the brain-wide cFos mapping and the Cntnap2 knockout is weak. How to explain the increase of cFos cell densities in some brain regions, but the decrease in others?

      We agree that cFos mapping cannot explain the mechanisms underlying the regional increases and decreases in activity. We interpret these bidirectional changes as reflecting differential recruitment of distributed brain networks rather than direct effects of Cntnap2 deficiency on individual brain regions, and have clarified this in the revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Improve clarity of the Figure layout: Figure 1, panel I legend. I think the identification of experimental groups is in the wrong place. It really applies to panels K, N, and L, not to panel I. This is important because the genetic stimulation in panels K, N, and L is the key experiment in this whole figure.

      We agree that the placement of the experimental group identification in the original figure legend could be confusing. We have revised the figure layout and legend so that the description of the experimental groups is now associated with panels K and L, where the optogenetic stimulation experiments are presented, thereby improving the clarity of the figure.

      (2) Fix Figure references. "This indicates impaired retention of trace fear memory and temporal binding ability, relative to WT mice (Figure 2I)....: [there is no Fig. 2I, so I'm guessing you mean Fig. 1I; subsequent Figure references also seem to confuse Fig. 1 and 2].

      We thank the reviewer for identifying these errors. We have carefully checked and corrected all figure citations throughout the manuscript, including the reference to Figure 1I-L in this section, to ensure that each citation now refers to the appropriate panel.

      (3) Missing words? In both T20 and T40 conditions, regardless of genotype, [the response to] tone frequency significantly decreased.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this omission. The sentence has been corrected to read: "In both T20 and T40 conditions, regardless of genotype, the response to tone frequency significantly decreased."

      (4) Jargon that should be declared at an appropriately early point. R/DM = relational/declarative memory.

      We have now introduced the term as relational/declarative memory (R/DM) at its first appearance in the manuscript and have ensured that the abbreviation is used consistently thereafter.

      (5) Confusing statement? "In the 40s trace-conditioned group, while the frequency of the calcium transients did not differ between WT and Cntnap2 KO mice throughout conditioning (Figure S1G), their amplitude was significantly reduced both during the presentation of the second tone and consistently across the three trace intervals in Cntnap2 KO mice (Figure 1I)."

      We have revised this sentence to improve its clarity and explicitly distinguish between the frequency and amplitude of calcium transients. The revised text now makes clear that, although the frequency of calcium transients did not differ between genotypes throughout conditioning, their amplitude was significantly reduced in Cntnap2 KO mice during the second tone presentation and across the three trace intervals.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The manuscript would benefit from a clearer distinction between conclusions directly supported by the data and broader interpretations. In particular, statements suggesting a shift from declarative to procedural memory systems could be presented more cautiously, as the cFos analyses provide indirect rather than causal evidence for such reorganization.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive comment. We have revised the manuscript throughout to more clearly distinguish conclusions that are directly supported by our data from broader interpretations. In particular, statements referring to a shift from declarative to procedural memory systems have been moderated.

      (2) Additional clarification of the behavioral interpretation of the radial maze task would be valuable for readers who are less familiar with this paradigm, particularly regarding its relationship to relational/declarative memory and its distinction from procedural learning strategies. In addition, the results' interpretation in this paradigm is unclear to me. What is the significance of the 20-second delay in this task (why not use 10 sec or 60 sec)? I believe the paradigm tests spatial rather than temporal distant items (in contrast with trace fear conditioning that refers to temporally distant events)? Please explain further the link between the two behavioral paradigms.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Regarding the relationship between relational/declarative and procedural learning: The R/DM task was designed by our group (Marighetto and colleagues; Mingaud et al., 2007; Sellami et al., 2017, 2018) specifically to dissociate two learning/memory systems that can support the same behavioral output (correct arm choice) but that differ fundamentally in their underlying representations and, critically, in their flexibility.

      During acquisition, an animal can solve each of the three arm-pair discriminations either by forming a flexible, relational representation of the whole spatial configuration (i.e. an allocentric/hippocampus-dependent "cognitive map" strategy, in which the reward's location is encoded relative to distal cues and to the other pairs) or by learning a set of rigid, response-based rules (i.e. an egocentric/striatum-dependent "turn left/turn right" procedural strategy tied to each specific pair).

      Both strategies can produce equivalent accuracy during initial acquisition, which is why acquisition performance alone cannot distinguish them. The flexibility probe (recombining pairs A and B into a novel pair AB, without moving the reward) is the critical dissociation: only an animal that encoded the reward's location relationally, within a broader spatial map, can generalize correctly to this untrained configuration; an animal that relied on a rigid stimulus– response rule for each pair individually would be unable to solve the recombined pair above chance. Performance on pair AB is therefore the read-out of hippocampus-dependent relational/declarative memory, while the degree of left–right lateralization during acquisition (quantified by a lateralization index) is a converging behavioral signature of reliance on the egocentric/procedural system.

      We have clarified this distinction in the Methods and Results to facilitate interpretation of the paradigm.

      Regarding the 20-s delay and its relationship to trace fear conditioning: The reviewer is correct that the R/DM task and TFC differ in the information being integrated: the R/DM task involves spatially distinct discrimination episodes, whereas TFC involves temporally separated stimuli presented in the same context. However, both tasks require information separated by an interval to be integrated into a unified memory representation, a process referred to here as “temporal binding” (Sellami et al., 2017). The 20-s inter-trial interval in the R/DM task was based on our previous work, in which this interval was shown to be sensitive to age-related deficits in temporal binding and relational memory (Sellami et al., 2017). Similarly, our TFC experiments established a longer temporal-binding capacity in young mice (up to 40 s) compared with aged mice (20 s). Thus, although the two paradigms involve different types of information, they share the requirement to maintain and integrate information across a temporal gap. The different intervals used in the two paradigms reflect their distinct task structures and demands.

      (3) Although the authors address potential locomotor confounds, a brief discussion of how hyperactivity and impulsivity might influence behavioral performance in the different paradigms would strengthen the interpretation of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that distinguishing hyperactivity from impulsivity strengthens the interpretation of our behavioral phenotypes, and we have added a discussion paragraph making this distinction explicit. Briefly: in the TFC paradigm, our existing open-field data (Figure S1D) show that while Cntnap2 KO mice travel more distance and move faster, their resting time is unaffected relative to WT; so, the reduced freezing/temporal binding phenotype at the 40 s trace cannot be attributed to a general locomotor confound, since freezing (immobility) was actually comparable between genotypes during acquisition. In the R/DM radial maze task, however, we agree the phenotype is better read as impulsivity than hyperactivity per se: KO mice show shorter decision latencies specifically at the choice point (Figure 2G), with no corresponding genotype effect on their post-choice running speed for correct trials (Figure 2H), indicating that the effect is on deliberation before response rather than on general motor output. We have revised the Discussion to make this distinction, and its implications for interpreting the egocentric/procedural bias, explicit.

      (4) Minor presentation issues:

      - Ensure that all statistical tests, sample sizes, and post hoc comparisons are reported consistently throughout the manuscript and figure legends.

      We have carefully reviewed the statistical reporting throughout the manuscript and figure legends to ensure consistency. We have clarified sample sizes, statistical tests, and post hoc comparisons where required and in the methods.

      - Carefully proofread the manuscript for minor typographical and grammatical errors. For instance, a) several figures numbers indicated in the main text do not correspond to the figures the authors refers to (page 5 Figure 2I, page 6 Figure 2J and 2K, page 7 "data in fig S2"... and so on); b) rephrase (not clear) page 9: "Differences in the relative contribution of individual substructures between trained WT and Cntnap2 KO mice involved dCA1, dCA2, and dCA3, and favored the DMS, IL, and ACC."

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these issues. We have carefully proofread the manuscript and corrected all figure reference errors and typographical inconsistencies throughout the text. We have also revised the unclear sentence on page 9 to improve clarity and accuracy.

      - Page 9, an additional sentence is needed to explain the significance of the bibliographical reference: "Atypicalities in declarative memory have been reported in ASD, with specific impairments in relating items (Minor et al., 2023)."

      We have revised this section to clarify the significance of the cited study and its relevance to our findings. Specifically, we have expanded the sentence to highlight that impairments in relational processing in ASD may reflect difficulties in integrating individual experiences into coherent memory representations, a process that relies on hippocampal function.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      As stated in the public review, the authors need to thoroughly check their manuscript before submission. There are too many typos in the current version that affect the readability. For example, but not limited to:

      (1) Page 5, "Figure 2I" should be "Figure 1I"; "Figure 2J" should be "Figure 1J"; "Figure 2K" should be "Figure 1K".

      (2) The figure legends of Figure 1J-L are missing.

      (3) Page 8, "In contrast, Cntnap2 KO mice showed no learning-induced dCA1 activation together with hypoactivation of dCA3 in both naïve and trained groups compared to WT mice (Figure S2A)", should it be dCA2 instead of dCA1? Please double-check the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these issues. We have thoroughly checked the manuscript and corrected all typos, figure reference errors, and fixed figure legend information. Regarding the point (3), we did mean to describe the lack of training-induced activation of dCA1, but failed to reference back to Figure 3, likely causing the confusion. This has now been clarified. The manuscript has also been carefully proofread to improve clarity and readability.

      Minor points:

      There are two duplicate rows (two wt) in their raw datasheet, Fig3BCD & S2 and Fig3EF. Please correct them in case of further problems.

      WT Naive 178.736 103.821 250.703 185.229 437.575 50.535 266.254 306.187 306.187 WT Naive 178.736 103.821 250.703 185.229 437.575 50.535 266.254 306.187 306.187

      WT Naive 46.87 37.94 15.19 8.57 4.98 12.02 8.88 20.98 2.42 12.77 14.68 14.68 WT Naive 46.87 37.94 15.19 8.57 4.98 12.02 8.88 20.98 2.42 12.77 14.68 14.68

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this mistake. These duplicated rows have been corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      This study addresses an important question in insect toxicology by systematically evaluating glycogen phosphorylase as a potential insecticidal target. The authors combine complementary biochemical, molecular, physiological, and structural approaches, including recombinant enzyme characterization, inhibitor assays, RNA interference, metabolite profiling, structural modelling, and measurements of fitness-related traits. This integrative approach provides a comprehensive evaluation of the biological consequences of glycogen phosphorylase suppression. In particular, the biochemical evidence that diflubenzuron does not inhibit glycogen phosphorylase, together with the observation that strong suppression of glycogen phosphorylase produces only transient physiological effects without measurable impacts on development or reproduction, provides strong support for the conclusion that glycogen phosphorylase is unlikely to represent an effective standalone insecticidal target.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our study and for recognizing the value of our integrative approach, including recombinant enzyme characterization, RNAi, metabolite profiling, structural modelling, and fitness measurements. We are also grateful for the acknowledgement that our biochemical evidence and phenotypic observations provide strong support for the conclusion that GP is unlikely to be an effective standalone insecticidal target.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The proposed metabolic compensation mechanism is supported by indirect evidence.

      We agree with the reviewer that our data demonstrate correlation with, rather than direct proof of, increased gluconeogenic flux. We have revised the manuscript throughout to moderate our interpretations and to clearly frame the compensation model as a plausible interpretation supported by multiple lines of indirect evidence, rather than an established mechanism. Specific revisions are detailed below.

      Specific revisions:

      (1) Abstract (Lines 35–39):

      “We provide evidence that insects compensate through a multi-layered metabolic response: upregulation of gluconeogenic enzymes (PEPCK, G-6-Pase), selective upregulation of glycogen branching enzyme (GBE) but not α-amylase, and changes in protein content suggestive of catabolic substrate mobilization”

      (2) Abstract (Lines 41–42):

      “Indicating that the metabolic compensation response is ultimately effective in sustaining development”

      (3) Abstract (Lines 42–44):

      “These findings suggest that GP is functionally non-essential under these conditions, likely through a combination of gluconeogenic compensation and the availability of alternative carbon sources”

      (4) Introduction (Lines 88–90):

      “Our findings reveal that PxGP is functionally non-essential for larval development under the tested conditions, reflecting a previously uncharacterized gluconeogenic compensation mechanism”

      (5) Results – Gene expression (Line 265):

      “Gene expression analysis is consistent with gluconeogenic activation”

      (6) Results – Protein content (Line 278):

      “Changes in protein content suggestive of catabolic substrate mobilization”

      (7) Results – Protein decline (Line 283):

      “This protein decline is consistent with substrate mobilization”

      (8) Results – GBE expression (Line 389):

      “PxGP knockdown selectively upregulates glycogen branching enzyme expression”

      (9) Results – GBE differential response (Lines 400–403):

      “This differential expression pattern—selective GBE upregulation with unchanged α-amylase expression—indicates that the compensatory response to GP suppression involves targeted remodeling of glycogen structure rather than a generalized upregulation of all glycogen-degrading enzymes.”

      (10) Results – Fitness assessment (Lines 411–412):

      “To determine whether the metabolic changes observed following PxGP knockdown are associated with measurable physiological consequences”

      (11) Results – Fitness interpretation (Lines 426–430):

      “GP suppression likely triggers protein catabolism to supply amino acids for gluconeogenesis, contributing to transient weight loss. In the presence of continuous dietary carbohydrate supply, the compensatory response appears sufficiently effective to restore metabolic homeostasis before developmentally critical transitions”

      (12) Discussion – Glycogen accumulation paradox (Line 520-521):

      “a paradox that could be explained by the activation of GP-independent glycogen catabolism via alternative enzymes like...”

      (13) Results – Trehalose and G6P (Lines 299–303, 315–317):

      “Trehalose levels remained stable at 48-72 h but increased substantially by 96 h (7.44-fold elevation, P < 0.05) (Figure 9F). This increase coincided with the significant upregulation of gluconeogenic genes (e.g., PEPCK and G-6-Pase), consistent with the idea that gluconeogenesis contributes to trehalose synthesis and ensures adequate carbohydrate reserves for the upcoming pupation”

      And: “Together, the coordinated behavior of G6P and trehalose is consistent with gluconeogenesis-derived glucose being converted into storage and transport carbohydrates”

      (14) Results – Integrated interpretation (Lines 330–332):

      “Collectively, these metabolite and gene expression data reveal a biphasic metabolic adaptation that provides a coherent explanation for why substantial GP suppression causes no mortality or developmental defects”

      (15) Discussion – Definitive proof (Lines 527–531):

      “At 96 h, trehalose and G6P levels in dsGP-treated larvae were maintained at markedly higher levels than in dsGFP controls, which had declined by this time point, coinciding with 3–4‑fold upregulation of PEPCK and G‑6‑Pase. These changes strongly support, albeit indirectly, de novo glucose synthesis as the primary rescue mechanism.”

      (16) Discussion – Protein catabolism confirmation (Lines 505):

      “provides independent biochemical support for protein catabolism”

      (2) Some mechanistic interpretations extend beyond the data presented.

      We accept this criticism and have systematically revised the manuscript to distinguish more carefully between observed transcriptional/metabolic changes and functional interpretations. We now consistently frame these as correlative evidence consistent with—but not proving—the proposed mechanisms.

      Specific revisions:

      The revisions listed under Weakness 1 above—particularly those modifying language around protein decline (Lines 278, 283), gene expression (Lines 265, 389), and trehalose/G6P changes (Lines 299–303, 314–317)—also directly address this weakness by removing the implication that transcriptional or protein-level changes constitute functional proof of pathway activation. Additionally, we have made the following revisions:

      (17) Additional discussion of GBE/α-amylase limitation (Line 405-408)

      We have added explicit acknowledgement that transcriptional changes alone do not demonstrate functional pathway activation:

      “However, as these observations are limited to the transcript level, further enzymatic activity assays or glycogen structure analyses would be required to determine whether this transcriptional change translates into functional alterations in glycogen mobilization.”

      (18) Fitness section – clarification (Lines 426–430):

      We have revised the interpretation of transient larval weight loss as described above, introducing “likely” and clarifying that the data are consistent with the model rather than conclusively demonstrating it.

      (3) An alternative explanation for the limited phenotype is not fully considered.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that the continuous availability of dietary carbohydrates under our experimental conditions represents a plausible alternative explanation for the lack of phenotype. We have added explicit discussion of this alternative interpretation in the Abstract, Introduction, and Discussion sections.

      Specific revisions:

      (19) Abstract (Lines 42–44):

      As shown above, we have revised the abstract to include: “These findings suggest that GP is functionally non-essential under these conditions, likely through a combination of gluconeogenic compensation and the availability of alternative carbon sources.”

      (20) Introduction (Lines 88–90):

      As shown above, we have revised the introduction to include: “under the tested conditions” and to acknowledge that the observed phenotype reflects a combination of factors.

      (21) Discussion – Biphasic response (Lines 531–539):

      We have revised the discussion of the biphasic response to moderate the causal language and acknowledge alternative interpretations:

      “This biphasic response—initial metabolic stress followed by delayed (48-72 h) and robust compensation—creates a temporal buffer by 96 h and is consistent with the absence of overt phenotypes despite substantial GP suppression. This temporal coordination raises the possibility of a developmentally programmed response, potentially involving hormonal regulation, that anticipates energy demands at critical transitions. Critically, this pattern suggests a potential vulnerability window (~72 h) during which combined inhibition of glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis might overcome compensation, although this remains speculative and would require experimental validation.”

      (22) Discussion – Alternative explanation paragraph (Lines 540–547):

      We have added a following paragraph explicitly addressing the alternative explanation:

      “We also acknowledge that the absence of a severe phenotype may reflect an additional, non‑mutually exclusive explanation: under our experimental conditions, with continuous dietary carbohydrate availability, GP activity may not be rate‑limiting for maintaining glucose homeostasis. The observed transient larval weight loss could thus reflect both active metabolic compensation and the inherently low demand on GP for glucose supply in a feeding larva. Distinguishing between active compensation and the non‑limiting nature of GP will require future studies under nutrient‑restricted conditions or during fasting intervals, where GP's role is likely to become more critical.”

      Additional revisions to moderate language throughout the manuscript

      Beyond the specific revisions addressing each weakness, we have also made the following broader language modifications to ensure consistent and cautious interpretation throughout:

      (23) Changes from “ablation” to “suppression” (Lines 180, 195–197, 357):

      “Ablation” to “suppression” throughout.

      (24) Conclusions – Fundamental principle (Lines 619):

      “our findings uncover a fundamental principle of...”

      (25) Conclusions – Strategic path (Lines 621–623):

      “This metabolic plasticity renders GP non-viable as a standalone insecticidal target but illuminates a potential strategic path forward”

      (26) Discussion – Trehalase inhibitors (Lines 556–558):

      “For example, trehalase inhibitors such as Validamycin A are potent insecticides [44, 45], suggesting that trehalase inhibition may not be subject to the same degree of metabolic compensation”

      (27) Discussion – Metabolic pincer (Line 561):

      “a 'metabolic pincer' attack that might overcome adaptive compensation”

      (28) MM/GBSA and structural predictions (Lines 27–32, 450, 455–457):

      Abstract (Lines 27–32)

      “Molecular docking and MM/GBSA analysis predict that this selectivity reflects differential side-chain engagement: GPI is predicted to occupy the allosteric site at the dimer interface via contacts with seven residues spanning both subunits (ΔG = −34.63 kcal/mol), whereas DFB's difluorobenzoyl moiety is predicted to remain solvent-exposed without productive protein contacts (ΔG = −29.29 kcal/mol).”

      Line 450

      “MM/GBSA analysis indicated”

      Lines 455–457

      “These structural predictions are consistent with established structure–activity relationships of acyl urea compounds [15], in which target selectivity is governed by the side-chain substitution pattern rather than by the shared acyl urea core”

      (29) Scope of conclusion (Lines 471–472):

      “This provides the first direct biochemical evidence excluding GP as a candidate molecular target for diflubenzuron”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major recommendations

      (1) Moderate the interpretation of the proposed compensatory mechanism throughout the manuscript.

      We fully agree with the reviewer's assessment. Throughout the manuscript, we have systematically moderated the language used to describe the compensatory mechanism, ensuring that our interpretations are framed as plausible inferences supported by multiple lines of indirect evidence rather than as established conclusions. The specific revisions are detailed in items (1)–(7), items (10)–(16) of our response to Weakness 1 above, and items (24)–(25) of our response to Weakness 3 above.

      Additional language modifications addressing the reviewer's concern about assertive terminology are detailed in our response to Minor Recommendation 1 below.

      Line 495

      “Our investigation shows that this tolerance reflects a robust”

      Line 498

      “As insects elicited a compensatory gluconeogenic pathway.”

      Line 518

      “Direct metabolite quantification reflected this compensation”

      (2) Clarify the evidence supporting alternative glycogen degradation pathways.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We have revised the GBE and α-amylase sections to more clearly distinguish between transcriptional changes and functional pathway activation. The revised wording now explicitly acknowledges that our observations are limited to the transcript level and that functional confirmation would require additional experiments. The specific revisions are detailed in items (8)–(9) and item (12) of our response to Weakness 1 above. We have also added a sentence acknowledging that these observations are limited to the transcript level (item 17) of our response to Weakness 2 above.

      (3) Discuss alternative explanations for the limited physiological phenotype.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that the continuous availability of dietary carbohydrates under our experimental conditions represents a plausible alternative explanation for the lack of phenotype. We have incorporated this alternative interpretation into the Abstract, Introduction, and Discussion sections, as detailed in items (3)–(4) of our response to Weakness 1 above, and items (21)–(22) of our response to Weakness 3 above.

      We have also revised the subsequent conclusion (Lines 553–554) to align with this alternative interpretation, changing “GP fails as a standalone target due to compensation via gluconeogenesis” to “GP appears to fail as a standalone target, at least in part because of compensation via gluconeogenesis.” This ensures consistency with the preceding discussion of GP’s potentially non‑rate‑limiting role.

      Minor recommendations

      (1) Review the manuscript for statements using terms such as "demonstrates," "confirms," "proves," or "establishes."

      We have systematically reviewed the entire manuscript and replaced overly assertive terms (e.g., “demonstrates,” “confirms,” “proves,” “establishes”) with more cautious language (e.g., “suggests,” “is consistent with,” “provides evidence that,” “indicates”) wherever they refer to the proposed metabolic mechanism. Specific revisions are listed under Major Recommendation 1 above. In addition:

      MM/GBSA and structural predictions (Lines 27–32, 450, 455–457): Abstract (Lines 27–32): Changed “Molecular docking and MM/GBSA analysis reveal that...” to “Molecular docking and MM/GBSA analysis predict that...”

      Results (Line 450): Changed “MM/GBSA analysis confirmed” to “MM/GBSA analysis indicated.”

      Results (Lines 455–457): Changed “These structural data confirm that...” to “These structural predictions are consistent with...”

      Conclusion scope (Lines 471–472): Changed “This provides the first direct biochemical evidence excluding GP as a candidate molecular target for BPUs” to “This provides the first direct biochemical evidence excluding GP as a candidate molecular target for diflubenzuron.”

      Changes from “ablation” to “suppression” (Lines 180, 195–197, 357): Changed “ablation” to “suppression” throughout the manuscript where referring to GP knockdown.

      (2) Ensure that the distinction between changes in transcript abundance, enzyme activity, and metabolic flux is maintained consistently throughout the Results and Discussion.

      We have carefully reviewed the Results and Discussion sections to ensure that we consistently distinguish between transcript abundance (measured by RT-qPCR), enzyme activity (measured by activity assays), and inferred metabolic flux (not directly measured). The revisions listed under Major Recommendations 1 and 2 above directly address this point. Key changes include:

      Consistently using “transcriptional upregulation” or “expression” when referring to qPCR data, rather than “activation” or “pathway activity.”

      Explicitly acknowledging that transcriptional changes do not necessarily reflect metabolic flux.

      Using “is consistent with” rather than “demonstrates” when linking gene expression changes to functional outcomes.

      Additional clarifications and corrections to data presentation

      During the preparation of the revised manuscript, we also made several corrections and clarifications to the data presentation:

      RNAi knockdown efficiency (Line 364–367): We have added a clarification that the knockdown efficiency in the cohort used for enzyme activity and fitness assays (54.66% at 48 h) was lower than that achieved in the dose–response experiment (87.59% at 48 h), reflecting batch-to-batch variation between independently injected cohorts. We have also noted that the enzyme-activity data should be interpreted against the transcript reduction measured in this same cohort.

      Total protein data comparability (Lines 374–380): We have added a note clarifying that the total-protein data shown in Figure 9D and Figure 10–figure supplement 2 derive from independent experimental cohorts processed at different homogenization ratios; absolute protein concentrations are therefore not directly comparable between the two panels. Both datasets nonetheless show a transient decline of approximately 30% in total protein in dsGP-treated larvae within the first 72 h.

      Trehalose and G6P data interpretation (Lines 304–309, 314–315, 345–353): We have revised the description of trehalose and G6P levels at 96 h to clarify that the large fold-differences primarily reflect a pronounced decline in dsGFP control values at this time point, rather than a net increase in absolute metabolite content in dsGP-treated larvae. The revised wording now indicates that GP-suppressed larvae maintain their trehalose and G6P pools at a stage when control larvae are actively depleting them.

      Gene expression recovery kinetics (Lines 251–252): We have corrected the description of PxTre and PxHex expression at 96 h to state that they “returned to, and modestly exceeded, control levels” rather than “returned to near baseline levels.”

      Cell line description update (Lines 644–654): In response to editorial requirements, we have updated the cell line description to include supplier authentication, mycoplasma testing status, and confirmation that the cells were used experimentally within one year of purchase.

      Figure corrections:

      Figure 2 legend: revised to state “maximum inhibition did not exceed 55.07 ± 7.05%” to match the main text.

      Figure 4 legend: corrected normalization description from “control set to 1.0 at each time point” to “calibrated to the 24 h control sample (set to 1.0).”

      Figure 6 legend: corrected reference sample from “L1 set to 1.0” to “Egg set to 1.0.”

      Figure 8D: corrected y-axis label from “Adult emergency (%)” to “Adult emergence (%).”

      Figure 9C: corrected in-figure label from “G-6-P” to “G-6-Pase.”

      Terminology correction: We have standardized the use of “similarity” (rather than “identity”) when referring to sequence comparisons (Lines 190, 1075).

      PROSITE motif name correction (Lines 181–184): We have corrected “phosphatase-pyridoxal phosphate linkage site” to “phosphorylase pyridoxal-phosphate attachment site.”

      Figure 11 statistical description (Lines 1138–1142): We have revised the figure legend to specify that data in (B) and (C) are mean ± SEM of three biological replicates, while data in (D–F) are shown as box plots with sample sizes indicated, and the statistical comparison is dsGP vs. dsGFP (independent samples t‑test). These revisions do not affect any results or conclusions.

      Gene expression peak description (Line 301): Changed “coincided temporally with peak expression of gluconeogenic gene” to “coincided with the significant upregulation of gluconeogenic genes” to avoid implying a single defined peak.

      Minor textual corrections

      We have also corrected the following textual issues:

      Sentence structure (Lines 433–435): We have revised the sentence structure to correct a comma splice and clarify the logical relationship. The original sentence “To provide structural insight into the observed selectivity, GPI potently inhibits PxGP (IC<sub>50</sub> = 2.96 nM) while DFB does not, we performed...” has been revised to “To provide structural insight into the observed selectivity—in which GPI potently inhibits PxGP (IC<sub>50</sub> = 2.96 nM) while DFB does not—we performed...”

      Additional minor corrections: We have corrected a small number of typographical errors and stylistic inconsistencies throughout the manuscript.

      All of these corrections are limited to data presentation, figure labeling, and textual clarity. They do not alter any experimental results, quantitative conclusions, or the overall interpretation of the study.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The rationale behind averaging sentence embeddings across multiple transformer models (with different architectures and training objectives) is unclear. These transformer-based models have different training paradigms and model architectures, which may result in misaligned semantic spaces. The averaging operation may dilute the distinct sentence representations learned by each model, potentially weakening the overall semantic encoding for sentences. Please clarify this choice or cite supporting methodology.

      The reviewer questions the rationale for averaging sentence embeddings across different models. However, our method involves computing correlations separately for each model, then averaging the correlations. We apologize for the confusion. We have clarified this on page 3:

      “Results for the ‘Transformers’ model are computed by computing correlations separately for five different transformer models and then taking a simple average of these correlations. Results for each individual transformer are presented in Supplementary Information Figure S2.”

      (2) All structure-sensitive models discussed incorporate semantics to some extent. Including a purely syntactic baseline, such as a model based on context-free grammar, would help confirm the importance of syntactic structures.

      Following the suggestion, we have implemented two syntactic models and discuss the results on page 10:

      “We also found that purely syntactic models based on constituency parses (see Benepar and CFG) show poor correlations with brain activity (see Supplementary Information Figure S2). Examining the corresponding RSA matrices (see Figure S1), this seems to be due to such models being overly sensitive to syntactic form, and relatively insensitive to which words are assigned to different nodes within the syntactic tree. This is most evident for the edit-distance similarity metric, and to a lesser extent also for the subtree similarity metric. This finding highlights the value of hybrid approaches designed to appropriately balance sensitivity to lexical, syntactic, and compositional information in representing semantic information at the sentence level.”

      (3) In Figure 2, human behavioral judgments show weak correlations with neural data, and even fall below those of computational models, suggesting the behavioral judgments may not reflect the sentence structures in a brain-like way. This discrepancy between behavioral and neural data should be clarified, as it affects the interpretation of the results.

      While the behavioural judgements are made by different participants and involve a different task than the neuroimaging results, nonetheless we agree the difference is surprising and warrants more detailed consideration. We have included a more detailed discussion of this issue on page 11:

      “Our study has several limitations. First, we found a surprisingly low correlation between behavioural ratings and brain activations (see Figure 2). This may be partly explained by differences in task structure. In the behavioural experiment, participants viewed many pairs of related sentences, and were explicitly asked to pay attention to differences in the words of each sentence. In contrast, in the fMRI task, participants read one sentence at a time without an explicit comparison. In addition, we suspect that presentation of so many sentence pairs with highly similar structures may have biased the way in which participants rated sentence similarity. Modifications to the behavioural task to mitigate these aspects may reduce the divergence between behavioural and brain findings.”

      (4) To better contextualize model and neural performance, sentence similarity should be anchored to a notion of semantic "ground truth", such as the matrix shown in Figure 1a. Comparing this reference with human judgments, brain responses, and model similarities would help establish an upper bound.

      While our design matrix served as the basis for constructing a set of stimuli with systematic modifications, we respectfully suggest that it should not be regarded as a ‘semantic ground truth’. Sentence pairs within each category will not have the same degrees of semantic similarity since the words and context differ across sentences in a graded manner. Furthermore, while we anticipated ‘different’ sentence pairs would be less similar than ‘swapped’ sentence pairs, and that within each of the six block diagonals the ‘modified’ or ‘substituted’ sentence pairs would be the most similar, we did not have any prediction about the magnitude of these differences. Our goal was to construct a set of sentence pairs which spanned a range of semantic similarities, and allowed for dissociation between lexical similarity and overall similarity in meaning. The design matrix is not intended to represent a ‘ground truth’ that human judgements or brain representations would be expected to conform with.

      (5) The structure of this paper is confusing. For instance, Figure 5 is cited early but appears much later. Reordering sections and figures would enhance readability.

      We agree that placement of figures was not ideal in the previous draft. We have reworked the manuscript so that all figures appear closer to their mention in the text, and the figure (now Figure 3) appears in the correct order. We have also substantially revised the discussion, and included subheadings to help guide the reader through the various different issues we include.

      (6) While the analysis is broad and comprehensive, it lacks depth in some respects. For instance, it remains unclear what specific insights are gained from comparing across brain regions (e.g., whole brain, language network, and other subregions). Similarly, the results of simple-average and group-average RSA appear quite similar and may not advance the interpretation.

      We included both analyses in line with our preregistration, and also because we believe the fact that two distinct approaches to analyzing the data yield similar results strengthens our conclusions.

      (7) While explaining the grid-like pattern due to sentence length is important, this part feels somewhat disconnected from the central question of this paper (word order). It might be better placed in supplementary material.

      We believe that the grid-like pattern in the RSA results is an important unexpected finding that warrants discussion in the main manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) The interpretation of findings is nuanced. Although Transformers underperform as brain models on the critical subsets of controlled sentences, a Transformer outperforms all other models when evaluated on the union of all sentences when both word-level content and structure vary. Transformers also yield equivalent or better models of human behavioral data. Thus, although Transformers have demonstrable flaws as human models, which are pinpointed here, in the general case, (some) Transformers are more human-like than the other models considered.

      The reviewer argues that we overstate some of our conclusions, as several transformers achieve higher brain correlations than the hybrid model when computed over all sentence pairs, as well as on the behavioural data. In response, we first note that our primary interest in this paper is on the block-diagonal sentence pairs, as these were specifically designed to interrogate how different models represent sentence structure. The comparison with all sentence pairs is presented for comparison but is not our primary focus on this paper, as also reflected in the pre-registered prediction that our VerbNet-CN hybrid model would show higher brain correlations than transformers over this block diagonal subset.

      Second, we have included a new analysis in the revised manuscript (Figure S9) where we compute brain correlations controlling for the pattern of similarities observed in the primary visual cortex (averaged over participants), as a way to control for visual similarity. This added control substantially reduces the brain correlations of the transformers, such that they all have lower correlations than VerbNet-CN and AMR-smatch even over the set of all sentence pairs. We provide interpretation of this result in the discussion.

      Third, we would like to note one of the disadvantages of transformers as a model of mind or brain representations is that they are largely a ‘black box’ whose workings are poorly understood. One advantage of hybrid models like our simple semantic role model is that they can be much easier to interpret, thereby enabling them to be used to determine which features are most important for brain representations of sentence meaning, and what mechanisms are used to combine individual words into a full sentence. Given their relative simplicity and interpretability, we believe hybrid models have considerable value as scientific tools, even in cases where they achieve comparable correlations to transformers. We have added a short discussion of this issue in the revised manuscript (page 10).

      (2) There may be confounds between the critical sentence structure manipulations and visual representations of sentence stimuli. This is inconvenient because activation in brain regions that process semantics tends to partially correlate with visual cortex representations, and computational models tend to reflect the number of words/tokens/elements in sentences. Although the study commendably controls for confounds associated with sentence length, there could still be residual effects that remain. For instance, the Graph model correlates most strongly with the visual cortex despite these sentence length controls.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is a potential confound. As noted in the previous response, we have implemented a new control analysis in which we directly control for visual similarities as reflected in participant-averaged similarities of primary visual cortex activations in response to all stimuli. These results are shown in Figures S8-S11 in the SI. We show that transformer correlations are reduced much more than graph and hybrid models with this control. Also, we note that the AMR-smatch graph model shows high correlations with other brain regions even after removing correlations with the visual cortex (Figure S10). This indicates that the model represents a range of sentence features, including both superficial visual or length-related features, as well as semantic features that are represented in common with language and other cortical regions.

      (3) Sentence similarity computations are emphasized as the basis for unifying comparative analyses of graph structures and vector data. A strength of this approach is that correlation is not always the ideal similarity metric. However, a weakness is that similarity computations are not unified across models. This has practical consequences here because different similarity metrics applied to the same model produce positive or negative correlations with brain data.

      The reviewer notes that the method for computing similarities differs between the vector-based (mean and transformer) models, and the hybrid and syntax-based models, thereby potentially adding an additional confound to our results. We agree that this is a potential limitation, and our correlations should always be understood as applying to a model paired with a similarity metric. However, we believe that this is mostly unavoidable when comparing different formalisms. In the revised manuscript we have incorporated an entirely new similarity metric for vector-based models (DIEM similarity), as well as an extended discussion of the effect of different similarity metrics for graph and hybrid models.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Objectives of the study and impact of the work:

      The authors of this article primarily aim to reconstruct the evolutionary history of the insect odorant receptor (OR) family, which is responsible for the detection of odorant signals by olfactory neurons. Due to the lack of phylogenetic signal present in the sequences of this multigene family, which evolves very rapidly, phylogenetic analyses have so far never made it possible to precisely retrace how ORs diversified prior to the appearance of present-day insect orders, and what the drivers of this diversification were. For example, one may suspect that the adaptation of ORs to odors emitted by plants constituted a critical step in insect evolution during the "angiosperm terrestrial revolution," which occurred at the end of the Cretaceous, but nothing currently allows this to be asserted.

      There are very nice examples, notably in Drosophilids, derived from comparisons between closely related species and documenting mechanisms of OR adaptation to certain signals. However, what the authors attempt to do in this work is to produce a macroevolutionary analysis at the scale of insects as a whole, based almost exclusively on bioinformatic analyses. To do this, they annotated OR genes in about one hundred insect species and developed pipelines for analyzing sequence similarity, structural similarity, and functional similarity, the latter being estimated through a molecular docking approach. An important feature in the evolution of insect ORs is the emergence of a unique co-receptor, called Orco, which appears to be an OR that has lost the ability to bind odorants. In addition to the largescale bioinformatic analysis, the authors also aim to explore more specifically the factors that favored the emergence of Orco and the selective advantage conferred by the existence of OR-Orco complexes.

      Given the importance of odorant receptors in insect biology and in their adaptation to different environments and lifestyles, retracing their evolutionary history is indeed a major question in evolutionary biology. In principle, this type of work therefore has the potential to become a reference in the field and to provide a basis for significant scientific advances.

      Major strengths and weaknesses:

      The sampling chosen for collecting OR sequences is very impressive, with more than 100 insect families represented, covering most of the major orders. This sampling appears appropriate for the question being addressed. The analysis pipeline used to collect the sequences makes sense, relying on homology-based annotation tools coupled with a structure-based filter. Nevertheless, one can note aberrant numbers of ORs for certain species (much lower than reality), which indicates that the pipeline probably did not function correctly for all genomes. In the absence of a validation step comparing the results with already known OR repertoires, it is difficult to estimate the overall quality of the data. The authors chose to apply a fairly stringent filter on sequence quality (based on predicted 3D structure), which reduces the number from 14,000 to 9,000. This choice seems logical given the subsequent use of these data, but it inevitably leads to data loss. The fact that some OR genes may be missing and that the total number may not be exact for each species is not prohibitive for studying the evolution of the family at a broad scale; however, it calls into question certain results that rely on this total number, such as the correlation between the number of ORs and genome size, lifestyle, and diet.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important concern. To objectively evaluate how much our strict structural filtering may have reduced OR counts, we collected published OR annotations for species included in our study and compared those values with our structurally intact OR counts (Author response table 1). For most previously annotated species, the difference was within approximately ten ORs, indicating that our counts are generally comparable to published annotations after structural filtering. Diabrotica virgifera virgifera was a clear exception. Previous work, using transcriptomic evidence and manual annotation, reported 193 ORs, including 124 complete ORs and three pseudogenes, whereas our original pipeline retained only nine structurally intact ORs. We found that this discrepancy was mainly caused by insufficient query representation. The previous D. virgifera virgifera annotation was published in 2025, whereas our original annotation was performed in 2022, so our query set likely did not adequately represent this lineage. When we re-annotated this species using new queries, 78 complete ORs were retained after structural filtering. We have updated the D. virgifera virgifera annotation in the revised dataset.

      We also considered genome size as a possible contributor to low automated recovery. Among the 115 species analyzed, D. virgifera virgifera has the third-largest genome, after Locusta migratoria and Thermobia domestica. Large genomes contain many repetitive regions, which can make automated OR annotation more difficult and may reduce the number of recovered intact gene models. The two larger-genome species in our dataset had previously been manually annotated with transcriptomic support, suggesting that automated annotation alone may be less reliable for large, repeat-rich genomes. At the same time, published OR annotations are not always free from error. For example, Propsilocerus akamusi was previously reported to have 17 ORs, whereas our pipeline retained ten complete ORs. After downloading and modeling the 17 published sequences, we found that PaOR1, PaOR5, PaOR6, PaOR9, and PaOR14 differed substantially from canonical OR structures or appeared to be incorrectly annotated (Author response image 1). Truncated genes such as PaOR4, which lacks part of the intramembrane region of TM2-4 but still clearly resembles an OR, would be retained by our strategy; sequences with more severe structural inconsistency would be excluded. Because many previous OR annotations have not been experimentally validated, it is difficult to treat all published OR counts as exact ground truth.

      To test whether possible OR loss affected OR-count-based conclusions, we first removed all potential GR sequences from the dataset. For species with published OR counts, we then repeated the pGLS analyses using the larger of our structurally intact OR count and the published OR count (Fig. S1b-e). The main ecological associations were retained: OR count remained associated with larval diet, adult diet, and habitat, and was not associated with circadian rhythm. This indicates that the main OR count ecological analyses are reasonably robust to moderate underestimation caused by missed ORs or strict structural filtering.

      In contrast, the association between OR count and genome size was no longer supported in this sensitivity analysis (Author response image 2a and b). We therefore removed the analysis and discussion of a negative relationship between genome size and OR count. The original pattern likely reflected the difficulty of annotating ORs in large, repeat-rich genomes rather than a reliable biological relationship.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 122-126): " We then repeated the phylogenetic generalized least squares (pGLS) analyses using the larger of our structurally intact OR count and the published OR count, and the main ecological associations were retained. This indicates that the main OR-count ecological analyses are reasonably robust to moderate underestimation caused by missed ORs or strict structural filtering."

      These new benchmark and sensitivity analyses directly strengthen the evidence supporting our dataset and its ecological interpretations.

      From the dataset collected, the authors attempted to categorize ORs in several ways, starting with the reconstruction of sequence similarity networks. The approach is interesting, but in the end, the results do not seem to be sufficiently exploited, and it is not obvious what the advantage of this approach is compared with the "classical" phylogenetic approach, which generally fails to reveal homology relationships between ORs from species belonging to different insect orders. Here again, the majority of the clusters identified are "order-specific," and when this is not the case, the authors did not attempt to exploit the results. For example, clusters SeqC26 or SeqC28, which appear to be shared by many insects, are potentially very interesting. It might have been relevant to combine this similarity-based clustering approach with phylogenetic reconstructions within each shared cluster.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that the previous version did not sufficiently explore the evolutionary information contained in shared sequence communities such as SeqC26 and SeqC28. Following the suggestion, we extracted the sequences from these key shared communities and reconstructed within-community gene trees to search for orthologous groups.

      Because shared SeqCs may contain conserved genes across insect orders, we used the gene trees of SeqC26 and SeqC28 to identify candidate cross-order orthologous groups. In SeqC26, we identified 56 orthologous groups, 11 of which included more than ten species. Among these 11 larger groups, 4 spanned multiple insect orders. One example, OGG54, includes sequences from Orthoptera, Blattodea, Trichoptera, and Hymenoptera; after excluding the possibility of GR contamination, this group includes locust LmigOR5 and LmigOR4. LmigOR5 has been reported to bind geranyl acetone and to be associated with avoidance behavior in the migratory locust (Chang et al. 2023). The functions of the corresponding receptors in other insect orders remain to be tested, and we now present these as candidate conserved modules rather than confirmed functional orthologs. In contrast, we did not identify clear cross-order orthologous groups in SeqC28. This suggests that the ORs in SeqC28 are more similar at the sequence-community level, but do not necessarily reflect traceable orthologous relationships.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 156-164): "SeqC26 and SeqC28 are large shared clusters that may contain cross-order orthologous relationships. In SeqC26, we identified 56 orthologous groups, four of which spanned multiple insect orders. OGG54 included ORs from Orthoptera, Blattodea, Trichoptera, and Hymenoptera. This group contains the locust receptors LmigOR5 and LmigOR4. LmigOR5 has been reported to bind geranyl acetone and to be associated with avoidance behavior in the migratory locust. The functions of the corresponding receptors in other insect orders remain to be tested, and we now present these as candidate conserved modules rather than confirmed functional orthologs. In contrast, we did not identify clear cross-order orthologous groups in SeqC28."

      The clustering based on structure also leads to the identification of a majority of "orderspecific" clusters, but once again, the clusters shared by several orders are not truly exploited, which does not provide new insight into the evolution of ORs. However, the authors highlight a group of ORs in flies that appear to possess an unusual intracellular region. This is interesting, although it is a result more relevant to OR structure than to their evolution. The function of these ORs in Drosophila melanogaster, if it is known, is not discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for this useful suggestion. Similar to the sequence communities, the structural communities also contain broadly shared groups. In the revised analysis, we focus in particular on StrC23, the only structural community present in 12 insect orders. StrC23 accounts for 46.3% of all structurally intact ORs in our dataset (4124 of 8905 ORs).

      Given the extremely low sequence similarity among insect ORs, the existence of such a broad conserved structural community is important. We found that StrC23 has a significantly larger binding-pocket volume than other ORs and Orco (Fig. S3 d). From a structural perspective, this suggests that StrC23 receptors may have greater potential to accommodate diverse VOCs. We therefore interpret StrC23 not as sequence-level conservation, but as conservation at the level of OR structural evolution: many species appear to retain a large set of ORs with relatively large binding pockets, which may provide a structural basis for broad docking-derived VOC binding potential before lineage-specific OR diversification occurs.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we also examined available functional data for the long-IL3 receptors in StrC17. The long-IL3 orthologous group includes Drosophila melanogaster DmOr13a (droMel44 in our dataset) and Bactrocera dorsalis BdorOR13a (bacDor_18 in our dataset). Previous studies indicate that both receptors respond to 1-octen-3-ol (Kreher et al. 2008; Xu et al. 2023). Earlier work also identified a group of Dipteran fly OR homologs, including DmOr13a and BdorOR13a, as 1octen-3-ol-specific responsive receptors associated with oviposition behavior(Liu et al. 2023). When we modeled these homologous receptors, they also showed an extended IL3 region.

      We therefore propose that the long-IL3 ORs identified here likely correspond to the previously reported fly homologs involved in 1-octen-3-ol responses. However, 1-octen-3-ol has different behavioral functions in different species: it acts as an attractant in blood-feeding mosquitoes and tsetse flies (Hall et al. 1984; Kline et al. 2007), contributes to plant-host localization in parasitoids(Morawo and Fadamiro 2016), functions as an aggregation cue in some beetles(Pierce et al. 1989), and is often associated with oviposition regulation in flies (Kreher et al. 2008; Liu et al. 2023). Mosquito receptors known to detect 1-octen-3-ol, such as AgOR8, AaOR8, TaOR8, and CquiOR118b(Lu et al. 2007; Xu et al. 2015; Dekel et al. 2016; Frunze et al. 2024), do not contain a long IL3 region (Fig. S3 e). This raises the possibility that the long IL3 structure in fly homologs may relate to the oviposition-associated role of 1-octen-3-ol in flies.

      Because OR ligand binding is primarily mediated by the binding pocket, IL3 may not directly determine ligand binding. Instead, it may influence downstream regulation of olfactory responses. Mutational analysis of Orco suggests that IL3 can regulate channel activation and Orco-dependent olfactory responses, indicating that variation in intracellular loops may affect response efficiency or sensitivity(Turner et al. 2014; Bobkov et al. 2021). We now discuss this only as a plausible mechanism requiring future experimental validation.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 196-202): "StrC23 is the only structural community present in 12 insect orders and accounts for 46.3% of all structurally intact ORs in the dataset. We found that StrC23 has a much larger binding-pocket volume than other ORs and Orco. From a structural perspective, this suggests that StrC23 receptors may have greater potential to accommodate diverse VOCs. This reflects conservation at the level of OR structural evolution: many species appear to retain a relatively large set of ORs with larger binding pockets, which may provide a structural basis for structure-derived volatile organic compound binding potential before species-specific OR diversification."

      The following revision has also been added (lines 408-419): "The long-IL3 OR orthologous group includes Drosophila melanogaster DmOr13a and Bactrocera dorsalis BdorOR13a, both of which respond to 1-octen-3-ol and belong to a group of dipteran fly OR homologs associated with oviposition behavior. Modeling of these homologous ORs showed that they also contain a long IL3 region. We therefore propose that long-IL3 ORs correspond to these fly homologs that recognize 1-octen-3-ol. However, 1-octen-3-ol has different behavioral functions in different species: it acts as an attractant in blood-feeding mosquitoes and tsetse flies, whereas in flies it is usually associated with oviposition regulation. Mosquito receptors known to detect 1-octen-3-ol, such as AgOR8, AaOR8, TaOR8, and CquiOR118b, do not contain a long IL3 region. This suggests that the long IL3 structure in fly homologs may be related to the oviposition-associated role of 1-octen-3-ol in flies, which requires future experimental validation."

      The analysis of structural diversity then leads the authors to focus on the Orco co-receptors, which are characterized by modifications of the binding pocket and the emergence of an extracellular loop that could explain the loss of the ability to bind odorant molecules. This part, which relies on in vitro experiments, is interesting and constitutes the most striking result of the study, which could in itself have been the subject of a separate manuscript. However, the molecular dynamics modelling does not add anything in the way it is conducted (5 ns is too short).

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our Orco results and for raising this important concern. We agree that 5 ns is insufficient to evaluate the conformational stability or long‑term dynamics of the receptor complex. However, our simulations were designed specifically to examine whether the EL2 β‑sheet could sterically affect the early movement of VOCs near the extracellular entrance of the binding pocket. Importantly, rather than relying on a small number of long trajectories, we performed 60 independent short simulations with the explicit goal of capturing a statistical trend in how VOCs respond to this local steric constraint. Within 5 ns, VOC trajectories were visibly altered by the EL2 β‑sheet. Across the 60 replicates, VOCs reached the binding pocket less frequently in Orco proteins containing this structure, revealing a consistent trend (Fig. 4C and Movie S1). We therefore consider this timescale sufficient to detect the early steric response of small molecules, and the large number of repeats provides statistical confidence in this conclusion.

      The following revision has also been added (lines 688–691): “It should be noted that the molecular dynamics simulations were designed to examine the early trajectories of VOCs near the extracellular entrance of the binding pocket, rather than to assess the conformational stability of the receptor complex. A duration of 5 ns is sufficient for small molecules to respond to local steric constraints.”

      The rest of the manuscript is based on the prediction of OR response spectra using molecular docking. The work that has been carried out is extremely substantial, and the objective of linking clusters based on sequence similarity or 3D structural similarity with functional categories is entirely relevant. Nevertheless, I see two major problems with this in silico functional analysis:

      (1) The docking score threshold used was chosen thoughtfully, which is very good, and according to the calculation performed, should ensure a true positive rate of more than 20%, which is excellent in such a docking analysis. But in the absence of functional validation, this 20% true positive rate is not sufficient to extrapolate OR function as the authors do in the remainder of the manuscript. The risk of error remains too high to compare in such detail the function of ORs from insects with different lifestyles or diets.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this important limitation of our computational functional interpretation. We fully agree that, although the threshold calibrated from available experimental data improves enrichment, a true-positive rate of approximately 20% is not sufficient to make deterministic claims about individual OR-VOC pairs. We therefore do not equate docking predictions with true OR response spectra. To prevent any misinterpretation, we have undertaken a major revision of our terminology and framing throughout the manuscript:

      The main purpose of docking in our study is not to predict the real ligand of every OR or to compare the exact functional properties of individual receptors across lifestyles. Because the study includes 115 insect species, thousands of ORs, and a large VOC set, systematic experimental validation of all ORVOC combinations is currently not feasible. Instead, we use docking as a high-throughput and internally comparable theoretical screening method to estimate the potential binding tendencies of OR repertoires toward different functional-group VOCs.

      Under this framework, we focus on repertoire-level trends generated by a uniform structural modeling, docking, and scoring pipeline. The value of this analysis is to provide candidate receptors, VOC categories, and ecological associations for future experimental testing. In the revised manuscript, when the results are based solely on docking analyses, we avoid directly referring to them as OR functions. Instead, we add the prefix “docking-derived” to prevent potential misunderstanding. We also explicitly state that confirming specific OR ligands and behavioral functions will require heterologous expression, electrophysiology, calcium imaging, genetic perturbation, or behavioral assays.

      The following limitation statement has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 285-288): "Although this threshold enriches experimentally responsive OR-VOC pairs, the resulting hit rate is not sufficient to support deterministic inference for individual receptor-ligand pairs. Therefore, subsequent analyses were interpreted at the OR repertoire level rather than as experimentally validated OR response spectra.”; (lines 292-293) “It should be noted that dFunCs represent docking-derived functional communities rather than experimentally confirmed functional classes.”

      (2) The six functional clusters identified are only slightly different from one another, with similar detection of all chemical families except acids and amines (which was expected, given that these families are a priori detected by IRs rather than ORs). This shows that even though the approach is relevant and deserves to be tested, it cannot be used to establish a link between groups/lineages of ORs and response spectra at the scale of insects as a whole. This is reflected in the final analysis by the fact that there is no visible link between sequence or structural clusters and functional clusters. Given the uncertainty surrounding the docking results, the entire subsequent analysis of the relationship between the Binding Breadth Index and ecological variables is highly questionable.

      We thank the reviewer for this key comment. We agree that the differences among dFunCs for any single VOC functional group are often modest. However, the dFunC classification was not based only on whether an OR strongly recognizes one specific functional-group category. Rather, it was based on each OR’s overall docking-derived binding profile across a large VOC set.

      In other words, the differences among dFunCs mainly reflect combinations of relative binding tendencies across multiple VOC categories, rather than a strong difference for one chemical family alone. Therefore, even if the predicted binding level for a single functional group differs only slightly among dFunCs, their multivariate profiles can still form distinct dFunCs.

      We also agree that SeqCs, StrCs, and dFunCs do not show a simple one-to-one correspondence. This is expected because the three classifications are based on different information: sequence similarity, overall structural similarity, and docking-derived binding-profile similarity. At present, there is no direct evidence that insect OR sequence, structure, and potential binding profile maintain a conserved one-to-one relationship across the insect class. We also cannot exclude the possibility that false positives in docking reduce the resolution of the functional classification.

      To avoid overinterpretation, we now refer to FunCs as docking-derived functional communities (dFunC) and define BBI as docking-derived BBI. This metric is intended for macro-scale relative comparisons, not for assigning true ligands or specific ecological functions to individual ORs. Ecological interpretations based on dFunC or BBI have been substantially toned down and are presented as candidate trends for future functional validation.

      The following limitation statement has been added to the revised manuscript: "Ecological associations based on BBI should be interpreted as repertoire-level predicted binding trends, not as direct evidence for lifestyle-specific OR function or behavioral olfactory capacity."

      This reframing ensures our conclusions are appropriately supported by the computational evidence and aligns the manuscript's claims with its methodological strengths.

      Finally, the evolutionary analysis proposed to conclude that the work suffers from an incorrect interpretation: ORs of non-holometabolous insects cannot be considered equivalent to those of species that existed before the Permian-Triassic extinction. The fact that a locust or a cockroach has more narrowly tuned ORs than holometabolous insects does not mean that this was also the case for ancestral insects. To advance this type of conclusion, it would be necessary to conduct a phylogenetic analysis and reconstruct ancestral states, which is not the case here.

      In summary, despite the large number of analyses performed, the authors do not succeed in achieving the stated objective of reconstructing the evolutionary history of insect ORs, and the results obtained do not sufficiently support the conclusions regarding the links between OR repertoires and environment or lifestyle.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that a rigorous test of changes in ancestral OR functional spectra before and after the EPME would require ancestral reconstruction within a phylogenetic framework based on reliable orthologous groups. For insect ORs, this is currently limited by rapid sequence divergence, very restricted cross-order and even within-order orthology, and frequent gene duplication, loss, and lineage-specific diversification.

      Therefore, our current data cannot reliably reconstruct complete ancestral OR repertoires for different insect-order nodes, nor can they accurately trace extant ORs back to ancestral OR states before and after the EPME. The analysis is better understood as a comparison of OR repertoire composition among extant insect lineages, rather than as a comparison of ancestral states.

      If major environmental transitions influenced the long-term evolution of insect ORs, such effects may appear either as traceable orthologous changes or as broad differences in extant repertoire composition and binding-profile composition. However, differences observed among extant lineages cannot be directly attributed to the EPME because they may also reflect later lineage-specific expansions, gene losses, and ecological adaptations.

      Accordingly, we have revised the conclusion. We no longer state that ancestral insect OR functional spectra changed before and after the EPME. Instead, we state that comparisons among extant insect repertoires reveal differences in docking-derived binding-profile composition among lineages. These patterns may provide hypotheses for exploring links between major geological/ecological transitions and long-term olfactory evolution, but they require broader phylogenetic sampling, ancestral reconstruction, and functional validation.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 427-430): "We also detected differences in dFunC composition between extant lineages whose order-level origins fall before and after the EPME. Lineages originating after the EPME showed a higher proportion of broad-tuned ORs, likely influenced by multiple factors."

      We also added the following clarification (lines 444-450): “However, because insect ORs evolve rapidly and cross-order orthologous relationships are limited, the current dataset does not allow reliable reconstruction of complete ancestral OR repertoires at deep insect nodes. The EPME-related comparison should therefore be interpreted as a descriptive comparison among extant lineages, not as a direct test of ancestral OR functional changes before and after the EPME. This hypothesis will require further testing through broader taxon sampling, reliable orthology assignment, ancestral-state reconstruction, and functional assays.”

      This revision directly addresses the reviewer's concern by removing the unsupported causal claim and reframing the analysis within the appropriate, evidence-based scope of our study, thereby strengthening the manuscript's contribution as a source of robust comparative patterns and testable macroevolutionary hypotheses.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The remarkable evolvability of the olfactory system enables animals to rapidly adapt to dynamic and chemically complex environments. Over the past two decades, substantial effort has been devoted to uncovering the evolutionary principles that drive the diversification of odorant receptors (ORs), yielding key insights into the forces shaping their striking variability in both vertebrates and insects. In this manuscript, Zhang and colleagues analyze the OR repertoires of over 100 insect species, leveraging sequence and structural similarity to infer patterns of gene family evolution within this diverse and ecologically important clade. By integrating sequence-based and structure-based comparisons, their study builds on a compelling and recently emerging line of research made possible by the advent of AlphaFold, which has previously clarified the phylogenetic relationship between insect Ors and the gustatory receptor gene family and revealed the unexpectedly deep evolutionary origins of this ancient structural fold.

      Applying this approach to a large set of ORs derived from species throughout the insect phylogeny, the authors confirm many previously reported patterns of OR evolution. Unfortunately, the way these results are presented lacks clarity in what is already known from previous work in the field versus what is a novel finding based on the analysis of this dataset.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that the original manuscript did not distinguish previously established findings from the novel results of the present study with sufficient clarity. Rapid OR evolution, lineage-specific expansion, and associations between OR repertoires and ecological traits have been reported in several insect groups. We have revised the manuscript to acknowledge these studies more explicitly and to indicate which results confirm known patterns, which extend them across a broader phylogenetic scale, and which arise from our new analyses.

      Our study contributes more than a confirmation of previous observations. To our knowledge, it provides the first integrated analysis of OR evolution across 115 insect species that combines sequence similarity, structural conservation, and docking-derived binding profiles within a unified macroevolutionary framework. This analysis identifies class-wide repertoire patterns and previously unrecognized structural features, including the conserved structural cluster StrC23, that could not be evaluated using narrower taxonomic datasets.

      The study also provides a mechanistic insight into Orco specialization. We experimentally demonstrate that the distinctive EL2 β-sheet of Orco reduces ligand binding affinity, supporting its contribution to the reduced odorant binding capacity of this conserved coreceptor. In addition, because exhaustive experimental characterization of the large insect OR family is currently impractical, our experimentally calibrated computational pipeline provides a framework for identifying repertoire-level trends, generating testable hypotheses, and prioritizing receptors for future functional studies.

      The reviewer raises several specific examples of the distinction between previous knowledge and novel findings in the comments below. We address each of these points in the corresponding responses. We believe these revisions more clearly position our contribution as testing, extending, and integrating previously reported patterns while also identifying new class-wide structural and functional features.

      It is unclear how complete the odorant receptor sets are. I recommend benchmarking the pipeline by comparing its output to a gold standard and a frequently vetted complete OR set, such as that of Robertson and Wanner 2006 or similar.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that without benchmarking, readers cannot adequately evaluate the completeness and accuracy of the OR annotation workflow. Following the suggestion, we performed detailed comparisons using three relatively well-curated repertoires: Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, and Bombyx mori. Because the species included in our study did not include Apis mellifera from Robertson and Wanner 2006, we did not use that dataset as the benchmark.

      The benchmark addresses three questions. First, how well does the automated genome-based OR annotation workflow recover full-length ORs reported in previous studies? Second, does the structural filtering step improve the structural quality and reliability of the OR dataset? Third, for candidates in tandem-repeat regions where exon-merging errors may occur, do the candidate ORs share genomic positions with the most similar literature ORs, or are they more likely to represent distinct candidates? For Drosophila melanogaster, the accepted repertoire contains 60 OR genes and 65 protein products including splice variants. At the gene level, the automated workflow recovered most benchmark ORs before structural filtering, but Or47b and Or98b were not annotated. After structural filtering, fragmented or structurally incomplete ORs were removed, leaving 56 ORs that otherwise correspond one-to-one with the benchmark ORs. Two ORs that had been annotated before filtering, DmOr59a and DmOr85e, were removed by the structural filter because DmOr59a was fragmented and DmOr85e lacked TM7 in the predicted structural model (Author response image 3).

      For Anopheles gambiae, the published repertoire includes 79 OR genes. Our automated workflow initially annotated 77 ORs, including 72 published ORs. After removing fragments and five full-length literature ORs, the final structurally filtered set contained 67 ORs. We inspected the five removed full-length ORs and found that AgOr52, AgOr47, and AgOr64 lacked a complete transmembrane region, whereas AgOr58 and AgOr6 contained all transmembrane regions but showed local deletions in some regions (Author response image 3). This indicates that structural filtering removes clearly incomplete structures, but can also be conservative enough to exclude a small number of true ORs with atypical transmembrane-region length variation.

      For Bombyx mori, the published repertoire contains 66 OR genes including two pseudogenes. Our automated workflow initially annotated 103 ORs, including 60 previously reported ORs. After removing fragments and seven literature ORs, the final set contained 64 ORs, of which 53 corresponded to literature annotations. For structurally retained candidates that did not map one-to-one to literature ORs, we checked genomic locations (Table R2). Most were not located on the same chromosome or in the same tandem region as their most similar literature ORs, making exon-merging artifacts less likely. They may therefore represent previously unannotated OR candidates, although transcriptomic evidence or manual annotation will be needed for confirmation.

      Overall, the benchmark shows that the automated workflow recovers most known OR repertoires and that structural filtering produces a high-confidence set suitable for structural comparison and docking. We now explicitly describe the final dataset as a set of structurally intact ORs rather than a complete OR repertoire for every species, and we discuss how strict filtering may underestimate OR counts. We added a benchmark description to the main text (lines 100-104) and included the detailed comparison strategy and results in Supplementary Text S1: "Benchmarking against existing OR repertoires from Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, and Bombyx mori showed that the annotation workflow provides high-confidence annotations suitable for downstream structural comparison and docking (see Supplementary Text S1, Table S1-3)."

      Using their structural clustering approach, the authors identify a structural feature mostly unique to the OR co-receptor ORco, a beta-sheet in EL2, which they functionally show reduces odorant binding affinity - a key aspect of ORco, which does not bind ligands in the ancestral ligand-binding site. This is a particularly strong part of the manuscript, since the authors support their in silico-derived hypothesis with functional data.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of the Orco-related work.

      Lastly, in an attempt to assess the relationship between sequence identity and structure on one hand and function on the other, the authors perform an in silico structure prediction and chemical docking analysis. As it stands, this part is on the more speculative side since the docking approach has not been verified with available functional datasets.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the docking analysis is predictive. Molecular docking cannot be treated as experimental evidence for OR response spectra or as a definitive assignment of ligand specificity for individual OR-VOC pairs.

      In the revised manuscript, we clarify that docking is used as a unified, comparable theoretical framework for macro-scale OR repertoire comparison. It is meant to estimate docking-derived binding potential across thousands of ORs and many VOCs, not to replace heterologous expression, electrophysiology, calcium imaging, or behavioral validation.

      We also clarify that the docking framework was not used without any empirical calibration. We used existing OR-VOC experimental response data to examine the relationship between docking score and experimental hit rate, and we evaluated the ability of docking-derived labels to recover functional tendencies in available datasets. These analyses support the use of docking for repertoire-level enrichment and hypothesis generation, but they do not justify deterministic conclusions for individual receptor-ligand pairs. The revised manuscript now states this limitation explicitly.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 285-288): "Although this threshold enriches experimentally responsive OR-VOC pairs, the resulting hit rate is not sufficient to support deterministic inference for individual receptor-ligand pairs. Therefore, subsequent analyses were interpreted at the OR repertoire level rather than as experimentally validated OR response spectra."

      Summary of Major Revisions:

      In direct response to the eLife Assessment and reviewer comments, our revisions have systematically strengthened the evidence and clarified the interpretation:

      (1) Added critical validations: Benchmarking of the annotation pipeline and sensitivity analyses for ecological correlations.

      (2) Deepened evolutionary analysis: Phylogenetic exploration of shared clusters and structural characterization of StrC23.

      (3) Clarified the scope and limitations of the computational functional analysis: Adopted “docking-derived” terminology and specified that the results represent hypothesis-generating, repertoire-level comparative trends rather than experimentally validated receptor functions.

      (4) Corrected overinterpretations: Revised conclusions regarding the EPME and holometabolous/non-holometabolous comparisons to be descriptive and hypothesis-generating. '

      (5) Improved scholarly accuracy: Updated framing to properly acknowledge prior work and corrected minor points throughout.

      We believe that these revisions address the concerns underlying the assessment of incomplete evidence and provide stronger, more appropriately qualified support for the manuscript’s main conclusions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The annotation pipeline produces a number of genes that is slightly lower than reality, which is expected given the presence of a fairly stringent filter. However, the number is far too low for certain species, for example, Harmonia or Diabrotica. Whenever possible (for example, for Drosophila, Bombyx, Anopheles, etc.), adding a benchmarking step by comparing the results obtained with already identified repertoires would be a real improvement. Moreover, the dataset contains sequences of gustatory receptors that must be removed in order not to bias the analysis (CO₂ receptors in Drosophila melanogaster and Bombyx mori, for example, based on what I was able to verify). It might therefore be necessary to add a specific step in the pipeline to check for the presence of GRs in the data, since the sequences and 3D structures can be quite similar to those of ORs and therefore difficult to separate.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. To evaluate OR annotation counts, we compared our results with published OR annotations for previously annotated species. Except for Diabrotica virgifera virgifera, most species differed from published counts by fewer than ten ORs, supporting the general reliability of our annotation counts. For D. virgifera virgifera, the very low original count was likely caused by a combination of insufficient query representation and the difficulty of annotating ORs in a large genome. The previous D. virgifera virgifera annotation was published in 2025, whereas our original annotation was performed in 2022, so our query set likely did not adequately represent this lineage. When we re-annotated this species using new queries, 78 complete ORs were retained after structural filtering. We have updated the D. virgifera virgifera annotation in the revised dataset. Large-genome insects over 2 Gb are rare in our dataset, and the sensitivity analysis indicates that this issue does not substantially affect the main ecological associations based on OR count. Regarding gustatory receptor contamination, we found that a small number of sequences labeled as olfactory receptors but actually corresponding to GRs had been retained as queries because of an operational error during OR annotation. To remove potential GRs systematically, we collected 1,418 insect GR genes from the literature and databases and combined them with the OR library to create a receptor reference set. We then compared all annotated OR candidates against this reference set using BLASTP and removed candidates whose best match was a GR. In total, we identified and removed 76 potential GRs distributed across 38 species. These included the Drosophila CO<sup>2</sup> receptor genes Gr63a and Gr21a, as well as Bombyx mori BmGr10 and BmGr9, which the reviewer specifically noted. All downstream analyses have been repeated using the corrected dataset. We are grateful for this careful observation, which substantially improved the rigor of the dataset.

      Both Reviewer 1 and Reviewer 2 requested benchmarking against known OR repertoires, and we agree that this is necessary. We therefore benchmarked the workflow against Drosophila, Anopheles, and Bombyx repertoires, evaluating recovery of known ORs, the effect of structural filtering, and potential exon-merging artifacts in tandem regions. We further added sensitivity analyses using the larger of structurally intact OR counts and published OR counts for species with available literature data. These analyses are now included in the revised Results and supplementary materials.

      The revised text is as follows (lines 100-104): "Benchmarking against existing OR repertoires from Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, and Bombyx mori showed that the annotation workflow provides high-confidence annotations suitable for downstream structural comparison and docking (see Supplementary Text S1, Table S1-3)."

      For the SSN approach, the validation by comparison with the phylogeny of hymenopterans is a good idea, but the result is not as convincing as presented in the manuscript since the cluster SeqC25 does not correspond to a monophyletic group. This, therefore, raises the question of the evolutionary information that can be drawn from this clustering approach. The validation with lepidopteran PRs is also a good idea, but it would be necessary to verify exactly to which PR clades the sequences used for the analysis belong, in order to determine which clade corresponds to each of the identified SeqC clusters.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. For the Hymenoptera comparison, we agree that SeqC25 does not correspond to a strict monophyletic clade in existing Hymenoptera OR phylogenies. We have clarified that the SSN approach is not intended to replace traditional phylogenetic trees or to reconstruct ancestor-descendant relationships among OR communities.

      SeqC25 should be interpreted as a sequence-similarity community that is strongly expanded in Hymenoptera and partially corresponds to previously defined Hymenoptera OR subfamilies, but not as a strict phylogenetic clade. SeqCs describe modular boundaries in OR sequence-similarity space, whereas phylogenetic trees infer branching relationships under a specific evolutionary model. For insect ORs, where sequence similarity is often very low, duplication and loss are frequent, and tree support is often limited, the two approaches need not produce identical groupings.

      We now state that the evolutionary information provided by SSNs mainly concerns sequence-similarity diversification patterns: highly expanded modules, order-specific or cross-order communities, community boundaries, and differences in repertoire composition among lineages. These results complement phylogenetic analysis, but detailed relationships within close taxa or OR subfamilies still require traditional phylogenetic methods.

      For the Lepidoptera pheromone receptor (PR) validation, we agree that the previous analysis mixed experimentally validated PRs and candidate PRs, making it unclear which PR branch each SeqC corresponded to. We reorganized the PR dataset by separating classic PRs from recently reported new PR branches and mapped these sequences to SeqCs using BLASTP. Classic PRs were assigned almost entirely to SeqC6 (93.9%), whereas the new PR branch mapped to SeqC35 (Fig. S2f). Both SeqC6 and SeqC35 are shared by Trichoptera and Lepidoptera, suggesting that they may correspond to distinct PR-related sequence communities.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 144-150): "This comparison indicates that SSN-based communities are broadly consistent with established phylogenetic subfamilies, while capturing sequence-similarity modules rather than strictly monophyletic clades. We further evaluated the SSN using curated lepidopteran pheromone receptors (PRs). To distinguish different PR lineages, experimentally validated classic PRs and the recently reported new PR lineage were analyzed separately. Classic PRs were predominantly assigned to SeqC6 (93.9%), whereas the new PR lineage was assigned to SeqC35 (fig. S2F and Data S5), supporting the hypothesis of multiple independent origins of PRs.”

      (3) In Figure 3, the cluster StrC17 appears to be present in both Lepidoptera and Diptera, whereas when looking at Figure S3, it seems to be present only in Diptera. There may be an error somewhere.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this inconsistency. After rechecking the data, we confirmed that StrC17 contains 47 ORs, of which 46 are from Diptera and one is from Lepidoptera. We have corrected Figure S3. This correction does not affect the main conclusions regarding the long-IL3 ORs, because all downstream analyses were conducted using the correct StrC17 composition.

      (4) The phylogeny presented in Figure S4 does not help clarify the phylogenetic context of the Orco study. The main reason is that it is not correctly rooted: the ORs of M. rhabei should have been used as an outgroup, or the two GRs of D. melanogaster that are present (perhaps by mistake) in this analysis and that clearly diverge strongly from the rest of the sequences. In any case, this phylogenetic analysis does not seem to add much compared with what was presented in the article by Thoma et al. in 2018.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The original purpose of the tree was to show that early-diverging insect ORs lack clear orthologous relationships, making it difficult to reconstruct ancestral OR states before and after Orco emergence. However, because the figure contributes little to the core conclusions and could introduce confusion, we have removed it from the revised manuscript. The revised text instead directly cites previous phylogenetic studies for the early OR/Orco evolutionary background.

      (5) In Figure 5A, many VOCs appear unclassified when using molecular descriptors. Have you tried classifying VOCs using molecular fingerprints instead of selected molecular descriptors? And can you explain how those 32 descriptors were chosen? Furthermore, it is surprising not to see a "terpenoids" category given the importance of these molecules in insect chemical ecology. One would expect them to cluster together in a chemical space based on molecular descriptors; where are they in Figure 5A?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We first clarify that unclassified in Figure 5A does not mean that these VOCs were excluded from the analysis. It only means that they were not assigned to one of the nine predefined major functional-group categories. All VOCs were included in molecular descriptor calculation, chemical-space visualization, and downstream docking.

      The 32 molecular descriptors were not arbitrarily selected by us. They come from the optimized odorant metric proposed by Haddad et al. 2008. That study began with 1,664 Dragon molecular descriptors, represented odorants as multidimensional physicochemical vectors, and selected 32 descriptors that best explained similarity in odor-induced neural responses across multiple published datasets. Haddad et al. further showed that this optimized descriptor set performed well across different animals, recording methods, and levels of olfactory-system organization. We therefore adopted these 32 descriptors to represent odor physicochemical space.

      We agree that molecular fingerprints are another useful representation, especially for capturing substructures and scaffold information. We chose molecular descriptors rather than fingerprints because the purpose of Figure 5A is to visualize VOC distribution in a continuous physicochemical odor space, and because the Haddad descriptor set was optimized using neural response data. We have added this rationale to the revised manuscript.

      We also agree that terpenoids are important in insect chemical ecology. In the original classification, VOC categories were based mainly on functional groups, whereas terpenoids are defined by biosynthetic origin and carbon skeleton rather than by a single functional group. Therefore, terpenoid VOCs are distributed across several functional-group categories, such as terpene alcohols, terpene aldehydes, and terpene ketones, and are not expected to form one independent cluster in a two-dimensional odour space.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we added an extra annotation for common terpenoid-related compounds and mapped them onto the odor space shown in Figure 5A. The result shows that terpenoids are distributed across multiple regions and functional-group categories rather than forming a single compact cluster (Fig. S5 c). We therefore retain the major functional-group classification for the main analyses and add terpenoids as an additional annotation, while explaining why they are not treated as a main category parallel to alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, and esters.

      In addition, because the downstream analyses in this study rely on large-scale docking predictions, and because docking itself contains inherent uncertainty, we chose to use relatively basic and chemically explicit major functional-group categories. This classification reduces interpretive instability that could arise from excessive subdivision of VOC classes. By contrast, treating terpenoids as an independent primary category would group together molecules with substantially different functional-group properties, thereby increasing the complexity of interpreting docking-derived binding profiles. Therefore, in the revised manuscript, we retain the major functional groups as the core VOC classification scheme and add terpenoids as an additional annotation.

      The specific revision in the revised manuscript is as follows (lines 268-271): "Although terpenoids are important in insect chemical ecology, they are distributed across multiple regions of odor space. To reduce the docking instability that could result from excessive VOC subdivision, we did not treat terpenoids as a category parallel to the nine basic functional-group categories."

      (6) The methodology used to calculate hit rates with respect to functional data on known ORs is not sufficiently explained. The result could be shown for the different species (drosophila, mosquito, butterfly). In addition, ORs from the locust should also have been used for this comparison.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the revised Methods, we now describe the workflow in detail. We first compiled receptor-odorant combinations with clear response relationships from published functional experiments. For each OR-VOC pair, we performed docking using the same pipeline as in the global analysis and extracted the corresponding docking score. We then labeled each pair as response or non-response according to the original experimental data. Next, we grouped pairs into docking-score intervals and calculated, within each interval, the proportion of experimentally positive pairs, which we define as the hit rate. To reduce fluctuation from random sampling, each score interval was sampled three times. Finally, following the hit-rate modeling strategy of Lyu et al. 2019, we fitted the relationship between docking score and hit rate with a Bayesian curve-fitting approach and used the posterior expectation of the parameters to draw the hit-rate curve. The threshold was determined from the docking score at which the hit rate reached a plateau.

      Following the reviewer’s request, we calculated hit-rate curves separately for Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, Lepidoptera, and Locusta migratoria OR data (Fig. S5). Drosophila, Anopheles, and Lepidoptera showed similar trends: the hit-rate plateau was approximately 20%, and the corresponding docking-score threshold was around -8 kcal/mol. This is consistent with the original combined analysis and indicates that the threshold was not driven by a single species dataset. The locust dataset behaved differently. Its experimental positive rate was low, approximately 5.2%, and most reported locust ORs are narrowly tuned. In such a highly imbalanced dataset, docking score was less able to enrich experimental positives to the same level as in the other datasets; most score intervals had hit rates below 10%. When the locust data were combined with Drosophila, Anopheles, and Lepidoptera, the overall plateau decreased to about 18%, and the corresponding threshold shifted to about -11 kcal/mol.

      We consider this difference informative because it shows that OR tuning properties and experimental positive rates can affect the relationship between docking score and hit rate. The locust result suggests that stricter thresholds may be required for systems dominated by narrowly tuned ORs and low positive rates. However, our goal is to establish a unified empirical threshold for large-scale repertoire comparison, not to optimize a separate threshold for every lineage. We therefore retain -8 kcal/mol from the Drosophila, Anopheles, and Lepidoptera datasets as the main threshold, present the locust analysis as a sensitivity test, and note that this threshold may have lower positive-enrichment ability in narrowly tuned OR systems.

      The specific revision in the revised manuscript is as follows (lines 281-285): "In addition, our singletaxon hit-rate sensitivity analysis showed similar trends for Drosophila, Anopheles, and moths. Because the locust OR repertoire had an extremely low positive rate, we did not include the locust functional data in the final threshold assessment (see Supplementary Text S2 for details)."

      Methods section (lines 748-755): "We first compiled published functional datasets containing explicit OR-VOC response relationships. These datasets included ORs from Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, Helicoverpa armigera, Spodoptera littoralis, and Locusta migratoria. For each dataset, OR-VOC combinations were assigned response or non-response labels according to the original experimental results. Each OR-VOC pair was then docked using the same structural modeling, docking, and scoring workflow used in the global OR-VOC analysis. Pairs were grouped into docking-score intervals, and the hit rate for each interval was defined as the proportion of experimentally positive pairs among all pairs in that interval. Each score interval was sampled three times."

      (7) It is not clear how the ROC curves were constructed; they appear to be drawn with very few points. The methodology needs to be explained in more detail here, since this is an important point.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added a detailed description of ROC construction. The ROC analysis was designed to evaluate whether the dFunC labels are directionally consistent with available experimental functional data.

      Specifically, a positive dFunC label for a functional-group VOC indicates that ORs in that docking-derived community are predicted, relative to the all-insect OR background, to bind more VOCs from that functional group. A negative label indicates a lower predicted binding tendency. We mapped Drosophila ORs to the dFunC classification and assigned each OR a positive or negative label for each functional group according to its dFunC. We then used the Drosophila experimental functional matrix to count measured responses of each OR to different functional-group VOCs. For each functional group, we plotted ROC curves and calculated AUC values by comparing the dFunC-predicted labels with experimental response counts. We agree that the curves are based on limited data points for some functional groups. This is because comprehensive OR-VOC functional matrices are still sparse, and many insect ORs have been deorphanized using limited odor panels that do not cover many functional groups.

      The specific revision in the revised manuscript is as follows (lines 794-798): "Drosophila melanogaster ORs were mapped to dFunCs to evaluate the consistency between dFunC labels and experimental response data. For each VOC functional group, ORs were assigned positive or negative labels according to their dFunC labels, and these labels were compared with response counts from the Drosophila functional matrix to generate ROC curves and AUC values."

      (8) What the BBI represents is not very clear, even though the calculation method is presented in detail. This should be clarified in the main text and/or in the figure legends.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We now define BBI more explicitly in the main text. BBI, or binding breadth index, is a relative repertoire-level metric calculated from docking-derived dFunC labels. A dFunC label indicates whether ORs in a docking-derived binding-profile community show higher or lower predicted binding tendency toward a functional-group VOC category relative to the all-insect OR background. When we calculate BBI for a set of ORs, we summarize the predicted binding tendencies of the dFunCs to which those ORs belong, thereby estimating the relative potential binding breadth of that OR repertoire for the VOC category.

      Thus, BBI should be interpreted only as a relative docking-derived metric. When comparing two OR groups for the same VOC functional group, a higher BBI means that the group is predicted, under our docking-derived framework, to have broader potential binding breadth. It does not directly represent experimentally confirmed olfactory breadth, odor perception, or behavioral function. We have revised the terminology accordingly to docking-derived potential binding breadth.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 319-321): "BBI is a docking-based, repertoire-level relative metric used to summarize the potential binding breadth of a set of ORs toward a given functional-group VOC category."

      (9) Insects with saprophagous larvae in your dataset are almost exclusively flies. Therefore, the conclusions concerning the saprophagous diet could just as well result from phylogenetic constraints rather than from an adaptation to the diet.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that, because the currently available saprophagous larval species are mainly concentrated in Diptera, this result may be influenced by lineage effects. We have therefore toned down the interpretation and present it as a candidate association. Future inclusion of more saprophagous species from non-dipteran lineages will allow this relationship to be tested more rigorously.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 493-496): "This interpretation should be treated with caution, as the saprophagous larval species currently available in our dataset are mainly concentrated in Diptera and may therefore reflect lineage effects. Future inclusion of saprophagous species from broader insect lineages will help test this association more rigorously."

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Main feedback

      (1) This study presents an interesting approach to unify the exceptionally large OR multigene family in a single macroevolutionary framework. While this is a non-trivial task, given the low sequence similarity of ORs, the inferences broadly overlap with previous findings, suggesting that the approach works. Unfortunately, the line between previously identified patterns of OR biology and evolution and new insights derived from this study is somewhat blurry throughout the text at the moment and needs to be sharpened. As it reads, the manuscript is prone to overselling the results.

      A few examples:

      (a) Lines 37-41 - contrary to the claim in this sentence, previous work has described the principles of OR function, structure, and evolution to an extent that would warrant concluding that the fundamental logic of insect olfaction is actually comparatively well understood.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that previous studies have already established important principles of insect OR biology, including OR-Orco complex structure, ion-channel function, ligand recognition, and rapid OR evolution. Our intention was not to imply that the basic logic of insect olfaction remains unknown, but to emphasize that an insect-class-scale framework integrating OR sequence divergence, structural variation, and docking-derived binding-profile diversity has been lacking. We have revised the Introduction to clarify this point and to better acknowledge the contribution of previous studies.

      We therefore revised this sentence in the revised manuscript as follows (lines 38-42): "However, a classwide integrative framework linking OR sequence divergence, structural variation, and docking-derived binding-profile diversity is still lacking. Such a framework is needed to distinguish broadly conserved patterns from lineage-specific features and to place species-level OR diversification in a broader macroevolutionary context."

      (b) Lines 47-48 - work in several systems has emphasized the "evolutionary interplay between receptor family diversification and macroecological adaptation", both in species with highly specialized ecologies (plant host specialists, slave making ants -> these are even cited in the manuscript) and in a broader macroevolutionary context (e.g. bee diet breadth, Singh et al. 2025), which does not really justify the claim that OR evolution with respect to ecology is a profound enigma. The present study indeed presents the first one combining data throughout the entire insect tree of life, which is an impressive feat. The fact that inferences drawn from smaller datasets with smaller phylogenetic breadth are supported is a useful finding. I recommend emphasizing this.

      We agree that the relationship between OR repertoire evolution and ecological adaptation has been investigated in multiple insect systems and should not be described as an unresolved “profound enigma.” The novelty of our study is to test, integrate, and extend these previously reported patterns across 115 insect species under a unified sequence-structure-docking profile framework. We have revised the text to emphasize this class-wide extension rather than overstating the unknowns in the field. The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 46-47): "Although several studies have linked OR repertoire evolution to ecological adaptation in specific insect lineages, a unified class-wide comparison remains lacking."

      (c) Lines 347 - 348 - what is meant by the statement that the manuscript 'revealed the mechanism of insect olfactory perception underlying macroenvironmental influences' is unclear to me. What mechanism is referred to here? What do the authors mean by 'macroenvironmental influences'? It reads as if the authors claim to have shown how olfactory perception works in insects, which is not an accurate statement.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that this statement was unclear. We did not intend to claim that our study reveals the mechanism of insect olfactory perception itself. Rather, our results identify class-scale associations between OR repertoire variation, ecological traits, and docking-derived binding profile composition. We have revised the Discussion.

      In the revised manuscript, this sentence has been changed to the following more accurate wording (lines 399-402): "Our results reveal class-level associations between OR repertoire variation and ecological traits and identify differences in docking-derived binding-profile composition among extant insect lineages that may be relevant to long-term macroevolutionary transitions."

      (d) Lines 348-350: I do not agree with the statement that the authors "describe the evolutionary process through which Orco emerged". The data that the beta-sheet in EL2 impedes ligand binding in non-orco ORs is compelling and suggests an intriguing contribution to why Orco lack ligand-binding function, but is not sufficient to comprehensively describe the evolutionary process of Orco evolution from ancestral ORs. This would require more sequences of early-branching insect species. Accordingly, this statement should be toned down.

      We agree that the original wording overstated the extent to which our data describe Orco emergence. Our results identify structural features, including the EL2 beta-sheet and specialized binding-pocket properties, that may have contributed to the loss of ligand-binding function during Orco specialization. However, a complete reconstruction of Orco origin will require broader sampling of early-diverging insect lineages and more reliable ancestral-state reconstruction. We have revised the relevant statements accordingly.

      We therefore toned down this statement in the revised manuscript and described it more accurately as follows (lines 402-405): "We further examined Orco specialization within the insect 'conserved chassisdiversified sensors' model and identified structural features, including the EL2 beta-sheet and specialized binding-pocket properties, that may have contributed to the loss of ligand-binding function during Orco evolution." We also revised another sentence as follows (lines 522-525): "Overall, we systematically explored the relationships among sequence, structure, and docking-derived function in insect ORs, identified structural features potentially associated with Orco specialization, and provided a framework for testing how OR repertoire evolution may relate to macroenvironmental and lifestyle variation."

      It is understandable that the authors want to emphasize the value of their work, but this can't be achieved by inaccurately portraying the state of the field. The framing should be adjusted throughout the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that the manuscript should emphasize its contribution without overstating gaps in the field. We have therefore revised the framing throughout the manuscript to better acknowledge previous advances in insect OR structure, function, evolution, and ecological adaptation. The revised text presents our main contribution as an insect-classscale integration and extension of these findings using a unified sequence, structure, and docking-derived binding-profile framework.

      (2) It is unclear how complete the odorant receptor sets are, because the annotation pipeline used is not benchmarked. The high similarity of ORs often located in clusters of up to 50 genes on the genome represents a major obstacle for purely automated annotation, leading to artifacts such as the erroneous joining of exons across genes. The lack of manual verification in this study, combined with stringent filtering of annotations that do not meet structural criteria, does likely lead to a set of sequences that present a correct fold, but at the same time, the approach may discard misannotated genes and cannot distinguish between correct gene models and artifacts where exons of more than one gene could have been merged. Please benchmark the pipeline by comparing its output to a gold standard and frequently vetted complete OR set, such as that of Robertson and Wanner 2006 or similar. That would allow assessing the presented work better and reveal how complete the OR counts are. This is important since the authors use OR counts to derive conclusions about the evolutionary dynamics of the gene family.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this concern. Because this point overlaps with the benchmark issue raised in the public review, we provide the detailed benchmark results in our response above and in the revised supplementary text. Briefly, we compared the annotation and structural-filtering pipeline with curated OR repertoires from Drosophila melanogaster, Anopheles gambiae, and Bombyx mori. The results show that the workflow recovers most known ORs, while the structural filter removes fragmented or structurally incomplete models. We also added sensitivity analyses using published OR counts where available, which supported the main OR-count ecological associations.

      (3) The in silico functional docking analysis is intriguing and bears the potential to produce testable hypotheses on the functional evolution of ORs. Docking can produce a wide range of results, including artifacts, and thus should be benchmarked with existing datasets derived from functional experiments (there are several large datasets available). While the authors have used previous functional data to constrain their model, they should benchmark it by running it on a set of ORs with known ligand-binding profiles to convincingly show that their predictions are an accurate assessment of the actual functional properties of ORs.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that docking-derived results should be evaluated using ORs with known ligand-response data. In this study, however, the key prediction used for downstream analyses is the dFunC functional label derived from each OR’s overall docking-derived binding profile, rather than the exact ligand assignment of each OR-VOC pair. Therefore, we evaluated the dFunC labels using the Drosophila melanogaster experimental OR response matrix.

      Drosophila ORs were mapped to dFunC communities, and for each VOC functional group, ORs were assigned positive or negative labels according to the predicted binding tendency of their dFunC. These labels were compared with experimentally measured response counts from the Drosophila OR functional matrix. ROC curves and AUC values were calculated for each VOC functional group. Most functional-group labels achieved AUC values above 0.75, indicating that the dFunC classification is broadly consistent with the Drosophila experimental response matrix.

      We did not use individual OR-VOC pair accuracy as the primary validation criterion because the hit rate analysis showed that the experimental positive rate in the enriched docking-score range is approximately 23%. This indicates that docking is more appropriate for evaluating dFunC-level binding profile tendencies than for exact ligand assignment. We have revised the manuscript to clarify this validation logic. The functional labels of dFunCs should be further tested with experimental response data from more insect species and can be updated as prediction methods improve.

      The following details have been added to the revised manuscript (lines 794-798): " Drosophila melanogaster ORs were mapped to dFunCs to evaluate the consistency between dFunC labels and experimental response data. For each VOC functional group, ORs were assigned positive or negative labels according to their dFunC labels, and these labels were compared with response counts from the Drosophila functional matrix to generate ROC curves and AUC values."

      (4) The authors conclude that holometabolous and non-holometabolous insects exhibit distinct OR differentiation patterns, stating that sequence diversity "increases progressively with increasing degree of insect order divergence, suggesting a gradual accumulation of sequence variation during insect evolution" (Lines 332-333). If the pattern is indeed gradual, is the phylogenetic splitting of holometabolous vs. non-holometabolous insects not arbitrary? Couldn't it be split at any point along the phylogeny and lead to a similar difference?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this important logic issue. We agree that, if OR sequence variation accumulates gradually with phylogenetic distance, the difference between holometabolous and non-holometabolous insects should not be interpreted as two completely separate OR differentiation modes.

      Our result is better understood as a comparison of extant deep insect lineages. In this comparison, holometabolous insects show higher OR sequence-community diversity than non-holometabolous insects. This pattern is still informative because it suggests that, during long-term evolution, OR repertoires in holometabolous lineages have accumulated broader sequence-community diversity. This may be related to lineage-specific OR duplication and loss, ecological diversification, life-history differences, and differences in repertoire size.

      We have revised the manuscript accordingly. We no longer describe the result as two distinct OR differentiation patterns. Instead, we describe it as a difference in OR sequence-community diversity between extant holometabolous and non-holometabolous lineages.

      The following revision has been added to the revised manuscript (lines 370-371): "Additionally, extant holometabolous insects showed higher OR sequence-community diversity than non-holometabolous

      insects."

      (5) Further, if I understand correctly, the assessment of the differentiation patterns seems to rest on total counts of ORs in 'SeqCs', quantified in Figure S9. These counts, however, are not normalized and thus seem influenced by the total number of sequenced genomes belonging to a specific clade in the dataset. These have a heavy bias towards holometabolous species. If this is true, the analyses should be repeated based on normalized counts. OR is this assessment based on the number of 'SeqCs' across the phylogeny? If yes, does this correlate with OR numbers? Please clarify.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that unnormalized SeqC counts can be affected by unequal sampling, because holometabolous insects include more sampled species and more ORs in our dataset.

      To address this issue, we added normalized analyses. First, we calculated SeqC diversity at the species level (Fig. S9a). Second, because OR number was significantly correlated with SeqC count (pGLS p-value = 0.001035), we performed equal-OR random sampling (Fig. S9 b). Specifically, we randomly sampled the same number of ORs from holometabolous and non-holometabolous insects, 100 ORs per group, calculated how many SeqCs were covered by the sampled ORs, and repeated this procedure 100 times to obtain the distribution of SeqC diversity under equal OR sampling depth. These analyses showed that holometabolous insects still exhibited higher OR sequence-community diversity after controlling for OR sampling depth. We have revised the manuscript to clarify the calculation and now interpret the result as a normalized difference in sequence-community diversity, rather than as an uncorrected difference in total SeqC number.

      We added the following normalized analysis to the revised manuscript (lines 371-379): "Because total SeqC counts may be affected by unequal species sampling and OR numbers, we added normalized analyses. First, we calculated SeqC numbers at the species level and found that holometabolous insects contained more SeqCs on average. Second, because OR number was significantly correlated with SeqC count (P=0.001035), we performed equal-OR random sampling between holometabolous and nonholometabolous insects. Under the same OR sampling depth, holometabolous insects still covered more SeqCs, indicating higher OR sequence-community diversity after controlling for OR number. Therefore, this result supports a genuine difference in SeqC diversity rather than a difference driven by unequal species sampling or OR number. "

      (6) Phylogenetic differences in OR evolutionary patterns have been described previously for Paleoptera compared to Neoptera. Are the authors simply picking up on these patterns? Is the holometabolous vs non-holometabolous hypothesis supported when only Neoptera are taken into account?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. Differences in OR evolutionary patterns between Paleoptera and Neoptera have already been described in previous studies, so it was necessary to test whether our pattern simply reflected this older phylogenetic division.

      Following the suggestion, we restricted the comparison to Neoptera and compared Holometabola with non-holometabolous Neoptera. After excluding Paleoptera and earlier-diverging lineages, Holometabola still showed higher OR sequence-community diversity (Fig. S10). Additional normalized analyses indicate that this trend is not explained only by unequal species sampling or OR counts (Fig S9a-b).

      Therefore, our result is not simply a rediscovery of the known Paleoptera versus Neoptera difference. Instead, within Neoptera we observe an additional difference in SeqC diversity between Holometabola and non-holometabolous Neoptera.

      We added the following comparison of neopteran insects to the revised manuscript (lines 379-382): "The higher SeqC diversity observed in Holometabola was retained when the comparison was restricted to Neoptera, indicating that this pattern is not simply a restatement of previously reported Paleoptera-Neoptera differences."

      Minor comments

      (1) Line 10: "all the insect orders were found to contain fully functional OR repertoires". It is unclear what the authors mean by this. What is a fully functional OR repertoire? Is it the number of receptors? The number of functional receptors? Given this lack of clarity and the fact that the manuscript does not present functional data on Or binding profiles, this part should be altered.

      We have revised this sentence. The intended meaning was that all sampled insect orders include ORs assigned to all six docking-derived functional communities.

      (2) Lines 17-18: I am not convinced the presented data explain the adaptive relationship between insect olfactory potential and diverse ecological environments. It suggests that few aspects of insect ecology (larval diet and terrestriality) correlate with receptor number and predicted ligand binding breadth. This should be toned down.

      We have toned down the statement. The sentence has been revised as follows: " Our findings provide a class-level framework for investigating insect OR evolution and generate testable hypotheses about how receptor repertoire diversification may relate to ecological adaptation."

      (3) Line 44: the low amino acid sequence identity among ORs has been described before. Please add appropriate references.

      We have added the requested references.

      (4) Lines 52 - 55: The 1:3 stoichiometry is not yet confirmed in vivo - indeed, other work suggests a 2:2 stoichiometry as a possibility. Please adjust this sentence to reflect this uncertainty.

      We have revised the sentence to reflect this uncertainty (lines 51-56): Unlike vertebrate G protein-coupled ORs, insect ORs function as ligand-gated ion channels by assembling with the conserved co-receptor Orco, with recent cryo-EM structures supporting a 1:3 OR–Orco heterotetrameric model. However, the exact in vivo stoichiometry remains to be fully resolved, and alternative arrangements such as 2:2 may also be possible.

      (5) Lines 94-95: Please cite studies that previously annotated ORs.

      We have added the relevant citations.

      (6) Lines 99-100: It is well established that hymenopterans have the largest sets of ORs among insects. Please add appropriate references.

      We have added the relevant citations.

      (7) Lines 101-102: It has been shown before that Odonata have very few ORs. However, there are other insects with even smaller sets of ORs. Please add appropriate references.

      We have clarified that the statement refers only to our intact OR dataset. The sentence has been revised as follows: "In our OR dataset, Odonata had the fewest intact ORs, with a mean of 4 (N = 3)."

      (8) Lines 109-111: This sentence appears to be illogical. Please revise.

      We re-evaluated analyses that depend on OR counts. Because the association between genome size and OR count was sensitive to annotation completeness, structural filtering, and a few extreme species, we removed this result and the related discussion from the revised manuscript.

      (9) Line 113: What is ecological behavior? Do you mean ecology?

      We have replaced ecological behavior with ecological traits.

      (10) Lines 148 - 150: This has been described previously. Please add appropriate references.

      We have added the appropriate citation.

      (11) Lines 161-162: This has been previously described. Please add appropriate references.

      We have added the appropriate citation.

      (12) Lines 199-201: Could it be that a lack of orthologs is a result of sampling bias? Only very few genomes of early-branching lineages have been sequenced.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that the apparent lack of direct orthologs among early-diverging insect ORs may be influenced by limited genome sampling from these lineages. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that, with the currently available data, we cannot reliably determine direct orthologous relationships among early-diverging insect ORs or reconstruct ancestral OR states. We now state that broader sampling of high-quality genomes and transcriptomes from early-diverging insect lineages will be needed to test this question more rigorously.

      The revised text is as follows (lines 218-220): "With the currently available early-diverging insect genomes, we could not reliably identify direct orthologous relationships among early ORs, which limits the reconstruction of ancestral OR states."

      (13) Line 204-205: Do you mean TdomOR1-8 may be ancestral to Orco? This is not possible, given that Orco and TdomOR1-8 co-exist in one genome. But previous phylogenetic analyses of multiple silverfish genomes suggest that Orco is closely related to TdomOR1-8 and similar receptors in other species. Please revise.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We did not mean that TdomOR1-8 are the ancestors of TdomOrco. Because currently available OR data from early-diverging insects are limited, direct orthologous relationships cannot be reliably identified and the ancestral OR state of Zygentoma cannot be reconstructed with confidence. Therefore, we can only search among extant zygentoman ORs for comparators that are closely related to the Orco clade.

      The current gene tree shows that TdomOR1-8 are closely related to TdomOrco. Thus, they can serve as structural references for comparing Orco-related receptors and for understanding structural changes that may have been involved in Orco specialization.

      In the revised manuscript, we have changed the relevant sentence to (lines 223-225): “Therefore, we speculate that Orco recruitment in the ancestral zygentoman lineage may have been accompanied by expansion of a set of candidate ORs, and that TdomOR1-8 represent extant retained members of this receptor set.”

      (14) Lines 387-388, this was already known. Please cite accordingly

      We have added the appropriate citation.

      (15) Line 389: Please include a reference for the finding that early ORs have a homologous tetrameric configuration.

      We have added the appropriate citation.

      (16) Lines 403-407: This hypothesis has been previously put forward by del Marmol and colleagues. Add reference.

      We have added the appropriate citation.

      Author response table 1.

      Number of OR genes in previously annotated species.

      Author response table 2.

      ORs in this study that did not show one-to-one correspondence with published Bombyx mori ORs.

      Author response image 1.

      Structurally erroneous ORs in Propsilocerus akamusi.

      Author response image 2.

      Sensitivity analysis of OR counts. (a-b) Correlations between updated species-level OR counts and genome size.

      Author response image 3.

      OR protein structures removed by structural filtering from the automated annotations of Drosophila melanogaster and Anopheles gambiae.

      Author response image 4.

      Normalized analysis of SeqC diversity between holometabolous and non-holometabolous insects within Neoptera at the species level (a) and OR-count level (b). Welch's t-test was used. ***p < 0.001.

      Reference

      Bobkov YV, Walker Iii WB, Cattaneo AM. 2021. Altered functional properties of the codling moth Orco mutagenized in the intracellular loop-3. Sci Rep 11: 3893.

      Carey AF, Wang G, Su CY, Zwiebel LJ, Carlson JR. 2010. Odorant reception in the malaria mosquito Anopheles gambiae. Nature 464: 66-71.

      Chang H, Unni AP, Tom MT, Cao Q, Liu Y, Wang G, Llorca LC, Brase S, Bucks S, Weniger K et al. 2023. Odorant detection in a locust exhibits unusually low redundancy. Curr Biol 33: 5427-5438 e5425.

      Dekel A, Pitts RJ, Yakir E, Bohbot JD. 2016. Evolutionarily conserved odorant receptor function questions ecological context of octenol role in mosquitoes. Sci Rep 6: 37330.

      Frunze O, Lee D, Lee S, Kwon HW. 2024. A single mutation in the mosquito (Aedes aegypti) olfactory receptor 8 causes loss of function to 1-octen-3-ol. Insect Biochem Mol Biol 167: 104069.

      Guo S, Kim J. 2007. Molecular evolution of Drosophila odorant receptor genes. Mol Biol Evol 24: 11981207.

      Hall DR, Beevor PS, Cork A, Nesbitt BF, Vale GA. 1984. 1-Octen-3-ol. International Journal of Tropical Insect Science 5: 335-339.

      Kline DL, Allan SA, Bernier UR, Welch CH. 2007. Evaluation of the enantiomers of 1-octen-3-ol and 1octyn-3-ol as attractants for mosquitoes associated with a freshwater swamp in Florida, U.S.A. Med Vet Entomol 21: 323-331.

      Kreher SA, Mathew D, Kim J, Carlson JR. 2008. Translation of sensory input into behavioral output via an olfactory system. Neuron 59: 110-124.

      Liu WB, Li HM, Wang GR, Cao HQ, Wang B. 2023. Conserved Odorant Receptor, EcorOR4, Mediates Attraction of Mated Female Eupeodes corollae to 1-Octen-3-ol. J Agric Food Chem 71: 1837-1844.

      Lu T, Qiu YT, Wang G, Kwon JY, Rutzler M, Kwon HW, Pitts RJ, van Loon JJ, Takken W, Carlson JR et al. 2007. Odor coding in the maxillary palp of the malaria vector mosquito Anopheles gambiae. Curr Biol 17: 1533-1544.

      Morawo T, Fadamiro H. 2016. Identification of Key Plant-Associated Volatiles Emitted by Heliothis virescens Larvae that Attract the Parasitoid, Microplitis croceipes: Implications for Parasitoid Perception of Odor Blends. J Chem Ecol 42: 1112-1121.

      Paddock KJ, Corcoran JA. 2025. Life-stage dependent behavior mimics chemosensory repertoire diversity in a belowground, specialist herbivore. G3 (Bethesda) 15.

      Pierce A, Pierce H, Borden J, Oehlschlager C. 1989. Production Dynamics of Cucujolide Pheromones and Identification of I-Octen-3-o1 as a New Aggregation Pheromone for Oryzaephilus surinamensis and O. mercator (Coleoptera: Cucujidae). Environmental Entomology 18: 747-755.

      Qiu L, Tao S, He H, Ding W, Li Y. 2018. Transcriptomics reveal the molecular underpinnings of chemosensory proteins in Chlorops oryzae. BMC Genomics 19: 890.

      Rondoni G, Roman A, Meslin C, Montagne N, Conti E, Jacquin-Joly E. 2021. Antennal Transcriptome Analysis and Identification of Candidate Chemosensory Genes of the Harlequin Ladybird Beetle, Harmonia axyridis (Pallas) (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Insects 12.

      Tanaka K, Uda Y, Ono Y, Nakagawa T, Suwa M, Yamaoka R, Touhara K. 2009. Highly selective tuning of a silkworm olfactory receptor to a key mulberry leaf volatile. Curr Biol 19: 881-890.

      Tian Z, Sun L, Li Y, Quan L, Zhang H, Yan W, Yue Q, Qiu G. 2018. Antennal transcriptome analysis of the chemosensory gene families in Carposina sasakii (Lepidoptera: Carposinidae). BMC Genomics 19: 544.

      Turner RM, Derryberry SL, Kumar BN, Brittain T, Zwiebel LJ, Newcomb RD, Christie DL. 2014. Mutational analysis of cysteine residues of the insect odorant co-receptor (Orco) from Drosophila melanogaster reveals differential effects on agonist- and odorant-tuning receptor-dependent activation. J Biol Chem 289: 31837-31845.

      Wang Q, Smid HM, Dicke M, Haverkamp A. 2024. The olfactory system of Pieris brassicae caterpillars: from receptors to glomeruli. Insect Sci 31: 469-488.

      Xu L, Jiang HB, Yu JL, Pan D, Tao Y, Lei Q, Chen Y, Liu Z, Wang JJ. 2023. Two odorant receptors regulate 1-octen-3-ol induced oviposition behavior in the oriental fruit fly. Commun Biol 6: 176.

      Xu P, Zhu F, Buss GK, Leal WS. 2015. 1-Octen-3-ol - the attractant that repels. F1000Res 4: 156.

      Xu Q, Wu Z, Zeng X, An X. 2020. Identification and Expression Profiling of Chemosensory Genes in Hermetia illucens via a Transcriptomic Analysis. Front Physiol 11: 720.

      Yan C, Sun X, Cao W, Li R, Zhao C, Sun Z, Liu W, Pan L. 2020. Identification and expression pattern of chemosensory genes in the transcriptome of Propsilocerus akamusi. PeerJ 8: e9584.

      Zhang S, Zhang Z, Wang H, Kong X. 2014. Antennal transcriptome analysis and comparison of olfactory genes in two sympatric defoliators, Dendrolimus houi and Dendrolimus kikuchii (Lepidoptera: Lasiocampidae). Insect Biochem Mol Biol 52: 69-81.

      Zhang Y, Wang B, Zhou Y, Liao M, Sheng C, Cao H, Gao Q. 2023. Identification and characterization of odorant receptors in Plutella xylostella antenna response to 2,3-dimethyl-6-(1-hydroxy)-pyrazine. Pestic Biochem Physiol 194: 105523.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer # 1 (Public review):

      (1) Structure and Presentation of Results

      • I recommend reordering the visual-cue experiments to progress from simpler conditions (no cues) to more complex ones (cue-conflict). This would improve narrative logic and accessibility for non-specialist readers. The authors have chosen not to implement this suggestion, which I respect, but my recommendation stands.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We understand your point that presenting the experiments from simpler to more complex conditions may seem more intuitive. However, we have kept the original order because it better reflects the logic of the study itself. Our work first asked whether fall armyworms, like the Bogong moth, use a magnetic compass that is integrated with visual cues. Only after establishing this behavioral feature did we go on to test whether visual cues are required to maintain magnetic orientation. To make this reasoning clearer to readers, we have explicitly stated in the Introduction that magnetic orientation in the Bogong moth depends on the integration of visual cues, which provides clearer context for the experimental design.

      (2) Ecological Interpretation

      • The authors should expand their discussion on how the highly simplified, static cue setup translates to natural migratory conditions, where landmarks are dynamic, transient, or absent. Specifically, further consideration is needed on how the compass might function when landmarks shift position, become obscured, or are replaced by celestial cues. Additionally, the discussion would benefit from a more consolidated section with concrete suggestions for future experiments involving transient, multiple, or more naturalistic visual cues. This point was addressed partially in one paragraph of the Discussion, which reads as follows:

      "In nature, they are likely to encounter a range of luminance-gradient visual cues, including relatively stable celestial cues as well as transient or shifting local features encountered en route. Although such natural cues differ from our simplified laboratory stimulus, they may represent intermittently sampled visual inputs that can be optimally integrated with magnetic information, with the congruency between visual and magnetic cues likely playing a key role in maintaining a stable compass response. Whether the cues are static or changing, brief periods without them may still allow the subsequent recovery of a stable long-distance orientation strategy. Determining which types of natural visual cues support the magnetic-visual compass, and how they interact with magnetic information, including how their momentary alignment or angular relationship is integrated and how such visual cue-magnetic field interactions may require time to influence orientation, together with elucidating the genetic and ecological bases of multimodal orientation, will be important objectives for future research." While this paragraph is informative, the wording remains lengthy, somewhat unclear, and vague. Shorter, clearer statements would improve readability and impact. For example:

      • How could moths maintain direction during periods when only the magnetic field is present and visual landmarks are absent?

      • Could celestial cues (e.g., stars) compensate, and what happens if these are also obscured?

      • What role does saliency play when multiple visual landmarks are present simultaneously?

      • How might a complex skyline without salient landmarks affect orientation?

      Including simple, concise sentences that pose concrete open questions and suggest experimental designs would strengthen the discussion without creating space issues. In my view, a comprehensive discussion of how the simplified, static cue setup relates to natural migratory conditions-where landmarks are dynamic, transient, or absent-would add significant value to the paper.

      Thank you for this constructive and insightful comment. You correctly point out that our articulation of the ecological relevance of the simplified, static cue setup was not sufficiently clear. We also agree that the original wording in the Discussion remained overly general. In the revised Discussion, we updated the manuscript to incorporate recently published findings on the use of light–dark gradients for orientation in fall armyworms. However, we explicitly note that it remains unclear whether fall armyworms can exploit naturally occurring luminance gradients, such as those generated by the moon, for orientation under natural conditions. We further emphasize that during natural migration the visual environment is dynamic, with celestial cues available intermittently and local visual features changing continuously during flight. In this context, we outline several key unresolved questions, including whether celestial cues can compensate when local landmarks are absent; how multiple visual cues are weighted and integrated with geomagnetic information; how transient visual cues (like moving clouds or changing illumination) influence orientation; and how luminance gradients that are common in natural nocturnal environments interact with the geomagnetic field to support orientation. For each of these issues, we briefly suggest experimental approaches to guide future research.

      (3) Methodological Details and Reproducibility

      • The lack of luminance level measurements should be explicitly highlighted.

      Thank you for your helpful suggestion. You are right that luminance level is an important experimental parameter. We have stated this information in the Methods section under Behavioral apparatus: “The ambient light level in the experimental environment was measured to be below 1 lux using a Testo 540 lux meter (Testo SE & Co. KGaA, Titisee-Neustadt, Germany). Further work is still required to compare the illuminance used in this study with that under natural conditions, which are inherently variable.” This point is also clarified in the legend of Figure S3 in the supplementary material.

      • The authors chose not to adjust figure legends by replacing "magnetic South" with "magnetic North." While I believe this would be more conventional and preferable, this is ultimately a minor stylistic issue.

      Thank you very much for your suggestion. We understand your point and agree that using “magnetic North” would be more conventional. However, because our experiments focus on the orientation behavior of the autumn population, magnetic South is aligned with the landmark direction representing the potential migratory direction, which we believe makes the figures more intuitive for readers. We therefore consider this a minor stylistic issue.

      (4) Conceptual Framing and Discussion

      • Although the authors made a good attempt to explain the limitations of using an artificial visual cue, I believe there is room or a more explicit argument. For example, it could be stated clearly that this species is unlikely to encounter a situation in nature where a single, highly salient landmark coincides with its migratory direction. Therefore, how these findings translate to real migratory contexts remains an open question. A sentence or two making this point directly would strengthen the discussion.

      Thank you for your helpful suggestion. We now address this point explicitly in the Discussion, noting that fall armyworms are unlikely to experience a natural visual environment dominated by a single, static, and highly salient landmark coinciding with their migratory direction. Consequently, how these findings translate to real migratory contexts remains an open question.

      (5) Technical and Open-Science Points

      • Sharing the R code openly (e.g., via GitHub) should be seriously considered. The code does not need to be perfectly formatted, but making it available would be highly beneficial from an open-science perspective.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We agree that making code openly available is valuable from an open-science perspective. The MMRT script used in this study is Moore’s Modified Rayleigh Test, available from the original publication by Massy et al. (2021; https://doi.org/10.1098/rspb.2021.1805). In the previous version, we only cited this reference in the Materials and Methods section; we have now added a direct link to the script to improve clarity and accessibility. We have also provided a public link to the data-recording scripts used in the Flash Flight Simulator (https://doi.org/10.17632/6jkvpybswd.1). This repository additionally includes a map-based optical flow script that was not used in the present study but is shared for completeness.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      • LL. 133-137 (end of paragraph starting with "The fall armyworm is a migratory crop pest native to the Americas"): Suggest splitting into shorter, clearer sentences. The limitations of this method could be better articulated here and elaborated in the Discussion.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have revised this paragraph by splitting it into shorter, clearer sentences and by articulating the limitations of this method more explicitly. These limitations are further elaborated in the Discussion.

      • LL. 181-185 (end of paragraph starting with "To examine if fall armyworms integrate geomagnetic and visual cues for seasonal migratory orientation"): It would be helpful to state explicitly that season-specific headings have been confirmed in the lab using a flight simulator, but destination regions remain unknown without further tracking experiments.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have now clarified in the revised manuscript that season-specific orientation headings have been confirmed in the laboratory using a flight simulator, while the actual migratory destination regions remain unclear in the absence of tracking experiments.

      • LL. 230-234 (start of paragraph "Our previous research showed that fall armyworms reared under artificially simulated fall conditions…"): Clarify which migratory season is being referenced.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have clarified in the text that the migratory season referenced here is the autumn migratory season. In addition, we have added information in the Methods to specify the actual calendar season during which the insects were reared under the simulated conditions.

      • LL. 270-272 (middle of Fig. 2 caption): Suggest explicitly mentioning that for this population, the seasonally appropriate direction is southbound in autumn and northbound in spring, as this may not be clear to non-specialists.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have now explicitly stated the seasonally appropriate migratory directions for this population, indicating southbound migration in autumn and northbound migration in spring, to improve clarity for non-specialist readers.

      • LL. 421 (middle of paragraph starting with "We also considered the limitations of the Rayleigh test…"): Add that the groups lacking visual cues exhibited "lower directedness as per lower vector length (r)" in addition to lower flight stability.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We further note that the conclusions drawn from the flight stability analysis are consistent with those based on individual r-value analyses.

      • LL. 499-501 ("unlike some vertebrates that can rely solely on magnetic information (Mouritsen, 2018)"): This point is slightly downplayed. It should be emphasized that nearly all tested vertebrates and invertebrates (e.g., birds, mole rats, fish, frogs, and other insects) demonstrate a magnetic compass without requiring visual landmarks. Moths are the only tested invertebrates so far that show landmark-magnetic field dependency for their magnetic compass to be manifested in a behavioural orientation response in Flight Simulator.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that this point represents a key synthesis in the Discussion, as it concerns how our findings relate to, and differ from, magnetic orientation demonstrated in other animal groups. We have therefore expanded the Discussion to note that studies have shown that some animals can exhibit directional preferences in simplified visual environments solely in response to changes in the magnetic field, and we now cite representative examples from birds and mole rats. At the same time, we also acknowledge important methodological and phenotypic differences among taxa. In particular, moths’ magnetic orientation has been assessed using a flight simulator, a setup in which stable directional behavior must be actively maintained during continuous movement. This is an important difference from orientation assays in birds during take-off or in terrestrial mammals such as mole rats. Moreover, whether birds and other animals rely on visual input to detect or calibrate magnetic information under certain conditions remains an open question. We therefore emphasize here both the phenotypic differences observed across experimental systems and the methodological considerations.

      • LL. 560-565 (paragraph starting with "Our flight simulator system (Dreyer et al., 2021) …"): Suggest clarifying what the Flash flight simulator system is and how it differs from the Mouritsen-Frost flight simulator.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have added a brief clarification of the Flash flight simulator and how it differs from the Mouritsen–Frost system.

      • LL. 605-608 ("Spectral measurements …"): Explicitly mention that total illuminance was not measured and that further work is required to compare the illuminance used with natural conditions which of course vary.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We agree that total illuminance is an important factor. We have now added a statement noting that the ambient light level in the experimental environment was measured to be below 1 lux using a Testo 540 lux meter, and we further acknowledge that additional work is required to compare the illuminance used in this study with that under naturally variable conditions.

      • LL. 628-641 (end of paragraph starting with "Electromagnetic noise at the experimental site ... "): Explain why this matters for interpreting behavioural responses. Highlight that although conditions were somewhat magnetically noisy which based on the past work may disrupt magnetic compass as it was shown in birds (eg Engels et al. 2014 Nature), the observed magnetic response under certain conditions indicates that the magnetic sense remained functional when landmark and magnetic field were aligned. This way you can pre-empt this criticism of your magnetic conditions being not ideal and noise on the left handside of the spectrum measured (which is not uncommon).

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have now cited Engels et al. (2014, Nature) in this section and expanded the text to explain why electromagnetic noise at the experimental site is relevant for interpreting the behavioural responses. We also clarify the rationale for measuring electromagnetic noise and discuss the observed low-frequency (“left-hand side”) noise in the spectrum.

      • Fig. 51: Suggest adapting Y-axes and using violin or box plots (e.g., panels A/B starting from 30 up to 50, etc.).

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have revised Fig. 5 accordingly by adapting the Y-axis scaling and replacing the original plots with box plots, as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      (1) Davis and co-authors used many mouse models to investigate mechanisms that regulate the contractility of mouse popliteal collecting vessels, primarily chronotropy. Many of the mechanisms studied were previously shown to regulate pressure-induced constriction in small arteries. The authors use prior literature from the vasculature as a framework to test similar concepts in lymphatic vessels. The mouse models used provide evidence for and against the involvement of multiple proteins in regulating chronotropy and other contractile properties in lymphatic vessels. They propose that mechano-activation of GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs generates IP3, which induces Ca2+ release through IP3R1 and drives depolarization through the activation of ANO1 Cl- channels. Major concerns include the author's major conclusion that GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs contribute to chronotropy. This conclusion is not supported by the data presented.

      Although we have not yet identified a specific GPCR in LMCs that mediates pressure-induced chronotropy, our experiments have established that Gq/11-coupled GPCRs are critical for this response. The almost identical phenotypes of GNAQ/GNA11 double KO vessels with ANO1 KO and IP<sub>3</sub>R1 KO vessels point to an upstream, mechanosensitive GPCR that regulates ANO1-regulated pacemaking activity through calcium release by IP<sub>3</sub>R1. New experiments show that the highly specific GNAQ/GNA11 inhibitor YM254890 decreases contraction frequency to the same degree as, or even stronger than, that observed in Gq/11 double KO mice (Fig. 22). Additional data assessing the responses of inguinal-axillary lymphatic vessels (IALVs) from G11<sup>-/-</sup> and Gq/11 double KO further confirm our findings and conclusions (Suppl. Fig. 1). To address your concern about identifying a specific GPCR, we have performed new scRNAseq analyses to identify and rank the most prominently expressed GPCRs in LMCs (Fig. 21) along with new experiments to test the most likely GPCR candidates that emerged from that analysis (Fig. 22). Please see our specific responses below and the additional data that we now provide.

      While our results still fall short of identifying a specific Gq/11-coupled GPCR involved in this LMC mechanosensitive response, they rule out all of the major mechanosensitive ion channels previously implicated in this process (Figs. 4-15), rule out G12/13-coupled GPCRs (Fig.20) and strongly support a critical role for the canonical Gq/11-coupled mechanism (Fig. 18 and Suppl. Fig. 1). New data to eliminate contributions of the 7 most consistently expressed LMC GPCRs, along with the most likely mechanosensory GPCR in VSMCs (AT<sub>1</sub>R) (Fig. 22), out of the 136 GPCRs detected in our LMC scRNAseq dataset, raise interesting GPCR candidates that require future testing. The remaining list of 11 strongly or moderately expressed candidates includes 3 frizzled GPCRs that typically do not signal through G proteins, an olfactory GPCR, and several adhesion GPCRs (aGPCRs) that encode their own agonist (containing the Stachel peptide sequence). Some of these adhesion GPCRs recruit and signal through Gq/11, and aGPCRs have been implicated in mechanosensation in other cell types (PMID: 25937282, PMID: 40395494). However, pharmacological tools to specifically test most of these aGPCRs are currently lacking. Another possibility, of course, is that the key LMC protein may be a GPCR with a very low expression level.

      At present, the only way to test most of those candidates would be to generate new mice with smooth muscle KO of the specific GPCRs, as Offermann’s group has done in a few other cases (PMID: 40623996, PMID: 38597112, PMID: 39920161), but we are without the resources to embark on such an expedition. We are therefore unable to resolve this last issue with currently available resources and/or technology but now acknowledge this as a shortcoming of our study and a future direction. We have adjusted our title to be more congruent with the data presented in the revised manuscript.

      Strengths:

      (2) One major strength of the study lies in the vast number of mouse knockout models that were used to test the importance of ion channels and G protein signaling pathways in the regulation of lymphatic vessel contractility. In this regard, the study is a valiant effort. The authors achieved several objectives to find that ANO1 and IP3R1 regulate chronotropy, and many other potential proteins do not regulate chronotropy. This study will have a major impact on the field if additional support for G proteins is provided.

      Please see our specific responses below and the additional data that we now provide to strengthen support for a GNAQ/GNA11 mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      (3) Major conclusions concerning the involvement of G proteins are drawn from the global Gna11 knockout mouse models. This conclusion is weak. Global Gna11 knockout mice are highly likely to have a multifactorial phenotype that could create significant differences in the data.

      We agree that global GNAQ/11 DKO mice likely have a multifactorial phenotype and that, IF our hypothesis involved testing some aspect of in vivo function with multiple cell types or organs, this would complicate our conclusions. However, because our approach focuses on ex vivo testing of the F-P relationship of isolated lymphatic vessels, a response mediated specifically by LMCs (i.e., independent of other circulating factors, endothelium, neural control, etc.), our results are NOT likely to be influenced by such extrinsic factors. Stefan Offermanns and colleagues have used similar mice (single floxed gene + Cre + global KO) and ex vivo assays of arteries in multiple peer-reviewed studies (e.g. PMID 31549965), so there is clear precedent for our approach. An alternative approach to the global GNAQ/11 DKO mice would be to use Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>f/f</sup> double floxed mice, but then those would likely suffer from the potential limitation of competing recombination between the two floxed genes, as we and others have encountered this problem in previous studies using a single Cre with multiple floxed alleles (PMID: 29336844, PMID: 36868507).

      (4) Control experiments need to be performed on vessels from the global knockout mice if these major conclusions are to be made.

      Control experiments were conducted on popliteal vessels from Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>+/+</sup> mice (uninduced littermates) and from GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>+/+</sup> mice (lacking Myh11Cre), the combination of which had a normal F-P relationship (Fig. 18). We have also conducted experiments on Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>-/-</sup> mice that were not induced with tamoxifen (GNA11<sup>-/-</sup>). It is not clear if the reviewer is suggesting that we include GNAQ<sup>-/-</sup> mice, but we did not have access to those mice. Gnaq<sup>-/-</sup> mice exhibit significant developmental abnormalities (PMID: 22723772), although according to Offermanns and colleagues (PMID: 9687499), only GNAQ homozygous deficient mice displayed “obvious phenotypic defects”.

      (5) Similarly, pharmacological tools or alternative approaches to manipulate G proteins should be used to support the data from these mouse models to draw these major conclusions.

      To address this comment, we have performed new experiments on WT mice using the potent GNAQ/11 inhibitor YM254890 (at 100 nM, the concentration used in many previous publications by other groups), which had nearly the same effect on abrogating the F-P relationship as induced Myh11Cre; GNAQ<sup>f/f</sup>; GNA11<sup>-/-</sup> mice (see Fig. 22). The specificity of YM-254890 for the Gq family has recently been verified by excellent work out of David Yule’s lab (PMID: 40563241).

      (6) The Gnaq smKO mice are the most specific G protein model studied here. However, there is no phenotype. Do not discuss trends in the data. If the data are not significant, conclude so. If more experiments are required to reach significance, provide more data in the manuscript.

      With respect to the Gq smKO data:

      (1) We have added more data to the control group.

      (2) We have now listed the p value (0.0819 in Fig. 18) for the Gq/11 controls vs Gq smKO, instead of simply designating it “n.s.” with a cut-off of p<0.05; the readers can now judge for themselves how close the values come to being significant.

      (3) Although the F-P slope does not reach significance (Fig. 18B), the frequency is significantly different between the Gq/11 controls and Gq smKO at 3 pressures (see the frequency graph in Fig. 18C), so significant differences ARE indeed detected in Gq smKO vessels.

      (4) The F-P slope for the DKO is lower than that of the G11 KO and it appears the two knockouts are cumulative, suggesting that Gnaq deletion is contributing to the lower values of the Gq/11 DKO. As further support for this conclusion, we have performed new experiments on IALVs (in part also to address concern #8 below) and that analysis is shown in Suppl. Fig. 1. We include those data as a Supplemental Figure because the contraction data in all the other figures are for popliteal lymphatic vessels. Note that the F-P analysis is not appropriate for IALVs because the control vessels typically show only a 2-2.5x change in frequency over the entire pressure range and frequency essentially reaches a plateau at P = 2 cm H<sub>2</sub>O. The frequency plots for control, G11<sup>-/-</sup> and Gq/11 DKO IALV vessels show the same trend as for popliteal vessels (significantly lower than control vessels at all pressures, with only a single exception), but in this case the DKO vessels have significantly lower frequencies than G11<sup>-/-</sup> vessels at the lower pressures (1-2-3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O), further supporting the results from popliteal vessels.

      (7) The conclusions repeatedly refer to a signaling pathway wherein the upstream component is GPCRs, which activate G proteins. While this may be the case, no GPCRs were identified here, and the involvement of G proteins is questionable, as the authors outline in lines 693-695 and noted above. The conclusions should be tempered, including in the abstract, unless additional experiments are performed to support the involvement of G proteins. Perhaps then the authors may be able to infer that GPCRs are involved.

      Please see our response to your comment #1. We have now included additional experiments using the Gq/11 inhibitor YM254890 (at a concentration of 100 nM that is reputed to be “selective” for Gq/11, according to the literature (PMID: 40563241). The blunting of the F-P relationship in the presence of that compound is comparable to, and perhaps even more significant than, the blunting observed for the DKO (the summary analysis is shown for P= 3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O in the middle of Fig. 22, in a format that matches the other analyses in that figure, but the frequencies were significantly attenuated over the entire lower pressure range). These results strengthen support for a ligand-independent mechanotransduction mechanism through one or more GPCRs of the Gq/11 family. However, because 1) there are at least 136 possible specific GPCR candidates and 2) our new specific tests of the 7 most abundantly expressed GPCRs were negative, pinning down the exact GPCR(s) involved will require much more work. Given the amount of data already presented in this study, and the possibility that the unidentified GPCR is an orphan receptor or other GPCR with very low expression, we think it is appropriate to defer that line of experimentation to a future study. We now clearly state that this is a limitation of the present work and a future direction.

      (8) Line 318. The point regarding the choice to use popliteal vessels versus IALVs will be unclear to the uninitiated, particularly as the authors previously used IALVs. Including additional justification in the text and/or data from IALVs in Figure 1, which compares IALVs to popliteal vessels, would better explain the logic.

      We now include additional justification in the text by citing Zawieja 2018 and the similarities to Ano1 KO and IP<sub>3</sub>R1 KO findings in IALVs in our other papers. Note also the very close agreement between the Gq/11 data for popliteal vessels vs IALVs in Fig. 18 C and Suppl. Fig. 1).

      (9) The conclusions drawn for TRPC6 and TRPC3 are less convincing. Germline global knockout mice, which are known to undergo compensation, were used, and high data variability is apparent. Using TRPC3 and TRPC6 blockers in the mouse models studied in Figure 4 would strengthen the arguments made regarding these proteins.

      Our primary reason for using the global KO mice is that pharmacological inhibitors of TRP channels, particularly TRPC6, are quite non-specific. We did not have access to Trpc6 floxed mice but our ex vivo assay focuses a specific aspect of LMC function in isolation from extrinsic influences (see answer to comment #3 above), and of the 18 cell subtypes detected in these vessels by scRNAseq, Trpc6 is only detectable in LMCs (Fig. 5 panel A). With regard to consequences of global knockouts and possible compensation, that is why we generated the Trpc6/Trpc3 DKO mice, as upregulation of Trpc3 is a known compensatory mechanism for Trpc6 deletion (PMID: 16055711); to our knowledge only one other group has taken the trouble to test this (PMID: 16055711) with respect to vascular smooth muscle function.

      (10) Did you perform power analysis to ensure that experimental numbers were sufficient to conclude that no statistical difference exists between datasets? If not, this needs to be done. For example, data shown in Figure 5C for tone and 6C for frequency and tone appear to be significantly different, but are concluded not to be so.

      With respect to Fig. 5, there are significant differences in contraction frequency between the TrpC6/C3 DKO mice and their SV129 controls at 5 of 7 pressures, but the frequencies of the KO mice were actually HIGHER—the opposite of the result expected if TRPC6 or TRPC3 were critical for pacemaking. With respect to the effects of TRPC6 KO on tone, there were no significant differences in tone between TRPC6<sup>-/</sup>- vessels and their SV129 controls, but there were indeed significant differences between the TrpC6/C3 DKO mice and controls at 4 of 7 pressures, but with tone actually being HIGHER than normal (opposite to what would be predicted if those channels were critical for the development of myogenic tone). We point out how that observation is at odds with the conclusions of at least one study on arterial myogenic tone (PMID: 11861411), but that topic is not the focus of our study.

      (11) At the end of each result section, a concluding statement is made regarding the effects on pressure-induced chronotropy. In many cases, there are additional effects of manipulating protein expression on other contractile properties. One example is for TRPC3 and TRPC6 (lines 414-416), but others are TRPV4, TRPV3, ENaC, Kir, Cav3.1/3.2, etc. Some interpretation is in the Discussion, but the concluding statements at the end of each result section should be expanded to summarize what the authors think the other significant differences in the data represent.

      Thank you for allowing us the flexibility to address this at the end of each relevant section in the Results. We have now expanded several of these sections as you suggest.

      (12) Kv7.4 channels. You state you have data (not shown) with linopiridine and XE991. Why not show those results here to support the experiments with the Kcnq4 smKO mice? Otherwise, I suggest you remove the statement from the unpublished data.

      We have removed the comments about the unpublished data with other Kv7.4 inhibitors.

      (13) Figure 13A. Kcnj2 is modestly expressed in LECs, but very little is present in LMCs. This likely underlies the effect of barium. If you remove the endothelium, does the effect of barium disappear? While this is not the major focus of the study, the effects of barium are dramatic, and it should be made clear whether this is due to inhibition of Kir channels in smooth muscle or endothelial cells.

      Thank you for making this very good point. We cannot rule out an effect on LECs in this context and denuding popliteal LVs is nearly impossible without compromising their contractile function because of their small size and the presence of intraluminal valves. The valves prevent easy passage of an air bubble (the opening is only 1/4 the area of the lumen) and attempts at mechanical removal result in extreme valve damage and/or residual LECs at valve sites. If there is an influence of inhibiting Kir channels in LECs, it is not via electrical communication between LECs and LMCs, which is minimal or non-existent as we have shown in previous studies (PMID: 30143234, PMID: 28994159, PMID: 30355030). Thus, a potential LEC influence would be mediated by release/production of vasoactive factors, which is a point that we now discuss.

      (14) Figure 18C tone. Several values for losartan look different but are not labelled as such. Please clarify and discuss if different.

      All the significantly different values were labeled as such, but that panel is no longer in the revised paper as the AT<sub>1</sub>R frequency data have been included in a different form (Fig. 22).

      (15) The manuscript should include raw data traces in figures that show the major pathways that you conclude regulate chronotropy.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Three new figures have now been added to illustrate the blunting of F-P relationship in Ano1 smKO (Fig. 3), IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO (Fig. 17) and GNAQ/11 DKO vessels (Fig. 19).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Davis et al. embarked on the quest for the molecular elements responsible for the regulation of lymphatic phasic contractile activity in response to variation of transmural pressure, a mechanism (termed pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy by the authors) critical for drainage of interstitial fluid from the tissue and transport of lymph back to the blood circulation. Their aim was to investigate the mechanism(s) involved in the pressure-induced regulation of lymphatic pumping, and test whether activation of cation channels, shown in other systems to play mechanosensitive roles are directly at play, and/or whether mechano-activation of GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs is necessary to generate second messengers to activate those channels, as it has been suggested for the regulation of myogenic tone in arteries. To achieve their goal, the authors used their well-described, highly reliable protocols of mouse lymphatic vessel isolation, pressure myography, and data acquisition to obtain frequency-pressure relationships and other contractile function parameters from transgenic mice where specific channels or molecular elements of interest have been ablated. They combined these data with scRNAseq analysis of these gene targets to determine their respective role and levels of expression in lymphatic muscle cells. Their conclusion is that none of the exhaustive list of tested ion channels was critical, except ANO1 Cl channels, part of the contractile pacemaker mechanism, but that transmural pressure activates GNAQ/GNA11-coupled GPCRs, which generate IP3 to induce SR Ca2+ release through IP3R1 and activate ANO1-mediated depolarization.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript's strengths reside primarily in very robust, clean, and unequivocal pressure myography data and analysis. The research team is mastering these techniques they developed more than a decade ago and have implemented in mouse lymphatics to study their contractile properties, with consistent and convincing outcomes. They also provide data from an impressive list of transgenic mice in order to determine the role of the targeted gene in pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy, relying on pharmacological small molecule inhibitors only when necessary. Finally, the use of scRNAseq analysis they gathered from previously published datasets brings novelty with respect to the expression of the genes of interest in all populations of cells comprising the lymphatic vessels, but more critically, to validate or contrast the potential impact of genetic alteration of the given gene on the ability of lymphatic muscles to respond to a change in pressure.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main weakness may reside in the fact that while the authors provide a convincing demonstration that GNAQ/GNA11 are involved in the regulation of the F-P relationship, they give little evidence of the involvement of "upstream" receptors. Indeed, inhibition of AT1R, shown to be involved in myogenic regulation of arteries (a phenomenon the authors rightfully compare to pressure-induced lymphatic chronotropy), didn't lead to a similar effect (decrease in F-P) in lymphatic vessels. Arguably, other GPCRs might be involved in lymphatic vessels, but as such information is not provided in the manuscript, the author's conclusions should be dampened. More in-depth discussion would be required. In fact, it can be argued that the discussion is very restricted with respect to the amount of data and information the manuscript provides.

      To address these valid concerns, we performed a detailed scRNA-seq analysis of the GPCRs expressed in mouse LMCs. Approximately 136 GPCRs were identified as being expressed in over 0.5% of LMCs, the top 20 of which are expressed at moderate levels in a substantial percentage (>36%) of LMCs. We have added a new Figure showing bubble plots of these 20 GPCRs in the various cell populations of IALVs, ranked according to their expression level (Fig. 21); we also show their expression in the other cell types. We then experimentally tested 7 of the most likely candidates for which inhibitors were available by determining whether blocking the GPCR would alter pacemaking by lowering the contraction frequency at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O. This was a streamlined assay compared to measuring the complete F-P relationship but produced similar results; to demonstrate this point, we also performed the streamlined analysis for the ANO1 inhibitor, Ano1 smKO, IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO and Gq/11 DKO, all of which showed significantly reduced frequencies, compared to their respective controls at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O (see Fig. 22, black symbols). The alignment of statistical significance for the latter results with the corresponding F-P analyses shown in Figs. 2, 16 and 18) demonstrates that this assay is sufficiently powerful to detect a significant effect on pacemaking. Unfortunately, the results for each of the GPCRs tested were negative (Fig. 22, red symbols). We conclude that none of those particular GPCRs (NPY1R, ET<sub>A</sub>R, NPR3, TBA<sub>2</sub>XR, S1PR1, AT1<sub>A</sub>R, AT1<sub>B</sub>R), or two additional GPCRs (HT-2R, HRH1) that were tested in previous studies (PMID: 12770929, 28453392), are critical for pacemaking or the F-P relationship in LMCs. Of the remaining 11 GPCRs, several are adhesion receptors (Adgrl1, Adgrl2, Adgrl3, Adga2), two are orphan receptors (Gprc5b, Olfr1033), one codes for the GABA-B1 receptor (Gabbr1, with unknown function in the lymphatic system), two code for proteins in the Wnt signaling pathway (Fzd4, Fzd2), one codes for a protein in the Hedgehog signaling pathway (Smo) and one encodes a beta-amyloid binding protein (Tm2d1). The possible roles of these GPCRs, and the other 100+ GPCRs expressed at much lower levels remain to be tested in future studies. At any rate, systematic investigation of these GPCRs is well beyond the scope of this study, and in many cases not possible due the lack of known soluble ligands/antagonists. We have significantly expanded the Discussion with regard to this topic and stated that our inability to identify a specific Gq/11-coupled mechanosensory GPCR in LMCs is a limitation of our study.

      (2) Overall, the authors convincingly achieved their aim by performing an impressive number of technically challenging experiments, leading to solid datasets. While these support their main conclusions, a more elaborate discussion might be required to refine them.

      We hope this limitation has been tempered by the addition of the new data and the expanded Discussion section mentioned above.

      (3) This study is likely to have an important impact on the field as it provides some answers to the lingering question of how lymphatic vessels regulate their contractile activity to variation in transmural pressure and certainly proposes an experimental means to further explore and address that question.

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Davis and colleagues aimed to identify the molecular sensors and signaling cascade that enable collecting lymphatic vessels to increase their spontaneous contraction frequency in response to intraluminal pressure (pressure-induced chronotropy). They tested whether the process is similar to blood vessel myogenic constriction by relying on cation channels (TRPC6, TRPM4, PKD2, PIEZO1, etc.) or instead require the activation of G-protein-coupled receptors (presumably mechanosensitive GNAQ/GNA11-coupled receptors), using ex vivo pressure myography of mouse popliteal lymphatics, smooth muscle-specific conditional knockouts, quantitative PCR validation, and single-cell RNA sequencing for target prioritization. The authors convincingly demonstrate that pressure-induced chronotropy does not require the cation channels implicated in arterial myogenic tone but is blunted by deletion of GNAQ/GNA11 or IP3 receptor 1, supporting a model of GPCR > IP3 > Ca2+ release > Cl⁻ channel activation > depolarization. The core conclusion is robust. The work redefines lymphatic pacemaking as G-protein-coupled receptor-dependent mechanotransduction, distinct from arterial mechanisms, and provides a genetically validated toolkit that is useful for studying lymphatic function and dysfunction.

      Strengths:

      (1) The data are of high quality and highly sensitive functional readouts

      (2) The systematic genetic targeting is a major strength that overcomes pharmacological artifacts

      (3) Careful quantitative analyses of frequency-pressure slopes

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The use of inguinal-axillary vessels for single-cell RNA sequencing rather than the popliteal segment studied functionally.

      Agreed. The need to use IALVs derives from the much smaller amount of tissue needed for scRNAseq analysis of individual popliteal vessels (and 3-5x longer time required for cleaning) before pooling them. We have tried to clearly state this limitation. However, functional comparisons between popliteal and IALV function are quite similar in almost all aspects that we have studied. In the majority of our protocols, preliminary experiments using IALVs were performed side by side with popliteal vessels (for Ncx1 smKO, Trpc6<sup>-/</sup>-, Trpc6/3 DKO, G<sub>12/13</sub> DKO, Piezo1 smKO, Trmp4 smKO) without detection of a significant difference in phenotype. In addition, we have performed new experiments using IALVs from G11<sup>-/-</sup> and GNAQ/GNA11 DKO mice to support the major positive findings drawn from the popliteal vessel studies (compare Fig. 18 with Suppl. Fig. 1).

      (2) No direct testing of the specific G-protein-coupled receptor involved.

      Agreed. As described in our response to the other reviewers (see point 1 to Reviewer 1 and point 1 to Reviewer 2), to address these concerns we have added a new figure (Fig. 21) ranking the top-expressed GPCRs in LMCs and have experimentally tested several of the most likely candidates (Fig. 22). Unfortunately, our results were still negative, allowing us to rule out those particular GPCRs but not to pinpoint a specific GPCR. The possible roles of other 100+ GPCRs in LMCs remain to be investigated in future studies. We have adjusted our title to better reflect our results.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors state multiple times that several cation channels have been shown to contribute to vascular tone. Arterial smooth muscle cell ANO1 channels also contribute to arterial myogenic tone (PMID: 22872152). An ANO1-dependent mechanism is proposed here in lymphatic vessels, and the same ANO1 mouse models are studied. PMID: 22872152 is not discussed or cited and should be.

      Now cited.

      (2) Lines 88-97. It is important to note that the Bulley paper studied tamoxifen-inducible smooth muscle cell-specific knockout mice, whereas the Sharif-Naeini study used germline SM22-driven PKD1 knockout mice. The mice used in the Sharif-Naeini paper were subsequently found to have an ADPKD-like phenotype due to non-specific knockout of PKD1 in other cell types (PMID: 20856231). That should also be noted. The authors also state "PKD1 channel" in this paragraph when PKD1 does not form a channel.

      Corrected and clarified. A new paper on PKD1 by Jaggar’s group is now cited in that context.

      (3) Line 119. Perhaps you mean PKD1/2 channels?

      Corrected.

      (4) Line 312. It is unusual that data from Figure 2A is described before that in Figure 1. Can you reorder the figures to fit the text?

      Corrected.

      (5) Line 130. Can you provide references that show that ANO1 is not intrinsically mechanosensitive?

      Added.

      (6) Line 160. I believe the Pkd2f/f mice are available from the Maryland PKD Core and were not generated by the Jaggar lab.

      Corrected.

      (7) Line 319 needs a reference.

      Added.

      (8) The color choice for the symbols in many figures, particularly Figures 2, 3, and 4, makes it difficult to know which condition is which.

      Corrected.

      (9) I may have missed it, but the Figure 1A legend seems to need a definition for every cell type abbreviation.

      It is shown in panel A (Figure 2).

      (10) In several places, the authors state that they deleted gene expression in LMCs, when the mouse model deletes expression from all smooth muscle cells. Please refine wording.

      Clarified.

      (11) Line 664-666. Sharif-Naeini did not propose that PKD2 channels contribute to myogenic tone. That was Bulley et al.

      Corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The role of TRPV4: It is interesting to note that despite a quasi-non-expression of the TRPV4 gene in LMC, KO this gene in these cells results in an increase in contraction frequency and a strong decrease in amplitude at low pressures, suggesting the channel is expressed and active in LMCs. It is not too clear how macrophages could be indirectly involved in this process by releasing products. Are they also sensitive to pressure? How? And why should they be more involved than any other cell type present in the vessel wall (i.e, LECs)?

      Macrophages definitely release products that affect LMC activity (PMID: 38826322) and they may be sensitive to pressure but that has not yet been demonstrated. However, as shown in the paper cited, selective KO of Trpv4 in macrophages does not abrogate the F-P relationship in lymphatic vessels.

      (2) The role of AT1R in pressure-induced chronotropy: The lack of effect of AT1R inhibition on F-P doesn't mean other GPCRs could play a similar role in lymphatics. A more in-depth discussion could be provided. Furthermore, could G-proteins be activated by pressure independently of coupled receptors?

      We have extensively expanded our discussion of possible mechanosensitive GPCRs in LMCs. We have also cited at least one paper providing evidence for G-proteins being activated by pressure independently of coupled receptors (PMID 28148497), although we believe our added assessment of LMC GPCR expression reveals novel targets to explore for mechanotransduction in LMCs.

      (3) Figure 1: Please explain the apparent discrepancy between the described protocol and the experiment displayed in A. Please explain and confirm that the experiments presented in the study followed the protocol described in the Methods section. Add text to Methods.

      The example does indeed follow the stated protocol in the “METHODS section” for the sequence and duration of pressure steps. Note that we stated 2 min was typical at each pressure level but for some of the lower pressures 4-5 min were required to get a sufficient number of contractions, as in this case. The diameter and pressure traces at P=8, 10 cm H<sub>2</sub>O are not shown in the example so that we could expand the time axis for better resolution.

      It can also be inferred from the trace that the F-P curve was built from frequencies obtained when pressure was lowered and increased. Are values at a given pressure identical if recorded when pressures were lowered or increased? Does it influence the relationship?

      There is indeed some variability in the response to stepping pressure up vs down because of rate-sensitive effects, as described in one of our previous studies (PMID: 19001046). In the protocol we implemented here, the FREQ at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O upon step up from 0.5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O was usually slightly higher than the initial FREQ at P=3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O. Those two values were averaged together and this is now stated.

      The FREQ graph in B displays values up to 10 cm H2O, which are not shown in A.

      The data at P=8, 10 cm H<sub>2</sub>O were obtained for that same vessel. The complete range is shown to illustrate that the relationship reaches a plateau above 5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O.

      (4) Figure 1: Is there a need to repeat/duplicate the FREQ graph in B and D?

      It has now been replaced with Ejection Fraction.

      (5) Figure 19: With respect to point #2, and whether G-proteins are involved/important in the process, given the current state of understanding, that part of the illustration might need to be amended.

      The figure has been revised.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Below are some suggestions for the authors to consider:

      (1) Test specific GPCRs pharmacologically (e.g., AT1R) on wild-type vessels to determine if pressure-induced chronotropy is blunted.

      Done, Figure 22.

      The authors could also rank Gq/11 receptors based on the expression in LMCs (e.g., qPCR using FACS-sorted cells).

      Done, Figure 21.

      (2) Residual chronotropy in ANO1 knockout mice: Quantify the remaining frequency-pressure slope in Myh11-CreERᵀ²;Ano1ᶠ/ᶠ vessels and test whether it is sensitive to low-chloride buffer or chloride channel blockers to probe an alternative Cl⁻ conductance.

      The role of chloride in lymphatic pacemaking is well appreciated and the reviewer offers some intriguing experiments for future experimentation. The use of low Cl<sup>-</sup> solutions was part of the fundamental discovery of lymphatic muscle pacemaking and the role of a calcium-activated chloride channel as the basis for spontaneous transient depolarizations (STDs) by Dirk Van Helden in 1993 who reported that “Lymphatic STDs reversed at potentials near -35 mV (range -40 to -25 mV; n = 4)” and were “suppressed by exposure to low chloride (replaced with sodium isethionate) solution [(> 5 minutes)]”, although more details were not provided. The effect of low Cl<sup>-</sup> and lymphatic muscle excitability was followed up in a 2008 paper by von der Weid et al., which showed that STD frequency and amplitude increased acutely (within 2-3 min) after the bath solution was changed to a solution containing 10% of the initial Cl<sup>-</sup> concentration (replaced with methane sulphonate). This result likely suggests that the acute reduction of extracellular Cl<sup>-</sup> increased the reversal potential for Cl<sup>-</sup> and that within 2-3 minutes the intracellular Cl- content had not quite run down. Work by Boedtkjer’s group (Mohanakumar et al. 2018) also demonstrated that human lymphatic pacemaking was also heavily dependent on the bath Cl<sup>-</sup> concentration. Using wire myography preparations, they showed that human thoracic rings and mesenteric vessels ceased spontaneous contractions when Cl<sup>-</sup> was removed (replaced with aspartate), and that contractions returned upon washout with a normal Cl<sup>-</sup> containing solution. In that study, the authors noted that there was some variability in the timing required for contractions to cease with the mesenteric LVs. In some cases, an acute large constriction immediately followed the exchange with Cl<sup>-</sup> free solution, which would also point to an acute depolarizing/stimulatory effect of a rapid resetting of E<sub>Cl</sub> to a more positive value when external Cl<sup>-</sup> was removed acutely removed. A limitation to the approach is the use of wire myographs as opposed to pressurized vessels, as the wire method does not allow the vessels to be stretched in a physiological manner. Similarly, diastolic depolarization was not typically observed by Van Helden and von der Weid, as they used pinned-out tissue sections (required for recording STDs from short vessel sections), which highlights the necessity of using a physiological stretch stimulus.

      On the face of it, the complete cessation of contractions reported in the Boedtkjer paper is at odds with our previous and present results using Ani9 and Ano1 smKO and IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO vessels, which retain some baseline level of pacemaking, albeit largely pressure-independent. Thus, the hypothesis that a separate Cl<sup>-</sup> channel may be active and important holds some merit. However, it is worth noting that we do not expect this basal pacemaker drive to be calcium-dependent, as IP<sub>3</sub>R1 calcium oscillations are maintained. IP<sub>3</sub>R1 smKO vessels, which largely lack subcellular calcium transients in diastole, also have a lower-than-expected contraction frequency compared to Ano1 smKO vessels, although this is in part due to an elongation of the action potential plateau. We also do not think the residual activity is simply due to the inability of inducible Cres to drive complete recombination, as we performed experiments with Ani9-treated Ano1 smKO vessels (Fig. 2B) and did not observe a significant additional reduction in the concentrations at which maximal inhibition is assumed, 2-10 mM (see also Harlow et al. 2025). We do not see a robust presence of Ano2 (TMEM16b) and while Ano6 (TMEM16) is expressed, it is a calcium-activated scramblase with permeability to both cations and Cl<sup>-</sup> (Ye et al 2019).

      We also have personal experience with Cl<sup>-</sup> substitution (replaced to 10 mM by aspartate), originally obtained as part of our work identifying Ano1 as the primary calcium-activated chloride channel, although the inability to ascertain the intracellular Cl<sup>-</sup> at any point in time while the bath exchange is occurring significantly limited the interpretability of that data. During review of that manuscript, we were asked to remove the Cl<sup>-</sup> substitution experiments but spontaneous contractions still persisted in the majority of the vessels (n=6). Notably this was not a complete removal of Cl<sup>-</sup> as was done in Mohanakumar et al. 2018. However, the complete removal of Cl<sup>-</sup> is a much more significant intervention than the inhibition of a single channel, likely altering HCO<sub>3</sub><sup>-</sup> and Na<sup>+</sup> flux through the associated Cl<sup>-</sup> antiporters and symporters. How Cl<sup>-</sup> removal affects LMC intracellular pH regulation via impaired bicarbonate transport also remains unknown. Nor is it well appreciated how Cl<sup>-</sup> removal affects mitochondrial function and ROS production in LMCs, which regulate potentially significant confounding pathways related to lymphatic muscle pacemaking. Without control of these significant confounding circumstances, the hypothesis that the baseline depolarization is still a Cl<sup>-</sup> channel is far from a certainty.

      In Author response image 1, we provide the reviewer with the expression data for other members of the Anoctamin family, the potential Anoctamin-regulating CLCA family, and other documented chloride channels in LMCs (clusters 5-6).

      Author response image 1.

      (3) I understand this would be a huge undertaking, but aligning scRNAseq with functional vessels using popliteal LMCs or inguinal-axillary LMCs could help rule out potential tissue-specific differences.

      We understand the reviewer’s concerns and, owing to the small amount of cells that can be recovered from popliteal vessels, we instead now provide new data using pressure myography of inguinal axillary vessels (IALVs) for the data with positive findings (Gq/11 inhibition) that support our findings in popliteal vessels (Suppl. Fig. 1). This points to a fundamental role for Gaq, Ga11, and possibly Ga14, in signaling upstream of IP<sub>3</sub>R1 mobilization and Ano1 activation. We are aware of the length of this manuscript (now further increased in order to respond to the reviewers’ suggestions) and, given the negative data for the vast majority of putative mechanosensory pathways, we have omitted some of the parallel data collected in IALVs. In the majority of our protocols, preliminary experiments using IALVs were tested side by side with popliteal vessels (from Ncx1 smKO, Trpc6<sup>-/-</sup>, Trpc3/6<sup>-/-</sup>, G12/13 DKO, Piezo1smKO, Trmp4 smKO mice) without detection of a significant difference in phenotype.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment:

      This study provides a valuable genome-centric characterization of microbial communities across deep sediment cores from a Spartina patens salt marsh. The study provides claims on the metabolic capabilities of the deep sediment microbiome as well as on a burial microbial assembly process and functional complementarity at depth. However, some of these claims remain incomplete and would benefit from further supporting evidence. Overall, this work will be of interest to microbial ecologists working on wetlands.

      We appreciate all of the efforts of the reviewers and editors. Additional analysis and extensive edits were made to the original manuscript to address the comments of both reviewers and editor. We believe this effort has significantly improved the manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Vineis et al. examined the structure and functional potential of microbial communities along a vertical sediment profile of a salt marsh, using a genome-centric metagenomic approach. They attempted to test whether (1) the microbial communities within dynamic upper layers contain genomes with diverse functional potential, (2) the energy limited deeper sediments contain microbial consortia assembled to metabolise complex carbon, and (3) microbial compositional changes in the low energy sediments mirror the burial processes observed in marine environments with similar energetic limitations. Results revealed a core microbial consortia that contains a collective metabolic potential for complex carbon and aromatics degradation, suggesting putative syntrophic interactions. Besides, the recovery of MAGs assembled independently from multiple depths in the same core and the consistent relative abundance structure of MAGs within co-occurrence network modules together suggest burial process as a likely mechanism for microbial assembly.

      Strengths:

      (1) Two long sediment cores (down to 240 cm deep) were collected in this study, allowing investigation of the less well characterised subsurface microbiome in salt marsh.

      (2) A genome-centric metagenomic approach was employed here, which provides information on both the structure and functional potential of the salt marsh sediment microbiome, which is not possible in commonly performed 16S rRNA-based surveys.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In both the abstract and conclusion, the authors claimed that results from this study provide a "mechanistic understanding" of the assembly and distribution of the microbial communities in salt marsh sediment (P2, L31 and P35, L645-649). However, both claims are speculative and not supported by solid evidence. Firstly, the genomic data presented in this study and supplementary physical properties of sediments in the broader area are not enough to make a solid claim (that appears in the title) on microbial assembly being governed by a burial process. Alternative explanations include residual bioturbation, slow porewater advection, etc. Therefore, this remains an interesting hypothesis unless additional evidence is provided to rule out the alternative explanations. Similarly, the claim on the detailed syntrophic interactions among members within a co-occurrence network module (e.g. P36, L649-652) is purely speculative and warrants functional validation experiments to prove.

      The reviewer makes two points in section 1 of their review, and we have addressed each point as follows: 1) We have removed the term “mechanistic understanding” from the manuscript and instead focused on the co-occurring group of microbes and the evidence for overall community and population structure with depth. Statistical analyses were added to the manuscript including a test for the influence of depth on the overall community structure (Fig. 3) and sample-specific single nucleotide variants (SNVs) within a collection of MAGs that were abundant and prevalent throughout the subsurface (Fig. 7). The text now contains additional text in the discussion (lines 702-720 and 843-845) that addresses alternative explanations of our observations including the potential for advection and residual bioturbation. 2) We agree that to prove syntrophy, functional validation through experimentation is required and we have added a statement to this effect on line 858-864.

      (2) A major aim of this work was to study complex carbon degradation. However, neither CAZymes, the first-line carbon degradation enzymes, nor peptidases, which can be important contributors to carbon degradation at depth, was examined here. METABOLIC, which the authors used for functional annotation of MAGs, by default generates peptidases outputs and can be easily integrated here.

      We expanded our analysis to include CAZymes and peptidases including an analysis of the number of peptidase pathways among our network modules (Table S3, Fig. S6), and a supplemental table of glycoside hydrolase and polysaccharide lyase (Table S2). Methods regarding the CAZyme and peptidase analysis are included on lines 282-296, results on 490-509, and 581-588.

      (3) No geochemical data is available to provide context for the genomic analysis here. Without such information, readers cannot even tell whether the surface sediment samples were oxic or anoxic. A reference to a PhD thesis is provided (P6, L126) but it would be most helpful to extract relevant data from there and provide as a supplementary table.

      Oxygen concentrations were not measured as part of that study. Although oxygen concentrations are heterogeneous, due to bioturbation, and radial oxygen loss from roots in marsh systems similar to ours they are generally below detection at the shallowest depth examined in our study. We have added additional citations relevant to this point on lines 747-753.

      (4) A single metagenomic binning tool, CONCOCT, was used in this study, which very likely has resulted in a limited number of MAGs recovered. More (high-quality) MAGs are expected with the use of additional binners and a bin consolidation procedure.

      We agree that multiple binning tools can potentially identify more bins, contigs can be mistakenly binned when using purely automated processes. To sidestep the chance of including erroneous contigs in our collection, we chose to invest a large amount of time and effort required to bin manually. CONCOCT was used as an initial guide to identify some of the most easily reconstructed MAGs but all contigs within MAGs were subjected to visual inspection of the sequencing coverage profile over several samples, sequence composition congruency, and real-time completion and contamination estimation as contigs were manually added and/or subtracted from the collection in each bin. This approach is not more widely applied because of the expertise and time required to manually reconstruct MAGs from each sample individually. Many researchers find that human involvement is often required to improve the accuracy of automated binning tools, which has given rise to several tools in addition to Anvi’o, BinaRena, ICoVeR, and ggKBase. To elaborate on this procedure, we made a video tutorial of our approach to binning manual-binning-approach. An example of the manual bin refining process can be found here (merenlab-MAG-refinement)

      (5) Several terminologies are misleading here. Firstly, the term "co-occurring" or "co-located" microbes or MAGs (e.g. P1, L19 and P31, L537) can be misleading as it could imply a close spatial relationship. However, co-occurrence networks rely on correlations of (relative) abundance and show statistical associations instead of direct spatial or physical relationships. I would suggest alternative names such as co-abundant or statistically associated microbes.

      We have added text to address the important point raised by the reviewer regarding the term “cooccurrence”. We added additional language in the methods section to define co-occurrence and to make clear that the term should not be interpreted to infer a direct spatial or physical relationship (lines 121-123). However, the term “cooccurrence” is commonly used to describe the significant correlations identified molecular ecological networks and we think the introduction of additional terminology such as “statistically associated” could lead to additional confusion.

      Secondly, the term "persistent conversion of soil organic carbon" (P36, L654) in the conclusion is also misleading as it implies an active process, which cannot be tested without metatranscriptomics or metaproteomics data.

      We agree and thus we added metatranscriptomic data to the manuscript to assess the activity of the microbes in the subnetwork of commonly co-occurring MAGs within the subsurface. Our results indicate that the pathways for complex carbon are both present and active at the time of sampling. The methods section describing this additional analysis is included on lines 155-168 and 314-324 and we created a new figure to communicate the present and active MAGs in the Bathyarchaeia BA1 subnetwork (Fig. 7). Even with the additional metatranscriptome data, we agree that the term “persistent conversion of soil organic carbon” is still not supported by our data because we sampled at a single timepoint and we have removed this text from the manuscript.

      (6) Based on a NMDS plot of KEGG IDs (Figure 4B), the authors claimed that the functional potential among MAGs in modules 1, 2 and 7 was very similar (P18, L346). However, the dispersions of modules 1 and 2 were just too large. A proper statistical test, such as PERMANOVA, should be used to support the claim.

      We replaced the analysis of the KEGG modules with a more detailed characterization of the functions identified in the MAGs within each of the modules (Fig. 5) (including the CAZy and peptidase analysis described above) (Table S2 and S4). This revised approach provides more resolution on the higher-order functions that are differentially detected among the modules. This allows for greater clarity on the functions that are specific to the MAGs within each module.

      (7) Genome-scale metabolic networks was analysed using Metag2Metabo (M2M) and results were discussed in detail (P26, L453-466). However, the source data should be provided in a supplementary table to show what metabolites are producible by which MAGs.

      The M2M analysis generates a map of thousands of genes and reactions for each MAG which is stored in an XML-formatted file. Files for each MAG are available upon request so the metabolic pathways can be explored in Fluxer (https://fluxer.umbc.edu/) or Escher (https://escher.github.io/). The metabolites produced through complimentary reactions within the Bathyarchaeia BA1 subnetwork are included in Table S6 and the complimentary gene content for the Benzoyl-CoA pathway is shown in Table S7.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work provides a detailed metabolic reconstruction of sediment microbiomes along a depth profile in a Spartina patens salt marsh in Massachusetts, USA. Using a combination of genome reconstruction, co-occurrence network analysis, and metabolic profiling, the authors describe the metabolic potential of co-occurring microbial consortia in understudied deep sediments.

      Major strengths of this study include the detailed metagenomic characterization of the understudied deep marsh sediments. The authors recovered genomes representing a substantial portion of the deep sediment microbiome (up to ~60%) and provided an initial explanation of pathways related to the potential for organic carbon decomposition in this environment. Of particular interest is the capability of the deep sediment microbiome to process aromatic organic compounds, highlighting the need for a collaborative consortium to carry out their decomposition. Improved understanding of the microbial transformation of deep sediment organic carbon in blue carbon ecosystems is vital to better understand the fate of this large carbon pool in the face of climate change.

      However, I have a few concerns in the interpretation of the results, and in the case of the surface sediments there is a lack of strong evidence in my opinion.

      (1) A stronger ecological interpretation is needed regarding the meaning of the co-occurrence network analysis. The authors correctly note that their analysis identifies groups of co-occurring genomes, which may indicate shared niche space, not necessarily interspecific ecological interactions (as the authors imply for instance in lines 423-425). When performing network analysis using samples from the entire sediment profile (0-240 cm), they identified consortia that co-vary in relative abundance along the depth gradient most likely because of shared environmental filtering forces, such as changes in redox potential and sediment chemistry. Supplementary Figure S4 showing that different modules have distinct abundance distributions along the sediment profile supports this idea. Being that the case, I would like the authors to define the ecological significance of the "connector hub". Is it merely taxa that is prevalent in the whole sediment profile? Since the modules are physically separated (in different sediment depth layers), they are not really interacting between each other. As it stands, it is not clear why the authors decide to study connector hubs in greater detail, along with their subnetworks.

      These are all very good points raised by the reviewer and we have taken the following steps to clarify the role of connector nodes. Additional text regarding the environmental role of a connector node is included on lines 273-278, 440-442. We added additional text regarding our decision to study the Bathyarchaeia BA1 MAGs that were classified as connectors in greater detail (lines 514-534).

      (2) I question if the lack of network modules in the surface sediment is really a consequence of non-significant interspecific ecological interactions and not the result of methodological biases. The low MAG recovery and thus short read recruitment in surface-level metagenomes may hinder the ability of the authors to identify co-varying microorganisms in the surface sediment. The high diversity of the surface sediment prevents proper assembly of the surface microbiome. I would also argue that as redox potential declines sharply in salt marsh sediments just below the root surface, the microbial community in the first few centimeter's changes rapidly and is significantly different from the more stable deep sediment microbiome. Due to the sampling design, the study has less representation of the surface layer (only 0-30 cm, while the cores extend down to 240 cm). Grouping sediment microbiomes by depth based on similarity in their sequence space (e.g., Mash) or functional profile (e.g., KEGG annotation) before performing network analysis could help to better infer ecological relationships within the distinct ecological niches of the marsh sediment profile, rather than performing a single network analysis of all samples combined.

      We agree with rationale that the low MAG recovery from surface sediments inhibits our ability to build a reliable network that would capture interactions within this region of the sediment profile. While the reviewer’s idea of grouping samples based on functional similarity or depth is and interesting idea, this decreases the number of samples used for estimating co-occurrence. Because we had few MAGs derived from surface sediments, it is unlikely that this recommended approach would yield additional connections. Additional analysis of surface sediments is certainly warranted in order to tease apart the interactions and their relevance to the biogeochemistry of the sediment. The reviewer comments may be useful to others attempting to identifying niche spaces and connections in the surface. See lines 775-783.

      (3) Normalizing the relative abundance of MAGs by dividing by the total reads mapping to a particular sample can be misleading due to differences in recruitment levels across samples (and depths). A better approach would be to normalize by metagenome library size, or preferably by genome equivalents (e.g., using MicrobeCensus) or a similar approach.

      We decided to normalize to the number of reads mapped to our non-redundant collection of MAGs instead of to the total number of sequences in each sample for several reasons. 1.) We do not know what the proportion of unmapped reads represents and could include virus and eukaryotic life. Comparing the amount of microbial DNA to the eukaryotic fraction can be misleading because changes in the relative abundance from these sources would skew the microbial relative abundance. In human microbiome studies, subtraction of human reads is often carried out prior to calculating relative abundance, but we lack any such reference in our system. We added text to explain this in the methods (lines 219-232). 2.) We are not comparing the total abundance of MAGs across samples or comparing individual genes across samples, so tools such as MicrobeCensus would not offer an improved analysis. Additionally, many of these tools rely on reference genomes within the workflow which is challenging in these sediments due to the many novel taxa. There are challenges with any relative abundance calculation and clear explanation of our read mapping strategy and Fig. S2 allows the reader to see the potential bias.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      It appears that the main issue is that some of the claims in the paper are not adequately justified. You can find the detailed assessment of the two reviewers in their reviews, and their recommendations are listed below. We encourage you to examine these comments and incorporate the recommendations in your manuscript. In particular, after consulting the reviewers, we encourage you to prioritize the following:

      (1) Addressing alternative hypotheses.

      (2) Improving MAG binning and assembly.

      (3) Revising statistical analyses.

      (4) Including CAZymes and peptidases in the analysis.

      (5) Revising the terminology and interpretation (e.g. regarding co-occurrence).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Title: consider shortening it.

      We agree and shortened the title

      (2) P3, L49-52: incomplete sentence.

      The corrected sentence in on lines 45-47.

      (3) P3, L54: consider adding a citation for "blue carbon stocks" for a broad readership.

      We added a citation. Line 54.

      (4) P7, panel A: consider adding coordinate axes; panel B: would be helpful to add more details on the tools (e.g. CONCOCT for binning), key parameters (e.g. dereplication at 95% ANI), and/or key statistics used (e.g. the number of high-quality and medium-quality MAGs).

      We added additional details to figure 1.

      (5) P8, L131 (and L148): define MAG at its first use. Are they bins with >50% completeness and <10 contamination MAGs?

      MAGs are first defined on line 24. Bins are a minimum of 50% complete and maximum 10% redundant (lines 200-205).

      (6) P9, L168: the default setting for dRep uses -comp 75, which won't result in MAGs with a completeness <75%; however, some MAGs in Table S1 have a completeness <75%.

      The methods on this point are clarified on lines 191-206.

      (7) P10, L173: by the "75% threshold", do you mean for completeness/completion?

      We have clarified that sentence to specify “completion” on line 203.

      (8) P10, L175: provide the version number for GTDB used.

      The version is now provided in the text on line 205.

      (9) P10, L185: information in the GitHub repository is incomplete; e.g. the code for running CONCOCT binning is missing.

      The GitHub is now up to date including a link to a video explaining how binning and MAG refining were conducted for one of the samples.

      (10) P14, L268: how many MAGs are novel at each taxonomic ranks? Table S1 does not include genus level data.

      We have included additional text regarding the novelty of MAGs on line 370-375. Table S1 now has genus-level classification.

      (11) P14, L271, 274, and 276: please provide the exact numbers and/or percentages.

      The percentages are now reported on lines 372-375.

      (12) P14, L272: however, Figure 2 only shows phylum data.

      We have reworked this paragraph and corrected this error (lines 384-406)

      (13) P14, L281: deep instead of shallow?

      The paragraph was rewritten and this point now appears on lines 392-394.

      (14) P16, L298-302: would be helpful to provide a supplementary table showing these values.

      These values were added to table S1.

      (15) P16, L314: aren't they 30% and 50%, respectively?

      This error was corrected. See lines 378-379.

      (16) P18, L339: five Dehalococcoidales and no GIF9 MAGs?

      We revised this section and the details are now included on lines 438-440.

      (17) P21, L385: module 5 instead of 4?

      This section was revised and the corrected details can be found on lines 460-462.

      (18) P21, L386: Figure S4 is irrelevant here.

      This section was revised and the corrected details can be found on lines 460-461.

      (19) P22, L394: Figure 5 instead?

      This section was removed during revision

      (20) P24, L413: to me, these MAGs were present along the entire core instead.

      The section regarding “bimodal” MAGs was removed during revision.

      (21) P24, L411: there are multiple typos in the scientific names in Figure S6.

      We have removed this supplemental.

      (22) P25, L430: Fig. 6A instead?

      The correction of this error is on line 525 and references figure S7A.

      (23) P25, L440: module 1?

      The GIF9 classification was replaced with the family-level classification AB-539-J10 and we have corrected any error assigning these MAGs to the incorrect module. The original sentence containing this error was revised, but the section including these results can be found on lines 514-534.

      (24) P28, L501: these pathways were present in not even half of the MAGs.

      The details of selenate and arsenate are now presented in figure 5.

      (25) P30, L508: also provide a key for the size of nodes.

      The original figure 6 is now figure S7 and was revised to include a key for genome size in the network.

      (26) P31, L553: please provide a supplementary table showing the metabolic potential of each MAG to support this claim.

      We created figure 5 to address this comment in addition to table S9. The associated text can be found on lines 739-745.

      (27) P32, L564: I would suggest changing the word "consistency" to "correlated pattern" for clarity.

      We are trying to describe the correlated pattern as being consistent across multiple samples. See lines 730-732 for the revised use of this term.

      (28) P32, L567: also Bacteroidales.

      We have clarified the genomic content of MAGs containing benzoyl-CoA reductase subunits and production of benzoyl-CoA from phenol on lines 630-635

      (29) P32, L575: please tone down this statement; some MAGs are capable of both (Figure 6C).

      We have toned down the statement and discussion of the metabolic handoffs and syntrophy. See lines 801-817.

      (30) P33, L582-585: aromatics are not products of fermentation so their decomposition doesn't "follow" the initial fermentation.

      We revised the statement on lines 815-817.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Performing co-assemblies could help improve the recovery of microorganisms from the surface sediment layer.

      We have responded to this comment in response to reviewer 1, point #4

      We agree that multiple binning tools can potentially identify more bins, contigs can be mistakenly binned when using purely automated processes. To sidestep the chance of including erroneous contigs in our collection, we chose to invest a large amount of time and effort required to bin manually. CONCOCT was used as an initial guide to identify some of the most easily reconstructed MAGs but all contigs within MAGs were subjected to visual inspection of the sequencing coverage profile over several samples, sequence composition congruency, and real-time completion and contamination estimation as contigs were manually added and/or subtracted from the collection in each bin. This approach is not more widely applied because of the expertise and time required to manually reconstruct MAGs from each sample individually. Many researchers find that human involvement is often required to improve the accuracy of automated binning tools, which has given rise to several tools in addition to Anvi’o, BinaRena, ICoVeR, and ggKBase. To elaborate on this procedure, we made a video tutorial of our approach to binning manual-binning-approach. An example of the manual bin refining process can be found here (merenlab-MAG-refinement)

      (2) Performing diversity analysis of metabolic pathways in surface vs deep sediments could help prove the idea of more versatility in the surface marsh sediment.

      To address this comment, we created a figure detailing the proportion of MAGs containing central microbial functions among the modules with distinct depth distributions (Fig. 5), analyzed the number of complete pathways (Fig. 4, Fig. S5) and differences in CAZyme and peptidase genes (Fig. S6).

      (3) To strengthen the idea that burial is key in deep marine sediments, looking at the abundance of mobility structures (i.e., flagella) along the sediment profile could help make a case.

      This is an interesting idea, however, many of the same genes used for motility are also used to form biofilms. This analysis could be an interesting aspect of these sediments that warrants an independent study.

      (4) Lines 60-63, but oxygen leaked from macrophytes could also exacerbate microbial respiration rates.

      This point is clarified on lines 59-64.

      (5) Line 49-52: Check this sentence. It does not read properly. "2this" -> "this".

      We corrected this error on lines 45-47

      (6) Line 173: I assume >75% is only for completion, not contamination, right? I would rephrase to make this clear.

      This point is clarified on lines 201-206.

      (7) Line 179, what is Bacteria_71? Citation is needed.

      A citation has been added for this single-copy gene collection on line 209.

      (8) Line 201: When performing log transformations, how are 0s, which are highly abundant in microbiome data, handled?

      The details of matrix transformation are clarified on line 252-254. However, unlike amplicon data (ASVs and OTUs), the read recruitment data contained very few zeros in the dataset.

      (9) Line 417: The Pseudolabrys MAG most likely utilizes the dsr and apr genes in reverse, as is typical for other Alphaproteobacteria, not for sulfate reduction. Additionally, sat can also function in assimilatory sulfate reduction.

      Yes, we agree with the reviewer’s assessment of Pseudolabrys. However, during revision, the section regarding MAGs with bimodal distribution was removed.

      (10) Line 414 uppercase mags.

      During revision, the section containing this error was removed.

      (11) Line 605: "examined".

      This error was corrected on line 682.

      (12) Line 610: Are independent MAGs from adjacent sediment layers more similar to each other than those from layers that are farther apart? Demonstrating such a pattern could provide stronger evidence that burial acts as a major force shaping the assembly of the deep sediment microbiome.

      We conducted a community-level analysis based on MAG relative abundance (Fig. 3) and a population analysis of SNVs for six abundant MAGs to test for an effect of depth (Fig. 8). While we no longer focus our analysis on a mechanistic explanation of the depth-dependent patterns, with the exception of lines 769-772. As requested by the reviewers we discuss the observed patterns in light of several other potential mechanisms (lines 838-845)

      (13) While acknowledging that selection pressure following burial is a major driver of microbial community assembly in marine sediments, I would ask whether other biogeomorphic forces could also influence the assembly of sediment microbiomes over millennial timescales, such as bioturbation or sediment redistribution within the salt marsh environment.

      Based on our community and population-level analysis, we suggest that bioturbation and sediment redistribution are likely to shape the upper 40 cm. Beyond this depth, we did not find evidence for major restructuring events. This topic is discussed on lines 830-845, but the formation of distinct relative abundance peaks for the modules primarily found in deeper sediments remains an outstanding question (lines 772-774).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Torpor can be induced by chemogenetic activation of the medial preoptic area. This activation leads to protection from myocardial infarction in an isolated heart preparation despite normalization of the ambient temperature, thus, in principle, uncoupling hypothermia from torpor-induced neuroprotection. Putative pathways of protection are suggested by proteomic studies.

      Strengths:

      (1) Elegant strategy for inducing torpor in rats.

      (2) Appropriate controls for verifying the neuron transducer.

      (3) Cardiac protection is significant and appears independent of hypothermia.

      (4) Interesting omic strategy to begin to find established and novel pathways mediating organ autonomous torpor-induced protection.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive feedback and review of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study would benefit from using inhibitory chemogenetics of the same neurons to demonstrate that this might make cardiac response to ischaemia worse.

      This is an interesting experiment proposal and is something we will consider for the future. It is not immediately clear to us whether the hypothesis would be that inhibiting these neurons would make cardiac ischaemia worse, or that it would be similar to the control groups as we would not be inducing synthetic torpor.

      (2) Infecting an area of the brain not known to be involved in torpor would be a useful control.

      We chose to infect neurons in the same brain region without the presence of the HM3DGq DREADD construct as our control. This is a well-established control for this type of experiment.

      (3) In vivo cardio protection seems essential as the validation of the strategy requires support that is in the intact animal.

      We agree that an in-vivo model is important to establish whether the same cardioprotection occurs in the intact animal and whether it is observed when synthetic torpor is induced following an ischaemic injury. Our data suggests that synthetic torpor pre-conditions the cardiac tissue, prior to isolation of the heart, as the protection remains post removal of the heart and without any ongoing in-vivo systemic signal/drive. This provides some evidence that this may be used as a pre-conditioning model for organ protection.

      (4) The assumption that the positive effects of torpor are mediated via a phosphoproteomic change rather than a translational or transcriptional control mechanism is not established.

      Cardiac tissue for the proteomics experiment was collected following 90 minutes of synthetic torpor. This time point was selected for several reasons, including: in-vivo body temperature and heart rate reach their nadir at this time point, and we collected the hearts for the Langendorff ischaemia-reperfusion injury data set at 90 minutes and wanted to keep this consistent.

      While we tested for both total protein and phosphoprotein changes, the only significant differences occurred in the phosphoprotein levels. At 90 minutes, the predominant mechanisms for cellular responses are phosphorylation changes – somewhat too early for changes in transcription or translation. In future, it would be of interest to look at later time points to determine whether changes have occurred at the transcription/translation level.

      (5) A 40 percent reduction in infarct size may work for genetically identical rats with no co-morbidities, but is unlikely to be significant enough to weather the variability that emerges in humans because of these differences and more. The question is not what the mechanism is, but how do we make it more robust? Overall, this is at best a preliminary data set that requires more experiments to deliver on its immense promise.

      We agree with the reviewer that these are preliminary findings, as this is the first demonstration of a torpor-like state in a species that does not naturally enter torpor is protective. However, understanding the mechanisms by which the cardioprotection occurs is going to be important if we want to replicate this state in humans and to understand whether this is specific to cardiac tissue or if it extends to multiple different organs. Furthermore, by understanding the mechanisms, this may reveal avenues that would allow us to enhance these protective effects and make the method more robust.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Elley and colleagues induced a synthetic torpor-like state in rats (a non-hibernating species) by chemogenetically activating neurons in the medial preoptic area of the hypothalamus. They show that this state substantially reduced cardiac infarct size in an ex vivo ischaemia-reperfusion model. They further report that protection persisted when ambient temperature was raised to prevent hypothermia, and used exploratory phosphoproteomics to identify candidate cardioprotective signaling pathways.

      Strengths:

      This is the first demonstration that a torpor-like state is cardioprotective in a species that does not naturally enter torpor, which meaningfully advances the potential clinical utility of synthetic torpor. The experimental design is logical, and the controls are generally appropriate. The characterisation of the responsible neuronal population using ISH against QPLOT markers adds mechanistic depth and supports the cross-species conservation argument. The phosphoproteomic analysis, though exploratory, generates plausible and biologically coherent hypotheses grounded in the hibernation literature.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness is that the central conclusion - that hypothermia is not necessary for cardioprotection - exceeds the evidence. The thermoneutral groups were not demonstrably normothermic (36.4 vs 37.05{degree sign}C, p=0.44 with n=6), core temperature telemetry was absent in the majority of control animals contributing to the infarct endpoint, and the decisive test, i.e., a correlation between individual nadir temperature and infarct size, was never performed. Additional weaknesses include the absence of sex-stratified analysis despite known estrogenic contributions to torpor

      The core body temperature in the thermoneutral synthetic torpor animals was ~ 0.6°C cooler than the control animals housed at room temperature, which was not significantly different. A 0.6°C body temperature reduction is akin that the changes observed around a sleep-wake cycle and we consider it to be biologically implausible that this degree of temperature reduction in the ‘thermoneutral synthetic torpor’ group is sufficient to account for the observed cardioprotection. We have since added a graph and correlation analysis of individual surface temperature against infarct size in the synthetic torpor animals (see supplementary figure 5). This demonstrates no correlation between nadir temperature during synthetic torpor and infarct size, supporting the hypothesis that the protective effect is not driven by cooling.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Elley and colleagues describes experiments on the effects of synthetic torpor on ex vivo heart ischaemia. The key aspect of the study was the use of viral-vector mediated manipulation of the hypothalamic medial preoptic area (MPA) in rats. They used AAV-CaMKIIa-hM3D(Gq). The authors report that chemogenetic activation of the MPA prior to an ex vivo heart ischaemia-reperfusion insult induces cardio protection against infarct size that is independent of prior in vivo hypothermia. Phosphoproteomic analysis of cardiac tissue suggested changes in cell survival and death pathways.

      Strengths:

      This study has important strengths. The idea is novel. The experimental design is appropriately rationalized and fascinating. The manuscript is written and presented concisely.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive evaluation of our paper.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has important weaknesses in the experimental design and validation of the model.

      (1) The study is based on the use of a DREADD-designed viral vector (AAV-CaMKIIa-hM3D(Gq) -mCherry) that is activated by 2 mg/kg IP injection of CNO. The rationale is to putatively activate the MPA. The authors show no evidence for chemogenetic activation of neurons in the MPA. This could be done using a variety of different approaches, even phosphoproteomics.

      Chemogenetics is a very well-established technique and we demonstrate histological data showing expression of the DREADD in the MPA region and large physiological changes in body temperature, heart rate and oxygen consumption that we feel is sufficient to demonstrate that these neurons are activated. The field of chemogenetics is sufficiently established that it is not common practice to demonstrate neuronal activation in the context of large induced physiological responses.

      (2) The stereotaxic injections are difficult to precisely and locally place, particularly bilaterally. Figure 2F is only a schematic. It would be better to show actual low magnification brain sections (bregma +0.12 to -0.48) from a representative rat to show the placement of the AAV.

      Figure 2F is a schematic produced from imaging data, showing the regions within the MPA that expressed the AAV across all animals. We mapped the areas of viral transfection in each animal and then mapped this onto the brain atlas demonstrating which regions were consistently transduced across all animals. We have added a supplementary figure (supplementary figure 2) showing overlaid sections from 6 animals that underwent detailed vector mapping, which shows the full extent of vector transduction in these animals.

      (3) The control rats were injected with AAV-CaMKIIa-EGFP. Why was EGFP used instead of mCherry for the control?

      We prioritised using the same serotype and promoter for our experiments and would not anticipate the colour of fluorophore to have an effect on experimental results.

      (4) Ideally, a mutant non-activatable variant of AAV-CaMKIIa-hM3D(Gq) should have been used for a better control.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, however, to the best of our knowledge, a viral vector supplier Addgene, does not stock this variant of virus, nor have we seen one reported in the literature.

      (5) The authors should comment on whether there is any neurotoxicity in the MPA associated with the forced AAV expression of hM3D-Gq.

      This is not something we have assessed, however, administration of AAV into the CNS is not associated with a robust inflammatory response or neurotoxicity [1]. We used a viral titre of 1.7x10<sup>13</sup> viral genome copies per ml and injected 200 nL at each POA site, which is within reported guidelines by other users of the Addgene construct.

      (1) Mastakov MY, Baer K, Symes CW, Leichtlein CB, Kotin RM, During MJ. Immunological aspects of recombinant adeno-associated virus delivery to the mammalian brain. J Virol. 2002;76(16):8446-8454. doi:10.1128/jvi.76.16.8446-8454.2002

      (6) Is there any inflammatory pathology seen in the MPA with AAV transduction?

      This is not something that we assessed.

      (7) There are no experiments to show that the systemic torpor is specifically associated with the MPA region. Experiments should be done with injections of AAV-CaMKIIa-hM3D(Gq)-mCherry placed in other brain regions, for example, the nearby nucleus accumbens.

      The medial preoptic area is widely believed to be key for triggering torpor. Data from our lab and other groups has demonstrated that neurons within the preoptic area are sufficient to trigger torpor entry in mice. However, we concede that it is possible that other brain regions form part of the same circuit and that activation of the circuit at this / these points could also trigger a synthetic torpor bout. Should this be the case, our key message would remain the same: animals that do not naturally enter torpor can be induced into a similar state through targeted CNS activation, and this state is cardioprotective.

      (8) The mapping of the distribution of neurons responsible for synthetic torpor is not mechanistic enough and is not directly to the point. While excitatory and inhibitory markers are examined, a more interesting and deeper approach would have been to use glutamate receptor antagonists to manipulate the torpor response.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting suggestion. This type of experiment is not commonly performed and would be extremely technically challenging. A more common approach would be to genetically access glutamatergic neurons in the region and silence them with chemo or optogenetics.

      (9) The ischaemia and reperfusion aspects of the Langendorff method need to be clarified. The isolated hearts are already ischaemic after their removal from the rat. The reperfusion aspect is caused by reflow of blood to generate oxidative stress, but in the ex vivo model, is there really reperfusion injury?

      The Langendorff model is a well-established ex-vivo technique where the excised heart is perfused retrogradely through the aorta. This allows oxygenated buffer that also contains metabolic fuel to be pumped through the aorta, forcing the aortic valve closed and diverts the buffer directly into the coronary arteries to sustain the organ outside of the body. By temporarily stopping buffer perfusion then reinstating it as we did here, we can mimic a full ischaemia-reperfusion injury. It has been commonly used since the late 19th century to study heart physiology and pathophysiology including ischaemia-reperfusion injury.

      We agree with the reviewer that the hearts may have experienced a degree of ischaemia when being removed, unfortunately that is one of the confounds associated with ex-vivo preparations such as the Langendorff model. However, it should be noted that both the control and synthetic torpor hearts were exposed to the same conditions following removal from the animal. To minimise ischaemic damage, all hearts were placed in ice-cold buffer immediately following excision. Preparations were excluded from our data if a) cannulation took longer than 3 minutes, b) more than 2 cannulation attempts were made and c) if the heart rate was slower than 200 bpm during the baseline 30-minute recording. This criteria is in accordance with other laboratories and is frequently reported in the literature.

      (10) The authors show that whole animal oxygen consumption is reduced in the torpor state. The measurement is crude and most likely reflects the inactivity of the animal's skeletal muscle in the torpor state. A more relevant and direct experiment would be to do oxygen consumption (or Seahorse) assays on extracts of the isolated hearts.

      We did not simultaneously measure oxygen consumption alongside animal activity so we cannot determine whether muscle inactivity is a contributing factor in this data. However, previous work on mice has shown that VO<sub>2</sub> to be decreased by 15% during the light phase (mouse inactivity/sleep period) compared to the dark phase (their active phase) [1]. Whereas during fasting-induced torpor, a ~45% decrease in VO<sub>2</sub> has been reported [2], which is consistent with what we observed during synthetic torpor in rats (~39% decrease in VO<sub>2</sub>).

      Furthermore, we simultaneously recorded activity of our rats while recording core body temperature and heart rate before and during synthetic torpor. We have since updated the manuscript to include this data as a supplementary figure (supplementary figure 6), showing that there is no significant difference between the activity of animals in synthetic torpor compared to controls (a curious contrast with natural torpor).

      We also agree with the reviewer regarding the seahorse experimental suggestion and plan to use the seahorse assay to measure oxygen consumption in isolated cardiomyocytes and cardiac tissue punches in the future.

      (1) Nie Y, Gavin TP, Kuang S. Measurement of Resting Energy Metabolism in Mice Using Oxymax Open Circuit Indirect Calorimeter. Bio Protoc. 2015;5(18):e1602. doi:10.21769/bioprotoc.1602

      (2) Hrvatin S, Sun S, Wilcox OF, et al. Neurons that regulate mouse torpor. Nature. 2020;583(7814):115-121. doi:10.1038/s41586-020-2387-5

      (11) The authors report that the synthetic torpor induces bradycardia. There is no follow-up on this important observation. The MPA-heart connection is not analyzed. (A) Is the link through cardiovascular centers in the brainstem? (B) Is the torpor-induced bradycardia mediated through increased parasympathetic or decreased sympathetic autonomic tone? Pharmacological experiments could also be done.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions and agree that these will be important follow-up experiments to understand how the cardioprotection is mediated. We currently have a grant under review that will perform these important experiments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments or analysis:

      (1) Chemogenetic inhibition of the MPO.

      This is an interesting experiment proposal, we chose to focus on the activation of these neuronal populations to establish whether activation would be sufficient to drive synthetic torpor in a species that does not naturally enter torpor. Inhibiting these neurons would be an interesting avenue to explore in the future.

      (2) In vivo validation of torpor-induced protection.

      We plan to use an in-vivo cardiac ischaemia-reperfusion injury model in future experiments and this forms a work package in a grant we currently have under review.

      (3) A search for the dose and timing of torpor that provides the most robust protection.

      Using the in-vivo cardiac ischaemia-reperfusion injury model described above, in future we aim to determine whether synthetic torpor is protective following the ischaemic episode, which would better model a clinical scenario such as when a patient presents with a heart attack.

      (4) Use of inhibitors of transcription and translation as a strategy to understand what are the nodes of regulation that mediate neuroprotection.

      An interesting suggestion. We might consider this in future studies but feel it is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      (5) Testing in males, females, and rats of different genetic backgrounds.

      This data set includes both male and female rats, however we did not power our experiments to determine sex differences. In future, we will plan to power our studies to allow determination of sex differences, and to use rats from different genetic backgrounds.

      (6) Use of chemical or molecular tools to assess the relevance of phosphoproteomic data.

      Our future experimental plans, which are currently under review in a grant application include the use of inhibitors and activators of the kinases we identified in our phosphoproteomic data, to determine whether these can modulate the infarct size in the ischaemia-reperfusion injury model and modulate the cardioprotective effect from synthetic torpor.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Clarifying core body temperature measurement:

      The authors report post-CNO core body temperature (mean, 90-100 minute window) for four groups: room temperature MPAGq (31.64 {plus minus} 1.02{degree sign}C, n=10), room temperature MPAEGFP (37.05 {plus minus} 0.43{degree sign}C, n=6), thermoneutral MPAGq (36.4 {plus minus} 0.73{degree sign}C, n=6), and thermoneutral MPAEGFP (37.05 {plus minus} 0.43{degree sign}C, n=6). Please clarify the provenance of the MPAEGFP temperature data, as the room temperature and thermoneutral MPAEGFP groups report identical means to two decimal places (37.05{degree sign}C) with identical standard deviations ({plus minus}0.43{degree sign}C). It should also be noted in the limitations that continuous core temperature telemetry was available in only a subset of animals - specifically, 10 of 12 room temperature MPAGq animals and 6 of 16 room temperature MPAEGFP animals that contributed to the primary Langendorff infarct endpoint. It is correct that this means that for the majority of room temperature MPAEGFP control animals (10 of 16), no core temperature measurement of any kind was paired with their infarct data? If so, this should be stated as a limitation. Additionally, pre-CNO baseline temperatures are not reported numerically for any group, and individual nadir temperatures across the 90-minute induction period are not provided, meaning the full thermal exposure of individual animals cannot be characterized from the data as presented.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions, and we have since corrected the in-text error for the MPA<sup>EGFP</sup> thermoneutral and room temperature data. While we did not have the in-vivo core body temperature in all of our animals, we did record surface body temperature if core body temperature was absent and we have since plotted this surface body temperature data against the infarct size and performed a correlational analysis. We found no significant correlation between the two. We have since also updated our supplementary figure 1 to include the pre-CNO baseline temperature and heart rates for all animals in the synthetic torpor and control groups and those exposed to room temperature or thermoneutral environments.

      (2) Conclusions exceed evidence:

      While the demonstration that chemogenetic MPA activation under thermoneutral conditions is associated with reduced infarct size is an interesting and valuable finding, the conclusion, as stated, that "the hypothermic component of torpor is not necessary for the protective effects of synthetic torpor" (lines 303-304), goes beyond what the evidence can support. The cardioprotective effect observed in the thermoneutral condition may indeed reflect the contribution of other (non-temperature) factors - but the involvement of a temperature effect cannot be ruled out on the basis of the data presented. The thermoneutral MPAGq group, although not significantly different from the thermoneutral MPAEGFP control in core temperature (36.4 {plus minus} 0.73{degree sign}C vs. 37.05 {plus minus} 0.43{degree sign}C, p=0.44), had a mean core temperature that was in fact 0.65{degree sign}C lower than controls, and with n=6 in each group the non-significance of this difference reflects limited statistical power to detect equivalence as much as true normothermia. Given the limitations in telemetric coverage described above, a non-significant difference between group means is not sufficient to conclude that hypothermia is categorically uninvolved in mediating the cardioprotective effect. The appropriate test would be to demonstrate an absence of correlation between individual core body temperature nadir and individual infarct size across all animals in both the room temperature and thermoneutral conditions - a continuous analysis that the current telemetry coverage may not fully support, but that would directly address the question. We would therefore ask the authors either to provide such a correlation analysis if the paired data permit it, or to temper their conclusion accordingly - stating that factors other than hypothermia are sufficient for cardioprotection, rather than that hypothermia is not involved, which is the stronger and less well-supported claim.

      We agree with these suggestions and have adjusted our conclusions within the text. We have also performed a correlational analysis between the surface temperature of the animals and the infarct area, which we have included in the supplementary figures. We found no significant correlation between the two, which further supports our conclusion that other factors are likely to contribute to the cardioprotection observed, rather than the hypothermia. We feel that it is biologically implausible to suppose that the 0.6°C drop in body temperature observed in the thermoneutral synthetic torpor group is sufficient to recapitulate the cardioprotection observed.

      (3) Use of the word torpor: The statement:

      "this cardioprotection induced by synthetic torpor persisted in the absence of hypothermia"

      Presupposes that the thermoneutral condition is still synthetic torpor, just without one feature. But the authors have no basis for that framing - they have not demonstrated that the thermoneutral condition preserves the metabolic suppression component, and they have in fact abolished the temperature component that is part of the very definition they invoke. A more accurate statement would be:

      "Chemogenetic activation of MPA neurons under thermoneutral conditions, which prevents hypothermia and whose effect on oxygen consumption was not assessed, still produced a reduction in infarct size."

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, and we have amended the text in our manuscript to reflect this.

      (4) Lack of data addressing possible sex differences. Given the known role of estrogen in contributing to torpor, a more thorough analysis of sex differences beyond underpowered stratification is needed. In the absence of this analysis, this should be noted as a limitation.

      The preoptic area of the hypothalamus is enriched with estrogen receptors and previous work by our group has demonstrated that the estrous cycle modulates fasting-induced torpor. Our current work did not aim to investigate sex differences and is not powered to do this. As a result, we have now added this limitation to our discussion.

      (5) QPLOT marker characterization is incomplete. The QPLOT classification requires co-expression of markers including Qrfp and Tacr3, but the authors only tested three of the five (Ptger3, Lepr, Opn5). Ptger3 was expressed in 100% of transduced cells, but the question is whether Ptger3 expression alone is sufficient evidence of QPLOT identity without testing Qrfp and Tacr3. The conclusion that these neurons are "analogous" to mouse QPLOT neurons is reasonable but somewhat circular, given the marker selection. The assertion that 29% expressed "all three QPLOT markers" should be contextualized as three of five.

      We have updated our manuscript to state that our assessment is for three of the five QPLOT neuron markers.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Other comments:

      (12) The figure legends should state the group sizes (animal numbers) for the graphical data.

      We have added this information to the figure legends.

      (13) The control and experimental groups do not appear to be balanced. Were any animals removed from the treatment groups?

      Some MPA HM3DGq injections failed and the animals did not enter synthetic torpor following CNO injection. These were excluded from the study (the success rate for inducing synthetic torpor was 80%). Some animals were excluded from the ischaemia-reperfusion study, due to time from heart excision to cannulation on the Langendorff apparatus being more than 2 minutes, more than 2 cannulation attempts or a heart rate of less than 200 bpm at the end of the equilibration period. 8 hearts were excluded from the heart infarction data set based on these criteria. We have updated the methods section of our manuscript to emphasise this.

      (14) With small group sizes, it is better to show the data set variation with standard deviations rather than SEM.

      We thank the reviewer for noting our mistake and have corrected it and/or reported individual data points.

      (15) The precise P value for the infarct size reduction with torpor should be stated rather than p<0.05.

      We have updated the manuscript and the figure legends to include the precise P values.

      (16) Is there translational relevance of this work using an in vivo model of bona fide heart ischaemia-reperfusion injury?

      We absolutely plan to complete those experiments, but feel they are beyond the scope of this initial reporting of the principle that synthetic torpor in the rat is cardioprotective.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This work by Pyne and Pandey et al. addresses DNase X (DNase1L1) activity at the macrophage phagocytic cup, using an innovative imaging approach that couples visualization of cup formation to spatially resolve DNA degradation. The methodology is technically sound, and the central finding that DNA digestion begins prior to phagolysosomal maturation is considered well supported, though some mechanistic claims may benefit from further evidence and more cautious framing. Overall, the study is solid and provides a valuable framework for investigating early events at the phagocytic cup that may shape responses to pathogens and inflammatory disease.

      Thanks for the overall review.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Pyne and Pandey et al. report the observation of early DNA degradation at the phagocytic cup during macrophage engulfment. Using an elegant experimental system that combines actin staining to visualise cup formation with direct monitoring of DNA degradation, the authors identify rapid recruitment of the membrane-bound nuclease DNase X (DNase1L1) to nascent phagocytic cups. This recruitment occurs within minutes of cup formation, is independent of DNA presence at the substrate, and appears to originate from intracellular membrane structures rather than from the extracellular environment. The results support the conclusion that DNase X activity is present at the phagocytic cup and that DNA digestion can begin prior to phagolysosomal maturation.

      The study is technically strong. The experimental system is clean, specific, and allows precise spatial and temporal detection of DNA degradation. The imaging-based approaches are carefully executed and enable convincing visualisation of DNase X recruitment and activity. The use of an alternative substrate beyond the primary SNS system strengthens the core observation, and the data broadly support the authors' central claim.

      Thanks for the positive comments.

      However, several limitations temper the physiological interpretation. The system relies largely on short, free DNA substrates, leaving open how efficiently DNase X processes more complex or physiologically relevant DNA structures, such as nucleosome-bound DNA or neutrophil extracellular traps (NETs). It remains unclear whether DNase X deficiency would alter macrophage responses to larger nucleic acid structures, influence engulfment efficiency, or modify downstream inflammatory signalling pathways such as TLR9 or STING activation.

      Thanks for the comments. It is a constructive suggestion to test how DNase X in phagocytic cups (PCs) may degrade long DNA or chromosomal DNA, as the current experiment setup mainly used 18bp DNA as the DNase sensor construct. Now we included new data of DNase response of macrophage to plasmid DNA (extracted from E. coli) immobilized on microbead surface. The result show that macrophage also degrade the plasmid DNA, suggesting that the DNase in PC is rather versatile and can degrade long DNA. This result is included as fig. S5.

      It would be certainly interesting to explore the role of DNase X in phagocytic efficiency and downstream inflammatory pathways. While these could be the future research directions, the goal of current manuscript is to demonstrate a new DNase activity in PCs and calibrate its several core features (temporal and spatial dynamics and response to biofilm, etc.). Expanding the topic further will require substantial resource and effort, and may make the current manuscript bloated with data. Therefore, we didn’t pursue the study of DNase of PCs in the context of phagocytosis efficiency and downstream pathways.

      Moreover, the experimental setup prevents full phagocytic cup closure, potentially prolonging DNase activity compared with physiological phagocytosis, which typically proceeds rapidly to cargo internalisation. For example, the peak signal observed in Figure 5 occurs approximately 90 minutes after phagocytic cup formation, a time point at which many phagocytic cups would be expected to have already closed under physiological conditions.

      Additional work using fully engulfed cargo in more physiological contexts would clarify whether early DNase X activity meaningfully contributes to overall DNA clearance kinetics.

      Real-time imaging of SNS signal and F-actin in macrophages, shown in Fig. 1I in the manuscript, suggests that DNase activity in PCs appear within one minute after PC formation. We do resonate with the reviewer’s concern about the experiment platform used in this work, namely, the microbeads are immobilized on the glass surface, preventing the natural closure of PCs. This artificial design may create biased observation of DNase activity during phagocytosis.

      In light of this concern, we developed a new assay by using free SNS-coated microbeads (non-immobilized). These beads can be completely internalized by macrophages through phagocytosis. During experiments, we searched for the PCs just starting to form over free SNS-coated beads. Despite the rare occurrence of these events (phagocytosis process has a rather short time windows), we did find the evidence that PCs already exhibit DNase activity before their closures, as shown in fig. S8.

      Accordingly, we added one paragraph to the main text, “Because surface-immobilized microbeads prevent PC closure, they likely prolong PC formation and may alter the observed temporal dynamics of DNase activity within the PC. To determine whether the PC exhibits DNase activity before closure, we prepared SNS-coated free microbeads and fed them to adherent macrophages. The results showed that PCs indeed exhibited DNase activity before cup closure in response to free microbeads (fig. S8), confirming that DNase activity is initiated rapidly during PC formation.”

      Mechanistically, the signal that triggers DNase X recruitment remains unresolved. Although actin rearrangement was excluded as the primary driver, the upstream cues that direct DNase X-containing membrane structures to the forming cup are not yet defined.

      We agree that the biochemical signals responsible for initiating DNase X recruitment remain unresolved. Despite our efforts to identify such signals by exposing macrophages to a variety of immunogenic stimuli, we consistently observed DNase X recruitment to phagocytic cups under all conditions tested. Based on these findings, we conclude that DNase X recruitment to phagocytic cups is constitutive rather than stimulus-dependent.

      Nevertheless, even if this recruitment is constitutive, it is likely that an intracellular biochemical cue initiates or regulates the recruitment process. Unfortunately, we have not yet been able to identify this upstream signal. We have acknowledged this limitation and included this consideration in the Discussion as an important direction for future investigation.

      In previous studies, we also examined DNase activity at phagocytic cups following inhibition of the cGAS-STING and TLR9 pathways, two major cellular DNA-sensing mechanisms. However, inhibition of either pathway did not alter DNase activity at phagocytic cups. As these experiments yielded negative results and did not provide mechanistic insight into DNase X recruitment, we did not include them in the current manuscript.

      In the broader context, early DNase X activity at the phagocytic cup could represent an additional safeguard against inflammatory signalling by limiting extracellular or surface-associated DNA before phagolysosomal degradation by DNase II. This mechanism may be particularly relevant in settings where DNA fragmentation before engulfment is incomplete, such as necroptosis or NET formation. Determining whether DNase X deficiency exacerbates inflammatory responses, alters DNA clearance efficiency in vivo, or contributes to immune pathology will be critical for establishing its physiological and disease relevance.

      Thanks for the constructive comments which provide valuable suggestion for the future work.

      Overall, this is a compelling study that introduces a novel concept of pre-phagolysosomal DNA digestion. The conclusions are well supported within the in vitro system used, but further investigation using diverse DNA substrates and physiologically relevant models will be required to fully define the impact of this mechanism on immune regulation and disease.

      We appreciate the insightful comments and agree that in vivo experiments would provide valuable information for future studies. The current manuscript focuses on a cellular function identified using an in vitro experimental system. The results suggest that DNaseX may play important physiological roles in immune defense and extracellular DNA clearance, highlighting the need for further investigation using animal models or other in vivo systems. These are exciting directions that we are actively planning to pursue in our future research.

      We are not able to incorporate in vivo studies into the current revision, as such experiments would require the establishment of fundamentally different experimental models, the acquisition of new technical expertise, and substantial additional financial support. These efforts are beyond the scope and timeline of the present manuscript revision. We believe that the current in vitro findings provide a foundation for these future in vivo investigations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents an elegant and innovative imaging approach to visualize DNase activity at the interface between macrophages and extracellular substrates. The platform is technically strong and enables the study of localized DNA degradation with high spatial resolution. The work is of clear interest and provides a useful framework to investigate how immune cells process extracellular DNA. However, several aspects of the mechanistic interpretation and conceptual framing would benefit from clarification.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study introduces a creative and well-designed imaging platform that allows visualization of localized DNase activity at cell-substrate interfaces.

      (2) The approach is technically robust and represents a valuable tool that could be broadly useful to the field.

      (3) The experiments are thoughtfully designed and address an important question regarding how immune cells interact with extracellular DNA.

      (4) The work opens interesting avenues for studying DNA processing in contexts such as infection and inflammation.

      Thanks for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      While the experimental approach is strong, several key conclusions rely on interpretations that would benefit from further clarification:

      (1) First, the conclusion that DNaseX is recruited to phagocytic cups from the "cytoplasm" appears conceptually imprecise. Given that DNaseX is a membrane-anchored protein, it is unlikely to exist as a freely soluble cytoplasmic pool. A more plausible interpretation is that DNaseX is supplied from intracellular membrane compartments. This interpretation would also be more consistent with the data showing dependence on a membrane anchor.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We agree that, as a GPI-anchored protein, DNaseX is likely transported from the endoplasmic reticulum and Golgi apparatus to the plasma membrane via secretory vesicles carrying the protein. The original subtitle “DNaseX in PCs is recruited from the cytoplasm, not from the plasma membrane” in the manuscript, is misleading, as it may imply that DNaseX is a cytoplasmic soluble protein. Our original point is to state that DNaseX is recruited intracellularly, not from the adjacent cell membrane domain. To avoid the ambiguity, we have revised that subtitle to “DNaseX in PCs is recruited intracellularly, not from the plasma membrane”. In the revision, we also emphasized the that DNaseX is likely delivered by the vesicles, which were observed in Fig. S13.

      (2) Second, the interpretation that actin polymerization is not required for DNaseX recruitment raises concerns. Phagocytic cup formation is known to depend strongly on actin dynamics, and it is therefore unclear whether the structures observed under actin inhibition represent fully formed functional cups or partial cell-substrate contacts. This distinction is important for interpreting recruitment versus activity, particularly since enzymatic activity is reduced under these conditions.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and agree with this point. The data presented in the manuscript demonstrate the relationships, but not causalities, among F-actin signal, DNaseX signal (detected by immunostaining), and SNS signal (reflecting DNase activity) in PCs. Specifically, our results show a strong correlation between the F-actin and SNS signals, whereas the correlation between the F-actin and DNaseX signals is weak. These correlations do not warrant the causality relations.

      Experimentally establishing causality is challenging because F-actin is an essential structural component of the phagocytic cup and cannot be completely eliminated from PCs. To ensure rigorous interpretation of the data, we have revised the manuscript to present the findings more cautiously and avoid implying a causal relationship where it has not been experimentally demonstrated.

      We revised the section title: “Actin polymerization is dispensable for DNaseX recruitment but essential for DNase activity in the PCs” to “Actin polymerization is correlated with DNase activity in PCs, but not with DNaseX recruitment”. We also revise the abstract and the main text correspondingly to reflect this point.

      (3) Third, the identification of DNaseX as the main nuclease responsible for the observed activity is not fully resolved. The conclusions rely primarily on gene silencing and staining approaches, but the specificity of these strategies relative to other nucleases is not addressed. It therefore remains possible that additional enzymes contribute to the observed activity.

      The reviewer raises an important point. We acknowledge that gene silencing and immunostaining may not be entirely specific, as they could potentially affect or detect other members of the DNase family that share structural similarities with DNaseX. Indeed, the official name of DNaseX, Deoxyribonuclease-1-like 1, suggests a close structural relationship with DNase I.

      Our conclusion regarding the specificity of DNaseX is based on the combined evidence from multiple independent approaches rather than any single experiment. In addition to gene silencing and immunostaining, we demonstrated that cleavage of the GPI anchor with PI-PLC markedly reduced or completely abolished DNase activity in PCs. This experiment provides particularly strong evidence because DNaseX is the only known membrane-bound DNase that is anchored to the plasma membrane via a GPI linker.

      Taken together, the complementary results from GPI-anchor cleavage, gene silencing, and immunostaining provide convergent evidence supporting the conclusion that DNaseX is the primary enzyme responsible for the DNase activity observed in PCs. We therefore believe that the combined data provide sufficient specificity to support our conclusion.

      (4) Finally, the interpretation of the biofilm experiments may be overstated. While the data clearly show localized DNA degradation in contact with macrophages, it is not fully established that this process depends specifically on phagocytic cup structures. An alternative explanation is that membrane-associated DNase activity more generally mediates this effect. In addition, the physiological relevance of this mechanism would benefit from further discussion.

      We agree with the reviewer on this point. Although our data demonstrate that macrophages degrade eDNA in biofilms through direct physical contact, they do not establish that phagocytic cups are the primary structures responsible for mediating this process.

      We attempted to obtain direct evidence by simultaneously imaging F-actin structures in macrophages and eDNA degradation within biofilms, with the goal of visualizing phagocytic cup formation around eDNA filaments. However, this proved to be technically challenging. Unlike a flat glass surface, biofilms possess substantial thickness and an uneven three-dimensional topology, making it difficult to achieve high-resolution imaging of F-actin structures with sufficient clarity. In addition, eDNA filaments, unlike microparticles, may not induce the formation of canonical F-actin-rich phagocytic cups. Consequently, we were unable to obtain convincing imaging data demonstrating that phagocytic cups are the structures responsible for eDNA degradation within biofilms.

      To ensure a rigorous interpretation of our findings, we have revised the manuscript to avoid overstating this conclusion and to more accurately reflect the limitations of the current data. We added this paragraph in the revision: “While the results showed that macrophages degrade eDNA in biofilms through physical contact, it has not been confirmed that this degradation is mediated by DNaseX within the PC, as eDNA filaments are not expected to induce the formation of a typical PC structure. An alternative possibility is that DNaseX localized on the cell membrane, including within the plaque-like clusters (fig. S13), comes into direct contact with eDNA and mediates its degradation through physical contact.”

      Overall, the study is technically strong and introduces a valuable methodology, but several central conclusions are only partially supported by the current data and would benefit from more cautious interpretation and clearer conceptual framing.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The data are clearly presented, and the manuscript is well written, making it a pleasure to read.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Clarify the description of DNaseX origin by replacing "cytoplasmic" with more precise terminology (e.g., intracellular membrane compartments), and revise the interpretation accordingly.

      Revision has been made according to the reviewer’s suggestion. Please see the point-to-point response.

      (2) Provide a clearer definition of what constitutes a phagocytic cup under actin inhibition conditions, and discuss whether the observed structures represent fully functional compartments.

      Revision has been made according to the reviewer’s suggestion. Please see the point-to-point response.

      (3) Consider including additional controls or discussion addressing the specificity of the gene silencing approach, particularly in relation to other nucleases. If feasible, assess the potential contribution or localization of other nucleases (immunofluoresce for DNase I, for example), or explicitly acknowledge this as a limitation.

      Revision has been made according to the reviewer’s suggestion. Please see the point-to-point response.

      (4) Refine the interpretation of the biofilm experiments to distinguish between phagocytic cup-specific mechanisms and more general membrane-associated activity. Expand the discussion on the physiological relevance of the findings, particularly in the context of complex environments such as biofilms or extracellular DNA structures in vivo.

      Revision has been made according to the reviewer’s suggestion. Please see the point-to-point response.

      (5) Minor: Improve consistency in terminology throughout the manuscript (e.g., membrane-associated vs cytoplasmic localization) to avoid conceptual confusion.

      We revised all “membrane-associated” to “membrane-bound” for the consistency of terminology. The confusion due to the use of “cytoplasmic” has been rectified. Please see the point-to-point response.

    1. Author response:

      We sincerely thank the reviewers and editors for their thorough and constructive comments. Our goal was to study characteristics of excitatory, inhibitory, and neuromodulatory components of voluntary motor commands in participants with multiple sclerosis. To do so, we drew on a novel reverse-engineering framework designed to estimate characteristics of these components from a selection of features extracted from motoneuron discharge patterns (Chardon et al., 2024).

      We appreciate the reviewers’ recognition of the considerable size and richness of our dataset of motor unit firing patterns recorded from the tibialis anterior and soleus of 89 participants with MS and 34 neurologically intact controls, the rigor of our statistical analyses, the novelty and importance of our descriptive findings, and the potential value of our dataset and analytical approach to other researchers.

      We address reviewer comments and discuss our planned revisions to the paper below.

      Concerns about physiological inference of findings from the reverse engineering framework. Reviewer 1, for example:

      The principal limitation concerns the physiological interpretation assigned to these discharge patterns. The excitation, inhibition, and neuromodulation variables are not directly measured physiological inputs. They are composite variables derived from several features of motor unit discharge, with each feature weighted according to relationships identified in simulations reported previously by Chardon and colleagues. Thus, the step from observed discharge behavior to specific underlying synaptic mechanisms is necessarily model-dependent. The distinction between these two levels of inference is important for interpreting the main conclusions of the study.

      The issue is especially relevant because several different physiological processes can plausibly influence the same discharge features. … The interpretation of inhibition is a particularly clear example of this general inverse problem.

      We acknowledge all three reviewers’ concerns that, as with any computational model, assumptions of the Chardon reverse engineering framework place limits on the physiological interpretation of our findings.

      However, two key strengths of the reverse engineering framework warrant further emphasis when considering the extent to which model assumptions limit physiological inference: (1) the extensive experimental foundation and physiological realism of the motoneuron model, and (2) the demonstrated ability to address the problem of non-uniqueness when predicting characteristics of synaptic and neuromodulatory inputs from discharge patterns of model motoneurons. We will discuss these strengths and clarify the physiological properties that are modeled.

      (1) Physiological foundation of the motoneuron model

      We first highlight the extensive experimental foundation underlying the motoneuron model. The Heckman laboratory has devoted considerable effort to the development of a physiologically realistic motoneuron model. The motoneuron model is grounded in over 20 years of in situ voltage-clamp experiments that characterized motoneuron intrinsic properties and their responses to excitatory, inhibitory, and neuromodulatory inputs (e.g., Lee & Heckman, 1998a, 1998b, 1999; Kuo et al., 2003; Hyngstrom et al., 2008). The resulting model motoneurons used for simulations were described by the authors as “designed to closely recreate behaviors documented in our extensive database of current and voltage clamp studies in motoneurons within animal preparations” (Chardon et al., 2024).

      Moreover, the motoneuron model did not originate with the reverse-engineering framework used in the present study. Earlier versions were refined and evaluated across multiple prior publications (Kim et al., 2009; Kim & Jones, 2012; Powers et al., 2012; Powers & Heckman, 2015, 2017; Beauchamp et al., 2023) and optimized to balance realism with computational speed.

      While the motoneuron model’s extensive experimental foundation does not eliminate the inherent limitations of model-based inference, it constrains the model substantially and reduces the extent to which model predictions depend on arbitrary or purely theoretical assumptions.

      (2) Addressing non-uniqueness in the inverse problem

      We next discuss whether characteristics of motoneuronal inputs can be inferred with reasonable accuracy from motoneuron discharge patterns. This is the inverse problem for which non-uniqueness is a fundamental challenge.

      Non-uniqueness must be considered when making physiological inferences from motor unit discharge. Many motoneuron discharge features, when examined on their own, are sensitive to changes in more than one type of motoneuronal input. For example, discharge hysteresis is affected by both the level of neuromodulation and the pattern of inhibition relative to excitation. Reviewers were concerned that the reverse engineering framework also suffered from non-unique solutions when predicting motoneuronal inputs from discharge patterns, suggesting as an example that changes to motoneuron firing patterns resulting from a change in the pattern of inhibition could also result from changes to the level of neuromodulation.

      However, we must distinguish the general non-uniqueness problem from the performance of the reverse engineering framework specifically. Non-uniqueness is not an unaddressed weakness of the reverse-engineering framework. Rather, it is the central problem that the framework was explicitly designed to address.

      The ability of the reverse-engineering framework to address and substantially reduce non-uniqueness was explicitly evaluated in Chardon et al., (2024) using simulated, known inputs to a population of model motoneurons. Characteristics of motoneuronal inputs (i.e., the distribution of excitatory inputs across motoneurons of different size, the pattern of inhibition relative to excitation, and the level of neuromodulation) were systematically varied in all combinations, generating a “library” of simulated spike trains from each model motoneuron. Seven reverse engineering features were calculated on the simulated discharge patterns and used to train linear and non-linear machine learning models. When applied to test data, the machine learning models predicted the known inputs with substantial accuracy. 

      The key finding of Chardon et al. is that the discriminatory power of the reverse engineering framework comes from the collection of discharge features used in the inverse problem. Because individual features can be sensitive to more than one type of motoneuronal input, considering the features as an ensemble drastically reduces the inverse problem’s solution space. This allows the known inputs to the simulated model motoneurons to be predicted with substantial accuracy.

      (3) Modeled and unmodeled parameters

      Having discussed the unique strengths of the reverse engineering framework, we also acknowledge its limitations, as do the authors of the approach. There are aspects of motoneuronal inputs and intrinsic properties that were held constant or not explicitly represented in the Chardon et al. (2024) simulations. Therefore, application of the current framework to human motor unit data introduces uncertainty regarding the extent to which variation in unmodeled parameters may influence discharge patterns and, by extension, the inferred characteristics of excitatory, inhibitory, and neuromodulatory inputs.

      However, we consider this uncertainty in the context of the physiological information gained by applying the framework to human data. Specifically, the framework allows us to interpret motor unit discharge patterns recorded in vivo using relationships established through systematic manipulation of physiologically grounded model parameters.

      Thus, despite its limitations, the framework provides substantially greater physiological insight than can be obtained by interpreting individual motor unit discharge features in isolation and represents an important step toward identifying the combinations of motoneuronal inputs that contribute to typical and pathological motor unit discharge in humans. Further variation in these parameters could be incorporated in future iterations of the framework, as is possible with more complex models like that of Mousa and Elbasiouny (2026).

      With regard to the inclusion of specific parameters, we discuss two points:

      (A) It is necessary to clarify that some physiological properties identified in the reviewer comments as unmodeled were, in fact, represented in the motoneuron model and simulations used in Chardon et al. (2024).

      Perhaps the most crucial is the presence of persistent inward currents (PICs), whose realistic representation is a defining feature of the motoneuron model due to its four dendritic compartments with varied Ca<sup>2+</sup> channel densities (Powers & Heckman, 2017). In fact, in Chardon et al. (2024), the PIC-induced non-linearities in simulated firing patterns were not merely present in the model, but were a key factor contributing to the success of the reverse engineering framework.

      Contributions from afferent inputs were also considered within the synaptic inputs to the model. The simulated distributions of excitatory input and patterns of inhibitory input both encompass potential contributions from afferent sources in addition to descending and spinal sources (Binder et al., 2002; Johnson et al., 2017; Chardon et al., 2024). Further, the opposing influence of inhibitory input from any source on facilitation of PICs is incorporated in the simulations.

      (B) We agree with the reviewers that it is important to consider potential between-group differences in intrinsic membrane properties that affect PIC behavior in addition to neuromodulatory input. This is a point that we did not adequately discuss in the initial version of the paper. However, we see this primarily as a lack of precision in our discussion of the physiology rather than a deficit related to unmodeled parameters in the Chardon et al. model.

      In the Chardon et al. (2024) simulations, the level of neuromodulatory input was varied with the intent of scaling PIC amplitude accordingly. This was done by changing the density of dendritic PIC channels to simulate how the number of channels activated scales with the amount of neuromodulatory input (i.e., serotonin and norepinephrine) present. Thus, the reverse-engineering features that predicted the simulated level of neuromodulatory input in the Chardon study more directly predicted the resulting variation in simulated PIC amplitude. Because other intrinsic membrane properties (e.g., NaV conductance) were held constant, changes in PIC amplitude could be attributed specifically to the simulated level of neuromodulatory input.

      In contrast, variation in PIC amplitude estimated from our experimental data cannot be attributed to differences in neuromodulatory input alone. We must also consider other factors that affect PIC amplitude that are unknown in our participants, including differences in intrinsic membrane properties. Importantly, several discharge features incorporated into the reverse engineering framework, including braceheight and delta-F, are commonly used to estimate PIC amplitude in human motor unit recordings, independently of the Chardon et al. (2024) framework (e.g., Mesquita et al., 2024).

      Thus, to the extent that brace height, delta-F, and the “neuromodulation” composite variable reflect PIC amplitude in our human data, our findings reflect variation in the physiological factors that determine PIC amplitude. These include neuromodulatory input and intrinsic membrane properties, as well as, for delta-F in isolation, the pattern of inhibition. In our revised version of the manuscript, we will incorporate discussion of these additional factors in addition to our current discussion of neuromodulatory input and the evidence for its alteration in MS.

      Finally, while identifying the specific motoneuron inputs and properties that contribute to altered PIC amplitude among participants with MS is an important goal for future work, uncertainty regarding those contributors does not preclude the potential functional significance of our finding that estimated PIC amplitude can be abnormally high or low among participants with MS. Because PIC amplitude directly influences motoneuron excitability, abnormally high or low PIC amplitudes could contribute substantially to motor deficits that emerge in MS and their variation across patients.

      Calculation of composite variables using mutual information scores. Reviewer 3, for example:

      Mutual information measures how much a feature tells you about a parameter. It does not carry the direction of that association, and it does not become a regression coefficient by having a sign attached to it. Since the direction of every conclusion in the paper depends on those associated signs, the reader has no way of judging how faithfully the composite scores track the physiological quantities they are named after. I do not understand why this was not done with simulations. … The simulations have known inputs, so the composites could be computed on the simulated discharge patterns and their accuracy reported directly.

      A related difficulty is that the three composite scores are not independent of one another. The hysteresis measure contributes to all three of them and several other features contribute to two. Finding abnormality in all three components of the motor command may therefore reflect a single underlying signal expressed three times over. The correlations between the composites are not reported, and without them the reader cannot tell which of these two readings is correct.

      We agree that mutual information scores are non-directional and that they are not regression coefficients. We did not use them as regression coefficients; rather, we used them as an informed way to create a weighted average of the reverse engineering features that, individually, were most informative about each type of input. Signs were assigned to each feature to reflect the direction of the relationship between the feature and each type of input. We took great care to base the assigned signs on published literature, and we will update the paper to more explicitly link each assigned sign to the supporting literature.

      Thank you for the useful suggestion to calculate our composite scores from the simulated features from Chardon et al. and compare them with the known input values. We obtained these data from the authors and found that two of the signs in the excitation composite (for torque at recruitment and duration) needed to be updated based on the Chardon data. After correcting these signs, the neuromodulation and excitation composite variables were both highly correlated with their respective known inputs (r > 0.85). Correction of the two signs in the excitation composite did not change the general pattern of our results. The inhibition composite variable was moderately correlated with the known input (r = 0.50), consistent with the original Chardon et al. study showing that machine learning predictions of inhibition using non-linear regression greatly outperformed those using linear regression. We will include these validation results in the revised manuscript, as they provide a direct assessment of how well the composite variables reflect the known inputs.

      We agree that it is important to demonstrate the independence of the composite variables, and it was an oversight on our part not to include that information. The correlations among the composite variables were very low, ranging from r = 0.006 to r = 0.18, with none reaching statistical significance. As discussed, many of the discharge features are sensitive to more than one type of input, which is why it is difficult to interpret them physiologically in isolation. However, the different types of input affect the features in different ways. For example, push-pull/reciprocal inhibition increases both delta-F and rate attenuation slope compared with uniform inhibition. In contrast, an increase in neuromodulation increases delta-F but decreases rate attenuation slope. The signs within the composite variable calculations reflect these differences in the relationships between each feature and the inputs. Therefore, the shared constituent features do not necessarily result in strongly correlated composite variables, as confirmed by the very low correlations observed in our data.

      We are now collaborating with the authors of Chardon et al. (2024) to explore application of their reverse engineering framework (and/or its subsequent updates currently under development) to our MS and control data to supplement our mutual information-based composite variable analyses.

      Comparison with stroke and spinal cord injury populations, Reviewer 3.

      Second, the comparison with stroke and with spinal cord injury, which carries much of the novelty of the paper, is asserted rather than demonstrated. A good deal of recent motor unit work in spinal cord injury and in stroke is also omitted, which is an important weakness, and I would encourage the authors to engage with it directly rather than treat those populations as a settled contrast. The abstract and the discussion state that the variability seen here is fundamentally different from the consistency seen in those populations, but no stroke or spinal cord injury data are presented, and no quantitative comparison with published values is offered. This matters because the individual patterns illustrated in the paper, that is, reduced peak discharge rate, compressed rate modulation, a narrowed recruitment range, synchronisation between units, and continued firing after the end of the task, are all well-described features of spastic paresis of other causes.

      Although our discussion of the literature closely reflects the quantitative results from those populations, we agree that directly presenting those values would better support the comparison. We therefore will include quantitative comparisons with published values in these populations, to the extent that they are available, in the revised paper.

      We are uncertain which additional studies the reviewer has in mind when stating that a “good deal of recent motor unit work in stroke and spinal cord injury is omitted, which is an important weakness.” We cited the published papers most directly relevant to our specific line of inquiry. Nonetheless, we will conduct an additional review of recent literature and update our references and discussion to address any relevant omissions in the paper revision.

      Finally, we agree that the motor unit firing characteristics mentioned above can be found in spinal cord injury and stroke populations, although their prevalence and expression differ between the populations. However, the presence of those characteristics in some of our participants with MS does not undermine the primary distinction we intended to make between our findings and those reported in stroke and spinal cord injury. One novel aspect of our findings is the marked between-participant heterogeneity in motor unit firing patterns within the MS group, as shown in Figure 3. In particular, among participants with MS, alterations in multiple discharge features were not just more variable than controls, but in some cases, they deviated from controls in opposite directions. We will revise the manuscript to make clear that it is this heterogeneity, rather than the presence of any individual discharge characteristic, that distinguishes the patterns observed in our MS sample from the predominantly group-mean difference patterns typically reported in stroke and spinal cord injury. We will support this comparison quantitatively where published data permit.

      Further, the motor unit characteristics listed by the reviewer were not our only finding. Another novel aspect of our findings is that a substantial number of participants with MS demonstrated decreases in estimated PIC amplitude. In contrast, recent work in spinal cord injury and stroke reported increases in estimated PIC amplitude during voluntary drive in both groups (Hassan, 2021; Benedetto et al., 2026).

      Alternative explanations to increased variability in MS. Reviewers 3, for example:

      … the central finding of greater variability between patients has plausible alternative explanations that have not been excluded.

      In the revised manuscript, we will address the comments from Reviewers 1 and 3 regarding potential alternative contributors to the increased between-participant variability observed in MS, including motor unit yield, decomposition quality, task performance, anti-spastic medications, and other factors raised by reviewers.

      Group differences in the constituent features of the composite variables. Reviewer 3:

      The feature carrying by far the largest weight in the neuromodulation score shows no group difference at all, and depending on which version of the hysteresis measure entered the composite, either one or none of its six constituent features differs between groups.

      There are two main points to clarify. First, a statistically significant group-mean difference in a composite variable does not require the individual constituent features to also have statistically significant group mean differences. As discussed, many of the features are sensitive to more than one type of motoneuronal input. Further, Chardon et al. (2024) demonstrated that prediction of motoneuronal inputs improved as more features were included.

      Second, the absence of a group-mean difference in an individual discharge feature or composite variable does not imply that the feature or composite variable is unchanged among participants with MS. This is particularly important given that many of our MS distributions included values that deviated in opposite directions from controls, which can result in little or no difference in the group mean despite substantial differences at the individual level. For this reason, our analyses compared MS and control distributions not only in terms of central tendency but also their spread and shape.

      Relationships between motor unit discharge features, composite variables, and clinical measures. Reviewer 3, for example:

      Moreover, it would have been valuable to see more relationships reported between the clinical measures and motor unit behaviour, in particular disability, walking speed, lesion location and medication.

      We agree that exploring these relationships is a logical next step and will be especially valuable for understanding the heterogeneity of discharge features and composite variables among participants with MS. The primary goal of the present study was to characterize this heterogeneity, whereas determining how specific clinical characteristics relate to that heterogeneity represents a substantial additional question. We are currently preparing a follow-up paper focused specifically on these relationships so that we have sufficient space to present and discuss them thoroughly. As mentioned above, however, in the paper revision, we will include more information about data from participants who were and were not taking anti-spastic medications.

      In our revision, we will also use more cautious terminology when discussing physiological inference vs. motor unit phenotypes, where appropriate, revise the denominator used in calculating the weighted averages, add a formal test of multimodality, add more raw motor unit firing traces, and address the reviewers’ other outstanding minor suggestions.

      Beauchamp JA, Pearcey GEP, Khurram OU, Chardon M, Wang YC, Powers RK, Dewald JPA & Heckman C (2023). A geometric approach to quantifying the neuromodulatory effects of persistent inward currents on individual motor unit discharge patterns. J Neural Eng 20, 016034.

      Benedetto A, Jenz S, Farley M, Heit B, Sangari S, Beauchamp JA, McPherson L, Heckman C, Perez M & Pearcey G (2026). Muscle-specific motor unit firing characteristics in elbow flexors and extensors after cervical spinal cord injury. ; DOI: 10.64898/2026.06.03.729825. Available at: http://biorxiv.org/lookup/doi/10.64898/2026.06.03.729825 [Accessed June 9, 2026].

      Binder MD, Heckman CJ & Powers RK (2002). Relative Strengths and Distributions of Different Sources of Synaptic Input to the Motoneurone Pool. In Sensorimotor Control of Movement and Posture, ed. Gandevia SC, Proske U & Stuart DG, pp. 207–212. Springer US, Boston, MA. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-0713-0_25.

      Chardon MK, Wang YC, Garcia M, Besler E, Beauchamp JA, D’Mello M, Powers RK & Heckman CJ (2024). Supercomputer framework for reverse engineering firing patterns of neuron populations to identify their synaptic inputs. eLife. Available at: https://elifesciences.org/articles/90624 [Accessed November 2, 2024].

      Hassan AS (2021). Changes in Motor Unit Firing Patterns as a Function of Age, Muscle, and Following a Unilateral Brain Injury: Ionotropic and Metabotropic Effects (Ph.D. thesis). Northwestern University, United States -- Illinois. Available at: http://libproxy.wustl.edu/login?url=https://www.proquest.com/dissertations-theses/changes-motor-unit-firing-patterns-as-function/docview/2572564921/se-2?accountid=15159.

      Hyngstrom AS, Johnson MD & Heckman CJ (2008). Summation of Excitatory and Inhibitory Synaptic Inputs by Motoneurons With Highly Active Dendrites. J Neurophysiol 99, 1643–1652.

      Johnson MD, Thompson CK, Tysseling VM, Powers RK & Heckman CJ (2017). The potential for understanding the synaptic organization of human motor commands via the firing patterns of motoneurons. J Neurophysiol 118, 520–531.

      Kim H & Jones KE (2012). The retrograde frequency response of passive dendritic trees constrains the nonlinear firing behaviour of a reduced neuron model. PloS One 7, e43654.

      Kim H, Major LA & Jones KE (2009). Derivation of cable parameters for a reduced model that retains asymmetric voltage attenuation of reconstructed spinal motor neuron dendrites. J Comput Neurosci 27, 321–336.

      Kuo JJ, Lee RH, Johnson MD, Heckman HM & Heckman CJ (2003). Active Dendritic Integration of Inhibitory Synaptic Inputs In Vivo. J Neurophysiol 90, 3617–3624.

      Lee RH & Heckman CJ (1998a). Bistability in Spinal Motoneurons In Vivo: Systematic Variations in Persistent Inward Currents. J Neurophysiol 80, 583–593.

      Lee RH & Heckman CJ (1998b). Bistability in Spinal Motoneurons In Vivo: Systematic Variations in Rhythmic Firing Patterns. J Neurophysiol 80, 572–582.

      Lee RH & Heckman CJ (1999). Enhancement of Bistability in Spinal Motoneurons In Vivo by the Noradrenergic α<sub>1</sub> Agonist Methoxamine. J Neurophysiol 81, 2164–2174.

      Mesquita RNO, Taylor JL, Heckman CJ, Trajano GS & Blazevich AJ (2024). Persistent inward currents in human motoneurons: emerging evidence and future directions. J Neurophysiol 132, 1278–1301.

      Mousa MH & Elbasiouny SM (2026). A Multi-Scale, High-Fidelity Computational Model of the Mouse Triceps Surae Motor Pool.

      Powers RK, ElBasiouny SM, Rymer WZ & Heckman CJ (2012). Contribution of intrinsic properties and synaptic inputs to motoneuron discharge patterns: a simulation study. J Neurophysiol 107, 808–823.

      Powers RK & Heckman CJ (2015). Contribution of intrinsic motoneuron properties to discharge hysteresis and its estimation based on paired motor unit recordings: a simulation study. J Neurophysiol 114, 184–198.

      Powers RK & Heckman CJ (2017). Synaptic control of the shape of the motoneuron pool input-output function. J Neurophysiol 117, 1171–1184.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) miRNA-based regulation, by definition, requires the miRNA and its target mRNA to be present in the same cell type. CCL5 is expressed in many cell types, making it impossible to propose any miRNA–mRNA interaction based solely on tissue-level expression changes. In vivo cell-type specificity data would substantially strengthen the claims.

      We fully agree with this critique, and we consider this the most critical point to address. To directly examine cell-type-specific expression in vivo, we performed FISH combined with immunofluorescence for GFAP (astrocytes) or IBA1 (microglia) in the peri-infarct region of MCAO mice at D3 (Figure 1E–G). Our results show that Ccl5 mRNA is expressed in both GFAP-positive astrocytes and IBA1-positive microglia, with comparable co-localization rates across both cell populations. In contrast, miR-324-5p showed a significantly higher positive rate in astrocytes than in microglia (Figure 1G). Given that miR-324-5p is more abundantly expressed in astrocytes, the regulatory capacity of the miR-324-5p/CCL5 axis is predicted to be more pronounced in this cell type. These findings provide direct in vivo evidence supporting an astrocyte-predominant miR-324-5p/CCL5 regulatory interaction in the peri-infarct region. We acknowledge that the current data do not constitute cell-type-specific in vivo manipulation, and we discuss this limitation and propose future directions (including viral or transgenic approaches) in the revised Discussion.

      (2) The authors treat an extensive area of ipsilesional cortex uniformly as "IP." Astrocytic and microglial responses to localized injuries such as stroke are highly location-dependent and undoubtedly change dramatically within this area. Data cannot be interpreted without confirmation that samples were collected at identical, defined distances from the injury. Similarly, it is difficult to interpret the Sholl and spine data without knowing where within the large IP region these neurons were found.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this important concern. Upon review, we recognized that part of the tissue samples used for qPCR, ELISA and Western blot in the original submission were collected from an excessively broad region of the ipsilateral cortex, which likely introduced heterogeneity into the data. We have re-collected these samples specifically from the peri-infarct zone, defined as the 1–2 mm cortical rim immediately surrounding the visibly pale infarct core, beginning from the second and third coronal slices from the most rostral aspect of the cerebral cortex. The qPCR, ELISA and Western blot data have been updated accordingly (Figures 1C–D, 2A, 3A, 6A), and the sampling definition has been specified in the Methods. We also confirmed that all immunofluorescence and Golgi staining analyses were performed within this same peri-infarct zone, where cells retain intact morphology and show the most informative between-group differences. This sampling region has now been defined consistently across all in vivo analyses in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Astrocytes are notoriously prone to dramatic change in serum-containing culture. The shaking-based culture system makes it difficult to conclude much about the role of astrocytes in the CCL5 pathway, particularly without cell-type-specific validation in vivo.

      We acknowledge this limitation. We attempted to implement the immunopanning protocol described by Barres et al. (doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2011.07.022) to obtain a more purified astrocyte culture. However, several essential reagents — including sodium selenite, putrescine, and N-acetyl-L-cysteine — could not be procured due to import and purchasing restrictions in our region. The use of a commercially available O4 antibody substitute (clone O4, R&D, MAB1326) in place of O4 hybridoma supernatant, combined with the absence of these chemicals, likely contributed to the very low astrocyte yields and poor cell viability observed across multiple independent attempts. We therefore retained the shaking-based isolation and purification method for the present study.

      To characterize the composition of our primary cortical astrocyte cultures, we have included immunofluorescence data from co-labeling of GFAP with Tuj1, Olig2, and IBA1 at P0 and P1 in Supplementary Figure S4, confirming that GFAP-positive cells comprised approximately 88% of total cells at P1. We have also added a paragraph to the Discussion acknowledging that more refined culture systems, as well as cell-type-specific in vivo manipulation of CCL5 and miR-324-5p via viral or transgenic approaches, would further consolidate the conclusions of the present study.

      (4) Missing methodological information, including infarct size measurements, TUNEL staining, and statistical testing.

      We apologize for these omissions. Detailed descriptions of infarct volume quantification (including the edema-correction formula), TUNEL staining procedures, NeuN/TUNEL co-labeling, and all statistical tests have been added to the Methods section.

      (5) The TTC figures appear unusual, with infarct edges resembling overlapping stars rather than natural smooth boundaries. It is unclear whether infarct volume measurements accounted for edema, and no quantification protocol is described.

      We apologize for the confusion. The unusual appearance of the infarct edges in the original TTC figures resulted from dotted-line annotations we had added to highlight the infarct boundaries; these have now been removed to present the unmodified TTC images (Figure 2B, 3B). Infarct volume was corrected for edema-induced hemispheric swelling using the formula: [(contralateral hemisphere volume − ipsilateral non-infarcted volume) / contralateral hemisphere volume] × 100%. This formula and the complete quantification protocol have been added to the Methods section.

      (6) Repeated t-tests between subgroups are used instead of the more appropriate ANOVA, making it difficult to have confidence in the results.

      We agree. We identified that t-tests had been applied inappropriately in the original qPCR and ELISA analyses. All qPCR and ELISA data have been re-analyzed using two-way ANOVA with Tukey's post-hoc test, as appropriate for datasets with multiple groups and time points. We have also reviewed all other figures and corrected any inappropriate use of t-tests.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) The temporal and spatial expression patterns of miR-324-5p do not match those of CCL5, especially at D1 and D3. Despite the inverse relationship between miR-324-5p and CCL5 being apparent only at D7 after MCAO, what was the purpose of administering miR-324-5p agomir (or antagomir) at D1 post-MCAO? If the connection cannot be clearly established, the conclusion reached at the end will be difficult to accept.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this critical issue. Upon re-examination, we recognized that the original qPCR and ELISA samples had been collected from an excessively broad region of the ipsilateral cortex, which likely introduced heterogeneity into the expression data and obscured the true temporal dynamics in the viable peri-infarct tissue. We have re-collected samples specifically from the peri-infarct zone — defined as the 1–2 mm cortical rim immediately surrounding the infarct core — and updated the data accordingly (Figures 1C–D, 2A, 3A).

      The updated data reveal a clearer and more consistent temporal pattern. Ccl5 mRNA levels in the IP region are significantly elevated as early as D1 compared with sham controls, and continue to increase progressively through D7. Regarding miR-324-5p, although IP region levels at D1 do not yet differ significantly from sham controls, they are already significantly lower than in the contralateral CP region at this early time point. This ipsilateral-versus-contralateral difference at D1 indicates that miR-324-5p downregulation begins in the acute phase following stroke, even before it reaches statistical significance relative to the sham baseline. From D3 onwards, miR-324-5p levels in the IP region are significantly reduced relative to both sham and CP groups, coinciding with the period of sustained and progressive CCL5 upregulation. Taken together, these updated findings support an early and progressive inverse relationship between miR-324-5p and CCL5 in the peri-infarct cortex following MCAO, consistent with our previously published finding that miR-324-5p suppresses astrocytic CCL5 expression (Sun et al., Cell Death Dis., 2019), and functionally validated by the ELISA data showing that miR-324-5p agomir injection significantly reduces CCL5 protein concentrations in the IP region at D3 and D7 (Figure 3A).

      Regarding the rationale for administering miR-324-5p agomir at D1: this timing was chosen to model a clinically realistic therapeutic scenario targeting the early post-stroke period. MicroRNA agomir/antagomir interventions typically require 2–10 days to achieve peak target gene modulation in the mouse brain; administration at D1 therefore ensures that meaningful miR-324-5p-mediated suppression of CCL5 is achieved during the critical acute-to-subacute transition period, as confirmed by the ELISA results at D3 (Figure 3A).

      (2) Would administering miR-342-5p or anti-CCL5 at later time points (e.g., after D3) reduce infarct size or improve functional recovery? If this is not the case, the effect of CCL5 on neuronal cell damage must occur within a very short time after MCAO. Additionally, if the increased CCL5 expression is due to the downregulation of miR-342-5p, its impact would likely be less significant.

      We acknowledge that the current study did not include experimental groups with delayed administration, and we recognize this as a limitation.

      However, several points inform our interpretation. First, as described in our response to Comment 1 above, the updated data demonstrate that miR-324-5p downregulation in the IP region is already detectable relative to the contralateral CP region at D1 and progresses further through D3 and D7, indicating that the miR-324-5p/CCL5 regulatory axis is engaged from the acute phase of stroke, providing a biological basis for early intervention. Second, in experimental stroke models, the infarct core is largely established within the first 24–72 h following vessel occlusion, with the majority of ischemic neuronal death occurring during this window. CCL5, as a pro-inflammatory mediator, is expected to amplify immune cell recruitment and inflammatory cascades most consequentially during this early period, making D1 administration mechanistically rational for limiting neuronal loss. Third, the superior early behavioral outcomes in the CCL5 antibody group relative to the miR-324-5p agomir group (Figures 2D–E, 3D–E) support the value of early CCL5 suppression. As the antibody acts immediately while the agomir requires time for post-transcriptional regulation, this difference highlights that timely agomir delivery is essential to achieve effective CCL5 suppression during the critical early window.

      (3) The study would benefit from the exploration of potential translational applications.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. We are planning to investigate whether astrocyte-derived extracellular vesicles engineered to overexpress miR-324-5p can enhance neurological recovery after stroke. Extracellular vesicles offer several translational advantages: they can traverse the blood-brain barrier, provide a stable and biocompatible vehicle for miRNA delivery, and may be less immunogenic than viral approaches. This would leverage the neuroprotective regulatory mechanism identified in the present study while offering a clinically viable delivery strategy.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In vivo cell-type specificity data for CCL5/miR-324-5p would substantially strengthen the manuscript.

      We have performed FISH combined with GFAP and IBA1 immunofluorescence in the peri-infarct region of MCAO mice at D3 to characterize the cell-type-specific in situ expression of Ccl5 mRNA and miR-324-5p (Figure 1E–G).

      (2) Cell-type-specific in vivo manipulation of CCL5/miR-324-5p (e.g., virally or transgenically) would further substantiate the conclusions. A more compelling astrocytic culture model is needed.

      We fully agree that cell-type-specific in vivo manipulation would represent a major advance. As described in our response to Comment 3 above, we were unable to successfully implement immunopanning in the current study. The FISH data provide in vivo evidence supporting the astrocyte-enriched expression of miR-324-5p in the peri-infarct region. We have added a Discussion paragraph explicitly identifying viral or transgenic astrocyte-specific manipulation of CCL5 and miR-324-5p in vivo as a critical next step to validate and extend the conclusions of this study.

      (3) The measurement shown in Figure 4D is unclear. A more informative measure might be TUNEL/DAPI, with additional cell-type-specific markers to identify what cells are dying in what proportions.

      We agree with this suggestion and have revised the quantification accordingly. In the updated manuscript, apoptotic cell death is reported as the proportion of TUNEL-positive cells among total DAPI-positive nuclei (TUNEL/DAPI). As a complementary cell-type-specific measure, we quantified the proportion of NeuN-positive neurons among total DAPI-positive nuclei (NeuN/DAPI) to specifically assess neuronal survival within the co-culture system. These two measures together provide a clear and interpretable readout of both overall cell death and neuronal viability under each experimental condition. The revised quantification is presented in Figure 4C–E and Figure 5B–D.

      (4) qPCR and ELISA data should be normalized to internal controls, sham values should be presented, and ANOVA (or appropriate non-parametric tests) should be used.

      All qPCR data are now normalized to Gapdh (for mRNA) or U6 snRNA (for miRNA). Sham group values are presented in all relevant figures. Two-way ANOVA with Tukey's post-hoc test is now used for all qPCR and ELISA comparisons. The updated statistical approach is summarized in the Statistical Analysis section of the Methods.

      (5) The description "within 24 hrs" for the timing of CCL5 in vivo manipulation is ambiguous.

      We have revised the description to "at 24 h post-MCAO" throughout the Methods and Results sections to specify the precise time point of intervention.

      (6) Only some statistical comparisons are shown in Figure 2E, which inaccurately implies that the other groups are not different.

      We have updated Figure 2E and Figure 3E to include all statistically significant pairwise comparisons, ensuring that the significance markers accurately represent the complete set of statistical relationships among all groups.

      (7) "Activation" is not the appropriate term for astrocytes in pathological contexts; A1/A2 terminology should be removed.

      We thank the reviewer for this important correction. In line with the consensus recommendations by Escartin et al. (Nat Neurosci, 2021), we have replaced all instances of "astrocyte activation" in pathological contexts with "astrocyte reactivity" or "reactive astrogliosis" throughout the manuscript, including the Abstract, Results, and Discussion. All references to A1 and A2 subtypes have been removed from the Discussion.

      (8) There are typographical errors, and the repeated use of "Besides" is awkward.

      We have carefully proofread the entire manuscript to correct typographical errors. All instances of "Besides" used as a sentence-opening connector have been replaced with contextually appropriate alternatives, such as "Furthermore," "Moreover," "In addition," or "Additionally."

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Hsiung et al. investigated whether the effects of autophagy gene knockdown on the lifespan of long-lived C. elegans mutants depend on experimental conditions. The authors first compiled published data on autophagy-dependent lifespan regulation in daf-2 and wild-type backgrounds, highlighting that prior results are notably inconsistent and likely context-dependent. They then systematically tested the lifespan effects of RNAi knockdown of six autophagy genes (atg-2, atg4.1, atg-9, atg-13, atg-18, and bec-1) in wild-type (N2), daf-2 (reduced insulin/IGF-1 signalling), and glp-1 (germlineless) animals, while varying temperature, daf-2 allele, FUDR concentration, and bacterial infection status.

      The key findings are as follows. In wild-type animals, lifespan suppression by most autophagy gene knockdowns was more pronounced at 20˚C than at 25˚C, where little or no effect was observed. In daf-2 mutants, stronger lifespan suppression was seen in the weaker daf-2(e1368) allele at 20˚C, but not in the stronger daf-2(e1370) allele, and effects were largely absent at 25˚C. In glp-1 mutants, four of six gene knockdowns suppressed lifespan to a greater extent than in N2, though again in a temperature-dependent manner. FUDR at a high concentration (800 µM) abolished the life-shortening effects of most knockdowns and, in the case of atg-9 and atg-13, led to lifespan extension. Kanamycin treatment to eliminate bacterial proliferation did not fully account for the lifespan effects, suggesting that increased susceptibility to infection is not the primary mechanism. The authors also tested the programmed aging hypothesis that autophagy promotes lifespan reduction through biomass repurposing, but found no changes in vitellogenin levels upon knockdown of any of the six genes.

      Altogether, among all genes tested, atg-18 knockdown produced the strongest and most consistent lifespan suppression across nearly all conditions, including both daf-2 and glp-1 backgrounds. The authors probed whether atg-18 acts through the FOXO transcription factor DAF-16 by examining dauer formation and ftn-1 expression, but found no evidence for this, suggesting a DAF-16-independent mechanism.

      We thank the reviewer for their meticulous review of the manuscript. Responding to their comments (particularly those not in the public review) has improved it substantially.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this work lies in its systematic and comprehensive approach to dissecting how experimental variables influence the outcome of autophagy-lifespan epistasis tests. The compilation of prior data alongside the authors' own multi-condition dataset is a genuinely useful resource for the field. The study raises a timely and important point about condition selection bias, which is relevant not only to autophagy research but to C. elegans aging studies more broadly. The finding that atg-18 behaves distinctly from other autophagy genes across all conditions is noteworthy and opens avenues for future mechanistic work.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite its breadth, the study has several weaknesses that limit the strength of some conclusions.

      (1) Variability in control lifespan data. The N2 lifespan values under ostensibly identical conditions (e.g., GFP RNAi at 20˚C) differ substantially across experiments (compare Tables S2, S5, S6, S7, and S9). Since N2 serves as the baseline for calculating whether the effect is greater in long-lived mutants via Cox proportional hazard (CPH) analysis, this variability in controls directly affects the reliability of those comparisons.

      Such inter-trial variability in N2 lifespan is not unusual in studies of C. elegans aging, ostensibly identical conditions notwithstanding, and its causes are unknown. A careful C. elegans lifespan study from 2017 compared results of tests performed independently at 3 sites under similar conditions. This showed that inter-trial variation occurred mainly at each site over time, rather than between sites (Lucanic et al., 2017). We note that the data for our study was gathered over a 5-year period. One possibility is that this long time frame may have contributed to the variability seen. 

      Regarding statistical tests (whether the log-rank test to assess differences between pairs of populations, or the CPH test to assess differences between effects of treatments under two conditions): comparisons were made either of data within individual trials, or for pooled data. Thus, valid comparisons were made. We did not compare controls from one trial with treatments from another, which would have yielded misleading results. 

      (2) Limited biological replication. Most experiments were performed with only two biological replicates. In several cases, the two replicates yield contradictory outcomes: one showing significant lifespan suppression and the other showing no effect or even extension. The authors combine these into cumulative datasets for analysis, which, while not incorrect in principle, may obscure genuine irreproducibility. Given that the central message of the paper concerns variability and condition dependence, additional replication would have substantially strengthened confidence in the reported results.

      This is a natural issue to raise. In tests of an effect of a given treatment on C. elegans lifespan, a minimum of 3 trials is standard, and in this lab as a rule we follow this convention. However, after careful consideration during the design stages we opted not to do so for this particular study. Our reasons are set out in the manuscript as follows.

      “A methodological note: for tests of effects of a given intervention on C. elegans lifespan an often-applied standard is to include 3 biological replicates. This is true of several recent studies where the effect of knockdown of a single atg gene on daf-2 longevity was studied (Minnerly et al., 2017; Wilhelm et al., 2017; Yang et al., 2024). However, given that the present condition dependence study effectively performs this test in 18 different ways, involving RNAi of 6 atg genes, 2 daf-2 mutants and 2 temperatures, N = 2 biological replicates were judged to be sufficient to draw robust conclusions; similarly, an earlier study of RNAi 14 atg genes under two conditions used 2-3 biological replicates (Hashimoto et al., 2009); for an overview of N sizes in previous studies, see Table S1.”

      While this approach has yielded robust broad conclusions (e.g. that atg gene RNAi generally does not suppress daf-2(e1370) Age), it is true that for any one given treatment (say, effects of atg-9 RNAi on daf-2(e1370) Age) one may not draw conclusions with a high degree of confidence, and we do not do so. We therefore argue that in a study of this nature, as for instance in a whole genome RNAi screen for lifespan effects, it is reasonable and expedient to drop below the 3 replicates minimum standard; here we agree with the Nishida lab’s similar judgement, and from that study too robust conclusions may be drawn.

      (3) Low sample sizes in individual trials. A number of lifespan assays were conducted with only 40-50 worms per replicate, and in some cases, as few as 30. Such sample sizes are below the standard commonly used in the C. elegans aging field and are likely to contribute to the variability observed.

      Please see our response to point 2, which in essence responds to this concern.

      (4) RNAi efficacy measured only in N2 at 20˚C. The authors demonstrated that atg-2 and atg-4.1 RNAi did not significantly reduce target mRNA levels, which may explain their weaker lifespan effects. However, these same RNAi treatments significantly affected lifespan in several other conditions (e.g., daf-2(e1368) at 20˚C, glp-1 at 20˚C and 25˚C, and N2 with 15 µM FUDR). Measuring RNAi efficacy across different genetic backgrounds and conditions would be needed to properly interpret these variable results.

      The study would indeed be strengthened by inclusion of target atg mRNA measurements under all of the various conditions tested. However, this would have required a very large number of qPCR tests to be run; we note that in previous assessments of atg RNAi effects on lifespan (listed in Table S1 and Table S6), such tests were rarely performed. Regarding RNAi effects on daf-2 mutants, we note in the text the following: “While mRNA levels after RNAi under the various other conditions tested were not assayed, reduced IIS (including daf2(e1370)) has been shown to intensify the RNAi response (Wang and Ruvkun, 2004), thus lack of effect on lifespan in daf-2(e1370) is unlikely to reflect suppression of mRNA knockdown.” Here we have at least assessed, using N2, the most important issue relating to RNAi efficacy: the differential effects of different RNAi feeding clones on atg mRNA levels.

      (5) Incomplete mechanistic exploration. The investigation of why atg-18 knockdown has uniquely strong effects was limited to DAF-16. Given published evidence that atg-18 may regulate HLH-30/TFEB, a master transcriptional regulator of autophagy and lysosomal biogenesis, testing whether atg-18 specifically affects HLH-30 nuclear localisation or activity could have provided valuable mechanistic insight and would distinguish atg-18 from the other genes tested.

      We would have readily investigated this. However we learned of the interactions between atg-18 and hlh-30 only in Nov 2025, when one of us (David Gems) bumped into a member of Evandro Fan’s research group at an aging meeting at the Crick Institute in London. Their findings were very interesting for us, as they offered a possible explanation for the seeming idiosyncrasy of atg-18 RNAi effects on lifespan. This subject is currently under investigation by the Fan lab at the University of Oslo, who recently posted a preprint describing the work (Schmauck-Medina et al., 2026).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines how genes involved in cellular recycling (autophagy) influence lifespan under different experimental conditions. The findings help clarify why previous studies have reported conflicting results about whether blocking autophagy shortens or extends lifespan. The work will be of interest to researchers studying aging and cellular stress responses, particularly those using model organisms.

      We thank the reviewer for their helpful remarks. Responding to their comments (particularly those not in the public review) has enabled us to improve it.

      Strengths:

      The findings are valuable, as they help resolve inconsistencies within a specific subfield of aging research. The evidence presented is solid, as the data broadly support the primary claims of the study. In addition, the discussion is thorough and thoughtfully integrates the findings within the broader context of the field.

      Weaknesses:

      Additional functional validation would further strengthen the conclusions.

      We very much agree. Our original plan for this study was to include autophagic flux assays under different conditions. However, this line of investigation led us to a careful reassessment of reporter-based approaches to measuring autophagic flux in C. elegans, and attempts to improve them. This includes development of an automated, AI-based quantitative image analysis pipeline to improve reproducibility and data interpretation across studies. This investigation is still ongoing, and we are currently preparing a separate manuscript focused specifically on methodological clarity and quantitative assessment of autophagic flux.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      To increase the evidence provided by the authors, they should at least address the comments from Reviewer 1 regarding the experimental inconsistencies. We acknowledge that the additional experiments suggested by Reviewer 2 regarding the use of C. elegans mutants and additional methods to assess autophagic flux would likely be a lot of additional work. However, adding results from such experiments would, of course, make the evidence more compelling.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Writing and presentation

      (1) The abstract discusses results for daf-2 in detail but does not mention the glp-1 findings. Given that a substantial portion of the study addresses glp-1 longevity, including a summary of those results in the abstract would better represent the scope of the work.

      Agreed. glp-1 is now referred to in the abstract.

      (2) In the abstract, the sentence regarding FUDR effects is placed between statements about daf2, while it is referring to N2 lifespans, which may give the impression that the FUDR results were obtained in a daf-2 background. Consider restructuring this section for clarity.

      Agreed. To improve clarity this now reads as follows. “In wild-type C. elegans, FUDR at a high concentration caused knockdown of several atg genes to increase lifespan”

      (3) The definition of "robust" used in Figure 4E could be misleading to readers. For instance, bec-1 and atg-4.1 knockdowns in glp-1 at 20˚C are classified as robust, yet the actual percent suppression is modest (~8% and ~3%, respectively) and non-consistent in individual replicates. The "robust" designation arises because these knockdowns slightly increased N2 lifespan. Clarifying the definition in the figure legend or text would help readers interpret this correctly.

      For glp-1 at 20˚C robust suppression is seen with atg-2, atg-18 and bec-1 RNAi, not atg-4.1 RNAi. But regarding bec-1: yes, the suppression is modest. bec-1 RNAi is an unusual case insofar as it meets the <30% definition partly because it caused an increase in N2 lifespan. Under the circumstances, arguably, it makes little sense to view it as an example of robust suppression, and Figure 4E has been altered accordingly, with a note added to the legend as follows. “Note that the bec-1 RNAi effect on glp-1 at 20˚C is not classified as robust here even though it reduces lifespan to within <30% of the mean lifespan of N2 under bec-1 RNAi, since the fact that it does so partly reflects an increase in N2 lifespan, rather than a robust life-shortening effect on glp-1.”

      To try to improve clarity we have altered the definition of “robust” to read as follows. “R, robust suppression, i.e. knockdown reduces the extended lifespan of daf-2 or glp-1 to within <30% of the mean lifespan of N2 under the same RNAi. This designation (“robust”) indicates a high degree of suppression of the mutant longevity phenotype (see Figure 2, Figure 5 and Fig. S2).”

      (4) On page 12, the text should read "9/30 suppresses robustly" (currently appears to contain a numerical error).

      Fixed. This now reads “In 8/30 the RNAi effect was robust, i.e. the mutant longevity was largely suppressed.” (Now 8/30 since bec-1/glp-1/20˚C is no longer viewed as robust suppression).

      (5) In Supplementary Sheet 8, the lifespan data from Hashimoto et al. are presented in a different format than the data from other studies. Standardizing the presentation would improve readability.

      This is Supplementary Table 1. The inconsistencies have been ironed out.

      Data and calculations:

      (6) In Supplementary Table S3, the ΔΔCt values for atg-9 appear to be incorrect. Please verify and correct.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this error. The ΔΔCt values for atg-9 in Supplementary Table S3 were incorrectly entered; the Fold Change values had been mistakenly placed in that column. This error has now been corrected. Please note that analyses and conclusions reported in the manuscript were based on the correct values.

      (7) In Supplementary Table S4, the standard deviation values do not match my independent calculations. Please double-check these values.

      This is correct: there was an error in the standard deviation (SD) values. We thank the reviewer for their diligence. We have updated both the SD and SEM (standard error of mean) columns in Table S4. The mean ΔΔCt values remain unchanged, as do the conclusions from analyses and statistical tests.

      (8) In Supplementary Table S7 (kanamycin experiment), there appear to be several errors in the percent change calculations. Additionally, the statement "In the absence of Kan, atg-13 RNAi caused a slight reduction in lifespan" is not supported by the combined data, which actually shows a slight increase. Given that the reported changes are subtle but statistically significant, it would be prudent to re-verify the p-value calculations as well before drawing conclusions from this experiment.

      The calculation for trial 1 atg-13 (-Kan) as a percentage of control (L4440 Kan) has been corrected so that the mean lifespan of the knockdown is divided by the mean lifespan of the control. In the previous version, the ratio was inadvertently calculated in the opposite orientation. All other values remain unchanged.

      Responding further to this point, to strengthen the data here we have also conducted an additional trial, and Figure 3D and Table S7 have been updated accordingly. The more robust data still supports the conclusion that E. coli infection does not mask a life extending effect of atg-13 RNAi. However, in the new, summed data, atg-13 RNAi on no Kan does not shorten lifespan at all, in contrast to our previous trials (conducted several years earlier), but consistent with several other instances of variability in the study. Moreover, the modest life-shortening effect of atg-13 RNAi on Kan (-6.7%) is now statistically significant. The manuscript has been updated accordingly.

      Experimental interpretation

      (9) On page 9, the authors report testing N2 and daf-2(e1370) lifespan at 15˚C and 20˚C, but only the daf-2 results are discussed in the text. The N2 results at 15˚C appear in Table S5 but are never addressed. Notably, bec-1 knockdown significantly suppressed N2 lifespan at 20˚C in Table S2 but appears to significantly extend it at both 15˚C and 20˚C in Table S5. These discrepancies should be discussed.

      The issue of inter-trial variability is discussed in our response to point 1 in the public review. More specifically: here it may be significant that the trials listed in Table S5 were performed several years after those in Table S2. The discrepancy is now noted and discussed as follows. “In these trials bec-1 RNAi also modestly increased N2 lifespan at both temperatures (Table S5), surprisingly given that in previous trials (performed several years earlier) bec-1 RNAi shortened N2 lifespan (Table S2). The reason for this discrepancy is unknown.”

      (10) Regarding the CPH analysis of bec-1 in daf-2(e1368) (Figure 1), the authors state that bec-1 knockdown does not have a significantly greater effect in daf-2(e1368) relative to N2, and then note that this is consistent with the earlier observation by Hansen et al. that bec-1 shortens daf-2 lifespan without affecting N2. However, in the cumulative dataset, bec-1 does significantly suppress N2 lifespan. A more precise statement here would prevent readers from drawing an incorrect conclusion.

      The point here is that our study and the Hansen et al study both point to atg RNAi suppression of daf-2 Age being limited to class 1 mutants, not that there are no effects on N2. To try to improve clarity we have rephrased as follows. “These findings are broadly consistent with the earlier observation that bec-1 and vps-34 RNAi shortened the lifespan of the daf-2(mu150) class 1 mutant but not of N2 at 20˚C (CPH analysis not performed) (Hansen et al., 2008).”

      (11) The reference to Hashimoto et al. (2009) on page 10 states that atg-9 and atg-13 RNAi increased lifespan, but that study does not include data for atg-13. The lifespan extension reported by Hashimoto et al. was for atg-7, atg-9, bec-1, and unc-51. Please correct this citation.

      Done. It now reads “where atg-9 (and also atg-7, bec-1 and unc-51) RNAi increased lifespan”.

      (12) In a previous publication from this group, atg-2 and atg-13 knockdown with 15 µM FUDR led to significant lifespan extension, whereas in the current study, the same treatments significantly suppressed lifespan. Although this discrepancy is briefly mentioned in the Discussion, a more thorough discussion of possible explanations would strengthen the manuscript's value as a reference dataset for future studies.

      A more detailed discussion has been added, as follows. “Regarding the causes of variability between results of ostensibly identical tests performed under ostensibly identical conditions: one clue is provided by a study comparing results of lifespan assays performed across three sites under similar conditions. This revealed that inter-trial variation occurred mainly at each site over time, rather than between sites (Lucanic et al., 2017). One possibility is that this reflects batch variation in media components, such as the BactoPeptone constituent of nematode growth medium (Petrascheck, 2014).”

      (13) The N2 mean lifespan on GFP RNAi with 0 µM FUDR at 20˚C is approximately 15 days, whereas the N2 lifespan at 20˚C in Table S2 is approximately 20 days. While inter-experiment variability is expected, a difference of this magnitude warrants acknowledgement, as it could influence the interpretation of subsequent comparisons.

      We have now acknowledged this in the legend to Figure 3, as follows. “We note that in (A) the lifespan of the gfp RNAi control is somewhat lower than in other experiments (mean 14.96 days, Table S6); see Discussion for consideration of possible reasons for inter-trial variability.”

      (14) Regarding the glp-1 experiments (page 11 and Table S9), the N2 lifespan values in these experiments differ from earlier N2 results at 20˚C for several knockdowns (e.g., bec-1 knockdown appears to increase N2 lifespan in Figure 4). Additionally, the glp-1 lifespan results are not consistent between the two replicates for most genes except atg-2 and atg-18. The developmental shift (raised at 25˚C, then moved to 20˚C to obtain the glp-1 phenotype) could plausibly account for some of this variation compared to animals raised continuously at 20˚C. If so, this should be explicitly discussed.

      Agreed. The following has been added to the Figure 4 legend. “That bec-1 RNAi increases N2 lifespan in (A) (+16.7%, p < 0.0001) but not (B) could imply an interaction with temperature during development, or merely variability of atg RNAi effects (see Discussion).”

      (15) At 25˚C, N2 lifespan shows significant suppression upon atg-13 and atg-18 knockdown in Table S9, while these same effects were non-significant in Table S2. These and other interexperiment discrepancies should be noted and, if there are identifiable experimental differences, those should be specified.

      This discrepancy has now been noted on page 9, immediately after the description of the data in Table S2, as follows. “(although in later tests at 25˚C, life-shortening effects of atg-13 and atg-18 RNAi were seen; Table S9)”

      (16) If autophagy is already regulated by heat stress at 25˚C, this could explain the diminished effects of autophagy gene knockdown at higher temperatures. Measuring autophagy gene expression by qPCR across different temperatures and genetic backgrounds could provide useful mechanistic insight.

      Agreed. However, more informative will be to measure effects of temperature and genotype on autophagy more directly, using fluorescent reporters of autophagic flux. We are addressing this as part of an ongoing study using improved and fully validated autophagic flux measurement methodologies (please see our response to reviewer 2, public review). 

      (17) The authors report that atg-18 knockdown upregulates other autophagy genes (supplementary data). This is intriguing given that atg-18 shows the strongest phenotype. Whether this reflects a compensatory mechanism and why it does not rescue the lifespan suppression deserves further discussion.

      On reflection we decided to remove from the manuscript the data relating to effects of atg-18 RNAi on mRNA levels of other atg genes due to concerns about data quality. 

      (18) Regarding the FUDR and infection hypothesis: the logic that reduced bacterial infection upon FUDR treatment explains the loss of lifespan suppression is reasonable, but it does not account for why atg-13 knockdown actively extends lifespan in the presence of FUDR. This point could benefit from further discussion. In the kanamycin experiment, they further see that life-shortening effects of atg RNAi are not solely attributable to infection, but the question of lifespan extension remains unanswered.

      Good point. We have addressed this as follows. “We also conclude the increase in lifespan upon atg-13 RNAi in the presence of 800 μM FUDR (Figure 3C) is not attributable to suppression of E. coli infection, but rather to some other, unidentified mechanism.”

      (19) The timing of when lifespan assays are initiated relative to other experimental treatments is another potential source of variability (as seen from earlier reported data) that could be acknowledged as a consideration for future studies.

      Good point. We have added the following to the section of the discussion about tackling condition dependency issues. “Another factor to take into account is the apparent tendency of results of C. elegans lifespan assays to vary over time (Lucanic et al., 2017).”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Comments:

      (1) Assessment of autophagic activity

      The authors demonstrate by qPCR that feeding RNAi reduces mRNA levels of autophagy-related genes. However, reduced transcript levels do not necessarily confirm functional inhibition of autophagy. Incorporating established assays of autophagic flux, such as Western blot analysis of lipidated ATG-8 (LGG-1/ATG-8-II) or validated fluorescence-based reporters, would substantially strengthen the mechanistic conclusions.

      We agree with the reviewer that direct assessment of autophagic flux would provide additional functional insight. We are currently performing complementary assays to directly assess autophagic flux using reporter-based approaches, with a focus on standardizing reporter-based measurements and developing a quantitative image analysis pipeline to improve reproducibility and interpretation across studies. These analyses will be presented in a separate manuscript focused specifically on methodological clarity and quantitative assessment of autophagic flux.

      (2) Use of genetic mutants

      Several C. elegans loss-of-function mutants for autophagy genes are available. Validation of key findings using selected genetic mutants, where feasible, would provide complementary evidence and enhance confidence in the RNAi-based results.

      In principle is this a good idea. In practice many loss-of-function mutants in core autophagy genes exhibit developmental defects or impaired viability, which can confound interpretation in aging studies. As our aim was to examine the effects of autophagy gene perturbation specifically during adulthood, RNAi provided a practical approach that allowed post-developmental knockdown while minimising disruption of normal development.

      Minor Comments:

      (1) Context-dependent effects of autophagy

      The findings are conceptually consistent with prior work demonstrating dual roles of autophagy in C. elegans survival during starvation, where physiological levels promote survival but insufficient or excessive autophagy contributes to mortality (Kang et al., Genes & Development, 2007). Including a discussion of this study would help frame the present results within a broader biological context.

      Good idea to cite this study, and we have now done so in the introduction, as follows. “It is by now clear that autophagy can enhance as well as inhibit the development of pathologies in C. elegans, including senescent ones (Kang et al., 2007).”

      (2) Relevance beyond C. elegans

      It would be helpful for the authors to clarify whether similar context-dependent effects of autophagy on lifespan have been reported in other organisms. Briefly referencing comparable findings in additional model systems would broaden the relevance and impact of the study.

      This is a good idea, but our search for similar cases in other model organisms failed to identify clear examples. Perhaps more to the point here is that context dependent effects and, perhaps, condition selection bias, are a serious issue in scientific research in general. To emphasize this, the following has been added as the last line of the discussion. “More widely, condition dependency and conditional selection bias risk diminishing the reliability of research findings in many scientific disciplines.”

      Hashimoto, Y., Ookuma, S. and Nishida, E., 2009. Lifespan extension by suppression of autophagy genes in Caenorhabditis elegans. Genes Cells. 14, 717-726.

      Lucanic, M., Plummer, W., Chen, E., Harke, J., Foulger, A., Onken, B., Coleman-Hulbert, A., Dumas, K., Guo, S., Johnson, E., Bhaumik, D., Xue, J., Crist, A., Presley, M., Harinath, G., Sedore, C., Chamoli, M., Kamat, S., Chen, M., Angeli, S., Chang, C., Willis, J., Edgar, D., Royal, M., Chao, E., Patel, S., Garrett, T., Ibanez-Ventoso, C., Hope, J., Kish, J., Guo, M., Lithgow, G., Driscoll, M. and Phillips, P., 2017. Impact of genetic background and experimental reproducibility on identifying chemical compounds with robust longevity effects. Nat Commun. 8, 14256.

      Minnerly, J., Zhang, J., Parker, T., Kaul, T. and Jia, K., 2017. The cell non-autonomous function of ATG-18 is essential for neuroendocrine regulation of Caenorhabditis elegans lifespan. PLoS Genet. 13, e1006764.

      Schmauck-Medina, T., Anisimov, A., Meyer, D.H., Hu, Y., Huang, Z., Wu, Y., Taylor, S., Takla, M., MacArthur, M.R., Mitchell, S.J., Ai, R., Simonsen, A., Jensen, V., Labbadia, J., Shen, H.-M., Hansen, M., Schumacher, B., Rubinsztein, D., Lautrup, S., Lu, G. and Fang, E.F., 2026. ATG-18/WIPI2 drives longevity in an HLH-30/TFEB-dependent manner. bioRxiv.

      Wang, D. and Ruvkun, G., 2004. Regulation of Caenorhabditis elegans RNA interference by the daf-2 insulin stress and longevity signaling pathway. Cold Spring Harb Symp Quant Biol. 69, 429-31.

      Wilhelm, T., Byrne, J., Medina, R., Geisinger, J., Hajduskova, M., Tursun, B. and Richly, H., 2017. Neuronal inhibition of the autophagy nucleation complex extends life span in postreproductive C. elegans Genes and Development. 31, 1561–1572.

      Yang, Y., Arnold, M.L., Lange, C.M., Sun, L.H., Broussalian, M., Doroodian, S., Ebata, H., Choy, E.H., Poon, K., Moreno, T.M., Singh, A., Driscoll, M., Kumsta, C. and Hansen, M., 2024. Autophagy protein ATG-16.2 and its WD40 domain mediate the beneficial effects of inhibiting early-acting autophagy genes in C. elegans neurons. Nat Aging. 4, 198-212.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting manuscript by Kirk and colleagues describing a highly valuable knock-down system that leverages CRISPRi in order to further elucidate the role of the Kruppel-Like Factor (KLF) transcription factor family in regulating the maturation of postnatal cortical projection neurons. The authors firstly use RNA-Seq and ATAC-Seq data in order to identify the KLF TF family as a potential regulator of cortical neuron maturation in the postnatal brain and subsequently knock down four KLF family members; KLF9, KL13, KLF6 and KLF7, in order to ascertain the functions of specific KLF genes in the developing cortex. The described CRISPRi knock down strategy is highly robust and penetrant as evidenced by a KD efficiency > 95% (assessed by both qPCR and single molecule FISH) and demonstrates that KLF6 and KLF7 play an activating role in driving the expression of target genes relating to axonal growth whereas KLF9 and 13 play a repressive role that inhibits the expression of overlapping gene targets. Together, the authors propose a model where the KLF TF family acts as a regulatory "switch" from activation to repression in the postnatal cortex as a mechanism to control a shift in projection neuron function from axonal growth to circuit refinement. The findings and conclusions of the manuscript offer a valuable contribution to the field of postnatal cortical development and further our understanding of the regulatory mechanisms that govern neuron maturation.

      The conclusions of this manuscript are generally supported by the data, but some aspects of the data collection and analysis require some further clarification. Specifically:

      (1) The authors comprehensively assess the molecular effects of KLF TF knock-down, however, the authors do not deeply address the cellular effects of these knock-downs. The authors conclude that knockdown of KLF6/7 and KLF9/13 cause downregulation and upregulation, respectively, of a common set of genes involved in cytoskeletal or axon regulation such as Tubb2 and Dpysl3. How is the morphology of the cells affected by these knockdowns? For example, does KLF9/13 knockdown cause neurite/axonal outgrowth? The authors should perform some basic experiments to assess changes in cell morphology following KLF TF KD. This is the one key point that needs addressing, in my opinion.

      We appreciate this comment and agree that the cellular effects of KLF activator and/or repressor KD are not addressed by the experiments in this manuscript. However, the effects of KLF9, KLF13, and KLF9/13 knockdown on neurite outgrowth have been previously examined in vitro (Avci et al., 2012; Avila-Mendoza et al., 2020) and in vivo (Apara et al., 2017). The collective findings of these papers (enhanced neurite outgrowth and axon regeneration following KLF repressor KD) align with the predicted outcome of upregulating the set of cytoskeletal remodeling genes identified as putative KLF family targets in this manuscript. Furthermore, the in vitro results demonstrate that the partial redundancy between KLF9 and KLF13 we identified at the transcriptional level is relevant for their roles in repressing neurite outgrowth. Our results suggest that these previous findings are likely to hold true in cortical neurons in vivo while offering a molecular explanation for these effects at the level of gene expression. Other groups have examined the effect of KLF6 or KLF7 overexpression on corticospinal axon regeneration in vivo and found that these transcription factors can individually promote axon regrowth after injury (Blackmore et al., 2012; Wang et al., 2018). Similarly, this earlier work did not identify transcriptional mechanisms underlying the observed effect so our results also offer a plausible set of targets that could mediate the link between KLF activator overexpression and axon regeneration.

      (2) The authors identify 374 DEGs in P10 Klf6/7 KD neurons and 115 DEGs at P20 (figure 6B). Have the authors looked to see what proportion of these DEGs are upregulated in the KLF9/13 KDs in order to get a more global understanding of the degree of overlap in the genes regulated by the KLF family members? [MOU2] Along similar lines, the authors later indicate that there are 144 shared targets between the KLF activator and repressor pairs (Figure 7C). What percentage does this represent of the total number of DEGs between the KLF pairs. This could further illustrate the degree to which the KLF pairs regulate the same set of genes. If it is already indicated in the manuscript, it should be made a bit more clear to the reader.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to include more comprehensive quantitative measures of the degree of overlap between targets of KLF activator and repressor pairs. We have included the exact number and percentage of P10 and P20 KLF6/7 targets that are differentially expressed (adj. p-value <= 0.05) in KLF9/13 KD neurons and vice versa in the text in the section associated with Figure 7, which is devoted to describing this class of overlapping targets. Furthermore, figures 7D and S7.2B both show how the full set of KLF6/7 targets are affected by Klf9/13 KD and vice versa. Collectively, this demonstrates that both KLF activator and repressor targets trend towards opposite regulation by the opposing pair.

      (3) Figures 5B and 6D2 are very interesting as they relate the changes in gene expression over time in neurons from P2 to P30 to the functions of KLF9/13 and KLF6/7, respectively. I would be curious to see how these two forms of analyses overlap with one another. For example, in Figure 6D2, where would the KLF9/13 upregulated genes fall on the plot shown in Figure 6D2? And would those overlapping genes fit a similar correlation?

      We agree with the reviewer that this is a powerful way to visually demonstrate the overlap between KLF6/7 and KLF9/13 targets in a more unbiased way and within a developmental context. The suggested analysis has been included in the supplement to Figure 7 (Fig S7.3).

      (4) Figure 7E shows expression levels of shared KLF TF targets in control or KD conditions. Interestingly, the expression of Tubb2b, shows higher expression in ScrGFP P10 when compared to KLF9/13 P20, suggesting that derepression of KLF9/13 does not fully restore the expression level of Tubb2b seen at P10. This may suggest that other repressive regulators may be involved in the downregulation of Tubb2b from P10 to P20[MOU4] . Can the authors further comment on this, perhaps in the discussion, and speculate if there are other regulatory factors at play that may be controlling some of the shared targets by KLF6/7 and KLF9/13?

      We thank the reviewer for this keen observation. We have included a comment on this within the text associated with Figure 7. While other regulatory factors are plausible, this is easily explained by low expression of Klf6 and Klf7 in the P20 cortex, which cannot drive transcription of Tubb2b and other targets to the same level as what is observed at P10 when the KLF activators are still relatively abundant, even after repression by Klf9/13 is removed. Within this framework, overexpression of KLF activators on a KLF repressor background would be the only way to restore expression of Tubb2b to its P10 expression levels. This is wholly compatible with our model of ‘push-pull’ regulation of KLF targets outlined in Figure 9. The finding could also be affected by the addition of repressive histone marks by the KLF9/13-associated SID complex in early neonatal development that may persist following the knockdown of these repressors, preventing complete restoration of neonatal expression patterns.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kirk et al. use RNA-Seq and CRISPRi to provide evidence that KLF family transcription factors regulate postnatal neuronal maturation of pyramidal neurons. The genetic programs regulating postnatal neuronal maturation are not well understood. The authors first analyzed chromatin accessibility and gene expression data from layer 4 and 6 pyramidal neurons and found that KLF TFs are predicted regulators of postnatal neuronal maturation. They then use CRISPRi knockdown and find that KLF activators first activate genes and then this is followed by KLF repressors repressing genes. Interestingly, some genes, such as those with cytoskeletal functions, are shared targets of KLF activators and repressors.

      Strengths:

      The study is well-executed and the paper is well-written. A major strength of this study is the application of state-of-the-art transgenic approaches. The CRISPRi approach used to knock down multiple KLFs is compelling. The genomic data generated appears to be high quality and is carefully analyzed. The presented findings provide important insights into the genetic programs that regulate postnatal maturation in cortical pyramidal neurons. The discovery that KLF family activators/repressors regulate gene expression changes during this critical step of neuronal development fills an important gap in the field.

      Weaknesses:

      A limitation of the current study is that the functional importance of KLF for postnatal neuronal maturation is unclear. Although the authors find that KLFs regulate some of the gene expression changes during postnatal neuronal maturation, it is still unclear whether such gene expression changes mediate the postnatal changes in morphology and physiology. While beyond the scope of the current study, future studies should investigate the contributions of KLFs on postnatal morphological and physiological changes.

      We thank the reviewer for their helpful comments on this manuscript. We agree that the effects of KLF knockdown identified in this study are primarily descriptive, but – as noted - a detailed analysis of the morphological and physiological consequences of KLF knockdown are beyond the scope of this paper. However, we believe that a more mechanistic model of KLF function during neuronal maturation can be obtained by considering our findings on the bidirectional regulation of core cytoskeletal genes by KLF activators and repressors alongside published in vivo and in vitro data on the opposing roles of KLF family members on axon outgrowth/regrowth (Apara et al., 2017; Avila-Mendoza et al., 2020; Blackmore et al., 2012; Moore et al., 2009; Wang et al., 2018). Thus, we offer a set of transcriptional targets that likely mediate these opposing effects and a developmental context within which they might operate.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript "Multiplexed CRISPRi Reveals a Transcriptional Switch Between KLF Activators and Repressors in the Maturing Neocortex", Kirk and colleagues seek to dissect the developmentally regulated pan-neuronal gene programs that control the postnatal maturation of cortical neurons. For this, the authors analyzed newly generated and existing RNA-seq and ATAC-seq of Layer 4 and Layer 6 cortical pyramidal neurons at postnatal day 2 (P2) and day 30 (P30), and identified thousands of shared developmentally regulated genes and genomic (promoter) regions, including genes involved in axon growth (tend to be downregulated) and synaptic function (tend to be upregulated). Motif enrichment analysis of promoters of differentially regulated genes revealed a strong presence of KLF/Sp family binding motifs, pointing to Krüppel-Like Factors (KLFs) as key transcriptional regulators of cortical maturation. Expression profiling showed a developmental switch from activating KLFs (Klf6, Klf7) expressed neonatally to repressive KLFs (Klf9, Klf13) upregulated during maturation. Using an elegant in vivo multiplexed CRISPR interference (CRISPRi) system, the authors achieved efficient, cell-type-specific knockdown of these TFs and showed that Klf9 and Klf13 repress a set of genes that includes cytoskeletal regulators such as Tubb2b, Dpysl3, and Rac3. Conversely, Klf6 and Klf7 promoted the expression of these same genes in the early postnatal period, and their knockdown led to reduced expression of these genes, particularly at P10 when their activating influence is strongest. Since promoters of shared KLF targets were enriched for KLF/Sp motifs but showed little change in chromatin accessibility, the authors propose a model in which distinct KLF family members function either as transcriptional repressors and activators that compete at constitutively accessible promoters and thereby act as a developmental transcriptional switch that coordinates the downregulation of axon growth programs and upregulation of synaptic maturation genes during cortical development.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses an interesting question and advances our understanding of the transcriptional regulation underlying postnatal cortical development. A major strength of the study lies in the innovative use of in vivo multiplexed CRISPR interference (CRISPRi), which allows for cell-type-specific, combinatorial knockdown of redundant TFs - this an elegant solution to a long-standing challenge in transcription factor research, and should be useful also for other neuroscience studies that require local and cell-type-specific gene loss-of-function. Also, the integration of RNA-seq and ATAC-seq across developmental time points provides a robust foundation for identifying direct targets of the KLF family, and the findings are reinforced by cross-species conservation and the identification of targets with clear neurodevelopmental relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness of the study lies in its relatively narrow scope: the study focuses primarily on transcriptional mechanisms and largely lacks functional validation of the neuronal phenotypes that are predicted by the gene expression data (e.g. axonal morphology). For example, the authors analyzed the effects of KLF9/13 KD on the neurons' excitability and excitatory inputs, but did not assess the effects on inhibitory inputs and E/I-ratio or morphological parameters such as axonal length and axonal target fields - the manuscript would be strengthened considerably by such analyses (axonal projections could be analyzed e.g. via local injections of the gRNA AAVs and subsequent immunolabeling of brain sections). Similarly, the chromatin-based mechanisms underlying KLF activity remain relatively speculative, and the transcriptional mechanisms upstream of the KLFs remain unexplored (this could be addressed by analyzing existing datasets; see "Additional Point 1" below). Finally, the manuscript is too long (e.g., nearly five pages in the Discussion section are devoted to discussing various misregulated genes) and would benefit from presenting the Results and Discussion sections more concisely. However, despite these limitations, the paper offers an interesting model for a transcriptional switch during neuronal maturation in the cortex and establishes a powerful methodological framework for dissecting redundant gene networks in vivo.

      Shorten discussion (possibly results also).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and agree that linking transcriptional perturbations to cellular phenotypes of KLF activator and/or repressor KD would significantly strengthen this manuscript. However, we believe this is beyond the scope of this current manuscript and the effects of individual KLF activators and repressors on axon outgrowth/regrowth are known from prior in vitro and in vivo studies (Apara et al., 2017; Avila-Mendoza et al., 2020; Blackmore et al., 2012; Moore et al., 2009; Wang et al., 2018). Since there was no detectable effect of KLF repressor KD on excitatory synaptic transmission (Fig. S4.2), we did not believe it was likely that our excitatory neuron-specific knockdown would affect inhibitory synapses under our model where KLF targets have primarily axonal functions. In the absence of ATAC-seq from Klf9/13 KD neurons, the relationship between chromatin accessibility and KLF binding is limited to descriptions of chromatin accessibility around KLF targets in neonatal and mature neurons. However, we do offer two testable hypotheses in our Discussion of early developmental transitions driving the KLF switch (Thyroid Hormone and structured activity input). Finally, we recognize that the manuscript is too long and have edited or removed parts of the Discussion.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Summary of Recommendations from Reviewing Editor: While the screen data is important and novel, there is consensus among the reviewers that the current study would greatly benefit by additional analyses as to the consequences of KLF knockdown on neuronal morphology and neurite outgrowth. It is recommended that this major open question be experimentally addressed. It is also recommended that additional comments/points below are addressed with changes to the figures/text as appropriate.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points:

      (1) In Figure 2C2, it can be assumed that green represents KLF7 and red represents KLF9 but a legend indicating this would be helpful here. The Y axis is labeled as "Binned D-V Axis". Can the authors further clarify what this means? Is it referring to the different layers of the cortex? It looks like the expression pattern of KLF7 and 19 is not consistent throughout the entire dorsal-ventral axis at P7 and there is a region where KLF19 expression is higher than KLF7. Could this suggest that KLF family members may act on different types of neurons in distinct layers at different timepoints? Could the authors expand on this at all?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and the appropriate legend has been added. A detailed description of our method for binning counts in the Dorsal-Ventral axis (y-axis) to normalize for differences in cortical thickness across ages is included in the methods section (see RNAScope Image Acquisition and Analysis), but text has been added to the results to clarify this. The non-uniform distribution of Klf7 across cortical layers at P2 and P7 likely indicates that that KLF switch, while conserved, occurs with variable kinetics across cortical cell types which could reflect their distinct rates of maturation in vivo (Gao et al., 2025). Minor edits have been made to the text associated with Figure 2 to call attention to this detail.

      (2) Figure 6C1 describes three clusters of DEGs. If I understand correctly, cluster 1 represents downregulated DEGs by KLF6/7 that are also developmentally downregulated between P10 and P20 and cluster 2 represents downregulated DEGs by KLF6/7 that do not change between P10 and P20. It could be interesting to see how these gene sets compare with one another. For example, are the genes in cluster 1 that decrease from P10 to P20 more related to axon regulation/cytoskeleton when compared to cluster 2 which consist of genes that do not change from P10 to P20 and perhaps may reflect other regulatory functions of KLF6/7.

      We appreciate this suggestion and we have updated Figure 6C1 to reflect this observation by highlighting genes that are part of significant enriched GO terms to allow the reader to see which cluster they belong to. Separate GO analyses performed for each downregulated gene cluster did not yield significant results and were therefore not included.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      See above

      Additional points:

      (1) Upstream transcriptional regulation of KLFs:

      The idea that KLFs are regulated by Thyroid hormone (T3) is interesting, and the manuscript would be strengthened by exploring this idea further. This could be done, e.g. by analyzing existing snRNA-seq on genes regulated in cortical neurons by T3 (see PMID: 39178853). Similarly, KLFs were suggested to act together with AP1, and many KLFs were previously found to be activity-regulated - hence, the manuscript would be strengthened by analyzing the connection between KLFs and AP1. This could be done e.g. by re-analyzing transcriptomic and proteomic data generated e.g. by the Greenberg laboratory.

      We agree with the reviewer that the role of T3 in driving the KLF switch is intriguing and is an active area of investigation in our lab. However, these experiments are ongoing and are beyond the scope of this current manuscript. A preliminary analysis of the T3-treated snRNA-seq dataset present in Hochbaum et al., 2024 found that all major excitatory cortical cell types upregulate Klf9 upon T3 treatment while the expression of selected shared targets including Dpysl3 and Gap43 are downregulated in several cell types, supporting our hypothesis. These findings have been included in Figure S9.

      It was not our intention to suggest that there may be cooperation between AP1 and the KLF family, as AP1 motif enrichment was detected in shared upregulated genes while the KLF/Sp motif was found in shared downregulated genes. Furthermore, DEGs from both KLF knockdown experiments had exclusive enrichment for promoter KLF/Sp motifs, making it unlikely that there is widespread co-regulation of these genes by the AP1 family.

      (2) Figure 5D and Page 27, regarding Rac3:

      The authors state that " no change in accessibility in motif-positive peaks upstream of Plppr1 and Rac3 (Figures 5D and S5C)." This statement seems incorrect for Rac3 in L6 neurons where the ATAC signal is strongly reduced at P30 relative to P2. The authors might want to explain this or choose a better example.

      We acknowledge that Rac3 was a poor choice to represent a developmentally regulated Klf9/13 target with no change in promoter accessibility, and have updated Figure 5 with Atat1, a tubulin acetylase and shared KLF target, as our exemplar for this category of transcript.

      (3) Supplemental Figure 2:

      There seems to be a discrepancy between the expression levels in Panels A and C: the data in Panel A were generated from adult mouse cortex, and the levels of six KLFs are indicated as rather high - however, in Panel C, the adult levels of KLF6, 7 and 13 are rather low. How can this be explained?

      We thank the reviewer for detecting this apparent discrepancy. Most of this can be attributed to the log scale used in Figure S2A, which flattens expression differences in the moderate to high expression range. We elected to use a log scale in Figure S2A to highlight KLF family members with higher cortical expression relative to those with low or no expression. In addition, the counts displayed in this figure were batch-corrected to account for significant batch effects between libraries from additional excitatory cortical cell types included in Figure S2A, which were prepared and sequenced at different locations (Brandeis University v. Janelia Research Campus, as in Sugino et al., 2019). The additional processing step has been included in our methods section.

      (4) IGV plots in Figure 5D and Supplemental Figure 5B:

      It might be worth highlighting/shading the promoter region to see the position of the peaks relative to the promoters and TSSs.

      The TSS is indicated on all IGV plots by a dark arrow indicating the direction of transcription, so the promoter can be inferred to be immediately upstream.

      (5) Middle of page 20:

      Remove "saw"; this seems like a typo.

      (6) Page 27, reference to the plot for Plppr1:

      The plot for Plppr1 is in Supplemental Figure 5B2, not in S5C.

      (7) Page 28:

      There seems to be a typo/omission before "...general applicability of CRISPRi"

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please report effect sizes and confidence intervals for the key comparisons in Figure 1. Where equality between conditions is central to the interpretation, use an equivalence test or soften the equal signs and associated mechanistic language. Please also clarify the permutation analysis: the Methods state that the null distributions were centered on the observed difference of deltas, whereas a permutation null would ordinarily test relative to zero.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We will report effect sizes and associated 95% confidence intervals for the key comparisons in Figure 1. We will also evaluate equivalence using defined margins based on control variability (e.g., standard deviation) and assess how conclusions depend on the margin definition. We will soften the associated mechanistic language and replace equal signs with approximate-equality symbols, clarifying that these indicate similarity without implying statistical equivalence. Finally, we will clarify the description of the permutation analysis in the Methods, including how the null distributions were constructed and centered.

      (2) Please report, for each experimental group, the numbers of cells or images, retinas, and animals, and indicate when multiple observations came from the same animal. Where observations are nested, the analysis should account for this structure using an animal-level or hierarchical bootstrap, a mixed-effects analysis, or animal-level summaries. It would be reassuring to confirm that the main pathway-specific conclusions remain robust when the animal determines the independent sample size.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of accounting for nested observations. We will report the numbers of cells and images in the main figures. To supplementary table (Dataset S1), which already reports animal numbers, we will add the number of cells obtained from each animal. Finally, we will assess the robustness of our conclusions using animal-level summaries and mixed-effects analyses that account for observations nested within animals.

      (3) Please expand the discussion of how the changes in tOFFa temporal filtering, spatial organization, and input-output transformation are expected to affect visual coding, including responses to looming or approaching dark objects. If readily feasible, direct electrophysiological recordings of responses to an expanding dark stimulus would be informative. I do not consider these recordings necessary, however; predictions from the existing linear-nonlinear models or a more developed discussion of the expected coding consequences would be sufficient.

      We appreciate the suggestion and will use a linear-nonlinear model to predict how responses to a looming stimulus change following cone loss. We will use an expanding stimulus based on published looming protocols and apply the measured spatial and temporal filters and pass the resulting linear output through nonlinearities to predict the response. We will compare how the response changes over time in control and cone-DTR.

      Reviewer #2:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Do the differences in compensation versus remodeling observed in ganglion cells reflect changes in the OPL? Different bipolar types may remodel their dendrites and form aberrant contacts with rods in the absence of cones. However, this would be challenging to test because there are currently no good markers for different bipolar types.

      We agree that bipolar cell remodeling could contribute to the differences in functional changes at ganglion cell level. Our functional measurements do not establish whether these differences originate in the OPL. We will address this possibility in the Discussion.

      (2) It would be interesting to determine whether these functional changes can be detected at the transcriptomic level or whether they are mediated primarily through post-translational modifications.

      We agree that determining the molecular mechanisms underlying these functional changes would be informative. As our current experiments do not distinguish between changes in gene expression and post-translational modifications, we will acknowledge the limitation and address these possibilities as directions for future work in the Discussion.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The efficiency of the CRISPR/Cas9 knockout is illustrated qualitatively, but no sample size or penetrance value is reported, making it difficult for readers to judge how robust or reproducible this result is.

      We agree that quantitative documentation of the knockout experiments is needed. In the revised manuscript we will report the number of injected embryos, the number of independent experiments, and the penetrance of the albino phenotype obtained with the PKS guide RNAs, so that readers can judge the robustness and reproducibility of gene editing in M. globulus.

      (2) The gene annotation is reported to have complete PFAM domain coverage for only 75% of predicted genes, but no independent completeness metric (such as BUSCO scored against the annotated gene set rather than the assembly) is provided, leaving open whether the remaining genes are genuinely novel, partial models, or annotation artefacts.

      We have now scored BUSCO (metazoa_odb10, n = 954) directly against the annotated gene sets rather than the assemblies. The annotation of the blue male genome is 96.9% complete (S: 89.7%, D: 7.2%; F: 1.2%, M: 1.9%), and the annotation of the red female genome is 97.6% complete (S: 97.0%, D: 0.6%; F: 0.8%, M: 1.6%). These values indicate that the predicted gene sets show a high degree of completeness and that the genes lacking full PFAM domain coverage are not simply the product of fragmented or artefactual gene models. These metrics will be added to the revised manuscript.

      (3) Finally, at the time of review the NCBI BioProject accession cited for the genome and sequencing data (PRJNA1477966) could not be located, and it is not clear from the text whether this accession, once available, will include the gene annotation and RNA-seq datasets in addition to the raw genomic sequencing reads.

      We apologise for not commissioning the release of these records, the BioProject was still being processed by NCBI at the time of review. We confirm that the accession will include the gene annotations and the RNA-seq datasets in addition to the raw genomic sequencing reads, and we will verify that all records are publicly accessible before submitting our revision. We will also state explicitly in the Data Availability section which datasets are deposited under this accession.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Genetic Background and Aquarium Trade Populations: A central argument of the manuscript is that M. globulus is attractive as a laboratory model because it is widely cultured in the aquarium trade and may exhibit reduced genetic variability due to captive propagation. [...] The manuscript does not provide sufficient information to evaluate these claims: how genetically representative are the sequenced individuals relative to natural populations; what is known about the provenance and breeding history of the aquarium trade stocks; are these animals derived from a small number of founder populations; is there evidence for substantial inbreeding or genetic bottlenecks within commercial brood stocks; and how similar are commercially available animals from different vendors and geographic sources?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point, which we have investigated directly. The two sequenced colour morphs have distinct provenances: the red individual derives from a line bred in captivity in North America, whereas the blue individual is wild-caught from the Indo-Pacific. We therefore expected the captive-bred red animal to show reduced polymorphism relative to the wild blue animal. We will thoroughly check differences of polymorphism between and across individuals from either population and discuss the results.

      (2) Presentation and Interpretation of HCR and Phalloidin Data: [...] The HCR images show detectable signal, but the expression domains are only minimally documented [...] Similarly, the phalloidin-labeled images provide limited anatomical information because the larvae are largely not labeled. I recommend: (1) adding labels identifying relevant embryonic regions and structures; (2) including arrows or overlays indicating key expression domains; (3) providing higher-magnification insets of relevant regions; (4) including selected optical sections rather than relying exclusively on 3D projections; (5) identifying known larval muscle groups in the phalloidin images; (6) improving image contrast and figure annotation where possible.

      We agree that the HCR and phalloidin panels should stand on their own for readers who are not sea urchin specialists. The revised manuscript will implement the reviewer's suggestions and provide more detailed labelling of embryonic territories and high-magnificant insets.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      First, the authors should provide a thorough description of the methods used to cultivate and maintain M. globulus. This should include further details about the closed aquarium system; a schematic of the system would be insightful. Basic details about husbandry are needed, including (i) stocking densities of adults, embryos/larvae, postlarvae/juveniles; (ii) frequencies of level and water changes/top-ups; (iii) feeding regime at all phases of the life cycle.

      We agree that full documentation of the culture system is essential for uptake of the model, and we will expand the Methods accordingly. A construction schematic of the closed aquarium system, produced for us by Aquarium Connections (London, UK), is provided in Author response image 1 and will be included in the revised manuscript as a supplementary figure. The system is a three-tier rack (2000 x 1800 x 700 mm) comprising a brood-stock holding tank with egg-crate divisions, a row of settlement tanks, and a lower sump level with a UKS 200 protein skimmer, XHO algae lighting for live-feed culture, and a reverse-osmosis top-up reservoir, controlled via timer and switch boxes.

      The revised Methods will include the following husbandry parameters. Adults are stocked at 20 M. globulus per 300 L tank and fed kombu seaweed once per week. Embryos are stocked at 1 embryo per 4 mL, which corresponds to the density required at the larval stage; approximately 20% of larvae are lost by the time competency is reached. Once feeding begins, larval cultures are cleaned every three days, with water topped up at the same time. The day-by-day larval feeding and rearing schedule, from fertilisation through metamorphosis and the transition to the juvenile diet, is summarised in Author response table 1 and will be included in the revised Methods. We agree that this documentation will provide the foundation for future improvements, including shortening time to competence and maturity and standardising settlement.

      Author response table 1.

      Larval feeding and rearing schedule for M. globulus.

      Author response image 1.

      Construction plan of the closed M. globulus culture system (Aquarium Connections, drawing GC-001, rev. P1; scale 1:10 at A3). The three-tier rack (2000 x 1800 x 700 mm) houses the brood-stock holding tank with egg-crate divisions (top), settlement tanks (middle), and sump level with UKS 200 protein skimmer, XHO algae lighting, and RO top-up reservoir (bottom).

      Second, the description of the procurement and analysis of mRNA is brief, unreferenced and reads as protocols used for an established model species (e.g. what is PFA in this case - the concentration of paraformaldehyde and the buffer can vary markedly between organisms and life stages). Even the RNA extraction protocols can vary between and within species. [...] The HCR analysis, which is also scantily described, is restricted to embryonic and larval stages. Given the emphasis on the capacity of the M. globulus system to analyse all phases of the life cycle, it would be good to know if HCR can be performed on settled postlarvae, juveniles and adult tissues.

      We will substantially expand the Methods to give a complete, referenced account of fixation (including the paraformaldehyde concentration and buffer used at each stage), RNA extraction, and the HCR protocol as applied to M. globulus, rather than assuming familiarity with protocols from established models. We will also address the applicability of HCR beyond embryonic and larval stages in the revision. We agree that demonstrating in situ methods in post-settlement stages would reinforce the central premise of the model, and we will report our experience with postlarval, juvenile and adult material in the revised manuscript.

      Third, the authors should consider dividing Figure 2, which consists of confocal images of normal development, HCR results and CRISPR/Cas9 knockout results, into three separate figures that explore these studies separately. A figure on normal development could, for instance, include documentation of metamorphosis, with a suite of images of postlarval stages. A figure documenting HCR could be expanded to include more stages, higher magnification images and other genes. A figure on the Cas9 knockdown of a PKS gene can provide details on the normal expression of this gene.

      We agree that Figure 2 is currently overloaded. In the revision we plan to split it into separate figures: one devoted to confocal documentation of normal development. We intend to further include one (or more) juvenile stage presenting the HCR expression data together with the CRISPR/Cas9 knockout results, with the improved annotation described in our response to Reviewer #2.

      Fourth, there should be consideration of providing more characterisation about the protein-coding genes comprising the chromosomal region (Chr. 4) that has marked differences between sexes. This could go beyond Supplementary Table 4 and Supplementary Figure 5B, and include analysis of expression in adult tissues (this would be enhanced by having matching male and female tissues), and KEGG pathways and GO enrichments.

      We agree that the sex-differentiated region on chromosome 4 deserves fuller characterisation. In the revised manuscript we will extend the analysis of the protein-coding genes in this region beyond Supplementary Table 4 and Supplementary Figure 5B, including functional characterisation (GO and KEGG enrichment) and, where material permits, analysis of expression in adult tissues.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Hanako and colleagues demonstrated that glycolipid MPIase is essential for the TAT system, and they successfully reconstituted the TAT system in vitro for the first time. This will facilitate the understanding of the mechanism of the TAT system.

      My major points are listed below for the authors to consider:

      (1) The authors successfully reconstituted the TAT system using the purified TatA/B/C, but the translocation efficiency was much lower than that of native INV. The authors partly attributed this to the reason that "MPIase recovery would be too low to detect the TAT activity" in the Discussion part. So, what would happen to the translocation efficiency if you added more MPIase to the reconstituted system? How about the abundance of MPIase from the INV and reconstituted proteoliposomes?

      Fig. 3A shows that proteoliposomes reconstituted with active INV were inactive. However, TAT activity was observed when the proteoliposomes were fused with MPIase-containing liposomes. This indicates that MPIase was not sufficiently recovered during reconstitution. Typically, we added MPIase to proteoliposomes at 5% to phospholipids. However, increasing the amount of MPIase to exceed that of INV did not significantly increase the activity. The amounts of MPIase were stated in the text (P17, L3-4).

      (2) Why were only TatC levels measured in Figure 2C, whereas the expression levels of TatA were not detected? Also, from my observation, the amount of TatC in the third lane is lower than that in the previous two lanes.

      We also wanted to check the TatA levels, but the antibody was no longer available. Here, we confirmed that inactive INVs still contain Tat components.

      (3) The authors should explain why the TatA/B/C ratios in Figure 3C (1:1:1) and Figure 3D (10:1:1) are inconsistent.

      We examined various TatA/B/C ratios. We found that the ratio of 10:1:1 was better than 1:1:1. This was added to the text (P8, L11-16).

      (4) ~30% of the fluorescence was recovered in the membrane fraction (Figure 4A) both in the functional TAT signal sequence (RR) and in the inactivating mutant signal sequence (KK), which suggests that MPIase acts as a relatively broad recognition factor. Given that MPIase does not discriminate between RR and KK, why do un-translocated substrates remain in the cytoplasm rather than non-specifically adhering to the membrane when MPIase is depleted in vivo?

      Our results strongly suggest that MPIase acts as a signal sequence receptor. Therefore, in the absence of MPIase, the targeting of TAT precursors should be inhibited. Furthermore, because the TorA signal is less hydrophobic than the Sec signal, the level of nonspecific membrane binding would decrease.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the relationship between the Tat system and MPIase, a glycolipid that facilitates protein integration into the bacterial cell membrane. The TAT (twin-arginine translocation) system is a unique membrane transport machinery that exports fully folded proteins containing a twin-arginine signal peptide. Using both in vivo and in vitro approaches, the authors demonstrated that a sufficient amount of MPIase is required for Tat-dependent protein translocation. Furthermore, the authors successfully reconstituted the Tat transport system by combining recombinant TatA, TatB, TatC, MPIase, and FoF1-ATP synthase.

      Strengths:

      The reconstituted system clearly demonstrated the requirement for each component, as substrate translocation occurred only when all components were present. Based on these findings, the authors proposed a mechanistic role for MPIase in facilitating Tat-mediated membrane translocation. Previous studies have shown that MPIase is involved in Sec-dependent protein translocation and membrane protein integration, as well as YidC-dependent membrane insertion. The present study further demonstrated that MPIase also plays an essential role in the Tat translocation pathway. Overall, this work highlights the central importance of MPIase in bacterial membrane protein biogenesis and provides new insights into the molecular mechanism of Tat-dependent protein transport.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To show the importance of the Tat system in bacterial cells, it would be good to describe in the introduction how many proteins are translocated via the Tat system.

      The E. coli K12 cells possess 27 TAT substrates. This was added to the text (P2, L14).

      (2) Figure 2B and D show that a sufficient amount of MPIase is important in SufI translocation. However, the reason why MPIase level was upregulated in the BL21 strain but not in the KS46 strain remains unexplained. The authors should address this point.

      CdsA is a rate-limiting enzyme in MPIase biosynthesis. When MPIase production needs to increase, the cdsA promoters are activated. In KS46, however, cdsA is under the control of the arabinose promoter on a plasmid, so CdsA cannot be induced even when MPIase is necessary. This was added to the text (P6, L26-27).

      (3) In Figures 4A and B, the authors explain that MPIase first works as a receptor of TorA-GFP without recognizing the RR motif. This conclusion is based on the results of the fractionation assays, where "sup" indicates the cytoplasmic and periplasmic fractions, and "ppt" indicates the membrane fraction. In Figure 4B, under the TatABC+++, (RR), +MPIase condition, the substrate is secreted most efficiently via the Tat pathway and should therefore be recovered in the periplasm fraction (sup). However, the authors point out that efficiently processed substrate was recovered in the ppt fraction rather than the sup fraction. The authors should explain why this occurred.

      We found a mistake in the processing of the results for the sample of the TatABC+++, (RR), +MPIase condition, in Fig. 4B. Therefore, we remeasured the sample and corrected the figure. The relevant text was also modified (P9, L16-29). It was found that a large part of fluorescence was recovered in the supernatant fraction. We also uploaded the raw data for the fluorescence values.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Overall, I agree with the reviewers that the conclusions are reasonably well supported by the data. I have additional scientific/editorial concerns and recommendations:

      (A) - Scientific:

      (1) P.4 lines 10-15 and Fig. 1 top-left (the effect of overexpressed TatABC).

      The authors state that the extent of Surf1 maturation increased upon overexpression of TatABC, but the band intensities for mature Surf1 in the TatABC-induced vs uninduced lanes are very similar.

      The expression was weakened: ' The level of the mature form increased....' was changed to ' The level of the mature form slightly increased....'

      (2) P.7 lines 23-24, Figure 3A. (the TAT system reconstituted in liposomes).

      The authors state that a small portion of Surf1 is successfully translocated and protected by ProK. But unlike the assay results on IMVs, the size of the mature form (i.e., translocated form) appears to be the same as the untranslocated form. Some explanation seems to be needed.

      In INV, the signal sequence is cleaved off by Lep, however, the cleavage is not coupled with translocation. In the reconstituted proteoliposomes, such cleavage is hardly observed since the membrane proteins were diluted by fusing with MPIase-containing liposomes. This was added to the text (P7, L26-29).

      (3) Based on the model (Figure 5), the interaction between the RR motifs and MPI appears non-electrostatic as the substrate binds to the sugar moieties of the MPIase, not to the pyrophosphate part. Then what is the molecular nature of the substrate-MPI interaction? Some explanation/speculation seems to be needed.

      MPIase has been identified as a factor that drives membrane protein insertion. Through the analysis of the mechanisms of insertion, we found that the glycan chain interacts directly with the transmembrane region of the membrane proteins through the numerous acetyl residues on the glycan. Moreover, we found that the positive charges of substrate membrane proteins interact with the pyrophosphate residue through the electrostatic interaction. Therefore, it is reasonable that the h region of the TAT signal binds to the MPIase glycan through the hydrophobic interactions, and the n region including the RR motif binds to the pyrophosphate residue. This was added to the text (P8, L25-27; P11, L14-17).

      (B) - Editorial:

      (1) P.2. lines 5-10. (Introduction)

      The description of the TAT-targeting signal needs to be more clearly described for a broader readership. For example, what are "h" and "c"?

      The signal sequence is composed of three regions, 'n', 'h', and 'c' from N-terminus. The n region contains positive charges including the RR motif. The next h region contains a hydrophobic stretch. The c region contains a cleavage site. This was added to the text (P2, L4-11).

      (2) P.7 lines 23-24.

      What is the rationale for using Pm-Fob-His as a control?

      This is a control for a membrane protein unrelated to the TAT system to reveal that MPIase is specifically interacts with TatABC.

      (3) P.8 lines 7-8.

      CCCP is not defined.

      CCCP (Carbonyl cyanide 3-chlorophenylhydrazone) is a protonophore. This was added to the text (P8, L18).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The conclusions derived from Figures 1-3 heavily rely on representative immunoblotting images. Given that representative tracks can inherently introduce selection bias, how do the authors ensure the statistical robustness of these findings without quantitative bar graphs and rigorous significance analysis? To fully substantiate these interpretations, it is recommended that these immunoblotting assays be quantified across at least three independent biological replicates.

      We did not quantify the results in sections where we presented qualitative discussions. However, we performed all experiments at least three times.

      (2) Is it possible that the error values be added after the statistical values of translocation efficiency in Figures 2 and 3?

      We added the SD values to some results in Fig. 3.

      (3) "MPIase depletion of was then confirmed", an extra "of".

      Corrected.

      (4) The capitalization style of "TAT" in the whole text is suggested to be unified.

      Corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The introduction is well articulated; however, including a paragraph on the known inhibitors might be helpful in understanding the current status. In addition, it might also help to introduce Dabs, FADDI variants, Gly-sar and MIPS.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have included a paragraph on the substrates of hPepT2 (Lines 104-112).

      (2) The following details of modeling with AlphaFold2 should be included: how the final structure was selected, what the RMSD and structure alignment of the template are, and the final selected structure. A section on modeling with all the parameter details might be useful for reproducing the structure. In addition, specify how the alanine scanning was performed alongside the structure prediction of polymyxins.

      We appreciate the reviewer's careful assessment of our computational methodology. In the Materials and Methods section of the revised manuscript, we have added a dedicated subsection describing the detailed methods: "Structural modelling of hPepT2 and polymyxins" as shown below (Lines 435-447).

      (1) hPepT2 structure prediction: The inward-open conformation of hPepT2 was predicted using AlphaFold2 via the ColabFold implementation with default parameters, employing the MMseqs2 multiple sequence alignment pipeline. To obtain the physiologically relevant outward-open conformation of hPepT2 for substrate binding, homology modeling was performed using MODELLER with the cryo-EM structure of rabbit PepT2 in the outward-open state (PDB: 7NQK) as the template. The sequence alignment between hPepT2 and rabbit PepT2 was conducted using Clustal Omega. One hundred models were generated, and the final model was selected based on the lowest Discrete Optimized Protein Energy score and verified by Ramachandran plot analysis (with >95% of residues in favored regions).

      (2) Polymyxin structure and alanine scanning: The structure of polymyxin B1 was constructed and energy-minimized using the CHARMM36 force field. Computational alanine scanning of polymyxin B1 was performed by individually replacing each Dab (2,4-diaminobutyric acid) residue at positions 1, 3, 5, 8, and 9 with alanine using the mutagenesis wizard in PyMOL.

      (3) In the all-atom MD simulation method, detailing several parameters might help in reproducing the results: simulation time for each system, water model, system composition, protonation state, box type and dimensions, salt ions and concentration, membrane parameters and ligand parameterization methods. Also, the following details on energy minimization might be useful: minimization algorithm, number of steps for minimization and structure restraints in place.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. In this study, all-atom molecular dynamics simulations were performed using the TIP3P water model for solvation. The system was placed in a rectangular simulation box with dimensions of 11 × 11 × 14 nm<sup>3</sup>. Neutralization was achieved by adding 0.15 M NaCl, resulting in a total of approximately 158,000 atoms. The membrane lipid composition consisted of 50% phosphatidylcholine, 25% phosphatidylethanolamine, and 25% phosphatidylserine, consistent with the coarse-grained molecular dynamics simulations. Force field parameters for polymyxin B1 were generated using CGenFF. Energy minimization was carried out using the steepest descent algorithm with default parameters. For production simulations, 500-ns simulations were run for sampling the outward‑open conformation, and 100-ns simulations were run for analyzing the polymyxin‑hPepT2 interaction. We have provided these methodological details in the revised manuscript (Lines 477-492).

      (4) On page 6, line 210, the MIC is used for the first time; although MIC is given in the abbreviation list, the first occurrence should have a complete name. A one-line explanation of MIC in the introduction or wherever suitable might be better but is not mandatory.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have included the full term of MIC and its definition in the revised manuscript (Lines 236-238).

      (5) Similarly, Gly-sar is first mentioned on page 8, line 301, but its complete name is only mentioned later on page 10, line 368. This can be addressed if a short description is included in the introduction section.

      We apologize for the overlook. We have now referred to the full term of Gly-Sar and a short description on Page 3 (Lines 104-106), when it was first mentioned.

      (6) For coarse-grained MD simulation, why were 2 replicates performed? Most studies perform 3 replicates, which are also good in terms of statistics and error bar calculations. In addition, the authors should specify whether an independent minimization is done for each of the two replicates or whether the minimization step is common for both.

      In our study, coarse-grained MD simulations served as a preliminary exploration to identify the potential binding trajectory of polymyxin B to hPepT2, rather than the primary source of quantitative interaction data. The two independent CG-MD replicates yielded highly consistent final binding poses of polymyxin B at the lateral opening gate of hPepT2, serving this exploratory purpose. Furthermore, more detailed interaction energetics were subsequently characterized using all-atom MD simulations with four replicates (Fig. 4). We have now clarified in the revised Methods that independent energy minimization was performed for each of the two CG-MD replicates (Lines 465-469).

      (7) For MD simulation results, giving simulation movies in supplementary results might be a better way to show how the trajectories behaved.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have prepared an animation of the coarse-grained MD trajectory showing the binding trajectory of polymyxin B to hPepT2, which has been submitted as a Supplementary Movie (.mp4 format). This movie visualizes how polymyxin B molecules spontaneously approach and bind to the lateral opening gate of hPepT2 over the 3-μs simulation. The Supplementary Movie is referenced in the revised Methods section (Lines 471-474).

      (8) The description of visualisation software such as VMD or PyMol is missing. The authors should specify if any visualization tool is used.

      We apologize for this omission. In the revised manuscript, we have specified in the Methods section that molecular visualizations, structural figures, and trajectory animations were prepared using PyMOL (Schrödinger) and ChimeraX (Lines 471-474).

      (9) For the mouse model study, the authors claim that FADDI-795 has no observable nephrotoxicity; however, the n=3 shows that a very small number of mouse models were used to make the assumption. In addition, the number of mice used in each experiment is not explicitly mentioned in the methods section.

      We have now added “n=3 each group” in the Methods section (Line 603). In this proof-of-concept study, we employed acute kidney damage analysis in a small number of mice to rapidly screen these analogues for nephrotoxicity. Three biological replicates were used because our mouse nephrotoxicity model is robust as demonstrated by a large number of animals in our drug discovery program (e.g. Nature Communications 2022, 13, 1625). Moreover, minimising animal use is a fundamental principle of the 3Rs (Replacement, Reduction, and Refinement).

      (10) In Table 2, the column 8 header is not visible.

      We apologize for the format error and have now fixed it in Table 2.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The MD simulation trajectories or movies are not provided.

      As mentioned in our response to Comment 7 above, a Supplementary Movie (mp4 format) showing the CG-MD binding pathway has been provided with the revised manuscript and referenced in the Methods section.

      (2) Mouse model experiments are performed over n=3, which might not be statistically significant in case of an experiment with a large n.

      Please see our response to Comment 9 above.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Several conclusions would benefit from a more cautious interpretation. A major limitation is that several transporter mutations substantially altered total or membrane protein expression, making it difficult to distinguish effects on substrate binding from indirect effects caused by impaired transporter stability or trafficking. The authors acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion, but some mechanistic conclusions remain stronger than the available evidence supports.

      We agree with the reviewer that it is difficult to draw definite conclusions when both K<sub>m</sub> and V<sub>max</sub> are altered in some mutants, especially when expression of the mutant transporter is impaired. However, we consider kinetic analysis to be more indicative of altered substrate binding, as changes in K<sub>m</sub> are generally more closely associated with substrate recognition and binding, whereas reduced transporter expression predominantly affects V<sub>max</sub>. Nonetheless, to avoid overinterpretation, we have moderated our conclusions by replacing “was/is” with “may be” (such as Lines 318, 319, 323, and 347).

      (2) Similarly, while the proposed binding model is biologically plausible and supported by mutagenesis, it remains an inferred model derived from molecular simulations rather than a direct structural determination. Statements describing the model as "validated" should therefore be moderated to indicate that the experimental data provide support rather than definitive structural confirmation.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and have replaced “validated” with “explored” in the main text (Lines 298).

      (3) The translational implications are promising but remain preliminary. Although FADDI-795 demonstrated reduced nephrotoxicity in the mouse model while maintaining antibacterial activity, no pharmacokinetic studies were presented to demonstrate reduced renal accumulation or altered tissue distribution, and additional efficacy studies in infection models would further strengthen the therapeutic claims.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The current study is a proof-of-concept investigation to determine whether the structure-interaction relationship (SIR) model of hPepT2 and polymyxin can be used to design new lipopeptides with reduced nephrotoxicity. Following screening of the newly designed lipopeptides, we will select the most promising candidate for comprehensive pharmacological evaluations, including pharmacokinetics, toxicology, and efficacy.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Strengthen the interpretation of the mutagenesis data. For transporter mutants that exhibit reduced total or cell surface expression, consider discussing more explicitly the extent to which reduced polymyxin uptake may result from altered protein stability or trafficking rather than direct effects on substrate recognition. Where possible, clarify this distinction throughout the Results and Discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. As suggested, we have expanded the discussion on the mechanisms underlying the altered protein expression of the hPepT2 mutants (Lines 325-333). 

      (2) Moderate statements regarding structural validation. The molecular dynamics simulations, mutagenesis, and functional studies provide strong support for the proposed structure-interaction model; however, wording such as "validated the first SIR model" could be softened to reflect that the binding model remains computationally inferred rather than directly resolved by structural methods.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. We have revised the statement as described in our response to Comment 2 above.

      (3) Expand the discussion of study limitations. A more explicit discussion of the limitations associated with molecular dynamics predictions, the influence of altered transporter expression on functional interpretation, and the lack of direct pharmacokinetic measurements of renal accumulation would improve the balance of the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. We have expanded the discussion by elaborating the limitations of the molecular dynamics predictions (Lines 289-291), the effect of altered transporter expression on functional interpretation (Lines 324-333), and the lack of direct pharmacokinetic and renal accumulation measurements (Lines 393-401).

      (4) Provide additional methodological detail where appropriate. Please clarify the number of biological replicates used for each experimental approach, report exact P values where practical, and indicate whether assumptions for the statistical tests were assessed.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. We have provided more information on experimental replicates in the figure legends. P values have been added (Lines 208-217), and the statistical tests used for every analysis are now specified in the corresponding table or figure legends.

      (5) Future validation of the lead compound. Although this may fall outside the scope of the present manuscript, it would be helpful to briefly discuss future studies aimed at evaluating the pharmacokinetics, renal exposure, and efficacy of FADDI-795 in relevant infection models, as these will be important for establishing its translational potential.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. We have now incorporated this discussion into the revised manuscript (Lines 396-399).

      (6) Improve figure presentation. Several figure legends could include additional methodological information to make the figures more self-contained. In particular, indicating sample sizes, statistical tests used, and definitions of error bars would improve readability.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. We have added this information to the figure legends as suggested.

      (7) Language and style. The manuscript would benefit from careful language editing to improve grammar, sentence structure, and readability. Several long sentences in the Discussion could be shortened, and minor typographical errors should be corrected throughout the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. We have revised the long sentences where possible and carefully proofread the manuscript to improve grammar, sentence structure, and readability. The revised manuscript has also been reviewed by a native English speaker.

      (8) Terminology. Please ensure that abbreviations such as "SIR" are defined at first use and are used consistently throughout the manuscript.

      We have confirmed that SIR is defined when first introduced in both the Abstract and main text (Lines 47 and 120).

      (9) Minor corrections.

      - Check for consistency in the naming of hPepT2/hPEPT2 throughout the manuscript.

      - Verify that all figures, supplementary figures, and tables are cited sequentially in the text.

      - Consider reporting confidence intervals alongside kinetic parameters (K<sub>m</sub> and V<sub>max</sub>) where appropriate to facilitate interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. We have revised the manuscript accordingly. “hPepT2” is now used consistently throughout the text. We have revised the order of the supplementary figures to ensure that they are cited sequentially in the text; and included the 95% confidence interval of the K<sub>m</sub> and V<sub>max</sub> values of the D215A mutant compared to the wild type (Lines 208-212).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) Interactions of Polymyxin B with kidney proteins were not demonstrable in vivo, and with reliable technologies such as X-ray or NMR.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. To the best of our knowledge, polymyxin-induced nephrotoxicity is primarily driven by renal tubular accumulation, followed by mitochondrial dysfunction, oxidative stress, inflammatory activation, and apoptosis, ultimately resulting in proximal tubular injury. Little is known about the molecular interactions of polymyxins with kidney proteins.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Title: I suggest that you bring out the actual findings to convey the message.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have changed the title to “Lateral opening site of human oligopeptide transporter 2 plays a key role in the interaction with polymyxins”.

      (2) Line 133: Provide data for these 10 molecules (possibly by supplementary file/table).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. As described in the Methods, ten coarse-grained polymyxin molecules were randomly inserted into the upper water layer of the simulation system (Lines 452-456). Because these molecules are structurally identical and share the same force field parameters, they differ only in their initial random positions. Thus, we believe that presenting the coordinates or labelling the individual molecules would not provide additional information and can be misleading.

      (3) Line 135: Figure S3 mentioned prior Figure S2.

      We apologize for the error. We have now revised the sequence of the supplementary figures.

      (4) Lines 159 - 171: Cite Figure 5 a - b appropriately. Describe the obtained results fully.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have expanded the relevant section to include a more detailed description of the results, with reference to Fig. 5a and 5b (Lines 187-193).

      (5) Line 208: Was cytotoxicity performed to validate this claim?

      We did not specifically evaluate the cytotoxicity of the lipopeptides in cultured cells because the cellular uptake data already indicated their potential toxicity. Importantly, histopathological assessment in animal models provides the most reliable evaluation of their in vivo toxicity (Nature Communications 2022, 13, 1625).

      (6) Line 509: Provide the approval number.

      The animal ethics approval number is AEC37419, which has been added to the “Ethics approval and consent to participate” section.

      (7) Table 2: Add the Standard deviation and the number of replicates performed.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have added “n = 3 mice per group” to the table legend. As described in the Methods (Lines 590-597), the MIC of each lipopeptide was determined. MIC values are reported as absolute concentrations rather than continuous variables; therefore, reporting the mean ± standard deviation is not applicable. Likewise, the maximum kidney Semi-Quantitative Score (SQS) was determined by histological examination and is presented as the representative maximum score for each treatment group. Accordingly, the calculation of a mean and standard deviation is not appropriate for either MIC or SQS values presented in Table 2.

      (8) The authors need to indicate the number of replicates performed in the methods section.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. As mentioned in our response to Recommendation 6 from Reviewer 2 above, we have added this information to the figure legends as suggested.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We sincerely thank the editors and reviewers for their thorough evaluation of our manuscript. We are grateful for their enthusiastic support of our comparative approach to understanding cardiac regeneration across fish lineages, and we appreciate the care with which they captured and summarized the key findings of our study. Their constructive suggestions have been invaluable in strengthening the work, and we are pleased to submit the revised manuscript enclosed herewith.

      The revised manuscript contains 7 main figures and 8 supplementary figures, representing the addition of two figures relative to the previous version. Specifically, we have included additional Podocalyxin immunostaining to clarify our characterization of ventricular vascularization, and Picrosirius Red staining to improve the characterization of fibrillar collagen in uninjured Xiphophorus hearts relative to zebrafish. We have also refined our RNA-seq analysis by manually curating well-defined markers of cardiomyocyte cell fate change and immune system activation, such that the manuscript no longer relies on a single-cell RNA-seq dataset. All remaining revisions have been made in direct response to the reviewers' comments, as detailed below.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Minor Weaknesses:

      Transcriptomic analysis was only done for one time point. Different time points could be included to validate whether some processes occur at different time points. But this can be done in the future for more detailed studies.

      We agree with this valuable suggestion. While RNA-seq at multiple time points would undoubtedly enrich our understanding of the temporal dynamics of Xiphophorus heart regeneration, such an expansion would constitute a substantial independent study extending well beyond the scope of this initial characterization. We agree that this represents a compelling avenue for future investigation, and we have acknowledged this limitation explicitly in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript (lines 357-363).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 5B and quantification in Figure 5D seem inconsistent. The numbers of Mpx neutrophils at Day 7 seem the same as Day 14 and 30, but overall, there are very few Mpx+ cells. The authors should examine earlier time points, such as Day 1 and 3, to determine if neutrophil and macrophage infiltration is different in zebrafish.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. We agree that the apparent similarity in Mpx<sup>+</sup> cell numbers across Day 7, 14, and 30 in the original figures warranted closer examination of earlier time points. We have therefore performed new Mpx and L-plastin immunostaining at 1 and 3 dpci in Xiphophorus hearts. These analyses confirm low immune cell infiltration at these early time points, with Mpx<sup>+</sup> cell numbers peaking at 14 dpci, which is a pattern strikingly different from the rapid and robust neutrophil infiltration observed in zebrafish within the first few days post-injury. These results reinforce our conclusion that the inflammatory response in Xiphophorus is both delayed and attenuated relative to zebrafish, and the updated data are now presented in Figure 6.

      (2) Their transcriptomic data at 7 days post injury suggest that TGFß signaling was not activated after injury, and tenascin C was not expressed in platyfish. The authors might check whether TGFB signaling is activated and tenascin is expressed at later time points, since platyfish show persistent scarring. This may help determine whether the molecular mechanisms of scarring in platyfish are the same as in zebrafish, and it just happens late.

      We think it is a good suggestion. Unfortunately, our anti-TnC antibodies do not produce a clear or specific signal in platyfish tissue, precluding immunofluorescence-based analysis of TnC expression at later regenerative stages. To partially address this limitation, we have included transcript abundance data for several genes associated with TGF-β signaling in the new Figure 5, which provides an initial view of this pathway's activity during Xiphophorus heart regeneration. Nevertheless, a thorough characterization of TGF-β activity and TnC expression, especially including protein-level validation and temporal profiling, would require dedicated methodological development and constitutes a new study. We therefore consider this to be an important avenue for future investigation rather than a component of the present initial characterization.

      (3) The PCNA staining BrdU labeling experiments suggest that proliferating cardiomyocytes are not maintained even though they re-enter the cell cycle. Since the platyfish hearts lack the proliferative compact cardiomyocytes that account for myocardial regeneration in zebrafish, do the authors suggest that their trabecular cardiomyocytes proliferate or that they only undergo DNA synthesis?

      This question touches on a central unresolved aspect of our findings. Our results indicate that a subset of cardiomyocytes re-enter the cell cycle and undergo DNA synthesis at 7 and 14 dpci, as evidenced by PCNA staining (new Figure 7D). However, BrdU incorporation combined with Tropomyosin immunostaining reveals an absence of BrdU<sup>+</sup>/Tropomyosin<sup>+</sup> cardiomyocytes within the border zone myocardium (new Figure 7F), indicating that newly synthesized DNA does not translate into efficient cardiomyocyte repopulation of the injured area. Whether the detected S-phase entry is followed by mitosis, or whether these cardiomyocytes undergo DNA synthesis without completing cell division, a phenomenon known as endoreplication, which has been described in other cardiac contexts, remains to be determined. Resolving this question would require live imaging or mitotic marker analyses beyond the scope of the present study, and we have highlighted this as an important open question in the revised Discussion.

      (4) Line 136-137. The authors might clarify what they meant by "N2.261 antibody recognizes different myosin types in zebrafish versus platyfish". Are these N2.261+ cardiomyocytes in the atria of platyfish also immature cardiomyocytes, but are there more immature cardiomyocytes in platyfish than in zebrafish?

      We thank the reviewer for this good question. In zebrafish, N2.261 has been established as a marker of immature cardiomyocytes in larvae and regenerating myocardium; however, we cannot currently conclude that N2.261-positive atrial cardiomyocytes in platyfish represent an analogous immature population. Rather, the broad atrial immunoreactivity in platyfish most likely reflects the presence of the N2.261 epitope within the dominant atrial myosin heavy chain isoform of this species. Thus, platyfish atrial myosin shares greater sequence similarity with the antibody's target epitope than the corresponding zebrafish atrial myosin does. In other words, the differential labeling pattern between species is more likely attributable to evolutionary divergence in myosin heavy chain sequences than to differences in cardiomyocyte maturation state. To directly identify which amino acid residues are essential for N2.261 immunoreactivity and to resolve these evolutionary differences, we have initiated a dedicated epitope-mapping study.

      To clarify this interpretation in the manuscript, we have replaced the previous concluding statement with the following: "Together, these findings indicate that N2.261 recognizes distinct myosin heavy chain isoforms in zebrafish and Xiphophorus: an embryonic ventricular isoform in the former and an atrial isoform in the latter. The differential labeling pattern between species is more likely attributable to evolutionary divergence in myosin heavy chain sequences than to differences in cardiomyocyte maturation state, reflecting the substantial lineage-specific reshaping of cardiac myosin repertoires that has occurred between cyprinids and poeciliids."

      (5) Line 212-"Interspecies comparison revealed that upon cryoinjury, 199 and 268 orthologous gene transcripts were more abundant in zebrafish than in platyfish, respectively". Does the author mean that "more abundant in zebrafish than in platyfish and vice versa"?

      We thank the reviewer for flagging this ambiguity. The original sentence was indeed unclear, and we have revised it to read: "Interspecies comparison revealed that upon cryoinjury, 199 orthologous gene transcripts showed a higher log₂FC in zebrafish than in platyfish, while 268 showed the opposite pattern, indicating that the two species mount distinct transcriptional responses to cardiac injury." We believe this phrasing now unambiguously conveys that the comparison is bidirectional.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Major comments

      (1) Title selection

      The title the authors chose suggests that platyfish and swordtails "partially regenerate," but I do wonder how much these animals truly regenerate. This may be a semantic discussion and a matter of personal preference. Still, based on other significant work on regenerative capacity (see, for example, the landmark cavefish regeneration paper PMID: 30462998 or work on medaka PMID: 24947076), the persistence of such a prominent fibrotic scar would be considered a minimal regenerative capacity. Measuring this "partial regeneration" more precisely by comparing zebrafish with platyfish and swordtails would also greatly strengthen the comparisons made here - see below.

      The same can be said about line 152-153 - do these hearts "regenerate" with deformation and partial scarring, or would it be more fair to say that they are "healed" or "repaired" with a process that involves fibrosis?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this conceptual point, and we appreciate the references to the cavefish and medaka literature. We acknowledge that the term "partially regenerate" requires careful justification given the persistence of a substantial collagenous scar at the injury site. We have retained this terminology for the following reasons:

      (1) The bulging wound undergoes resorption over time, suggesting that the initial structural deformation is transient rather than permanent.

      (2) Wound size is significantly reduced and the proportion of hearts retaining visible injury decreases over the course of the experiment.

      (3) Cardiomyocyte proliferation is detectably elevated in the myocardium at 7 and 14 dpci, indicating that some regenerative machinery is engaged.

      We would also note that partial heart regeneration accompanied by residual scarring has been described in newts, a classically regenerative vertebrate. This suggests that the boundary between regeneration and fibrotic repair is not always clear-cut. Rather than a binary distinction, the cardiac injury response may exist on a continuum, where hallmarks of regeneration, such as wound resorption, reduced scar size, and cardiomyocyte proliferation, can coexist with persistent fibrosis. We therefore believe that "partial regeneration with persistent scarring" accurately and honestly reflects our findings, and we have refined the relevant passages in the manuscript, including the indicated lines, to make this nuance explicit.

      (2) Cross-species comparisons

      Having two species of livebearers strengthens the findings of this paper, but the presentation of results from both species is inconsistent. For example, the reader should not be asked to assume that the architecture of the swordtail ventricle is similar to that of the platyfish (line 125). The same applies to the presence or absence of coronary vessels (Figure 1), the reduction in wound area over time (Figure 3), and the immune system's response (Figure 5). Most importantly, the authors miss an opportunity to move from qualitative observations to quantifying the "partial regeneration" phenotype they observe. Specifically, providing a side-by-side comparison between these new species and zebrafish would help define the extent of differences in regeneration potential. For instance, in Figure 6, while the authors provide excellent quantification of PCNA staining in platyfish, these data are less meaningful without a direct comparison with zebrafish results. The same applies to Figures 6E and 6F - although differences are noted, quantifying these results would enable a more rigorous assessment of the process.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive critique. We agree that greater consistency in the cross-species presentation strengthens the comparative framework of the paper, and we have made several additions to address this.

      To document the cardiac architecture of swordtails explicitly, rather than asking the reader to assume similarity with platyfish, we have added the following data:

      (1) New supplementary figure (Figure S1) dedicated to the swordtail ventricle, incorporating 1) AFOG, 2) Picrosirius Red, 3) Alkaline Phosphatase Assay for the vasculature, 4) and immunostaining against Fibronectin, N2.261, and F-actin.

      (2) The dynamics of swordtail heart regeneration across 7, 14, 30, 60, and 90 dpci are presented in a separate supplementary figure (Figure S5), which also includes quantification of wound size over time. These data show that the wound, representing approximately 20% of ventricular area at 7 dpci, is reduced to approximately 2.5% by 60–90 dpci, providing quantitative support for our characterization of partial regeneration in this species.

      We appreciate the reviewer's point regarding side-by-side quantitative comparisons with zebrafish for markers such as PCNA. We respectfully note, however, that cardiomyocyte proliferation in zebrafish following cryoinjury is extensively documented across multiple independent studies, and we consider this body of evidence sufficient to contextualize our platyfish findings without requiring full parallel quantification. Nevertheless, in response to this comment, we have included side-by-side zebrafish and platyfish data for BrdU staining in the new Figure 7, with zebrafish quantification drawn from our previously published dataset (Sallin et al., 2015). We believe this addition meaningfully strengthens the cross-species comparison at this key figure while remaining within the scope of the present study.

      (3) Lack of coronary vasculature

      There is a growing body of evidence highlighting the importance of the coronary vessels during zebrafish heart regeneration (PMIDs: 27647901, 31743664). Surprisingly, this finding has not been integrated or discussed in the context of this literature.

      The results of the alkaline phosphatase assay and anti-podocalyxin-2 staining appear inconsistent. Specifically, in Supplementary Figure 1L-M, we can see some vessels covering the bulbus arteriosus and also what appears to be a signal in the ventricle. However, in Figures 1 K and 1L, we cannot see any vessels, even in the bulbus. The authors should also be more rigorous and add a description of how many animals were analyzed, their ages, and sizes. In zebrafish, the formation of the coronary arteries appears to depend on animal size and age. With the data provided, we cannot say whether this is a one-time observation or a consistent finding across many animals at different ages and across both species.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point and for directing us to the relevant literature. We agree that the role of coronary vasculature in zebrafish heart regeneration is an important and growing area of research, and we have now integrated a discussion of this evidence into the manuscript, highlighting the contrast with the avascular Xiphophorus ventricle and its potential implications for regenerative capacity.

      Regarding the apparent inconsistency between the alkaline phosphatase assay and the anti-Podocalyxin (anti-Podxl) staining, we thank the reviewer for this careful observation. We have performed additional staining to resolve this discrepancy and conclude that the two approaches, rather than being inconsistent, reflect distinct and complementary aspects of ventricular organization.

      To better characterize the anti-Podxl signal, we performed immunofluorescence on thick (50 µm) sections of both platyfish and zebrafish hearts. In contrast to zebrafish, anti-Podxl immunoreactivity in platyfish is confined to a very thin outer layer of the myocardium. This subtle signal accounts for the weak staining previously observed in whole-ventricle preparations and was already visible, though not highlighted, in the original figures (see white arrow in new Supplementary Figure S3C, H, O–R). A direct comparison of anti-Podxl staining across species (Supplementary Figure S3A, D, N, R) clearly demonstrates the absence of coronary vascularization in the platyfish ventricle. Consistent with this, no vascular signal is detected in the platyfish bulbus arteriosus (Supplementary Figure S3I).

      To further clarify the nature of the outer myocardial layer in Xiphophorus, we performed Picrosirius Red (PSR) staining, which selectively labels fibrillar collagen, across all three species. Whereas the compact outer myocardium of zebrafish is PSR-negative, a thin but distinct PSR-positive layer is present at the ventricular surface of both platyfish and swordtails, closely mirroring the anti-Podx1 staining pattern.

      Taken together, these findings indicate that the outer ventricular layer of Xiphophorus fish is composed of a thin collagen- and Podxl-immunoreactive matrix, which is structurally distinct from the vascularized compact myocardium of zebrafish and is consistent with the absence of coronary vessels in these species.

      Finally, we acknowledge the reviewer's request for greater rigor regarding sample sizes, animal ages, and body sizes. These details have now been added to the Methods section. We note that, in line with the reviewer's observation regarding zebrafish coronary development, we have ensured that animals of comparable size and age ranges are described for each species to allow meaningful cross-species interpretation.

      (4) The link between livebearers' responses and pseudoaneurysms is overstated. This work is already extremely relevant without trying to make it medically oriented.

      We agree that the clinical parallel with pseudoaneurysms was overstated in the original manuscript, and that the comparative and evolutionary relevance of our findings stands on its own merits without requiring a medical framing. We have accordingly removed the term from the Results section and now invoke it only briefly at the close of the Discussion, where a concise note on broader medical relevance is appropriate without overshaping the narrative of the paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The description of the N2.261 staining (Figure 1 and Supplementary Figure 1) is entirely irrelevant for the rest of the manuscript. One wonders why the authors have not used this antibody to characterize the presence or absence of "dedifferentiated" muscle after injury. Given that they make a point later about potential differences in dedifferentiation in livebearers, this is a missed opportunity to address it using tools the authors have characterized extensively in zebrafish.

      This is a valuable suggestion that we have now addressed. We performed N2.261 immunostaining on injured platyfish and swordtail hearts at 7 dpci, and included the results as an additional supplementary figure (Suppl. Fig. S4C). Importantly, N2.261 immunoreactivity was not detected in the peri-injury zone of the myocardium, suggesting that, unlike in regenerating zebrafish hearts, the embryonic cardiac myosin heavy chain isoform is not upregulated at the injury site in platyfish. This finding is particularly informative given the broad atrial N2.261 reactivity observed in intact platyfish hearts: the absence of enhanced staining in the injury zone argues against a dedifferentiation-associated upregulation of this isoform and instead suggests that platyfish cardiomyocytes may not undergo the same embryonic gene re-expression program that characterizes zebrafish cardiac regeneration. This result therefore directly informs our later discussion of potential differences in dedifferentiation between zebrafish and livebearers, and we have updated the relevant section of the manuscript accordingly.

      (2) Many of the markers highlighted here as part of the differential gene expression analysis are not the most canonical ones, and it is unclear how the authors selected them. For example, in Figure 5, anxa2a, hlx1, and nup153 are presented as macrophage markers. However, anxa2a appears to be expressed predominantly in the endocardium in response to injury (see PMID: 32341028), and other markers (mpeg, mfap4, etc) would have been more consistent as macrophage markers according to other literature. The same is true for cardiomyocyte proliferation markers and dedifferentiation markers in Figure 6. In this last case, N2.261 could have been used as reported by the authors before. L-plastin is a pan-leukocyte marker, not a macrophage marker. This should be corrected (Figure 5 and lines 258-279).

      We agree with this critique that several of the markers used in the original analysis were neither sufficiently canonical nor specific for the cell populations we intended to characterize. We apologize for this oversight. In response, we have moved away from scRNA-seq-derived marker sets and now rely entirely on manually curated markers drawn from the established literature, as detailed below.

      (1) Cardiomyocyte cell fate change (new Figure 7, Supplementary Figure S8): We now report the transcript abundance of genes encoding proteins with well-documented roles in the transcriptional reprogramming associated with cardiomyocyte dedifferentiation and redifferentiation. These include members of the Activator Protein-1 (AP-1) complex, the SWI/SNF chromatin remodeling complex, and the transcriptional coactivator cited4a, alongside established markers of cardiomyocyte proliferation (cx43) and sarcomere reassembly (the Rbfox family). We also include myh7 transcript abundance, which in zebrafish is upregulated in dedifferentiated cardiomyocytes.

      (2) Immune response (new Figure 6, Supplementary Figure S7): New Figure 6 focuses on pan-leukocyte markers, while Supplementary Figure S7 presents genes involved in innate myeloid activation and inflammation, including components of the NF-κB/TNF-α pathway, TLR signaling, and inflammatory regulation, as well as specific markers of neutrophils (mpx) and macrophages (mpeg1, mfap4), in line with the markers recommended by the reviewer.

      Regarding L-plastin, we thank the reviewer for this correction. The text has been amended throughout to describe L-plastin accurately as a pan-leukocyte marker rather than a macrophage/phagocyte marker.

      (3) In several instances, the authors reference papers without citing the original source. In many other instances, there are some oversights regarding citations. I would advise revising many of these:

      We thank the reviewer for drawing our attention to these citation oversights. We have carefully revised the reference list throughout the manuscript to ensure that original discovery papers are cited alongside, or in place of, review articles wherever appropriate.

      (4) Lines 49-51 - several very interesting reviews of cardiac regeneration are listed here, but referencing the source of the discovery is always most rigorous.

      For lines 49–51, we have replaced the previous review citations with three original research papers reporting the discovery of cardiac regeneration in zebrafish and three reporting it in axolotl. We have applied the same principle of prioritizing primary sources across all other instances flagged by the reviewer.

      (5) Line 76. When discussing the recovery of the muscle after cryoinjury, Poss et al. 2002 shouldn't be referenced. Sánchez-Iranzo et al 2018 should be replaced by González-Rosa et al. 2011, which is the contemporary manuscript to those of Chablais 2011 and Schnabel 2011.

      Done

      (6) Line 284 - when discussing cardiomyocyte dedifferentiation, it would be fair to reference also Kikuchi et al 2010.

      Done

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The Neuronal microtubule cytoskeleton is essential for long-range transport in axons and dendrites. The axon-specific plus-end out microtubule organization vs the dendritic-specific plus-end in organization allows for selective transport into each neurite, setting up neuronal polarity. In addition, the dendritic microtubule organization is thought to be important for dendritic pruning in Drosophila during metamorphosis. However, the precise mechanisms that organize microtubules in neurons are still incompletely understood.

      In the current manuscript, the authors describe the spectraplakin protein Shot as important in developmental dendritic pruning. They find that Shot has dendritic microtubule polarity defects, which, based on their rescues and previous work, is likely the reason for the pruning defect.

      Since Shot is a known actin-microtubule crosslinker, they also investigate the putative role of actin and find that actin is also important for dendritic pruning. Finally, they find that several factors that have been shown to function as a dendritic MTOC in C. elegans also show a defect in Drosophila upon depletion.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this work was technically well-performed, using advanced genetics and imaging. The author reports some interesting findings identifying new players for dendritic microtubule organization and pruning.

      We thank reviewer 1 for this assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The evidence for Shot interacting with actin for its functioning is contradictory. The Shot lacking the actin interaction domain did not rescue the mutant; however, it also has a strong toxic effect upon overexpression in wildtype (Figure S3), so a potential rescue may be masked. Moreover, the C-terminus-only construct, which carries the GAS2-like domain, was sufficient to rescue the pruning. This actually suggests that MT bundling/stabilization is the main function of Shot (and no actin binding is needed).

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the rescue and overexpression experiments with UAS-Shot ΔCH1 (lacking only the first actin-binding domain) and UAS-Shot CTerm (containing only the MT binding domain) allow for other interpretations than ours that both features are necessary for Shot function in dendrites. To address this issue, we tested two more Shot domain deletion mutants, Shot ΔABD (lacking both actin-binding domains) and Shot ΔCTail, which lacks the MT binding domain (Figure 3). Neither of the latter two constructs can rescue the pruning and MT orientation phenotypes of shot mutants, confirming that actin binding is required for these functions in the context of full-length Shot. Importantly, in contrast to the previously used Shot ΔCH1, neither Shot ΔABD nor Shot ΔCTail inhibit pruning upon overexpression, ruling out other interpretations of overexpression toxicity (Fig. S2). The observation that Shot CTerm (containing only the MT binding domain) is sufficient to rescue indicates that actin binding is only required for Shot function in the context of full-length Shot. Interestingly, this is reminiscent of a proposed autoregulation mechanism where actin binding disinhibits Shot's MT binding domain (Applewhite 2013).

      Figure 3, Figure S2 (Shot domain analysis): We added two new constructs (Shot ΔABD, Shot ΔCtail) and a Shot BAC as additional control in Figure 3.

      (2) On the other hand, actin depolymerization leads to some microtubule defects and subtle changes in shot localization in young neurons (not old ones). More importantly, it did not enhance the microtubule or pruning defects of the Shot domain, suggesting these act in the same pathway. Interesting to note is that Mical expression led to microtubule defects but not to pruning defects. This argues that MT organization effects alone are not enough to cause pruning defects. This may be good to discuss.

      Thank you for this comment. We think that microtubule orientation defects are tightly linked to dendrite pruning defects, as all known conditions causing orientation defects either cause pruning defects, or they act as genetic enhancers of pruning mutants. We now clarify this in the introduction citing the example of EB1 RNAi (causes orientation defects (Matties et al., 2010), enhances pruning mutants (Herzmann et al., 2018)). This is also the case for Mical overexpression, which causes orientation defects and enhances the pruning defects caused by Shot RNAi. To make this point clearer, we now also show representative images of pruning defects caused by either Shot RNAi alone or Shot RNAi combined with Mical overexpression.

      Introduction - we explain better the genetic relationship between microtubule orientation and pruning. Figure 4 (phenotypic enhancement of shot knockdown by Mical overexpression): added representative images.

      (3) For the actin depolymerization, the authors used overexpression of the actin-oxidizing Mical protein. However, Mical may have another target. It would be good to validate key findings with better characterized actin targeting tools.

      Thank you for this comment. To our knowledge, there are no good tools to globally manipulate actin dynamics in vivo in a similar manner to, e. g., latrunculin in cultured cells. According to the literature, Micals are highly specific for actin. To enhance our analysis, we assessed the effect of Mical overexpression on actin distribution in c4da neurons (as assessed by LifeAct-GFP) and found significant effects at the first instar.

      Added new analysis of effect of Mical overexpression on Lifeact::GFP distribution in c4da neurons (new Fig. S3), added references for Mical targets.

      (4) In analogy to C. elegans, where RAB-11 functions as a ncMTOC to set up microtubules in dendrites, the authors investigated the role of these in Drosophila. Interestingly, they find that rab-11 also colocalizes to gamma tubulin and its depletion leads to some microtubule defects. Furthermore, they find a genetic interaction between these components and Shot; however, this does not prove that these components act together (if at all, it would be the opposite). This should be made more clear. What would be needed to connect these is to address RAB-11 localization + gamma-tubulin upon shot depletion.

      All components studied in this manuscript lead to a partial reversal of microtubules in the dendrite. However, it is not clear from how the data is represented if the microtubule defect is subtle in all animals or whether it is partially penetrant stronger effect (a few animals/neurons have a strong phenotype). This is relevant as this may suggest that other mechanisms are also required for this organization, and it would make it markedly different from C. elegans. This should be discussed and potentially represented differently.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the genetic interaction with pruning as readout does not prove that Rab11 and Shot act in the exact same pathway during establishment of microtubule organization. To address this question, we live-imaged Rab11::GFP vesicles in control and Shot knockdown neurons and found no significant difference in motile behavior (new Figure 7). As Rab11::GFP also is not visibly enriched at dendrite tips at the first instar stage, we cannot confidently state that a Rab11 tip MTOC exists in Drosophila neurons. Still, we only see EB1 comets originating from Rab11 puncta at the first instar, but not the third. We therefore rephrased and toned down our interpretation and state now that Rab11 may be a component of a developmentally transient MTOC but likely acts independently of Shot.

      Unfortunately, we do not see many comets per neuron with our fluorescently tagged EB1 constructs, indicating that only a fraction of them are labeled. This makes it very difficult to judge severity between single neurons. The impression is that usually only some comets per neuron have reversed orientation, which would be consistent with several independent mechanisms for orientation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, the authors reveal that the spectraplakin Shot, which can bind both microtubules and actin, is essential for the proper pruning of dendrites in a developing Drosophila model. A molecular basis for the coordination of these two cytoskeletons during neuronal development has been elusive, and the authors' data point to the role of Shot in regulating microtubule polarity and growth through one of its actin-binding domains. The authors also propose an intriguing new activity for a spectraplakin: functioning as part of a microtubule-organizing center (MTOC).

      Strengths:

      (1) A strength of the manuscript is the authors' data supporting the idea that Shot regulates dendrite pruning via its actin-binding CH1 domain and that this domain is also implicated in Shot's ability to regulate microtubule polarity and growth (although see comments below); these data are consistent with the authors' model that Shot acts through both the actin and microtubule cytoskeletons to regulate neuronal development.

      (2) Another strength of the manuscript is the data in support of Rab11 functioning as an MTOC in young larvae but not older larvae; this is an important finding that may resolve some debates in the literature. The finding that Rab11 and Msps coimmunoprecipitate is nice evidence in support of the idea that Rab11(+) endosomes serve as MTOCs.

      Thank you for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A significant, major concern is that most of the authors' main conclusions are not (well) supported, in particular, the model that Shot functions as part of an MTOC. The story has many interesting components, but lacks the experimental depth to support the authors' claims.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that we cannot conclusively state that Shot is part of a classical MTOC where microtubules are nucleated and therefore tone down our conclusions regarding this.

      (2) One of the authors' central claims is that Shot functions as part of a non-centrosomal MTOC, presumably a MTOC anchored on Rab11(+) endosomes. For example, in the Introduction, last paragraph, the authors summarize their model: "Shot localizes to dendrite tips in an actin-dependent manner where it recruits factors cooperating with an early-acting, Rab11-dependent MTOC." This statement is not supported. The authors do not show any data that Shot localizes with Rab11 or that Rab11 localization or its MTOC activity is affected by the loss of Shot (or otherwise manipulating Shot). A genetic interaction between Shot and Rab11 is not sufficient to support this claim, which relies on the proteins functioning together at a certain place and time. On a related note, the claim that Shot localization to dendrite tips is actin-dependent is not well supported: the authors show that the CH1 domain is needed to enrich Shot at dendrite tips, but they do not directly manipulate actin (it would be helpful if the authors showed the overexpression of Mical disrupted actin, as they predict).

      Thank you for these comments. In response, we tested whether Shot knockdown affects Rab11 vesicle motility in first instar dendrites and find that this is likely not the case (new Fig. 7 K, L). We therefore remove the proposal that Shot directly regulates Rab11. Regarding the actin dependence of Shot tip localization, we based this conclusion on the observations that Shot ΔCH1 does not localize to tips, and that Mical overexpression significantly broadens the Shot tip signal (Fig. 5 E, F, J - previously Fig. 5 C, D, G). To further deepen this conclusion, we now add a localization analysis of a Shot mutant lacking both actin-binding CH domains (Shot ΔABD) and find that this also abrogates tip enrichment.

      (3) The authors show an image that Shot colocalizes with the EB1-mScarlet3 comet initiation sites and use this representative image to generate a model that Shot functions as part of an MTOC. However, this conclusion needs additional support: the authors should quantify the frequency of EB1 comets that originate from Shot-GFP aggregates, report the orientation of EB1 comets that originate from Shot-GFP aggregates (e.g., do the Shot-GFP aggregates correlate with anterogradely or retrogradely moving EB1 comets), and characterize the developmental timing of these events. The genetic interaction tests revealing ability of shot dsRNA to enhance the loss of microtubule-interacting proteins (Msps, Patronin, EB1) and Rab11 are consistent with the idea that Shot regulates microtubules, but it does not provide any spatial information on where Shot is interacting with these proteins, which is critical to the model that Shot is acting as part of a dendritic MTOC.

      Thank you for these comments. Due in part to low overall EB1 comet density in c4da neurons, we could rarely see comets originating from tip-localized Shot::GFP at the first instar stage - one example is shown in new Fig. S5C (previously Fig. 7D). At later stages, Shot is relatively evenly localized along the dendritic plasma membrane. As we cannot be certain about the relatively vague MTOC conclusions, we decided to rephrase our conclusions and state - based on genetic and functional data - that Shot's ability to stabilize microtubules is required, likely at dendritic tips.

      (4) It is unclear whether the authors are proposing that dendrite pruning defects are due to an early function of Shot in regulating microtubule polarity in young neurons (during 1st instar larval stages) or whether Shot is acting in another way to affect dendrite pruning. It would be helpful for the authors to present and discuss a specific model regarding Shot's regulation of dendrite pruning in the Discussion.

      Thank you for these comments. It is indeed our hypothesis that Shot's early role in setting up microtubule organization is also crucial for pruning, this is the most parsimonious explanation as pruning and orientation defects always go hand in hand. We added the following sentence in the Discussion: "As we do not have evidence for Shot regulation at the onset of the pupal stage (Fig. S4), the function of Shot crucial for pruning is most arguably its early role in setting up uniform microtubule orientation."

      (5) The authors argue that a change in microtubule polarity contributes to dendrite pruning defects. For example, in the Introduction, last paragraph, the authors state: "Loss of Shot causes pruning defects caused by mixed orientation of dendritic microtubules." The authors show a correlative relationship, not a causal one. In Figure 4, C and E, the authors show that overexpression of Mical disrupts microtubule polarity but not dendrite pruning, raising the question of whether disrupting microtubule polarity is sufficient to cause dendrite pruning defects. The lack of an association between a disruption in microtubule polarity and dendrite pruning in neurons overexpressing Mical is an important finding.

      Thank you for this comment. Microtubule orientation defects are tightly linked to dendrite pruning defects, as all known conditions causing orientation defects either cause pruning defects, or they act as genetic enhancers of pruning mutants. We now clarify this in the introduction citing the example of EB1 RNAi (which causes orientation defects (Matties et al., 2010), and does not cause pruning defects by itself, but enhances the effects of other pruning mutants (Herzmann et al., 2018)). This is also the case for Mical overexpression, which causes orientation defects and enhances the pruning defects caused by Shot RNAi. To make this point clearer, we now also show representative images of pruning defects caused by either Shot RNAi alone or Shot RNAi combined with Mical overexpression.

      Introduction - we explain better the genetic relationship between microtubule orientation and pruning. Figure 4 (phenotypic enhancement of shot knockdown by Mical overexpression): added representative images

      (6) The authors show that a truncated Shot construct with the microtubule-binding domain, but no actin-binding domain (Shot-C-term), can rescue dendrite pruning defects and Khc-lacZ localization, whereas the longer Shot construct that lacks just one actin-binding domain ("delta-CH1") cannot. Have the authors confirmed that both proteins are expressed at equivalent levels? Based on these results and their finding that over-expression of Shot-delta-CH1 disrupts dendrite pruning, it seems possible that Shot-delta-CH1 may function as a dominant-negative rather than a loss-of-function. Regardless, the authors should develop a model that takes into account their findings that Shot, without any actin-binding domains and only a microtubule-binding domain, shows robust rescue.

      Thank you for this constructive criticism. We agree that the rescue and overexpression experiments with UAS-Shot ΔCH1 (lacking only the first actin-binding domain) and UAS-Shot CTerm (containing only the MT binding domain) allow for other interpretations than ours that both features are necessary for Shot function in dendrites. To address this issue, we tested two more Shot domain deletion mutants, Shot ΔABD, lacking both actin-binding domains, and Shot ΔCTail, which lacks the MT binding domain (Figure 3). Neither of these two constructs can rescue the pruning and MT orientation phenotypes of shot mutants, confirming that both actin and microtubule binding are required for these functions in the context of full-length Shot. Importantly, in contrast to the previously tested Shot ΔCH1, neither Shot ΔABD nor Shot ΔCTail inhibit pruning upon overexpression, ruling out other interpretations of overexpression toxicity. The observation that Shot CTerm is sufficient to rescue indicates that actin binding is only required for Shot function in the context of full-length Shot. Interestingly, this is reminiscent of a proposed autoregulation mechanism where actin binding disinhibits Shot's MT binding domain (Applewhite 2013).

      Figure 3, Figure S2 (Shot domain analysis): We added two new constructs (Shot ΔABD, Shot ΔCTail) and a Shot BAC as additional control in Figure 3.

      (7) The authors state that: "The fact that Shot variants lacking the CH1 domain cannot rescue the pruning defects of shot[3] mutants suggested that dendrite tip localization of Shot was important for its function." (pages 10-11). This statement is not accurate: the Shot C-term construct, which lacks the CH1 domain (as well as other domains), is able to rescue dendrite pruning defects.

      Thank you for this comment. Shot ΔCH1 indeed does show a partial rescue of the pruning defects (but not of the polarity defects). To clarify whether actin binding is required for Shot function in dendrites, we tested the additional Shot construct Shot ΔABD and found that this construct could not rescue the defects at all (Fig. 3).

      Fig. 3, added Shot ΔABD.

      (8) The authors state that: "In further support of non-functionality, overexpression of Shot[deltaCH1] caused strong pruning defects (Fig. S3)." (page 8). Presumably, these results indicate that Shot-delta-CH1 is functioning as a dominant-negative since a loss-of-function protein would have no effect. The authors should revise how they interpret these results. This comment is related to another comment about the ability of Shot constructs to rescue the shot [3] mutant.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the rescue and overexpression experiments with UAS-Shot ΔCH1 (lacking only the first actin-binding domain) allow for other interpretations than ours - that actin binding is necessary for Shot function in dendrites. To address this issue, we tested another Shot domain deletion mutant, Shot ΔABD (lacking both actin-binding domains) (Figure 3). This construct did not rescue the pruning and MT orientation phenotypes of shot mutants, and also does not cause pruning defects upon overexpression, confirming that actin binding is required in the context of full-length Shot. As our domain analysis is reminiscent of a proposed autoregulation mechanism where actin binding disinhibits Shot's MT binding domain (Applewhite 2013), it is interesting to speculate that the overexpression toxicity of Shot ΔCH1 may stem from a residual ability of the second CH domain to relieve autoinhibition.

      Fig. 3, Fig. S2, added Shot ΔABD and Shot ΔCTail to domain analyses.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Not enough info was given about how the statistics were performed in e.g., Figures 5E, 5H and 7C. Many data are highly significant, but this is not always directly clear to me from the images, e.g., 7C 6-10um. Or comparing 7I to 7L, how come the significance is so much different

      Thank you for this comment. For quantification of the localization data, we pooled the data points from individual intensity profiles for each dendrite segment and compared them statistically. Since this generates a relatively high number of data points, samples are quite likely to be significantly different. Acknowledging this, we now only compare the most distal segments (0-2 μm, 2-4 μm). We describe our approach now in more detail in the methods section.

      Better description of fluorescence quantifications in Figs. 5, 7 in Methods section.

      (2) Abstract "while plus-en out MT just grow from the soma" - I think this is probably only partially correct. There are various players important for organizing/nucleating these microtubules (e.g., Augmin for local MT nucleation).

      Thank you for this comment. This was oversimplified and we rephrased the abstract.

      (3) "We and others have previously shown that c4da neuron dendrite pruning depends on local microtubule disassembly in proximal dendrites (Herzmann et al, 2017)." Nice to add other references.

      Thank you for this comment. We added additional references.

      (4) Figure 2 EB imaging. Where was this performed along the dendrite? Close to the CB, this may reflect CB MT growth entering the dendrite.

      Thank you for this comment. We usually perform EB1 imaging in primary or secondary dendrites -- now mentioned in the text (p. 7). The idea that anterograde comets in this region could reflect microtubules entering from the soma is interesting, especially as the fast anterograde comets upon combined shot knockdown and Mical overexpression behave so differently. We take up this idea in the Discussion - thanks again!

      (5) Figure 3H-L I cannot see the magenta in the overlays. Separate channels seem to be needed. And where is the axon? Moreover, in the text it is stated that the I 3H fusion protein is exclusively in the axon. And control is not in 3M.

      Thank you for this comment. Our lacZ antibodies are relatively weak, so the axons are not always visible. We therefore changed the text to only mention the soma now. We also now include all shown genotypes in the quantification.

      (6) Figure 4A I'm not sure what is seen in the image. Is this a single dendrite? And if so, why is Shot only seen on one side?

      Thank you for this comment. In this panel (now moved to Fig. 5A) we had to take a fairly thin projection of a confocal stack because of strong surrounding tissue signal. Because of this, the Shot::GFP signal on one edge of the dendrite is not as well visible. We try to improve this by indicating the edges of the dendrite in the panel.

      Fig. 5A - D, indicated dendrite outline in confocal/SIM images.

      (7) Figure S2C description is not the same as in the graph (neurons / dendrites).

      Thank you for pointing this out. We corrected the legend (now Fig. 2C).

      (8) Figure S4 - is this a single dendrite or a bundle?

      The images (now Fig. S5) correspond to the microtubule signal from single primary dendrites, i. e., mostly microtubule bundles. We clarify now in the legend.

      Fig. S5, specified nature of samples in legend.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the Discussion, page 13, the authors state that: "On the one hand, we provide evidence that Shot anchors microtubules via actin in mature neurons." This is not supported by the authors' evidence; indeed, the authors themselves state on page 10 that "... the CH1 domain is unlikely to be required for Shot cortical localization in dendritic shafts." If the authors mean to say that the cortical localization of Shot is restricted to dendrite tips, then superresolution microscopy should be done on dendrite tips.

      Thank you for pointing this out. As the CH1 domain is clearly not required for Shot third instar localization, we agree with this notion and rephrase our interpretation accordingly: "Our data also do not rule out that Shot could anchor dendritic microtubules in mature third instar neurons, likely in cooperation with actin." (p. 17)

      (2) The authors characterize the localization of Shot during larval stages but not during pupal stages. The authors should characterize where Shot localizes during dendrite pruning, since it is possible that Shot may localize differently at this stage. For example, the authors mention that Shot localizes to dendrite tips during early larval stages but not late larval stages; it seems that the localization of Shot is dynamic.

      Thank you for this comment. In response, we analyzed Shot localization in a time-course experiment including the second instar larval stage and at 5 h APF in the early pupal stage (new Figure S4). This showed that Shot localizes almost exclusively to dendrite tips at the first instar, but is more broadly distributed in the soma and along dendrites shafts at all later developmental stages.

      New Fig. S4, time course of Shot::GFP localization including first to third instars and early pupal stage.

      (3) Figure 3: Khc-lacZ is not an ideal read-out of microtubule polarity per se. Better, read-out microtubule polarity using EB1-GFP.

      Thank you for this comment. Unfortunately, this experiment is not feasible in this situation. In our MARCM system, we use a red fluorescent tdTomato to label c4da neurons, and all Shot transgenes carry GFP tags, prohibiting the use of both fluorescent EB1 transgenes that we have, EB1::GFP and EB1::mScarlet3.

      (4) Figure 4 A-A' (also Figure S4): Superresolution microscopy data are presented but not analyzed. Analysis should be included before drawing a conclusion from these data.

      Thank you for this comment. In response, we quantified the width of the dendritic microtubule bundles in the STED experiments (now Fig. S5) and found that these bundles are significantly thinner upon shot knockdown.

      New Fig. S5 B, quantification of STED data.

      (5) Figure 5, A and B: These images are extremely difficult to interpret on their own. It is not clear what the authors are interpreting as a positive signal. Analysis and quantification of Shot-FL and Shot-deltaCH1 should be included, not just representative images. This seems like a missed opportunity.

      Thank you for this comment. In response, we show higher magnification images of Shot(endo)GFP, UAS-Shot::GFP, and the two actin-binding mutants (UAS-Shot ΔCH1::GFP and UAS-Shot ΔABD::GFP. For better interpretation, we indicate the boundaries of the dendrites as determined by tdTomato expression in the neurons (new Fig. 5 A - D).

      (6) Figure 6: If gamma-tubulin is knocked down, does this decrease the number of EB1-GFP comets that originate from Rab11(+)-endosomes?

      Thank you for this comment. This experiment is technically challenging because of the number and location of UAS transgenes involved. In addition, gamma-tubulin knockdown only has minor effects on pruning (no defects) or microtubule behavior (no orientation defects) in c4da neurons (Wang et al., 2019, eLife (Fengwei Yu lab).

      (7) Figure 6: Rab11(+) endosomes correlate with the initiation of EB1-GFP comets in first instar larvae, but the orientation of microtubules is analyzed in third instar larvae -is there an effect on microtubule polarity in younger larvae? What about second instar larvae? On a related note, what is the orientation of microtubules that originate from Rab11(+) endosomes? These should be quantified data.

      Thank you for this comment. We analyzed the effect of Rab11 knockdown at the first instar stage and found that this led to a non-significant increase in anterograde comets. These data are now included as new Fig. S6. We also checked the orientation and found that all comets from Rab11-cherry puncta were retrograde, this is now mentioned in the text.

      New Fig. S6, effect of Rab11 dsRNA on comet orientation in first instar neurons.

      (8) Figure 6: Panel G shows that Rab11-GFP and Msps-FLAG co-immunoprecipitate. What effect does Rab11[S25N] have on EB1-GFP comet frequency and site of origin?

      Thank you for this comment. Unfortunately, Rab11[S25N] does not cause c4da neuron dendrite pruning phenotypes in our hands, even though it has worked in another lab (Lin et al., 2020, PLoS Genetics), possibly due to subtle differences in the GAL4 transgenes used. We therefore did not try this transgene in our assays.

      (9) Figure 6: Does Patronin colocalize with Rab11 in neurons?

      Thank you for this comment. We had originally included an image of Patronin::GFP expressed in c4da neurons that appeared to show tip enrichment. When we tried to reproduce and quantify this result, we found that Patronin localization varied strongly with expression levels, and more focused or punctate signals seemed to reflect either aggregation or decoration of microtubules. We therefore removed the image and instead included a more detailed genetic analysis of Patronin, which shows similar phenotypes as Shot (MT orientation defects at the first instar, enhancement of Shot knockdown phenotypes (Fig. 6).

      Removed Patronin::GFP image (old Fig. 7H), added effect of Patronin dsRNA on comet orientation at first instar, enhancement of Shot dsRNA phenotype (new Fig. 6 D, E).

      (10) Figure 7D: These data showing EB1-mScarlet3 comets originating from Shot-GFP should be quantified. Also, which Shot domains are involved in this recruitment?

      Thank you for this comment. We observed only very few comets directly from tips in these experiments which precluded quantification. Acknowledging this, we moved the image to Supplementary Fig. 5.

      As EB1 likely binds to Shot via SxIP motifs in the C-terminal region, we also tested whether the ShotΔCTail construct lacking the GAS2 domain and adjacent regions can recruit EB1. This is not the case. We therefore conclude that Shot recruits EB1 via its C-terminal part (new Figure 6D, E).

      (11) Figure 2, A and B; Figure 4 B; Figure 6, B and D: Please include a scale bar for the time axis on these (and any other) kymographs.

      Thank you for this comment. We checked and added time scale bars if missing.

      (12) The authors should analyze the localization of GFP-tagged endogenous Shot in parallel to the exogenous expression of Shot under Gal4-UAS control.

      Thank you for this comment. We tried to image endogenously tagged Shot::GFP at the first instar timepoint, but this was unfortunately not feasible due to very high Shot::GFP expression in neighboring tissues at this stage (and relatively low expression in c4da neurons).

      (13) The authors should clarify at some point in the manuscript that EB1 comets can reflect either de novo microtubule growth (microtubule nucleation) or growth from the pre-existing ends of microtubules. EB1 comets alone do not indicate microtubule nucleation.

      Thank you for this comment. We added the following sentence to the description of the first EB1 experiment (p. 7): "EB1 binds to the plus ends of growing microtubules (both newly nucleated and re-elongating), and plus end-bound EB1 is visible as moving dots (also known as comets)."

      (14) It is unclear what the n in the graphs in the figures represent: neurons? Or dendrites/comets/etc? Please specify in the figure legend.

      Thank you for this comment. We now specify this for each graph.

      (15) Page 6, the authors write that "We and others have previously shown that c4da neuron dendrite pruning depends on local microtubule disassembly in proximal dendrites," but only cite their paper; please include the citations for the work by others.

      Thank you for this comment. We added additional references.

      (16) Page 9, the authors state: "Such phenomena are often seen when microtubules are not attached to specific anchoring sites such that they can be moved by microtubule motors." This is a fairly speculative interpretation of the data and should be saved for the Discussion.

      Thank you for this comment. We moved this speculation to the Discussion.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tackle a long-standing question in developmental theory: given a gene-regulatory network that includes extracellular signaling, which topologies are even capable of transforming an initial spatial profile into a genuinely new pattern? Building on the classical reaction-diffusion framework in one dimension, but imposing biologically motivated constraints, they prove that every one-signal sub-network must be either Hierarchical (H), self-activating (L+), or selfinhibiting (L-). They further demonstrate that only three composite classes of full networks - pure H, a coupled L+ L- "Turing" pair, and an L- module fed by an intracellular positive loop ("noise-amplifying")-can create non-trivial spatial transformations. Analytical criteria and illustrative simulations are provided, together providing a closed taxonomy, which is supposed to be relevant for real systems.

      Strengths:

      (1) Useful classification framework. Reducing a vast number of possible gene circuits to three canonical patternforming motifs is a valuable organizing insight for both theorists and ---experimentalists.

      (2) Practical interpretability. Given a reaction network diagram, one can now decide (assuming the model applies to real systems) whether spatial patterning is even possible, saving experimental effort on in silico screens that could never succeed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) After the resubmission, I still have concerns regarding the formal definition of "non-trivial transformations" (P1/P2) and its application to noisy or multi-dimensional systems. The criteria rely on counting "new" critical points (maxima/minima). In their response, the authors argue that the diffusion operator instantly smooths discontinuous white noise, allowing critical points to be properly defined. However, this very smoothing process passively generates a landscape of new, smooth local extrema from the initial noise. Consequently, trivial diffusive regularization could inadvertently fulfil the criteria for a "non-trivial" transformation, leaving the definition conceptually problematic.

      That is indeed the case: diffusion alone can generate new concentration maxima and minima; but these would be transient unless there are some self-activatory loops (as we detail over the article). If these concentration maxima and minima are transient in time, they do not count for pattern transformation. In the two version of the article we explicitly stated (in P1 in the introduction when defining pattern transformation) that we only consider resulting patterns that are stable in time. This implies that the concentration maxima and minima that may transiently arise from diffusion alone do not count for the definition of pattern transformation. In the current new version (the third) and after the reviewer’s suggestion, we insist (in red text) that the new concentration maxima and minima need to be stable in time (i.e. non-transient).

      Furthermore, when extending the framework to 2D/3D, the manuscript assumes that starting from a central "spike" will robustly preserve radial symmetry, yielding concentric rings or shells. This overlooks the fundamental nature of macroscopic mean-field models like reaction-diffusion equations. The realization of the final multidimensional pattern depends strictly on the stability of the solution against ubiquitous perturbations (including angular modes) rather than solely on the deterministic symmetry of the initial condition. It remains unclear how the current framework accounts for spontaneous symmetry breaking in cases where these angular modes become unstable, challenging the assumption that radial symmetry will strictly dictate the outcome. We note that the authors' use of noise as an initial condition does not resolve this fundamental issue. Reaction-diffusion equations inherently describe mean-field dynamics, meaning that microscopic fluctuations are continuously present in any real system, regardless of whether explicit stochastic terms are written into the equations. Ultimately, if a symmetric mean-field solution is structurally unstable to these inherent fluctuations, it simply cannot be realized in nature.

      If we understood right the reviewer is saying that there are always fluctuations everywhere and that, thus, the spike initial pattern should also have noise everywhere. In the discussion (and partially in the introduction) we have now added a discussion (in red) on how the resulting patterns possible from such spike-with-noise initial pattern can actually be understood, to a large extent, from those of the homogeneous-with-noise and spike-without noise. In that case, as the reviewer suggests, the resulting patterns do not necessarily have radial symmetry. We have kept the results on spike initial patterns without noise because they are very helpful to understand the pattern transformations possible from spike-with-noise initial patterns. Moreover, as we discuss now, the spatial fluctuations that occur everywhere can be really small compared to the concentration in the spike and, thus, the spike initial pattern without noise can be a good approximation in some cases, at least worth considering.

      (2) Theoretical limitations in the application of Linear Stability Analysis (LSA): I remain uncertain about the framework's reliance on LSA to categorize macroscopic transformations, especially those arising from large initial perturbations (spikes). In their rebuttal letter, the authors justify this by assuming the perturbation remains small over a short time interval. However, because the study aims to describe stationary, asymptotic states, applying a linear approximation that relies on transient t->0 conditions to predict long-term global stability is not fully resolved.

      We are not trying to predict long-term stability and we never intended to. We never claimed that to be the case. We are interested in stable in time spatial patterns but the long-term stability of resulting patterns is not something we intend to see from the LSA. The LSA just provides a necessary (but not sufficient) condition for non-trivial pattern transformations: any network unable to sustain the growth of small perturbations (i.e., any linearly stable network topology) cannot lead to a non-trivial pattern transformation, regardless of the nonlinear terms in the reaction term f(g). From the previous suggestions by the reviewer it could be the case that he/she thinks that since there is always noise everywhere and all the time we can never apply the LSA or that it cannot be applied along time. In fact, we do not try to applied over time (that would make no sense for our purposes). The LSA is only applicable and only informative when applied to the initial pattern (that is at time 0) to see gene network that cannot transform initial patterns into other patterns. As we discuss in the previous version and we further stress in the current one (in red in the LSA), large spikes do not invalidate this approach. Even if the spike would be large, it would only affect cells outside the spike through the diffusion of gene products from the spike. Thus, if a small enough time is considered, large spikes can be considered as small concentration perturbations outside the spike and, thus, in the the worse case scenario our whole approach may not be applicable inside the spike but outside of it (that is reasonable since spikes are by definition narrow).

      Here it is important to stress that many things that used the LSA in the original version of the article do not used it in the current version of the article. In fact, in this article we address two main questions: (i) which gene network topologies can produce non-trivial pattern transformations; and (ii) what can we say about the stationary patterns they produce. We acknowledge that a linear stability analysis alone is not enough to fully characterize the long-term behavior of the system, and this is why we only use LSA as an aid to answer question (i).

      This was not clear enough in the first version of the article but it was explicitly stated in the last version (in the Gene network classification and Linear stability analysis section). This allows us to discard many topologies, but further analysis is still required to assess whether linearly unstable network topologies can actually produce non-trivial pattern transformations.

      It is in this further study that question (ii) comes to play. Here we do not rely on LSA, but instead impose a series of requirements (R1-R5) on the reaction term f(g) that constrain the nonlinear dynamics in a biologically motivated way that prevents pathological behaviors (particularly, boundedness of solutions (R4) and monotonicity of the reaction (R5)). These requirements enable the qualitative analysis of the different unstable network topologies in order to say some things about the possible stationary patterns. This is complemented with numerical simulations and quantitative analysis of some prototypical examples in the supplementary information.

      (3) In the previous round of the review, I suggested that a biomolecular sink, such as A+B -> AB reaction, could break the approach. In their response letter, the authors defend their approach by arguing that such reactions can be accommodated by their abstract constraints (R1-R5) as long as the signs of the Jacobian elements remain invariant. However, the problem I see here is not the sign of the interactions, but the severe loss of spatial homogeneity.

      When a macroscopic initial perturbation (a "spike" of morphogen) is introduced into a domain with a strong bimolecular sink, it will inevitably cause massive local depletion of the consumed substrate near the source. Consequently, the background state of the system will rapidly evolve into a profile with macroscopic spatial gradients long before any spontaneous pattern-forming instability takes over. Mathematically, this dictates that the system no longer possesses a homogeneous steady state, and the Jacobian matrix becomes explicitly space-dependent, which should break the classical LSA approach.

      This criticism seems to be intimately related to the previous one. If we understand correctly, the argument is that in a very non-linear system, such as in the sink described, the spike will rapidly lead to a local change in the concentration of other gene products and that then the LSA is not applicable. This is true but what we care about is whether the initial pattern (that is the system at time zero) is actually stable or not. We care about it because as we explain, pattern transformation is only possible if the perturbation in the initial pattern (spike or noise) is unstable. This is simply a necessary condition (an initial pattern may be unstable to perturbation and still not produce nontrivially transformations). So whether the system will be suitable for a LSA some time after the initial pattern, as the reviewer suggests, is not something we need to know for our classification. Related to the other comments the reviewer may be concerned with whether other perturbations occurring everywhere (and all the time), that is noise, may actually affect the possible resulting patterns (that we described in the new section of the discussion).

      We want to thank the reviewer for this clarification, as we believe we had not fully understood their concern in the previous round of review. In our framework, the bimolecular sink the reviewer suggests corresponds to a three-gene-product network where A and B mutually inhibit each other and both activate AB.

      First it is important to consider that unless something else is specified an A+B→AB system with homogeneous initial pattern (with or without noise) is just not stable: the A and B gene products will decay to zero concentration and AB to a maximal concentration (that would be homogeneous over space if there is no noise). Besides the final stable state is totally stable since with no A or B left the concentration of AB cannot change. We explicitly state in the article (in the LSA section) that we apply the LSA to systems that, when unperturbed, are stable. For other systems we just wait for the system to stabilize and then ask whether pattern transformation is possible from that state if there is some perturbation, where we can now apply a LSA). So strictly speaking the system the reviewer is suggesting is outside the scope of the article and indeed unsuitable for LSA. Nevertheless, the system the reviewer proposes cannot lead to non-trivial pattern formation, as we detail below.

      The reviewer does not specify whether A, B or AB diffuse, we then consider all possibilities. We also assume that A is the gene product in the spike.

      Case in which no molecule diffuses. In this case a spike of A will simply lead to a valley of B (since A reacts with B to deplete B), and a spike of AB in the exact same location of the spike (i.e., no non-trivial pattern transformation occurs). If there is noise, each small fluctuation in the concentration of A or B would lead to a similar fluctuation in AB. Notice this case does not lead to non-trivial pattern transformations (the peaks in the initial pattern and resulting pattern are in the same places). This latter situation in fact we explain in the “Pattern formations from homogeneouswith-noise initial patterns in H networks section.”

      Case in which AB diffuses. Since nothing is promoting the production of A and B, their concentration will inevitably decay to zero and since AB diffuses its concentration on the long-term will inevitably become homogeneous (irrespectively of which initial pattern there may be).

      Case in which only A diffuses. In this case the spike of A will initially lead to a valley of B (since A consumes B) and a peak of AB (since this consumption leads to AB). However, since for each molecule of AB a molecule of both A and B are required and the concentration of B is homogeneous (since B does not diffuse), having more of A around the spike would not lead to more AB in the peak than elsewhere. The concentration of AB would thus become homogeneous over time. The same applies if B is the only molecule that diffuses.

      Case in which A and B diffuse and AB does not. In this case the spike of A will lead to a peak of AB. This would deplete B around the spike but since B can diffuse, new molecules of B would arrive and lead to a further growth in the peak of AB. As a result a stable peak of AB will form (even if A and B will ultimately decay to zero), just around the initial spike of A and both A and B will decay to zero (so no new peaks or valleys form and thus, no non-trivial pattern transformation).

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive feedback on our work.

      We have attempted to synthesize the main suggestions across both reviewers into four main areas, which we plan to address in a revised version of the manuscript.

      (1) The relationship between covert attention, overt attention, and choice

      While the current analyses address elements of relationship between covert attention, overt attention, and choice, the reviewers highlighted an opportunity to make full use of our rich gaze data to examine more explicitly how these processes are related to one another over the course of a decision. [Reviewer #1 Point 2, Point 3 i; Reviewer #2 Point 2 para 2]

      (2) The role of decision difficulty and decision time

      The reviewers point out that decision difficulty may i) account for the relationship between covert attention (probe response correctness) and choice; and ii) influence decision times, which are currently not analyzed; and that these considerations may affect how we interpret the relationship between covert attention and choice. [Reviewer #1 Points 2, 3 ii and iii; Reviewer #2 Point 1 paras 1 and 3]

      (3) Evidence for competition between covert and overt attention

      The reviewers requested more direct evidence for our claim that covert attention to higher-valued peripheral options occurs "at the expense of" overt attention [Reviewer #2 Point 2 paras 1 and 3, Point 3 para 3]

      (4) Figure 6: Presaccadic vs. non-presaccadic attention

      Reviewer 2 found the rationale behind the analysis distinguishing presaccadic from non-presaccadic covert attention difficult to follow and suggested and alternative to make this comparison more explicit [Reviewer #2 Point 3].

      In response to these suggestions, we will include additional analyses in the revised manuscript which more directly examine the relationship between covert attention, overt attention, and choice. We will also introduce new analyses which more simply and directly depict: why decision difficulty cannot wholly account for the link between covert attention and choice; a competition/trade-off between overt and covert attention; and that value modulation existed at non-presaccadic options. In addition to these four main areas, we will clarify several elements of the task design and analysis which may not have been sufficiently clear in the manuscript.

      Here, we offer a provisional response to each of the points above.

      (2) The relationship between covert attention, overt attention, and choice

      We agree that the relationship between covert attention, overt attention, and choice could be examined in more detail using the available eye-tracking data. In the revised manuscript, we plan to include further analysis looking at fixation and sampling measures before the decision is made.

      For example, to investigate the relationship between covert attention and choice (as reviewer 1 suggested), we plan to include an analysis which asks about how decision accuracy changes as a function of decision difficulty (relative option value) when the unfixated probe is correctly reported, versus when it is not. This will straightforwardly test for the influence of probe report on choice, controlling for the influence of decision difficulty.

      More generally, we will revise the manuscript to distinguish more carefully between associations demonstrated by the present data and stronger causal interpretations. To address this, we will either attempt more direct statistical tests of causality, or use more neutral language where the causal directionality between fixation, covert attention, and choice cannot be uniquely established by the present design.

      An important clarification on the dynamics of the task is relevant to several of the reviewers’ comments concerning the last-fixation analyses. Probe performance was generally measured earlier than the final fixation and choice – as it was always at the first to third option visit by the participant (or only first to second option visit in Experiment 1). Only 10.4% of probes occurred during the final option visit, and on average, participants made 2.8 further option visits after probe presentation. We can see that our original presentation of these results may have been difficult to follow. We will make this clarification in the revised manuscript, particularly where we refer to “last-fixated” or “last-unfixated” options. These terms refer retrospectively to which option was ultimately visited or not visited last before choice, rather than to the fixation occurring at the time the probe was presented.

      (2) The role of decision difficulty and decision time

      We agree with the reviewers that decision difficulty and in turn decision time should be considered more carefully.

      We will make explicit that relative option value was already controlled for in the existing analyses relating to covert attention and choice. Specifically, for the last-fixation analysis, relative value difference was included as a control variable in the regression. For the time-advantage analysis, we use a corrected dependent variable which is intended to remove possible influences of relative value (i.e., decision difficulty) on the fixation durations, following what has been done in previous work (e.g., Eum et al., 2023; Krajbich et al., 2010; Krajbich & Rangel, 2011).

      We additionally plan to include new analyses which more directly examine the role of decision difficulty and decision time. In particular, we will test whether the relationship between peripheral probe performance and choice remains after accounting for decision difficulty, and whether decision time differs as a function of probe performance.

      We would also like to take the opportunity to clarify that “time advantage” was operationalised as a relative measure: the difference in cumulative dwell time between the two relevant options, rather than the absolute cumulative dwell time on a single option. This definition will be stated more clearly in the main text and figure caption.

      Finally, to address the possibility that peripheral probe report errors reflect a general dual-task cost or increased response noise, we will examine decision accuracy as a function of decision difficulty separately for trials in which the peripheral probe was reported correctly versus incorrectly. This will help determine whether successful peripheral probe report is associated with poorer decision performance.

      However, we should note that a closer examination of Figure 4 offers clues to this question; it suggests that correctly reporting the probe at the last-unfixated item makes people more accurate, rather than happening at the expense of decision accuracy. To explain this:

      When objectively Option 1 is worse than Option 2 (i.e., to the left of x-axis center), choice for a last-fixated Option 1 (solid line) is unfairly boosted; but if the last-unfixated probe was correctly reported, then the choice proportion is correctly closer to 0%.

      When objectively Option 1 is better than Option 2 (i.e., to the right of x-axis center), choice for a last-unfixated Option 1 (dotted line) is unfairly discounted; but if the last-unfixated probe was correctly reported, then the choice proportion is correctly closer to 100%.

      That is, the bias-attenuation effect of correctly reporting the probe at the last-unfixated item seems to operate on 1) reducing choice boosting of the objectively-worse fixated option (left of x-axis center, solid line is further down on right panels than left panels); and 2) increasing choice boosting of the objectively-better unfixated option (right of x-axis center, dotted line is further up on right panels than left panels).

      (3) Evidence for competition between covert and overt attention

      To address more directly the question of whether covert attention occurs at the expense of overt attention, we will add an analysis testing whether successful report of a probe at an unfixated option negatively predicts report of the simultaneous probe at the fixated option. A negative relationship would provide a more direct test of the predicted trade-off between attentional allocation to the fixated and peripheral locations. We will revise the strength of the corresponding language in the manuscript according to what this analysis supports.

      (4) Figure 6: Presaccadic vs. non-presaccadic attention

      We agree that the rationale underlying the current Figure 6 analysis is too implicit in the current manuscript.

      To clarify the underlying rationale: The key logic of the analysis was to ask whether value modulation of probe performance is present at an unfixated option even when that option is not the target of the upcoming saccade. In the original analysis, we only compared attention at peripheral options that had previously been viewed: we compared attention at peripheral options that had previously been viewed and were subsequently fixated next, with those that had previously been viewed but were not subsequently fixated next. The requirement that the option had previously been viewed arose because, in the gaze-contingent “hidden” condition, the value information of an unvisited peripheral option would not yet have been available to the participant, and therefore there would be no possibility of any value modulation effects existing at that location.

      Although this analysis was intended to distinguish value modulation at likely presaccadic targets from value modulation at other peripheral locations, we now see that its rationale is not immediately transparent. In the revised manuscript, we therefore plan to replace or supplement this analysis with a simpler visualisation and analysis that addresses the same question more directly.

      We will also revise text associated with the time-to-saccade analysis. Our use of the term “monotonic” was imprecise. The intended point was not that a purely presaccadic account predicts a strictly monotonic change across the full time-to-saccade interval, but rather that the observed U-shaped relationship is difficult to reconcile with a simple presaccadic-only account, because probe performance remains elevated even when the upcoming saccade is relatively distant. We will clarify this point and more carefully distinguish evidence inconsistent with a simple presaccadic-only explanation from the stronger claim (which we did not intend to make) that presaccadic contributions have been completely excluded.

      (5) Additional clarifications

      We agree with Reviewer 1 that the task can reasonably be described as perceptual rather than strictly value-based, but we believe that our central concerns regarding how covert and overt attention interact with multi-alternative decision-making still stand.

      We will clarify why the secondary probe task was not incentivized. The probe task was intended to provide an incidental measure of covert attention while participants performed the primary decision task. Incentivizing probe performance could have encouraged participants to explicitly trade off performance on the two tasks or to alter their allocation of attention in response to the secondary task.

      In summary, the revisions will combine clarification of several existing analyses with the addition of new analyses that more directly test the reviewers’ central concerns. In particular, we will more explicitly address whether the relationship between covert attention and choice remains after accounting for option value/decision difficulty; whether peripheral and fixated probe performance show evidence of an attentional trade-off between overt and covert attention; how decision time and richer measures of overt sampling relate to covert attention; and whether value modulation is present at peripheral locations that are not the target of the upcoming saccade. We will also moderate causal and mechanistic language where the current data do not uniquely establish directionality.

    1. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers and the editor for providing a thorough and constructive review of the manuscript. Both reviewers indicated that the ordinal entropy production rate should be validated with a synthetic (surrogate) model of the calcium signal. We agree with this, and it will feature prominently in the revised version of the manuscript.

      As described (see Author response image 1), we have already implemented a synthetic GCaMP model. In the simulations, the strength of the calcium intensity varies monotonically with the intensity of tFUS. Applying our D<sub>sym</sub> measure to the synthetic data produces a monotonic dose-response for irreversibility. It does not reproduce the non-monotonic, moderate-dose peak that we found in our study. We report this preliminary finding here because it speaks directly to the reviewers’ central critique.

      Below we provide details of the planned revision.

      (1) A surrogate model of GCaMP’s response to tFUS does not reproduce the observed dose structure

      We built a generative model of the measured calcium signal according to the underlying physics (Author response image 1A):

      (1) A latent Poisson spike train whose rate during and after sonication is monotone in tFUS dose by construction, such that any non-monotonicity appearing downstream must follow from the measurement of irreversibility;

      (2) Convolution with an indicator kernel having fast rise and slow decay, matching the kinetic asymmetry mentioned by the reviewers;

      (3) A static saturating nonlinearity representing GCaMP6s saturation;

      (4) Additive measurement noise applied after the nonlinearity, with standard deviation calibrated to the variance of the real data’s baseline periods;

      (5) baseline z-scoring, windowing, and estimation of D<sub>sym</sub> using the same parameters as the manuscript (m = 3, τ = 8, f<sub>s</sub> = 32 Hz; 5 s baseline, 5 s stimulation, 10 s recovery).

      We ran four separate versions of the simulation (with and without saturation, noise before and after the nonlinearity). Simulated GCaMP traces for the variant with saturation and post-nonlinearity noise are drawn in Author response image 1B.

      Result. All four simulation variants produce ∆D<sub>sym</sub> that increases monotonically with dose and is largest at the highest dose (Author response image 1C). During the recovery window, the difference between moderate (2.3 to 3.7 W/cm<sup>2</sup>) and maximum (7.4 W/cm<sup>2</sup>) dose is −0.297±0.066 for the full version with the nonlinearity, −0.222±0.070 without the saturating nonlinearity, and −0.006±0.003 for the two versions in which noise precedes the nonlinearity (mean ± SD across seeds). In contrast, the D<sub>sym</sub> of the real data (reproduced for convenience in Author response image 1D) peaks at 3.7 W/cm<sup>2</sup>.

      Author response image 1.

      A synthetic model of the calcium measurement chain does not reproduce the observed dose structure. (A) Generative model. A Poisson spike train whose rate is proportional to acoustic dose is convolved with a fast-rise, slow-decay indicator kernel, passed through a static saturating nonlinearity, corrupted by additive noise, and then analysed with the same windowing and ordinal estimator used in the manuscript. (B) Simulated traces at low, moderate, and high dose for the variant with saturation and post-nonlinearity noise. (C) Simulated change in irreversibility during recovery, for all four variants of the simulation. Every variant increases monotonically with dose. Markers denote the mean across 20 seeds (error bars show standard deviation). (D) Real data as shown in the manuscript: observed change in irreversibility during recovery for on-target sonication. Markers denote individual animals; boxes show the mean ± 1 SEM. Irreversibility peaks at moderate dose.

      (1.1) Invariance of ordinal statistics

      Ordinal pattern methods are invariant under any strictly monotonic pointwise transformation of the signal, because such a transformation preserves rank order. Two consequences follow, and we will state them in the Methods of the revision:

      - The static component of the indicator nonlinearity, including saturation and the relationship between calcium concentration and fluorescence, cannot alter D<sub>sym</sub>.

      - The scaling of amplitude with dose does not affect D<sub>sym</sub>.

      Any potential confound of GCaMP kinetics on D<sub>sym</sub> enters through the dynamics, which is what the simulations above address.

      (1.2) Planned analyses

      In the revision, we will add:

      - A sweep over rise and decay constants, Hill coefficient, noise level, and spike statistics, reporting explicitly the region of parameter space, if any, in which a moderate-dose peak can be produced;

      - Burstiness and adaptation in the latent source;

      - Calibrating the amplitude of the simulated responses to the real data;

      - Finite-sample bias and variability of D<sub>sym</sub> as a function of window length, pattern count, and signal-to-noise ratio, addressing Reviewer 1’s questions about window duration and noise.

      (2) Aspects of the data that argue against a confound of kinetics

      Independent of simulation, certain results in the manuscript are not explainable from an effect of calcium indicator kinetics.

      (2.1) Non-monotonic irreversibility is reported for off-target sonication – without an accompanying amplitude response. Off-target sonication produces no appreciable fluorescence response, meaning that there is no evoked transient whose kinetics could generate ordinal asymmetry, yet irreversibility still varies non-monotonically with dose. We will elaborate on the off-target EPR effects in the revision.

      (2.2) The dose structure remains after adjustment for amplitude. Our nested model comparison shows that acoustic dose explains variance in D<sub>sym</sub> beyond baseline irreversibility and the windowmatched change in fluorescence. This is inconsistent with the view of D<sub>sym</sub> as a deterministic readout of the amplitude trajectory. In the revision, we will also include decay time constant as a covariate, as Reviewer 1 suggests.

      (2.3) Prediction from the prestimulation window. Baseline D<sub>sym</sub> is computed on a window that contains no stimulus and no evoked transient, and it predicts the subsequent calcium response after adjustment for baseline fluorescence and dose. The kinetics of a response that has not yet occurred cannot modulate the value of a quantity measured before it.

      (3) Reviewer 2, point 3: variation in baseline EPR across nominal intensity

      Reviewer 2 correctly observes that baseline irreversibility varies across nominal intensity by an amount comparable to the stimulation-induced change. This implies two candidate explanations, which we address separately.

      Systematic differences between intensity groups. If trials at different nominal intensities were not evenly distributed through a recording session, then drifts in bleaching, arousal, or habituation would produce spurious baseline differences between intensity groups. We tested this directly in the 408 analysed CMT 2.5 Hz trials. Session position, defined as the index of a trial within its recording, does not differ across the six intensity levels: Kruskal-Wallis H(5) = 3.51, p = 0.62 on-target and H(5) = 1.70, p = 0.89 off-target, with mean session position varying only between 18.3 and 23.3 across intensities. Within individual recordings, the rank correlation between session position and intensity has a median of +0.03 and does not exceed 0.34 in magnitude in any of the 10 recordings. Acoustic intensity is therefore not confounded with position in the session, and we will report this in the revision.

      Uncertainty larger than the plotted error bars. This is a fair concern and we will address it by reporting trial-resampling and pattern-count bootstrap confidence intervals for D<sub>sym</sub>. We also note that our primary inference already includes baseline D<sub>sym</sub> as a covariate in an ANCOVA specification.

      (4) Reviewer 1, remaining points

      Other conventional GCaMP metrics. The revision will add decay time constant and additional waveform descriptors to the amplitude-adjustment models described above in 2.2.

      Stimulation periods of differing duration. We will report the dependence of D<sub>sym</sub> on window length from the finite-sample bias analysis using synthetic data (see 1.2 above).

      Lower signal-to-noise recordings. We will measure the dependence of D<sub>sym</sub> on SNR with synthetic data.

      The auditory confound. We will add a Discussion paragraph citing Sato et al. (2018), Guo et al. (2023) and Kop et al. (2024), stating that the responses analysed here may reflect an indirect auditory mechanism.

    1. Author response:

      We particularly appreciate the reviewers’ detailed consideration of both the strengths and limitations of the study. The comments have helped us identify areas where the mechanistic interpretation can be further strengthened and where the conclusions should be more precisely defined.

      We have carefully considered all of the points raised and provide below our provisional responses and planned revisions. We intend to address these comments comprehensively in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      An expanded description of the histological types of ovarian cancer used to generate survival curves and demonstration of the expression of total IRAK4 would strengthen the manuscript.

      If the information is available, it could be useful to indicate the percentages of different ovarian cancer histotypes analyzed in Figure 1.

      Providing panels demonstrating the expression of total IRAK4 in Figure 4 would be informative.

      We will expand the analysis/description of the ovarian cancer histo-types represented in the survival analyses and, where available, provide the percentages of the different histo-types analyzed in Figure 1. We will also provide additional panels demonstrating total IRAK4 expression in Figure 4. Indeed, these additions will provide greater clarity regarding the histological and molecular characteristics of the models used.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) UR241-2 decreases tumors at the injury site but apparently does not significantly decrease omental tumor burden in the syngeneic MiM model. It argues against simple nonspecific antitumor activity and supports a possible role for IRAK4 specifically within an inflammation/injury-dependent metastatic niche. The authors should make much more of this distinction-but also mechanistically prove it.

      We agree that the differential response to UR241-2 at the injury site versus the omentum is an important finding and will make this distinction substantially more prominent in the revised manuscript. We appreciate that reviewer considers this pattern arguing against interpreting UR241-2 simply as a nonspecific inhibitor of ovarian tumor growth. Rather, the preferential reduction of tumor formation at the injury site is consistent with a role for IRAK4 in the establishment of tumors within an injury-associated inflammatory niche.

      This interpretation is also consistent with our data that genetic IRAK4 depletion significantly prolonged survival than null control. This newly generated data will be added to the revised manuscript.

      We will also clarify an important limitation our study pertaining to the omental comparison. Because the omentum is thin and multilayered, direct needle implantation does not provide the same spatial control as implantation at an injury site in the peritoneum; needle penetration may result in tumor-cell deposition beyond the intended omental compartment and complicate quantitative assessment of omental tumor burden. Thus, while we agree that the differential response may be informative, we will avoid interpreting the absence of a significant omental response as definitive evidence that IRAK4 is not involved in omental disease. This is stated so because, importantly, clinical observations have been reported indicating that surgically injured or partially resected omental tissue can support tumor-cell adhesion (Dong X et al. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13048-024-01401-8). This provides an additional rationale for considering injury/inflammation, rather than anatomical site alone, as the relevant biological feature needed for inflammation-mediated seeding. We will incorporate this evidence and provide the published literature citations to show that residual injured omentum, when present, could constitute an inflammatory niche where seeding can occur. Nevertheless, omentum is generally resected in advanced EOC (omentectomy), so it is not available for seeding during the recurrence and hence is largely irrelevant to our study theme.

      (2) The manuscript does not yet establish that UR241-2's antitumor effects are mediated primarily through IRAK4. The compound has measurable activity against additional kinases, including MAP4K2 and LRRK2, and activity against other kinases is reported at higher concentrations. More importantly, there appears to be a substantial concentration disconnect across assays. IRAK4 phosphorylation is inhibited at nanomolar concentrations in some experiments, whereas colony formation/viability phenotypes occur largely in the micromolar range. For example, colony effects are reported at 5-20 µM and viability experiments at 20-60 µM. Thus, are the antiproliferative effects observed at 10-60 µM actually caused by IRAK4 inhibition? The manuscript needs a stronger pharmacological/genetic causality experiment. Ideally, the authors should test UR241-2 in IRAK4-knockdown/knockout cells. If UR241-2 retains essentially identical cytotoxic activity after IRAK4 loss, the mechanistic interpretation would need substantial revision. A rescue experiment with WT versus inhibitor-resistant IRAK4 would be even stronger.

      We agree that establishing pharmacological causality is central to interpreting UR241-2’ s mechanism of action and designating it as a drug-like candidate. In particular, the reviewer appropriately points out that biochemical inhibition of IRAK4 occurs at lower concentrations than some of the antiproliferative and colony-formation phenotypes and that UR241-2 has measurable activity against additional kinases. However, nanoBret assay (Figure-2M) identifies UR241-1 as a very selective IRAK4 kinase inhibitor. The homologue IRAK1 is inhibited at ~1092-fold higher doses than IRAK4. Similarly, FLT3, MAP4K1, MAP4K2, MAP4K3, MAP4K5 and LRRK2 are inhibited at over 18-800 folds. We agree that doses of UR241-2’s at which kinase inhibition and anti-proliferative actions occur do not match. We will attempt to carefully distinguish the concentrations required for direct IRAK4 pathway inhibition from those producing broader cellular phenotypes and will strengthen the pharmacological-genetic evidence linking UR241-2 activity to IRAK4. We will specifically address whether the cellular effects of UR241-2 are diminished when IRAK4 is genetically depleted or otherwise functionally absent. These analyses will help determine the extent to which the higher-concentration antiproliferative effects can be attributed to IRAK4 versus potential off-target activities.

      We will also revise the manuscript so that conclusions regarding UR241-2 mechanism are proportional to the available evidence and do not imply that all cellular effects at higher concentrations necessarily reflect IRAK4 inhibition.

      (3) The distinction between host IRAK4 and tumor-cell IRAK4 is insufficiently resolved. The Il1r1 experiments manipulate the host, whereas IRAK4 knockdown manipulates the tumor cell. UR241-2, meanwhile, presumably inhibits IRAK4 in both compartments. Consequently, the current experiments combine at least two mechanistically distinct possibilities: tumor-intrinsic IRAK4 versus host IRAK4. The manuscript would be considerably stronger if these compartments were experimentally separated. For example, IRAK4-deficient tumor cells implanted into WT versus pathway-deficient hosts, or pharmacological treatment of mice bearing IRAK4-deficient tumor cells, could determine how much of UR241-2 efficacy is tumor-intrinsic versus microenvironment-mediated.

      We agree that this is an important mechanistic distinction. The current experiments interrogate different compartments: IL1R1 manipulation primarily addresses the host inflammatory environment, whereas IRAK4 depletion in tumor cells addresses tumor-intrinsic signaling. UR241-2, in contrast, can potentially affect IRAK4 in both compartments.

      We will therefore more explicitly separate these mechanisms in the revised manuscript. In particular, we will examine the available genetic and pharmacological data in the context of a model in which host IL1R1/inflammatory signaling establishes a permissive injury-associated environment, while tumor-cell IRAK4 contributes to tumor-cell responses within that environment. Where feasible, we will incorporate additional experiments to better distinguish tumor-intrinsic from host-mediated contributions to UR241-2 activity.

      (4) The immune conclusions are presently associative. The increase in MHC-II-positive macrophages and neutrophils is interesting, but describing these populations as demonstrating an "antitumor immune response" is stronger than the evidence warrants. MHC-II expression does not itself demonstrate antitumor function. Likewise, neutrophils in ovarian cancer can be either tumor-promoting or tumor-suppressive depending on context. The authors show that UR241-2 changes immune composition/phenotype. They do not yet demonstrate that these cells mediate the therapeutic effect. This could be addressed by macrophage or neutrophil depletion, functional assays, cytokine profiling, T-cell activation measurements, or potentially single-cell profiling

      We agree that the changes in macrophage and neutrophil populations are currently associative, and do not by themselves establish that these cells mediate the therapeutic response of UR241-2. MHC-II expression, for example, indicates a change in macrophage phenotype but is not sufficient evidence of antitumor activity, and neutrophil function can be context-dependent.

      We will therefore revise the terminology to distinguish changes in immune-cell composition or phenotype from demonstrated immune-mediated tumor suppression. We will integrate these findings more appropriately into the inflammatory-niche model and will limit causal conclusions regarding macrophages and neutrophils unless supported by additional functional evidence.

      (5) The drug-development claims are somewhat premature

      The ADMET package is useful, but several features deserve more cautious interpretation. The compound shows: very high plasma protein binding, rapid mouse microsomal turnover, evidence of efflux, relatively rapid IV clearance, and measurable off-target kinase activity. The authors report mouse microsomal half-life of only ~8.7 min compared with ~209 min in human microsomes and an efflux ratio of ~4.14. These are not fatal problems for a proof-of-concept molecule, but they make language implying a near-clinical candidate premature. UR241-2 currently looks more convincing as a lead/tool compound demonstrating therapeutic tractability of IRAK4 than as an advanced drug candidate.

      We agree that, although the ADMET characterization of UR241-2 is comprehensive and addresses key parameters relevant to drug development, its potential as a drug candidate should be interpreted cautiously.

      Importantly, the available data supports appropriate cellular selectivity for IRAK4. Although the initial HotSpot kinase panel identified additional kinase interactions, most of these activities were substantially weaker than IRAK4 inhibition and were effectively dialed out in the cell-based NanoBRET assay, with target engagement generally requiring approximately 50–1000-fold higher concentrations than those required for IRAK4. Thus, the NanoBRET data provides a more physiologically relevant assessment of cellular target selectivity and supports preferential engagement of IRAK4 by UR241-2 at pharmacologically relevant concentrations.

      We also interpret the high plasma protein binding of UR241-2 in the context of its intended pharmacological profile. Rather than necessarily representing a liability, extensive plasma binding may be compatible with development of a formulation or dosing strategy designed to provide sustained, controlled exposure. This could be advantageous for IRAK4, an important component of innate immune signaling, because prolonged and complete suppression may increase susceptibility to infectious complications, particularly in patients with advanced or treatment-exposed EOC who may already have compromised host defenses. Accordingly, a sustained but incomplete degree of IRAK4 inhibition may be preferable to continuous, complete target blockade. This hypothesis will require direct validation during further drug-development studies.

      The relatively short microsomal half-life observed in mouse microsomes is recognized as a limitation for preclinical development and may complicate exposure and toxicity studies in rodents. However, UR241-2 demonstrated a substantially longer microsomal half-life in human microsomes (209 min) (the intended species), which supports further consideration of the scaffold for human drug development. Collectively, these findings support UR241-2 as a pharmacological proof-of-concept and a tractable lead scaffold, while acknowledging that additional medicinal chemistry and pharmacokinetic optimization will be necessary to establish a suitable development candidate

      However, we will revise the manuscript to position UR241-2 as an investigational lead/tool compound demonstrating the therapeutic tractability of IRAK4 while clearly acknowledging its current development limitations. We will also distinguish proof-of-concept efficacy from the properties required for progression toward a clinical candidate.

      (6) Exposure-response relationships need considerably more attention. Analysis of IRAK4 and/or NF-κB pathway in the treated tumors should be examined

      We agree that linking systemic exposure to tumor pharmacodynamics would strengthen interpretation of the in vivo findings. We will further examine the available tumor samples and pharmacodynamic data for evidence of IRAK4 and/or NF-κβ pathway modulation following UR241-2 treatment and relate these findings, where possible, to compound exposure and tumor response.

      This analysis should help distinguish target engagement and pathway modulation from nonspecific effects occurring at higher systemic or tissue concentrations.

      (7) Some mechanistic observations need deeper validation. The connections among IRAK4, adhesion, E-cadherin, WNT4 and ECM remodeling are intriguing but currently somewhat descriptive. At present, several pieces of this pathway appear adjacent rather than causally connected.

      We agree that these observations currently provide a mechanistic framework but that some relationships are not yet established as directly causal. We will therefore more clearly distinguish findings that demonstrate pathway activity from those that represent downstream associations.

      In particular, we will strengthen the discussion of how IRAK4 signaling may influence tumor-cell adhesion and establishment following tissue injury and will avoid presenting changes in E-cadherin, WNT4, or ECM-associated factors as independently proven causal steps unless directly supported by the data. Where appropriate, additional analyses will be used to clarify the relationship among these processes.

      We appreciate the reviewers' careful evaluation of the manuscript. The comments have helped us sharpen the central model: that tissue injury creates an inflammatory environment that promotes tumor establishment and that IRAK4 represents an important signaling node within this process. The revised manuscript will strengthen the mechanistic evidence for this model, clarify the distinction between injury-associated metastatic establishment and generalized tumor growth, and more appropriately define the translational potential and limitations of UR241-2.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study investigates low-affinity Ca2+ binding by WT calreticulin and mutant calreticulin associated with type I myeloproliferative neoplasms, as well as the impact on Ca2+ fluxes in suspension cultures of megakaryocyte-like cells in vitro in response to ER Ca2+ ATPase inhibitors that deplete endoplasmic reticulum (ER) Ca2+ store and open plasma membrane Ca2+ channels through STIM1-Orai interactions. The results are important in that they show that Ca2+ binding by calreticulin and store-operated Ca2+ entry are not fundamentally impacted by the type I deletion mutation in calreticulin, which rules out a direct effect of the calreticulin mutation on its own low-affinity Ca2+ binding and any broad impact on ER Ca2+ regulation. The strength of the data and methods used ranges from solid to convincing, although the use of suspension-based flow cytometric assays to investigate ER Ca2+ levels and Ca2+ entry can be challenged. High-affinity Ca2+ binding sites could be further considered, and possible confounding effects of Abl kinase activity in the megakaryocyte-like cell lines could be offset.

      The authors thank the editors and the reviewers for the summary, comments and many helpful suggestions. In the revised manuscript, we have used fluorimetry for more precise ER calcium measurements (new Figure 5), clarified the high-affinity calcium binding site concern based on our previous work, and addressed possible effects of BCR-ABL translocation kinase activity upon cellular calcium signaling using the drug Imatinib (new supplements to Figure 6 and 7).

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The researchers conducted their study using advanced techniques. They found almost no difference in calcium binding between the two proteins and observed no impact on calcium signaling, specifically store-operated calcium entry (SOCE). The study also noted an increase in ER luminal calcium-binding chaperone proteins. Surprisingly, the authors selected flow cytometry as a technique for measurements of ER luminal calcium. Considering the limitations of this approach, it would be better to use alternative approaches.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have undertaken fluorimetry-based ER calcium measurements, which are shown in a new Figure 5. These also indicate similar ER calcium levels in CRT-KO HEK293T cells, compared to those reconstituted with wild-type CRT and CRT<sub>Del52</sub>.

      This is particularly important as previous reports, using cells from MPN patients, indicate reduced ER luminal calcium and effects on SOCE (Blood, 2020). This issue matters because earlier research with MPN patient cells reported reduced ER luminal calcium levels and altered SOCE (Blood, 2020). How do the authors explain the difference between their results and previous findings about lower ER luminal calcium and changed SOCE in MPN patient cells expressing CRTDel52?

      We thank the reviewer for asking for these clarifications. We have revised the discussion to address some of these points and also clarify the findings of the referenced study (Di Buduo et al., 2020) which did not directly measure ER calcium levels. We also discuss findings from a related study with cultured megakaryocytes from patients that indicated different effects of type I vs type II mutations (Pietra et al., 2016). In the absence of engineered controls, sample-to-sample heterogeneities in primary cells make it difficult to attribute any measured differences as direct effects of CRT mutations. Different from these experiments, by using purified proteins and ITC, our studies show that the Del52 mutant has calcium-binding characteristics resembling that of the wild-type protein. Additionally, through genetic manipulations in cell lines, our studies directly address the effects of calreticulin KO and its Del52 mutation upon ER luminal and cytosolic calcium levels, and cellular SOCE signals. We did not measure significant differences in any of these parameters between the KO cells and those reconstituted with wild-type calreticulin or the Del52 mutant. As noted by the editors, these results show that Ca2+ binding by calreticulin and SOCE in a cell are not fundamentally impacted by the type I deletion mutation.

      Other studies have found that unfolded protein responses are activated in MPN cells with CRTDel52 calreticulin (see Blood, 2021), and increased UPR could account for higher levels of some ER-resident calcium-binding proteins observed here.

      These points are addressed in the discussion. Either protein misfolding in cells with wild-type calreticulin deficiency or the sensing of cellular calcium perturbations could induce the expression of ER calcium-binding proteins in calreticulin-deficient cells, although we favor the latter model for the reason specified in the discussion. Regardless of the precise mechanisms underlying the expression changes in calcium-binding proteins, the upregulated factors are predicted to compensate for calreticulin deficiency and contribute to the maintenance of the overall cellular calcium homeostasis.

      Overall, it remains unclear how this work improves our understanding of MPN or clarifies calreticulin's role in MPN pathophysiology.

      Multiple studies referenced in the manuscript have suggested links between altered calcium signaling/binding by CRT mutants and MPN pathogenesis. Our studies indicate that ER and cytosolic calcium levels and SOCE are not directly impacted by the MPN type I CALR mutation, points noted in the abstract and discussion. Thus, calcium signaling may not play a specific role in MPN CALR mutant pathology via suggested mechanisms. We are confident that readers will find these results important for better understanding the role of calreticulin type I mutations in MPN.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This study aimed to express, purify, and evaluate low-affinity calcium binding by a calreticulin deletion mutant (CRTdel52) that is linked to myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN). The researchers performed cell imaging, flow cytometry, and isothermal titration calorimetry to compare calcium binding between wild-type calreticulin and CRTDel52. They assessed cytosolic calcium levels and store-operated calcium entry (SOCE) in HET293T cells (CRT knocked-out background) and in megakaryoblastic MEG-1 cells. Additionally, they examined changes in the abundance of endoplasmic reticulum (ER) resident calcium-binding proteins in cells expressing either wild-type or mutant CRT.

      This study is well executed but lacks clear relevance to MPN, and it is not clear how this work advances our knowledge of calreticulin biology. No differences were found in calcium binding between wild-type calreticulin and CRTDel52, nor was SOCE impacted. They noticed, however, a compensatory increase in the abundance of some ER resident calcium-binding proteins. The lack of any significant changes in calcium behavior between wild type and CRTDel52 is not surprising based on the known amino acid sequence of calreticulin and calreticulin mutant and based on our knowledge about CRT calcium binding in general. Consequently, it is not clear how this work advances our understanding of the pathophysiology of MPN. Calcium may not play a critical role in the MPN pathology; instead, CRTDel52 secretion and receptor signaling appear more central. Further research should address how these findings relate specifically to MPN and cell biology, in general.

      Our current studies demonstrate increased expression of other calcium-binding proteins in the context of heterozygous MPN type I CALR mutations (Figure 8C) or conditions resembling homozygous MPN type I CALR mutations (Figures 8D-8G). These results, together with findings of maintained ER and cytosolic calcium levels and SOCE signals (Figures 4-7 and Figure 6, supplemental Figure 2 and Figure 7, supplemental Figure 1), indicate that altered calcium binding/signaling by Del52 does not directly contribute to MPN pathology.

      What is the biological or pathophysiological relevance of the CRTDel52-KDEL construct?

      The KDEL sequence is important for the ER retention of CRT (Sonnichsen et al., 1994), and its addition was expected to at least partially remedy the ER retention defect of CRT<sub>Del52</sub>. This point is clarified in the revised results section.

      The rise in ER calcium-binding proteins is noteworthy but anticipated, given likely genetic changes from UPR pathway activation in these cells. Is this relevant to MPN?

      We suggest that increased expression of other calcium-binding proteins in the context of heterozygous MPN type I CALR mutations (Figure 8C) or conditions resembling homozygous MPN type I CALR mutations (Figures 8D-8G) would contribute to the maintenance of the cell’s calcium signaling capacity.

      How do the authors explain the difference between their results and previous findings about lower ER luminal calcium and changed SOCE in MPN patient cells expressing CRTDel52?

      The findings related to SOCE are addressed in the points discussed above and in the revised discussion. Related to ER luminal calcium, the study by Ibarra et al. (Ibarra et al., 2022) reported that CRT<sub>Del52</sub> overexpressed in U2OS cells (expressing endogenous CRT) had reduced ER calcium levels compared to the same cells expressing WT CRT or CRT<sub>Ins5</sub>. Those measurements did not use a ratiometric ER calcium probe, and additionally it is possible that the expression of compensatory calcium-binding proteins is more muted in cells expressing endogenous wild-type CRT.

      Other studies have found that unfolded protein responses are activated in MPN cells with CRTDel52 calreticulin (see Blood, 2021), and increased UPR could account for higher levels of some ER-resident calcium-binding proteins observed here.

      We agree that increased UPR could account for higher levels of some ER-resident calcium-binding proteins. As noted in the revised discussion, regardless of the precise mechanisms underlying the expression changes in calcium-binding proteins, the upregulated factors are predicted to compensate for calreticulin deficiency and contribute to the maintenance of the overall cellular calcium homeostasis.

      It is not clear why flow cytometry was a choice of technique for measurements of ER calcium. Pacific Blue was detected at 405 nm excitation and 452-455 nm emission, while unbound probe signals appeared in the AmCyan channel (405 nm excitation/498 nm emission). It is unnecessary to mention fluorochrome labels (like Pacific Blue or AmCyan) for channels that are not in use. Only the channels actually utilized need to be specified: The calcium-bound GEM-CEPIA1er probe's signal was collected using the Pacific Blue channel (excitation at 405 nm, emission at 452-455 nm), while the unbound probe's signal was detected using the AmCyan channel (excitation at 405 nm, emission at 498 nm). Since it's not possible to monitor emission only at a specific wavelength with a Fortessa, could this be a different channel that is being recorded?

      Additionally, due to the similar spectra and potential for bleed-through between Pacific blue and Amcyan, compensation is likely necessary. Therefore, you should include single-stained control cells containing only one probe for proper reporting. Additionally, only the "GEM-CEPIA1er probe" is displayed, while the second probe is referred to solely as "unbound".

      A single genetically encoded GEM-CEPIA1er probe (Suzuki et al., 2014) was used for measuring both the bound and unbound signals. The GEM-CEPIA1er probe was excited with the 405 nm violet laser. In the methods section of the revised manuscript, the GEM-CEPIA1er probe wording is included for describing both the bound and unbound signal collections. Additionally, we have undertaken new spectrofluorimetric experiments (new Figure 5), which allow for the distinct emission peaks to be recorded corresponding to the Ca<sup>2+</sup>-bound and Ca<sup>2+</sup>-unbound signals. Similar results were obtained as reported for the flow cytometry-based experiments.

      Increased expression of wild-type calreticulin compared to parental cells should impact on ER calcium content and dynamics in back-transfected HEK293T-KO or MEG-1 cells. Direct ER calcium measurements in HEK293 cells with various calreticulin constructs would significantly strengthen this presentation.

      Our experiments were structured to compare calcium signaling in cells expressing only wild-type CRT or CRT<sub>Del52</sub> (resembling homozygous type I MPN CALR mutations) compared to CRT-KO cells. The over-expression of CRT in the reconstituted cells compared to endogenous expression level is a limitation of our study which we have acknowledged in the revised manuscript discussion. Understanding the effects of over-expression of wild-type CRT vs the CRT<sub>Del52</sub> mutant upon ER and cytosolic calcium signals and SOCE is interesting, but beyond the scope of the present study.

      The authors should examine the immunolocalization of CRTDel52 and wild-type protein in HEK293 cells.

      Previous published studies from another lab showed that CRT<sub>Del52</sub> is secreted from HEK cells and that the addition of a KDEL sequence to CRT<sub>Del52</sub> reduces secretion and induces its increased intracellular accumulation (Arshad and Cresswell, 2018). This point is noted in the revised results section and the reference is cited. This appears to be the general theme in primary cells and cell lines. Previous studies and our own prior published studies have shown that CRT<sub>Del52</sub> (but not wild-type CRT) is detectable in the media of cell lines and patient serum as well on the cell surface of primary cells and cell lines (Kaur et al., 2024, Venkatesan et al., 2021, Pecquet et al., 2023).

      SDS-PAGE of purified proteins is overloaded, and chromatograms show extra peaks or shoulders, making protein quality assessment uncertain.

      Representative chromatograms, peaks corresponding to protein monomers used for ITC analyses and the relevant gels are clarified in the revised manuscript. In new analyses since the original submission, intact protein mass spectrometry was undertaken for CRT<sub>Del52</sub>. The results indicate a 35-42 amino acid truncation in different preparations. The truncated proteins would still include acidic residues (between 340–351) previously implicated in low-affinity calcium binding by murine CRT that are shared between wild-type and CRT<sub>Del52</sub>. This new information is now included in the revised results section.

      Analysis of SOCE in calreticulin-deficient cells and cells reconstituted with calreticulin or overexpressing the protein has already been reported (PMID12324449).

      The indicated reference and additional related papers examining effects of CRT deficiency and overexpression on cellular calcium signaling (Arnaudeau et al., 2002, Bastianutto et al., 1995, Mery et al., 1996, Nakamura et al., 2001) are cited in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Tagoe and colleagues present a thorough analysis of the calcium (Ca2+) binding capacity of calreticulin (CRT), an endoplasmic reticulum (ER) Ca2+-buffer protein, using a mutant version (CRT del52) found in myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPNs). The authors use purified human CRT protein variants, CRT-KO cell lines, and an MPN cell line to elucidate the differing Ca2+ dynamics, both on the level of the protein and on cell-wide Ca2+-governed processes. In sum, the authors provide new insights into CRT that can be applied to both normal and malignant cell biology.

      First, the authors purify CRT protein and perform isothermal titration calorimetry to quantify the Ca2+ binding capacity of CRT. They use full-length human CRT, CRT del52, and two truncations of CRT (1-339 and 1-351, the former of which should lead to the entire loss of low-affinity Ca2+ binding). While CRT del52 has previously been shown to lead to a decrease in Ca2+ binding affinity in other models, the ITC data show that this is retained in CRT del52.

      Next, the authors utilize a CRT-KO cell line with subsequent addition of CRT protein variants to validate these findings with flow cytometric analysis. Cells were transfected with a ratiometric ER Ca2+ probe, and fluorescence indicates that CRT del52 is unable to restore basal ER Ca2+ levels to the same extent as CRT wild-type. To translate these findings to MPNs, the authors perform CRT-KO in a megakaryocytic cell line, where reconstitution with either CRT variant did not cause a difference in cytosolic calcium levels. The authors further test store-operated calcium entry (SOCE), an important process for maintaining ER Ca2+ levels, in these cells, and find that CRT-KO cells have lower SOCE activity, and that this can be slightly recovered with CRT addition.

      Finally, the authors ask whether other effects of CRT-KO/reconstitution can affect the cellular Ca2+ signaling pathway and levels. RNASeq analysis revealed that CRT-KO leads to an increase in various chaperone protein expressions, and that reconstitution with CRT del52 is unable to reduce expression to the same extent as reconstitution with CRT wildtype.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide new insights into CRT that can be applied to both normal and malignant cell biology.

      We thank the reviewer for the recognition that this study is important for our understanding of both normal and malignant cell biology.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors should consider discussing the high-affinity Ca2+ binding site more in the introduction. Can they show a proof-of-concept experiment that validates that incubation of recombinant CRT reduces the function of that high-affinity Ca2+ binding site?

      In a previous study (Wijeyesakere et al., 2011), we showed that at a starting calcium concentration of 0 mM and with CaCl<sub>2</sub> injections to a final concentration of 70-80 mM the measured K<sub>D</sub> value was 16.6 mM for calcium binding to wild type murine calreticulin, (which has ~95% sequence identity with human calreticulin), corresponding to the high-affinity site. On the other hand, at a starting calcium concentration of 50-100 mM and CaCl<sub>2</sub> injections to a final concentration of 700-850 mM, the measured K<sub>D</sub> value for calcium binding to wild-type murine calreticulin was 590 mM (corresponding to the low-affinity sites). We did not observe the high-affinity sites when the starting calcium concentration was 50 mM and calcium injections were at 33 mM each; similar conditions are used in the present study. These points are clarified in the revised manuscript in the results section.

      (2) For Figure 2B, do you have an explanation for why the purified proteins run higher than predicted (48-52kDa) - are these proteins still tagged with pGB1?

      Yes, the purified proteins shown in Figure 2B retained a GB1 tag. This point is clarified in the revised methods.

      (3) The MEG-01 cell line has the BCR:ABL1 translocation, while CRT mutations are strictly found in BCR:ABL1 negative MPNs. Could these experiments be repeated in these cells treated with imatinib to decrease these effects, or see if basal MEG-01 Ca2+ levels/activity are changed with or without imatinib?

      Thank you for this important point. We have assessed cytosolic calcium levels in MEG-01 cells that were treated or not treated with imatinib in new Figure 6, supplemental Figures 1 and 2 and Figure 7, supplemental Figure 1) and show that the prior results hold in imatinib-treated cells.

      References

      ARNAUDEAU, S., FRIEDEN, M., NAKAMURA, K., CASTELBOU, C., MICHALAK, M. & DEMAUREX, N. 2002. Calreticulin differentially modulates calcium uptake and release in the endoplasmic reticulum and mitochondria. J Biol Chem, 277, 46696-705.

      ARSHAD, N. & CRESSWELL, P. 2018. Tumor-associated calreticulin variants functionally compromise the peptide loading complex and impair its recruitment of MHC-I. J Biol Chem, 293, 9555-9569.

      BASTIANUTTO, C., CLEMENTI, E., CODAZZI, F., PODINI, P., DE GIORGI, F., RIZZUTO, R., MELDOLESI, J. & POZZAN, T. 1995. Overexpression of calreticulin increases the Ca2+ capacity of rapidly exchanging Ca2+ stores and reveals aspects of their lumenal microenvironment and function. J Cell Biol, 130, 847-55.

      DI BUDUO, C. A., ABBONANTE, V., MARTY, C., MOCCIA, F., RUMI, E., PIETRA, D., SOPRANO, P. M., LIM, D., CATTANEO, D., IURLO, A., GIANELLI, U., BAROSI, G., ROSTI, V., PLO, I., CAZZOLA, M. & BALDUINI, A. 2020. Defective interaction of mutant calreticulin and SOCE in megakaryocytes from patients with myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood, 135, 133-144.

      IBARRA, J., ELBANNA, Y. A., KURYLOWICZ, K., CIBODDO, M., GREENBAUM, H. S., ARELLANO, N. S., RODRIGUEZ, D., EVERS, M., BOCK-HUGHES, A., LIU, C., SMITH, Q., LUTZE, J., BAUMEISTER, J., KALMER, M., OLSCHOK, K., NICHOLSON, B., SILVA, D., MAXWELL, L., DOWGIELEWICZ, J., RUMI, E., PIETRA, D., CASETTI, I. C., CATRICALA, S., KOSCHMIEDER, S., GURBUXANI, S., SCHNEIDER, R. K., OAKES, S. A. & ELF, S. E. 2022. Type I but Not Type II Calreticulin Mutations Activate the IRE1alpha/XBP1 Pathway of the Unfolded Protein Response to Drive Myeloproliferative Neoplasms. Blood Cancer Discov, 3, 298-315.

      KAUR, A., VENKATESAN, A., KANDARPA, M., TALPAZ, M. & RAGHAVAN, M. 2024. Lysosomal degradation targets mutant calreticulin and the thrombopoietin receptor in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood Adv, 8, 3372-3387.

      MERY, L., MESAELI, N., MICHALAK, M., OPAS, M., LEW, D. P. & KRAUSE, K. H. 1996. Overexpression of calreticulin increases intracellular Ca2+ storage and decreases store-operated Ca2+ influx. J Biol Chem, 271, 9332-9.

      NAKAMURA, K., ZUPPINI, A., ARNAUDEAU, S., LYNCH, J., AHSAN, I., KRAUSE, R., PAPP, S., DE SMEDT, H., PARYS, J. B., MULLER-ESTERL, W., LEW, D. P., KRAUSE, K. H., DEMAUREX, N., OPAS, M. & MICHALAK, M. 2001. Functional specialization of calreticulin domains. J Cell Biol, 154, 961-72.

      PECQUET, C., PAPADOPOULOS, N., BALLIGAND, T., CHACHOUA, I., TISSERAND, A., VERTENOEIL, G., NEDELEC, A., VERTOMMEN, D., ROY, A., MARTY, C., NIVARTHI, H., DEFOUR, J. P., EL-KHOURY, M., HUG, E., MAJOROS, A., XU, E., ZAGRIJTSCHUK, O., FERTIG, T. E., MARTA, D. S., GISSLINGER, H., GISSLINGER, B., SCHALLING, M., CASETTI, I., RUMI, E., PIETRA, D., CAVALLONI, C., ARCAINI, L., CAZZOLA, M., KOMATSU, N., KIHARA, Y., SUNAMI, Y., EDAHIRO, Y., ARAKI, M., LESYK, R., BUXHOFER-AUSCH, V., HEIBL, S., PASQUIER, F., HAVELANGE, V., PLO, I., VAINCHENKER, W., KRALOVICS, R. & CONSTANTINESCU, S. N. 2023. Secreted mutant calreticulins as rogue cytokines in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood, 141, 917-929.

      PIETRA, D., RUMI, E., FERRETTI, V. V., DI BUDUO, C. A., MILANESI, C., CAVALLONI, C., SANT'ANTONIO, E., ABBONANTE, V., MOCCIA, F., CASETTI, I. C., BELLINI, M., RENNA, M. C., RONCORONI, E., FUGAZZA, E., ASTORI, C., BOVERI, E., ROSTI, V., BAROSI, G., BALDUINI, A. & CAZZOLA, M. 2016. Differential clinical effects of different mutation subtypes in CALR-mutant myeloproliferative neoplasms. Leukemia, 30, 431-8.

      SONNICHSEN, B., FULLEKRUG, J., NGUYEN VAN, P., DIEKMANN, W., ROBINSON, D. G. & MIESKES, G. 1994. Retention and retrieval: both mechanisms cooperate to maintain calreticulin in the endoplasmic reticulum. J Cell Sci, 107 (Pt 10), 2705-17.

      SUZUKI, J., KANEMARU, K., ISHII, K., OHKURA, M., OKUBO, Y. & IINO, M. 2014. Imaging intraorganellar Ca2+ at subcellular resolution using CEPIA. Nat Commun, 5, 4153.

      VENKATESAN, A., GENG, J., KANDARPA, M., WIJEYESAKERE, S. J., BHIDE, A., TALPAZ, M., POGOZHEVA, I. D. & RAGHAVAN, M. 2021. Mechanism of mutant calreticulin-mediated activation of the thrombopoietin receptor in cancers. J Cell Biol, 220, e202009179.

      WIJEYESAKERE, S. J., GAFNI, A. A. & RAGHAVAN, M. 2011. Calreticulin is a thermostable protein with distinct structural responses to different divalent cation environments. J Biol Chem, 286, 8771-85.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors conducted a comprehensive benchmarking and evaluation of co-folding platforms, including AlphaFold3, Boltz-2, Chai-1, and the docking algorithm Dock3.7, which employs a physics-based scoring function that incorporates van der Waals interactions, electrostatics, and ligand desolvation energies. The system of interest was the SARS-CoV-2 NSP3 macrodomain (Mac1), an increasingly popular antiviral target, and the ligand sets comprised 557 unseen ligand poses (keeping the training for these co-folding platforms in mind). Additionally, the authors investigated whether the co-folding models could distinguish true ligands from non-binding small molecules. The study is thorough, with extensive statistical support and consensus across multiple metrics (chemoinformatics for quantifying ligand similarity and efficacy). The questions that the authors aim to address are whether the co-folding models struggle with memorization, whether they can distinguish between a true and a false binder, whether they replicate experimental binding affinities and efficacy, and how they compare to the physics-based docking algorithm (Dock3.7).

      We thank Reviewer 1 for this thoughtful summary of our work.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a scientifically solid paper. The work is highly detailed and well executed, featuring thorough data analysis and statistical assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concern is that the study's aim is a bit unclear. Modern benchmarking studies comparing physics-based docking with deep learning-based co-folding approaches (e.g., AF3, Boltz-2, Chai-1, and others) are increasingly expected to go beyond aggregate performance metrics.

      Indeed, we have gone into several examples of failures and successes for each of these methods. As we are not developing these methods ourselves, we also think this dataset will be a valuable contribution for improving them further.

      In addition to rigorous dataset construction, transparent methodology, and appropriate statistical evaluation, high-impact benchmarks typically provide actionable guidance on when each method class is most appropriate, reflecting their distinct inductive biases and practical constraints. Failure-mode analyses that link performance differences to protein flexibility, ligand chemistry, or binding-site characteristics are particularly valuable, as they move comparisons beyond "scoreboard" assessments toward mechanistic understanding.

      Right now, we do not observe meaningful trends that separate the failure modes for any individual method. This is covered in Supplementary Figures 6 and 7.

      While full biological validation is not expected, qualitative interpretation grounded in physical and biological principles strengthens conclusions. Providing reproducible workflows or reference pipelines is not mandatory, but it is increasingly viewed as a best practice because it facilitates adoption and helps contextualize results for practitioners.

      We note that our code is available (https://github.com/jongbin99/Cofolding/) and all structural data will be publicly accessible in the PDB alongside publication (we only held it back only for “blinding” during peer review to avoid contamination with any new deep learning methods).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Kim et al. evaluates the performance of three modern AI-based methods in predicting complex structures and binding affinities between proteins and chemical compounds. An honest 'prospective' evaluation is achieved by studying benchmark structures and chemical compounds that did not exist in the PDB at the time the AI structure prediction models (AlphaFold3, Chai-1, Boltz-2) were trained.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses an important question in modern computational biology and drug discovery, and establishes the strengths and limitations of the three tools in solving various computational chemistry tasks, including compound pose prediction, active-inactive discrimination, and potency ranking.

      (2) The conclusions are based on examination of four separate targets and respective compound datasets, where for one of the targets, the authors also obtained numerous X-ray structures to serve as experimental answers for the binding pose prediction task.

      (3) The study reports relationships between structure prediction confidence, predicted energies (DOCK3.7), and affinity predictions (Boltz-2) with the geometric accuracy of compound pose prediction as well as the experimentally measured potency.

      (4) One of the key findings is the limited ability of co-folding methods to predict conformational rearrangements, which does not correlate with their ability to predict binding poses of the compounds inducing these rearrangements.

      (5) The findings could serve as useful guidelines for computational chemists in selecting appropriate software and scoring schemes for each task.

      We appreciate Reviewer 2’s summary of the novelty of the dataset and analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      While I consider this a solid study, several aspects would need to be addressed to make it really strong:

      (1) DOCK3.7 docking and scoring experiments were performed using one experimental structure of Mac1, selected from dozens of structures based on a criterion that is not sufficiently well justified. For sigma2 receptor, dopamine D4 receptor, and AmpC β-lactamase, it is not clear which structures or models were selected for docking at all. It is well known that geometry predictions, scoring, and active-inactive ROC AUCs are all strongly influenced by the selected structure. It would be important to attempt Mac1 docking using all available experimental Mac1 structures, or at least against representative structures in various conformations; it would also be quite insightful to compare results to docking of the same compound sets to AF3, Boltz-2 and Chai-1 predicted structures of Mac1. Same goes for the docking studies of sigma2, D4, and AmpC β-lactamase.

      In any program, a decision has to be made as to which template will be used for docking, we justified the choice in the methods:

      “We used this structure because the inhibitor (Z5014193706) was the most potent molecule with a structure determined around the same time as the ligands in this dataset were tested.”

      We stand by this as a reasonable assumption. Similarly, for sigma2, D4, and AmpC β-lactamase, the template was chosen in the respective papers:

      a) The σ2 receptor bound to cholesterol (PDB ID: 7MFI) was used in the docking calculations.

      - This structure was determined in the paper, the first structure of sigma2 and therefore a worthy template

      b) The D4 receptor campaign used PDB 5WIU

      - This was one of two D4 structures available and chosen because it was not bound to sodium

      c) For AmpC, the campaign used the structure in the Protein Data Bank (PDB) 1L2S

      - This maximizes comparisons to other docking studies that used the same receptor template.

      The major goal of this study is to compare different methods under reasonable (but perhaps as the reviewer points out, not optimal) conditions, not to optimize docking score.

      (2) For binding affinity predictions, as a control, authors should consider compound co-folding with an unrelated protein, or even with a pseudo-peptide that consists of a few random single amino acids - this would provide an honest baseline for such predictions.

      This suggestion would be valuable for understanding the performance for these methods from the perspective of ligand specificity (a valuable, but separate, goal). Surely this will generate some number or some prediction - but what would this baseline mean and how would it be relevant for drug discovery? Therefore, we do not think this suggestion is relevant for the issues being investigated in this manuscript.

      (3) ROC curves Figure 3 and elsewhere should be shown, and AUCs quantified/reported on a log or square-root scaled x-axis, to emphasize early enrichment, which is the area of practical significance for these predictions. For example, Figure 3A currently suggests that the pose prediction performance of AF3 exceeds that of Boltz-2 whereas the early enrichment is clearly better for Boltz-2.

      We agree with this, and added a semi-logAUC plot for Figure 3A. For Figure 5, we also generated a semi-logAUC plot to see early ligand enrichment clearly, added as Supplementary Figure 11. We added the text:

      “Considering its early enrichment performance, Boltz-2 Ligand ipTM was the strongest predictor of pose accuracy based on normalized logAUC (20.5% above random, Fig. 3a). In contrast, although Boltz-2 pIC50 showed poor overall discrimination, it overestimated its ability to enrich true positive poses at low false positive rates, despite having a weak early enrichment behavior”

      (4) 'Trained set' in figures and text should probably be 'training set'? Or otherwise explain this new term the first time it is introduced.

      Thank you for pointing out this for clarification. ‘Training set’ is the correct word, and we made changes appropriately across all figures and texts.

      (5) Figure 1 illustrates a projection onto the first two principal components of a space that apparently had only one (scalar) metric for each compound pair (% maximum common substructure or Tanimoto coefficient); the authors need to better explain the principle behind this analysis and visualization.

      This suggestion is valuable, since we often use PCA to reduce dimensionality for more complex features. For clarification, we actually have a full pairwise similarity matrix for all tested Mac1 compounds based on each of Tc and MCS%. PCA for each MCS% and Tc is a representation of each pairwise similarity matrix. We also made a change in Figure 1 caption to make this point clearer:

      “projection of compounds represented by their full pairwise similarity vectors (by ECFP-4 Tc and MCS%)”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study's core conclusions are well-supported by data. It is shown that co-folding outperforms docking in known ligand pose/affinity prediction (validated by RMSD and IC₅₀ correlation), struggles with false-positive discrimination in virtual screens (lower AUC values), and is complementary to docking (non-correlated errors, distinct strengths in drug discovery stages).

      Strengths:

      (1) Unprecedented prospective design with 557 novel Mac1-ligand complexes ensures rigorous, independent evaluation of co-folding methods.

      (2) Comprehensive comparison of 3 co-folding tools (AlphaFold3, Chai-1, Boltz-2) with DOCK3.7 across diverse targets and metrics enables nuanced performance assessment.

      (3) The study clearly demonstrates complementary roles of co-folding (superior pose/affinity prediction for known ligands) and docking (better hit prioritization), and addresses deep learning memorization concerns via ligand similarity analysis.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for pointing out the unprecedented and comprehensive nature of our study

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Limited generalization to diverse protein families (e.g., no ion channels/transporters).

      We agree - we have not explored the entire proteome and these are important target classes that will surely be investigated by future studies. We focused on targets here where we had large number of X-ray crystal structures (Mac1) and affinity/inhibition measurements from docking (the other three targets).

      (2) Ambiguity in the mechanism underlying co-folding's failure to predict rare conformational changes.

      Again, we agree. We are not the developers of these methods. We observe that these methods do not predict conformational changes with high fidelity and this weakness is an area that co-folding methods will surely prioritize in the future.

      (3) Virtual screen comparison is unbalanced (docking-prioritized hit lists bias results).

      We acknowledge this in the results: “An important caveat is that the hit-lists were composed of molecules prioritized by docking in the first place, giving it an advantage on these particular sets.” and discussion: “Finally, comparing co-folding to docking based on hit-lists themselves selected by docking is arguably unfair to co-folding. Counter-balancing this is the inclusion, in each of the three hit lists, of molecules that had mediocre and poor docking scores intentionally selected to test the correlation between docking score and hit-rate. Here too, the correlation between co-folding score and likelihood to bind, what we sometimes call a “dock-response-curve” was no better than docking’s, often worse (SFig.11).”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Here are suggestions for revisions:

      (1) The writing is at times obtuse and hard to follow.

      This happens sometimes when multiple authors are writing together. We apologize and are happy to respond to specific areas that can be streamlined to be easier to follow.

      (2) In the Results section, "A set of 557 previously unreported Mac1 ligand complexes", the authors have compared the ligand poses across different metrics such as Tc - a standard, highly effective method in chemo-informatics and MCS (maximum common substructures); these are standard metrics for quantifying the structural similarity between pairs of small molecules. This part of the analysis checks whether this is memorization; it is critical to compare the two metrics, but it is not sufficient to draw a conclusion.

      Thank you for pointing out about the structural similarity of molecules co-folded to those present in the training set (resolved as Mac1 complexes and deposited in PDB before training dates). We have conducted an analysis where we do a pairwise similarity comparison for all ligands present in the PDB (regardless of the target), by both Tc and MCS, and overlay the cluster of ligands we tested (Mac1, AmpC, sigma2, D4). This should show where our tested benchmark datasets lie in the chemical space covered in the entire PDB. Each cluster (around 500 to 1300 compounds per target system) is overlaid on the cluster of all ligands deposited in PDB (over 50,000 compounds), and each cluster was relatively diverse by both Tc and MCS.

      (3) In the "Co folding can accurately reproduce poses of ligands dissimilar to those trained." Subsection under Results, the authors' conclusions are hard to follow; they state that the co-folding models often mispredict or miss the alternative conformation, but they also predict poses that are distinct from the training set. What does that imply?

      Our interpretation is actually a somewhat unsettling one: co-folding gets the ligand pose right even when it gets the protein wrong, and even when the ligand is novel. This suggests the models may be anchoring on conserved pharmacophoric interactions (like the adenosine-mimicking purine scaffold) rather than truly modeling the physics of the full complex. We added to the results section:

      This result suggests that co-folding reliably recapitulates dominant ligand-binding interactions even in the absence of accurate protein conformational modeling, providing further support to the idea that they are learning specific interaction patterns rather than a deeper physics-based representation (Masters et al. 2025).

      (4) The Discussion section connects the results and conclusions, but it can be challenging to grasp the study's overall message.

      We think the final paragraph hits on three major points:

      - Co-folding accurately predicts ligand poses for known binders, but fails to capture conformational changes

      - Co-folding does not reliably distinguish true binders from false positives in virtual screening hit lists

      - Docking and co-folding are complementary rather than competing tools

      (5) The work is highly detailed and well executed, featuring thorough data analysis and statistical assessment. The value of the paper would be further enhanced by explaining how it differs from seemingly similar results reported in other studies, including the one cited in this manuscript (see https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.64898/2025.12.04.692352v1).

      The Mac1 results are completely unique. However, the docking datasets are exactly the same as those analyzed in the Menon et al manuscript. We don’t think our results differs from conclusions of the Menon et al manuscript as we wrote: These observations are supported by a fascinating study on some of the same ligand sets as investigated here, using AlphaFold3, reaching similar conclusions (Menon et al. 2025).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Expand target diversity to include ion channels, transporters, etc., beyond enzymes and GPCRs.

      (2) Investigate the cause of co-folding's failure in predicting rare conformational changes (e.g., adjust sampling, MSA inputs, or add experimental constraints).

      (3) Mitigate docking bias in virtual screens (e.g., re-analyze unbiased compound libraries).

      We addressed these three points in the public review above

      (4) Test Boltz-2's affinity predictions without linear calibration and compare with FEP.

      The data without linear calibration are included in the manuscript. Comparing such a large number of compounds with FEP is currently beyond our capabilities.

      (5) Conduct proof-of-concept to test co-folding-docking integration for better hit rates.

      We think this is well beyond the scope of this manuscript - but look forward to testing this idea in the future.

      We also got one community review that we respond to below:

      Summary

      This manuscript evaluates the performance of co-folding models when tasked with 1) the recapitulation of a large number of experimentally determined co-crystal structures of Mac1 with a series of Mac1 ligands and 2) the rescoring of hits to identify false positives originally derived from a set of large docking-based virtual screens. The evaluation leverages a dataset of crystal structures and affinity data from high-throughput crystallographic and biophysical screens, respectively. These data uniquely enable this report to focus on the ability of co-folding models to handle ligands, resulting in an analysis that is particularly timely given the wide adoption of co-folding models and the relative scarcity of such ligand-focused benchmarks among existing evaluations, which have primarily focused on protein structure prediction or binder design.

      Thank you for this thoughtful summary of our work

      Feedback

      The experiments and analyses in the manuscript are well thought-out and do not have any significant issues. There are a few high-level points that may improve the clarity and completeness of the results. Importantly, none of the suggested additional experiments will affect the conclusions of the paper, but rather help provide additional context for the results:

      The first section presents an exciting opportunity to frame the Mac1 ligands against ligands in the PDB more broadly. It would be informative to assess whether chemotypes that are easier or harder to predict accurately and confidently are over- or under-represented in the PDB as a whole. Note that this is not a recommendation that new scaffold similarity metrics be incorporated into the analysis, but rather that analyses similar to those already performed in the manuscript are performed using all ligands in the PDB. For example, PCA-based analyses similar to those in Fig. 1c could be used to examine Mac1 ligands in the context of all PDB ligands enabling questions such as whether similarity to a nearest PDB neighbor, cluster size in a Tc/MCS PCA space, or other frequency-based measures show any relationship with prediction vs. crystal structure RMSD. Such analyses could provide additional insight into how effectively models leverage ligand information present in the PDB overall, as opposed to biases arising specifically from scaffolds represented in Mac1 structures in the PDB, which are already well covered in the manuscript. The conclusion that Tc/MCS do not correlate with the ligand RMSDs for the ligands already associated with the Mac1 is well supported, and presumably suggests that a correlation would not exist against the backdrop of the PDB, but it would be interesting to see the data using analyses similar to those already done in the manuscript nonetheless.

      We are adding new figures in SFig.1 that consider how different clusters of ligands tested for our co-folding analysis are distributed across the chemical space in PDB. This is done by making a similarity comparison between every ligand in PDB and those tested in our analysis by Tc and MCS%, then plotting in PCA space for each metric. We are excited to see that each dataset covers a wide scope in PCA space, but at the same time, there are unexplored areas in the chemical space of PDB by co-folding.

      Similarly, even though the four proteins used in this manuscript are not themselves the primary focus of the analysis, it would be valuable to perform a high-level assessment of the precedent for each protein in the PDB (beyond the count of liganded structures in Table S6), either in protein sequence space (e.g., MSAs) or structural space (e.g., FoldSeek). An analysis like this would provide important context about whether any of the proteins in the study have close homologs with liganded structures in the PDB, or are generally overrepresented in the PDB. The fact that the AUC for L-pLDDT for AmpC is higher than σ2 and D4, for example, is notable given the relative abundance of liganded AmpC structures in the PDB (this raises potentially interesting questions related to where DOCK3.7 and AF3 actually place the ligands, given the orthosteric β-lactam binding pocket in AmpC, although this is outside of the scope of this manuscript).

      High-level assessment of the precedent for each protein in the PDB will definitely help to understand if proteins we used have close homologs with liganded structures in the PDB. Our Supplementary Table 6 covers the extent to which these liganded structures were available by cutoff dates for AF3, Chai-1 and Boltz-2. AmpC had more homologs than sigma2 and D4, and this may explain a better AUC for AF3 L-pLDDT specifically for this target.

      A discussion of the affinity probability results (`affinity_probability_binary`) from Boltz-2 is likely warranted in the second section in addition to the pIC50s that are already reported (`affinity_pred_value`). The former seems like it would be more applicable for section 2 of the manuscript, but both warrant inclusion—they should both be calculated by default when the affinity pipeline in Boltz-2 is turned on, so it wouldn't involve any more inference.

      As boltz-2 affinity module outputs both affinity probability binary output and affinity predicted value, we kept track of both metrics. So we tried re-ranking hit lists using both metrics. Where boltz-2 performed better (Sigma2, D4), binary probability values were more representative as a metric to differentiate true actives from non-binders. This was more clear in semi-logarithmic ROC plots. However, in AmpC, both Boltz-2 scoring metrics performed similarly. Such inconsistency in trend made it difficult to draw conclusions.

      Minor points

      A more detailed description of the experimental methods used to generate the ground-truth data in the introduction (even though these have been explained in prior works) would help orient the reader early on, and ground the benchmarking aspect of the story. In general, the abstract and introduction would benefit from a more cohesive through-line to tie the two complementary but orthogonal sections of the paper together.

      We will include a more thorough description alongside the PDB depositions. As for the two sections, we have tried to tie them together from the perspective of drug discovery workflows…

      The cutoffs in the "Co-folding can accurately reproduce..." section shift between 2.5 Å (from the ligand center of mass) and 2.0 Å. Is there a reason for this? Along similar lines, mentioning cutoffs for true positives/negatives when introducing the ROC analyses later on in the Mac1 section seems unnecessary since no cutoff should be necessary here.

      We used 2.5A distance to COM to just get at “broadly the correct binding site” for fast filtering and 2.0A RMSD because that is the broadly accepted standard in the field for “relatively correct binding pose”.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study revisits an important and controversial question in brain repair: whether NeuroD1 can convert brain immune cells into nerve cells in vivo. Using a virus-free genetic system, in vivo imaging, injury experiments, and single-cell profiling, the authors provide convincing evidence that NeuroD1-expressing cells do not become nerve cells under the tested conditions. Instead, these cells largely retain their original immune-cell identity, and some appear to undergo cellular stress or loss.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the work is that it tests this question with a cleaner genetic strategy, avoiding some of the concerns associated with viral delivery and unintended cell labeling. Although the overall conclusion is consistent with the authors' previous work, the current study adds useful independent evidence, particularly through the virus-free fate-mapping system and live imaging in the brain.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some limitations. In the injury experiment, the labeled cells may include both resident brain immune cells and blood-derived immune cells recruited after injury, so the authors should be cautious when referring to all labeled cells as microglia. The level of NeuroD1 expression achieved by the genetic system is also not fully defined, which matters because the effects of such a cell-fate regulator may depend on expression level. Finally, the tested time window may not fully address very delayed or incomplete neuronal differentiation.

      Overall, this is a useful and careful study that supports the conclusion that NeuroD1 does not drive brain immune cells to become nerve cells in the tested settings. It should be valuable for researchers studying brain repair, cell fate conversion, and genetic fate mapping, and it provides a clear caution against overinterpreting reprogramming results based only on viral labeling.

      We’d like to thank the reviewer for providing these thoughtful suggestions and positive assessment of our study. We agree that CX3CR1 lineage can label both microglia and blood-derived immune cells after injury, To more specifically assess microglial lineage tracing and minimize the potential contribution of infiltrating peripheral myeloid cells, we performed additional experiments using TMEM119-CreER::LSL-NeuroD1-EGFP mice. These experiments showed no evidence of microglia-to-neuron conversion following TBI. To evaluate the expression level of NeuroD1, we performed qPCR to verify the NeuroD1 expression level in the CD11b<sup>+</sup> cell population of the NeuroD1-expressing mice, and found that NeuroD1 expression was increased approximately 6.21-fold compared with control mice, indicating robust NeuroD1 expression. For the question about the time window, we have revised our Discussion and Conclusion parts to avoid overgeneralizing our findings beyond the experimental conditions tested. We agree that our data cannot fully exclude the possibility of delayed neuronal differentiation or neuronal conversion under other pathological conditions. Besides, we have also revised the manuscript accordingly to address the concerns raised by the reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In vivo glia-to-neuron conversion emerges as a potential regeneration-based therapeutic strategy for neural injuries and diseases. However, controversies exist in this exciting field, largely arising from the non-stringent methods employed for analyzing in vivo neuronal conversions. The study by Li et al. directly addressed this controversy regarding Neurod1-mediated microglia-to-neuron conversion. They took advantage of two transgenic mouse lines to specifically express Neurod1 in the microglia of adult mouse brains. Results from immunohistochemistry, in vivo live-cell imaging, and scRNAseq convincingly demonstrate that microglia cannot be converted in vivo to neurons by ectopic Neurod1 expression under both normal and injury conditions. Instead, it induces microglia death, consistent with their earlier findings. These solid results, though negative, are critical additions to the field and further support that stringent lineage tracing methods are essential for studying in vivo cell reprogramming. Overall, the studies are rigorously designed and executed. Only minor issues need to be dealt with.

      We’d like to thank the reviewer for providing these thoughtful comments and for the positive assessment of our study. We are glad that the reviewer agrees that our results from immunohistochemistry, in vivo live-cell imaging, and scRNA-seq support the conclusion that microglia cannot be converted into neurons by NeuroD1 expression under the tested conditions. We have carefully addressed the minor issues raised by the reviewer, including rechecking the grammar throughout the manuscript, revising the description of the TBI behavioral results, discussing the limitations of scRNA-seq for neuronal detection, adding the information of the promoters used in the study, and carefully revising the references. Besides, we have carefully revised the manuscript according to the reviewer’s suggestions.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments

      (1) TBI lineage tracing may label both microglia and infiltrating macrophages. Because tamoxifen was administered after TBI, CX3CR1-CreER may label not only resident microglia but also injuryrecruited CX3CR1+ monocytes/macrophages. The authors should avoid referring to all reporterpositive cells as microglia unless this is clearly supported. They should clarify the composition of reporter-positive cells in the TBI setting, ideally using existing scRNA-seq data or markers distinguishing microglia from infiltrating macrophages.

      The current data still support the conclusion that CX3CR1-lineage myeloid cells do not show obvious neuronal conversion in this TBI model, but the wording should be more precise.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We agree that, because TBI can recruit CX3CR1-expressing monocytes/macrophages, CX3CR1-CreER lineage tracing after injury may label both resident microglia and infiltrating myeloid cells. To more specifically assess the contribution of resident microglia, we therefore performed additional lineage-tracing experiments using TMEM119CreER::Ai14 (TMEM119-Ai14) and TMEM119-CreER::LSL-NeuroD1-EGFP(TMEM119-ND1) mice, with tamoxifen administration before or after TBI. In both experimental settings, we did not detect reporter-positive cells co-expressing the neuronal marker NeuN in either the lesion core or distal regions. These results provide no evidence of microglia-to-neuron conversion in the TBI model within the examined time window. We have also revised the text throughout the manuscript to distinguish resident microglia from broader CX3CR1-lineage myeloid cells where appropriate.

      Author response image 1.

      TMEM119-CreER::LSL-NeuroD1-EGFP animal also show no microglia-to-neuron conversion in TBI. (A)Tamoxifen induction after TBI shows there is no GFP<sup>+</sup>NeuN<sup>+</sup> cells in both lesion core and distal region. (B)Tamoxifen induction before TBI shows there is no GFP<sup>+</sup>NeuN<sup>+</sup> cells in both lesion core and distal region.

      (2) NeuroD1 expression level should be better characterized. The authors show that GFP-positive cells co-express NeuroD1, but the approximate NeuroD1 expression level is not clear. This is important because the effect of a fate-determining transcription factor may be dose-dependent. The authors should provide, if possible, a quantitative estimate of NeuroD1 expression using available IF, scRNA-seq, qPCR, or other data. This would help interpret the negative reprogramming result and would also be useful for future studies using this Rosa26-LSL-NeuroD1-IRES-GFP mouse line.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. To quantitatively assess NeuroD1 expression in the myeloid compartment, we isolated CD11b<sup>+</sup> cells from CX3CR1-CreER::Ai14 (CX3CR1-Ai14) and CX3CR1-CreER::LSL-NeuroD1-EGFP (CX3CR1-ND1) mice using MACS and performed qPCR analysis of Neurod1 expression. Neurod1 expression was increased approximately 6.21-fold in CD11b<sup>+</sup> cells from CX3CR1-ND1 mice compared with the corresponding control mice (Author response image 2). These results confirm robust NeuroD1 expression in the CD11b<sup>+</sup> cell population of the NeuroD1-expressing mice. This level of induction is broadly comparable to the approximately 4-fold increase in Neurod1 expression reported following NeuroD1 induction in the intestine, in which the same LSL-NeuroD1-EGFP transgenic mouse line was used [1].

      Author response image 2.

      Using qPCR verify the relative expression of Neurod1.

      (3) Figure 4 scRNA-seq should show Neurod1 expression. The scRNA-seq data show that reporterpositive cells retain microglial markers and lack neuronal markers, but Neurod1 expression itself is not shown. The authors should consider adding Neurod1 feature plots, violin plots, or average expression comparisons between control and NeuroD1-expressing groups. This would help validate the expression system and estimate the level achieved in sorted reporter-positive cells.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We examined the expression of Neurod1 in our scRNA-seq database, but the Neurod1 transcripts were rarely detected (not just in this database, also our previous dataset). This might because of Neurod1 is a transcription factor and single-cell RNA-seq method is not suitable for detect these low-expression transcript factor genes, so we utilized qPCR to evaluate the expression of Neurod1, as shown in Author response image 2.

      (4) The microglial loss phenotype may be related to NeuroD1/EGFP dosage. In Figure 3, the loss of GFP-positive microglia may reflect a specific effect of NeuroD1 in microglia, but it could also be related to excessive transgene expression or expression-system toxicity. The authors should discuss this possibility and, if possible, examine whether stress/death markers correlate with NeuroD1 or GFP expression intensity.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We agree with that, so we performed TUNEL staining on CX3CR1-CreER::Ai14 (CX3CR1-Ai14 for short) and CX3CR1-CreER::LSL-NeuroD1EGFP(CX3CR1-ND1 for short) mice at D4 and D18. The data shows that TUNEL<sup>+</sup> Reporter<sup>+</sup> cells were higher in NeuroD1-expressing microglia, so we’d like to say death cells (or apoptotic cells) are positively correlated with NeuroD1 expression. Besides, we also discussed more about this. See Figure 3 E, F, G and Fig. S3E

      (5) The time window and injury context should be more cautiously discussed. The study follows the genetic model up to 45 days. This is informative, but delayed or incomplete neuronal differentiation cannot be fully excluded, especially if conversion would require a longer repair phase after injury. In addition, except for TBI, the study does not include another neuronal-loss context that might provide a permissive regenerative niche. The authors do not necessarily need additional long-term experiments, but they should avoid overgeneralizing beyond the tested time window and injury model.

      Thank you for this thoughtful comment. We agree that our study evaluated the effects of NeuroD1 expression within a defined experimental time window (up to 45 days) and under the specific physiological and injury conditions examined. Therefore, our data cannot exclude the possibility that neuronal conversion might occur at later time points or under other pathological conditions that provide a more permissive regenerative environment. In response to the reviewer's suggestion, we have revised the Discussion and Conclusion to avoid overgeneralizing our findings beyond the experimental conditions tested. We now emphasize that NeuroD1 expression alone did not induce microglia-to-neuron conversion within the time frame and injury paradigms examined in this study, rather than concluding that such conversion can never occur under other conditions.

      Minor comments

      (1) In Figure 2, two panels are labeled "D"; the second should likely be "E."

      Thank you for pointing this out, we have corrected it in figure legend.

      (2) Several spelling and grammar errors should be corrected, such as "Represent images," "illutrating," and "GFP-postive."

      Thank you for pointing this out, we have corrected it in our manuscript.

      (3) More scRNA-seq details should be provided, including cell numbers per group, QC metrics, and cluster annotation information.

      Thanks for your suggestion, we have added more details about scRNA-seq data as shown in Figure S4.

      (4) The authors should maintain cautious wording throughout, especially when referring to "microglia" versus broader CX3CR1-lineage myeloid cells.

      Thanks for your suggestion, we added the data about we utilize TMEM119-ND1 mouse line to trace microglia-to-neuron conversion, which is specific to microglia not myeloid cell. Besides, we also carefully revise these minor comments in our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The following are some required minor edits.

      (1) Please recheck the grammar throughout the manuscript.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we have carefully revised our manuscript.

      (2) Figure 4B-C: "indicating that NeuroD1 expression in microglia does not rescue TBI induced motor dysfunction". This should be rephrased, since dysfunction was not detected when comparing TBI and sham.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we changed our expression into “indicating that NeuroD1 expression in microglia does not improve the performance in TBI model”.

      (3) Interpretation of the scRNA-seq data needs to be cautious, since neurons normally do not survive well during this procedure.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we discussed about this in our discussion part.

      (4) It will be informative to list the sources or sequences of the promoters used.

      Thanks for your advice, all the virus information are provided in our method part.

      (5) Some of the references are repetitive.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we have carefully revised the reference.

      Reference

      (1) Li, H. J. et al. Intestinal Neurod1 expression impairs paneth cell differentiation and promotes enteroendocrine lineage specification. Sci Rep 9, 19489 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-55292-7

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful evaluation and helpful recommendations. These comments helped us distinguish more clearly between two complementary advances in the study. First, the phenotypic, transcriptomic, and ontogenetic analyses refine the organization of the thymic macrophage compartment and identify CCR2 dependence of the TIMD4- VCAM1+ population. Second, the MaFIA fetal thymus organ culture (FTOC) experiments reveal that an intact Csf1r-expressing myeloid compartment is required for efficient progression across the DN3-to-DN4 checkpoint. The revised manuscript now presents both advances directly while matching the cellular specificity of each conclusion to the experimental system that supports it.

      The central functional result is supported by a coordinated set of observations: depletion of Csf1r expressing cells reduces CD4<sup>+</sup>CD8<sup>+</sup> double-positive (DP) ab-lineage thymocyte production, preserves γδ T cell output, causes reciprocal accumulation of DN3 and loss of DN4 cells, and reduces CD27 expression within the DN compartment. We now emphasize that convergence, which localizes the phenotype to the b-selection transition. At the same time, because the MaFIA system targets Csf1r-expressing myeloid cells rather than a single macrophage subset, the manuscript assigns the demonstrated requirement to the thymic myeloid compartment, this now reflected on the revised title as well. This framing preserves the biological importance of the result without attributing more cellular specificity than the experiment provides.

      The major revisions include:

      - A revised Title and an Abstract that leads with the principal conclusions: TM specialization, unequal developmental contributions, CCR2 dependence, and a requirement for Csf1r expressing myeloid cells during DN3-to-DN4 progression.

      - A clearer account of what Zhou et al. established and how the present work adds VCAM1-based prospective resolution, intravascular-labeling information, SpiC analysis, CCR2 dependence, and functional fetal thymus organ culture (FTOC) data.

      - A Results section that explains the convergence of DN3, DN4, CD27, DP cells, and γδ T cell measurements as part of developmental transition.

      - More precise interpretation of relative marker expression, pseudotime, SpiC deficiency, Tomato/GFP double-positive events, and thymocyte-associated transcripts in the scRNA-seq results.

      - A focused Discussion paragraph that acknowledges the cellular breadth of the MaFIA model while retaining the conclusion that the Csf1r-expressing myeloid niche supports early ab T-lineage development.

      - Expanded figure legends that make the gating, reporter, heatmap, MaFIA construct, and developmental interpretations easier to follow.

      The revision is based on fuller analysis and clearer presentation of the results and datasets.

      eLife Assessment

      The macrophage characterisation is interesting, although the evidence for the specific involvement of macrophages in beta-selection is incomplete, as alternative explanations have not been ruled out.

      We agree that the depletion experiment resolves a requirement for the Csf1r-expressing thymic myeloid compartment rather than for macrophages alone. We have revised the manuscript with this distinction in mind. Importantly, the developmental conclusion remains strong: DN3 accumulation, DN4 loss, reduced CD27 expression, and diminished CD4<sup>+</sup>CD8<sup>+</sup> double-positive (DP) output all point to impaired progression at the b-selection checkpoint, while preserved γδ T cell output and epithelial-cell numbers argue against nonspecific failure of the entire fetal thymus organ culture (FTOC). The revised text therefore states that Csf1r-expressing myeloid cells support this early ab T cell checkpoint, while discussing the relative contributions of TMs, monocytes, and DCs as the next level of cellular resolution.

      The Title, Abstract, final Results section, Discussion, Conclusion, and Figures 8-10 Legends were revised to make the positive compartment-level conclusion explicit and consistent.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The thymic macrophage depletion experiments are not well controlled; DCs are also depleted, the fetal thymus has little or no medulla, and direct AP20187 toxicity to DN thymocytes in MaFIA mice has not been excluded.

      The reviewer identifies the key issue of cellular attribution. We have recast the experiment according to what the MaFIA system directly tests: the functional contribution of Csf1r-expressing myeloid cells within an intact FTOC. This interpretation is supported by efficient loss of both TM populations, preservation of EpCAM+ epithelial-cell numbers, and absence of TM depletion in AP20187treated non-transgenic C57BL/6 FTOCs. We no longer use adult cortical-versus-medullary anatomy to infer that macrophages must be the sole responsible population in the fetal thymus. Instead, we emphasize the experimentally secure result that perturbing the Csf1r-expressing myeloid niche produces a selective and internally consistent defect in ab T cell development at the DN3-to-DN4 transition. The possibility of contributions from DCs, monocytes, or direct transgene expression in a thymocyte fraction is addressed once, in a focused Discussion paragraph, as the rationale for assigning the conclusion at the compartment level.

      The MaFIA Results section now leads with the transgene-dependent depletion and the convergent developmental phenotype; the Discussion contains a balanced statement of cellular resolution; the Title and Legends consistently refer to Csf1r-expressing myeloid cells.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Zhou et al. previously reported similar TM heterogeneity, localization, and developmental characteristics. The manuscript should distinguish prior findings from new findings and address localization in relation to beta-selection.

      We have made this distinction explicit throughout. Zhou et al. established the two-population framework, their cortical versus medullary/cortico-medullary localization, their broad embryonic versus adult hematopoietic origins, and their age-associated remodeling. Building on that foundation, the present study contributes: (i) a prospective TIMD4/VCAM1 gating strategy linked to MafB and Csf1r reporters; (ii) intravascular-labeling evidence that both VCAM1+ populations are predominantly parenchymal; (iii) transcriptomic definition of efferocytic versus antigen-presentation/interferon programs; (iv) evidence that total TM abundance is maintained independently of SpiC; (v) selective CCR2 dependence of TIMD4- VCAM1+ macrophages and thymic monocytes; and (vi) functional evidence that the Csf1r-expressing thymic myeloid compartment supports DN3-to-DN4 progression. We use the anatomical localization established by Zhou et al. as the relevant biological context and reserve our new conclusions for the endpoints measured here. Accordingly, the FTOC phenotype is assigned to the Csf1r-expressing myeloid compartment rather than specifically to cortical TIMD4+ macrophages.

      The Introduction now clearly separates established knowledge from the questions addressed here, and the Results and Discussion explicitly identify the study-specific advances. Reference 27 has also been corrected to the final eLife publication.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Trajectory analysis

      The Abstract mentions trajectory analysis, but there is no corresponding Results section.

      We added a Results paragraph describing the Monocle3 analysis and integrated its interpretation with the fate-mapping and CCR2 experiments. Rooting the trajectory in Ly6c2+ Ccr2+ monocytes produces a transcriptional continuum toward macrophage states, supporting progressive acquisition of macrophage programs from a monocyte-like state. We also explain why pseudotime is complementary to, but not a substitute for, genetic lineage information: it models transcriptional relationships and therefore is not used to infer direct conversion between the two mature TM populations. This rationale allows the analysis to contribute meaningfully without asking it to resolve ontogeny on its own.

      The trajectory Methods were clarified and a new Results paragraph was added after the scRNA-seq specialization analysis; the Abstract now summarizes the result at the appropriate level.

      (2) Comparison with the Zhou et al. gating strategy

      Compare the TIMD4/VCAM1 gating strategy with the CD64/F4/80/TIMD4 definition used by Zhou et al., including the identity of TIMD4-VCAM1- cells.

      We now map the two VCAM1+ gates directly onto the established TM framework. TIMD4+ VCAM1+ cells correspond to the TIMD4+ cortical population, whereas TIMD4- VCAM1+ cells show the CX3CR1 enrichment expected of the medullary/cortico-medullary population. VCAM1 therefore adds a useful prospective discriminator within the CD64+ F4/80+ parent gate. The TIMD4- VCAM1- gate is MafB-low/negative, Csf1r-EGFP-high, and enriched for Ly6C, CCR2, and CX3CR1, supporting its designation as monocyte-enriched. We use “monocyte-enriched” because it accurately captures the dominant phenotype without implying that every event in the gate is developmentally identical.

      The first Results section and Figures 1-2 Legends now explain this correspondence and terminology.

      (3) Difference in IV-CD45 labeling

      Why are approximately 40% of Ly6C+CD11b+ cells labeled, but only approximately 10% of TIMD4-VCAM1- cells?

      The percentages arise from different denominators. Ly6C+ CD11b+ is a broad myeloid gate that contains both blood-exposed and parenchymal cells. TIMD4- VCAM1- is a narrower population defined within the CD64+ F4/80+ parent gate and therefore samples a different compartment. We now make that gating relationship explicit. The i.v.-labeling experiment consequently supports two positive conclusions: both VCAM1+ macrophage populations are predominantly parenchymal, and the broad Ly6C+ CD11b+ compartment contains a substantially larger blood-exposed component.

      The i.v.-labeling Results paragraph and Figure 2 Legend now describe the two gates and their distinct denominators.

      (4) SpiC requirement in individual TM populations

      Determine proportions and numbers of TM subpopulations in Spic-/- mice.

      The biological rationale for this suggestion is strong because Spic is enriched in TIMD4+ VCAM1+ macrophages. Figure 3C, however, quantifies the aggregate CD64+ F4/80+ TM compartment. We therefore revised the conclusion to the level directly supported by that experiment: total TM abundance is maintained in Spic-/- mice despite the expected loss of splenic red pulp macrophages. This is an informative distinction because it shows that the overall thymic macrophage compartment does not share the obligate SpiC dependence of red pulp macrophages, even though a subset-selective quantitative or functional effect remains a question for future work.

      The Figure 3 Results paragraph, Discussion, and legend now state preservation of total TM abundance rather than making a population-by-population claim.

      (5) Tomato/GFP double-positive cells

      Many cells appear to express both GFP and tdTomato. What does this mean?

      We expanded the explanation of the mTmG reporter. Flt3-Cre-mediated recombination initiates a switch from membrane Tomato to membrane GFP, but the pre-existing membrane Tomato protein need not disappear instantaneously. Tomato+ GFP+ events are therefore consistent with recent/incomplete reporter transition or persistence of stable Tomato protein after recombination. We do not treat them as a third ontogenetic lineage. The key comparative result is the distribution of reporter histories across populations: TIMD4+ VCAM1+ macrophages retain a large FLT3-independent fraction, whereas TIMD4- VCAM1+ macrophages and monocytes show substantially greater FLT3 history.

      The fate-mapping Results paragraph and Figure 6 Legend now define the reporter transition and the interpretation of double-positive events.

      (6) Direct AP20187 toxicity in DN thymocytes

      Test AP20187 toxicity in MaFIA and control DN thymocytes, for example by active caspase-3 staining.

      The proposed caspase-3 analysis is designed to determine whether a DN thymocyte fraction expresses sufficient MaFIA transgene to be directly affected. The existing controls establish two important features of the result: AP20187 does not reduce TM numbers in non-transgenic C57BL/6 FTOCs, demonstrating transgene dependence, and the developmental response is patterned rather than global, with preserved γδ T cell output, DN3 accumulation, DN4 loss, and reduced CD27 expression. These convergent observations support the conclusion that integrity of the Csf1r-expressing myeloid compartment is required for efficient DN3-to-DN4 progression. We now state that conclusion prominently and note the remaining question of thymocyte-intrinsic transgene activity once, in the focused Discussion paragraph.

      The MaFIA Results now emphasize the transgene-dependent control and convergent developmental measurements; the Discussion states the remaining cellular-resolution issue in one focused paragraph.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1 color annotation

      Clarify whether the color annotation in panel C is applied to panel F.

      Yes. Panel F evaluates MafB-mCherry and Csf1r-EGFP reporter expression within the same TIMD4/VCAM1-defined populations shown in panel C. We now state this explicitly so the reporter patterns can be interpreted as independent support for the identity of each prospectively defined gate. We also removed the previous reference to immunofluorescence localization because localization data are not displayed in Figure 1.

      Figure 1 Legend revised.

      (2) Figure 2 controls, thresholds, and population identities

      Provide staining controls and thresholds; reconsider categorical “lack” statements; clarify Ly6C+CD11b+ and CD64+F4/80+ populations and the apparent IV-CD45 discrepancies.

      The underlying interpretive point is whether marker expression is categorical or relative. We revised the text to describe Ly6C, CCR2, and CX3CR1 comparatively, which more faithfully represents continuous flow-cytometric measurements. This improves the biological conclusion: both VCAM1+ populations are Ly6C-low/negative and CCR2-low relative to the TIMD4- VCAM1- monocyte-enriched population, while CX3CR1 is enriched in TIMD4- VCAM1+ relative to TIMD4+ VCAM1+ macrophages. We also define the broad Ly6C+ CD11b+ comparison gate, the CD64+ F4/80+ macrophage parent gate, and the narrower TIMD4/VCAM1 subgates. With those denominators made explicit, the iv-CD45 measurements become internally consistent rather than apparently contradictory.

      The Figure 2 Results paragraph and legend now use relative marker language and explain the gate hierarchy.

      (3) Figure 3 colors, VCAM1, and SpiC populations

      Explain panel B colors and the apparent Vcam1 difference; provide individual TM-population data in Spic-/- mice.

      Panel B is a row-scaled expression heatmap: yellow and purple indicate relatively higher and lower scaled expression for each gene, respectively. These colors should not be read as absolute expression or compared directly with antibody fluorescence, because transcript abundance and cell-surface protein are regulated at different levels and have different dynamic ranges. The legend now makes this distinction explicit. Vcam1 transcript enrichment is nevertheless consistent with VCAM1 protein being a useful surface discriminator in our gating scheme. For SpiC, we now limit the conclusion to the measurement displayed in panel C, as preservation of total CD64+ F4/80+ TMs, while explaining the biological significance of their divergence from SpiC-dependent splenic red pulp macrophages.

      Figure 3 Results, Discussion, and Legend revised.

      (4) Figure 4 genes not shown

      H-2K, H-2D, and Runx3 are described but not shown in the figure.

      We clarified the division of information between Figure 4 and Table 1. Figure 4 displays pathway-level GO enrichment, which supports the higher-order conclusion that TIMD4- VCAM1+ macrophages are enriched for antigen-presentation and interferon-response programs. Individual genes contributing to the subset signatures, including H2-K1, H2-D1, and Runx3, are reported in Table 1. The revised wording no longer implies that those individual genes are plotted in Figure 4.

      Figure 4 Results paragraph and Legend revised.

      (5) Figure 6 double-positive reporter cells

      Explain Tomato+GFP+ cells and their relationship to single-positive cells.

      As described in our response to Reviewer 1, we now explain the kinetics of the mTmG reporter switch and interpret double-positive events as reporter-transition/persistence events rather than a separate lineage. This interpretation focuses the analysis on the biologically informative comparison— the different balance of FLT3-independent and FLT3-history labeling among TIMD4+ VCAM1+, TIMD4- VCAM1+, and monocyte-enriched populations.

      Fate-mapping Results and Figure 6 Legend revised.

      (6) CX3CR1 phenotype in Figures 6 and 7

      The text describes CX3CR1 phenotype without showing the data.

      We now describe Figures 6 and 7 using the markers actually displayed in those panels: TIMD4 and VCAM1. The relationship to CX3CR1 is established independently in Figure 2 and in the integrated scRNA-seq analysis. This separation makes the evidentiary chain clearer: Figure 2 links the surface-defined populations to CX3CR1 phenotype, Figure 6 compares their FLT3 reporter histories, and Figure 7 tests their CCR2 dependence.

      Corresponding Results language and Figures 6-7 Legends revised.

      (7) Figure 8 Csf1r-EGFP in thymocytes/DCs and “45.2”

      Show Csf1r-EGFP expression in thymocytes and DCs; determine whether their reduction is indirect or direct; clarify 45.2.

      The reviewer highlights why the MaFIA result should be interpreted at the Csf1r-expressingcompartment level. The reporter is demonstrably expressed by both TM populations and thymic monocytes, and AP20187 causes transgene-dependent TM depletion in FTOC. DC reduction may reflect direct transgene activity, dependence on the altered myeloid niche, or both; similarly, direct transgene expression was not measured in fetal DN thymocytes. We now make that cellular resolution explicit while emphasizing the developmental conclusion supported by the complete phenotype. We also clarify that CD45.2 denotes the congenic allele of the C57BL/6 control and not a distinct treatment or numerical value.

      MaFIA Results, Discussion, and Figure 8 Legend revised.

      (8) Figure 10 CD27 profiles

      Show CD27 flow-cytometric profiles.

      We revised the text and legend to make clear that Figure 10 reports quantified frequencies of CD27+ DN3 and DN4 cells. The CD27 measurement is interpreted in conjunction with, rather than in isolation from, the DN-stage data. Reduced CD27 among DN3 cells, reciprocal DN3 accumulation and DN4 loss, and reduced downstream DP output form a coherent sequence that localizes the developmental impairment to the b-selection-associated transition. We therefore use CD27 as a correlate of successful pre-TCR-associated progression rather than claiming direct biochemical measurement of pre-TCR signaling.

      Final Results paragraph, Discussion, and Figure 10 Legend revised.

      (9) Supplemental Figure 2 schemes

      Improve the schemes and explain dLNGFR and AP20187.

      The revised Figure Legend now explains each functional element. dLNGFR is the membrane-targeting low-affinity nerve growth factor receptor segment within the MaFIA fusion construct and is not used here as a lineage marker. AP20187 is a synthetic homodimerizer that binds the engineered FKBP domains, bringing the Fas intracellular domains together and initiating apoptosis in transgene-expressing cells. These definitions make the logic of the depletion system understandable without requiring familiarity with the original MaFIA construct.

      Supplemental Figure 2 Legend revised.

      Closing statement

      The revised manuscript now presents the study in clear, evidence-matched terms. It identifies the advances in TM phenotypic organization, transcriptional specialization, developmental contribution, SpiC independence of total TM abundance, and CCR2 dependence of the TIMD4- VCAM1+ population. It also emphasizes the convergent evidence that Csf1r-expressing myeloid cells support progression through the DN3-to-DN4 checkpoint, while accurately defining the cellular resolution of the MaFIA experiment. We thank the editors and reviewers for helping us sharpen both the significance and the precision of these conclusions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      AIRE has been well known to contribute to immune self-tolerance in the thymus by expressing auto-antigens; in this manuscript, the authors describe unexpected findings about the interaction of AIRE with AID in B cells, and its function in the immune system, thereby contributing to a fundamental understanding of the broader functions of AIRE. The strength of this manuscript is that, by employing biochemical and genetic experiments, the authors convincingly show interaction between AIRE and AID and subsequent AIRE's function in the GC responses. However, two weak points exist: first, the connection between AIRE, auto-anti IL17 Abs, and IL17-positive effector T cells, and second, like the thymus, expression of auto-antigens by AIRE in the GC B cells has not been tested.

      We thank the journal editors for the thoughtful and constructive evaluation of our data and for recognizing the significance, strengths and weaknesses of our study. We have addressed these major weak points in the responses below and have also provided discussion on the important aspect of whether AIRE regulates autoantigen expression in GC B cells analogous to its role in mTECs, which certainly warrants future investigation.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide in vivo and in vitro evidence for an interaction between AIRE and AID. This has implications for the dynamics of the germinal center response and autoimmunity related to the APSI disease.

      The manuscript describes an unexpected function of AIRE, which is more well known for its function to regulate negative selection of T cells in the thymus. Here, the gene has also been shown to be expressed by B cells (Immunity 2015: 26070482). They describe that AIRE interacts with AID, and in its absence, B cells acquire more hypermutations and also produce autoantibodies against IL-17. These autoantibodies have been described previously.

      Strengths:

      The study is interesting and provides some additional information about how AIRE regulates immune cell function. Several biochemical and in vivo experiments show the interaction and the function of AIREs in the regulation of AID activity in the GC response.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the hypothetical consequences of this regulation are not investigated. This includes responses to model antigens and dynamics of the germinal center related to kinetics.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s interest and careful and thoughtful review of the manuscript.

      Major Comments:

      (1) AID regulates both switch and somatic hypermutation. Switch is easier to achieve, so which of these processes does AIRE influence the most? Also, the switch is thought to occur before the B cell enters the GC. Looking at the histology, is AIRE also expressed at the early proliferative stage that has been described by Ann Haberman?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this provocative point. Yes, it has been recently shown that CSR occurs earlier after B cell activation largely prior to GC entry (Roco et al. 2019), and CSR is generally easier to induce in vitro than SHM. These data and observations further support well-established findings that CSR and SHM involve distinct mechanisms and pathways to resolve DNA lesions (Frossi et al., 2019; Masani et al., 2013; Roco et al., 2019; Schrader et al., 2023), even though both require AID. We observed a strong upregulation of AIRE expression upon CD40 signaling (Fig. 2C–G) and that AIRE in B cells negatively regulates both CSR and SHM (Fig. 3E– J and Fig. 4A–H), but it would be difficult to directly compare the magnitude of AIRE’s influence between them because they are mechanistically distinct and occurs at different stages and locations during antigen-specific B cell responses.

      We observed some AIRE-expressing B cells outside of the GC (Fig. 1A–C, J), some of which could represent newly activated cells about to enter the GC reaction, but we did not perform imaging or flow cytometry experiments or track their Ki67 or Bcl6 expression in the Aire<sup>Adig</sup> reporter mice. However, these cells appear to be largely IgD<sup>-</sup>, suggesting that they may have already undergone CSR and are perhaps not (entirely) the early proliferative B cells described by Dr Haberman.

      (2) In experiments determining anti-CD40-dependent upregulation of AIRE, naïve resting B cells were used from mice. A proportion of the B-cells got activated. Are these MZB or FOB cells as MZBs are more easily activated?

      We thank the reviewer for this careful interpretation of our data. Indeed, the methods used to purify naïve B cells do not exclude MZBs and, as they are more sensitive to activation, may also express AIRE upon stimulation with CD40L. However, although we cannot exclude MZBs in these cultures, they represent less than 10% of the total B cells in these cultures whereas we observed approximately 30% of the cells upregulating AIRE expression.

      Interestingly, Yamano et al. (Yamano et al., 2015) suggested that GC B cells may not express AIRE due to strong BCR signaling; however, it is known that GC B cells have attenuated BCR signaling to promote LZ to DZ transition, consistent with the timing of AIRE upregulation postCD40-CD40L engagement (Davidzohn et al., 2020; Khalil et al., 2012). In contrast, MZBs are known to exhibit greater baseline activation of pathways downstream of BCRs (Hampel et al., 2011), which may provide inhibitory signals for the upregulation of AIRE.

      (3) In the BM chimeric experiments in Figure 3. Do the AIRE+ and AIRE - populations distribute equally among B cell subpopulations?

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting comment. In our chimera experiment, although we did not analyze specific subsets such as B-1 or MZB, we observe that AIRE-deficient B cells outcompeted WT B cells in lymphoid organs as well as in the blood in spite of prior publications showing equivalent reconstitution of CD45.2 mice with CD45.1/CD45.2 B cells (Kalari Kandy et al., 2023).

      (4) Furthermore, in the NP-KLH experiments, one would expect that B cells with increased affinity would leave the GC earlier and become plasma cells. Thus, the kinetics of the AIRE+ vs AIRE- B cells within the GC would be different? Also, would they maybe take over at some point, as the increased affinity would favor help from Tfh cells that are known to be limited?

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. Yes, we would expect to see that Aire<sup>-/-</sup> B cells will dominate GCs over time. Indeed, our chimera experiments (Fig. 3A–D) indicated that Aire<sup>-/-</sup> B cells were of higher frequency in the GCs compared to WT post-immunization, consistent with the expansion of higher affinity clones. However, although we did not quantify the development of PCs in these mice, our adoptive transfer experiments showed that mice receiving Aire<sup>-/-</sup> B cells developed higher affinity antibodies compared to those receiving WT B cells (Fig. 3G), indicating a higher affinity plasma cell pool compared to controls.

      (5) Given the previous studies on AIRE's function in regulating transcription (PMID: 34518235), how does this interaction fit into this picture?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Although we did not directly test the role of AIRE in the regulation of tissue-restricted antigens, we observed a clear interaction between AIRE and pSer5 Pol II (Fig. 6F), consistent with its function as a broad-spectrum transcriptional regulator (Fang et al., 2024; Giraud et al., 2012; Oven et al., 2007). This is particularly important for antibody diversification in B cells, as it is known that AID is targeted to sites of Pol II pausing (Chaudhuri et al., 2003; Pavri et al., 2010). Further, recent reports have shown that the CARD domain of AIRE promotes its polymerization and the formation of nucleation sites at which a positive feedback loop to create transcriptional hubs (Huoh et al., 2024). Interestingly, the CARD domain is also necessary for the interaction between AIRE and AID (Fig. 5F), indicating that either these condensates are also critical for preventing AID from being recruited to Pol II or that AIRE may perform alternative functions in B cells compared to mTECs. Nevertheless, in this current manuscript, we focus on the capacity of AIRE to utilize this interaction with pSer5 Pol II to prevent AID localization to its DNA substrates, however, future studies may focus on how this interaction may impact the expression of peripheral tissue antigens to promote T cell tolerance.

      (6) In the uracil experiments, the readout for AID to induce double-stranded breaks could be tested.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion for complementary data to our uracil analyses. In our manuscript, we tested the generation of uracil in Aire<sup>+/+</sup> and Aire<sup>-/-</sup> CH12 cells since this is a downstream function of AID’s activity. Therefore, our data focused on an immediate and direct impact of AIRE on AID’s activity. Further, although we observe an interaction between AIRE and AID as well as a downstream functional consequence, it is unclear whether AIRE may also impact other pathways in these cells after activation that may confound the results of downstream analyses, such as DSBs. We agree that DSBs would be an interesting readout further downstream, and future work may focus on the function of AIRE in these additional processes.

      (7) The candida experiments are a nice connection to the situation in patients. However, why is it mostly auto-antibodies against IL-17? How about other immune responses, as well as T cellindependent type I and II responses?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Indeed, we observed a significant increase in the generation of autoreactive, neutralizing antibodies against Th17-associated cytokines (Fig. 7D, E). However, although AIRE-deficient patients produce neutralizing antibodies against type 1 interferons as well, clearance of the fungal pathogen Candida albicans relies heavily on IL-17 to promote the upregulation of antimicrobial peptides and neutrophil infiltration (Conti et al., 2014), which may be a particularly pronounced response induced in our mouse models. Therefore, we targeted our assay towards these cytokines, but do not rule out possible production of autoantibodies against other factors. It would be interesting for additional studies to determine the production of autoreactive antibodies against cytokines in other infection models, such as viral infections, as APS-1 patients have been reported to display an increased susceptibility to viral infections as well (Bastard et al., 2021; Hetemaki et al., 2021; Oikonomou et al., 2021).

      These important discussions have been included in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Zhou et al investigated the expression and function of AIRE in B cells in peripheral lymphoid tissues. First, they found the expression of AIRE protein in mature B cells in the follicles in human tonsils and spleens from healthy donors. Flow cytometry analyses using human samples as well as Aire-reporter mice demonstrated AIRE expression in germinal center B cells. The expression of Aire in B cells was induced by CD40 signals. Then, to investigate the impact of AIRE deficiency on B-cell function, the authors used a method of transplanting bone marrow cells from Aire-KO and WT mice into B-cell-deficient mice, comparing B-cell development and function reconstituted in the recipient mice. Their results showed that Aire-deficient B cells strongly responded to immunization with antigens, exhibiting enhanced class switching and somatic hypermutation of antibodies compared with WT B cells. The same phenomena were observed in CRISPRed B cell lines lacking Aire. The authors successfully utilized the Aire-deficient B cell line to demonstrate that Aire suppresses antibody class switching and somatic hypermutation via its interaction with AID. Finally, using B cell transfer into B cell-deficient mice demonstrated that mice harboring Aire-deficient B cells produced high levels of autoantibodies against Th17 cytokines and exhibited reduced resistance to Candida infection. This mirrors characteristic symptoms in AIRE-deficient patients. The findings of this study not only reveal an unexpected function of AIRE in B cells but also have the potential to contribute to understanding the pathogenesis of APECED and to offering a new direction for developing therapies.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s careful and thoughtful review of the manuscript and appreciation of the significance of our findings.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study lies in demonstrating the expression of the function of AIRE in B cells in both mice and humans. It also revealed the direct interaction between AIRE and AID, along with its binding mode (requiring CARD and NLS domains of AIRE), and showed that this interaction is crucial for AIRE function in B cells. It is also significant that the study demonstrated how B-cell-intrinsic dysfunction of AIRE leads to autoantibody production against cytokines.

      Weaknesses:

      As for loss-of-function analysis of Aire in B cells, in addition to the B cell transfer from Aire-KO mice performed in this study, generating B cell-specific Aire-deficient mice using Aire-flox mice (Dobes et al, Eur J Immunol 2018) would further reinforce the conclusions of this study. Furthermore, the relationship with Aire function in thymic B cells reported by previous studies remains unclear, posing an unresolved challenge. This study also failed to address whether Aire deficiency affects gene expression in GC B cells, in particular, whether it induces the expression of various self-antigens as reported in thymic B cells or mTECs.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful critiques of our manuscript. As this study was largely carried out prior to the development of Aire-flox mice, we took advantage of the adoptive transfer model to generate mice with AIRE deletion specifically in B cells. Since Aire-flox mice were developed, these mice would be the new gold standard for analysis and would provide further strength to our existing data. Unfortunately, these mice are not readily available, and we do not currently have the resources to reconstitute this line and are unable to obtain them.

      In addition, although we do not directly test the role of AIRE in the regulation of tissue-restricted antigens, we observed a clear interaction between AIRE and pSer5 Pol II (Fig. 6F), consistent with its function as a transcriptional regulator (Fang et al., 2024; Giraud et al., 2012; Oven et al., 2007). This is particularly important for antibody diversification in B cells, as it is known that AID is targeted to sites of Pol II pausing (Chaudhuri et al., 2003; Pavri et al., 2010). Further, recent reports have shown that the CARD domain of AIRE promotes its polymerization and the formation of nucleation sites at which a positive feedback loop creates transcriptional hubs (Huoh et al., 2024). Interestingly, the CARD domain is also necessary for the interaction between AIRE and AID (Fig. 5F) indicating that either these condensates are also critical for preventing AID from being recruited to Pol II or that AIRE may perform alternative functions in this subset of B cells compared to mTECs. Nevertheless, in this study, we focused on the capacity of AIRE to utilize this interaction with pSer5 Pol II to reduce AID targeting to its DNA substrates. However, future studies may focus on how this interaction may impact the expression of peripheral tissue antigens to promote T cell tolerance.

      The discussion related to these important aspects raised by the reviewer are included in the original and revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) How do these findings connect to IgA responses and the ongoing GC response in the peyers patches?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this additional point. Indeed, we also observed AIRE expression in GC B cells from Peyer’s patches (Fig. S1J) and found that CSR to IgA in our in vitro models was increased by the deletion of AIRE in B cells (Fig. 4A–C). These data suggest that, in AIRE-deficient B cells, there may be an increase in IgA production, however, we did not directly test mucosal IgA levels in our adoptive transfer models. Future work may focus on the role of B cell intrinsic AIRE and its impact on the capacity of Peyer’s patch-associated B cells to produce IgA and its role on mucosal barrier immunity and microbiota coating.

      These important discussions have been included in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Some of the histology is rather dark, and it would be nice to see some more examples in the supplement.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention. We have included an additional staining of a whole follicle with GC in the supplement as requested (Fig. S1C, bottom panel).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In the Discussion section, could the authors explore Aire's functions and biological significance in greater depth? Although Aire was originally identified as a regulator of tissue-restricted antigen expression in mTECs, it has subsequently shown to play crucial roles in diverse processes, including germ cell development, antigen processing, and B cell function regulation (this study). In light of these recent findings, it is conceivable that Aire did not evolve specifically as an mTECassociated gene. Rather, the reverse may be possible: Aire may have originally emerged as a regulator of germ cell development and/or immune responses, with its expression and functions later co-opted by mTECs (analogous to how other transcription factors have been adopted for differentiation of mimetic mTECs). I would welcome the authors expanding on this evolutionary perspective in future work or revisions.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful and fascinating perspective on the evolutionary and ancestral functions of AIRE as a transcription factor. We have incorporated additional discussion in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Personally, I knew that Aire is expressed in B cells, as indicated by several gene expression databases. But the ImmGen database shows that Aire mRNA expression is detected at higher levels in plasma cells than in GC B cells. What do the authors think?

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this question and appreciate the personal comment in support of our results. Indeed, the ImmGen database shows little Aire expression in GC B cells, with most of the signal coming from plasma cells in the B cell compartment. Further, as the Reviewer suggested, reanalysis of previously published scRNA-seq (Duan et al., 2021) has shown Aire transcript in some, albeit a lower percentage of, GC B cells (Author response image 1), which was more abundant near the peak time of the immune response after immunization, in line with our and the Reviewer’s observations.

      Author response image 1.

      Analysis of Aire expression in the day 7 (upper row) and day 14 (lower row) post-immunization scRNA-Seq datasets (Duan et al., 2021), showing 200 Aire<sup>+</sup> GC B cells out of 3542 GC B cells (5.65%) on day 7 and 183 Aire<sup>+</sup> GC B cells out of 19757 GC B cells (0.93%) on day 14, and the distribution of these Aire<sup>+</sup> GC B cells in both dark zone (DZ) and light zone (LZ) B cells.

      A myriad of technical factors can impact the detection of lower-expressed genes by bulk RNA-seq and even scRNA-seq, and that looking at individual cells may give better resolution. This is the case for a considerable number of other genes we have studied or that have been reported in other investigators’ publications. Many biological factors can also have an important effect (e.g. protein levels may vary depending on cell states and do not necessarily correlate with transcript levels). Significant impact of the strain background, diet, microbiome and the living environment of the animals cannot be excluded either. Similarly, recent reports have shown that CGRP from spleen-innervating nociceptors signals to splenic B cells to promote germinal center reactions (Wu et al., 2024). However, Immgen showed no Ramp1 expression in splenic B cell compartments. In addition, Nur77/Nr4a1 has also been shown to be highly expressed by a small number of light zone cells and is critical for regulating GC reactions (Brooks et al., 2021; Mueller et al., 2015) even though ImmGen shows very little expression of this gene in its bulk sequencing. Therefore, we think that much of the data from ImmGen should be carefully validated with additional experimental methods. In this case, we were able to detect AIRE protein using methods including immunofluorescence, immunoprecipitation, western blot, and flow cytometry.

      (3) Line 343: "donor Aire-/-" may be a mistake for "donor Aire+/+"?

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention and have adjusted the manuscript accordingly.

      (4) Line 346: Is "data now shown" a spelling mistake? Including this, there are multiple occurrences of "data not shown" in the Results and Discussion sections. If the authors describe or discuss the data, it should be shown.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention and have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      (5) Line 346-350: The authors should investigate more thoroughly whether Aire influences gene expression in GC B cells, particularly the expression of a set of self-antigen genes, as demonstrated in thymic B cells by Yamano et al (Immunity 2015). Regardless of the outcome, such data would be highly significant for this study and the broader research community.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Although we did not directly test the role of AIRE in the regulation of tissue-restricted antigens, we observed a clear interaction between AIRE and pSer5 Pol II (Fig. 6F), consistent with its function as a transcriptional regulator (Fang et al., 2024; Giraud et al., 2012; Oven et al., 2007). This is particularly important for antibody diversification in B cells, as it is known that AID is targeted to sites of Pol II pausing (Chaudhuri et al., 2003; Pavri et al., 2010). Further, recent reports have shown that the CARD domain of AIRE promotes its polymerization and the formation of nucleation sites at which a positive feedback loop to create transcriptional hubs (Huoh et al., 2024). Interestingly, the CARD domain is also necessary for the interaction between AIRE and AID (Fig. 5F) indicating that either these condensates are also critical for preventing AID from being recruited to Pol II or that AIRE may perform alternative functions in B cells compared to mTECs. Nevertheless, in this current study, we focused on the capacity of AIRE to utilize this interaction with pSer5 Pol II to prevent AID targeting to its DNA substrates, and future studies may focus on how this interaction may impact the expression of peripheral tissue antigens to promote T cell tolerance.

      (6) Line 1282-1293: The number of B cells used for Western blotting should be clearly indicated. Since the expression levels of Aire mRNA in B cells are lower than those in mTECs, detecting Aire protein in B cells is also likely difficult. It is important to specify the number of B cells required so that other researchers can reproduce the Western blotting results presented in this paper.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point and have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      References

      Bastard, P., E. Orlova, L. Sozaeva, R. Levy, A. James, M.M. Schmitt, S. Ochoa, M. Kareva, Y. Rodina, A. Gervais, T. Le Voyer, J. Rosain, Q. Philippot, A.L. Neehus, E. Shaw, M. Migaud, L. Bizien, O. Ekwall, S. Berg, G. Beccuti, L. Ghizzoni, G. Thiriez, A. Pavot, C. Goujard, M.L. Fremond, E. Carter, A. Rothenbuhler, A. Linglart, B. Mignot, A. Comte, N. Cheikh, O. Hermine, L. Breivik, E.S. Husebye, S. Humbert, P. Rohrlich, A. Coaquette, F. Vuoto, K. Faure, N. Mahlaoui, P. Kotnik, T. Battelino, K. Trebusak Podkrajsek, K. Kisand, E.M.N. Ferre, T. DiMaggio, L.B. Rosen, P.D. Burbelo, M. McIntyre, N.Y. Kann, A. Shcherbina, M. Pavlova, A. Kolodkina, S.M. Holland, S.Y. Zhang, Y.J. Crow, L.D. Notarangelo, H.C. Su, L. Abel, M.S. Anderson, E. Jouanguy, B. Neven, A. Puel, J.L. Casanova, and M.S. Lionakis. 2021. Preexisting autoantibodies to type I IFNs underlie critical COVID-19 pneumonia in patients with APS-1. The Journal of experimental medicine 218:

      Brooks, J.F., C. Tan, J.L. Mueller, K. Hibiya, R. Hiwa, V. Vykunta, and J. Zikherman. 2021. Negative feedback by NUR77/Nr4a1 restrains B cell clonal dominance during early Tdependent immune responses. Cell Rep 36:109645.

      Chaudhuri, J., M. Tian, C. Khuong, K. Chua, E. Pinaud, and F.W. Alt. 2003. Transcription-targeted DNA deamination by the AID antibody diversification enzyme. Nature 422:726-730.

      Conti, H.R., A.R. Huppler, N. Whibley, and S.L. Gaffen. 2014. Animal models for candidiasis. Curr Protoc Immunol 105:19.16.11-19.16.13.

      Davidzohn, N., A. Biram, L. Stoler-Barak, A. Grenov, B. Dassa, and Z. Shulman. 2020. Syk degradation restrains plasma cell formation and promotes zonal transitions in germinal centers. The Journal of experimental medicine 217:

      Duan, L., D. Liu, H. Chen, M.A. Mintz, M.Y. Chou, D.I. Kotov, Y. Xu, J. An, B.J. Laidlaw, and J.G. Cyster. 2021. Follicular dendritic cells restrict interleukin-4 availability in germinal centers and foster memory B cell generation. Immunity 54:2256-2272 e2256.

      Fang, Y., K. Bansal, S. Mostafavi, C. Benoist, and D. Mathis. 2024. AIRE relies on Z-DNA to flag gene targets for thymic T cell tolerization. Nature 628:400-407.

      Frossi, B., G. Antoniali, K. Yu, N. Akhtar, M.H. Kaplan, M.R. Kelley, G. Tell, and C.E.M. Pucillo. 2019. Endonuclease and redox activities of human apurinic/apyrimidinic endonuclease 1 have distinctive and essential functions in IgA class switch recombination. J Biol Chem 294:5198-5207.

      Giraud, M., H. Yoshida, J. Abramson, P.B. Rahl, R.A. Young, D. Mathis, and C. Benoist. 2012. Aire unleashes stalled RNA polymerase to induce ectopic gene expression in thymic epithelial cells. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 109:535-540.

      Hampel, F., S. Ehrenberg, C. Hojer, A. Draeseke, G. Marschall-Schroter, R. Kuhn, B. Mack, O. Gires, C.J. Vahl, M. Schmidt-Supprian, L.J. Strobl, and U. Zimber-Strobl. 2011. CD19independent instruction of murine marginal zone B-cell development by constitutive Notch2 signaling. Blood 118:6321-6331.

      Hetemaki, I., S. Laakso, H. Valimaa, I. Kleino, E. Kekalainen, O. Makitie, and T.P. Arstila. 2021. Patients with autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type 1 have an increased susceptibility to severe herpesvirus infections. Clin Immunol 231:108851.

      Huoh, Y.S., Q. Zhang, R. Torner, S.C. Baca, H. Arthanari, and S. Hur. 2024. Mechanism for controlled assembly of transcriptional condensates by Aire. Nature immunology 25:15801592.

      Kalari Kandy, R.R., X. Fan, and X. Cao. 2023. CD45.1/CD45.2 Congenic Markers Induce a Selective Bias for CD8+ T Cells during Adoptive Lymphocyte Reconstitution in Lymphocytopenia Mice. Immunohorizons 7:755-759.

      Khalil, A.M., J.C. Cambier, and M.J. Shlomchik. 2012. B cell receptor signal transduction in the GC is short-circuited by high phosphatase activity. Science 336:1178-1181.

      Masani, S., L. Han, and K. Yu. 2013. Apurinic/apyrimidinic endonuclease 1 is the essential nuclease during immunoglobulin class switch recombination. Mol Cell Biol 33:1468-1473.

      Mueller, J., M. Matloubian, and J. Zikherman. 2015. Cutting edge: An in vivo reporter reveals active B cell receptor signaling in the germinal center. Journal of immunology 194:29932997.

      Oikonomou, V., T.J. Break, S.L. Gaffen, N.M. Moutsopoulos, and M.S. Lionakis. 2021. Infections in the monogenic autoimmune syndrome APECED. Curr Opin Immunol 72:286-297.

      Oven, I., N. Brdickova, J. Kohoutek, T. Vaupotic, M. Narat, and B.M. Peterlin. 2007. AIRE recruits P-TEFb for transcriptional elongation of target genes in medullary thymic epithelial cells. Mol Cell Biol 27:8815-8823.

      Pavri, R., A. Gazumyan, M. Jankovic, M. Di Virgilio, I. Klein, C. Ansarah-Sobrinho, W. Resch, A. Yamane, B. Reina San-Martin, V. Barreto, T.J. Nieland, D.E. Root, R. Casellas, and M.C. Nussenzweig. 2010. Activation-induced cytidine deaminase targets DNA at sites of RNA polymerase II stalling by interaction with Spt5. Cell 143:122-133.

      Roco, J.A., L. Mesin, S.C. Binder, C. Nefzger, P. Gonzalez-Figueroa, P.F. Canete, J. Ellyard, Q. Shen, P.A. Robert, J. Cappello, H. Vohra, Y. Zhang, C.R. Nowosad, A. Schiepers, L.M. Corcoran, K.M. Toellner, J.M. Polo, M. Meyer-Hermann, G.D. Victora, and C.G. Vinuesa. 2019. Class-Switch Recombination Occurs Infrequently in Germinal Centers. Immunity 51:337-350 e337.

      Schrader, C.E., T. Williams, K. Pechhold, E.K. Linehan, D. Tsuchimoto, and Y. Nakabeppu. 2023. APE2 Promotes AID-Dependent Somatic Hypermutation in Primary B Cell Cultures That Is Suppressed by APE1. Journal of immunology 210:1804-1814.

      Wu, M., G. Song, J. Li, Z. Song, B. Zhao, L. Liang, W. Li, H. Hu, H. Tu, S. Li, P. Li, B. Zhang, W. Wang, Y. Zhang, W. Zhang, W. Zheng, J. Wang, Y. Wen, K. Wang, A. Li, T. Zhou, Y. Zhang, and H. Li. 2024. Innervation of nociceptor neurons in the spleen promotes germinal center responses and humoral immunity. Cell 187:2935-2951 e2919.

      Yamano, T., J. Nedjic, M. Hinterberger, M. Steinert, S. Koser, S. Pinto, N. Gerdes, E. Lutgens, N. Ishimaru, M. Busslinger, B. Brors, B. Kyewski, and L. Klein. 2015. Thymic B Cells Are Licensed to Present Self Antigens for Central T Cell Tolerance Induction. Immunity 42:1048-1061.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study addresses an important question in liver biology: how zonal hepatocytes balance survival and proliferation following injury? The authors propose that a midzone Atf4-Chop axis to Btg2 program temporarily suppresses proliferation to promote survival after a variety of chemical and surgical liver injury models. The authors provide evidence that some zones mount tailored stress responses, which ultimately promote regeneration and liver healing; however, the "mid-zone" changes with different injury models, making it difficult to conclude that the ATF4-CHOP response is specific to this zone in all injury contexts. In addition, it is possible that Atf4 and Btg2 overexpression could lead to Cyp2e1 suppression, which could reduce the extent of injury after CCl4 or APAP. To some extent, these points make the strength of the evidence incomplete, but do not entirely detract from the significance of the study, which is underscored by the helpful observation that there are zone-specific stress responses that mediate liver regeneration and survival.

      We appreciate the editor’s thoughtful assessment. Regarding regional specificity, we agree that "mid-zone" patterns differ across injury models, particularly in HPx; to maintain consistency, we have removed the PHx data and now focus our conclusions on the APAP and CCl<sub>4</sub> models. Concerning the potential confound of Cyp2e1 suppression, our AAV overexpression resulted in only modest reductions in Cyp2e1 protein (Revised Figure 4-figure supplement 3A). Although enzymatic activity was not directly measured, basal CYP2E1 protein levels generally correlate with enzymatic activity. Furthermore, published studies indicate that protection from APAP toxicity requires >50% CYP2E1 suppression (PMID: 35145060; PMID: 30151903), whereas the reduction observed here was substantially smaller and therefore unlikely to account for the marked decrease in liver injury.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript reports protection of midlobular hepatocytes from APAP toxicity by activation of Atf4-CHOP (Ddit3)-mediated cell cycle arrest and stress response. The authors acknowledge that their finding is unexpected because CHOP typically induces cell death. Therefore, they functionally validate several aspects of the proposed Atf4-CHOP mechanism. Along these lines, the mitigation of APAP toxicity by AAV expression of Atf4 or Btg2, the latter identified as CHOP effector, is impressive. Whether Atf4 indeed acts through CHOP and whether midlobular hepatocytes are protected because of cell cycle arrest is less clear. These and other criticisms are described in the following.

      Major points:

      (1) The difference in baseline Cyp2e1 expression between F2A and F3B remains unexplained after revision.

      We apologize for the confusion. The apparent discrepancy reflects different visualization methods rather than a biological inconsistency. Figure 2A and Figure 3B are derived from the same spatial transcriptomic dataset but are visualized using different normalization strategies. Figure 2A uses row-wise Z-score normalization to emphasize the relative spatial distribution of each gene across liver zones. Consequently, even a moderate spatial gradient (e.g., ~1.5–2-fold) is visually enhanced to facilitate comparison of zonation patterns between genes. In contrast, Figure 3B presents the absolute log-normalized transcript abundance without rowwise scaling. Because Cyp2e1 is highly expressed in both the pericentral and adjacent mid-zone hepatocytes, the absolute difference between these regions is relatively modest, resulting in a less pronounced visual contrast. Thus, the different appearance of Cyp2e1 between Figures 2A and 3B reflects the visualization strategy rather than conflicting expression data. To avoid further confusion, we have added this clarification to the legends of both Figures 2A and 3B.

      (2) In contrast to the revised discussion, the abstract does not reflect that limited evidence for a cell cycle arrest in pericentral hepatocytes was found.

      We thank the reviewer for the continued effort in improving our manuscript. To reflect the limited support of ST data for cell cycle arrest, we have revised the Abstract (Revised manuscript, page 1, line 13-26)

      (3) Additional Btg2 knockout data support its proposed role in the revised manuscript.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s acknowledgement of the new functional data supporting the role of Btg2.

      (4) The BTG2 immunostaining remains weak, not only in in F6F but now also in F6D of the revised manuscript, which together with lack of high-resolution immunostaining of AAV-Ddit3-induced BTG2 in the absence of APAP results in limited support for the conclusion that APAP promotes nuclear localization of BTG2.

      We agree that the current immunostaining does not provide definitive evidence for nuclear localization. In response, we have deliberately avoided any claims regarding nuclear translocation in the revised manuscript, instead framing our findings strictly around increased BTG2 expression and accumulation in the peri-necrotic mid-zone region following APAP injury.

      (5) The extended list of transcription factors (from 30 to 50) includes Atf4 but direct evidence for an interaction with Ddit3 is missing from the revised manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We agree that our current dataset does not provide direct evidence for a physical interaction between Atf4 and Ddit3 proteins. Throughout the manuscript, we use the term "Atf4–Chop axis" to denote a functional regulatory pathway rather than a direct protein–protein interaction. To avoid ambiguity, we have revised the manuscript to characterize Atf4 and Ddit3 as co-activated transcriptional co-regulators and to restrict our conclusions to transcriptional co-regulation and pathway convergence, as supported by SCENIC, Cut&Run, and GO analyses. We now explicitly define "axis" as a functional pathway (revised manuscript, page 5, line 182–184; page 6, line 260–261; page 8, line 331333).

      (6) The ATF4 immunostaining after APAP challenge remains weak.

      We agree that the endogenous ATF4 immunostaining is relatively weak. This is consistent with the low basal abundance and transient induction of ATF4 protein during the integrated stress response. To improve visualization, we have added higher-magnification insets to Revised Figure 5A, which more clearly show nuclear ATF4 staining in hepatocytes adjacent to the necrotic region following APAP treatment. We hope these enlarged images better illustrate the spatial distribution of ATF4 while accurately reflecting its endogenous expression level.

      (7) S5A of the revised manuscript rules out loss of Cyp2e1 expression as a confounding factor.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging that Revised Figure S5A addresses this concern.

      (8) The revised manuscript continues to focus on rare spatial transcriptomics analyses of patients with APAP toxicity although more snRNA-seq analyses of such patients are available which should also allow for analysis of hepatocyte zonation.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion and apologize for not describing our analyses more clearly in the previous revision. In response, we analyzed both the snRNA-seq and spatial transcriptomics (ST) datasets from GSE223561, which includes snRNA-seq profiles from 9 healthy and 10 APAP explants together with ST data from 3 healthy and 2 APAP patients (Revised Figure 4-figure supplement 3).

      The snRNA-seq data readily resolved hepatocyte zonation using established pericentral (Glul, Cyp2e1, Cyp2a5), periportal (Alb, Cyp2f2, Sds), and mid-zonal (Igfbp2, Hamp) markers (Figure 1A–D). Consistent with our mouse data, mid-zonal hepatocytes in APAP patients showed increased expression of stress-response genes (DDIT3, ATF4, and HMOX1). However, unlike the early mouse injury model, proliferation-associated genes (MKI67 and CCNB1) were also elevated (Revised Figure 4-figure supplement 3E), likely reflecting the end-stage nature of liver explants, in which regenerative responses are already well established rather than the early (3–12 h) injury phase examined in our study.

      The ST dataset provided complementary spatial information that cannot be obtained from dissociated nuclei alone. Although limited in sample number, one APAP specimen closely recapitulated our murine observations, showing mid-zonal stress enrichment accompanied by reduced proliferation, whereas the second exhibited a predominantly proliferative profile consistent with a later regenerative stage (Revised Figure 4-figure supplement 3F).

      Together, these analyses indicate that human mid-zonal hepatocytes exhibit a conserved stress-response program, while the relationship between stress signaling and proliferation is highly dependent on the stage of injury. We have incorporated both the snRNA-seq and ST analyses into the revised manuscript and explicitly discuss the temporal limitations of the available human datasets (page 5-6, lines 225239; page 9, lines 368-379).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) F2A includes Ddit3 in the revised manuscript and although it is not significant in S1G (former F2B), it is among the most highly expressed transcription factors in F4B and S3B.

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. As noted, Ddit3 is differentially expressed in the mid-zonal hepatocytes at both 3 and 6 h after APAP treatment (Revised Figure 2A). We also agree that Ddit3 does not reach statistical significance in the differential expression analysis shown in Revised Figure 2-figure supplement 1G under our predefined thresholds. However, our rationale for prioritizing Ddit3 was based primarily on transcription factor activity rather than differential expression alone. Differential expression analysis evaluates changes in the abundance of an individual transcript, whereas SCENIC regulon analysis infers the functional activity of a transcription factor from the coordinated expression of its downstream target genes. Consequently, transcription factors with relatively modest changes in mRNA abundance may nevertheless exhibit high regulon activity if their downstream regulatory network is broadly activated.

      Consistent with this, Ddit3 was identified as the highest-activity regulon in the mid zone, while Atf4 ranked seventh (Figures 4B and Figure 4-figure supplement 1B). Given the well-established cooperative roles of ATF4 and DDIT3 in the integrated stress response, these unbiased network analyses identified the ATF4–DDIT3 axis as a biologically relevant pathway for further investigation. To avoid overinterpretation, we have revised the manuscript to clarify that DDIT3 was prioritized based on its consistently high regulon activity and the activation of its downstream transcriptional network, rather than on differential expression alone (Revised manuscript, page 5, line 188-192).

      We thank the reviewers for their rigorous critique again. We thank eLife for fostering an environment of fairness and transparency that enables authors to communicate openly and present their data honestly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Comments on revised version.

      As discussed before, the authors employ a wide range of techniques (FOS IHC, FP for fine scale PVN OXT population dynamics, behavioural analysis, core and surface temperature tracking, physiological recordings to assess AAV specificity, optogenetic activation of PVN OXT neurons, and projection tracing) to address a clear question. The outcomes of these techniques seem to drive the same conclusion that PVN OXT neurons signal transitions from rest to arousal (behavioural and thermogenic) in a state-dependent manner:

      - FOS data identifies PVN OXT population activity following behavioural onset

      - Ca activity in these cells peaks at behavioural and thermogenic state transitions

      - Rump temperature and BAT activity increase at state transition points

      - Optogenetic stimulation of these cells recapitulates the thermogenic effects seen during physiological state transitions (in low body temperature animals) with a trending increase in physical activity

      Despite the inconclusive IHC results when validating the specificity of their AAV, the virgin female/ lactation experiment is convincing that they are specifically targeting PVN OXT neurons. The rationale for this experiment is clearer in the revised manuscript.

      Generally, in terms of the revised manuscript, the authors give strong responses to reviewer comments, either incorporating feedback, or giving clear explanations for the choices they made in the original manuscript. The revised manuscript is clearer about the question the authors aim to address, the reasons for their choice of experiments, and the limitations of the techniques used.

      We thank the reviewer for the close attention to the manuscript, the response to reviewers, and the revision, all of which have improved the manuscript.

      Criticisms:

      I appreciate and agree with the authors' point that this manuscript is more fundamental than simply social basis oxytocin neuron function. This is point is well made by their data, and in the revised text. However, I still believe more behavioural analysis would be welcome to any reader.

      They partly justify the lack of behavioural analysis in Figure 6 with the problem of "animal merging" on the SGBS images. However, in Figure 6C, they confirm that, in solo conditions, the SGBS readings are consistent with core body temperature readings. So why not stick to core body temperature, opto stimulate and analyse the social behaviour with DLC (with normal video recordings)?

      This is a good suggestion. Because we find that quiescent huddling (paired) bouts were associated with stronger body temperature regulation compared to solo quiescence and other behavioral states, and because PVNOT peak probability and frequency were higher in the paired compared to solo context, these experiments are warranted. We made the following edits to the discussion:

      “Future experiments should attempt to disentangle the effects of PVNOT light stimulation on social vs. non-social aspects of these behavioral state transitions; of particular interest would be to examine how light stimulation affects the duration and thermoregulatory control of social huddling.”

      The lactation validation still seems out of place in manuscript order. It is a very valuable validation, but it feels more like supplementary data for Figure 1. I feel the authors wanted it as a main figure because of how much work it must have been. In that case, it still makes more sense to include it in Figure 1.

      The purpose of the lactation experiment arose from the inadequacy of using histology to test whether AAV-transfected cells were oxytocin-immunoreactive. Because we observed intense oxytocin immunoreactivity in the fibres lining the ventricle, and less reactivity in the cell bodies than what we would have predicted from the Oxytocin-Cre-dependent AAV, we turned to the known physiological relationship between oxytocin-positive neurons and lactation. As such, this study is not associated with Figure 1, which demonstrates our initial, coarse-grained findings relating FOS activity in the PVN and in oxytocin-positive neurons during social thermoregulation.

      To your point, it typically does make sense to have the cellular validation “up front” as supporting or background information that enables the downstream experiments. However, what gives this data credibility as a standalone figure is the novel finding that PVNOT neurons display burst-like patterns of activity outside the context of lactation. Previous discussions with experts in the field, along with a review of the literature, unexpectedly led us to the observation that the burst-like patterns we observed during the transition from rest to wake and thermogenesis in virgin females represents a new aspect of oxytocin neuron physiology. Because we wanted to directly compare the new virgin female activity pattern (i.e., Figure 2) with the known lactation activity pattern, we decided it made the most sense to combine the validation aspect with the novel aspect into a standalone figure.

      Though their lactation experiment validates that they are targeting PVN OXT neurons, their optogenetic stimulation protocol may not be specifically inducing OXT release from these cells. PVN OXT neurons co-release glutamate but can also release glutamate independently of OXT following lower frequency tonic stimulation. OXT release from PVN neurons requires pulsatile stimulation at a higher frequency (Leithead et al., 2021; Piñol et al., 2014; Lincoln & Wakerley, 1975). In this paper, the authors use a low stimulation frequency (10Hz) and continuous pulse train (20s) to optogenetically manipulate the target PVN population which may bias the cells towards glutamate release over OXT. Therefore, though they find evidence that PVN OXT neurons are involved in driving the transition between states in their other experiments, their optogenetic stimulation may not necessarily involve OXT release/signalling. It may be valuable to separate this out to identify the signalling molecule underlying this behavioural/ thermogenic transition. This could be done by using an opto protocol that recapitulates physiological OXT release.

      The authors do however mention that isolating the specific contribution of OXT signalling compared to other co-transmitted molecules was not the aim of this study, so this is not an essential question for this manuscript.

      Thank you for this thoughtful point. We agree our optogenetic stimulation experiment should be interpreted as activation of PVNOT neurons rather than as selective evidence for oxytocin release or oxytocin signaling. PVNOT neurons can co-release glutamate (an idea we had also briefly touched upon in the Limitations and caveats section), and the stimulation pattern/frequency may influence the relative engagement of fast glutamatergic transmission versus peptide release. We agree the lactation literature, including Lincoln et al., highlights the importance of high-frequency pulsatile activity for oxytocin release, and that Piñol et al. provide evidence that PVNOT-linked glutamatergic transmission can interact with oxytocin-receptor-dependent modulation of downstream synapses–so thanks for pointing these out.

      We made revisions to support our protocol and now acknowledge this important aspect of the neuronal physiology. In Results, we now explain why we selected 10Hz: this frequency was grounded in the study by Fukushima et al. (2022), where 10Hz stimulation of PVNOT terminals in the rMR elicit thermogenic responses and 10Hz stimulation of PVNOT somata produce thermogenesis that’s dependent on oxytocin receptors in rMR.

      In the Limitations section, we now cite these three references to include broader context around stimulation frequency and differential release. We emphasize that our optogenetic data demonstrate sufficiency of PVNOT neuron activation, but do not establish whether the downstream thermogenic and behavioral effects are mediated by oxytocin, glutamate, or both. We note that resolving this issue will require future experiments using stimulation-pattern comparisons together with receptor-targeted pharmacology or genetic loss-of-function approaches.

      References

      Leithead, A. B., Tasker, J. G., & Harony-Nicolas, H. (2021). The interplay between glutamatergic circuits and oxytocin neurons in the hypothalamus and its relevance to neurodevelopmental disorders. Journal of neuroendocrinology, 33(12), e13061. https://doi.org/10.1111/jne.13061

      Lincoln, D. W., & Wakerley, J. B. (1975). Factors governing the periodic activation of supraoptic and paraventricular neurosecretory cells during suckling in the rat. The Journal of physiology, 250(2), 443-461. https://doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.1975.sp011064

      Piñol, R. A., Jameson, H., Popratiloff, A., Lee, N. H., & Mendelowitz, D. (2014). Visualization of oxytocin release that mediates paired pulse facilitation in hypothalamic pathways to brainstem autonomic neurons. PloS one, 9(11), e112138. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0112138

      A loss of function experiment to test for sufficiency would be a nice addition to further confirm their claims, but the authors mention that there were technical limitations to their attempts at inhibiting PVN OXT neurons. I appreciate the authors declaring that the DREADDs attempt suffered from unfortunate confounds. But for optogenetic attempts, I don't think they need a closed-loop system to get some useful results. They still can shine the light at "random" moments (that will correspond to random body temperatures) and then separate the data per body temperature.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. Such an experiment would strengthen our claims and complement the optogenetic activation (Fig. 6). Reviewer 3 brought up a similar concern.

      Building directly on the reviewer’s proposal, we now describe a loss-of-function experiment as an important next step. Optogenetic inhibition of PVNOT neurons can be delivered at pseudo-random times across light and rest phase. Because animals spend extended periods at rest during this phase, a substantial fraction will fall within established rest bouts, which can then be analyzed and stratified by body temperature, as the reviewer notes. The prediction is that silencing PVNOT neurons during rest should prolong the average duration of rest bouts and delay the onset of activity and thermogenesis, relative to matched unstimulated bouts.This provides a direct test of whether PVNOT activity is necessary for the transition from rest to activity. We have revised the Limitations and caveats section to describe this experiment.

      “Third, although we show that PVNOT neurons are sufficient to drive thermogenic and behavioral transitions (Fig. 6), we did not perform acute loss-of-function experiments. Such experiments are warranted because decreases in baseline PVNOT calcium activity were associated with transitions toward the onset of quiescence (Fig. 3I-L), suggesting this system may bidirectionally regulate thermo-behavioural state. A tractable next step would be to optogenetically inhibit PVNOT neurons during established rest bouts, delivered at pseudo-random times across the light and rest phase and analyzed post hoc by behavioral state and body temperature; we predict that silencing during rest would prolong the average duration of rest bouts and delay the onset of activity and thermogenesis. Pairing the inhibition with selective oxytocin antagonist (such as L-368,899), would further test whether the thermogenic and autonomic components of these transitions are oxytocin receptor dependent rather than driven by glutamate released by the same neurons.”

      Lastly, the mention of Raam et al. 2026 is insufficient. The authors just mention it regarding the potential differences with males, to be explored in future experiments. Even if not using males in the current study doesn't affect the stated conclusions, the fact that they chose females because "their thermo-behavioural states were readily discernible" is a considerable bias. Testing males in this very study might be out of scope, but more discussion is warranted.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We agree that our decision to study females deserves fuller treatment, and we have expanded the Limitations and caveats section accordingly.

      We want to be clear about the rationale, because it was methodological rather than an assumption of sex specificity. Our previous study on behavioral thermoregulation in mice (Landen et al., 2024) showed that, during the light/rest phase, females–but not males–display clearly rhythmic episodes of rest and activity that align with transitions between thermoregulatory states, and are therefore well suited to the analyses that form the core of this study. This choice does constrain the generality of our findings to females, but it does not affect the validity of the conclusions we draw, all of which concern PVNOT neurons in females.

      At the same time, we agree that whether these mechanisms extend to males is a substantive open question and we now say so explicitly. A direct comparison in males, while beyond the scope of the present study, is an important next step, and the recently defined neural basis of collective thermoregulatory huddling (Raam et al. 2026) offers a useful framework for that work. We have modified the Discussion/Limitations and caveats as follows:

      “We focused on females for a practical reason: during the light and rest phase, females show clear, rhythmic bouts of rest and activity, which makes transitions between thermoregulatory states readily discernible and well suited to the analyses around each state transition used here (Landen et al., 2024). This choice constrains the generality of our conclusions, which pertain specifically to females. Because oxytocin signaling can differ between sexes (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yfrne.2015.04.003), and because the neural control of thermoregulatory behavior may not be identical in males, whether the PVNOT dynamics we describe operate similarly in males remains an open question. Testing males directly was beyond the scope of the present study, but it is an important next step, particularly as the neural basis of collective thermoregulatory huddling has recently begun to be defined (Raam et al. 2026).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very interesting study from Vandendoren and colleagues examining the role of PVN oxytocin neurons during thermoregulatory behaviors, in particular during thermoregulatory huddling. The findings are important and have implications for the thermoregulation field as well as the social/naturalistic behavior field. The findings are compelling and use a combination of state-of-the-art tools (photometry, optogenetics, automated behavior tracking, thermal imaging, and core body temperature measurement), often in combination with each other, to produce a rigorous and high-dimensional dataset.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciate the effort the authors have put into addressing all of my questions, and I have no remaining concerns.

      Thanks for the comments; they have greatly improved the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how the activity of hypothalamic paraventricular oxytocin (PVNOT) neurons relates to physiological states in female mice, with a particular focus on behavioral states and thermogenic sympathetic activity. To address this question, the authors combined automated video-based behavioral classification with calcium imaging of PVNOT neuron activity. Sympathetic thermogenesis was inferred from surface temperature changes measured by infrared thermography, and the authors have made their custom analysis scripts available. The authors report that strong, pulsatile activation of PVNOT neurons was "occasionally" observed immediately before transitions from resting to active states. This observation suggests that PVNOT neuronal activity may facilitate the transition from rest to activity. This phenomenon was observed in both pair-housed and individually housed animals. Taken together, these findings raise the possibility that the oxytocinergic system contributes to naturalistic behavior transitions even in the absence of social interactions. However, concerns regarding the selectivity of GCaMP expression in oxytocin-expressing neurons call into question the validity of the recorded PVNOT neuronal activity.

      Strengths:

      The oxytocinergic neural system is believed to subserve a wide range of physiological functions. Elucidating these roles requires monitoring PVNOT neuronal activity under diverse behavioral contexts, as well as manipulating this activity to establish causal relationships. In this study, the authors present a technically sound experimental framework that integrates behavioral tracking in both individually and group-housed mice with the monitoring and manipulation of PVNOT neuron activity. This setup represents a valuable methodological resource for researchers investigating the physiological functions of oxytocin.

      Thanks for the comments. We are encouraged to hear this framework will open new doors in understanding how the oxytocin system regulates behavior and energy homeostasis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Immunohistochemical validation of selective GCaMP expression in oxytocin-expressing neurons showed that only 24-51% of GCaMP-positive neurons expressed oxytocin. As an alternative approach, the authors demonstrate that GCaMP-expressing PVN neurons in virgin females exhibit calcium peaks during rest-wake transitions with kinetics similar to those observed in PVNOT neurons during early lactation. However, this comparison is based solely on population-level peak profiles and does not provide direct evidence for cell-type specificity of GCaMP expression in oxytocin neurons. This limitation substantially undermines the validity of the optical calcium imaging data. In situ hybridization targeting oxytocin mRNA, rather than immunohistochemistry, may provide a more reliable assessment of expression specificity.

      We view our data as showing strong evidence that the recorded neurons include, but may not be limited to, PVNOT neurons for the following two reasons: (1) as the reviewer notes, our longitudinal experiment shows conservation in the physiological and biophysical profile of these neurons in females that went from virgins to parturition and lactation, and (2) as described in Discussion/PVNOT neurons in context of arousal and peptidergic PVN cell-types, non-OT cell-types in the PVN do not show this pulsatile busting profile.

      In the “Discussion/Thermal tracking and validation of PVNOT recording specificity” section we had stated “We note that the animals were perfused at ~ZT4–8, before we were aware that somatic OT immunoreactivity in PVN neurons reaches a daily low during the early light phase [56]”. We now add to this the idea, suggested by the reviewer, that “In situ hybridization targeting oxytocin mRNA, rather than immunohistochemistry, may provide a more reliable assessment of expression specificity.”

      (2) Although the authors' interpretation is generally consistent with the data presented, their main conclusions rely heavily on observational findings. Moreover, optogenetic stimulation of PVNOT neurons failed to robustly recapitulate behavioral state transitions (Figs. 6D and S5B). Further interventional experiments will be necessary to more rigorously test the authors' interpretation and to establish mechanistic insight into the causal relationship between PVNOT activity and rest-to-active transitions. In particular, loss-of-function approaches targeting the PVNOT system, such as OXTR antagonism, inhibitory DREADDs, or cell-type-specific ablation, will be essential to determine whether perturbation of this system alters behavioral state transitions These points should be addressed in future studies.

      Reviewer 1 brought up a similar concern. We have added to the Discussion/Limitations and caveats to address this.

      “Third, although we show that PVNOT neurons are sufficient to drive thermogenic and behavioral transitions (Fig. 6), we did not perform acute loss-of-function experiments. Such experiments are warranted because decreases in baseline PVNOT calcium activity were associated with transitions toward the onset of quiescence (Fig. 3I-L), suggesting this system may bidirectionally regulate thermo-behavioural state. A tractable next step would be to optogenetically inhibit PVNOT neurons during established rest bouts, delivered at pseudo-random times across the light and rest phase and analyzed post hoc by behavioral state and body temperature; we predict that silencing during rest would prolong the average duration of rest bouts and delay the onset of activity and thermogenesis. Pairing the inhibition with selective oxytocin antagonist (such as L-368,899), would further test whether the thermogenic and autonomic components of these transitions are oxytocin receptor dependent rather than driven by glutamate released by the same neurons.”

      Note: as described in the previous response to reviewers, we have tried inhibitory DREADDs in this system and have concluded that it is of little value because delivering DREADD ligand requires handing the animals for an IP injection—a procedure that disrupts sleep/rest and induces stress hyperthermia.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have answered our criticisms and can proceed as they chose. This is an important paper, and it is the author's choice whether to develop their research here or in a subsequent paper.

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I thank the authors for citing my pre-print, as suggested by Reviewer 1. The paper has now been published and the authors may like to cite the published version (doi.org/10.1038/s41593-026-02224-0).

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors now interpret their results as indicating that PVNOT activity biases the system toward state transition (from rest to active), rather than acting as a deterministic trigger. This interpretation is reasonable. However, the wording "PVNOT peaks (or neurons) predict transitions to behavioral arousal and thermogenesis" may be misleading. If arousal and thermogenesis occur in more than 80% of cases following PVNOT peaks, then such peaks could reasonably be described as "being predicted". Otherwise, the terminology should be revised for clarity.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this question, which touches on a substantive issue in how predictive relationships are characterized. We agree that "predicts" can misleadingly imply a high positive predictive value: i.e., that a large fraction of peaks are followed by transitions.

      This is not the claim we intend, nor is it the appropriate statistical criterion. A variable is predictive when it shifts the conditional probability (or, here, the conditional distribution) of the outcome relative to its base rate — the criterion underlying likelihood ratios, relative risk, and signal-detection measures — rather than when it exceeds an absolute occurrence threshold such as 80%. By this standard, a peak can be informative even if transitions do not follow the majority of peaks, provided transitions are substantially more likely (or thermogenically warmer) when a peak precedes them than when one does not.

      Our data support precisely this. The logistic regression shows peaks are much more probable immediately before rest offset than at other transitions or at baseline, and our new analysis shows that transitions preceded by peaks carry significantly larger post-offset Tb increases than those without. We are not claiming peaks act as a deterministic trigger, and we agree with the reviewer that they are not present before every transition.

      To keep our language aligned with these results, we have revised the wording to avoid "predict" where it could imply high hit-rate determinism, replacing it with comparative phrasing. Accordingly, we have revised the terminology throughout the manuscript: where a claim concerns timing, we now state that peaks “precede” transitions. We have removed “predict”/”predictive” from the section heading, figure legend, introduction and results as follows.

      “Then, we discovered that PVNOT calcium dynamics during huddling were associated with increased likelihood of transitions to body warming and arousal.”

      “PVNOT neuronal activity precedes transitions towards thermogenesis and behavioral arousal in social and non-social contexts.”

      Fig. 3 legend title: “PVNOT peaks are associated with increased likelihood of thermogenic rest-to-active transitions.”

      “Thus, PVNOT peaks are at least five-fold more likely to occur near the offset of quiescence/quiescent compared to onset, and signal an increase in physical activity—a correlate of behavioral arousal 53 and a means of increasing metabolic rate and Tb [26]”

      “Thus, for nesting and active huddling, PVNOT peaks are two- to three- fold more likely to occur at bout onset than offset.” Dropping flagged word here lol.

      “Together these results suggest that elevated PVNOT activity dynamics precede the offset of two rest states (quiescence and quiescent huddling) by approximately 100 seconds, and the onset of two post-quiescence active states (nesting and active huddling) by around 20 seconds, in solo and paired mice respectively.”

      “Moreover, PVNOT peaks aligned with the low point of a U-shaped body temperature profile: on average, Tb decreased before, and increased after, the time of the calcium peak in both solo and paired conditions (Fig. 3O,R). Together, these results suggest that PVN<sup>OT</sup> peaks occur during a low Tb trough and mark a subsequent rise in Tb.”

      (2) Regarding the 400-sec latency of BAT surface temperature increases following optogenetic stimulation, the authors now attribute this delay to slow peptidergic transmission. However, the authors should consider prior findings showing that BAT temperature increased immediately following optogenetic stimulation of PVN→rMR oxytocin neurons in anesthetized rats (Fukushima et al., 2022).

      My hunch is that doing this in anesthetized rats gives a stronger signal to noise… not sure if I can back that up though.

      At the least we can add a sentence that says “rMR oxytocin neurons immediately increases BAT temperature, while infusion of OXT or NMDA in the rMR results in BAT temperature increases after approximately one minute…” (see Fig. 3,4,5).

      We thank the reviewer for redirecting us to Fukushima et al. (2022). We note, however, that in that study the fast-responding variable was BAT sympathetic nerve activity, whereas the BAT temperature itself rose over several minutes following both optogenetic stimulation (their Fig. 4F, quantified at 5 and 10 minutes) and focal rMR infusion of oxytocin or NDMA (their Fig. 5, multiminute traces). This thermal timescale is comparable to the one we observe.

      The remaining difference could reflect methodological differences: we stimulated PVNOT somata rather than rMR terminals, measured intrascapular surface rather than BAT temperature directly, and recorded in awake, freely behaving animals (rather than anesthetized animals) in which competing thermoeffector and behavioral processes are active. Consistent with a methodological basis for the delay, focal infusion of oxytocin or NMDA into the rMR in that study increased BAT temperature over roughly a minute (Fukushima et al., 2022). Slow, diffuse peptidergic neuromodulation may further contribute, oxytocin is released from large dense-core vesicles and can act over extended time scales (Ludwig and Leng, 2006; Parmaksiz and Kim, 2025; Qian et al., 2023), although our data cannot isolate this mechanism from the factors above or from fast glutamatergic co-transmission that likely accompanies PVNOT activation (Hrabovszky and Liposits, 2008).

      (3) In the previous review, clarification was requested regarding the rationale and histological basis for intravenous FluoroGold injection. While the authors have now added methodological details, they should also incorporate the following explanatory text (previously provided in their rebuttal) into the manuscript for readers unfamiliar with PVN histological analyses:

      "Intravenous injection of FluoroGold (FG) was used to histologically differentiate between magnocellular and parvicellular oxytocin neurons in the PVN. Because the posterior pituitary is located outside the blood-brain barrier, i.v. FG is selectively taken up by terminals of magnocellular neurons and retrogradely transported to their cell bodies. This allows us to infer the neuroanatomical identity (magno- vs. parvicellular) of the PVNOT neurons of interest."

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added the explanatory text to the results subsection, “PVN<sup>OT</sup> cellular projections to the rMR”. The text now reads: “rMR cell types in mice, we used FluoroGold (FG to disambiguate magno- vs. parvocellular PVN<sup>OT</sup> projections [67] (Fig. S6A-C). Because the posterior pituitary is located outside the blood-brain barrier, intravenous FG is selectively taken up by terminals of magnocellular neurons and retrogradely transported to their cell bodies. This allows us to infer the neuroanatomical identity (magno- vs. parvicellular) of the PVN<sup>OT</sup> neurons of interest.”

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript from Zhu et al. identifies microbial riboflavin-derived MR1 ligands as potent pharmacological activators of human MAIT cells and provides evidence that MR1 ligand stimulation can enhance MAIT-mediated tumor killing across multiple solid tumor models. The study is conceptually interesting and supported by a broad combination of human primary samples, tumor cell lines, 3D models, SC transcriptomics, and xenograft experiments. Overall, the data largely support the central conclusion that MR1 ligand stimulation can strongly activate human MAIT cells and enhance anti-tumor cytotoxicity. However, the broader conclusions concerning endogenous MAIT mobilization, tumor specificity, and translational potential are not yet fully supported by the current data and should either be moderated or addressed with additional experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback. We will address all comments and suggestions point by point.

      Comments:

      (1) The authors use one-way ANOVA throughout the manuscript, but this may not be appropriate for some analyses, particularly when multiple experimental factors are present and their interaction effects need to be considered. For example, Figure 3f appears to involve multiple factors, for which a two-way ANOVA may be more appropriate. Similar issues may apply to other panels.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will carefully review the statistical analyses and revise the tests as appropriate, including the use of two-way ANOVA where multiple experimental factors are present.

      (2) In Figure 3f, the authors show data from patients #1 and #2 and state that the experiment is representative of three experiments. What does the reported "n=4" represent in this figure?

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will revise the figure legend to clearly define what the reported n = 4 represents.

      (3) There appears to be a discrepancy between Figure 3f and Supplementary Figure 3b. The two panels appear to use the same treatment conditions and the same label, and both appear to use patient #1 samples, yet the reported values are different. Please clarify the experimental design and explain the reason for this discrepancy.

      In addition, the gating strategy used to define live tumor cells should be clearly described in the figure legend and/or Methods. The authors define "live tumor cells" as MR1/5-OP-RU tetramer-CD45- cells. However, in primary liver tumor samples, the CD45-/tetramer- population may contain other non-hematopoietic cells, such as fibroblasts, and therefore may not exclusively represent tumor cells. The authors should clarify whether additional tumor-specific markers or other criteria were used. The gating strategies for the relevant flow cytometry experiments should be provided in the Supplementary figures.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. Figure 3f (patient #2) and Supplementary Figure 3b (patient #1) were generated using samples from different patients. We will clarify this in the revised manuscript and provide the relevant gating strategies in the Supplementary Information.

      (4) I have some concerns regarding the claims of "selective activation of anti-tumor inflammatory pathways rather than generalized cytokine release" and "avoiding induction of tumor-supportive mediators." The authors show that MAIT cells stimulated with 5-OP-RU can substantially reduce tumor cell viability. Therefore, the cellular composition of the co-culture is likely to change considerably during the assay, which may affect the absolute levels of cytokines and other soluble mediators detected. For example, reduced tumor cell numbers could lead to lower production of tumor-derived factors such as VEGF, potentially confounding the interpretation that these mediators are not induced by MAIT activation. The authors should consider whether cytokine measurements have been normalized to viable cell numbers or otherwise account for differences in tumor cell abundance.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that differences in tumor cell abundance may affect cytokine measurements. We will moderate our claims accordingly and acknowledge this limitation in the revised manuscript.

      (5) The in vivo tumor models may show substantial variability between independent experiments. Rather than presenting a single representative experiment, the authors should consider showing pooled data from all independent experiments, with the total number of mice clearly indicated.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will provide pooled data from all independent in vivo experiments and clearly indicate the total number of mice.

      (6) Why did the authors use an MR1-overexpressing tumor cell line for the in vivo studies rather than the parental cells with endogenous MR1 expression, together with MR1-KO cells as a negative control? The authors demonstrate that MR1 is detectable across multiple tumor cell lines and that endogenous MR1 expression is sufficient to support MAIT-mediated killing in vitro. Moreover, MR1 overexpression substantially enhances tumor cell susceptibility to MAIT-mediated killing. Therefore, it is unclear whether the strong therapeutic efficacy observed in vivo reflects physiologically relevant MR1 expression or is driven by artificially elevated MR1 expression. An in vivo comparison using parental and MR1-KO tumor cells would substantially strengthen the translational relevance and establish whether the therapeutic effect can be achieved at endogenous levels of MR1.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that comparison with endogenous MR1 expression would strengthen the translational relevance of our findings. We will include new in vivo experiment comparing parental tumor cells.

      (7) How is tumor specificity of MAIT achieved? The authors propose that MAIT-cell activation by MR1 ligands provides an antigen-independent approach for tumor targeting. However, MR1 is broadly expressed and is not tumor specific. While the relative sparing of T and B cells in Figure 7B provides some evidence of cell-type selectivity, this does not establish tumor versus normal tissue specificity. It remains unclear whether activated MAIT cells can discriminate tumor cells from other normal MR1-expressing cells and tissues. This raises an important question regarding the potential systemic toxicity of MAIT cells activated by systemic administration of 5-OP-RU. In particular, could other MR1-expressing cells be targeted when a large number of MAIT cells are simultaneously activated? The authors should consider assessing systemic toxicity in vivo, for example by examining serum ALT/AST levels and tissue pathology, and/or by evaluating the effects of MAIT + 5-OP-RU in tumor-free animals. At least, the potential specificity and safety limitations of systemic MR1 agonism should be discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. To further evaluate the potential safety concerns associated with systemic MR1 ligand stimulation, we will include a new experiment assessing the effects of MAIT cells plus 5-OP-RU in tumor-free animals. We will also discuss the potential specificity and safety limitations of systemic MR1 agonism in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Zhu et al. describes MAIT cell activation by riboflavin metabolites presented by MR1. The authors provide solid evidence for this activation and anti-cancer functional consequence using an array of selected cell lines, primary ex vivo and engineered xenograft models. Broadly, the results are thorough and well controlled, and provide a highly informative insight into the metabolite-MAIT-cancer cell interactions. However, the majority of this work is undertaken using models that preferentially express key targets, and whilst still useful, the (current) broader implications of this research are overstated. Additionally, the suggested MAIT modulation of the tumor microenvironment requires clarification.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback. We will address all comments and suggestions point by point.

      Major Comments:

      (1) In Figures 2b-d, the authors suggest microbial metabolite stimulation of PBMC cultures increased MAIT cell frequency up to 60%. Whilst their flow data is compelling, the frequency of one population can be influenced by changes in other populations. A form of absolute or relative-to-total count should be used.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will provide absolute cell counts and/or normalized data to more accurately assess changes in MAIT cell frequency.

      (2) The statements regarding cytokine induction in Figure 4e are too strong; many of those inflammatory cytokines are not automatically and consistently tumour-suppressive. The line 299 '...were not induced' may just reflect death of tumor cells. It would be useful to include tumour cell-only controls in Figure 4.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We agree that the statements regarding cytokine induction should be interpreted more cautiously. We will revise the relevant claims.

      (3) Figure 7 is interesting, but the authors' conclusion that MAIT+5-OP-RU controls the tumor microenvironment is not robustly supported by their evidence.

      (a) It is not clear how CD14+ cells established a sustained suppressive environment.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will include additional experiments to further characterize the contribution of CD14+ cells to the observed suppressive environment.

      (b) It is not clear how the peritoneal addition of microbial metabolites 'significantly enhanced MAIT-mediated tumor control'. The authors show that the addition of 5-OP-RU reduced the number of GFP-expressing tumour cells present in peritoneal lavage fluid. There is limited evidence to suggest this occurs through MAIT cells or MR1 in this figure.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will include additional T-cell and T-cell + 5-OP-RU control groups to further determine the contribution of MAIT cells to the observed tumor control.

      (c) It is difficult to draw conclusions from peritoneal lavage flow when some experimental groups received cells IP, but then all groups were equally assessed for key populations, and all data are presented as frequencies. The authors should use absolute counts (or similar) to appropriately show changes in cell populations to account for varying total/live/cd45+ cell compartments.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will provide absolute cell counts, in addition to frequencies, to account for differences in total and viable CD45+ cell numbers.

      (d) It would be necessary at a minimum to include 5-OP-RU-only controls, and ideally include MR1 blocking or the cancer line with MR1 removed. Alongside this, the authors should substantially reduce the strength of their statements on microbial metabolite-MAIT suppression of the tumor microenvironment.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable comment. We will include additional T-cell and T-cell + 5-OP-RU control groups and will substantially moderate our statements regarding microbial metabolite-mediated modulation of the tumor microenvironment.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This Review Article provides a thorough overview of whole-brain activity changes induced by brain stimulation and summarizes the current state of the field. However, it lacks integration across spatial and mechanistic scales, which limits the reader's ability to understand how the different findings relate to one another. In addition, several key concepts are not explained in sufficient depth for non-expert readers. The manuscript would benefit from the development of a cohesive conceptual framework to more clearly synthesize the existing literature.

      Thank you for the positive assessment. We fully agree, and as suggested we have added a new conclusion paragraph that outlines a synthesis of the paper and suggests a conceptual framework :

      “In this paper, we have reviewed aspects of neuronal responsiveness, from the microscale level of neurons and circuits, the mesoscale level of single brain areas, and the macroscale level of the whole brain. At the microscale, it is apparent that the circuit operating in an asynchronous mode displays the highest responsiveness, as seen in brain slices (D’Andola et al., 2018). The underlying mechanism is that the high levels of synaptic « noise » in asynchronous states set neurons in a high responsive mode, as seen in models of single neurons (Ho & Destexhe, 2000). This higher responsiveness is confirmed at mesoscale, and can be seen for example with Utah-array recordings comparing wake and anesthesia (Dwarakanath et al., 2025). Similarly, propagating waves occur in the asynchronous state in awake monkey (Muller et al., 2014), and sensory inputs evoke more propagating patterns (and higher PCI) in wakefulness with asynchronous states compared to slow-wave states of anesthesia in mice (Montagni et al., 2024). At the whole-brain scale, experiments also find that evoked responses are more complex and propagating compared to slow-wave states (Massimini et al., 2005), a situation which models can reproduce (Goldman et al., 2023; Sacha et al., 2025). Other measures, such as fluidity (Breyton et al., 2024) and reversibility (Camassa et al 2024) also point to the same conclusion. Collectively, these results show that asynchronous and irregular activity states set neurons in a high responsive mode, which in turn impacts network behavior and favors the propagation of activity as mesoscale propagating waves, or macroscale activity patterns that propagate across brain regions. It is therefore not surprising that the best correlate of conscious states is the asynchronous activity (Koch et al., 2016).”

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper is a comprehensive review of perturbation studies and the state-dependence of the brain's response to perturbation at the circuit, mesoscale, and macroscale levels.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the paper are the thorough description of many perturbation studies at different levels of organization, and the integration of both experimental and modeling studies. The review clearly communicates the need to consider (1) brain or local-population state, and (2) multiple levels of organization, in order to understand perturbation responses. Another major strength is the ability for the reader to reproduce figures using the EBRAINS platform.

      Weaknesses:

      Two major points of improvement should be resolved with the review, in order to make it useful for a broad audience.

      The first is that the review does not include a significant integration across scales, and as a result, reads like three separate (though comprehensive) reviews. Currently, the only integration across the scales is in the brief conclusion paragraph. I would recommend adding an additional section, in which the overarching picture is discussed. (i.e. a unifying view of state dependence, and what is learned by considering across scales). This need not be too long, but it should be longer than a single conclusion paragraph.

      Thank you for the positive assessment. We fully agree with the excellent suggestion of adding a concluding paragraph where the conceptual framework and overarching picture are presented. Please see the new conclusion paragraph that we added to the paper (copied above in the reply to Editors).

      The second major weakness is that there is a lack of clarity on many points throughout, which is needed for the reader to fully understand the results described.

      See our answer to the specific comments below for the list of unclear points.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this review article, the authors discuss the whole-brain activity changes induced by brain stimulation. They review the literature on how these activity changes depend on the cognitive state of the brain and divide the results by the scale of the change being induced, from microscale changes across small groups of neurons, up to macroscale changes across the entire brain. Finally, they describe attempts to model these changes using computational models.

      Strengths:

      The review provides an overview of the results within this subfield of neuroscience, and the authors are able to discuss a lot of prior results. The framing of the changes in neuronal activity in terms of computational changes is also a helpful approach.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the authors are not able to contextualize these results within a single framework, i.e. explaining from first principles how different aspects of stimulus-induced changes interact to generate functional changes in the brain, and how different changes - at distinct spatiotemporal scales - combine to form larger effects. This is a significant weakness in generating a review of the literature, since the authors do not provide a cohesive conceptual framework on which to frame the results. Similarly, the authors do not explain how their different computational models fit together, and how one can get a singular computational understanding of the distinct mechanisms of brain activity changes due to stimulation under different brain states, by combining the results derived from each separate model.

      Thank you for the positive assessment. This is an excellent suggestion, actually also requested by Reviewer 1. We have now added a new conclusion paragraph where the conceptual framework is explained (copied above in the reply to Editors).

      Major Comments:

      (1) The authors have written this review as if it were intended for an audience who is already familiar with the topics. For example, they introduce concepts like complexity, spiral vs planar waves, without much explanation.

      Thank you for this helpful comment. We agree that the Introduction should be more accessible to readers who are less familiar with these concepts, and we have therefore revised the text to provide a clearer definition of complexity and a more explicit explanation of propagating wave patterns.

      Specifically, we now clarify that complexity can be understood as the richness of the set of accessible states of a system, which in our context can be related to the diversity of slowwave propagation modes and to the high-entropy, desynchronized activity of the awake brain. We also expanded the description of propagating slow waves to distinguish planar from spiral waves and to explain how their relative prevalence changes with anesthesia depth.

      In the Introduction we replaced the sentence “New methods … at various scales” with “New methods for characterizing the complexity of network dynamics and their response patterns have emerged, particularly recently (Krohn et al., 2023; Wolf et al., 2018), and are presented here at various scales. Here, complexity is associated with the set of accessible states of a system (Parisi, 2006). In the present context, this notion can be linked to the diversity of slow-wave propagation modes and to the richness (i.e., the entropy) of perturbation-evoked responses in brain activity.”

      While in Results (p. 13) the sentence “Spontaneous slow waves … administered (Huang et al., 2010).” has been expanded in “Spontaneous slow waves can also display propagating patterns, as shown in anesthetized mice (Huang et al., 2010; Mohajerani et al., 2010; Pazienti et al., 2022; Stroh et al., 2013). These patterns may take the form of planar waves, which travel across the cortex along a relatively regular front, or spiral waves, which rotate around a central core and therefore produce a more complex spatiotemporal organization. Under relatively deep anesthesia, spiral waves occur more frequently than planar waves, whereas the opposite imbalance is observed as anesthesia is lightened (Huang et al., 2010).”

      (2) Regarding complexity, the authors present a quantification termed PCI. However, in the associated box, they state that PCI could be implemented in a number of different ways, using analogous metrics (which are, nonetheless, not identical). Yet the authors simply claim that all these metrics are sufficiently similar to be grouped together as "PCI". The authors do not provide much intuition about this, and they also don't present any other potential quantifications. This makes any interpretation of their results strongly dependent on your understanding of the concept of PCI. It would be helpful to present some other, analogous metric to demonstrate that the results that the authors are focusing on are not somehow tied to the specific computational structure of the PCI metric.

      Thank you for pointing out to this inconsistency. We agree that the rationale for focusing on perturbational complexity was not sufficiently introduced in the original version of the manuscript.

      Broadly speaking, complexity measures used in consciousness research can be divided into two major classes. The first includes observational measures, which are computed from spontaneous ongoing activity and quantify statistical dependencies within neural time series. The second includes perturbational measures, which quantify the deterministic causal interactions revealed by a controlled perturbation of the system and their spatiotemporal propagation across the network (see Sarasso et al., 2021).

      The primary aim of the present Review was to discuss how complexity changes across spatial and temporal scales in response to perturbations. For this reason, we focused on perturbational complexity measures and, in particular, on the Perturbational Complexity Index (PCI), which remains one of the most widely adopted and validated approaches in this category.

      As described in Box 2, different implementations of PCI have been proposed. The two most established versions are PCI based on Lempel–Ziv complexity (PCI^LZ) and PCI based on state transitions in principal component space (PCI^ST). Although these implementations differ algorithmically, they were developed to operationalize the same theoretical construct and have been shown to correlate strongly when applied to the same datasets (Comolatti et al., 2019). For this reason, throughout the Review we use the term “PCI” as an umbrella label encompassing these related perturbational complexity measures.

      Importantly, all complexity measures discussed in the studies reviewed here belong to this broader class of perturbational approaches. While adaptations of the original algorithms are often required when dealing with different recording modalities and spatial scales, these modifications mainly concern preprocessing and signal representation rather than the underlying theoretical construct being quantified.

      To clarify this point, we have revised the Introduction to explicitly motivate our focus on perturbational complexity, to distinguish perturbational from observational complexity measures, and to explain why different PCI implementations can be discussed within a common conceptual framework. We believe that these additions make the rationale of the Review substantially clearer and reduce the impression that the conclusions depend on a specific implementation of PCI.

      (3) The authors divide the review into sections organized by the spatial extent of the effects that they are exploring (e.g. from microscale to macroscale). However, they don't bring together these insights into a cohesive structure - for example, by providing potential explanations of the macroscale effects by using the microscale changes.

      We agree – and this is now the focus of the newly-added conceptual-framework conclusion paragraph.

      (4) The authors completely ignore any aspect of cell-type specificity in their review, despite the known importance of specific cell types at the microcircuit scale. This makes it difficult to map their results onto the true biological system.

      We agree that cell-type specificity could be made more explicit. The revised manuscript now clarifies that several models already include cell-type specificity. For example, the AdEx-based models distinguish excitatory regular-spiking or pyramidal populations with adaptation from inhibitory fast-spiking populations without adaptation. This differentiation is not made with other models like leaky or quadratic integrate-and-fire models. At the mesoscale, mean-field approaches can be derived for different structures, such as cortex, thalamus, hippocampus, striatum, or cerebellum, and can incorporate the experimentally experimentally observed firing properties of relevant cell classes.

      (5) The authors introduce several different computational models, such as the Hopf model, the AdEx model, and the MPR model. However, they do not provide the reader with a conceptual understanding of the structure of each of these models (except through potentially more complex terminology, e.g. the Hopf model is a "phenomenological StuartLandau nonlinear oscillator"). Additionally, though they present the results of each simulation, they don't provide the reader with intuition about how these models compare against each other, and how best to interpret results derived from each model.

      Very good question, and the answer is not easy. If the goal is to capture large-scale phenomena with models as simple as possible, then Stuart-Landau, Hopf, or Jahnsen-Rit may be appropriate. This approach is rather top-down. But if the goal is to assess how microscopic changes (synaptic receptors for example) affect large-scale brain activity, then we need a bottom-up approach, where mean-field models are derived. We can better explain this.

      We agree that while the technical definitions of the whole-brain models (Hopf, AdEx, MPR) were provided, a clear conceptual framework comparing their underlying structures, specific trade-offs, and interpretation guidelines was missing. We have substantially revised the "Macroscale" section on Page 22 to provide immediate intuition regarding what each model represents structurally (e.g., macroscopic phenomenology vs. microscopic biological realism). We emphasized the structural assumptions of each of them, as well as the explicit utility in interpreting brain responsiveness. This ensures readers understand exactly why a researcher would choose one model over another depending on the mechanistic question at hand.

      (6) In several cases, the authors make statements that they appear to believe to be completely straightforward (and require no justification), but that do not appear so to the reader. For example, they mention: "In wakefulness and REM sleep, ..., the membrane potential is depolarized and close to the spike threshold, which explains why neurons respond more reliably and with less response variability compared with slow-wave sleep". However, this statement is not obvious to the reader and requires explanation (for example, in a system that is close to balance, bringing cells closer to the firing threshold can result in increased response jitter).

      We agree that the original statement was an over-simplification of a complex situation. We have revised it to avoid suggesting that depolarization alone monotonically increases reliability. The relevant mechanism is the combination of depolarization, desynchronized high-conductance synaptic input, balanced fluctuations, and reduced tendency to enter long silent Down states. In this regime, weak inputs are more likely to be converted into spikes and propagate through the network. However, too high conductance, excessive noise, can shunt inputs, enhance jitter, or saturate the network. We are now more explanatory.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As stated in the public review, there is a lack of clarity on many points throughout, which is needed for the reader to fully understand the results described.

      Points needing clarification:

      (1) sPCI (slice Perturbational complexity index) - is this different from other PCIs in box 2? Regardless, the metric and its interpretation should be briefly explained in the main text.

      We use sPCI to refer to the PCI measure adapted for application to cortical brain slices (D’Andola et al., 2017; see Box 2). It relies on the same core algorithm as PCI, namely the Lempel–Ziv complexity of the spatiotemporal pattern of significant responses (Casali et al., 2013) but differs in the preprocessing steps required for slice recordings. We now added this clarification to the text.

      (2) Page 9 "by decreasing fast inhibition but also enhancing it" - What does that mean? More info about the model is needed.

      Thanks for raising this point, since this sentence was indeed confusing. We have revised it now.

      (3) Page 9 "balance between segregation and integration, a crucial ingredient on which sPCI relies" - How is this balance seen in the figure? All I see is sPCI and blockage of GABA.

      The comment is correct, and this mention of segregation and integration has now been eliminated.

      (4) Figure 3D, Page 11 "two different desynchronized (AI) states in a network of AdEx neurons"- What are the two different states? Why is the response different?

      The different AI states correspond to different synaptic strength parameters, we added this precision in the text.

      (5) Figure 3B - "Bifurcation diagram showing the different activity regimes displayed by spiking neuron network." Which model? Multiple are cited. This is a general issue throughout where multiple models are mentioned in the text, and it's unclear which is shown in the figure.

      We agree with the Reviewer's helpful remark. We have revised the manuscript to explicitly state the types of models depicted in the different panels of Figure 3. Corresponding details have also been incorporated into the relevant text in the Results section (previously pages 10–12)."

      A few editorial issues:

      (1) The text in many of the figure panels was too small to read. This is a significant issue that must be addressed.

      We will fix this at the next round, can you please let us know which figures are not visible?

      (2) I recommend reading through for writing flow. E.g. In the first paragraph of the introduction, there are two sentences that start with "importantly, ..." in a row.

      Thanks for noting this – this is now fixed.

      (3) Figure 1E - How does the color on the left relate to the right? What is the y-axis?

      The colour code corresponds to the latency of activation (light blue, 0 ms; red, 300 ms). The Y-axes is the global mean field power (voltage). It has now been included in the figure caption.

      (4) Figure 1C - What is the stimulus?

      The triangle corresponds to the electrical stimulation of the homotopic area 18 of the contralateral hemisphere. This information is now included in the figure legend.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer 1 is concerned that our astrocyte enriched cultures have significant contamination of microglia or other myeloid cells, OPCs (and related cells) and neurons. Further, they assert that purified astrocytes do not express TNF.

      That astrocytes can’t make TNF directly contradicts our previous paper (Heir, et al., JNeurosci, 2024) showing that the TNF driving homeostatic plasticity is generated by astrocytes. The reviewer seems to want to dispute that paper, which is not really the topic of the current paper (which covers the regulation of TNF production, not whether particular cell types make TNF). The Nedergaard group also saw TNF release from human astrocytes (Wang, et al., 2006). The papers cited by the reviewer (all from the same group) rely on RNAseq data, which has limited depth and cannot distinguish if something is not expressed or simply below threshold. Further, as these datasets were generated from astrocytes isolated from brain (which has normal levels of activity), the astrocytic TNF expression would be very low. Plenty of data supports that astrocytes can express TNF when stimulated (by LPS or other activators), and our previous paper shows that this is also true when neuronal activity is blocked (or absent). But at baseline, astrocyte TNF is quite low and likely undetectable as assayed in those papers.

      Here we are using highly purified astrocyte cultures. The reviewer is perhaps unfamiliar with the type of cultures we are using. Given that we use mechanical disruption to remove neurons, followed after 1-2 weeks by shaking to remove microglia, and finally cell passaging, all before experiments, it is surprising that the reviewer thinks there could be neuronal contamination. Neurons cannot survive that procedure, and we do not observe them by morphology or immunostaining, nor see neuronal markers by qPCR.  The microglial contamination is also minimal, as noted in the manuscript, with qPCR for microglia markers is at noise levels (Iba1 Ct value of 34.6), while GFAP shows robust expression (Ct of 16.8; >100,00 fold more than Iba1). But it is possible, if unlikely, that some small number of microglia are making a lot of TNF. However, treating our cultures with the microglia toxin LME (used in Heir, et al., 2024) did not alter our results, further suggesting microglia are not contributing here. Other contaminating cell types (in the OPC lineage, for example) are also possible. However, the majority of cells in our astrocyte-enriched culture are positive for TNF by immunostaining (done while blocking protein export, to prevent any release of TNF). This makes it highly probably that astrocytes are producing TNF (and this production is regulated by g-protein signaling). To verify this, we will show TNF protein in cells co-labeled with astrocyte markers in our upcoming revision of the paper. This will definitively identify astrocytes as producing TNF in these rat cultures. With the human iPSC-derived astrocytes, microglial contamination is not possible (this requires a completely different differentiation protocol). We agree the ALDH1L1 labeling is not as expected, but it is unclear if this is an antibody issue or mis-localized protein. However, the cells also label with S100beta and GFAP, making the astrocyte identity the most likely option by far. We have additional qPCR data showing expression of ALDH1L1 by these cells, in addition to the other astrocyte markers (which will also be added to the revision). The in vivo situation is more complex, and we can’t exclude that astrocyte-DREADD signaling here indirectly alters TNF production in other cells. However, given the direct regulation of astrocyte TNF production in culture, the simplest explanation is that the same is occurring in vivo.

      Reviewer 2 was concerned that the Gs data was indirect and the use of pharmacological approaches with microglia. As for Gs signaling, it is a bit unclear what the reviewer is suggesting as an alternative hypothesis. We activate the Gs-coupled beta-adrenergic receptor to reduce TNF levels and get the same effect by activating adenylyl cyclase, the canonical downstream pathway from Gs-coupled receptors. While it is possible that beta-adrenergic receptors could have alternate coupling or that Gs activation acts on additional pathways, it seems odd to argue that Gs would not be working through adenylyl cyclase activation when activating the cyclase yields the same response. Certainly the most parsimonious explanation is that Gs-couple receptors act through adenylyl cyclase to reduce TNF production.

      As for the use of pharmacology with microglia, this was the more expedient solution to the difficulty of using AAV virus on microglia. Gathering the necessary Cre and conditional DREADD lines was an impractical solution in terms of time and resources. However, the pharmacology of these receptors is well characterized, as is the g-protein coupling. Given that the results are identical to the results from more specific manipulations in astrocytes, it seems reasonable to conclude that there is a common pattern of GPCR regulation of TNF production. The criticism that non-canonical pathways can be activated by these receptors seems equally true for the DREADDs, as these are just GPCRs with mutated binding sites. If anything, the forskolin experiment is the most specific, yet the reviewer dislikes this approach. The overall consistency of the responses, whether due to DREADD activation, native receptors or direct activation of adenylyl cyclase, is the strongest argument.

      This reviewer was also concerned about the limits of in vivo experiments. As noted above, we agree that the in vivo situation is less controlled and indirect effects are possible. However, since the direct action on astrocytes in a defined culture system is identical to what we observe in vivo, the most likely explanation is that the GPCR is having the same effect on TNF production, rather than leading to an unknown secondary signaling which then alters TNF production in microglia (or other cell types).

      The remaining concerns about sample size, statistics, etc will be fully addressed in an upcoming revision. All reported n’s are biological replicates. The iPSCs were generated from 3 distinct unrelated individuals.

    1. Author response:

      We would like to thank the editor and reviewers for their constructive and thoughtful feedback. We appreciate the reviewers' assessment that our work addresses a fundamentally important research question through a novel approach. We are also glad the reviewers found our data to be rigorously analysed, and that they valued our focus on the whole cortex rather than localised regions or electrodes. We are encouraged by the overall assessment of our work and welcome the suggestions for improving the manuscript. Below, we summarise how we plan to address the reviewers' comments in our revision:

      Analyses

      - We will include quantitative results for Fig. 1E that describe the distribution of the optimal alpha values across sensors and participants.

      - For Figures 2 and 3 we will include analyses of individual participants in the Appendix.

      - We will provide more detailed descriptions on how the timing of peak saccade curvature relates to saccade onset and to the identified optimal alpha value.

      Presentation of Methods and Results

      - We will phrase our claims and conclusions more carefully and nuanced throughout, ensuring direct coverage by the data and analyses.

      - We will revise the currently complex sections of the Methods and Results to improve clarity and readability.

      - We will be more explicit about how the data for scene onset were selected.

      Revision of the Discussion

      - We will extend the Discussion section to address possible mechanisms linking the timing of peak saccade curvature and ERF initiation. We will also provide a more thorough discussion of existing and more recent literature on the topic.

      - We will emphasise the main takeaway of the study: the observation that saccade-related processes are more important to the M100 than previously thought, and, reversely, that this component may be less directly related to fixation-locked responses. We will also present our observation of peak saccade curvature as a starting point for future research, as it was not intended as conclusive mechanistic insight into how and why this process relates to early cortical responses.